BINDING TJR'^JUN 1 5 1921
Digitized by tine Internet Archive
in 2008 witii funding from
IVIicrosoft Corporation
http://www.arcliive.org/details/americanmacliinis53newyuoft
tlinoi
A PRACTICAL JOURNAL OF MACHINE CONSTRUCJirjpN
ISSUED WEEKLY
VOLUME LI 1 1
July 1 to December 31, 1920
McGRAW-HILL COMPANY, INC.
lOTH AVENUE AT 36TH STREET
NEW YORK
AMERICAN MACHINIST
INDEX TO VOLUME LIII
July 1 to December 31, 1920
I
EXPLANATORY NOTE
llhiMlrati-'ii articles are marked with an asterisk
(•). book notices with a daffger (t). and new
shop equipment a» described in the departments
"Shop Equipment News" and "Condensed Clip-
ping Index of Equipment" with a double dagg-er
( J 1 . Book reviews are listc<l under the heading
■New PubUcations." Cross references to a
particular initial word may apply also to its
derivatives. The cross references condense the
matter and assist the reader, but are not to be
regarded as complete or conclusive. So. if there
were a reference from "Milling" 'to "Jiffs and
Fixtures." and if the searcher failed to find the
required article under the latter topic, he should
look through the "Milling" entries, or others
that tha subject might suggest, as he would
have done had there been no cross reference.
The plural of any given item may not neces-
sarily follow the singular immediately, as the
items are listed in alphabetical order. All
articles written by any given author are listed
directly under his name in the spe<nal author's
index which starts on page 19. Articles that
are not credited to any auhor may be found
unden the heading "No author credited." listed
under "N" in the Author's Index.
Following is a list of the pages included in
the several numbers of the volume, by date and
number:
July 1 — No. 1 Pages 1-48
8 — No. 2 •■ 49-98
In — No. 3 " 99-146
•• • 22 — No. 4 " 147-196
• 29 — No. 5 " 197-244
Aug. 5 — No. 6 " 245-292
12 — No. 7 " 293-340
' 19 — No. 8 " 341-388
36 — Jio. 9 " 389-436
Sept. 2 — No. 10 " 437-484
9 — No. 11 " 48.5-524
Hi — No. 12 " 525-564
23 — No. 13 " 565-804
.■)0 — No. 14 " 605-6.52
Oct. 7 — No. 16 " 653-700
• 14 — No. 16 " 701-748
•>1— No. 17 " 749-788
• 28 — No. 18 " 789-828
Nov, 4 — No. 19 " 829-878
■' 11— No. 20 " 877-924
" 18 — No. 21 " 925-972
" 2.5 — No. 22 " 973-1020
Dec. 2 — No. 23 " 1021-1088
9 — No. 24 " 1069-1116
•• in — No. 25 " 1117-1164
" 23 — No. 26 " 1105-1212
" 30 — No. 27 " 1213-1260
A
Page
"A-1" electric seam welding machine. ... •484c
"A-1" portable electric rivet heater '4840
Abrasive disks. Gardiner improved
1'838. '7483
Acceleration determinations — I. Bonis....
•977. II '1027
Accidents. Checking up on. Heyne 542
Accuracy of long straightedges of cast iron.
Bell ^732
Accuracy of micrometer in common use.
Testing. Hubbell ^209
Accurate and easily-made pontograph.
Simple. Dixie •1076
Accurate lapping. Vorhees ^263
Acetylene generator. Imperial automatic, . .
t^523. •653c
Ackland Speciality Co. — Screwdriver t^48a
Acme screw threads. Schwartz {^105
Ac-me thread tans of steep lead. Design of
square and, Dixie ' •887
Acm" threads in motor-jack bushingrs.
Schwartz 1082
Acme threads in motor-jack bushings. Tap-
ping. Armstrong '379
Ac*H. Meilical aid under the compensation,
Sherlock 844
Activitie-i of American engineering standards
ccmnvltee 400
Adiustablc angle plate for light drillings.
Rnilt lip Bennett nxi
Adiustable boring-bar holder. Murray . . . •326
Ariiustnble-center multiple-spindle drill
hc;i,ls I •737. ^8763
A'Hiist.ible gap 72-in. lathe t'Miti
A.liustahle taper gage. Knauel. . . . t'lSS. ^2920
A<'«'3ntage« of th" left-hand lathe carriage.
Some of the. Shaw 646
Adventure. New. Entrop,v 20.3
Advertisements. Help wanted. Fitz 1199
After or a sintrle track man. Are you a
h"fore and. Wittstein ^67
After the Civil War and now. Manchester. •SSO
Aid in the drafting room. Educational,'
Frederi.'ks 'leo
Aid to determine pulley diameter and
"needs. Childs 175
Aids to the construction of logarithmic
'harts, Alden ^496
Air comiireHsor outfit. Black & Decker port-
able t*740. •876c
Air compressor. Repairing an. Hudson , , , '70
Air engine. Underwood steam or, .^•141. ^2440
Page
Air line couplers. Making Thor quick-ac-
tion. Hunter *Q'A1
Air lines. Thor moisture separator for. . .
^•739. •876c
Air turbine. Grinding device run by an.
Hunter •ligO
Aircraft. Development of. Colvin 1008
Airplane-propeller hub. Broach for. Rich. . ^70
Airplanes for local use. Building. Rich... "864
Airplanes. Superchargers for. Moss •345
Alien inliuencc. The. [Cin. EriQuirer] .... 3.30
Alignment. Setting the milling machine vise
in. Folsom •SI
All-geared 7-in. combination turret and
capstan lathe l^lllSc
All shops. For small shops and. Lucas. . . .
•24. •310. ^402
"All-steel" vise. Soderfoss {•331. •438e
Allen-Bradley clapper-type controller, , . .^•1204
Alloy steels. Some commercial heat-treat-
ments for. Miller 'SIO
Almond micrometer. Making the. Viall . . . •SOS
Alternating current and the planer. Berva.^7'28
Aluminum foundry practice in U. S.. Cast-
ing losses in. Anderson 60
Aluminum pistons, Cast-iron and. Colvin. '416
Aluminum ware. Expanding punch for.
Stanley. •199; Sheppard. 'eiS: Lindgren.
•1008e
Ambitious industrial plans of Czecho-
slovakia. Woods 238
American contractors and labor conditions
in France. Mehren 524b
"American" tirop hammer t^S?. •IQSa
American Engineering Council organized,
Executive board of 1245
American Engineering Societies. Progress of
the 185
American Engineering Standards committee.
Activities of 400
American Engineering Societies. Purposes of
the Federated 413
American helve hammer t^244c
American labor and immigration, Doyle... 524a
American machine tools at Olympia: What
is the lesson? Haughton 788a
American machinery in foreign markets.
Hein 913
American Machine-Tool Trade. European
conditions as affecting the, Dietz .... 75
American Milling Machine Co, No, 1^
plain and universal milling machines.
Hunter '600. ^8281
American rock-type broaching machine. . . ,
t*1013, ^12123
.Ammunition. See also "War Topics." and
""Ordnance." 81
Amos Whitney •SSI
Ancient planer. An, Fox •612
Angle of twist drills. Helix. Benedict. . •1176
Angle plate for light drilling. Built up ad-
justable. Bennett 682
Angler, '"Arrow" t*1204
Angles. Laying out. Josselyn •633
Angles on tools for the automatic, De-
vi<*e for grinding clearance, Rogers. .. •656
Angles without a protractor. Lajring off.
Brunner •878
Angular holes in tire mold. Drilling. Bain-
ter '779
Annealed carbon steels. Relation between
Brinell hardness and the grain size of.. 1230
Anniversary meeting of A. S. M. E,.
Fortieth 965
Another solution to "a little question in
trigonometry." Goodchild ^277
Anti-metric resolutions 916
Anti-rust compound, '"Stazon" t237
Anvil, Repairing a broken, Blake •1,0,54
""Any angle'" lighting fixture {•787, •924k
Apparatus in railroad shop. Frame weld-
ing. Stanley •1232
Apneal on behalf of the Nolan Patent Of-
fice Bill H, R, 11.984 1093
Applying magnetic chucks to best advan-
tage. Hunt •267. Macready 708
Apiirentices, Home for, Colvin *671
Apprenticeship and special training in rep-
resentative corporations. Prograraes of —
I, Morris •565: II •657; IH •765: IV
•847: V '951: VI '1078: VU ^1172
Arbor press. Detroit combination . t*892, •S2«k
Arbors, Expanding, Dixie •664
Arc welding. See 'Welding and Cutting."
Arc welding machine for small work.
"Electric" fl019. •1212a
Arc-welding machine. Sheet metal. Than-
ton •883
Are you sure of your cost figures? 1150
Argentina, U, S,. manufactures to be ex-
hibited in. Priebe /■ ■ ">*^
Armstrong spring threading tool.. {•786. •924k
Armstrong-Whitworth surface grinding ma-
chine , : 'i»*e
Armv, See also "War Topics,'
Arnold portable drill. Grinder attachment
for ♦•iieo
Arnold type "C" portable electric dnll.. .^^^^^^^
"Arrow Angler." • ■ • , - . tn204
Articles concerning the F. A, E, S, which
have appeared in the "American Mach-
A. S, M, E„ Fortieth anniversary meeting
646
985
Face
A. S. M. E., Portjr-ftrst annual meeting
of 115B
A. 8. M, B, organizes material handlinc tee-
tioii 797
Ash-can riveter. Baird t»640. ^^*»<!
Assembling Cleveland parts, Colvin . . , , •1097
Assembly work. Setting small nuts in. Bees-
ton '991
Attachment. Brown & Sharpe hlgh-spe*^
milling »«1250
Attachment for a milling machine. Grind-
ing, Finlay •114
Attachment for Arnold portable drill.
Grinder t'liao
Attachment for Cincinnati boring mills.
Taper {•lllO
Attachment for extending a scale. Kasper.^314
Attachment for hand screw machine. Cham-
fering. Symes 'QBT
Attachment for lathe. Grinding t^l014. •1212a
Attachment for lathe. Potter thread-chas-
ing t^824. •1020»
Attachment lor lathes, Davis milling. . .
{•88. •244a
Atta<-hment for milling machines Purves
drilling »«738 •876c
Attachment for surface grinding machines.
Exhauster {•604. •700c
Attachment for the lathe. Slotting.
Parker •1006
Attachment for Thor portable drill motors.
Screwdriver {•741. •9241
Attachment. Fox multiple-spindle tapping
^•1107. •1280a
Attachment, Hob-grinding, Wilson '908
Attachment, Lafayette button die grinding. .
t^lSO. •S40c
Atta^'hment. Landis cam-grinding, t •SO?, •ll>20c
Attachment, Parallel clamp, Willey ^5240
Attachment, Tri-state milling, ... t •334, '4848
Australia, Industrial development of. Little 842
Austrian machine industry. Situation of
the 1207
Automatic. See "Screw — Screw machine."
"Lathe." etc.
Automatic Die-Sinking machine. Keller
Hand 'IBS
Automatic electric arc welding machine.
Unland *403
Automatic grinding machine. Fraser full-. ,
{•692. ^8281
Automatic induction motor starter ..'... t ^2448
"Automatic" lifting and tiering truck ....
t»140. "2440
Automatic multiple-spindle profiling ma-
chine t48e
Automatic multiple-spindle profiling milling
machine. Coulter t^l012. •1212a
Automatic piston and piston ring lathe, ,
»»244a
Automatic screw-cutting lathe {•lllOc
Automatic sensitive drilling m.tchine.
Kingsbury t^ioee, •1212c
Automatic starter for induction motors.
General Electric }'89, •244a
Automobile engine pistons as a stock propo-
sition, Sheldon •437
Automobile fuels and their consumption.
Colvin 475
Automobile industry. Future of 959
Automobile repair shop. Western '491
Automobile wrench. Making a small, Vin-
cent '471
AUTOMOTIVES
— Assembling Cleveland parts, Colvin. . •lOg?
— Auiomatic multi-spindle profiling ma-
chine t*48e
— Automobile fuels and their consumption.
Colvin 475
— Automobile engine pistons as a stock
proposition, Sheldon ^437
— Automotive engineering standardization
and progress, Clarkson 891
— Huilrting airplanes for local use. Rich,, ,^854
— Building motors on the Pacific coast,
Colvin •1117
— Cast-iron and aluminum pistons. Col-
vin '416
— Connecting rods for the Fordson tractor,
nolvin , '373
- — Cylinders in the Oakland shnn. Colvin, •571
— Dovelopm-nt of aircraft. Colvin .... Tnns
— ^Essex cvlinder, Colvin •579
— Few Sn'itdorf details, S, A, Fa"'' K H
Condit I '78, n •!"-
— Plvwheel starter ring-gears, Colvin ,,,. 'Sia
— Franklin transmission case, Colvin, . , •lOOl
— Horizontal boring machines for manufac-
turinir, Colvin , , , , •3«R
— Tnaccessibility of auto pjirls. Little. ... 1224
— Ttiereasing safety in aviation n5'>
— Machining front axles. Colvin '553
— Machining methods In Picrce-Arrow shop.
Colvin '221
— Machining the connecting rods of two
well-known motors. Colvtn '""''
— "Making the Essex piston. Colvin "SI"
— Modem aviation engine^. Onndit . , ,
in •20: IV •618: V ^938: "VT •1042
— M'^'*e machine tools for airplane work,
Colvin •■''"
— 'Oakland piston. The. Colvin 419
— Oneralions in building tractors. Colvin •S??
— Piston blasting machine. Gray t"4Ra
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pagre
AUTOMOTIVES — Continued
— Piston clearances for internal combustion.
Richards 124 1
— 'Retarding- airplane development. Colvin. 380
— Sheet metal work for automobiles. Col-
vin *X165
— Some mechaTU<_-ii of hand-made tires. S!)cl.
Cor *1095
— Special methods lor making radiators.
Colvin *176
— Stiulebaker methods of cylinder produc-
tion. Colvin •57.'')
— Su perch argrers for airplanes. Mosa. . . . *:J4r>
—Triple frear for Ford transmissions •080
— Weighing automobile parts to determine
amount of wear 904
Aviation engines. Modern. Condit
Ill •SO: IV *616: V *936: VI ^104^
Aviation. Increasing safety in 1150
Awakening of the engineer. Condit 686
Axle-ending and centering machine. Tangyes
J*1164c
Axle-turning lathe. Tangyes t*116*o
Axles. Machining front. Colvin *55S
babbitting fixture. Bremer $*604. •700c
Babies. Making employees lead the plant
paper by telling about their. Williams. 363
Back-stroke outling-off tool. Rigid t*1160
C:i<'k the tide, Sweeping. Forbes. .. .33.
Vogetzer !37;3
Raeklash standards for spiu- gears. IjOgue.*i040
Backward. Looking. Stillman 360
Backward. Securing the faceplate when
running the lathe. Parker *1243
Badger disk-grinding machine. Pace-grind-
ing table for $•479. •564k
Bailey ball thrust bearing. Press work on
the. Hunter •456
Baird ash-can riveter }*640, •748c
Baird closp-cornep riveter t*60.3. •700c
Baird stake riveter for marine boiler flanges.
t»869. 'lOfiSi
Baird truck frame riveter J*1204
Baird type riveter with stationary mount-
ing {•as. '244n
Baird "Yoke" riveter. Erratum notice. .t*18n
Baker No. 220 two-spindle drilling ma-
chine $•825. •1020a
Balancing. Slow speed vs. high speed.
Akimoff •925
Ball Bearing twist drill grinding machine..
J •244a
Ball bearings. Washing. Dixie •On
Ball-ended plugs. Making some. Dixie. . . . *453
Ball thrust bearing. Press work on the
Bailey. Hunter ^456
Ball turning, Turret tool for. Mohay. . . . ^.557
Bamboo fence. Enerineers and a. Morrow. 374
Bandsaw, Seattle metal-cutting J^llll
Bandsaw. West side junior bench. }*827. •1020a
Bar of merit. Boring. Houssman '278
Bar. "VV" expanding boring t»1160
Barrel. Home-made water tumbling. Vin-
cent ♦634
Bars. Holder for bonne-. Vin<>ent •ir*'T
Bars in multiple. Cutting off. Brandt.. *704
Bauer revolving knife wood trimmer
$•828. •1020c
Beadiner tools in railway tool shops. Produc-
dnetion of boiler flue. Hunter *904
Beams and channels. Revision of weights
for se(^*ions of American standard 481
B-ams. Strength of shafts and. Watts.. •909
Bearing. Langhaar self-adjusting ball. . . . j^ll09
Bearing. Perss work on the Bailey ball
thrust. Hunter ^456
Bearings. Calculation of loads on. Watts.. ^689
Bearings, Machine for boring line. Hunter. . *162
Bearings under heavy loads. Test of roller.
Barnes ^200
Bearings, Washinff ball. Dixie ^69
Bearings, What is the difference between
roller and ball. Danielson ^857
Beef -bone screws for surgical use. Little. .1220
"Before-and-after" or a sinjrle track man.
Are you a. Wittstein 'O?
Belt from a wider one. Making a narrow.
Grill *823, 1 195
Belt-sander, Mattison No. 124 automatic
stroke 1*378. ♦48 to
Belt-striking gear. Planer with t*1110c
Belting — T. An experimental investigation in
steel. Hampton Leh, Helmick. . . •298. '393
Bench bandsaw. West side junior. t •827. ^10203
Bench block. Independently supported, Wil-
ley *279
Bench centers. Cadillac t*1160
Bench covering that gave satisfaction.
Creager 27
Bench drilling machine. Mellon .. t*^9fi. •870a
Bench bom nress "Emco" t^^^l . •4.Sflc
Bench lers. Ot-steel t*524. •652c
Bench. Oliver No. 80 "Variety" saw
$•1108. •1260a
Bench-press, Verson No. O inclinable
power t*189. •292c
Bending machine. Wallace 5-A t*87, •196a
Berg burner t*236. •340c
Bernardo. Chile. New railroad shops at San.
Cruchoga ^982
Betts mnltiple-spindle continuous vertical
milling machine $•332. •430c
B"vel gear planer. Spiral ^♦1164c
Bill introduced in the Senate. Metric sys-
tem 1248
Billion and a half more for the railroads
nnd every cent of it needed. FN. Y.
Sun 1 380
Bit. Toolholder with key for holding.
DrcBsler •718
Black & Decker bench drilling stand
$•693. •828k
Page
Black & Decker's bodybuilder's drill. . . .t^llOS
Black & Decker portable uir compressor
outfit f7-±0. ♦876e
Black & Decker two-spindle electric drill . . .
$•870. ♦lOOSi
Bliuksmith shop. Tools from a railroad.
Colvin *'7f>»
Blades. Measuring propeller. Rich •706
Blasting Ma^^'hine Piston 48a
Block for use in a milling machine vise.
Spring. Fay *QQ'7
Block. Independently supported bench. Wil-
lev *«79
Blow torch, Pumpleas $^237. •340e
Blueprint machine, Inexpensive. Arm-
strong •966
Blueprint. Why the. Senior •S3. Weisger-
ber 304, Gillis 344
Blueprints and drawings, Waterproofing.
McLean 743
Blush multiple micrometer t*236. •340c
Board. Photographs on the shop bulletin.
Williams 77
Bodies. Machine for drilling gear-shift.
Hunter '412
Bod^-builder's dnll. Black & Decker's $»1108
Boiler flanges, Baird stake riveter for ma-
rine $*869. •1068i
Boiler flue beading tools in railway tool
shops. Production of. Hunter ^904
Bolts and nuts. Tight fitting threads for.
Lord '153
Book of ethics? Where is that. [Coal
Affe] 969
Boring bar of merit. Houssman •278
Boring-bar holder. Adjustable. Murray ... •326
Boring mill, Form-turning on a. Hudson. . ^31
BORING
— Adjustable boring-bar holder, Murray.. *326
— Boring a large ring gear out West. Sil-
ver '472
— Boring an 11-ton propeller ^555
— Boring bar of merit. Houssman •278
— Changes in Lambert horizontal boring
machines i^564
— Clamping a difficult job on the boring
mill. Dixie ^132
— Crankcase boring fixture with adjustable
supports. Rich ^357
— Facing some slender disks on the boring
mill. Dixie ♦472
— *Fox cylinder boring and grinding ma-
chine $*41. •146e
— "Harvey" horizontal boring and facing
machine •436c
— Holder for boring bars. Vincent •ISS
— Horizontal boring machines for manu-
facturing. Colvin •368
■ — Lathe equipped with a boring table.
Dixie *371
— Machine for boring line bearings.
Hunter •162
— Portable electric reboring machine.
Geiger '325
— Re-boring an 8-ft. wheel. Gore •219
— Resettibg a tool for boring tapers.
Burke •337
— Rockford heavy-duty horizontal boring
nuwhine •1197
— Storm vertical boring mill ....t*289. •388a
— Taper attachment for Cincinnati boring
mills $'1110
— Tools for boring a seat for a ball joint.
Stanley •856
— Universal boring machine coolant system.
$•480. •564k
— "VV" expanding boring bar $^1160
Bow.ser 9-F oil filter $*639. •748c
Boxing machinery to insure safe ship-
ment. Colvin 734
Bi-anch public library at the plant. Wil-
liams 883
Brass making. Seven centuries of. Kenyon
I •755; II *835: lU •939: IV •1033.
V •1133: VI ^1225
Brenner babbitting fixture $*604. •700c
Brewster "Demagnatool" $^868. •lOOSi
Brewster "Demagnatool" No. 2.$^1015. •1212e
Brinell hardness and the gi'ain size of
annealed carbon steels. Relation between.. 1230
Briti.«h. See also "Great Britain." "Eng-
land." etc.
Broach for airplane-propeller hub. Rich. . '70
Broach teeth. Relieving tool for. Rask. .•422
Broaches. Grinding machine for $*120.'t
Broaching. Difficult job of. Darling .... '490
Broiiching gas-engine tappet-guide holes.
Hunter •321
Broaching machine. American rock-type. . . .
$•1013. *1212a
Broaching machine. "Viekers" $*1116e
Broaching sauare holes. Clark •178
Broader field for engineering 788d
Brown rubbing machine t^4l, •196a
Brown & Sharpe high-speed milling at-
tachment $^1250
Bryant checking grinding machine. $^235, *340e
Buhr multiple-spindle drill heads
$•1068. •1260a
Builders. Suggestions to machine-tool.
Githens ^1137
Building airplanes for local use. Rich . . ^854
Building motors on the Pacific Coast. Col-
vin I •1117. II ^1215
Building optical instruments. Small ma-
chines for. Hunter ^1045
Building saw mill machinery. Colvin. , . .^1030
Building tractors. Operations in. Colvin.. ^877
Buildine: up subordinates. Entropy 488
Built-up adjustable angle plate for light
drillings. Parker •279. Bennett 682
Bulb. Sliver gous-e made from part of
broken light. Franklin ^730
Bulging with a rubber punch. Vorhees.
♦423, Richards ^730
Bulletin board. Photographs on the shop.
Williams 77
Page
Bulletins that count. Factory. Colvin 329
Bureau of Standards, Improved type of
optical proje*.'tion apparatus designed and
built by the. Fischer "lloS
Burner, Berg J*236. •340c
Burwin Co. inc 146a
Bushings, Acme threads in motor-jack...
Business. See also "Trade."
Business conditions in England. . . .91, 142,
192. 340, 336. 383. 524d, 650, 828b,
924. 1016, 1206
Business. Use of money in. Basset 1069
Button die grinding attachment, Lafayette. .
$•189. ♦340c
Bu.ver3 with vision — or graft. Godfrey . .1157
Cable. Salvaging the inner strand of a
worn "272
Cadillac bench centers $^1169
Calculation of loads on bearings. Watts.. ^689
Calculation of stresses in winding-drum
flanges. Watts ^1130
Calibration and dimensional changes of pre-
cision gage blocks. Peters-Boyd. . •627. ^674
Caliper. See also "Gage."
Calorizer, Mahr $»377. •484a
Cam cutting in a jobbing shop. Dixie. . . . 'IISI
Cam without a milling taiachine. Cutting a.
Folsom 'SS
Campaign for better oiling. Bennett . 165
Cams. Finish-turning some heart-shaped.
Dixie '779
Can anybody help? Copeland ^1053
Cancellations in the State of NeV York,
Preventing contract 1247
Cancellations, Question of [New York Com-
mercial]. 969
Canton drill clamp $*788 •924k
Capacity of old locomotives. Increasing the.
Smith 1094
"Cappeir* core machines. Woodison . . . $^1252
Capstan lathe. All-geared 7-in. turret and.
$^1116e
Car built by municipal machine shops.
Geiger . . .■ •517
Carbon-electrode arc welding and cutting.
E.schholz ^499
Carborundum Turning hard metal with.
R'-macle •178
Carburizing hardening and tempering high-
carbon alloy steels in 130 minutes. Gil-
man 649
Card report from Washington. Viall .... 324
Cards on the table. Laying the. Colvin. . .'531
Carriage production lathe. Hamilton double-.
Hunter •1021
Carriage. Some of the advantages of the
left-hand lathe. Shaw 646
Ca.se. Franklin transmission. Colvin ....•1001
Caseharden. See "Heat Treatment."
Case-hardening steel. New method of.
Merten ^1169
Cast-iron and aluminum pistons. Colvin. . .•418
Cast i ron for locomotive cylinder parts.
Tests of 1221
Cast iron per minute. DriHing out 88 cu.in.
of 116
Cast iron with the gas torch. Cutting. . . 173
Castellated nut. Smoothing up a defective
thread by means of a. Nye 1017
Casting. See also "Foundry." "Pattern."
etc.
Casting, Die. Pack 564b
Casting losses in aluminum foundry prac-
tice in U. S, Anderson., 60
Castings. Machining monel-metal. Houlon.^341
Catalogs from the engineer's point of view.
Standard. Lovell 651
Caterpillar parts. Press tools for. Stanley. ^987
Center by trigonometry. Finding a. Good-
child ^32
Center drill. Cutting keyways with a. Arm-
strong ^314
Center. Ettco insert t^l88. •29"^
Center of radii. Locating the. Josselyn. . •1084
Center point inserted 98a
Center. Snellex "frictionless". .$^1067. •1260a
Centering cylinders preparatory to grind-
ing. Device for. Leighton •ISl
Centering device for the milling machine
Kasper : ^806
Centering machine. Home-made. Vincent. •1053
Centering machine, Tangyes axle-ending and.
$^1164#«
f^enters. Cadillac bench $^1160
Centers on flat and round stock. Device for
transferring. Brooks 241
Centrifugal pump. Ross two- way
$•1014. ^12603
Centuries of brass makina-. Seven. Kenyon.
I •755: n ^835; III *9.39: IV •1033: V ^1133
Chamber of Commerce of the United States
votes on elimination of strikes by Public
Service employees 104
Chamfering attachment for hand screw ma-
chine. Symes "997
Chamfering machine. Grant automatic
double-spindle $^478. •.564k
ChamferinET tool for valve s'^ats Hnnler. . •*^'^7
Change gears. Machining. Hamilton .... '681
Changes in Cincinnati plan-^r t*-i**l 524k
Chanares in Detroit semi-automatic fiv*--
spindle drillins machine $*1205
Changing a straight-faced wheel to a cup
wheel. Parker •956
Channels. Federal automatic spot wilder
for 1^333 •484a
Channels. Revision of weights for Sections
of American standard beams and 481
Characteristics treatment and uses of high-
speed tool steel 121
Chart for computing planing time. Con-
way ^351
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Fare
Chart for determiiiine safe loads. Con-
way *1341
Chart for len^h of keys. Watte '560
Chart, Horsepower and torque. Watts. ... •191
Charts. Aids to the construction of
logarithmic. Alden •496
Charts. Use of cross-section paper in mak-
ing. Barr 16. Josselyn 'SeO
Chatter. Correcting hand reamer. Nichol-
son 1189
Checking up on accidents. Heyne 542
Chile. New railroad shops at San Bernardo.
Cruohoga "983
■Chip separator. "Ideal" pneumatic $^1159
Christmas — the turning point 1201
Chrome nickel steel. Unusual drilling in.. 193
Chuck and collet. Jarvis Quick-change .. t*125.">
Chuck as a knurl holder. Using the lathe.
Parker '81
Chuck drill quick change 146a
Chuck, Expanding. Thanton •1140
Chuck, Gustin-Bacon reversing driving. , ,
t*141. •244c
Chuck, Ney draw-in collet t"288, •388a
Chuck, "Perfection" reversible stay-bolt , ,
t««96. '8763
Chuck. R-designed Lavoie air {•291. ^3880
Chuck, Wearever drill {•43. "1963
Chucking grinding machine, Bryant
J235. •340c
Chucking machine. Jackson vertical auto-
matic ♦•1202
Chucks to best advantage. Appl.ving mag-
netic. Hunt •367, Macready •706.
Ferber 11,'>8
Cincinnati boring mills. Taper attachment
for {•IIOO
Cincinnati No. 9 internal grinding machine
$•477. •564k
Cincinnati planer. Changes in $•431
Cincinnati 16 in. gear hobbing machine...
{•138, •244c
Cincinnati .30-in. shoe and wedge planer. .
{•1263
Cincinnati strike won by employers. Viall. 686
Circles. Obtaining the radius of three equal
inscribed. Tool •.i93, Nordstrom •,")93,
Brennan ''^93. Tyler 12.),i
Circular cold sawing machine t'lliec
Civil War and now. After the, Manchester, •SSQ
Clamp attachment. Parallel, Willey •534c
Clamp, Canton drill {•788. •924k
Clamp. Force universal 146a
Clamp, Power saw, Tuttle, Jr 'eSS
Clamp, Quick-operating. Johnson ^595
Clamp. Suggestions for the use of the tool-
maker's. Parker •1100
Clamp work. Using two angle plates to.
Parker •ISl
Clamping a difficult job on the boring mill.
Dixie •132
Clamping device with automatically locked
spring plunger support. Shaw •430
Little •1054
Clamping device. Double-acting. Anderson. .•535
Clapper-type controller. Allen-Bradley. . . .{•1304
Classification and compensation committee
to Engineering Council. Report of the. , , 464
Cleaning a grinding wheel with gasoline.
Frew 733
Clearance angles on tools for the automatic.
Device foif grinding. Rogers 'ese
Clearance in cylinders and why. Piston.
Hudson 157
Cleveland Chamber of Commerce on the
metric system. Report of ^283
Cleveland parts. AssembUng. Colvin . . . •1097
Cl"ver unloading scheme. Rich •.517
Club methods. World trade, Viall 597
Clutch. Link-Belt "Twyncone" friction.,,.
{•188. •293c
Clutch. Mill duplex friction {•603. •700c
Clutches on spur-gear cutter. Cutting. Dc
Angelis ^794
Coil-winding machine. Eisler. , . . {'871. •1116a
Collap.sible tap. Rickert-Shafer. . {^869. •1068i
Collar, Self-adjusting spacing. Rasper. ... •950
Collet. Jar\'is ouick-changc chuck and. t*13,55
Columns. Getting the right man through
the "help wanted." Forbes 892
Combination toolholder. Derringer. . {•43.3, •524k
Combination turret and capstan lathe. All-
geared 7-in {•lllec
Combining quantity production with the
making of special parts, O'Shea '443
Combustion, Piston clearances for internal.
Richards 1344
Commerce conducts referendum on Indus-
trial Relations, U, S. Chamber of
Commerce of the United States votes on
elimination of strikes by Public Service
employees. Chamber of
Commercial. See also "Trade."
"Commercial" grinding wheel dressers. . .
{•695. •876a
Committee on technical standards. Bureau
of Surveys and Maps, recommends use of
English measuring system 647
Common sense in engineering, Aldred 839
McFarland 989
Communism, Sociali="i 153
Compensation acts. Medical aid under the.
Sherlock 844
Compensation committee to Engineering
Council. Report of the classification
„ and 464
Compensation. Your liability for concurrent.
Sherlock 998
Composition of stellite and stainless steel.
Haynes 171
Compressed air. See also "Air" and
"Pneumatic."
Compresse<l atr. Speeding up machine tools
with. McLean •963
Compressor outfit. Black tc Decker portable
„ air {^740. •876c
Compulsory metric system. What the sfeel
Industry thinks of the. Viall 643
44
104
Page
Compulsory metrics? 1248
Computing planing time. Chart for. Conway^351
Concentricity measuring machine. Wickman
gear pitch and {•1008a. •1280a
Concrete ships. Colvin ^1091
Concurrent compensation. Your liability
for, Sherlock 998
Conditions as affecting the American Ma-
chine Tool Trade. European 75
Cone and geared-head lathes. Heid-'nreich ic
Harbcck {•737, ^8768
Congressional committees. Increasing the
efficiency of our. Condit 783
Conne<-ling rods for the Fqrdson tractor.
Colvin •273
Conne^'ting rods of two well-known motors.
Machining the. Colvin •829
Conservation of labor. Wallace .1104
Construction of Machinery of every de-
scription. Judicial. Childs •409
Consumed in milling. Power, Parsons. ,,. •SIS
Contactor controller. Westinghouse type
"S" {•787. •924k
"Contemporary" of an old-time machinist.
Tate 914
Continuous milling machine. Newton. ,. ^8281
Continuous milling machine. Newton
model 0-3 {•1067. ^12120
Continuous milling machine, Newton ring-
table {•834, •924k
Contract cancellations in the State of New
York, Preventing 1247
Contractors and labor conditions in France,
Mehren 524b
Contracts and fair play. Sales 918
Contracts, Keeping, Viall 645
Contracts with labor unions, Sherlock . , . . 897
Control as a staff function. Progress.
McConnell 970
Controller. Allen-Bradley clapper-type. . . . {•1204
Controller, Westinghouse type "S" contactor,
{•787, •924k
Convention of American Society for Steel
Treating 648
Convention of national machine tool build-
ers association. Nineteenth annual fall, .•967
Conventional thread. Right-angle. Beaver. ^1054
Conversion factors for weights of metals.
Josselyn 1236
Conversion tables. Temperature. Sauveur. . 1053
Converting micrometer readings into metric
measure, Josselyn ^1149
Co-operation between manufacturer and
dealer, Herberts 604d
Coolant, See also "Cutting," "Lubricant."
"Oil,"
Coolant system. Universal boring machine,,
{•480, •564k
Cooler, Griscom-Russell multiwhlrl oil, , ,
{•41, •146c
Cooper-Hewitt 85 per cent power-factor
lamp {'290, •SSSa
Copper, Furnace for heating soldering. Wil-
ley •564e
Core machine, Woodison "Cappell" {•1252
Coriolis. Law of. Bonis •928
Correcting hand i-eamer chatter. Nichol-
son 1189
Correction — two-piece spindle for microm-
eter ^927
Cost figures? Are you sure or your 1150
Cost keeping In the small shop. Colvin.. ^442
Cost of labor and labor cost. Leach .... 1188
Cost system for the small shop. Wheeler. . . "190
Coulter automatic multiple-spindle profiling
mining machine {'1012. •1213a
Council. Summer Meeting of the National
Safety •ISO
Council of the F. A. E. S.. First meeting of
the American Engineering 1057, Morrow 1084
Countcrbores and spot facers, "Duplex" in-
terchangeable {^741 •924i
Counter-sinking machine, Langeller op-
posed-spindle {•523. •652c
Couplers Making Thor quick-action air
line. Hunter ^931
Coupling, "Little David" hose {^1252
Court, Kansas Industrial. Condit ^749
Courting trouble. Carpenter. . •SI. Wilder ^470
Covering that gave satisfaction, Bench.
Crcager 27
Cowan transveyors. Improvements in
{•693. •828k
Crane. Hammond "Never-slip" portable. . . .
{•921, •lliea
Crane hooks. Useful formula in the design
of. Thomas ^23
Crane, Universal {•1253
Crankcase boring fixture with adjustable
supports. Rich *357
Crankshaft line-bearing and flange-turning
lathe. Wickes ^99, ^3403
Crankshaft-straightening press, Metalwood.
Hunter ^256. {•388c
Crankshaft milling machine. Stamets. Vlail
•245. faSSn
Cros8-se<"lion paper in making charts. Use
of. Barr 16. Josselyn '880
Cross-section. Steel compression springs of
circular. Stacy "581
Cross-lies, Machining railroad. Edwards. •1237
Crowlher & Crowther drill grinding gage. .{•146a
Crucible-type oil-burning furnace, Wayne..
{•826. ^10203
Current and the planer. Alternating. Bema.*738
Curve. See also "Chart."
Curved-lip tool grinding machine. ^Lums-
den) {•1164c
"Curvex" cutter grinding machine. Pratt &
Whitney {'920. •1116a
"Curvex" cutters. Pratt * Whitney
{•931. •1116a
Cushioned helve hammer. "American" rub-
ber ^140. {^2440
Cutter grinding machine. Pratt & Whitney
■Curvex" {^920. •1116a
Cutter. Impromptu key for milling. Fol-
Pare
Cutter. Lovejoy fa.-e-milllng, , . , . {•637. •74lta
Cutters, Pratt A Whitney "Curvex"
{•931, •111«»
Cutting a cam without a milling machine,
Folsom 'as
Cutting bar stock, Ek-onomy in. Rich.. 362
Cutting, Carbon electrode arc weldlnr and,
Eschholi 'iftft
Cutting cast iron with the gas torch .... 173
Cutting clutches on spur-rear cutter. De
Angelis ^794
Cutting flats on wire rods. Inacoe •1148
Cutting In a jobbing shop. Cam. Dixie. . .•1131
Cutting job. A heavy gear. Rich •SM
Cutting keyways'with a center drill. Arm-
strong •aii
Cutting machine, "Horizontal junior.". . {•1309
Cutting. Modem welding XXIII. Viall...
•.54: XXIV ^447; XXV ^497: XXVI
•5.37; XXVII •SSa; XXVIII 'OflS:
XXIX ^719: XXX •765; XXXI •807
Cutting off bars In multiple. Brandt •7M
Cutting off piston 'rings. Kolsom •41ft
Cuttlng-ofr tool. Rigid "baf^kstroke". . . .{'lieo
Cutting. Setting the tool for multiple. Pers-
son •1100
Cutting thread. Emergency method of.
Kiddle •1233
Cutting-torch. Torchweld gas {•637. ^7488
Cylinder parts. Tests of cast iron for loco-
motives 1221
Cylinder boring and grinding machine. Fox.
{•41. •uec
Cylinder. Essex. Colvin •579
Cylinder production. Studebaker methods
of. Colvin ^575
Cylinder reaming sets, Welmore, , , .{•188. •292o
Cylinders and why. Piston clearance in.
Hudson 157
Cylinders In the Oakland shop. Colvin .... ^571
Cylinders preparatory to grinding. IJcvIc^
for centering. Leighton 'ISl
Cylindrical grinding in 1930. Chapman...
•1151. '1184
Cylindrical grinding machine, Webster &
Perks plain manufacturing {•785, •9241
Cylindrical shell with two internal flanges.
Making a. Dixie •SCO
Czecho-Slovakia. Ambitious industrial plans
of. Woods 288
Czecho-Slovakla. Situation of the machine-
tool market in. Heise ; 038
D. & M. Guard Co 48«
Damages for loss caused by negligence In
repairing machinery. Childs 1051
Davenport In the machine shop. Senator.
Oliver 582
Davis milling attachment lor lathes
{•88, ^2448
Dawsearl abrasive "finger" wheels ,.,,{^1252
Day? What is most satisfactory length of
work, Creager 902
Dealer, Co-operation between manufacturer
and. Herberts 604d
Decimal eouivalents on the slide rule. Find-
ing. Kellog , ■ ■ • 661
Decline. Guarantee of prices against. Mc-
Bride ■ ..783
Deep-hole drilling. Some experiences in.
gtai-l* •lO.i.i
Defectoscope. Durkee iiiii' '.V/JJiS
"Demagnatool" Brewster ■■■■ ■■i^P^ -/5,o
"Demagnatool," Brewst"r No, 2,t^ini,T. •1212'-
Dental dispensaries. Industrial. De Hart.. '1085
Department. Worth-while training. '''"■",«ao
|>Q\P OWO
Derring-er combination toolholder. .{•433. •524k
DESIGN
See also "Drawing" and particular Items,
— Design of square and acme thread taps
of steep lead, Dixie 88/
— Machine design again. Entropy .■••■•• 6^"
— Some examples of early machine design.
Sheldon i; ■ • V / ' • ^
— Some thoughts on early machine design.
Forbes ;■■■■.■
— Useful formula in the design of crane
hooks. Thomas ;■■•,• -..v ■■' V
Designating finishes. Suggestion In the m8^
ter of. Homewood ojw
Desoutter Brothers ■„••■.■••,;■;•• ' J
Details. Few Splitdorf. 8. A. Hand and
K. H. Condit L ^? " ^^"
Determinations — I. Acceleration, ^^^ullj^ . ^^^^^
Determine pulley diameter snd speeds. An
aid to. Childs ■ ■■■■ ; ija
Detroit combination arbor press., .t'692 'SiSk
Detroit five-spindle drilling machine
Changes in {"l^oo
Developing andhoidlnir for»ir.i trade ^^iQ
Development of aircraft Colvin . . . v,;,-,;^g9S
Development of Australia. Industrial. Little 84^
Device. Double-acting clamping. Ander-
son ^^"
Device for centering cylinders preparatory
to grinding. Leighton 131
Device for fitting pistons. Vincent BU
Device for grinding clearance angles on tools
for the automatic. Rogers 'O-JB
Device for grinding engraving ««>'»•, ,^,^
Hunter ■n»Wi
Device for grindlnr hucksaws. Henry ....•955
Device for handling piston rings In the side
grinding operations. Ferber 'lOOB
Device for multiple-spindle drilling machine.
Safety •ooo
•>ffiec for the milling machine. Centering.^
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pagre
Device lor transferiuy centers on flat and
round stock. Brooka 241
Device run by an air turbine, Grinding^.
Hunter "llOe
Device with automatically looked spring
plunger support. Clamping. Shaw •430.
Little •1054
Device, Woodison mechanical pouring
t*827. *1020a
Devices. Some small railroad shop *68
Diagram. Also see "Chart."
Dial iudicator. Keller t*694. •828k
Dial indicator. See "Gage."
Dials of optical instruments. Mechanism for
graduating. Hunter •1130
Diameter and speeds. An aid to determine
pulley. Childs 176
Diameter of three-surface tangent plug.
Figuring. Shaw •683
Diamond 54-in. extra-heavy-fluty face-
grindiug machine t*334, ^4843
Diamonds for truing grinding wheels. Set-
ting. Henry •1092
Die Casting. Pack 564b
Die grinding attachment. Lafayette but-
ton t*189. •340.-
Die. Large gang punch and. Johnson .... ^994
Die, Press. See generally "Press," "Forg-
ing," "Screw." etc.
Die sense. Bemacle 664
Die-Sinking machine. Keller automatic.
Hand 'IDS
Dies. Methods of making cold header. Arm-
strong •227
Difficult job of broaching. Darling •490
Difficult piece of press work. Stanley. . . .•164
Dilemma. Solving Poland's industrial.
Anielwski •1004
Dimensional changes of precision gage
blocks. Calibrations and. Peters-Boyd.. .
•627. -674
Dimensioning of keyways. Ernst •82
Dimensions of keyways. Kuraisi •960
Dings type "B" magnetic separator
$•867. •1020<'
Dinner pail again. Tin. Entropy 77H
Disconnecting a main rod. Easy method of.
Bohman •lea
Discredited government report. [.v. Y.
Sun^ 688
Disfranchised engineers. Viall 474
Disk-grinding friction rolls. Bennett •ISS
Disk grinding machine. Badger •48c
Disk-grinding machine. Badger No. 142
vertical-spindle t^869. *1068i
Disks. Gardner improved abrasive. } ♦636. *748a
Disks on the boring mill. Facing some
slender. Dixie ^472
Dispensaries. Industrial dental. De Hart. •1085
Distortion in pitch. Hardening of screw
gages with the least. Linebau I •■^47.
II ^6043
Dividing. See also "Index" and "Gradu-
ating."
Division. Short proof for long. Meyers. .
157, Meyers 350; Mummert 423; Mad-
den 480; Wikoff 595
Double-acting clamping device. Anderson.. ^535
Double-dimension saw. Wodkin 16-in.. . t*1164o
Doyle-Wall "precision" taper-measuring
gage t^962. •1164a
Drafting room. Educational aid In the.
Fredericks •160
Drafting room kink. Weare •564e
Thompson ^1129
Draw-in collet chuck. Ney t^288. •388a
DRAWING. DRAFTING
See also "Design."
— Drafting room kink. Weare •564e,
Wiriek *729
— Drawing an ellipse. Josselyn •594c
— For small shops and all shops. Lucas. . 'SIO
— Good method r*i numbering and filing
drawings. O'Shea 397
— Horsepower and torque ch-^rt. Wat's .."IJU
— How is the light in the drafting room?
Kellog _ " 855
— Method of indexing drawings. Kurth. . . .1022
— Waterproofing blueprints and drawings.
McLean 74.*^
— Why the blueprint •SS. Wei.sgerber 304
Dresser. Metcalf grinding wheel .. I^869. •1068i
Dressers. "Commercial" grinding wheel...
$•695. •876a
Dries & Krump plate-bending brake
J*1066. •1212c
Drill bv means of motion pictures. Teach-
ing the proper use and care of the twist.
Hunter *11
Drill ■Little David" No. 8 pneumatic. ... 146c
Drill pneumatic five piston l-*6a
Drill Rack gapiiiff lOfia
Drill spindle's. Steadying. Hudson *208
Drilling and tapping ring gears. Hudson. . ^309
DRILLING
For drilling jigs generally see "Jigs and
Fixtures."
— Ad iust able-center multiple-spindle drill
heads t'73~ •87(5'.
— Arnold type "C" portable electric drill. .
t*827. •1020c
— Baker No. 220 two-spindle drilliner ma-
chine t'S"''^ •1020a
— Black & Decker bench drilling stand....
{•693, •828'-
— Black & Decker bod.v-bnilder's drill. 1*1108
— Black St Decker two-spindle electric drill.
t*870. •I0fl«i
— Broachinsr square holt-K. Clark ^178
— Buhr multiple-spindle drill heads
t*1068. •1260a
— Built-up adjustable angle plate for hght
drilling. Parker ^279. Bennett 682
Page
DRILLING — Continued
— Canton drill clamp t«788. •924.
— Changes in Detroit semi-automatic flve-
spindle drilling machine {•1205
— Cutting keyways with a center drill. Arm-
strong •314
— Drill jig for exhaust manifold. Colvin. . *322
— Drilling and tapping ring gears. Hud-
son ♦309
— Drilling angular holes in the mold.
Bainter •779
— Drilling ignition -point holes in spark plue
spibdles. Allen ^1032
— Drilling out 88 cu.in. of cast iron per
minute 116
— Electro portable drilling machine
t*391. •388c
— Elevating-arm radial drilling machine. {•1068k
— "Fastfeed" combination drill and reamer.
t«738. •87(H-
— Fixed-center multiple-spindle drill heads.
J*787. •924k
— Frontier 20-in. drilling machine. .{•BO^. •700c
— Girder radial drilling machine {•1068k
— Glaude universal portable drilling ma-
chine $•638. •748c
— Grinder attachment for Arnold portable
drijl J»1160
— Helix angle of twist drills. Benedict. . ^1175
— Hoosier vertical 20-in. drilling machine. t*48a
— Improvised extension for small twist
drills. Nicholson •930
— Kingsbury automatic sensitive drilling
ma^'hine {•loee. •1212c
- — "Little David" Nos. 6 and 600 pneumatic
drills {•146c
— Machine for drilling gear-shift bodies.
Hunter ^412
— Medium size radial drilling machine. . J*1068k
— Mellon bench drilling machine. {•696. •876a
— Moline duplex drilling machine. Hunter.
•147. •340a
— Motor-driven 4-ft. radial drilling machine.
t*1116c
— Multiple-spindle Fox D-12 drilling ma-
chine t*146a
— Natco No. 85 inverted drilling machine.
{•189, •292c
— Peerless gaging drill rack {•43. •196a
— Portable universal radial drilling machine.
{•1068k
— "Production" 22-in. upright drilling ma-
chine {•921. •lH6a
— Purves drilling attachment for milling
machines {^738. •87ec
— Quick change drill chuck. Herbert. ... {•146a
— Radial 4-ft. drilfing machine. Scott
Bros {•14ec
— "Right line" radial drilling machine.
Niles-Bement-Pond t*l46c
— Roberts multiple-spindle flxed-center drill
heads {•871. •1116a
— Safety device for a multiple-spindle drill-
ing machine •350
— Screwdriver attachment for Thor portable
drill motors .- . . {'741 ♦024i
— Sibley 34-. 26. - and 28-in . stationary
head drilling machines {•524. •652c
— Silver 30-in. drilling machine. . {•480. •664k
— Snyder vertical 24-in. drilling machine. {•48c
— Some experiences in deep-hole drilling.
Starr •1033
— Some jigs for drilUng harvesting machine
parts. Johnson •697
— Steadying drill spindles. Hudson •SOS
— Three-spindle sensitive drilling machine.
{•lOrtSk
— Turbine Jr. pneumatic drill. ... {•563, •652c
— Unusual drilUng in chrome nickel steel. 193
— Vertical geared drilling machine. Minster
Mach. Co {•48c
— Vertical 16-in. drilling machine. Hoosier.
{ •9a:t
— Vertical 20-in. drilling machine. Holt
Electric Co {•ftaa
— Wearever drill chuck. $•42. Scully-Jones •lOOa
Drilling, Built-up adjustable angle plate for
lierht. Parker ^279
DrilUng machine. Niles-Bement-Pond rieht-
line radial {'40. *146c
Drive for merchant mill. Motor- flywheel.
Varela •OeO. Brv=nn lOOJi
Drop hammer. "American" {•87. •196a
Drum with deep sand pockets. Molding a.
Duggan n.^n
Drums. Plain vs. grooved winding. Watts. ^1242
Dumore No. 3 multi-speed grinding machine.
{•636. •748a
Dumping body on Karry-Lode industrial
truck ... .{•637. •74H:i
Duplex four-spindle milling machine Davis
No. 1 continuous {*828 •1020e
Duplex friction clutch. Mill {^603. •700c
"Duplex" interchangeable counterbores and
spoP facprs ffA\
Duplex milling machine. Moline. Hunter..
•147. •340a
Duplex slot-milling machine. Gar\'in No. 3.
Priebe ^202
Duralumin 'SOn
Durkee defectoscope {•1110
Dye industry. Protecting our. Viall 734
Early machine design. Some examples of.
Sheldon •!
Early traces of the toothed wheel — I.
Manchester •1126. IT •1179
Ea.sy method of disconnecting a main rod.
Bohman •163
Eccentric-headed studs. Making. Ward..* 1083
Economical press work in small lots. Col-
vin •761
Economical production. Training for. Colvin 734
•924i
Page
K'-onomy in cutting bar stock. Rich.... 362
Ecniioray may mean spending. [Eng. Stue-
lierord J 564a
Editor. Letter to the , 45
Editor, Little journeys of an. Sheldon. . . .'•OBa
Editor. Observations of a field. Colvin.. 28
EDITORIALS;
— -All-metal airplanes. Viall 38
— American labor and immigration. Doyle. 524a
— Are you sure of your cost figures? 115U
— Attention Engineering Societies 180
— Automobile fuels and their consumption.
Colvin 475
— Awakening of the engineer. Condit. . . . 686
— Boxing machinery to Insure safe ship-
ment. Colvin 734
— Card report from Washington. Viall... 324
— Child labor laws and apprentices. Deane. 135
— Ciniinnati strike won by employees.
Viall 686
— Compulsory metrics? 1248
— Development of aircraft. Colvin 1008
— Discouraging airplane building. Viall.. 37
— Disfranchised engineers. Viall 474
— EdU'-ation for employers, Condit 280
— En<ouraging reports of increased produc-
tion. Colvin 328
— En^uieers and a bamboo fence. Morrow . 374
— Evolution of the engine lathe 180
— Exhibits of American products in Ar-
trcntina 134
— F A. E. S.. the. Morrow 234
— F. A. E. S. and its field. Morrow.... 782
— F. A. E. S. will help. Morrow 687
— Fa^-tory bulletins that count. Colvin.. 329
— File your catalogs with the American
Chamber of Commerce in France .... 3>*
— Fire and the machine shop. Colvin .... 37
— First meeting of American Engineering
Council of the F. A. E. S 1064
— For the good of the industry. Colvin. . . 686
— Freight car orders. Viall 38
— Fundamentals of standard hole practice.
Colvin 919
— Future of automobile industry 959
— Getting down to work. Viall 281
— Have you ordered your coal 180
- — Human engineering. Viall 524a
— Immigration problem. Viall 1064
— Increasing safety in aviation 1150
— Inr-reasing the efficiency of our Congres-
sional Committees Condit 782
— Jncreasine ■ the railway car supply by
100.000. Morrow 475
— Interchurch report on steel strike. Viall 374
— Diternational Chamber of Commerce did
not indorse metric system. Viall .... 73. >
— James Watt not inventor of metric sys-
tem. Viall 280
— Jumping four miles for a record 181
- -Keeping contracts. Viall 645
— "Labor also is on trial." Condit 559
— Legislators vs. manufacturers and engi-
neers. Viall 329
— Measuring system not a subject for legis-
lative action. Viall 958
— Mechanic and the printed page. Alden . . 181
— Men back of the American Institute of
Wfights and Measures. Viall 34
— More machine tools for airplane work.
Cohin 374
— More pay for railroad mechanical execu-
tives. Colvin 524a
— Need for frequent testing of gages.
Viall 234
— Neglecting the employment manager. Col-
vin li"«
— Packing for export. Viall 233
— Passing of our pioneers. Hand 375
— Patent office needs your help. Condit ... 1102
— Permanent tribunal for labor troubles.
Condit 782
— Preparation — Not pessimism. Colvin . . 559
— Preventing contract cancellations in the
State of New Vork 1247
— Prote'^ting our dve industry. Viall .... 734
— Repetitive operation. Morrow 1102
— Retarding airplane development. Colvin. 280
— Richt of every American — Working free-
— Ring out the old : 1247
— Sales contracts and fair play 918
— South Americans to see U. S. manufac*
turers Priehe 919
— Study of working fits. Colvin 1008
— Technical map committee recommends
English measuring system. Viall .... 645
— Technical press on engineering society.
Condit 328
— Thanksgiving — a time for serious think-
ing and resolve lOOl
— Training for economical production. Col-
vin 934
— U. S. manufacturers to be exhibited in
Argentina. Priebe 281
— Very important meeting. Morrow 645
— Vindication of private ownership. Viall. lOOS
— iWe agree with Gompers. Viall 687
— What is an onen shop? Viall 6-1.1
— What production engineering should mean 134
— What the steel industry thinks of the
compulsorv metric system. Viall. . . . 6-i3
— WorkT*! tn th« rescue. Han'' 329
— World trade club methods. Viall 597
EDITORIALS (Reprinted from Other
Papers) ;
— Alien influence. The. \Vin. 'EnQvirer'S . . 330
— An Honorable labor union 90
— -Billion and a half more for th*» railroads
and every cent of it needed. [.V. T.
.«wnl 380
— Denvine fundamentals of democracy.
Nicholas & Butler 183
— Discredited srovernment report. [.V. T.
Sm»] 688
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Pagre
EDITORIALS (Reprinted from Other
Papers I — Continued
, — Economy may mean spending. [Enff.
Setcs-Iiecordl 564a
— Evolution of the engrine lathe. Franzen . 184
— Gospel of work. Southgate (U. S.
Motor Truck Co.) 688
— Labor more efficient. [A'. 1'. Commer-
cial] 564a
— Larg^er outputs with fewer men. [Iron
Age] 478
— Manufacturer should provide the neces-
sary guards. {Utilities Neutral "Pro- ,
tection" J 564b
— Question of Cancellation l-\ew York' Com-
mercial] 969
— Shipping Board declares tor the "open
!*hop." [Manufacturera' Record] .... 476
— Transportation experiment. A [Iron Age] 330
— We must save the railroads 90
— Where is that book of ethics* [.Coal Age] 969
— Which way are the Trade Winds Really
Blowing. Terhune 228
EDUCATION
See also "Apprentice.''
— Ai^ you a "before-and-after" or a
single track man. Wittstein ^67
— Branch pubhc Ubrary at the plant,
Williams 883
— Education for employers. Condit 280
— Finding a center by trigonometry. Good-
child •32
— Graduates and work. Entropy 406
— Harmful tendency in trade education.
Tibbabb 74. Entropy 691
— Programs of apprenticeship and special
training in representative corporations.
MoiTis 1 '565: II •657; lU •765;
IV ^847; V '951; VI •1078
— Teaching the proper use and care of the
twist drill by means of motion pic-
lures. Hunter •ll
— Well developed technical high school.
Hood •343
— \V*hat shall the school shop produce?
Forbes 486
Educational aid in the drafting room.
Fredericks ^160
Effecting the American-Machine Tool Trade,
European conditions as. Dietz 75
Efficiency of our Congressional Committees,
Increasing the. Condit 783
Efficient pattern making. Dixie . , , . ^516,
Duggan 858
Efficient pattern work. Haladay 762
Eisler ooil-winding machine ^•871. 'Ilea
Electric arc furnace regulator. Westing-
house »*740, •876c
Electric arc-welding machine. Automatic.
Unland •403
"Electric" arc-welding machine for small
woi-k J*1013, ^12123
Electric drill. Arnold type "C" portable, ,
(•827, ^10200
Electric diill, Black & Decker two-spindle.
J«870, ^10681
Electric fan. Making a pressed-steel base
for an. Jay •,*J61
Electric glue pot, Westinghouse dry-type.
{•377, ^4848
Electric grinding and buffing machine. Van
Dorn heavy-duty ^•562, •652c
Electric lighting. See "Lighting,"
Electric malleable pot truck. Elwell-
Parker ^•1203
Electric reboring machine. Portable. Geiger.^325
Electric rivet heater. Taylor t^llOO
Electric tnick. "I. T. C." self-loading. . . .
♦•1068, •12e0a
Electric welding. See "Welding and Cut-
ting."
Electric welding machine. "Weldrite" A. C.
$•826. '10203
Electric welding outfit. Westinghouse single-
operator welding outfit t'43. ^1963
Electrical engineering. Some present day
research problems in. Karapetoff 260
Electrical work, Machine shop for light.
Geiger ^708
Electro-magnetic portable grinding machine.
{•563. ^6520
Electro portable drilling machine. {•291. •388e
Element. Human. Leach ^365
Elements of gage making. Macready
IX •167: X ^253
Elevating-arm radial drilling machine. . t'lOfiSk
Elimination of strikes by Public Service
employees. Chamber of Commerce of the
United States votes on 104
Ellipse. Drawing an. Josselyn •524e
Ellipse. Fixture for milling an. Fredericks. .^752
Elwell-Parker electric malleable pot truckt^l203
Embossing dies and stencils. Steel stamps.
Sheldon 'TSg
"Emco" bench horn nress J 'SSI. •436c
Emelgency method of cutting thread. Kid-
dle •1233
Employees, Chamber of Commerce of the
United States votes on elimination of
strikes by Public Service 104
Emplovees, Cincinnati strike won bv.
Viall 686
Employees interested in their work. Making.
Harris 230
Employees magazine results. Gaging. Bart-
lett 589
Employees on the job in Summer time. How
to keep. Polsom 323
Employees read the plant i)ar)er bv tf»Iling
about their babies. Making. Williams. 363
Employment department and the plant pub-
lication. Bartlett 287
Employment management. Field for.
Entropy 1044
Employment manager. Neglecting the. Col-
vin 1102
Page
Encouraging reports of increased produc-
tion, Colvin 328
Endowment, Engineering foundation seeks
large 13,">
Engelhard pyrometer ^•98a
Engine. See also "Automotives" and such
details as "Cylinder." "Piston," etc.
Engine lathe. Evolution of the, Halsey
335; Thwing 382; Senior 591
Engine pistons as a stock proposition. Auto-
mobile, Sheldon ^437
Engine, Underwood steam or air,,t^l41, ^2440
Engine. Awakening of the, Condit 686
Engineer worth? what is an. Entropy . . . 248
Engineering, Broader field for 788d
Engineering. Common sense in, Aldred 839,
McFarland 089
Engineering Council of the P, A. E. S., First
meeting of the American 599
Engineering Council of the F, A. E, 8„ First
meeting of the American. 1057; Morrow 1064
Engineering Council organized, Executive
board of American 1245
Engineering Council. Report of the classi-
fication and compensation committee to . . 464
Engineering foundation seeks large endow-
ment 125
Engineering, Human. Viall 524a
Engineering society action relative to the
P. A. E. S 960
Engineering Society. Technical press or.
Condit 328
Engineering societies and its field. Federated
American. Morrow 782
Engineering Societies concerning F. A. E. S..
Action of 885
Engineering Societies. Progress of the Fed-
erated American 185
Engineering societies to public service. Some
phases of relationship of 1061
Engineering. Some present-day research
problems in electrical. Karopetoff .... 260
Engineering Societies, Purposes of the
Federated American 413
Engineering standardization and progress.
Clarkson 891
Engineering standards committee. Activities
of American 400
Engineers and bamboo fence. Morrow 374
Engineers. Disfranchised. Viall 474
Engineers. Legislators vs. manufacturers
and. Viall 329
Engineer's point of view, Standard catalogs
from the. Lovell 651
Engines, Modern aviation. Condit
Ill '30; IV •016; V •936; VI ^1042
England. See also "Great Britain" and
"British."
England, Business conditions in 91,
142, 192. 340. 336, 383. 524d, 650,
828b. 924, 1016, 1206
England investigating her water-power re-
sources 906
English and the metric measuring system —
a comparison. Stutz ^911
English measuring system. Committee on
technical standards. Bureau of Surveys
and Maps, recommends use of 647
Engraving cutter grinding machine, Gorton.
{•602. •700c
Engraving tools. Device for grinding.
Hunter •1096
Entwistle screw-cutting lathe indicator, .. •436c
Envelope, The fat pay, Bennett 427
Equivalents on the slide rule. Finding.
Kellog 651
Erratum. "Meno" rust remover 922
Essentials of a plant safety organization.
Worth 852
Essentials or non-essentials? Shall we make.
Watts 451
Essex cylinder. Colvin ^579
Essex piston. Making the. Colvin "317
Etchinfe'. Making tools for. Dixie •1047
Ethics. Questions of shop 8
Ethics? Where is that book of. [Coal
Age] 969
Ettco insert center {•ISS. ^2920
Ettco self-grippine mandrel ...t»962 •ll«ia
Europe, Standardization work in 210
European conditions as affecting the Ameri-
can Maihine-Tool Trade. Dietz 75
Ever-hot soldering iron {•636. ^7483
Evolution of the workshop. X '71 ; Man-
chester. XI ^305; XII •311; Xni •SSS:
Xrv ^447
Evolution of the engine lathe. Halsey 335;
Thwing 382: Senior 591
Exet^utive board of American Engineering
Council organized 1245
Executive follow-up. An. Bennett ^236
Exhau.st manifold. Drill jig for. Colvin.. •333
Exhauster attachment for surface grinding
machines {•604, 700c
Exhibition and results, Olympia maehine-
tool 788a
Expanding arbors. Dixie •664
Expanding boring bar. "V V" t*1160
Expanding chuck. Thanton "1140
Exiianding punch for aluminum ware.
Stanley •lOO: Sheppard '615; Lindgren 1068e
Expansion hand reamer. "Rex" {•1205
Expansion reamers. Repairing broken. Hat-
tenberger •lOO?
Experienced. "Wanted- Young man fully.
Entropy 463
Experiences in deep-hole drilling. Some.
Stair •loss
Experiment. A Transportation I/ro« Age] . 330
Experimental investigation in steel belting
—I. Hampton. Leh. Helmlck ^298, •393
Export. See also "Trade "
Extension for small twist drills, Impro-
vised. Nicholson ^930
Extension spinning lathe and attachments.
Pryibil {•785. •924i
Pace
F. A. E. 8. — A very important meeting.
Morrow 846
F, A, E. S„ Action of EngineerlnK Societies
concerning the 805
F, A. E, S„ An invitation to join the. . . . 378
F. A. E. 8. and its field. Morrow 782
P. A. E. 8. — Broader field tor engineering . 788d'
F. A. E. S., Elndoeering society a<<IIon
relative to the 9a0
F. A. E. S. — Executive board of American
Engineering Coandl organized 1245
F. A. E. S.. First meeting of AmSHcan En-
gineering Council of the. 1057; Morrow 1064
F A. E. 8., Notes on the 733
F, A. E. S., Representation of local or-
ganizations in the 481
P. A. E. 8. which have appeared in the
"American Machinist,** Articles concern-
ing the 646
F, A, E. S will help. Morrow 687
Pace-grinding machine. Diamond 54-in.
extra heavy-duty t*334, •484a
Face-grinding table for Badger disk-grind-
ing machine , , . , t*479, •504k
Faceplate when running the lathe back-
ward. Securing the. Parker •1243
Facing some slender disks on the borinr
mill. Dixie "473
Factory bulletins that count, Colvin 329
Factory, Inspection and the modem, Whit-
taker •305
Factory management. Question In, Ben-
nett .375; Smith 601: Forbes 865
Facts tibout the P. A. E. 8 220
Failurt! of the lyeipsig technical fair. .. .788a
Fair play. Sales contracts and 918
Falcon pipe and fitting wrench. . {•SSI, •436c
False starters. Hackett 905
Fan. Making a pressed-steel base for an
electric. Jay •361
Farm products will affect industry. How the
$5,000,000 slump in the price of.,,, 859
Fast-feed combination drill and reamer,, . .
{•738, •876c
Fat pay envelope. The, Bennett 427
Federal automatic spot welder for chan-
nels {•SSS. '4848
Fetleral rotatable head two-spot welding ma-
chine {•291, •388c
Federated American Engineering Societies
and its field. Morrow 782
Federated American Engineering Societies.
First meeting of the American Engineer-
ing Council of the 599
Federated American Engineering Societies,
Progress of the 185
Federated American Engineering Societies,
Purposes of the 413
Federated American Engineering Societies
will help. Morrow 687
Peed. A simple roll. Vogetzer •SIS
Peed. Mutilated gear. Gumprich •250
Feet, Meters or. Hood 69
Few splitdorf details. S, A. Hand K. H.
Condit I ^78. II "IS"
Field editor. Observations of a Colvin .... 28
Fields, Mechanics of the oil. Colvin 'dftS
Figures? Are you s\u*e of your cost 1150
Figuring diameter of three-surface tangent
plug. Shaw •683
Filing jaws. Drake '424
Filter. Bowser 9-F oil {•639. •748c
Finding a center by trigonometry. Good-
child '32
Finding decimal equivalents on the slide
rule. Kellog 651
"Finger" wheels. Dawsearl abrasive. ... {•12S2
Finish on tools. Unnecessary. Honnep-ger. 1196
Finishes. Suggestion in the matter of desig-
nating. Homewood 896
Finish-turning some heart-shaped cams.
Dixie ^779
Fire. Heating rivets without. Sheldon . . . ^701
Fits. Study of working. Colvin 1008
Fitting pistons. Device for. Vincent •SO
85.000.000.000 slump in the price of farm
products will affect industry. How the,, 859
Fixed-center drill heads, Roberts multiple-
spindle {•871. •1116a
Fixie 3-jaw machine vise {•432. •524k
Fixture. See "Jigs and Fixtures'* also re-
spective varieties of work.
Fixture with adjustable supports. Crank-
case. Rich '357
Flanges. Baird stake riveter for marine
boiler {•869. •10681
Flanges. Calculation of stresses in winding-
drum. Watts •1130
Flanges for friction pulleys. Watts •372
Flanges, Making a cylindrical shell with two
internal flanges. Dixie •569
Flange-turning lathe, Wlckes crankshaft
line-bearing and •OO. '3403
Flask. Oliver all-steel self -releasing snap. . .
{•694. •828k
Flat A practio3l measuring tool. Optical.
Van Kenren •''*''■
Plats on wire rods. Cutting. Inscoe ^1148
Floating reamer holder, Scully-Jones
{•693, •SSSk
Flv-speed-cut planing machine, Powell,
Dunn ^117
Flywheel starter ring-gears, Colvin .... •SIS
Flywheels, Hardening teeth in. Colvin. .. ^116
Folklore philosophy. Simons 1080
Foote-Burt piston-turning machines. Hunter. •124
For small shops and all shops. Lucas...
•34, •166. •SlO. •402
For the good of the industry. Colvin 686
Ford owners. Repair kink for. Johnson . . •633
Ford transmissions, Triple gear for •680
Fordson tractor. Connecting rods for the.
Colvin ^273
Foreign markets. Selling American machin-
ery in. Hein 813
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pare
Foreign trade. See "Trade."
Foreijm trade. Developing and holding: . . . 104H
Porgre. Mahr No. 130 hand-portable oil-fuel
rivet } •479. •564k
Forjfes, Aianr portable oil-fuel rivet. . .
♦•896, 'STOa
FORGING
See also "Press."
Form turning on a boring mill. Budaon. . . . '31
Formula in ihi design ol crane hooKs. Use-
ful. Thomas "^S
Formula. Sizing forming tools without a. '
Jonnson •S'.ix
Formula to determine number of teeth in
contact of two meshing gears. Derivation
of a. Cox •899
Fortieth anniversary meeting of A. 9. M.
„ E 965
Forty-first annul meeting of A. S. M. E...1156
Foundation seeks large endowment. Engi-
neering 125
Foundations for machinery. Akimoff ^1145
FOUNDRY
See also "Pattern."
— ^Casting losses in aluminum foundry prac-
tice in U. S. Anderson 60
— Iron castings in iron mold. Kebler. . . . 269
— Labor-saving methods in the foundry.
O'Shea ^ . , 'Tea
— Molding a drum with deep sand pockets. 659
— Operations in a New Orleans foundry.
Stanley ^441
— Testing machines as related to the foun-
dry. Olsen . . . ." •525
Foundrymen's Association, Jameson speaks
before Philadelphia
Four-inch l^o-Swuig lath- t^378
Four-spindle milling machine. Davis No. 1
continuous Duplex t*838 'lOSOc
Fox cylinder Woring and grinding m<."hine
t'il •!
Fox multiple-spindle tapping attachment '.
t*H07, 'ISSOa
Frame riveter. Baird truck ^•1204
France, American contractors and labor con-
ditions in. Mehren 524b
France rapidly developing "white coal" re^
sources ggg
Franklin Products Co. rubbing machine. . i«l»6a
Franklin transmission ease. Colvin •lOOl
Fraser field-automatic grinding machine...
^•60** •8**8i
Freedom. Right of every American — Work-
ing. Viall 475
Friction clutch. Link-Belt "Twyncone" .'.'.'.
J* 188 •SO^c
Friction, Progress control as a staff. Mc-
Connell j)-n
Friction pulleys. Flanges for.' Watts ; ' ' ' .372
Friction tools. Disk grinding. Bennett .... •132
Fnctionless" center. Snellex. . . J •! iin7 •l''60a
Frontier 20-in. drilling machine. . .t^604 •700c
Fuels and their consumption, Automobile
Colvin 475
Fundamentals of standard hoie practice
Colvin giQ
Furnace for heating soldering copper, wil-
„ ley ^5646
Furnace, Monarch revolving meltimr
t •564 •700'!
Fomace regulator, Westinghouse electric
„ are Nt*74(i •a76c
Furnace. Wayne crucible-type oil burning.
Future of automobile industry j)5P
Future power supply. Entropy ....'.■■'. ' 932
Gage and form tool grinding machine.. J 'lOHRk
Gage, Knauel adjustable taper 1188, •292c
Gaging drill rack. Peerless (•43, •I96a
GAGE
(Including calipers, micrometers, test in-
dicators, other measuring Instruments
inspection, etc.)
— 5' v.* multiple micrometer ^•236 "SiOc
— Calibration and dimensional changes of
precision gage blocks. Peters-Bovd
*627 '
— Crowther drill grinding gage t'146a
— Doyle-Wall "precision" taper-measuring
„, sage t«962 •lin4a
—Elements of gage making. Macready
— Gnnding a radius on a gage. Moore. . . ^326
— "ajaening of screw gages with the least
distortion in pitch — I. Lineham
— Interferences of involute spur-gear teeth. *
vox •706
— S'w*' adjustable taper gage . J •! s's ' ••>cj-)..
— ^Making- the Almond micrometer. Viall . . •"605
— Necessity is the mother of invention. Hol-
118 .no
— Plug gage easy to use. Anderson ".'." '248
—Precision gages. Kanek ..R84; Irons 1144
—Profile-curvature gage. Souder •7,-io
— Sheffield sohd and adjustable snap gages.
— S"'"'* ""^^ss gage. La Rue •42"
— Testing the accuracy of micrometer' iii
common use. Hubbell . . . •'Op
— Tool-setting gage. Moore [ •1138
— Universal measuring machine. . . . •49. {•SSCic
— Van Keurcn combinalion r,;ference gages
{•562. •ft.iec
— Wickman adjustable thread snap gag«.}*1161
Page
GAGE — Continued
— "Wickman" universal gage measuring ma-
chine ♦•lOeSk
— Wickman universal gage measuring ma-
chine t^lOeSa. •1360a
Gaging employees magazine results. Bart-
lett 589
Gardner improved abrasive disks. .t*636. •748a
Gardner No, 34 continuous feed disk-grind-
ing machine t^870 •1116a
Gai-vin No. 3 Duplex slot-milling? machine.
Priebe ^302
Gas-engine tappet-guide holes. Broaching.
Hunter •SSI
Gas torch. Cutting cast iron with the.... *
Gasoline. Cleaning a grinding wheel with.
Frew 933
Gasoline engine. See "Engine." "Automo-
tives," etc.
Gear. Planer with belt-striking J^lllO*.-
Gear-hobbing machine. Cincinnati 16-in., .
t*138. •344c
Gcar-hobbing machine, Hercules 34-in.. . t^l254
Gear-shaper saddle. Machinery the. Hamil-
ton 'aos
Gear-shift bodies. Machine for drilling.
Hunter •tlS
Gear-type water pump. Machining a. Stan-
ley '61
Geared-head lathes, Heidenreich & Harbeck
cone and J •737. •876a
Geared-head turret lathe, Millbolland.
Hunter •485. ^7008
Geared-head turret lathe. Warner &
Swasey {•Ses. •10681
GEARING
— Backlash standards for spur gears. Logue.
•1040
— Boring a large ring gear out West. Sil-
ver ^472
— Derivation of a formula to determim?
number of teeth in contact of two
meshing gears. Cox •SOO
— Gear problem. Liddiatt ^1244
— Generator spur gear t*tll6c
— Heavy gear cutting job. Rlcb *392
— Interesting ring gear job. Rich '471
— Machining change gears. Hamilton •OSl
— Machining the gear-shaper saddle. Hamil-
ton ^293
— Mutilated gear feed. Gumprich •260
— Planing a laite t; ur v. u a .sni.ii p. an 1
Lemlng ^371
— Problem in change gearing. Pickwick.. 375
— Research work on gears needed. Chapman 27
— Triple gear for Ford transmissions •eso
— Wickman gear pitch and concentricity
measuring machine J^lOOaa. •1260a
Gears. Drilling and tapping ring. Hudson. •SOO
General Electric Co. auto transformers. . t •146a
General Electric automatic starter for in-
duction motors J •SO. ^3443
Generator. Imperial automatic acetylene. .
(•523. •652c
Generator spur gear !• 1116c
German machine-tool industry. Situation of
the. Heise 241
German machine-tool industry today 933
German machine trade conditions 1208
Germany. Psycho technics in. Gradenwitr.*40T
Germany. Restrictive measures on the shut-
down of industrial plants in ,1205
Getting the right man through the "help-
wanted columns." Forbes 892
Girder radial drilling machine J • 1068k
Glaude universal portable drilling machine.
J^6.38. •748c
Globe valves. Hand tools for reclaiming,
Vinwut •863
Glue pot. Westinghouse dry- type electric.
{•377. •484a
Gompers. We aeree with. Viall 687
Good method of numbering and filing draw-
ings. O'Shea 397
Gorton engraving cutter grinding machine.
t^Rn2 ^7000
Gospel of work. Southgate (U. S. Motor
Truck Co.) 688
Gouge from part of broken light bulb.
Sliver. Franklin '130
Graduates and work. Enlrnnv 406
Graduating a scale to millimeters. Jos-
selyn •1244
Graft. Buyers with vision — or. Godfrey. .1157
Grant automatic double-spindle chamfer-
ing machine ♦•478, •564k
Gray Machine Tool Co. piston blasting
machine t*48a
Great Britain. See also "British." "Eng-
land.".
GRINDING
— Armstrong-Whitworlh Surface grinding
machine •484c
— Badger grinding machine disk ♦•48c
— ^Badger No. 142 vertical spindle disk-
grinding machine fSQO. •10681
— Bryant chucking grinding machine
{•235. •340c
— Changing a straight-faced grinding wheel
to a cup wheel. Parker ^956
— Cincinnati No. 9 internal grinding ma-
chine ♦•477, •564k
— Cleaning a grinding wheel with gasoline.
Frew 733
— "Commerciar' grinding wheel dressers..
♦•695. •SVea
— Cylindrical grinding in 1920 Chapman. •IISI
- — -Dawsearl abrasive "finger" wheels. .. ♦•1253
— Device for centering cylinders prepara-
tory to grinding. Leighlon •ISl
— Device for grinding clearance angles on
tools for the automatic. Rogers •OSrt
— Device for grinding engraving tools.
Hunter •lOOO
Page
liHINDING — Continued
— Device for grinding hacksaws. Henry . . •955
— Device for handling piston rings in the
side grinding operations. Ferber 1006
— Diamond 54-in. extra-heavy-duty face-
grinding machine ^^334. •484a
— Dumore No. 3 multi-speed grinding ma-
chine ♦•636, ^7483
— Electro-magnetic portable grin<Ung ma-
chine ♦•563, •653c
— Exhauster attachment for surface grind-
ing machines ♦•604. *700c
— Face-grinding table for Badger disk-
grinding machine ♦•479. •564k
— Fraser full-automatic grinding machine.
J •603 •83«i
— Fox cylinder boring and grinding machine
♦•41. ^1460
— Gage and form tool grinding machine. t'lOHSk
— Gardiner improved abrasive disks. . .
♦•636. •748»
— Gardner No. 24 continuous feed di-'sk-
grinding machine ♦•870. 'lllOa
— Gorton engraving cutter grinding ma-
chine J •803. •700c
— Grinder attachment for Arnold portable
drill flieo
— Grinding a radius on a gage. Moore ..•326
— Grinding attachment for a milling ma-
chine. FInlay '..... ^114
— Grinding attachment for lathe. ^^1014 '1211a
— Grinding device run by an air turbine.
Hunter '1196
—Grinding hobs. Henry •634
— Grinding machine for broaches ...♦•1303
— Guards for modern grinding machines.. .
♦•478. •5«4k
— Heald style No. 80 internal grinding ma-
chine ♦•12,50
— Hob-grinding attachment. Wilson '908
— Home-made surface grinding machine.
Tnllle ^731
— Horizontal surface grinding machine. ♦* 1068k
— Interval and spindle grinding machine.
♦•1164c
— Landis cam -grinding attachment
♦•867. •1020c
— Little David" Nos. 801 and 602 pneu-
matic grinding machines ♦•146c
— Liimsden curved-lip tool grinding ma-
chine ♦•1164c
— Lnmsden vertical-spindle surface gniid-
ing machine .♦•1164c
— -Metcalf grinding wheel dresser
♦•869 •10681
— "Micro" interval grinding machine
♦•7R8 •924k
— Mummert-Dlxon oilstone wet tool grind-
ing machine ♦♦•641. •828i
— Norton "multipurpose" grinding machine.
♦••'■<-. •748a
— Norton 10-Inch "B" type grinding ma-
chine •804f. •700c
— -Oakley No. 3 universal toolroom grind-
ing machine ♦ •786. ^9241
— Pratt & Whitney "Curvex" cutter grind-
ind machine ♦•920 •1118a
— Pre<^islon truing machine for grinding
wheel ♦ •448c
-ivansom No. 109 tool grinding machine
♦ •6,38 •748c
— Rickert-Shafer chaser-grinding machine .
♦ •290 •.388a
— Roto-pneumatic series-A grinding machine
♦•930 •1116a
— Russ-ll Grinding Machine Cylindrical
Centerless ♦•48c
— Self-contained motor-driven tool grin<)tng
machine ♦•7,39 •S76<-
— Setting diamonds for truing grinding
wheels. Henry •1092
— Sunderland cylinder boring and grinding
machine ♦ •146c
— Van Dom heavy-duty electric grindinar
and buffing machine ♦•.'irt3 •852c
— 'Van Norman No. 9 Hole-Grindinkr m.T-
chine. Special Correspondence. •329. •340a
— Webster & Perks plain manufacturing-
cylindrical machine ♦•785 •924i
Grinding attachment. Lafayette button die.
t-isn •340c
Grinding attachment. Moor milling and.. . .
♦•288 •aSSa
Grinding machine. Twist drill and cutter
♦•244a
Griscom-Russell "G-R" oil heater. .♦•896 •876a
Griscom-Russell multiwhirl oil cooler. . . .
♦ •41 •146c
Griscom-Russell strainer ♦•377 •484c
Grooved winding drums. Plain vs. Watts. ^1343
Guarantee of prices against decline. Mc-
Bride 783
Guards for modem grinding machine^. . .
♦ •479 •.5«4k
Guard. Machinist and the. Klammer. . . . .34S
Guard for power press. D. & M. -safety. .*•.*«»
Guard, safety power press. Wlesman .♦•98a
Guide. Hardwood steady rest. Parker. .. •.>B3
Gustln-Bacon reversible driving chack
♦ •141. "!**■-
HK ■ motor. Westinghouse ♦•SS •196a
Hacksaw. See also "Saw."
Hacksaws. Device for grinding. Henry. . . .•955
Hammer. "American" drop ♦•87. •ISBa
Hammer. Helve motor-driven. Bradley.. ♦•48a
Hammer. "American" rubber-cushioned
helve ♦•140. •244c
Hammond "never-sllp" portable crane
♦•931. •1116a
Hamilton double-carriare pro<lnction lathe.
Hunter •lOSl ♦•1212c
Julv 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Paffe
HaiKl-made tires. Some mechanit-s of. Spt-l.
Cor -lODS
Hand planer and jointer, Oliver. .. t*88, *19Qa,
haiHl-!?awing 3 ft. cold-rolled rounds. Dixie. 'SQ^
Haiul tools ior reclaiming gloX>e valves.
Vincent •862
■Handi-vise." Newman J*039. •748c
Handling larre work on small lathee. Hud-
son *97ii
Handling material in railroad strops.
Stanley 'OSS
Hanson-Whitney oil-groove planing: tool.. .
t»640. 'S'ZHi
Hard metal with carborundum. Turningr.
Remade '178
Hardenetl work. Lapping center holes in.
Eddy •1243
Hardening-. See "Heat Treatment."
Hardening- and tempering- high-carbon alloy
steel in 130 minutes, Carburizing. Oil-
man 649
Hardening- of screw iragBS with the least
distortion in pitch — i. Linehaui * * .
11 •ao-ia
Hardening teeth in flywheels. Colvin .... •116
Hardness tests on white metal completed.. .1005
Hardwood steadyrest guide. Parker 'SDS
Harmful tendency in trade education. Tib-
bab 74. Eutropy 691
Hart-Parr factory. Production records at
the. Sawyer *44i>
Har\'esting machine parts. Some jigs for
drilling. Johnson *697
Harvey horizontal boring and facing ma-
chine •43ec
Hasler speed indicator t*564, •700a
Have you the "Use of Yourself?" Thwing 862
Header dies. Methods of making cold. Arm-
strong •2*37
Heads. Adjustable-center multiple-spindle
drill J •737. •876a
Heads. Buhr multiple-spindle drill
t»1068. * 1260a
Heads. Fixed-center multiple-spindle drill. .
t*786, •924k
Heads. Roberta multiple-spindle fixed-center
drill t^S?!, •1116a
Headstock, Potter mounted t*8H7. • 1020c
Heald style No. 80 interval grinding ma-
chine t*1260
Heart-shaped cams. Finish-turning some.
Dixie •770
Heater, "A-l" portable el^tric rivet. ... •484e
Heater. Oriscom- Russell "G-B" oil
t^696. •876a
Heater. Taylor electric rivet t*1109
Healer. Wayne pouring ladle. ... t»825. *1020a
Heating rivets without fire. Sheldon •701
HEAT TREATMENT
See al^o "Hardening," etc.
— Engelhard pyrometer t*98a
— Foster fixed-focus pyrometer j*98a
— Relation between Brinell hardness and the
grain size of annealed carbon steels.. . 1230
— Some commercial heat-treatments for al-
loy steels. Miller ♦519
Heavy-duty horizontal boring machine.
Rorkford •1197
Heavy gear cutting job. Rich "392
Heidenreich St Hart>eck. cone and ireared-
head lathes t*737. •876a
Height gage. See "Gage."
Helix angle of twist drills. Benedict. ... •1175
Help? Can anybody. Copeland '1053
Help. Patent office needs your. Condit. . . .1102
Help- wanted advertisements. Fitz 1199
"Help wanted" columns. Getting the right
man through the. Forbes 89';
Helve hammer. "American" rubber-cush-
ioned ^•140, •244c
Herbert elevating die-head holder *484c
Herbert lathes. Milling operations on.
Chubb •945
Herbert No . 5 automatic turret lathe. Al-
fred •600. ^7003
Hercules 15-ton press-broach. ... $•478. •564k
Hercules key-seating machine t^333, 436c
Hercules "4-in. gear-hobbing machine.. . .t*1254
High cost of metric measurements. Ben-
nett 1017
High-?rade machine. What is a. Shaw. . . . 169
H i trh - speed steel tools for turn in g ti res .
Stanley •265
High-:-peed steel. Metal cutting tools of
cast. Bennett 1249
High-si>eed tool steel. Characteristics treat-
ment and uses of 121
Hobart Bros. HB motors t*fi»5
Hob-grinding attachment. Wilson '908
Mobbing machine. Cincinnati 16-in. giear.t^244c
Hobbing machine for precision work. Mak-
ing a. Colley '491
Hobs. Grinding. Henry •634
Hobs. Side-cutting of thread-milling. Buck-
ingham *1190. •1222
Holder, Adjustable boring-bar. Murray,. •32rt
Holder for boring bars. Vincent *132
Holfler. Herbert elevating die-head •484c
Holder. Raughtway eelf-cleaning oil-stone.
t«llll
Holder. Soully-Jones floating reamer.. .....
t*693. •828k
Holder. T'sing the lathe chuck as a knurl.
Parker •81
HnhlinB^ very smalt pieces for turning.
Knight 201
Holf'-Grinding machine. Van Korman No. 9.
Spcl. Correspondence *289
HoIp nra<^tice, Fundamentals of standard.
Colvin 919
Hole«, Broaching souare. Clark •17S
Holes, Broaching gas-engine tappet-guide.
^nnt-^r •321
Holes in hardened work. Lapping center.
Eddy ^1243
HotfM in tire mold. Drilling angular.
Bainter •779
Pa ye
Holt Electric Co. driUing mchine t*98a
Home for apprentn-es. Colvni ".
Home-made centering machine. Vincent . "1053
Home-made water tumbling barrel. Vin-
cent •634
Hooks, Useful formula in the design of
crane. Thomas ^23
Hoosier vertical 20-in. drilling machine. . }*48a
Horizontal boring machine for manufac-
turing. Colvin *3QH
Horizontal boring and facing machine. Har-
vey •436c
Horizontal boring machine, Rockford heavy-
duty ^1197
'Horizontal junior" metal cutting machine
t*iao2
Horizontal surface grinding ma bine. i*l'Mmk
Horsepower and torque chart. Watte. ... •191
Hose coupling. "Little David" J*1252
Housing — Whose job':" Industrial. Entropy. 1098
How can we increase production? Williams
370: Binckley 385: Senior 564d. Vogetzer 673
How is the light in the drafting room? Kel-
log 855
How to keep employees on the job in Sum-
mer time. Folsom 333
Hub, Broach for airplane-propeller. Rich. . •70
Hub plate. Self-lockijig ^•963. •1164a
Human element. Leach "365
Human engineering. Viall 524a
Human relations in industry 613
Hunting psyscologists. Entropv 231
Hydraulic presses. Three Southwark.
Priebe •742. t»924i
Hydraulic turret lathe, Moretti . . . t«377. "4843
"I. T. C." self-loading electric truck
t*1068. 'ISeOa
"Idal" pneumatic chip separator
t*1159
Ignition-point holes in spartc plug spindles.
Allen -1032
Immigration, American labor and. Doyle. 524a
Immigration problem. An. Viall 1064
Immigration problem. Our. Barr 1068b
Imperial automatic acetylene generator....
$•523. •652c
Important meeting. A very. [F. A. E. S.]
Morrow 645
Improved type of optical projection ap-
paratus designed and built by the Bureau
of Standards. Fischer "lloS
Improvements in Cowan transveyors. . . .
Hf»3 'SSSk
Improvised extension for small twist drills.
Nicholson •93'1
Inaccessibility of auto parts. Little . .1234
Inclinable power bench-press. Verson No. 0.
t»189, •292c, •388a
Inclinable press, Toledo straight-column.. ,
t*739, *876"
Increase production? How can we. Williams
270; Binckley 385: Senior 564d: Vogetzer 673
Increasing production by safeguarding
power-press operation. Kaems '390
Increasing production in Johnson's shop.
Godfrey 411
Increasing safety in aviation 1160
Increasing thf rapacity of old locomo-
tives. Smith 1004
Increasing the efficiency of our Congression-
al Committ -es. ConHn . _ "«o
Increasing the output of labor. Bullard. . 591
Increasing the railway car supply by 100.-
000. Morrow 475
Independently supported bench block. Wil-
ley •279
Indexing drawings. Method of Kii'-*h . . .102"
Indicating attachment for locating and bor-
ing holes on the milling machine.
Kasper •556
Indicator. Enlwistle screw-out*' nir l.''*>i'^ •436,'
Indicator for truing up work on lathe.
Grimm ^364
Indicator, Hasler speed ^' '
Indicator, Keller dial ^•694. •828k
Individuality in the shop. Recognition of. . 670
Induction motors. General Electric auto-
matic starter for t*89. *344a
Industrial court. Kansaj*. OnnH'» •"
Industrial development of Australia. Little 842
Industrial dilemma. Solving Poland's.
Anielewski •! n« •
Industrial dental dispensaries. De Hart..^l086
Industrial housing — Whose iob? Fntropy. . i """
Industrial insiirance. New form of 1144
Industrial motion pictures? Why not. Hon-
egger 252
Industrial plants. Value to shop students of
visits to. Kottinger 160
Industrial progress is slow. A few reasons
why 163
Industrial Relations, U. S. Chamber of Com-
merce conducts referendum on 44
TnduPtrial reviews 93
Industrial plans of Czecho- Slovakia. Am-
bitious, Woods 338
Industry abroad. Machine-too! 1206
Industry. For the good of the. Colvin. . . . 686
Industry. Future of automobile 959
Industrv. How the $5.non ono no'> sin^n in
the price of farm products will affect.. 859
Industry. Human relations In 613
Industry. Situation of the Austrian ma-
chine 1207
Industrv. Situation of the German machine-
tool. Heis" 241
Industry. Three-shift system in the .steel. 1182
Industry toda.v. German machine-tool. . . 923
Inertia and initiative. Entropy 352
Inexpensive blueprint machine. Armstrong. •966
Tneenuilv. Watts _- . 130
Ine-er-^nM niillintr machine — semi-automatic.
multiple spindle 1^488
Page
IngeraoU-Rand "Little David" pneurratie
tools, ...... ^•42. •146c
Initiative. Inertia and. Entropy 35a
Inscribed circles. Obtaining the radius of
three equal. Tool •59.1. Nordstrom 'SOS,
Brennan *oiHi r er 1255
Insert center. Ettco J^ISH •292c
Inspection and the modern factory. Whlt-
, taker .gos
Instruction sheets that instruct •401
Instruments, Mechanism for graduating
dials of optical. nuntcr . . . •1139
Instruments. Small machines for building
optical. Hunter *1045
Insurance, New form of indUBtrial.. . ' 1144
Insurance policy. Knowing your. Sher-
, lock V mns
Inspection. See "Gage,"
Interchurch report on steel strike. Viall 374
Interesting old micrometer. Older . . •780
Interesting ring gear job. Rich 'i?!
Interference of involute spur-gear teeth.
Cox *707
Internal and spindle grinding machine
(Jones & Shipmant t^lIH4c
Internal combustion. Piston clearances for
Richards 1344
Internal flanges. Making a cylindiicar shell
with. Dixie *5Q9
Internal grinding machine, Cincinnati No! 9.
} ^477 •564k
Internal grinding machine, Heald No. 80"t«1250
Internal grinding machine, "Micro"
(•788 •924k
International Chamber of Commerce did not
indorse the metric system. Viall.. 735
International toolrack {•334 ^4843
Invention. Necessity the mother of. Hollis •az
Inventor of metric system. James Watt
not Viall ogo
Inverted drilUng machine. Natco No. 85...
Investigation in steel belting — I An ex-*" '^^
perimental, Hampton. Ley. Helmick....
Invitation to join the F. A, E. 8 'ira
Involute 8pur-8rear teeth. Interference "of
^OX *70H
Iron castings in iron molds. Eebler ' ' " 2BQ
Iron production in Southeast ' ' ' 871
Iron with the eras torch. Cutting cast !!' ' 173
Italy. New regulations affect trade with 624b
Jackson vertical automatic chucking ma-
, chine i»1202
Jameson speaks before Philadelphia Foun-
drymen s a98o<'iation .... 700
Jarvis quick change chuck and collet! ! ! ' t»1256
Jaws. Piling. Drake ; ' . i%^
JIGS AND FIXTURES
See also specific kinds of work such as
Press." "Milling:," etc.
— "Anyangl" lighting fixture. ... t '787 •924k
— Bremer babbitting fixture J .604 •700c
— Crankcase boring fixture with adiu.stable
supports. Rich .357
— Drill jig for exhaust manifold. Colvin ' '322
— Fixture for milling an ellipse. Freder-
icks ,-go
— Scheduling jig, fixture and repair work
Lee ■ 7g^
— Some jigs tor drilling harvesting machine
parts. Johnson *697
— Some small railroad shop devices •68
— Some special jigs used In the manufacture
of pneumatic tools. Fox .... 'SVO
— Unusual form milling fixture Suver-
krop •781
Job. A heavy gear cutting. Rich ..'.'. '. " •392
Job. Is this a punch press. Kyn •.'17"-
Becker •561: Starr •1000; Pusep ^1041'
Jobbing shop. Cam cutting in a. Dixie ^1120
.'■lbs. Two light punchinir-m;i"hinp Simon •lo-'%
Johnson didn't cut prices. Why. Godfrey. 92fi
Johnson's philosophy on subterfuges and
salesmen. Godfrey 979
Johnson's shop, Increasing production til
Godfrey ^jj
Joint. Tools for boring a seat for a ball
Stanley • . . •gSe
Jointer. Oliver hand planer and. . . . {•SS 'IDea
Jones 30-in. slotting machine. ... t'602,' ^7008
Journcvs of an editor. Little. Sheldon .. •995
Judicial con.'Jtrnction of Ma^hinTy of
every description. Childs . . . •409
Jump test for motor trucks •21'*
K.-G. Welding & Cutting Co 48e
Kane & Roach No. "A" straightening ma-
chine $•125.5
Kansas industrial court. Condit ......... ^749
Karry-Lode industrial truck. Dumping body
„ on ■ • ■ t*687. ^7483
Karrv-Lode tierin? tri'^U f^'ZSD •,'?s**i
Keeping contracts. Viall 645
Keeping presses at work virlth oxy-aeetylene.
Rich 'lOTS
Keeping up the labor morale. Bullard. . 505
Keeping workers contented with two pay en-
velopes. Hudson 249
K-^IIer automatic die-sinking machine.
Hand 'isg
Keller dial indicator t*fl94 •828k
"■"Her 'rivet-bustine" tool t*li37. ^7488
Kcmpsmith No. 2 plain maximlller
{•1065. •1312c
10
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pasre
Kerosene torch, Mahr style "T"
t*1015. 'lai-Ji-
Key lor holdiiier bit. Toolholder. Dressier. '718
Key for milling: center, Impromptu. FolsGm.135
Keys. Chart for lotig-lhs of ke.vs. Watts . . •Atst)
Key-Seating machine. Hercules. . . .('332. *436c
Keyways, Dimensioning: of. Ernst "82
Keyways. Dimensions ol. Kuraisi •961
Keyways with a center drill. Cutting. Arm-
strong •314
Kink. Drafting room. Weare •564e:
Wirick '789 ; Thompson '1129
Kink for Ford owners. Repair. Johnson. . •esS
Kink, Shaper. Folsom •971
Kink. Slide-rule. Bowman 1054
Kinks, Lathe. Parker '594
Kingsbury automatic sensitive drilling ma-
chine }»1066, •1212e
Knauel adjustable taper gatfc . . . t 'Iss. 'rJiCJc
Knife wood trimmer, Bauer revolving. . .
t^828. •1020c
Know why you do things. Watson 883
Know your sprinkler valves. Thwing 754
Knowing your insurance policy. Sherlock.
V •26
Knurl holder. Using the lathe chuck as a.
Parker •SI
Knurling tool. Newman t^e39. •748c
"Labor also is on trial." Condit 560
Labor and immigration. American. Doyle. .524a
Labor conditions in France. American con-
tractors and. Mehren 624b
Labor, Conservation of. Wallace 1104
Labor cost. Cost of labor and the. Leach. 1188
Labor, Increasing the output of, Bullard. 591
Labor morale. Keeping up the. Bullard. . Miri
Labor more efficient [.V. r. Commcrciai] .. 564a
Labor-saving methods in the foundry.
O'Shea •763
Labor troubles. Permanent tribunal for.
Condit 782
Labor turnover in Niw York City 933
Labor unions. Contracts with. Sherlock . . 897
Ladle heater. Wayne pouring, . . .t*825. •1020a
Lafayette button die grinding attachment.
{•189. •340c
Lakewood No. 703-A tier-lift truck
t ^1014. '12120
Lambert horizontal boring machines,
Changes in ^•564, •700a
Lamp. Cooper-Hewitt 85 per cent power
factor t«290. •388a
Landls cam-grinding attachment
t^867. ^10200
Langelier opposed spindle counter-sinking
machine {•523. •652c
Langhar self-adjusting ball bearing. ... t*1109
Lapping, Accurate. Vorhecs 263
Lapping center holes In hardened work.
Eddy •1243
Large gang punch and die. John.fon .... ^994
Larger outputs with few men [Iron Aae] 476
LATHE
— Turret lathe. See also "Screw — Screw
machine."
— All-geared 7-in. combination turret and
capstan lathe ^^11160
— Automatic screw-cutting lathe j^lliec
— Betts lathe, geared-head. 26-in t*48a
— Davis milling attachment for lathes. . . ,
{•88, '2448
— "Entwistle screw-cutting lathe indicator.
•436c
— Evolution of the engine lathe. Halsey
336: Thwing 382: Senior 591
— Four-inch lo-swing lathe ^•378. ^4840
— Grinding attachment for lathe
{•1014. ^12123
— Hamilton double-carriage production
lathe. Hunter •1021. •1212c
— Handling large work on small lathes.
Hudson ^976
— Heidenreich & Harbeck cone and e'^'ared-
head lathes t*737. •87ea
— Herbert No. 5 automatic turret lathe. . .
•600. •700a
— Indicator for truing up work on lathe.
Grimm , •364
— Lathe emiipped with a boring table.
, Dixie •371
— Lathe kmks. Parker '594
— Lathe. 7% -in. center gap, with quick
change feed box t^lll6c
— McCi'oskey steadyrest ^•1251
— Millholland geared-head turret lathe.
Hunter •486. •700a
— Milling operations on Herbert lathes.
Chubb ^945
— Moretti h.vdraulic turret lathe .. t^.'i77 •484a
— Motor drive for wood turret lathe
t«963. •1164a
— Potter thread-chasing attachment f^r
bench lathe t«824. ^10203
— Pryibil extension spinning lathe and at-
tachments t«786. •9241
— Securing the faceplate when mnning the
lathe backward. Parker ^1243
— Selson l.'i-in. lathe ^•1164c
— Seneca Fall* multi-head lathe. t*640. •748c
— Slotting attachment for the lathe. Parker
•1006
— Smith standard-radios lathe and planer
tools J^694. •SSSk
— Some of the advantages of the left-hand
lathe carriage. Shaw 646
— Speed table for lathe men. Rich •530
— Toolpost and wrench lor lathe. Mussi..^422
— Using the lathe chuck as a knurl holder.
Parker •81
Page
LATHE — Continued
—Using two tools at once. Jacker •;K
— Warner & Swasey geared-head turret
,„,'athe t«868. '10081
— Wickes crankshaft line-bearing and
flange-turning lathe ^99. "3408
Lathe, Automatic piston and piston ring.
^•244i(
Lathe, i4-in. adjustable gap {•244a
Lathe-tool set. "Ready" garage. . .{•141 •2*4c
Lavoie air chuck. Redesigned. ... }*291. •SSSc
Law in regard to strikes. Sherlock
. ^ , I 1087. li 1141
Law of Conolis. Boms '928
Laying out angles. Jossclyn •833
Brenner •976
Laying the cards on the table. Colviii! . '. ^•531
Lead. Cutting screws of quick. Canec. . . '149
Legislative action. Measuring system not a
subject lor. Viall 968
Legislators vs. manufacturer and engineers
Viall 339
Legs. Ot-steel bench {•624, •662c
Leipsig technical fair. Failure of the.... 788a
Length rods. Making spherical ended. Older.^684
Lengths of keys. Chart for. Watts .... •560
Lesson ? American machine tools at Olympia :
What is the. Haughton 788a
Lessons learned In the manufacture of
munitions and ordnance that can be ap-
plied to the peace-time pursuits of in-
dustry. Larkin 04k
Letter to the editor 45
Liability for concurrent compensation Yoiar
Sherlock ggg
Library at the plant. Branch public Wil-
liams 883
Lifting and tiering truck, "Automatic", . . ,
, ^ „ {^140, •244c
Lighting fixture. Anyangl" {'787 •034k
Line-bearing and flange-turning lathe
Wickes crankshaft '99. ^3403
Line bearings. Machine for boring. Hunter.^162
Link-Belt "Twyncone" friction clutch
• T-.., ,-> ■^,. ,. ,. t^l88. •292c
Little David hose coupling {•1252
Little David" pneumatic tools. Ingersoll
, Band ('41, 'na,.
Little journeys of an editor — I. Sher-
lock »995
Loads. Chart for determining safe. Con-
way •1241
Loads on bearings. Calculation of. Watts.. •OSO
Loads. Test of large roller bearings under
heavy. Barnes •200
Locating the center of radii. Josselyn. . ."."1084
Locomotive. See also "Railroad."
Locomotive cab work. Mortising machine
for. Vincent •1236
Locomotive cylinder parts. Tests of cast
iron for 1221
Locomotive piston rings. Production and
salvage of. Hunter ^1213
Locomotive terminals. Modernizing. Rinki. 1081
Locomotives in our oldest city. Repairing.
Colvin '428
Locomotives. Increasing the capacity of old
Smith loot
Logarithmic charts. Aids to the ron-
structlon of. Alden ^496
Looking backward. Stillman 214 360
Lo-swing lathe. Four-inch {•378 •484c
Lovejoy face-milling cuter {•637 ^7483
Lovejoy turret toolpost {*140 •244c
Lubricant. Cutting. See also "Coolant."
"Oil." etc.
Lubricant for monel metal. Sulphur in cut-
ling. Mancuso •123
Lumsden curved-lip tool grinding machine
{•1164c
Lumsden vertical-spindle surface grinding
machine {•! 104,.
Machine. "A-1" electric seam welding. •484i-
Machine. Armstrong-Whitworth surface
grinding . | •484c
Machine as related to the foundry. Testing.
Olsen '525
Machine. Automatic electric arc-welding.
Unland •403
Machine. Baker No. 220 two-spindle driil-
„ "n? ■ ■ ■ • • {^825. •1020a
Machine. Brown rubbing {'41 •lOOa
Machine. Br.vant chucking grinding .
TLt .,■ ^ . ■ . ^ t*235. •340,-
Machine. Centering device for the milling.
Kaspcr .goR
Machine, Cincinnati 16-in. gear hobbing. .
„ . . _ . {^138. •244c
Machine. Cutting a cam without a milling.
Folsom •,t:'{
Machine design. See "Design," '••Drawiiu' '
Machine design again. Eiitropv 6"(i
Machine design, Som» examples of early.
Sheldon • 1
Machine design. Some thoughts ' on early.
Forbes 45R
Machine, Eisler coil-winding {•STl •1116a
Machine, Electro-magnetic portable grind-
,, '"f- ■ • V,,- {•563. •662c
Machine. Electro portable drilling
{•291 •SS.s ■
Machine. Federal rotatable head two-spot
welding . {•291. •SSSc
Machine for boring hne bearings. Hunter. .•162
Machine for broaches. Grinding {^1203
Machine for drilling gear-shift bodies.
Hunter •412
Machine for small work. "Electric" are-
welding {•lOia, •1212a
Machine, Fox cylinder boring and grlnd-
■nsf {•41, •140c
Page
.\I;i'-h.ne, Frascr full-automatic grinding '8"Mi
-Machine. Frontier 20-ln. drllUng. . .{'604. ^7000
.Machine. Gardner No. 24 continuous feed
disk-grinding {•S'O 'llloa
.Muchine, Garvin No. 3 Duplex slot-milling.
I'riehe •20"
Miifhine. Grant automatic double-spiiidle
■ hamfering . . : {'478. •564k
Machine Grinding attachment for a mill-
ing. Finlay '114
.Machine. Harvey" horizontal boring and
facing machine '4360
Machine. Hercules key-seating ...{•332 ^4360
Machine. Home-made centering. Vinr-ent. '1053
Machine. Home-made surface grinding. Tut-
tle •7;)]
.Machine. Indicating attachment for locating
and boring holes on the milling machine
Kasper '556
-Machine industry. Sitution of the Austrian! 2(»T
.Machine. Inexpensive blueprint. Arm-
strong .ggg
.Machine. Jones 20-in. slotting. ... {'602 '7008
.Machine. Keller automatic Die-Sinking.
Hand '168
Machine. Langelier opposed-spindle counter-
sinking {'522 'fi6"c
Machine. Lumsden curved-lip tool grind-
ing {'11640
.Machine, Making a 52-in. planer from a 36-
in. Hamiison •907
Machine. Marshalltown plate milling. . . .' ,"
{•431 •524k
Machine. Moline duplex drilling. Hunter. ,
•147 •340a
Machine, Natco No. 85 inverted drilling.
«..»,. {•ISO. ^2920
Machine. Newton continuous milling
„ ^. „ . {•642. •82Si
Machine. Newton special milling .
„ .. „., {•237. •340c
Machine, Niles-BementPond right-line
radial drilling {^40 '14rte
Machine, Norton 10-lnch "B" type grind-
. 'ne; •604f. ^7000
Machine, Powell fly-speed plar^iy. Uiinn "1
Machine. Pneumatic painting. Kester '944
Machine. R.acine No. 25 slotting. {•826. •1020a
Machine. Ransom No. 109 tool grinding. .
Machine, Rickert-Shafer chaser-grinding,. .
V. V. T, . „ {^290. •388c
Machine. Roto-pneumatic Series-A grinding
{•920. 'llOa
Machine. Safety device for a multiple-
spindle drilling '.1'iO
Machine shop for light electrical work.
Geiger •7cis
Machine-shop mathematics. Teaching.
Heald •4*'!
Machine. Silver 20-in. drilling. .. .{•Wso • 584k
Machine spindles. Tapers for. Pish 741
.Machine Tool Builders Assn.. Nineteenth
annual fall (^-onvention of National •967
Machine-tool builders. Suggestion to
Githens ^1137
Ma<"hine-tool exhibition and results" ' ' '. ' 788a
Machine tools for airplane work. More.
Colvin 37J
Machine-tool industry abroad .......... 1206
Machine-tool industry today, German 923
Machine-tool market in Crecho-Slovakia
Situation of the. Heise 938
Machine tool prices — are they too high?. . 864
Machine-Tool Trade. European 'onditions as
affecting the American. Dietz 75
Machine tool? What is a. DeLeeuw 106-
Thwing 126: Lytton-Brooks 297: Hud-
son 364: Entropy 924c
Machine tools with compressed air. Speed-
ing up. McLean •963
Machine trade conditions. German 1208
Machine. Universal measuring '49 {•388c
Machine. Van Dom heavy-dutv electric
grinding and buffing {^662 •6.52c
Machine. Van Norman No. 9 Hole-Grinding.
Spcl. Corr •"•'»p •.340a
Machine vise. Fixie 3 jaw {'432 •.i2-«k
Machine vise. Repairs to. Frank ^278
Machine. Wallace 5-A bending {•ST. •igea
Machine. "Weldrite" A. C. electric welding.
« ..■ . „^ {•826. '1020a
Machine? What is a high-grade. Shaw. . . 169
Machine. Webster & Perks plain manufac-
turing cylindrical grinding. .. .{•TSo. ^9241
Machines. American Milling Machine Co.
No. IV, plain and uni%er8al niillini.
Hunter .(iflo
.Machines. Foote-Burt plston-tumlng. Hunler^l24
Machines for manufacturing. Horizontal
boring. Colvin 'SBS
Machining methods In Pierce-Arrow shop.
Colvin •221
Machinery trade. See "Trade."
Machinery and Engineering Equipment Co..l4flc
Machinery. Building saw mill. Colvin .. ^1030
Machinery. Foundations for. Akimott.. •1145
Machinery in foreign markets. Selling Ameri-
can. Hein 913
Machinery. Measure of damages for loss
....paused by negligence in repairing. Childs.1051
Machinery of every description." Judicial
construction ol. Childs ^409
Machinery to insure safe shipment. Colvin. 734
Machining a gear-type water pump. Stan-
ley »Qi
Machining '-hfrntr-^ irears Hamilton 'rtsi
Machining front axles. Colvin '553
Machining large water turbines. Colvui 'i":^!
Machining monel-metal castings. Hanlon . . '341
Machining railroad cross-ties. Edwards. ..•123T
Machining the connecting rods of two well
known motors. Colvin ^829
Machining the gear-shaper saddle. Hamil-
ton ^^93
Machinist and the guard. Klammer .... 348
Machinist. Modem "Contemporair" of an
old-time. Tate git
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
11
r
Muchinist, Pipe dieams of a tramp tBaii-
list). Quharity 258. (Boys will be
Boya) S28a
Machinist. Heminiseensfs of an old school.
HuntinKtou 533. 76ti
Machinist:' What is a flrst-class. McHeniy 858
Magazine-feed screw-driving machine,
Reynolds automatic t'Sbti. •1020c
Magazine results. Gaging employeea. Barl-
lett 589
Magazine to capacity. Using the. Bow-
man '489
Magnetic chucks to best advantage. Apply-
ing. Hunt •287. Macready 'TOe, Ferbcr 1158
Magnetic Separator. Dings type "B"
f867, 'lOaOc
jaanr caiori^e*- t'ijYV. •484a
Mahr No. I'J-D hand-portable oil-fuel rivet
forge t*470. •564k
Mahr No. 10 Oil-fuel rivet forge. t*432. •524k
Alahr portable oil-fuel rivet forges
t*695, •876a
Mahr style "T" kerosene torch. t^lOlS, •1212c
Main rod. Easy method of disconnecting a.
Bohman •leS
Make employees read the plant paper by
telling about their babies. Williams.. 363
Making a cylindrical shell with two internal
flanges. Dixie •569
Makiiiir a 52-in. planer from a 36in. ma-
chine. Hampson *90"
Making a bobbing machine lor precision
work. CoUey '491
Making a milling cutter in a railroad shop.
Stanley '504
Making a narrow belt from a wider one.
Grill '823. 1195
Making a pressed-steel base for an electric
fan. Jay •361
Making a small automobile wrench. Vin-
cent '*71
Making charts, Use of cross-section paper
in. Barr 16
Making eccentric-headed studs. Ward . . . •1083
Making, Elements of gage. Macready
IX ^167. X "253
Making of special parts. Combining quantity
production with the, O'Shea ^443
Making radiators. Special methods for, Col-
vin 'ITe
Making some ball-ended plugs, Dixie , , . , •453
Making spherical-ended length rods. Older, ^684
Mating the Almond micrometer, Viall,..^605
Making the Essex piston. Colvin •SI?
Making the shipper stay "put." Spauld-
ing '823
Making thrift seem more worth while.
Williams 1198
MANAGEMENT
— An Executive Follow-up. Bennett '226
— Building up subordinates. Entropy . . 488
— Chart for computing planing time. Con-
roy •SSI
— Combining quantity production with the
making of special parts. O'Shea. ... ^443
— Cost keeping in the small shop. Colvin.
•442. Schustek •lOae
— -Employment department and the plant
publication, Bartlett 287
— Essentials of a plant safety organization.
Worth 852
— False starters. Hackett 905
— Fat pay envelope, The, Bennett 427
— Field for employment management.
Entropy 1044
— Gaging employees magazine results,
Bartlett .'>89
— Home for apprenticeship, Colvin 671
— How can we increase production? Wil-
liams 270: Binckley 385: Senior 364d.
Vogetzer 673
— How do you regulate materials
n •loi, ni *i5i
— How to keep employees on the job in
Summer time, Folsom 323
— Human element. Leach , . , , , •:i«'i
— Human relations in industry 613
— Increasing production in Johnson's shop,
Godfrey 411
— Increasing the output of labor, BuUard, 591
— Inspection and the modern factory,
Whittaker 'SOS
— Judicial construction of "Machinery of
every description," Childs •409
— Keeping workers contented with two
pay envelopes, Hudson 249
— Laying the cards on the table, Colvin , , , •SSI
— Make employees read the plant paper by
telling about their babies, Williams, 363
- — Making employeea interested in their
work, Harris 230
— Modern production methods. Bassett,
VII '17 and •63: VIH •SI".: TX •619:
X •709: XI ^798: XII '889
— Programs of apprenticeship and special
training in representative corpora-
tions— I Morris •565; II '057: ni
•765: rV •847
— Proeress control as a staff function,
McConnell 070
— ^Production records at the Hart-Parr fac-
tory, Saw.ver •445
— Question in factory management, Ben-
nett 375: Smith 601: Forbes 863
— Routing panel. Bennett ^69
— Toolroom system. Hirschhauter ^350
— ■JjHe of money in business. Basset .... 1069
— Whv work ? Entronv 266
— Worth-while training dep.irtment, Monon •893
Manager, Neglecting the employment, Col-
vin 1102
Mandrel. See also "Arbor."
Mandrel. Ettco self-gripping t*962. •1164a
Manifold Drill jig for exhaust. Colvin .. •322
Manufacturer and ilealer. Co-operation be-
tween. Herberts 604d
Page
•Manufacturer should provide the necessary
guards. [Utilities mutual "protec-
lion " 1 564b
•Manufacturers and Engineers, Legislators
vs. Viall 329
Manufacturers. South Americans to sed U.
S. Priebe 919
Map committee recommends English measur-
ing system. Tecnnical. Viall 645
Markets. See also "Trade."
Market ill Czecho-Slovakia, Situation of the
machine-tool. Heise 938
-Marking tools for etching. Dixie •1047
Marshalltown plate milling machine
♦ •431. •6241c
Material in railroad shops. Handling.
Stanley •953
Materials. How do you regulate II '101
-Mathematics. Teaching machine-shop,
Heald •421
Mattison No. 124 automatic stroke belt
Sander {•378. •484c
Maximiller. Kempsmith No. 2 Plain
♦•1066. ^12120
McCroskey steadyrest {•1251
Measure, Converting micrometer readings
into metric, Josselyn ^1149
Measure of damages for loss caused by
negligence in repairing machinery. Child9,1051
Measurements, High cost of metric. Ben-
nett 1017
Measuring devices. See "Gage."
Measuring machine. Universal ...•49. {•SSSc
M<^asuring machine, Wickman gear pitch
and concentricity t'lOOSa. •1260a
Measuring machine. Wickman universal
gage {•loesa. •1260a
Measuring propeller blades. Rich '706
Measuring system not a subject for legis-
lative action. Viall 958
Measuring system. Technical map committee
recommends English. Viall 645
Measuring tool, Optical flat, A practical.
Van Keuren •lO?
Mechanical engineers. See "Engineers."
Mechanical Engineers, Forty-first annual
meeting of American Society of 1156
Mechanical executives. More pay for rail-
road, Colvin 524a
Mechanical pouring device. 'W'oodlaon . . . .
t*827. ^10203
Mechanics of hand-made llres. Some. Spcl.
Cor •lOOS
Mechanics of the oil fields, Colvin •eSS
Mechanism for graduating dials of optical
instruments. Hunter •I 139
Medical aid under the Compensation Acts,
Sherlock 844
Medium size radial drilling machine, , , {•lOeSk
Meeting, A very important [F. A. E. S.]
Morrow 64J
Meeting of A, S. M. E., Fortieth aimiver-
sary 96,">
Meeting of A, S. M. B., Forty-flrst annual, 1156
Meeting of American engineering council
of the F, A, E, S 599
Meeting of American Engineering Council
of the F, A, E, S 1057: Morrow 1064
Meeting of the National Safety Council,
Summer •ISO
Mellon bench drilling machines, , $•696, •876a
Melting furnace. Monarch revolving , , , ,
t*564. •700a
"Meno" rust remover iH7i, •l*il2a
Merchant mill. Motor-flywheel drive for,
Varela '660, Brvsnn lOOH
Merey rotary Stampograph $^139, ^2440
Meshing gears. Derivation of a formula to
determine number of teeth in contact of
two. Cox •899
Metal completed. Hardness testa on white,, 1005
Metal-cutting handsaw, Seattle t^llll
Metal cutting machine, "Horizontal junior "
♦•1202
Metal cutting tools of cast high-speed steel,
Brinnell 1249
Metal nibbling machine t*244a
Metal saw, Simonds No, 000 inserted tooth,
t«639
Metal, Sulphur in cutting lubricant for
monel, Mancuao ^123
Metal with carborundum. Turning hard.
Remade 'ITS
Metals, Conversion factors for weights of.
Josselyn 1238
Metalwood crankshaft-straightening press.
Hunter •256, t^388c
Metcalf grinding wheel dresser , , t*869, •10681
Meters or feet. Hood 59
Method of diseonnecing a main rod. Boh-
man 'les
Method of indexing drawings. Kurth .... 1022
Methods for making radiators. . Special.
Colvin '176
Methods in Pierce-Arrow shop. Machining.
Colvin , ^221
Methods in the foundry. Labor-Saving.
O'Shea •763
Methods. Modern production. Basset
VII 'l?- VIII •215: IX 'fiin- V •TOP:
XI •798; xn ^889
Methods of making cold header dies. Arm-
strong '227
Method of numbering and filing drawings, A
good. O'Shea 397
Methods. World trade club. Viall .")07
Metric measure. Converting micrometer
readings into. Josselvn •1149
Metric measurements. High cost of. Ben-
nett 1017
Metric measuring aystem. English and the.
Stutz 'O"
Metric resolutions. Antl- 916
Metric system bill introduced in the
Senate 1248
Metric system. International Chamber of
Commerce did not indorse. Viall 735
Pace
Metric system. James Watt not inventor ol.
Viall 280
Metric system. Report of the Cleveland
Chamber ol Commerce on the '283
Metric system. What the ateel Industry
thinks of the compulsory. Viall 643
Metrics'!' Compulsory 1248
"Micro" internal grinding macnlne . . , . ,
♦•788. •»24k
Micrometer, Blush multiple <^2a</, -..
Micrometer, Intereating old. Older .... •780
Micrometer readings into uielric meai^ure.
Couvertinijr. Josselyn •1149
Micrometer m common use. Testing the ac-
curacy of. Uubbell •aO»
Micrometer. Making the Almond. Viall . . . •60&
Micrometer, Simplex aelf-readinf. . t*890. *388c
Mill, Clamping a dithcult job on the boring,
Dixie 'ISS
Mill duplex friction clutch poOS, '7000
Mill. Form turning on a boring, Hudson. 'SI
Mill, Motor- flywheel drive lor merchant.
Varela •660. Bryson 1009
Millholland gearedhead turret lathe. Hunter.
•485. •700»
Millimeters. Oraduatinr a scale to. Jos-
selyn •1244
Milling, Power consumed in. Parsons. ... •Sid
ItnxiNG
See also "Jigs and Fixtures."
— American Muling Machine Co. No. 1J4
plain and universal milUnr machines.
Hunter •690, •828i
— Belts multiple-spindle continuous vertical
milling machine J«3S2. •436c
— Brown & Sharpe highspeed milling at-
tachment t^iaso
— Centering device lor the milling machine,
Kasper •806
— Coulter automatic multiple-spindle pro-
filing milling machine . . . .t^l012. 'laiZa
— Cutting a cam without a milling machine,
Folsom 'QZ
— Davis milUng attachment for lathes
{•88. •244a
— Davis No. 1 Continuous Duplex four-
spindle milUng machine .... t^828, '10200
— Fixture for milling an ellipse, Fredericks.''762
— Garvin No, 3 Duplex Slot-Hilling Ma-
chine, Priebe , . . . •302
— Grinding attachment for a milUng ma-
chine. Finlay 'll*
— Impromptu key for milling center. Fol-
som 185
— Indicating atta<.'hmeiil for locating and
boring hobs on the milling machine.
Kasper *&&&
— Ingersoll semi-automatic multiple-spindle
mining machine t^48a
— Lovejoy face-milling cutter ..t*637, •748a
— Marshalltown plate milling machine , , ,
t^431, •524k
— Millmg operations on Herbert lathes,
Chubb •945
• — MilUng the radius on the end ol a rod.
Thanton •1022
— Moor milling and grinding attachment.
„ . f288, •388a
— MultipIe-spindle dividing head. Scully-
Jones t^l46a
— Newton continuoua milling machine, , , ,
^ , „ _ fi!42. •8',J8i
— Newton model 0-3 continuous millinr
machine {•loe?, ^12120
— Newton ring-table continuous milUng
machine {•824. •924k
— Newton special milling machine
f237, •840c
— Power consumed in milling. Parsons . . '315
— Purves drilling attachment for milUng
machines t*738. 'STec
— Setting the milling-machine vise in aUgn-
ment. Folsom, Jr •gl
— Side-cutting of thread-milling hoba.
Buckingham ^1190
— Spring block lor use in a milUng machine
vise. Fay ^697
— Stamets crankshaft milling machine
ViaU •245
— Tri-state milling attachment. . t •334. •484a
— Unusual form of milling fixture. Suver-
krop •731
Milling attachment. Davis {•244a
"Milwaukee" at Tacoma. Shop kinks from
the. Colvin ^1128
Modern aviation engines. Condit
Ill •20; rv •816; V •gse
Modern factory. Inspection and. Whit-
taker »!U)6
Modern grinding machines. Guards lor. . . .
,. . . , t*479. •564k
Modern production methods. Basset
VII 'i?: vn •(13; VIII ••n.->- IX •«in-
X •709: XI •798: XII •SSS
Modern welding and cuting. Viall
•54; XXIV ^447: XXV ^497: XXVI
•537; XXVn •SSS; XXVIII ••!ft5:
XXIX '719; XXX '765; VXXI '807
Modernizing locomotive terminals. Rink., 1081
Moduli of rectangles. Section, Watts •410,
Shandies 670
Moisture separator for air lines. Thor. . .
f-raa. •876c
Molding. See also 'Toundry." "Pattern,"
etc.
Molding a drum with deep sand pockets.
Duggan 659
Molds. Iron castings In iron. Kebler. . . . 26f*
Moline duplex drilling machine. Hunter. .•147
Monarch revolving melting furnace
{•584. •700.'>
Monel-metal castings. Machining. Hanlon. . •.141
Monel metal. Sulphur in cutting lubricant
for. Mancuso •ISS
Money in business. Use of. Basset 1069
Moor milling and grinding attachment
{•288. •.388a
12
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pare
Morale. Keeping up the labor. Bullard. . 50.')
Morelti hydraulic turret lathe. .. J*377. •-I84a
Mortising machine lor locomotive cab
work. Vincent 'ISSO
Mother of invention. Necessity is the.
Hollis ♦32
Moti()n pictures? Why not industrial.
Honnegger 252
Motor. Sec 'Electric." 'Enfrine." "Auto-
mobile." "Airplane." etc.
Motor car built by municipal machine shops.
Geiirer 'SIT
Motor drive for wood turret lathe
J«963, ♦1164a
Motor-driven 4-lt. radial drilling machine.
t^lllOt
Motor-driven tool grinding machine, Self-
conlaincd t'7'M. ♦876e
Molor-llywheel drive for merchant mill.
\ arela ♦660, Bryson lOOil
Motor. Hobart Bros. H. B t^eSo. ♦876a
Motor-jack bushings. Acme threads in.
Schwartz 1082
Motor jack bushings, Tapping Acme threads
in. Armstrong ♦379
Motor trucks. Jump test for ♦SIS
Motor Wcstinghouse "HK" 106a
Motors. General Electric automatic starter
for induction t^KO •■lHa
Motors. Machining the connecting rods of
two A-ell-known. Colvin ♦820
Motors on the Pacific Coast, Building. Col-
vin I ^1117; II ♦1215
Motors. Screwdriver attachment for Thor
portable ♦♦741. ♦934i
Mounted headstock. Potter {♦867. ♦1030e
Mounting. Baird type riveter with station-
ary {♦SO. ♦344a
Movement. Standardization and the safety.
Oakcs ♦O
Multi-head lathe. Seneca Falls. . 1 ♦840, ^7480
"Multipurpose" grinding machine, Norton,
{♦635. ^7483
Multi-speed grinding machine. Dumore No.
3 {♦636. ^7488
Multiple. Cutting off bars in. Brandt ^764
Multiple cutting. Setting the tool for.
Persson ♦IIOO
Multiple punch press. Toledo. . {♦1013. ♦ISlSa
Multiple-spindle continuous vertical milling
machine. Belts {♦.3.32. ♦430c
Multiple-spindle drill heads, Adjustable-
center {^737, ♦87(i.S
Multiple-spindle drill heads, Buhr
{♦1068, ♦ISeOa
Multiple-spindle drill heads. Fixed-center,, ,
{♦786, ♦924k
Multiple-spindle tapping attachment. Fox.
{♦1107, ^12608
Multiwhirl oil cooler, Griscom-Russell . . . .
{♦41. ♦146c
Mummert -Dixon oilstone wet tool grinding
machine {♦641. ♦8281
Municipal machine shops. Motor car built
bv. Geiger ^517
Munitions and ordnance that can be applied
to the peace-time pursuits of industry.
Lessons learned in the manufacture of.
Larkin 648
Mutilated gear feed. Gumprich ♦350
Natco No. 85 inverted drilling machine...
{♦189, ♦SOSc
National machine tool Builders Assn., Nine-
teenth annual fall convention of .... ♦067
National Safety Council. Summer meeting
of the ♦130
National screw thread commission reports
on coarse and fine threads..! 507. II 543
Naval Air Station at Pensacola. Colvin.. ^197
Necessity is the mother of invention. Hol-
lis ^.33
Needed. Research work on gears. Chapman. 27
Negligence in repairing machinery. Measure
of damages for loss caused by. Childs.. .1051
Nelson auick-acting machine vise. {♦638, ^7480
"Never-slip" portable crane. Hammond , , .
{♦921, ^11163
New adventure. The. Entrop.v 203
New form of industrial insurance 1144
New method of case-hardening steel. Mer-
ten ♦lieo
New Orleans foundry. Operations in a.
Stanley ^441
New Orleans shop, Odd jobs in a, Spcl,
Cor 'ses
New Orleans, Some of the shipbuilding at,
Coh-in •349
NEW PUBLICATIONS:
— Accounts in theor.v and practice — prin-
ciples, E, A. Sailers 504j
— Advanced shop drawing. V. C. George.
B. S 1360b
— Automobile starting, lighting and ignition
systems. Page . +07
— Blueprint reading. E. M. Watt 876b
— Business man and his bank. Wm. H.
Kniffln 436b
— r*;iso carbonizitiBT, Drivr-H-^rris On 52 tj
— Design and construction of heat engines.
Ninde t98
— Design of screw propellers lor aircraft.
Henry C. Watts 534j
— Electric furnaces in the Iron and steel
industry. RodeiiV.nuscr t97
— El'HHro-denosition of metals. Dr. Geo.
Langbein 524j
— Elements of engineering thermodynamics.
J. A. Moyer. J. P. Calderwood. and A.
A. Potter llieb
— Employees Magazine. O'Shea 748b
Page
NEW PUBLICATIONS — Continued
— Exporters Gazetteer of Foreign Markets.
Lloyd R. Morris 388b
— Grundlogen des Kuntsfluges. [The technic
of iiii^ni.j i-roi. Arinur t^roii 700b
— House wiring. Thomas W. Poppe box k
— Industrial Housing. Morris Knowles . . . 876o
— ^Locomotive up to date. Charles Me-
Shane 878b
— MacKaes blue book. Vol. XI — 1920. .1360b
— Making, shaping and treating of steel.
By J. M. Camp and C. B. Francis. . . .430b
— Metallography — Part I, Principle of
Metallography. Samuel L. Hoyt . . . . 534j
— Modern electroplater. K. M. Coggcr«hall,748b
— Modern welding methods, V, W, Page.
M, E 1260b
— Motor boats and boat motors. V, W,
Page. A, C. Leitch 388b
— Motorcycles and side cars, construction,
management, repair, V. W, Page, M.
E 1260b
— Organization of industrial scientific i-e-
search, C. E. K< Mees. D. Sc 388b
— Oxy-Acetylene welding and cutting. Ox-
weld- Acetylene Co 804k
— Personnel administration, lis Principles
and Practice. Tead and Metcalf . . . . 748b
— Practice of lubrications, an engineering
treatise on the naturj. origin and test
ing of lubricants, their selection and
us?. T. C. Thomsen. B. Sc 1116b
— Problems of labor. Bloomfleld tOS
— Screw-thread production to close limits.
By Howard D. Adt 438b
— Shop practice for home mechanics. Ray-
mond F. Yates 524j
— Spot and arc welding. C. H. A. Horner. 700b
— Standard Educational tests. Haggerty. . t98
— Standard Electrical Dictionary. T. O'Conor
Sloane 388b
— The engineering index for 19l9. A. S.
M. E t98
— Theory of machines. R. F. McKay .,. 1260b
— Tin. sheet iroll. and copper worker. By
Henry Carey Baird & Co 436b
— Vocational arithmetic. C. E. Paddock. ,5e4i
— Wings of War. Knappen ...748b
New use for the photostat. Theilig ^326
New York City. Labor turnover 933
Newman knurling tool {♦eso, ♦748c
Newman "Landi-vise" {♦639. ♦748c
Newspaper — How to get it read. Plant.
Entropy 160
Newton continuous milling machine. . . .
{♦642. ^8281
Newton Model 0-3 continuous milling' ma-
chine {♦1067, ♦1212e
Newton ring-table continuous mil'inir ma-
chine {^824, ♦934k
Newton special milling machine. {^237. {♦.S40c
Newton portable slotting machine
{♦,333. ♦431).-
Ney draw-in collet chuck {^288. ♦3SHa
Nibbling machine. Metal {^2148
Niles-Bement-Pond right-line radial drill-
ing machine {^40 ♦146c
Nineteenth annual fall convention of Na-
tional machine tool builders ^967
Noise. Stopping an unnecessary. Ball ...♦179
Nolan Patent Office Bill H, R, 11.984. An
appeal in behalf of the 1093
Norton "multipurpose" grinding machine..
(♦635. ♦748a
Norton 10-inch "B" t.vne grinding ma-
chine ♦604f. ^7000
Notes from our field editor — Machinery in
Portland and Seattle 367
Notes on the F. A. E. S 7.33
Numbenng and filing drawings, A good
method of. O'Shea .397
Nuts in assembly work. Setting small.
Beeston ^997
Nuts. Tight fitting threads for bolts and.
Lord ♦1,53
Oakland piston. The. Colvin •iiM
Oakland shop. Cylinders in the. Colvin . . . ♦571
Oakley No. 3 universal toolroom grinding
machine {♦786. ♦924i
OBITUARIES
— Babcock. A.J 1020b
Baird Joseph H 102nh
— Brinsmade. L. L 96
— Clarke, Thomas W 10681
— Cook, S.imuel A 828h
— Dodge. Horace E 1164
— -Franks. John E 972d
— Gales. Wilhi"- S .. . . .laW;.
— Greentree. JuUus • 972d
— Harbourt. Jam<»s C 824h
— Harthan Frank E 524i
— Hartley. Tom 824h
— Hauk. Arthur E 972c
— Holt. Beniamin .lOio
— .Tacobs. John L 834h
— Johnson MB 828h
— King. Henrv C 9'72c
— Knowles, Lucius J lllfih
— Limbert. Georre B 972d
— Lynch. John M 1020b
— Marchant, O'^ore-f F ^mi
— McCone. Alexander J 924h
— Meachem, Homer W 788k
— Meachem Thomas W 87R
— Miller. Henrv Bowen 524i
— Prossinrer. Whitfield P ^48
—Puffer P G 6041
— Putnam. Harold C 5fi4i
— ^Sessions William E 534i
— Severin. Clarence A 340b
Page
wBITUARIES — Continued
— .Sharpe. Jos. Kuine. Jr 9*i4h
— Taylor. Frank 340b
— Tumlison. Charles P 564J
— Trowbridge. Geo. E 1260b
— Wheeler. Samuel H lt;2«n>
— Whitney. Amos ♦381, 375
— Williams. Frank 934b
— Winship. Alvin A 828b
— Wright, Daniel M ♦S'O
Observations of a field editor, i-olvin. . . M
Oin.iining the radius of three equal in-
scribed circles. B. E. Tool ♦593: G. E.
Nordstrom ♦SOS: L. A. Brennan 'o93;
T.vler 1355
Odd jobs in a New Orleans shop ♦SfiS
Oi! burning furnace, Wayne crucible-type,.
{♦826. ♦1020a
Oil burning furnace, Wayne tilting non-
crucible type {♦866 ♦1020c
Oil cooler, Griecom-Russell multiwhirl...
{♦41. ♦146e
Oil fields, Mechanics of the. Colvin. ... ♦65.3
Oil filter. Bowser OF {♦630, ♦748c
Oil-fuel rivet forge. Mahr No, 16
(♦432. ♦524k
Oil-fuel rivet forges. Mahr portable
(♦695 ♦876a
Oil-groove planing tool. Hanson-Whitney. , .
{♦640. ^8281
Oil heater, Griscom-Russell "0,R."
{♦696. ♦87ila
Oiling. Campaign for lietter. Bennett . . . 165
Oilstone holder. Raughtway self-cleanine.t^llll
Oilstone wet tool grinding machine. Mum-
mert-Dixon {♦641, ♦SSSi
Old Baldy would have mtu'dered this one,
Folsom 86
Oldest city. Repairing locomotives in our.
Colvin ^428
Oldham valveless scaling tool..{^870. ♦10681
Oliver all-steel self -releasing snap flask..
{♦694. ♦SSSk
OHver hand planer and jointer.. {^88. ♦196a
Oliver motor-driven surfacer. . . . {♦389. ♦388a
Oliver No. 80 "Variet.v" saw Ijench....
(♦1108. ♦1260a
Olymnia machine-tool exhibition and re-
sults 788a
Olympia: What is the lesson? American
machine tools at. Haughton 788a
Once. Using two tools at. Jacker *32
Open Shop. " Shipping Board declares for
the IMant/factvrers' Record] 476
Open shop? What is an. Viall "
Open-Side planer. Universal 24-in.. {♦433. ♦524k
Operation. Repetitive. Morrow 1103
Operations in a New Orleans foundry.
Stanley ^441
Operations in building tractors. Colvin. . .♦87*
Operations on Herbert laths. Milling. Chiihh^945
Optical flat A practical measuring tool. Va"
Keuren ^107
Optical instruments. Mechanism for graduat-
ing dials of. Hunter ^1139
Optical instruments. Small machines for
building. Hunter ♦1045
Optical projection apparatus designed and
built by the Bureau of Standards. Im-
proved type of. Pi.scher ♦IISS
Optical p.vrometer. Wedge {♦BOS. ♦700c
Organization. Essentials of a plant safety.
Worth 852
Ot-steel bench legs (^524 ♦653c
Output of labor. Increasing. Bullard .... 591
Outputs with fewer men. Larger, [Iron
Agel 47fl
Ownership. Vindication of private. Viall. 1008
Oxy-acetylene. Keeping presses at work
with. Rich ^1073
Oxyacetylene welded pipe. Testing the
strength of ^335
Pacific Coast. Building motors on the.
„ Colvin I ♦1117, II ♦ISlo
Pail again, Tin dinner. Entrop-.- 7Ts
Paint from steel structure. Removing.
McLean 73.'5
Painting machine. Pneumatic. Kester . . . . ♦9-»-l
Pair of old pullevs. Bennett ♦llill
Panel. Routing. Bennett ♦(!!)
I'angbom rotary-table sandblasts. {♦Oei. ♦1164a
Pantograph. Simple, accurate and easily-
made. Dixie •1076
Paper by telling about their babies Mak-
ing employees read the plant. Williams 363
Paper in making charts. Use of cross-sec-
tion. Barr 16. Josselyn •860
Papers. Trade. Creager •262
Parallel clamp attachment. Willey •524c
Par.illel ruling attachment. "Precise". . (•1253
T*assing of our nionecrs H«"'^ 37.%
Patent OfRce Bill H. R. 11.984. Appeal
on behalf of the Nolan 1093
Patent office needs your help. Condit. . . .1102
Pattern making. Efficient. Dixie ..'Sie. .
Dugcran 858
Pattern work by using stock covers. Sav-
ing, Nelson ♦Oil
'•attern work. Efficient. Holaday 782
Pav envelopes. Keeping workers contented
with two. Hudson 249
"av envelopes. The fat. Bennett 427
Peerless gaidng drill rack (♦43. ♦!«««
P''nsacola. Naval air station at. Colvin. . .♦lO?
"Perfection" pneumatic trip for power
nr^'ss'-s {•7-10. ♦876f
"Perfection" reversible siav-boit ohii..k
(♦696. •87«a
Permanent tribunal for labor troubles. Con-
dit T8<>
Pb.t-iriiaiphia ^oi»»iHrvmen's Association.
Jameson speaks before 788
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
13
\
Page
Philosophy. Folkloro. Simons 1080
Philosophy on subterfuges and salesmen.
Johnson's. Godfrey 679
Photographs on the shop bulletin board.
Williams 77
Photostat. New use for the. Theili; .... 'S'Z6
PiL-tures? Why not industrial motion.
Honep^er 2~>';
Piece of press work. Difficult. Stanley. . •164
Pierce-Arrow shop. Machinini; methods in.
Colvin •221
Pioneers. Passing of our. Hand 37r>
Pil)e and fitting- wrench. Falcon .t'S.'Sl. •430c
Pipe dreams of a tramp machinist (Bap-
-ti Quharity •.'5K: (Boys will be Bovsl.838a
. '-icarance in cylinders and why. Hud-
157
r. .1 c-learances for, intc-rnal combustion.
Mt<-hards 1244
Piston. Making- the Essex. Colvin •SI?
Piston Hngrs, Cutting off. Folsom •4ir>
Piston rinps in the side grinding operation.
Device for handling. Ferl)er •1000
Piston rings. Production antl salvage of lo-
comotive. Hunter •1213
Piston ring work in a railroad shop. Stan-
„ ley •436
Piston. Tiie Oakland. Ooivlii • • • t
Pi.ston-turning machines, Foote-Burt. Hunter*124
Pistons as a stock proposition, Automobile
engine, Sheldon •437
Pistons. Cast iron and aluminum. Colvin '410
Pistons. Device for fitting. Vincent .... "80
Pitch, Hardening of screw gages with the
least distortion in — I. Linehan •547.
II •fl04a
Plain maximiller. Kempsmith No. 2....
t'1066. •1312c
Plaui >-s. grooved winding drums Watts. ^1242
Planei-* Alternating current and Ihe.
Bcnia "728
Planer. An ancient. Pox •612
Planer and jointer. Oliver hand. . . .
Planer, Changes in Cincinnati. .. }^431. 524k
Planer. Cincinnati 30in. shoe and wedge.
♦• JOKO
Planer control. Thompson-Houfiton elec-
tric 484p
Planer from a 36-in. machine. Making a
52-in. Hampson •907
Planer. Sellers 16-ft •073, ^12123
Planer toolholders for railroad shop use
Slotting-machine and. Stanley "1231
Planer tools. Smith standard-radius lathe
and . . . J'e»4. •828k
Planer. Umversal 24-in. open-side. .{•432 •524k
Planer with improved belt-striking gear.t^lllBc
Planing a large rear with a small planer
,,,,--, ,-■ Lennig ^371
Planing machine. Powell fly-speed-out
Dunn •117
Planing time. Chart for computing. Con-
way •35X
Plant newspaper — How to get it read.
Entropy 150
Plants. Value to shop students of visits to
industrial. Kottinger 160
Plate-bending brake. Dries & Krump
„, t^lOOe. •1212c
Plate. Self-locking hub (•003 •1164a
Plates to clamp work. Using two anylc
Parker •131
Platform struck. Tec industrial ,.t •005. •828k
Play, Sales contracts and fair 918
Pletz utility screw presses (•433 •524k
Plug, Figuring diameter of three-surface
tangent. Shaw 'OSS
Plug gage ea.sy to use. Anderson, . . . . '248
Plugs Making some ball-ended. Dixie. "453
Plunger support. Clamping device with auto-
matically locked spring. Little. . . . •1054
Pneumatic chip separator. 'Ideal." t^H59
°neuniati'- (It-ill Turbine for. . t*.5fl3 •«.^2"
Pneumatic painting machine. Kester. . . ^944
Pneumatic tools. Ingersoll-Rand "Little
David'- ...... ^ tn •14H,.
Pneumatic tools. Some special tools used in
the manufacture of. Fox ^370
Pneumatic trip for power presses. "Perfec-
tion •. {•740. •876c
Pocket- Molding a drum with deep sand.
Dugsrun 6.59
Point, Christmas — the turning 1201
Poland's industrial dilemma. Solving. Anlele-
„«''•" ^- - - ^1004
Policy. Knowing your insurance. Sher-
lock \r •2.5
Portable air compressor outfit. Black &
Decker (•740. •876c
Portable crane, Hammond "Kever-slin" . t*921
Portable drilling machine. Glonde universal.
Portable electric "drlii; ' Ar'noW tvpe "C"
t ^827 • 1020c
Portable electric reboring macTii"e, GeigT. ^325
Portable grinding machine. Electro-mag-
nfie t^563, •B52c
Portahlfi shaper, Whitcomb-Blalsdell (Dam-
fi'tlli ffitl2 •7nOa
Portable slotting machine, Newton , J •S.SS •43fl<.
Portable universal radial drilling machine.
„-,-•, flOBSk
Portland and Seattle. — Notes from our field
editor. Machinery in 367
Pot truck, Elwell-Parker Electnc Malle-
^^''" t*1 on-i
Potter mounted h"adstock t^8fi7 •1020c
Potter thread-chasing attachment for lathe
„ t'82-i.. •1030a
PonriMt- ladle heater, Wavne . t»s"-- •in20a
Powell fly-speed-cut planing machine. Dunn
^117
Power l)ench-presg. Verson No. 0 inclinable
_ ^ t»18n •■>02c
Power bench-press. Verson No. 00. {•335 •a^Oc
Power consumed in milling. Parsons. ... •SIS
Face
Power-factor lamp, Cooper-Hewitt 85 per
„ '•™' ■, J^200, •388a
Power-press operation. Increasing production
by safeguarding. Kaems •;ti)«
Power saw clamp. Tuttlc. Jr •033
Power supply, Future, Entropy 922
Power. Wave transmission of 1122
Practical measuring tool. Optical flat A,
Van Keuren ^107
Pra, .ice, r undamenials of standard hole,
Colvin pio
Pratt & Whitney "Curvex" cuitej- ' grind-
ing machine t^OSO. •lH6a
Pratt & Whitn»y "Curvex" Cutters
,„ „ „ J*021. •lUOa
Precise parallel ruling attachment .... t "1253
Precision gage blocks. Calibrations and di-
mensional changes of. Peters-Boyd ...•027
Precision gages. Kanek 884, Irons 1144
Precision ' taper-measuring gage, Doyle-
„ Wall t'Hl--; -llOla
Precision Truing Machine and Tool Co,,
grinding-wheel truing machine {•48c
Precision work. Making a bobbing machine
for. CoUey •401
Preparation — not pessimism. Colvin. . . . . . 550
PRESS:
See also -"die," "blanking," "screw." etc.
— Bulging with a rubber punch. Richards. '730
— Detroit combination arbor press. t*002. •828k
— Difficult piece of press work. Stanley .. '164
— Economical press work in small lots. Col-
■vtn •7111
— Emco ' bench horn press {•SSl. •436c
— Increasing production by safeguarding
power-press operation. Kaems '308
— Is this a punch-press job? Kyn "372,
Becker •561. Starr '1000, Pusep -1041
— Keeping presses at work with oxy-acety-
lenc. Rich *107:(
— Manhattan four-post screw press {•48a
— Metalwood crankshaft-straightening press.
Hunter •2..ti. •388c
— "Perfection" pneumatic trip for power
presses {^740. •87(lc
I- press s J '433. •524k
— -Power press safety guard. Weisman . . . tltHn
.ess tools tor caterpillar parts. Stanley. '987
— Press work on the Bailey ball thrust bear-
ing. Hunter '45(1
— Three Southwark hydrauUc presses.
Priebo •742. t924i
— Toledo mutliple punch press.. .{'1013 •1212a
— U. S. sub press {•.333. ^4843
— Williams- White tie-rod presses. . . .{•641. 8281
Press-Broach. Hercules 15-ton ('478 •564k
Press. Verson No. 00 Power Bench. {^235. •340c
Press work on the Bailey ball thrust bear-
ing. Hunter ^456
Prestometer. Tilted stand for the. Older. . ^595
Prices against decline. Guarantee of. Mc-
Brlde 783
Prices — are they too hlghi' Machine tool.. 864
Prices. Why Johnson didn't cut. Godfrey. . 926
Private ownership. Vindication of. Viall . . 1008
Problem. An immigration. Vlall 1064
Problem. Gear. Llddiatt ^1244
Prbolem In change gearing. Pickwick .... 375
Problem of your schools. Parker 201
Problem. Our immigration. Barr 1068b
Produce? What shall the school shop.
Firbes . 480
Production by safeguarding power press ope-
ration. Increasing. Kaems . . ^398
Production. Encouraging reports of in-
creased. Colvin 328
Production, How can we increase, Williams
270. Hinckley 385. Senior 504d. Vogetzer 673
Production in Johnson's shop. Increasing.
Godfrey 411
Production lathe. Hamilton double carriage
Hunter •..•1021. {•121';c
Production methods. Modern, Basset VII
•17. VII ^63. 'VIII 'SIS. IX 619. X ^709
XI ^798. XII 889
Production records at the Hart-Parr factorv
Sawyer •44.5
Production. Studebaker methods of cylinder.
Colvin •595
Production. Training for economical. CoUin 734
"Production" 22-in. upright drilling ma-
chine {^921. •1116a
Production with the making of special
P'-trts. Combining quality. O'Shea •4.i;t
Profile-curvature gage. Soulier •732
Profiling machine. Multiple-spindle auto-
matic 48c
Profiling milling machine. Coulter a"t'>m8ti^
multiple-spindle {'1012. •1312a
Programs of apprenticeship and special
training in representative corporations.
Morris I •SfiS TI •R57 III '765 IV
•847. V 'OSl. VI ^1078 VTT 117';
Progress control as a staff function. McCon-
nell 970
Progress is slow. A few reasons why Indus-
trial 163
Progress of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies 185
Proof for long division. Short. Me.vers 157.
Meyers 350. Nummert 433. Madden 480.
Wikoff 595
Propeller blades. Measuring. Rich *T9?
Propeller. Borinc an 11-ton •.5"%
Propeller hub. Broach for airplane. Rich ^70
Properties of non-magnetic, flame, acid, and
rust-resisting steel. Johnson 8.5.3
t*rotecting our dye industr.v. Viall 734
Protractor. Laying off angles without a.
Brunner •970
Prvibil extension spinning lathe and stto^i^-
ments {'78.5. '934!
I'svchologlsts Hunting. EntroDV 331
Psvcho-'echnics in Germany. *?radenw"tp; ^407
Public Service employees Chnmber of Cntn-
mercp of the TTnited States votes on elim-
ination of strikes bv 104
Page
Public service, MWie phaaea of relaUonship
of en^neering societlea to lOBl
Publication, Employment department and
tho plant. Barllett 2(j7
Pulley diameter and speeds. An aid to deter-
mine. Chllds 17-,
Pulleys. Flanges for friction. Watts. '.'.'.'. ! •372
Pulleys. Pair of old. Bennett 'IISI
Pump. Machining a gear tyi>e water. Stan-
ley (gi
Pump. Ross two-way centrifugal. ..'.'.
i>,.™.i v., . u »'1014. •i2e0a
Pumpless blow torch {•"37 •^•jc
Punch. See alao "Press."
Punch and die. Large gang. Johnson .... •994
Punch Bulging with a rubber. Vorheea
•423. Richards •731)
Punch for aluminum ware. Expanding. Stan-
ley -lOO. Sheppard '615. Liiidrren 1068c
Punch-press job? Is this a k n •3,"
Be<ker 'SOI, Starr 'lOOO, Pusep. ... •1041
Punch press. Toledo multiple fj .2 •1"13a
Punching-machlnejobs. Two light. Simon. ^1075
Purposes of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies 413
Purves drilling attachment for milling ma-
chines ... {'738. •876<.'
Pyrometer. Fixed-focus. Foster Instrument
„ Co J .flug
Pyrometer. Wedge optical {•603. •7(TOc
Question in factory management. Bennett
375. Smith 601, Forbes 865
Questions of shop ethics 8
Quick-acting machine vise Nelson. {•B.tq '•74jj(.
Quick-action air line couplers. Making Thor.
Hunter •931
Quick-operating clamp. Johnson ..'.'.'.'.'.'. '. 'SOS
Racine No. 25 slotting machine.. .(•828. •1020a
Hack. Peerless gaging drill rack. . . .{•43. ^1968
Rack-type broaching machine, American. . .
{•1013. •1212a
Radial drilhng machine. See "Drilling. "
Radial drilling machine. Elevating arm. {•1088k
Radial drilling machine. Girder {•1068k
Radial drilling machine. Medium size, ,, {1008k
Radial drilling machine. Motor-driven 4-ft. .
{•1116c
Radial drilling machine. Niles-Bement-Pond
right-line {•40. •148c
Radiators. Special methods for making. Col-
vin •176
Radii. Locating the center of. Josselyn. .•1084
Radius of three equal inscribed circles. Ob-
taining the. Tool •SOS. Nordstrom •593,
Brennan ^593, Tyler 1255
Radius on a gage. Grinding a, Moore, , . .'326
Radius on the end of a rod. Milling the.
Thanton •1022
RAILROADS :
— Billion and half more for the railroads
and every cent of it needed. (.V. r.
Sun] 380
— Frame welding apparatus in railroad shop.
Stanley •1282
— Handling material in railroad shops.
Stanley •OSS
- — -Increasing the capacity of old locomo-
tives. Smith 1094
— Increasing the railway car Bupply by
100.000. Morrow 475
— Machining railroad cross-ties. Edwards^l237
— Making a milling cutter In a railroad
shop. Stanley ^504
— Modernizing locomotive terminals. Rink. 1081
—More pay for railroad mechanical execu-
tives. Colvin t 524a
— Mortising machine for locomotive cab
work. Vincent •1336
— New railroad shops at San Bernardo.
Chile. Cruchoga •982
■ — Piston ring work In a railroad shop.
Stanley '436
— Production and salvage of locomotive pis-
ton rings. Hunter •ISIS
— Production of boiler flue beading tools in
railwa.v tool shops. Hunter '904
— Repairing locomotives in our oldest city.
Colvin • . ^428
— Slotting machines and planT toolhold r«
for railroad shop us" Stan'^v. ,^1231
— Tools Irom a railroad blacksmith shop.
Colvin •7!»'»
Railroad shop devices. Some small *6S
Ransom No, 109 tool grinding r-" '*••*>«.
(•638. •748c
Raughtway self -cleaning oil-stone holder. {•1111
Read. Plant newspaper. How to get it. En-
tropy 150
■Ready" garage lathe-tool set... (•141. •24*c
Reamer chatter. Correcting hand Nicholson. 1189
Reamer. "Fastfeed" combination drill and
{•738, •878c
Reamers. Repairing broken expansion. Hat-
tenberger 'lOO?
Reamer. "Rex" expansion hand (•ISOS
"earning s'ts Wetmore cylinder. . {•""' •392c
Reasons why industrial progress is slow. A
few 1 63
Heboring an 8-ft. wheel Gore 'Stn
Reboring machine Portable electric. Oeiger.*33%
Recess gage. Siranle. La Rue '422
Records at the Hart-Parr factory. Produc-
tion. Sawyer •445
Recording Instrument Pyrometer 8a
14
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Page
Recog:mUon ol mdivldualily in the shop.. tf70
Kectangle. Section moduli or. Watt 'ilO
Shandies 670
Red Cross. Fourth roll call of the American 828
Redesig^ned Lavoie air chuck t*291, *388c
Referendum on industrial relations. U. S.
Chamber of Commerce conducts 44
Reference eages. Van Keuren combination
t*56a. •662c
Regent shears 146a
Regulate Materialsi" How do you ... .II *101
Regulations affect trade with Italy. New.. 924b
Regulator. Westinghouse electric arc furnace
t*740. 'STec
Relation between Brinell hardness and the
grain size of annealed carbon steels 1330
Relations in industry. Human 613
Relations. U. 8. Chamber of Commerce con-
ducts referendum on industrial 44
Relieving tool for broach teeth. Rask. . . .•423
Reminiscences of an old school machinist.
Huntington 533. 766
Removing paint from steel structures.
McLean 733
Repair kink for Ford owners. Johnson. . ^633
Repair shops. Western automobile '491
Repairing a broken anvil. Blake •1064
Repairing an air compressor. Hudson.... '70
Repairing broken expansion reamers. Hat-
tenberger *1007
Repairing locomotives in om" oldest city.
Colvln •438
Repairs to machine vise. Frank •278
Repetitive operation. Morrow 1102
Report of the classification and compensa-
tion committee to Engineering Council. . . 464
Report of the Cleveland chamber of com-
merce on the metric system •383
Representation of local organizations in the
F. A. E. S 481
Rescue, Workers to the. Hand 329
Research problems in electrical engineering,
Some present day. Karapetoff 260
Research work on gears needed. Chapman 27
Resetting a tool for boring tapers. Burke. 'SS?
Resolutions. Anti-metric 916
Resources, France rapidly developing "white-
coal." 886
Restrictive measures on the snutdown of
industrial plants in Germany 1205
Retarding airplane development. Colvin. . 280
Reversible driving chuck. Gustin-Ba<?on . .
;*141. '3440
Revision of weights for sections of minimum
web thickness of American standard
beams and channels 481
Revolving knife wood trimmer. Bauer ....
t»828. •1030c
"Rex" expansion hand reamer J*1205
Reynolds automatic magazine-feed screw-
driving machine t*866 •1020c
Rickert-Shafer chaser-grinding machinp. . ,
$•290 ♦388c
Rickert-Shafer collapsible tap {•Seo. •lOeSi
Ring gears. Drilling and tapping. Hudson. •SOO
Right-angle conventional thread. Beaver. •1054
Right of every American. Working freedom.
Viall 475
Right-line radial drilling machine. Niles-
Bement-Pond t*40. •146o
Ring-gears. Flywheel starter. Colvin •eiS
Ring gear job. An interesting. Rich "471
Ring gear out West. Boring a large. Silver. •47'!
Ring out the old ! 1347
Ring-table continuous milling machine.
Newton t*834. •934k
Rings. Cutting off piston. Folsom *415
"Rivet-busting" tool. Keller. ... t*637 •74Ha
Rivet forge, Mahr No. I'l-D hand-nortablp.
$•479, •564k
Rivet forges. Mahr ojl-fuel portable. . . .
Rivet heater. "A-1" portable electric. ... •484c
Rivet heater. Taylor electric $•1109
Riveter. Baird ash-can {•640. ^7480
Riveter. Baird close-corner J^GOS. ^7000
Riveter. Baird truck frame $•1304
Riveter for marine boiler flanges. Baird
stake t*869 •10681
Riveter with stationary mounting. Baird
$•89. •344a
Rivets without fire. Heating. Sheldon. ... ^701
Roberts multiple-spindle flxed-center drill
heads $*871. *1116a
Rockford heavy-duty horizontal boring ma-
chine •1197
Rod. Easy method of disconnecting a main.
Bohman •IBS
Rrtr\ Milling the radius on the end of a
Thanton •102*?
Rods. Cutting flats on wire. Inscoe. . . . *1148
Rods. Making spherical -ended length. 01der*6R4
Rohde solders $1159
Roll call of the American Red Cross.
Fourth 838
Roller and ball bearings? What is the differ-
ence between. Danielson ^857
Roller bearings under heavy loads. Test of.
Barnes •SOn
Rolls. Disk grinding friction Bennett *132
Ross two-way centrifus'al piimp. $*1014. •1260a
Rotary-table sandblasts. Panerbom
t*9fii •llfiJa
Roto-pneumatic Series-A grinding machine.
t^9S0. •ni6a
Rounds. Hand-sawing ^ ft. cold rolled.
Dixie *^OPi
Routing panel. Bennett ♦69
Rubber -cushioned helve hammer. "Ameri-
can" ±*140. •344.^
Rubber punch. Bulging with a. Vorh^es. •423
Ttubbine machine. Brown $^41. •lOfia
Rubbing machine. Prankl'-i $*196a
Rulinsr attachment. "P^ rise" parallel. . . .$1353
Ruf^sell Holbrook & Henderson cenierless
cylindrical grindir" machine t^4Rc
Russell multiwhirl nil cooler. Griacom ....
$•41. *14fir
Rust remover. "Meno." $871. 1213a
Page
S
Saddle, Machining the gear-shaper. Hamil-
ton •293
Safety Council, Summer meeting of the
National •136
Safety device for a multiple-spindle drilling
machine •350
Safety movement. Standardization and the.
Oakes '9
SAFETY:
— Chart for determining safe loads. Con-
way *1'J41
— D. & M. guard for power press $*48a
— Decreasing production by safeguarding
power press operation. Kaems •398
— Essentials of a plant safety organization.
Worth 852
— Increasing safety in aviation 1150
— Machinist and the guard. Kiommer. . . 348
— Safety device for multiple-spindle drill-
ing machine •360
— Standardization and the safety move-
ment. Oakes *9
—Test of large roller bearings imder heavy
loads. Barnes •SOO
Sales contracts and fair play 918
Salesmen, Johnson's philosophy on subter-
fuges and. Godfrey 679
Salvage of locomotive piston rings. Produc-
tion and. Hunter •1213
Salvaging the^inner strand of a worn cable. •372
Sandblasts, Pangborn rotary-table$*961. • 1164a
Satisfaction, Bench cover that gave. Creager 27
Satisfactory length of work-day? What is
the most. Creager 902
Sawbuck. Oliver No. 80 "Variety."
$•1108. ♦1260a
Saw clamp. Power. Tuttle. Jr •633
Saw mill machinery. Building. Colvin. . . . 'lOSO
Saw, Simonds No. 000. Inserted tooth
metal $^639
Saw, Wadkin 16-in. double-dimension .. $^1164c
Sawing machine. Circular cold $*1116c
Scale, Attachment for extending a. Kasper, ^314
Scale to milUmeters, Graduating. Josselyn. ^1244
Scaling tool. Oldham valveless. . . .t*870. •lOOSi
Scheduling jig. fixture and repair work. Lee 764
Scheme, A clever unloading. Rich ^517
School machinist. Reminiseenses of an old.
Huntington 633. 766
School shop produce? What shall the.
Forbes 486
School. Well developed technical high-.
Hood '343
Schools. Problem of your, Parker aua
Scott Brothers 146c
Screw presses, Pletz utility $^433. ♦624k
SCREW:
Including taps, threads and like subjects
involving screws or threads 5:J
— Screw machine. See also "Lathe —
Turret."
— Acme screw threads. Schwartz •lOS
— Automatic screw-cutting lathe $ •1116c
— Bar straightening machine. Whitney. $ •48c
—Beef bone screws for surgical use. Litllp. 1220
— Chamfering attachment for hand screw
machine. Symes y . . •SO"
— Emergency method of cutting thread.
Kiddle •1233
— National screw thread commission reports
on coarse and fine threads — I 507. II 543
Screw-driving machine. Reynolds automatic
magazine-feed $^866, •1030e
Screwdriver, Ackland •48a
Screwdriver attachment for Thor portable
drill motors $*741. ^9241
Screws of quick lead. Cutting. Canec ^149
Scully-Jones floating reamer holder
$•693 •S2S'-
Seattle metal-cutting handsaw $*1111
Seattle. Notes from our field editor — Ma-
chinery' in Portland and 367
Section. A. S. M. E. oreranizes material
handling 797
Section moduli of rectangles. Watts •410.
Shandies 670
Section paper in making charts. Use of
cross. Ban* 16
Selection of high-speed steels for tools.
Traphagen 649
Self adjusting ball bearing. Lj»na-har. . $•! l 'il
Self-adjusting spacing collar. Kasper. ... •950
Self-contained motor-driven tool grinding
machine $^739, •876c
Self-gripning mandrel. Ettco ..t*9*^2 •1164a
Self-loading electric truck, "I. T. C.*'. . .
$»106S. •1360a
Self-locking hub plate $^963, •H64a
Sellers 16-ft. planer •"-*» •1213s
Selling American machinery in foreign
markets. Hein 913
Selson 13-in. lathe $^1164c
Senate. Metric system bill introduced in the. 1248
Seneca Falls multi-head lathe. ... $^640. •748f>
Sense. Die. Remade 664
Sense in engineering. Common. Aldred 839.
McFarland 989
Sensitive drilling machine. Klngsburv auto-
matic $^1066. •1^1120
Sensitive drilling machine. Three-spindle. $^1068k
Separator. Dings type "B" magnetic. . . .
$•867 •1020c
Separator for air linefi. Thor moisture. . . .
.$•739. *S76'>
Separator. "Tdeal" pneumatic chip $1159
Series — A grindins- ma^'hine. Roto-nnen-
matic 1*920. •ill6a
Service pmployees. Chamber of Commerce of
the United States votes on elimination of
strikes by Public 104
Service. Some phases of relationship of
engineering societies to public 1061
Page
Set, Ready" garage lathe tool. . . . t*141. "3440
Sets. Wetmore cyunder-reammg. . . j*i»ft. •2W2c
Setting small nuts in assembly work. Bees-
ton '997
Setting the milling machine vise in aUgn-
ment. Folsom ♦81
Setting the tool for multiple cutting. Perssou
-1100
Seven centuries of brass making. Kenvon.
I •755. II *83b, ni *939, IV •1033. V
•1133. VI •1225
Shall we make essentials or non-eessentiaU?
Watts 451
Shaliing. Standard sizes for 112
Shafts and beams. Strength of. Watts.. •909
Shaper kink. Folsom "OTl
Shaper, Whitcomb-Blaisdell (Damerell) ....
$•603. '"OOa
Shearing machine plate 7 in 146a
Sheet metal arc-welding machine. Thanton . "eH-i
Sheet-metal work for automobiles. Colviu^ll65
Sheets that instruct. Instru'-'ioii "-iiti
Sheffield solid and adjustable snap gages
$•1013. •1313a
Ship of state. Gary 14
Shipbuilding at New Orleans. Some of tiie.
Colvin •349
Shipment. Boxing machinery to insure safe.
Colvin 734
Shipper stay •put." Making the. Spauldine.*833
Shipping Board declares for the open shjp.
[M'tnvfacturers Becord] \ . , . 476
Ships. Concrete, Colvin •109(1
Shoe and wedge planer. Cincinnati 30-in.. $♦1253
Shooting as an aid in industry. Target 1178
Shop bulletin board. Photgraphs on the.
Williams 77
Shop. Cost keeping in the small. Colvin
•442, Schustek ^1036
Shop. Cost system for the small. ■ Wheeli^.^190
Shop devices. Some small railroad *68
Shop ethics. Questions of 8
Shop kinks from the "Milwaukee" at
Tacoma. Colvin ♦1128
Shop. Making a milling cutter in a rail-
road. Stanley ♦504
Shop. Senator Davenport in the machine.
Oliver 682
Shop students of visits to industrial plants.
Value to. Kottinger 160
Shop, Tools from a railroad blacksmith .
Colvin ^795
Shop?. WTiat is an open. Viall 645
Shops and all shops. For small. Lucas. •24.
•166. "SIO, •393. •403. •536
Shops at San Bernardo. Chile. New Railroad.
Cruchoga ^983
Short proof fcir Ions division. Meyer 3^0.
Mummert 433. Madden 480. Wikoff 595
Shutdown of industrial plants in Germany.
Restrictive measures on the 1305
Sibley 34-. 36- and 38-in. stationary heavy
drilling machines $^534. •652c
Side-cutting of thread-milling hob*. Buck-
ingham •1190. •1222
Silver 20-in. drilling machine. .$ •480. •564k
Simonds No. 000 ins^-ted tooth metal saw.
$•639
Simple, accurate and ea-sily-made panto-
graph. Dixie •1076
Simple roll feed. Vogetzer •SIS
Simplex self-readiner mi'-romeler. .$^3P0. ♦388^'
Simple recess gage. La Rue •422
Single-operator electric welding outfit. West-
inghouse $•43. •19ea
Single track man. "Are you a before-and-
aft^r" or a. Wiitstein . . •67
Sizing forming tools without a formula.
Johnson 'SSI
Slide rule. Finding decimal equivalents on
the. Kelloe' fi.^1
Slide-rule kink. Bowman 1054
Sliver gouge made from part of broken
light bulb. Franklin •730
Slivers and infections. Prince 1089
Slotting attachment for the lathe. Parker.^l'V^'i
Slotting machine and planer toolholdei-^
for railroad .shop use. Stanley •1231
Slotting machine. Jones 30-in $^603. •700a
Slott'ne- niachMi'*. Newton Dortablet«ft:*3_ •i.Srtf
Slotting machine, Racine No. 25..$^836. ♦lOSOa
Slow. A few reasons why industrial progress
is : . . . 163
Slow speed vs. high speed balancing. Akim-
off •925
Slump in the price of fa»Tn prodn^-ts ^^ill
affect industry. How theS5,000.000.000. . 859
Small machines for building optical instru-
ments H'">t«r . . •10J.-
Small shop. Cost system for the. Wheeler. •190
Small shops and all shops. Lucas. •24.
•1 66 •ai 0 •.'^93. i'l? •.">3"
Smith standard-radiue lathe and planer
tools $^694. 'SSSk
Smoothing up a defectiv*» nut by mean* of
a castellated nut. Nye 1017
Snap flask, Oliver all-steel «elf-releaPinff. . .
$•694 ♦828k
Snap gages. Sheffield solid and adinatable.
$♦1013 •1313'!
Snap gaee. Wickman adjustable thread. .t^ll61
Sneiiex "fri'^iionlcss" center. ... $^1067. •136n.'»
Socialism — Communism 153
Societie*:, Proeress of the Federated Ameri-
can Enerineeriner 18-1
Societv flction relativie to F. A. E. S.. Engi-
neering 960
Snpietv of Aut-^motive Engineers '84
Soderfors "all-steel" vise $^33l •4.36c
Solderine copper. Furnace for h**ating.
Willov ♦3fi-ie
Rolderinp ir^n. Ever-hot $^636. ^^48^
Snldersi Rohde $11.^0
Solution to **a little Question in trigonom-
ptrv," Another Goodchild . . - •377
Solntions. wh^re °^ometry will do. .X.roid
trie-onometric. Shaw •1149
Solviner Poland's inrdustrial dilemma. Aniel*-"*-
ski •1004
Juiy 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
16
Pag^e
Some commercial heat treatments for alloy
steels. Miller •519
Some ji&s for drilling- harvesting machine
parts. Johnson *Q9'7
Some of the shipbuilding- at New Orleans
during the war. Colvin •349
Some notes on tapping. Dixie 'SCI
Some phases of relationship of engineering
societies to public service 1061
Some present-day research problems in elec-
trical engineering. Karapetoff 360
Some thoughts on early machine design.
Forbes 458
South Americans to see U. S. manufactures.
Priebe 919
Southeast, Iron production in 871
Southwark hy<lraulic presses. Three. Priebe.
•743., ^•924i
Spacing collar. Self-adjusting. Kasper. . . .♦950
Spark plug spindles. Drilling ignition-point
holes. Allen •1033
SPARKS FROM THE WORLD'S INDUSTRIAL
FORGE:
— About the gasoline t-uppty . 195
— Acme die casting corporation opens Phila-
delphia otKce 436
— Additional F. A. E. S. members 828e
— Advance Convention Announcement. . . .1312
— Aeronautic section organized by A . S.
M. E 873
— A. I. E. E. moves to join F. A. E. S.. . 483
— Air service mechanics school. Kelly Field.
Texas 387
— Airplane service between Amsterdam and
London 194
— Akron public works to buy machinery. . 484
— Am I an American '; 65'-
— American bankers to organize 100 million
dollar foreign Trade Corporation .... 972
— American Engineering Standards Commit-
tee elects officers 1163
— American Foundrymen'a Association ex-
hibit activities 564i
— American Gear Manufacturers hold fall
meeting 875
— American Manufacturers' Export Associa-
tion hold annual meeting 788h
— A. M. E. A. annual meeting 838g
— A. S. M. E. annual meeting program .. 828f
— A. S. M. E. committee on plain limit
gages 828g
—A. S. M. E. has new officers and plans. .924e
— -A. S. M. E. holds machine-shop and de-
sign sections meeting 1018
— A. S. M. E. organizes Aeronautic section 873
— A. S. M, E. passes resolution to increase
endowment of engineering foundation. .972a
— A. S. M. E. questionnaire out for gage
standardization committee 744
— A. S. M. E. to hold meeting in December. 436a
— American Society for Steel Treating has
changed its headquarters 1030
— American takes over Canadian Machine
Co 1212
— Amsfield, J. J., elected president of Engi-
neering Advertisers Association 924g
— Annual convention of International Rail-
way Grcneral Foremen's Association . . 653b
— Annual meeting of A. M. E. A 828g
— Annual meeting of the American Manu-
facturers* Export Association 788h
— Annual meeting of the Foundrymen's
Association 788f
— Answer this one. Who can? 1163
— Appointed Navy Department sales ad-
viser 6B2a
— Appreciation of long and faithful service. 924g
— Artificial seasoning of gage steels 1258
— Association. Independent manufacturers
have 745
— Auction sale of machine tools and belt-
ing 144
— Auction. Hewes & Phillips plant sold.. 874
— Australia makes own leather beltinff . . .1115
— Auto builders predict great prosperity. . .972b
— Auto market breaks, Paris 745
— Automobile display at Canadian national
exhibition 564g
— Automobiles. National Museum gets
early 1163
— Automotive engineers against compulsory
metric law 47
— Averbeck patents bought by Steel Prod-
uct.'* Engineering Co 1068g
— Baltimore has new $2,500,000 concern.. 434
— Ranker sees bright outlook 135(i
— Bankers. American, to organize 100 mil-
Hon dollar for^iirn trade comorafi'^n. 973
— Bankers and Manufacturers form foreign
trade corporation 1210
— Belgian import duty increased, . . . . . y. . 338
— Belgium. Industrial machinery in France
and . .Ilfi4
— Belgium. Germany's trade with 972a
— Beledum honors General La Mar fi52b
— Belfinc. Australia makes own leather. .1115
— B-^thlehem'-a new two-cycle fuel-saving
marine Diesel engine 564h
— R-^-tts Ine-le Hallowe'en partv . R7M
— Big chanee for engineers in South Amer-
ica 564i
— Tfig- e-ains in TJ. S. trade with Africa. . . .1259
— Eigplow. Ffcd A- elected president of Car-
nenter S*eel Co 145
— Bilton salesmen's convention 604h
— Black & Decker announces no reduction
in prices for next year 338
— Black & Dicker to sell stock to its em-
ployees 436
— Rliss Co. cr-mnl-^tes new monstor pr^'!8..*393
— Board considers wnge increase for Navy
vard emnlovces 3Rfi
—Bolivia's Machine Tool Market 934f
— ^oul (A.'> honnrM 436
— Bowser S. F.. & Co. has sales conven-
tinn in5
— Brainard Steel Co. opens new plant . . . .972c
Page
SPARKS FROM THE WORLD'S INDUSTRIAL
FORGE — Continued
— Breckenbridge (Professor) appointed
chairman of Advisory Board 144
— British-French combine acQUirea Austrian
works 293
— Brooklyn bridge builder still going
strong •^•j
— Buffalo builders exchange votes "Open
shop" by 108 to 1 . 690
— BuUard Machine Tool Co. Adds Product
Division 749
— Bullard plant bought by Underwood Type-
writer Co 524f
— Bullard's third Christmas party a succeB8.1359
— Bureau of Research Information 1018
— Business, General Conditions .1113
— California. Four firms join $5,000,000
machine merger 1164
— Cambria steel production decreases 828g
— Canada and England opposed to metric
system 564i
— Canadian Machine Co. taken over by
American Machine Co 1213
— Cancellations, Chamber of Commerce
Bulletin on 1163
— Cancellations — Legal liabilities of buyer
and seller lOl K
— Cancellations of Orders Affecting Our
Standing Abroad 1068g
— Cancelled contracts in England 1259
— Cars for Canada roads. 6.530 . 194
— Chamber of Commerce Bulletin on Can-
cellations 1163
— Chamber of Commerce, U. S. Business
Conditions 828g
— Changes in Dittmer Gear Corporation. . . .972c
— Changes in Johansson organization .... 343
— Changes in Personnel of Machine Tool
Combine 838ff
— Changes in Kelly-Reamer
— Chicago Machinery Club Holds Fifth An-
nual Picnic 788i
— Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co. elects A. E.
Goodhue vice president ^46
— Churchill-Morgan Cutsinger. Inc 744
— Cigarette machinery sought 534h
— Cincinnati Milling Machine Co. outing. . . 386
— Cincinnati Strike Situation. 343-244
— Clark Equipment Co . Has New Motor
Truck Axle Plant 924g
— Coast-to-coast record claimed by Packard 94
— Coffey Family 'smiths 110 years for
Pratt & Whitney 242
— College. Kansas State Makes Lathes for
High Schools 924f
— Colleges and the metric system. Dr. A.
C. Humphreys 242
— Colleges and the metric system (Butter-
field) 293
— Commander Gatewond rtow director of
construction and repair 195
— Commerce Chamber visit to Russia held
up by passport ban 194
— Commerce Chamber to trace slack in
business 435
— Conditions of Industry in Spain 788g
— Consolidated utilities corporation plans
wide manufacturing activities in the
near future 483
— Convention Announcement, Advance . . . .1213
— Couch (C- W.) organizes sales agency.. 1358
— Convention of Raiway Association held
Oct. 13 to 14 838g
— Conventions to get lower fares. .^ . . .1357
— Cost Engineers of Indiana have New Of-
ficers 924g
— Crane Co. Registers in Thirty-one Coun-
tries 924e
— Crating. Practical Course in Boxing and. 744
— Cross Ties. Penn. R.R. Seeking New
Market for 972c
— Crucible Steel Co.. Dr. John A. Mathew^.
Head of 1116
— Cutting a 44-In. Riser 874
— Davenport dons denim — does daily drudge^340
— Decline in Shipbuilding 924f
— De Lamater — Ericsson Memorial Tablets. 746
— Denver's o?)en-shop declaration 604h
— Deny Russia purchased Engine Company 195
— Detroit a progressive city — others will do .
well to follow her lead 652
— Detroit Twist Drill Co. Opens Canadian
Plant 828f
— Disposes of $500,000 surplus war equip-
ment 47
— Dittmer Gear Corporation Has Changes. .973c
— Diving. Engineers Hear of Deep Sea. . . .1164
— Drastic Tariff Laws to Protect American
Manufacturers to Be First Act of New
Congress . . .' 972a
— Eisler enters engineering field 388
— Ele^'trification. Railroad. Night at the
Engineering Societies Building . 873
— Electrolytic zinc smelter to be opened in
Norway 393
— Employers warned to carry compensation
insurance 435
— Endowment of Engineering Foundation.
A. S. M. E. Passes Resolution to In-
crease 973a
— Engineers Hear of Deep Sea Diving. . . .1164
— Eneineering Advertisers' Association
Elected J. J. Arnsfleld 934g
— Engineering conference addressed by
power press experts 46
— Engineering Foundation. A. S. M. E.
passes Resolution to Increase Endow-
ment of 973a
— English Cutlery Trades to Adopt Ameri-
can Manufaeturing Methods 242
— Eflualization of IT. S. Exports and Ini-
nnrts Ts Imp'"'vine- P* -b
— Es*im»t,pd Demand for Spark Pln-rs in
1930 873
— Ei'ropc looks to U. S. for Steel, says
Howell 344
Pave
SPARKS FROM THE WOaLD'8 INDUSTRIAL
FORGE — Continued
— Exchanse dealinrs wtih Buatia «u)c-
tioned 125«
— Exhibition at London in 1922. World's
Industrial 1211
— Export of Foreign Tools to Germany. . 1115
— Export manufacturers to meet in Oct. at
N. Y 387
— Export Trade Combination Now Operat-
ing 1164
— Export Trade. Southern Commercial
Congress Progress in 024r
— Exports of machinery treble in six years. 43fr
— Exports for Sept. $38,000,000. over
August 873
— Exports for Sept.. 1919 and 1930. of
Metal Working Machinery 924r
— Exports and Imports is Improving.
Equalization of U. 8 972b
— Exports of Manufacturers Continue to In-
crease XZXZ
—Express combine approved 1257
— Factory, Steel Fabricatinic Corporation
Building New 1068f
— Fall Meeting of the American Gear
Manufacturers* Asaociatioo 875
— Farrell. Urges Development of Foreign
Trade 744
— Federal Trade Commission, Hurtan
Thompson Chairman of 1115
— F. A. E. S., Five More Societies Join. .788g
— P. A. E. S. membership growingr 524f
— P. A. E. S. has New Members 828e
— Federated American Engineering So-
cieties endorsed by American Engi-
neering Cotmcil 94
— First international "Plattsburg" for Pan-
American commerce 524g'
— Fisher Says Lack of Religion and Broken
Covenants Are Responsible for Pres-
ent Conditions .....' 972a
— Five More Societies Join F. A. B. 8 788r
— Flywheel does much damage 43a
— Foreign Trade Convention Next at
Cleveland 788}
— Foreign-trade development cruise offers
bid for 'Von Steuben" 144
— Forty-two cities to celebrate fortieth an-
niversary of A. S. M. E 698
— Four Californian Firms Merger $5,000,-
000 Machine Merger 1164
— Four thousand "Turn Auto" devices to be
made 46
— France and Belgium. Industrial Ma-
chinery 1164
— France Reorganizes Foreign Trade Bu-
reau 924g
— Frank. Fritz J., New President of Iron
Age Publishing Co 1068fa
— Franklin Institute Will Hold Lectures in
December 972b
— Freight Traffic. A Record 1020
— FiY-nch Commerce Chamber has catalog-
file system 145
— French Industry. The Rebirth 1068j
— French machine tool purchases 339
— Future course of business 700
— Gage. Standardization Committee. Ques-
tionnaire out for 744
— G;'-' Hitrhly Optimistic Over Future U. S
Trade 747
— Gary. Judge. Before Iron and Steel In-
stitute. Says Price Reductions are a
Healthy Sign 828e
— General Business Conditions 1112
— Georgia to Make Pig Iron? 1068ff
— Geore-Hown students welcomed at V*»ne-
zuela 292
— German Industry. Russian Orders for. . . 972
— German Machine Building Industry Situa-
tion 873
— German Machine Industry. The Situation
1068f
— German Machine Industry and the Out-
look at the Leipzig Technical Fair. . . .828d
— German machine industry faces danger-
ous crisis 339
— German statistics on exports and imports
cause much comment 12.'>7
— German Steel Market Situation 875
— Germany buying steel plate and foundrv
iron 292
— Germany. Export of Foreign Tools 1115
— Germany Holds Sixth Place in Trade w'*b
U. S 972c
— Germany Import Restrictions on Machine
Tools 924f
— Germany's Trade "With Belgium 972a
— Gilbert & Barker make changes in per-
sonnel ■ 484
— Government Decree for Control of Ger-
man Iron Trade 344
— Governor of Vermont. James Hartness
Eleoted *»72b
— -G. M. Graham *>ie<*ted vice-president of
Pierce-Arrow Co 339
— Gray iron foundry to open new plant . . 524h
- — Gun Developed by Ordnance Department,
Long Range Machine 1311
—Hallowe'en Partv at Betts Ingle 873
— Handlev Page Co. to build freight air-
plane • • 483
— Hartman. Wm.. Elected to Board of N. C.
R. Company ■ 972a
— Hariness. James. Elected Governor of
Vermont 972b
— Hartness fjames) Republican candidate
for Governor of Vermont •604i
— Ha/elton. R. T., now works manager of
Cincinnati Shaner Co 338
— Kerves-Phillips Plant Sold at Auction . . . 874
— Hode-es (George B.l .ioins McVicker Engf-
neerine" C'^ 484
— Holland's New Largest Incorporated
Company 972c
— Homes. To Heln Emplovees Build 1115
— Houston <H. Ml Joins: Stamets Force... 828f
16
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pagre
SPARKS FROM THE WORLDS INDUSTRIAL
FORG E— ^on ti n ued
— How to make better use of existing rail-
road etiuipment 564k
—Improvement in g^eneral busiiifss condi-
tions 604i
— Improvements ol the A. C. & F. Co..
Spending: $a. 600.000 — Cliang^es in
Personnel 828h
— Independent. Lamp Manufacturers Have
ABSoclation 745
— Indiana to Start an Industnal Extension
School 875
— Industrial accident boards and commis-
sions meetinsr 564?
— Indusinai Conditions in Spain 788g'
— Industrial Cost accountants have new as-
sociation 46
— Industrial Cost Association Meeting" 874
— I nd ystri a 1 En pi neers Society to Convene
in Pittsburgh 874
— Industrial Extension School. Indiana to
Start 875
— Industrial Machinery in France and Bel-
gium 1164
— Industrial research laboratories in
America 194
— International bureau of weights and
measures might include other stand-
ards 482
— -International Chamber of Commerce urges
reciprocal trade treaties 145
— Iowa's new machine-tool company 1358
— Iron-Age PubUshing Co. has new Presi-
dent Fritz J. Frank lOOSj
— Iron, Pig. Georgia to Make 1068g
— Iron and steel electrical engineers hold
week's convention at New York 652a
— -Iron and steel engineers announce pro-
gram for annual convention 534g
— Italy's Metal Trades Difficulties Now
Endetl 745
—Italy's Trade Situation 1116
— Jones-Reavis bill indorsed by National
Machine Tool Builders 652a
— Judge Gary. Before Iron and Steel Insti-
tute, Says Price Reductions are a
Healthy Sign 828e
— Kansas Stale College Makes Lathes for
High Schools 924f
— Kelly-Reaves Chaneres 9248r
— Know what your truck costs 47
— Kempsmith employees enjoy great picnic.524h
— (Labor's gains of a decade in compensation
laws again.st industrial accidents 604i
— ^Lamont and Whitham declare China and
Far East to be best market for U. S.
products 604j
— Lamp, Independent, Manufacturers. Have
Association 745
— Landis Machine Co. Holds House-Warm-
ing Party in New Shop 972b
— Large force needed to make our cutlery. 339
— Largest Welded Tank 788f
— ^Larkin. J. M.. heads industrial relations
body 292
— -Lathes for High Schools. Kansas State
College Makes 924f
— Lectures at Franklin Institute in De-
cember 972b
— Lee joins staff of South wark Co 388
— Leipzig Technical Fair and the Out-
look of the German Machine Industry . 828d
— ^Lenine Makes Emma Goldman Work. . . . 746
— Levey and associates organize film co.. 338
— ^Locomotives. New Terminals as Necessary
as New 745
— Locomotives. Sale of Decapod 1162
— London in 1922. World'.s Industrial Ex-
hibition at 1211
— Long Range Machine Gun Developed bv
Ordnance Department 1211
— "Lubrication." Monthly, Texas Co. Is-
suing 1115
— Lumber Industry in South America, and
the Metric System 1068h
— Machine Builders Meeting Changed from
Nov. to Dec 828e
— Machine-Shon and Desing Sections of
A. S. M. E. Meetings 1018
— Ma^^hine Tool Market in Bolivia 924b
— MachineiT Club of Chicago plans great
picnic 652
— Machinery f^lxib of Chicago Holds Fifth
Annual Picnic 788j
— Machinery Club of Chicago holds Thanks-
Eivinff Dinner 1019
— -Machinery companies consolidate for
mass production 387
— Machinery exports to Japan increasing —
Knh** distri"* prowine' ''"** . . .524h
— Machinery will double Philippine sugar
output 524g
— "Manafirement Education" course to be
established throiighout country's col-
leges 698
— M;»nufactnrers and Bankers Form Foreign
Trade Financing Corporation 1210
— "MnTinfactnrTs' afl«ociatio"Q mf^t 10(;o
— Manufacturers Sales Co. Oreranized . . . .924f
— Manv U. S. Comnanies Represented in
Snain bv H. S. Moos 1162
— Marine Exnositions Third National.
Schedule for New Tork in January . . . 972
— -Mp»"k Co. Increases Capital to Expand
Factory 875
— Market for A merican agricultural ma-
chinery in Java 434
— Markets an-l Mnn»*v 828p. 1068g
— Mathews. Dr. John A.. Head of Crucible
Steel Co 1116
— McTormick's Plan for Reorganization r>*
U. S. Denartments I'^ftSh
— McCroskv Tool Corporation ontinif . fl.'>2a
— Medal. E. C. Morse. Awarded. Dis-
tinguished Service 1163
— M, E. Courses for War Veterans 828h
Page
SPARKS FROM THE WORLD'S INDUSTRIAL
FORGE — Continued
— Meeting of American Society for testing
materials 94
— Meeting, Annual, A. M. E. A 828g
— Meeting, Annual, of American Manufac-
turers' Export Association 788h
— Meeting. Annual Program of the A. S.
M. E 828f
— Meeting changed of the Machme Tooi
Builders 828e
— Meeting of the Foundrymeu's Association,
Annual 788f
—Meeting of the Industrial Cost Associa-
tion 874
— Members. Added to the F. A. E. S 828e
— -Memorial Tabiets. De Lamater Ericsson. 740
— Memorial, A War 1068f
— Metal Working Machinery Exports for
Sept. 1919 and 1920 924g
— Method for the accurate measurement of
the interior diameter of ring gag'es . . 604h
— Metric System, I'tij. and the l^umber
Didustry in South America 1068h
— Metric System Not Wanted in British
Optical Industry 1162
^Midwest Engine Co. being reorganized . 96
— Mili>.rs Falls Co. adds hacksaws to its
large line of tools 386
— Money and Markets 828e. 10«8g
-. — Moore, W. R.. Gives Lecture on GrindinglOlO
— Moos, H. S., Forms Two Spanish Com-
panies 744
— Moos. H. S.. Many U. S. Companies Rep-
resented in Spain by 1162
— More funds needed for Bureau of Stand-
ards 1257
— Morse. E. C. Awarded Distinguished
Service Medal 1163
— Motor Truck Association to Hold Ex-
hibit in New York 972b
— Motor truck opening new profit chan-
nels 194
— Moves to Warren , Ohio. Youngsto wn
Pressed Steel Co 872
— N. C. R. Company Elected Wm. Hart-
man to Board 972a
— Nashville Corporation Buys "Old Hick-
ory" Plant 828g
— Nashville Industrial Corporation has
■Old Hickory" plant 1116
— National Academy of Sciences 82Sh
— National Founders' Association Holds An-
nual Convention 1019
— National industrial conference board
criticizes health bulletin No. 106....564f
— National Museum Gels Early Automobile. 1163
— ^National Research Council 828h
— National Safety Code 745
— National Safety Council will soon hold its
ninth meeting 434
— Navy lists excess bolts, nuts, rivets and
washers 338
— Navy yard employees not pleased with
wage award 564h
— -New bodies represented on A. E. S. C..1256
— New Departure holds another safety con-
test 5241
— New Motor-Truck Axle Plant lor Clark
Equipment Co 924g
— New Motor Truck Plant Fort Wayne. In-
diana • 144
— New Officers and Plans of the A. S.
M. E 924e
— New Officers of Cost Engineers ol In-
diana 924g
— New Pierce-Arrow dust-valve trucks mark
big advance 340
— New Plants for Brainard Steel Co 972c
— New plant for Detroit Twist Drill Co. at
Canada 8281
— New Safety Club 924h
— New Ships for Southeast Steel Mill
Products 874
— New Smelting Plant at Rochester 1116
— New. Tei^inals are Necessary as New
Locomotives 745
— New uses for stainless steel 145
— New York City establishes pension sys-
tem 436a
— New York City no longer the sport of
truck controversies 95
— New York electrical show, 1920 652
— New York-San Francisco mail vis air-
plane 436
— Next Foreign Trade Convention at Cleve-
land 788i
— 1920 Foreign Trade Amounts to S14.-
000.000.000 744
— N. T. C. Board moves to New York 483
— Norris an old contributor to the A. M..
Henry McCov "95
— Norton Co. holds sales confereaice 700
— Notes on Paris-to-London Flights 747
— Norway as a Market for American Ma-
chinery 972c
— ObservatoTT of Warner & Swasey 872
— Officers. New, of Cost Engineers in In-
diana 924g
— Offi'-ers and Plans. New. of the A. S
M. E •. 9246
— 'Old Hickory" to be large Manufacturing
Center 1116
— Old Hickory powder plant sale post-
ponpd 524h
— Open Shop for Paterson. N. J 788j
— Optical Industry. Metric System Not
Wanted in British 1162
— Orders 200.000 tons ol steel rails 1259
— Ordnance T>epf'rfm"nt Long Range Ma-
chine Gun Developed by 1211
— Ordnance tool Co. adds to fa/'tor.v spac'».524f
— Orfi"ani7'»s Aeronautic Section. A. S.
M. E . . 8'7^
— Outino- ol Cincinnati-Bickford Tool Co. .5241
— Oxweld Co. moves export dept. to New
York 386
— Oxweld opens San Francisco ofRce 388
Page
»PARKS FROM THE WORLD'S INDUSTRIAL
FORGE — Continued
— Paris Auto Market Breaks 745
- — Paris-to-London l-'light. Notes on 747
— Passing the buck 46
— ^Paterson. N. J., lor Open Shop 788]
— Pc<k Spring Co. to enlarge plant 242
— Pcjin. R.R. Seeking New Market lor Cross
Ties 972c
— Personnel Changes of Machine Tool Com-
bine 828g
— Picnic. Machinery Club of Chicago Holds
Fifth Annual 788i
— Plant that helped equip Monitor changes
hands 194
— Platlorm of the New York Citizens
Transportation Committee 48
— Practical Course in Boxing and Crating. . 744
— Pn<e Reductions are a Healthy Sign, says
Judge Gary. Before Iron and Steel In-
stitute 828e
— Production Decreases lor Camona Steei
Co 828ff
— Proiluction. Some interesting "Dope" on
Conditions of Today 746
— Professor of me<_'nanical engineering
writes on th" metric system 33s
— Program of safety congress attractive. . .604b
— Program of the American Foundrymeu's
Association convention announced.... 652
— Progress on the Safety Code Program . . . 872
— Questionnaire Out for Gage, Standardiza-
tion Committee 744
— Railroad Electrification Night at the En-
gitieerintr Societies Building 873
— Railroad Income Short 1068f
— Kaili-oads Going Easy 243
— Railway Association Convention Held
Oct. 12 to 14 828g
— Rebirth of French Industry 1068j
— Reed-Prentice Becker and Whitcomb-
Blaisdell form combination 146
—Religion, Lack of, and Broken Covenants
are Responsible lor Present Conditions
Fisher Says 972a
— Remaining government surplus machine
tools to be disposed ol by 1921 5241
-—Report Martens contract 145
— Report shows biggest year lor U. S.
patent office 483
— Research Council announces chairmen lor
1920 482
—Research Information Bureau 1018
— Revised government wage rates 1256
— Riser. 44 In., Cutting 874
-—Rochester has New Smelting Plant . . . .1116
— Rogers. John M., Works 98a
— Russian Orders for the German Industry 972
— Ryan-Bohn Foundry 876
— S. A. E. winter-meeting programs 1267
— Safely Code Program Progress 872
— Sale of Decapod Locomotives 1162
— Sarnchn & Rosenthal. Inc.. opened a
Smelting Plant 1116
— Schieren Co.. Charles A., has motion pic-
ture on leather belting 95
— School. Indiana to Start an Industrial
Extension 875
— Senator Underwood Predicts Tax Law
Revision 745
— September Exports 928.000.000 Orer
August 872
— Service, Appreciation of Long and Faith-
ful 924|r
— Shall the tail wag the dog? 482
— Shipbuilding. Decline 9241
— Ships. New. lor Southeast Steel Mill
Products 874
— Shortage of gasoline in the German Auto-
mobile industry 195
— Simonds steel mills laboratory completed . 524i
— The Situation of the German Machine
Building Industry 873
The Situation of the German Machine
Industrj' 10681
— Situation in German Steel Market 876
— Small m<^del ste^m emnn" ^'***
— Smelting Plant. New at Rochester 1116
— Society changes Headquarters 1020
— Society of Industrial Engineers to Con-
vene in Pittsburgh 874
— S. A. E. winter meeting 700
— Some interesting "Dope'' on Production
Conditions ol Today 746
— Southeast machinery exports to Latin
America increasing 195
— Sontheast Steel Mill Products has New
Ships 874
— South*>rn Commercial Congress Progress
in Export Trade 924g
— So\-iet Russia Places Big Order in United
States 10681
— Spain. Many U. S. Companies Repre-
sented bv H. S. Maas in 1162
— Spain's Industrial Condition 788g
— Spanish Companies, H. S. Maas Forms
Two 74J
— Spark Plugs in 1920. Estimated Demand. 873
— Sniral Ma'>hinerv Co. expanding 5fi-ih
— -Stamets For--e to have H. M. Houstan.82Sf
— Standardization conference to act upon
invoice form 604h
— 'Standardization of plain limit gages. . . 1-*^'^
— *^tanl**y works holds sale conference. ... 14"-'
— Stanley works leases large tenement
house 524e
— Star Brass Works changes name 1260H
— S«arrett i'L. S.> celebrates birthday. . . .•244b
— Starts new business with praver 19.'»
— St***^! Fabricating Corporation Building
New Factory 1068f
— Steel Produnls Engineering Co. Buys
Averbeck Patents 1068r
— Steel treaters to meet at Philadelphia
n^vt month 43">
— Stockholders of Bliss & Co. to consider
reeapitalization 292
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
17
Fare
SPARKS FROM THE WORLD'S INDUSTRIAL,
FORGE — Continued
— Stout, to build metal planes lor navy.
W. B 293
— Strikes. What they cost 74H
— Summer school for foreign trades 144
— Tank. Largest Welded 788f
— Tariff. Drastic. Laws to Protect Ameri-
can Manufacturers to be First Act of
New Congress 972a
— Ta.v Law Revision. Senator Underwood
Predicts 745
— Tentative Annual Meeting Program ol
the A. S. M. E 828f
— Tenth annual convention of American
railway tool foremen's association. . .5G4h
— Ten ways to kill a branch of an engi-
neering society 387
— Terminals. New, as Necessary as New
Locomotives 745
— Tests for bearing metals for S. A. E... 436
— Texas Co. Issuing '•Lubrication" Month-
ly 1115
— Thanksgiving Dinner at the Chicago Ma-
chinery Club 1019
— Third National Marine Exposition
Schedule for New York in January. . 972
— This is hardly slavery 608
— "Thompson. Hustan. Chairman of Feiieral
Trade Commission 1115
— To Help Employees Build Homes 1115
— Tractor Producion in the United States. 1211
— Trade Amounts to $14,000,000,000, 1020
Foreign 744
— Trade board to fight suit of steel com-
panies 292
— Trade Bureau. France Reorganizes
Foreign 934g
— Trade Convention at Cleveland. Next
Foreign 788i
— Trade Corporation American Bankers to
Organize 100 Million-Dollar 073
— Trade. Farrell Urges Development of
Foreign 744
— Trade Financing Corporation. Bankers
and Manufacturers Form Foreign . . , 1310
— Trade. Gary Highly Optimistic Over
Future U. S 747
— Trade. Italy's Situation in 1116
— Trade Letters from New York and Chi-
cago 747
— Trade market letter f New York & Cleve-
land] 699
— Trades. Difficulties Now Ended. Italy's
Metal 745
— Twelve principles of industrial rule ap-
proved 5641
— Uehling Instrument Co.. to exhibit latest
products 387
— Underwood Typewriter Co. takes over
Bullard's Bridgeport plant 483
— Underwood. Senator Predicts Tax Law
Revision 745
— U. 8. Chamber of Commerce on Business
Conditions 828g
— U. S. Equalization of Exports and Im-
ports is Improving 973b
— U. S. shipping board to sell machinery
and eo.uipment 524h
— U. S. will not recognize Soviet Russia. . 344
— U. S. Steel Corporation Will Not Reduce
Prices 745
— University of California 972c
— Van Deventer now editor of "Industrial
Management" 524f
— Voelcker. J. J., made foreman of Rock-
wood Co '47
— Wage reductions in the iron and steel
industry 1256
— War Memorial 1088f
— Warner & Swasey Observatory 873
— ^War plants to manufacture small motors
and wiring devices 144
— War Veterans Favor M. E. Courses . . . . 838h
— Wataon-Stillman ft2^<r
— Wayne Engineering Co 185
— Welded Largest Tank 788f
— -Welded asphalt tank for road work.... •387
— Welding Patents Association 1018
— Westinghouse awards engineering
^•■h^I3^shTn8 'i*24k
— Westinghouse employees take voluntary
insurance 483
— Westinghouse Co. Enters Wireless Field. 828h
— What the open-shop plan of employment
means to the American people .... 6.'i2»*
— What Strikes Cost 7*6
— While you are in France 94
— Whitehead (Robert F.) appointed Com-
missioner of patents 386
— Whitman & Barnes to manufacture twist
drills and, reamers exclusively 94
— Who Can Answer This One? 1162
— Wh.v Westinghouse does not use the
metric svstem 434
— Wick*»s and Niles companies form ma-
chine combine 292
— Will Resumption of Trade with Russia
mean Clean-Shaven Bolsheviks? 343
— Will tabulate farm couipmcnt manufac-
ture 1256
— Wireless Field for Westlnghous" Co .. . . 838h
— Work of engineering council's committee
classiflcatio'i and compensation en-
dorsed 339
— World's biggest blast furnace is blown
In 195
— World's Industrial Exhibition at London
in 1022 1211
— Worrall & Kling open Youngstown B. &
T. agency 483
— Wright Corp. --xplains court decree. . . . 292
— Young succeeds Colby on Engineering
Council 388
— Youngstown Pressed Steel Co. Moves to
Warren. Ohio 872
Special methods for making radiators. Col-
vin 'no
Page
Special tools used in the mnufacture of
pneumatic tools. Some. Fox •370
Speed balancing. Slow speed Vi. high.
AkimofT •925
Speed table for lathe men. Rich •dao
Speeding up machine tools with com-
pressed air. McLean •963
Speeds, An aid to determine pulley diam-
eters and. Childs 175
Sphcrical-cnded length rods. Making. Older. •684
Spindle grinding machine. Internal and.t*1164c
Spindles^ Drilling ignition-point holes in
spajk plug. Allen •1032
Spindles. Steadying drill. Hudson •208
SpiniUes. Tairers for machine, li'ish .... V41
Spinning lathe and attachments. Prylbil
extension t •785, •9241
Spiral bevel gear planer J«1164c
Splitdorf details. S'ew. S. A. Hand and H.
H. Condit I ^78, U '127
Spotfacera. "Duplex" interchangeable
counterbores and ^•741, ^9241
Spring block for use in a milling maehlne
vise. Fay ^697
Spring plunger support. Clamping device
with automatically locked. Little. . •1054
Springs of circular cross section. Steel
compression. Stacy •SSI
Sprinkler valves. Know your. Thwing. . . . *754
Spur-gear cutter, Cutting clutches on, De
Angelis ^794
Spur gear. Generator t*1116c
9r>ur-gear teeth. Interferences ol involute.
Cox ^706
Spur gears. Backlash standards. Logue..^l040
Square holes. Broaching. Clark ^178
Staff function. Progress Control as a. Mc-
Connell 070
Stainless steel. Composition of stellite and.
Haynes 171
Stamps. Embossing dies and stencils. Steel.
Sheldon •789
Stampograph. Merey {•ISg. •244c
Stamets crankshaft milling machine. Viall.
•245. •388a
Stand. Black & De<'ker bench drilling. . . .
{•693. •828k
Standard catalogs from the engineer's point
of view. Lovell 651
Standard sizes for shafting 112
Standards. Bureau of Surveys and Maps,
recommends use of English measuring
system. Committee of technical 647
Standards Committee. Activities of American
Engineering 400
Standards for spur gears. Backlash.
Logue ^1041
Standards. Improved type of optical pro-
jection apparatus designed and built by
the Bureau of. Fischer ^1158
Standardization and progress. Automotive
Engineering. Clarkson 891
Standardization and the safety movement.
Oakes '9
Standardization work in Europe 210
Stay-bolt chuck. "Perfection" reversible. . .
{•696. •876a
Starter for induction motors. General
Electric automatic t*89. '3443
Starters. False. Hackett 905
State. Ship of. Gary ...... 14
Station at Pensacola Naval Air. Colvin.'lOT
Stationarv head drilling machines. Sibley
24-. 26- and 38-in t«.->34. 'HoSc
Stationary mounting. Baird type riveter
with f89. •244,,
"Stazon" Anti-rust compound tZ37
Steadying drill spindl-s Hudson "218
Steadvrest ciiirie. Hardwood. Parker .... 'nOS
Steadyrest. McCroskey . . . . J*1351
Steam or air engine Underwood .. t^l41. •244c
Steel See also 'Tool" and "Heat Treat-
ment." .
Steel base for an electric fan. Making a
pressed-. Jay 361
Steel belting — I. An experimental investi-
gation in. Hampton. Leh. Helmlck. . . . ^
Steel. Characteristics treatment and uses
of highspeed tool 1"1
Steel compression springs of circular eross
9"ction. Stacy "81
Steel for tools. Selection of high-speed.
TraDhp'"^^'' "*"
Steel in 130 minutes, Carhnrizing. har-len-
ing and tempering high-carbon alloy.
Gilman •>4»
Ste»l industry thinks of the Compulsory
Metric Svstem What the. Vlall 643
Steel industry. Three-shift system in the. .1182
Steel. Metal cutting tools ol cast high-speed.
Bennell ■ ■ • 1349
Steel New method of case-hardening. Mc-
ten • • ■ • 'll»"
Steel Properties of non-magnetic, flame,
acid, and rust-resisting, Johnson ooJ
Steel Some eMHimercial heat-treatments
for allov. Miller •519
Steel stamps, embossing dies and stencils.
Sheldon • ■ ■ • ^H»
Steel structures. Removing paint from, i
McLean '3-*
Steel Treating. Convention of American
Society for ;■,•,■ ' Vno
Steel Unusual drilling in chrome nickel.. 193
Steel.' Relation between Brinell hardness
and the grain size of annealed carbon . . 1 -'n
Stellite and stainless steel. Composition of.
Haynes ■ '■*'■
Stencils. Steel stamps. Embossing dies and.
Sheldon .• ■ • ^"^
Stock cores. Saving pattern work by using.
Nelson ■^^^
Stock Device for transferring centers on
flat and round. Brooks -S41
Stock. Economy in cutting bar. Rich . . . 362
Stock proposition. Automobile engine pis-
tons as a. Sheldon •437
Stopping an unnecessary noise. Ball ^179
Storm vertical boring mill |*289. •3<Ula
Straight-column inclinable press, Toledo. .
{•739. •STec
Stralght-faeed grinding wheel to a cup
wheel. Cbancuig a. Parker *0K6
Straightedge of cast iron, Accuracjr ol long.
Ball •732
Straightening Machine Bar 48c
Straigheiiing machine. Kane & Roach. ..t*1255
Strainer. Griscom-Russell ^•377. '^840
Strand of a worn cable. Salvaging the
inner ^272
Strength of shafts and beams. Watts... •909
Stresses in winding-drum flanges. Calcula-
tion of. Watts 'liao
Strike. Interchurch report on steel. Tlall.. 374
Strike won by employers, Cindnnati.
Viall 686
Strikes by Public Service Employees.
Chamber of Commerce ol the United
States votes on Elimination of 104
Strikes. Law in regard to. Sherlock
I 1087: II 1141
Studebaker methods of cylinder production.
Colvin •576
Students of visits to industrial plants.
Value to shop. Kottinger 160
Studs. Making eccentric headed. Ward .•1083
Studs. Tap-end sizes of. Forbes 672
Study of working fits. Colvin 1008
Subordinates. Building up. Entropy . . . 488
Subpress. See "Press."
Subterfuges and salesmen. Johnson's phil-
osophy on. Godfrey 679
Suggestion in the matter of designating
finishes. Homewood 896
Suggestion to machine-tool ballders,
Githens •US?
Suggestions for the use ol toolmaker's
clamp. Parker •IIOO
Suggestions, Unclaimed. O'Shea •62
Sulphur in cutting lubricant for monel metal
Mancuso •123
Summer time. How to keep employees on
the lob in. Folsom 823
Sunderland machine shop i5?f
Supercharges for airplanes. Moss •345
Supply. Future piwcr. Entropy R^T
way car. Morrow 475
Support. Clamping device with auto-
matically locked spring plunger. Shaw.
•430: Little •10o4
Supports Crankcase boring fixture with ad-
justable. Rich *357
Sure ! Whv not? ■ •••3
Surface grinding machine. See also "Orind-
i"K " « J
Surface grinding machine. Home-made.
Tuttle ^731
Surface giinding machine. Horizontal .. t^l068k
Surface grinding machine. Lumsden verii-,„,
cal-spindle .'.•„■„•„* liSJ*'
Surfacer. Oliver motor-driven ..,.J'38H. Jgija
Surgical use. Beef -bone screws for. Little. 1220
Sweeping back the tide. Porl>es 33, Voget-
System— a comparison. English and 'he
metric. Stutz ^- ■ a ■ :■ \iri.-,- ■ .vii
Svstem for the small shop. Cost^ 'Wheeler. 'lOn
Svstem in the steel industry. Three-shift. . 1182
System not a siibject for legislative action.
Measuring. Viall wog
Svstem. Toolroom. Hirse'hhauter -rtftn
Table for Badger disk-grinding .?»frhine.
Face-grinding •• • ■ a • ■ ,• ' ' i : V* * ' ^' ^?tn
Table for lathe men. Speed. Rich. . . .... .>»"
Table. Lathe equipped with a bonng.
Dixie 3/1
Table. Lalyiig' the cards on the. Colvin.. •531
Tables Temperature conversion. Sauyeur. 10,>..
Tacom'a. Shop kinks from the "Milwa"-
j^gg '* Colvin li-J^
Tangent plug. Figuring diameter of three-^
surface. Shaw ■ "'•'
Tangyes axle-ending and centering ^^{j^g^p
■Tangyes''' axie-turnln'g lailie ^'^^S^i!
Tap-end sizes of studs. Forbes. ■ •,• • -^ • VioRRi
Tap. Rickert-Shafer eollapsible. . t'869 lOBSi
Taper gage. Knauel adjustable. .. I"l»». -"-'
Taper-measuring gage. Doyle- Wall pre-
cision" . ■■ i.Lv ■ 741
Tapers for machine spindles, f '»°i,-,- ; ■ • .ili
Tapers Resetting a boring tool lor. Burke. •33.
Tappet guide holes. Broaching (Tas-engine.
Hunter ; ' 'i' 'k ,'.W
Tapping acme threads in motor jack bush-^
ings. Armstrong ,; ■,"•■■ JV'
Tapping attachment. Fox 'n"'"{'l'j;J8!J"".*i280a
Tapping ring gears. Drilling and. Hudson. •309
Tapping. Some notes on. Dixie ■ >""
Taps ol steep lead Design of Souare »"",
Acme thread. Dixie »o^
Taps. Using worn, Frew ••••■••• **"
Target shooting as an aid in Industry ... .1178
Taylor electric rivet heater ■ ■ ♦ 11"»
Teaching machine-shop mathematics. Heald'421
Teaching the proper use and care of the
twist drill by means of motion pictures. ^
Te<' "ndustri'ai platform' truck. . . . t*H95. •828k
Technical fair Failure of 'h" Leli.s\» . . .7S8a
Technical high school Well-developed. Hood^343
Technical map committee recommends Eng-
lish measuring system. Viall ..■■ 64o
Technical press or engineering society.
Condit ■''"'
18
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Page
Teeth in conlaot of two niesbins sears
Derivation ot a lormula to determine
number of. Cox •899
Teeth in flywheels Hardening. Colvin. . . . •llfi
Teeth. Interference oi invo.ule ^puf (<«,ar.
Cox •706
Temperature conversion table.s. Sauv* ur. . lor>'J
Tempering: high-carbon alloy steels in 130
minutes, Carburizingr. haVdcningr and.
Oilman 649
Tendency in trade education. Harmful.
Tibbab 74
Terminals. Modernizing locomotive. Bink..lOSl
Test of large roller bearings under heavy
loads. Barnes . •300
Testing machines as related to the foundry.
Olsen *52&
Testing strength of oxyaeetylene welded
pipe *33&
Testing the accuracy of micrometers in
common use. Hubbell ^209
Tests of cast-iron for locomotive o .n I'-i
parts 1221
Thanksgiving — ai time for serious thinking
and resolve 1011
Things. Know why you do. Watson . . . 883
Thompson-Houston electric planer control. '4840
Thor moisture separator lor air lines. , . .
t*739. •876c
Thor portable drill motors. Screwdriver
attachment for t*741, •924i
Thor qviick-action air line couplers Mak-
ing. Hunter •0:tl
Thread by means of a castellated nut.
Smoothing up a defective. Nye 1017
Thread-chasing attachment for lathe. Pot-
ter t*824. •1020a
Thread. Emergency method of cutting.
Kiddle •1233
Thread. Right-ngle conventional. Beaver. . ^1054
Thread snap gage. Wickman adjustable. .t*1161
Thread taps of steep lead, Design of square
and acme. Dixie ^887
Threading tool, Armstrong spring. {•786. •924k
Threads. Acme screw Schwiirt? , *H}'i
Threads for bolts and nuts. Tight fitting.
Lord 'ISS
Threads in motor-jack bu.-^hings. Acme.
Schwartz 1082
Threads. National screw thread commission
reports on coarse and fine I 507. II .'i43
Three shift system in the steel industry .. 1182
Three-spindle sensitive drilling machine. {•1068k
Thrift seem more worth while. Making.
Williams 1198
Tide. Sweeping back the. Forbes 33. Vo-
getzer 273
Tide. Turn of th** Entmnv . . n to
Tie-rod presses. Williams-White. .. {•641. •828i
Tiering truck "Autor—'** " lif ' ' ■"'
{•140. •244c
Tiering tnick. Karry-Lodf t*289. •388a
Tier-lift truck. Lakewood No. 703-A
$•1014. •1212c
Tic-ht fitting threads for bolts and nuts.
Lord ^153
Tilted stand for the prestomcter. Older. . •59.'»
Tilting non-crticible type oil-buminer fur-
nace. Wayne t*866. *1020c
Tin dinner pail ae-ain? Entropy 778
Tire mold. Drilling angular holes In.
Bainter •779
Tir^s. High-spe^d- steel tools for turning.
Stanley •365
Tir^s Some mechanics of hand-mnd*^. . . ."lon^
Toledo multiple punch press, .t*1013. •1212a
Toledo straight-column inclinable press.. .
t*739. •876c
TOOLS :
— Armstrong spring threading tool
{•786. •924k
— Broaching square holes. Clark •178
— Chamfering tool for valve seats. Hunter. ^227
— Device for grinding engraving tools.
Hunter •1096
— Difficult piece of press work. Stanley. . ^164
— Hand tools for reclaiming globe valves.
Vincent •862
— H a ti son -Whitney oil-groove planine- tool.
$•640. •828i
— High-speed steel tools for turning tires.
Stanley •266
— Holding very small pieces for turning.
Knight 201
— International toolrack {•334. •484a
— Marking tools for etching. Dude .... '1047
— Metal cutting tools of cast high-speed
steel. Bunnell 1249
— Methods of making cold header dies.
Armstrong •227
— Newman knurling tool {•639. •748e
— Oldham valveless scaling tool..{»870, •10681
— Optical flat A practical measuring tool.
Van Keuren •107
— Production of boiler flue beading tool In
railway tool shops. Hunter •904
— Relieving tool for broach teeth. Rask . . '422
— Rigid "back- stroke" cutting-ofl tool.. {•1160
— Rouillard universal toolholder.. $•236. ^3400
— Selection of high-speed steels for tools.
Traphag^n 640
— Self-contained motor-driven tool grind-
ing machine {•739. •876o
— Some special jigs used in the manufac-
ture of pneumatic tools. Fox •370
— Tools at oijce. Using two. Jacker •.32
— Tools for boring a seat for a ball joint.
Stanley •856
— Tools from a railroad blacksmith shop.
Colvin ^795
— Turret tool for ball turning. Mohay..^557
— Unnecessary finish on tools 865
— Wetmore cylinder-reaming sets
{•188. •292e
— What is a machine tool? DeLeeuw 106.
Thwing 126. Lytton-Brooks 297. Hud-
son 364
Page
Tool for boring tapers. Resetting a. B\irke.^337
Tool 8^t. "Red E" garage lathe {•344c
Tools for caterpillar parts. Press. Stan-
ley ^987
Tools, Ingersoll-Rand "Little David" pneu-
matic t*4l, •146c
Tools. Unnecessary finish on. Honegger . 1190
Tools without a formula. Sizing forming.
Johnson ^821
Toolholder, Derringer Combination
{•433. •iJ24k
Toolhotdcrs for railroad shop use. Slotting
machine and planer. Stanley •1231
Toolholder. Wilkes {'lOe?. •1260a
Toolholder with key lor holding bit.
Dressier ♦718
Toolmaker's clamp. Suggestions lor ihe US'*
of the. Parker •1100
Toolpost and wrench for lathe. Mu8si...^422
Toolpost, Lovejoy turret {•140. ^2440
Toolrack. International {•334. •484a
Toolroom grinding machine. Oakley No. 3
universal {•786, •924i
Toolroom system. Hirschhauter *3oH
Tool-setting ga^, Moore *1138
Toothed wheel — I, Early traces of the
Manchester ^1126, II ^1179
Torch, Cutting cast iron with the gas . . . 173
Torch. Mohr style "T" kerosene. {*1015, •1212c
Torch Oxy-Acetylene Welding Cutting . . . 48c
Torch. Pumpless blow {•237. ^3400
Torehweld gas cutting-torch ....{•637, *748a
Torque chart. Horsepower and. Watts... •lOl
Tractor, Connecting rods for the Fordson.
Colvin •373
Tractors. Operations in building. Colvin.. •877
Trade education. Harmful tendency in.
Tibbab 54. Entropy 691
Trade mag'azine to capacity. Using the.
Bowman •489
Trade papers. Creager ^262
TRADE
— Developing and holding foreign trade.. 1049
— European conditions as affecting the
American Machine-Tool Trade. Dietz. 75
— German machine trade conditions 1308
— Machine tool business in Southern Cali-
fornia 39
— New regulations affect trade with Italy. 934b
— Situation of the German Machine-tool In-
dustry. Heise 241
— Some of the problems of Pacific Coast
Shops 39
Training deitertment. Worth-while. Mor-
row •893
Training for economical production. Col-
vin 734
Training in representative corporations.
Programs of apprenticeship and special
— I. Morris •565: II *Q'i7: III •765:
IV ^847: V 'Ool: VI ^1078; VII ^1172
Tramp machinist. Pipe dreams of a (Bap-
tist ) Quharity 258 ; ( Boys will be
Boys) 828a
Transferring centers on flat and round
stock, Device for. Brooks 241
Transformers MTQ auto 146a
Transmission case. Franklin. Colvin. . . . •lOOl
Transmission of power. Wave 1122
Transmissions. Triple gear for Ford ^680
Transportation experiment. A [Iron Agel 330
Transveyors. Improvements in Cowan ....
{•693. •828k
Treatment and uses of high-speed tool
steel. Characteristics 131
Tribunal for labor troubles, Permanent.
Condit 782
Trigonometry. Finding a center by. Good-
child '32
Trigonometric solutions where geometry
will do, Avoid. Shaw ^1149
Trigonometry." Another solution to "A
little question in. Goodchild ^277
Trimmer, Bauer revolving knife wood.. . .
{•828. •1020c
Trip for power presses. "Perfection" nneu-
matic {^740. ^8760.
Triple gear for Ford transmissions •680
Tri-state mining attachment {*334. *484a
Trouble. Courting. Carpenter •31. Wilder *470
Truck, "Automatic" lifting and tiering....
{•140. •244c
Truck. Dumping body on Karry-Lode in-
dustrial {•637, ^7483
Truck, Elwell-Parker Electric malleable
pot {•120.'i
Truck frame riveter. Baird {^1204
Truck. "I. T. C." self-loadine" electric
{•1068. •12fiOa
Truck, Karry-Lode tierine {•289. •388a
Truck. Lakewood No. 703-A tier-lift....
{ •1014. •1212c
Truck. Tec industrial platform. .. {•695. •828k
Truine Machine Grinding Wheel 48o
Tumbling barrel. Home-made water. Vin-
cent ^634
Turbine. Grinding device run by an air.
Hunter ^1196
•turbines. Machining large water. Colvin. ^1234
Turbine Jr. pneumatic drill {•SeS. •fi52c
T'urn of the tide. Entronv 1170
Turning hard metal with carborundum.
Remacle ^178
Turning. Holding very small pieces for.
Knight 201
Turning on a boriner mill. Form. Hudson. •SI
■^ming point Christmas — the 1201
Turnover in New York City. Labor 933
Turret lathe, Herbert No. 5 automatic
•600. •700a
Turret lathe, Millholland geared-head .
Hunter ^485. •700a
Turret lathe. Motor drive for wood
{•963. •1164a
Ttirret lathe. Warner & Swasev ereared-
h"ad {•868. •lOfiR^
Page
Turi-et tool for ball turning. Mobay . . . •SoT
Turret toolpost. Lovejoy {•140. •244c
Twist drill and cutter grinding machine.. {•344a
Twi^rt drill by means of motion pictures.
Teaching the proper use and care of the.
Hunter 'H
Twirtt drills. Helix angle of. Benedict. . ^1175
Twist drills. Improvised extension for
small. Nicholson ^930
Two tools at once. Using. Jacker •32
'■Twvncone" friction clutch. Link-Beit. . .
{•188. '2920
Type riveter with stationary mounting.
Baird X'S9
Unclaimed suggestions. O'Shea *Q'2
Underwood steam or air engine. . {•141. •244c
Unions, Contracts with labor. Sherlock.. 897
U. S. Chamber of Commerce conducts
referendum on Industrial Relations. ... 44
U. S. Manufacturers to be exhibited in Ar-
gentina. Priebe _^_^ • • -^ ■ ^81
U. S. Manufactures, South Amencans^o
see. Priebe 919
U. S. sub press {•333. •484a
United States votes on elimination of
strikes by Public Service employees.
Chamber of Commerce of the 104
Universal boring machine coolant system.
{•480. •564k
Universal crane {^1253
Universal gage measuring machine.
■Wickman" {•lOeSk
Universal gage measuring machine. Wick-
man {•lOOSa, •1260a
Universal measuring machine •49. {•388c
Universal milling machines. American
Milling Machine Co. No. 1 Vi plain and.
Hunter •OOO. •838i
Universal portable drilling ma<*hine,
Glande { •638, •748c
Universal radial drilling machine. Port-
able {•in68k
Universal toolholders. Rouillard. . {•236. •340c
Universal toolroom grinding machine. Oak-
ley No. 3 {^786. ^9241
Univer.sal 24-in. open-side planer. . {•4.33. •.524k
Unloading scheme. Clever. Rich •517
Unnecessarv finish on tools. Henrietta.
865. Homsger 1196
Unusual drilling in chrome nickel steel. , 193
Unusual form milling fixture. Suverkrop.. ^731
Upright drilling machine. "Production"
22-in {^921. •1116a
ITse of money in business. Basset 1069
"Use of yourself?" Have you the. Thwing 862
Useful formula in the design of crane
nooks. Thomas •23
Using two tools at once. Jacker ^32
Using the lathe chuck as a knurl holder.
Paj-ker '81
Using the trade magazine to capacity.
Bowman ^489
Using two angle plates to clamp work.
Parker ^131
Usine worn taps. Frew '446
Utility screw presses. Pletz {•433. •524k
Value to shop students of visits to indus-
trial plants. Kottinger 160
Valve seats. Chamfering tool for. Hunter . ^227
Valves. Hand tools for reclaiming globe-
Vincent ^862
Valves, Know your sprinkler. Thwing. . . . 7.>4
Valveless scaling tool. Oldham. . {•870. •1068i
Van Dorn heavy duty electric grinding and
buffing machine {•.562. •652c
Van Keuren combination reference cages.
$•562. •652c
"Variety" saw bench. Oliver No. 80
{•1108. •1260a
Vorson No. 0 inclinable power b»»nch-
press {•189. •292c. •388a
Verson No. 00 Power Bench Press
{•235. •340c
Vertical automatic chucking machine.
Jackson {•1202
Vertical milling machine. Betls multiple-
ppindle continuoxis {^332 •436c
Vertical-spindle disk-grinding machine.
Badger No. 142 {•869. •1068i
Vertical-spindle surface grinding machine.
(Lumsden) 1^1164c
Veteran of three wars. Calkiifs •1032.
Stephen •1233
"Vickers" broachine machm** t^lll6c
Vindication of private ownership. T'i-t'l , . 1008
Vise. Fixie 3-jaw machine +•4.32 •524k
Vis** in alignment. Setting th" milling ma-
chine Folsom •SI
Vise. Nelson ouick-acting machin**
{•638. ^748^
Vise. Repairs to machine. Frank '278
Vise. Soderfors "all-steel {•-331 •436e
Vise. Snring block for use in a milling
machine. Fav ^697
Vision — or eraft, Buyers with. <Sodf rev. . 1157
Visits to industrial nlants. Value to shop
students of Kottinger 160
"VV" expanding boring bar {^1160
Wadkin 16-in. double-dimension saw. . . {•ll«4c
Wallace 5-A bending machine. ... {•87^ •lOOa
"Wanted-Young man. fully experienced."
Entropy 463
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
19
I
Paffe
War aiKl now. After the Civil. Manehester*38y
Warner Ac Swasey g«ared-head turret
iathe t*8G8. nOSSi
Warf, Veteran of three. Calkins 'lOS'^.
Stephen •123:j
War-lmit' ball bearings. Dixie *Q9
Wa-hint-'ton. Card report from. Viall. . . 324
Water-power resources, England investigat-
ing her 906
Waterproofing' blueprints and drawings.
MoLean 743
Water j>ump, Machining a gear-type. Stan-
ley ^ei
W*ater turbines. Machining large. Colvin.*1234
Wave transmission of power 1132
Wayne pouring ladle heater . . .t*825. •1020a
Wayne tilting crucible-type oil-burning
furnace t*826. •1020a
Wayne tilting non-crucible type oil-burning
furnace t^80(i. •1020c
We agree with Gompers. Vlall 687
Wearever drill chuck J •42. 'lOea
WVbster & Perks plain manufacturing cy-
lindrical grinding machine .... J •785, •924i
Wedge optical pyrometer t*603. •700c
Weighing automobile parts to determine
wear . 964
Weights of metals, Conversion factors for.
,Io^?^ei>ni 1236
WELDING AND CUTTING
— 'A-l" electric seam welding machine. . •484r
— Automatic electric arc- welding machine.
Unland •403
— Carbon-electrode arc welding and cutting.
Eschholz •490
— Cutting ca^t iron with the gas torch... 173
— "Electric" arc-welding machine for
!*mail worji t»1013. •1212a
— Federal automatic spot welder for chan-
nels t^SaS. -4843
— Federal rotatable welding machine
^•291. 'SSBc
— Modern welding and cutting. XXIII •54:
A'iall. XXiV •447; XXV •497: XXVI
■.j37: XXVII *583: XXVIII •665:
XXIX •riP: XXX •765: XXXI •SO?
— Sheet metal arc-welding machine. Than-
ton •663
— Sinrle uperator electric welding outfit.
Westinghouse J*l96a
— Testing strength of oxyacetylene welded
pipe •335
— Torchweld gas cutting-torch. . t*637. •748a
Pave
WELDING AND CUTTING — Continued
— ■Weldrite" A. C. electric welding ma-
chine t •826. •1020a
— Westinghouse single-operator electric
welding outfit 1^43. •lOOa
Well-developed technical high school. Hood.^343
West. Boring a large ling gear out. Silver. •47^!
West side junior bench bandsaw
t*837. •1020a
Western automobile repair shops •491
Westinghouse dry-type electric glue pot...
„, . . t*377. •484a
Westinghouse electric arc furnace regulator.
^•740, •878c
Wetitinghouse "HK" motor t^88, •196a
Westinghouse single-operator electric weld-
ing outfit t^43. •196a
Westinghouse type "S" contactor con-
troller „ t787. •924k
Wetmore Cylinder-reaming sets ..t^l88. *292c
"What is a machine tool? De Leeuw 106:
Thwing 126; Lytton-Brooka 297; Hud-
son 364: Entropy 924c
What is a first-class machinist? McHenry. 858
What is an engineer worth? Entropy.... 248
What is an open shop? Viall 645
What is the difference between roller and
ball bearings? Danielson '857
Wh at shall the school shop produce ?
Forbes 486
What the steel industry thinks of the
compulsory metric system. Viall 643
W'heel dressers. "Commercial'* grinding...
t*695. •876a
Wheel, Early traces of the toothed — I.
Manchester •1126. II •1179
Wheel, Re-boring an 8-ft. Gore ^219
Wheel to a cup wheel. Changing a straight-
faced grinding. Parker •956
Wheels, Dawsearl abrasive "finger" t*1252
Wheels, Setting diamonds for truing grind-
ing. Henry *1092
Whitcomb-BIaisdell (Damerell) portable
shaper $•602 ^7003
"White coal" resources, France rapidly de-
veloping 886
Whv not industrial motion pictures ?
Honegger 252
Whv the blueprint? Senior •22. Weisgerber
304. Gillis 344
Whv work? Entropy 266
Wickes crankshaft line-bearing and
flange-turning lathe ^99
Wickman arljustable thread snap gage.t^ll61
Wicknian gear pitch and concentricity
measuring machine {•1068a. •1260a
Wiekman universal gave measurin g ma -
chine t*1008a, •ISOOa
•Wiekman" universal measuring mmrhine.
t* 1068k
Wilkes toolholder $*1067. •1260a
W^ilHams-White tie-rod pretiBe«. . . . t*641, •8281
Winding drum flangeH. Calculation of
stresses in. Watts •IISO
Wii-e iod.s. Cuttlnr flatrf on. loAcoe •1148
Without a millintr machine. Cutting a cam.
Folsom "SS
Wood turret lathe. Motor drive for
I-963. •ixe4a
Woodison "Cappell" core machine {•1252
Woodison mechanical pouring device. . . .
{•827. •1020a
Work day? What is the most aatUfaclory
length of. Creager 902
Work. Dimeult piece of press. Stanley. .. •164
Work for automobiles, Shoet-metal. Col-
vin •1165
Work. Getting down to. Viall 281
Work, Graduates and. Entropy ....... 400
Work in a railroad shop. Piston rinr.
Stanley •426
Work in Kmall lots. Economical press. Col-
vin •761
Work. Machine shop for light electrical.
Geiger •708
Work. Making employees interested in
their. Harris 230
Work on gears needed. Research. Chap-
man 27
Work on lathe. Indicator for truinv-
Grimm •364
Work on small lathes. Handling large.
Hudson •Q^d
Work, Scheduling jig. fixture and repair.
Lee 754
Work. Using two angle plates to damp.
Parker •131
Workers contented with two pay envelopes.
Keeping. Hudson , 249
Workers to the rescue. Hand 329
Working fits. Study of. Colvin 1008
Workshop, Evolution of the. Manchester.
X •71: XI •205: XII ^310: Xni •353:
XIV "459
World trade club methods. Viall 597
Worth while. Making thrift seem more.
Williams 1198
Worth-while training department. Morrow. •893
Wrench. Falcon pipe and fitting. . .t*331. •43rte
Wrench for lathe. Toolpost and. Mu88i..*422
Wrench. Making a small automobile. Vin-
cent •471
Wrench open end ratchet 98a
AUTHORS' INDEX
Page
AUim<.Jf. N. W.:
Foundations for machinery '1145
Slow speed vs high speed balancing. . •925
Alden. John L. :
Aidn to the construction of logarithmic
charts ^496
Alden. Marshall M.:
Mechanic and the printed page 181
Aldred. J. E.:
Common sense in engineering 839
Allen. E. V.:
Drilling ignition -point holes in spark
plug spindles •1032
Ander?:on. Robert J.:
Casting losses in aluminum foundry
practice in U. S 60
Anderson. W. A.:
Double-Acting clamping device ^535
Plug gage easy to use *246
Anielewski. Henry:
Solving Poland's industrial dilemma. . •1005
Armstrong, H. W.:
Cutting keyways with a center drill... "314
Inexpensive blueprint machine •OOO
Methods of making cold header dies . . 227
Tappintr acme threads in motor jack
bujihings ^379
Bainter. J.:
Dnlhng angular holes in tire mold. . . . "779
Ball, M. H.:
Accuracy of long straight edge o* cast
iron "732
Ball, Martin H.:
Stopping an unnecessary noise ^179
Barnes. G. M'.:
Test of large roller bearings under heavy
loads •200
Barr. Johnson :
Use of Cross-section paper in making
charts 16
Barr. Wm. H.:
Our immigration problem 1068B
Bartlett. John T.:
Employment department and the plant
publi'-ation 287
Gaging employees magazine results .... 5^
Basset, W. R. :
Modem production methods
■ •17. •63, •215. *619, •709. •798. ^889
Use of money in business 1069
Page
Beaver. R.:
Right-angle conventional thread *1054
Beeston. H. S :
Setting small nuts in assembly work.. ^997
Benedict. Bruce W.:
Helix angle of twist drills ^1175
Bennett. W. Burr:
Built up adjustable angle plate for light
drilling . 682
Campaign for better oiling 165
Disk-gi'inding friction rolls ^132
Executive "follow up" ^226
Fat pay envelope. The 427
High cost of metric measurements .... 1017
Pair of old pulleys ^1161
Question in factory management 375
Routing panel •69
Bern a. Tell
Alternating current and the planer .... ^728
Bickley, G. S. :
How can we increase production? 385
Blake. G.:
Repairing a broken anvil ♦1054
Boham. Harry:
Easy method of disconnecting a main
rod "163
Bonis. Henry N.. B. S. M. E.
Acceleration determinations — I •977, II •1027
Law of Coriolis ^928
Bowman, E. L. :
Using the trade magazine to capacity. . ^489
Bowman, H. R. :
Slide-rule kink 1054
Boyd. H. S.:
Calibration and dimensional changes of
precision gage blocks •627. ^674
Brandt. E. C:
Cutting off bars in multiple ^764
Brooks, Lytton :
Device for transferring centers on flat
and round slock 241
Brummer, Anton :
Laying off angles without a protractor •976
Bryson. T. A.:
Motor-flywheel drive for merchant mill 1009
Buckingham, Earle:
Side cutting of thread- milling hobs . . .
: •IIOO, ^1222
Bullard. J. E.i
Increasing the output of labor o91
Keeping up the labor morale 505
Bunnell. S. H.:
Metal cutting tools of east nigh-speed
steel 1249
Burke. John J.:
Rffsetting a tool for boring tapers '337
Butler. Nicholas Murray:
Denying fundamentals of democracy . . . 183
Page
Calkins. Frank R.:
Veteran of three wars •lOSS
Canec. Charles:
Cutting screws of quick lead "149
Carpenter, John S.:
Courting trouble 31
Chapman. R. J.:
Research work on gears needed 27
Chapman. W. H.:
Cylindrical grinding in 1920. . . ^1152. •1184
Chi Ids. George W.:
Aid to determine pulley diameter and
speeds 175
Childs. Leslie:
Judicial construction of "machinery of
every description" ^409
Measure of damages for loss caui<ed by
negligence in repairing machinery 1051
Chubb. I. W.i
Milling operations on Herbert lathes. . . .•945
Clark. John T.:
Broaching square holes '178
Clarkson. Coker P.:
Automotive engineering standardization
and progress 891
Colvin. Fred H.:
Assembling Cleveland parts •1097
Automobile fuels and their consumption 475
Boxing machinery to insure safe ship-
ment 734
Building motors on the Pacific Coast...
I •117, II ^1225
Building saw mill machinery •lOSO
Cast iron and aluminum pistons ^416
(The Oakland piston — 4191
Concrete ships ^1090
Connecting rods for the Fordson tractor. •273
Cost keeping in the small shop '442
Cylinders in the Oakland shop '571
Development of aircraft 1008
Drill jig for exhaust manifold ^322
Economical press work in small lots. . . .•761
Encouraging reports of increased produc-
tion 328
Essex cylinder "STQ
Factory bulletins that count 329
Fire and the machine shop 37
Flywheel starter ring-gears "513
For the good of the industry 686
Franklin transmij^sign case •1001
Fundamentals of standard hole practice. . 919
Future of the automobile industry. . . . 059
Hardening teeth in flywheels 'lie
Home for apprentices •671
Horizontal boring machines for manu-
facturing •368
20
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Page
Las^sr the cards on the table *o31
Machining' front axles *553
Maobining^ large water turbines •1234
Machining methods in Pierce-Arrow shop •'2*21
Machining the connecting rods of two
well known motor:* *S'ZQ
Study of working fits 1008
Making a bobbing machine for precision
work •491
Making the Essex Piston •SIT
Mechanics of the oil fields *653
More machine tools for airplane work. . . 374
More pay for railroad mechanical ex-
ecutives 524a
Naval air station at Pensacola 'lO?
Neglecting the employment manager. . . .1102
Observations of a field editor 28
Operations in building tractors •877
Preparation — not pessimism 559
Repairing locomotives in our oldest city '428
Retarding airplane development 280
Sheet metal work for automobiles •1165
Shop kinks from the 'Milwaukee" at
Tacoma •1128
Some of the Shipbuilding at New
Orleans •349
Special methods for making radiators. . .•176
Studebaker methods of cylinder produc-
tion ^575
Tools from a railroad blacksmith shop. .•795
Training for economical production 734
Condit K. H.:
Awakening of the engineer 686
Education for employers 280
Few Splitdorf details I •78. JI *127
Increasing the efficiency of our Congres-
sional committees 782
Kansas industrial court ^749
•'Labor also is on trial" 559
Modern aviation engines — III *30. IV
•616. V •gse, VI ^1042
Patent office needs your help 1102
Permanent tribunal for labor troubles.! 782
Technical press or engineering society. . 328
Conway. J. B.:
Chart for computing planing time •351
Chart for determining safe loads "1241
Copeland, Sandy:
Can anybody help? •lOSS
Cox. A. B.:
Derivation of a formula to determine
number of teeth in contact of two
meshing gears •899
Interference of involute spur-gear teeth ^707
Creager. E. F.:
Bench covering that gave satisfaction. . . 27
Trade papers ^262
What is the most satisfactory length of
a work day ? 902
Cruchoga. Carlos V.:
New railroad shops at San Bernardo.
Chile •982
Danielson. A. :
What is the difference between roller
and ball bearings? •857
Darling. H. M.:
Difficult job of broaching •490
Deane R. P.:
Child labor laws and apprentices 135
De Angelia, A.:
Cutting clutches on spur-gear cutter. ... ^794
De Hart. Sanford:
Industrial dental dispensaries ^1085
De Leeuw. A. L.;
What is a machine tool? 106
Dickinson. J, A.:
Standardization and safety movement. . 9
Dielz. Carl F.:
European conditions as affecting the
American-Tool Trade 75
Dixie. E. A.:
Cam cutting in a jobbing shop. . . . 'IISI
Clamping a difficult job on the boring
mill "132
Design of square and acme thread taps
of steep lead •SS?
Efficient pattern making •516
Expanding arbors "664
Facing some slender disks on the boiing
mill •47*'
Finish-turning some heart-shaped cams. •779
Hand-sawing 3-ft. cold rolled rounds. . . .•596
Lathe equipped with boring table ^371
Making a cylindrical shell with two in-
ternal flanges ^569
Making some ball-ended plugs. ... •453
Marking tools for etching •1047
Simple, accurate and easily-made panto-
^ Praph .1076
Some notes on tapping •861
Washing ball-bearings [ •09
Doyle. Henry V. :
American labor and immigration 524a
Dressier. S. B.
Toolholder with key for holding the bit ^718
Duggan. M. E.:
Efficient pattern making 858
Molding a drum with deep sand pockets 659
Dunn. E, L. :
Powell fly-speed-cut planing machines. .. ^117
Eddy. A. L.:
Lapping center holes in hardened work '1243
Editorial Correspondence:
Human relations in industry 613
Edwards. D. W. :
Machining railroad cross-ties •1237
"Page
Entropy :
Building up subordinates 488
Field for employment management 1044
Future power supply 922
Graduates and work 406
Harmful tendency in trade education... 691
Hunting psychologists 231
Industrial housing — whose job? 1098
Inertia and initiative 362
Machine design again 626
New adventure 203
Plant newspaper. How to gel it read. . . . 150
Tin dinner pail again? 778
Turn of the tide 1170
"Wanted — ^young man — fully experi-
enced" 463
What is a machine tool? 924c
What is an engineer worth? 246
Why work ? 266
Ernst, Hans:
Dimensioning of keyways "82
Escholtz. O. H.:
Carbon -electrode arc-welding and cutting* '499
Farquar. Henry H.:
How do you regulate materiala — II 'lOl.
Ill •ISl
Fay. H. M.:
Spring block for use in a milling-
machine vise •eO?
Ferber. Amos :
Applying magnetic chucks to best ad-
vantage 1158
Device for holding piston rings in the
side grinding operation •1006
Finlay. Jack:
Grinding attachment for a milling ma-
chine ^114
Fish. T. :
Tapers for machine spindles 741
Fisher. L. A.:
Improved type of optical projection appa-
ratus designed and built by the Bureau
of Standards •1158
Fitz. H. M.:
Help-wante<l advertisements 1199
Folsom. Chas. D.. Jr.:
Cutting a cam without a milling machine ^33
Cutting off piston rings ^415
How to keep employees on the job in
summer time 323
Impromptu key for milling 135
Old Baldy would have murdered this one 86
Setting the milling machine vise in align-
ment •81
Shaper kink ♦971
Forbes. A. W.:
Getting the right man through the "help-
wanted" columns 892
Know what you are doing and why you
do it 612
Question in factory management 865
Sweeping back the tide 33
Forbes. W. D.:
Some thoughts on early machine design. 458
Tap-end sizes of studs 672
Fox. Harry:
Some special jigs used in the manufacture
of pneumatic tools •370
Fox. Herbert:
Ancient planer. An ^512
Francis Valentine:
Sparks from the world's industrial forge 292
Frank. C. H.:
Repairs to machine vise ^278
Frank. William:
Selling the sales force to the plant em-
ployees 625
Franklin, B. W.:
Silver gouge made from part of broken
light bulb •730
Franzen, J. E.:
Evolution of the engine lathe 184
Fredericks, P. A.;
Educational aid in the drafting room...^l60
Fixture for milling an ellipse ^752
Frew. S. E.:
Cleaning a grinding wheel with gasoline 733
Using worn taps ^446
Gary. Elbert H.:
Ship of state 14
Geiger. C. W.:
Machine shop for light electrical work •708
Motor car built by municipal machine
shops •517
Portable electric reboring machine ^325
Gillis. L. N.:
Why the blueprint? 344
Gilman. R. L.:
Carburizing. hardening and tempering
high-carbon alloy steels in 130 minutes 649
Githens, T. F.:
Suggestion to machine-tool builders. . . .•1137
Godfrey. John R. :
Buyers with vision — or graft 1157
Increasing production in Johnson's shop. 411
Johnson's philosophy on subterfuges and
salesmen 679
Why Johnson did'nt cut prices 926
Goodchild. E. T.:
Another solution to "A little question in
trigonometry?" •277
Finding a center by Iriyonometry .... •SS
Gore J. W.:
Reboring an bit. wheel •219
Page
Gradenwitz. Dr. Alfred:
Psycho-technics in Germany •407
Grill. J. A.:
Making a narrow belt from a wider one. .
•833. 1195
Gumprich. Wm.:
A mutilated gear feed •250
Hacketl. J. D.:
False starters 90o
Haladay. A. E.:
Efficient pattern work 762
Halscy. Frederick A.:
Evolution of the engine lathe 33&
Hamilton. D. T. :
Machining change gears •dSl
Machining the gear shaper saddle ^293
Hampson. D. A. :
Making a 52-in. planer from a 36-in.
machine •907
Hampton. F. G. :
An experimental investigation of steel
belling— I ^298 I with C. F. Leh and
W. E. Helmick], U 'aQS
Hand, S. A.:
Few Splitdorf details I •78. II •IST
Keller automatic die-sinking machine. . "loH
Passing of our pioneers 375
Workers to the rescue 326
Hanlon, A. J. :
Machining monel-metal castings ^341
Harris. Oren D.:
Making employees interested in their
work 230
Hat tcnberger Charles :
Repairing broken expansion reamer?*. . .•1007
Haynes. Elwood :
Composition of stellite and stainless steel 171
Heald. George:
Teaching machine shop mathematics . . .•421
Hein. H. M.:
Selling American machinery in foreign
markets 913
Heise. C. A.:
Situation of the Geraian machine-tool
industry 241
Situation of the machine-tool market in
Czechoslovakia 938
Helmick. W. E.:
An ext>erimental investigation of steel
belting — I •298. •393 fwith F. G.
Hampton and C. F. Leh I .
Henrietta. G. H.:
Unnecessary flnish on tools 865
Henry. Eugene E.:
Device for grinding hacksaws ^955
Grinding hobs "634
Setting diamonds for truing grinding
wheels • 1092
Herberts. C. A.:
Co-operation between manufacturer and
dealer 604D
Heyne. H. P.:
Checking up on accidents 543
Hirschhauter. E. E. :
Toolroom system *358
Hollis. W. F.:
Necessity the mother of invention •3'I
Homewood. Jack :
Suggestion in the matter of designating
finishes 896
Honegger. John A.:
Unnecessary finish on tools 119ff
Why not industrial motion pictures?. . . . 252
Hood. F. D.;
Meiers or feet ? 50
Well -developed technical high school .... •343
Houghton S.:
American machine tools at Olympia:
What is the lesson? T88a
Houssman. John:
Boring bar of merit 'STS
Hubbell. C. A.:
Testing the accuracy of micrometers in
common use '209
Hudson. Frank C:
Drilling and tapping ring gears '309
Form-turning on a boring mill 'SI
Hudson. Frank C:
Handling large work on small lathe.*. . ^976
Keeping workers contented with two pay
envelopes 249
Piston clearance in cylinders and why. . 157
Repairing an air compressor ^70
Steadjing drill spindles '^OS
Hunt. J. A.:
Applying magnetic chucks to best ad-
vantage "267
Hunter. J. V.:
American Milling Machine Co. No, IH
plain and universal miUing machines. •60(»
Broaching gas-engine tappet guide holes. •321
Chamfering tool for valve seats ^227
Device for grinding engraving tools. . •109»?
Foote-Burt piston-turning machines. . . . •124
Grinding: device run by an air turbine. .*119tl
Hamilton double-carriage production
lathe •1021
Machine for boring line bearings "162
Machine for drilling gear-shift bodies.. •412
Making Thor quick-aotion air line
couplers ^931
Mp<'hanism for graduating dials of op-
tical instruments •Il3ff
Metal wood crankshaft straightening
presses ^256
Millholland geared-head turret lathe. . .•485
Moline duplex drilling machine •147
Press work on the Bailey ball thrust
bearing •45tT
Production and salvage of locomotive
piston rings •121^
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
21
FsLge
I'loiluition of boiler Hue beadiiiK tools i"
railway tool shops wu*
Small machines for building optical "i;
str\imcnts ■ ■ ■ ■ !"*■'
TcachiiiR the people use and care ol tne
twist drill by means ol motion pic- ^
tures I ........
Wickes cranU.shalt liiie-beanus and
flange-turninK lathe ""
HiintinBton, R. Thomas: ^ , _ n„
Reminiscences ol an old school machin-
ist >.i.i. /no
Ilni*st. F. A.: , * 1 wuw
Comiiarative test of hlfth-apeed steels.. SKK
Inscoe. S. A.:
Cutting flats on wire rods
Irons, H. P.;
Precision gages .
•1148
Jacker. M . ; „.,
Using two tools at once •>"
' Making a pressed-steel base for an elec-^
trie fan •'"'
Johnson. A. B.: -ooi
Sizing forming tools without a formula. '»~l
Johnson. C. M.: .
Properties of a non-magnetic, flame, acid
and rust-resisting steel **»"'
Johnson. Harry; „_,
Large gang punch and die »"*
Quick-operating clamp gvo
Repair kink for Ford owners 'oJ*'
Some jigs for drilUng harvesting ™a-,
chine parts "•* '
Josselyn, Chester E.: .
Conversion factors lor weights °f
metals ■ : .■ • • '^"■"'
Converting micrometer readings '"'Snio
metric measure \i>V
Drawing an ellipse .■,o*r
Graduating a scale to millimeters .«oo
Laying out angles ..,■.•... ;,n«i
Locating the center of radii mo*
Use ol cross-section paper in making
charts «""
Kaems, A. L.: .
Increasing production by safeguarding^
power press operation '^-'^
Kanek. M. E. : „
Precision gages """*
Karopetnff, Vladimir:
Some present-day reseal-i'h problems m ^
electrical engineering "'"'
Kasper, R, H.: .ti<
Attachment for extending a scale u-t
Centering device for the miUing ma-
chine ,■■■■• j *""
Indicating attachment for locating and
boring holes on the milling machine. •Sj.H
Self-adiusting spacing collar 9»l'
Kebler. Elliot A.: ,^ „_.
Iron castine-s in iron molds '3""
Kellogg. W. H.; , .^ ,.,
Finding decimal equivalents on the slide
rule "'^l
How is the light in the drafting room? 855
Kenyon, O. A.:
Seven centuries of brass making. • . ■ ■ . •
I .75.5, II .835. Ill 'Y„Y^s"^r'122r,
Kester, M.; •oaa
Pneumatic painting machine "■*'*
Kiddle. Richard H.: .lo'ji
Emeigencv method ol cutting thread. . 'X-:-!.!
Klammer. Val: „.„
Machinist and the guard J*"
Knight. Harmer: „„,
Holding very small pieces lor turning. . '301
Kottinger. Victor A.: . . .. , ■
Value to shop students of visits to in-
dustria! plants lo"
Knhue. G. F.: . , ^ ,,oi
Increasing output of labor it-'
Kuraisi. Taro: «n«n
Dimensions of keyways »""
Kurth M.: . ,„„,
Method of indexing drawings 1" Ji
Kyn. Joran: , ,„„„
Is this a punch-press job ■ > ■ -
Page
l,ch, C. F.:
An experimental investigatioii in steel
Iwlting .298, .alia
I With F. G. Hampton and W. E.
Helenii<'kl
l.cighton, Roy F.:
Device for centering cylinders prepara-
tory to grinding "lai
Lcming. George G.:
Planing a large gear with a small planer. 'a?!
Liddiott, H.:
Gear problem "1244
Lindgren. John :
Expanding punch lor aluminum ware.lOilHe
Lineham. W. J.;
Hal'dening of screw gages with the
least distortion in pitch — I .547. II .tl04a
Lister. C. B.;
Target shooting as an aid in industry. ..1178
Little, Geo. G.:
Beel-bone screws lor surgical use 1220
Clamping device with automatic lock
spring plunger support *10;)4
Little. Geo.:
. Inaccessibility ol auto parts 1224
Little, Ernest L, :
Industrial development ol Australia . . 842
Logue. C. H.: .,,,,„
Backlash standards for spur gears .... .104(1
Lord, Chester R,: ...„
Tight fitting threads for bolts and nuts.'l.iS
Lovell, C. V,: . ,
Standard catalogs from the engineers
point of view "■>1
Lucas. J. A. :
For small shops and all shops
.24. .IBH. .310. .3fl3. '402. .5311
LyttoiiBrooks, B.:
What is a machine tool? -"'
Macready. C. A.: ^ . j
Applying magnetic chucks to best ad-
vantage "On
Elements ol gage ■""'""'f j.' ■.iB^ ' j ' .053
Madden. J. E. : . .
Short prool for long division 480
Manchester. H. H.: ,000
After the Civil War and now " J»»
Early traces of the '°°"''^. .*^,*l*'''jY''. J179
Evolution of the workshop— X *l}',.^
XI .205. XII .311. xm .353. XIV .4^.0
Mancuso. Joseph:
Sulphur in cutting lubricant for monel
metal ^-^
McBride, R. S.: ....,„ ,00
Guarantee of prices against decline . . . 7».i
McConnell. J. W.: . - , ,. a~n
Progress control a8 a staff function. 9.0
McFarland, W. M.:
Common sense in engineering ■ "»■'
McLean. F. A.: , . , „ ftt
Removing paint from steel structures. . . 7.i.l
Speeding UP machine tools with com-^
pressed air ......... »I>-1
Watenirooflng blueprints and drawings. 74.1
Mchren. E. J.: j , ^ „ji
American contractors and labor condi-
tions in France "'*°
Merten, Wm. J : ^ ^ ■ .„i «ii<iq
New method of ease-hardening steel... 11«»
Meyers, Walter R.: ... „,„
Short proof for long division 167. .l.JU
Some commercial heat treatments for al-
loy steels •'!"
Mohay. Harold: ^ „ , »r,r,7
Turret tool tor ball turning >■"
Moore. Harry: •iiqb
Tool-setting cage x'-'"
'programs of Apprenticeship and special
training in ■jepresentativ- corporations
T .5fi5 II .657 III .7no IV "847.
I OH5. 11 -^-'.'n.p,! VI .1078. VII "1172
Morrow. L. C: „..
Engineers and a bamlxio fence ■*<*
F A. E, S. and its field /"x
F A E. S. will help ••••■.■• "" '
First meeting of American Engineering
Council of the F. A. E. S . •{,■!""+
Increasing the railway car supply by
100.000 ,,.;.T
Repetitive operation ' • '
Very important meeting ■ . . . • ,'A„-^
Worth-while training department «"•>
Moss, Sanford A.: .... .<i4<;
Superchargers for airplanes . •>'«o
Mummert, E. S.: .„.
Short proof for long division 4-4
Munson, F. W : „
Questions of shop ethics
Murray. Joseph B.: ^ 1 i„- »T>n
Adiuatable bonngbar holder •>-"
Mnssi. Fransisco: , ,i,« .4""
Toolpost and wrench for lathe 4 - -
La Rue. E. Wilmont: , ,
Simple recess gage 4 - -
I.arkin. F. V.: , . ,
Lessons learned in the nianuractnre of
munitions and ordance that can he ap
plied to peace-time pursuits of in-
dustry 048
Lee AD:
Metric trouble ni«
Lee, Henry: . , „_ ,
Scheduling lig. fixture and repair work /i>4
I>each Elmer W.: ,,00
Cost of labor and Ihc labor-cost 1 1 K«
Nelson, William C: . ^
Saving pattern work by using stock ^^^^
cores
Nicholson. J. C: ..„.*„,. 11 80
Correcting hand reamer 'Hi'""'^, ■ ,„i,.;^^'''
Imnrovised extension for small twi^t _^^
drills
^'"Ac«on'"'of' Engineering Societies concern-
ing F. A. E. S »""
Pare
Activities ol American Bnrliieerini
Standards Committee 4«0
Amos Whitney •'81
Anti-metrle resolutions 91"
ApiKal on behalf ol the Nolan patent
onicc Bill H. R. 11.084 10»;
Are you sure ol your cost llgureH?. . .1150
Articles concerning the F. A. E. 8. which
have appeared in the 'American Ma-
chinUt" ■.■ ■ • "■•"
A. S. M, E. organizes materials handling _
■se<tion '9/
Attention engineering societies I»<,>
Boring an 11-toll propeller •5'>;>
Broader Held lor engineering .88d
Business conditions in England. .. .91.
142. 102. 240. aaO. 383. 524d. 050.
828b, 924. 1010
Car dentention and car shortage 18*
Chamber ol Commerce ol the United
States votes on elimination ol strikes
by Public Sendee Employees 104
Changes in Lambert horizontal boring
machines • "" *
Characterisls treatment and uses ol
highsiieed tool steel J^}
Christmas — the turning point ........ liOl
Committee on technical standards. Bu-
reau ol Surveys and Maps, recom-
mends use ol English measuring sys-
tem ."■"
Compulsory metrics? . 1248
Convention ol American society lor
steel treating ,1 • • • ,*!.
Cutting cast iron with the gas torch. .. li-i
Developing aiid holding loreign trade. 1049
Drilhng out 88 cu.in. of cast iron P*""
minute , Jl"
Duralumin •• oo.»
Electro-magnetic portable grinding ma-
chine ; ""•'
Engineering foundation seeks large en- _^_
dowment ; \' ' ' ' '*' "*
Engineering society action relative to
the P. A. E. S »80
England investigating her water-power
resources .••■,■.•.• ^an
Evolution ol the engine lathe ........ ibu
Executive board of American Engineer-
ing Council organized ; • • •.' ' ^~*^
Exhibits of American products In Ar-
gentlna .; • •„ nnn
Facts about the F. A. E. S. ,■•:■:■,■■■ .gs"
Failure of the Leipsig technical fair..7B»»
Pew reasons why industrial progress is
slow '"■'
Pile your catalogs with the American
Chamber of Commerce in France . . . -IB
First meeting of American Engineering
Council of the P. A. E. S. ......... 590
First meeting of American Engineering
Council of the F. A. E. S. . . . . lO.-i?
Fortieth anniversary meeting ol A. s.
-jjf -p tfon
Forty-first annuar meeting of the Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers. llSfl
France rapidly developing "white coal
resources .••:■■■.' j ooq
German machine-tool industry today . • ■ 9^>«
German machine trade conditions 1^"»
Hasler speed Indicator '>"■'
Hardness tests on white metal com-
plete<l ■ -. 'Viin
Have you ordered your coal? •■»"
Honorable labor union • ■ ■ • ■ ""
How the $5,000,000(100 slump in the
price ol larm products will affect in- ^_^
Imperial automatic 'acVlylene generator. ..523
Increasing safety in aviation ii-J,^
Industrial reviews !; r
Instruction sheets that instruK 404
Invitation to join the P. A. E, S ,^'i;
Jump test for motor trucks -.1 -
Jumping four miles for a remri .... 180
Labor turnover in New A ork Cit.y . . ».w
Langelier o|)po«cd-splndle countersinking^ ^_^_^
Ma"hi'ne"tooi vru^'^'are ihey'ioohilh^ 864
Machine-tool business in Southern Call- ^^^
Metric'^syst'ein ' buV introduced in the^^^^^
Mo^nlVch ri^Voiving' melting furnace. . . . •5n4
Motor-truck-assembly details ^"•
New form of industrial insnraiy ■••^^"*-»
New regulations affect trade w1»>^_^^^
Nlnefinth annual ' fall ■.•'onveniion of the
National Machine Tool Builders Assn .967
Norton 10-lnch "B" type grlndlHg "'\f.„^f
chine «■ •„■ tI'i
Notes on the F, A. E. S ■■■ ■ '■'•'
Olympia machine-tool exhibition and "^-^^^
suits , r,o 1
Ot-steel bench legs .... . . • ■ ■ ■ ■ ■,■ • •,^-
Preventing contract cancellations in tne
State of New York -■■■■■■. W • '"
Progress of the Federated American En-
gineering Societies •._■■.•■• j'
Proposed code of ethics for the Ameri-
•an Society of Mechanical Enirinecr. 186
Purposes of the Federated American En
gine'Tine societies . . . . . ■ . • . ■ ■ • ■ • ; • •»'•
Recognition of individuality in the ^^^
RcKtion between ' Brine'll hardness and
the grain size of annealed carbon ^^^^
steels ,■ ■
Report of the classification and compen-
sation committee to Engineering Conn- ^^^
Restrictive itieasures on the shut down o'
industrial plants in Germany 12''5
Ping out the oldl .■•.■•.■ ,■'■■'*'
Safety device lor a multiple-spindle^
drilling machine .■•■•■ ^J"
Sales contracts and lair play »'«
22
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Volume 53
Pagre
Sibley 24*. 2ti-. and 28-in. stationary
head driUfn^r machines •524
Socialism Communism 152
Some phases of relationship of engineer-
ing societies to public service 1001
Some small railroad shop devices '08
Standard sizes for shafting 112
Standardization work in Europe 210
Summer meeting' A. S. M. E '84
Summer meeting of the National Safety
Council *l'.Ui
Testing strength of oxyacetylene welded
pipe ♦3;U
Teats of cast iron for locomotive cylin-
der parts 1221
Three-shift system in the steel industry . 1 182
Too much legislation 12(i
Triple gear for Ford transmissions . , , , '080
Turbine Jr. pneumatic drill •503
Universal measuring machine •49
Unusual drilling in chrome nickel steel. 103
U. S. Chamber of Commerce conducts
referendum on Industrial Relations. . 44
Van Dorn heavy duty electric grinding
and buffing machine *502
Van Keuren combination reference gages •502
Wave transmission of power *1122
We must serve the railroads 00
Weighing automobile parts to determine
amount of wear 004
What production engineering should
mean 134
Nye. C:
Smoothing up a defective thread by
me:ins of a castellated nut 1017
Oakes. Charles E. :
Standardization and safety movement .- 9
Older. William:
Interesting old micrometer *7Hn
Making spherical -ended length rods. . . .•OHi
Tilteti stand for the prestometer •oOo
Oliver. G. F.:
Senator Davenport in the machine shop. 582
Olspu. Thoi-sten Y. :
Testing machines as related to the
foundry ^525
OShea Peter F.:
Combining Quantity production with the
making of special parts •443
Good method of numbering and filing
drawings 3Q"
Labor-saving methods in the foundry .•703
Uuclaimed suggestions 02
Pack. Charles:
Die casting 504b
Parker. Lawrence:
Problem of your schools . *201
Parker. H. H.:
Built-up adjustable angle plate for
light drilling •270
Changing a straight-faced grinding wheel
to a cup whe?l •0'>ti
Hnrdwood steadyrest guide •."»n3
I ath" kinUs *~}'.)l
Ser-urintr the faccnlate when running th"
lathe ba'^kward •i** i.'i
Slottinir attachment for the lathe ....•1000
Suggestions for the use of the toolmakers
damn • 11 (10
Tiltinff tab!" for the grinding miichine or
speed lathe •! 70
Using tho lathe chuck as a knurl holder. ••Sl
Usintr two anerle plates to clamp work.. •131
Parsons, Fred A. :
Power consumed in milling •315
Persson, H. A.;
Spttinr thn tool for multiple .-uttins. . •! lOll
Petf^rs C G.;
CalibrnMon and dimensionnl chanfrc^ of
pr^fiHion e-age blocks *027. "07 1
Pickwi'-k. N. C :
P>*oblfm 'n change gearing 37.">
Pripbe. C J :
Ga-n-in No. 3 duplex slot-milling ma-
ch'ne •202
Soii'h Americans to see U. S. manufac-
tures 919
Three Southwark hydraulic pressea. . . ,
•■742 t»n24i
U. S. manufactures to be exhibited in
Argentina 281
Pnn^e. A. L.:
Slivers and infections 1080
Pn^pp. Hugo F.:
Is this a punch-press job? •1041
Ouharity. Glenn :
Pin° dreams of a tramp niachmisl — How
Davp hp'-ame a Baptist •258; "Boys
will be Bo.vs" ' , R'iSn
Rask. Josef;
Rclipviner tool for broach teeth •l'*'^
Rf-m.-ifle. Edmond:
Die s°nse r04
Page
Remade, Gustave :
Turning hai'd metal with carborundum.. • 178
Reschar. A. L.:
How to gel safe production 533
Rich. I. B.:
Broach for airplane-propeller hubs. , . . 'VO
Building airplanes for local use •854
Clever unloading scheme •517
Crankcase boring fixture with adjustable
supports '357
Economy in cutting bar stock 362
H«>;ivy gear cutting job 'Sir!
Interesting ring gear job *47l
Keeping presses at work with oxy-acely-
lene ♦ 1 073
Measuring propeller blades •70(1
SpcfJ table for lathe men •530
Richards. Frank :
Bulging with a rubber punch *730
Richards. G. M.:
Piston clearances for internal combus-
tion 1214
Kink. G. W. :
Modernizing locomotive terminals 1081
Roffers. F. P. :
Device for grinding clearance angles on
tools for the automatic •050
Sauveur, Albert :
Tfmperature conversion tables 1052
Sawyci-. A. W.:
Production records at the Hart-Parr
factory ^44 5
Sehustek. T. P.:
Cost keeping in the small shop ^1020
Schwartz. A. J.:
Acme screw threads •I't't
Acme threads in motor-jack bushings. . 1082
Senior. Harry:
Evolution of the engine lathe 591
L"tter to the editor 45
Why the blueprint? '22
Shandies. H. M.:
Se<'tion moduli of rectangles 670
Shaw. F. W.:
Avoid trigonometric solutions where
geometric will do ^1149
Shaw. Francis W.:
Clampinir device with automatically
locked spring plunger support ^430
Figuring diameter of three-surface
tangent plug 683
Some of the advantages of the left-hand
lathe carriage 640
What is a high grade machine? 109
Sheldon. Ellsworth:
Automobile engine pistons as a stock
proposition ^437
Heating rivets without fire •701
Little journeys of an editor •995
Some examples of early machine design. •!
Steel stamps, embossing dies and sten-
cils •789
Sheppard. J. R. :
"Expanding punch for aluminum ware"
— A discussion 615
Sherlock. Chesia C:
Contracts with labor unions 80"
Knowing your insurance policy V 2*t
Law in reerard to strikes — I 1087. II 1141
Medical aid luidcr the compensation acts. 844
Your liability for concurrent compensa-
tion 908
Silver. James W. :
Bftrinr a laree ring gear out West. . . . ^472
Simon. John :
Two litrht piniching-machine jobs ....*I07"i
Simons A. M. :
Folklore philosophy lOKP
Smith. C. B.:
Iii'""nsintr the capacity of old locomo-
tives 1 on 1
Smith. H. L.;
OTu-Kti'>n in factory management 001
Smith. H. R.:
Sure ! Why not? •OS
Souder. W. :
Profile curvature gage •732
Spaulding. L. W. :
Making the shipper stay 'put" '823
Spec. Cor.:
Herbprt (Alfred I No. 5 automatic turret
lathe •600
Rockford heavy-duty horizontal boring
machine 'HOT
Sellers 1 Oft. planer •973
Situation in the Austrian machine in-
dustry 12'>'"
Some mechanics nf hai>d made tires.. •lOOo
Van Norman No. 0 hole-grinding ma-
chine ^229
Western automobile repair shops 494
Stacy. T. F.:
Steel compression of circular cross sec-
tion 'SS]
Stanley. Frank A.:
An expanding punch for aluminum ware. •190
Difficult piece of press work *164
Frnme wcldins" apparatus in railroad
shop •1212
Handling material in railroad shops. . . •O^^
Hie-h-speed-steel tools for turnine •2'^"»
Machining a erear-type water pumn. . . . ^61
Making a milling cutter in a railroad
shop •^o-i
Ooerationa in a New Orleans Foundry .. •441
Piston ring work in a railroad shop. . . .•■<20
Press tools for catcrnillar part** •OS?
Slotting machine and planer toolholders
for railroad shop use •1*'11
Tools for boring a seat for a ball joint. '856
Starr. C. J.:
Some experiences in deep hole drilling. • 1033
Page
Starr. C. M.:
Is this a punch press job? •1000
Stephen. Thomas L.:
Veteran of three wars 1233
Stillman. H. B. :
Looking backward 214. 360
Strom. C:
Piston clearances for internal combiistiOD
engines 615
Stutz. C. C:
English and the metric measuring sys-
tem— a comparison 911
Siiverkrop. E. A. :
Unusual milling fixture ^731
S.vmes. Walter:
Chamfering attachment for hand screw
ma(4iine *997
Tate. James:
Modern "Contemporary" of an old-time
machinist 914
Tcrhune. Everit B.:
Which way are the trade winds really
blowing? 228
Thanton. E. A.:
Expanding chuck •1140
Milling the radius on the end of a rcKl.^lU21
Sheet metal arc welding machine .... •603
Thcilig. Edward W. :
New use for the photostat •326
Thomas. Willard A.:
Useful formula in the design of «rane
hooks . - ^23
Thompson. J. J.:
Drafting room kinks '1129
Thwine. L. L. :
Evolution of th» engine lathe J*""
Have you the "Use of youraelf"? 863
Know your sprinkler valves 7'*
What is a machine tool? . . . .• 120
What is an engine lathe? ....,,.,,,,,. 38
Tibbab. B A.:
Harmful tendency in trade education... 74
Traphaeen. Henry :
Selection of high-speed steels for tools.. 049
Tuttle. Jr.. E. F.:
Home-made surface grinding machine. . ^731
Power saw clamp '033
Tyler. Eric H.:
Ohtainine' the radius of three equal in-
scribeii circles I EmUum 1 1255
Unland. H. L.:
Automatic electric arc welding machine. •403
Van Keuren. H. L.:
Optical Hat. A practical measuring tool. •107
Varela, J. B.:
Motor-flywheel drive for merchant mill.*660
Viall. Ethan:
Ali-mctal airplanes 38
Card report from Wa-^hin^on 334
Cincinnati strike won by employers . . . 686
Discouraging airplane buildinc 37
Disfranchised Engineers 474
Frcig^ht car orders 38
Getting down to work 281
Hiim.in engineering 524a
Immigration problem 1064
Inlerchurch report ou steel strike 374
Itt'ernational Chaml>er of Commerce did
not indorse the metric system 735
Jame^ Watt not inventor of metric sys-
tem 2H0
K^epinp contracts 645
Ivceislators vs. manufacturers and en-
gineers 320
Making the Almond micrometer •005
Measuring systCTn not a subject for legis-
lative action 958
Men back of the American Institute of
Weights and Measures 34
Modern welding and cut'ine. X^TII •" *.
XVTV •4-17 XXV •497. XXVI •537.
XXVII ^583 >XVin •005. WIX
•710. XXX •768. XXXI •SO-
Uackinc for export 33:j
iVotpctinir our dve industrv 731
Rirht of every Amcricn — -Working free-
dom '47"»
S'limft-* crankshaft millin? machine. . . •215
Technical map committee reeommeDds
measuring svstem O^*-"*
Vindication of nrivate ownership lft*>s
"'e aeree with Gompers I f^**"
What is an onen shop?. . 645
What the steel industry thinks of the
compulsory metric svstem ***3
World trade club methods 597
Vincent. J. H.-
Dp\'inr. for fitline pistons •«*»
Hand toots for reclaiming globe valves. . •8''2
Holder for boring bars . . . '132
Vi""cnt, John:
Home made centering maehinc 'lo."i.i
>inm"made water tumbliner b.^rrel. . .•0'*'
M.nkin" a small a\itomobile wrench. . . .•471
Mort'einsr machine for loi'omotive cab
work •1236
Vo- tzer. Otto:
How can we increase production? 673
Simple roll feed 'nl ">
July 1 to December 31, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
23
Swffpintr back tho tide 'M'Z
VorhecH. L. J.:
AtH'urate lapping *2H3
Ituleint; with a rubber punch '433
W
Wallace. L. W.:
Conservation of labor 1104
Ward. Frank S.:
MakinK cceentric-headed studs *1083
Watson. L. S.:
Know why you do things 883
Watts. John S.:
Calculation of loads on bearings •(>89
Calculations of stresses in winding-drum
flanges 'IISO
Chart for lengths of keys .560
Fl.inges for friction pulleys '372
Horsepower and torque chart ll)()
Ingenuity !'.»()
I'lain vs. grooved winding drums .... •134'J
Section moduli of rectangles '410
Shall we make essentials or non-essen-
tials? 4.-,l
Strength of shafts and beams •DOlt
Weare. L. : • »
Drafting room kink r 5H4e
VVcisgerber. H. W.:
Why tho blueprint- 304
Whreler. H. I..:
Co.st system for the small shop *\9Q
Whittaker. O. B.:
Inspection and the modern factory . . . •305
WikofJ. Allan:
Short proof for long division ^•^i):^
Wilder. Arthur L, :
Courting trouble •470
Wille.v. C. H.:
Furnace fur heating soldering copper. .•.5fi4e
Independently supported bench block . . •270
Parallel clamp attachment .i24e
Williams. Frank H.: .
Branch public library at the plant . ^^883
Frivolous stuff In the plant pape^ IK j.lC
Making thrift seem more worth fivTnie. II 118
I'ulting punch into 'help waided" ad»..^Hll
Make employees read the plant paper by •
telling about their babies 3*13
Photographs on the shop bulletin boani. 77
Williams. Sidney J.:
How can we increase production 270
Wilson. R. A.:
Hohgrlndlng attaehraenl "908
Wirick. L. A.:
Drafting room kink 720
Wittstein. Herman L.:
Are you a "before-and-aller" or» a sinrle- .^
track man ? # . .^' *tfr' '
Woods. John B. : -, . •
Ambitious industrial plans of Czecho- *
Slovakia 238
Worth. W. E.:
Kssenttals of a plant safety orpanlxa-
tion 852
m
.#*
''S-
'.'■f
July 1, 1920
American Macliinist
Vol. ?3. No. 1
e
1865
Examples of
1920
Eaily Machino Desi^
EHswQith Sheldon
Associate Edit»r American Alactinjst
IN these day.s of high-speed and high-powered
machine tools the average mechanical man, particu-
larly if he be a designer of machine tools, is apt to
look upon the accomplishments of his remote predeces-
sors with a degree of commiseration that is more or
less tinged, though no doubt subconsciously, with
contempt. When he compares the chaste lines, the mas-
sive and rigid construction, the powerful drive of
the modern lathe, shaper,
planer, or milling machine
with its sometimes weak-
kneed and spindle-legged
prototype of fifty years ago,
with its panels and columns
adorned with ornate scrolls
and intricate designs in bas-
relief, it gives him a grat-
ifying sense of superiority
in having made more of his
opportunities than did the old-time designer and builder.
He sometimes overlooks the fact that modern machine
design is not based alone upon scientific knowledge and
theory, but that it is to no small degree the slow prog-
ress of evolution, building upon the groundwork of
previous experience, modifying already established ideas
In the mad rush for production and still more
production which has characterized nearly all
manufacturing industries during the last quarter
century, may we not in our demands for poufer,
strength and speed, have overlooked some of the
possibilities of the machinery of an earlier day.
to meet changing conditions, profiting by demonstrated
weaknesses of the earlier machines, adding to their
.strength by redistribution of material, and eliminating
such features as have been proved to be unnecessary.
The present-day designer begins where his immediate
predecessor leaves off. He has concrete examples of
design from which to draw inspiration. He already
knows some of the things he must avoid as well as the
lines that he can safely fol-
low. His work is to some
extent the unconscious em-
bodiment of the practices
and principles of yester-
year, modified by the knowl-
edge gained from more re-
cent experience and experi-
ment. A successful machine
designer once said to the
writer: "Anybody can
improve; it takes a man with brains to create."
The designer of 75 or 100 years ago was a creator.
He had little precedent and practically no source of
in.spiration but nature and his own brain. It is there-
foj-e not surprising that when he reached the limit of
his imagination he should turn to nature for assistance.
FIG. 1. PLANER liUiLT BY PUTNAM AlACHl.N'li COMPANY
HAS BEEN IX SERVICE MORE THAN FIFTY YE.^RS
MG. 2. SHAPEK BUILT IN THE SHOPS
IN 1879
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
KIG. 3. DETAILS OF FEED WORKS
This may explain why the column of an old time drilling
machine looks like the trunk of a tree, or the legs of
a planer resemble the legs of a horse. It might help,
too, to explain why otherwise bare surfaces of iron
should be adorned with sun flowers, fig leaves, and other
things foreign to a machine shop.
Nature has a way of combining beauty with utility
and it is but natural that the pioneer in machine design
should try to follow her lead. It is also but human that
he should overlook the element of congruity in nature,
which oversight is perhaps the basis of one of the most
valid of the criticisms directed against old machinery.
Clusters of leaves and bunches of fruit are very
beautiful — on a grape vine; they are also necessary to
the life of the vine. They are not a necessary adjunct
of a machine for planing iron, and being out of place
are not beautiful.
Whatever was in the average old-time designer's mind
when he was laying out the elaborate panels, curves
and curlicues with which he sought to adorn his
product, his main idea was utility, and though his
attempt to add to its attractiveness must have added a
considerable sum to the cost of manufacture, the
superfluous "gingerbread work" did not detract to any
extent from the productive capacity of his machines,
which was usually in keeping with the knowledge and
practice of mechanics of that day.
That the old school of machine design did not fall
so far short of jDresent-day ideals is evidenced by the
fact that many such machines, built fifty, sixty, or
even more years ago are still doing valiant service in
competition with up-to-the-minute machines of their
own class.
The photographs accompanying this article were made
in a large New England manufacturing plant, where
many of these old machines are upholding their particu-
lar link in the chain of production, sandwiched in
between massive machines that embody the latest ideas
in machine-tool construction.
It would be fatuous to say that a machine tool built
before the civil war could remove as much metal per
unit of time as one built last year — it could not; its
capacity in that respect would appear very limited by
comparison. But removing metal is far from being
the sole duty of a machine tool. The work has to be held
during the process of removal, and the amount of
material to be removed is seldom determined by the
capacity of the machine to remove it.
The special line of machinery built by the above
mentioned establishment has as some of its component
parts long slender castings of gray iron and equally
long, and even more slender, pieces of steel. The prob-
lem is not to remove a large quantity of metal, but to
remove what is necessary and do it as quickly as pos-
sible, without permanently distorting the work.
The company in question had its origin in a country
blacksmith shop in the decade of 1840-50 and by growth
and absorption of other companies and individuals
engaged in the same line of work the plant now covers
many acres and has well over a thousand employees.
Some of the old machinery now running was first
installed by the parent company and has been in con-
tinuous service for over sixty years; other machines
came to it through its acquisition of other businesses
and their age can only be guessed at.
The planer shown in Fig. 1 was built by the Putnam
Machine Co., of Fitchburg, Mass., and is one of the
machines acquired by its present owner upon the
absorption of a smaller company in 1870. This is a
good serviceable tool and is constructed along lines that
are still considered good design. Its housings are hardly
deep enough to insure rigidity when planing a piece of
work the height of which represents the limit of the
machines capacity, but there isn't the slightest chance
of such a piece coming to it while on its present job.
The height of its cross-rail has probably not been altered
in years, and with it in the position shown in the
picture the machine is sufficiently rigid.
The deep carving on the side of the housing, the
device on the tie bar, and the paneling of the box bed
no doubt furnished many hours of congenial occupation
H:JLM ■ "
It^gfJ
1^
-* — r^^H
i^n
'"^'^fl^U.
H
1
fj^Bim
^UB^Hj I
■is
Jr^
^^^^^^^^H '"
^ ^fl&«wS^
^^^^^^^
1
t ^
H
L
-■>
FIG. 4. UNIQUE VERTICAL FEED ON PLANER
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
8
to a pattern maker who was also an artist, but must
have caused the foundryman some consternation when
he was confronted with the problem of molding the
pieces.
The reader will note that the designer had the "long
bed" idea, but that he adopted what would seem a ques-
tionable method of securing it. However, the vicissi-
tudes of upwards of fifty years have left the extension
brackets (cast in one piece with the bed) intact, and
the fact that the machine still planes flat on pieces
several feet long indicates that the foundryman knew
his business and the builder recognized the necessity
of "seasoning" his castings.
To those of the readers who are familiar with Pratt
& Whitney construction, the similarity of -the feed
movement in this and other planing machines will be
apparent. The reason for this is not that all the older
machine builders designed this movement simul-
taneously, but that years ago a master mechanic in
this shop, himself a product of the Pratt & Whitney
factory, rebuilt all these old planers, adding such fea-
tures as seemed to him advisable.
Besides rebuilding old machines the master mechanic
mentioned above built some new ones, embodying there-
in ideas and features of design which he had absorbed
during his apprenticeship days. Thus in Fig. 2 may be
seen a shaper which any old-time mechanic and many
later ones would unhesitatingly indentify at first glance
as a Pratt & Whitney machine. It was, however, built
in the shop where it now stands, many miles from Hart-
ford, and has never been elsewhere. It was built in 1879
and was one of a lot of three still in active service.
On close observation it will be noted that the machine
is heavier than the Pratt & Whitney shaper, though
this difference is less apparent in the picture than in
I''1G.
5. I'LANl'Jlt l;ril/l' I'HIOK TO 1870 BY
NEW HAVEN MANUFACTURING CO.
FIG. 6. PLANER BUILT PRIOR TO 1870
the actual machine. In all its movements it is a close
copy, with the exception of the vertical feed, which
differs from any the writer ever saw.
This movement is shown in greater detail in Fig. 3.
A square box-like projection from the side of the ram
at A houses a short rack which has a vertical move-
ment, and a pinion, which is mounted on the end of a
short shaft running parallel to the ram. At the rear
of the ram this shaft is geared, through the medium of
a pair of gear sectors, to a shaft which extends longi-
tudinally through the ram and ends in a small bevel
gear just under the vertical slide.
This shaft is the center upon which the head swivels
for the planing of angles other than 90 deg., and the
bevel gears operate a spindle or shaft which is enclosed
within the hollow vertical-feed screw, giving a forward
and back movement to a ratchet wheel (A, Fig. 2) just
above the crank handle that turns the screw. This part
of the movement is the same as that applied by Pratt
& Whitney to their planers.
The short rack above referred to at the side of the
ram has a stud and roller at its lower end projecting
outwardly to contact with the stationary cam B, Fig. 3,
so that at each stroke of the ram the feed movement is
given a reciprocating movement that is transmitted
through the mechanism above described to the ratchet
wheel at the top of the vertical-feed screw.
A pawl attached to the crank handle may be thrown
into engagement in either direction with the ratchet
wheel, thus providing for either up or down feed.
The cam B is adjustable so that by placing it at one
end or the other of the stroke for which the machine
is set, the feeding movemient may be made to take place
at the most favorable point and at whatever degree of
amplitude is desired.
A planing machine whose simplicity of outline would
seem to imply a later origin is shown in Fig. 4. It was
built in Nashua, N. H., by Gage, Warner & Whitney,
and is a part of the machinery acquired by the present
owners in taking over the business and equipment of
a smaller concern in 1872. It was by no means a new
machine at that time, and it has had many vicissitudes.
Originally placed in service in Woodstock, Vt., it was
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
FIG. 7. A WILLIAM SELLERS PLANER OF AN EARLY DAY
later shipped to Smithville, N. J., and after a stay of
some years was shipped, in the year mentioned above, to
its present location.
On its trip from New Jersey to Connecticut it was a
part of a consignment of machinery aboard a small
schooner which met with disaster, and for a period of
several months the planer, with other machines, lay at
the bottom of Long Island Sound while the owners con-
sidered whether or not it was worth salvaging.
With the exception of the vertical feed, the machine
might almost be considered of modern design. The cross-
rail is gibbed to the face of the housings, riding upon
deep V-shaped ways similar to the shears of a lathe. The
V's are made exceptionally deep in proportion to their
width to forestall any tendency of +he rail to tilt to one
side by reason of meeting with greater resistance at
one end than the other.
Power is applied through the single elevating screw
in the middle of the tie bar, the nut of which is rotated
through the medium of bevel gears actuated by the
ratchet and pawl movement or by means of the hand
wheel. The nut passes clear through the tie bar and
has a thrust-collar on the under side so that the move-
ment of the cross-rail is positive in either direction.
The tool slide has the usual hand operated vertical move-
ment.
In Figs. 5 and 6 may be seen a planer built by the
New Haven Manufacturing Co. that has been in con-
tinuous service for more than sixty years. Though
there is considerable gingerbrei.d work in evidence, the
machine does not differ fundamentally in design from
the product of 1919.
Another one is shown in Fig. 7 built in 1864 by
William Sellers. It was originally a screw planer; a
nut on the underside of the platen encircling a coarse
lead screw that ran the whole length of the bed. This
form of drive was smooth and powerful, and possessed
the advantage that a careless operative could not run the
platen out of mesh with the bull gear, but he could, and
sometimes did, jam the nut against the bearings at the
end of the bed, from which predicament it would require
as much assistance to remove it as would be needed to
replace a runaway platen.
This machine was given a thorough overhauling some
years ago during which it was changed from a screw o
a rack driven planer, the drive being through a skew
gear mounted upon an angular shaft and occupying
about the same position as the bull wheel of the ordinary
drive. The machine has given continuous and satisfac-
tory service, both before and after the change.
In the same shop are several examples of early mill-
ing machines that have survived the competition of
newer machines, and for the same reasons ; the amount
of material to be removed is so slight and the piece pro-
duced so slender that the light machinery of a bygone
day can do the work as well and as rapidly as the
nature of the piece will allow.
The milling machine shown in Fig. 8 was built by
Ezra Gould some years before the Civil War. The
platen of this machine moves only in a direction at
right angles to the spindle, and the vertical adjustment
is secured by raising or lowering the head. There is
no provision for adjustment transversely.
The head is practically in one piece, including the over
arm, and is provided with a supporting brace tying the
outer end to the bed. A large gear on the spindle is
driven by a pinion mounted on a swinging sector, the
pinion being a part of the driving pulley. Any change
in the vertical adjustment thus affects the belt tension,
which must be compensated for by moving the sector.
A similar sector on the opposite side of the main gear
FIG. 8. A PROGENITOR OF MILLING MACHl.VES
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With" Improved Machinery
I
I
FIG. 9.
A STEP IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE
MILLING MACHINE
carries a pinion and small cone pulley for the feed belt,
and this must also be readjusted every time there is any
appreciable vertical movement.
Power feed is applied through the medium of a worm-
wheel on the traverse screw into which meshes a worm
that is keyed to a short shaft supported in a swiveling
bearing. The free end of this shaft is held with the
worm in mesh by a latch that can be tripped by an
adjustable dog on the platen. This movement is the
same in principle as that applied to the Lincoln type of
machine, and also to the power feed of certain engine
lathes of an earlier period.
FIG. 10. RipAR VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWN
IN PREVIOUS FIGURE
A machine of this construction would obviously not
be appreciated by toolmakers who must have every
movement under instant control, but once set for a
certain cut the machine is rigid and reliable. With a
high-speed steel cutter it can remove what metal is
necessary on this particular job as rapidly as the nature
of the work will stand and is therefore able to compete
with modern milling machines because of its being k:pt
continuously at work on the one piece of work to which
it is assigned.
Figs. 9 and 10 show, respectively, front and rear
FIG. 11.
ONE OF THE FIRST OP '
MILLING MACHINES
'UNIVERSAL-
FIG. 12.
OLD MILLING MACHINE ADAPTED
TO SPECIAL PURPOSE
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
FIG. 13.
FUKTHER iPEVELOPMENT OF THE MILLING
MACHINE
views of a modification of this machine. The original
machine was similar to the one shown in Fig. 8, the
additions being made in the shops of its present owner.
It was in service in 1867, which is the limit of the mem-
ory of the oldest employee, and was not a new machine
then.
The table of this machine has a rack-and-pinion-oper-
ated traverse and the entire head is adjustable cross-
wise, sliding upon shears similar to those of a lathe.
This adjustment is made by a screw, turned by a small
handwheel located just back of the larger one seen in
the picture.
What might be termed the main bearings of this
machine carry the shaft upon which are the driving and
feed cones. This shaft has no vertical movement and
thus the belt tension is not affected by adjustment. The
cutter spindle is mounted in a swinging frame of which
the overarm is a part, and this frame swivels about the
driving shaft, being turned by a wormwheel and worm
moved by the small crank handle A, Fig. 10.
Substantial clamping bolts are provided at each of
the bearings upon which the frame swivels to lock the
latter in position after adjust-
ment is made, but these bear-
ings have not only to resist the
thrust of the cutters, but of
the driving gears as well, and
it would seem that the ma-
chine was extremely suscepti-
ble to accidental change of ad-
justment under a cut. That it
is not so in fact is evident
from its survival of over fifty
years' service. Another ma-
chine of similar origin, shown
in Fig. 11, has been adapted
to work that is the usual pre-
rogative of the "universal"
milling machine. The factory
uses in its regular output large
numbers of helical-fluted mill-
ing cutters, and the special
job of this machine is the
cutting and re-cutting of these
flutes. The table of this ma-
chine does not swivel and
therefore other means must be
provided to bring the line of
action of the cutter into coincidence \Cith the helix angle
of the work. This is done by connecting the cut-
ter arbor to the machine spindle through the* medium of
a universal joint A, and supporting the outer end of
the arbor in a bearing B that is horizontally adjustable
in a direction at right angles to the center line of the
.spindle.
This bearing is held to the bracket on the overarm
by a single stud passing through a slot, so that adjust-
ment is made by loosening a single nut and sliding the
bearing along until, in the judgment of the operator,
the cutter is in correct position. This requires skill and
experience on the part of the operator, as there are no
graduation marks to assist the setting, but as the work
is really toolmaking and the machine run by apprentices
under the eye of an experienced toolmaker, this lack
does not constitute a serious drawback.
The blank is rotated during the cutting by means of
an adjustable slide bar C, similar to the taper* bar of a
lathe; the slide being connected to the rack D which
meshes with a gear loosely mounted on the main spindle
of the index head. To this gear is attached the sector
E carrying the index pin, So that as the table advances
the whole mechanism is turned to correspond to the
required helix angle. Indexing is accomplished by with-
drawing the pin (in whatever position it happens to be)
and turning the index plate past the number of holes
that gives the required division.
Setting the taper bar, in conjunction with setting
the bearing B, a necessary part of resetting the machine
for a new helix angle, requires the services of the tool-
maker, but once set the machine is as capable of turning
out its product as well and as rapidly as a modem uni-
versal milling machine.
The machine shown in Fig. 12 is a different design
but is contemporaneous with Fig. 11. The head of this
machine moves along the shears on top of the bed in
a direction at right angles to the center line of the
spindle, while the latter is adjustable lengthwise by a
screw, the handwheel of which may be seen at the rear
of the head.
The vertical indexing spindle was added in this fac-
FIG. 14. BUILT IN 1867. A CONTEMPORARY OF THE "LINCOLN" MILLER
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
tory when the machine was adapted exclusively to the
cutting of large face mills, one of which is shown in
place. The index plate may be seen below the upper
main bearing, and though the locking pin does not
show to advantage, its manner of operation is clear.
The handwheel on the upper end of the angular shaft
gives a convenient means of turning the spindle when
indexing, connection being made through a pair of
angular gears at the lower ends of the respective shafts.
'I'he wrench seen below and in front of the work operates
a clamping ring contained within the upper bearing,
rendering the work rigid while under cut.
Another milling machine is shovra in Fig. 13, built
by Gould and Eberhardt at a somewhat later date, and
beginning to show the characteristics of the, modern
milling machine. Its principal interest lies in the fact
that it represents an early stage in the evolution of
machine design. This machine, like the others, main-
tains its place as a link in the productive chain because
of its having been adapted to one special job and kept
continuously at work on that job, of which it is as
capable as a more modern machine.
In Fig. 14 may be seen a milling machine built in
1867 or before, to make practically the same cuts on the
same parts as it is making today. It has many features
in common with the well-known "Lincoln" type of ma-
chine but was probably developed independently of the
latter. Its cutter spindle is carried in a swinging sector
after the manner of the machine shown in Figs. 8 and
10, but when it is adjusted it is held firmly in position
by locknuts on the bolts A which are swivelled at their
lower ends to adapt them to the swinging movement of
the head. The outboard bearing is adjustable in two
directions for the same purpose. Except that the table
traverse is much longer, the details of its movement are
much the same as in the Lincoln.
A special Lincoln milling machine built by Pratt &
Whitney for the job with which the picture shows it
occupied is shown in Fig. 15. This is a comparatively
youthful machine, dating only from 1888.
FIG. 15. A SPECIAL "LINCOLN" MILLING MACHINE BUILT IN 1888
PIG. 16. A PATR1.,VKCH. THIS LATHE HAS ALMOST
OUTLIVED ITS USEFULNESS
Probably the oldest machine in the shop that is in
regular service is the lathe shown in Fig. 16. There are
in the employ of the company several men who have been
contiuously with it for fifty years, and this lathe was
the "old lathe" to these men when they were boys, fifty
years ago.
Many of the old-time mechanics are familiar with
this tool. It has a short shaft running across the bed
under the headstock, and from a sprocket on this shaft,
inside the box bed, a chain runs to an idler at the other
end of the bed.
On the outer end of the cross shaft is a handwheel, or
rather what once was a handwheel, for it long ago lost
its wooden rim, and just inside it a worm wheel by
means of which the power feed is obtained. The car-
riage is attached to the upper side of the chain.
There is of course a great deal of slack or lost motion
resulting from this form of feed, especially when feeding
the carriage to the right or toward the tailstock. As
long as the resistance of the cut is constant it works
very well, but if the tool
strikes a hole or a soft spot,
the carriage is likely to jump
forward a half inch or so,
causing extreme annoyance to
the operator, to say nothing
of what happens to the work.
For turning shafts of homo-
geneous material and symmet-
rical shape the lathe is serv-
iceable, but for working on
castings or rough forgings
it leaves much to be desired.
It holds its place on the floor
among modem tools more from
sentimental than practical
reasons. In Fig. 17 may be
seen a tool that was regularly
used sixty years ago for cut-
ting splines or keyways in
small gears. It was incident-
ally the only drilling machine
in the shop at that time. For
cutting a keyway the tool was
fixed in the spindle, being held
by a setscrew in the same man-
ner that the straight-shanked
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
FIG. 17. A "KBY-SEATliR" OK 18B3. NOW RRTIRED
drills of that period were held, the spindle fixed so that
it could not revolve, and the table moved up and down
by means of the lever while the work was held in the
vise and fed forward to the cut by the small handwheel
in front.
While it does not seem possible that this device could
compete with modern machines built for the purpose,
I am assured by the older workmen that given a small
quantity of gears in which to cut keyways the job can
be finished in less time than will be required to set up
and complete the job with the big, modern key-seating
machine that has displaced it.
That the company operating these old machines are
con.'^iderate of their men as well as their machinery is
evidenced by the number of employees that have been
continuously in their service for fifty years. There
are five men at least who hold this distinctive and honor-
able record, though not all of them were available for
photographing at the time of the writer's visit, some
having been retired on pension. Of the six men whose
portraits appear in the head piece of this article, one
entered the employ of the parent company in 1863, one
in 1867, two in 1870, one in 1874, and one in 1878.
That the conservation of men and machinery is not
philanthropy, but business, is evidenced by the fact
that this plant where both are employed is a live, up-to-
the-minute concern, and a leader in its line. There are
in its workshops many machines embodying the latest
mechanical ideas, while the engineers are constantly
adding machinery specially designed to meet their re-
quirements.
Questions of Shop Ethics
By F. W. Munson
In writing under the title "Rules of Etiquette for
Foremen" on page 437 of the American Machinist. Mr.
Charles D. Folsom brings up some important questions,
not the least of which is the one relative to raising
the wages of individuals.
If the foreman grants a raise to Bill and does not
give one to Sam, Sam is mad and perhaps quits his job;
while if Sam gets the raise to keep him quiet, there is
a dozen or so of others who are dissatisfied with their
jobs and ready to quit. As to expecting one or two
individuals to get a raise and keep quiet about it, such
things seldom happen, for as a rule, when a workman
gets a raise he delights in telling his fellows about it
and telling them what poor fish they are not to get
one too.
As to giving advance notice of a lay-off, I believe this
is customary with most firms when business condi-
tions are such that a lay-off can be foreseen. Advance
pay is another thing, for a lay-oflF usually indicates
the necessity for curtailing expenses, and the payroll
being the largest item of expense, not many firms would
consider it wise to make further inroads upon their
resources.
During the past years, few employees gave their
employers any advance notice of their intention to quit.
The right to leave their jobs without notice has been
one of the many privileges of which the employees have
taken full advantage.
In regard to the data furnished by applicants for jobs
to substantiate their claims, I do not take much stock
in it. During the war period, there has been developed
many single-purpose men, some of whom have acquired
a considerable degree of proficiency upon — let us say —
shell-lathes, and perhaps made big wages as operators
of such lathes, but as all-round mechanics they are not
there; yet rarely is. their vision such that they can see
why wide experience is more valuable than single-
purpose efficiency.
I think that whenever it is practicable to do so, the
"show-me-what-you-can-do" idea should be put into
practice before setting a value on the applicant's
ability. This is the one certain way of recognizing
and appraising experience.
In our shop we aim to follow this method. We explain
to a new man our organization, our product, what our
trade name stands for, and all the advantages that will
be his if he will join us. We introduce him to all with
whom he will come in immediate contact, and our
employment superintendent keeps in touch with him for
the first few weeks to see how he is getting on. If he
is a reliable man and wants steady work he will stick;
if he is a floater, two or three weeks will show him up
and he floats off to another job — usually without notice.
These few remarks i-epresent the opinion of one fore-
man: Let's hear from some more.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Standardization and the Safety Movement
By CHAS. E. OAJCES and J. A. DICKINSON
No other field in American industry offers great-
er possibilities for intelligent standardization
work than, that of safety codes for use by various
states, municipalities and insurance companies.
Of the value of standardization there is ample
evidence.
THE standardization program adopted by the War
Department made possible the enormous output
of munitions during the war. The choice of
standard side-arms, capable of using a universal car-
tridge, strikingly illustrates the beneficial effects of
standardization. At the time America entered the
war there were two types of pistols in use in the
army — the Colt 0.45 Automatic and the regulation 0.45
revolver, generally referred to as a "six-shooter," each
requiring a special cartridge. This latter type was
manufactured in two models, the 0.45-caliber Smith
& Wesson and the Colt 0.45. By providing a clip
which would hold the rimless automatic cartridge in
the ordinary revolver it was possible to use one type
of cartridge in the three guns. Germany with all
her vaunted efficiency had no less than twenty-two dif-
ferent makes and calibers of revolvers and automatics
in use by her army, the calibers ranging from 0.22
to 0.56. The result was that an extremely large stock
of various-sized cartridges had to be kept on hand;
otherwise a large proportion of their side-arms would
have been useless.
The War Department also standardized heavier guns,
shells, fuses and detonators as well as hundreds of the
articles used by the American forces. In the case of
dry batteries the War Department selected, as a re-
sult of a series of tests by the U. S. Bureau of
Standards, seven types from the hundreds of sizes
and shapes on the market, and standardized them for
use abroad. In practically every field of manufactur-
ing endeavor this standardization work was carried
on, chiefly through the medium of the War Industries
Board.
Peace-Time Value of Standardization
Prior to the World War the automobile manufac-
turers, through the Society of Automotive Engineers,
had done some very remarkable standardization work,
and it is largely through their efforts that America
leads the world in the production of low- and medium-
priced cars. In the electrical field the larger manu-
facturers have standardized certain definite types of
machines, and by producing such standardized types
in large quantities they have been able to reduce
materially the price of electrical machinery without
any reduction in the quality. Nearly every branch of
industry today has a manufacturers' association and
almost invariably these associations are working to-
ward a uniform product, standardized to meet the
needs of the market.
At the present time there is a woeful lack of unifor-
mity in the safety rules and regulations in general
use. Thir, very lack of uniformity is doing much to
hinder the ultimate safeguarding of industrial plants.
Where the requirements of the city, the state and the
insurance companies differ widely and each interest is
seeking to enforce its own particular set of standards,
it is to be expected that the manufacturer will hesi-
tate to carry out an extensive and comprehensive plan
of safeguarding when he has no assurance that such
safeguarding will ultimately meet the demands of all
of the authorities concerned.
Lack of Uniformity a Drawback
This lack of uniformity is a great drawback in the
purchasing of some kinds of machinery in large quan-
tities. Let us take a hypothetical case. A manu-
facturer with branch factories in twenty different states
finds that on account of the growth of his plants it
will be necessary to install additional elevators in a
number of them. If he were able to place an order
for all the elevators needed, all to be of one type,
differing perhaps in platform size and capacity, but
with standard safety devices, hoistway inclosure, cables,
sheaves, etc., in all probability he would be able to
purchase them at a considerable reduction. While
present conditions hold, however, an elevator that
will pass the requirements in one state will in all
probability not be satisfactory in another, and the re-
quirements of each code must be carefully studied in
order to meet the requirements of the particular local-
ity in which each elevator is to be installed.
As an example of the great value of a national code,
the A. S. M. E. Boiler Code might be cited. It is
being rapidly adopted by various states and cities and
a boiler built according to the A. S. M. E. specifica-
tions is standard anywhere in the country. Many of
the boiler manufacturers who at the time of the writ-
ing of the code opposed certain more or less stringent
clauses, are now glad to advertise that their boilers
meet the A. S. M. E. specifications. Similar improve-
ment in types of apparatus and methods of construc-
tion have resulted from a widespread use of the Na-
tional Electrical Safety Code and the National Elec-
trical Code published by the Fire Underwriters.
The Logical Place to Install Safety Devices
The logical place to install safety devices on a ma-
chine is in the factory where it is built. Many manu-
facturers, notably in machine and wood-working lines,
have done excellent work toward guarding gears and
cutters, but until there is a uniform set of standards
there is little hope of this work being carried much
further, as the details of the requirements in the
various states still differ widely. If a series of na-
tional codes were to be adopted the manufacturer of
machinery could build a machine which would meet
the requirements of any state in the union, and in all
probability would be glad to build and advertise such
"national standard machines" just as the boiler manu-
facturers are advertising the "A. S. M. E. Standard"
boilers.
One step in the right direction has already been
made by the various casualty insurance companies in
the formation of compensation service bureaus and rat-
10
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 1
ing boards. By adopting a uniform rating schedule
and allowing premium credits for installation of safe-
guards, such bodies have done much to promote the
adoption and use of safety devices throughout the
country. Many manufacturers, unfortunately, can be
appealed to only on the "dollars and cents" basis. Such
standards as have been drawTi up by the rating boards
and bureaus have quite naturally been drawn up prim-
arily with a view to hazards as viewed from an in-
surance standpoint. Unfortunately, there has been no
concerted effort made to standardize the various state
laws and bring them and the insurance requirements
into harmony. When this most desirable move has been
made the effect will undoubtedly be noticeable imme-
diately, and not only will there be a large increase in
the amount of guarding done in various plants, but
there will doubtless follow a marked increase in the
amount of guarding done by the manufacturers of
machines. Furthermore, if all the various organiza-
tions concerned can be led to take part in drawing up
uniform specifications, their participation in the work
will undoubtedly stir up and foster a much greater
interest in safety work throughout the country than
there has been heretofore.
Eelation of Standardization to Conditions
OF Employment
Entirely aside from the humanitarian aspect of a
move to secure national safety standards, with the
resulting increased installations of guards, the fact that
the nation at large is alive to industrial hazards and
is making a strong concerted effort to better conditions
through standardization, should go far to aid in the
bettering of relations between employer and employee.
The careful study which has been given to the prob-
lems of methods of employment of labor, welfare of
workers, rehabilitation of crippled workmen, etc., by
some large industrid concerns has materially assisted
in developing a friendly feeUng on the part of their
employees, and an evident effort to provide all prac-
ticable safeguards for workmen should likewise help in
creating good feeling. The fact that representatives
of the various labor organizations are not only con-
sulted but are actually assisting in the formulation of
safety standards should have considerable effect in
advancing better understanding between employee and
employer and should go far to convince workmen that,
from the standpoint of the industrial worker, con-
ditions are being improved with respect to safety.
Fundamental Principles as Bases for Codes
In order that a national safety code may be generally
adopted it is necessary that it be prepared by a care-
fully chosen committee of trained men representing all
important interests. Upon such a committee manu-
facturers, state authorities, municipal authorities, in-
surance companies and labor interests should each be
given equitable representation. The committee should
submit the tentative drafts of such a code to as many
interests as possible, due consideration being given
to their criticisms and suggestions. The working to-
gether of such a committee would probably be of
considerable benefit to the interests represented aside
from the code drawn up by them.
Unlike the standards of length, weight and measure
which are fixed and unchangeable, a safety code, which
is really a standard of practice, must be a live, and
to a certain extent, a flexible instrument. It must
not hamper or hinder the development of new or im-
proved processes, nor should the provisions of such a
code interfere with the production of work on machines
which they cover. It will be necessary to take into ac-
count the fact that not all the manufacturing plants of
any one industry are confined to a single community
Frequently, there are local conditions in one plant that
will not be found in a plant a few hundred miles away
which is making an identical product. The processes in
both plants may be satisfactory from the standpoint of
safety and yet differ considerably in detail and method
of application. It is apparent, therefore, that while the
standard must be fundamental and explicit, at the same
time it must possess a flexibility that will meet the vary-
ing needs of widely divergent plants operating under an
extremely wide range of local conditions.
The vast majority of operations now carried on in
our manufacturing establishments utilizes machines of
special design or process which are peculiar to the indus-
try. Radical re-designs made from the viewpoint of
safety may increase the cost of operation or the initial
cost of the machine to such an extent as to be prohibi-
tive. The increased cost of operation may be evidenced
in a decreased production or the necessity of additional
attendants. Unless the hazard is so great that an imme-
diate and radical change in design is necessary a large
expenditure to obtain the greatest degree of safety may
not be warranted. A standard should not place too
great a burden on the industry either in the cost of
operation or in the first cost of a machine.
It is needless to say that the worker should be relieved
of undue fatigue, and the evolution of industry has oper-
ated in this direction. It is a noteworthy fact that new
types of machines in all lines of industry have been more
efficient and at the same time usually offer less hazard
and are less fatiguing to the worker than machines of
older types. A uniform standard safety code will open
the way for still better and safer machines. Then and
only then can the real educational work of accident pre-
vention be fully carried out.
With a well-guarded plant the owner can say : "We've
done our part. Guards will prevent only a certain per-
centage of accidents; the elimination of the rest is up
to you." The hearty co-operation of the workmen can
be obtained and a worthwhile concerted effort inaugu-
rated toward making the plant safe in its fullest and
truest sense.
In view of the conditions which have been outlined, is
it not high time that at least a beginning be made on
the formulation of safety codes suitable for use in all
parts of the country? And is there a better procedure
possible than to have this work done under the auspices
of such a representative committee as has been sug-
gested above? Naturally, men from different sections
of the country and in different relations to the indus-
tries will have different opinions regarding the general
requirements which should be established; but no better
way of disseminating the valuable results of experience
or of combatting ideas of doubtful value can be found
than to bring the advocates and opponents of each
requirement face to face for discussion. By such full
consideration with all interests represented it should
be practicable to produce codes which would be accept-
able both to insurance and to State and city regulatory
authorities, and which would gain the great advantages
of uniformity of practice without blocking developmrait
and improvement in any industry.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
11
FROM time to time attention is called to, educa-
tional moving- pictures which have been prepared
by different firms for the benefit of their
employees, or for sales purposes. The majority of these
are of local interest only and, serving a limited pur-
pose, are of no general value; but there are subjects in
the machining field which can be, and should be, so
covered that the benefits of a film presentation will be
general. •
A short time ago the writer was privileged to witness
the presentation of a mov-
ing picture film of mechani-
cal interest before an audi-
ence of shop-men, everyone
of whom appeared thor-
oughly interested and with-
out doubt derived consider-
able benefit therefrom. The
name of the film story was
"The Use and Abuse of the
Twist Drill," which picture
has been produced by the
Cleveland Twist Drill Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio. It was
originally only two reels in length, but its success has
encouraged the producer to add first a third and later
a fourth reel.
Although this work has been produced without
advertising features, it is furnished free of charge to
those who will have it shown in their shops for the
benefit of their workmen, the only stipulation being that,
for the sake of safety, a licensed cinema operator be
employed. Some mention has been made of the film in
the columns of the various technical journals during the
past few months, but it does not seem that every one
has the proper conception of its purpose; and perhaps
it may be said that it has not been press-agented in the
manner that it deserves, although it seems to be well
dated-up and to be playing to full houses.
The Instruction of Mechanics
There are probably few shops in the metal-working
field where the twist drill does not constitute an impor-
tant part of the tool equipment. The maintenance of an
adequate stock of high-speed twist drills is today a.
considerable item of expense, and yet it will probably
be found in most shops that the greater portion of the
life of the drill is destroyed by unintelligent use by the
mechanic or by wasteful grinding away in sharpening.
The stoppage of such sources of loss can be effected only
by intelligent instruction in the use and care of the tool.
How many shop managers can say with knowledge
that their foremen are giving adequate instruction of
this character to each of the workmen under their
By J. V. HUNTER,
Westej-n Editor, Avierican Machinist
This article tells of a moving picture tuhich has
been put out by a large tioist-drill producer in
order to inform the users of its products as to
the correct methods of handling them. The chief
points brought out in the moving picture are
shoivn by the accompanying series of cuts, which
should prove of value for reference purposes.
supervision? Usually the foreman today is so loaded
with troubles relating to production that he thinks only
experienced mechanics should be furnished for his
service, and he is losing the role of instructor, which he
was once supposed to occupy. No mechanic trained in
the old school of apprenticeship can say that he learned
all there is to know about a twist drill in one day, nor
even in the many days that he had occasion to use a
drill. Most of his information was acquired by expe-
rience; and even when that meant a spoiled hole and a
ruined piece of work or a
broken drill, the "bawling
out" which he received
from the foreman rarely
served to give him the in-
formation necessary to
avoid a repetition of the
same trouble at a later
date. It has been for some
time one of the main prin-
ciples upon which modern
educational methods are
founded, that the human
mind can be more rapidly
instructed through actual examples shown to the eye
than it can absorb the same knowledge through precepts
either spoken or read. Most men in executive work in
the shops have learned this same principle by actual
experience, and have found that directions given by
spoken word to the workman regarding the form or
condition of work to be done on any mechanical device
is far better understood if supplemented by even the
rudest form of pencil sketch, thus constituting a form
of visual instruction.
We have lately learned that the same methods of
schooling should be applied to make proper mechanics
that are used in training scholars in the public
schools. This has brought about the establishment of
training schools in some of the larger industrial plants
where, with the proper methods of "forced feeding" of
mechanical training, fairly good mechanics can be pro-
duced in a few weeks.
It is a forward step in this educational development
to teach a mechanic the proper handling of a twist drill
by a moving picture. To learn these points by the
regular slow shop methods of experience is a very
expensive one for the employer. Many dollars may be
quickly lost through a little ignorance which leads to the
breakage of a few large high-speed drills; and when
this is multiplied by the many different ways in which
drill troubles can occur, and multiplied again by the
number of green hands which are being broken into
the work each day, the advantage of using this educa-
tional opportunity should be quickly seen.
12
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 1
Fig. 1. Insufficient lip clearance has caused the
drill to "drag at the heel"
Fig. 6. Equal angles on the cutting eclfee, tut point
is off center, also maki'' j :' I; :'; . over-size hole "
S
Tig. 2. Lack of lip clearance near the center caused
; the point to crack and chip out
Fig. 3. Running a drill at high speed without
sufficient lip clearance at the point caused the
drill to split
Fig. 7. Lower portion shows Iiole made by a
correctly-ground drill
Fig. 4. Too much lip clearance left the cutting edge
so thin that it burned away on the outer corners '
Fig. 8. The large top section of hole was drilRd
with an incorrectly-ground di-ill of same size as
u.sed foriflKer portion
Fig. 5. Grinding with more angle on one cutting
edge than the other causes it to drill too large a hole i
Fig. 9. Incorrect grinding can douBle the trouble by
throwing point out of center and making cutting
angles unequal '
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
13
Fig. 15.
Fig. 10. A wabbly hole produced by the drill-shown
in Nb 9. The long lip is cutting a larger hole
A drill properly ground produces
uniform chips
I
S
?Fig. 11.
Drilling without properly supporting work.
This binds and breaks drill
Fig. 16. Blunt point, due to pounding with hard
hammer, causes drill to require greater
pressure while drilling
' Fig. 12. Drilling with too much feed and insufRcient
speed chips the cutting edges
Fig. 17. Rough holes are caused by dull drills.
Sharpening drills will often save
a reaming operation
Fig. 13. Too much speed causes the outer comers
of cutting edges to wear away more rapidly than
any othpr portions
Fig. 14. H^ird spots in the material often cause
character of chips to change and for these
conditions the feed and speed should be changed
Fig. 1& Poor sockets are caused by abuse and use
of improper drift pins. These cause drill breakage
and inaccurate holes
14
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
The Ship of State'
By ELBERT H. GARY
President, American Iron and Steel Institute
IN THIS presence it may be asserted, without thought
of contradiction, our country is the best of all.
"As frequently stated, notwithstanding the United
States has only 6 per cent of the world's population and
7 per cent of the world's land, yet we produce:
20 per cent of the world's supply of gold.
25 per cent of the world's supply of wheat.
40 per cent of the world's supply of iron and steel.
40 per cent of the world's supply of lead.
40 per cent of the world's supply of silver.
50 per cent of the world's supply of zinc.
52 per cent of the world's supply of coal.
60 per cent of the world's supply of aluminum.
60 per cent of the world's supply of copper.
60 per cent of the world's supply of cotton.
66 per cent of the world's supply of oil.
75 per cent of the world's supply of corn.
85 per cent of the world's supply of automobiles.
"Better still, we have constitutional freedom ; protec-
tion of life, liberty and property. If, in any respect,
these principles are violated, it is by inaividuals and
not by sanction of fundamental laws. As one becomes
familiar with the Constitution and with all departments
created by it, one is convinced that the scheme and
philosophy of the framers was to guarantee equal pro-
tection and opportunity to all the people. With the
preservation and functioning of the Government in
accordance with the letter and spirit of the Constitution
there is offered peace and protection; with disregard or
violation of any material part of it there is, pro tanto,
suffering, distress and ruin.
"Possessed of these natural resources and oppor-
tunities a moral, intelligent and industrious people have
reached the first place in worthy achievement. Hence,
persons from every part of the world have come to the
United States to better their condition by participating
in the blessings which are here provided. For no other
reason, except an intention to wantonly attack, destroy
and forcibly appropriate, would foreigners settle in our
midst.
"The great majority of immigrants have come with
pure motives. They have been welcomed by their pre-
decessors and eagerly and gladly have become a part of
the mass of loyal and deserving citizens. We have
approximately one hundred and ten millions of inhab-
itants, and, as a whole, they rank high in the world's
throngs of human beings.
"However, we need not close our eyes and ears to the
utterances of learned men in editorials, lectures, public
addresses and private speech, to the effect that even our
Government itself is threatened at the present time;
that for some months there has been and still is being
carried on propaganda, instigated and controlled by
vicious men, mostly foreigners, which tends to create
a feeling of unrest, dissatisfaction and antagonisms.
Appeal is made to the cupidity, the selfishness and the
baser instincts of men. Promises not possible of fulfill-
ment are made; sometimes threats and intimidations
are indulged in.
•Address delivered at annual meeting, Hotel Commodore. New
York City, May 28, 1920.
"Human nature, weak and greedy, is easily affected.
The minds of considerable numbers, due to war condi-
tions, resulting in privation, suffering and misery in
some cases and temporary possession of unusual funds
in others, are abnormal, and false and wicked doctrines
are apt to find lodgment. Advantage has been taken
of these natural tendencies by unprincipled men, some
of them really enemies of the United States, others
merely demagogues, all actuated by the desire to pro-
mote personal gain. Numbers of men who are loyal
Americans, some giving evil advice and others lending
receptive ears, will hereafter entertain feelings of regret
and shame for their part in the public discussions of
today.
"The present so-called labor strikes, involving riot
and injury to property and person, are instigated as a
part of the campaign to disturb and demoralize the
social and economic conditions of the country. In other
lands very serious results have been accomplished by
the same means which have been employed here.
"Is the disease of unjustified unrest and revolt now
discernible progressive? Will large numbers of our
population be influenced? Is the Ship of State in
danger? Is she headed for the rocks? Is there a pos-
sibility of increasing storms to a degree which would
drive her to destruction?
"The answers depend upon the conduct and efforts of
the sailors themselves, and they include all classes of
people. The word 'class' is not used in an invidious
sen-se. There are no classes in the United States such
as have existed in other countries. Formerly, in certain
parts of the world, classes were actually formed and
sustained by the rich or powerful, who were supposed to
belong to the 'upper class.' They became distinct and
commanding. They secured and continued to hold addi-
tional privileges and benefits to which they were not
justly entitled, and which made them proud and over-
bearing. They were doomed to eventual failure and
final destruction, except so far as they might be deserv-
ing on the merits. In America those who now seek to
establish classes and to secure discriminating favors for
themselves are not prominent because of wealth; they
are composed of a comparatively small minority of the
population who have adopted the word 'labor,' which
signifies honorable activity, with the concealed design of
forming a 'class' which they hope will finally attract a
majority of the people, and thus enable them to obtain
one legislative act after another until the Constitution
shall be undermined and the whole structure destroyed.
"These men have already secured certain legislation
which is ^vrongfully discriminating. Some of them
know what the final consequence of their designs must
be; that all would be lost in the ruins; but immediate
personal gain is to them sufficient justification.
"The safe, efficacious and natural remedy for the
perils which have been hinted at is to be found only
in unity of purpose and effort on the part of the whole
crew on board our Ship of State, which includes every-
one who is blessed with the privileges of citizenship
in the United States; an undivided loyalty to the prin-
ciples of our Constitution and all the laws which are
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
15
passed in conformity to it. This will eliminate from
the social structure the vicious elements. Sad to say,
there is not at present, nor has been in the past, perfect
harmony of action between the masses of the people.
"Without dispute, any person has his or her place,
rights and privileges. This includes those which are
personal, private and exclusive. No one may properly
impinge upon the rights of another. Everyone must
be protected to the full limit of the laws which are
intended for the benefit of all, with the understanding
that private interests are subordinated to the public
welfare; but in the exercise of individual rights, in the
protection of individual property and interests, it is the
obligation, as it should be the pleasure, of everyone to
act without animosity toward the Constitution, the
laws, and the general public, and without improper and
unnecessary friction.
"In a discussion of this kind there should be a frank
admission that no one is without fault; that every
variety of human nature may ju.stly be censured. And
for purposes of illustration, we may refer to groups of
persons and interests. We could not accurately speak
of them as classes; but these groups might be, and
heretofore have been, mentioned as the capitalistic
group (including their representatives), the labor
group, and the general public. Slight effort at analysis
will demonstrate how far short of accuracy these
descriptions are.
"Who compose the first? Those who have accumu-
lated property; if so, how much?
"Who make up the second? Those who work with
their hands; if so, with the shovel, the lever of a
machine or the pen?
"Who constitute the third? Those who neither pos-
sess pecuniary resources nor perform any labor? If
so, there is none to be considered in this connection,
for the group would be small in numbers and subjects
of charity or public control. Obviously, the public is
made up of the entire population.
"And yet, we can comprehend to some extent what
is in the minds of some of the writers and speakers
who undertake to make these classifications to which
I have alluded.
Employers
"I will, for present purposes, place the members of
this large audience in the first group. Most of you
are possessed of accumulated savings and occupy im-
I)ortant positions, although you started from the lowest
rung of the ladder of success, and because of merit and
hard work have reached your present station in life.
You have, in management, in greater or less degree,
marked responsibilities in regard to each and all of the
groups described. You could not shirk or minimize
them if you desired to do so. As a business citizen you
must account to others for your stewardship. What you
say, what you do, will have an important influence in
national, even international, affairs. It will be good or
bad. You must consistently observe the principles of
the Constitution, the provisions of the laws of the land,
the rights and interests of your neighbors, including
your employees, customers, competitors and the gen-
eral public. You must be unselfish, reasonable, fair,
sincere and honest. You should, without interruption,
give evidence of a disposition to conciliate and co-oper-
ate. Regardless of the past, even though you may
believe you have been unjustly treated or censured, you
should and will make and keep resolutions for the future
which you know are proper. All this, of course, applies
with full force to your President.
"If we adhere firmly to these principles, if we are
steadfast and true; and then courageously, though
modestly, proclaim our rights and insist upon proper
consideration in return it will be accorded. We have
heretofore been somewhat backward in this respect.
Employees
"Employees generally are included in the second
group. With all others they have full and equal rights
and responsibilities. They must and will realize that
their advancement and contentment depend upon the
progress and prosperity of the employers; that, except
for the willing and free investment of capital up to the
requirements of business demands, together with full
co-operative assistance on the part of the best talent,
enterprise and initiative would languish and disappear
and that indifference and idleness would be substituted.
"Agitators who are trying to create trouble between
employees and their employers as a rule are insincere
and selfish. Generally, they, themselves, have performed
no hard labor, nor had experience which qualifies them
to lead or instruct. They strive for personal popular-
ity and gain. Their business is better, their compensa-
tion increased, when others are in trouble. Assuming
to be sympathetic and superior in intelligence, they
mislead and often misrepresent. They promise reforms,
but their methods lead to trouble and loss to others. In
this list are included a few writers, lecturers, public
speakers and self-appointed labor leaders, so called.
"The great masses of employees, if left to decide for
themselves, are loyal to the country, to the public inter-
est and to their employers; and to the extent of this
loyalty they will be rewarded up to the full measure
of their deserts. This they will have the right to
demand; and it will be readily and cheerfully accorded.
They also should, and they will, continuously exercise
a disposition to conciliate and co-operate. As applied
to all groups, faithful performance, and this only, will
insure highest pecuniary results and most liberal treat-
ment.
"We sometimes hear a man claim that the world, or
the nation or the public owes him a living. This is
foolish and preposterous. There is due every citizen
of this country no more and no less than the same
opportunity to procure a living that is accorded any
other. This is the full measure of fairness and justice.
The state cannot furnish to the individual natural abil-
ity or disposition. The honest man who reads, studies,
thinks, works, economizes, saves, persists and uses his
best judgment will succeed in this country. If he is
neglectful, indolent, profligate and dishonest, he will
fail. A large majority of the men of the United States
who have become prominent in statesmanship, finance,
professional or business life, started from an humble
beginning; and, by their own endeavor, have advanced.
Ordinarily, the men who complain because of their
poverty or position in life have only themselves to blame.
There are exceptions, such as those who are naturally
or otherwise disabled at birth or later, and they are
entitled to and do receive public assistance; but, as
a rule, those who do not prosper are indifferent to
worthy accomplishment, or partly so. In every depart-
ment of life in this country, in the mill, the shop, the
store, the bank, the ofRce, the profession, the schools.
16
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
one may, so far as opportunity is concerned, start at
the bottom, and, by his own energj' and faithfulness,
progress even to the top. We who are present on this
occasion know, by experience, this is true. Any concern,
any organization, any government which seeks to pro-
mote, demote, or retain a man in position contrary to
his just deserts, Kiombats the public interest, the life
and growth of the nation; and more than this, is per-
petrating an incalculable injury to the man himself.
The Public
"In the classification suggested, the public compre-
hends every citizen except the individual who is dis-
cussing the subject. Speaking of men we can define
interest only as either public or private. Depending
upon the question under consideration, we may embrace
in the word 'public' a community, a village, city, county,
commonwealth or nation; but the question comes back
to either public or private interest.
"As each individual in the groups heretofore men-
tioned is obligated to conduct himself or herself in
such manner as to promote and not impair the public
welfare, so the public is likewise responsible to the
individual. In public discussions, and occasionally in
newspaper editorials, it is frequently assumed that
there is no corresponding and reciprocal duty on the
part of the general public whom, at the particular time,
the speaker or writer attempts to represent. Unjust
attacks or criticisms against individual interests, some-
times promiscuous, in other instances by name, are
made from a biased standpoint or upon distortion of the
facts. The exact truth is not infrequently ignored or
overlooked. Many able discourses in the press, in the
Congress of the United States, by public officials, even
fiom the pulpit, are based on a misstatement of the
facts. Those possessed of least ability from experience
or otherwise are most pronounced in abuse or mis-
representation. It sometimes seems apparent that per-
sons indulging in harsh criticisms purposely avoid
ascertaining the truth which is easily obtainable. A
proposed assertion that might seem to be effective in
popularizing the speaker or influencing the poorly
advised, would be withheld if previous inquiry were
made as to the truth.
"The speakers or writers who are recklessly unjust
are rare exceptions. But for this reason, if for no other,
they perhaps receive more extended notice. And they
are a part of the general public and from that view-
point claim to prepare and deliver their dissertations.
"The volunteer guardians of the public welfare and of
private individuals and interests are numerous and au-
dacious. They wrap about themselves the cloak of self-
righteousness and proclaim from the housetops. The
public has a duty to perform in exposing and controvert-
ing hypocrisy and sham on the part of the reckless and
irresponsible. In its own interest it is bound to pro-
tect private property, private business and capital, and
of course, most of all, them that are least capable of
caring for themselves.
"Every individual should under all circumstances re-
ceive from all others honest and fair consideration.
There should not be, there must not be, any discrimina-
tion against or in favor of any particular group of per-
sons if this country is to retain the position among the
nations to which it is justly entitled.
"The general public, whether it is represented by gov-
ernmental heads, by Congress or otherwise, should co-
operate with and assist private enterprise. Every de-
partment of government has responsibilities and oppor-
tunities of magnitude at this particular period in our
history, remembering that general prosperity is the first
essential.
"They can do much toward the preservation or
destruction of the Ship of State. They can by precept
and example contribute in rehabilitating and re-estab-
lishing the affairs of this country. For constructive
statesmanship, which will add to stability and progress
in the moral, economic, social and political life of the
nation, they will be entitled to the commendation of all
mankind; while by a narrow-m.inded, partisan, fault-
finding, destructive policy, they will create discord, dis-
tress and demoralization. The majority of the people
of this country are tired of petty animosities, of un-
reasonable rewards or punishments, of undue restric-
tions or liberality concerning public or private under-
takings. They are disgusted with muckracking, which
usually is conducted for the glorification of the inquisitor
and at a large expense to the public. This is especially
true of the present, when sentiment is inflamed and
when the burdens of tajtetion are almost intolerable
"A word concerning the next President — the Captain
of the Ship of State. There must be selected one who
is able, wise and well-informed, of unquestioned hon-
esty, morally and intellectually, eminently fair and im-
partial, frank and sincere, broad-minded, deeply sym-
pathetic, courageous, sturdy and well balanced; and
above everything else, loyal to the Constitution and the
laws of the land.
"Other problems of magnitude, national and inter-
national, engage our attention at the present time, but
those of highest importance relate to the life and safety
of oui Ship of State.
Conclusion
"We have reason to expect, and I firmly belie%'e, that
now and henceforth, more than ever before in our his-
tory, a spirit of unitj' will pen^ade and control the minds
of all the citizens from the President down; that each
one will recognize a personal responsibility to his coun-
try and to all its inhabitants; that strictest economy in
expenditures and management, lowest costs, and proper
compensation for faithful performance will be the uni-
versal sentiment ; and that order, stability, advancement
and prosperity will surely follow."
Use of Cross-Section Paper in
Making Charts
By Johnson Barr
In making up charts on tracing cloth which has been
previously ruled up into proper columns, it was formerly
our custom to rule guide lines in pencil to keep the
figures in alignment.
This proved to be a slow and tedious job — especially
in making up large charts — and in order to overcome
this we hit on the scheme of first ruling up the chart in
its proper columns, and then laying it down on a sheet
of cross-section paper. The lines on this paper showed
through the tracing cloth and it was an easy matter to
follow them in adding the figures.
This stunt may be old to some but was new to us. and
did away very effectively with the old tiresome ruling
of pencil guide lines, so I am passing it along to you
for what it is worth.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
17
WE. Basset
Miller, FrariklinBasset & 0?
VII.
IN the first article of this series it wais stated that
there were two main phases to planning production;
the preliminary building of a smooth road to facili-
tate the later movement of work; and the day by day
planning by means of which the individual parts of an
order are made to move regularly down this road.
We have completed the discussion of the preliminary
work and are now ready to see how a specific order is
handled in the office and
shop. We have seen in the
foregoing articles:
1. How purchasing is
handled.
2. How stock is kept and
controlled.
3. How the product is en-
gineered.
4. How tools are provided
and kept.
5. How the shop is put
into balance.
The movement of work
in an unplanned shop has
always reminded me of a
disorderly mob, lunging
first one way and then an-
other way, without precision or apparent aim. The pur-
pose of planning is, of course, to get the work to move
smoothly and regularly in a definite direction and at
an eccelerated speed. Hence the first step is to or-
ganize the mob of parts into an army, comprising
units of a definite size. That is, we divide all work up
into lots and combine the lots into series. The effect
is comparable to that of organizing a mob of uncon-
trolled Bolsheviki into companies and regiments of
soldiers, which can be made subject to control.
The size of a lot must be settled for each part. The
general rule is to make the lot of such size that it can
go through the average operation in not more than one
day. This must be tempered by the size and weight of
the part, for the lot should travel as one piece and it
should take a great emergency to warrant splitting it.
So that each lot may easily be moved as a unit, it is
well to design the trucks so that each will hold one
complete lot. In the plant of the Warner Gear Co., for
instance, it was possible to design three styles of trucks
which handle 90 per cent of the parts. All three types
are of wood, mounted on casters and so constructed that
for long moves they may be picked up and carried by
an electric lift truck. Each has a receptacle for the
traveller form.
The dimensions of all three trucks are the same —
26 X 36 in. and 44 in. high. In one truck a series of
The Central Control
of Production
In order to manufacture machines economically
ike various parts should reach the assembly
floor at the proper time and to this end it is
necessary that they be at all times controlled,
from the purchase and delivery of the raw
material, to the time they reach the assembly
floor. This means planning — not letting "George
do it" — or the assembly department will get
excuses instead of finished parts.
I Part YZ was 'published in our June 17 issue.)
holes is provided to hold such parts as shafts with gears
attached; another is provided with pegs upon which
gears with holes can be hung; another consists only of
shelves to hold such pieces as straight shafts, levers and
so on.
To see how the work is scheduled and controlled from
the central planning office, let us follow the course of
an order from the time the sales department gets it.
We have seen in article IV
how the engineering depart-
ment notifies the produc-
tion department on Fig. 15,
the parts list, what parts
must be made for any as-
sembly.
This form with the sales
order, which gives the de-
livery specifications, serves
as the basis for planning
the work by the central
planning department.
Our example is taken
from a highly complete
planning system in a shop
which has, under normal
circumstances, the advan-
tage of knowing what to make and deliveries specified
for at least three months in advance of delivery. When
delivery cannot be ascertained from customers' specifi-
cations, it becomes a function of the general manager
and sales manager to release for manufacture a sufficient
quantity of product to keep the shop up to any capacity
which has been previously decided upon.
The planning department then goes ahead as if this
release were a real sales order. The planning depart-
ment now posts the story as shown by the sales order
onto the "order and shipment record," Fig. 30, this
record being headed with the name of the customer and
the name of the model which he is purchasing. This
form is self-explanatory, it is simply a bird's-eye-view
of the obligations to the customer and how well these
obligations are being met.
We are now ready to post — guided, of course, by the
bill of material — to the "production stock and demand
record," which was shown as Fig. 12 in article III.
This form is truly the "production man's bible." We
mentioned this form rather casually when discussing
stock keeping. A careful study of it will now be
well worth the reader's time.
This record provides a sheet for each part. It is a
comprehensive picture of the condition at any time of
each item of raw material needed, for it shows not only
what is needed, but how fast the stock comes in and
18
AMEKICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
WGCMCIMIM
ORDER AND SHIPMENT RECORD
CU5ro.MER rrtA-A.^ *V^^ MODEL '^ *r f
DATt
OROCRNO
»""•
oKSh,
""■
sua.
«o«rT^
.^"-mS^
TOTAL DUE
Ma
«iSt.
.Si&.
riJw/,
lUtiOO
o
(3/i-S.f
n-Sto
API-
V/J.T
■yrt.
■/ti-
S' 'i -
/ A C^rt
iiaSc
MAY
l<f
'/.^s-
m-'t
iLir
n*-^
*i»-
i^^n
^
s-^r-t
^j^ ^
1
txr
5".fln
/IS"
MOV
y^j^
DK
7)Tfl^
J —
^^
1
^~>-^^, '
"""^
-""
— -^
1
o«««w
6??,t
^J,i'»
AMT.
=_^:^z=
=— «.
FIG, 30. ORDER AND SHIPMENT RECORD
exactly how much stock is in the plant at any time,
after considering receipts, shipments, reclaimed spoil-
age and all.
One of the chief difficulties in planning production
each day is occupied in straightening out the trouble he
got into yesterday. It is not only easier, but cheaper
and better all around to look ahead and avoid production
troubles before they come.
If this order was the only order in the plant, schedul-
ing it would not be so complicated. But as a rule it is
necessary to sandwich an order in between several
other orders from other customers for the same and
different models, which are already in the shop.
Now, no manufacturer likes to receive his shipments
all on the first day, nor yet all on the last day of the
month.
The automobile manufacturer especially prefers to
have his transmissions, say, come to him a few at a
time, scattered evenly throughout the month. To
oblige the customer, the production of transmissions
must be so planned that at certain intervals there will
appear in finished stock enough parts to enable the
assembly room to maintain an even production, thus
making it possible to ship each customer at frequent
intervals, a carefully graded proportion of his order.
To do this, the planning department groups all of
the sales orders for that particular model that are due
for delivery in a given month, and divides the total so
that a certain quantity will come through, say, every
five days. Thus, if all told, 2,500 transmissions must be
^ ^ __^ A?vSF,MBLY SCHEDULE ANALYSIS -^
CLASS OF ASSEMBLY ^J^^^w-a^VvW,**^/^^-- Mon.K__^ 192fi_^
*«u,41.
c^«».
^^z.
sc^iKu
sasu
1
3
"
r-
6
n
1
9
\i
n.
1?
11
'«
H
U
17
Tj
19
19
:i
71
«
7*
:s
71
17
II
Tl
M
11
ID^I
3a»/i
/j-
/•r
.^r■
Hl>t>X OH
nrt.
,r..
/t*
.r..
<^tf
J"-.
T>4-
^ t s^
/ooo
T-Co
9 J-,
»;
^c>.^/t,t
/•««
(■To
,
^ ■^
\ — —
'■•^^
t=™
L^
U- '
■^
^ ^
' 1
1—
■■
^"—
' ■
FIG. 31. ASSEMBLY-SCHEDULE ANALYSIS
comes from lack of knowledge concerning the disposi-
tion of rejected pieces, that is, pieces which may either
have to be scrapped, or which may be reclaimed by
re-operation. This may cause over-production, over-
purchasing and trouble in assembling, due to pieces
delayed in passing through the plant.
As the production department posts on this record
the delivery specifications, it notes on the parts list, Fig.
15 (part IV) against each part, the standing of the
stock available for that order. One copy of the parts
list goes to the purchasing department, which contracts
for the required material, the delivery dates to be speci-
fied later.
Let us assume that an order for, say, 10,000 trans-
missions comes in April and that the first delivery date
is in July. We have seen that certain parts of the
assembly will have to be put into manufacture at an
earlier date than others.
Why not start all the parts on the same day?
Because that would tie up needlessly a large amount of
capital in work in process and finished stores. To avoid
this we must determine the date on which we should
start to manufacture the various parts to insure their
simultaneous arrival on the assembly floor. This is one
of the most important parts of planning. Otherwise
production must be started from assembly floor short-
ages— which is like locking the stable door after the
horse has been stolen. Unless the need for each part
at a certain time is foreseen, the production man's time
shipped during the month, it is necessary to make 500
of them every five working days.
A better idea of this can be obtained by looking at the
"assembly schedule analysis," Fig. 31, which shows the
quantity to start, including a reasonable allowance for
spoilage. At the right of this sheet are columns
indicating the dates of delivery to the finished stores.
The different models are so grouped that total may be
easily obtained. Since we are concerned now solely
with manufacturing we do not care to which particular
customer any given model is going. All we need to
know is the total number to be built and the dates on
which a given quantity will be required.
Having decided to make a total of 2,500 transmission
of a given model, 500 of which are destined for our
assumed sales order, let dates be assigned on which
delivery is to be made to finished stock as follows:
July 2, 8, 13, 19 and 25.
This covers the transmission as a whole. However,
the transmission is not one single part, but an assembly
^^
Je«
■PH^T
ft
'•"tt,
*
a
^f
>J^
:j?^t
ri'
^
^
^
,
JS**.V
,
„
,
,
,
3W,.</
,.
,
-
^
_
,
^
^
,
^
>
J-.o
^
,
,
^
7)lB-»
-r,-
,,
,
^
__— — ~__-^U
FIG. 32. PARTS-SCHEDULE ANALYSIS
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
19
of many parts. It is therefore necessary to analyze the
assembly into its component parts and get a record of
the number of parts which must be delivered to finished
stock on certain dates in order to live up to the assembly
schedule. That is done on Fig. 32 the "parts schedule
analysis." This sheet carries the following: In the
first or left hand column, the assembly number, in the
next column, the part number, and in the next, the
number of pieces per assembly. The dates heading the
columns at the right correspond to the dates on the
assembly schedule analysis on which the transmission
as a whole is desired. This indicates the finishing
dates of the various parts necessary for the complete
assembly. The number due on any date is knOwn as a
series. That gives, for instance, five series for comple-
tion during July, and the planning department is
responsible for seeing that these five series come
through in July.
From these finishing points, the planning depart-
ment must look backward and determine the starting
dates for each part. This is done by means of a
it is therefore possible to have as many as ten or more
schedule-control graphs on a given model. The blue-
printed graphs are mounted upon display racks, which
are made of some material into which a pin can be
easily stuck and are so hung that they can be opened
like the leaves of a book. All the graphs for one model
are kept together with the series number and date due
at assembly on the edge of the board.
At the right-hand edge of the sheet, is a vertical line
which represents the date on which the parts are to
reach the finished stores. Each division represents an
hour, then since this plant has the 10-hour day, 10
divisions cover one day.
The heavy, horizontal black lines are drawn to
separate the part numbers which, together with the
number of pieces in a lot, are indicated in the right-
hand column.
At the top of this sheet is shown part D 41-1 and
2, the latter being a sub-assembly. Part D 41-1
travels as a separate part until it has been through 10
operations where it meets part D 41-2 at its sixth
ffccd
oai-i
LOT /OO
/5iusd
/f.5.
/f«y
D4I-Z
Lor too
hiucd
R.5.
Reed
DZO-3
lor loo.
Issued
ff5.
/feed
DAI-4 (Z)
Lor loo
/ssued
R5.
Reed.
D30-5 (4)
to-r ZOO
Issued
R.5.
D4I-Z '— ._^
-._ "u 1
5 i 7 6
C* U CI C4
DZO-3
04/-4
tiOi\\
7 89 10 h"h '
030-5
\
:y^\\^\
04/-/iZ
Lot so
OZO-3
LOT 100
D4I-* (Zj
Lor loo
D 30-S (4)
Lot 700
FIG. 33. SCHEDULE-CONTROL. CHART
(The original of this chart was made on cross-section paper)
graphic schedule control chart, Fig. 33, which is the
master record to the entire planning of production
system.
It is in graphic form so that the works manager can,
day by day, check the entire work of the manufacturing
departments and quickly see that their obligations are
being met. It is futile to find fault after the delivery
date is passed.
Such a chart can be made up in many ways and of
many materials. My experience makes me favor pre-
paring it on a thin vellum cross-section paper from
which blueprints can be made, for the reason that in
this way a master graph can be made from which as
many copies can be produced as there are series.
There is one schedule-control graph for each series;
PwiNm*
Production
RouUng Sheet ^^'^ ^ *'^ ~' '*
■e
o«,*r^.^«
"'
"
HACMtNl N*.
PH
f^^T
Ih.?
F«"»
/
V- ^
*V
«V
1
cv
9.i
v
ai
0 1
■r
■ft-Tf
9t
/I tr-
^
irtt'-xf-f
oj
aj^
7
*-^
a.i
f
cf-
»-».*.- »/ ^
fty
It
y
"f
i/-77-J/-/»^
.r
^
Of
_
L-:i
Fie. 34. PRODUCTION ROUTING-SHEET
operation. The two are then assembled and travel
together through nine operations.
To make the graph for this part, the planning man
turns to his production routing sheet which is shown
as Fig. 34. The ninth operation on the sub-assembly,
"drill idler," takes 0.5 hours for 10 pieces. A lot of 50
pieces therefore takes 2.5 hours for operation No. 9.
There are 500 pieces or 10 lots to a series which means
that 25 hours are needed to complete a series. The
man who makes up the graph therefore lays off 25
divisions to the left of the finish line which he divides
into 10 segments of 2J divisions each to indicate the
10 lots. Since these lots follow each other without a
break there is no gap needed between lots. Bear in
mind that though lots physically travel separately they
do not require separate set ups.
But obviously this part cannot start on operation
No. 9 the instant it completes operation No. 8. A
certain gap must be allowed for trucking and sometimes
for inspection. This gap between operations depends
largely upon whether the planning is to limited produc-
tion or to capacity. If to production, the gap should be
made the irreducible minimum; if to capacity, it should
be as large as the treasurer of the company will allow,
basing his limit on the allowable amount of money
which may be tied up in goods in process account. For
it is quite obvious that the longer the gap the more
work there will be between operations and therefore, the
greater will be the shock absorber to take up the jolts
20
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
caused by machine breakdowns, unexpected shortage of
labor and other emergencies. On an average, we allow
at least six hours between the finishing of a lot on one
operation, and the starting of the same lot on the
following operation.
Now the eighth operation on part D 41-1 and 2 is
longer than the ninth. If we started the ninth opera-
tion on the first lot six hours after the eighth operation
on that lot was finished, the ninth operation would
shortly be out of work. So we lay out the schedule so
that the ninth operation on the last lot will start six
hours after the eighth operation has been completed on
all the lots and work back.
The seventh operation is, however, a shorter one than
the eighth so the six hours' gap comes after the
seventh operation has been completed on the first lot.
This is all plain from the graph. In the same way we
lay out, working backward, the time needed to perform
all operations on a part until finally we determine the
exact time the first operation must be started on each
part to get all parts done at the same time. The
figures C4 above each operation show the department
which performs the operation. The numbers 1 to 9 etc.
are the operation numbers.
By fastening to the top of the graph a strip showing
dates based on 10 divisions to the day, we determine the
exact time and date for starting each operation.
Near the left-hand edge of the sheet, a line of
arbitrary length is drawn for each part and is divided
into spaces, indicative of the number of lots to be run on
that part. This last phase of the schedule control
indicates the standing of the rough stock on each of the
various parts shown. Sometimes it is desirable to make
up departmental control-graphs from the master, for
the booth men in the various departments. This is
seldom necessary however, especially if the machine
schedule described later is used.
The schedule control should not be looked upon as
something hard and fixed, but rather as a flexible guide
for production. It is an ideal from which we may stray,
now and then, but which so often as we do stray, brings
us back to the straight path immediately. Farther on
in this article it will be shown how production is
followed and kept in balance by use of the schedule
control. I want, now, to impress the fact that the
schedule-control graph indicates the last possible dates
on which the parts may be started and brought through
economically. I assume of course that the shop is in
balance and that the machine tools are all loaded.
(Part VII will be concluded next week.)
Modern Aviation Engines — III
By K. H. CONDIT
Managing Editor, American. Machinist
IN THIS installment we are showing representative
motors from two air services which were not only on
opposite sides but were also radically different in
principle. The Germans concentrated almost their entire
efforts on the engines shown, with the result that
these two became exceedingly reliable but did not pro-
gress nearly so fast as the engines used by the Allies.
On the other hand, the British had at one time more
than 40 different types of engines in use in their land
and sea forces. The difficulty in maintaining these
widely varying units may be imagined. Mechanics had to
be trained to know all sorts of engines, and the amount
of spares required was stupendous. This experience of
the Royal Air Force, coupled with the similar experi-
ence of their transportation service with a variety of
motor trucks, was one of the principle reasons for our
development of the standardized Liberty aircraft engine
and the several standardized models of motor trucks.
The saving in spare parts alone runs into millions.
With so many British engines it is difficult to choose
only two to represent the field but the recent trans-
atlantic flights of the Vickers-Vimy biplane and the
R-34 rigid dirigible airship have offered an easy solu-
tion. The heavier-than-air machine was driven by two
Rolls-Royce Eagle VIII's while the lighter-than-air craft
mounted five Sunbeam Arabs.
The Rolls-Royce aircraft engines earned for them-
selves a reputation for reliability that ranked with that
of the automobiles built by the same company. They
were used to the limit of the factory capacity which
could be increased but slowly because of the nature of
the product. The very fineness of the workmanship
necessary in their construction made them unsuited to
large-scale production and they were consequently
•Part II was published in our March 4 Issue.
rejected by our aviation authorities in favor of the
untried but all-American Liberty. Several of our auto-
mobile factories made parts for the British concern,
however, and aided materially in boosting production.
This engine became the mainstay of the British day and
night bombing squadrons, after its trial in the Handley-
Page bomber which flew from London to Constan-
tinople, bombed a Turkish battleship, and returned.
This, of course, was not a continuous flight but it
proved the feasibility of long-distance bombing which
was later entrusted to the Independent Air Force. The
supply of engines was not suflScient to meet the needs
and in the fall of 1918 squadrons were fitted out with
DH 9a and DH 10 machines with Liberty motors.
The actual destruction caused by this organization
may not have come up to public expectations but their
policy of striking at various German bases and manu-
facturing plants kept a large fleet of defending combat
planes out of the front-line fighting, for the Germans
never knew where the next blow was coming and had to
keep a widely spread aerial defense constantly on the
alert. The moral effect on the factory workers is another
element that must not be lost sight of. No man can do
his best work when he has in his mind the constant fear
of explosive or gas bombs dropping into his shop.
Both the British engines make use of reduction gear-
ing for propeller drive. This, of course, permits the
engine to be run at a higher and more efficient speed and
at the same time increases propeller efficiency by keeping
propeller speed down. An element of uncertaintj- is
introduced in the gearing itself which experience shows
has made the engine less reliable. Spur gears are used
in the Sunbeam while the Rolls-Royce has an epicyclic
or planetary system which turns the propeller in the
same direction as the crankshaft.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
21
<-y:
1
EiqM cylinders-. bore. 4,72 in.(120mm.);slroke
5.12 in. (130 mm.); compression ratio 5.3 to 1;
rated hp.,200oit EOOO rp.m; magneto
Ignition; dry weight per hp. 6.4 lb.; fuel
consumption 0.51b. perb.hp.-hr.
Twelve cylinders; bore. 4.5 in ,
6.5 in. (1 65.1 mm); compression
rated hp.,360 at 1900 r.p.m;maqneto '^
Ignition; dryweiqht perhp, Z.Bolb; ''
fuel consumption, 0.51b. per b. hp.-hr.
.(114.3mmj;«+roke.i.^v;^<?;|%:,'^.
on ratio 'oMtiV^i^'/^y/^^'^'^:^^
^
f
/y^'
A
/-/■■■
'•■/.
^
Yi ■■■:■■,'
A
MERCEDES
Six cylinders; bore, 6.3in. (160 mm); stroke-
7.09 in.(l60mm.); compression ratio 4.94 to(;
rated hp., 260 at 1400 r.p.m; maojneto
iO|nition; dry weitjht perhp., 3.71 Ibi
BENZ
■^•' -
Six cylinders; bore, 571 ia(l45mm); stroke, ,i^^V;
7.48in.(l90 nun); compression ratio 4.93+01; ^^■' ,//■,;
retted hpi, 230 at 1400 r.p.m.; magneto J:^ ^'r
iqnition;dryweic)h+perhp., 3.e81b.;fuel '^k^
consumption 0.6531b. perb.hp.-hr. riy
B^-e.z.i^H
iHW
^im^'j^J^^^^
^5
22
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
The Rolls cylinders are individual forgings with
welded steel jackets, those of the Sunbeam being more
like the Hispano type except that the aluminum water
jackets have plates held by capscrews instead of the
intricate single casting. The Rolls engines look compli-
cated because the "gadgets" are all on the outside and
most of their design features are the result of years of
experience in automobile engineering. The Sunbeam,
on the other hand, is pretty well closed in and embodies
such advanced ideas as multiple valves, each cylinder
having one inlet and two exhausts. The performance
of the Sunbeam engines on the transatlantic flight of
the R-34 speaks volumes for their efficiency.
The problems of the German air service were much
simplified by the early adoption of the Mercedes and
Benz engines as standard. With engines of known
weight, power and performance, their designers had
only to build planes around them. Their scope was
limited, of course, but where production meant control
of the air they had an advantage. Apparently, they
never had much success with the bigger V-type engines,
for very few were used, although several models were
tried. They also had a copy of the French monosoupape
Gnome for their small scouts, but this engine did not
have sufficient power for the heavier single-seaters of
the latter pai-t of the war.
In performance, the Benz and Mercedes engines did
not differ materially, but in detail they were not much
alike except in general type characteristics. Both
motors were built with two inlet and two exhaust valves
per cylinder, but where the Mercedes had an overhead
camshaft like the ones used on the Liberty, Rolls-Royce
and Renault, the Benz was fitted with camshaft in the
crank case and long push-rods which operated double
rockers. Both had individual cylinders with welded
steel jackets and ventilated crank cases which demanded
dry-pump oiling systems with double pumps and outside
tanks. The carburetor air-intake pipes were installed in
the crank case in each case to warm the air for the
explosive mixture. This arrangement also helped to cool
the hot crank case.
The Benz piston had a thin head supported by a light
steel cone which connected it to the piston pin, thus
taking the explosion pressure direct to the upper end
of the connecting-rod. The Mercedes piston had a cast-
steel head which carried the piston-pin bosses and -was
screwed and welded to the cast-iron skirt.
The Mercedes carburetor was placed rather low and
the long intake pipe was wrapped with asbestos packing
to keep the heat absorbed from the crank case.
Either of these engines was used in multiple in the
big German bombing planes which aroused the wrath
and condemnation of the civilized world by their attacks
on Allied hospitals. This work was of a piece with the
submarine warfare on hospital ships and was just as
futile in attaining the desired result.
Far from terrorizing, it infuriated the Allied people
and led to reprisals which never would have been thought
of otherwise.
An American firm got a nice order for threaded pipe
from Australia. It made application to Washington
lor permit to ship, but the permit was refused. Because
we were at war? Because we needed the pipe for
home consumption? No. It was refused because "the
application for permit did not state whether the pipe-
thread was to be of linen, silk or cotton."- — From Drill
Chips.
Why the Blueprint?
By Harry Senior
The above question raised by Frank Richards on page
871 of the American Machinist \A timely and to the
point.
The usual roll of blueprints is an unmitigated nui-
sance. Every mechanic who has had to use them knows
how they have to be spread out (on his neighbor's
bench, for if he spreads them on his own bench there
would be no room to work) and the corners weighted
with sundry hammers, surface gages, squares, boxes of
steel figures, drill blocks, etc., until the place looks like
a pawn-broker's window in a machine-shop district.
Then, when things are nicely arranged, neighbor
comes back to his bench with his hands full of junk
and wants to know "what the ! !
any way?
There is but one kind of blueprint that is worse
than a rolled blueprint and that is a folded one. It
Neii^iboi- come5 back
•:>-<-u|
accumulates grease and dirt at all the creases; impor-
tant dimensions become obliterated ; it tears along some
of the folds, and, just about the time a fellow gets used
to it, it separates into several minor and perfectly use-
less prints and the round has to be started over again.
Blueprints shellacked to a piece of heavy binder's
board are perhaps the most convenient for everybody
concerned, and even in this form they are unwieldy;
a man cannot carry more than two at a time without a
truck.
I think the post card size suggested by Mr. Richards
for photographically reproduced drawings is too small.
Eight by ten inches would be better for the shop, and
unless a lot of prints from the same drawing are needed,
the zinc plate is not necessary; direct prints on silver
paper would serve the purpose.
Now don't commence to howl about the cost of silver
paper. How many silver prints can be made for the
price of a tracing? More than you will need probably,
for the nicely mounted silver print will be taken care
of, its glossy surface will repel dirt, and it will last a
long time. Besides — blueprint paper is not given away
now-a-days.
There is one difficulty in the way of using the pho-
tographic process to which Mr. Richards did not call
attention. A drawing is seldom finished. No matter how
carefully thought out was the engineer's design, there
will be additions and alterations from time to time.
July 1. 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
28
and the combination of pencil-drawing and tracing lends
itself readily to such treatment while the nicely finished
original drawing does not.
However, as Mr. Richards says, the blueprint will
never be discarded, and the point at which to choose
between full-sized blueprints and reduced-scale photo
prints would be easily decided. Perhaps it would be
well to make a tracing and work from blueprints for
a time until it was apparent that no more changes were
to be made immediately, and then photograph.
The only difference between a drawing for a full-sized
tracing and a drawing for the reduced photo print
aside from inking and cleaning would be that the figures
and notes should be made larger in proportion, but this
would not detract in the least from the value tff the
average blueprint.
A Useful Formula in the Design of
Crane Hooks
By Willard A. Thomas
The writer has made an examination of the various
methods used in the design of crane hooks. From a
strictly theoretical standpoint the formulas following
the well-known theory of curved beams are sufficient to
cover the proper design of crane hooks generally. Again,
from a practical standpoint there is much available
data which has evolved from actual tests under working
conditions. As a result of these tests and studies of
the theory, empirical formulas for the proportions of
crane hooks have been presented, as well as tabulated
proportions which have proved useful. A disadvantage
that sometimes occurs in the use of tables lies in the
fact that the exact requirements are not always found
to be within the limits of the tables, or else that the
designer must use his judgment in the selection of the
nearest values of the requirements to those tabluated.
The use of available formulas, however, results in more
time being required to get the results.
The empirical formulas for the proportions of crane
hooks as given by good authorities are not materially
different one from the other, insofar as the result is
concerned. In most of these formulas all of the neces-
sary dimensions can be determined providing three re-
quirements be established. These three are: The load to
be carried, the allowable unit stress for the material of
which the hook is to be made, and the radius of the
inside of the hook. The first two of these requirements
are always fixed for each particular case, but the third
requirement which may be called the inside radius of
the hook must often be proportioned by the designer.
This is often the first and only obstacle to be passed in
making the completed design.
For the designer who prefers to rely upon the empiri-
cal formulas in the design of crane hooks the following
formula for obtaining the third requirement — the inside
radius of the hook — directly from the load, is presented
as a short-cut through the obstacle, or as a check.
Let P equal the load to be carried by the hook, in
pounds.
Then the inside radius of the hook may be made:
R
\4;ooo + \
500
inches.
,000 ' \ P
Using this formula and bringing the value obtained
for R to the nearest eighth inch will give a value closely
approximating the practice of Pawling & Harnischfeger.
This value of R may be at once substituted in the fol-
lowing formula (recommended in Kent's Pocketbook for
Mechanical Engineers) for the proportions shown in the
figure, together with the values already assigned to the
first two requirements mentioned, and the equation
solved for d:
_ _ P (7.44d + 12.39R)
* ~ d'
Where S is the allowable unit stress for the given
material, in pounds per square inch.
Proportions for the complete design of the hook may
then be obtained by using these values of R and d in the
figure as shown.
It may be well to note that this last equation which
has been solved for d, has been prepared from values
assumed and substituted in the general formula for
eccentric loads.
The formula for eccentric loads may be made to apply
to hooks of any desired cross-section by writing it in
the following form :
« = l(-;-?)
DIMEN.SIONS OF .STANDARD HOOK
Where S = unit stress, pounds per square inch at the
inner edge of the bend;
P = load in pounds ;
A = the area of the cross-section, in square
inches ;
c = distance of center of gravity of section to
inner edge of bend, in inches;
e = distance from line of action of load from
center of gravity of section, or eccentricity
of load, inches;
r = radius of gyration of the section of the
hook.
In the case of hooks of circular section, such as small
hooks from round bar stock, the general formula re-
duces to:
„ 1.273Pd + 10.186Pe
^ - d'
Where d is the diameter of the section in inches.
24
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
26
Knowing Your Insurance Policy— V
By CHESLA C. SHERLOCK
Do you know tvhat provisions are made in your
insurance policy regarding the cancellation of it?
This article tells you why your policy should con-
tain definite statements about cancellation, and it
explains the rights of the insurer and of the
insured in the event of an attempted cancellation
of the insurance policy by either one. Other
considerations entering into the matter, such as
the status of the agent of the insurer, are also
treated.
(Part IV appeared in our June 10 issue.)
Rescission and Cancellation
IT IS very often necessary to know when the assured
can cancel an insurance policy, just as it is necessary
to know when the insurer may take this step. Laws
have been passed in so many jurisdictions safeguarding
the right to cancel that it has come to be taken as a
matter of course in most instances.
In the case of life policies, which we have treated
only incidentally and by way of reference in these dis-
cussions, the right to cancel rests with the assured at
any premium-paying date. He may simply refuse or
neglect to make payment when due, and this will amount
to a cancellation of his policy. In cancelling the policy,
however, he loses all rights thereunder, even to have
the premiums already paid refunded, unless there has
been a prior agreement to the contrary.
In the case of fire and casualty policies, the laws are
more lenient and they have enumerated in practically
every jurisdiction just the basis upon which the assured
may cancel and his rights thereunder. Generally a can-
cellation in the case of these forms of insurance does not
amount to .1 forfeiture of all premiums paid, but merely
a forfeiture of a pro rata amount required to be stated
in the face of the policy itself.
In mutual companies, the certificate of membership,
the charters and the by-laws will be consulted in order to
determine just the basis upon which the assured
may cancel his policy and membership. It is usually
recognized that such companies have the right to pre-
scribe the manner in which the rescission of the insur-
ance contract may take place.
Conditions Necessary for Cancellation
Joyce says, in this connection: ". . . it may be
generally stated that the right to rescind, abandon, or
cancel a contract of insurance must arise either: (1)
by virtue of some statute; (2) from the terms of the
contract itself; (3) by reason of some breach thereof;
or (4) under a power reserved therein; or (5) by mu-
tual consent of the parties thereto, (a) If, however, the
policy has been obtained under certain circumstances
of fraud, misrepresentation, or mi.stake, a court of
equity may order a cancellation; it may also rescind on
a proper showing, (b) It is necessary in case of re-
scission or cancellation by agreement that there be a
complete meeting of the minds, otherwise the agree-
ment will not stand, (c) To the extent that insurance is
a contract of indemnity that essential must be con-
sidered, as must, also, the right to have the policy con-
tinue in force according to its terms."
Where the statute provides that the assured may have
a right to cancel upon request, it is held that as soon as
the request is made to the insurer that it operates as a
cancellation, in so far that a further continuance there-
under would ^e contrary to the expressed purpose of
the statute.
In California, where the statute specifies grounds for
the cancellation, it has been held that the assured has no
right to cancel and ask for a pro rata share of the pre-
mium already paid, unless he enumerates the ground
upon which he bases his action, in accordance with the
statute.
Cancellation Effected by the Insured
In New York, the statute provides : "Any corpora-
tion, person, company, or association transacting the
business of fire insurance in this state shall cancel any
policy of insurance upon request of the insured or his
legal representatives, and shall return to him or his
representative the amount of premium paid, less the
customary short rate premium for the expired time of
the full term of which the policy has been issued or
renewed, notwithstanding anything in the policy to the
contrary. Where the laws of any state permit corpora-
tions organized under its laws to cancel policies of
insurance upon different terms than herein set forth,
corporations organized under the laws of this state may
cancel policies upon risks in any such state upon the
same terms as are provided for corporations organized
under its laws."
The Massachusetts standard fire policy provides:
"This policy may be cancelled at any time at the request
of the insured, who shall thereupon be entitled to a re-
turn of the portion of the above premium remaining
after deducting the customary monthly short rates for
the time this policy shall have been in force. The com-
pany also reserves the rig*it, after giving written notice
to the insured and to any mortgagee to whom this policy
is made payable, and tendering to the insured a re-
turnable proportion of the premium, to cancel this policy
as to all ri.sks subsequent to the expiration of ten days,
from such notice, and no mortgagee shall then have the
right to recover as to such risks."
It is well settled and there can be no doubt but that
the parties have a right to cancel by mutual agreement
provided the rights of third parties will not be injured
by such action.
Cancellation Effected by the Insurer
Very often the company reserves the right to cancel,
or retains an option on the privilege, in the policy itself.
It has been held that cancellation is not effected under
an option by a mere request for the return of the policy
for cancellation, nor is notice of an intention to cancel
sufficient.
Cancellation may be effected by a failure to pay pre-
miums, assessments or meet conditions as to payment
expressed in the policy. It has been held in a Washing-
ton case that cancellation is effected where the insurer
has directed the agent to cancel the policy on the com-
pany's books after the assured has received notice and
after the expiration of the required time limit without
payment.
26
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
Where it is stipulated in the contract or certificate
that failure to pay premiums or assessments shall
amount to a cancellation, such a failure to pay on the
time set aside amounts to a cancellation. But in the case
of assessment the company does not have a right to
declare the contract cancelled unless such assessme.nts
were legal and binding. Illegal assessments cannot be
used as a means of avoiding a valid contract.
In California, it was held that the company has a
right to cancel for fraud, misrepresentation or conceal-
ment of facts material to the risk, and that where a
company tendered premium back to the assured and gave
notice of cancellation prior to commencement of suit
that cancellation was effected.
And in a New York case, it was held that the com-
pany would have to tender dues as a condition precedent
to cancellation, for the twenty-one years that they had
been paid by the assured before it could cancel for mis-
representation as to age.
It has been held in another New York case that fraud
of the assured is ample ground for the rescission of the
policy. In fact, any misrepresentation as to a fact
material to the risk which has misled the insurer in
accepting the risk is proper ground for rescission or
cancellation of the contract of insurance, as the case
may be.
It is well settled that where the policy has been
assigned to a third party as security, that the consent
of the assured is necessary before the company can be
permitted to cancel it.
Necessity of Giving Notice of Cancellation
It is necessary, in order to cancel the policy, to give
the notice required by the statute, in substantially the
required form and within the prescribed limits of time,
before the actual act of cancellation can take place. The
company cannot effect a cancellation by merely making
an entry on its books to that effect, for such act is
without the knowledge or consent of the assured. In
New York it was held that, where the cancellation was
effected by a viTitten instrument induced by false rep-
resentation on the part of the company's agent, the
assured is not thereby stopped to assert his rights
under the policy.
It has been held in Minnesota, however, that where
the company has been given notice to the effect that
more insurance has been taken out contrary to the
express provision in the policy, that the failure of the
company to elect to cancel the same under the terms of
the policy and return a ratable proportion of the pre-
mium does not justify the conclusion that it elects to
continue it in force.
The cancellation clauses in insurance policies should
be clearly expressed so that they may be readily under-
stood. As to the construction which the courts will
place upon them, the New York court has said: "It is
a question of vital importance to the insurer and to the
insured as to the precise meaning of the cancellation
clause of the standard policy. The situation is not a
complicated one and the court desires to so construe
the clause that its meaning may be made clear."
Status of the Agent of the Insurer
Ordinarily, the agent of the insurer has no authority
to cancel, but he can act upon instructions from the
insurer. It has been held that where the agent is
instructed to cancel a policy by giving the prescribed
notice to the assured and obtaining the policy, but
through carelessness or negligence fails to do so, there
is no cancellation.
And it has also been held that even though the agent
has given notice to the assured but fails to tender or
pay ratable premium returnable to the assured, that
there is no cancellation. But, where notice has been
given to the assured and he has surrendered the policy,
but no money has been returned to him, there is a can-
cellation of the contract and the assured cannot assert
his rights thereunder in case of loss.
It can be stated upon the weight of authority that
where a cancellation of the policy is ordered by mistake
upon the part of the insurer that the assured or those
holding under him by assignment are not bound by it.
And where cancellation is ordered by the insurer
through the misrepresentation or fraud of the agent, it
is not binding upon the assured. The New York court
has said that where a clerk in the employ of the insurer
enters a cancellation upon the company's books, even
without notice or knowledge of the assured, that the
latter cannot maintain an action upon the policy, but
the majority opinion of the courts support the view
first given.
Rights of the Insured Under Wrongful Can-
cellation of the Contract by the Insurer
In a Federal case, the court said : "Where one party
to a contract to be performed in the future, before the
time for performance arrives, refuses to perform, he
thereby, so far as he is concerned, declares his intention
then and there to rescind the contract. Such renunci-
ation, however, in and of itself does not work a rescis-
sion, for one party to a contract cannot by himself
rescind it. But by making the wrongful renunciation
he entitles this other party, if he pleases, to agree to
the contract being put an end to, subject to the retention
by him of the right to bring an action in respect to
such wrongful rescission. ... A declaration of the
promissor before the time for performance has arrived,
of his intention not to perform, is not of itself, and
unless acted upon by the promisee, a breach of the
contract. Such declaration only becomes a wrongful
act if the promisee elects to treat it as such. If he
does so elect, it becomes a breach of the contract and
he can recover upon it as such."
Probably no statement by the courts more clearly
expresses the rights of the assured, in case the insurer
wrongfully attempts to cancel or rescind, than the above
opinion. It simply means that the assured has a right
of action against the insurer for breach of the contract
and that he is entitled to collect whatever damage he
may be able to prove as a result of such WTongful act.
Or, if he so desires, he may refuse to accept the wrong-
ful attempt to rescind as a breach of the contract and
continue under it. It is needless to add, that if the
wrongful act is upon the part of the assured, that the
insurer has the same rights as would be the case if the
conditions were reversed.
Action Which Insured May Take
Joyce, speaking of the wrongful cancellation or ter-
mination of the contract by the insurer, says: "The
general rule, however, which is undoubtedly the result
of the authorities, is that upon such wrongful cancella-
tion, repudiation, forfeiture, or termination of the con-
tract by insurer, insured has the right: (1) To con-
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
27
sider the policy terminated and recover its just value
in a proper action therefor; (2) To institute an equi-
table proceeding to adjudge the policy in force, and the
question of forfeiture can then be determined; (3) To
tender the premiums and when the policy becomes pay-
able, an action may be brought upon the policy and the
question of forfeiture be then tested."
A Connecticut Case
In a Connecticut case, the assured attempted to re-
cover back the premiums paid, relying upon an implied
promise to keep the policy alive; but the court refused
to entertain the action, saying that the assured had only
three remedies, and that they v^^ere the ones named.
It is well settled that the insurer cannot cancel the
policy under circumstances which would work a fraud
upon the assured. This means that the insurer has a
right to cancel for increased risk, where it is done in
good faith, but the insurer has no right to cancel when
loss is imminent, as where an approaching conflagration
threatens the property of the assured.
Where cancellation is attempted by giving notice by
mail, it is a rule of law that the notice must be received
by the assured before loss occurs in order to release the
insurer from liability.
In the whole subject of cancellation, it will be found
that the general principles of the la v of contracts apply,
modified and strengthened in some cases, but the evi-
dent intent of the law is to work the utmost justice
between the parties in each case.
Research Work on Gears Needed
By R. J. Chapman
The American Machinist has from time to time pub-
lished articles entitled "Strength of Gear Teeth," such
as those in Vol. 51 by Willard A. Thomas, page 273, and
S. J. Berard, page 925. The writer of practically every
article on this subject makes good use of the well-known
Lewis formula. This formula is in general use today,
and is accepted without question as being based on
correct assumptions, although some little diiference of
opinion may, perhaps, exist in regard to the stress
allowable for various materials.
Success in designing gear drives to operate satis-
factorily under specified conditions is, however, very
largely a matter of appreciation of what has been done
before under very similar conditions; and the Lewis
formula, being a formula for strength only, is of no
assistance in selecting the most suitable combination of
pitch, diameter, face width and material for the pur-
pose. Experience only can determine these proportions,
because, even though the gears be made to a fine degree
of accuracy, and are capable of transmitting the load
without tooth breakage, it does not necessarily follow
that they will be satisfactory in operation.
Further investigation could be made to advantage to
establish reliable data relative to the various factors
that determine the smooth operation and life of gear
trains. These investigations could well be undertaken
by any recognized independent authority, such as the
American Society of Mechanical Engineei's in the United
States, or the National Physical Laboratory in England.
The research could be divided into three sections. The
work in section one would be to establish the most suit-
able material for use under given conditions, the allow-
able stress, the allowable pressure, the resistance to
abrasion, the elasticity and such things being found for
different materials. Investigation in section two would
deal with methods of manufacture, and an attempt would
be made to define the degree of error permissible for
various grades of workmanship. Research in section
three would determine the influence upon the life and
quiet operation of gears of such variables as peripheral
velocity, load per unit of breadth, number of impacts,
ratio of reduction, grade of workmanship, heating, and
the disposition of metal in the gear rims and arms.
Methods of gear mounting to absorb vibration, and the
lubrication of gears would also receive attention.
It will be agreed that successful research work along
these lines would provide dependable data for the design
of gears to meet any conditions in regard to load, speed,
quiet running, life and such points. Alone, the Lewis
formula can only be used to ascertain the maximum per-
missible load to ensure freedom from tooth breakage;
and, unfortunately, with many gears this is the only
point checked by the gear designer, with the result that
they are transmitting excessive pressure, so that back-
lash and noise develop in a short time.
Bench Covering That Gave Satisfaction
By E. F. Creager
Some years since, in moving a manufacturing plant
that had been arranged by a manager who had greater
ideas of the office capacity needed than manufacturing
knowledge, we had a large quantity of a good quality
plain color linoleum left over after the offices were fitted
up.
This lineoleum had already been in use for three years
as a floor covering. When we set up the benches for
the toolmakers and assemblers in the new plant they
were not satisfactory as they had been in use for some
time and were originally made of poorly seasoned
material which had shrunk very much, also the surface
was oil soaked and rough from use.
We could not at the time get lumber of any better
quality than that in the old benches and not nearly as
well seasoned, so we decided to cover the benches with
the linoleum and see how it would work out. There
were many sceptics. We scrubbed the old benches as
well as we could, filled the cracks with wood strips and
the worst depressions with a putty of saw dust, glue and
calcined plaster and put on one thickness of
"builders felt" paper. Over this we laid the linoleum,
fastening it down with half in. No. 20 wire brads
spaced one inch apart along the front edges and cross
joints leaving the back edge loose for expansion. The
brads were put i in. from the edges of the linoleum.
These benches were used by toolmakers and
assemblers on general work and after four years con-
tinuous work the covering was in excellent condition.
It presented a smooth neutral-colored surface well liked
by the workmen. It was of course both water and oil
proof and easily kept clean. Since the above experience
I have had covered several hundred lineal feet of 30-in.
wide benches with linoleum which gave excellent
economy and satisfaction.
On steel benches it is very good. It protects delicate
work from contact with the bench metal and on large
work the noise is practically done away with.
There are several cements that will hold it to the
metal very satisfactorily; bicycle tire-to-rim or rubber
patching cement have both given satisfaction.
28
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
Observations of a Field Editor
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
San Francisco Shops
THE machine-tool situation in and around San
Francisco may be said to be similar to that in
Los Angeles in many ways. The main difference
is the predominance of shipbuilding and repair, and the
increased saw mill and similar business in the northern
end of the state. The annual machine-tool business
north of the Tehachapis is estimated at about $1,500,000,
or 50 per cent more than that in the southern half
of the state, and giving a total of about $2,500,000 to the
state.
The shipbuilding concerns utilize more large machin-
ery than is found farther south. Then, too, there are
builders of water-power machinery which runs into
large sizes. This, however, is probably offset by the
sugar-mill machinery of other sections, leaving the large
shipbuilding interest the over-balancing factor in heavy
machine tools.
The ship yards are also said to overbalance the labor
market and labor conditions, being for the most part the
only ones to employ specialists or operators. This, and
other differences in both employing and working condi-
tions has not tended to secure the best results during the
labor differences of the past six months. It has led
to a compromise or differential arrangement with the
smaller shops which seems to be working out very well
so far as it has had time to operate.
The Average Shop
Manufacturing of small devices, parts for automo-
biles or appliances or attachm.ents for them, affords a
market for a good number of machines, although in
small lots. As an example, one concern has placed
forty-two well-known high-grade cylindrical grinding
machines during the past year and in very few cases
has more than one machine gone into a single shop.
Large and well-equipped garages absorb lathes, drilling,
milling and grinding machines, although not in large
numbers. In both machine tools and small tools the
demand is in excess of the supply, with deliveries
getting worse instead of better. This is due both to
the delay in shipments recently and tJie effect of the
tie-up in the Cincinnati district.
Possibilities of Manufacturing
Here, as elsewhere, the question of prices is being
discussed from various angles, and while this is not
likely to deter buying, so long as the need is urgent,
there is a general feeling that the prices on some
machines have now gone beyond the reasonable limit.
The feeling will, of course, tend to stimulate the build-
ing of machine tools on this coast, which would meet
with the hearty approval of many whose local pride is
a large part of their make-up. The increase in the
production of steel-mill products may make it possible
for further advances in this direction, and if the coal
from Alaska proves to be of the right quality, we may
see a change in the dependency of the Pacific Coast on
our eastern mills.
The settling of the labor difficulties here seems to bid
fair to be of real benefit to all concerned. There is a
sincere desire on the part of management to promote
a real basis for mutual understandings with the men.
One of the new developments is a differential scale
graduated according to ability. The real open shop,
in which a man may or may not belong to any or-
ganization, forms part of the terms of settlement.
The forward looking managers are awake to the neces-
sity of securing interest and co-operation and are keep-
ing the men informed as to the work in hand and in
other ways making them feel that they have a real
stake in the business.
The results are just beginning to show in some shops,
even though they are not running full handed. But
production is coming along at a ver\' satisfactory rate
and in some instances, on work which can be compared
with eastern products, actual production costs are said
to be fully as low as in the East. This can be attributed
only to better production per man because, as a rule,
the quantity is much less and the machine equipment
less highly specialized.
Ex-Service Men in Shops
As in other sections of the country, the question of
trained men has been a serious one, and still is. In
some classes of work, where there is repetition, as in
turret lathe work, it has been found that ex-service
men have done remarkably well. The army discipline
helps in doing just as the instructor directs and it has
made good men on this work with few exceptions. The
well-set-up-ness of these men is rather striking, as one
goes through a shop and sees machine after machine
operated by young men who have apparently just
stepped off the parade ground.
In some of the factories here, such as glass bottle
making, and this is a well-established industry, men and
women of different nationalities are working side by
side without friction, regardless of race or color. San
Francisco, like New York, is a cosmopolitan city, as it
is the point on the West coast where probably more
nationalities meet than elsewhere. The harmonious
blending of workers reflects on the broadness and
liberality of the management, as without it friction
would be difficult to avoid.
Pacific Coast Motor Trucks
There seems to be quite a tendency to build, or rather
to assemble, motor trucks on the Pacific Coast. And
yet it is not altogether assembling, because the practice
seems to be to build the frame and transmission, buying
the motor and axles from standard makers of such
parts.
Many of these plants were established before the
war, but a number of them found their opportunity
when the older and established builders were so tied up
with war work as to make it impoesible to supply local
needs.
Some of the local builders have become well
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
29
enough established to enlarge their plants and almost
all of them seem to have built up a good reputation
for service and reliability. Four- and five-speed trans-
missions are included in the specifications, frames are
heavy, and altogether there seems to be the foundation
for much future business along the Pacific Coast. As
these plants enlarge they will, of course, form a market
for more and more machine tools of various kinds.
Some of the Problems of Pacific
Coast Shops
While the problems of the machine shops on the
Pacific Coast differ in many ways from those in the
East, there is one which is common to them all — the
need of men who can handle work satisfactorily as it
comes along. The need of practical training is even
more urgent in the extreme West as "operators'" are
of little use in most places on account of the lack of
manufacturing shops and methods. The cry is insistent
for more men and for better trained men.
Whether this lack of trained men is entirely due to
union restrictions on apprentices, as some claim, or
whether it is partly due to the same causes as in the
East, is not altogether clear. But the shortage is
apparent and the remedy is not yet in sight although
an earnest attempt is being made in a number of large
shops to give ambitious boys a thorough training.
Training Mechanics
Considerable attention is also being paid to the tech-
nical high school as a foundation for mechanics of
the higher grades, and for shop executives. In one
case in particular the so-called technical school is, for
the most part, a thoroughly practical trade school, except
for such boys as are preparing for college. These boys
get a year of shop work, the other boys get four
years.
This shop work is thoroughly practical, is as com-
mercial as the personnel and inclination of the school
board will permit, and, so far as can be learned, actually
turns out a good grade of mechanics who can go out
and earn regular wages in any shop. Something over a
hundred boys have been turned out from one school
-and a large percentage of these have worked their way
up into executive positions.
The railroads, too, are paying considerable attention
to the training of mechanics, as the nature of locomotive
repair work demands men who can tackle almost any-
thing which comes along.
All-Around Men Needed
Generally speaking, it may safely be said that the
shops on the Pacific Coast require a better grade of
mechanics than those east of the Mississippi River.
There is little special machinery, and men must find
-ways and means of utilizing whatever machines, tools
and appliances happen to be available. The exact mate-
1 rial desired may not be, and at present probably is
I not, available and the next best substitute must be
used.
Initiative and resourcefulness must be a large part
of the equipment of the man who is to succeed.
The "one operation" man has no place in the machine
shops of this section.
The present status of industrial relations between
the men and management looks hopeful, even though
the dove of industrial peace has not yet satisfied itself
that the warfare has actually ended. Organized labor
is very strong on the coast, especially in the San
Francisco district, and as is u.sual where an organiza-
tion of any kind, either secular or religious, becomes
over strong, abuses and intolerance creeps in. Bosses
of the same types as we find in city politics came into
power and an armed peace developed into open welfare
which lasted over six months, in fact the full treaty
of peace occupies much the same situation as the one
concerning our relations with Germany.
The blockade has been lifted, however, in most cases,
most shops are at work with a partial force, many of
the old men are back and there is an earnest effort
to get together on a more satisfactory basis than
before.
Management is trying to establish better indus-
trial relations with its men; works councils and similar
machinery for getting in closer touch with the men are
being established to afford easy and democratic chan-
nels for discussing and settling problems as they
arrive.
Those high in authority are endeavoring to lead the
way instead of always remaining on the defensive as
heretofore, and there seem to be indications that, after
the smoke of battle has cleared, there will be a better
understanding than ever before. Open shop means what
it says, that both union and non-union men will be
employed. And the next few months should see things
on a much sounder basis in every way.
Raw Material
The Pacific Coast shops are handicapped by having
two mountain ranges between them and their raw
material. For while there is some iron and some coal
they do not seem to be just adapted to the needs of
pig-iron production. These very mountains, however,
are full of streams which make it possible to produce
electric power at a cost which makes the Eastern manu-
facturer green with envy, and rather extensive experi-
ments are being made to secure iron and steel without
the use of coke. In spite of these handicaps, however,
it has been extremely interesting to find instances where
small machinery has been produced and shipped East
at a lower price than that of the Eastern manufacturer,
and this without special machine equipment.
It is simply another case where ingenuity and
initiative have devised new ways and means of getting
results just as our forefathers did in the Naugatuck
Valley and elsewhere, before the days of big manufac-
turing. For the work in this section can be called a
jobbing shop business, where it is necessary to secure
economical results with the least possible expenditure
for special tools and fixtures. And they succeed
admirably in most cases.
The Machine-Tool Business in
Southern California
The machine-tool business in Southern California
has, in round numbers, an estimated annual value
of about a million dollars, according to some of the
best-known dealers. This business very naturally
and properly centers in Los Angeles which is growing
as a manufacturing center, in addition to being so over-
run with tourists as to make it difficult for business men
from other cities to secure hotel accommodations.
30
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
The fields to which these machines go are varied both
as to product and requirements. The more standard
machines, such a? lathes, drilling and milling machines
and shapers, are naturally the most in demand. Auto-
matic screw machines are for the most part confined
to the few shops which turn out screw-machine products,
but semi-automatics are beginning to find places in some
of the larger shops.
Automobile Work Plays a Big Part
Although this is not an automobile-manufacturing
center, it is e.stimated that the automotive industry
takes from 30 to 50 per cent of the machine tools sold
in this territory. This means for the most part that
garages and automobile-repair shops buy many more
machine tools than we are accustomed to find in the
East and South. For here they do not seem contented
to run an automobile-repair shop with a couple of files,
a few wrenches and an oxy-acetylene outfit, with pos-
sibly a decrepit blacksmith's post drill. They have real
shops with lathes, milling machines and now and then
a real, honest-to-goodness cylinder grinding machine.
There are numbers of shops, not of large size yet
aggregating considerable machine equipment, which
make automobile parts such as light-weight pistons,
piston pins, special cylinder heads, etc. Then, too, there
are shops which build special motors for racing cars,
for airplanes or other purposes, some of them well
equipped with modern machine tools.
Stimulating Airplane Development
The airplane has perhaps more opportunities in and
around Los Angeles than in most sections. For though
it may be said to be bounded by the Sierra Madre
Mountains on the East and the Pacific Ocean on the
West, there are eleven good landing fields which can
be reached with a dead motor from a height of 5.000
ft., and many emergency landing places. The present
year is expected to see considerable development in the
actual use of airplanes in this vicinity — and as nothing
of this kind can develop without machine tools of some
sort being involved, it will have its effect on the total
volume of the demand. Special planes are being built
in Venice, a suburb of Los Angeles, for local use.
The machine industries of Los Angeles and vicinity,
which must take in San Diego, include Diesel and plain
gas and oil engines ; oil-well machinery of various kinds ;
steel mills; sugar-mill machinery; marine engines;
cranes; trucks, which except for the motor are built
here; lathes and special tools; special machines for
making fruit baskets and many other lines. The new
plant of the Goodyear people will also utilize a large
amount of machinery and will add much to the indus-
trial tone of the city. The Savage Tire Co., at San
Diego, is also enlarging its plant.
Shipping to the Orient
The harbor at San Pedro, which is the port of Los
Angeles, also boasts of direct connections to the Orient
and this is making it a distributing center for goods
which are to cross the Pacific. The people of Los
Angeles are particularly proud of the fact that the car-
goes now being shipped are almost entirely products
of that city — 97 per cent of the cargo of the last
shipload being manufactured, or raised, within the
city limits.
As in many large cities there is a tendency for
manufacturing to leave the city proper for some of its
suburbs. One of the well-known plants has expanded
its capacity within the city limits, but others are
going outside, some to a distance of fifteen miles, to
secure suitable locations. The effect on labor in such
cases seems to depend very largely on whether real-
estate owners are reasonable human beings or belong
to the hog family which we are now calling by the
name of profiteer. But this is not a problem of Los
Angeles alone — it is universal.
There is a movement on foot among automobile
dealers and the better repair shops to insure more
reliable work in garages. It is known as the Auto
Crafts Association and aims to accomplish the much-
desired end of securing reliable work when a car
goes to a garage for any sort of overhauling. The
State of Oregon enacted a law last year which re-
quired automobile repair men to be licensed the
same as plumbers and electricians so as to make
them responsible in case of poor work. Any move
which will accomplish the desired result is to be
commended by all.
Deliveries and Prices
And now for predictions or guesses as to the future
of the machine tool business in this field, based entirely
on the opinions of those directly in the business. The
usual complaint of slow deliveries was to be expected,
these being worse than usual because the effect of the
rail strike was just beginning to be felt at the time of
my visit.
There is every indication of continued business for
the balance of the year if those in direct contact with
the field are any kind of guessers. They feel, however,
that prices have been boosted beyond the safe limit for
a substantial business. They admit that pre-war prices
of machine tools were too low in some cases but feel
that the more recent advances have not been warranted
by actual manufacturing costs and they fear that the
reaction will not be for the good of the industry. They
also resent what they conceive to be an indifference in
some cases, as to the quality of material sent to the
Pacific Coast, this applying more to actual materials
than to machine tools.
Men and Management
One healthy sign is a widespread interest in the pres-
ent and future relation of men and management in
securing efficient production in the shops. This is
noticeable with both factory and dealer, as the latter
realizes that his future depends upon harmonious rela-
tions at the source of supply. Management in most
shops is taking a personal interest in the welfare of
men, is assisting in educational work in some of the
shops and is trying to make conditions such as to secure
co-operation and interest. The smaller number of men,
the diversified line of work and the interest which this
naturally brings, makes it more easy to avoid monotony
and its evils in the shops, of labor turnover and lack
of loyalty. There is a tendency toward frankness,
toward laying the cards on the table as the saying goes,
which can hardly help bearing fruit.
The superintendent of one large plant put it this
way: "Times have changed, and for the better. It
takes real managers to run a shop these days and it's
a heap more credit to run one right than it ever was
before."
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
31
Form-Turning on a Boring Mill
By Frank C. Hudson
The accompanying illustration shows an interesting
application of a form and roller to the boring of a pair
of V-ways in the bed of a special gear-cutting machine
at the Gleason Works in Eochester, N. Y. The form is
fastened on the crossrail of the boring mill as shown,
and the roll attached to the ram of the boring head. The
angle of the form controls the path of the boring tool in
both directions, the point of the cutting tool being set
to the work by suitable gages. Both the upper and lower
ways are bored from the same guide by simply adjust-
ing the position of the roll on the ram.
The illustration makes further explanation unneces-
sary and shows an application which can be used in
many other cases. The male member, which fits into
the ways, is also turned on this boring mill by means
of the same form or guide. The pieces to be turned are
clamped to a special fixture so that two are turned at the
same time.
This method has been used for some time and has
proved perfectly satisfactory.
Courting Trouble
By John S. Carpenter
It is too bad that there isn't enough trouble in this
world to go around. If you don't believe it, read my
story.
The sketch shows a gate rigging for a water turbine
as made by a back-number shop. The ring is rotated
about ten degrees on its center by means of the vertical
rocker shaft and the solid-end rods, thus admitting or
shutting off the water that drives the turbine. The
way the thing is made is interesting, in so far as it
is the way not to do it right.
The length of the rods is figured to the nearest
thousandth by the draftsman, who spends about two
hours in figuring the various angles and lengths neces-
sary. As was stated above, the rods are made with
solid ends, so that no adjustment is possible. As the
rods are usually about seven or eight feet long, and
their surfaces are not faced off so that the layer-out
can do his work with facility, you can see how much
probability there is of getting the centers within a
tolerance of fifteen thousandths.
Sometime a bonehead erector will grout in the
machine without assembling the rods and trying out
the movement, in which case, should the shaft centers
be out as little as one thirty-second, the thing will not
go together by about twice the amount out. With a
rig like this, the dice are loaded against the erector.
How much cheaper and safer it would be to have right
and left threads on the rods, and to have the drafts-
man spend his time at detailing instead of figuring.
USING A FORM FOR TrRXIN'O V-GROOVES
A POORLY DESIGNED GATE-OPERATING MECHANISM
FOR A WATER TURBINE
32
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
In the construction shown, one rod in tension and
the other in compression under load, suppose that the
lengths are such that the rods will take the load
equally. The probabilities are that one rod does all the
work, which shows the possibility of using a slightly
larger rod with adjustable ends, which should do the
work more safely. Certainly, a one-rod job would be
much simpler in detailing, manufacturing and erecting,
and the operating characteristics would not be per-
ceptibly different from what the designer thinks a two-
rod proposition is. It is foolish to use a construction
such as shown, because it provides no means of adjust-
ment, either for the erection or for the operation of the
machine.
The shop above referred to .still cuts almost all of
their threaded work to the sharp V-thread, so that the
draftsmen must be careful not to specify U. S. Standard
shape on the drawings. The toolroom does not have
the necessary taps and dies.
Using Two Tools at Once
By M. Jacker
From what Mr. Pusep says on page 503 cf American
Machinist; it might be inferred that I countenance using
a piece of pipe on a toolpost wrench and I do not want
to be construed in that way.
I will agree that the tapping or turning of the swivel
from side to side that I mentioned in my previous article
could be eliminated by following Mr. Pusep's instruc-
tions; with this difference, we see that tool D strikes
the shaft before tool C hits the gage ; when by simulta-
neously screwing back the compound rest and turning
the swivel to the right, tool D is made to slide along the
shaft until tool C touches the gage held between it and
the shaft, after which the swivel nuts are tightened.
If this swivel adjusting is done in any other way it
would require the alternate screwing and swiveling back
and forth till finally the desired setting is reached.
Necessity the Mother of Invention
By W. F. Hollis
On page 867, Vol. 51, of American Machinist, L. M.
Manley describes a makeshift surface gage, the e.s.sen-
tial feature of which was an inside caliper of the wing
variety.
A later counterpart of this tool — a sort of step-
brother, as it were — is to be found in my bench drawer.
AN IMPROVISED SURFACE GAGE
My surface gage, which may be seen in the accom-
panying illustration is made from an inside spring
caliper with the addition of a scriber to render it a
little more universal in its application.
Finding a Center by Trigonometry
By Ernest T. Goodchild
The problem by Mr. Moore, page 584, Vol. 51 of the
American Machinist, to find R and X may be solved
more easily by using the ordinary formula for finding
the diameter of the circumscribing circle of any tri-
angle, the method being as follows:
Diameter =
sin A
b
sin B
sin C
SETTING THE TWO TOOLS
when a, b, c are the sides and A, B, C the opposing
angles respectively.
2R = diameter = -r—7 = -. — t
sin A sin A
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
33
LAYOUT OF THE POINTS AROUND O AS A CENTER
3
Sin A
but, cos A =
a-
2cb
Therefore, R = g^ ^.^ ^^^^
= 0.87500 = cos 28° 57.3'
3
6.1968
r = R'
X= V 6.1968' — 6' = 1.549
With this information the holes required at .4, B and
C can be located on the circumference of the circle
whose center is at 0.
by the following method. The blank was held in a
dividing head chuck (with the chuck in a vertical posi-
tion) on a shaper table. A guiding line was scribed by
means of a piece of tin wound around the shoulder. The
dividing head was then turned by hand while the tool,
cutting straight across the edge of +he shoulder, was
fed down, also by hand.
This was simply a roughing operation, and some very
nice filing was required to finish the piece properly. This
method did not appeal to me, so I cast about for a
better way. Of course the surface could be milled by
gearing the dividing head up with the table feed but
incomplete equipment would have made that very incon-
venient, and the comer would have had to be filed out
anyway. I was about to try milling, however, when a
better idea came to me. This is the method I decided up-
on and used. I ran a one-sixteenth milling saw through
one edge of the shoulder, and milled off some of the
excess metal leaving the general form of the cam.
I then put the blank in the chuck of a lathe and trued
it up. I geared the lathe for two threads per inch, set
up a flat tool as shown, threw out the back gears and
with a large wrench turned the chuck around. When
the tool came to the bottom of the cam I would release
the lead screw nut, run the carriage back a half inch,
and re-engage the nut according to the chasing dial,
meanwhile feeding the tool in by the compound rest.
I had some trouble with chattering, as the spindle
bearings of the lathe were in bad condition; hence for
finishing I used a regular facing tool, and fed the, cross
slide in after each cut instead of the compound rest.
This was a little tedious, but a fairly good surface was
obtained; not quite so smooth as the skilfully filed sur-
face made previously, but mathematically correct in con-
tour. If the piece were to be made in any quantities, I
should rough shape the blanks first and then set them up
in a lathe with a good rigid spindle, so that a few light
cuts with a broad tool would finish the job nicely. It is a
question in my mind whether this would not be more
satisfactory than milling even on a production basis.
\
Cutting a Cam Without a Milling
Machine
By Chas. D. Folsom, Jr.
The accompanying illustration shows a job which puz-
zled me somewhat a few days ago, the problem being
to machine the cam on the shoulder of the gear shown.
The piece had been made in the toolroom of this shop
MAKING A PACE CAM
IN THE LATHE
Sweeping Back the Tide
By a. W. Forbes
On page 1135 of the American Machinist Entropy
suggests that it may be necessary to pay more for the
rough and laborious work, than for skilled work.
Similar suggestions are often heard from Socialists,
only the Socialist proposes it as a matter of right,
while Entropy proposes it as a matter of necessity.
My experience would indicate that there is no danger
of such a change taking place for a long time to come.
I find no difficulty in obtaining all the unskilled labor I
want at wages from $15 per week down, but have not
been able to find men of moderate ability at two or three
times that amount.
The real cause of the shortage of unskilled labor is
increase in the number of popular unskilled jobs, -which
carry some of the prestige of skill. Take, for example,
the lathe hand : There are many lathe jobs of a routine
nature that do not require half the skill needed to dig a
sewer ditch; jobs where the tools are sharpened in the
toolroom, and accuracy is not required. Yet persons
holding these jobs will call themselves machinists.
It is competition with this class of work that produces
the shortage of men for the disagreeable work. There
is still an abundance of unskilled labor in comparison
■with the skilled.
34
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
Men Back of the Amencan Institute
of Weights and Measures
THE absurdity of the claims put out by
the "one man club" of San Francisco,
is the best answer to its so-called
"arguments."
To say that 99 per cent of the people in
the United States and Britannia favor the
metric system and only one per cent are
against it, makes even the most rabid pro-
metric advocate gasp — and yet this is the
claim made and repeated over and over in
the literature sent out from the San Francisco
headquarters.
How^ever, as long as there are people will-
ing— from whatever motive — to flood the
country with untrue, distorted and ridiculous
statements that may possibly be taken at face
value by the unthinking and unreasoning —
just so long will it be necessary for us to guard
against the attempts to put over some sort of
a compulsory metric law.
It is a shame for American business to al-
ways have to be on guard against absurd, and
often dangerous, legislative drags. The aver-
age "reformer" has a hammer in each hand
but no practical constructive ideas in his head.
Individually, the business men of the coun-
try have neither time nor the experience to
combat the pro-metric propaganda. They
must resort to some special organization, just
as they would employ a lawyer to defend
them in a damage suit.
Recognizing this, many of the best known
men, companies and associations in the
United States have joined the American In-
stitute of Weights and Measures.
This Institute was described and some of
the membership requirements outlined, in our
editorial "A Watch Dog of American In-
dustry," pages 904 and 905.
On the following pages will be found a list
of the present officers and members of the
Institute. Read these names over carefully
and compare them and their respective stand-
ing with the names published by the pro-
metric advocates.
The Institute stands for safe, sane, indus-
trial principles and as such is backed by a
large majority of the people and industrial
enterprises of America.
Editor
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
35
Abrasive Machine Tool Co.. Providence, R. I.
Acme Machine Tool Co.. Cincinnati, Ohio
Acme Machinery Co.. Cleveland, Ohio
Acme Steel Goods Co.. Chicago, III.
Adamson. Daniel, H^de, Cheshire. England
Allen Machine Co., Erie, Penn.
Almond, T. R. Mfg. Co., Ashburnham, Mass.
Altavista Cotton Mills. Altaviata. Va.
American & British Mfg. Co.. Bridgeport
Conn.
American Brass Co.. Waterbury, Conn.
American Cement and Tile Mfg. Co., Pitt
burgh. Penn.
American Electrical Heater Co., Detroit. Mich.
American Flexible Bolt Co.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
American Hardware Corp., New Britain. Conn.
American Machinist, New York City
American Multigraph Co.. Cleveland, Ohio
American Pad and Textile Co., Greenfield. Ohio
American Pulley Co., Philadelphia. Penn.
American Rolling Mill Co., Middletown. Ohio
American Screw Co., Providence, R. I.
American Steam Pump Co., Battle Creek.
Mich.
American Sterilizer Co.. Erie, Penn.
American Tool and Machine Co., Boston. Mass.
American Tool Works Co.. The. Cincinnati.
Ohio
American Tube and Stamping Co., Bridgeport,
Conn.
American Wood Working Machinery Co..
Rochester. N. Y.
Ansted Engineering Co.. Connersville, Ind.
A. P. W. Paper Co.. Albany. N. Y.
Armstrong. E. J., Erie. Penn.
Astoria Mahogany Co.. Inc.. New York City
Atlantic Works, East Boston, Mass.
Auto Engineering Co., Detroit, Mich.
Autocar Company. Ardmore. Penn.
Automatic Refrigerating Co.. Hartford, Conn.
Babcock & Wilcox Co.. New York City
Bagley & Sewall Co.. Watertown. N. Y.
Baird Machine Co.. Bridgeport. Conn.
Baker Bros.. Toledo. Ohio
Baker, G. W. Mach. Co.. Wilmington. Del.
Baldwin Chain and Mfg. Co.. Worcester. Mass.
Ball Elngine Co.. Erie. Penn.
Barker, William C. New York City
Barth. Carl G., Buffalo, N. Y.
Bassett, George B., Pres., Buffalo Meter Co.,
Buffalo, N. Y.
Bausch Machine Tool Co., Springfield. Mass.
Beamon & Smith Co., Providence, R. I.
Becker Milling Mach. Co.. Hyde Park. Boston.
Mass.
Belden Mfg. Co.. Chicago. 111.
Beloit Iron Works, Beloit, Wis.
Benjamin Electric Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111.
Benton Harbor Malleable Foundry Co.. Benton
Harbor. Mich.
Besly & Co.. Charles H.. Chicago, III.
Bethlehem Steel Co.. Bethlehem. Penn.
Betts Machine Co., Rochester, N. Y.
Bigelow Co., New Haven, Conn.
Bitgram. Hugo, Philadelphia. Penn.
Birmingham Iron Foundry, Derby, Conn.
Black & Decker Mfg. Co.. Baltimore. Md.
Blanchard Machine Co., Cambridge. Mass.
Blew, Knox Co., Pittsburgh, Penn.
Bliss Co., E. W.. Brooklyn. N. Y.
Blue Ribbon Body Co., Bridgepjort. Conn.
Bond. George M., Hartford, Conn.
Bond. Owen W., Washington, D. C.
Boston Pressed Metal Co., Worcester. Mass.
Bove & Emmes Machine Tool Co.. Cincinnati.
Ohio
Bradford Machine Tool Co., The. Cincinnati.
Ohio
Bradley & Son. Inc., Syracuse. N. Y.
Breckenridge. Prof. L. P.. New Haven. Conn.
Brennan & Co., John, Detroit. Mich.
Bridgeport Hardware Mfg. Corp.. Bridgeport,
Conn.
Bridgeport Metal Goods Mfg. Co.. Bridgeport,
Conn.
BridgepKjrt Screw Co.. Bridgeport, Conn.
Brier Hill Steel Co.. Youngstown. Ohio
Bristol Co., The, Waterbury, Conn.
Broderick & Bascom Rope Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Brown & Sharr>e Mfg. Co., Providence. R. I.
Brown Brothers Co., Providence, R. I.
Brown, Gregory, Worcester, Mass.
Brown Hoisting Machinery Co., The, Cleve-
land. Ohio
Brown-Lipe Gear Co., Syracuse. N. Y.
Brown. McLaren Mfg. Co., Detroit, Mich.
Brown, Robert S.. New Britain. Conn.
Brownell, G. L.. Worcester, Mass.
Bryant Chucking Grinder Co.. Springfield, Vt.
fiuclceye. Jack Mfg. Co.. Alliance. Ohio
Bucyrus Co.. South Milwaukee, Wis.
Bullard Machine Tool Co., Bridgeport. Conn.
Bunting Brass & Bronze Co., Toledo. Ohio
Burroughs Adding Machine Co., Detroit, Mich.
Burlingame, Luther D.. Sec. American Inst, of
Weights & Measures. New York. N. Y.
Busch. Sulzcr Co.. St. Louis, Mo.
Campbell. W. W.. Detroit, Mich.
Officers
President
WALTER RENTON INGALLS
First Vice President
HENRY D. SHARPE
Second Vice President
ALEX. C. HUMPHREYS
Secretary
LUTHER D. BURLINGAME
Assistant Secretary
CHAS. C. STUT2
Treasurer
WALTER M. McFARLAND
Commiss toner
FREX>ERICK A. HALSEY
Technical AJolsers
SAMUEL S. DALE
CHAS. F. LEONARD
Ass't to the President
WILLIAM C. WILSON
Executive Committee
WALTER RENTON INGALLS
HENRY D. SHARPE
ALEX. C. HUMPHREYS
WALTER M. McFARLAND
HENRY M. LELAND
Council
Term Expires 1920
GEORGE M. BOND.
Specialist in Precision Measurement.
L. P. BRECKENRIDGE.
Professor of Mech. Eng. Yale Univ
C. A. EARLE.
Vice-Pres. Willys-Overland Co.
JOHN KIRBY. Jr.
Pres. The Dayton Mfg. Co.
Past Pres. National Ass'n of Mfrs.
STEPHEN C. MASON.
Secy. The McConway and Torley Co.
Pres. National Ass'n of Mfrs.
CHARLES T. PLUNKETT.
Pres. and Secy. Berkshire Cotton
Mfg. Co.
Term Expires 1921
ALEX. C. HUMPHREYS.
Pres. Stevens Institute of Technology
Past Pres. Amcr. Soc. Mechanical
Engrs.
D. H. KELLY.
The EJectric Auto-Lite Corp.
WALTER M. McFARLAND.
Manager Marine Dept. Babcock &
Wilcox Co.
CHARLES N. THORN.
Pres. Inter-Continental Machinery
Corp.
HENRY R. TOWNE,
Chair. Board, Yale fie Towne Mfg. Co
Past Pres. Merchants Ass'n of N. Y.
Past Pres- Am. Soc. Mech. Engrs.
WORCESTER R. WARNER.
Vice-Pres. Warner fie Swasey Co.
Past Pres. Am. Soc. Mech. Engrs.
WILLIAM H. VAN DERVOORT.
Pres. Root fit Van Dervoort Elngr. Co.
Pres. National Metal Trades Assn.
Past Pres. Soc. Automotive Engrs.
Term Expires 1922
J. E. FAIRBANKS.
Gen. Sec. and Treas. Amer. R. R.
Ass'n.
FREDA.GEIER.
Pres. Cincinnati Milling Mach. Co.
EDWIN M. HERR.
Pres. Westinghouse Elec. fit Mfg. Co.
Past Pres. American Mfrs. Export
Ass'n.
WALTER RENTON INGALLS.
Consulting Mining Engineer.
Past Pres. Mining fit Metallurgical
Soc. of Amer.
HENRY M.'LELAND.
Pres. Lincoln Motor Co.
Past Pres. Society of Automotive
Elngrs.
HENRY D. SHARPE.
Treas. Brown fie Sharpe Mfg. Co.
STEPHENSON TAYLOR.
Pres. American Bureau of Shippmg.
Past Pres. Soc. of Naval Architects
and Marine Eng.
Canfield Co.. H. O.. Bridgeport. Conn.
Carbondale Machine Co., Carbondale. Penn.
Card Mfg. Co.. S. W.. Mansfield. Mass.
Carnation Milk Prcxiucts Co., Seattle, Wash.
Carpenter Steel Co.. Reading, Penn.
Central Iron fit Steel Co., Harrisburgh, Penn.
Chalfin. Jaa.. New York City
Cheney-Btgtow Wire Works. Springfield. Mass.
Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co.. Detroit, Mich.
Chicago Screw Co.. Chicago. 111.
Chisholm, Moor Mfg. Co., Cleveland, Ohio
Chittick, James. New York City
Cincinnati Bickford Tool Co.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Cincinnati Milling Machine Co.. Cincinnati, O.
Cincinnati Planer Co.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Cincinnati Shapcr Co.. Cincinnati, Ohio
Clark Equipment Co., Buchanan, Mich.
Cleveland Tool and Supply Co., Cleveland.
Ohio
Cleveland Twist Drill Co.. Cleveland. Ohio
Clipper Belt Lacer Co.. Grand Rapids. Mid*.
Clinton Wright Wire Co.. Worcester. Mass.
Qyde Iron Works. Duluth. Minn.
Colburn Machine Tool Co.. Franklin. Penn.
Cole Motor Car Co.. Indianapolis, Ind.
Collins Company. Franklin. Penn.
Coppus Engineering and Equipment Jo.,
Worcester. Mass.
Corona Typewriter Co.. Groton. N. Y.
Cottrell fit Sons, C. B.. Westerly. R. I.
Covell, H. N., Brooklyn. N. Y.
Cowles. L. C. New Haven. Conn. '
Crane. Clinton H.. New York City
Cresson Morris Co.. Philadelphia. Penn.
Cutler-Hammer Mfg. Co., Milwaukee, W s.
Cushman Chuck Co.. Hartford, Conn.
Dale. S. S., Boston. Mass.
Dart. Wm. C. Providence. R. I.
Dayton Mfg. Co.. Dayton. Ohio
IDean Bros. Steam Pump Co.. Indianapolis. Ind.
Deere fit Co.. Moline. III.
Deming Company. Salem. Ohio
Denny. Sir Archibald. Bt.. LL.D.. Dumbarton.
Scotland
Detroit Screw Works. Detroit. Mich.
Detroit Seamless Steel Tube Co.. Detroit. Mi-h.
Detroit Star Grinding Wheel Co.. Detroit.
Mich.
Dewey. J. J. Am. Laundry Mach. Co..
Rochester. N. Y.
Diamond Chain and Mfg. Co.. Indianapolis,
Ind.
Ditzler Color Co.. Detroit. Mich.
Dodge Mfg. Co.. Mishawaka. Ind.
Doehler Die Casting Co.. Brooklyn. N. Y.
Drill fit Reamer Society. New York City
Driver Harris Co.. Harrison. N. J.
Du Brul, E. F.. Cincinnati, Ohio
Dumas, R., Works Mgr.. British Thomson-
Houston Co.. Coventry, England
Durban, Thomas F.. Erie. Penn.
Earle, C. A.. Vice Pres.. Willys-Overland Co..
Toledo. Ohio
Eastern Bolt and Nut Co.. Providence. R. I.
Eastern Bridge and Structural Co.. Worcester.
Mass.
Elastman Kodak Co.. Rochester. N. Y.
E^ston fie Burnham Machine Co.. Pawtucket.
R. I.
East^vood Co., Benjamin. Paterson. N. J.
Edison Storage Battery Co.. Orange. N. J.
Electric Auto-Lite Corp., Toledo. Ohio
Electric Hose and Rubber Co., Wilmington,
Del.
Emerson Electric Mfg. Co.. The. St. Louis. Mo.
Ejnmons Loom Harness Co., Lawrence. Maiss.
Erie City Iron Works. Erie. Penn.
Eric Crucible Steel Co.. Eric. Penn.
Espen-Lucas Machine Works. Philadelphia,
Penn..
Etna Machine Co., Toledo. Ohio
Fales fit Jenks Machine Co.. Pawtucket. R. 1.
Falk Company. Milwaukee, Wis.
Farrell, John F., New York City
Fawcus Machine Co., Pittsburgh, Penn.
Fay fit Scott. Dexter, Maine
Fellows Gear Shaper Co.. Springfield. Vt.
Field. Charles ,H.. Providence. R. 1,
Findley. A. 1.. New York City
Firth Sterling Steel Co.. McKeesport. Pen
Flannery E^olt Co.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Flint Motor Axle Co.. Flint. Mich.
Follansbee Bros. Co., Pituburgh, Penn. "
F<x>te-Burt Co., Cleveland. Ohio
Fox Machine Co.. Jackson, Mich.
French fie Hecht. Moline. III.
Frick fie Lindsay Co.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Frick Reed Supply Co., Pittsburgh. Penn.
Fuchs fit Lang Mfg. Co., TTie. New York City
Fuller fie Sons Mfg. Co., Kal.imazoo. Mich.
Franklin Machine Co.. Providence. R. I.
Gardner Governor Co.. Quincy, HI.
Garfield Mfg. Co.. Garfield. N. J.
Garvin Machine Co.. New York City
Gaskell, Robert, Brooklyn. N. Y.
36
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
Ceier. Fred A.. Cincinnati. Ohio
GemmerMfg. Co.. Detroit. Mich.
General Fire Extinguisher Co.. Providence.
R.I.
Geometric Tool Co.. New Haven. Conn.
A. C. Gilbert Co.. New Haven. Conn.
Gis'. 'It Machine Co.. Madison. Wis.
Glasgow Iron Co., Pottstown. Penn.
Cleason Works. Rochester. N. Y.
Goodman Mfg. Co.. Chicago. III.
Gordon. L. O.. Mfg. Co.. Muskegon. Mich.
Gorham Mfg. Co.. Providence. R. I.
Gossard Co.. Inc.. The H. W.. Chicago. III.
Goulds Mfg. Co., Seneca Falls. N. Y.
Grasselli Chemical Co.. Cleveland. Ohio
Graham Nut Co.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Grand Rapids Show Case Co.. Grand Rapids,
Mich.
Graven Corp.. East Chicago. Ind.
Gray Co.. The C. A.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Greaves Klusman Tool Co.. Cincinnati, Ohio
Greenfield Tap & Die Corp.. Greenfield. Mass.
Griswold Mfg. Co.. Erie, Penn.
Gurney Elevator Co.. Honcsdale, Penn.
H. C. S. Motor Car Co., Indianapolis, Ind.
F. A. Halsey. New York City
Hamilton Machine Tool Co.. Hamilton. Ohio
Hart & Cooley. New Britain. Conn.
Harvey. Hubbell. Inc.. Bridgeport. Conn.
Hayes-Ionia Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Hays Mfg. Co.. Erie. Penn. _
Harrington. Son & Co.. Philadelphia. Penn.
Harrisburgh Pipe & Pipe Bending Co.. Harris-
burgh. Penn. , , , .
Harrison Safety Boiler Works. Philadelphia,
Hartford Machine Screw Co.. Hartford. Conn.
Haskell Mfg. Co.. William H.. Pawtucket. R. I.
Haynes Automobile Co.. Kokomo. Ind.
Heine Safety Boiler Co.. St. Louis. Mo.
Hemphill Co., Central Falls, R. I.
Hendrick Mfg. Co.. Carbondale. Penn.
Henry 8c Wright Mfg. Co.. Hartford. Conn.
Herr. E. M.. E. Pittsburgh. Penii.
Heyl 8t Patterson. Inc.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Hice. G. S.. Brooklyn. N. Y.
High Speed Hammer Co.. Rochester, N. Y.
Hilles «c Jones Co.. Wilmington. Del.
Hisey-Wolff Machine Co., Cincinnati. Ohio
Hobart Mf<!. Co.. The. Troy Ohio
Hollerith. H.. Washington. D. C.
Homestead Valve Mfg. Co. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Hooven-Owens Rentschler Co.. Hamilton. Ohio
Humphreys. Dr Alex C. New York City
Hupp Motor Car Corp.. Detroit. Mich
Imperial Porcelain Works. Trenton. N. J.
Ingalls. Walter Renton. New York City
Ingersoll Milling Machine Co.. Rockford. III.
Ingrahm. Wm. S., Bristol. Conn.
Inland Steel Co.. Chicago. III.
International Harvester Corp.. Chicago, 111.
International Metal Stamping Co.. Detroit.
Mich. ,, I i-^-.
International Motor Co.. New York City
lacobs Mfg. Co.. The. Hartford. Conn.
Jarecki Mfg. Co.. Eric. Penn. „.!,.»
ienckes Knitting Machine Co.. Pawtucket.
R I
Ienckes Spinning Co.. Pawtucket, R. I.
Johns Pratt Co.. Hartford. Conn. .,,,,.
Jones e< Lamson Machine Co Springfield. Vt.
Jones & Son Co.. E. D., Pittsfield, Mass,
Ka!b, Lewis P.. Cleveland Ohio
Kearney 8c Trecker Co.. Milwaukee. W's.
Keller Mechanical Engrav. Co.. Brooklyn.
N Y
Kellogg Switchboard and Supply Co.. Chicago.
Kempsmith Mfg. Co.. The Milwaukee. Wis.
Kennedy Valve Mfg. Co.. The Elmira. N. Y.
Kent Owens Machine Co., Toledo. Ohio
King Machine Tool Co.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Knight Machinery Co.. St. Louis, Mp.
Koken Barbers" Supply Co.. St. Louis. Mo.
La Pointe Machine Tool Co.. Hudson. MaM.
Lake Erie Iron Co.. Cleveland. Ohio
Lane. H. M.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Langelier Mfg. Co.. Providence. K. I.
Lanston Monotype Machine Co.. Philadelphia.
UB^ond Machine Tool Co., R. K,. Cincinnati.
Ohio _ , 1 ^L •
Lees-Bradner Co., Cleveland. Ohio
Leiand Gifford Co.. Worcester. Mass.
Chas. S. Lewis 8c Co.. St. L<)U18. Mo.
Lidgerwood Mfg. Co.. Brooklyn. N. Y.
Lincoln Machine Co Pawtucket R. I.
Lincoln Motor Co.. Detroit Mich.
Lipe W. C, Syracuse, N. Y.
B. Lissberger 8c Co.. New York City
M S. Little Mfg. Co., New York City .
Lodge «c Shipley Machine Tool Co.. Cincinnati,
LcSm'iiod and Steel Co., Philadelphia. Penn
Long «c AlUtatter Co.. The. Hamilton. Ohio
Lovell Mfg. Co.. Erie. Penn.
Lucas Machine Tool Co., Cleveland, Ohio
Lumen Bearing Co., Buffalo. N, Y,
Mackintosh, Majoj C, C, Amara, M, E. F.
Madison-Kipp Corp.. Madison. Wis.
Marshall. W! H.. New York City
Marvin 8c Casler Co., Canastota. N. Y.
Meachem Gear Co.. Syracuse. N. Y.
Mechanics Machine Co.. Rockford, III.
Mesta Machine Co.. Pittsburgh, Penn.
Metric Metal Works. Erie. Penn.
Mica Insulator Co., Schenectady. N. Y.
Michigan Bolt and Nut Works. Detroit. Mich.
Michigan Screw Co.. Lansing, Mich.
Miller. Chas. L., Am, Steel 8c Wire Co.. Pitta-
burgh. Penn.
Miller Van Winkle. Inc., Brooklyn. N. Y.
Milton Mfg. Co.. Milton. Penn. .
Milwaukee Metal Trades and Founders Ass n.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Milwaukee Western Fuel Co.. Milwaukee. Wis.
Millholland Machine Co.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Modern Laundry Co.. Detroit, Micli.
Modem Tool Co.. Erie. Penn.
Moline Plow Co.. Moline. III.
Moline Tool Corp.. Moline. Ill,
Moltrup Steel Products Co.. Beaver Falls.
Penn.
Morse Chain Co.. Ithaca. N. Y,
Morse Twist Drill and Machine Co., New
Bedford, Mass.
Morton Mfg. Co.. Muskegoii Heights. Mich.
Mossberg Wrench Co.. Providence. R. I.
Motor Car Dealers Assn.. San Francisco. Calif,
Mueller Machine Co.. Cincinnati. Ohio
Murphy. H, D., Medford Hillside, Mass.
Muskegon Motor Specialties Co., Muskegon.
Mich.
Mutual Wheel Co., Moline, III.
Myers-Whaley Co.. Inc.. Kncjxville. Tenn.
McAdams. J. E.. Dayton. Ohio
McClellan. H. S.. Flint. Mich.
M.Conway 8c Torley Co.. Pittsburgh. Penn.
McCord Mfg. Co.. Detroit. Mich.
McDougall 8c Potter. New York City
McFarland, W. M„ New York City
Nagle Steel Co,. Pottstown. Penn.
National Acme Co.. Cleveland, Ohio
National Assn. of Mfrs. of the U. S. A.. New
York City
National Automatic Tcx>l Co., Richmond. Ind.
National Brass Co.. Grand Rapids. Mich.
National Founders Association. Buffalo. N. Y.
National Foundry Co.. Erie. Penn._
National Machinery Co.. Tiffin. Ohio
National Machine Tool Builders Assn.. Worces-
ter. Mass. .
National Metal Trades Assn.. Chicago. 111.
National Metal Trades Assn.. Newark and
New York City
National Standard Co.. Niles. Mich.
National Supply Co.. The, Toledo, Ohio
National Tool Co.. Cleveland. Ohio
National Twist Drill 8c Tool Co.. Detroit. Mich,
Neff, Elmer H., New York City
New Britain Machine Co.. The, New Britain,
New York Engineering Co.. New York City
Niagara Mach. and Tool Works. Buffalo. N. Y.
Nichols Co., A. S.. New York City
Niles. Bement Pond Co.. New York City
North 8c Judd Mfg. Co., New Britain. Conn.
North Bros. Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, Penn,
Norton Companv, Worcester, Mass,
Norton. C. H., Worcester, Mass.
Nuttall Co.. The, Pittsburgh. Penn.
Ohio Metal Products Co., Dayton. Ohio
Oil Well Supply Co.. Pittsburgh. Penii.
Olsen. Tinius Testing Mach, Co,. Philadelphia.
Penn.
Packard Motor Car Co.. Detroit. Mich. , •
Paige Detroit Motor Car Co., Detroit, Mich.
Palmer Bee Co.. Detroit, Mich.
PangbornCorp.. Hagerstown. Md
Pedrick Tool 8c Machine Co.. Philadelphia.
Peerless Motor Car Co., Cleveland Ohio
Penberthy Injector Co.. Detroit. Mich.
Penfield. L. W.. Willoughby Ohio
Pierce-Arrow Motor Car Co.*. Buffalo. N. Y.
Piston Ring Co.. Muskegon. Mich.
Pittsburgh Gear and Machine Co.. Pittsburgh.
PhiuSiphia Gear Works, Philadelphia. Penn.
Pittsburgh Meter Co.. East Pittsburgh. Perm.
Pittsburgh Valve Foundry 8c Cons. Lo..
Pittsburgh. Penn. _
Pletz. Arthur C. Cincinnati. Ohio
Plunkett. Charles T.. Adams Mass.
Pneumatic Scale Corp., Norfolk Downs. MaM.
Porter Cable Machine Co.. Syracuse. N. Y.
Porter Co.. H, K.. PittsburgK, Penn.
Porter. H. K.. Everett, Mass.
Post 8c McCord, Inc. New York City
Potter fie Johnston Machine Co.. Pawtucket,
R.I.
Poughkeepsie Foundry 8c Machine Co.,
Poughkeepsie, N, Y.
Power Specialty Co.. New York City
Premier Motor Corp., Indianapolis, Ind.
Pratt fie Whitney Co.. New York City
Prentiss 4c Co., Inc. New York City
Railway Roller Bearing Co.. Syracuse. N, Y.
Raybestos Co., Bridgeport, Conn,
Redway. Dr, J. W.. Mt. Vernon. N, Y.
Red Jacket Co.. Davenport. Iowa
Reed Prentice Co.. Worcester. Mass.
Reeves Brothers Co.. The. Alliance, Ohio
Reid Gas Engine Co.. Jos.. Oil City, Penn.
Reo Motor Car Co.. Lansing.^ Mich.
Rhode Island Tool Co.. Providence. R. I.
Richards. Francis H.. New York City
Ridgway Dynamo and Engine Co.. Ridr'way.
Penn.
Ritter Dental Mfg. Co.. The. Rochester. N. Y.
Robbins 8c Meyers. Springfield. Ohio
Robertson. N. A.. Rockford. III.
Roberston. Norman. Brooklyn, N. Y,
Rockford Drilling Machine Co,, Rockford, III.
Rockford Lathe 8c Drill Co., Rockford. III.
Rockford Machine Tool Co.. Rockford. III.
Rockford Milling Machine Co.. Rockford. II.
Rockford Tool Co.. Rockford. III.
Rock Island Mfg. Co.. Rock Island. III. '
Rockwood Sprinkler Co.. Worcester. Mass.
Roebling's Sons Co.. John A.. Trenton. N. J.
Roger. John. New York City
Rogers. E. M., New York City
Rogers Brown Iron Co.. Buffalo. N. Y.
Rogers Pyatt Shellac Co.. New York City
Rome Iron Mills. New York City
Rome Tumey Radiator Co.. Rome. N. Y.
Root tc Van Dervoort Engineering Co.. East
Moline. 111.
Royle & Sons. John. Paterson. N. J.
Russell. W. F., So, Milwaukee. Wis.
Russell Wheel and Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich.
Ryerson 4c Son. Joseph T.. Chicago. Ill
Safety Emery Wheel Co.. Springfield. Ohio
Sandwich Mfg. Co., Sandwich, 111.
SchmeUkopf, E, C Madison. Wis.
Scott Valve Mfg. Co.. Detroit. Mich.
Scranton Bolt and Nut Co.. Scranton. Penn.
Scranton Forging Co.. Scranton. Penn.
Sellers 8c Co.. Inc.. Philadelphia. Penn.
Sellers. William F.. Edge Moore. Del.
Seneca Falls Mfg. Co.. The. Seneca Falls. N. Y.
Service Motor Truck Co., Wabash. Ind.
Seymour Mfg. Co.. Seymour. Conn,
Sharpe H. D.. Providence. R. I.
Shimer 8c Sons. S. J.. Milton. Penn.
Siemon Hard Rubber Corp.. Bridgeport, Conn.
Sigourney Tool Co.. Hartford. Conn.
Simonds Mfg. Co.. The. Pittsburgh. Penn.
Sims Company. Erie. Penn. . ki i
Singer Sewing Machine Co.. Eliiabeth, N, J.
Sipp Machine Co., Paterson, N. J.
Skinner Chuck Co., The, New Britain. Conn.
Sleeper 8c Hartley Co.. Inc.. Worcester Mass.
Sligh Furniture Co.. Grand Rapids. Mich.
Slocomb 4c Co.. F. F.. Wilmington. Del.
Slocomb. J. T., Providence, R. I.
Smith. T. H. Jamestown. N. Y,
Sparks Withington Co.. The. Jackson. Mich.
Speakman Co.. Wilmington. Del.
Spencer Wire Co.. Worcester. Mass.
Standard Conveyor Co . St. Pa'll. Minn.
Standard Engineering Co.. Elwood City. Penn.
Standard Motor Construction Co.. Jersey City.
N J
Standard Underground Cable Co.. Pittaburgh,
Penn.
Stanley Works. The. New Britain. Conn.
Starrett Co,. The L. S.. Athol. Mass.
Stcptoe Co.. John. Cincinnati, Ohio
Stevenson. S. P.. Treas. Stevenson Cold Storage
Door Co.. Colchester, Penn.
Strelinger Co.. The Charles A. Detroit. Mich.
Stromberg-Carlson Telephone Mfg. Co.. Roch-
ester. N. Y. „ , , .
Studebaker Corp.. South Bend. Ind._
Stuebing Truck Co.. Cincinnati. Ohio
B. F. Sturtevant Co.. Hyde Park. Boston. Mass.
Sturtevant Mill Co.. Boston. Mass.
Stutz. Charles C. New Yoik City
Swain. George F.. Boston. Mass.
W. K. Swigert. Indianapolis. Ind.
Tabor Mfg. Co.. Philadelphia. Penn.
Taft-Pierce Mfg. Co., Woonsocket. R. 1.
Tagliabue Mfg. Co., C. J.. Brooklyn. N. \ .
Taylor 4c Fenn Co.. The. Hartford. Conn.
Taylor Instrument Co.. Rochester, N. Y.
Taylor. Stevenson. New York City
Tavlor. Wm.. Leicester. England
Te^stedt Mfg. Co.. Detroit. Mich.
Thayer. B. B.. New York Qty
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
art
Thew Automatic Shovel Co., Lorain, Ohio
Thorn. Charles N.. New York City
Timken Detroit Axle Co.. Detroit. Mich.
Toledo Machine and Tool Co.. Toledo, Ohio
Toledo Scale Co.. Toledo, Ohio
Towne. Henry R.. New York City
Traffic Motor Truck Corp.. St. Louts, Mo.
Transue & Williams Steel Forging Corp.,
Alliance, Ohio
Traut & Hine Mfg. Co., New Britain, Conn.
Tucker, W. W. & C. F.. Hartford. Conn.
Tyler Co., The W. S.. Cleveland, Ohio
Underwood Typewriter Works, Erie. Penn.
United Engineering and Foundry Co.. Pitta-
"burgh, Penn.
Union Iron Works. Erie. Penn.
Union Manufacturing Co.. New Britain. Conn.
Union Steam Pump Co., Battle Creek, Mich.
U. S. Ring Traveler Co., Providence, R. I.
Union Steel Casting Co., Pittsburgh, Penn.
Universal Winding Co., Providence. R. I.
Van Dervoort, W. H.. East MoUne, 111.
Van Dorn & Dutton. Cleveland, Ohio
Vandyck. Churchill Co., New York City
Van Norman Machine Tool Co., Springfield,
Mas9.
Velie Motors Corp., Moline, III.
Viall. Ethan, New York City
Vonnegut Machinery Co.. IndianapoliK. Ind.
Vulcan Iron Works. Wilkes Barre. Penn.
Vulcanized Rubber Co., The, New York City
Wagner Mfg. Co., E. R.. North Milwaukee.
Wis.
Walden- Worcester. Inc., Worcester, Mass.
Walker. O. S.. Worcester, Mass.
Walker Weiss Axle Co., Flint, Mich.
Wallace Barnes Co., Bristol, Conn.
Wardwell Braiding Mach. Co., Central Falls,
R. 1.
Warner & Swasey Co., Cleveland. Ohio
Warner Bros. Co.. Bridgeport. Conn.
Warner Gear Co.. Muncie. Ind.
Warner, Worcester, R.. Cleveland, Ohio
Warp Compressing Machine Co., Worcester,
Mass.
Waterbury Farrell Foundry and Machine Co.,
Waterbury, Conn.
Watkins, Alfred. Hereford. England
Watson-Stillman Co., Aldene. N. J.
Weimar Brothers, Philadelphia. Penn.
Westcott Motor Car Co.. The. Springfield. Ohio
Weston Automatic Machine Screw Co., Elyria.
Ohio
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., The, Wilmerding.
Penn.
Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co.. Eaat
Pittsburgh. Penn.
Weston Electrical Instrument Co.. Newark,
N.J.
Whitcomb-Blatsdell Machine Tool Co..
Worcester. Mass.
Whitman fit Barnes Mfg. Co.. Akron, Ohio
Whiting Co., George. Chicago. III.
Whitney & Son, Winchendon, Mass.
Williams. H. R.. Hamilton. Can.
Williams. White & Co.. Moline. III.
Willys-Overland Co.. The, Toledo, Ohio
Wilntarth & Morman Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Wilmot Castle Co.. Rochester. N. Y.
Wilson, H. D., Pittsburgh. Penn.
Winter Bros. Co., Wrentham, Mass.
Witry. L. W., Waterloo. Iowa
Woods Machine Co., S. A., Boston, Mass.
Vale & Towne Mfg. Co.. New York City
Yeomans, Lucien 1.. Chicago, 111.
Young & Co., J. S., Hanover, Penn.
Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co., Youncstown,
Ohio
Zinn. Inc.. Simon. New York City
EDITORIALS
Discouraging Airplane Building
ARE we to repeat again the colossal blunder of
. neglecting the development of our airplane re-
sources?
Are we, at some future time, to waste millions in
a "last moment attempt" to turn out machines for war
pui-poses, as we did during the World War?
The millennium is not here. Wars are not over.
A war may come quickly from an unexpected quarter.
If it does, we will be at the mercy of enemy aviators
unless we are ready to get off the mark at the crack
of the pistol.
All other nations of our class are quietly mapping
out an aeronautic program with commercial and mili-
tary advantages in view.
The United States, however, is slumping back into
pre-war conditions and forgetting all the bitter lessons
of our humiliating experience in building war planes.
On June 11, the Curtiss Aeroplane & Motor Cor-
poration, claiming 75 per cent of the entire output of
the American aircraft industry, announced that it would
practically abandon the manufacture of commercial
planes.
This is the result of the failure of Congress to
protect our markets from the dumping of foreign ma-
chines.
If this big corporation is compelled to discontinue
the development of commercial machines, we will lose
one of the greatest assurances we have for the preserva-
tion of peace.
Nothing can be done to definitely relieve the situation
until Congress meets again, but in the meantime it is
the duty of every loyal American to impress on his
Congressman the importance of as early action as pos-
sible.
Again we want to urge the necessity of having prac-
tical business men, manufacturers and engineers in con-
gress and in public office. E. V.
Fire and the Machine Shop
MACHINE shops do not, as a rule, pay sufficient
attention to the fire hazards which exist on their
own premises or on surrounding property. The average
man sees little to burn as he walks through the aisles
of lathes, milling machines and other tools. And yet
one has only to visit any machine shop after a fire to see
how much fuel the fire found on which to feed.
Too many place reliance on what we are pleased to
call fireproof buildings, but many of these are a snare
and a delusion. And even were the building itself fire-
proof we must not forget that it is the contents rather
than the building in which we are most interested. We
must not forget that combustibles such as oil and waste,
can burn inside the strongest vault that was ever con-
structed.
No matter what the type of building may be, it is
a safe plan to have its contents protected by some good
sprinkler system. These are the safeguards recognized
by all fire departments and fire-prevention engineers.
They are the nearest to a real "safety first" device which
has yet been produced.
In a recent fire on the Pacific coast a so-called fire-
proof or slow burning construction, was levelled in a
night with a loss of over $100,000 in machinery, tools
and fixtures. And because they had placed entire faith
in a supposedly fireproof building, they carried but
$12,000 insurance.
Fire prevention is one of our greatest problems be-
cause it involves the human element to such a tremend-
ous extent. Carelessness causes millions in losses every
year, the smoker being largely guilty simply because he
carries fire in some form or other. Matches, pipes,
cigars and cigarettes, carelessly handled, start many
fires, and largely because we are lax in enforcing the
fire rules.
"No Smoking" signs should not be put up unless they
are to be obeyed by all, from the boss to the office boy.
38
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
And when they are put up, they should be rigidly
obeyed by all. Rules which are not enforced soon breed
contempt for all rules — which is a dangerous state of
mind in any shop or community.
At this time, when production is so badly needed, every
dollar and commodity lost in a fire caused by careless-
ness is a calamity — a crime against country and com-
munity. F. H. C.
Freight Car Orders
COMPETENT authorities estimate that we should
have at least 200,000 more freight cars than are
now in service ,to take care of transportation needs.
Approximately 100,000 new cars are needed annually
to replace those scrapped.
On June 1, the total number of freight cars on order
with car builders, amounted to about 41,000.
One large company wrote us that they didn't have an
order on their books!
Most of the orders for the 41,000 were placed the last
of May, and less than 3,000 freight cars were built in
that month!
The builders have a present capacity of about 25,000
per month or 300,000 per year; 240,000 cars have actu-
ally been built in a single year in the past.
The fault for not placing orders lies, primarily, with
the red tape, unbusinesslike methods and foolish han-
dling under Government ownership. Following this the
Interstate Commerce Commission has failed to settle
the rate question, making it impossible for the roads to
know where they stand in regard to future finances,
and in consequence they cannot safely place any large
order of any kind. If this Commission would spend less
time prying into things it has no business to, and would
settle a few really important questions the country
would be a great deal better off. As it is, the car short-
age is getting worse with no real remedy in sight.
E. V.
All-Metal Airplanes
THE recent announcement of the formation of a
company to manufacture all-metal airplanes sounds
good. The elimination of the fire hazard is a long step
in the right direction, even if there were no other
advantages. Of course, an all-metal airplane can stay
in the air no better than the common kind if power
fails, but this is being rapidly solved by the use of
multiple engines. Along with the fireproof factor, the
absence of struts and wires is a distinct advantage in
the commercial development of the airplane, since
lessened resistance means conservation of power. The
much slower deterioration of parts makes the upkeep of
the all-metal far less than that of the wood-and-fabric
machine. It is entirely possible that in time the use
Df anything but metal in the construction of an airplane
A^ill be forbidden, on account of its greater degree of
safety. E. V.
File Your Catalogs with the American
Chamber of Commerce in France
IF YOU are making efforts to increase your foreign
business, the American Chamber of Commerce in
France is in a position to assist you greatly. It has
inaugurated a catalog-file system, the object of which
is to place catalogs of American firms before impor-
tant and reliable French buyers.
Under this method preliminary correspondence can
be abolished. French buj'ers come to this Chamber
and, from an inspection of the catalogs, choose the
articles they desire, without loss of time. They can
then communicate immediately with the seller without
having to wait two months or more to receive trade
literature.
Your catalogs in this file serve the purpose of a
representative in France. It brings your line of goods
to the attention of French buyers and consumers. The
catalog file is given extensive publicity, and all impor-
tant French firms know of it. It is under the direction
of courteous and experienced personnel.
An annual fee of ten dollars is charged by the Cham-
ber to cover expenses incurred. This fee entitles each
subscriber to have catalogs on file for the period of
one year. The fee also entitles the sub.scriber to ten
different headings in the Catalog Card Index. If the
subscriber desires to be listed under additional headings
(more than ten) an additional fee of one dollar per
heading is charged.
Upon receipt of catalogs, address cards are filled
out, showing name and number assigned to the cat-
alog. These cards are systematically filed under the
headings given by the subscriber. The catalogs are
placed in individual file boxes, each box being given a
number. This number is placed on each of the file
cards.
For example: A firm interested in the sale of hard-
ware wishes to appear under the following headings:
"Bolts, Files, Locks, Saws, Hammers, Nails, Screws,
Faucets, Cutlery and Wrenches." Accordingly, ten
address cards are filed under the titles enumerated, each
card bearing the catalog number. The system is so
simple that prospective French buyers can easily obtain
the catalog in which they are interested.
Write now to the American Chamber of Commerce
in France, 32 rue Taitbout, Paris, France, for further
details and for the Catalog File Entry Blank. Upon
receipt of this blank, fill it out and send it in, together
with your catalogs and subscription fee, and the
Chamber will do the rest.
What Is an Engine Lathe?
By L. L. Thwing
There is probably not much, if indeed any, difference
of opinion on the question of what an engine lathe is.
It is usually considered to be a metal-turning lathe with
back gears, or geared head, and screw-cutting parts.
Possibly a screw-cutting lathe with an open-belt cone
drive would also be so classified. A lathe without screw-
cutting parts is called a plain turning lathe or some-
times a stud lathe; although this latter title is more fre-
quently given to a plain turning lathe without back
gears. Is there any common understanding on these
points ?
The old name was turning lathes, or slide lathes, and
the first of these was the commonly used expression
('.uring the sixtiees. When the term engine lathe fii-st
came into u.se, what Avas its special significance? In
one instance noted by the writer two lathes differing
only in size were referred to as turning lathe and
engine lathe, the larger lathe bearing the latter title, the
headstock being referred to as the "engine." Possibly
the readers of America7i Machinist can shed a little
light on the derivation of this common expression.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
39
WHAT /o
^man in a /iuri\
w„<M.. ■■^K-^
:a>^
L' ^i
^:^''^^-
!7
llii'*^-/-
Suggested by theNanagfing Editor
MANY aspects of mechanical evolution may be seen
from a study of old machines. It will do you good
to postpone the analytical articles for a half hour or
so and start right in with Associate Editor Ellsworth
Sheldon's "leader" on "Some Examples of Early Ma-
chine Design.'" The old,
old machine is sometimes
retained out of a feeling of
sentiment and if so, it will
generally be found in the
plant museum ; however,
many are covering floor
space next to ultramodern
machines and turning out
their proportion of parts
in a very satisfactory way.
You will develop feelings
of admiration and respect
for the earlier designs af-
ter reading this story ^
about the old-timers. Without half-trying, not so
many years back, you could insert your elbow between
spindle gear and back gear, on a lathe, or get your leg
chewed up a bit by the exposed feed gears, or slide
a finger between cone and headstock when shifting
belts. As a planer operator, you became quite expert at
getting clamps, plugs and wrenches from the bed be-
fore the table got back — until the day you became too
careless. Then these conditions changed — the work-
men's compensation laws, careful employers and safety
guards have stopped almost all of the maiming. But
lack of standardization of safety appliances in the
various states, cau.ses their satisfactory design and ap-
plication to machines to be a very difficult task. "Stand-
ardization and the Safety Movement" by C. E. Oakes
and J. A. Dickinson endorses a National Code for
guards and devices to protect operators. The authors
show how the adoption of standardization and Na-
tional Codes in other ways has proved very beneficial
and also what is being lost though lack of standardiza-
tion in our safety devices — Page 9.
Drilling has always been considered about the easiest
job in the shop. So it is, if the drill is ground cor-
rectly, and the feed and speed are right for the
material being drilled. To get these things right is
easy, too, if you know how. A great deal has been
said and written concerning drills and drilling, and
much of it has been really instructive. Now the movies
Most of the 'prominent presidential candidates
have announced their faith in education as a
prime necessity for America. We indorse this'
stand luithout reservation. Many men in our field
have had neither the time nor the money for the
advantages of a college education hut this is no
indication that they are uneducated. To many
such men "American Machinist" has been an
invaluable aid. It is our aim to make it indis-
pensable and certain comments that have come to
us make us believe that we are on the right road.
are helping to disseminate the "know-how" and there
is no reason why the information so presented shouldn't
stick, having the advantage, as it does, of a very com-
plete graphic method of instruction. On page 11
Western Editor J. V. Hunter tells the story of the
Cleveland Twist Drill Co.'s
educational film, "T h e
Proper Use and Care of
the Twist Drill."
We publish in full, be-
ginning on page 14, the
presidential address deliv-
ered by Elbert H. Gary, at
the annual meeting of the
American Iron and Steel
Institute. The title is "The
Ship of State." All are
rightfully and dutifully
concerning themselves at
present with the ship
of state, and can probably receive from this address,
the facts or advice needed to clarify some uncertain
points. It is a clear statement of the present physical
and industrial status of the United States, and is a
splendid argument for a universal policy of honesty
and co-operation. Read it — page 14.
Part VII of W. R. Basset's series on Modern Pro-
duction Methods treats of "The Central Control of
Production." This is an important subject, well
treated; it includes details which are going to be very
useful to the man who is using this series as a guide
to his work. This week's installment begins on page 17.
The third part of "Modern Aviation Engines," a
series by the Managing Editor, gives some pertinent
facts concerning British and German airplane motors
and gives a very good explanation of the action of the
United States in insisting upon our own standardized
Liberty Motor. Page 20.
On page 25 begins the fifth of Chesla C. Sherlock's
treatises on "Knowing Your Insurance Policy." He
takes up cancellation in all its phases.
Editor Colvin has been examining the machine-tool
field in the Pacific Coast states. His field notes, page
28, give a first-class analysis of conditions in Cali-
fornia. The West is progressive and is in a location
good for foreign trade. Its manufacture will increase
and develop that demand for machine tools which has
already been felt to a slight extent.
40
AMERICAN, MACHINIST'
Vol. 53, No. 1
Shop Equipment nenvj
E L.DUNN and .5.A.HAND
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• Nt\V5 •
A weekly roviow ol^
modGrn dGsii^nsand
■> equipmenl/ <>
Descriptions of thop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfticli (Acre u no eliarge. To be
eligible for presentation, tfte article must not fiave been
on Me market more than six montfis and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
CONDENSED
CLIPPING INDEX
Aconiinuouj record
O^modorn dosi^nf
' and oquipmcnl/ •
Niles-Bement-Pond Right- Line Radial
Drilliiig: Machine
^Niles^Bement-Pond Co., Ill Broadway, New York
City, has brought out a radial drilling machine, which
is. made with both 5- and 6-ft. arms and named the
Right-Line Radial Drill. The accompanying illustration
shows the 5-ft. full universal machine, although plain
machines are also made. Probably the most noteworthy
feature is embodied in the design of the column, which
permits of a simplified drive. All controls are operated
from the head, and the column clamp is electrically
operated, so that the machine requires only electric
power for its operation.
The base of the machine has an extension, which
^
FULL UNIVERSAL. S-FT. RIGHT-LINE RADIAL DRILLING MACHINE
Specificaticns : Distance under spindle to base: minimum, 12 In.; maximum, 68 in. Base:
working surface, 5 ft. 11 in. x 3 ft. 6 in. Table top. 23 x 27 in. : lieight. 30 in. Spindkj
traver.se, 18 in. Feeds: number, 8; amount. 0.006 to 0.06 in. per rev. Hp. of driving motor. 10.
Spindle speeds, number, 28 ; amount, 20 to 400 r.p.m. Height, 11 ft. 6 in. Diameter of floor
space required. 15 ft. 5 in.
carries a table back of the column and at right angles
to the main working surface. The column consists of
two box-section members cast integrally at the top and
bottom, the saddle of the arm sliding on V's on the front
and back. Due to the wedging action of the V's, the
arm and column are held very rigidly together when
clamped. Since the column rotates with the arm, the
bending stresses due to the cut are always taken by
the column in the same plane, the two sections of the
column being designed as beams to resist the bending
action.
The column casting extends through the pedestal to
the bottom of the base, and is supported vertically on
a ball-thrust bearing at the bottom and laterally by
two roller bearings. Flat steel springs lift the column
a few thousandths of an inch,
so that the flange clears the
top of the pedestal. The arm
and column can then be easily
swung on the bearings, as the
center of gravity of the mov-
ing aprts is located nearly di-
rectly over the ball bearing.
To clamp the column so as
to prevent turning, it is pulled
down against the pressure of
the steel springs supporting
it so that the flange bears on
the pedestal. This is done by
means of a hinged conical ring
which, when contracted, forces
the column flange downward
against the pedestal. The
clamping ring is operated
through a wormwheel by a
small electric motor, which is
controlled by the small switch
at the left-hand side of the
drill head. A lever for clamp-
ing by hand is also provided,
this being located on the pede-
stal itself. The bearing sur-
face between the column
flange and the pedestal is
wide, furnishing a large metal-
to-metal contact and relieving
the roller bearings from the
drilling strains.
The arm is raised and low-
ered by power from the driv-
ing motor operating through
a revolving nut on the station-
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
41
ary elevating screw, which is suspended from the top
of the column and prevented from turning only by
friction in its bearing. The small centrally-pivoted
lever on the rear saddle of the arm engages the mech-
anism, while the two longer levers are used to clamp
the arm in place. The elevating and clamping mech-
anisms are interlocking, so that the elevating mech-
anism cannot be disengaged until the clamps are
released, nor can the arm be clamped until the elevating
clutch is disengaged.
An automatic stop prevents accident in case the arm
is run to the limit of its travel either up or down, the
revolving nut coming in contact with a pin on the screw,
thus causing the screw to turn and the arm to come
to a stop. In case the arm or spindle strikes an obstruc-
tion in lowering, the elevating screw is lifted slightly
from its bearing so that the screw turns freely. The
cross-section of the arm is of unusual design. The
upper guide for the saddle is of the dovetail type,
and the lower bearing is set back so as to bring the
horizontal driving shaft close to the spindle.
The motor is mounted on the back of the arm saddle,
and drives the spindle through a horizontal shaft run-
ning between the column members. This makes it
possible to have only four gears and one double-faced
pinion between the motor and the spindle, and to apply
the driving power to the lower end of the spindle. The
back gears run in oil in a case located next to the
motor.
The driving motor is controlled by the lever shown
at the lower right-hand side of the drill-head, _naking
it possible for the operator to start, stop, reverse and
vary the speed without changing position. This fea-
ture is particularly valuable when tapping. A 4-to-l
variable-speed motor is used when direct current is
available, such a drive being shown in the illustration.
For alternating current, a gear box is connected to the
constant-speed motor to give the necessary speed range.
Sixteen speeds are provided in either a high or low
range. Dynamic braking is provided with both types
of drive, so as to give the quick stopping necessary when
tapping.
The feeds are geared, the gears running in oil. The
feed is changed by turning the small disk conveniently
placed at the left-hand side of the driving head at the
same height as the horizontal drive shaft. The range
of speeds and feeds is sufficient to take care of any
boring ordinarily required, in addition to drilling and
tapping.
The drill head is traversed along the arm by the small
handwheel at the lower left-hand side of the head. For
rapid movement of the spindle the knob-ended lever
is turned by hand. When this lever is pulled down
it engages the power feed. Hand feed is obtained by
the handwheel at the right of the head. A depth gage
with an automatic trip for the feed is provided, this
being set by means of the large disk shown on the front
of the driving head.
I
Griscom-Russell Multiwhirl
Oil Cooler
The Griscom-Russell Co., 90 West St., New York,
manufactures the device illustrated herewith for cooling
oil used in lubrication of turbine bearings and reduction
gears, or quenching oil in the heat treating of steel.
GRISCOM-RUSSELL, MULTIWHIRL OIL COOLER
It is claimed that the oil is constantly circulated
through the cooler, and kept at a constant temperature
permitting both the continued use of the original quan-
tity of oil and its maintenance at the proper viscosity
for efficient results.
The apparatus takes its name from the whirling path
of the oil, which path is accomplished by the use of
the helical baffle which directs the oil in its flow. The
baffle also serves to bring the oil into intimate contact
with the cooling surface.
The shell is of cast iron and the tubes of seamless
drawn brass or copper, expanded into a fixed tube plate
at one end and into a floating head at the other, which
latter permits expansion and contraction without strain
on the tube joints.
Fox Cylinder Boring and Grinding
Machine
The Sunderland Machine Shop, Omaha, Neb., has
recently added to its line the machine shown in the
accompanying illustration for re-boring and grinding
automotive cylinders. The attachment is intended for
garage and repair-shop work; and it is designed to fit
a standard lathe, being entirely independent of the
lathe headstock. The base of the gi-inding head can be
GRINDING CYLINDERS ON TOE FOX BORING AND
GRINDING MACHINE
Specifications: Size: to fit lathes of 14- to 24-In. swing; to hold
blocks of 1 to 6 cylinders; to bore and grind cylinders of 2J-in.
dia. and larger. .Swing ; over ways, 22 in. Length of spindle,
15J in. Weight boxed, 500 lb.
adjusted to suit different distances betwen the lathe
Vs. The table upon which the cylinder blocks rest is
fastened on the carriage of the lathe. The brackets
can be adjusted to hold cylinder blocks of various sizes,
and a micrometer cross-feed is provided for bringing
different cylinders into alignment with the spindle.
42
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
The spindle carrying the grinding wheel is driven
at high speed by a large pulley on the overhead counter-
shaft, and it is mounted in three double-row ball bear-
ings. A slow-moving spindle outside of the grinding
spindle is driven through gears by a belt from a small
pulley on the countershaft. The slow-moving spindle
carries the boring tool; and micrometer adjustment
is provided for regulating both the eccentricity of the
tool and that of the grinding spindle.
The machine can be used on either open- or closed-
head cylinders. It is claimed that the machine can be
quickly attached to the lathe and that the changing from
boring to grinding is easily done. The machine is com-
pletely equipped with all necessary attachments and a
countershaft.
Ingersoll-Rand "Little David"
Pneumatic Tools
Several types of small portable pneumatic tools have
recently been added to the "Little David" line, manu-
factured by the Ingersoll-Rand Co., 11 Broadway, New
York. The tools include a small size of close-quarter
NO. 8 "LiXTTLE DAVID" CLOSE-QUARTER DRILL
drill. No. 8, a small high-speed grinder in two types,
Nos. 601 and 602, and a lightweight drill furnished in
two styles, Nos. 6 and 600.
The No. 8 close-quarter drill is a machine for use close
to a wall or comer. This machine runs at 250 r.p.m.
without load, and will handle drilling, reaming or tap-
ping up to li in. diameter. The spindle which turns
the drill is operated by three rocking levers connected
directly to the pistons through connecting rods. The
motor is of the three-cylinder type with pistons acting
at right angles to the levers.
The Nos. 601 and 602 grinders are light-weight high-
speed tools running with a free speed of 4,200 r.p.m.,
and are suitable for grinding, buffing or polishing work.
Both machines have the same type of motor but are
NO. 601 "LITTLE DAVID" GRINDING MACHINE
equipped with different throttles and handles, the 601
having the closed type of inside trigger handle, while
the No. 602 is fitted with the rolling type of throttle
handle. The three-cylinder motor runs constantly in a
bath of oil, insuring lubrication of all the parts. The
valve is integral with the crankshaft, simplifying
the design. Ball and roller bearings are used through-
out. The removal of a few screws enables the handle
to be lifted off exposing the entire mechanism to view,
making easy inspection of the parts.
The Nos. 6 and 600 drills are intended to meet the
demand for light air-tools for drilling small holes with-
out breakage of drills. They will handle twist dril's up
to 8 in. diameter. The free speed at 90 lb. air pres-
sure is about 2,000 r.p.m. The two machines differ
only in the handle construction, the motors being the
same. The No. 6 has the pistol-grip type of handle,
while No. 600 is furnished with breast plate and rolling
throttle handle. Aluminum reinforced with steel bush-
ings is used wherever possible and results in a very
light-weight machine, the No. 6 weighing only 9 lb.
The motor is of the three-cylinder type, and the
cylinders are separate iron castings, easily accessible,
renewable and interchangeable. The bearings are all
either ball or roller type.
Brown Rubbing Machine
The Franklin Products Co, Inc., Syracuse, N. Y., has
placed on the market the rubbing machine illustrated
herewith. The machine is intended to supplant hand
rubbing in paint shops and the claim is made for it that
by its use twice as much work can be done as by hand
rubbing.
The machine has two feet, or kickers, working in op-
posite directions and uses compressed air as a propellant.
The construction of the rubbing feet makes it possible
to rub on uneven or rounded as well as on flat surfaces.
The frame and all parts possible are made of aluminum
NO. 6 "LITTLE DAVID" DRILL
LSKOWN RUBBING iI.\CHINE ON AUTOMOBILE WORK
July 1, 1920
Get Increased l^roduction — With Improved Machinery
48
and the total weight is but 20 lb. The machine can be
used on both vertical and horizontal surfaces. It uses
the same materials as are used in hand rubbing.
The Wearever Drill Chuck
The Scully-Jones Co., Railway Building, Chicago, HI.
has placed on the market the drill chuck, or collet,
shown in the illustration herewith. The object of this
WE.VREVEQ DRILL CHUCK AND DKILI, WITH !■ LAT Si'O'l"
FOR DRIVING
chuck is to provide a taper shank which can be used
to hold a straight shank drill in the taper hole of a
drilling-machine spindle. The only operation neces-
sary to prepare a drill for use in this chuck is to grind
a flat spot on the shank, as shown on the drill in the
illustration.
One advantage claimed for this chuck is that when
used in a multiple-spindle drilling machine, drills can
be spaced much closer than if held in the ordinary
type of drill chuck.
The chucks are made with tapers to suit all standard
drilling-machine spindles and with holes to fit all sizes
of straight-shank drills.
Westinghouse Single-Operator Electric
Welding Outfit
The single-operator electric arc-welding equipment
shown is manufactured by the Westinghouse Electric
and Manufacturing Co., East Pittsburgh,. Pa., and is said
mF}
'a. /
pr. j-Wi
^:^K/ -^Ifel oL
mm.- .
H^IHlk:-:.. i M^jk^^n
#.-*■' f JH
il^
to be exceptionally efficient because the generator oper-
ates at arc voltage and no resistance is used in circuit
with the arc. The generator is designed to inherently
stabilize the arc, thereby avoiding the use of relays,
solenoid control-resistors, etc.
The generator has a rated capacity of 175 amperes
and is provided with commutating poles and a long
commutator, which enable it to carry the momentary
overload at the instant of striking the arc without
special overload protection.
Very close adjustment of current may be easily and
quickly made, and, once made, the amount of current
at the weld wiH remain fixed within close limits until
changed by the operator. There are twenty-one steps
provided which give a current regulation of less than
9 amperes per step and make it much easier for a
welder to do vertical or overhead work.
The generator is mounted on a common shaft and
bedplate with the motor. A pedestal bearing is sup-
plied on the commutator end and carries a bracket for
supporting the exciter which is coupled to the common
shaft. Either d.c. or a.c. motors can be supplied.
Where an a.c. motor is used leads are brought outside
the motor frame for connecting either 220- or 440-
volt circuits. An electrician can change these con-
nections in a few minutes' time. This feature is desir-
able on portable outfits which may be moved from
one shop to another having a supply circuit of differ-
ent voltages. For portable service, the motor-generator
set with the control panel is mounted on a fabricated
steel truck, equipped with roller bearing wheels. The
generator is compound-wound, flat compounded, that is,
it delivers 60 volts at no-load and also at full-load.
Peerless Gaging Drill Rack
The drill rack illustrated herewith is manufactured
by the Peerless Machine Co., Racine, Wis.
The drills are placed in the holes with their points
downward. The holes go clear through the rack and
WESTINGHOUSE SINGLB-OPEKATOR ELECTRIC WELDING
OUTFIT
PEERLE.'^S GAGING DKK.I. K.VCK
each hole is of two diameters, the first part being the
rominal diameter of the drill it is intended to hold and
the latter part the diameter of the next smaller drill
in the set. A drill larger than the first part of the
hole will not enter and a smaller drill will fall through,
but a drill of the right size will enter the hole intended
for it a certain distance, where it will be stopped by the
smaller diameter of the hole. Thus a drill that will
enter a hole and stay there is necessarily in its right
place.
The racks are made in seven sizes, the smallest for
drills A to } in. and the largest for drills 31 to IJ in.
44
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
U. S. Chamber of Commerce Conducts
Referendum on Industrial Relations
Twelve principles of industrial relations, prepared by
a special committee, were sent out to a vote today of
the more than thirteen hundred industrial and commer-
cial org-anizations comprising the membership of the
Chamber of Commerce of the United States.
The principles are intended to include the funda-
mentals of employment relations. The committee that
drew them up is composed of members of the Chamber's
board of directors. It was appointed after the close
of the President's First Industrial Con:^ence to con-
sider the principles presented by the employers' group
in the conference.
The Committee's report, containing the proposals
submitted for a vote is given as follows:
Employers' relations in American industry should
accord with and express those ideals of justice, equality
and individual liberty which constitute the fundamentals
of our national institutions. The terms of employment
should conform to the essential requirements of eco-
nomic law and sound business practice. They should,
through intelligent co-operation, based on a recognition
of mutality of interest conduce to high productive effi-
ciency. They should reflect in ever-increasing degree
an effort to realize broad ideals of individual and social
betterment. In Government and public service employ-
ment the orderly administration of government must
be assured, and the paramount interest of the public
protected. With these essential purposes in view, and
conscious of the obligation of management to insure
their observance and practical operation in industrial
affairs, the Committee on Industrial Relations of the
Chamber of Commerce of the United States of America,
states its belief in the following principles:
I. Any person possesses the right to engage in any
lawful business or occupation, and to enter, individually
or collectively into any lawful contract, either as
employer or employee. These rights are subject to
limitation only through a valid exercise of authority.
II. The right of open-shop operation, that is, the
right of employer and employee to enter into and deter-
mine the conditions of employment relations with each
other, is an essential part of the individual right of
contract possessed by each of the parties.
III. All men possess the equal right to associate
voluntarily for the accomplishment of lawful purposes
by lawful, means. Tjie association of men, whether
employers, employees or others, for collective action or
dealing, confers no authority over, and must not deny
any right of, those who do not desire to act or deal
with them.
IV. The public welfare, the protection of the indi-
vidual and employment relations require that associa-
tions or combinations of employers or employees, or
both, must equally be subject to the authority of the
state and legally responsible to others and their agents.
V. To develop with due regard for the health, safety
and well-being of the individual, the required output
of industry is the common social obligation of all
engaged therein. The restriction of productive effort
or of output by either employer or employee for the
purpose of creating an artificial scarcity of the product
or of labor, is an injury to society.
VI. The wage of labor must come out of the product
of industry and must be earned and measured by its
contribution thereto. In order that the worker, in his
own and the general interest, may develop his full pro-
ductive capacity, and may thereby earn at least a wage
sufficient to sustain him upon a proper standard of liv-
ing, it is the duty of management to co-operate with
him to secure continuous employment suited to his abil-
ities, to furnish incentive and opportunity for improve-
ment, to provide proper safeguards for his health and
safety and to encourage him in all practicable and rea-
sonable ways.
VII. The number of hours in the work day or week
in which the maximum output, consistent with the
health and well-being of the individual can be main-
tained in a given industry, should be ascertained by
careful study and should never be exceeded except in
case of emergency, and one day of rest in seven, or
its equivalent, should be provided. The reduction in
working hours beloW such economic limit, in order to
secure greater leisure for the individual, should be made
only with full understanding and acceptance of the fact
that it involves a "ommensurate loss in the earning
power of the workers, a limitation and a shortage of
the output of the industry and an increase in the cost of
the product, with all the necessary effect of these things
upon the interest of the community and the nation.
VIII. Adequate means, satisfactory both to the
employer and his employees and voluntarily agreed
to by them, should be provided for the discussion and
adjustment of employment relations and the just and
prompt settlement of all disputes that arise in the
course of industrial operation.
IX. When, in the establishment or adjustment of
employment relations, the employer and his employees
do not deal individually but by mutual consent, such
dealing is conducted by either party through represent-
atives, it is proper for the other party to ask that these
representatives shall not be chosen or controlled by,
or in such dealing in any degree represent, any outside
group or interest in the questions at issue.
X. The greatest measure of reward and well-being
for both employer and employee and the full social
value of their service must be sought in the successful
conduct and full development of the particular indus-
trial establishment in which they are associated. Intel-
ligent and practical co-operation based upon a mutual
recognition of this community of interest, constitutes
the true basis of sound industrial relations.
XI. The state is sovereign and cannot tolerate a
divided allegiance on the part of its servants. While
the right of Government employees — national, state, or
municipal — to be heard and to secure consideration and
just ti-eatment must be amply safeguarded, the com-
munity welfare demands that no combination to prevent
or impair the operation of the Government, or of any
Government function shall be permitted.
XII. In public service activities, the public interest
and well-being must be the paramount and controlling
consideration. The power of regulation and protection
exercised by the state over the corporation should prop-
erly extend to the em.ployees in so far as may be neces-
sary to insure the adequate, continuous and unink-
paired operation of public utility service.
On page 2 of the June 10 issue of the American
Machinist the title read: "Daniel Webster, in the
Senate in 1883." This was a printer's error; the year
should have been 1833.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
45
A Letter to the Editor
Editors, American Machinist.
Gentlemen :
I am in receipt of a letter from the World Trade Club
of San Francisco inclosing what purports to be a copy of
a letter submitted to you by one of your correspondents.
The letter follows, verbatim ad literatim.
Washington, D. C.
23 March. 1920.
To the American Machinist
I see in this weeks' issue of the Machinist that Jlr. W. F.
BeUling wants to hear the views of a mechanic in reference to
your present antimetric propaganda.
Well here you have mine. For the past 15 years on and off
you have had articles covering this subject, and I always believed
you were right. Have read everything that Halsey has written
and also F. G. Barth et al. Maybe I am in error as to F. G. B..
but there has been enough of the other M.E's, B.S'si etc., to fill
many books. .,-, », ^..^t
Now I cannot flatter myself as to my school educatioh, but I
have learned a few things in the past 25 years, and one is that
the metric measurement is very simple if a man will forget his
64th. 32nd, and so forth, take his little meter scale or micro
It is now 30 months ago that I enlisted in the U. S. Engineers
and was assigned to a college to make sound ranging instru-
meuts where we had the misfortune (so I believed) of having
everything metric, and I can tell you that for a few days the air
was blue with profanity on account of it. The more so as I
had been taught to believe that that sort of measuring was N.G.
as per Halsey et al.
Well, to make a long story short, I had to learn it and forget
our standard system. I now prefer it to the inch. Don't worry
about the expense ; we mechanics will not have to spend millions
of dollars. No, only about $3 apiece and that will not break us.
Most of your automatic machinery will require no extra attach-
ments, and all lathes will need only a gear change to cut screws.
Most mining machine work is worked to a stop or in jigs. Drill
press don't count at all. Calipers work just the same, and wlien
it comes to drills, well, I prefer to say .1 mm. or 1.2, — 2.6, — 7.3
mm., than run No. 1 down No. 60 and i in. up to 2 in. It is
Just as easy to read a micrometer to .01 mm. as .001 inch.
This is what I have learned in the past 30 months. Just for-
get about the so-called terrible monetary loss and in a year or
two we will all be running along and never give our old system a
second thought. Most of our manufacturers can make these
changes so gradually that there will hardly be a ripple in their
business. . .,
I am inclined to believe that if they would not follow your
advice so explicitly on this one subject they would come thru
with very little trouble in their business.
You used to be mv "guiding star," and still are, but on the
C.G.S. system, I will havd to "kick over the traces."
Tours very truly,
(Signed) F. W. GKIB.
I believe that this "practical mechanic," as he is called
in the letter in which the above was an inclosure, in his
enthusiastic support of what is to him a new idea, has, like
the sponsors of metric legislation, overlooked some very
important considerations to which I would direct his atten-
tion. In other words, he has become temporarily impractical.
In his third paragraph your correspondent says that he
has learned (within the last thirty months of a period of
twenty-five years) that "the metric measurement is very
simple if a man will forget his 64ths, 32nds, etc., take his
little metric scale or micro and go to it."
If that were all there is to it, I cannot well gainsay his
proposition; but he has built into his formula the same
stumbling block that has brought about the downfall of
empires — the little word "if." Let us see what bearing
this word has upon his precept.
Assuming that your correspondent has been successful
in sweeping from his mind all remembrances of the English
standards and their binary subdivisions, and has taken up '
his "little metric scale" to get a measurement of something
that is already in existence; something that must be re-
paired or replaced. He will find that the measurement
will not conform to any division of his metric scale for the
reason that it was made without reference to metric units.
Whatever measurement he may desire to make, on what-
ever, machine, apparatus or device constructed in this country
since the time of the Pilgrim fathers, will present the same
difficulty. Whether his measurements are to be taken in
meters, liters or grams, the same trouble will be encoun-
tered; practically nothing will conform to his new stand-
ards. Surely the difficulty of translating the dimensions
that are, to the dimensions he would have them be, would
disturb his tranquil forgetfulness. Would not the necessity
of taking off a little here or adding a little there to make
concrete realities measure up to idealistic theories, compel
him to recommit to his memory the knowledge of feet and
inches, gallons, or bushels, that he had so carefully elimi-
nated therefrom?
But let us assume that he ignores future troubles and'
has translated his first measurement to the 'steen hundredth
part of a meter. He will go to his lathe or milling machine
to reproduce the part of which he now knows the dimensions
to the 0.0005 mm. only to find a new difficulty; all the
screws are made to English measurements. A half turn
of this wheel or a quarter turn of that handle would no
longer mean anything — besides, he could not use a half
tumor quarter turn, for halves and quarters are binary; not
metric. He will be obliged to replace all the screws of his mill-
ing machine with screws made to metric leads and redivide
the dials in accordance therewith. If he can do this on a
single machine for $3 he need never worry about the metric
system. In order to make screws of metric lead he must com-
pound for his lathe a set of change gears that will involve
some very awkward sizes or else require some of them to
be made with a half-tooth, or perhaps two-thirds of a tooth ;
and though he should finally adjust this difficulty there are
many lathes, requiring many gear cutters, to supply the
millions of change gears that would be needed.
Fortunately, there are plenty of gear cutters, but alas!
these too are all built to the alleged cumbersome English
system of measurements, and to rebuild them would require
the good office of the very lathes and milling machines for
the rejuvenation of which the metamorphosed gear-cutters
are desired. Just where, may I ask, would he begin to
commence?
"We mechanics will not have to spend millions of dollars.
No, only about $3 apiece." If your correspondent refers
to those mechanics whose entire kit of tools consists of a
hammer, a couple of chisels and a monkey wrench wrapped
up in a jumper, I must concede the truth of his statement;
but what of those mechanics whose kits are valued in
hundreds of dollars, at least half of which amount repre-
sents fine measuring tools and standards?
He speaks of his "metric micro": Where can he buy a
"metric micro" for $3? I do not want any, but according
to my memory of their catalogs Browne & Sharpe and
Starrett quote them at prices ranging from $7.50 to $50
or more, and if he knows where they are made and sold
for $3 it is not a bit "clubby" of him to keep his knowl-
edge to himself.
"Milling machine work is worked to jigs and stop
screws": Sometimes. But the jigs and stop-screws, if
already made, are made to English standards, and to be
consistent your correspondent must replace them with
others made to metric standards. I will venture to say
that $3 would not go far toward such replacement.
"Drill presses do not count": Yet I have seen many
drill-presses the sleeves of which were graduated in inches
and all shaft and spindle sizes, as well as all distances
between centers and shoulders made to English standards,
thereby necessitating, when the time for repair or replace-
ment comes, the entire reconstruction of the machine at
once or else the perpetuation of the system of measure-
ments that your corerspondent so much desires to forget.
Your correspondent does not like to "run down" drill;?
from numbers 1 to 60 nor run them up from J to 2 inches;
he would, therefore, do away with all existing drill gages.
Replacing these gages with others of metric size would
make further inroads upon the original $3. And did he
never hear of reamers? — or taps?
The problem is not one of dollars and cents; nor of Eng-
lish versus French system of mensuration. There are no
strings upon the writer of that letter to prevent him from
measuring anything he likes in any way he likes. Why,
then, should he seek to impose restrictions upon others that,
if conditions were reversed, he would be prompt to resent?
I have no quarrel with the metric system! If any one
is foolish enough to want to measure in a system that is
so inconvenient, so utterly unrelated to anything that is,
whose very foundation is a scientific error, let him "take
his little metric scale or micro and go to it;" I shall never
say him nay. I am, however, unalterably opposed to hav-
ing such a system arbitrarily foisted upon millions of sane
and sensible people at the instigation of a bunch of faddists
who are not practical enough to know that the realization
of their objective would plunge American industry into
chaos. Harry Senior.
46
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
KS FROM TNI
Valentine Francis
Four Thousand "Turn- Auto"
!v Devices to Be Made
What is probably one of the largest
industrial contracts in Knoxville for
the current year was closed on June 3
when A. W. Knowles, treasurer of the
Turn-Auto Corporation, and the Wm. J.
Oliver Manufacturing Co., closed a con-
tract for the manufacture of 4,000 of
the product of the former company at
a cost of $1,800,000. The contract will
lecessitate the employment of 400 men
. nd the operation of the Oliver plant
day and night for the balance of the
year. The Turn-Auto machine is a
newly invented machine by which the
"get out and get under" feature of
auto repair is eliminated.
The Turn-Auto machine enables an
automobile to be run on the machine
and then turned to any position con-
venient for the worker. It consists
simply of a cradle into which a car can
be run and in which it can then be
tilted any desired angle. It is far su-
perior to any elevated or pit track.
The contract came to the Oliver Co.
lifter the Turn-Auto Corporation had
"tried unsuccessfully to have its product
manufactured in Indiana and Bayonne,
N. J. Labor troubles finally drove the
company to the South and because of
its facilities for handling the work, the
Wm. J. Oliver Manufacturing Co. se-
cured the contract.
Work on the contract will start as
soon as possible. The contract is one
of the indications of the gradual turn
of the tide of industry from the North
to the South and which it is believed
will be particularly favorable to east
Tennessee because of its natural facili-
ties in the forms of fuel, ores and cen-
tral location for transportation.
Ralph L. Rogers and W. P. Davis
have secured the agency for nine states
in which they will introduce the new
machine.
Passing the Buck
A pleasant pastime known as "pass-
ing the buck" or "Let George do it"
seems to have grown up in many of our
(phops. It is played to a greater or less
extent in almost every business and
j)leases a lot of men who think that
because they can shift their responsi-
bility to George, they are climbing up
the ladder of business success and are
getting on in the world.
The only man in your organization
who has any right to "pass the buck" is
the boss, and remember, he doesn't do
it because he wants to but because he
hasn't the time to assume personal
responsibility for everything that takes
place in the shop.
When the boss asks you to do a thing,
Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co.
Elects A. E. Goodhue
Vice President
The Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co.,
New York, announces the election of
Allan E. Goodhue as vice president in
charge of sales. Mr. Goodhue since
May 1, 1919, has been managing direc-
tor of the company's English subsi-
diary, the Consolidated Pneumatic Tool
Co., London, England; also director of
European sales for the Chicago Pneu-
matic Tool Co.
A. E. GOODHUE
Mr. Goodhue was for a number of
years connected with the sales depart-
ment of the Midvale Steel Co. and Mid-
vale Steel and Ordnance Co., in Phila-
delphia, Chicago and Boston, leaving
that company in March, 1918, to enter
the service of the Government. From
that time until Jan. 1, 1919, when he
became connected with the Chicago
Pneumatic Tool Co., he was assistant
manager of the steel and raw material
section, production division, of the
Emergency Fleet Corporation.
Mr. Goodhue sails for New York on
the "Olympic" and is scheduled to ar-
rive in New York about July 3.
do it yourself or see that it is done
properly. If the boss had wanted
George to do it he would have asked
George in the first place. The fellow
who insists on "passing the buck" all
the time is likely to come to work some
day and find that George has his job
as well as his responsibility. — From
"Doehler Topics."
Industrial Cost Accountants Have
New Association
The Industrial Cost Accountants As-
sociation was organized in Chicago on
June 18, by representatives of leading
manufacturers.
The object of the new association is
the standardization of accounting and
cost terminology and the adoption of
standard governing principles; the pro-
motion of active co-operation and inter-
change of average experiences between
representatives of manufacturers en-
gaged in similar activities; the educa-
tion of the members and their business
associates in the complex economic
problems of industry; to assist stand-
ardization committees in each line of
industry; in establishing uniform ac-
counting and cost practices; to act as
a clearing house in distributing to all
members the development in cost prac-
tices to the end that uniformity, once
established, may be maintained.
M. F. Simrrons of Schnectady, N. Y.,
Supervisor of costs for all General
Electric Co. interests, was elected pres-
ident of the association. C. H. Smith
of Wilmerding, Pa., director of clerical
©Iterations of the Westinghouse Air
Brake Co. interests, was elected first
vice president. Roland H. Zinn, of New
York, chief of the cost accounting bu-
reau of the Tanners' Council, was elect-
ed second vice president. A. A. Alles,
Jr., of Pittsburgh, secretary of the Faw-
cus Machine Co. and treasurer of the
Schaflfer Engineering and Equipment
Co., was elected secretary-treasurer.
The headquarters of the association
will be in Pittsburgh, at the office of
the secretary-treasurer, 1501 Peoples
B.ink Building.
Engineering Conference
Addressed by Power-
Press Experts
Safety engineers who have attracted
national attention through their eflfec-
tive work in the safeguarding of power
presses addressed the conference of the
Engineering Section of the National
Safety Council which was held in the
auditorium of the Western Society of
Engineers, Monadnock Building, Chi-
cago, on June 24.
The entire afternoon session was de-
voted to a discussion of the safeguard-
ing of power-press operations and the
information brought out during this
discussion was used in drafting the na-
tional safety code on power presses.
The evening meeting was held jointly
with the Chicago Safety Council, the
Western Society of Engineers, and the
Accident Prevention Committee of the
Illinois Manufacturers' Association.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
47
Brooklyn Bridge Builder Still
Going Strong
Colonel Washington A. Roebling,
vice president of the John A. Roebling's
Sons Co., Trenton, N. J., on May 26
celebrated his eighty-third birthday by
entertaining a number of relatives and
friends at dinner at his home, 191 West
State Street. Despite his age the Colonel
is well and active, and makes daily
trips to the Roebling offices to attend
to business. Colonel Roebling was
born at Saxemberg, Pa., May 26, 1837
COLONEL W. A. ROEBLING
and was graduated from the Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y., when
but 20 years old. Following his dis-
charge from the army at the close of
the Civil War he aided his father, John
A. Roebling, in the work of bridge
building. He completed the Brooklyn
bridge at the death of his father.
Know What Your Truck Costs
The value of maintaining a cost and
performance record of motor truck
operation is obvious. Except those who
do keep such records, however, few
appreciate just how invaluable they are.
Some inexperienced truck operators
are prone to dismiss the task of main-
taining records with the argument that
it is a waste of time and money. To
the contrary, experience proves that
time and money thus invested yield
handsome returns.
Said a user of six trucks recently:
"A few months after we instituted a
cost and performance record system,
we were able to spot leaks which ac-
counted for 25 per cent of our expense
of operation."
Another user, a contractor operating
10 trucks, recently declared that even
the owner of two trucks should main-
tain records.
"It furnishes," he said, "comparative
figures to show just which truck is
being operated efficiently. When rec-
ords show high operating cost it sounds
the alarm to investigate the cause,
whether it be the fault of the driver,
the operating system, or the truck
itself."
The most important function of cost
Automotive Engineers
Against Compulsory
Metric Law
On Monday, June 21, the
Society of Automotive Engi-
neers in business session at
Ottawa Beach, Mich., unani-
mously adopted a resolution
against the compulsory use of
the metric system. The secre-
tary was instructed to inform
the Congressional Committees on
the action of the Society.
Disposes of $500,000 Surplus
War Equipment
The Willys-Overland Corporation has
sold to the Peninsular Machinery Co.,
of Detroit, 1,500 machine tools worth
approximately $500,000. This machin-
ery was ordered during the war, a
large portion being delivered following
the end of hostilities.
J. J. Voelcker Made Foreman
of Rockwood Co.
J. J. Voelcker, who recently took
charge of the machine shop of the
Rockwood Manufacturing Co., Indian-
apolis, has been a frequent contributor
to the American Machinist for about
fifteen years. His mechanical experi-
ence covers a wide field and he is only
a little over forty. He learned the
machinist's and toolmaker's trade in
the good old-fashioned, thorough way,
in the shop of the H. Mueller Manufac-
records, however, is to furnish the op-
erator with a basic and accurate figure
which will permit of no delusion as to
the cost of doing business. This is
especially important in contracting,
trucking and other lines of business in
which haulage is a principal item. In
such business, in fact, success or fail-
ure often depends solely upon a true
knowledge of transportation costs.
Unless the operator chooses to in-
stall one of the various cost system
forms which are sold at a nominal sum,
it is simple for him to devise one that
fits his own business. But it would be
advisable for the operator to studjf
these systems before attempting to per-
fect one of his own, as they embody
tl>e experience of thousands of truck
users.
J. J. VOELCHER
turing Co., of Decatur, 111., one of the
largest plumbers' brass goods factories
in the world. Later they made him
foreman of their machine shop.
He next became foreman of the tool-
room for the Link-Belt Co., Indian-
apolis, and left there to become super-
intendent of the Van Briggle Motor
Device Co., in the same city. He stayed
in this position three years and then
went to the planning department of
the Nordyke and Marmon Co. and
from there to his present position.
He has also at various times in his
career, in order to gain experience,
worked at the Rock Island Arsenal,
Atlas Gas Engine Works, Stenotype
Co. and the Ideal Brass Works.
Fred Thornley. director and works man-
ager of W. Thornley & Sons. Ltd., Marrick-
vlUe. Australia, is in tills country for the
pun'ose of purchasing new machinery. He
is stopping at the Highland Court Hotel.
Windsor Ave., Hartford, Conn., and is in-
terested in toolroom equipment, includins
a hai-dening plant, grinding and milling
machines, and automatic anr' "*irret lathes.
48
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
Platform of the New York Citi-
zens Transportation Committee
The following declaration of princi-
ples was adopted by the Citizens Trans-
portation Committee of New York City,
May 27, 1920: "The welfare of the
Community being dependent on im-
partial and uninterrupted transporta-
tion service, all classes of people and
merchandise should be served by trans-
portation and trucking facilities with-
out discrimination and there should be
no interruption to such service through
industrial warfare except as a last re-
sort when all efforts of adjustment h^ve
failed and there is no impartial tribu-
nal available to the parties presenting
a grievance.
"Employees on piers, docks, railroads,
Eteamships, lighters, tugs and trucks
should perform their usual service re-
gardless of whether the connecting
points which they serve or the facili-
ties or vehicles through which the mer-
chandise is received or delivered are
manned by union or non-union men.
"Impartial service should be extended
to all merchandise regardless of
whether it has been worked upon or
handled by union or non union men."
John Mc. C. Price has recently be-
come associated with the Industrial
Controller Co., Milwaukee, Wis., and
has taken charge of the Chicago office.
Mr. Price was formerly with the Me-
chanical Appliance Co., Milwaukee, as
general sales manager.
WlLLARD S. SlSSON, secretary and
treasurer of the D. & W. Fuse Co.,
Providence, R. I., will sever his connec-
tion with that company on June 15, as
the plant is now operated by the Gen-
eral Electric Co., under a long-term
lease. Mr. Sisson will continue in the
electrical business.
T. W. McManus for the last six
years master mechanic for the Kellogg
Switchboard and Supply Co., has taken
over an interest in the Security Tool
Works, Chicago. Mr. McManus has
been elected vice president and .has
assumed the duties of general manager.
R. K. Morse has been appointed
Western manager of the Milwaukee
Electric Crane and Manufacturing Co.
Mr. Morse will have his headquarters
in the Pittock Block, Portland, Ore.
Obittxary
Resolution Against Metric
System
By the Motor and Accessory
Manufacturers Association
at Atlantic City,
April 26, 1920.
Whereas, the members of this
Association have formally regis-
tered their opposition to the
adoption of the metric system
on the grounds that it is un-
economic; that the disadvan-
tages of the metric system are
not offset by the advantages;
that the benefits of the metric
system do not justify the enor-
mous expense which would be
entailed through the necessary
changes in sizes of product and
equipment (which would mean
an excessive loss through de-
struction of the present equip-
ment not adapted to the new
system) ; and through the edu-
cation of employees and cus-
tomers.
Therefore, be it resolved, that
this committee express for the
members of the Motor and Ac-
cessory Manufacturers Associa-
tion its opposition to any legis-
lative action which would result
in making the adoption of the
metric system of weights and
measures obligatory, and further
Be it resolved, that this com-
mittee commend to the members
of this Association the work of
the American Institute of
Weights and Measures in op-
posing the compulsory adoption
of the metric system.
The instrument illustrated herewitli is called the Loadometer and is being manu-
factured by the Black & Decker Manufacturing Co., Baltimore, Md. It is a portable
device for determining the weight carried by a motor truck. The rear wheels are
Jacked up clear of the ground and the sum of the readings on the gages tells the
load being carried by the rear axle. Many county and state police are now using
these instruments and where these indicate that the truck is overloaded, the owner
of the truck is haled into court and usually fined for violating the law. Much of the
criticism that is being passed on the highway commissions and road engineers because
of rapid deterioration of roads is actually caused bv the operating of trucks with
excessive loads.
Whitfield P. Pressinger
Whitfield P. Pressinger, New York,
vice president of the Chicago Pneumatic
Tool Co., died on June 10 as a result of
complications following an operation.
Mr. Pressinger was actively engaged
in the penumatic tool and allied machin-
ery industry for many years. He was
general manager of the Clayton Air
Compressor Co. for seven years and
became widely known through numer-
ous activities in the American Society
WHITFIELD p. PRESSINGER
of Mechanical Engineers and the Com-
pressed Air Society. He was born in
New York City in 1871. In addition to
the foregoing societies he was a member
of the Sons of the Revolution, Seventh
New York Regiment Veterans, F. and
A. M., and the following clubs of New
York City: Engineers, Lawyers, New
York Athletic, New York Railroad,
Columbia Yacht and the Machinery
Club.
Labor troubles have caused the shut-
ting down of the foundry department
of the Brunswick Marine Construction
Co., at Brunswick, Ga., and the com-
pany is preparing to ship the equip-
ment and finished products of the
department to another point, according
to W. C. Irwin, manager of the plant.
The Yale & Towne Manufacturing
Co., Stamford, Conn., has purchased
the Industrial Electric Truck Division
of the C. W. Hunt Co., of Staten Island.
This new business will be combined
with the Yale company's hoist depart-
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery '^^'^'^ u. i^f^ V« ' ^g^
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Hammer, Helve, Motor-Driven
C. C. Bradley, Inc.. Syracuse, N. Y.
"American Machinist," June 10,
The hammer is controlled in the
usual manner by a treadle, which ap-
lilies and regulates the pressure of the
idler pulley against the loose running
belt. Formerly a motor was not in-
cluded as part of the hammer equip-
ment, and if used for the drive a sep-
arate countershaft with tw'o loose pul-
leys between the motor and hammer
was required. The illustration shows
the drive arrangement now used.
Liithe, Geared-Head, 26-In.
Belts Machine Co., Rochester, N. Y.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
Blasting Machine, Pigton ~
Gray Machine Tool Co., Inc., Buffalo, N. Y.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
, The machine shown i.^ adapted to clean-
ing with steel grit or shot the insidcs of
pistons up to i\ in. outside diameter, the
air consumption being 40 cu.ft. i)er min
at 70 to 90 lb. pressure. The piston is
placed in a holder with the open end
downward, and when lowered by means
of a lever it starts rotating. The worli
holders operate independently, thus allow-
ing the worlv to be changed in one while
the other is revolving. The drive pulley
runs at 100 r.p.m. Floor space, 36 x 42
m. Weight, imcked for shipment, SOO lb.
Screwdriver
The Ackland Specialty Co., 146 College St., Springfield. Mass.
"American Machinist." June 10, 1920
The headstock is of the all-
geared inclosed type, being oper-
ated through an expand ing-ring
friction clutch operated from the
apron. The movement which dis-
engages the clutch automatic-
ally applies the friction brake.
There are nine spindle speeds in
geometric progression, two back
gears being used. All shafts and gears are located in the lower
half of the headstock. access being obtained by merely removing
the cover. If individual motor dri\-e is used, the motor is mounted
on top of the headstock cover and geared to the main driving
shaft.
I
I
I This screwdriver with its attach-
ments is intended lor removing screws
that cannot be turned by the ordinary
I hand tool. Three screwdriver blades,
I 8. J and i in. widths, are furnished.
I These blades fit into a case-hardened
j socket in the extension post, upon
which a ratchet wrench is fitted. The
bar upon which the pressure is applied
I to hold the driver in the screw is at-
I tached to the extension post by a ball
I Joint.
Milling Machine, Smi-Automatie, Multiple-Spindle
Ingersoll Milling Machine. Rockford. 111.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
Drilling Machine, Vertical, iiO-In.
The Hoosier Drilling Machine Co., Goshen, Ind.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
This machine is of the reciprocating-
table type, the feed being automatically
controlled so that it increases while the
cutters are passing through the clearance
space. After loading the first fixture and
starting the cut the operator loads the
other fixtures, and he removes each casting
as fast as it is finished. The machine
shown has individual motor drive and two
vertical and two horizontal spindles, but
other machines of this type are made with
different spindle arrangements. Talde, 14
X 67 in. Floor space, 34 sq.ft. Weight,
10,000 lb.
I
I
I This machine is built in four different
I styles. No. 1 has a round base, plain drive
1 and adjustable-lever. feed ; No. 2 is tlie same
I as No. 1 but has a rectangular base ; No. 3
I has a combined lever and worm feed ; and
I No. 4, illustrated here, has back gears and
power feed. An automatic stop attachment
I enables the operator to drill accurately to
I depth. The hole in the center of the table
I is machined in alignment with the spindle,
I so that it may be used for piloting a boring
I bar. Number of spindle speeds: 4 on plaln-
I drive machine. 8 on back-geared machine.
I Three power feeds. 0.003, 0.005 and 0.008 in.
I Diameter of table, 16 in. Travel: spindle,
' 94 in. ; table, 18 in.
I'reMS, 8crew, Four-r*o.';t
Manhattan Machine and Tool Works, Grand Rapids, Mich.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
This press, known as type BB. is intended
for testing punches and dies and for otiier
experimental work where a hand press of
considerable power is required. Capacity,
%» tons. Bed, 20 x 36 in. Maximum dis-
tance bed to ram, 22 in. Diameter of screw,
3 in. Height. 77 in. Floor space. 31 x
41 in. Weight: net. 2.270 lb.; for ship-
ment. 2,425 lb. ; boxed for export, 2,600 lb.
Size boxed, 58 cu.ft.
Guard, Safety, for Power Press
D. & M. Guard Co., 6 State Street, Rochester. N. Y.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
The device has three guards,
two of them standing normally at
the left of the operator. The
front guard moves with each
stroke of the treadle, while the
inner guard moves with each
stroke of the ram. Each moves
independently of the other, and
serves to push the operator's
iiands away from the punch. A
side guard prevents the feeding
of the punch from the side. The
device may be swung to one side
to render the head accessible, and
it may be easily attached to the
press.
Clip, paste on 3 x S-in. cards and file as desired
48b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 1
nient, and will thus put it in a position
to furnish complete equipment for the
moving of medium and light loads,
either vertically or horizontally.
The Meisselbach-Catucci Manufac-
turing Co., of Newark, N. J., has pur-
chased the shop of the Union Wheel
Works, which is located at 51 Stanton
St. in the Fielinghuysen Ave. factory
development. The company is con-
verting the building to meet its require-
ments, and with the added facilities
afforded will be in a better position to
meet the demand for M-C gears and
M-C gear bobbing machines.
Recent advertisements of the West-
inghouse Union Battery Co., Swissvale,
Pa., have, unfortunately, led many to
assume that the Westinghouse Elec-
tric and Manufacturing Co. was en-
tering the storage-battery field. In
order to clear away any misunderstand-
ing, the Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Co. authorizes the
statement that the Westinghouse Union
Battery Co. is owned and controlled by
the Westinghouse Air Brake Co.,
Wilmerdmg, Pa., and the Westinghouse
Electric and Manufacturing Co. is not
in any way connected with it.
The Metal Saw and Machine Co., Inc.,
Springfield, Mass., has been especially
organized to take over the production
of Napier metal-cutting machines,
band saws, etc. The same officers
who were president and treasurer
of the Napier Saw Works, Inc., are
now president and treasurer of the
Metal Saw and Machine Co., Inc.
The Velco Manufacturing Co.,
Greenfield, Mass., has been incorpor-
ated under the laws of Massachusetts
with a capital of $250,000. It has pur-
chased the entire assets of the V. E.
Lapointe Manufacturing Co., of Man-
chester, Conn., which it has moved to
its new plant at Greenfield, Mass.,
where new machinery and equipment
is now being installed. Frank O. Wells
is pi'esident and J. T. Seller, treasurer.
At a recent board meeting of the di-
rectors of Manning, Maxwell & Moore,
Inc., New York, Robert A. Bole, who
has been a director and who is its
general sales manager on the Pitts-
burgh end, was elected vice president
of the firm. Mr. Bole has been with
this company for a great many years,
and is well known in the railroad r.nd
metal industries.
The plant of the New England Oil
Refining Co., Fall River, Mass., built
by Aberthaw of Boston, was put into
operation on the arrival of 60,000 bar-
rels of oil from a Southern port. The
full pumping capacity of the new re-
finery is 5,000 barrels per hour.
Oscar Lindbom, president of Aktie-
bolaget Oscar Lindbom, Stockholm,
Sweden, machine-tool dealer, is visiting
this country for the purpose of making
arrangements with American manufac-
turers of machine tools. Aktiebolaget
Oscar Lindbom has recently taken over
the machine-tool business, including
showrooms and selling organization, of
Aktiebolaget Galco, Ltd., which firm
will devote its entire energies to export
trade from Sweden. Mr. Lindbom's ad-
dress while in this country will be in
care of American Galco, Incorporated,
Grand Central Palace, New York City.
.\ niirrliaiil in Scotlanil liesires an aK^ncy
for the sale in South .\frica of baker, con-
fectionery, and allied manufacturer.s' ma-
chinery. Quotations should be given f.o.b.
Xew York. Payment will be cash against
documents. Keferences. No. 33126.
Export Opportunities
.\ manufacturing company in India de-
sires to secure an agency for the sale of
lathes and workshop gear, concrete and
mortar mixers, locomotives and tippinn
wagons for broad and narrow gage lines,
and cement, metals, etc. Quotations should
be given c. i.f. Indian port. References. No.
:i:ill2.
.\ jute mills comiiany in India desires to
purchase a complete set of machinery for
mill, machinery for preparing jute and
spinning and weaving sacks. Quotations
should be given c.i.f. Cocanada or Madras.
Payment will be made cash on delivery of
documents. No. 3,117.
An .\merican trading company with con-
nections throughout Kurope desires to pur-
chase and secure an agency for the sale of
machines and tools for woodworkers, metal
workers, blacksmiths. »nd toolmakers, also
paper, cardboard, pulpboard. newsprint
paper, etc. Payment will be cash against
documents in New York. References. No.
33111.
Tile International Railway Master Black-
smith*' .\ssociation will hold its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingham.
.\la.. on .\ug. 17. 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is .\. I... Woodworth,
lima, Ohio.
The .\merican Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Heseareh Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelphia. Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18. inclusive.
.1. A. Pollak. of the Pollak Steel Co.. Cin-
cinnati. Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The American Foundrymen's Asssocia-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C K. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, 111., is secretary.
An exposition of V. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires, .\rgentine Republic. S. A..
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. l,";. Information can l)e obtained from
the .\merican National Exhibition. Inc.
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 1"2 A\c«t
42nd St.. New York.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
48c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
StraiglitenlnK Machine, Hur
Whitney Metal Tool Co., Rockford, 111.
"American Machinist," June
This machine is tlesiBned to
Ktraishten bar stock up to 2 in.
diameter. The work is siipporteil
on V-l)locks while being subjected
to the action of the screw. Upon
elevating the screw, the two sets
of spring-actuated rolls lift the
bar above the Vs, so that it may
be easily rotated.
Drilling Muclilue, Vertiral, Oeured
Minster Machine Co.. Minster, O.
"American Machinist," June 10, 1920
This machine for quantity production is known
as the No. 12 Minster Junior. The spindle m
driven by gears through a double-keyeil driving
sleeve, a ball thrust bearing being used. Tight
and loose pulleys are part of the regular equip-
ment, but a reversing clutch can be furnished
for use when tapping. The feed is -hrough gears
and the depth of the hole can be controlled by a
dial which disengages the feed at the proper
point. A compound table can be furnished. Ca-
pacity: will drill in steel, 2 in. length of feeil,
16 in. Table size, 18 x 21) in. Feed changes, 4.
Speed changes, 6. Net weight, 2,800 lb.
Drilling Maeiiine, Vertical, *^4-In.
J. E. Snyder & Son., Worcester. Mass.
"American Machinist," June 10. ISlifl
Grinding: Macliine, Disic
Badger Tool Co., Belolt, Wis.
"American Machinist,"
June 10, 1920
This machine has an adjustable head
and tapping attachment and is designed
for medium work. All gears are pro-
tected and the power feed is driven from
the top shaft in.stead of the main spindle.
A comijound table and motor drive, either
belt or chain connected, can be fui'nished.
Capacity: drills to center. 24 in. Auto-
matic feed.. Ill in. Traverse: head, 17*
in. ; table, 17 in. Diameter of table, 21 in.
Ratio of back gears 5J to 1. Speeds. 8.
Feeds. 4. Motor required. 2 hp. Floor
space, 225 x 64 in.
This machine, known as No. 8,
has ball bearings for the spinfile.
The work tables are provided
with lever feed and stops having
micrometer adjustment. A pump
and hoods for wet grinding can
be furnished and the machine can
be equipiied with chucks to hold
abrasive cylinders. Disk diam-
eter. 26 to 30 in. Cylinder chuck
diameter, 18 to 20 in. Speed:
with disks. 6,000 ft. per min. ;
with chucks, 5.000 ft. per min.
Work tables. 8 x 15 in. Shipping
weight: domestic. 4,000 lb.; ex-
port. 4,500 lb. Export box, 130
cu.ft.
Grludil<s Machine, CvUndricai, CenterlesK I
Rus.sell. llolbrook and Henderson. Inc.. 30 Church St., New (
York City. I
"American Machinist," June 17, 1920 j
Torch, Oxy-Acetylene, Welding, Cutting
K-G Welding and Cutting Co., 556 West 34th St., New York City
"American Machinist," June 17, 1920
The model "P." machine is in-
tended for grinding straight cylin-
drical work from m, to 6 in. and
up to 20 in. in length. The grind,
ing wheel is 20 x 4 in. and
mounted on a 3 J -in. shaft run-
ning In bronze bearings adjust-
able for wear. The feed wheel
vhich holds the work against the
grinding wheel runs at 48 r.p.m.
For quantity production work a
series of these machines can be
used, each one reducing the work
without changing the wheel ad-
justment. Where one machine is
used it Is necessary to pass the
work through two or more times.
Floor space. 48 x 68 in. Weight:
net. 2,200 lb. ; crated, 2,500 lb.
■^■'^—-^
The heads, tips and
nuts that are exposed to
the heat are made of
Monei metal. The claims
made for the torches are
low upkeep and long-
life, due to the high
melting point and heat
conductivity of the
metal. The heat-resist-
ing qualities of the tips
are said to permit con-
tinuous work in certain
cases without stopping
to cool the torch before llu' wild is c.jmpleteil . also, that the
joints are not likely to loosen from overheat and cause a Hash
back when working in corners and pockets.
Proflling Machine, Multiple-Spindle. Automatic
Automatic Machine Co., Rridgeport, j-
Conn.
"American Machinist. June 17. 1920
The machine is intended for rapid
production of irregular contours. Six
spindles or less may be carried, the
head casting being changed to conform
to different tyiies of work. The spin-
dles are each driven by a bronze
helical gear meshing with a single long
steel helical gear on the driving shaft.
The head is moved parallel to the
length of the table by means of the
cam on the right driven by woi'm
gearing, and the table is moved in and
out from the columns by means of a
similar arrangement. The fixtures and
tools are designed to suit the particu-
lar j)ieces of work to be done. Inde-
i)endent motor drive can be furnished.
Floor, space, about 5 x 6 ft. Weight,
6.000 lb.
__, ,
Truing Muolihie, (Irinding Wheel
The Precision Truing Machine and Tool Co., Cincinnati. Ohio
"American Machinist. ' June 17, 1920
The machine is Intended for
use in place of a diamond in
truing abrasive wheels, it con-
sists of a motor, abradent nib
and a holder for fastening the
motor to the grinding machine,
and it can be operated by cur-
rent from a lamp socket. The
revolving nib approaches the
wheel at an angle and is fed
across the face of it in the . . ,.
same way as a diamond. Three 1-in. diameter general puriiose
nibs are furnished, but special nibs can be supplied.
Clip, paste on S x 5-in. cards and file as desired
48(1
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
^_ 1R'?» ■
f THE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
W
I RON "AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45 . 60
Northern Basic 4 2 . 80
Southern Ohio No. 2 46.80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49.65
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49.70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry.
.42.00(^44.00
One
Year .\go
$29 80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33.95
25.75
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2x, 2.25-2.75sil 46®48.25*
Virginia No. 2 45.00*
Basic 44 . sot
0*
30.85
30.90
30.90
Grey Forge 43 . 50'
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 44.25 27.25
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 47.00 31.75
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 45.65 28.15
Basic 44.40 27.15
Bessemer 44.90 29 35
MONTREAL
Silicon 2.25 to 2.75% 43.25
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES — The followinR base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and larger, and plates fin. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
. New York
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
$3.97 $3.47
4.12 3 37
4 12 3.37
5.32 4.07
4.17 3.67
Structural shapes.. . . $4. 47
Soft steel bars 4.62
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4.62
Soft steel bands 5 . 82
Plates, J to I in. thick 4.67
^Cleveland^
.— Chicago—.
One
One
Current Year
Current Year
Ago
$5.50 $3 37
Agol
$3.97 $3.47
5 00 3 27
3.87 3 37
3.27
3.87 3.37
6.25
5.00 3.57
4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 1 00 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.35
Warehouse, New York 4 . 57 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3. 52 3. 22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
also the base quotations from mill:
New York -
Large
Mill Lots
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current
No. 10 3.55-6 00 7.12@8.00
No. 12 3.60-6 05 7.l7(a8 05
No. 14 3.65-6.10 7 22(ii)8.10
No. 16 3.75-6.20 7.32@8.20
Black
Nos. 18and20 4 15-6 30 8 50(^9.50
Nos. 22and24 4 20-6.35 8 55@9.55
No. 26 4.25-6.40 8.60@9 60
No. 28 4 35-6.50 8.70@9.70
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 7.50
No. 12 4.80 7. 60
No. 14 4.80-7.60
Nos. 18and 20 5.10-7.90
Nos. 22and24 5.25-8.02
No. 26 5.40-8.20
No. 28 5.70-8.50
One
Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
4 57
4 62
4 67
4.77
5 17
5 22
5.27
5.37
7 55
7 65
7 70
7 80
8 20
8 25
8 30
8.40
7 02
7 07
7 12
7.22
7 80
7 85
7 90
8.00
9 75gf, II 00 5 50 8 50 8 15
9 85® 1 1 00 5,55 8.60 8 20
9.85(ain 10 5 60 8 60 8 35
10. 10(3111 40 5 90 8 90 8 65
10.25@ll.55 6.05 9 05 9 05
10.40(5, II 70 6 20 9 20 9 20
I0.70@I2 00 6.50 9.50 9 50
Acute soarcity in sheets, particularly black, galvanized and No. 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets arc unavailable except In fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9. .55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6,25 $5.80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6 75 6 30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
SWEDISH (NORWAY) IRON— The average price per 1 00 lb., in ton lots is :
TTew York
('leveland
<%io*go
In coils an advance of 50c. usually is charged.
Domestic iron (Swedish analysis) is selling at 1 2c. per lb
Current
One Year .\go
$20.00
$25.50-30.00
20.00
20.00
21.00
16.50
WELDING MATERIAL (.SWEDISH)— These prices arc the best we have
been able to obtain for Swedish weldingftmaterials, of which it is reported that
very little are on the market.
Welding Wire
I.H.ft, }, A, A ■••
No. 8,AandNo. 10..
No.' 'li.'.v. '.■.■. '.■.■.'.'.;
A, No. 14 and A---
No. If
21.00 to 30.00
Cast-iron Welding Rods
Abyl2in.long 14. OO
ibyl9in.long 12.00
lbyl9in. long 10.00
j by 21 in. long 10.00
. . ... .Special Welding Wire, Coated
No. 20 I i 33.00
A 30.00
Domestic — Welding wire in' 1 00-lb. lots sells as follows, f.o.b. New York: A.
8!c. per lb.; I, 8c.; A to i, 7Jc.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEI — The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7 00 8 00 9.00
Spring steel (light) 10.00 11.00 12.25
Coppered bessemer rods 9. 00 8. 00 6.75
Hoop steel 6.07 6.50 5.32
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 10.75
Floorplates 6.80 6.00 6.77
PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the Pitts-
burgh basing card, discounts on steel pipe, applying as from January 14, 1920,
and on iron pipe from January 7, 1920.
Steel BUTT WELD Iron
Inches Black Galvanised Inches Black Galvanised
i, iandl 47% 20J% i to IJ 34}% 181%
1 51% 36J%
I to 3 54% 4U%
LAP WELD
2 47% 34)% 2 281% 14J%
2Jto6 50% 37J% 2Jto6 30J% 171%
BUTT WELD. EXTRA^STRONG PLAIN E.N'DS
J. iandl 43^. 25)% 1 to } 341% 191%
1 48% 35J%
ftoll 52% 39!%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
2 45% 331% 2 291% 16i%
21 to 4 48% 361% 2! to 4 31)% I9J%
41 to 6 47% 351% 4} to 6 301% I8j%
Stock discounts in cities named are as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Black Galv. Black Galv. Black Galv.
} to 3 in. steel butt welded. 40^1, 24% 40% 31% 54(5.40% 401(830 %
21 to 6 in. steel lap welded. 35% 20% 42% 27% 50fe40% 37!@27i%
Malleable fittings. Class B and C. banded, from New York stock sc^l at
plus 32%. Cast iron, standard sises, net.
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 18(<il9 19 25 18 00
Tin in 5-ton lots 48 50 61 50 72.50
Lead 8 00 9.00 5.3S
Spelter 7.75 8.70 6. 85
ST. LOUIS
Lead 7.75 8 871 5 10
Spelter 7.45 8.371 6.50
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
0'''n"«= ^ Chicago^
^- New York ~ '- Cleveland — . -April 8
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .\go .Ago rent .\go rent .\go
Copper sheets, base. . 33.50 29.50 26.00 32.00 26.50 36.00 27.00
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 31.25 24 00 29.50 26.50 27.00 23.00
Brassshcets 28.50 27.50 20 50 29.00 25.00 27.00 21.50
Bni.'.spipc 33.00 32.00 30 75 34.00 33.00 35.00 3100
Solder (half and half)
(caselots) 33.00 39 00 38 00 40.50 41 00 38 00 39 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rollevl 14 os. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 7ic.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lota, mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One \ tar Ago
Mill 23.75 18.00
New York 25.00 19.50
Cleveland 27.00 24 00
Chicago 26.00 24 00
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
48e
■^K^
SHOP MERIAIS AND SUPPUB
ZINC SHEETS— The following prices in cents per pound prevail:
Carload lots f.o.b. mill 12.00
. — In Casks — . ^- Broken Lots --
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.95 15.50 13.30
New York 14.00 12.00 H.50 13.00
Chicago...' 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid;
Current One Year Ago
New York 8 00 8.50
Chicago ., 9.50 . 10.00
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 16,00 15.00 16.50 16.50
Copper, heavy, and wire 15.25 14.00 16.50 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13.75 12.00 15.00 1400
Lcad.heavy 7.00 4.62^ 7.00 7.00
Lead, tea 5.00 3.75 5 00 6 00
Brass, heavy 10.25 8.75 12.50 1650
Brass, light 7.50 7.00 10.00 9.50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 8.50 8.50 10 00 10 00
Zinc 5.25 4 25 5 00 5 50
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. 1 aluminum. 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb 33.00 34. 00c. @ 35. 00c. 33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 25.00
Chicago 29.00 28.00
Cleveland 32.00 28.50
BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound:
. — New York ^ . — Cleveland — ■ ^~ — Chicago — ^
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Eijstgrade 90.00 87.00 74.50 79.00 60.00 75.00
Commercial 50.00 42.00 21.50 17.50 15.00 15.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
l-JUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
fimot:int is deducted from list:
^ New York ^
- Clev
eland —
. C
iicago ■
Cur-
One
Cur-
One
Cur-
One
• rent Year Ago
rent
Year Ago
rent
Year Ago
Hot pressed square. -(-$4.00
3.25
$ .75
$1.90
$.50
2 00
Hot pressed hexagon -f 4.00
2.70
.75
1.90
.50
2 00
Cok'. punched hexa-
gon -1- 4.00
3.25
.75
1.90
.50
1.30
Cold punched square -t- 4.00
2.70
.75
1.90
.50
1.30
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price;
Current One Year Ago
New York 30% 50-10%
Chicago 50% 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 4 in. and smaller List 20% 20%
Larger and longer up to 1 J in. by 30 in.. . . -|- 20% 20% 1 0%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
New York list Cleveland $3.00 Chicago $3.00
For cast-iron washers, | and larger, the base price per 1 00 lb. is as follows:
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $4.75
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
i by 6 in. and smaller 10% 15% 10%
aruer and longer up to I in. by 30 in 10% 10% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
. Rivets . . Burs — •
Current One Year Ago Current
Cleveland 20% 25% 10%
Chl(»go net 1 0 % net
New York 25% 40% net
One Year Ago
10%
10%
20%
RIVETS — The following quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders from
warehouse;
New York Cleveland Chicago
Steel A and smaller 30% 30% 30%
Tinned 30% 30% 30%
Boiler, ?, I, I in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. Bell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.37 Pittsburgh $5.62
Structural, same sizes:
New York $7. 10 Chicago $5.47 Pittsburgh $5.72
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in 1 00-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper 34 00 34.00 35.00
Brass 33.00 34.00 34.00
For immediate stock shipment 3c. is usually added. The prices, of course.
vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than 100 lb., but not less than
75 lb., the advance is 2c.; for lots of less than 75 lb., but not less than 50 lb.
advance is 5c. over base (1 00-lb. lots) : le.=s than 50 lb., but not less than 25 lb.
10c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 25c.; less
than 10 lb., add 35c.
Double above extras will be charged for angles, channels and slifet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as t-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and |-1J in., inclusive, in square and hexagon^all varying by thirty
seconds up to I in. by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE — In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for S12.50 per 100 lbs.
COTTON WASTE— The following prices are in cents per pound:
New York
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 1I.00@15 50 13.00 16.00 Ij.OOto 14.00
Colored mixed. . 7.00fel0.50 9.00-12.00
12.00
9.50 to 12.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1 000 is as follows;
13}xl3l
Cleveland 55.00
Chicago 41 .00
I3}x20!
65.00
43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb. ;
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.00 $2.25 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.00 1.75
Cleveland 2.50 2.50 2.75
Chicago 2.25 2.25 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Age
NewYork $3.90 $4.00 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 ...
Cleveland 4.25 4.25 3.62
Chicago ■ 5.00 5.00 5.00
COKE^The following are prices per net ton at ovens. Connellsville:
June 1 0 June 3 May 27
Prompt furnace $l4.50(ajSI5.00 $14. 50©$I5. 50 $14. 50(5 $15 50
Prompt foundry 15 50@, 16.00 15.50® 16.50 15.50® 16.50
FIRE CLAY— The following prices prevail:
Ottawa, bulk in carloads .?S'„'''°,°
Cleveland '"O-lb- bag
Current
$8.00
1.00
LINSEED OIL— These prices are per gallon:
. New York . , Chicago .
Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year A no
Raw in barrels (5 bbl. lots) $1.63 $1.90 $2.02 $2.10
5-gal. cans (without cans) 1.66* 2.03 2.27 2.30
•To this oil price must be added the cost of the cans (returnable), which ia
$2. 25 for a case of six.
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound;
, Red . — ^*;'*«„ — ■
One Year One Year
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In Oil
lOOlb.keg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50 15.50 13.00
25and50-lb.kegs....l5.75 17.25 3.25 4.75 5.75 3.25
I2»-lb keu 16 00 17.50 3.50 15.00 16.00 13.50
lib canl 8 50 20.00 15.00 16.50 18.50 15.00
i:ib:caSI:::;:::::::2o.5o 22.00 1600 17.50 20.50 16.00H
500 lb. !ota leea 10% discount. 2000 lb. lots lev I0-2J% diaoount.
48f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
NEWcz/^c? ENLARGED
Ij-V-FLETCilEn
.<L>
■fiiiiimttiiiiiMiimiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiitrminiitiiiiMiri
Machine Tools
niiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiMii
IIIIMtlMMinillllflllW
The following concerns are in tlie market
for machine tools :
R. I., Providence — Borland & Sons — one
15 ton hydraulic power press.
3Id.. Baltimore — The Carey Machine and
Supply Co., 119 East Lombard St.- — one
horizontal radial drill with 25 in. horizon-
tal traveling spindle, 24 x 65 in. table, dis-
tance between table and center of spindle
about 29 in., to l>e equipped with arbor
spindle arm adjustable to table.
Md., Solisbur.v — The Riverside Motor Co.
— repair shop equijiment.
N. J.. Jersey City — The Univers:U To-
bacco Machine Co.— one large drill i)ress.
N. J., Newark — The Bd. Educ. City Hall
— machine shop and forge equipment for
Seymour Vocational School.
N. Y., Buifalo — The Auto Knitter Hosiery
Co., 821 Jelferson St. — machine slioi> equip-
ment.
N. Y., Jamestown — J. G. Townsend,
Route 81 — one blacksmith drill and press.
X. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Welborne & Co., Inc., 327 Bway. —
{)laners, milling machines, Blotters and
athes for export to Bl-azil.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Wern Mchy. and Eng. Co., 30
Church St. — one horizontal boring mill with
48 to 60 in. diameter and 8 or 9 in. borinc
bar.
X. Y.. Sciienectad.v — The Gfneral Electric
Co., River Rd.. A. R, Howgate. Purch.
Agt.^for Baltimore, Md., plant — one open
side planer with 30 in. x 30 in. x 10 ft. bed
and 2 heads on cross rail, motor driven.
X. Y., Syracuse — The Franklin ,\utomo-
hilo Co., 303 South Geddes St. — machine
tool equipment for truck plant.
Ph., Pittsburgh — The Allegheny Forging
Co.. fill Wood St. — one serpentine surface
grinder, with 8 in. wheel for grinding trim-
mers in drop forge department.
Pa., Waynesboro — The AVayne Tool Mfg.
Co. — one nut tapping machine.
On., Atlanta — The Abernathy Automatic
Tjiquid Dispensing Machine Co.. 2 North
Pryor St. — drill presses, lathes, grinders,
milling machines, power punches and
motors.
X. (■„ Wilmington — The Atlantic Coast
Line Ry., F. H. Fechtlg. 1810 Princess St..
Purch. .Agt. — general machine tool equip-
ment for repair and maintenance shops.
W. Vn., Wheeling — C. L. Hills 30.^) Natl.
Bank Bldg. — one 30 to 36 in. x 10 ft. motor
driven lathe (new or used).
III., .Aurora — The T Dunham Co. — .one
1,000-1,200 ton hydraulic power press.
Mieli., Detroil^ — The Standard Reamer &
Tool Co.. Elmwood Ave. and Hendrlc St. —
equipment for machining small tools and
reamers, electrically driven.
C Cleveland — The Bd. Educ, East Gth
St. and Rockwell .\ve. — lathes, presses,
saws, work benches and general shop and
manual training equipment.
Wis., Fond du Lac — Tile Bulldog Trac-
tor Co. — turret lathes, drill presses, shapers
and a boring mill.
Wis,, Milwankee — The Amer. Value Ro-
tator Co.. 917 Chestnut St., H. Danischel-
sky., Purch. Agt. — milling machines, lalhis,
drill presses and grinders.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Badger Packard
Mchy. Co., 338 South Water St., C. Mason.
Purch. Agt. — vises, dies, drills and other
bench tools.
Wis.. Milwaukee — R. l.emke, 452 15th
St. — one lathe with thread attachment.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Ramstaek & Son
Mfg. Co., 1826 Brown St, — drill presses.
Wis., Sheboygan — The Bd. Educ. — ma-
chine tools and machinery for machine
shop.
Tex., Dallas — The Dallas Brass Mfg. Co.,
1101 Ross Ave. —
One 16 in. x 6 ft. quick change gear en-
gine lathe.
One small scroll saw for pattern shop.
One .small jig saw for pattern shop.
One metal spur cutting saw (all used).
Tex„ Ft. Worth — The Claypeel Machine
Co., 1711 Calhoun St. — machine shop and
foundry equipment.
X'. B.. Aloncton — The Record Fdry. and
Mchy. Co. — dustproof mills and stove top
polishers.
Ont., Toronto— The A. R. Williams Mchv.
Co., Ltd.. 66 Front St.. W.— one Bianchard
high power vertical surface grinder.
■ IIIIIIIIIMtlMtlllll
illlllllMlttllllllllllllltllltllttlllMIII
Machinery
iitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiKiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimtimiiiittiiiiitiiiiir
The following concerns aie in the market
for machinery:
X. Y„ BufTaln — The Amherst Auto Body
Co., 99 Grey St.. S. Horn, Purch. .•\gt. —
one sheet metal rolling machine and one
hair picking machine.
X. Y., Buffalo — The J. Dold Packing Co..
745 William St., .1. J. Cuff. Purch. Agt.—
hog iron scrapping rnachinery and conveyor
chains.
X. Y., Syracuse — The .Atmospheric Nitro-
gen Corp.. c/o ,1. G. WTiite Eng. Co., 43
Exeh. PI., New York City — traveling cranes.
One 25 ton for 70 ft. span ;
One 25 ton for 56 ft. span ;
One 35 ton for 35 ft. span ;
One 25 ton for 30 ft. span :
One 25 ton for 17 ft. 8 in. span;
One 25 ton for 17 ft. span :
One 25 ton for 62 ft. span.
Pa., Strondsburg — The Pennsylvania
Steel and Wire Co. — wire straightening
machines.
Va,, X'ewport News — The Newport News
Shipbuilding Co. — one 100 ton overhead
traveling crane.
m., Chloasro— The Bnnge Bros. Coal Co.,
1646 West Lake St. — one rip saw and car-
rier, to rip 12 X 12 in. timbers.
ni.. Chicago — The La Salle Iron Wks.,
2365 South Halsted St. — rolling mill, heat
treating equipment and pickling equipment.
Ind., Fl. Wayne — The Engineering Co..
umter and Wabash Sts. — one set of bend-
ing rolls of pyramid ty))e to handle 12 ga
sheets 73 in. wide, and to roll to 7 in di-
ameter (used).
Wis., AppU-ton— The Hayton Pump and
Blower Co., 575 2nd Ave. — one hand powei
crane.
Wis. Madison— The City, E. Parker, 819
uest Johnson St., City Engr. — crane for
liumping plant.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Modern Pattern
Co.. l.iO Clinton St.. G. Vierheilig, Purch
Agt. — woodworking machinery.
Wis., Milwaukee — W. Steinmetz, 449 7th
Ave. — one 30 in. band saw, one 14 or 18 in.
jointer, one sticker and one ripsaw.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Unger Toy Mfg
Co., 509 2nd Ave. — one baling machine.
Wis., Waukesha — F. C. Blair & Son, 340
Bway. — crane for foundry work.
Wis., Waasau — The .\nderson Bros. &
Johnson Co., East Manson St. — one 5 ton
crane.
Wis.. West Allis — The Sterling Wheel-
barrow Co.. 63r(l and Pullen Aves.. I. R.
Smith. I'res. — molding machines and one
blower for foundry.
Tex,, Dallas— W. C. Headrick. Hickory
St. — $15,000 worth of machinery for manu-
facture of iron beds.
Tex,, Houston — The Star Engraving Co..
Texas and Louisiana Sts.. G. C. Yax, Purch.
■Agt. — one 2J X 4 and one 6 x 10 ft. modern
die, 6 plate press.
Cal., I.OB .ViiKelc-R — The Fabri-Cord Tire
Co.. 917 Citizens Natl. Bank Bldg— for
San Pedro plant — $20(i.noo worth of ma-
chinery for tire manufacture.
aiininilllllllHIIIHIIttlllllltllllllllllltllllllllllltllMtlMllllltlllllllllllllllllMMIIIIIKIItii,:
Metal Working
^■■■■■tlKIIIIIIIIII
XEW EXfiLAXD ST.\TES
Conn,. Bridgeport — The Eastern Auto
Body Co. will soon award the contr,ict for
the construction of a li story. 60 x 90 ft.
factory on Lindley St.. for the manufacture
of automobile bodies. Estimated cost.
$35,000.
Conn., Bridgeport — The Morris Metal
Products Co.. Union .Ave., has awarded the
contract for altering its plant on Union St.
Estimated cost. $2O,O00.
Conn., Fairfield — The BridgeiJort Deoxi-
dized Bronze and Metal Co., Iron Ave..
Bridgeport, has t»urchased a 23 acre site
along the tracks of the New York. New
Haven & Hartford R.R.. here, and plans to
build a factory.
Conn,. Hartford — The J. M. Ney Co.. Elm
and West Sts.. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 50 x 75 ft.
addition to its phant. for the manufacture
of dentists' supplies. Estimated cost. $20.-
000. Ford. Buck & Sheldon, Inc.. 60 Proe-
pect St., Engrs. and .Archts.
Conn., Hartford — The Puritan Motor
Sales Co., 334 Pearl St., is having plans
prepared by Butler & Provoost. .Archts . 292
Main St.. Stamford, for the construction of
a 1 storv, 50 x 150 ft. garage on Farming-
ton Ave Estimated cost. $40,000.
July 1, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
48g
Cunii., Hartford — The Royal Typewriter
Co.. Inc.. 150 New Park Ave., is building
a 5 story. 50 x 66 ft. and 50 x 308 ft.
factory. Estimated cost, $250,000.
Conn.. New liritain — The Mendel Sick-
lick Co., 117 Willow St., is having plans
preimred by F. C. Walz, Archt., 348
Trumbull St., Hartford, for tile construction
of a 1 story garage on Arch St. Estimated
cost. 140,000.
Conn.. Waterbury — The Dexter Baking
Co., North Main St., will build a 1 story,
62 X 105 ft. garage. Estimated cost, $20,-
000,
Me., liiddeford — The Saco Lowell Shoi),
77 Franklin St.. Boston. Mass.. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 160 x 200 ft. foundry at its plant.
Estimated cost, $250,000.
MaKK., I>orolie«ter — Simons & Weiner,
c/o S. S. Eisenherg, Archt.. 15 Court Sq.,
Boston, will build a 1 story, 150 x 180 ft.
garage on Dorchester Ave. and Faulkner
St. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Mann.. Fairhaven — The Pairhaven Mills
will build a 1 story machine shop at its
plant. Estimated cost, $40,000. Noted
June 17.
MuBs., Holyoke — J. & W. Jolly. Inc.. South
East St.. have awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 storv. 100 x 100 ft.
foundry. Estimated cost, $75,000.
MasH., PittHflpliI — The General Electric
Co.. Columbus Ave., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
100 X 400 ft. factory for the manufacture
of electric specialties. Estimated cost,
$250,000. Noted May 6.
Mass.. aainc.v — P. S. Terxa. 1452 Han-
cock St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 70 x 100 ft.
garage on School St. Cost between $45,000
and $50,000. Noted May 13.
Slass.. Spriii«fl«ld — The Western Massa-
chusetts Cadillac Co., 521 Worthington St.,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 102 x 107 ft. garage and
.service station on State and Oak Sts. Esti-
mated cost. $65,009.
Mass., Worcester — M. N. Ullman. 50
Water St., will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 80 x 95 ft.
garage on School St. Estimated cost, $50,-
000. E. T. Chapin, 340 Main St., Archt.
Noted June 24.
R. I.. Providence^The Packard Motor
Cai Co.. Bway. and 61st St.. New York
City, will soon award the contract for the
, construction of a 2 story, 190 x 205 ft.
garage and service station on Plenty St.
here. Estimated cost, $400,000.
Vt.. BrattlelMirn — The C. F. Church Mfg.
Co.. Willimansett. Mass., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
boiler house and 1 story, 50 x 175 ft. and
50 X 100 ft. factory here, for the manu-
facture of plumbers' supplies. Estimated
cost. $80,000.
MinntE ATIiANTTC .STATKS
Md., Baltimore — The Natl. Enameling and
3tamping Co., Race and -Ostend Sts.. has
:iwarded the contract for the construction
of a 3 story, 61 x 76 ft. addition to its
lin .stamping factory. Estimated cost,
$100,000. Noted May 6.
Md„ Frederick — The Frederick County
School Comrs. have awarded the contract
for the construction of a 2 story addition
to the high school, to include a machine
shop, etc.
Md.. Salishnry — The Riverside Motor Co.
is preparing plans for the construction of
a 1 and 2 story. 60 x 100 ft. and 40 x 60
ft. garage and service station. Estimated
cost, $25,000.
Md.. Sparrows Pt. (Baltimore P. O.) —
The Bethlehem Steel Corp., Bethlehem. Pa.,
plans to enlarge its plant here, to include
new blast furnaces and the addition of 24
mills to the present tin plate plant. W. M.
Tobias. Ch. Engr.
N. .1., Newark — The McAllister Caron
Co., 1001 Broad St., has awarded th<' con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story. 70
X 150 ft. garage and service station. Esti-
mated cost. $100,000.
N. .1.. Trenton — The Jackson Electric
Motor Repairing Co. will build a 1 .story.
42 X 100 ft. repair shop on Belvldere St.
Estimated cost, $10,000.
N. v., Batavia — The Batavia Specialty
Co.. Harvester Ave., plans to build a 70 x
250 ft. factory. Estimated cost, $100,000.
N. T.. BnfTalo — The Eberhardt Steel
Products Co., 41 Perry St.. has had plans
Voo"v''*i"n/°« 'e^ construction of a 1 story,
100 X 200 ft. factory at 622-8 East Perry
St. Estimated cost, $30,000.
'f- Y-, Buffalo — The North Buffalo Hard-
w-are Fdry. Co., 743 Hertel Ave has had
I'^ftTfl""?"-'""*','' f<"- altering its l' story 67
x,150 ft. foundry. Estimated cost, $6,000.
h\^'T?..Zu'^}'""}^''~''^^^ Jamestown Mallea-
hfild » i'lPn'* C'?n>- Jamestown, plans to
build a 400 x 400 ft. iron foundry, here
Estimated cost, $300,000.
I W Cnf^^'no'^S""" <Borough of Bronx)—
100 V ^?n' f,^ ^'"'^y- will build a 1 story,
177th it ^'.,^'""?*''? °" Jerome Ave. and
177th St. Estimated cost, $50,000.
?■ T" ?■ «" ^"'■'« (Borough of Brooklyn)
TsioA-^ 2'o^' r-orl^f^ Ave., will builcl L
Ave. Estimated cost, $200,000,
Tb/'<5 'S*"R^?i''', ,<.'^°'"?,"sf' of Brooklyn)
«7 win K ^i Holding Co., 175 Bay 29th
St.. will build, a 1 story, 100 x ITf ft
garage on Gold and Prospect Sts. Esti-
mated cost, $150,000.
-W, N'e?;r4Vb'o.lr'?"s°r';i'{f ^^if^l
PuT.L'sts'^ '^^?'■ sarale oir Waverly Ind
l<ulton Sts. Estimated cost, $130,000.
5'Ra'„?*"' ..\';'''j./'^'"'°"eh of Brooklyn)
— S. Ransom, 401 West St., New York City
IS building a 1 story, 150 x 200 ft. machine
sliop and transformer station at 518 Ham-
ilton St., for marine repair work. Esti-
mated cost, $250,000.
5;„™' '^'''V^."'''' 'Borough of Brooklyn)
7;?lt= f=, Friedman, c/o Cohn Bros.,
Archts., 361 Stone Ave., will build a 1
story garage on 60th St. and Pt. Hamilton
Ave. Estimated cost, $30,000.
V' J^';^'7'. X"'"'' (Borough of Manhattan)
— U Gold, 44 Court St., Brooklyn, will build
a 5 story 100 x ino ft. garage and service
cost:°$350%ol' ^''^ '''" «'■ ^^""^t'"'
. ^V \" S®^, '*'"'''' (Borough of Manhat-
tan)—J. Reilly. 1901 Bathgate Ave., will
build a 1 story. 75 x 110 ft. garage on 3rd
Ave. and 175th St. Estimated cost, $35,000.
f^i.^'i^o'^r,^^^, (Borough of Manhattan)
T^lif ^■,i^,^V,'^"le. Co., c/o J. M. Felson,
Archt., ll,i,i Bway., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 3 story
garage and service station on Manhattan
and 130th Sts. Estimated cost. $120,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— S. Varschleisser, 215 East 67th St., will
soon award the contract for altering his
garage. Estimated cost, $50,000. J M
Pelsom, 1133 Bway., Archt.
N. Y., .Syracuse — The Atmospheric Nitro-
gen Corp. has had plans prepared for the
construction of a plant to include a 105 x
220 ft. machinery house. 62 x 105 ft. oxi-
dation building and a 16 x 40 ft. hydrogen
heater house. Estimated cost. $175,000
The J. G. White Eng. Co.. 43 Exch. PI ,
New York City. Engrs.
Pa., Pittsburgh — The Flocker Motor Co..
Union Arcade Bldg., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
75 X 100 ft. garage, service station and
salesroom on Cypress and Aspen Sts. Esti-
mated cost, $50,000. W. W. Williams.
Magee Bldg., Archt.
Pa.. Ktroudsburtr — The Pennsvlvania
Steel and Wire Co. is building a iilant for
the manufacture of cold drawn and cold
rolled steel wire.
Pa.. Wllkes-Barre — The W. B. Bertels
Tin Co.. Pennsylvania Ave., plans to build
a 2 story, 70 x 75 ft. factory. Estimated
cost, $30,000.
SOUTHERN- STATES
Ga.. Griffln — A. F. Cosset & Sons is build-
ing a 2 story, 48 x 210 ft. garage and sales
room. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Ga., Savannah — The Atlantic Coast Line
Ry., c/o J. E. Willoughljy. Ch. Engr.. Wil-
mington, N. C plans to build additions to
the Southover shops here and install ma-
chinery. Estimated cost, $250,000.
Tenn., Memphis — The Continental Piston
Ring Co., 650 Marshall St., is building a
153 X 217 ft. plant. Estimated cost. $75,000.
Va., Schooineld (Danville P. O.) — The
Dan River and Riverside Cotton Mill.s, Dan-
ville, are having preliminary plans prepared
by E. R. James, Archt., Danville, for the
construction of n 3 story school and com-
munity house here, to include a manual
training department. Estimated cost,
$150,000.
W. Va., Parkersbnrgr— The Baldwin Tool
Wks. plans to build a large addition to its
plant.
MIDDLE WEST
o "ii: Cl'lcajro— The J. P. Jclke Co.. 75»
.^outh Washtenaw Ave.. Is navlng plans
K^'.'?-'''"'. '^y Oraham, Anderson. Probst &
White, Archts.. 1417 Ry. Exch. Bldg., for
the construction of a garage and omce
building, each 2 story, 112 x 120 ft., on
To^tlZiy^O^.""- '""' P"'" ^'^ Estlmate.1
M„"lu fLhlcoKo— The E. Katzlnger Co.. 120
.Vorth Peoria St., manufacturer of bakers-
supplies, plans to build a factory on Arml-
$500 oo" ^'"■•■o A^es. Estimated cost,
»tr'"?" ^Yf^J Hammond— The LaSalle Iron
Works, 2305 South Ilalsted St.. Chicago,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 210 x 500 ft. plant
here. Estimated cost, $650,000. N. Ronne-
p""^' i^, South LaSalle St.. Chicago. Engr.
B^O- Pierce, 10 South LaSalle St.. Chicago,
Mich., Battle Creek — The Montgomery
Motor Sales Co. has awarded the contract
for the con.structlon of a garage. Estimated
cost. $100,000. J. Woodward. M^
Mich., Detroit — The A. Colton Co., 782
Jefferson Ave., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 2 story, 50 x 88
ft. addition to its factory for the manufac-
ture of special machinery. Mildner & Eisen
924 Hammond Bldg., Archts.
Mich.. Detroit — The P. M. Foster Truck
Co.. 980 F;a.st Jefferson Ave., is preparing
plans for the construction of a 4 or 5
story, 100 X 120 ft. service station.
Mich. Detroit — The International Metal
Stamping Co., Artillery and Muster Aves
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 79 x 532 ft. factory on
Artillery Ave. Estimated cost, $130. ooo.
Noted June 10.
I»Iich., Detroit — The Kirby Ave. Develop-
ment Co.. c/o Smith, Hinehman & Grvils,
Archts.. 110 Washington Arcade, is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 2
story service station and garage. Estimated
cost, $150,000.
Slich,. Detroit — The Standard Reamer and
Tool Co.. Elmwood Ave. and Hendric St..
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 50 x 100 ft. factory
on Elmwood Ave. Estimated cost. $15,000.
Pollmar & Ropes, 45 State St.. Archts.
O., Canton — The Amer. Roil and Fdry.
Co. will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 59 x 140 ft.
addition to its machine shop and a 2 story.
45 X 80 ft. pattern shqii. Estimated cos"t.
$100,000. The United Eng. and Fdry. Co.,
Farmers Bank Bldg., Pittsburgh, Pa..
Engrs.
O.. Cleveland — The Bd. Bduc, Bast 6th
St. and Rockwell Ave., is having plans pre-
pared by W. R. McCornack, Archt.. c/o
owner, for the construction of two 3 story.
30 room schools, one on East 116th anil
Corlett Sts. and another on Woodland Hill
Park, both to have manual training de|)art-
ments. Estimated cost. $4,000,000.
O.. Cleveland — The Champion Bed Spring
Co.. 3717 Iron Court, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story. 58
X 172 ft. factory at 6500 Park Ave. Esti-
mated cost. $80,000.
O.. Cleveland — The Jeavons Spring Co..
1603 Prospect .\%e., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story. 30
X 50 ft. addition to its factory at 2540
Prospect Ave. Estimated cost. $25,000.
0„ Cleveland — The Newburgh and South
Shore Ry.. c/o N. Stewart, Eng.. Jones Rd..
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 113 x 260 ft. car shop on
East 71st St. and Park Ave. Estimated
cost. $110,000.
O.. Cleveland — The Reynolds Motor Co.,
8811 Miles Park Ave., is hav'ng plans pre-
pared by H. T. Jeffrey. Archt.. Northern
Natl. Bank Bldg.. for the construction of
a 3 story. 50 x 160 ft. garage and sales
room. Estimated cost. $125,000.
O.. Cleveland — W. D. Sixt. C/o S. H
White. Archt.. 1032 Schofleld Bldg., will
soon award the contract for tlie construc-
tion of a 1 story. 60 x 110 ft. garage and
sales room at 6820 Euclid Ave. E.stimated
cost. $75,000.
O.. Cleveland — The Superior .Screen and
Bolt Mfg. Co.. 810 Hippodrome Bldg.. is
having plans prepared by the Realty Dept.
of the Natl. Lamp Co., Archts. and Engrs..
Nela Park, for the construction of a 2
story. 130 x 250 ft. factory, at 3652 East
93rd St. Estimated cost. $175,000.
O., Geneva — The Amer. Fork and Hoe
Co., Swetland Bldg., Cleveland, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 55 x 260 ft. factory, here. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
48h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
O.. ManHfleld — The Ideal Electric Mff?.
Co.. 63 East 5tli St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story.
160 X 450 ft. and 100 x 450 ft. factory and
2 story. 35 x 75 ft. office building. Esti-
mated cost, $350,000.
O., MaKsillon — The Alloy Electric Steel
Castings Co. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 50 x 150 ft.
mill. Estimated cost, ?60.000.
O., Kavenna — The Natl. Furnace and
Stove Co. is having plans prepared by D.
C. Smith. Engr. and Archt.. 45110 Euclid
Ave.. Cleveland, for the construction of a
1 story. 80 x 220 ft. foundry and otiice build-
ing. Estimated cost, $125,000. M. Mins-
man. Mgr.
O., Toledo— The Rock Bearing Co. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story machine shop on Philip
Ave. Estimated cost. JllO.OOO. G. B. Phip-
afrank, 601 Gardner BIdg., Archt.
WiH., Fond du L,ne — The Bulldog Tractor
Co. lias awarded tlie contract f(;r tlie con-
struction of a 1 story, 60 x 300 ft. factory.
WiK., Milwiitikee — The Bd. of Pub. Wks.
will soon award tlie contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 50 x 120 ft. meter
shop on Market St. Estimated cost, $50,000.
C. E. Mallg, City Hall, Archt.
Wis.. Milwaukee — J. Luft. 864 16th St.,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 60 x 100 ft. garage
on nth St. Estimated cost, $25,000. G.
Zagel, 144 Oneida St., Archt.
Wis., Sheboyican — The Bd. Educ. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story. 270 x 300 ft. high school
on Jefferson St. to include a machine shop.
Estimated cost. $750,000.
Wis.. Slieboygnn — The Sheboygan Lime
AVks.. 822 Niagara Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
48 X 143 ft. garage and office building on
South Water St. Noted June 17.
Wis.. Waukesha — The Waukesha Fdry.
Co. will build a 50 x 265 ft. factory for the
manufacture of brass castings. Estimated
cost. $30,000. P. J. Barker, Secy.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Miss., Canton — The Farmers Gin Co. will
build a factor.v for the manufacture of
cotton gins. Estimated cost, $20,000. F. H.
Parker. Secy.
Mo., St. I.ou!s — The Advance Electric Co.,
6315 Maple Ave., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 50 x loo
ft. addition to its factory. Estimated cost,
$15,000.
Mo., Salisbury — Tlie Riverside Motor Co.
will build a 60 X 100 ft. sales and service
station. Estimated cost, $30,000.
Tex-., Corsiouna — .\ company is being or-
ganized with $100,000 capital stock, and
plans to build a factory for the manufac-
ture of terracing maciiines. C. E. Kerr,
Corsicana, Pres.
Tex., Ft. Worth — The Simmons Co., 1347
South Michigan Ave.. Chicago, will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a wareliouse and factory here, to have
15,000 sq.ft. of floor space, for the manu-
facture of metal l>eds. Estimated cost.
$200,000. L. L. Hawes. Clark Ave., Archt.
Tex,, San Antonio — The Alamo Iron Wks.
is building a 90 x 160 ft. plant for the
manufacture of oil well tools and supplies.
Estimated cost. $30,000.
CANADA
N. B. Klonctnn — The Record Fdry. and
Mchy. Co. plans to build a 50 x 1140 ft.
factory for the manufacture of stoves and
furnaces. Estimated cost. $75,000. A.
Wiieeler, Moncton. Engr.
Ont., Ft. Willinm — Sellers & Jones. Leith
St.. has awarded tile contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 60 x 100 ft. garage.
Estimated cost. $35,000.
Ont., Toronti>— Yolles & Rottenberg. 609
Kent Bklg.. are building a 1 and 2 story,
50 X 120 ft. garage, on College St Esti-
mated cost. $20,000.
Ont.. Windsor — C. W. Ripley, 519 Sand-
wich St.. plans to build a foundry. Esti-
mated cost. $25,000.
Ont., tVindsor — The Universal Car Agen-
cy. Chatham and Pelisier Sts.. are having
plans prepared by J. C. Pennington. Archt..
LaBelle Bldg.. for tlie construction of a
2 or 3 story garage on Chatham St. Esti-
mated cost. $75,000.
1 General Manufacturing |
?iiitiiiiiiiiiitiitiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiitiiitiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiMiiiiii,i'iiiii,e
NEW ENOLAXD STATES
Conn., Montville — Tlie R. Gair Paper
Corp. Thames River Division, will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 2 story. 250 x 400 ft. factory and 1 story,
50 X 50 ft. power house. Estimated cost,
$500,000.
Mass.. Boston — The Women's Educational
and Industrial Union 264 Boylston St., Bos-
ton, will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 4 story bakery, etc.. on
Boylston St. to have about 15,000 sq.ft. of
floor space. Estimated cost. $75,000. F.
A. Norcross, 46 Cornhill St., Archt. Noted
May 27.
Mass., Oambridee — ^^The Barta Press Co.,
28 Oliver St.. Boston, will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 and 3'
story printing plant here. Estimated cost;
$125,000. Monks &. Johnson, 99 Chauncey
St., Boston, Archts.
Mass., CambridKe — Tlie Limited Plate
Glass Co.. 30 Sudbury St., Boston, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 100 x 200 ft. factory on Albany
St., here.
Mass., Chelsea — The State of Massachu-
setts, c/o State .\djutant General, Boston,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story. 35 x 90 ft. laundry and
power plant at the Soldiers Home, here.
TSstimated cost. $125,000.
Mass., Gardner — The Amer. Fibre Corp.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story factory on Coleman .«t.,
to have 18,000 sq.ft. of floor space. Esti-
mated cost. $75.1100.
Mass., New Bedford — The^ \V. C Jone9
Co., Nash Rd.. will soon award the con-
struction of a 3 story addition to its mill
on Cliurch St.. for tlie manufacture of tex-
tiles. Estimated cost, $75,000. T. M.
James, 3 Park St., Boston, Archt.
Mass., Woburn — The Cambridge Paiier
Box Co.. 196 Bway.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story ad-
dition to its factory. Estimated cost, $»0,-
000.
B. I., Rrlstol — The Cranston Worsted Co.,
180 Thames St.. will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 4 story. 100
X 130 ft. addition to its plant. Estimated
cost. $160,000. Jenks & Ba)lou. 1035 Gros-
venor Bidg., Providence, Archts. Noted
June 10.
K. I., Providence — The Cudahy Packing
Co., 346 Canal St., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 3 story. 40
X 100 ft. packing plant. Estimated cost,
$50,000. Private plans.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md„ Baltimore — The Chesapeake Mfg.
Co., Sharp and Barre Sts., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 3
story. 42 x 125 ft. factory for the manu-
facture of furniture. Estimated cost. $125,-
000.
N. J., Paterson — The Sunburst Baking Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 3 story. 140 x 210 ft. bakery
and a 2 story. 50 x 50 ft. stable. Esti-
mated co.st. $100,000. The McCormick Co.,
Century Bldg.. Pittsburgh, Pa., Engrs. and
Archts.
N. Y.. BulTalo — The Auto Knitter Hosiery
Co.. 821 Jefferson St.. lias liad plans pre-
pared for the construction of a 2 stoty.
50 X 150 ft. addition to its factory, at 630
East Genesee St. Estimated cost, $37,000.
N. Y., Buffalo — The J. F. Pfister Co.. 18
Metcalf St.. manufacturer of vinegar, has
had plans prepared for the construcfion of
an addition to its factory. Estimated cost.
$30,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Hill Ware Co.. c/o the McCor-
mick Co.. .Archts.. 41 Park Row. will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a bakery on 165th St. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
SOVTHERN ST.4TES
Al8., Alexander City — The Avondale Mills
is having plans prepared by J. E. Sirrine.
Engr.. Greenville. S. C. for the construction
of an SO X 150 ft. weave shed addition. 100
X 100 ft. warehouse addition and a 60 x 100
ft. cloth room.
Fla.. Pensacola— The Alexandria Cooi)er-
age and I^umber Co., Alexandria, La., will
build a cypres.s mill. here. Estimated cost.
$200,000.
Ga„ Griffin — The Georgia Cotton Mills
has awarded the contract tor the construc-
tion of a bleachery addition.
N. C, Durham — The Lawrence Cotton
Mills will build a 3 story, 60 x 80 ft addi-
tion to its plant
N. C, LexinKton — The Dacotah Cotton
Mills is building a 2 story, 53 x 194 ft
addition to its plant
N. C, Mooresville — The MooresvUle Cot-
ton Mills has awarded the contract for the
construction of a steam plant and bleach-
ery. Noted April 22.
8. C, Rock Hill— The Arcade Mills ic
having plans prepared by J. E. Sirrine.
Engr., Greenville, for the construction of a
2 story, '106 x 315 ft. mill. About 6,000
spindles will be installed.
Tenn., Springfleld - — The Tennessee and
Kentucky Tobacco Co. plans to build a f- f ■
tory to replace the one which was recer'iy
destroyed by fire.
Va. South Boston — The Halifax Cotton
Mills has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of an addition to its mill. Noted
April 1.
MIDDLE WEST
Mich.. Bay Cit.v — The Wlldman Rubber
Co., Book Bldg., Detroit, is maving plans
prepared by the Osljorn Eng. Co.. Engrs.
and Archts.. 2848 Prospect Ave.. Cleveland,
for the construction of a 1 and 3 story
■rubber plant, here. Estimated cost. $2,000.-
000. Noted June 17.
Mich.. Flint — The Standard Oil Co. of
Indiana. 910 South Michigan Ave., will soon
award the contract for tiie construction of
a 2 story, 164 x 232 ft oil distriliuting sta-
tion to include a garage, office, warehouse
and tank house. Estimated cost. $200,000.
Oa. Garrrtsville — The McWade Tire and
Ruldier Co.. 711 Union Bldg.. Cleveland, is
preparing plans for the construction of a
2 story factory here, to have 3(1.000 sq.ft.
of floor space. Estimated cost. $75,000.
Wis., Eao Claire — The Standard 0\\J2o
of Indiana, 910 South Michigan Ave.. Chi-
cago, will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 and 2 story. 30 x 20ii
ft. oil distributing station, here, to include
a warehouse, garage, office, etc. Estimated
cost, $150,000.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Kan., Ft, Scott — The Ft Scott Oil Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of an oil distributing station on Ma-
honey Ave. Estimated cost, $27,000.
Kan., Ft. Seott — The Standard Oil Co.
will soon award tiie contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 40 x 40 ft. oil dis-
tributing station on Market and Wall Sts.
Estimated cost $30,000.
WESTERN STATES
Cal.. San Pedro — The Fabri-Cord Tire
Co.. 917 Citizens Natl. Bank Bldg.. Los
Angeles has i>urchased a 30 acre site on
17th St.. here, and plans to build the first
unit of its proposed plant. 3 story, 60 x
250 ft. Estimated cost $80,000. Total
estimated cost, $2,000,000.
CAN.4D.4
Ont.. Rrartfnrd — S. C. Johnson &• Son,
1737 Wisconsin St.. Racine. Wis., are hav-
ing plans prepared for the construction of
a factory here, for the manufacture of
floor waxes, varnishes, etc.
Ont., Intcersoll — The Pominlon Cone Co.,
Ltd.. Marrow Ave., jilans to build a 3 story
factory for the manufacture of paper boxes.
Estimated cost, $50,000.
Que.. Slontreal — The Knit to Fit Mfg. Co.
Ltd.. St. Lawrence Blvd.. will soon award
the contract for the construction of a fac-
tory on P.arthenais and Larvinere Sts. Esti-
mated cost. $254,000.
Qn*.. St. .4nn«> de Monts — The Great East-
em Pulp and Paper Co.. London. Great
Britain, will soon award the contract lor
the construction of a pulp and paper plant
here.
Pages 380 to 415
NEED COMPETENT MEN?
SEE THE SEARCHLIGHT SECTION
Pages 380 to 415
July 8, 1920
American Macliinisl
Vol. 53, No. 2
A Universal Measuring Machine
SPECIAL CORRESPONDENCE
This article describes the construction and the
method of operation of a machine designed for
the accurate measurement of pieces of all shapes.
The machine is intended as a primary standard
of measurement for use chiefly in making and
checking gages. It has been made for some time
in Switzerland, although it is a new machine to
this country.
'"II"" """ ' III!
■'" ' INHIC
WHILE the system of interchangeable parts
manufacture was first employed in connection
with the making of rifles, rapid progress in
the art of making mechanical measurements on a com-
mercial scale began with the advent of the automobile.
The production of cars on a large scale made inter-
changeability imperative in order to assure the perfect
fitting of one part into or over another, especially
in the matter of replacements and renewals. It is
quite natural that the necessity of making great qu?inti-
ties of parts of the same form and dimensions should
stimulate not only the production of gages for checking
these parts in the shop, but also the development of the
means of checking the working gages so that full con-
trol can be exercised over the sizing operations.
Gages that are in constant use for the checking of
great quantities of parts show appreciable wear after
being in service a short time. It is, therefore, of the
utmost importance to keep a close watch on the condition
of the working gages, and even on the inspection gages.
The wear may be determined by suitable measuring
apparatus or bj- means of reference blocks or reference
gages. But reference gages themselves are subject to
wear, although much more slowly, and it becomes neces-
sary to check them against some sort of standard
after more or less prolonged use.
Another serious difficulty experienced in testing
laboratories is due to the great diversity in the form
of the gages employed in shops. To check or verify
the working gages it is necessary to make use of meas-
uring appliances of various kinds, which appliances
then become primary standards of reference. If these
primary standards are of different make, to what extent
wiH they agree among themselves, so as to assure proper
checking of the gages or secondary standards? It is,'
therefore, seen that the matter of control of size is quite
complex and may entail considerable expense, either
as first cost or for maintenance.
Need of a Universal Machine
The problem of eliminating the various causes of
uncertainty is by no means a simple one, the best theo-
retical solution being embodied in an instrument which
will fill the following requirements:
1. The instrument must be of such a form or so
designed that it will serve as the single primary
standard for the control of all the secondary
standards or gages that may be employed in the
shops, no matter what their nature or form
may be;
2. The precision of the instrument must be absolutely
independent of wear.
Measuring machines that satisfy these conditions have
a single graduated reference scale, which constitutes
the primary standard. Instruments of this class are
actually in use in the industries. They are made in
the United States by the Pratt & Whitney Co., in
England by the Newhall Engineering Co., and in
Switzerland by the Societe Genevoise d'Instruments de
Physique. The machine made by the Societe Genevoise
FIG. 1. GENERAL VIEW OJ THE UNIVERSAL .MEASIJRING MACHINE MADE BY THE .SOI'IETE GENEVOISE
50
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. -l
will be here described, as it differs in principle from
the other machines. The American representative of
the maker is The Golden Co., 405 Lexington A/e., New
York City.
This machine has been designated by its maker as a
"universal" measuring machine, since it is designed
with the object of measuring and comparing gages of
evei-y description, such as limit gages, plug, ring and
snap gages, reference blocks, thread gages and screws.
The measurement of threads includes the determination
of the full or outside diameter, the diameter at the
core or root of the thread, the pitch diameter, the angle
and form of the thread, the lead, and either progressive
or periodic error in the pitch. In addition, the machine
may be used as a rapid comparator.
Measurements are made with reference to a standard
scale, the accuracy of which has been certified. It is
mounted on the machine in an inclosed case provided
with sectional covers, and never comes in direct con-
tact with the object or gage to be measured or with
any of the accessories or attachments with which the
machine is equipped. It is, therefore, not subject to
wear or strains.
CJONSTRUCTION OF THE MACHINE
Fig. 1 is a general view of the machine, together with
one of the accessories in the form of a support used
when observing and measuring threads and thread
gages. A thread gage is shown mounted in position,
with a goniometric microscope focused on the threads,
this being in the center of the bed.
In Fig. 2 can be seen a longitudinal section, a trans-
verse section and a top view of the machine, the model
shown being shorter than the one in Fig. 1. The
cast-iron bed of the machine is of strongly ribbed box
construction. It is provided with ways on which rests
the sliding carriage JJ. This carriage holds the stand-
ard reference scale D, as well as one of the measuring
points or anvils E. Four spring-mounted rollers A
■serve to partly support the carriage and to reduce the
friction on the ways. In order to displace the carriage
quickly where a great traverse is desired, the locking
device C is released by means of the handle J, and
the carriage is pushed by hand. For sr^a-l di.^place-
ments or slow movements of the carriage, the motion
is obtained, with the locking device engaged, by turning
the handwheel K, which actuates through helical gears
the screw B fitting in the block L. A complete turn
of the wheel K gives an approximate displacement of
0.004 in., which enables the operator to adjust the posi-
tion of the slider within 0.00001 in.
The bar D, on which the standard scale is ruled.
¥
N
in
./
3C t
FIG. 2. SECTIONAL
VIEWS OF THE
UNIVERSAL
MEASURING
MACHINE
■l-'S'r.
(1170 '"/m.J
Fig.2
U -L -jU-e ItA
(a) (b)
FIG. 3. ERRORS DUB TO NON-ALIGNMENT OF AXES
rests on the carriage at two points, one point P being
a pivot, the other G being adjustable in a horizontal
plane by two screws. The object of this arrangement
is to provide for the setting of the scale parallel with
the ways of the bed and in exact alignment with the
axis of the measuring points. The bar is made of an
alloy of steel and nickel, containing 58 per cent of the
latter; the coefficient of linear expansion of the alloy
is about 0.0000115 per degree Centigrade, approx-
imately that of tempered steel. It is practically non-
oxidizable and is not affected by the humidity of the
air. The scale is ruled on a highly-no ished side of
the bar, the graduations being about 0.0002 in. widt
and spaced 0.05 in. apart. The precision of the gradua-
tions over a length of 20 in. is
0.0001 to 0.0004 in. Tables of errors
furnished with each machine enable
the operator to make the necessary
" r^ corrections and to make measure-
ments to an accuracy of 0.000005 in.
Principle of Operation
An important feature of the ma-
chine is the alignment of the axis of
the scale with the axis of the measur-
ing points, which reduces to a mini-
mum errors of measurement due to
possible accidental deviation between
the axis of the scale and the axis
of measurement. This is more read-
ily seen on reference to Fig. 3 ("a).
A represents the fixed microscope, B
the movable scale or reference stand-
ard, C the axis of measurement and 6
the angle of deviation. This arrange-
ment is the basis of the Societe Gene-
voise machine. It is seen that E =
L(l — cos 6), where E represents
the error of the machine It is pro-
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
51
l)ortional to 1 — cos 0) , which is a quantity of the sec-
ond order and therefore negligible. In actual measure-
ments it is claimed that E cannot exceed 0.00005 in.
In Fig. 3 (b), A represents a movable microscope, B
a fixed. scale (reference standard) and C the axis of
measurement, which shows the principle on which some
measuring machines are based. The error in this case
FIG. !
.SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE MICROMETER
HEADSTOCK
is E ^= D tan 0. This error is a magnitude of the first
order and may amount to several ten- thousandths of an
inch in actual practice.
The Headstock
Fig. 4 is a longitudinal section of the micrometer
headstock attached to the right-hand end of the bed. It
is composed of a sleeve H containing a rod Y, the end
of which forms the measuring point opposite to point E
on the sliding carriage. On the sleeve H, which slides
in hardened bearings, is attached a needle indicator
composed of two multiplying levers / and /. The lever
/ is actuated directly by the hardened block K attached
to the rod Y, and the multiplying ratio of the two levers
is 1 to 1,000. The scale L is graduated in twentieths
of an inch and has ten lines to the right and ten to the
left of the zero point. A movement of the indicator /
of one division on this scale corresponds to a move-
ment of 0.00005 in. of the rod Y. The contact indicator,
Fig. 1, differs so^iewhat from the one described, in that
a microscope is employed for reading it.
The sleeve H contains a helical spring M fastened
at one end to the rod Y, and at the other to the movable
sleeve N. This sleeve, to which is attached the pin P,
may be moved back and forth by means of the ring 0.
The ring has an internal helical groove which, as the
ring is turned, causes the pin P and consequently the
sleeve N to move parallel to the axis. The function
of this arrangement is to put the spring M in either
tension or compression by merely turning the ring O.
In tension, the spring exerts a pull on the measuring
point and puts the machine in condition for making
internal measurements; with the spring in compression
the apparatus is .set for making external measurements.
The same pressure is used when making all measure-
ments, and when the indicator shows zero the pressure
is about 0.5 lb.
Attached to the right-hand end of the sleeve H is a
threaded piece into which fits the niicrometric screw Q.
The index wheel attached to the screw Q is graduated
to read to 0.0001 in., and readings may be made to
0.00001 in. by means of the vernier R and the lens S.
To prevent the sleeve H from turning, a pin T in
attached to the housing of the indicator and slides
between two hardened plates screwed to the headstock.
Making Readings
When making readings the position of th6 reference
scale is determined by means of a 60-power micrometric
microscope M. On the scale N, Figs. 1 and 2, the
integral number and fractional parts of inches as small
as one-twentieth are read. In the field of the microscope,
Fig. 5, can be seen a scale B graduated on glass, a fixed
hairline C, two lines D traced on the standard scale
parallel to the axis, two hairlines E, which may be
moved by turning the graduated index wheel F, and
the lines H which are the magnified graduations of the
standard reference scale.
Readings with the microscope are made by turning
the wheel F until the movable hairlines E are dis-
posed symmetrically to the right and left of the image
H of the graduation. Multiples of 0.005 in. are read
in the microscope, and multiples of 0.00005 in. on the
index wheel F. The field of the microscope is illuminated
by a small electric lamp S, a condensing lens V and an
illuminating prism W, Fig. 2.
In addition to the micrometric microscope for observ-
ing the graduations of the standard scale, the machine
is also provided with a goniometric (angle measuring)
microscope X, which is attached to the fixed arm Z and
used for measuring the angles of screw threads. By
means of a number of accessories measurements may be
made on gages of every description, as well as on other
parts. Referring to Fig. 6, it will be seen that without
the use of any accessory, by simply setting the sliding
carriage at any desired position, the machine may be
used as a rapid comparator. When so used, readings
are taken only on the indicator, shown in Fig. 4.
Measurement of Plugs and Plug Gages
Where the plug to be measured is not over 4 in. in
diameter, the fixture, Fig. 7, is employed. The plug is
mounted between centers at right angles to the ways
in a special support resting on four balls, which roll
III nil |iMM liYrfi III II 1 11)1
A/
FIG. 5. FIELD OF THE IIICROMETRIC MICROSCOPE Af
52
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
1
•"1*
E Y
"gi.^„.
W fi^ii^^^k
i-
^^^^^^^^^Hkf J^^i^^^^^^
^^^^
«
FIG. 6. THE MACHINE USED AS A RAPID
COMPARATOR
freely in V-grooves parallel to the length of the bed.
By revolving the plug it may be measured for eccentric-
ity. The measuring point E of the sliding carriage
is brought up to the plug and pressed against it; and,
as the support moves freely on the balls, the plug in
turn presses against the measuring point Y on the
micrometer headstock. The indicator needle / is then
adjusted to zero by means of the handwheel at the right
and a reading is taken on the vernier R, Fig. 4. Plugs
larger than 4 in. in diameter are placed on a support,
see Fig. 8, and centered in the axis of the measuring
points by means of the indicator.
For internal measurements, it is first necessary to
turn the ring 0, referring to Fig. 9, to the position
marked /AT, which sets the spring of the micrometer
headstock to act in tension. The measuring points are
fitted with special ends J, these being clamped in place
by the locking rings K. The datum point for internal
measurements is found or set by placing a standard ll-in.
gap gage over the internal measuring faces, and adjust-
ing the micrometer so that the contact indicator is at
zero. The internal diameters of rings are measured
in the same manner as in Fig. 9, except that the con-
tact points used are spherical.
Measurement of Threads and Thread Gages
The outside diameter of a thread gage is measured
in the same manner as the diameter of a plug gage.
When measuring the root or core diameter the screw
or gage is mounted in the same way as for measuring
the outside diameter. Triangular prisms A of hardened
steel are suspended from the holder B, Fig. 10. The
measuring points are brought up against the backs of
the prisms, the sharp edges of which enter between the
FIG. 7. arrangement USED WHEN MEASURING
SMALL, PLUGS
threads and reach to the roots. The distance between
the edges of the prisms is then found by substituting
for the screw a plain plug of known diameter and
taking a measurement.
There are two common methods used for measuring
the pitch diameter, one optical, the other mechanical.
Both methods can be performed with this machine. The
mechanical method consists in placing small measuring
wires in opposite spaces of the threads, their diameters
being such that they project above the crests of the
threads. The arrangement is the same as that shovra
in Fig. 10, wires being substituted for the prisms at
A. The diameter over the wires is measured; and the
pitch diameter can be calculated by the following
formula, the meaning of the symbols being shown by
Fig. 11:
Pitch diameter = E - 2d + * P cot | - d / — A - 1
Measurements may be made to an accuracy of 0.00004
in. The mechanical method should be employed when-
ever possible, although the accuracy of the measure-
ment depends to a great extent on the uniformity of the
diameter of the wires and the accuracy of their meas-
urement. The optical method, on the other hand, re-
quires a trained eye to obtain good results.
The Optical Method
The optical method of measuring pitch diameter con-
sists in setting the hairline of the goniometric micro-
scope X successively on the two opposite flanks "N and
O of the thread. Fig. 12, by moving the screw trans-
versely across the field of the microscope. The distance
traversed e is the pitch diameter.
A perspective view of the fixture employed for this
'Fi6. 8. ARRANGEMENT USED FOR MEASURING
LARGE PLUGS
FIG. 9. ARRANGEMENT USED FOR INTERNAL
MEASUREMENT
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
53
FIG. 10. MEASURING THE ROOT DIAMETER OP A THREAD
purpose is shown in Fig. 13, and it will be seen that the
fixture is connected to the measuring anvil of the sliding
carriage by the spring coupling F. Part D of this
accessory slides on the bed, and the upper side of it is
provided with V-grooves parallel to the ways. A set
of four balls in these grooves permits the part E to
move freely in a direction parallel to the length of the
bed with any movement of the sliding carriage U.
Another set of four balls resting in V-grooves in E
gives freedom of motion to Q, in a direction perpendic-
ular to the length of the bed. With the adjusting screw
G the screw or gage to be measured may be brought
into the axis of the microscope X. This arrangement is
used for measuring pitches and thread angles of screws
or thread gages up to 4 in. in diameter.
The field of the microscope is illuminated from below
by a parallel beam of light which passes through an
adjustable collimator S, capable of being both moved
longitudinally and inclined so that the beam of light
is parallel to the slope or inclination of the thread to
the axis of the screw being measured. A scale T with
an index and vernier controls the adjustment of the
beam of light and permits reading to 10 min. of arc.
The circle B mounted on the center point is graduated
in degrees. The scale C of the goniometric microscope
X is graduated in half degrees and a vernier gives
minutes of arc.
To measure the angle of a thread the movable hair-
line of the microscope X is .set parallel, first, with the
axis of the screw, then with the apparent right-hand
flank of the profile, and last with the left-hand flank.
The field appears as in Fig. 14. Care must be taken
by the operator to observe the contour of the thread
formed by a horizontal section through the axis of the
screw and not the shadow of the profile outside of
this plane.
Determination of the Pitch
To measure the pitch, the same fixture, shown in Fig.
13, is used, the hairline of the microscope X is set
over the flank of one of the threads of the screw and
a reading is taken with the micrometric microscope M,
which has been set on a line of the reference scale.
The sliding carriage U and the fixture holding the screw
are then moved, and the number of threads passing
under the field of the microscope X is noted. The
hairline of the microscope is set over the flank of the
thread under it and a reading is again taken on the
reference scale. Of course, the pitch is equal to the
.^.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 14.
FIGS. 11. 12 AND 14. DETERMINING PITCH DIAMETERS
AND MEASURING THREAD ANGLE
Fig. 11 — Mechanical method of determining the pitch diameter.
Fig. 12 — Optical method of determining the pitch diameter. Fig.
H — Field or goniometric microscope when measuring angle of
thread.
difference between the readings divided by the number
of threads passed over. This method is very accurate.
For measuring progressive or periodic error the same
procedure is followed, but the screw is moved a partial
turn on its centers. By means of the graduated circle B
the extent of the turn may be accurately determined.
For the optical measurement of the
three principal diameters of a screw •
(outside, pitch and root) the support
Q, Fig. 13, which carries the centering
points, is removed. A similar support
is used, which is provided with a
special micrometer transverse screw
with 20 threads to the inch and an
index wheel equipped with a vernier
so as to read to 0.0001 in. A small
support carrying the work between
centers is displaced by means of this
micrometric screw, whose axis passes
through the plane of the centers. This
support is pressed against the screw-
by a spring, and rolls on three balls
resting in V-grooves. Measurements
are made with the microscope X, the
hairlines being set parallel to the axis
of the screw when the outside and
core diameters are being measured,
and parallel to one flank of the
thread when the pitch diameter is
FIG. 13. FIXTURE USED FOB OPTICAL, MEASUREMENT OF SCREW THREADS measured.
64
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 2
WHERE close cutting to a line or pattern with
a gas torch is desired, some mechanical device
, must be provided for guiding the torch. A
properly constructed machine saves time, material and
gas.
The more common mechanical devices in use are for
feeding the torch in a straight line. These are used
to cut bars, billets, boiler plate, armor plate and the
like. An Oxweld straight-line cutting machine is shown
in Fig. 275. An ordinary cutting torch is used in this
case, and the end of a- 12 x
12-in. billet has just been
cut off. The feed screw
may be turned from either
end by means of hand-
wheels, and means are pro-
vided for cross adjustment.
Another device, made by
the Davis-Bournonville Co.,
is -shown in Fig. 276. The
pieces, which were cut the
long way, measured 15 x 1.3 J
in. This machine has a handwheel on one end of the
feed screw and a cone pulley, for power drive, on the
other. Unlike the device first shown this one is not
mounted on legs but has a short section of I-beam for a
base. On this account it may be placed on the object
to be cut or laid on blocks or horses, as occasion demands.
The device shown in Fig. 277 differs from either of
the foregoing in that racks are used in place of lead
screws. This is made by the Great Western Cutting
and Welding Co., San Francisco, Cal. The heavy struc-
tural iron base is so made that it may be placed on
the work, laid on blocks or horses or mounted on legs.
Mcar.s are provided for adjusting the torch up or down
or at an angle.
Any of these machines may be used for cutting out
marked square, rectangular, round or irregular shaped
noles. Where the metal is thick, it is often better,
especially on repetition work, to drill a hole through
for starting.
The Radiagraph
with oxy-acetylene or
XXIII. Cutting Machines*
Cutting machines using a gas torch do not offer
the difficulties of operation inherent in those for
welding. As a consequence, cutting machines are
more commonly built and used. The machines
shoum iri this article cover the principle types
and makes.
(Part XX 11 appearrd in our Junr S.'t issue.)
•For the author's forthcoming: book, "Welding .nnd Cutting."
All rights reservetl.
The Radiagraph shown in Fig. 278 is made by the
Davis-Bournonville Co. It is a motor-driven device,
oxy-hydrogen cutting torch,
adapted to cutting along
straight lines or circles in
steel plate from 1 in. to 18
or 20 in. in thickness, the
speeds varying from 2 in.
to 18 in. per minute, ac-
cording to the thickness of
the plate. For straight line
cutting, it operates upon a
parallel track, and for
circle cutting, with a rod
and adjustable center. The
device consists principally of a three-wheeled carriage
driven by an electric motor attached to the carriage,
which may be connected to the ordinary lighting or
power circuit, either d.c. or a.c, 110- or 200-volt circuit.
An adjustable arm and torch holder provides for rais-
ing or lowering the torch while in operation, and for
adjustment at an angle for bevel cutting. The adju.st-
able arm also permits of following an irregular line
within a variation of 3 in. on either side of a straight
line. The cutting torch is connected by hose to the
gas supply. The machine is portable, weighing approx-
imately 50 lb. complete, and has proven an invaluable
aid in steel cutting, greatly facilitating such work in
shipyards and steel mills, several machine.* being
employed advantageously in some of the larger plants.
An example of some of the straight line cutting done
July 8, 1920
Get hicreased Production — With Improved Machinery
S6
FIi;. 275. CUTTING A BILLET WITH AN OXWELD MACHINE FIG. 276. ANOTHER STRAIGHT-LINE CUTTING MACHINE
by the Radiagraph is shown in Fig. 279. Here the
track has been laid on a heavy piece of ship plate and
the torch 13 fed along at a uniform rate by the motor.
The Railograph
For cutting railway rails the device shown in Fig.
280 is used. This is clamped to the rail while it is in
position on the roadbed if desired. The cutting torch
may be mounted in a holder on either side of the rail.
Each holder is carried by a slide. Attached to each
holder is a roller which runs in contact with a cam
formed in such a way that it provides for maintaining
the tip of the cutting torch at a uniform distance of
about J in. from the surface of the work as the torch
is fed around the rail. Feeding of the torches is
accomplished by two handwheels which transmit motion
through a set of suitable gearing. In operation the
torch is first applied at one side of the rail and fed
over the line on which the cut is to be made, one-half
of the base and head of the rail and the web being
cut in this way. The torch is next removed from
the holder and mounted at the opposite side of the rail,
where it is again passed over the line of cut, with the
result that the remaining half of the base and head
of the rail is severed. A 9-in. traction rail can be cut
oft in about three minutes.
The cutting of heavy steel plate in the great Schneider
Works, Creusot, France, is shown in Fig. 281. The
portable devices are very similar to those used in the
United States. In the background is a huge machine
so made that it can be used to trim ends, square up
a plate and cut angles or circles. The torch carriage
is fed along by a lead screw run by a motor seen at
the extreme right. A motor-operated device will raise or
lower the frame or give it a circular movement. The
plates to be cut are run into position on small flat cars.
Circular Cutting
The Radiagraph cutting circles, is shown in Fig. 282.
The work was 24 in. thick and was cut at the rate of
FIG. 277. rOKTABLE CUTTING MACHINE WITH
RACK FEEDS
FIG. 278. DAVIS-EOURNONVILLE
RADIAGRAPH
56
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
I
FIG. 279. RADIAGRAPH CUTTING STEEL PLATE AT THE
NEW YORK SHIPBUILDING YARDS
6 in. per minute. Note the true circle and surface of
the cut. The pieces were for a special type of heater
for the Government. The round piece, or flue sheet.
FIG. 280.
DAVIS-BOURNONVILLB
RAILOGRAPH
FIG 281 CUTTING HEAVY PLATE AT THE SCHNEIDER
WORKS, fcjREUSOT. FRANCE
is 30 in. in diameter and the ring, or flange, 45 in.
outside diameter.
Another device is the Holograph, shown in Fig. 283.
It is a device for cutting holes in the
web of a rail, or in structural iron, of
not more than ] in. thick. It is quickly-
attached and accurately adjustea. It
pierces through the iron almost in-
stantly, without any previous drilling,
and will cut smooth round holes from
1 to 2 in. in diameter in from 30 to 60
S3C. It is particularly adapted for rail-
road work, and enlarging or cutting
holes in building and bridge work.
The Magnetogr.\ph
The Magnetograph shown in Fig. 284
was designed for mechanically cutting
circles up to 12 in. diameter in steel
plate in perpendicular position, such as
cutting port holes in the side plates
of ships. Steel plate from i in. up to
several inches thick is cut quickly, with
a finished and true surface, the move-
ment of the oxy-acetylene or oxy-hy-
drogen torch and flame being given by
handwheel and gears. Cutting is ac-
complished at varying speeds accord-
ing to thickness of plate, from 3 in. up
to 20 in. per minute, or even faster on
FIG. 282. RADIAGRAPH USED FOR
CIRCULAR WORK
FIG. 283.
D.4VI S -BOURNONVILLE
HOLOGRAPH
FIG. 284. DAVIS-BOURNOXVILLB
MAGNETOGRAPH
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
5T
At*!,
FIG. 285. THE CAMOGR.4.PH
Fie. 286. CAMOGRAPH NO. 2
FIG. 287. GREAT WESTERN CUTTER
light plate. The device is constructed as much as practical
of aluminum to obtain lightness, and is held firmly on
the plate by means of three electromagnets, connected
by wire to an electric circuit (direct current) or to
battery.
The Camograph
The Camograph, Fig. 285, is an adaptation of the
Holograph. It is of the same general construction,
except that it is larger and has a wider range of work.
It is fitted with a cam for each particular kind of
work, and will cut almost any form desired, within the
capacity of the machine. This machine requires special
cams for each operation.
The Camograph No. 2, shown in Fig. 286, is a later
development of the Davis-Bournonville Co. It is auto-
matic in operation and is used for cutting openings
in steel plates that cannot be done conveniently or
economically on a drilling machine. The torch is
mechanically traversed over a fixed path and at a pre-
determined speed. The path followed is controlled by
an internal cam at the top of the machine, the shape
of which determines the shape of the opening being
made, the double-jointed radial arm permitting universal
movement of the flame which perforates the steel. The
principle of the cam guiding action is unique. The feed
roller is magnetized by a powerful electromagnet, and
is thus attracted to the inner face of the cam, the
part.^ in contact being made poles of the magnet, one
of which rotates and thus acts as a traction driver.
The roller is driven by a small variable-speed motor
through double worm gearing, the magnetic attraction
being sufficient to cause it to travel along the face of
the cam in a positive manner. Direct current is
required owing to the magnetic feature, and the con-
trol consists of a double push-button switch for starting,
stopping and also for energizing the magnet. Arrange-
ment is provided whereby when the cutting oxygen is
turned on the feed motion automatically starts. The
nominal diameter of the largest hole cut is 7 in., but
openings other than circular, having one dimension
much larger, may be provided for. All thicknesses of
plate used on the large.st marine boilers are readily cut
with this machine. The machine is 17 in. wide, 15 in.
deep, 25 in. high, weighs 125 lb., and uses 110 volt,
direct current.
The Great Western Cutter
The machine shown in Fig. 287 is made by the Great
Western Cutting and Welding Co. It is designed to
cut round, square or oval holes. Three master plates
are furnished for holes of these shapes. By turning
the handle the torch travels around the inside of the
form, to which it is held by the two coiled springs
shown. The machine is simple and light. Extensions
are furnished for cutting large holes. For odd-shaped
holes extra plates are required. This machine is
especially adapted for boiler shops, shipyards, etc., in
cutting hand holes, manholes, fire-box door holes, and
holes in tube sheets.
FIG. 288. PYKOCRAI'II TRIM.MING AND UKVEL,1N(J
BOILER FLANGES
FIG. 289 DETAILS OF PYROGRAPH FEED
MECHANISM
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1
ft^,.^!--^
^^ 1
K
■ r^BjB^^^^^S
^^^^^9
X
Kl<;. 290. Al'TOMATIC UNIVERSAL CUTTING MACHINE
FIG. 291. .SINGUK-Tula'H OXYGll.Vlli
The machine shown in Fig. 288 is known as the
Pyrograph and is made by the Davis-Bournonville Co.
The model .shown is not the latest, but well illustrates
the general principles of the more improved ones. It
was designed primarily for boiler-shop use in turning
flanged boiler heads or cutting openings for doors,
manholes and the like. In one shipyard boiler plant,
flanged combustion chamber heads, \ in. thick with a
flange periphery of 27 ft., were trimmed and beveled
to the calking angle ?n 30 min., exclusive of the
setting up.
As can be seen, the Pyrograph comprises a motor-
driven carriage supported on a radial arm of a length
th.it provides for cutting the flange of a 9-ft. diameter
boiler head at one setting. While the largest diameter
circle that can be cut at one setting is 9 ft., much
larger work may be trimmed and beveled, inasmuch as
the arm can be swung through a semi-circle of 20 ft.
or a full circle of 20 ft. diameter, provided the shop
conditions permit the arm to swing in a complete circle.
Heads larger than 9 ft. diameter are reset as many
times as may be found necessary to reach the flange
all around.
The radial arm construction is light but rigid, con-
sisting of two cold-rolled parallel round steel bars
firmly tied together by end connections and interme-
diate spacer blocks, and supported by a truss rod. The
vertical cast-iron pivot member of the radial arm is
mounted on ball bearings at the top and bottom, in
order to insure the maximum ease of movement. The
steel post around which the radial arm swings is adjust-
able vertically by means of a crank operating a rack-
and-pinion gear. A dog and rachet hold the post at
any height within the limits of adjustment required.
The column has a broad flanged base which may be
bolted to a cast-iron floor plate or a concrete founda-
tion if required to be self-supporting, or the top of the
post may be shackled to a column of the shop building
and the base supported on an ordinary floor without
an individual foundation.
The carriage is supported on the radial arm by four
grooved ball bearing rollers which provide for the easy
radial movement required to follow the feed action
freely. The carriage and the arm derive their move-
ments from the feeding mechanism which operates
directly on the part to be beveled, the flange part itself
acting as the track and guide for the feeding mech-
anism, as shown in Fig. 289.
The torch is adjustably mounted on the carriage
beneath the radial arm, and the tip may be directed at
any angle required to cut to the desired calking angle.
The flange to be trimmed and beveled is gripped
between the three feeding rollers, two of which are
small idlers on the side next to the torch while the
driving roller, considerably larger, i.s located on the far
side of the flange. The driving feed roller derives its
motion from a small electric motor mounted on top
of the carriage and driving through a reducing train
of worm and bevel gears. Variations of speed are
provided by making the upper worm and worm gear
replaceable with woiTn gears of different ratios. The
following speeds ai-e available : 12 in. in 70 sec, 12 in.
in 90 sec. and 11 in. in 60 sec.
The pressure on the feed rollers required to produce
FIG. 292, OXTGRAPH WITH TWO TORCHES
FIG. 293. CUTTING OUT .\ LARGE SLOT
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
59
the traction necessary to traverse the torch and car-
riage is obtained from the weight of the torch, the
slide rests on which it is carried and the frame to
which the two idler feed rollers are attached. The
frame carrying the slide rests and idler feed rollers
is pivoted, and the weight forces the idler feed rollers
against the side opposite the driving roller with suffi-
cient pressure to traverse the carriage positively. The
feed mechanism operates on any shape whether straight
or curved, thick or thin. Flanged sheets are generally
rough, presenting a more or less irregular contour, but
this does not interfere with the carriage traverse and
the torch action. The operator may interrupt the feed
at any point by raising the frame, thus relieving the
pressure on the feed roller.
The driving roller and its shaft are protected by a
shield of fireproof composition having a beveled flange
at the bottom, on which the sparks and slag have no
effect. The machine, once set, trims a flanged sheet
evenly all around, provided the sheet has been properly
leveled. Otherwise it is necessary to chalk a line to
be followed.
In the plant of the New York Shipbuilding Cor-
poration, three different combustible gases are used in
cutting torches, namely, carbo-hydrogen, acetylene, and
hydrogen. The combustible gas selected for different
classes of work depends upon the thickness of the plates
which have to be cut. The range of thickness handled
by the different gases is as follows : Up to 3 in., carbo-
hydrogen; 3 in. to 6 in., acetylene; and over 6 in.,
hydrogen. It will, of course, be understood that either
of these gases is mixed with oxygen.
A Universal Cutter
A machine built somewhat along the lines of the
Pyrograph, but a much more universal machine, has
been developed for use in the shops of the General
Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y. This machine is shown
in Fig. 290. It can be set for automatically making
circular, spiral, radial or tangential cuts. Its rate of
feed can be varied from 1 to 72 in. per minute, accord-
ing to the character and thickness of the metal. The
base of the machine is provided with a powerful electro-
magnet to be used if the machine is placed on a rough
or uneven surface and also to hold it in position when
it is necessary to perform cutting operations on work
held in a vertical plane. Ordinarily, the weight of the
machine is sufficient to hold it steady. As shown, the
machine is mounted on a truck for easy transportation,
as it weighs 1,900 lb.
The Oxygraph
With the Oxygraph, steel plate from 1 in. to 15 in.
or more in thickness is cleanly cut with a narrow,
smooth kerf, along straight lines, sharp angles, or
curves, according to drawing or pattern. The pan-
tagraph principle is employed, with a motor-propelled
tracing wheel, with which the lines of the drawing are
followed and reproduced with the cutting torch. Either
the oxy-acetylene or the oxy-hydrogen cutting flame is
used, with hose connection to the source of gas supply.
The only power required is for revolving the tracing
wheel, and this i? supplied by a small motor attached
to the tracing head, which may be connected to the
ordinary electric light or power circuit. A universal
motor, either d.c. or a.c, 110- or 220-volt circuit, with
rheostat and friction governor is used. The speed of
cutting varies from 2 to 18 in. per minute, according
to the thickness of steel being cut.
One size of machine is applicable to small work and
die cutting, within a cutting area of 16 in. square, a
circle of 18 in., or a rectangular form 12 x 40 in.
may be cut by extension of the tracing table. With this
machine, a drawing or pattern double the size of the
cut to be made is required, the drawing being placed
on the tracing table showm at the right in Fig. 291.
Another machine is made for larger, heavier work.
It has a double pantagraph frame and is fitted with
two cutting torches for making duplicate cuts at the
same time, the position of the torches and tracing wheel
being adjustable. The entire pantagraph frame may
be moved backward from the table to allow placing
of heavy plate with a shop crane. This machine repro-
duces the cut of equal size with the pattern, or 1 to 1.
A machine with two pieces of work and pattern in
place is shown in Fig. 292.
Another practical application of the Oxygraph is
shown in Fig. 293. The piece worked on is a fishing
tool used for fishing out broken tubes in oil wells. This
Oxygraph has a bed frame 30 in. wide by 9 ft. long.
The fishing tool is hollow, with walls 2* in. thick, and
weighs 900 lb. The total cut made of 21 lin.ft. was
made in 21 min. or 1 ft. per minute.
Meters or Feet?
By F. D. Hood, Polytechnic High School.
Los v\ngeles School Jouniiil
There is a movement on foot just now to make com-
pulsory the use of the metric system in the United
States. This means, of course, the retirement of the
foot and its replacement by the meter, whether we like
it or not.
The scheme seems to be engineered by the World
Trade Club of San Francisco, whoever they are. Few
people seem to know anything about the scheme, and
maybe this is part of the plan until sufficient deadly
work has been accomplished at Washington to insure
its success.
One thing is certain in the minds of those who are
in close touch with industry, and this is the field where
the movement will have its most appalling results, and
that means there will be industrial paralysis to begin
with and eternal confusion thereafter, for the simple
reason that the old units refuse to be displaced wherever
it has been attempted, even in the country of metric
origin, and we shall therefore have two systems of
weights and measures instead of one.
Viewed from a pretty wide angle, the two countries
using the English system of weights and measures as
their legal standard, namely, the United States and
Great Britain, have grown industrially and financially
fat, much more so in the case of former than in any
country where the use of metric system is enforced by
the policeman's club. So the English system cannot
be such an awful drag, as some are apt to think.
Surely these pro-metric advocates do' not comprehend
what this change means, either in money or goods, or
they would not at this time urge its compulsory adop-
tion. Hundreds of millions of dollars worth of gages
and standards in the manufacturing industries alone
will have to be scrapped and as many new ones made.
Every automobile sign in the country indicating speed
will have to be changed to read centimeters per second.
60
AMEKICAW MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
because every new speedometer will be in the same
system. Owners of old ones can keep a set of conversion-
tables handy. Every new length of pipe will be in
metric threads; connection with English threads can
be made with hose, perhaps, or pay toll in the shape of
a transition-fitting. And so on ad libitum.
Surely the industries are sorely enough harassed as
it is, without inflicting this upon them; production
is years behind, as it is. If the arch-propagandist of
Berlin had set his diabolical brains to scheming up
something to set this country back industrially about
ten years he could not have produced a more all-around
effective plan than to make the metric system com-
pulsory here and now.
And what is it all for? Nothing, but uniformity —
deadly uniformity. Things will not be made any more
rapidly, any better, any cheaper, nor in greater quan-
tities than with the English system. No one has any
quarrel with our present system of weights and meas-
ures, at least they keep quiet about it if they have,
except those who do not use it anyhow, and they are in
the minority, by far.
The case for the metric system would be stronger if
it really had accomplished uniformity where it has
been tried and made a clean sweep, though nothing is
said about the twenty-four hours of the day, sixty
minutes, sixty seconds and the three hundred and sixty
degrees of the circle (nothing metric here), but if the
kind of uniformity that the compulsory use of the
metric system would bring to this country is the same
kind of uniformity that its obligatory use has brought
to France (to say nothing of the hodge-podge in other
so-called metric countries) with her maze of yards,
metres, aunes, kilograms, pouces, sous, moques, deniers,
and Paris pounds — then Heaven forfend. We indeed
have a uniform system in comparison.
Talking about making the thing compulsory, why, the
Government would have the biggest job on its hands
that it ever tackled if it tried to stop the American
people from using the system if they wanted it. They
do not want it, except just where it is, that is why
it is where it is.
Casting Losses in Aluminum Foundry
Practice in U. S.*
By Robert J. Anderson
Casting losses are a serious source of financial loss in
iron ajid steel foundry practice, as well as in brass and
bronze, but they are particularly serious in aluminum
foundry work because of the high value of the alum-
inum. If a foundryman will study his daily production
of defective and wasted castings, he will be able to
trace the cause for losses and then make such corrections
in his plant practice as will effect a considerable reduc-
tion in these losses — as much as 50 per cent in some.
If all the present casting losses of the United States
could be reduced 50 per cent by eliminating only the
readily preventable defectives, a saving of several
million dollars would accrue. In the aluminum foundry
industry alone, the saving would amount to $600,000.
Light aluminum alloy sand castings may be rejected
for defects resulting from one or a combination of
causes, including cracks, sand holes, chill blows, and
core blows, cold shuts, hard spots, porosity, leaks, and
•From Bureau of Mines Report tor .\pril, 1920.
general unsoundness; uneven walls and core shifts, hard
and soft ramming, breakage on trucking, handling,
chipping and cleaning; cracking on welding, cope drop,
short pour, dirty and broken cores, and sand or paste in
the cores; run out, molds crushed in core setting, gates
washed in, poor patching, wet sands, draws and shrink-
age warping; broken molds and inferior metal. On
account of the large number of variables in foundry
practice, it is at times difficult to trace the exact causes
for specific defects. However, the factors that will
most likely cause defects in the castings can be
classified; then it will be easier to trace the defects to
a definite cause or combination of causes. By eliminat-
ing the causes, the defects will disappear. Admittedly,
this is not al-,/ays easy to do, but the first step to be
made in attempting to reduce casting losses is a
thorough diagnosis of the causes for defects.
A recent survey of the aluminum foundry industry by
the Bureau of Mines has made data available regarding
the losses sustained in the United States in the produc-
tion of all kinds of commercial light aluminum-alloy
castings. The average casting loss, including rejections
of all kinds on the foundry floor, in the inspection
department, and machine-shop returns, may be placed
conservatively at 10 per cent. Variations in losses, as
reported to the Bureau by numerous foundries, range
from 0 to 75 per cent; no variation of losses is rare
except for certain types of exceedingly simple castings,
whereas 75 per cent is altogether too high. The indica-
tions are that an average figure of 10 per cent for all
kinds of castings is approximately correct, although
possibly a trifle low when referred to actual produc-
tion records furnished by some representative foundries.
About 97 per cent of the output of sand castings is
poured from an alloy containing about 92 per cent
aluminum and 8 per cent copper, known in the trade as
No. 12 alloy. The rest of the output is cast from
various alloys including diflFerent kinds of binar>' alu-
minum-copper alloys, aluminum-magnesium alloys, alu-
minum-zinc alloys, ternary aluminum-copper-manganese
alloys, aluminum-copper-tin alloys, aluminum-copper-
zinc alloys, and aluminum-manganese-zinc alloys. Also
some exceedingly complex alloys are cast, but these make
a small percentage of the total output.
The total output of light aluminum-alloy sand cast-
ings of all kinds in the United States in 1919 is placed
at 81,000,000 lb. The cost of scrapping a pound of
rough casting may be placed at $0,125, although varia-
tions are from $0.10 to $0.25. On the basis of the
figures available, the total monetary values of the losses,
incurred annually in the United States because of the
rejection of defective castings, may be readily calculated.
81,000,000 pounds = total output.
10 per cent = average casting loss.
SO. 125 per pound = cost of scrap.
81,000,000 =^ 90 per cent of the actual castings
poured, or
81,000,000 -i- 0.90 = 90,000.000;
90,000,000 X 0.10 = 9,000,000 pounds of castings
•scrapped ;
9,000,000 X $0,125 = $1,125,000, the total monetary
loss.
If the present average losses could be reduced 50 per
cent, which is possible by eliminating the occurrence of
readily avoidable defects, a saving of at least $600,000
would accrue to the country. That a reduction of losses
by at least 50 per cent is possible, has already been
shown in some large foundries.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Prodvction—With Improved Machinery
61
Machining a Gear-Type Water Pump
By frank a. STANLEY
Auxiliary apiJaratns is vital to the successfid
operation of internal combustion engines, though
interest in the construction and manufacture of
such apparatus is apt to be overshadowed by the
consideration generally given to the engine itself.
THE gear pump shown in the accompanying illus-
trations is used on the 200-hp. gasoline engines of
motor cars operated by the Southern Pacific sy -
tem. The two steel gears forming the internal mechan-
ism of this pump are if 5-in. pitch diameter, three
diametral pitch and 3i-in. face.
The cast-iron casing forming the pump body is bored
out to form the gear chambers to a diameter of 5T672 in.
providing a total clearance outside the gear teeth of
0.005 in. or 0.0025 in. on each side. The centers to
which the gear chambers are bored are of course 5 in.
apart. The pump casting is shown by Figs. 1, 2 and 3
and the latter view represents the interior. It may be
noted that the casing is broken out in Figs. 3 and 4 in
order to show the valve seats, pipe joints, etc., in the
chamber at the side.
The first operation on this work is driling the bracket
holes at the side of the casing, which is done with the
simple jig shown in Fig. 1. This jig is an angle plate
with bushings in base and upright for a iJ-in. drill and
having a locating lug at the side for positioning the jig
on the casting. The holes drilled are for the bolts by
which the pump is secured in place when in service.
They are also used in various machining operations for
holding the work on its fixtures.
In Fig. 2 is shown the second operation, the machin-
ing of the gear chambers referred to above. This is per-
formed on a small vertical boring mill which is fitted
with an auxiliary table in the form of a faceplate hav-
ing parallel slots planed across its face for locating the
work-holding fixture by means of a tongue entering one
of the slots. The position of the fixture along the slot
FIG. 1. Jir, FOR DRILLING BRACKET HOLES IN
GE.AR PfMPS
FIO- 3. JIG FOR GEAR CASE AND COVER
is fixed l:y a locating pin which enters a hole in the face-
plate, and the center distance for the two gear chambers
is readily obtained by shifting the pin to a second locat-
ing hole in the plate. The fixture is c'amped in place by
four capscrews, and the work is held to the fixture by
three ?-in. bolts through the holes drilled in the first
operation.
There are three turret tools used in this operation.
The first two are for roughing and finishing the bore
and face; the third is a square-end tool for finishing
the bottom of the seat. This is made narrow enough
to pass down along the bearing boss at the bottom of
the chamber for the gear shaft and thus reach the
bottom surface which is seen in Fig. 3.
The jig for the third operation is a bushed templet.
Fig. 3, which serves for the holes in both the pump
case and the cover. The fourth operation is the
machining of valve seats, etc., with the aid of the
fixture shown in Fig. 4, which is mounted upon an
auxiliary table on the vertical machine. As already
mentioned, this view shows the work with the side of
the valve chamber cut away, in order to il'ustrate the
section through the walls and at the same time give
an idea of the method of applying the series of tools to
their respective cuts.
The sketch, Fig. 5, is a partial section showing the
openings that are machined by the boring bar, cutters
and taps shown in Fig. 4. There is a JJ-in. hole at the
bottom of the valve chamber for the valve stem and
above this comes the beveled seat for the valve. Then
comes a 2i'ii-in. tapped and counterbored opening for
the reception of a brass valve seat and guide, and in
the outer wall a 28-in. tapped hole for a brass valve
cap. The boring bar shown in Fig. 4 carries the
cutters for boring the holes to be threaded, forming-
the valve seat, counterboring the seat for the inserted
brass valve seat, and facing the upper or open end of
the chamber. These cutters are all held by hollow set-
screws setting flush with the surface of the boring bar.
The latter is of course piloted to enter the smaller
hole for the valve stem at the bottom of the chamber.
Two machine taps are used. These may be seen on
the table of the boring mill. Both are 16 threads per
inch, and provided with aligning and retaining collars.
The combination seating tool and drill .shown in the
left side of the turret will be recognized as the equip-
62
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
FIG. 2.
.MACHINING THK <?K.\R
CH.XMBRR
FIG. 4. TOOLS FOR BORING .XND
THREADING V.\LVE .'^EATS,
PIPE JOINT.«!, ETC.
FIG. 6.
•M ACH I .NI NG GEA R-CH A .M BER
COVER
ment for drilling the hl-in. hole at the bottom of the
chamber and for forming the lower valve seat, the
finishing of which is shown underway with the flat
cutter in the lower end of the bar in the work. This
valve seat is given its final finish by grinding in the
valve in the usual manner.
The fifth operation on the pump is the machining
of the gear-chamber cover which is accomplished with
the fixture seen in Fig. 6. Like other fixtures described,
this device has a locating pin for giving it two definite
positions along the slotted auxiliary table on the boring
mill, thus assuring correct center distances for the
/6 Thd perin.
V/i ^1<M
FIG. 5. .SECTION THROUGH VALVE CHAMBER
operations around the two bores and hubs. The fixture
has a chamber in its upper face which admits the cover
and in which the work is secured by six hollow set-
screws placed at a slight angle to the horizontal to force
the work down into place on its seat.
The tools described above are in use at the Sacra-
mento shops of the Southern Pacific Railway Company.
Unclaimed Suggestions
By Peter F. O'Shea
The suggestion system of the Greenfield Tap & Die
Corporation involves the use of standard blanks which
are numbered serially and have a coupon bearing the
same number which the employee tears off and retains
to entitle him to any reward accruing from the sugges-
tion. The employee's name does not appear on the sug-
gestion itself. This, therefore, is sure to be considered
on its own merits whether it comes from the general
manager or from a truck boy who has a bright idea.
It was found that many of the suggestions are never
claimed by their originators even though they may
have a reward attached to them. A certain number of
people have made suggestions from an entirely disin-
terested spirit and prefer not to have their identity
known even though they pass up the reward.
They would probably say if approached that they did
not make the suggestion for the reward in it, but simply
that it was time such an idea was acted upon. In other
words, this illustrates the tendency of the average man
to want to have things go right, apart from his own per-
sonal interest.
To call the attention of the remainder of the em-
ployees to the fact that there are suggestions unclaimed,
the list of serial numbers is posted on the factory bulle-
tin boards and if this does not clean up all the sugges-
tions the numbers are then printed in the shop paper
which goes to everyone in the plant. The management
always wants to know who has made good sugges-
tions because such are the employees who are worth
developing.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
«f
(Part FII — Continued from last week)
The next step is to develop the machine load, Fig. 35,
from the schedule control. The machine load is built
up to give the management a guide to hiring men selling
the product and, to a certain extent, in following up
purchased material. The most important function is
as a guide to the selling policy for the future. If
the machine load is light, it becomes a guide to the
management in helping them decide what to release
to the shop for making to stock for expected future
sales.
Tt should be obvious that it is impossible to produce
any more work from the shop than the primary
machines can handle. If, however, the first one or two
operations are performed on a tool which has surplus
capacity, it is not advisable to consider this as the
primary operation, but to look further on down the
routing and find the first operation which is of consider-
able magnitude or on which there tends to be a conges-
tion of work.
Economical manufacturing dictates that the shop
demand should control the receipt of material; that is,
snough material should be in the plant to keep the
machine tools busy. If the factory produces solely on
order and does not build ahead in dull times, the sales
schedules and the machine load will tie together. If
the product is standard, and the machine load does not
show enough work to keep the machines busy, the man-
agement must decide whether to let the machines be idle
and lose a part of the organization, or to build ahead of
the sales schedule and hold the finished material in
5tock in expectation of future business.
The machine load. Fig. 35, shows the number of
hours of work ahead of each machine. We do not,
however, go so far as to develop a load on the individual
machine. It is only necessary, as stated above, to pick
up the load on the primary machine. If there happen
to be several identical primary machines, it is possible
to load the group instead of the individual machine
tools.
The machine load is developed from the schedule-
control graph. Thus, if the schedule control shows that,
during a given week, the first operation on 500 pieces
of D41-1 must be performed, and that the time on
that operation is 20 hours, we note on our machine load
the part number, operation number, quantity and time.
We keep on adding to the machine load the various
operations which are performed on each group of
machines until we have each group loaded. If there is
more work than capacity, What is left must be loaded
onto the succeeding week. We usually like to arrange the
machine load in periods of a week.
Control graphs are not made out to cover all of the
orders on the books. Usually, they are not made out
for more than eight weeks at the most. The machine
load is made up by weeks for about six weeks in advance
and taken from the control graphs. All of the orders
on the books farther ahead than six weeks are figured
separateb^ by formula — (a formula of machine ioad is
made for each type of transmission) — and is very
readily made up by months for all remaining orders on
the books.
The machine load taken from the control graph is a
guide to the works manager or superintendent for the
manning of his shop. The burden thus taken off is a
prophecy and is therefore not absolutely accurate, hav-
ing a probable 10 per cent error. Even so, it guides
the man power in a department with sufficient accuracy
so that there is not the tendency to keep full crews
on when it will be weeks before there is a full load
on the machines of the department in question.
The machine load taken from the balance of orders is
a guide to the sales department only. This being a
prophecy into more distant future, it has correspond-
ingly increased chance for error. As it is used, how-
ever, for an influence on rather broad sales effort, the
need for accuracy is less.
It is easy to see that to assign a delivery date for
new work, it is merely necessary to run through the
machine load record to see when there will be time
available for starting new work. For example, if all
of the machines — except one set, which is loaded com-
pletely— wrill have available time in September, and
voi. wiint
~~'~
-■ 1
/-v
* r-»
P^nH 1
lVl/\V.nUNIL LW/AU'
Department
MmetM*
/^™
iff -77 'Zf - /«•
if-'H:
UaehiM
.i.'a.
Uacbim
■fe-
HwhiiK
*"*'"*
P«.S.«.b.
»
4m-
ChM«
T.m.
"ftr
.-,^^
iwm
•=•
<kMll,
T_
•fc-
P-lN»«b-
_
■sr
a»«.
Tw.
•fr-
P«.N«aw
X-
•pn
Qi— >
Tw
r..N^
M«
«w^
"V-W
T._
."=■
'""
J%.
■*'«#
</
^.
¥:'
.»
t7.i
..
•n
,1
L-f •
/O-i
"
• 1
LJ
—
-
L:
J
=^
:=^
UJ
zJ
i^
—
FIG. 35. MACHINE-LOAD RECORD
64
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
wrc» MS »i* m . f
ROUGH STOCK DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
Tbf Purch»!:ing Dfp»nn.pnt will gtt ihe lollow.nB |>«1i inu Lhr pUiH btforr Ihr w*«k indieatc<
.
POUT (•-.
„<r.
^
c
'f
f;;
J
Sr.liM
s
i
Vr
■f
vJ7
»
v;7
;
y::
0
I
n-^i -1
■■:.;i'
y..
j^.
j^.
r..
J^»'
n-H- !.
','-■;.-.■"
!-"\''
J*»
j^.
/••«
J-..
J-.-
D4-/-4-
>,;;'■
/-.
J-;.
-"i-
J-»-
D30-.S-
oxx-s'
;;:■;:'. ■
0
^..
j^.
/#••
*'^*
«i^'j..'i '
^■r„','<"
^f
',';:.:;"
dV/-/
'^r;;^"
yfoo
0
n/9 tf
^
\/^<j
0
<rSo
0
J'oc
K.-ih
Loo
/oo
/Sao
/ooa
\foo
-piil-V
T.:::i'
<r<jo
0
•S^o
O
•J'bo
O
■Tic
o
^~Qa
yroo
>c.<,
ISao
fooe
/oo
pai-tl
r.zz'
>rv>«
kTco
yflfO
ifoo
Voo
:.".'■
^r(70
r<io
yTeo
T)3c-S'
j)»-jr
Srrn"
,
JTSo
c5
'Too
/OOQ
fPOO
yfoo
«
/C 00
<y^»
U,.M.|,
I'l-l"
.
.^
l^^'^j'
-
-
__ —
L— J
~.
1
L_j — J
.
1
FIG. 36. ROUGH-STOCK DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
an inquiry includes parts which must pass through the
heavily loaded machines, the plant can not take on
that order until it has completed the existing work on
the heavily loaded group.
In such an event, the management may decide to
set back the delivery dates on the prior orders, in order
to take on the new work. Or perhaps it can "farm" the
extra work out to some neighboring concern that is not
busy. In any event the decision is an intelligent one,
based on the information given by the machine-load
record.
Machine Load a Guide for Purchasing
Let us now see how the machine load is a guide for
purchasing. From the schedule-control graph, we
know just what date each part must be started in
process. These are, of course, the limiting dates for
receiving the raw materials. In order to obtain the
material when it is needed, the purchasing department
must be informed sufficiently far in advance to be able
to get this material into the shop. To this end the
planning department sends to the purchasing depart-
ment the rough stock delivery requirements. Fig. 36.
Market and plant conditions must govern, but, as a rule,
we have found it advisable to tell the purchasing depart-
ment what raw material the shop will need at least
eight weeks in advance.
At the left of the form, Fig. 36, are placed the part
numbers which are shown to be required by the machine
load. If a required part is made up from some other
part, the part from which it is made is indicated in the
second column. The different weeks in which this mate-
rial must be brought in are indicated under "week
starting."
The line called "quantity needed" shows the total
quantity of raw material which should be brought into
the shop during that week, as shown by the machine
lo4d. "Rough stock" shows the quantity of stock
already on hand. Each week, this form is extended to
show any new orders received, in order to keep the
purchasing department in close touch with require-
ments. If the rough-stores quantity is greater than
the quantity needed, a letter "0" indicating "overage"
is placed in the column headed 0/S. If the rough
stock available is less than the quantity needed, a letter
"S," denoting shortage, is placed in the same column
instead of the "0." When additional stock is received,
if the quantity is great enough to overcome the shortage
in any given week, a letter "0" is placed around the
"S" indicating that the shop is covered to that point,
and any balance that is left is applied against the
succeeding weeks, until it is exhausted.
Now we are at the point where we want to lay out
a schedule of the work on the individual machines.
This is done graphically on the machine schedule. Fig.
37, from the information furnished on the production
routing sheet.
Opposite the number of each machine in a department
is drawn a line showing the length of time each series
of parts will be on the machine. It is really but a
detail of the schedule-control graph for the latter sched-
ules simply as to operations, while the former specifically
assigns the work to a definite machine. This record is
kept in the central planning department and the actual
performance is entered on it daily, as will be explained
later, so that future assignments can be adjusted to
today's performance.
The Machine Schedule
The machine schedule is laid out to cover one or
two weeks. On the left-hand side are listed the numbers
of all machine tools in the department. The distance
between two vertical lines represents an hour of elapsed
time.
From the production routing sheet for parts D41-1&2,
the schedule man notes that the time required for oper-
ation 1 is two hours per lot, or 20 hours per series.
He sees also from his routing that it is possible to
perform this operation on machines 204, 206 or 227. He
notes from his machine schedule that machine 204 will
be available at 8 o'clock Monday morning, machine
206 at 12 o'clock Monday noon and machine 227 at
about 10 o'clock Thursday morning. He might decide
to schedule his work on the first two machines so as to
bring out his 10 lots at about the same time, or he
might schedule the operation altogether on either
machine 204 or 206. Let us assume that he decides to
schedule it all on 206. His first step is to draw a
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
66
FIG. 37
MACHINE WORK SCHEDULE
line enough over 20 hours long to cover the set-up.
This line he marks off to indicate the lots. Over this
line he writes part, lot and operation number, and
so on, for each of the ten lots. It is advisable, on
the machine schedule, not to attempt to schedule more
than three days ahead, because conditions will arise in
the shop such as machines being down for repairs,
operators being off, and the hundred and one ailments
to which a machine shop is heir, and which are liable
to disrupt any plans.
After having scheduled the work on the first oper-
ation, if the second should start immediately, the first
lot should be scheduled in on the machine required, leav-
ing a lapse of six to ten hours between the time it
should finish on the first and when it should start on
the second, to allow for inspections and trucking
between operations.
After drawing in the line representing the first lot
on operation 1, the machine on which operation 2
is to be done should be noted, below the right-hand
end of the line, and when operation 2 on the same
lot is scheduled and drawn in, a red check should be
put against the first operation. By means of this check-
mark it is possible, by looking over a schedule sheet
after it is supposed to be completed, to tell whether
all lots have been carried forward, and no sheet should
be discarded until all lots are checked in order to make
sure that none are dropped. If this were not done, an
important lot might become sidetracked and not worked
on for weeks.
When the schedule man schedules the last operation
in his department he passes the tickets for all fol-
lowing operations on to the man scheduling the next
operation, with a note as to the approximate time when
the parts should reach the next department. This gives
the next schedule man an advance notice of work that
is on the way to his department, and so allows him to
prepare to receive it when it arrives. The first schedule
man will also ask the second what machines the work
will go onto in his department and will then place this
machine number on the move order and sei-vice card.
Advantage in Keeping Machines Busy
The purpose of the machine schedule is to keep the
fewest possible number of machines busy all of the
time and still keep ahead of the schedule of work. It
is much better to have five machines busy all of the
time than six most of the time, as the operators are
kept more contented by means of it.
Where there are several machines close together on
any one of which the same operator can work and on
which the operations are generally very short, the
machines may be taken together and scheduled as a
group. In scheduling for a group, place the machines
on the schedule sheet the same as before, but note in
a bracket down the side by the machine numbers that
they comprise a group. In drawing in work, no atten-
tion is paid to which machine will probably run it, but
each one is loaded in turn until all work to be done
is taken care of. If there were four machines in a
group one might show as having no work scheduled
to it at any time, but still might actually be used
all of the time and some other one be the idle one.
The schedule man should keep close watch on the
amount of idle time in his department and should make
recommendations as to the taking on and letting off of
men or as to the advisability of working overtime.
We have now determined when we shall start our
work and have made sure that the raw material will
be in the plant in time. Really, the next logical step is
66
AMERICAN MACHIiVIST
Vol 53, No. 2
to show how the progress of the various parts from
rough stores through the shop is controlled until they
arrive in a completed state in the finished stock. But
that is a subject which can best be described separately
and so will be discussed in the next article. There are
a few other activities in the way of control which are
handled by the central planning department. So, while
the records of this department are fresh in the reader's
mind, we shall jump ahead a bit and show how this
central control is exercised.
So far we have shown how the schedule-control graph
and other records of the central planning department
are used to plan — that is to foresee — work and needs.
It is also necessary to record the actual progress of the
work in the shop.
When an operation on any part is completed the
The third use of the service card is to keep up to
date the production stock and demand record. All
pieces that are not good are entered as rejected, the
final classification and disposition of these pieces,
whether scrap or reclaimed, being reported by the
salvage department. The service card is next used
by the schedule man to ascertain the total time that
the job has taken.
When the first operation is done and the report comes
to the machine schedule on the white service card, the
line denoting the corresponding operation will be
checked off in blue and the time actually used in doing
the operation will be drawn in on the schedule at' the
point where it occurred. This shows the schedule man
the degree of efficiency of that job and if the time taken
is over 10 per cent greater than the time allowed, it
*CC MDIUIM
OPERATION CHECK SHEET p^„ ,,
,
ODTkb
o.ot, W.i.
OwrK^n f r>.<.'. O^
Or.r..». J D.-...-'C^
Orwralion 7
p- «^._
Op.r.t..n ^ D,p.. fi^
Op.r..»,-, C l>r.- CZ^
N*.
..
(•»
tmi
T«.l
k.
.~
w
-
'S.
„
'd
*.!.
«,
Vamt
-
'^
«
U.I
...
-..
"S
^;-
ir-
-
K
•«.
w- 't'
^
^
u-
TW
•*
^
■sr
!L
':^
<-
IW
t^
«
iM
■•
M
(^
W
*-
^
m
f
'L
ro
r.
>/
rt
J-.
1?
>/.
ro
ro
¥■'
i.
r.
i'7
■^
>./
~~
~~
^
^
—
V
Jk
jr.
f!
•*i
f
/■'S
Vf
4C
3
'(
....
,
,
^ ►^
.r»
1
3
r.
M
4
f*
V
'A
o'.
-tl
,.i
r
'/J
yi
—
1
_6_
i»,
. J
v-"^
'
~
-£-
'Aa
—
£o
—L
-1
—
—
-^
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
,
,
fO
~*
77
^"
—
—
_-
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
r-
^
'
'
//
w
IJL
/y
%
Cl
■
_.
-_-
__
__
'
'
"'
'
~~^
1 I
Z-^
J
LZZJ
~ '
~^
Cj
— I
-■*-
'
■
■
- —
FIO. 38
CHECK SHEET
central planning department is notified L>v a copy of the
workman's service card and that information is noted
on the graph.
This is done by placing a large headed pin at the
first dot on the first operation, or on whatever operation
or lot the service card calls for.
If on any date all of the pins for the parts of
an assembly are ahead of that day's line, all is going
smoothly on that particular assembly. But if some of
the pins are several days ahead of the line, and the
rest are lagging from five to twenty days behind, an
eflfort should be made to bring the laggards up. If any
of the parts which are behind can be done on the
machines that are doing the operations on the parts
which are ahead, the schedul*^ man should divert these
machines to the slow-moving parts, in order to bring
them up even with the others. Balanced production is
what the schedule control aims to give, and if it even
appears impossible to make the assigned date for an
assembly, the production man must remember that it is
far more important to have all the parts come out at
the same time, even though a few days late, than to have
90 per cent arrive on time and 10 per cent fifteen days
later. It is finished assemblies we really want — ^not
finished parts.
After the information on the service card has been
reflected on the schedule control, the next step is to
post the information it contains on the operation check
sheet. Fig. 38. This operation check sheet is really
an analysis of the work in process in the shop. Not
only does it give quantities but it also shows which lots
are lagging and which are moving ahead. It is also
used by the production manager to keep track of the
operating end, so that he can see whether or not the
diiferent operations are being performed in the proper
time.
is reported to the general foreman in charge of that
division who investigates the matter immediately.
The white copies of service cards for completed oper-
ations are brought in to the schedule man at least every
half hour.
These copies keep him in very close touch with Ins
department. The operation is checked, as frequently
the lot will be worked on several hours or even days
away from the time it is scheduled and as a result it
might be difllcult to find which lots were done or yet
to be worked on.
The machine schedule man thus can keep ahead of the
shifts in scheduling, which becomes necessary when the
work in the shop — as invariably happens — varies from
the standard or estimated time given on the machine
schedule. This does not mean that he has to go back
and change what he has already done, but means that
he can — in scheduling another day's work — observe how
departure from the standard for the last few days will
affect his future plans.
We have now seen how the central planning depart-
ment lays out the work for the shop, and how it checks
up to make sure that the shop lives up to schedule.
But plans, no matter how good, are worthless unless
they are executed, and many planning systems fail
because the plans of the somewhat remote central
department are not followed by the shop. How the plan-
ning is carried to the men in the shop will be described
in the next article.
Fixed Habits of Thought
A lady on being told how easily (?) the metric sys-
tem could be learned replied, "I do not believe I could
ever learn the meter, so as to think of it other than as
1 yard 3 inches and a little more."
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
67
Are You a "Before-and-After" or a "Single-
Track" Man?
By HERMAN L. WITTSTEIN
AVoiks Manager, The Chapman Valve Manufacturing Company, Indian Orchard. Mass.
The method which was employed in solving a
problem encountered in the shop is the subject
of this article. The author shows both the right
and the wrong luay of attacking a problem, and
he emphasizes the importance of making a thor-
ough analysis before rendering a decision as to
the solution.
ONE of the chief difficulties I have experienced
with the average man, be he shop mechanic, fore-
man or clerk, is due largely to the fact that
he is not a "before-and-after," but a "single-track"
man. By "before-and-after" I mean a man who has
perspective, who analyzes conditions both leading up
to and subsequent to a difficulty — a man who does not
lose sight of the whole in too close a scrutiny of a
small integral portion of it. Your "single-track"
man sees the difficulty and, without hesitation, sails
right in to overcome it — hammering away with one
idea only in mind. He jumps to conclusions quickly,
and the great difficulty seems to be in getting him to
stand off and study his problem from all angles. In
a good many cases it is much better and cheaper to
go around than to go through.
To illustrate the foregoing, we recently experienced
considerable trouble due to an abnormally large per-
I centage of rejections in the testing of brass gate
[valves of the type illustrated in Fig. 1. Too many
of these valves, all sizes, were failing to pass the
I test on account of leakage at the joint A between the
•cap and body. The manner of testing was to apply
I pressure on one side of the closed gate, and note
[whether there was any leakage past the gate B or at
[the joint A. There was no trouble in obtaining a tight
[job on the gate, but
a very large percent-
age of the valves
[were rejected as
["leakers" at A. Our
"single-track" man
[ started right in ham-
mering away at the
[threading of the cap
l^^in his judgment
jthis was the whole
Isource of the trouble.
I As was found later
the threading had
^nothing whatever to
io with it. He went
ight ahead, how-
'ever, trying solid dies
and self-opening dies
and in every conceiv-
able manner attempt-
ing to improve some-
thing ,„V,,VV, ^^^A A '•''«• 1- BKASS GATE VALVE,
thing which needed showing points of
no improvement. I'o.s.siiii-K leakage
/ <s- B^
1
J
1
^ 9b
IP
1 .-.
^
W.
- -,
When the matter was finally brought to the writer's at-
tention the "single-track" man was instructed to check
up very carefully each operation of both the body
and cap.
No defect was found in the body; but the trouble
Chuck Jaw..
..Chamfering Tools
MrChuck
lurningand Hough Facing Tooi-
EndFacingTools
Self -Opening Die Hend
■ Plunger on Air Cylinder
EndMills
Sleeve Threaded for ValveCap-.,
chuckr~:^^^r^^-
Adjustable Spindle
.Four Knife Edges] ^^,^^,^ to Indexing head
FIG. 3
Finishlnglbol'
FIG. 4
FIGS. 2 TO 4. M.\CHINING OPERATIONS OX THE
VALVE CAP
Fig. 2 — Method of machining the flange. Fig. 3 — .Milling the
nut. Fig. 4 — Finishing the flange face, before the trouble was
analyzed.
was very quickly located in the cap, with the result
that it was immediately cured. The percentage of
"leakers" was reduced to a negligible number, and
at the same time an operation was eliminated, thereby
reducing the cost of manufacture.
Sequence of Operations
Figs. 2, 3 and 4 -show the sequence of operations
used before the trouble was analyzed for finishing
the flange on the cap. It will be seen in Fig. 2, that
one tool C turned the diameter, which was later
threaded, and also rough faced the flange which formed
the joint. Fig. 3 shows the next operation, the cap
being held against the knife edges while the faces of
the nut were milled. If the knife edges were not prop-
erly set or were so broken as to burr the lower face of
the cap, the latter would not set true when screwed
into the chuck against the adjustable plunger for the
finishing operation shown in Fig. 4. This caused an-
gularity in the facing of the flange and consequently
a poor fit at the joint A (Fig. 1) when the cap and
the body were assembled.
68
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
It was decided to finish face the cap at the first
operation instead of roughing it, Fig. 2, and to elim-
inate entirely the operation shown in Fig. 4. While
this takes slightly longer than the operation of rough
turning, and there is a little more frequent grinding of
the tool C, there has been a marked saving in the cost of
machining the caps, to say nothing of the elimination
of the previous disassembling and salvage cost of
"leakers."
This was a perfect solution of the problem, the trouble
lying "after" the point where the "single-track" man
made his attack. He is now a confirmed "before-and-
after" man.
I have seen so many similar cases where the trouble
has been either before or after the point of attack
that I cannot emphasize too strongly this general prin-
ciple of procedure.
Develop perspective- — it saves time and money. Be a
"before-and-after" man.
Some Small Railroad Shop Devices
Editorial Correspondence
Although the Savannah shops of the Central Railroad
of Georgia are not large, they handle considerable work
and contain a number of interesting devices. In common
with practically all railroad shops, the equipment is not
modern in many ways although it has a few fairly
up-to-date machines.
FIG. 1. PORTABLE OIL HEATING FURNACES
FIG. 3. MANDREL FOR PLANING ROU BRASSE.S
Among the special equipment noted was the portable
oil heating-apparatus for use in connection with the
removing and replacing of tires on locomotive drivers
and also for other purposes where heat was necessary
in isolated places. Fig. 1 shows two forms of the port-
able furnace used, the main difference being in the
kind of wheels provided and in their load carrying
frames.
These devices simply convert the fuel oil carried in
FIG. 2. MANDREL FOR PLANING CROSS-HEADS
FIG. 4. THE TWO MANDRELS OUT OP USE
the tanks A into a gas by means of the regenerating or
gassifying furnaces B. From here the gas is piped
either to the tire heaters or used in any way that may
be desired.
Two Interesting Planing Fixtures
The machine shop contained two interesting planing
fixtures which are shown in Figs. 2 and 3. The first
is used for planing crossheads so as to insure the sliding
surfaces being parallel with the piston rod and also an
equal distance from it. This consists of a framework
A, which carries the mandrel B, the projecting end of
the mandrel being turned to the same taper as the pis-
ton-rod fit in the crosshead. The crosshead is simply
mounted on this as though it were a piston rod and the
upper surface planed. By loosening the clamping bolts
C, the mandrel is turned 180 deg. and the other side of
the crosshead planed in the same manner.
The other mandrel shown in Fig. 3 is for planing
connecting-rod brasses. The brasses are first bored and
then clamped on the mandrel shown, suitable bushings
being used to fit the brass and insure the box being held
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
69
centrally. The box can then be easily turned so as to
present all four sides for planing.
These are simple fixtures which answer their purposes
admirably and they are kept at the end of the planer
table, as shown in Fig. 4, so as to be always ready when
wanted. Master Mechanic S. A. WTiitehurst and Fore-
man G. C. Shivers keep things moving as well as possible
with the facilities available.
Washing Ball Bearings
By E. a. Dixie
The caption for this article should have been
"Washer for Ball Bearings" but as it might have been
imagined that I meant a round flat thing with a hole
in it instead of a very ingenious little device for wash-
ing them, the title was altered to what it now is.
The spindle of the Taylor & Fenn bore-grinding ma-
chine runs in ball bearings. Anyone who has handled
FIG. 1. THE BALL, BEARING
FIG. 2. BEARING IN PL.A.CE
WASHING OUTFIT
IN THE FIXTURE
ball bearings as they come from the factory knows that
they come filled full of vaseline. The high-speed spindle
of a bore-grinding machine must be mounted as nearly
rigid as it can be so far as any shake is concerned, but
it must run as freely as it is possible to make it run.
During the operation of assembling the spindle in its
housing, dust and other foreign matter is almost sure
to get into the bearings where their presence is detected
by the binding of the spindle when in certain positions.
When dust does get into a bearing of this sort the only
thing to do is to thoroughly clean out everything in it,
including the vaseline. This is a tedious job and takes
a lot more time than one would imagine. After having
washed out a number in the old tedious way, the young
Scotsman who has charge of assembling the spindle
units decided that it was taking far too much time, so he
devised the simple little washer shown in Figs. 1 and 2,
which is used in conjunction with a sensitive drilling
machine.
The shank A, Fig. 1, is a piece of J-in. drill rod
about 4 in. long. Riveted to this is the bent piece of
cold rolled flat steel B. It will be observed that there
are two holes C about ^s-in. in diameter in B. These
are a loose fit for the common wire nail D.
The application of the device to the washing of bear-
ings is shown in Fig. 2. The bearing E is placed in
the bent member B and the nail D is passed through
the holes C to prevent the bearing from being displaced
from its seat in B when the drilling spindle is running.
On the table of the drilling machine and under the
spindle is the receptacle F which is filled with kerosene
or gasoline. With the spindle of the drilling machine
in motion the rotating bearing is lowered into the liquid
in F. This not only washes out all the vaseline but the
dirt along with it and these heavy particles fall to the
bottom of F.
With this simple device twenty to thirty bearings can
be washed perfectly in less time than a single bearing
could be done by the old method where it was often
necessary to remove the balls and cage in order to make
sure that every particle of dirt was removed.
A Routing Panel
By W. B. Bennett
President Wayne Engineering W'-rks
Tn your issue of March 4 the writer noticed, at the
top of the cover, the following: "Are you using the
routing panel? It's on the Ck)ntents page." Noting
the way you have arranged this panel we thought you
would perhaps be interested in our method, which has
been in use in this plant for over a year.
The sketch reproduces one of the blueprint sheets
that we attach to every magazine or catalog which is
received here and which we think will be of interest
to various employees. Previous to making out these
sheets we made a canvass of every department and
found out the names of those men who would be inter-
ested and who would read the periodicals in question.
Thus the sheet we are sending you is representative of
a department.
In a way it is more flexible than your list, because
the individual who receives and issues the magazines
can determine the proper name to start with, with
reference to its importance. For example: if there
READ AND PASS TO NtXT MAN WITHIN 4a HOURS
CHECK AFTt.W READING
ROUTING PANEL
70
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
are several important items which would be valuable to
a foreman or gang boss at an earlier time than to
some other workman, the magazine is first directed to
him.
The i-ound white border is reserved for checking off.
When the list is complete the magazine is returned to
the planning office where the reading matter is cut out
and properlj' filed.
The credit for this design belongs entirely to our
Chief Engineer, Mr. William Cummiskey.
Repairing an Air Compressor
By Frank C. Hudson
The illustration shows a pillow block on an air com-
pressor which parted along the broken line, just when
it was needed to keep up the air service for pneumatic
tools and other work in the shop.
A, which was then drilled for the bolt and spot faced
for a collar or washer urder the nut.
Locating the plate B in its proper position, the plate
and stud were grouted into position with .some concrete
mixed to flow freely. After this was poured, the broken
part was put back with the upper end of the stud
through the hole drilled for it.
When the concrete had thoroughly hardened the
collar and nut were put in place and the broken part
drawn down into placp. The shape of the break helped
to hold it in place and it has now been used for about
two years with no sign of giving way.
Theory (Calculation) vs. Use
In discussing the pros and cons of the metric ques-
tion, it has been aptly said th?t the pros are represented
by the professors and the cons by the constructors.
HOW I'HE I'lI^LOW KLOCK WA.S KEl'AlRED
Getting a new bed within three months was out of
the question and the compressor was needed everj-
minute.
The broken part A was taken out, and a plate B was
made to go inside the cored space in the pillow block.
The stud or double-threaded bolt C was next made of
the proper length to reach up through the broken part
Broach for Airplane-Propeller Hub
By I. B. Rich
Definite information in regard to broaches of fairly
large size is not always available, this being particularly
true of broaches having sectional teeth.
The broach illustrated herewith shows the practice of
the Lincoln Mo^or Co. in making the splines in the
Liberty motor propeller hub which has to be a clo.se fit.
The body is of machine steel, carbonized and hardened,
the eight slots being chamfered J in. and at 45 deg in
order to leave grooves between the sides of the inserted
cutters and the body. Allowance is made for grinding
after the body is hardened, in this way taking out what
little distortion may be due to spring.
The broaches are in four sections as can be seen, and
it will also be noted that the tooth diameter is increased
by regular increments of 0.004 in. from 2.935 to 3.127
in. The last four teeth are left the same size. The
end of the broach has a 1.5-in. thread. 12 pitch, U.S.F.,
;<_..__.
Increase each successive Tooth bq r
0.0O4'; last four to remain otSlfTO,^ \
It-^.
1
I i
■■' d
V
I ,-'.•
.,»-l '■■, 1
■s,f-^ sM
I
I
I
r 't'
-sf—^
S-J^
^ff ] It^l
'ton 11)1
ion iDi
IDI ITlDl
mv- c-
/ -' ll
-
--- - \
1 ■■ Ji. \^^'j
xnojL
^ ^^ ' -L —
J i'x45'ChiimAr
DET.A1I..S OF THE P.RO.XOH VSEU
this carrying the collar which takes most of the thrust
of all the broaches. The exact dimensions are given and
will be useful for reference.
The sketches shown here give a good idea of the
broach used in this operation.
July 8, 1920
Get increased Production — With Improved Machinery
71
ATI iJt^iUi^\i.-^E C
iHTTPOfiO
^f
m^'
The Evolution of the Workshop — ^X
By H. H. MANCHESTER
BEFORE the discovery
of America by Colum-
bus the Indians knew
nothing about working iron.
The Aztecs of Mexico and
the Incas of Peru were
quite skilled in the handling
of gold, silver and copper,
and in what is now the
United States the aborig-
ines valued copper so
highly that runners were
sometimes sent a thousand
miles to obtain a little of it,
but they employed only the
simplest tools. Fig. 61
shows the first picture of
an American workshop
which was printed, the ex-
plorer Benzoni being cred-
ited with the making of it.
The first attempts to
work iron in the United
States seem to have been
made in Virginia by the
European colonists. In
1585 Raleigh's expedition
reported having discovered
iron ore there, and accord-
ing to a statement of the
time by Francis Maguel
there was an attempt to
manufacture iron in that
colony in 1610, only three
years after the founding of
Jamestown. The settlers started to build a furnace on
Falling Creek in 1619, but it was destroyed in the mas-
sacre of 1622.
At that period the colonists were keen to discover
iron ore because the forests of England were giving out
and the only known fuel for smelting was charcoal or
v/ood. In Massachusetts a monopoly for smelting was
After the English colonists had introduced the
art of metal working into America the colonies
began to develop rapidly along industrial lines.
The growth and development of the system of
workshops tells an interesting story of the enter-
prise and genius which characterized the citizens
of the new country. This article treats of the
metal-working industry in America up to 1810.
(Part IX was pjihlished in our June S isstic.)
FIG. 61. THE EARLIEST PICTURE MADE OF A WORKSHOP
IN AMERICA, PERUVIAN OR INCA METAL. WORKERS
FROM BENZONI, 1565
temporarily granted as
early as 1641, and Saugus
bog ore was mentioned in
1642. The first iron works
there seem to have been be-
gun at Lynn about 1644.
In 1646 probably the first
patent to an American ma-
chinist was given to Josepn
Jenks for an improved
scythe and edged tools and
a more efficient mill with
which to make them. The
improvement in the scythe
was simply an added thick-
ness to the back of the blade
which permitted it to be in-
creased in length. In 1652
Jenks made dies for the
new mint, two years later a
fire engine for Boston, and
in 1667 he was loaned by
the colony a set of tools for
drawing wire.
The first slitting mill in
America seems to have been
set up at Milton, Mass., by
1650, not so many years
later than such mills were
first introduced into Eng-
land. Soon afterward there
was one at Middleboro and
two in Hanover. By this
date the colony had also a
steel furnace, and i plating
forge with a tilt hammer. In 1710 another slitting mill
was started by Jackson in Dorchester, and a foundry
by Joseph Mallinson at Duxbury. A mill for grinding
scythes was set up at Andover in 1715, and in 1720
Nathaniel Ayres began heavy forging at Boston. In
1732 there were six furnaces and nineteen forges in
New England. At Bridgewater, Mass., Hugh Orr began
72
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
the manufacture of edged tools with the aid of a trip
hammer in 1738, and ten years later made 5,000 stand
of arms for the province.
In 1750 Parliament forbado the importation of ma-
chinery or even of skilled machinists into the colonies,
and did all it could to discourage American manufac-
PIG. 62. A PLANING MACHINE IN THE U. S., 1775
tures. This law was based on the prevalent "mercantile
theory" of political economy that the colonies should
supply the raw materials and the mother country the
manufactures. At any rate the law did much to retard
the development of the machine shop in the colonies.
Many of the devices and machines which were de-
veloped at this time were for the cutting of wood, some
of them being shown by Figs. 62, 63 and 64; but they
furnished the experience necessary for the building
later of metal-working machinery.
In 1775 Nathaniel Niles of Norwich began to manu-
facture iron wire to be used in cards for wool, and two
years later Oliver Evans of Philadelphia constructed a
machine to make such cards.
One industry which originated in America was that
of cut nails. As early as 1775 Jeremiah Wilkinson of
Cumberland, Rhode Island, was cutting out small tacks
and nails and forming the heads in a vise. Other ma-
chines for nail cutting were designed by Ezekial Reed
in 1786, who lived at Bridgewater, Mass., and by Samuel
Briggs of Philadelphia in 1789. Briggs' patent was a
general one for nail, screw and gimlet machinery, and
the first one of that scope. Probably the most impor-
tant of the early nail manufacturers was Jacob Perkins,
who in 1790 established at Newburyport a mill for both
cutting and heading nails by machinery. In the next
decade there were twenty-three patents taken out in
this field.
In 1790 Samuel Slater and Sylvanus Brovra built the
first cotton mills in America at Pawtucket, R. I. It
has been declared that in constructing the machinery
according to Slater's designs, Brown invented a slide
lathe. If this has not been exaggerated, it is important,
for the date is earlier than that assigned to Maudslay's
slide rest. The earliest reference, however, which the
writer has been able to find on the question dates from
1866, and is in a "Historical Sketch of the Town of
Pawtucket," by the Reverened Messana Goodrich. It
reads, "As early as 1791, therefore, he (Sylvanus
Brown) invented a slide lathe for turning rollers,
spindles and like articles ; and followed it with an inven-
tion for fluting and planing rollers." Goodrich gives no
proof, and as it stands this is altogether too slight
authority to be convincing.
There is no doubt, nevertheless, that David Wilkinson,
who worked on the machinery for the second Slater mill,
had constructed a slide lathe before 1798, for he received
a patent for it in that year. Fifty years later, Congress
voted him a reward of $10,000 for his invention. His
lathe was applied to screw cutting and later operated by
water-power at Pawtucket.
In his famous "Report on Manufactures" Hamilton
stated that water power was used to make spikes and
nails, but added that this was also an industry carried
en largely at home. In 1797 Benjamin Seymour invented
some rollers for slitting mills. The next year Robert
McKean took out a patent applying steam power to saw
mills.
Beginning of the System of Interchange-
able Parts
Eli Whitney, who was getting little return for his
epoch-making invention for ginning cotton, in 1798
signed a contract to manufacture 10,000 stand of mus-
kets for the government. He expected to do this in two
years, but it was ten years before the contract was
completed. A very important point about his work was
that he attempted to make the parts interchangeable,
and to do so, buijt or invented machines to produce the
parts in order to have them more accurate and uniform.
Thus the idea of fabrication in quantities rather than
finishing piece by piece was, so far as practical applica-
tion goes, born in America. When this method was later
tried in Europe, it long continued to be known as the
"American system."
A planing machine was patented by John Bennock in
1805, and the next year a method of welding iron and
steel by Daniel Pettibone. In 1807 Jesse Reed of Boston
patented an important machine for cutting and heading
nails at one operation. Fig. 65 being a reproduction of an
FIG. 63. .\ MOLDING M.4CHINE IN THE U. S.. 177.i
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
78
old print of the machine. Two years later fifty-two of
his machines were said to be in service in the United
States.
The first fairly complete conception of the industries
of the country which dealt with iron and other metals
is given by the reports of the United States marshals
that were made for the census of 1810. On the one hand
these are incomplete and on the other they include
among manufactures, products which were made in the
homes, but this was at the time a highly considered
method of manufacture.
The largest number of forges was in Pennsylvania,
v/hich had 78, producing 10,969 tons of iron with a value
of $1,156,405. New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts
and Virginia followed in the order named. The incom-
plete returns of the country listed 329 in all, and there
were undoubtedly a number of others. Vermont, which
with 26 forges ranked fifth, had the largest number of
trip hammers, 65, at work, with Pennsylvania, New
York, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Connecticut
all having above thirty. There were 316 in all in the
no doubt imperfect lists sent in by the marshals.
There were 42 rolling and slitting mills enumerated
in the country. Of these Pennsylvania had 18, produc-
ing 4,502 tons of rolled iron and 98 tons of slit iron. The
value of their combined products was given as $606,426.
In this field Massachusetts was a bad second with only
five such mills.
Importance of the Nail Industry
The most important metal manufacture of the country
was undoubtedly nails. The marshals listed 446 nail-
eries, and a great nrvany were produced in private
families. The leading state in nail fabrication wai
Pennsylvania, where there were 175 factories producing
7,270,825 pounds of nails with a value of $760,862.
Massachusetts with only 36 nail mills was a close sec-
ond in the value of the product, while Vermont with 67
nail makers make only $34,560 worth, which suggests
that the work there was carried on chiefly in blacksmith
shops or at the home. Ranked according to the value of
the nails produced, New York was third, Maryland fourth
and New Jersey fifth. The industry had even spread
beyond the mountains, for the eastern district of Tennes-
see, though noting only four nail mills, claimed a produc
tion worth $104,406. There were also naileries in Ohio,
Kentucky, the western district of Tennessee and Indiana.
The marshal of Massachusetts reported a manufacture
of guns worth $229,085, without giving the number of
the shops. Pennsylvania listed 115 gunsmiths and a
production valued at $176,370. In this industry Vir-
ginia, Connecticut and the eastern district of Tennessee
followed as named.
Pennsylvania had three borihg mills, two saw fac-
tories, six wire works. 111 cutlers, four plane makers.
> \' V'-.n • '\ ' 1.V' \ ■
via. 61. DRR.I.SINO BALt'STKRS IX THE U. S., 1775
FIG. 65. A NAIL-CUTTIXG MACHINE IN" THE U. S.. 1810
one 'file factory, and two flatiron mills, while the mar-
shals of the other states fail to mention these industries
particularly. Pennsylvania and New Jersey each men-
tion a wire-drawing mill. Massachusetts manufactured
eleven million tacks with a value of $2,000. Door-lock
factories were to be found in New Jersey and Virginia,
and shops making augers in Virginia and Maine. There
was one screw and spring factory in New Jersey.
Ordinary blacksmith shops were not enumerated by
most of the marshals, but Pennsylvania was credited
with 2,562, the value of the work done in which was
estimated at $1,572,627.
There were also a number of factories dealing with
copper, brass, tin and other metals or alloys. Massa-
chusetts made products of this sort whose value was
given as $225,160. Connecticut had four brass found-
ers manufacturing $49,200 worth of ware. Rhode
Island with one brass foundry produced 6,000 pounds
of brass, the value of which then was $4,500. Brass
clock and watch makers were mentioned in Virginia.
Maryland, Vermont and Orleans, and no doubt clocks
and watches were included in the brass wares produced
in Connecticut. The tin plate work, which probably
was for the most part merely tin smithing, was esti-
mated as worth $139,370 in Connecticut, $91,500 in
Maryland, and $73,715 in Massachusetts.
The last of the eighteenth and the first of the nine-
teenth century was a highly interesting period in the
history of both wages and prices. It was the era of the
French Revolution and Napoleonic wars, which created
a great demand for both men and materials. In 1790
p. skilled mechanic in the United States received about
54 cents a day, with which he could have purchased
about three bushels of wheat for his week's work. At
74
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
the beginning of the century wages had reached a dollar
a day with wheat fluctuating in accordance with ship-
ping conditions, but perhaps averaging $1.25 a bushel.
In 1812 wages were about $1.40 a day and wheat $1.94
a bushel. After the war wages declined to $1 a day and
wheat to $1 a bushel, but the skilled mechanic could
purchase twice as much' for his week's work as in 1790.
Harmful Tendency in Trade Education
By B. a. Tibbab
Trade education, so far as public schools and educa-
tion in general are concerned, is a comparatively new
thing in education, and, like all new things, is adopted
as proper by those who know and also by those who
do not understand. Expense of equipment and opera-
tion have deterred some communities from entering this
field, while others have spent with a too lavish hand
in equipment and operation.
Between these two extremes are many and varied
conditions. The question of expense of equipment and
operation has been met in some places by expecting
the shops to produce enough to help pay the operating
expenses at least. From the business standpoint this
seems perfectly feasible, yet, upon analysis, it is very
much like the old, old question of serving two masters.
Let us consider it from the standpoint of the instruc-
tor: He is burdened with not only instruction and
discipline, but is also charged with making a certain
amount each year for the school support. Graduates
are demanded, and machine product is expected. What
will the poor teacher do when confronted by both
demands? Which is slighted when pressure comes?
Those in authority know immediately if mechanical
output is reduced, though they cannot so readily note
a drop in efficiency of a graduating class over that of
the previous year.
Too many Boards of Education, in fact too many
principals and instructors, place more emphasis upon
the machine product than upon the boy. Many of those
in authority do not realize that many times the boy is
being sacrificed for the product, yet this is too true.
Have you ever visited the shops in your trade school?
What is the boast of the instructor? What is that to'
which he points with the greatest pride? There are,
of course, exceptions, but in many cases the photograph
of the thirty speed lathes or the two hundred and fifty
spindles for Blank & Co., or the hundred arbor presses
being made for the Podunk Engineering Co. from their
own castings and drawings, are the pride of the shop.
The harmful tendency of such work is not that it is
unsuited to teach the desired principles of machine-shop
practice, but rather the primary place this product has
in the mind of the shop instructor and those in charge.
Here is the harmful tendency of our trade education.
If we continue to place the emphasis upon the machine
and the production of machines and exploit the student,
then sooner or later the conditions will not be so far
different from those in our factories.
In some of our schools the boy becomes as much of a
producer, compared with the mechanical output of the
plant, as does the boy in the factory. Is there any
reason for this aside from the desire to produce a quan-
tity of machines?
In the two hundred and fifty spindles for Blank &
Co. referred to above, there is the cutting off,
centering, facing, rough-turning, finish-turning, turning
to shoulder, key-seating, grinding, and perhaps other
operations, all of which may be given to different
individuals and all of which may be divided among the
class in such a way that all will receive the proper
training.
Very few shops have more than one cylindrical grind-
ing machine, which means that considerable planning
must be done to give each boy some grinding. The two
hundred and fifty spindles give a grand opportunity
for just this training. Let each boy who has done
enough elementary work to be fitted to take up the
grinding machine have his turn at the job. When
he becomes a producer so far as ability to handle the
machine and do accurate work — from the school stand-
point— in a reasonable length of time, the instructor
should find something different for him to do in order
that the boy may be always progressing, always learn-
ing, never being used to promote the shop or the instruc-
tor. The time for any boy to be changed from one
machine or operation to another is when he becomes a
producer. This should be the instructor's cue.
It has been my privilege to come in contact with
many graduates from trade schoo's, first from the
educational side and later from the position of the
manufacturer. Boys have confessed to me that they
have not had an opportunity to work upon all the
varieties of machines found in the shop and had been
kept upon one machine almost throughout their entire
term of service. Only a few days ago, I had occasion
to interview a young man who was in search of a posi-
tion. I offered him a shaper job and he honestly told
me that he was not able to do the work for he had
never operated a shaper.
Inquiry brought out the fact that in nearly two years
of work in a trade school he had not touched the shaper
or planer, but had spent almost his entire time on a
lathe. He had operated a milling machine some and
had worked upon a drilling machine, but the major part
of his time had been upon a lathe on turning jobs.
He could do that work well, but I wanted a man and
was willing to hire one even though he was not as
experienced as the trade-school graduate was with the
lathe.
The only reason that the boy could give for being kept
on the lathe was that there seemed to be a lot of turn-
ing to do in the shop and he could do it faster and
with less trouble to the instructor than other boys.
The instructor may have had a good and sufficient
reason for keeping the boy upon the turning job, but
the statement certainly appeared to be an honest one
from an apparently sincere boy.
I am not questioning the honesty and sincerity of
any instructor, for, knowing these men as I have in
the past, I know that there is a genuine endeavor to
make their departments real, their work accurate and
commercial, and to impart useful instruction to their
classes. Noting the present tendencies, however, I can-
not refrain from calling to the attention of those inter-
ested the necessity for keeping in mind the fact that
the boy must not be neglected in order to make a profit-
able showing.
The boy must be the first consideration, but before
the shop instructor can accomplish much in this direc-
tion we must have Boards of Education which will de-
mand that their principals and instructors be something
more than men with technical knowledge who have been
successful in business management.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
75
European Conditions as Affecting the American
Machine-Tool Trade*
By Carl F. Dietz
Vice President, Norton Co., Worcester, Mass.
THERE are about as many opinions on industrial
conditions in Europe as individuals expressing
themselves tJiereon — even among those who had
an opportunity to personally study the ground complete
unity of thought is not found. It depends so very
largely upon the manner of penetration, the industries
visited, individuals interviewed and then on the proper
analysis of this multiplicity of data.
As everywhere else in the world the demand for every
conunodity is beyond the ability of industries to furnish.
Unlike ourselves, Europe is now mostly dependent upon
imports — those imports coming largely from us.
The war left her pretty well paralyzed industrially,
and only gradually will the situation right itself. Such
wholesale disarrangement of industry, even omitting
destruction, complete financial exhaustion and credit
strain, to say nothing of morale collapse, cannot be
overcome in one or two year's.
Europe for the moment with the possible exception
of England requires credit and requires it in very
large doses. She cannot continue indefinitely to pur-
chase more heavily than she sells, still further straining
credit and depressing her currency values, without in-
evitably going bankrupt.
The result is that purchases from countries whose
currencies are at a premium will be held down to bare
necessities and the buying power directed toward the
markets where advantages may be had; friend or late
enem; — economic necessity will control, quite stripped
of sentiment.
During the war relatively huge quantities of machine
tools were shipped to England and France, some to Italy,
many of which served gallantly in the production of
needed war materials, but many also never saw service
and with the others have since been either put to use-
ful sei-vice in France and Belgium or cataloged and are
[being held for the reconstruction and needs of the de-
stroyed industries in the war area.
Machines Ransacked by Germany Now Being
Returned
AVhen the Germans ransacked Belgium and France
' they did it thoroughly, not by any hit or miss method,
I but with a system that can leave no doubt as to their
complete knowledge of the existence of every tool and
t its best possible service to them. Everything was ulti-
\ mately either transported to Germany, or demolished, if
! of no direct military value. Now many of these tools
: are being returned — allied commissions spotting them
throughout Germany and returning them whence they
came.
We found one of our own grinders, one of the very
early ones, machine No. 17, built in 1902, which was
operated at the Bolinck plant in Brussels until June
1917, but after August 1914 by the invaders. It was
then taken to Germany, set up and operated at a plant
near Bonn, but now again through the activities of the
'Paper- presuntid at th'- annual convention of the National As-
.■iociation of Machine Tool Hullders, Atlantic City. N. J., May 20,
IKJO.
allied commissions, has been returned to its original
foundations and is merrily doing the same work as be-
fore the war.
This is true of many Belgian and French tools. Ir.
many cases they require considerable repairs, as in the
case of this Bolinck machine. The tremendously high
prices at present considered, it is economy to use as
much of this material as can be salvaged until economic
strength for replacement of antiquated equipment is
gradually developed.
The impetus which the war has given to the machine
tool industry will prompt many foreign machine tool
builders to challenge the American product not only
in their own countries but in foreign markets, even to
a greater extent than ever before in our own domestic
market.
English makers will not be content to let American
products have the sway of pre-wtir days, but will try
to meet the demanl of her growing mass production
industries, especially the automobile development.
Through its machine-tool association, English builders
will invade systematically and in force other markets
worthy of development and capable of an adequate
return.
Exchange Favors British
At the moment the rate of exchange favors British
builders, and even if everything else were equal, the
American tools are heavily handicapped with 20 per cent
monetary shrinkage to carry. Wages in Great Britain
have risen sharply, so that in some cases with the
bonuses paid the average hourly rate is not materially
different from our own, but in a large number of metal
working plants the average is still a shade un'ler 50
cents per hour (normal rate of exchange) for the whole
shop force. On the other hand, it is freely admitted
that the British worker does not produce as much as
ours. In the automobile industry a prominent manager
stated that he was actually equipping several large
plants with 50 per cent larger machine-tool capacity
for comparable production than he did in America.
There is in England at this time a very active demand
for machine tools, and British manufacturers are in-
deed hard pressed to meet it. The long-drawn-out mold-
ers' strike of last winter in which 50,000 strikers for
more than 20 weeks affected upwards of 300,000 shop
workers, is in a measure responsible for the accumu-
lated demand. This fact in spite of the handicap has
prompted the placing of orders of no small consequence
in the American market, and we still have the advantage
of some special types of machines which, until the
foreign builders have further developed their activity,
will continue to come from here.
France and Belgium will with the gradual rebuild-
ing of their industries continue to require machine
tools, but a great deal must precede the placing of this
equipment. They must first reconstruct their plants
and then be sure of their raw material, coal for power,
iron and steel to be worked with, also a more stable
labor condition. Unless machine tools are not acauired
76
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No.
for the immediate production of wealth creating ob-
jects it would be folly for Belgium and France to place
orders with us at the present high prices and with the
dollar at the premium it commands. For example, a
tool that in 1914 cost $2,000, equivalent roughly to 10,-
000 francs, today costs in America not less than $4,000
and at the present exchange rate 60,000 francs. So far
as the French or Belgian buyer is concerned, to him
the price has advanced sixfold. He naturally hesitates
and seeks either to get along without new American
equipment or turns his attention to other markets that
may serve his purpose to better financial advantage.
Italy is in the same relative position and any of these
countries can, provided delivery may be secured, buy to
better advantage in England so long as the dollar pound
sterling exchange shows 25 per cent depreciation.
Much has been said of the effect of German machine
tools on the market outside of Germany. There appears
to be a popular delusion that Germany is going to
promptly step in and bid for the machine-tool demand
of the world at what would be to us ruinous prices.
Nothing can be further from the truth. To be sure,
not long after the armistice, when the German marks
went tobogganing, wonderful bargains resulted in buy-
ing such German tools as were available. So far as we
were able to learn these were very promptly snapped
up by the neutrals and to some extent by France,
Belgium and Italy.
Average German Monthly Export
For a considerable period last year the average
monthly outgo for export of German machine tools
amounted to about 50,000,000 marks. This sounds
very large, but when it is considered that the prices at
which such tools were sold range from 12 to 17 times
pre-war prices, it could after all not have been a very
large tonnage. The German makers are crowded with
orders, many of which they took at fixed prices, and then
found themselves in the dilemma of not being able to
get raw material, or, if they got it, at a price that would
not admit of the transaction being carried through
without a heavy loss to which was further added the
extremely uncertain and constantly upward tendency of
labor.
Contrary to all that has been said of the Germans
going back with renewed energy, a willingness to work
for the sake of retrieving their economic losses, we did
not learn of a single instance where such a spirit was
even remotely indicated. On the contrary, demands of
the workers have gone to almost preposterous lengths,
not so much from the standpoint of wage increase,
which considering the increased cost of living is at
least justified and probably still somewhat too low, but
because of their attitude toward production as a whole.
According to our conception of the word production, the
broad statement can be made that they are not produc-
ing and adhere to the legal eight-hour day of slothful
activity with a rigidity than can be called hardly any-
thing else but stubbornness. Of course, in many cases
raw materials are lacking, but even when these are
available, instead of taking advantage of the opportunity
to again make of themselves a producing nation along
economic lines, they now prefer to spend their time in
going on strike for petty reasons, and scheming out
new ways for bringing about socialization of industry
that in the end can spell nothing else but ruin, if not
checked soon. Freedom in shop management according
to any conception of industry's needs is almost wholly
denied and the principal control of shop policies rests
almost entirely in the shop council. According to the
wording of this law it is supposed to operate for the
benefit of employer and employee alike, but in practice
it has resolved itself into nothing else but a bargain-
ing committee usually antagonistic to everything ex-
cepting that which procures for the worker a larger
measure of return without regard for what he gives
in exchange.
Now a further step has been undertaken which is
virtually a forced recognition of the union. If one
quarter of the shop council, which by the way is chosen
entirely without prejudice from any other source, by
the workers themselves, elect to have a union delegate
take part in any of its deliberation with the manage-
ment, the latter has no choice but to recognize such
delegate as a factor in his shop relations and, of
course, the delegate dominates the situation. The only
doubtful ameliorating provision is that the employer
has the right to call in a member of the Employer's
Association of the particular district in which he hap-
pens to be operating, presumably for moral support.
Living Costs and "Hand Outs"
To be sure, living costs generally, due to the break-
ing down of transportation systems, shortage of fuel
and food products and clothing, has been driven upward
to about fifteen times the pre-war basis and rates. In
order to make up the difference the workers have
from time to time in practically every industry de-
manded what can be termed nothing else but a "hand
out" of so many hundreds or thousands of marks per
person to cover the extraordinary living cost. In nome
cases wages are more or less regularly made retroactive,
usually back to the time of the last wage increase
agreement.
With such economic conditions and so distorted a
national sense of economic needs, one cannot conceive
of a German machine-tool manufacturer becoming much
of a factor in the world's markets in the immediate
future.
Financiers have recognized the altogether intolerable
condition resulting from the currency depreciation and
the far reaching demoralizing effects of e.xports to
foreign countries on the mark basis. Some restrictions
have already been imposed and many are under serious
consideration. Even now most German machine-tool
manufacturers are quoting on the basis of the currency
of the country into which the products are to go and
at a price in some cases slightly lower than that at
which the same commodity can be purchased there
irrespective of the market values at which these goods
are sold in Germany itself. This is not unreasonable,
since an income must be secured from all available
sources.
Those who have placed orders for commodities in
Germany are finding themselves either unable to get
the product at any price or only at the prices for
which the German manufacturer is wilHng to let the
product go, when it is finally ready to ship.
No one could blame Belgium, France and Italy for
buying products in Germany, in view of the advantage
that can be taken of the exchange rate between their
respective currencies and the mark. They are still
financially better off than when purchases of simi-
lar commodities are made in England or the United
States.
Belgium has a huge quantity, over seven billion.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
77
German marks left at the time of the armistice and
assumed by that country for release of financial obliga-
tions to the allies. The only market open to relieve
her of this financial white elephant is Germany.
France and Italy have the advantage of exchange rate
if the Germans do not still further force their prices
to prohibitive levels.
Given a stable condition, a national sense of effort,
raw material and transportation facilities, Germany
could and would become a factor to be recognized,
but with these attributes lacking she cannot be looked
upon as a serious menace for some years to come.
During the period of complete isolation due to the
war, German manufacturers made faithful copies
of some of our well known American tools and are
marketing them without regard for our origin of de-
sign. They will in due course try to invade other
markets with these products, but after all we have not
stood still and have gone far beyond the status of
the machine-tool trade of five or six years ago. The
newer developments making users less dependent on
either the skill or personal interest of the worker
cannot fail to command attention and respect that
will result in a continuance and even further extension
of our machine-tool industry, in foreign parts, even
though for the moment foreign demand is at low ebb.
It is not only understandable but perhaps even
gratifying that this demand is low. We all have more
than we can do to take care of the home require-
ment and it is very much to be doubted that any
of our prestige or respect for our tools is materially
suffering in Europe because of this.
A Wage Leveling Process
There is a leveling process going on — never again
Will we see the disparity between wages here and
abroad — the world .has grown smaller as it were and
in the various manufacturing countries in due course
the same general fundamental conditions will prevail.
Price will not be nearly so important a factor in the
future trade relations. While this process of economic
adjustment is going on and Europe begins to manu-
facture after her plants are re-established and raw
materials are available, why not take advantage of
the instrument happily made available through the
Edge law. The means thus given us should be taken
advantage of in the broadest possible way as a counter
to similar foreign trade expansion by others, notably
England. Beyond this have we not the ingenuity to
continue the development of machine tools more than
sufficient to counteract whatever handicaps there may
be? We were able to do fairly well when merit had
to fight price — can we not do even better when we
force the foreign competitor to depend more upon,
merit than price, I think so, in fact am sure of it,
and as a consequence can see no dark clouds on our
foreign market horizon that are not lined — and heavily
lined — with silver.
Photographs on the Shop Bulletin Board
By Frank H. Williams
The shop bulletin board is, in a certain sense, the
heart of the shop. On this board appear all the notices
which vitally affect the workmen, and on it is carried
the message of inspiration which, when successful, fires
the men with enthusiasm for the concern for which they
work. But, too frequently, the bulletin board notices,
which are intended to enthuse the workers, fail in this
purpose and create distrust and sarcasm instead.
How can the bulletin board notices be made to func-
tion at 100 per cent in securing and holding the interest
of the readers and in arousing the enthusiasm of the
workers? One of the ways in which they can be made
more successful in accomplishing such results is by the
use of photographs instead of plain type to carry the
desired messages. This is the age of visualization.
People are accustomed to being shown by means of pic-
tures instead of being forced to make mental pictures
for themselves from the descriptions conveyed to them
through the medium of type alone. Pictures nowadays
have an immense hold on the public, as is attested by
the popularity of motion pictures and the value of illus-
trations to magazines and papers. Consequently, when
the shop bulletin board conveys its messages by means
of photographs supplementary to the type, it is assuring
for itself a wider reading and a deeper impression than
would otherwise be the case.
For instance, suppose the shopi has inaugurated a
nursing service whereby any employee who has sickness
in the family can secure the services of a nurse free
of charge, and suppose that the men of the shop view
the service with considerable skepticism, if not actual
aversion. They feel that there is a catch in it some-
where and it can't be as good as it looks. It is right
here that the bulletin board, by visualizing the nursing
service through photographs, can entirely change the
sentiment of the shop regarding the proposition. Sup-
pose that instead of merely telling about the service
in type the proposition is presented on the board by
means of photographs. Let these photographs show
the nurse in her costume and portray some of the duties
she will perform in cases of sickness. Then, too, the
steps necessary to securing the nurse's services can be
shown in pictures, the first picture showing the man by
the bedside of his sick child, the second showing him
entering the shop superintendent's office to apply for
the nursing service, the third showing him filling out
the simple blank which will secure the service, and the
fourth picture showing the nurse entering his home and
the wife wearing a look of satisfaction. Wouldn't pic-
tures like these be much more likely to catch and hold
the attention of the shop worker than mere typo an-
nouncements?
Suppose, too, that a change in the method of paying
the employees is inaugurated or that they are to be paid
at different windows than formerly. Whenever anything
of this kind is done there is invariably a vast amount
of confusion, because the printed announcement of the
change fails to convey the message understandably to a
lot of the men. Suppose that the matter be presented
by photographs also. Let the board show photographs
of the buildings or departments from which the men
would receive their pay at window A, and suppose that
it presented a picture of this window and its location.
Such a plan as this would make it mighty hard for the
men to go wrong, and it would be like giving each man
an individual guide to show him just where he
must go for his envelope.
In a number of other ways the bulletin board could
utilize photos to good advantage in place of the type
announcements which now so frequently appear alone.
When photographs are used it will be found that the
message is given a clarity and a force which it does
not otherwise have, unless it is so simple and unmis-
takable that no explanation is needed.
78
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
A Few Splitdorf Details — 1
By S. a. HAND and K. H. CONDIT
Associate and Managini? Editors. Anirrican Machinist
An eminent physicist has said that in his opinion
the ignition magneto ranks with the greatest
achievements of electrical science. When one
considers its performance under the most adverse
conditions, that statement sounds reasonable. In
this article we propose to describe briefly the
operation of one, type of magneto and begin the
story of its manufacture.
BOTH battery and magneto ignition systems for
internal-combustion engines can count their advo-
cates by the thousand and consequently it seems
safest to say that under certain conditions the first
system will prove most commercially satisfactory, while
under different ones the other will be the obvious choice.
In a paper read before the Society of Automotive En-
gineers some time ago, the author. Colonel Vincent,
in describing the problems encountered in designing the
Liberty motor, made the statement that at the time the
design was started there was no magneto on the mar-
ket capable of producing 12 sparks at the uneven
rate required. The design was therefore made with
battery ignition as a component part. He al»o stated
that during the war several very good magnetos for
this work had been developed.
One of these was the Splitdorf aircraft magBeto, built
by the Splitdorf Electrical Co., of Newark, N. J. It was
simply a modified form of their standard aero type, de-
signed to give sparks at intervals of 45 and 75 deg. as
demanded by the 12-cylinder Liberty. There are mag-
netos and magnetos and they differ greatly in minor
points and even in electrical principle.
The Mason principle is not new, as magnetos of this
type have been made for some years, but it is so different
from that of the usual run that it will be given here.
The basic principles being the same for all models it
will be simpler to take the four-cylinder type and work
with that only. This magneto is what is known as
the true high-tension type, electric current at a suffi-
cient pressure to jump the gap between the spark plug
point under the pressure existing in the engine cylinder
being generated in the instrument itself without the
use of any outside coils or other supplementary de-
vices.
i''lG
.UAGNKT-HK.\TIXG FURNACE ANiJ Pl'.NCH I'KKSS
VI r,
JIAGNRTir- i)I,\.GR.Vi; CF SPLITDORF MAGNETO
The ordinary high-tension magneto is practically a
dynamo-electric machine run as a generator. Perma-
nent magnets are used instead of electro-magnets and
there are two windings on the armature, the primary
winding consisting of a few turns of relatively heavy
wire and the secondary winding consisting of a very
large number of turns of fine wire. Rotation of the
armature by mechanical means within the magnetic
field set up by the permanent magnets results in t.he
generation of an electric current of low voltage in the
primary winding. Interruption of this current when
it reaches its maximum value causes a sudden reversal
of the magnetic lines in the soft-iron core on which the
coils are wound and induces a very high voltage current
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
79
Ku^i^iyiVi oauy^ xi rji^iii-j^iiu n^n UjM ji
FIG.
FINISH-GRINDING THE SIUPJS
FIG. 3. BENDING MAGNETS IN A BULLDOZER
in the secondary winding which is sent to the proper
spark plug by the distributor and high-tension wire.
This is only a bare outline of what actually takes
place, but it will probably be sufficient to bring out the
difference between the two systems. In the Splitdorf type
the rotor, instead of having the two coils wound upon
it, carries four malleable-iron wings, insulated from each
other by a brass section, two always adjacent to the
north magnetic pole and clearing it by a very small
amount and the others occupying a similar position
with respect to the south magnetic pole. Instead of
the magnets being parallel to the rotor axis so that the
lines of force flow at right angles to the axis, they are
placed at 90 deg. from this position so that the ends of
the shaft project through holes in the magnets. Thu
coils are wound on a laminated iron core, the location
and shape of which are indicated in Fig. 1. Exten-
sions of the core form pole shoes through which the
FIG. I. KND-GRIXDIXG IN A DIA.MOND MACHINE
magnetic lines travel as shown by diagram in Fig. 1.
It will be seen that this method does away with
rotating coils and simplifies the construction of the
rotor to a considerable extent. As in the other type
the interruption will break the primary circuit when
the current is at its maximum, or when the left-hand
corner of the wing N leaves the upper corner of the
pole shoe, and again 180 deg. later.
Reduced to its simplest terms, the difference between
the two systems is that in the armature type the coil
rotates within the magnetic field, reversing twice per
revolution, while in the Aero type the coil is stationary
and the direction of the lines reverses four times per
revolution, thus producing the greater electrical
efficiency.
Probably the most difficult part of a magneto to
manufacture and the part upon which the successful
operation is most dependent is the magnet. It is not
sufficient to get good magnets part of the time; they
must all be good and they must stand
up, or the instrument soon gets a bad
name.
Manufacture of the Magnets
The magnets are sheared cold to the
proper length from chromium-steel
stock. The strips are then heated in
the automatically fed, gas-fired muffle
furnace shown in Fig. 2 at the left.
Passage through this furnace takes
about 40 min. and the temperature is
controlled by an automatic electric
pyrometer.
As the magnets, when finished, are
used in pairs set side by side, it is
necessary that clearance for the rotor
shaft and other parts be provided.
This is done by punching in the press
shown at the right in Fig. 2, where
semicircular pieces are cut from the
sides of the magnet bar so that when
put together the clearances will form
a round opening. From the punching
machine the bars are slid down an in-
clined chute to the bulldozer shown in
80
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
©
©
I'd , 'g'=s
rtC
•>s^".
U 2.554"^ J^
^OZIT'U- -1.000"-
^
^ I
I I
•.1.000"-— >^zn^-
%
r?
S5
FIG. 6. LAMINATED CORE ASSEMBLY
Fig. 3. Here they are bent to the customary U-shape.
No reheating is necessary as the bars are handled so
quickly in punching and in their delivery to the bull-
dozer as to retain enough of their heat for the bending
operation. As may be seen in the illustration, the
movable die is equipped with rollers for the bending,
during which any tendency for the bar to creep or crawl
is prevented by the sharp-edged roller A which bites
into it at the central part of the curve. This roller
is automatically brought into contact with the
work as the movable die advances and released in
the same manner as it recedes. The method of opera-
tion will be easily understood by examination of the
levers and connections as shown in the illu.stration.
As the bending leaves the legs of the U of somewhat
uneven length and also rounds the edges at the bend, it
is necessary to grind both the ends and sides of the
magnet. The ends are ground on a heavy Diamond
face-grinding machine, as shown in Fig. 4, where a long
string of magnets held in fixtures may be seen upon the
table.
Grinding the sides is a rough-grinding operation
and is done singly between two disks on a Besly disk-
grinding machine, as shown in Fig. 5. In this opera-
tion the work is held in the fixture by pressure of the
operator's hand on the lever A so that no time is lost
in manipulating clamps.
After grinding, the magnets are heated to 1525 deg.
F. in a Frankfort furnace and quenched in oil
and are then taken to the magnetizing table. There is
nothing special in the operation of magnetizing, though
it may be noted that the amount of magnetic force is in-
dicated on a translucent scale by a beam of light re-
flected from a mirror attached to the pivot of a galva-
nometer needle.
As the magnets when assembled must be in close
magnetic contact, their contacting faces must be prac-
tically plane and for this purpose these surfaces are
ground on a Blanchard rotary grinding machine. Here
they are grouped and closely ne.sted on the magnetic
table of the machine which can be loaded with 338 pieces
at one time.
The Core Structure
One of the characteristic features of the Aero mag-
neto, as mentioned before, is the laminated core struc-
ture UDon which the coils are wound. The core as-
sembly appears in Fig. 6. The laminations are punched
from iron strips slit to the proper width. An automatic
punch press is used for this job. The blanks then go to
the assembling bench where they are staked together.
The outside pieces, which are thicker than the others,
are countersunk for the rivet heads. With the rivets in
place the core is squared up in a press with special
dies, the line of action of the press ram being parallel
to the laminations. This usually results in some in-
crease in the thickness of the pile of laminations, so a
succeeding press operation flattens them to size within
0.010 in., after which they are squared up again. They
are then annealed and brushed, ground, milled and
slotted.
Finally they are impregnated with varnish.
Except for the squaring operations the laminated pole
pieces which form extensions of the core receive the
same treatment as that already described. Both these
parts are made of soft iron to offer an easy path for the
rapidly changing lines of magnetic force.
Device for Fitting Pistons
By J. H. Vincent
In a large gas-engine factory the pistons are fitted
individually to the cylinders in which they will be
assembled. The assembler slips different pistons into
each bore and tries their fit until he finds one that
is correct and the device shown in the illu.stration is
the tool he uses to expedite the insertion and with-
drawal of the pistons.
It consists of two flat bars with round bosses on
their lower ends which are sprung into the wrist-pin
holes from the inside and are held in position by the
center spring. The upper ends are joined together
by the handle which the as.sembler holds in one hand
as he slides the piston up and down in the bore while
feeling its fit.
u
i;;:ii^
OEVICE FOR FITTING PISTONS
i
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
81
Using the Lathe Chuck as a Knurl
Holder
By H. H. Parker
This addition to the different knurl holders pre-
viously described consists of three holders attached to
the jaws of a universal chuck. The holders are made
from blocks of cold-rolled steel and should be exactly
alike.
The chuck preferably should be stationary in order
to make it easier to adjust to the work and is shown
held in the tailstock by an adapter that has a screw on
Work-holding
Chuck'-'Ji.
THK KN'VTRI, HOI,r)ER.'<
the outer end the same a.s the nose of the head spindle,
while the other end is tapered to fit the tail spindle. The
hub is drilled and a rod put through it which rests
against the lathe bed and prevents the chuck from
rotating.
The work to h nurled is held in another chuck or by
other suitable met., and rotated at a proper speed for
knurling. Pressure is applied to the work by means of
the chuck wrench.
Setting the Milling Machine Vise
in Alignment
By Charles D. Folsom, Jr.
The opei-ation of setting a milling-machine vise in
alignment has been discussed in the A mpi Iran Machinist,
Vol. 52, by four different men, each of whom had a dif-
ferent opinion as to how it should be done. Mr. Grill
.started the ball rolling by telling on page 356 how to
use a micrometer clamped on the arbor of the machine,
taking reading.^ again.st a parallel strip held in the vise.
Mr. Cunau. on page 589 in a later issue, agrees, but
claims that a dial indicator ia better than a micrometer
for this purpose, which, of course, is quite true and
obvious — provided you have the indicator. Both of
these gentlemen, however, were a little off the track,
as is pointed out by Mr. Raught on page 556, where
he straightens the matter out nicely. But then Mr.
Hanneman, on page 846, comes along and gets it tangled
up again. I note that Mr. Hanneman begins his article
with these words: "Referring to the method of setting
a milling-machine vise parallel with the cutter, des-
cribed by John A. Grill . . . ." Now Mr. Grill's
words were: "A good way to set a milling-machine
vise square with, or parallel to the table . ..." I
assume, however, that Mr. Hanneman refers to parallel-
ism with the table, because that is the usual require-
ment. His method is to put an indicator on the arbor
contacting with a square in the vise, and turn the
Bpindle instead of traversing the table. In that case h
would be setting the vise jaw square, not with the table,
but with the spindle of the milling machine, and in an
old m.achine he would find that would make a lot of
difference.
Your readers at this point will probably think I Tiave
conglomerated the hypothesis hopelessly, but the opera-
tion in question is really a simple one. It requires no
skill, no calculating, just common .sense and a knowledge
of what you want — that is the important part. As an
Center lin^of Spindle—
Trauelofiable-:^
Tnsi/elof Sadfil€
Imaqinaru line at
ri^an^t? tcAB.---
Plan viet^ of machine
FlR. 2
Frc;. 1< TWO TYPK.S OF .MIL,L.ING-MACHINE JOB.S. FIG. C.
FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED IN .\I.K:.Ml.V<1 WORK
ON .V MTl.I.TXr; AFACmNE
82
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 2
illustration, take the pieces
shown in Fig. 1. Let us say
that the hole in A must be
bored through it parallel to
the sides and that two parallel
edges of B must be milled
square with the two previous-
ly machined edges. Would the
same method of setting the
vise do for these two jobs?
With a new machine it prob-
ably would, depending on the
accuracy required; with an
old machine it probably would
not. In the case of A, you
should move the cross-slide,
or saddle, in and out with the
indicator against the vise jaw ;
you would then be setting the
jaw parallel with the travel
of the cross-slide. In the case
of B, you should move the
table in a longitudinal direc-
tion, with the indicator
against the blade of a square
held in the vise. You would
then be setting the jaw square
with the travel of the table.
In both cases y©u would be
avoiding, rather than includ-
ing, errors in the machine
slides.
If this seems to be splitting
hairs too fine, don't fool
around with an indicator at
all; use blocks in slots in the
bottom of the vise. If these
are not available, hold a square
against the column of the ma-
chine and line up the jaw di-
rectly with the blade; or, for
setting the vise parallel with
the table, use a surface gage
with "gage pins" against the
edge of the table. But, if
you are going to use an indi-
cator, which can be made to
give very accurate results,
give it half a chance to do its work right. The dia-
grammatic sketch. Fig. 2, shows some possible errors
in a milling machine upon which this discussion
is based. The center line of the spindle need
seldom be considered, probably only when using a star
feed or other facing attachment.
Those to whom this is not yet altogether clear would
do well to look over the article on "Testing Methods
Employed at the Becker Milling Machine Co.'s Plant,"
in the April 15 issue of the American Machinist.
Dimensioning of Keyways
By Hans Ernst
It is generally conceded that the most satisfactory
way of dimensioning keyways in hubs of pulleys, etc.,
is to give the dimension from the bottom of the key-
way to the opposite side of the hole, as shown at L in
the accompanying diagram ; yet this is seldom done
owing to the extra work it entails on the part of the
imr-
1
OfW.
|«0.|
"•1
as 1
Yr- 1
J>la«n(loM of kayway* In laiba 1#-b* (ho>n \tiuf.:ts::^^^l~^
/:
-
^
i
ft Mleulat*
th* dUMMlon L tta* fellovlnx toraula (boald
L
y
1
b.«...:t=U^t./|;
%W..5 + .0O5
V
A' tolarsDO* ef+.OOS (hould )>• allowed.
DnmSION-L-U IMCKES.
»— •
Width
of Ujt ■
XA«
l/»«
l/«
5/3f
3/14
T/3»
1/4
S/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
s/u
s/*»
No. of Std
Watrultti
1
S,4
3i5,7
s.e.io
5, 1 1, 13
12, M,
17,50
29,T30
U.3I
yas
33
54
•/:•
.«46
X '■
»/•
r*«»
,4^.,
t/U
.*M
w».
l/»
JU.
;m
.»5»
«W»
iStZ
.6«t
f A
tn
,484
.tn
, u'Ai
7ST
,7<»
Mt
*/«
7tt
.813
,»M
,MI
iiA«
.87?
,887
.M*
ty»
,938
,no
.«tt
.fH
n/u
ijoqi
1.014
L.on
\M
c ^
uvr
t.9ft
t*^
i.m
Sx-jA*
L,139
,m
1,1«(
i.i11
»i-i/.
l,»»l
L.tlS
1,U1
1.141 1
Si-s/w
l.tll
.,m
1,191
l.»l
„ 1-1/4
1,341
U(M
)|N^
l.Ml
Cl-S/16
1,*<H
1.41T
1,430
YHH
Si-3/e'
X.4f(
1.4«l
Ulf!
1,511
3 1-7/16
Xi??<:
l.Ml
l.Sd
1,SW
1-1/1
1.4t(
l,4tq
1,441
l.tt»
l.|/l«
1.46t
I. in
1,W
l-9/«
1.73!
1.74S
i,Tn
1,7*
1-11/16
1,T«
1.801
1,834
i.«a
1-3/4
l.«7
i,«n
\i»t1
1.91J
l.H(
1-13/14
1.9SS
L,t60
i.«a
2,00i
l-7/«
i,««
t,ott
8,04?
2.04<
l-lS/14
t.040
E.08S
2.111
(2.137
<
t.ia
M4»
2,17( t.ioa
2.223
i-1/4
Z.S68
t.401
t.4r t.4s:
«.4r
2.50(
».!/»
2.623
!.4M
2.4n 3,70!
2.TW
2.733 I.T,,
34l43fS.«!
»
3.18( 3.20E
3.234
Olrasnsion* vlthtn liMmr llBM tr* for the eorroct Woodruff
k*Tt (tr «■• «lt)i varloua sbutt diamoiers
1
I
TAUl^E .SHOWlNtJ DIMENSIONS OF INTEK.V.M. KKYWAT.S
draftsman. To avoid the necessity of calculating this di-
mension each time it is required, the accompanying table
was drawn up and incorporated in the book of standard
data for use in the drafting room, each draftsman being
furnished with a copy. This table gives the value of
dimension L for every practical combination of key-
way and shaft up to 3 in. in diameter.
To find the dimension, for example, with a shaft 1 in.
in diameter and a keyway -L in. wide, follow along hori-
zontally opposite 1 in. and in the vertical column under
a^ in. will be found 1.102 in., which is the value of the
dimension L. In every case an allowance of 0.005 in.
has been made to insure that the key will not fit on the
top. The dimensions within the heavy lines indicate th«
sizes of standard Woodruff keys recommended for use
with the corresponding shaft diameters.
The various numbers of standard Woodruff kays
shown in the second horizontal row have the same
widths as the dimensions directly over them, thus elimi-
nating the use of a separate table.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
WHAT /o KEAB
83
Stygested by theNanagingf Editor
ACCURATE physical measurement is becoming more
L. of a practical shop process and less of a theoretical
laboratory problem every day. With this change has
come the standard gage and with it the necessity for
«ome accurate means of checking the standard itself.
A Swiss instrument for
this purpose has just been
introduced in this country
and is described in detail
in our leading article this
week. It is the product of
the S 0 c i e t e Genevoi^e
d'lnstruments de Physique
(thank Heaven we can
write that out and don't
have to say it over the
telephone!). It will be
worth while to compare
it.s construction and
principles of operation
with those of some of our
own machines that are designed for precise measuring.
The various machines employing the oxy-acetylene
flame for cutting metals are taken up in Part XXIII
of Ethan Viall's welding series beginning on page 54.
Both foreign and American machines are described in
portable as well as fixed types. The savings in time
and expense made possible by these cutting machines
are so remarkable that it behooves every engineer and
shop man to be familiar with their possibilities.
On page 63 we have the conclusion of Part VII of
Basset's Modern Production Methods. This installment
takes up machine scheduling, stock-delivery require-
ments and machine load records. Their relation to
modern production planning and shop control is brought
out clearly.
Part X of H. H. Manchester's historical series on the
evolution of the modern workshop starts on page 71.
The last installment wound up the articles dealing with
the industry in Europe and this one shifts to America
and traces the early attempts at manufacturing in the
English Colonies. Eli Whitney's pioneer attempt at
interchangeable parts manufacture is mentioned and the
records of the United States marshalls for the 1810
census are di.scussed as giving the best indication of
the growth of the industry in the new republic.
Reports on conditions abroad as we get them from
the daily press are so confusing and at times utterly
contradictory that we are glad to be able to publish
a statement from a man who has just come back from
the seat of the disturbance. In this issue we have a
paper presented by Carl F. Dietz, vice president of
the Norton Co., before the annual convention of the
National Association of Machine Tool Builders at
Atlantic City late in May.
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different notv
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is
the editors' advertisement of their section of
the paper. It gives the high spots.
Mr. Dietz's picture of Ger-
man labor troubles and
the ability of Ger-
m a n manufacturei-s t o
flood the market with
cheap products is rather
different from some we
have seen. "Contrary to
all that has been said of
the Germans going back
with renewed energy and
willingness to work for the
sake of retrieving their
economic losses, we did not
learn of a single instance
where such a spirit was even remotely indicated."
A very positive statement and one that is rather dis-
quieting to the student of world affairs, but comforting
to the competitors of those German shops.
Mr. Dietz is optimistic regarding the future of our
foreign markets for machineiy, but he warns us of
the strength of the British association of machine-tool
builders and urges the fullest use of the provisions of
the Edge law which permit associations of manufac-
turers and merchants for foreign trading. In this con-
nection we want to call your attention to a very similar
statement concerning the British competition in foreign
trade made by Frederick Palmer, the famous war
correspondent, in his address before the summer meet-
ing of the Society of Automotive Engineers on Lake
Michigan. See page 84. This matter is a serious one
and merits immediate consideration.
General shop articles by Frank A. Stanley, Herman
L. Wittstein and two members of the staff appear oij
pages 61, 67 and 78.
Another one of our London correspondent's informal
accounts of British affairs appears on page 91. Mr.
Chubb, who writes these letters, is well fitted to give
an accurate picture of English shops and markets
because of his wide acquaintance among the island
machinery men. We follow up his general letter with
two of his accounts of local conditions in Halifax and
Birmingham which appeared in our European edition.
84
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
'|||"""||"|"'"'|"||iMiiiiiiii;jiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiii"i"i'i'ii''i""NiiniiiiMii^
q^^jllllllllllinillllllll'i"ii"ii"""ii"iiii"ii"i'""""''"i""i'"m,i[iiiiiiiiiiiiiinMii,!miiiiiMiiMiiiimiimNnTTTm.
iiimiii,.iiiHuiiiMmmiimiiiMiiiiiiii!iiimiiiiiihiiiiiiiliillliiiiniii!imiminiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii|iij
fA-e
ffllilililllliniililiil„T^ii,i,iiLi„Mi»iiJH-.!' .i.i.w^iiii,.,! .ni!|i!ii;ii:nii!i!ff:iii'ir!i
THE dates June 21 to 25 will go down in history
in red letters as the occasion of the biggest sum-
mer meeting of the Society of Automotive Engi-
neers ever held. There will undoubtedly be bigger one.*
in the future but never a more enjoyable one. Last
year's session at Ottawa Beach, Mich., was so success-
ful that the meetings committee decided to stage a come-
back and their decision met with widespread approval
among the members.
Five days of perfect weather added much to the suc-
cess of the occasion the only drawback being the tem-
perature which stayed too low to make bathing an un-
mixed delight. The members arrived by train, by boat
and by automobile to the number of about eight hun-
dred and taxed the capacity of the four hotels on the
bay, which had been chartered for the meeting. A few
were expected by airplane but for some reason failed
to put in an appearance.
As usual, the meeting was opened by the sessions of
the Standards Committee and reports were received
from the divisions on Aeronautics, Automobile Lighting,
Electrical Equipment, Electric Transportation, Engine.
Iron and Steel, Miscellaneous, Motorcyc'e, Roller Chain.
Shaft Fittings, Springs, Tire and Rim, Tractor and
Transmissions. Due to the lateness of the New York
Special, which brought the Metropolitan Section, the
Standards meeting was continued in the afternoon. The
first rounds of the tennis tournaments were started on
Monday afternoon as well as the qualifying round in
the golf tournament.
After dinner the semi-annual business meeting was
held and the usual reports and addresses were passed
on and listened to. Col. J. G. Vincent, president of the
society, took up in detail the three great problems which
are now facing the automotive industry, the discrimi-
natory attitude which the bankers are assuming toward
automobile manufactui-ers in the cour.se of the general
restriction of credit decided on by the Federal Reserve
Board to put the country on a sounder financial basis ;
the construction and maintenance of improved high-
ways to carry the ever-increasing motor traffic of the
country; and the growing seriousness of the rapidly-
dimini.shing fuel reserve. He closed with a summary of
the air craft situation in which he stated. ••* * ^ \
will venture the prediction that the time is not far off
when we will see a plane equipped with a 180- or 200-hp.
engine, capable of carrying 10 passengers at a speed of
more than 100 miles per hour with a fuel economy of
eight miles to the gallon or better. - * * The only
complete answer to this problem, as I see it, is to de-
velop commercial aeronautics, and it is largely up to us
engineers to bring this about, partly by engineering
and partly by a united educational campaign. * *
The United States positively will not be in a safe posi-
tion until this result has been accomplished."
The business meeting also took final action on the
amendments to the contsitution proposed six months
previously. At the request of Vice President Wall, who
stated the conclusions arrived at by the council, most
of the amendments were voted down. The only changes
resulting from the whole agitation were those making
the dues of junior members ten dollars instead of five
and making the ages of automatic increase from junior
to senior rating 30 instead of 26.
A short discussion of the merits of the metric system
followed, several members with electrical training advo-
cating its adoption. A motion to place the society on
record as being against the compulsory adoption of the
metric system was loudly seconded by half the men in
the room and carried unanimously. Several members
asked to be put on record as favoring the ultimate grad-
ual adoption of the system, although they were against
compulsion in the matter.
The first professional session opened at 10 o'clock
Tuesday morning with Henry M. Crane in the chair.
This meeting was designated as a fuel se.ssion and papers
on Carburetion and Distribution of Low-Grade Fuel
and The Fuel Problem, from the Refiner's Viewpoint,
were presented by 0. H. En.sign and R. L. Welch respec-
tively. A .symposium on engine design was presented
by Me'^srs. H. M. Crane, C. A. Norman, W. E. Leigh,
and P. &. Tice. The report of the Automotive Fuel
Committee was presented by the chairman, H. L. Horn-
ing. Animated discussion followed the presentation ol'
BLACK LAKE AND THE SAND ni'MKS
THI-; PRlXriPAI. CKXTKK Ol" IXTKHE.ST
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
85
1
1 iA^**S
ir
h
41
■^
.-•s^
'-t:
|p
THE SKT.K-l'ROi'ELLED 75-ArM. OIIN -MOUNT
I'iii; m;\\ _'?,-'!'( i.\ TKAi'Toi:;
each paper and resulted in the postponement of the
paper by W. S. James of the Bureau of Standards on
"Intake Manifold Temperature and Fuel Economy" until
the following afternoon.
Mr. Welch, who is general secretary of the Petro-
leum Institute, made the presentation of his paper
rather brief and then de-
voted more than one hour
to answering more or less
pointed questions from
the floor. He made it very
clear that the country, at
the present time, is con-
suming the various fuels
refined from petroleum
at a rate exceeding the
production, and he urged
the fullest co-operation on
the part of the automotive
industry to obtain a so-
lution of this critical
problem. Among other
things, he suggested the
inefficiency of using high-
powered multi-cylindered
cars for use in the overcrowded city streets.
Tuesday afternoon saw a continuation of the base-
ball championship series and of several rounds of the
golf and tennis championships.
At eight o'clock that evening, tol. Frederick Palmer,
dean of the American War Correspondents, gave a very
interesting talk on conditions in Europe at the present
time. As Mr. Palmer has just returned from six years
on the other side he was well fitted to give an accurate
picture of the situation.
Mr. Palmer brought out very clearly the workings
of England's superb organization to secure world trade.
He told of the close co-operation of the British Diplo-
matic Service with the Briti.sh mei-chants and manu-
facturers and gave .some instances to show how well
prepared they are to start trade with Central Europe.
He urged the importance of some form of League of
Nations for the preservation of the smaller European
nations, particularly the new ones formed by the Peace
Conference.
Colonel Palmer painted a dark picture of the eco-
nomic and social conditions in some countries but
expressed his opinion that the near future would show
a complete recoveiy and the restoration of normal con-
dition-;.
The Wednesday morning session was devoted to trans-
portation problems and was presided over by Colonel
Vincent. G. A. Green presented a paper on "Motor Bus
Transportation," Col. B. F. Miller, M. T. C, U. S. A.,
one on "The Relation of the Motor Transport Corps to
Commercial Transportation," and Col. E. S. Gorrell one
on "Air Navigation."
The proposed program of the S. A. E. Committee on
the Science of Truck Operation was discussed by the
chairman, F. W. Davis. Sec. H. G. Shirley of the
Federal Highway Council gave the road builder's
point on the problem of perpetuation of our highway
system.
"Some Inland Waterway Transportation Problems"
were discussed by Carl J. Baer of the St. Louis Chamber
of Commerce and B. E. Lacey.
Promptly at 2 o'clock Wednesday afternoon the bijr
program of field sports was started by the official an-
nouncer, Harry Knepper, and his staff of judges and
timers. Instead of resorting to handicaps the commit-
tee in chai-ge divided the contestants into classes ac-
cording to age and weight with the result that the com-
petition in most of the events was very close. Accord-
ing to the announrer remarkably fast time was made in
the fat men's race, a rec-
ord of 5 seconds for 50
yards on the grass being
hung up. Even more re-
markable was the speed
of the winner of the stout
ladies' 30-yard dash, who
covered the distance in- 4i
seconds. This was the
figure given by the an-
nouncer and is presum-
ably official, although the
correspondent had no stop
watch and consequently
has some little hesitancy
about vouching for the
honesty of the timers in
this event. High and
broad jumps and the shot-
put were also closely contested and baseball throwing for
the ladies brought out some remarkable talent.
The Wednesday evening lecture wah delivered by
Major Thurman H. Bane, head of the Technical Sec-
tion of the Army Air Service, and covered the work
done at MeCook Field by his division since the Armis-
ti'"e He showed slides of the new ensrines and planes
SELF-PftOPEl^LEU ilOUNT FCJR lOo-MM. LJUN
86
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
which have been and are being developed and followed
this with "movies" showing parachute jumps and the
action of the new planes in the air. The Army's en-
trant for the Gordon-Bennett cup attracted some atten-
tion as did the armored triplane developed for use near
the ground against enemy troops. This machine mounts
four Lewis guns in a row, pointing downward, and
Major Bane stated that its effect on the field is very
much like that of a plow.
A new 18-cylinder Liberty engine was shown and
also a large and a small 12-cylinder aircraft engine being
built by the Packard Co. for the Army. There were
also slides of English and American air-cooled fixed
radial engines for use in smaller planes.
The morning session on Thursday was devotee! co the
discussion of "Power Farming." E. A. Johnston was
charman of this session and papers were presented by
0. B. Zimmerman on "Analysis of Fundamental Factors
Affecting Tractor Design;" by Percival White on "The
Operating Speeds of Agricultural Implements," and
R. W. Lohman on "Power Farming."
The sports program was concluded in the afternoon
with the finals in the golf and tennis tournaments and
with water sports. The latter included swimming and
diving and canoe racing and tilting. In the canoe tilt-
ing one of the contestants performed a rather unusual
feat by facing into the opponent's canoe without up-
setting it or his own.
Earlier in the afternoon the Army Ordnance De-
partment staged a demonstration of three new Army
tractors. The smallest one was the new 2A-ton tractor
which is notable for its highly developed control. When
this machine is in action on smooth ground it turns
and twists with a rapidity which reminds one of a
water bug. Not the kind that lives in city apartments,
but the variety that travels around on top of the water
in country brooks and pools. This tractor hau'ed a 3-in.
gun and limber through the cellar of a burned down
house and through a swamp and brook two feet deep
with the utmost ease.
The other small tractor mounted a 75-mm. gun and
was designed for work in wet country. The Cadillac
angine is fitted with a long vertical intake which per-
mits it to be run completely submerged with only the
top of this pipe and the driver's head above water. In
the demonstration the driver evidently preferred to
stay dry but he proved to every one's satisfaction the
ability of this self-propelled gun mount to travel in four
feet of water as easily as on dry land. A tug-of-war
between these two smaller tractors wound up their ex-
hibit and resulted in two very deep holes in the sand
of the beach where the contest was staged. The 2*-ton
tractor finally pulled the amphibious gun mount back
six inches and was declared the official winner.
A larger gun mount of distinctly different type and
with great possibilities was also demonstrated. This
machine was designed by Walter Christie, and includes
features which are entirely new. It mounts a French
' 155-mm. G. P. F. gun and weighs only 22 tons as
compared with the usual 30 to 40 tons for this type of
vehicle. The caterpillar track instead of running on
the usual small steel wheels is carried on disk wheels
mounting solid rubber tires about 3 ft. in diameter.
There are four of these wheels on each side of the trac-
•tor. A 6-cylinder engine gives this truck a possible
speed of 12 miles an hour in soft going.
The most interesting feature is the ability of the
machine to run 20 miles an hour on hard roads on its
rubber tires with the caterpillar tracks removed. A
trained crew can remove these in three minutes and
replace them in five. Their removal automatically con-
nects the steering gear which is used when the ma-
chine runs of its wheels. Some snap shots of the.se
trucks in action are shown in these pages.
Another exhibit of more than passing interest was
that of the Goodyeal^ Co. It was their new heavy-duty
pneumatic tire truck which has two rear axles in tan-
dem and consequentfy runs on six wheels instead of four.
This machine was used throughout the week to transport
the members from the dock to a farm where demonstra-
tions of tractors and farming implements were carried
on every afternoon.
The grand ball and dancing contest were held Thurs-
day evening and marked the climax of the meeting.
On Friday morning the professional ."session devoted
to production was held and the most interesting paper
of the whole meeting was presented by A. F. Knobloch
of the Cleveland Tractor Co. In this paper Mr. Knob-
loch discussed the importance of the human element in
manufacturing and gave some almost unbelievable fig-
ures of increased production per man resulting from a
careful study of this element. Other papers presented
were on "Production Control, and Systems of Account-
ing," by A. G. Drefs, and "Inter-departmeital Produc-
tion Contests," by R. R. Potter.
Old Baldy Would Have Murdered
This One
By Charles D. Folsom, Jr.
Mr. Remacle's story on page 1154, Vol. 52 of American
Machinist reminded me of another example of "Ca Can-
ny tactics" that I saw some time ago, that would have
made "Old Baldy" see red. The ma» in this case was
a milling-machine hand — he really was — -when he felt
like it; but on this occasion he did not feel like it.
His job was to mill some brass castings with a sur-
face about 2x5 in., with about 1 in. to come off. The
machine was a vertical, and the cutter was a 5-in. face
mill.
Well, he put on the fastest speed and the slowest feed
and piled right into it. It looked as though he was
going to kill the job. But not only was he fast, he was
very accurate. In order to be sure to hold within the
limits (-f I'l or so) he felt it necessary to let the cutter
run entirely across and off the work, and then instead
of resorting to the back-breaking process of returning
the table by hand, he reversed and let it feed back.
Sometimes on this return cut, for the .'^ake of variety,
he would raise the cutter about an eighth of an inch
above the work; in that case he placed a piece of card-
board in front of the cutter, ostensibly to prevent chips
from flying around, but possibly also to keep prying
eyes from discovering his unique method of securing
extreme accuracy.
Later on I had occasion to do the same job myself,
and just for fun I did a little figuring. I found that
our friend had used a cutting (sometimes) speed of
223 ft. per minute, and«a feed of 1.4 inches.
Now if this incident had occurred in "Old Baldy's"
.shop, my article would have had a verj' interesting end-
ing, but as it was nothing happened — he got away with ,
it. So the reader will have to imagine, if he can, what
"Old Baldv" would have done to him.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
87
;f^^^g
Shop equipment Ntwj
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NEWS •
A v/e©kly review oP
modGrn dosiignsand
r. L DUNN and 5. A.HAND
Descriptions of »hop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for uihicli tftere is no cfiarge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the m€irket more titan six months and musf not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing tb
the news character of these descriptioru it will be impos-
sible to submit lliem to the manufacturer for approval.
^v.ii
• CONDENSED •
CLIPPING IND&X
Acondnuous record
o<^modorn diosx^ns
• and oquipmont/ •
Wallace 5-A Bending Machine
The machine shown is designed to bend cold bars
of any shape as well as various sizes of pipe and is
manufactured by the Wallace Supplies Manufacturing
Co., 412-20 Orleans St., Chicago, 111. The machine is
controlled by a lever that engages friction-clutch pul-
leys for forward and reverse and is provided with
adjustable stops to suit any degree of bend required.
The stops are arranged to slide around the edge of
the table and a table projection acts as an ultimate
limit stop when a revolution is nearly completed. To
bend angles, channels and similar material, it is first
necessary to make a form and follower bar of correct
shape. The material to be bent is clamped to the form,
the follower bar operating between the material and
the roller. When the bend is complete the machine
stops automatically. The roller bracket for the fol-
lower bar is adjustable to and from the center, provid-
ing a range of circular bends as large as 25 in.
radius. Machines with greater adjustment can be
furnished when required. Distortion of the material
being formed is prevented by a U-shaped clamping plate
that holds the work close to the follower. When
arranged for bending pipe the machine equipment
WAU^ACE 5-A BENDING MACHINE
includes four standard forming heads suitable for pipe
ranging in size from 1 to 2 in. These heads will form
bends of 90 deg., the radius ranging from 6 to 14 in.,
according to the pipe size. Behds can be made cold
with the above equipment without the use of an inside
follower or floating mandrel, and, it is claimed, without
flattening the pipe. Special forms with inside fol-
lower bars or floating mandrels can be furnished to
order for bending light gage tubing. -The machine
weighs approximately 1,200 lb.
"American" Drop Hammer
Board drop-hammers of the type shown are a late
development of the Long & Allstatter Co., Hamilton,
Ohio. Superfluous parts have been eliminated and the
increased distance between the V-guides permits the
use of extra wide
dies, such as are
used in the manu-
facture of agricul-
t u r a 1 machinery.
The frame adjust-
ment for aligning
the upper and lower
dies is designed for
a movement of
0.004 in. and is pre-
vented from loosen-
ing by a positive
automatic arrange-
ment. The weight
of the anvil in pro-
portion to that of
the falling ram is
approximately fif-
teen to one and
means are provided
for recording the
various heights at
which the ram
should be released
for each set of dies,
thus assuring du-
plicate work at dif-
ferent periods. The
hammer is made in
eight sizes, with
falling weights
ranging in sizes
from 100 to 1,200
"AMERICAN" DSOP HAMMER pOUnds.
88
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
Oliver Hand Planer and Jointer
The machine ehown herewith, known as No. 166, is
made by the Oliver Machinery Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.,
and i.s arranged so that a d.-c. motor or an a.-c. motor
OLrlVlOR HAXU I'L.VNEK AND JOINTEK
for one, two or three phase in various voltages can be
furnished. In other respects the machine is the same
as described in the American Machinist, July 17, 1919.
current, series-wound motor, especially designed for use
where the load consists of a series of starts, stops and
reversals.
The motor is of inclosed construction with small open-
ings in the lower part for ventilation. Covered openings
in the top half of the frame give access to tne brushes
and the commutator. A prominent feature is its com-
pact construction, giving small overall dimensions, light
weight and great mechanical strength.
The motor has a forged open-hearth steel frame and
solid forged-.steel feet, and when above 3 hp. rating is
equipped with commutating poles so that high momen-
tary loads can be carried without series sparking.
The armature coils are form-wound and thoroughly
insulated and impregnated before being placed in the
slots. A blower is placed in the rotor which effectively
ventilates both armature and field windings. This allows
a smaller diameter armature to be used, resulting in low
flywheel effect, consequently, little energy is required
to start and stop the motor.
Electrically operated, shoe-type brakes are supplied
when ordered. They are bolted to the machined lugs
on the motor bracket, making a compact unit of motor
and brake. The brake is simple and rugged and provi-
sion is made for adjusting for wear of parts.
In order to utilize to advantage the ventilated featare
the "HK" line of motors has been rated on the one-
quarter hour basis.
Davis Milling Attachment for Lathes
The illustration shows the Ddvis milling- attach-
inent built by the Hinckley Machine Works, Hinckley,
HI. This attachment is held on the tool carriage of a
Westinghouse "HK" Motor
For severe intermittent varying speed service where
heavy starting torque is required, such as for cranes
and hoists, the Westinghouse Electric and Manufactur-
ing Co. has recently brought out the type "HK" direct-
WE.^TINQHOUSB "HK" MOTOR
D.VVIS illLiLlM-; ATTACH.MKNT
Speiiflciitions : Vertical hand feed, 7 in., siaduated to 0.001 in.
WiU swivel in vertical plane to 180 deg. Vise jaws, 12 in. deep :
i)S in. wide : maximum opening, 4 in. Weight, net. 50 lb. : box(«d
for pliipnient. 6f> lb.
July 8. 1920
Get Increaeed Prodtiction — With Improved Machinery
89
lathe and serves as a handy device for doing a great
variety of milling such as keyseating, squaring ends of
shafts, sawing, splitting bushings, drilling and boring.
The illustration shows the attachment in one position
on the compound rest of a lathe. By swinging the com-
pound rest it can be brought to any desired angle.
Baird Type Riveter with Stationary
Mounting
The illustration shows a pneumatic riveter made by
the Baird Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas City, Mo., and
supported on a stand instead of being suspended by a
bail. The arrangement of the riveter and stand' is in-
tended for use in riveting traction plates on the rims of
KAIKU TYi'K KIVETKK WITH STATIOXAKV MOUNTING
pneumatic tires. The riveter has a 10-in. reach, a 9-in.
gap and will deliver a maximum squeeze of 70 tons with
100 lb. air pressure.
General Electric Automatic Starter for
Induction Motors
The General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y., has
developed the automatic starter, shown in the accom-
panying illu.stration, for use with squirrel-cage induc-
tion motors driving line shafts, pumps, compressors and
similar devices. This starter is designed to start by
push button, or by the operation of a float switch, pres-
sure governor or some similar automatic accessory.
The starter consists of one 5-pole contactor for start-
ing, one 3-pole contactor for running, a current-lin^it
relay for controlling the contactors, two inverse-time-
element overload relays and a set of compensator coils.
All this apparatus is mounted on a panel and inclosed
in a case which can be locked shut when desired.
The acceleration of the motor is accomplished inde-
pendently of the operator's judgment. This is accom-
plished through accelerating relays or current-limit re-
lays, which operate the contactors so as to disconnect the
auto-transformer, and to connect the motor on the line
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^HH H
S t t
' 3 i ■'•
" \ "
C.ENERAL, ELECTRIC AUTOMATIC STARTER NO. CR-7052
FOR rNTOTCTTON MOTORS
when it is properly accelerated. In starting, the opera-
tion is as follows : When the master switch is closed, the
5-pole starting contactor is closed, which connects the
compensator coil to the line and to the motor primary
leads, thus reducing the starting voltage on the motor.
The accelerating relay is also connected to the line cir-
cuit, and it operates at a pre-determined current value,
opening the circuit to the starting-contactor coil and
closing the circuit of the 3-pole running-contactor coil.
This circuit is held closed by means of a small shunt
coil.
The starting contactor is provided with an inter-
lock, normally open, which makes it unnecessary to hold
i^^. the start button or other device during the starting
period.
The contactors have solid copper contact tips that are
easily renewable, and they are provided with magnetic
blow-outs and moisture-proof coils. The compensator
winding has two coils for 2-phase motors and three for
3-phase, so as to give balanced starting currents and
maximum starting torque. Overload protection is fur-
nished by the two inverse-time-element relays, which are
operative during both starting and running. After an
overload they may be reset without removing the cover
of the inclosing case, by means of handles which pro-
ject through on the back of the panel.
90
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
What Other Editors Think
We Must Save the Railroads
From Manufacturers' Record
A MILLION tons of steel and iron are reported as
. on the cars in the Pittsburgh district, which cannot
be moved because of freight congestion.
Much of last year's grain is piled on the ground in
Kansas and Texas and elsewhere because cars and loco-
motives are not available for handling it.
Manufacturers have in some cases sold their product
for a year ahead, but their plants are almost idle because
they cannot ship the stuff.
Merchandise, manufactured and farm products, run-
ning in value to billions of dollars, are held in ware-
houses, or in cars, on farms or in the factories, because
the stuff cannot be moved.
The railroad system of the country, partly through
lack of management and partly through unwise Gov-
ernmental regulation and inaction, is being .strained
almost to the breaking point. The lack of transporta-
tion has already cost the country in the last ten years
an amount probably equal to the total invested in all
railroads. Our development has been halted, the expan-
sion of trade at home and abroad has been throttled,
and the wealth which might have been created has not
been brought into existence.
What we have lost by lack of transportation is,
however, far less than we will lose unless present con-
ditions are promptly righted. All the energy, all the
initiative of the financial strength of the country needs
to be thrown into the expansion of transportation facil-
ities ere it be too late to save business from a collapse.
The folly of those who years ago made investments
in railroads practically impossible by insisting that
railroad builders and investors should have not more
than a nominal rate of income, and their action in keep-
ing capital out of railroads by unwise legislation and
demagogic appeals to the mob spirit, has cost the country
so many billions of dollars that it is difficult to meas-
ure the evil influence of the blind leaders of the blind
in the fight against a full measure of profit on railroad
investments commensurate with the profit in industrial
and banking and mercantile properties. We are paying
the penalty, and paying it by the billions.
A solution of this great problem is essential to the
salvation of our business interests from a breakdown.
Putting aside all of the prejudices of the past, all
of the hostility to the railroads engendered by unwise
railroad managers, the nation must recognize that it
is the people who are suffering more than the railroads.
Unless our railroads are saved and expanded the
aggregate loss to the people will be far greater than
the total loss to stockholders would be if every dollar of
investment in railroad property was wiped out.
With these facts driven home to every farmer and
merchant and manufacturer, every professional man
and every day laborer and mechanic, there should come
a new spirit of appreciation of railroads before there
can be a rebirth of railroad expansion in keeping with
the country's needs.
An Honorable Labor Union
Fi'oni Iron A gc
WHEN the steel strike of last fall was declared,
and for some time afterward, the radical leaders,
of whom the most prominent was the syndicalist.
William Z. Foster, were unable, by pursuasion, intimida-
tion, or any other means, to force the Amalgamated
Association of Iron, Steel and Tin Workers, one of
the oldest labor organizations in the country, to break
its contracts with the steel companies in order to
promote the strike. The attitude of the Amalgamated
made it so unpopular with the radicals that an open
disruption was imminent. The soreness which was felt
at that time was never healed, and has just culminated
at the recent Montreal meeting of the American Fed-
eration of Labor in the decision of the Amalgamated
to withdraw from the National Committee of the Fed-
eration. At the meeting of the Federation, David J.
Davis, vice president of the Amalgamated, said :
"The Amalgamated Association is through with this
committee for all time, unless its officials get out. We
do not agi-ee with their methods of organization and
cannot with honor continue to co-operate with them.
The committee would have us violate our contracts with
the independent steel concerns, which we are in honor
bound to respect."
The position taken by the Amalgamated in Montreal,
as well as its action at the time of the strike, reflects
great credit upon it. We distinctly recall that at the
beginning of the Foster steel strike the one clear note
from the side of labor came from M. F. Tighe, pres-
ident of the Amalgamated, who said to the members:
Our association has entered into contracts with many
employers who recoKnize and treat with the association in
its many functions. These conti-acts are bonds of honor
between men, and it becomes us 1w honor them as such.
The pledges piven by the officials and representatives of
both the manufacturers and our association at Atlantic
City to hoki these contracts inviolate must be ever in the
minds of our membership during this scale y«ar.
The strict observance of these contracts on the part of
our membership at this time will bring to them and to the
association the credit that comes from fair dealing. It
will also demonstrate to the world at larg» the benefits to
be derived from the principle of collective bargaining, em-
bodying the spirit of mutual co-operation.
Thousands of our members at this very time are prepar-
ing to make every sacrifice to secure for themselves the
principle of collective bargaining. Let those of our mem-
bership who have that prize show by their fealty to that
principle the benefits derived by strict adherence to every
feature of it.
It is worth while at this time to recall the above
words and realize that there are still some labor leaders
who adhere to the old-fashioned notion that a contract
is a contract, which even the labor union has no right
to violate. It is not surprising that the Amalgamated
is breaking away from the Federation, whose pres-
ident failed to take any stand against the syndicalist.
Foster, when the evidence of the vicious teaching of that
radical was presented to him.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Business Conditions In England
M
From Our London Correspondent
^J>| OMEWHAT sensational reports from New York re-
^^garding falls in retail prices were taken up by the
^^ press here; let us hope with the view that few things
are More effective than example. But when thoughtful
articles on the American position reached Great Britain,
such as that on the subject contributed by Alexander D.
Noyes to your Evening Post, it was concluded that gen-
eral conditions on the two sides were not so very different.
We saw the storekeepers in New York advertising in your
papers: "The message is sweeping the country. Less
20 per cent. — one-fifth off;" and after a lengthy- interval
they are being imitated by somewhat similar storekeepers
in London, but the reduction offered is considerably lower.
This notwithstanding, the cost of living still tends to
rise and is at somewhere about two and one-half times
the figure of the immediate pre-war period. Such de-
clines as are noticed are mainly of seasonal good, and
even here prices were lower a year ago when under gov-
ernment control. Others relate to articles of food (canned)
which the average British person would be more or less
content to go without.
Settlement of the cost of living problem has been of
real importance to the whole future of the country, be-
cause most claims for wage increases have been based on
such figures. But for some time a departure has shown
itself. The rise in status, as measured by wages, of a
body of workers is being boldly urged, one trade or
industry being pitted against another by the respective
trade union leadei's. Once again the women are said to
be the tempters. Mrs. Railway worker finds herself a
much less considerable purchasing, and therefore social,
power than her neighbor Mrs. Docklaborer.
The demands of the railway men have already increased
the wages paid yearly on the railways by something like
£100,000,000; that is, as compared with pre-war period.
Now further moves have been made. The effect will be
seen in the estimate that, if the new claims are substan-
tiated, a fare which up to three or so years ago was 20s.
will necessarily be increased to 42s. Fares have already
been raised by 50 per cent and the new demands imply
a further increase by 40 per cent on present fares.
Certain retail businesses have for some few months
been showing declines and prophets of bad times ahead
have grown rather more numerous.
Real depreciation in the values, to use the commercial
phrase, of non-ferrous metals is shown by a comparison
of figures for the earlier months of this year. Copper
has steadily declined; tin has shown an even greater
fall; spelter (zinc) has gone down, and also has lead.
In fact, a director of the British Metal Corporation
thought fit to issue a circular ascribing the fall to exces-
sive speculation for a rise, alarm at the possibility of a
levy on increase in wealth, and withdrawal of ci'edits
by the banks. The price of Egyptian cotton, too, has
shown marked declines and, because of shortage of
orders, during the recent holiday period some Lancashire
mills were closed down for a longer period than usual.
No real alarm has however been manifested.
Metals and Machinery Not in Great Demand
For various reasons, but mainly high prices, inquiries
from the continent for most metal goods have fallen
away markedly. But home orders in hand are numerous
and no sharp decline need be anticipated. All the same,
dates for delivery of engineering finished products cer-
tainly get shorter, particularly as applied to machine
tools, and of usual sizes the smaller the tool the greater
the likelihood (in fact, one might almost say certainty)
of getting from stock.
A glance through recently issued lists suggests that
British- turret ' and I capstan lathes can be obtained from
stock up to about three months delivery, or five months
for larger sizes. Ordinary center lathes are from stock
in the smaller sizes up to three months, and vertical
milling machines are entered at from stock up to three
months. Small slotting machines can be obtained from
stock and bobbing machines in from six to eight months.
In short, the supply of machine tools from stock is now
much more probable than it was at the beginning of the
year.
Great Britain seems to have a plethora of automatics.
Many are on the market in second-hand condition, this
being a result of the sale of special munition plants, and
the demand is by no means equal to the supply. The writer
knows of a case in which a well-known American machine,
delivered soon after the signing of the Armistice and not
unpacked, was bought back by a i-epresentative of the firm
conceimed and sold recently at half the recognized price.
Doubtless in this instance special causes could be found.
The auction sales of government stocks removed from muni-
tion and similar factories continue, and no difficulty is
experienced when the tools are of a form that is suitable for
peace production purposes. On the other hand, special shell
boring and turning machinery is frankly being advertised
and offered for sale by weight.
An insight perhaps into the heavier side of the machine-
tool market can be gained by comparing two quotations for
lathes of practically the same size and type and both from
the same manufacturing center. In one instance the ma-
chine was 36 in. in height of centers, admitting 16 ft. 6 in.
long and weighed 33i tons. The price, which was firm, was
about £5,000, or say £170 to the ton, and delivery was
promised for seven months. In the other case was a lathe
admitting the same length between centers bu» 38 in. in
■height of centers, its weight being 45 tons net. Here the
price was subject to the usual conditions and was just
about £10,000, or more than £210 a ton, and delivery was in
ten to twelve months.
The Olympia Exposition
Incidentally, it may be suggested that the general com-
mercial and industrial conditions will necessarily have their
effect on the machine-tool exhibition which will be held at
Olympia, London, W., from Sept. 4 to 25. The exhibition
is of course organized directly by the Machine Tool Trades
Association, the immediate successor of the Machine Tool
and Engineering Association, which was formed at first as
a protest against exploitation by private exhibition promo-
ters.
Some few years ago a general engineering exhibition was
held at Olylmpia, W., and the floor space of the hall was not
more than half covered. The exhibits were mainly machine
tools and there was no doubt that everyone showing was per-
fectly satisfied when, finally, expenses were compared with
orders directly received. Consequently, when for the cor-
responding period of the following year a similar exhibition
was projected the scheme was taken up much more thor-
oughly and the show was more nearly representative. But
in the interval trade had slumped. The promoter made
quite a considerable sum by way of stand rents, etc., but
exhibitors were, owing to the fault of nobody, left in the
cold. An exhibition may certainly give a fillip to trade, but
will not readily contend against general declining condi-
tions. This was seen at the Frankfurt Fair, held at the
beginning of May; here, owing to what has been described
as business stagnation, most of the exhibitors were disap-
pointed.
Whether German advertisements shall be accepted by the
British technical press has in the past few years been
largely decided, it would seem, by various trade organiza-
tions that have sprung up or were in existance before the
war. The Machine Tool Association, for example, caused
its members to insert a clause in their contracts reserving
the right to cancel if advertisements -of -German manufac-
tured goods were also taken. The Federation of British
Indu.stries has now, it seems, been approached for a state-
92
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. i
ment of views, but declined to express any definite opinion,
leaving the matter for the decision of the individual trader.
By the way, a new business district is being developed
between Victoria Station and Hyde Park, a district which
•will be known to Americans in London having occasion to
pay visits to their own government official headquarters.
The Associated British Machine Tool Makers, Ltd., now of
course have their center in Grosvenor Gardens, having
moved from Victoria St. some time ago; near by, they have
as neighbors the Cambridge & Paul Instrument Co., Ltd.
The would-be tenant in this district however has to go
warily, for sub-leases are as numerous as in the case of a
successful London theater, and every agent and intermediate
lessee has to be indemnified.
The Gas Supply
Through the president of the Board of Trade the govern-
ment has introduced a bill for fixing the price and quality
of gas supplied by municipal corporation and public com-
panies. Instead of the illuminating value, the thermal
value of the gas is to be the baisis of charges. That is, gas
will be sold at so much per 100,000 British thermal units,
and the official name for this unit is the therm. The stand-
ard price is to correspond, as well as is possible, with the
ordinary price per 1,000 cu.ft., allowing for increases in
costs and charges since the opening of the late war. It is
also proposed that the dividend payable shall depend on the
price of gas supply. This has applied to many cases in the
past, dividend and price per 1,000 cu.yd. varying inversely,
the lower the price the higher the dividend permitted by law
to be declared, provided of course it is earned. As is usual,
before alterations can be made in declared thermal value
the company or corporation supplying the gas must, at
their own expense, effect the necessary alterations or re-
placements in the burners for tha consumers. Other pro-
visions relate to the appointment of gas examiners, etc.
The minimum pressure in any main or service pipe of 2-in.
diameter or upward is to be 2 in. of water, "except as may
be otherwise provided." To administer the act a gas fund
is to be formed, to be raised from the various undertakings
by a levy not exceeding £15 per 100,000,000 cu.ft. of gas
made. Undertakings making less than 100,000,000 cu.ft. of
gas in the year, these totalling about 10 per cent of the
gas made, are exempt, as not justifying cost of collection.
It is expected that more than £30,000 will be thus levied per
annum.
The Austin Motor Co., the finance of which has been re-
ceiving some measure of public criticism, is, it is claimed,
now in full producing condition as i-egards chassis and trac-
tors; that is, for the capital at present issued. .Apparently
about 2,000 of the new Austin motor cars and 600 agricul-
tural tractors have been delivered, foreign markets being
particularly considered in the distribution. In fact, accord-
ing to the dii-ectors' report, the company pursues a definite
policy in this respect. It is admitted that the issue at the
beginning of the year of £1,500,000 of 10 per cent prefen-ed
ordinary shares did not meet with a very ready response
from the publi", though it was fully underwritten.
In view of failures that have been recorded in these col-
umns (som£ are being redeemed, though) it may be well to
state that the new appeals to the investing world in con-
nection with housing loans promoted by the counties round
London have been a considerable success. On the other
hand, the new treasury bonds, intended to deal with a float-
ing debt of £1,000,000,000 or more, cannot be so described.
The latest figures that have come to the notice of the writer
indicate a subscription of about one and one-third million
pounds a week. It is recognized that the floating debt must
be reduced rapidly, but the terms of the new bonds, with
their rate of interest that varies according to circumstances,
seem to be rather too complicated for the average investor.
Whatever may have been anticipated of the effect of
budget proposals on company promotion, the fact is that
registration of new companies has been proceeding at the
rate of thirty and more companies a day, the cinema bus-
iness being responsible for more than a fair proportion.
The average capital suggested is perhaps lower than had
been expected, the higher duty imposed by tlie budget
"having its effect.
Industrial Reviews
Halifax.
The further advances in the prices of all classes of iron
and steel goods, necessitated by the increased cost of fuel,
have brought a temporary pause in business. Quotations
for high-speed steels have advanced between 20 and 30 per
cent, the trade having derived substantial benefit from
the United States market.
In some quarters there is an impression that the top of
the boom has been reached. Crucible-steel makers are
not as busy as was anticipated, but, judging by the orders
being placed for electric steel melting furnaces, there are
evidently those who have faith in the future. We under-
stand that the rolling mills and steel foundries are con-
gested with work. At the moment there is a very heavy
call for marine castings from the shipbuilding centers in
the north and to a lesser extent on export account.
Makers of mild steel continue to handle a big weight of
orders. Makers of mining plant have a good number of
orders in hand for South Africa and Australia. Belgium
and Japan are also good customers just now. There is
an excellent demand for automobile steel, especially case-
hardening material.
Evidence of easier conditions in the heavy engineering
ti-ades has become increasingly apparent during the past
week or two. Apart from the holidays, the chief cause
appears to be the marked falling off in the demand from
continental markets. Substantial contracts placed by
fii-ms in France and Italy have been modified and others
definitely cancelled.
The high costs of production continue to be a serious
menace. Again, the Halifax Corporation has increased
its rates 6s. lid., now making the total rates 19s. 9d.
in the £. In addition, the assessment of business pre-
mises, offices, etc., has been put up 25 per cent.
A few calls among Leeds engineering works show most
branches visited to be in a very healthy condition,
though shortage of plates still hampers the locomotive
builders and the difficulty of obtaining adequate supplies
of castings has a restricting influence on output. Elec-
trical engineers, locomotive builders and hydraulic
engineers all seem to have as much work as they can
conveniently handle. Rice & Co., Ltd., have a wide "range
of hydraulic machine tools in progress; these include
portable hydraulic riveters and presses of fairly large
dimensions.
Crosthwaite Engineering and Furnace Co., Ltd. (formerly
Scriven's), report a good demand for shipyard and con-
.«tructional engineering plant. We may specially mention
a 5-in. bar .shearing machine and a four-spindle horizontal
machine designed for drilling the holes in rails for the fish
bolts. The drills operate in pairs from both sides of the
rail. The spindles are 3 in. in diameter and the weight of
the machine is 4i tons. In this firm's plate-edge planing
machine plates up to 35 ft. in length can be dealt with. The
driving screw has a double thrust bearing, while the tool-
holder is arranged to turn over by hand for double cutting.
Fairbairns have recently completed the first of a batch
of vertical drill machines. These tools are driven by fast
and loose pulleys through a nine-speed gear box, the diam-
eter of the spindle is 2J in. and the distance from the center
of spindle to column is 18 in. The machine is capable of
drilling 2J-in. holes in steel and the approximate weight
is 3J tons. This firm is experiencing a good local demand
as well as a good demand from abroad. They recently com-
pleted a 20-ton propeller turning lathe with 36-in. centers,
and have improved their planing machines. New patterns
are now available for planing from 2 ft. square to 16 ft.
square up to any length.
The demand for locomotive shop tools is well maii.tained.
This firm recently built a machine for cutting-off the rising
heads of steel railway wheels. It weighs approximately 9i
tons without the motor, and the distance from the spindle
to the bed is 3 ft 6 in. The spindle has a 24 in. hole through
and an outer stay supports the work. The drive is by a 30-
hp. variable-speed motor, while the floor space occupied is
9 ft. 6 in. X 4 ft.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
98
J. Buckton & Co., Ltd., Leeds, recently completed a batch
of very powerful vertical-spindle boring mills, with electric
motor drive. The diameter of the work table is 50 in. The
spindle, 9 in. in diameter, runs in an adjustable bearing:,
with an improved footstep bearing, the weight of the table
proper being taken on circular ways submerged in an oil
bath. The boring bar is balanced by a counterweight and
has 34-in. variable automatic feed through rack and pinion,
worm and wormwheel, and positive gears with disengaging
motion and quick hand adjustment. A horizontal hub facing
slide similarly has self-acting or hand feed motion, auto-
matic stops being fitted. The work table is driven by a di-
rect-geared variable-speed 15-hp. motor, or by cone and belt
drive; in either case a 3-speed change gear box is used,
the final drive being by spiral pinion or multi-thread worm
of hardened steel, meshing with a cut ring on the faceplate.
A friction clutch is fitted for quick stopping and starting,
and for safety. If required, the table can be fitted as a 5-
jaw concentric chuck with the jaws also separately adjust-
able.
Birmingham.
While there is no such serious relapse as to afl:ect
current activity in the shops there is a pause in buying
perceptible enough to cause questionings as to what it
portends. For the time being there are orders on hand
which assure employment for some little time to come.
Makers of special tools have still considerable arrears to
overtake. As regai-ds the general run of common types
and sizes, however, delivery can be obtained much more
quickly than was the case at the beginning of the year,
and buyers are increasingly disinclined to place orders
far in advance.
The salient fact in the local situation is that the auto-
mobile industry is not opening out opportunities of new
business on any great scale. An immense amount of
plant has been installed since the armistice, and from one
cause and another these installations are not giving results
which are calculated to stimulate new enterprise. Output
is still suffering from the after-effects of the strike in the
foundries and makers of incidental parts and accessories
are alleged to have let the motor engineers down by their
failure to execute orders punctually and their unreadiness
to accept risks with regard to firm contracts at practicable
prices. The new taxation proposals have resulted in the
cancellation of some orders for cars. This does not cause
any immediate concern, as the demand is still much larger
than the output and some of the big makers are glad to be
able to give more attention to their heavy commitments
abrcud. The large importation of American cars is
being jealously watched and endeavors are being made
to speed up production of those classes of cars for which
buyers are being forced to look abroad. The cycle trade
is not doing much at present in the way of new equipment.
Rolling stock yards have plants which suffice for their
present needs; in fact the difficulty is to get enough
suitable labor. Future developments in this industry
hinge very much on reversion to more reasonable prices.
Grinding machines continue in strong demand. Com-
paratively few find their way into stock, and in those
rare instances they are soon snapped up. Generally
speaking delivery cannot be obtained under about six
months. There is still a brisk demand for planers.
There is net the pressure for milling machines that there
was, but business still reaches a fair level. A fair number
of inquiries are reported for shapers. So much attention
has been paid in recent years to gear-cutting installations
that something of a reaction has supervened. Drilling
machines are in moderately good request. The call for
lathes i.i much less insistent. Toolroom equipment
has been elaborated to such an extent that demand seems
'.argly satisfied, ^hough makers of small lathes for miscel-
laneous purposes art still getting a fair number of orders.
A scheme has been prepared for extending the Birm-
ingham Corporation's electricity works at Nechells at a
cost of over 1^ million pounds. At present the city is
without any reserve plant. Consumers are warned that
there will be a substantial rise in the present charges for
current.
., TH*-*, *-'*'■ "^ hhcfflehl Development Committee is issuing th.'
thlrj Impression of their pamphlet on Sheffield and the Manu-
facture of StwI. The list of steel manufacturers will be useful
for reference purposes.
We lea in that by order of the Secretary of War the use of the
metric system is to be discontinued In the American War Depart-
ment. Despite other statements, Its use extended no further than
the graduation of gun sights, speeilometers. and other Instrument.';
to make them confoi-m to French practice and co-onllnate with
iM-ench maps: In short there was no general adoption of the
system.
Alfred Herbert. Ltd., Coventry, Is now Issuing a pamphlet giv-
ing a list of surplus stocks of engineers' small tools. Generally
speaking, it is on much the .same lines as those of the well-known
list of machines in stock, etc. Discounts are stated. Apparcntlv
the new list is to be issued periodically. It starts with twist drills
.ind ends with the metallograph for marking small tools, and this
will indicate the range.
Sure! Why Not?
By H. R. Smith
RIstow, Sask.
Why all this fuss about the metric system? Why
should machine tool manufacturers object to it? Ma-
chine tools and equipment need not be scrapped, but
kept to make repair parts for machines in use until the
latter are worn out. A lot of metric machine tools
and equipment would be needed to make goods to the
metric system and the purchaser of these, the niaker
of goods, could simply add the extra expense to the price
of his goods and let his customer, the ultimate con-
sumer pay it.
A repair man like me would keep all his present tools
for repairing present machinery and get an outfit of
metric tools for repairing metric machinery; adding
cost of same to the bill of the ultimate consumer.
The country could be re-surveyed on the metric sys-
tem, roads and fences shifted, and any building that
would obstruct the new roads moved out of the way ; this
v_ \^) ft. A
would make work for the unemployed for some time and
the farmers could pay for mo.st of it (as they have most
of the land) and charge it up to the ultimate consumer
of their produce.
New railroad equipment of metric gage could be used
with present equipment by adding an extra set of rails
to the present track. It might take some work to ar-
range the switches but the section men could do that;
they haven't much to do except in winter. The cost
could be collected from the ultimate consumer, the pas-
senger, on the ground of extra safety, for the exti-a
rails would act as guards to prevent derailed cars run-
ning into the ditch.
P.S. Perhaps you had better not publish this, Mr.
Editor. I happen to be an ultimate consumer of several
things myself.
94
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
^:
FROM THE
Valentine Francis
Whitman & Barnes To Manu-
facture Twist Drills and
Reamers Exclusively
The Whitman & Barnes Manufactur-
ing Co., Akron, Ohio, is now manufac-
turing' twist drills and reamers exclu-
sively. The merger of its two drop-
forge and wrench factories at Chicago,
111., and St. Catharines, Ontario, with
J. H. Williams & Co., of Brooklyn, N.
Y., was officially consummated on
June 23.
A. D. Armitage, president of Whit-
man & Barnes, will be vice president
of J. H. Williams & Co., and W. E.
Rowell, Whitman & Barnes' secretary.
Western manager of J. H. Williams &
Co. at the Chicago factory.
The Whitman & Barnes Manufactur-
ing Co. will remain in the twist drill
and reamer business exclusively, re-
taining for this purpose its Akron,
Ohio, factory where twist drills and
reamers have been made in the past.
A new and enlarged plant will be con-
structed, the plans for which are rap-
idly developing. When completed, the
new factory will be the last word in
equipment and facilities for producing
twist drills and reamers and will rank
among the largest in its class in tha
country. The present plant facilities
are unable to supply the demand for
its product and the company reports
constantly increasing sales over pro-
duction.
Coast-to-Coast Record Claimed
by Packard
What is claimed as a record for a
coast-to-coast truck run was established
a few days ago when a Packard three-
ton truck, equipped with Goodyear
pneumatic tires, arrived in New York
from Los Angeles, Cal., having made
the entire distance of 3,451 miles in 13
days, 13 hours and 15 minutes.
This remarkable trip demonstrates
the long distance hauling possibilities
of motor trucks equipped with pneu-
matic tires. The previous record, made
in 1918, for a coast-to-coast trip stood
at 17 days and 3 hours. The entire
trip was made on one set of pneumatic
tires without change.
One of the most interesting things
about the record is the fact that it
was made by a track which was not
especially constructed for the test. This
truck already had rolled up a mileage
of over 120,000 miles.
The truck was driven by Howard
Scholler and Herbert R. Temple, of
Akron, Ohio. It was equipped with 44
X 10 pneumatic tires on the rear and
38 X 7 pneumatic tires in front.
Meeting of American Society for
Testing Materials
The American Society for Testing
Materials, Engineers' Club Building,
Philadelpnia, Pa., held its twenty-third
annual meeting at the New Monterey
Hotel, Asbury Park, N. J., June 22 to
25.
The first session opened on Tuesday,
June 22, and after the usual business
was transacted, reports and papers
were read on non-ferrous metals and
While You Are in France
Every member of every com-
mercial body in the United
States will be heartily welcome
at the offices of the American
Chamber of Commerce in
France, 32 rue Taitbout, Paris,
during his sojourn in F^cince.
Fine library facilities — private
rooms for conferences — full lists
of commercial houses — informa-
tion on all France.
Every facility offered to
Americans in America by its
commercial oi-ganizations is of-
fered to Americans in France.
Correspondence in relation to
French business matters will be
thoroughly answered or re-
ferred in the proper direction
for a full answer.
metallography. In the afternoon ses-
sion. Wrought and Malleable Iron and
Corrosion were reported on by commit-
tees and papers. Of the latter, H. .■\.
Schwartz spoke on the "Effect of
Machining and of Cross-Section on the
Tensile Properties of Malleable Cast
Iron."
The third session was held on Tues-
day evening and included the presi-
dent's address and reports of adminis-
trative committees. This session was
followed by an informal dance and
smoker.
Steel was the topic chosen for the
fourth session and in this connection
papers by J. E. Howard and H. M.
Howe and E. C. Groesbeck were of
interest.
The former's paper was entitled
"Shattered Zones in Certain Steel
Rails, with Notes on the Interior
Origin of Transverse Fissures." Howe
and Groesbeck'.s paper was on "Stresses
Caused by Cold Rolling."
The following session covered com-
mittee reports and papers on a va-
riety of subjects not analagous to
machinery.
Federated American Engineering
Societies Endorsed by Ameri-
can Engineering Council
The Engineering Council has, in
numerous ways, expedited the creation
of a comprehensive, representative
body to perform for the engineers of
America in a larger fashion, such func-
tions as it has performed for the past
three years. At its meeting in Octo-
ber, 1919, the council endorsed the gen-
eral plan for a national engineering
council, as outlined by the joint con-
ference committee of the founder so-
cieties.
• On Jan. 23, 1920, it assembled
in joint meeting in the Engineering So-
cieties Building, the governing bodies
of all its member societies and United
Engineering Society, at which meeting
the plan was given strong impetus.
Through its Washington office, and
otherwise, the council aided the organ-
izing conference of technical societies,
held June 3 and 4, in Washington.
At its regular meeting on June 17,
1920, after hearing a report on
the organizing conference, the engi-
neering Council took the following
actions:
"Voted: That Engineering Council
heartily endorses the plan of organiza-
tion of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies and the American
Engineering Council, adopted by the
organizing conference of technical so-
cieties in Washington on June 3 and 4,
and authorizes its executive commit-
tee to proffer and perform on the part
of the council such assistance as may
be practicable in completing the work
of the organizing conference and of
the joint conference committee of the
founder societies in establishing the
-American Engineering Council.
"Voted: That Engineering Council
authorizes its executive committee to
deal with any question of co-operation
with the joint conference committee of
the founder societies, relating to the
permanent organization of the Feder-
ated American Engineering Societies,
which may come up during the sum-
mer.
"Voted: That the secretary be in-
structed to invite to future meetings of
Engineering Council delegates of the
societies participating in the organiz-
ing conference in Washington, June 3
and 4, and editors of technical journals
who may be interested."
Alfred D. Flinn, Secretary.
The entertainment committee did its
work well, every amusement from
roller-chair riding to golf being
arranged.
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Charles A. Schieren Co. Has
Motion Picture on Leather
Belting
One of the most impressinK things
brought out in the Chas. A. Schieren
Co.'s four-reel motion picture on the
manufacture of leather belting, is the
thoroughness with which hides are
tanned and prepared. The time con-
sumed before a hide is ready for ship-
ment to the belt factory is from six to
eight months.
From the tanneries the picture shifts
to the New York factories where each
separate operation in converting a hide
into finished belting is shown. A great
many special machines shown are in-
teresting, and, on the whole, a correct
idea is easily obtained of the processes
used in belt manufacturing.
The picture opened with the presi-
dent of the firm in consultation with
two other officers. They did their
parts admirably and there is no doubt
but that they could become regular
"movie" actors with a little coaching.
In fact, the personnel of the company
was well directed, but few being caught
looking into the camera.
These reels were shown for the first
time before a small audience invited
by the Charles A. Schieren Co. at the
Machinery Club, New York City, and
were prepared at the company's tan-
neries, Bristol, Tenn., and at their fac-
tories and office. New York City. They
are ready to be released in a series of
educational industrial films. Any re-
sponsible organization can obtain a loan
of the films or have them brought to
their meeting and exhibited.
Henry McCoy Norris An Old
Contributor to the A. M.
H. M. Norris has contributed to the
American Machinist for over twenty-
seven years. He was born at Trenton,
N. J., on Jan. 21, 1868, and after con-
cluding his studies at Lawrenceville.
N. J., served an apprenticeship with
Bement, Miles & Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Later he spent a year at drafting with
the Phoenix Iron Co., Trenton, N. J.,
and then entered the engineering course
at Cornell University. In 1892 and
189.3, he was draftsman at the Ferra-
cute Machine Co., Bridgeton, N. J.; the
Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing Co.,
Providence, R. I., and the Pond Ma-
chine Tool Co., Plainfield, N. J. In 1894
and 189.5 he was superintendent and
engineer of the Appleton Manufactur-
ing Co., and the Riehle Bros. Testing
Machine Co., Philadelphia, Pa. In 1896,
le was general manager of the Camp-
bell & Zell Co., Baltimore, Md., and in
1898 became a stockholder and the
superintendent, engineer and works
manager of the Bickford Drill and Tool
Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. His present posi-
tion is that of secretary of the Cincin-
nati-Bickford Tool Co.
He early turned his attention to the
design of radial drilling machines, and
in 1901 published some of his ideas in
"56 Points of Vantage." Another of
his designs was the high-speed lathe
described in our issue of Jan. 11, 1903,
and he has been granted patents on
many later inventions.
His first article appeared in these
columns Feb. 2, 1893, since which time
HENKY .VfcOOT NORRIS
he has contributed nearly sixty others
under such titles as: "Systematic Ma-
chine Designing," "A Simple and Effec-
tive Method of Shop Costkeeping,"
"Depreciation of Plant and Its Rela-
tion to General Expense," "The Prem-
ium Plan of Labor Remuneration,"
"Power Absorbed in Drilling Various
Metals at Various Speeds and Feeds,"
"An Efficient Routing and Follow-Up
System," "The History of the Drilling
Machine," etc.
Mr. Norris has been president of the
Ohio Society, Sons of the Revolution,
governor of the Ohio Society of Col-
onial Wars, president of the Cornell
Association of Southern Ohio and chair-
man of the Cincinnati Section of the
American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers. He was chairman of the enter-
tainment committee at the joint meet-
ing of the A. S. M. E. and N. M. T.
B. A. held in Cincinnati in 1917. He
was an officer in the American Protec-
tive League and served in the Council
of National Defense.
New York City No Longer the
Sport of Truckmen's
Controversies
The freight which has been accumu-
lating since last March on the piers
of the coastwise steamship companies
in New York has now been practically
cleared away.
This operation sets a mark in the
industrial history of New York City
from which reckoning will be made in
the future. It establishes a new prin-
ciple—the principle that the business
of the city cannot be made the sport
of controversies between employers and
employees and that the public will here-
after define and maintain its right to
the uninterrupted transportation of its
merchandise.
The strike and walkout of the coast-
wise longshoremen began March 13.
Union truckmen supporting this strike
refused to haul freight to or from the
coastwise piers.
The merchants of the city, after try-
ing in vain to bring about a settle-
ment of the difficulty, announced that
they proposed to organize their own
trucking facilities, which should give
impartial service regardless of strikes.
The first step was the formation of
the Citizens' Transportation Commit-
tee, which includes representatives of
the Chamber of Commerce, the Mer-
chants' Association of New York, the
Board of Trade and Transportation, the
Chamber of Commerce of Brooklyn and
the Chamber of Commerce of Queens.
The committee's problem was two-
fold: First, to create a fleet of rented
trucks, since it was not proposed to
purchase them, and, second, to provide
money for their operation.
It was decided to create an under-
vvTiting fund which would be available
not only for the trucking enterprise but
for any other demand that may be
made in the campaign to put an end
to the interruption of the transporta-
tion of merchandise in and out of the
city and in the city itself. The under-
writing fund was first set at $1,000,000,
then raised to $5,000,000, and now it
is aimed to obtain subscriptions of $10,-
000,000. Its collection is being car-
ried on chiefly through meetings of
trade and commercial organizations
which undertake to raise money among
themselves.
The announcement in the newspapers
of what the Citizens' Transportation
Committee intended to do brought of-
fers of trucks. These came chiefly
from individuals who tendered from
one to three trucks, mostly with chauf-
feurs. In this way a fleet of about 250
trucks was secured.
96
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 2
It was not known when the enter-
prise was launched what the result was
to be and the organizers, therefore, had
to prepare for nothing less than a
strike. It was thought quite possible
that the teamsters and chauffeurs
might walk out and endeavor to para-
lyze trucking of all kinds throughout
the city. The committee, therefore,
deemed it wise to prepare for such an
event so far as possible and to take
over all the trucking which union men
refused to handle.
The committee established a prin-
ciple that no strikebreakers were to
be used, that all men employed should
be New York men, that no private
guards were to be employed, and that
no employee of the committee should
carry weapons of any kind. The policy
was established that the constituted
authorities should be asked to afford
protection and that complete reliance
should be placed upon them.
Trucks were engaged upon short-
term contracts of two weeks with a re-
newal privilege. They were all five-
ton trucks. Pier superintendents, help-
ers, longshoremen, checkers, clerks, and
all the various employees which the
enterprise required were engaged. In
supplying the personnel, it was made
clear that no man desiring to work
would be discriminated against because
he was a union man.
It was decided to incorporate the
trucking facilities under the name of
the Citizens' Trucking Company, in-
corporated. This company is now a
permanent concern, ready at all times
to render impartial trucking service if
existing trucking companies refuse to
handle the business to the detriment
of the city's commerce and trade.
This company obtained the names of
the consignees of the freight held up
at the coastwise steamship piers and
canvassed them for authority to re-
move this freight. Consent was rap-
idly and in most cases enthusiastically
given.
The unions at first were skeptical of
the ability of the commercial organiza-
tions to establish their trucking ma-
chinery upon such short notice. They
called the movement "a bluff" and de-
clared that the enterprise which had
been undertaken was "impossible of
performance." They, therefore, re-
mained quiescent for the first week of
operations, but when they saw that
goods were actually carried to and from
the piers they began to show activity
through their pickets and their dele-
gates. However, no violence was
shown.
The most important result of the
trucking campaign was to bring inde-
pendent truckmen upon the piers. It
was, of course, impossible for the com-
mittee to create almost overnight a
trucking concern of high efficiency, but
when the small independent truckmen
saw that freight was being moved from
the piers without precipitating violence
they began to take orders and they
have actually moved more than tv/ice
as much freight as the Citizens' Trans-
portation Committee's organization ha';
moved. This participation was wel-
comed by the committee as the fulfill-
ment of its chief object which is to in-
sure the uninterrupted movement of
merchandise.
The Citizens Trucking Co. is about to
be placed upon a self-sustaining basis
and the volunteer emergency force will
retire from its operation until called
upon to meet some new emergency.
Being Faithful
By Lucille Crite5
Every feller can't be wealthy;
Lots of folks must still be poor.
Just one President is needed
At a time, you may be sure.
All the folks can't boss the railroads,
Or be in a Senate fight;
But each man tan still be faithful
To his job — and do it right.
— From Floating Power Plant News.
Midwest Engine Co. Being
Reorganized
Plans for the complete reorganization
of the Mid-west Engine Co., Indianap-
olis, Ind., and for increasing its output
to more than double its present capa-
city, were announced recently by
Stoughton A. Fletcher, principal share-
holder of the company.
According to Mr. Fletcher, articles
of incorporation of the new company,
which is to be known as the Midwest
Engine Co., will be filed with the State
of Delaware.
The company has completed arrange-
ment for issuing $8,000,000 of preferred
stock.
Associated with Mr. Fletcher in the
reorganized company are a number
of the most successful manufacturers
in the Central West, including Lucius
M. Wainwright, president of the Dia-
mond Chain and Manufacturing Co.;
Walter C. Marmon, president of the
Nordyke and Marmon Co.; J. J. Cole,
president of the Cole Motor Car Co.;
Carl G. Fisher, formerly president of
the Prest-0-Lite Co.; Charles B. Som-
mers, president of the Gibson Co., and
James A. Allison.
The Midwest Engine Co.'s main plant
and general offices are situated in
Indianapolis. The company owns a
tract of sixty-five acres on which are
buildings and shops having a total floor
space of 208,000 sq.ft. The company
also owns and operates a large plant at
Anderson, Ind., devoted to the manu-
facture of pumps and small turbines.
The company employs at present about
2,400 workmen, many of whom are
skilled.
The Technical Institute of the Pol-
ish National Alliance of Cambridge
Springs, Pa., has obtained from the
Government $4,000 worth of machin-
ery, at a cost of $600, in accordance
with the provisions of the Caldwell
bill, empowering the Secretary of War
to sell equipment to technical and me-
chanical schools at 15 per cent of cost.
During the war this institute
executed many Government orders of
machine tools for the manufacture of
guns and bullets. In 1918, the Gov-
ernment sent 400 soldiers to the insti-
tute, where, under the guidance of Pol-
ish instructors, they became expert me-
chanics.
Obitixary
yi
Louis L. Brinsmade, formerly man-
ager of the Westinghouse Machine Co.,
and previously for twenty-two years
with the Western Electric Co., died on
June 16 in New York at 235 West
103rd St., after a brief illness. At the
time of his death he was at the head
of his own machinery concern. He was
born in this city in 1875, and belonged
to the following clubs: Engineers,
Lawyers, Cre.scent Athletic, Railroad
and the Society of the Colonial Wars.
Stanley P. Rockwell has resigned
his position as vice president of the
Weekes-Hoffman Co., Syracuse, N. Y.,
to become metallurgist of the Whitney
Manufacturing Co., Hartford, Conn.
Alfred Spangenberg has been ap-
pointed works manger of tht- Reading
Valve and Fittings Co., Reading, Pa.,
having succeeded J. T. MacMurray,
who has resigned.
Edward C. Bailey, formerly man-
ager of the claims department at the
plant of the Greenfield Tap and Die
Corporation, Greenfield, Mass., is now
office manager of the New York City
store of the company. He has been
succeeded in Greenfield by Harold
Shumway who was formerly his assist-
ant.
E. J. Boggan has recently resigned
his position as factory manager of the
U. S. Metal Goods Co., of Cleveland,
to enter the executive organization of
the Dittmer Gear and Manufacturing
Corporation of Lockport in the capacity
of sales engineer. He will devote his
entire time to looking after sales mat-
ters including the supervision of sales
representatives.
Alois Hauser has been appointed
assistant to the works manager in
charge of engineering, of the Timken
Roller Bearing Co., Canton, Ohio. For
the past several years Mr. Hauser has
been efficiency engineer at the Saucon
plant of the Bethlehem Steel Co.
H. L. Wheeler is now with the Car-
thage Machine Co., Carthage, N. Y..
as assistant superintendent. The com-
pany manufactures pulp and paper mill
machinery.
C. T. Stiles has joined the mechan-
ical goods division of the United States
Rubber Co., being located at its Phila-
delphia office. Mr. Stiles has followed
the power Iransmission engineering
July 8, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
97
business for eighteen years and has
been connected with some of the largest
belt manufacturers in this country.
R. R. HoEFER, formerly in the New
York territory for the Heald Machine
Co., of Worcester, Mass., for several
years, is now with the machinery de-
partment of the Cleveland Tool and
Supply Co., of Cleveland, Ohio. Mr.
Hoefer began his new duties on the
15th.
JCHN R. Bensley, vice president and
general sales manager of the Mercury
Manufacturing Co., tractor builders,
has recently returned from a seven
weeks' trip through the South and in
the course of his itinerary he visited
Memphis, New Orleans, Jacksonville,
Charleston and Baltimore. Mr. Bensley
reported great industrial activity
throughout the South and looks for-
ward to a good business from this
region.
J. W. De Haas, director of the Dutch
East Indian division of the American
Steel Export Co., New York, has left
on an extended trip to the Dutch East
Indies, Straits Settlements, Federated
Malay States, Siam, Indo-China and
Burma, in the interest of his company
and to develop the trade of these ter-
ritories in American steel products.
Mr. De Hass will be gone for aoout a
year.
Business Items
The Safety Car Heating and Light-
ing Co., is preparing to move its
factory from Jersey City, N. J., to New
Haven, Conn., and will give up the
Jersey plant entirely. The new factory
was used by the Martin Rockwell Co.,
in the manufacture of munitions during
the war.
The Anderson Brothers Manufactur-
ing Co., Rockford, 111., has moved to the
new plant which it has recently built,
located in the east end of town at
Eighteenth Ave., and Kishwaukee St.
This new plant gives the company con-
siderably more floor space and it is
planning to expand with increasing
business.
The Kelley Foundry and Machine
Co., Elkins, W. Va., general foundry
and machine business, was organized
recently with capital stock of $25,000;
the incorporators are Samuel T. Spears,
C. H. Hall, S. H. Watring, J. W. Wat-
ring, D. J. Blackwood, J. F. Kelley and
J. P. Kelley, all of Elkins.
The plant of the Hawthorne Manu-
facturing Co., Bridgeport, Conn., in-
cluding the buildings and land, was
purchased at auction by Edpar \V. Bas-
sick, of the Bassick Co., of the same
city, for $105,000. The equipment will
be sold at auction later.
At a special meeting of the board of
directors of SKF Industries, Inc., held
May 13, 1920, the resignation of B. G.
Prytz, as president, was accepted, Mr.
Prytz having been elected managing
director of the parent company, with
headquarters at Gothenburg, Sweden.
At the same meeting F. B. Kirkbride,
vice president since the organization of
the company, was elected president to
succeed Mr. Prytz.
The Me:gs-Powell Co., Montgomery
Bldg., Milwaukee, manufacturer of
calipers and other precision tools, has
acquired a plant at 522 Sixteenth Ave.,
Milwaukee, which will give them 1,060
sq.ft. additional floor space.
The National Check Writer Co., of
Webster City, Iowa, will move its
manufacturing plant to Waterloo, Iowa.
The company manufactures the Na-
tional check writer, a machine used for
protection in writing checks. The offi-
cers of the company are: H. J. Buell,
president; W. J. Zitterell, vice presi-
dent; W. B. Rooed, treasurer; J. A.
Boeye, secretary; all of Webster City.
The management of the factory will
be in the hands of Waterloo men.
Aktiebolaget Galco, Ltd., Stockholm,
Sweden, represented in the United
States by American Galco Incorporated,
Grand Central Palace, New York City,
has discontinued its machine-tool busi-
ness and will in the future devote its
energies entirely to the export trade
from Sweden. In this connection it
has allied itself with Aktiebolaget Bo-
fors, one of Sweden's largest manufac-
turers, owning extensive steel works,
foundries, forge shops and machine
shops and rolling mills in the town of
Bofors, Sweden. The production in
these plants will consist largely of
bolt and nut forging and threading
machinery, hardware specialties, axes
and mining tools.
The Service Casting Co. has recently
been organized at Blanchester, Ohio,
and will specialize in making small
gray-iron castings for the trade. The
foundry has been in operation since
Feb., 1920, doing contract work. The
personnel consists of R. B. Huyett and
Charles N. Secrist, both of whom have
had wide experience in foundry and
machine practice.
The Liberty Machine Tool Co., of
Hamilton, Ohio, and the Kockford
Lathe Co., of Rockford, 111., are now
represented in the New York district
by the Henry & Wright Co., of 136
Cedar St.
The Bertschey Engineering Co.,
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, has taken over the
interests of the Bertsfl-.cy Manufactur-
ing and Engineering Co., the Peerless
V-Belting Co., and the Bermo Welding
and Equipment Co. A. J. P. Bertschey
is president and Glenn M. Averill, sec-
retary.
The Bullard Machine Tool Co.,
Bridgeport, Conn., through its agent,
Harry A. Burnes, Lovell Building,
Stratford, Conn., will dispose of its
plant on Broad, Allen and Lafayette
Sts., and Railroad Ave., Bridgeport,
Conn. The Bullard company has now
moved to the new plant in the Black
Rock section of Bridgeport. The old
factories on Broad St. and Railroad
Ave. comprise a floor space of 108,222
sq.ft. available for manufacturing pur-
poses, complete with power, heating,
lighting and sprinkler system. The
new plant in Black Rock is the one
constructed during the war to be used
by the Bullard Engineering Works, in
the manufacture of large guns, etc.,
and is a most modern and up-to-date
plant in every respect.
The Gray Machine Tool Co., 2661
Main St., Buffalo, N. Y., held a stock-
holders' meeting and voted to change
the name of the concern to the Gray
Machine and Parts Corporation.
Chicopee Falls, Mass., is to have the
headquarters of the automotive equip-
ment department of the Westinghouse
Electric and Manufacturing Co. G. B.
Griffith is in charge of this branch of
the company's business, but will make
his headquarters in New York for the
present.
The American Axle Co., Barton, Wis.,
is a new organization, being capitalized
at $150,000. E. M. MacAvoy is presi-
dent, Peter C. Wolf vice president and
treasurer, and George H. Gabel secre-
tary. The directors include W. C. Day-
ton, M. H. Grossman, Andrew Hauser,
S. J. Driessel and H. W. Suckow.
It has been announced that the Silver
Sheet Metal Works, of New York City,
is now called the Eastern Sheet Metal
Works, Inc.
Automobile Startinsr. Utrhtins and Ignition
Systems. By Victor W. Page, M. E..
member S. A. E., author of "Automo-
bile Repairing Made Easy," etc. Gth
edition. 815 pp., 7x5 in.. 492 illus-
trations. Published by the Norman W.
Henley Publishing Co., New Yorli.
Price $3.
This book is the new 1920 re\'ised edition.
It is invaluable to motorists, students,
meclianics and repairmen. The subjects
are described in a simple, untechnical man-
ner, being easily understood. All forms
of automobile-engine electrical ignition
systems are described ; and included are
authoritative series of instruction pertain-
ing to starting and lighting systems and
wiring diagrams. Storage-battery con-
.struction, charging and maintenance, mag-
neto and ignition distritjutor timing, care
of generators and motors, and systematic
location of all electrical faults are also
fully described. The booR contains over
250 complete wiring diagr-ams and special
Instruction is given for using meters in
testing. Tlie book is claimed to be the
most complete treatise of its kind^ practi-
cally all 1920 electricat systems being
described.
Klectric Furnfl,c«fl in the Iron and 8tee]
IniliiHtr.v. By W. Rodenhauser, E. E.,
of Germany. J. Schoenawa, Metallurg-
ist, of Austria, and C. H. Von Baur,
E. E.. formerly chief engineer of the
American Electric Furnace Co. Trans-
lated from the original by the latter
and completely rewritten for this re-
vised third edition. 460 pp.. 6x9.
Illustrated by photographs, drawings
and diagrams. Published by -John
Wiley & Sons, New York City. Price
$4.50.
The opening chapters of this work are fle-
voted to the history of the comparatively
new art of making electric steel and to the
principles underlying the electric furnaces
employed. The various successful commer-
cial furnaces are then taken up in detail.
To avoid comparing one furnace directly
with another the ingenious expedient of
comparing each one with a theoretically
ideal furnace has been resorted to. A gen-
eral review chapter completes this section.
Part II deals with the practical features
of the operation of electrical furnaces and
with the el?ctro-met"llur.-ry of Iron ami
98
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2
steel. The materials of construction are
taken up in detail as well as the cost of
operation of the various types.
We have taken occasion before to call
attention to the involved or even incorrect
English encountered in technical books and
this one is no better than the average. In
a case like this one, of a German work
translated into English, there may be some
small excuse for the Teutonic cast of an
occasional sentence, but in books written by
American engineers for American engineers
to read, there is none whatever.
The reader's attention is called sharply
to this diefe<;t by -the Trreface to the , third _
edition of this' book. Not ptie aentepce in i.t_
will stand analysis and the last one is prac-
tically meaningless.
Standard 1i:dueatlona1 Tests. Arranged and
standardized by M. B. Haggerty, Pro.-
fessor of Educational Psychology, Uni-
versity of Minnesota. Published by the
World Book Co., Yonkers-on-Hudson,
N. Y. Price of a sample set of tests,
75 cents.
Two of the first tests in the series are
Intended for group intelligence testing, and
another for testing both intelligence and
achievement in reading at the same time
in grades 1 to 3. For grades 3 to 9 two
different tests are provided. The first test is
an illustrated achievement examination in
reading. The second is an intelligence test
based upon the Army intelligence tests and
adapted to both individual and group test-
ing. The examiner needs scoring keys for
each test and a manual ol directions, the
latter being a 64 -page pamphlet with in-
structions for giving and scoring the tests.
The examination booklets are sold in pack-
ages of 25.
The tests have several valuable features,
as they are very easily given and scored
and are suitable to pupils of different ages
and conditions. The age, forms and grade
standards given are based on the exten-
sive use of the tests in Hdth large cities,
small towns and one-room rural schools.
DesiKU and Construction of Heat Engines.
By Wm. E. Ninde, M. B., Associate
Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
Syracuse University. First edition. 704
pp., 6x9. Illustrated by drawings and
diagrams. Published by McGraw-Hill
Book Co.. Inc., 239 West 39th Street.
New York. Price *6.
This treatise on heat engines is based on
the author's twenty years of practical expe-
rience and his ten years as a teacher at
Syracuse University. A good feature is the
omission of the usual appendix tables which
are found in all handbooks and which are
generally superfluous in a book of this kind.
The inclusion of the reciprocating steam
engine, the steam turbine and the internal
combustion engine in one volume has natu-
rally resulted in some abridgement ol the
treatment of each one, but on the whole the
information is sufficient for all ordinary
requirements.
The book is somewhat marred by unedited
"engineers' " English and the usual first
edition proofreader's errors are present.
The following general headings are taken
up : Part 1 — The Heat Engine ; Part 2 —
Thermodynamics ; Part 3 — Friction and
Lubrication ; Part 4 — Power and Thrust ;
ParTt 5 — Mechanics ; Part 6 — Machine De-
si^.
Problems of L«bor. By Daniel Bloomfleld,
Partner, Bloomfleld and Bloomfleld
Boston. The Handbook Series, XXI
and 436 pages, 5 x 7J in., cloth board
covers, $1.80. Published by the H. W.
Wilson Co., New York City.
In this volume are assembled and reprint-
ed some <Jf the best things that have been
recently published upon the following sub-
jects related to labor: Causes of Friction
and Unrest, Cost of Living, Methods of
Compensation, Hours of Work, Tenure of
Employment, Trade Unionism, Labor Dis-
putes and Adjustment, Limitation of Out-
put, Industrial Insurance, Methods of Pro-
moting Industrial Peace. Occupational
Hygiene, and Women in Industry. The
articles are written by such experts as
Louis P. Post, Frank W. Taussing, John A.
Fitch, Lord Leverhulme, and Samuel
Gompers, thus giving a wide range of view
point. All phases of the labor problem are
ably and concisely treated. ' The book is
well Indexed and a bibliography, classifled
according to the subjects covered by the re-
printed articles, is provided.
The Enirineerinfr Index for 1919.
Compiled and published by the Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers,
29 West 39th St.. N. Y. 528 pages;
9} X 6i in. ; clotli board covers.
The American Society of Mechanical En-
gineers acquired the Engineering Index at
the close of 1918, and since that time has
fmblished it monthly in the Society's pub-
Ication, Mechanical Engineerinp. The book
under consideration is the first Imund
volume of the index brought out by the
A. S. M. E., and it differs somewhat from
the former editions. The arrangement of
the topics is entirely alphabetical, there
being no grouping of items under the dif-
ferent divisions of engineering, as was
formerly done. Besides the information de-
scriptive of each article indexed, such as
the name, author, and the periodical in
which it appeared, each item contains a
brief note summarizing the article.
The Index contains over 12,000 item.? re-
ferring to articles in nearly 700 (engineering
and allied technical publications, and the
staff ■ of the Society has "endeavoVed to
"m^e"' it the rpost complete and comprehen-
sive work of its kind ever published."
The United States High Speed Steel and
Tool Corporation, Plant No. 2, Green Island,
N. Y., would be pleased to receive catalogs
from manufacturers of machiriery -in. order
to complete its files.
Trade Catalog's
tions. This catalog supersedes all previous
issues and covers completely the many lines
handled by the Fairbanks Co. a transmis-
sion. Tables and specifications have been
worked out with care and precision to assist
the purchaser to determine his transmission
requirements. All in ail, this catalog is one
of the best that we have seen.
Oxy-Acetylene. Davia-Bournonville Co.,
Jersey City, N. J. Catalog, pp. 16, 6 x 9
in. This company has issued a temporary
catalog of the Davis-Boumonville acetylene
generators, welding and cutting torches,
jjressure regulators, portable outfits and
supplies.
Bearing Alloy. The Ajax Metal Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa. Circular, 3J x 6i in.
This circular gives several reasons why
some industrial concerns have adopted Ajax
ball-bearing alloy.
Gisholt Products. Gisholt Machine Co..
Madison, Wis. Booklet, G. P. E., pp. 24.
5J X 7J in. This booklet illustrates only
its various products such as turret lathes,
vertical bgring and turning mills, universal
tool finders, drilling machines, toolpost
holders, reamers, boring bars and chucl(s.
Automatic Chuckingr Machines, Aatomatic
Screw Macliines, Tractors, etc. The New
Britain Machine Co., New Britain, Conn.
Folder, 8J x 11 in. This folder describes
some of the automatic labor-saving machin-
ery made by the New Britain Machine Co.
Sandblasts. Pangborn Corporation,
Hagerstown, Md. Catalog, 4 x 9 in. This
catalog is printed in Italian describing
Pangborn sandblasts and allied equipment
Dyehouse and Bleachery VentOation, Buf-
falo Forge Co., Buffalo, N. Y. Catalog No.
721, 8J X 11 in. This company has studied
and experimented carefully the problem of
dyehouse and bleachery ventilation and i"
presenting to the public an illustrated cata-
log on this subject.
Insulating Materials and Supplies. West-
inghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co,
East Pittsburgh. Pa. Catalog 5-A-l, pp.
24, 4 X 7 in. This catalog gives a complete
list of all insulating materials and supplies
manufactured by this company. Included
in the list of products described are: mica
micarta and bakelite plates and tubing,
treated and untreated cloths and papers, in-
sulating and soldering compounds, insulat-
ing oils and tapes.
Welding and Catting Equipment. Davls-
Bournonville Co., Jersey City. N. J. Cata-
log, pp. 15, 31 X 65 in. This catalog de-
scribes briefly its oxy-acetylene and oxy-
hydrogen equipment, portable outflts. acety-
lene, oxygen and hydrogen production, regu-
lating arid reducing valves, welding torches
and tips, cutting torches and tips, welding
and cutting machines, and oxygen and hy-
drogen plants.
How to Judge Engines. Witte Engine
Works, Kansas City. Mo, Booklet, pp. 36,
10 X 123 In. This booklet has been written
by Ed H. Witte, president of the Witte
Engine Works, and gives a general de-
scription of engine construction and engine
selling. The first few pages describe the
Witte engine in the various sizes and styles.
and the last half of the book covers in de-
tail not only the construction of the Witte
engine, but various other engines.
Measuring Machines. The Golden Co..
manufacturers' representative, 405 Lexing-
ton Ave., New York. Catalog No. 234. 53
X 83 in. This catalog describes and illus-
trates the universal measuring machine
which is used for the checking and control
of standards and scales of every form. This
machine is made by Soci6t6 Genevoise d'ln-
strumens de Phvsique.
Sheffleld and the Manufacture of SteeL
City of Sheffield. England, This short
pamphlet is designed to give information
about Sheffield and its industries upon
which its prosperity and facilities depend.
Hacksaws. L. S. Starrett Co. Athol,
Mass. Booklet, pp. 63. 4} x 7 in. This
booklet is written for the large class of
men to whom a hacksaw is merely a hack-
saw ; a tool whose proper use is riot under-
stood because they have not had the op-
portunity to learn, and this information is
very valuable to machine-shop men. It
covers experiences of all hacksaw manufac-
turers.
Tumbling Mills, Whiting Foundry
Equipment Co., Harvey, 111. Catalog No.
153. pp. 27. 6 X 9 in. The advantage of
cleaning castings ; description of operation
on water cinder mills and the table of sizes
is given in this catalog. Several different
types of mills in some large machine shops
are also shown. A copy of this catalog will
be sent upon request.
Appliances tor the Mechanical Transmis-
Bion of Power. Fairbanks Co., New York
City. Ci^talog No. 935. 7} x inj in , 251
pages printed on excellent coated stock and
clothboard covers, and replete with illustra-
Thc Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, Department of Commerce*
A^'ashington, l>. C, has inquiries for the
agencies of machinery and machine tools.
Aii.v ii'fnrmation desired regarding these
opportunities can be secured from the above
address b.v referring to the number follow-
ing each item.
An importing firm in Syria desires to be
placed in touch with exporters of agricul-
tural implements, trucks, machine tools,
hand tools. No. 32,900.
A firm in Spain desires to purchase from
manufacturers and export firms machine
tools, lathes, etc. Quotations should be cl.f.
Bilboa. Correspondence should be in Span-
ish. References. No. 33,147.
A manufacturer in Belgium desires to
secure an agency with stock of goods for
the sale of machine tools, such as taps for
gas and water, elevating apparatus, steel,
files, bolts, screws, rivets, cotters, vise,
anvils, ventilators and mortar engine. Cor-
respondence and catalogs in French. No.
32,958.
A firm of engineers in Scotland desires
to secure agencies for the sale of raw
material such as pig iron, copjjer, zinc and
tin ; tools, lathes, drilling and milling ma-
chines. Quotations should be given ci.lT.
Scottish port. Reference. No. 33,048.
The International Railway Master Black-
smiths' Association will hold its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingham.
Ala., on Aug. 17. 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is A. L. Woodworth,
Lima, Ohio.
The American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Research Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum, Phil-
adelphia, Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18, inclusive.
J. A. Pollak, of the Pollak Steel Co., Cin-
cinnati, Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The American Foundrymen's Asssocia-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building.
Chicago. 111., is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers 1 1
Buenos Aires. .Argentine Republic, S. A.
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition. Inc.
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
4 2nd St.. New York.
July 15, 1920
American Machinist
n
Vol. iX No. 3
"'H'M"Ill'[i"""""'MifiTHi' 'iiiiiiMLiuiJiiiiiirilirtTmmTr
Wickes Crankshaft Line-Bearing and
Flange-Turning Lathe
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
Production of automotive crankshafts in large
quantities requires highly specialized machinery.
Such machinery, embodying the ideas of many
designers, has been built from time to time only
to be superseded by some later design better
adapted to the work — and the end is not yet.
iimmiimiiii ' " iimimij
WITH the idea that high-duty production requires
an exceptionally rugged machine tool, Wickes
Brothers, Saginaw, Mich., has developed a line
of lathes especially adapted to turning the line bearings
and flanges on automotive crankshafts. To obtain the
highest quality and rate of production from machines
of this class it is required that the tooling be designed
by a specialist and consequently all these machines are
built complete with the tooling for the jobs upon which
they will be used.
These lathes are built only in one size of 20-in. swing.
It is optional with the buyer whether they shall be of
the belt-driven type as shown in Fig. 1, or furnished
with motor drive, as shown in the cheek-turning lathe
in Fig. 2.
The bed is of deep, heavy box-type construction and
has a single V in front and a flat way on the back
upon which the carriage rides. The tailstock is of
heavy-duty standard construction and is carried on a
separate set of ways of the same construction as those
for the carriage.
The headstock is back-geared, the ratio being ar-
ranged to suit the job. The back-gear shaft is provided
with ring oilers.
The spindle is made of 0.40 to 0.50 carbon steel with
a collar on the work end forged integrally and all
bearings are ground to size. It is equipped with ball-
thrust bearings on the rear end. The cone pulley is
bronze bushed and has three steps. A Hilliard multiple-
disk type clutch is used for transmitting the power.
The brake band is made in two parts and is lined
with high-grade brake lining. The spindle bearings
have sight-feed oilers. It will be noted that there are
six spindle speeds, but as a double-speed countershaft
always is furnished with the machine, twelve speeds
are available.
The transmission between the main spindle and the
quick-change gear-box is by spur gears. The gear-box
has eight feeds, four from the quick-change box and
four for an auxiliary box operated by a lever which
controls a split-feed. The initial feeds are i, A, rA:
and A in. The split feed halves the difference be-
FIG. 1. WICKES BELT-DRIVEN CRANKSH.XB^T LINE-BEARING AND FLANGE-TURNING LATHE
100
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol, 53, No. 3
FIG. 2. MOTOH-DUIVKX CRANKSHAFT CHEICK-TURNING LATHE
tween the regular feeds, thus adding the additional
four feeds of ^, it, 7I7 and if, in.
An advantage claimed for the split-feed arrangement
is that the operator can start the machine at a slower
feed for the larger diameter of work, on such as facing
flanges, and as the diameter decreases he can throw in
the split-feed in order to obtain a higher rate of feed
for the decreasing diameter.
The carriage is of heavy construction for carrying
the heavy tool loads imposed, and is taper gibbed both
back and front.
The apron is provided with friction-drive for both
longitudinal and cross feeds. The frictions are engaged
by a device allowing quick action and ease of adjust-
ment. It may be controlled with either hand or by the
knee when the hands are busy. The handle for this
friction will be noted on the apron, in Fig. 1, in the
position usually occupied by the knob commonly used
for this purpose.
The regular equipment of the carriage includes a
double tool block which is held down by taper gibs
and provided with additional
gibs on each side at the rear
to take the upward thrust of
the back tools. Cast-steel mul-
tiple or single toolholders,
shown in Fig. 3, are provided,
the design of which admits of
supporting the tools close to
the cutting point, thus insur-
ing a minimum overhang.
The toolholder bolts go clear
through into the tool-block,
insuring rigidity. The tool-
holder clamp is used as a car-
rier for feeding the coolant to
the cutting point of the tool.
In Fig. 4 it will be noted that
the coolant pipe A is tapped
directly into the toolholder
clamp B. The latter is drilled
through lengthwise, the hole
connecting with that tapped
for the pipe. The coolant is
delivered at C and flows over
the cutting edge of the tool.
A pot-chuck is provided to support the work rigidly
and prevent chattering. Its use also avoids the neces-
sity of turning a spot on the work for a steadyrest.
The pot-chuck is so designed that the crankshaft is
supported close to the point where the work is done,
thus minimizing a tendency of the work to twist.
The pot-chuck is of cast steel and is supported by
a steadyrest at the outboard end. The bronze shoes
of the steadyrest are wide enough to overspan the
slot cast in the top of the pot-chuck to permit ready
placing and removal of the crankshafts. Each pot-chuck
is designed especially for a particular crankshaft.
As previously mentioned, the lathe can be furnished
either belt or motor driven. The latter type of drive
uses either a multi-speed a.c. motor, or a variable-
speed d.c. motor. When constant-speed motor equip-
ment is required a selective geared headstock is fur-
nished which provides 12 speeds. The size of the motor
ranges from 3V to 5 hp., depending upon the service
required. The drive is through a rawhide gear placed
between the steel motor pinion and the driven gear, thus
insuring quietness of operation.
FIG. 3. SHOWING POT-CHUCK AND TOOL EQITIP.MENT
FIG. I. TOOLING FOR FLANGE TURNING
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
101
How Do You Regulate Materials? — II
By henry H. FARQUHAR
The functions with which the present paper deals
center in the receiving and storing of materials
after they come into our posession. The authority
by which they come in is, of course, the purchase
order, and no goods must be received except upon
this authority.
(Part I ^cas published in our June 2'i issue.)
The Receipt, Storage and Records
THE preceding article in this series dealt with
some of the more important considerations in the
regulation of supply, outlining certain principles
and rules by which one may secure a constant and
almost automatic flow of suitable articles to the point
of use. Five planks of the material platform were laid
down, the gist of the five being: (1) Centralization
of authority and responsibility, and (2) regulation of
replenishment according to use rather than the whims of
individuals or other accidental factors. From these
principles there were formulated five rules:
I. Replenishment of materials should be governed
strictly by requirements for production during a rea-
sonable future period.
II. There must be predetermined specifications for
each article purchased.
III. All replenishment orders shall be in writing
and may be issued only by specified persons.
IV. All replenishment orders shall be approved
before they may be honored by the purchasing agent.
v. All purchase orders shall be in writing and must
be systematically followed up.
The guiding principle in the receipt and storage
of material is unified authority and responsibility;
hence the following most obviously successful rule may
be formulated:
VI. All Persons Concerned Directly in the
Transaction Shall Receive a Copy of the
Purchase Order
By following this rule we obtain an effectual check
against material being dumped on us which we did
not order and do not want. We also make collusion
more difficult and establish checks against forgetful-
ness, against useless inquiries as to when orders were
placed, against delivery to the wrong person or place,
and so on.
Although it is bad practice, this step is sometimes
omitted even in the case of the receiving clerk. Much
additional and unnecessary work is thereby thrown
upon him in checking up when materials arrive.
Opinions differ as to whether the receiving clerk
should be told how much of any item is expected, or
whether he should (by means of a short carbon) be
informed simply that goods of a certain kind are due
from a certain dealer.' Each method has its advan-
tages and disadvantages, and the matter is not ordinarily
one of great importance. If sufficient checks against
carelessness and dishonesty be instituted, there is no
objection in practice to telling the receiving clerk
exactly how many parts are expected, and his work is
considerably expedited.
As a check on the actual execution of orders placed
a second ru'e for control of material once purchased
logically follows:
VII. There Must Be a Careful Count and
Inspection of All Goods Received Before
They May Be Stored or Released for Use
Some very surprising occurrences sometimes take
place within the walls of a factory. One would think
from the very nature of the case that materials would
be considered of a value at least equal to their value
in money. Such, however, is seldom the case. If you
will analyze the subiect carefully, I believe you cannot
escape the conclusion that materials are very much more
important than an equivalent sum of money. They
should be as carefully looked after, and the modem
material system should resemble the modern banking
system to a large extent.
It is folly therefore to do as one manufacturer of
my acquaintance did up to a short time ago. He had
worked up excellent specifications, but under existing
receiving methods he might as well have saved himself
this expense, for when goods arrived he allowed 'them
to go to the storeroom in blissful faith that the dealer
had done exactly as he was expected to do. The
awakening was sad but salutary.
A safe rule to follow in inspecting is to put as
much care into the inspection as was put into the
specifications. This means that in some cases a count
is all that is necessary, while in others a very careful
analysis must be made. Rejects should be imme-
diately disposed of and cleared out of the way.
.To connect the effects of this rule with those of
the preceding one and check receipts against the out-
standing copies of the order a wise rule is:
VIII. Notice of Receipt of Materi.\ls Shall Be
Given Immediately
A case occurred recently in which a purchase order
was sent out in a great hurry, with instructions to
"rush delivery." The materials, it was found later,
came in as ordered; but only after a week's delay
and after insistence of the dea!er that he had shipped
the order, were the goods finally located in a corner
of the receiving room. Production had meanwhile
fig. 3.
WORKING SPACE USED FOR STORAGE IN
violation of rule X
102
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
\ ^DUDIILD ^ CID;
i //| i II i iM 1 ' 1 ' n
: ;
\ ^'^ ^ uj ■ ^ ulI
\ 9 : QJ- ^[X
i ■ 'i
fl i ; M 1 ; l[;
1 7- ^njLLLU
rr-j-n^ tf : ; r— jix :
\ ztoj^j- ^_^ ^ guni-^
^ V -^ -^ J
:QIlLDmD:L_^ ^LDLXILGLULI]^
innnnrar~n~3 .m^^inn"^^^
^ 't, ^^ < ^ ^/ ^^ <". -^^ i, ;
■q:^ld±ild^ ^ ^ ^ r^^^i
M MM 1 n M' / ^ ■ 1 ! ! :. ;
,, A B c S> S / ^ d A A '.
Side B
Side A
FIG. 4. METHOD OF INDEXING RACKS AND BINS
been held up. Since in the balance sheet is centered
all information as to the stale of materials, to the
balance clerk immediately upon receipt must be sent
a notification of arrival. The same notice may then
serve the purchasing agent and the auditor.
Looking next at the question of storage, it must be
clear that on the adequacy of the administrative and
physical arrangements in this respect depends the
effectiveness in practice of all preceding rules. The
storeroom, to a greater extent than many realize, deter-
mines the accuracy with which we may govern mate-
rials, and as a consequence several important rules may
be issued for its regulation:
IX. Responsibility for Storage and Issue Must Be
Centralized
The mistake is often made in the medium-sized
plant of failing to centralize storeroom responsibility,
under the assumption that because we must have
de-centralized storage we must therefore have de-cen-
tralized responsibility. Personally, I advocate the
central storeroom where it seems at all practicable
(among other reasons because it tends to force antic-
ipation of needs) but many cases occur where it is
out of the question. In such cases, however, there may
and should be central responsibility for receipt, for stor-
age, for issue, and for the regulation of policy and
procedure.
X. Storage Other Than in the Storerooms Should
Be Reduced to a Minimum
Upward of 55,000 lb. of scrap metal, the catch of a
thorough housecleaning, was sold from one department
of a New England machine shop. It was unearthed
from around machines, under benches, in the aisles and
corners, and consisted of both raw materials and partly
worked parts which had become permanently side-
tracked. The policy until that time had been to let
the foreman arbitrate between the sales manager and
the other production foremen of the plant as to when
any given job should be processed. As a result, jobs
were frequently broken down to please one or another
of these officials, and the work thenceforth became
neglected. Were not this an actual and a recent case,
it would appear too ridiculous to cite. It is not an
uncommon policy even today, as may be seen in Fig. 3.
Another potent cause of loss in many plants is the
policy in handling departmental supplies. It is always
a little difficult to draw the line as between what may
be held in the shop, and what must be stored in and
issued from the storeroom. In general, however, it
may be accepted that when a job in process is inter-
rupted for what will probably be more than a few hours,
all parts in process should be turned over to the store-
room accompanied by proper notations of the fact; and
that departmental supplies (such as bolts, screws, etc.)
should be issued to the work place and charged off at
once to the proper expense account in quantities suffi-
cient to last only a few days, the main source of supply
remaining under the custody of the storekeeper and
controlled through the regular routine.
XI. The Storerooms Must Be Accessible Only to
Authorized Persons
The success with which so many plant activities may
be controlled hinges at many points on the accuracy
of the inventory. Consequences have at times been
very distressing when we thought we had 100 pieces
on hand when there were actually only 85. Our account-
ing statements furthermore are misleading unless our
inventories of materials and work in process be correct.
Primarily, in order that we may maintain any semblance
of control, therefore, and only secondarily because some
among us have the habit of pocketing what does not
belong to us, we must have a locked storeroom. The
psychological effect furthermore is excellent. I told
one manager the other day : "You have no more right
in this storeroom without permission of the storekeeper
than the humblest workman." The strange part of this
story is the fact that he smiled and agreed with me.
XII. Materials Shall Be Stored and Indexed
According to a Systematic Scheme
It is not an uncommon occurrence in many store-
rooms to be put to considerable inconvenience and delay
simply because a needed article cannot be quickly
located. The knowledge of the whereabouts of any item
should not be confined to any one's head, for heads
are sometimes unavoidably lost in times of greatest
need.
Whei-e a good system of stores and worked materials
-^m'^
Coirtcfi I'nirCTgal Winding Co.
FIG, 5. RACKS WITH INTEHCHANGEABLE STORAGE UNITS
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
103
symbols is in use, the most satisfactory method of
storage by all means is alphabetically by symbol. With
standard interchangeable racks and bins such arrange-
ment, particularly in the metal-working storeroom, is
easily maintained, and aside from the symbols which
should be on each bin, no other indexing system is
ordinarily needed. Such a systematic arrangement by
symbol is not always possible for all items, however,
and in such cases, or where such symbols are not in
use, the rows of racks, the individual racks themselves,
and the separate bins within each rack must be num-
bered and lettered according to a definite plan, with a
cross index to show just where each item is to be found.
Fig. 4 illustrates a satisfactory method of indexing
storage racks and bins in accordance with Rule' XII.
The method here followed is similar to that used in
numbering houses in a city. The shaded area repre-
sents plan of one standard rack four stories high, into
each compartment of which fit interchangeable bins
(see Fig. 5) of suitable dimensions. The complete rack
is designated B 3 C, and the location of an article in
a bin in the second story from the bottom would be
B3C2.
Where materials may be stored according to symbol,
such a method of indexing is of course unnecessary.
XIII. Movable, Interchangeable Storage Units
Should Be Used as Far as Possible
Continual rearrangements, particularly in individual
racks and bins where other than bulk goods are stored,
but also frequently in the whole layout, are desirable
in most storerooms. All equipment, therefore, should
lend itself readily to such changes. Racks and bins
should very seldom be built-in, and they should, so far
as possible, be absolutely interchangeable. Standard
bins of various appropriate sizes should fit interchange-
ably into any racks throughout the storeroom, so that,
with the expanding and contracting requirements of
different articles, an easy rearrangement will prevent
"over-flow" bins, keep all of any one item together,
and provide maximum space utilization.
Somewhat akin to this subject is that of attention to
labor-saving devices in general — a subject which will
repay much time and investment. There are many
little wrinkles and facilities which may be utilized in
counting, storing, and especially in transporting mate-
rials, and which in the aggregate will save many hours'
work in the average storeroom.
XIV. Double Binning Should Be Used Wherever
Possible
Double binning, by which one bin is used for all
incoming material of any kind and its brother for all
issuing, the process being reversed when the latter
becomes empty, serves many uses in connection with
material control which can be only hinted at. For
instance, 1 have seen iron washers dumped from the
bottom of a bin so rusted and caked together as to be
almost unrecognizable. They had lain there for months
undisturbed during the putting in and taking out of
those above them.
Double binning would have aided materially in pre-
venting such occurrences. It would, moreover, have
furnished incidentally numerous checks on amount in
keeping perpetual inventory. Fortunately, double bin-
ning, or double piling, adds on the average probably
not over 33 per cent to the amount of space required
Vourttitu litiicrnal Wiitllirti/ Co.
FIG. 6. RACK FOR BARS AND PLATES (NOTE METHOD OF
designating individual BINS)
over single bins or single piles. This additional space
may ordinarily be provided in the average storeroom
through attention to a more effective arrangement and a
better space utilization. Double binning may be seen
in the rack in Fig. 5.
Finally, all transactions in materials must be covered
by adequate records. The more important records
covering replenishment were touched upon in the pre-
ceding paper, and, as there explained, the balance sheet
constitutes the running history of most of the trans-
actions which it is necessary to have covering materials.
In order that this history may continuously serve the
needs of production, two rules should be enforced:
XV. A Perpetual Inventory Should Be
Maintained on all Goods
Periodic inventories (annual, semi-annual, quarterly)
are fortunately rapidly becoming things of the past.
Modern business cannot wait for periodic stock-taking
— the information of amounts on hand must be available
constantly and immediately for day-to-day planning and
accounting.
I do not propose to go into a discussion of the
merits of the perpetual inventory and the demerits of
any other kind, but I simply wish to say that the
manufacturing industry is yet to be found where the
perpetual inventory is not perfectly applicable, more
accurate, cheaper, and of infinitely greater utility than
is the periodic. It is simple to install, easy to operate,
and, with proper checks, accurate even beyond prac-
tical requirements.
XVI. Balances of Materials Must Be Kept on Bin
Tags and on Balance Sheets, With Constant
Independent Checks Between Them
Neither the bin tag nor the balance sheet alone is
sufficient — one is a complement to the other and should
be so used.
In one case which I recently had the pleasure of
looking into, the manager rather prided himself on his
"stores system." "Just see," he said, "we have our
balances on hand for each item, kept on cards in the
storekeeper's office. All he has to do is to make the
proper entiy on the proper card after receiving or
issuing, then the stores issue slips go right up to my
office where the balance clerk makes a corresponding
entry on the balance sheet. There is not much chance
for any mistake, because we get a double check." As
a matter of fact, individual amounts as shown in the
bin, the storekeeper's card, and the balance sheet varied
on different articles all the way from 0 to 700 per cent.
m
V
iUvV\>.4 >i »•■■
\ «*i, O.'i. N.> ■»
• \ > .^<
■■'-■A.
V»^ • - -
\*N 1\S*« V(V\> M^* <tA \>fi* vH«kV ^^*<tM^>^ vKlf <t„S Wi^ W«
V ... it
<^W^VMW*^Kv S>WN^\WWWW V^»S'4*
«NW \«
"> ^>»V\*\\^ \U\SH\«y\\,\ \\\l»\\tt «
A \VkV>»i(\W^vi»uv*s v^r ^^♦(i* »W\iM\ \^^W* wO^v \ \u\"
^h\t^^^v^^ \\l' INmwiwovw vNt' the l^\5ttsi
^ IW t^^tW>^ ^).*U« \\o,svv 1^4:^4 <\v,^\ Hv v-'
^iR!!N 1'V s>MMWWM^Mk<«M^N ^^M Ay«»i^\ ^^ ««^ it« v*v^^
.. Uv »\»^ >i.
.H> Kv H. \
v
y- " . >Uyvs^-
iU
• >♦
'.\v
/-»>/
.W/h
Otrt I i*fM*i^l rmtusWm 'WUh Im/ff/ftn^ kfmMntfff
m
It
t*
t'r
^-Mir M^ Ifei ML M #tfM»
'WW Ww^m wW^W w^^fw »* '■•"
^ w^m stmM, ul/tKV nff
'^W^^9^l99w WWW yfWJww
' nPf Wa It/ Pl*r
. If II fcrf rf^ J^^ JAui
rifiiifMf iiiw vmpv vfw
')(/'. r r. , ,^
%
^i
///M
V,
I f
iW«r WA HiM
??
^
^
^
W///////y.
c
'>*. >l
•^ ^^.X k.J «<u t^ut/tntJ^
''.*»Hf^
w»
4< *•
4r 4iiMr
'.^^^ ■*« >|«H# 4WIAA' A» (•la*'** ** <*<» ***«♦ *»• *^- *^^ ^-»*^> ,*««*» 4#«M«*f v«««r«»
/fl«M#f ^_^ ^ ^^_
y////////.
#
:;i;^
p*^ -»'<^'
106
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
an allowance of 0.02 was called for in the nut over the
maximum major diameter of the screw. This is clearly
shown in Fig. 3. The dimensions on the nut are in
accordance with tables for Acme threads as given in
W^^^
., CVos
jpefiveen J/'c/es'
'/; orNufanciSolt)
, o'ooes
(Tolerance on
SoJf.J
. O.'OOe (Alloivance
I Betneen Bolt and Nul)
FIG. 3.
ALLOWANCE BETWEEN MATING MEMBERS FOR
TIGHT AND LOOSE FITS
the "American Machinist Handbook" with the exception
of the 0.005-in. tolerance on the diameter.
Fig. 4 shows a nut and bolt drawn in accordance
with the tables given in the handbooks and a study
will show that the parts cannot go together as every
touching surface of the bolt is the exact dimensions of
its mating part in the nut; therefore, some allowance
should be determined to permit the parts to assemble
without seizing. A difference of 5 to 10 min. in the
angle might also give good' results, but a change in the
angle for a fit other than tolerances is not recommended.
In conclusion it is earnestly hoped that some of our
leading engineering societies such as the A. S. M. E.
K- a''3iii ->|
FIG. 4.
NUT AND BOLT DRAWN IN ACCORDANCE WITH
PUBLISHED TABLES
and the S. A. E. will establish a series of allowances
and tolerances for this very practical kind of thread.
The questions of the ratio of the thread to the diameter,
minimum-hole basic, maximum-screw basic; the allow-
ance per diameter for number of threads per inch and
permissible error in lead per foot are questions that
can be answered later; but, as I said before, let some-
one come forward and give data, if only for one pitch,
for loose and tight fits between mating parts of Acme
threads.
What Is a Machine Tool?
By a. L. De Leeuw
To give a definition of a subject is to express in
words what we understand the subject to be, expressing
It m such a way that everything which meets the
definition should be included, and everything which does
not meet the definition should be excluded. For instance,
the definition of a circle is given in such a way that
any figure that answers is really a circle, and any figure
that does not entirely answer the definition would not
be considered a circle by any intelligent being. This
can be so because we ourselves are well agreed as
to what a circle is, but when there is no agreement
between ourselves as to the nature of the subject of
discussion, then there is no possibility of a satisfactory
definition. This is where the trouble lies with the
definition of machine tools. It is not that we cannot
express what we know, but that we are not agreed on
the subject. If I should try to give a definition of a
machine tool, I would do more than merely de/tne the
subject; I would really be laying down the law as to
what the world must accept as machine tools.
However, I will give here a reasonable definition of
what I consider to be a machine tool, permitting, of
course, anybody or everybody to disagree with me:
"A machine tool is a machine for the removal of
material from a piece of work, and containing
means for holding, guiding and controlling the
work, or tool, or both."
According to this definition, a punch press is a
machine tool; so is a woodworker's lathe or any other
woodworking machine. For those who believe that
machine tools should be confined to metal-working
machinery, the definition might be modified thus:
"A machine tool is a metal-working machine for
the removal of material from a piece of work, and
containing means for holding, guiding and controll-
ing the work, or tool, or both."
This definition has the disadvantage that it would not
include well-defined machine tools when they are used
on materials other than metals, for instance, a gear-
cutting machine ceases to be a machine tool when it
cuts rawhide pinions. It might be said that the gear-
cutting machine was intended as a metal-working
machine, but I do not believe in embodying anybody's
intentions in a definition which may have to be used
later on for classification. In order to overcome this
objection, the definition might be modified as follows :
"A machine tool is a machine capable of removing,
metal from a piece of work, and containing means
for holding, guiding and controlling the work, or
tool, or both."
This again has a disadvantage, in so far that any
woodworking lathe would be capable of removing metal
from a piece of work. Personally, I do not think it
necessary to distinguish between woodworking and
metal-working machines, as they merge into each other,
and for that reason I believe that the definition as
originally given is the broadest and most nearly
accurate.
In my opinion, a punch press or a shear is decidedly
a machine tool. After all, I believe that a machine
becomes a machine tool when it has a certain degree
of refinement in the means of guiding tool and work,
and that the question as to whether the metal is removed
as chips or as punchings is not of much importance.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
107
The Optical Flat - A Practical Measuring Tool
By H. L. van KEUREN
Consulting Mechanical Engineer, Boston, Mass.
When one has occasion to -purchase a yard of
cloth, he demands that the yard he pays for he
somewhere near a yard, at least within one inch
over or under a yard. In other luords, the inch
is a practical every-day unit for measuring a
yard of common commodities. However, if the
transaction involves a tract of land, say of 1,000
acres, an inch is of little consequence and the
foot is therefore used as a convenient' unit.
IN PRESENT-DAY production of machine parts,
dimensions are specified in thousandths of an inch.
Are these thousandths measured by a gage or
micrometer accurate to only a thousandth of an inch?
No, indeed, a 'finer
unit must be used;
namely, the ten-thou-
sandth. So therefore,
in the purchase of mi-
crometers, gages, and
other measuring tools,
and, in fact, produc-
tion tools, the accu-
racy is specified in
ten-thousandths of an
inch. But how is the
maker of tools, mi-
crometers and gages
to determine his ten-
thousandths of an
inch? Necessarily, he
must have a still finer
unit. Today, as a re-
sult of the application
of scientific principles
(known in the science
of Optics for many
years) to a war neces-
sity, an accomplish-
ment of our National
Bureau of Standards,
the workman can take
a most practical unit,
the hundred-thou-
sandth of an inch
(0.00001 in.) out of
the sky or from- an
electric light bulb.
Furthermore, it is
just as easy to subdivide this unit into tenths, thus
securing the millionth of an inch (0.000001 in.), as it
is to read tenths of a thousandth on an ordinary mi-
crometer.
To many, who have heard the recent discussion on
"Millionths of an Inch" and "Measurement by the
Interference of Light Waves," the whole subject seemed
far fetched and too scientific to be adapted to real
work. In fact, while the basic details are scientific,
as is the case in any real development of the present age,
the essential facts involved in the every-day use of this
most recent development, the optical flat as a meas-
FIG. 1. VERIFYING THE FLATNESS OF AN OPTICAL FLAT TO MIL-
LIONTHS OF AN INCH BY THE STRAIGHTNESS OF DARK INTER-
FERENCE BANDS, USING A MONOCHROMATIC LIGHT
uring tool, can be acquired in a very short time by any
modern workman, and the advantages to be gained are
of considerable practical importance.
Thus, deliberately and with the intention of explain-
ing to the workman, the mechanic and the toolmaker,
the every-day uses of light waves as a measuring unit,
the relatively unimportant theoretical and mathematical
phases of the subject have been eliminated in the fol-
lowing discussion. There have been included only the
really important fundamental facts and the essential
characteristics and meaning of interference bands in
every-day measuring work.
What Is an Optical Flat?
Everyone is familiar with the magnifying glass.
Good magnifiers and lenses are made of a clear white
glass known as optical
glass, and the surfaces
are parts of spheres,
accurately ground and
polished. Now, the
optical flat is really a
special form of lens,
known in optics as a
piano lens. For meas-
uring work only one
commercial piano lens
need be flat. Both
sides should be pol-
ished, or clear, so as
to be able to see
through the flat. The
side to be used is made
very accurately flat.
In fact, the ordinary
commercial piano lens
is not at all suited for
measuring work. An
optical flat, while it is
a special form of lens,
has, in the ordinary
sense, no magnifying
power ; that is, it does
not enlarge an object
viewed through it.
However, this simple
tool, having a very
accurate flat test-sur-
face, enables us to de-
tect with the eye the
occurrence of errors
or differences as small as one or two millionths of an
inch.
Flatness Tests
One of the best ways to test the flatness of a lapped
steel or other polished surface is with the optical flat.
Not only can the exact nature of the surface being
tested be seen at a glance but the test is very rapid,
requiring only the time it takes to lay the flat on the
surface being tested and to look at the condition
revealed. The exact character of every part of the
surface becomes known at once. Would you not like
108
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
to see, with your own eyes, the high points and the
low points, for instance, on the anvil or spindle of your
micrometer — or on the flat lapped parts of built-up
fixtures, gages, precision blocks and the like? This is
shown by the optical flat.
Referring directly to the matter of size blocks and
precision gages, the optical flat is a necessity in their
manufacture. Moreover, it furnishes the only available
means for the purchaser to compare their actual
accuracy with the specifications under which they were
bought. It is also of equal importance to watch the
effect of wear as regards flatness and size.
Length Measurements
The comparison of the length of a flat gage block or
combiration of gage blocks with a known standard is
easily and most accurately made with the aid of two
optical flats. Not only this, but at a glance it can
be determined whether the surfaces of the two blocks
are parallel, or how much they are out of parallel.
While the use of glass flats for optical measurements
is most easily applicable for measuring lengths estab-
lished by flat surfaces, it is possible to measure
ouite accurately the diameters of cylindrical plugs and
balls.
Thus, knowing the nature of this new measuring tool
and its important applications, the simple procedure of
its use will be explained, first by calling attention to
the essential fundamental facts regarding light, which
furnishes the unit of measurement.
Light Is a Wave Motion
In moving along a straight path from one point to
another, light travels in the form of a wave motion.
These waves have a certain length, a certain height or
amplitude, and travel at a given speed or velocity.
Different colors of light have different wave lengths.
In ordinary measuring work we are concerned not
with the amplitude or velocity, but with the length of
the wave of the particular color of light used. These
wave lengths are perfectly definite quantities which
have been very accurately determined and which can
be duplicated at any time anywhere in the world. They
are therefore an ideal measuring unit.
The average wave lengths of the different colors of
light are as follows :
Red 0.0000268 Inch
Orange 0.U000248
Yellow 0.0000228
Green 0.0000208
Blue 0.0000189
Violet 0.0000169
Daylight
Daylight, which is sometimes known as white light,
contains all of the colors and their wave lengths. The
ordinary modern electric-light bulb gives off practically
white light or the equal of daylight. As can be seen
from the above, the average wave length for daylight
is approximatly two one hundred-thousandths (0.000020
in.) or 20 millionths of an inch.
Monochromatic Light
Light which is composed of waves of only one length,
or in which one particular wave length predominates,
is known as monochromatic light or light of one color.
Such a light is given off when a particle of common
salt is held in a gas flame, in which case there results
the yellow sodium light.
If a troop of soldiers marching across a bridge are
in step the added effect of the vibrations or waves
produced in the bridge by the timed blew of each man's
foot may cause ths bridge to vibrate dangerously, while
if they are out of step the waves from the different
men interfere or counteract each other and the bridge
does not vibrate appreciable. Likewise, it is possible
to have two light waves from a given source come
together and be in step, thus causing a wave twice as
big, or they may be out of step, thus counteracting or
interfering with each other resulting in a mixture of
light or no light (darkness).
Interference Between Glass Plates
When two pieces of nearly flat plate glass are placed
together, care being taken to remove particles of dirt
and dust so that the film of air between the plates is
very thin, a series of colored interference fringes or
bands are seen in daylight. These colored bands are
due to the fact that the light reflected f"om one of the
surfaces interferes with the light reflected from the
other surface. An every-day examnle is cited in the
colors which often occur after washing windows with
water containing kerosene. The interference of the
light reflected from the surface of the window with
that reflected from the thin film of kerosene cause the
colors.
Now, the interference resulting between two plates,
when viewed in monochromatic light or light of one
color, is a series of alternate light and dark spaces,
rather than a series of colors as is the case with
daylight. For simplicity, therefore, the explanations
which follow will be made with reference to the use
of a monochromatic light having a wave length 0.00002
in. The light and dark spaces resulting from inter-
ference with monochromatic light are known as inter-
ference fringes or bands. For our purpose the dark
bands will be referred to in most cases. It is with
these bands that we are concerned. They locate the
occurrence of our unit of measurement, the hundred
thousandth of an inch, and they tell the whole story.
Straight Bands Mean Flat Surface
In Fig. 1,. which shows a source of monochromatic
light, the operation of verifying the flatness of a 2-in.
diameter optical flat is shown. The large bottom glass
is an 8-in. master flat — one which has been previous'y
tested by checking three surfaces together as is the
procedure with ordinary cast-iron surface plates. The
fact that the bands seen in Fig. 1 are straight indicates
that the contacting surface of the 2-in. glass is optically
flat. This important fact, that — "straight bands mean
a flat surface" is simply a matter of geometry is quite
evident when it is knowTi just how the bands occur.
Dark Bands Indicate Steps of 0.00001 In.
As previously stated, the average wave length of
light is 0.00002 in., and it is a proved scientific fact
that the dark interference bands between two nearly
flat and parallel contacting surfaces occur when the
distance between the two surfaces is *, 1, li, 2, 2}, 3,
or an even number of half-wave lengths. Therefore the
dark interference bands show vertical distances between
the two surfaces of 0.00001 in., 0.00002 in., 0.00003 in.,
0.00004 in., 0.00005 in., 0.00006 in. and so on, each
dark band locating a step of one hundredth-thousandths
or 10 mi'lionths of an inch. This is strictly true when
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
109
looking directly down on the surfaces and practically
true when viewed at a slight angle.
Thus the contacting or under surface of the 2-in.
flat in Fig. 1 is not parallel to the upper surface of
the 8-in. master flat. In fact, it is in contact at but
one point; namely, at the right, and the wedge of air
between the two surfaces is sloping upward to the left.
This wedge of air is as many units of 0.00001 in. thick
at the left as we can count bands starting from point
of contact at the right. Thus, counting about 14
bands in the photograph, there is approximately 0.00014
in. vertical distance at the thickest part of the wedge
ot air.
Bands Run Perpendicular to Direction of Wedge
When a series of straight interference bands occur
between two flat contacting surfaces these surfaces are
not paralel, but there is always a wedge of air between
them. This wedge of air may be made to slope in any
direction desired, by applying pressure where it is
desired to have the point of the wedge. Thus the bands
may be made to run in any desired direction, but always
at right angles or perpendicular to the direction of
the slope of the wedge.
Number of Bands Show Steepness of Wedge
The number of bands which occur between two flat
surfaces has nothing to do with the accuracy of these
surfaces. In fact, the bands may be made as close
together as desired simply by lifting or raising the
upper glass opposite the point of contact. This is simply
opening up the wedge of air, making more steps of
FIG. 2. EX.^GGERATED CONDITION SHO^^^XG OPTTCAL,
FLAT MAKING ANGULAR CONTACT WITH FLAT GAGE
BLOCK. STR.\IGHT INTERFERENCE BANDS INDICATE
FLAT GAGE SURFACES. BANDS LOCATE VERTICAL
STEPS OF 0.00001 IN. BETWEEN CON-
TACTING SURFACES
0.00001 in., and consequently more bands occur. Con-
versely, by applying a downward pressure both at the
point of contact and at the thick part of the wedge,
it is made thinner and the steps, as located by the
bands, become farther apart.
If the surfaces are accurately flat, they can be brought
together so close that the- distance at any point is less
than 0.00001 in., and the bands disappear. Thus, when
a flat gage block is wrung on a glass flat, it is gen-
erally in intimate contact, being held on the flat by
a very thin film of moisture or grease within two or
three millionths of an inch. If both surfaces are flat,
no bands or colors will appear when viewed in mon-
ochromatic light or in daylight.
While the flatness of two surfaces can be determined
by the lack of bands or interference colors when wrung
together, t h i .i
test is not as
sensitive as de-
termining the
flatness by the
straightness of
the bands, inas-
much as the
force exerted by
the film of mois-
ture or other
liquid causing
them to adhere
will warp either
the gage block,
the -lotical flat
or both, thus
FIG. 3. A GAGE THAT IS FLAT WITHIN ^'ving the ap-
A MILLIONTH OF AN INCH pearance of per-
fect flatness
when such is not the case. For the sake of further
explanation the perspective sketch in Fig. 2 shows,
greatly exaggerated, the condition which exists when a
series of interference bands occurs between two flat
surfaces. For simplicity in drawing there is shown a
square optical flat in contact with one edge of a square
gage block, and the angle or wedge between the glass
rnd the gage is very much too large.
In Fig. 2 there is indicated the vertical distance
of 0.00001 in., which is detected by the first band, and
similarly the vertical distance of 0.00002 in. corre-
sponding to the second band. Inasmuch as the test glass
is flat, and as every point on the first band is the
same distance from the contacting edge all of the little
triangles A, B and C are equal. Thus it follows by
geometry that "straight bands mean a flat surface,"
as these triangles could be equal only if the surface
of the gage was flat.
The Bands Are Not Light Waves
At this point the reader will be cautioned against an
occasional misunderstanding sometimes obtained in fol-
lowing an explanation on light wave measurement.
Remembering that the light wave is a very small quan-
tity (0.00002 in.), it is evident that the bands, which
are a very noticeable distance apart, say J or i in., are
not the light waves. The bands simply show the
places where interference occurs at distances between
the two surfaces of A-wave length intervals or multiples
thereof.
Flat Within a Millionth
In Fig. 3 there are shown the bands occurring in the
flatness test of a precision gage block produced by the
writer. The bands are practically straight and uniform
to within A of the distance betwen the center line of
any two adjacent bands. The gage in question is
110
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
therefore flat to within A of our unit of measurement,
the half-wave length (0.000010 in.), or within 0.000001
in. (one millionth of an inch) .
Complete Flatness Test
The expert can tell, with one setting, if a surface
being tested is flat, but even then it is more dependable
to place the glass test-flat on the gage twice, causing
the bands in the second test to run at right angles to
their direction in the first test.
This is done because, if the surface being tested is
very slightly cylindrical, and by chance the bands were
first made to run in the same direction as the axis of
the cylinder, straight bands having an uneven spacing
would occur, and this unevenness in spacing might pass
unnoticed. However, when the bands are made to run
at right angles to the axis of the cylinder they show
the exact amount of curvature of this cylindrical
surface.
Curved Bands Show Curved Surface
It follows, of course, that if straight bands show a
flat surface, that curved bands show a curved surface.
Not only is this statement true, but in addition the
curvature and shape of the bands show at a glance
the exact nature of the surface, whether it be
convex, concave, cylindrical, spherical or irregular, and,
moreover, the amount of error is easily determined.
Anyone famil-
iar with the
meaning of a
profile or con-
tour map of a
hill can realize
an exact analogy
of the meaning
of interference
bands occurring
between two
surfaces. The
only difference
is that in the
case of the con-
tour map the
irregularly
shaped lines,
which indicate a
change of eleva-
tion or height of
the ground at the points on the contour lines, represent
steps of 100 or 1,000 ft., depending on the scale of the
map; v/hile the interference bands show differences of
elevation of only 0.00001 in. See Fig. 5, at E.
The gage shown in Fig. 4, as determined from the
curvature of the bands and the location of the point
of contact is convex, being high in the center and low
FIG. 4. A GAGE THAT IS NOT FLAT.
CURVED BANDS SHOW THAT NEAR
AND FAR EDGES ARE LOWER THAN
THE MIDDLE BY ONE BAND INDI-
CATING A UNIT OF 0.00001 IN.
i
1
^^■l
J
FIG. 6. A REJECTED GAGE BLOCK.
THE NEAR RIGHT-HAND
CORNER IS LOW
at the edges. The glass flat rests on the gage in contact
with the right-hand edge and is sloping upward
from the gage toward the left. The point of
contact is located on the same side of the bands as
the center of curva-
ture of the bands.
Thus the following
rule applies:
When the point
of contact, between
the test glass and
the surface being
tested, is located on
the same side of the
curved bands as their
center of curvature,
the surface is con-
vex. In the same
way, with the points
of contact remaining
the same as in Fig.
4, and with bands
having just the re-
verse of the curvature shown, the surface would be
low in the center and high on the edges, or a concave
surface. Thus we have the rule applying to a concave
surface :
When the points of contact, between the test glass
and the surface being tested, are located on the
opposite side of the bands from their center of curva-
ture, the surface is concave.
Most surfaces produced supposedly as flat are found,
when in error, to be convex rather than concave. This
is due to the difficulty in holding the edges of a surface
in a true plane.
Amount of Flatness Error
Knowing that curved bands indicate a curved surface
and the nature of the curvature, it is of importance
to know just how much the surface is in error. Refer-
ring again to Fig. 4, it will be noted that the bands
curve just about the distance between the center lines
of any two bands. Now, as previously explained, each
band indicates a vertical step of 0.00001 in. between
the two surfaces, and since the bands curve the distance
between them, the edge is lower than the center by one
band or one unit of 0.00001 in. or ten millionths of
an inch.
Another way of presenting the condition is as follows:
In Fig. 4 the glass makes contact at the right-hand edge
of the gage, and is sloping upward to the left 0.00001 in.
per band. Now, looking at the second dark band, it
is found that this band occurs in the middle of the
gage, which is high, about I in. from the contacting
edge, while at the front and back edges, which are low,
the second band occurs sooner, or about i in. from the
^
ABC
FIG. 5. DIFFERENT CONDITIONS AND DEGREES OF SURFACE ERROR.
CONTACT WITH FLAT
Spofs-
O E
HEAVY LINES INDICATE EDGE IN
A, Convex surface — side edge-s low 5 millionths. B, Convex surface — Side edges low 10 millionths. C, Nearly flat — Side edges
low or rounded 5 millionths. D, Surface both convex and concave — Hollow in center, higher each side of center and lower
at side edges. Error 3 millionth.^. E. Note 2 high spots witii 12 bands between, indicating a valley 6 bands or 60 millionths deep.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
111
FIG. 7. COMPARING LENGTHS OP
TWO GAGES. GAGE AT LEFT IS
THE SHORTER BT J B.\ND OR
5 MXLLIONTHS OP AN INCH
contacting edge. The bands being i in. apart, the front
and back edges are therefore low by one unit or
0.00001 in.
Fig. 5 shows different conditions and degrees of
surface error at
A, B, C, etc.
The rejected gage
block shown in Fig.
6 is an example of
an irregular sur-
face. The point of
contact in this case
is on the near edge
of the gage but is
confined near the
left-hand corner, and
the glass is sloping
upward toward: the
far edge or back of
the gage. Note that
the gage is convex
and that the curva-
ture at the right
near corner of the
gage is very pronounced. This particular corner is
2i bands or 0.000025 in. lower than the left near comer.
Halfway back the bands do not curve more than the
distance between them, and the edges are therefore
lower than the center of the gage by not more than
0.00001 in. or ten millionths of an inch.
Counting Millionths
In practice it is usually most convenient to estimate
the variations in the surface in tenths of a band. These
tenths of a band, when the wave length used is 0.00002
in., correspond to millionths of an inch. If a wave
length is used which is appreciably different it is neces-
sary to multiply the variations of tenths of a band by
a factor in order to get the result in millionths. How-
ever, the use of an even equivalent of 10 millionths
of an inch per band is quite satisfactory for every-day
purposes. Thus errors of h band are recorded as 5, one
band as 10, 2 bands as 20, and 5 bands as 50 millionths
of an inch.
Length Measurements
In comparing the length of a flat-end measure or
gage, or a combination of gage blocks, with a known
standard of the same nominal length, the process is
quite as simple as that of testing flatness. This oper-
ation is shown in Fig. 7.
The block to be tested and the known standard are
wrung on a glass flat side by side. They can thus come
very close to being at the same temperature. A second
optical flat is then laid on top of the two gages. In
this case, consider the gage at the right as the standard
and the one at the left as the unknown or the one beijig
tested for length. Now, as shown in the illustration,
the glass is in contact with the standard at a point
near the observer and is sloping upward to the further
edge of the gages. The pronounced light spots near
the observer on the gages indicate contact. Note fur-
ther that the bands on the unknown gage, at the left,
occur about i a band lower dovm on the wedge than
those on the standard gage.
It is quite evident that if the two gages, shown
wrung on a lower glass flat, were both of exact and
uniform thickness, that the upper surface of one gage
would simply be a continuation of the surface of the
other gage. Then any bands which might occur on one
gage would occur exactly the same way on the other.
Thus, with the upper flat in contact with both gages
the bands are made to cross both gages, if they match
each other, the gages are the same thickness or length.
The Shorter Gage
The shorter gage is easily identified, as its point of
contact with the upper optical flat will be located lower
down on the slope of the wedge than the point of con-
tact of the longer gage. Also, if the upper surfaces
of the two gages are parallel, each succeeding band
from the point of contact of the shorter gage with the
upper flat, will be located an equal distance lower down
on the wedge than the corresponding bands on the
longer gage.
Thus, referring to Fig. 7, the bands on the unknown
gage at the left, occur about J band lower down on
the wedge than the corresponding band (take in each
case first, second, third, etc., band from the point of
contact) on the standard. The gqge at the left is
therefore 5 millionths of an inch shorter than the
standard.
It is well to establish the practice of always determin-
ing the amount one gage is shorter than the other.
This procedure avoids confusion. Thus, if the unknown
gage is shorter than the standard, its error is directly
determined ; and* if the standard is shorter than the
unknown gage, it is known at once that the unknown
gage is that much too long.
Determining an Error on Several Bands
In comparing two pieces which differ by as much as
one ten thousandth of an inch or ten bands, no par-
ticular difficulty is encountered. When such a difference
exists, this difference is determined by counting from
the point of contact on the shorter gage, the number of
bands to the point of contact on the longer gage. The
same difference (providing that the upper surfaces of
the two gages are parallel) can be found by referring to
the first band from the point of contact on each gage,
the second band on each gage, or the third, etc.
The procedure is illustrated in Fig. 8. The upper flat
is brought in contact with both gages. As shown, the
upper flat is making contact with the right-hand corner
of each gage, and is sloping upward toward the further
left-hand corners. Thus, in the top view, it will be
noted that 3i bands occur from the point of contact
on the shorter gage to the point of contact on the
unknown gage. Therefore the standard gage is 3i
Arrows from points of
confacf show olirecHon
of wedge
UNKNOWN
GAGE
STANDARD
6AGF
LOWER FLAT
"Zi Bands
FIG 8 COMPARING TWO GAGES WHOSE DIFFERENCE
IN LENGTH IS SEVERAL BANDS. THE STANDARD GAGE3
IS 3J BANDS OK 35 MILLIONTHS OF AN IN'CH
SHORTER THAN THE UNKNOWN GAGE
112
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
bands shorter than the unknown gage, which conse-
quently is 0.000035 in. long.
When the bands on one gage run parallel to those
on the other, as is the case in Figs. 7 and 8, it means
that both upper surfaces of the gages, as they are
wrung on the lower glass flat, are parallel It is evident
that lack of parallelism would in reality be due to the
fact that a gage was thinner at one edge than at the
other. Thus the bands would tend to bend toward the
point of contact at the edge of the gage, which hap-
pened to be the thinner. For a complete test of parallel-
ism, it is necessary to make the test twice, turning
one gage in the second test 90 deg. or at a right angle
to its position in the first test.
Testing Separately Flatness, Length and
Parallelism
If we had a mechanical means of testing the thickness
of a flat gage block at several places, when all the meas-
urements and records had been made, we would have
on paper a mass of figures. From these figures it
would be difficult indeed to determine which, if either,
of the two surfaces was curved, or whether the thick-
ness of the piece simply varied at the point measured.
However, with the optical flat we can extend our vision,
use our eyes, so to speak, ascertain and separate the
errors of flatness, thickness or length, and parallelism
at a glance. This separation of errors is in itself a
valuable asset.
MEAStTRiNG Plugs and Balls
While the detailed explanation of the procedure for
measuring the diameters of plugs and balls, will not be
included in the present discussion, these measurements
can be quite effectively and accurately made with the
aid of two optical flats. Briefly, the method involves
the use of a flat standard gage block of the same
nominal length as the plug or ball to be measured. By
placing both the block and plug, or ball, between the
two glass flats, there can be determined, by the slope
of the glasses, as shown by the interference bands on
the flat gage block, the difference between the diameter
of the plug, or ball, and the thickness of the gage
block.
; Important Hijles
It is believed that the following rules, summarizing
the foregoing explanations, will be helpful in gaining
experience and proficiency in the use of the optical flat
for shop measurements:
1. If at all possible use monochromatk light or light of
one color. In the absence of other information use the
average value of the wave length as g'.ven above for the
light chosen. Remember that each band corresponds to J
wave length.
2. Daylight can be used quite satisfactorily for flatness
tests. Estimate bands from color to color and use the
approximation of one band per 10 millionths of an inch.
3. Straight bands mean a flat surface, and conversely,
curved bands mean a curved surface.
4. Ordinarily when a series of bands occurs between two
flat surfaces, there is always a wedge of air between them.
5. The bands always run at right angles to the direction
of the center-line of the wedge.
6. The number of bands indicate the steepness of the
wedge, which increases in thickness from the point of con-
tact, an amount of i wave length per band.
7. The bands are not light waves but simply show the
points where the light waves interfere. With monochro-
matic light the dark bands are the result of interfering
waves, and the light spaces are the result of reinforcing
light waves.
8. Be sure in flatness tests to Inspect surfaces twice —
the second time making tlie bands run at right angles to
their direction in the first test.
9. On a convex surface the point of contact, between the
test glass and the surface being tested, is located on the
same side of the curved bands as the center of curvature.
In practice, a pronounced light spot will indicate the point
of contact.
10. On a concave surface the point jf contact between
the test glass and the surface being tested, is located on
the opposite side of the bands from the center of curvature.
11. In recording variations or errors estimate tenths of
the distance between the center lines of adjacent bands.
12. If two gages which are wrung on a bottom glass flat
are both of equal and uniform thickness or length, the
bands seen through the top flat crossing both gages will
be parallel and exactly match up. The upper flat should,
of course, make contact with both gages.
13. In comparing lengths always determine Which is the
shorter gage. On this gage the point of contact and each
succeeding band will occur lower down on the wedge than
those on the longer gage.
14. The lack of parallelism of the upper surfaces of two
gages which have been wrung on a lower flat is detected
by lack of parallelism of the bands on the two surfaces.
15. The complete test for parallelism of two gages re.
quires two tests, the second test being made with one ol
the gages turned 90 deg. or at a right angle to its position
in the first test.
16. If two surfaces are properly wrung together, they
are held in intimate contact by a very thin film of liquid
within 2 or 3 millionths of an inch, and are too close for
bands to occur if the surfaces are flat.
17. The presence of interference colors sometimes seen
between a glass flat and a gage which is wrung on the flat,
indicates that the wringing is not perfect or that the gage
surface is not flat. This test is not recommended as the
tension of the liquid which causes the two surfaces to wring,
distorts either the gage or the glass flat or both.
Thus it can be said that, with the optical flat, a
very simple measuring tool, we are literal'y and figur-
atively not working in the dark, but in reality are using
light as a standard of measurement in a most accurate,
rapid and practical manner.
When we can measure a piece we can duplicate it,
and thus, by the application of these esfeential facts
resulting from scientific endeavor, we have increased
our ability to improve manufactured products- -from
the original reference standard to the crankshaft of an
automobile. Is this not, therefore, a step forward in
the world's industrial progress?
Standard Sizes for Shafting
The desirability of reducing the number of sizes of
shafting and in consequence the number of parts of
power-transmission equipment that must be carried in
stock has long been recognized. It remained for the
conditions of the war, however, to bring about definite
action in this regard, from the standpoint of the con-
servation of materials. The activities of the Committee
of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers on
War Industries Readjustment brought to light the fact
that an immense amount of steel is continuously tied up
in manufacturers' and dealers' stocks of shafting and
that a corresponding amount of cast iron is also held in
stock in the form of hangers, bearings, couplings, col-
lars, bushings, pulleys, etc. At the suggestion of the
chairman of the Committee on War Industries Read-
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
118
justment, therefore, a committee was formed to investi-
gate the subject of the standardization of shafting sizes.
The personnel of this committee is as follows:
Cloyd M. Chapman, chairman; Hunter Morrison,
Russell E. Nelles. George N. Van Derhoef. Louis W.
Williams.
This committee was confronted with two distinct but
closely related problems, viz., the standardization of
the Jiameters of shafting used for the transmission of
power, such as lineshafts, countershafts, etc., and the
standardization of the diameters of shafting used by
machinery manufacturers in making up their product.
The first of these problems seemed to be the simpler'
of the two. While a large number of sizes of trans-
mission shafting are now listed and stocked, it
was believed that a comparatively few of these are
in extensive general use. Accordingly, a letter was
sent to thirty-six of the largest manufacturers and
dealers in transmission shafting asking for statistics
on the consumption of each size of shafting handled by
them. Some twenty of the largest concerns in the in-
dustry furnished complete statements of their sales
over periods of time chosen by themselves. These data
were reduced by the committee to a uniform basis of
percentages. The amount of each size sold was ex-
pressed as a percentage of the total sales, both on a
weight basis and on a lineal foot basis. From these
data plotted in the form of a diagram, it was very evi-
dent which of the sizes were popular and generally used
and which were more rarely called for. A tentative list
of twelve sizes was prepared from this diagram and sent
to forty-six dealers in transmission shafting and shaft-
ing supplies from whom twenty replies were received.
In the letters to these firms, the committee expressed
the opinion that the custom of using shafting A in.
under the unit sizes is so firmly and so nearly universally
established in this country, that it would be unwise to
attempt to adopt sizes in even inches and fractions as
standard. It was pointed out, also, that certain sizes
stand out preeminently as "popular sizes" and that
others are sold in relatively small quantities. It seemed
very feasible to select a series of standard sizes which
would meet the popular demand and give a sufficient
selection of sizes for general purposes and at the same
time reduce the number of sizes now listed by the trade
from some fifty or sixty down to twelve or fifteen.
The response to these letters was hearty and prac-
tically unanimous in opinions. The transmission-shaft-
ing users and dealers, almost to the last one, approved
the plan of standardization and the sizes suggested were
very generally approved except that the diameters Hi
in. and 2fii in. were in many cases requested to be
included. After due consideration the committee de-
cided to include these two sizes in the original list,
making 14 sizes now adopted as standard.
The second problem was a more intricate one. The
number of sizes now produced by the rolling mills for
use in machinery is very large. Almost every sixty-
fourth of every inch up to three inches is drawn. This
means excessive equipment at the mills and large stocks
in the warehouses. If a reasonable number of these
sizes could be eliminated or classed as "Specials" and a
comparatively few sizes selected as standard or stock
sizes a great saving would thus be effected and a valu-
able service performed.
In order to get the opinions of leading consumers of
shafting for machinery purposes, the committee decided
to lay the plan before some 225 large consumers of this
material and invite their comment upon ts desirability
or feasibility and their advice as to the eize interval
between standard diameters which should be considered.
It was explained that it was not intended that the
adoption of certain sizes as standard should make it
impossible to secure any other size required on special
order; but that the general elimination of a great number
of the sizes now in use and the consequent greatly in-
creased production of the standard sizes could only tend
to a reduction of mill ccsts and capital invested in manu-
facturers' equipment and in stocks in warehouses. Both
«f these savings should have a lowering effect upon the
price to the consumer and the problem was, therefore,
truly one of conservation.
In the case of machinery shafting the users were
equally unanim.ous in their approval of the plan to
standardize sizes, but recommendations as to size inter-
val varied greatly. However, these recommendations,
in so far as they were definite and specific enough, were
tabulated and a diagram constructed showing the rela-
tive popularity of the various size increments for each
inch of diameter.
With these data accumulated and lifted down to
usable form the committee felt that it was in a position
to present its information and preliminary deductions
to representatives of other interested organizations.
Accordingly, invitations were issued to twelve societies
and associations requesting them to consider the pro-
posed lists of standard sizes and to appoint representa-
tives to confer with the committee before its report was
finally formulated. The seven organizations listed below
responded and the standard sizes which follow have the
unanimous approval of these representatives and, as far
as can be learned, of their associations.
American Hardware Manufacturers' Association.
American Railway Engineering Association.
American Supply and Machinery Manufacturers'
Association,
National Association of Manufacturers of the
U. S. A.
National Association of Purchasing Agents.
National Machine Tool Builders' Association.
Southern Supply and Machinery Dealers' Associa-
tion.
The committee then considered that it had completed
the first part of the work to which it had been assigned,
so 3n January 14 submitted to the council a progress
report in which it recommended the approval and adopn
tion of the following lists cf sizes as standard:
Transmission Shafting:
il in.; It's in.; 1-k in.; Hi in.; 11! in.; 2 A in.;
2^e in.; 2!J in.; 3 A in.; 315 in.: 4 A in.; 4^i in.;
5tSi in.; and 515 in.
Machinery Shafting:
Size intervals extending tc 2i in., by sixteenth
inches; from 2i in., to 4 in., inclusive, by eighth
inches ; from 4 in., to 6 in., by quarter inches.
The Council approved the report and accepted the recom-
mendations.
In the opinion of the committee the adoption of
standard sizes of shafting will mean that in the future
there will be a gradual elimination of odd sizes from
makers' lists and from dealers' stocks, and for new con-
struction only standard sizes would be selected.
Before undertaking the standardization of the shaft-
ing formulas and the dimensions of shafting keys and
keyways the committee plans to reorganize itself and
add to its membership. — Mechanical Engineering.
114
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
A Grinding Attachment for a Milling Machine
By jack FINLAY
Toolroom Foreman, Commonwealth Small Arms Factory,
Lithgrow, New South Wales, Australia
This article describes a special grinding attach-
ment for use on a milling machine, it being de-
signed for accurate toolroom work on gages.
Because of the wide range of utility of the device,
a complete set of drawings for its construction
are here given.
IN MAKING gages for rifle manufacture, many cases
arise in which it is necessary to grind holes in pieces
that are too long to s.wing in either a universal
grinder or lathe, or so unwieldly that the time required
for setting up is long in comparison with that taken
for grinding. In order to care for this circumstance
the device described here was developed in the tool-
room of a small-arms factory and it has proven itself
to be very useful.
Fig. 1 shows the grinding attachment in use, it being
designed to fit a Brown & Sharpe No. 2 plain milling
machine. The part A, which is held in a vise on the
milling machine table while it is being ground, is a gage
used on the front end of the trigger-guard seating of
a rifle. In this particular case, the attachment is very
handy, as it is possible to apply the reference gage to
the gage being made, indicate by the reference gage and
then remove it and grind the hole in the new gage.
® @ § ^<^ ®-^rj
2 Scretvs
3/6" lli^
4 n
-i'/fi*
4 ••
**'.ft'
^ "
*WA*t'
/ Oiler
No. 1
Z Ball ffacts
R.L.S
1
FIG. 1. FRONT VIEVir OF THE ATTACHMENT IN USE
.DumoreJ \ O
electric mofoi
® (8) @'
&■'■
Com Adjustment PxarH
FIG. 3. ASSEMBLY OF THE ATTACHMENT, PLAN VIEW
which is held in the vise. It is an easy matter to "indi-
cate" a job with this arrangement by means of the ver-
tical and longitudinal movements of the milling machine
table.
Construction of the Fixture
While Fig. 1 shows a front elevation of the attach-
ment. Fig. 2 is an assembly drawing of it, showing the
plan view, and Fig. 3 gives the dimensioned details of
all parts. These parts are numbered the same in each
flgure, and hence will be referred to by the numbers
indicated in the cuts.
During grinding the power feed of the saddle is used
to give a reciprocating motion to the work. The spindle
A carrying the grinding wheel is run by the motor B,
and it is also caused to rotate eccentrically in order to
provide the feed for the grinding wheel. This latter
motion is imparted from the spindle of the milling
machine by the gear 10, as will be explained later.
Part i is a casting which clamps on the face of the
column of the milling machine by means of gib 5 and
forms the housing in which Part 2 revolves, a running
fit being made. At the rear end of 2 is fitted a fiber
thrust washer 12 and a split nut 9, by means of which
wear can be taken up. At the extreme end of 2 is fitted
gear 13, which is driven by gear 10 on the spindle of
the miller. The bushes 2 and 3 are both bored out with
an eccentricity of 1 in., 3 fitting inside of 2. The cone
bushing 6 fits on the rear end of 3, any wear being taken
up by the adjusting nut 11.
The Eccentric Motion
On the outside of 3 is cut a straight-toothed worm-
wheel, with which the worm 19 meshes. The worm is
keyed to the miter-gear shaft 21, which runs in the
bushes 20 and 17. Bushes 20 and 16 fit in the hole
drilled at right angles to the main axis of ;?, 16 being
secured in place by a setscrew. Since J 7 is threaded in
16 it is possible to adjust the position of the bevel gear
21 by turning bush 17. Referring to Fig. 2, it can be
seen that miter gear 21 engages miter gear 22. on the
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
116
Washer (Fibre)
(Eccentric Bushingy outer)
Clearance Cut Q§) s^-rew
K. '^■/Topi'alam. l'„^ ^d
Bushing (M.S.) Bushing (Brass)
©Outride diam. ■ 0.54? /f?!
Diam.pitcti.se ^
Pitcti Siam.-O.iii No.ofteett7.ia
Diam. pitch -iS^r,
Pitch diam.-S' ,„ ,. • o^ ,i
No. of teeth -60 GBar.(Machine Stee/J
(Drive eccentric, outer)
Worm pitch -O.IS? fls)
y ^vw;-;^j ^ _
twi'dia. Space (gl "■/'/yrt rf/om. -(2550
Worm (Brass)
@
Spoic« Collar
To suit No. I, Woodruff key
:Mlf (Q)
HT^ K^-I I< ti'-^^i'^^ Outride _^
Bushing ('fimas; Bevel Gear W .5,) <i'am.OSf
^fdiam. screw 26t.p. /,
Bevel Gear (m:s.)
^ ' ll'lil
Bushing (Srassf
' Pitch diamrO.iii
No. of teeth -tz.
.►5,
//' >t* \ ii-"
1
!
1
i
>i/V >ti1<-
sz:
■si'
,1/; >J/!= >^'< ■>i|5
Motor Platform (/^ac/iine StacO
®
FIG. 3. DIMENSIONED DETAIL DRAWINGS OF THE PARTS OF A GRINDING ATTACHilENT FOR A NO. 2 B. & S.
MILLING MACHINE
116
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
shaft of which the space collar 23 and the bush 2k fit.
Bush 2U is screwed into the front face of 2 and secured
in the proper position by a setscrew. When shaft 22, see
Fig. 1, is turned by means of an internal wrench, bush
3 is caused to revolve slowly in bush 2, thus making it
possible to vary the eccentricity of the spindle from zero
to i in.
In each end of 3 an S.K.F. ball bearing, size R.L.5,
is fitted, the spindle U running on these and the rear
bearing being held in place by the washer 7. End
thrust is taken by the rear ball race, which is held in
place by means of the collar 8 on one side of it and the
aluminum driving pulley i^ on the other. The front end
of spindle U is ground out to a No. 3 Jarno taper and is
threaded also, so that arbors hold by screwing in and
pulling up on the taper.
The Drive
The spindle is driven by a small Dumore electric mo-
tor, a rubber driving belt, which accommodates itself
to the eccentric movement of the spindle, being used
between pulleys lU and 15. Thus the drive of the
spindle and its feed, or eccentric rotation, are entirely
independent, and any speed of the milling machine may
be used to revolve 2. To vary the amount of eccentric
rotation it is necessary to stop the drive of the milling
machine and to turn shaft 22, as before explained,
although the motor B, may continue to run.
With this attachment, grinding jobs which were really
quite awkward have been done with ease, due largely
to the wide range of movements of the miller table and
knee.
Hardening Teeth in Flywheels
By Fred H. Colvin
Editor, American Machinist
The advent of the electric starter has introduced new
problems in motor manufacture, one of these being the
wear and breakage of the gear teeth cut in the flywheel
where this type of starter is used. Various methods of
overcoming this difficulty are used by different manu-
facturers, including the fastening of a separate steel
ring-gear on the flywheel, both for the purpose of tak-
ing the wear and allowing renewal should it ever become
necessary. Repair men usually find the maximum wear
at two opposite points on a four-cylinder engine, and at
three points on a six-cylinder engine, this being due to
the fact that the engine normally stops at these points
due to the compression in the cylinders.
The Fierce-Arrow Method
A few builders are using cast-steel flywheels, the
harder material presenting greater resistance to wear
than cast iron. The Fierce-Arrow company goes this
one better by using a cast-steel wheel and hardening
the teeth as shown in Figs. 1 and 2. The complete
apparatus is shown in Fig. 1, this consisting of a water-
tight tank in which the flywheel A is mounted as shown.
The oxy-acetylene torch B heats the teeth locally. After
the teeth are heated sufficiently for hardening, the wheel
is turned in the direction of the arrow by a ratchet C,
this being operated by the small electric motor D. This
arrangement heats and hardens the teeth as they pass
the torch and has been found more satisfactory than any
other method. It does not seem to distort the flywheel
as might be supposed, and has proved to be a very satis-
factory arrangement.
Fig. 2 shows the position of the heating torch with
relation to the teeth, the flame being applied very close
to the surface of the water.
Drilling Out 88 Cu.In. of Cast Iron
Per Minute
The Cleveland Twist Drill Co.. during its drilling
exhibitions at Atlantic City in connection with the ex-
hibit of the Railway Supply Manufacturers Association,
held on Young's Pier, June 9 to 16, accomplished the
following wonderful drilling: With a ll-in. diameter
milled high-speed drill they attained a drilling speed of
72 in. per minute' in cast iron. The peripheral speed
was 235 ft. per minute and the feed 0.10 in. per revolu-
tion. The drill stood up for a total of 15 in. This means
that the metal was being removed at the rate of 88 cu.in.,
or 23 lb. per minute.
In tests on machinery steel with the same kind and
size of drill, the maximum rate attained was 24.54 cu.in.,
or 7 lb. per minute. A depth of 3 in. was drilled.
Such rates of drilling cannot be practiced in commer-
cial work, and are noteworthy chiefly in that they demon-
strate the ultimate possibilities of these high-speed
drills, and indicate that drilling practice has not reached
the highest efficiency in many plants.
FIG. 1. THE FLYWHEEL-HARDENING OUTFIT
FIG. 2. SHOWING POSITION OF BURNER
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
117
Powell
Eaning Machines
About forty years ago a i^mall planing machine
was exhibited at the Mechanics Institute, Boston,
atid a little later a similar machine was installed
at Girard College, Philadelphia, tvhere it is still
in use. These machines ivere the first of a type
that has been manufactured continuously, pass-
ing through many developments and culminating
in the present-day design that is here described.
A LTHOUGH Powell planing machines had been manu-
l\ factured for many years under different names, it
X A. was not until August, 1908, that the "Hy-speed-
cut" type was introduced by the Powell Machine Co.,
Worcester, Mass. Prior to this date the machine was
known simply as a well-built tool of good design and
standard construction, but with the introduction of the
patented accelerating drive feature, it attracted much
favorable attention both in this country and in Europe
where it was exhibited and demonstrated.
As a matter of passing interest and to illustrate the
progress that has taken place, planing machines built
1
•
^
i
t
<
1
J
^y E.L.Dunn
ASSOOATE EDIT0R,At1ERJCA11 tlACHINIST
by A. M. Powell in 1881 and 1884 are shown in Figs.
1 and 2. As a comparison Fig. 3 shows a 48 in. x 17 ft.
machine of latest design, for belt drive. Tne accelerat-
ing drive is the logical result of a study of the diffi-
J
•
I^BJBS^^i^^^^ylkis tWIiS^^^J^
FIG.
ONE OF THK TYPES BUILT IN 1884
FIG. 1. THE FIRST MACHINE BUILT IN 1881
culties of planing machine operation and is based on
the theory that planing speed is limited principally
because of the hammer-like blows received by the tool
when starting the cut, and to the excessive power re-
quired to reverse a fast moving table.
Difficulties of Planing Machine Drive
In cutting cast iron, using the best grades of high-
speed steel for the cutting tools, the generally accepted
economical speed varies from 30 to 50 ft. per min.,
while for some other metals the speed may be increased
to 60 ft. or more. The density of hardnes.s of the
material to be cut determines very materially the proper
cutting speed. At these higher speeds the blow which
the tool receives when entering the work shortly dulls
its cutting edge, as the intensity of the blow varies
according to the square of the velocity.
As the return stroke of a planing machine represents
practically dead loss, it is customarily operated at a
greatly increased speed over that of the cutting stroke.
However, a slight increase in the cutting speed is of
118
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
FIG. 3. TYPICAL "HY-SPEED-CUT" PLANING MACHINE
more relative importance as the net gain is greater.
For instance, with a cutting speed of 30 ft. per min.
and a return speed of 90 ft. per min. the actual time
consumed in doing the work would be the same as if a
continuous cutting speed of 22.5 per rain, was used. To
increase this speed to 25 ft. per min. the reverse speed
would have to be increased 66 per cent, or 150 ft. per
min., whereas the same results could be obtained by
increasing the actual cutting speed 16 per cent, amount-
ing to 35 ft. per min.
The power required to reverse a planing machine
table varies, according to conditions, from three to six
times the power required for the cut, this being due
principally to both the flywheel effect of the pulleys
and the momentum of the table. To meet the excessive
power requirement due to the reverse, flywheels have
sometimes been used on the continuous running over- a bicycle. The high-speed pulley, however, is keyed
head countershaft, and to reduce the flywheel effect solidly to the shaft. In addition to the usual table dogs,
with what is generally known as a
variable speed drive. The accelerat-
ing feature applies only to the dif-
ferential stroke of the table, which
starts at slow speed, accelerating to
high speed and finishing at slow
speed. As a result of this variable
movement the impact of the tool
against the work is reduced to the
minimum while the cutting speed is
increased to the capacity of the tool
and finally the power required for
the reverse is greatly decreased.
The chart, Fig. 4, illustrates the
theoretical value of the accelerated
stroke in comparison with that of
doubling the cutting or the return
speed of a non-accelerated stroke.
Fig. 5 is reproduced from a nickel
steel chip made with the accelerated
stroke; the roughened end, resembl-
ing teeth, indicates clearly the slow-
speed effect of the cut, while the
smooth body of the chip shows the
paring action of the high-speed cut.
The operation of the accelerating, or "Hy-speed-cut,"
planing machine is similar to that of other planing
machines with the following exceptions: The operating
shaft that passes through the machine bed is provided
with a primary or initial slow-speed pulley, a second or
high-speed pulley and their mating loose pulleys. These
pulleys are respectively actuated by a slow-speed drive
belt and a high-speed drive belt from the overhead
countershaft. The usual tight and loo.se pulleys are also
provided for the quick return, or reverse action, belt
which is likewise run from the overhead countershaft.
The slow-speed or initial drive pulley is connected with
the shaft by an internal roller clutch that gives connec-
tion in one direction of rotation and releases in the
other; in other words, a releasable friction ratchet,
similar in principle to the coaster-brake device used on
of the reversing pulleys they are frequently made of
aluminum.
The Powell accelerating device was designed to over-
come some of the difficulties common to planing ma-
chine operation as set forth, and should not be confused
two or more extra dogs are provided as shown in Fig. 3.
When the machine is running the table dog shifts the
belt in the usual way at the beginning of the stroke
and the table starts forward with a slow movement.
When the tool has entered the work for a distance of
120
110
100
90
$80
"5 60
u
"SBC
X
;.4o
pistuknX..
I20ftptrmin.-X
120fhpermin
■f
V
, 'KOVRN-
'100 ft. per min.
|y„r CUT — T
/ dan. per mm?
.<^
'■Kit. per mm.
--^13 CYCLES
Tofal lenqhh pianeci
- --yd CYCLES
ToM lenq^h plomed
6^ CYCLES
' *ToM Jenqfh ptanect
~^^ CYCLES
Tofci/ knqfh planed
60 ft-.
30. 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Time Taken in Seconcte
FIG. 4. CHART OF OPERATING CONDITIONS
FIG. 5. NICKEL STEEL CHIPS SHOWING BY THE ROUGH
ENDS THE SLOW-SPEED START AND FINISH
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
119
FIG. 6. ACCELERATED STROKE tISED FOR JUMPING GAPS
FIG. 7. GEAR TRAIN IN 30-IN. MACHINE
1 in. or less, a second table dog shifts the other driving
belt to the high-speed pulley. With the shifting of the
high-speed belt the speed increases and draws away from
the initial drive in an increasing ratio to a point deter-
mined by the belt velocity of the high-speed drive. The
table now runs at high speed until near the end of its
stroke, when a third table dog shifts the high-speed belt
to off position allowing the slow-speed drive to again be-
come effective. The table, while thus running at slow
speed, is reversed in the usual manner by the end dog and
returns in the regular way at high speed to the starting
point where the speed is again reduced. Any number of
accelerating and retarding dogs may be arranged on the
table for successively and repeatedly effecting the ac-
celeration and retardation of the stroke to suit condi-
tions, as shown in Fig. 6.
The accelerated cutting speed is usually about two
FIG.
FEED CHANGING DEVICE
and one-half times that of the slow speed, and the
reverse speed never exceeds the accelerated cutting
speed. The accelerating device may be put out of com-
mission at any time by simply lifting a latch or tappet
which operates the accelerating belt shifter. The ma-
chine thus arranged has practically four speeds, as the
countershaft has two sets of tight and loose pulleys. The
greatest efficiency of the accelerating cut is obtained
on long, continuous work, but the percentage of gain i3
the same if the work is only one foot in length.
Planing a Nickel-Steel Forging
As an example of a planing operation, a 3 per cent
nickel-steel forging, having a surface of 1 ft. 4 in.
X 6 ft. 6 in., was recently machined. A cut i°.! in. deep
with a feed of A in. was made by a Stellite No. 4 tool.
The tool entered the work at a speed of 30 ft. per min.,
the accelerated speed being 75 ft. per min., a higher
speed being impossible owing to the incapacity of the
motor. Upon completion of the work the tool was
found to be in excellent condition and capable of con-
siderable additional work. The forging, which was air
chilled, had been annealed for 10 hr. at 950 deg. C.
(1,710 deg. F.) and had the following composition in
percentage :
Carbon 0.42, manganese 0.56, phosphorus 0.031, sul-
phur 0.026, silicon 0.16, nickel 3.08, chromium 0.08,
copper 0.05.
The accelerated cut is also used to advantage in plan-
ing work having one or more open spaces, as illustrated
in Fig. 6. The planing machine shown is a 36-in. size
widened to 48 in. and has a table 30 ft. long equipped
with accelerating and retarding dogs. It is claimed the
saving in time in this case amounted to 40 per cent or
moi'e.
Other Features of Construction
The gear-train drive, consisting of wide face steel
gears, is shown in Fig. 7, and the feed changing devices
for the vertical and horizontal feeds are shown in Fig. 8.
The feed may be changed while the machine is in
operation by shifting the handle A to the desired notch.
The heads can be supplied with automatic horizontal
feeds when required. Attention is called to the leveling
blocks shown below the bed in Fig. 6. The screw and
wedge arrangement has been found a great convenience
for leveling the machine at the time it is installed.
Another innovation la the table slot shown in Fig. 9.
120
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
The advantages claimed for this are that the upward
pull of the bolt is at a right angle to the line of contact,
as indicated by the arrow, thus allowing ample strength
even after the table has become thin from many sur-
r^^-^^
FICT. 9. TABLE .SLOT AND BOLT
facing cuts. Another advantage is that the bolt head is
not only much stronger, but is also positively locked
against turning.
The larger size machines are furnished with either
belt drive or direct motor drive as required. '
Ingenuity
By John S. Watts
I have known of engineers who failed to solve prob-
lems in design, because of the lack of ingenuity, and
it appears to me that the training acquired at college
does not tend to develop whatever quality of ingenuity
the student may have possessed. As a college can, of
necessity, only teach its students that which is already
known, it is doubtless unreasonable to blame the college
for lack of ingenuity in its graduates. The idea I
would like to bring out is that each man should him-
.self endeavor to cultivate the ability to attack a prob-
lem on new lines when the orthodox solutions are not
applicable.
Instances are common where well-eduacted and com-
petent engineers have failed to find the solution of a
problem because they considered only the regular meth-
ods and the solution has been suggested by men of much
less technical knowledge, but of greater ingenuity. We
have all heard the story of the "damphool" who did not
know that a certain thing was impossible and so just
went ahead and did it.
The habit of considering an engineering problem
incapable of solution if the said problem is not amenable
to common methods is a habit that has led to consider-
able criticism of us by iour business associates in the
past.
It is often the subject of adverse comment by
financial men that the engineer will always say, when
confronted by any problem that is a little unusual, that
it cannot be done; but if pushed to it he will always
find some way to do it. The result of this attitude is
that the engineer loses credit while the financial man
is imbued with the feeling«that the credit is his, because
the solution was found only upon his insistence after
the-engineer had said it was impossible.
My opinion is that it is much better, when confronted
with a difficult and unusual problem, to .say that, while
it will be hard to accomplish, if there is a way to do it
it will be found. There is nearly always some method
by which the difficulty can be overcome or got around.
What Ingenuity Can Do
To give a few examples of what I mean by ingenuity:
A smokestack was being built which on account of its
being in a prominent place in the city had to be made
as neat in appearance as possible. The inspection was
very severe, and it was impossible to get the rivet heads
exactly in alignment, when driving them in the usual
way with the head of the rivet inside of the stack. In
forming the head outside they would come a little out of
line one way or the other and present an unsightly ap-
pearance. This was finally overcome by putting the
rivet in from the outside, and heading it over on the
inside. The head of the rivet that showed outside of
the stack, being the original head, was necessarily con-
centric with the body and therefore could not help being
in line.
Another example was in the case of a twenty-ton jib
crane to be installed on the end of an ore loading pier.
The structure was only four feet from the face of the
wharf and this space had to be kept clear of all obstruc-
tion as it was used for a pathway in handling a ship at
the wharf. The project was turned down as impossible
by the experts because there was not space for the bull
wheel at the bottom of the mast. However, a solution
was insisted upon, and was finally found by placing the
bull wheel on top of the mast. This, so far as I know,
had never been done before and it involved a very dif-
ferent arrangement of the hoisting rope and sheaves.
A car plant was falling behind seriously on its sched-
ule, due mainly to a lack of planning which had resulted
in the bulldozers being overloaded with work while the
hydraulic .jresses had not enough work to keep them
going. The die designing experts claimed that as all
the dies were made to suit the bulldozers the only solu-
tion of the difficulty was to design and make up new dies
to do the work on the presses, which would take weeks
of valuable time. The situation was saved by a new-
comer to the car business, who, by various experiments,
adapted a sufficient number of the bulldozer dies to the
presses to enable them to take their legitimate share of
work.
The desire to adhere to known and tried methods
which have proved successful is in itself a laudable one,
but it should not be followed to the entire exclusion of
new methods. Some of the lack of ingenuity is, I be-
lieve, part'y due to the way in which the older men fre-
quently reject the designs of the younger men with
contempt because they do not follow orthodox lines, thus
tending to make the younger men feel that only those
methods that have already been used and tried out are
admissible and that, therefore, a knowledge of these old
methods is all that is woi-th cultivating.
I believe that any idea brought forward should be
seriously considered if only to inculcate the habit of
ingenuity; and if the new idea is not sufficiently promis-
ing to warrant using it, the originator should be advised
of the reason for its rejection and not simply given to
understand that it is turned down because it is new.
The decision as to whether a new idea is worth trying
out should be based upon the saving or higher efficiency
that may be expected from its use, and if there is found
to be no advantage in it the older method is to be pre-
ferred.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production—With Improved Machinery
121
Characteristics, Treatment and Uses of
High-Speed Tool Steel
THE following information has been sent out by
the Division of Metallurgy of the Bureau of
Standards in response to inquiry. The general
importance of the subject will make the facts given
of wide interest.
Development. The history of the cutting of
metals with steel tools is characterized by three well-
defined stages each of which represents an efficiency in
rapid cutting operations greatly superior to its predeces-
sor. The first stage, that of the use of the simple
carbon tool steel, ended with the discovery by Mushet
(about 1870) of his air-hardening steel, which was a
high carbon steel containing tungsten with manganese
or chromium or both. Mushet's steel was superseded
in the third and present era by a low carbon steel with
a tungsten content two to three times as great and con-
taining also chromium. This steel was developed along
with the high-heat treatment discovered by Taylor and
White (about 1900). Shortly after this important step
(about 1905), vanadium was introduced in the steel as
a relatively large addition and with a considerable
increase in its eflriciency. The resulting product is now
called modern high-speed steel.
The principal steps in the development of the lathe
tool steels up to 1906 are illustrated by the following
extracts from Taylor's data given in Table I.
Function. High-speed tool steel is used, as its
name implies, fcr cutting metals and materials at high
speeds with heavy cuts usually far in excess of those
possible with carbon or finishing stee's. The peculiar
property which makes this possible is called "red-
hardness" as the cutting surface may become heated to
a dull red without impairing its cutting power. Its
ability to make heavy cuts at high speeds renders it
invaluable for quantity production. Besides being used
for roughing operations, it is used to a great extent in
tools for finishing where "red-hardness" is not so
important, but hardness (in the sense of resistance
to wear) and capacity for uniform hardening in large
pieces is very essential. In fact, the tendency to use
high-speed steel for almost every kind of cutting oper-
ation is probably carried to extremes.
Composition. Modern high-speed steel is a high
alloy steel, the essential alloy contents of which are
within the following limits: Carbon (0.50 to 1 per
cent), tungsten (12 to 20 per cent), chromium (1.5 to
6 per cent) and vanadium (0.5 to 2 per cent). Other
elements are of course always present as impurities
or additions. While a number of compositions within
the limits mentioned will furnish equally good steels,
it does not follow that any combination within those
limits will. The combinations found best by experience
are placed on the market by the steel makers under
trade names, all of which come within limits noted
above and each of which is supposed to come within
certain narrower limits as to composition.
The analyses in Table II are given by Mathews as rep-
resentative of well-known commercial steels with their
relative efficiencies as determined by Taylor's cutting
test:
TABLE It. REPRESENTATIVE ANALYSES OF COMMERCIAL STEELS
WITH THEIR RELATIVE EKFICIE.VCIES AS DETEHMl.NED
BY TAYLOR'S TEST
Efficiency C
per cent
0 63
0.64
0.61
0.63
per cent
100
70
66
45
Si
per cent
0 27
0 22
0 19
0.19
Mn
per cent
0 31
0 24
0 36
0.26
Cr
per cent
2 99
5 35
3 34
4.21
W
per cent
16 87
18 99
16 28
13 10
V
per cent
0 85
0 15
D 40
0 25
They do not represent as wide a variation in carbon
as is often found. The analyses made at the Bureau of
two standard steels show a considerable difference in
carbon as well as other elements. See Table III.
TABLE III.
ANALYSES OF STEELS MADE AT THE BUREAf
OF STANDARDS
C
per cent
0.77
0.56
Si
per cent
0 47
0.20
Mn
per cent
0 25
0.42
Cr
per cent
.3 47
2.21
W
per cent
17.6
13 8
V
per cent
0 74
0 98
From the high-tungsten and other alloy content it
is apparent that the price is very high. It is therefore
in the interest of the user to give this steel the most
careful and effective treatment possible.
Special Features. High-speed steel has several
unusual characteristics peculiar to it which are inti-
mately connected with its treatment and utility.
(1) High-Temperature Treatment. It must be
heated for hardening to an excessive'y high temperature,
such as would ruin simple steels, to obtain its best
properties. This treatment necessitates somewhat
special equipment for producing the desired heat-
tteatment conditions.
(2) Red-Hardness. After being given the high-
temperature treatment, it will not lose hardness on
tempering until heated above a dull red heat. This is
its most valuable characteristic, and its superiority
over carbon tool steel, for cutting where high temper-
atures will be developed, may be clearly seen from
the fact that the carbon stee' begins to lose hardness
appreciably on tempering at 200 deg. C. (392 deg. F.),
while for high-speed steel the loss begins at about 700
deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.). Such temperatures for a given
TABLE I. principal STEPS IN DEVELOP.MENT OF LATHE TOOL STEELS UP TO 1906
Date
of
Teat
1894
1898
1906
1906
1906
C
1 05
2 40
I 43
0.74
0.68
Mn
0.19
1.90
0 23
0 06
0 07
- Composition -
Cr
6 49
1 86
3.85
5 95
W
■ 5 62
84 0
16 2
17 8
0.32
Medium
Steel
Forging
16 ft.
26 ft.
61 ft.
91 ft.
99 ft.
Cutting Tpeeds
Hard
Steel
Forging
6 ft.
8 ft.,
19 ft.
40 ft.
41 ft.,
6 in.
Hard
Cast
Iron
15 ft., 6 in.
28 ft.
39 ft.
50 ft.
52 ft.
Remarks
Jessop carbon steel
Mushet (self-hardening)
Bethlehem (self-hardening)
High-speed steel
High-«peod steel
A in depth of cut; ^ in. feed; duration of cut 70 minutes.
122
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
loss in hardness indicate roughly the red-hardness
quality.
(3) Secondary Hardening. The hardness of high-
speed steel may be increased over that resulting from
the high-temperature heat treatment by tempering
within certain temperature limits which are relatively
high. This property is made use of to obtain slightly
higher lathe efficiency and to relieve hardening stresses.
(4) Self-Hardening. High-speed steel has the char-
acteristic of hardening on cooling in air. This feature
is important as it permits the uniform hardening of
large tools and the use of less drastic quenching media
than required for some tool steels. The chromium con-
tent is probably responsible in a large degree for this
characteristic, though some of the other elements
undoubtedly contribute to it.
Efficiency Tests. The test usually employed for
determining the efficiency of a given tool steel is
that developed by Taylor for lathe roughing tools and
consists of determining the cutting speed, other variables
being constant, for which the steel will fail or be
ruined in 20 min. Taylor measured the time from
the start until the tool was ruined, that is, the point
completely worn off. Present testing practice is to take
the time at which the tool fails, that is, loses its edge
and a glaze appears on the metal being cut, for this
gives a sharper end point, more consistent results and
the tool may be more readily reground. The lathe test
is often used to determine the efficiency of a steel for
cutting conditions radically different from those in the
lathe test and while in this case a fair estimate of its
efficiency may be had, the final criterion must of course
be its behavior under conditions approximating those
of actual operation.
On account of the expense of the lathe or other full-
size tests to destruction, experiments have been con-
ducted to find, if possible, a relation between the cutting
efficiency and some simple and quick test on the hard-
ened steel. No such relation has been found for hard-
ness, microstructure and magnetic properties. This is
obvious from the nature of the property in question,
that is, resistance to softening by tempering. Any
test of this character will have to be made on the steel
tempered above the secondary hardening range so that
the progressive loss in hardness, or a parallel property,
can be measured and compared for different steels. The
value of this test is yet to be determined.
Heat Treatment. It is essential to heat high-speed
steel very slowly to a cherry red, about 750 deg. C.
(1,382 deg. F.), before heating to a higher temperature
in order to prevent cracks and checks. Above this tem-
perature it may be heated as rapidly as desired.
Forging is best carried out at a relatively high tem-
perature, not below 1,000 deg. C. (1,832 deg. F.).
Cooling from the forging temperature should be slow
enough to prevent hardening, otherwise cracking is
likely to occur. Hardening (cooling in air or a faster
medium) produces a maximum hardness and accom-
panying brittleness when starting from the forging
temperature range, hence the tendency to crack. It is
therefore well to cool in the heating furnace, in lime,
ashes or any medium which will retard the cooling rate
sufficiently. This phase deserves particular attention,
as cracks formed in the process of forging are very
likely to remain indistinguishable until grinding, the
fault thereby being attributed to the subsequent oper-
ation.
For hardening, the heating of high-speed steels
demands a very high temperature (1,200 to 1,300 deg.
C. or 2,192 to 2,372 deg. F.), which is just short of
fusion. The production of such temperatures requires
somewhat special equipment, which, in the form of gas-
and oil-fired furnaces, is placed on the market under
the caption "High-Speed Steel Furnaces." These fur-
naces often have an accessory heating unit for pre-
heating.
For work in which the preservation of the surface
is no object, such as roughing tools, the hardening
temperature is often judged by Taylor's method of heat-
ing until the surface fuses. This is, however, impos-
sible in the case of shaped tools, and pyrometric control
is then essential.
Platinum thermocouples are necessary for measuring
the high temperatures involved and should be well
protected by porcelain tubes. Optical and radiation
pyrometers may also be used, but their inherent dis-
advantages must be considered in applying them to
production work.
Time of holding at a given temperature is as impor-
tant as the temperature, so that for efficient production
the pyrometer should be supplemented by a clock, the
time and temperature for a given tool and composition
being specified to the hardener.
Protection of the surface is always desirable, and in
some cases may effect a considerable reduction in
machine work. Damage to the surface may be prevented
in the furnace to a large extent by heating with a yellow
flame or packing in a carbon mixture. Some oxidation
will, however, occur on transference of the tool from fur-
nace to quenching bath. Oxidation from this source may
be prevented to some extent by heating in barium chlo-
ride or by covering the total with a paste such as is used
by file makers. In general, slightly carburizing con-
ditions are essential, or a very short exposure at the
high temperatures.
High-speed steel is essentially an air-hardening steel
when used in small sizes, but is generally quenched in
oil, probably to avoid oxidation while cooling. Quench-
ing in water at ordinary temperatures will almost
invariably crack the steel, but water at 100 deg. C.
(212 deg. F.) will probably give as good results as oil.
Quenching directly in a lead or salt bath at the desired
tempering temperature reduces the liability to quench-
ing cracks.
It is generally recognized now that the best results
are to be obtained by tempering for maximum hardness,
that is, in the temperature range 550 to 620 deg. C.
(1,022 to 1,148 deg. F.). The effect of tempering for
secondary hardening is to increase slightly the cutting
efficiency as measured by the Taylor 20-min. lathe test,
but for shop cutting speeds its beneficial effect is
undoubtedly magnified, initial hardness then being of
greater value.
For tools requiring constancy of dimensions, temper-
ing is necessary, as otherwise heating in service will
produce changes in size.
Cast High-Speed Steel. Many attempts have
been made to avoid waste in machining by casting
to shape. It is quite possible to make even intricate
castings successfully, but there are several difficulties
which limit its development. It is first of all necessary
to refine the coarse casting structure and this is most
readily done by forging or other hot working. Aa
casting to shape precludes hot working the refining
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
123
must be done by some other method. Proper annealing
will accomplish this, but whether to as satisfactory a
degree as forging remains to be determined. In mak-
ing castings there is always waste in the gate and
risers, which non-useful metal, in the case of small cast-
ings, may be greater than the shape being cast. This
method will therefore probably find its most profitable
application only in the production of large or specially
shaped tools.
Substitutes. The high price of high-speed steel
has brought forth a host of substitutes, most of
which replace tungsten with chromium or molybdenum
in the presence of one or more other alloying elements.
These are inappropriately called high-speed, steels for
their efficiency is much less than that of the high-
tungsten high-speed steel, but they evidently have a
field of usefulness. For finishing work or intermittent
cutting where a high degree of "red-hardness" is not
so essential, they may compete favorably on a price
basis with the high tungsten tools which are regularly
used. It must be remembered also that they may
require a different and more exacting treatment than
the high tungsten steels.
Besides the steel substitutes, there are non-ferrous
alloys which may be considered as substitutes and are
very successfully used in competition with high-speed
steel for certain classes of work, particularly for cut-
ting very hard material and for roughing. They are
brittle and therefore cannot be used where subject to
shock and must be used in short lengths. Tools must
be ground to shape and no heat treatment is possible
or necessary.
The principal alloys of this class are sold under the
trade name of stellite. They are binary, ternary or
quaternary alloys composed of either cobalt or nickel
and metals of the chromium group, which group includes
chromium, tungsten, molybdenum and uranium; the
latter, however, has not been used commercially in the
alloys. The stellite- alloys may be broadly divided into
two* classes : (1 ) Those malleable at a red heat, and
(2) those which can be worked into the desired form
only by casting.
The malleable alloys are composed almost entirely of
cobalt and chromium, varying from 10 to 50 per cent
chromium with a corresponding cobalt composition.
These alloys, which are resistant to nearly all forms of
corrosion except hydrochloric, sulphuric or hydrofluoric
acids, are used for tableware, surgical instruments,
cl.emical and laboratory apparatus and jewelry. Patent
specifications Nos. 873,745 and 873,746, dated Dec. 17,
1907, describe the methods of
manufacture of these alloys
and give the uses and proper-
ties of alloys of various com-
positions. Patent No. 1,150,-
113, dated Aug. 17, 1915, de-
scribes similar alloys using
iron as a third constituent.
The cast alloys are either
ternary alloys of cobalt chro-
mium and tungsten or molyb-
denum; or quaternary alloys
of cobalt chromium, tungsten
and molybdenum. The com-
positions and manufacturing
methods of these alloys are
described in patent specifica-
tions Nos. 1,057,423 and 1,057,828, dated April 1, 1913.
Another alloy of similar type is Cooperite. The patent
specifications call for the following composition:
zirconium, 8 to 15 per cent; nickel, 50 per cent or more.
Sulphur in Cutting Lubricant for
Monel Metal
By Joseph Mancuso
Monel metal is coming into popular use in the arts,
but many automatic screw-machine operators find diffi-
culty in machining it. The following is a description of
the method used by Wallace & Tierman Co. in the man-
ufacture of monel-metal parts with the B. & S. Auto-
matic Screw Machine.
Part No. P 9 is taken as an example as it required
forming, drilling and threading operations.
Operation No. 1 — Automatic Screw Machine.
Operation No. 2 — Hand Screw Machine.
Operation No. 3 — Slot.
Spindle speed to form — 1093 r.p.m.
Spindle speed to drill and cut off — 1093 r.p.m.
Surface ft. per minute for forming and cutting off
—89.5.
Surface ft. per minute for No. 44 drill — 24.6.
Surface ft. per minute for No. 56 drill — 13.3.
Spindle speed to thread — 419 r.p.m.
Surface ft. per minute for threading — 27.5.
Production 685 pieces per 8 hours ; 675 pieces threaded
without changing or sharpening die.
High-speed tools are used where possible, such as form_
ing, turning and cutting-off tools, with carbon-steel
drills and thread dies. All tools are ground with the
same rake and clearance as for steel.
The cutting lubricant used is mineral cutting oil, five
gallons of which is thoroughly mixed with 2 lb. of flow-
ers of sulphur (which can be purchased at any drug
store for 10c. per lb.) . This mixture will give the oil a
yellow color and will deposit the sulphur powder very
noticeably upon the tools. The sulphur powder does not
go into solution with the oil but is held in suspension and
the bottom of the oil tank should be stirred every hour or
so to prevent the sulphur from settling. This sulphur
and oil mixture has been in u§e on monel-metal work
for several years, without any harmful effect on any
part of its machinery, except a* discoloration of the
bronze gibs of the tool slides and these are removed and
cleaned from time to time. The whole success of this
stunt is in the sulphur powder and it is necessary that
the tools receive a generous supply of this mixture.
Operation I
■ Operation
OPERATION SHEET
Operation 3
124
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
The Foote-Burt Piston-Turning Machines
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
The machines herein described shotv to what an
extent engine-manufacturing machinery has
been developed. The particular features of this
line of piston-turning machines are compactness
and speed of operation.
PISTON-TURNING machines which have been es-
pecially designed for the purpose of affording large
production in a relatively small floor area are among
the productions of
the Foote-Burt Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio.
Each machine con-
sists of a row of
vertical spindle
lathes mounted on
a common base,
two - spindle and
four-spindle types
being made. The
function of the ma-
chine is to turn and
groove the outside
surfaces, and to
face and center the
upper ends of
pistons. This work
is performed in
two operations. It
is customary to use
two machines on
the job, one for
the roughing and the other for the finishing operation.
Fig. 1 shows a four-spindle, or four-column, machine
with pistons in position on the spindles.
FIG. 1. FOUR-COLtTMN PISTON-TURNING MACHINE FOR KOUGHING
Each spindle is entirely independent in its action, so
that a delay or even a temporary shutdown at any one
station, such as occurs while re-cooling, does not in any
way interfere with the operation of the other spindles
of the machine. The pistons are removed and replaced
at each station by the operator as fast as they are com-
pleted; and, although all spindles are driven from the
same power source, there is no timing connection be-
tween the different units other than the constant rate of
drive, as their operating functions are all self-contained.
The work-holding chucks vary somewhat with the type
of piston being
worked but all have
draw-in bars with
a loop which goes
inside the piston
and serves to draw
down on a short
pin passed through
the wrist-pin hole.
The draw-in bar is •
operated by the
large pilot wheel in
front of each sta-
tion.
A better view of
the toolposts for the
roughing machine
is shown in Fig. 2,
although the design
is not identical
with that shown in
the preceding illus-
tration. The side-
turning tool A is carried in a clapper-box B mounted
on the slide C, which feeds vertically downward on
the column. The clapper-box is controlled by stops
FIG. 2. DETAILS OP ROUGH-TURNING
FIG. 3. FOUR- COLUMN MACHINE FOR FINISH -TURNING
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Productiortr—With Improved Machinery
125
t
on the rod D, and it is thrown out during the re-
turn travel of the slides so that the tool clears the
work. The other tools are on a bracket arm E which
swing-3 about the shaft F and is controlled by a cam
and lever motion. The tool G faces the top of the
piston; as it nears the center, the tool H chamfers the
upper corner, and then the grooving tools J enter the
work.
In the roughing machine the work runs at a speed
of 50 ft. per minute. The feed is controlled by a cam
motion, and to provide for rapid motion of the tool
through the clearance, both to and from the work, the
feed is at high speed, for i in. of travel. A feed of
0.035 in. per revolution is generally used, but the rate
of feed is governed by what the job will s'tand, as the
FIG. 4. TWO-COLUMN MACHINE FOR ROUGH-TURNING
tools can usually greatly exceed this rate. In some
cases it is, therefore, possible to considerably increase
the rate of production by speeding up the machine.
The Finishing Machine
The four-spindle finishing machine. Fig. 3, has no
clapper-boxes to hold the turning tools, three of which
are carried in each slide. The lowest tool finishes the
body and skirt of the piston, and as it nears the bottom
the two upper tools reduce the diameter of the space be-
tween the ring grooves. A cutting speed of 100 ft. per
minute, with a feed of 0.035 in. per revolution, is used.
The total travel of the tool is 53 in., and of this i in.
is fast feed through the clearance space and the re-
mainder slow feed for cutting.
The operation of the swinging arm carrying the
grooving tools is similar on both the finishing and the
roughing machines. The finishing machine has, in
addition, a light spindle which carries a centering tool,
and which is driven from a cross-shaft on the top of
the machine through a pair of bevel gears. This spindle
slides through a splined bushing in the upper bearing,
and it is guided and fed by a bracket attached to the
tool slide.
The two-piston turning machine, Fig. 4, is practically
the same in mechanical design as the larger machines,
the one shown being intended for roughing operations.
Each column has a small housing on top holding a quill,
which is used to adjust the position of the vertical slide!
The short-handled lever at the left of each column con-
trols the clutch for that station of the machine, and it
is arranged so that it is automatically disengaged when
the slide returns to the upper end of its travel. An
unturned piston may then be put in the place of the
finished one.
Engineering Foundation Seeks
le Endowment
Large
Based on the generous gifts and high purpose of
Ambrose Sv/asey, the Engineering Foundation has, since
1915, maintained a liaison between engineers, as rep-
resented by the Founder and other societies, and
scientific workers, as presented in the National Research
Council. Practical means for co-operation in research
have been set up so that engineers in the numerous
branches of the profession may join with physicists,
chemists, geologists, geographers, psychologists, doctors!
biologists, educators and anthropologists, in the attack
upon problems of common interest and in the exchange
of knowledge.
Potential benefits for the whole nation are very
great, but these benefits cannot be gained without
expenditure of effort and materials. Research workers
must be supported. Equipment, materials, working
olaces and traveling facilities must be provided. Since
the benefits accrue to the professions, the industries
and the public in general, support in large measure
should come from general funds, such as those provided
by endowmients. Although engineers, like other pro-
fessional men as a class, are not wealthy, some indi-
vidual engineers have large means. The Engineering
Foundation seeks to build up its endowment to dimen-
sions worthy of the profession. Engineers connected
with industrial and financial organizations having great
resources can aid by convincing proper oflUcials of cor-
porations that the continued prosperity of our industries
depends upon continued progress of research. Since the
commercial and industrial establishments of the country
reap the larger proportions of the financial profits aris-
ing from scientific and technological work, these estab-
lishments should contribute liberally to the support of
research.
Scientists are more largely concerned with research
in pure science, the search for undiscovered knowledge
for its own sake, the usefulness of which may not
become apparent, in some instances, for many years.
Between this most advanced line and the development
of specific industrial devices or processes lies the large
field of research in applied science and the industries
which especially concern technologists. In this broad
field there is scarcely an item of work in which the
engineer, in some branch of his practice, is not directly
concerned. Sooner or later the engineer uses all the
results of research in science and the industries to ad-
vantage.
There are many problems relating to the materials
and forces of engineering on which further knowledge
is needed. Progress will be made approximately in
proportion to the funds made available. But there are
other kinds of problems which concern the engineer.
126
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
No longer may one declare, as did Professor J. B.
Johnson, a generation ago, that "Engineering differs
from all other learned professions in this — that its
learning has to do only with the inanimate world, the
world of dead matter and force." Many acute social
and economic questions of our day need the dispas-
sionate, impartial, patient study of scientists and tech-
nologists.
To these questions must now be applied the scientific
method of collecting facts by thorough study and the
engineer's capacity for planning and performing, in-
stead of ill-considered "reforms."
Engineering works, public, corporate and private,
frequently involve studies of special problems or in
themselves constitute full-sized experiments, which
could be made to yield important data for general
technical use. Sometimes the engineers in charge do
not perceive the opportunity, not having been trained
in research work. More often the possibilities are
realized, but means, men and time are not available
because of the urgency for completing the project with
a minimum expenditure, in the shortest practicable
time.
Occasionally experimental work is undertaken in
accordance with a well-conceived plan, as a necessary or
desirable adjunct to the main operation. In such cases
the exigencies of the main operation sooner or later
interrupt the experimental work; the men who have it
in hand leave the force; the information is gained, but
never written up ; the statement is buried in some report
of limited circulation; or greater familiarity with
research methods and a broader conception of the prob-
lem could, with small additional expense, have secured
much more valuable results and have made them more
generally useful.
Again, many construction or manufacturing opera-
tions might be made to yield useful data of greater
value than those obtained from small-scale laboratory
experiments, if only trained observers with suitable
instruments were provided. Often the expense would
be slight. Sometimes for lack of trained observers
occurrences of scientific significance pass unnoted.
The services described in the foregoing paragraphs,
and many others, could be performed by the Engi-
neering Foundation, if adequate funds could be placed
at its disposal. The Foundation does not plan to build
laboratories and conduct research work directly, but
rather to stimulate, co-ordinate and support research
work in existing scientific and industrial laboratories,
co-operatinvt, in so far as may prove advantageous, with
the National Research Council.
Mr. Charles F. Rand, of 71 Broadway, New York,
past-president of the United Engineering Society, and
of the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers, was elected chairman of the Engineering
Foundation, on Mai'ch 19, to succeed Dr. W. F. M. Goss,
resigned. With the collaboration of Mr. Swasey, Mr.
Rand is actively seeking additions to the endowment
fund which will swell the total to at least a million
dollars in the near future. Mr. Swasey's gifts amount
to $300,000.
The office of the Engineering Foundation is in the
Engineering Societies Building, 29 West 39th St., New
York. Further information may be had by addressing
that office, or the chairm.an. A booklet giving an account
of the Engineering Foundation and its work will be
mailed upon request.
What Is a Machine Tool?
By L. L. Tiiwing
If I am not mistaken, Mr. Jansson's definition of a
machine tool, which appeared on page 1044 of the
American Machinist, was suggested by that journal
some years ago. In any case it is on the whole the
best descriptive definition we have.
If it presumes the delivery of such materials as cast-
ings, forgings, etc., it would exclude all forging, swag-
ing, and forming (by pressure) machines, also pattern-
maker's lathes and all sheet-metal machinery. And is
it not true that a man who might be a skilled operative
of any or all of these machines could hardly be called
a machinist, while on the other hand the usual require-
ments for an "all-around" machinist do not include
experience on any of the above machines.
It might be said that specialists such as a grinding-
machine or screw-machine operators could not qualify
as "all-around" machinists either, and they cannot, but
they have had a definite experience in metal cutting,
and that is the basis of the machinist's art.
A recent contributor has asked how many present day
machinists could handle the valve of a 1,000-lb. steam
hammer in a confidence-inspiring way? Probably very-
few, but the majority will vigorously deny that it is any
part of their trade.
Since the days of ancient Greece men who have used
words to indicate certain actions or certain things have
disputed about their meaning, but they have generally
agreed that if a word is in common and ever>' day use
by people who have frequent occasion to use such words,
such use is correct, whether or not they are backed up
by derivation, ancient authority, or literal exactness.
In the early days ot the machine shop, such terms as
turning lathes, drilling machines, and planing machines
were in universal use, so that ancient authority is not
lacking for those who advocate the use of these terms
today; however the terms "drill" and "planer" have
become a fixed part of our shop language and, despite
what may be advanced against them, they will probably
continue to be so used.
If, as a matter of fact, a majority of machinists and
machine-tool dealers call sheet-metal machinery
"machine tools," the question is definitely settled in a
practical way.
An excellent example of the application of the recently
suggested definition — "a machine tool is a metal-
working machine whose waste is in the form of chips,"
— is shown when it is applied to a machine recently
advertised in this magazine. The machine is a spinning
lathe with a tool for truing up and smoothing the edge,
before removing from the lathe. Under the above
definition this is a machine tool; remove the turning
fixture and it produces no chips and is therefore a
metal-forming machine.
Too Much Legislation
The present campaign on the part of certain interests
to bring about the adoption of the metric system by
legislation brings to mind the story of the action of a
certain legislature in the olden days in its efforts to
simplify and improve the order of things. Having had
brought to its attention the incommensurate relation of
the circumference to the diameter of a circle a vote was
passed to the effect that in the future, the circumference
should be three and one-seventh times the diameter.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
127
A Few Splitdorf Details— II
By S. a. hand and K. H. CONDIT
Associate and Managing Editors, American Machinist
A & WAS stated in the first article on Splitdorf mag-
/\ netos, the rotor used is entirely different in many
X jL respects from that used in most other types of
high-tension instruments. Instead of the primary and
secondary windings on a
soft-iron frame, the Split-
dorf has four drop-forged
wings riveted to a brass cen-
ter section into which are
screwed the steel shaft ends.
An assembly drawing of
the rotor is given in Fig. 7.
The wings are end-milled
and pack-hardened, 12
pieces being set up for mill-
ing at once. Clearance holes
for the shafts are then
drilled and also the holes for the rivets which fasten the
wings to the brass center. The various parts are as-
sembled and the brass rivets at A and B, Fig. 8, and the
iron rivets at C and D are inserted. The rotor is next
put in an Eveland arc riveting machine as shown in Fig.
8. In this machine the rivet is heated by the electric
current and forced into the countersunk hole in the
wing by a downward movement which is operated
by a lever acting through a rack and pinion. This
method is quick and avoids the distortion likely in
hand or machine riveting. It also fills the holes
better.
The rotor is then passed through several turning,
milling and keyseating operations and finally has the
circumference of the wings and both ends of the shaft
ground to size.
Inspection of Kotors
To facilitate the inspection of the rotors the fixture
shown in Fig. 9 was made up. Perfect performance
of the magneto requires that the distances between the
two shaft shoulders, the two wing faces and the respec-
The severe conditions under which ignition mag-
netos must operate make rigid inspection a ne-
cessity and consequently the makers of the
Aero have developed some ingenious devices for
testing the accuracy of the various sub-assemr-
blies. These are described here and also the
processes and dies used in the molding room
where the insulating parts are manufactured.
(Part I was published in our last week's issue.)
tive shaft shoulders and the adjacent wing faces be
held to close limits. The inspection fixture has three
pointers which read to thousandths of an inch, plus
or minus, and give an accurate check on the various
distances mentioned. The
rotor rests in two supports
with the left wing face
against the fixed support A.
The movable fork D oper-
ates the pointer C and indi-
cates any error in the dis-
tance from the shaft shoul-
der to the wing face. The
movable fork D operates
the pointer E and indicates
any error in the distance
between the two wing faces.
Similarly the fork F operates the pointer G and meas-
ures the distance from the left wing to the right shaft
shoulder. If those three distances fall within allowable
limits it follows that the first distances mentioned are
also correct.
A Fixture for Testing Concentricity
Another ingenious inspection fixture is shown in Fig.
10. This device is used for testing the concentricity
and also the distance from the face of the flange to the
bottom of the recess which takes the shoulder on the
rotor shaft just described, in the bearing holder as-
sembly. A number of the finished assemblies, driving
end, appear in the upper right-hand corner, and a
breaker end assembly will be seen in the upper left-hand
corner and in detail in Fig. 11. For smooth running
the rotor shaft must be concentric with the small shoul-
FIG. 7. MAGNETO-ROTOR ASSEMBLY
FIG. 11. BEARING-HOLDER ASSEMBLY
128
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
r;a^ rj v<; 1
FIG. S. RIVETING THE ROTOR WINGS
der at the right of the sectioned view in Fig. 11. Con-
sequently, the inner ball race must also be concentric
and its face must be a specified distance from the
face of the shoulder.
How THE Concentricity Is Determined
The bearing holder is shown in position at A, Fig.
10, with its flange against the upright B and held by
the swinging clamp C. The hardened test plug D is
then inserted through a hole in B until it enters the
inner ball race up to a shoulder. The other end enters
a recess in the movable upright E and engages the
wedge-shaped block E which supports the "go" and
"no go" levers G and H and is moved horizontally by
the leved K.
The illustration shows a perfect holder in the
block as indicated by the fact that with the block
E moved to the right the "go" lever has dropped and
the "no go" lever is supported. The concentricity is
determined by spinning the test plug which is so de-
FIG. 9. KOTOR-INSPECTION FIXTURE
signed that a very slight eccentricity of the bearing
will cause it to bind.
The need for extreme accuracy in this part of the
magneto is apparent when one considers the use and
abuse to which it is subjected. In many cases these
bearings have to run for months without lubrication
as a result of carelessness of the operator of the car or
truck to which the instrument may be attached.
Making Cam Blanks
To get the best results out of any magneto it is es-
sential that the break or interruption of the primary
current occur exactly at the theoretically determined
point in the cycle of operations. The breaker cam is the
part responsible for this action and its contour must be
held to very close limits. The Aero cams are cut from
a round bar of 0.20 carbon steel in an automatic screw
machine which also drills and reams the central hole
preparatory to the cutting of the keyway on a small
Lapointe broaching machine. The cam blanks thus
formed after they have been straddle-faced are strung
five at a time on an arbor and rough-ground to shape
in a machine with a cam-grinding attachment that feeds
FIG. 10. BEARING-HOLDER INSPECTION FIXTURE
FIG. 12. CAM-INSPECTION FIXTURE
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
129
wwmFmw:
FIG. 13. GENERAL, VIEW OF MOLDING ROOM
is held by a knurled nut and is readily
adjustable for different tests. The in-
dicator F is held by friction and can
be pushed either way for adjustment.
Each cam is tested for symmetry, point
of break and duration of break accord-
ing to the values given on the draw-
ings.
Symmetry of the cam lobes and con-
centricity of the hole are determined
by means of testing fixture carrying
two Ames dials operated by fingers
which slide on the cam surface, one
near the top and the other near the
bottom.
Because of the extremely high volt-
age of the current generated by a
high-tension magneto, particular care
must be exercised in the design and
manufacture of the insulating mate-
rial used. The Splitdorf Electrical Co.
uses a good deal of Bakelite for mak-
ing molded insulation, but where the
:^' ». 8
FIGS. 16 AND 17. DISTRIBUTOR PARTS AND MOLDS
the abrasive wheel directly into the work without trav-
erse.
After rough-grinding, the cams are stamped with
the proper symbol number and pack-hardened for 5
hrs. in Carbo X at a temperature of 1650 deg. F.
They are drawn at 400 deg. and quenched in water.
The scale is then removed on a disk-grinding machine
and final grinding is done in practically the same man-
ner as the rough-grinding except that a finer wheel
is used which produces a finish almost equal to polish-
ing. Finish-grinding limits are ± 0.001 in. on the lift-
ing face.
Inspection of Cams
Inspection of the cams is made in the fixture shown
in Fig. 12 where a motorcycle-type cam is shown in po-
sition for testing at A. The cam is slipped on a splined
arbor B from which it is kicked off, after testing, by
the lever C. A standard breaker-arm assembly is fitted
to the fixture, the contact points acting as a switch in
the circuit which contains the lamp D. Back of the
fixed pointer £■ is a disk graduated in half degrees and
locked to the cam arbor so that the zero point is under
the pointer when the spline is vertical. The larger
disk is graduated in degrees with the zero and 180-deg.
points marked. Some of the divisions between 20 and
33 deg. are made longer and marked to indicate the
particular cam which breaks at each one. This disk
FIGS. 14 AND 15. DISTRIBUTOR FINGER AND
STRAIGHTENING FIXTURE
130
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 3
^^QitMMfl^riii^ ^n jojs^iisrn^i'rairj^^
FIG. 18. CORNEB OK GENERAL. ASSEMBLY FLOOR
conditions are most severe it uses a compound of its own
known as Americanite. This is a mixture of rubber,
talc and several other ingredients which comes from the
mixing rolls as a sheet of material looking not unlike
dirty brown linoleum. It is used alone for certain parts
and in combination with Bakelite for others, and was
developed under the need arising from the cutting-off
of foreign materials during the war.
A view of the molding room is given in Fig. 13 which
shows the Greenard arbor presses used for stripping
the molds, and the hand-operated Zeh and Hahnemann
and hydraulically operated Burroughs presses for the
actual molding. For this work a steam pressure of 110
lb. is used to keep the material at the required tempera-
ture (300 deg. F.) and a water pressure of 2,500 lb. for
operating the power presses. The molding operation on
Bakelite lasts 10 to 30 min., depending on the size of
the piece, and 25 to 50 min. on Americanite. The raw
Americanite stock is kept pliable on a steam plate until
it is required. The molds are painted
with liquid paraffin to prevent the
"cookies" from sticking to the pan.
Some of the molded parts with the in-
serts used and the molds in which
thej' are made are illustrated in Figs.
15 and 17.
Fig. 18 shows a corner of the as-
sembly floor where the magnetos are
put together ready for testing. This
gives a fair idea of the simplicity of
the equipment and tools necessary for
this work.
From final assembly the magnetos
go to the testing jacks. Fig. 19, to un-
dergo what is known as a "road test."
Here they are run at maximum speed
under conditions which simulate those
of actual use as nearly as possible.
After this test the finish-inspection
department puts the instrument
FIG. 19. "ROAD" TESTING JACKS
FIG. 20. FINAL-INSPECTIOX TESTING FIXTURE
through a rigid examination for defects of material or
workmanship, checks for timing and runs the magnetos
on an individual testing machine shown in Fig. 20
with gear guards removed. Here speeds of 100 to 3,000
r.p.m. are obtainable so that the spark-pi-oducing ability
can be tested at any speed with facility, and a good
idea can be obtained of the kind of performance to
be expected from the magnetos in service.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
181
Using Two Angle Plates to Clamp Work
By H. H. Parker
While the advantage of the arrangement shown in the
sketch is obvious it is not alwrays used; instead, when
setting up square, rectangular, or other work of con-
siderable relative height, on the drill press table, a
single angle plate is used to which the work is clamped
and then squared up in the other direction by trial.
By using two angle plates at right angles clamped to
adjacent sides of the piece, the work is bound to be
USING TWO ANGLE PLATES
perpendicular with the table if the angle plates are ac-
curate and no chips are lodged under them. Cylindrical
pieces may be clamped in the same manner.
Whether the drill spindle is square with the table
is another matter. The writer recalls one large shop
where great precautions were taken to level up work on
the drill press table but no steps were taken to ascer-
tain if the drill spindle was perpendicular to the table
— and generally it was not.
A Device for Centering Cylinders
Preparatory to Grinding
By Roy F. Leighton " #
The illustration shows a device for locating an auto-
mobile engine cylinder on an angle plate in position for
grinding. The angle plate is attached to the carriage
of a large lathe and the boring and grinding attachments
screw on to the spindle nose. This device will true up
the cylinder at once and hold it in position while the
block is being clamped to the plate.
The shoulder of the disk A fits the hole in the angle
plate and the device is clamped to the latter with the
nose piece B projecting through. A block is then swung
CENTEKi.VG DEVICE FOK BORING -VUTOMOBILB
CYLINDERS
into place with the cylinder fitting over B and the cen-
tral screw of the device tightened by means of a pin
in the cross-hole at the exposed end. Turning in this
screw causes the tapered part C to expand the three
hardened steel jaws D thus centering the cylinder and
holding it until clamps have been applied. A coil
spring and fiber disk pressing against a flat spot on
each jaw prevent the lower ones from dropping of their
132
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
own weight and interfering with the locating of the
cylinder. The nose piece B is held to the disk by long
fillister-head screws and several sizes are provided to
cover a range of cylinder bores.
Clamping a Difficult Job on the
Boring Mill
By E. a. Dixie
The illustration shows one of a number of conical
hoppers which were to be turned and bored on a vertical
boring mill. A job of this shape is not the easiest one
to clamp securely on any machine but the method of
holding it, as shown herewith, not only assures rigid
clamping, but is simple and inexpensive.
The ring A was made by the blacksmith. Four straps
B and bolts C are used in conjunction with the wooden
packing pieces D to strap the hoppers securely to the
table.
Another interesting feature in connection with this
job is that the 45-deg. surface E was turned by throwing
CLAMPliNG CONES ON THE BORING SIILL.
in both the cross and the down feeds simultaneously,
The machine used is a Niles vertical boring and turn-
ing machine.
Disk-Grinding Friction Rolls
By W. Burr Bennett
The cost of turning the outside diameter of a S',- x
3-in. friction roll or pulley was considered to be too
high, so it was decided to try a process of disk grinding.
The latter method seemed doubly attractive, inasmuch
as a more or less roughened surface was desirable to
hold the cement used in securing the leather friction
cover on the face. After some study it was decided to
make a fixture such that the roll or pulley would be
held at an angle on the face of the grinding disk, and
a Gardner disk grinder with an 18-in. disk was selected
as the proper machine. This machine has a table that
can be swung in an arc across the face of the disk, thus
distributing the wear on the cutting face, and it is also
provided with a micrometer feed, which permits of close
sizing.
ARRANGEMENT USED FOR DISK-GRINDING FRICTION
PULLETS
The shaft holes in the rolls are previously drilled and
reamed. During the grinding operation the roll is kept
in place by a collar, which is held on the extension of
the shaft of the fixture by a loose pin. The work in
place on the fixture is shown very well in the accompany-
ing illustration. The average continuous production
time on this operation is three rolls per minute, which is
quite a contract to the previous turning time of three
to four minutes each.
Holder for Boring Bars
By J. H. Vincent
The device shown in the illustration is one which is
in frequent use for holding boring bars in the shops
of the Minneapolis Threshing Machine Co. The top
plate A is hinged to the base B, so that by releasing
the bolt C the bar can be quickly removed and turned
end for end in the holder. The bar carries the rough-
ing tool in one end and the finishing tool in the other.
The pin D is used in order to insure that the bore of
the fixture will always be parallel to the ways of the
lathe bed, although as originally built it was intended
to use this pin for locating the positions of the bracket
B when indexing it upon the cross slide as is done
with a turret. In the latter case the second pin E would
serve to fix the tool slide in a central position. The
present method of operation has been found to be
quicker and equally satisfactory for the class of work
on which it is used.
L.VTHE FIXTURE FOR HOLDING DOUBLE-ENDED
BORIXO BARS
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production—With Improved Machinery
WHAT /o ^-^
133
Suggested bi/ theNanagringf Editor
LEADING space this week is devoted to a brief des-
u cription ol a Wickes Brothers special purpose lathe
which has just come on the market. This machine was
designed for machining crankshaft line-bearings and
flanges at a rate commensurate with modem automotive
production practice. This
brings to mind a letter
which arrived in our office
shortly after the publica-
tion in our European edi-
tion of the description of
another Wickes crankshaft
lathe which you may re-
member some months back
in the Avuerican Machinist.
The letter was from an in-
credulous Scot who appar-
ently was not familiar with
American production meth-
ods for he could not believe
the output figures which
were given for the machine and asked us to explain. He
was charitable enough to suggest a possible typographi-
cal error for "he had operated one of the best British
crankshaft machines and.it took as long to set up the
work for each cut as the time given in the article for
the whole job."
A letter from us to the maker brought sworn produc-
tion figures from one of the automobile factories which
we took great pleasure in forwarding to the skeptic.
We have heard nothing further from him.
Part II of Mr. Farquhar's "How Do You Regulate
Materials?" begins on page 101 and deals with receipt,
storage and records. The author goes the Ten Com-
mandments six better by prescribing sixteen rules which
are well worth considering even if you decide not to ac-
cept all of them.
Engineers and designers are offered an unusually
good assortment of technical articles in this issue, even
if we do say it ourselves. On page 105 A. J. Schwartz
digs back twenty-five years into the files of the Ameri-
can Machinist and resurrects a controversy over the
acme thread. He closes his short article with some sen-
sible suggestions. Following this on page 107 is a some-
what popularized description of that invaluable measur-
ing tool, the optical flat. Written by H. S. Van Keuren,
an old Bureau of Standards man and a recognized ex-
pert in gage work, it gives an easily understandable
account of the principles underlying the use of the op-
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books ivere feiv and
magazines unheard of. It is far different noiv
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
neivs of the machinery world. This page is tlie
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
tical flat and some carefully woriced out rules for the
guidance of the novice in its use. Don't miss this for we
have another article along the same lines from the Bureau
of Standards which goes much further into the science of
the matter and which will be published very shortly. Im-
mediately after Mr. Van
Keuren's article, on page
112, we reprint the sug-
gested standards for line
and machinery shafting
adopted by the committee
of the A. S. M. E., ap-
pointed for this purpose.
It represents another for-
ward step in mechanical en-
gineering economics. One
more reference to the Bu-
reau of Standards and we
have done for this week.
Pages 121, 122 and 128
give the "Characteristics,
Treatment and Uses of High-Speed Steel" from the
point of view of the Bureau's Division of Metallurgy.
If you use high-speed steel you will want this infor-
mation.
Another special automotive machine tool is described
on page 124, the Foote-Burt Piston-turning machine.
It is made both as a roughing and as a finishing machine.
Two more definitions of a machine tool appear on
pages 106 and 126, one by A. L. De Leeuw and the
other by L. L. Thwing, two of our regular contributors.
Do you agree with either of them?
There is still another tool description outside of the
Shop Equipment Section in this issue. It starts on page
117 and takes up the development of the Powell planer.
We are going a little light on automotive material
again this week for we have only the short concluding
article on the manufacture of the Splitdorf magneto. We
have more of Fred Colvin's comparative articles in the
mill, however, and they will appear very shortly. He has
more cylinder data and also some additional information
on piston manufacture which will round out our series
on those important parts. There is also a picture stoiy
on making wristpins which is novel and valuable.
The letter from our London correspondent, page 142,
is unusually interesting this week. It shows that the
cost of living and the output per man in the shops
are just as serious questions in England as they are
here.
134
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
EDITORIALS
What Production Engineering
Should Mean
NARROW viewpoints have been responsible for much
of our industrial trouble ;. They have prevented us
from securing many of the benefits v;hich we might
have otherwise obtained: When the so-called scientific
management failed it was because those who installed
it were blinded by a lot of rules and forms which pre-
vented them from seeing more than one side of the
problem.
The same handicap is being found in the efforts of
the production engineer to secure maximum produc-
tion. As with the old "speed boss" of earlier days, he
is often the "best hated" man in the shop, when in
reality, he should be the most popular, if things were
properly managed. Maximum production should bring
the greatest returns to both employer and employee,
without of course resulting in undue exertion or fatigue,
and the man who accomplishes this should earn the
gratitude of both sides.
The difficulty appears to be that too many employers
and production engineers seem to think that their duties
begin and end with the taking of time studies and the
setting of piece or bonus rates. In reality they should
include, or be in close touch with, all that goes to make
up production. The production engineer should main-
tain close contact with the employment department and
with those who look after Industrial relations, not for-
getting the education of apprentices and the up-grading
of older men. He should be on the most friendly terms
with the tool designers and the department foremen, and
the closer his contact with the workers themselves, the
better results he will secure.
One of the most important studies for a production
engineer is that of psychology. It has far more to do
with real production than time study or motion study.
A knowledge as to how the human element will react
under different conditions is invaluable in securing the
best results.
We have been too prone to consider only the physical
and mechanical side of the question, to think of ma-
chinery rather than of the surroundings. In many large
hand-made cigar factories there are readers, who read
by the hour as the men I'oll the cigars. In other classes
of work music has been found to aid in maintaining
interest and increasing the production.
Neither of these methods wi'l apply in machine-shop
work, but there are possibly other things which might
be used. Clean shops, well painted machines, and even
flower beds outside affect most men favorably whether
they realize it or not. Whatever will add permanently
to a v/orker's energy and well-being is part of the pro-
duction engineer's job. If red geraniums in yellow
boxes will add 2 per cent to the output they are just
as much a part of his work as a similar expenditure for
tools and fixtures. If good photographs of work sent
out, or of current events, will add to the output, by all
means let them be posted.
Production engineering is a much broader profession
than we have been apt to think. It is most honorable
because increa.sed production add.s, or should add, to the
welfare of the community and of the country. Pro-
duction engineers should aim to see that it means this
and nothing less. f. H. C
Exhibits of American Products
in Argentina
To THE manufacturers of the United States has
come an unusual opportunity for the establishment
or the augmentation of trade with South America. This
is due, of course, indirectly to the conditions existing
as a result of the war, but the preceding statement was
prompted by a fact entirely apart from these conditions.
In the June 17 issue of the American Machinist, an
exposition of United States manufactures at Buenos
Aii-es, Argentina, was annomiced. The date of this
exposition has been changed, so that it will begin on
March 15, 1921, and continue for at least 30 days. The
object is to introduce American manufactures, on a
large scale, to the business men and to the general pub-
lic of Argentina and the surrounding countries.
The need of developing trade with South America is
not thoroughly appreciated by many manufacturers,
simply because they have plenty of domestic orders to
keep them busy at present. Everyone has heard of the
fellow who left his roof in bad repair because, when it
rained, he could not fix it and. when the weather was
nice, there was no need of fixing it. The viewpoint of
American manufacturers is the same, as a rule. They
have little permanent foreign trade because, when they
really feel the need of a foreign market, it is too late to
develop it and, when there are plenty of domestic orders
to go around, there is no use in bothering with other
countries.
Manufacturers in other countries do not view this
matter in the same light. Great Britain and Germany
controlled a large percentage of the Soutli American
market before the war. These nations are now busy
rebuilding and recuperating at home. The injury which
we received in the war is hardly comparable to thst
which they have endured. Also, the post-war efforts
made by the manufacturers of our country and those of
Europe to obtain the South American trade are not com-
parable. The United States receives the worst of this
comparison, however. While we are letting this market
in our own hemisphere go unexploited, European na-
tions are right now sending what goods they can to this
section and also getting large blanket orders without
even promising delivery dates, in order to exclude us.
If this market is so valuable to Europe, it is ever
more valuable to us, and some of our big manufactur-
ing concerns fully realize it. Too bad that they are in
the minority. Although we can do without this mai-ket
right now, we are going to need it soon. Now, how-
ever, not then, is the time to develop it.
Here is the point to the discussion. European coun-
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
135
tries will not be on a normal production basis and fully
entrenched in the South American trade before about
two years. The manufacturing facilities of our country
are at the present time greatly enlarged. At this time
when the markets of the world are open to us with very
little competition offered, why not enter them? It can
never be any easier than it is now. Once established,
the worth of our products should secure a permanent
trade. The exposition previously mentioned offers a
means of putting goods from the United States before
the buyers of South America. It is a much more effec-
tive method than the use of catalogs and agents, for
seeing is believing.
A word about this exhibit. It is conducted by the
American National Expositions, Inc., with offices in the
Bush Terminal Sales Building, New York City. This
organization plans to give expositions in foreign coun-
tries of our products, and it has the approval of the
United States Government.
Buenos Aires was chosen as the location of the first
exDOsition because of the richness of the field about
Argentina and the large import trade of that country.
Think of the publicity that can be given to American
goods by having some 500 manufacturers exhibiting
and sealing. Particularly as it is the opinion of the
promoters that practically all of Argentina's business
men will attend the show.
Besides the actual business which the exposition will
create, the friendly feeling which will arise from
increased intercourse between the countries will be of
value to both of us. What is of more moment just at
present, we can get started before European trade is
too strongly entrenched.
Don't wait until it rains before you think of repairing
the roof. C. J. P.
The Child Labor Laws and Apprentices
By R. p. Deane
I have been interested in reading, froni time to time,
articles about the scarcity of boys who want to learn
a trade.
I think that one cause, in some states at least, for so
few boys being interested in serving an apprenticeship
may be attributed to the Child Labor Law. Now, I
do not want any one to get the impression that I do
not think that each one should have as good an educa-
tion as his circumstances will permit, for there is
nothing so useful to a man as a good education, but my
criticism of the labor laws is their limiting the things
that a boy is permitted to do, until he is so old that
he thinks he is a man. In Massachusetts it is against
the law to use boys under sixteen for practically any
machine-shop work other than pushing a broom — and
there isn't much to be learned at that.
Of course I do not believe in boys being engaged in
hazardous work, but I do not think that any fair-
minded man would say that running a small lathe, drill-
ing machine, shaper, or milling machine, is really haz-
ardous. These laws seem to be directed more to limit-
ing the number of boys who can afford to learn a trade,
and as such they are very effective.
Few shop owners or manufacturers feel that they can
afford to teach boys a trade and pay them high wages
at the same time, and a boy of sixteen or over requires
quite a little money for running expenses now. Most
of his frier.ds probably make good pay and he feels that
he should make as much as they do. His parents, par-
ticularly if they have several more coming along, think
that the boy must be self-supporting, or more. Starting
to learn a trade at sixteen means that he does not
begin to get the good pay until he is nineteen or twenty,
at which time some begin to think about marriage and
homes of their own.
I believe it is generally considered that a boy serving
a three-year apprenticeship is a loss the first year,
about an even break the second, while he may produce
a slight profit the third. After the third year the
chances are that he will try another shop, so the
employer really has nothing to show for his trouble
in teaching the boy.
Let us take the case of a boy who begins work other
than a trade at fourteen. If he is bright and willing
he will probably increase in value by the time he is
sixteen until he will earn about double what he can
get for the first year in learning a trade. He does not
take kindly to having his wages cut in half by becom-
ing an apprentice; neither do the parents think he
should have to begin at the bottom again, so he keeps on
at what will very likely prove a dead-end job.
This is doubly true at the present time, when many
men, with no real knowledge of any trade, are making
as much — and often much more — as machine operators,
than the real mechanics make. What is not realized is
that the chance of stepping out of the shop and into
a re.sponsible position is good for the real mechanic, but
is practically impossible for the operator.
I have had men ask me many times to teach their
boys the trade, but when told what wages they could
expect, they immediately lost interest. Others have
asked me to take in boys who were too young, and were
very much disappointed to learn that it was against
the law to use boys of that age on practically any shop
work. Yet I believe that these same men would raise
an awful howl about boys doing men's work, if any
number of them were permitted to work at their own
respective trades.
It seems like a very short-sighted policy to make laws
which practically bar the children of comparatively poor
people from having trades and then wonder why fewer
of them each year tiy to learn trades. If the labor
laws could be amended to allow boys of fourteen to
use tools which are not really hazardous, I believe that
there would be no scarcity of boys who would serve
apprenticeships, or of manufacturers who would take
care of them.
Impromptu Key for Milling Cutter
By Charles D. Folsom, Jr.
Every milling-machine hand knows how easily a nar-
row cutter, such as a slitting saw, will shear off a
cold-rolled steel key used to hold it on the arbor. The
remedy for this trouble is to use tool steel, but the
extra work of filing a key from a round piece of drill
rod very often causes a man to u.se cold rolled and "take
it easy." However, one day when I was in a hurry
and had just sheared a key, I happened to see an old
file on the bench; in about five minutes I had filed up
the end of the tang, broken it off in the vise, and put
it in place on the arbor. The tang of a file is soft
enough to file, yet not thoroughly soft, as it would be
if it had been annealed, so it is just about right for
a kej'.
136
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
Summer Meeting of National Safety Council
THE Engineering Section of the National Safety
Council held its summer meeting in Chicago, on
June 24, 1920. This section is composed of engi-
neers engaged or interested in accident prevention and
has done some important work in connection with the
development of uniform safety standards.
The meetings were under the direction of Chairman
C. P. Tolman, chief engineer of the National Lead Co.;
Vice Chairman L. A. De Blois, manager of the safety
department of the E. I. Dupont de Nemours Co., and
Secretary Sidney J.
Williams, secretary
and chief engineer
of the National
Safety Council, Chi-
cago. The Western
Society of Engineers
co-operated in ar-
ranging the meet-
ings and loaned the
use of its rooms. The
morning session was
devoted to the re-
ports of a number of
committees who have
been conducting in-
vestigations in vari-
ous lines of safety
work. H. A. Schultz,
of the U. S. Steel
Corporation,
reported for the
committee on "Safe-
guarding Machinery
at its Source," which
has considered the
problems of dealing
directly with ma-
chinery manufacturers to urjre them to properly safe-
guard their products instead of leaving this work to
the purchaser. In part the report was as follows:
"Some three years ago the National Safety Council
appointed a committee with the same title as that of this
committee. Probably the most important feature of its
work was in paving the way with the Machine Tool Build-
ers' Association and with the American Society of Mechan-
ical Engineers. To see that this work was in a measure
successful we have but to turn to the advertising pages of
the mechanical publications, where page after page show
machines pictured with hazardous points guarded. It is
true that the guarding is not always adequate, and also
that the manufacturer sometimes fails to guard all of the
hazardous points, but on the other hand think of these
machines as illustrated 10 or 15 years ago! In those days
the gears, power transmission, etc., were devoid of any
covering.
"It is perfectly obvious that the best time to plan the
safeguarding of the machine is while it is being designed.
Then only can we hope to incorporate the features essential
to safety and obtain the kind of a job that is pleasing to
the eye and satisfactory to the critical inspection of the
engineer inspector and the plant manager. Too often the
guards that are installed, after the machine is in its work-
ing position in the shop, are frail, unsightly and inadequate.
"Safety specifications should be based upon practical rec-
ognized safety standards and should be drawn up in a form
so that they may be included and used as a whole, or in part,
for any contract for construction work, or for purchase and
installation of machinery and equipment. A set of safety
X- A. DE BLOIS
OFFICERS OP THE NATTOXAL SAFETY COUNCIL
SUMMER MEETING
specifications should be attached to, or embodied in, general
specifications when originally submitted to contractors or
manufacturers for bids. . . .
"If we begin with our own companies we may feel reason-
ably certain that later such demands will be made by the
purchasing departments of all companies — in fact many of
them have already begun, as you know. Always, we should
emphasize the fact that manufacturers of machines that are
adequately guarded have an advantage over their competi-
tors whose machines are not guarded because the sales engi-
neer can truthfully state that the machine, as delivered, will
comply with the re-
quirements of the safe
practice inspection de-
partment of the State
Industrial C o m m i s-
sion and also the re-
quirements of the
various insurance
companies."
The dangers inci-
dent to shifting
belts on cone pulleys
was the study of a
committee under the
chairmanship of H.
E. Somes, of the
Chevrolet Motor Co.
In his report he
said:
"At the last meet-
ing of the Engineer-
ing Section of the
National Safety
Council, I volunteered
to obtain time studies
on mechanical belt
shifters for cone pul-
ley belts and on the
hand method. After
going through a num-
ber of large machine
surprised to find that
nstance, belt shifting
.1. VVU.I.IAM.S
shops, I was very much
with the exception of an isolated
devices for cone pulley belts were not used ; and due to that
fact, and also tlie short period of time left to investigate
this subject, I have been unable as yet to obtain the time
studies. One of our factory managers, who has a successful
belt shifter installed, expressed it as his opinion that a
green workman can shift cone pulley belts by means of the
belt shifter as rapidly as an experienced workman can
shift them by hand — with the additional advantage that in
doing so he is safeguarded from injury. However, I have
been convinced of the fact that mechanical belt shifters can
be or already are developed that will shift belts on cone pul-
leys more rapidly than by hand— much more safely and effi-
ciently and without serious injury to the belt itself.
"The problem seems to be, where should cone pulley belt
shifters be required. A shifter has its maximum value
when it is installed on a machine whei-e belts are shifted
many times per day. Where a saving can be realized in the
workman's time due t- an improved method of shifting belts
and the machine itself gains a greater capacity, these ad-
vantages will become more apparent, in proportion to the
number of belt changes. Usually the advantages become of
lesser importance as the number of shiftings decreases.
"Among installations where cone pulley belt shifting de-
vices are desirable are the toolroom, and maintenance and
repair shops.
"Considering the modern manufacturing machine shop,
such as the automobile plant, we are struck at once by the
fact that belt shifting is very uncommon, and in fact in
many cases, if the manufacturer could obtain them, single
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
187
purpose, machines would be purchased. In the production
machine shop an individual machine is tooled up for a single
job and frequently this machine runs several years without
any change in the method of manufacture, speed or feed.
"As an illustration of this point: Recently I went to the
Chevrolet Motor Co.'s manufacturing plant in Flint, to see
a screw machine which had been fitted with a mechanical
belt shifter. I asked the operator what he thought of the
shifter and how much it aided him. He replied that he
thought the belt shifter was satisfactory but that he had
been employed on that particular job for approximately
eight months and in that time had never used it to shift
belts except to satisfy himself that it would work. This
condition exists throughout that entire plant.
"The field for greater service of the belt shifter un-
doubtedly would be in shops not engaged in production
manufacturing, but where, on account of the special nature
of tie different jobs, wide variations in the spindle speeds
are necessary. This also applies to drill press operations
where the step cone pulleys are exposed within 12 or 18
in. of the floor. Drill presses, excepting where they are used
over long periods of time on a single operation, require a
large number of belt changes throughout the working day,
owing to the different sizes of drills which may be used.
"While observing a belt shifter at Flint, I noticed that it
seemed to be satisfactory in shifting from high to low; but
in shifting from low to high speeds the belt curled and
caused difficulty. The plant engineer advised that the
shifter had been thoroughly satisfactory until the belt be-
came oil soaked from long use.
"In order, however, that we may obtain accurate informa-
tion as to the advantage of using mechanical belt shifters
over the hand shifting method, and also to ascertain whether
a satisfactory shifter has been developed, the Chevrolet
Motor Co. has arranged to conduct a test on several types
of shifters. This test will be strictly impartial, and we
hope to learn if the belt is injured by using a mechanical
shifter and whether or not the shifters are satisfactory
after the belt has become thoroughly oil-soaked and very
pliable."
Safety Educational Work
A committee headed by Bruce W. Benedict, manager
of the shop laboratory, University of Illinois, has
considered the questions connected with the promotion
of educational work. This report was presented by W. D.
Keefer, who said in part:
".\lmost every one familiar with the engineering courses
offered in the average technical school and university in
our country agrees that our student engineers are being
tau'gh technical subjects that fit them to solve .problems
where materials, machines and forces of nature are in-
volved, but that practically nothing is taught to assist them
in solving the problems involving men. . . .
"Many persons interested in safety think that a pres-
entation of the principles of accident prevention to stu-
dent engineers will assist materially in developing a proper
understanding of men, and at the same time make a valu-
able addition to the student's engineering knowledge.
They base this statement on the fact that successful safety
work is the result not only of the proper application of
true en.ifineering principles but also of the ability to
understand and handle men.
"The National Safety Council has in the past two years
been devoting some time and money to the consideration of
this problem and the following suggestions are the con-
sensus of the comments of the committee.
"1. Safety education in enginering colleges should not
be confined to preparing safety engineers. A greater effort
should be made to impress all engineering students with the
fact that safety is an integral part of efficiency. Such
courses as machine design, shop practice, industrial man-
agement and others are particularly suitable for the in
elusion of the study of safety work.
"2. Safety can be presented to the engineering educa-
tor and the engineering student, as a subject definitely re-
lated to engineering efficiency rather than as a humani-
tarian subject.
"3. Opportunities should be provided for engineering
professors to take up summer work in the safety depart-
ments of .some of the large companies.
"4. Encourage colleges to take out a $15 a year mem-
bership in the National Safety Council, which membership,
will make available all the Council's bulletins and other
publications.
"5. Urge colleges to post safety bulletin boards in the
engineering shops and keep them alive with the Council's
bulletins and other literature pertaining to safety.
"6. Assist engineering colleges in establishing individua\
safety museums.
"7. Attempt to have the standard engineering hand-
books introduce a safety section to include safety codes and
principles that apply to the particular branches of engi-
neering which the handbook covers."
Safety Code Committees
Various sub-committees have been engaged in com-
piling codes for standard safeguards for different
classes of machinery. Their work was reported by R.
H. Guerrant, safety engineer of the National Safety
Council. Items worthy of note follow :
"When the Council was asked to sponsor the code on
power presses we at once set about ox'ganizing a committee
of representative men to formulate this code. Various engi-
neering societies and organizations, including the National
Association of Machine "Tool Builders, the Bureau of Stand-
ards and all State Industrial Boards were invited to ap-
point representatives on the committee. . .
"In the preparation of this code we already have as
reference some very valuable pamphlets on the subject.
Among these I might mention the 'Safe Practices' pam-
phlet on power presses issued by the National Safety
Council, a bulletin on 'Safety Devices Used by Members
of the Sheet Metal Ware Association,' bulletin on 'Stamp-
ing and Punching Presses,' issued by the Utica Mutual
Insurance Co. and other similar publications, together
with the codes of various states, some of which contain
provisions relating to safety in punch press operations.
"As soon as the committee has been formed the work of
actually producing the code will be started. This work
will likely be handled largely from the National Safety
Council offices, and the code in tentative form will be for-
warded to the various members of the committee for their
action.
'"A similar course was followed in the handling of the
paper and pulp safety code. State boards were invited
to name representatives to serve on the committee as
were the several organ'^ations of paper and pulp mill
men."
During the afternoon session F. J. Littel, president
of the F. J. Littel Machine Co., spoke on "Automatic
Feed for Power Presses." He desciibed the different
types of automatic feeding devices which have been suc-
cessfully applied to power-pre.ss operation, including
both the roll-feed and dial-feed methods of handling the
work to and from the dies. He also described new
developments in the line of magazine feed together with
automatic sorting and loading devices that make the
operation of the power press almost independent of the
attention of a workman. Mr. Littel was followed by
A. L. Kaems, safety engineer of the Simmons Co.,
Kenosha. Wis., who spoke on "How We Increased Pro-
duction by Safeguarding Power-Press Operation.".
A dinner meeting in the evening concluded the pro-
gram. H. G. Ellerd, president of the National Safety
Council, presided. The addresses included : "The Engi-
neer and Production," by W. G. Nichols, president of
the American Manganese Steel Co.; "Safety and Pro-
duction," by George A. Hart, superintendent of the
Melrose Park plant of the National Malleable Casting.-^
Co.; and "Safety and Engineering Efficiency," by Sid-
ney J. Williams, of the National Safety Council.
138
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
Shop Equipment nenv5
-^'
E L DUNN and 5'. A, HAND
EQUIPMENT
• Nt\V5 ■
A wGGkly reviGv/ oC^
modo rn dosifgnsand
or^uipmGn.'t «
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wliicfi tfiere is no cfiarge. To be
eligible for presentation, tfie article ntust not fiave been
on tfte market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them, to the manufacturer for approval. 1
■' • CONDENSED ■
j CLIPPING INDEX
' A continuous record
I \ oj^modorn dojidnj
'• and oquIpiriGnl/ «»
Cincinnati 16-In. Gear Hobbing
Machine
WITHIN the past few months several Cincinnati
16-in. gear hobbing machines have been placed
in production service by their maker, the Cincin-
nati Goar Cutting Machine Co., subsidiary of the Cincin-
nati Shaper Co., of Cincinnati, Ohio.
The capacity of the machine ranges up to a maximum
gear diameter of 171 in. with 12-in. face. It will cut
.fpur erear.s of 3 D.P. in cast iron or steel; and helical
gears of 3 D.P. in cast iron or 3i D.P. in steel. Gears
with either right or left helix may be cut, up to 45
deg. of angularity. The machine is regularly equipped
with standard parts and change gears for cutting spur
gears only. If helical gears are to be cut, proper data
must be furnished the maker so that the proper gears
may be supplied.
FIG. 1. CI.MriNNATI 16-IN. URI/r-I)RIVEN GEAR HOBBING MACHINE
Specifications : "Rated' capacity, diameter. 16 in.; face. 12 in. Actual niaxiniuni gear
diameter, 17i in. Rated capacity, .spur geais, 3 D.P. : cast-iron lielical gears, 3 D.P. :
steel helical gears, 3J D.I'. Maximum distance center of hob to nose of spindle, 19i in.
Maximum diameter of hob, 41 in. Diameter hob arbor, \\ in. Taper hole in work
spindle. No. 12 B. & S. Hob speed. 8 changes, ranging from ,")0 to 200 r.p.m. Hob
feeds, 26 changes, ranging from 0.015 to 0.250 in. per rev. of work. Driving pulley,
15 X 31 in.; speed, 400 r,p.m. Over-all dimensions; covers closed, 52 in. x 82 in.;
covers open,- 56 in. x 103 in. Net weight of machine with electrical equipment, 5,600
lb. ; domestic shipping weight, 5,900 lb. ; export shipping weight, 6,600 lb. Contents
boXLd for export, 210 cu.fl.
The bed and housing are of box construction, heavily
ribbed to secure rigidity. The column at the left side
of the machine has a flat top on which the driving
motor may be mounted, as shown in Fig. 2, or which
may be used, in the case of a belt-driven machine. Fig. 1,
to support an extra tool pan. A noticeable feature of the
construction is that hollow-head screws have been used
almost exclusively for assembling the main parts of
the m.achine, giving it a smooth external finish.
Finished ways on the side of the column carry the
work-spindle saddle which is taper-gibbed to long and
narrow guides to prevent any sagging when the clamp-
ing bolts are loosened. The saddle is raised or lowered
by a crank so it can be set for depth of cut or size of
gear. The quill is fitted with a graduated dial reading
to 0.001 in.
The indexing mechanism consists of a steel double-
thread worm and cast-iron worm gear which are entirely
inclosed and run in a bath of oil. Ad-
justments of the worm may be made
for wear. The change gears for in-
dexing are placed on the left end of
the machine. Fig. 1, and are inclosed
by the gear box cover.
The work spindle is horizontal and
is rigidly supported by two long
bronze-bushed bearings; the front
bearing is tapered for adjustment to
offset wear. The thrust bearings are
alternate steel and bronze washers.
The spindles are of hammered forged
steel, bored to 1 1"? in. diameter and
have No. 12 B. & S. taper. Spindle
lubrication is secured through two
sight-feed oil cups.
The work arbor is supported by a
bracket carried on an over-arm 31
in. in diameter and provided with an
outboard support bracket or A-frame.
A double over-arm bracket is provided,
only one portion of which is released
for removing the work arbor. This
bracket carries a center which insures
the accurate and quick return of the
work arbor to its proper position after
reloading.
The ways which guide the hob car-
riage are square and extend the
length of the bed. Taper gibs are
used to adjust the carriage to the
ways. The carriage may be swiveled
through 50 deg. in either direction,
July 15, 1920
Get increased Production^With Improved Machinery
139
FIG.
REAR OF MOTOR-DRIVEN GEAR MOBBING
MACHINE
and may be accurately set by a vernier reading to 5 min.
Movement of the carriage is controlled by a handwheel
located at the right front of the machine.
The hob spindle is driven by helical gears to insure
smooth running. It is provided with bronze bushings
and a taper bearing for making adjustment for wear.
The bearing boxes are scraped into the saddle for per-
fect alignment and are capable of endwise adjustment.
Almost all hobs are made with several more teeth
than are in use at one time, and the work is started at
one end of the hob, which, as it dulls, is shifted end-
wise until the entire hob is dulled. On account of its
being possible to adjust the hob spindle endwise, it
is not necessary to reset the hob on its arbor.
The speed box for the hob spindle is inclosed in the
case on the front of the machine. There are eight
standard changes of hob
speed. The feed change
gears for the carriage are
in a case at the right end of
the machine and give twenty-
six changes of feed ranging
from 0.015 in. to 0.250 in.
per revolution of the work.
The gearing for the feed is
driven through a worm and
worm gear, and is provided
with a trip to stop the feed
mechanism only.
The machine may be en-
tirely controlled from the
operator's position in front.
If motor driven the motor
control switch is located on
the front; if belt-driven the
machine is controlled by the
clutch-operating handle lo-
cated back of the hob-slide
handweel.
Automatic knockout is
provided for stopping the
machine at the conclusion
of a cut; adjustable dogs
either cut off the motor current or shift the belt clutch
depending upon the type of drive.
A copious supply of coolant i.s an es.sential for suc-
cessful results on gear hobbing machines and careful
attention has been given to providing for this. The
coolant is contained in an ample re-servoir in the bed,
into which it drains from a steel chip pan that receives
chips and coolant through an opening in the carriage.
A belt-driven centrifugal pump inclosed in the housing
on the back of the machine furnishes the supply to
the hob through flexible pipe which can be adjusted
to suit the requirements of the work.
Mery Stampograph
The rotary stamping machine shown in Figs. 1 and 2
is designed to stamp letters, characters, etc., in metal
or other material while it is in a r.oft or plastic condi-
tion. The machine is manufactured by .lulius Mery, 2,842
North Maplewood Ave., Chicago, 111., and is ordinarily
furnished for hana operation, but can be arranged for
power operation when required. The machine is self-
contained and has a stamping capacity of thirty-five
characters, as indicated on the face of the dial. Provi-
sion is made, however, for changing the size of the char-
acters to suit the work being stamped. This feature can
be better understood by reference to Fig. 2. Between
the two large disks are pivoted thirty-five pinions, one
for each character. Each pinion carries a hardened
steel die on which different sized characters are cut and
by rotating the pinions the desired sizes may be^brought
into indexing position. The pinions are rotated simul-
taneously by means of the knob A on the face of the
dial. Fig. 1, -and when set are locked by the nut B.
Adjustment for work of different thickness is accom-
plished by means of the ball crank at the top ^of the
machine and incidentally this regulates the depth of the
impression which is set to the graduated scale shown at
A, Fig. 2. The spacing for the different sized characters
is automatically regulated and the machine is said to
FIG. 1. .STAMPOGRAPH. FRONT VIEW
FIG.
STAMPOGRAPH. SIDE VIEW
140
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
space evenly and with good alignment. The impression
is obtained by means of the crank B, Fig. 2, and provi-
sion is made against breakage should the metal be too
hard. The hand-power machine weighs about 200 lb.
The power-operated machine weighs 350 lb. and occupies
a bench space about two feet square.
"American" Rubber-Cushioned
Helve Hammer
Rubber-cushioned helve hammers of improved design,
as illustrated, are being manufactured by the Long &
Allstatter Co., Hamilton, Ohio. The hammers are made
in five sizes, ranging from 25 to 100 lb. capacity. It is
claimed that all connections and parts that have a ten-
dency to work loose are carefully protected against such
trouble. The treadle is arranged to prevent lost motion
between it and the belt-tightener and is said to be sen-
"AMERICAN" KUBBEK-CUSHIONED HE1.VE H.\.MMEK
sitive and smooth acting in regulating the force and
rapidity of the blows. The steel brake-band with its
friction lining passes almost entirely around the brake
wheel and, owing to its greater area of friction surface,
assures quick stopping of the hammer with the helve
in the "up" position when the treadle is released.
A pair of ordinary dies having faces partly flat and
partly round is furnished as part of the regular equip-
ment.
Lovejoy Turret Toolpost
The turret toolpost illustrated herewith is a recent
addition to the line of the Lovejoy Tool Co., Inc., Spring-
field, Vt. . V>''>
One movement of the binding leVer releases the tur-
ret, accurately indexes it to the next tool position and
again rigidly clamps it to the base.
The turrets are made of hardened steel and are inter-
changeable with any base. This feature permits the use
of a number of turrets carrying tool combinations for
various jobs so that a job can be changed without chang-
ing the tool set-up. Two types of turrets are regularly
made, one for outside turning and the other for boring.
The turning tools have shanks 1 in. in diameter and
are fitted with Jl-in. high-speed steel cutters. The round
I>OVi;jOV TURRET TOOLPOSTS FOR OUTSIDE AND INSIDE
WORK
shanks permit the holders to be rotated to give side
clearance to the tools. The boring bars are 1 in. in diam-
eter and will cut to the bottoms of holes that are only
slightly larger than the bars. Bars of other sizes with
bushings to fit holes in turrets can be furnished to order.
The turrets can be used on lathes having a center dis-
tance above the tool block as small as 1 i inches.
"Automatic" Lifting and Tiering Truck
A lifting and tiering truck of the type .shown has
recently been placed on the market by the Automatic
Transportation Co., Buffalo, N. Y. The function of this
truck is to pick up and elevate loads with its own power,
to suitable heights for placing material in box cars, on
trucks, wagons, etc., without rehandling. It has a capac-
ity to lift a load of 4,000 lb. any distance from 1 in. to
6 ft., and at the rate of 1 ft. in 15 seconds. The over-
hanging platform is supported on two sturdy uprights.
It is provided with substantial guide rollers, and is
raised and lowered by a single screw of large size re-
AUTOMATIC" LIFTING AND TIERING TRICK
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production—W-ith Improved Machinery
141
volving in a heavy bronze nut carried in a trunnion. An
oil reservoir furnishes ample lubrication to the screw.
The motor may be started and stopped at any point in
its travel, and is provided with automatic limit cutouts
to prevent overrun of the platform at either extreme.
Platforms or skids of standard heights, designed for
use with electric lifting trucks, may be used with this
machine.
Underwood Steam or Air Engine
H. B. Underwood Corporation, 1015-25 Hamilton St.,
Philadelphia, Pa., has added to its line the small engine,
shown in the illustration, which can be driven by either
steam or compressed air. The engine is built in both a
3- and a 5-hp. size, and is designed for driviiTg portable
tools such as boring bars and drilling machines.
The cylinder of the 3-hp. engine is 31 in. in diameter
and that of the 5-hp. is 4 J in. in diameter, both engines
U.VDKRWOOD STEAM OR AIR EXGINK
having a 3i-in. stroke. The working parts are inclosed
in an oil-tight case which is formed in the base of
the engine and serves to e.xclude dirt. The crankshaft
is a steel forging with a 1^-in. finished diameter. A
piston valve is used, and the engine is fitted with a
governor on the supply line. The engine runs at 250
r.p.m. with 70 to 125 lb. supply pressure. The floor
space required is 12 x 21 in., and the height to the top
of the governor is 46 in. Net weight, 270 lb.
Gustin-Bacon Reversible Driving Chuclc
The chuck shown in the illustration has recently
been placed on the market by the Gustin-Bacon Manu-
facturing Co., 1416-18 West Twelfth St., Kansas City,
Mo. The chuck grips when driven in either direction,
being especially designed for service where it is desir-
GirSTIN-BAtON RUVKR.SIBLK DRIVJNO CHUCK
able to reverse the direction of rotation, as in running
staybolts in fire bo.xes and in driving straight-shank
taps.
The jaws shown are used for holding round bars ; one
size, suitable for accommodating bolts from U to 11
in., being carried in stock, while other sizes can be
furnished upon order. Jaws for holding square heads
can be furnished, the stock size accommodating square
heads from i to J in. The jaws are tool steel, and can
be easily replaced when worn out. It is claimed that
the chuck grips the bolt centrally, so that it runs true.
The base of the chuck shank is squared to IJ in., so
as to permit the -setting of a staybolt with a wrench
when desired.
"Ready" Garage Latlie-Tool Set
The Ready Tool Co., of Bridgeport, Conn., has placed
on the market a set of lathe tools for small machine
shops and garages, as illu.«trated herewith. The set
{
f^ J^j
■'""^ . >4
1
1 ■
r
I
' r ^ B
II
•READY" GARAGE LATHE-TOOL SET
comprises tools for both inside and outside turning and
threading. Also a cutting-oiT tool. The tool board fur-
nished with the tools has a place routed out for each
individual tool, making it easy to keep the tools in their
proper places and to note whether any are missing.
142
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
Business Conditions In England
From Our London Correspondent
THE prophets of impending doom grow more numer-
ous and observers are not wanting who predict that
a crisis is actually at hand. For one thing it is felt
that prices have just about reached their limit. But this
feeling has been experienced more than once since the
European war was ended. Certain it is that on the part of
capitalists, hesitation is being shown. Possibly the fear of
a tax imposed on war wealth, or of a levy raised on capital,
may lately have been the predominant item in the mental
outlook.
Certainly, some branches of engineering are experiencing
a decline in the actual receipt of orders, but most have work
in hand to last them for months. The motor-car (that
is, the pleasure car) industry and, to a lesser extent, the
machine-tool trades, may be included. Speculators in pleas-
ure cars, people who ordered simply that they might sell
at a profit as soon as the car was actually delivered, are
cancelling orders, and the statement has been made that "a
wave of economy is sweeping over the motor trade just as
much as in other trades." There are, in fact, rumors that
one or two small firms are going out of the business, while
it has long been asserted that several remain in existance
simply on the strength of deposits paid by intending pur-
chasers. The automobile industry of Great Britain has been
in a peculiar position, for, unlike other branches of engineer-
ing, it has actually been financed in advance to a consider-
able extent by its own customers. By the way, the Austin
Motor Co., will, according to present plans, export one-
third of its production of motor cars and one-half of its
motor tractors.
Workers Pressing for 44-Hour Week
Meanwhile engineering workpeople seem determined to
press for the 44-hour week. Some time ago it was agreed
that this demand should be withdrawn temporarily (that is,
until the result of an inquiry into the present economic
conditions in engineering and shipbuilding, both in Great
Britain and other nations, was made known), the purpose,
of course, being to find out the effect of the 47-hour week
as compared with the 53 -hour week, and some organized
workmen have been growing restive.
This joint inquiry has not yet been held. Instead, state-
ments, both public and private, have been made showing
considerable decrease in output. For example, D. B. Mori-
son has been saying that the average hours actually being
worked in the shop with which he is concerned, after mak-
ing allowances for absence for various reasons, are now but
44; the net decrease in hours, as compared with pre-war
conditions, is 9 hours, or about 17 per cent. Further, in
the works of Richardsons, Westgarth and Co., Ltd., marine
engineers, of Hartlepool, Sunderland and Middlesbrough,
"the actual time now taken to complete a given amount of
work is, on an average, nearly half as long again as it was
before the war." Consequently, it seems the output in a
given week must be but 55 per cent of that obtained in pre-
war times. "Fortunately," adds Mx-. Morison, "there are
indications of an appreciation of the undoubted fact that
the costs of production are now so extravagantly high that,
if the continuous demands for still higher wages are per-
sisted in, commercial success will ultimately become im-
possible. Demand will then cease and a slump, and unem-
ployment, must inevitably follow. The desideratum at the
moment is the restoration of at least pre-war output per
man per hour. There are already distinct signs of a slack-
ening demand for ships."
Bad Time-Keeping, Etc., Being Investigated
Reference to want of production, bad time-keeping, etc.,
is being made all over Great Britain. At a launching of a
cable-laying and repairing vessel at Fairfield it was stated
that delay had been caused not simply by the natural difH-
culty of changing over from war to peace, but also by lack
of steel and by restrictions imposed on labor by trade
unions. On the other hand, it is but fair to say that at the
launching in the same district of the latest Cunarder, Sir
W. Beardmore mentioned that, while in 1913 the average
time lost in the Dalmuir yard was 13 per cent; in 1919,
partly due to the later morning start and also to the in-
creasing interest in production, the loss was but 6.4 per
cent. This still seems a fair-sized amount.
It will be noticed that, speaking of the Northeast Coast
of England, D. B. Morison mentioned distinct signs of a
slackening demand for ships. A report from Glasgow,
relating to the Clyde area, of course, is to much the same
effect. But in all the districts a considerable amount of
re-conditioning is on the way and in fact the yards are full
and orders are in hand for further ships. At the moment
not much misgiving need therefore be felt. Nevertheless,
with a decline in certain freights, ship owners are more
anxious and inquiries have been made as to the possibility
of cancelling orders.
Little Expected in the Way of Warship
Construction
Little is expected in the way of warship construction; in
fact Armstrong, Whitworth & Co., Ltd., when launching
the light cruiser "Emerald" at its Armstrong yard, sug-
gested that special mention might be made of the fact, as
this "will probably prove to be the last war vessel to be
constructed in a private contractor's yard for several years
to come." The firm named has made further developments,
and is to build water turbines in the works of the associated
firm, Armstrongs & Main, Glasgow.
It has long been known in Great Britain, and the fact has
been publicly pointed out, that the home supply of engi-
neers with special training and experience in hydro-electrics
is somewhat scant, and a party of about a dozen Cambridge
engineering students was recently formed to visit Norwegian
power plants of this kind. Some of them will, it is expected,
also receive further training in Norway.
The workpeople concerned in shipbuilding at any rate do
not view the immediate future of employment with misgiv-
ing. They have proposed to claim a further shilling an
hour in the Clyde district. Alternatively, it is suggested that
a number of the trades shall combine in a rather more mod-
est claim; that is, 6d. an hour, or 23s. 6d. a week. It is
possible that the engineering workpeople will join in, but
before this the new engineering trade union amalgamation
(a dozen or so of smaller unions, but dominated by the Amal-
gamated Society of Engineers) may have its own say.
Neither are engineers the only class of workpeople de-
manding the 44-hour week. Gas workers all over the coun-
try have recently taken a ballot, and 96 per cent of those
employed at the present time voted in favor of a strike to
enforce not only a 10s. increase in weekly wages, but also
the 44-hour working week, with double pay on Sundays and
holidays, and a fortnight's annual holiday. Notices to leave
work on June 26 are being prepared, but further negotia-
tions are anticipated. As to the premium bonus system, the
few thousand London pianoforte workers still remain on
strike.
Two Jobs Being Held by One Man Being Protested
While some men are thus agitating for a shorter week in
their own trades, others are protesting against the per-
formance of two jobs by one man. The boot trades have
been meeting. "They noted the tendency of organized
workpeople who both agitate for shorter hours and also
close the door of their own trade against outsiders, but yet
are willing to occupy their spare time in competition with
traders and others. The government therefore is asked to
license all traders, and further to insert in their proposed
48-hour working-week bill a clause which will make it illegal
for any regularly employed person, male or female, to do
work of any describtion for personal gain after that period
had been worked.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
143
The railwaymen have not obtained the additional £1 a
week claimed, but, on the other hand, increases have been
awarded by the wages board set up, the increases ranging
from 7s. 6d. a week to 4s. a week in London and industrial
areas, and half these rates for country districts. A further
advance in fares is foreshadowed, though not necessarily
quite to the extent of 110 per cent on pre-war fares which
would have been necessary if the whole of the workers'
demand had been met. Apart from the effect of the new
concessions, it had been estimated that an increase of 80
per cent on pre-war rates would be needed. The figures
given suggest the possibility of fares being simply at double
pre-war rates for the future.
Lack of Castings Felt
Complaint of lack of castings is made from practically
every engineering center, especially perhaps By makers of
machine tools. Up and down the country a number of
foundries are being built, but this may only accentuate the
evidence of shortage of skilled labor. Lack of raw material,
too, has held up both shipbuilding yards and engineering
shops on the Clyde. Pig iron in the district is particularly
scarce, and although many people in the automobile industry
have received the impression that their requirements have
been neglected and shipyards favored, a shortage of steel
plates has been reported from Glasgow. In fact, some 1,500
tons were recently obtained from South Wales, and this is
said to be a record. In pig iron so pronounced is the differ-
ence between supply and demand that it was suggested re-
cently in the House of Commons that the Scottish iron-
founding industry is faced with a crisis. The increase in
the cost of coal has caused pig iron to rise in price, and in
London recently Stafford crown iron bars, previously quoted
at £31 10s. from the works, were raised to £33 10s., which
means practically an increase of 33 per cent over the price
in 1920.
Iron Castings Also Scarce
The scarcity of steel castings is no less pronounced than
\hat of iron castings, and railway congestion is again
alleged as the cause of delay in the supply of rails, plates,
etc.
While America is understood to be accepting orders
lor structural steel for delivery from July to September, on
the other hand, at the market named it was mentioned that
January orders were only just being delivered. Some iron
and steel firms have been insisting on payment by their cus-
tomers of advances on material already manufactured but
not delivered, and a committee of manufacturers and mer-
chants in London have been considering the subject. The
material is that which has been left in the yards owing to
railway congestion and therefore not delivered and conse-
quently not paid for. The claim for the advances arises
because the banks, who were willing some time ago to give
credit on material sold in such conditions, now simply sug-
gest loan accounts.
Machine-Tool Prices Being Raised
An increase in engineering time wages of 3s. a week has
just been made, in accordance with the last agreement;
consequently some machine tools are being raised in price
by 5 per cent, and others by smaller amounts.
The subscription list has been opened in connection with
the formation of William Asquith (1920), Ltd., high-speed
i-adial drilling machine manufacturer, capital £600,000,
divided into 300,000 8 per cent cumulative participating
preference shares of £1 each and £300,000 ordinary shares
of £1 each. Apparently, the vendors take 150,000 ordinary
shares as part of the purchase price. The Halifax business,
it is shown, was founded in 1865 by William Asquith, and
the area for works, etc., is more than 12 acres, with 650
workpeople. The prospectus states that the consideration
fixed by the vendor company, William Asquith (1919), Ltd.,
for the sale of its assets and undertaking is £484,000. The
assets have been valued at about £598,353, including £402,-
359 for land and freehold property, fixed and loose plant,
fixtures and office furniture, etc.; £25,000 for motor cars,
wagons, etc., patterns, molding boxes, drawings, designs and
jigs; £166,994 for stock-in-trade; plus £4,000 invested in
Associated British Machine Tool Makers, Ltd. The effect
of the molders' strike is shown in the estimated profits. For
the six months ending with September 30, 1919, these were
put at £60,971; but for the whole year ending with March
last the estimate is £76,000, subject to audit. The profits
for the year ending with March, 1913, were £15,329, and the
highest profits, £96,404, appear to have been made in the
year ending March 31, 1918.
New Issues of Capital Reach High Figures
New issues of capital reached high figures during April
but were relatively few toward the end of May. Taking the
present year so far the total reaches more than £213,000,000.
According to a statement issued by a London bank, in the
full year ending with May last the capital issues amounted
to £387,738,000, of which almost exactly one-sixth was in
the nature of overseas investment and five-sixths was for
home purposes. Before the war it was a complaint that
capital was not invested in British industries, etc., or
rather that it was insufficiently invested at home, and it
would probably not be difllcult to find a year in which the
proportions given above for home and foreign investment
were reversed.
Regarding amalgamation, it is understood that Bolckow,
Vaughan & Co. have acquired a controlling interest in the
Darlington Rolling Mills Co., Ltd., the capital of the first-
named firm being about £5,000,000. Statements have been
made that Baldwins, Ltd., who have large iron and steel and
coal interests in South Wales, and include some seven com-
panies, will be acquiring an undertaking connected with
steel in the Midlands of England.
Household Coal Supply To Be Unrationed
From now on, the supply of household coal for Great
Britain is to be unrationed and purchasers will be able to
deal with any merchant from whom they can get supplies,
registration being dropped. Nobody anticipates that a fall
in price will result. Although in theory competition be-
tween merchants will come into play, this section of business
is probably just as well ringed as any other. In order tn
allow for decontrol, the amount of coal allotted to export
has been reduced; it will be 1,750,000 tons a month instead
of 2,000,000 tons. The Profiteering Act, which has been
amended, is to be relied on to prevent excessive charges.
The government controls the price at the pit head, whole-
sale and retail prices being otherwise unrestricted. The
weekly output of coal from the mines continues unsatis-
factory, still failing to reach the hoped-for 5,000,000-ton
figure.
A Home Office return relating to mines under the
Coal Mines Act shows, as compared with pre-war figures.,
an increase of 5.6 per cent in the number of persons em-
ployed in this industry, with a decrease of about 20 per
cent in the output. The average output per person employed
underground was 332 tons in 1913 and 253 tons in 1919; or
regarding persons employed both under and above ground
the output figures respectively were 267 tons and 201 tons.
It may be mentioned. that the present London price for best
Derby coal is about 57s. a ton as against 27s. in 1913. Th<!
respective pit head prices are 33s. 5d. and 13s,
Lapointe Machine Tool Co., Ltd., Starting a
Small Works
The Lapointe Machine Tool Co., Ltd., is starting a small
works at Edgeware, to the north of London, which will
shortly employ between 50 and 60 men. The building was
already in existence. The plant is entirely American and
as closely as possible the technical and commercial methods
of the Hudson organization will be followed. Some few
American workers are already engaged. It is not the inten-
tion to build machines or even standard broaching tools. All
the tools made, according to the present program, will be
special.
The buildings cover some 16,000 sq.ft of floor space
but at present only about 9,000 sq.ft. are in use. Further
land available will double the existing works area. J. L.
Owens is in charge (he is at present leaving for the United
States) and with him is associated Mr. Coleman.
144
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
^i^j- -1
K5 FROM tM
Valentine Francis
Foreign - Trade Development
Cruise Offers Bid for '
"Von Steuben"
Ford Eggena, of New York, repre-
senting the foreign-trade development
cruise, was the sole bidder on the
steamship "Von Steuben," recently of-
fered for sale by the Shipping Board.
Mr. Eggena, whose bid was received and
opened on July 7, offered $1,500,000 for
the vessel, the amount to be covered
in monthly payments lip' to Dec. 20,
1920.' ' - , -_ ' " ' ■ ^
The Boara did not take action on
the bid, reserving time to go into its
details. Mr. Eggena's proposal was in
the Wim of a letter directed to the
Shipping Board. The letter, which con.
tains all the terms of the bid, follows:
Referring- to your letter of the 1st Inst.
and mv letter of the 24th of June to the
manager of ship sales, I beg herewith to
submit to you my bid for the purchase of
the above-named vessel.
1 Purchase price — $1,500,000 (one mil-
lion five hundred thousand only).
2 Terms — A. Certified check for the
sum of $150,000 (one hundred and fifty
thousand only) 10 (ten) days from the
date the U. S. Shipping Board approve.^
of said sale and the purposes to which the
vessel is to be put, in writing.
B. Vessel at the option of the Shipping
Board to be taken over to the Morse Dry
Dock and Repair Co.. Brooklyn. N. Y.. at
once at my expense and reconditioning
started immediately, entirely at my risk
and expense or transfer to said docks not
to take place until certified check is de-
posited, viz., within 10 days as per par. A.
(C) Vessel to be fully covered by in-
surance immediately.
(D) Balance to be paid in the following
Installments free of any and all in-
terest; Aug. 20, 1920, $150,000; Oct. 20,
1920, $250,000; Nov, 20, 1920, $350,000;
Dec 20, 1920, $600,000: Total. $1,350,000;
previous paid 10 days $150,000; total pur-
chase price, $1,500,000.
3. Vessel to be reconditioned for the
round the world commercial cruise to build
up and stimulate our foreign trade and
which will at the same time be the great-
est advertising medium for our merchant
marine.
Accommodation, first cla.ss only, and ves-
sel to be refitted with the best of everything,
no expense being spared to make her the
finest vessel afloat.
4. We will convert said ves.sel into an oil
burner provided that the Shipping Board
will guarantee the supply of fuel oil at the
various ports of call on this cruise, enter-
ing into an agreement as to price and sup-
ply of said fuel oil.
5. Reconditioning of vessel to be care-
fully carried on .so that she can be put
into first-class passenger service at any
time.
6. At the termination of the first world
cruise, which will take about one year, if
deemed advisable, the vessel will continue
on another cruise of this nature ; if not,
she can be put into pasenger service, such
service and route to be agreed upon between
the U. S. Shipping Board and the Foreign
Trade Development Cruise management.
7. We desire the full co-operation of
the U. S. Shipping Board and need their
moral support, together with that of the
Department of Commerce, which we have.
8. Fullest details of the entire enterprise
and the many advantages it offers, not only
to our foreign commerce, but to our mer-
chant marine, will be gladly supplied and if
given the opportunity to present the facts
to the Board in person, I feel that the
result would be satisfactory to all. It is
our earnest desire to co-operate to the full-
est extent with .the U. S. Shipping Board.
Auction Sale of Machine Tools
^ and Belting
An indication of the trend of prices
of Government machinery, when sold
at auction, is given by such a sale held
in New York City, July 8 and 9. This
machinery was not under belt and con-
sequently did not bring as high prices
as might have been the case if the
buyers could have seen it in operation.
In general, the prices ran over 50 per
cent of catalog list. A few of the sale
prices follow:
Becker milling machine rotary vises $36
7J-in. universal geared scroll chucks. 19.50
;t-in. universal geared scroll chucks. 22
luj-in. universal geared scroll chucks 25
12-in. three- jaw universal geared
scroll chucks 30
Waterbuiy grinding machine 60
Rivett No. 205 hand-operated radial
grinding machine 350
Rivett No. 106 automatic internal
grinding machine 750
No. 2A Becker vertical milling ma-
chine 475
No. 4B Becker vertical milling ma-
chine 950
No. 3A universal horizontal boring
machine 3150
Snyder 36-in. heavy-duty upright
drilling machine 600
Professor Breckenridge Appointed
Chairman of Advisory Board
Professor L. B. Breckenridge, head
of the department of mechanical engi-
neering of Yale University, has been
appointed by the Secretary of the In-
terior as chairman of the advisory
board which is being formed in con-
nection with the survey being made of
the power resources of the north At-
lantic seaboard. The work is being
done under an appropriation granted
at the last session of Congress.
Summer School for Foreign
Trades
A summer school of Pan-American
and Foreign Commerce is to be held
in Washington, from July 19 to Aug. 21,
for the purpose of spreading informa-
tion as to the problems of export busi-
ness and the way in which they may
be solved.
The main object of the course is evi-
dently to promote Pan-American com-
merce, but it will also extend to other
countries. In view of the fact that our
commerce with the Americas has in-
creased 450 per cent in the last fifteen
years, attention is called to the possi-
bilities in this direction and the ne-
cessity for retaining and increasing
this business.
Further information can be obtained
from Clarence J. Owens, Executive Di-
rector, 1000 Vermont Ave., Washing-
ton, D. C.
War Plants to Manufacture Small
Motors and Wiring Devices
The General Electric Co., which re-
cently acquired the vast war plant of
the Remington Arms Co., at Bridge-
port, Conn., will use the plant for the
manufacture of small motors and wir-
ing devices. It has recently announced
the following appointments for the
Bridgeport plant: W. S. Clarke, as
general manager; J. P. Catlin, manager
of production in motor department;
Herbert A. Hagadom, superintendent
of maintenance of grounds and build-
ings; C. W. Collins, director of indus-
trial relations.
Mr. Clark was formerly connected
with the assistant manager's office at
Schenectady; Mr. Catlin was formerly
engineer of the motor division at the
Pittsfield, Mass., plant, and Mr. Haga-
dorn and Mr. Collins come from the
Schenectady plant.
The Bridgeport plant contains thir-
teen five-story brick and steel and con-
crete factories, each 240 x 80 ft. Con-
necting buildings make these one vast
factory. The plant has a complete
boiler plant and power plant.
New Motor Truck Plant, Fort
Wayne, Indiana
The International Harvester Co. of
America, Inc., with general offices in
Chicago, has purchased a 140-acre
tract of land just east of the city limits
of Fort Wayne, Ind., and will erect
thereon a plant for the manufacture
and assembling of motor trucks.
The first unit of the plant will be an
assembling unit and will cover an area
of twelve acres. It will consist of an
L-shaped, three-story, reinforced con-
crete building to house the carpenter
shops and shipping department, also a
number of standard one-story steel
buildings of the monitor type, adapted
to progressive assembly.
The company plans to start the erec-
tion of the first unit early this coming
fall and to have it completed within
twelve months. The ultimate develop-
ment of the entire plant as now planned
will extend over a period of three years
and will require an expenditure of
about four million dollars.
Incidental to the construction of the
plant proper, will be the development
of a number of transportation and civic
projects; including a railway connect-
ing the several steam railroads enter-
ing Foi-t Wayne from the east, the ex-
tension of streets, street railway lines,
sewers, water, electric light, gas and
telephone services, and the construc-
tion of about one thousand homes for
future employees.
July 15, 192
Get Increased Production—With Improved Machinery
146
French Commerce Chamber Has
Catalog-File System
The American Chamber of Com-
merce in France has inaugurated a
catalog-file system, the object of which
is to place catalogs of American firms
before important and reliable French
buyers. Under this system preliminary
correspondence can be abolished.
P'rench buyers come to this Chamber
and, from an inspection of the catalogs,
choose the articles they desire, without
loss of time. They can then communi-
cate immediately with the seller with-
out having to wait two months or more
to receive trade literature.
Catalogs can thus serve the purpose
of a representative in France. The
catalog file has been given extensive
publicity and is under the direction of
courteous and experienced personnel.
A nominal fee is charged by the
Chamber to cover expenses incurred.
This fee entitles each subscriber to have
catalogs on file for the period of one
year and also entitles the subscriber to
ten different headings in the catalog
card index. If the subscriber desires to
be listed under additional headings an
additional fee is charged.
Upon receipt of catalogs, address
cards are filled out, showing name and
number assigned to the catalog. These
cards are systematically filed under the
headings given by the subscriber. The
catalogs are placed in individual file
boxes, each box being given a number.
This number is placed on each of the
file cards.
For further details and for the cata-
log file entry blank, write to the Ameri-
can Chamber of Commerce in France.
New Uses for Stainless Steel
(Consul W. J. Grace, Sheffield. EnRland.)
It is the writer's opinion that the
use of stainless steel will become abso-
lutely necessary in many articles and
machinery exported from the United
States. While he was stationed at
Aden, Arabia, captains of ships, users
of automobiles, and others complained
that iron and steel parts rusted very
quickly. The climate seemed really to
"eat" into these metals. The life of
the automobile was considerably short-
ened by corrosion of its metal parts.
The manufacturer who first produces
and places on the market in Eastern
and tropical countries an automobile,
the metal parts of which are of stain-
less steel, ought easily to capture these
markets. Machinery parts, golf-club
ends, clocks and watches, made wholly
or partly of stainless steel, will be in
great demand in the East and in tropi-
cal countries.
Fred. A. Bigelow Elected Presi-
dent of Carpenter Steel Co.
The Carpenter Steel Co., Reading,
Pa., on July 1 announced the election
of Fred. A. Bigelow as president of
the company, succeeding N. B. Kun-
hardt, who is now chairman of the
board of directors.
Mr. Bigelow was born in Paxton,
Mass., on Jan. 31, 1868. His people
moved to Worcester when he was eight
years old and it was there that he was
educated. He graduated from the
Worcester Polytechnic institute in 1891.
The following year he obtained em-
ployment from Spaulding & Jennings
Co. (later part of the Crucible Steel
Co. of America) as chemist, and in
1900 was sent to Providence, R. I., as
manager of the Providence warehouse
for the Crucible Steel Co. of America.
Mr. Bigelow entered the employ of
the Carpenter Steel Co. in 1904 as New
England salesman and in 1910 was
transferred to the Cleveland warehouse
of the company as Western sales man-
ager. In May, 1915, he was trans-
ferred to Reading as general sales
manager.
Report Martens Contract
A contract was reported to have been
signed on June 25 by Ludwig C. A. K.
Martens, unrecognized Russian Soviet
"ambassador," and Boyer, Sloan & Co.,
Canadian and English manufacturers'
agents, Montreal, for several million
dollars worth of Canadian machinery.
♦
Stanley Works Holds Sale
Conference
The annual sales conference of the
sales force of the Stanley Works was
held recently. Yearly the men who are
engaged in furthering the sales of the
corporation gather in New Britain to
discuss the year's growth, sales results,
and to gather any suggestions from
the various sales agents which might
tend to add to the efficiency of the sell-
ing force.
The Stanley Works this year met
jointly with the Stanley Rule and Level
Co., so that the salesmen who were in
session far outnumber any gathering
of past years. This was the first gath-
ering of men of the two companies in a
joint session for discussion of business
matters.
While no salesmen from the Japanese
branch were present, the same was rep-
resented by men from the San Fran-
cisco branch, which cares for Oriental
business. A total of sixty-four sales
agents were registered at the con-
ference.
International Chamber of Com-
merce Urges Reciprocal
Trade Treaties
Restoration of international credit,
based on the fixing of the amount and
the conditions of paynent for the debts
of all countries, whether Allies or ene-
mies, was urged at the first meeting of
the International Chamber of Com-
merce in Paris, according to cabled
reports to the Chamber of Commerce
of the United States. The first com-
prehensive summary received here also
gave the measures recommended by the
conference to clear the financial situa-
tion.
The new organization was created in
Paris by the 500 delegates from the
five countries which last fall partici-
pated in the International Trade Con-
ference at Atlantic City. These were
Belgium, France, Great Britain, Italy
and the United States. Business in-
terests in other countries will be taken
in later. Among other policies urged
at the Paris conference, as made pub-
lic by the Chamber of Commerce here,
were the following: It was resolved
that all allied states should agree also
as soon as possible to fix definitely the
amount and conditions of payments ac-
cording to the stipulations in the treaty.
There should be an avoidance of du-
plicate taxation of wealth on individ-
uals or organizations in more than one
country.
Extension of credits, uniform bank-
ing laws and war damages were dealt
with.
Reciprocal international treaties rela-
tive to import and export taxes were
advocated.
An international credit bureau was
planned.
National and local chambers of com-
merce were requested to co-operate
with their governments to reduce na-
tional and local governmental expendi-
tures.
Governments and banking, commer-
cial and industrial associations in all
countries were urged to co-operate with
the international chambers and with
each other to reduce importation of
non-essentials by countries whose ex-
changes are depreciated and to increase
exportations from such countries.
There should be an endeavor to ob-
tain the co-operation of labor to pre-
vent delay in the turn around of ships,
delay between ships and trains, and
delay in transportation by rail.
There should be restriction as far as
possible upon countries whose ex-
changes are depreciated issuing foreign
loans.
There should be a reconstruction
146
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
Nal'toiial Sufcty JN'tu'.^
WHKN IS A GUARD NOT A GUARD?
Tlu' bill slippi'iT off t)io Uiiving pulley of this punch press, cauglit In tliu guard
and pulled the press over.
sonnel and the location of the various
offices of the three companies follow:
Boston — executive office — 53 Franklin
St. : A. H. Wood, president ; Oraydon Stet-
son, vice president ; J. W. Lund treasurer ;
J. P. llsley, saUs manager; P. W. Mclntyre,
sales manager ; \'. A. Campbell, sales de-
partment ; F. K. Rhodes, sales department ;
G. S. Haven, sales department ; F. H.
Palmer, purchasing agent ; S. Ij. Crawford,
advertising manager.
Worcester — Kfed-Preiitice Co., Cam-
bridge St. ; A. K. Newton, vice president
and general manager, and F. L. Hendrick-
son. engineering department. Whitcomb-
Blaisdell Machine Tool Co., 134 Gold St. :
Charles Hildreth, president and general
managi r, and F. H. Seng, sales depart-
ment.
Hyde Park. Boston — Becker Milling Ma-
ihine Co. : .Scott Taylor, works manager ;
H. S. Sawyer, mrtnager cutter department ;
.V. S. Morse, salesman cutter department,
and A. MacDonald. salesman cutter de-
partment.
New York — 5th Floor, Grand Central
Palace: P. K. Dayton, New York sales
manager, and P. A. Dyer.
Chicago — teniDorary office, 621 Washing-
ton Blvd.. c/o R. K. Kills Engineering Co.
About Aug. 1 or 15 — 2S-28 North Clinton
St.: W. D. Creider. Chicago sales manager:
F. C. Herman, and J. L. Stone.
Detroit — 408 Kerr Building, corner Fort
and Beaubien Sts. ; A. J. Strong, De-
troit sales manager, and W. B. Ashlev.
Cleveland — 408 Frankfort .\ve. : C. A.
Severin. Cleveland sales manager, and
Charles Brandhill.
Indianapolis— 940 Lemcke Annex: T. C.
.McDonald. Indianapolis sales manager.
special committee to study the exchange
situation.
There should be inducement of for-
eign investments in home countries.
It is desirable lo furnish raw mate-
rial and credits.
There should be facilities and sim-
plification of passport procedure.
A committee was proposed to inves-
tigate the mischievous use of trade
names and of misleading indications.
Common nomenclature was proposed
for customs tariffs of the Allied nations.
Revocation of import and export pro-
hibitions was urged as soon as inter-
national conditions of each country will
allow.
A resolution petitions the board of
directors to establish a central bureau
for international statistics covering
production, with forecast of output and
probable needs of each country.
The world's stock of fuel was dis-
cussed.
A resplutior. urges hastening of utili-
zation of hydro-electric power, develop-
ment of measures for the use of min-
eral fuel scientifically and economically,
and development to the utmost of re-
search in the extraction of coal and
oil resources of the world.
The full meeting expressed an opin-
ion that Germany had not demonstrated
an intention to fulfill its obligations to
the Allies, as agreed in the treaty of
Versailles. Allied governments were
arged to tolerate no further delay in
the carrying out of the treaty agree-
ments.
The next meeting of the international
chamber will be held in London next
.Tune. Temporary headquarters have
been established in Paris. The location
of the permanent headquarters is left
to the board of directors.
The chamber elected the following
officers: President, Etienne Clementel,
former Minister of Commerce in France
and member of the Supreme Economic
Council. Vice Presidents, A. C. Bed-
ford, New York city; Baron Edouard
Empain, Belgian banker; A. J. Hobson,
Sheffield, England; Vitorio R"landi
Ricci, Italy.
Directors for the United States:
John H. Fahey, formerly president
Chamber of Commerce of the United
States; Willis H. Booth, vice president
Guaranty Trust Company, New York,
and formerly vice president Chamber
of Commerce of the United States;
Edward A. Filene, president William
Filene Sons' Company, Boston, and
formerly a director in the Chamber of
Commerce of the United States.
Reed-Prentice, Becker and
Whitcomb-Blaisdell Form
Combination
The Reed-Prentice Co., Worcester,
Mass., Becker Milling Machine Co.,
Hyde Park, Mass., and Whitcomb-
Blaisdell Machine Tool Co., Worcester,
Mass., have formed a combination of
their sales, purchasing, accounting and
executive departments.
This combination took place about a
week ago and the main offices are now
permanently located at 53 Franklin St.,
Boston, Mass. This arrangement has
been contemplated for several months
and is in line with the modern method
of doing business, wherein several con-
cerns owned by one interest can work
^o better advantage through one main
office and sales department.
The various agents throughout the
United States that formerly handled
the products of these facories are now
displaced by direct factory branches in
the various machine-tool centers of the
United States.
These three companies now have
combined sales branches in Boston,
Worcester, New York, Detroit, Chicago,
Cleveland and Indianapolis. The per-
Standardization of Plain
Limit Gages
A seclional committee of the Ameri-
can Engineering Standards Committee,
29 West 39th St., New York City, has
just been organized to undertake the
standardization of plain cylindrical
gages for general engineering work,
under the sponsorship of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers. The
immediate occasion for undertaking the
work was a request of the British En-
gineering Standards Association for co-
operation on the subject. The com-
mittee held its organization meeting
on June 11. It is understood that this
committee will recommand to the Amer-
ican Engineering Standards Committee
that the Scope of the work should be
broadened so as to co\'er all plain limit
gages for general engineering work.
The present personnel of the commit-
tee is as follows:
K. C. Peck, chairman, general superin-
tendent. Cleveland Twist Drill Co. ;
L. D. Burlingame. vice chairman, indus-
trial superintendent. Brown & Sharpe Man-
ufacturing Co. ;
H. W. Bearce. secretary, gage depart-
ment. Bureau of Standards, secretary. Na-
tional Screw Thread Commission ;
P. W. Abbott, Lincoln Motor Co. :
.John Bath, president. John Bath & Co.,
Inc. ;
Earle Buckingham, engineer of stand-
ards. Pratt & Whitney Co. :
Pi-ed H. Colvin, editor, American Jlfa-
cliinist :
W. A. Gabriel, chairman, draftsman and
designer. Elgin National Watch Co. :
F. O. Hoagland. vice president and works
manager, the Bilton Machine Tool Co. ;
Edward H. Ingram, works manager, the
Cleveland Drilling Machine Co. ;
J. O. Johnson, oflice of Chief of Ordnance.
War Department :
A. W. Schoof. gage engineer, Greenfield
Tap and Die Corporation :
G. T. Trundle, consulting engineer. Engi-
neers Building, Cleveland. Ohio ;
H. li. Van Keuren, the Van Keuren Co.
A dispatch from Clarksburg, W. Va.,
announces that a syndicate of nanu-
facturers of diversified interests has
purchased coal mines and undeveloped
coal land valued at $12,000,000.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery^ '^ T d lL ~ 146a
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Sliearine Ma<'liine, Plate, 7-Ft.
RpBent Bhcars. Ud., Wakefield, England.
"American Machinist." Enfflish Kdition. May 29, 1920
The machine is designed for
cutting iilates up to i In, thick
and 7 it. long ; and gar.s arc
provided in the side standards,
so that the ragged edges of plates
of any length may be trimmed.
The plates are held down by a
toggle lever arrangement op-
rated automatically by a cam
on the crankshaft. A micrometer
adjustment is provided for rais-
ing the l)ottom blade after grinding. The machine is equipped with
a mechanical brake, which does not engage during that part of the
stroke where no braking is required and which prevents reliound-
ing of the crank. The drive is through cut gears, a 10-hp. motor
being required. The overall size of the machine is 14 ft. 3 in.
X 9 ft. 6 in., and the weight is about 8,600 11).
PriliinK Machine, Mnltlpic Hpindle D-IS
Fox Machine Co., Jackson, Mich.
"American Machinist," June 24, 1920
Table and column are bolted to base
which contains the reservoir for coolant,
folumn is of box section and houses
counterweight for the spindle head. Gear
box, mounted on column, contains thi-
siiiudle change-gears, shafts for which are
mounted on Hyatt bearings. The feed
gears are contained In a box at side and
arc controlled by levers on outside of box.
Feed Is engaged by a quick-acting clutch
operated by a lever.
Specifications: Head; travel l.l in.;
drilling surface (rectangular) 8 x 14 in.,
(round) 12 in. Center of head to face of
column, 12 in. Table ; working surface, 17
X 22 in. : height from floor, 2 in. Number
of sivindles. Id to 16. Clutch pulley, 14 x
4i in. ; speed, 450 r.p.m. Power required.
10 hp. Floor space, 28 x :!61 in. Heiglit,
105 in. Weight; net, 2,250 lb.; crated,
2,500 lb. ; boxed for export, 2,900 lb. Ex-
Iiort box. 96 eu.ft.
Clamp, Force Universal
Burwin Co., Inc., 87 Warren St.. New York City.
(Made by the Black Rock Manufacturing Co., Bridgeport, Conn.)
"American Machinist," June 24, 1920
The accompanying illuatration
shows one style of the clamp for
general use. The clamp is de-
signed for holding work on ma-
chine tools, being particularly
adapted to clamping irregularly
shaped pieces, straddling bos::es.
or fitting different angles by
means of the swivel adjusting
device. The clamp is made of
hardened steel and in a wide
range of sizes.
Dlvidlngr Head, Multiple-SplndlF
Scully-Jones Co., 80 East Jackson Blvd., Chicago, 111.
"American Machinist," June 24, 1920
The spindles are all driven from
an index plate located at the op-
posite end of the macliine from
that shown in the illustration.
The work drivers are somewhat
flexible so that they may be ad-
justed to suit work that Is off
center. Both the index plate and
the work drivers are made to suit
the needs of the user of the tooL
All iiarts of the device are inter-
changeable. The dividing heads
are built in six sizes with 2. 4, 6.
8, 10 or 12 spindles, as may be required. The device may also
be arranged for cutting either spur or helical gears.
TTaiiKformerg. MTQ Auto
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. T.
"American Machinist," June 24,
Built as standard equipment with 1 : 1
ratio, principal application being to adapt
polyphase moters to any circuit. Made
in the following sizes: 1. 3, 5. 7. 10,
15, 20 and 25 kva. one of which Is shown
in the accompanying illustration. These
Iransformer.s are air cooled, suitable for
indoor or outdoor use, and are for service
on 220-volt circuits having frequencies
between 50 and 140 cycles per second.
They are designed for deriving 3 -phase
current from 2-]>hase, 4 -wire service, and
vice versa ; and they cannot be used
either for 2-phase, 3-wire service, or for
operating motors with inter-connected
uhase.
• 1920
UaKe, l>rill Grindiiiir
Crowther & Crowther. 3 Green
Lane. Tue Brook, Liverpool,
England.
"American Machinist," (English
Edition). May 22, 1920
Gage provides means whereby
the angle points of twist drills may
be tested for accuracy against light.
A bronze stamping or right-angle
form is rrovided, the twist drill
being held in the comer thus formed
and gaged again.st the outline pre-
sented by a projecting piece which
Is cut and formed from the sheet
metal. Gage is made in three sizes
and is said to show an error of
0.001 In. Each gage is set to a
master template, the three sizes
are suitable respectively for drills
up to 1, S anl IJ in. diameter.
Drill, Pneumatic, Five Piston |
Desoutter Brothers, Ltd.. 51 Baker St., London W.. England. !
"American Machinist" (English
Edition), May 22, 1920
The pressure is controlled
by a push button in the head
of the casing. The machine
weighs only 30 oz. and takes
drills up to i in. The tool is
grasped in the palm of the hand
and the air supply is controlled
by a press button in the head
of the drill. Essentially, it con-
sists of casing, control, actuating
mechanism, bearing and drill
chuck, the parts being assemVjled
within a casing of steel tube,
knurled for convenience of han-
dling. The motor is of unusual
form, a block of five cylinders
I'a in. bore and H in. stroke
being arr.inged symmetrically
round a central axis with the
bores parallel.
Chuck, Drill, Quick-Chanice
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England.
"American Machinist" (English Edition), May 22, 1926
All parts of the chuck are hardened an<l ground, two grooves
one in the body and one in the outer sleeve form an annular
recess for a row of balls. The groove in the body is wider than
the balls, so as to .allow movement. The balls Ihemselvea
form a stop at each end of the movement. The body of the
<
chuck is provided with a pair of ball plungers w'hich hold the
sleeve in operating position, thus enablmg chuck to be used
on a horizontal spindle, or a spmdle which points upward.
The actual gripinng of collet is effected by a pair of larger balls
contained in two holes in chuck body entering recesses milled
in and running around the collet. Collets are bored to Morse
standard tapers and special collets can be madefor siiecial drilla.
^Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
146b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
Importers of Machine Belting in
South Africa
South Africa furnishes a good mar-
ket for machine belting. Imports of
this kind were valued at $97,350 in
1916 and $154,555 in 1917. The mines
are the principal users. Consul Fred
D. Fisher, of Johannesburg, Transvaal,
has furnished a list of importers of
belting in the Johannesburg consular
district of South Africa, which can be
obtained from the Bureau of Foreign
and Domestic Commerce or its district
and co-operative offices by referring to
file No. 120347.
It is reported that many steel plants
in the Pittsburgh district are depend-
ing on motor trucks to keep their yards
sufficiently clear of finished material
to allow them to maintain operation,
some of the plants shipping over two-
thirds of their daily output in this
manner.
Arthur H. Weed is now president
of the Reed-Prentice Co., Worcester,
Mass., manufacturer of machine tools.
Robert F. Herrick, Milton, Mass., re-
cently resigned from this office because
of the pressure of other work.
Alfred P. Wilkes has been ap-
pointed employment manager at the
Meriden, Conn., plant "D" of the New
Departure Manufacturing Co., of
Bristol, Conn. Mr. Wilkes was for-
merly connected with the Manning,
Bowman Co., of Meriden, and was also
with S. Sternau & Co., of Brooklyn,
N. Y., for a period of twelve years.
Frank Maron has been selected as
superintendent of industrial i-elations
at the Meriden, Conn., plant of the New
Departure Manufacturing Co., of Bris-
atol. Conn. Mr. Maron was formerly
connected with the Aberthaw Construc-
tion Co., of Boston; the Winchester
Repeating Arms Co., New Haven; In-
ternational Silver Co., Meriden; Chas.
Parker Co., of Meriden, and at the
Meriden post office.
Thread Milling Machine. Hall Planetary
Thread Milling Machine Co.. Bridesburg,
Philadelphia, Pa. Catalog. 9> x Hi in.
This catalog describes and illustrates its
machine for milling external and internal
threads. Si^ecifications are also included.
Turret LatlieN in Railruad SliopH. AVarner
& Swasey Co., Cleveland. Ohio. Catalog,
pp. 31, 9 X 6 in. This catalog has been
prepared to illustrate and descril>e turret
lathe "set ups" of many actual railroad
installations, it also shows a list of railroad
p-arts finished on the company's turret
lathes.
Palley Covers. Smith & Serrel. Central
Ave. at Halsey St.. Newark. N. J. Bulle-
tin No. 201, pp. 11, 6x9 in. This bulletin
describes how to decrease belt slippage, and
to increase efficiency of belt drives. Direc-
tions for installing, and list prices are also
given. It contains two line cuts, illustrating
Pullmore pulley tread covers.
Grinding: Wlieels. Norton Co., Worcester.
M.aas. Catalog, pp. 10. 3i x 6J in. A
small catalog describing commercial dia-
monds for truing grinding wheels.
Riddell Brothers, of Atlanta, Ga., will
shortly move its machine shop into
a new building being constructed for
it at 340 Whitehall St. The new
shop will be one of the most modern
of its kind in the Southeast. At pres-
ent the company's shop is at 16 East
Mitchell St.
The Delaware Engineering Co., Wil-
minton, Del., manufacturer of special
machinery for domestic trade, reports
enough contracts ahead to carry the
plant at its present capacity for more
than two years. In consequence of that
the management is preparing to make
extensive plant additions.
Worthington Pump and Machinery
Corporation, New York, has purchased
from the Piatt Iron Works, of Dayton,
Ohio, its drawings, patterns, jigs, tem-
plates, special tools, good-will and
name.
The Foster Machine Co., of Elkhart,
Ind., manufacturer of turret lathes and
screw machines, has recently opened a
New York office at the Grand Central
Palace, in charge of L. S. Devos.
The New London Broaching Machine
and Tool Co., of New London, Conn.,
has recently been organized to deal in
broaching machines, etc., with a plant
at New London. The officers of the
new company are M. E. Infiorati, Jr.,
president, and Edward L. Streeter, Jr.,
secretary and treasurer. Both are ex-
perienced in the broaching busine.ss.
The capital of the company is $25,000.
The C. J. Root Co., of Bristol, Conn.,
manufacturer of automatic counters,
metal stampings, wrought brass hinges,
etc., has issued $25,000 additional stock,
divided into 250 shares at $100 par.
The O. B. Herlth Manufacturing Co.,
Inc., of Hartford, Conn., has been in-
corporated with a capital of $50,000, to
make and deal in tools, machinery, etc.
It has taken over the present O. B.
Herlth Manufacturing Co., of 90 John
St., Hartford, Conn. The incorporators
of the company are 0. B. Herlth, of
Har.ford, and W. C. Herlth, of Brook-
lyn, N. Y.
The American Chain Co., of Bridge-
port, Conn., has recently added four
more large plants to its seven. The
new plants acquired are: The High-
land Iron and Steel Co., with factories
at Terre Haute, Ind., and West Pull-
man, III.; the Reading Steel Castings
Co., of Reading, Pa., and the Page Steel
and Wire Co., of Adrian, Mich., with a
billet plant located at Monessen, Pa.
The American Chain Co. has not es-
caped the problems of keeping up pro-
duction in the past two years and mak-
ing deliveries in the face of a short-
age of raw material, ,and therefore
plans to use the new plants to relieve
its many production problems.
For the purpose of more closely co-
operating with the industries of Phila-
delphia and vicinity, the Norton Co.,
Worcester, Mass., has opened a branch
office for the grinding machine division
at No. 324 Bulletin Building, under the
direction of Paul Hoffman, district
manager. The establishment of this
branch office will in no way affect the
distribution of Norton grinding wheels.
This will be handled as in the past by
Powell, Clouds & Co., No. 602 Arch St.
The Diefendorf Gear Corporation,
Syracuse, N. Y., has been granted a
license by the Westinghouse Electric
and Manufacturing Co., to manufacture
gears from Bakelite Micarta. The
company has also leased larger quar-
ters, due to growing business, and about
Aug. 1 will be located at 324 Pearl St.,
Syracuse, with double its floor space.
The Trumbull Electric Co., Plainville,
Conn., following the example of va-
rious other factories, will publish a fac-
tory magazine which will be called
"Within the Circle." The magazine
will be published once a month and
will contain news of interest concern-
ing the doings of the shop employes.
Tli«> Bureuii of Foreiirn and Domestic
fommercf, Depiirtment iif Commerce,
WushiiiKton, I>. <'.. liii^ iniiiiirlcM for the
a^^encies i>f niachiner.v and machine tools.
.Vn.>' informatioii ilesircfl rcKurdinf: these
opportunities c-iiii Im* secured from the al>ove
aiiilresK l).v referriiip to the number follow-
in;; eiicli item.
A meicliant company in Argentina desires
to .'secure agencies for the sale of all kinds
of automobile accessories, hardware, me-
chanics' and carpenters' tools, and machine
tools. Correspontlence may be in Knglish.
Itefertnces. No. 33201.
An agency is desired by a man in Ger-
nian>' for the sale of liardware, machinery,
iron, steel, and metal products, foodstuffs,
and cotton. References. Xo. 33208.
An importing company in Switzerland
desires to secure an agency for the sale of
grinding macliines. plain and universal, for
c.vlindrital grinding, and surface grinding,
also crankshaft grinding. The largest
I»ossiltIe range is reqtiired in all types from
10 by 24 to the largest machines. Quota-
tions should i)e given c.i.f. or f.o.b. the
most convenient poi^. Payment will be
made by draft. References. No. 32,970.
I lie International Railway Master Black-
; ;nitlui' -Association will hold its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingham,
.\la., on Aug. 17. 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is A. L. Woodworth,
Lima, Ohio.
The .American Steel Treaters' Society .ind
the Steel Treating Research Society will
hold tiieir second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelphia. Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18. inclusive.
,1. A. Pollak. of the Pollak Steel Co.. Cin-
cinnati. Oliio, is secretary of the former
society.
The .\merican Foundrymen's Asssocia-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C K. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building,
("'hicago. 111., is secretary.
.\n exposition of V. S. manufacturers at
Buenos .Aires. .Argentine Republic. S. A..
has been arranged for the month beginning
.\ov. 15. Information can be obtained from
tlie American National Exhibition. Ina.
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
4 2nd St.. New York.
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
146c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
DrillliiK Murliine, Ktuliiil, 4-Ft.
Scott Brothers, Ltd., Halifax, England.
"American Machinist." (Englisli Edition),
June 12, 1920
The chain drive is l)y 'i-hi). elec-
tric motor. Gear box gives 6 si.eeds
operated l>y two levers, which in
combination with the ilouble gears,
give 12 spindle speeds from HO to
420 r.p.m. Spindle has hall thrust
washers, the arm also revolving on
hall bearings. The 3 gear-driven
feeds are 14 5, 97, and 64 cuts per
inch ; they are engaged li.v friction
clutch. Cross handle at to)) of pil-
lar allows for an arm ele\'ation of
7 in. The pillar is 8i in. in dia-
meter. Spindle is 2 J in. in diameter
in the driving part and has a trav-
erse of 14 in. ; it is bored out No.
4 Morse taper. The maximum height
from spindle nose to table is 24 in.
Top surface of the T-slotted work-
table is 43 X 22 in. Approximate
weight. 1,350 lb.
^H^/
Table, I>rilllnc Duplex UnlveriiKl
Machinery and Engineering Equipment Co., B*-adford, England.
"American Machinist," (English Edition), June 12, 1920
Large range Is obtained by having
revolving member on toi) of tilting
member instead of at the base. Circu-
lar table is 12 in. in diameter and has
three planed T-slots. It is graduated
in degrees and can lie secured in any
liosition by two bolts. The auxiliary
T-slotted rectangular table at a right
angle to circular table is 18 in. long
by 12 in. wide ; it is intended for
handling work of larger dimensions,
where an extensive range of angles is
unnecessary. The tilting member is
adjusted to any desired angle through
worm gear and handle. The tube on
which it revolves Is of large diameter and Is graduated in degrees.
The complete table 18 in. long, 14 In. wide and 14 in. deep
overall. Weight, 500 lb.
Drilling Machine, "KiKlit-Iiiiie" Radial
Xiles-Bement-Pond Co., Ill Broadway, New York City.
"American Machinist, ' .luly 1, 1920
A noteworthy feature is embod-
ied in the design of column. .\1I
controls operated fi'om the head,
and the column clamp is electric-
•ally oi)erated. The bas*; of ma-
chine has an e.xtension which
carries a table back of the column
and at a right angle to the main
working surface.
Si)eciflcations : Distance under
spindle to base: minimum, 12 in.;
maximum. 68 in. Base : working
surface, 5 ft. 11 in. x 3 ft. 6 in.
Table: top, 23 x' 27 in. ; height. 30
in. Spindle traverse. 18 in. Feeds:
number. 8 ; amount, 0.006 to 0.06
in. per rev. Hi), of dri\'ing motor,
10. Spindle speeds: number, 28;
amount. 20 to 400 r.p.m. Heiglit, 11 ft
space required, IV, ft. 5 in.
6 in. Diameter of floor
Grinding Maclilne, Cylinder During and
Sunderland Machine Shoj), Omaha, Neb.
"American Machinist." July 1,
1920
The attachment is intended for
garage and repair-shop work and
itisdesigned toflt a standard lathe,
being inde)>endent of the lathe-
headstock. The base of the grinding
head can be adjusted to suit dif-
ferent distances between the lathe
Vs. The table upon which the
cylinder blocks rest is fastened to
carriage of lathe. The brackets
can be adjusted to hold cylinder
blocks of various sizes, and a mi-
crometer cross-feed is pi-ovided
for bringing different cylinders
into alignment with the spindle.
Specifications: Size ; to fit lathes
of 14- to 24-in. swing; to hold blocks of 1 to 6 cylinders; to bore
and grind cylinders of 2J in. diameter and larger. Swing; over
ways, 22 in. Length of spindle. l.TJ in. Weight, boxed, 500 lb.
Drills, "Little David" Xos. 6 and 600 Pneumiitie
Ingersoll-nand Co., 11 Broadway, New Vork City.
"American Machinist." July 1, 1920
The Nos. 6 and 600 drills are
intended for twist trills ui) to
i! in. diameter. The free speed
at 90 lb. air pressure is about
2.000 r.p.m. The two machines
differ only in handle construc-
tion, the motors being the same.
No. 6 has the pistol-griii handle.
while No. 600 is furnished with
breast ivlate and rolling throttle
handle. Aluminum reinforced
with steel bushings is u.sed wherever possible to reduce weight,
the No. 6 weighing only 9 lb. The motor is of the three-cylinder
ty|)e, and the cylinders are seiiarate iron castings, easily accessible,
renewable and . interchangeable. The Ijearings are all either
ball or roller type.
Cooler. "Multiwhirl" Oil
Griscom-RuBsell Co., 90 West St., New York City.
"American Machinist," July 1, 1920
Designed for cooling oil used in lubrication of turbine hearings
and reduction gears, or quenching oil in the heat treating of steel.
The oil is constantly circulated through the cooler, and kept at
a constant temi)erature permitting both the continued use of the
original quantity of oil and its maintenance at the proper viscos-
ity for efllcient results. The whirling T)ath of the oil is accomplished
by the use of a helical baffle, which directs the oil in its flow.
Drill. "Little David" No. K Pneumatic
IngersoU-Rand Co.. 11 Broadway. New York City.
"American Machinist." July 1, 1920
The No. 8 close-quarter drill
is a macliine for use close to a
wall or corner. This machine runs
at 250 r.p.m. without load, and
will handle drilling, reaming or
tapping up to IJ in. diameter.
The spindle which turns the drill
is oiierated by three rocking
levers connected directly to the
pistons througli connecting rods. Tiie motor is of the three-
cylinder type with pistons acting at right angles to the levers.
OrinderH, "Little Daiid" Nos. 601 and 602 Fneumatio
IngersoU-Rand Co., 11 Broadway, New York City.
"American Machinist," July 1, 1920
The Nos. 601 and 602 grinders
are light-weight tools, running
with a free speed of 4,200 r.p.m.,
and are suitable for grinding,
bufhng or ivolisliing work. Both
macliines have the same type of
motor but are equipped with
different throttles and handles,
the 601' having the closed type
of inside trigger handle, while the No. 602 is fitted with the
rolling types of throttle handle. The three-cylinder motor runs
in a bath of oil. The valve is integral with the crankshaft, and
ball and roller bearings are used throughout. The removal of
a few screws enables the handle to be lifted off exposing the
entire mechanism to view.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
146d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
¥-^ IR51
1151 '
fTHE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
r
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45.60
Northern Basic 42 . 80
Southern Ohio No. 2 46. 80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
49.65
49.70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42.00(<i;44.00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2x, 2. 25-2. 75 sU 46C»148.25*
One
Year Ago
$29.80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33.95
25.75
45.00*
44 , 50t
43.50*
30.65
30.85
29.90
29.90
44.25
47.00
27.25
31.75
Virginia No. 2
Basic
Grey Forge
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local
No. 2 Foundry, Southern
PITTSBURGH, I.NCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 45.65 28.15
Basic 44.40 27.15
Bessemer 44.90 29.35
MONTREAL
Silicon 2.25 to 2.75% 43.25
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. b,v i in. and larger, and plates J in. .Ilid heavier, from iol>bers' ware-
bouses at the cities named:
. New York
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
" " $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
. — Cleveland.^
One
Structural shapes.. . . $4. 47
Soft steel bars 4 . 62
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4.62
Soft steel bands 5. 82
Plates, } to I in. thick 4.67
$3.97
4.12
4.12
5.32
4.17
Current
$5.50
5 00
6.25
5.00
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
^- Chicago — .
One
Current
$3.97
3.87
3.87
Year
Ago
$3.47
3.37
3.37
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are .is follows:
Current One Year .\go
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.75
Warehouse, New York 4 . 57 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.22
Warehouse, Chicago 3 . 75 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotetions from mill:
Large
Mill Lots
Pittsburgh
3.55-6.00
3.60-6 05
3.65-6. 10
75-6 20
Blue .\nnealed
No. 10
No. 12 3
No. 14 3
No. 16 3
Black
Nos. 18 and 20 4
Nos. 22 and 24 4
No. 26 4
No. 28 4.35-6.50
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 7.50
No. 12 4.80 7. 60
No. 14 4.80-7 60
Nos. 18and 20 5. 10 7 90
No8.22and24 5.25-8 02
No. 26 5 40-8 20
No. 28 5.70-8 50
Current
7. I2((r8 00
One
Year .\go Cleveland Chicago
17('i8 05
22(.i8 10
32(./ 8 20
15-6.30
20-6.35
25-6.40
8.50(-.9 50
8.55((«9.55
8.60«i)9.60
«.70@i9.70
5 37
7.55
7.65
7.70
7 80
8 20
8.25
8.30
8.40
7 02
7 07
7.12
7 22
7 80
7.85
7 90
8 00
9 75f<iJll.OO 5 50 8.50 8.15
9. 85® 11 00 5 55 8.60 8 20
9.85(ull.l0 5 60 8.60 8.35
10. iO(« 11.40 5 90 8 90 8.65
10.25(5)11.55 6 05 9 05 9.05
10.40(<«ll 70 6 20 9 20 9 20
I0.70(<> 12 00 6.50 9.50 9 50
Acute soaicity in sheets, particularly bltck, galvanized and No. 16 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20. and 9..55C for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices arc as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.25 $5 80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6 75 6.30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named;
• Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland , 50
Chicago 50
SWEDISH (NORWAY) IRON— The average price per 100 lb., in ton lots is:
Current One Year .^go
New York $20.00
Cleveland 20. 00
Chicago 21.00
In coils an advance of 50c. usually is charged.
Domestic iron (Swedish analysis) is selling at 12c. per lb.
$25.50-30.00
20.00
16.50
WELDING MATERIAL I.SWEDISH) -These prices are tlie best we have
been able toj obtain for .Swe.lish welding materials, of which it is reportrd thai
very little aire on the rharket.
Cast-iron Welding Hods
Abyl2in. long 14.00
*byl9in.long 12.00
I by 19 in. long 10.00
J by 21 in. long 10.00
Welding Wire
No.' 1 2.'.'.'. . '. \ 21 . 00 to 30. 00
ft. No. 14 and A-
No. 18
No. 20
Domestic — Wei
8Je. per lb.; |v8o.;
Special Welding Wire, Coated
i 33.00
,* A 30.00
wirefin 100-lb. lotn pells as follows, f. o. b. New York: A.
MISCELLANEOUS .STEEL —The following quotations in cenU perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7.00 8 00 9.00
Spring steel (light) 10,00 11.00 12.25
Coppered beasemer rods 9.00 8.00 6.75
Houp steel 6.07 6.50 5.32
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 10.75
Floor plates 6 80 6.00 6.77
PIPE -The followinji discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the Pitta-
burgh lt:ising card, di.scount.s on steel pipe, applj-ing as from January 14, 1920;
and on iron pipe from January 7, 1920.
Steel BUTT WELD Iron
Inches Black Galvanized Inches Black Galvauiicd
1. Jandi 47% 20)% 3 to IJ 34J% l«J%
!•■■ • 51% 36J%
5 to 3 54% 4U%
LAP WELD
2 :•'.'!':'■.*' 47% 344% 2 28J% 14J%
2Jto6 50% 37}% 2ito6 30J% 17}%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
t. landi 43% 75!% 5 to } 34i<", 19}%
} 48% 35i%
itol! 52% 39)%
LAP WELD, E.XTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
2 45% 33)% 2 29}% 16)%
2} to 4 48% 36)% 2} to 4 3l)Tc I9j%
45 to 6... 47% 35}% 4) to 6 30)% 18)%
Stock discounts in cities named are as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Black Galv. Black Galv. Black Gslv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded. 40% 24% 40% 31% 54(a 40% 40S(a.30 %
2) to 6 in. steel lap welded. 35% 20% 42% 27% 50(<i.40% 37)(a,27}%
Malleable Bttings. Class B and C, banded, from New York stock sell at
plus 32%. Cast iron, standard sizes, net.
METALS
MISt:ELLANEOUS METALS -Present and past New York quotations is
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic I8((i 19 19.25 19 75
Tin m 5-ton lots 48 00 61.50 70 50
Lead 8 00 9.00 5 40
Spelter 7.75 8.70 7.5«
ST. LOUIS
Lead 7.75 8 87) 5 15
Spelter 7.50 8.37) 7.15
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I toD
"'■■""^- -Chicago-
New York . — Cleveland — April 8
Cur- .Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .\go .\go rent .\go rent .\go
Copper sheets, base. . 33.50 33 50 27.50 32.00 28ftT 30 36.00 27.00
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 31 25 24.00 29.50 26 50 27.00 23.00
Brasssheets 28.50 28 50 23.00 29.00 27.00 27.00 21 50
Brass pipe 33.00 33 00 34.00 34 00 35.00 35 00 3100
Solder (half and half)
(casclots) 33 00 33 00 45 00 40.50 41.00 38 00 39 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. eitra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in.. 7iC.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 1 00 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Ago
Mill 23.75 19.00
New York 25.00 21.50
Cleveland 27.00 24.00
Chicago 26.00 24.00
July 15. 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
146e
SHOP MATECIAIS AND SUPPUB
ZINC SHEETS — Tho following prifes in rents per pound prL-\'uil;
Carload lots f.o.b. mill 12.00
. — In Casks- — ^- Broken Lots —
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent V'-ar Ago rpnt Ago
Cleveland 15. on 12.95 15.50 1330
New- York 14. On 12.00 14.50 13 00
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in eenta per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid;
C'urrent One Year .-Xko
New York 7 50gi7.75 8.37i
Chi<»go 9.50 10 00
OLI> METALS -The tollowinfE are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
. New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland C'hic;igo
Copper.heavy.andcrucible 16 00 U,.50 16 50 16 50
Copper, heavy, and wire 1525 15.25 16 50 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13 75 13.25 15.00 14 00
Lead.heavy 7 00 4 62! 7 00 7 00
Lead, tea 5 00 3.75 5.00 6 00
Bras8,heavy 10 25 9.75 12 50 16 50
Brass,light 7 50 775 10 00 9 50
No. I yellow brass turnings 8 50 8.75 10 00 10 00
Zinc 5.25 4 25 5 00 5 50
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland ChicsiKo
No. I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (I-I5 ton
lots),perlb 33.00 34 00e.C«i35.00c. 33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 25.00
Chicago 29.00 28.00
Cleveland 32. 00 28 50
BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound:
—New York — —Cleveland— — — ■ Chicago — ^
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
BbBtgrade 90.00 87.00 74 50 79 00 60.00 75.00
Commercial 50.00 42 00 21 50 17 50 15 00 15.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amrunt is deducted from list:
— New York — — • Cleveland — • Chicago — —
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Y'ear Ago rent Year Ago rent Year .Ago
Hot pressed square. -t-$4.00 1.28 $ .75 $1.90 $.50 2 CO
Hot pressed hexagon -f 4.00 85 .75 190 .50 2 00
Cold punched hexa-
gon -I- 4.00 3 25 .73 I "0 .50 1.30
Cold punched square -I- 4.00 2.70 .75 1 90 .50 I 30
Semi-6nished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
New York 30% 50-10"^
Chicago 50% ,. .50rr.
Cleveland
50%
50%
60-IO-10<?i
MACHINE BOLTS— Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
N'ew York Cleveland
I by 4 in. and smaller 1 ist
Larger and longer up to 1} in. by 30 in... . -f 20^0
20%
20%
Chicag(»
20%.
10%
WASHERS— From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For WTought-iron washers:
New V'ork list Cleveland $3 00 Chicago....... $3.00
For cast-iron washers, f and larger, the base price per 1 00 lb. is as follows: _
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4,50 Chicago $4.7>
CARRIAGE BOLTS— From warehouses at tho places named the following
discounts from list are in effect: .
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller 10% 15% 10%
Larger and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in 10% 10% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the foUow-ing rate from warehouse:
. Rivets • Burs —
Current One Year Ago Current One Year Aro
Cleveland 20% 25% 10% 10%
Chioapo net 1 0 % net 10%
New York 25% 40% net 20%
RIVETS — The following quotations are allowed for fair-siicfl
warehouse :
New York Cleveland
Steel A and smaller 30% 30^;,
;d 30%
Tinnci
Boiler, \t I. I in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 1 00 lb.
-New York $6.00 Chicago $5.62 ~ "
Structural, same sixes-
New York $7.10 Chicago $5.72 Pittsburgh
rders from
Chicaco
JO?,
10011
Pittsburgh $4.72
$4.82
30%
30%
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING- The tase ^irice in cents per pound froni
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicagc
Copper 34 00 34.00 35.00
Rrass 33 00 34.00 34.00
For immediate stock shipment 3c. is usually ; dded. The prices, of ccurse.
vary with the quantity purcnaeed. For lots of les » than 100 lb., but not less than
75 lb., the advance is 2c.: for lots of less than 75 lb., but not less than 50 lb.
advance is 5c. over base ( 100-lb. lots) ; less tl.an 50 lb., but not less than 25 lb
I Oc. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 25c.: less
than 10 lb., add 35c.
Double above extras will be chari'id for angli !., clmnnds and sht ct n etal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras ajso apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being con8idere<l as t-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and J-IJ in., inclusive, in square and hexagon- all varying by thirty
seconds up to 1 in. by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is uaually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for JI2.50 per 100 lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
New York
Current One Y'ear Ago Cleveland Chicago
White ll.OOtu.lS.SO 13.00 16.00 II. OOto 14.00
Colored mixed. . 7.00(iil0 50 9.00-12.00 12.00 9.S0tol2.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
I3ixl3i I3tx20i
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.00 $3.00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 1.75
Cleveland 2.50 2 50 2.75
Chicago 2.25 2.50 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Y'ear Ago
NewYork $3.90 $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3 65 3.65 3.62
Chicago 5 00 5.00 4.I2J
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connells\-illp:
July 8 July I June 24
Prompt furnace $I750@$1850 $17 5O0$I8.5O »l5.00ei>$16.0rf
Prompt foundry IS.OOfe 19 00 18 00(« 19 00 16 00^. 17.00
FIRE CL A Y — The following prices prevail :
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 . 00
Cleveland 100-lb. bag I 00
LINSEED OIL— These prices are per gallon:
. Nexv York - — .
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Raw in barrels (5 bbl. lots) $1.58 $1.15
5-gal. cans (without cans) 1 . 60* 2 . 28
. — ' — Chicago — ~.
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
$2.02 $2.27
2.27 2.47
*To this (m7 price must be added the cost of the cans (retuinablel, which i
$2. 25 for a case of six.
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
. Red .
One Year
Current Ago
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil
lOOlb.kcg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50
25and 50-lb. kegs....l5.75 17.25 13.25 14.75
I2i-lb. keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00
5-lb.cans 18 50 20.00 15 00 16.50
l-lb. cans 20.50 22.00 16 00 17.50
500 lb. lots leu 10% discount. 2000 lb. lota leas IO-2i%
White
One Yeiir
Current Ago
Dry and Dry end
In 0:1 In Oil
15.50
15.75
16.00
18.50
20.50
discount.
13 no
13.25
13.50
15.0(1
16. OU
146d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 3
IIS'^'i
15! ■
f THE WffiKLY PMCE GUIDE
W
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45.60
Northern Basic 42.80
Southern Ohio No. 2 46.80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49.65
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49.70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42.00044.00
PHILADELPHIA
One
Year Ago
J29.80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33.95
25.75
2x. 2. 25-2.75 sil.
46(1
148.25*
45.00*
44.50t
43.50*
30
30
29
79
65
85
90
90
CHICAGO
44 25
77
75
No. 2 Foundry, Southern
47.00
31
.75
PITTSBURGH. INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
45.65
78
15
44.40
44.90
27
29
15
Bessemer
35
MONTREAL
Silicon 2.25 to 2
75%...
43.25
* F.o.b. furnace.
t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES— The
following
base prices per
00 Ih. are
for
structural
shapes 3 in. by i in
and larger, and plates i in. and heavier, from johbers'
ware-
houses at the cities named:
New York .
^Cleveland^
,—
Chicago — .
One
One
One
One
Curren
t Month
Year
Current
Year
Current
Year
Ago
.^go
Ago
Ago
Structural shapes..
.$4.47
$3.97
$3.47
$5.50
$3.37
$3
9/
(3.47
Soft steel bars
. 4.62
4.12
3.37
5.00
3.27
3
87
3.37
Soft steel bar shapes
.. 4.62
4.12
3.37
3.27
3
87
3.37
Soft steel bands. . .
. 5.82
5.32
4.07
6.25
Plates, ito lin. thick 4.67
4.17
3.67
5.00
3.57
4
17
3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows;
Current One Year .Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.75
Warehouse, New York 4 . 57 3 . 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3 . 37
SHEETS — Quotations are in rents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotations from mill:
— - New York -
Large
Mill Lots
Pittsburgh
00
. Blue Annealed
No. 10 3.55 6
No. 12 3.60-6 05
No. 14 3.65-6. 10
No. 16 3.75-6 20
Black
Nos. 18 and 20 4.15-6.30
Nos. 22 and 24 4.20-6.35
No, 26 4.25-6.40
No. 28 4.35-6.50
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 7.50
No. 12 4.80 7.60
No. 14 4.80-7.60
Nos. 18ayd20 5.10 7 90
Nos. 22 and 24 5.25-8 02
No. 26 5.40-8 20
No. 28 5 70-8.50
Current
7 12(<i 8 00
7 1 7(" 8 05
7.22(<i8. ID
7. 32(11 8 20
8.50(ii;9 50
8.55(fi9 55
8.60(11 9 60
».70(n9.70
One
Year .\go Cleveland Chicago
5 37
7 55
7.65
7.70
7 80
8 20
8.25
8.30
8 40
7 02
7 07
7 12
7 22
7 80
7.85
7.90
8 00
975rall.00 5 50 8.50 8.15
9 85® II 00 5 55 8.60 8 20
9.85('ill,IO 5.60 8.60 8.35
lO.IOtoll 40 5.90 8.90 8 65
I0.25@ll.55 6 05 9 05 9.05
I0.40(<ull.70 6 20 9 20 9 20
I0.70(u 12 00 6.50 9 50 9 50
Acute soaicity in sheefs, particularly black, galvanized and No. 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except in fugitive instances, wtien
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.30 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw 8toel£, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.25 $5 80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6 75 6 30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
• Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
SWEDISH (NORWAY) IRON— The average price per 100 lb., in ton lots is:
Current One Year ,\go
New York
Cleveland
Chicago
In coils an advince of 50c. usually is charged.
Domestic iron (Swedish analysis) is selling at I 2c. per lb.
$20.00
$25.50-30.00
20.00
20.00
21.00
16.50
WELDING MATERIAL I.SWEDISH) -The.-«. prices arc the best we have
been able to obtain for Swe.lish welding materials, of which it is reportrd thai,
very little are on the market.
Cast-iron Welding Hods
Abyl2in.long 14.00
iby19in.long 12.00
1 by 19 in. long 10.00
! by 21 in. long 10.00
. Welding Wire
i. H. A. !. A. A . . .
No. 8, A and No. 10..
N,
o. 12.
A. No. 14 and A
No. 18 .
No. 20
' 21.00 to 30.00
'Special Welding Wire, Coated
i 33.00
A 30.00
Domestic— Weldlftj; wirrfSn lOO-lb. lots sells as follows, f. o. b. New York: A.
8jc. perlb.;}, 8c.; A to }, 7}c. *'
'::^^
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named;
Xew York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhcarth spring steel (heavy) 7.00 8.00 9.00
Spring steel (light) 10.00 11.00 12.25
Coppered bessemcr rods 9.00 8 00 6.75
Hoopstcel 6.07 6 50 5.32
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 10.75
Floorplates 6.80 6 00 6.77
PIPE -The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the PittA-
burgh l>;ising card, discount.'* on steel pipe, applj-ing as from January 14, 1920;
and on in»n pipe from January 7, 1920.
Steel BUTT WELD Iron
Inches Black Galvanized Inches Black Galvanised
i. Sand 1 47% 20J% } to IJ 34)'-<, 18!%
I jl% 36i%
I to 3 S4% 4U%
LAP WELD
2 T;^':i^y 47% 34}% 2 28J% 14}%
2} to 6 50% 37|% 2} to 6 30J% 17|f.
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
i, 1 and i 43% 25)% J to } 34!":; 19J%
5 48% 35)%
JtoU 52% 39!%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
2 45% 33!% 2 29!% 16i%
2Jto4 48% 36!% 2! to 4 31!^:, I9J%
4! to 6 47% 35!% 4! to 6 30!% 18J%
.Stock discounts in cities named are as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Black Galv. Black Galv. Black Galv.
3 to 3 in. steel butt welded. 40% 24% 40% 31% 54 (a, 40% 40 j (a. 30 %
2! to 6 in. steel lap welded . 35% 20% 42% 27% 50(<i.40^; 37!(«27}%
Malleable fittings. Class B and C, banded, from New York stock sell at
plus 32%. Cast iron, standard sizes, net.
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS -Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year -\go
Copper, electrolytic I8(".I9 19.25 19 75
Tin m 5-ton lots 48.00 61.50 '70 50
Lead 8 00 9.00 5.40
Spelter 7.75 8 70 7.50
ST. LOUIS
Lead 7.75 8.87! 5.15
Spelter 7.50 8.37! 7.15
\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
o'"""^- ^Chicago-
. New York . _ Cleveland ^ April 8
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .Ago .\go rent Ago rent .\go
Copper sheets, base. . 33.50 33 50 27.50 32.00 28^30 36.00 27.00
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31 25 31 25 24.00 29.50 26 50 27.00 23 00
Brasssheets 28.50 28 50 23.00 29.00 27.00 27.00 21 50
Brasspipe 33.00 33 00 34.00 34.00 35.00 35.00 31.00
Solder (half and half)
(caselote) 33.00 33.00 45 00 40.50 41.00 38.00 39 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 7sc.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 100 lb. an]
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Aso
Mill 23.75 19.00
New York 25.00 21.50
Cleveland 27.00 24.00
Chicago 26.00 24.00
July 15, 1920
Get Increased Productioit — With Improved Machitiery
146e
-3^„c5%
SHOP MATERIALS AND SUWUE
^^P
;;E^iF
ZINC SHEETS— The followiiiK prii-ca iii n-tns, [iir pound pn-viiil;
Carload lots f.o.b. mill 12. CO
. — In Casks — ■ -— Broken Lots — ~
Cur- Ono Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.95 15.50 13,30
NewYork 14. 0.1 1200 14.50 1300
Chicago 15.00 1550 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese branrU in eents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year .\!jo
NewYork 7 50(ffi7.75 8.37!
Chisago 9.50 10 00
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound :
Xew York
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland ChicMgn
Copper, heavy, and erueil.lo 16 00 I.',. 50 16 50 16 50
Copper, heavy, and wire 1525 15.25 16.50 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13 75 13.25 15 00 14 00
Lead, heavy 7 CO 4 621 7 00 7 00
Lead, tea 5 00 3.75 5.00 6 00
Brass, heavy 10 25 9.75 12.50 16 50
Brass, light 7 50 7 75 10 00 9.50
No. 1 yellow brass tumingn 8.50 8.75 10.00 10 00
Zinc 5.25 4 25 5 00 5 50
ALUMINUM^The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Cliicng*,
No. i aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb 33.00 34. 00e.(B.35. OOe. 33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
tots and over;
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 25.00
Chicago 29.00 28.00
Cleveland 32. 00 28 50
BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound;
'-NewYork^ -—Cleveland— . Chicago — —
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
BbSt grade 90.00 87.00 74.50 79 00 60.00 75.00
Commercial 50.00 42 00 21.50 17 50 15.00 15.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the follow ing
amrunt is deducted from list:
^ New York — " Cleveland — • Chicago
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- ^ One
rent Year Ago rent Y'ear Ago rent Y'ear.Ago
Hot pressed square. -|-$4.00 1.28 $ .75 $1.90 $.50 2 00
Hot pressed heiagon -I- 4.00 .85 .75 I 90 .50 2 00
Cold punched hexa-
gon + 4.00 3 25 .75 I 90 .50 1.30
Cold punched square -t- 4.00 2.70 75 I 90 .50 I 30
Semi-finished nuts, ft and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 50% 50%
Clev'land 50^i 60-IO-lOe;
MACHINE BOLTS— Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
Xew York Cleveland
f by 4 in. and smaller I ist
Larger and longer up to \\ in. by 30 in.. .. -1-20%
20%
20%
Cliicagfi
20%
I09i
WASHERS— Frorn warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
Foi wrought-iron washers; , „„
New A'ork list Cleveland $3 00 Chicago ....•■ *' ""
For cast-iron washers, i and larger, the base price per lOO lb. is as follows;
NewYork $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $4.7j
CARRIAGE BOLTS— From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New Y'ork Cleveland Chicago
j by 6 in. and smaller 10% 15% 10%
Larger and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in 10% 10% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
. Rivets • Burs —
Current One Year Ago
Clevehmd 20% 25%
Chiosgo net 10%
NewYork 25% 40%
Current One Year Aco
10% 10%
net 10%
net 20%
RIVETS — The following fiuotutions are allowed for fair-«ized orders from
warehouie:
New Y'ork Cleveland Chicago
Steel A and smaller 30% 30% 30%
Tinned 30% W/i 30%
Boiler. !. ;. I in. diameter by 2 to S in. sell aa follows per ICO lb.:
NewYork $6.00 Chicago $5.62 Pitt«burgb $4.72
Structural, same siict;
NewYork $7.10 Chicago 55.72 I'ittsburgb $4.82
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base ^rice in cenia per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows;
New York Cleveland Chiaasc
Copper 34 00 34,00 35.00
Rrass 33 00 34.00 34.00
For immediate stock shipment 3c. is usuiilly : dded. The prices, of course-
vary with the quantity purchased. For hits of Its < than 100 lb., but not less than
75 lb., the advance is 2c.; for lots of less than 75 lb., hut not less than 50 lb.
advance is 5c. over base ( lOO-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than 25 lb.
I Oc. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 25c.: less
than 10 lb., add 35e.
Double above extras will he eharv«d for niigh^. chnnnds and sh'f t n etal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to bra.s8 rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes Ix-ing considered as |-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and \-\\ in., inclusive, in stfuare and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to I in. by sixteenths over I in. ( >n shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usuall.v a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for 1 1 2. 50 per 100 lbs.
<;OTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound :
,- New York ■
Current One Y'ear Ago Cleveland Chicago
White Il.00(i.l5.50 13.00 16,00 II, OOto 14,00
Colored mixed. . 7.00(bI0 50 9.00-12.00 12,00 9.50tol2,00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
13ixl3i I3ti20i
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41,00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 ib.:
Current One Month Ago One Y'ear Ago
NewYork $3,00 $3,00 $1,75
Philadelphia 2,75 2,75 1,75
Cleveland 2.50 2 50 2,75
Chicago 2,25 2.50 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb,:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3,90 »3.9iO $3,65
Phdadelphia 3 65 3,65 3.62
Chicago 5 00 5,00 4.12}
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsinllp;
July 8 July I June 24
Prompt furnace $17 50(a.$18 50 $17. 50(a\$l8,50 $15 OOfri »I6.0(J
Prompt foundry I8.00(ai 19 00 18 00(a; 19 00 16 00(«. 17.00
FIRE CLA Y — The following prices prevail :
Current
( >ttawa. bulk in carloads Per Ton $8. 00
Cleveland lOO-lb. bag 1.00
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per gallon;
— — - New Y'ork — . ^^— Chicago — — .
Cur- One Cur- One
rent Y'ear Ago rent Year Ago
Raw in barrels (5 bbl, lots) $1,58 $1,15 »2.02 $2.27
5-gaI. cans (without cans) 1.60* 2.28 2.27 2.47
*To this ot7 price must be added the cost of the cans (returnable), whieh u
$2.25 for a case of six.
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
. Red ■ White
One Year OneYeiir
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry end Dry end
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In O-l In Oil
lOOlb.keg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50 15.50 13 00
25 and 50-lb. kegs,,,, 15.75 17.25 13.25 14.75 15.75 13,25
12i-lb,keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15, CO 16.00 13.50
5-lb, cans 18 50 20.00 15 00 16.50 18.50 15,00
1-Ib.canB 20.50 22,00 16 00 17.50 20.50 16. 0«
5001b. lots leaa 10% discount. 2000 lb. lots lew 1 0-2)% diseouDt.
146f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 3
JVEWcr/2c? ENLARGED
mmmmftinu/M//mM///////^//ffyf ^a ^ <:m/////////'',('''»/'^'^^Mtfj9tt'--,,
L-V-FLETCHEn
xi^
•jMitiMiiitiiiiiitiiiimiiiiiitiiitiiitiKiinitiiiiiiiiiii
lllllllltlllllltlMtllllllllllllll^
Machine Tools
niiiiiiiitiiiriiiiiiMiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
■lllllllllllltp
The following concerns are in the market
for machine tools:
Conn.. Bridgeport — W. Levin, 108 Reilly
St. — automobile repair tools.
Ma88., Boston — The Colonial Motors
Corp. — miscellaneous machine tool equip-
ment.
Mass., Greenfield- — The Wells Special
Mchy. Co. — low swing lathes, planers, turn-
ing lathes, cylindrical grinders and duplex
milling machines.
Md., Baltimore — F. Molnaur, 531 South
Ann St. — garage equipment.
Md., Sparrows Point The Bethlehem
Steel Co. — one universal and tool grinding
machine with automatic feed table, B. & S.
No. 13.
N. Y., Goslien— The I. H. Dexter Co., Inc.
— one 40 to 50 in. x 10 or 12 ft. planing
machine with 1 or 2 heads on rail and one
2i or 3 ft. radial drill press (used).
N. T., New Yorlt (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Intertype Corp., 50 Court St. — screw
machines, lathes and other machine tools.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— F. T. Craven. 50 Church St. — one 500 ton
and one 1,000 ton press.
N. Y., Now York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Groton Iron ^Vks.. 50 Bway.- — two
gate shears of \ in. capacity.
N. Y.. New York (Borbugh of Manhattan)
— The tloltrans Co., 154 Nassau St. — screw
machine for u.se in Japan.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— ^Mayer & Lage, 120 Bway. — machine tools
for export to Japan.
N. Y., Salem— The Humphrey Die and
Tool Corp. — shapers, surface grinders and
toolroom lathes.
N. Y., Schenectady — The General Elec-
tric Co., River Rd., A. R. Howgate, Purch.
Aet. — several presses for Bridgeport, Conn.,
plant.
N. Y., West Albany — The New York Cen-
tral R.R. — one cold saw, two turret lathes
and one link grinder.
N. Y., Whitehall — The Champlain Silk
Mills — one milling machine with 53 in.
table traverse, and one 30 to 36 in. radial
drill.
Pa., Allentowii. — W. H. Taylor & Co. — one
28 in. drill press with No. 4 shaper in
spindle.
Pa., Chester — The Chester Shipbuilding
Co. — two No. 3 Avey drills, capacity li in..
and highspeed drills complete with lubri-
cant tank, motor driven.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Ace Motorcycle
Co. — automatic screw machines and milling
machines.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Pennsylvania Ry.,
Bell Bldg. — one turret lathe, similar to No.
2A, Warner & Swasey, arranged for 2:'0 v.
d.a ~
Pa.. Philadelphia — The Taylor Wharton
Iron and Steel Co., 25th and Washington
Sis. — machine shop equipment.
Pa.. Wilkes-Barrp — The Lehigh and
Wilkes-Barre Coal Co.. Lehigh and Wilkes-
Barre Blk. — miscellaneous machine tools.
L,a., Slireveport — The International Gas
and Oil Corj). — one 2S to 6 or 8 in. pipe
cutting machitii'. Ijelt driven, with or with-
out steam engine (used).
N. C, RuleiKh — The Garage Equipment
Co.. 809 Citizens' Bank Bldg.. E. L. Mof-
fett. Sales Mgr. —
One small vertical spindle milling ma-
chine.
One light hack saw, about 4 in. jaw.
One 24 or 28 in. upright drill press.
One 21 or 24 in. lathe with short bed.
One plain screw machine for \J^ in. stock.
lU.. Chicago — The Ajax Forge Co., 2.")03
Blue I-sland Ave. —
One trimming press with side shear for
2,000 lb. steam drop hammer.
One 2.000 lb. steam drop hammer.
One 3,000 lb. steam drop hammer.
One 10 ton crane with 76 ft. span.
One 5 or 10 ton crane with 35 to 50 ft.
span.
One 2 ton crane with 28 ft. span, hand
operated.
One guillotine shear, capacity 3 in.
rounds.
One belt d^i^'en air compressor. 500 ft.
per minute. 125 lb. pressure.
III., Chicago — The Convex Sign Co.. 162
-■Austin Ave. — one 16 in. x 8 ft. engine lathe.
111.. Chicago — The Chicago. Burlington &
Quincy Ry., r>4 7 West Jackson Blvd. —
chucks, as follows —
Six 15 in., iron scroll combinations.
Six 15 in., steel geared, scroll combina-
tion.
One lOJ in., iron scroll combination.
One lOJ in., steel geared scroll combina-
tion.
One 18 in., iron scroll combination.
steel geared .scroll combina-
One 18 in
tion.
One 18 in.,
Two 24 in.
Two 24 in.
One 4 in.
jaws.
One 18 in.,
One 18 in.
Two 14 in
Two 14 in
iron geared scroll combination.
4 jaw, iron independent.
4 jaw. steel indeiiendent.
screw type with reversible
4 jaw, iron indejiendent.
4 jaw. steel independent.
4 jaw, iron independen'.;.
4 jaw, steel independent.
One 16 in., 4 jaw, iron inde]>endent.
One 16 in., 4 Jaw. steel independent.
Four 15 in., 5 jaw, round body with slip
jaws.
in., Chicago — The Federal Metal Weather
Stri], Co.. 1242 Fullerton .^ve. —
One No. 2, one No. 3 and and one No. 4
l»elt driven punch press, 2J to 4 in. stroke.
One 1,500 lb., one 1,000 lb., and one 500
lb. hoard drop hammer.
One 200 lb. Bradley hammer.
III., Chicago — H. Wissmiller. 932 Mon-
tana St. — one double spindle shaper.
III.. Springfield — The ITnited Supply Co. —
one double action cam dr.iwing i)ress with
stroke 5 in. or more. Bliss 69 N or similar.
Mich.. Detroit — The Hayes Mchy. Co..
East Larned St., A. Sprague, Purch. .\gt.
— large and medium sized press (used pre-
ferred).
0„ Cleveland — The Bd. Educ, East 6th
St. and Rockwell .\ve. — manual training
equipment including lathes, saws, work
benches, etc.
Wis.. Belolt— C. H. Besly & Co. — eight
14 in. X 6 ft. engine lathes with taper at-
tachment.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Lisbon Ave. Motor
Co., 508 54th St., A. Freiburger, Purch.
.Agt. — one lathe, one drill press and ma-
chinery for tir.^ repair.
Wis., West AIlis^The Warner Machine
CO., 7521 Scott St., F. Gardner, Purch. Agt.
— one 14 to 20 in. shai^er and one heavy
duty grinder.
>Io.. Kansas Cit.v — The W. S. Dickey Clay
Mfg. Co.. New York Life Bldg. —
Four 25 X 50 in., 14 ft. gap lathes.
Two 28 or 30 in. drill presses.
Two 50 lb. power hammers.
One 10 in. high speed bench drill.
Two 2 in. bolt threading machines.
One pneumatic drill up to 2 in.
One 2i ft. radial drill.
Three 24 in. shaping machines.
Two 20 in. X 12 ft. engine lathes.
One 24 in. x 24 in. x 8 ft. planing ma-
chine.
One 14 in. double wheel emery grinder.
One No. 2 draw cut back saw machine.
One 6 in. combination bench vise.
One 8 in. combination bench vise.
Tex., Corsicana — The Corsicana Grader
and' Machine Co., C. E. Kerr, Purch. Agt. —
complete machine tool equipment including
drill presses, lathes and trip hammer.
Machinery
ll„llllllli,IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIttllllllllllltllMIMlllllllllMIMl,
The following concerns are in the market '
for machinery:
Md.. Rultimore — The Miller Safe Co., Fre-
mont Ave. and BrLscoe St. — equipment for
the manufacture of safes.
N. Y.. BiilTalo — The Parenti Motors Corp..
17.')4 Main St. — wood and metal working
equipment for manufacture of automobiles.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Cunard Terminal Co.. 24 State St. —
one electric traveling crane for Weehawken
terminal.
Pa.. Philadelphia — The Chestnut Hill
Hospital. 8815 Germantown St. — laundry
equipment.
Va., Richmond — ^ The Virginia Carolina
Chemical Co.. 12th St., J. Maxwell. Purch.
.Vgt.- — traveling cranes.
W. Va., Parkertiburg — The Baldwin Tool
Wks. — electric cranes.
Mich., netroit — The Federal Bearing and
Bushing Corp.. 362 Tromhiy .\ve. — miscel-
laneous equipment for manufacture and
finishing of bearings and bushings for au-
tomobiles.
Mich.. Hetroit — The Michigan Grey Iron
Castings Co.. Harbaugh .\ve. and Wabash
Ry. — miscellaneous foundry equipment.
O.. Cleveland — The Biggs Watterson Co..
12:!5 West 9th St. — one 12 in. pipe clean-
ing machine.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Cortsa Slotors Co .
663 37th St.. C. R. Kurtze. Purch. .\gt. —
machinery for manafacture of automohlles.
Wis.. Milwaukee — R. Jeske & Bro. Co..
Ill Reservoir Ave. — sheet metal working
machinery.
Wis.. Slilwaukee — The Patton Paint Co..
213 I-ake St. — special equipment for manu-
facture of varnish.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Tire Shop. 481
13th St. — complete vulcanizing outfit.
Wis.. Oshkosh — The Three C Davenport
Co.. 33 Main St.. O. Konrad. Purch. Act -
woodworking machinery.
July 15, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
146g
wis., Racine — The Hamilton Beach Mfg.
Co., Rapids Drive — foundry equipment.
Wis., Wnukeslia — The Waul<esha Casting
Co. — foundry -equipment. ,
Mo., St. L/ouis — The Mi.ssouri Pacific Ry..
Ry. Exch. Bldg., C. A. Howe. Purch. Agt. —
one sand blast machine for cleaning steel
work.
N. B.. Doaktown — F. D. Swin — machinery
for sawmill.
Out,. Ari'er — J. Stadden — machinery for
sawmill.
Ont.. .-Vuburn — B. Marsh — machinery for
a sawmill.
Ont.. Ottawa — Praser & Bryson. T>td. —
equipment for Bell River ground wood pulp
mill.
Ont., Porcupine — McChesney, Ltd. — saw-
mill equipment.
Ont.. Sudbury — The Continental Wood
Products Co. — machinery for sawmill and
pulpwood preparing plant.
Ont., Toronto — The Hockon T^umber Co. —
planing mill equipment for West River mill.
Ont.. Tottenham — McCabc Bros. — 32 ma-
chines for planing mill.
Que., Brysons — J. Argue — machinery for
sawmill.
Que.. Nouvelle — A. Filion. Ltd. — equip-
ment for planing and sawmill.
Metal Working
NEW ENG1,.\ND STATKS
Conn., Bridgeport — The General Motors
Service and Truck Co., 554 Fairfield Ave.,
has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 110 x 120 ft. service
station on Holland Ave. Estimated cost,
$75,000.
Com'.. Bridgeport — W. Levin. 108 Reilly
St.. will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 50 x 60 ft. garage
on Pembroke St. Estimated cost, $15,000.
H. E. Koerner, 164 State St., Archt.
Conn., Hartford — M. W. DeLaney. 77
Greenfield St.. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 55 x 110
ft. garage on High St. Estimated cost,
$25,000. F. Walz, 407 Trumbull St.. Archt.
Conn., Hartford — J. Ferringo, 174 Bar-
bour St., will build a 1 story. 45 x 96 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $15,000.
Conn.. Hartford — M. Lefsitz. .38 Kennedy
St.. will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 35 x 85 ft. garage
on Arthur PI. Estimated cost, $10,000.
Conn.. Hartford — The A. F. Way Co.,
Inc., 32 Union PI., is building a factory for
the manufacture of special machinery.
Estimated cost, $35,000.
Conn., South Manchester — Cheney Bros.,
Hartford Rd., manufacturers of silk, have
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 30 x 80 ft. toolroom addition
at their plant.
Mass., Brookline — D. Cerussi, 15 Ex-
change St.. Boston, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 100
X 270 ft. garage and salesroom on Common-
wealth Ave. and St. Paul St., here. Esti-
mated cost, $200,000.
Mass.. Dorchester (Boston P. O.) — The
Byrne Realty Co.. 435 Geneva Ave., is hav-
ing plans prepared by M. H. Maney, Archt.,
16 Paisley Park, for the construction of a
1 story, 95 x 165 ft. garage on Holmes Ave.
Estimated cost, $50,000.
Mass.. SprinKlield — The Westinghou.se
Electric and Mfg. Co.. Page Blvd., will build
a 1 story, 125 x 160 ft. foundry. Estimated
30st, $35,000.
Mass., Worcester — M. N. fUman, 50
Water St.. will build a 1 story, 80 x 95 ft.
jarage on School St. Estimated cost, $50.-
000.
X. H., Manchester — The Leighton Ma-
chine Co. is building a factory with 20,000
3q.ft. of floor space for the manufacture
Df knitting machines. Estimated cost,
$40,000.
N. H., Nashua — Mercer Bros., 280 Main
3t., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story garage. Estimated
3ost. $50,000. Hutchinson & French, 6
Reacon St.. Boston, Archts.
Vt., Bennington — The Standard Oil Co. of
Vow York, 26 Bway., New York Cify. has
xwarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 23 x 60 ft. garage and 12 x
18 ft. pumphouse, here. Estimated cost.
{25.000.
.„, Vt., Bnrlington — The Standard Oil Co. of
New York, 26 Bway., New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 45 x 52 ft. garage, here. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATE,S
Md.. Baltimore — W. C. Hippie. North Ave.
and Chester St., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 80
X 100 ft. addition to his garage. Estimated
cost, $30,000.
Md., Baltimore — The Miller Safe Co..
Fremont Ave. and Briscoe St.. will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 1 and 2 story, 123 x 400 ft. factory on
Wilkens Ave. and Catherine St. Estimated
cost, $350,000. Noted July 8.
Md.. Bnltimnrp — F. Molnaur. 531 South
Ann St., will build a 1 story, 42 x 96 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $12,000.
Md., Ballimore— The Steinmetz Electric
Motor Car Co., Inc.. has acquired the 1
story, 100 X 240 ft. plant of Reus Bros. Co..
on Kate Ave. along the tracks of the West-
ern Maryland R.R.. and plans to enlarge
same and construct several other buildings.
N. J., Trenton — The Amer. Bridge Co.,
South Warren St.. will build a 1 story,
79 X 200 ft. and 32 x 122 ft. addition to
its plant. Estimated cost, $65,000.
N. Y.. Geneva — The Standard Oil Co. of
New York. 26 Bway.. New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 25 x 60 ft. garage, here. Esti-
mated cost, $20,000.
X. Y.. Honeoye Falls — The Standard Oil
Co. of New York, 26 Bway., New York City,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 35 x 66 ft. garage, here.
Estimated cost, $30,000.
N. Y., Maeedon — The Standard Oil Co. of
New York. 26 Bway., New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 33 x 55 ft. garage, here. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— Havemeyer & Elder, c/o S. MiUman,
Archt., 26 Court St., will build a 1 story,
100 X 150 ft. garage on Atlantic Ave. and
Elton St. Estimated cost, $35,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
—The M.C.K. Constr. Co., 2336 Fulton St..
will build a 1 story. 80 x 150 ft. garage on
Hancock St. and Cypress Ave. Estimated
cost, $30,000.
N. T.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— M. Seidman, 1463 St. Marks .\ve.. will
building a 1 story, 50 x 100 ft. garage on
Amboy St. near Pitkin Ave. Estimated cost,
$35,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— H. Strongin. 1705 Pitkin Ave., will build
a 1 story. 120 x 130 ft. garage on Coney
Island Ave. near Cortelyou Rd. Estimated
cost, $20,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— M. O'Dowd. Inc.. c/o J. S. Maher, Archt.,
431 West 14th St., will build a 3 .story.
100 X 125 ft. garage at 56 North 23rd St.
Estimated cost, $100,000.
N. Y.. Nunda — The Standard Oil Co. of
New York, 26 Bway.. New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 42 x 45 ft. garage, here. Esti-
mated cost, $40,000.
N. Y., Oneida — The Standard Oil Co. of
New York, 26 Bway.. New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 23 X 60 ft. garage. 1 5 x 20 ft. boiler
house, and 12 x 16 ft. pumphouse, here,
each 1 story. Estimated cost. $35,000.
N. T., Sherman — The Standard Oil Co. of
New York, 26 BVay., New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 25 x 32 ft. garage here. Esti-
mated cost, $20,000.
N. Y.. Sliver Springs — The Standard Oil
Co. of New York. 26 Bway.. New York City,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story. 35 x 62 ft. garage, here.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
Pa.. Phila<lelphia — The Diesinger Motors
Co.. 1827 Chestnut St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
70 X 120 ft. sales and service building on
22nd and Chestnut Sts.
Pa.. Philadelphia — The Lowry Top and
Body Co., Gaul and Adams Sts., has award-
ed the contract for altering its factory.
Estimated cost. $25,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — M. Wenger, 250 South
Camac St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 50 x 110 ft.
addition to his garage. Estimated cost,
$15,000.
SOI'TIIKRX KTATKS
Ky., Vine Grove — The Service Oarage Co.
is building a 50 x 125 ft. garage. Esti-
mated cost. $14,000.
MIDDLE WEST
ln<L, Ft, Wayne — The General Electric
Co., Bway. and Pennsylvania Ry., Is build-
ing a 2 and 3 story, 150 x 300 ft. lamp
factory on Winter St. Estimated cost,
$400,000.
Ind., Ft. Wayne — The International Har-
vester Co. of America, 606 South Mlchlgran
Ave.. Chicago, has purch.ast'd a 140 acre
site east of here, and j.lana to build a pl.int
for the manufacture and aH.sembly of motor
trucks. The first unit will cover 12 acres
and will include a number of 1 story buihi-
ing.s, also a 3 story L-shaped building to
house the carpenter shops and shipping de-
partment. The ultimate development of the
plant as planned will extend over a period
of 3 years and cost about $4,000,000.
Mleh.. Ann Arbor — The Amer. Broach
and Machine Co. is building a 50 x 250 ft.
I)lant for the manuf.icture of broaching
machines.
Mleh.. Grand Rapids — The Amer. Can Co.,
120 Bway.. New York City, will soon award
the contract for the construction of a fac-
tory on 6th St.. here. Estimated cost.
$1,000,000. M. M. l.,oonv. 120 Bway., New
York City, Archt. and Engr.
Mleh., Kalamazoo — The State Bd. Educ.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 96 x 250 ft. manual
arts building on Oakland Drive, to include
a foundry and auto mechanic and wood-
working shops. T. K. Johnson, Secy. H. H.
Turner, 923 Michigan Trust Bldg.. Grand
Rapids. Archt.
O., Akron — The Portage Taxi and Bag-
gage Co., 11 South High St., is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 10
story, 66 x 132 ft. busine.ss block on South
High St.. the first floor to be used as a
garage. Estimated cost. $200,000.
O.. Akron — The S. & O. Engraving Co.,
330 South High St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 stor\', 40
X 150 ft. office and laboratory. Estimated
cost, $75,000.
O., Canton — The Schlemmer & Grahcr
Co., 12th St. N. E.-. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 and 2 story,
inn X 250 ft. garage and service building.
Estimated cost, $95,000.
O., Canton — Timken Roller Bearing Co..
Dueber Ave., will build a 1 story. 120 x 200
ft. factory on Harrison Ave.. S.W., for the
manufacture of steel. Estimated cost, $40.-
000.
O., CineirnatI — The Amer. Can Co.. 120
Bway.. New York City, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a plant
on Spring Grove Ave. and Fergus St.. here,
lo consist of a 6 story, 72 x 260 ft.. 4 story,
60 X 1,400 ft. 1 story, 90 x 97 ft. and 1
story, 80 x 160 ft. buildings. Estimated
cost, $1,000,000. Noted April 22.
O.. Cleveland — The Bd. Educ, Ea.<it 6th
St. and Rockwell Ave., plans to build a 1
story, 30 room, junior high school on Hop-
kins Ave., to include a manual training de-
partment. Estimated cost, $2,000,000.
O., Cleveland — The Chandler & Price Co..
6000 Carnegie Av., manufacturer of printing
machinery, is h.iving plans prepared by H.
McGeorge. Archt. and Engr.. 6000 Carnegie
Ave., for the construction of a 4 story. 42
X 108 ft. factory on Cedar Ave. Estimated
cost. $150,000,
O.. Cleveland — The Cleveland Belting and
Machine Co., 1510 University Rd., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 112 x 140 ft. addition to its
factory. Estimated cost, $100,000. W.
Hartle. Pres.
O., Cleveland — The Hydraulic Pressed
Steel Co., 5704 Hydraulic .^ve., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 75 x 200 ft. addition to its factory.
Estimated cost, $75,000.
O., Cleveland — The Ohio Motor Vehicle
Co., Nottingham Rd., has awarded the con-
tract for the constructioh of a 2 storv. 50
X 150 ft. factory. Estimated cost. $75,000.
C. Rigler. Pres.
O.. Cleveland — The Plfer Electric Repair
and Mfg. Co., 1392 East 43rd St.. has ,
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 49 x 60 ft. factory. Bstimatea
cost, $25,000.
O., Cleveland — The Superior Screw and
Bolt Mfg. Co.. 810 Hippodrome Bldg.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 130 x 252 ft. factory at 2653
East 93rd St. Estimated cost. $100,0 1".
W. J. Hayes. Treas. Noted July 1.
146h
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Vol 53, No. 3
O., Cleveland — The Union Rolling MlllB
Co., 8200 Aetna Rd., has had plans preparea
by W. Davis, Engr. and Archt., 89Z Arcaae,
for the construction of a 1 story, 22 x 18:s
ft. addition to its rolling mill. Bstlmalea
cost. ?30,000.
O., Columbus — The Atlas Brass Fdry Co.,
980 South Park St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 80
X 100 ft. brass foundry on Stewart Ave.
Kstimated cost. $20,000.
O.. takewood (Cleveland P. O.) — The
Hertner Electric Co., 1900 West 112th St..
has purchased a site on Elmwood Ave. and
plans to build a 1 story, 60 x 250 ft. factory.
Estimated cost, $100,000.
O., MaHKillon — The Lucius Mfg. Co. plans
to build a 5 or 6 story, 100 x 200 ft. factory
for the manufacture of rivetless steel gas
tanks, etc.
Wis., SlUwaukee — The City has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 50 x 120 ft. meter shop on Market
St. Estimated cost, $55,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Ogden Garage Co.,
529 26th Ave., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 100 x 160
ft. garage and repair shop on Ogden Ave.
Estimated cost, $60,000.
Wis., Rarine — The Hamilton Heach Mfg.
Co., Rapids Drive., has had plans p-repared
by A. L. Tlegel, Archt.. Haker BIk., for the
construction of a 1 story, 80 x 200 ft. foun-
dry. Estimated cost, $60,000.
Wis.. Wauk«slia — The Waukesha Casting
Co.. formerly F. C. Blair & Son. 340 Bway..
is having plans jjrepared by tlie C. Kawin
Co.. Engrs., 431 South Dearborn St.. Chi-
cago, for the construction of a 1 story. 120
X 130 ft. foundry. Estimate<l cost, $50,000.
WEST OF THE MISSSISSIPFI
.Vrk., Little Kock — The Shoemaker BIdg.
Co. will soon .award the contract for the
construction of a 2 story. 140 x 150 ft.
garage on Center St. Estimated cost. $175.-
000. Sanders & Ginoechio, Little Rock.
Arohts.
CANABA
Ont.. Toronto^The Dominion Type Fdry.
— equipment for Montreal. Que., plant.
Que., Montreal — The Colonial Wire Mfg.
Co.. Shearer St., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 3 story factory on
St. Patrick St. Estimated cost, $75,000.
Que.. Montreal — The Dominion Tyjve
Fdry.. Ltd.. Toronto, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 4 story. 51
X 122 ft. foundry on Hermine St.. here.
Estimated cost. $135,000.
Que., Montreal — The Sea Sled Co.. Ltd.,
plans to build a plant. Estimated cost.
$250,000.
^IMIMIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIItlltlllllllllllltlllllllllllllllllllllllllllltlMIIIIIIIIIHIItlinittllUllttll^
I General Manufacturing f
iiitiiiiMMnMi
miMlltlMlllirillllllllllllMIMIIIItlltlllll'
NEW ENGI,.\N1> ST.\TES
Conn., Bridgeport — The Amor. Specialty
Co., 348 George St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 60
X 102 ft. factory, with 50 x 60 ft. ell, on
Holland Ave. Estimated cost, $40,000.
Mass., Boston — The W. F. Schraft & Sons
Corp., 160 W^ashington St., is having plans
prepared by Haven & Crosby. Engrs. and
Archts.. 40 Court St., for the construction
of a 3 story. 80 x 240 ft. factory on Cause-
way St., for the manufacture of candy.
Estimated cost. $200,000.
Mass.. Cambridge — The Presto-Lite Co.,
Inc.. 30 East 42nd St.. New York City, will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 25 x 100 ft. acetylene
plant, here. Estimated cost, $80,000. Noted
April 15.
Mass., Cambridge— The Revere Sugar Re-
finery. 15 Broad St.. Boston, will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 1 storv." 90 x 200 ft. cooperage shop on 9th
St.. here. Estimated cost. $80.0on. H. S.
Adams. 100 Ames Bldg., Boston, .\rcht.
Mass., Tlolyoke — The New Knglind Tire
and Rubber Co. has purchased a site ^vith
250 ft. of frontage on Main St. and plans to
huild a factory for the manufacture of
"Holyoke" tires.
Mass., Rockland — The Rockland Web-
bing Co., Park St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 50
X 175 ft. addition to its factory. Estimated
cost, $30,000. Noted June 24.
R. I., WoonsjMeket — The Alsace Worsted
Co., School St.. has awarded tlie contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 60 x 140
ft. addition to its factory. Estimated cost,
$35,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
N. 4., Asbury Park — The Hill Bakery Co..
North Stockton St.. Trenton, plans to build
a l)akerv on Main St., here. Estimated cost,
$150,000.
N. J., Clifton — The Pennsylvania Textile
Co.. 449 4th Ave., New York City, has
awarded tlie contract for tlie construction
of a plant here. Estimated cost, $200,000.
N. Y., BulTalu — The P. F. Dally Co. of
New York. 227 Military Rd., has had plans
prei)ared for the construction of a 1 story.
28 X 127 ft. addition to its plant for the
manufacture of blacking. Estimated cost,
$6,000.
N. Y.. Buffalo — The University of Buffalo.
24 High St., is having plans prejiared by
McKim. Mead & Wihte, Engrs. and Archts..
101 Park Ave., New York City, for the
construction of a 3 story chemical labora-
tory. Estimated cost. $300,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Sheldon Foster Supply Co., c/o L.
.\llmendinger, Archt. and Engr.. 20 Palm-
etto St., will soon award the contract for
the construction of a laundry on DeKalb
Ave. Estimatd cost, $200,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Rigaud Perfume Co.. 7.5' iJarrow St..
is having iilnns prepared by Sommerfeld &
Steckler. Archts. and Engrs., 31 Union Sq..
for the construction of a 7 story, 50 x 50
ft. factory.
N. Y.. Syracuse — The Atmospheric Nitro-
gen Corp., Milton Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
plant on Willis Ave. Estimated cost.
$5,00.000. Noted July 1.
Pa.. Horrell (Canoe Creek P. O.) — The
Standard Powder Co.. Philadelphia, will
liuild a 1 story plant here to consist of 25
buildings, including a keg factory. Esti-
mated cost. $1,000,000.
Pa.. Jeanette — The Amer. Window Glass
Co.. Farmers' Bank BIdg.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 and 2
story furnace building. Estimated cost,
$300,000.
Pa., Oakmont — The Urschel Bates Valve
Mfg. Co., 3444 Summit St., Toledo, is build-
ing a 4 storv factory here. Estimated cost,
$250,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Chestnut Hill
Hospital. 8815 Germantown St.. is having
plans prepared by Willing & Sims, Archts..
1627 Sansom St.. for the ctJhstruction of a
2 storv 30 X 75 ft. laundry on Chestnut
Hill. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Presto-Lite Co.,
Inc., 30 East 42nd St., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
25 X 100 ft. acetvlene plant. Estimated
cost. $80,000. Noted April 15.
SOUTHERN STATES
Ga., LaGrange — Swift & Co., U. S. Stock
Yards, Chicago, lias awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 200 x 350
ft. fertilizer plant, here. Estimated cost,
including equipment, $250,000.
Ky.. Louisville — The Dixie Belle Refining
Co.. "701 Inter-Saw Bldg.. pl.ins to build a
refinery on Western Parkway.
Kv., Louisville — The Union Paper Prod-
ucts'Co.. which has recently been organized
with a capital stock of $300,000. has ac-
quired a site on Colapessa. Bernadotte.
Alexander and Lowerline Sts., and plans
to build a factory for the manirfacture of
corrugated paiier boxes. S. Ohnstein. Pres.
N. C, Charlotte — The' Charlotte Spinning
Mill Co. is liaving plans prepared by the
Watson Eng. Co.. Archts. and Engrs., Hip-
podrome Bldg.. Cleveland, for the construc-
tion of a 3 storv. 100 x 300 ft. spinning mill
i\nd boiler house. Estimated cost, $300,000.
N. C. Hickory — The United Mills Co. has
been organized with a capital stock of
$500,000. and plans to build a mill for the
manufacture of cotton yarn. Estimated
cost, $50,000. R. C. Biberstein. Charlotte,
i:ngr.
Va., Richmond — Tlie Baughman Station-
.ly Co.. 1320 r.road St, W.. is having plans
prepared by Cameal & Johnson, Archts.
Chamber of Commerce BIdg.. for the con
struction of a 2 story. 173 x 227 ft. factory
on Marshal and Graham Sts. 13st:mated
cost, $200,000.
Va., Richmond — The Virginia Carolina
Chemical Co.. 12th St., has had plans |.re-
pared for the construction of a 5 story
lilant. Kstimated cost, $250,000.
W, Va., Martinsburg — The Natl. Shale
Brick Co. will soon award the contract for
the construction of a plant. Estimated cost.
$250,000.
MIDDLE WEST
Ind,, .*^yracusc — The Wawasee Tire and
Hul>l>er Co. is having i>lans prepared by R.
L. Simmins, Archt., Elkhart, for the con-
struction of a 3 story, 50 x 175 ft. plant,
here.
O., Chagrin Falls — The Adams Bag Co. is
having plans prepared by E. McGeorge,
.Archt. and Engr.. 1900 Euclid Ave., Cleve-
land, for the construction of a 3 story addi-
tion to its i^aper mill. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
O,. Cleveland — The Mendelsohn Co., 2110
Woodand Ave., manufacturer of cigars, has
awarded the contract ff.r remodeling its 3
story, 70 x 100 ft. factory on East 27th St.
and Woodand Ave. Estimated cost, $60.-
inMi. Noted June 10.
O.. Cleveland — The Pavelka Bros.. East
:i7tli St. and Bway.. dealers in smoked
meats, will soon award the contract for tht-
construction of a 2 story, 57 x 65 ft. addi-
tion to their factory. Estimated cost. $60,-
000.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Patton Paint Co..
213 Lake St., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 2 story, 70 x 100
ft. varnish factory and a 2 story, 60 x 112
ft. warehouse.
Wis., Milwaukee — Tlie Carpenter Baking
Co., 102 7th St.. will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 3 stor>*. 35
X 160 ft. addition to its bakery. Noted
May 27.
WEST OP' THE MISSISSIPPI
la., Muscatine — Muscatine Packing Co.
lias awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a i>acking plant to include a 5 story.
50 .\ 100 ft. manufacturing building. 5 story.
100 X 200 ft. cold storage building. 5 story.
70 X 85 ft. al)attoir. 4 story. 54 x 64 ft.
fertilizer building and 1 story. 50 x 100 ft
power house.
Mo., St. Luuis — The Surety Tire and Rub-
ber Co.. 2100 Krenlin Ave., plans to buf.o
a 1 story. 30 x 175 ft. and 35 x 40 ft fac-
tory. Estimated cost. $40,000.
CANADA
N. B.. Doaktown — F. D. Swin is having
plans prepared for a saw mill.
Out. .\rner — J. Stadden plans to build
an addition to his saw mill.
Ont.. .\uburn — B. Marsh will build a saw-
mill.
Ont., Bell River — The Fraser & Bryson
Ltd.. Ottawa, will soon award the contract
for the construction of a ground wood pulp
mill. here. Estimated cost, $300,000.
Ont., Porcupine — McChconey Ltd. will soon
award the contract for the construction
of a saw mill. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Ont.. Sudbury — The Continental Wood
Products Co., a subsidiary of the Conti-
nental Pulp. Paper and Bag Co.. 48 Fer-
managh Ave.. Toronto, will build a saw
mill and plant, here, for the preparation
of i)ulp wood. Estimated cost, $500,000.
Ont.. Tillbury — The Tillbury Brick and
Tile Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story plant, to replace
the one wliicb was destroyed by Are. Esti-
mated cost. $30,000.
Ont.. Tottenham — McCabe Bros, will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a pl.aning mill.
Ont.. West River — The Hockon Lumiier
Co.. Ltd.. Toronto, will build a planing mill
here.
Que.. Br.vsonH — J. Argue is having plans
prepared for a saw mill.
Que., Chelsea — The Royal Securities Co..
164th and James Sts. Montreal, will sooi>
award the contract for tlie constmoUon oi
a pulp and paper plant here, for McEdwards
& Co.. Ottawa.
Pages 314 to 346
NEED COMPETENT MEN?
SEE THE SEARCHLIGHT SECTION
Pages 314 to 34G
The Moline Duplex Drilling Machine
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, Amerioan Machinist
The machines herein described are designed to
give rapid production on drilling work. All of
them are of the two-head type, hut they vary
considerably in the method of operation^ in order
to suit the requirements of different classes of
work. An examination of this article vnll show
that the opposed-spindle method of grilling, which
is becoming quite important, is well developed.
THE Moline Machinery Co., Moline, HI., has devel-
oped a line of duplex drilling machines, in order
to meet the demand for machines to drill holes
simultaneously in opposite sides of work by means of
opposed spindles. Machines of this type are neces-
sarily somewhat special, as each is designed to meet the
requirements of a particular job ; but, at the same time,
there is a certain amount of uniformity in their con-
struction, as shown by the accompanying illustrations.
In addition to their use for opposed drilling, these
machines are in some cases built to use one set of
spindles for drilling and the opposite set for reaming.
Or, drills and reamers can be held in the same head,
and the work table shifted from the drilling position
across the bed in order to align the work with the
spindles for the reaming operation. An important fea-
ture of the design of such machines is the arrangement
which permits the drilling and reaming spindles to
be run at different speeds.
The No. 7 duplex machine
is shown in Fig. 1. The
drive is from the three-stepi
cone-pulley at the left
through a central driving
shaft, and from this through
suitable gearing in the car-
riages or sliding heads. The
gears can be changed so asi
to run the spindles on one;
carriage faster than thost:
on the other, if desired. Thti
spindles are driven from a
long helical gear extending
across the carriages, and the
h
FIG. 1. NO. 7 POWER-FEED
DUPLEX DRILLING MACHINE
Specifications: Length of bed,
7 ft Width of bed. In in. Dis-
tance between spindle ends ; mini-
mum, 4 in. ; maximum, 30 in.
Hole in spindles. No. 4 Morse
taper. Distance from si.indle to
bed, 8 in. Capacity, up to l.i-in.
drill. Each carriage has three
feeds.
FIG. 2. NO. 8 HAND-FEED
DUPLEX DRILLING MACHINE
Specifications: Length of bed.
7 ft. 8 in. Width of bed. 12 in.
Distance between splindles ; mini-
mum, 10 in. ; maximum, 40 in.
Hole in spindles. No. 4 or 5 Morse
taper. Distance from spindle to
bed 8 in. Capacity, up to IS -in.
drill.
148
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
FIG. 3. NO. 9 HAND-FEED DUPLEX DRILLING AND
REAMING MACHINE
Speciflcations : Dimensions of table. 7 x 9 in. Height of table
from floor, 32 in. Distance between spindle ends ; minimum, 6 in. ;
maximum, 16 in. "Travel of each head. 5 in. Hole in -spindles.
No. 3 Morse taper. Capacity, four i-in. drills in cast iron. Floor
space, 24 x 40 in. Net weig-ht, 1,000 lb.
heads holding the individual spindles are mounted so
that they can be shifted closer together or further
apart to suit the center distance required between the
holes to be drilled. Each carriage is independently
provided with three changes of power feed.
The bed of the machine is cast to form a coolant tank
and its top is solid in the center of the machine, thus
protecting the working mechanism from chips. The
coolant flows down into chip troughs on both sides of
the bed, and from this is drained off into the tank. A
power-driven pump and the necessary piping for han-
dling the coolant are furnished with the machine. The
illustration shows the machine without a table for
FIG. 5. NO. 12 DUPLEX DRILLING MACHINE WITH WORK T.\BLE .\ND JIG
Specifications : Distance between spindle ends : minimum, 8 in. ; maximum, 44 in.
Capacity, eight IJ-in. drills in cast iron. Height of bed from floor, 40 in. Maximum
center distance between end spindles on same carriage, 24 in. Floor space, 4 x S It.
Net weight, 5,000 lb.
FIG. 4. NO. 10 DRILLING MACHINE WITH HEADS
ARRANGED TO FEED IN SAME DIRECTION
Speciflcations: Dimensions of table, 7 x 12 in. Height of
the table from floor. 32 in. Distance between spindle ends ;
minimum, 6 in. ; maximum, 18 in. Travel of head, 6 in. Hole in
spindles, No. 2 or 3 Morse taper. Capacity, four J-in. drills in
cast iron. Floor space, 24 x 40 in. Net weight, 1,200 lb.
holding the work, as for most .iobs a special jig and
table are required.
The No. 8 duplex drilling machine, Fig. 2, has special
spindle heads designed to meet the requirements given
by a customer. This machine is similar in its general
character and construction to the No. 7 duplex machine,
with the exception that it is not equipped with power
feed. The feed is actuated by the spoke wheel at the
left through a pinion and two opposed racks, thus feed-
ing the two spindle heads equally. An adjustable stop
is located on the left-hand head, which permits regula-
tion of travel in order to provide for drilling the holes
to the proper depth and to prevent the two drills from
coming in contact. The gears can be
changed to drive one spindle faster
than the other, if so desired.
Small Duplex JIachines
The demand fcr a light, easily-oper-
ated drilling machine has been met by
a size known as the No. 9, Fig. 3,
which was originally designed for
drilling and reaming the pin holes in
the cylinder sleeves of a Knight type
of gasolene engine. The two opposed
spindles in front perform the drilling
operation, and the two rear spindles
the reaming. The machine is driven
by two belts from the countershaft,
one to each spindle head. It employs
hand feed by rack and pinion, but
power feed can be furnished if desired.
The hand-feed machine is equipped
with a ratchet lever and the power-
feed machine with a handwheel.
The No. 10 duplex machine, Fig. 4,
is similar to the No. 9 machine, except
for the feed of the heads. The heads
are geared to travel in the same direc-
tion, which arrangement is employed
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
149
FIG. 6.
KKAR VIEW OF NO. 12 DUPLEX DRILLING
MACHINE
FIG. 7. TOP VIEW OF NO. 12 DK1L1.ING
MACHINE WITH WORK IN POSITION
when one head is used for drilling and the opposed head
for reaming. Since special heads can be built to drill
any number of holes at the same time, this feature is a
desirable one, because it permits of drilling and ream-
ing at a single setting of the work in the jig.
Duplex No. 12 Machine
The latest and most powerful of the Moline duplex
drilling machines is the No. 12, which is shown com-
plete with a work table and drilling jig in Fig. 5. The
machine is provided with power feed, which can be auto-
matically disengaged at any desired point. In addition,
it has wheels for hand feeding on the front of the
machine.
The power feed is driven through a worm and gear
mounted on the back of the machine. Fig: 6, this being
individual for each carriage and driven by a three-step
cone pulley, which is, in turn, driven from the main
drive-shaft of the machine.
The drive of the helical gears in the heads is effected
from a shaft extending the full length of the machine
along the back of the bed. This shaft is splined
throughout its length for the sliding gears of the car-
riage, and is driven by a three-step cone pulley at one
end. A power-driven coolant pump is provided, it being
seen underneath the machine. It is driven from a
small pulley mounted on the main drive-shaft, so that
the coolant pump will be in operation only when the
driving shaft is running. The coolant storage reservoir
is located in one of the supporting bases, and the bed
is cast with a trough along each side.
Two Heads on Each Carriage
The operation being performed with the setting
shown in the illustration consists of drilling bolt holes
through both ends of a built-up connecting rod for a
steam pump. Fig. 7 is a view of the machine looking
lengthwise along the bed, and the rod being drilled is
located at A-B. The machine has two heads on each
carriage, and each head has two spindles, making a
total capacity of eight drills. Thus each of the four
bolt holes is drilled from both sides at once. An
adjustable stop is set on one side, so that the feed of
one carriage is disengaged before the drills meet. This
carriage then returns automatically to its starting posi-
tion, while the other carriage continues to feed, so that
its drills go past the center line of the connecting rod
and join the two sets of holes. After the drilling
operation is completed, one head is brought back far
enough to remove the drills and insert reamers, and the
four holes are reamed through from one side.
Cutting Screws of Quick Lead
By Charles Canec
Since reading the article by E. A. Dixie which ap-
peared on page 883 of the American Machinist, in which
he exp'ains a system of gearing up the lead screws with
the cone direct instead of with the lathe spindle, when
cutting coarse pitch screws on the engine lathe, the
writer came across a catalog of lathes by John Lang &
Sons, of Scotland.
The illustration, taken from this catalog, demon-
strates a special feature which is applied to lathes hav-
ing the back-gear quill in front instead of at the back.
It will be seen that by swinging the idler gear to the
top position, the lead screw is connected to a gear on
the end of the back-gear quill, while in the lower posi-
tion it is geared to the spindle direct, as is customary.
The back-gear quill is geared to the spindle by a
reduction of 4 or 5 to 1, so that the strain on the change
gears is correspondingly less.
A SCOTTISH lathe WITH LEAD SCREW GEARED FROM
back-gear QUILL
150
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 4
The pitch of the lead screw is J in., single, so that
with equal gears connected with the back-gear quill the
lead cut would be 2 in.
This scheme is a very good alternative to the one
described by Mr. Dixie and might be found more prac-
ticable on some types of lathes.
The Plant Newspaper-
It Read
-How to Get
By Entropy
For upward of two years I acted as censor of a plant
newspaper which was read. It was very rarely that
a copy was found around the shop the day after pub-
lication. It was not only read by the men themselves,
but was taken home and read by the family. In too
many instances the men to whom it was handed had to
take it home to find out what was in it, because they
could not read English themselves.
I have been trying to make up my mind just why
this paper was read. There were probably many rea-
sons, but first of all this paper always stuck to what
was plant news. This varies with the size of the shop,
its location and the kind of newspapers in the town. In
a village where there is no newspaper everything is
plant news that occurs in and around the shop and in
the homes of the workmen expect the little that is re-
ported to the nearest city daily which is bought by
these same workers. The editor of such a paper has
the easiest time of any so far as strictly editorial work
is concerned. In a small town, where there is a live
newspaper published once a week which acts as cor-
respondent to a city paper and gets considerable news
published there, there is a minimum of plant news, for
no one cares anything about a plant newspaper which
has been "scooped" by several days, or by any time
"t all.
What to Print
In such a place the birth of a child is news for the
plant paper because the local paper does not play it
up, but at the most gives it three lines. The birth of
triplets, however, while much more enticing to the
editor is not good plant news because it has already
been published by the local newspaper and reprinted by
the city daily long before the plant paper can be written
and printed. However, if the triplets are so much alike
that their mother can only tell them apart because Susie
has a mole on the back of her neck, then it is good plant
news.
A boiler explosion is not good plant news for the same
reason, but the fact that some one worked all day Sun-
day putting in new stay bolts and so obviated a shut-
down, is good news for the shop paper. In other words,
anything of which the news value has been taken by
a paper published oftener than the plant paper ceases to
be of value, but the more intimate details of that same
item may be good news to print for the very reason
that the people all know each other.
Here, however, the size of the shop comes into it. In
a shop of a hundred men all in one room, there is no
field for a plant paper because everyone knows all about
everything that happens long before the editor does. In
a shop of five hundred, however, while a certain kind
of news travels swiftly by shop wireless, there is much
of this intimate material that does not get around at
all except as it is published. As the shop gets larger
and larger the kind of paper and the time between issues
changes just as it does in town. For that matter a
country newspaper is a very good model to follow, for
it has to make the same appeal as the plant paper.
Illustrations have a great deal to do with the suc-
cess of the paper. I can imagine a paper succeeding
without them, but they are a great help in putting it
over. Very few shops are free from men who cannot
read English, but only blind men can fail to get the
message of the photograph of some of his friends.
Every possible excuse should be taken for making
photographs, not merely of workmen, but of workmen
in action. Photographs of the management should be
taken in action. If the general manager can be taken
unawares shovelling snow off his sidewalk, or walking
on snowshoes to the office, or any other rather undig-
nified way, by all odds put it in. If he is not a good-
enough sport to see the point and laugh with the editor
and all the rest of the force, fire yourself before he fires
you and get a good job. Don't have these illustrations
so reduced in size that there is nothing left to see but
the title. Sure, bills for cuts are made out at so much
per square inch, but remember that you do not have to
pay so much per thousand ems for setting type if you
use them. There is some offset.
Good English Unnoticed by Most People
As for English, good English is unnoticed by most
people. That is, they read it without strain and with-
out noticing that it is good. Stilted English is not
good English. It is worse than an overdose of slang.
There really is a limit to the amount of slang that
should be interjected into a plant papier. Of course the
language of the trade or of the sport which is being
described should be used. A report of a baseball game
in strictly correct English such as would be recogniz-
able by use of an unabridged dictionary, would sound
so stilted and snobbish that no one would read it. No
one should object to the use of shop names for people
as well as for things. No man has a right to object to
being called "Bill" if that is the way he is called day
by day in the shop and office. Unusual words should
be avoided by all means. Keep the paper within the
vocabulary of those whom you wish to read it. This
makes it necessary to use a very limited range of
words, but even the most common words can be made
to tell the storj- that you wish to put over. It may
not be easy to avoid repetition of the same words in a
paragraph, but that is one of the minor faults. If
nothing worse happens to the English language it is
lucky. The plant paper affords the best possible chance
for the management to communicate with its employees
in an unofficial manner. The only danger is that some
one high up in the organization may want to preach,
and that is nearly the worst thing that language is used
for, at least in the shop.
An editorial of two or three hundred words, express-
ing hope for the future of the business, telling men how
they can rise in the organization or almost anything
positive, is helpful and will be read. Editorials that are
full of don'ts are harmful. The best little sermon I ever
read was printed or lettered on one of the boards which
usually say, "Keep off the grass." It was at East
Aurora, and it said instead, "Why not use the path?"
That is just what all these men want and need. Instruc-
tions as to what to do to get ahead. They get all the
"don'ts" they need at home.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
151
How Do You Regulate Materials? — III
By henry H. FARQUHAR
The principles upon which the replenishment,
and the receipt .and storage of materials should
he based were outlined in two preceding articles.
There remain only the considerations as regards
the issuing of goods from the storeroom, the
classification of materials, and certain principles
to he kept in mind in arranging the inter-rela-
tionships between the various •officials entrusted
with maintaining material control.
(Part II rip^fared in our last issue.)
THE one -outstanding requirement to "be observed
in releasing goods from the storeroom is that
only necessary materials be supplied to authorized
persons, and that they be properly accounted for "when
released. The rule therefore follows :
XVII. No Materials Shall Be Issued Except for
Authorized Purposes, "Upon Written Requests
Signed by Specified Persons
This is simply equivalent "to saying that we will
permit only certain persons to draw against our bank
account, and then only for authorized purposes and
on designated blank
GENERAL MANAGER
Chief Engineer
Works Moinoiqer
RawMoitenallnspfdDi
Production SupV
Routine Purchosing
Aqent-
BdlanceClerk
••IG. 7.
"checks" or stores issues
which may be used for
accounting purposes. It
does not mean, however,
that we are to be parsi-
monious in furnishing sup-
plies, or even that we may
not adopt a liberal policy
in supplying at cost such
articles as the individual
employees may desire.
With the locked store-
room and a tight rein gen-
erally, accompanied by a
judicious amount of what workmen are usually pleased
to regard as "red tape," most of the needless requests
will disappear of themselves, and a liberal policy in these
respects may neutralize what might otherwise be con-
sidered an irksome system. Insistance must be placed,
however, upon the written request, upon the approval
by some responsible official, and upon seeing that the
cost of each article issued is definitely "charged" to
some specific account, be it personal or plant, and prop-
erly taken up in the records.
It may be pointed out in passing, that through the
routine of disbursing of materials a frequent check on
the perpetual inventory may be secured. Thus, the
balance as indicated by the bin tag may be entered on
the issue slip, which, passing to the balance clerk for
deduction, may be compared with the balance-sheet
balance, or, when a bin tag becomes exhausted, this
may be sent as a check, and so on. These are among
the many ways in which the accuracy of the perpetual
inventory may be maintained between the daily hand
counts of a few items until, in the course of time, all
items are covered.
XVIII. All Materials (Raw, Worked, and Fac-
tory Supplies) Should Be Carefully Classified and
Purcl
5pecuioi+ive
:hasing Agent.
Sales Manager
Preferably Mnemonically Symbolized.— This step
is of course not indispensable, although if the methods
be properly formulated it will contribute materially to
the facility with which control may be gained and re-
tained. The story of classification and symbolization is
a very long one, and hence cannot be presented here.
The bases for both the classification and the sym-
bols should be carefully thought out, and the va-
rious components which may be conveniently in-
corporated— accounting charges, the product, stores,
tools and machines, functions, etc., should all be tied
together into a consistent and logical working system.
If this be done, it will be found that a mnemonic
system of symbols, based on careful classification,
possesses many labor-saving and co-ordinating features
in any business.
After all is said and done, we get back to the fact
that rules, no matter how carefully formulated, and
"system," no 'matter how carefully devised, cannot give
us thorough control of the material situation unless
we have real men entrusted with their execution work-
ing under rational relationships. I am not considering
here the ever-present task of obtaining and training
personnel; I am simply
trying to indicate some of
the more important means
by which the work of that
personnel may be made
more effective on the job,
and one of the most im-
portant features of effect-
ive control is efficient or-
ganization— the rational
division of work and of
responsibility between the
various members of the
personnel dealing with ma-
terials. The details of or-
ganization must naturally be determined after an
analysis of local problems, conditions, personalities, and
abilities.
It would be out of place, therefore, to attempt
to formulate any specific rules as to who is to be whose
boss, or as to exact distribution of functions. Again,
in settling these questions, there are certain underlying
considerations which must not be lost sight of, and the
general rule may be stated:
XIX. Organization for Material Control Must
Be Carefully Formulated
Remembering that we are dealing with values at
least as important as money, and potentially (if
neglected) of far greater importance, what we want is
just as many independent checks and balances in
responsibility and in clerical work as is consistent with
speed and cost. The inter-relationships between per-
sons has an important bearing on these questions not
only in establishing necessary checks, but also in
providing effective administrative control through a
rational division of work.
It would seem offhand that, other things being equal,
the responsibility for quality may logically be thrown
TrafTic Manager
Storekeeper
X
I Receiving I I Poickincil | Shipping 1 I Raw I j Worked I
TYPICAI.. ARTiANGEMENT OF PERSONNEL, CON-
NTSCTED WITH MATERIAL
152
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
upon the engineering department or whoever exercises
the engineering function. Quantity responsibility must
be divided between the production department and the
purchasing department, the former exercising authority
in the case of routine purchasing, the latter in the case
of speculative purchasing.
When I say responsibility must be "divided" I do not
mean that there must be left any chance for dispute
between these departments as to who is responsible for
any individual article, but only that routine articles and
speculative articles must be differentiated and respon-
sibility for them definitely assigned. The time element
must be similarly divided again between production and
purchasing — the one specifying when to renew for all
items as per balance sheets (production requirements),
the other to be responsible for the time necessary to
secure the article and for seeing that it be secured in
this time. Cost, finally, is distinctly the purchasing
agent's affair. In practically all cases which I have
encountered where losses were frequent through unsys-
tematic material procedure, the underlying cause was
traceable directly to an illogical or to an ambiguous
delegation of these four functions, loo oiien, indeed,
they were all thrown upon the shoulders of one man,
the purchasing agent.
Following out this suggested distribution of responsi-
bilities, it would seem logical that in the normal case,
administrative relationships may usually be blocked out
according approximately to the following plan, which
has proved satisfactory in numerous cases. The pur-
chasing agent for speculative purchasing may be under
the general manager; for routine purchasing under the
works manager or the production superintendent. In
small plants where both routine and speculative pur-
chasing must be conducted by one man, he should, of
course, usually report to the general manager. The
storekeeper ordinarily should be under the works man-
ager; or, less preferably for purposes -of checks but
more for speed, both the balance clerk and the store-
keeper may be under a head material man who in turn
is under the works manager or the production super-
intendent. This is the arrangement frequently found
in larger plants. The inspector may be under the engi-
neering department. The receiving clerk may be under
the traffic department, which may report either to pro-
duction or to sales. These relations, however, will vary
with cases; they are suggestive only as an arrangement
which is workable and working, and which probably
furnishes maximum checks with minimum labor and
routine. A skeleton administrative chart of a satisfac-
tory arrangement of the personnel dealing most directly
with materials, under typical conditions might there-
fore look somewhat like Fig. 7.
The list of requirements of adequate material con-
trol as outlined in this series may look somewhat fear-
some to many. The satisfactory thing about the mate-
rial problem, however, is the fact that it is one of those
nearly inanimate phases of the work which can be sys-
tematically regulated if we will only take the trouble to
go after it. This is not true of many other features of
factory work, particularly those which re-act more
strongly on the human element and which therefore
keep forever and continuously bobbing up. This fact
adds emphasis to the desirability of eliminating as far
as possible the material troubles from among those
confronting the manager, so that he may give undivided
attention to the recurrent problems. For after all, in
spite of the many factors which must be taken into
account, an adequate material system is essentially a
simple affair, conferring benefits entirely out of pro-
portion to its cost.
Socialism — Communism
(Reprinted from American Machinist, June, 1878. when
H. B. Miller and Jaclcson Bailey were editors!)
The whole country is just now somewhat excited upon
the question of Socialism or Communism, especially
since the demonstrations recently made in St. Louis
and other localities by organized bands of agitators
rallying under the red flag. The danger to be ap-
prehended from this element in our body politic has
doubtless been greatly exaggerated by the daily press,
yet it is not altogether groundless. The inquiry is
naturally raised, who are Communists and what do they
aim to accomplish? The leaders will probably answer
that they are workingmen who demand their rights,
but as far as we can learn there are no real workingmen
leading the movement, unless the keepers of gin mills
and lager-beer saloons, like "citizen" Justice Schwab,
of police-court notoriety, may be called workingmen.
Socialism is nothing new in this country, but judging
from its aims and results, the type we are now called
upon to deal with is radically different from that which
v/e have long had in full development. For many years
Communistic societies have flourished in the United
States, the most prominent of which are the Shakers,
the Oneida Community and the Economites, of West
Pennsylvania. The members of each of these societies
own considerable property in common, but, unlike the
plan of the new communists, they have acquired it by
industry and thrift, and have never looked to the Gov-
ernment for aid to compel the possessors of wealth to
part with a portion of it for their benefit.
The Communism that is now striving to incite a
reign of terror, is not an element of home growth, but
has been transplanted from abroad. It is an offshoot
from the Communism of France that rioted in blood
and plunder for a brief period in Paris in 1870; from
the Nihilism of Russia, so lately threatening the safety
of that government, and from the Socialism of Ger-
many, that, a short time since, came near causing the
Emperor's death. Judging from their results, we can
much better get along with the domestic article than
with the foreign.
The new Communists parade with arms, and threaten
to bring on a revolution if their demands are not com-
plied with. They hold public meetings, and make
speeches to convert others to their schemes of aggres-
sion. The old established Communists are opposed to
force of arms and never start public agitations to gain
legislation for their benefit. They urge no one to follow ■
their system of life. The new declare for free rum and
lager; the old have fundamental rules which exclude
all intoxicating drinks. The former by the very existence
of their organizations menace all peaceful government;
the latter are included among the most orderly and law
abiding citizens of our country.
In short, the former strives to pull down, while the
latter labors to build up. The ideas and practices of
the settled American Socialists do not agree with those
universally accepted by the great body of our intelligent
citizens, but they do not conflict with the general wel-
fare, and form no disturbing element in our free re-
public. The new Communists, or rather "freebooters."
should be taught a few wholesome lessons in the
strength and stability of peaceful institutions.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
153
Tight Fitting Threads For Bolts and Nuts*
By CHESTER B. LORD
"Without sacrifice of strength, without increase
of rejection, without additional manufacturing
costs, find a method whereby a male and female
thread of the same lead and pitch diameter may
be made, after repeated loosenings, to fit right
without the aid of a locking device."
WHAT is the cause of our periodic dissatisfaction
with threads when in general they are so satis-
factory? What other machine element is so
easily made or is so satisfactory as regards strength?
Why are there so many different kinds of threads when
all are equally satisfactory, or rather unsatisfactory?
Furthermore, is the dissatisfaction founded on perform-
ance or merely upon theory ? Also, is the form or angle
of thread a matter of importance, or merely an excuse
for mathematical gymnastics? The only answer the
writer has been able to elicit in reply to these various
questions is that we are looking for a better thread;
which statement, however, is rather indefinite and usually
simply means a thread that will pass the gage. Of
course, the real object of the search has been to find a
thread that will not loosen.
In the past we have attributed our troubles to the
fact that our fits were not close enough— the engineer's
alibi 'for a poor design. But fundamentals cannot be
violated in mechanics any more than elsewhere in
nature, and we are attempting to violate two by in-
sisting upon our present methods of inspection: (a)
that interchangeable manufacture is a matter of per-
centage which depends upon tolerance and cost; and
ib) that a force fit is not possible between two parts the
surfaces of which are complements one of the other.
Having in mind the first fundamental, it is obvious
that the chances of securing a perfect fit are limited by
the cost, and the second fundamental would seem to
render this entirely hopeless. It is therefore proper to
conclude that a good fit is usually due to error, and that
if changing both male and female threads produces no
relative change, changing one thread must of necessity
do so. It is the object of this paper to demonstrate
that by making this latter change threads can be pro-
duced that are interchangeable practically regardless of
tolerance, that will not loosen, and are cheaper to manu-
facture.
A physician always diagnoses a case before prescrib-
ing, so let us do likewise. The loosening of a thread
fit is caused by vibration or repeated shock, the chief
result of which is to flatten and burnish the parts of the
thread that are in contact. This produces a slight
looseness and the nut tends to follow the thread
incline until it again fits. The same performance is
repeated until finally the nut reaches an obstacle too
large to flatten, or else the bolt and nut vibrate in unison
and there is no further relative movement. This same
phenomenon occurs in the case of a bolt screwed in a
tapped hole.
Experiments with spring lock washers having a pro-
jection that will not allow the nut to turn without
cutting the metal, and the same type of washer made
without holding projections, show very little difference in
their holding power; and this would seem to indicate
that their function is to prevent vibration. But we also
find nuts without lock washers in places where there is
vibration, and still they do not loosen. The answer is
that they are individually fitted.
The writer can remember in his shop days picking out
and numbering nuts and bolts, and every mechanic
knows that he cannot take the bolts out of a cylinder
head on an engine of good make and put them back
again indiscriminately. They must go back into the
holes from whence they came. All have demonstrated
to their satisfaction the fact that a tight thread will not
loosen by vibration, and that one with tolerance will,
unless it is prevented from loosening by a lock washer,
or its action limited by some type of nut lock. We
cannot lessen our tolerance because the tap wears small
and the die wears large, and the lesser cannot contain
the greater.
To gain a better conception of the problem to be
solved, consider a board cut as shown in Fig. 1. We
cannot obtain a forced fit between the two pieces because
one surface is the complement of the other. If we
apply a force to A, we are no better off because the
pieces cease to fit the instant the pressure is released.
We may therefore state as a rule that where two sur-
faces are complementary to one another a tight fit cannot
result without some means of maintaining pressure.
But if we cut the board as shown in Fig. 2, theoretically
removing no material, we can replace A without force,
and any pressure exerted will not make a tight fit unless
we distort A or drive a wedge at C. This is analogous
to a perfect thread, and driving the wedge at C is
FI&.3
FIGS. 1 TO 3.
APPLICATION OF PRESSURE IN
THREAD FITS
•Presented at the Spring meeting of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, St. Louis. Mo., May, 1920.
Fig. 1. Two complementary surfaces. Fig. 2. Surfaces anal-
ogous to two perfect threads. Fig. 3. Surfaces on which there
can be maintained a forced fit.
154
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
equivalent to introducing a slight difference in lead. If,
now, "we cut off the ends of A as shown in Fig. 3, and
apply a force in the direction shown, we can obtain a
forced fit because only the angles are complements and
because we have a method of maintaining pressure. We
can also even distort A because we have room for it to
expand. We have only then to provide for three things :
a method of making the parts in contact absolutely com-
plementary; the introduction of sufficient metal; and a
method of maintaining pressure. With our present type
of thread we can only meet one of these — namely, that
of partly maintaining pressure. This is demonstrated
in Fig. 4, which shows in an exaggerated manner the
effect of off lead.
To secure a good fit it is necessary to exert pressure
on all flanks of the thread, and not on only two as we
do with a standard thread. Practice demonstrates that
the nut and bolt must be held by internal pressure on
all flanks, and that the force maintained by screwing
the face of the nut against another surface does not
prevent loosening; but the writer again affirms that for
practical purposes an. off-hand thread is better than a
perfect one, because in our present practice it is the
lead or burrs that usually determine the fit.
While two slightly varying leads make a better fit,
both as regards gaging and in actual use, this practice
is not to be commended. Using a different lead to secure
a fit is doing imperfectly on one side of the thread what
the different-angle method does perfectly on both sides,
because by having the leads identical and the thread
supported on both sides, we secure a uniform finish
instead of a distortion. Where the leads are different,
the amount of distortion necessary to secure a fit in-
creases with each thread. Thus, if the lead of a 20-
thread stud is 0.05 in. and we make it 0.052 in., it will
be 0.002 in. off center on the second thread and 0.018
in. on the tenth thread. This is entirely possible, and
superior to a so-called perfect thread as regards fit, but
a distortion, unmechanical, and unnecessary.
This is what is done with railroad fish-plate bolts
where the specifications state the minimum foot-pounds
at which the nut and bolt may be assembled. The im-
possibility of meeting these requirements in quantity
production is recognized by purchasing agents and most
engineers, and so the lead is slightly changed. This,
however, is merely a subterfuge and really defeats the
purpose of the specifications in that it permits of a
poorer and weaker thread than would otherwise be
possible.
We are thus confronted with this problem : Without
sacrifice of strength, without increase of rejection,
without additional manufacturing costs, find a method
whereby a male and female thread of the same lead and
pitch diameter may be made after repeated loosenings
to fit tight without the aid of a locking device. This,
according to specifications, calls for a full thread at
contact points, pressure applied continuously on all
flanks, and maximum strength at the pitch line. This
means the addition of surplus metal to the male (which
is the only one affected) sufficient to fill out the female
threads, which would be an impossibility were it not
for the ductility and elasticity of steel. If we add this
surplus metal we will find that we can more than fulfill
the required conditions by changing the angle of the
male thread to a lesser one than that of the female,
having the two intersect on the pitch line.
Theoretically, this means a smaller amount of mate-
rial below the pitch line of the male, compensated for
FIG. 4. THE EFFKCT OF LEAD (GREATLY EXAGGBRATED)
jy an increased amount above the pitch line. Actually
it means more, because we do not have to recognize as
great a tolerance below the pitch line because of our
lesser angle, nor above the pitch line because we can
take care of a reasonable surplus and the question of
initial fit need not be considered. The space below the
pitcTi line in the male, due to difference of angle, is not
as great as the tolerance usually allowed.
Every nut is bell-mouthed, and every bolt, whether cut
or rolled, is tapered. This is fundamental and cannot
be avoided. This being so, we have no trouble in enter-
ing, for one or two threads, a bolt of larger angular but
less total displacement than the female. It is also true
in practice that the first threads of either nut or bolt
are weaker than the rest, because they lack support on
one side and hence flow easily.
When a male thread of this type and a standai'd mate
are screwed together, we will have transformed a male
of lesser angle to one of larger angle or of wider base
than the standard U. S. thread, because we have filled
out the female thread tolerance as well as that of the
male. We will also have uniform pressure on all flanks ;
the maximum possible material at the pitch line; a
hard, smooth surface analogous to a case-hardened one;
a fit that will remain snug despite repeated removals
and that may be screwed together by ordinary means;
and yet will still retain an interchangeable bolt and
nut according to U. S. standards. The nut has not been
changed or distorted in any way, but has simply served
as a finishing roll.
The writer has stated in a previous article that,
aside from threads, nowhere else in machine work do
we expect micrometer limits on a roughing cut ; and the
question naturally arises whether an operation similar
to that described would not be an effective finishing and
sizing operation for commercial work. This would be
the equivalent of making them fit the gage, and would
greatly reduc'e the cost due to rejections. It would still
have variable nuts and the necessity of sizing them.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
166
k
»
FIG. 5.
DIFFERENT ANGLE THREADS (GREATLY
EXAGGERATED)
Let US now see what authority and precedent we have
for making so radical a departure from accepted prac-
tice. To do so, let us consider how threads are made,
especially by rolling. Generally speaking, thread rolling
is circular knurling, knurling being that process whereby
the diameter of a part is increased at certain points by a
corresponding reduction of diameter at other points,
due to pressure alone. It .is applicable to both flat and
round surfaces, but for the purpose of this article we
will consider only round surfaces.
In turning screws and bolts to size the diameter is
held, generally speaking, to the pitch diameter. The
displacement of metal from the root and lower flank
forms the addendum under the process. Cutting a
thread on a bolt with a die is a somewhat analogous
operation, the similarity increasing as the die becomes
duller. For a die-cut 1-in. bolt it will generally oe
found that with a diameter of 0.990 in. a fuller thread
may be secured than with one of 1.000 in., the explana-
tion being that with the die we secure a combined
cutting and rolling operation. Due to lack of clear-
ance, if the diameter is too large, part of the metal is
pressed into the bottom of the die and with such force
that it drags and is torn off, thus leaving a thread of
smaller outside diameter. This same phenomenon oc-
curs when a nut is too tight.
If we require a holding fit on a shaft, do we use
tolerances that allow of the shaft being several thou-
sandths smaller than the hole it is to fit? Quite the
contrary. We not only specify the fit but also the
minimum pressure allowable to as.semble the two parts,
and we do this both for single units and for quantity
production. We might term a shaft and rotor spider a
nut and bolt with microscopic threads and assembled
with a right-angled instead of a helical motion. Why
not fit our bolts the same way, making our tolerances
plus instead of minus and using a force fit we can
depend upon when it means no change in the tools
necessary for assembly?
If we look at a finished commercial thread through a
microscope, it will be seen that the edge is serrated and
that slivers stand up all over its surface. By running a
nut over it once we but slightly change its appearance,
but by repeatedly doing so — always using a tight nut —
we may finally burnish the thread so that it will not
thereafter change its size and will have a surface some-
what comparable to a case-hardened one.
The writer has stated that the different-angle thread
was practically independent of tolerance. This is self-
evident on the finishing operation. Let us now see how
true it is as regards the roughing operation. Excluding
the ideal condition, there are six variables that may be
met with, and these are caused by large and SmalL angle
on both male and female. A diagrammatic eketch will
show that of six possible variations due to angle alone,
the different-angle thread is usable on four, and the
U. S. thread on only two. Any multiplication of these
errors of angle by maximum or minimum tolerance
would obviously still further favor the different-angle
thread.
Fig. 5 shows diagrammatically the different-angle
thread with the angles of the male greatly exaggerated
to demonstrate the principle. We are complying in this
case with all the conditions we have just been dis-
cussing : we are making the lesser contain the greater,
angularly speaking; we are applying force from both
directions, at right angles to the axis of the bolt; we
have made the angles complementary — not merely two
equal angles; we are securing the 'hiaximum strength
at and near the pitch line, and transforming a t*iread
with a lesser angle than that of the standard male to
one with a larger angle, thus filling out the space per-
fectly and so doing away Fargely with vibration ; and we
are securing, whether under pressure or not, contact on
all flanks, whereas the standard thread when under
pressure secures contact on possibly one-half the flanks,
both because it is compressible and because it does not
fill the female thread. The only problem to be solved,
therefore, was to find an angle of such slope that it
could be formed without distortion of the nut or requir-
ing too much force to screw home. To demonstrate this,
threads as small as No. 10-32 were used, and as being
of possible interest, the writer presents a brief outline
of the engineers' report of the experimental work.
Results of Experimental Work
Diagrams of the different threads were first laid out
on a 100 to 1 scale so as to determine approximately the
most suitable angles to be tested, the Lowenherz thread
with an angle of 53 deg. 8 min. being used as a basis.
The nut was to have the regular Lowenherz thread
with same diameter and pitch as in the 155-mm. shell
adapter used by the U. S. Government.
Threads of 44 deg. and 45 deg. for the plugs seemed
most favorable, and accordingly the following cold-rolled
steel plugs were made up, with nuts having the same
pitch diameter and lead as the plugs, but a thread angle
of 53 deg. 8 min.:
1 Angle of thread 44 deg. 54 min.. pitch diam. 0.874S, lead 0.0787
2 Angie of thread 45 deg. 2 min., pitch diam. 0.8748, lead 0.0787
3 Angle of thread 44 deg. 0 min., pitch diam. 0.8748, lead 0.0787
Test No. 1. Nut No. 1 and plug with thread angle
of 44 deg. 54 min. were screwed together ivithout a
lubricant. They were started about a half a thread by
hand, and then an 8-in. wrench was used for about four
threads. The plug was then in so tight that a 10-in.
wrench was required to turn it to full depth. After a
156
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
FIG. ,6. THREAD USED ON SPARK PLUGS
couple of backward turns the plug stuck so tight that a
20-in. wrench would not move it. The nut was then
sawed open and removed from the plug and about one-
third of a thread of the plug was taken off in a piece of
the nut. A magnifying glass showed that the threads
in both plug and nut were drawn and cut out of shape
where there was a tendency" for them to overlap, due
apparently to too much metal and no lubricant.
Test No. 2. Nut No. 2 and plug with thread angle of
45 deg. 2 min. were screwed together with a lubricant.
They were started by hand for about one-half turn,
then an 8-in. wrench was used for five or six threads,
and a 10-in. wrench for the remainder. The plug came
out slightly easier than going in. After this had been
repeated three times the plug could be screwed in by
hand. The maximum and minimum plug gage for the
nut showed no change in the thread of the nut. Under
a magnifying glass it was seen that the metal had
flowed to the top of the plug thread from about the
pitch diameter outward. The plugs were screwed into
the nuts fifty times and there was still what could be
termed a "snug fit."
Test No. 7. Plugs were tried out with commercial
1-in. nuts. The thread angle of the plugs was 58 deg.,
and the pitch diamete" 0.9228 in., with one plug this
diameter plus 0.001 in., and one minus 0.001 in. This
diameter allowed the plug thread in the layout to over-
lap the entire thread of the nut instead of only half,
as in the previous cases. The nuts used were picked
out of stock for size with a standard 1-in. thread gage.
The smallest plug went into the nut easily by hand. The
largest two went together easily with an 8-in. wrench.
After being twice screwed together with the wrench,
they went together with a snug fit by hand. The mag-
nifying glass showed that the thread from near the pitch
diameter outward had been drawn and compressed
slightly.
Tests with S. A. E. Threads
Test No. 9. Plugs of J-in. diameter with pitch diam-
eters of 0.4684 in. and 0.4699 in. (sanie as J-in. S. A. E.
nuts) and a thread angle of 50 deg. were tried with
commercial J-in. S. A. E. nuts. The difference in the
two pitch diameters made practically no difference in
the fits, as they both readily went in with an 8-in.
wrench. After they had been screwed together four
times, they would go together by hand, but without
shake. After they had been screwed together 75 times
there was still what could be termed a "snug fit."
Test No. 10. An attempt was made to compare the
strength of an S. A. E. standard J-in. thread with a
50-deg. thread of the same size. The plug with the
standard thread on one end and the special thread on
the other end was used with standard nuts. A pull of
14,000 lb. was gradually applied and the metal began to
give way, which prevented an additional load. During
this pull observations were made to determine if there
was any "give" in either of the threads, but both
remained the same throughout. The nuts were removed
and there was no apparent distortion of the threads.
Test No. 12. In this test i-20 plugs with pitch
diameters of 0.2165 in. and 0.2181 in. with 50-deg.
angle were tried out with d-in. U. S. standard nuts, one
being a commercial nut and the other of a standard size
but made in our toolroom — the tap being 0.250 in. in
diameter. Both nuts were tried with a i-in. standard
plug gage, both being apparently the same size. The
nut made in the toolroom was screwed on the maximum
plug and went on about one and a half times its length
and then stuck and would not go either way. It was
finally removed by hammering it on the sides. The
threads were rolled and torn from about the pitch
diameter outward, but there was not that tendency for
the metal to roll upon the outside of the thread as in
the previous tests, the outside diameter being only 0.251
in. as against its original 0.250 in.
The commercial nut went on the minimum plug with
an extremely tight fit, but it came off very readily with
the wrench and left quite a different thread from the
previous one. The thread was not torn at all but rolled
out to almost a perfect V-thread with outside diameters
of 0.2555 in. as against the original 0.250 in. The out-
side diameter of the tap for the commercial nut must
have been over 0.250 in. to allow this metal to flow out
to 0.2555 in. and not jam the nut. If the toolroom tap
had been sharper on the flats or its outside diameter
greater, there would have been room for the metal in
the test plug to flow out to a larger diameter and avoid
tearing the thread, and consequent jamming of the nut.
Two facts are clearly demonstrated: first, necessity of
room for metal to flow; second, one of the limitations
of the thread gage.
Test No. 13. Plugs corresponding to standard 10-32
with 50-deg. angle were tried out with standard 10-32
nuts; pitch diameters 0.170 in. and 0.1716 in. They
were a trifle too tight a fit to go together by hand, but
after being screwed together once with a wrench they
went together by hand snugly.
Conclusions
In conclusion it may be stated that the tests would
seem to indicate the following:
a The cause of stripped threads is lack of room into
which the metal can flow
b The pitch diameter should be the same in both
threads
c The lead should be the same
d The thread angles should differ by not more than
10 deg.
e The limits for the inside diameter of nut need not
be adhered to closely, as the inner part of
the nut thread exerts very little, if any, hold-
ing power.
FIG.
DIFFERENCE IN THREAD BEFORE AND AFTER
NUT HAS BEEN SCREWED ON
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
157
/ The outside diameter of plug and pitch diameter of
both plug and nut are important and should be
adhered to fairly closely.
As might be supposed the subject of threads has
brought forth considerable discussion but practically
all of it favorable.
One writer suggests that the statement regarding
stripped threads might cause confusion, as they are
usually caused by too much room rather than by too
little; incidentally this is another bad feature that the
different angle thread will eliminate, for no nut can be
screwed on by hand, and so there must always be suffi-
cient material to prevent stripping because of too much
tolerance, or too little material.
Another writer suggests the use of a 55-degT Whit-
worth bolt and a 60-deg. Sellers nut. The only objection
to this is that the Whitworth thread being rounded
would not flow as readily as would the Sellers, and
would not carry as much material; but it would un-
doubtedly make a better combination than we are using
at present.
Fig. 6 shows the thread used on spark plugs to give
a gas tight fit, and Fig. 7 a stud with a nut screwed
partly on to show the difference in the thread before
and after a nut has been on. Note the difference in the
thread above and below the nut.
A Short Proof for Long Division
By Walter R. Meyers
C!hlef Tool Designer R. K. LeBlond Machine Tool Co.,
Cliincinnati, Oliio
Modern practice demands efficiency in all branches
of work, and any method or idea tending to increase the
production of any employee, in any capacity, increases
the efficiency of the business. With this idea in mind,
the writer wishes to submit the following method of
proving long division, in the hope that it may give
the designer, draftsman or tool engineer a short cut
in his mathematics.
When I wish to positively prove a calculation, I desire
to see .it in plain figures, thereby eliminating mistakes
on slide rules or in the use of logarithms. The advan-
tage of this method, that of simplicity, is self-evident,
as it relies on nothing but plain addition for positive
proof. Being so simple, I dare say that it is not new;
but to the best of my knowledge it is not generally used.
The method will be shovra by the use of the follow-
ing numerical example. Dividing 1.25 by 0.98362, the
quotient is 1.2708, with a remainder of 15704, as can
be seen by the work given later. The proof of this
would be 0.98362 times 1.2708, plus the difference
0.000015704, which gives 1.25, the original dividend.
But this number has already been obtained in our divi-
sion, so that the terms and final remainder can be
totaled, disregarding the dividend and the remainders
which are shown in italics in the following example:
0.98362) 1.250000000 (1.2708
■ 98326
266380
196724
*696560
688534
Further explanation is unnecessary, but I may add
that should there be a mistake in subtraction or multi-
plication it would show up in the addition and it would
be in the column in which the first deviation of the sum
from the dividend occurred, when reading from the
right. For illustration, suppose that the remainder
696560 marked* in the example was, due to a mistake in
substraction, made to read 695560. The result would be:
.98362) 1^50000000 (1.2707
98362
266380
196724
*695560
688534
702600
688534
~14066
802600
786896
1S704
Proof: 1.250000000
Proof: 1.249900000
*
The appearance of the 9 in the total indicates a mis-
take in the column marked by the star, and the error in
subtraction can be quite easily located. The writer
hopes that others may find this method as useful as he
has found it.
Piston Clearance in Cylinders, and Why
By Frank C. Hudson
I have modified my opinion about autoinobile repair
ever since talking with someone who really seems to
know that a gasoline motor is more than a few holes
in a chunk of cast iron v«th some sort of dingus wab-
bling around inside. I ran across one the other day
in a shop where they had two Heald cylinder grinding
machines, a Norton crankshaft grinding machine, other
tools to match, and were running them day and night.
The head of the shop first saw the light of day in
the Emerald Isle, had worked in some of the best motor
shops in Great Britain, and was now the happy pos-
sessor of the afore-mentioned outfit. He had a system
of fitting pistons to cylinders, which was claimed to be
very successful, varying the clearance from 0.0015 to
0.003 in., according to the kind of motor.
Slow Motor Needs Liberal Clearance
According to his theory a slow-running motor does
not scavenge the burnt gases well and these get down
into the crankcase, dilute or otherwise injure the
lubricating oil, and the pistons seize unless there is a
liberal clearance. He bears this out by citing instances
where a motor which will seize when run in high gear,
will run perfectly if run in second or low to get higher
engine speed.
Motors with scanty cooling systems, such as small
radiators or restricted passages, also require more clear-
ance, yet he gives the Franklin pistons no more clear-
ance than most water-cooled engines because of the
piston speed and oiling system used.
Piston rings were also discussed and he told of a
case where a Sunbeam motor with three i-in. piston
rings was refitted with pistons having but two rings
J in. wide. With only this change the car showed
over 15 per cent greater speed on the Brooklands track.
It would be interesting to know how these theories
and experiences compare with those of others who really
think about such matters. ,
158
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
The Keller Automatic Die-Sinking Machine
By S. a. hand
Associate Editor, American Machinist
While the term die is both comprehensive and
elastic and may be applied to a great variety of
tools, it is to be understood that the machine
described in this article is for sinking dies such
as are used for forging, glass molding, em-
bossing, etc., and which contain the sunken neg-
ative of the piece to be formed or decorated.
THE die requirements in this country have been
greatly multiplied within the last few years and
it is clear that they must continue to increase. With
the ever growing scarcity of die sinkers and the in-
creasing demand for their product it would seem that
the only solution of the problem would be in the
employment of a mechanical method to do the work.
Some years ago automatic machines for sinking dies
were brought out by the Keller Mechanical Engraving
Co., Brooklyn, N. Y., and while for many years their
use was confined to ornamented die work, the vast
die requirements incidental to the war were partly
responsible for the development of types suited for
larger and heavier work.
Fig. 1 illustrates the machine in which the master
and the work are both shown in position. The master
A and the die to be sunk, B, are both mounted on
the upright platen C while the tracer D and the cutter E
are carried by the latticed frame G on which the motor
is also mounted.
For convenience in counterbalancing, the platen is
arranged to travel up and down in a vertical plane,
provision being made for easily regulating the amount
of motion. The member carrying the cutter has a
longitudinal travel, either to the right or to the left
at a right angle to that of the platen. This member,
in addition to its longitudinal travel, is arranged to
swing on a pivot at H so that by weights attached
near its outer edge by a chain the tracer is held
against the master and the cutter against the work.
The depth of the cut is regulated by the relative end
positions of the tracer and the cutter in relation to
the master and the work.
Both the weights for counterbalancing the work and
platen and those for holding the cutter to its work
can be changed in accordance with the requirements.
The cutters used are quite simple to make and are
of two types — round-nosed and diamond-shaped.
Fig. 2 is a close-up view of the master and a
partly completed die, the sizes of which are shovra by
the scale to be seen lying on top of the die. The
greatest depth of this die is 21 in.
As is plainly indicated in the illustration, the direc-
tion of the cut is vertical and the feed longitudinal
while the depth is provided for by the swinging motion
of the pivoted latticed-member carrying the tracer and
cutter, the amplitude of the swing being entirely gov-
erned by the depth of the impression in the master.
Dies having a number of duplicate impressions on the
same block may be cut from a single master by shift-
ing the master to the right or left, up or down, a
predetermined distance after each impression is fin-
ished. For work of this class a simple fixture is pro-
vided to insure accurate registering.
For producing such work as molds for bottles, it
has been found convenient to equip the machine with
FIG. 1. KELLIiK .VUTOMATIC DIE-SINKING MACHINE
sinking; a mv. von a metai, piTrHEH
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
159
1
*
V -
L
■-" 1
F«*»/^
f
S
ill
Ir*
- X
\
«-
ft
4
1
t
1
IE
I
F-'»
J
y<
7^
^'As'.^aaasw -^i
1
*!
(•■
\
/^
rL,f
^
FIG. 3. SINKING BOTH HALVES OF A MOLD FROM
ONE MASTER
FIG. 4. METHOD OF SINKING A CURVED
BRANDING DIE
two cutter spindles and to cut both halves of the mold ously. The master is shown in the center and the
at the same time, using a hand-cut mold section as halves of the mold at the top and bottom respectively,
a master. Fig. 3, illustrates a case of this kind. Here As an example of intricate work that has been done
both halves of a bottle mold are being cut simultane- on this machine, Fig. 4 is shown. This is a close-
GROUP OF FORGING DIES FOR
RIFLE PART.S
FIG. 6.
FIXTURE FOR HOLDING TWO DIES AND
TWO MASTERS
160
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
up view of a convex steel branding-die in the last
stage of completion. Dies of this character are for
use on cylinder printing presses for printing trade-
marks on the tops or sides of wooden boxes.
Fig. 5 is an illustration of a number of forging dies
for component parts of a military rifle, all of which
were cut on this machine.
Fig. 6 illustrates a lately designed fixture in which
two dies and two masters are equally and accurately
clamped into position by drawing their faces forward
against hardened and ground stops. Nearly all ma-
chine cut dies require a certain amount of hand finish-
ing, though this, of course, varies with the character
of the work and the individual requirementsr. In
many cases the dies require only a little smoothing,
but in any case the hand work required is relatively
inexpensive and does not call for as much skill as does
hand die sinking or mold cutting.
As will be noted from Fig. 1 the drive is by an
electric motor through several round cotton belts run-
ning over grooved pulleys, the number of belts used
depending on the power required to do the work.
The machine will accommodate a die block having
a surface of 27 x 16 in. and a depth of 12 in.
For duplicating, existing dies may be used as mas-
ters while for original work, models or patterns may
be made of wood or modeled in clay, plaster or wax.
From such patterns permanent masters for use on
the machine may be cast in iron or bronze.
The Value to Shop Students of Visits to
Industrial Plants
By Victor A. Kottinger
Machine Shop Instructor, San Jose High School,
San Jose, California
Class excursions of the vocational students to fhe
leading manufacturing plants and commercial centers
help to give the pupils a concrete knowledge of the indus-
trial and commercial world. On these excursions, the
boys can readily grasp some idea of the close relation-
ship of the agrricultural, industrial and commercial
world. They can realize the value of invention in the
progress of civilization, the relationship between labor-
saving devices and competition, and the value of the
organization of labor and capital.
During these industrial trips the boys are thrown in
direct contact with the workers in their various occu-
pations, and are brought to realize that an educated
brain and hand have a greater economic value than mere
physical force. They realize that knowledge is power,
and return to their school studies with renewed interest
and zeal. The dormant powers of the pupils are awakened
and with this awakening comes a definite aim in life.
Their eyes have been opened to a new world, in which
they have an active part.
Stated briefly, the aims of the industrial excursions
are (1) to give the pupils a closer connection between
their regular school studies and the world of industry;
(2) to awaken the dormant powers of the pupils, and
thus aid them in performing the work to which they are
adapted; (3) to aid the pupils to realize the value of
unskilled, half-skilled, and skilled labor in the industrial
and commercial world and thus enable them to recognize
the importance of thorough preparation in their chosen
field of labor. Upon the return of the class from indus-
trial excursions any misunderstandings or hazy con-
'ceptions of the trip are cleared up by class discussion.
These discussions are carried on in systematic and logi-
cal order, following a brief outline of the departments
of the plants visited.
The pupils volunteer information which interests them
most concerning that part of the department under dis-
cussion. The backward pupils are drawn out by well-
directed questions, and the boys are given an oppor-
tunity to ask questions concerning any part of the de-
partment under discussion. Other pupils are encour-
aged to volunteer the information.
In order to find out how much knowledge has been
assimilated the pupils are required to write composi-
tions on all of the excursions. These compositions give
the pupils a splendid opportunity to take notes, to make
outlines of the subject, and to express their ideas in
Writing.
An Educational Aid in the Drafting
Room
By p. a. Fredericks
It is a very diflScult thing to teach beginners in
drafting the value of care in minor details, and to
teach a number of draftsmen to observe minor standards
which have been determined upon as the correct method
for that particular shop.
An aid in this direction is a bulletin board with
the heading as shown in the illustration.
When the checker, or the chief, discovers an error in
following out standard practice, methods of dimension-
ing, or any one of the hundred things which may be
wrong with a drawing, the chief draftsman attaches
a note of explanation to the blueprint and puts it on
the bulletin board. After remaining there a week or
so it is taken down and passed from man to man for
direct observation; each man initials it as a record and
passes it on, when it eventually reaches the files as a
record.
This system supplements very effectively a book of
standard practice that describes in detail the standards
which are expected to be followed out, and another
book of standard details that gives details of various
interchangeable parts carried in stock by the firm, being
therefore preferable for use on new designs.
On drawing 1 the chamfer to permit teeth of th?
sliding gear to engage was put on the wrong side
The gear was hardened, making much extra expense
Drawing 2 shows a very common and very careless
error. In retracing from the blueprint because of lost
tracing the tracer filled in li in. instead of I in. and
failed to check even his few figures.
Drawing 3 is an instance of a hexagon drawn the
wrong way, leaving a chance for turning the piece to
2? in. in diameter. It should be drawn as shown by
the correction and dimensions changed to suit.
Drawing 4 caused spoiled work. The man turned
the parts 1.498 in. in diameter because he did not notice
the end view. It should have been drawn the other
way round as per dotted lines. Similar mistakes often
occur on hexagon work.
On drawing 5 the ball race is wrong side up. Since
there is a force fit at A, revolving the shaft causes
a rubbing friction at B and the bearing cuts eithei-
at A or B. If turned the other way up, as is intended
in designing the bearing, there would be 0.005 to 0.010
in. clearance at A and it would work perfectly. Watch
out where you put thrust faces on thrust ball races.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
161
THESE DRAWINGS APE WRONG
TAKE NOTE WHY AND AVOID SIMILAD EDDOPS
iP'^—
Q
S^K.RCtT.er.
ii S>]
.IA,T
SMinEr,! Ci
n:
m.
t ». li/s-r
~-, ,, Pc,
'l.t-tL ,}S\
«l>.r»' la 1S00"f
OlBL"5iuni
s%
iJbtNCM
S>.ti'-t»lit-(
..)«'.
•r.«l*<l(rtO-t -
- .«
>M.r,„
..^vr.-*.«
SPIN0L6 5EKABb>
2G-7Q7^i^oo"l;',n"°:'.;^ jyo.^' l;:.^'.^ |n°£ Ma>^ m.llf"
^
h
-s
'^.i- -"
-- ^^
'"■<i ■ 1
(^..-^
i "^" Oi»t"*»iti«*
r^T"
ilTETiis:^
1"
Z. Q
^-3'0 i.^u^K%
! N*3 Piv UN "iiuiXRi
•71 '■•""- ■--'■■
o
OPERATIONS
-^
f ,K^
Q
ti;
M«-
-'7A
o
nG .ei4 *'*■"*'!■ ^-i';'' ■"* ^*'l•lLt■■ I'Moe*" d»iv6
0"»-vtt«6 f.auMMHTorHoOl'^^ "'iC.—
.iD--«i^miCi.'»jtf (J" i«i:.a Ou'wC,
G
4^-
OPERATIOM3 3'c,
.;i-.„E..i..^S".
Xi;.;;,
<H'
Ui. Ci^tr
o
— ABC
P.-] Nia,S M-.'..M,LaH-
162
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
A Machine for Boring Line Bearings
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, Amt^rican Machinist
This article describes the construction and method
of operation of a machine used for boring and
reaming the bearings of an automotive crank-
case. The machine is typical of those used in the
automotive industry, as it is designed for rapid
production and can be loaded while a cut is being
taken.
NUMBERS of special machines have been built for
boring and reaming the line bearings of automo-
tive engines, a good example being the machine
shown in Fig. 1. This machine was made according to
the specifications
of the Bethlehem
Motors Corp.,
Pottstown, Pa^,
in whose plant it
is located. It
was built by the
B a u s h Machine
Tool Co., Spring-
field, Mass., and
equipped with
Special boring
and reaming bars
made by the
Kelly Reamer Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio.
The machine has
a revolving fix-
ture which per-
mits the loading
of a crankcase on
one side of it while the boring operation is proceeding
on the other. It will bore several different sizes of
motor cases, a different fixture and boring bar being
provided for each size. One of the cases is shown lying
on top of the fixture in the illustration.
The fixture is shown revolved 90 deg. from its work-
FIG. 1. SPECIAL. LINE-BORING MACHINE FOR GAS-ENGINE CRANKCASES
ing position in Fig. 2 to give a better idea of the con-
struction and the method of operation. Fig. 3 shows
the work removed and the reamer bars slipped back into
position in their bearing brackets on the fixture.
The crankcases are of cast iron an"d two cuts are taken
through them in the boring machine, finishing a case
in about six minutes. The first case to be bored is placed
on the fixture with the roughing cutters in place in the
bars, then after it has been bored and while the case
on the other side of the fixture is being roughed, the
operator puts the finishing cutters in the boring bars in
the case previously roughed. A similar change is made
with cutters of the second crankcase while the finishing
cutters are bor-
ing the first one;
and thus only
one setting of the
work is required
for both rough-
ing and finishing.
The spindle
speeds are gov-
erned by the
ratios of the
gears in the head
driving the spin-
dle and they
range from 56
r.p.m. for the
slowest bar in the
3-in. starter hole
to 84 r.p.m. for
the fastest bar in
the IJ-in. pump-
shaft hole. The spindle speed is governed by the for-
ward movement of the spindle head. This is so driven
that it gives roughing and finishing feeds for the slow-
est bar of 214 and 40 rev. to 1 in. of travel respectively
(0.00467 and 0.025 in. per rev.), and for the fastest
bar of 320 and 60 rev. per inch of travel respectively
FIG. 2.
SHOWING METHOD OF HOLDING THE CASES
ON FIXTURE
FIG. 3.
FIXTURE WITH RE.\MING BARS
IN PLACE
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
163
FIG. i. SPECIAL FIXTURE FOR HAND REAMING THE
BEARINGS
(0.0031 and 0.0166 in. per rev.). The bars are driven
through universal joints, so that positive alignment of
them with the drivers is not necessary.
A third cut is later taken through the bearings of
the cases to finish them to still greater accuracy, and
for this operation, which corresponds to hand reaming,
the fixture shown in Fig. 4 has been devised. Special
reamer bars are used for the work, they being guided in
the fixture by hardened bushings in the same manner
as on the power boring machine. A pneumatic drill
motor is used for driving the bars. The large bars are
given a uniform rate of feed, the threaded pilot-stud
A on the forward end being inserted in the split bracket
B, which is opened to receive the threaded section and
then held close by the lever and spring C. A similar de-
vice D on the other end of the fixture feeds the other
large boring bar, which is driven from the left end.
A Few Reasons Why Industrial Progress
Is Slow
A splendid analysis outlining the causes for the slow
progress of domestic business, is given by L. F. Loree,
president of the Delaware and Hudson Co., in the
Ninetieth Annual Report to Stockholders, published in
the Railway Age, of April 30, 1920, from which the
following is an extract :
The chief domestic obstacles to the resumption of
progress are: (1) The extremely low purchasing
power of money; (2) continued absorption of liquid
capital of the Federal Government, and (3) excessive
and badly adjusted taxation.
The average wholesale prices of all commodities in
1919 were 212 per cent compared wtth those of 1913, or
an increase of 112 per cent. The total amount of money
in circulation during the same periods, gold, gold
certificates, silver and currency, was $3,363,738,449 and
$5,960,382,866 (Jan. 1, 1920) respectively, an increase
of only about 77 per cent. The statistics of bank
clearings show, however, that the work done by the
average monetary unit has been greatly increased, the
comparison of total bank clearings being $50.48 and
$71.48 for 1913 and 1919, these figures representing
the average per $1 of money in circulation, which sug-
gests the operation of an impulse toward higher prices
other than the volume of money in use.
Of the total resources of the twelve Federal Reserve
Banks, bills on hand on March 14, 1919, amounted to
40.94 per cent of the total resources and on March 12,
1910, they reached 47.78 per cent. Of these bills on
hand there were secured, by Government war obliga-
tions, 79.23 per cent and 51.78 per cent respectively.
The foregoing shows progress mainly in the accumu-
lation of resources and it is evident that a reduction
in the year of but 10.95 per cent in the loans received
by Federal war obligations is unsatisfactory. To the
extent that the resources of these banks continue to
be used to finance the Government they are withdrawn
from the commercial field and the normal utility of the
Federal Reserve system is impaired.
Taxation impinging principally upon potential saving
has prevented the liquidation of a large proportion of
these loans and has congealed assets that ought to be,
and were intended to be, available for business pur-
poses. Indeed, from whatever angle the present system
of Federal taxation is approached, it is found to work
badly, to penalize frugality and saving, to promote
profligate and wasteful expenditure of capital and the
normal course of industrial development. The Secre-
tary of the Treasury of the United States has recom-
mended changes which would relieve some of the most
depressing features of the system, including the repeal
of the "excess profits" tax and moderation of the sur-
taxes on individual incomes.
Easy Method of Disconnecting a
Main Rod
By Harry Boham
Trouble is sometimes experienced in the roundhouse
by reason of the front end of a locomotive main rod
sticking in the crosshead when an attempt is made to
disconnect it. It is caused by pieces of the sides of the
rod, or of the inside of the crosshead, against which the
rod oscillates, being torn off and wedged into the holes
thus formed. The crosshead can not be loosened by
prying or jacking or by other easily practicable means,
excepting to remove the top guide bar and crosshead gib
and then spread the crosshead with a wedge.
The illustration shows a method of blocking by which
we are enabled to pull out the rod by steam pressure.
In the engine shown the brakes are set, the reverse
lever dropped into the forward motion, and the engine
given a little steam; the crosshead comes out with a
bang against the two hard wood blocks.
We leave about one or two inches of space between
the crosshead and the blocks so there is no danger of
breaking a cylinder head. This is a quick method, and
is sure to bring the crosshead out.
DISCONNECTING A LOCOMOTIVE MAIN ROD BT
STEAM PRESSURE
164
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
A Difficult Piece of Press Work
By FRANK A. STANLEY
The example of press work shown here is worthy
of examination, as the required shape of the
piece rendered its handling very awkioard. The
photographs show clearly the sequence of the
operations and the dies used in cutting and
bending.
THE sheet-steel piece, in Fig. 1 herewith, is a
short tube of rectangular cross-section, but taper-
ing from end to end and having numerous ears
and flanges at various points along its contour. Several
sets of press tools are required in its production, these
being illustrated in Figs. 2, 4 and 5, and the flat blank
produced in the dies being shown in Fig. 3.
The blank is struck from steel stock 0.062 in. thick.
The dies, at the left in Fig. 2, are a set of tandem
f^
f
1
---^--- V
FIG. 1. DETAILS OF THE FORMED PIECE
tools, which at the first stroke pierce certain holes
and openings, while the next position of the work
and stroke of the press produce the blank shown in
Fig. 3. The two round holes pierced by these dies are
for the openings through the two small ears at the
sides of the blank. In addition to the two round
piercing punches there are four irregular punches for
forming as many openings before blanking. These
punches are really trimming tools in that they cut
out the metal along the sides of the projections A
and B, Fig. 3, and the adjoining surfaces in each
direction, thus simplifying the work of the blanking
die and assuring close accuracy at the points indicated.
The Bending Operations
The next operation is performed in the tools at the
right in Fig. 2. These dies locate the blank by the
important projections along its contour and at one
stroke fold or bend up the ears C and D, referring to Fig.
3, and the hooked-shaped projection E, all of which
must stand at right angles to the flat body of the
blank. In this case the nest and the forming edges
of the die are all made of separate blocks of steel
located accurately on the die base by dowels and fast-
ened from the upper side by filMster-head screws.
FIG. 2. THE FIRST AND SECOND OPERATION TOOLS
The next operation consists in forming along the
dotted lines indicated in Fig. 3, thus throwing up the
bottom walls F and G at right angles to the remaining
triangular-shaped portion of the blank. The bending
dies for this operation are at the left in Fig. 4, and,
as there represented, are triangular in outline, with
suitable nesting plates on the surface and with clearance
holes in the die proper for the reception of the projec-
tions already bent up in the forming operation just
completed.
The next operation, performed with the tools at the
right in Fig. 4, is the forming down of the side walls
and curved end at the back of the work. (See Fig. 1.)
The forming punch with this set of tools is in the shape
of a hook which, upon pressing the blank down into
the forming-die opening, allows the work to fold up
and almost completely enclose the hook punch itself,
except for the shank by which it is attached to the
FIG. 3. THE BLuA.NK
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
165
FIG. 4. TWO SETS OF FORMING AND BENDING' TOOLS
FIG. 5. THE FINISH FORMING DIES
die block. This punch, by the way, is worked down
fi-om a squared shank which is provided with a circular
flange or seat by which it is fixed fast to the head.
The Final Forming Operations
This operation brings the work to a point where it
is completed so far as the tapered form is concerned,
but the rectangular projection A, Fig. 3, has still to
be formed and bent to the desired angle and degree
of curvature. For this operation the dies in Fig. 5
are used. The tool here shown is really a forming
fixture having a movable carrier for the work, which
is mounted upon a taper post, one of the pieces being
shown in position. The post is attached to the carrier,
which is in the form of a slide controlled by the handle
at the right. This arrangement allows the operator to
place the work in position and slide it under the punch
without difficulty or delay. The punch is seen at the
left. When it descends it bends the projection on the
work down into the concave seat on the die block and
sets it at the exact angle required with the walls of
the work. The part made with these tools is a chute used
on the coin machine manufactured by the American
Coin Register Co., Oakland, Cal.
Campaign for Better Oiling
By W. Burr Bennett
President, Wayne Engineering Co., Honesdale, Pa.
Some time ago the executives of the plant under
consideration realized that the repairs and replacements
on their machine tools and equipment were entirely too
large. An investigation showed that the lubrication
was at fault. Although all machines were equipped
with oil cups and holes for lubricating and oil cans and
oil were plentifully provided, actually less than 10 per
cent of the men gave the equipnient under their charge
regular and thorough oiling. It should be explained
here that the maintenance department took care of all
power-transmission apparatus and its lubrication, up to
and including the countershafts, and that no fault was
found with their attention to oiling.
Apparently, it was a case either of putting the
lubrication of machinery and tools in the hands of the
maintenance department, or of conducting an intensive
educational campaign among the shop men. Due con-
sideration showed the first of these solutions to be
inadvisable. Accordingly a plan was outlined with the
object of constantly bringing before each operator the
need for attention to this matter and its direct relation
to his own pay envelope.
There were four readily available ways of getting the
message to the men : First, by direct coaching from the
different foremen; Second, by notices posted on the
machines; Third, by inserts in the pay envelope; and
Fourth by notices on the bulletin boards. Supplementary
to these methods, all shop papers such as time cards,
shop orders, and requisitions were stamped with the
legend: "Lubrication Is Important. Have You Oiled
Your Machine Today?"
During the first week of the campaign, personal talks
were given by the foremen and department heads to
their men in order to show to them both the necessity
for more care in the lubrication of machinery, and that
the effect of having a machine shut down because of
a dry bearing was to stop their work and thus cut the
amount of their pay. It is to the credit of these fore-
men that they carried out their work so well that an
improvement was noticed almost at once in the lubrica-
tion of equipment.
The second method was put into effect on Monday
morning of the second week. When the men appeared
on the job they found the following notice attached to
all equipment: "STOP . . . THINK Don't start
work on this machine before you have properly oiled
and carefully lubricated all parts. Don't forget to oil
the jig, fixture, or vise you are using."
The third method was put into effect by providing
inserts in the pay envelopes calling attention to the
campaign that was going on and telling how much each
person could help by taking proper care in lubricating
his own equipment. The fourth method followed this
and consisted of posting on the bulletin boards complete
explanatory letters about the campaign and notices
which read: "Oil Up — Lubricate Your Machine Often
and Carefully. Watch both Production and Your Pay
Envelope Increase."
3y this time the improvement was marked and it
was deemed desirable to end the campaign, with the
exception of such features as periodic instructions and
the use of the stamp on shop papers, which were made
permanent. Therefore, the next week the men found
the following note inserted in their pay envelope as a
recognition of their co-operation and an acknowledge-
ment that the results were satisfactory: "This Pay
Was Made Possible by Your Careful Attention to the
Oiling of Machinery. Thank You. Keep Up the Good
Work."
It is interesting to note that the whole campaign
required but very little effort on the part of the
individuals directing it, although the results were large,
dry and burnt bearings having practically disappeared.
However, the consumption of oil increased about 50 pev
cent, but even this was cheaper than replacing metal.
166
AMEKICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 4
FOR SMALL SHOPS^;7<? ALL SHOPS
j^y J, A. l^ucas
."it»-'
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
167
Elements of Gage Making — IX
By C. a. MACREADY*
The accurate grinding of radii to the points of
tangency is not a difficult matter if the proper
fixtures are available. Such fixtures are described
vn this article together with instructions for
their use.
(Puit VIII ICiis iiii}ili.i!iirl on imyr 1101. Vol. 51.)
THE following way of grinding radii, is often more
convenient than by the use of a toolpost grinder
or the grinding and milling attachment illus-
trated in Fig. 106. The plate .4 in Fig. 113 is made of
1 X 4 in. flat ground stock, of a length which is con-
venient to swing the work. It is held by a screw C
the head of which is flush with the top of the plate A,
and a thin nut in the toolpost slot. The several different
FIG. 113. FIXTURE FOR
GRINDING RADII
holes E are placed to suit the radii wanted. The sizes
of the holes will be governed by the length of the radii.
They are often comparatively large as the work is
frequently held by an auxiliary piece or adapter. This
adapter if properly made serves as a base to check the
radii. The plate A replacing the toolpost of a bench lathe
and adjusted square vertically to the face of a cup
wheel becomes a bed upon which the work is swung
horizontally, using the proper hole for the center of the
radius. The graduations upon the dial of the longi-
tudinal screw are used when feeding up to the face
of the cup wheel. The stops BB on the wheel end of
the plate A will keep the sides of the gage from con-
tact with the face of the wheel when grinding radii
tangent to the sides of the gage. They should be nearly
parallel to the face of the wheel and adjustable for
different widths of gages. The following examples of
the use of the plate A, and a few examples of adapters
will make this way of grinding radii plain; Fig. 114
illustrates one of many gages that have been made by
the use of this method.
•Prepaiiil for the autlior'.s forthcoming book. Element.s of Gag«
Making.
The gage A, gages two slots. It also gages a depth
and two radii on the end B. The narrow gaging mem-
ber G must be central with the large one H and parallel
to it. The centers of the arcs are coincident making
the required depth the difference in
^^^ length of the radii. This gage pro-
^'^'lecfc©*"— vides an excellent
.0.* .Jr^^ — —--.,. example for study
V0099'
FIG. 115. A GAGE
WITH THE RADII'.'!
OFF CENTER
while determining
how it should be
made. The drawing
shows the sides to be
parallel but with a
difference of 0.001
in. in width. The
thickness of the
broad part also dif-
fers 0.001 in., which
shows that there is a maximum 0.0005 in. that is
allowed for the slot in the work to be out of the center
of the 0.500 in., the narrow part of the gage fitting the
slot properly, as this is the important assembling point
for the functioning of the parts.
As the end dowel-pin holes are the centers of the
radii, they are the ones used to position the work for
rough grinding the sides of the wide part of the gage,
0.500 in. Both dowel-pin holes in the 0.250 in. piece
are used as locating points to equalize the sides of the
piece. The checked narrow part can be ignored as it
has plenty of clearance and acts as a grip when the
gage is being used at the other end.
If there are more than one of these gages to be made
a simple jig like C will save
time, otherwise the holes,
after being
/ 1 ->5>. /"--. /r ^-^ drilled in A,
A,
FIG. 114. A GAGE HAVING
RADII TO BE GROUND
168
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
can be transferred from A to the top piece G, aa it is not
hardened. The holes in each hardened piece being the
same center to center distance in their soft state usually
will extend to their center distance when hardened.
When the 0.250 in. pieces are drilled in the jig C the^dif-
ference in their width and length from the 0.500 in.
FIG. 116. ADAPTER FOR GRINDING AN OFF CENTER
RADIUS WHEN THERE ARE NO HOLES IN THE WORK
pieces is made up with packing pieces. As these gages
can be finished up independently of the other end, 0.012
in. on their sides and ends and 0.008 in. on their faces
will be enough excess metal to leave for grinding.
After being hardened and heated sufficiently to melt
soft solder they are rough ground parallel, leaving 0.001
in. for finishing on the 0.125 in. thickness. The sides of
these pieces are not ground at this time. The thickness
of the top pieces, given as A in., not being important,
they are finished. From now on they must be carried in
pairs, that is, a top piece, 0.250 wide, is rough doweled
to the lower gage, then attached to it with screws ; the
screws must be an easy fit in the thread, otherwise they
will distort the thin piece or lower part of the gage,
when tightened. The temporary dowels are now re-
moved and the dowel-pin holes are lapped out using
a drilling-machine spindle to rotate the lap. The use of a
drilling-machine table if it is square with the spindle will
usually correct the out of squareness due to grinding
the pieces without wholly correcting the hardening dis-
tortions. As all the holes are lapped, one at a time, with
the same size lap they will be approximately the same
size. This is not necessary, but the bodies of the dowel
pins which extend out from the gage should be of one
size as shown in D and E. As the extending parts of
these dowels are used to bed upon when grinding a
surface parallel to them, the difference in their diam-
eters will produce surfaces out of parallel an amount
equal to twice the difference of their diameters. If
there is a difference of 0.0002 in. the sides of the 0.25
in. piece will be out of parallel 0.0004 in. The four
extending ends of the dowels which are used for the
radii centers, if of one size, save readjusting the height
gage when measurements are taken. Diagram F shows
the work swinging upon the dowel pin, which rests upon
an angle iron when measuring the distance from the
center of the radius. The pieces with the temporary
dowels in place as illustrated at D and E are now ground
upon one of their sides using the principle shown in
Fig. 71 and reproduced at L. The part B is the bed
for the dowels to rest upon, connecting them with the
S polepiece D and drill rod C. The 0.250 in, pieces are
reversed and ground upon the opposite edges. This
proves the diameter of the dowel pins. As the error
should be slight it is corrected by lapping one side of
the piece an amount equal to one-half of the error, this
lapped surface was then used to bed upon the chuck
when grinding the opposite side. When equalizing the
sides from the dowel pins, use the dowel pin that will
be used for the center of the radius in E, Fig. 114, as
the sides of the 0.250 in. are the governing surfaces
instead of the dowel pins when grinding the sides of
the lower gage, to the 0.499 in. dimension, using the
fixture L.
Before removing the dowel pins they should be used
for the centers of the radii, a hole having been drilled
in the plate A to receive them, the stops are now set
to keep the sides of the gages from touching the face
of the wheel. The dial is used to show the amount being
removed, the correct radius is measured with a height
gage, as shovra at F. or by comparing with a templet
and using an indicator.
The segments of circles are easily made with the
fixture. Fig. 114. Fig. 115 shows a segment that is off
center as dimensioned. A piece of flat ground stock is
taken, which is long and wide enough to contain the
center required. This piece of stock is nicked as shown
at A to be broken off at this line after inspection of the
radius and the location of the 1.0 in. dimension. This
style of gage or templet is not machined very accu-
rately in its soft state as it can be very easily ground
after hardening to the desired dimensions by measuring
from the drill rod B upon which it swings.
The adapter illustrated in Fig. 116, is one used when
no holes are permitted in the gage. After the pivot
pin, in this case No. 60 drill rod, is in place the edges
BC .of the adapter A are ground square to each
other and the distance required from the center of the
pivot for the radius. The work is placed in line with
the edges B and C and held there with straps DD.
The diagram E shows a plan view of the precautions
taken to avoid striking the sides of the gage. The stops
are adjusted to hold the work and adapter at a slight
angle as shown at F. The face of the wheel should not
be used too long in one spot as there will be a slight
groove worn in it. Using different places on the face
of the wheel will reduce the angle of clearance at F to
a very small one so that the slight error shown exag-
gerated at GG, in diagram H can be corrected with
,//%/^.
FIG. 117.
DI.\GRA.M SHOWING DETERMINATION OF
POINTS OF TANGENCT
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
169
i
an oilstone, or by lapping to a disk template. As all
measurementb are taken from a vertical point over the
pivot this error will not interfere with measurements.
The point of tangency if placed upon the gage when
grinding radii facilitates the adjusting of the stops for
the length of arc being ground. Fig. 117 illustrates
a way of determining this point when the engine lathe
is used to swing the work attached to the faceplate.
A line drawn through the center of the circles passes
through the point of tangency and a line drawn upon
the coppered surface of the gage to indicate where the
wheel finishes, permits the arc-length control-stops upon
the faceplate to be adjusted very accurately. This
leaves very little to stone or lap for continuing the arc
at each end. The male-arc templet if required can be
made with the fixture illustrated in Fig. 113, and the
female templet is ground out by using an internal
grinding fixture in the lathe, should there be no internal
grinding machine.
When lapping local spots and surfaces, which often
has to be done on gages, the laps can be controlled
easily with the pointed lap guide A in Fig. 118. The
laps B and C show the controlling points, which are
simply punch marks. These punch marks are placed
to apply pressure where desired. Taking the depres-
sion in the gage D as an example, the pressure applied
to a punch mark in the lap B or C will so distribute
the lapping action that if only one side of the bottom
requires to be lapped the pressure can be applied there
and its surface caused to blend into the surface of the
depression. This is made possible by locating the punch
marks at varying distances from the center of the lap,
wherever they are required.
This way of applying lapping pressure to gages of
narrow cross section like gage E will overcome the
rocking effect that often occurs when the gage over-
hangs the lap. The index finger and thumb are used
merely to give the sweeping motion, the downward
pressure being applied through the rod A held in the
other hand.
When lapping parallel surfaces required in snap
gages the adjustable taper wedges F and G in Fig. 119
are used. The taper wedge F is listed by the L. S.
Starrett Co., which makes several sizes. The dotted lines
indicate extensions that are soldered upon the tapered
wedge, then ground parallel to each other. As these
laps are only used to locate the high spots and finish-
lap to size, the side overhang if not excessive will not
be objectionable. When lapping snap gages that have
the "Max" and "Min" on one surface, as shown at H
in Fig. 118, the continuous surface is first finished to
a plane surface using the pointed holder and laps similar
to BC. The taper wedge is charged with abrasive upon
only one of its surfaces, the other surface free from
1 1
} '■
FIG. 119. TOOLS FOR LAPPING SNAP GAGES
]^mWa^i*Aee/
FIG. 118. METHODS OF LAPPING
abrasive is in contact with the finished surface of the
snap gage. All lapping to size is done upon the "Max"
and "Min" surfaces. When the jaws of snap gages
are parallel both sides of the lap are charged with
abrasive.
The taper wedge shown in G is made of soft sheet
steel. Two strips are attached to a flat plate by straps.
A piece of drill rod, of the required diameter to give
the desired taper to the lap, is placed against the back
pole of the magnetic chuck. The flat plate placed upon
the drill rod allows the plate to be removed and the thick-
ness of the lap measured and then replaced to the same
position if more stock is required to be removed. There
will be considerable distortion when rough grinding
these laps but if they are stoned as described in Article
VI, before the finish cuts are taken they can be pro-
duced very accurately. When using these thin laps do
not try to push them through the slot. Always pull
them through each way, using an up and down motion.
What Is a High-Grade Machine?
By Francis W. Shaw
Manchester, England
How simple the question and how difficult the answer !
I have thought considerably on the matter and I be-
lieve that the answer is still far off, although I seem
to have no difficulty in judging to my own satisfaction
the productions with which I am familiar.
The Ford car, for instance, I should never think of
placing in the highest grade, or even in the moderate
grade. The Rolls-Royce, however, would classify itself
in the very highest grade. Yet, power for power, cost
for cost, the Ford is undoubtedly the better value. For
the comparative abuse it will stand, it is far ahead of
the costlier car. What is it, then, that compels this
grading difference? Finish, comfort, appearance? Per-
haps so, but after all, surely it would be more logical
to classify according to suitability to purpose. If we
so classified the two cars, they would both fall into the
highest grade.
Now let us consider machine tools, which are more
within the writer's knowledge. Years ago I had the
experience and the pleasure of operating two lathes at
170
AMKKICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
the same time. One was a high-grade, so-called, English
machine, the other was an American machine with a
moderate reputation. Both were intended for accurate
work. The English machine was heavier than the
American, its price proportionately larger.
The Writer's Experience
This was my experience: On the vast majority of
work the output from the American machine was far
ahead of that from the English. Why? The English
machine was more cumbersome to handle. To move
the saddle along the bed was more fatiguing. To get
the tool to the proper cutting height and in a convenient
position for cutting, occupied more time, for the tool-
slide was cursed with the four-stud arrangement, in
which one or more studs prevented the tool from being
fixed just where it would best do the job. The saddle
was broader, and that often limited the traverse along
the bed, making it necessary to move the tool from one
side of the toolrest to the other.
Furthermore, when it came to getting metal away
rapidly the English machine, though the stronger built,
was out of it entirely, although had our cutting tools
been of the carbon-steel variety perhaps the case would
have been different. It was utterly impossible to get
high spindle speeds with sufficiently fine feeds on the
English lathe. Bearings ran hot at very moderate
speeds. Perhaps some of the difference was due to the
American lathe spindle running in babbitt-metal bear-
ings. The makers of the English lathe seemed to make
a point of the bearings being of the best phosphor-
bronze — as most do even to this day. In this connection
it is perhaps worth pointing out, that after several years
of service, it was possible to tighten the spindle of the
American lathe by a squeeze at the capscrews, but there
seemed to have been no wear at all. (An English tool-
maker who recently replaced bronze bearings with bab-
bitt-steel bearings was enabled to put up the highest
spindle speed from 300 r.p.m. to 500 r.p.m. after the
change.)
Marks of Quality in English Machines
But there were many points which some would claim
as virtues in the English machine. Materials were
generally harder. One could hit the lathe bed with a
spanner without bruising it. An extra pound pull at
a lever or spanner would not fracture a bolt. The head-
stock caps were secured with large-diameter studs and
nuts, whereas the American manufacturer had con-
tented himself with small cheese-head screws. You
could even clear the cuttings from a file by rapping it
on the tailstock without shattering the filling and spoil-
ing the paint. The castings themselves were smoother
in the English machine and filling was therefore not so
necessary for finish.
Now in the hands of English workmen accustomed
to English machines the English lathe would undoubt-
edly have given more satisfaction than the American.
The writer, however, had proved to himself the value
of the high speeds and fine feeds over low speeds and
coarse feeds, and as a consequence could appreciate the
differences in the two machines. This is a case from
which it is impossible to draw a definite conclusion.
From mytjwn experience, the-characterization would be :
American lathe, high-grade; English lathe, second-
grade.
Many English workmen with different experience
would reverse the classification.
At one time when a German woodworker's vise had
just arrived in our shop our experts immediately placed
it in the lowest possible category, for it was a thoroughly
ram-shackle affair. Materials were rough and badly
finished; there was a slackness of fit everywhere. A
wire nail, bent over, formed a retainer for a spring;
there was not a bit of polish anywhere and only one coat
of dull gray paint. In use, however, it was a perfect
tool.
Now all these points, which to our experts were
deemed adverse, to the viTiter appeared meritorious. A
wire-nail used at a point where it would not be seen
when the vise was in service, since it had afforded a
means of reducing the cost, constituted a feature of real
merit.
Our way of securing the spring would have been
by a screwed thimble or something equally expensive.
Our method of setting high-gradeness — trimming, paint-
ing elaborately and polishing— would have doubled the
cost and compelled the woodworker to have bought and
used a far less efficient vise. Here perfection in use for
the lowest cost were the features constituting high-
gradeness — another example of the Ford principle
Workmanship and Its Utility
Sloppy fits come under the ban of some engineers.
Here is an instance where they improved a high-grade
machine. One unit of a machine was of complex con-
struction. Shafts ran in hollow shafts, which in turn
ran in thin bronze bushes driven in position. There
were numerpus bearings, and all parts were made to
standard limits quite suitable for most ordinary work.
Not unnaturally, when the parts were assembled, little
dis-alignments here and there, the collapse of bushes in
driving in, small eccentricities in cylindrical parts, to-
gether resulted in all running fits coming tight. At
the running test numerous troubles were encountered.
After a short run the driving belt would come off with
a squeak — something had seized. The fitters then paid
the machine a visit, dismantled the seized parts, often
with difficulty, scraped bearings, had shafts re-ground
and so on. And not infrequently, after re-assembling
the trouble occurred again, sometimes several times.
By degrees, not a few thousandths freedom, additional
to the amount presumed correct, were obtained.
This trouble went on for several months, until some
bright mind suggested that, sir.;e by correction addi-
tional play was secured, it might be as well to start out
with the extra freedom. Following this hint, a different
standard of running fits with larger allowances was
introduced, and the trouble practically vanished. Yet,
when the assemblers noted the shake of part on part,
when these were being assembled, they expressed the
opinion that the job was spoiled, and several thought
that the proper way to a solution lay in the scraping of
part to part.
Since time has proved the cure to be good, would one
be justified in claiming for the machine equal perfec-
tion of grade to those formerly carefully fitted? I
believe he would, yet there are many mechanics who
would claim the opposite, despite the fact that the alter-
native would have involved the expenditure of labor to
no good ultimate purpose. The whole question can only
be answered by first replying to the question: "What
do we mean by high-grade?" Define that term — the
definition may be diverse — and the reply \v-ill be con-
tained in the definition.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
171
Composition of Stellite and Stainless Steel
By ELWOOD HAYNES.
rresident, Hayncs .Stellite Co.
This article treats of aUoys of chromium with
iron or cobalt, some facts about what appears to
be the earliest experinfientation with these alloys
being given. Practical considerations concerning
the constitution, manufacture, and uses of
stellite and stainless steel are discussed.
THE THREE metals, iron, nickel, and cobalt, are
termed by chemists the "metals of the iron
group." The reason for classifying them thus
is the fact that their respective properties are all quite
similar.
1. They are all distinctly malleable.
2. They are all distinctly magnetic.
3. They possess high tensile strength and high mo-
dulus of elasticity.
4. When pure, they take a high polish and show a
distinct metallic luster.
They also resemble one another in their chemical
properties.
1. Each is readily soluble in nitric acid.
2. Each forms a monoxide with oxygen, as FeO, NiO,
and CoO. Each also forms a sesquioxide, Fe,0„ Ni,0„
and COjOj.
3. Aqueous solutions of their chlorides, when evapor-
ated to dryness, are transformed into oxides.
4. Their oxides are all readily reduced by either car-
bon monoxide or hydrogen.
5. Their melting points coincide quite closely.
6. Their atomic weights are quite close together, that
of iron being 56, and those of cobalt and nickel approx-
imately 59.
When solutions of cobalt and nickel are mixed, it is
difficult to separate the metals one from the other, ow-
ing to the fact that their behavior under most precip-
itants is practically the same.
In 1899, the writer produced an alloy consisting of
practically pure nickel and pure chromium by heating
their mixed oxides with aluminum. This alloy, when
polished, retained its luster, even in the atmosphere of
a chemical laboratory, and proved to be practically in-
soluble in nitric acid, even when boiling. It is also
malleable when cold, and under proper annealing can
be worked into sheets and wire.
Shortly afterward, an alloy of cobalt and chromium
was produced, which not only showed the same untarn-
ishable properties as the nickel-chrome alloy, but pos-
sessed much greater hardness. The alloy could not be
worked to any extent cold, but was found to be malleable
at a bright orange heat.
It was not until 1906 that the alloy was produced in
sufficient quantity to determine its properties fully. In
1909, a cutting blade was made of the alloy, which took
an edge comparable to that of tempered steel.
Later, tungsten or molybdenum was added, and the
alloy thus produced was sufficiently hard to turn iron
and steel on the lathe. Later experiments demonstrated
•Taken from paper presented before the Engineers Society of
Western Pennsylvania.
that such alloys when properly formed, would scratch
any steel, and would stand up under much higher speeds
on the lathe than the best high-speed steel tools. This
fact gave the cobalt-chromium-tungsten alloy termed
stellite a field of its own, and placed it in a class by
itself as a material for high-speed tools.
Generally speaking, the cobalt-chromium alloys pos-
sess three distinctive properties, namely :
1. They are untamishable under all atmospheric con-
ditions, and immune to nearly all chemical reagents.
2. They possess great hardness.
3. They retain their hardness up to visible redness.
Some of the stellite articles for ordinary use are
formed' from alloys of cobalt and chromium only. This
alloy answers well for table knives, spoons, etc. The
harder edge tools, such as pocket-knives, surgical instru-
ments, etc., contain in addition to cobalt and chromium
a certain amount of tungsten to give them greater hard-
ness, while in other instances a certain amount of iron
ik introduced into the alloy to soften it so that it may be
more readily worked. Such articles include table-knife
blades, pocket-knife handles, certain dental instruments,
etc. When iron is added to the alloy, the resulting mix-
ture is termed "Festel metal," being made up from the
chemical symbol for iron (Fe) and the first syllable of
stellite.
This beautiful and easily workable alloy is well
adapted to the manufacture of fine door latches, door-
knobs, and high-class sanitary fittings for bath-rooms,
lavatories, etc. It is not malleable except at a bright
red heat, but when a certain portion of nickel is added
it may be worked cold on the lathe or under the file.
By suitable means, it can be given a beautiful stippled
surface resembling that of frosted silver, and retains
its luster in the most satisfactory manner.
Some of the later stellite alloys have shown most
remarkable resistance to chemical reagents. One of
these, possessing quite high chromium, takes a mag-
nificent polish, resembling that of burnished silver.
This alloy retains its luster perfectly in boiling aqua
regia, and is not affected in the slightest degree after
immersion in that liquid for a period of 14 days. It
is slowly attacked by cold hydrochloric acid, but is prac-
tically immune to cold, strong sulphuric acid, and nearly
immune to the same acid in the diluted form. It is of
course strictly immune to nitric acid of all strengths.
Balance weights made of this material retain their
luster under the most trying conditions. They are im-
mune not only to the ordinary fumes of the atmosphere,
such as hydrochloric acid, ammonium chloride, nitric
acid, hydrogen sulphide, etc., but even to moist chlorine
gas. They present a beautiful appearance, owing to their
superb luster, and are so hard that their loss from ordin-
ary wear will be perhaps unweighable for several years.
There seems to be no good reason why they would not
answer equally as well as the more expensive platino-
iridium alloys for standard weights and measures.
In the year 1911, I made experiments on alloys of
iron and chromium with a view to ascertaining defin-
itely their properties. I quote from my notes as fol-
lows:
172
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
November 15, 1911. While I have known for some time that
chromium, when added to iron or steel, influences or modifies their
properties in a marl<ed degree, I am now engaged in gaining a
definite knowledge of.
a. The effect of chromium on the resistance of steel and iron
to chemical and atmospheric influences.
b. The effect of chromium on the hardness of iron and steel.
c. The effect of chromium on the elasticity of iron and steel.
d. The effect of cliromium on the cutting qualities of iron and
steel.
The preliminary experiments which I have already made along
this line indicate that the effect of ciiromium on iron and steel is
much the same as on cobalt and nickel.
I have prepared the following alloys:
a. AUov 20-C. 79.4% iron. 20% chromium, 6% carbon.
b. Alloy 15-C. 84.4% iron, 15%, chromium, 6% carbon.
e. Allov 5-C. 95.0% iron. 6% chromium.
f. Alloy 10-C. 90.0% iron, 10% chromium.
g. Alloy 15-C. 85.0% iron, 15% chromium,
h. Alloy 20-C. 80.0% iron, 20% chromium.
A number of additional experiments were made dur-
ing the following winter, and the following was recorded
later:
April 2, 1912. A sample of chrome iron was made by melting
granulated iron, 100 grams ; chromium, 17 g. ; ferro-titanium, 2 g.
The metal fused perfectly and was very fluid. Just before
pouring, about 1 g. of manganese was added. The two bars
weighed 118 g. The is -in square bar was forged into a thin edge,
which was quite hard and elastic.
April 3, 1912. Fused 100 g. iron, 17 g. chromium. 2 g. ferro-
titanium, 3 g. calcium carbide, in a covered crucible same as
above. The bars weighed 118 g. The A -in. bar was hammered
into a cold chisel, which would cut iron and soft steel. It was
very difficult to file. It should contain about 1 per cent carbon.
It did not seem to differ much in hardness from the sample F-2.
The crucible was deeply eroded inside, which was no doubt due to
the lime from the calcium carbide.
Experiment H-2. Fused iron, 100 g. ; chromium, 17 g. ; carbon,
2 g. ; ferro-titanium, 2 g. ; in a covered clay crucible.
The bars were not weighed, but the metal poured clean. The
i',;-in. bar was forged into a cold chisel. It seemed somewhat
harder than the preceding. It forged well, but showed a very
small crack at the chisel end, which was ground out before
the forging was completed. The chisel showed excellent cutting
qualities. It would nick ordinary stellite with but little effect on
the edge.
The chisel end was heated to about 800° C, and quenched in
water. This seemed to harden it to some extent and if pressed
hard it would Just scratch glass. It takes a fine polish but
shows rather dark color. It is not acted upon by cold nitric acid,
either strong or diluted, and the acid shows only slight residue
when evaporated to dryness on the surface of the metal.
April 4, 1912. Eighty g. iron, 15 g. chromium, 4.5 g. molyb-
denum, 2 g. ferro-titanium were melted in a covered crucible.
The I'ij-in. bar was forged to a cold chisel edge. It would cut
nails, etc., very well indeed. It seemed also to harden consider-
ably when heated to an orange color and dipped into water. It
was afterwards made into a wood chisel which took a keen edge
and showed fine cutting qualities.
April 8. 1912. Two J in. square by 11 in. bars were cast, one
from mixture F-2, and one from mixture H-2.
Bach bar was manufactured into boring bits by the Rockford
Bit Works.
Two bits were obtained from each bar and one from H-2 was
broken and one from F-2 was "lost" going through.
Tliese bits were i in. in diameter and about 10 in. long. Just
before finishing they were annealed in lead which rendered them
sufficiently soft to be filed. They were afterward reheated and
allowed to cool in the air, when they tiecame so hard that a file
had but little effect upon them. They would bore wood fully as
well if not better than an ordinary bit. They hold their luster
in the air under all conditions.
In order to make sure that such alloys were unknown
at this time, letters were written to practically all the
large steel producers of the United States, asking for a
non-rusting or non-tarnishing iron or steel alloy, but the
replies received were all of a negative character, and
showed that no such alloy existed, but suggested the
possible use of alloys of nickel and iron, but in no case
was chrome-iron or chrome-steel even mentioned.
The experiments recorded above distinctly show that
the non-corrosive qualities of chrome-iron and chrome-
steel alloys were not only discovered by the writer at the
time specified, but that their physical properties were
also fully demonstrated.
It is perhaps proper to state in this connection,
however, that the discovery rests not on the possibility
of adding to the steel other elements which may render
it more or less immune to corrosion, more or less easily
workable, but upon the fact that immune chrome-steels
must contain more than 8 per cent chromium. For cer-
tain purposes they may contain much more than that
amount, even up to 60 per cent; such steels are distinctly
workable and useful, whether subjected to heat-treat-
ment or not. Furthermore, that the proportion of car-
bon may be raised as high as 2 per cent without mater-
ially interfering with the untarnishable qualities of the
alloy, though such alloys are, generally speaking, more
easily worked if the carbon is below 1 per cent.
Numerous metals may be added to stainless or rust-
less steel, and some of these may contribute slight
benefit, while others may be slightly detrimental.
Among these are nickel, cobalt, vanadium, silicon, boron,
tungsten, molybdenum, titanium, and tantalum. It is
evident that an indefinite number of alloys could be
thus formed, some with and some without the above
elements, but none would be stainless unless it contained
the proper amount of chrominum, which is the essen-
tial element to be added to nickel, cobalt, or iron to
produce a stainless alloy.
Constitution and MANUFACTxmE of Stainless ok
Rustless Steel.
Stainless or rustless steel consists essentially of an
alloy of iron and chromium, containing usually from 0.1
to 1 per cent of carbon, though the latter element may
bo present up to nearly 2 per cent without interfering
seriously with the working qualities of the steel.
Owing to the high percentage of chromium and its
tendency to oxidize at the melting point, even in the
presence of carbon, it has been found advisable to melt
the steel either in crucibles or in the electric furnace.
After melting, the metal may be poured into ingot molds
in the usual manner, and the ingots thus obtained may
be forged or rolled into bars or sheets. If the ingots
are of comparatively small size, they will be found to
be very hard after casting, especially if they have
been stripped hot and allowed to cool rather rapidly
in the air. Indeed, small bars thus produced are likely
to be almost file hard.
If a small piece of the steel thus produced be placed
in a beaker with a piece of ordinary steel and covered
with nitric acid, the ordinary carbon steel will be dis-
solved with great violence while the chrome-steel will
remain utterly unchanged, thus proving that its im-
munity is primarily due to its composition. This is
true whether the steel contains carbon in large or only
minute quantities.
Cold chisels cast in iron or graphite ingot molds are
sufliiciently hard, without tempering, to cut ordinary
iron or steel.
By heating cast bars to a bright orange temperature,
they can be forged readily into various forms. After
the forging is completed, the metal may be allowed to
cool in the air, and will be found to possess remarkably
fine grain and good cutting qualities.
Quenching in water enhances the hardness to a con-
siderable degree, practicularly if the steel contains more
than 0.4 per cent carbon. It is best, however, to use
oil for quenching, in order to avoid local contraction
stress in the finished article, which might cause it to
break under slight shock or jar.
Notwithstanding the comparatively high temperature
of working this steel, the bars show almost no scale dur-
ing the forging operation and when finished are covered
with a blue-black "skin" consisting of a thin film of ox-
ide. Owing to the absence of deep oxidation and resistance
to deformation at comparatively high temperatures, the
alloy is admirably suited for casting engine valves and
distilling apparatus, and for many other purposes of
like nature. When ground and polished, the alloy re-
sists tarnish to a remarkable degree. It is superior in
this respect to brass, copper, and nickel plate.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
173
Cutting Cast Iron With the Gas Torch
IN A PAPER read before the American Welding
Society, April 22, 1920, Stuart Plumley and F. J.
Napolitan, of the Davis-Bournonville Co., outlined
some of their experiments in relation to the cutting of
cast iron with a gas torch.
They said in part: "While we are rather skeptical of
the commercial value of a cast-iron cutting torch, and
are convinced that, financially, we shall never be repaid
for the expense of our experiments, yet there are un-
doubtedly occasions when the cutting of cast iron would
be of great value. In ordinary scrajj-yard work, it is
so easy to break cast iron that it would hardly be eco-
nomic to use the cutting torch as for steel.
"You are all aware, of course, of that application of
oxygen cutting used largely in blast furnace practice,
the opening of a 'frozen' top hole. You could not quite
reconcile this more or less common application of the
process with the pet theory that cast iron could not
be cut. One of the usual methods for releasing a frozen
top hole in a blast furnace is substantially as follows:
A piece of one-quarter inch iron pipe with a brass
handle at least ten feet long is attached to a mani-
fold of several oxygen cylinders. Oxygen is delivered
through this pipe at a pressure of approximately 100 lb.
per sq.in. A hole is started with a star drill or diamond
point, until it is about three inches deep. The metal
adjacent the hole is heated with a fuel oil burner or
by other means. The end of the iron pipe is ignited
and the composite stream of molten iron slag and oxygen
caused to impinge against the frozen cast iron.
"A spectator to this performance of infernal fury,
is readily convinced that the heat is not all due to the
combustion of the wrought iron pipe, but that the cast
iron is burning with a violence equal to that of steel.
This reaction inspired some inventors to incorporate a
device in an oxy-acetylene torch for cutting cast iron,
which would feed a steel wire between the cutting jet
and the cast-iron piece being cut. Ignition of the
wire carried a stream of molten slag on to the cast
iron and it was hoped thus to propagate the cut. In a
second process, a plate of steel of a definite and pre-
determined thickness, was placed on top of the cast
iron. It was hoped that the slag incidental to the
oxidation of the steel would exercise some influence over
tha cast iron and enable it to be cut.
"Unfortunately for those responsible for the exploita-
tion of these devices, the inventors were more con-
cerned with converting cast iron into iron oxide by
means of the oxy-acetylene torch than they were in con-
structing a practical process and a practical tool. It
was next proposed to simplify the reaction by supplying
an apparatus with a mixture of pulverized slag and iron
powder, and in fact a number of patents were issued
covering various applications of such a device. Crude
and elementarj' as such devices were, they actually pro-
duced combustion of the cast iron and went a long way
in stimulating us in our endeavors to find a successful
method.
"Experimental work was carried on with a torch hav-
ing a good many different tubes leading to the head so
that almost any combination of gases at varied pres-
sures might b2 obtained. Mr. Napolitan evolved from
these experiments interesting theories pertaining to
the reactions which take place in cutting, together with
their relation to success in cutting cast iron. He has
noted these theories in a separate paper. We are present-
ing these theories to the members of the society for what
they are worth. We can actually cut cast iron and we
do it by preheating the oxygen."
In the paper prepared by Mr. Napolitan, he said:
"From the ease with which wrought iron is cut we may
conclude that an aggregate of ferrite combines with
oxygen with greatest avidity, and permits the propaga-
tion of a cut with least interruption. As the carbon
content is increased, there is a material change in the
nature of the metal. In place of the preponderance of
ferrite grains, we recognize the formation of cementite,
and its union with some of the ferrite to form pearlite
— the original mass of pro-eutectoid ferrite rapidly di-
minishing in prominence. As we should anticipate
from the nature of pearlite, no material change is
noticed in the performance of these alloys under the
cutting torch. Of course, an ultra-precise consumption
test would probably indicate a lowering of the efficiency
coefficient, but from all appearances no unusual difficulty
is experienced in cutting carbon steels up to about 80
to 90 point carbon. But here, a definite transition is
indicated by a distinct laboring of the cutting torch.
While the torch will begin a cut with practically the
same effort, and proceeds to completion without inter-
ruption of unusual delay, yet the kerf is wide and ragged
and undeniably distinguishable from that of a mild
steel cut. It is recognized practice, now, to preheat
the piece to be cut to a black or dull red heat, when
the impediment, whatever it was, seems to have been
entirely eliminated.
"But let metallography explain the sudden change of
properties of the steel. As the carbon content of the
hyper-eutectic steel was increased, the proximate mass
of pearlite increased, and the pro-eutectoid ferrite cor-
respondingly diminished in volume, until eventually a
point was reached where all of the cementite and ferrite
existed in the stratified or laminated relationship of
pearlite. This state is recognized as existing where
the carbon content is between 80 and 90 points — the
approximate analysis of pearlite is yet undefined. As
the carbon content is further increased, there appeai-s
a constituent that we know as pro-eutectoid cementite —
in fancy, the cementite which has been ejected from the
pearlite grovrth. It is circumstantial that the presence
of this pro-eutectoid cementite is directly responsible
for the increasing difliiculty of our cutting. But why did
preheating of the steel before cutting make such a
remarkable difference in the results? To be sure, the
rise in temperature might affect the stability of any
martensite, troostite, or even sorbite that might have
existed, but the temperature was too far removed from
the Ac,,, point to affect the characteristics of the pearl-
ite. And surely the pro-eutectoid cementite was un-
changed— and it was this same constituent that we
blamed for the difficulty.
"Again, as the carbon content is substantially in-
creased, an equivalent interference with cutting is ap-
parent, until, when the carbon content approaches 2.5
per cent, cutting becomes so labored as practically to
cease, and no amount of preheating short of incipient
fusion will permit it to propagate. As you are aware,
the metal is now termed "cast iron," and a micro-
174
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
FIU. 1. FOUR CORNERS OF LARGE3 CAST-IRON STONE
CRUSHER HEAD BEVELED WITH CUTTING
TORCH FOR WELDING
analysis indicates that in addition to the presence of
a certain amount of pearlite and pro-eutectoid cementite,
as well as certain foreign and, to our discussion, un-
obtrusive substances, we recognize the presence
of the final and most stable state of carbon —
graphite. The pearlite constituent exercises a favorable
influence upon the operation of cutting — and the pro-
eutectoid cementite, while it impedes cutting, is readily
compensated by a slight preheating — but the graphite
presents an entirely new problem.
"We might digress from the subject enough to pre-
sent some remarks that would prove the fallacy of at
least one of the stereotyped explanations of why cast
iron cannot be cut — that the melting point of the slag
is appreciably higher than the melting point of cast
iron.
A micro-analysis of the structure of an average
cast iron — and by average we refer to a gray cast iron
of about three to four per cent carbon — ^would indicate
a structure identical with that of a hypothetical steel
of the same carbon content, except that some of the
carbon seems to have been precipitated as graphite. But
should that identical pour of cast iron have been cast
against a cold iron mold, or otherwise chilled, the
carbon would not have been precipitated as graphite
and we should have had what we shall call a "chilled
cast iron," or a "white cast iron," — and it would actu-
ally have been a hyper-eutectic steel. Such alloys are
not uncommon in commerce, and the fact that operators
have been able to cut them with no extraordinary effort
has been responsible for innumerable false claims that
cast iron has been cut. Unfortunately, the nomen-
clature of steels and irons is not clearly defined, and
undoubtedly a chilled cast iron is but an extension of
the hyper-eutectic series. The melting point of an iron-
carbon alloy is a constant of its composition, whether,
in the solid state, the metal exists as a typical cast iron
or as a steel. Long before the point of fusion, the
carbon and the iron exist in one relationship, that of
austenite. The conditions affecting the pouring of a
melt of cast iron would determine the final state of its
constituents — and we might as readily produce a gray
cast iron or a chilled white cast iron — the carbon as
graphite or the carbon as in cementite. In either event,
the melting points of the resulting products would be
identical. We agree that chilled cast iron can be cut
with comparative ease. It is evident, then, that the melt-
ing point of slag is not responsible for the difficulty en-
countered in cutting cast iron.
"We had concluded that while the existence of pro-
eutectoid cementite appreciably retarded cutting, the
presence of but a comparatively small amount of graph-
ite completely prevented cutting. The phenomenon, if
it were true, is unique, for it would pre-suppose the in-
combustibility of carbon. Science contradicts us imme-
diately. In fact, our own welding practice belies us.
We might point to the reaction accompanying the re-
moval of carbon from automotive cylinders by the oxy-
gen method — or, leaving our immediate field, we might
mention the explosive combustion of carbon in ordinary
gun-powder. We are forced to conclude then that, far
from retarding the combustion of the steel matrix,
the graphite of cast iron should actually assist it-
"We investigated further to determine how much
graphite influenced cutting. We obtained specimens
of so-called malleable castings of the characteristip
'black heart' structure. Such a structure is made in
this country by the annealing of white cast iron in
which all of the carbon exists in cementite or pearlite,
the latter in some cases entirely removed. The treat-
ment decomposes the cementite to precipitate the car-
bon in minute particles, differing from the graphite
of gray cast iron in their extreme subdivision and uni-
form distribution throughout a ferrite matrix. In mak-
ing a black heart casting, an oxidizing packing is used
in this country so that while the core is that of a black
heart casting, the mass near to the surface is ferrite.
We removed this shell of ferrite so that our materials
indicated, under the microscope, a uniform aggregate
of ferrite and temper carbon. By preheating this piece
to a dull red heat, it was cut with the characteristics
of a high-carbon steel. Then we were satisfied that
carbon as such did not prevent cutting, but that the
physical state of that carbon was responsible. As plates
of graphite, cutting was prevented ; but as finely divided
particles, cutting was scarcely impeded.
"Reconsidering our previous observations in the light
of this development, we began to substantiate our first
logical hypothesis. We found, to summarize, that fer-
rite permitted most readily to be cut. Pearlite with
pro-eutectoid ferrite did not materially affect the condi-
tions. A completely eutectic composition first suggested
a transitory stage. The existence of pro-eutectoid ce-
mentite retarding cutting; but preheating of the piece
to a red heat readjusted the conditions so that cutting
was again as efficient as in the case of ferrite. As the
FIG. 2. CUTTING TORCH MADE TO PREHEAT THE
OXYGEN CUTTING JET
July 22, 1920
Get Increased ProductioVr—With Improved Machinery
176
comparatively low temperature produced by preheating
was insufficient to effect any change in the physical
state of the constituents of the alloy, we were forced
to conclude that the addition of heat units affected a
definite constant, which we assumed was the heat of
combust'on of the iron, as the two forces were of like
charac eristics. Then a constant result from a variable
made axiomatic the existence of a second variable. Our
second variable, then, we concluded, was the cooling
effect of the stream of cutting oxygen, and a further
thought suggested a third variable in the time of
chemical reaction between the iron and oxygen. The
preheating flames ignited the steel — the cutting oxygen
produced combustion — and the propagation of the cut
was a natural consequence. But as the carbon content
was increased, the speed of the reaction was materially
lowered; however, the velocity of cutting oxygen to in-
sure a continuity of oxygen and slag to the bottom of
the cut, was a constant. Then, eventually, a point was
reached where the rate of combustion between the iron
and oxygen was so slow that the heat units liberated
■from the reaction were dissipated to such an extent as
no longer to ignite adjacent masses of metal — and cut-
ting ceased. By preheating the piece before cutting, we
add to the forces on the weakening side of the equilib-
rium, and cutting once more obtained. The heat units
so obtained compensated for the relatively less heat units
liberated from the chemical combination of the iron and
oxygen in a definite unit of time.
"While the pearlite and pro-eutectoid cementite are
readily compensated, the graphite carbon effectively pre-
vents cutting by the ordinary means. No addition of
lieat units short of incipient fusion, by preheating the
object, restores the equilibrium. We cannot strengthen
further one side of our equilibrium, but we have not
attempted to affect the other side. We have made no
attempt to reduce the cooling effect of the cutting oxy-
gen. We therefore experimented in this direction, and
found that we could so effectively preheat the cutting
oxygen that we could restore the equilibrium vrfthout^
preheating the object."
In regard to the foregoing it will be of interest to
the reader to know that the following article was pub-
lished in the July, 1919, issue of Autogenous Welding:
Substantial progress has been made which shows that
cast iron cutting with the torch is a practical commer-
cial proposition. Proof is shown in the two views of the
four corners of a large stone crusher head that were
prepared for welding by beveling the edges with the
torch as shown in Fig. 1. The job was accepted in our
welding shop, with a promise of completion in two days,
but it was found that a much longer time would be
required alone to bevel the edges by chipping. The staff
of the Engineering and Research Department of the
Davis-Bournonville Co., which had been experimenting
in cast iron, was appealed to, with the result that the
four pieces were made ready for welding in less than
one hour!
"Each corner piece represents a cut 4i in. thick and
17 in. long, with an area of 76 sq.in. The cuts were
made in 62 minutes each, using 24 cu.ft. of oxygen and
about 4 cu.ft. of acetylene. The cut surface produced
was smooth and the edges were sharply defined, as is
shown in the views. The kerf was about A-in. wide at
the top and bottom — about the same as would be pro-
duced by cutting steel of the same thickness. The
process was not one of melting, as the sharp edges
prove — in fact the finish of the cut surfaces compares
favorably with that of steel. After the cuts were started
they were carried through to completion without a stop,
and the pieces dropped apart of their own weight."
Since it is known that the cutting of cast iron is
principaUy accomplished by preheating the oxygen, at-
tention is called to the fact that there have been cutting
torches on. the foreign market for several years so made
as to preheat the oxygen cutting jet. One of these is
shown m Fig. 2, the principle on which it is made being
self-evident.
An Aid to Determine Pulley Diameter
and Speeds
By George W. Childs
This letter is written in reference to the article en-
titled, "An Aid to Determine Pulley Diameters and
Speeds," by Julius Klein in the May 20 issue of the
American Machinist, page 1076, Vol. 52.
The writer has had comsiderable experience in com-
piling tables and is on the lookout for tables and data
which will lessen the labor of designers and also be
useful to shop men. I have made a careful study of the
table edited by Mr. Klein and am of the opinion that
it will not be of any particular benefit to shop men, and
certainly not to designers. The formulas given for de-
termining pulley sizes and speeds is published in nearly
every manufacturer's catalogue of transmission ma-
chinery and in engineering handbooks; and, being the
only formulas to my knowledge which can be used for
the purpose mentioned, I have no hesitancy in stating
that the average mechanic is perfectly familiar with
its use.
Referring to the first example given in the descrip-
tion, I find the follovdng: That it takes about one-half
the time to get the required answer, i.e., 20-in. diameter
pulley, by figuring with a pencil and paper that it does
by using the table given. Computing the belt speed in
feet per minute is also a very simple matter with which
the average mechanic is perfectly familiar. For ex-
ample, a 20-in. diameter pulley making 90 r.p.m., to
find the belt speed in ft. per min. By referring to a
table of circumferences we find that the circumference
corresponding to a 20-in. diameter is 62.832 in., which
divided by 12 is 5.236 ft. Multiplying 5.236 ft. by 90
r.p.m. we have 471.24 as the belt speed in ft. per min.
Then again, we will assume that the average person
interested in the subject has in his possession a table
giving the decimal parts of a foot equivalent to 20 in.,
and if he has not this can be easily computed. Solving
n ft. X 3.1416 X 90 r.p.m. we get 471.24 ft. per min.
for the belt speed as before.
Referring to the second example giyen in the descrip-
tive matter, we are compelled to do some computing in
using the table. I found that the result 1,523.16 ft. per
min. on the last line in the description is an error and
should read 1,623.16 ft. per min. Referring to the tenth
column from the right and headed 549.8 and 21 in the
table, I found in trying another combination that th-
fifth figure from the bottom, 87.07, is an error ai; '
should evidently be 81.07.
I should say that the table as published would not be;
a bbor saver and the results would be hard to read. In
case anyone should reproduce the table for his own use.
he should by all means draw heavy lines across it, say
at every fourth or fifth line of figures.
176
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vc'. c3, No. 4
Special Methods for Making Radiators
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
Mechanical aids to the assembly of manufac-
tured parts are often more difficult to obtain than
machinery methods. This shows how radiators
are assembled, soldered and tested rapidly and
economically.
THE making of radiators for the Autocar Co.'s
motors contains some interesting methods, partic-
ularly when it is remembered that the output is
small as compared with that of large radiator manu-
facturers. The radiators are of the fin and tube type
as can be seen in the illustrations. The fins are cut in
the press shown in Fig. 1, this punching the 30 holes.
Twenty-seven of these holes are punched through and
the remaining three have points raised to act as sep-
arators between the fins. The punching, the raising of
the separating points, and the cutting off of the strips
are all accomplished at the one stroke of the press.
The way in which the strips are put in place on the
tubes is shown in Fig. 2. Here the tubes are mounted
in a bottom plate and a small cap or guide placed in
the upper end of each tube. This is all done at once
by means of a special plate. The platform A on which
the bottom plate rests is adjusted to its proper position
and a fin placed over the tube points or guides. The
press is released, and the ram B forces the fin down
over the tubes to the bottom position. At the same
FIG. 3. TOOL. FOR SPINNING TUBES
time, the platform A is automatically lowered by means
of the spiral-grooved shaft C, so that the second stroke
of the ram will leave the second fin in its proper po-
sition. This is repeated at each stroke until all the
' fins are put into place and the half-core is ready for
soldering. It will be noted that the ram has a long
stroke, imparted by the crank DD.
Before soldering, however, the upper ends of the
FIG. 1. PUNCHING THE FINS
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
177
HD^ nj j>I Dia Vldi £i rjil^a^il U £}
D-
•is '
1
-D
4
II
(
y
FIG. 2. ASSEMBLING FINS .ON TUBES
tubes are spun into position by the tool shown in Fig.
3. This has a pilot and also a roller which beads the
end of the tube to the demred amount.
The tube cores are then brought together to be sol-
dered into position to the main tank at the top and
the bottom chamber. The radiator is mounted on the
wooden stand shown in Fig. 4, so as to be of a conven-
ient height, and the shelf shown is provided for hold-
ing the soldering acids which are used for this purpose.
A special gas soldering iron has been developed in a
very simple manner, by which practically all of this
soldering can be done without the delay of waiting for
irons to be heated.
Taking Away the Soldering Fumes
The stand shown in Fig. 4 is in reality considerably
more important than it looks, as it forms a connection
with an exhaust system by which the fumes are drawn
away from the radiator and ejected from the building
by a powerful fan. This is a sort of down-draft ex-
haust system which has greatly increased the comfort
of the men and in that way increased production and
good feeling.
When the radiator has been completely soldered and
attachments made, it is tested with air in the water
FIG. 4. STAND FOR SOLDERING
tank shown in Fig. 5. The main feature of this tank
is the ease with which the operator can handle the rad-
iator being tested. The radiator with all its outlets
closed, except one, is laid on the rack A and the air
hose attached to the desired opening. The operator
standing at the right of the tank pushes the platform
forward by the handle B. The platform is so mounted
on the levers shown that it submerges the radiator with
practically no effort on his part. Reversing this op-
eration raises the radiator out of the water. This
makes a very convenient method of radiator testing
and one which can be copied to advantage for similar
work.
■J
W^ %-- ^!| ^
j
i
FIG. 5. TE.STIXG FOR LEAKS
178
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
Broaching Square Holes
By John T. Clark
Recently on starting to work in a new place I was
required to make some toolholders for the turret lathe,
similar to the one shown in the sketch at A. As I was
a stranger in the shop, not knowing what equipment
they had, I asked the foreman what tools were available
for the job, and was told that "sometimes they filed
them out square; and that 'old-country' filing was
pretty good" — (he was an Englishman).
Though I am from the "old country" myself, I did
not relish the idea of filing the corners out of about
two dozen round holes to make them square, particularly
in a shop where files were neither plentiful nor in great
variety, so I decided that I must find some other way
to do the job.
About one-half of the holes were to be made hi in.
square and the others h in. square ; it being permissible
to use a iS-in drill for the larger size and an J4-in. drill
.w
i
1
s.
c
y
\
/
^
THE WORK AND THE TOOLS
for the smaller. This helped out a good deal as it was
only necessary to take out the corners.
Hand broaching was out of the question as some of
the holes were "blind" and the broaches could not be
driven through or back, so I decided to try broaching
them in the milling machine; making broaches with
taper shanks to fit the collet and using the cross-feed
screw to force them in. The work was held in the mill-
ing-machine vise.
The depth of the larger holes ran from IJ in. up to
21 in. and the small ones from I in. to U in. After a
few experiments with different sized broaches, one like
the sketch B was made and worked fine on the large
holes. It was made to cut full size one way and i in.
the other way; locating it in the center of the J?-in.
holes it could be forced through without much trouble
and then the table moved back and forth to make up the
difference between the 2-in. thickness and the size re-
quired by using the dials on the machine to gage the
distance.
Of course, on account of the length of the broach
there was considerable "spring" to the tool, but this
was eliminated by giving a quarter turn to the machine
spindle, thus reversing the position of the broach and
forcing it through again. By repeating these tactics
the hole was made quite square and smooth with sharp
corners.
In the smaller holes the same method was used except
that three broaches were used, two for roughing and one
for finishing, and they were made as shown at C. It
required considerable elbow grease and fetched some
sweat out of me but the satisfaction of doing a good job
was worth it.
Turning Hard Metal with Carborundum
By Gustave Remacle
Recently when refacing some valves, I encountered
great difficulty owing to the fact that several of them
were very tough and hard, and a grinding machine was
not available.
I had used steel tools which were glass hard, ground
them to various shapes, and still found that I could
not produce the smooth true surface which was essential.
An experienced repair man helped me out of the diffi-
culty by suggesting the use of a piece of carborundum
as a cutting tool.
1 procured a piece of the carborundum that is com-
monly used for dressing grinding wheels and clamped
it to the end of a toolholder, using two parallel clamps
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
M9
and placing a piece of blotting pad between the car-
borundum and the toolholder in order to prevent a
fracture of the stone.
I used a sharp corner of the stone when turning
and during the pi'ocess I found it necessary to present
TURNING HAKD MATEHIA[> WITH <'ARBORUXDl'A[
fresh corners of the stone to the work because the
stone would not hold a keen cutting edge for long.
When I saw the stone curl up a fine chip I rubbed my
eyes and looked at it for several moments before I
could believe it.
Stopping An Unnecessary Noise
By Martin H. Ball
While searching for unnecessary noises in and about
the machine shop, and for ways to stop them, one
prolific source is found that can very easily be elimin-
ated, although it is one that is frequently overlooked.
I refer to the belt-shifter guide fingers, or forks, that
are used to shift the driving belt on tight and loose
pulleys.
In the illustration A shows the noisy and wrong way
and B the right position to secure quiet running on the
same drive, while C shows the right way when the lower
side of the belt is leading. Referring again to A the
action is as follows: When neither finger of the pair
is in actual contact with the side of the belt the fingers
will tip to the left as far as their fastenings will allow,
but as soon as one of the fingers is touched by the belt it
will be carried to the right. As the fingers are usually
placed apart slightly more than the width of the belt
and because of the fact that most belts swerve side-
ways more or less, guiding forks so placed are almost
constantly in motion and make noise in proportion to
the lost motion in the sliding shaft to which they are
attached, added to that in the device which connects
this shaft to the shipping lever.
The cure is very, simple, just place the forks at a
slight inclination in the direction that gravity will
hold them, and in the position that the frictional contact
forces them as indicated at B and C. The angle shown
in the .sketches is .somewhat exaggerated to make the
explanation more clear. In most cases an angle of 10
deg. will give satisfactory results.
A Tilting Table for the Grinding
Machine or Speed Lathe
By H. H. Parker
The sketch shows a small built up tilting table t«
be attached to a grinding stand or to a speed lathe. It
may be tilted to any angle for grinding tools and other
pieces of work, or if used in connection with a sand-
paper disk wheel in a speed lathe chuck can be set at an
angle to give draft for sanding the edges of wood
patterns.
TILTING TAiJLK
''^—- Shank fo fit rest socket
on grinder or lathe rest
KOU Sl'KliU LATHE OR €>RINDING
WHEKI. STAND
As shown, the table is built up of a steel or iron plate
with two pivot strips screwed to it, though if it was
practicable to make a pattern and cast the table, the
lugs would be cast on and a neater piece of work would
result.
The lower edge of the table nearest the wheel ic
bevelled for clearance when tilted. A length of square
cold-rolled steel will answer for the upright; the lower
portion is turned down to fit the rest socket while the
upper end is rounded and drilled for the clamp bolt.
The square end should make a snug fit betwreen the two
table lugs.
A B
Rii.HT AND WRON<; WAY TO SET HKLT SH
'RR KORK.'^
180
AMERICAN MACHINIST v«1 i»»',\
Vol. 53, No. 4
EDITORIALS
Attention, Engineering Societies
IET us go over what we know concerning the Feder-
.^ated American Engineering Societies.
Its objects are "to further the public welfare — and to
consider and act upon matters of common concern to
the engineering and allied technical professions."
The call for an organizing conference was the outcome
of a very evident need for all engineers to be represented
by a single organization. The founder engineering so-
cieties, responsible, in the final analysis, for the new
organization, were caused to feel such a need by a natu-
ral sequence of events extending over a period of sev-
eral years.
The organization was formed at Washington, D. C,
June 3 and 4, by delegates representing sixty engineer-
ing societies of the United States. There were adopted
a constitution and by-laws, which are now being sub-
mitted to the engineering societies of the United States.
The new organization, so far as becoming a permanent
body is concerned, is dependent upon the action of these
individual societies.
Several societies have taken definite action — others
have acted, not quite so definitely, but very encourag-
ingly. We publish elsewhere in this issue an article
called "Progress of the Federated American Engineer-
ing Societies," which reports the action taken by a
number of societies and gives other information con-
cerning the organization.
The spirit of this editorial is to urge upon engineer-
ing societies immediate consideration and action. The
metal has just been drawn from the furnace. Do the
forging now. Why reheat? L. C. M.
Jumping Four Miles for a Record
LIEUTENANT WILSON of the 96th Aero Squadron
^has just established a world's record by making a
parachute jump of nearly 20,000 feet. The recording
barograph on the machine from which he made his jump
showed 19,861 feet when corrected for the various er-
rors, but a hundred feet more or less is of little moment
when one is taking such a leap.
Parachute jumping has been a common "stunt" for
many years, but it remained for the war to make it a
practical necessity. It is barely two years since the
army started experimenting with parachutes and the
first tests were not any too promising. Many a sand and
canvas dummy met a horrible fate as a result of the
failure of its parachute to open. And now we have a
successful school for parachute jumpers and to cap the
climax a record jump of nearly four miles.
Can there be any doubt of the commercial future of
aviation? Probably the two most serious handicaps of
the new science have been its danger and its cost and
now we have a pi-oved "life-preserver" which reduces
the danger to an almost negligible quantity.
At the present time all army fliers wear parachute
packs whenever they go off the ground. The new pack,
which is only four by ten by nineteen inches, is far less
cumbersome than the early ones. In addition to this its
change of location removes the serious objection on the
part of the pilots that it hampered the freedom of their
movements. Instead of being strapped to the pilot's
back it has been transferred to that portion of his anat-
omy which little Johnny used to protect with a shingle
on certain solemn and long-remembered occasions. In-
cidentally the pack in this position makes an elegant
seat cushion.
The practical value of a four-mile parachute jump may
not be apparent, but it is quite as real as that of the
high-altitude flights of Schroeder and Rohlfs. They
found high velocity wind currents of which advantage
will undoubtedly be taken by the air crui.sers of the fu-
ture, and Lieutenant Wilson has proved the ability of
the parachute to open in the thin upper air and to with-
stand the strain of a seventeen-minute drop through
all sorts of atmospheric disturbances.
The spirit of the Wright brothers still lives in Ameri-
cans, and with even half-hearted co-operation on the
part of Government agencies, will bring us back to a
position of supremacy in the air. K. H. C.
The Evolution of the Engine Lathe
CONSIDERABLE interest has been evinced of late
as to the origin of the term "engine lathe," and
various opinions and conjectures have been published in
our columns.
Elsewhere in this paper appear extracts from an
article by E. J. Franzen, superintendent of the Sprague
Electric Works at Bloomfield, N. J., reprinted from the
Sprague shop paper "The Link."
Mr. Franzen has evidently made a considerable
study into the history of this indispensable tool and
speaks as one having authority upon the subject. He
traces the evolution of the lathe from the crude device
in use hundreds of years ago, by the East Indians — and
still used by them — through the period of its develop-
ment., contemporaneously with the steam engine, down
to the present somewhat complicated piece of precision
mechanism. E. S.
Have You Ordered Your Coal?
THE question of coal may not seem as pressing as it
did during the past winter. And yet we are assured
that the only way to avoid the re-occurrence of the diffi-
culty is to place our orders during the months which
are usually slack and in which transportation is less
diflicult.
While most of us undoubtedly feel that there is more
or less "bunk" in the coal operators' arguments, it
behooves us to at least make an attempt to comply with
their suggestions. Should this be of no avail we must
look elsewhere for a remedy. But in the meantime let
us see what can be done to place orders early, to buy
collectively if that be possible or advantageous, to store
all we can and so keep the mines busy during the sum-
mer and fall.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
181
Under present conditions it is more a question of get-
ting coal and of having it when we want it, than it
is a question of lower prices. We pay what is demanded
and have no redress in that direction. Let us get the
coal orders in now. F. H. C.
The Mechanic and the Printed Page
By Marshal M. Alden
Any system that will reduce waste of material, time
and effort, improve efficiency, increase production and
cut down overhead, will be given an impartial trial by
the fair-minded executives of any industrial or commer-
cial establishment. And a system that will do not only
all these things, but bring a greater financial return to
the workers, because of their increased proficiency, will
be warmly welcomed by the employees.
How and where can such a system be obtained, is a
question frequently asked by executives in these days of
industrial and commercial unsettlement. The answer
is provided by the American Library Association, an
organization of forty-four years' standing, and by the
Special Libraries Association, also a national organ-
ization of high repute. According to these two co-
operating Associations, the installation of special tech-
nical and business libraries in industrial and commer-
cial establishments, while not guaranteed to produce the
foregoing results, will have a direct bearing on the im-
proved operation of the concern, its production and
progress.
Under its enlarged peace-time program the A.L.A.
proposes to give professional advice upon request, as to
the character, scope and contents of any proposed special
library. The worth of the plan could be outlined and
the results forecast by experts for the benefit of the
executive who considers adopting the system in his
establishment. Costs would also be figured and pre-
sented with an estimate of the financial advantages
which will accrue to offset the original outlay and tend
to increase the gross profits.
Waste a Big Business Loss
Waste of material, time and effort is one of the great
causes of industrial and business losses, often making
an appreciable figure on the wrong side of the ledger.
Naturally it is a factor that all executives wish to
eliminate and to this end the special library is of prac-
tical and proved assistance. If the library is as com-
prehensive as it should be to be effective, the technical
books therein will often furnish those methods of pro-
cedure in manufacture that otherwise could have been
obtained only by experiments with their attendant waste
of material, time and effort. While the same books are
often available at the public library, the time taken to
go there and obtain the information is a factor which
is almost eliminated if the volumes are easily and
quickly accessible in the special library within the
plant.
It is quite obvious that book study of processes and
machine technicalities will tend to enhance the efficiency
of the worker and if the library offers the opportunity
for serious reading and encourages the habit, the pro-
duction results will indicate the benefits. The reading
habit, once formed, is seldom dropped, it has been found,
and when it is general among the forces of a factory,
mill or shop, there has been a marked improvement in
the amount and quality of the output. The only way to
forward this habit is by having the special library at
hand and showing its advantages to the employees.
"The library book taught me more about hardening,
pouring and tempering steel than I learned in twenty-
five years at the forge," declared an iron worker in a
New Jersey factory recently. This is but one of hun-
dreds of testimonials voluntarily given to the worth
of the special library system.
Need of Books Acute
"The need of books for men in industry is more acute
now than ever," declares Frank K. Walter, librarian of
the special library at the General Motors Corporation.
"Whether it be in agriculture, in the factory, the shop
or executive office, a knowledge of the best methods of
producing more goods of better quality is imperative.
Only in this way can the rising level of prices be met
and the high cost of living be mitigated. More than
ever before, the experience of all is needed by each.
Waste, whether of time, energy or material, is little
short of criminal under present conditions. Vocational
help through the library is not only permissible, but as
necessary as many of the war activities in which the
library played so prominent a part.
"Industrial corporations are realizing the need of
such service and are liberally backing their own special
libraries. The man who reads the technical book or the
trade paper instead of resting content with what he
learns from actual shop practice, is developing the initia-
tive and individuality which have been the chief assets
of American industry."
Since increased efficiency means greater and improved
production at lower cost to the consumer and larger
returns for the producers, both executives and em-
ployees, it follows that the means of promoting this
efficiency is a valuable asset to the entire establishment
and to the public. Because the special library is recog-
nized as the means to this asset, the list of prominent
concerns which are installing them is growing con-
stantly.
The "Books for Everybody" Movement
Promotion of this system is part of the enlarged pro-
gram of the American Library Association, a nation-
wide movement to bring books to everybody who has
limited or no access to them. The project, under the
appeal, "Books for Everybody," is designed to promote
the habit of reading and universal self-education
through books and libraries and points to a time when
the best of reading material will be within easy reach
of every man, woman and child in the United States.
It is a direct outgrowth of the war time service of the
A. L. A. through which more than 7,000,000 books were
circulated among the U. S. forces and which revealed
the needs of the nation for extended library service to
reach 60,000,000 persons who are inadequately served
or have no means of obtaining the knowledge that is
contained on the printed page.
The association's enlarged program has received the
hearty endorsement of many prominent men and women
in all walks of life who recognize the vast value of read-
ing as a means of individual, industrial and business
progress. To carry out the program a fund of $2,000,-
000 is being obtained through the individual efforts of
librarians, library trustees and friends of libraries
without recourse to the usual intensive campaign. It is
hoped that this appeal for so worthy a cause will not go
unheeded by our great American manufacturers.
182
AM ERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
WIAT to -MEAD
Wi'J^f-mcm in a himy
'' '^4
Sxyqested by theNana^ng Editor
ONCE more we are leading off with a new tool de-
scription— this time a short account of the con-
struction and working principles of a line of duplex
drilling machines built by the Moline Machinery Co.
Both light and heavy machines are included in the series
and between them they will
account for a wide range of
work capacity. An unusual
special machine for sinking
dies automatically appears
on page 158. A product of
the Keller Mechanical En-
graving Co., this machine
will rapidly reproduce a
master die which may be of
a permanent character
when many pieces are to be
made, or may be a wax or
plaster model for experi-
mental or special work.
Another special machine
is described on page 162. This one is designed to bore
and ream automobile engine crankcases and was built
to the specifications of the Bethlehem Motors Corp. by
the Baush Machine Tool Co. It employs special boring
bars and reamers made by the Kelly Reamer Co. and has
proved satisfactory.
Frank A. Stanley, an old editor of the American Ma-
chini.Ht, has an account on page 164 of the press work
entering into the manufacture of a rather intricate sheet-
metal chute for a coin machine. A couple of pages
farther on Lucas has one of his sketch pages showing
some of the things that can be made from an old draw-
ing pencil by the ingenious draftsman with nothing
better to do.
Part IX of Macready's "Elements of Gage-Making"
starts on page 167 and goes into the details of the con-
struction and utilization of fixtures for producing gages
with curved outlines. It contains practical pointers
from a practical man.
And now turn back for a moment to page 152 and
read "Socialism-Communism." If we hadn't told you
that it was printed in the June, 1878 issue of the Ameri-
can Machinist would you have guessed it? With the
exception of one or two allusions to such awful things
of a bygone age as r-r-r-rum and lager it reads like an
outpouring of an excited modern editor against the red
agitators. The machines of the present are infinitely
better than those of the seventies but where human na-
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinenj world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
ture is concerned there .seems to be 'nothing new under
the sun. It is some consolation, after we have read
some unusually pessimistic account of the dangers of
Bolshevik propaganda and teachings, to remember that
forty years ago our fathers were going through very
much the same experience
and have lived to tell the
tale.
Our old friend Entropy
has some hints on how to
get the men to read the
plant new.spaper — page 150.
This is good stuff. We have
been in the game for some
few years but we have
found some excellent advice
in Entropy's remarks. "The
plant paper affords the very
best possible chance for
the management to com-
municate with its employees
in an unoflicial manner. The only danger is that some
one high up in the organization may want to preach, and
that is nearly the worst thing that language is used for,
at least in the shop." This is equally true outside the
shop, isn't it ?
We remarked last week that H. H. Farquhar had gone
the ten commandments six better but we seem to have
understated the case. Here Tie is with three more, on
page 151, where he finishes up his remarks on the regu-
lation of materials.
On page 153 we reprint a paper by Chester B. Lord
which was presented at the spring meeting of the
A. S. M. E. and which attracted a good deal of fa%'orable
comment. He says "threads can be produced that are
interchangeable practically regardless of tolerance, that
will not loosen, and are cheaper to manufacture."
Two other society papers of unusual appeal are pre-
sented on pages 171 and 173. The first is by EIwockI
Haynes, of the Haynes Stellite Co., and discusses the
composition of stellite and stainless steel. The other
was read before the American Welding Society by two
of the Davis-Bournonville engineei's and takes up the
cutting of cast iron with a gas torch.
The latest information on the progress of the Feder-
ated American Engineering Societies appears on page
185. If you are an engineer, or expect to be one, yon
can't afford to miss anything that bears on this long-
needed effort to unite the engineers of this country.
July 22. 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Ma/^hivery
183
Denying Fundamentals of Democracy
By Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler
In the Valve Woi-ltl
RECENTLY the startling doctrine has been taught
. and practiced that the strike may he used to
enforce the views and wishes of a small minority of
the population in matters relating not only to public
transportation and to other public utilities, but to polit-
ical and public acts of every sort. This is to call back
the Lihernm Veto of ancient Poland with a vengeance.
According to this doctrine a group of individuals who
do not approve of the tariff levied on wool may unite
to make impossible the operation of a steamer which
carries a cargo of wool from Argentina to the United
States, or to prevent the unloading of such cargo when
the steamer reaches the docks of New York. The Gov-
ernment of the United States may deem it necessary
to send troops and to ship munitions to Siberia, but
under this doctrine stevedores and longshoremen at the
ports of San Francisco and of Seatt'e would be entirely
justified in refusing to load or to permit to be loaded
the vessels which were to carry such troops and muni-
tions in case they, as individuals should happen to dis-
approve of the Government's policy in this regard.
Still others might say that they would refuse to assist
in operating the railways of the United State.s, and
would unite to prevent their being operated by others,
unle.ss a certain designated public policy in regard to
railway ownership and operation were quickly adopted.
It must be apparent from these illustrations that
without complete loyalty to the democratic principle,
without respect for law, without sincere devotion to
American ideals of government, and without good-will
on the part of all elements and groups of society, the
economic and political life of the nation can no longer
go forward, and that we are in imminent danger of
national shipwreck and of incalculable disaster.
The State Is Fundamental
Were it not for the well-known irresponsibility of
many of those who attempt to guide the public by
teaching and by writing, it would be startling to learn
that at so critical a time as this in the history of
.American civilization, the doctrine is actually being
formally and systematically taught that man's political
organization, the state, is not any more fundamental
than several other forms of human association, and
that, therefore, the state has no necessarily superior
claim upon the loyalty and devotion of the citizen.
There are those who assert that the political state
is only one among many forms of human as.sociation.
and that it is not necessarily any more in harmony
with what some writers are pleased to call "the end
of society" than a church, or a trade union, or a
Masonic lodge, or a college fraternity.
What this means when brought down from the
language of academic detachment, from facts to the
plane of hard common-sense is that the American nation
is not really a unit but a multiple object composed
of men in political relationships, in church member-
ships, in trade union memberships, in college fraternity
membership-s, and in half a hundred other co-ordinate
memberships, each of which has its own claims upon
our loyalty.
It is held that the political relationship is but one
of many, and that the individual must decide which of
his relationships and which of his loyalties is at any
given time to take precedence of the others.
Making Loyalty Elastic
For example, a man might decide that his loyalty
to his college fraternity overrode his loyalty to the
state, in so far as the latter required him to abstain
from assault and battery. Or he might decide that
his loyalty to his church or to his trade union required
him to defy some act of Congress or some decision of
the Supreme Court of the United States.
This course of reasoning and of procedure would
make of life one continual lynching. Individuals or
groups of individuals, would in this wa.v be brought
into constant contempt and defiance of law, with the
certain result that civilization must disappear in the
smoke of armed conflict between different groups of
selfish and self-seeking men.
This doctrine, which it is asserted is now being
taught in American universities and even in American
law schools, is given several high sounding names, but
it is correctly and bluntly described as the gospel of
anarchy and disorder, as well as of the complete destruc-
tion of everything that mankind has accomplished dur-
ing the past three thousand years.
It is because of more or less conscious adherence to
this sort of teaching that the I.W.W. and other like-
minded organizations propose to force political action
by economic pressure or by economic war. Those who
are in this state of mind not only decry but despise
democracy, and those who are frank among them do not
hesitate to say so.
The spokesmen for this doctrine are often persons
who have never done a day's work in their lives but
who, out of sheer zeal for destruction and mad passion
for notoriety, associate themselves with various organi-
zations of wage-workers and othei-s and endeavor to
bend these organizations to their own ends.
At present this doctrine is supported by an organized
and apparently well-financed propaganda. We have
hardly comprehended how completely the American
people are at the mercy of skillful propaganda of this
sort. The experience of the war taught us that propa-
ganda can do almost anything with public opinion, at
least for a time; and at this moment propaganda of
all kinds is well under way all about us except as
regards the one essential subject of the state's own
preservation.
The state is so busy doing things for particular
interests and groups that it is neglecting the protection
of its own life. It would be an odd by-product of social
and industrial change if state suicide were to be one
of its results.
184
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoU 53, No. 4
The Evolution of the Engine Lathe
(Reprinted from Tlu Link)
By J. E. Franzen
Superintendent, Spiagui' Electric Woiks
The question has been asked many times, why is
the machine called an engine lathe? It was so named
because it came into general use, as a power-driven
machine, when driven by means of a steam engine, and
its development has been parallel with and linked to
the development of that very useful piece of apparatus.
There is no written history of the lathe. The first
machine embodying the principle, if only in a crude
way, was in use in India hundreds of years ago, and
lathes with the same simple construction are in use
there today.
It consists of two posts driven into the ground.
Through the upper end of these posts are put pins, in
such a way that they point to one another like the
centers on a lathe, and between these two centers or
points is placed a rod hollowed out at ends to fit the
centers. On this rod are placed the articles to be turned.
Power is furnished by winding a cord around the rod
and pulling on this cord, first one way and then the
other, giving a movement to the rod, say, first right-
hand and then left-hand.
The second step in the evolution was the pole lathe
operated by a cord reaching from a foot treadle, around
the work, and up to a pole or wooden spring fastened
to the ceiling. The work rotated alternately backward
and forward, and the tool was applied to the work
when it rotated towards the operator.
The third step was the hand power lathe, where the
power was applied to the spindle by a belt from a
separate wheel stand, the wheel being turned in one
direction by hand power.
All these lathes were not of much use for metal cut-
ting as the slide rest, lead screw, and the straight bed
were not invented.
It was noticed by several inventors, all the way
from 1530 to 1880, that some kind of a steady feed
must be provided for the cutting tool, and also some way
of adjusting it was needed. Several crude lathes were
invented having the primitive form of screw for feeding
the tool, but there was no way of making a screw
except in a very primitive way. Several attempts were
made to get an adjustable rest for the tool, but very
little progress was made on the making of a lead screw
or a slide rest until about 1800, when Henry Maudsley,
an Englishman, built a lathe that in many respects
was modern in its make-up.
Maudsley 's lathe, built 120 years ago, had a cast-
iron bed, back rest, lead screw with 30 threads per
inch, a full set of change gears, and a carriage with a
simple slide rest. The lead screw was also used as
feed screw for regular turning.
Mr. Maudsley's invention consisted of arranging the
carriage on the lathe so its movements were controlled
by the lead screw, perfecting the slide rest, and in-
troducing the system of change gears to regulate the
movement of the lead screw in reference to the spindle.
The back geared headstock was invented by Richard
Roberts, born in Wales, who also invented the first
successful planer.
■.i * *
One of the greatest, if not the greatest, inventions in
our industrial life is the slide rest, invented as stated
before by Henry Maudsley. Its function is to move a
cutting tool in a straight line as on a lathe, parallel
with the bed or at any predetermined angle to it.
This invention made it possible to make the prog-
ress that has been accomplished in all lines of
mechanical pursuits; without it there would be no
sewing machines, typewriters, automobiles, flying ma-
chines, battleships, or 16-in. guns, and practically all
our other machine tools would be valueless.
The slide rest is called carriage when used on a
lathe; cross rail on a boring mill or planer; table on a
milling machine, grinder, slotter or shaper.
In about 1840 lathes were being manufactured in
this country by John H. Gage in Na.shua, N. H., Samuel
Flagg In Worcester, Mass., and J. & S. W. Putnam
in Fitchburg, Ma.ss., and in about 1850 by Sellers in
Philadelphia, Pa.
Car Detention and Car Shortage
(F'ROM Railway Age)
THE widespread and harmful effect of the unneces-
sarj' detention of freight cars has recently been
shown by an analysis of the official reports of the
Pacific Car Demurrage Bureau for the months of
February and March, 1920. The figures, which are
given below, refer to railroad operation in California
only, but if a similar condition exists throughout the
country, one of the salient reasons for the present car
shortage is apparent.
During the month of February, 1920, there were
131,448 cars reported to the Bureau, an increase of
30,178 cars over the same month last year. During
the month of March, 1920, there were reported 143,376
cars, an increase of 32,365 cars over the same month
last year. These figu'-es disclose the increase in the
volume of business during these months.
The next and most important item in the reports is
" cars-held-beyond-free-time. " Considering that 48
hours, or 2 days' free time, after the first 7 a.m. after
the cars are placed for industries by carriers, are
allowed for unloading and loading, the following figures
are vital:
During the month of February, 1920, 7,303 cars were
held beyond the free time, an increase of 46 per cent
over the same month the previous year, and during
March, 8,866 cars were held beyond the free time, an
increase of 75 per cent over the same month the previous
year. The demurrage charges assessed by the Bureau for
the detention of cars in February amounted to $38,637
and in March to $58,615, or a total of $97,252 for
two months, equal to an annual charge of $583,512.
These figures also represent a delay to equipment equal
to 80.964 car days for the two months referred to.
Chairman Clark of the Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion, in a recent address to the National Industrial
Traffic League and the American Railroad Association,
stated that the public would have the use of 102,000
additional cars through the saving of one hour per car
each day. If a saving of one hour per day for each
car would increase the supply by the addition of 102,000
cars, what would be the volume of business California
shippers, alone, could move if they could save the
80,964 car days now lost by reason of detention to
equipment, as disclosed by the Pacific Car Demurrage
Bureau's reports? It is evident that the remedy for
the present car shortage is in the hands of the ship-
ping public.
July 22, 192©
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
166
Progress of the Federated American
Engineering Societies
ONE of the outstanding features of the Organiz-
ing Conference in Washington, June 3 and 4,
1920, was the enthusiastic interest and co-opera-
tion exhibited by the delegates of the local, state and
regional engineering organizations. It is not surprising
therefore that these organ-
izations should be among
the first to apply for mem-
bership in the Federated
American Engineering So-
cieties. In this connection
it is interesting to note
that the Technical Club of
Dallas, at its meeting of
June 22, made application
for membership and at the
same time filed its claim
as being the first local or-
ganization to apply.
At the annual meeting of
the American Institute of
Chemical Engineers held in
Montreal June 28 and 29,
1920, the question of the
Institute's becoming a
member of the Federated
American Engineering So-
cieties was favorably dis-
cussed and referred to the
Council for consideration
at its meeting on July 25,
at which time definite
I action will be taken. In
the discussion, the opinion
was expressed that the In-
stitute should be a mem-
ber of this organization and if its finances would
not permit this, that members should be assessed the
necessary amount.
The report of the delegates to the Washington
Organizing Conference was read at the meeting of the
Board of Direction of the American Institute of Elec-
trical Engineers at the Annual Convention at White
Sulphur Springs, W. Va., June 30, and the following
resolution adopted :
Resolved, that it is the sense of this board that the
I A. I. E. E. should join the Federated American Engineer-
ing Societies, but that as there is a small attendance at
this meeting and a new board will be constituted commenc-
ing with the administrative year on Aug. 1, action be
deferred until the August meeting of the board and that
a letter be sent the members of the incoming board, with
a request that they give careful consideration to the matter
and be prepared to act at the next meeting.
The report of the delegates to the Washington
Organizing Conference was read at the meeting of the
Board of Direction of the American Institute of Mining
and Metallurgical Engineers on June 25, was favorably
discussed and referred to the Finance Committee to
devise and report on means of meeting the financial
requirements.
The report of the delegates to the Washington Con-
ference representing the American Society of Civil
The Federated American Engineering Societiex
was organized in Washington, D. C, June 3 and
U, 1920, by delegates representing sixty engineer-
ing societies of the United States. The object
of the new organization is "to further the public
welfare wherever technical knowledge and
engineering experience are involved and to con-
sider and, act upon matters of common concern to
the engineering and allied technical professions"
The Organizing Conference entrusted the
Joint Conference Committee with making pro-
visions for putting the conclusions of the con-
ference into effect and Engineering Council was
requested to carry on this work until the new
organization has been established.
To make the organization effective to the great
degree planned, the various societies must ratify
the constitution and by-laws which were accepted
by their delegates, and apply for admission.
The accompanying article was issued by the
Joint Conference Committee July 9 as a bulletin.
It is a brief of the development relative to the
new organization, tells which societies have taken
action bearing upon it, and will serve as a
reminder to those societies which have not made
their decisions.
Engineers will be presented at the Annual Convention
of the Society, at Portland, Oregon, August 10 to
12, 1920.
In the aftermath of the Washington Conference there
has been considerable discussion of the new organiza-
tion and a number of in-
correct statements have
been made; one of these
is that "During the war,
technical men observed the
fact that many engineer-
ing problems required the
joint action of the technical
societies. This requirement
was met by the formation
of Engineering Council.
Now the Organizing Con-
ference proposes a new
organization." This is not
correct, as it has been re-
peatedly pointed out that
the work of the Federated
American Engineering So-
cieties will be administered
by the American Engineer-
ing Council which will suc-
ceed the present Engineer-
ing Council. This proce-
dure received the approval
of Engineering Council at
its meeting on Oct. 16,
1919, when it indorsed the
"General plan for na-
tional engineering coun-
cil which previously had
been outlined by the Joint
Conference Committee of the Founder Societies."
It has also been suggested in the technical pre.ss that
"no specific business is as yet outlined for action by the
Council" and that "the federated society is so completely
nebulous that one cannot commend or condemn it, and it
will be some time before the new organization will
begin to function." As a matter of fact the Organizing
Conference at the closing session on June 3 adopted the
following resolution:
Resolved, That it is the sense of this Organizing Confer-
ence that the Joint Conference Committee should be en-
trusted with making provisions for putting the conclusions
of this conference into effect and that Engineering Council
be requested to carry on its work until the new organiza-
tion has been established, and by all proper means to fur-
ther the program of the new organization. The conference
further recommends to the contributing societies that they
continue supplying the funds required by Engineering Coun-
cil until its work is taken over by the new organization.
Engineering Council at its meeting of June 17, 1920,
unanimously adopted the following resolutions:
Voted, That Engineering Council heartily endorse the plan
of organization of the Federated American Engineering So-
cieties and the American Engineering Council, adopted by
the Organizing Conference of technical societies in Washing-
ton, June 3 and 4, 1920, and authorize its Executive Com-
mittee to proffer and perform on the part of the council
such assistance as may be practicable in completing the
t
18«
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoT 53, No. 4
work of the Organizing Conference and of the Joint Con-
ference Committee 6f the Founder Societies in establishing
the American Engineering Council.
Voted, That Engineering Council authorize its Executive
Committee to deal with any question of co-operation with
the Joint Conference Committee of the Founder Societies,
relating to the permanent organization of the Federated
American Engineering Societies, which may come up during
the summer.
Voted, That the secretary be instructed to invite future
meetings of Engineering Council delegates of the societies
participating in the Organizing Conference in Washington
June 3 and 4, and editors of technical journals who may be
interested.
The action of Engineering Council in accepting the
invitation of the Organizing Conference means that the
activities of Engineering Council, which are those to be
undertaken by the Federated American Engineering
Societies, will be continued without interruption until
the American Engineering Council is prepared to take
up the work.
The statement that the new organization "is com-
pletely nebulous" is refuted by the fact that the
Organizing Conference in Washington adopted a com-
plete constitution and by-laws to govern the organiza-
tion which came into active existence when the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers applied for
membership immediately following their adoption, and
at which time assurances were given that the Detroit
Engineering Society and the American Institute of
Electrical Engineers had taken, or would take, similar
action.
Te this nucleus must be added the Technical Club of
Dallas, so that the Federated American Engineering
Societies has come into active existence and the first
meeting of its governing body will be held probably in
November of this year.
There seems also to be doubt as to the purpose of
the new organization as set forth in the Constitution :
The object of this organization shall be to further the
public welfai-e wherever technical knowledge and engineer-
ing experience are involved and to consider and act upon
matters of common concern to the engineering and allied
technical professions.
The organization is to deal with what are commonly
known as welfare or non-technical matters. It is not a
social organization ; it is not an organization of
individual members. As its title indicates, it is a
federation of societies with whose autonomy and activi-
ties it in no way interferes. It does not create a new
technical society but it will succeed the present
Engineering Council and will be more comprehensive as
to scope and membership.
The Federated American Engineering Societies will
not in any sense be a competitor of any existing organi-
zation. Its success will depend upon the whole hearted
support given by the individual engineers and allied
technologists of this country through the respective
engineering and allied technical societies with which
they are identified. The unanimity of opinion in
which there was no dissenting vote, with which the
following fundamental resolutions of the Washington
Organizing Conference were adopted indicated that the
psychological moment had arrived for an organization
of this character and this fact assures its success:
Resolved, That it is the sense of this Organizing Confer-
ence that an organization be created to further the public
welfare wherever technical knowledge and engineering ex-
perience are involved and to consider and act upon matters
of common interest to the engineering and allied technical
professions.
Resolved, That it is the sense of this conference that the
proposed organization should be an organization of societies
or affiliations and not of individuals.
Proposed Code of Ethics for the Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers
A proposed code of ethics was submitted at the
spring meeting of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers by the committee, which was appointed in
October 1919. It was suggested by the committee that
the code adopted in 1912 is too lengthy; that a new code
should be common to engineers of every branch of the
profession and to architects; and that Engineering
Council, or a similar joint professional body, be
requested to appoint a committee from all the technical
societies to prepare the new code.
The tentative code published herewith was offered for
use as a code if the joint committee is not appointed
and as a basis for its deliberation if the suggestion of
forming such a committee is put into effect.
Proposed Code of Ethics
1. The mechanical engineer should be guided in all his
relations by the highest principles of honor, of fidelity to his
client, and of loyalty to his country.
2. His first duty is to serve the public with his special-
ized skill. In promoting the welfare of society as a whole
he advances his own best interests, as well as those of the
whole engineering profession.
3. He should consider the protection of his client's or
employer's interests in professional matters his essential
obligation, provided these interests do not conflict with the
public welfare.
4. He shall refrain from associating himself or con-
tinuing to be associated with any enterprise of questionable
or illegitimate character.
5. He can honorably accept compensation, financial or
otherwise, from only one interested party unless all parties
have agreed to his recompense from other interested parties.
6. He must inform his clients of any business connec-
tions, interests or circumstances, such as might influence his
judgment or the quality of his services to his clients.
7. He must not receive, directly or indirectly, any
royalty, gratuity or commission on any patented article or
process used in the work upon which he is retained without
the consent of his clients or employers.
8. He should satisfy himself before ta':ing over the work
of another consulting engineer that good and sufficient rea-
sons exist for making the change.
9. He must base all reports and expert testimony on
facts or upon theories founded only on sound engineering
principles and experience.
10. He must not regard as his own any information
which is not common knowledge or public property, but
which he obtained confidentially from a client or while
engaged as an employee. He is, however, justified in using
such data or information in his own private practice as
forming part of his professional experience.
11. He should do everything in his power to prevent sen-
sational, exaggerated or unwarranted statements about
engineering work being made through the public press.
First descriptions of new inventions, processes, etc., for pub-
lication should be furnished only to the engineering societies
or to the technical press.
12. He should not advertise in an undignified, sensa-
tional or misleading manner, or offer commissions for pro-
fessional work, or otherwise improperly solicit it.
13. He should not compete knowingly with a fellow-
engineer for employment on the basis of professional
charges or attempt to supplant a fellow-engineer after def-
inite steps have been taken toward the other's employment.
14. He should assist all his fellow-engineers by exchange
of general information and valuable experience or by
instruction through the engineering societies, the schools of
applied science, and the technical press.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
187
Shop EQUIPMENT nev/j
SHOP EaUIPMENT
• NEWS •
A weekly roviGw oP
modern dosi'^nsand
o equipmGnt °
Descriptions of thop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wftic/t tf\ere is no cficarge. To be
eligible for presentation, tfte article must not have been
on the market more tfian six montfu and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
Van Keuren Optical Equipment for
Comparison of Standards
The Van Keuren Co., 1706 Commonwealth Ave.,
Boston, Mass., is placing on the market an optical
equipment for inspecting ilat surfaces and comparing
the length of one standard with another by the inter-
ference of light waves. The equipment, illustrated
herewith, comprises two working optical flats, one
master flat and one source of monochromatic light.
Comparisons can be made in units of one-half wave
length of light, which for daylight is approximately
0.00001 in. As it is easy to estimate with the eye
one-tenth of the width of an interference band, the dif-
ference of 0.000001 in. may be seen. The equipment
is accompanied by full directions for its use.
Any one of the three optical flats may be used for
flatness tests, though only two are required for com-
parison of length. However, all the flats have one
accurate surface and can be used to test each other
by the method ordinarily used in originating surface
plates. It is claimed that the accuracy of the working
flats is within 0.000005 in. and that of the master flat
is within 0.0000025 in.
The monochromatic light apparatus consists of an oak
box containing a tungsten-filament lamp and a selenium
diffusing glass which transmits only a light of definite
wave length giving 8 interference bands in 0.0001 in.
or 0.0000125 in. per band. The light is simple, requires
no transformers or resistances and can be operated by
either a.c. or d.c. current from a lamp socket. The
whole equipment is intended for shop use.
Herbert Microscopic Measuring
Machine
The measuring machine illustrated herewith ha.s
lately been placed on the market by Alfred Herbert,
Ltd., Coventry, England with branch offices at 54 Dey
St., New York City.
The machine has a rigid box bed, carrying a table
capable of 12-in. longitudinal movement by accurate
amounts by insertion and removal of hardened steel
measuring rods between flat contact pieces. The table
carries a pair of centers, one of which can be adjusted
crosswise to enable accurate alignment of work. A
microscope fitted with two crosshairs, one rotating with
the outside tube and the other rotating with the eye-
piece, is mounted on a compound slide controlled by
micrometer screws. The outer tube of the microscope
has a dial reading to half degrees and the eyepiece
has a vernier reading to one minute of arc. Thus the
angle shown by the crosshairs can be accurately de-
termined.
A light projector is fixed to the machine and will
project parallel rays of light through a lens upon a
mirror and past the work. When measuring threads
this attachment eliminates the shadows and light pro-
jected from the flanks of the thread which tend to
render the object indistinct. Accumulators of 8-volt
capacity are required for the projector but are not
included in the regular equipment.
v.vN' kei:ren optical kquipment for comparisons
OF STANDARDS
HERBERT MIOROSOOPIC MEASllU-M;
MACHINE
188
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
Wetmore Cylinder-Reaming Sets
A set of special tools for reaming cylinders is being
placed on the market by the Wetmore Reamer Co.,
Milwaukee, Wis. The tools, as shown in the illustra-
tion herewith, are designed to' produce round, straight
and thoroughly smooth holes and the maker recommends
the use of the complete set to insure getting this result.
The reamers are made in sets of three consisting of a
roughing reamer, semi-finishing reamer, and finishing
reamer. They are furnished with arbors to fit all makes
of machines.
The roughing reamer, which is the top reamer shown
in the illustration, is designed to stand the work of the
initial reaming operation. The blades are set at a right-
hand cutting angle and are held in place by a head lock-
nut and jam-nut of heat treated alloy-steel.
The semi-finishing reamer, in the center of the illus-
tration, has blades with a left-hand cutting angle. The
WETMORE rYI.INnKR-REAMINO SET.S
blades can be adjusted by a graduated micrometer lock-
nut at the rear, which allows for adjustment of 0.001 in.
The bottom reamer shown in the illustration is the
finishing reamer which is of the floating or float-in-head
design, with blades set at a left-hand cutting angle, and
unequally spaced. The floating device is an improved
Oldham float having rollers, thus minimizing friction,
and is thoroughly protected from dust and grit. All
cutting blades are made of high-.speed steel and adjust-
ments may be made to 0.001 in. by means of a gradu-
ated nut.
Knauel Adjustable Taper Gage
The adjustable taper gage illustrated herewith has
been placed on the market by the Knauel Tool Works,
1544 Twenty-four and One-half St., Rock Island, 111.
This device can be quickly adjusted and locked in posi-
tion on any taper for duplicating work.
In use, the piece tojje duplicated is laid in the lower
V and the top piece brought down until light is excluded.
The gage is then locked fn' position. The gage is made
KNAUET, An.TUSTAHl.E TAPKH (}A(iK
in only one size and will cover the ordinary range of
tapers up to No. 1 1 Brown and Sharpe or No. 4 Morse.
Link-Belt "Twyncone" Friction Clutch
The "Twyncone" friction clutch, shown in the illus-
tration, is a recent production of the Link-Belt Co.,
Chicago, 111. This clutch embodies the following fea-
"TWYNCONE" KRITTION CH'TCH
tures: One-point adjustment; perfect balance; and
complete inclosure of all moving parts.
Very high speed may be attained without causing
"throw-in" or "throw out," and the clutch can be
engaged or disengaged when running at any speed. The
friction cones are lined with thermoid.
Ettco Insert Center
The Eastern Tube and Tool Co., 594 Johnson Ave.,
Brooklyn, N. Y., has introduced a line of machine
centers of the type shown. The threaded points are
made of high-speed steel ground to size and are inter-
changeable. The shanks are made of carbon steel,
hardened and ground, and are furnished in all standard
sizes and tapers.
ETTCO INSERT CENTER
July 22. 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
189
The Verson No. 0 Inclinable Power
Bench-Press
The illustration shows the No. 0 size inclinable type
power bench-press, built by the La Salle Machine Works,
3013 South La Salle St., Chicago, 111. The maker claims
that this machine is adapted for the use of such manu-
INCI.TNABI.E POWER BENCH-PRES.S
Speciflrations : Stroke. 1 in. Acljiistiiii'nt of slide. 1 in. Bed to
slide, with stroke down and adjiistm<;nt up, 5 in. Area top of
bolstei". 6 X 8 in. Thickness of bolster, ij in. Width of opening
through back, 4 in. Height, bench to center of shaft. -1 in.
Fl.vwheel, 12 in. diameter, by 25 in. face: speed, 225 r.p.m. Hole
in bed. 3 x 3J in.
facturers as jewelers, electrical brass workers and
adding machine and novelty work, on small parts where
speed and accuracy are required.
It is provided with a hardened tool steel clutch with
the addition of an automatic safety device which dis-
engages at each revolution of the press, even without
the release of the treadle. This automatic safety device
can be disengaged when the machine is to be used for
repeating strokes. The machine is of the open-back
type and can be furnished with a table and legs if
desired.
Natco No. 85 Inverted Drilling Machine
The drilling machine shown is a product of the
National Automatic Tool Co., Richmond, Ind. It is used
to advantage for deep hole drilling in cast iron as there
is no accumulation of chips in the holes to interfere with
the drill so that it is not necessary to back out the drills
at frequent intervals to remove the chips. The machine
as shown is arranged to drill five i"«-in. holes at one time
to a depth of 4^ in. The work is held in a special
fixture supported from the table which feeds downward.
When placed in position the work is securely locked by
means of two handwheels. The drill .spindles are adju.st-
NATCO .VO. 85 IXVERTED DRII.LING MACHINE
able for position and the bearings are amply protected
against dust and chips.
Baird "Yoke" Riveter
We regret to state that an error occurred in our
description of the Raird Pneumatic Tool Co.'s yoke
riveter in our issue of July 8, page 89. Through a
typographical error the word "yoke" appeared as "type"
and we hasten to make the correction.
Lafayette Button Die Grinding-
Attachment
The Portable Universal Grinding Machine manufac-
tured by the Lafayette Tool and Equipment Co.. 21
South 12 St., Philadelphia, Pa., and described in volume
51, No. 20 of the American Machinist is now equipped
with a button die grinding-attachment as shown. The
attachment comprises an index plate, a set of nine die
holders, a graduated adjustable feeding device for the
rack work holder, chucks and abrasive pencils. The die
holders will accommodate A. S. M. E. Standard and
fractional dies, and the index plate is drilled for both
three- and four-grooved dies. The work, while held
190
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
LAFAVKTTK GUIXUI.NG Jl.VClUXU: WITH BUTTON
PTE .\TT.\CHMKN'T
'-igidly in the die holder, is controlled by the index plate
<»rhich can be set to .suit the various widths of flutes in
the dies to be ground.
A Cost System for the Small Shop
By H. L. Wheeler
The problem of cost keeping is very often a vexing
one to the small shop proprietor. The elaborate and
intricate cost systems of the big shops are far too ex-
pensive to operate, and efficiency experts and systema-
tizers are out of the question.
The system here described was designed by the
writer and has been in successful use for more than
two j'ears in a. shop building special automatic ma-
chinery and doing a great variety of repair work. This
shop employs, on an average, twenty-five men. Two
different types of machines are built and they are gen-
erally ordered in lots of four. One machine has about
450 parts and the other has about 600 parts. A good
set of drawings is available for each machine, each
part being show on a separate sheet 9 x 12 in. in
size.
When an order for four machines is received the
superintendent issues a shop order on the form shown
in Fig. 1. This form is simple and merely serves as an
No. -370
DUPLICATE
MACHINE SHOP ORDER
J«ly 7 -
1»)T
Manufacture Tour (4) K-type folding machines
complete.
Order eompleled ■
1382
MACHINE SHOP
370
M RO F?.
<-Aio
-9
,(Xf\\fiuxjckU^
o«foa
^'sU^
FIG.
JOB CARD M.\UE OUT BY FOREMAN
order to the foreman to go ahead with the work. The
order is made out in triplicate and one copy is retained
by the superintendent, one goes to the office cost divi-
sion, and the third goes to the shop foreman.
To start an order through the shop the following
steps are taken: The foreman writes the job cards,
one of which is shown in Fig. 2, giving a brief descrip-
tion or name of the part to be made, together with the
drawing number and date. These cards are numbered
consecutively and are filed in a small box which is kept
on the foreman's desk. One compartment of this box
serves for filing work ahead as just explained, a second
contains a tab index for the men with tkeir names and
numbers, and a third holds cards for odd jobs and out-
side repair work.
• The time card shown in Fig. 3 is given to the work-
man with each new job and handed back again to the
foreman when the job is finished. The men make out
their own time cards each day, these being checked
against the regular attendance clock cards. The card
will serve for one week if necessary, and each week all
cards are collected and cards for the following week
are given out to the men with the date of Saturday of
the new week appearing thereon. The time card also
bears the shop order and job number, making it easy
to assemble very quickly all of the time spent on any
job or shop order. When jobs or shop orders are com-
pleted the cards for each are filed in separate boxes for
future reference, and they are most valuable in making
estimates on new work or similar repair jobs, as the case
may be.
While this system may not be scientific or accurate
to decimals of an hour, it has given excellent results.
It is operated at small expense, as the foreman can
handle the whole system without the aid of a clerk.
..:S'^0 ,...13 8 X.
w„., AUfi14101Q
NAUF O- TY)X^j^X^L^K.
— 1
latt-..
D-^ii
Shaper
Planer
Bench
Fioof
RcM.r
REMARKS
s
M
T
n
W
^
T
t\
f
S
mTAI lAROR ^O r^i^ SHOP EX
kllT TnTAl r^^T
P«C Fo-
rmi^t
6S4 5-'
»
FIG. 1. SHOr ORDER WHICH IS MADE OUT TX TRIPLICATE
FIG. 3. TIME C.\RD ISKl) BT WORKM.VN
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
191
A Horsepower and Torque Chart
By John S. Watts
The chart shown herewith will prove useful in de-
termining the sizes of gears or pulleys required to
transmit a given horsepower at a speed given in revolu-
tions per minute.
To determine the pitch and face of the teeth of a
gear that will transmit the required horsepower, it is
necessary to convert the horsepower into its equiva-
lent in pounds of pressure at the pitch line of the gear.
This pressure at the pitch line is dependent upon the
diameter of the pitch circle, and as both are unknown
quantities it is necessary to assume one or' the other
to solve the equation.
To use the chart, draw a horizontal line to the left
from the intersection of the vertical line marked for
the revolution with the diagonal line for the diameter
chosen. From the point where this horizontal line cuts
the vertical line marked 3,300, draw a diagonal line to
the zero point at the left, and at the point where this
diagonal line intersects the horizontal line for the re-
quired horsepower, we read the pressure that will be
exerted by that horsepower, at the diameter and revolu-
tions given.
For example, to determine the pressure on the teeth
of a gear to transmit 40 hp. at 50 r.p.m. As already
shown, it is necessary to assume a diameter for the gear
which we will take as 60 in. From the intersection of
the 60-in. diagonal line, and the 50-r.p.m. vertical line,
we draw a horizontal line (shown dotted on the chart)
to the 3,300 vertical line.
From this last point, we draw a diagonal line towards
the zero point at the left, and where this diagonal crosses
the 40-hp. line, we read the pressure to be 1,680
pounds.
As the gear formula alters the stress allowed on the
teeth of the gear with different velocities, it is neces-
sary to know the peripheral velocity at the pitch line
and therefore this velocity has been given at the right-
hand side of the chart. In the example used above, the
60-in. gear at 50 r.p.m. has a peripheral velocity of 785
ft. per minute.
The formula upon which this chart is based is
Hp.
pressure on teeth X peripheral velocity
33;000
and . ■ . hp.
pressure X ~ X
diameter
12
X r.p.m.
33,000
As the horsepower in the above formula varies
directly with each of the quantities on the other side
of the equation, it follows that the chart can be used
for revolutions, diameters or pressures beyond its range,
by simply dividing that quantity, which is too high, by
ten (or any other suitable amount), and multiplying
the answer given by the chart by ten or whatever figure
was used.
For example, a 6-in. pulley at 500 r.p.m. will have the
same peripheral velocity and will transmit the same
horsepower with the same pressure as a 60-in. pulley
will at 50 r.p.m.
The chart is used in precisely the same way for belt
pulleys and rope pulleys, the pressure given then be-
comes the effective pull on the belt or rope.
The following description of the method used in lay-
ing out this chart will serve as proof of its accuracy:
First we lay off the vertical line, marked 3,300, and
divide it with horizontal lines to represent to .scale the
peripheral velocity up to 3,000 ft. per minute, each
division representing 100 ft. to scale.
On this vertical line mark points to represent the
peripheral velocity of each diameter of gear up to 138
in. at 6-in. intervals, calculated for a speed of 100 r.p.m.
to the same scale and join each point by diagonal lines
to the zero point at the right.
Now divide the base line of the triangle to represent
up to 100 r.p.m. and erect perpendiculars at the points
representing increments of 5 r.p.m.
It follows from the law of similar triangles that as
the heights on the 3,300 line are the peripheral veloci-
ties for the respective diameters at 100 r.p.m., the
height of any intersection of any diameter diagonal
with any revolution vertical line, is the peripheral velo-
Revolutions per Minu+«»
HORSEPOWER AND TORQUE CHART
city of that diameter at that number of revolutions per
minute, to the same scale.
As the horsepower =
peripheral velocity X pressure
33,000
it follows that the horsepower at a pressure of
peripheral velocity X 3,300
3,300 lb. will be
peripheral velocity .
10
33,000
Therefore, the horsepowers are marked at the left-
hand side of the chart at one-tenth of the correspond-
ing peripheral velocities.
The base line at the left is now divided up to repre-
sent 3,300 lb., and verticals raised at each 100 lb. divi-
sion.
It can be seen that if a diagonal line be drawn
from any point in the 3,300 line to the zero point at the
left, the height of any vertical line to this diagonal
line will be equal to the horsepower at the pressure rep-
resented by the vertical line, at the peripheral velocity
represented by the height of the point taken on the 3,300
line. This because the height to vhe aforesaid part on
the 3,300 line is equal to the horsepower at a pressure
of 3,300 lb. at the peripheral velocity corresponding to
the height at that point; and the heights of the vertical
lines to the diagonal line, are necessarily proportional
to the pressures marked at the respective vertical
lines.
192
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 4
Business Conditions In England
From Our London Correspondent
London, June 18, 1920.
WHILE orders already received will carry on most
members of the machine-tool industry for a period
^ that can be measured in months, it seems to be
undeniable that iaquiries and orders of late have been much
less numerous. The decline was noticed four or five weeks
ago and has steadily become more marked. That it is fairly
general is evident from the fact that the writer has elicited
the same report by personal inquiries in four machine-tool
localities in the West Riding of Yorkshire and reports from
Birmingham, which mention in some cases almost hand-to-
mouth working (the latter being exceptional). The holiday
period setting in, fears of war-wealth or capital levies, and
of dearer money, with' restrictions of credit by the banks,
have been causes. Then, too, doubt as to the effect of new
taxation has certainly implied hesitation in enterprise.
R. McKknna's Taxation Figures
It will be recalled that the excess profits duty was, accord-
ing to all anticipation, to be removed entirely this year.
Indeed, as herald of the storm rising against the financial
policy and methods of our government of business men —
and others — R. McKenna (the minister who as the then
Chancellor of the Exchequer was responsible for the intro-
duction of this duty during the war and who is now out of
politics but engaged in banking) definitely stated only a
day or so ago that "in framing it he had no conception of
its continuing beyond the period of the war." He frankly
pledged himself, he believed in the full confidence of his
then colleagues, "that Ihc tax should not be continued in
peace." In his view the nation cannot afford to pay more
than £1,000,000,000 a year in taxation. Yet, on the present
basis of taxation, the revenue is estimated at £1,116,000,000,
but some of the taxes are not productive for the whole year,
and in a full year the revenue estimated is £1,238,000,000.
The McKenna figures need support. If they are correct
it is clear that Great Britain is attempting taxation on too
heavy a scale. But there is another view more prevalent
as to decline; namely, that prices have reached a point at
which the buyer must consider twice. Not that at present
prices of machine tools tend toward reduction. On the con-
trary, increases have been imposed of late, on account of
both the rising wages and the higher costs of castings and
materials generally. Japan and India may be mentioned
as good customers of late.
The Motor Industry
The motor industry now shows little in the way of expan-
sion of productive facilities. The cycle trade, too, has not
come up to expectations, probably on account of high prices.
The directors of one company, certainly among the oldest-
established, the Coventry Premier, have frankly approached
their shareholders with a view to obtaining the sum of
£40,000 in second debentures bearing interest at 10 per cent,
the debentures being of £10 each, and repayable at a pre-
mium of £1 at the rate of £1,000 per annum at least. Ap-
parently, the shareholders have no choice in the matter. A
bank overdraft has been refused. Accounts made up to the
middle of last year suggest a loss of £41,700 and lower
sales may be noted. The molders' strike is once more
brought in; for, though castings do not enter so largely into
cycle construction as in some other branches of engineering,
the company had apparently intended to make up for bicycle
losses by building roundabouts.
The fact that the bank had refused further credit in this
instance is quite in keeping with present-time practice.
Help is refused for any enterprise with character that ap-
proximates to the speculative. To add to the troubles of
some firms, it is stated that the demand for payment of
excess profits duty will be rather more insistent than in the
past year or two, accomodation having been to some extent
granted as to period of payment, etc., by the tax authorities.
Since it was imposed toward the end of 1915, this duty ap-
pears to have brought into the exchequer the sum of about
£926,347,000.
Shortage of Castings Still On
Shortage of castings as the result to some extent of the
molders' strike still shows itself in practically every branch
of engineering. It is mentioned at the annual meetings of
most engineering concerns: that of Greenwood & Batley,
Ltd., Leeds, may be mentioned. Calling recently on about
fourteen firms, the writer found only one of them satisfied
with present supplies. It is recognized that Great Britain is
short of foundry facilities, and up and down the country a
number of foundries are being built. Not all of them, how-
ever, have been able to find the necessary skilled labor and
in some districts the use of machines makes very slow
progress.
The shortcomings of Great Britain in foundry work gen-
erally are in fact being steadily discovered by the persons
concerned. Thus, the Institution of British Foundrymen
has decided to take advantage of the government research
fund, and will form a research association for the ordinary
cast-iron and malleable-iron trades. A census has been
taken which suggests that the United Kingdom has about
2,800 foundries, 285 being in Scotland, and 50 in Ireland,
with about 800 in the Birmingham district. The necessary
offices and also a research laboratory will consequently, it is
proposed, be fitted out in Birmingham, under the direction
of T. Vickers. So far, every encouragement has been given
by the foundry industry, including various workmen's
unions, and a meeting of the trade will be held shortly to
start the association. Under the government scheme a fund
of £1,000,000 is at the disposal of the Department of Scien-
tific and Industrial Research for just such purposes. A
similar research association for the motor-cycle and cycle-
car industry has just been approved by the department
named.
A Promi.vent Amalgamation
In the motor industry the amalgamation of the Darracq
and Sunbeam companies created a mild sensation. Shares
are to be exchanged on an equal basis. The capital of the
Darracq Co. is 2\ million pounds, the dividend for some
years being about 20 per cent on ordinary shares, with 10
per cent, on the £1,600,000 preferred shares. Of late, de-
bentures had been repaid, and about half a million pounds
worth of goodwill has been removed. In addition, the re-
serve fund is understood to be large. This company pur-
chased the Clement-Talbot Co., and the business of J. Wood-
head & Sons, Leeds, who supply springs, etc.; in addition,
the company holds the capital of Heenan & Froude, con-
structional engineers of Manchester and Worcester. The
Sunbeam capital is £530,000, £30,000 of that being prefer-
ence shares, plus debentures at £150,000. The dividends
paid range up to 33.^ per cent, with bonuses, and last year
a bonus of 100 per cent, on ordinary shares was distributed
from the reserve. The initials of the three motor concerns
will appear in the name proposed for the new amalgamation,
namely, S.T.D. Motors, Ltd. As far as is at present known
the existing works will be maintained.
The Singer Co., too, is to increase its capital to £.500,000,
and shortly a meeting will be held in order to arrange for
the capitalization of about £100,000 from the reserve fund
(£90,000) and profit and loss account. It has been stated
that want of space is limiting the output possible from the
machinery now installed. The present capital is, in fact,
the result of a somewhat similar operation three years ago
when reserves to the extent of about £50,000 were capital-
ized. Previous to this, however, the company had twice been
reconstructed and the capital considerably reduced.
-A. number of firms have had their plants, etc., revalued
and take credit for it, thus showing of course considerable
increase as compared with values estimated even a year or
so ago. All the same, many people regard present values
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
198
as inflatea, and the wisdom of the policy is doubted. Green-
wood & Batley, Ltd., at its thirty-second annual general
meeting, heard that about £175,000, the capitalization of re-
serves, had been issued in the shape of bonus shares, and the
chairman stated that justification will be found in the in-
creased figure shown in the balance sheet for the value of*
works and plant. He was careful to point out that "the
distribution of these shares in no way increases the earning
power of the company." Straker-Squire, Ltd., the well-
known motor people, for the year ending with March last
made net profits of £4(5,564, paying a dividend of 10 per
cent. That company has also re-valued its plant, etc., the
increased value amounting to about £166,000. Of this, nearly
£63,000 has been taken to write off goodwill, patent rights,
experimental work, etc., the balance has been placed to the
capital reserve fund.
The directors in fact believe that the property has risen
further in value. They, too, state that but for the molders'
strike the profits would have been considerably larger.
Further capital is to be raised.
When money values are considered to the exclusion of
quantities the returns on British overseas trading during
the month of May last are certainly encouraging, suggesting
a steady movement toward pre-war conditions. The value
of the imports was £166,333,816 or rather more than £30,-
000,000 higher than the same month of last year. On the
other side, exports at £119,319,422 were nearly £55,000,000
up on the same comparison, and made a new record. Im-
provement is shown in pretty nearly every direction.
A British Empire Exhibition
A British Empire Exhibition will be held in London in
1923, or earlier if possible. At a meeting which was held
at the Mansion House, London, E. C, a representative of the
Machine Tool Trades Association expressed regret that the
government had given approval to a long-period exhibition.
"Exhibitions were among the best advertising media, but six
months' exhibitions which formed a fair ground were not the
best method of promoting British trade." The Cologne trade
fair, projected for the coming autumn, has been postponed
because, owing to labor troubles, the buildings could not be
finished in time. May of next year is the period suggested.
The firm of Harry F. Atkins, Ltd., Old Fletton, Peter-
borough, will already be known to many American readers
through its slotting machines, marketed by Alfred Herbert,
Ltd.; a new size of this machine is on the way. The other
regular products of the firm include a lathe of 5i in. height
of centers with a head of rather more power than usual,
interlocked apron motions, dead stops for length, taper-
turning device, etc.
Another machine now regularly made is a twist-drill
grinding machine of swinging-arm type, carrying a ring
wheel 8J in. in diameter and suitable for drills of from 1 to
2J in. in diameter. Thre^ lip drills can readily be ground, a
small screw limiting the motion of the V arm. Clearance,
too, can be adjusted if required. Both the main wheel and
the point-thinning wheel at the other end of the spindle are
guarded and splashing is prevented. A ground cast-sterf
spindle is employed and like the countershaft, which forms
part of the machine, it is mounted on protected ball bear-
ings. The firm has recently trebled the floor space of its
workshops; also it has acquired twelve more acres of land,
so that room is not wanting for further developments,
which may include a foundry.
Operating in Great Britain at present ate at least two
systems of surface contact electric traction; namely, at
Lincoln and Wolverhampton. The American will be in-
terested in the latter where the Lorain system has been em-
ployed since 1900. On account of the heavy operating costs,
age, and the need for double tracking, the system is to be
displaced by the overhead trolley. Simultaneously to ef-
fect double tracking with the surface contact system and
maintain running is somewhat difficult. Also the Lorain
system necessitates the use of special details of equip-
ment, as against the modern tendency toward standard-
ization. In the interest of inter-communication and eco-
nomical construction, maintenance and operation, it is con-
cluded that the Wolverhampton tramways must be on the
overhead system.
A news item of some interest here lies in the report that
two of the largest Austrian screw-making concerns, Bre-
villier and Urban, have been bought by Guest, Keen & Nettle-
folds in conjunction with the Jagy firm, Paris. The state-
ment adds that the Brevillier Co. will enter the interna-
tional screw syndicate and have a monopoly in east Europe.
Another London firm, W. Cole & Sons, automobile en-
gineers and motor-coach builders, closed down recently,
although having something like £400,000 worth of orders in
hand. One of the directors has stated definitely that this is
because "men did not produce enough work." Despite
shortage of workers in the trade, piece-work has been re-
fused. Complaints were made of time lost "by the constant
succession of deputations from one or other sections of our
employees making new demands." The trade union con-
cerned has denied the complaint that dilution has not been
permitted, and stated that the position of the firm is due
to orders having been taken immediately after the war
ended, thus involving now a revision of prices to make allow-
ance for raw materials, etc. This Hammersmith firm had
been established for more than 100 years; it employed about
500 work-people of all kinds, with an average weekly wage
bill of about £3,000.
Hourly Output op Workmen Put at 60 Per Cent
OF Normal
One of the latest voices to be raised in connection with
reduced outputs is that of Sir Arthur Duckham, who in his
presidential address before the Society of British Gas In-
dustries, at Sheffield on June 15 estimated that the hourly
output of the average workman was in 1919 about 70 per
cent of the figure for 1914, and at the present day he put
the output at about 60 per cent. As a remedy for present-
day evils he joined those who press for an industrial parlia-
ment. Apparently, this parliament is to be a council of rep-
resentatives of employers' federations and workers' unions,
so that limitations which are apparent in the Whitley coun-
cils would be once more seen. In fact, he admits that for
true representation "all workers and all employers must
be brought within the fold of unions of workers or federa-
tions of employers." These councils seem chiefly to be con-
cerned with the arrangement of wages, a matter of no great
difficulty when almost any price can be obtained for the
article produced. No guiding principle appears, and in fact
each trade or industry thinks only of itself. The same is
true of a number of associations of semi-technical character
which have been started-up for the smaller, and in some
cases larger, industries. Sooner or later they become mere
price maintenance associations.
Meanwhile, despite means as to reducing output and crush-
ing taxation, it seems still to be possible to carry on all the
usual horse racing (though perhaps not everybody attend-
ing) as a regular thing, a producer. America is encourag-
ing us in the same direction by sending to us her best
performers in golf and tennis. Well, all work and no play,
etc.
Unusual Drilling in Chrome
Nickel Steel
At the exhibit of the Railway Manufacturers Associa-
tion, held at Atlantic City, June 9 to 16, demonstration.s
in drilling alloy steels, were productive of noteworthy
results.
On an American 6-ft. radial, open hearth chrome
nickel steel (0.50 carbon, 0.90 chromium, 1.00 nickel,
0.75 manganese) was drilled at the rate of 20 in. actual
penetration per minute, with 1 in., IJ in. and 1\ in.
Hercules high-.speed drills, made by the Whitman &
Barnes Manufacturing Co., Akron, Ohio. The drills
were run at 500 r.p.m. with a feed of 0.04 in. per
revolution.
Holes 3 in. deep were drilled in 9 sec, attaining a
penetration of 1 in. every three seconds, a remarkable
performance in drilling steel of this character.
194
AMERICAN MACHINIST
,Vol. 53, No. 4
KS FROM Tlli
Valeniine Francis
Commerce Chamber Visit to
Russia Held Up By
Passport Ban
No final action has yet been taken
toward the selection of a commission
by the Chamber of Commerce of the
United States to visit Russia to investi-
gate trade possibilities. Authorization
for the appointment of such a commis-
sion was made at the annual convention
of the Chamber at Atlantic City last
Spring.
It was stated recently that the proj-
eet has not been abandoned, and that a
commission probably will be sent at a
later date. The subject was taken up
with the State Department some time
ago as to whether passports would be
granted to permit the members of the
commission to enter Russia. The State
Department officials informed the
Chamber that no passports are being
issued to Russia. Under these circum-
stances the commission may go to coun-
tries adjacent to Russia without at-
tempting to cross its borders.
The recent relaxation of restrictions
on trading with Russia apparently has
not given sufficient impetus to the
movement for resumption to trade to
hasten the departure of the commission
for Europe. It is expected, however,
that such a commission will be ap-
pointed before long, perhaps by the
time this appears in print. The selec-
tion of members of the commission, it
is understood will be made upon the
suggestion of the Russian-American
Chamber of Commerce, of which former
Secretary of 'Commei-ce William C. Red-
field is president.
Industrial Research Laboratories
in America
A bulletin just issued by the Na-
tional Research Council lists more than
three hundred laboratories maintained
by industrial concerns in America, in
which fundamental scientific research is
carried on. The bulletin gives a brief
account of the personnel, special equip-
ment and particular kind of research
carried on in each of the laboratories
listed.
Industrial research laboratories have
increased notably in number and activ-
ity, both in America and Great Britain,
since the beginning of the war, because
of the lesson vividly taught by the war
emergency. It was only by a swift de-
velopment of scientific processes that
the Allies and America were able to put
themselves in a position first to with-
stand and then to win a victory over
Germany's science — backed by armies
and submarines. And it is only by a
similar and further development that
America and the Allies can win over
Germany in the economic war-after-
the-war, now being silently but vigor-
ously waged.
•
Motor Truck Opening New
Profit Channels
"What the railroad did following the
Civil War to open up new channels of
industry and profit, the motor truck is
doing today," declares J. J. Hunt, gen-
eral manager of the Reo Motor Car Co.,
of New York.
"Naturally," he stated, "the motor
truck cannot hope, nor do its owners
wish it, to supplant the railroads, ex-
cept on short hauls. On long journeys
the rail way is the cheapest way.
"Since the war the increase in sales
and production of motor trucks has
been unusually great. During 1919,
for example, 316,364 trucks were built,
an increase of .39 per cent over figures
for the previous year."
Airplane Service Between Am-
sterdam and London
An airplane service with the English
"Airco" machine has been established
between Amsterdam and London. The
transit time, between three and four
hours, is about a sixth of the time
consumed in going from Amsterdam to
London by the usual railroad and
steamer route.
The airplanes fly overland from Am-
sterdam to Calais, France, and then
cross the Strait of Dover at the nar-
rowest point, being only about 10 min.
above water. The return voyage is by
the same route. As it is approximately
400 miles, the airplanes fravel at least
100 miles an hour.
The passenger fare between Amster-
dam and London is 150 florins ($60.30).
First-class fare, with meals and cabin
on the steamer, by the usual route is
about half that amount.
Packages are carried by the airplanes
for the equivalent of $1 per kilo (2.2
pounds) up to .5 kilos. For greater
weights, the rate per kilo declines till
the charge for 40 kilos (88 pounds) is
$29. Packages weighing more than 40
kilos and measuring more than half a
yard on any side ai-e not carried except
by special agreement.
During 1919 the value of the de-
clared exports from Switzerland to the
United States, amounting to $54,757,-
686, nearly tripled that of the preced-
ing year, $18,681,792. The most im-
portant increase occurred in shipments
of watches, totaling $25,244,239 in the
past year as compared with $8,248,370
in 1918.
Plant That Helped Equip Monitor
Changes Hands
Memories of the ironclad Monitor of
Civil War fame are recalled in the re-
cent sale of the site and plant of the
Hewes & Phillips Iron Works at Or-
ange and Ogden Sts., Newark, N. J.,
for it was there that the turret rings
and a machine for planing the turrets
of the fighting craft were made. The
part the local 'industry had taken in
equipping the boat which prevented the
Merrimac from wreaking havoc among
the Northern ships was always a source
of pride to the late John M. Phillips,
one of the company's founders.
There, too, at cost, 8,000 stands of
arms were altered for the state from
flintlock to patent breech and percus-
sion guns at the beginning of the war.
Twelve thousand stands of arms were
altered by the company for the Federal
Government. The plant also manufac-
tured the motive machinery for the
"Modoc," the "Cohoes" and other light
ironclads and large quantities of ma-
chinery for gun factories throughout
the country. It sent more than three-
score of its workers into the Union
forces.
The business was founded in New
York in 1845 by Mr. Phillips and J. L.
Hewes, and consisted of the manufac-
ture and sale of steam engines, boilers
and various machines. In the follow-
ing year it moved to Newark, having
for a time occupied a building at Bridge
and Spring Sts. The present site was
purchased in 1858. It shipped its prod-
ucts to all parts of the globe.
Mr. Phillips had been a pattern-
maker's apprentice at sixteen years.
Later he was identified with Seth Boy-
den, the inventor. The heirs of his
partner sold their shai-e to Mr. Phillips
in 1873, and the plant has since re-
mained in the Phillips family.
The property was sold by the Phillips
estate, represented by Alfred F. Skin-
ner, to the New .Jersey Machinery
Exchange.
*
5,530 Cars for Canada Roads
Among the list of new equipment just
ordered by the Canadian National Rail-
ways are 112 new locomotives, 4,150
freight cars, 600 refrigerator cars, 350
ballast cars and 350 stock cars.
Eighteen new sleepers, 12 new diners
and 50 express refrigerators have also
been ordered.
Of the new locomotives, 32 are me-
dium Pacifies, 10 are heavy Pacific, 25
are Santa Fes, 25 are switch engines
and 15 Mikados. The list of freight
cars consists of 1,150 general service
cars and 3,000 box cars. Delivery on
the new equipment will begin shortly.
July 22, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
196
Southeast Machinery Exports to
Latin America Increasing
Machinery and machinery supplies
liave contributed considerably to the re-
markable development of the export
business between the Southeast and the
Latin-American countries during the
past two or three years, according t3
Dr. Guy King, Cuban consul in At-
lanta. Atlanta alone this year, Dr.
King stated, would have an export
business with Cuba amounting to about
$1,250,000, of which amount machinery
and supplies is one of the main prod-
ucts represented. In 1919 Atlanta's
export business with Cuba amounted
to a little less than $1,000,000, and the
increase this year is proportionate with
the increase in export business being
experienced generally throughout the
Southeast, the consul declared.
World's Biggest Blast Furnace
Is Blown In
The Ebbvale Co., London; England,
has blown in what is said to be the
world's biggest blast furnace. The fur-
nace cost £1,000,000.
The weekly output is estiniated at
3,000 tons. It is asserted that the fur-
nace can produce steel the cheapest in
the world.
♦
Starts New Business With
Prayer
The unusual proceeding of starting a
great business enterprise with a prayer
meeting was witnessed recently. The
Meadows Manufacturing Co., Bloom-
field, 111., which has just completed a
(juarter-million dollar plant, assembled
all heads of departments and sales
managers in the offices and called in a
minister to conduct an old-fashioned
prayer meeting as marking the official
dedication of the new plant.
About the Gasoline Supply
Henry L. Doherty says: "There'll be
gasoline for us, for our children and
our children's children."
The United States Geographical Sur-
vey says: "Seven billion six hundred
and twenty-nine million barrels of oil
still in United States fields — enough for
20 years at present consumption rate.
World's deposits 60,000,000,000 barrels
— enough for 168 years.
The United States Bureau of Mines
reports: Reserve gasoline stocks in
March reached 635,393,046 gallons, an
increase in 30 days of 80,330,617 gal-
lons. Surplus of production of gaso-
line, 1919, 149,446,488 gallcn.s. Total
production of gasoline in 1919, 3,957,-
S57,G97 gallons.
S. F. Bowser & Co. Has Sales
Convention
S. F. Bowser & Co., Inc., Fort Wayne,
Ind., manufacturer of oil tanks, pumps
and storage systems, held its annual
sales convention from June 28 to July
2 inclusive in honor of the 1919 mem-
bers of the company's Pacemakers Club.
Membership in this club is a reward
for securing 500 points of business
WAYNE ENGINEERING CO.
Designing and Manufacturing
Engineers
HoNESDALE, Pa'., July 12, 1920.
"The Price of Meters for
the Small Shop"
During the past few months,
the writer has given sertous
consideration to the possibility
of -our company - being one of
the victims of the World Trade
Club. , Our "concern is small,
having been in.existence only a
few years, and the successes we
have attained have been the
result of ccnstant plugging in
the improvernent of our small
tools, jigs and -fixtures. • These
are a large and important fac-
tor in producing, and .without
having this equipment in daily
use we could not earn a penny.
We have not ' the time - nor
money to rebuild and replace
them to produce a product to
metric measurements, though
the metric system might be the
finest in the world (?). Such a
shift would mean financial dis-
aster which no one desires, and
the success of this absurd proj-
ect would stand fair to elimi-
nate us. And we think the
great fraternity of small shopo
feel the same way about it.
W. Burr Bennett,
President.
based on volume and class of equipment
sold.
The convention was held for the
benefit of the sales force and to secure
co-operation from the factory force. As
a surprise to the latt:r group, the sales-
men pinned en the bosom of each vi'ork-
man a "badge of honor." A gasoline-
filter dcmci-.stratio 1 of the Bo.vsor fil-
ter was also successfully conducted.
The convention was said to be the
largest and most successful ever held
and indicates the great co-operation
existing among Bowser employees.
Commander Gatewood Now
Director of Construction
and Repair
Commander R. D. Gatewood of the
Construction Corps, U. S. Navy, has
been selected by Chairman Benson as
director of construction and repair of
the Emergency Fleet Corporation, re-
lieving R. L. Hague, of San Francisco.
Commander Gatewood graduated from
the Naval Academy in the class of 1903
and from the post graduate course of
Naval Architecture and Marine Engi-
neering at Massachusetts Institute of
Technology in 1906. He has been in
charge of repairs and new construction
on both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts
and for two and one-half years was
fleet constructor of the North Atlantic
Fleet. '
During the war Mr. Gatewood was
superintendent of motive power for the
Panama Railroad in charge of the large
shops and drydocks at both ends of the
Isthmus and made an enviable record
in connection with extensive repair and
refitting work on merchant vessels.
Shortage of Gasoline in the Ger-
man Automobile Industry
[Consul Frpdorick Simpich, att^iclieil to
American Commission. I-ierlin, June 2. 1920.]
In a recent general • meeting of the
Society of German Motor Car Manu-
facturers complaint was made that
sales are badly blocked by the shortage
cf gasoline; that the importation from
the United States is, in spite of very
considerable orders, most unsatisfac-
tory, seemingly on account of an enor-
mous consumption in the United States;
that it is hoped that Roumania will
soon be able (as in former times) to
again take up its gasoline export to
Germany.
In the course of the meeting
it was further stated that it was
planned to work hand in hand with the
Austrian automobile industry concern-
ing all economic questions.
Deny Russia Purchased Engine
Company
Olof H. Lamm, Sv/edish Consul Gen-
eral at New York, has issued a formal
denial of the state:nent that Nydquist
& Holm, Akticbolag of Trollhaettan,
the largest locomotive works in Swe-
den, has been sold to Russia.
"Although the majority of the shares
of the company have recently changed
hands, I can authoritatively inform you
that there is no Russian interest be-
hind this transaction, the new share-
..old2;s being all Swedes," he said.
196
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 4
B. P. Mechling, president of the
Albro-Chemical Elevator Co., died on
July 2 at his home in Philadelphia, Pa.
Mr. Mechling received his education
in Allentown Seminary (now Muhlen-
burg College). He was president of
the Elevator Safety Appliance Ca.,
Philadelphia, and a director of Mech-
ling Bros., Camden, N. J. He has been
president of the Albro-Chemical Co.
for twenty-seven years.
tice and Becker Milling combination.
This combination was announced in a
recent issue.
Messrs. A. H. Mitchell and E. R.
Abbott, formerly with H. W. Gotten,
Inc., have become associated with the
Coe-Stapley Manufacturing Corpora-
tion, of West Haven, Conn. They will
make their headquarters at 13ft Liberty
St., New York City, and will be in
charge of the contract sales work of
the company, covering quantity produc-
tion of sheet-metal products, stamped,
drawn or pierced work, or sheet-metal
specialties completely assembled, of any
metal and any finish. They will spe-
cialize particularly in work covering
the manufacture of sheet-metal parts
for automobiles, motorcycles, electrical
devices, automobile accessories, phono-
graph motors and parts, clocks, etc.
At the meeting of the trustees of tho
United Engineering Society on June 24,
Irving E. Moultrop, 39 Bolyston St.,
Boston, as a trustee of American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, was
elected a member of Engineering Foun-
dation Board to fill the vacancy caused
by the death of E. Gybbon Spilsbury.
J. E. Johnson, formerly secretary
and treasurer of the Waterloo Gasoline
Engine Co., Waterloo, Iowa, has ac-
cepted the positon of professor of prac-
tical Christianity in Boston University.
E. R. Honeywell, of New York,
has been selected as manager of the
Hares Motors Corporation of Connecti-
cut, at the Locomobile factory in
Bridgeport, Conn., succeding M. A.
Pollack, who resigned recently.
Joseph S. Sampson has been ap-
pointed traffic manager of the Wick-
wire-Spencer Steel Corporation's plant
in Worcester, Mass.
A. H. Grayburn, for the past four
years assistant to the vice president of
the Norma Co. of America, Long Island
City, N. Y., has been made assistant
secretary and assistant treasurer of
that concern.
Edward E. Britigan, for a number
of years connected with the American
Die and Tool Co., Reading, Pa., in the
capacity of engineer, has severed his
connection with that company. After a
short vacation he will follow machinery
and automotive sales or service work.
Norman Bell has been made assis-
tant sales manager for the Norma Co.
of America, Long Island City, N. Y.,
this appointment following a connection
of over three years with the concern as
sales engineer. Mr. Bell's training and
experience in the mechanical and auto-
motive fields includes a former associa-
tion with a leading British manufac-
turer of motor cars, and nearly four
years in charge of the rtotor-accessories
department of the Lunkenheimer Co.,
of Cincinnati.
A. J. Strong, who has been for a
number of years with the Pratt &
Whitney Co. and later with Motch &
Merriweather Co., Detroit, has become
sales manager of the Detroit branch
of the Whitcomb-Blaisdell, Reed-Pren-
The Titan Tool Co., Erie, Pa., is the
name of an organization recently
formed to manufacture precision drill-
ing and threading tools. F. A. Veith
is president; J. V. Walker, treasurer;
C. J. Gaugh, secretary, and J. W. Mc-
Kean, vice president. These men were
all formerly connected with the Modem
Tool Co., Erie, Pa.
M. A. Hanna & Co., Cleveland, Ohio,
has leased the property of the Buffalo
Union Furnace Co., according to an
announcement recently made by Frank
P. Baird, president of the company.
The period of lease extends for four
years. C. A. Collins, second vice presi-
dent of the Buffalo concern, will be
retained as operating executive by the
lessees. Mr. Baird said the transfer
was made as a result of his desire to
retire. This change will not effect the
personnel or the general trade of the
concern.
The new four-story addition to the
Union Twist Drill Co., at Athol, Mass..
will be finished shortly and will add
approximately 48,000 sq.ft. of floor
space to the present manufacturing
space. The new addition is 63 x 190 ft.
and of brick construction.
The opening of the new plant of the
New Departure Manufacturing Co., at
Meriden, Conn., on June 29 was cele-
brated by an entertainment attended by
6,000 people. This plant will be known
as plant "D." It comprises several
large modern buildings, power plant,
administration, etc.
The Eagle Rock Tool and Die Co.,
West Orange, N. J., was incorporated
with a capital of $100,000 to manufac-
ture and deal in tools, etc.
Portable Boats of Early Railroad Prac-
tice. The Baldwin Locomotive Works. Phil-
adelphia, Pa. Record No. 97. pp. 35. 9 x 6
in. This booklet is written by J. Snowden
Bell. It tells how the early method of tran.s-
portation of freight and passengers between
the cities of Philadelphia and Pittsburgh
was successfully conducted in canul boats,
which traversed the entire distance between
these terminals partly on railroads and
partly by canal.
Uke FIndJnic Money. Famous M-inufac-
turing Co., Kast Chicago, Ind. Catalog, pp.
13. 4 X 9 in. This catalog illustrates and
de.scrilies the "Famous" waste-pap.T baling
press and the comi]any's belt or m-jtop-
power press which is used for baling paijer,
cotton waste, hides, etc. It also illustrates
the sheet-metal scrap busheling press which
compresses Into a compact mass all kinds
of sheet-metal scrap, lathe cutting!), shear
trimmings, metal chi|)s, punchings. etc.
Flexible Steel Armored HoHe. Sprague
Klectric Works of General Electric Co.. 527-
531 West 34th St., New York. Bulletin Nq.
44.552.. i)p. 19, 8 x IflJ in. This bulletin
contains illustrations and descriptive matter
of the various uses of its steel-armored
hose for railroads. List prices and speci-
fications are also given.
Maehine-Tool Control. The Cutler-Ham-
mer Manufacturing Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
Booklet, pp. 48. 8i x 11 in. The first half
of the book is devoted to machine tools of
all kinds — lathes, drills, boring machines,
planers, milling machines, punch i-resses.
etc., with suggestions for the selection of
motor and control apparatus for the differ-
ent machines. The second half of the
book takes up the C-H controllers.
LiftinK Magnets. The Cutler-Hammer
Manufacturing Co., Milwaukee. Wis. Pam-
phlet, pp. 8, 8 J X 11 in. This company
lias issued a new pamphlet describing and
illustrating its circular type of lifting mag-
nets. It tells how many Iron foundries,
steel mills, shipyards, and other i lants are
increasing production and reducing han-
dling costs by the use of the circular tyjje
of lifting magnets.
Tools and Marlilnery Snpplies. .Peter A.
Frasse & Co., 417 Canal St., New York.
Catalog, 6 X )} in., pp. 800. Peter A.
Frasse & Co. has announced that it has
issued its first large general catalog since
starting business. This catalog is iirinted
on coated stock with cloth board covers.
There are several sections. The first con-
tains illustrations and descriptive matter on
tool and alloy steel, cold-drawn steel, screw
stock and shafting. The next section is
devoted to complete information on Shelby
cold-drawn mechanical steel tubes. This is
followed by sections on transmission chains
made by Renold Ltd.. .Manchester. P^ngland,
and machinist's tools, general supi>lies. etc
The Standard Equipment and Tool
Works, 179 St. James St.. Montreal. Can.,
would be pleased to enter into correspond-
ence with manufacturers of a few good
lines who wish to enter the Canadian field.
The International Railway Master Black-
smiths' .Association will hold its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingham,
Ala., on Aug. 17. 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is A. L. Woodworth,
Lima, Ohio.
The National Gas Engine Association,
Monadnock Bldg., Chicago. III., will hola
its thirteenth annual convention at the Con-
gress Hotel, Chicago, on Sept 1, 2 and 3.
The American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Re.search Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelpliia. Pa. on Sept. 14 to 18. inclusive.
J. A. Pollack, of the Pollak Steel Co.. Cin-
cinnati. Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The American Foundrymen's .\sssocia-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, ill., is secretary.
.\n exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos .\ires, Argentine Republic. S. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition. Inc.,
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
42nd St.. New York.
July 29, 1920
American
Vol. S3, No. 5
The Naval Air Station at Pensacola
K
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, Avif'rican Machinist
LTHOUGH we are most apt to think of the air
service as being connected with the Army, we
must not overlook the fact that thousands of
naval aviators were trained
during the wai-, many of
them at the Naval Air Sta-
tion at Pensacola, Fla. It is
also well to remember that
when it came to securing
practical airplanes for war
service, the Navy made by
far the better showing, uti-
lizing the experience of the
best builders instead of waiting in the attempt to de-
velop an entirely new plane.
Pensacola as a naval station dates back many years.
It's a far cry from the sailing vessels in use
when the Pensacola Navy Yard was established,
to the submarines and aircraft which now use
this yard as a base. The yard is admirably
located and is noiv well equipped for its new
work.
but in common with our other naval establishments it
grew tremendously under the urge of war activities.
It is now so different from Civil War days that Admiral
Farragut and his fellow offi-
cers would feel entirely out
of place. For the latter ac-
tivities of the yard at Pen-
sacola have been almost
entirely confined to subma-
rine or undersea ships, and
flying boats or oversea air-
craft. Located on a com-
paratively shallow bay and
protected to a great extent from the storms of the Gulf
of Mexico by outlying islands, it affords an excellent place
for naval air training. Some idea of the appearance -of
Fir,. 1. HAt'l.lNi; t'l-AiNK I'i' WITH TKACTUK
198
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
FIG. 2. THE SALVAGE BARGE — "MARY ANN"
the training station can be had from the headpiece.
This shows the various hangars, each of which accom-
modate several flying boats or hydro-airplanes as the
case may be, and it also shows the high observation
tower from which an officer keeps his eagle eye on all
the men in the air so as to be able to report instantly
if anything goes wrong. Should he see a plane fall,
he telephones instantly to one of the fast sea-sleds
which are always ready to go at a thirty-mile clip to the
aid of any fallen flyer. Immediately thereafter, the
scow shown in Fig. 1, and familiarly known as the
"Mary Ann," starts after the fast-speeding sled to
rescue the airplane or boat from its watery resting
place. In the illustration shown it has just returned
with a hydro-airplane which is evidently very little
damaged. Although not staged for my benefit, a small
plane "crashed" or nose-dived into the bay during my
visit and immediately preparations were under way for
rescue of both the men and the machine. Fortunately,
neither man was injured in the least, although the
plane sustained considerable damage to the wings and
pontoons.
Another view. Fig. 2, taken from the beach and look-
ing out over the bay shows the way in which one of
the large flying boats is handled from the water to the
hangar. The boat body is floated over a small car, which
is shown better in Fig. 3, and a small Cleveland tractor
of the crawler type hauls it up the incline and helps
get it in position in the hangar. These little tractors
are found very convenient in many ways in handling
aircraft of various kinds in and out of their hangars.
Fig. 1 also gives a good idea of the twin-motor flying
boat of the type built at the Philadelphia Navy Yard,
the new naval aircraft factory which was built in such
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H
jgagtSji^- ^
I^MB ' -^ ^ ■
■■■
FIG. 3. TESTING OR "SWINGING" THE COMP.\SS
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
199
record time during the war and which turned out large
numbers of these boats before the signing of the armis-
tice. The men around the hull and also up between
the motors give a good idea of the size of the whole
craft.
Navigation of the air is in many ways more difficult
than navigation on the sea, a reliable compass being one
of the first essentials. Fig. 3 shows one of the flying
boats being swung to various points to test the accuracy
of the compass which has been installed for the guidance
of the pilot. As all these compasses are of the mag-
netic type it is necessary to test them with ref-
erence to magnetic material in their vicinity and to
correct any local attraction by means of small correcting
magnets which are supplied by the makers of the instru-
ments. For this purpose a circle was laid out on the
concrete pavement in front of the large hangar and the
points of compass carefully determined and marked on
it. The plane is then wheeled into the center of
the circle and swung until its nose and tail point
North and South and the compass examined and
adjusted for this position. The whole ship is then
swung to other positions and tested and corrected in
a similar manner at the various points. The care
with which the ships are located so as to point in
exactly the proper direction, can be judged by noting
the use of plumb-bobs at both the nose and tail of the
ship.
This view also shows something of the normal con-
struction of the hangars in order to secure a clear
opening for handling the aircraft in and out. The huge
doors fold back entirely out of the way and in addition
to this the I-beams, which form part of the frame-
work for the front over the doors, are hinged at the
top and swing up to one side so as to be entirely out
of the way when the ships are being taken out or in.
Two of these beams, swung nearly to their upper posi-
tion, can be seen in Fig. 3 behind the end struts almost
directly over the ship's number, 854.
Dirigible Hangars
In addition there are also large dirigible hangars,
although neither of them is capable of housing ships
of the R-34 type. These are extremely interesting
structures and give some idea of the progress which
has been made in air navigation.
One of the important features of the plant is an
instrument repair room in charge of an expert instru-
ment maker who not only keeps compasses and similar
instruments in good order, but has also designed and
built others for special purposes. The yard is under
the command of Captain Harley H. Christy, assisted by
an able corps of both reserve and regular officers, not
forgetting the many airplane mechanics who keep the
airplanes and motors in serviceable condition.
An Expanding Punch for Aluminum
Ware
By Frank A. Stanley
The sheet metal utensil at the left in Fig. 1 is one
of a line of articles manufactured by the Aluminum
Products Co. in their plant at Oakland, California.
This piece of aluminum ware is about 6 in. in diameter
and around its cylindrical body there are a series of
twenty flats slightly over 1 in. in width. These flat
surfaces are produced by means of the collapsing and
FICJ. 1. THK KXPANUING PUNCH AND THK WOKK
expanding punch shown at the right which, after being
expanded mto the walls of the sheet-metal shell, is
automatically collapsed to permit its removal upon the
upstroke of the press.
The aluminum shell is drawn up in a toggle press,
double acting, and in three sets of dies. The final
operation on the article is the spinning of the neck and
the shaping of the top which is accomplished in a regular
spinning lathe with suitable forms and tools.
The expanding press tool consists of a central body
A, Fig. 2, a set of jaws or punch sections B, which are
held together in cylinder form by two coiled springs
as shown, a spring actuated pad C at the lower end, a
rear pad D at the upper end and two springs E and F,
all of which parts, with the exception of spring E, are
shown in the assembled unit Fig. 1.
It will be seen that the lower end of the central punch
body is tapered slightly and that this taper corresponds
to an internal taper formed on the expanding jaws. The
two springs coiled around the ends of the jaws or punch
sections tend always to close the sections to the smaller
diameter as permitted by the taper portion on the central
body or shank. When the sections are down over the
lower end of the central body they close and are in
position to enter the work which is held in a suitable
die on the press bolster. When the press ram descends
the circular pad at the lower end presses back against
its spring and as the punch sections cannot descend
further, continued dovraward motion of the press forces
the taper end of the body A against the taper in the
punch sections and causes the latter to expand into the
wall of the vessel, thus producing the series of flats
around the shell. With the following up stroke, the
stiff pressure spring F behind the punch sections holds
them down until the central body has lifted sufficiently
to allow the sections to collapse around the shank, in
which position the entire device rises out of the work.
The thin pad C acts as a pressure pad to hold the
work as the punch descends and to prevent it from lift-
ing on the up stroke of the press.
FIG. 2. COMPONENT PARTS OF THE EXTENDING PUNCH
200
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Test of Large Roller Bearings Under
Heavy Loads
By G. M. BARNES
Lieutenant-Colonel Ordnance Department, U. S. A.
The rollers in these bearings were i.9 in. long by
1\ in. in diameter — 16 in a cage. The inside
diameter of the inner casing was 7 in. From
the observations and measurements taken it is
concluded that this bearing could be safely used
vp to the total load of 800,000 pounds at which
tested.
THE Ordnance Department, U. S. Army, has
recently designed equipment which will employ
large roller bearings. These bearings will be
used under very heavy loads. Very little actual data
could be found on this subject and the various roller
bearing companies hesistated to state the maximum
loads under which roller bearings of this size could
be used.
A test of a roller bearing of the size required was
therefore made at Watertown Arsenal, Watertown,
Mass., using the large Emory hydraulic testing machine
at that plant. The roller bearing used in the test con-
sisted of a cage of sixteen rollers, each 4.9 in. long
by li in. in diameter. The inside diameter of the
outer casing was 11.25 in. and the outside diameter
of the inner casing was 8.75 in. The inside diameter
of the inner casing was 7 in.
The method of applying the loads to the bearings
and of measuring the torque is clearly shown in Fig. 1.
The bearings, axle and a lever used in the test are
shown in Fig. 2. The starting loads were obtained
by means of a large dial spring balance fastened at
the end of a lever 120 in. long. This lever fitted over
the top of the axle which is 7 in. in diameter, and
which served as a bearing for the three sets of roller
bearings held in the fixtures secured to the testing
machine. The rollers were well cleaned and lubricated
and care was taken that the pull was always at right
angles to the lever.
The loads were applied in increments of 50,000 lb.
and the forces at the end of the 120-in. lever were
read and recorded through an angle of 72 deg. Thi'ee
readings of the starting forces were taken at each
angle of 12 deg., thus making a total of eighteen read-
ings for each increment of load applied.
The average of each group of readings at each of
these six points was recorded and the average of these
six was taken in computing the average torque. After
each increment of 50,000 lb. above 150,0CO lb. load, the
bearings were taken out, examined and the rollers and
casings carefully measured to detect any deformation
which may have occurred.
Tt will be noted that, although three -sets of roller
bearings were used in the test, only one set was tested
under the loads given in the table. The other two bear-
ings each carried one-half of the total load.
Two tests were made. During the first test the loads
were run up to about 450,000 lb., at which point the
rollers started to indent the inner and outer casings.
KESILTS OF HOLLER-BEARING TE.-<T
Load
Applied
W
Fa
Fmin
Fmax
Ta
Tmin
Tmai
u
50.000
3 50
3 10
4 00
420
372
480
0.001050
100.000
3 50
1.83
5.16
420
216
611
0 000520
150,000
4 25
2 50
6.00
720
720
720
0.000425
200,000
7 00
4 50
9 50
840
540
1.140
0.000520
250,000
13 70
8 62
18 70
1,644
1,034
2,200
0 000820
300,000
15 72
10 n
20 22
1,884
1,212
2,424
0.000783
350,000
13 80
II 24
16.32
1,656
1,244
1,956
0.000590
400,000
19 36
15 36
15.28
2.316
1.824
2,762
0 000720
450.000
20 83
18 44
23 21
2,496
2.208
2,784
0 000690
500,000
30 70
25 65
35 67
3,684
3.172
4,272
0 000920
550,000
36 90
34 10
39 76
4,428
4,092
4.760
O.OOIOIO
600,000
44 30
38 76
49 78
5,316
4.644
5.976
0 001 100
650,000
55 70
48.42
63.10
6.684
5.808
7,572
0 001290
700,000
82 27
80 32
84 21
9.872
9,638
10,104
0 001760
750,000
103 90
95 50
112.50
12.480
11,460
13,500
0 002080
800,000
144 30
128.60
160.00
17,316
15,432
19,200
0 002700
NOTATION AND FORMULAS
W
— Load applied in pounds.
Fa
— Average
starting force m pounds.
Fmin
— Minimum average
starting force m pounds.
Fmax
— Maximum average
starting force in pounds.
Ta
— Average starting torque in
nch pounds.
Tmin
— Minimum average
startmg torque m
nch pounde
Tmax
— Maximum aveiage starting torque in
inch pounds.
Re
— Distance of center of rcllers to center
of bearing
n inches
Radius of rollers.
Coefficient of friction (calculated).
Ta = 1 20 Fa
Ta Wu
RcW
1 Jl 'i.^
H^Afrii
^
^^^^^^^^^Kj^^^^^^^l
M
FIG. 1.
SET-UP FOR TESTING ROLLER
BEARINGS
FIG.
ii^ i.;h;AiaxGs which were tested and p.vrt op the
TESTING EQUIPMENT
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
201
These indentations increased perceptibly as the loads
were increased. A maximum load of 800,000 lb. was
applied to the bearing, at which the coefficient of
friction was computed to be 0.0055. It was concluded
that the inner and outer casings were too soft. Meas-
urements showed the rollers had not been damaged.
The test was then discontinued and new casings were
manufactured, having a sclerescope hardness of between
96 and 100. The test was then repeated and the
results of this test are shown in the table.
Careful measurements were taken of the rollers and
casings after the maximum load of 800,000 lb. had been
applied. No deformation of any of these parts could
be found. The table shows that at 800,000 lb. load,
the coefficient of friction of the bearing was 0.0027.
From the observations and measurements taken dur-
ing and after the test, it is concluded that this bearing
could be safely used up to the total load of 800,000 lb.,
at which tested. The three bearings used for the test
were unharmed and will be used in service under loads
of about 300,000 pounds.
The Problem of Your Schools
By Laurence Paeker
Vocational Cc.-oi ilinator, Woodward Technical High School.
Toledo. Ohio
You will have, in your city, just the kind of .schools
that you desire. They will turn out just the grade of
students that you want them to. If you are indifferent
as to their management, they will turn out an indifferent
product.
Now what sort of product have the schools turned
out? It averages way below a marketable grade. Of
the thirty-eight millions in this country who work for
wages and on salaries, few have been trained for the
work they are doing. Yet most of them were at school
for several years. Less than 1 per cent are really
trained. Most of what training they have was received
in the "school of hard knocks" after they left school.
Of all the thirty-eight million, the number who rise
above the plane of shallow thinking, indifferent effort
and inefficient service are so few that the percentage is
not worth calculating.
Now if a factory should turn out such an unmarket-
able product, there would be an investigation made, pro-
vided there was time to do so before the receiver took
charge. What is wrong? Why is the product so little
adapted to present day needs? The educational system
is founded upon the needs of days gone by. It is
planned to give what used to be known as "cultural"
rather than practical education. It has a program
planned to prepare a boy for high school, college and
the "learned" professions.
Of course every boy and girl should be given all the
help possible that they may secure higher education. But
how many boys and girls of today can avail themselves
of this higher education? How does this program fit
present day conditions? Industry has changed our
whole manner of living and earning. The great need
today is for men and women trained in the fundamentals
of business. The professions are overcrowded.
Less than 50 per cent of those who reach the seventh
or eighth grade go to high school. So over half go to
work with only high school preparation in their heads.
Then only 10 per cent of those who start high school
ever finish. The others, without industrial training, go
out irto the wcrld to sink or swim. Like true Amer-
icans they usually overcome the handicap and swim.
Some one has said that it is unfair to pave the road
to the white-collar position and leave the way to the
overall job a faintly marked trail. It is not only unfair
but it is unprofitable as well. When the hard-headed
men of business become active in school management,
bringing with them the things that have made their
own businesses successful, there will be more schools
to train boys and girls for life as it is. They will be
schools for successful life instead of comparative fail-
ure. Guy Bilsland says, "The problem is to teach life,
not Latin ; to teach him to work, not to worry ; to pro-
duce, not to perambulate."
In the vocational schools of the modern sort, an
attempt is made to give practical work somewhat as we
describe. It is pioneering as yet. There are few prac-
tical text books, and few trained teachers. There is a
great scarcity of school administrators who have the
vision and who realize the needs of the majority of the
boys and girls in your schools. These problems of edu-
cation are being discussed in the educational magazines
and at the educational conventions, where no doubt such
discussions do great good. But if we are to have schools
to fit these boys and girls for industry, these problems
must be fully discussed in the magazines of industry and
the help of the leaders of industry enlisted in the man-
agement of the school systems.
Holding Very Small Pieces For Turning
By S. Harmer Knight
The following idea helped me so neatly to solve an
emergency problem that I believe it worth passing on
for the benefit of your readers.
A number of small idler pulleys of german-silver i in.
in diameter by <h in. thick with a cTt-in. hole and a
round-bottomed taper groove .'.-in. wide and deep, had
to be made in the shortest possible time.
They were turned to size from german-silver rod,
drilled and cut off as plain washers so that they could
be mounted separately on a spindle, trued with the hole.
A special round-nosed tool was carefully shaped,
under a high-power magnifying glass, for clearance and
free cutting, but with the well known resistance of
german-silver, I expected difficulty in holding such small
pieces against the thrust of a grooving tool.
There was not time to solder each piece independently
to the spindle and, after grooving, to remove it, clean
off the solder, and remount and re-center the spindle;
so some other method had to be devised.
The chucking spindle was turned from 1-in. drill rod,
shouldered to fit the hole in the washers, and the end
threaded for a number 2-56 common hex brass nut.
This of course would have very little binding power on
the washers, but it occurred to me that if the face of
the shoulder was nicked up so as to form teeth like
the surface of a number 2-cut file, pointing forward
in the direction of rotation, and the washer tapped up
against this surface, the nut, small as it was, would
hold it.
The results proved entirely satisfactory, as the pul-
leys were finished easily and quickly, with no marring
of any account from the spindle, which was not even
hardened for the purpose.
This makes a simple and convenient method for
chucking washers of any kind which need to be reduced
in size — a not infrequent necessity.
202
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Garvin No. 3 Duplex Slot-Milling Machine
By C. J. PRIEBE
As.sociate Kditor, Atnerican Machinist
Railroad shops, in addition to making ordinary
repairs to locomotives, produce many neiv parts
that have heretofore been ordered from the
builders. Some parts, such as crossheads and pis-
ton rods, must be slotted for taper keys, and
unless machines adapted to the job are at hand
such work is very tedious.
A LARGE-SIZED slot-milling machine, especially
designed for cutting cotter slots in locomotive
crossheads and piston rods, is made by the Garvin
Machine Co., Spring and Varick Sts., New York City.
The machine mills both sides of a slot simultaneously,
the work reciprocating and the cutters feeding inward
intermittently. When milling slots entirely through a
piece, one cutter automatically retreats before the two
cutters meet, and the other one continues to advance and
complete the slot.
Method of Holding the Work
The work is mounted in a fixture on the table, the
accompanying illustrations showing a locomotive cross-
head mounted on the mandrel A in the fixture B. The
The same fixture can be used for any size of crosshead
by employing a suitable mandrel. The mandrel is
clamped rigidly by tightening the nuts holding down
the hinged cap of the fixture B. An angle-block C, Fig.
2, on the table supports the overhanging crosshead, a
wedge being fitted in the guide-ways of the head so as
to prevent rotation. The wedge can be placed on either
side of the block, so that either a right- or left-hand
head can be slotted. The slanting position of the cross-
head is necessary because of the fact that the slot
must be cut at an angle to its vertical axis.
The same fixture B is used to hold the piston rod
while slotting, one of the rods already slotted being
showTi in front of the machine in Fig. 1. By means of
suitable bushings, any diameter of rod can be held.
Because of the fact that the slot in the piston rod is
required to be at a slight angle to the center line of
the rod, the fixture B can be swung slightly by means
of a special tongue fitted to the table slot.
The Table Motion
The table is mounted on a saddle bolted to the bed of
the machine. Its motion is derived from the driving
motor to be seen in Fig. 2, the train of gears shown
providing the necessary speed reduction. No gear-shift
mechanism is provided, the speed of the table being
changed by varying the speed of the motor and by chang-
ing the gears in the train.
The gear train drives a worm and wormwheel run-
ning in a bath of oil, the shaft of the wheel being held
in the bracket D. The wormwheel carries a crankpin.
on which is mounted a hardened block fitted in a hard-
ened slot on the bottom of the table and at right angles
to its length. Rotation of the wormwheel causes the
table to reciprocate, the length of stroke being varied
by changing the position of the crankpin in relation
to the center of the wheel, a scale on the side of the
table showing the length of the stroke. The longest
stroke obtainable is 10 in. The table is run for most
work at a mild-stroke speed of 18 in. per min.
Cutters of the fish-tail type are u.sed in the machine.
FIU. 1. FKO.NT VIKW OF SLOT-MILLl.NG MACHINK
Specifications: Size of cutters used, i to 2i in. Table: size, 21 by 87 in.; maximum travel. 10 in. Swing: over table, SO in.:
over bed, 12 in. Spindles: taper hole, No. 11 B. & S. : maximum distance between, 41 in. Spindle sleeves; diameter, 6 in.; length
of bearing-, 24 in. Peed: total per spindle. 6 in. ; per table stroke, 0.01 to 0.025 in. Motors ; speed, 650 to 1.950 r.p.m. : horsepowe .
5. Length of bed, 128 in. Floor space. 100 x 190 in.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
203
REAR VIEW. SHOWING TABLE DRIVE
The spindles and headstocks are duplicates as far as the
drive is concerned. As can be seen from Figs. 2 and 3,
each spindle is driven by a separate motor mounted at
the back of the machine, the motors being of 3-to-l
variable speed and of 5 hp. each. They are started and
stopped by push buttons, and the speed of each is con-
trolled separately by rheostats on the front of the
machine. In case of accident to either one of the mo-
tors the other one will stop automatically. The drive is
transmitted from the motor through a train of gears,
inclosed in the cover F, to the splined shaft G, from
which a pair of gears in the housing H drives the
spindle /. The cutting speed is ordinarily 70 ft. per min.
The spindle runs in the quill J, which slides in the head-
stock, providing a feed of 6 in. for the cutter.
To accommodate work of different sizes the headstocks
can be moved along the bed by means of the hand lever
and racks shown in Fig. 1. When taking a cut, how-
ever, the headstocks are locked in position. Stops are
provided, so that the headstocks can be returned to posi-
tion after being run back out of the way.
The Feed
The feed of the cutters takes place at each end of the
table stroke, being between 0.01 and 0.025 in. It is
derived from two wedge-shaped blocks on the bottom of
the wormwheel, the blocks pu.shing down one end of a
pivoted arm and thus causing the double-armed lever
K, Fig. 3, to rock. The lower arm of K imparts its
intermittent motion through links to the arm L (Fig. 1),
the swing of which can be adjusted so that the pawl at
its upper end moves over different numbers of teeth
on the wheel M.
The ratchet wheel M fastened to the long shaft trans-
mits the feed motion to both heads. When the pawl is
disengaged from the teeth of M the feed may be oper-
ated by the handwheel on the front of the machine, both
spindle sleeves being operated simultaneously. The
gears shown at the right in Fig. 1 aie for the purpose
of providing an automatic stop for the feed, and by
means of them the feed can be tripped at any desired
point. The motion of gear M and of the long shaft is
transmitted through trains of gears in the housings N to
the splined shafts 0.
Since the method of feeding the spindles is the same
on each head, reference will be made only to the head
shown on the left in Fig. 1. The shaft 0, threaded on its
inner end, rotates in a nut on the headstock, so that,
when turning, the spindle quill slides in the head.
PIG. 3. REAR VIKW. SHOWING FKED DRIVE
When slotting crossheads the mandrel A is first put
in position, the cutters are brought to the depth to
which it is desired to feed them and the trip mechanism
is set. After the cutters have been run back and a
crosshead placed in the machine, the motors are started,
the cutters advanced by the handwheel, and then the
pawl is dropped down to engage the power feed. Upon
completion of the cut the pawl is automatically thrown
out by the trip, and the cutters are run back by the
handwheel.
Feed-Reversing Mechanism
When slotting through solid work, as in a piston rod,
the mechanism shown on the right head in Fig. 1 comes
into action. By means of the knob P the gears inside
the cover are put in mesh, thus causing the hollow
screw Q to move toward the right. The threads of the
shaft 0 do not engage the sleeve Q, but have clearance
on the inside of it. When the cutters have advanced
close to each other the top of yoke R strikes a stop,
which causes the bottom of the yoke to strike a lever
and disengage the latch S which holds the feed nut in
place. The screw O then strikes the bottom of the hol-
low screw Q, which is still advancing. Thus 0, the nut
and the spindle quill are all pushed to the right, so that
both cutters move in the same direction and the left
one finishes up the slot. The feed stops as soon as the
pawl is automatically disengaged. When the spindle
quills are run back by means of the handwheel, the
latch S again engages the nut and holds it in position.
Proper timing of the release of the nut and of the con-
tact of the two feed screws is obtained by adjusting
the action of the mechanism before the piston rod is
put in the fixture B.
It should be noted that all motions are positively
driven. The bed and saddle are provided with troughs
for collecting the cutting lubricant, which is circulated
by the pump shown in Fig. 3. The machine, known as
the No. 3, is capable of slotting the largest locomotive
crossheads, and it is adapted to other work such as cut-
ting keyways and slotting fork ends.
The New Adventure
By Entropy
Every generation has its proportionate share of men
who must, in order to be happy, discover .something. If
the discovery of that something is attended with risk
of neck or pocketbook, it is all the more alluring. Colum-
204
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
bus simply had to discover something; whether it was
the East or the West Indies was not the point, he had
to discover. Peary had the same need. America had
already been discovered, Stanley and Livingstone had
taken all the "new" out of Africa, so naturally he turned
to the North Pole.
Geographically, we are pretty well caught up on
exploration, and while we are waiting for the trans-
portation problem to Mars to be arranged we must have
something on which our pioneers and explorers can use
their energies. A fertile field is right here in our midst,
one that the explorer can work over for many years to
come and leave unexhausted. There need be no physical
danger, but there is real risk to the pocketbook and
some danger to reputation.
The Field for Investigation
The field for investigation is here about us, going
past us every minute in every crowd. Stand on any
business corner, 42nd St. and Broadway, if it seems
better, but even a country store will give one a lifetime's
work. Look at the people. Some of them will develop.
Some will work and become wealthy. Some will become
wealthy with no apparent effort. The rest just sort of
trickle through the seive and we never hear of them.
We all know that chance has a great deal to do with
the future of a great many of these unsuccessful peo-
ple. We know that if they were put in the right en-
vironment many of them would become successful. We
do not know which ones. Is there a more enticing field
for exploration than this? What young man is there
that would not agree to split even on all that he made
over ten thousand dollars a year with any one who would
train him to earn it? And there are a lot of men earn-
ing it who did not hope when they were young ever to
see ten thousand dollars except through the grating of
a cashier's window. You may spend a few thousand
dollars on one man and have nothing but a puffed up
■ windbag as a result, or you may spend a few hundred
and begin to get returns at once. It's a big risk, but
does not that make it all the more worth while?
Means of Developing Men
All the large companies are doing something of this
sort but they are trying to play safe. That is, they do
not spend much money on a man until they feel pretty
sure of him. Take a young man, put him through col-
lege or engineering school, put him in the factory to
find his level, and he may find it many strata lower than
he would if he were given the right encouragement.
It is the difference between treatment by discourage-
ment and treatment by encouragement. Many employ-
ers say that that is the first thing they want to know,
"Has the man courage?" Courage is a matter of en-
vironment. Who would not be courageous in business
if he knew he had the United States Steel, or the Gen-
eral Electric, or International Harvester back of him?
And how many men with responsibilities on their shoul-
ders would be courageous when spending the money of
these firms if there were any uncertainty as to what
their backing would be?
Suppose that only one-quarter of the men selected and
taken on for training and building up come out to ad-
vantage, will it pay to do it ? Suppose that we consider
that the least that we will call success is the increase of
annual earning capacity a dollar a day. The average
young man at 21 years of age may be expected to live
at least 40 years longer. His dollar a day amounts to
a salary of $12,000. This is a minimum for only 25
per cent of the men, which amount we will assume will
succeed. It is certainly safe to say that the four men
among whom one is found who achieves this very little
advance in income will not have cost $2,000 each, for
the other three will not have been the subject of experi-
ment very long. The risk is there however. If the
course is not character building, if it is purely technical,
then it had better have been left to the schools; but our
manufacturers and other business men as well, are find-
ing that the man direct from school is not ready to take
a worthwhile part in their organizations without further
training, not merely in the technical branches of in-
dustry, but in the ethics of business. Unfortunately,
colleges, even those which have strong courses in eco-
nomics and sociology, do not seem to make a very close
connection between the boys themselves and the business
and social world. They seem to study it as if the stu-
dents were to remain innocent bystanders.
Details of the System
How can a venture of this kind be carried out? What
is the ship on which the adventurer is to make his voy-
ages? One shop is not enough. A man may succeed in
the first thing in which he is placed ; but to our explorer,
the fact that he achieves a measure of succe.ss only
makes him suspect that he might make more of a
success elsewhere. It is like speculation in stocks or
anything else. Selling out and seeing the market go
higher is a doleful game. And if the candidate is a
failure in the first trial, why throw him away? Why
not try him in another shop under a different boss? For
we have to admit that many of the successful men we
meet every day would not have been worth anything
under certain other employers. It is a question of fitting
the man in where his surroundings are congenial and
where he can take root and grow.
The voyager into these unchartered seas must have
behind him firms which have the facilities for giving
his proteges the opportunities which he demands for
them. He should pay their salaries or living expenses,
so that the shop will not feel the need of paying them
anything, or at the most, paying them only what they
earn. I recall one young man undergoing a process of
this kind who earned in one of his best weeks the sum of
34 cents, according to the piece-work rates in the room
he was in. He learned a great deal, one of the things
being the value of a dollar — or rather of 34 cents.
If he is successful, if he can pick the right men to
develop, and if he is wise enough to know when to stop
leading them and to let them go on their own responsi-
bility, the adventurer should make a large profit, and
he will make it without taking anything away from
anyone. There must be vast unexplored opportunities
in this work, but they can only be found by men who
have clear vision and who are not easily discouraged
by setbacks. Also, there will be a temperamental lot of
young men with whom to deal; they will be sensitive and
high strung in many instances, and they would not be
worth anything if they were not. Many times the pro-
moter will find that the shops in which he places his
proteges will turn them out in disgust; and yet, if he
sticks to it, he may easily have the same shops begging
for his men when they have developed into the finished
product.
Is it not an inviting field for exploration?
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
205
AriOC • BBOCtBBC
ETTPOnOt „.^ IftiHH
vtm
^»*-
)
The Evolution of the Workshop — XI
By H. H. MANCHESTER
IN THE United States
the period from 1810 to
1840 was in general one
in which the factories were
struggling for a footing
against importations from
England, and was marked
by three serious financial
crises. On the other hand,
in the South the cotton gin
had given a tremendous
stimulus to cotton raising,
while in the West the in-
troduction of the steam-
boat was leading to the
rapid settlement of the
lands adjacent to the riv-
ers. In short, throughout
the whole era, development
of farms was more im-
portant than that of mills
or factories.
The workshops, however,
at least kept pace with the
demands. The engine for
the Clermont had been
ordered by Fulton from
Watt and Bolton at Bir-
mingham, to be made in ac-
cordance with his specifica-
tions; but the engines for
Livingston's and Fulton's
subsequent boats were built
by them in America. In
1811 the first steamboat for the Western rivers was con-
structed entirely at Pittsburg, with the aid of Stow-
dinger, the engineer in chief of the North River boats.
At that date there had been five steamboats bui'.t suc-
cessfully to run on the Hudson, one for the Delaware,
one for Lake Champlain, one for the St. Lawrence, and
this one, the "New Orleans," for the Mississippi. In
Metal-working industries in America sprang up
and developed rapidly in the period from 1810 to
1840. Important inventions were numerous, the
production of such things as firearms, nails, and
engines received a great amount of attention.
This article gives a survey of the metal-ivorking
plants existing throughout the States during
this period.
(Part X appeared in our July 8 i-s»«e.)
FIG. 66. BLANCHARD'S GUN-STOCK MACHINE
England, in this same year,
there was only one steam-
boat running, the "Comet,"
which was in operation on
the Clyde. Two years later
there were two factories
for steamboats located at
Pittsburg, near which iron
and steel for the engines
were already produced. By
1818 thirty steamboats had
been constructed on West-
ern waters. An important
advance in principles was
made in the development
of machine tools for the
more accurate construction
of interchangeable part?,
especially for firearms.
This idea, which seems to
have been practically ap-
plied first by Eli Whitney,
was also put into practice
by Colonel North at Mid-
dletovra. Conn., before 1814.
In 1817, for example, he
was using milling machines
with cutters of irregular
form for milling the pan
and between the bolsters
in the flintlock musket.
This same year we hear of
Asa Waters of Millbury,
Mass., welding barrels un-
der trip hammers by water power, and of a nut boring
machine put into use by James Green at Harper's Ferry.
In 1818 Asa Waters took out a patent for turning
gun barrels in a lathe, and it proved at once an improve-
ment over the previous method of grinding them. It
was while working this lathe that Thomas Blanchard
conceived his idea for a machine, shown in Fig. 66, to
206
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
PPWPppppipH
..^■J" ( <.| |iv>t u - ^J^IJ
ii-r. isl I'll. 'I'ii ,.\ i\\\\"^ v^ \^\
•til*'
FIG. 67. A ROTARY-DISK PLANING MACHINE OF 1826
form the stocks of guns, which was patented in 1819,
and soon afterward developed into his famous lathe for
turning irregular forms. Blanchard was kept employed
at the Harper's Ferry and Springfield gun factories, and
received nine cents a musket for the use of his machine.
He was also the inventor of thirteen other machines.
In 1819 J. H. Hall at Harper's Ferry made one
hundred rifles which, according to a report of 1827,
were entirely interchangeable. In 1830 cutters of irreg-
ular form were being employed for milling pistol locks.
In 1834 Thomas Warner had a plain milling machine
at work making lock plates, and others were employed
at Middletown as well as at the Springfield armory
where Warner was. In 1840 Warner built five such
milling machines and was attaining interchangeable
parts by combining milling and jig-filing.
The chronology of the period gives a fairly good
conception of the progress being made in the workshops.
In 1811 we hear of a machine for cuting off the ends of
bolts invented by John Rewey, and a file cutter by Ernst
Gehbe. In 1812 Morris B. Belknap also patented a
machine for cutting files and sickles, and William T.
James took out a patent for one which was in use at
Union Village, while an improvement in wire drawing
was made by William Wadsworth. In 1813 Jacob
Perkins of Newburyport, Mass., who was already the
originator of a number of inventions in our field,
received a patent for making the shanks of screws,
while Abel Stowell of Worcester patented two machines
for making and finishing the heads of screws. It may
also be of interest to note that Thomas Blanchard, who
later invented the lathe for irregular forms, took out
a patent for a horizontal sewing machine. In 1814
Moses L. Morse constructed a machine for manufactur-
ing pins at one operation, but it is stated to have been
too delicate to be a permanent success.
Activities After the War
After the close of the War of 1812, Secretary of the
Treasury Dallas, as a basis for a new tariff, in 1816
classified the industries of the country in accordance
with their ability to supply the home market. In the
first class, as capable of filling the country's needs, he
included the manufactures of iron castings, fire and side
arms, cannon, muskets, pistols, and all sorts of car-
riages.
The second class, in which were placed those manu-
factures that were not then capable of filling the demand
but might become so, included metal buttons, plated
wares, iron manufactures of the larger kinds, shovels,
spades, axes, hoes, scythes, etc., and nails, large and
small. The third class, which was still mostly imported,
embraced cutlery, needles, and iron mongery, except the
larger articles.
In 1816 Jesse Reed of Hanover, Mass., the son of
Ezekiel Reed, took out a patent for making tacks by
machinery at one operation. Six of these machines were
soon in use at Pembroke, one of them with one man
running it producing 60,000 tacks a day. The next year
Thomas Blanchard took out a patent for a machine to
make tacks that had been first invented by him in 1806
at the age of eighteen. It was said to produce 500
tacks a minute, and was sold by Blanchard for $5,000.
In the following year we hear of a patent for cutting
metal combs, produced by Daniel Pettibone of Phila-
delphia, one for rolling metal tubes by Cyrus Eastman
of Hillsborough, and lathes for turning gun barrels by
both Sylvester Nash of the Harper's Ferry arsenal,
and Asa Waters of Millbury, Mass.
Beyond comparison the most definite and dependable
picture of manufacturing a hundred years ago is obtain-
able from the detailed accounts of the manufacturing
establishments in the country reported for the census of
1820. The marshals in 1810, in their reports of manu-
factures, had included those made at home as well as
in factories, but in 1820 the investigation was confined
to mills and factories. On the face of the returns there
seems to have been a falling off in production, but this
is undoubtedly due to the omission of home manufac-
tures, which is in itself an indication that the increas-
ing importance of the factories was being recognized.
In the great majority of cases, however, the factories
claimed that business had dropped off greatly since the
close of the war or at least since 1818.
Distribution of Industry Throughout the States
How small the development of the factory system
still was may be judged by the fact that in all Maine
there was reported only one plant which made its prod-
ucts from iron or other metals. New Hampshire
reported only three metal-working factories, two nail
mills and one scythe factory. In Massachusetts, ma-
FIG. 6S. A fi^AS ISO AND NOTCHING MACHlMi Oi- 1S34
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
207
FIG. 69. A MACHINE FOR MAKING HORSE.SHOES
chine shops handling iron or other metals were listed
in six counties, the nail mills, which also made rods,
hoops, and brads, being the most important. The scale
of wages was very low, as may be judged by the fact
that in Plymouth County 72 employees in the nail mills
received only $22,800 a year.
All Rhode Island reported only one metal-working
machine shop, a nail mill that used machines for slit-
ting, cutting, and heading. Connecticut reported at
least twenty-eight machine shops working metals.
These included eight producing bar iron, which were
perhaps primarily foundries but made also plow shares,
molds, and anchors. There were six manufacturing
brass clocks, three forging anchors, three making fire-
arms, three nail mills, two producing augers and screws,
and one each making steam engines, stoves, and swords.
A musket plant at New Haven gave its product as being
worth $26,000 a year, and its consumption of iron as
30 tons. It had 53 employees, paid out $15,000 yearly
in wages, and made use of machinery run by water
and invented by its owner.
Vermont sent in accounts of only three factories in
our field, all in Rutland County. The amazing contrast
v(\-^\x\\-
between a century ago and the present is emphasized
by the scarcity of metal-working machine shops in New
York City, only twelve being reported. There were no
metal machine shops in Kings County, and only one
in Queens. In all the rest of the State of New York
there were only 65 enumerations. In New Jersey seven
counties reported one or more mills for making bar
iron, but besides these there were only one nail mill, a
copper foundry and a stove factory in our field. Out-
side of Philadelphia, in the so-called Eastern District
of Pennsylvania, seven counties listed plants making
bar iron with about 35 forges, and there seem to have
been seven plants making pig and castings and two
rolling mills. In the Western District of the State
factories of iron products seem to have been more pros-
perous than in the Eastern District. This was probably
because the mountains protected them from importa-
tions from England, and the steamboat was increasing
the possibilities of the Ohio and Mississippi valleys. In
Allegheny County the plants making bar, boiler, and
nail iron consumed 1,500 tons of pig worth, with other
materials, $60,000, had a capital of $80,000, and were
FIG. 70. A WIKE-NAIL, MACHINK UF Ib^l
FIG. 71. A TYPICAL TURNING SHOP OF 1810
the biggest producers of the western district of the
State.
The only metal factories reported by Delaware used
rolled and slit iron, bar iron, and pig. Baltimore had
two mills making bar iron, sheet iron and nails, one
of which produced boiler plate. Outside of Baltimore,
there was a cannon factory in Cecil County which had a
boring machine, and two factories there which had slit-
ting and nail mills.
The marshals in the South, in the absence of fac-
tories, reported shops where the work was still done
entirely by hand. Virginia had a number of foundries
of pig iron and bar iron mills, but the only machine
tools reported were in nail factories in Richmond and
in Monongalia County.
In North Carolina there were three nail mills in
Burke County and a shovel factory in Rutherford
County. In South Carolina there was a musket factory
at Greenville that had a production worth $30,000.
Georgia reported one boring machine, and Alabama a
shop with mill cranks, but these seem to have been the
only machine tools in the two states.
208
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
FIG. 72. A CUTLERY SHOP OP 1840
In the new states west of the mountains, and es-
pecially in the Ohio valley, machinery seems to have
been more general. In Cincinnati steam and fire engines
were made to the value of $130,000 a year. Cincinnati
also had three lathes run by horsepower and two nail
machines driven by oxen. In the rest of Ohio the most
common metal-working machinery was the nail mill, of
which there were nine.
The only genuine machine shop in Kentucky seems
to have been at Louisville. Tennessee reported about
twenty mills making bar iron and five foundrie.s of cast
iron. There were listed also one rolling mill, two nail
factories, and four boring machines for guns. There
were no metal-working machine tools reported in In-
diana, Illinois, Missouri, or Louisiana.
The annals of the period between 1820 and 1840 show
that American inventive genius was paying more atten-
tion to other subjects than to metal working, but they
contain various items of interest. In 1822 N. Wright
of Onondaga patented several coopering machines. In
1827 John McClintic constructed what was called the
first practical mortising and tenoning machine, and the
next year William Woodworth took out a patent for his
machinery for planing, tonguing, and grooving. While
these machines were for wood working, they had con-
siderable influence in the machine shop. Figs. 67 and
68 show two wood-working machines which i-epresent
the best practice of the times.
In 1830 the first locomotive built in the United States,
the "Phoenix," was constructed at the West Point Foun-
dry, and the development of the railroad which followed
lent tremendous importance to metal working ma-
chinery a decade or two later.
A machine for shaping horseshoes was patented in
1828 and is shown in Fig. 69. In 1831 cast steel was
not as yet considered a success in America, and cutlery
made here was exhibited at the Franklin Institute for
the first time. The next year coke was first successfully
used in the manufacture of ii'on in the United States.
J. J. Howe's valuable pin-making machine was patented
the same year. Fig. 70 shows a wire-nail machine of
1834.
What was probably the first factory in America for
making machinists' tools exclusively, was established in
1837 by John H. Gage at Nashua, New Hampshire.
FIG. 73. A PRIVATE GUNSMITH .'iHOP OP 1840
Figs. 71, 72, and 73 give a good idea of how most work
was turned out at this time, the small shop still being
greatly in the ascendancy.
Steadying Drill Spindles
By Frank C. Hudson
A rather novel method of supporting four drilling-
machine spindles so as to use them for milling is illus-
trated herewith. This is a multiple-spindle drill with
spindles all in a row and close together. They were
spaced to make them right for the work in hand, milling
the compression space in cylinder heads, by means of
the flat steel bar .4. This was bored with four holes
correctly spaced and of such size as to afford a good
running fit for the spindles.
The ends of the plate A were bored to a half circle
to fit the special heads B and C. These heads have
taper shanks which fit the spindles and the collars sup-
port the ends of the plate at both top and bottom.
As all spindles feed up and down together, the plate
A always supports the four milling spindles at the
same point above the cutters D and substantially
prevents springing which would otherwi.se occur.
HOW THE
SPINDLES WERE STEADIED
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
209
Testing the Accuracy of Micrometers
in Common Use
By C. a. HUBBELL
President of tlui T. R. Almond Mfg. Co., Ashburnham, Mas.s.
The data gathered by the author of this article
and his assistants call attention to the fact that
many employers and workmen consider a microm-
eter to be "always right," regardless of its use
or abuse. Too much is generally taken for
granted in regard to precision tools.
A LL of the data herewith presented have been com-
i-\ piled from the inspection of a great many
X JL micrometers of all makes in many different fac-
tories in different cities. Each instrument was checked
for correct reading each tenth of an inch making eleven
points from zero to one inch inclusive. The well-known
Johansson master gage blocks were used as standards
and the compiling of the data in the form of curves and
plots was continued until there ceased to be any change
in general shape, indicating that sufficient information
had been collected to determine definitely the general,
or average conditions throughout the country.
It is interesting to note that this checking caused to
be discarded as unusable approximately 3 per cent of all
the micrometers inspected.
A most interesting and rather unexpected condition
appeared in the large number of micrometers inaccu-
rately set at zero. This error was almost universally
minus and probably due to wear of the anvil and the
end of the screw and is an indication of the care which
the average mechanic gives to his tools, only thirty-seven
per cent reading correctly at zero. A further interest-
ing light was thrown on this subject when of the microm-
eters tested those owned by the employer were com-
pared with those belonging to the employee. Fifty-two
per cent of the employees' instruments were correct at
zero; forty-eight were incorrect, while only 20 per cent
of the emplo.yers were correct; 80 per cent were incor-
rectly set at zero. This seems to demonstrate pretty
conclusively that it is quite universally nobody's busi-
ness to look after the "firm's" tools, and emphasizes
the importance and necessity of a periodical inspection
of all gages.
The average error in zero setting is about one-quarter
of one-thousandth. It is not, however, the average
error which causes troubles, but rather the error beyond
some certain amount. The plot, Fig. 1, shows details
of the Errors at zero. Thirty-seven per cent of all
micrometers are correct at zero. Fourteen per cent
have an error of .0001 at that point; 15 per cent have
an error of .0002, etc. Twelve and one-half per cent
have an error at zero of one-half thousandth, or more.
The errors at the ten other points checked (i.e. A-A-
ft in., etc.) are shown as an average, in the curve. Fig.
2, and are due, in excess of the error in setting at zero,
to inaccuracy of the micrometer screw. The curve was
plotted by averaging the reading of all micrometers at
zero (which is practically 0.0002 in.), all at 0.100 in.
(which is practically 0.00022 in.), all at 0.200 in. (which
is 0.00024 in.), etc. From 0.700 in. on, the average
error is three-tenths of a thousandth.
The plot. Fig. 3, is made from the same data as the
curve, Fig. 2, but shows the frequency of deviation, or
different amounts of error. This plot shows all the
readings of all the micrometers. For instance, suppose
there were one hundred micrometers checked at the
eleven points 0, .1, .2, etc. to 1 in., inclusive, then there
would be eleven hundred readings in all. As shown in
Fig. 3, 25 per cent of all these readings showed no
error at all, or were correct; 21 per cent showed an
error of one-tenth of one-thousandth (0.0001 in.) ; 18
per cent showed an error of two-tenths (0.0002 in.),
etc., etc. Fifteen per cent showed an error of one-half
thousandth, or more.
The plots and curves so far shown are all from data
exactly as found in commercial use. The condition of
the micrometers is due to the joint effect of the original
condition of the instrument and the care or lack of care
50
r
Flt..»
30
40
C
E
RROF
I IN £
)ETT
NG A
T ZEF
29
28
Fir
; ?
/
30
■37
27
26
^ ,
^
/
20
25
24
/
10
14
.15
14
-lie— •
23
22
/
^ —
T^2
7
Z'h
1
2
21
20
/
/^ —
Ml
:ro
yiETi
:rs
\S F
3UNC
> IN
USE
O
OJ
CO
•V
in
>s
i^
CO
19
.00018
REA
}ING!
...
> TAK
EN E/
,CH'/„
INCH
Ef
=tROR
1
IN 1
EN 1
"HOU
1
3AN0THS 0
1 1
FANI
NCH
READI
MGAT Q
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 1
0 INCH
210
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
40
1
FIG.3
1
1
30
20
10
25
1
21
^^^11
10
6
'4
»
1
3
o
o
o
o
CM
<0
*
tn
vO
r»
00
a»
ERR(
)R IN
TEN •
HOUJ
>AND1
1
HS OF AN INCH
1 1
of the owner and user. An effort was made to compare
the different makes of micrometers and to do this
fairly the very prevalent error of the zero setting of
course, had to be eliminated. This correction also made
it posible to compare new micrometers with those in use
for some time.
In making this latter comparison no average differ-
ence is apparent, the instruments in use giving the same
curve as new ones when those which show abuse are
eliminated. There seems to be no question but that an
instrument with reasonable care shows no wear in the
screw and with proper attention to adjusting for wear
of the measuring surfaces (anvil and end of screw),
maintains its original accuracy.
Fig. 4 shows the curves of the average measure-
ments at each tenth of an inch, of micrometers made
by four different manufacturers. All readings are cor-
rected to eliminate any error at zero. It is evident
there is no striking difference. The one showing great-
est average error is one and a quarter tenths. They all
indicate an accumulative error increasing from nothing
at zero and rising to a maximum at or near one inch.
Average Measurements
The plot. Fig. 5, is from the same data as above and
shows the frequency of deviation the same as Fig. 3,
but after correction to eliminate error at zero, and hence
shows the accuracy of the pitch of the screw the same
as the curves in Fig. 4. Forty-four and one-half per
cent of all the readings are without error. Thirty-four
per cent have an error of one ten-thousandth of an
inch, etc.
In Fig. 6 the average reading of all the micrometers
in three different factories in the same city are plotted.
The two lower curves are machine shops. The
higher one was a factory using two hundred
<7o
44^2
1
40
34
30
^B
20
10
16
4^2
.
y,o
§
o
o
-
(V)
CO
*
ifl
VO
N
ER
q
ROR
IN TE
:n th
OUSA
J
NDTH
OF A
1
N INC
1
:h
micrometers and under conditions somewhat more severe
than the usual machine-shop service.
The curves of ajrerages all show, as noted before, a
tendency to accumulative error, but it is seldom seen
however in individual micrometers.
Standardization Work in Europe
Mr. P. G. Agnew, secretary, American Engineering
Standards Committee (A. E. S. C.) has rendered
a report upon his recent visit to Europe, where
he attended a meeting in Brussels of the International
Electrotechnical Commission. He states in his report
that during the trip he was able to call personally upon
the secretaries of the national standardization bodies of
England, Holland, Belgium and France and that the
desire was expressed by each society for co-operation
with America in all cases where it should be found
feasible to obtain international agreement. The report
tells of the organization and the work of the different
engineering societies, the salient i)oints being covered
in the following paragraphs :
The British Engineering Standards Association was
organized in 1901 as the Standards Committee by five
leading technical societies, and was incorporated in
1918. The executive authority is vested in the main
committee of 24 members, 19 of whom are appointed by
the five engineering societies mentioned, and the re-
maining five by the appointed members. Sectional com-
mittees have charge of the technical work in different
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
211
subjects, with sub-committees under them. Under the
sub-committees are panel committees, there being some
275 committees with a membership of 1,370. The chair-
men of sectional committees are named by the main
committee, but the members are designated by organi-
zations directly concerned in the work undertaken. The
members may designate men such as consulting engi-
neers to complete the committee. The income of the
association is derived from many sources, the govern-
ment, municipalities, railways, industrial associations
and private firms all contributing. The work performed
covers a very broad field. The publications of stand-
ards or specifications are revised when necessary, and
they are also translated into foreign languages.
In France the "Commission Permanente de Standardi-
zation" is an official organization and is supported
entirely by the government funds, which is true of no
other standardization society. It was established in
1918. The commission itself has twenty-four members,
nine representing various government departments, one
the Academy of Sciences, and the remainder national
engineering and industrial bodies. The members are
appointed by the Minister of Commerce, after being
nominated by the organization which they represent.
The actual technical work is in charge of fourteen sub-
committees, each working upon a different subject. The
French National Committee of the International Electro-
technical Commission functions as the electrical com-
mittee. Tentative specifications, as drawn up by the
sub-committees with the co-operation of the govern-
ment departments, are submitted to the various inter-
ested bodies and to the technical press for criticism
before the specifications are definitely decided upon and
approved by the commission. Already a large list of
specifications and standards have been officially adopted.
In Belgium the "Association Beige de Standardisa-
tion" was organized in 1919, chiefly by the "Comite
Central Industriel de Belgium," which is a strong or-
ganization representing eighty associations and playing
an important part in the reconstruction of Belgian
industry. The main committee of the association com-
prises thirty-seven members, four representing the
"Comite Central," thirteen representing the national
engineering societies and twenty representing various
industrial associations. The main committee appoints
working committees, usually ten to fifteen men on each
and composed of representatives of the organizations
interested in the particular subjects being investigated.
Owing to the industrial position of Belgium and its com-
mercial relations to other countries, the association is
making extensive use of the standardization work of
other nations and is modifying it to suit the needs of
Belgium. A series of standard bolts and rivets has been
worked out, among other things, and work on mechanical
power transmission, steel sections and reinforced con-
crete is now being carried on. The income of the asso-
ciation is derived from the organizations represented
and from subscriptions received from firms and indi-
viduals.
In the Netherlands unification work is cared for by
the "Main Committee for Standardization in the Nether-
lands," which was organized in 1916. It consists of
fifteen members, two being furnished by both the So-
ciety for the Encouragement of Industry and the Royal
Institute of Engineers, and the others being designated
by the committee itself. As in the case of Belgium the
standardization work is much affected by that of the
surrounding countries. The standing committees, there
being seven at present, are chosen by the main commit-
tee, and sub-committees handle the more detailed part
of the work. The central office does a larger part of
the technical work of standardization than is the case
with the other national standardizing bodies, even mak-
ing tentative proposals for the consideration of the com-
mittees. As in the United States, the main committee
is not responsible for technical details but is responsible
for procedure. Standards tentatively approved by the
standing committees are given a great deal of publicity
before being officially approved. The government sup-
plies $6,000 of the income of the organization, which is
$16,000.
In Italy the national engineering society is at present
forming an engineering standards organization.
There is a movement at present in some of the coun-
tries to promote co-operation between the associations
and the government departments. The idea is generally
accepted that many advantages might accrue from co-
operation between the committees of different countries.
The idea of an international organization patterned after
the national ones has received some attention, but noth-
ing will probably be done in this line for some time.
Saving Pattern Work by Using Stock
Cores
By William C. Nelson
On page 355, vol. 52, of American Machinist M. E.
Duggan advocates the saving of pattern work by using
stock cores.
Referring to his illustrations, core "D" is shaped
over the journal bearing. To dig out or scrape a core
like this would require much time and patience and
would lead to some very strong language from the
molder to whom the job might be given.
A far easier way to produce this core without the
aid of a corebox would be thus: Have the flaskmaker
saw out a board in the shape as shown in the illustration
herewith. Place this board over a pattern, and, with
the aid of a straightedge, ram up a core. Send board
and core to the oven to bake and proceed further as Mr.
Duggan suggested.
In good foundry practice, it does not always pay to
attempt to save patternmaking.
MAKING A CORE WITHOUT A CORE BOX
212
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 5
A Jump Test for Motor Trucks
THE purpose of these tests, held on Nov. 25, 1919,
was to subject various models of trucks to shocks
far in excess of anything likely to be encountered
in actual service, in order to study the effect of different
spring and tire equipment on impact, and the effect of
unsprung weight upon road impact, as well as the effect
of varying speed on those impacts. In other words, to
study the "grief" on both road bed and truck chassis
and how it is modified by varying factors for unsprung
weight, tire equipment, and speed.
A test along the same line had already been at-
tempted by the Bureau of Public Roads in conjunction
with the Bureau of Standards, where road impact was
studied by having trucks drop over a low platform
onto another platform. This test was not satisfactory,
for it took into consideration only one factor, viz., road
impact, and left out any study of the stresses set up
in the truck, as well as the effect of rebound, etc. Also,
the distance dropped was very moderate.
The International Motor Company's Test
To overcome these shortcomings and to study these
neglected factors, as well as to investigate a large num-
The trucks themselves were painted in the following
manner for the purpose of aiding observation. The tire
rims, one spoke on each wheel, and the hub caps were
painted white. The white rim enabled tire deflections
to be measured and the white spoke showed the revolu-
tions of the wheels. A strip of sheet metal marked
off in 3-in. bands of black and white extended down
past the bub caps from the lips of the fenders and
served to show the rise and fall of the hub.
Recording the Data
The horizontal distance which each truck jumped
was measured by a curbing along the back of the run-
way marked off in feet, see Fig. 1. A large blackboard,
marked off in 1-ft. squares behind the curbing, showed
the height of the jumps. Since the moving pictures show
the trucks against these scales, the positions of different
portions of the trucks at any instant can be accurately
determined.
An Eastman Kodak timer showing seconds was placed
where it would be photographed on the film. A hand
sewing machine with a white card on the plunger was
set on a table back of the incline. For each revolution
FIG. 1. GENERAL VIEW OF THE APPAR.4TUS USED
ber of empirical and theoretical assumptions on these
and kindred subjects, a series of "jumping tests" was
conducted on Nov. 25, 1919, at 79th St. and North River,
New York, using for the first time a new system of
motion pictures to record accurately the results obtained.
Trucks were run at speeds of from 15 to 18 miles
per hour along a straight-away and over a sharp incline.
They naturally sprang into the air and struck the
ground as from a vertical drop of several feet. A
stretch of level ground was used as an approach, and
the trucks gathered headway over this for the jumps
under their own power. The speed of each truck was de-
termined by taking the time required for the last 100
ft. of its run. The take-off platform, built of heavy
lumber, was 6 ft. long and raised IJ ft. at the far end.
It can be seen in Fig. 1.
Five different Mack trucks were used in this test,
consisting of one 2-tonner, having pneumatic front tires
and solid rears, a 2J-tonner of the same type having
pneumatics all around, a 3-ton truck, a 5-ton truck, and
a 5J-tonner, all on solid tires. These trucks were
numbered respectively E-8, E-17. E-15, E-18 and E-22,
all of which are shown in Fig. 2.
•From a paper read by A. F. Masury, chief engineer of the In-
ternational Motor Co.. on April 8, before the Metropolitan Section
of the Society of .Automotive Engineers.
of the crank the plunger rose and fell three times, and
a man with a stop watch turned the crank three times
per second, thus measuring eighteenth parts of a second.
A phonograph motor and turntable, not shown in the
figures, was placed on the stone buttress at the near side
of the incline. On the turntable was mounted a cylinder
marked off in four equal sections. The first being
solid black, the second white on top and black on the
bottom, the third solid white, and the other black at
the top and white at the bottom. The governor was
to give a speed of 60 r.p.m., so that the pattern on
the cylinder showed quarter-seconds.
The Pictures
The pictures taken were both of the ordinary type
with sixteen exposures per second, and those known
as novograph pictures in which 160 exposures are made
per second. Fig. 3 shows the camera equipment. When
the film obtained with the novograph camera is pro-
jected at the standard rate it shows a moving picture
in which the speed of motion is only one-tenth that
of the subject, thus giving almost ideal conditions for
che accurate and careful study of the subject in motion.
Fig. 4 shows one of the big trucks leaving the incline
and Fig. 5 shows one of the smaller trucks striking
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
213
PIG. 2. TRUCKS USED IN THE TEST
the ground, an idea of the severity of the test on a
loaded truck being given.
The films were studied both running and still, accurate
measurements and calculations made and conclusions
definitely arrived at. By the use of an incandescent
projector the films could be stopped at any desired
point for special analysis. In this way the time in
the air of each axle, the time and amount of deflec-
tion of each spring and tire, as well as distance moved
vertically and horizontally of each of the parts, were
accurately recorded, both on the original jump and on
the rebound.
Data and Results
Tables giving the data and results of the tests were
prepared. The weight, both sprung and unsprung, of
the front and the rear, the tire equipment, the speed of
the machine, and the distance of the jump were deter-
mined for each truck, besides the spring and tire de-
flection as measured from the pictures. The forces of
the blows struck by the falling trucks were calculated
from the formula which follows.
The energy exerted by a falling body is equal to
the energy required to raise it to the height from
which it fell. If the vertical velocity and weight are
B^^ . ' ' ----aitfMiteW
*.J
R' 11
fill^'.
-K*
^m%:j^^' M
i ij.. .;r
K
known the energy equals the weight times the vertical
velocity squared, divided by twice the acceleration due
to gravity, or:
E^
2G
where W = Weight in lbs.
and V = Vertical velocity in feet per second.
In the case of a motor truck driven over an
ward inclined plane the vertical velocity can be
up-
ob-
tained from the speed of the truck and the angle
of the incline, or:
SX 88T
V=-
60
where S
and T
Speed in miles per hour
Tangent of angle of incline.
The average force of a blow equals the energy
■-■-—^■■■'iim
"
^SX.1
FIG. 4. A TRUCK LEAVING THE l'i..>TiORM
FIG.
.ii) OA.Ml^RA EQUll'.MKNT
FIG. 5. A TRUCK .STRIKING THE GROUND
214
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 5
of the moving body in ft. lbs., divided by the distance
in feet required to stop it, plus the weight of the
body, or:
F = y^ + 1^» where D = Distance to stop in feet.
Combining these three formulas we have:
F =
64.32 D
W
, This formula can be applied to the unsprung weight
of a motor truck by taking the deflection in the tires
and ground, and to the sprung weight by taking the
spring and tire deflection. These forces should not
be added together, for they do not occur at the same
instant.
Conclusions
The conclusions drawn from this test are that the
impact of a truck striking the ground after bounding
over an obstruction is approximately proportional to
the weight and to the square of the speed, and in-
versely proportional to the resiliency of the springs and
tires and to the ratio between sprung and unsprung
weight. By this is meant that, while at given speed
twice the weight will strike the ground with twice
the force from a given height, if the same weight
strikes the ground at twice the speed, it will strike
the ground four times as hard; but that springs or
tires twice as resilient will halve it, although with
great unsprung weight the effect of the resilient
springs will be lost.
In the test the pneumatics saved the road two-
thirds of the grief, and the vehicle itself one-fourth.
Following this thought to a logical conclusion it would
seem obvious that, contrary to popular impression, the
heaviest trucks might be less destructive to roads than
the lighter ones. Not only would a 7i-ton truck on
pneumatics do less damage to the road bed than a
5-tonner on solids operating at the same speed, but
also, inasmuch as the heavier truck is a slower vehicle
as a rule than the light one, another consideration
enters in favor of the heavier truck. Since speed has
been shown to have effect as its square, whereas weight
does not, it is seen to be the principle determining
factor.
Looking Backward
By H. B. Stillman
In comparing conditions of shop life to-day with
those of twenty or thirty years ago, as I did in a pre-
vious article under the above title, I should have stated
that my opinions were based upon my own experience
and observations in factory work. I started shop work
at fourteen, and now, at forty, am still at it; therefore
I do not feel as if I could be justly accused of talking
through my hat when I say that in my honest opinion
the average wage-earner is to-day better off physically,
morally, and mentally, than he was twenty or thirty
years ago.
In the matter of factory lighting, for instance, how
many of us with a quarter of a century or so of shop
life back of us would care to swap the modem system
of lighting — the bright electrically-illuminated shop of
to-day for the old kerosene lamp in general use about
the time of the Boer War and later? There may have
been other means of furnishing artificial light at that
time in tovras unprovided with gas, but I was never
lucky enough to have my name on the pay-roll of any
shop but what depended upon these old smoky, smelly
kerosene lamps.
I firmly believe that these lamps were the cause of
more headaches, more eye strain, and more profanity
than most other agencies. Any workman who is in-
clined to be "fussy" with his work, and especially the
mechanic of the old school who takes pride in turning
out a neat piece of work, will agree with me when I say
that the modern system of factory lighting has reduced
a lot of our worries and trials on that score.
Another feature I wish to mention is the various
plans many manufacturing concerns have adopted to
win the esteem and co-operation of employees, and to
assist them in matters entirely outside of the days
work. The plant where I am employed recently installed
a library for the free use of all the hands, under the
same rules and restrictions common to public libraries.
A committee is appointed to select the books and these
volumes include the latest and best in fiction as well as
standard technical works for those who can appreciate
instructive matter of this kind. I would like to ask
if any of the "old timers" who pine for the good old
days can recall many instances where good reading
matter was furnished free to the help, or if they can
recollect any circumstances where a set of standard text
books were at their disposal without cost to them?
I wonder how many workmen appreciate the fair
play policy adopted by most progressive manufacturing
concerns at the present time? The policy which gives
the worker who has had difficulty with his foreman a
chance to tell his side of the story? In these days it is
conceded that the foreman isn't, always right, and usually
there is an employment manager, welfare superinten-
dent, or someone with the necessary ability and tact to
investigate and smooth out matters of this kind, as-
suring the complainant of a square deal.
A case in point happened in a neighboring factory
where a dispute arose between a workman and his fore-
man over some trifling affair about the work. One
word led to another and the upshot of the matter was
that the workman gave his notice to quit that night.
The superintendent, a true advocate of the "live and let
live" principle, called the workman into his office and
asked him to explain. Upon hearing his claim that the
foreman had been trying to rub it into him, the super-
intendent ordered him back to his bench with the
promise that the matter would be immediately
investigated.
The trouble was found to have originated several
months before in a matter entirely foreign to the shop,
and was settled very sensibly by transferring the worker
to another department, where he is still on the job.
In the old days a large share of the hiring and firing
rested upon the foreman, along with other responsibil-
ities of which the average department head of to-day
knows little. The foreman was on the job to get the
work out, and it was up to him to say who should or
who should not help him do it. Foreman had their
likes and dislikes the same as the rest of us and as a
rule they were not inclined to do any "pussy footing"
as far as retaining help is concerned. Men were plenty
and jobs were scarce, so why worry as far as a man or
two was concerned.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
216
W E.Basset
Miller, FranklinJBasset Si 0?
Controlling the Work in the Shop
Rigid planning, based on the theoretically possible
production of men or machines and which makes
no allowance for emergencies, always has failed
and always will. That is why so few manufac-
turers attempt to plan the work of their shops
viore than a day or so ahead.
(Part VII xoas published in our issues of July J and 8.)
THE common idea, founded on the teachings of
the early industrial engineers, is that a schedule
of production, once drawn up, must be lived up
to whether "school keeps" or not. That idea offends
the common sense of most managers, for they know
that workmen quit, machines break down and the actual
production of both varies above and below their theo-
retical capacity. If an inelastic schedule exists, it
can not stretch or contract to meet the actual accom-
plishment in the shop — it will therefore break and be-
come useless at the first emergency. And the emergency
which causes the breakage may be so slight a thing
as that John Jones at milling machine No. 5 has had
a bad night and today is turning out but eight parts
an hour when the schedule says he shall turn out ten.
Whenever anything happens in the shop to slow
down or interrupt any operation, obviously all suc-
ceeding operations will be affected. But what is that
to the clerks in the planning office away from the
sweat and noise of the shop? The schedule they have
made allows for no delays — therefore there can be none.
The "Booth System"
Such planning is worse than useless. Better than
that is the extreme opposite method of handling pro-
duction from hand to mouth by means of stock chasers,
who with all their faults are at least in touch with the
shop and in sympathy with its trials and troubles.
Neither of these two methods is necessary. The good
points of both can be attained. The central planning
department can be given control of production from
raw materials to finished stock, and yet its plans and
schedules can be flexible and adjusted to the day-by-day
happenings and breakdowns in the shop.
The method I am describing does just that — does it
quickly and easily by means of what, for the sake of
brevity, I shall call the "booth system."
I have said that the planning department must be
given sufficient authority to enable it to carry out its
plans. This authority must be exercised in such a way
as not to interfere with the authority o* the individual
foremen. One of the chief objections to the stock
chasing system has been the breaking down of dis-
cipline and morale due to the intermittent interference
by stock chasers with the laying out of the work in
the manufacturing departments. The booth system
obviates this, yet gives the planning department con-
trol of the flow of work in a department, and assures
flexibility to the planning.
Of necessity, the method of handling the work through
the booths varies greatly with local conditions. The
success of a highly developed production department
depends largely on smooth running booths precisely
adapted to the peculiar conditions of the plant.
No matter how many of the practically innumerable
methods of handling production booths I were to de-
scribe, I could not cover the needs of all kinds of machine
shops, for the details must be different to meet the
conditions in the individual shop. So I shall describe
the booth system as used in the plant of the Warner
Gear Co., as throughout this series I have largely used
that concern's method as a model. The conditions met
in that plant, I believe, are fairly typical of those in
the majority of machine shops.
Issuing Work to the Shop
Before getting to the booth, however, we must go
back to the central planning department to see how
work is issued to the shop in accordance with the
plans as shown by the schedule control graph and
other forms.
From the parts list, Fig. 15, the planning clerks make
out for each lot of each part a requisition. Fig. 39, in
duplicate; three copies of a service card. Fig. 40, for
each operation; a move order, Fig. 41, for each time
the lots move from the jurisdiction of one booth to
another; an in-slip. Fig. 42, in duplicate; and a traveler
form, Fig. 43. These forms are made out as shown,
by the production department, in advance. Since one
form for each lot in the series must be made out iden-
tically except for the lot number, some duplicating
process will be found to cut what otherwise might be
an onerous clerical cost. We have found the gelatine
machine to be very satisfactory for this purpose. As
many sets of the tickets may be made out in advance
as time and general conditions warrant.
They are filed by part number in the production
department in a file called "service cards to be given
out." A handy way to file the forms is as follows : First
the service cards for the first operation attached to the
copies of the requisition. Service cards then follow in
sequence of operation, the in-slips being attached
to the service cards for the last operation. Move orders
are attached by means of a clip to the service cards
for the operation preceding the move.
216
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
WCCo M[Vi>
STOCK REQUISITION
Coal DcEurlntvnt Copy
ACCOUNT MO.
LOT
OUANTITf
MrtcNM *«o.
^aut n(.
/o
.3-c?
23-//-/
mict
AMOUNT
/ niiMxiifsi,...t Ottse^
V
OBVCai^TION
•
/f/Ti. Trt,,j
?"/
•■Ht
►a. MMi* MBBiia w. r.
^
O
o o o n .
raou •To<tC »•<»
O.M,..,„ / ■
D>T.
oKLivcHKo av
OCPT, C^ MACH y^^
RCCCIVIO BY
SIOMIO
■1
FIG. 39. STOCK REQUISITION (MADE OUT IN UUi-UCATK,
1 PINK AND 1 GREEN)
The schedule control man, watching his schedule con-
trol charts, sees that part D-41-1 is due to start June 1,
in department C-4. From the file he removes the requi-
.sition and all service cards pertaining to the progress
of the proper number of lots of part D-41-1 through
department C-4. These are sent to the booth man of
department C-4.
The booth man is the point of contact between the
central planning department and the shop. The number
of men and machines which a booth man can handle
depends largely upon the number of lots going through
his department daily. Since each time a lot is com-
pleted on an operation it demands clerical work, it is
apparent that the nature of the work in a shop will
determine the size of a booth's department. About 225
time changes is the most a good booth man can handle.
If for cost finding purposes the shop is departmental-
ized, it is often well to departmentalize the booths to
correspond somewhat.
Construction of the Booths
The booths themselves are of light construction and
occupy a floor area of about 6 x 9 ft. Exterior and
interior views of a typical one are shown as Figs. 44
and 45. The front of the booth is sheathed to about
3 to 4 ft. from the ground where a counter is placed on
the inside of the booth. Above this, wire screening
is placed for a height of about 5 to 6 ft. An opening
is provided in this netting through which the service
cards may be handed to the men.
Mounted in the screening is a board which is pivoted
at the top and bottom so that either side may be turned
toward the shop. A strong clip is attached on each side.
One side of the board is painted red and is known as
the "truckers" side and the other black and called the
"booth" side.
Hanging on the back wall of the booth is a production
board, divided into sections, each section of which is
divided into three compartments as shown in Fig. 46.
Each section is labeled to correspond to one of the
machine tools under the control of that booth. In the
bottom compartment are kept the tickets for the job
running on the machine; the middle pocket holds the
tickets for the next job which is already at the machine,
and the top pocket is for work that is in the depart-
ment, but which has not as yet been moved up to the
tool.
For timekeeping an electrical or mechanical device
should be used. A rack is also provided to be used in
connection with the time-keeping. The pockets in this
rack are numbered to correspond with the man's number
in the department. Aside from a few box files and the
usual oflice supplies there is no other equipment in the
booth.
When the job tickets, which are sent out from the
central control, are received by the booth man, he
files them by machine number, keeping them in' the
sequence in which they were received by him. The.se,
of course, are placed back of any work which is already
in the file. Travelers are filed by part number in a
separate file of suitable size.
How THE Booth Work is Handled
Now to get down to how the work of the booth is
handled: Let us say that the booth man, looking at
his board, sees that there are but two jobs ahead of
machine No. 202, and that machine No. 202 performs
the primary operation.
How does he insure that there will be work for the
machine, so that no time will be wasted? He takes
from the job file the service cards for machine No. 202,
to which are attached two copies of the requisitions. He
puts the service cards in a temporary file, arranged by
machine-tool number. From the traveler file he takes
the traveler which corresponds to the requisition, and
sends it, together with the two copies of the requisi-
tion, to the stockroom called for on the requisition.
If the job which the booth man has ordered out for
the machine is different from the one running there at
present, he fills out four copies of a "set up instruc-
tions" form, Fig. 47, sends one copy to the tool crib
as a notice for them to get the tools ready for the
new job going into the machine ; the second to the fore-
man as a notice that that job is to be set up; the third
to the salvage department, and keeps the fourth copy
himself. He gives on this order all of the necessary
information as to part number, machine and operation
for the new job, and also tells approximately when it
should be ready to set up. This order should be given
out at least an hour before the tools are required, to
give the tool crib attendant time to determine whether
all of the required tools are ready. If they are not,
the booth man is to be notified immediately so that
some other job may, if possible, be lined up for that
operator.
The stock keeper places the traveler together with the
required amount of material on a truck. The trucker then
takes the lot and one copy of the requisition and leaves
the lot at the machine called for on the requisition. He
then puts the requisition on the booth hian's side of
the move board, and returns to his other work. The
copy of the requisition which has been left in the
stores is posted to whatever records may be kept by
WMau'.N.
WCC»MD«)C
scnvice ticket
TIMEKECPIMQ AND PAYROLL OCPT
'^-^■tro
Sir-
Opcr*t^
C.!.^
Do
1 Cf-
M«k No.
d^
C«d
Bo«l.
R«i«W
T^
Du
Tr..
MOVE
T-Dw
Hrv
KU»
P W P
O.K.
S„»v-I
TmAU
Far-...
T. M«k
P-i.
P. w
V.^
i
Su>WdT_
r.o
Lt'-
A-.E«»J
FIG. 40. SERVICE TICKET (MADE OUT IN TRIPUCATK,
I WHITE, 1 TELLOW AND 1 MANILA)
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Produetiovr—With Improved Machinery
217
M
OVE
Order
D»OI« No
OUAMTtTV
#AirT NO
MOVE FROM
DELIVER TO
"" oiC """ 7(,
"•" *
*-"
.
O.P^T
"~"
RtMAHKS
FIG. 41. MOVE ORDER
the stores keeper, and is then sent to the cost depart-
ment for its records.
The copy of the requisition which has been left by the
trucker on the move board notifies the booth man that
the work is at the machine and that he can release from
his second file the service cards for that lot. These
he places in the second pocket of the production board
in the compartment for the machine that is to per-
form the first operation. The requisition is then re-
turned to the planning department.
Following the Lot from Operation to Operation
We have next to consider the steps necessary to fol-
low a lot as it goes from one operation to another.
Let us assume that the operator on machine No. 202
has completed a job and that his net job is the one
which we have just requisitioned from the stores. When
he finishes the job he is on he comes to the booth window
and turns in his service card for the previous job. On
the back of this service card has been noted the number
of his next job. At the same time that he turns in
his service card he also turns in the traveler which he
has taken from the lot he is to operate next, as shown on
the back of the service card he has just turned in.
~-- IN SLIP «OCo.ilU.S
PRODUCTION DEPARTMENT COPY
fate ^,^„ f(„
Patttm _ p„, Nn
riTP >.</- •
LO.N-. lO stck fS ;V ^ ?? *?=^h
Owtntitr
- DM«fi»ll««l
A— MWt 1
^
_i^^_7" y'^M^j
C^^WX,
i
Send to Dept. ,. ,
Sm.
' 'Sent g/-. ,..^._
■I.
FIG. 42.
IN SLIP (MADE OUT IN DUPLICATE. 1 BLUE3
AND 1 PINK)
PART NO.
LOT NO.
fO
NO. PCS.
MATERIAL
Op.
tio.
D..pt.
No.
Work.nun
Imp. No.
Cr>od
Operation Nam^
D»V
Mght
1
tfV
~rZirif I^A.j9jjr:M 1
fT^^^ XT-, ^^^^
^
e/
( "f/s •
^^_/j *^*^*jt_:r»#j/^ L£.r * .^^jit _ 1
i
c/
X>/7t L i- Oti- /Va «- ^--c
^
c/
^/rit.L. 3»^r /•««.«■<•
(,
c*
7
«/
G^tM^ ^ t. /* A/ <C ^
i
«/
/='/9 C'm jTo a. -«• /^
9
^/
/»
<f/^
TRAVELER wgco. md«,
FIG. 43. TRAVELER FORM
The "man's copy" and the "time-keeping copy" of the
service card for the previous job are both rung out. At
the same time the service cards for the next job on
machine No. 202 are taken from the center pocket of
the board, which you will remember holds "work ahead
or at the machine." The man's copy is checked with
the traveler to see that it corresponds as to part number
and lot number, and, if it does, is rung in. This check-
ing is done in order to safeguard against the workman
being given a service card for the wrong lot. The time-
keeping copy of the service card for the previous job
is placed on the move board as a signal to take the com-
pleted work to the inspection department; or if no
inspection is necessary, to the machine that is going to
perform the next operation.
Filing Service Cards
The man's copy from the previous job is now placed
in a file arranged by the man's number, of "men's
tickets awaiting inspection report." The cost and pro-
duction copy of the service card is placed in another
file of service cards awaiting inspection report. This
file is set up by machine numbers. The file of the man's
copy of the service card await-
ing inspection is set up by days,
to give a check on the inspection
department lest they do not in-
spect the work in the sequence
in which it comes to them, and
also to insure that the work
does not lie around the inspec-
tion bench too long. This file is
gone over every morning and
jobs that have not cleared the
inspection department are re-
ported to the head inspector for
action. When the lot has been
inspected, the inspector returns
the copy of the man's service
card to the booth with his re-
port as to pieces good, rejected,
and scrap. He also enters upon
the traveler the same date and
also the number or numbers of
the men that worked on the lot.
From the copy returned from
the inspection department the
booth man enters upon the
man's copy and the cost and
production copy the results of
the inspection. If a job is not
218
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
PIG. 44. EXTERIOR OP BOOTH
inspected on the day the work is performed, the man's
copy goes to the payroll department and the man is
paid for the number of pieces that are shown on the
ticket. The man's copy is checked in the booth at
the end of the day, before it is sent to the time-keep-
ing department, to see that no time is missing when
all such cards have been collected. If the inspection
report is late and does not arrive until the follow-
ing day, the time-keeping copies, with the inspection
report entered on them, are sent in with the other
service cards to the payroll department and are used
as a charge back on the payroll, the payroll department
sending back to the shop the corresponding man's
service card which may be given to the man if desired.
There is a difference of opinion as to whether or
not it is desirable to give to the men the copies of their
service cards. Usually, the extra effort seems worth
while, for the men like to know in advance what their
pay for the week will be, and in these days it pays to
coddle the men to that extent, surely.
Lots Requiring More Than One Day to Complete
If a man is unable to finish an operation on a lot by
quitting time, it is obvious that some means must bo
provided to carry on the work the next day. We handle
the situation in this way: For those jobs which are
going to extend over, an additional time-keeping and
man's copy of the service card is made out in the booth.
When the workman finishes work on the job for the
night, he turns in the first copy of his card, stating on it
the number of pieces that he has completed. This
amount, subtracted from the number of pieces in the lot,
is marked on the two copies of the service cards made
out for the next day. The service cards which he has
turned in are handled in the same manner as explained
before. The second set is then placed in the time file,
ready to be given to the man when he comes in to begin
work in the morning.
If for any reason it becomes desirable to carry for-
ward some of the pieces of the lot before the whole lot
is finished, a complete set of service cards for all
succeeding operations is made out for the quantity that
is to be sent forward. If the original lot is No. 10,
these delayed or forwarded pieces are given lot No. lOA,
enabling them to go through the shop as a unit.
If a situation develops where a man working on a
lot is called upon to stop work on that lot in order to
let through some job that has fallen behind, the man's
copy and the time-keeping copy of the service cards are
rung out and are attached to the white copy, and put
in the center pocket of the machine showing that the
FIG. 45. INTERIOR OF BOOTH
FIG. 46. THE PRODUCTION BOARD
job is at the machine and is to be worked on next. The
new job is handled as described before. The partly
finished lot should be finished up as soon as possible
after the rush job is completed.
Notice for Final Inspection
When the last operation on a part is completed and
the inspection report has been received on the manila
copy of the service card, the quantity of good pieces is
entered by the booth man on both copies of the in-slip
and these are placed on the move board as a notice to
take the parts called for into the final inspection.
The final inspector after checking over all pieces,
signs the two copies of the in-slip, changing the quantity
called for if any parts are rejected, and making out a
rejection notice for the rest. The move man then takes
the good pieces with both copies of the in-slips to the
finished stockroom.
The finished stock keeper removes the in-slips from
the work, checks the quantity again, and after entering
the quantity on his record sends the pink copy to the
cost department and the green copy to the production
department.
The green copy acts as a posting medium on the opera-
tion check sheets and production record, after which
they are filed by days for reference.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
219
M.„l. No
«CCo. MDJ6
SET UP INSTRUCTIONS
Tool Cnb Cop,
- (,^^j^^
r.i.. No
1
Loi No.
to
Van'* No.
Malriial
Operalion Name
Machine Name .
-^Xt^^^^ -
Deliver all looli for the above
opeiation lo worVman a1 machine
indicated NOT L^TFR THAN
rune o( Posing Nolict. 'j A.M.>M. |
■
KLJh _.. .
1 ■■«
AM. r*
N^
Booth Mu
FIG. 47.
SKT T^P INSTRUCTIONS (MADE OUT IN
QUADRUPLICATE)
All of this talk of booth men, planning department
and so on, might well lead the reader to believe that
to plan production a large number of so-called non-
productive clerical help would have to be put on the
plant payroll. The contrary is true. For one thing,
the stock-chasing force is nearly eliminated. The booth
men do the work both of the time keepers and stock
chasers. The accompanying table tells the whole story
of what happened to the non-productive labor in the
plant of the Warner Gear Co. when production was
fully planned.
Before After
Production Production Increase
Was Was or
Department Planned Planned Decrease
Inspectors 118 74 — 44
Truckers 42 23 —19
Production and planning 12 39 +27
Stock chasers 22 6 — 16
Toolroom 39 23 —16
Tool crib and tool grind 33 32 — 1
Shopclerks 26 13 —13
Sweepers 43 27 — 16
Shipping II 12 +1
Receiving 10 10 0
Millwrights 81 61 —20
storerooms 42 40 — 2
Factoiy office 20 42 +22
Total 499 402 —97
Note that in spite of the greatly increased amount of
goods which came in and went out of the plant, there
was no increase of receiving clerks and only one addi-
tional shipper was put on. That is because their work,
too, was planned so that it did not come "all in a
bunch," but ran about the same, day in and day out.
The same reason was responsible for the cut in non-
productive labor throughout. When work comes through
irregularly, it is necessary to have enough men on hand
to take care of the "peaks" which occur when a rush
of work comes through. These same men are naturally
more or less idle between the rush periods.
A well planned shop has no rush periods. Since the
work flows evenly, each hour sees just about the same
amount of materials moved by the truckers, and
inspected. Hence fewer truckers and inspectors are
needed. Even the work of the sweepers can be planned
so that at a certain hour each day the same department
will be cleaned and the sweepers will be moderately busy
all day with no alternating periods of frantic rush and
idleness such as is usually 'ustomary.
The reduction of 16 men, or 73 per cent, in the stock-
chasing force of the plant under discussion was a direct
measure of the reduction of emergencies. Most of the
work now moves according to schedule and gets to its
destination at the appointed time without being given
any special attention.
So, too, the need for new tools is foreseen, and last
minute orders for tools are avoided. A force of 23 tool-
makers working full time now regularly handles more
work than did the former 39 who were rushed one day
and idly waiting for something to do the next.
Even though the number of men who give out and
care for the tools was reduced by only one, remember
that the production of the plant was increased 621 per
cent, which normally would call for a similar increase
in toolroom attendants. The same holds true for such
other non-productive departments as shipping, receiving,
stores and so on; 61 millwrights now do fully 50 per
cent more work than 81 formerly did, due to the fact
that their work is foreseen and planned.
The staff of the production and planning department
has been increased to 39 from 12. That was to be
expected, but 13 of the increased number of clerks was
transferred from the old factory office, the force of
which has been cut in half.
These savings in overhead are mere details, of course,
but often they alone more than repay the change from
unplanned to planned production. It must not be for-
gotten that the big advantage of planning is the in-
creased production at lower cost which it makes possible.
Reboring an 8-ft. Wheel
By J. W. Gore
While I was master mechanic at one of the large
mines in northern Tennessee, we had an 8-ft. sheave
wheel on one of the conveyors go to pieces. We found
an extra wheel but to our unpleasant surprise the bore
was only 3\x in., instead of the 4i's in. required.
The 24-in. drill press used for the job was located at
a point in the shop where the floor was from 4 to 5 ft.
above the ground, which permitted setting up the wheel
on the ground, using four heavy timbers to support it.
The bed of the drill press was drilled through, the hole
being made a size to allow a sliding fit for the boring
bar. The free end of the bar was supported in a flat box
bolted to one of the supporting timbers. Ordinary
-SM/ng fit *o sfeaclyBat
: Heavy T/'mbers
.Wood Tmm or Tru/nj Bar
i^s-n
,.-e' Shaave Whee: .Clamp
^-^ .Sfilngle or
^[SWSff
BORING AN 8'FT. WHEEL
.^<,'»j>Mwmwi.miiim'..MuiiW'.«.»ff'^»*''^
shafting was used for the boring bar and on account of
its length it had to be inserted into the machine spindle
from underneath the shop floor. Preparatory to boring,
the wheel was trued up, its exact position being deter-
mined by a wooden tram clamped to the boring bar.
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Facts About the F. A. E. S.
Ho^v is the Federated American Engineering So-
cieties to advance the interests of the individual
engineer? By causing the advancement of the
profession through a greater recognition, by the
public, of the engineer and allied technologist;
and by increasing the solidarity and raising the
standards of these professions.
THE Federated American Engineering Societies will
be successor to and will carry on the work of En-
gineering Council, broadening the scope of the work
and standing for a much larger field. It is expected
that the Federation will represent from fifty to one-
hundred engineering or allied technical societies, where-
as Engineering Council takes its membership from the
four founder engineering societies only.
Reasons for Choosing the Name "The Federated
American Engineering Societies"
As the later organization is larger in scope, so is its
name more inclusive than that of Engineering Council.
Forming a suitable name was the cause of much serious
thought on the part of the committee on constitution
and by-laws of the organizing conference. "Feder-
ated" was chosen in preference to "Association," "Con-
federation," "Federation" and others. "American" was
used to make the name distinctive if our own shall be
successful, because other nations are contemplating the
formation of similar societies. "Engineering" is a broad
word and was therefore chosen as the best single word
to represent the membership contemplated. "Societies"
indicates that the organization is one of groups and not
of individuals.
Basis of Representation When Both State and
Local Organizations Exist
The constitution provides that a state council or or-
ganization, representative of the engineers and allied
technologists in the state, can be represented on the
American Engineering Council, which is the executive
body of the organization, on the basis of all the engi-
neers and allied technologists in the state. If, however,
there exists a strong local organization or afl[iliation,
which elects to have its own representative or repre-
sentatives on the Council, then the state council or or-
ganization is entitled to representation on the basis of
all the engineers and allied technologists in the state,
less the engineers and technologists that are to be rep-
resented through their local organization or affiliation.
This will not prevent the local organization or affiliation
from participating in the work of the state council or
organization in the consideration of matters affecting
the state only.
Money Contributions from Member Societies
The constitution and by-laws provide for funds con-
tributed by the member societies for the support of the
Federated American Engineering Societies. Inasmuch
as it would be unreasonable for a small local society
to pay as large a contribution as a national society the
constitution provides that the contribution shall be on
the basis of the number of members in the organization
at the rate of $1.50 per member for national societies
and $1.00 per member for local, state and regional or-
ganizations or affiliations. The individual, therefore,
does not directly pay any dues but the member-society
of which he is a member contributes to the support of
the Federated American Engineering Societies on a per-
capita basis of its membership. It therefore follows
that any one who is a member of several organizations
which hold membership in the Federated American En-
gineering Societies will be counted in the total member-
ship of each society as a basis of its contribution.
The Federated American Engineering Societies will
function through the American Engineering Council
which will meet either annually, or bi-annually, as it will
determine. This American Engineering Council will
consist of representatives from the member-societies on
the basis of one representative for from 100 to 1,000
members and an additional representative for each addi-
tional 1,000 members or major fraction thereof. From
this body of representatives will be formed an executive
board of thirty, consisting of six officers and twenty-four
other members selected in part from the national so-
cieties and the remainder from the local, state and re-
gional organizations or affiliations, according to the ratio
of the number of representatives from the national so-
cieties to the numiber of representatives from the local,
state and regional organizations or affiliations in the
American Council. This executive board will meet
monthly or as often as may be found to be necessary to
properly transact the business of the American Engi-
neering Council. There will be an executive officer who
will also be the secretary of these bodies and who will be
entrusted with carrying out their instructions.
The Organization Is Democratic
If a democratic organization is taken to mean one in
which its constitutents have a voice in its affairs then
the Federated American Engineering Societies is truly
a democratic organization. Member-societies of this or-
ganization are represented on the American Engineer-
ing Council which has full power to control and to direct
the activities of the American Engineering Council and
of its executive board and can determine whether it is
necessary for the former to meet annually, bi-annually,
or tri-annually, or how frequently the latter shall meet.
On the basis of the present membership of Engineer-
ing Council the income from the contributions provided
in the Constitution of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies would be about $75,000. At no time
in the history of its existence has the budget of Engi-
neering Council exceeded $50,000. Provision is made,
however, that
"The executive board shall, whenever practic-
able, provide for the whole or a part of the expense
of members or of representatives attending its own
meetings and those of the council."
On the basis of past experience, it is estimated that
if the expenses of all the representatives on American
Engineering Council and of the members of its execu-
tive board were paid to each meeting of these bodies,
there would be involved an annual expense of about
$25,000. The purpose of these expenditures is to secure
a full attendance of the representatives of the American
Engineering Council and on the executive board, es-
pecially during the earlier years of the organization.
As will be noted in the excerpt from the constitution the
expenses of representatives of the council and members
of the executive board will be provided from such funds
as may be available. If, in the judgment of the execu-
tive board this money should be required for more ur-
gent work the expenses of the representatives and
members would not be provided for.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
'■'mmm
221
I
^ ..::i^s. -.Xlx'€i:iv-iil:"\ici^....A:
Machining Methods in Pierce-Arrow Shop
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, Anivrivan Machinist
\
THE rough-turning of the pistons is done in the
usual manner, after which they are drilled in the
cylindrical drilling fixture shown in Fig. 1. The
fixture is a sort of spool,
the two heads, .4. and B,
resting and turning in the
3upports C and D, which
are bored to the same diam-
eter. It will be noted that
chese supports are relieved
in the center, which not
only allows chip room but
also avoids the necessity o''
having the arc an exact fit
for the ends of the spool. The drill bushing is remov-
able and is held in place by hooking the lip on the end
under the screw E. After drilling one side, the spool
is turned half way round, which brings the opposite
bushing under the drill.
Without fjoing into complete details of manufac-
ture, this article shows a few of the interesting
methods and fixtures used by a ivell-known
builder of high-grade trucks and passenger cars.
Some of these are unusual, and full of sugges-
tions for work of various kinds.
The details of the drilling fixture are particularly
interesting owing to the unusual design. These details
are shown in Fig. 2, where the open end of the piston
A, which has been pre-
viously bored, is slipped
inside the fixture and over
the centering plunger B.
Inside of this is a plug car-
rying the yoke C, which has
V's on each side. These fit
around the inside of the
piston pin bosses and are
provided with the spring F,
which allows for slight in-
equalities and variations. Then the end plate D is
placed in position and turned slightly so that the cam
E locks under suitable lugs provided for this purpose.
The two setscrews FF are then tightened and force the
piston and the plunger D against the spring shown until
the end of the piston stops against the pins GG. The
hole is then drilled through the bushings HH, which are
positioned by means of the index pins II, these fitting
in suitable openings in the cradle which carries the
spool shown.
It will be noticed that the plunger D is free to move
FIG. 1. nSTON-DRILLING FIXTURE
FIG. 2. DKT.MLS OF DRILLING FIXTURE
222
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
nSLFFM<i o^ri yl " If dM^o^me-n xin 1
'"'^m
- C*^-
-D
<^
^Ub.-
"m^
FIG. 3. BORING INSIDE OF PISTON
FIG. 5. l''INISH-BORING THE OPEN END
around the central portion so as to allow the lugs to
easily center themselves, a ball thrust being provided
FIG. 4. HOW INSIDE OF I'ISTON IS FINISHED
at X for this purpose, and making a very complete
and easily operated fixture for securing great accuracy.
After the rough-turning, the piston goes to the Jones
& Lams machine shown in Fig. 3. The chuck used
has a concave face, and the open end of the skirt is
bored and faced by the tools at A. The drill at B
is specially ground on the point and relieves the center
of the piston head so as to make way for the inside
facing tool C.
Facing Inside the Head
This facing tool is held in a flat holder which can
pass between the piston-pin bosses when the work is
stopped in the proper position, the bosses clearing the
reduced portion of the holder at D. The holder is
pivoted at E and controlled by the handle and screw
shown through the pair of beveled gears at F. This
gives the facing tool C sufficient movement to face
the inside of the piston head to an arc with the radius
EC, thus finishing the inside of the piston except for
FIG.
FIXTURE FOR DRILLING CYLINDERS
FIG. 8. TESTING CONNECTING-ROD FORCINGS
July 2a, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
MO^irVlEi U Ui^l^Jit^iU rj-io rj;^
that portion of its length occupied by the piston-pin
bosses. This leaves the piston finished inside as shown
in Fig. 4.
Then the piston goes to the turning fixture shown
in Fig. 5, where the open end of the skirt is carefully
bored and the end faced square. Details of this fixture
are shown in Fig. 6. The piston is simply slipped into
the fixture sho\vn and the hardened and ground locat-
ing pin A is slipped into place. This pin A is a close
fit in the piston, but not in the fixture, as can be seen
by the clearance around. The plate B, carrying the
plunger C at its back, is then forced against the solid
end of the piston by means of the cross handle D
and the lever E. This moves the spindle forward until
the projecting ends of the pin A seat against the hard-
ened blocks FF, which give a definite distance from
the piston-pin hole to the end of the skirt. This is then
faced off to the desired length and is also squared with
the piston-pin hole.
Another form of circular fixture is shown in Fig. 7,
where the block of two cylinders is located by the three-
lobed support A in one bore and a short stud fitting
into the other bore. The cylinder block is held in
position by the swinging arm B, carrying the contact
pad C, the whole being forced into place by the hand-
wheel D. Mounted in this fixture, the cylinder block
can be turned to any position parallel with its bore
for drilling or tapping the various outlets and other
holes which surround the cylinder. The fixture rests
on two rollers, which make it easy to turn.
fk;. h. details of fixture
FIG. 9, DRII-LING liOl/r HOLES
The fixture for testing and straightening the con-
necting-rod forgings is shown in Fig. 8. The fixture
holds the rod by a point in the channel near the small
end, and also by the outside of the two bolt bosses.
Held in this position the gage A tests the ends of the
piston-pin boss by means of the two buttons shown on
the gage stud. The surface B of the fixture is planed
flat for this purpose. The whole gage is turned up on
edge in order to be more clearly shown.
The next operation is the drilling of the small end,
after which the two bolt holes are drilled in the fixture
shown in Fig. 9. Here the rod is positioned by the
piston-pin hole over the stud A. The swinging clamp B,
carrying an equalizing pad in the center, clamps the
upper end of the rod during the drilling operation. The
drilling is done by a very substantial auxiliary head,
which forms part of the fixture, and which surrounds
the drilling-spindle guide at C, and bolts to the face
on the column at D. The drilling head is contained in
the housing E, which is guided by the pillars F and G,
the whole converting a standard drilling machine into a
special machine for this purpose.
The sawing of the cap from the rod is done in an
extremely ingenious milling attachment shown in Figs.
10 to 13. This is a double-spindle machine, the first
spindle carrying the slitting saw A, Fig. 10, and the
22i
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
FIG. 10. SAWING AND F.-V.CINO ROD.S AND CAPS
FIG. 11. END OF FIRST OPERATION
1 ' ■'
' 1
f 1
pi
1
f
Mtm
r.^^
ai
-'" - ' ,-.^
FIG. 12. MILLING THE JOINT SURFACES
FIG. 13. FINISHING THE MILLING OPERATION
FIG. 14. REAMING THE L.VRGE END
FIG. 13. -WEIGHING THE RODS
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
225
mwfiiv
second an inserted-tooth milling cutter B. The connect-
ing rod is located by the piston-pin hole at C, the
large end being positioned by studs in the bolt holes,
as at D. It will be noted that Ihe large end is clamped
at three points, one of these being the broad clamp E
which covers almost the entire cap.
As the table carries the rod under the slitting saw,
the roller F, Fig. 11, approaches the sliding cam G.
This figure shows the slitting saw having just finished
the cut and the cap H beginning to move away from it
under the action of roller F and cam G.
In Fig. 12 the portion of the fixture carrying the cap
has moved out to its extreme position, the roller being
practically at the end of the cam.
In Fig. 13 the inserted-tooth milling cutter is just
finishing its cut, and has faced the joint surfaces on
both rod and cap, so that they require no further atten-
tion. This replaces the former method of sawing off
the cap and finishing these surfaces by grinding in a
separate operation. This method insures the joint sur-
faces being at right angles to the bolt holes, which is
a distinct advantage.
The rod and cap are then bolted together and the
large hole bored and reamed. The fixture, together
with the reamer, is shown in Fig. 14. The fixture has
removable bushings to accommodate both the boring
tool and the reamer.
The final weighing of the rods is shown in Fig. 15.
The use of the plain balancing scale is to obtain rods
of equal weight for the same motor, while the other
scale weighs the large ends of the rods and enables
the assembling department to use rods having the same
weight at the large end.
Motor-Truck-Assembly Details
The very substantial type of pedestal used in erecting
the heavy chassis of the Autocar truck is shown in
Fig. 1. This is of cast iron and is used instead of
wooden horses, being more substantial, reliable and
durable.
It will be noted that a somewhat unusual method is
used in bolting the springs to the axle. The nuts on
the U-bolts have two lock washers, one between the
first nut and the ear on the spring pad and the other
between the two nuts. The illustration also shows
the four, tight-capped substantial oil cups which are
used for lubricating the bearing of the brake arm.
A Fender-Fitting Fixture
The assembling stand shown in Fig. 2 is in reality a
fixture for fitting fenders of Autocar trucks. The
stand, which is a bench having a cast-iron top. A, has
suitable projections for holding the fender irons B and
C as well as the crossbar D which represents the run-
ning board of the truck.
The fender irons shown are bolted to blocks which
represent the frame, and allow the fender fitters to set
exactly how the fenders are going to fit when they are
put in place on the truck itself. The fenders are bolted
to the irons and, with the irons in place, go to the
chassis for assembly.
The left-hand fender is shown in place resting on the
FIG. 1. A SUBSTANTIAL, ASSEMBLING STAND
other end of the crossbar D and held by the fender
irons. The gages E and F show at once whether the
fittings line up as they should.
Fitting in this manner saves considerable time in
the final assembly and insures everything being prop-
erly positioned when the truck leaves the factory.
Painting a Truck Chassis
Fig. 3 shows a very satisfactory method of painting
auto-truck chassis or similar machinery, using the spray
method. As will be seen this is done in a small room
built especially for the purpose. The chassis is mounted
on a double-castered truck, and the bright parts pro-
tected as at A and B. The caps A which slide over the
FIG. 2. iUXTLUh; J'OU I'lTTING FENDERS
226
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
FIG. 3. PAINTING THB CHASSIS
axles can be of any light material, and the top of the
motor is protected by the pieces of sheet metal or
cardboard shown at B.
Illumination and Ventilation
Skylights of wired glass allow considerable daylight
to filter through into the room and the four groups of
lamps, two at each end. give all the additional illumina-
tion necessary. There are also four exhaust fans at
the bacic, each independently driven, so that any desired
degree of ventilation can be obtained. After a chassis
has been spray painted, a canvas cover is let down over
the front of the room, protecting the paint from dust
until it sets.
An Executive "Follow Up"
By W. Bukr Bennett
President, Wayne Engineering Co., Honesdale, Pa.
Most men in executive positions will admit that one
of their most trying jobs is to see that their orders are
executed. Even in the small shop where the contact
with the various department heads is closer than the
large shops, it is difficult to see that the dozens of daily
instructions are carried out. It is especially true now
when even the best of men are afflicted with that great
American disease of "Let George do it," which is
further complicated by the high fever of "Passing the
buck."
Notwithstanding the fact that the modern progres-
sive shop is well equipped with a planning, production
and cost-keeping system, the various employees who are
burdened with the aforesaid afflictions can manage to
"overlook" about 50 per cent of the various small details
assigned to them.
As a corrective measure and by way of living up to
one of the late H. L. Gantt's axioms, which stated that
"The authority to issue an order involved the obligation
of seeing that it is properly executed," the form shown
herewith was devised. It is printed on the convenient
8i X 11-in sheet. A new sheet is used daily and care-
fully filed when complete. The various details are
noted opposite the prope/ department and the head of
that department is required to state the date when he
will promise completion of the task assigned. If the
time is three weeks away the first follow up is made by
a personal interview a week later and is noted in the
column 1-FU which is a symbol for first follow up.
This is carried through for the second and third weeks
respectively and when the task is completed the date is
noted in the date finished column. Of course the times
vary, some are taken care of at once, in which case only
the finish date is noted; on the other hand some items
take three days or even three months.
This scheme has now been in operation about six
months and has been found very satisfactory. It is
simple, accurate and when carefully followed gets
results.
iuiifniu»a
ocrr.
TOOl
ROOM
fINISNINS
DCPT
"Sir
SHIPPIMG
STORES
PRODOCTKWI
DEFT
«iJS"-
PlAhNtiK
OFTlCt
•1SS8'
if
m
n
i
o
c
MR.
BROCK
MR
FOX
MR.
JAVCOX
MR.
BAUMAN
ROBiNSON
MR
HEFT
M(t-
FOK
MR.
tBMMISKCY
oootev
MR.
KXANTZ
il
11
i
FOLLOW-UP fORM
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
227
Methods of Making Cold Header Dies
By H. W. Armstrong
The writer redesigned some header dies in a way
which may be of interest to others on similar work.
The dies which we had been using in our shop were
made as shown in Fig. 1, of solid steel. If properly
made and hardened they lasted quite a while, but if they
were too soft they would be used up quickly. On the
other hand if too hard they would split open. In any
case they are quite costly to make as there is required
a large piece of tool steel of very good quality.
The writer thought that by substituting a soft steel
exterior and using a tool steel center (see Fig. 2), the
cost of steel could be greatly reduced. Moreover the
tool steel insert weighed less and could be handled more
easily when machining. Also the exterior or holder
could be used indefinitely, substituting new inserts when
necessary. This method had been tried before but
without success because the insert had been made with
the sides straight or parallel. The holder was bored
out slightly smaller after which it was heated and the
insert shrunk into place. This method failed because
the insert would very often pull out and sometimes
would get caught between the punch and die, causing
serious damage.
The following method was then tried out with suc-
cess and adopted. The holder was bored out on a slight
taper, the greatest diameter being at the bottom and
about 0.004 to 0.006 in. larger than at opening. The
insert was made with a corresponding taper but about
0.005 in. larger throughout than the hole in the holder
(see Fig. 3). Then the holder was heated and the in-
sert shrunk into place. None of these have ever pulled
out as the taper-shrunk fit will not permit the insert to
pull out without subjecting it to a greater strain than
is possible under working conditions.
FIG. I
FIG. 2
FIGS. 1 TO 3. SOLID DTE
AND BUIL.T-1'P DIE
WHICH REPLACED IT
A
U^
•::>
te
fe
y,
! •
r
FI6.
Chamfering Tool for Valve Seats
By J. V. Hunter
A maintenance engineer in a large gas engine manu-
facturing plant recently stated that in the past they
had trouble due to the pilots on the chamfering tools,
used for finishing the valve seats, wearing rapidly and
causing them to chamfer the seats out of true with the
valve-stem holes. This was caused by the chips and
dirt that fell down on the pilots which were made inte-
gral with the tools.
This trouble was done away with entirely by using
the type of tool shown in the illustration. A is the
assembled tool and B and C the two parts of which it
is composed. The body is made as at B with the center
hole accurately finished to a standard diameter. The
pilot C is likewise made up with its shank the correct
size for a snug running fit in the tool bore; and it will
be noted that it carries oil-grooves to distribute the oil
and insure that it will not bind in the bore. The pilots
are made in several sizes, varying a fraction of a thou-
sandth from one another, and in each case the operator
selects one which will fit tightly into the valve-stem
hole which he is chamfering. The tight fit insures the
pilot both against side play and turning in the hole, so
that the rotation all occurs on the upper shank which is
above the chips and dirt. Since using these chamfering
tools the inspectors have found less cause for complaint
and the maintenance for the tools has been much less.
CHAMFERING TOOL WITH REMOVABLE PILOT
228
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Which Way Are the "Trade Winds"
Really Blowing?
By Everit B. Terhune
Manager, Boot and Shoe Recordet
IT is high time that a certain type of American
business men cease worrying, and take comfort from
some plain, easily discoverable facts.
I am getting a growing conviction that in some com-
mercial quarters pessimism is masquerading as marvel-
ous shrewdness, far-sightedness, conservatism.
I sense a tendency on the part of a few business
men here and there to construe present unusual com-
mercial conditions as the inevitable forerunner of panic
conditions.
If one has the interest to chase this pessimism to its
source, then puts that source under the magnifying
glass of intelligent, uninflamed business analysis, of
what does he find it to consist?
Just this : Commodities are very high ; the consuming
public is crying more nearly in unison every day for
lower prices; labor is in an aggravated state of unrest;
and commercial, social and political conditions in Europe
are generally bad.
Granted — every bit of it !
But, even so, please permit some of us to retain our
mental equilibrium; bear with us while we decline to
become frenzied over these things, and allow us for a
moment to put the facts through a laboratory test.
Which way are the "trade winds" really blowing?
So far as I know, or can find out, no business depres-
sion in the United States ever occurred in or im-
mediately followed a period in which money was any-
where nearly as plentiful as it is today and has been
for two years — with a record-breaking bold balance to
justify and even necessitate it.
So far as I know, or can find out, no commercial
cataclysm in this country of ours has ever come at a
time of conspicuous Mwrfcr-production of necessities.
Over-production has been a contributing cause of
business lethargy.
And so far as I know, or can find out, no real
business paralysis has ever accompanied or immediately
succeeded a time when the working man — or the farmer
— was anywhere nearly so much the master of his
financial destiny as he admittedly is today, and is
admittedly going to continue to be for many years.
Truly, I think the well-known volatile temper of the
American business man has never been more strikingly
demonstrated than in this silly inclination on the part
of a few of him to mistake the probably approaching
readjustment of commercial matters for a stagnation.
And here, I think, we get the real answer: We shall
have a clarifying of industrial relations, a straighten-
ing-mit of commodity values, and i)erhaps of trading
prices and profits ratios — but a panic, a business depres-
sion, a period of radical commercial curtailment, NO!
I am quite satisfied to let the coming twenty-four
months prove me a false or true prophet.
What I am principally quarreling with is the super-
ficial character of the judgment that a few .self-
appointed calamity-howlers always insist on applying
to a business situation whenever it is anything but
100 per cent rosy.
They like to interpret a prospective, natural easing-
off of abnormally high prices as bottom-dropped-out
affair.
They view an upset labor situation as forecasting an
industrial tragedy — entirely forgetting, apparently, that
a labor crisis never comes when production of living
necessities is tremendously under normal requirements.
To them the unparalleled accumulation of gold
reserves in this country at present, with its unavoidable
influence toward high prices, high wages and popular
extravangance, means nothing at all!
Two years ago everyone was proclaiming, truthfully,
that "business in the United States is just entering an
era of the greatest prosperity it has ever known."
Right! — and we ARE in it, and, if we vrill merely
ignore or suppress the stupid croakers, we shall easily
continue in that prosperity for many, many years!
The War set the international stage for this precise
prosperity. By it we became, involuntarily, uncontrol-
lably, the logical supply source for a good share of the
rest of the world for the major part of ten years.
Do we business men of the United States now pro-
pose throwing this advantage — this responsibility — ^to
the four winds, merely to give foolish substance to the
frothiness of a few false prophets.
I talk business with a great many men influential in
the shoe industry and in other lines: and, believe me,
I get facts.
li I should epitomize the worth-while statements made
to me of late by the worth-while men of business, they
v/ould come down to about this:
"Let's not even dream of poor business while all
about us we have, and must for a long time have,
the elements that always make business secure."
"Any business man who thinks he can forsee com-
mercial depression when his own country and half the
rest of the world are clamoring for goods ought to
be surveyed by an alienist !"
"We should at least scratch the surface of our tre-
mendous trade advantage before we begin to wonder
if we have exhausted it."
I want to sa.v that business journalism is an excellent
barometer of coming business conditions. Advertisers
are as canny as they make them! An advertiser can
scent a distant slump in business more keenly than any
other kind of business individual I know.
Yes, prices are going to be revised downward, some
time; broadcast personal extravagance is going to run
its course, and prosperous sanity return; labor is going
to rub its eyes clear and jump enthusiastically into the
pleasant and profitable work of making production more
nearly match the demand for it.
Who are going to straighten out tne situation, and
bring America's business to its proper basis imthout
interrupting it?
The American people themselves — of course
July 29. 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
229
The Van Norman No. 9 Hole-Grinding
Machine
SPECIAL CORRESPONDENCE
THE grinding machine illustrated and described in
this article has been brought out by the Van Nor-
man Machine Tool Co., Springfield, Mass., and is
intended for finishing holes by grinding and also for
grinding the flat faces of circular work, the work being
held in a chuck or other
suitable fixture.
Figs. 1 and 2 are re-
spectively front and rear
views of the machine and
show its massive construc-
tion. The base has ample
strength and rigidity to
keep the work and grind-
ing spindles in alignment
with each other under the
most severe grinding con-
ditions, thus insuring
straight work.
The drive is self con-
tained and is mounted on
the machine base, avoid-
ing the necessity for an
over-head system such as
is usually furnished with
belt-driven grinding ma-
chines. The machine can
be furnished with motor
drive, in which case the
motor is placed inside the
cabinet base where it is
pi'otected from grit and
dirt. Here the motor is
entirely out of the way
and by reason of its lo-
cation the machine does
not require any additional
floor space. All driving
shafts are mounted in
self aligning ball bearings.
Production grinding re-
quires that the stock to
be removed shall be taken
off' in the shortest possi-
ble time. In conforming
to such requirements it is
necessary that both the
work and the grinding
wheel shall be rigidly
supported and absolutely free from all vibration.
Fi<f. 3 shows the construction of the work-head spindle
and its bearings. The spindle is submerged in oil and
is protected by a packless gland system that seals oil in
and dirt out. The grinding-wheel spindle. Fig. 4, is
mounted on a quill which can be adjusted lengthwise in
the grinding head. Ball bearings are provided both at
the front and rear end. The front bearing, or that near-
est the grinding wheel, is fixed in the quill, while the rear
bearing is held in a sliding bushing. By this arrange-
ment any lengthening of the spindle by expansion due
An analysis of grinding-machine proditction will
show that the fjuctors of time consumption are:
loading the machine, actual grinding, gaging,
unloading. Rapid production, especially in grind-
ing holes, requires that the machine shall have
been designed with the above factors in mind,
otherwise the time consumed in handling and
gaging the tvork will be out of all reasonable pro-
portion to that consumed in actual grinding.
Kin. 1. A'AN NORM-iVN NO. 0 HOT.E-GRINDING MACHINE
Pp*-ciflfations : Swing, 20 in. Will i^jrincl liolc.« 4 J in. deep.
Speed."!: woik spindle, .six, from 72 to 131 r.p.m. : grinding spindle,
three, from 3,400 to 1H,000 r.p.m. Motor: 3 lip., 1,200 r.p.m. Floor
spaee. 39 x 63 in. Weiglit : net, 2,9.'')0 lb.; boxed, 3,100 lb.
to heat generated, by grinding, will. cause the rear bear-
ing to be pushed back by the shoulder on the spindle
and prevent any binding between the shoulders. The
quill is designed to give rigidity to the spindle under
the severest conditions imposed by heavy grinding. It
is not intended that the
wheel spindle is to be re-
moved from its quill for
the purpose of inserting
another spindle of differ-
ent size or length but that
a quill fitted with a spin-
dle adapted to the work
shall be used.
Probably no factor.s
limit the production ca-
pacity of a hole-grinding
machine to so great an
extent as those of load-
ing, gaging and unload-
ing. The reason for this
is the natural slowing up
on the part of the opera-
tor, owing to his fear of
contact between his hands
and the abrasive wheel
which is unavoidably very
close to both the work and
the chuck or .holding fix-
ture. To stop the wheel
each time the work is to
be gaged or unloaded or
loaded would result in an
enorm.ous loss of time.
In designing this ma-
chine the maker has taken
care to protect the opera-
tor's hands from acci-
dental injury while han-
dling work in and out of
the machine and during
the times it is necessary
for him to gage or other-
wise test the parts being
operated on. This safe-
guarding consists in sup-
plying means by which
the distance between the
work and the grinding
wheel can be quickly made greater in two directions.
Referring to Fig. 1 it will be noted that the carriage
upon which the grinding spindle is mounted is provided
with means for longitudinal movement through a pilot
wheel and rack and pinion. This movement is limited by
the positive stop A and the adjustable stop B, between
which is hinged the bar stop C. By swinging the bar
stop C upward and out of line with the other stops, the
carriage can be moved back, withdrawing the grinding
wheel axially from the work.
The work head is mounted on a transverse slide upon
230
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Kia, 2. RKAR VIEW OF CRINUl.NU ilACHINK
which it can be moved by the lever E through the usual
rack and pinion arrangement. It will thus be seen that
with the wheel moved axially away from the work by
the movement of the carriage, and the work moved
transversely away from the wheel by the movement of
the work head, there will be ample room for the oper-
ator to gage the work and to handle it in or out of the
machine without danger of injury to his hands.
FIG. 3. THE WORK-HEAD SPINDLE
There still remains the necessity of stopping the
work spindle from revolving before the work can be
handled or gaged and this is taken care of by releasing
a clutch and the automatic application of a bi'ake which
brings the spindle to a quick stop. The operator can
make all these moves quickly, while maintaining a posi-
FIG. i. THE GRINDING SPINDLE AND QUILL
tion of ease and the time consumed will be much less
than if the grinding wheel were stopped and started.
The work head can be returned to and locked in its
normal position without change in alignment.
By the use of a cup wheel holes can be ground and
the work faced without changing the wheel or re-mount-
ing the work. In face grinding, the work head is tra-
versed while the wheel remains in one position.
Adjustable stops are provided on the work-head slide
through the use of which the head can be set in different
positions so that holes having more than one diameter
can be ground. The work head is mounted on a swivel
base graduated both in degrees and in taper per foot
so that taper holes can be ground to either system.
The machine is equipped with a wheel turning attach-
ment and a pump for coolant.
Making Employees Interested in Their
Work
By Oren D. Harris
Excellent and instructive as is Professor Kitson's
article in the May issue of the American Machinist, on
"Making Employees Interested in Their Work," it is by
its very nature broad and of only general application.
Several points occur to me wherein his general deduc-
tions may be specifically applied to increasing the inter-
est of employees, particularly in mechanical lines of pro-
duction. Perhaps none of these applications can be
classed as original, but if there is "nothing new under
the sun," it is at least interesting to note how Old Man
Experience follows right along the line of Professor
James's arguments — or, perhaps, this should be said
vice-versa.
At any rate, it seems to me that in one thing at least
the machinist trade has an incomparable advantage
over most other occupations. I do believe that, as
a rule, there is a greater interest in the work itself and
in the opportunities presented by the whole engineering
business shown by those entering it than in almost any
trade or occupation, possibly barring what our grand-
fathers used to call "the learned professions."
Perhaps the shop paper could be used to induce a
little more curiosity as to the contents of the factory
library, and encouragement should be given to the
workman in the matter of individual subscriptions to
technical magazines. Part payment by the employer of
the purchase price of study courses pursued by work-
men will give encouragement, without forfeiting the
sense of responsibility which might result from having
the whole amount assumed by the employer. In some
cases a well-managed suggestion box proves a benefit
by bringing out useful suggestions and by making the
men think beyond the beaten track. The amount of the
reward and the actual fact of winning it are both suf-
ficient inducements to cause a worker to keep on looking
for inefficiencies which can be remedied.
Attention to the comfort of employees in the matter
of simple conveniences will result not only in greater
interest, but in greater producing efl^iciency as well.
In the matter of getting employees interested in their
work by showing an interest in their welfare outside of
the shop, the first step of many employers is the promo-
tion of sports, which will be of interest to only a small
number of the younger men as a rule, rather than to
the more mature men. The method in which many firms
are now offering to help their men accumulate savings
by giving them cash dividends, stock dividends,
and by maintaining convenient branch banks will
likely to appeal to the most responsible of the men.
The plan of helping finance the buying or building of
homes should be one of the surest means of encouraging
loyalty and interest, especially in these days of the scar-
city of houses.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
231
Hunting Psychologists
By Entropy
This is not an advertisement. The job is filled. One
of my friends who runs a shop with quite a good-sized
office attached asked me to locate a psychologist who
could discover whether his organization was good or
not. Of course I made him sign off all claims against
me in case the man did not prove profitable. Then I
answered advertisements which implied that psycholog-
ical methods of selection were to be used. The first
chap I struck had advertised for a cashier. Handling
money has always appealed to me so I went to see him
with some real interest; but he apparently was quite a
psychologist for he told me immediately that I did not
want the job, because his firm did not intend parting
with money enough to keep me going. He explained
that he knew by my looks and the fact that one button
on my coat was nearly off that I was married and he
did not see how any married man was going to carry
the job and dress as well as I did. I did not get
anjrwhere near his psychological tests.
The next ad that I saw did not give any details at
all. They gave a box number and asked for an
executive. Being an executive always appealed to me,
my idea of an executive being a man who has a nice
flat-top desk with nothing on it but a plate glass and
a calender marked with the date the fishing season
opens. Bearing in mind my experience with the first
man, though, I carefully selected my other suit, the
one I wear holidays to take out the ashes. My wife
very kindly sewed all the loose buttons on, and I dusted
it off as much as possible, being careful not to disturb
the shine on the elbows and other prominent places.
This chap was posing as an imitation of a seal, being
one of these self-satisfied fellows with long hair combed
straight back and oiled to the last word. He started
off by telling me that the examination through which
he proposed to put me would demonstrate whether T
was fitted for the job or not, so that I would see if
I fell down, that I was unfit for the job. In other
words, there would be nothing personal about it. Now
I feel quite proud of one or two things I have done
and I tried to tell him all about it. He waved me away
with the remark that he cared nothing about my past,
only of my future. Then I tried to find out what he
wanted his man to do. He said he was not allowed
to tell, that all he was going to do was to find the man
best fitted for the job that was to be handed out, and
then they would hire that man.
I suggested to him that I had spent a lifetime in
certain lines and that I did not want to wander too far
astray from them. "Why," said he, "if you can get a
good job with plenty of money, what do you care what
you do?" I then dug out of him that what he thought
was good money was about $1,800 a year. I made a
mental reservation, but told him to go ahead with his
questions. He had nothing new, however, just the old
line that tests concentration by asking foolish ques-
tions, memory by photographs, and association of ideas
and all the rest of the stuff that has been public prop-
erty for five years. I passed, but I felt obliged to tell
him that the job, which he finally said was selling bonds
OP commission, was nothing that I wanted. The whole
game was to get men so imbued with the idea that
their minds were of just the type to sell bonds that
they would go out and sell to all their. personal friends
and then they could be discarded in favor of a new
crop. I did not recommend the imitation seal.
Then I .struck a man who did not claim to be a
psychologist at all but whom I suspect of such leanings.
I met him by accident and was not dressed to make any
particular kind of an impression. He started off by
telling me just what the job was that he wished filled,
just what sort of people the man selected would have to
co-operate with and just who could be expected to object
to co-operation. He then drew out of me all my experi-
ences that bore on the job, some of which I will have to
admit now were made up for the occasion. After we
had talked for nearly an hour he and I agreed, however,
that I did not want the job, and then he turned around
and told me that he had known all along that I was
not looking for a job at all
Which Was a Psychologist?
Of the three, which was the psychologist? Or, if
they were .ill in that class, which is the type that can
find a useful place in the world? Is it justifiable for
one to entirely throw away the experience which he
has gained by hard work? Is it reasonable to expect
that every man who comes looking for a job is down
and out and therefore ready to take any job that
promises a fair living? To be sure, most of us work
for a living, but most of us can earn more in a con-
genial job, and one for which our past work has been
a preparation. Psychology, as I understand it, is the
application of common sense to the workings of the
human mind. The mind is perverse under affront and
insult. If it is desired to rouse a man's antagonism the
easiest way is to tell, him that he is not competent to
pick out his own kind of work. It may be that he is
not competent, but it is very far from soothing to him
to tell him the truth even in that case.
Everything that we do forms habits, good or bad,
as the case ijnay be. Habits are worth money in the
market or they cost money. The habits of honest and
clear thinking are assets, those of laziness and procras-
tination are liabilities. These can be estimated from
the history of the man. All the tests which may be
applied may find him prepared, and he may, under the
stimulus of excitement and interest, pass an examina-
tion in a way that his habits make it virtually impos-
sible for him to keep up. A man may be able to
center his attention for a short time on an interesting
or new problem and yet be so utterly bored with the
repetition of the same problem that he may make so
many errors that it is not uiofitable to employ him.
Will-power hardly comes within the scope of these
short examinations. Men who have shown wonderful
will-power at one time have apparently entirely failed
to show it at others. The state of physical comfort
has a great deal to do with it. The presence or absence
of disturbing affairs which call for their own share
,^nd more of will-power, can only be guessed. A man
m^y lie ashed to present himself for examination at
a time when his wife or child is sick and he is using
all the will-power that he has to keep up his courage,
and he is likely to make a sorry exhibition when called
on for evidence of more.
And so in a great many ways it is unwise to throw
away records of past performance. It is true that each
employer is concerned chiefly with the future, but if
he throws away the past he has lost a great deal of
value for judging the future.
232
AMERICAN M A C H I .\- I S T
Vol. 53, No. 5
WHAT to MIAD
i^^rW^^&^mcm in a huiTi
■»y
-IM'i^i
Suggested by theNanagfing Editor
A LITTLE sketch of our naval station at Pensacola
opens the ball this week. The illustrations show
some of the every-day work with big flying boats at the
station. Two other automotive articles appear on pages
221 and 225. They are both
by Fred Colvin and deal
with two of our oldest
motor vehicles, the Fierce-
Arrow and the Autocar.
The Pierce article takes up
the high spots only of some
of the operations on pis-
tons, cylinders and connect-
ing rods, but gives details
of interesting fixtures.
From the Autocar shop
come assembling and paint-
ing helps which are ingen-
ious. An automotive kink
from the western editor is
printed on page 227 and strikes us as being worth
noting. It is a valve-seat chamfering tool with detach-
able pilot to get away from chip diflSculties.
The Ordnance Department, through Colonel Barnes,
sends us an account of a test on large roller bearings
made in the famous Emory testing machine at the
Watertown Arsenal. Performance data on 12-in. roller
bearings are scarce and the results of this test are there-
fore doubly important.
A special machine for railroad shops is described by
Cedric Priebe, our youngest editor, on page 202. It was
built by the Garvin Machine Co. for milling slots in
crossheads and for work of a similar nature.
A new grinding machine which is finding its share
of favor is the Van Norman of which an account begins
on page 229. It is a production machine for finishing
holes by grinding and also for grinding the flat faces of
circular wor-k. Some of the first ones have gone to
the automotive industry.
Moi"e of our old friend Entropy's homely philosophy
follows the Van Norman article and once more we com-
mend his remarks to your thoughtful attention. This
week he takes an exploring trip into the realms of man
training and arrives at the conclusion that it is a very
rich territory from which much is to be gained.
The period in our history from 1810 to 1840 saw many
far reaching developments in the machinery world.
H. H. Manchester discusses thern in Part XI of his
Evolution of the Workshop, page 205. Among them were
^¥hat to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
7iews of the machinery tvorld. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
the first American-built steamboats and locomotive en-
gines, nail and tack making machines, milling machines
and tenoning machines and the extended use of inter-
changeable parts. Here is one of the results of a mi-
crometer test which C. A.
Hubbell, president of the
T. R. Almond Co., describes
on page 209. "A rather un-
expected condition appeared
in the large number of mi-
crometers inaccurately set
at zero. . . . Fifty-two
per cent of the employees'
instruments were correct
at zero while only 20 per
cent of the employers' were
cori'ect. . . . it is quite
universally nobody's busi-
ness to look after the firm's
tools." Have you had yours
tested lately? "Modern Production Methods" appears
again this week with Part VIII, which covers the control
of the work in the shop or, more briefly, planning. The
"booth" system is described and its advantages over
stock-chasing are pointed out and some of the forms
employed in this woi-k are taken up in detail. Mr. Bas-
set winds up this part with some figures to show an
actual saving in the non-productive labor at one plant.
Recognition of his services, long due the engineer, is
beginning to be given — and the engineer is beginning
to perceive that seeking for this recognition is a part of
his duty. The engineer of discernment will see that
the F. A. E. S. (Federated American Engineering So-
cieties) will advance the interests of the individual en-
gineer by causing the advancement of the profession,
through a greater i-ecognition, by the public, of the en-
gineer and allied technologist and by increasing the
solidarity and raising the standards of these professions.
Facts about the F. A. E. S. are told on page 220. There
is also an editorial on page 234.
Conditions abroad are described on pages 238 to 241
where you will find articles on England, Czecho-Slovakia
and Germany. Our London correspondent also includes
a few words on Scandinavia. You will want to know
what the association of German Tool Manufacturers
thinks of the future for German machine tools. As for
Czecho-Slovakia her possibilities are almost limitless for
her resources make her practically self supporting and
she has plenty of skilled and thrifty workmen.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
233
Packing For Export
C
OMPLAINTS from across the water
are piling up against the careless pack-
ing of our export machinery.
One of the largest English machine-tool
dealers has been compelled to send all of the
American machines received to the shops to
be thoroughly cleaned and overhauled before
they are put on sale.
One lot of automatic machines w^as so
deeply pitted with rust as to be only available
as second-hand equipment.
Another large French dealer follows the
same course as the English firm, in order to
preserve the reputation of the machmes he
handles.
Not only are very many of the machines
which cross the water badly rusted, but in
numerous cases the boxing is so poor that
parts, or even beds, are broken m transit.
The American exporter must remember
that owing to freight congestion and labor
troubles, his machines are liable to have to he
on the docks, exposed to all kinds of weather
for days, weeks, or even months.
The exporter should also keep in mind the
fact that the present less efficient or more care-
less labor will soon wreck anything but the
very best boxes or crates.
Parts broken on machines sent to England
mean from three to six months additional de-
lay in delivery of machines on order. This,
added to the original delay in filling an order,
may easily amount to from six months to a
year.
On machines delayed in this manner, who
can blame the foreign buyer if he in the mean-
time obtains machines elsewhere, if he can,
and cancels his American order?
Even if he is compelled by circumstances
to accept the American machines after all this
delay, due to the exporter's pure ignorance
or indifference, he will be in no mood to re-
peat his experience if he can possibly place
his orders with other concerns.
Machines to be exported should be thor-
oughly "slushed" with some good, easily re-
moved, protective which will not run off when
the freight is exposed to the hot sun. Fol-
lowing this the machine should be covered
with waterproof paper or cloth, and the bcx
made to withstand the roughest handling.
One firm noted for its careful packing, lines
its boxes with tin in addition to the use of
slush and waterproof covering.
Each one who values his exp>ort business
should at once see to it that HIS shipments
go out boxed m a foolproof and weather-
proof manner.
Editor
234
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
EDITORIALS
The F. A. E. S.
THE Joint Conference Committee Cof the four foun-
der engineering societies) is at present handling
the business of the F. A. E. S. (Federated American
Engineering Societies). We quote from a recent paper
of this committee: "The Joint Conference Committee is
unqualifiedly of the opinion that an opportunity has been
created for bringing about a solidarity of the engineer-
ing and allied technical professions that has never here-
tofore been available and that the success of the move-
ment will depend upon the whole-hearted support of
each American engineer and of each technologist, who,
if determined that this movement shall succeed, will
obviously not bother with the details or the form of or-
ganization, in his effort to secure the end desired."
There is no doubt that "an opportunity has been
created for bringing about a solidarity of ths engineer-
ing and allied technical professions that has never here-
tofore been available." As previously explained in these
pages, the F. A. E. S. is not the outcome of any individ-
ual's ideas, or of any one society's ideals, but is the
result from a positive need, made evident dui-ing a
period of several years — a need felt by individuals and
societies alike. Engineering council was a step in the
right direction but it has been by no means comprehen-
sive enough.
The individual societies have been convinced of the
need for concerted action, they have chosen their dele-
gates,the conference has been held and the organization
brought about — the opportunity has been created.
The second part of the quotation is also true — "that
the success of the movement will depend upon the
wholehearted support of each American Engineer and
each technologist." The societies concerned are now re-
ceiving reports from their delegates to the organizing
conference, examining the work done at Washington and
putting to a vote the question of applying for admission
to the F. A. E. S.
Among the societies which have taken favorable action
are the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the
American Institute of Chemical Engineers and the
American Institute of Electrical Engineers.
This brings us up to the last part of the quotation
"... who, if determined that this movement shall
succeed will obviously not bother with the details or the
form of organization in hi.s effort to secure the end de-
sired." An amount of inquisitiveness on the part of
those who sent their delegates to the conference is par-
donable. It is especially pardonable in the engineer,
who is, by the nature of his profession, taught to see
for himself that which he is going into. For the benefit
of engineers at large we are printing on page 220 of
this issue, an article entitled "Facts About the
F. A. E. S." There are explained the choice of its name,
the basis of representation when both state and local
organizations exist, operation, and prospective income
and expenditures. These are the subjects which, of
course, cause most discussion and require most ex-
planation.
Let us not "bother" too much, however, with the de-
tails. The delegates did that part of the work by pass-
ing their judgment as unanimously approving the con-
stitution and by-laws which are now being presented to
the societies; they did the necessary threshing out of
details and made any required adjustments of form. It
was no meager task which they faced, but they saw it
through in a most conscientious way, and with an insist-
ence concerning detail that afforded complete under-
standing and satisfaction. Such a spirit of "wanting to
be shown" was highly commendable at the conference,
where all were together and questions could be settled
without loss of time. It is to be hoped that it was pro-
ductive of a dissemmination of information on essential
points sufficient to satisfy the societies.
To be too insistent upon detail would be like holding
to a small tolerance the dimensions of a part to fit
the air. Let us not lose sight of the main issue in
quibbling. L. C. M.
The Need for Frequent Testing of Gages
THE careful and periodical inspection of all shop
measuring tools and instruments cannot be too
strongly urged.
Most workmen are apt to take it for granted that
their "mikes" are right, provided they bear the name
of their favorite maker.
Snap gages kept for certain jobs are also usually
taken at face value, regardless of their age.
Special measuring machines and precision gage blocks
are used year after year and still thought to be correct.
Some shops have all measuring tools carefully in-
spected at frequent intervals, but how many of these are
careful enough regarding their master sets?
The inspection reports of one great company, using a
number of sets of precision master blocks, show an aver-
age wear of 0.002 in. per set in a five-year period.
Another firm's report shows a wear equal to this, on
a frequently used set of six blocks, in three years.
The article on page 209 of this issue reveals some
rather startling figures regarding micrometers.
Approximately 63 per cent out of hundreds of microm-
eters, tested in shops all over the country, were found
to be incorrectly set at zero.
Compared with the workman's micrometers, those be-
longing to the employers showed almost twice as many
incorrectly set ones.
A workman naturally takes better care of his own
tools, but that is no reason for the employer not keeping
his equipment in shape.
Many employers do not realize the poor condition of
their gages — but they should — and should take steps to
make and keep them correct.
In order to have accurate master reference gages, at
least one set should be kept in a safe place, and used only
to keep a check on other sets more frequently used.
E. V.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
235
Shop equipment Ntw5
I I ■ !■ Ill ■■! I
r. L DUNN oncl
5. A.HAND
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions if will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
The Verson No. 00 Power Bench-Press
The La Salle Machine Works, 3013 South La' Salle
St., Chicago, 111., is building the Verson No. 00 adjust-
able power press shown in the illustration. This ma-
chine is adapted for blanking, forming and other presn
operations and can handle such light work as is often
done on a larger machine.
The clutch is made of tool steel and hardened. It is
simple in construction and of the positive type. It if
provided with an automatic safety device which disen-
gages the clutch at each revolution of the press whether
or not the treadle is released. If the press is to be
used on a job where it is desired to have it repeat, the
safety device can be thrown out by loosening one screw
and it will then repeat as long as the treadle is pressed
down. The machine is of the open-back type, and per-
mits feeding the work either from right to left or from
front to back. The press can be furnished with a table
and legs if desired.
Bryant Chucking Grinding Machine
The Bryant Chucking Grinder Co., Springfield, Vt.,
has recently brought out the grinding machine illus-
trated herewith.
The machine is self-contained, and is furnished in
two types — a single-spindle machine for grinding holes
only and a double-spindle machine for both hole- and
face-grinding.
The illustration shows a rear view of the No. 15
VBR.^OX .NO. UM rOWER BENCH-PRKSS
Sivecificaiioiis : .Stroke of slide, 3 in. Adjustment of slide, 1
in. Width of opening through bacti 3* in. FiniwlK-d surface of
bed. 7 X 53 in. Diameter of hole in bed 13 in. Diameter of
shaft, 2 in. Flvwheel. 10 in. diameter; face, 2 In.; speed 250
rp.m.
BRYANT CHUCKING GRINDING-MACHIND
Specifications: Chuck range, 12 in. Grinding length, 9 in.
Work spindle, 150 and 300 r.p.ni. Wheel-slide travel per revolu-
tion of work, Vit and vj, in. Wc^ight. net, 3,000 lb. Floor space.
36 X 84 in. Motor reoommended, 3 hp. 1,720 rp.m.
?86
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vci. 53, No. 5
single-spindle machine with motor attached. When it
is desired to drive the machine from a line shaft a
countershaft with tight and loose pulleys is used.
The work spindle runs in adjustable bronze bearings,
the front bearing being 3 in. and the rear bearing 21
in. in diameter. Two speeds are pi-ovided for the work
spindle and two traverse speeds for the wheel slide,
instantly obtainable by a lever. A graduated plate
indicates angular adjustment for grinding tapers up
to 30 deg. included angle. The wheel-spindle drive
shafts are mounted in ball bearings of inc'osed type,
requiring only occasional oiling. A pump and pipin;:
are arranged to carry coolant to the work through the
spindle.
All pulleys and rotating members are dynamically
balanced at the -speed at which they are to run.
RoLiillard Universal Toolholders
Toolholders of the types shown are being marketed by
the Rouillard Tool Corp., 608 Chestnut St., Philadelphia,
Pa. The offset holder is intended principally for lathe
work. It may be used for holding a boring tool as
shown in the illustration; for holding tools for either
right or left hand facing, or a tool for ordinary turning
— hence it is known as the 4 in 1. When used for the
opposite hand to that shown, the holder is turned up-
Horii-i.ARn nxivRR.sAi. tooi^holders
side down, setscrews for holding the cutting tool being
provided on the bottom as well as on the top. The open-
ing for the cutters in the offset portion of the holder
is parallel with the body of the holder, but the opening
in the opposite end has a slant of 8 deg. to provide a
slight rake for turning.
The straight holder shown is designed for shaping
and planing work and can be used for straight
or right-hand or left-hand work. The holes for the cut-
ters in both holders besides being reamed are partially
squared with a broach so that they will hold square,
round or octagon stock equally well. The setscrews are
of the hollow-head type with fine pitch S. A. E. threads,
but square-headed screws can be used if preferi'ed. In
addition to the regular line of cutters for turning and
boring, special attachments such as knurling and goose-
neck turning and threading tools, are furnished when
required. The toolholders are drop-forged and pack-
hardened and are made in seven sizes ; the smallest, No.
10 ,is 2 X ;? X 4* in.; the largest, No. 6, is 1 x 11 x 13 in.
Blush Multiple Micrometer
The micrometer illustrated herewith is a product of
the A. T Blush Tool Co., 1145 West 11th St., Erie, Pa.,
and can be used to measure from 0 to 2 in. without any
attachments.
The spindle has a screw of 20 threads per in. while
a separate screw of 40 threads per in. is used for travers-
ing the thimble. It wi'l thus be seen that the .spindle
travelr. twice as fast as the thimble.
HUSH Mll-TII'l,!-; MICKOMBTKK
It is claimed that the graduations are very easy to
read and that a simple adjustment is provided to take up
the wear on both the anvil and spindle.
The Berg Burner
The Berg Burner is designed to bum oxy-hydro-
carbon-gas that it automatically produces from oil and
water. Super-heated steam is generated by the burner
and combined with the oil flow as it leaves the nozzle.
The hydrogen of the steam unites with the hydrogen and
carbon of the oil, while the oxygen set free in a super-
heated state is said to create perfect combustion when
the torch is ignited.
The burner may be
started in operation
with cold water by
burning oil in a pre-
heating dish pro-
vided for that pur-
pose, the procedure
being similar to
starting an ordinary
blow-torch, but an
independent source
of steam supply is
preferable. By regu-
lating the supply of
oil and .steam a flame
almost white is cre-
ated that is said to
burn some distance
from the point of
the nozzle without
smoke, noise or vi-
bration. The steam
is super - heated in
the annular chamber
surrounding the
nozzle. The upper
right-hand inlet pipe
supplies either steam
or water as the case
may be and extends
between the walls of
the chamber to the
rear end. The oil thk berg bitrxer
L^
r
l,^ '*
1
1
F
July 29. 1920
Get Increased Prmhict'wyi — With Improved Machinery
237
pipe, which carries the nozzle is connected to the steam
chamber by a close nipple and the steam while flowing
along the full length of the chamber becomes super-
heated before uniting with the oil and leaving the nozzle.
The correct mixture of oil and steam, also the proper
degree of heat is obtained by manipulating the two
needle valves at the top, the lower valve being provided
merely as a blow-off. The burner will operate in any
position and is designed to consume either the cheapest
distillates or refined oils but not gasoline or kindred
products. The burner is manufactured by the Berg
Burner Co., Inc., 100 Emerson Place, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Pumpless Blow Torch
The Pumpless Blow Torch Co., Phipps Power Build-
ing, Pittsburgh, Pa., is making the blow torch illustrated
herewith. The torch does not require preliminary* pump-
ing and pre-heating. The fuel u.sed is butane, obtained
from natural gas and reduced by pressure to a liquid.
The liquid volatilizes in the fuel chamber of the torch,
filling the space between the surface of the liquid and
the top of the chamber with gas. Two ducts lead from
"Stazon" Anti-Rust Compound
The Conversion Products Corporation, 149 Broadway,
New York City, has placed on the market an anti-rust
compound known as "Stazon." It is an inert mineral
compound having about the consistency of No. 5 cup
grease. The base is a petroleum derivative.
It can be rubbed or brushed on the bright parts of
machinery destined for storage or shipment and is
claimed to be proof against acid fumes and moisture.
"Stazon" does not begin to run until 200 deg. F. has
been exceeded and contains no free acid. It is not
sticky and is readily removed by ordinary wiping cloths.
It also has fair lubricating qualities.
Newton Special Milling Machine
The machine shown in the accompanying illustration
is a late addition to the line of the Newton Machine
Tool Co., Inc., Twenty-third and Vine Sts., Philadel-
phia, Pa., and was designed for milling slots in motor
rotors.
The spindie is driven by s. phosphor -bronvie worm-
PT'MPI.ESS BI,0\V TORrH
the fuel chamber to the burner : one from the top and
one from the bottom. To start the torch, the valve in
the upper duct is opened, allowing the gas to flow directly
to the burner where, upon ignition, it burns with a
clear steady blue flame at a temperature of 2,240 deg. F.
After burning for a minute or two the burner becomes
hot, the valve in the lower duct is then opened and the
upper one closed, allowing the liquid fuel to flow to the
burner where it is volatized by the heat.
It is claimed that the torch has been tested over a
wide range of temperatures, and will work as readily in
zero weather as in mid-summer.
The torch is made in one- and two-quart sizes. The
one-quart size will burn over three hours on one filling.
Erratum — Mercy Stampograph
In the issue of July 15, page 139, we published a de-
scription of the "Mery" Stampograph. This machine is
manufactured by Julius Merey, 2842 North Maplewood
Ave., Chicago, 111. We regret our error in spelling the
maker's name.
NEWTON SPECIAT- MILLING MACHINE
.Specifications : Feed of .spindle .saddle, 24 in. Maximum dis-
tance center of spindle to top of table, 24 in. Side adjustment of
spindle. 2 in. Center of spindle td face of upright. 12 in. Work
table, 54 x 96 in.
wheel and hardened steel worm, the worm having roller
thrust-bearings and running in a bath of oil. The
spindle is hollow to accommodate a draw-in-rod and the
spindle nose has a Morse taper hole and a face key-
way.
The spindle saddle is counterweighted and has power
rapid traverse in both directions, a safety feed stop
being provided so that the downward rapid traverse
cannot be carelessly engaged to the injury of cutters
or woi-k. The feed motion is provided with automatic
stops and the arrangement is such that when the feed
is thrown out the spindle rotation stops. The table
has a hand-operated movement of 24 in. and is provided
with both longitudinal and cross T-slots. All gears are
either inclosed or covered by standard guards making
the machine absolutely safe for the operator.
238
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
The Ambitious Industrial Plans of Czecho-
slovakia
By JOHN B. WOODS
OUT of the mist which buries the political night-
mare of the eastern European countries come
now and again dispatches dealing with industrial
conditions. And these news items indicate that at least
one country in that great and, to Americans, little known
region is now getting started upon a widespread and
very farsighted program of industrial development. The
new republic of Czecho-Slovakia, comprising the three
important states of Bohemia, Moravia and Slovakia as
well as a slice of Carpathian Eussia and also a very im-
portant slice of Silesia, is a very hotbed of industrial
possibilities. If present plans carry through, during
the next fifty years the big production of iron and steel
goods which gave the region its pre-war prestige and
formed the backbone of Austrian resistance during the
struggle, will be dwarfed by future development.
It is stated by patriotic citizens of the new war-
born Republic that their country is almost ideal in its
balance of agricultural and industrial characteristics;
the western and northern portions being industrial,
while the southern areas are fertile and well handled.
Also as a matter of fact, the forest wealth of the coun-
try is immense; a forest map indicates at a glance that
half of the entire territory is under timber of various
ages. And the feature of the whole situation that makes
it read like a fairy tale is the fact that the Czechs and
Slovaks have acquired a ready-made country, in which
they were the silent partners until the fortunes of war
turned the tables.
Of course they have much pioneering ahead of them,
but it is not the kind of pioneering with which we
Americans are familiar. Instead of barren wastes or
new country peopled by hostile savages they find long
settled regions with industries highly developed and
transportation systems well established, although they
must change some of their railroads so as to direct them
upon cities which they hope to make important centers
of commerce. Having their export point on the Dan-
ube instead of the Black or the Mediterranean they
must go down and deepen its channel from Bratislava
(Pressburg) to the Black Sea so as to accommodate sea-
going craft. And like the other nations of the World
War group they must reconstruct their fabric of com-
merce on a peace basis.
Being fortunate in coal they have been obliged to
supply great quantities to their neighbors, thereby de-
laying some of their own plans for reconstruction. At
present their greatest needs appear to be time enough
to get their food production upon an exporting basis;
credit to enable them to import raw materials and cer-
tain kinds of industrial equipment, and the assitance of
financial and technical men to organize their new pos-
sibilities.
Production of Raw Materials
Briefly and roughly the minei-al resources of the coun-
try in the past have centered in Bohemia and Moravia.
Annual production of iron ore was about 2,200,000 metric
tons. Because iron industry had attained such propor-
tions as to require importation of ores, the mining peo-
ple of the countries mentioned had long held properties
i-i Norway and Sweden as well as in Bosnia. Something
like a half million tons were imported yearly from these
countries. Lead and silver, some gold, and even radium
were extracted from the hills of old Bohemia before the
war. Coal was mined in Bohemia and Moravia of qual-
ity suitable for coking, although the coke production was
less than a fifth of the annual coal output from these
regions, because the greater portion of the fifteen mil-
lion tons taken out yearly was unsuitable for making
coke. In southern Moravia and in Slovakia lignite is
mined, and of the 26,000,000 metric tons produced
yearly about a third has been exported in the past.
Water power is plentiful and is to be developed under
the present plans, with electric energy as the product.
Machine Industry
The foundry and machine-shop industry is highly de-
veloped in many parts of Bohemia and Moravia. In fact
structural steel, railroad and marine equipment, mill
supplies and power plants, have long been known
throughout the world under the names of some of the
old firms. There is a degree of interest in a perusal of
the history of such a plant as that of the Witkowitz or
Vitkovice Iron Works, founded in 1829 by Archduke Ru-
dolf, Prince Archbishop of Olmutz, who brought in Eng-
lish workmen to handle the first puddling furnaces. Later
the S. M. von Rothschild bankers bought the plant, en-
larging it and adding many products to the humble be-
ginnings. In 1873 the present association of metallur-
gical interests bought the plant with its supplementary
holdings in foreign lands and continued to enlarge and
improve until at the beginning of the war the iron and
steel works, chemical plants and collieries employed
thirty thousand men, and maintained schools, co-opera-
tive stores, hospitals and pension systems to an extent
hardly surpassed outside of the German Empire. And
Vitkovice was but one of several iron and steel centers.
Other Manupactxjres
Glassmaking, pottery and brick manufacture, leather
working, wood-working, production of agricultural and
machine tools, and the textile industry, all are important
in the Republic, inherited from the states of the old
Empire. And practically all of these highly developed
industries were dependent in a measure upon imported
raw materials and will be dependent in the future for
the same classes of goods. In fact for a while, until the
reorganization of facilities from war to peace basis
they will require many kinds of machinery and equip-
ment from foreign countres.
In the field of wood-working there already has been
progress made in bringing capital and technical skill
from America and Western Europe. A company has
been formed to build and operate several large furniture
factories. It is understood that the leading men in this
enterprise are Americans of Czech nativity who have
been successful as financiers and manufacturers in the
land of their adoption. They expect to obtain consider-
able equipment of lumbering and furniture-making ma-
chinery in America. In general there is a great need of
lumbering and wood-working machinery, for the pro-
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
239
duction of timber in that country is highly organized
and for^several generations has been carefully regulated.
They have the timber, but their mills and factories have
suffered from war-time pressure and require new equip-
ment. In addition to general construction and to the
production of agricultural tools and vehicles the wood
using industries include toy making as an important
member. The paper industry is widely developed, based
naturally upon plentiful supplies of pulp wood and cater-
ing to a great publishing field in the nation.
Being by the very nature of things a manufacturing
medium between raw materials from other countries and
the world markets, and having in mind enormous de-
velopments of power sources for the future which will
enlarge this industry and commerce the present govern-
mental and business interests of the country are de-
voting much thought and effoi-t to solving the problems
of international trade. A plan which has been suggested
to revive the glove making industry is of interest. It is
based upon the principle that foreign capital shall be
protected from fluctuations in the value of money. The
foreign interests may be expected to deliver the raw-
materials in the country, to their agent, who can allot
them to manufacturers for working into gloves. As the
finished product is turned out it can be handled by the
agent for export and sale. The payment for manufac-
ture can be made to the factories in Czecho-Slovak
crowns, based upon prices fixed in terms of some stable
foreign currency. Thus, both parties will be protected
and enabled to forecast profits without the gambling
chance that now adheres to trade in central European
money. If such schemes meet with widespread approval
and support there appears to be no reason why they
should not be adapted to other industries until such
time as the new Republic finds itself on a stable ex-
change basis.
Skilled workers in many lines have been trained
through long years of industry under the old regime,
and certainly they constitute one of the most important
resources of the Republic. The temper of her workers
is indicated by the situation in the coal fields during
the year 1919. In spite of the enormous quantities
which were required for export to other states where the
need was critical, and which naturally curtailed the pro-
gress of industrial reorganization in the country itself,
there were no strikes or labor troubles in the coal re-
gions during that year. Of course under the old re-
gime labor was a commodity of no great cost, at least
as compared to our American wage scales. And the con-
sciousness of the skilled workman was an inherited
thing; he followed in the steps of his father like as not
and was known among his friends and by his immediate
superiors as a specialist at some trade. To be the son
of a blacksmith was to have fairly clear expectations of
being yourself a blacksmith. However, with constantly
expanding industries, the handing down of trade-
lore was not suflUcient as a source of workmen and
schools were established years ago for the purpose of
teaching the trades as well as the arts. The leaders of
the new government have been quick to the necessity of
such institutions and have fostered them wisely. Dur-
ing the 1919-1920 school year there were about one hun-
dred and twenty-seven thousand students enrolled and
attending the arts and crafts and trades schools of the
country, or slightly less than one per cent of the total
population. Although war losses are severe and the ner-
vous unrest is not entirely lacking in the ranks of labor,
yet the better wages of today and the agencies working
t ■ vous
1 1 yet 1
to supply skilled men certainly will keep the wheels
turning in this most fortunate of central European
lands.
The coal owning countries of the continent always
have had the big advantage of relatively cheaper power,
as of course is the case the world over. And this wealth,
which has brought Bohemia and Moravia to the fore as
industrial centers, is to be expanded and enlarged in
the future by a great plan of electric power development.
This program, as announced by the Government as long
ago as February,- comprehends the use of both coal and
water as sources of electric energy. The available water
has been estimated at 800,000 hp., and it is expected that
the harnessing of these streams will result in a saving of
fuel equivalent to 6,000,000 tons of coal, or about 15 per
cent of the yearly production. It is calculated that the
construction of necessary plants and improvements will
cost in the neighborhood of two billion of crowns, and
that the work will be extended over a period of fifty
years before the entire scheme is carried out. At the
same time steam generating plants are to be built in
the neighborhood of coal and lignite mines to link up
with the country wide system. There will be nine large
steam using stations, costing five hundred million
crowns. It is planned to complete these plants within
the next twenty years.. Primary and secondary trans-
mission lines will cost a billion crowns and will cover the
entire land in a network of high tension lines and dis-
tributing sy.stems. Thus the whole proposition entails
the expenditure of three billion five hundred million
crowns.
The manner of financing these enterprises is unique.
The State is to share with the Provinces the task of in-
stalling hydro-electric plants on the large riVers, while
the steam installations will be handled by corporations
of semi-public nature in which the State, the provinces,
smaller political divisions of the country and private
parties, will be allowed to hold stock. The National As-
sembly has voted an appropriation of seventy-five mil-
lion crowns as a beginning of the general scheme, while
several counties have combined to purchase a lignite
mine in southern Bohemia with a view to starting con-
struction of the first of the steam using generating
plants.
Aside from the business possibilities which well may
come from the inauguration of such wide-spread engi-
neering construction, in a country which still has its
difficulties on account of lack of raw materials and ma-
chinery, there is an added potential field for business
relations in the fact that one of the intended steps is
the electrification of railroads. American railway
equipment made very favorable progress in the elec-
trical field during the war, and more recently has been
successful on a large scale in other parts of the world.
The extent of our actual participation in the industrial
advancement of Czecho-Slovakia depends of course upon
many factors, some of which are unfavorable at the
present time. However, there is a bond of friendly
feeling extending across the ocean, and of course a great
many Americans of Czecho-S'lovak origin are engaged in
forwarding the development of that Republic.
Erratum
Our attention has been called to an error which ap-
peared in our issue of May 27, page 1147, Vol. 52. The
nomber of cubic feet in the tractor crate should be
178 and not 278.
240
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Business Conditions in England
P'ROM Our London Correspondbnt
London, June 28, 1920.
THE outlook in the machine-tool world continues dull,
and the absence of prospective business together with
the certainty of heavy ta.xation, combined possibly
with the advent of fine weather and the call of the sea
and the countryside, are having a somewhat enervating
effect. This has been felt mostly by merchants. The shops
remain full of work, for arrears of orders have not yet
been wiped out. A number of machines being manufac-
tured are to be exhibited at Olympia, W., in the autumn,
but one or two firms at any rate are still doubtful whether
they will be represented. The writer has heard of no defi-
nite decisions to withdraw, but is aware that this is in
contemplation. Probably all the firms taking space will
conclude that it will be well to proceed.
The claim for an increase in weekly wages of 23s. 6d.
is being made formally, and the present signs are that it
will be resisted. It is of course a step on the road to the
present ideal of £6 10s. a week for a 44-hour week. Th?
inquiry is almost due. In the Midlands the employing sec-
tion seem decided to secure payment by results before agree-
ing to any further concessions. It is rather singular that
in this district a provisional agreement, nothing more, has
been reached on this subject between the employers' federa-
tion and the oflicials of the chief trade union concerned,
for the general introduction of the system into iron foun-
dries. The molders have been among the most determined
opponents of payment by results. Some time ago the unions
of unskilled labor concerned gave their agreement to the
working of the scheme in engineering shops, but so far this
has not applied to skilled workers. The new Alamgamated
Engineering Union becomes operative this week and at
the same time the new National Union of Foundry Work-
ers, also an amalgamation of existing societies, takes the
field.
Unemployment Noted in Many Industries
Some measure of unemployment has been noted in the
engineering industry, abnormal unemployment having been
reported in connection with fitters and turners in the Lan-
cashire districts; the same also applies to areas as wide
apart as the Newcastle district and the south of England.
Slackness, too, has been reported in connection with rubber,
soap and tanning, and the tobacco industry has been noticed
to be slumping for some time; indeed firms have refused
to arbitrate on the question of increase of wages, stating
plainly that they are not doing the business they did. The
retail trades have been falling away for some time, and
this applies particularly to the textiles of Bradford, where
by the way on the producing side further wage increases
are demanded. The unemployment noticeable remains some-
what closely confined to the semi-skilled and unskilled work-
ers. Most of the skilled trades are at present undei-manned
and this condition, as applied to machine shops, shows itsei-
particuiarly in ironfounding, while the general condition
of the building trades is notorious.
Views vary somewhat in the industrial fight as to the
exact effect of comparatively recent wage increases and
reductions of working hours in the engineering industry
with relation to foreign trade and competition. But doubts
on both sides are growing, and a non-government, com-
mittee of investigation is in process of formation "to in-
quire into the economic relation of hours to work and the
methods of manufacture in this and foreign countries";
as usual, representatives both of employers and employed
form the committee.
Employers Starting a Union for Employees
In an attempt to force the bonus system the pianoforte
manufacturers are themselves forming a new trade union
for workmen, and will re-open their shops and thus end
the strike, if the workpeople agree to become members of
this new trade union, or to accept the system as named.
At the last weekly meeting of the London iron and steel
exchange a fair attendance was officially recorded but
"business was practically at a standstill." Cancellations,
moderate in quantity, were noted. On the same day the
Birmingham motor market was reported as of unrelieved
weakness, though this was not quite literally true. More
recently Sheffield recorded a drop ii. new business but big
arrears of orders on the book. Scarcity of foundry irons,
uncertain supplies of fuel, and insufficient rolling facilities
have again been mentioned; also difficulties of settlement
of some continental accounts and cancellations owing to
the impossibility of firm quotations. All this has a rela-
tion to the future. Work in hand is more than ample. The
foundries can produce at no higher rate and the writer
knows of some with orders that will keep them fully
occupied for two years. As to steel plates, one firm is
reported as accepting orders for 1924 at current rates.
Locomotive builders in the Newcastle and Glas.jow dis-
tricts have been held up for want of materials, and some
Scottish shipbuilders appear to think that, if the decline
has not set in, the top has now been reached.
The amount of the advances to British expoi-ters under
the government credit scheme was at a recent date i'2,824,-
284.
Scandinavian Trade Conditions Reported Flat
Trade visitors to Scandinavian countries have returned
with the report that conditions there are flat, and that
in their view the countries concerned are at present well
stocked with American, English and German tools.
Sheffield will not welcome the advent of high-speed steel
from France. The samples thus far submitted seem to
have satisfactorily passed such tests as were applied. The
material itself is of somewhat lower price than British-
produced high-speed steel.
Another steel for machining purposes has just been intro-
duced by the Woodward-Weddell Steel and Engineering Co.,
Birmingham, to take a place between the oi-dinary carbon
steel and best high-speed steel. It is the product of the
electric furnace and details of composition are not at pres-
ent available. Rather mysteriously the steel is said to
contain two alloys used in connection with heat-treatment.
The price is expected to be about 50 per cent in advance
of that of carbon steel, the pei'mi.ssible cutting speed show-
ing an increase of 25 per cent with an increase in the cut
of about 50 per cent. The steel will stand up to tempera-
tures of 600 to 700 deg. C. and is hardened by plunging in
boiling water. Apart from its use in making cutting tools,
the steel can be machined and thus is suggested for ball
bearing races.
Welding Figures
Some figures are available respecting output obtained
from electric resistance welders manufactured by the A. I.
Manufacturing Co., Bradford. Thus, f» :• di-ums, a special
longitudinal welder is available, the upper electrode, in
the form of a roller, being carried by a horizontal arm.
which, rack-driven, moves over the metal to be welded,
the speed being 5 ft. to 10 ft. 6 in. a minute, according
to the thickness of metal. Another machine is for cir-
cumferential seam welding. For a daily production of
about 2,000 drums, each 24 in. long by 14 in. in diameter
by 20 S.W.G. (0.036 in.), an average plant contains about
five longitudinal welders to nine circumferential machines,
with one spot welder for the handles, each machine taking
about 10 kw. Drums 16 in. long by 12 in. in diameter by
22 S.W.G. (0.028 in.) can be seam-welded in one-fifth of a
minute, the ends being welded in less than a minute and
the handles spot-welded on at the rate of eighty to the
hour. The machines made by the firm are for single-phase
alternating cuiTent and include a transformer, made as a
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
241
unit. No current is allowed to pass through pivots; this
old lesson is apparently not always remembered in the
design of electric-heating apparatus.
A Fatigue Research Board
Arising out of work in connection with the health of
munition makers, etc., Great Britain has a special Indus-
trial Fatigue Research Board which was appointed about
the middle of 1918 by the Department of Scientific and
Industrial Research jointly with the Medical Research Com-
mittee, now the Medical Research Council. The first annual
report has been published. It relates to the period down
to the end of March last, but as regards results effected
it is not particularly illuminative, several detailed reports
having already been issued. One rather interesting con-
clusion is mentioned, though it is admitted that data avail-
able are slender and apply apparently only to women
workers, namely that accidents are "largely due to a special
susceptibility inherent in the personality of the individual,
so that the bulk of accidents occur amongst a limited group
of individuals." This investigation is to be continued so
as to include men and boys. Owing to the impossibility
of eliminating will, a psychological test for fatigue was not
successfully determined. A report on fatigue and effi-
ciency in the iron and steel industry awaits further statis-
tical treatment. Among investigations being continued is
one to devise vocational tests for different types of engi-
neering work. As regards the causes of accidents, two
large engineering firsm have agreed to place their acci-
dent records at the disposal of the board if required. An
attempt is being made to standardize records. Thus, stand-
ard forms dealing with output, lost time, accidents, and
labor turnover have been submitted for the criticism of
government departments, trade unions and employers, and
it is expected that before long definite recommendations
will be made. The board proposes that as the scope of
the work is enlarged, industries should be invited to con-
tribute to the cost of given investigations.
Engineering Exhibitions
As an adjunct to the Great Victory Exhibition — to quote
part of its title — being held at the Crystal Palace, Syden-
ham, S. E., an engineering exhibition has been organized,
but so far in attracting the engineer has proved no sort
of competitor, even to the Handel Festival held in the
same building. The engineering exhibition concerns itself
more or less with gas, electricity and oil; it is largely under
the floor of the main building and spreads itself out toward
one of the palace approaches, but the section given up to
oil and its use in engines, furnaces, and so on, is in a
separate building, well away from the rest and, in truth,
somewhat difficult to find. On three or four stands the
engineer will find something to hold his attention, these
stands being mainly those associated with the Armstrong-
Whitworth, Beardmore, and Vickers combinations. In
each case the named firm has associated with it a series
of more or less subsidiary companies, so that the Vickers
combination, for example, includes also S. E. Saunders.
Lt., East Cowes, builder of motor launches; Centrifugal
Separators, Ltd., London, S.W., its products being indi-
cated by the title; loco Rubber Co., Glasgow; T. Cooke &
Sons, Ltd., York, maker of optical, astronomical and sur-
vey ing instruments; the British Refrigerating Co., London,
S.W.; Robert Boby, Ltd., Bury St. Edmunds, maker of
agricultural machinery; Taylor Bros., Leeds, maker of
railway wheels and axles; Variable Speed Gear, Ltd., Lon-
don, S.W., maker of the Janny gear; and Fetters, Ltd., and
Vickers-Petters, Ltd., Yeovil, maker of semi-Diesel crude
oil engines, etc. The other firms associated with Vickers
do not seem to be showing. The Vickers exhibits, in fact,
range from wooden toys to grooved hardened nickel chrome
steel rolls, and include a number of engineers' small tools.
Similarly, Beardsmore & Co. displays models of airships,
locomotives and war vessels, together with railway wheels,
axles, drop forgings, rolled-steel disk wheel centers, and
a valveless two-cycle engine of 320 b.h.p., using crude oil.
and to be fitted to the Terra Nova for the next Antarctic
expedition.
The Armstrong-Whitworth stand covers more than 2,000
sq.ft. and includes two machine tools; namely, a small sur-
face grinding machine for work, 24 x 6J x 9J in., and a
vertical milling machine with 2J-in. spindle. Forgings in-
clude a four-throw crankshaft weighing 34 tons, and a
marine thrust shaft weighing nearly 7 tons. A special
collection of drop stampings of high-tension alloy steels
is noteworthy, the samples being particularly clean, the
collection including crankshafts, back and front axles for
automobiles, and some locomotive details. A new engine
to be made in three sizes — namely, 3 hp., 5 hp. and 10 hp. —
is on show in the smallest size. It is intended to use oil,
starting with petrol, or will employ gas. The gas in-
terests are making a good display, or will be soon as the
stands are complete, but the only electric laundry installa-
tion is of American origin.
Situation of the German Machine-Tool
Industry
By C. A. Heise
At the recent general meeting of the Association of
German Machine Tool Manufacturers it was stated that
the industry was seriously affected during the past year
by the high cost of raw materials, strikes and incessant
wage claims and but for the enormous expansion of the
export trade the balance sheets of most concerns would
have shown a deficit. This tremendous increase in ex-
port was, however, largely due to the enormous deprecia-
tion of the German currency which reached its lowest
stand in April this year. Concurrent with the improve-
ment in the German exchange since last April a steady
falling off in foreign orders has been noticeable and it is
feared that with a further improvement in the exchange,
export may eventually come to a standstill altogether.
In view of the possibility of this event and considering
further the decreased demands of the home market, the
report continues, the future aspect of the industry was
not very encouraging, though the hope was expressed
that because of the keen demand for machine tools in
the world's markets, the German industry will sooner
or later be once more in a position to take its full share
in the world's supply of machine tools.
Device For Transferring Centers
on Flat and Round Stock
By E. Lytton Brooks
With reference to the device for transferring centers,
illustrated on page 630, vol. 52, of the American Ma-
chinist, by Roy V. Terry, I used a similar tool ten
years ago.
If I remember rightly I purchased it from Messrs.
Buck & Hickman, of Whitechapel Road, London. This
tool in addition to transferring centers on flat stock,
would admit of round stock and center it quite ac-
curately.
The pump, or spring, center in the base of the tool
was located in the center of a V-block, but was integral
with the base. The V-block was removable, being
.^lipped over the spring center and set up to a stop on the
base. Different sizes of V-blocks could be inserted to
cope with varying sizes of round stock. The V-blocks
themselves had wide faces and were accurately finished
to insure the flat stock laying properly. The tool other-
wise closely followed the construction given in the sketch
by Mr. Terry.
242
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
KS FROM
Valentine Francis
Will Resumption of Trade With
Russia Mean Clean-Shaven
Bolsheviks?
According to a dispatch to the
American Cutlery Bureau of Informa-
tion, stocks of American safety razors
are running low in Russia. The small
quantities that have been received have
gone mostly to Siberian Russia, where
allied influence is strong. This would
seem to indicate that the Bolsheviks
are not persistent self-shavers. Before
the war Russia used to buy many
American safety razors every year.
These were in part shipped from the
United States, but many razors reach-
ing the Russian market came either by
way of Germany, France or England.
Many of the safety razors sold in Rus-
sia as American were really infringe-
ments of American patents introduced
in Russia by various dealers. The same
was the case with blades. As the mar-
ket has been left practically unsupplied
with American goods it is expected that
the resumption of trading connections
with Russia, now contemplated, will
bring a considerable demand for Ameri-
can safety razors.
Peck Spring Co. To Enlarge Plant
With a new one story addition being
built that covers 50 ft. of ground and
fully double the size of the other sec-
tion of the factory, the Peck Spring
Manufacturing Co. will be in a position
to handle the large business and con-
stantly increasing number of orders
coming in with greater convenience. At
the present time the factory employs 55
hands and was compelled to enlarge
the place because of rapid growth of
the business. The new section will
probably employ 20 hands and is ex-
pected to be completed within a month.
All that remains to be finished is the
roof. Machines have been ordered and
will arrive any day to be installed and
made ready for operation.
Railroads Going Easy
Railroads are holding back from buy-
ing tools, because most of them are
short of money. Keen observers, how-
ever, do not think there will be any
large orders placed until the rate ad-
vances are declared. The Norfolk &
Western recently bought the larger
part of machine equipment it required
for early in June, spending close to
$200,000. The Chesapeake & Ohio has
also bought sparingly within ten days,
probably as a feeler for additional pur-
chases.
Coffey Family 'smiths 110 Years
for Pratt & Whitney
On July 15 Jeremiah H. Coffey cele-
brated his fifty-third anniversary as
blacksmith for the Pratt & Whitney Co.,
Hartford, Conn.
This was an event of dual importance.
Colleges and the Metric
System
By Dr. Alex. C. Humphreys,
President, .Stevens Institute
o( Technology
I feel that college men who
have had no experience outside
of the college and laboratory,
perhaps do not appreciate the
situation regarding matters of
weight and measurement. It
is the manufacturers who
come up against the real tests.
Having had wide experience
as an engineer, manager of
industrial plants and as a con-
sulting engineer, I feel that I
am competent to look upon the
practical side and my opinion
is without qualification that a
compulsory law in favor of the
metric system will be a fatal
mistake and would place upon
the industrial interests of the
United States a tremendously
heavy and unnecessary burden
which would at this time, in
view of foreign competition, be
particularly inexpedient. It
would involve the expenditure
of millions and millions of
dollars and instead of helping
us with reg&rd to exports, it
would be hurtful.
To representatives of educa-
tional associations and institu-
tions, who may have been led
into an endorsement of the
metric program, I would say
that while naturally appealing
to the workers in the labora-
tory as I am in a position to
appreciate, I feel sure that to
make a metric law compulsory
would be a great misfortune to
this country.
for it marked the completion of 110
years of blacksmithing for this com-
pany on the part of the Coffey family.
Two sons, Thomas P. and John H.
Coffey, share this honor with their
father. Another son, Joseph, had served
19 years up to the time of his death
last year.
English Cutlery Trades To Adopt
American Manufactur-
ing Methods
A provisional committee appointed
by the British Cutlery Trade Research
Association recommends the employ-
ment of machinery in the cutlery
trades. After having proclaimed for
many years the superiority of hand-
made razors and shears, the English
cutlery industry now sees itself com-
pelled to withdraw from this position
and take up the manufacture of cutlery
upon the methods employed generally
ill the United States. It is admitted,
says the report, that machinery is most
necessary in the grinding stage, and
the committee adds that it has taken
up the problem with leading American
experts. It seems that it will be diffi-
cult to secure the necessary machinery
in England and steps have been taken,
either to encourage their manufacture
by an English machine-tool concern, or
to import machinery from the United
States. The new machinery will be em-
ployed principally in the manufacture
of table knives, razors, pocket knives
and scissors, but it is expected that
machine production finally will be ex-
tended over the whole field of cutlery
production in England. English cut-
lery, therefore, will abandon finally the
production by hand.
Changes in Johansson
Organization
Harry A. Raseley has resigned as
sales manager of C. E. Johansson,
Inc., Poughkeepsie, N. Y., to become
export sales manager for the Nordyke
Marmon Co. Before joining the
Johansson organization, he represented
the General Motors Corporation in the
export field for a number of years.
Lawrence G. Spealman, who has been
a representative for the C. E. Johans-
son, Inc., in Michigan for the past year
and a half, comes to Poughkeepsie as
sales manager for this company. He
has had years of practical experience as
an expert toolmaker and production
engineer with such concerns as the \a-
tional Cash Register Co., Buick Motor
Car Co. and Dayton Engineering Lab-
oratories Co.
The Michigan territory is to be
taken over by John K. Murray, at pres-
ent a member of the sales organization
in Poughkeepsie, who will have his
headquarters in Detroit. Mr. Murray is
an old Michigan man, having previously
been connected with several automotive
industries in his new territory.
"A smile oils life's bearings." —
Forbes Magazine (N. Y.).
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
243
^USTRIAL FbRG:
News Editor
The Cincinnati Strike Situation
strikers Gradually Returning to Work — Open Shop Gains in Favor-
Judge Hickenlooper Renders important Decision
on Big Question
The machinists' strike in Cincinnati
continues to drag beyond the tenth week
v/ith indications that the men are grow-
ing sick of it and only held from whole-
sale desertion by the efforts of their
leaders. As it is, the number of strikers
is constantly reducing and shops which
only two weeks ago were practically
closed down are now running with as
much as half of their normal force.
This does not apply to all, since a few
shops are still practically closed, while
others have almost 100 per cent of
their men.
However, the average of the shops
ti-.roughout the city may be considered
as running with a force appi-oaching 50
per cent of normal. This is outside of
those plants located in what is termed
the Oakley colony, which was never
badly affected by the strike. There,
all shops are now running with their
full complement of mechanics. Picket-
ing is increasing as the-men-^heg-in.-to
sense the chance of failure of the
strike. This has led to court action by
the employers seeking protective in-
junctions, and has resulted in a re-
markable decision by Judge Hicken-
looper of the Superior Court, which
decision may have a momentous result
in future strikes in Cincinnati and else-
where.
The Non-Union Agreement
Many of the employers lately deter-
mined to run on a strictly non-union
shop basis, and have posted notices to
that effect. Many have re-employed
only those returning employees who
sign the non-union agreement. This
agreement was drawn up by Dudley
Taylor, a Chicago attorney, and was
used by many of the members of the
National Metal Trades Council, with
which most of the manufacturers are
affiliated. Following the announcement
by the ijnions last spring of their in-
tention to unionize all non-union shops,
the employers arranged to have their
loyal employees sign the non-union
agreement. This agreement provided
that they should not join any union,
nor have any dealings nor communica-
tions with the officers or agents of any
labor union, while remaining in the
service of the employing firm.
Later, union pickets sought to in-
duce these non-union employees to join
the union and quit work, and this im-
mediately brought about injunction pro-
ceedings by nearly a score of employers
who wished to prevent interference by
the union with their contractural rela-
tions with their employees. Accom-
panying "the petitions were affidavits
citing instances of threats and violence
used by the strikers.
The two cases heard by Judge Hick-
enlooper were that of the O. J. Shafer
Pattern Works against the Pattern
Makers' League, and that of the John
Douglas Co. against members of the
Metal Polishers' Union. In rendering
his decision he stated, as published in
the Cincinnati Enquirer on July 13,
that he upheld the agreement between
the employers and employees, and de-
cided that the union men have no right
to seek to have these employees break
that agreement. An injunction was
granted preventing them from "initiat-
ing or commencing negotiations, deal-
irigB, communications or interviews with
any employee who has signed the non-
union, agreement, either in relation to
membership by said employee in the
union, or in relation to said employee's
employment."
Regarding the soliciting of others,
the decision says: "As to those who
have not signed or entered into the
ron-union agreement prohibiting such
communications and interviews, such
employees may be approached upon the
subject of terminating their employ-
ment and thereafter joining the union."
Peaceful Persuasion Allowed
Judge Hickenlooper found in the
case of the John Douglas Co. instances
where the picketing of the company's
shops "has been attended with frequent
acts of violence, threats, abusive lan-
guage and other coercive and intimi-
dating acts, culminating in a brutal
assault upon two of the employees on
April 9 by four members of the de-
fendant union." Therefore, the injunc-
tion granted is made perpetual against
threats, violence, abusive language,
coercion and intimidation, and the
strikers are enjoined from accosting or
from commencing interviews, commu-
nications, dealings or negotiations with
any of the present employees relative
to membership in the union or relative
to their employment; from visiting the
employees or their families at their
homes for the purpose of opening such
negotiations, either directly or indi-
rectly.
"Peaceful persuasion of prospective
employees" is permitted under the in-
junction, as also is the exhibition of a
banner in front of the place by the
striking unions. With respect to the
Metal Polishers' Union, Judge Hicken-
looper orders that it must pay the costs
of the suit.
The most important part of Judge
Hickenlooper's decision came in con-
nection with the consideration of the
application of the 0. J. Shafer Pattern
Works. This is discussed in part as
follows :
"The exact question in this case is
whether, after the plaintiff's shop had
been run as a non-union shop for more
than four years, the defendants had a
right to so conduct their campaign for
membership, by the maintenance of
pickets and a solicitation of plaintiff's
employees, as to injure the plaintiff's
business and deprive him of the ser-
vices of his present employees, and this
at a time when no strike was in prog-
ress at plaintiff's shop, and no dis-
agreement between plaintiff and his
employees as to wages or working con-
ditions, and when all the plaintiff's em-
ployees are employed upon the under-
standing and agreement that they
would not join the.union while in plain-
tiff's employ, and if it be decided that
the defendants were within their rights
in approaching any of the plaintiff's
employees, will an injunction issue
against soliciting such employees as
have signed the non-union agreement
referred to?"
Argument upon this question was
based largely upon the Federal Court
decision in the suit of the Hitchman
Coal and Coke Co. against John Mitch-
ell, and others, in which, by arbiter,
the Court held that interference with
the relationship of master and servant
is actionable, and the self-interest of
the union is not a justification for en-
ticing an employee.
Says Cases Are Dissimilar
Judge Hickenlooper, while concurring
in the principal grounds of this deci-
sion, says the present cases are some-
v/hat dissimilar, as it does not appear
any effort was made to get employees
to join the union and still remain in
the company's employ and thereby ef-
fect a unionization of the shop, but to
induce employees to quit and then join
the union. Regarding the salient points,
the Court says:
"There cannot now be any doubt of
the right of the employer to hire whom-
soever he pleases and to conduct his
business in such manner as to him
seems advisable. Nor is there any doubt
of the right of the employee to work
for whom he pleases and upon such
terms as he may desire. Employees
244
may organize and, where there is no
contract for a definite term, may quit
. v/ork either singly or in a body. These
rights are of equal dignity and are
reciprocal, and, at least as far as the
rights of the employer and his non-
striking employees are concerned, they
are interdependent. To hold that the
employer has the right to freel/ em-
ploy any servant and to retain the ser-
vices of such employee as long as the
conditions of employment are mutually
satisfactory, necessarily implies that
the non-striking employee must be left
free to accept employment upon the
terms offered.
"Both such rights of the employer
and the employees are guaranteed by
Section 1, Article 1, of the constitution
of the state, which insured to all men
the right of enjoying and defending
life and liberty, acquiring, possessing
and protecting property and seeking
and obtaining happiness and safety."
Rights of Others Involved
Under the constitution the defendants
claimed the right to freely speak and
publish their sentiments as an inalien-
able right. Of this Judge Hickenlooper
says: "Such rights are not absolute,
although guaranteed by the constitu-
tion. They may not be exercised under
any and all circumstances and without
qualification, but where the exercise of
such rights operates to limit and im-
pair the enjoyment by another of
rights of equal dignity there must be
justification in order that there may be
immunity from liability."
In the absence of a contract for a
definite term of employment. Judge
Hickenlooper says, "the advantages to
society which are claimed for unionism
furnish the just cause or excuse for
the intentional injury occasioned by a
strike. If, therefore, the employment
be at will and the advantages of or-
ganization constitute just cause and
excuse for persuading others to join
the labor movement, it follows that
picketing is not per se illegal, and it
further follows that the Court must
1 eject as unsound dictum of the Hitch-
man case that inducing a servant to
quit his employment, which is at will,
may be enjoined where there is no con-
tract restricting the employee's right
to enter into attending negotiations.
We do not consider, therefore, that it
ii unlawful for the union to use peace-
ful persuasion for the purpose of in-
ducing those of the plaintiff's employees
who have not signed the non-union
agreement or verbally agreed to its
terms to quit their employment and
join the labor movement.
"Bid to induce another to breach his
contract has never been held to be jus-
tified by either social or individual ad-
vantages. No guaranteed right of free
speech or liberty of action has ever
been held to authorize or justify one
man in inducing another to break a
contract.
"Nor is the alleged non-union con-
tract illegal or contrary to public
policy. Any employee has the right to
AMERICAN MACHINIST
agree with his employer that he will
not only refrain from joining a union
during the term of employment, but he
may also lawfully agree, as was done
in these cases, that he will not have any
negotiations or communication with
others as to such employment, during
the period that he is so employed.
Breach of Contract
"Inducing such employee to enter
ir.to negotiations, or to participate in
discussions as to the advantages of the
union or as to his employment, is in-
ducing a breach of contract into which
he has entered; and such negotiations,
conferences or discussions cannot be
initiated or started by defendants with-
out liability for inducing such a breach
of contract. As has been said before,
the advantages of the union cannot be
held to be a justification of such act.
The most that could be said of those
who are employed under the non-union
agreement in question is that, if and
when their employment has terminated,
the union representatives would be glad
to discuss with them the advantages
of the union. This is a meager and
unsatisfactory right for which even the
union does not contend.
"Further than this, the Court holds
that each day does not constitute a
unit of employment, but the contract
is in force even when the employees
are not at their place of employment,
between closing time one day and the
commencement of work the next, and
it so continues in force until it is ter-
minated by the employee leaving the
employment of the employer."
United States Will Not Recognize
Soviet Russia
Regardless of any action that may
be taken by Great Britain or other
Allied Nations with respect to resump-
tion of trade with Soviet Russia, the
United States has no intention of going
further than its recent action.
Government officials are firm in their
stand that there shall be nothing ap-
proaching recognition of the Soviet
Government. The recent lifting of the
embargo on trade with Russia, they
point out, is in no sense a recognition
of that Government, in view of the fact
that the State Department announced
it would continue to refuse to issue
passports and that there would be no
mail communication.
It was also reiterated that the United
States vdll have no part in any confer-
ence at London, or other points, rela-
tive to resumption of Russian trade,
and that whatever action may be taken
there will have no bearing upon the
attitude of this Government.
Vol. 53, No. 5
Europe Looks to United States
for Steel, Says Howell
The world-wide shortage of iron and
steel resulting from the war can only
be made good by the United Sates, says
Herbert P. Howell, vice president of the
National Bank of Commerce in New
York, in an article on "The Inter-
national Market for Iron and Steel,"
which appears in the July number of
Coinmerce Monthly, the bank's maga-
zine of commerce and finance.
Great Britain alone of the European
producers is today capable of competi-
tion with this country in supplying the
four years' cumulative demand, accord-
ing to Mr. Howell. Neither France,
Germany nor Belgium can be regarded
as potential rivals of the American iron
and steel industry at present.
Germany Out for Present
"The world is short of iron and
steel," Mr. Howell says. "The United
States, Great Britain and Germany pro-
duce 80 per cent or more of the total
iron and steel output of the world,
while Belgium is a considerable factor
in the international market. The war
had varying effects on the industries of
these three European countries. The
case of Germany is clear. As a pro-
ducer of iron and steel for the inter-
national market, that country need not
be reckoned with at present. French
production is dependent on German
coal, and lack of fuel and industrial
disorganization have thus far kept it
much below the pre-war level. The
Belgian industry shows encouraging
features and exports are increasing, but
domestic demand is heavy and the
amount Belgium can export will not
greatly affect the international market
in the immediate future.
"Even assuming a production of pig
iron in 1920 equal to that of the best
war year, and a rate of export some-
what higher than that of the pre-war
years, the exportable surplus of the
United States is not likely to equal
Germany's annual exports in the
years immediately preceding 1914. The
United Kingdom is unable at present to
recover volume of exports except at a
sacrifice of domestic needs. There can
be no question, therefore, as to suffi-
cient foreign outlets for all the United
States can spare and more."
Announcement comes from Geneva
that a silencer for airplane engines,
more highly developed than an auto-
mobile mufller, has been invented by
the chief engineer of a Swiss airplane
firm.
Government Decree for Control of
German Iron Trade
Acting Commercial Attache Henry F.
Grady reports from The Hague,
Netherlands, that by a decree of the
German National Government, dated
April 1, 1920, there was established
for the control of the iron trade, an
autonomous body with legal standing
called the "Eisenwirtschaftsbund"
(Iron Trade Control Association) with
headquarters at Duesseldorf. A trans-
lation of this decree may be perused
at the Bureau of Foreign and Domes-
tic Commerce on referring to file No.
42075.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
244a
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
ilUling Attachment, Davis
Hinckley Machine Works, HincRley. III.
"American Machinist," June
;6, 1920
This attachmenl is hfUl on Hip I"0|
carriage of a lathe and .serves as a
handy device for doing a, great variety
of milling such as keyseating. squaring
ends of shafts, sawing, splitting hush-
ings. drilling and boring. The illustra-
tion shows the attachment in one posi-
tion on the compound rest of a lathe.
By swinging the compound rest it can
be brought to any desired angle. Si)eci-
fications: Vertical hand feed, 7 in.,
graduated to 0.001 in. Will swivel in
vertical plane to 180 deg. Vise jaws, 13
in. deep: ^k in. wide: maximum opening,
4 In. Weight, net, 50 lb. ; boxed for
shipment, 65 lb.
KlvFter. Buird Yoke
Baird Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas City, Mo.
"American Machinist," June 26, 1920
The riveter is supported on a stand in-
stead of being suspended by a bail. The
arrangment of the riveter and stand is in-
tended for use in riveting traction plates on
the rims of pneumatic tires. The riveter has
a lO-in. reach, a 9-in. gap and will deliver
a maximum squeeze of 70 tons with 100 Ih.
air pressure.
Ktarter, Induction Motor, Antomutio
The General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. T.
"American Machinist," June 26, 1920
This starter is designed to utart
by push button, or by operation
of a float switch, pressure gover-
nor or similar accessory. The
starter consists of one 5-pole con-
tactor for starting, one ;j-pole con-
tactor for running, a current-
limit relay for controlling the
contactors, two inverse-time-ele-
ment overload relays and a set of
comjvensator coils. All this aiipa-
ratus is mounted on a panel and
inclosed in a case which can be
locked shut when desired. Over-
load protection is furnished by the
two inverse-time-element relays,
which are operative during both
starting and running. After an
overload they may be reset with-
out removing the cover of the inclosing case, by means of handles
which project through on the back of panel.
Latlie, 72 In. Adjustable Gap
Fairbairns, Leeds, England.
"American Machinist," (European Edition) June 26, 1920
The 72-in, adjustable gap
lathe was designed for turn-
ing propellers up to 20 tons
in weight. Length of the bed
is 12 ft. 6 in. Maximum di-
ameter admitted in pit is 18
ft. Maximum distance be-
tween the 9 ft. faceplate and
bed is 6 ft. Distance between
tlie centers with the gap open
is 1.3 ft. The headstock is
mounted on a separate base.
Forged steel spindle runs in
phosphor bronze and the
front bearing is 14 in. diameter by 21 In. long. Drive is by :iii-
hp., two-speed squirrel-cage motor. There are three ratios of
gearing, all double helical, which, in combination with the motor,
give faceplate speeds from 2.6 to 39.5 r.p.m. The tailstock has an
8-in. steel spindle, which is traversed by handwheel. Movement
along the bed is through worm gearing, pinion and rack. Length
over the headstocks is 26 ft. 6 in. Approximate weight, 36 tons.
Grinding Machine, Twist Drill, Ball B«iring
H. F. Atkins Ltd., Old Fletton, Peterborough, England.
"American Machinist," (European Edition) June 26, 1920
The countershaft is built into the
machine and runs on ball bearings. In
capacity the machine will grind drills
of from i in. to 2i in diameter. Three-
lip drills can be ground readily, provi-
sion for them being made by a small
screw which limits the motion of the
vee arm. As sent out. the appliance
produces standard clearance on the
drills, hut if desired this can be varied,
and only two simple adjustments are
needed for correct grinding of any drill.
The main wheel is a ring 8J in. dia-
meter and at the rear end of the
spindle a point-thinning wheel is
mounted. Guards are provided to each
and a centrifugal pump, belt-driven
is included. Net weight, about 400 lb.
Nibbling Slachine, Metal
T. H. Wilson Ltd., Bramley, near Leeds, England.
"American Machinist," (European Edition) June 26, 1920
This machine is intended for
nibbling or perforating metal or
other materials up to | in. In
thickness. The machine is made '
in three sizes. A special punch is
employed in the form of a round
cutter, down the center of which
is a loose pin projecting beyond
the cutting edge, forming a stop
for tlie work. The bottom die is
of ordinary form corresponding to
the punch and the latter is actu-
ated by an eccentric 1/in on the
end of the spindle. The speed
of the machine ranges from 300
to 750 r.p.m., according to the
material to be cut.
l>atJie, I'istuii and Piston King Automatic
T. Rider & Son Ltd., Bolton, England.
".\merican Machinist," (European Editkin) June 19, 1920
The lathe is speciall.v de-
signed for cast iron work.
Turning outside diameters,
the tool is bolted direct on
a long carriage and it is
possible to work to close
limits in one cut. For turn-
ing pistons roughing and fin-
ishing sliding tools are fol-
lowed by two roller follower
rests which take the thrust
of back grooving tools. When
the outside turning tools
have traveled about three-
quarters of the length of
piston the grooving tools
come into operation. On the
front slide is a sizing tool or tools, to finish the top lands between
the ring grooves. The back forming tools maintain the piston in
close contact with follower rests and thus the lands can be sized
to^ within plus or minus 0.002 In. Net weight of machine, about
3,500 lb.
GrIndiiiK Macliine, Twist Drill and CuMer
S. Holmes & Co., Bradford. England.
"American Machinist," (European Edition) June 19, 1920.
This machine will grind twist
drills from 4 in. diameter, and
when arranged to grind milling
cutters will take 25 in. between
center by 10 In. diameter. Car-
riage is 34 in. long, has longi-
tudinal motion of 20 in, cross
motion of 5 in. and vertical ad-
justment of 4 J in. One end of
spindle is bored No. 1 Morse taper.
It will be seen that in this ma-
chine the table swings round the
head. The grinding wheel for
twist drills is 9 in. x IJ in. At-
tachments supi/Iied for internal
grinding. The machine has a base
21 in. square. Height to center of
the spindle 46 in. Weight, about
600 lb.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and fie as desired
244b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Leroy S. Starrett (Right) Celebrates Birthday
"Ad astra per ardua," the motto of the British Flying Corps, has become
literally true in the case of Leroy S. Starrett, president of the L. S. Starrett
Co., of Athol, Mass., who recently celebrated his 84th birthday by a "trip to
the clouds" at St. Petersburg, Florida.
Plans for the issue of $2.5,000,000 8
per cent and participating stock of the
British Empire Steel Corporation
simultaneously in London and Montreal,
with the possibility of a New York
connection, are announced. It is ex-
pected that Premier Gouin, of Quebec,
may retire from the Provincial Cab-
inet and become chief counsel for the
corporation.
The quarterly report of the Lacka-
wanna Steel Co. for the second quarter
of this year shows an astonishing gain.
For the first quarter of the year this
company showed a deficit of $449,720,
whereas for the quarter ending June
30 there was a surplus of $1,881,946.
Dewey, Strong & Townsend announce
the entry of Captain William A. Loftus,
Thomas Castberg, James M. Abbett and
John H. Herring into the firm which
will be known as Dewey, Strong, Town-
send & Loftus. Mr. Herring will have
charge of the trademark and foreign
department; Mr. Abbett will specialize
in chemical and electrical patent mat-
ters, and Mr. Castberg will devote his
attention to engineering and industrial
patent cases. Captain Loftus, lately in
the service abroad and formerly in the
patent department of the International
Harvester Co., will practice both before
the Patent Office and the Federal
courts. William H. Bauer, formerly of
Washington and lately with the patent
department of the Willys-Overland Co.,
will continue on the staff. Mr. Strong,
after more than fifty years of active
practice, will retain his association in
an advisory capacity. The practice of
patent and trademark law will be con-
tinued by Chas. E. Townsend at the
same address, 909-917 Crocker Build-
ing, San Francisco.
The Cooper Hewitt Electric Co. will
remove its St. Louis office on Aug. 1 to
the Title Guaranty Building. Mr. A. H.
Smith is the district sales manager.
Contract has been let to Swift & Co.,
of Chicago, by the Central of Georgia
Railway, for the construction of its
new shops and roundhouse at Columbus,
Ga. Work is to start in the near future
and the contractors promise completion
of the shops by March, 1921. Master-
mechanic Gross, of Columbus, stated
that the work would entail an invest-
ment of about $500,000.
Tlie International Railua.v Master Black-
smiths' Association will hold its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingham.
Ala., on Aug. 17. 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is A. L. AVoodworth,
Ivima, Ohio.
The National Gas Kngine .Association,
Monadnock Bldg.. Chicago, 111., will hold
its thirteenth annual convention at the Con-
gress Hotel, Chicago, on Sept. 1. 2 and 3.
The .American Steel Treaters' .Society and
the Steel Treating Research Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelphia. Ta.. on Sept. H to 18. inclusive.
J. A. Pollack, of the Pollak Steel Co., Cin-
cinnati. Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The American Foundrymen's Asssocia-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building.
Chicago, III, is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires. .Argentine Republic, S. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can !«> obtained from
the American National Exhibition. Inc.,
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
42nd St., New York.
Dr. T. S. Taylor, who has during
the first part of the present calendar
year, been in charge of the research
work for the Magnesia Association of
America at the Mellon Institute of In-
dustrial Research, University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa., returned on
July 1 to the Research Laboratory of
the Westinghouse Electric and Manu-
facturing Co., East Pittsburgh, Pa., to
take charge of their thermal research.
Earl Staitord has become a member
of the engineering staff of Arthur D.
Little, Inc., chemists and engineers,
Cambridge, Mass. Mr. Stafford is a
graduate of the engineering school of
Tufts College, 1908, and for the past
twelve years has devoted his attention
largely to hydro-electric developments
with particular reference to ore treat-
ing plants, pulp and paper mills and
light and power companies.
W. S. QuiGLBY, president of the Fur-
nace Specialties Co., New York, sailed
for France on the Imperator, July 15.
Mr. Quigley's trip is for the purpose of
furthering the business relations of the
Quigley organization in England,
France, Belgium, Italy and Spain.
C. N. Leo, formerly with the W. M.
Pattison Supply Co., has resigned and
is now with the Hess, Schenck Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio.
C. R. Syme has resigned from the
W. M. Pattison Supply Co. and will
represent the Hess, Schenck Co., of
Cleveland, Ohio, in Dayton and South-
ern territory.
Frank J. Farrell has been ap-
pointed Eastern representative for the
Precision and Thread Grinder Manu-
facturing Co., of Philadelphia, Pa.,
manufacturer of the multi-graduated
precision grinder.
Thomas P. Orchard has resigned
as secretary and sales manager of the
Service Engineering Co., Inc., to ac-
cept an appointment as director of
sales with the Arthur Knapp Engi-
neering Corporation of New York and
Detroit.
James L. Gough has disposed of his
interests in the Federal Machinery
Sales Co., Chicago, 111.
W. D. CREfDER, who was formerly
president of the Saxer-Creider Machin-
ery Co., Erie, Pa., and who for the
past two years was manager of the
Modern Tool Co., has become sales
manager of the Chicago branch of the
Reed-Prentice Co., Becker Milling Ma-
chine Co., and the Whitcomb-Blaisdell
Machine Tool Co. This branch will be
located at 28 North Clinton St., after
Aug. 15.
Robert R. Lassiter, formerly me-
chanical superintendent of the Rich-
mond Forgings Corporation, Richmond,
Va., has recently joined the Dale-Brew-
ster Machinery Co., Inc., New York.
Mr. Lassiter is assistant to the presi-
dent, in charge of engineering sales,
and is also part owner of the company.
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
244c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Hobtiing Maeliine, Ciiieliiiiati I6-I11. Gear
Cincinnati Gear Cutting Miicliine Co., Cincinnati, Ohio
"American Machinist," July l.'i. 192ii
Specifications : Rated capacity ;
diameter. 16 in.; face. 12 in.
Actual maximum gear diameter,
17J in. Rated capacity; spur
gears, 3 D.P. : cast-iron helical
gears. 3 D.P. ; steel helical gears.
3i 1). P, Maximum distance, center
of hoi) to no.se of spindle. 19J in.
Maximum diameter of hob, 4J in.
Diameter hob arbor, IJ in. Taiier
hole in work siiindle. No. 12 B. &
S. Hob speed, 8 changes, ranging
from .">" to 2iM) r.p.m. Hob feeds.
26 changes, ranging from O.OliJ to
(i,2."<(i in. i;er rev. of work. Driv-
ing pulley, 15 X 31 in. ; speed, 4»0
r.p.m. Over-all dimensions; covers closed, r>2 in. x 82 in.; covers
open 56 in. x 1(13 in. Net weight of machine with electrical
equli>ment, 5,60(1 lb.; domestic shipping weight, 5,900 lb.; Export
shipping weight, 6,600 lb. Contents boxed fcjr export. 210 cu.tt.
Tuulpost, Lovejoy Turret
L.ovejoy Tool Co., Inc., Springfield, Vt.
"American Machinist," July 15
1920
stampoirraph, Merey Rotary
Julius Merey, 2842 North Maplewood Ave., Chicago,
".^merican Machinist," July 15, 1920
The machine is designed to ,stamp letters,
characters, etc., in metal or other material
wliile it is in a soft or plastic condition,
and is ordinarily furnished for hand oper-
ation, but can be arranged for power
operation when required. The machine Is
self-contained and has a stamping capacity
of thirty-five characters, as indicated on
ilie face of the dial. Provision is made,
however, for changing the size of the char-
acters to suit the work btdng stamped. Ad-
justment for work of different thickness is
accomplished by means of the ball crank
at the top of tiie machine and incidentally
this regidates the depth of the impression.
The hand-power machine weighs about 2iio
lb. The power-operated machine weighs
350 lb. and occupies a bench space about
two feet square.
HamHter, American Helve
Long & All.statter Co., HamiUon, Ohio
".\merican Machinist," July 15
1920
>^^
The turrets are made of h.ird-
ened steel and are interchange-
able with any base. This feature
permits the use of a number of
turrets carrying tool combinations
for various jobs so that a job can
be changed without changing the
tool set-up. Two types of turrets
are regularly made, one for turn-
ing and the other for boring. The .
turning toolholders have shanks 1 in. in diameter and are fitted with
IS -in. high-speed steel cutlers. The round shanks permit the
holders to be rotated to give side clearance to the tools. The
boring bars are 1 in. in diameter and will cut to the bottoms of
holes that are only slightly larger than the bars. Bars of other
sizes with bushings to tit holes in turrets can be furnished to
order. The turrets can be u.sed on lathes having a center dis-
tance aliove the tool block as small as Ig inches.
Truik, ".Viitomatie" I.iftinK and Tieringr
Auloinatic- Transportation Co., Buffalo, X, Y.
".American Macliinist," July 15, 1920
The function of this truck is to
pick up and elevate loads with its
own power, to suitable heights fur
)jlacing material in box cars, on
trucks, wagons, etc without rehand-
ling. It lias a capacity to lift a load
uf 4,iKMi 11,. any distance from 1 in.
to 6 ft., and at the rate of 1 ft. in
15 seconds. The overhanging plat-
form is supported on two sturdy up-
rights. It is provided with sutjstan-
tial guide rollers, and i.s raised and
lowered by a single screw of large
size revolving in a heavy lironze nut
carrie<l in a trimnion. .An oil reser-
voir furnishes amjde lubrication to
the screw. The ))latform may be
startetl and stopped at any point in
lis travel, and automatic limit cut-
outs ai'e provided to prevent over-
riui at either extreme.
1
The hammers are made in five
sizes, ranging from 25 to 100 lb,
caivaeity. It is claimed that all
connections and parts that have
a tendency to work loose are
carefully protected against such
trouble. The treadle is arranged
to prevent lost motion between
it and the belt tightener and is
said to be sensiti\'e and smootli
acting in regulating the force
and rapidity of the blows. The
steel brake-band with its fric-
tion lining passes almo.st en-
tirely around the brake wheel
and, owing to its great area
of friction surface, assures quick
stopping of the hammer with the helve in the "uiv" position when
the treadle is released. .\ pair of ordinary dies liaving faces
partly flat and partly round is furnished as part of the regular
eciuipment.
Engine. Vnderwood Steam or Air
H. B. Underwood Corporation, 1015-25
Hamilton St., Philadelphia, Pa.
".American Machinist," July 15, 1920
The engine is built in both a 3- and a 5-
hp. size, and is designed for driving porta-
ble tools such as boring l)ars and drilling
machines. The cylinder of the 3-hp. engine
is 3J in. in diameter and that of the 5-hi).
is 4J in. in diameter, lioth engines having
a 3J-in. stroke. The working parts are in-
closed in an oil-tight case whicli is formed
in the base of the engine and serves to
exclude dirt. The crankshaft is a steel
forging with a IJ-in. finished diameter. A
piston valve is used, and the engine is fitted
with a governor on the supply line. The
engine runs at 250 r.p.m, with "n to 125 lb.
supply pressure. The floor S|.ace requireil
is 12 X 21 in., and the lieight to the top of
(he governor is 46 in. -Xet weight, 270 lb.
I!
(hack, (iUHtin-Baron Reversible Driving
Gustln-Bacon Manufacturing Co., 1416-18 West Twelfth
Kansas I'ity, Mo.
■■American Machinist." July 15, 1920
The chuck grips when driven in
eitlier direction, lieing e.specially
ilesigned for service wlien it is
desiralile to reverse the direction
of rotation, as in running stay-
bolts in fire boxes and in driving
straight-sliank taps. The Jaws
shown are used for liolding round
bars; one size, suitable for ac-
commodating liolts from lo to 1 i
in., being carried in stock, while
other sizes can be furnished upon order. Jaws for holding square
heads can tie furnished, the stock size accommodating square
heads from g to 2 in- T'he jaws are tool steel, and can be easily
replaced wlien worn out. It is claimed that the chuck grips the
bolt centrally, so tliat it runs true. The base of the chuck shank
is squared to H in , .so as 10 permit the setting of a staybolt with
a wrench when desired.
Tool Set, "Red E" Oarase loathe
Ready Tool Co., Bridgeport. Conn.
■American Machinist," July 15, 1920
The set is intended for use in small
machine .sho|)S and garages. It comprises
tools for both inside and outside turning
and threading, also a cutting-ofl' tool.
The tool board furnished with the tools
has a place routed out for each indi-
vidual tool, making it easy to keep the
tools in their proper places and to note
whether any are missing.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
244d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
[«5I •
*THE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45.60
Northern Basic 42 . 80
Southern Ohio No. 2 46 80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
49.65
49.70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42.00®44.00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2x, 2.25-2.75BiI 46@48 25*
Virginia No. 2 45.00*
Basic .
Grey Forge
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local
No. 2 Foundry. Southern.
44.50t
43.50*
44.25
47.00
One
Year -\go
$29 80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33.95
25 75
30.65
30 85
29 90
29 90
27 25
31.75
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No. 2 Foundry
Basic
Bessemer
MONTREAL
Silicon 2 25 to 2.75%. :
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
45 65
44 40
4«.90
43 25
28 15
27 15
29 35
-Cleveland-^
One
Structural shapes.. . . $4 . 47
Soft steel bars 4.62
Soft steel bar shapes. . 4 . 62
Soft steel bands 6. 32
Plates, i to 1 in. thick 4. 67
$3 97
4 12
4.12
5.32
4.17
Current
$5 00
4 50
6 25
4.50
Year
Ago
$3 37
3 27
3.27
.— Chicago ^
One
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and larger, and plates f in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
. New York
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
■ " $3.47
3 37
3.37
4.07
3.67
Current
$3.97
3.87
3.87
Year
Ago
$3.47
3 37
3.37
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.75
Warehouse, New York 4.57 3 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3 . 52 3 . 22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3. 37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
also the base quotations from mill:
— New York -
I-arge
Mill Lots
Pittsburgh
3 55-7 no
Blue Annealed
No. 10
No. 12 3.60-7 05
No. 14 3.65 7 10
No. 16 3.75-6 20
Black
Nos. 18and20 4.20-6 20
Nob. 22 and 24 4 25-6.25
No. 26 4 30-6 30
No. 28 4.35 6 35
Galvanized
No. 10 4 70 8 00
No. 12 4 80 8 10
No. 14 4.80 8 10
Nos. ISand 20 5 10-8 40
No8. 22and24 5 25 8 55
No. 26 5 40 8 70
No. 28 5.70-9 00
Current
7.1208 00
7 17(ir8 05
7 22(2 8 10
7 32@8 20
7 80(3 9 50
7 85(*9 55
7 90(a9.60
8 00^9.70
One
Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
4 57
4 57
4 67
4.77
5 30
5 35
5 40
5 50
8 to
8 15
8 20
8 30
8 70
8 75
8 80
8 90
7 02
7 07
7 12
7.22
7 80
7 85
7 90
8 00
8 55((i 11 00 6 20 9 00 8 15
8 65(c5ll 00 6 25 9.10 8 20
8 65(alll 10 6 30 9 10 8 35
8 90(ii!n 40 6 60 9 40 8 65
9 05@ll.55 6 75 9 55 9 05
9.20(an 70 6 90 9 70 9 20
9 50012 00 7 20 10 00 9 50
Acute soaieity in sheets, particularly bl^ck. galvanized and No, 16 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. (or No. 16; 9.S0 for Nos. 18 and 20. and 9.5Sc for
No*. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.25 $5.80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.75 6 30 6 50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
CleTeland 50
Chicago 50
SWEDISH (NORWAY) IRON— The average price per 1001b., in ton lots is:
New York
Cleveland
Chicago
In coils an advance of 50c. usually is charged.
Domestic iron (Swedish analysis) is selling at 1 2c. per lb.
Current
One Year .\po
$20.00
20.00
21.00
$21 00-26 00
20.00
16.50
WELDING MATERIAL (SWEDISH)— These prices are the be.«t we have
been able to obtain for .'^we.iish welding materials, of which it is reported that
very little are on the market.
Welding Wire
I.H.A. i,A. A ■.
No. 8, A and No. 10.
-No.' 'I'i .'.v. ■.'.■'. ■.'.'.■.
A. No. 14 and A...
.No. 18
No. 20 :
21.00 to 30.00
Cast-Iron Welding Rods
Abyl2in.long 14.00
i by 19 in. long 12.00
ibyl9in.long 10.00
5 by 21 in. long 10.00
Special Welding Wire. Coated
i 33.00
A 30.00
Domestic— Welding wire in 100-lb. lots sells as follows, f. o. b. New York: A.
8!c per lb.; J, 6c.; A to i, 7!c.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents perpoundar*
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7 00 8 00 9 00
Spring steel (light) 10.00 1 1 00 12.25
Coppered bessemer rods 9 . 00 8 . 00 6 75
Hoop steel 6.57 6.50 5.32
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 10.75
Floorplates 6.80 6.00 6.77
PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the Pitts-
burgh basing card, discounts on steel pipe, applying as from January' 14. 1920,
and on iron pipe from January 7, 1920.
BUTT WELD
Steel
Black
Inches
J to 3 i*-iT,%
2
2! to 6 .
7 to 12.,
13 to 14.
15
Iron
Black
: to li.
2 to 3..
(lalvanized Inches
41!-44% J to M 24J-34J%
LAP WELD
47 -50J% 34J-38<7<, 1}
50 -53i% 37i-4l% ij
47 -50J% 33J-37% 2 20!-28i%
37i-4l % 41to6 .. 22i-30J%
35 -38)% 2j to 4 22J-30i%
7 to 12 19J-27J%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52-55!% 391-43% J to H . . 24J-3«jn
53 -56i% 40!-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Galvanized
8 -18}%
2 45 -48i%
2i to 4 48 -5I{%,
41 to 6 47 -50!%
7 to 8
9 to 12.
43
38
46!''
-41!';
33! -37%
36!-40%
35!-39%
29! -33%
24!-28%
New York
Black Galv.
f to 3 in steel butt welded 40% 24%
2! to 6 in. steel lap welded 35% 20^-1,
li:::::::
2ito4 .
4! to 6
7 to 8 . .
9 to 12
Cleveland
Black Galv.
40% 31%
42%, 27%
21!-29!%
23J-3M%
221-30!%
l4i-22!%
9J-17J%
6J-14!%
»»-l7!%
9J-17!%
6i-14!%
9J-I9J%
8!-16i%
IH-19!%
I0!-I8J%
2i-l0!%,
5!-l-2)%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54%40% 40!(a30 '
50(u40% 37i(a27;%,
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C, banded, from New York stock sell at
plus 32'''(.. Cast iron, standard sizes, net.
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS MET.\LS— Present and past .New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year .\go
Copper, electrolytic 19 00 19 25 21 75
Tin in 5-ton lots 49 50 61.50 70 00
Lead 9.25 9.00 5.50
Zinc 8.25^8 75 8.70 8.00
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8.90 8 87! 5 25
Zinc 7 90O8 40 8.37! 7.65
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for 1 ton
oTmore: -Chicago-,
^ New York . .— Cleveland — ^ April 8
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent Ago .\go rent .Ago rent Ago
Copper sheets, base. 33.50 33 50 29 50 32 00 53 50 36.00 36 50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 3125 26 50 29 50 29.50 27.00 25 00
Brasssheets 28 50 28 50 23.00 29 00 29 00 27.00 28 00
Brasspipe 33.00 33 00 34.00 34 00 36.00 35.00 37 00
Solder (half and half)
(caselots) 38 00 33 00 45 00 40 50 41.00 38.00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 7!c.
BRASS RODS— The following quotations are lor large lots. mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Ago
Mill 25.00 19.00
New York 27.00 21.50
Cleveland 27.00 30 00
Chicago 26.00 30.00
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
244e
SHOP MECIAIS AND SUPPLIES,
i^M
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound prevail:
Carload lots f.o.b. mill 12 50
. — ^In Casks--^ ^ Broken Lots — -
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.95 15.50 13.30
New York 14 00 12.00 14.50 13.00
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots fop
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 8.00 8.J75
Chicago 9,50 10.00
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound :
, New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 16.00 16.75 15 50 15.50
Copper, heavy, and wire 1525 15.75 15.00 15 00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13 00 13.50 13 00 1400
Lead, heavy 7 00 4 62! 7 00 7 00
Lead, tea 5 00 3 75 5 00 6 00
Brass, heavy 10 25 10 00 1 1 DO 1550
Brass,light 7.50 8 00 8 00 9 50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 8.50 9 00 8 50 9 50
Zinc 5.25 4 25 4 50 9 50
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb 33.00 34 00c.@35.00c. 33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 25.00
Chicago 29.00 28.00
Cleveland 32.00 33.00
BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound:
^New York — - ^-Cleveland-- . Chicago >
f Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Bestgrade 90 00 90.00 74.00 80 00 60.00 75.00
Commercial 50 00 50.50 21 00 18 50 15.00 15.00
RIVETS-
warehouse:
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
-— New York ^ . — Cleveland — ■ , Chicago ■
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Hot pressed square, -f $6 CO $3.25 $ . 50 $2 25 $ 50 I 05
Hot pressed hexagon -I- 6 00 2.70 .50 2.25 .50 .85
Cold punched hexa-
gon -1- 6.00 3 25 .50 2 25 .50 I 00
Cold punched square + 6.00 2 70 .50 2 25 .50 100
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 50% 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 4 in. and smaller + 20% 20% 20%
Larger and longer up to IJ in. by 30 in... . +20% 20% 10%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
NewYork list Cleveland $2 50 Chicago $3 00
For cast-iron washers, J and larger, the base price per 1 00 lb. is as follows:
NewYork $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $4 75
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller + 20% 35% 10%
arger and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in + 20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
» & ' Rivets — . . Burs -^ .
I ■ ■ Current One Year Ago Current One Year Ago
K ■ Cleveland 20% 20% 10% 10%
■ ¥ Chieago. net 20% net 20%
^ f New York 25% 40% net 20i
The following quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders froui
New York Cleveland
40%
Chicago
30%
30%
Steel A and smaller List Net
Tinned List Net 40%
Boiler, I, I, 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
NewYork $6.00 Chicago $5.62 Pittsburgh $4.50
Structural, same sizes:
NewYork $7.10 Chicago $5.72 Pittsburgh $4.60
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING—
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
"he base price in cents per pound from
New York
Copper 34 00
33 00
Cleveland
34.00
34.00
Chicago
35.00
34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchase<l. For lots of less than
100 lb,, but not less than 75 lb., the advance is I c. ; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 lb., 2ic. over base ( 1 00-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 10c. :
liss than 10 lb. add l5-20c.
r)ouble above extrns will be charyrd for anplcs, clinnnols and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as |-2 in. induaive
in rounds, and i-l^ in., inclusive, in square and hexagon^all varying by thirty
seconds up to 1 in. by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $ 1 2. 50 per 1 00 lbs.
In Cleveland— $ 1 0 per 1 00 lbs.
COTTON WASTE— The following prices are in cents per pound:
, New York •
Current One Year Ago Cleveland
White 15.00@I7 00 13.00 16.00
Colored mixed. . 9 . OOfri- 1 4 . 00
9 00-12.00
12.00
Chioago
11. 00 to 14.00
9.50 to 12.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
13ixl3i I3iz20}
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb. :
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.00 $3.00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 1.75
Cleveland 3.00 2 50 2.75
Chicago 2.25 2.50 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.90 $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.62
Chicago 5.00 5.00 4.12J
COKE — Th« following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsville:
July 8 July I June 24
Prompt furnace $17 50(«($I8 50 $17.50(ai$18.50 $15.00@$I6.00
Prompt foundry 18 00(a) 19 00 18.00® 19 00 16.00® 17.00
FIRE CLAY— The following prices prevail:
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8.00:
Cleveland 100-lb. bag 1.00
LINSEED OIL— These prices are per gallon:
. New York
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Raw in barrels (5 bbl. lots) $1.53 $2.15
5-gal. cans (withou* :ans) 1 . 56* 2 . 28
' Chicago — -^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
$1 95 $2.53
2.15 2.73
*To this oil price must be added the cost of the oane (retiunable) , whleh ii
$2. 25 for a case of six.
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base priec per pound:
Red .
One Year
Current Ago
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil
1001b. keg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50
25 and 50-lb. keg8....l5.75 17.25 13.25 14.75
I2!-Ib. keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00
5-Ib. cans 18 50 20.00 15 00 16.50
Mb. cans 20.50 22.00 16 00 17.50
500 lb. lota leu I0%:diuount. 2000 lb. loU lew IO-2i%
. White .
One Year
Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
In Oil In Oa
15.50
15.75
16.00
18.50
20.50
discount.
13.00
13.25
13.50
15.00
16.00
244f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 5b, No. 5
NEWa/ws? ENLARGED
L-V-FLETGHEEL
■ IIIIMIMKIIIUIIIIII
llllllllllllltllllllHIIIIIIi
Machine Tools
The following concerns are in the market
for machine loois :
Conn., Hartford — The city of Hartford —
machine shop equipment.
Conn., Hartford — The Puritan Motor
Sales Co., 334 Pearl St. — repair shop equip-
ment.
Mass.. BoNton — The Roxbury Motor Co.,
133 Humboldt A\'e. — repair shop equipment.
.VlaHs., Kver*tt — L.. Albaum, 49 Maiden
St. — repair shop equipment.
MaHs., New Bedford — The Manomet Mills
— miscellaneous machine tools.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— A. Stroud. 327 Bway. — Five boring
mills, 4 2 in., one turret head, .swivel head.
Three 24 in. Bullard boring mills.
Two Cleveland, model "A." 2 in. standard
automatic screw machines.
Three Cleveland, model "A." 4 J in. stand-
ard automatic screw machines.
One Cleveland, model "A." 63 in. .standard
automatic .screw machine.
Twelve porter cable lathes.
One 16 in. Lees Bradner, G & E, or
A.dams, spiral gear hobber.
One Potter & John.son, 7 In. turret lathe.
One 2 spindle,
"B," drill.
Henry & Wright, cla.S3
4 2 in. table feed
One Briggs, model "B,
miller.
One Fisher oil groover.
One Landis 12 x 90 plain grinder.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The United Machine Works. 55-57
West 3rd St. — One 36 or 4 2 in. triple geared
belt driven heavy duty lathe. 20 in. be-
tween centers, with compound slide rest,
change gears, steady rest, countershaft and
clutch, etc. ;
One belt driven lathe as above, 18 x 12
in. between centers ;
One portable cylinder boring bar for
.sylinder up to 26 in. diameter x 72 in. long ;
One portable cylinder boring bar for
cylinder 4 to 8 in. diameter x 48 in. long;
One belt driven power hammer head,
about 500 lbs. ;
One 6 to 7 in. belt driven Sullivan air
compressor ;
One reversible
to 2i in.;
One 60 or 72 in. belt driven radial drill ;
One belt driven 24 in. or 30 in. crank
shaper with table vise ;
One 300 to 400 ton belt driven hydraulic
press to take up to 48 in. ;
One belt driven plate bending machine
for plates \ to 12 in. long;
One heavy work blast forge with blower,
size of pan 48 in. ;
Three 300 lb. cast steel anvils;
Taper shank twist drills, from 1 to 2 in.
in 64ths;
Taper sockets for above drills ;
One belt driven twist drill grinder with
counter shaft on column ;
air drill for drills up
One belt. driven grind.stone about 48 In.;
One No. 2 universal milling machine ;
Milling cutters for three 16 to 6 in. diam-
iler and face ;
.Milling cutters for involute gears;
Milling cutters for epicycloidal gears;
One foundry cupola for about 6 or 7 tons ;
(Ine belt driven rotary blower;
Two combined crane and truck ladles,
about 6i000 lbs. each ;
Two wrought bull ladles about 200 lbs. ;
Two crane ladles with shank and rail
about 800 lbs.;
„,^One 10 ton traveling crane, span about
25 f t. ;
One circular saw sharpener;
One hand saw filer and setter ;
One hundred feet of 2 |; steel shaftings.
Ring oilers, 18 x 18 in.
Drop hangers. 2!; in. bore.
. ^- \!a! '^*"' ^''"■'' (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Williams Valve Co., 62 Front
"'■ — one 24 in. universal turret lathe
Pa., Ciermantown (Philadelphia Station)
—The Queen Gray Co., 70 West Johnson
ht. — general machine tools.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Congoleum Co..
Inc., Morris Bldg. — one 16 in. x 8 ft. en-
gine lathe.
Pa., Philadelphia — H. D. Dougherty & Co.,
17th and Indiana Sts. — one manufacturer's
lathe, capacity up to 2 in.
Pa., Philadelplila — The Hartford Sterling
Co., 24th and Locust Sts. — buffing and pol-
ishing lathes.
Pa., Pittsburgh — The Electric Welding
Co., Riverbank — one alligator shear, capac-
ity IJ in. .sq. .steel, electric drive (used).
Pa., West Cheater — The Sharpies Spe-
cialty Co. — heavy duty drill presses.
Ala,, BirminKham — The Manufacturers
Sflling Agency. Brown Marx Bldg. -one 1
in, single head bolt cutter, motor driven.
Ind., Terra Hautt! — The Amer. Car and
Fdry. Co. — additional equipment for expan-
.sion, including lathes, foundries, etc.
Ind., Terra Haute — The Indiana Milling
<-o. — $50,000 worth of miscellaneous milling
niachinery.
Mich,, Caro — Cooper & StrifHcr — garage
equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Elwood Machine and
Tool Co.. Sherman and Rivard Sts., W. T.
Klliott, Mgr. — machine tool equipment for
manufacture of dies.
Mich., Detroit — The C. E. Fales Mchy.
Co., 100 Beaubien St. — one DDG No. 56
Darracute double action, 100 ton draw press
(new or used).
Mich., Detroit — The Hayes Mchy. Co.,
East Lamed St.. A. Sprague, Purch. Agt. —
large squaring shears.
Mich., Detroit — The James Machine Co..
427 Bellevue Ave. — miscellaneous machine
shop equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Pere Marquette Ry.,
Union Depot Bldg., J Tuthill, Ch. Engr. —
miscellaneous engine house equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Walker Saxe Motor
Car Co., 1525 Gratiot Ave — garage repair
equipment.
Mich.. Detroit — Water Bd.. 232 Jefferson
.\\e.. H. .S. Starkey. Secy. — repair shop
equipment including lathe, cold saw, mill-
ing machine, etc.
O.. CoIumbuH — The Amer. Water Motor
Co. 796 East 11th Ave., L. l*wis, Purch.
Agt. — one lathe, about 24 in., one drill
press, etc.
O., Warren — The Bd. Educ, c 'o J. Buck-
waiter. Trumbull Blk. — equipment for
manual training shop.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The All Tite Chain Co.
231 27th St.. F. Hoya. Purch. Agt.— punch
l)re.s8es, lathes and drill presses.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Bd. of Industrial
I'duc, 800 Manufacturers' Home Bldg., F.
French. Secy. — watchmakers' lathes, preci-
sion bench, chucks, and screw cutting at-
tachments.
WIs.j Milwaukee — Greenfield & Co., 120
Wisconsin St. — machine tools for manufac-
ture of printers' tools.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Petit Mfg. Co.
H39 14th St.. .A. Faudrich, Purch. Agt. —
one medium sized miller and one large
shaper.
Wis., .Milwaukee — J. Wilging, 1358 33rd
St — one 30 in. planer.
Mo., .St. Louis — The Missouri. Kansas and
Texas Ry., Ry. Exch. Bldg., G. E. Scott,
Purch. Agt. — about J42,U00 worth of ma-
chine tools including drill presses, lathes,
I)laners. power hammers and pneumatic
tools.
Mo,, St. Louis — The Pierre Investment
< o.. c/o R. S. Price. Arcade Bldg. — repair
shop equipment.
Mo., St. Louis — The Terminal Rv. .\ssn.
of St. Louis. Union Station, W. G. 6'FaIlon,
I'urch. Agt. — miscellaneous machine tools
for Brooklin. 111., machine shops, including
lathes, milling machines, pneumatic tools.
«tc. Estimated cost. $12,000.
Tex.. Palestine — G. E. Dillev & Son — one
set of hand rolls for handling 48 in. .sheets
of 10 to 18 gauge blue annealed steel
(u.sed).
Cal., Los .Angeles — A J. Taussig, 827
Union Oil Bldg. — automatic press for manu-
facture of pencil caps.
Que., Montreal — J. Gilston & Co.. Ltd..
Wilson .\ve. — garage equipment.
Que., .Montreal — The Grand Trunk Ry.,
McGill Bldg., G. W. Caye. Purch. Agt —
machine tool equipment for new shop.
^< >»'t"t<*IHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIH|llii|,4||||||||(||iii,i|„ II
Machinery
Tiiliiii, 111, lull, I, iiiii(itiit|||„|||„„|,,, ,„„„„„„„, „,„„,,„„,,|,|,,,„,,|||||,„,„„,|,,,^
The following concerns are in the market
for machinery:
Ky., Louisvlllr — The Kentucky Tire and
Rubber Co.. W. R. WTiite, 502 Realty Bldg.,
Vice Pres — machinery for manufacture of
automobile tires.
La„ New Orleans — The Arabi Packing
Co. — complete equipment for packing house.
La., New Orleans — The Rex Motor Car
Mfg. Co., 628 Gravier St. — wood and iron
working machinery for Shrewsbury plant.
IM., ChicaKo — The LaSalle Iron Wks.,
2.''05 South Halsted St. — equipment for
West Hammond. Ind., plant, including roll-
ing mill, heat treating outfit and pickling
equipment.
i
July 29, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
244g
III., Chicago — Thp Chicago. Milwaukee
and St. Paul Ry.. Ry. Exch. Bldg., W. A.
Lynn. Purch. Agi. — one 10 ton traveling
crane for West Milwaukee. Wis., shops.
III., ChioaKo — A. Finkel & Sons. 1326
Cortland St. — machinery for heat freating
plant. ■;' '
III.. Cliicagro — D. Levi & Co., West 40th
St. and Packers Ave. — equipment for pack-
ing plant.
III.. DeKalb — The Vassar Swiss (Tnder-
M-ear Co.. -54.5 Diversey St., Chicago —
knitting machiner.v.
111.. Irbuiia — W. .\. Conklin, 207 Bast
Illinois St. — one doughnut machine with
stove kettle and mixing bale.
Ind., Kast Chioago— The General Amer.
Tank Car Corp. — foundry equipment.
Ind., Gary — The Universal Slag Brick
and Tile Co. — $50,000 worth of machinery
for new plant.
Ind.. Indianapolis — The Parker Cord
Fabric Mill.s — J.'iO.OOO worth of miscella-
neous machinery for manufacture of fabric
cord, including spinning and weaving ma-
chines.
Ind., KendalviUe— The Wert Mfg. Co.—
machinery for new plant.
Mich., Detroit — The Dept. of Pub. Wks..
c/o Comm. of Purchases and Supplies —
one 3 motor, electric traveling crane with
trolley complete.
Mich., Detroit — The Ford Motor Car Co..
Highland Park — sawmill and woodworking
machinery for Iron Mountain plant.
O., Cincinnati — The Julian & Kokenge
Co.. 4th and Lawrence Sts.. F. B. Dopp.
Purch. Agt. — miscellaneous machinery.
O., Cleveland — The Independent Brick
and Tile Co., The Arcade — one locomotive
crane.
O., Columbus — The Atlas Bros. Fdry. Co.,
980 South Park St.. E. Wittman. Mgr. —
miscellaneous foundry equipment.
O., Columbus — The C. & E. Shoe Co., 129
Kast Noble St.. W. A. Hamilton. Purch.
Agt. — miscellaneous equipment for shoe
factory.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Badger Brass Co.,
243 Lake St. — equipment for brass foundry.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Duplex Storage
Battery Co., ,537 Edison St.. A. Schickel.
Purch. Agt. — woodworking machinery.
Wis., Milwaukee^The Milwaukee Com
mercial Auto Body Co.. 642 7th St., M.
Schuster, Purch. Agt.- — woodworking ma-
chinery.
Wis., Sheboygan — The Phoenix Furniture
Co., South 12th St. — one monorail crane.
Wis., Wauwatosa^ — The Wauwatosa Sheet
Metal Wks., SI Vine St. — one stove pipe
folder.
la., Davenport — A. B. Johnson Co., Brady
St.— one hand power crane.
Cal., <ieorgetown — The Georgetown Lum-
ber & Supply Co. — machinery for planing
mill.
Ont., Ft. William — The Ft. William Pul
and Paper Co. — equipment for mill.
Ont.. Port Arthur — The Kaministiquia
Pulp & Paper Co. — pulp mill machinery.
Ont., Toronto^The Grinnell Co.. Ltd. —
foundry equipment, including crane.
.■IMIIItlltllllDMIMIIIIMIIMIIIIMIt
• IIIIDItllllllllllDIIIII..:
Metal Working
ailllMIIMMMMIIIMIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIMIIII
liiiiiitiiMiiMmiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMitiMinMiitir
i
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Bridgeport — The Amer, Tube and
Stamping Co.. 471 Hancock Ave., will build
a 1 story. 55 x 60 ft. factory with 30 x 40
ft. ell on Stratford Ave., for the manufac-
ture of hot and cold rolled steel. Estimated
co.st, $14,000.
Conn., Bridgeport — The Bridgeport Ma-
chine Co.. Beardsley St.. will .soon award
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 40 x SO ft. machine shop. Estimated
cost. $20,000. J. E. Stone, Canaan Rd.,
Stamford, .\rclit. Noted June 17.
Conn.. Bridgeport — The Economy Mfg.
Co., 886 Main St.. plans to build a factory
for the manufacture of spark plugs, on
Brewster St. Estimated cost, $75,000.
Conn., Hartford — The city will soon
award the contract for the construction
of a 2 story. 50 x 125 ft. machine shop on
John St. Estimated cost. $125,000. Whiton
.& McMahon, 36 Pearl St., Archts.
Conn.. Hartford — The Hartford Automo-
bile Club Oarage Co.. 36 Pearl St.. will
build a 7 story. 147 x 150 ft. garage, etc.
on Hicks and South Ann Sts. Estimated
cost. $500,000. Noted June 10.
Conn., Hartford — The Puritan Motor
Sales Co., 334 Pearl St., will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 1
story BO x 140 ft. garage on Farmington
Ave. Estimated cost, $40,000. Butler &
Provoost. 292 Main St., Stamford, Archts.
Noted July 1.
Conn., New Haven — The Fritzell Brass
Fdry. Co.. 33 Chestnut St., will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. "Co X 150 ft. factory. Estimated cost.
$40.ono. Fletcher Thompson. Inc.. 1089
Broad St., Archts. and Engrs.
Conn., New Britain — The Mendel Sick-
lick Co., 117 Willow St.. will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 2
story garage on Arch St. Estimated cost,
$35,000. F. C. Walz. 34S Trumbull St..
Hartford, Archt. Noted July 1.
Conn., riainville — The Peck Spring Co..
68 Broad St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 40 x 50 ft.
addition to its plant for the manufacture
of springs. Noted Apr. 8.
Conn.. Stamford — The Petroleum Heat
and Power Co.. Selleck St.. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story foundry at its plant. Estimated cost.
$15,000,
Conn., Stamford — The Yale & Towne Mfg
Co.. 548 Pacific St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story 60
X 262 ft. factory on Canal St.. for the
manufacture of hardware. Estimated cost,
$16,000.
Conn., Stratford — The Si ring Perch Co..
Longbrook Ave., will build a 1 story. 30
X 100 ft. factory for the manufacture of
automobile springs. Estimated cost, $10,-
000.
Conn., Waterbury — The E. J. Manville
Machine Co., 574 East Main St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story. 50 x 200 ft. addition to its
plant for the manufacture of machinery.
Estimated cost, $65,000. Noted July 8.
Conn,, Waterbur.v — The Waterbury Far-
rel Fdry. and Machine Co.. 425 Bank St.,
will build a 1 story, 45 x 180 ft. addition
to its plant for the manufacture of ma
chinery. Estimated cost. $45,000.
Conn., Westport — The Westport Auto
.Sales Co. will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 65 x 165 ft.
garage and sales room on Post Rd. Esti-
mated cost. $45,000. J. E. Stone, Canaan
Rd., Stamford. Archt.
Mass., Allston (Boston P. O. ) — Tuck. Gil-
man & .Sneider, c/o Tuck & Oilman, Archts.,
34 School St.. Boston, have awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story
75 X 200 ft. garage and sales building, etc.
on Fordham Rd. Estimated cost, $175,000.
Mass., Cambridge — The Mack Motor
Truck Co.. 185 Massachusetts Ave., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 25 x 110 ft. addition to
its garage. Estimated cost, $22,000. War-
ren & Gerrish. Cambridge, Archts.
Mass., Dorchester — The Byrne Realty Co.,
4 35 Geneva Ave., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 95
X 165 ft. garage on Holmes Ave. Esti-
mated cost. $50,000. M. H. Maney. 16
Paisley Park, Archt. Noted July 15.
Mass., Everett — Ij. Albaum. 49 Maiden
.St.. will build a 1 story garage on Main
St. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Mass., Holyoke — K. R. Charlton. Inc.. 118
Race St.. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 110 x 110 ft.
garage on Suffolk and Elm Sts.
Mass., New Bedford — J. C. Rhodes & Co.,
Inc.. 123 Front St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 4 storv,
70 X 200 ft. factory on Front and 4tli
Sts., for the manufacture of eyelets. Esti-
mated cost, $200,000. Noted July 22.
Mass., Springfield — The Brightwoort
Brass and Bronze Fdry.. 365 Birnie Ave.,
will build a 1 story. 53 x 72 ft. addition to
its foundry. Estimated cost. $20,000. Noted
May 20.
Mass., Springfield — The M. S. Converse
Co.. 17 Harrison Ave.. hp,s awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story.
40 X 62 ft. garage on Armory St. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000.
Mass., West Springfield — The Springfield
.Vutomatic Screw Macliine Corp. plans to
l.uild a factory. Estimated cost, $250,000.
I. P. McGregor. Treas.
Mass., Whitinsville — The Whitin Machine
Wks. will .soon award the contract for the
construction of a 5'story. 90 x 400 ft. addi-
tion to its plant, for the manufacture of
machinery. Estimated cost. $600,000. J. D.
Iceland. 185 Devonshire St., Boston, Archt.
Noted Apr. 22.
Mass., Worcester — The Worcester Pressed
Steel Co.. Barber Ave., will build a 2 story
addition to its plant. Estimated cost,
$25,000.
B. I., I'awlucket — The Pleasant View
Realty Co., 400 Bway.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 150 ft. garage on Bway. and Lupine
Sts. Estimated cost, $35,000.
R. I., Woonsockel — The Bresnahan Gro-
cery Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 55 x 90 ft.
garage on Pond St. Estimated cost, $25,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
.Md„ Baltimore — L. Blaustein, 612 Water
St., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 57 x 134 ft. garage
a, 609-613 North Fremont Ave. Estimated
cost, $40,000. .Noted April 1.
N. J., Kearnr.v — L. Weil. Kearney Ave.,
v.ill soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 50 x 100 ft. garage.
Estimated cost. $lo,ooo. M. R. Sllherstein,
tl9 Springfield St.. Newark, Archt.
N. J., Newark — Koller & Goldstein, c/o
H. Rosensohn, 188 Market St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 45 x 100 ft. garage at 294 Sussex
Vve. Estimated cost, $10,000.
N. J., Newark — M. J. McOowan. 320 Mar-
ket St.. will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 50 x 100 ft.
garage at 263 Lafayette St. Estimated
cost. $10,000. R. Botelli, 207 Market St.,
Archt.
N. *., Newark — The Silidika & Shattman
Co., Lawrence and Commerce Sts.. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 3 story. 60 x 100 ft. garage.
Estimated cost, $15,000.
N. J., Trenton — The Orr Machine Guard-
ing Co., East State St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story.
50 X 75 ft. factory on Calhoun St. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Queens) —
The Hellman Motor Corn., c/o McEvay &
Smith. Archts.. Queens Plaza Court. L. I.,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a factory on P^lv and Simswick Aves.
Estimated cost. $75,000. Noted June 17.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Electric Storage
Battery Co.. Allegheny and 19th Sts.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of several 1 story buildings on Rising Sun
St. and Adams Rd.
Pa., Scranton — The Bour Refractories
Co.. Laurel Line and Front St.. plans to
build a 3 story. 90 x 200 ft. refractory on
Stafford Ave. Estimated cost. $300,000.
SOUTHERN STATES
La.. Shrewsbury (New Orleans P. O.) —
The Rex Motor Car Co.. 628 Gravier St.,
New Orleans, plans to build a 1 story plant
here, to cover 7 or 8 acres. R. D, Soule,
429 Corondelet St.. New Orleans. Archt.
MIDDLE WESTERN STATES
111.. Chicago — The Ajax Forge Co., 2503
Blue Island Ave., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 80 x 400
ft. and 65 x 200 ft. forge plant and a small
boiler shop. Estimated cost. $300,000.
III.. Chicago — The Delta Star Electric Co.,
2437 Fulton St.. will .soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 and 2
storv. 100 X 110 ft. addition to its plant on
I'"ulton St. and Artesian Ave. Estimated
cost $40,000. R. O. Pierce. 10 South La
Salle St.. Archt. N. Ronneberg, 10 South
La Salle St., Engr.
III., Chicago— A. Finkel & Sons Co.. 1326
Cortland St.. has had plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story. 32 x 98 ft.
heat treating plant. Estiniated cost.
$20,000.
III., Chicago — H. S. Olson, 2056 Irving
Park Blvd.. has had plans prepared by
E. N. Braucher. Archt., 6 North Clark St.,
for the construction of a 1 story, 50 x 125
ft. garage. Estimated cost. $25,000.
Ind., East Chicago — The General Amer.
Tank Car Corp plans to build a large addi-
tion to its brass foundry.
Ind.^. Hammond — The Union Railroad
Equipment Co.. 332 South Michigan Ave.,
Chicago, is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 1 story. 75 x 125 ft. forge
shop. Estimated cost. $125,000. D. Chase.
Inc.. 64 5 North Michigan Ave., Chicago,
Engr.
Ind., Terre Haute — The Amer. Car and
F'dry. Co. plans to enlarge its place.
Mich.. Caro — Cooper & Striffler has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 75 x 140 ft. garage and sales
room. Noted June 24.
Mich.. Detroit — The General Forgings
Corp.. c/o J. n. Edwards. 54 Lafayette
Blvd.. plans to build a 2 story. 65 x 210 ft.
drop forging shop.
244h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 5
Mich., Detroit — The Walker Saxe Motor
Car Co., 1525 Gratiot Ave., has awardetl
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 119 x 135 ft. garage on Gratiot Ave.
Estimated cost, $50,000. Noted June 3.
I Mich., Detroit — The Water Bd., 232 Jef-
ferson Ave., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 90 x 120
ft. machine shop. H. S. Starkey. Secv.,
G. H. Fenkell, 232 Jefferson Ave., Engr.
Mirli., Kalamazoo — R. E. Fair. Rose and
Water Sts., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 100 x 175 ft.
Ford service station and storage building.
Estimated cost, $110,000.
llioh., New BjilTalo — The Pere Marquette
Ry., Union Depot Bldg.. Detroit, plans to
build a 1 storv engine house here, to have
16 stalls. J. Tuthill, Detroit, Ch. Engr.
O., Cleveland — The Larongc Co., c/o J.
H. Dickman, 214 Williamson Bldg.. is hav-
ing plans prepared for the construction of
a 1 story. 50 x 120 ft. garage on East 16th
St. and St. Clair Ave, Estimated cost,
$75,000, J. L. Weinberg, Schofleld Bldg.,
Archt.
O.. Cleveland — The Natl. l,amp Co., Nela
Park, has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 50 x 100 ft. garage
on East 45th St. and Hough Ave. Esti-
mated cost, $75,000.
O., Cleveland — W. T). Sixt. c/o S. H.
White. Archt.. 1032 Schofleld Bldg.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story. 60 x 110 ft. garage and sales
room at 6820 Euclid Ave. Estimated cost,
$100,000. Noted July 1.
O., Cleveland — The Waite Taxlcab and
Livery Co., 1467 East 6th St.. will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 2 story. 66 x 280 ft. garage on Superior
Ave. near East l?th St. Estimated cost.
$200,000. W. G. Ferguson Co., 1900 Euclid
Ave., Archts. Noted May 13.
O.. Warren — The Bd. Educ. c/o J. Buck-
waiter, Trumbull Blk., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
125 X 150 ft. addition to the East Tech-
nical High School, to include a manual
training department. Estimated cost, $400,-
000. R. J. Keich, Warren, Archt. Noted
April 22.
Wis., Fort Washington — The Turner Mfg.
Co. is having plans prepared for the con-
struction of 1 story foundry. Estimated
cost. $75,000. F. D. Chase, Inc., 645 North
Michigan Ave., Chicago. Archt. and Engr.
Wis.. Janesville — The Standard Oil Co.,
Waldheim Bldg.. Milwaukee, is having plans
prepared by B. M. Burt, Archt., c/o owner,
for the construction of a 1 story, 60 x 120
ft. garage and warehouse on North Mail
St., here. Estimated cost, $40,000,
WEST OF THK MISSISSIPPI
Ark., ParBKOiiIrt — The Missouri Pacific
Ry., 1055 Ry. Exch. St.. St. Louis. Mo.,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 40 x 200 ft. car repali
shop here. Estimated cost. $10,000.
la.. MarRlialltown — The C. A. Dunhain
Co.. 343 South Dearborn St.. Chicago, plans
to build a 2 story. 40 x 150 ft. addition
to its heating apparatus factory. Esti-
mated cost. $150,000.
>Iinn., Minneapolin — The Russel Grader
Mfg. Co., 2037 University Ave.. S. E.. is
having plans prepared by E. R. Ludwin and
Simd & Dunham. Archts.. 512 Essex Bldg..
for the construction of a 1 story. 424 x 600
ft. factory on Kennedy St. and Stinson
Blvd. Estimated cost. $250,000. ^:oted
Apr. 8.
Mo., St. LoiiIn — The Pierce Investment
Co.. c/o R, S. Price. Archt. and Engr.. Ar-
cade Bldg., is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story. 175 x 200 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Tex.. San Antonio — E. B. Flores. 112 East
Mistletoe St., is building a 3 story garage
on Travis St. Estimated cost, $75,000, ■
) CANADA
Oiie.r Montreal — J. Gilston & Co.. Ltd..
Wilson Ave., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a garage. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000.
Que.. Montreal — The Hudon Hebert Co.
Ltd., 18 De Bres St.. will soon aw.ard the
contract for the construction of a 2 story.
40 X 72 ft. garage on Papineau Ave. Esti-
mated cost. $50,000. C. Dufort, 195 St.
Catherine St., Archt.
j General Manufacturing
Miiitiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiii
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiitiiiiiii iiittiiiiiii
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Humden — The Yale Tire and Rub-
ber Co., 961 Dixwell Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
411 X 90 ft. factory addition. Estimated
cost, $15,000.
Conn.. Roekville — The J. J. Regan Mfg.
Co.. 74 West Main St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 storv.
31 X 7" ft. addition to its finishing plant
and a 1 story, 40 x 80 ft. dye house. Esti-
mated cost, $16,000,
Mass., ClielHea f Boston P. O.) — The
Walker Bros. Dyeing & Bleaching Co., Clin-
ton St., plans to rebuild its bleachery on
Bway. and Clinton St. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
MasN., Chieopee Falls — The Chicopee Mfg.
Co., West Main St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 150
X 250 ft. weave shed at its plant. Esti-
mated cost, $130,000.
Mass.. Fall River — The New England Oil
Co. will build additions to its plant to con-
sist of a 1 story, 17 X 25 ft. oil receiver
hou.se, 32 x 74 ft, oil condensers, 45 x 181
ft. oil stills, etc.. along the Taunton River
here. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Mass., Hol.voke — The Hampden Glazed
Paper and Card Co.. Riverside, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 4
story. 92 x 291 ft. factory on Water St.
Estimated cost $165,000,
K, I. Providence — The Franklin Process
Co., 29 Promenade St,, will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
110 X 175 ft. dye house. Estimated cost.
$150,000. Lockwood, Greene & Co., 60 Fed-
eral St., Boston, Archts. and Engrs. Noted
May 27.
R. I., Woonsocket — The Lafayette Worst-
ed Co., Hamlet Ave., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story.
140 X 250 ft. spinning mill. Estimated
cost. $200,000. w. F. Fontaine. Federal
Bldg., Archt. Noted July 22.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
N. J., Monmouth Junction — The Alcoholic
Products Corp. has awarded the contract
for the construction of an addition to its
plant. Estimated cost, $50,000.
N. Y.. New York f Borough of Brooklyn)
— W. Wrigley. Jr.. Metropolitan Ave., manu-
facturer of chewing gum. has awarded the
contract for the con.struction of an 87 x 380
ft addition to his plant. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)—The Hill Ware Baking Co.. 165th
St. and Park Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a bakery.
Noted July 1.
Pa., Jolinstown — ^The Peris Products Co.
plans to build a 2 story, 47 x 167 ft. fac-
tory on Sheridan Ave., for the manufac-
ture of soap products. Estimated cost,
$150,000. A. Peris. Ft. Stanwix Hotel,
Pres.
Pa.. Philadelphia — The E. B. Steinmetz
Co.. Inc.. Huntingdon and Hancock Sts.,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 48 x 105 ft. yarn
factory on Sedgely St. Peuckert & Wun-
der, 310 Chestnut St., Archts. and IQngrs.
Pa.. Scranton — The Edison Lamp Co.
plans to build a 3 story. 100 x 100 ft. bulb
blowing plant on Washington Av. Esti
mated cost, $200,000.
Pa.. Scrunton — The Scranton Button Co.,
409 Cherry St.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 85 x 85
ft. factory on Washington Ave. Estimated
cost, $50,000.
SOrTHERN STATES
K.V.. Louisville — The Kentucky Tire and
Rubber Co. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a factory for the
manufacture of automobile tires. W. R.
White, 502 Realty Bldg.. Vice Pres.
' La., New Orleans — The Arab! Packing Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a packing plant, to consist of
a 2 story, 100 x 198 ft. main building, 1
story, 57 x 67 ft. power house and a 2
stor.v. 24 X 36 ft. reduction plant. Esti-
mated cost, $400,000. The Packers Archi-
tectural Eng. Co.. 431 South Dearborn St.
Chicago. Archts. and Engrs.
La., New Orleans — The Presto Lite Co..
30 East 42nd St., New York City, has pur-
chased a site on Anthony and St. Louis
Sts.. here, and plans to build a 2 story
acetylene plant. Estimated cost, $200,000.
MIDDLE WE.ST STATES
III.. Chicaicn — The Abbott Laboratories.
4753 Ravenswood Ave., will build a chemi-
cal manufacturing plant, including ten 1
story buildings, at 4800 Ravenswood Ave.
ICstimated cost. $225,000.
III., Chi.-ttBo^D. Levi & Co.. West 40th
St. and Packers Ave., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 3 storv
115 X 170 ft. packing plant on West 39th
St. and Emerald Ave. Estimated cost
$350,000. Henshein & McLaren, 37 West
Van Buren St., Archts.
III., De Kail) — The Vassar Swiss Under-
wear Co., 2545 Diversey St.. Chicago is
having plans prepared for the construction
of a 1 story underwear factorv. Estimated
cost. $50,000. F, D. Chase, Inc., 645 North
Michigan Ave., Chicago, Engr.
Ind.. Indianapolis — The Parker Cord
Fabric Mills plans to build a plant for the
manufacture of fabric cord tires.
Mich., Detroit — The Michigan Creamerv
Co., c/o S. Raljoniwitch, Ford Bldg., is
having preliminary plans prepared by T, A,
Hyland, Archt., 307 Moffat Bldg., for the
construction of a 7 story creamery on
Grand River St.
O.. Cleveland— The U. S. Leather Co..
c/o E. B. Cassett. East 13th St. and Euclid
Ave., plans to build a 1 story. 100 x 300 ft.
factory on Broadview Rd. Estimated cost.
$100,000.
C, Cleveland — The Walter Ice Co.. c/o
A. C. Bishop. ,'\rcht. and Engr., Guardian
Bldg., is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 1 story, 45 x 146 ft. ice
lilant on West 25th St. Estimated cost,
$75,000.
O., Middletown — The Advance Bag Co..
155 North Bway., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 3 storv. 65 x 300
ft, paper mill. Estimated cost. $150,000.
M'is.. Merton — The Merton Dairy Prod-
ucts Co. has had plans prepard" bv M.
Tullgren & Sons. Archts.. 425 East Water
St., Milwaukee, for the construction of a
1 story. 45 x 70 ft. addition to its labora-
tory. Estimated cost. $35,000.
Wl«., Pickett — A. H. Fortnum, c/o State
BanK of Ripon. Ripon, plans to build a 3
story. 50 x 100 ft. canning factorv and 2
story. 100 X 100 ft. warehouse here. Esti-
mated cost, $75,000.
WEST OF THE 3IISSISSIPPI
Mo., Kansas Cit.v — The Kansas Citv
Macaroni Co.. 4015 Grand Ave., will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 4 story. 50 x 100 ft. factorv on Pacific
and Campbell Sts. Estimated cost. $50,000.
H P. Brandenburger, 15 West 9th St..
Archt.
Tex.. San .Antonio — E. Steves & Son. 704
East Commerce St.. manufacturers of lum-
ber, are building a 2 story factory. Esti-
mated cost, $76,000.
Tex.. Yoakum — The Yoakum Mill and
Elevator Co. is building a 11 story mill and
elevator. Estimated cost, $18,000.
^ WESTERN STATES
Cal., Georgetown — The Georgetown Lum-
ber & Supply Co. plans to build a saw mill.
J. L. Hasler. Mgr.
CAN AD. A
Ont.. Ft. William — The Ft. William Pulp
!>nd Paper Co. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 2 storv. 400 x 600
ft. pulp and paper mill at the rhouth of the
Million River. E^stimated cost, $1,000,000.
Noted July 27.
Ont.. Hamilton — The Firestone Tire and
Rubber Co.. Sherman Ave., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 4
story factor.v. Estimated cost, $500,000.
Ont.. Port .\rthnr — The Kaministiquia
Pulp &■ Paper Co. plans to build a pulp
mill with 30 ton daily capacity. Estimated
cost. $1,000,000. C. D. Howe, Port Arthur,
Engr.
Ont.. Sudbury — The Canada Creosoting
Co. will build a 1 and 2 story plant. Esti-
mated cost. $50,000.
SEE SEARCHLIGHT section
Pages 277-213
Vol. S3, No. 6
Stamets Crankshaft Milling Maelline
By Ethan Viall
Bditor, Avierican Machinist
Machines of this type are always suggestive of
other applications for special purposes. Many
large, firms refuse to build such special machinery,
as they prefer to stick to their standard line. The
)
concern building this machine, however, has been
very successful in the designing and building of
machines to meet difficult problems of mass
production which are becoming quite frequent.
OWING to its irregular form and springy nature,
the multiple-throw crankshaft has always pre-
sented serious machining difficulties.. .Numerous
special machines have been designed and built from time
to time, in order to increase the output and reduce the
cost of such work. A majority of these machines have
been for work on the bearings and crankpins. Others
are used to finish the sides or cheeks, but very few, if
any, have been heretofore made to machine the outside
or periphery, of the webs. In cases where such work
has been required, grinding and polishing have usually
been resorted to. On the late types of counterbalanced
crankshafts however, grinding and polishing do not
produce sufficiently accurate results, and where the webs
are of the flat-sided, irregular outline type, some form
of real machining is necessary to secure the proper bal-
ance. It is for an especially difficult job of such crank-
shaft work that the machine described in this article
has been designed and built by William K. Stamets,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Fig. 1 shows a full front view of the machine and^Fig.
2 a close-up of the cutter's and work. A line drawiMs of
the crankshaft upon which the machining is dorfi. is
shown in Fig. 3, from which it will be seen that the
machining of the peripheries of the variotis* webs
is practically a cam cutting . job. Webs like A
and C might possibly be machined with a turn-
ing tool, but to machine web B in that way would be
impractical. In any case, milling cutters offer the best
means of removing the surplus metal from the periph-
eries of the various webs in this particular instance.
It is inadvisable to attempt to machine all the webs
at one setting, so two different machines are used, each
machine milling the peripheries of four webs. The
cutter lay-out for assembly "A" is shown in Fig. 4 On
the machine with this cutter arrangement, the master
iL
FIG. 1. STAMETS AUTOMATIC CRANKSHAFT MILLING MACHINE
246
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
FIG. 2. CLOSE-UP OF THE WORK AND CUTTERS
forms are shaped as shown at A and B, Fig. 5. A top
view of the machine with set-up B, is shown in Fig. 6.
Operation of the Machine
Keeping the illustrations referred to in mind, we will
now go back to Fig. 2 and describe the operation of
the machine in detail. After the driving disk and bear-
ings of the crankshaft are machined it is ready to be
placed in the milling machine. Here the turned bear-
ings rest in journals and the driving disk is pinned to
the spindle faceplate, the tall center supporting the
outer end. The crankshaft must, of course, be located
correctly in relation to the master cams, A and B.
As there are six jig-drilled holes in the crankshaft driv-
ing disk, this locating is simply a matter of slipping
the disk over pins in the spindle faceplate.
The milling-machine spindle and crankshaft turn so
as to give a feed of about 44 in. per min. The cutters
which are 7 in. in diameter for the large webs and
9 in. in diameter for the smaller ones, run so as to
give a surface speed of about 75 ft. per min. It will
be seen from the illustration that the milling cutter
teeth are set at a considerable angle to give a shearing
cut in the tough steel of the crankshaft.
Means are provided for changing the spindle speed
in order to compensate for the irregular shape being
milled, so that the feed remains approximately 44 in.
per min. on the outside surface of the webs throughout
the cut. This is done by means of an automatic gear
shift in the spindle drive.
The milling cutters are carried on arbors supported by
rocker arms as shown, three rocker arms being pro-
vided for each arbor. The rocker arm next to the
head carries the arbor-driving spindle into which the
1
■^■■^R-
Section B-8
Section C-C
r>A
&H
c*-
C*-'
-
™
Xi*-
1
-33r-
Section D-D
->i
FIG. 3. TYPE OF CRANKSHAFT MILLED
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
247
Diameter of Ccffers , Fronf Arbor, I'Max.fi^'Min.
.. .. .. Hear " 9" » 8^' '■
FIG. 4. CUTTER I>AY-OUT FOR ASSEMBLY "A" MACHINE
taper shank of the arbor is fitted. A keyed shoulder on
the spindle fits into a slotted collar on the arbor for
driving purposes.
To make it easy to take out or replace an arbor, the
middle rocker arm is made with a removable cap on
the lower end. By removing this cap and sliding back
the end rocker arm, the arbor and cutters may be re-
moved from the driving spindle intact. Another dupli-
cate set of cutters is put in place while the removed set
is being ground.
As cutters are ground, they of course become smaller
in diameter and some adjustment must be made in
order to bring the cutting edges far enough into the
work to remove the necessary amount of metal. This is
provided for by means of an adjustable eccentric bear-
ing for the cam roller. The adjustment will make allow-
ance for about \ in. difference in the dimeter of the
cutter.
Counterweighted levers keep the cam rollers in steady
contact with the surfaces of the cams as the machine
operates. A peculiar pointed projection or "rise" may
be seen on the master cams. This is to throw the cut-
ters free of the work so as to not interfere with its
removal or replacement.
In order to make it possible to machine the entire
periphery of the web and still throw the cutters back
MACHINE
clear of the work for removal, the work is made to
travel J of a turn more than the cam. Then when the
next crankshaft is put in the machine, it is set 4 of a
turn further back than the previous one, which is easy
to do on account of there being six equally spaced hole*
in the driving disk. By this plan no running or setting
back of the cam or spindle is necessary.
The cutter spindles are driven through a series of
gears so arranged as to allow the necessary movement
of the rocker arms without disturbing the mesh of the
gears.
One of the very difficult problems connected with the
use of milling cutters on work of this character, is to
eliminate all tendency to chatter. Few engineers vvho
have not been up against just such a proposition, know
how hard it is to solve. That the problem has. In this
case, been successfully solved is proved by the smooth-
ness and absence of chatter marks on the milled surfaces
of the webs. This is especially remarkable considering
the hardness of the metal, the natural springness of the
crankshaft and the necessarily flexible drive through a
series of gears.
Difficulties of this kind explain to some extent why
the average maker of a standard line of machines does,
not care to build machines for special purposes. Only
with a staff of engineers having special aptitude for the
solution of unusual machinery problems and long experi-
ence in this field, will allow a firm to undertake such
work without a cost almost prohibitive to the buyer.
The Lubricating System
The pumping arrangement supplying the lubricating
and cooling systems, is shown in Fig. 7. Three Fulflo
KKJ. 6. TOP VIEW OF MACHINE WITH ASSEMBLY "B"
248
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. e
_^J Q
Strainer-^ ..,
''"'', """--,. ■■.'oe'iwi'uu'
4, ;tar^
J*;y--4^
S'/«ij/e T^Hj' ,,';„..,. ! o i
"^?^
^
FIG. 7. DETAILS OF THE OILING AND COOLING SYSTEMS
pumps are used, each with a capacity of 15 gal. per min.
This provides a pump for each two cutters and one for
the lubricating system. The guards or hoods over the
milling cutters are so made that the cutters are kept
flooded with a large amount of coolant during the
cutting operation. The lubricating oil is first pumped
to a tank in the l\eadstock from which it is distributed
to the various bearings.
The machine has a shear pin in the driving pulley
to prevent extensive damage should anything serious
go wrong with the operating parts.
The machine occupies a floor space of 3j x 8 ft., is
4 ft. high to the top of the headstock cover and weighs
8.000 lb.
What Is an Engineer Worth?
By Entropy
If we are to accept the usual standard of valuation of
the man who makes grow two blades of grass where but
one grew before, the engineer should be considered on
the same footing as the farmer. Does he get the proper
reward for his services and if not, why not?
Apparently we are all of the opinion that he does not,
but we are by no means unanimous as to why, nor as
to how he is to get it. Workmen whose work would be
much misdirected if it were not for the engineer have
not allowed the smaller dollar to keep them from pros-
perity. Are we less smai-t than the bricklayer who
makes our dreams visible? Why is it that a plasterer,
a brakeman, or a horse shoer can demonstrate his value
to the community and the engineer cannot?
One reason is that there is an over supply of engi-
neering talent in the country. That is, there are more
men who style themselves engineers than there is work
for them to do.
How can the layman tell whom to employ? He sees
some thousands of men of all ages wearing the A. S.
M. E. pin. He sees engineering schools of good reputa-
tion turning out thousands of graduates. He knows
that some of the members of the A. S. M. E. are high-
grade engineers, and he knows that a good percentage
of the graduates of the schools do well. He knows that
a good engineer is not necessarily an old man, and he
knows that if the young men do not get a chance that
no new good engineers will develop, so he hires a
graduate and puts him in a humble position in the
drafting room. By and by the young man is given a
real job to do and he comes through in good shape. He
is well thought of, but only as a draftsman. He goes
on in this way doing more and better work but not
getting beyond the stage where he is looked upon as a
cub engineer. His salary does not mount by leaps and
bounds even though his ability is demonstrating itself
very plainly.
So long as there are men in the ranks who are having
a hard time to make a living wage we are not likely to
see the average income go up a great deal. Frankly I
feel that every man who has it in him to become an
engineer should have the means to secure the necessary
education and try it out, but I do not believe that all
the graduates should stick to engineering after they
have discovered that they are not likely to be
successful at it.
Moreover it seems as if there should be more of a
distinction between members of the engineering so-
cieties. There is I believe a grading of members of the
A. S. M. E. but it is not indicated by any special
insignia that is well known to laymen. If a man states
truly that he is a member there is but slight conceal-
ment if he fails to qualify his statement by saying he is
a junior member. The average employer of engineers,
who is not himself a member of the society does not
realize the difference and usually the question is not
asked at all.
The Remedy — ?
What are we going to do about it ? Press agents cost
money. We will have to learn press agentry and busi-
ness management. We will have to learn that the
treasurer is usually willing to pay for services that pro-
duce profit, but that he is neither an engineer nor a
mind reader and he does not know when an engineer
turns the tide of profits his way, nor does he know
when we think we have done it unless we tell him.
There is no reason for letting our light shine only in
the bushel measui-e of the engineering societies. The
good opinion of our fellow engineers is fine but it
butters only an occasional parsnip. In fact it may be
the vei-y best advice to an engineer to occasionally get
away from his kind and go out and look the world over.
It is this outside world that has the money to pay for
engineering and it has good jobs to offer while engi-
neers have only the leavings, the undesirable jobs, to
hand to each other.
A Plug Gage Easy to Use
By W. a. Anderson
The sketch illustrates a method of facilitating the
use of a high- and low-limit plug gage. The high-limit
end of the gage handle is knurled and the low-limit end
is left smooth. This, of course, enables the inspector
to tell by the feel of the gage which is the high limit
and which the low limit end without referring to the
markings on the gage. This method has proven very
successful in actual practice.
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
249
Keeping Workers Contented with Two-
Pay Envelopes
By frank C. HUDSON
This article tells of a plan which automatically
takes care of the advance or decline in the cost
of living, based on Bradstreet's reports. It leaves
the basic wage as before and meets increased
costs of living by special payments.
ONE of the great objections of many managers
to the large increases in wages which have taken
place during the past four years has been the
setting of a new standard which will naturally linger
in the minds of the workers, even should the cost of
living again resume somewhere near its normal level.
The Oneida Community, Ltd., Oneida, N. Y., con-
sidered this phase of the problem during the early part
of the war period, and decided to adopt a two-envelope
plan of paying wages. The basis for this was the
contention that the value of the work done was no
greater than before, and consequently the price paid
should remain the same. They recognized, however,
that workers must have more money to meet the in-
creasing expenses, and the second envelope, known as
the H.C.L. envelope, contained an amount sufficient to
make up the difference in the cost of living between
pre-war times and the date at which the payment was
made.
A careful estimate, applied to the living expenses of
a large number of families of differing size and in-
come, indicated that the increase in the cost of living
in their community during the year 1916 was 16 per
cent. They therefore announced that during the war
and until a period of settled prices had been reached,
basic wages would be left as at that time; that addi-
tional payments would be made equal to 16 per cent
of the regular wage, but that this would change each
month, according to Bradstreet's index numbers of
about 100 commodities, on the basis that every 20-point
change would mean a change of 1 per cent in the cost
of living.
Every Man Knows What to Expect
These index numbers were posted each month on the
factory bulletin board, together with the change of
wages indicated for the following month. These fluc-
tuated somewhat, but there has been a constant in-
crease (with a few downward fluctuations) from 16
per cent in January, 1917, to 49^ per cent for February,
1920. It is not contended that this is an absolutely
perfect system, but the fact that more than 2,000 work-
men, after three years' experience, agree that the
H. C. L. envelope has fully covered increases in their
living cost, adds confidence to the practical value of this
method and the figures used.
One great advantage of this plan has been to do
away with all periods of wage discussion, which are
both disorganizing and depressing when left to ordi-
nary methods. This plan takes care of all changes in
living costs automatically, relieving the minds of the
workers of all anxiety and controversy from this source.
The result has been to combine security and content-
ment for employee with financial safety for the firm
itself. This plan has proved beneficial in securing the
spirit of enthusiastic co-operation from the employees
who feel sure that no matter how high living costs go,
the wage increase will automatically keep pace with
them.
Those who contend that while such a plan might
work in a period of advancing costs it would be resented
when any lowering of the total payment became neces-
sary, will be disappointed to learn that this is not the
case. There have been several changes downward, and
the attitude toward this automatic reduction is reliably
reported to be everything which the most enthusiastic
believer in industrial partnership could desire.
As originally worked out, both employees and man-
agers who received more than $2,000 per year received
the H. C. L. percentage upon only $2,000. This, how-
ever, was shown to work a hardship on some, since
their expenses were increased on a basis more nearly
proportionate to previous expenses than at first ap-
peared. This was therefore revised to meet the H. C. L.
percentage on $2,000 plus one-half of the balance of
their salaries.
Increased Product Per Man
While it is probably true that many of the employees
do not thoroughly understand the exact significance
of the index number as published by Bradstreet, they
do realize that the changes in the index number, and
consequently in the amount in the H. C. L. envelope
from month to month, correspond very closely to
changes in living expenses. Furthermore, they under-
stand that the managers of the company have abso-
lutely nothing whatever to do with determining the
index figures, and consequently that they are not re-
sponsible for any increases or decreases which may
come.
The great test, both of the plan and of the way in
which the plant is managed, is that in spite of the
general unrest there has been no labor trouble, and
the industrial family has pulled together even better
than ever before. In distinct contrast with those who
claim that their men are producing less than during
the period of lower wages, the product per man of the
Oneida factories has increased. It is also interesting
to note that there is less spoiled work due to the human
element within the control of their own co-operative
effort. They do, however, find it more difficult to get
pre-war standards of workmanship and quality in some
supplies and raw material.
The H. C. L. envelope was not designed as a perma-
nent institution. It has served as a bridge to carry a
much more ambitious plan of industrial partnership
across the difficult period of the war. Whether, as
some hope, it will form the basis for a permanent
system of automatic wage readjustment, remains to
be told. The words of the general manager, A. M.
Kinsley, are particularly significant:
"All in all, it isn't what you do any more than it is
the spirit in which you do it."
250
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
A Mutilated Gear Feed
By WILLIAM GUMPRICH, M. E.
The Geneva stop, both in its original and modified
forms, has long been used for intermittent
motion. A modification that appears to be novel
is described and illustrated in this article. The
method of arriving at the angles of intermittence
is also given.
MANY different mutilated gear motions have been
designed and applied practically on various ma-
chines in order to give a definite amount of repeated
motion in the same direction to some mechanism. To
such motions the engineer generally has recourse when
neither Geneva nor ratchet motion, derived either from
a crank or a quick return motion, will just fill the con-
ditions required by the problem on hand.
To my knowledge this problem has in the past been
only partially solved. Either the motion was designed
for speed, and then of necessity very weak, and could
not be called upon to deliver great power, or else it
was constructed for power and had to be made so
strong that the weight made high speed prohibitive. In
the first instance the motion is generally picked up and
brought to rest by letting the gear teeth get in and out
of mesh, using some locking arrangement to hold the
driven gear in position during the dwell for a correct
pickup on the next cycle. It is readily to be seen that
this design is only applicable for lightest constructions,
because the gear teeth which take the shock of the
pickup would hardly stand up under severe conditions.
In the second case the pickup is always aided by some
starting cams which mostly take their basis of design
from gear tooth action. The sliding friction as inherent
to this action is of course still present and the starting
angle cannot be very much increased. In order to
insure against the inevitable wear of a light construc-
tion, these gears and cams are always made very heavy.
The Geneva motion is limited to a minimum of four
slots. The lower the number of slots chosen, the greater
is the decrease in the power of efl!lciency. This is due to
the fact that the length of the slot changes the leverage
from maximum at the beginning of the motion to a
minimum which is reached when the driving roll passes
the common center line or when the acceleration has
reached the highest point.
The construction shown overcomes* these bad features
to a great extent. The assembly Fig. 1 shows a
mutilated gear drive with a modified Geneva motion of
i index of the gear to every revolution of the driver.
Let us consider as assumptions in this case:
Center distance 7 in. and ratio of r.p.m. of driver
to r.p.m. of gear as 3 to 1. The requirements call for
a powerful yet speedy drive and a lock during the
dwell sufficiently accurate as not to require any addi-
tional gaging devices outside the mechanism itself. A
Geneva motion is out of the question on account of the
power loss at maximum speed; even if the physical
solution weres possible.
In order to determine the correct data it is necessary
to Bssumo a |)reliminary ftngle for the starting roll
tvhich -we Tvill' take af 60 deg. In order to make the
starting motion as feasy as possible -we next discard the-
customary practice of letting the center line of the
Geneva slot run through the center of the gear. We
shift the position of the driving roll enough toward
the center of the driver to have the long cathede of the
triangle (formed by the common center line, the center
line of the driver and roll, and the center line of the
Geneva slot) run past the center of the gear in
advance of the direction of motion. Let us further
assume that other operations make a dwell of 150 deg.
necessary. Then we will have the following preliminary
timing:
Driver:
60 deg Starting
60 deg Stopping
150 deg Dwell
90 deg Gear feed
360 deg.
The pitch line speed during gear feed has, of course,
to be high enough to revolve the driven gear so as to
leave it in position to bring it gradually to rest again
after J revolution. From the preliminary layout it
can be seen that the starting angle of the gear is less
than 30 deg. on account of the angularity of the slot.
We therefore will assume an approximate timing for
each cycle of the
Mutilated gear:
25 deg Starting
25 deg Stopping
Leaving 70 deg Gear feed
120 deg.
This gives us a ratio for the actual gear drive of
9 to 7.
The next factor to be settled is the pitch of the gear-
teeth. We will choose six pitch as strong enough to
carry most mechanical motions that do not call for an
excess of strength in construction.
With the center distance already established as 7 in.
the ratio of 9 to 7 does not prove practical with six
pitch gears. We therefore readjust our ratio and select
the nearest suitable one, which will be 8 to 6. We will
now proceed to make the necessarj' correction on our
assumptions based on this new ratio:
Our pitch circles are now
Driver 6 in. with 36 teeth in whole circumference
Gear 8 " " 48
With this we have established an absolute basis from
<
L
m
<.. (lJ0fbl!otrer Cam~~.
tC9)Mulilafecl Gear...,
'4:-'J(/l7)Ua"' Corn r--i
(il2)C/uia(HciKxntial hahir)^ r-
^ (///J Moim- Hbll Dix. ^-
(JUDRbllStud- .^
rA
•fkviel
^:f9Chmf Gear.
J
'"Plane I
7S
_i ^-Ptane 2
■Plane 5
Str/ihf Mb-f-'^:
Siippinq Ib/h -\.^;
vlur. Dsr
FIG. 1. ASSEMBLY OF GEARS GFVING AN INTERMITTENT
MOTION OF THREE INDICES
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
251
which the entire problem can now be worked out
successively.
Since the mutilated gear has to be brought from rest
to pitch line speed and vice versa, it is advisable, even
PIG. 2. DRIVER FOR INTERMITTENT MOTION OF
TWO INDICES
necessary, to mount the main rolls A and C, with start-
ing and stopping functions respectively, on the pitch
circle of the driver. Furthermore, since the starting
and stopping speed of the gear has been decreased
through the angularity of the Geneva slots, giving a
value of practically zero for the first 5 deg. of starting
and the last 5 deg. of stopping, the starting and stop-
ping time of the driver can be reduced to 55 deg.
With the starting roll A at 60 deg. from the common
center line, next complete a rectangular triangle with
the center line as hypotenuse. The long cathede of this
triangle will cut the pitch diameter of the mutilated
gear at a point which, upon inspection, will be found to
be 22 deg. 30 min. We have now established the follow-
ing timing:
Driver
55 deg Starting
1 00 deg Gear feed
55 deg Stopping
150 deg Dwell
360 deg.
Mut. Gear
22 deg., 30 min Starting
75 deg Gear feed
22 deg., 30 min Stoppini;:
120 deg.
which is the timing required.
The next consideration is how to escape from the
Geneva slot after pitch line speed is attained, and how
to pick up with the Geneva slot at the end of the gear
feed and bring the gear to rest. Naturally we will
want to keep our mechanism controlled at all times to
enable us to turn forward or backward without losing
our timing, and also to prevent any damage which is
liable to occur with a motion that is not positively con-
trolled. If it were not for this, just a half Geneva slot as
represented by faces E and F would satisfy the other
conditions.
It is evident that the farther a given point is removed
from its center of motion the greater will be the dis-
tance it travels for each given amount of angular speed.
Therefore we put a second set of rolls at the same
angles as the starting and stopping rolls, but a certain
distance farther from center and describe cam curves
tangent to the travel of their outside during the start-
ing and stopping motion. We thus obtain surfaces
which practically constitute second sides to the already
existing halves of the Geneva slots E and F. Since
these outer rolls travel at greater surface speed than
the pitch line velocity, they will travel away from their
cams when the gear teeth pick up the motion. It is
only a question how far to bring them out in order to
clear the outer edges of the cams after the gear teeth
have engaged. This interference will occur at approx-
imately 50 deg. of travel under gear feed. In our
case the distance between inner and outer rolls is
exactly 1 in. and the outer rolls will clear tne cams
by approximately iV in.
The operation of the mechanism as shown in the
assembly is as follows:
The dwelling cams G and H are just releasing the
mutilated gear at the circular cut-outs M and N, their
rear edges just passing over the center line. This is
taken as the zero point. Rollers A and B are just
making contact with the starting surfaces. During the
next 55 deg. the mutilated gear is gradually brought
up to pitch line speed. When the rolls pass over the
center line, the first tooth of the driver picks up the
first tooth of the gear. Theoretically the rollers leave
their surfaces at this point. Under practical construc-
tion, however, this will not take place until the next
teeth alco have engaged, lending their strength to the
drive. The gears alone now do the work until rollers
C and D pass over the center line and pick up their
cams just when the last teeth lose contact. During the
■^'ir/-/
FIG. 3. MUTir^ATED GEAR FOR INTERMITTENT MOTION
OP TWO INDICES
next 55 deg. the mutilated gear is gradually brought to
rest again and then the dwelling cams G ^d H will
hold the gear at rest during the dwell of 150 deg. It
is advisable to have the double-dwelling lock this con-
struction affords, partly on account of accuracy, partly
on account of better wear resistance.
252
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
The hubs of the driver have, of course, to bo cut out
for clearance for the cam edges of the mutilated gear.
The construction is arranged in three main planes.
Plane 2 in the center represents the two gears carrying
the teeth and one of the dwell locks, G and M.
Fastened to the driving gear 110, but in plane 1, are
the main rolls A and C. Here it may be noticed that all
teeth have been left off, both on the driver and on the
gear that would have given interference; and the
remaining gear teeth were so located as to allow a
maximum of metal for the insertion of the roll stud 115.
Plane 2 also takes in the main cam 117 with the second
dwell lock consisting of cam H and dwelling circle N.
Attached to the rear of the driver is the follower
disk 111, separated from it by a hub. This disk carries
the two follower rolls B and D. These rolls lie in plane
3, together with the follower cam 116, with surfaces
K and L.
Both units are machined separately in their several
component parts, and then securely fastened together
by means of dowels and filister-head screws reaching
completely through. The driver is keyed in its entirety
to the shaft. The mutilated gear here is shown
assembled on one bushing and transmits power to its
shaft by means of a clutch. This unit can of course
also be keyed to its shaft instead.
This motion has successfully been run as high as 400
r.p.m. of the driver without undue vibration or knock,
and the writer believes if very carefully fitted, that
this speed can be bettered.
Its greatest advantage is the flexibility in design, as
almost any combination in timing is possible, its
strength and speed, and the accuracy possible in the
locking during the dwell.
The flexibility of the design is somewhat shown in
Figs. 2 and 3 where we have a driver and mutilated
gear for two indices, where the smaller amount of dwell
and the greater amount of gear feed are the only dif-
ferences in detail from the three-index type.
In concluding, let me add a few words regarding the
modification of the Geneva stop motion, which I believe
is novel. It is not generally known that by inclining
the slots in the direction of motion of the Geneva disk,
the starting motion can be retarded and the stopping
motion accelerated, and that naturally the reverse holds
true by inclining the slots against the motion. The
writer has availed himself repeatedly of this fact when
particular reasons made a quick start or stop advisable.
Why Not Industrial Motion Pictures?
By John A. Honegger
President of the Production Engineering Co., New Tork
Recently the writer witnessed a motion picture, pro-
duced by the Ford Motor Car Co., which illustrated the
various occupations taught to the inmates of the Federal
Prison at Atlanta, Ga. The picture brought to mind
the question used as the title of this article. Further,
why not have a center in every city where technical men
could gather to witness the various manufacturing proc-
esses of, say, motor cars, cash registers, typewriters or
of any other product that might interest them?
The pictures could be produced and distributed in the
same manner as present-day photoplays are. There
would be the producing company, which would visit the
various plants and photograph the processes or ma-
chines. The films would then be turned over to the dis-
tributing agencies, which in turn would distribute them
to the various cities for use. The theaters exhibiting
the pictures would charge an admission fee, just as is
done for pictures at present.
The writer believes that there is a sufficient number
of technical men in the various cities to enable the
owners of theaters to receive a good return on their
investment. If the admission charges did not cover the
expenses of the theater, considerable income could be
derived by advertising the various machines, tools, and
other mechanical devices now on the market. Stereopti-
con slides, such as are still in use in the majority of
theaters for announcing the following week's entertain-
ment, could be used for this purpose.
It is a well-known fact that motion pictures of ma-
chines in action have often influenced the purchaser
toward buying. In country places far distant from the
home plant, motion pictures have accomplished more
toward selling machines than a whole staff of salesmen.
The reason for this is obvious. The motion picture is
the eye of the world and it records truthfully the actual
performance of an act.
Benefits of Industrial Movies
With reference to industrial motion pictures the ad-
vantages to be gained by technical men, shop men, and
the engineering profession in general by their use ave
many.
For the manufacturer, they would advertise his
products more extensively without additional cost and
would reach the people most interested. The engineer
would be able to study at leisure the various processes
of manufacture, routing, sequence of operation and the
machines and tools used. In addition to this, he would
see what his fellow engineers have accomplished.
Like the engineer, the designer would become me-
chanically more broad minded. He would be able to
study and analyze the why and wherefore of the various
mechanisms and operations. The production engineer,
factory manager, superintendent and foreman would all
find things of value in the pictures. The man at the
bench or machine would learn new kinks in his work and
through that become a more efficient and productive
worker.
Possibly the apprentice would be the one that
would gain the most, for the reason that we become
adapted to doing certain things by seeing them done and
then trj'ing to imitate the operations. If the studies in
technical schools and colleges would be co-ordinated with
motion-picture lectures, the students could gain a far
better fundamental understanding of the subjects and be
in a better position to tackle the every-day problems
encountered in actual practice.
All this will tend to knit the engineering profession
together into a great organization of more efficient and
productive workers. The public in general, who are the
actual consumers of the products manufactured, would
gradually come to understand that there are very few
products manufactured which at some time or other
have not been in the hands of an engineer. As for
foreign trade, if salesmen were equipped with reels
showing the activities of industry in America, it would
not be a very hard proposition for manufacturers to sell
their products in every country in the world. The
writer would like to hear what other subscribers to the-
Ameriran Machinist think of this idea.
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
253
Elements of Gage Making — X'
By C. a. MACREADY
Angular gages as a ride are required to be much
more accurate than the usual run of angular
work done in the toolroom. The use of the sine
bar facilitates the handling of such gages to the
required high degree of accuracy.
(Part IX was published in our July 22 issue.)
THE sine bar, A, Fig. 120, shown in two different
positions at B and C, becomes the longest side of
a right-angle triangle and as the center distance
between the two 0.5-in. cylindrical plugs X and Y can
accurately measured, this distance Is what is known as
a constant. This constant multiplied by the sine of
the desired angle gives the vertical height that one of
the cylindrical plugs X Y, must be above the other.
The center to center distance X Y m the sine bar A,
is 5.00 in., but it might have been 5.0012 in., 3.10 or
1.0 in. Whatever the center to center distance is it
becomes the constant to be multiplied by the sine of
the desired angle. Often because of limited space short
sine bars have to be used. Such sine bars, if temporarj',
are made by attaching the buttons shown in Fig. 19
to a square and parallel piece which is not necessarily
hardened. These buttons must be placed accurately
parallel to the edges of the bar but they need not be
central between the edges. This facilitates setting the
tuttons by using a parallel piece to rest them on when
tightening the holding screws. As stated before, their
center to center distance becomes the constant to use
and this distance should be, if possible, a unit in order
to have as few figures used as possible and thus save
time. For instance, 5.0 in. is preferable to 5.0012 in.
and 1.10 is better than 1.1125 in.
For a permanent bar the one illustrated at A in the
top view, is a convenient one to use. The i-in. slots
and holes provide means of attaching it to an angle iron
and permit the use of magnetic force to hold the work
without clamping. When grinding the bar the prin-
ciples described in Fig. 78 A are used. When fitting
the plugs they should be able to take the "set" de-
scribed in article III, to hold them in place. The set-
ting of the sine bar will be taken up later.
Magnetic Angle Irons
When duplicating work the use of clamps is often the
cause of errors. The pressure of the clamps being local
and variable causes a variation in seating the work.
Magnetic pull being practically unvarying upon all sur-
faces in contact with the poles provides a very uniform
holding medium and should be taken advantage of when-
ever possible. The principle used was described in
Article V, Fig. 75, and the originating of the master
angle A, in Fig. 75, can be used in place of the hexagon
which will be described later.
The angle iron A, in Fig. 121, is a very handy one
and should be hardened, ground and lapped 90 deg. upon
the edges and faces as described in connection with
making a proved 90 deg. angle in Article VI. This
permits the use of the edges when setting the sine bar
to an angle greater than 45 deg.
'Preparea for the Author's
Gage Making."
forthcoming book. "Elements of
It will be noticed in Fig. 120 that the sine bar is set
in two different positions or angles. The fact that the
differences between the sines of the angles becomes less
and less as 90 deg. is approached makes the use of the co-
sine of the angle a more accurate function to use than
the sine. It also permits the use of shorter measuring
se-.ts for the sine bar plugs to rest upon. As the edges of
the t-ngle iron are at 90 deg. to its base this permits the
angle to be proved by using both the sine and cosine
of the angle to be set up. It will be noticed that the
seat B, Fig. 121, held by the brass screws, is only
finished upon the bottom and top which are ground
parallel, the surface of the work seat is then finished
to 90 deg. and to approximately the angle wanted. No
attention is paid to the other surfaces as they are not
used. The sine bar is placed so that either an edge or
the bottom of the angle iron can be used to seat upon
a surface plate. Two "Planer tool-setting gages" illus-
trated in Fig. 4, are adjusted to the proper height upon
which to rest the 0.50-in. plugs in the sine bar. Then
the sine bar is attached by screws through the slots
in it and the angle iron. The sine bar is now in the
position shown at C, Fig. 120. The angle iron is placed
upon one of its sides to use the cosine of the angle
wanted to prove that angle. The sine of 30 deg. is now
multiplied by the center to center distance of the plugs
X Y, giving us the measurement in diagram B.
The distances given in B and C are from the centers
of the 0.5-in. plugs. As these plugs must be the same
size their bottom surfaces can be used to seat upon the
planer gages FF and F'F'. One of the pair of planer
gages used should be set approximately to the lowest
distance that can be used, in this example 0.5 in. This
added to the required vertical height, 2.50 in., makes
the other gage measurement 3.0 in. The vertical height
of 4.83015 in. in the diagram C is the sum of 4.33015
in. plus F (0.5 in.) = 4.83015 in.
The clinging of two smooth surfaces in contact such
as the bottom of the planer gages FF and the surface
plate often gives a lalse feeling of contact with the
« ':"ri-' _^- iiE^
t^t^^-.4:
F"! ■? Surface P/afe.,^ ; \^
,'Eolqe of Paper
'.'BrPaperO.Orthkk
U.
Y\ J" X w
^4" Brass Screws
FIG. 120. THE SINE BAR AND ITS USB. FIG. t21. SET-UP
FOR MAKING A HEXAGONAL GAGE
254
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
0.50-in. plugs when testing their height. After setting
and attaching the sine bar to the angle iron, the planer
gages FF are removed and set 0.0002 in. full, i.e., 3.0002
and 0.5002 in. A reading is set at zero over the 0.5-in.
sine bar plugs after the planer gages are withdrawn.
When the planer gages are replaced under the plugs,
this 0.0002 in. should show if the gages FF are properly
in contact with the 0.5-in. plugs.
Having proved the angle the bedding piece B, Fig.
121, is now attached to the angle iron and in contact
with the sine bar which is then removed. With all the
precautions that can be taken when setting the sine bar.
stant angle. To set the straightedge B' at the proper
angle the sine bar is set in a position and at the proper
angle to expose an unobstructed view to set the straight-
edge B', as shown in the view at the right. The front
and back edges of the angle iron F must be parallel. The
front and the back edges of the angle iron E' need not be
parallel as both angle irons are placed against the paral-
lel D when adjusting the straightedge B' to the sine bar.
If the edge of the angle F is not parallel with the face
a compound angle will be the result of the angle copied
from the sine bar by the edge of B'. As the angle iron
E' is maintained at a constant angle by the parallel D,
Surface Plate-
FIG. 122. MAKING A HHXAGONALi GAGE
errors will creep in when grinding work. If one de-
pends altogether upon the setting of the bedding piece
B, and the work seating itself properly, errors will be
found if the angles are tested with a knife edge straight-
edge set at the proper angle as shown in Fig. 122 at B'.
The hexagon shown with numbered sides in Fig. 122
and in dotted lines in grinding position in Fig. 121,
is required to be as near perfect as it is possible to make
it. It provides an excellent example of grinding angles
and locating seats. The bed B, Fig. 121, is very plain,
the cylindrical seat C resting upon the bedding block D
is used to measure from, so that the angular sides will
be equidistant from the center. The piece C may be a
plug in a hole, or a disk soldered on the end of the work.
The start of this hexagon is made from the sides
marked 1 and 2 in Fig. 122. These are ground parallel
to each other and the proper distance from C. The side
2 is then placed against the bed B in Fig. 121, and the
side 3 is then ground. Side U is now ground parallel
to side 3 and the proper distance from C. Either side
3 or U can now be used against the bed B to grind sides
5 or 6, which are made parallel to each other and so
finish the grinding of the angles. As the top and bottom
surfaces have been made parallel they are used to prove
the sides 90 deg. vertically. The top and bottom sur-
faces are also used to locate the hexagon when being
tested with the knife-edge B, in Fig. 122. The principle
used is one that is often used when originating a 90-
deg. angle block. That is: all angles if alike will prove
themselves from any side.
To use this principle the angle tester must be main-
tained at a constant angle when testing angles below
or above 45 deg. This is accomplished with a surface
plate that has a parallel D attached to it. This parallel
is used to locate the work and testing fixture at a con-
when the straightedge B' is adjusted it is obvious that
it will maintain that angle and be a duplicate of the set-
ting of the sine bar.
To test the hexagon it is placed against the parallel
D, as shown in Fig. 122, and the straightedge B is
placed in contact with each side in succession. The
hexagon is then reversed, using the opposite face to bed
against the parallel D. If the angles are correct they
will, when reversed, shut out light when tested from
each angular surface. For a temporary fixture a micro-
meter head can be attached to the surface plate and
used as described in connection with Fig. 124. The
micrometer head holder shown in Fig. 123 can be
attached to different machines and measurements taken
of the movement of the tool or carriage when desired.
The angle comparator and originator illustrated with
details in Fig. 124 shows the completed design of the
FIG. 123. HOLDER FOR MICROMETER HEAD
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
265
temporary device illustrated in Fig. 122 at A. The
addition of the cylindrical plugs 13, Fig. 124, and the
micrometer head allows the angle to be found by using
the sine bar principle, described in connection with the
sine bar. This device will also determine the parallel-
ism of the angular sides to the axis of the piece. The
use of the micrometer prevents wear of the straight-
edge when the angles are tested for parallelism. An
indicator can be used but this will not show the amouni,
which often is small, that the sides are out of parallel.
The use of parallel cylinders, or rolls of different sizes.
m
-^ —
,.ff^
3-
€
€
€
m>\
®7>j
f
'-TSJIl'-
nri^-'
LiL^Tg
hi
^
-C5-
■Wr
rn
s-4
\
FIG. 124. DETAIL AND ASSEMBLY OF ANGLE COMPARATOR
allows an unknown base of a triangle to be computed
from the size of the cylinder used in contact with one
of its sides. The cylindrical parallel is also used as a
direct seat for the work when testing the other side of
an angular piece for parallelism. The cylinder should
be long enough to locate the work positively. The diam-
eters of the cylinders should increase by even decimals,
about 0.062 in. between sizes up to 0.374 in. to facilitate
computing and movement of the micrometer screw. Let
us take the triangle D in the assembly drawing of Fig.
124, as an example to demonstrate the accuracy of this
method of measuring the height of the apex X above
the base A of the triangle D, one side being in contact
with the parallel cylinder 8. Any diameter of cylinder
may be used provided it is not greater in diameter than
twice the altitude of the triangle being measured. How-
ever a cylinder just twice the altitude is the ideal cylin-
der, but smaller ones can be used.
Taking the foregoing empirically and the following
also : When the apex or altitude of the triangle D is at the
right height, if the side B is projected in the direction
E it will touch the circumference of the cylinder 8 and
the point of contact will be vertically above C and the
same distance above the center of the cylinder 8 that C
is below it. A knife edge straightedge, shown in dotted
lines, can be used for this test if the fixture is not to be
had. When using the sine bar fixture. Fig. 124, with the
correct cylinder the sine bar straightedge 6 is set at
the angle wanted and in contact with the cylinder. The
micrometer is set to read zero when in contact with the
straightedge holder 4- and direct readings can then be
made upon the micrometer scale. As an example: The
prism D has been roughed down to size and the amount
to take off to finish it to size is found by placing it in
contact with cylinder 8, which is 1 in. in diameter. The
micrometer having been adjusted to read zero with the
straightedge in contact with the cylinder, the amount
that the prism is large in a line parallel to the base
can be read directly upon
the micrometer when the
prism is placed in contact
with the cylinder. This
amount can be taken from
any side of the prism to
make the apex the right
height. To prove that too
much has not been taken
off a known thickness is
placed between the prism
and the cylinder and it
should show the same thick-
ness when measured by the
increased size of the prism.
The straps 7, should be
placed to give a pressure
towards the back piece S.
The "goose neck" should
be strong enough to resist
the wedging and lifting ef-
fect of the angle of the
prism. The more acute
the angle the greater will
be the wedging effect which
will tend to raise the cylin-
der from its seat upon the
bedding piece 1. End plate
3 must be at right angles
to side plate 2.
256
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
Metalwood Crankshaft-Straightening Presses
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
The automotive-engine crankshaft is forged to
fairly close limits, thus saving both stock and ma-
chining time. It is essential that, before machin-
ing, it be carefully straightened, and the presses
here described are built to expedite this work. .
ALINE of hydraulic power presses for straighten-
ing drop-forged automotive-engine crankshafts
. has been developed by the Metalwood Manufac-
turing Co., Detroit, Mich. These presses are now
built in several types and range in capacity from 20
to 65 tons working pressure, with table lengths suit-
able for the size of the work upon which the press
will be used.
The character of the press used for crankshaft
straightening depends sor-'ewhat upon the method em-
ployed in the drop-forge shop. The flanging operation
in forging is usually followed by reheating and straight-
ening of the crankshaft under a 2,500-lb. steam-oper-
ated drop hammer; and then the shaft goes through
the regular heat treatment. The centering operation
follows, and the crankshaft is then ready for straight-
ening.
The straightening machines employed for this work
are of several types, both power- and hand-operated
presses being extensively used. The former type is
used principally in the larger shops where large quanti-
ties of work are handled, or in cases where peculiar
shapes of crankshafts require considerably more
straightening due to greater distortion during heat
treatment. The more simple forms of shafts come
from the re-strike operation of forging so true that
they require comparatively little straightening, pro-
vided they have been subjected to proper methods
of heat treatment. For such cases the hand-operated
type of straightening press is entirely suitable. The
usual limit of eccentricity allowable, when correcting
the irregularities of a rough-forged shaft on the
straightening press prior to the machining operations,
is only :'•; inch.
Fig. 1 shows a No. 191 Metalwood straightening press,
equipped as a self-contained, motor-driven unit. This
type is built in two other forms, either belt-driven from
a line shaft or for connection with an accumulator
pressure supply as shown in Fig. 2.
FIG. 1. METALWOOD NO. 191 MOTOR-
DRIVEX CR.\XKSHAFT-STRAIGHT-
EN'IXG PRES.S
IIG. 2. STRAIGHTENING PRESS FOR
USE WITH AN ACCUMULATOR
SYSTEM
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
267
FIG. 3. SIDE VIEW OP MOTOR-DRIVEN MACHINE
The drive motor of the unit, see Fig. 3, operates
through reduction gearing, an hydraulic pump, which
produces the pressure necessary for actuating the ram.
The oil is stored in the pump-tank in the base of the
machine and the lever for controlling the valves is
located in front of the table. To raise the ram and to
return it automatically to its starting position after
each working stroke, vanadium steel coil springs en-
closed in retaining cylinders on each side of the ma-
chine are provided. These springs so act through cables
and sheaves that their elongation is only half of the
travel of the ram. The lower end of the ram is pro-
vided with a nose having two steps and made in the
proper shape to .suit the design of the shaft being
straightened. This nose is dovetailed into the ram, so
that it may be readily slipped forward and back by
means of the small handle at the front. This permits
of bringing the proper step of the nose over the shaft
and under the center of the ram.
A carriage, which has centers for supporting the
crankshaft, is provided on the bed of the press, and
it should be noted that the shaft remains in position
on the centers through all the straightening operations.
The carriage can be moved longitudinally, so that «the
different bearings can be brought successively under
the ram. The center heads of the carriage are joined
in the rear by a heavy bar, on which they may be
moved so as to suit different lengths of the crankshafts.
This bar shows at the rear of the bed (Fig. 3), the
advantage of this position being that it in no way
interferes with the placing of the work in the machine.
Whenever pressure is applied to the crankshaft the
centers are relieved of the load by placing wedge-
shaped blocks between the shaft and the bed on each
side of the ram. These blocks, which are seen in
position in Fig. 4, can be placed in any position along
the entire length of the shaft. When applying pressure
to a portion of a shaft the outer ends beyond the wedge
blocks are sprung upward as indicated in Fig. 5, thus
lifting the carriage off the bed. To prevent injury to
the centers in case of excessive downward pressure on
them, the points are mounted in housings which can be
swung downward and which are held in place by coiled
compression springs. This construction, which can be
seen in Fig 5, also provides ample cushioning of shocks.
Rate of Production
In practice the average number of strokes obtained
from this press is 15 per min., the average length of
stroke being 6 in. The maximum pressure required
for the average crankshaft job is 35 tons. Actual pro-
duction records vary widely with the class of work and
the skill of the operator. However, it is interesting to
note the statement of the manufacturer that the figures
from a number of shops straightening 4-throw crank-
shafts show an average production per 10-hr. day of
300 shafts per man. A similar average obtained on
6-throw crankshafts gives a production of 250 shafts
per 10-hr. working period.
The machine built for use in connection with a press-
ure accumulator system. Fig. 2, is similar in general
construction and operation; but it is provided with a
small hydraulic constant-pressure ram for returning
the main ram to its highest position, instead of using
springs. All operation is controlled by a single three-
way valve.
Machine for Straightening Tractor Crankshafts
The No. 597 machine, Fig. 6, has been designed for
extra heavy work, particularly for straightening heavy
tractor-engine crankshafts. The center heads are
carried on a sliding carriage which can be racked along
a heavy bed made of a steel I-beam. The design pro-
vides for handling forged shafts up to 3-in. diameter on
the main bearings and with a maximum length of 7 ft.
6 in. The brackets holding the rollers on which the
carriage rests are so constructed and mounted on
springs that the table comes down to a full bearing on
the bed when pressure is applied on the work. The
same type of wedge blocks as already described for the
other machine are used between the shaft and the table
for taking the thrust of the ram off the centers, which
are spring cushioned, but of different design than used
on the smaller machine.
FlG. 4.
METHOD OF HOI..DING CRANKSHAFT DURING .
STRAIGHTENING OPER.VTION
258
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
The pressure is furnished by a two-cylinder hand-
operated pump conveniently located on the front of the
bed. The ram is brought dowTi until the nose reaches
the work by means of a hand-operated gear, which
engages a tack attached to the ram. The movement of
the ram draws oil into the cylinder from the reservoir
FIG. 5.
ACTION OF SHAFT IN THE PRESS DURING
APPLICATION OF PRESSTIRB
above, and after the check-valve has automatically
closed, the pressure can be built up by means of the
pump. The high- and the low-pressure cylinders of the
pump are operated by separate hand levers. A by-pass
valve operated by a treadle releases the pressure, thus
allowing free movement of the liquid. The return move-
ment of the ram is affected by means of a weight con-
nected to a cable which passes over a sheave on the
same shaft as the pinion engaging the rack on the ram.
Many forge plants give preference to hand-operated
straightening presses for work where the pressure
necessary to deflect the shaft is always a known factor
and can be obtained by the operator by the aid of the
pressure gage. The skilled workman, after determin-
ing the amount of eocentricity of the shaft by revolving
FIG. 6.
METALVPOOD NO. 597 PRESS FOB HEAVY DU,TY ON TRACTOR-
ENGINE CRANKSHAFTS
it, is able to note and regulate the tonnage of each
stroke, and he thereby avoids giving unnecessarily large
applications of pressure. With hand-power pumps a
further advantage is attained through the sensitiveness
of the feeling of the operator, who is able to discover
the yielding of the shaft through the change in its
resistance. This enables him to avoid carrying the
bending action too far.
Pipe Dreams of a Tramp Machinist ,
— How Dave Became a Baptist
By Glenn Quharity
The drafting room at the Brookdell shop is a long and
rather narrow room with windows on only one side —
the north — an3 is reached by a flight of steps (or may-
be I should say, a stairway) from the machine shop.
The part of the building which it occupies is a com-
paratively recent addition to the Brookdell factory.
Perhaps the meaning that I attach to the word "re-
cent" 'j^uld be better appreciated if I admitted that
anything happening since the days of my apprentice-
ship, about forty years ago, is recent to my grey
whiskered memory. The room, though conveniently sit-
uated, is sufficiently detached from other parts of the
shop, where noise is a part of the production, to be rea-
sonably quiet and conducive to that concentration of
mind in which designers and draftsmen are popularly
supposed to do their work.
Walking up the length of the cool pleasant room one
of these warm June mornings, it is difficult to visualize
the little, dark, corner room up under the roof that was
the "drafting room" of my boyhood days. This room
was three long flights above the machine room, was
lighted by two small cobwebby windows, and the ceiling
overhead was the floor of a low, almost inaccessible,
attic.
It was not ideally situated for a drawing office. One
of the windows facing south and the other west, let in
plenty of sunlight in the summer; es-
pecially in the afternoon. With a blaz-
ing July, sun pouring down directly
upon the metallic roof, it was never
uncomfortably cold at this season of
the year; but in December, when the
sun got down behind the woods to the
south, a great responsibility rested
upon the one little coil of steam pipes
that was supposed to keep the place
warm.
The drafting room of the old days
was not always, and indeed not fre-
quently inhabited. Charlie Pratt, and
later, Tom Jones, were pretty well
posted in the art of drafting, and
Charlie in particular, for a man who
looked like a well-to-do farmer, could
make a remarkably neat drawing when
he chose to do so, but they were both
too busy thinking up ways to keep
things moving to spend much time "up
attic." They were much more likely
to make pencil scratches on a pad or
the back of an envelope and pass them
over with mysterious but meaningful
gestures and fragmentary explana-
tions to Dave.
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
259
Dave was a specimen of the genius "all round me-
chanic" now apparently extinct, but once plentiful. He
could do stunts on lathe and planer that would make
the apprentices green with envy. Although milling
machines were not then what they are now he could
h
perform feats of wizardry upon them that would bother
some of the modern "experts." He could wash his
hands, take off his jumper, walk up three flights of
stairs and be transformed into a pretty good all round
designer and draftsman.
Dave was by no means the only one of the Brookdell
force that could do these things, but he, perhaps, put in
mora time than anybody else in the little drawing room,
and he it was that sat at the board on the afternoon of
the Great Storm.
Everybody who lived in Brookdell remembers that
storm ; they remember how the lightning crashed in the
woods; how the howling wind uprooted trees and
threatened to take the roofs off the buildings, how the
heavenly aqueduct busted all to smash and let the
celestial water supply dovra on Brookdell in a lump.
Dave was not a hysterical individual. If he had a
temperament he had never found it out, and he wouldn't
have let it worry him if he had. Just now he didn't
even know it was raining until a drop of water about
the size of a marble splashed down on the drawing in
front of him, narrowly missing his nose.
He glanced hastily upward and saw suspended over
his head another drop that looked as big as a base ball.
Without a doubt the roof was leaking. Here was some-
thing that called for instant action and he was equal to
the emergency.
In a corner of the room stood a large brass shell, the
first or second draw from a set of drawing dies recently
completed. Dave hastily grabbed up the shell, also some
screw eyes and a piece of string from the shelf, drew
a sheet of heavy wrapping paper over his drawing and
climbed up on the board.
Fortunately it was not a twentieth century drawing
table or Dave would have met with disaster then and
there. The home-made bench was strong and sturdy
and from its vantage Dave had no difficulty in driving
three screw eyes into the ceiling, punching three holes
in the edge of the shell with an awl that had been lying
on his board, and with the string he soon had the shell
hung up in position to catch the drops of water as they
oozed through the planking.
A temporary solution? Of course it was, but Dave
had never seen that storm before, and upon the imme-
diate relief from the disagreeable features he went back
to his drawing and again forgot that it was raining.
Nature, however, does not forget. The drops con-
tinued to fall into the shell and they soon became a rivu-
let. There was a limit to the amount of water that the
shell would hold, but there was also a limit, slightly
lower, to the amount of weight the strings would bear.
Just as Dave was rounding out the curves of a par-
ticularly crooked cam or brushing away the last diffi-
culty from the path of a complicated mechanical move-
ment, one of those strings broke.
It doesn't require a college educated M. E. to discover
that from a body suspended in equilibrium that shell
had become a lever of the first class in which P = sev-
eral gallons of water, F =: the short edge of the shell
bearing against the planks, and W = a dam sight more
than the remaining two strings could stand.
There is no hesitancy about the working of natural
laws. From the breaking of the first string to the com-
pletion of the cycle of mechanical movement there
elapsed only sufficient time for Dave to turn his face
upward and meet with a veritable Niagara. For the
first time in his life Dave was "soused." Pens, bottles
of ink, and everything else movable was swept off the
board, the drawing was ruined, and Dave himself re-
sembled a scarecrow that had been out in the rain all
night.
Though no one but Dave was present and his own
later account of the incident was prosaic and uncolored
as befitted a modest and self-respecting mechanic, it
was understood by his friends to have been a moment
of religious rite and solemn incantations.
Dave had become a Baptist.
260
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
Some Present-Day Research Problems in
Electrical Engineering*
By prof. VLADIMIR KARAPETOFF
Cornell University
While the title would indicate an electrical treatise
there are no technical developments and the gen-
eral nature of the subject matter renders the
assertions applicable to research in all lines.
THE most natural division of unsolved problems
would be according to the types of apparatus, for
example, into problems in the design and oper-
ation of large turbo-alternators, improvements in lamps,
circuit breakers for larger currents and higher volt-
ages, etc. Such problems may be multiplied ad
infinitum, and I should not venture to express my
personal opinion upon their relative intportance. For
the last three years the Electrical World has had a
research page on which anyone interested in the subject
will find hundreds of opinions expressed by competent
men as to the specific needs for theoretical or experi-
mental fesearch in practically every branch of the
electrical industry. I wish to offer another and some-
what nnusual classification for the pending research
problems which may be more helpful to those interested
only in the broader aspects of research.
Caliber of Investigator
One division of research problems that seems to me
to be quite essential is based upon the caliber and
mental equipment of the investigator himself. There
are problems of great practical importance whicb can
and will be solved by the expenditure of a sufficient
amount of money and time. Thus, during, the war the
shortage of certain materials led to a large number of
tests on substitutes, and in some cases satisfactory
materials were found by men of average ability and
education. A large number of such tests, sometimes
dignified by the name of research, is being carried on
all the time. For example, there are certain varieties
of mica on the market,^ or lubricating oils offered by
the principal concerns, and comparatively simple tests
permit determining the kind best suited for a given
purpose, without employing men of unusually high
caliber.
At the other end of the scale we have researches
which require men of exceptional intellectual power
and of wide erudition; researches which have baffled
the most persistent efforts of many years, and problems
which remain unanswered in spite of the most alluring
financial inducements. A reliable high-tension insulator
and a simple variable speed alternating current motor
may be mentioned as two such examples. In between
these extremes there are innumerable gradations of
mental caliber required for the solution of different
kinds of research problems, and a clear realization of
this fact is of utmost importance in the cultural devel-
opment of the country. The tendency is to lay too much
stress on material resources, equipment, and other
•Address deUvered before th^ Erie, Pa. Section of the A. I. B. E.
on May 17, and the Cleveland Engineerine Society on May 18.
1920.
external factors. A few men of superior caliber and
thoroughly trained will accomplish results on which
thousands of less gifted and not so thoroughly trained
investigators may work for many years without much
progress.
The necessity for better care of persons of excep-
tional scientific intellect is so urgent that it is legitimate
to ask ourselves what our Government, leaders of
industry, educational institutions, or any other agencies
are doing in this direction. The answer is next to
nothing. Moreover, in this imperfect world of ours it
is no one's particular business to attend to the proper
development of geniuses.
I do not have in mind a somewhat Utopian scheme
of breeding a race of intellectual giants by careful
mating. I have in mind a perfectly feasible scheme
of detecting exceptional children by suitable mental
tests and then guiding them year after year to the full
development of their mental powers. This is a proper
function of the state and some day will become a reality.
PxjRE AND Applied Research
Another classification of research problems is in
accordance with their proximity to or remoteness from
the direct industrial applications. A certain physical
phenomenon, a mathematical formula, a peculiar alloy,
etc., may, up to a certain time, possess no practical
importance and be merely a subject of personal interest
to a few investigators. Then one day someone discovers
that that particular alloy or formula offers great prac-
tical possibilities and it becomes the subject of exten-
sive industrial researches.
While such a state of affairs may seem perfectly
natural and unavoidable, it has certain serious draw-
backs for the best development of the art. The elec-
trical industry owes many of its triumphs to so-called
pure physical reseai-eh, but until recently this industrj'
offered mighty little encouragement to such research
or to its exponents. Had the leaders of the electrical
industry realized, earlier, the tremendous possibilities
of physical research in improving commercial appa-
ratus, then, instead of sneering at "doctors," they would
have used their talent long ago, and we would have
been much further advanced in the applications of
electricity than we are now.
But it may be retorted, the scope of physics is
infinite, and how can an industrial concern keep on
sinking hundreds of thousands of dollars year after
year on the mere possibility that some of the results of
physical research may at some time prove to be of use
to it. The real situation is this: Physical, chemical,
or mathematical research involves first of all a method
of approach, a method of attack of a certain group of
related problems, based on a thorough familiarity with
the resources of that particular science. Promotion of
research, therefore, consists primarily in the encourage-
ment of the ptudy and further development of such
methods and hof in the acquisition of a large number
of unrelated facts. A scientist trained, say, in alter-
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
261
I
nating currents will be prepared to approach a new
problem in this field with much better chance of success
than one who has had merely general practical experi-
ence and beats about the bush in an effort to discover
a short cut by luck.
Thus the promotion of pure research is another
national problem and the first aim must be the training
in the methods of analysis, general laboratory methods,
the ability to find what is already known, the use of
mathematics, the use of methods borrowed from other
branches of science, general accuracy of measurements,
of computations, of statements, and last, though not
least, that loving attitude toward nature and the
intuition that comes only from a first-hand contact and
observation of actual physical phenomena without any
preconceived theory or utilitarian thought.
In the early development of our industry we sneered
at all research, then we called plain testing research,
later we grudgingly tolerated industrial research, that
is, an investigation of a particular piece of apparatus
in its complexity. Finally, it began to dawn upon some
of us that an investigation of the very physical ele-
ments which enter into that particular piece of appa-
ratus may lead to interesting discoveries. In this way
it gradually became clear that a thorough investigation
of the physical laws governing this or that branch of
industry may be the quickest and the surest way toward
remedying the difliculties in the operation and construc-
tion of certain pieces of apparatus. I should not be
surprised if in a few years we should make a fad of
pure research in industrial establishments and overdo it
as we overdid safety, eflSciency, patriotism and many
other good things.
Experimental and Theoretical Research
The next division of research problems is into exper-
imental, mathematical, inventive, critical, indicative of
new fields, etc. A clear understanding of this division
on the part of investigators themselves and of their
business managers will help scientific progress mate-
rially in that it will allow each one to apply his effort,
imagination, and inspiration where it will bear the best
fruit and it will enable two or more investigators to
combine their efforts without jealousy or duplication.
Almost any big research problem involves some theo-
retical study as well as experimental skill, inventive
ability, and patient search for the work of other
investigators and its critical analysis. Only a very few
investigators possess all these accomplishments to the
same degree, and it is in the hands of a harmoniously
organized group of scientific workers of different talents
that research leads to gratifying results.
A chain is as strong only as its weakest link. Many
a research worker struggled in vain with a problem for
which he was eminently fitted, just because he failed
to recognize this one weak link in himself or was too
proud to ask for help on some particular point of diffi-
culty.
The Anglo-Saxon race is individualistically inclined
perhaps to a greater degree than the other civilized
races. The Americans among the Anglo-Saxons are
especially prone to exhibit the Western pioneer spirit
in research with all its virtues and shortcomings of
which the utter disregard of the work of preceding
investigators is perhaps the most characteristic one.
I do not mean to imply for an instant that an original
thinker should be hampered in the flight of his fancy
by laboratory assistants or by skilled mediocrities, in
the name of a misapplied principle of co-operation.
I mean two other things. First, to clear a big idea
in his mind, he ought to know how to let go of it and
allow his assistants to play with it for a while and see
how it shapes itself in detail. Secondly, if in the
preliminary molding of his ideas, he should be handi-
capped by his lack of mathematical ability or of foreign
languages (two handicaps common in this country) let
him not try to solve the problem in an imperfect man-
ner alone without first having exhausted the possibilities
of associating with other gifted and congenial minds
who may furnish the missing needs of the problem.
An outsider and often a manager think that research
men specialize by subject, so that one knows all about
direct-current machines, another all about transformers,
etc. While to some extent this is true, yet there is a
much more thorough-going and desirable specialization
according to the nature of the man's talent. One is
especially gifted in arranging ingenious methods for
accurately m.easuring difficult quantities, whether it be
in a.c. or d.c. machinery, another can skilfully present
a phenomenon or a relationship in a mathematical
form, a third is particularly adept in finding out
quickly and accurately all the preceding contributions
on the subject and in assigning the proper relative
value or trustworthiness to each.
Possibilities of Co-operation
The possibilities of co-operation in research on the
part of persons of different temperament and ability go
far beyond the confines of one industrial organization
or even one country. International co-operation in
research is just as important in view of the favorable
and unfavorable racial idiosyncracies. Anyone who
follows European scientific magazines cannot fail to
notice these racial distinctions in the treatment of
distinctions in the treatment of identical subjects.
A student of the history of science can easily recall
cases in which a scientific idea is born in one country
and then is taken up by someone in another country
and finally brought to a fruitful development in a third
country.
Perhaps the best-known example in our line is that
of Hertz, a German, who acted as an intermediary
between Maxwell, an Englishman and Marconi, an
Italian. A biologist could easily get examples of living
organisms which have to live under different conditions
at the various stages of their development. Thus the
rust of wheat must live on barberry before it can live
on wheat. We in this country, with its polyglot popula-
tion, have had an exceptional opportunity to ob.serve
and to benefit by this co-operation right in our midst,
even though in our Anglo-Saxon arrogance we are apt
to look down upon our brothers from across the seas.
There is hardly an organized institution for research
in this country that cannot point to benefits derived
from associates of foreign birth and training and point
of view.
In conclusion I wish to point out that while first-
class original investigators are born and not made yet
there is a great problem before our leaders in politics,
industry, and education, to facilitate the work of such
men by granting favorable conditions for their creative
activity. We ought to do this for our sake and for that
of the coming generations. It is in the hope of con-
tributing to the clear understanding of the conditions
262
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
that promote the welfare of research workers that the
preceding remarks are made.
(During the address Professor Karapetoff gave
examples of electrical research done or suggested by
various prominent investigators. These illustrations
were mostly from the items published on the Research
Page of the Electrical World.)
Trade Papers
By E. F. Creager
tHow I Read Mine and How I File the Information
FOR Reference.]
Being away from home I purchased at a news stand
a copy of a trade paper that I am a subscriber for. The
salesman said, "Heluva lot of advertising in that there
magazine. It will take you a long time to dig down
to something interesting." He, like many readers, just
viewed the advertising pages as an extra. I do not feel
that I have done full justice to myself if I do not care-
fully scan the advertising section for something new.
With pencil in hand I glance through the index of read-
ing matter and find several articles of interest to check
up. One appears exceptionally interesting since I have
been preparing an article on that particular subject so I
read and mark it for my files and feel that I have my
money's worth from this one article. Another article
shows how one plant makes something similar to our
product and I compare and criticize but see no reason
for changing our methods. We get more pieces at a
lower cost for tooling up, produce faster from a less
expensive and simpler machine too! and do at one
operation what requires two in theirs. Of course I feel
elated and will grab my notes when I get home and clear
up some points that seem vague and give the other
fellow a chance to see if he is as well pleased after
reading my article. (Of course you all try to give back
something from your own experience in exchange for
what you get from the other fellow, don't you? If not,
why not? 'Tis only fair). Here is an article on a common
every day tool and its life. I mark it up and will prove
it out later by trial.
Here is another on metals which I read with interest
and mark for filing. Now here is a punch and die and
that "wrinkle" on it is just what we want and I'll bet
"Jack" will be pleased when I show it to him. The
Ideas and Sketches by Practical Men are always
interesting, and usually yield something for the files.
The description of new tools is gone over, and I am
well satisfied with my purchase. Got more this time
than usual, but never fail to get something. Now I
read the advertisments and begin to cull the book.
These advertisements are to me the most up to date
catalog I can get. Each advertiser is trying to impress
the reader with the advantages and economies of his
machine and unconsciously calling attention to the
weaknesses of others. This machine has good points in
design that I will suggest to our designer. "That one
shows a new idea in tooling up.
Here is a fixture, first time I ever saw it illustrated,
I will write for description and prices. Another
advertiser tells of the output he is getting and as the
piece is similar to one we are making, and I am either
"chesty" if we are getting more or depressed if we are
getting less.
Here is an advertisement which answers a question
asked by one of our engineers just yesterday, and as a
result the advertiser will get another order. So on
through the book, I mark those I desire to save and
these are torn from the book and are readily filed in
my vertical filing cabinet scrap-book.
I use a standard steel filing cabinet that will take a
full size letter sheet and make my folders shown in the
illustration from a sheet of gray fiber "Fish Paper"
12 in. X 24 in. From this I make a folder 12 in. wide,
9J in. deep with a 5-in. flap. This will just take a page
of the regular trade journal and the flap prevents it
from flying open and gives a splendid place to mark the
title or contents.
I find this an ideal way to file the various leaflets
and pamphlets describing various articles which are
ordinarily sd hard to locate in the usual catalog file. In
this way I get all my notes and data indexed with the
minimum of effort, and have an up to date general
THE I.OOSE-I.,EAF FOLDERS
catalog of information on subjects appealing to me.
I have purchased many machines fir.st brought to my
attention in this way and frequently have been able
to sell the "powers that be" when in doubt, by having
the data and illustrations at hand.
At the present time, I have over two hundred sub-
jects and folders in use, many of them croas indexed, and
I can assure you that they are in frequent use by myself.
my tool designers and the purchasing department and
have earned many dollars for the firm. I consider them
the most valuable section of my rather comprehensive
mechanical library. I can pull out the folder on the
subject I desire and have before me practically all the
live articles on that particular item. A suggestion from
this one and another from that one and a few more
added and I have data for a new and original (?)
machine which sometimes works as anticipated.
I may say in closing that a few former contributors
to the American Machinist are conspicuous by their
absence. Prof. John Sweet with his common sense
articles and Chordal whose letters will be sadly missed
by many, especially the old timers.
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
263
Accurate Lapping
By L. J. VORHEES
Industrial Engineer
Accurate lapping is an art practiced by tool and
gage makers. Very few machinists of the
present-day school know much about it. The
author of this article gives detailed instructions
for gage lapping as well as for making the laps.
IN THE larger ?.nd better equipped toolrooms there
is usually at least one man experienced in lapping
so that this work is handled in a satisfactory man-
ner. But in the average, and larger majority of shop.
each toolmaker does his own lapping, and this, in many
cases, is far from satisfactory. Many times work is
either sent out of the shop on account of the trouble
experienced in lapping, or an inferior grade of work
is tolerated.
It is not the purpose of this article to start a con-
troversy on the subject of lapping, or to infer that any
method in use at the present time is not all right in
every respect. What I desire is to explain a method
■of lapping in detail and with such clearness that any
toolmaker, by following it, can produce gages that no
shop need be ashamed of.
As plug gages under one inch in diameter are the
most common, they will be taken as an example, and
the method by which they are lapped can be applied to
most other forms. As this class of work does not
require the accuracy which is sought by aging the steel
after it is hardened, this will not be considered.
Whether the gages are made of tool steel and hardened,
or of machinery steel and casehardened, will not affect
the operation of lapping, so we will assume that the
gages have been turned and hardened. If they are
boiled in water for several minutes after they are hard-
ened it will tend to remove the strain and lessen the
danger of their cracking.
The centers should be carefully lapped, or ground
out, making sure that all scale is removed and that
they are left round and smooth so as to fit the centers
on the grinding ma-
chine. A wet grind-
ing machine is
I'lU. 1. THE BABBITT BAR FROM
WHICH LAPS ARE CUT
better than a dry for
this purpose. A
fairly fine, free cut-
ting wheel should be
used, its cutting face
should be trued with
a diamond, and the width of the face reduced until it
will pass off the portion of the gage that is being ground
at each end of the stroke of the grinding machine table,
•or wheel, whichever moves. The machine must be
adjusted until it grinds straight, that is, grinds the plug
the same size at each end, and this should be a^ accurate
as you can measure.
Leave no inaccuracy to be removed or corrected by
lapping. The lapping should remove the marks left by
the grinding wheel and no more. If the grinding is
properly done two ten-thousandths of an inch is enough
for this. If you leave more it will require elbow grease
to remove it. If you cannot remove the wheel marks
in two ten-thousandths, improve the quality of the
grinding until you can. Let the wheel travel over and
over the plug in removing the last one or two ten-
thousandths with a
feed so slight that it
throws sparks not
more than an inch long.
Do not hurry this part
of the work as care taken
to produce a round, fig. 2. A completed lap
finely ground gage, with
just ten-thousandths left for lapping, will save time
later on. With the gage in this condition you should
do the lapping in a few minutes.
Use Babbitt for Laps
Use common babbitt metal for the lap. For plug
gages a half inch in diameter, or under, it is convenient
to use a bar about one by two inches so that the lap
blanks can be sawed off from this end as in Fig. 1. The
lap blank should be sawed off so it will be about as thick
as the diameter of the plug, but this never need be less
than one-quarter of an inch for any plug, no matter
how small the diameter.
Drill a hole through the center of the blank the size,
or slightly smaller, than the diameter of the plug to
be lapped. Start a saw cut in the center of one end,
parallel to the drilled hole, and saw down through the
drilled hole and out half way to the opposite end. This
will permit the hole to be closed around the plug. In
the end in which the saw cut was started, about half
way between the hole and the end of the lap and at
right angles to the hole, drill through with a drill that
is the tap size for a No. 10 machine screw, for instance.
Enlarge the hole from one edge down to the saw slot
with a drill that is the body size for a No. 10 machine
screw, and tap the other side with a No. 10 tap.
By screwing a No. 10 screw in this hole from the side
that is not tapped it will tend to draw the sides
together, which later will close the lap around the plug.
For convenience a piece of flat stock may be soldered
264
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
in the slot of the screw so it can be tightened with
the fingers. Fig. 2 shows a lap ready to use.
Assuming that you have turned the handle and body
of the plug in one piece, place the handle of the plug
in a spring collet of a bench lathe, preferably, and leave
a space between the body of the plug and the spring
collet equal to half the diameter of the plug. Loosen
the screw in the lap and open it until it will slide
over the plug easily. Place it over the body of the
plug. Remove the center from the tailstock and move
it up until there is the same space between the plug
and the tailstock as there is between the plug and the
collet.
Secure a shallow dish that will set on the bed of the
lathe and is large enough to catch the oil and abrasive
that drops from the plug and lap. Do not use abrasive
flour, or powder. Do not think that the finer the
abrasive, the finer the finish. Grains, or size, 160 to
J 90 are about right.
r-W, ^^^ Lap
Dr/'p Pan
FIG. 3. PROPER POSITION OF
WORK FOR L,APPING
Mix a small quan-
tity with common
light machine oil,
using enough oil to
cover the abrasive
well. Adjust the
lathe belt until the
lathe runs quite
slow, not more than
two or three hun-
dred r.p.m. and stop
the lathe while you
charge the lap. This
is done by working
a layer of oil and
carborundum in between the plug and the lap, the lap
being opened until it is very loose on the plug, and then
tightening the lap on the plug by means of the screw.
The abrasive that is between the plug and the lap will
be imbedded in the lap. If the abrasive is too fine, or
the lap too hard this imbedding cannot take place. Fig.
3 shows the way the lap is used.
Now to start the lathe, stand close to the tailstock,
reach over the lathe with one hand so you can hold one
end of the lap in each hand. As you push on the lap
gently it will travel from one end of the plug to the
other. The collet preventing it from slipping off at
one end and the tailstock at the other, though they allow
about half of the lap to project over each end of the plug,
before it is stopped by butting against them. As you
are now sure there is no danger of the lap slipping oflf
the plug, try to hurry it, that is, make it travel faster
from one end of the plug to the other. As you use
more pressure you will reach a point where the lap
seems to let loose and slides rapidly the length of the
plug until stopped by the collet or tailstock. This is the
zction of the lap you should maintain at all times.
Run Work Slowly — Move Lap Fast
One of the chief points of good cylindrical lapping is
to run your lathe slowly and move your lap fast. Jerk
it rapidly from one end of the gage to the other. When
flie slight scratches on the plug, produced by the lap,
cross the plug at an angle of about 45 deg. you will
know that the speed of your lathe and lap is about
right. With this method of lapping it will not be neces-
sary to leave a projection on the plug to be removed
after it is lapped in order to prevent the end from
being rounded off. This method gives you ends that
are full size and square. Keep plenty of oil on the lap
and when it seems to have stopped cutting charge it
again the same as you did the first time.
Never add fresh abrasive or try to charge the lap
until you have stopped the lathe and opened the lap until
it is loose on the plug. Pry the lap open with your
scretvdriver until it is n's of an inch larger than the plug.
Keep a dish of gasoline that is about room tempera-
ture near the lathe and each time before you measure
the gage dip it in the gasoline, and leave it until it has
cooled to the temperature of the gasoline and room.
As it gets nearer the finished size take more pains with
this cooling.
Do not freshly charge the lap to finish the gage.
Arrange to do the last lapping, and finishing, with a dull
lap. When the gage is lapped almost to size, wash both
it and the lap in gasoline, put on a little oil, and finish
the lapping with oil only; this will give a smooth
finish. If you want to still further improve the looks
of the gage, after it is lapped to size, wash it and the
lap in gasoline until they are free from oil and put
the gage back in the lathe and start lapping while
still wet with gasoline. Watch the gage as you lap and
you will see it dry off leaving a slight film which the
lap will pick up, when dry enough. Keep on lapping
after this film is picked up and you will produce a high
polish almost entirely free from scratches. This de-
scription sounds long but • when you become familiar
with it you will lap a gage in just a few minutes.
To lap a ring gage prepare a lap of babbitt metal as
described in almost any treatise on lapping, charge it
with abrasive that is not too fine, revolve the lap
slowly but move the work over it with a rapid recipro-
cating motion, in other words, grasp the work in both
hands and jerk it from one end of the lap to the other
rapidly. I want to emphasize this fact strongly because
it is usually the custom to revolve the work rapidly, as
where a plug is held in a chuck, and to move the lap
back and forth slowly.
Dry Lap for Flat Surfaces
In lapping flat surfaces run a lap of babbitt on a
backing of cast iron. Any convenient metal may be
used in place of the cast iron as its purpose is merely
to stiffen the lap. Plane the surface of the lap as
smooth as possible. Sprinkle abrasive over the surface
and rub it in with a piece of hardened steel, which may
be ground flat and smooth and kept for the purpose.
Don't use too much abrasive, as a little will rub into the
lap, and charge it, better than a larger quantity. After
rubbing over the surface of the lap twice, using short
strokes and considerable pressure, brush off all free
abrasive and carefully rub the work to be lapped over
this surface. It is not necessary to use oil on a flat lap,
in fact, I believe it works better dry.
Now here is a point to be remembered by the inspector
as well as the workman. Everyone familiar with lap-
ping knows that a soft spot in the gage will pick up the
abrasive used in lapping and leave a dark, dirty look-
ing, spot. A visual inspection for hardness is all the
gages usually receive, as it is assumed that if they were
not properly hardened that these black spots would
surely show. But such is not the case.
After a man has carefully made a gage and during
the process of lapping finds there is a soft spot in it,
he dislikes to throw it away. Therefore he will try
to save it, if he possibly can, which means that he will
try to cover up, or remove, the spot so it will not be
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
265
noticed. He can do this too ; as a little careful rubbing
with a piece of crocus cloth will remove the imbedded
abrasive and make this black spot look just like the
remainder of the gage so that a visual inspection will
not disclose it.
Therefore when you inspect a hardened and lapped
gage go over the surface carefully with a very hard,
sharp pointed, instrument. Do not use pressure enough
to scratch the hardened surface of the gage. You caii
easily tell the soft spots by the way the instrument cuts
into the surface, and drags, instead of slipping easily.
Regardless of the means employed to determine the
size of the gage you will find that this method, if fol-
lowed carefully, will give all the accuracy and finish
required.
High-Speed-Steel Tools for Turning
Tires
By Frank A. Stanley
The practice of the Southern Pacific shops at Sacra-
mento in respect to the making of high-speed formed
tools for turning tires is represented by the illus-
trations herewith.
The solid or one-piece formed tire tool of high-speed
steel has of course been long out of the question, leaving
as an alternative the built-up tool with a section of
high-speed steel secured to the body of carbon steel.
At the shops noted the cutting-tool proper is forged
to approximate outline of the contour required and
very little material has theretofore to be removed to
shape the tool to exact form.
In Fig. 1 a high-speed-steel cutting tool forged
closely to shape is shown in the lower left-hand corner
of the group. Directly over this or in the upper
left-hand corner is a carbon-steel block which is milled
out to form the holder or base for the high-speed
tool. The appearance of the holder after it has been
cut out for the welding in of the cutting tool is seen
at the right, and in the lower right-hand comer is
the finished tool ready for service.
A group of tools with the high-speed portions welded
on is shown in Fig. 2, this illustration showing the
tools before any machining cuts have been taken in
finishing the working surfaces of cutting-edge proper.
The sketch in Fig. 3 shows the manner in which the
holder is cut away in step fashion to provide liberaJ
FIG. 3. HIGH-SPEED-STEEL. TOOL, AND BLOCK
space at A for the flowing in of the welding steel under
the action of the acetylene torch or the electric arc.
The high-speed tool itself is made a little over f in.
thick in the rough so that it will face dowTi to I in.
in grinding. It is afterward used down to a thickness
of i in. so that the life of the tool is over an extended
period. The holder or base block is cut out to the form
of the high-speed section and milled away at the front
to give ample clearance behind the cutting edge. These
tools are made in lots of a half dozen or more and the
work is facilitated by the use of special cutters in
the milling machine.
1^
FIGS. 1, 2, 4, 5. THE TOOLS AND HOW THEY ARE MADE
Fie. 1 — Tire tool before and aftir welding. Fig-. 2 — Group of right- and left-hand tools ready for flnishing.
for milling the tool edge. Fig. 5 — Milling the tool block.
Fig. 4 — Cutters
266
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
FIG. 6. GRINDING THE F.\CE OF THE TOOL,
Fig. 4 shows the pair of milling cutters for forming
the high-speed cutting edges. The deep cut in the tool
for finish-forming the flange on the tire is milled out
by the large cutter; the cutter at its side on the arbor
is a spiral mill ground to proper shape to form the
portion for machining tread of the tire.
In Fig. 5 the milling machine is shown set up for
milling the edge of the tool block to form the clearance
under the lower edge of the high-speed-steel section
and to provide the seat for the high-speed section
itself. The section through the tool and block in Fig.
3 shows the shape of the work at this point.
The method of grinding the top face of the tool
in preparing it for service and for resharpening it as
it becomes worn in operation is illustrated by Fig. 6.
An angle plate is secured to the reciprocating table
of the grinding machine and the toolholder is fastened
to the upright of the angle plate by two bolts tapped
in from the front. The work is then passed to and fro
across the face of the cup wheel.
The cutting edge of the tool is finished in the milling
process to a front clearance or rake of 7J deg. The top
face is ground out with a convex wheel to give a clean
lip and provide a free cutting action along the broad
face.
Why Work?
By Entropy
In these piping times of peace when everyone is
thinking of everything except his duty, and when fore-
men dare not fire a workman for fear of starting a
strike that will cost a great sum of money, the question
is in many men's minds, "Why work?" Many are
answering the question by not working any more than
they can help, with the result that time hangs heavy
on their hands, the eight-hour day seems longer than the
tsn-hour day ever did and the ascending spiral of cost
of living mounts faster and faster.
But what are the incentives to work hard? Each
man as a unit produces so little than it seems hardly
worth whi'e to make the effort. Individual effort brings
neither additional money nor thanks, but only the dis-
favor of other workmen.
The only man who works in the real sense of the
word today is the far sighted chap who can imagine
the time when he wants a job and when a lot of other
people want the same job. He is the man who under-
stands that at present we are only kept in a stable
position by spinning around like a top, and that when
we begin to whirl only ever so little more slowly we are
bound to tumble. It may be that we will tumble slowly,
but it never has happened that way before, and it is
very doubtful if it can happen otherwise than it has
happened before. When the crash comes, and shops
have to let men go, they always retain what they call
their "organization" if it is a possible thing. By this
they mean that essential minimum of men who are
profitable and whose morale, in.stilled into the green
men whom they will pick up when the tide turns, will
build a harmonious force. This does not necessarily
mean that they keep their most capable men, but the
most dependable ones. It means the men who will work
without watching, and who work intelligently always.
It means the men who believe in the firm, even to the
point where they will risk losing their reputations to
back it outwardly, and will risk their jobs in criticising
it mercilessly inside the shop, for the sake of bettering
it. These men are perfectly well known to the manage-
ment at all times. There is no need for a long notice
of impending shortage of business to name the men
who will be kept employed so long as the ship stays
afloat. They are the men who work for the company's,
interest all the time.
Just how good an investment is it for a man to do
twice the work now that is necessary to hold the job?
No one knows precisely but we know that for a long
time back we have run on cycles of about ten or twelve
years of which less than half have been spent in real
prosperity and nearly all the rest of the time spent in
climbing painfully out of the slough into which we have
been precipitated almost over night. The fair weather
man has had good wages less than half of the time since
the Civil War, and he has had starvation wages the
rest of it. He has had practically half wages for the
past fifty years. The man who has stuck to the ship
and done his work through thick and thin has had just
as good wages during good times, and in proportion
to the cost of living he has had more than good wages
the rest of the time. He is at least twice as well off.
Exception to this rule is the fault of the organization,
and we have to admit that there arc many faulty organi-
zations. Petty internal jealousies, lack of breadth of
vision, and fear are the principal factors which hinder
the complete reward of the faithful worker. Internal
jealousies on the part of a foreman who does not want it
known that a ce'rtain man is truly capable for fear that
he will be promoted out from under him and he will
have to break in another man to fill the place; on the
part of fellow workmen who are resentful of the ap-
parent favors which are shown men who are in favor
and who deserve all that they get and usually much
more. Lack of breadth of vision is a factor which is
always to be reckoned with and absolute fear on the
part of the employer is another thing which may warp
his judgment, but on the whole, our employers are pretty
level headed, especially regarding their own business.
Of the two, more failures occur from too great optimism,
too early a hope for a recovery of business than from too
much pessimism. The jealousies of foremen and other
workmen, are merely hazards of the process of getting
ahead and must be reckoned with just as a farmer
reckons with hail storms.
All-in-all it is really worth while to work, even
though the returns for the moment may not seem to be
increased by so doing.
August 5, 1920
I
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
ApptyhoA,
cstiWaiim^
26T
Of the Heald Machine Co.
NEARLY every mechanic will tell you that he
knows what a magnet is, but experience with
magnetic chucks indicates that only a very few
know its physical properties, with the exception of its
ability to attract iron.
This is quite natural, for but few mechanics have
the good fortune to be well posted in electricity. For
this reason they are inclined to apply the magnetic
chuck to only the simple jobs. This not only applies
to war-made mechanics
but to some of the old-
time foremen, superin-
tendents, and even pro-
prietors of proved
ability. Therefore a
simple explanation of the
physical properties of a
magnetic chuck may help
in getting the best re-
sults and in extending
uses to work which may
be thought impractical to
hold in this quick and
efficient manner.
The magnetic chuck
utilizes the same power
that turns an electric
motor. A magnetic
chuck is simply a single electromagnet, like Fig. 1, or
a group of them, arranged so that their ends or poles
will make contact with the work and so hold it firmly
in position by its pulling power. In order to really
understand how to secure the best results from this
peculiar holding power a bit of the theory of magnetism
will be helpful, but this will be better appreciated if
reference is made to the misuses of the magnetic chuck.
Some operators do not realize that the more closely
the work makes contact with the chuck the more firmly
it is held. Another weak point is the fact that they
do not know that every magnet has two poles, a positive
and a negative, and that the pulling power travels from
one pole to the other. Consequently, it is necessarj"
that the work make contact with both poles to secure
the greatest holding power.
The same principle is lost sight of when an operator
tries to place parallels under the work, thinking that
the magnetism will enter it and hold it. The trouble
is that the magnetism finds an easy path through the
parallels to travel from pole to pole and does not enter
the work. Special parallels may be used that are
designed to conduct the magnetism to the work and that
will not cause it to find a shorter path through them-
selves as will be explained later.
The magnetic chuck has grown to be an indis-
pensable tool in practically every machine shop,
great and small, and while such chucks are very
simple in construction and easily understood as to
principle, there still seems to surround them an
element of mystery that acts to prevent many
machinists and toolmakers from using them to
best advantage. The appended article from the
pen of a man intimately associated with the
manufacture of magnetic chucks should serve to
sweep away some of the mental cobwebs and
make clear to everybody the possibilities and
limitations of this tool.
Theory explains magnetism by assuming every par-
ticle or molecule of iron as being a magnet itself.
Normally, these particles or molecules are located helter
skelter with no particular relative position, as shown in
Fig. 2. An electric current flowing continuously in
the same direction has magnetic power which will turn
these molecules all to the same relative position as in
Fig. 3, and their influence, combined with that of the
electric current, results in the magnetic holding power
of the electromagnet..
This holding power is
referred to as "magnetic
lines of force," and
should be thought of as
such in considering how
to place work on a mag-
netic chuck, for it is
by an understanding of
their action that the best
results are obtained.
Magnetic lines of force
travel easiest through
soft steel and are resisted
to certain degrees by
cast iron, hard steel, and
various compositions of
iron. Air has a resist-
ance 100,000,000 times
as great as that of iron which readily explains why
work must make pretty close contact with a magnetic
chuck in order to be held firmly. Non-magnetic material,
.such as brass, lead, wood, etc., does not conduct magnetic
lines of force. This explains the use of the non-magnetic
metal surrounding the inserted polepieces that are
readily distinguished in any magnetic chuck. If these
poles were not insulated in this manner, the lines of
force would escape from pole to pole and, thus finding
a short path, would not enter the work.
Various Types of Chucks
There are, of course, several types of magnetic chucks
and the foregoing principles apply to all of them. There
are valuable points to be considered in selecting a chuck
and these will be noted at the end of this article. All
magnetic chucks, however, have either two magnetic
poles, a positive and a negative, or a series of alter-
nate positive and negative poles. This is necessary
as the magnetic lines of force travel from the positive
to the negative pole. This circuit is obstructed by the
resistance of the air unless an iron path is made for
them to travel in, as is the case when the work is placed
on the chuck. Consequently, it is quite necessary that
the work reach from pole to pole in order to be held
268
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
A _
K^^it^^S^g^g^
FIG. 2
FIG. 1. A SIMPLE ELECTRO
MAGNET
riG.3
FIGS. 2 AND 3. ILLUSTRA-
TION OF THE MOLE-
CULAR THEORY OF
MAGNETISM
firmly. If it is not large
enough to do this the
circuit may be completed
by placing the pieces so
that they touch each
other, thus bridging the space between the poles.
Fig. 4 shows a common form of magnetic chuck with
the top plate and a part of the body in section to show
the way in which the magnetic lines of force travel.
Here you will notice they pass up through the polepieces
and through the work, also less readily through the air.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that a rough
casting which allows plenty of air space between its
surface and the poles of the chuck will not be held as
firmly as would be the case if the surface was first
snagged off to reduce the high spots, thus bringing
the iron closer to the poles.
As only so many magnetic lines of force can enter
a given area of iron, it follows that a piece of work
covering three or four square inches of chuck surface
will be held dovm stronger than a piece covering only
one square inch. This not only applies to the width and
breadth but to the thickness as well, because very thin
stock does not allow enough lines of force to pass
through to get a grip. This drawback can be remedied
by laying a thicker piece of stock over one end of the
work to be ground — increasing the path for the lines
of force with corresponding increase in holding power.
Holding Irregular Shapes
Fig. 5 shows the way in which work presenting an
irregular surface may be held on a magnetic chuck. An
extra top plate, a duplicate of the standard top plate
on the chuck, may be machined to fit the shape of the
work and then screwed to the top of the chuck as shown.
Of course, the chuck itself may be machined, but this
spoils the chuck for other work and is apt to open up
the joints in the top plate.
In Fig. 6 is shown a method tried by many mechanics
,Work
f_ Auxinoiry
^/^-^|-;\|\[. Top Pickle
I
I
W - +
5-hinclc>ir<pl Top Plorte
FIG. 5. AN AUXILIARY TOP PLATE
End Stop
WorK
Afa^net/c i/ncs of Force X prr
V fPole "Pieces
Magnet Coil^ Standard
Top Plate
CHUCK BODY
FIG. 4.
SHOWING DIRECTION OK TRAVEL OF
OF FORCE
LINES
that is unsuccessful because the magnetic lines of force
enter the solid iron plate and do not enter the work.
This is practically the same thing as trying to use
ordinary parallels on a chuck. It is absolutely necessary
that the poles of the chuck be insulated from each other
right up to the surface of the work, otherwise the lines
of force will take the shorter path.
All magnetic chucks can be divided practically into
two classes. The oldest type embodies the principle of
a single magnet ; the later types use a series of electro-
magnets placed side by side, or, in the case of a rotary
chuck, they are placed radially.
The Single-Coil Chuck
Fig. 8 shows, roughly, the principle of the original
types. Notice that a single coil is used. One pole of
the magnet leads directly to the top of the chuck;
the other pole or end of the magnet coil is led around
through the body of the chuck to the top.
Work
^Top Plcpife
+ i^ - +
^^5i(Ptncp/ofrai Top Plct-he
FIG. 6. A SOLID AUXILIARY TOP PLATE DEFEATS
ITS PURPOSE
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machi
yiery
£69
...-JBOO
f
FIC.7
FIG. 7. THK OKIOINAIj
FORM OP" OHUCK WITH
SINGLE COIL
FIG. a
FIG. 8. THE MUL-
TIPLE COIL
CHUCK
This type of chuck is simpler to make but embodies
two drawbacks. One is the fact that the roundabout
path just referred to required for the magnetic lines of
force to reach the top plate, dissipates them, resulting
in a weakened chuck. Moreover, once the chuck is
magnetized it is less easily demagnetized. The other
objection is that the lines of force, in traveling this
roundabout circuit, leak off into the table of the
machine, and in time magnetize the table and the cut-
ters or tools.
Multiple Magnets
The later tj'pes of chuck are as shown in Fig. 9. The
number of poles is determined by the size of the chuck.
Here you will notice the poles alternate positive and
negative and
lead directlj^ to
the top of the
chuck. The
magnetic coils
are arranged so
as to alternate,
causing the bot-
tom and body of
the chuck to be
neutral as is the
case at the round
end of the ordinary electromagnet shown in Fig. 1. The
chuck is more readily demagnetized because the body
and the top plate frame are neutral, the poles and cores
only being magnetized.
Any chuck should, of course, be water-tight and
rigidly built Some are stronger than others and it is
a good idea to buy a rectangular chuck with end and
side stops, for though these may not be required for
grinding purposes they are very necessary when milling
or planing, and as you never know when the chuck will
FIG. 9.
APPLICATION OF RETAINING
RINGS
FIG. 10.
ROTARY CHUCK WITH CENTER AND
DRIVING PINS
be transferred from a grinding to a milling machine
it is well to be prepared In the case of rotary chucks,
retaining rings can be used, as in Fig 10, to take care
of excessive thrusts of the grinding wheel or tool.
Magnetic chucks have been successfully used to a lim-
ited extent on lathes where the work is of such a
nature that driving pins or lugs could be arranged to
drive the work, the chuck serving to hold it in place.
A chuck arranged for use on the lathe is shown in
Fig. 11.
Demagnetizers
A word about demagnetizers may be o. value to many
v^ho are not sure, when buying a chuck for the first
time, whether or not a demagnetizer is required. All
• chucks are furnished with demagnetizing switches
which demagnetize the chucks and allow the work
to be removed from it. If the work is of soft steel or
cast iron and is to be used in a place where a slight
amount of residual magnetism will not interfere, then
no demagnetizer is required. But hardened steel and
very hard cast iron retains magnetism, and in such work
as dies, cutters, pawls, etc., where the magnetism would
be a source of trouble, it can be removed by means of
a demagnetizer.
The Oldest Form of Demagnetizer
The oldest form of demagnetizer is really a single
magnet through which alternating current instead of
direct current flows. The rapid reversals of polarity
shake the molecules out of position and cause the work
to be demagnetized when slid (not placed) across the
extremities of the magnet. The later type is a hollow
coil of wire through which alternating current flows,
the work simply being inserted in the coil for an
instant. This type is especially adapted to irregular
shaped work and is very efficient.
Whenever trying out new work on a magnetic chuck
be sure to recall every principle of the magnetic lines of
force and how they act and you will be able to handle
much more work in this efficient manner than the man
who merely lays the work on the chuck in any old way
and then condemns the chuck if it doesn't hold. A
magnetic chuck will not hold everything, but like any
machine, the more you know about it the more service
you can get out of it.
Iron Castings In Iron Molds
By Elliot A. Kebler
President, Fawcus Machine Co.
Replying to the inquiry of A. W. Forbes on page
1311, vol. 52 of American Machinist, it is true that
castings can be made in iron molds without chilling,
and in fact there is a patent on such a process, which
consists of removing the iron mold and also the iron
core very quickly from the casting. If this is done
within, say, three or four seconds, the iron is not
chilled and in fact is malleableized and is, therefore,
stronger than if cast in a sand mold.
A drawback about the process is that the iron molds
bust be very thick, weighing two hundred pounds or
more for each pound of the resultant casting.
The reason in my opinion why a permanent iron mold
cannot be used is that each time the mold or the core is
used it becomes slightly larger so that each casting made
will be larger than the previous one.
270
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
How Can We Increase Production?'
By SIDNEY J. WILLIAMS
Secretary and Chief Engineer, National Safety Council
PRODUCTION depends primarily on two factors-
machines and men. Production also requires
materials, but these in turn are produced by other
machines and men — using "machines" broadly to
include all equipment. Production also requires capital
to provide the machines and the men, and management
to direct them. But machines and men are the
immediate producers. They and they only can increase
or decrease production. The things that cause them to
do the one or the other are the things that we must
study.
The basis of modern production, with respect to both
machines and men, is regularity — standardization. The
Swiss watchmaker a hundred years ago built his watch
from the ground up, fitting each part to the parts
already completed, as a carpenter builds a house. He
never made two watches exactly alike. I believe the
Swiss watchmaker still follows somewhat the same
method. But we in America make our dollar watches
(which now sell for two dollars) and our two dollar
alarm clocks (which now sell for four) with dies and
jigs and fixtures; we stamp out the parts on power
presses or machine them in automatic screw machines,
so that part No. 106 always fits part No. 105 exactly,
although the men who make the two parts may never
have seen each other and may not speak the same
language. Whether in the eyes of an artist all the
alarm clocks in America are worth a single beautiful
Swiss watch, is a question that I will leave to philos-
ophers. We as a nation are committed to the principle
of mass production; and while we may deplore the
vanishing of the old crafstman, few will suggest a re-
turn to the former order.
The Motion Study Expert
But we do not stop with standardizing machine opera-
tions. We standardize also the operations of men. The
motion study expert tells us that practically every man
wastes a large percentage of his time and effort in even
the simplest operation — that a dozen skilled mechanics
will do the same thing in a dozen different ways, all of
them wrong. So the motion study expert determines the
one best way to do a job, and in one ca.se after another
we find that by following his method we not only
increase production but we decrease fatigue. While so-
called "efficiency engineering," like other pioneer move-
ments, has suffered from the pretensions of quacks,
there can be no serious question that modern industry
demands the elimination of lost motion and the
standardization, so far as is practicable, of every job
in the plant.
If this is true, a-s it is true, I do not believe that any
one will question the next proposition that I want to
make — that anything which interferes with this absolute
regularity of operation is inefficient and uneconomical,
and that it is one of the chief functions of the engineer
and the executive to hunt out these disturbing influences
and eliminate them.
The things which thus interfere with regular pro-
duction are many and varied. Some of them are
•Address before Engineering Section, National Safety Council.
ChlcajTO. June 24. 1920.
external to the plant itself — such as a war, or a nation-
wide strike, or a railroad tie-up. The prevention of
these is largely a function of government, and the
American people will not long tolerate conditions that
permit such national inefficiencies.
Then there are catastrophies within the plant: a
strike; a disabling fire; a break-dovra in the power
plant. Every one knows that it is the function of
management to prevent such occurences and that a
management which does not in general prevent them
cannot be permanently successful.
Then there is a third group of apparently minor dis-
turbances: A laborer pushing a trjck strikes an uneven
place in the floor and a casting falls off the top of the
load. The casting is heavy and he goes for help to put
it on again. Meanwhile the lathe operator is waiting
for the casting. The blockade of the passageway stops
another truck coming up with material for another
operator, who must also wait. The total loss of time
may not be more than four minutes for each of five
men — twenty minutes in all, or, say, twenty-five cents
worth of time.
What does the foreman do when he finds that the
lathe operator is waiting for material? If he is a fore-
man of the old school, he goes back and bawls out the
"blankety blank wop" for running his truck into a
hole in the floor. The man, thus admonished, is hence-
forth more careful — that is, he is slower in his move-
ments. He takes pains to avoid holes in the floor, the
posts in dark passageways, the other various sundry
obstructions which sprinkle his pathway. A little later
the foreman is surprised and grieved to find that he
must put on another man to help the truckers because
they cannot keep up. He discourses feelingly and
eloquently with the assistant superintendent on the
total depravity of laborers in general and of his laborers
in particular. Am I exaggerating? Not very much.
How many of ns carefully walk around a hole in the
floor, or a slippery place, ten times a day, because it
would take a little mental and physical energy to fix
it up?
Of course, the foreman who is really onto his job has
the floor fixed at once. If he is unusually intelligent, he
also looks around for other things which interfere with
efficient trucking. He may find that the lighting in the
passageway is poor, and recommend to the superinten-
dent that it be improved. He may find that the truck
itself can be slightly changed to as to make it less
likely that anything will fall off. The up-to-date fore-
man realizes that when his laborers each lose twenty-
five cents worth of time a day it is up to him, not to
bawl them out for it, but to find out what is wrong and
correct it. And it is up to the superintendent and
higher executive officers to supply what the foreman
lacks in this regard. Once labor was the cheapest part of
the cost — but the dollar-a-day man is gone.
The Value of Little Things
In machine operations it is even more obvious that
regularity is the essence of modern production. I dare
say that every punch press foreman or superintendent
in the United States has as his idea of heaven a place
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With. Improved Machinery
271
■where — if puch presses are tolerated at all — not one of
them ever misses a single stroke. Unfortunately this
kind of heaven is seldom met with on earth.
I know of large and successful companies where
punch press production is from 25 to 50 per cent less
than perfect — that is, where only half or three-quarters
of the strokes are productive, simply because proper
weans are not provided for placing the material in the
press and taking it out again. The important point is
that the greater part of this loss is positively prevent-
able through the use of simple and inexpensive auto-
matic or semi-automatic devices for placing and remov-
ing the material. The fact is that, with comparatively
few exceptions, even in the most efficient plants, we
have not had time to study these little things — the cast-
ings falling off the truck, the material sticking to the
punch press — causing in each individual case a loss
of time reckoned only in seconds or minutes, but
causing in the aggregate a loss running undoubtedly
into many millions of hours and many millions of
dollars.
Leaks Must be Stopped
In the past, so vast were our resources that we could
•overlook these small losses, just as the city of Chicago
pumps millions of gallons of water that are wasted
through leaky pipes. But now the time has come, with
our diminishing man power, diminishing natural
resources, and prospective sharp competition from
abroad, when we must meter and stop these leaks if
-we are to maintain our volume of production and our
economic place in the front rank of the nations. I
have tried thus far to make the point that modern
production is built absolutely on standardized regularity
of operation and that anything that interferes with
regularity interferes with production. It is putting the
same thought into other words to say that it is our con-
stant effort to find the one^bost way of doing things and
then always to do them in that way; and that anything
which happens unexpectedly, whether it is a coal strike
or a casting falling oflf the truck, is bound to interfere
with our regular program and therefore to cut down
our production. Therefore, it is interesting to observe
that the Standard Dictionary under the word "accident"
gives as its first definition this: "Anything happening
unexpectedly." In a second definition the dictionary
recognizes, of course, the common usage of the word
"accident" as meaning an occurrence in which some one
is hurt. But in the broader meaning it is plain that,
from the standpoint of industry, a coal strike is
unexpected and is therefore an accident; a breakdown of
the power plant is unexpected and is therefore an acci-
dent; the sticking of material in a punch press is
unexpected — not contemplated or desired by the
designer of the machine — and is therefore an accident,
whether any one happens to be injured or not. In
short, "accident" in the broad meaning given it by the
dictionary is exactly synonymous with all the disturbing
things which interfere with production— it is the exact
opposite of production efficiency. It stands precisely
for all those things which we as engineers and execu-
tives must fight unceasingly.
Safety and Production
Now I come at last to the point where safety enters
into the proposition. Some of the "accidents" which I
have mentioned — some of the things which happen
unexpectedly — result in personal injury. From the
standpoint of the man interested only in production, the
accidents which happen to injure some one are no more
and no less important than those which do not. It is
true that from other standpoints the accidents causing
personal injury are much more important. To the
legal department, they mean the payment of compensa-
tion. To the employment department, they mean the
nece!;sity of providing another man. To any man with
a spark of human feeling in his heart they mean pain
and suffering to a fellow human being, perhaps poverty
and distress to his dependents. But leaving these con-
siderations out of account, considering ourselves as
absolutely non-human engineers or executives, with an
abundant supply of skilled labor and no compensation
laws to worry about, even then we must recognize that
at the very least the accident which injures some one
is no less important than the accident which does not
injure any one, and all these accidents — all these things
happening unexpectedly — interfere with the regularity
of our operation, and cut down our production. No
eng?heer or executive living can afford to say, "I am not
interested in accident prevention," unless he is willing
to say, "I am not interested in efficiency," because acci-
dents and efficiency are absolutely incompatible; they
cannot exist in the same plant. Every accident is an
indication that there is something wrong with men,
methods, equipment, or material.
Executives Must Be Interested in All Accidents
And if the engineer or executive must then be
interested in all accidents, whether they cause injury or
not, those which do cause injury have for him a
peculiar importance, because they stand out con-
spicuously and sen/e as danger signals to warn him of
the inefficiency that is undermining his output. This is
not theory but fact. The improvements in punch press
operation, which I have already mentioned, were sug-
gested and carried out — by whom? By the production
department or by some imported efficiency engineer?
No — by the safety man I He found that men were losing
fingers in these punch presses because they had to
reach in to the press to place or remove material. He
changed the method of operation by introducing auto-
matic or semi-automatic feeds and kickouts. He did
this primarily to prevent the loss of fingers. Having
done it, he found that he had increased production from
25 to 100 per cent. The foremen were astonished. They
need not have been astonished. Reflection would have
shown them that the movement of the operator in reach-
ing into the press, while it occasionally caused the loss
of a finger, always caused the loss of time; and that an
arrangement which would save the occasional finger
would also save a fraction of a second every time the
machine was operated. To quote another instance of a
more general nature, the manager of one of the largest
paper mills included in the membership of the National
Safety Council once said to me, "Before we had a safety
committee, every little while we would have to shut
down our machine because of a belt breaking or some-
thing of that sort. Now our safety inspection catches
these things before they happen and we have no more
shut-downs.
Our safety work has more than paid for itself
through the increase in production, aside from cutting
down our compensation costs."
You may say, "These plants were not run efficiently.
If they had been, it wouldn't have taken a safety man to
show them how to feed punch presses or keep belts in
272
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. e
repair." I freely grant this. Yet the fact remains that
both of the plants which I have mentioned were and are
in the very front rank of their industries, they were
well managed, they were making money. The manage-
ment simply, like every other management that I know
of, was so busy with development and with the out-
standing problems which it had to face that it could not
watch every single detail.
A Striking Instance of Safety Efficiency
In another instance, even more noteworthy than those
I have mentioned, the chief engineer of a large com-
pany conceived an entirely new method of accomplishing
an important process in the industry — a method wholly
mechanical, to replace one which required constant
attention by skilled men. It happened that these men
were exposed to injurious dust. When the new plan
was presented, it was opposed by some of the
experienced factory executives who declared on general
principles their firm conviction that it would not work.
The president of the company said: "Even if the 'new
method does not increase production as we hope it will,
it will at least remove this danger to the health of our
men. Therefore we will try it out." It was tried out.
It worked. It cut down the number of attendants
required from 23 to 3 and removed all hazards to those
that remained. It increased production so tremendously
that it will undoubtedly revolutionize the entire
industry. This two-fold result was not a coincidence.
It was a natural result of the fact that the old process
was wasteful in both materials and time. The injurious
dust that should have gone through the manufacturing
process was blown out into the faces of the men. The
new method saved both the dust and the men.
The man who did this remarkable piece of work was
not a "safety engineer." He was an engineer who
believed in safety. As a man, he believed in safety as
a human necessity. As an engineer, he believed in
safety as a thing inseparably bound up with engineering
efficiency.
The Human Value of Safety
On the human value of safety, I leave each of you
to judge for yourself. I know how I feel and I think I
know how you feel, but that is not my topic tonight.
On safety as an engineering job — I know that the en-
gineer whom I have mentioned, and the safety man
in the punch press shop, and the paper mill manager,
are right — I know that safety and engineering effi
ciency are inseparable. You cannot have one without
the other. If you safety men think you have to put on
a guard that interferes with production, you may be
sure that your I'emedy is only a temporary one and that
it must give way eventually to an improved machine or
method which will be safe without being inefficient.
And the engineer or executive who thinks that accident
prevention is not in his department — that he will leave
that to the safety man or the insurance company or the
state inspector — is missing something — something big.
He will find out some day that every accident in his
plant or on the machine which he designed is a danger
signal for him — a symptom of time and dollars wasted
as well as lives and limbs. The rough-shod methods of
American industry a generation ago, which left a trail
of human wreckage, were not only inhuman — they were
inefficient. They, and the men who stood for them,
have gone on the industrial scrap heap, and none of them
v/ill ever return.
Salvaging the Inner Strand of a Worn
Cable
Special Correspondence
At the plant of the Spanish-American Iron Co., in
Cuba, a 3-in. steel cable had been condemned and dis-
carded because the outer strands were worn and frayed.
The li-in. inner strand was in good condition and, as
the cable was a mile and a quarter long, it seemed
advisable to salvage it. The problem was to cut away
the six worn strands and leave the inner strand intact.
This was accomplished with the device illustrated here-
with in conjunction with an oxy-acetylene torch.
Six pieces of pipe were ox-welded into the rim of a
.small pulley. A short piece of sheet-iron pipe was
fastened to the pulley and in line with it, by welding
DEVICE FOR SAIjVAGING THE INNER STRAND
on four iron straps. The outer strands of the cable
were unwound for a few feet so that the inner strand
could be passed through both the bore of the pulley
and the pipe. With the outer strands placed between
the six spokes in the pulley, it was only necessar>- to
1 evolve the device against the lay of the cable and
advance it as the strands were unwound, the inner
strand being allowed to lie in a continuous length along
the course of the work. When the strands unwound
reached an unwieldy length (about 6 ft.) they were cut
off by a portable ox-weld outfit.
The cable, of course, remained stationary, the inner
strand being coiled up and the scrap collected after
the work was completed.
The device and the method used are due to an Amer-
ican mechanic, John Crawford, who was in charge of
the work.
Sweeping Back the Tide
By Otto Vogetzer
The second paragraph of the article, "Sweeping Back
the Tide," on page 33 of the American Machinist, is
very interesting, to say the least.
There is an opportunity for Mr. Forbes to earn the
everlasting gratitude of the community at large by
letting us in on the secret of how and where unskilled
labor may be hired at wages from $15 per week DOWN.
Is this a misprint or was it written in 1910?
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
273
A
^^^^ ^5^% ^^j:^
Connecting Rods for the Fordson Tractor
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
Here is a distinctly novel method of holding and
locating connecting rods during the various ma-
chining operations. It is an application of the
three-point suspension method to manufacturing,
and is well worth considering as a positive method
of locating loork in various operations.
THE transformation sheet, Fig. 1, shows the prin-
cipal machining operations, the numbers corre-
sponding to the figure numbers of the illustrations
in this article. These rods, which are for the Fordson
tractor 4 x 5-ln. cylinder, clamp the piston pin to the
rod, and use a babbitt bearing cast into the rod. The
piston pin is li in. in diameter, the crankpin 2 in. and
the center distance 9i in., the length of the main bearing
being approximately 2i in. These sturdy proportions
indicate the kind of work a tractor motor is called upon
to perform.
The rods are first heat-treated and tumbled and the
ends ground and faced. Then comes the straightening
on the bench shown in Fig. 2. The bench itself is of
cast iron and carries the straightening block shown,
the block having hardened-steel faces A arid B. The
(11-^. ;U}
,_J
:D
v_/
^ 1
ii;:Aii
V
A ■^.
y^
\<\
w .
FIG.
1.. TRANSFORMATION SHEET OF FORD ROT»S AND
CAPS ■■•''' *.
opening in the block B holds the small eriil'of the rod
should any twisting be necessary, the usual form of
wrench for this purpose being shown- at C.
The first machining operation is to drill and counter-
sink the three centers which act as locating points in
future operations. This method has been found more
satisfactory than to depend on the outside of the bolt
bosses for centering, and it insures holding the rod
firmly. It also insures getting it back in the same place
in the different fixtures.
The uoper end of the rod is located and held by the'
screw A, Fig. 3, which enters the depression, or center,
forged in the rod for guiding the drill at this end; I'he';:
other end is centered and clamped by the blocks Band''
C, which also act as guides for the center drills used at
274
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
mm^mM^sD/-^ ilij^^mrixr Wlcjx^
PIG. 2. THE STRAIGHTENING BENCH
FIG. 3. DRILLING LOCATING CENTER.^
PIG. 4. MILLING THE ROD-JOINT PACE
FIG. 5. DRILLING BOTH E.NDS OP THE ROD
FIG. 6. FACING THE SIDES OP THE ROD
FIG 7. BABBITTING THE ROP
i
August 5, 1920
' Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
276
FIG. 8.
RE-CENTEKING THE SMALL END.
DRILLING THE BOLT HOLES
FIG. 9.
FIG. 10.
this end. The three combined center drills and counter-
sinks at D, E and F then drill the three locating points,
which are to be used in future operations. The centers
in the bolt bosses are drilled nearly at the top so as to
avoid all tendency of closing in the ends under the
pressure of the clamping centers.
The first use of these centers is in muling the joint
face in the continuous milling fixture shown in Fig. 4.
Each station holds two rods, the small ends being located
at AA, while the upper ends are held in position by the
centers BB. The holding clamps are easily operated,
as can be ■seen, and the rods are loaded and unloaded
while the table keeps continuously in operation.
Unusual Rod-Boring Method
The boring of the rods is somewhat unusual, the large
ends of two rods being butted together as shown in
No. 5 of transformation sheet. Fig. 1, and as can be
MILLll^u vn^ .1 iEK ENDS OF THE
BOLT BOSSES
inferred from the construction of the fixtures in Fig. 5.
The rods are again located by the three centers, these
being controlled by cams, two of which are shown at A
and B. Two of the drill bushings for the small ends are
shown at CC, while two of the large bushings are at DD.
The latter guide the boring tool E, which bores the ends
of the two rods which have been so located by their
holding points as to make this possible. This is an
indexing fixture so that one end can be loaded while
the tools are at work on the other.
Next comes the facing of the large ends in the fixture
shown in Fig. 6. The center A is stationary, but the
other two centers are forced into position by the handles
B and C. The facing cutter has a substantial guide at
D, and the gage E shows when the bearing has been
faced to the proper length.
After reaming the small ends the rods are then washed
in hot soda and are ready for babbitting. They are first
properly tinned and then placed in the fixture shown in
Fig. 7, the rods being held squarely against the plates
AA by means of the centers BB. Each plate carries a
half-round form or mandrel as at C, and the babbitt is
poured in place by means of the ladle shown. The caps
c.J^V
1
^
A-
HP;''^
i
I
.),^-::<
^1
m
$
m
. ^^^r;
mk if-
HP" ^"^^^
Fia. 11. DKILLINO CLAMPING-SCREW HOLE
FIG. 12. REAMING ROD AND CAP
276
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
^^^^OT^^^^^S
FIG. IS
DISK GllIXDIXG THE CAP
are babbitted in the same manner. As can be seen, this
fixture is located adjoining the babbitting- furnace. The
fact that this outfit handles 1,300 rods in 8 hr. indicates
the ease with which it can be operated. The surplus
babbitt is dressed off with a rotary file, after which the
upper center is refinished, as shown in Fig. 8.
Drilling and F.4.cing Bolt Bosses
Bolt holes are next drilled with the two-spindle drill-
ing head shown in Fig. 9. The rod is held in the fixture
A, the handle B controlling the lower center and the
handle C the ciamping center on the side. It will be
noted that the whole fixture is surrounded by a high
metal Xc.-'k, which allows fiooded lubrication without
danger of splashing over. One drilling machine handles
334 rods in an 8-hr. day.
The upper ends of the bolt bosses, known as the bolt
clearance in this shop, are milled in the double-spindle
continuous milling machine shown in Fig. 10, which can
FIG. 14. DRILLING THE BOLT HOLE
handle 2,200 rods in 8 hr. This operation is practically
identical with that of the Ford Motor Co. The three
locating points are not used in this operation. Instead,
the bolt holes are located over suitable dowels, while the
piston-pin ends are carried on the double crosshead A,
the rods being forced down onto the dowels by the nut
B. The spring C beneath the crosshead raises the rods
away from the dowels as soon as the nut B is released.
The fixture for drilling the clamping-screw hole is
also similar to the Ford Motor shop method, the rod
being clamped by the arms A and B, Fig. 11, one of
which is operated by the cam C. The lower end of the
rod fits over dowels which give it the proper angle for
the screw hole.
After these holes are counterbored and tapped, the
cap, which has been previously machined, is bolted into
place and the fixture shown in Fig. 12 used for reaming
the babbitt lining of the crankshaft bearing. The
movable side-locating center is at A, the end center
being at B. Both of these centers are operated by small
bell cranks, these in turn being controlled by the cams
C and D, which are mounted on the same shaft and
iSHHlKBI^^U^lim
HE
^^^SS^mm ^ .m
^~' V
wmiSM
PIG. 15. EORIXG THE CAPS
FIG. 16. MILLING THE OIL, GROOVE
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
277
®l^rAuTd
iun^ijirij^
FIG. 17. THK IaNSPECTION BKNCH
moved by a crank handle not shown. The reamer has
the substantial guide E. After this, the ends of the
babbitt bearing in both rod and cap are faced, the slot
milled in the small end, and the rod finally straightened
before going into the assembling department.
The Connecting-Rod Cap
In the meantime, the connecting-rod cap has been
finished on other machines, some of which are shown in
the previous illustrations. The caps are heat-treated in
the same manner as the connecting rods, and, after
being tumbled, the joint face is finished on the disk
grinding machine shown in Fig. 13. The fixture for
holding the cap and forcing it against the wheel is very
simple and needs no detailed explanation.
The bolt holes are next drilled in the fixture shown
in Fig. 14, the cap being located from the bolt bosses
and the V-shaped clamps being forced into position by
the handle A which operates the cams B and C.
The caps are then bored in the fixture shown in Fig.
15. This fixture is mounted on the stripped- carriage
of an engine lathe and holds three caps at one setting.
The caps are located by dowel pins in the bolt holes, and
held in position by the adjustable clamps A, which are
operated by the handles B. The cutters C are mounted
on the bar shown and the lathe carriage is fed along on
the bar, boring the three caps at once.
The sides are then faced, the caps washed, tinned and
babbitted the same as the rods themselves. The babbitt
is then trimmed by the rotary-file method, and the ends
of the bolt holes spot-faced. After this the oil-splash
groove is milled in the scoop which projects from the
cap, this being done on the small milling machine shown
in Fig. 16. This leaves only the oil hole to be drilled and
the oil groove to be cut, after which the assembled rod
and cap are ready for the inspection department.
A corner of the inspection department is shown in
Fig. 17. This shows one of the standard forms of con-
necting-rod testing fixtures with the arms A and B and
the plates C and D to show the squareness of the two
holes in the different positions, the usual test bars being
used in both ends of the rod.
The other fixture tests the faces of the rod itself
without -the bars being in place. The large end of the
rod fits over the pin E while the small end is swung past
the surface F to test the two surfaces of the rod being
parallel with each other. Some idea of the rods handled
in this department can be had from the stack behind the
bench. The rods are now ready to go to the assembling
department.' ■■'■-'■ »>-.., |
Another Solution to "A Little Question
of Trigonometry"
By E. T. Goodchild
J^ simple solution to Mr. McCurdy's problem of find-
ing the angle X, page 713, Vol. 51, of the American
Machinist, is obtained by first joining up the center
O to point Q and then completing the dotte4-line
triangle by drawing the other two sides parallel to
the 11? and BU lines. Then continue the line OM
to cut the base line at T.
The problem is to determine the angle X when only
the radius about O and the two distances given in
3iRacl.
A PKOBL-BM IN TRIGONOMETRT
T IT
TO FIND X
figures are known. The solution is now easily found
by examining the triangles.
A = 5^ — 3H = 2
B = V2' — lir = 11.919
Tan C
m
= tan 80-20.4'
Secant D = i^f, = 11.919 X
16
59
Secant 7r58.6'
E
180° = (C + D) = 180° —
(80°20.4' + 71°58.6') = 27''41'
But, in the two right-angle triangles OTS and MTN
the angle MTN is common to both, therefore, the third
angles are equal, or
X = E = 27°41'
A doubt often arises in the draftsman's mind when
tackling an awkward problem as to whether the data
is complete enough for a solution. In such cases the
following rule will be found very useful: If sufficient
particulars are given to draw the diagram geometrically
with straightedge, protractors and compasses, then the
problem is solvable.
Incidentally the key to most problems involving circles
or arcs is to connect the centers with one or more Known
points as is done, for example, in calculating dimensions •
when measuring dovetails with plug gages.
?
m
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
Repairs to Machine Vise
G. H. Frank
Nagoya, Japan
In many \vorkshops> vises used on the drilling ma-
chines sometimes become damaged near the solid jaw
end because of the thoughtless or unskilled operators
who do not use packing pieces under the work, but drill
right through into the base of the vise. Instead of
"scrapping" a vise damaged in this way or re-machining
the base along the top — incidentally weakening it — and
re-fitting the sliding jaw, I have found the method of
REPAIRED URILL
TRESS VISE
sketch.
efficient
either standard or special, is required; and third, small
bottom clearance is required when boring blind holes.
The rod that holds the tool might well be made of
drill rod, hut the truth is that we made it out of an old
,;.-in. round file by grinding off the tang. Like the
nutless bolt used in shipbuilding, only a hammer is
,.-Cecz Harden End
.. Scribed Rings
js' \ ^'Spaces
""^-l
~^— Wedge
'■^•fi'Tool Steei
l" Drilled Hole-'
fffod'-'
KIG.
1. A GOOD TYPE OP BORINi
BAR FOR LATHE USE
needed to operate it, although in the hands of a lathe
operator a toolpost wrench does just as well. This
device makes the most efficient toolholder I have seen.
If I were a tap manufacturer not a tap would come
out of my factory with the sharp-cornered square shank,
as at A in Fig. 2, but every one of them would have a
repair, shown
nomical.
If the dovetail piece it made a push fit, it will not
be necessary to use screws or rivets to hold it in place.
Should the inserted piece become . damaged it is an
easy matter to push it out and insert another. A spare
piece can be kept in stock if desired.
It is best to finish-machine the top of the dovetail
piece level with the existing base after pushing it into
place.
A Boring Bar of Merit
By John Houssman
Xhe boring bar illustrated in Fig. 1 was used by the
writer for some time in the Oil Well Supply Co., of
Pittsburgh. Who is the originator of it I do not know,
but I do know that it has one or two advantages over
all the different styles of bar that I have- used. First,
there is no setscrew to mushroom; second, no wrench,
FIG. 2. DIFFERENT KINDS OF SHANKS ON TAPS
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production-— Wit,h Irnproved Machinery
279
i
beautiful and generous chamfer on the top, as shown
at B. Many a time I have fumed while trying to
find the hole in the tap wrench, which has to be held
just so, because the square on the tap will not enter
until the two parts are in perfect alignment. The
chamfered end would, however, enter slightly the hole
in the tap wrench in any position, and a twist of the
wrench would bring it into the proper position, so that
it would slide down in place on the shank.
An Independently Supported Bench
Block
By Chas. H. WiLLFi
The annoyance of jars and vibration caused to tool-
makers by each other when hammering work on the
portable bench block has been overcome in our shop by
HOW THK BENCH BLOCK ^\■AS SUPPORTED
setting the bench blocks into the bench flush with the
top and supported by posts underneath, as shown in the
sketch.
The block is set near the vise and being so handy
prevents the common abuse of pounding work on the
back of the vise. Being flush with the bench top it is
not in the way when not in use.
Built-Up Adjustable Angle Plate for
Light Drilling
By H. H. Parker
The sketch illustrates an adjustable drilling plate
built up from a conventional cast-iron angle plate. Such
a contrivance is useful around a drill press for drilling
small holes at an angle, as it may be clamped to the
drill table by either of its two sides, and quite a variety
of angles obtained. As shown, the construction is
formed of angle brackets, plates and square stock
screwed together, though castings could be used to
advantage if the cost of making the patterns would not
be objectionable.
The tilting table ia pivoted near the top of the
angle plate and is held in any desired position Ijy
means .of a square rocking column having a series
of tapered holes drilled through it, while the fine ad-
justment is furnished through a nut working on the
threaded end of the column. The nut is fixed in a ,
rocking shaft held in two frames screwed to the bot-
Clamp work
here-^
This side c
fable for work
horizontal.
Clamp fo
drillfable
Counterborta
■Adjusting Screvr
■Locknut
Square
Column-
AN ADJUSTABLE ANGLE PLATE
tom of the tilting table; the shaft is turned from a
piece of square stock with the center portion left square
and is drilled and counterbored for the nut. A short
portion of the hub of the nut is squared and a washer
with a square hole in it is driven over this and a lock-
nut screwed down on top of it. This arrangement
prevents the adjusting nut from working loose in its
bearing. The nut
should make an ac-
curate fit on the
threaded end of the
column, without
backlash. A substan-
tial taper pin holds
the column in place;
this will probably
liave to be driven in
by a light hammer.
If the adjusting nut
should prove difficult
to turn by hand, a hexagon nut and wrench could be
used or a series of holes drilled around its circumference
and a pin inserted, making it into a capstan nut.
A New Designation for Bar Stock
The other morning the agent at the railroad station
called up on the telephone. "Say! you fellers gotta lotta
li-in. cold rolled down here. You gotta gettem right
out; we want th' car."
"All right," we replied. "Tell Johnny, the truckman,
to bring 'em right up."
An hour later we turned around to find John at our
elbow. "Say boss," he said, "where'd yu want them
solid pipes put?" "**'
Round section)
rocl^ing Shafl
DETAILS OF ADJUSTING NUT
280
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
.A
w
EDITORIALS
Jsarrtes-Watt Not Inventor of Metric
System
IN THE report from the' Cleveland Chamber of Com-
merce; published on page 283, the "invention" of -the.
metric system is credited to James Watt. This is a
common error and probably owes its origin to the
careless and ignorant statements emanating from the
World Trade "Club." In their literature fiey say:
"James Watt is the man who thought out and sug-
gested the metric system."
The evident intention of this is to create the false
impression that the metric system is an English in-
vention.
The fact is, the idea underlying the metric system,
devised during the French revolution, was to establish
a system whose basic units should be different FROM
ANY EVER USED!
S. S. Dale says in his authoritative booklet:
"One of the essential features of Watt's common
sense proposal was to retain the units that were in
most extensive use. Watt proposed to decimalize the
units and to establish a correlation between length,
volume and weight of water. In this he was also re-
taining features that had become firmly rooted in the
i English system. Decimals had long been an essential
feature of weights and measures for calculations. Cor-
relation of cubic content and weight of water had been
incorporated in weights and measures from the earliest
times. The Babylonian talent of 80 pounds was the
weight of a Babylonian cubic foot of water. The
Roman cubic foot of water weighed 80 Roman pounds
of 12 ounces each. The trade relations between Rome
and Britain, begiiTning with Caesar's invasion of Britain,
necessarily brought Roman weights and measures
into Britain. In 1685 "some Gentlemen of Oxford
determined the weight of a cubic foot of spring water,
or 1,728 solid inches, to be 1,000 ounces averdepois."
That "averdepois" ounce (4371 grains) was almost
exactly equal to the Roman ounce (437 grains).
''Correlation of cubic content and weight of water,
handed down from the earliest times, was thus an
established feature of English weights and measures
on Nov. 14, 1783, when Watt wrote to Mr. Kirwan,
proposing various plans for unifying the weights and
measures of Europe. The following extracts from that
letter and a later one to Mr. Magellan reveal the ideas
Ifl'^att had in mind :
"My proposal is briefly tiiis: let tlie pliilosopiiical pound consist
^ 10 ounces or 10,000 grains ; tlie ounce consist of 10 ilracliins
•r 1,000 grains ; tlie draclim consist of 100 grains. I would pro-
pose that the Amsterdam or Paris pound be assumed as the
standard, being now the most universal in Europe ; I have some
hopes that the foot maj' be a measure of water and a pound
derived from that. The common English foot may be adopted
according to your proposal, which has the advantage that a
<:ubic^ foot is exactly 1,000 ounces. I give the preference to those
plans which retain the foot and ounce."
"The English speaking world has adopted the essential
features of Watt'§ plan. The cubic foot of 1,000 ounces
has been retained, and all the English units are decimal-
ized for convenience in calen>ation»."^ i • E. V.
Fducation for Employers
A REAL college course for the factory manager is an
interesting development of. modern education. To
be sure it only lasts two weeks, but how many of the
students could afford to spend much more time than
that away from their jobs?
The course is one of the spec, summer courses at
Pennsylvania State College and has been given for four
years. It is under the direction of the Department of
Industilal Engineering which conducts the work of the
regularly enrolled college students in this branch of
engineering during the academic year, and fills a long-
felt want. Beginning with a classroom discussion of
shop handling, the course takes the men through plan-
ning rooms and shops for demonstration of the theorj-
The students take up stores, co.st, inspection, tool han-
dling, order scheduling and control projects. Next they
take time studies on a variety of machines and operators
and set rates. All the various phases of management
are thus analyzed and treated concretely by the plant
owners, superintendents, accountants, purchasing
agents, employment directors, production experts and
consultants who, with foreman and clerical heads, make
up the student body of this intensified summer college.
At one of the group sessions of the Chamber of Com-
merce of the United States at its spring meeting in At-
lantic City, Dr. Eaton, of Leslie'ti Weekhj, advocated ed-
ucation of employers and leadership for employees as
the .solution of industrial difficulties. All employers will
probably agree with him that the present labor leader-
ship leaves something to be desired, but how many of
them realize their own deficiencies in the matter of
liberal thinking? As the old nigg^ said "It makes con-
siderable difference whose ox is gored."' ' "
We have heard it said that eighty per cent of Ameri-
can employers are badly in need of education along the
lines of up-to-date factory management. While this is
probably something of an exaggeration, it shows the
need for just such courses.
Those men who would not get enough from two weeks'
hard work under competent instructors in management
principles and details, to repay the investment of time
involved, are few and far between.
We are in hearty accord with plans for education of
this sort, and we hope the number of available courses
will multiply. K. H. C.
Retarding Airplane Development
THE recent decision of Judge Chatfield forbidding
the sale of foreign-built airplanes in this country
may be more far-reaching than appears on the surface.
If, as it seems, this only prohibited the dumping of ob-
solete foreign-built plants on the American market,
there would be little room for criticism. But it appar-
ently goes much farther and may distinctly retard
the development of commercial aviation in this coun-
try, the home of the airplane.
August 5, 1920
' Get Increased - Prothtetien — With Improved Machinery
281
It does not seem to be generally known that Comman-
der Bellinger, of the N-C 3 and a well known flier in
every way, and Captain Hartz, the army flier who suc-
cessfully piloted a large, double-motored plane clear
around the rim of the United States, have been balked
in their efforts to start commercial airplane lines by this
decision.
They first tried to secure suitable ships from the dif-
ferent builders, but without success. For one reason or
another, the builders declined to supply them with the
airplanes needed. Desiring to begin operations as early
as possible, they went to England to get ships for their
work, but are now balked by the decision referred
to. It is further claimed that the ships bought were
built under license of some of the patents which are now
being used to prevent the machines from being brought
into this country.
It will be remembered that the airplane was first suc-
cessful in the United States. But it must also be re-
membered that its development was much more rapid
in other countries, owing to the dampening effect of the
dog-in-the-manger policy of the owners of the Wright
patents. It was only by defiance and subterfuge of
various kinds that Curtiss and others were able to
bring American planes to any sort of commercial de-
velopment.
When the war came all the large airplane builders
pooled their patents, but substantial royalties were not
forgotten, as the records will show. And now these
patents are apparently being used to retard the develop-
ment of commercial airplane service, when the holders
of the patents are unable or unwilling to supply the
planes to be used.
The monopoly patent has been the target for much
criticism from various sources, and cases of this kind
make excellent ammunition for the opponents of the
system. They call attention to the fact that the consti-
tition grants a patent primarily "to secure to the com-
munity the benefits of the advances in science and arts,"
and that if patents are not used in this way the con-
stitution is violated.
The dog-in-the-manger policy is never popular. There
■was general rejoicing when Henry Ford smashed the
Selden patent and made it possible to develop the auto-
mobile without the sanction of the A. L. A. M. Those
who really believe in the future of the airplane and are
trying to develop it in various ways cannot but regret
that so much effort should be spent in preventing, rather
than in aiding, its development. All must realize that
the more planes which come into actual use, the sooner
will the industry be on a commercial basis. And if a
monopoly of patents make it possible for otherj;ount^ies
to outstrip us, we shall be the losers. -- tt ^
F. H. C.
h
U. S. Manufactures to Be Exhibited in
Argentina
MOST manufacturers are already so well acquainted
with the coming Exposition of United States
Manufactures at Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic,
March and April, 1921, that the plan needs no further
explanation. The exhibit is being conducted by the
American National Expositions, Inc., Bush Terminal
Sales Bldg., New York City, with the idea of furthering
commerce and friendship between our country and
South America.
This exposition is a step in the right direction for
American commerce, as it appears that our manufactur-
I
ers are at last trying for foreign trade in a systematic
organized manner. Most foreign countries seem to
handle such expositions and trade extension as govern-
ment functions, since those countries are alive to the
necessity of maintaining the proper commercial rela-
tions away from home. The Department of Commerce
of the United States, while it does not conduct exhibi-
tions of this nature, is enthusiastically rendering moral
support to the undertaking.
The British Board of Trade is at present planning an
exposition for South America similar to the one it held
in Athens shortly after the war ended. Concerted action
of manufacturers is secured by government control. It
is said that although the competition offered by the
British is keen, their methods are fair and aboveboard.
Dr. Julius Klein, Commercial Attache to Argentina
from the Department of Commerce, has stated that Ger-
many has for some time been shipping to South A..aerica
an average of two shiploads of general merchandise a
month in Scandanavian bottoms. Spain and Japan, too,
are active in the South American market.
In other word.s, foreign irations are willing to deprive
themselves of goods, which they need infinitely more
than we need ours, so that they can keep themselves en-
trenched in the market. The reason for this action is
that they are far-sighted enough to see that they will
have great need for that market in a short time.
It is gratifying to see that reliable American firms
are supporting the American exposition so well, this
being particularly true in the machine-tool industry. It
will probably be necessary to supply additional space for
all those who wish to exhibit. The fact must be empha-
sized that only those exhibitors who expect to continue
trade with Latin America on a sound basis are wanted.
It would really harm our relations there if publicity
were given to those manufacturers who desired South
America merely as a dumping spot for scrap and sur-
plus stock. If American manufacturers will play square
they ought to be able to obtain and retain control of the
South American market. Never will a better opportun-
ity be presented than now. C. J. P.
Getting Down to Work
THE announcement by officials of the Pennsylvania
Railroad System that 12,000 employees were to be
laid off will bring sharply to the labor slacker's mind the
fact that conditions are rapidly shaping themselves so
that it will soon be impossible for him to obtain high
wages for half-hearted and slovenly under-production.
As long as men felt that they could easily find work else-
where, at as good or better pay than they were receiv-
ing, there was little that could be done to induce them
to give their employer value received.
Several large manufacturing firms have, within the
past few months, laid off a considerable percentage of
their undesirable workmen, with ths result that their
output per man has increased surprisingly. In several
cases the total output is equal to that when they bad 15
to 20 per cent more men!
Restriction of output or "lying down on the job" is
poor policy, and the sooner the American workman real-
izes this fact the better. American employers do not
fear to pay well, provided they receive full value n re-
turn. The old Golden Rule is a pretty good guide
after all. „ „.
E. V.
282
AMERICAN MACHINIST
WHAT to MIA©
Vol. 53, No. 6
_^_^ man in a huiTi
Tiy
Suggested by theNanagfing Editor
WE have used so much of Entropy's stuff lately
(two of his observations are in this issue, Pages
248 and 266) that we think it high time to intro-
duce him to the few readers of the American Machinist
who are not already acquainted with him. While we or-
dinarily do not believe in
letting aman talk very much
about himself in the Amer-
ican Alachinist we have
found it difficult to im-
prove on Entropy's brief
autobiography so here it
is. By the way, his real
name is E. H. Fish.
"After graduating from
Worcester Polytechnic In-
stitute I put in eleven
years in the machine-tool
business beginning with
the tin dinner pail and
winding up as a designer.
Some of the time I was superintend-
ent of a small shop that made lathes
and special machinery. . . . After
that I took a fling at teaching and
was at Worcester Tech. for six years ;
left there to start and run the Wor-
cester trade school where I held down
a more or less political job for live
years.
"After these eleven years in the
educational field I reformed and
joined the staff of the American Ma-
chinist as New England editor for a
short period. However, some of the
local Worcester people discovering
that an editor had very little to do,
(This is an entirely erroneous im-
pression of an editor. — Ed.) suggested
my going to the Norton Co. where I
was supposedly educational director
but turned out to be employment
manager, which, in that company
means doing anything that nobody
else wants to do. During this period .
I became interested in various societies and finally be
came acting president of the Boston Employment Mana
What to read was not a difficult mutter to decide
ttvo hundred years ago %vhen books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so mmch reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
neivs of the machinery world. This page is
the editors' advertisement of their section of
the paper. It gives the high spots
E. H. FISH— "Kntropy"
gers' Association and vice president of the National
Association.
"Soon after we got into the war, so many of the
young nien whom I had enticed into the Norton Co.
began to enlist, that I became ashamed to be seen
around the office and took
variou.s jobs as an alleged
expert with the shipping
board and other organiza-
tions in the employment
line, and finally dropped
into the Federal Board for
Vocational Education
where I still am."
Mr. Fish has just an-
nounced his association
with the Cooley & Marvin
Co., of Boston, as Consult-
ing Engineer.
Entropy has said so
much that we won't have
to add a great deal to fill this week's
page. However, we want to mention
the Stamets milling machine which
has been given leading space, and the
Metalwood press which is described
Jt on page 256. Both of these machines
I were designed for work on automo-
. ' tive crankshafts and are worth in-
— ^ vestigating.
The two-envelope pay system of the
Oneida community which has met the
advanced cost of living in a satisfac-
tory manner is discussed on Page 249.
Toolmakers will find two articles of
special interest in Part X of Ma-
cready's gage series on page 253, and
"Accurate Lapping" by Vorhees on
page 263.
A practical article on magnetic
chucks by I. A. Hunt of the Heald
Machine Co. begins on page 267.
On page 273 is another of Fred Col-
vin's automotive shop articles, this
one taking up the machining of Ford-
son tractor connecting rods. The operation sheet is !■-
eluded as in the other articles in this series.
August 5, 192»
Get Increased Productiotiv-With Improved Machinery
283
Report of the Cleveland Chamber of Commerce
on the Metric System
FRANCE adopted the Metric System in 1793. In
1812, under Napoleon, the law was repealed and
the French people promptly reverted to the old
system called "Systeme Usuelle." In 1837, the metric
system was again made compulsory in France. Despite
the operation of this compulsory law for more than
eighty years, it is stated that the old units are freely
used in many industries in France; for example, the
aune and denier are still used for measuring silk.
Many South American countries have adopted the
metric system by compulsory and permissory laws.
However, a survey conducted by the American Institute
of Weights and Measures conclusively proves that the
use of this system is not universal in these countries.
Argentina adopted the system in 1863. Yet an ex-
amination of the results of a questionnaire shows the
With slight differences, the units other than the
metric units in use in Latin American countries are
remarkably similar to the Engli.sh system.
The condition prevailing in South America is inter-
esting in that, at the time of the adoption of the
metric system by the several countries, little or no
physical disadvantage, in the form of deep-rooted manu-
facturing practice, existed. Apparently the reluctance
of the peoples of these countries to change is attri-
butable to the greater convenience of their old system.
There is attached to this report a map reproduced
from a report issued by The American Institute of
Weights and Measures, which will show perhaps better
than any other way the comparatively limited extent
of the exclusive use of the metric system in the world.
It is stated on good authority that 50 per cent
English Wetgh+s and neosures*
Established and Fundomen-twl ^
English Bowis for Linear
Measuremen+s
Locoti and English Prevwil and are
closely Idenfica!. Mefric also used
Metric Local and English
^ rietnc Prevail wifh Mixture or
Old and English
MAP SHOWING THE COMMANDING PO.SITION OF THE ENGLISH SYSTEM
I
use of many units unknown in the metric system.
For example, land is sold by the square vara. In
marine measurements the kilometer, meter, pie, ton,
mile, knot and cubic foot appear to be used about
equally.
Brazil adopted the metric system in 1862. The same
condition is found there, with such terms as gallao,
arroba, alqueire, etc., appearing frequently.
The adoption of the metric system in Chile in 1858
has apparently not altered the use of the old system
in that country. The units libra, quintal, pie, vara
and inch are found to be used in many industries.
The ,'same condition prevails in -Colombia, which
adopted the system in 1853. In fact, this is the con-
dition prevailing in practically all of the South Amer-
ican countries.
of all machine tools manufactured in the world are
made in the United States. It is further stated that
82 per cent of the total business of this character
originates in the United States and in Great Britain,
both of which countries use the English system. These
machine tools are the basis from which all manufac-
tured products spring, and it is not only possible to
do, but manufacturing in the metric system is being
done constantly with machines and machine tools in
which the great majority of the parts are built to
the English inch measurements. These machines, in
most cases, are standardized and in the case of frames,
bases and parts of a similar nature, it makes no differ-
ence whether the machine is to be used for manu-
facturing products to English inch measurements or
metric measurements. In the majority of cases the
284
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
only changes which are necessary are in such moving
parts as lead screws and some change gears and parts
of a similar nature. Where a company is doing a
considerable export business, these metric parts have
also become standardized, so that they present no more
difficulty in their manufacture than do the correspond-
ing parts, which are built to English measurements.
Proponents of the metric system urge as their main
argument the advantage that would result in export
trade from its adoption. To this argument your com-
mittee takes exception.
Many things manufactured in the United States are
sold in tremendous quantities in foreign countries with-
out a particle of hindrance by virtue of the system
of measurement by which they were made. Foreign
automobiles sell in the United States without a thought
being given as to whether or not they are naade to
the metric or to the English system, and it is a well
known fact that the American automobile made to the
English measurement system has invaded every known
country in the world.
Examples of the ready sale abroad of articles made
by the English system could be multiplied without
end.
The American Institute of Weights and Measures
recently conducted what might well be called a census
of metric use in the United States. The response to
their questionnaire is particularly illuminating when
applied to a consideration of the foreign trade of many
American manufacturers. For example, out of the
replies received from automobile manufacturers, it was
found that none were equipping their cars for foreign
trade exclusively with tires and rims in metric sizes.
In fact, the companies which perhaps do the largest
automobile export business, such as Dodge Brothers,
Ford, Maxwell, etc., ship their cars equipped exclusively
with tires in American sizes.
The Paige-Detroit Motor Co. states that occasionally
a request for metric spark plugs is received. They
further state that such requests are few and far be-
tween, because of the predominance of American spark
plugs, and that in eighteen months they have not
shipped a single car so equipped.
Dodge Brothers, who ship more than a million dol-
lars' worth of automobiles a year to foreign countries,
equip all of their cars with standard English thread
spark plugs. Instances of this kind could be multi-
plied practically without end.
The Cleveland Twist Drill Co., which has been in
export trade for a great many years, reports that in
its particular line 90 per cent of the shipments to
France, Sweden, Italy and Spain are made ,in metric
measurements; to other so-called metric countries,
roughly, 50 per cent. But the great bulk of its ex-
ports go to countries using the English system — Can-
ada, Australia, South Africa and Great Britain. The
Cleveland Twist Drill Company is absolutely opposed
to making the metric system of weights and measures
compulsory.
The metric system was made legal in the United
States in 1866, and is open for the use of anyone
desiring to adopt it. Contracts drawn in this system
are legal and binding.
It is now proposed to introduce into Congress a
bin which, if passed, will make the use of the metric
system compulsory in the United States, In the opinion
of your committee, the enactment of such a law would
cause inestimable loss to the manufacturing interests
of the country, and would create confusion and chaos
from which the country would probably not recover
for years.
An idea of the chaos that would be created in every-
day affairs may be gained from glancing over the
following list of changes that would have to be made.
fn domestic life:
Grocers' scales all require new poise weights, all notched
balance beams scrapped and new ones provided, with new
sliding weights.
Peck and bushel measures discarded.
Liter, larger than a quart, new containers required.
Hectoliter, equal to 2.8 bushels, not a practical unit.
Prices on all commodities to be readjusted to new units.
In culinary matters:
All recipes to be readjusted to kilogrammes and liters;
cook books to be rewritten; general confusion in kitchen
operations.
New milk bottles.
In other hovAiehold affairb:
Gas meters to be replaced by new system of units of
volume, or readings of meters taken in one system and con-
verted into the other, to avoid scrapping meters in use.
Water meters in same category as gas meters.
Tape measures and yaid sticks to be discarded.
In shopping:
Counter measuring machines to be reconstructed, yards
to meters.
Dry goods to be folded at cotton and woolen mills in meter
folds instead of yard folds, requiring change of machinery.
Photographic plates in common sizes to be known by
awkward combinations of figures. An 8 by 10 plate becomes
203 by 254 millimeters.
Quires and reams to be displaced by decimal multiples,
requiring changes at manufacturing plants.
All containers and cartons to be modified in sizes and
shapes to be adapted to new unit sizes.
Shirts, collars and cuffs to be known by strange names
of sizes. A 16-in. collar becomes a 406-mm. collar. A 187-
mm. hat is worn instead of 78 in.
In building materials and construction:
Abandon board measure and substitute square deci-
meters, centares, or ares.
Doors familiar to all builders as 2 ft. 6 in. x 6 ft 8 in.
become 762 x 2,032 mm.
An ordinary brick is .51 x 101 x 203 mm. Sizes of sash
also are converted into strange units. Weights of tin, cop-
per, zinc, lead sheets and plates placed before builders in
unknown units, in awkward combinations.
Molds and pallets in brickyai-ds to be changed to new
units or inconvenient numbers used to represent sizes.
Earth excavation on basis of cubic meters, representing
about 1.3 cu.yd. Designation of shovels and dippers in
excavating machinery to be in fractions of cubic meters
instead of definite yards.
All architects' drawings to be in new units, involving a
most perplexing conversion of current building material
units or made up on a system that will involve changes in
all woodworking machinery to meet metric units.
In railroad affairs:
Change in position and renumoering of, say 100,000 mile
posts, an incidental and minor affair relative to other
changes.
Standard gage of track becomes known as 1,435 mm.
Changes in time-table mileages.
Books of rules rewritten and speeds given in new units
instead of miles per hour. Slow boards all repainted with
new speeds thereon.
Speed recorders scrapped or remodeled.
Employees instructed in new methods of estimating
speeds.
Dimensions of all wheels, axles, standard parts of cf
construction changed into new units.
Railroad track and warehouse scales to be reconstructed
into metric units. Capacity of cnrs to be in new units.
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
285
In public land surveys:
Lands in many states surveyed and staked out in town-
ships, sections, quarter sections and eighth sections, in none
of which divisions is there an easy conversion into metric
units.
In reconveyance of lands, present deeds giving metes and
bounds in English units would require expensive and elabor-
ate efforts to put dimensions and areas in metric units,
which if correctly made would still be unintelligible to most
people.
As great as the confusion in the few respects above
mentioned and as expensive as the process would be in all
the usual affairs if life, these few enumerated examples
pale into insignificance beside the cost involved in making
the conversion in the manufacturing industries. The cost
of the war is but a fraction of that which would confront
the general industries of this country. Virtual scrapping
of all small tools and fixtures would be faced by manufac-
turers were such an act of Congress passed.
A colossal fortune in changes of lead screws and screw
cutting gears in lathes alone is involved.
In all machinery the changes become of such a staggering
nature their mere contemplation is most depressing. Days
would be required simply to state the number of changes
involved in the industries.
The ravages of war have fixed definite limits of territory.
The ravages of the metric system changes would be uni-
versal in domestic affairs.
Compulsory legislation in this matter would plunge the
nation into economic disorder, wiping out values in billions
of dollars.
A dual system is confusing beyond description. Two sys-
tems do not admit of being in common use. A gradual
change, piecemeal, is impracticable. A sudden sweeping
change would throw the entire country into disorder.
In the chemical laboratory the metric system is used. It
is there because it has advantages in chemical work. It was
adopted because of its advantages there.
The metric system would be adopted by the industries if
it possessed advantages for them.
The rewriting of all text books, engineers' tables, the
changes in architects' diawings, in mechanical drawings,
the education cf the personnel of machine shops and other
industries in the use of a new system of units are matters
of greater magnitude than any yet undertaken by this
country.
Interchangeable manufacture is strictly an Ameri-
can invention. Indeed, it is referred to in Europe as
the "American method." Standardization is for the
purpose of interchangeability. American industries
have spent time and money standardizing for the
purpose of economical manufacture on an interchange-
able basis and today outstrip in this respect European
methods so far that there is no comparison.
Your committee is not able to believe that the adop-
tion of the metric system will promote this sort of
standardization and interchangeability. It is our
opinion that it will not only retard this work, but that
it will destroy all that has already been done, and that
much time and money would have to be expended in
making the change.
The metric sy.stem does not provide for the purpose
of the manufacturer convenient units of measure.
American manufacturers are accustomed to making
micrometer measurements. In gear cutting, for exam-
ple, there is not a single pitch in the metric system
that will fit the United States system now so univer-
sally used An example of this is the 12-pitch gear
which is used by thousands in this country. The
closest pitch to this in the metric system is module 2.
These gears will not run together because the thick-
ness of the metric tooth measured along the pitch
circle is .124 in., while that of the 12-pitch tooth is
131 in. thick. In order to run these gears together
it would be necessary either to change the 2 module
to 1.889 module, or to change our standard to 2 module.
It would mean that millions of gears on hand would
no longer be interchangeable, that millions of dollars
would have to be expended for changing over and
rebuilding gear cutters, and that the necessary gages
for checking the product would become obsolete, ex-
cept for the purpo.se of repairing old gearing.
A common automobile cylinder dimension is that of
the 33-in. bore. It is a standard size and is turned
out by one concern alone in quantities of 12,000 per
day. This standard is so well established that pistons
and rings can be secured to fit it in every city in
the United States. The metric translation of this
size is 95.25 mm. Would our manufacturers be willing
to adopt, or would other countries be willing to
adopt, this size of 95.25 mm., or would it not be
found necessary to adopt a 95-mm. bore? If 95 mm.
should become the standard, it is not difficult to esti-
mate the effect on the manufacturer who would be
forced to scrap his tools, fixtures, jigs, etc.
The United States makes more than one-half of the
screw products of the world. Our system is the most
interchangeable of any of the systems which are in
use at the present time. The bolts and nuts made
by one manufacturer are readily interchangeable with
the corresponding sizes made by another manufac-
turer. It has even been found that our standard 1
in.-8 thread per inch bolts and nuts can be used with
1 in.-8 thread bolts and nuts of the English Whit-
worth system.
In the metric .sy.stem there is not a single diameter
of bolt or pitch which will fit those now being ex-
tensively made in the United States. The pitches in
the English system are expressed in terms of a certain
number of threads per inch of length; while in the
metric system they are measured from a given point
on one thread to a corresponding point on the next
thread, and under this system all fine threads become
an awkward fraction of a millimeter.
It was estimated at the time of the signing of
the armistice that the gages, checks, etc., made for
war munitions alone cost the government $30,000,000.
At least half of these will be of no use to the War
Department or to anyone else if a compulsory metric
law is passed. This gives an inkling of the tremendous
cost of making the change proposed.
The English system, for the purpose of manufactur-
ing, is as susceptible to decimal division as is the
metric system. Beginning with the inch it is cus-
tomary to halve for each sub-division up to a conven-
ient fraction, A or ,',, beyond which micrometers and
other instruments are adjusted to hundredths, thou-
sandths and ten-thousandths, all of which units are
practicable and usable.
In the metric system the first decimal subdivision of
the meter is the decimeter, a unit 3.937 in. long, of
no utility and rarely used. The next unit is the
centimeter, a unit too large for good work and too
small for use in distance measurements. The next
is the millimeter, .03937 in., the most widely used
unit because of the adaptability of its size value. This
unit is about as fine as can be used on a steel scale.
For tools and fine, accurate mechanisms a millimeter
is too large, and so the next subdivision is the iV mm.,
which is .0039 in. The great bulk of good work in
machine tool, automobile, tool working and other in-
286
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
dustries requires units between iV and 1/100 mm. The
one is too coarse and the other too fine. The result
is the halving and quartering of millimeters to get
usable units approximating 1/100, 1/1000 or 2/1000 of
an inch. Thus, it will be seen that the advantage
claimed for the metric system of providing a decimal
system fails by virtue of this forced use of fractions.
A great majority of manufacturers are on record
as opposing the adoption of the metric system under
one of the three heads:
(1) It offers no advantage over the present system of
inch measarements.
(2) It is a very expansive procedure to introduce.
(3) It will produce great complications during the period
of transition.
Your committee, after consideration of its investiga-
tion and of the facts that have come to its attention,
earnestly urges the Chamber of Commerce to go on
record as being absolutely opposed to the compulsory
adoption of the metric system of weights and measures
in this country, and strongly recommends that the
Chamber of Commerce direct communications to the
members of the Committee on Coinage, Weights and
Measures of the Congress of the United States, and
to all of the representatives of Ohio in the Congress
of the United States, opposing a legislation which
will in our opinion be so disastrous to all of us.
Respectfully submitted,
J. C. Brainard
N. H. BOYNTON
EDWARD L. CHEYNEY
H. F. Deverell
Thomas Ferry
A. W. Henn
Robert Lindsay
G. E. Merryweather
Frank A. Peck
j. h. scobel
George T. Trundle, Jr.
The Committee on Industrial Development.
March 29, 1920.
estimated cost op installing the metric system
JN THE office, SELLING AND ADMINISTR.\TIVE
DEPARTMENTS OF A LARGE CLEVELAND MANUFAC-
TURING ESTABLISHMENT.
b.kpendituees incurred
Annually
Expenditures Incurred
But Once
(1) Publicity and Sales.
Extra salesmen necessary to Re-editing catalog, preparing
cover present sales districts, new plates and re-publishing
due to delays in ascertaining $15,000.00
customers' needs ..$10,000.00 Additional advertising campaign
to instruct jobbers, dealers
and customers in ordering
particular products under tiie
new system $25,000.00
Re-marlting, re-labeling and gen-
eral re-handling of goods now
in stocl< $25,000.00
(2) Billinp, Accounting and Shipping Departments.
In distributing 1,500,000 tools
montlily some fifty thousand
items are billed to some ten
thousand customers. The in-
troduction of a new system of
measurements will i-esult in a
huge increase in special
orders ; much confusion and
numerical eri-oi's by custom-
ers in attempting to order
under the new system ; a
heavy correspondence to cor-
rect these customers* errors :
and also a heavy expense for
.shipping and rehandling of '
goods sent in error. The cost
of this increased worl^ over
present costs is estimated to
amount to 10 per cent in sliip-
ping. 30 per cent in billing,
checking and cost account-
ing, and 40 per cent in
."stenographic expense, total
$23,000.00
<3) Purchaning Department.
Revising all data used in pur-
cha-sing supplies $2,000.00
Ijoss on raw steel in stock due
to increa.sed wastage in turn-
ing down to metric sizes
$25,000.00
[See under Mfg. Dept. for de-
tails.]
(4) Financial Burden.
To render adequate service to Cost of 10,000 sq.ft. of addi-
customers, it will be nccessar.v tional shipping room and of-
to greatly increase finished fice space required to house
stock in standard millimeter the increased clerical force
sizes while still continuing to and increa.sed finished stock,
carry a large stock in Eng- at $4.00 per .sq.ft. .. $40,000.00
lish sizes re-marked in milli- Increased office and store-room
meter dimensions. This in- equipment required. $10, 000.00
creasiil inventory will tic up
at least $500,000 in additional
capital. Interest, taxes and
insurance on this investment
at 8 per cent will amount to
$40,000.00
Interest, depreciation, taxes, in-
surance and maintenance at
10 per cent on $50,000,000 of
building and equipment needed
to house this increased stock
$5,000.00
(5) .^dmhlistration Bxpenae.
Incieased charge for executives
and executive assistants ex-
clusively engaged in super-
vising the change from the
old system to the new
$15,000.00
Total expenditures incurred annually §93,000.00
Total expenditures incurred but once 142,000.00
MANUFACTURING DEPARTMENT
All Expenditures as Shown Incurred Bnr ONCE
(1) Engineering Department
The drawings of buildings, sewer and underground pipes, power
equipment and the drawings of special machinery, jigs, fixtures,
gages, and the whole line of product manufactured will have to be
translated over to metric denominations. All dimensions except
those which are multiples of 5 in. will be in fractions of a
millimeter. These millimeter fractions must be retained because
it will be impracticable to change the physical dimensions of most
of the macliine, jig and fixture parts.
A great many of the working lists will have to be made over
because there is not space enough on them for these millimeter
fractions. Where the work is to close tolerances, as in drill and
reamer manufacturing, the tianslation from English to metric will
have to be carried to 1/100 mm. in order that the combined
tolerances in any straight line will not accumulate an error be-
yond the present over all tolerances. It will take two competent
engineers and two assistants four hundred days at ten hours per
day to make this change $16,000.00
(2) Purchasing Department.
.\11 records will have to be translated into metric units to en-
able tliem to make proper comparisons for new purchases. Raw
material on hand will have to be re-arranged to suit the new
units. The stock of steel, 1,289 tons valued at $645,000.00, will
liave to be arranged to conform to the metric units, and in many
cases tlie amoimt turned off of this steel to make the metric units
will iiave to be increased to avoid scrapping it. This extra ma-
terial wasted costs from 15 cents to $1-2.5 per pound. There will
be 205 sizes, each of three kinds of steel (615 sizes in all for
regular product only) affected by this change. Tliere will be 151
.■^izes each of two kinds of steel, the size of which Is now finished,
and any of this material left in stock at the time of change will
be of no use for metric sizes.
(3) Factory Office.
Change in sizes of routing books $500.00
A large majority of duplicates of speeial
orders whicli are kept for a permanent
record are English sizes, and the adoption
of tlie metric system will make them al-
most worthless or require translation at a
cost of 2,900.00
Change in all shop orders for tools in the
factorv, wliich have not reached the point
of stamping 200.00
.Vdditional rubber stamps for stamping
orders 70.00
Cliange in sizes of the following forms of
stationery : steel sheets, control cards,
sales, production and new lots report, and
lot number cards 50.00
Change in guides .and inserts for the follow-
ing files : .Stock in process file, special
order file, lot number file, statistical de-
dartmenfs file 80.00
Two comptometers and one Burrough's add-
ing machine in the statistical department
discarded because these machines have
eight rows of countng keys. With the
metric system it will be necessary, to
carrv out the s:zes to three decimal points
and in checking the punching and tabulat-
ing bv adding the sizes on these maoliines,
it will be necessary to have machines with
ten or twelve rows of counting keys. The
cost of the new machines would be 1,365.00
It will also be necessary to add two or three
counters to the size field on the tabulating
machine for the same reason as above
stated. This will mean the designing of a
new machine. [Cost unknown.]
Total cost of equipment $4,J6a.8»
(4) Production Department.
Cost of measuring instruments calibrated in
inches which cannot be changed over $19,000.00
Cost of re-marking measuring instniments
which can be changed 4,nno,nn
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
287
\
Re-marking existing standards and gages
which would have to be retained as special
metric sizes 3.000.000
Additional metric standards and gages. . . . 3,200,00
Re-labeling pigeon holes, racks, etc., in
factory 1„-|00.00
Additional pigeon holes, racks, etc., to carry
new .stock 5,000.00
Re-printing production forms, records and
statistics 20,000.00
(This includes cards and forms for tab-
ulating machines. punching machines
and collecting machines.)
Guides used on machineiy which would be
obsolete due to changing .size 1.5,800.00
Immediate replacement 15,800.00
Stamps, etc., obsolete 8.000.00
Additional labor to get present production
due to confusion, $3,^00.00 per month for
first year 38.400.00
Cost of training employees to use metric
measuring instruments 20,000.00
Spoiled work under most favorable condi-
tions, $.5,000.00 per month for first six
months, half of this foi- next six months. . 45,000.00
Re-modeling Jigs and fixtures on machines
to suit metric sizes 20,000.00
Nothing allowed for bolts, screws, nuts,
gears, cutters, etc., whose dimensions
would ba translated into fractional metric
sizes and their physical sizes maintained,
rather than have two standards with the
resulting confusion
Total expenditure for Production Depart-
ment $218,700.00
Grand total expenditure for entire plant. . . . $473,965.00
The Employment Department and the
Plant Publication
By John T. Bartlott
The employment department sees the new employee
first, and after that, normally, it sees very little of him.
The average workman hasn't any great love for employ-
ment departments, necessary as they are to him when he
finds himself looking for a new job. He associates
them, oftentimes, with tough luck and discouraging
experiences, and thinks of the employment manager and
his assistant as possibly human but engaged in essen-
tially a crape-hanging occupation.
True, recent years have changed things (in some
cases most radically) but the new employee still regards
the employment department as a necessary evil, and a
place he wants to get through with as quickly as he can.
Despite the unmistakable atmosphere which envelops
it, and its ovra peculiar position within the organiza-
tion, the employment department can make effective,
constructive use of the employees' magazine. Its posi-
tion, for one thing, makes it the natural department to
perform the first ceremonies of introduction. It stands
between the organization and the strange new man.
On behalf of the organization it learns things about
that man. It is only fitting in return that the employ-
ment department should tell the new man something
about the organization.
Employment managers are beginning to use the ideal
instrument in this connection, the employees' magazine.
They have stacks of recent issues handy. It is a simple
thing to say, "Here! Take these and look them over.
It will help you to get acquainted with us." If a
delayed decision is involved, and the applicant goes away
to call again in a day or two, he has the«e bright,
companionable employees' magazines to read. They
help to keep him sold on the applied-for job.
Moreover, he gets familiar with names. He catches
some of the spirit of the organization. When he goes
to work, the newness wears off the faster. He coalesces.
He is the more quickly a "broken in" employee.
In many organizations where there is still personal
contact, it is 'the traditional habit for the "old man,"
when hiring a new man, to give 'the latter a little
intimate talk on the old man's ideas about things, what
he asks of employees and what he gives in return. It
is a fine old tradition, and many a man who has climbed
within a company dates his new feeling about things,
a feeling which determined his ultimate success, back
to that first intimate little sermon by the "old man."
That first talk started the new employee right. Com-
ing from another job, and an organization with different
ideals, he likely had preconceived views which would
have fatally remained in his own path. But the "old
man's talk showed him "where he was at." It indicated
a clear track ahead, so long as certain simple funda-
mentals were respected. lie didn't have to acquire a
friendly feeling for the new company. He felt it to
start with. He believed in his new employer,
A List of New Employees
Some employees' magazines — and the number will
probably grow — print lists of new employees by depart-
ments. Delco Doings, of the Dayton Engineering
Laboratories Co,, does this. So does The Heater, of the
Westinghouse Electric Products Co.
The published name is in the nature of a formal
introduction. It will please the new employee and it
will keep the old ones informed of the additions. In
these days when hiring with a particular concern
hasn't as much dignity as it had when jobs were less
easy to get, and when some workers are inclined to
change jobs for little reason, the published list has
special psychological value. It carries a suggestion of
permanence. It suggests that entering the employ of
the company is a serious thing, and one not to be
considered lightly. This is a little point, but many
such points all combined make a big one.
The employment department should use the employees'
magazine for instructional purposes, just as other
departments should. This little notice, signed by the
employment manager, is taken from a publication
beside me:
"Change of Address.
"The above heading is one of the most important
items on a man's history card. Yet it is an item very
often neglected by the rank and file.
"Occasions have arisen when a man has been rendered
unconscious. The first aid department secured his last
known address from the employment department. After
probably a run ten miles out into the South End in
the car, it is found he has moved and lives within a
block of the plant.
"Two men lost jobs recently through not reporting
their changes of address. They had been laid off, but
a day or two later their foremen wanted them back
again. They had both moved from the addresses given
when they were employed and no trace of them could be
found.
"If you have changed your address since you last
passed through the employment office, ask your time-
keeper for a change of address slip. Fill it in, and
return it to him. By doing this you will help us and
at the same time help yourself. Remember it is very
necessary that we have every man's proper address and
his telephone number, if he has one."
In such small uses as this, the employees' magazine
is an important adjunct to the business. In its larger
uses, some of which the employment department
especially participates in, it is of still greater
significance.-
288
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. r,
Shop Equipment newj
i;^^^^?^ iu -■— "i^
E L DUNN ond S. A HA'
SHOP LQUIPMENT
• NtV/5 •
A wookly r©vio\v oP
modGrn dosiignsand
o equipmont »
Descriptions of thop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfiieli there is no cfiarge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six montfu and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
' CONDENSED •
CLIPPING INDEX
Aconiinuoua record
ol'^modorr) dos'idns
" and oquipmonl/ •
miL.ll
Moor Milling and Grinding Attachment
The milling and grinding attachment illustrated here-
with has been recently placed upon the market by the
Eccles & Smith Co., San Francisco, Cal.
The attachment consists of a vertical column carrying
a saddle having either a milling or a grinding quill
mounted thereon; a motor-driven countershaft sus-
pended from a trolley rail ; a driving wheel and index-
ing arrangement and an auxiliary countershaft.
The device is attached to the tool rest of the lathe
by a central bolt through the column. The saddle can
be raised or lowered on the column by a micrometer
screw and can also be rotated around the column to
any desired position. The quill mounting is attached to
the saddle by a swivel base graduated in degrees. The
milling spindle can be driven by worm gearing, as
shown, for heavy cuts or slow speeds, or the worm
gearing can be disengaged and the spindle run direct
at high speed from a pulley. The dividing worm-
wheel is attached to the lathe spindle by a faceplate, an
indexing arrangement of the usual type being provided.
Longitudinal feed is belt driven from the small step
of the cone pulley through an auxiliary countershaft
to a grooved pulley on the change-gear shaft.
The milling spindle and quill can be easily removed
and the grinding quill and spindle substituted.
The countershaft is direct motor-driven and is sus-
pended from an overhead rail through a universal joint,
the motor overbalancing the drive pulley, so far as to
keep the proper tension on the vertical belt. As the
who!e overhead arrangement is free to travel in a
direction parallel with the lathe shears and can swivel
in any direction, the milling or grrinding attachment can
be moved to any position on the lathe shears without
cramping the belt.
Ney Draw-In Collet Chuck
The J. M. Ney Co., Hartford, Conn., has placed on
the market the draw-in collet chuck illustrated here-
with.
The chuck requires no tube or draw-in rod through
the machine spindle as it is mounted on the spindle
ncse by means of a threaded adapter which is furnished
with the chuck.
Rotation of the sleeve produces longitudinal travel
of a shouldered nose-piece which bears on the end of
the collet and forces it into a cone-shaped opening in
the chuck bod.v. Tightening pressure is obtained by
jrOOR .MIT,L.1N(! AND GHiNUING ATTACHMKNT
NK¥ DKAW-IN COL.I.ET CHUCK
the pinion key. The longitudinal thrust between the
body and sleeve is taken by twenty-six hardened
balls.
All parts of the chuck are made of machine steel,
pack hardened, and ground on the working surfaces.
Each chuck is furnished with six hardened and
ground tool-steel collets ranging in capacity from S
to 1 in., advancing by J in. As each collet may be
used on work '^ in. over- or -Ujider-size, considerable
flexibility is provided. Collets can also be furnished
advancing by i^ in.
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
28D
Oliver Motor-Driven Surfacer
The Oliver Machinery Co., Grand Rapids, Mich., has
arranged its No. 99 surfacer (which was formerly a
belt driven machine) for motor drive, as shown in the
illustration herewith.
Ol.lVKU AIOTOK-UKIVK SURFACER
The drive to the cutter cylinder is direct from a stand-
ard motor running- at 3,600 r.p.m.
Karry-Lode Tiering Truck
The Karry-Lode Industrial Truck Co., Inc., Long
Island City, N. Y., has added to its line a lifting and
tiering truck which is intended for use over smooth,
level floors. The truck has a lifting capacity of 4,000
lb. at the rate of 3 ft. per min. and will deliver its
load 65 in. above the floor. The platform is 26 x 54 in.
in size and when in its lowe.st position is 11 in. above
the floor. The hoisting is accomplished by a motor con-
nected to a winding drum through a train of gears and
a m.ultiple disk clutch. The motor is allowed to ac-
KARRY-LODE T) EKING TRUCK
celerate to full speed before the clutch is applied to pick
up the load, thus materially reducing the consumption
of starting current. The platform is lowered by gravity,
the .speed being governed by an internal ratchet working
in conjunction with the brake. The platform is con-
trolled by means of a single lever that is located con-
veniently for the operator when in position on the step.
A substantial drum-type controller is provided and the
battery box is spring suspended and cushioned on all
sides.
Storm Vertical Boring Mill
The Storm Manufacturing Co., 6th Ave. and 4th St.,
Minneapolis, Minn., has placed on the market the boring
mill illustrated herewith.
As may be seen from the illustration, the boring bar
works from beneath the table. The machine is intended
STORM VERTICAL. BORING MILL
Specifications : Capacity ; holes from 2g to 71 in. diameter and
20 in. deptli with reguliii- equipment: extra equipment can be
frtrnished for lioles up to 12 in. diameter. Floor space, 30 x 36
in. Height. 44 in. Worii table, 24 x 30 in. Horing bars, 2,\ in.
diameter, 38J in. long. Approximate .ohipping weight 1,000 lb.
for a variety of boring and provision has been made
to protect the bar and bearings from chips.
Four cutting heads are furnished as part of the
regular equipment, each head having six high-speed
helical cutters which can be universally adjusted for
size. Positive feed is obtained through gears and a
central feed screw. An automatic stop is provided so
that when a hole has been bored to a predetermined
depth, the boring bar will return to the starting position
and cease revolving. Variable speed is obtained through
a counter.sliaft and three-step cone pulleys.
290
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
Gooper-Hewitt 85 Per Cent Power-
Factor Lamp
The Cooper-Hewitt Electric Co., Hoboken, N. J., has
developed a new type of auxiliary for use with its alter-
nating current lighting units, which has raised the power
factor of the lamps from 52 to 85 per cent. This has
been accomplished by replacing the choke coils of the
former auxiliary by a positive low resistance unit, as
shown by the diagram. Further advantages of the aux-
iliary are a saving of 14 lb. in weight over the old type,
and an increase in the allowable voltage variation, since
Type^F^Tube--^
Starting Bdnc^~
SIMPLIFIHO WIRING OF AUXILIARY
the lamp has a regulation of 25 per cent, while that of
the old type was only 12 per cent.
The wattage of the lamp is -i^' which has increased
the candlepower about 12 per cent. Since the tube will
operate at 3.8 amperes d.c, normal, a further slight re-
duction has been made possible, as the auto-transformer
need not be as heavy as formerly.
The lamp is adapted to alternating current circuits
only, and can be used only on its specified frequency
and within its own voltage range.
Simplex Self-Reading Micrometer
The Consolidated Tool Works, Inc., 261 Broadway,
New York City, is putting out a micrometer designed
to minimize errors in reading, whether the tool is used
by expert mechanics or comparatively inexperienced
workmen. The tool, instead of depending upon the
matching of lines on thimble and barrel and counting
up the lines exposed to get the measurement, carries
on a part of the thimble a two wheel dial which in
connection with the figures of the barrel shows the read-
ing directly in numerals.
The part of the thimble nearest the frame does. not
revolve, but slides along the barrel to which it is
splined. Two small dials within this part are actuated
by the revolving thimble in such a way as to show
through the windows the numerals that correspond to
the position of the measuring spindle. Thus when
a measurement is taken tenths are read from the last
figure exposed on the barrel, hundredths from the wheel
at the left and thousandths from the wheel at the right
of the dial.
Any measurement in even thousandths within the ca-
pacity of the tool is thus shown without reference to
the lines, while half and quarter thousandths may be
estimated from the position of the zero line on the
thimble.'
SIMPLEX SELF-READING MICROMETER
The tool is made in all regular sizes from one to
six inches and in metric sizes from 25 to 150 mm.
reading in hundredths of a millimeter.
It is furnished with or without ratchet stop or lock-
nut, or with both, as desired. It is claimed to be ac-
curate to one-ten-thousandth of an inch. The one- and
two-inch sizes have full-finished frames with the table
of decimal equivalents stamped upon them. Larger
sizes have semi-finished frames.
Rickert-Shafer Chaser-Grinding
Machine
Rickert-Shafer Co., Erie, Pa., has added to its line
the chaser-grinding machine shown in the accompanying
illustration. The machine is designed especially for
grinding chasers of self-opening die heads. Either
column- or bench-type machines can be furnished, and
they can be equipped for either motor or line-shaft
drive. Both the faces and the throats of chasers can
be ground. For grinding faces, the fixture shown on
the bench is used, adjustments being provided for vary-
ing the rake. The fixture shown on the machine is
used when grinding throats, it being possible to grind
chasers used for threading stock from J-in. to 6-in.
diameter, the radius of the throat being varied by
changing the angle between the axis of the wheel
spindle and the fixture slide.
S. K. F. ball bearings are used throughout. The
wheel is rubber corundum of 6-in. diameter.
EICKERT-SHAFER CHASER-GRINDING MACHINE,
BENCH TYPE
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production— ^With Improved Machinery
291
Federal Rotatable Head
Two-Spot Welding '
Machine
A rotatable head two-spot, air oper-
ated welding machine, has been devel-
oped by the Federal Machine and
Welde ■ Co., Warren, Ohio.
It has a 60-in. throat depth and is
guaranteed to weld from two thick-
nesses of 24-gage up to two thick-
nesses of 8-gage steel stock. Twelve
welds per minute may be made in the
latter size.
The machine is built with a 4 kva.
welding transformer in the upper and
lower rotating heads. Primaries are
in parallel while the secondaries are
in series, so that two spot welds must
be made at the same time.
The welding electrodes or points
are 11 in. in diameter, are carried
in water cooled holders, and are so
arranged that welds from 3 to 8 in.
apart may be made. The ends of each
set of welding points can be separated
a maximum of 5 in. The heads can be rotated through
an angle of 90 deg. to permit welding at different angles
on the stock being handled.
Four air cylinders are used, each operating an inde-
pendent point. The air control is hand operated and
so arranged that an initial air line supply pressure of
80 lb. will give from 300 to 700 lb. pressure between the
points during the heating period. A second step on the
air control makes it possible to apply 1,200 lb. pressure
between the points for the final squeeze. The air is
exhausted into the reverse side of the cylinders to with-
draw the points. The regulating transformer supplies
power to the welding transformer in eight voltage steps.
Redesigned Lavoie Air Chuck
The original Lavoie air chucK manufactured by the
Frontier Chuck and Tool Co., 30 Letchworth St., Buf-
falo, N. Y., and described in the American Machinist,
Vol. 51, page 484, was designed principally for shell
work. The chuck has since been redesigned, making it
adaptable for general commercial purposes. The same
principle of operation is employed as formerly, but the
overhang has been reduced, reversible jaws have been
provided and other refinertients added. The chuck is of
sirr.ple construction, requiring but one packing and single
piping. The grip is released by exhausting the air, a coil
spring returning the piston to its original position. The
chuck is made in two types as illustrated, one having two
FEDERAL WELDING iL\CHINE
jaws, the other three jaws. The two-jaw type is made
in three sizes, 6, 9 and 12 in., and is intended for brass
Vi^ork and odd shapes that require a simple method of
chucking. The three-jaw type is made in four sizes,
10, 12, 15 and 18 in., and is used on general production
work. The equipment includes one set of manufactur-
ing jaws, one set of jaw pads, rough adapter casting,
air box, and a quick-acting air valve.
Electro Portable Drilling Machine
The portable electric drilling machine shown in the
illustration is manufactured by the Electro-Magnetic
Tool Co., 2902-8 Carroll Ave., Chicago, 111.
The handle of the drill is of the pistol-grip type.
The motor is series-wound, fan-cooled, and operates
KEDEBIGNED LAVOIE AIK CHUCK
ELECTKCJ PORTABLK DKlLLLXt: .MACHINE
on voltages either 10 per cent above or below the
normal. Adjustable ball bearings are used on the arma-
ture and a ball thrust bearing on the spindle. The
reduction gears are of heat-treated alloy steel and easily
removable. They run in grease in a cast-aluminum
case, which is so constructed as to exclude grease from
the motor chamber. A 3-jaw chuck is used. The
machines are built in a range of sizes, having a capacity
up to 1-in. drills. The full load speeds vary from 750
to 8,000 r.p.m. and the weights from 4 to 8 pounds.
^
292
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 0
gPAmCS FROM
Valenime Francis
Wickes and Niles Companies
Form Machine-Tool Combine
Among the recent interesting devel-
opments in the machine-tool trade, has
been the purchase of the controlling
interest in the Wickes Machinery Co.,
of jersey City, N. J., by F. H. Niles
& Co., Inc., of New York.
H. W. McAteer, president of the
American Steel Export Co., is chair-
man of the board of both companies,
each of which will be continued under
its own name. P. H. Niles, president
of F. H. Niles & Co., becomes vice-
president of the Wickes Machinery Co.,
while F. A. FitzGerald continues presi-
dent of the Wickes Machinery Co. and
becomes vice president of F. H. Niles
& Co.
This action on the part of the Niles
company becomes necessary in order to
meet the demands of its rapidly grow-
ing business and to provide a more
complete service.
The Wickes Machinery Co. succeeded
some time ago to the business of
Wickes Bros., who were engaged in the
machinery and power equipment for
over 40 years.
The New York office of Wickes & Co.
will be in the office of F. H. Niles &
Co. in the Woolworth Building. This
latter company in addition to its used
machinery business, also represents in
the New York territory the following
firms:
Cisco Machine Tool Co., lathes; Hoe-
fer Manufacturing Co., upright drills;
John Steptoe Co., shapers and millers;
West Tire Setter Co., helve hammers;
i'JiHey Wolf Machine Co., electric port-
able tools; Mueller Machine Tool Co.,
radial drills; Hawley Down Draft Fur-
nace Co., oil burning and electric brass
melting furnaces; Berkshire Manufac-
turing Co., molding machines.
Trade Board to Fight Suit of
Steel Companies
The Federal Trade Commission has
filed its formal answer to the suit of
twenty-two steel companies contesting
its authority to require monthly re-
ports relating to cost of production.
The document was filed in the District
of Columbia Supreme Court. A tem-
porary restraining order was issued
recently against the commisison. Pend-
ing a final determination of the same
the commission is gathering monthly
reports only from such steel and coal
companies as choose to furnish them
voluntarily. The document holds that
Congress has the power to regulate
such business when it affects interstate
trade.
Georgetown Students Welcomed
at Venezuela
The impressive reception accorded to
the 25 students of the Georgetown Uni-
versity Foreign Service School, who re-
cently arrived at Caracas, Venezuela,
to study the economic conditions of our
South American neighbors, has impres-
sed American manufacturers with the
importance of sending many more iuch
groups to the various Republics of the
Colleges and the Metric
System
By Thomas E. BuiTBaiFiELD
Associate Professor. IJechanical
Engineering. Lehish University
My college enthusiasm for
the metric system did not sur-
vive my employment as an en-
gineer in Germany, the chief
metric country; I found that
the metric system was not in
universal use there after a
generation of compulsory leg-
islation, and also found the use
of the metric system of no ad-
vantage in engineering compu-
tation.
Further careful study for
years has convinced me that
the fancied logical advantages
of the metric system are
\llusory, and that the agita-
tion in favor of its adoption is
harmjul to American industry
and to engineering education.
South and to the Far East, says the
the National Foreign Trade Council.
America can never hope to estab-
lish herself permanently in foreign
markets until the American youth has
been instilled with the desire to adven-
ture into far-off countries with the
idea of residing therein. It is strange
but true that although a race composed
of emigrants fi-om all corners of the
earth, citizens of the United States
are very reluctant to migrate to other
countries.
The American manufacturer can
send out thousands of catalogfs, com-
mercial travellers, and other agents;
but never will the result equal those
obtained by the use of a sample of his
product on the spot by one who knows
how to use it. The American office
equipment used in our Consulates
abroad, and the household articles used
by the missionaries, have been the
means of promoting more sales than
any number of "snappy" letters writ-
ten from the home office to a native
agent.
J. M. Larkin Heads Industrial
Relations Body
J. M. Larkin, assistant to President
E. G. Grace, of the Bethlehem Steel Co.,
Bethlehem, Pa., will direct the destinies
of the Industrial Relations Association
of America for the coming year. He
was the unanimous choice of the mem-
bers of the Board of Directors at their
annual reorganization meeting held in
Atlantic City. Mr. Larkin is ably qual-
ified for the place, being one of the few
industrial relations men of the country
who have been given recognition as
such by a seat on the Board of Direc-
tors of his company. His handling of
the Representation Plan in effect at
the plants of both the Bethlehem Steel
Co. and the Bethlehem Shipbuilding
Corporation has won the highest
esteem, of both the company and him-
self in the estimation of the workers.
Mark M. Jones, Director of Personnel
of the Thomas A. Edison industries,
whose resignation as Executive Secre-
tary was received and accepted to be
effective September 15 at the latest,
was elected vice president. A change
in the constitution of the organization
is being planned to allow the election
of six other vice presidents, each one
of whom will be assigned to a specific
territory.
F. C. Parker, executive officer of the
Central Y. M. C. A., Chicago, and Sec-
retary of Chicago Council, Industrial
Relations Association of America, was
re-elected secretary for the second time.
W. H. Winans, of the Union Carbide
and Carbon Co., New York City, was
elected treasurer. For the present the
administrative offices wiU remain at
Orange, with E. A. Shay, the assistant
secretary of the association, in charge.
A meeting of the Board of Directors
will be held in Buffalo on July 30 to
formulate a program for the coming
year and >to elect a successor to Mr.
Jones.
The administrative offices are now
engaged in preparing for publication
the proceedings of the Chicago conven-
tion in May, at which between 2,000 and
3,000 Industrial Relations workers and
executives of all classes were in
attendance.
British-French Combine Acquires
Austrian Works
Guest, Keen & Nettlefold, of Bir-
mingham, England, in conjunction with
Jagy & Freres, of Paris, have acquired
control of the two largest screw works
in Austria, those of Brevillier & Co.
and A. Urban & Sons. The purchase
price is said to be about £150.000
($729,975).
i
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Intp-roctd Machinery J
■I r, 1 _
292ii
>
Wright Corp. Explains Court
Decree
Recently published newspaper ar-
ticles concerning the suit of the Wright
Aeronautical Corporation, owner of
the basic Wright airplane patents,
against the Interallied Aircraft Cor-
poration have resulted in misunder-
standing as to the right of the Inter-
allied Aircraft to sell its Avro and
Sopwith airplanes. The final decree of
the court in that suit did prohibit the
further sale or use of these airplanes,
but the Interallied Aircraft Corpora-
tion has made an agreement with the
Wright Aeronautical Corporation so
that all the planes which the Inter-
allied Aircraft now has and is selling
are licensed under the Wr'.ght patent,
and the Interallied Aircraft has the
absolute right to sell them.
No purchaser or user of the aii'-
planes sold by the Interallied Aircraft
has any reason to apprehend any legal
difficulties with respect to the Wright
patent. Purchasers or users of un-
licensed foreign airplanes do run the
danger of becoming involved in ex-
pensive patent litigation, but the
planes of the Interallied Aircraft are
guaranteed licensed under the basic
Wright patent.
»
Germany Buying Steel Plate and
Foundry Iron
An interesting feature of the latest
foreign trade situation is the report
from abroad that German manufac-
turers have just booked orders from
Japanese interests for several million
tons of steel plate. On the other hand
Germany is buying considerable quan-
tities of foundry iron in this country,
three large inquiries being reported
from Hamburg and Frankfort within
the week and shipments have been
made to these cities recently via Rot-
terdam. Other European countries are
buying heavily in the United States,
but manufacturers and exporters are
not at all anxious for this business
under present transportation condi-
tions.
Electrolytic Zinc Smelter To Be
Opened in Norway
Announcement is made in the Nor-
wegian Commercial and Shipping Ga-
zette (Norges Handels og Sjofartsti-
dende) of the early opening of the elec-
trolytic zinc smelter at Glamfjord. It
has been under construction for some
time. It will be the first of its kind in
Norway, and it is supposed its opening
will greatlv stimulate the development
of new mines and increased production
of the old workings.
W. B. Stout to Build Metal
'Planes for Navy
William B. Stout, technical adviser
to the aircraft board during the war
and former chief engineer of the air-
craft div-sion of the Packard Motor
Car Company, has been awarded a
contract by the United States Navy
Department for six all-metal airplanes
of a type never before attempted in
this country.
The action of the government is said
to have been hastened by the success-
ful performances in America of the
German Junkers model, similar to the
one designed by Stout and which made
a non-stop flight from Omaha to
Philadelphia.
The capacity of the 'planes ordered
from the Stout Engineering Laborato-
ries has not been announced. The Ger-
man airplane carries six passengers.
Like the German 'plane the Stout type
will dispense with the external bracing.
Stockholders of Bliss & Co. to
Consider Recapitalization
Directors of E. W. Bliss & Co.
have called a special meeting of stock-
holders for Aug. 11 to express ap-
proval or disapproval of a plan provid-
ing for the recapitalization of the com-
pany's finances. The purpose of the
scheme is to enable the company to
carry out a contract for the purchase of
substantially all the plant and machin-
ery of the Cleveland Machine and Man-
ufacturing Co., of Cleveland, and also
the plant of the Buckeye Engine Co.,
of Salem, Ohio.
Stockholders will be asked to ap-
prove the issuance of 300,000 shares of
common stock, without par value and
without voting rights. Al.so to author-
ize the issuance of 30,000 shares of
first preferred stock, par $50, such
stock to have the same rating as the
present $1,.500,000 cumulative prefer-
red stock.
E. W. Bliss Co. Completes New Monster Press
The huge press shown in the illus-
tration is a recent addition to the line
of the E. W. Bliss Co., of Brooklyn,
N. Y. It is a No. 15-F model, four-
crank press, twin driven and triple
geared, the gears being of steel. The
primary use to which this press will
be put by its purchaser is the blank-
ing and perforating of side rails for
the largest sizes of automobile truck
frames. It can, of course, be used for
other purposes and even for forming
operations.
The Fierce-Arrow truck chassis
shown in the photograph was placed in
the press merely for the purpose of
giving some comparison of sizes.
The important dimensions of the
press are: Area of bed, 252 x 48 in.;
area of slide face, 242 x 40 in.; number
of strokes per minute, 5; total height,
25 ft. 9 in.
292b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 0
C. B. Durham, works manager of
the Buick Motor Co., is to be assistant
to the general manager in Chicago.
Mr. Durham has been with the Buick
organization since 1909 as assistant
superintendent and was made works
manager a year ago.
J. D. MooNEY has been appointed
assistant to O. F. Conklin, general
manager of the Remy Electric plant at
Anderson, Ind. Mr. Mooney recently
returned from England after assisting
in organizing the Remy-Delco, Ltd.
W. H. MiLLKB, sales manager for the
Pratt & Whitney Co., Hartford, Conn.,
completed thirty years of service with
this company on Tuesday, July 29.
Harry H. Marsales has been ap-
pointed general traffic manager of the
various plants of the Wickwire-Spencer
Steel Corporation. Mr. Marsales' head-
quarters will be at the Buffalo plant.
H. L. Schmeider, superintendent of
the Advance Toci Co., Cincinnati, Ohio,
has resigned. Hereafter, he will repre-
sent the Langhaar Ball Bearing Co.,
in Milwaukee and vicinity.
W. W. Clark, export manager of the
Hart-Parr Co., Charles City, Iowa, left
this week for a three months' trip to
the Far East in the interests of the
Hart-Parr tractor. Mr. Clark will
visit the Island of Formosa, Japan,
Hong Kong, the Malay Islands and re-
turn by way of the Hawaiian Islands.
He will also spend some time in the
Philippine Islands.
L. H. Blood has recently resigned as
chief engineer of the Oesterlein
Machine Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, and has
opened an office in the Union Central
Building, Cincinnati, Ohio. Mr. Blood
will specialize on the design of stand-
ard and special machine tools.
Albert D. Wiley, Jr., in the credit
department of the Norton Co., of Wor-
cester, Mass., has been promoH;ed to the
Detroit store of the company, in charge
of the credit department. Mr. Wiley
will commence on his new duties
Aug. 1.
Albert Walton, of Philadelphia,
has been made general works manager
of Bateman & Co., Inc., of Delaware.
Mr. Walton will be located at the gen-
eral headquarters in New York City.
William H. Vockell has resigned
as tool engineer of the Cincinnati Mill-
ing Machine Co. and has organized
the Cincinnati Engineering Tool Co.,
Cincinnati, of which he will be
president.
H. C. Uihlein has resigned from
the tool engineering department of the
Cincinnati Milling Machine Co. to be-
come secretary and treasurer of the
Cincinnati Engineering Tool Co., Cin-
cinnati, Ohio.
steel ProductH. Moltrup Steel Products
Co., Beaver Falls, Pa. Catalog No. 1. pp.
95. 5J X 7-! in. This is the first serieral
catalog that the Moltruiv Steel Products Co.
lias pul)lished and in it is presented de-
scriptions and Illustrations of its various
products such as cold drawn steel in
rounds, .squares, etc. : shafting, screw stock,
and special polished rod ; turned and pol-
ished shafting; machine keys, woodruff
keys and machine rack ; flattened steel
plates for various uses. It also contains
tables of weights of circular plates ; weights
of aluminum .sheets, decimal equivalents,
metric conversion and others.
PreciHion Test. Indii-ator. Deming Indi-
cator Co., Dayton, Ohio. A single page
circular illustrating and describing the
Deming precision test indicator. Price list
of parts is also given.
.\ir CompreBsorH. Pennsylvania Pump
and Compres.sor Co., Easton. Pa. Bulletin
No. 100, pp. 12, 6 X 9 in. This bulletin
describes a tyi>e of ring-plate valve, and
an oil float gage for determining at all
times, the level of oil in the crank basin.
Biitter.v C'liaTKer. Hobart Bros. Co., Troy,
Ohio. The Hobart Bros. Co. has issued
two circulars describing a ten-battery
cliarging outfit for use in garages.
Radiojrrapli. Davis-Bournonville Co.. .Ter-
sey City, N. J. Bulletin. 8J x 11 in. This
bulletin briefly describes the Davis-Bour-
nonvill Radiograi>h No. 1 .\ and gives illus-
trations of the radiograph cutting steel plate
and billets in fabricating plants, steel mills,
boiler shops, bridge works, locomotive and
car shoi>s. with the oxy-acetylene and oxy-
hydrogen torch.
Forthcoming Meetings
31
The International Railway Master Black-
smiths' .Association will hohl its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingliam,
Ala., on Aug. 17, 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is .\. L. "Woodworth.
Lima, Ohio.
The National Gas Knglne Association,
Mona<lnock Bldg., Chicago, 111., will hoUl
its thirteenth annual convention at the Con-
gress Hotel, Chicago, on Sei.t. 1, 2 and 3.
The .American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Researcli Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelnhia. Pa., on Sept. 11 to 18. inciusivi-.
.T. A. Pollack, of the Pollak Steel Co.. Cin-
cinnati. Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The .American Foundrymen*s .\ssocia-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 11.
C. v.. Hoyt. 14in Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, ill., is secretary.
.An exposition of P. S. manuTacturers at
Buenos .\ires. .Argentine Republic. S. .\ .
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can be obtained from
the .American National Exhibition, Inc..
Hush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
42nd St., .Vew A'ork.
Harris E. Whiting has been made
factory manager of Edward R. Ladew
Co., Inc., Glen Cove, L. I., a subsidiary
of Graton & Knight Manufacturing
Co., of Worcester, Mass., at which
plant he was formerly located. Mr.
Whiting is now at the Ladew plant.
W. D. Creider, formerly Cleveland
representative of the Modern Tool Co.,
has resigned his position and will rep-
resent the combined interests of the
Reed-Prentice Co., the Becker Milling
Machine Co., and the Whitcomb-Blais-
dell Machine Tool Co. at the new Chi-
cago office which they are opening.
The Bethlehem Steel Corporation
directors at their meeting recently
declared the regular quarterly divi-
dend of li per cent on both classes
of common stock. President Grace
reported the steel plants of the
corporation operating at about 80
I'er cent capacity, with new busi-
ness being booked at a rate equal
to production. The shipbuilding plants
have sufficient work on hand to assure
full operations for balance of year, but
there is no large volume of new busi-
ness offering. The rate of operations
is entirely controlled by the car supply,
both for incoming and raw materials
and for shipment of finished products.
The corporation is providing itself
with sufficient coal car equipment to
protect the operation of its coal and
steel properties.
>
Back from a trip abroad Peter S.
Steenstrup, general manager of the
General Motors Export Co., saw things
that made him pleased with his jour-
ney. Europe, he says, is fast improv-
ing as a market for cars, but he found
little to make hkn believe that foreign
plants will soon be in a position to fill
all the demands of the European trade.
It is announced that James L. Gough,
president of the Federal Machinery
Sales Co. of Chicago, with branches in
Detroit and Milwaukee, has resigned
as president and, having sold his in-
terest in the concern, has withdrawn
irom any participation in its affairs.
The business of the Federal Machinery
Sales Co. will continue to be conducted
along its established lines, no further
change either in policy or personnel
being contemplated.
The Sanford Riley Stoker Co., Ltd.,
of Worcester, Mass., has removed its
offices to its new factory at 9 Neponset
St. The new quarters give much ad-
ditional space.
To take over the properties in
Georgia and Alabama of the Bass
Foundry and Machine Co., of Fort
Wayne, Ind., the Rock Run Co., of Rock
Run, Ala., has been chartered and in-
corporated under the laws of Alabama
with a capital stock of $500,000. It will
also operate the Rock Run furnace.
Officers of the new corporation are: J.
H. Bass, president; C. T. Strawbridge,
vice president; G. M. Lesliem, treasurer,
and L. H. Link, secretary, all of Fort
Wayne, and J. M. Garvin, of Rock Run,
vice president and general manager.
The associated interests of the
Reed-Prentice Co., Becker Milling
Machine Co. and Whitcomb-Blaisdell
Machine Tool Co. are opening a new
Chicago office and showrooms at 26
and 28 North Clinton St., Chicago.
This new store is in the district known
as Machinery Row, and is central with
all the other machine-tool interests.
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
292c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Optical Kfiuipment, Viui Keure.i
Van Keuren Co., 17U6 Commonwealth Ave., Boston,
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
Mass.
The equiiiment comnrises tWO
working optical flats, one
master flat and one source of
monochromatic light. Compari-
son.s can be made in units of
one-half wave length of light,
which for daylight is aiproxi-
mately O.iiOUOl in. As it is easy
to estimate with the eye one -
tenth of the width of an inter-
ference band, the difference 01'
0.000001 in. may be seen. .'Vny
one of the three optical flats
may l)e used for flatness tests,
though only two are retpiired for
comparison of length. However,
ail the flats have one accurate surface and can be used to test
each other by the method ordinarily used in originating surface
plates. It is claimed that the accuracy of the working flats is
within O.OOOons in. and that of the master flat is within 0.0000025
in.
Reaming Sets, Cyliuder
Wetmore Reamer Co.. Aliiwaukee, Wis.
".\merican Machinist," July 22
The reamers are made in sets
of three, consisting of a rougliing
reamer, semi-flnishing. and flnisli-
ing reamer. They are furnLslied
with arbors to fit all makes of
machines. The roughing reamer
blades are set at a right-hand
cutting angle and .are held in
place by a head lock-nut and
jam-nut of heat treated alloy-
steel. The semifinisbing reamer
has blades with a left-hand cut-
ting angle. The finishing reamer
Is of the floating design, with
blades set at a left-hand cutting
angle, and unequally spaced. The
floating device is an improved
Oldliam float having rollers, and
is thoroughly protected from dust
and grit. All cutting blades are
made of high-speed steel.
1920
Ointcll, "Twyncene" Friction
I. ink-Belt Co., Chicago, 111.
"American Maclilnist," July 22, 1920
This clutch embodies the fol-
lowing features: One point ad-
justment ; perfect balance and
complete inclosure of all moving
parts. Very high speed may be
attained without causing "throw
in" or "throw out" and the
■ clutch can be engaged or disen-
gaged when running at any
speed. The friction cones are
lined with thermoid.
Presg, VerHon, >o. 0 IiicliiAbie Power B«>nrli
La Salle Machine Works, :!0i;! South I-a Salle Street, Chicago.
111.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1930
This machine is adapted for use on
small parts where speed and accuracv are
required. It is provided with a hardened
tool steel clutch with the addition of an
automatic safety device which disengagi .'i
at each revolution of the press, even without
the release of the treadle. The machine is
of the o|)en-back tyi)e and can be furnished
with a table and legs if desired. Speciflca-
tlons: Stroke, 1 in. Adjustment of slide.
■ 1 in. Bed to slide, with stroke down and
i adjustment up, 5 in. .Area top of bolster.
I 6 X 8 in. Thickness of bolster, :,' in. Width
of opening through back, 4 in. Height,
bench to center of shaft, 21 in. Flywheel,
12 in. diameter, by 21 in. face ; .«peed, 225
r.p.m. Hole in bed, :j x 3J in.
.Meunuriiisr Macliine, MIcrORCopic
-■Vlfred Herbert, Ltd., 54 Dey St., New York City.
"American Machinist," July 22. 1920
The machine h.as a table capa-
ble of 12-in. longitudinal move-
ment by accurate amounts b>-
insertion and removal of hard'-
ened steel measuring rods be-
tween flat contact pieces. The
table carries a pair of centers,
one of which can be ad juste. I
crosswise to enable accurate
alignment of work. A micro-
scope fitted with two crosshairs,
one rotating with the outside
tube and the other rotating with
the eyepiece, is mounted on a compound slide controlled by
micrometer screws. The outer tube of the microscope has a dial
reading to half degrees and the eyepiece has a vernier reading
to one mmute of arc. A light projector is fixed to the machine
and will project parallel rays of light through a lens uron- a
mirror and past the work.
<i!iKe, Kna,i:ol Adjustable Taper
Kiiaeul Tool Works, 1544 Twenty-four and One-half Street.
Rock Island, III.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
Th.s device can be quickly ad-
Justed and locked in position on
any taper for duplicating worli.
In use, the piece to be duplicated
is laid in the lower V and the
top piece brought down until light
is excluded. The gage is then
locked in position. The gage is
made in only one size and will
cover the ordinary range of tapers
up to No. 11 Brown and Sharpe or No 4 Morse.
Center, Ettco Insert
The Eastern Tube and Tool Co., 594 Johnson Ave., Brooklvn.
N. Y.
"American Machinist," July 22, j.920
The threaded points are made of high-speed steel ground to
size and are interchangeable. The shanks are made of carbon
steel, hardened and ground, and are furnished in all standard
sizes and tapers.
Drlllinjc 31acliine, Natco No. 85 liwerted
National -Automatic Tool Co., Richmond, Ind.
"American Machinist," July 22, 11120
The machine is u.sed to advantage for
deep hole drilling in cast iron as tliere
is no accumulation of chips in the holes
to interfere with the drill so that it is
not necessary to back out the drills at
frequent intervals to remove the chips.
The machine, as shown, is arranged to
I'rill five ffi-in. holes at one time to a
depth of 4 1 in. The work is held in a
special fixture supported from the table
which feeds downward. When iilaced in
position the work is securely locked by
means of two handwheels. The drill
.spindles are adjustable for position and
the bearings are amply protected against
dust and chips.
Clip, paste orvS x 5-in. cards and file as desired
292d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 63, No. 6
t%i
*THE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45.60
Northern Basic.
Southern Ohio No. 2.
42.80
46.80
One
Year Ago
$29.80
27.55
28.55
TI.90
33.95
25.75
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49. 65
Southern No. 2 (SUioon 2.25 to 2.75) 49. 70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42.00@44.00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2x, 2.25-2.75fflL 46@48.25* JO. 65
VirginiaNo. 2 45.00* 30.85
Basic 44.50t 29.90
GreyForge 43.50* 29.90
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 44.25 27.25
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 47.00 31.75
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 45.65 28.15
Basic ; 44.40 27.15
Bessemer 4».90 29.35
MONTREAL
Silicon 2. 25 to 2.75% 43.25
* F.o.b. furnace, f Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES — The following base prices per 100 lb. arc for structural
shapes 3 in. by i in. and larger, and plates i in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
— New York
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
$3.97 $3.47 $5.00 $3.37 $3.97 $3.47
4.12 3.37 4.50 3.27 3.87 3.37
4.12 3.37 .... 3.27 3.87 3.37
5.32 4.07 6.25
4.17 3.67 4.50
Structural shapes.. . , $4. 47
Soft steel bars 4.62
Soft steelbarshapes.. 4.62
Soft steel bands 6.32
Plates. J to 1 in. thick 4. 67
^-Cleveland-
One
Current Year
Ago
^ Chicago ^
One
Current Year
Ago
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.62
Warehouse, New York 4.57 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
also the base quotations from mill:
- New York —
One
Large
Mill Lots
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current
No. 10 3.55-7.00 7.12@8.00
No. 12 3.60-7 05 7.17(a)8.05
No. 14 3.65-7.10 7.22@8.I0
No. 16 3.75-6.20 7.32@8.20
Black
Nos. I8and20 4.20-6 20 7.80®9.50
Nos. 22and24 4.25-6.25 7 85@9.55
No. 26 4.30-6.30 7 90fa)9.60
No. 28 4.35-6 35 8.00@9.70
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 8 00
No. 12 4.80 8.10
No. 14 4.80-8.10
Nos. 18and20 5.10-8 40
Nos. 22and24 5.25 8 55
No. 26. 5.40 8 70
No. 28 5 70-9 00
Year .\go Cleveland Chicago
4.57
4.57
4.67
4.77
5.30
5.35
5.40
5 50
8 10
8 15
8 20
8 30
8.70
8.75
8.80
8.90
7.02
7.07
7.12
7.22
7.80
7.85
7.90
8.00
8 55@11.00 6.20 9.00 8.15
8.65@11.00 6.25 9.10 8 20
8 65®11.I0 6.30 9.10 8.35
8 900,11.40 6.60 9.40 8.65
9 05@II.55 6.75 9.55 9.05
9 20@1l.70 6.90 9 70 9 20
9.50@12.00 7.20 10 00 9 50
Acute scavcity in sheets, particularly bit ck, galvanized and No. 16 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stoek, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.25 $5.80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.75 6^30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
SWEDISH (NORWAY) IRON— The average price per 1 00 lb., in ton lots is:
Current One Year Ago
New York
Cleveland
Chieago
In coils an advance of 50c. usually is charged.
Domestic iron (Swedish analysis) is selling at I2r. per lb.
20.00
$21
.00-26.00
20.00
20.00
21.00
16.50
WELDING MATERIAL (SWEDISH)— These prices are the bestweha\
been able to obtain for Swedish welding materials, of which it is reported thnt
very little are on the market.
Welding Wire
No. 8, A and No. 10..
an<
i
No. 12
A, No. 14 and A..
No. 18
No. 20
21.00 to 30.00
Cast-iron Welding Rods
Aby12in.long 14.00
ibyI9in. long 12.00
}by19in.long 10. 00
i by 21 in. long 10 00
Special Welding Wire, Coated
i 33.00
■k 30.00
Domestic — Wehling wire in lOO-lb. lots sells as follows, f. o. b. New York: A.
8io. per lb.; J, 8o.; A to }, 7|c.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents pcrpound n'e
from warehouse at the places named:
N'ew York Cleveland Chicflfn
Current Current rurrcnl
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7.00 8.00 9 00
Spring steel (light) 10.00 11.00 12.25
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00 8.00 6.75
Hoopsteel 6.57 6.50 5.32
Cold-roUed strip steel 12.50 8.25 10.75
Floor plates 6.80 6.00 6.77
PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the Pitt'-
burgh basing card, discounts on steel pipe, applying as from January 14. 1920.
and on iron pipe from January 7, 1 920.
BUTT WEU>
Steel Iron
Inches Black Galvanized Inches Black Galvanized
Jto3 54-57i% 415-44% J to 1}. . . 245-34^% 8 -18!^;
LAP WELD
34}-38% 1i
37J-41% li
331-37% 2 20i-28J% 6}-l4»%
45 to 6... 225-30}% 95-175%
25 to 4... 225-305% 95-175?;
7 to 12.. 195-275% 65-145%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
J to U 52-55?% 395-43% itol}.. 241-345% 9!-19}%
2 to 3 53 -565% 405-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
2 47 -505%
25 to 6 50 -535%
7 to 12.... 47 -505%
13 to 14... 375-41 %
15 ... 35-385%
2 45 -48'.%
2Jto4 48-515%
4J to6 47 -505%
7 to 8 43 -465%
9 to 12.... 38 -415%
335-37% U
365-40% li -.
355-39% 2 211-295% 85-1655;
295-33% 21 to 4... 235-31}% 111-195%
245-28% 45to6. . 225-305% 101-185%
•45-225% 25-101%
95-175% 55-f2}%
Chicago
Black Galv.
New York
Black Galv.
24%
20%,
I to 3 in. sted butt welded 40%
2} to 6 in. steel lap welded 35%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C, banded, from New York stock sell st
plus 32%. Cast iron, standard sizes, net.
45 to 6
7 to 8...
9 to 12..
Cleveland
Black Galv
40% 31%
42% 27%
54%40% 405 @ 30 %
50@40% 375@275%
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotatrons in
cents per pound, in carload lots;
Current Month Ago Year Ai-o
Copper, electrolytic 19.00 19.25 21.75
Tin in 5-ton lots 49.50 61.50 70.00
Lead 9.25 9.00 5.50
Zinc 8.25 8.70 8.00
ST. LODIS
Lead 8.90 8.875 5.25
Zinc 7.90fe8.40 8.37} 7.65
At the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for 1 ton
or more: —Chicago —
. New York — Cleveland -^ April 8
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent Ago Ago rent Ago rent Ago
Copper sheets, base.. 33.50 33.50 29.50 32.00 33.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 31.25 26 50 29.50 29.50 27.00 25.00
Brasssheets 28.50 28.50 23 00 29.00 29.00 27.00 28.00
Brasspipe 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 36.00 35.00 37.00
Solder (half and haU)
(caselots) 38.00 33.00 45.00 40.50 41.00 58.00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot polled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 o«. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 75c.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lota, mill, 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Ago
Mill 25.00 19.00
New York 27.00 21.50
Cleveland 27.00 30.00
Chicago 26.00 30.00
AuRUiit 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
292e
SHOP MATERIALS AND SUPPUE
/INC SHEETS — The following prit-us in cents per pound prevail:
Carload lots f.o.b. mill 12.50
. — In Casks—* . — Broken Lots — *
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.95 15.50 13.30
NewYork 14.00 12.00 14.50 13.00
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
NcwYork 7.50 8.37}
Chicago 7.75 10.00
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers* purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
New York .
One
Cmrent Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper.heavy.andcrucible 16.25 16.75 15.50 15.50
Copper, heavy, and wire 15.25-15.75 15.75 15.00 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13.00 13.50 13.00 14.00
Lead, heavy 7.00 4.625 7.00 7.00
Lead.tea 5 00 3.75 5.00 6.00
Bras-sheavy 10.25 10.00 11.00 15.50
Brass.light 7.75-8.00 8.00 8.00 9.50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 9.00-9.50 9.00 8.50 9.50
Zinc 5.25 4.25 4 50 9.50
ALUMINUM — ^The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. 1 plumintmi. 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb 33.00 34.00o.@35.D0o. 33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
Iota and over;
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 25.00
Chicago 29.00 28.00
Cleveland 32.00 33.00
BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound:
r-NewYork — . . — Cleveland-^ '— — Chicago .
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Best grade 90.00 90.00 61.00 80.00 60.00 75.00
Commercial 50.00 50.50 21.00 18.50 15.00 15.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehotise at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
^- NewYork^ ^— Cleveland — . , Chicago ^
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent ■ Yeaf-Ago--
Hot pnaised square. -(- 16.00 $3.25 $ .50 $2.25 ».50 1.05
Hot pressed hexagon -I- 6.00 2.70 .50 2.25 .50 .85
Cold punched hexa-
gon + 6.00 3.25 .50 2.25 .50 1.00
Cold punched square -i- 6.00 2.70 .50 2 25 .50 1.00
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following diacountsfrom list price:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 50% 50%
Cli-vcknd 507o 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 4 in. and smaller -f 20% 20% 20%
Lirger and longer up to I J in. by 30 in 4-20% 20% 10%
WASHERS— y-From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
NewYork list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $3.00
For ca.st-iron washers, | and larger, the base prices per 100 lb. is as follow.'i:
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Cliieago $4.75
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller -t-20% 35% 10%
T.arger and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in + 20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets . Burs .
Current One Year Ago Current One Year A|p>
Cleveland 20% 20% . 10% 10%
Chicago not 2J% net 20%
NewYork 25% 40% net 20%
RIVETS — The foltowiuK quotations are allowed for fair-sijiMl orders front
warehouse:
New York CleveUnd C'hicago
Steel A and smaller IJst Met 4C% 3C%
Tinned List Net 4C% 30%
Boiler, J, J. I in. diameter by 2to 5 in. sell as follows )x;r 1001b.:
NewYork $6.00 Chicago $5.62 Pittsburgh $4.50
Structural, same sizes:
New York S7. 10 Chicago.
$5.72 Pittsburgh ,4.60
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING — The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lota is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper 34.00 34.00 35. CO
Brass 33.00 34.00 34.00'
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is I c.; for lots of less than 75 lb., bul
not less than 501b., 2ic. over base (lOO-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. sho\iId be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOc.;
less than 10 lb., add . l5-20c.
Double above extras will be charred for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as t-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and ^-IJ in., inclusive, in squ.'ire and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to 1 in. b.v sixteenths over 1 in. (.)n shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE — Tn Chiiago No. 28 primes from stock .sell, nomi-
nally, for $ 1 2. 50 per 1 00 lbs.
In Cleveland — $10 per 100 lbs.
COTTON W.\STE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
. New Y'ork ■
Current One Year Ago Clevehind Chickgo
White 15.00(<i,l7.00 13.00 16.00 ll.00toI4.0e
12.00 9.30 to 12. CC
Colored mixed. . 9.00<(iil4.00 9.00-12.00
13ti201
65. CO
43.50
WIPING CLOTHS — Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
I3ixl3}
Cleveland 55.00
Chicago 41 . 00
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb.:
Current One Month Ago
NewYork $3.00 $3.00
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75
Cleveland 3.00 2.50
Chicago 2.25 2.50
One YfnT Ago
$1.75
1.75
2.75
2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
N«wYork. $3.90 . $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.62
Chicago 5.00 5.00 4.12;
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsvilb:
July 8 July I June 24
Prompt furnace $l7.50(n)$I8.50 $I7.50(a$I8.50 $l5.00<nj$I6.0l
Prompt foundry I8.00(«, 19.00 18.00® 19.00 I6.00(» 17. 0(
FIRE CLAY— The following prices prevail:
Currenl
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton tS.OO
Cleveland 100-Ib. bag 1 .00
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per gallon:
. New York — — .
Cur- One
reat Year Ago
Raw in barrels (5 bbl. lots) $1.53 $2.15
5-gal. cans (without cans) 1.56* 2.28
*To this oi7 price must be added the coat of the oana (returnable), which ia
$2. 25 for a case of six.
— — Chicago .
Cu r- One
rent Year Ago
$1.95 $2.53
2.15 2.73
One Year
Ago
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base pi ice per pound:
. Red
Current
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil
lOOIb.keg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50
25 and 50-lb. kegs.... 15.75 17.25 13.25 14.75
I2§-Ib.keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00
5-lb. cans ...18 50 20.00 15.00 16.50
l-lb.cans 20.50 22.00 16 CO 17.50
500 lb. lots less 10% dieoount. 2000 lb. lots less IO-2i%
. White .
One Year
Current Ago
Dry and Dry end
In Gil In Gil
15.50
15.75
16.00
18.50
20.50
disoouBt.
13.00
13.25
13.50
l>.OD
16.00
292f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
NEWt?/M? ENLARGED
L-V-FLETGHEU
^
^MiiiiMi>tiiMHiitiiiiiiiiiniiiiitiiiiiiiiitiiiiiitiiii
I Machine Tools
fiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMtiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiitiiiiimHimiiiiiiMiitiiiiiiiiiiiii^
The following concerns are in the market
for machine tools :
Mass., CambridKe • — The Acme Garage,
Prospect and Hampshire Sts. — one arbor
press, one drill and one emery wheel.
MaNS., New Bedford — Manomet Mills. A.
Valentine, Master Mechanic.
Two 14 in. lathes with 7 ft. bed.
One 24 in. lathe with 12 ft. bed.
One miller.
One power hacksaw.
One vertical drill.
One floor drill.
One bolt machine.
One drill grinder.
Two speed lathee.
One patternmaker's lathe.
One electric grinder.
One band saw.
One "table saw.
One planer and jointer.
Blacksmith shop and welding equipment.
Manx., SprinBfleld — Preedman & Glazier,
68 Ferry St. — repair shop equipment.
MaSH.. Worcester — J. E, Snyder & Sons.
Dewey and Parker Sts. — iieavy duty boring
mills similar to No. 2 Coburn.
N. ».. »wark — Donner & Co., Polk St. —
one automatic grinding mi\chine with 32 in.
bed.
?J. i., Paterson — The Wright Aeronautical
Corp.— machine tool equipment.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The I. H. Dexter Co.. 27 Walker St. —
machine tools for Goshen factory.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Milholland Co., Ill Bway. — one No.
.15 Toledo press.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Trojan Tool Corp.. .Ill West 42d
St. — several automatic screw machines.
Pa., Connellsville — The Tough Electric
Repair Co. — equipment for manufacture of
coils and dies or pulling copper.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Blumenthal Bros.,
Margaret and James Sts. — machine shop
equipment.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Pennsylvania
Screw and Machine ^Vks.. 712 Cherry St. —
Brown & Sharpe screw machines.
Pa., Philadelphia — G. B. Recklitz. 12.38
North 3d St. — one 12 in. x 6 ft. tool room
lathe.
D. C, Wahhinicton — A. L. Flint, Purch.
Agt. for the Panama Canal — one planer, one
press, one shear and one hoist.
Ky., liouisville — The Haller Troutman
Bros. Motors Co., 2613 Cave Run Rd. —
machine shop equipment.
N. C, WllnunBton— The G. A. Fuller Co.,
Carolina Shijiyard — two motor driven pipe
machines, capacity i to 2 In.
Va., Ashland — The Ashland Garage —
garage equipment.
111., ClihaKii — The Atchison. Topeka &
Santa Fe. Ry., Hy. Kxch. Bldg., M. J. Col-
lins, Purch. .\gt. —
One 2i x 36 in. heavy duty turret lathe.
One 24 in. heavy duty sensitive drill
press, alternalive with tapping attachment,
alternative with back gears.
One 36 in. heavy duty double head .shap-
ing machine with 14 ft. head.
Quotations desired on belt drive and also
on 440 v.. 3 ph., 60 cycle motor drive on
each of above.
111., ChieuKo — The Barrett-Crane Co., 169
North Ann .St.— -one 16 in. crank shaper.
111., ChiruKo — The Chrobaltic Tool Co.,
Ry. Exch. Hldg. — one small shear for
shearing rounds up to 3 in. diameter.
m., CliiraKo — Kinslev Bros., Inc., 2799
South Wells St.—
One squaring shear for i"« in. stock, 96
in. long.
One gantr.v transfer crane.
One radial drill.
One die surface grinder.
One drill grinder.
111., rhicago — The Precision Eng. Wk».,
838 North Wells St.- one 20 in. shaiier.
111., ChiruKO — The Rock Island Lines, 179
West Jackson m., F. D, Reed. Purch. Agt. — •
For delivery to Trenton. Mo. —
One Oster rower iripe and nipple thread-
ing machine with right-hand dies from 1
to 4 in.
One set of nipple jaws for above.
For delivery to Inver Grov. Minn. —
One 36 in. x 12 in. engine lathe with 3
step cone pulley, double b->ck quick change
gears.
111., Cliicafco — The Up-to-Date Machine
Wks., 2915 South Wabash Ave. — automatic
screw machine.
111., C'liicaRo — R. Woods. 1438 1st Natl.
Bank Bldg. — power gap shears.
Ind., Indianapolis — The Pioneer Brass
Wks.. 424 South Pennsylvania St. — $200,-
000 worth of equipment, including lathes,
etc.
Miclu, I>etrolt — The Btl. of 'W'ater Comrs.,
232 Jefferson Ave. — repair shop equipment.
Mirh., Detroit — The Cost Cut Coimterbore
Co.. 74-78 Fort St., D. Greenspon. Mgr. —
miscellaneous equipment for machining
counterbore tools.
Mich., Detroit — The Square D Co., 1400
Kivard St, — one large size squaring shear
for 36 in. stock or larger.
O., Cleveland — The .\etna Brass Mfg. Co..
1635 East 55th .St. — one screw machine of
1 in, capacity, oipiivulent of No. 2 Warner
& Swasev and one punch press similar to
No. 4 Consolidated or No, 20 Clilf.
O., Cleveland — The J, R, Gloyd Co., 1816
East 33d St, — one lathe. 3 ft, between cen-
ters (used).
Wis., Beloit — The C. H. Besly Co. — two
No. 23 old style, Pratt & AVhitney hand
screw machines with counter shafts ; one
screw machine with spring collet, capacity
up to 2J in rounds (used).
Wis.. Milwankee — The Amer. Valve Ro-
tator Co.. 917 Chestnut St., H. Davischef-
.sky, Purch, -\gt. — heavy pimch presses.
Wl»., Milwaukee — The Magnetic Mfg. Co..
764 Windlake Ave., R. Bethke. Purch. Agt.
— one 30 in. radhil drill.
Win., Milwaukee — J. C. Nelson, 857 27th
St. — drill presses and five 18 to 30 in. lathes.
Wis.. Milwaukee — \. J. Uchitil. 656 Madi-
son St. — one polishing lathe with 2 in.
shaft.
Wl«.. Slieboj'Kan — The Wald Mfg. Co. —
one grinder to shari>en 72 in. squaring .shear
knife.
^liun., Winona — The Winona AVagon Co.
— one bolt heading machine to head king
bolts up to \\ in. diameter.
Vtali, Kalt Luke Cl».v — The Builders Steel
and Iron Co., 625 South 4th St., W. — one
single end punch, cajiacity J in hole in \ in.
stock, belt or motor ilrive (new or used).
Out., Toronto — The Coleman I>imp Co. —
machine tool equipment.
Machinery
Itlltlllllllllttllll IIIHMItitlllllllllMIIII, Illlll?
The following conctrns an- in the market
for machinery:
Md.. Baltimore — E. H, Koester, 648 West
Lixington St. — $75,000 worth of bakery
equipment.
N. Y.. New Yoak (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Yukon Gold Co.. 120 Bway. — one 8
ton hand ijower crane.
Pu., Beaver Fall» — The Beaver Falls
Planing Mills Co. — woodworking machinery,
including molder, Sander, router and cabi-
net planer (new or used).
Pa,. EtiKlnirton — The W.-siinghouse Elec-
tric Co. — foundry equipment.
I*a., I'liiladelphia — The Berger Mfg. Co.,
16th and Washington Sts, — one power saw
table.
Ya.. Kiclimond — -The Solomon Bakery Co.,
Inc., 3819 Williamsburg .K\v.. J. N. Solo-
mon, I'nrch. Agt. — baker)- equipment.
Va,. Richmond — The Standard Pai>er Co..
Canal and Hull Sts., J. T. Rvland, Treas.
and Secy. — $300,000 worth of machinery for
the manufacture of paper.
III., Cliica«:a - — The International Har-
vester Co., 606 South Michigan Ave. — one
vertical gang piston turning machine.
III., Chicago — The Standard Electric Mfg.
Co., 216 North Clinton St, — machinery for
manufacture of electric switches.
III., Chicago— The Victor Chemical Wks.,
Fisher Bldg. — one No. 201 Reliance swing
saw with 14 in. blade.
Mich., Benton Harltor — The Benton Har-
bor Malleable Fdry, <^o. — equipment for
annealing room and foundry.
MicJi., Detroit — The Hayes Mchy. Co.,
Bast Lamed St., A. Sprague. Secy. — p<rwer
and board drop hammers (used).
August 5, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
292g
Mich., Hancock — A. J. Verville — wood-
Xvorkingr machinery.
Mich., Traverse City — The Traverse City
Cigar Box Co.. Boardman Ave. and Bast
High St. — equipment for the manufacture
of ofgar boxes.
O., Aliron — The Akron Gear and Eng.
Co., South and High Sts. — miscellaneous
machinery for new plant.
O., Canton — The Timken Roller Bearing
Co., Denber Ave. — miscellaneous equipment
for new plant.
O. Cincinnati — The Lippincott Co., 42
Main St. — $50,000 worth of machinery for
canning plant at Boonville. Ind.
O., ColnmbnB — The Jeffrey Mfg. Co.,
North 4 th St. — six cranes, one 50 ton, three
25 ton. and two 5 ton.
Wis., MUwauliee — The F. E. Abeles Co.,
518 Prairie St. — one stenciling machine.
Wis., Mllwanliee — The Evinrude Motor
Co., 279 Walker St., C. J. Meyer. Purch.
Agt. — one monorail crane.
Wis., Milwauliee — The H. W. Johns-Man-
ville Co., 201 Clybourn St. — portable clam-
shell crane.
Wis., .Milwaukee — M. Mueller, 109 Grand
Ave. — vulcanizing outfit.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Tomah Rubber
Wks., 176 16th St. — rubber working ma-
chinery for Sheboygan factory.
Ont., Alviston — McEachem & Son — equip-
ment for planing mills.
Ont.. Cobalt — The Moose Lake Lumber
Co. — machinery for sawmill.
Ont., Goderich — The Natl. Shipbuilding
Co., W. H. Hutchinson, Mgr. — machinery
for the manufacture of flax.
Ont.. Listowel — The Perfect Knit Mills —
knitting machinery and special machinery
for the manufacture of cloth.
Que., Thetford Mines — A. Lemieux — com-
plete equipment for sawmill and planing
mill.
I'MiiiiMiiHtiiiiiniitiiiiiiMiiiiiitiiHiniitriiiNiiMiinMiKiiitiiiiiiiuMii
I Metal Working
■iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
•J
NEW ENGtAXD 8TATE.S
Conn,, Bridgeport — A. Aldo, 1699 Madison
Ave., is having plans prepared by F. A.
Cooper, Archt., 1024 Main St.. for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 100 x 110 ft. garage
on North Ave. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Conn., Bridgeport — The Amer. Tube and
Stamping Co., 471 Hancock Ave., will build
a 1 story, 50 x 160 ft. annealing building
on Wordin Ave. Estimated cost, $30,000.
Conn., Waterbnr.v — M. J. Daly & Sons.
543 Bank St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 and 3 story addition
to its plant for the manufacture of sheet
metal, etc. Estimated cost, $85,000. Noted
.Tuly 8.
Conn., Waterville — The Berbecker & Row-
land Mfg. Co., Main St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 story,
40 X 180 ft. factory on Main St.. for the
manufacture of metal goods. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
Ma«s., Cani1>ridKe — G. Lawrence. Inc.. 24
Cambria St., is having plans prepared by
W. T. Littlefield archt., 9 Hamilton PI.,
Boston, for the construction of a 1 story
addition to its plant for the manufacture of
automobile springs.
Mass., Holyokc — The Elm Garage Co.,
243 Elm St., plans to build a 2 story garage
on Elm and Cabot Sts. Estimated cost,
$65,000.
Mass., Holyoke — The Magna Automobile
Co., 354 South Broad St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
90 X 100 ft. garage on Northampton St.
Estimated cost, $75,000. Noted Jan. 15.
Mass.. Lawrence — W. H. Currier. 155
Salem St., is preparing plans for the con-
struction of a 1 story garage on Salem St.
Estimated cost, $10,000.
Mass.. I,awrence — C. W. Dillon, 17 Oxford
St., is preparing plans for the construction
of a 1 story addition to his garage. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000.
Mass,, Kpringfleld — Frecdman & Glazier.
68 Ferry St. will build a 1 story garage
and repair shop on North St. Estimated
coal, $20,000,
.Mass., Wufertown — The Walker & Pratt
Mfg. Co., 31 Union St., Boston, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 200 x 230 ft. addition to its plant,
for the manufacture of .stoves. Estimated
cost, $200,000. Noted July 22.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Baltimore — The Miller Safe Co., Fre-
mont Ave. and Briscoe St.. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1 and
2 story, 123 x 400 ft. factory on Wilkins
Ave. and Katherine St Estimated cost,
$1,000,000. Noted July 15.
N. 4., East Orange — The Rich Garage
Co., 393 North Arlington St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 50 x 100 ft. garage at 362 William
St. Estimated cost, $15,000.
N. .1.. Trenton — The Castanea Dairy Co.,
North Broad St., is having plans prepared
by W. A. Klemann, archt, 1st Natl. Bank,
for the construction of a 2 story, 50 x 50
ft. garage on Feeder St Estimated cost,
$18,000.
N. J., Trenton — The Neidt Ertel Motor
Co., 354 South Broad St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 181 ft. garage and machine shop on
South Broad St Estimated cost. $50,000.
Noted March 4.
N. Y., Buffalo — The L & R Steel Co.,
368 Main St., has had plans i.repared for
altering the first floor of its factory. Esti-
mated cost, $5,000.
N. Y., Buffalo — The O'Neill Iron Wk»..
268 Perry St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 23 x 28 ft.
addition to its plant. Estimated cost $15,-
000.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Parenti Motors Corp.,
1760 Main St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 100 x 350 ft
factory at 616-32 Northumberland St. for
the manufacture of automobiles. Estimated
cost $100,000. Noted July 22.
Pa.. ConnellHville — The Yough Electric
Repair Co. is building a 132 x 198 ft shop.
Estimated co.st. $20,000.
Pa.. Essington — The Westinghouse Elec-
tric Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 120 x 200 ft.
foundry at its plant.
Pa.. Philadelphia — The Brown Instrument
Co.. Windrim and Wayne Sts., manufac-
turer of pyrometers and steam gages, has
awarded the contract for altering its fac-
tory. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Pa„ Pliila<lelphia^ — The Blumenthal Bros,,
Margaret and James Sts.. will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 60 x 100 ft. garage and machine
shop. Estimated co.st, $20,000,
Pa., Wilkes-Barre — The Durkin Bros.,
Parrisli St.. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 44 x 100
ft. garage on East South St. Estimated
cost, $30,000. F. B. R. Sahur, Washington
St, Archt
SOl'THERN ST.*TES
Ala., 3lrmingham — The Amer. Bolt Wks..
39th St and 10th Ave., N., has awarded
the contract for the construction of an ad-
dition to its forge shop. Estimated cost.
$25,000.
MIDDLE WEST
III., Chicago — The Standard Electric Mfg.
Co., 216 North Clinton St.. plans to build
a 2 or 5 story, 125 x 150 ft. factory on
Wrightwood Ave., for the manufacture of
electric switches. Estimated cost. $250,000.
Ind.. East Chicago — The Carroll Castings
Co.. which has recently been incorporated
with $250,000 capital stock, has purchased
a site along the tracks of the Indiana Har-
ber Belt Ry., and plans to build a plant for
the manufacture of small grey iron cast-
ings.
Ind., Indianapolis — The Pioneer Brass
Wks., 424 South Pennsylvania St.. is build-
ing a plant.
Ind., Kokomo — The Haynes Automobile
Co., 1108 South Main St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 and 2
story, 75 x 200 ft. plant for the manufac-
ture of automobile bodies. Estimated cost,
$250 000.
Ind., West Hammond — The LaSalle Iron
Wks., 2305 South Halste-i St, Chicago, 111.,
has awslrded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story steel plant to consist of
a 210 X 560 ft mJiin building and 6 addi-
tional buildings. Estimated cost. Including
equipment. $650,000. Noted July 1.
Mich., Detroit — The Bd. of Water Comrs..
232 Jefferson Ave., has awarded the con-
triict for the construction of a 1 story,
99 X 120 ft. machine shop. Noted June 10.
Mich., Detroit — The Michigan Grey Iron
Casting Co., Harbaugh Ave., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story addition to its foundry on Harbaugh
Ave. along the tracks of the Wabash R.R
Estimated cost, $40,000.
O.. Al<ran — The Akron Gear and Eng. Co.,
South and High Sts., has purchased a site
on Bast Market St and Martha Ave., and
plans to build a plant J. A. Palmer, Pres.
O., Canton — The Timken Roller Bearing
Co., Dueber Ave., i)lans to build a IJ story
addition to its i)lant on ISth St, S.W. Esti-
mated cost, $75,000.
O., Cleveland — ^Brennan & McBride, S715
Carnegie Ave., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 50 x 92
ft. machine shop addition at 6924 Carnegie
Ave. Estimated cost $30,000.
O., Cleveland — The Cooperative Stove Co.,
2323 East 67th St, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 40
X 80 ft. addition to its factory. Estimated
cost $10,000.
O., Cleveland — B. Drocz, 8616 Buckeye
Rd., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 50 x 60 ft garage.
Estimated cost $10,000.
0„ Cleveland — The Ideal Motor Car Co.,
4427 Pearl Rd.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 2 story, 30 x 48
ft. garage at 4459 Pearl Rd. Estimated
cost. $20,000.
0., Cleveland — The Jordan Motor Car Co.
1052 East 152nd St, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 storv
factory at 1070 E.oat 152nd St Estimated
cost $100,000.
O., Cleveland— The J. Laronge Co.. 214
Williamson Bldg., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 50
X 120 ft. garage on Bast 16th St and St.
Clair Ave. Estimated cost, $75,000. Noted
July 29.
O., Cleveland — The Vcela Building and
Loan Co., 5703 Bway., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
18 X 63 ft garage. Estimated cost, $10,000.
O., Columbus — The Jeffrey Mfg. Co..
North 4th St, has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 60 x 215 x 277
ft factory for the manufacture of coal
mining ,and conveying machinery. Esti-
mated cost, $500,000.
O., Fostoria' — The Willys Light Corp. 221
Cherry St, Toledo, is building a 1 story.
120 X 241 ft. foundry for the manufacture
of iron castings. Estimated cost, $125,000.
Wis., Kenosha — The Greiner Nash Co..
266 Wisconsin St., plans to build a 1 story,
80 X 162 ft. garage and repair shop on
Chicago St.
Wis., Milwaukee — S. Buchbinder, 545 Van
Burtn St., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 65 x 7o
ft. garage on Marshall St. Estimated cost.
$15,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Eslein Sheet Metal
Wks.. 1001 30th St, will build a 1 story.
30 X 120 ft. addition to its .sheet metal plant.
Estimated cost, $8,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The General Welding
and Mfg. Co., 347 Florida St, will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 1 story, 30 x 35 ft. addition to its factory.
Esfimated cost. $8,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Ramstack & Son
Mfg. Co., 1826 Brown St., is preparing plans
for the construction of a 2 story, 60 x 100
ft. addition to its factory for the manufac-
ture of spark plugs.
Wis., Ooonomowoo— R. Welch is prepar-
ing plans for the construction of a 1 story.
60 X 60 ft garage. Estimated cost, $12,000.
Wis., Waukesha — The Waukesha Casting
Co., Lincoln Ave., has awarded the steel
contract for the construction of a 120 x 130
ft foundry. Estimated cost, $50,000. Noted
July 15.
292h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 6
WEST or THE MISSISSIPPI
la., Ors Moines — The- Mid West Steel Co.
])lanB to build a 2 story plant. Estimated
cost, 1200,000. J. Van Lew, Pres.
111., Dnbnque — The Adams Co., 29.5 6th
St., is buildlne a 3 story foundry.
Itt„ Newton — The Newton Fdry. Co. has
;iwarded the contract for the construction
<>{ a 2 story, 106 x 300 ft. foundry. Elsti-
mated cost, $100,000.
Mo., St. LouiH — The City has awarded
the contract for the construction of a
«arage at the city hospital. Cost, ?19,9'7.'i.
Mo., St. I^onlK — The Trione Piston Ring
<;o.. Pierce Bldg., St. Loui.s. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 56 x 93 ft. factory on Forrest Park
Hlvd. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Tex., San Antonio — E. Rand, 515 Belknap
St., is building a 1 story, 50 x 120 ft.
ffarage on Goledad St. Estimated cost,
.137,000.
Tex., Saa Antonio— Taylor & Holder are
Imilding a 1 story, 40 x 100 ft. garage
on Travis St. Estimated cost, $22,000.
CANADA
N. B., St. Stephen — The Mann Axe and
Tool Co. plans to build a 1 story, 50 x 360
ft. plant, to replace tlie one which was
i-ecently destroyed by fire. C R. Huestis,
(Jenl. Mgr,
Ont., Brantford — The Cockshut Plow Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 70 x 200 ft. foundry and forg-
ing building for the manufacture of sleiglus
and trucks. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Ont., Petrolea — The .\(lanis Wagon Co.
will build a 1 story, 70 x 2iiii ft. forge shop.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
Ont., Petrolea — The Orton Motor Co.,
litd., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 60 x 150 ft.
addition to its factory. Estimated coat,
fto.ono.
Ont», Ht. I'atherine — Tlie Xiagara, St.
<'atherine and Toronto Ry., 27 Wellington
St., B., Toronto, is having plans i)repared
by G. C. Briggs, archt.. c/o owner, for the
.•onstruction of a 1 story, 60 x 150 ft. car
.shop here. Estimated cost, $60,000.
Ont., Toronto — The Grinnell Co.. Ltd., has
awarded the contract tor the construction
of a 1 story. 100 x 150 ft. foundry. Noted
Jlay 27.
<liie.. Montreal — The Archambault Garage
Ijfd. wi'.l build an addition to its garage,
lilstimated cost. $10,000.
tine.. Montreal — P. A. Elliott. 6tU Pontiao
St.. will soon award the contract for the
eonstruction of a 2 story. 25 x 48 ft. ga-
rage. Estimated cost, $15,000.
<tue., Pointe aux Trembles — T^a Manufac-
lure de Piano et Pbonograplw.-liinritwe. wHl
soon award the contract for tlie construc-
tion of a 3 story addition to its plant.
Estimated cost, $20,000.
j^iMiiiiiiiiitiuiauuiiiiiiiiiiiMtMi riiimmmiiimiimiinimiMiiiHiMmimHiiiiiHy
f General Manufacturing I
iiiMiiiiHiMiiiiiiiiiiitriiMiMiiMiiiiiiitimiitiiiiiHiR
tllllllttllUUUMllUllllllll
NEW ENGLAND ST.\TES
(oMn,. Hartford — The Hartford Mattre.ss
Co., Kilbourn St., is having plans prepared
by B. A. Sellew, Archt.. 223 Aslyum St..
for the construction of a 3 story, 43 x 90
ft. addition to its plant. Estimated cost.
$50,000.
Conn.. Windsor L,ockg — C. H. Dexter &
Sons, Inc , has awarded tlie contract for
the construction of alterations to its plant
for the manufacture of tissue paper. Esti-
mated cost, $20,000.
MUHH,, CambridKe — -Tlie rrtSl-O-l^ite Co..
Inc., 30 East 42nd St., New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a plant on Erie St.. here, to consist of
twelve 1 story manufacturing buildings.
Estimated cost, $100,000. Noted July 15.
Mass., Cambridge — The Revere Sugar Re-
finery, 15 Broad St., Boston, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 90 x 200 ft. cooperage shop on 9th
St. here. Estimated cost, $100,000. Noted
July 15.
Mass.. East Everett — The Boston Varnish
Co.. 2d St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 40 x 60 ft.
addition to its plant on East Summer St.
Estimated cost, $30,000. Noted July 22.
R. I., East Greenwioli — The Greenwich
Mills. Division St.. is preparing plans for
the construction of a 4 story, 80 x 90 ft.
addition to its textile plant. Estimated
cost, $50,000.
K. I„ East Providenee — Tile Sayles Fin-
ishing Co.. Phillipsdale, R. I., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 45 x 80 ft. factory on Wilson St.,
here, for cloth finishing. Estimated cost.
$18,000.
R. 1., Pawtucket — The J. & P. Coats Co.,
Inc., 366 Pine St., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 4 story addition
to its factory for the manufacture of thread.
Estimated cost; $22,000.
B. I., Pawtucket — The Lebanon Mill
Co., 10 Front St.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 and 2 storj",
50 X 90 ft. addition to its factory on Front
and Thayer Sts.. for the manufacture of
knit goods. Estimated cost, $25,000.
B. 1., Providence — J. P. Concannon.
("halkstone Ave., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 75 X 125
ft. laundrv on Chalkstone and Fallon Aves.
Estimated cost. $28,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATE.S
Md., Baltimore — E. H. Koester. 648 West
Lexington St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 4 story, 20 x 80 ft.
addition to his bakery on Lexington and
Pine Sts. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Md., Baltimore — The Natl. Bitnlitliic
Enamel and Paint Co., Lawrence and
Woodall Sts., will soon award the coniract
for the construction of a 3 story, 100 x 150
ft. addition to its plant. Estimated cost.
$100,000. J. R. Broderick, mgr.
Md„ Violetville (Baltimore P. O ) — The
Presto-Lite Co., Inc.. 30 East 42nd St., New
York City, has awarded the contract *or
the construction of a 1 and 2 story acetj-
lene iilant here, to consist of 8 buildings.
Estimated cost, $125,000.
N. .1., Paulsboro — The I. P. Tbomjison &
Son Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 80 x 220 ft. fertil-
izer building at its plant.
N. J., Trenton. — The Acme Rubber Mfg.
Co.. East State St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 90
x 300 ft. rubber plant. Estimated eost,
$60,000.
Pa., Philadelplila — Tlie G. H. P. Cigar
Co., 21 North 2d St.. has awarded the
contract for tlie construction of a 6 story,
85 X 100 ft. factory for the manufacture of
cigars.
Pa., Philadelplua — Tile Flint Dental Mfg.
Co., Hedge and Gillinliam Sts., has award-
ed the contract for tlie construction of a 2
story, 30 x 58 ft. addition to its factory for
the manufacture of dental supi.lies.
SOl'THEBN STATES
1,11.. New Orleans — The ITnion Paper
Products Co.. 109 Tehoupitoulas St., is liav-
ing preliminary plans prepared by E. Weil.
Archt.. ^Vllitney Central Bank Bldg.. tor
the construction of a 1 story factory on
Colapessa St., to have 60.000 sq.ft. of floor
space. Estimated cost. $125,000.
-\. ('., Charlotte— Tile Southern Asbestos
Mfg. Co. is building a 90 x. 304 ft factory.
Tenn.. KnoxvUle — The Holsten Mfg. Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of an addition to its plant for the
manufacture of hosiery. Estimated cost,
$250,000.
Va., Riobmond — The Standard Paper Co.,
Hull and Canal Sts., has had prelminary
plans prepared by J. H. Wallace & Co..
Engrs., 5 Beekman St., New York City, for
tlie construction of a 2, 3 and 4 story,
150 X 230 ft. factory. Estimated cost,
$200,000.
.MIDDLE WEST
IlL, ChicBKO^The Enteriirise Paint Mfg.
Co., 854 West Van Buren St., has awarde<l
the contract for the construction of a 5
story, 44 x 60 ft. addition to its factor>-
on Van Buren and Peoria Sts. Estimated
cost, $50,000.
Ind., Gary — The Universal Brick and Tile
Co. is building a 1 story, 100 x 200 ft. plant.
Estimated cost, $200,000.
Mieh., Detroit — The Detroit Packing Co.,
40 Bushey .^t., plans to convert a brcwer>-
into a packing plant. Packers Architectural
& Eng. Co., 431 South Dearborn St., Chi-
cago, Archts and Engrs.
Mich., Traverse C:t.v — The Traverse City
Cigar Box Co., Boardman Ave. and East
High St., is preparing plans for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 50 x 75 ft. factory.
Estimated cost, $20,000.
O., Cleveland — The Baum Ice Cream Co.,
1720 Crawford Rd.. jilans to build a 2 story,
53 X 80 ft. addition to its factory on East
14th St. and Central Viaduct. Estimated
cost, $40,000. L. Baum, Pres.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Pitcarn Varnish
Co., 213 Lake St.. has awarded tfyt contract
for the construction of a 2 story. 70 x 106
ft. factory and 60 x 112 ft. warehouse.
Estimated cost. $180,000.
Wis., Stephens Point — The Pfiffner Lum-
ber Co. is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 2 story, 60 x 100 ft.
planing mill, storage and office building.
V Spalenka, -Vrcht.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
la., lies Moines — The Hawkeye Tire Co.,
215 East 3rd St.. has awardetl the contract
for the construction of a 4 story, 180 x 280
ft. factory on East 18th and Court Aves.
Estimated cost, $500,000.
Minn,, Minneapolis — Downs & Eads, 803
Phoenix Bldg.. jilans to build a 3 to 5
story factory on Malcom Ave. and Univer-
sity Ave. S., for the manufacture of patent
medicines. Cost between $125,000 and
» 150.000.
Minn., St. Paul — The House of the Good
Shepherd, Blair and Virginia Sts., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 3 story. 42 x 122 ft. laundrj' and do-
mestic science building on Blair and Vic-
toria Sts. Estimated cost, $]oo,noo.
Mo., Ciiiliicotlie — The ChiUicothe Furni-
ture Co. plans to build a 100 x 239 ft fac-
tory. Estimated cost, $80,000. T. A. Hit-
ter, mgr.
Xeb.. Omi-ha — The Corn Products Co.
plans to build a large plant here.
WESTERN STATES
Ore.. Klamath Falls — The Klamath Pine
Mf?. Co. is l>uilding a sawmill, to have
50.000 sq.ft. floor space. Estimated cost.
$100,000. R. ^V. Doe, gen. mgr.
CANADA
Ont., Alvlston — JIcEachem & Son are
preparing plans for the construction of
planing mills to replace those which were
destroyed by fire.
Ont.. Exeter — The Exeter Creamery Co.
plans to build an addition to its plant
Ont.. Listowel — The Perfect Knit Mills
will build a 3 story, 80 x 280 ft extension
to its plant Estimated cost $85,000.
SEE SEARCHLIGHT section
Pages 378-411
August 12, 1920
Vol. 53, No. 7
Machining the Gear-Shaper Saddle
By DOUGLAS T. HAMILTON
The Fellows Gear Shaper Co., Springfield,
Vt.
Accurate machine xvork can only he produced by
accurate tools. Just as a chain can be no stronger
than its weakest link, so a piece of work can be
no more accurate than is the machine that pro-
duces it. Interchangeability of parts in machine
tools requires work of the highest accuracy.
WITH the exception of the index wheel and
worms, the gear-shaper saddle, shown com-
pletely machined in Fig. 1, requires the most
accurate machining of any other member of the gear
wheel and worm. The cutter spindle must be held in
perfect alignment with the work spindle; it must run
absolutely true, and its relation to the other members
must be accurately maintained as the saddle is adjusted
PIG. 1. COMPLETELY MACHINED SADDLE
shaper. The saddle not only carries the cutter, cutter
slide, and cutter spindle, which holds and controls the
action of the cutter, but also contains the upper index
along the bed for cutting gears of different diameters.
In view of these many exacting requirements, the gear-
shaper saddle represents an excellent example of inter-
FIG. 2. MILLING FRONT FACE AND SPOT
POINT USED FOR LOCATING SADDLE
FOR PLANINQ
FIG. 3. GENERAL VIEW SHOWING SIX SADDLES
HELD IN SPECIAL FIXTURES FOR
COMPLETE PLANING
294
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
FIG. 4.
TOOL SETTING BLOCKS USED FOR SETTING. ROUGHING
AND FINISHING TOOLS ON PLANER
FIG. 5. MILLING GEAR-SHAPER
SADDLE
changeable manufacture as applied to the production
of a highly accurate machine tool.
The preliminary operations on the saddle are not
unusual, and consist in snagging and smoothing down
the casting with a portable grinding wheel. It is then
brought to a milling machine (see Fig. 2), where two
spots are milled, one being the front surface which is
finished at this time. These two spots are used for
locating the saddle in the first important operation,
which consists in planing the entire saddle on those
surfaces, marked A in Fig. 1.
The planing of the gear-shaper saddle is done very
expeditiously. Six castings, as shown in Fig. 3, are held
at one time on special jigs, clamped to the platen
of the planer. Roughing and finishing cuts are taken
from all surfaces marked A, Fig. 1, and for setting
the tools, tool-setting blocks are used, as illustrated in
Fig. 4. By means of these hardened and ground blocks,
and a feeler, the operator can set the tools very
accurately.
The planing operations on this saddle are as follows:
Set the three tools, shown in Fig. 4, for the rough plan-
ing operation. Set tools for finish planing straight sur-
faces. The platen is then cleaned, the clamps on the
fixtures released and the fixtures adjusted for planing
the taper for the gib. In Fig. 3 it will be noticed that the
fixtures are made with a flange which extends below
the top surface of the platen. The flange on the
left-hand side is parallel with the travel of the platen;
FIG. 8. FIXTURES AND BORING BARS USED ON MACHINE
ILLUSTR VTED IN FIG. 7
whereas the one on the right side is at an angle. For
the taper planing for the gib, this angular flange is
brought in contact with the side of the planer platen.
After the fixtures are clamped, the taper way is
then rough- and finish-planed, the tools being set with
FIG. 6. TOOL SETTING BLOCKS
USED ON MILLING MACHINE
ILLUSTRATED IN FIG. f,
FIG. 7. GENERAL VIEW OF TWO-HEAD SPECIAL BORING MACHINE
USED FOR COMPLETING ALL IMPORTANT BORING
OPERATIONS ON SADDLE
August 12, 1920
Get Inci eased rroduction — With Improved Machinery
295
FIG. 9. TRUNNION JIG USED IN HOLDING SADDLE WHILE
DRILLING THE OIL AND NAJIE-
PLATE HOLES
netting blocks. The ways are now tested for accuracy
with a gage before removing from the fixture. The
FIG.
11. SHOWING CAM THAT OPERATES THREE-TOOL
HEAD FOR CUTTING OIL GROOVES
\
'■■W^
nH^^^^L
^
^T'
^■^
^^Hi^r "^
m
am
: ' J^Z
W^--^
W^^^^^i.
^j-' JSf^^^^^^
: .^ '.
FIG. 12. FIXTURE USED FOR DRILLING, BORING AND
REAMING SADDLE PINION-SHAFT HOLE
FIG. 10. CLOSE VIEW SHOWING SPECIAL THREE-TOOL
HEAD USED IN CUTTING SPIRAL OIL
GROOVES IN SADDLE
total planing time is 54 minutes for each saddle.
Following the planing operation, the saddle is taken
to the horizontal milling machine, shown in Fig. 5,
where those surfaces, marked B in Fig. 1, are completed.
The work from now on is located from the ways or
guide in the saddle from which point it is finally located
on the bed. Every jig from this point on until the
saddle is complete is really a duplicate of a section of
the bed, and the saddle is clamped up against the same
surfaces that it will rest upon when it is assembled
in the complete machine.
Fig. 6 shows a close view of the special fixture used
in holding the saddle while the surfaces B, Fig. 1, are
machined. The operations are: Place saddle in fixture
and clamp. Mill for taper gib, see point on setting
gage, Fig. 6, rough and finishing cuts, setting milling
cutter to tool-setting blocks. Mill out seat for back-
gib ; mill top of taper ; mill face of rock-shaft boss and
face for lead-screw bushing; mill face; unclamp and
remove from fixture. Following this operation, the
holes for clamping the front gib, which are marked C
FIG. 13.
SCRAPING BEARING FOR CUTTER SLIDE
IN SADDLE
296
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
FIG. 14. SPECIAL FIXTURE FOR RE-BORING AND RE-
FACING INDEX-WHEEL HOUSING BEARING AND SEAT
in Fig. 1, are drilled in a radial drilling machine.
The boring operations on the saddle are handled on
a special two-head horizontal boring machine having
arrangements for driving three boring spindles. The
general arrangement of this machine is illustrated in
Fig. 7, where the saddle is shown being machined in
place. Fig. 8 shows the fixture with the saddle removed
and illustrates how the various boring-bars are held
and supported; also, the method of locating and clamp-
ing work. It will be noticed here that the locating
points in the fixture resemble in form, a section of the
gear-shaper bed.
The operations performed at this setting are : Place
saddle in fixture and clamp ; rough-bore for upper index-
wheel housing, using head A, Fig. 8; rough-bore for
cutter slide, using toolhead B\ chamfer end of cutter-
slide bore using a tool that is inserted in head B.
The roughing heads A and B are now removed, and
finishing heads substituted.
FIG. 17. SCRAPING SADDLE TO MASTER BED
The second boring cut is now taken for the upper
index-wheel housing; bore for rock-shaft and lead
screw, using bars C and D, and at the same setting
take second cut on cutter-slide bore. Remove heads,
and finish-bore for upper index-wheel housing, and at
the same setting face seat for rock-shaft gear. Finish
cutter-slide bore and face other seat for rock-shaft gear
bring boss to length. Face inside of lead-screw hole to
gage; unclamp, remove work and clean out fixture.
Then ream lead-screw and rock-shaft holes by hand.
The various surfaces in this operation are indicated by
D in Fig. 1.
Drilling Operations
Now follows a series of relatively unimportant drill-
ing operations which are handled on a radial drilling
machine. Following this, the flange and oil groove, F,
Fig. 1, are machined in a horizontal boring machine.
Then the oil and name-plate holes, G, Fig. 1, are drilled
in a special rotating jig shown in Fig. 9. The elon-
gated holes, H, Fig. 1, for the setscrews for the gib
are now machined in a hand-milling machine.
Cutting Spiral Oil Grooves
The spiral oil grooves, /, Fig. 1, in the saddle, for
furnishing lubricant to the cutter slide, are now cut in
a special machine, which is illustrated in Figs. 10 and
11. Fig. 10 shows the special three-tool head used
FIG. 15. TESTING TRUTH OF INDEX-WHEEL HOUS-
ING BEARING WITH CUTTER SLIDE
AND CUTTER SPINDLE
FIG. IG. TESTING TRUTH OF SEAT ON SADDLE FOR WORM-
WHEEL HOUSING WITH RELATION TO CUTTER
SLIDE AND CUTTER SPINDLE
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production^-With Improved Machinery
.297
in cutting the oil grooves; whereas Fig. 11 shows the
barrel cam that controls the action of the oil-grooving
tools. In this same setting, a clearance cut, eccentric
to the cutter-slide bore is made so as to relieve a por-
tion of the bearing of the cutter slide in the saddle.
Drill, Bore and Ream Pinion-Shaft Hole
The next operation, which consists in drilling, boring
and reaming the hole for the bevel pinion shaft, J, Fig.
1, that is used in adjusting the saddle along the bed,
is performed on a special horizontal boring machine,
illustrated in Fig. 12< The saddle is located from the
ways upon which it rests, when assembled on the bed.
The clamping spot mentioned in connection with the
first milling operation is now removed, after which the
saddle passes to the assembling department.
The first operation in the assembling department is
really a hand-fitting one, and consists in scraping the
FIG. 18.
TESTING ALIGNMENT OF WORK AND
CUTTER SPINDLES
cutter-slide bearing. Owing to the fact that the cutter
slide is reciprocated twice for every cut taken, it is
highly essential that it shall have a perfect bearing
in the saddle in order that it may have a long life
and run with extreme accuracy. For this reason, great
care is taken in scraping the saddle seat for the cutter
slide.
For the scraping operation, the saddle is held in a
cradle, so that it can be svmng to various positions, as
indicated in Fig. 13. The cutter slide is ground all
over and is machined to very close limits, but, as has
been previously explained, the fit of the slide in the
saddle is a vital point, so that each saddle is scraped
to a cutter slide which will finally be assembled in it.
An operation which illustrates very clearly the pains
taken to secure accuracy is illustrated in Fig. 14. This
shows the boring of the seat for the upper index-wheel
housing. The saddle is held on a special fixture resem-
bling in form a section of the bed, the cutter slide and
cutter spindle which will be assembled with it are put
in place; on the cutter spindle are clamped special
boring heads used in boring and facing the seats for
the index-wheel housing.
The boring-head is driven from a driving arrange-
ment connected to the cutter spindle through a universal
joint. Two boring cuts are taken. Then the head ij
changed and two cuts are taken from the top flange
or seat. The facing head, not illustrated, carries a
screw and star feed, which is operated by the projection
A on the fixture, as the head rotates.
As an indication of the accuracy obtained, it might be
stated that the bore seldom, if ever, runs out more
than 0.0015 in. before the finish-boring operation, so
that this final boring operation secures concentricity
to as close limits as is possible by the best-known
machining methods.
Testing for Accuracy
The operations from now on consist in scraping, fit-
ting and testing. Fig. 15 illustrates how the bore for
the index-wheel housing is tested for concentricity.
In this same setting the guide is held on the cutter-
spindle and is tested and scraped to a bearing in the
index-wheel housing, the latter being fitted in the
saddle.
Fig. 16 shows how the top surface is tested with a
dial indicator for truth relative to the cutter-spindle
and index-wheel housing. It is also scraped at this
setting to a bearing.
The final scraping operation is illustrated in Fig.
17, and consists in scraping the ways in the saddle to
a bed whose plane surfaces have been accurately scraped.
This insures interchangeability of saddles and beds.
The final testing operation is made when the machine
is completely assembled, and is done as illustrated in
Fig. 18. A dial indicator is clamped to the cutter
spindle; an accurately ground arbor placed in the work
spindle and the parallelism of these two members tested.
A maximum tolerance of 0.001 in. in 5 in. is permitted.
In addition to the refinements in machining, the com-
pleted machine is tested under actual power for five
hours' steady running. Every machine also must pro-
duce an accurate gear before it is permitted to leave
the plant.
What Is a Machine Tool?
By E. Lytton-Brooks
In reply to the query of F. J. Deacon on page 548,
vol. 52 of American Machinist, with regard to "What
Is a Machine Tool?" I hardly think a true definition
of this class of tool can be found in any dictionary.
The definitions given are generally very vague or
elusive, sometimes accompanied by little sketches or
blocks of the machine itself usually copied from a type
many years obsolete. The dictionary, no matter how
modern, seldom keeps up to the times in mechanical
matters and a good reference book on up-to-date tools
is more likely to give a fairly accurate description.
I have always been given to understand that a ma-
chine tool was one which incorporated at least one purely
mechanical movement and performed an operation with
a tool by this mechanical movement. Say a lathe with
an automatic traverse: the fact that the machine is
capable of operating or removing material unaided, or
taking care of itself until that operation is concluded,
constitutes a machine tool. I should think that any
machine that moves the tool or the work in any plane
and at the same time causes the work to be operated
upon definitely under its own mechanical movement and
temporary control could be classed as a machine tool
no matter what material is operated on.
298
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 7
An Experimental Investigation of Steel Bel ting— I
A TTENTION has been called from time to time to the
l\ successful use of thin ribbons of steel for belting,
X X. and the purpose of the experimental work herein
described was to determine, as far as time would per-
mit, the characteristics of operation and the general
laws controlling the performance of this means of
power, transmission. The literature on the subject of
steel belts is very limited, and so far as is known there
has been little or no experimental work done.
The controlling fea-
tures of the design of an
apparatus for testing
steel belting may be enu-
merated as follows :
By F. G. HAMPTON, C. F. LEH, and W. E. HELMICK
Stanford University, Cal.
5.
The machine must
be so constructed
that very high
speeds may be ob-
tained, and also
means provided to
vary the speed
over as large a
range as possible.
Since very high effi-
ciencies are ex-
pected, it is neces-
sary to provide
means for meas-
uring accurately
the losses of
power which
occur in the belt.
The apparatus must be so constructed that the
tensions in the tight and loose sides may be
accurately determined.
On account of relatively small slip it is necessary
to provide specially constructed apparatus to
accurately determine this variable.
For the sake of convenience it is necessary to have
the machine built so that belts can be changed
easily and different lengths used.
(,From Mechanical Engineering, July, 1920)
At the annual meeting of the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, held Dec. 2 to 5, 1919,
in New York, Student and Junior prizes were
awarded to the authors of the following paper.
It treats of an investigation undertaken by them
at Leland Stanford University as a partial
requirement for the degree of engineer. Part
I was written by Messrs. Hampton and Leh in
1918, and Part II by W. E. Helmick the year
following. The first section deals with a descrip-
tion of the apparatus employed, the character
of the belting, and a discussion of the residts
obtained in investigating the coefficients of fric-
tion and velocity of slip.
Oiql Balartct
Description of Apparatus
Two special high-speed pulleys were constructed
upon which the belt to be tested was run. Since the
speed at which cast iron can be safely run is far below
that which was desired, it was necessary to select a
stronger material and so construct the pulleys that
they could be faced with some material other than
steel. The pulleys used were built in the department
shops by the authors and
consisted of two boiler-
plate disks, a cast-iron
hub, and a wooden rim.
The pulleys were made
relatively large in order
that high peripheral
speeds could be obtained
with relatively low shaft
speeds. The facing con-
sisted of sheet cork, which
was chosen as the best
material on account of
the friction properties
Sprogue Di^nomomefer
mmiimmmmmiifm'im/mifiiimmmmmmmm/miivw/mm
Chain"' Idkr--'' Shock ' '"■•■ BedPlaks S'xZ'l-Beam
PuHei^ Absorber
FIG. 1. DIAGRAMMATIC SKETCH OF STEEL-BELT
TESTING MACHINE
and its durability. One of these pulleys, which was to be
the driven pulley of the machine, was keyed directly to
the shaft cf a 100-hp. Sprague dynamometer (see Fig.
1), which was used in testing only as a means of ab-
sorbing the power delivered to the driven pulley, and,
although record was kept of the readings of the dyna-
mometer, they were only used as- a check and did not
enter into the calculations of the test.
The other pulley, the driver, was mounted on a short
countershaft held in twc
bronze bearings which
were cast and finished
specially for the purpose,
the bearings being held
in a pair of standard
shaft hangers which
were bolted to the frame.
This shaft carried the
driver pulley on one end,
and on the other end the
pulley with which the
shaft was driven by a
motor through a leather
belt.
In order to measure
the tensions in both sides
of the steel belt, twc
special idlers were hung
behind the driver in such
a way that each one com-
pletely reversed the
direction of the belt on
both the tight and the loose sides between the driver
and the driven pulleys.
In the original design of the machine the straight
sections of the belt were all to be kept parallel by
using a small driver, a large driven pulley and idlers
of such size that the sum of the diameters of the driver
and two idlers would be equal to the diameter of the
driven pulley. This arrangement was discarded because
of the work which would have been necessarj' on the
available apparatus and the belts were run with their
straight sections at an angle. The manner in which
this angularity was corrected for will be discussed
later. . .
The idler pulleys were hung on swinging frames so
that they were free to swing in the plane of middle of
the driver and driven pulleys' faces, but were con-
strained from moving in any other direction. They
were carried on short shafts with high-grade ball
bearings in order that
friction wou!i be reduced
to a minimum. The de-
sign of these pulleys was
also controlled by the high
speed at which they were
expected to run, and it
was necessary to use a
stronger material than
cast iron.
Castings were made
which formed the hub and
a thin, solid web, and
rims were made by cut-
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
299
ting sections from a piece of heavy lap-welded 10-in.
pipe. The castings and steel rings were finished all
over, the proper allowance being made for a shrink fit,
and the rims heated and shrunk on to the webs, after
which they were again machined all over and accurately
balanced.
Since it was not considered desirable that the steel
belt come in contact with the steel surface of the Idlers,
even though slippage at this point would be very
improbable, the pulley faces were covered with the same
variety of sheet cork that was put on the large pulleys.
Throughout the test no trouble was encountered with
the cork faces of either the idler pulleys or the large
pulleys, and, although speeds as high as 12,000 ft. per
minute were attained, there seemed to be no tendency
for the cork to fly off.
In order that the pull exerted by the belt on the
idlers could be accurately measured, yokes were put
on the idler shafts around the idlers, and to these
were attached link chains which passed horizontally
over ball-bearing sprockets so that, when the swinging
frames were in their normal position, the chains were
tangent to the arc of their swing and in the same
plane. The chain from the idler, over which the tight
side of the belt passed, hung vertically downward after
passing over its sprocket, and on it was suspended a
stem with a plate on its lower end and upon which
weights could be placed. The chain from the other
idler extended vertically upward after passing over Its
sprocket, and was attached to the lower part of a dial
balance which measured the pull on the loose-side idler.
After starting the test it was found necessary to
introduce some kind of a shock absorber to reduce the
vibration of the needle on the dial balance, and for
this purpose a spring balance of 200 lb. capacity was
used. It was also necessary to adjust the length of
this chain on account of the variations arising from
difference in tension, and to do this a turnbuckle vras
put in between the dial and spring balances.
The swinging frames, guides, sprockets, and the dial
balance were all carried on a rigid superstructure com-
posed of iron bars and angles, and this was firmly
bolted to the same I-beams which carried the shaft
hangers holding the countershaft, and also the driving
motor, so that there could be no relative movement
between the various parts of the assembly.
The bedplates which supported this unit consisted of
two 8-in. I-beams 16 ft. long, which were set at right
angles to the shaft of the Sprague dynamometer and
firmly bolted to thie floor and shimmed with neat cement.
These bedplates formed a guide upon which the driver
unit was supported so that this part of the apparatus
could be easily moved along the bedplate to accom-
modate belts of various lengths and without having to
disturb the relations between the several elements of
the unit.
The motor which was used to supply the driving
power was a variable-speed, three-phase induction motor
with speeds of 600, 900, 1,200, and 1,800 r.p.m., and
rated at 4, 6, 8, and 12 hp. for these respective speeds.
The motor was mounted on an adjustable base so that
the leather belt driving the countershaft could be tight-
ened, and the controller was mounted on the sliding
frame near the motor.
The motor, which is of the most desirable type for
the purpose, was not nearly large enough, and as a
consequence the range ot experimentation was limited
by the available power supply and not by the trans-
mission properties of the steel belt as it should have
been.
Since it was necessary to make as accurate a deter-
mination as possible of the slip which occurred in
the belt at all times, two similar devices were made
which would electrically control two speed counters, one
mounted on the center of the driver shaft and the other
on the driven shaft. Two Veeder revolution counters
were used for this purpose, being fixed to the shafts so
that their spindles rotated on the same centers as that
of the shaft; the remainder of the counter floating on
the spindle and remaining stationary. On the sta-
tionary part was suspended a bar which carried an
electromagnet so arranged that when current passed
through the coils the movement of the armature would
actuate a small lever, which slid the floating part of
the counter axially so as to engage the dog clutch and
count the revolutions of the spindle. Springs returned
the counter to the original position and disengaged the
clutch when the circuit was opened.
This arrangement gave a fairly accurate measure of
speed because both instruments were made alike; and
since the coils were in the same circuit and the springs
of the same strength, it should give very dependable
results. The difficulty, however, was not in the deter-
mination of the absolute speed, but of the difference
of speed, and, since the counters only registered to the
nearest revolution and the clutches were only two-jaw
clutches, there is a possibility and also a probability
of an error of one revolution either way, or two revolu-
tions, and when the slip is small, say only 2 r.p.m.,
may involve an error in slip of 100 per cent, although
the error involved in determining absolute speed is only
a very small fraction of one per cent. In order to
make accurate measurements of slip, it is evident that
a differential counter should be used of such idesign
that it would record to at least 0.10 r.p.m.
The entire testing apparatus as herein described is in
itself a transmission dynamometer which measures its
own losses. Having measured the tension in both the
tight and the loose sides of the steel belt, and the
peripheral velocity of both driving and driven pulleys,
the power delivered to the driving end of the belt may
be computed from the value of the net pull, which is the
difference between the two belt tensions and the periph-
eral speed of the pulley face. In a similar manner the
power delivered to the driven pulley may be computed
from the net pull and the peripheral velocity, the
tension in the belt being uniform between pulleys, and
the friction or slippage losses may be obtained from the
net pull and the velocity of slip.
It is assumed that no work is done or power con-
sumed in bending 'the belL, and this assumption is
substantiated by the fact that the material is perfectly
elastic within the limits worked, and whatever power
is required to bend the belt is given back to the system
when it returns to its normal condition.
In order to further verify this,assumption, pieces of
the belting were caused to vibrate at a very high rate
of speed by holding them on the teeth of a rapidly turn-
ing sprocket. Had there been any appreciable internal
friction losses present there would have been a notice-
able rise in temperature in the part of the steel v/hich
was subjected to such rapid bending. Although the
pieces became warm at one end from the friction of
contact with the sprocket, and on the other end from
300
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
impact on the material with which they were held, the
part which was subjected to the severest bending
remained cool.
This leaves the only losses sustained in transmitting
power by steel belting to be those due to slippage of
the belt on the cork surface, and since this can be
reduced to practically nothing by increasing the belt
tension, it appears that practically 100 per cent trans-
mission efficiency may be obtained. The experimental
results consistently verify this statement.
Belt Material and Correction for Angularity
The material which was used for the steel belts in
this work was what is known in the commercial world
as clock-spring. It is very high carbon steel drawn
and rolled, apparently ground to size, hardened, and
drawn to a dark-blue color. A rough test showed a
tensile strength of slightly over 300,000 lb. per square
inch and an elastic limit nearly as high. The material
in pieces 0.01 in. thick receives no permanent set when
bent around a radius of i in. and snaps with a clean
break when bent around a radius of ie in.
The chief difficulty in using such material for belting
is to get a joint which will develop a sufficient propor-
tion of the strength of the material. Considerable work
was done in this connection, and, although no predic-
tion of the durability of the joints used can be made, on
account of the short duration of the test, they proved
to be entirely satisfactory within the limits used, and
under conditions which were probably more severe than
would be found in an actual commercial installation.
Because of the arrangement of the pulleys, and the
consequent reversal of the curvature which any part of
the belt receives when passing over them, it was impos-
sible to use the standard fastening, which consisted of
a strap of a curvature equal to the smallest pulley
and to which the two ends of the belt were made fast
by means of screws or rivets. A later discussion of
the subject of joints will r^escribe the various ones used
and show why the plain butted joint held with silver
solder was the best one for the purpose.
In order to correct for the angularity of belt pull
on the idler pulleys and its effect upon the readings
of the dial balance and the dead weights, a method was
used which calibrated the exact belt tension directly
against the readings of both the dial balance and the
dead weights.
A belt was put on which, instead of being spliced, had
its two ends joined by a link composed of a turnbuckle
and an accurate spring balance. Weights were put on
the hanging platform, the swinging arms brought to
their normal positions by adjusting the turnbuckle below
the dial balance, and readings were taken of the dial
balance and the spring balance while slowly rotating
the driven wheel first in one direction and then in
the other. This method divided the friction, and the
average of the two readings gave the true readings
which could be plotted against one another and a curve
drawn from which the true belt tension could be read
for any reading of the dial balance or the dead weights.
On account of the limited time it was only possible to
cover a small portion of the work necessary for a com-
plete test of steel belting, and accordingly the field in
which speed, horsepower, and tension are the chief
variables was selected for investigation.
A series of runs was made at constant speed and,
keeping one value of tension constant, the load was
varied from no load to an upper value limited either by
the available supply of driving power or by the slippage
of the steel belt.
Since the tension in the tight side, T,, was kept con-
stant over any run, it may readily be seen that for an
increase in transmitted horsepower the factor T, — T.
could be made larger only by decreasing T„ and that
when this quantity was reduced to a very small value
the loose side of the belt would become very unstable.
After covering the range of horsepower possible, the
tension was changed and another run made with vary-
ing horsepower.
Having covered the desirable range of tensions, the
speed was then changed and another series of runs at
the new speed was made. In making a run, the appa-
ratus was adjusted to operate under conditions of prac-
tically no load, the swinging frames on the idlers were
brought into their normal position by adjusting the
turnbuckles and readings were taken of r.p.m. of driver
and driven pulleys, the dial balance indicating the ten-
sion in the loose side and the dead weights the tension
in the tight side. In timing the r.p.m., 2-min. intervals
were used in order to reduce the error due to starting
and stopping the counters.
The instruments indicating the other readings were
found to be exceptionally constant, and since each
reading was checked by both the parties making the
run, only one reading for the most part was entered
on the log sheets. By taking readings of the Sprague
dynamometer beam, data were made available for a
calibration of this machine at low capacity values
which also served as a rough check on the other read-
ings.
^^
All Instruments Accurately Calibrated
An accurate calibration was made of all the instru-
ments used on the test, including the two spring
balances, stop watch, and dead weights. The readings
taken can be depended upon to have a high degree of
accuracy, with the exception of the difference of r.p.m.
in driver and driven pulleys. Since this is a very small
value and the error involved is in starting and stop-
ping the counters, the percentage of error in the
indication of absolute speed is practically zero.
Since the readings of the tight-side tension were made
with weights, they are as accurate as the weights. No
difficulty was encountered in reading the dial balance
to the nearest pound, and since the idlers were adjusted
to their normal position for every change, the readings
relative to the belt tensions should be accurate to within
1 per cent.
The arc of contact was measured for each belt
length used. As can be seen, when the distance between
centers of driver and driven pulleys is varied there will
be a slight change in the arc of contact. Since this
change was so small and was used only in connection
with the value of slip which, as explained before, had
a large percentage of error, the change in the arc of
contact was not considered.
The following will show how the various values used
were obtained from the results of the tests:
Revolutions per Minute. The difference in the read-
ings of the positive speed counters at the beginning
and at the end of the timed interval will give the
r.p.m. of the driver and driven pulleys, while the differ-
ence between the values thus obtained will give the
r.p.m. slip.
i
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
301
Efficiency is computed by taking the ratio of the
power input to the belt to- its power output :
hp. driver — hp. loss
hp. driver
tc The centrifugal tengion is determined from the
relation :
tc =
0
Fig. 3 shows a plot of this using the proper units
and from which tc for any belt speed may be read.
u The value of the coefficient of friction was calcu-
lated from the relation :
log
tc
= 0.4343 ue
FIG. 2.
3000 4000 5000 6000 7000" MOO 9000 KWQO
Velocity in Ft per Min
DIAGRAM FOR COMPUTING HORSEPOWER FROM
VELOCITY AND DIFFERENCE IN TENSION
Va On account of a slight difference in the circum-
ference of the driver and driven pulleys, it was
necessary to make a correction. This was made by
constructing a diagram from which the velocity of slip
could be read directly for any r.p.m. slip and any speed.
Vd The driver velocity is obtained by multiplying the
driver r.p.m. by its circumference.
r, The tension in the tight side of the belt is read
directly from a calibration curve.
T, The tension in the loose side is also read directly
from a calibration curve.
?, The unit tension in the tight side is found by
dividing T, by the cross-sectional area of the belt, or
ryo.oi X 0.75 = ryo.0075
Driver hp. was obtained from the relation:
{Tr-T,)Va
ti — tc
where -m = coefficient of friction
6 = angle of contact in radians.
Discussion of Results
On account of the uncertainty of the test values of
F, it was first necessary to find, if possible, how this
value varied with the others and to discover the law
, _ force X distance moved per
"P- ~ 33,000
min.
33,000
A chart was made (Fig. 2) from which the horse-
power at any speed or any value of T, — T^ may be
read directly. This was done by plotting the lines hp.
=^ KV,i for values of K corresponding to the required
values of T, — T,.
Hp. Loss. This can be obtained from Fig. 2 by using
Vg in place of V,i and dividing both horizontal and
vertical scales by the same power of ten.
15
14
1
\
13
-'
1?
\
n
1
t
I 1 L
90OOfT.P£RMIH.
10
3
,^
'~~
'~~
~~~
-^
— '
"^
^^
/
u "
/
WObFinRMlh
? 7
■>
r
""^
°
'
re
1
tOdOPl.KRHIH:
i^ 5
4
3
{III
woo FT.PEH Mlk
~ 1 1 1 1
1000 nnR MIN.
I
—
—
—
~~'
'~~
0
8
1
) z
) 3(
5 4(
) 5
0 6<
0 7(
) &
0 9
0 10
0 II
0 12
OB
0 w
0 150 160 n
0 180 190 20(
eaoo
2600
A
/
2400
W7/y?s Compt/hdfrom Formula
^■"^
/
1^2200
t'2000
fl800
lisoo
g-1400
il20C
W-WeyhfoflCu.ln.afSfi
el '5253
iLb.
1
/
V-Belt VllocifijinH.perStc
/
/
/
Y
Whe
nVismrrpe
1
rnin.^tf
X2x3f00^
/
/
/
"5 1000
/
"FgOO
y
/
\ 600
o
400
200
0
/
/'
^
Y
J
^
J^
3
10
00
20
00
30
00
40
00
K
00
60
00
70
00
80
00
90
00
10(
m
kl FIG. 3.
Belt Velocity,Fl-.perMin
CURVE OF CENTRIFUGAL TENSION FOR BELT
SPEEDS UP TO 10,000 FT. PER MIN.
Velocity of Slip.Ft.perMin
FIG. i. CURVES SHOWING RELATION BETWEEN VELOCITY
OF SLIP AND HORSEPOWER FOR Ti - XOO LB.
which connected its variation with that of other quan-
tities involved. The first step in this process was to
plot the test values of Vt against the corresponding
values of hp. This was done over the whole range of
the test, one sheet for each constant, T,. Table I and
Fig. 4 show results and curves for T, = 100 lb
After careful consideration of the location of these
points, it seemed that the curves for all speeds for
any T, seemed to follow a straight line beginning at
the origin and then to break sharply and leave this
line, the point of departure depending upon the speed,
and being different for different values of T,.
It was also noticed that for high values of T, the
straight line from the origin was much steeper than for
lower values. Woi-king on this assumption straight
lines were drawn which represented the mean of all
points which seemed to locate the line. Although there
is a wide variation in the location of these points, it
must be remembered that the percentage of possible
error in the value of V» is very large, in fact large
enough to justify the moving of practically any of the
points to the mean line.
Since it was evident that some simple law existed
302
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
TABLE
I. DATA AND RESULTS OF TESTS ON 0.75 X O.OI-IN
STEEL BELT (T, =
100 LB.)
S »
M 0,
^ a
■fe
Q
d
u
Vsc
;;r
243
242
4
2,075
46 0
0. 16
0 0002
99 9
0 023
0 1
242
240
4
2.055
34.0
0 90
0.0008
99.9
0. 122
0 3
240
239
4
2,048
19.0
1 82
0 0031
99.8
0 317
1 7
238
217
176
2,032
3.5
2.64
0.1200
81.4
44 0
16
364
363
4
3,110
46 0
0 235
0 0001
99.9
0 0246
0 3
363
361
4
3,090
33 5
1 41
0 0013
99.8
0 127
1 4
359
4
3,080
20 5
2.61
0 0043
99.7
0 303
2 5
358
357
4
3,060
12 5
3.32
0 0065
89.6
3 0
357
295
493
3,050
0 5
4 41
0 7200
83.5
246.5
13
485
484
0
4.140
45 5
0 38
0 0001
99 9
0 097
0 4
480
479
0
4,100
32.5
1.97
0 0022
99 9
0 136
2 3
476
472
0
4,060
20 0
3 50
0 0057
99.8
0 322
3 1
466
410
4/i
3,990
0 0
5.85
0 7000
88 8
227.0
1
727
725
5
6,210
36 2
2 31
0 0010
99.9
0 118
2 1
723
721
5
6,180
28.5
3.75
0 0035
99.9
0 223
3 5
715
711
22
6,110
14 5
6.30
0 0089
99 9
0 601
5 8
709
701
57
6,060
7 2
7 58
0 0706
99 1
10 0
702
656
358
6,060
2 5
8 37
0 4990
94 1
179 0
698
607
729
6,060
17
8.45
1 . 0300
87.9
365.0
33
1.102
1,099
8
9,400
33 0
4.31
0 0033
99.9
0 231
3 7
1.065
1.062
8
9,085
21.5
7.41
0.0105
99.8
0.690
6.5
1,050
1.047
9
8,905
13.5
9.47
0 0170
99.8
8.5
972
939
265
8,205
2.5
1.44
0 0570
96.7
128.0
between the various curves, as shown by the change in
slope of the main straight line from the origin for dif-
ferent values of tension, values of 7, were plotted
against their corresponding values of tension, at con-
stant horsepower. This was done by taking the values
of F„ from each curve at 10 hp. and plotting them
against the value of tension corresponding to the curve.
The relation as shown from the plot proved to be a
very close approximation to a straight line and accord-
ingly the line was assumed and the lines previously
located to represent the mean of the plotted points
were so changed as to make their inclination to the
hp. axis conform to the law. This correction was con-
sidered desirable and even necessary on account of the
uncertainty in the values of F„ which has been discussed.
Data were now available for the construction of a
^characteristic diagram in which lines of constant hp,
were laid down on Vs and T, axes. (See Fig. 5.) It
was noticed on the hp.-y,, curves that there seemed to
be some symm.etrical relation between the points at
which the curves for different speeds broke away from
the characteristic straight line. Accordingly, all of
these points were transferred to the V., and T, diagrams,
the result being a series of surprisingly well-defined
lines radiating from very near the origin and cutting
the lines of constant hp.
Since the quantity T, — T, is more valuable for use
in connection with this work than the quantity r„
it was found desirable to provide some means of show-
ing the relation of T, — T, to the other variables.
To do this the values of T, — T, were computed for
various points on the diagram, and after marking the
values in their proper places contours were run so as
to show the lines of constant T, — T... The inter-
sections of constant hp. lines and constant-speed lines
were used for this purpose and the corresponding values
of T^ — T.^ were computed from the following relation :
can be transmitted with a given tension and the corre-
sponding velocity of slip and T, — T, can be determined
For instance, if we wish to transmit 10 hp. we have a
large range of values of both T, and belt speeds from
which to make a choice, but when either of these values
IS fixed, the other assumes a definite value.
It must be remembered in using this diagram that
owing to the method of its construction some of the
quantities represent not the absolute values, but the
limiting values corresponding to the others which have
been fixed. Thus if we assume a belt speed of 6 000 ft
per minute with the original assumption of 10 hp'
transmitted, it will be seen that T, will have a value of
about 135 lb. This means that with the conditions
which were assumed (10 hp. and 6,000 ft. per minute)
any value of T, less than 135 lb. would be below the
limiting value and that excess slip would be expected
It would be advisable, however, to use a somewhat
higher tension, since in this way the velocity of slip
would be materially decreased.
On the other hand, if we wished to find what speed
would be necessary if we assumed T, to be, say, 200 lb
from the diagram it appears that a speed of about
40
T, - T, =
33,000 X hp.
Vd
This diagram may be used in connection with the
design of a steel belt within the range of the values
used, and applies only to steel belting of the same size
as used in the test and run over cork-faced pulleys.
For any belt speed the maximum hoi-sepower which
Corrected T^ — ►
FIG. 5. CHARACTERISTIC DIAGRAM FOR STEEL BELTING
3 600 ft. per minute would be the least speed at which
10 hp. could be transmitted without excess slippage,
and at this condition the slip would be about 12^ ft
per minute. Here again it would be advisable to either
increase the speed or the tension, in order to work safely
below the critical point, because the relations on the
diagram represent conditions which correspond to the
points on the straight lines of the F, and hp. curves at
which the holding power of the belt on the pulley breaks
down and a very great increase in slippage begins.
By extending this diagram to cover a large range of
hp., belt velocity and tension, and applying certain
coeflicients to compensate for changes of belt size and
other variables which may occur, a complete working
diagram for steel-belt design would be obtained.
The next relation which was wanted was that of
the coefficient of friction to the velocity of slip. The
method used in calculating these values has been pre-
viously explained, the values of F, used being the cor-
rected values obtained by the method before described.
Fig. 6 shows the curves obtained, and it was found
that not only does the coefficient of friction vary with
the velocity of slip but also with the belt speed,
increasing with increased velocity of slip and with a'
decrease of speed.
A rather interesting feature was discovered in con-
nection with the computation of the values of the fric-
tional coeflScient. In using the quantity
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
it was found that for some readings the values of
t.^ — tc became negative, and hence the expression
I2 — tc
also became negative
Investigation of the curves showed that such values
appeared to develop at or near the points where the
hp. and V„ curves broke away from their common char-
acteristic line.
Very little can be determined for these values from
the experimental data taken, and it is evident that
such points are outside of the practical range for the
use of steel belting. The phenomenon can, however,
be explained as follows:
Whenever the value of tc became greater than the
existing value of <,, which is the condition under which
t, — tc is negative, it is evident that there was no force
V.(T,
T.)=u^^^^r0V,
u =
2re
2(r, -T.)
(T. + r.)
Fig. 7 shows the curves plotted from this relation, but
on account of their being independent of V„ values of
M were obtained in another manner.
Discussion of Belt Joints
One of the serious difficulties which had to be con-
tended with was the development of some method of
joining the ends of the belt in such a way as to develop
a fair proportion of the tensile strength of the steel
belt and at the same time not to interfere with the
smooth operation of the belt and to be of such a nature
that the joint will be sufficiently durable.
The following requirements are those which deter-
mined the most desirable joint to use :
a In order that there shall be the least possible
amount of concentrated strain it is necessary either
to have the joint extend along the belt as small an
1.5
14
r
"
•J/
'
/
—
I
J/
r-
13
1
(
•^
i
,.v
^V >/
r-
-7
i/
f
I J
1
1
/
/
V
1
/
/
/'
1
/
/
/
/
.1
1
/
/
,A
/
/
'^ 07
•fe
-1- flfl
/
/
/
/
/
y
/
/
/
A
/
.y OS
% 0.4
/
/
/
/
y
^
/
/
/
<:
L>
/
/
/
/
y
<^
y
02
f>
V
/
i
y^
Ql
0
/y.
^
^
1
'^
_J
Velocity of Slip (Va) InFeet per Minuts
PIG.
6. CURVE SHOWING RELATION BETWEEN
VELOCITY OF SLIP AND COEFFICIENT
OF FRICTION
acting to keep the belt in contact with the pulley on
the loose side. Accordingly, the arc of contact was
diminished and conditions brought about which gave
rise to the unstable and uncertain conditions which
showed up in the experimental work.
In obtaining the values of the coefficient of iriction
an attempt was made to compute them from the rela-
tion:
Ft.-lb. lost due to friction = wpr^V,
where u = coefficient of friction
7) = pressure per unit length of belt on pulley
face
r ^= radius of pulley
6 = angle of contact in radians
Vs = velocity of slip.
Assuming that the total power loss due to friction
is also equal to the product of the velocity of slip
by the difference in tension
and since
(r. — rjF, == Mpi-oy.
V =
r. + T,
2r9
0 10 to 30 40 50 60 70 50 90 100 110 KO 130 WO 150 160 170 180 190 M
Tj-Tj Lb.
FIG. 7. CURVES SHOWING RELATION BETWEEN
COEFFICIENT OP FRICTION AND DIFFERENCE
OF TENSION
amount as possible, or to have it so constructed that its
flexibility is approximately equal to that of the original
belt. If the joint is of such construction that there is
a distinct change in the flexibility in adjacent sections
the stresses would be so concentrated at the junction
point that destructive stresses would cause an early
failure of the material.
b On account of the design of the testing machine
it was necessary that the joint would be capable of
withstanding reversed stresses and that nothing should
interfere with using both sides of the belt in contact
with the pulley wheels. This condition, while being
essential for the test is not necessarily applicable to
all installations, because for ordinary straight drives
only one side of the belt is run in contact with the
pulleys.
c The material of the belt is a very high-carbon
steel carefully tempered and any joint which depends
upon the use of solder must be made in such a way that
the original temper is either not drawn or that it is
drawn to only such a degree that the material is not
damaged.
304
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
It can be readily seen that a joint could not be
retempered without tempering the entire belt, because
there would be a section each side of the heated part
which would have received enough heat to draw its
temper and still would not be hot enough to harden.
Efforts were made to develop a joint wh'.ch satisfied
the foregoing requirements, and after much experi-
mentation it was found that the most successful manner
of joining the belt ends, so far as the test was con-
cerned, was to make a butted joint with the edges
beveled about 60 deg. and then secured by means of
silver solder. Care was taken to confine the annealing
effect of the soldering flame to as small a length along
the belt as possible and onV enough solder was used
to make the joint complete. With the f-in. belt it
was possible to confine the annealing effect to a very
small length (as little as 4 in.), and to so distribute
the solder that it was not necessary to do any filing
in order to make the joint ready for service.
Joints of this kind were used throughout the test
with apparently no signs of weakening or failure and
showing no undesirable effects on the running stability
of the belt.
An attempt was made to weld the belting by means
of an oxy-acetylene torch, but on account of the extreme
thinness of the material and the high temperature
required the effort was unsuccessful.
In an attempt to make a joint which would develop
a large percentage of the original strength of the mate-
rial, one of the ends to be joined was cut to a sharp V
and the edges serrated, and the other end so cut as to
interlock with it. It was expected that when this joint
was silver-soldered the strain would be taken up by the
material instead of by the solder as it would be with
the simple butt- soldered joint. This method was not a
success, because when heated to a suflUciently high tem-
perature to flow the solder it buckled and twisted and
could not be made flat.
Riveted joints were also tried and proved fairly satis-
factory. The joints were made in the V-shape in order
to distribute the rivets and both ends were cut out so
that the tendency to stiffen the joint would be reduced
to a minimum. They were made by the use of a punch-
ing die into which one end of the belt was clamped
and fifteen No. 50 holes were punched. The other end
was punched in the same die, being put through from
the opposite end so that the holes in the two pieces
exactly matched. The rivets used were No. 51 punch-
ings from phosphor bronze about 0.03 in. thick. These
were placed in the holes and headed down lightly on
both sides, care being taken not to stretch the material
by upsetting them too much. A joint of this type was
run for a considerable length of time and then a very
small crack was discovered in the edge. It is the opin-
ion of the authors that with sufficient care and experi-
mentation a very satisfactory riveted joint could be
developed.
Why the Blueprint?
By H. W. Weisgerber
I was interested in an article by Frank Richards that
was reprinted from the American Machinist in the
Compressed Air Magazine. Upon looking at the title I
thought here at least we are going to have something
of real value; but not so, for the farther I read into
the article, trouble was the only thing that I saw in his
plan. I had visions of the photostat machine but no,
he never mentioned it.
After finishing the article I came to the conclusion
that the author knew nothing about the printing busi-
ness and that his theory about reproduction on zinc
plates was only a harmless "pipe dream."
I have been directly connected with blueprint depart-
ments for more than twenty years; and now in my
present position in charge of the blueprint department
of the Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co., where we run
from one to four 100-yd. rolls of blueprint paper a day,
I would consider an opportunity to save paper at the
present prices to be most welcome. I fail, however, to
see that opportunity in the use of zinc plates.
To use Mr. Richard's plan requires a printing press
of some kind. The plates must either be nailed or
screwed to wood blocks, put in a frame and fastened to
the press. Then, if the lines and characters that form
the drawing on the plate are all of a uniform height, all
might be well; but would they be? If not. then they
must be brought to the proper height by building up on
the platen of the press with pieces of tissue paper so
that the lines or characters will all print legibly. All
of this requires time and patience, for if a letter or
figure were missing the plate would be useless.
If only one or two copies of any particular drawing
were desired, all of this preliminary work would be
rather expensive. If a few hundred or a thousand
copies were wanted it would be a mighty saving over
the blueprint. Even if but one copy from the plate
were wanted it would be necessary to put in the paper
padding else the plate would make indentations in the
paper that might blur certain characters in the second
plate that would be placed in the press.
With some months experience in a small job printing
office, coupled with fifteen years with a printing press
that was used for title printing and other jobs in the
blueprint department, I learned something about the
accidents that will happen to type, plates and etchings.
They must be handled with extreme care to prevent
damage to their delicate surfaces and they ir.jst be
scrubbed everytime they are used in order to keep the
ink from clogging the small characters.
Mr. Richards refers to the drawings that he has
incorporated in his article as being legible and easily
read. But does he think that every Tom, Dick and
Harry of a boy or man that he might place in a blue-
print department could or would do as good work as a
pressman employed on a magazine of the character of
American Machinistl I think not. The magazine must
use better ink than he would, and the type and cuts are
in good condition ; not having been battered about here
and there in drawers and cabinets.
I will admit that smaller drawings than are now used
would be more convenient to handle, but the process
would lie in the direction of the use of the photostat ;
large drawings could be reduced to the size of sheets
that these machines make, and then four or six of these
sheets could be reduced again into one sheet which
would bring the size of each drawing dovm to some-
where near the size that Mr. Richards advocates. With
paper at the prevailing price, and likely to go higher, a
way will soon be found to get along with far fewer
prints — or else they will be made smaller by some
process of photography. I have reproduced 33 x 42-in.
drawings to lantern slide plates that were less than 3x3
in. and still had all lines and characters legible, but such
fineness would scarcely do for printing-press work.
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
305
Inspection and the Modern Factory
By 0. B. WHITTAKER
Inspection, as applied to modern factory prac-
tice, is the comparison of the factory's product
in a semi-finished or finished state vnth that
tvhich the designer has portrayed by blueprint,
sketch or other means.
THE subject of inspection usually interests the
management in one of two ways depending upon
the characteristics of the company in question. In
a growing organization, if no inspection of the product
has been inaugurated, the question confronting the
management is when should inspection be started. If
on the other hand inspection has been started, the ex-
tent to which it should be carried becomes a matter of
prime importance.
In rendering decisions in either of these cases the
investment must be considered a profitable one. No
inspection department that is not a paying unit of the
whole organization can be considered a success. The
great variety of ways in which inspection brings about
a saving requires the closest study of each individual
case, as often the saving is made in such a way that it
cannot be expressed in terms of money value. The cost
of incorrect fulfillment of a contract on deliveries, or
the indirect damage done by the delivery of a faulty
product can never be fully determined. This point can
be emphasized if the reader will imagine himself in the
position of either the dealer or consumer, whichever the
case may be, and choose from any of the various known
materials on the market, some one manufacturer's
product in which a feeling of great faith is held. An
analysis of the reason for the confidence placed in the
one chosen will, it is almost certain, be found to lie
in the dependability of that company to supply the
material as ordered and as represented in any pre-
liminary negotiation. The large mail order houses in
this country owe practically their entire success to the
confidence which their customers have found they can
place in them to supply the material as represented.
Practically all large companies that had their origin
in the so called "One man shop" have had to face the
necessity of instituting inspection at one time or
another. The topic at this juncture is attacked from
many angles, but despite this, there is a more or less
definite means of determining the proper time to
inaugurate inspection if the general characteristics of
the company are known.
In the small factory or shop each workman can be
depended upon to exercise more care in his work since
he takes greater pride in making and fitting each
individual part. He has a hand in the final assembly of
the product and then, too, any mistakes made can be
easily traced to the one responsible for them. Also in
the small organizations, the foreman can more effec-
tively supervise the work of the individual workman,
especially in instances where the foreman is responsible
for all operations necessary in making a given product
from the beginning to the end.
As long as this condition remains, there is little or
\ no use for an inspection department, but when it
becomes necessary to expand the organization so that
the shop becomes specialized, that is when certain parts
of the factory are set aside for carrying on certain
operations only, it immediately becomes necessary to
introduce inspection, to prevent one specialized depart-
ment from passing inferior or spoiled work to the next
department; to prevent disputes between foremen over
inferior or spoiled material; to create fair and clean
competition between departments ; to assist the manage-
ment in localizing any trouble which may be found to
exist in the product and if in a factory where "piece
work" is done, to pass on the quality and quantity of
the men's output Inspection thus becomes the element
which overcomes the detrimental factors of the special-
ized factory and, as specialization is the key to the
successful operation of the large factory, inspection may
be rightfully claimed as the keystone.
Inspection and The Product
^ \ no
IL
All the details of an inspection organization should be
adapted to the product to be inspected. Very frequently
no precedent can be found covering the inspection of
certain products or parts of products. This condition
may well emphasize the need of a man rich in the pos-
session of original ideas and filled with initiative, to fill
the position of chief inspector.
Before any inspection is started, a very careful study
of the product should be made with a view to determine
in what quantities the product will be made ; the extent
of identical part production and the accuracy to be
obtained.
Inspection of parts manufactured in large quantities
ia a comparatively easy matter as in such cases it is
profitable to make gages of the "go and not go" type
and other special tools. Such special tools, with very
little patience exercised in training the personnel, per-
mit the employment of comparatively unskilled labor,
thus appreciably reducing the cost of inspection.
The manufacturing of parts in small quantities pre-
sents large and more difficult problems, as in many cases
it not only becomes problematical whether or not special
gages and fixtures are necessary, but those responsible
are confronted with the difficulty of obtaining and train-
ing satisfactory help where "fixed" gages are not
profitable.
On the other hand it will be found advisable in many
instances to make special inspection fixtures even though
the part to be inspected is not made in quantities which
would ordinarily warrant "fixed" gages, especially if
accuracy or a high degree of interchangeability is
required.
Some companies have gone so far as to provide a
separate organization, under the direction of the inspec-
tion department whose duty it is to plan and prepare
the best and most economical way of inspecting parts.
This organization may, in co-operation with the tool
designer, design any special inspection tools found
necessary. As a study is made of each part, a set of
instructions for inspecting it is prepared. This serves
as a guide for the inspector who will later inspect the
part.
There is a broad variety of ideas as to the relation
306
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
Chief
Ziupector
^^
-^
/
/ \
\
-^^
Inc<»lng Material
Inspect Ifon
/
Froeeas Parts
Inspeotlon
\
Finished Equlpoent
Inspeetloo
/
\
\
Inspection
De»elopioent
Too7.
Inspeotlon
FIG. 1.
ORGANIZATION CHART OF INSPECTION
DEPARTMENT
of the inspection department with the other depart-
ments of an organization. Many are exponents of the
idea of having it as a part of the engineering organiza-
tion ; others advocate that it should come under the fac-
tory's control and still others advocate that it should be
an independent part of the organization with its line of
responsibility meeting the others at the general
manager of the entire organization.
Many good and bad points can be advanced for all of
these plans, but the second, that of bringing the inspec-
tion department under the factory manager, seems to
work out best. This is especially true if there is a fac-
tory manager superior to the factory superintendent,
methods superintendent, production superintendent,
etc., thus giving the head of the inspection department
an equal footing with the heads of other departments in
the factory division. In some factories the head of the
inspection department is responsible to the factory
superintendent. It is generally believed, however, that
this is not good practice as it vests almost unlimited
control of the product in the factory superintendent's
hands. There are, of course, exceptions to this, but
where such an arrangement is to be found working
satisfactorily, a man of unusual breadth and ability will
be found filling the position of factory superintendent.
In general, it is best to place the head of the inspec-
tion department on equal footing with the factory
superintendent. Any differences coming up between
them will have to be settled by the factory manager or
management.
The superintendent of production is very apt to be
one of the inspector's most disturbing factors since it
is his task to meet a certain promised delivery, he is
very apt to influence the inspector against his own best
judgment regarding defective parts or material.
Some factory managers favor engineering control
over the inspectors, as it is the belief in this case that
the engineer is the most capable of finally judging the
product of his own design. This relation of the inspec-
tor to the rest of the factory organization has its
advantages in keeping final decisions entirely away from
all branches of the factory, but tends greatly to isolate
the inspection staff from the factory organization and
its routine. In many factories the insi>ector is so
nearly an integral part of the factory organization that
any tendency to make him too independent causes a
break in the routine which has been found to be most
efficient.
Necessity For Full Co-operation
Eegardless of his line of responsibility, the inspector
must be willing to co-operate fully with whatever
branch of the whole organization he may be called upon
to serve. Any lack of co-operation and willingness to
assist on the part of the inspector makes him a danger-
ous link in the chain of a factory's organization anJ In
such cases he should be removed, even though it results
in sacrificing inspection of a part, as in such cases he
readily becomes a worse menace than the entire omis-
sion of the inspection department.
In any case the inspector must either be or become,
as soon as possible, an authority on the manufacturing
operations he has to inspect and then be ready to render
any assistance that may be required by the man carrying
out those operations. In many cases witnessed by the
writer, the inspector simply attached rejection tags to
the rejected articles and returned them to the produc-
tion department with no reason given for their return.
It was then necessary for the foreman of the produc-
tion department concerned to go to the inspector and
inquire the reasons the articles were rejected, — result-
ing in the loss of time amounting to more perhaps than
the value of the parts. A better method would appear
to lie in encouraging or perhaps compelling the inspec-
tor to analyze the cause of the part being spoiled and
communicate the findings to the foreman at once and
have the part returned as soon as possible with all
details written out clearly on the rejecting tag.
A very good example of such co-operation was
recently witnessed where a company was manufacturing
large numbers of delicate instruments for the Govern-
ment. There had been many rejections due to difficulty
in getting certain of the parts to align themselves with
each other properly. The almost continuous rejection of
the parts by the assistant inspector gave the inspector in
charge of that branch of the organization abundant time
to study the problem. This man worked nights, Satur-
day afternoons, Sundays and holidays for several weeks
and finally offered his suggestion as to how the trouble
could be overcome. His suggestion was adopted and
proved to be the right solution to the problem. This
accomplishment was particularly meritorious since the
trouble had been continuously before the engineers for
solution since it first arose. It is not always that an
inspector has this same opportunity, but again, how
many inspectors are confronted with similar opportuni-
ties and fail to sense them at all, — in fact the inspector's
intimacy with the product should put him in an excel-
lent position to improve the quality materially.
Convincing the foremen that the inspector is willing
to co-operate with them in bettering the product is of
first importance in a factory where harmony is to exist
between the production and inspection departments. An
instance is recalled where in starting an inspection
department in a factory the foremen demanded that
they be informed of the policies of the new organiza-
'"'"'""' RECEIVING RECORD
N?
35020
T.J.Chmlour.
1
1 "" "^
r*ter»rai«t. IT.Y. 123* RllOT
Pu-cel RD«t 1
9S7»
3tr79S-«l 1
DC&CntPTION
WIIOKT
Y'.uia 1
200
loo
1 jrlnute Level TlUs
6 • "
5-18-1910
U.TUU
INSPECTION RCCOftO
£ R«leetloni Broken tor Itt«r«ctlan ponmstts.
O.K. (W.G.I
iJs^ot'
CaOOKB
'V.ii.wipi T- j-
3-i«-isa
T" 1
FIG. 2. RECORD OF MATERIAL. RECEIVEaj
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
307
tion. They objected to certain records that were being
kept which gave a summary of all material that passed
through the inspector's hands during the day, the num-
ber of rejections and the department concerned. In
some way the foremen obtained the idea that these
records were being kept to incriminate them. As a
matter of fact, the real purpose of these records was
to find in what factory department the inspectors were
co-operating properly with the factory, a continual high
rejection usually indicating the lack of proper co-ordina-
tion between the two departments. A meeting of the
factory foremen and all inspectors was called by the
management and the matter thoroughly discussed and
the results were almost miraculous in reducing the num-
ber of rejections and improving the product.
In factories where piece work is done, the co-opera-
tion between the factory and inspection department
employees must be carefully controlled, as unfair decis-
ions may result since the rejection of a part means a
loss to the man making it. In such factories inspection
is usually of a highly routine nature and but few outside
of the foremen inspectors are able to co-operate with
the factory efficiently. This to some extent overcomes
automatically the dangers of too close association be-
tween the inspectors and the factory employees.
The routing of the product also bears closely upon
this general topic. In all well organized factories the
product passes through inspector's hands after each
important operation and finally into stock. In case of
rejection it is in most organizations returned to the
production department which performed the operation
for which the part was rejected. If the fault cannot
be easily corrected, two courses are open, and the next
move will depend entirely upon the rest of the factory
organization. In instances where there is a salvage
i
Sub
Contractor
Sjrdert^
Salvage
Dept
Incominaf
Material
Inspection
ManufaCluring
and Process
Inspection
Tina I Asaemhit/
Inspection
CompleleEc^ipmer^
Operating Test
finished f(^u/p,t.
Inspection
Shipping
Deparfempnl
FIG. 3. CHART SHOWING METHOD OF HANDLING
PURCHASED MATERIAL,
SVHOOL
NAME OP PART
BINNACLE BASE MK.1VC0MPASS
MAT No.
1 57519
DATE
19-26-191
SME11
1
M«.
WFM
CASTmoN "•"""
■vFEinDiOByj APVMoveo Ihoot «Mitn
OPERATION
FIXTURE
lOCATWN
TOOLS
No.
HACK. OO 1 Tl
■CNCtuKnlmni
Purchased Costinq
Pattern
2S954-E
1
Inspect
z
Rouqh Grind CD.
FX
T-e758-f(i
BK
«F
3
Cht;
peer
"
4
ck on inside of
9E
Spiderftnter
T-3558-FC
b(3se, face back, OA
ofrffBntnsfatfftenzftir
Borefrontend1o9.5<
Sft
BL
0."
S
Drill 4- holes in base
DJ
*T-7e6lf6
..
%'Orill
SG
iw
_.. ,
BdrrvsH'
Drilllholefniide o-f
DJ
«T-7e6l-fO
8K
l%"Drfll
*iBase
Jill.
lOP
7
Tap 1 hols
"
iJ^Pipeliip
— '1—
" ■
8
C'borelholesinBase
••
CB
»5WI69-70
**
9
Drill 8 holes
DJ
*T?988rO
"
Drills
i^ntisi
ac
-g%-
10
Countersinkfiholes
■•
C'«ink
•■
IP
Inspect
II
ti
Finish as specified
Ir-
fiF
IS
Inspect
f
FIG. 4. OPERATION SHEET INDICATING PERIODS OF
INSPECTION
department the rejected part may be forwarded there
and an effort may be made to salvage it, or the manufac-
turing department may scrap it and charge it off the
books. It is obvious that in case the part is forwarded
to the salvage department, and there found to be beyond
reclaiming, that it should be charged off the books in
order to keep the stock records accurate and up to date.
Precaution should be taken to see that no parts enter
the stock rooms except through recognized channels, in
order to prevent rejected material from gaining access
to a place where it will enter into the regular product
as first class material.
Tolerances
Properly prepared blueprints are as essential to the
inspector as are his tools. Few blueprints carry all the
necessary information that may be of assistance to the
men using them. It is not infrequent that it is impos-
sible to carry out exactly the wishes of the designer as
specified on the print and in anticipation of this, a work-
ing allowance for each dimension is usually given on
all manufacturing prints. This allowance is usually
known as a working tolerance. For example — a certain
dimension may call for one inch. It is a well-known
fact that except by accident, a piece of material cannot
be cut to exactly one inch, it might be only 0.0001 over
and yet that may or may not be close enough for the
requirements. If the piece could be 0.0001 in. under
or over size, it would be said to have a tolerance of
0.0001 in., or in other words, the piece could be used
whether it was 0.9999 in. or not more than 1.0001
inch.
The use of the tolerance system has two very distinct
advantages; it increases efficiency by indicating to the
mechanic the relative importance of any given dimension
and it removes the use of personal judgment on the
part of the mechanic and inspector.
The subject of tools for the inspector is a matter of
ranking importance. The tools for the inspection de-
partment should be chosen with the utmost regard for
the nature of the product to be inspected.
%8
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 7
REJECTIOR NOTICE
Part .j<l «q5
Job No . .3«834 2-2S-a> .'
A«asons for rejection
.O-.Q006 .undensi.5«
O.COi eecentr J c
'. .SXouJA >X MPP.eA '. '. '. * .* '. '. '. '. '. '. '.
Charge to. . XlCRti Jf.
3. A
Inspector
FIG. 5. REJECTION TAG
Where a product manufactured in quantities is to
he inspected, it is usually best to consider special tools
and gages especially made or set for the product. This
is often found advisable where quantity is less evident
but where close tolerances are necessary. For instances
not included in the above, the ordinary mechanic's meas-
uring tools will usually be found to be satisfactory.
Every factory should be equipped with a set of
accurate gage blocks with which all of the tools or
equipment used to gage the product should be frequently
checked. Such blocks, when properly used, make pos-
sible the interchangeability of parts — they serve as a
standard to which parts may be made in opposite parts
of the country and still fit when assembled, etc. In
this age of highly specialized manufacture, these are
important matters. Take as an example the manufac-
ture of the Liberty Motor; dozens of highly specialized
plants in widely separated parts of the country con-
tributed parts to that motor and they fit accurately
when assembled. Of course, all the credit for this
cannot be taken by the gage blocks, but we can rest
assured that they made a great contribution to it.
Such a set of standards in the average machine shop
will be found in the hands of the tool inspector where
it is used for checking all manufacturing and inspecting
tools. Some factories find it advisable to carry matters
in this respect a step further by making a set of master
gages from recognized standards and then using the
master gages for checking the working gages and then
checking back with the recognized standards at only
infrequent intervals. This method further prevents
wear in the standards, and is broadly practiced where
possibly some of the most exacting problems of inter-
changeability are encountered, such as in the manufac-
ture of ball bearings.
In factories where electrical machinery is manufac-
tured, equal care should be taken to see that the
standard instruments are kept uniformly accurate.
Organization
The plan of organization for the inspection depart-
ment itself depends upon the size of the plant and the
nature of its products.
Most plants of a sufficient size putting out a product
of a mechanical nature have an organization laid out
along the lines represented by the chart shown in Fig. 1.
The responsibilities of the department units may be
outlined as follows:
The Chief Inspector is responsible to his superior for
the direction, supervision, and co-ordination of all sec-
tions of the inspection department.
The Incoming Material Inspector is responsible for:
(a) Keeping on file copies of all purchase drawings and specifica-
tions under wliich materials are purchased. These to be Itept
in a convenient manner for ready reference when shipments
on purchase orders are received.
(b) Checking all Incoming material against the requirements
specified on the purchase orders, and marking the date and
quantity accepted and rejected on the receiving record.
(c) Forwardmg all rejected incoming material with proper m-
formation to the salvage department.
(d) Rendering proper reports as requested by the chief Inspector.
The Process Parts Inspection Section is responsible for :
(a) Inspection of all process parts between important operations
in their manufacture.
(b) Inspection of all finished patterns before they go to the
foundry.
(c) Inspection of all castings as they come from the foundry.
(d) Notif.ving the production department of any delays in the
transfer of material to or from any of the inspection benches.
(e) Co-ordinating the work of the inspectors with the factory
foremen.
(f) Rendering proper reports as requested by the chief inspector.
The Finished Egiiipment Inspection Section is responsible for :
(a) Inspecting all finished material and equipment and checking
its mechanical and electrical features against the require-
ments of the order and specifications covering the material
before being turned over to the shipping department.
(b) Obtaining the certificate of approval or acceptance from the
customers when required.
(c) Rendering proper reports as requested by the chief inspector.
The Tool Inspection Section is responsible for:
(a) Checking all tools, gages, fixtures, etc., with requirements of
specifications and drawings immediately after they are com-
pleted by the tool makers and before they are turned over to
the production department.
(b) Checking any gages and fixtures that may be returned by the
shop or other sections of the inspection department for re-
checking.
(c) Rendering proper reports as requested by the chief inspector.
The Inspection Development Section is responsible for:
(a) Developing ways and means of checking all parts to see that
they conform to the terms of the requirements.
(b) Rendering proper reports as required by the chief inspector.
Incoming Material Inspection Section
Almost every factory purchases raw material. If
the factory is of any consequence at all the purchasing
agent hasn't time to inspect the material he buys, nor
is it usually the case that he is capable of telling whether
the material he has purchased is satisfactory or not,
even though he had the time. His profession is a buyer
and not an engineer or inspector. It is therefore some-
body's business to see that the material purchased is
what was ordered.
The incoming material inspector must know the
requirements of the material he is to inspect and he
should know it in time to make any special arrange-
ments or provide any special equipment necessary. He
is therefore supplied with a copy of the purchase order
and complete specifications covering the material to be
purchased. The purchase order indicates whether in-
spection is to be made at the plant of the contractor
or at the home plant; delivery dates, etc. Payment
on purchased material is not made until the material
is approved by the inspectors, a space being provided
on the receiving record, Fig. 2, for the inspector's
approval or disapproval. Fig. 3 illustrates in detail
the method used in handling purchased material.
Process Parts Inspection Section
After the material has been approved and placed in
stock, all subsequent inspection, up to the point of test-
ing, is made by the process parts inspection section.
This group of inspectors approve the material between
all important operations as specified by the factory on
the operation cards. Fig. 4, which indicate at what
periods the part shall be inspected. All material must
be approved before being sent to the stock room. This
INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS |
N.HI OF fA'1
Oulde bearinr e«.se
O-t— t.o-
Grlnd/ntf
J.F.C.
L.K.r.
a-8-20
TOOLS
-.P^'W Cf*
T.:iA«o
LOCATION
3q crib bl
. rtn M
la La
b# used -rllh no varlAtlona fmm th^ Lftl«T»nces allo»«d on It.
FIG. 6. REPORT OF INSPECTION DEVELOPMENT SECTION
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
309
t
section also takes care of all testing done on unit and
sub-assembly parts. Upon completion of the product
and after a thorough assembly inspection by the process
part inspectors, the product is turned over to the test
department, which is a separate part of the company's
organization. It is here given a thorough test and if
approved, is turned over to the finished equipment
inspection section.
Finished Equipment Inspection
The finished-equipment inspectors check the material
thoroughly against the customer's specifications to see
that it complies with them in every respect.
Rejected Material
All rejected material is returned to the department
responsible for the fault for which it was rejected. A
rejection tag. Fig. 5, describing in detail the reasons
for the rejection is attached to the material before its
return. This tag is signed by the foreman inspector.
The department responsible for the trouble investi-
gates the reasons for the material's rejection, with a
view to reclaiming it. If it can be corrected, it is fixed
up and returned to the inspectors for approval. If it
cannot be reclaimed, it is forwarded to the salvage
department. If it is an assembled unit, the good parts
are removed and returned to stock and the bad parts
scrapped.
Inspection Development Section
This section is continually in touch with new work
that is being prepared to be placed in the shop. Its
work bears the same relation to the inspection depart-
ment as the methods department does to the factory;
in other words, it makes a thorough study of the prod-
uct and prepares ways and means of inspecting it. Care-
ful i-eports, Fig. 6, are made as a result of the study
of each part. These records then serve as a guide to
the inspector, who will have to inspect the part when
it gets into production.
Drilling and Tapping Ring Gears
By Frank C. Hldson
Among the specialties of the Weeks-Hoffman Co.,
Syracuse, N. Y., is the manufacture of the ring gears
for cars of various kinds. These are machined in the
regular way, but some special tooling is necessary when
it comes to drilling and tapping.
A multiple-spindle drilling machine has been rigged
up, as shown in Fig. 1, so as to drill all the holes in two
of the gear blanks at one setting. The guide plate is
fastened to the column of the drilling machine, so as to
guide the drills and insure the gears being inter-
changeable.
The gears to be drilled are mounted in pairs on the
drilling table, the table being suitably indexed in its
proper position, so that the guide plates will center the
drills correctly. It will be noted that the guide ~plate
A has a raised place in the center of each ring of drills,
which performs the double function of allowing space
for the hub of the gear and also of distributing lubri-
cant to the drills.
The size of the pipes for distributing soda or other
cutting compound indicates that flooded lubrication is
believed in.
Tapping the drilled holes is also done in a multiple-
spindle drilling machine, which is, however, set up for
,|M, If II,
FIU 1. DKILLIXG TWO GKAKS AT ONCE
only one ring gear, involving the use of ten taps as
shown in Fig. 2. There is nothing unusual about this
set-up, except perhaps the simplicity of the holding fix-
ture, which only has to support the gear and to resist
an upward pull. The ten taps have no tendency to turn
the gear as a whole.
Features of Operation
It will be noted that there is plenty of play, both
vertically and in twisting around the spindle, in th,
driving connection at A. The tapering chuck carries c.
sleeve which is well supported by the spindle inside, but
allows it sufficient motion to prevent any tendency to
bind and to allow slack when the spindle reverses
from one direction to the other. An ample supply of
cutting lubricant is provided by the large pipe which
encircles the taps, the holes in the pipe being so located
as to thoroughly lubricate each individual tap as it
revolves.
8
iiPi""'^-^
^M
»
iP^^ll
■ * ^^^
/ At
-^',
^''
1
^~^f
■ ••' ,,«■
.
..'■>'''.
1 ,
m
^.^.^ , -
,' ii'-
r'
'3^,.
■&■>■■•'' ■ -
^^.k. ■
;;
^"y
■■BHH^HBBHSI
— <i 1
FIG. 2. TAPPING WITH TEN SPINDLES
310
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 7
FOR SMALL SHOPS ^//^ ALL SHOPS
By J. A. Iju-cas
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
311
AFIOC ' ©180CEBEC
ETTPOnoc -^ EN IFiHINH
TlOr'EnoWCf, ':f'K»CEn=
The Evolution of the Workshop— XII
By H. H. MANCHESTER
IN GREAT BRITAIN
the decade following
1820 was very largely
one of improvement on the
machine tools such as the
lathe and planer which
had recently been in-
vented, and it was not un-
til two decades later that
any new tools of prime
importance were devel-
oped. Several of the not-
able improvements of the
period were credited to
Joseph Clement, who, it
will be remembered, was
one of the first to adopt the planing machine to iron.
Between 1820 and 1825 Clement built planing ma-
chines for iron which were used in his shop, and the
combined these in various ways with the lathe. While
the work of this machine was far more accurate than
could have been attained by other methods, it was not
at all cheap, for Clement's price was IJ cents a square
inch, at a time when skilled labor received only about
fifty cents a day.
There is a long description of Clement's planer in the
The development which took place in the metal-
ivorking industries of Great Britain during the
period between 1H20 and 1870 was very great,
and it shows to what an extent the factory system
had grown. Improvements made in the method
of working hot metal were as important as those
arising in machine-tool ivork, the rapidity of the
development being truly striking. The more gen-
eral application of steam power and the raising
of the standard of accuracy in machine work are
among the important points discussed by the
author.
(Part XI appeared in our July 29 issue.)
"Transactions of the So-
ciety of Arts" in 1832.
This account contains the
following passage, "This
planing machine for
metals . . . performs
its work in right lines,
and is so constructed that
during longitudinal cuts
the tool is stationary and
the work moves, but dur-
ing lateral cuts the tool
moves. The tools or cut-
ters are similar to those
used on the lathe, their
forms being in like man-
ner varied from a strong point to a chisel-shaped edge
to finish the work. In the lathe a mandril supported by
immovable columns presents the work to the tool in the
firmest manner and with the least possible friction.
. . . Mr. Clement also saves time, or uses the whole
time, by making cuts both ways, there being two cutters
mounted, one to cut while going, the other while
returning."
In 1827 Clement invented a self-regulating lathe, sc
that practically the same quantity of metal could always
fr-
r \
^
-iv,r
f
^^■r^
i
1
1 ;.
-
u^,,„-. ■ , -
:w*^ ^»v,»
-*
--J
kk
TG. 74. WHITWORTH'S PLANE FOR IRON,
ENGLAND, 1835
FIG. 75. ROLLING BAR IRON
IN THE FIFTIES
312
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 7
PIG. 76. CUTTING AND PUNCHING
SHEET IRON, 1850
be cut in the same length of time. For this he was given
a gold medal by the Society of Arts. The next year the
same society gave him a silver medal for his self-adjust-
ing double-driving center chuck. About this time he
began to standardize the number of threads according
to length and pitch in the screws he made, and con-
structed a machine which would produce them in accord-
ance with this standard. In the same year he began
to produce fluted taps with a revolving cutter, and also
invented a headless tap.
As is regularly the case, the patents of the period
evinced ^he demands rather than the actual accomplish-
ments.
A so-called universal chuck was invented by Bell in
1821, and a gun-stock lathe, probably suggested by
Blanchard's, in 1822. In 1825 Cornelius Whitehouse
received letters patent for a method of welding pipe.
That the lathe was far from being generally run by
steam power is shown by a patent for the application
of steam power to it given to L. R. Fitzmaurice in 1828.
Tyndall received a patent for nail rolling in 1827, and
there were various patents for nail cutting in 1830 and
1831. At about this time we hear also of drawn wire
nails in Paris, which seems to be their first introduction.
Inventions in the Thirties
Several important inventions in machine tools date
from the thirties. Steel screw manufacture was begun
by James Perry in 1830. Whitworth's highly success-
PIG. 77. A BORING
MACHINE OF 1850
FIG. 78. A PLANING MACHINE OF 185S
ful plane, shown in Fig. 74,
was patented in 1835. New
boring machines also were in-
vented by Whitworth, and a
new punching- machine by
Charles Phillips. Presses and
stamps were improved upon
{^" , ' f by Sharp, Whitworth, and
^ -, ^, Bodmer. In 1836 James Nas-
*''^ > ' myth invented a shaping ma-
chine which was long known
as "Nasmyth's steel arm."
Improvements in screw- and
bolt-cutting machines belong
also to this period. Between
1834 and 1841 Whitworth probably did more than any-
one had previously done toward standardizing the
threads in screws, bolts, and nuts, establishing a con-
stant angle for the threads of 55 deg.
Iron canal boats had been built as early as 1786, but
the first iron steamer seems to have been constructed
in 1821. It was intended merely for river purposes,
and the first iron steam ships to cross the Atlantic were
the Sirius and Great Western in 1838.
The increasing importance of iron ships, the steam
engine, and the demands of the new locomotive are
suggested by the invention of a riveting machine
worked bj' steam by William Fairbain in 1839. This
was applied both to boilers and ships, and may be said
to have made practicable the building of armored ships
which followed a decade or so later. Patents for roll-
ing rails were taken out by Joseph Freeman in 1837,
and by James Hardy and J. G. Bodmer in 1838.
Attention was at this period being called to gearing
and the form of the teeth for wheels. These were still
constructed almost entirely in accordance with the indi-
vidual whim of each machinist without any definite
scientific principles to follow. In 1837 J. I. Hawkins
made some valuable suggestions on the use of the
involute curve for the outlines of teeth. Four years
later the subject was taken up more in detail by Profes-
sor Wills, who established at least a few mathematical
laws in regard to the subject.
During the construction of a new machine shop J. G.
Bodmer in 1839 and 1841 took out patents covering
various machines and their arrangement in the new
shop. The.se patents covered in all about forty improve-
ments, and, together with the careful planning of the
entire shop, made an important step in the evolution
of shop practice. Bodmer, by the way, was the inventor
of a vertical boring mill which he designated and
intended, however, as a circular planer.
The steam hammer, which revolutionized heavy forg-
ing and made the tilt hammer scarcely more than a
memory, was designed by James Nasmyth in 1838
to forge the shaft of the "Great Britain," but when
the drive was changed to a screw propeller, the idea was
temporarily dropped. The plans had, however, been
shown to two Frenchmen, and four years later Nasmyth
was amazed to see his hammer at work in the Creusot
iron mills in France. On his return to England the
same year he took out a patent, and constructed a ham-
mer that weighed 1 i tons.
Nasmyth's original invention simply admitted the
steam beneath the piston in such a way that it raised
this and tkereby the hammer. In 1843, however, an
automatic movement for the hammer was designed by
i
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
313
PIG. 79. A WOMAN CUTTING SCREW
THREADS, ABOUT 1853
FIG. 80. MAKING THE HEADS
OF SCREWS, ABOUT 1853
FIG. 81. MAKING CUT NAILS, MIDDLE
OF THE 19TH CENTURY
Wilson, and it was not long before the hammer could
be raised, forced down, and stopped at any point de-
sired.
Crude milling machines were used by Nasmyth, Sharp,
and Haley in the early thirties, but they could not have
been very successful, because two decades later the mill-
ing machines imported from America were considered
far more efficient than anything of the sort known in
England.
In spite of the many planing machines for iron which
had been already constructed, Whitworth in a paper
read at the British Association at Glasgow, declared:
"A true surface instead of being as it ought to be in
common use, is almost unknown; few mechanics have
any distinct knowledge of the method to be pursued for
obtaining it, nor do any prac-
tical men sufficiently advert
either to the immense import-
ance, or to the comparative
facility of the acquisition."
Whitworth's method was to
obtain his plane surface by
scraping, rather than grind-
ing, as he claimed the latter
method could never give satis-
factory results.
In the forties we read of
various new machines, most
of which were, however, im-
provements rather than basic
patents. In 1840 a patent for
a shaping machine was taken
out by Whitworth and John
Spear, and the next year an-
other for a shaper by Henry
Davies. This is about the
same date as the invention
of the shaper for iron in
America, but it seems to have
come into more general use
in the latter country. FiG. 82. H
An indication of an interesting advance is the patent of
H. R. Palmer in 1842 for making corrugated iron for
roofs. A patent for rolling iron for suspension bridges
was given to Thomas Howard in 1845, although such
bridges themselves had been introduced in the previous
century. Fig. 75 shows how bar iron was rolled after
the introduction of this method.
In 1842 Nasmyth applied his steam hammer to an
improved form of stamping machine, and another ma-
chine for stamping and shaping was patented by T. F.
Griffiths in 1846. In the latter year improved machines
for shearing plates were patented by Charles May and
Charles Fox. A patent for pressing by steam power was
given to Richard Prosser in 1850. Various other pat-
ents were taken out for shearing, shaping, and com-
.<.'*■- "■<:
"^^ ^^r^^J^^^m^'
^SWELL'S HYDRAULIC PRESS, ENGLAND, 186-3
314
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
pressing in the next few years, Fig. 76 showing a typical
machine.
An important evolution in measuring was made by
Whitworth about 1856, when he combined his recently
attained true planes and standard screws to produce a
gage capable of measuring one-twenty-thousandth of
an inch about as easily as one sixty-fourth of an inch
was estimated in the previous century.
In 1859 Nasmyth introduced traversing or slot-drill-
ing machines in which the motion was applied to either
the work or the drill. In this period there were various
patents for machines for slot drilling, milling, tapping,
shaping, and planing, all before 1860, but they were in
reality merely improvements. Figs. 77 and 78 show
machine tools which were typical of the fifties. Fig. 79
shows that female labor was applied at that time to
some machine work, while Figs. 80 and 31 give examples
of some of the best specialized machinery of the times.
One important principle established by Whitworth
was the use of hollow castings for machine tools in order
to combine lightness and strength. In 1859 this prin-
ciple was also applied to the construction of girders and
beams. In 1855 J. Herdman received a patent for a
cellular formation in such structural iron.
A great advance in ship building which served to
increase incalculably the importance of iron and steel
work was that of ai-mored ships. As early as 1854 a
floating battery had been protected with iron plates, but
the first armored ship seems to have been the "La
Gloire" of France, which appeared in 1858. The first
English ship with armor was the "Warrior" built in
1859. That very year John Arrowsmith took out a
patent for rolling iron plates for ships, and the next
year Lancaster and others patented steel plates for ships.
In 1861 another patent was granted for the use of Bes-
semer steel for this purpose. These ships were as yet
experiments when the success of the "Virginia" or
"Merrimac" over the wooden shirjs in Hampton Roads,
and the victory of the "Monitor" revolutionized all ship
building.
The first extensive examples of wire rope transmis-
sion seem to date from 1859. This was of importance in
doing the heavier work required at the larger plants
which were then being established.
Another importrmt improvement was the hyd'*aulic
press or hammer, shown in Fig. 82, which was built by
Haswell in 1860, and which did much to increase the
facility of fa.st forging. In 1865 Nasmyth & Co. con-
structed a 72-ton hammer. The next year the self-act-
ing steam hammer was invented by Charles Emmet, and
the atmospheric hammer by D. Grinshaw, as well as a
forging machine for iron wheels by Holliday. In 1867
a double-acting steam hammer of somewhat new con-
struction was put out by Thwaites and Carbutt of Brad-
ford.
In some ways the best conception of the machine shop
in England about fifty years ago is given by P. R. Cola.
The development reached there is summarized by him in
the following passage : "Lathes are now made in . . .
Europe that would turn with ease a mass of fifty tons
in weight, or as many feet in length ; planing machines
that will bring to truth and flatness, surfaces of 40 feet
by 10 or 12 feet; boring machines that will scoop out
cylinders mere than 12 feet in diameter; slotting ma-
chines that will gradually chop asunder a block of steel
a yard thick; shears that will bite through a bar of
forpoii iron a foot wide; anH stram hammers of tventy
tons and upwards, falling twelve feet, whose blow at a
distance is felt as that of an earthquake." Cola also
gives an estimate of the machine tools required for a
workshop fitted to do all kinds of repairing for steam-
ships and manufacturing plants. This estimate is of
interest in enumerating not only the machines but the
prices prevalent at that time.
Attachment for Extending a Scale
By R. H. Kasper
A scale may easilv be extended by the use of the
attachment shown in the sketch, which firmly clamps
two scales together and still leaves them free to slide.
The scales are held together by the friction induced by
CONNECTOR FOR SCALES
the spring. Adjustment is provided for using scales of
different widths. Two scales, held by this attachment,
may be inserted into inconvenient places and extended.
After the measurement has been taken, the length is
reduced and the scales withdrawn.
Cutting Keyways with a Center Drill
By H. W. Armstrong
It is sometimes desired to mill a small kej'way in
a shaft and an end mill small enough to perform the
operation is not on hand. In fact it is almost imposs-
ible to buy an end mill smaller than i" diameter. Often
CENTER DRILL GROUND FOR END MILLING
a keyway is made by drilling a hole and shaping into
it or by using a Woodruff key cutter which may be
obtained in small sizes. However the disadvantage to
this method is that the end of the keyway takes a radius
from the cutter which is not always desired.
A good method is to take a combination drill and
counter-sink or center drill, grind flat on end and i se as
rn end mill. An ordinary drill of the required aia-
mctcr may also bo used.
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
315
Power Consumed in Milling
By FRED A. PARSONS
Chief Engineer, Kempsmith Manufacturing Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
This investigation of the variables affecting the
power consumed in milling, was undertaken for
the purpose of constructing a slide rule which
would indicate, for var.ous cuts, the power re-
quired, and therefore, the machine best adapted
for the job.
THE data available were a large number of tests
made by the Kempsmith Manufacturing Co. on
various Kempsmith millers, especially the No.
4 Maximiller and the No. 33 Production miller. Be-
cause these tests vs^ere not made for this purpose
the majority are not well adapted, too many factors
being varied at once and too much time having elapsed
between suitable comparisons to permit exact knowl-
edge of all conditions such as sharpness of cutter,
motor efficiency, accuracy of electrical instruments, etc.
For this reason they must be considered only as pre-
liminary figures of reasonable accuracy.
It appears that the factors which affect the power
consumed and their effect, if other things are equal
(some of the items being different for spiral and
face mills), is as follows:
Feed in Inches Per Minute. Affects power directly
according to /;
For face mills affects power directly according to d;
F
P
Feed in Inches per Tooth of Cutter. Affects power
inversely according to f'" for spiral mills, or f ' for
face mills
foa p
For Spiral Mills -^ = —
For Face Mills pol
P
111 -Z
■• F"* - p
Note — In computing power, both feed in inches per
minute and feed per tooth must be considered.
Width of Cut. Affects power directly according to W.
w _ P
W~ P
Depth of Cut. For spiral mills affects power in two
ways, the combined effect being directly according
to d"";
rfo^s P
p0.7S - p
d
D
2
P
Material Cut. Power required is in about the follow-
ing ratio:
Cast iron, 1; cast steel, 1.65; and bar steel, 1.65.
Type of Machine Used. Affects power required in
about the following ratio:
Maximillers, 1; cone type, 1; No. 33 Production, 1.15.
Spindle Speed Used. Affects power required in about
the following ratio (this varies somewhat on differ-
ent types of machines and ranges of speed).
Lowest speed, 1; highest speed, 1.10.
Number of Teeth in Cutter. Has very pronounced
effect, included in the expression of "feed in inches
per tooth of cutter" (see above). If considered alone
affects power inversely as t°' for spiral mills and as
t°* for face mills.
(OS p
For spiral mills jui.h — 'Z.
<"* P
For face mills ^^gi = r
An inserted blade spiral mill, having the eft'ect of a
single tooth, broken up and staggered around the body
to reduce shock (first design stellite maxi-cutter spiral
mill) gives 4 cu.in. cast iron per horsepower minute,
compared with the usual IJ to 2 for spiral mills with
wide spaced teeth and £ to 1 for old style fine tooth
cutters.
Front Rake on Blades. Very pronounced effect,
but can be carried to c.ly about 10 or 15 deg. in
practice. Affects power as follows:
/coversin 1st rake angle\ ^ _ Isl power
Vcoversin 2d rake angle/ ~ 2d power '
The above gives the following ratio of power re-
quired.
For 10 deg. rake, 1.00; for 15 deg. rake, 0.86.
Spiral Angle on Spiral Mills. The main effect of the
spiral angle seems to be to reduce the bumping action
of the cutter and reduce the strain on the machine
and the tendency to chatter due to carrying load.
Judging from the fact that a load suddenly applied
has twice the effect of a load applied gradually, it
Spi'ndle
Speeds
J7 3I 36 44 64 64 77
I0eg4 \in76V6l% 509
N«2Cone
13 16 19 25 !9 3645 64
85 100130 164 ZOO ?}5 300 560
N»3 Cone
13 16 19
41 4a 63
116 136 161
/or Cone Millers Power txmes iviffi Speed,
lf>eac^ Fbwer unc/er Speed.
Zl m 36
74 ea 109
Z35?S6 350
7 8 9 10
N»? N»33 P!.
Mcixi .,N!.5,
I Maxi I
20
Horse Fbwer
Feed in Inches per Min. Jr-
Material "^
30
40 50 60
I I, I I l,ll,ll|ll,ll,lll|l|l|l|l|l|l||l|l|l)l)l,l|,l|ili,ln)n|l;l|ll, l|'. |l|l|M|ll,l'|ll,ll|MI|lii,ll|'l|l|lMl|
Width of Cut
i
5 6 7
Steel I
IM|II<I|
8 9 10 , C<^st
t Iron
20
I
N»33PI.
' ' ' ' l""l""l . , . ,
Low^2 Hi.qh 3 ^ 4 ,..,,5 &
-Low Moixi Millers
Dept of Cut
|iiii|iiii| I I I I ' I '
0.02 0.03 0.04 005 006 C
feed per Tooth per Revolution
Hiah-i^^
1 1 iiiiniiM
I ' I' I ' '
3 9 10
20
I I I
rrqTj-r-r-T-q-TT. .--
-Q08a090l0...^0005Q004Q005 0.010
1 '
TTTTtf — r
dMidko
I I I I M I l|l
iQOOl
qT? ob ' Oil on '^.6' 0.7 0.60.9 '10 ' 'Z
.noo^-^-.-i-?^? ^'°, . '^^.°^^°^^^..:..a°° fbr Spir.. Mflls
Tpm|j-r
'4 For S(-toI Mills
Sharp Dull
Cutters
POWER CONSUMED IN MILLING
316
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 7
appears that the peak of the load at the cutter might
be twice as high, or even more, with a mill having
straight teeth, and although this variation might be
considerably reduced at the belt, due to the flywheel
effect of gearing, etc., the best way to overcome it
is to give plenty of spiral angle, or in gangs such
as gear cutters where this is not possible, stagger
the cutter faces so that no two are on one line. A
25-deg. spiral angle seems best, as this minimizes the
"bump" and makes it unnecessary to nick the cutter
to break the chip.
Cutting Speed. Peripheral speed of cutter seems to
have no effect, but r.p.m. of cutter has an effect on
power, as noted under "Feed," in that it affects the
"Feed per Tooth of Cutter." Other things being equal
an increase in r.p.m. of cutter decreases the feed per
tooth and increases the power in the following inverse
relation :
(r. p.
P
M.
For face miUs (^ p,m./ ^ p '
Type of Cutter. Other things being equal there
seems to be little difference in the power required at
the cutter, whether for spiral mill or face mill. There
is a difference however, especially noticeable on the
smaller feeds and cuts in the belt horse power required
for the feed mechanism when using spiral mills, due
to the great table pressure set up.
When removing 12 cu. in. of cast iron per minute
with a face mill at 8.7 in. feed, the power per cu.
in. is almost exactly proportional to that for a spiral
mill on a similar cut and feed. On a feed of only
4.4 in. the spiral mill takes more belt power than
the face mill. Not enough data is available to state
the ratio exactly.
Dulling of Cutter. Apparently very pronounced ef-
fect, and probably accounts for some wide variations
in tests run thus far, and which are not otherwise
accounted for. Not enough data to state ratio exactly,
nor have we at present a standard for "dullness."
Conclusions
Conclusions reached are as follows:
(a) From the above it is possible to construct a
slide rule showing with fair accuracy the power re-
quired for a cut under known conditions, and to de-
termine therefrom which machine it should be run on,
or conversely, what changes should be made in the
conditions to run it on any given machine.
(b) Further tests will be run under conditions more
suitable for establishing the ^bove data exactly.
(c) Well designed cutters running at proper speeds
and feeds may remove metal with four to six, or even
more, limes the economy of poorly designed cutters
running at poor speeds and feeds, and still both may
be within the limits of usual practice, and the differ-
ence in the appearance of the job would excite no
comment. For instance on cast iron a cut J x 6 x 4
in. feed = 6 cu. in. per min.
(1) An old style cutter with fine teeth, no front
rake and somewhat larger diameter than neces-
sary, might take 12 hp.
(2) A wide-spaced cutter, with 10-deg. rake, as
small in diameter as possible, might take 6 hp.
for the same spindle speed, or by reducing the
r.p.m. to increase the thickness of chip, might
take only 5 J hp.
(3) An inserted blade "maxi-cutter" spiral mill,
same speed as (2) might take only 2.1 hp. This
gives a ratio for (1) and (3) of nearly six to
one, while if cutter (1) was dull this would be
increased to seven or eight to one.
Not only may power be saved but the machines
conserved in about the same proportion.
(d) A preliminary slide rule (see cut) embodying
the above has been made up to be later revised ac-
cording to results of special tests. The results are
very satisfactory for spiral mills, somewhat less so for
face mills, due probably to a lack of standardization
of the ,corner radius. The table shows results by
tests and slide rule over widely varying conditions.
(e) While all the above refers only to power con-
sumed the paragraph "Effect of Dulling of Cutler"
shows that it is very important that the useful life
of the cutter under various conditions should also be
investigated. Some data now available show that this
follows laws entirely different from the above, and will
require a separate slide rule, which can probably be
later combined with the power slide rule to make a
"Complete Miller Slide Rule" after the manner of the
Barth-Taylor lathe and planer rules.
(f) It should be noted that least power may not
mean best cutting conditions, as least power is re-
quired, other things being equal, for slowest r.p.m. of
cutter, least teeth in cutter and greatest depth of cut
(on spiral mills). This may increase the table pressure
until the feed drive breaks or may cause poor finish
due to large feed per tooth. Evidently the best cutting
condition is a compromise on strength of feed drive,
finish required, and cutting efficiency, or power.
Hp. by
Slide Rule
14
20
10.
10
20
«0
10
50
20
50
40
25
50
10
20
10
35
20
35
10
80
30
90
70
TESTS OF FIRST SLIDE RVLE
Spiral Mills Total Hp.
Material Machine by Test
Cast iron No. 4 Maxi. 14 10
Cast iron No. 4 Man. 10 50
Cast iron No. 4 Man. 3 30
Cast iron No. 33 Prod. 5 30
Bar steel No. 33 Prod. 7 00
Cast iron No. 4 Man. 21 60
Cast iron No. 4 Maxi 5 60
Cast iron No. 4 Man 26 50
Cast iron No. 4 Man. 6 10
Cast iron No. 4 Man. 9 00
Cast iron No. 4 Man. 3 75
Face MiUs
Cast iron No. 4 Maxi. 3 08
Castiron No. 4 Man. 4 30
Castiron No. 33 Prod. 3 60
Castiron No. 33 Prod. 5 70
Castiron No. 4 Man. 8.90
Castiron No. 4 Man. 6 50
Castiron No. 4 Maxi. 2 50
Castiron No. 4 Maxi. 4.45
The above have not been especially chosen as cor-
responding either well or poorly, except that no test
is included on which there is reason to doubt the
accuracy of the actual horsepower figured from test.
A wide variety of speeds, feeds and cuts are repre-
sented.
Washington's Pocket Knife a Relic. — One of
the unique relics of ' American history still extant
is the sixteen-blade pocket knife which was pre-
sented to George Washington by Captain Samuel De-
Wees in 1784. The knife was recently acquired by
George DeWees of Chicago, a descendant of Captain
DeWees. It is quite likely that the knife was of Shef-
field origin, the best knives coming from there at that
period.
AuffUBt 12, 1020
Get Inortattd Productionr—With Improved MaeMtmy
817
Making i/te Essex Piston Pin
J
1
m
—
i
"■ Wm
..a.
4i
IL
u
sis
''CI • '
'
*i^^
WkL
ik
^^•^. 4
"^^sn^Tt I
^*7M' iLIC^I
1
•-
1
*«!:^
By FRED H. COLVIN
Udltor, ^mtrlmtfi Muv/iIh(«(
Few unerB of automobileH
iidli'i- I III ill lull-, and thr
I'll I I II, f I .11 1 II III liltl(lllcinil
■ iliiifarldiii partH for Ihtii
((!/■«. Thin artlC'Ui i/irrM a
picture ntory of thif makinti
of a piHton pin for the Khhivx
motor and ranytot fail to im-
prvny. riu-riionv UM to thr rill r
itthrii in motor ronntriirl mn.
Very tittir text in reiiairrd,
thr plriurrH tellinf/ Uw,ir own
Htory to a large extent.
7IOB. 1 TO 7. THKHB VIKWM HHOW HOMifi OK TiilC KIUMT OI'ICllATIONM
i'lK. 1. — The Labornlopy AnnlyNlM, Plu. 2,--Th(i Hlock nu.rM». KIk.I -flrnt Hrri-w Mi»ftilri<> Opnrfttlon. Kl« •<, — Thn Hbotrnd Cipara-
lion. Klif, 6,— A Quenchlnir I'roccmi. KIk. «. -llimket tor UiUtdllntc, J-'Ik. 7— MiimlblMHtlnu Mnnliliio.
kk
818
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 7
BEGINNING with the laboratory analysis of
the steel to be used, Fig. 1, the accepted steel
goes to the storage rack shown in Fig. 2,
and is taken from here to the first screw machine
operation as in Fig. 3, where a National-Acme
multiple-spindle automatic is facing, drilling, turn-
ing and cutting off.
The second operation is done in a single-spindle
Cleveland automatic with the magazine feed as
shown in 7ig. 4.
Then come the various heat-treating operations
as shown in Figs. 5 to 8. These operations include
heating and quenching, sandblasting and wash-
ing in a hot bath. The handling apparatus for this
is rather unusual and interesting, as it consists of
three arms mounted on a central post, the arms
being equipped with air hoists so as to raise and
lower the cradle when it is swung into position
over the tank of hot liquid.
FIGS. 8 TO 13. HEAT-TREATING, GRINDING, AND TURNING OPERATIONS
Fig. 8 — Handling in hot bath. Fig. 9 — Grinding bevel in ends. Fig. 10 — Finish-turning. Fig. 11 — Grooving for clamp bolt.
Fig. 12 — Filling with sand. Fig. 13 — Packing for carbonizing.
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
319
Then the machining operations begin
once more, the end of the hole being
beveled on a grinding machine so as to
insure its running true in finish turning,
as in Fig. 10.
Next comes the milling of the groove
for the cross screw for the clamping bolt,
after which the pins are pack-hardened.
The hardening operations are shown in
Figs. 12 to 17. They include filling the
center of the pins with sand. Fig. 12, and
packing in carbonizing material as in
Fig. 13. Fig. 14 shows the method of
handling the carbonizing boxes, which
makes it much easier for the men and
saves them from close contact with the
heat of the furnaces. The heating and
quenching after the pack-hardening are
shown in Figs. 15 and 16, while Fig. 17
shows a corner of the pyrometer room,
where numerous Leeds and Northrup
recording instruments are mounted.
VhBS '
r 1
..^^^M
^^^^^^*^^im\ ;^'ii!^'*^ , €
\
1
J
FIG.S. 14 TO 19. HEAT-TREATING, TESTING AND GRINDING
Fig. 14.— The Charging Machine. FiB. 15.— The Tempering Bath. Fig. 16.— Agitated Cooling Bath. Fig. 17.— The Pyromatar Room.
Fig. 18. — The Brinell Test. Fig. 19. — Grinding the Groove.
kk
320
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
Next comes the Brinell hardness
test in Fig. 18, grinding the groove
in Fig. 19 and the finishing of the
outside by grinding in Fig. 20. In-
spections by two types of gaging
instruments are shown in Figs. 21
and 22, multiplying levers being
used, in both cases to secure extra
fine measurements. Fig. 23 shows
the scleroscope test with the pin
held in special vise jaws, so as to
insure uniform testing conditions.
Lastly the pin is tested for fire
cracks by means of the electric
vibrator shown in Fig. 24. A
cracked pin gives out a very differ-
ent sound from one which is per-
fect in every particular. Fig. 25
shows the finished pins.
f IGS. 20 TO 25. THE REMAINING OPERATIONS
Fig. 20— Grinding the Outside. Fig. 21.— Gaging the Diameter. Fig. 22— Another Multiplying Dial Gage Fig 23 —The Sclero-
scope Test. Fig. 24.— The Bell Test for Cracks. Fig. 25.— The Finished Pins. otiero-
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
321
Broaching Gas-Engine Tappet-Guide Holes
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, Amiriran Machinist
A change in the finish-machining methods for
tappet-guide holes in gas-engine cylinder blocks
is being brought about by the introduction of a
method of broaching in machines especially
designed for this purpose.
SEVERAL conditions to be met with in the manufac-
ture of cylinder blocks have combined to make the
method of finishing tappet-guide holes by broach-
ing preferable to that of reaming, and it is stated that
the results obtained have been very satisfactory to the
engine builder.
By the older method the operations included drilling,
roughing and finish-reaming the holes, the rough ream-
ing operations being necessitated by the close limits
required as well as to save wear on the high-speed
reamers used for the last cut.
For broaching, the holes are first drilled and rough-
reamed and the final broaching operation finishes the
holes to very close limits of accuracy. The limits of
finish allowed are usually plus 0.001 in. and minus 0.000
in., or a total variation of 0.001 in.
Some engine builders claim that in finishing a hole
of this character by reaming that the hole will be out of
round as much as 0.001 in., even under average condi-
tions. It is stated that by the use of round broaches
FIG. 1. CYLINDER BLOCK IN BROACHING POSITION
FIG. 2. TYPE OF BROACHES USED
where all of the cutting edges are engaged throughout
the length of the cut, the concentricity of the holes will
be maintained.
The broaches are made to close limits and their ability
to hold them with a minimum cost for tool upkeep is
one of their greatest advantages. The average cost of
broaches is stated to run about one-tenth the cost of
reamers for the same amount of work and same grade
of workmanship.
Therefore we find three claims advanced in advocacy
of the broaching method, namely: First, accuracy and
concentricity of the hole; second, extensive reductions
in the tool upkeep cost; third, a slight saving in the
time of the actual machining operation.
In the modern engine-building shop the cylinder
blocks are transported on conveyor tracks to the broach-
ing machines and then located in correct position rela-
tive to ram of the machine by suitable stops. The ram
carries a broach head of a length sufficient to cover all
of the tappet guide holes in the block, although it is
customary to only broach the alternate holes, that is
to handle six broaches at a time on a six cylinder
engine block which will have twelve tappet-guide holes.
However, this method is subject to some change and
when broaching cylinder blocks in which the tappets are
not evenly spaced, it is sometimes necessary to finish
all the holes at the same time. A cylinder block in
position underneath a broaching machine is shown in
Fig. 1.
The broaches. Fig. 2, are used as loose tools and are
dropped into each alternate tappet hole before lowering
the broach-head. Upon conclusion of the ram's stroke
the tools drop through into an oil pan underneath the
machine, and for the remaining holes the operator uses
a duplicate set of tools while his helper picks up those
first used and cleans them. The cleaning is done by
passing them rapidly between a pair of brushes which
are attached to a block so that the brushes face one
another. It is advisable to always have the broach tools
well cleaned of chips.
The time for completely broaching a six-cylinder
block in two strokes of the machine will be about one
minute from floor to floor. This should be the average
322
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
time required, but of course, like all manufacturing
operations, it varies somewhat with the ability of the
individual operator.
The stroke of the ram is carefully regulated by speed
valves which control the rate of flow of the liquid into
the ram cylinder so as to obtain a uniform feed of the
broach. However, this rate of feed is not dependent
upon the operator, but is governed entirely by auto-
matic valves. For the average grade of cylinder iron
it has been found preferable to have the feed range
from 12 to 16 ft. per minute, since this rate of feed has
been found to give the best surface finish in the hole.
The condition of the finished surface of the metal is
considered to be one of the points of advantage of
broached holes, as it is claimed that the grain of the
iron is closed by the formation of a hardened or
burnished surface.
To accentuate this skin-coat effect it is sometimes the
practice to make up the broaches with the last two or
three rings left without cutting edges for burnishing,
usually making them about 0.0003 in. larger in diameter
than the cutting rings, so that they exert a slightly
increased pressure when passing through the hole.
The best practice in desiging broaches requires that
the annular cutting rings be ground with an established
cutting angle of 14 deg. and a clearance angle usually
not less than 6 deg. nor more than 7i deg. The lands
do not exceed ^ in. in width. Various grades of steel
have been used for these tools, the preference depending
entirely upon the individual shop. Some use high-speed
steel, others high-carbon steel and still others are
making them of a low-carbon steel and giving them a
heavy "case" by the carbonizing process.
Drill Jig for Exhaust Manifold
By Fred H. Colvin
The illustrations show a somewhat unusual form of
roll-over jig used for drilling the bolt holes in the
flanges of the exhaust pipes for a Pierce-Arrow six-
cylinder motor. This consists primarily of the body A
having the disks BB at the ends, and carrying plates CC
for centering the manifold at each end. The flanges
of the manifold are placed face down in the fixture and
the plates DD pushed over the flanges which are then
bolted down by the bolts at EE. The drilling bushings
are in the body of the jig, the holes in the holding
plates D simply allowing the drills to pass through. The
side outlet is drilled at F.
The details of this fixture can be seen in the threo
Section (at C. L.
FIG. 3. CROSS-SECTION OF FIXTURE
views in Fig. 2, the cross-sections being shown at the
end.
In order to bring the work to be drilled in the proper
position, the disks at the ends of the fixture rest
on the rollers RR in Figs. 1 and 3, which are mounted on
the rod shown in the base provided for the fixture.
These rollers allow the work to be easily turned into the
FIG. 1. A J-ARGE ROLL-OVER DRILLING FIXTURE
i
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
323
"^j
■ ■Tr.T.Trjirj-' LJii_U. *— 1_ ' —
\j 1?
\ u. : T9->.J._-J-JJ \ I (■
-.- •^^■^T->-L-"-^,T--— -n i I
'^1 r
n I H
ii-lir-r-a^.^.^
•;---f--=i^---#-:->-"-^~n.''.----:--i:-;
^:?;-
^
desired position, while the
three stops G afford a ready
means of indexing by sliding
them into the slot H at the
end of the base. In order to
make this easily handled, the
rolls allow the whole fixture
to be moved endwise with
very little effort, thus engag-
ing the indexing pins. The
work is then turned to the
desired position and the next
stop slid into the opening H,
which holds it very firmly
during the drilling operation.
The illustration gives the
general proportions and suificient
desired modification to be made.
FIG.
detail to allow any
How to Keep Employees on the Job in
Summer Time
By Charles D. Folsom, Jr.
The use of a bonus for keeping up attendance in
the summer months was described on page 1365, vol.
52, of the American Machinist, by Frank H. Williams.
Here is another method of meeting the problem, which
is in use in the plant of Victor R. Browning &»Co., at
College Point, N. Y.
Incidentally this was the idea of the employees them-
selves ; they requested it by a petition, and the plan was
put into effect at the beginning of June. It is planned
to continue it throughout July and August. The shop
had been working on the conventional forty-eight-hour
■i7M' - - . - .
4. THE BASE ON WHICH IT ROLLS
week schedule, viz., 7:30 to 12:00, 12:45 to 5:00 and
7:30 to 12:00 on Saturdays. Realizing that, as Mr.
Williams says, "Too frequently the Saturday half-holi-
day becomes an all-day holiday during the summer
months . . .," the men desired to let it go at that
by changing to a five-day week. The hours are now
7 :00 to 12 :00 and 12 :30 to 5 :00, making forty-seven and
a half hours per week. This makes a rather long day,
but nobody seems to notice the extra half-hour's work
in the morning or the quarter hour less for lunch, so
much as the half-day on Saturday.
There was, quite naturally, a little trouble at first
with late-comers in the morning, but on the whole the
new schedule operates smoothly. It appears to have
solved the summer attendance problem satisfactorily
to both the employees and the management, and with-
out adding any additional burden to the company's
payroll.
324
AMERICAN M.A.C H I N I S T
VoL 53, No. 7
Card Report from Washington
This report was sent to us July 29, by Paul Wooton,
our Washington correspondent. It certainly is
encouraging, but our readers should not forget that
the fight is not over, and that we must make such
"Space is at a premium in the office
building of the House of Representa-
tives. The already limited floor
space assigned to the Committee on
Coinage, Weights and Measures is
being further restricted by the steady
encroachment of the American
Machinist cards asking that the Com-
mittee take no action to make the
metric system compulsory. All of
the cards received are being care-
fully preserved. Thus far they have
been accorded shelving space but
since they are about to monopolize
all of the Committee's shelf room,
other arrangements are in contem-
plation which will preserve the cards
and have them readily available for
inspection.
One of the significant features in
connection with the receipt of the
cards is their contrast with the
insignificant number of communica-
tions which are reaching the office at
the suggestion of those who desire to
see the metric system foisted upon
the country.
While the number of cards being
received has decreased considerably
since Congress adjourned, they are
still being received at the rate of
about thirty per day."
an overwhelming showing that the pro-metric advo-
cates will be completely buried. For this reason
send for more cards. They are absolutely free.
Editor
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
325
Portable Electric Reboring Machine
By C. W. Geiger
A portable electric reboring machine, designed by
Arthur S. Bacon, of Oakland, California, is shown in
Fig. 1. It is claimed that by means of this machine
70 per cent of open-head automobile and tractor engine
cylinders can be rebored without removing them from
the block, and that any size cylinder can be handled.
The machine consists of base A, tapered centering
cone B, boring head C, boring bar D, driving motor E,
and flexible cable F. In preparation for boring, the
base is set over the cylinder with the clamping bolts
loose, the tapered centering cone is inserted and the
base bolts tightened. The centering cone is then re-
VIO. 1. PORTABLE ELECTRIC REBORINU MACHINE
moved and the boring head and boring bar, with tool
previously set for the cut, are placed in position on the
base and tightened by four bolts. Roughing and finish-
ing cuts are taken by different tools, each held in its
own head. The base is centered with the bore by
means of the centering cone. Four sizes of cones are
furnished to care for the various sizes of the bore.
With the base in position the boring head when ap-
plied is automatically centered with the base through
a male and female joint.
The driving motor receives its power from any light
socket. It is one-sixth horsepower, runs at 1,710 r.p.m.
and operates the boring bar at a speed of 60 r.p.m.
through a 7-ply wire flexible cable which is enclosed
PIG. 2.
INTERCHANGEABLE- -HEADS WITH ROUGHING
AND FINISHING TOOLS
within a leather tube. The cable is connected to a
completely encased worm gear on the boring head at G
(Fig. 1) and may be withdravm from it instantly and as
quickly replaced. The motor is set on the floor or bench,
as there is no necessity to anchor it.
The cut can be started at either top or bottom, a
simple feeding arrangement being provided to feed in
either direction, with feeds from 0.0083 in. to 0.0666
in. per revolution. The feed knockout is automatic.
The detachable cutter-heads with roughing and finish-
ing tools are shown in Fig. 2. They are secured to
the boring bar by two screws and a dowel pin. The
tools are set by using the special micrometer, shown
in Fig. 3, which is a part of the equipment of the
machine. There is also a special chart for use in con-
nection with the micrometer in setting the tools.
Some of the great advantages claimed for the machine
are that it is not necessary to employ a skilled mechanic
to operate it, the only .skill required in addition to
that necessary to grind and set the tools being the
ability to use and read a micrometer; that on account
of its light weight of 57 lb. it can be easily handled
by one man; and that the entire equipment fits into a
compact box such as the maker's shipping case shown
at H, Fig. 1.
tt.
FIG. 3. SPECIAL MICROMETER FOR SETTING TOOLS
326
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 7
New Use for the Photostat
By Eward W. Theilig
^n order to preserve a record of a special valve a
photostatic print was made as shown in Fig. 1. The
photostat was made full size and was then tacked down
on the drawing board and the sectional drawing, Fig.
FIG. 1. PHOTOSTAT OF VALVE
FIG. 2. TRACING MADE FROM PHOTOSTATIC PRINT
2, made with a minimum of labor and practically no
measuring of the parts. The resulting tracing is all
that can be desired as a matter of record, and the time
required for its production was perhaps ^ of that which
would have been required to lay out the parts in detail.
Adjustable Boring-Bar Holder
By Joseph B. Murray
The illustration shows a boring-bar holder that can
be adjusted for height by turning the eccentric bushing.
The housing is of cast iron, the bushing is steel, split
to the hole for
the bar. The two
setscrews which
hold the bushing
make the tool
very rigid.
Grinding a Radius on a Gage
By Richard F. Moore
In making the gage shown in Fig. 1, it was necessary
to figure out some way to grind the radius accurately.
As there were five gages on the order, I gave up the
idea that first came to my mind of soldering them on to
a plug or cylinder
and made the fixture
shown in Fig. 2.
The V-blocks were
already on hand. I
finished the gage on
every surface except
the two ends, leav-
ing about 0.006 in.
on these. This elim-
inated the necessity
of working to a di-
mension when grind-
ing the radius.
PIG. 1. THE GAGE TO BE GROUND After the radius
was finished the di-
mensions A and B Fig. 1 were ground to size. Fig. 2
shows the job set up in the grinding machine. The gage
is brought central with the plug by figurimg what
dirheiisTon C Fig. 2 should be.
For example :
0.875 in.
0.364 in.
0.511 ^ 2
0.2555 in. size to make C.
The stops allow the plug to revolve just 180 deg.
bringing the faces D parallel with the table.
After clamping a gage in position the fixture is
placed on the magnetic chuck of a surface grinding
machine with the long way of the block parallel with
the cross feed. The fixture is then brought central with
the spindle of the machine and the part to be ground
put under the grinding wheel.
The wheel is then lowered until it begins to cut. Then
the plug is turned backward and forward (by hand) and
the feeding of the wheel continued until the wheel is the
diameter of plug '^
Thickness of gage =
BORING-TOOL. HOLDER
METHOD OF MOUNTING THE G.\GE FOR
GRINDING
correct distance above the center line to give the
required radius.
I used quite a hard wheel and dressed it often to keep
the face square as the cross feed was not used after the
fixture was located.
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery 327
WHAT /p KEAB
^^^.^y^mcm in a hum
Suggested by the Nanagfing Editor
"A yTACHINING the Gear-Shaper Saddle" is the
IVJ. leading article. It is by Douglas T. Hamilton of
the Fellows Gear Shaper Co. The author says that the
saddle, next to the index wheel and worms, requires the
most accurate machining. He then tells about the
machining methods from
the first operation, that of
snagging and smoothing
down the casting with a
portable grinding machine,
to the final operations of
testing.
There has probably been
much thought concerning
the possibilities of success-
fully using steel belts;
little, however, has been
written. "An Experimental
Investigation of Steel Belt-
ing" is the title of a paper
by F. G. Hampton, C. F.
Leh and W. E. Helmick, of Stanford University. The
article goes into detail and it has been necessary to
divide it into two parts, the second of which will appear
in a later issue. Part I begins on page 298. Student
and Junior prizes were awarded to the authors of this
paper at the annual meeting of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, held Dec. 2 to 5, 1919, in
New York.
Every manufacturer, whether on a large or small
scale, should know the exact quality of the goods he
produces. Such a knowledge is secured from some form
of inspection, though not always recognized as such.
When the output is comparatively great, an independent
department of inspection is necessary. "No inspection
department that is not a paying unit of the whole
organization can be considered a success," says 0. B.
Whittaker in "Inspection and the Modem Factory,"
page 305. He continues: "The great variety of ways in
which inspection brings about a saving requires the
closest study of each individual case . . . The cost
of incorrect fulfillment of a contract on deliveries, or
the indirect damage done by the delivery of a faulty
product, can never be fully determined." As a reciprocal
statement, neither can the value of prompt deliveries
and faith of the customer be accurately estimated. Some
very good points are brought out by the author.
H. H. Manchester's twelfth installment on the
"Evolution of the Workshop" is up to the usual interest
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
tivo hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so rrmch reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is
the editors' advertisement of their section of
the paper. It gives the high spots.
standard of this series. The current article deals with
the development which took place in the metal-working
industries of Great Britain during the period be-
tween 1820 and 1870. One of the author's quotations
serves very well to convey the spirit of the article:
"Lathes are now made
in ... . Europe that
will turn with ease a mass
of fifty tons in weight, or
as many feet in length;
planing machines that will
bring to truth and flatness
surfaces of 40 x 10 or 12
ft. . . . steam hammers
of twenty tons and up-
wards, falling twelve feet,
whose blow at a distance
is felt as that of an earth-
quake." Page 311.
There is an interesting
treatise by Fred. A. Par-
sons, Chief Engineer of the Kempsmith Manufacturing
Co. on "Power Consumed in Milling." The experiments
which furnish the basis of this report were undertaken
to secure data for the construction of a slide rule by
which could be determined the power required for a
given job. One of the author's conclusions is that: "Well
designed cutters running at proper speeds and feeds
may remove metal with four or six, or even more, times
the economy of poorly designed cutters running at poor
speeds and feeds, and still both may be within the limits
of usual practice and the difference in the appearances
of the jobs would excite no comment." Page 315.
Another of Fred Colvin's automotive articles is given
— page 317 — dealing with "Making the Essex Piston
Pin." It is a story presented by 25 half-tones and some
300 words — easily, but profitably, read.
Western Editor Hunter takes up the broaching
method of finishing tappet-guide holes in gas-engine
cylinder blocks. He presents the details of this method
and compares them with those of the older method of
reaming. He also has some things to say regarding
the design of the broaches and their cost when compared
to that of reamers. The article begins on page 321.
"Card Report from Washington" is the heading
Editor Viall used for his editorial on page 324. He
might equally well have written "News from the
Front." Yes, the news is "good" but won't you take
his advice and help to make it "splendid."
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
EDITORIALS
Encouraging Reports of Increased
Production
THE publication by the Manufacturers Association
of letters showing an increase in production in their
factories is encouraging, whatever the cause. It is the
sign of a tendency to return to normal conditions which
can be interpreted in various ways. But is it not nat-
ural that it should be so?
The unreal and unnatural conditions of the war, the
talk of fabulous profits and the great demand for labor,
all tended to cause a decrease in effort as a natural reac-
tion.
There is every reason to believe that production will
continue to increase, particularly in places where the
management is making an earnest effort to promote a
better understanding with its men. For such efforts
must come from the top, they can hardly start in any
other way. Exaggerated ideas of profits too often exist
because no effort has been made to let the men know the
facts in the case.
As one manufacturer in the great Northwest re-
marked, "we have shown our men too little of our
ledgers and too much of our limousines" so that it is
but natural that ideas as to profits should be somewhat
out of proportion to the facts in many cases. Nor must
we overlook the fact that abnormal profits have been
made in many cases, as shown by published statements
of dividends, both in cash and in stock. That these all
have their effect is admitted by all who study the situa-
tion carefully.
The trend of the letters quoted is to credit the
increased production to specific items such as piece work,
open shop, etc. Observations of specially successful
shops, however, do not point to any one panacea for our
industrial ills. Good and bad shops can be found using
practically the same systems. One uses piece work and
bonus with great success. Another has secured almost
identical results with straight day work and no bonus
of any kind.
We all know of shops without any apparent system
which get along without difficulty, and of others with
elaborate systems which fail completely because of a
lack of confidence and harmony.
The average man in the shop and the average man-
ager are both square and mean to play the game fairly,
as they see it. The point of view is too often warped
by lack of knowledge and understanding of the problems
of the other side. The sooner we make a determined
effort to get together, to see what the problems really
are and to face them fairly, the sooner will we get back
to normal production — and beyond. But pressure or
coercion on either side will not accomplish the desired
result.
It may appear to win for a time, but resentment
remains and prevents any real harmony. An armed
truce, with either side waiting for an opportune time to
attack, is not conducive of the kind of co-operation which
makes for increased production.
Now that the tide of production has started to flow in
the proper direction let us encourage it by such sane
and helpful methods as will increase confidence in the
claim that the interests of both men and management
are the same. Let us show that both sides are getting a
fair share of the value of the product and so refute all
claims to the contrary.
F. H. C.
Technical Press or Engineering Society?
How far should the engineering society go in col-
lecting actual shop data and methods for the benefit
of its members? Aside from the matter of standards,
which is admittedly an engineering question, how much
of such material can be handled by an engineering so-
ciety to better advantage than it is now handled by the
trade and technical press?
In connection with the Production Session at the
spring meeting of the Society of Automotive Engineers,
a circular letter was sent out to a selected list. This
letter asked how the society could best aid in the solu-
tion of industrial problems.
Two of the answers are worthy of attention. One of
them makes the following suggestion: "Compile data
with regard to manufacturing methods used in produc-
tion of automobile, truck and tractor parts. This data
to include type of machines used, kind of fixtures, tool
equipment, details of motion and time studies and the
quantity produced in a certain time."
The other recommends "the establishment of a bureau
or clearing house for troubles that pertain to the auto-
motive industry and for outlines of machine operations,
machines, tools and fixtures that have proved successful
for some particular job. * * * this would elimi-
nate one manufacturer going over the same ground
with the same idea that has been proved inefficient."
A combination of these two recommendations will give
a very fair statement of the policy of the American
Machinist toward the whole machine industry and not
only the automotive branch of it: If they had been
written after a careful reading of this and other tech-
nical papers, we would have very little to say, but we
do not believe that this is the case.
We have only to refer to the comparative automotive
shop practice articles which have been running for the
last few months to give one instance of the presentation
of exactly the type of material suggested. Our conten-
tion is that the trade paper is the proper medium for the
supplying of this sort of information. This is not to be
interpreted as any sort of a reflection on any one of
our great national engineering societies, for we have a
lively appreciation of the value of the work they are
doing.
It is simply to indicate our feeling that our staff of
shop experts, trained to secure and prepare just such
data, can handle the material in question at least as well
and more expeditiously.
K. H. C.
/
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
329
Legislators vs. Manufacturers and
Engineers
EVERY once in awhile some man or group of men,
with more enthusiasm than practical knowledge,
attempts to regulate, or change by law, certain con-
ditions in the industrial field. They half guess at a situ-
ation, multiply this by two, and proceed to pursuade
some affable, or gullible, legislator to introduce a "re-
form" bill of some sort.
As an example of such procedure, we again call at-
tention to the attempts of the "World Standardization
Council" alias the "World Trade Club," etc., etc., to
"reform" our measuring system and force through a
compulsory metric law.
No one with the slightest knowledge of our domestic
and foreign trade industrial conditions would ever
seriously attempt such a thing. To pass any law
affecting industrial conditions, fostered only by enthusi-
astic theorists, would be the height of folly. We have
frequently urged the need of successful engineers and
business men in Congress in order to prevent foolish
legislation and to introduce constructive legislation.
However, any attempt to change our present system of
measurement should never be started from the legisla-
tive end. If any change or standardization is necessary,
the proper way to begin is to have the great engineering
societies and manufacturing associations work the prob-
lems out in conjunction. When so worked out the re-
sults will FIT industrial conditions and will need no law
to enforce their adoption.
A shining example of engineers and manufacturers
working hand and hand to bring about desirable stand-
ardization is that of the Society of Automotive Engi-
neers. No legislation has been, or ever will be, needed
to bring about the adoption of the standards decided
upon by the special committees of this society. Pro-
posed standards are thrashed out in conferences of
practical production men and a tremendous amount of
constructive standardization of automotive parts and ac-
cessories has been brought about.
There is no doubt that certain standards should be
incorporated in our present system of measurement in
order to bring about greater uniformity in units used
by the English speaking nations — and which, if adopted
by them, the rest of the world would quickly follow.
However, such standardization has its logical start-
ing point with manufacturers and engineers and NOT
with legislators. E. V.
Workers to the Rescue
A SPECIAL dispatch to one of the New York daily
papers a few days ago said that the 11,000 em-
ployees of the Philadelphia Rapid Transit Co. have
offered their combined savings of more than $500,000 to
President Thomas E. Mitten, as a loan without interest
to be used to tide the company over financial difficulties.
Not only this, but they offered their future savings and
agreed to forego collecting the increase in wages (auto-
matically due them at this time) until Mr. Mitten shall
have found sufficient financial backing to carry on his
fight against interests that are opposing his policy of not
increasing the fares. While the majority of the board
have upheld Mr. Mitten, unfortunately, the few who
disagreed and resigned from the board were the finan-
cial backers of the company.
k
Why have the employees of such a great street-railway
system come to its rescue? Do they not belong to a
union — a very great union? Does their union teach
actions such as they are credited with? Would Sam
Gompers et al have advised them to take such a step?
Have they done this for fear the company might be
forced into bankruptcy and they would lose their jobs?
The reason for this fine and loyal action on the part
of the 11,000 employees of the Philadelphia Rapid Tran-
sit Co. is a very simple one. It is because Thomas E.
Mitten has at all times been absolutely fair with them
and has always laid all his cards on the table, face
upward.
Mr. Mitten came to the Philadelphia Rapid Transit
Co. at a time when the efficiency of the system was at a
very low ebb and was suffering the after effects of a
co-stly and disastrous strike — at a time when many pre-
dicted that it was more in need of an undertaker than a
doctor — ^and behold the results. Mr. Mitten by fair
dealing made his men loyal to him and a leader with
loyal men to back him can do almost anything.
We do not think this case should be without a parallel
— or many parallels. We are believers in the American
workingmen and we believe that if all of them were
treated as Mr. Mitten has treated his men, all opposition
to employers would cease and strikes would no longer be
prevalent.
All honor to the 11,000 loyal employees of the Phila-
delphia Rapid Transit Co. — "They have builded better
than they knew."
S. A.!!.
Factory Bulletins That Count
THE Factory Bulletin in the June, 1920, issue of the
Wigioam, the house publication of the Spreckles
"Savage" Tire Co., contains the following pertinent and
helpful paragraphs:
Notice op Leaving
Do not wait until the last minute to give notice of
leaving. If you are thinking of leaving, talk the matter
over with your foreman. Leave a good feeling behind.
You may want to come back some time.
Kicks
Any employee having kicks or complaints make them
within the four walls of the plant.
It often does good to kick in the plant to the proper
authority. It never does any good to kick outside. Put
your kicks in the form of suggestions and drop them into
the suggestion box.
Don't Dodge Responsibiuty
Dodging responsibility is a senseless habit that started
way back in the Garden of Eden when Adam blamed Eve
for tempting him to eat the apple and Eve in turn blamed
the serpent. If mistakes have been made, be honest and
manly about it. Admit your part and the part your men
have in making them. It saves long arguments and puts
you in the right light.
Increased Salaries
The young man who would be successful should remem-
ber one special thing. Make yourself responsible for some-
thing— responsibility is what counts.
You will find that a business will give you back just what
you put into it. The cash in advance idea does not prevail
in any business any more than in life. The code letters for
increased salaries are "C. O. D."
F. H. C.
380
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 7
What Other Editors Think
A Transportation Experiment
From Iron Age
THE Transportation Act of Feb. 28, 1920, was less
than three months old when an experiment on a
very large scale was begun under it. With the new
powers granted it by the act, the Interstate Commerce
Commission is endeavoring to effect the movement of
the commodities that most affect the public and to re-
duce a traffic congestion that has been throttling manu-
facturing and commerce generally. This is an experi-
ment of the most vital importance.
For years we have been wondering what we ought to
do with our railroads. After much discussion the new
transportation law was enacted, and the act has been
very generally approved. If conditions do not prove
satisfactory, the experiment of Government operation
can hardly be avoided. The present transportation act,
in the opinion of men who have followed the sub-
ject closely, provides the only trial that can be expected
of private ownership and operation of the railroads.
All developments in this trial, therefore, are to be
watched with the greatest interest.
The Interstate Commerce Commission's present ef-
fort to improve traffic conditions was undertaken after
leading railroad executives had asked the commission
to act, but the new law gives the commission the power
to act without such request. The language of the law
regarding car service rules, routing, etc., is : "Whenever
the commission is of opinion that shortage of equip-
ment, congestion of traffic, or other emergency requir-
ing immediate action exists" it may proceed at once,
being answerable to no one, and money penalties are
designated for failure of carriers to obey orders.
The commission has its ovm observers in the field,
it has the advice of railroad executives, and it is in
close touch with shipping interests and their traffic man-
agers, who are able to give important information and
advice. Thus the experiment is a crucial one, and if
there is failure, no fresh experiment of this general
character can be proposed.
The shippers of the country wish the Interstate Com-
merce Commission success in this operation and enter-
tain definite expectations that sufficient improvement in
traffic conditions will result to make it clear that the
powers provided by the transportation act are useful.
Success of the experiment as an experiment does not
require that the traffic congestion be ended entirely, but
that a reasonable improvement be seen.
If these efforts succeed, the success will show that
strikes by railroad operatives cannot be as effective
with the new transportation act in force as they would
have been under former conditions. That would be a
separate and distinct advantage in the matter of strikes
being avoided, apart from the requirement of Section
301, that "it shall be the duty of all carriers, and their
officers, employees and agents, to exert every reasonable
effort and adopt every available means to avoid any in-
terruption to the operation of any carrier growing out
of any dispute between the carrier and the employees or
subordinate officials thereof."
The amount of idleness of workmen at the present
time is such as justify expectations that a noticeable
change in the mental attitude of labor generally will be
produced. For a long time, the job has sought the
man, and workmen all seemed convinced that they need
have no care for themselves, that wages would always
be offered for any degree of performance they chose to
offer. And the complaint has been heard several times
lately that the iron and steel industry has not helped in
its taking into employment numbers of the striking rail-
road workers. These last are without strike benefits
and without a voice in the councils of the Railroad
Labor Board. In each of several industrial centers,
tens of thousands of men are idle as a result of the
railroad strike, while there are various separate strikes,
many of which do not promise results satisfactory to
the men. In some quarters, it has been urged for
months past that labor needs "the rest cure" through
there being a period of industrial inactivity. Such a
cure is now being taken by not a few men and were it a
case of a little leaven leavening the whole loaf, the re-
sults, as to more efficient and enthusiastic labor per-
formance in future, would not be in doubt.
The Alien Influence
From the Cincinnati Enquirer
SHOULD someone have the time and the Joblike
patience needed to investigate the countless instances
of trouble that rise between employer and employee
he would find that in a surprising number of cases the
dissension is due not to the general dissatisfaction of
the men themselves but to the fomenting efforts of an
outsider.
Left to themselves a group of men almost invariably
will take sincere action to settle disputes through the
only fair and sane medium, arbitration. It is the pro-
fessional organizer, the paid agitator, the so-called
walking delegate, who skillfully plays upon the sym-
pathies of the men, kneads them into a milling crowd
and finally prevails upon them to scoff at the quiet
measures of the council table.
Most of all to be regretted is that the organizer,
sent more often than not from a central office of a union
for the express purpose of stirring up dissent, knovre
all too little about the local conditions to which the men
are subjected. He knows nothing of their needs or of
those of their employer. He is ignorant of the humor
of the public, that mighty force, and neither has he
adequate knowledge of its needs. He has founded on
a commercial basis for his own personal advantage the
art of trouble making.
That American citizens will submit indefinitely to
having such parasitical producers of nothing but up-
heaval gain their livelihood at the expense of the public
weal is a false assumption. They are of no use tc
society. They tear dowTi. Like a destructive fire, thej
should be extinguished.
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
881
Shop equipment Newj
SHOP EQUIPMENT I
• NEWS
A Nveekly revlow oP
modorn des-'ngnsand
o ©quiprnGnt*
Descriptions of thop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for w/iicfi there is no cfiarge. To be
eligible for presentation, th.e article must not have been
on the market more than six months and miat not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to sabmit them to the manufacturer for approval.
' CONDENSED
CLIPPING IND&X
A continuous record
oi^modorn dojirfnj
" and oqulpmonb
Falcon Pipe and Fitting Wrench
J. H. Williams & Co., Brooklyn, N. Y., has added to
its line the Falcon wrench shown in the illustration.
The wrench has a wide range of application and is
particularly adapted for work on pipe fittings. The
curved jaw is solid across the center but has open ends,
the face resembling somewhat the letter H. It is claimed
that this design affords several advantages, among
which are that the open end will straddle the corner
of an awkward fitting, while the solid center may be
used as a thin flange, and that the solid, one-piece jaw
cannot spread.
The curved face of the jaw allows an effective grip
with three shifts of the chain links and also permits
FALCON PIPE AND FITTING WRENCH
work in close quarters, such as connecting radiator
pipes. The wrench is designed for one-way operation,
consequently there is no chance for confusion when
hurried. When the jaw becomes dull its position may
be reversed by driving out the holding pin, thus
doubling its life. The jaw is made from tool steel and
the lever from 0.45 per cent carbon steel. The wrench
is made in six sizes, covering all sizes of pipe from J to
12 inches.
Soderfors "All-Steel" Vise
The illustration shows a vise made by the Soderfors
Bruks, Falun, Sweden, and recently introduced in the
United States by V. Lowener, 114 Liberty St., New
York City.
The main parts are made of Dannemora special alloy
steel, which is claimed to be stronger and tougher thai,
chisel steel. The stationary jaw is an intregal part of
the body. The movable-jaw body is round and fits
closely in a hole in the main body, insuring parallelism
of the jaws. The screw • and nut are said to be made
of a special long-wearing alloy steel. The vises are
made in eight sizes and can be furnished with either
^^^^^^tF
E
«|
^Sr i
■
«l
i»S!!?**|j
SODERFORS ALL-STEEL VISE
plain or swivel bases. The jaw widths of the various
sizes range from 3} to 81 in. and the weights with plain
base from 11 to 200 lb. With swivel base from 131 to
250 pounds.
"Emco" Bench Horn Press
The Enterprise Machinery Co., 30 South Clinton St.,
Chicago, 111., has added to its line the bench horn
press, shown in the
joHj^K .i'lif^.^^..,. .
accompanying illus-
tration and known
as type "V." The
^^^H|MM^jiMiu|^K iM^^^^K N...
press is intended
Jhb Sii a iKf* BTrii
for rapid produc-
tion in the assem-
bling of small parts
amd for operations
such as seaming
and riveting on hol-
low work.
The machine has
a single-stop stroke
and is made with
strokes of J, li and
13 in. The ram is
11 in. square and
has an adjustment
of i in. The horn
^^Jf^^l^
hole is lA in. dia-
meter. The press is
■ .J
26 in. high, runs at
300 r.p.m. and
weighs 130 lb.
••EMCO" TYPE "V" BEN
PRESS
CH HORN
332
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No, 7
Betts Multiple-Spindle Continuous
Vertical Milling Machine
The multiple-spindle continuous vertical milling ma-
chine here illustrated is being built by the Betts
Machine Co., Rochester, New York. The machine is
intended for heavy production milling on duplicate parts
and is of ?imple and rigid construction.
It is provided with three spindles, but can be fur-
nished with additional spindles if required. The four-
spindle machine may be fitted with two roughing cutters
and_two finishing cutters. The spindles are steel forg-
ings, driven through long splines and spur gears, and
they may be adjusted vertically by hand. The machine
may be driven either from a pulley or by an individual
electric motor at the top of the machine.
The work-holding fixture; are carried on the con-
tinuously revolving table, and the pieces are changed
while the fixture is passing from one cutter to the
next. The table has a flat bearing on the bed, and a
split tapered bushing provides for taking up wear
in the bearing on which the table revolves about the
column. The table is driven through a large internal
gear, all bearings being bronze-bushed and all gears
running in oil. Four rates of continuous feed are
obtained through sliding steel gears, none of the gears
being in mesh except those that are actually trans-
mitting power. It is claimed that one of these machines
will take care of as much work as can be conveniently
handled by two men, and that the machine has a pro-
duction capacity three times as great as a single-spindle
machine.
Hercules Key-Seating Machine
The accompanying illustration shows a key-seating
machine made by the Hercules Manufacturing Co., Port-
land, Ore. The machine is simply constructed, the cross-
head being driven through a rack and pinion. By means
of a wood-covered friction disk operating between the
two driving pulleys running in opposite directions and
engaging them alternately the reversal of motion is
accomplished, it being claimed that the action is very
smooth. The length of stroke is adjusted by means of
r
i
1
J
[Lt
"*■?•.
'tfj
wm
i
riw
mi
1
BETTS MULTIPLE-SPINDLE CONTINUOUS VERTICAL
MILLING MACHINE
HERCULES KEY-SEATING MACHINE
Specifications: Lengtli of strolte. 12J in. Diameter cutter bar,
2 in. Widest cutter tliat can be used, IJ in. Diameter of face-
plate, 20 in. Driving pulley, 12 in. in diameter ; speed, 150-250
r.p.m. Strokes per min., 15. Horsepower required, 2. Net weight,
800 lb.
the set-collars at the side of the machine, and the
motion of the ram can be started, stopped and reversed
by means of the lever at the back.
The work is bolted to the faceplate, which can be
tilted if it is desired to cut a taper keyway. The
machine cuts on the forward stroke, and the cutter is
relieved on the backward stroke through the action
of two wedge-shaped blocks in the base of the bar
rest.
The two knobs on the top of the machine control
the feed, one being operated for cutting upward and
the other for cutting downward. The rear end of the
cutter bar is bored to hold special cutters. Bars of
special size can be furnished. The machine is light
enough to be moved up to very heavy work, rather
than to move the work.
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
333
f
Newton Portable Slotting Machine
The large portable slotting machine shown in the
accompanying illustration has recently been brought out
by the Newton Machine Tool Works, Inc., 23rd and
U. S. Sub-Press
The U. S. Tool Co., Inc., 51-53 Lawrence St., Newark,
N. J., manufactures sub-presses of the type shown in
the illustration. Special sub-presses are built to suit
:|ib
1
r
^V^^^^^H
1 IIH
1| ^
liPP i
-p__i^_3«By|fcfc
lli^^^^^^~^--^^^^^^^E ififf
NEWTON LAKGB PORTABLE SLOTTING MAOHINK
Vine Sts.. Philadelphia, Pa. The machine consists of
an upright mounted on a sub-base and carrying a tool
suitably mounted on a saddle that reciprocates vertically.
The saddle is counter-balanced and has a maximum
stroke of 76 in. The tool slide has a crossfeed of
40 in. and an in-and-out feed of 6 in., both actuated
by power. The tool slide has, also, a vertical adjust-
ment on the saddle of 24 inches. The toolholder is
hinged, so as to relieve the cutter on the up stroke, and
the tool apron can be swiveled through a full circle for
angular cutting. The crossfeed of the
upright on the sub-base is 84 in., it
being driven by a separate 7i-hp.
motor that can be engaged by means
of friction clutches controlled by a
hand lever.
The traverse of the saddle is oper-
ated by a coarse-pitch, large-diameter
screw running in a one-piece bronze
nut.
The screw is driven by a 15-hp.
reversing planer-type motor mounted
at the top of the upright, the driving
gears being fully inclosed. The screw
is so fitted with roller thrust bearings
at both top and bottom that it acts
always in tension. In order to prevent
jamming, a clutch is provided which
disengages when the saddle reaches
the top or bottom of its travel. Dogs
for reversing the motion of the saddle
are mounted on a rod on the side of
the machine.
U. S. SUB-PRESSES
particular jobs, and stock ones are carried in a range
of platen sizes from 2 x 3 in. to 6 x 8 in.
Federal Automatic Spot Welder for
Channels
The machine shown was made by the Federal Machine
and Welder Co., Warren, Ohio, for spot welding two
rolled steel channels together to form an I-beam. It
is capable of welding two spots at a time on two pieces
of material i^ in. thick, at the rate of 60 welds per min.
The two welding transformers are for 220 volts primary,
and are air cooled. Four copper disks are used for weld-
ing contacts. These are securely bolted to bronze shafts
to insure good electrical connections. The secondaries
of the welding transformers are connected to the brass
bearings of these shafts, completing the welding circuit.
The welding current is controlled by auto trans-
formers in the primary circuit in eight equal steps from
65 per cent to full line voltage.
The welding disks can be adjusted to handle from
4 to 16 in. channels. Simultaneous spot welds from 4
to 12 in. apart may be made. A variable speed motor
is used to control the feeding of the work through the
machine at from 25 to 60 ft. per min.
FEDERAL, CHANNEL. WELDING MACHINE
334
AMERIC/vN MACHINIST
Tri-State Milling Attachment
The Tri-State Milling Machine Co., Memphis, Tenn.,
has brought out the milling attachment for shapers
shown in the illustration herewith.
The spindle is worm driven and is supported by a
substantial overarm. The attachment is intended to
be mounted in the shaper ram-way, the ram being
moved back out of the way. All parts shown on the
shaper, except the dividing head and the tailstock, are
TRI-STATE MILLING ATTACHMENT MOUNTED ON SHAPER
Specifications : Cone pulley steps, 4. 6, 8 and 10 in. Bearings,
taper bronze, adjustable. Drive, hardened worm and gear, run-
ning in oil. Spindle: hollow, 15 in. diameter; hole. No. 4 Morse
taper; nose threaded for chuck. Table, 3 ft long; mounted on
swivel base. Cross feed, 7 inches.
part of the regular equipment. Size and make of
shaper on which the attachment is to be used should be
given when ordering. One arbor is furnished with the
attachment.
Diamond 54-In. Extra-Heavy-Duty
Face-Grinding Machine
The Diamond Machine Co., 9 Codding St., Providence,
R. I., has brought out the extra-heavy-duty face-grind-
ing machine shown. in the accompanying illustration.
This machine is intended for heavier and larger
work than any machines heretofore built of this type
and was designed for grinding the bases of multiple-
spindle drilling machines.
A sectional-type grinding wheel is used consisting of
a number of abrasive blocks held in a chuck.
One of the features of the machine is the provision
made for handling the coolant. The tank is of large
area so that the necessary volume of coolant is of mod-
erate depth. This arrangement facilitates the settling
of sediment so that clean coolant is returned to the cir-
culating system.
DIAMOND 54-IN. EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTY PACE-GRINDING
MACHINE
Specifications : Spindle, 9 in. diameter. Grinding wheel, 54 In.
diameter. Platen ; width. 36 in. : longitudinal tiavcl, 134 in.
Speeds of table, 12, 17, 22, 28 ft. per min. Speed of grinding
wheel, 324 r.p.m. Feeds. 0.002 to 0,020 in. per stroke of table.
Motor, 100 hp. Approximate weight boxed for shipment, includ-
ing motor, 35,000 lb.
Two sets of centralized controls are provided so that
the machine can be operated from either position.
The drive is by a motor mounted on the grinding-
wheel head, from which power is delivered to the spindle
through a Morse silent chain.
International Toolrack
The International Purchasing Bureau, 203 East 15th
St., New York City, has placed on the market a handy
toolrack of the type shown. The trays are made of cast
iron and are arranged to swivel. The small round tray
at the top is intended for micrometers, etc.
INTERNATIONAL TOOLRACK
i
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
335
Testing Strength of Oxyacetylene
Welded Pipe
At the big gas show at Buffalo, in the course of
informal discussion on oxy-acetylene welding of oil
pipe lines, a Kansan questioned the strength of the
welded line to hold up under the service pressures in
his field. What he wanted was a breaking pressure test
to determine just where the welded pipe would give way
under breaking strains. In his opinion the break would
occur in the weld.
The discussion was staged, as it happened, in a strong-
hold of oxyacetylene welding. One of the factories and
machine shops of the Linde Air Products Co. is located
in Buffalo and in its Buffalo laboratory the Linde
engineers welded together two short sections of standard
3-in. iron pipe, threaded the ends and screwed on two
standard cast-iron caps. When the cold water pressure
test was applied to the breaking point, the top of one of
the caps blew out, leaving the pipe and weld intact. The
undamaged cap and the remaining portion of the broken
cap were then removed and two extra heavy iron caps
were screwed on. At a pressure of 6,200 lb. per sq.fn.
one of these caps let go, still without injury to the weld
or the pipe. Again the uninjured cap and remnant of
the broken one were taken off and extra heavy steel
caps screwed on. This time the caps held, but the pipe
split and ripped under the added pressure upon passing
the elastic limit, tearing up to, and being effectually
stopped by, the weld which refused to give.
The next test was made with 4-in. pipe. Two lengths
were welded together, the ends threaded and two extra
heavy standard caps screwed on. In this test one of the
cap heads blew out at 4,400 lb., as shown in the illustra-
tion, which gave a total end pressure on the cap of
approximately 33 tons, proving that the broken cap was
not in any respect defective. The weld was not impaired
at all. After this test it was suggested that an entirely
new weld with other pipe lengths of the same diameter
be tried. Accordingly two more lengths of 4-in. pipe
were welded, threaded and sealed, this time with extra
heavy steel caps made to withstand a working pressure
of 3,000 lb. of air. The pressure was applied and the
pipe gave way in the threads at 4,200 lb. In all of the
tests the welds held securely.
The gentleman from Kansas decided that if there
is anything stronger than a good oxyacetylene weld it
is not needed in the oil fields of the Southwest. He
examined a large number of welded pipe specimens that
had been subjected to hydrostatic breaking tests, finding
that in no instance had the pipe given way at a weld.
i
CAP RUPTURED AT 4,400-LB. WELD INTACT
Oxyacetylene welding of oil pipe lines, gas and water
mains and laterals is increasing daily in all parts of the
country, and it is more and more being specified in
preference to riveted and threaded construction.
The Evolution of the Engine Lathe
By Frederick A. Halsey
Referring to Mr. Franzen's very interesting article,
"The Evolution of the Engine Lathe," published in your
impression for July 22, I think he is in error in his
explanation of the origin of the term "engine lathe."
Originally the word "engine" was substantially
synonymous with machine. When Watt used the term
"steam engine" he meant, and might have said, steam
machine. The steam engine was a new thing in the
World, being the first power generator apart from
waterwheels and the muscles of men and animals. It
soon became of commanding importance and the word
"engine" thus became identified with it, signifying, as
it now usually, but now always, does, a machine for
generating power. Before the advent of the steam
engine it could not have had this meaning as there was
no machine to which to apply it.
The original lathe was a very simple thing, as Mr.
Franzen has pointed out and scarcely to be called a
machine. When Maudsley added the slide rest and
geared headstock it became a machine. It might properly
have been called a machine lathe but, as in the case of
the steam engine, it was called an "engine lathe" and
the term still survives. When the slide rest and back
gears are omitted and it becomes less of a machine we
drop the word "engine" and call the result a "speed
lathe."
This, however, is not the only case in which the word
"engine" is still used in the old sense, as we find it
applied to machines of high importance or precision.
Thus ruling machines of high precision are commonly
called "dividing engines" and the machine with which
the dentist bores our teeth and tortures our nerves is
always called a "dental engine," meaning simply dental
machine. I well remember that when Professor Sweet
made his first precision grinding machine at Cornell
University he called it a "grinding engine."
The most curious survival of all is found in the term
cotton gin. Ely Whitney called his machine the cotton
engine, meaning cotton machine, but the negroes in
their picturesque way, knowing little and caring less
aboi.t such things, shortened the word engine to "gin."
Ultimately the whites adopted the expression and today
we hear no other.
The term "engine lathe" is, I believe, now confined
in usage to this country. At any rate it is not to be
found in English engineering journals except in the
advertisements of some American lathes, the copy for
which, if not prepared in this country, at best uses the
term which we employ for our own product. In England
the usual term is slide lathe, sometimes screw cutting
lathe.
Regarding the invention of the slide rest, it has
always seemed to me that Maudslay did much more than
he is usually given credit for. What he really did, in
a large way, was to introduce the mechanical control of
cutting tools. In this sense he had one anticipation in
the boring bar of Wilkinson, but that application was so
very special that Maudslay may fairly be credited with
the larger conception of the idea.
336
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 7
Business Conditions in England
FROM OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, July 12, 1920.
BRITISH returns of overseas trading for the half year
ending with June last suggest a further consider-
able improvement as compared with the same period
of last year, although the month of June did not makt
quite such a good showing as did May. For the six months
of 1920 the imports have been valued at £1,033,334,684,
being an increase of about 44 per cent as compared with
the same period of 1919. Exports were valued at £637,466,-
884, an increase of 90 per cent, and re-exports, valued at
,^135,891,048, showed an increase of 145 per cent, the total
exports thus indicating an increase of about 98 per cent.
In the month of June imports were valued at £170,491,230,
or £4,157,414 more than for May. Exports were valued at
£116,352,350 or £2,967,072 less than in May, and re-exports,
valued at £20,123,928, were £136,160 less than May. What
is known as the adverse trade balance is now being reduced:
it was £260,000,000 for the first six months of this year,
this comparing with pre-war figures of about £62,000,000
for the corresponding period of 1913. It is in fact esti-
mated that the "invisible exports" are more than sufficient
to make a balance. The satisfactory condition is due to
high prices; by some signs a prospective fall, possibly
temporary only, in overseas orders for British goods is
indicated, and there is at least a suggestion of reduction
in prices obtainable.
For persons outside politics and sport, prospects at the
moment in Great Britain are rather dull. Retail trades of
several kinds continue to show decline in the purchasing
efforts of ordinary customers, and the engineering industry
as a whole has lost much of its elasticity, owing, apart from
other causes, to the further demands of workpeople now
under consideration by an Industrial Court. The Restitu-
tion of Pre-War Practices Act will expire in the autumn,
though it is not very probable that this will lead to much
change in the workshops. For the production of some parts
of machine tools women were found very serviceable in
war time and since then one firm in Halifax fought their
battle through all the courts, only to be beaten in the end.
This firm specializes in lathe production and was perhaps
the first to employ women on the operation of scraping,
though other firms soon followed. Machine-tool shops are
being carried forward by the momentum of orders received
long ago. Very few fresh orders, however, are coming
forward at the moment, and a decline in certain small tools
is quite as marked. The motor-car industry continues to
excite much concern and here, as with engineering concerns,
the prices of shares have been falling away steadily. The
view is not wanting, however, that this is being engineered
to some extent. Banks have been called on to help for the
purchase of materials. Prices of cars are held by manu-
facturers to have reached their upward limit. The ordinary
cycle trade has been poor, the season is over, and many
machines are reported still in the hands of manufacturers,
while the gilt has been taken off the motorcycle industry.
The Iron and Steel Trade
Firms with sufficient castings are still as rare as houses
to let, though if they could depend on foundry promises
machinists would not wish for anything better. At the last
meeting of the London Iron and Steel Exchange prices re-
mained unaltered, and according to the official report, busi-
ness continued restricted. The Birmingham report is that
new business is being held up, and in Manchester the turn
of the tide of prices is predicted. Sheffield denies any
slump but admits felling away in special steels owing to
the engineering decline. Iron and steel, whatever its quality
or stage of manufacture, are still consumed as soon as avail-
able. For various well-known and often-stated reasons the
export trade is practically at a standstill, and in the cir-
cumstances there is not much that is heroic in the further
statement that "English and Scotch producers have agreed
not to accept foreign orders until the British needs are
fully covered." Of construction material more is available;
cancellations in the shipbuilding industry are responsible
for this. At a recent interview between a deputation from
the Federation of British Industries and the chancellor of
the exchequer to discuss the excess profits duty and cor-
poration tax, it was stated that orders for seventy-six big
ships were canceled last month alone. It is a many-times-
told story to add the excess profits duty acts very unfairly
to firms with a bad pre-war basis of profits. Firms with a
good basis are inclined to remind opponents of the duty that
we have had a war and that wars, if paid for, are expensive
affairs. At the interview mentioned it was stated that one
firm had during the war distributed £120,000 to shareholders
and paid by way of tax £800,000. It is useless here to
discuss the tax position; the matter will be decided long
before these lines can be printed.
As regards supplies, the coal situation is easier. With
restriction of exports, the home demand has fallen away,
whether for industrial or household coal. Miners threaten
once more to strike, on the ground that the prices set by
the government are not justified. The strike is intended
(1) to lower the price to consumers, (2) to raise wages
because of the increased price charged. Meanwhile now
one day after giving the order, the Londoner can have
delivery of as much coal as he can find room for, at 58s. 2d.
a ton.
Employment Situation
Although it may not be pronounced, some unemployment
is being rioted in engineering centers. Discharges are
reported, for instance, from Lincoln and from three or
four Wolverhampton motor car, etc., firms, one of them
having abandoned night-shift working and reducing its
force by about six hundred men. Another well-known
firm is understood to have reduced its office, etc., staff
pretty considerably, but on the other hand to be increasing
the number of workpeople. Reductions in commercial ve-
hicle prices have been announced. In the north-west area
of England too, including of course Lancashire, the general
employment conditions have in part lately been reversed as
regards skilled men, for, according to the latest labor
exchange report, some 1,061 engineering fitters registered
themselves as unemployed, the number of vacancies re-
ported being about forty-three. Similarly, 305 metal
machinists were entered as unemployed against 66 vacan-
cies, and 722 boiler makers against 156 vacancies. The
case is even worse as applied to semi-skilled and unskilled
labor. Here 1,388 engineering laborers registered them-
selves and twelve vacancies were notified, while as to labor-
ers in shipyards the unemployed numbered 905, with six
vacancies. Then 5,844 general laborers (heavy) entered
themselves against thirty-six vacancies notified, while
general laborers (light) are entered at 1,899, with no va-
cancies. Turning to the building trades, the conditions are
as before: twenty-nine joiners were registered against
781 vacancies, and five bricklayers against 1,132 vacancies.
In London, to take a single case of shortage of building
labor, seven bricklayers were found engaged on a contract
for 400 houses.
In the end the skilled foundry workpeople, like the
engineering skilled workers, have declared against any gen-
eral system of payment by results. As has been reported,
this was recommended for acceptance by the workmen's
own committee, who pointed out that the minimum district
rates proposed would mean a considerable increase in wages,
while the schemes gave some measure of management to
to the labor side. But in the end the proposal was not
offieially recommended, and a ballot of the ironfounders,
core makers, and metal dressers concerned ended in 11,490
voting against, with 8,216 for acceptance.
Transport systems of more than one kind are in finan-
cial difficulties. The most important of course is the case
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
)f the railways. Here for the year 1919-1920 the deficit
ivas £41,349,530. Now the Ministry of Transport issued a
statement to the effect that, including Ireland, the working
af the British railways will on present workings show a
deficiency as from April 1 last of £54,500,000 per annum.
\ public inquiry is to be held and a rates advisory com-
mittee will consider the increases to be made in rates, fares,
charges, etc. so as to bring about a balance by the end of
lune, 1921. It is anticipated that fares, etc., on the average
will be increased by about 25 per cent, this bringing in
rather more than the sum necessary, provided of course
traffic conditions remain constant. We are being reminded
that some time ago the present minister of transport sug-
gested in the House of Commons that any increase in goods
traffic rates beyond 70 or 80 per cent over pre-war rates
was "unthinkable." But the present rates already average
about an increase of 50 per cent so that the estimated addi-
tion of 25 per cent will mean an increase greater than the
limit mentioned by the minister. Of the deficit it has been
estimated that more than £22,000,000 will be due to wage
increases. The rest of course arises mainly from the higher
coal and material costs; that is also largely wages.
The abnormal cost of all the material needed and the in-
ability of manufacturers to give firm quotataions, whether
as to price or delivery, plus the difficulty in raising capital
in present railway circumstances, are adduced as reasons for
the postponement of the electrification of railway lines to
the southwest of London.
Then again, the estimated deficiency on the London
County Council tramways is £929,512,000 if certain propo-
sals regarding renewals being charged to capital account are
accepted, or £1,038,512 if consent is not obtained. The
estimated receipts for the year are put at £4,553,930.
Salaries and wages which before the war amounted in the
year to £1,102,220 are now £3,254,162, and arrears and re-
pairs to rolling stock imply an annual expenditure of
£400,000. Fares are again to be revised, but it has been
pointed out that although in the past they have already
been increased by 100 per cent, in some cases considerably
more, in some less, the increase in revenue is but 33 per
cent. Then again, the directors of the Underground Elec-
tric Railway Co. announce that, after paying full interest
on certain 6 per cent debentures but nothing on 6 per cent
income bonds, profits of the past half year amount to £42.
Similarly the directors of the London General Omnibus Co.
state that "the financial position of the company does not
justify them in declaring an interim dividend on the shares."
The chickens are coming home to roost. But both tram
and omnibus workers are preparing to make another
demand for higher wages and can fortify themselves by
references to increasing costs of food and rents. The de-
cline in wholesale prices has not touched the chief food-
stuffs; in fact they have risen. The chief drop is in tex-
tiles. The other road transport workers, i.e., drivers of vans,
etc., are demanding a fresh national minimum, and a public
inquiry is probable.
General Trade News
As to the Machine Tool Exhibition to be held at Olympia,
London, W., from September 4 to September 25, one firm
has certainly resigned on account of general trade condi-
tions. The space they had taken was immediately let. There
have been rumours of other withdrawals, but unsupported,
as far as the writer is aware. It is expected that some 200
exhibitors will take part and that 1,000 machine tools will
be in motion. Nothing German is to be included. The
tools will, in fact, be almost predominently British, that is
mainly English, with some American.
Of importance to American and other firms exporting
motor cars into Great Britain is the agitation being carried
on to prevent cars with left-hand drive entering the country.
Consideration of this problem has been one of the first
businesses of the new Ministry of Transport. An inquiry
has been held and it is confidently predicted that ultimately
the entry of such cars will be suppressed. Perhaps next
France, having, like the rest of the world, the opposite rule
of the road, will object to the entry of right-hand cars as
dangerous, and the British motorist will then find difficulty
in touring the continent. There is more than a suspicion in
the move of another kind of protection.
Seeing that its students are spread all over the world,
some readers in America will be specially concerned to learn
that Finsbury Technical College has only just escaped, if it
has escaped, closure at the end of the next year. Lack of
funds is one of the reasons adduced, plus inability to find
accommodation for the increasing number of students. The
college is of course a plaything of the City and Guilds of
London, and rather than lose their independence, the com-
mittee concerned have refused offers of financial help from
the governement and the Board of Education. The almost
lifelong professorship may be mentioned in electrical en-
gineering of the late S. P. Thompson, and in mechanical
engineering for many years of John Perry.
New Companies Registered
Company promotion in London during the first six months
of this year showed a large increase both in numbers and
capital. Apparently some 878 public companies were reg-
istered, capital exceeding 290J million pounds, and 5,537
private firms, capital exceeding 158 millions, the total being
6,415 companies registered, with a total capital of £448,-
738,317. During the last half of the second quarter the
higher capital duty, £1 per £100, had its effect, to say
nothing of high bank rates, etc. In engineering the twenty
public companies had a combined authorized capital of
£4,291,000, and 268 private companies had a capital of
£4,388,300. As to motors, twenty-four public companies
and 333 private companies were registered, the former with
a capital of £8,635,700, and the private companies with a
combined authorized capital of £3,953,310.
Resetting a Tool for Boring Tapers
By John J. Burke
Many mechanics, and most of the apprentices, dislike
boring tapers for the simple reason that they do not
know how. Most of the misfits that occur are due to
the improper setting of the tool.
After roughing a hole to nearly the size, the tool is
ground for finishing and here is where the harm is
done. Instead of setting the tool back in its proper
place it is set either too high or too low; the result
being that the hole is usually over size in the back.
Sometimes the tool is set high or low to begin with and
after resetting it is brought nearer the center, making
the hole small in the back.
The sketch can easily be understood. It shows the
correct position of the tool and one of the many incor-
rect positions.
In boring a taper it is best to place a short line on
the face of the work and let the line just come even
with the edge of the tool before removing it for grind-
ing Then when replacing it be sure that it is even with
the line and you will have little trouble in boring
tapers.
RE-SETTING THE TOOL, FOR BORING A TAPER
S38
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 7
KS FROM T»*
Valentine Francis
Black & Decker Announce No Re-
duction in Prices for
Next Year
The Black & Decker Manufacturing
Co. of Baltimore, Md., has issued the
following statement to its customers,
concerning the possible reduction of
prices during the coming year.
"There will be no reduction in prices
this year and starting January 1, 1921,
we will protect you against loss through
price reductions for 60 days after the
purchase of goods.
"We have recently had a number of
inquiries from jobbers asking if any
reduction in price was contemplated in
the near future. This has suggested to
us, in line with our policy of co-opera-
tion with our jobbers, that we can work
more closely with thern in this respect.
"There is no price reduction of any
kind possible on our line at present and
you may accept this letter as guaran-
teeing you against any decline in the
prices of Black & Decker portable elec-
tric drills, electric valve grinders or
electric air compressors, between now
and December 31, 1920.
"Furthermore, we take this oppor-
tunity of advising you that after that
time you will be protected against loss
through price reduction for a period
of 60 days after purchase of our prod-
ucts. This does not mean if conditions
make it possible for us to get a lower
price on our products that we will give
you 60 days notice and defer the re-
duction for that length of time. If a
reduction is possible it will be made
promptly so as to give the ultimate
purchaser the benefit and we will ab-
sorb any loss which would otherwise
be caused the jobber who bought v»'ithin
60 days before the change in price."
Belgian Import Duty Increased
A bit of news that may be of inter-
est to the trade is that the Belgian
customs duties have been increased on
many articles. This, following French
precedent, is accomplished by the
promulgation of a royal decree direet-
R. T. Hazelton Now Works Mana-
ger of Cincinnati Shaper Co.
R. T. Hazleton, who was superintend-
ent and chief engineer of the Cincinnati
Milling Machine Co. for several years,
is now works manager of the Cincin-
nati Shaper Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. Mr.
Hazleton undertook his new duties July
1, coincident with the throwing into
operation of the large addition to the
plant of the company just completed.
Mr. Hazleton in his new position will
also have charge of production for the
Cincinnati Gear Cutting Machine Co.,
which is a subsidiary :f the Cincinnati
Shaper Co. Following the program of
expansion of these companies, and the
large additional floor space now avail-
able, it is anticipated that the output
of the two companies will be doubled in
the very near future.
A Professor of Mechanical
Engineering Writes on
the Metric System
There is, I believe, a mis-
taken feeling that college offi-
cials and professors can be ex-
pected to favor the metric sys-
tem and urge its adoption in
this country to the exclusion
of our established system of
weights and measures. Such a
feeling may exist among those
who have not had practical
manufacturing experience but
on the part of professors of
mechanical engineering and
those who are familiar with
the needs of our factories I
believe there is a strong senti-
ment against a change. Fur-
ther, I feel that it is distinctly
hurtful to instill into the minds
of college students ideas favor-
ing a change in our basic
standards which later experi-
ence in practical work makes
it necessary to revise.
Colleges and universities
should make every effort to
co-operate with manufacturers
instead of promulgating radi-
cal ideas which will "throw a
monkey- wrench into the
wheels of industry."
L. P. Breckenridge,
Professor Mechnical Engineer-
ing, Yale University.
ing the ministry of finance to levy cus-
toms duties at so many times the estab-
lished tariff, the rate of increase vary-
ing according to the class of article.
On machine tools the figure is three,
which means that, until modified, duties
will hereafter be 60 frs. per metric ton
(net weight) instead of 20 frs. per ton
as heretofore. This is still not a very
heavy burden, but it is interesting to
note that the rate on machine tools is
increased by the highest co-efficient
listed, three being applied only to cer-
tain articles which are largely manu-
factured in Belgium. One wonders if
the Belgians think that they are manu-
facturing machine tools also.
Navy Lists Excess Bolts, Nuts,
Rivets and Washers
The Navy Sales Board in Washington
announces that a consolidation of lists
of steel and iron bolts, nuts, rivets and
washers into a new catalog is being
made. These articles are now being
held in large quantities at the various
Navy Yards and are to be sold by sealed
bids. This catalog will include all
classes of bolts, with and without nuts,
hexagonal and square head, black and
galvanized. It will include all styles
such as standard, carriage, stove, eye,
forcing, stud, etc. Separate nuts will
be round and hexagonal, blank and gal-
vanized, and standard and case hard-
ened. Rivets are ship, boiler and struc-
ture. Washers will be both iron and
steel.
It is suggested that all prospective
purchasers of these articles send their
names in at the earliest possible
moment to the Board of Survey, Ap-
praisal and Sale, Navy Yard, Wash-
ington, D. C. This will insure their re-
ceiving a catalog as soon as it is ready
for distribution.
A new steel catalog is also under con-
sideration which will contain approxi-
mately 20,000 tons of plates, sheets,
structural shapes, bars and billets.
Levey and Associates Organize
Film Co.
Harry Levey, for three years man-
ager of the industrial and educational
department of the Universal Film Co.,
has resigned that position to head a
producing company of his own, which
will exclusively make this type of
picture. Connected with the organiza-
tion are Don Carlos Ellis, formerly
head of the film service of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, and Mrs. Henry
Moskowitz, secretary of the New York
State Reconstruction Commission and
the Governor's Labor Board.
Mr. Levey has already started mo-
tion picture production on a fairly
large scale. He has been retained by
the Association of Chemical Indus-
ti'ies to make a series of pictur,es show-
ing the history of dyes, explosives,
medicines, automobiles, aeroplanes,
paint, leather, electrical supplies and
food preservations.
»
The Jersey City Chamber of Com-
merce recently asked its members to
indicate their views regarding the
"open shop." The result was 827 to
0 in favor of the "open" and against
the "closed" shop. Of the 116 manu-
facturing plants at present operating
in Jersey City, 96 are open and 20 are
closed.
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production^With Improved Machinery
389
German Machine Industry Faces
Dangerous Crisis
According to the press, a report from
the Union of German Machine Plants
shows that during the year ended June
1, 1920, this industry suffered enor-
mously from labor troubles and short-
age of materials. A marked shortage
of skilled labor was also felt. The at-
titude and conduct of the older work-
men was satisfactory, but much trouble
■was experienced with the younger work-
men, who were opposed to doing piece-
work and objected to overtime. The
union estimated that in the year just
closed that labor was only 50 to 60 per
cent efficient. In spite of signed agree-
ments the workmen made demands from
month to month for increased wages.
Auxiliary materials like leather and oil
were difficult to obtain, and oil which
formerly cost only 40 marks per '100
kilos is now sold at 1,700 marks per
100 kilos. The uniting of different
plants and the standardizing of types
of machines showed encouraging pro-
gress. The rise in the value of the
mark has caused a falling off in orders
and has increased the stagnation of
business. To keep plants running even
at part time many of them took to do-
ing repair work.
Practically all orders from Poland and
Austria have ceased because of un-
favorable exchange. The high cost of
production has also necessitated large
capital increases. The prospect of nor-
mal business for the coming year is
most doubtful because of the uncer-
tainty as to future supplies of raw
material, coal, electric current, and
transportation. If conditions do not
soon improve, it is anticipated that
many factories will have to close down.
Competition in foreign countries is
difficult to meet, and on the whole the
future of this industry is not at all
encouraging.
Large Force Needed to Make
Our Cutlery
The cutlery industry continues very
strong, according to the Cutlery Bureau
of Information, New York, and is add-
ing new men every month to its force of
helpers.
Statistics for the State of New
York, which are representative of the
situation all over the United States,
prove that the ratio of employment in
the industry shows a new gain and that
now 174 men are employed for every
100 which found employment during
June, 1914. The total wage payments
of the industry have more than trebled
as compared with the time before the
war.
A Small Model Steam Engine
The small model steam engine shown
herewith is not new, having been ex-
hibited at the world's fair nearly 30
years ago; but when our correspondent
ran across it a few weeks ago he de-
cided that it was worth photographing
and presenting as a novelty to our
many readers, to whom the world's fair
is very ancient history indeed.
The thing upon which the model is
resting in the engraving is not a pie-
plate; it is the crystal and bezel ring
of an ordinary-sized watch. The en-
gine is made of gold,- silver, brass and
steel, and weighs 20 grains. The bed
is i in. long; the bore of the cylinder
MODEL RESTING ON WATCH CRYSTAL
is 0.083 in., the stroke is in. It has a
perfect working flywheel governor, a
cylinder lubricator and a throttle valve.
There are stuffing boxes around valve-
and piston-rod that can be packed and
the main bearings are adjustable for
wear.
The model was built by Charles H.
Allen of Pittsburgh when he was but
19 years old. The construction occu-
pied his spare time for 15 weeks.
G. M. Graham Elected Vice-Presi-
dent of Pierce-Arrow Co.
The Pierce-Arrow Motor Car Com-
pany announces the election of George
M. Graham as vice president, succeed-
ing W. J. Foss, who resigned on July 1.
Mr. Graham went to the Pierce-
Arrow Motor Car Co. from the Willys-
Overland Co., and during his four years
at Buffalo has successively held the
place of assistant commercial manager,
general sales manager and now vice-
president.
During the war Mr. Graham was
chairman of the National Motor Truck
Committee at Washington, represent-
ing the entire motor-truck industry in
all of its activities that centered there.
He has been spokesman for the motor-
vehicle industry in many important
presentations.
Work of Engineering CourJl's
Committee Classification and
Compensation Endorsed
Lars R. Jorgensen, electrical and
hydraulic engineer of San Francisco,
Cal., who has been appointed on a com-
mittee of the American .Society of Civil
Engineers to consider the recent re-
quest for endorsement of its work by
the Committee on CHssification and
Compensation of Engineers of Engi-
neering Council, writes as follows:
"About six months ago I was a mem-
ber of a committee appointed by the
Civil Service Commission of California
to work out classification and compen-
sation for engineers in Civil Service in
the State of California. In this par-
ticular case it was the electrical engi-
neers only.
"After much investigation, inquiry
and work, we found that we could not
propose anything better than the classi-
fications recommender by the Engineer-
ing Council. We had advance copies of
same at the time.
"In my opinion there is no doubt that
this classification, dated Dec. 15, 1919,
is the best obtainable and can be used
everywhere in the United States to
great advantage. It is most complete,
very well worked out as to details, and
such a uniform classification ought to
be adopted all over the country. I
know it represents a great deal of
work to compile such a document, and
we should be grateful to the men who
did all this work. My vote will be for
the adoption of this classification.
"When it comes to compensation of
engineers in the various grades it is
more difficult to lay down a standard
rule to be followed in all parts of the
country, but the proposed rates of
compensation seem to be elastic
enough to allow for necessary local
variations, and to constitute a good
guide, which is really all that can be
expected.
"I believe it will be of great advan-
tage to the engineering profession if
Engineering Council's Classification and
Compensation of Engineers are gen-
erally adopted."
»
French Machine-Tool Purchases
The French mission acting on the
machine-tool contract vnth the United
States returned to France from
America a shor\ time ago, having
selected and shipped some 1,100 ma-
chines in all. Sinr-3 the kind of ma-
chines the mission particularly wanted
could not be found in the War Depart-
ment's stocks its members consider the
contract terminated. The machines
they would have purchased were: bor-
340
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 7
ing mills, horizontal boring machines,
gear-cutters, car-wheel lathes, heavy
planers, forging machinery, bolt and
iiut machinery, large punches and
shears, etc. They still have on hand
in their warehouses in France more of
the standard sizes of the usual ma-
chine-shop tools than they require.
The approval of the contract by the
French Chamber of Deputies did not
carry with it the authority to purchase
the machines elsewhere, consequently
the Ministry has no funds or credit for
the purpose. As a matter of fact, a
responsible French official stated that
the policy of the present government is
to restrict, as far as possible, purchases
for governmental account; and that
therefore they did not anticipate going
into the market and buying machine
tools for stock. The government offi-
cials feel that it is up to the manufac-
turer to purchase direct such special
machinery as he may require.
There is no confirmation from the
War Department of the United States
regarding the number of machines the
mission finally bought, nor regarding
the termination of the contract, but the
French view given above is, no doubt,
correct.
Davenport Dons Denim — Does
Daily Drudge
Picture the once immaculate figure of
a real, honest-to-God state senator, clad
in the uniform of a twentieth-century
machinist (even the white collar and
shell -rim glasses) — and you have an
idea of Frederick M. Davenport, sena-
tor from the Thirty-sixth (Oneida) dis-
trict, of the State of New York, spend-
ing his vacation in the plant of the
Franklin Automobile Co. at Syracuse,
N. Y.
At the invitation of Mr. Franklin the
erstwhile legislator took up this new
phase of life in order to get some first-
hand "dope" on present industrial rela-
tions as affecting factory employees.
Senator Davenport doesn't punch a
time clock but he's as punctual as any
man in the plant, commuting every day
from home and "getting the inside," the
real point of view of the mechanic and
laborer by working alongside him in
daily association.
The senator has learned a lot about
industrial operation since he came here
a month ago and expects to learn a
lot more before he quits to take up
his regular job of teaching law. He
is particularly impressed with the
training in infinite detail the man who
produces in an automobile plant iai
obliged to undergo.
"I have driven an automobile for 10
years with scarcely a thought of the
processes through which it went and
the mental and physical keenness re-
quired in its construction. I scarcely
ever even looked under the hood," said
the senator. "But my work here has
taught me the vast importance of the
various operations. I received a letter
from Mr. Franklin indicating, in sub-
stance, tha'; he had been keeping his
eye on my interest at Albany in the
direction of measures to establish bet-
ter industrial relations between em-
ployer and employee and suggesting
that it might be mutually helpful if
I had an opportunity to spend some
time inside a great industrial unit like
the Franklin plant.
"Upon conferring with Mr. Franklin
I found that we agreed that the mat-
ter of sounder industrial relations be-
tween employer and employee is of
vital importance to the future of the
country, and that whatever is done
ought to be done with care and kept
close to the actual facts and needs of
industry."
Senator Davenport says he has had
great freedom of movement and of in-
formation, having studied the poli-
SENATOR DAVENPORT
cies of the management on the one hand
and working at the lathe among the.
men on the other hand. This week he
is going into the toolroom and will prob-
ably put in some time among the final
test men, the fellows who really have
the last word before a car is sent out
of the factory.
on the principle of the dual-valve
engine developed by Fierce-Arrow engi-
neers so successfully in passenger-car
use, has been in process of design and
test for more than two years. Ex-
tended usage under actual working
conditions has eliminated all guess
v/ork as to what its performance is.
Adherence to the basic Pierce-Arrow
engineering principles, the company
states, insures that the present line re-
tains the distinctive characteristics of
reliability and durability. But with the
refinement of design, the new trucks not
only set new performance standards,
but establish a record low level of re-
pair and maintenance costs. This is
achieved through an accessibility which
permits of quick, economical repairs,
insuring a minimum of time lost in the
service shop and a minimum of repair
costs, according to the company's state-
ment.
Modernized manufacturing methods
combined with an expansion of factory
facilities necessitated by efficient war
production methods has enabled the
Pierce-Arrow company to enhance the
quality upon which Pierce-Arrow repu-
tation has been built. More accurate
machining, an even greater uniformity
of product and improved methods of
testing have achieved the result.
Details as to the specifications of the
new models and facts as to their actual
performance may be obtained from the
company or any of its distributors in
all of the principal cities of the coun-
try.
»
The technical department of the
University of California, Extension
Division, announces a new course by
correspondence in Determinative Min-
eralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, by
Arthur S. Eakle, Professor of Minera-
logy in the University of California. It
is equivalent to the course given in the
regular session of the University. Two
units of University credit will be given,
if desired, on the passage of an ex-
amination. For further information
write to the University of California,
Berkeley, Cal.
New Pierce-Arrow Dual-Valve
Trucks Mark Big Advance
Announcement of an expanded line of
motor trucks, powered by dual-valve
engines, is made by the Pierce-Arrow
Motor Co., of Buffalo, N. Y. The new
line includes five-ton, three and one-
half-ton and two-ton trucks and a
tractor unit, each equipped with double
ignition and electric lights.
The dual-valve power plants which
distinguish the advanced design are de-
clared to effect as great a forward
stride in motor truck performance as
did the introduction of the worm gear,
pioneered by Pierce-Arrow in 1910.
"The dual-valve engines equip the
trucks with a pulling power superior
to any demand," said Robert 0. Patten,
truck sales manager of the company.
"Moreover, this power is obtained with
an increase in economy; gasoline yields
more miles per gallon."
The dual-valved engine, constructed
The Phoenix Manufacturing Co., Eau
Claire, Wis., has announced the re-
moval of its office from Cleveland, Ohio,
to Chicago, 111. W. L. Harrison, who
has been manager of the Cleveland of-
fice for a number of years, will man-
age the Chicago office.
The Hart- Parr Co., Charles City,
Iowa, on account of the rapid expan-
sion of its overseas trade, has appointed
E. R. Verhaeghe, of Anvers, France, to
act permanently in supervisory capa-
city over the European territory. He
has been in charge of the tractor de-
partment of the Hart-Parr distributors
in Anvers, France, ever since the Hart-
Parr tractors have been sold there. He
(Continued on page SiOb)
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
n'
«^ 0*"-
340a
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Lathe, Crajikshaft, Line-BearinE and Flange Turning
Wickes Brothers, Saginaw, Mich.
"American Machinist," July 15, 1920
The lathe is used for turning
the line-bearings and flanges of
crankshafts and is made in one
size only with a 2n-in. swing.
The headstock is back geared to
suit the job and the drive is
either by belt from countershaft
or direct motor as required. The
spindle has a collar on the work
end, forged integrally, and all
bearings are ground to size. A
Hilliard multiple-disk clutch transmits the power. The gear box
has eight feeds. A cast-steel pot chuck is furnished, designed
especially tor the crankshaft it is to support.
DrUllng Machine, Xo. 8 Duplex
Moline Machinery Co., Moline, 111.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
The machine has special spin-
dle heads designed to meet the
requirements and is similar in its
general character and construction
to the No. 7 duplex machine, with
the exception that it is not
equipped with power feed. The
feed is actuated by the pilot wheel
at the left through a pinion and
two opposed racks, thus feeding
the two spindle heads equally.
An adjustable stop is located on
the left-hand head, which per-
mits regulation of travel in order
to provide for drilling the holes to
the proper depth and to prevent the two drills from coming in
contact. The gears can be changed to drive one spindle faster
than the other, it so desired. Specifications : Length of bed, 7 ft.
8 in. Width of bed, 12 in. Distance between spindles, minimum
10 in. ; maximum, 4 0 in. Hole in spindles, No. 4 or 5 Morse taper
Distance from spindle to bed. 8 in. Capacity, up to Ij-in. drill.
DrlUing Machine, Xo, 10 Duplex
Moline Machinery Co., Moline, 111.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
The machme is similar to tlie
No. 9 machine, except for the
feed of the heads. The heads
are geared to travel in the same
direction, which arrangement is
employed when one head is \isv\
for drilling and the opposed head
for reaming. Since special heads
can be built to drill any number
of holes at the same time, this
feature is a desirable one, be-
cause it permits of drilling and
reaming at a single setting of
the work in the jig. Specifica-
tions ; Dimensions of table, 7
X 12 in. Height of the table
from floor, 32 in. Distance be-
tween sjiindle ends ; minimum,
of head, 6 in. Hole in spindles, No,
four J-in. drills in cast iron
weight, 1,200 lb.
DrllUng Machine, No. 7 Duplex
Moline Machinery Co., MoUne, III.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
The machine is u.sed tor op-
posed drilling and reaming and
has a power feed. The design
permits the drilling and reaming
spindles to be run at different
speeds. The drive is from the
three-step cone-pulley at the left
through a central driving shaft,
and from this through suitable
gearmg in the carriages or sliding
heads. The gears can be changed
so as to run the spindles on
one carriage faster than those on the other, if desired and the
spmdles are adjustable tor position. Specifications 'Length of
^i^'J.,i- .^^'<^"i °f bed. 10 m. Distance between spindle ends ;
^n»?^^i , '"■ • "}a''™"ni.. 30 in. Hole in spindles. No. 4 Mors<^
Vt'^fn ,ir 1, ',.?'' v5''°'" f ""'^'^ *° ''«'^'- 8 'n- Capacity ; up to
li-m. drill. Lach carriage has three feeds.
DrilUng Machine, No. 9 Duplex
Moline Machinery Co., Moline, 111.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
The two opposed spindles
in front perform the drill-
ing operation, and the two rear
spindles the reaming. The ma-
chine is driven by two belts
from the countershaft, one to
each spindle head. It employs
hand feed by rack and pinion,
but power teed can be furnished
if desired. The hand-feed ma-
chine is equipped with a ratchet
lever and the power-feed ma-
chine with a handwheel. Speci-
fications: Dimensions of table,
7 X 9 in. Height of table from
floor, 32 in. Distance between
spindle ends ; minimum, 6 in. ;
maximum, 16 in. Travel of each
head, 5 in. Hole in spindles. No.
3 Morse taper. Capacity, four J-in. drills in cast Iron. Floor
space, 24 x 40 in. Net weight, 1,000 lb.
1. ; maximum, 18 in. Travel
2 or 3 Morse taper. Capacity,
Floor space, 24 x 40 in. Net
Drilling: Machine, No. 12 Duplex
Moline Machinery Co., Moline. 111.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
The machine is provided with
power feed, which can be auto-
matically disengaged at any de-
sired point. The drive is effected
from a shaft extending along the
back of the bed. This shaft is
splined throughout its length and
is driven by a three-step cone pul-
ley. Specifications : Distance be-
tween spindle ends ; minimum. 8
in. ; maximum. 44 in. Capacity, eight H In. drills in cast iron.
Height of bed from floor, 40 in. Maximum center distance between
end spindles on same carriage, 24 in. Floor space, 4 x 8 ft.
Net weight, 5,000 lb.
Milling Machine, No. 3 Duplex Slot
Garvin Machine Co., Spring and Varick Sts,, New York.
"American Machinist," July 29, 1920
The machine is capable of
slotting the largest locomotive
crossheads, and it is adapted to
other work such as cutting key-
ways and slotting fork ends.
The machine mills both sides of
a slot simultaneously, the work
reciprocating and the cutters
feeding inward intermittently.
When milling slots entirely
through a piece, one cutter au-
tomatically retreates before the two cutters meet, and the other
one continues to advance and complete the slot. Specifications:
bize of cutters used, S to 2J in. Table, size, 21 x 87 in. ;
maximum travel, 10 in. Swing ; over table, 30 in. ; over bed,
l-i m. Spindles; taper hole. No. 11 B. & S. ; maximum distance
between, 41 in. Spindle sleeves; diameter, 6 in.; length of
bearing. 24 in. Feed ; total per spindle 6 in. ; per table stroke,
0.01 to 0.025 in. Motors ; speed. 650 to 1,950 r.p.m. ; horsepower.
6. Length of bed, 128 in. Floor space, 100 x 190 in.
Grinding Machine, No. 9 Hole
Van Norman Machine Tool Co., Springfield, Mass.
"American Machinist." July 29, 1920
The drive is self-contained and
is mounted on the machine base.
The machine can be furnished
with motor drive, in which case
the motor is placed inside the
cabinet base. All driving shafts
are mounted in self-aligning ball
bearings. The work head is
mounted on a transverse slide,
providing ample room for the
operator to gage the work and to
handle it in or out of the machine
without danger of injury to his
hands. Specifications: Swing, 20
In. Will grind holes 41 in. deep.
Speeds ; work spindles, six, from
72 to 431 r.p.m. : grinding spindle,
three, from 3,400 to 19,000 r.p.m.
Floor space, 39 x 63 in. Weight;
net, 2,950 lb. ; boxed, 3,100 lb.
hi
CUj), paste on S X 5-in. cards and file as desired
^
340b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
will now co-operate with the dealers in
England, Belgium, Denmark, France,
Sweden, Spain, Portugal, Algeria,
Tunis and Egypt. The next month will
be spent by Mr. Verhaeghe at Bruges,
Belgium, in the interests of the Hart-
Parr.
The Wellman-Seaver-Morgan Co.,
Cleveland, has taken a contract for two
200-ton tilting furnaces for the Im-
perial Steel Works, Japan. These fur-
naces will be used in connection with a
Talbot process. They will be fired with
producer gas and their tilting mechan-
ism and valves will be electrically
operated.
The Hercules Electric Co., Indian-
apolis, Ind., plans the installation of
such new machinery as will enable the
company to manufacture magnetos,
electrical machines and devices. Addi-
tions on a large scale are planned at
the plant, which recently was pur-
chased by Ch. rles G. McCutcheon,
Indianapolis, and Perry and Frank
Remy, former owners of Remy Elec-
tric Co. at Anderson, Ind.
John Gregg, attorney for the Hart-
Parr Co., Charles City, Iowa, returned
recently from a six months' trip
through twenty-two countries of
Europe on busii sss connected with the
Hart-Parr tractors. The Hart-Parr Co.
will give a banquet in Mr. Gregg's
honor.
Cakl Holl, formerly connected with
DOMESTIC EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES BY COUNTRIES, DURING MAY,
METAL-WORKING MACHINERY
1920
Countries Lathee
491
Belgium $29, 148
Czechoslovakia
Denmark 5, 1 47
Finland ,
France 75,499
Germany
Greece 725
Iceland and Faroe Islands
Italy 24,685
Netherlands 5,702
Norway
Poland and Danzig
Portugal 3,403
Roumania 4,733
Spain 59,940
Sweden 13,941
Switzerland 198
Turkey in Europe
England 246,812
Scotland f
Ireland
Bermuda
Canada • 90,665
Costa Rica
Guatemala
Honduras
Nicaragua
Panama 300
Salvador
Mexico 1 8, 1 79
Miquelon, I.angley, etc 1,050
Newfoundland and Labrador 2,550
Barbados
Jamaica 56
Trinidad and Tobago 112
Other British West Indies 106
Cuba 24,656
Dutch West Indies
French West Indies
Haiti
Dominican RepubUc 2,250
Argentina 1 3, 1 40
Bolivia 650
Brazil 1 2,763
Chile 519
Colombia 4,63 1
Ecuador 935
British Guiana
Paraguay
Peru 6,027
Uruguay 1,700
Venezuela 2,324
China 27,052
Kwantung
British India 46,106
Straits Settlements
Other British East Indies
Dutch East Indies 2,241
Hongkong
Japan 61,518
Turkey in Asia 3,300
Australia 5,5 17
New Zealand 6,2 1 2
French Oceania
Philippine Islands 9.522
Belgian Kongo 4,944
British West Africa 30
British South Africa 5,159
British East Africa
French Africa 787
Portuguese .\frica 3,650
Egypt 850
Total $829,434
Other
Machine
Tools
492
$67,689
■■■7,914
1,998
230,167
6,890
3,942
■ 107,397
1,875
2,466
3.190
2.348
18,807
15,028
13,456
651
445,605
10,613
2,803
314
140,893
3,251
116
638
484
174
■7,665
378
45
24,068
100
85
■"mi
8,848
171
20.473
3,377
7,590
51
312
358
7,019
1,098
606
6,202
23,386
490
■l,i59
572
66,182
150
30,217
3,924
■ ■2,955
11,086
566
■ 348
$1,318,478
Sharpening
and
Grinding
Machines
493
$14,732
1,678
9,317
68,917
790
52
8,604
1.230
860
1,500
37
825
4,158
10,682
67,202
444
733
250
26,943
444
15
22
3,339
105
3,519
10,658
1,036
■ 1,565
1,818
108
1,050
All
Other
495
$96,452
234,423
6,542
1,412
168,470
2,243
9,823
8,015
30.279
3,647
11,002
574,513
3,640
13,976
207.94 J
6,175
15,863
"170
24,497
307
360
1,454
706
15.161
500
1,440
1,944
3,115
172
1,171
228
2,213
2,5^2
■5,838
26
330
466
2,700
35.722
1,255
4,000
1,237
104,788
103
2,104
22
4.657
4,279
595
15,690
271,640
10,896
1.093
965
21,104
9,451
1,867
1,571
the Persoiis Manufacturing Co., Woiv
cester, Mass., is now with the Graton
& Knight Manufacturing Co., Worces-
ter, makers of factory leather belting.
John P. Grexsg, of the Hart-Parr
Co., Charles City, Iowa, has been pro-
moted to divisional sales manager for
the Canadian territory and will have
charge of all sales of northwestern
Canada.
Amos Whitney, founder of the
Pratt & Whitney Co., Hartford, Conn.,
and for a number of years president of
the Gray Pay Station Telephone Co.,
died on Aug. 5 at Poland Springs, Me.
He was eighty-seven years old. [Mr.
Whitney's biography will be published
in our next issue.]
Frank Taylor, former president
and one of the founders of the Taylor
Instrument Companies, died recently
at his home at 47 Wellington Avenue,
Rochester, N. Y., in his 76th year.
Clarence A. Severin, Cleveland man-
ager of the Reed-Prentice, Becker Mill-
ing Machine and the Whitcomb-Blais-
dell Machine Tool Co., died on Wednes-
day, July 21.
Trade Catalogs
Grinding Wheels. Norton Co.. Worcester
Mass. A small circular illustrating and
describing the balancing of grinding wheels
for Norton precision grinding machines.
Precision Lerels for Machinists. Queen-
Gray Co., Philadelphia, Pa. Bulletin A-5
pp. 7. 8 X 11 in. An illustrated and de-
scriptive bulletin of precision levels for
machinists.
High Precision Measuring Tools. The
Golden Co., 405 Lexington Ave.. New York
City. Catalog Xo. 257. pp. 3. 81 x llj in
This catalog briefly describes and illustrates
the various machines and appliances made
by the Societe Genevoise d'lnstruments de
Physique, for whom this company is the
exclusive agent.
$276,057 $1,919,421
The International Railway Master Black-
smiths' .Association will hold its next annual
convention at Tutwiler Hotel. Birmingham,
Ala., on Aug. 17, 18 and 19. The secretary
of the association is A. L. AVoodworth,
Lima, Ohio.
The National Gas Engine Association,
Monadnock Bldg.. Chicago. 111., will hold
its thirteenth annual convention at the Con-
gress Hotel, Chicago, on Sept 1, 2 and 3.
The American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Research Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelphia. Pa., on Sei>t. 14 to 18. inclusive.
J. A'. Pollack, of the Pollak Steel Co , Cin-
cinnati, Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The American Foundrymen's Associa-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus, Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, 111., is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic. S. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can he obtained from
the American National Exhibition. Inc.,
Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132 West
4 2nd St., New York.
t
August 12. 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
340c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Grinding Atta4;iiment, Button Die
Lafayette Tool and Equipment Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
"American Machinist," July 22, 1920
The attachment comprises an
index plate, a set of nine die
holders, a graduated adjustable
feeding device for the rack work
holder, chucks and abrasive pen-
cils. The die holders will ac-
commodate A, S. M. E. standard
and fractional dies, and the in-
dex plate is drilled for both
three- and four-grooved dies.
The work, while held rigidly in
the die holder, is controlled by
the index plate which can be
set to suit the various widths
of flutes in the dies to be ground.
South 12th Street,
Pre HA. Verson No. 00 Power Den«li
La Salle Machine Works, 3013 La Salle St., Chlcaeo, 111.
"American Machinist," July 29, 1920
This machine is adapted for blankmg,
forming and other press operations and
can handle such light work as is often done
on a larger machine. The clutch is made
of tool steel and hardened. It is simple
in construction and of the positive type.
It is provided with an automatic safety
device which disengages the clutch at each
re\'olution of the press whether or not the
treadle is released. The m:ichine is of the
ojren-back type, and permits feeding the
work either from right to left or from front
to back. The press can be furnished with
a table and legs if desired. Specifications:
Stroke of slide, 5 in. Adjustment of slide.
1 in. Width of opening through back. 3}
in. Finished surface of bed. 7 x 53 in
Diameter of hole in bed, 13 in. Diameter
of shaft, 2 in. Flywheel. 10 in. diameter ;
face, 2 in. ; speed, 250 r.p.m.
Grinding Machine, No. IS, Br}-ant diucking
Bryant Chucking Grinder Co., Springfield, Vt.
"American Machinist," July 29, 1920
The machine is self-contained,
and is furnished in two types — a
single-spindle machine for grind-
ing holes only and a double-
spindle machine for both hole-
and face-grinding. The illustra-
tion shows a rear view of the
No. 15 single-spindle machine
with motor attached. Two
speeds are provided for the work
spindle and two traverse speeds
for the wheel slide. The wheel-
spindle drive shafts are mounted
in ball bearings of inclosed type.
Specifications: Chuck range, 12
in. Grinding length, 9 in. Work
spindle, 130 and 300 r.p.m.
Wheel-slide travel per revolution
of work, 1*3 and ^^ in. Weight,
net, 3.000 lb. Floor space, 36
X 84 in. Motor recommended,
2 hp. 1,720 r.p.m.
Toolholders, Rouillard Vniversal
Rouillard Tool Corp., 608 Chestnut St., Philadelphia, Pa.
"American Machinist," July 29, 1920
The holes for the cutters in
both holders besides being
reamed are partially squared
with a broach so that they will
hold square, round or octagon
stock equally well. The set-
screws are of the hollow-head
type with fine pitch S. A. E.
threads, but square - headed
screws can be used if preferred.
In addition to the regular line of
cutters for turning and boring,
special attachments such as
knurling and gooseneck turning
and threading tools, are fur-
nished when required. The toolholders are drop-forged and
pack-hardened and are made in seven sizes ; the smallest, No. u,
is g X I X 4J in. ! the largest. No. 6, is 1 x 1| x 13 in.
Micrometer, Blush Multiple
A. T. Blush Tool Co., 1145 West 11th St., Erie, Pa.
"American Machinist." July 29. 1920
The micrometer illustrated herewith can be used to measure
from 0 to 2 in. without any attachment. The spindle has a screw
of 20 threads per in., while a separate screw of 40 threads per
in. is used for traversing the thimble.
Burner, The Berg
Berg Burner Co., Inc., 100 Emerson Place, Brooklyn, N. Y.
"American Machinist," July 29, 1920
The burner is designed to burn oxy-hydro-
carbon-gas that it automatically produces from
oil and water. Superheated steam is generated
by the burner and combined with the oil flow
as it leaves the nozzle. The hydrogen of the
steam unites with the hydrogen and carbon of
the oil, while the oxygen set free in a super-
heated state, is said to create perfect combus-
tion when the torch is ignited. The correct
mixture of oil and steam, also the proper
degree of heat is obtained by manipulatmg
the two needle valves at the top. the lower
valve being provided merely as a blow-ort
The burner will operate in any position and
is designed to consume either the cheapest
distillates or refined oils but not gasoline or
kindred products.
Torcli, Pumplegs Blow
Pumpless Blow Torch Co., Phipps Power Bldg., Pittsburgh,
"American Machinist." July 29, 1920
The torch does not require prelimi-
nary pumping and pre-heating. The
fuel used is butane, obtained from
natural gas and reduced by pressure
to a liquid. Two ducts lead from the
fuel chamber to the burner ; one from
the top and one from the bottom.
To start the torch, the valve in the
upper duct is opened, allowing the
gas to flow directly to the burner
where, upon ignition, it burns with
a clear steady blue flame at a tem-
perature of 2.240 deg. F. After
burning for a minute or two the
burner becomes hot, the valve in the
lower duct is then opened and the
upper one closed, allowing the liquid
fusl to flow to the burner where it is
i'jlatized by the heat.
Pa.
MiUing Machine, Newton Special
Newton Machine Tool Co., Inc.. 23d and Vine Sts., Philadelphia
Pa. "American Machinist." July 29, 1920
The machine was designed for
milling slots in motor rotors.
The spindle is driven by a phos-
phor-bronze worm-wheel, and
hardened steel worm, the worm
having roller thrust-bearings
and running in a bath of oil.
The spindle is hollow to accom-
modate a draw-in-rod and the
spindle nose has a Morse taper
hole and a face keyway. The
spindle saddle is counterweighted
and has power rapid traverse
in both directions, a safety feed
stop being provided so that the
downward rapid traverse can-
not be careslessly engaged to the
injury of cutters or work. Soec-
ifications: Feed of spindle saddle, 24 in. Maximum distance
center of spindle to top of table, 24 in. Side adjustment of spindle,
2 in. Center of spindle to face of upright, 12 In. Work table,
54 X 96 in.
ii. >
Cliv, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
S40d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
^^ IR5. ■
*THE WEEKLY PWCE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern Jf 5 ^
Northern Basic.
Southern Ohio No. 2.
42 80
46 80
One
Year .^go
$29 80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33 95
25 75
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49 65
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49 70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42.00(3 44.00
PHILADELPHIA
EasternPa., No. 2i, 2.25 2.75 sil Ab(aAS 25* 30.65
Virginia No. 2 45.00* 30.85
Basic 44 50t 29.90
GreyForge 43 50» 29.90
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 44 25 27.25
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 47.00 31.75
PITTSBURGH. INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 45 65 28 15
Basic 44 40 27 15
Bessemer 4^.90 29 35
MONTREAL
Silicon 2 25 to 2.75% 43 25
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
. — Cleveland^
One
.— Chicago — -
One
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and larger, and plates J in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
. New York — —
One One
Current Month Year
Ago .\go
' " $3.47
3 37
3 37
4 07
3.67
Structural shapes. . . .$4.47
Soft steel bars 4 62
Soft steel bar shapes. . 4 , 62
Soft steel bands 6 32
Plates, } to 1 in. thick 4. 67
$3.
4 12
4 12
5 32
4 17
Current
$5 00
4 50
6 25
4.50
Year
Ago
$3.37
3 27
3.27
Current
$3 97
3 87
3.87
Year
.^go
$3 47
3 37
3.37
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, PitUburgh $4.25 $2 62
Warehouse, New York 4 57 3 , 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.22
Warehouse, Chicago ; 3 . 75 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York •
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pitt«burgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3 55-7 00 7 I2(S8 00 4 57 8 10 7 02
No. 12 3 60-7 05 7.17(^8 05 4 57 8 15 7 07
No. 14 3 65 7 10 7.22(2 8 10 4 67 8 20 7 12
No. 16 3 75-7 20 7.32(38 20 4 77 8 30 7 22
Black
Nos. 18 and 20 ...... 4 20 6 20 8 30(a 9 80 5 30 8 70 7 80
Nos.22aiid24 4 25 6 25 8 35(Si 9 85 535 8 75 7 85
No. 26 4 30-6 30 8 40(^9 90 5 40 8 80 7 90
No. 28 4 35-6 35 8.50(ffi,IOOO 5 50 8 90 8 00
Galvanized
No. 10 4 70 8 00 8 80(3 11 00 6 20 9 00 8 15
No. 12 4 80 8 10 8 90@ll 00 6 25 9 10 8 2D
No. 14 4 80 8 10 8 90(31110 6 30 9 10 8 35
Nos. 18and20 5 10-8 40 9 15(8 1140 6 60 9 40 8 65
Nos. 22and24 5 25 8 55 9 30@ 1 1 55 6 75 9 55 9 05
No. 26 5 40 8 70 9 450 11 70 6 90 9 70 9 20
No. 28 5 70 9 00 9 75@12 CO 7 20 10 00 9 50
Acute scaicity in sheets, particularly bluck, galvanized and No. I 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except In fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.S0 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL -Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.25 $5 80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.75 6 30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as foUon-s at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL AND MONEL METAL— Prices in New York, in cents per pound:
Nickel
Ingot and shot 43
Electrolytic.
Shot and blocks.
Ingots
Sheet bars
Monel Metal
35 Hot rolled rods (base) . . .
38 Cold rolled rods (base)
40 Hot rolled sheets (base).
40
56
55
Special Nickel and Alloys
^'alleab'e nif 1-el i- gots 45
^ alleabie nickel sheet bars 47
Hot rolled rods, Crades "A"' ar.d "C" (base) tO
Cold drawn rods, grades "A" and "C" (base) 72
( opper nickel ingots 42
I. ot ro led copper nickel rods (base) 52
^'anganese i^ickel l.ot ro'led iba^e^ rods "D" — low manganese 64
Manganese nicke' hot rolled (la^c; rods "D" — high manganese C 7
Domestic Wc'.dlng Materia! 'Swedish Analysis)— Welding wire in ICO-!b.
lots sells as follows, f.o.b. .Vew York: -fj, 8.c. per lb.; I, 8c.; A to J, 7ic.
Domestic iron sells at 12c. per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundarc
from warehouse at the places named:
New York
Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7 00
Spring steel (light) 1 0 OJ
(Joppered bessenier rods 9. 00
Hoop steel 6.57
Cold-rolled strip steel 12 50
Floor plates 6 . 80
Cleveland
Current
8 00
11.00
8.00
6.30
8.25
6 00
Chicflgo
Current
9.00
12.25
6 75
5.32
10.75
6.77
PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the Pitts-
burgh basing card, discounts on steel pipe, applying as from Januarj' 14, 1920,
and on iron pipe from January 7, 1 920.
BUTT WELD
Iron
Galvanized Inches Black Galvanized
<IM4% JtoIJ... 24i-34i% 8-18}%
LAP WELD
341-38% U
37i-4l%, M
33J-37% 2 20}-28»%
4Mo 6. . . 22}-30t%
2i-.o4 .. 22i-30t%
7 to 12.. l9}-27i%
BUTT WELD. EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
ItolJ 52 -55i%, 39!-43% Jtoll .. 24!-34J%
2 to 3 53 -56i% 40J-44%
L.\P WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Steel
Inches Black
j to 3 54-571%
2 47 -50!%
2ito6 50 -53i%
7 to 12.
13 to M,
15
47 -50i%
37! -4 1 %
35 -38!%
9!-l7!^
9i-l7!%
6i-14i%
9J-I»!%
2
. . . 45 -48!%
... 48-51!%
. . . 47 -50!%
. . 43 -46!%
... 38-41!%
33!-37%
36!-40%
35!-39%
29!-33%
24!-28%
11:::::::
2(to4 ..
4i to6 .. .
7 to 8 . . .
9 to 12
2J to 4. .
4} to 6 .
7 to 8
9 to 12
21!-29!%
23!-3li%
22!-30!%
l4»-22!%
9i-17!%
8!- 16!%
IH-I9}<!?
10!-I8!%
2i-10t%
5!-+2!%
New York
Black Galv.
Cleveland
Black Ca!v.
Ch
Black
icago
Galv.
} to 3 in.
2! to 6 in
steel butt welded
. steel lap welded
40% 24%
35%, 20%
40% 31%
42% 27%
54% 40%
506 40%
40«(a30 %
37!(g27i??
Malleable fittings Classes B and C, banded, from New York stock sell at
plus 32^t. Cast iron, standard sizes, net,
METALS
MISCELL.\NEOUS METALS — Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 19 00 19 25 21 75
Tin in 5-ton lots 49 0) 6150 70 00
Lead 9 25 9 00 5 50
Zinc 8 05 8 70 8.00
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8 90 8 87! 5.25
Zinc 7.7068 40 8 37} 7.65
At the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
or more: .— Chicago —
. New York . .— Cleveland ^ April 8
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .\go Ago rent .\go rent Ago
Copper sheets, base. 33.50 33 50 29.50 32 00 33 50 36.00 36 50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31 25 31 25 26.50 29 50 29 50 27.00 25 00
Brasssheets 28 50 28 50 23 00 29.00 29.00 27.00 28 00
Brasspipe 33 00 33 00 34 00 34.00 36.00 35.00 37.00
Solder (halt and halO
(caseloU) 38.00 33 00 45 00 40.50 41.00 38 00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 7!c.
BRASS RODS— The following quotations arc for large lots, mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Ago
MUl 25 00 19 00
NewYork 27.00 21 50
Oleveland 27.00 30 00
Chicago 26.00 30.00
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
340e
SHOP MAFERIAIS AND SUPHJE
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound prevail:
Carbad lots f.o.b. mill 12.50
Warehouse —.
. — In Casks — . .— Broken Lots — >
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.95 15.50 13 30
New York 14.00 12.00 14.50 1300
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
New York 7 50 8.J7i
Chicago 7.75 10.00
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound :
. New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 16.25 16.75 15 50 15 50
Copper, heavy, and wire 15.25-15.75 15.75 15 00 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13.00 13.50 13 03 14 00
Lead, heavy 7 00 4 62! 7 00 7.:D
Lead, tea 5 00 3 75 5 00 6 00
Brass, heavy 10 25 10 00 1 1 CO 15 50
Brass, light 7.75-8 00 8 00 8 CO 9 50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 9.00-9 50 9 00 8 50 9 50
Zinc 5.25 4,25 4 50 5.50
ALUMINUM— The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. 1 aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb 33.03 34. 00c.@35.00c. 33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 25 00
Chicago 29 00 28.00
Clevehind 32.00 33.00
BABBITT METAL — Warehouse price per pound:
^-New York ^ .—Cleveland— Chicago — -^
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year ,\go rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Best grade 90.00 90 00 61.00 80 00 63.00 75 00
Commercial 50.00 50 50 21.00 18 50 15.00 15.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
- Cleveland —
Cur- One
rent Y'ear Ago
. Chicago .
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
$ .50 $2.25
.50 2.25
List 1 . 05
List . 85
.50 2 25
.50 2 25
list 1.00
List 1,00
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
-— New York -^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Hot pressed square. -|- J6 CO $3.25
Hot pressed hexagon -f 6.00 2.70
Cold punched hexa-
gon -I- 6.00 3 25
Cold punched square -|- 6.00 2 70
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following disccunts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
NcwYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 50% 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities;
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 4 in. and smaller + 20% 20% 20%
Larger and longer up to 1} in. by 30 in... .-(-2()% 20% 10%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
New York. list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $3.00
For cast-iron washers, ( and larger, the base price per lOO lb. is as follows-
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $4 75
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
} by 6 in. and smaller -1-20% 35% 10%
Larger and longer up to I in. by 30 in -1-20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets . Burs .
A
Current One Year Ago
Cleveland 20% 20%
Chiesgo net 20%
NewYork 25% 40%
Current
10%
net
net
One Year Acq
10%
20%
20%
RIVETS — The foUowiug quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders from
warehouse:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Steel A and smaller List Net 40% 30%
Tinned List Net 40% 30%
Boiler. !, i. 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.62 Pittsburgh $4.50
Structural, same sizes;
New York J7.I0 Chicago J5.72 Pituburgh $4.60
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
New York
Copper 34 00
Brass 33.00
Cleveland Chicago
34.00 35.00
34.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is I c; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 lb, 2!c. over base ( 1 00-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOc •
less than 10 lb , add . 15-20c.
Double above extras will be charred for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as i-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and ^-IJ in., inclusive, in square and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to 1 in. by sixteenths over 1 in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE
nally, for $12.50 per 100 lbs.
In Cleveland—: 1 0 per 1 CO lbs.
In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, ngmi-
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
, New York .
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 15.00@17 00 13.00 16.00 ll.OOtoMOO
' ' ' 9.00@14.00 9.00-12,00 12.00 9.50tol2.00
Colored mixed.
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1 000 is as follows;
„, , ,, I3ixl3i I3jx20i
Cleveland 55.00 65 00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 lb.;
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.00 $3.00 $175
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 175
Cleveland . . 3.00 2 50 2 75
Chicago 2.75 2.50 2!oo
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 1 00 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.90 $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.62
Chicago 4.10 5.00 4.12J
COKE — The following are prices per n^t ton at ovens, ConneUsville:
July 8 July I June 24
Prompt furnace $17. 50@$18. 50 J17.50@I18.50 »15.00@$16.00
Prompt foundry 18.00(a) 19.00 18.00® 19.00 16.00@ 17.00
FIRE CLAY — The following prices prevail;
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 . 00
Cleveland 1 00-lb. bag 1 . 00
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per gallon:
' New York . — — Chicago — — ,
Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Raw in barrels (5 bbl. lots) $1.48 $2.15 $1.67 J2.53
5-gal. cans (without cans) 1.51' 2.28 1.92 2.73
*To this oil price must be added the coat of the cans (returnable) , whieh if
$2.25 for a case of six.
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
Red . White .
One Y'ear One Year
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry end Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In OU
lOOlb.keg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50 15.50 13.00
25 and 5a-lb. kegs.... 15.75 17.25 13.25 14.75 15.75 13.25
12i-lb. keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00 i6.00 13.50
5-lb. cans 18 50 20.00 15.00 16.50 18.50 1>.00
l-lb. cans 20.50 22.00 16 00 17.50 20.50 16.00
500 lb. lota less 10% discount. 2000 lb. lota leas IO-2i% discount.
340f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
JVEWa»rf ENLARGED
L-V-FLETGHEG
.^
iiriiiiiHiiitriiiiiriDii
Machine Tools
illlllMIIIMIIIIIII.;
The following concerns are in the market
for machine tools ;
Conn., Shelton — P. H. Martin. 62 Union
St. — one engine lathe with about 10 in.
swing (used preferred).
Md., Baltimore — The Baltimore & Ohio
Ey., Baltimore and Charles Sts. — planers.
Md., Baltimore — The Maryland Motor
Corp., 631 Munsey Bldg. — 10 piston lathes.
3 duplex milling machines, grinders. 3
multi-spindle higii speed drill presses and
3 heavy duty drill presses.
N. T., New Torlt (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Ideal Clamp Mfg. Co., 200 Bradford
St. — one 6 in. stroke geared power press
(new).
K. Y., New Yorlc (Borough of Manhattan)
— The MilhoUand Machine Co., Room 602,
111 Bway., A. Brown, Purch. Agt — -
Three 23 x 8 in. bed engine lathes.
One 32 in. crank shaper.
One 40 in. x 10 in. bed engine lathe.
Three 42 in. vertical boring mills.
One 36 in. throat double end punch and
shear.
One 2 in. single head bolt cutter.
One 24 in. drill press.
One 32 in. draw out shaper.
Two 24 in. x 10 ft. bed engine lathes.
Two IJ in., four spindle bolt cutters.
One 3 spindle, independent feed drill
One 20 in. x 8 ft. bed engine lathe.
One 2 head rod drill press.
One 36 in. cold saw.
One combined horizontal and vertical
milling machine.
Pa., Piiiladelphia — The Acme Gear Co.,
7th and Wood Sts. — complete draw-in at-
tachment, range i to 3 in. inclined by 16ths.
Pa., Philadelphia — M. J. Dougherty, 1618
Washington Ave. — general line of machine
tools.
Pa., PhiladelpIUa — T. H. Livezey & Co.,
1215 Filbert St. — one 24 in. x 20 ft. engine
lathe (new).
Pa.. Philadelphia — The Tabor Mfg. Co.,
Tacony St. — -one 1,200 lb. power hammer.
Ala., Mobile — The Kelly Dry Dock and
Shipbuilding Co. — equipment for ship re-
pair plant (new) with either 240 v. or 110
V, 3 ph. a.c. motor drive or belt drive.
Tenn., Memphis — The Kayne & Bowler
Co. — one 5 ft. radial drill.
Va., Richmond — G. C. Josephus. Laurel
and Broad Sts. — welding and other ma-
chinery for repair work.
Va., Richmond — The Seventh St. Garage
Co.. Inc., 7th and Leigh Sts., J. B. Black-
burn, Purch. Agt.— complete equipment tor
repair work.
Va., Richmond — The Stutz Motor Co.,
1800 West Broad St., J. R. Pope, Purch.
Agt. — complete equipment for repairing
motor cars.
111., Alton — The Gillespie Eden Corp. — one
Natco 20 spindle rectangular head radial
drill (new).
III.. Chicago — The Mercory Mfg. Co., 4118
South Halsted St. — one 12 spindle adjust-
able drilling machine, 18 x 24.
III., Chicago — The M. Metzger Co., 209
South Green St., one horning press.
III., Dixon^ — The Reynolds Wire Co. — one
32 or 36 in. swing engine lathe, short bed,
hollow spindle attachment, also one boring
mill with 36 in. swing.
Mich., Detroit — The Ajax Pattern Wks.,
133 Fort St. — pattern working equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Barnes Pattern and
Machine Co.. 995 Gratiot Ave. — miscellane-
ous equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Bell Pump and Mfg.
Co., 74 East Fort St. — miscellaneous equip-
ment for manufacture of pumps, including
i in. cold roll rounds 20J in. or longer.
Mich., Detroit — P. Leamiller, 373 Clay
Ave. — one small foot power lathe similar
to Barnes 4J (new or used).
O.. Cleveland — The Amer. Tube and Pipe
Bending Co., Cuyahoga and Mahoning Aves.
— one 4 or 6 in. pipe cutting and threading
machine with reaming attachment, two 2
in. pipe threading machines, single or
double head, with reaming attachment, one
3 in. pipe cut off machine and two high
speed power cold saws, capacity up to 6
in pipe (new or used), either 220 v. d.c.
motor drive or belt drive.
O., Columbus — The Columbus Anvil and
Forging Co.. 117 West Frankford St. — one
No. 4 Brown & Sharpe grinding machine
(new).
O., Columbus — The Norris Mfg. Co., 1424
East Cherry St.. G. E. Norris. Purch. Agt.^
drill press, shaper and other machinery.
O., Columbus — The Standard E. Z. Rim
Co., 630 Columbus Savings and Trust Bldg.,
J. F. Devers. Purch. Agt.- — one drill, one
punching machine and one band saw.
O., Sprinefleld — The Springfield Advance
Machine Co. — one 500 to 10,000 lb. board
drop hammer (used).
Wis., Milwaukee — I. H. Diehal, 1538 Hop-
kins St. — one 16 in. jointer and one pony
planer.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Hell Co.. 26th and
Montana Aves.. H. Winton, Purch. Agt. —
one 12 ft. power brake for i in. material,
punch for punching 1 in. hole In J in. ma-
terial, and J in. gate shear.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Holm Radiator Co.,
228 3d St., H. H. Holm. Purch. Agt. —
power shears and punch presses.
Wis., North Milwaukee — P. S Sorenson,
327 Western Ave. — one planer and one re-
saw.
Wis., Two Rivers — The Bd. Educ. — ma-
chine shop equipment.
Kan,, Kansas City — The Kansas City
Boiler Works Co., 14 Garfield Ave. — cranes,
punches, shears, rolls, lathes, drill presses,
boring mill and benders.
Minn., Duluth — The Marshall Wells Co.,
Lake Ave.. S. — one 75 lb. and one 100 lb.
Bradley strap hammer (new).
Minn,, Minneapolis — The Bd. Educ, 305
City Hall, K. E. Alexander, Purch. Agt.—
Standard grade and hi' n school machine
tool equipment for September. 1920, term,
?9,800, including belt lacing machine, gear
and angle cutters of various sizes, miscel-
laneous types and numbers of hand, auto-
matic and twist drills, face plates for Oliver
lathe, gauges, grinder wheels, lathe chuck,
reamers, saws, threading tools, threading
tool cutters, side tool cutters, cut-off tool
cutters, extension shaper tools, vises, etc.
New machine shop equipment for Bremer
junior high school, $3,500.
Equipment for North high school for
study of gas engines. $3,000.
Items of machinery to enlarge equipment
in various shops already established in high
schools, $17,200.
Minn., Minneapolis — The A. C. Dunn Mfg.
Co., 1118 3d Ave., S. — circle shears.
Minn., Minneapolis — The Natl. Machine
end Tool Co., 249 3d Ave., O. H. Thomas,
Purch. Agt. — one No. 3 punch press. Con-
solidated or American Can Co., and one
light 4 spindle drill press (used).
Mo., St.. lonis — The Beall Pressed Steel
Co., 4500 North 2d St. —
One punch press, 12 in. throat, capacity
2i in. hole in li in. sheet.
Several Ferracute No. 2P or 3P punch
presses (or similar).
One rotary shear for } in. mild steel (all
new).
Mo., St. I-onig — The Steiner Mfg. Co.,
4100 North 21st St — one 18 x 24, 12 spindle,
adjustable drilling machine, capacity up to
i in.
Tex., Houston — The Kreiter Machine Co..
205 San Jacinto St. — two Heald. Landis. or
Brown & ShariJe grinding machines (used).
Cal., San Francisco — The Berger & Carter
Co.. 365 Market St. — one IJ in. triple head
bolt cutting and threading machine.
Ont., Toronto — The Canadian National
Railways. E. Langham. Purch. \gt. —
One 80 in. drive wheel lathe, motor drive.
One 34 in. x 12 in. gap lathe.
One 24 in. x 12 ft. engine lathe.
One 24 in. shaping machine.
One 36 in. upright drill.
One 1,000 lb. steam hammer.
One 36 in. X 8 ft. planer.
One cast iron car wheel boring machine.
One car wheel hydraulic press, motor
drive.
One double end car wheel axle lathe.
One triple head bolt threading machine
(all new or used).
Ont.. Toronto— The A.
64 Front St. — one 2 in.
threading machine.
R. Williams Co..
triple head bolt
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIKIII
llllllllt illHIIIItlllllllllllllllllllllllllllltllllllUlttllllllUIIMII
Machinery
TlllltlllllllltlllllllllllllllUMIIUIIIIUIIIIIlllMllllllllll
The following concerns are in the market
for machinery:
N. J., Newark — A. W. Moore, 22 Green
St. — small pneumatic core making machines
for automobile cylinders and Mumford.
Grimes. Pridmore or Tabor pneumatic roll
over molding machines to jar and roll over
1,500 to 2.000 pounds.
i
August 12, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
340g
N. Y., East SyracuRi- — The Benedict Mfg.
Co., W, J. Hanlon, Purch. Agt. — machine
for grinding knives.
N. Y., Syracuse — The Syracuse Washing
Machine Corp., 507 East Water St.. H. C.
Cock. Purch. Agt. — ^nickel plating and gal-
vanizing machine.
Jf. C, Greensboro — H. B. Worth — wood-
turning lathes and miscellaneous equipment
for manufacture of handles.
III., Chicago — D. Levi & Co.. West 40th
St. and Packers Ave. — packing house equip-
ment.
I1I„ Peoria — The Rueckheim Bros. & Erk-
stein — special box dies with i in. steel cut-
ting and creasing blades tor manufacture
of cardboard boxes.
O., Columbus — The Franklin Brick and
Tile Co.. Columbus Savings and Trust Bldg..
R. S. Dingledive. Purch. Agt. — brick making
machinery.
O. Columbus — The Williams Milling Co.,
Columbia Bldg.. J. B. Wolf, Purch. Agt.—
machinery for flour mill.
Wis., Milwaukee — J. Mahler, 2621 Lisbon
Ave. — one baling machine.
Wig., Milwaukee — Water Dept., City Hall,
F. J. Murphy, Purch. Agt. — one ton crane.
Wis., Stevens Point — The Piffner Lumber
Co.. 225 Franklin St. — woodworking ma-
chinery.
Ark., Little Bock — E, L. Bruce. East
17th St. — one automatic glue jointer,
Ont., Rt. Thomas — The Canada Iron
Fdry., S. Gilbert, Mgr. — iron working ma-
chinery.
Que., Montreal — The L. R. Steel Co., Ltd.
— woodworking equipment.
JIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIMIIIIUI
IIMIIIIItlllltllMtlllllllllltllllllll
Metal Working
siiiiiiniiiitiiMiii
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Bridgeport — A. Aklo, 1699 Madi-
son Ave., will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 100 x 110 ft.
garage, on North Ave. and Sedswick St.
Estimated cost. $50,000. F. A. Cooper. 1024
Main St., Archt. Noted Aug. 5.
Conn., Bridgeport — H. H. McCathron, 72
Knowlton St., will build a 1 story, 60 x 220
ft forge plant, for the manufacture of
boilers, etc. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Conn., Hartford — The Frasse Steel Corp..
45 Boulevard, has awarded the contract tor
the construction of a 1 story. 35 x 105 ft.
addition to its factory. Estimated cost,
$25,000. Noted April 15.
Conn., Hartford — A. Goldstein. Maple
Ave., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 110 x 150 tt.
garage. Estimated cost. $100,000. F. C.
Walz, 407 Trumbull St., Archt. Noted Jan.
29.
Conn., Hartfordr— Ryan & Delaney. c/o
J. C. Walz. Archt., 407 Trumbull St.. will
soon award the contract for altering present
building and constructing a 1 story. 65 x
120 tt. garage on High St. Estimated cost.
$35,000.
Conn., New Haven — The Capitol Garage.
168 Columbus Ave., will build a 1 story.
35 X 80 ft. addition to its garage. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000.
Conn.. New Haven — The Fritzell Brass
Fdry. Co.. 33 Che.stnut St.. has acquired
the plant of the International Leather and
Belting Corp.. on Middletown Ave., and plans
to remodel same for its own use. Fletcher
Thompson, Inc.. 1089 Broad St.. Bridge-
port, Engrs. and Archts,
Mass., Chelsea — M. Rosenthal, 64 Haw-
thorn St., will build a 1 story. 65 x 130 ft.
garage on Essex St. Estimated cost. $35,000.
Mass., Everett — The National Garage.
School St.. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 60 x 120 ft.
garage on Boulevard. Estimated cost,
$25,000.
Mass., Gardjier — The Central Oil & Gas
Stove Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 3 story, 65 x 150 ft.
factory on Plant St.
Mass., Maiden — I. Meyer, 2 Irving St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 70 x 150 ft. garage on Eastern
Ave. and Ferry St. Estimated cost, $25,000.
Mass., Methuen — R. Webb is having plans
prepared for a 1 story garage on Lowell
and Arnold Sts. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Private plans.
Mass., Springfleld — The Wallace Realty
Trust Co., 392 Main St., has awarded the
contract for altering and building a 1 story.
35 X 80 ft. addition to its garage on Water
St., also altering its boiler house on Pyn-
chon St. Estimated cost, $26,500.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Baltimore — The Boyden Steel Corp..
Keyser Bldg., has been incorporated with
$100,000,000 capital stock and plans to build
a plant tor the manufacture of railroad
equipment trucks, etc. G. A. Boyden. R.
Ramsay. Keiper Bldg.. and T. G. Lurman,
808 St. Paul St.. directors.
N. J., Edgewater — The United States
Aluminum Co. plans to build a large addi-
tion to its plant.
N. J., Jersey City — J. T. Ryerson & Sons,
230 West Side Ave., manufacturers of steel,
plan to build an addition to their plant.
Estimated cost. $50,000.
N. J., Trenton — The Mueller Machine Co.,
Ward Ave., manufacturer of clay, tile and
linoleum machinery, is having plans pre-
pared by N. A. K. Bugbee Co., Engrs.. 206
Hanover St., for the construction of a 1
story. 100 x 200 ft. machine shop and a
2 story, 50 x 100 ft. offlce building. Esti-
mated cost, $40,000.
N. Y'., Jamestown — The Jamestown Mal-
leable Iron Products Corp., 306 Fenton
Bldg., will receive bids until August 16 for
the construction of a 2 story, 290 x 300 ft.
plant for the manufacture of malleable iron
castings. A. E. Schobeck, Secy.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Brownsville Assets Corp., c/o P.
Steigman. 690 Bway., Brooklyn., will build
a 1 story, 100 x 160 ft. garage at 150 Cres-
cent St. Estimated cost, $50,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— J. Schkelnick. 37 Van Buren St.. will
build a 1 story, 100 x 100 ft. garage on
Moore St. Estimated cost, $60,000.
N. Y.. New Y'ork (Borough of Bronx)
— A. Camp, c/o Dunnigan & Crumley.
Archts.. 394 East 150th St., will build a 1
story, 50 x 100 ft. garage on Fordham Rd.
Estimated cost, $38,000.
N.. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— M. Miller. 935 Intervale Ave., will build
a 1 story, 100 x 135 ft. garage on Park
Ave. and 184th St. Estimated cost, $60,000.
N. Y.. New York— The S. & Z. Bldg. Co.,
c/o J. M. Felson, Archt., 1133 Bway., will
build a 3 story garage and service station
on Manhattan Ave. and 130th St. Esti-
mated cost, $120,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— S. Varschleisser. 215 East 67th St., will
build a 1 story garage. Estimated cost,
$50,000. Noted July 1.
Pa., New Castle — The J»hnson Bronze
Co., South Mill St., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story.
52 X 68 ft. core building, a 2 story, 32 x
62 ft. machine shop and a 1 story. 68 x
101 ft. foundry. Estimated cost. $125,000.
E. D. Chase, 645 North Michigan St.,
Chicago, 111., Archt.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Blumenthal Bros..
Margaret and James Sts., have awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 60 x 100 ft. garage and machine
shop. Estimated cost, $20,000. Noted Aug. 5.
Fa.. Philadelphia — The Hulburt Oil and
Grease Co.. Inc., Trenton and Erie Sts.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 45 x 90 tt. repair shop.
Pa., Philadelphia — The McCraff rey File
Co., 5th and Berks Sts.. will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 2
story. 80 x 80 ft. garage. Estimated cost,
$20,000. Private plans.
Pa., Philadelphia^ — The Quaker City Cab
Co., 1211 Vine St.. is having plans prepared
for the construction of a 1 story, 90 x 140
ft. garage on Vine and 12th Sts. Estimated
cost. $15,000. J. Sauer & Co., Denckla
Bldg., Engrs. and Archts.
Pa., Philadelphia — G. Shear. 549 South
Redfleld St.. has awarded the contract tor
the construction of a 1 story, 40 x 225 tt.
and 40 x 110 ft. garage at 6028 Pine St.
Estimated cost, $23,000.
SOUTHERN STATES
Oa,, Atlanta — The Red Diamond Motor
Corp. has awarded the contract tor the
construction of an assembling plant. Esti-
mated cost, $300,000.
MIDDLE WEST
III.. Chicago — A. Fesel. c/o J. K. Neebe,
Archt., 2522 Aubert Ave., will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 1
and 2 story, 100 x 108 tt. garage on West-
em St. near Montrose St. Estimated cost,
$75,000.
III., Chicago — A. P. Freeman, c/o Levy &
Klein. Archts., Ill West Washington St..
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 85 x 115 ft. garage at 23-
29 North May St. Estimated cost, $35,000.
Ill, Chicago — The Independent State Ga-
rage. Kedzle and Grenshaw Sts.. will soon
award the contract for the construction ot
a 1 story. 100 x 175 ft. garage on Madison
and Keeler Sts. Estimated cost, $65,000.
A. Himmelblau, 179 West Washington St,
Archt.
^ ^"•i.,^!.''''"*'' — Tfie Kipps Express & Van
c:o., 6436 South Ashland St.. has awarded
the contract for the construction ot a 1
story. 100 x 123 tt. garage at 6436 South
Ashland St. Estimated cost, $25,000.
III., Evanston (Chicago Station) — The
Buick Motor Co.. c/o A. Sandegren, Archt..
25 North Dearborn St.. Chicago, has award-
ed the contract tor the construction ot a I
story, 50 x 120 tt. garage on Davis and Oak
Sts. here. Estimated cost, $25,000.
Mich., Detroit — The Detroit Insulated
Wire Co.. Wesson and Albert Sts.. has
awarded the contract tor the construction
ot a 3 story, 40 x 80 ft. factory and offlce
building. Estimated cost, $80,000.
Mich., Detroit — The Wood Hydraulic
Hoist & Body Co., 1789 Warwick Ave., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story. 140 x 400 ft. factory. Noted
June 17.
Mich... Detl-oit — The Zenith Carburetor
Co.. Hart Ave , will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 2 story, 60 x 117
ft. factory. Estimated cost, $70,000. Smith
Hinchman & Grylls, 710 Washington Ar-
cade. Engrs.
O.. Akron — The United Machine and Mfg.
Co. has had preliminary plans prepared tor
a 100 X 200 ft. foundry. Estimated cost.
$100,000. L. E. Grifllth, Pres.
O., Alliance — The Transue Williams Co..
manufacturer of steel torgings, has awarded
the contract for the construction ot a 1
story. 100 x 200 tt. factory. Estimated cost.
$75,000.
O., Cleveland — The Baker Ranch & Lange
Co., 2180 West 25th St.. manufacturers ot
electric vehicles, will soon award the con-
tract tor the construction ot a 4 story, 64
X 110 tt. factory on West 25th St. and
Chatham Ave. Estimated cost. $100,000.
G. S. Rider & Co.. Century Bldg.. Archts.
O., Cleveland — The Cleveland Hardware
Co.. East 49th St. and Lakeside Ave... has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 49 x 197 tt. garage on East
80th St. and Averna Ave. Estimated cost.
$40,000.
O,, Cleveland — The Cleveland Wrought
Products Co.. 3590 West 58th St.. has
awarded the contract tor the construction
ot a 1 story, 56 x 145 ft. factory. Esti-
mated cost, $50,000.
O., Cleveland — The Cuyahoga Sheet Metal
Co.. 7908 Quincy Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
34 X 60 ft. factory. Estimated cost, $12,000.
O., Cleveland — The Exide Battery Co.,
5125 Perkins Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story
addition to Its factory. Estimated cost,
$60,000.
O.. Clevela.rd ^ The Kaynee Co.. 6925
Aetna Rd., will soon award the contract tor
the construction ot a 1 story, 60 x 180 tt.
box factory and garage, on Aetna Rd. and
■ Bway. Estimated cost, $60,000. E. C.
Seitz. Treas. Lockwood. Green & Co.. Ban-
gor Bldg., Cleveland, Engrs. and Archts.
340h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 7
O., Cleveland — The Ohio Electric Con-
troller Co., 6900 Maurice Ave., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
story. 38 x 110 ft. addition to its factory.
Estimated cost, $60,000.
O., Cleveland — The Republic Electric
Mfg. Co.. 1820 East 18th St., will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 3 story, 50 x 50 ft. factory and 50 x 50
ft. office building, on East 18th St. and
Chester Ave. Estimated cost. $100,000. L.
Griesser. Pres. J. M. Dyer, Amer. Trust
Bldg., Archt.
C, Cleveland — The U. S. Molding Ma-
chine Co.. 968 East 69th St., plans to build
a 1 story addition to its factory. Estimated
cost. $50,000.
C, Cleveland — The West Steel Castings
Co.. 805 East 70th St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
20 X 71 ft. garage. Estimated cost, $10,000.
O., East Cleveland (Cleveland P. O.) —
The Electric Vacuum Cleaner Co.. Ivanhoe
Rd., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 65 x 80 ft. factory.
Estimated cost, $25,000. Noted April 15.
C. East Cleveland (Cleveland P. O.) —
The Shield Bldg. Co.. 1753 Doan Ave., is
preparing plans for the construction of a
1 story, 100 x 100 ft. commercial building
and garage on Euclid and Superior Aves.
Estimated cost, $30,000. Private plans.
Wis., Cadahy — The Worthington Pump
and Mchy. Co. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 3 story, 60 x 170
ft. pattern shop.
Wis., Milwaukee — S. Buchblnder, 545 Van
Buren St.. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 65 x 70 ft. garage
on Martin St. Estimated cost. $15,000.
Noted July 29.
Wis., Milwaukee — The H. N. Davi« Co.,
129 Michigan St., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 60
x 110 ft. factory on 32d St. for plating and
polishing.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Ford Motor Co..
Blvd. and Woodward St.. Detroit. Mich.,
plans to build a 2 story. 60 x 150 ft. addi-
tion to its assembling plant on Kenilworth
St. here.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Kickhaefer Mfg.
Co.. 201 Oregon St., is building a 1 story.
60 X 142 ft. factory on Reed St for metal
stamping. Estimated cost, $45,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The A. E. Martin Fdry.
and Machine Co.. 705 Park St.. will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 1 story. 30 x 145 ft. addition to its foun-
dry. S. F. Kadow, 97 Wisconsin St., Archt.
Wis., Nelllsvllle — The Duplex Storage
Battery Co., 537 Edison St., Milwaukee,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 100 x 300 ft. factory
here.
Wis.. North Milwaukee — The Bernert
Mfg. Co.. 489 12th St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 60
x 120 ft. foundry. Noted May 27.
Wis., Plymouth — The Service Motor Co.
plans to build a 4 story. 60 x 200 ft. garage.
Estimated cost, $100,000.
Wis., Two Rivers — The Bd. Educ. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 3 story. 144 x 199 ft. high school
to include a machine shop and power house.
Estimated cost. $400,000.
Wis., West Milwaukee (Milwaukee P. O.)
— The Chicago. Milwaukee and St. Paul
Ry., Construction Dept.. Union Depot, is
preparing plans for the construction of a 1
Btory. 100 X 500 ft. shop tor repairing cars.
WEST or THE MISSISSIPPI
Iowa, Davenport — G. A. Koester. c/o
Davenport Roofing Co.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 story.
65 X 150 ft. garage on Front St. Estimated
cost, $150,000.
Kan., Kansas City — The Kansas City
Boiler Works Co.. 14 Garfield Ave., is build-
ing a 1 story, 40 x 60 ft. and 40 x 198 ft.
plant. Estimated cost, $40,000. E. L.
Hudson, Genl. Mgr.
Mo., Monett — The St. Louis & San Fran-
cisco Ry.. Frisco Bldg.. SL Louis, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 16 x 72 x 110 ft. machine
shop and a 16 x 27 x 80 ft. roundhouse.
Estimated cost. $40,000.
Mo., Newburg— St. Louis & San Fransico
Ry., Frisco Bldg., St. Louis, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 16 x 27 X 110 ft. roundhou.se and
a 16 x 27 X 80 ft. machine shop. Estimated
cost, $40,000.
Mo.. St. Louis — The F. Adams Electric
Co., 3640 Winsor St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 147
X 190 ft. factory. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Mo.. St. Louis — The Brecht Co., 1201 Cass
Ave., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 107 x 130 ft. machine
shop. Estimated cost, $80,000.
Mo... St. Louis — The Eagle Motor Truck
Corp.. 6154 Bartmer Ave., plans to build
an additon to its plant.
Mo., St. Louis — The Heine Safety Boiler
Co., 5319 Marcus Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
factory. Estimated cost, $25,000.
Mo., St. Louis — The Landes Machine Co..
407 Gano St.. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story boiler and
machine shop at 4929-31 North 2nd St
Estimated cost, $6,000.
Mo., St. Louis — The Urbauer Atwood
Heating Co.. 1446-50 South 2d St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 60 x 108 ft. factory. Esti-
mated cost, $12,000.
Tex.. Beaumont — The Oil City Brass
■Wks. is building a 90 x 200 ft. foundry and
machine shop. Estimated cost, $25,000.
CANADA
Ont. Hamilton — The Steel Works of Can-
ada, Harvey Lane, will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story
steel plant and foundry. Estimated cost.
$300,000.
tMtlMtlirMltltlMHirMIIMMtll'
I General Manufacturing j
?IIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMttlMllltllHIIIIIIII((IIMIMItll)IIIIIH(lllltMlllitllHltllll(tllltfMI<lltltlli;
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Bridgeport — The Amer. Fabrics
Corp.. Connecticut Ave. and Waterman St..
will loon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 60 x 166 ft. factory,
for the manufacture of lace. Estimated
cost, $50,000.
Conn., Hartford — The Home Tourist
Candy Co.. c/o Backoff. Jones & Cook.
Archts.. Union Bldg.. Newark, N. J., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story. 60 x 100 ft. factory.
Estimated cost, $50,000. Noted June 3.
Conn., Naugaturk — The Naugatuck Chem-
ical Co.. Elm St.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 2 story. 50 x 60
ft. factory for the manufacture of mineral
flour, on Elm St. Estimated cost, $60,000.
Mass., Wakefield — The Heywood Bros. &
Wakefield Co., Gardner. Mass., manufac-
turers of chairs, will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of 6 dry kiln
buildings and an addition to its plant here.
Lee & Hewitt, 1123 Bway., New York City,
Archts.
E. I.. East Greenwich — The Greenwich
Mills. Division St.. will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 4 story,
80 X 90 ft. addition to its textile plant.
Estimated cost. $50,000. Noted Aug. 5.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
N. J.. Jersey City — The Cotton Textile
Co.. 383-385 Cator Ave., plans to construct
4 factory buildings. Estimated cost, $50.-
000.
N. 4.. Trenton — The Hamilton Rubber
Mfg. Co., Mead St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story. 20
X 40 ft. addition to its factory, for the
manufacture of tires. Estimated cost,
$15,000.
N. J., Trenton — The Thermoid Rubber
Co., Whitehead Rd., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 80
X 200 ft. addition to its new plant. Esti-
mated cost. $50,000.
Pa., Coraopolls — The Domestic Refrig-
erating Co. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a IJ story, 60
X 100 ft. factory. Estimated cost. $40,000.
The Brandt Clapper Co.. Park Bldg.. Pitts-
burgh. Archts.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Keystone Spinning
Mills, 1631 North 2nd St.. has awarded the
contract for altering its plant and building
a 2 story. 60 x 95 ft. warehouse, on Turner
and Palethorpe Sts.
MIDDLE WEST STATES
111.. Chicago— The F. H. Hill Co.. Wash-
ington and Morgan Sts.. manufacturer of
coffins, has had plans prepared by Walters-
dorf & Bernard, Archts.. 38 North La Salle
St . for the construction of a 7 story. 34
88 ft factory. Estimated cost. $75,000.
III.. Chicago — D. Levi & Co.. W^est 40tt:
St. and Packers Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 story.
115 X 170 ft. packing plant, on West 39th
St. and Emerald Ave. Estimated cost.
$350,000.
Wis., Campbellsport — The White House
Milk Products Co.. West Bend, is having
plans prepared by M. Tullgren & Sons,
Archts., 425 East Water St., Milwaukee,
for a 1 story. 50 x 100 ft. plant.
Wis., Rice Lake — The Twentieth Century
Silo Co. is planning to build a stave mill
on Bracklin St. and Kern Ave. A. C. Ro-
barge, Secy.
Wis., Sheboygan — The Columbia Rubber
Works, 176 16th St.. Milwaukee, plans to
remodel and build an addition to its fac-
tory. Estimated cost, $100,000. Juul &
Smith, 805 North 8th St.. Archts.
WEST OF THE MI8SIS.SIPPI
Minn.. Minneapolis — Roach Tisdale & Co.,
528 North 3d St.. is planning to build a 5
story. 60 x 150 ft. factory on 5th Ave. and
3d St. for the manufacture of candy. Esti-
mated cost. $200,000. E. E. Tisdale. Secy..
Butler Bros. Bldg. Co.. 1001 Exchange
Bank Bldg.. St Paul, Archts.
Mo., Kansas City — The Feeder Supply
Co.. 532 Live Stock Exchange Bldg.. has
purchased a site on Duncan Ave. and plans
to build a mill. Estimated cost. $150,000.
Mo., Kansas Clt.v — The Irving Pitt Mfg.
Co.. 8th and Locust St.s.. is building a 6
story. 132 x 132 ft. factory for the manu-
facture of loose leaf binders. Estimated
cost. $500,000.
Mo.. St. Louis — The Schulz Belting Co.,
4th and Boston Sts.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 25
X 50 ft. factory, on South 4th St. Estimated
cost, $6,000.
CANADA
Ont„ Grimsb.v — The Grimsby Pickle Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 3 story. 40 x 80 ft. factory.
Estimated cost, $40,000.
Que.. Montreal — The L. R. Steel Co. Ltd.,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a woodworking plant.
FOREIGN
Alacka. Cnalaska Island — The Amer.
Whale Products Co.. 8 South Dearborn St..
Chicago. 111., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a whale oil plant
on Udagak Bay. here, to include refinery,
fertilizer plant, oil lanks and storage build-
ings. Estimated cost. $1,000,000 Waltera-
dort & Bernard. 138 North La Salle St.,
Chicago. 111., Archts.
SEE SEARCHLIGHT section
Pages 288-326
August 19, 1920
Vol. 53, No. 8
Machining Monel-Metal Castings
By a. J. HANLON
Technical Department, International Nickel Co.
Monel metal is being put to many 2ises, the
number of which is constantly increasing. Any
collection of facts relative to machining this
metal is a loorthy addition to our present rather
incomplete information. The article here pre-
sented furnishes specifications for lathe tools for
turning and threading monel-metal castings.
There is also information concerning lubricants.
MONEL metal is an individual alloy possessing
distinctive machining qualities. Castings, when
machined on the lathe, require tools with
rounded cutting edges, pronounced back slope, or top
rake, and keen cutting angles; also a first-class quality
of high-speed steel properly hardened and tempered, and
comparatively low cutting speeds. Ease of machining
is a function of the physical properties of a metal.
Experiments made in our own laboratory indicate that
cast monel requires more power to machine than mild
FIG. 1. I.ATHE ROUGHING TOOL
steel. This power comparison should not be confused
with machining methods for these two metals as they
are entirely dissimilar.
Angular Shapes of Tools
Cast monel, due to its extreme toughness, requires
tools with keen cutting angles. This necessary keenness
may be best obtained, without weakness of cutting edges
by grinding the lathe tools with certain angular shapes.
Tools so shaped permit the use of higher cutting speeds
with a minimum of regrindings, both factors of
extreme importance in economical shop production
practice.
In Figs. 1 to 4 the important angles for roughing
and threading tools (both solid tools and tool bits) are
specified. The use of a toolholder with 3-in. and i-in.
bits in itself furnishes sufficient top rake without grind-
ing. The Armstrong toolholder, for example, holds the
bit at a SO-des. angle.
The roughing tool (Fig. 1) is ground with a 13-deg.
clearance angle and 23-deg. top rake. The nose is
tapered gradually at an angle of 9 deg. from a plane
parallel to the side of the tool and the cutting edge is
rounded, with fls-in radius. The sides on the nose are
ground with gentle slope from top to bottom to obtain
the 9- and 12-deg. angles shown. Both angles are meas-
ured from a plane parallel to the side of the body of tool.
Cast monel metal when turned, gives a long, tough chip.
The large rake or back slope ground in the roughing tool
helps materially to get rid of this chip by curling it.
In that way it is prevented from concentrating the heat
generated over the least sectional area (the lip surface).
FIG. 4. THREADING TOOL.
resulting in greater life under working conditions. The
clearance angle is made small for the purpose of
strengthening the tool, in fact, just large enough to pre-
clude any possibility of rubbing the flank of the tool
against the work. When machining a casting with a
particularly hard outer skin, the cutting edge may be
more blunt with beneficial results. This is secured by
grinding the flank of the tool. A tool of this description
has less tendency to cut cleanly but is stronger, better
withstanding the hard knocks encountered in cutting
the skin of any casting, due to sand holes or surface
defects.
For either i- or i-in. bits. Figs. 2 and 3, the clearance
FIG. 2
FIG. 2. g-IX. ROUGHING
i>n
7
TOOLBIT
FIG. 3
FIG. 3. S-IN. ROUGHING
TOOLBIT
342
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
angle must of necessity be larger than that for bar
stock tools, due to the position in which these are held
in the toolholder.s As no top rake is ground in the
tool, this larger clearance angle of 25 deg. does not
weaken it. With a i-in. bit, 4-deg. side slope should be
ground back from the cutting edge in order that the
chip may better free itself.
The threading tool. Fig. 4, on account of its pointed
cutting edge, has a greater tendency to crumble. For
this reason, rake and clearance angles are decreased to
9 deg. and 12 deg. respectively. Side rake, 17 deg. and
18 deg., is measuBed from a plane parallel tb the side of
the body of the tool and is obtained by grinding the
side of the nose on a gentle slope from top to bottom.
The point of the tool may be ground for any standard
thread desired.
The best method of dressing the tool is to turn up
the nose or point » in. above the body of the tool. By
plunging it into fish oil. The temper was then drawn at
1,000 deg. F. (dark red) the tool being allowed to cool
slowly in a closed box. Tempering the tool relieves the
strains in the metal, giving it a tough rather than hard
cutting surface and materially lessens the number of
regrindings necessary for a given amount of work. This
hardening procedure follows the general course as laid
down for the majority of high speed steels.
Among the high-speed steels which have given
satisfaction in cutting cast monel metal, are the
Maximum OOOL, Peter A. Frassee and Co.; Triple
Mushet, B. M. Jones and Co. and Rex AA, Crucible
Steel Co. of America.
Grinding Tools
The tool should first be ground on a dry emery wheel,
not being held firmly against the wheel but moved over
its surface. The wire edge should be removed on either
FIGS. 5 AND 6. TURNING A .MONEL-METAL PLUG ON AN K.NGl.NE LATHK
so doing the maximum number of regrindings with one
dressing may be obtained. The roughing tool shown in
Fig. 1 is correctly dressed. The threading tool shown in
Fig. 4 has been ground a number of times. With an
equal number of grindings the roughing tool would
assume a similar shape, in the relation of the nose of
the tool to the body. Tools should leave the smithshop
with approximately the same angles as the finished tools
are to have, to avoid waste on the emery wheel. Forging
temperatures for most high-speed steels lie between
1,750 and 1,850 deg. F. (yellow heat) . During forging
operations the temperature should not be allowed to drop
to less than 1,600 deg. F. (light cherry or red). In
Figs. 1 and 4 the noses are shown dressed straight with
the body of the tool. For greater facility, when
machining small castings, it is good practice to turn the
nose of the tool to the right through an angle of 45 deg.
from a plane parallel to the side of the body of the tool.
Hardening and Tempering
On account of the toughness of cast monel, it is very
essential that the high-speed tool steels used in
machining should be tempered or toughened after initial
hardening. With one particular steel, namely Maximum
OOOL, excellent results were obtained with the follow-
ing heat treatment. The temperature was slowly raised
to 1,800 deg. F. (yellow heat) and then quickly to
2,300 deg. F. (white heat) and the tool cooled by
a common wet grindstone or an oilstone. Care should
be taken not to burn the cutting edges. The sides of
the flank should be ground first, then the lip or rake
angle, and finally the edge should be rounded. On sub-
sequent grindings, approximately the same angles
should be retained.
Feeds as shown in the table are recommended. These
figures are based on the experiences of a large number
of firms. They are for dry cutting. Cooling solution
permits the use of higher surface speeds. It will be
noticed that a good average speed of 60 in. per minute,
i-in. cut and 3'2-in. feed should be used. To secure a
better finished surface, a light cut may be taken with
small feed and high speed.
The tool should have a true solid bearing on the tool
FEEDS
AND SPEEDS FOR
TURNING
Cutt
ng Speed
Cut-Inches
Feed-Inches
Feet per Minute
H
1 1
150
120
A
1 I
\ 1
100
90
75
A
1 r
85
70
50
t
1
75
60
45
40
i
^
50
40
i
30
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
343
support, which should extend as nearly as possible to
a point directly beneath the cutting edge. The body of
the tool should be greater in height than in width. The
cutting edge should be set slightly higher than the
center of the work to obtain the greatest shearing
effect. No hard or fast rule can be laid down, as this
height will differ with varying diameters. On small
work where a full cut must be taken, with the danger
of a dog or chuck interfering with tool carriage before
its completion, the roughing tool may be set on an angle
up to 30 deg. For threading all the way to chuck or dog,
a threading tool dressed with nose offset should be used.
Lubricants
P'or ordinary lathe work, cast monel metal may be cut
dry very satisfactorily. The use of a lubricant is some-
times preferable. Among those on the market that
have been found to give excellent results are: For cut-
ting, Houghtons' Soluble Oil, 1 gallon to 10 gallons of
water, E. F. Houghton & Co.; Equinox No. 1, Lindsay
retained over the longest period of time with resultant
good surfacing.
For the threading operation a tool with the nose
turned to the right at an angle of 45 deg. is used. The
finished thread is completed in three or four passes. The
chip curls up very much as does the chip from the
roughing tool.
A Well-Developed Technical
High School
By Fred. D. Hood
Head of Mechanic Arts Department of Los Angeles Polytechnic
High School
The work of training young men for the machine
business in these days is a very absorbing and im-
portant subject. The part which our public schools,
some of them at least, are contributing to this end
makes it reasonable to expect for the future a better
grade of mechanic than is produced by our present-day
i\
FIG. 1. THE WOOD SHOP AND PATTERN SHOP
McMillan Co. ; Oakite, Oakley Chemical Co. For thread-
ing, Cresol No. 1 Soluble Oil, emulsion of 15 parts
water to 1 part creosol No. 1. For cutting and threading.
Top Cutting Oil, Frontier Manufacturing Co. For gen-
eral work, machine oil.
Examples of Work Done With Tools Recommended
In Figs. 5 and 6 are illustrated the turning operation
on monel-metal plugs which have successfully replaced
bronze plugs, in connection with Burton's gasoline stills
used in the petroleum refining process. The two
machining operations necessary, turning to size and
threading, are done on an engine lathe. The plug cast-
ing is gripped on the square head by a 4-jaw chuck. The
tool is turned sidewise at an angle of 30 deg. to prevent
interference of chuck and carriage. There is little ten-
dency to dig in, and a wide, tapered chip is removed,
thinnest at the finishing point.
A J-in. cut is taken with A-in. feed at 60 surface fe«*t
per minute. The point of the tool is set i in. higher
than the center of the work, to obtain the maximum
shearing effect. A cut of this size is, in most cases,
sufficient to allow the cutting edge of the tool to
penetrate under the tough skin of the casting, into
the more uniform metal beneath.
The great advantage of the top rake in the lip sur-
face of tools is clearly shown in Figs. 5 and 6. The chip
is curled and thrown to one side with the least injury to
the cutting edge. Keenness of the cutting edge is thus
FIG. 2. STUDENTS AT WORK IN THE FOUNDRY
apprenticeship system, if, indeed, there is such a thing.
The latter remark, of course, does not apply to the
results obtained in some of our large and long-estab-
lished concerns, which are both effective and, to some
extent, philanthropic. Their chief fault is that they
are not numerous enough. For a full and systematic
training in the machine business, and in other lines
as v/ell, so far as a thorough groundwork in the leading
principles and a well-rounded education is concerned,
the public school, in my opinion, can do more effective
work and can do it on a larger scale than can any other
organization at present.
The Los Angeles Polytechnic High School was estab-
lished at its present location in 1905, the Mechanic Arts
Department consisting of a woodshop and patternshop
60 x 70 ft. in size, a forge shop 30 x 70 ft., a foundry
30 X 70 ft. and a machine shop 60 x 70 ft. A mechanical
and electrical engineering laboratory 40 x 100 ft. in
size was added in 1911, much of the equipment for it
being made in the school shops.
Fifteen separate four-year courses comprise the cur-
riculum of the school and for two of these, mechanical
engineering and vocational machine shop, the major
work is given in the Mechanic Arts Department. The
object of the former course is to give good, sound train-
ing in the elementary principles, of the design and con-
struction of general machinery, including steam .and
gas engines, pumps and the machine work connected
with dynamos and motors. In the latter course the
344
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. S
FIG. 3.
ACQUIRINO FIRST-HAND INFORMATION ABOUT
BLACKSMITHING
FIG. 4.
VIEW OF THE MACHINE SHOP WITH THE
STUDENTS AT WORK
work is confined largely to Simon-pure machine-shop
practice, meeting the requirements of the Smith-Hughes
Act. The engineering laboratory, which is perhaps
unique in schools of this type, gives good opportunity
for the application of shop practice in the installation,
adjustment and operation of machinery, as well as fur-
nishing an incentive to the machine-shop students for
the building of machines and equipment.
Properly correlated mechanical drawing, mathematics,
physics and other technical studies, as well as the
academic subjects, round out and balance these courses.
A large majority of high school students either drop
out of school, or, if they do complete the course, never
carry their systematic training any further. This
makes it incumbent upon the school to offer a course
which gives the greatest measure of usefulness, in terms
of earning capacity, for the time spent. Such a course
should be self-contained in every step and capable of
being turned to practical use at any time as contrasted
with a course which bears fruit only after an extended
and tedious process.
While a boy should get all the training he can while
the getting is good, attend the best university in the
country and graduate if possible, the best provision we
can offer should be extended to that large number who
we know will never gain the high institutions, yet
who are, in the main, altogether worth while. Judg-
ing from the experiences of those students who have
gone out from the school, this kind of thing is reaching
the people, for not a few return, either to complete their
course or to take advanced work in the same line.
The school runs practically twelve months in the year,
night and day. It enrolls over 2,100 pupils in the day
school and over 3,000 pupils in the night school and is
free to all.
The accompanying illustrations show some views of
the shops and of the kind of work being carried on.
Why the Blueprint?
By L. N. Gillis
I have noticed articles by several contributors on the
question of "Why the Blue Print?" the first one being
by Frank Richardj on page 871, vol. 52 of the American
Machinist. It seems to me that, so far, your con-
tributors have all overlooked one of the best ways for
making drawings for use in the shop. I refer to the
reproduction of drawings by the direct photographic
copying process, as done with the photostat and other
like machines.
During the war, it was my fortune to have charge of
the drafting office of the National Research Council.
When I took charge of the office, I found the sizes of
drawings, prescribed by the man who had started the
work, were standard sizes adopted from the drawings
used in a sewing machine factory. I also found that
the institution possessed a photostat machine of large
size, and it was a simple matter to establish sizes for
the drawings that would correspond with the standard
sizes on the photostat scale. Then the drawings, either
pencil drawings or tracings, could be laid on the photo-
stat board and all reduced to 18 x 22 in., or a half or
quarter thereof. When using the half size either two
prints were made at a time or the half-size shield was
put on the photostat. This method enabled as many re-
productions to be made directly from the drawing as
were necessary for our purposes; and, in addition, if a
change was made on any drawing, the same could be
reproduced without making a new zinc plate or a new
photographic plate, since the printing was done directly
on the photostat paper.
Moreover, the cost of this work is very little more
than the cost of the ordinary blueprint, and is certainly
much less than would be the case with any small number
of reproductions made by either a zinc-plate process or
a photographic process on glass to any reasonable size.
There is a happy medium between a small photograph
and a blanket-sized blueprint that can very readily be
reached with the photostat; and, in addition, it is
possible to do with this latter class of reproduction all
that can be done with either the zinc- or photographic-
plate process without requiring the lines and figures to
be made abnormally large and heavy, since the drawing
reproduced in this way to a size 18 x 22 in. comes out
very distinctly, even though the drawing itself may be
48 or even 60 in. long. Again, convenient portfolios
may be made up, all of 18- x 22-in. size, showing all of
the drawings for any particular machine or apparatus.
Of course, it is to be understood that, where small
details are made, they can either be photographed to
full size or reduced from the original by placing a num-
ber of them on the printing board of the photostat.
There are a number of machines of this class in the
market, and, so far as I can find out, are all about
equally good, and the operation is extremely simple in
almost every case.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
846
Superchargers for Airplane Engines'
By SANFORD A. MOSS
M'est Lynn, Mass.
.4 supercharger supplies air to the carburetor at
sea-level pressure in high altitudes, thereby mairv-
taining the engine power at sea-level value, and
causing a considerable increase of speed.
AN AIRPLANE flying at high altitude is in an
l\ atmosphere of comparatively low density. For
JL jL instance, at 20,000 ft. altitude the density is
practically half that at sea level. This means that a
given volume contains half as much actual air by
weight. The cylinders of an airplane engine are
therefore charged with an explosive mixture which has
about half the value of a charge at sea level. The
engine actually delivers
which compresses air for supply to the carburetors.
In Fig. 1 is shown an airplane engine equipped with
a turbo-supercharger. The exhaust of the engine is
received by an exhaust manifold which leads it to a nozzle
chamber carrying nozzles which discharge it onto the
buckets of a turbine wheel. On the same shaft with the
turbine wheel is the impeller of a centrifugal compres-
sor. This compresses air from the low-pressure atmos-
phere to approximately normal sea-level pressure and
delivers it to an air-discharge conduit which supplies
the carburetors.
The turbine nozzles are of such area as to maintain
within the exhaust manifold and nozzle box a pres-
sure approximately equal to that at sea level. The
difference between this pressure and the altitude low
order to avoid back pres-
Turtune Exhaus+_ *
Discharge
Bij-Pass Yalre...
Air Compressor'
Housing
Air Intokt
Airlmptlltr ^
Member
about half of its sea-
level power at 20,000
feet. At high altitude
the resistance of the air
to the motion of the air-
plane is decreased di-
rectly in proportion to
the decrease of density.
The power required for
a given airplane speed is
therefore greatly re-
duced. However, the en-
gine power has been so
reduced that the usual
net result is a consider-
able decrease in airplane
speed. When the engine
power is maintained at
the sea-level value, there
is, however, a consider-
able increase of speed at
high altitude. Filling the cylinders of an internal-com-
bustion engine with a charge greater than that which
would normall yoccur, is called "supercharging."
The centrifugal compressor is an apparatus similar
to the fan blower except that the shape of the impeller
blades and the passages leading air to and from the
impeller are so arranged as to give efficiency very
much greater than that of the usual type of fan blower,
so that the apparatus forms a satisfactory means for
compressing air to appreciable pressures. A line of
single-.stage centrifugal compressors has been devel-
oped for compressing air from 2 to 5 lb. per square
inch above atmosphere, to be used for many industrial
purposes; as well as a line of multi-stage machines for
compressing air and gas up to pressures of 30 lb. per
square inch above atmosphere.
The turbo-supercharger is a combination of a gas
[turbine and a centrifugal compressor, arranged as part
of an airplane gasoline engine. The hot products of
combustion from the engine exhaust are received upon
the turbine runner and furnish power whereby is driven
a centrifugal compressor mounted on the same shaft,
Engine bhaust
Pipe to turbin*,
Bxhaust
Irrfake
y-Vatre
Air Discharqa'^
to Ccrburelfr
FIG. 1. DIAGRAMMATIC SKETCH OF AN AEROPLANE
ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH A SUPERCHARGER
•Prom an extract published in Mechanical Engineering, of a
[paper on "The General Electric Turbo-Supercharger for Alr-
I planes," contained in the May, 1920, issue of the General Electric
I Review.
sure drop for the ex-
haust gases which fur-
nishes the power that
operates the system. Due
to the respective temper-
atures this power input
suffices to give the de-
sired compression and
also to supply the inevit-
able losses. However, in
order to avoid back pres-
sure on the engine, above
the normal sea-level
value, both turbine and
compressor must be de-
signed with utmost at-
tention to efficiency.
With an efficient ar-
rangement the engine
when at high altitude
■^ exhausts at normal sea-
level pressure and receives its air at the carburetor
at normal sea-level pressure. Hence, normal sea-
level power is delivered at all altitudes up to the
maximum for which the supercharger is designed, so
that the plane speed will increase uniformly as the alti-
tude density decreases.
The General Electric superchargers thus far con-
structed have been designed to give sea-level absolute
pressure at an altitude of 18,000 ft. which requires a
compressor that doubles the absolute pressure of the
air.
This pressure ratio, with the quantity of air involved,
means about 50 shaft-horsepower input for the
compressor. The design of a complete power plant of
this size to suit an existing airplane engine, with such
weight and location as will not impair the flying
characteristics of the plane, has, of course, offered many
problems. The possibility of driving the compressor of
the supercharger by engine power, instead of by the
exhaust gases suggested itself. Much experience with
the operation of the gas turbine, however, led the
writer to prefer its problems to those of the driving
mechanism of a supercharger operated from the engine.
The turbine involves merely the addition to the com-
pressor of a single extra wheel, designed for the con-
346
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
ditions, with no extra bearings. The engine-driven
scheme involves a 50-hp. transmission with a multiplic-
ity of gears, bearings, clutches, belts, and the like.
These offer more or less drag on the engine when the
supercharger is not in use at low altitudes, and very
serious problems of acceleration when the supercharger
is to be thrown into action, since the engine will be
then running at its full speed of about 1,800 r.p.m.
The exhaust manifold and nozzle box have proven to
be a very efficient exhaust muffler and conductor. Such
a muffler and conductor are needed in any event, and the
design of means for withstanding the increased pres-
sure difference of the turbo-supercharger has been
successfully accomplished.
Power for Turbo- and Engine-Driven Superchargers
An efficient turbo-supercharger theoretically deducts
from the indicated-horsepower of the airplane engine
an amount corresponding to the difference between sea-
level absolute pressure and altitude pressure. There
is this additional back pressure during the exhaust
stroke. The theoretical power available for driving the
turbo-supercharger is greater than this, however, owing
to the fact that there is available not only the energy
due to the direct pressure difference mentioned, but
also the energy of perfect expansion from the higher
to the lower pressure. If there were no turbo-
supercharger the engine would waste this energy in
sudden pressure drop as the exhaust valve opens. The
turbine can utilize this energy. The sum of these two
amounts of available energy, multiplied by the efficiency
of the turbine wheel, gives the shaft power delivered
to the compressor.
For an engine-driven supercharger compressor there
is greater engine indicated power due to a lower
exhaust pressure. However, the shaft power for the
super-charger compressor must be transmitted through
the engine connecting rod and crankshaft, with losses,
and then through the supercharger driving mechanism
with additional losses. The total shaft power thus
subtracted from the engine, multiplied by the efficiencies
of these two transmissions, gives the shaft power deliv-
ered to the compressor. This is the same as for the
turbo-supercharger. For a Liberty motor of 400 hp. and
sea-level power at 18,000 ft. altitude, this power is 50 hp.
The comparison, then, is as follows: The turbo-
supercharger subtracts from the engine indicated power,
adds power of expansion which would not otherwise
be used, and has turbine wheel losses. The engine-
driven supercharger puts this indicated power
through the engine (with some additional
loads on the pins and bearings) and has en-
gine and transmission losses.
With usual efficiency there is probably not
a great difference between the gross subtrac-
tion from engine power in the two cases.
There is then the disadvantage of transmit-
ting the supercharger power through the en-
gine pins and bearings, as well as through
some mechanism between engine and super-
charger, to be compared with the collection of
the hot gases under pressure (with muffling
advantages) and delivery to the turbine wheel.
As already mentioned, practical success to date
is in favor of the turbo-supercharger and the
writer feels that this is really due to its innate
superiority.
Engine-driven superchargers with positive-pressure
blowers have been proposed. These have the additional
disadvantage that with the desirable pressure ratios of
about two to one there is an appreciable compression
loss due to the fact that the machine only displaces
air and has no direct means for compression.
Supercharging engines of various kinds, in which the
engine crankcase or the engine cylinders themselves are
arranged for additional compression, have been shown
to give excessive weight and complication as compared
with a turbo-supercharger.
Development of the Turbo-Supercharger
The machines used thus far have been designed to
give sea-level pressure at 18,000 ft. altitude, which
corresponds to a pressure ratio of about two. The
rated speed for these conditions is 20,000 r.p.m. Sea-
level pressure has readily been obtained up to 22,000
ft. altitude. The control is entirely by hand operation
of waste gates, which permits of free escape of some
of the exhaust gases.
The entire apparatus, exclusive of exhau.st manifold
and air-discharge conduit, weighs about 100 lb. The
exhaust manifold and air conduits have nearly the same
weight as equivalent parts with no supercharger.
The turbine and compressor wheel have diameters
somewhat less than a foot. The present design has
been hampered by necessity for accommodation to
existing engines and planes. It is proposed, however,
to construct apparatus in which engine and super-
charger are integral, with all parts arranged for the
full possibilities of the combination.
In the combination under consideration the airplane,
propeller, engine, radiator, cooling system, and super-
charger are so intimately associated that no adequate
tests can be made without the complete system in
operation at full speed at altitude. During the initial
development of the Liberty motor a testing expedition
had been sent to the summit of Pike's Peak, and it
was decided to repeat this performance with the super-
charger. Fig. 2 shows the motor truck that was
prepared for the expedition and Fig. 3 the way it was
left after each day's work. The Liberty motor
carrying the supercharger was mounted on a cradle
dynamometer, with scales and all arrangements for
accurate measurement of power, gasoline consumption
and the like. In fact, a complete testing laboratory
was provided. The motor truck was shipped by rail
to Colorado Springs, and then proceeded by its own
FIG. 2.
MOTOR TRUCK PRERARED FOR EXPEDITION TO SUMMIT
OF PIKE'S PEAK FOR TESTING LIBERTY MOTORS
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
847
I!
FIG. 3. SHOWING WAY IN WHICH MOTOR TRUCK OF
FIG. 2 WAS LEFT AFTER END OF DAY'S WORK
power to Pike's Peak summit on the "Pike's Peak Auto
Highway," a well-constructed but very tortuous moun-
tain road 28 miles long. The summit has an altitude of
14,109 ft. and it is the highest point in the United
States easily reached by road.
The testing work at the summit lasted through Sep-
tember and half of October, 1918. The usual difficulties
with experimental work were, of course, encountered
with the addition of many delays, due to the cold and
snow, and distance from repair shops. The apparatus
was finally arranged to give good mechanical operation
and it was found possible at the existing altitude of
14,000 ft. not only to supercharge so as to give full
sea-level power, but also to overcharge so as to cause
.the engine to preignite.
It was agreed that results of the tests warranted
the immediate installation of the supercharger on an
airplane, and arrangements for doing this were in prog-
ress when the armistice caused a cessation of the work.
After the armistice, careful re-examination of the situa-
tion resulted in resumption of the work in the early
part of 1919. Various rearrangements were made in
view of the experience gained at Pike's Peak and the
apparatus was finally installed on an airplane. After
a number of tests on the ground, flight tests were made.
It soon developed that a very appreciable increase
of power was easily obtained when the supercharger
was opened up. The whole airplane installation was
not properly arranged to take advantage of this power,
however, and changes were necessary in the radiator,
cooling system, propeller system and gasoline tank.
Supercharger Performances
The supercharger which has been used to date in
flight tests was primarily desired for high speeds at
altitudes of 18,000 to 22,000 ft. The Le Pere plane
on which the installation was made had a ceiling of
about 20,000 ft. with two men, and a speed at this
altitude of 70 miles per hour. With the supercharger
in use, a speed of about 140 miles an hour has been
attained at 22,000 ft. As already pointed out, this has
been attained with various parts of the plane installa-
tion in a partially developed state. Theoretical com-
putations have been made showing that much higher
speeds at high altitudes are to be expected. The prog-
ress of the flight tests to date indicates that the
theoretical expectations will be fully realized.
The making of high altitude records has been very
attractive and the supercharger has, of course, been
used for this purpose as well as for the speed courses
mentioned. Successively higher altitudes have been
reached as experience has been gained regarding the
manipulation of oxygen, gasoline, and other details.
On Feb. 27, Major Schroeder made a flight alone,
attaining an actual height above the ground finally
computed as 36,130 ft. (6.85 miles). The lowest tem-
perature reached was minus 67 deg. F. At the max-
imum altitude his oxygen apparatus failed and he
became unconscious and lost control of the plane, which
fell almost vertically. As he neared the earth he partly
recovered consciousness and, at an altitude of about
3,000 ft., succeeded, in a half-dazed semi-automatic way,
in righting the plane and making a good landing in
his own field, again becoming unconscious. He was
taken to a hospital in a serious condition, but has since
almost completely recovered. The supercharger, engine,
and plane were in perfect working order after the flight.
At the maximum altitude attained, recording instru-
ments showed that the plane was still climbing at the
rate of about 125 ft. per minute and it was estimated
that an altitude of 40,000 ft. would have been attained
if the oxygen apparatus had not failed.
In the May issue of the General Electric Review there
also appears a reprint of a paper on "Superchargers
and Supercharging Engines," by Major George E. A.
Hallett, U. S. A., presented at the annual meeting of
the Society of Automotive Engineers, Jan. 7 and 8,
1920. Major Hallett, who is Chief of Power-Plant
Division, U. S. Air Service, deals at some length with
the various methods employed in supercharging and
refers to the work of the U. S. Air Service on the
Rateau type of turbo-compressor, under the supervision
of E. H. Sherbondy, prior to that undertaken by Dr.
Moss. Commenting on the working of the Moss super-
charger, he says :
It would naturally seem at first thought that the ex-
tremely low temperatures always found at great altitudes
would make possible the easy solution of cooling problems,
but in reality the low density of the air reduces its heat
conductivity and capacity for heat absorption to such a
point that a supercharged engine developing sea-level power
at 20,000 ft. requires a little more cooling surface than it
does when developing normal power at sea level.
The Liberty engine and many others run best with a
water temperature of about 170 deg. F. To maintain the
cooling water at this temperature in the reduced atmos-
pheric pressure at 25,000 ft. it is necessary to use several
pounds of air pressure in the radiator to prevent the water
from boiling away. Very effective radiator shutters are
needed when the engine is throttled to make a descent from
altitudes over 20,000 ft. to prevent the water in the radiator
from freezing before warmer air is reached.
Contrary to expectations, the Moss turbo-compressor now
being tested at McCook Field does not complicate the pilot's
controls. On a normal engine the pilot handles the throttle
and the altitude carburetor control which thins down the
mixture as he ascends. With the turbo-compres£or the alti-
tude control becomes unnecessary up to the altitude at
which the engine can no longer deliver sea-level power but
is used, as with a normal engine, if the plane is driven
higher.
As to the future of the supercharger. Major Hallett
says:
The uses of the supercharger for military service can be
divided into: First, for airplanes in which it is desired to
reach extreme altitude; second, for airplanes in which it is
desired to increase the rate of climb and horizontal speed
and therefore maneuverability at altitudes where it is in-
tended to fight; and, third, for airplanes which carry large
loads such as bombers, which normally are handicapped by
348
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
having a very low ceiling and whose entire usefulness
would, if larger engines were installed to pull them to a
higher ceiling, be lost on account of the large amount of
fuel and other material that would have to be carried,
thus decreasing their radii of action.
In the first case it is believed that a special supercharger
can be built that will make feasible much greater altitudes
than any that have been attained with the present General
Electric turbo-compressor; and it is considered essential
that we have airplanes capable of reaching very great
heights. In the second case, it is pointed out that military
machines not fitted with supercharging engines, when fight-
ing at an altitude of 20,000 ft. or more, are so near their
ceiling that their rate of climb, speed, and maneuverability
are comparatively poor, but the use of a supercharger seems
to overcome this difficulty easily.
The use of superchargers in commercial airplanes of the
future is assured because superchargers will make possible
far more miles per hour and Tnore tniles per gallon with a
given engine and airplane, and speed is the main advantage
of air over other kinds of transportation. It is thought by
many qualified judges that by flying at a sufficient height
with a superchargwl engine and a suitably designed air-
plane, a speed of 200 m.p.h. can be maintained.
In the heavy-load-carrying type of plane which must nec-
essarily cross mountains or perhaps fly above storms and
clouds, the necessary height can be reached with smaller,
cheaper, and more economical engines if they are fitted with
superchargers. It is obvious that in really long cross-
country flights or trans-continental flights, with mail or
passengers, the logical course is to fly at 25,000 or 30,000 ft.
altitude where the resistance to speed is low and great speed
can therefore be attained provided the engine can deliver
high power economically, which it can do if equipped with
a supercharger.
The Machinist and the Guard
By Val Klammer
Any mechanism exposed to hazardous contact is like
a savage dog, harmless only when securely muzzled.
In the campaign against accidents much importance
is placed upon the proper guarding of dangerous
machinery, and it is only right that such should be the
case; no one can deny that unguarded machinery takes
a heavy toll of human life and causes much unneces-
sary suffering. If a man is injured by a train of gears,
a guard over the gears will prevent many injuries to
other men, but there is no magic charm about it, no
guarantee that it will always effectively protect the
worker. It is a fallacy to believe that any dangerous
condition can be removed by the erection of a guard.
Safety in a machine shop is not obtained by simply
placing guards on the machines, no matter how expen-
sive the guards may be. The desirable state of safety
and absolute freedom from accidents is only obtainable
by guards plus something else, a something without
which the installation of safety devices is but a waste
of time, money and material.
A large machine shop in Pennsylvania was inspected
by a state inspector who presented a voluminous report
calling for numerous guards on the various machines.
The management expressed its surprise in suitable
terms, but finding that state laws demanded the guard-
ing required gave its approval to the order. Thousands
of dollars were spent on the guards and Mr. State
Inspector finally pronounced the shop to be thoroughly
guarded in accordance with the standards. Every gear,
every belt and pulley, did its little bit inside a cage.
One year later Mr. State Inspector again appeared
at the machine shop and presented a report which caused
more consternation than the first. Of the many hundred
expensive guards only a few were found to be intact;
the rest were missing or in a badly broken condition.
This made the management gloomily seek an answer
to the eternal question "What's the use?" and think
bitter things about the machinists for whose benefit
the guards were installed. That is where the manage-
ment made its big mistake; the guards were not installed
for the benefit of the machinists but because state
laws demanded it. The wastage of guards was due to
the lack of one very important thing— the co-operation
of the worker.
One curious fact which is repeatedly forced upon the
attention of those engaged in accident prevention is
that the first man to remove a safety device or render
it ineffective is the man for whose protection the device
is provided. A machine guard is primarily provided for
the protection of the machinist, and yet he will fre-
quently remove the guard and forget to replace it. This
neglect or thoughtlessness is a serious matter; in the
State of Pennsylvania the removal of a safeguard is
considered a misdemeanor punishable by fine or
imprisonment.
Employers have frequently accused workers of lack-
ing interest in their own safety, and thera is some
degree of truth in the accusation, but it is not entirely
through lack of interest that guards are lost or
destroyed. The "take-a-chance" spirit is peculiarly
American and is undoubtedly the cause of many acci-
dents, but it is not this spirit which is chiefly respon-
sible. The real reason is that there exists in every
man a certain love for the old order and a distrust
of the new, a preference for things as they have beea
for many years. Old "Bill" now runs a modern lath«
but he has a secret longing for his old machine, the
rattling product of a bygone age, and proudly tells of
what he did, not what he does.
Opposition to safety devices is natural and should be
looked for when any devices are to be installed, but the
machine guard will never be of permanent value until the
machinist has overcome this feeling of opposition. The
first step in guarding any dangerous mechanism is not
in designing the guard but in convincing the machinist
that the guard is necessary for his safety and the
safety of his fellow-workers. Before a safety device is
installed it must be "sold" to the men who will profit
by it. There is another reason for opposition to safety
devices, a reason which is frequently overlooked by
those who accuse the machinist of negligence — and that
is the bad design of guards. No machinist can be
expected to take great care of anything which inter-
feres with production or prevents quick access to any
part of the machine.
In the installation of machine guards new hazards
are sometimes created. The guard may be placed too
near moving parts and be caught and destroyed, or it
may not give sufficient clearance to the machinist's
hands while operating the machine. If a machinist
pulls a lever or turns a wheel and lacerates his hands
against the guard the great chances are that the guard
will soon find its way to the scrap pile.
The ideal guard is strong and will not fall to pieces
under the vibration and heavy usage of a machine shop;
it is made of some material which will not obscure the
parts guarded; it is well provided with doors to permit
immediate access to the machine for the incidental
changing of gears and the oiling of bearings. It takes
the guard plus the co-operation to produce safety.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
849
Some of the Shipbuilding at New Orleans
During the War
By FRED H. COLVIN
Kdltor, American Machinist
Those ivho were busy making munitions of
various kinds were not aware of the large amount
of war work done in the Southern States. As
an example New Orleans did its full quota in
repairing and building ships at its various yards.
ONE of the well-known yards for ship repairs is
the Johnson Iron Works, with its principal plant
in Algiers, just a short ferry ride across the
bend of the Mississippi from New Orleans proper.
Here they handle a large amount of repair work and
also have another yard for building hulls on Bayou
St. John. Here were built some of the fabricated ships
of the Emergency Fleet Corporation. Side launching
was necessary owing to the lay of the land in this yard.
Inclined runways are used in yards of this type as can
be seen by views showing launching of the two boats.
■■ Some idea of the difficulty of securing material can
be had from the fact that the boiler shown in Fig. 1
was fabricated in Montreal, Canada, and the plates
shipped to the Johnson Works for assembly.
The Johnson yard also built a number of good-sized
tug boats, building the engines as well as the hulls.
One of these engines is shown behind the propeller
in Fig. 2. They are of the compound type and have
an extremely large expansion ratio, the high pressure
cylinder being 18 and the low pressure 38 in. in diam-
eter, with 26-in. stroke. These engines develop 500
hp. with 150 lb. of steam, running at 112 r.p.m.
The propeller shown is a type which has been used
quite extensively by the Johnson company, on account of
its having removable blades so as to allow replacement
FIU. 1. BOILER READY FOR INSTALLATION"
FIG 2. TROrELLEli .\NU ENUI.ME
PIG. 4. ALMOST AN ACCIDENT
350
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
in case of injury to a single blade. The blades fit
into a dovetail and are keyed into position, the keys
being quite easily removed in case replacement becomes
necessary.
Figs. 3 and 4 show two launchings of tugs, the first
being a perfectly proper and normal launching of the
tug "Delanco." This figure also shows the bottle used
in christening still swinging from the bow. Fig. 4,
however, shows what nairowly missed being an
expensive accident, but which fortunately only caused
a momentary scare, from which no damage resulted.
This is the tug "Delaplaine," which is of the same de-
sign as the "Delanco."
This unusual launching was the result of one of the
cradles slipping off the runway, which caused the hull
to shift and roll into the position shown before strik-
ing the water. Fortunately it righted instantly and no
damage resulted.
A Short Proof for Long Division
By Walter K. Meyer
Chief Tool Designer. R. K. LeBlond Machine Tool Co.,
Cincinnati, Oiiio
Modern practice demands efficiency in all branches of
work, and any method or idea tending to increase the
production of any employee, in any capacity, increases
the efficiency of the business. With this idea in mind,
the writer wishes to submit the following method of
proving long division, in the hope that it may give the
designer, draftsman or tool engineer a short cut in his
mathematics.
When I wish to positively prove a calculation I desire
to see it in plain figures, thereby eliminating mistakes
on slide rules or in the use of logarithms. The advan-
tage of this method, that of simplicity, is self-evident,
as it relies on nothing but plain addition for positive
proof. Being so simple, I dare say that it is not new;
but to the best of my knowledge it is not generally used.
The method will be shown by the use of the following
numerical example. Dividing 1.25 by 0.98362, the quo-
tient is 1.2708, with a remainder of 15704, as can be seen
by the work given later. The proof of this would be
0.98362 times 1.2708, plus the difference 0.000015704,
which gives 1.25, the original dividend. But this num-
ber has already been obtained in our division, so that
the terms and final remainder can be totaled, disregard-
ing the dividend and the remainders which are shown in
italics in the following example:
0.98362) 1.250000000 (1.2708
98362
266380
196724
*696560
688534
802600
786896
15704
Proof: 1.250000000
Further explanation is unnecessary, but I may add
that should there be a mistake in subtraction or multi-
plication it would show up in the addition and it would
be in the column in which the first deviation of the sum
from the dividend occurred, when reading from the
right. For illustration, suppose that the remainder
696560 marked * in the example was, due to a mistake in
subtraction, made to read 695560. The result would be:
0.98362) 1.250000000 (1.2707
■ 98362
266380
196724
*695560
688534
702600
688534
14066
Proof: 1.249900000
*
The appearance of the 9 in the total indicates a mis-
take in the column marked by the star, and the error in
subtraction can be quite easily located. The writer
hopes that others may find this method as useful as he
has found it.
[Editor's Note. The preceding article appeared on
page 157 of the July 22 issue of the American Machinist,
and it is here reprinted on account of typographical
errors printed at that time.]
Safety Device for a Multi-Spindle
Drilling Machine
The National Safety News shows the accompanying
illustration of a safety device applied to the head of a
multi-spindle drilling machine.
The head of the machine carrying the drills, is sup-
ported by a chain, the other end of the chain having
THE SAFETY' DEVICE
a counterweight attached to it. The head is raised
and lowered by the usual rack and pinion.
As originally constructed, if the chain should break
there would be nothing to prevent the head from falling
and damaging the tools or injuring the operator or
both.
The safety device consists of the two armed lever
A pivoted to the head in the manner shown. The
arm B is held against the chain by the pull of the
spring C attached to the arm D. While in this posi-
tion, the dog E is held clear of the rack teeth.
Should the chain break the spring would pull down
the arm D, bringing the dog into the rack teeth. Down-
ward movement of the head would cause the device
to revolve until the arm D came in contact with the
head, when the dog acting as a pawl would prevent
the head from falling.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
361
Chart for Computing Planing Time
By J. B. CONWAY
The construction and use of a chart for comput-
ing the cutting time required for planer jobs is
covered in this article. The information is, of
course, not new, hut it is presented in a umy
which should make it of use to shop men.
THE accompanying chart is designed for rapidly
computing the cutting time required for planing
a surface when the other factors entering into
the calculation are known, and from it the time in
minutes or hours can be readily ascertained. In order
to make such a calculation the following factors must
be known: W the width in inches; L the length in
feet; / the feed in inches per stroke; v the forward
or cutting speed in feet per minute, and V the return
speed in feet per minute.
W and L, of course, are determined by the dimensions
of the part to be machined, / by the conditions presented
by the construction of the part and the material to be
cut, as is also v, the cutting speed, and V is deter-
mined by shop practice and the construction of the
particular planer in question. For instance, several
planers in the same shop may have different values for
V, and the ratios of v to V, or the forward to return
speed of the planer platen will vary accordingly, as
2:1, 3:1 or 4:1. Unless all of the planers in the
department have the same ratio of v to F it becomes
necessary to take these factors into consideration sep-
arately for the different machines.
The Ordinary Formula
The formula ordinarily used for calculating the time
WL / V + V \
required for planing is: T = —j- X ( — y^ ) , and
this may be still further recticed to T
when C = i^-^) .
WL
X c
As an example let us assume, W = 24 in. ; L ■■
f = 0.125 in.; v = 40 ft. per minute, and V
10 ft.;
= 80 ft.
per minute. Then T = ^t^- X ^tA^^ = 1.920 X
0.0375 = 72 min., or
72
60
0.125 ^ 40 X'80
= 1.2 hr.
The same result can be obtained from the accom-
panying chart, as follows: With the straight-edge or
celluloid triangle connect the length in feet, L, with
zero at the upper left-hand corner; on the left scale
find the width in inches, W, and read to the right until
this line intersects the diagonal line formed by the
straight-edge; thence along this vertical line until it
intersects one of the diagonal lines representing the
feed in inches, /; then, reading across to the right from
this intersection, the result is found on the middle
vertical scale. Continue from this value to the right until
the line intersects one of the diagonal lines correspond-
ing to the cutting speed in feet per minute, v, and
thence to the scale at the bottom and read T, or time
in minutes. If the time in hours is sought, follow the
vertical line from time in minutes until it intersects
the diagonal line marked H, and across from this inter-
section to the right-hand scale and there read T in
hours and hundredths. (Follow broken line and arrow-
heads on chart.)
The diagonal lines in the right section of the chart
represent the cutting speed for two ratios of v to V,
namely, 1 : 2 and 1 : 3, the solid lines being the former
and the dot and dash lines the latter. Other ratios could
be added, but, for the sake of simplifying the chart
here, only two are given.
Construction op the Chart
To construct the chart proceed as follows: On the
left-hand margin, to any convenient scale, lay off the
width in inches, or W. On the lower margin lay off
the length in feet, using any convenient scale, and on
the top margin place the results of W X L,, this scale
will be governed by the size of the scales used for W
and L.
\.
0 1 e 3 4- 5 6 7 a 9 10 II 12 1314.15 16 17 18 19 SO 21 E2 33 24-25 2627 E8 5930
L = Lenath in Feet
100 £00
300
T
400 50O 600 700
Time in Minutes
600 900
A CHART FOR COMPUTING THE TIME REQUIRED FOR PLANING
1000
352
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
It is not necessary to incorporate in the chart the
vertical scale in the middle, but, if desired, it is deter-
mined by dividing the minimum and maximum results
for WL by the minimum and maximum values for /,
and a scale adopted that will keep these values within
the confines of the chart. The diagonal lines for / may
then be put in.
The next step is to plot the other half of the
formula, or
v+V
vV •
It will be found more convenient
to solve this, thereby obtaining the values for C,
mentioned above. These values, or ratios, have been
worked out and can be obtained from the accompany-
ing table.
TABLE SHOWING THE VALIE OF C FOR VARIOTTS RATIOS OF t TO V
V
Ft.
•y
Ft.
Ratio
C
Ratio
C
Ratio
C
in
20
1:2
0.150
0 133
0 125
7(1
40
1:2
0 075
0 066
0 0625
in
60
1:2
0 050
0 0445
0 0417
4n
80
1:2
0 0375
0 0333
0 0313
sn
100
1:2
0 030
0 0267
0 0250
60
120
1:2
0 025
0 0222
0.0208
* The values for V for the other ratios have not been given, and to obtain them
it is only necessary to multiply w by 3, 4. or any number representing the pro-
portion.
Then, to any scale, lay off horizontally the maximum
number of minutes required, which is obtained by
multiplying the values on the middle scale by C. The
diagonal lines represent the values of C, and can be
readily laid off by multiplying any value on the middle
scale by any value of C, and then marking this value
at the intersection of the horizontal line extending to
the right of the value on the middle scale with the
vertical line representing the time in minutes. Through
this point of intersection, draw a line connecting zero
and the top scale, as shown.
The scale at the extreme right is the time in hours,
and is the quotient of the values on the bottom scale
divided by 60 min. Determine the maximum time in
hours and lay this off to any suitable scale, then plot
the line H by locating the values of minutes divided
by 60 at the intersection of the vertical and horizontal
lines representing minutes and hours, respectively.
Comparison of Values
A little thought given to a comparison of the values
of C will disclose the fact that with a ratio of 1:3, as
compared with a ratio of 1 : 2, there is a decrease in the
time of 11.3 per cent, and with a ratio of 1:4, as
compared with 1 : 3, a decrease of 16.6 per cent is shown.
Further comparisons show at just what ratio will the
shortest time be obtained commensurate with other con-
ditions.
Inertia and Initiative
By Entropy
Some twenty year? or more ago Elbert Hubbard wrote
the "Message to Garcia." There is no doubt but that
it stirred many men to action for it was cleverly written
and in a style that could hardly miss its mark no matter
how little educated the reader might be.
Some one ought to write a "Message to Garcia" for
the benefit of the employers of these many messengers.
Some one ought to point out to them that just so far
as they stifle initiative themselves they hinder not only
their own progress but the progress of the Nation.
How many times men take new jobs with every inten-
tion and desire to make things hum, who strip for
action only to find themselves facing stone walls of
ancient and more or less honorable precedent. They
find these stone walls back of hedges of attractive green
shrubbery, but the shrubbery only conceals the walls
and does not make them one whit easier to scale.
Our Inclination to Lag
We are all more or less inclined to drag and lag
behind. Inertia is a valuable force, but there is a
tremendous waste in overcoming it when it gets in
the way of progress. In things mechanical we are over-
coming it. We knew a few years ago that mechanical
flight was impossible. It was, until the traditions of a
hundred years gave way and the internal combustion
engine, which was only slightly antedated by the steam
engine, awoke from its slumbers and developed into the
low-weight power plant of today, and the art of flying
became a possibility. The advent of the new alloy steels
has made possible construction which was not even
dreamed of a few years ago, and today the proposition
to send a rocket to the moon does not appear at all a
visionary thing, though in the time of Jules Verne it
could be put over only as a story.
But with all this progress in material things our
mental processes do not seem to advance. The phil-
osophies of Socrates are accepted by about the same pro-
portion of people as in his times. We seem to be able
to change our environment but not ourselves. We
cling to the "way we used to do it" with the greatest
tenacity, so great in fact that the only progress possible
seems to be made by those who rush in "where angels
fear to tread." Pure ignorance seems to be the requisite
for anyone who would advance our ways of business
thinking, and that coupled with a hide so thick that no
arrows of scorn and derision can penetrate.
The result is that we grow old before we are aged.
Every avenue through which a man who is in the least
degree sensitive can advance is closed, and he is kept in
a low position until he is so thoroughly tamed that he
is one of the regulars and can be depended upon to think
ill any given emergency as the founder of the firm
thought a hundred years ago.
When Men Had to Find New Methods
There was a time, when the country was younger,
when men had to find ways to do things for themselves
rather than be taught the old way. That was in the
time when men were subduing the fields of New Eng-
land, and piling up stone walls separating the fields
from each other, which now serve so useful a purpose
for building roads. Then these men had to make shoes
and they invented new ways to make them because they
did not know the old ways. They invented the factory
system because they did not have time enough each to
learn to make a pair of shoes clear through. Today we
have two quite distinct classes of manufacturing, the
old established class which covers nearly all the neces-
sities of life except a few that have just recently become
classed as such, and the newer lines which have not as
yet become standardized. We are apt to think of these
latter in terms of crudity, and to hope for the time
when they will also be standardized. Is there not some-
thing wrong with our rush for uniformity? Is not the
handicap of increased difliiculty of progress enough to
more than overbalance the present cheapness of manu-
facture?
Au^st 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
353
ATI 0€ ' ©leOGEBE C
fe'TTPonoc ' e '
TIOCEnoiHC. rMC^Cl
<^:^
^t
The Evolution of the Workshop — XIII
By H. H. MANCHESTER
The American metal-working industry in the
period from ISJfO to 1860 was characterized
chiefly by the developments of quantity produc-
tion and the system of interchangeable-parts
manufacture. Inventions were many and far-
reaching in scope and the growth of the industry
ivas astounding, the progress made in the produc-
tion of firearms furnishing a good criterion of
this.
(Part XII appeared in last week's issiie.)
AS IN the previous decades, the progress in metal-
l\ working machinery may be judged largely from
J. JL. the methods in use in making firearms, for in
spite of the development of the steam engine and the
railroad, munitions of war were still the metal produc-
tions which required the greatest exactness, and the
field to which the greatest attention was given.
Firearms were becoming more and more interchange-
able in their parts. The Jenks carbine and pistol,
made by the Ames Manufacturing Co., was so exactly
constructed that ten guns could be stripped at any
time and reassembled indiscriminately. This was
attained, however, principally by jigs and a fine set
of gages. In the same year the new percussion musket
manufactured at the Springfield armory was also made
with interchangeable parts.
In 1846 de-carbonized steel was put into use by
the Remington's. In the same year at that factory
Albert Eames was using a strap drop for die forging.
A compound-crank drop was employed by E. K. Root
in 1850. The illustration, Fig. 83, shows a high frame
with four pillars, at the top of which were the driving
shaft and crank. Each machine had four drops.
A profiling machine for straight edging, shown in
Fig. 84, was designed by F. W. Howe, and made use
of by Robbins & Lawrence at Windsor, Vermont, in
1848. This machine seems to have been first used in
the Springfield armory the next year, as there is an
entry in the account book there. at that date for work
i on such a machine. Two years later edging machines
were in use in Sharp's Rifle Works at Hartford.
In 1850 a four-spindled vertical machine for boring
rifle barrels was introduced by F. W. Howe at Windsor,
The manufacture of the early locomotives was accom-
plished only with the greatest difficulty. The plane
work at first had to be done by chipping and filing, hand
planing and slabbing. The earliest power planer built
P^IG. 83 COMPOUND-CRANK DROP-FORGING MACHINES
Of 1850
354
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
in the United States seems to have been in the fall
of 1839 at Chelmsford, Massachusetts, where in 1880
it was still doing good service in the shops of Silver &
Gay. When built this was properly considered a won-
derful mechanism, planing 22 ft. long, 3§ ft. wide, and
3i ft. high. It was used for some years in making
machinery for the Concord railroad shops, and for the
shops of the Erie railroad at Dunkirk.
In locomotive manufacture we find a power press for
wheels at Windsor in 1848, as well as large horizontal
lathes for boring car plates. Vertical turning and
boring machines for locomotives were employed at least
as early as 1850.
invented by Cullen Whipple, and a machine for making
forks patented by S. H. Oilman. In 1847 a method
of welding cast- and malleable-iron or steel was patented
by William Marten, and the next year Vaughn and
Winslowe patented a process for welding iron pipe. A
new type of wire-nail machine, shown in Fig. 86, was
also brought out.
Census of Occupations
Most interesting data connected with machine shops
included in the census of 1850 is embraced in the tables
giving the number of persons engaged in different occu-
pations. According to these there were then not quite
FIG. 84.
p. W. HOWE'S STRAIGHT-SLIDE EDGING OR
PROFILING MACHINE. 1848
FIG. 86.
A WIRE-NAIL MACHINE
OF 1848
The first rolling of heavy iron rails of the T shape
took place in 1844. A machine for making railroad
spikes was patented by J. H. Swett in 1851, and one for
heading bolts by Nathan Stark in the same year.
Patents of the Forties
Some conception of the demands and ideas of the
time may be gathered from the more important patents.
In 1840 William Field took out a patent for screw
augers. The same year a saw-fijing machine was
invented by E. Carver. In 1841 J. J. Howe patented
a machine for making pins, while J. F. Wells patented
one for dovetailing and tenoning. The next year W.
F. Steiger received a patent for fluted nails and bolts.
In 1843 a machine for making horseshoes and another
for links of chains were patented by J. F. Winslowe
and Thomas Osgood, while Henry Burden took out an
improvement on his horseshoe machine. The steam-
driven forging machine, shown in Fig. 85, was devel-
oped at about this time.
, In 1845 we find a self-adjusting screw finisher
a hundred thousand blacksmiths and "whitesmiths" in
the country. There were 24,000 machinists of which
Massachusetts had 5,245 and New York 5,163. The
millwrights numbered 9,613, and the general iron
workers about 5,000.
There were said to be 3,843 gunsmiths, while the
turners numbered only twenty less. As we have noted
previously, the nail makers were comparatively numer-
ous, though of course only a few when contrasted with
their numbers today. There were said to be 2,046 in
this trade. The toolmakers were enumerated as 1,191.
The occupations including between five hundred and
one thousand workers were the cutlers, hardware
makers, and saw makers. Those having between one
hundred and five hundred were the armorers, wire work-
ers, razor makers, file cutters, scale makers, wire mak-
ers, and screw makers. Those trades with not even
one hundred, which were still considered important
enough to list, were the safe makers, steel manufac-
turers, lathe makers, screw makers, pin makers, and
needle makers.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
865
•>:-';, ..V
um
FIG. 85. A STEAM-DRIVEN FORGING MACHINE OF 184:1
A general impression of the manufacturers of the
United States at about that time is contained in a
report of a British commission which inspected many of
the shops in this country after the exposition of 1851.
The report is by Whitworth and Wallace and was pub-
lished in abstract in 1854. Whitworth paid particular
attention to machinery, while Wallace devoted his
investigations to other fields. What struck Whitworth
particularly was the attempt to make machines as auto-
matic as possible. As striking examples he mentions
a machine for making ladies' hair pins used by Blake
& Johnson at Waterbury, Conn., and one for shanking
buttons which was set up in the same town in the
plant of Benedict & Burnham. In the latter plant
brass kettles and pans were not cast, but spun by being
revolved under pressure until they assumed almost any
desired shape.
In Pittsburgh Whitworth was interested in a machine
for making railroad spikes. These weighed H lb.
each, and were turned out at the rate of fifty per minute.
He said that seven men could make five tons of spikes
a day. He found many self-acting machines for cut-
ting nails in another establishment at Pittsburgh, and
practical automatic machines which made rivets, weigh-
ing seven to a pound, at the rate of eighty a minute.
In another place he found hook-and-eye machines mak-
ing a hundred a minute. In Connecticut several plants
were stamping out the works for brass clocks.
In general he says, however, that there was little
cast steel made, and that the engine tools were lighter
and less accurate than in England. The proportion of
slide to hand rests on lathes in the United States was
greater than in England. Planing and drilling machines
for iron were common, but there were few horizontal
or vertical shaping machines.
Whitworth enumerated in detail the seventeen proc-
esses used in the Springfield armory in the making of
gun stocks. All were carried out by machinery which
was based on the use of a forming or shaping machine
that was developed from the principle of Blanchard's
lathe. With the aid of these machines it then took
slightly over twenty-two minutes to make a gun stock.
Developments in the Fifties
The decade preceding 1860 contained some develop-
ments presaging the present-day machine shop. Fig.
87 shows a machine for nicking screw heads. In 1852
we hear of a universal milling machine put into oper-
ation by Frederick W. Howe, and a lathe with a double
turret set up by E. K. Root at Colt's armory.
The next year a rifling machine cutting three grooves
simultaneously was designed at the Frankford arsenal
in Philadelphia, and the next year a somewhat similar
one was put in use by H. D. Stone at Windsor, Vermont.
The latter was afterwards employed for the Springfield
rifle. The interchangeability of American firearms
had created a great impression abroad, and in 1855
Great Britain was supplied with 20,000 Enfield rifles
which had this characteristic. The American universal
milling machines were sold abroad at $850 each, and
many orders were also placed for the Blanchard stock
machine.
In 1854 we find Bobbins and Lawrence building for
sale the so-called automatic turret lathes. This was
another very important step toward quantity produc-
tion, which was becoming the distinguishing character-
istic of the American factory.
In 1855 we .hear of- milling machines being made by;
George S. Lincoln & Co., of Hartford. In 1858 H. I>,r.
Stone designed a turret screw-making machine whichv^
was constructed by James & Lamson of Windsqyj,,.
Vermont. ■ Barrel rolling was introduced into . jilje jj
Springfield armory by J. T. Ames in 1860.
jin-
Patents of the Fifties
The patents of the 50's also indicate an increase
in the interest taken in metal-working machinery.
In 1852 we find patents for screw threading by
Cullen Whipple. The lathe for turning polygonal forms,
shown in Fig. 88, is traced to this same period. The
next year a patent for chain making without welding
FliS. 87. A MACHINE FOR NICKING SCREW HEADS, 1850
356
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 8
FIG. 88. TURNING POLYGONAL FORMS, 1852
was taken out by Christian Sleppy, one for a nut-
making machine by Carter and Reese, and for a punch-
ing machine by Davie and Stephens. In 1854 a lathe
for interiors was invented by Teale & Tyler, and J. A.
Roebling patented his method of making wire rope.
A patent for a dove-tailing machine was given to
T. H. Hurley in 1855, and one for a rifling machine to
E. K. Root. The next year a machine for forging
thimbles was patented by Corliss & Harris, and a
machine for making brass kettles by Blakesley, Piatt
& Jordan. Fig. 89 shows a hub-mortising machine
patented in the same year. Isaac Lindsley invented
a method of carving wood in 1857, and a still more
automatic lathe was patented by John McNary in 1858.
The following year we find S. P. Ruggles improving
the punch and stamp press, and the next year Milo
and Charles Peck improving the drop press.
Shops of the Period
A work by E. T. Freedley, published in 1856, pur-
ported to give brief accounts of the leading machine
shops of that date. According to this, the shop then
equipped to build the heaviest machinery was I. P.
Morris & Co., of Philadelphia. They were said to have
a planer weighing 75,000 pounds and planing 32 by 8
ft., a boring mill able to bore a cylinder 16 ft. in
diameter and 17 ft. long, besides heavy slotting
machines and many other machine tools of their own
make. The plant next best suited for general heavy
work was that of Betts, Pusey & Co. of Wilmington,
Del., who made a specialty of iron steamers and engines.
There were seven concerns producing chiefly sta-
tionary steam engines. Among these William Burden
of Brooklyn was mentioned as remarkable in making
fifty of one pattern at a time. Two other very impor-
tant ones were Thurston, Gardner & Co., and Corliss
& Nightingale of Providence.
Four plants were said to be principally concerned
with marine engines, of which the two chief were
Reaney, Neafie & Co., Philadelphia, and the Shepard
Iron Works of Buffalo. Locomotives were made by as
many as twelve concerns, which indicates that there
had been no more consolidation among these than among
the railroads themselves. The chief plant of this sort
in Pennsylvania was that of M. W. Baldwin & Co.,
Philadelphia, and the principal one in New York was
the Schenectady Locomotive Works.
The chief plants making machinists' tools, according
to Freedley, were Gage, Warner & Whitney, Na.shua,
N. H., which had been longest in the business, William
Sellers & Co., Philadelphia, the Meriden Machine Co.,
in Connecticut, and Thayer, Houghton & Co., as well as
Wood, Light & Co., in Worcester.
J. A. Roebling of Trenton had been making wire rope
since 1842, and the New York Wire Rail Co. was weav-
ing wire into gratings and fences. The first iron frame
building had been put up by Bogardus of New York,
and J. L. Jackson was specializing in structural iron
there.
The stamping of brass works, which was well estab-
lished in clock making, was just being introduced for
producing works in quantities for watches.
Details of the 1860 Census
The details of the census of 1860 give some idea of
the grovrth at that date. In each case a plant is listed
under its principal product.
There was $1,778,000 worth of steel produced. Small
as this seems, it was ten times as much as in 1850.
There were 1,173 shops doing general machinist and
millwright work, having a total value of $46,644,000.
There were 443 shops producing general hardware, with
a value of $6,700,000; firearms were manufactured in
239 shops to a value of $2,342,000; axes and edged
tools were made in 166 shops, with an estimated product
of $3,244,000; and there were 99 shops which made
$9,857,000 worth of nails and spikes.
The development of railroad equipment shops may be
judged from the fact that there were nineteen plants
making locomotives to the number of 470, and with a
value of $4,867,000.
Sewing machines, which were a comparatively new
article of manufacture, were produced in seventy-four
shops whose output was estimated at $4,248,000. There
were fifty-eight factories constructing threshers and
separators, and forty for reapers and mowers, all of
which were just coming into extensive use.
There were seventeen plants for the manufacture
of car wheels, forty for springs, and fifty-four for nuts
and bolts, the total product in each line amounting to
a little over $2,000,000.
b^^
'
•# • ^- '
3¥«^''4-*>
V
n 1-
1
^
^
J-
FIG. 89. A HUB-MORTISING MACHINE. 1856
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
357
Industries with an output of from one to two mil-
lion dollars were iron forging with fifty-six shops,
cutlery with fifty-one, saws with forty-two, and scales
and balances with forty-three plants.
Industries with a production of less than a million
dollars were malleable iron castings made in twenty-six
shops; carpenters' tools made in thirty-three shops; and
machinists' tools made in seventeen shops, one of which
in Philadelphia produced almost half the total output.
The industries of less importance than those men-
tioned were too many to permit of their treatment,
but the census showed that great development was
going on in all lines of metal working.
Crankcase Boring Fixture with
Adjustable Supports
By I. B. Rich
The supports J with the jaws F have to be removed
while the crank case is being placed in position, and is
then replaced and the lower supports brought up into
FIG. 1. BORING FIXTURE FOR CRANKCASES
contact with the boring bars while the work is being
done.
It will be noted that careful provision is made for
lubricating the various cutters by means of the piping
sho^vn at the back of the fixture in Fig. 1. These are
now turned up out of the way in order to allow a crank
case to be easily put in position. Each pipe is pro-
vided with the correct number of outlets to lubricate
FIG. 3. DETAILS OF BORING-BAR SUPPORT
each cutting point, and an ample supply of lubricant is
provided by the holes and the large pipe which forma
the support. The two camshaft boring bars are simply
shown in position to illus-
trate the way in which they
are supported, it being, of
course, necessary to remove
them before putting the
crankcase into position.
The illustrations show a
very substantial fixture used
by the Pierce-Arrow Motor
Car Co. in boring its six-
cylinder crankcase. This
consists primarily of the bed
A and the two heads B and
C with the supports D and
E for the main boring bar.
Figs. 1, 2 and 3 have corre-
sponding letters, so that the
details will be easily distin-
guished. This fixture bores
for the main bearings and
also both camshaft holes, the
motor being of the T-head
type. Substantial bushings
are provided, as can be seen.
One of the interesting
features of this boring fix-
ture is the central support
for the two camshaft bars at F. Fig. 3 shows the details
of this support, which consists of the crossbar / carry-
ing the arms F, while the lower support G is located and
held in position by the swinging locks H carrying the
projections / which fit into the opening K and hold the
lower supports firmly in position during the boring
operation. These precautions against springing greatly
reduce the time required in assembling the parts.
I
pi-- iii* — i^4^^.im,v»_ ^x -i--4~ ..,i.^^ ,*v>*-- — ''■■•■vii"'^ - *''^ •^«
FIG. 2. GENERAL DETAILS OF FIXTURE
358
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
Toolroom System
By E. E. HIRSCHHAUTER
The system described in the following article
has been in successful use for the last five years
in one of the biggest gas-engine shops in the
country. It may help others who are organizing
or re-organizing toolroom systems.
THE engineering department, when completing the
design for a new type of engine, notifies the
planning department, which in turn gives the
tool division a complete set of blueprints, fixes the date
the tools should be ready for production and makes out
the orders for purchased material.
The head of the tool division goes over the blue-
prints and makes sketches of the tools required, which
he submits to the conference for discussion. If accept-
able he then has individual tool orders made out for
every tool required, on the form shown in Fig. 1, giving
the number of pieces per month, saving estimated, and
FIG. 3.
RECORD OF DRAWINGS, PART NUMBERS AND
SYMBOLS
On the drawings there is a stock list giving the
finished over-all dimensions of the various pieces to be
machined, thus making it easy to order stock from this
list.
Fig. 3 is the record card used for recording draw-
ings and part numbers or symbols. Only two records
are kept, one for the drawing number and one for
the part number. The tool number and pattern num-
ber correspond with the drawing number. Should it
be required to have more than one tool or pattern
number on one drawing, as many dash numbers as
required can be attached to the original number. For
instance, if the drawing number is 2531 and there are
MATERIAL
risi'iW"
REPAIRS 1
'-...
.t.«-T
>
1
f
»»-0
D*rf
-*T
»■>
»
t
■NsriCTCD
-
-
)
».<-.
TOOl. BOOM L«BO»t
-
B.C-NI
^«.ho
Hm
-„ 5
,.-
B
—
w.
a
J11
,„
;>,
~
V
.-..rr.,<«.
-
TOT.l
-
*
t
T<«. H>nL . — ^.-
Trwi. ■r.f.- -*■,.....
,
._.,_— n.,,^..
-
__
\
Toot o'oea • "ccona
FIG. 1. TOOL, ORDER AND RECORD
the cost of the new tool. The order is now sent to
the general superintendent and general manager for
approval and then forwarded to the cost department,
where an expense number is assigned and entered on
the form shown in Fig. 2. From here the order is sent
back to the tool division which now has the authority
to proceed with the work.
three tool numbers, they will then be 2531-1-2-3. There
is only one form used for both records. If used as
a drawing-number record, there is placed an x on top
of drawing number in the right-hand corner, and the
card is filed in the drawing-number file. If used, a
part-number record, an x, is placed over part number
and filed in the respective file. The same form is also
C«<Si
....
^
NO. 1
Dm 1—1
C-CmI-
..^.r:;v'.'
DtWT
MOMTMi
DCPARTWCMT
HATC
MOUHS
LABO«
■UROtN
TOTA.
Kr-^f.^
A^,-*.|
'
~
T-d
M«t-^
r»^cw
MO nicu TorAi actual tunoLN
HCXWALrtUT TOJALfKMMAi.tUnaVt
ACTVALCOST t:m(j£>KrrLOUO)(CAIN
DATE
REQUISITION FOR MATERIAL j
^
■ M>
1
SEND eOTM COPtCS TO STORES DEPARTMENT
NO MORE THAN FOUR ITEMS TO A SHEET
1
STORES OCPT
JMBER
CHARGE
i
1
^,.
weiCHT
CAT MO
DESCRIPTION
P»«« P*"
CUtYMSKM 1
■atOMt
unt
MMM
auwH
UM
MM
.T.M ^ a
irBM NO ]
..««.. ,
[
.
>«
.-.~o.i-i« 1
FIG. 2. COST CARD
FIG. 4. MATERIAL REQUISITION
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
859
Board No.
Srmbol
Bin No.
I>e«criptio;i o( Tool
Order No.
No.
Pes.
Mat.
Size or Patt. No.
D«t«
Ito»l»ed
1
1
1
1 1 1
FIG. 5. THE BIN TICKET AND TIME CARD
used for recording drawings and sketches pertaining
to machine repairs by simply placing an x over machine
number and filing away in the machine repair file.
Requisitions Made Out from Blueprints
When the drawing is completed, blueprints are made,
and the tool-division clerk proceeds to make out mate-
rial requisitions in duplicate on the form shown in
Fig. 4. Small screws, cotter pins, etc., are not ordered
here, as it has been found more expedient to have
a small stock in the toolroom crib from which the men
can draw. If a pattern or forging has to be made,
a blueprint attached to a departmental order is sent
to the pattern or forge shop.
For making out the board and bin tickets, the form
shown in Fig. 5 is used. This ticket has a board num-
ber with a letter prefixed for each department. The
bin number corresponds to an empty bin in the toolroom
racks. Fig. 6, and to enable the tool-design clerk to
keep track of the empty bins, he is provided with a board
that has as many holes as there are bins in the tool-
room rack. When he assigns a bin to a certain job,
he places a wooden plug in the desired hole in the board
and puts that number on form, Fig. 5.
The tool order with all blueprints, material, requisi-
tions, etc., is then sent to the toolroom foreman, who
first of all looks over the material requisitions to find
out if any scrap material on hand could be used. If
there is none available, he sends these requisitions to
the store, retaining a copy for checking purposes. Board
ticket, Fig. 5, is placed on the control board and the
order is attached to the proper bin. The blueprints are
also placed in the bin.
First Operations After Delivery
As fast as the material is delivered it is placed in
the bin and checked off on the bin ticket ; thus the fore-
man can at any time see what has been delivered and
what is still due.
When all the material has been received the job is
ready to get started. Should
turning be the first opera-
tion, all the pieces to be
turned accompanied with
the blueprint will be handed
to a lathe hand who has to
go to the toolroom clock and
ring in on the back of board
ticket, Fig. 5. On comple-
tion of this operation the
man rings out and hands the
pieces to the foreman, who,
after a quick inspection,
sends them back to the bin.
This prevents the material
from getting lost or mis-
used. Of course, sometimes
it will be necessary to have
more than one man working
on the same job, and in that
case as many board tickets
as required can be added to
the first one.
After the tool is completed
and inspected, a delivery slip
with two copies is made, the
original is retained in the
toolroom for reference, one
copy accompanies the tool to the tool crib, and one is
sent to the efficiency department. The tool order is also
taken along and the receipt of the tool is signed for on
the back by the tool-crib tender and superintendent.
[JziAii/<J-
OUT
aock Me,
dper.Ho.
s
OVT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
FIG. 6. THE BIN~ AND CONTROL BOARD
Moro« MS
REPftiR ORD£R
f^A<^INK <v)t
OMfT.
JMT*
M«,H.w«: HCPMiit
marom nt*mif%
octr msmtttm
TOOL nmfmitf
^v^Min A*Mr5'«SD'Vcniaeos'kow4'>Dcr<jtJTae r/*fr-/,o M^rxttm^ to
FIG. 7. REPAIR ORDER
360
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
Form 37
iM i-»
SPCO
MArH
PLANNING DEPT.
^ Monthly Machine Lost Hour and Cost Record.
LOST HOURS
REPAIR COST I
DATE
MACM.
BELT
HEP.
TOOL
RCP.
OPER,
PROD
TOTAL
MRS,
MACH
BELT
REP.
REP
TOTAL
REPAIR
COST
TOTAL
COST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
9
to
11
12
• "
^ 14
15
16
17
le
19
20
1
21
22
23
24
29
28
27
28
29-
30
• '■
Total
VALUE PER HO
in
1
FIG. 8. MACHINE-REPAIR CARD
The tool order and board and bin tickets are then
returned to the tool-design clerk, who figures up the
time and cost of material, forgings and patterns and
enters these items on the back of the order form,
Fig. 1. He also pulls the plug from the board, Fig. 6,
thereby releasing this bin and putting it at the dis-
posal of new work. The tool order is then filed in th^
permanent file in the tool-design department.
P'or repairs the form, Fig. 7, is used. On receipt
of a tool repair the toolroom clerk makes out form,
Fig. 5, for the control board, stamps a number on
REPAIRS AND LOST HOURS
YEAR
-«-.«.,....-
■OT6S ■!«■«
.».....,.
°"""°"
_o..,„<»
Jx.
. ^
r.vu'
.•-.■:.
Vi7
-.-.■i- 1 .■.•.■;.
7iV
ilV.
.«.
x:.
™.
^•.l.-.
isa»
1
1
1931
1
1
1«2
1
1923
1
1
1024
1
1
TOTAL
1025
1
1 1
1
1
1
19M
(
IK7
1
1
192S
I
1
1029
1
1
1
isno
1
IS3I
1
1932
1
1933
19T4
TOT.l
s";?
■ 1 ! ■
1
1
— L-i
1
1
FIG. 9. ANNUAL REPAIR COSTS
this ticket and on the repair order and sends the copy
back to the issuing foreman, who, through this number,
can at any time inquire about the progress of the repair.
The tool to be repaired together with the order is
then placed in the bins reserved for repairs and all
necessary material ordered. The number stamped on
the order is also put on the material requisitions in
order to keep the material from getting mixed up.
Every day the finished repair orders are sent to the
planning department where the tool repairs are posted
on the back of form, Fig. 1, and the machine repairs
posted on form. Fig. 8. From this form, at the end
of the year, the totals are transferred to form, Fig. 9.
Looking Backward
By Harry B. Stillman
Some of these older shop men who sigh for the good
old days will grant that the present-day method of pro-
viding drinking water for the employees has something
on the old-time unsanitary method of years ago. They
will agree that the modern bubbler, or the sanitary cup,
is miles ahead of the old water pail and its boon com-
panions the rusty dipper and the unclean glass. The
unwholesome practice of using a common drinking
vessel and the consequent risk of contagion was quite
usual in most shops twenty-five or thirty years ago.
Every plant under modern management has its own
method of serving drinking water to the workers, either
by means mentioned above or by some other custom
that at lea.st carries out the principles of sanitation.
Every employee who punches a time clock where I am
employed enjoys the privilege of drinking good cold
water, as near pure as well water could reasonably be
expected to be, that is pumped from a number of arte-
sian wells located where danger from pollution is very
slight. To guard against contamination the company
keeps a watchful eye on the purity of the water by
having it analjrzed every so often, and the result of
the test is posted on the bulletin board so that the em-
ployees can read and satisfy themselves on that score.
While we are on the subject of water I would like
to call the attention of those old timers to the many
improvements that have taken place the last twenty-
five years in the means provided for the shop-worker
to wash up. Take for example the modern shop sink,
large enough to accommodate a dozen men on a side
with an adequate supply of hot and cold water always
on tap, where the washer can splash around at his
heart's content. Compare it with the old-style wash-
bucket that was usually to be found in the shops of the
smaller towns years ago. Or compare the wash-rooms
and lavatories found in some of the progressive plants
of today with the dinky little two-man sink that stood
service in the old days for a room full of employees.
I recollect a job of filing castings which fell to me
nearly twenty-five years ago, and how I used to slink
down in the seat of the street car on my way home
from work, hoping that none of my acquaintances
would board the car and see me with my face and
hands smudged with the grime of cast iron. There was
only one small sink in the shop for about thirty men,
and were I to wait my turn it would have meant the
loss of my car. Nowadays a man can be covered with
grease and grime at quitting time and yet leave the
factory all spick-and-span with a bath, hair combed, a
shine, clothes brushed and everything but having his
nails manicured. Perhaps we'll get that later.
i
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With ImtJrroved Machinery
361
Making a Pressed-Steel Base for an Electric Fan
By H. jay
Sales Manager, The Acklin Stamping Co., Toledo, Ohio
This article tells of a stamping process for pro-
ducing the base of an electric fan, the method be-
ing different from that usually employed for mak-
ing such parts. The sequence of the operations
and the tools used are shown in the accompanying
drawings.
THE manufacture of a pressed-steel electric-fan
base presents a problem that not only is interesting
from the viewpoint of stamping but also offers a
very good example of the economy of substituting this
method of production for the casting or spun form. In
this particular instance, where the base itself is given
a high-class enamel finish, there is a considerable saving
in grinding and buffing the piece before the enamel ia
applied. Furthermore, the weight of the finished stamp-
ing is less than that of a corresponding casting, and the
method of cutting slots and holes is cheaper than if a
milling machine and drill press were used.
The accompanying sketches show the general types of
tools used in making the various reductions, as well
as the dimensions of the part produced by each tool.
The material specification calls for cold-rolled deep-draw-
ing strip steel of 0.095 per cent carbon. Steel of this
grade properly worked produces a stamping with a sur-
face which can be enamelled with very little buffing.
The first operation is that of cutting the blank, which
6 Pins'" -
FIG. 1
Cast Iron
FI6.2
FI6.3
1
WroughUnn
Machine Sfsel-
•=^- ,^Tool Sfeel ' I J
~ filachine Steel "f ■
^yt-Scrap Cutter
MachineSteek
.Un\,-Wrought /ron /
: ■ ■■ ■ -Castlron
.% t-Castlror>
i
Machine Steel
Tool Steel
-Boiler Plate
FIG. 4
FIGS
if,'///////A y///////M
FIG. 6
FIGS. 1 TO 8. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOL-
LOWED IN MAKING THE PRESSED-STEEL BASE
FOR AN ELECTRIC FAN, SHOWING
THE TOOLS USED
Fig. 1 — The first drawing operation. Fig. 2 — ^The third
drawing operation. Fig. 3 — The fifth sliaping operation.
Fig. 4 — The final forming operation. Fig. 5 — Trimming
the edge of the flange. Fig. 6 — Punching the liole in
the nose. Fig. 7 — Punching the holes in the flange.
Fig. 8 — Punching the slot on a horn die.
362
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
FIG. 9. THE FINISHED BASE
• in this case is lOJ in. in diameter. A standard type of
blanking tool is suitable for the work, one being used
in which the punch and die are each made up of com-
posite forgings of wrought iron and tool steel, which
forms the cutting edge.
The first draw is made in the second operation with
a drawing die, as shown in Fig. 1. All parts of the die
are constructed of cast iron faced with tool steel. A
single-action press is used, and the die operates quite
similarly to the ordinary spring drawing die. The pres-
sure necessary for holding the blank is applied to the
draw ring by the six pins shown which rest upon the
upper of two plates, which are not shown in the illus-
tration, and between which the rubbers are held. As
the punch descends, the edge of the blank is held with
a pressure which increases as the rubbers are com-
pressed, and there is no chance for the edge of the work
to wrinkle, even as the drawing becomes harder and
deeper.
The knockout pad, shown resting on the work on
top of the plug forming the die, serves to release the
work from the punch in case it should stick when the
punch ascends. In Fig. 1, A shows the part after the
second operation ; while in the third operation the piece
is reduced still further with a tool which is similar in
construction and operation to that first used, its shape
being shown at B.
The reduction in the fourth operation, Fig. 2, starts
the piece toward its final shape. It is important that
the correct radii be selected for the punch and plug so
that the proper reductions will follow. The die is simi-
lar to those previously used except for the tool-steel
plug and draw ring and a machine-steel base. The draw
ring is used to center up the work before the reduction
starts. The next reduction is handled in much the same
manner, the shape of the work being given at B, Fig. 2.
A further reduction is made in the sixth operation.
Fig. 3. Here, again, care must be used in selecting the
radius of the punch so that the stamping comes out with
a nice flare. The nose of the piece is then reduced more
like its final shape in the seventh operation, B in Fig. 3
showing the stamping after this stage.
If the various reductions have been properly made
the stamping now takes it final shape in the next opera-
tion. The stamping die, Fig. 4, has a machine-steel
base and a tool-steel draw ring with just enough motion
to raise the stamping off the plug at the finish of the
stroke. A plug to conform to the finished shape is made
of tool steel and the punch is built up of tool-steel sec-
tions. This is a type of construction that was developed
during the past war in work on shell casings for the
Government. The hardening of a punch of this size in
one piece invariably means that warping follows and
the center portions do not always receive the proper
treatment. If the sections of the built-up punch are
hardened separately, these objections are entirely elimi-
nated. The operation of the die reduces the stamping
to its final finished shape and flattens out the flange on
which the base rests. The regular form of knock-out is
used in the punch.
After trimming the flange, the base is complete, ex-
cept for the various piercings necessary to conform to
the fan manufacturer's designs. For the trimming oper-
ation itself, the work is inverted. Fig. 5, and a drop-
through type of die is used. Production is thus increased
by permitting the stamping to drop through the bolster
to a receptacle and by facilitating the removal of the
trimmed scrap by cutting it with two wedge-shaped
scrap cutters. The method of piercing the hole in the
nose is shown in Fig. 6 and that used for the small holes
in the base appears in Fig. 7, the construction being
plainly shown.
For the slot and holes which provide for the switch
lever and electrical cord, the piercings are performed
on an ordinary type of horn die, Fig. 8, with a cast-iron
holder, machine-steel horn and tool-steel die and punch.
The Finished Stamping
Fig. 9 is reproduced from an untouched photograph
of the finished stamping. Examination will show that
it is entirely free from reduction marks and that the
gage of the metal is uniform. This is the result of
careful consideration in selecting the radii of the vari-
ous punches and dies for the drawing tools.
The tools and stamping described in this article were
designed and produced in the shops of the Acklin Stamp-
ing Co., Toledo, Ohio, where considerable work of this
nature has been done with a view toward speeding up
production and reducing manufacturing costs. The ad-
vantages to be gained by using pressed-metal parts are
becoming more evident, and this fan base is just one
example of the many types of parts which can be pro-
duced by this speedy and economical method of manu-
facture.
Economy in Cutting Bar Stock
By I. B. Rich
Having a large number of gears to be made from
4-in. bar stock, it was decided to cut off the blanks on
a hacksawing machine. A careful analysis of the time
taken, and the efficiency of the hacksaw blades resulted
in some rather interesting data. It was found that
while some blades would make as high as twenty cuts
before becoming too dull for use, it was not found to
be economical to use them for this length of time.
Experiments were made, changing the blade after mak-
ing eight cuts, and with other numbers up to twenty
for the maximum life of the blade.
After considering the time required in making the
cuts and the cost of new blades it was found to be
most economical to change the blade after twelve cuts,
and this is now the regular practice in the shop of the
Johnson Gear Works. San Francisco. Cal. The tests
were made by the superintendent, Walter I. Brown.
i
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
363
Make Employees Read the Plant Paper
By Telling About Their Babies
By Frank H. Williams
PEOPLE are always interested in babies. Folks like
to know about new babies in the families of their
friends or in the families of their fellow workers.
They like to know what these babies have been named,
what they look like and everything else connected
with them.
And right here is a hint for the editors of internal
house organs or plant papers. Put a lot about the em-
ployees' babies into the publication if you want to
make the employees read the paper.
This is one of the schemes used with great success
by the editor of the Bowser Booster, published by S. F.
Bowser & Co, of Fort Wayne, Ind., for its employees.
The Bowser plant employs about 1,500 men in its
home plant. It manufactures gasolene tanks and pumps,
and it is up against the usual sort of thing experienced
by manufacturers who try to increase morale and
interest among employees by the publication of a plant
paper.
Every month — the Bowser Booster is issued once a
month — the editor runs at least one page of pictures
of employees' babies. If there are enough pictures
two pages are run. The pictures used are not con-
ventional gallery photographs, but the unconventional,
natural pictures which fond parents or relatives snap
when the baby is least aware of what is going on. Such
pictures give a life and snap to the page which ordinary
gallery photographs would never have. Under each
photograph run some snappy sort of caption. For
instance, under a photograph of a tiny tot who looked
particularly pugnacious this caption was run: "Want
A Fight?" Then followed tne name of the infant
and the names of his parents. Under a picture of a little
boy all tightly bundled up for winter was run a caption
which was particularly appropriate at the time the
picture appeared. This caption was "All Ready for a
Coal Strike." Following the caption, of course, came
the name of the child and the names of the parents.
In addition to running pictures of the babies, the
publication faithfully chronicles the arrival of infants
in the families of its employees. This chronicle is made
as readable and as interesting as possible. For instance
here is the way a typical month's issue chronicled
births.
"On the ninth of last month there arrived at the
home of Mr. and Mrs. H. C. Slater, a daughter, Eilene
May. I Tr. Slater is one of the boosters in the sundries
department.
"It is not at all surprising that Ned Witte, of the
yard department, better known as 'The Flying Dutch-
man' should come to work with a big smile and a box
of cigars. Who wouldn't if he were the proud daddy
of a baby girl?
"Louis Krimmel, of the factory office force, gave off
six feet of blushes and several kinds of stammers last
week when he tried to explain to Joe Smith, of the
stationery stock room that his requisition calling for
'1 doz. Rubber Nipples' should have been for 'erasers'
instead of nipples, but his confusion gave him away and
he has to fess up to having become daddy to a nice
baby on the twelfth of last month."
Recently S. F. Bowser, the president of the con-
cern, started the Bowser Loan and Trust Co., for the
convenience of employees and people of the neighbor-
hood. The Bowser plant, it might be noted, is located
in the southwestern part of the city, a considerable
distance from the center of the town, and in a locality
which is so much distinctly its own section that it has
the name of Bowserville.
After the inauguration of this trust company the
Booster announced that it would celebrate the advent
of every baby in the family of an employee by starting
a savings fund for the baby in the trust company. This
announcement and the details concerning it were
couched in the following words :
"When the new baby arrives, you have a sense of
hilarity and joy, of course. But with it all is also
a sense of great responsibility that rests upon dad's
shoulders. The future is a great unknown, stretching
away and away, far beyond the ken of any man.
"Men who are thoughtful on this subject become
possessed of a strong desire to begin NOW, immediately,
to provide in some way for the future of that baby boy,
— that baby girl — and yet it does not readily appear
just how the future of the child can be safeguarded.
"The Booster wants to help solve this problem, or at
any rate, one phase of the problem, and the following
standing offer is made:
1. For each birth reported promptly to the Booster
by the father, an employee of S. F. Bowser & Co., Inc.,
Fort Wayne, Ind., five dollars will be deposited in the
name of the child in the Bowser Loan & Trust Co.
2. When the child is one year old, the Booster will
authorize the Bowser Loan and Trust Co. to add one
dollar to the account, provided there has been deposited
by the father during the year previous, FIVE dollars
or more for the child and provided the bank book is
presented at the bank for such addition upon the first
birthday of the child or promptly thereafter.
3. When the child is two years old, the Booster will
add two dollars to the account provided again that the
father has placed another five dollars to the credit of
that account during the second year of the child's life
and provided again the bank book is presented at the
bank on the birthday of the child or promptly thereafter.
4. Three dollars will be added on the third birthday,
four dollars on the fourth and five dollars on the fifth,
always provided at least five dollars has been added
by the father during each one of the years, currently as
passed over.
5. The Booster feels that, after the fifth birthday
the father should continue his practice of adding to the
child's saving fund — but the Booster will not make
any further deposits for the child.
6. This further provision is made, however: The
deposits made by the Booster and the required minimum
yearly deposits of five dollars by the father may not
be withdrawn until the child is six years old unless
the father discontinues his employment with S. F.
Bowser & Co., Inc. If the father does, after the first
birthday of the child, discontinue his employment with
the company, ALL the money may be wdthdrawn (in-
364
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
eluding the Booster deposits), or the father may con-
tinue the account in the Bowser Loan & Trust Co. It
is to be understood, however, that the Booster will not
continue its yearly additions to the account after the
father has left the employ of the company. It is to
be understood further that in case the father leaves
the employment of the company before the first birth-
day of the child, the original Booster deposit of five
dollars is forfeited and reverts to the Booster.
7. Four per cent interest will be paid on each ac-
count.
8. First notice of the child's birth must be sent to the
Booster which will make the first deposit and send the
bank book to the father. On the first birthday of the
child and on each succeeding birthday, to and including
the fifth, the father will not be required to do more
than go to the bank to have the new Booster deposit
entered in the bank book.
By this plan, it can be seen, the Booster during the
course of five years deposits $20 to the child's credit
provided the father during the same period deposits
$25. Therefore at the fifth birthday there would be $45
on deposit to the credit of the child in addition to the
accrued interest.
Pages for the Home
In addition to arousing interest among employees
by this emphasis on babies, the Booster also increases
interest in the homes of employees in the publication
through the use of children's and home pages. On the
children's page appear little puzzles to which answers
are given the following month. And on the home page
appear tested recipes which are sent in by wives of
the employees.
To arouse the interest of the children, prize con-
tests are frequently run for them. One of these recent
contests was on the topic "What My Daddy Does at
Bowser's." As prizes in this contest deposits of $3, $2
and $1 in the savings account department of the Bowser
bank were offered for the three best letters. The prize
winning letters were, of course, published in a subse-
quent issue of the Booster.
This emphasis on babies, children and the home in
the Bowser Booster has the very desirable effect of
making employees and the members of employees'
families not only read the Booster but look for its ap-
pearance and welcome its advent enthusiastically. It
gives a warm, intimate, personal touch to the publica-
tion and also arouses in the minds of the readers the
idea that all Bowser employees are members of a big
family.
Surely there is a hint in all this for editors of such
internal house organs or shop papers which are not
registering as emphatic hits with its employees as
might be wished.
Why not take a leaf from the experience of this publi-
cation and run a page or two of baby pictures every
now and then? There isn't a single father or married
man in the plant who won't be interested in seeing
pictures of other employees' babies. And, in the great
majority of cases, the employees will not only be inter-
ested in the pictures themselves but will take the pub-
lication home to show to their wives and families. And
when the employees get to the point of preserving the
plant publication and showing it to members of their
immediate family and to relatives and acquaintances,
then the plant paper may be safely declared to be a
success.
What Is a Machine Tool?
By Frank C. Hudson
It is one thing to have a fairly definite idea of
what one means, either as to machine tools or anything
else, but it is quite a different and much more difficult
proposition to formulate a definition which will convey
the same idea to others, and at the same time not be
capable of construction into an entirely different mean-
ing. The definition of machine tool has long bothered
many of us who are engaged in this line, and it is quite
probable that the definition given by A. L. De Leeuw
on page 106 of the American Machinist for July 15, 1920
is as clear and as comprehensive as it is easy to
formulate.
The one particular loophole which appears to me in
this definition is the use of the words "removal" or
"removing," either metal or other material. The punch
press is unquestionably a machine tool although many
have barred it from the list, but is it not equally a
machine tool when it is used for drawing, bending or
otherwise forming metal or other material, as when
cutting with the aid of punches and dies?
I am well aware that widening the scope of the
definition includes forging hammers (and forming
machines) of all kinds. But, on the other hand, Mr.
De Leeuw's definition admits shearing machinery, even
billet shears, which the makers of precision lathes would
object to having mentioned in the same breath with
their own product.
My addition to Mr. De Leeuw's third definition would
make it read: "A machine tool is a machine capable
of removing metal from a piece or of otherwise chang-
ing its form, and containing means for holding, guiding
and controlling the work, or tool, or both."
This definition could, of course, be stretched to
include rolling mill machinery, but on the other hand,
it seems necessary if we are to include some of the
minor machines (such as the swaging machine which
must be accurately built to give the desired results)
which are playing an increasingly important part in
our work.
After talking with many builders of what we normally
call machine tools, it seemed as though most of them
desired a classification rather than a definition.
Indicator for Truing Up Work on Lathe
By Adolph Grimm
The illustration shows an indicator such as is used
for centering lathe work. It can be made by any
mechanic and if the work is carefully done the tool
will be quite accurate.
The indicator is held in the toolpost and applied to
the work to be centered in the usual manner.
TOOLPOST INDICATOR
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Productiovr—With Improved Machinery
365
iLman
Element-
•^^Elmer W. Leach
WHEN Kaiser Bill started so much trouble a few
years ago it was quite apparent to everyone that
he had absolute confidence of victory. He was
playing a game for which he had made many, many
years of preparation and with the science of which he
was thoroughly familiar.
His long range guns and his intricate concrete
trenches and dug-outs were believed to be infallible and
impregnable. No one who has
had the experience of going
into those dug-outs and seeing
the electric lights, the venti-
lating systems, and such lux-
uries as pianos and pool tables
will say that Heine's head was
thick and flat like his feet.
But when the doughboys
got into the game they simply
spoiled everything for poor
Heine. The very first one of
the "big shows" taught them
that concrete trenches are no
stronger than the men hold-
ing them, and long range guns
no better than the fellows
who man them. And after
the boys got that idea they
had caught the winning spirit,
and all Germany couldn't stop
them.
Viewed for what it was
called, "a war machine," the
German army was wonderful.
The construction of their guns,
their shells, their planes,
was wonderful. The German
army did not fall down through blunders in mechanical
design, decidedly not. Every time the German army
made a big mistake, it was a mistake in psychology —
they didn't get the right advance dope on what their
men would do under the circumstances.
Uncle Sam understands men; his army is not a "ma-
chine" nor is it advertised for its well-developed ma-
chinery or ordnance. No, our old Uncle Samuel takes
due recognition of the human element in his army and
pins his faith on his good, strong, red-blooded Ameri-
can men.
^^' We ouqht To'bP (iblP fo qpT
t jor you,-vv<?rp the \-)\(\<.\<>%t cold-roll ppople lo the wor-M.'
No government can guarantee the comforts of home
to men under fire, but the fact that so many poor devils
were tickled to death to be taken prisoners by our men
seemed to let the cat out of the bag. Von Hindenburg
failed to realize the true importance of his men, and so
he did not have them back of him in spirit or in deed.
As for our American commander, the public knows by
now what the boys endured for him so that we might
gain the victory which we
all wanted.
Now all of this is merely
the introduction to my article
proper. Maybe it is too
lengthy, but here is what I
am driving at — how many
manufacturers there are just
like Kaiser Bill who are fool-
ish enough to believe they can
be successful in business by
worrying about their ma-
chines and forgetting about
their men.
Recently when I called on
a local representative of one
of the large steel companies
in an attempt to locate some
particular sizes of cold-rolled
steel, the young lady who was
alone in the office said, "Well,
we ought to be able to get
it for you, we're the biggest
cold-roll people in the world."
And I replied, "Well, we're
the smallest machinery peo-
ple in the world." And we are.
Another company in this city
making the same sort of machinery has about 300 men
on the payroll. We have 11 men on our payroll includ-
ing the writer and one other member of the firm; so
you see that as yet we really are pretty small.
About two months ago the assembly foreman from
this other company came to us saying he was looking
for work. Figuratively we were knocked off our feet.
He had been with that company seven years, now had
about 25 men under him, his work was entirely that of
supervision; and yet here he was asking us to take
him on.
366
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
We put him to work doing our assembling, and
frankly, I have never seen a man so interested in a "job"
as this man is.
Last week we advertised for lathe men and we suf-
fered another shock, for among those who applied for
work was the crack screw-machine operator from this
other plant. He wanted to come with us in preference
to staying with the larger place. I had quite a talk with
him before taking him on. I said to him :
"C , I worked for that company for five years
myself. During that time I received raises in pay,
I was promoted, they sent me to conventions for them
and out on the road to the four corners of this country.
I was pretty young, but they
trusted me with all the re-
sponsibility I would accept. I
left them not because I had
some grudge against them,
but because I was presented
with the opportunity of going
into business for myself.
"You say you are dissatis-
fied over there. Well, we
haven't the beautiful and well-
equipped buildings that they
have, we haven't the new and
up-to-date machine tools they
have, we haven't any of the
luxuries or conveniences you
can get over there. We can't
promise you piece work right
away, we can't promise you
that you can look forward to
a foreman's job for as yet we
haven't any foreman, in fact,
we can't even start you out
with as much money ay you
are getting over there. And
yet you seem anxious to make
the change."
I had been over to visit this
company's new plant less than a month before. It was
beautiful. I believe their new machine shop is the
finest one I have ever seen. And so I couldn't help
asking in conclusion, "What in thunder is the matter
with that place anyway?"
And so he told me his story of why he was dissatisfied,
and why he was willing to go from such a large plant
to such a small shop.
He said to me, "I'll tell you, Leach. I went with them
three years ago as a machinist. You were with them
at the time and you know what they did when the shop
foreman quit and got a job with the steel company be-
cause he was more sure of being exempted over there,
they hired some outsider and put him in as foreman.
Later on they needed an inspector, and again it was an
outsider with no knowledge whatever about this game.
When their assembly foreman left them a couple of
months ago to come over with you they tried to make a
foreman out of some outsider who didn't know that kind
of machinery from balloons. And what happened ? That
Saturday two men on the floor were fired and five others
quit, and on Monday morning Mr. New Foreman came
in and got his tools.
"They even advertise now for jig designers and tool-
makers without stopping to inquire whether any of us
fellows know anything about that sort of thing.
"I know what their idea is. They say outside men
THE SENSIBLE WORKMEN HAVE RAISED FAMILIES
AND BOUGHT HOMES OF THEIR OWN
bring in outside ideas, and that puts new life into the
business. Maybe it does, but it sure takes the pep out
of us boys at the machines. The 'Steel' gives a hundred
dollars each month to the man who turns in the best
suggestion. Maybe I could offer a few sincere sugges-
tions about things I see that aren't going just right,
but why should I when the 'Supe' would get all the
credit?
"And their bonus system. It was a flat 10 per cent
of our pay paid each six months. It was pretty nice
to have those big checks to look forward to, but we
knew we had them coming whether we worked or loafed,
and honestly, I don't believe the company got any
increased production out of us.
"So they cut that out and
put us at piece work. We
thought that was going to fix
us up in fine style, but I have
tried it for two months now
and their rates are so impos-
sible that I haven't made one
cent more than I did on
straight salary."
He probably said many
more things and he might
have had a lot of kicks he
didn't tell me about; but he
said quite enough to point out
the "nigger in the woodpile."
That organization is putting
a lot of capital into plant and
equipment, and is not spend-
ing one cent of money or
one minute of time in the
interest of the welfare of
the employees.
We are gravely concerned
at this present time with the
problem of "unrest." It seems
to me that what the men are
asking is this, "Just give us a
square deal, that's all we want. If we make lots of
money for you, go fifty-fifty on a part of it. If we
make still more money for you, take care of us a little
better. Put part of it into our pay envelopes, and part
of it into real, honest, human-being treatment."
Of course that isn't the complaint of the radical, "hol-
lering" group of today. But the writer is proud to wear
the button of a Legionnaire, and men who have slept
in mud are not bothering to listen to the kicks of such
grumblers.
But the sensible workmen, those who have put in long
years learning a skilled trade, those who have raised
families and bought a little home of their own, those
who really have something at stake in this good old
country of ours, all they are asking for is a square deal.
There was a time when a manufacturer talked of
labor as the same kind of a commodity as tool steel or
milling machines. True, labor is a commodity, but it is
more than that ; it is the human element in our business,
the largest item in our check books and the most impor-
tant factor with which we deal. We are good enough
to put cooling compound on our tool steel to keep it from
getting hot and we give the milling machines a squirt
of oil each morning so they won't holler. And can't ve
realize that it is far more profitable and much less ex-
pensive to keep our men from "getting hot and hol-
lering."
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
367
■ B and i
I ^L factu
As I said before we are pretty small, with our pay-
roll of only eleven men. But recently one of those men
showed us a saving of sixteen cents a machine on one
of our products by getting away from a certain waste
of material, which we had not noticed was unnecessary.
It amounts to a saving of several dollars a week, and
we are putting five of those dollars into his check each
week to show him we want more of those ideas.
Another young man showed up one noon with cigars
and the announcement of an eight-pound baby girl at
his home. We put five cents an hour more on his checks
after that noon on the assumption that he would want
to work just a little harder with that little girl at home.
And the way he "digs in" has shown we were correct.
None of his jobs have increased in cost because of that
five-cent increase in hourly rate.
Our attorney is drawing up for us what we plan to
call an "Investment Certificate." It will amount in a
way to a hundred-dollar share in the business, although
it will, of course, carry no voting power. We shall prob-
ably give one of those certificates to each man who is
with us for a certain length of time, and to all the men
we shall extend the privilege of buying as many more
as they can afford. The dividend, as on common stock,
will increase in proportion to the profits of the company.
We got the idea from a concern with about a hundred
people. The secretary told the writer that the first
month the plan was tried out those one hundred people
scraped up the sum of $28,000 and invested in those cer-
tificates.
What we like about the idea is that it gives each
individual an incentive to do as much as he can with
the knowledge that he will profit in real money in his
pocket through his endeavor to make money for his
employer.
Maybe we are all wrong. Kaiser Bill would probably
have told us so back in 1914. At any rate, we are going
to get some new machines and a new building as soon
as we can; but right now we are going to try to give
the proper regard to the human element and invest a
little money in a good, sound, dividend-paying business
deal — the square deal.
Notes From Our Field Editor —
Machinery in Portland and Seattle
The machine situation in the extreme Northwest,
with centers about Portland and Seattle, is somewhat
different from that found further down the coast.
There is more of an air of retrenchment and uncertainty
Oi* pessimism as to the future than was evident in either
Los Angeles or San Francisco.
The Portland shipbuilding program is practically com-
pleted but it so happens that one of the plants, that
of the Willamette Iron Works, made such a record
during the war that it is still filled with orders for
boilers for ships being built in San Francisco. In
Seattle, however, the shipbuilding business is practically
at a standstill, this being attributed in some quarters
to the failure of the banks and moneyed interests to
back up a local concern which had secured orderes for
enough ships to keep its yard going at a good rate.
This has its effect on the demand for machine tools
and, coupled with a growing caution about placing
orders for future delivery, has slowed down orders
and inquiries. Unfortunately, there is not much manu-
facturing in either Portland or Seattle, although there
is more machinery used in connection with the lumber
interests than we of the East are apt to realize. Logging
and saw-mill machinery, to say nothing of the machin-
ery used in wood-working plants, all require more or
less repair and replacement, and this means machine
tools and smaller supplies, such as drills and taps.
Building Wood-Working Machinery
Wood-working and logging machinery is being built
in increasing quantities in spite of the handicap of
not having raw material as a native resource. This
handicap is believed by some to be possible of removal
as it is hoped that iron may be produced in suflicient
quantities and of the proper quality, to meet the
requirements. Lack of transportation facilities is said
to be the greatest obstacle at the present time. Coal
mines exist and are being worked to some extent but
not sufliciently to be much of a factor as yet even
though over four million tons are claimed for them.
Then, too, it is uncertain as to the coal being suitable
for smelting purposes. In spite of this, however,
machinery of types similar to that built in the East,
is being manufactured in increasing numbers.
The garages are equipped in much the same way as
further South. Cylinder and crankshaft grinding
machines, together with other high-class equipment,
are found even in comparatively small shops. But real
manufacturing shops, even of small things, are fewer
than in California. In view of this and of the apparent
lack of opportunity for machine sales, it is surprising
as well as gratifying to learn that the estimated sales
of machine tools in Washington and Oregon, are about
a million and a half dollars annually. This, of course,
includes Spokane, which is my next stop and which
may have somewhat different conditions.
Another factor which is affecting this district is the
situation in the fish industry, which, next to lumber,
is probably the greatest industry in this section. The
sale of canned fish to foreign countries has been very
large in the past but the handicap of the present rate
of exchange has affected this so badly that canning and
canning machinery is more quiet than it has been for
some time.
Thirty Millions in Idle Ships
Coming back to the question of shipping, it is inter-
esting to note the claim that Seattle built and delivered
to the Government 20 per cent of all the merchant
vessels built by the United States during the war period.
Whether this includes the 45 wooden ships now lying
anchored in the harbor, in various stages of comple-
tion, is not known.
The building of these ships is said to represent about
$30,000,000, which probably includes yard equipment in
addition to the ships themselves. But no matter what
it represents, it is a striking example of the inevitable
cost of war, and should give an added incentive to the
efforts being made to find a more economical (not to
mention humane) method of settling national differ-
ences. Thirty million dollars would go a long way to
help our educational systems, our post offices, our public
roads or other useful projects for national benefit.
The field for machine tools is increasing, however,
and is bound to grow in spite of temporary set-backs.
It is a great mistake not to keep in touch with this
section of the country as it is well worth knowing
better.
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
§M^^''''^''l(''i
Horizontal Boring Machines for Manufacturing
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
It has been the custom to consider the high-grade
horizontal boring machine as a part of toolroom
equipment or at most to be used where there is
quite a variety of tmrk to be done. This article,
however, shows how one of the largest builders of
motor cars and motor trucks uses it as a strictly
■manufacturing machine.
WHILE the use of high-grade horizontal boring
machines in manufacturing is unusual, it is
even more so to find them staggered in the same
way as is usual in automatic screw machines. Fig. 1
shows a general arrangement of five Lucas boring ma-
chines grouped for motor-truck work. The machine in
the foreground is set up with a special boring fixture for
handling the worm-gear drive bracket shown in Fig. 2.
This carries the worm at the top, while the bearings
for the wormwheel, which drives the rear axle, are car-
ride in the two bearings A and B. This shows the con-
struction, including the way in which the bearing caps
are held in position.
The fixture is mounted on the revolving table shown
at A, Fig. 1, which can be easily swung at right angles,
so that the boring-machine spindle can drive either bor-
ing bar in its correct position and secure the proper
meshing of the worm and wormwheel.
A Ball-Bearing Fixture
A view of the fixture itself is shown in Fig. 8, with
the two bars in position, while Fig. 4 shows it with
some of the cutters in place, at A and B, as well as the
stops siich as at C, D, E and F. The form of cutter used
is shown in the group at G, some of these being for
straight boring while others are simply counterbores,
FIG. 1. GENER.\L VIEW OF BATTERY OF BORING MACHINES
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
369
^m tmM£) iMa^n vj^
mn^j^iiuwYim
FIG.
THE WORM-GEAR BRACKET
which are used for what we might call back facing. It
will be noted that each bushing is provided with ball
bearings and an oil cup to insure thorough lubrication,
to prevent abrasion of the bars, and to insure accuracy
and long life.
Details of Construction of Fixtures
Details of the construction of these fixtures are shown
in Fig. 5, but particular attention should be directed to
the bearings shown in section. These bushings are
mounted on large double-row self-aligning SKF bear-
ings, and oil grooves are provided at each end for re-
taining the lubricant. It will also be noted that return
FIG. 4. CUTTERS AND STOPS IN THE BARS
oil holes are provided as at A, B and C, so that oil can
hardly escape beyond the first groove in any case. A
few outside dimensions are given to give an idea of the
size of the fixture.
In order that the bolt holes and dowel holes in the
driving housing shall be in correct relation to the worm
and worm gear, special attention is paid to the fixture
for drilling these holes in the flange. Fig. 6 shows the
assembled fixture. The seats for the wormwheel bear-
ings are carefully located on the cones A and B, these
being located on an accurately made mandrel which fits
the pocket at each end, as can be seen. These are faced
with hardened-steel plates to secure accuracy, while the
turned flange of the gear housing rests on the drilling
fixture and is clamped in position by the four clamps C.
FIG. 3. BORING FIXTURE WITH BARS IN PLACE
FIG. 5. DETAILS OF BORING FIXTURE
6lC
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
FIG. 6. DRILLING FIXTURE FOR FLANGE
The fixture is handled by studs placed in the pocket DD,
while the handle E affords a good grip and allows it to
be easily guided into correct position on the drilling-
machine table or elsewhere.
Some Special Jigs Used in the Manufac-
ture of Pneumatic Tools
By Harry Fox
In the manufacture of pneumatic tools, the Baird
Pneumatic Tool Co., of Kansas City, uses several hun-
dred jigs, three of which are here illustrated.
Fig. 1 shows a tool for boring, turning, and facing
the shoulder of a brass bushing, all in one operation. It
is designed to be bolted to the compound rest of the
lathe to which it is adapted by a pair of studs set in
a T-shaped strip, fitted to the T-slot of the slide, the
height being so calculated as to bring the center of the
tool to the center line of the machine and centered up
cross-wise with the tail center.
Four toolbits disposed at an angle of 45 deg. are set
FIG. 1. TOOL FOR TURNING, BORING. AND FACING A BUSHING
FIGS. 2 AND 3. DRILLING JIGS FOR TOGGLE LEVERS
in the shell. One-si.xteenth of an inch in advance of
these bits there is placed a hardened ring gage which
is the exact outside diameter of the finished bushing.
This also acts as a steadyrest for the bushing. The bits
are held by setscrews in suitable bosses cast upon the
shell and serve to turn the outside of the shell, while
four shorter toolbits in the central head take care of
the boring. There are four guide pins spaced in between
the four last mentioned toolbits.
The bronze casting is held in and rotated by the chuck
upon the spindle nose while the carriage is advanced by
means of an automatic feed. A bushing is therefore
fini.shed complete in one pass of the tool on and off
the work.
Two of each of the two sets of four tools are so
arranged as to remove the stock, leaving ^ in. for
finish, which is in turn taken off by the other two sets
of cutters, thus finishing the bushing inside and out to
the exact diameter. The finished bushing is shown in
jthe picture to the left of the tool.
1 In Figs. 2 and 3 may be seen jigs for drilling and
counterboring the toggle links that
are a part of the pneumatic riveting
machine. One of these is of the
closed box type with hinged lid, and
the other is open box with the work
held in place by swinging, or bridge-
links, of which there are two, both
carrying drill bushings.
Both these jigs are fitted with slip
bushings held in place and prevented
from turning by spring yokes. The
jig shown in Fig. 3 has an adjustable
bushing for drilling the eccentric
hole in the knuckle. The holes served
by the bushings in the bridges are
for setscrews and absolute accuracy
of their position is not always es-
sential.
These jigs are used in the manu-
facture of parts of the Baird Pneu-
matic Tool Co.'s product and were
designed by the factory superintend-
ent, W. T. Flood.
i
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
871
Planing a Large Gear With a Small
Planer
By George G. Lennig
Master Mechanic, Electric Hose and Rubber Co.
In order to salvage several large cast-iron cut-tooth
spur gears from which teeth had been broken, the
mechanical department of the Electric Hose & Rubber
Co. of Wilmington, , ,. _^. ^
_ , , j_ 1 Adiustinq Screw
Del., usedthe -^ ^.-'
method here de-
scribed, with satis-
factory results.
The broken teeth
were filled in by the
oxy-acetylene weld-
ing process. A spve-
cial mandrel, shown
in Fig. 1 (a), was
made, having a flat-
topped coarse thread
that would not be
injured by coming
in contact with the
V-blocks. Upon this
mandrel the
were mounted one
at a time. As some
of the gears had
been faced on only one side of the hub, it was necessary
to have a flange with J -in. screws in it, on the cone used
on the rough side, in order to be able to make the gear-
rim run true with the axis. The gear, after the mandrel
5, f'Setscreivs
geaiS pjQ ^ ^^j MANDREL FOR HOLD-
ING GEARS. (B) ARM FOR
HOLDING TOOL HEAD
FIG. 2. SET-UP FOR PLANING GEAR TEETH
FIG. 3. VIEW OF THE TOOL AND THE WELDED TEETH
was fastened in it, was blocked up on a crib with
V-blocks under the mandrel, as shown in Fig. 2. After
being adjusted and aligned with the planer bed, the
gear was secured in place by several small planer jacks
acting on the teeth.
The cast-iron arm, shown in Fig. 1 (b), was bolted
to the planer bed and the cross-rail and head were
fastened to it, as shown in Fig. 3. The table was
weighted down with about a ton of forgings, and it
was found necessary to slow the planer down to about
one-quarter of its customary speed. The cast-iron arm
was not made especially for this job, being used on
general repair work. It did not need to extend as
far as it did from the planer table. However, there
was very little vibration.
The gear shown has a pitch diameter of 72 in. and
a 14-in. face and weighs about 3,800 lb., and when in
operation it U geared direct to a 150-hp. motor on a
rubber-mill drive. The planer is an ancient 26 x 26
in. Pratt & Whitney machine with a 6-ft. bed; not-
withstanding its years, it is a strong puller and remark-
ably accurate for such an old tool. Several methods,
such as chipping with air and hand hammers and
grinding with emery wheels, have been tried for fin-
ishing welded teeth, but so far the method just treated
has been found the most satisfactory.
Lathe Equipped with a Boring Table
By E. a. Dixie
The illustrations show an old Pratt & Whitney lathe
whose principal job for many years has been accurate
boring, usually on models from which boring jigs are
made to suit the production machines. In spite oi gie
372
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
FIG. 1. LATHE EQUIPPED WITH A BORING TABLE
fact that we have several first-class horizontal boring
machines, the old P. & W. lathe is seldom idle.
The table A is 20 x 20 in. and slides on the base B
across the bed. The end of the cross adjustment screw
is shown at C. The squared shaft D runs to the center
of the base and has a bevel gear which meshes with the
elevating screw. Two vertical members E are disposed
on each side of the bridge F, their upper ends being
secured to the base B and their lower ends bound
together by a yoke. Slides for the members E are pro-
vided on the deep bridge F. When adjusting for
height two binding screws G, one on each side of the
bridge, are loosened and the table adjusted to height by
a crank applied to the square shank D. When the correct
height is obtained the screws G are tightened. The
cross slide is provided with a gib which is adjusted by
the two screws H. These screws are loosened for adjust-
ing the cross slide, and when correct cross adjust-
ment is obtained they serve to securely bind the cross
slide in place. At present this machine swings about
20 in., but the foreman in charge of the department tells
me that he is going to block the heads up so that
the machine can handle work 36 in. in diameter. This
means of course to the center of a 36 in. circle and not
to bore holes of that diameter, as the machine is neither
stout enough nor is it required to bore such large holes,
its capacity in that direction being about 12 inches.
Formerly this lathe was much used for boring with
tools secured in or clamped to the tail spindle. Any
one who has done this sort of work with the ordinary
smooth round-rimmed handwheel knows what a tedious
job it is to feed the tool. Some oldtimer not only put
a big handwheel on the tailstock but he also put pilot-
wheel spokes in it as shown in Fig. 2.
Is This a Punch-Press Job?
By Joran Kyn
Under the above title on page 1267, Vol. 52, of the
American Machinist, F. C. Hudson shows a rod with
a flat on it and says he is punching the flats on two rods
at once.
Will Mr. Hudson tell us how successful his method
has proved?
We undertook a similar job and tried punching but the
punch broke, the break being shown at A in the accom-
panying illustration in which the construction of the
press tools is also shown.
The two rods B and C, were placed in grooves in the
FIG. 2.
SENSIBLE HANDWHEEL FOR THE TAIL SPINDLE
OF A BORING LATHE
THE PRESS TOOLS, SHOWING THE BROKEN PUNCH
die and firmly held by the clamps D and E. Perhaps our
punch did not have enough shear. At present we are
milling the flats on the rods, but are looking for a better
and cheaper method.
Is there any way in which the work can be done by
cold swaging? Any suggestion as to the best and cheap-
est way of doing the job will be welcome.
Flanges for Friction Pulleys
By John S. Watts
THE designing of cast-iron flanges for friction pul-
leys appears a simple problem at first sight, but
it is not so in reality, for unless the stresses on the bolts
and flanges are carefully considered the probability is
that they will be made too light and ultimate failure
will result.
The weakness in most designs is that the bolts are
made too small, the size apparently being based on the
theory that the shearing stress on the bolt is the govern-
ing factor. Experience in operating these friction
drives, however, has proved that the bolts carry the load
as a beam with a uniformly distributed load.
This is the basis upon which the table, Fig. 1, has
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Proditction — With Improved Machinery
373
been calculated. The load upon the bolts is that due to
the tractive effort on the face of the pulley multiplied
by the ratio between the radius of the pulley and the
radius of the bolt circle. With a cast-iron pulley and a
strawboard or iiber pinion the maximum tractive effort
will be about 80 lb. per inch of width, but to make sure
I have used a factor of 100 lb. per inch.
To find the load on the bolts we use the formula:
^ _P-X A
^^ B
Where L =■■ load on bolts in pounds ;
P = pull, or tractive effort on pulley face;
A = diameter of pulley in inches;
B =^ diameter of bolt circle in inches.
This load is assumed to be equally distributed among
all the bolts and the diameter of the bolts is determined
by the formula for a beam with a uniformly distributed
load supported at each end, which formula is:
L ^ 8 X / X Z
n I
Where / = stress;
Z = modulus of section of bolt;
I = length between flanges ;
n = number of bolts.
Obviously, the diameter of the bolt calculated from this
formula will be more than strong enough to resist the
shearing strain.
The diameter of the flanges is such as to allow a
projection of i in. of fiber above the flange for the
smallest diameter and it may extend up to 2 in. above
the flange as a maximum. This gives the greatest pos-
sible range of sizes for the smallest number of flange
patterns, as the fiber cannot be depended upon to with-
stand the strain if allowed to project further than two
inches. The sizes given in the table are therefore suit-
able for all sizes of friction pulleys up to 18 in. in dia-
meter which is as large as fiber frictions are usually
made. The two largest sizes of the pulley fianges given
in the table are for use with wood pulleys, the purpose of
which will be taken up later. At the same time these
two largest sizes may be used for friction pulleys and
are calculated in the same way as the others.
The face of the fiber is made J in. wider than the
working face of the cast-iron pulley it is to drive, to
prevent any danger of the cast fianges coming into con-
tact with the pulley as the fiber becomes worn down
Face+l"
TABLE OF PULLEY FLANGES
ik
FIG. 1. TABLE FOR COMPUTING BOLT SIZES FOR
FRICTION DRIVES
FIG- 2 FI0.3
FIG. 2. SECTION SHOWING CONSTRUCTION OF WOOD
PULLEYS FOR EXTRA HEAVY WORK. FIG. 3.
ARRANGEMENT OF FLANGES WHERE
SPACE IS LI.MITED
in size. The thickness of the flanges at the rim is calcu-
lated for a maximum compressive stress imposed by the
bolts of 2,300 lb. per square inch, basing the calculation
upon the load due to the widest face — -namely 12 in. face
for the pulleys, 6 to 9i in. in diameter, and 24 in. face
for the other sizes. When a narrower face is used the
stress will be less but it would not pay to carry more pat-
terns for the small amount of material that would be
saved by having thinner flanges for the narrower faced
pulleys.
The thickness of the flange where it joins the boss is
that calculated to withstand a pull of 100 lb. per inch
of face with a maximum stress of 2,300 lb. per square
inch. This thickness is determined by calculating the
diameter of the smallest shaft that will transmit the
torque which the narrowest pulley can impose. This
gives the smallest boss that will be used and calculating
the load at the diameter of boss due to the tractive
effort on the face of the largest pulley will give us the
maximum strain at this point. The thickness of the
flange, multiplied by the circumference of the boss and
by the stress allowed of 2,300 lb. per square inch, must
equal this maximum strain.
The sizes of the boss are determined by the diameter
of the shaft, and the patterns should be made with the
boss loose so that the different diameters of bosses can
be attached to the pattern to suit varying diameters of
strength if made equal to one and seven-eighths times
the diameter of the shaft and the width of the boss
should be 0.8 times the diameter of the shaft, which will
make the keys in the two flanges capable of transmitting
the full strength of the shaft.
For work in cold climates the regular cast-iron or
steel belt pulley will not grip, owing to frost coating
the surface of the pulley with a thin coat of ice, and it
is therefore necessary for saw mills and stamp mills at
gold mines, where pulleys may have to work in very low
temperatures, to use a pulley built of pine or spruce
and nailed — not glued — together, as shown in Fig. 2.
As the maximum belt pull will be about 90 lb. per
inch width of face the same pulley flanges will do for
the belt pulleys as we have specified for friction pulleys ;
but the larger sizes of belt pulleys usually are made
with the outer face overhanging three inches or so on
each side, thus reducing the stress on the bolts.
For extra heavy work, such as the driving pulleys od
a large stamp mill, a somewhat more expensive style of
pulley flange is used, like that shown in Fig. 3.
374
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
EDITORIALS
More Machine Tools for Airplane Work
THE latest development in airplane construction is
full of promise in many ways. The all-metal planes
which are now flying in various parts of the country
make, according to one of the most successful plane
builders, all our existing planes out of date and obsolete.
The new planes are not only more substantial and
free from dangers from fire, but are surprisingly more
efliicient in every way. The single wings, for it is a
monoplane, are internally braced and are so rigid that
they require no guy wires or outside supports of any
kind and yet are almost unbelievably strong.
This elimination of guy wires and outside struts, cuts
down the parasite resistance to such an extent that the
performance per horsepower, both as to weight carry
ing and speed, is far ahead of anything which has gon
before. This, as well as its increased durability, ot
course, brings the commercial uses of the airplane ii
many fields appreciably nearer. For in place of the
ribs built up of small wooden sections, and their cover-
ing of cloth, we have a mechanical construction of far
greater strength and durability.
It is only fair to those whose efforts developed the
present wooden and cloth construction, to give them
full credit for the way in which they secured ribs and
wings which were remarkably strong when we consider
the material and the many small pieces used in the
building. But just as the steel car has replaced its
wooden predecessor — so must the metal plane come into
its own as soon as the necessary materials can be
secured in sufficient quantities.
The machine-tool builder is particularly interested in
che advent of the metal plane, because it directly affects
his business. Metal plane construction means the in-
stallation of metal-working machines, either machine
tools themselves or machines which must be made by
them. In any case the machine building industry is
bound to be directly affected to an extent which was
impossible as long as the wood and cloth construction
held sway. This is a matter for congratulation, not
only because of its direct value to the machine building
industry, but because it marks a decided advance in the
service which we may expect from airplane development.
F. H. C.
Interchurch Report on Steel Strike
THE Interchurch World Movement, for some time
looked upon with suspicion by sober-minded church
and non-church people, has deepened this suspicion by
its recently issued report on the steel strike. While the
report is sponsored by Bishop McConnell, Dr. Daniel A.
Poling, Dr. McDowell, Bishop Bell, Bishop Williams and
others, there is no evidence that these men did any
investigating of actual conditions on their own account.
Instead, they depended largely on the reports certain
"investigators" made to them. These investigators,
some of whom have frequently Contributed radical
articles to newspapers and magazines, apparently set
out to prove one side of the case only — and this against
the steel companies. That some of the conditions in the
steel district needed adjusting, no one acquainted with
them will deny, but the report of the Interchurch Com-
mittee is so biased and so manifestly absurd in several
instances that it is its own answer. E. V.
Engineers and a Bamboo Fence
THE conference of engineering societies in Wash-
ington, D. C, June 3 and 4, which resulted in the
organization of the Federated American Engineering
Societies, brought out some very keen thought from
many good speakers. Among them was Marshall 0.
Leighton, representing the Washington (D. C.) Society
of Engineers, who used an illustration that is peculiarly
appropriate in explaining the inertness of the engineer
as concerns taking his rightful place in public affairs.
Said Mr. Leighton : "A few days ago I read an account
of an experience of Sir Charles Napier, who, in the
course of an elephant hunt in Bengal, captured alive a
number of fine specimens. He was perplexed by the
problem of keeping his elephants confined pending ar-
rangments for their transportation, and the difficulty
was finally solved by following the suggestion of a
native, which was to build a light bamboo fence around
them. Those big animals powerful enough to have
walked through that fence without even realizing that
they encountered any obstruction, remained peaceably
within the enclosure until their master had otherwise
provided for them. For a long time prior to the read-
ing of that account I had semiconsciously been seeking
a visualization of the American Engineer. My search
stopped right there. Engineers as a class — strong, in-
telligent, accomplished and well poised — have been con-
fined by a bamboo fence. They have taken it for
granted, as did Napier's elephants, that, because the
fence is there, it must logically be strong enough to
keep them within one enclosure."
It is not amiss to refer to this quotation, when at the
same time referring to an invitation recently issued
by the Joint Conference Committee, which is caring for
the affairs of the F. A. E. S. (The invitation is pub-
lished on p. 379). This invitation is issued to the engi-
neering and allied technical organizations and asks them
to become charter members of the federation. Such a
move is getting down to definite action.
The invitation was not issued immediately, or even
shortly, after the conference because it was desired to
give the delegates time to get home with their reports, to
give the press time to express its opinions and to give
the committee time in which to formulate and mail data
supplementing the reports of the delegates. All of these
things have been done — and now action has been invited.
There remains to be disposed of, by the invited so-
cieties, the item of the bamboo fence which may be rep>-
resented by any one, or a combination of several things.
Among them are the failures to realize the intended
scope and future value of the federation; incomplete
knowledge of what this organization is and what it
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved MacHinery
876
stands for; relnctaTice to part with the dollar or dollar
and a half which nrnst be advanced for each member of
a member-society.
This fence should not exist. Practically one hundred
per cent of the technical and engineering magazines
reported the Washington meeting in detail. The consti-
tution and by-laws have been published in the American
Machinist and in pamphlet form. The Joint Conference
Committee has been busy with its publicity on the or-
ganization, so that no points should remain obscure. So
far as the fee of a dollar or a dollar and a half is con-
cerned, a little calm thought in which the small sum
mentioned is visualized in comparison with the service
— service to somebody (remember the object of the or-
ganization) which it will obtain, will show that this
subject may be dismissed at once.
It is to be hoped that if the bamboo fence exists it
will be torn up by no uncertain action, and that there
will be a whole-hearted, favorable response to the in-
vitation of the Joint Conference Committee.
L. C. M.
The Passing of Our Pioneers
ONE by one the pioneers of the machine-tool indus-
try are passing away and in another column of
this issue we regretfully record the death of Amos
Whitney.
To many of our older readers — and alsa their number
is growing less — the notice of Mr. Whitney's death will
bs read with sadness. No obituary less than a volume
could do justice to the memory of Amos Whitney nor
to the influence of his personality on the development of
precision and labor-saving machine tools. As the shop
executive of the Pratt & Whitney Co., Mr. Whitney has
probably turned out more men who have filled executive
positions in manufacutring establishments than any one
man in the United States. Mr. Whitney's quiet, gentle
and unassuming manner endeared him to a lot of
friends. There are in existence several shops in Hart-
ford started by him in connection with some of his old
friends, ostensibly because he wanted something to do
but in reality because he wanted to establish these same
old friends in business for themselves. Such was his
generosity, quietly performed and known only to those
most intimately acquainted with him.
Our old-time mechanics — the pioneers of the industry
— will all soon have passed away. Men like Amos Whit-
ney, F. A. Pratt, J. R. Brown, Lucien Sharpe, Richmond
Viall, J. H. HoUoway, John E. Sweet, John A. Brashear,
Alexander L. HoUey, George R. Stetson and a host of
others need no monuments to perpetuate their memories
— their everlasting monuments are in their lives and
their work, and the world is better for their having
lived. S. A. H.
A Question in Factory Management
By W. Burr Bennett
THERE is a moot point in factory management that
the writer has never seen discussed in any article or
in any text-book on management. To explain : all plants,
both large and small, are from time to time confronted
with the problem of establishing a department for a
class of work which is new. For example, suppose we
take the case of a shop that has never done any nickel
plating.
It is decided to install a small nickel-plating de-
partment, even though at the time there is not enough
work to keep one man busy continuously. The equip-
ment is installed and the work comes along tl'tough the
shop.
A man is needed and the factory manager (jr super-
intendent picks out a man who is given the proper
training to handle the job. This man can handle all of
the work, say in two hours per day, but it will be only a
matter of time until the output of the shop will be great
enough to employ him full time, with perhaps some ad-
ditional help. Under these conditions, is it cheaper in
the long run to put a man on this work for the two
hours, letting him complete his day in his regular de-
partment, or to let him stay on the nickel-plating work
all day, even though he is busy on actual production only
two hours?
Disinclination of Men to Work at Other Tiudes
Of course we must discount the disinclination of men
to go on any work outside of their trades and the edict
of the trades unions to that effect; however, we would
hardly put a skilled mechanic, such as a full-fledged pat-
tern-maker on this work but rather an inexperienced
man just starting in some department. Also ve must
forget the logical suggestion that if a plant has so little
nickeling to do it should be done outside. We have
taken nickel plating as an example and intend the ques-
tion to cover only cases where the work cannot be se-
cured outside.
Will Skill Be Developed?
In the first case the man will probab'y do only par-
tial justice to the two jobs, while in the second he will
develop such skill as is necessary by being right there
when there is work to do and by keeping the equipment
of the new department in working shape. Is the man
actually creating a working asset by studying his job
during the hours outside of his actual production, sO
that he will be able to go ahead rapidly when the work
is needed, or is he a burden on the already long suffer-
ing "overhead"?
A small point in factory management, perhaps, but
one that we have had to confront at least six times in
the last year. What is the experience of other execu-
tives in this matter?
A Problem in Change Gearing
By N. C. Pickwick
WHILE there is, of course, nothing new in the
method of finding change gears given by J. Crom-
mell, on p. 832 of the April 15 issue of American Ma-
chinist, such contributions always bring to mind the
value of the slide rule for problems of this kind. I have
advocated the use of said instrument for this purpose
for more years than I care to remember, and am glad
to find its utility in this connection is now being more
widely appreciated.
Take Mr. Crommell's second problem: to find wheels
to cut 6.83 turns to 1 in. with a 7 lead screw. Set 6.83 to
7, and looking along the scales we find 40 and 41 are in
almost exact alignment. Similarly, with the third prob-
lem; required 22 turns in 5.12 in. with a 5 lead screw.
Setting 4.296 to 5, we find 55 and 64 are a better pair
of wheels than Mr. Crommell's 30 and 35. Providing,
as it does, a table of ratios, the slide rule lends itseli?
admirably to all problems of this description.
376
A M E R I C A N M A C H I N I S T Vol 53, No. 8
Mj^'fjA-zncm m a hum
J1
Suggested by
Editor
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is
the editors' advertisement of their section of
the paper. It gives the high spots.
AN ARTICLE differing somewhat from those usually
. featured opens this issue. It was written by A. J.
Hanlon of the International Nickel Co. and is headed
•"Machining Monel-Metal Castings." It gives specifica-
tions for lathe tools for turning and threading monel-
metal castings, treats of
hardening, tempering and
grinding the tools and gives
information on lubricants.
The occasional user of
monel metal or the man
who is using it for the first
time will be glad to clip this
article for his planning cr
production department.
Interest in technical edu-
cational ventures has been
pronounced for many years,
yet at present it is growing
rapidly. "A Well-Deve!oied
Technical High School" by
Fred D. Hood, page 343, tells of the objects and opera-
tion of the Los Angeles Polytechnic High School. This
is only a short article, but add it to your collection of
educational data and watch for others to come — there
are several on apprenticeship courses being prepared.
"Superchargers for Airplane Engines," by Sanford A.
Moss, begins on page 345. The greatest interest in air-
plane development at this time concerns its commercial
uses. That the supercharger will probably play an
important part in commercial planes is evidenced by
quoting from the article. "The use of superchargers
in commercial airplanes of the future is assured because
superchargers will make possible far more miles per
hour and more miles per gallon with a given engine and
airplane, and speed is the main advantage of air over
other kinds of transportation. It is thought by many
qualified judges that by flying at a sufliicient height with
a supercharged engine and a suitably designed airplane
a speed of 200 m.p.h. can be maintained."
"The Machinist and the Guard," by Val Klammer,
page 348, is a reminder to the machine operator con-
cerning guards which are designed and placed for his
protection. Mr. Klammer says that safety is not ob-
tained by simply placing guards on the machine, and
that freedom from accidents is only attainable by guards
plus something else — this something else being the
co-operation of the machinist.
A retrospective article by Fred Colvin appears on
page 349. To pause a moment to look over its illustra-
tions and read the few explanatory paragraphs will pro-
vide a pleasing relaxation from the more technical pages.
"Some of the Shipbuilding at New Orleans During the
War" is the title of this
story of war-time work.
There frequently exists
the necessity for the shop
or the planning department
to quickly compute planing
time. J. B. Conway has
drawn a chart on which the
time may be directly read,
when the controlling factors
are known. The chart
and explanation of its con-
struction and use are given
in the article "Chart for
Computing Planing Time,"
beginning on page 351.
H. H. Manchester's thirteenth part of the "Evolu-
tion of the Workshop" series begins on page 353. It
deals with the decades from 1840 to 1860. The pre-
dominant influence of firearms on machine design and
development and the progress of production on a
"manufacturing basis" are described.
E. E. Hirschhauter, in "Toolroom System," page 358,
presents a system which has been in successful use for
the last five years in one of the biggest gas-engine shops
in the country. System means everything in a toolroom.
You may get just the tip you need from this article.
'Making a Pressed-Steel Base for an Electric Fan" is
the title of H. Jay's article on page 361. "The manu-
facture of a pressed-steel electric fan base presents a
problem that not only is interesting from the viewpoint
of stamping but also offers a very good example of the
economy of substituting this method of production for
the casting or spun form," says Mr. Jay. This may be
true of similar work which you are contemplating.
Plant papers have been the subject of much considera-
tion as to their value and how to make them "take."
S. F. Bowser & Co., of Fort Wayne, Ind., have thought
out some stunts which are not at all bad. Frank II.
Williams tells of them — page 363.
Elmer W. Leach has a "Human Element" story on
page 365. It is worth reading for that pleasant glow of
warmth it exudes, but it is otherwise valuable, too.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
877
Shop Equipment nenv5
P*
- S'cii i<?<y ^1/ ■
A.HAND
niliS
SHOP EQUIPMENT
■ NE.\VS •
?kly
roviGW of
modGrn dos-l'gnsand
o equipment' *>
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six montfts and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos'
sible to submit thern. to the manufacturer for approval.
m
• CONDENSED •
CLIPPING INDEX
Acondnuoua record
ol^modorn dosxdns
• and oquipmonl/ •
""»:!*W*>^^iv^*_
Moretti Hydraulic Turret Lathe
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England, with offices
at 54 Dey St., New York City, has placed on the market
the turret lathe illustrated herewith.
The machine was designed by an Italian and is
intended to be operated by men disabled in the late war.
The cross-slide, turret and chuck are operated hydrauli-
cally by means of cylinders and pistons controlled by
conveniently placed valves. A minimum pressure of 75
i\
MORETTI HYDRAULIC TURRET LATHE
Specifications: Swing over bed, 12 in. Bore of chuck, I in. Hole
through spindle, 1 in. Turret ; stroke, 3 in. ; diameter, 5 in. ;
tool holes, 1 in. Range of feeds to cross and turret slides, J to
SO in. per min. Floor .space, 2 ft. x 5 ft. 8 in. Weight; net 770
lb. ; shipping, 1,000 lb. Cu.ft., 60.
lb. is required for operation. The drive is by 3-step
cone pulley. The turret slide is provided with individual
automatic stops.
Westinghouse Dry-Type Electric Glue
Pot
The Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co.,
East Pittsburgh, Pa., has placed on the market a two-
quart size, electrically
heated, dry-type glue pot,
of the type illustrated and
described in the American
Machinist of March 20,
1919. The time taken to
heat the glue by this type
of pot is approximately 15 ^^K ^HV if"'*
minutes. Sizes made, " ^^
pint, 1, 2 and 4 quarts.
*•
WESTINGHOUSE DRT-TYPB
ELECTRIC GLUE POT
Mahr Calorizor
This device, built by the Mahr Manufacturing Co.,
Minneapolis, Minn., is a combination of oil atomizer
and gassification and combustion chambers for attach-
ment to industrial furnaces. It is made in the angle
and straight types. The former, which is illustrated,
is recommended for annealing, plate-heating, and heat-
MAHR ANGLE-TYPE OIL-PURN.^CE CALORIZOR
treating furnaces, and for core ovens, while the straight
type is for use on drop-forging and hammer furnaces,
or for any other high-temperature work where a strong
reducing action is required.
Low-pressure air is used for both atomization and
combustion, the pressure being not less than 8 oz. per
square inch. The calorizers will handle any grade of
oil, or gas can be used by making a slight change in the
calorizer. They are built in three sizes, with oil con-
sumption capacities for the straight type of 5, 8 or 12
gal. por hour, and for the angle type of 4, 7 or 10 gal.
per hour.
Griscom-Russell Strainer
The Griscom-Russell ' Co., 90 West S't., New York,
N. Y., has placed on the market the strainer shown in the
accompanying illustration. It is intended for use in
straining both oil, as in a lubricating, fuel or quenching
oil system, and water, as on a supply line from a river
or lake.
The body of the strainer is cast iron and the strainer
378
w
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
b
GRISCOM-RUSSELL SINGLE-UNIT STRAINER
basket is perforated sheet steel, the basket being lined
with wire mesh when the strainer is used on an oil
line.
The strainers are made with either screw or flange
joints, for pressures up to 300 lb. per sq.in. They are
furnished in a range of sizes to fit pipe from 1 to 6 in.
diameter, the smallest size weighing 15 lb. and the
largest 550 lb.
The strainer may be installed as a single unit or in
a set, consisting of two strainers and two three-way
valves with the necessary connections. The use of the
set permits the cleaning of either of the two units with-
out interruption of the service.
Four-Inch l>o-Swing Lathe
The Fitchburg Machine Co., Fitchburg, Mass., has
added to its line the 4-in. Lo-Swing lathe shown in the
illustration.
This machine, like the others of its type described
in earlier issues of the American Machinist, has a con-
stant speed drive and the speeds are controlled by the
two upper levers in the headstock, while the feeds are
controlled by the two lower levers. With the drive
pulley running at 500 r.p.m. six speeds varying from 38
to 316 r.p.m. and nine feeds from 0.007 to 0.120 in. per
rev. of the spindle are available. The two carriages,
each carrying three tools, run on heavy V's so located
that the carriages can be run past the tailstock. The
carriage feed gears are driven through Oldham coup-
lings which avoid the necessity of exact alignment. The
jfeed reverse is by sliding gears in the apron. Flexible
tubes carry a liberal supply of coolant to the tools and to
the tail center.
The shipper rod runs the whole length of the machine
and controls a double knuckle-joint clutch in the drive
pulley.
The lathe swings 4-in. in diameter and is made in
three lengths to accommodate work up to 60, 80, or
108 in. between centers. The 60-in. lathe requires a floor
space of 37i x 123 inches.
Mattison Nto. 124 Automatic-Stroke
Belt Sander
The illustration shows the No. 124 automatic-stroke
belt sander built by the Mattison Machine Works, Rock-
ford, 111. Hand-stroking is eliminated by the use of
: . ^^^^^
4-IN. LO-SWING LATHE
MATTISON NO. 124 AUTOMATIC-STROKE BELT S.A.NDER
a device which automatically moves the sand-belt across
the surface being sanded. The columns of the machine
are mounted on a cast-iron base. A heavy casting, on
which all of the power-drive mechan-
ism is mounted, extends across the top
of the machine, joining the two col-
umns. At each end of the casting, the
heads for the sand-belt pulleys are
mounted on ways to permit adjustment
of the belt tension.
The shoe for applying the sand-belt
slides on a bar extending across the
front of the machine, and is driven
with a rapid reciprocating motion by
a steel belt running over two flanged
pulleys. The pulley shafts carry pin-
ions that are reciprocated by a pair ot
geared quadrants, the stroke of which
can be varied to suit the length of the
work. The levers, pulleys, slide and
other parts connected with the shoe,
Aujust 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
379
which is mounted on ball bearings, are made of
aluminum.
A lever at the front of the machine enables the
operator to control the motion of the shoe. The mechan-
ism is counter-balanced, so that light pressures can be
readily applied to the work.
When extra sanding is required in spots on a surface,
the sanding shoe may be disengaged from its driving
belt and passed back and forth by hand. Two speeds are
provided for the sanding shoe, so that when it is work-
ing with short strokes the speed may be doubled, which
lessens the possibility of its being held too long on one
spot.
The work is carried on a light table mounted on ball-
bearing rollers. The arms which support the table may
be adjusted for height by means of screws located in
the columns. Stops are provided to hold the work in
position, being adjusted by a lever at the front of the
table.
An Invitation to Join the F. A. E. S.
The invitation which follows has been mailed to
the engineering and allied technical organizations, ask-
ing them to become charter members of the Federated
American Engineering Societies:
My dear Sir:
The Joint Conference Committee of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, the American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers, the American Society of Mechan-
ical Engineers, and the American Institute of Electrical
Engineers, acting as the Ad Interim Committee in accord-
ance with the authorization of the Organizing Conference
held in Washington, D. C, June 3-4, 1920, extends to your
organization a cordial invitation to became a Charter Mem-
ber of The Federated American Engineering Societies, and
to appoint delegates to the first meeting of the American
Engineering Council, of which due notice will be given, to
be held in the Fall of this year.
There has been previously sent to you an abstract of the
minutes of the Organizing Conference, at which there were
in attendance 140 delegates, representing 71 engineering
and allied technical organizations. It was the unanimous
opinion of the Conference that there should be created an
organization
"to further the public welfare wherever technical
knowledge and engineering experience are involved and
to consider and act upon matters of common concern
in the engineering and allied technical professions"
and that this organization should consist of societies or
affiliations, and not of individual members.
On the basis of these fundamentals, the attached Consti-
tution and By-Laws were unanimously adopted by the Con-
ference. These contain full information concerning The
Federated American Engineering Societies, the American
Engineering Council, its Executive Board, and of the vari-
ous officers and committees. The basis of representation
therein stated for the American Engineering Council is
one representative for from 100 to 1,000 members and an
additional representative for each 1,000 members or major
fraction thereof.
At the gathering in Washington, which was the greatest
event in the history of the engineering and allied technical
organizations in this country, steps were taken which
created "The Federated American Engineering Societies,"
which will have a far reaching influence on the future of
these professions. The fact that this action was taken
without a dissenting vote indicates that the psychological
moment had arrived and that there was a unanimous desire
on the part of the representatives of these professions for
the organization formed.
The Joint Conference Committee, the Ad Interim Com-
mittee, would ask each organization invited to take favorable
action in the matter of membership in the organization at
the earliest possible moment and to advise the committee
promptly of the names of the delegates who will attend
the first meeting of the American Engineering Council in
November of this year.
The Joint Conference Committee is confident that with the
universally acknowledged need for such an organization,
there will be a prompt affirmative response to this
invitation.
Very truly yours,
Joint Conference Committee
of
American Society of Civil Engineers,
American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers,
American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
American Institute of Electrical Engineers.
Tapping Acme Threads in Motor
Jack Bushings
By H. W. Armstrong
It was necesasry to tap, per week, about 1,000 bush-
ings as shovra in Fig. 1, for our motor jacks, a very
difficult operation on which we had four concerns under
contract at different times,
each of whom, after trying
out the proposition, rejected
it as being too difficult and
unprofitable. Then we under-
took making them in our own
shop, the taps being furnished
by one of the well-known com-
panies specializing in that
line. The operation consisted
of holding the bushings to be
tapped in a lathe chuck which
was attached to a drill press,
and putting five taps through them in proper order.
The tap sizes were % in. 4 pitch, 'i in. 5 pitch, and
1 in. 5 pitch — all Acme thread as illustrated in Fig. 2.
We tried these taps and others which we made in our
shop and broke so many that we were ready to quit.
Our greatest production was seventy-five in nine hours
plus two or three broken taps. The taps being expen-
sive and the production very low the cost was prohibitive
FIG. 1. MOTOR JACK
BUSHING
s
"t^^fiMiL
~-*^*J''3'^J'L^^__ .
A
B
0.56^
0.S20
o.m
0.5 SI
oui
0.(10
O.Wf,
o.f!;?
0.7 so
0.700
FIG.
DESIGN OF TAP FIRST USKD
and we had to devise some other means. This we did,
making the taps as in Fig. 3, and using only two instead
of five.
They were made longer, every tooth filed on the top
and sides for clearance, and the taps hardened and
drawn to a dark straw, nearly a brown. The workman
very seldom breaks one now and production has in-
creased from 75 to 3(50 in nine hours.
The cost of making a set of the new style taps, two in
a set as against five in the old, is much smaller than the
cost of the old style taps made outside.
FIG. X. DESIGN OF IMPROVED TAF
S80
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
What Other Editors Think
A Billion and a Half More for the
Railroads and Every Cent of
It Needed.
(From the New York Utin)
A BILLION and a half of new railroad revenue at
one stroke of the pen fairly staggers the imagina-
tion. This is a full quarter of the towering income of
the United States Government, which to a large extent
still scandalously continues on a war basis. With the
existing revenue of the roads it equals the whole income
of the Government and more. It surpasses the total
wealth of many great nations of the Old World.
But let no man deceive himself with the horseback
opinion that this prodigious revenue now given to the
carriers as a populous and opulent nation might pour
out treasure for war is going to turn a flood of riches
into the coffers of the roads and the pockets of the
stockholders. Anybody that indulges in such imaginings
simply does not know what has happened to the Amer-
ican transportation system generally since the World
War came down upon mankind. Perhaps the average
person cannot realize what has befallen it in particular
since the United States Government on January 1, 1918,
took over the operation of the roads. It is not merely
a tale of amazing, incomparable spending. It is a tragic
history of astounding, fabulous, all but incredible finan-
cial wreck and ruin.
Time was, and only just before the war, when $3,000,-
000,000 of operating revenue covered all the expenses
of maintenance of way and all the expenses of main-
tenance of equipment, provided for all supplies and
paid all wages — paid all operating expenses, paid, be-
sides, all taxes, all interest on billions of debt, all divi-
dends on billions of stock, and built up all surplus
accounts.
But in the brief interval from the very year before
the war — when the total operating expanses, including
all wages and all of anything, passed for the first time
$2,000,000,000 — the railway payrolls alone have shot up
into the dizzy realms of approximately $4,000,000,000 a
year. This, stupendous though it be, is not all. Coal has
gone up by the hundreds of millions. Similarly rails,
locomotives, freight cars, passenger cars, all equipment
and supplies have gone up. Some costs have merely
doubled; some have not stopped when trebled.
Under the avalanche of expenditures which have over-
whelmed them the railroads of the United States, the
great and powerful as well as the small and weak, have
been in de.sperate straits. Had it not been for the
United States Treasury running rivers of the taxpayers'
money into their exhausted tills the rOads could not,
many of them, have met their monthly bills; they could
not, more than a few of them, have scraped up their
current payrolls; they could not, some of them, have
kept on running.
And the plain truth now is that even with this new
billion and a half of revenue the roads are not all going
to be rich or so much as prosperous. They are going
to dig themselves out of their financial drifts only with
travail and care. They are going to be strong and sound
and effective again only when the blight of that terrible
experience has worn itself out, when the workers have
come back to their old alacrity, loyalty and efficiency,
when wracked roadbeds have been built up again, when
overstrained equipment has been restrained, when shat-
tered morale has been revitalized.
So this billion and a half of new revenue, which might
seem at first blush to assure adequate and immediate
recreation of the carriers in the American substance
and the American spirit, is sorely needed, every penny
of it. The great bulk of even so vast a sum, in fact,
already is swallowed up. It is gone in new wages — the
more than $600,000,000 awarded the other day — in new
costs of coal, new costs of construction, new costs of
maintenance of everything, new costs of all supplies
still rolling up.
Not only have dividends been cut or abandoned by the
tens of millions, and not only would interest have been
defaulted far and wide but for the Government's guar-
anty which expires at the end of this month. Renewals
and repairs have been foregone on much of what was
once our most magnificent railroad property. Extensions
and betterments have become only a mockery. And
withal, there is now, without counting the new wage in-
crease of $600,000,000 a year, and for months there
has been, a persistent deficit of hundreds of millions
for the bleeding United States Treasury to make up
and then take out of the pockets of the national tax-
payers. All these tens and hundreds of millions must
now be cared for out of the new revenue.
Nobody need expect, therefore nobody who compre-
hends the gravity of this situation will agree that the
American railway system is yet on a clear track, fit
at once for perfect service at top speed. But, by the
wise and necessary act of Congress and by the heroic
measures of the Interstate Commerce Commission in
compliance with the new law, the roads in the darkest
hour of their existence are saved.
And nobody shall gainsay that it is a colossal trans-
portation bill which the American people are now to
pay. But, at that, it will be far cheaper for them than
a decaying plant, demoralized organization and collaps-
ing sei-vice. The best, the fastest and the safest trans-
portation is a national necessity at any cost.
It is an imperative necessity of the industry of the
public, the business of the public and the bread and
butter of the country that the American railway system
should work right. The country cannot buy right, the
country cannot sell right, the country cannot live right
unless the railroads are doing their work. And under
private management, with income enough to pay their
way, they can. They must; they will.
If we can get the roads back to doing their work and
if the roads can get the men, so utterly demoralized
during Government operation, back to their old time
efficiency the American public's transportation bill may
fall again — some day, not soon. The damage which has
been done is too deep to be repaired for a long time.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
381
Amos Whitney
AMOS WHITNEY died at the Poland Springs House,
. Poland Springs, Me., August 5, after an illness
which had lasted about four weeks. He was 88 years old.
Mr. Whitney came from distinguished Colonial and
English ancestry. Whitne-on-the-Wye, from which the
family takes its name, is mentioned in the Doomsday
Book. One Sir Randolph Whitney accompanied Richard
Coeur de Leon to the Holy Land and was there victorious
in a single-handed combat with three Saracens — one
of them a brother of
Saladin.
One of Sir Randolph's
descendants came to
America in 1635 and
was known to the Plym-
outh colonists as John
Whitney. In this coun-
try the family has
continuously held a
prominent and substan-
tial place — many of its
members showing de-
cided mechanical tastes,
as Eli Whitney, inventor
of the cotton gin, Baxter
D. Whitney, the Win-
chendon machinebuilder,
and — Amos Whitney.
Although the name of
Amos Whitney is in-
separably connected with
the city of Hartford,
Conn., and the Pratt &
Whitney Co., he was
born in Biddeford, Me.,
on Oct. 8, 1832. Moving
to Lawrence, Mass., he
was apprenticed at the
age of fourteen to the
well-known Essex Ma-
chine Co. of that city,
going to Hartford in
1852, at the age of
twenty. There he was
employed at Colt's Ar-
mory, at that time the
Mecca of many New
England mechanics,
where he met Francis A. Pratt and Asa S. Cook. Pratt
left shortly afterward to take charge of the Phcenix
Iron Works (now the Taylor & Fennl Machine Co.),
run by Levi Lincoln and his two sons, George .S and
Charles L. Mr. Cook in 1853 also went to the 'Phoenix
works, as a contractor, taking young Whitney with him,
in spite of his youth, as a full partner. This took
something of a struggle on Whitney's part as he was
making $8 a day at Colt's and the new job offered only
$2 at the beginning. But the future looked promising
and he made the change.
As many of the present generation have never seen
a contract shop, it may be well to explain that the firm
furnished materials, machinery, tools, and shop-room
supplies, while the men were directly employed by the
contractor. Wages, however, were usually paid by the
firm and charged against the contractor's account. At
the Phoenix Iron Works Pratt designed the "Lincoln"
lathes, the "Lincoln" milling machines and other prod-
ucts of the Phoenix plant. Whether the idea of the mill-
ing machine came originally from Windsor, Vt., as
some claim, or originated in Hartford, is difficult to
prove at this time — but at any rate the machine is
known as the Lincoln milling machine all over the globe,
Pratt & Whitney each recognized the ability of the
other and they became closely associated. The same
ambition which urged Whitney to go to Colt's Armory
and later to the Phoenix works, drove him into business
for himself, with Pratt. While still at the Phoenix, they
formed the Pratt &
Whitney Co., hiring a
room 40 ft. square
nearby and employing
two men. There they be
gan manufacturing in
1860. They made s
little machine for wind-
ing thread known as a
spooler. The business
grew, soon requiring
ten men and outgrowing
the original quarters.
The next shop was in
the Wood Building,
which has been the early
home of several success-
ful concerns, so that
there is a feeling around
Hartford that any busi-
ness starting in the
Wood Building is bound
to be successful. In the
little shop John Johnson,
Mr. Whitney's father-in-
law, acted as pattern
maker, millwright, book-
keeper and handy man
generally.
A few years later
Pratt & Whitney moved
into their own building,
the old shop having been
destroyed by fire. The
first structure of their
new plant was built in
18 6 5. The firm was
known as the Pratt &
Whitney Co., and was in-
corporated in 1869, with a capital of $350,000. At
first the upper floor was leased to the Weed Sewing
Machine Co., but after a short time the whole building
was needed and the Weed company moved across the
river (known as the Hog River by the unregenerate) to
what was later part of the plant of the Pope Manu-
facturing Co. The capital stock was increased, in 1875
to $500,000 and in 1893 to $3,000,000. There has been
a constant rapid growth since. In 1893 Mr. Whitney
was made vice president. Later he was made president,
in which office he continued until January, 1901, when
the control of the company was acquired by the Niles-
Bement-Pond Company. Mr. Whitney remained as one
of the directors. At the time of his death he was presi-
dent of the Gray Telephone Pay Station Co. and treas-
urer of the Whitney Manufacturing Co., organized by
his son Clarence.
The contract system was in vogue at the Pratt &
AMOS WHITNE3Y
382
ERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
Whitney plant, but Mr. Whitney, in addition to being
general superintendent, always had a good sized force
working directly under him on work that did not lend
itself to the contract system. Although he was a strict
disciplinarian, tolerating nothing irregular or inferior,
on account of his own innate fairness, it was the ambi-
tion of everyone to work for "Whit" as he was called
in loving abreviation.
Everybody has a hobby, and Amos Whitney's hobby
(so far as the product of the shop was concerned) was
"round corners." Even when the works had grown to
employ several hundred men, he always had in his
pocket a smooth file with which he would "round over"
any sharp corner that did not suit his fancy on any
machine in process of making. This hobby was so
marked that when he got ready to build his house,
everyone said the house would have round corners — but
it didn't.
He was a noted machine-tool salesman, and a pioneer
in the methods which are now beginning to be under-
stood as correct. He never belittled the other man's
machine, never recommended his machine when the
other man's machine was better for the purpose and
would cheerfully recommend the machine that was best,
never asking "What is there in it for me?"
His unbounded optimism was well displayed when the
Pratt & Whitney Co. went through its first panic. It
kept right on making standard machine tools, but sell-
ing almost nothing, until all the available storage room
was filled. Then a large space was hired from the Weed
Sewing Machine Co. and when this was filled another
large space was hired in Colt's "West Armory" and this
in turn was filled with finished machinery. It is well
to note, as a matter of history and as a suggestion for
the future, that when this immense stock began to
move it was practically sold out in 30 days.
Mr. Whitney was very fond of horses— though he
later said he was glad that he had lived to see the
automobile — and the knowing ones who wanted a day
ofl" when the shop was busy, always, when possible, timed
their requests for absence to agree with the days when
there was horse racing.
He was always an early bird, usually the first to
reach the shop in the morning, in consequence of which
there were few tardy workmen.
It should also be remembered that Mr. Whitney took
an important part in the development, in this country,
of standard measuring instruments, one of the first
moves being a determined effort to secure a standard
inch block. His company purchased at considerable
expense a standard rectangular bar, 1 in. square and
12 in. long, which had been used as a standard of
measurement. Twelve 1-in. cubes were then made as
accurately as possible and tested by the 12-in. piece. It
was found that the twelve 1-in. cubes were not as long
as the single bar, supposed to be exactly 12 in. long.
Careful measuring and comparison with such standard
instruments as were available led the company to believe
that the individual inch-blocks were more nearly ac-
curate than the longer piece, and this was afterward
proved by the Rogers-Bond comparator, which was de-
veloped in the Pratt & Whitney works.
At that time no one realized the effect of compara-
tively small changes of temperature on steel, which led
to numerous interesting and embarassing situations.
Nor was it understood that a plug and ring gage might
be put together and prove to be a nice fit if relative
motion were maintained, but seize if allowed to remain
stationary. The gages exhibited by the Pratt & Whitney
Co. at the Centennial Exposition ran up to about 2 in.
in diameter. To avoid leaving the hole "bell-mouthed,"
the ring gages were made with a slight projection on
each end, which was afterward ground off. No one
understood the effect of aging on steels or the changes
that would take place after hardening and Mr. Whitney's
own stor>' of his experience with these Centennial gages
is of interest. They were finished several weeks before
the exposition and all completely tested before laying
aside to await shipment. Just before sending them to
Philadelphia he picked up a ring and plug gage to make
sure it was right but could not make the plug enter.
Every plug proved to be large and the gages had to
be refinished before sending.
All his life Mr. Whitney was doing something for
some one else, but he disclaimed any credit for this,
saying "I believe that every dollar I give to help some
one who needs it more than I do, will come back."
Mr. Whitney leaves a son, Clarence E. Whitney; a
daughter, Nettie L. Whitney; a brother. Major George
Q. Whitney of Hartford, and two sisters, Mrs. George H.
Carey of New York, and Miss Fannie Whitney of West
Newton, Mass.
The Evolution of the Engine Lathe
By L. L. Thwing
In Mr. Franzen's interesting article on engine
lathes, on page 184 of the American Machinist, an
explanation of the derivation of the term is given by
associating the development of the lathe with that of
the steam engine, suggesting that, since lathes were
driven by engines, thej' were called engine lathes. While
it is quite possible that this is true, there are several
pertinent facts touching on this question, that are
entitled to consideration.
The term "engine lathe" is certainly not as old as
the general use of the steam engine. Steam engines
were in common use during the Civil War period, and
the engine lathes were not, as can be readily verified by
an examination of the text and advertising of the trade
papers of that period.
"Engine" is not the word applied to power-driven
machinery; "steam" is the word. For example, the
Naumkeag Steam Cotton Mill at Salem, and the use of
the expression "steam looms" by many mill men of
English birth.
The word "engine" was formerly used in apparently
the same sense as "machine," as, for example, gear-
cutting engine, carding engine, rose-turning engine,
and even screw-cutting engine.
In Byrnes' Mechanical Dictionary, published by D.
Appleton & Co. in 1851, will be found the following in
Vol. 1, page 168 :
"Lathe, Engine, Figs. 2,511-13.
Fig. 2,511 is a side, elevation of the engine.
Fig. 2,512 is an end elevation.
Fig. 2,513 is a side elevation of the tailstock."
It will be noted that the word "engine" is used in the
same sense as headstock.
Some years ago there appeared in the American
Machinist an article on old machine tools, which repro-
duced the manufacturer's advertising circulars, and in
these the small lathes were designated as either screw-
cutting lathes, or turning lathes, and the large ones as
engine lathes.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Prodtietion — With Improved Machinery
Business Conditions in England
From OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
383
London, July 23, 1920.
THE decision of the Industrial Court against the de-
mand by engineering workpeople for an increase in
wage rates will to some extent mitigate commercial
difficulties being experienced by machine-tool and other
engineering firms in Great Britain who attempt to enter
into large contracts for the European continent. Here, as
compared in particular with his American competitor, the
British manufacturer has been badly handicapped, being
unable without serious risk to quote fixed prices for any-
thing outside immediate delivery owing to uncertainties as
to the costs of labor and material. Customers in Great
Britain of firms who have quoted subject to prevailing con-
ditions at the time of delivery have been irritated to find
varying estimates as to increased cost caused by admitted
increases in wages of labor and prices of materials. Con-
tinental firms have refused to accept delivery, though here
the exchange variations have really been the determining
cause. At least one heavy-machine-tool firm has there-
fore quoted what is in effect maximum and minimum prices,
stating frankly the increase estimated, and agreeing that
the actual price charged should be based on prices at the
date of off'er, plus a percentage to vary with increase of
costs, etc., but in no case to exceed a given amount. In
this they did but follow the practice of some electrical
firms.
Claims of Workpeople
The claim for an increase of 6d. an hour was put forward
on the grounds of increased cost of living and of greater
wage advances in other trades, and with the view that the
general condition of trade justified the increase. On the
other hand, the employers, according to the official state-
ment, submitted that advances already made covered the
increase in cost of living "and that the commercial posi-
tion was such that a further advance in wages would be
accompanied by grave risks of injury to the engineering
trade." The court stated that published returns indicate
good employment, but that the employers' evidence showed
that "there are already indications in some branches of
the industry of a falling off in demand." Accordingly it
held that the claims submitted were not established.
Whether this decision will meet with general acquiscence
on the part of engineering workmen remains to be seen.
Meetings are being held throughout the country to consider
the matter. Further, the economic effect of the 47-hour
week and other problems of engineering employment have
been discussed in private conferences between representa-
tives of employers and employed. While agreement may
be reached on other matters, the employers' representa-
tives adjourning to consult the federations, the trade union-
ists remain firm against payment by results.
Iron and Steel Market Reports
From the London iron and steel market reports are a
little contradictory; that is to say, decline in prices and in
orders offered is shown on the semi-finished side, where as
regards pig iron prices remain firm. Larger quantities
of American material in a semi-finished state have, it is
understood, lately been on offer. On the finished-steel side
the demand has lessened and the supply, apparently, in-
creased.
Of the various branches of engineering little that is
fresh can be said, but unemployment is being more freely
reported from midland towns associated with automobile
and cycle industries and from heavier engineering centres
farther north. Would-be customers of one or two motor-
car firms have had an unpleasant experience for, having
paid their deposits, they have learned that the firms con-
cerned have been compelled to close down without deliv-
ering the cars. In some cases, apparently debenture hold-
ers have prior claim. «
That the United Kingdom is regaining its shipbuilding
pre-eminence seems to be plainly suggested by figures just
published here based on the returns of Lloyd's register.
According to this merchant ships building here on June 30
last totalled 3,578,000 tons, the total tonnage being built
abroad at the same date being 4,142,000 tons, this not in-
cluding, however, Germany, as figures are not available. As
to the United Kingdom an advance on the quarter is shown,
while for the rest of the world a decline was exhibited,
a decline which was specially marked in the case of the
United Stato" the fall here in the three months being given
as 467,000 tons. Japanese figures, too, show a decrease, but
increases ar« .ndicated both in Holland and in the British
dominions. The tonnage now building in the United King-
dom is in fact almost double that at the corresponding
period of 1914, but how far recent cancellations of orders
have had effect is not clear. At the same time the tonnage
building abroad has considerably more than doubled, com-
paring with 1,441,000 tons in June, 1914.
British Engineering Standards Association Doing
Good Work
The British Engineering Standards Association is continu-
ing its good work and the average British reader of this
journal is anticipating with interest the impending publica-
tion of the new report on milling cutters and reamers, said
to be one of the most comprehensive prepared. During the
past twelve months twenty-seven standard specifications
have been issued, a further seventy being under revision.
In the electrical industry forty-five specifications are in
course of preparation, and the work in connection with ship-
construction details and marine engineering is reported to
be making good progress. Despite the fact that a large
amount of this work is done freely by members (for there
are some 300 committees on which the report states sit
more than 1,400 men), yet on the year's working there is
a deficit of £1,100. An appeal is therefore being made to
British engineers so that the £15,000 to £20,000 a year
needed to carry on this work may be assured.
A British Empire exhibition will, as announced, be held
in London in 1923, one of the objects being "to demon-
strate the natural resources of the territories of the
empire and the inventive and manufacturing energy of its
peoples." The government will probably guarantee £100,-
000 toward its promotion. This will be granted, however,
on the understanding: (1) That an additional sum of £500,-
000 is secured from other sources; (2) the Board of Trade
shall have the right to approve the choice of a general
manager of the exhibition and shall be officially repre-
sented on the executive council, of whose proper constitu-
tion they shall be satisfied; (3) all regulations in connec-
tion with the exhibition, such as those affecting the partici-
pation of the various parts of the empire and the entry of
British exhibitors, shall be subject to the approval of the
Board of Trade.
A committee is being appointed by the Board of Trade
to consider the policy to be adopted in connection with
trade fairs, more particularly as regards districts in which
the exhibitions are to be held, trades to be included, and
the class of exhibitor to take part. In thus fostering trade
exhibitions, etc., the board are but pursuing and improving
on a policy they followed fOr a number of years before
the war.
Technical Institutions Have REsuMBa) Pre-War
Practice
The technical institutions centered in London have resumed
their pre-war practice of holding summer meetings in the
provinces. Thus the Institution of Electrical Engineers
journeyed through parts of the west of England and South
Wales, although apparently only 160 persons took part,
several of these being ladies. The success therefore is to
be regarded as modified. Then the Automobile Engineers
went on a week's journey through Sheffield, Derby and
384
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 8
Manchester. Now the Institution of Mechanical Engineers
has just been holding its summer meeting in Lincoln, about
190 members, plus 60 ladies, attending. Beside visits
to local works this institution has been hearing a number
of papers on such subjects as the uniflow steam engine, re-
cent excavator practice, Lincolnshire oil engines, transport
by steam vehicles, and the human factor in industry. Other
institutions have rather tended to drop the formal reading
and discussion of papers during summer excursions.
Olympia Machine-Tool Exhibition
The Machine Tool Exhibition to be held in Olympia,
London, W., during September will be preceded by a ban-
quet on Sept. 3.
Under the directorship of Sir J. E. Petavel the National
Physical Laboratory, Teddington, appears to be rather less
averse from publicity than has been the case in the past
and recently the metrology section was thrown open for
inspection, engineers and others interested from all parts
of southern and midland England responding to the invita-
tions. Of one interesting matter no particulars could be
obtained. It is the method developed by A. J. C. Brookes
following a suggestion by J. E. Sears, the superintendent
of this department, for producing slip gages of the
Johansson type which can be "made commercially to an
accuracy of one part in a million on all si:;es down to 1 in.
and uniformly of 0.000001 in. on smaller sizes." A stand-
ard on gage being given all smaller sizes can be generated
with the "accuracy of one part in a million or one-millionth
of an inch." It is undei'stood that a paper on the subject
is in preparation and will be read before one of the London
technical institution in due course.
Two Comparators for Sup Gages
The exhibits included, by the way, two comparators
for slip gages, both designed and made at the laboratory,
and capable of detecting one-millionth of an inch. The
simpler machine has ball-point faces and measures by local
contact only. The other machine has flat faces with spe-
cial adjustments, and comparisons between slip gages, cylin-
drical plugs and balls up to 4 in. can be made by it. In
the design the elastic strain cf the machine itself is re-
corded, optical indicators being employed.
Another matter of gaging interest in the workshop re-
lated to plugs and sockets. As gages for holes, balls have
their recognized defects, as of course there is no axial di-
rection about them in comparison with the ordinary cylin-
drical plug. Again, it is now being generally recognized that
they exert a powerful wedging action on the I'ing, so that a
relatively large ball can readily be passed through a rela-
tively small hole. Further, balls are held on handles screwed
in and the action of fastening the handle to the ball itself
distorts the ball. The fact that expansion is possible with
ordinary socket gages was shown very plainly, for a plug
known to be larger than the bore of the ring was pushed
in by hand, and the difference in outer diameter of the ring
before and after was clearly indicated on a minimeter.
The laboratory now has a new gage workshop, especially
equipped with precision machine tools, English and Ameri-
can, and only just brought into operation. It is in this de-
partment that the slip gage process is being developed.
The Manchester Center
Although of late years Manchester as an engineering
area may not have expanded as much as its admirers would
desire, yet this is hardly true of the Broadheath district,
some half a dozen miles or so from the center. Here years
aco the George Richards firm found its home and, after
some changes of practice, settled down to the production
of machine tools, of late more particularly in the form of
vertical boring and turning mills, side planers, and sur-
facing, boring, milling, etc., machines. Opposite them is
Luke & Spencer, Ltd., connected with abrasive wheels and
certain kinds of grinding machines. The Linotype Co.'s
factory, too, has long been a prominent feature of the
landscape and Meldrums, Ltd., built a new works at Tim-
perley, near by; while more recently the steam and other
gage works of Schaffer & Budenberg were removed here.
An addition to tbe-^purely machine-tool firms was made
when H. W. Reams & Co., Ltd., also a maker of universal
milling, boring and surfacing machines, erected its shops
not far from the Richards' buildings. Later still, compara-
tively near. Smith & Coventry, Ltd., built works for its
small-tool section, leaving the machine-tool side in sole
occupation of the Salford factory. Omitting from the ac-
count minor engineering firms, within the last few months
a still larger addition has been made by the Churchill Ma-
chine Tool Co., Ltd., which has erected works, now fully
occupied, for the production of precision grinding ma-
chinery of all kinds. It forms in fact easily the largest
concern of this type in Great Britain. Under the control
of H. H. Ashbridge, the new works on a single floor covers
a space approaching three acres, while much land is avail-
able for extensions, some of which is already under way.
The small-tool department is just in the finishing stages
of building. In short it is concluded that this year will
see the whole of the works removed from Pendleton to the
Broadheath site. The general manager, S. H. March, is
of course well known on your side. The Churchill firm is
next door to H. W. Kearns & Co., which again as a neigh-
bor on two sides has George Richards & Co., whose latest
foundry is being erected with two light and two heavy
bays for a monthly output of about 350 tons.
The Openshaw District of Manchester
Then in the Openshaw district of Manchester, where the
Whitworth firm (now Armstrong, Whitworth & Co., Ltd.)
always had its center, shops that until recently were de-
voted solely to war purposes have been converted to ma-
chine-tool and small-tool production. We have referred
to the small-tool factory organized in what was a shell
factory.
Now in the shops formerly devoted to the production
of howitzers and relatively light field guns the firm
has organized a special machine-tool side, which will,
for the present at any rate, be mainly concerned with the
production of tools for locomotive and railway shops in
general and for shipyard work. It is under the direction
of C. D. Andrew, with whom is associated J. Cullimore,
both of whom were formerly with the Niles-Bement-Pond
organization in Great Britain. Apart from offices the ma-
chine-tool works have a floor space of about 130,000 sq.ft.
The two-story building used as offices measures 120 x 40
ft., and includes a top-floor drawing office, 100 ft. by the
full width, and offices for general and works management
and for the estimating, progress, planning and outside
supply departments.
Markets have of late been found for the productions of
this department in France, Belgium and India, as well, of
course, as in Great Britain, including the firm's own works
in the Newcastle district. Productions in hand include
wheel and wheel center lathes, axle lathes, quartering ma-
chines, vertical boring and turning mills, railway-tire drill-
ing and tapping machines, punching machines, planers,
radial drills, surface grinding machines, screwing machines,
etc. In each case the design is new. Before the end of
the year, too, the Victor semi-automatic machine will be
placed on the market after redesigning.
Birmingham Small Arms Co. Branching Out
The Birmingham Small Arms Co. is branching out in
various ways and its efforts in connection with small tools
has already been noted in these columns. In Birmingham
it has a series of works, each devoted to a particular pur-
pose, and it has partly built and partly under construction
two new works on the Coventry Road, Birmingham, one of
which will be used for machine production. Both works
are of ferro-concrete construction, but the methods of
building differ. In the one case the ordinary system of
casting in molds in position on the site is being employed,
while in the other case the columns, roof principals, etc.,
were cast separately and then erected just as if they were
of steel, pockets being left in the foundations for the feet
of the columns, which were grouted in, the trusses being
brought by rail and hoisted into position, etc. The full width
of the shop was worked and the roof put on as quickly as
possible, so that one end of the shop was in use before the
other end was finished.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
385
This building is about 200 x 640 ft., in 20-ft. square
bays, and the principals were designed to carry a concen-
trated load of 2 tons. To prevent freezing of the con-
crete during the setting (the work being undertaken in
winter) the molds employed for the trusses, etc., were
heated by steam coils connected by insulated pipes to the
boilers some distance away.
The other building now under construction is cast one
floor at a time, the necessary molds being erected by
traveling cranes running on light rails on the floors being
cast. In this way has been completed one of six buildings,
all alike, providing a total floor space exceeding 2,000,000
sq.ft. Each unit is built around a courtyard measuring 100
X 200 ft.
Firms Increasing Capital
Thomas Robinson & Sons, Ltd., Rochdale, is the latest
engineering firm to appeal to the public for capital. As
part of an authorized share capital of £450,000 it is issuing
at par 125,000 7i per cent cumulative preference shares
of £1 each and 25,000 ordinary shares of £1 each. Deben-
tures to the extent of £60,000 at 5J per cent redeemable
on Jan. 1 next have been issued. The business was founded
in 1838 and in addition to works at Rochdale and offices
in London a branch office and works have been established
in Sydney, Australia. Profits have been mentioned as
follows :
For 1915, £17,668; for 1916, £26,444; for 1917, £19,-
528; for 1918, £29,635; for 1919, £38,236. The business
carried on is mainly the manufacture of woodworking ma-
chinery and of flour -milling and grain-cleaning machinery.
Deducting debentures, loans, sundry creditors, etc., the net
assets are valued at £226,577, this Including land, buildings,
machinery, tools, patterns, etc., at £111,589, and stocks at
home and abroad valued at £195,809.
Armstrong, Whitworth & Co., Ltd., with a total authorized
share capital of £11,012,500, of which £10,012,500 has been
issued, and £2,500,000 4 per cent mortgage debenture stock
issued has been making an issue of £2,000,000 in second
nvortgage debenture stock at 95 per cent, carrying interest
at 6i> per cent and redeemable on or before Jan. 1, 1946.
The underwriters, it is gathered, were left with about 72
per cent of the issue. On the other hand, its rivals, Vickers,
Ltd., which has a total authorized share capital of £26,-
500,000, of which £20,679,040 has been issued with 4 per
cent first mortgage debenture stock outstanding of £1,250,-
000, have just had fully subscribed the issue of £1,500,000
7 per cent 7-year notes at 95 per cent repayable at par on
July 1, 1927.
How Can We Increase Production?
By George Sydney Binckley
You say you want increased production. Very well.
How are you going to get it? We may as well face
certain brutal facts. As to your idealism, forget it,
for it won't increase production. It isn't what you
think men should do that is important — it is what they
will do that counts.
You want increased production. You won't get it by
asking it of your men as a duty to mankind in general.
Try this argument on your tailor. Try it on the hatter
who charges you four prices for a hat. Try it on your
men, and they will reason thus: "I have a job, my
labor is in demand, and this demand will grow less
insistent and profitable to me in proportion to my
increased production. Why should / speed production?"
Try it on some one who controls his market. He will
reason to himself thus: "The high price of ray goods
is due to heavy demand and limited supply. My profits
originate in this condition. Why should / speed pro-
duction?
Of course they oughtn't to reason this way — but they
do. What are you going to do about it?
The employers of labor have surrendered economic
leadership to the trades unions. If things are to be
improved — indeed if industrial disaster is to be avoided
— this leadership must be regained and wisely used.
There are three ways by which you can get a man
to do what you want him to:
First: If you have the arbitrary power to do so, you
may force him to do your will.
Second: You may appeal to his sense of duty or his
patriotism.
Third: You may make it worth his while.
The first of these methods is the favorite, but carries
the distinct disadvantage that if the position is reversed,
you are rather more than less likely to est rough treat-
ment in your turn.
The second is uncertain, erratic and never permanent
in its results.
The third is infallible.
This may seem a harsh judgment of human nature,
but has the advantage of being the bald truth.
Paying for Service
If you want service from a man, make it worth his
while to render it — and you'll get it. If you want to
prevent labor turn-over, make the job valuable to t, ;
man who holds it. If you want efficiency in field or
factory, pay the efficient men a high wage and fire the
dubs.
If you have a lathe hand who turns out twice as much
work per day, in quantity or quality, as the next man,
and this next man is worth his wage, don't throw your
star man a sop of twenty-five or fifty cents per day more
— pay him what he earns. You get the work — pay for it.
If you do this, one of these men will value his job, will
boost the factory, and will swear by his boss — and he is
the man you want to hold.
You want to speed up production: You will never
be able to do it by collective bargaining. If you want
speed, pick out the men ^vho can speed production, and
pay them to do it. Pay the others what they earn —
no more and no less. If they don't like it, let them go
— your policy will promptly fill your factory with the
cream of the workers — let the othsr fe'.low take the
dregs.
Co-operative Individualism
What is needed to speed up production, to avoid labor
turnover, and to put industry on a sound basis of effi-
ciency can be summed up in two words — Co-operative
Individualism. This simply means the square deal —
but the square deal all round. It means that a man
should be encouraged to do his best by being paid for
doing it. It means that the development of individual
talent, initiative and ambition cannot be dispensed with
in the development and maintenance of industry.
And Co-operative Individualism means the open shop.
The whole spirit of the closed shop is against individual
development, against ambition and against efficiency.
As an institution it has convicted itself, and its rules
and practices are more directly responsible for under-
production than any other single factor.
Do you want increased production? Then pay for
what you get — whether it be the brawn and muscle of
the willing laborer, or the brains and ability of an
executive.
Do you want a man to work harder? Then make it
worth his while and he'll do it.
Otherwise he won't.
386
AMERICAN MACHINIST
KS FROM Tlli
Valentine Francis
Cincinnati Milling Machine Co.
Outing
Although there is supposedly a ma-
chinist strike on in Cincinnati, no evi-
dence of it is seen at the plants of the
Cincinnati Milling Machine Co. and the
Modern Foundry Co. who found the
opportunity for having a "birthday
party." The outing was held at the
Cincinnati Zoological Garden on Sat-
urday, Aug. 7, the entire day being
filled by a varied program of stunts.
The morning was occupied by eilter-
tainment for the women and children,
chiefly, a "better babies contest" being
the principal feature. The afternoon was
enlivened by contests and games of all
<iescriptions. The thing that was par-
ticularly pleasing to the employees was
that for the first time on record "Lil,"
the Zoo elephant, was defeated in a tag
of war, the foundry huskies being more
than a match for her. Music, singing,
dancing and fireworks closed a very en-
joyable day, the employees' chief re-
gret being that birthdays Jo not come
oftener.
The success of the outing was due
largely to the efforts of the commit-
tee, with Otto P. Geier as chairman,
although the committee was loyally
supported by the whole force of the
shop. Fred A. Geier, president of the
Cincinnati Milling Machine Co. and of
the Modern Foundry, who gave the
party, received hearty congratulations
from his employees and their fanrulies.
Good fellowship and plant morale were
certainly promoted by the party.
Oxweld Co. Moves Export Depart-
ment to New York
The export department of the Oxweld
Acetylene Co., which was formerly lo-
cated at the company's factory in
Newark, N. J., has been removed to
the Carbide and Carbon Building, 30
East 42nd St., New York. The depart-
ment has been reorganized and is now
under the direction of R. G. Noble, who
will co-operate with the general sales
department of the company.
Oxweld equipment is being exported
extensively to Cuba and practically
every South American country, as well
as to Australia, Central America,
Hawaiian Islands, South Africa, China,
Japan, and even Russia. In many of
the large mine, shipbuilding and rail-
road shops in these countries Oxweld
apparatus is standard equipment. In
Cuba a large number of the sugar mills
have installed complete welding and
cutting departments, revolutionizing the
repair and upkeep of the heavy ma-
chinery used in this work.
Recent reports show that in several
instances the entire cost of the Oxweld
welding and cutting equipment has been
more than paid for through its use in
a single instance by keeping the plant
running and avoiding costly shut-downs
which would have occurred had there
been no such installation at the £*c-
tory.
»
Millers Falls Co. Adds Hacksaws
to Its Large Line of Tools
The Millers Falls Co. has purchased
the plant of the West Haven Manufac-
turing Co. at West Haven, Conn., which
for twenty years has been engaged in
the manufacture of Universal and other
brands of hacksaws, bandsaws and
small tools.
The acquisition of this fuQy equipped
plant, which has been making a blade
of highest grade for many years, fur-
nishes a firm foundation upon which
Millers F'alls may build. It enables the
Millers Falls Co. to underwrite the qual-
ity, design and policies of distribution
of this factory's full output. It meets
the company's desire to add hacksaws
to its line, having been the originators
of hacksaw frames and power hacksaw
■machines. It affords an opportunity
for enlarging its capacity — a need that
has been urgently increasing in the
steady development and growth of the
company's business.
Not only will the Millers Falls Co.
continue the manufacture of Universal
saws but it will also make at its West
Haven plant a complete line of both
hand and power hacksaws under the
"Millers Falls" brand.
The Millers Falls Co. will be oper-
ated hereafter through its plant at Mill-
ers Falls, its plant at Brattleboro, Ver-
mont, and its new plant at West Haven,
Conn.
Robert F. Whitehead Appointed
Commissioner of Patents
Recess appointments made by the
President on Aug. 9 designated Robert
F. Whitehead as commissioner of pat-
ents and Melvin H. Coulston as first
assistant commissioner. They will take
office at once.
Both Mr. Whitehead and Mr. Coul-
ston have been members of the Patent
Office staff for more than eighteen
years. Each has worked his way up
through the various grades of ex-
aminer.
Mr. Whitehead is a Virginian and a
graduate of the University of Virginia
law school. Mr. Coulston is a native
of New York and received his legal
training at Cornell.
Board Considers Wage Increase
for Navy Yard Employees
The Navy Wage Board began hear-
ings Atig. 5 in the matter of wage in-
creases at the various Navy Yards.
Over 200 representatives of the vari-
ous trades employed at the Navy Yards
throughout the county were in at-
tendance. The increases requested are
from 20 to 40 per cent. Assistant Sec-
retary Roosevelt, who looked in on the
meeting, called attention to that f'-ct
that wages must be paid from fixed ap-
propriations, so that any increases in
wages mean decreases in the number
of employees.
Not later than Aug. 20 the Navy
Wage Board expects to place in the
hands of the Secretary of the Navy
its recommendation with regard to
wage increases asked by the employees
in the various trades at the Navy Yard.
The machinists made a general pro-
posal that their wage be increased to
$1.25 per hour. J. F. Anderson was
the chief spokesman for the machin-
ists.
The demands for increased pay were
made in spite of the knowledge that
any increases can be met only by re-
ducing the number of employees. Since
appropriations are fixed by Congress
the immediate result of wage increase
will mean the release of enough men to
allow the payment of the remaining
employees at the higher rate.
The master mechanics ask for a flat
rate of $16 per day. H. T. Morning-
star of the Washington Navy Yard
was the chief spokesman for the master
mechanics of all navy yards.
♦
Charles L. Deane, expert in the ex-
perimental and research department of
the Greenfield Tap & Die Corporation,
Greenfield, Mass., died July 13 as the
result of an automobile accident two
days previous, when his car went over
a steep embankment at Colrain. Mr.
Deane, who was fifty-nine years old,
had been with the G. T. D. since his
youth.
»
The Chicago Machinery Dealers' As-
sociation has formed a teaming and
machinery-moving corporation to meet
the conditions imposed by the strike
of machinery movers and teaming con-
tractors. Machinery is moving in
Chicago now after having been tied up
for three weeks. It is predicted that
many economies will be effected by the
new teaming contracting concern for
both machinery dealers and machinery
manufacturers' branch houses; also
enabling the teaming company to pay
more than the union scale not inclusive
of an employees' profit-sharing plan.
August 19, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
387
Ten Ways To Kill a Branch of an
Engineering Society
(1) Don't come to the meetings. (2)
If you do come come late. (3) If the
weather doesn't suit you, don't think
of coming. (4) If you do attend a
meeting find fault with the work of
the officers and other members. (5)
Never accept office, as it is easier to
criticise than to do things. (6) Never-
theless, get sore if you are not ap-
pointed on the committee, but if you
are do not attend committee meetings.
(7) If asked by the chairman to give
your opinion on some matter tell him
you have nothing to say. After the
meeting tell everyone how things ought
to be done. (8) Do nothing more than
is absolutely necessary, but when mem-
bers roll up their sleeves and willingly,
I'nselfishly use their ability to help mat-
ters along howl that the branch is
run by a clique. (9) Hold back your
dues as long as possible, or don't
pay at all. (10) Don't bother about
getting new members. "Let George do
i*-." — The Engineering Institute of
Canada.
•
Individualism is a fine thing for ini-
tiative, but co-operation is necessary
for progress.
Uehling Instrument Co. To
Exhibit Latest Products
In view of the present great scarcity
of fuel and the unusual public interest
in the economical consumption of it
the Uehling Instrument Co., 71 Broad-
way, New York, has decided to exhibit
its fuel-saving devices at two of the
leading expositions of the year; namely,
the Chemical Show, Grand Central
Palace, New York, on Sept. 20 to 25,
and the National Association of Sta-
tionary ' Engineers' Convention, Mil-
waukee, Wis., on Sept. 13 to 17.
The principal products to be dis-
played will be the new "Style U" CO;
recording equipment. This instrument
keeps tabs continuously on the larg-
est item of waste in the boiler
room; namely, the heat discharged
up the chimney, thus enabling the
operators to make adjustments that
will reduce this loss to the minimum.
A gage on the front of each boiler
serves as a working guide for the fire-
men and a recorder in the office of the
engineer or superintendent simulta-
neously makes a permanent record of
the performance of each boiler furnace.
Other boiler room instruments, includ-
ing Uehling pyrometers and draft
gages, will also be exhibited.
WELDED ASPHALT TANK FOR ROAD WORK
An interesting job recently turned out by tlie Chattanooga Brazing and Welding Co.,
Chattanooga, Tenn., is the welded asphalt tank, about 14 ft. long and 6 ft. diameter,
shown in the illustration. The tank holds 2.500 gal., and is made of i%-in. steel plate.
The shell is composed of four sheets welded together at the circumferential and
longitudinal seams ; the heads are» welded in, and altogether there are about 85 lin.ft.
of oxyacetylene welding besides the welds in two pipe racks inside, which support
500 ft. of steam coils. The hoads are braced with 2-in. angle irons welded in. The
manhole dome, 15 in. diameter, is welded on, and there are nine welded pipa fittings
in the steam coils. , . , ..,,
Two men built the tank complete In 131 hr.. Including rolUng, arilling, shaping
the braces, making studs, tapping hoFes, riveting, making the door and doing all
necessary welding and cutting. Davis-Bournonville welding apparatus was used. The
tank is to be mounted on a truck and used for heating asphalt used in repairing roads.
Export Manufacturers To Meet
in October at N. Y.
Announcement has been made by the
convention committee of the American
Manufacturers' Export Association that
the eleventh annual convention of the
association would be held at the
Waldorf-Astoria Hotel in New York on
Oct. 14. The convention this year will
be limited to a one-day session followed
by a banquet in the evening. This will
be the first time in the history of the
association that the annual convention
will continue for one day only.
It is planned by limiting the proceed-
ings to one day to make the conven-
tion of more interest and to eliminate
many of the unnecessary features which
tend to make so many conventions tire-
some and uninteresting. Social plans
are under way to make the banquet an
event in export circles.
Machinery Companies Consolidate
for Mass Production
The Austin Machinery Corporation of
New York and Chicago officially an-
nounces the consolidation of the F. C.
Austin Machinery Co., the Linderman
Steel and Machine Co., F. C. Austin
Drainage Excavator Co., Toledo Bridge
and Crane Co., Municipal Engineering
and Contracting Co. and other large
manufacturers of kindred lines with
plants at Toledo, Ohio, Muskegon,
Mich., Winthrop Harbor, 111., and Wood-
stock, Ont. The combined energy
and capacity of these organizations will
be devoted to mass production and to
supplying the most complete line of
earth-moving and concrete mixing ma-
chinery to meet an unprecedented
period of construction, excavation and
irrigation. Distributing points will be
extended throughout the world to facili-
tate the service and distribution of this
broad line of contractors' requirements.
The Air Service Mechanics'
School, Kelly Field, Texas
The fiscal year of 1921 finds the Air
Service Mechanics' School, Training De-
partment of the Air Service Mechanics'
School at Kelly Field, Tex., with 410
students enrolled. These students have
been drawn from all parts of the Air
Service. Some are recruits, while others
are members of different tactical or-
ganizations. The number of students
enrolled in each course is as follows:
Course for airplane mechanicians 154
Course for engine mechanicians 1S7
Course for auto repairmen 20
Army paperwork and stenography 16
Aircraft armament 31
Awaiting instruction or in hospital, etc. 22
Total 410
388
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 8
In addition to the above there are
organized courses for electricians, in-
strument repairmen, blacksmiths and
machinists. Plans of instruction are
completely drawn up; hangar space is
ready; but the complete list of equip-
ment has not yet been delivered. The
course for parachute repairmen has
graduated a number of students but at
present no classes are receiving in-
struction in this work. However, the
instructors in this course are prepar-
ing material for the next class, testing
parachutes and repairing chutes for
pilots. They are also constructing a
double harness which was recently pre-
sented at McCoofc Field, Dayton, Ohio.
With this new jumping harness a
jumper can release himself at any time
in case of landing on a building, in the
water or other inconvenient places.
Young Succeeds Colby on
Engineering Council
The American Society for Testing
Materials has just appointed C. D.
Young as its representative on Engi-
neering Council to succeed Albert Ladd
Colby. Mr. Young is general supervisor
of stores, Pennsylvania System, Broad
St. Station, Philadelphia, and vice presi-
dent of the American Society for Test-
ing Materials.
Oxweld Opens San Francisco
Office
The Oxweld Acety'.ene Co., manu-
facturer of oxyacetylene welding and
cutting apparatus, has established Pa-
cific Coast sales and distributing head-
quarters at San Francisco, with offices
at 1077 Mission St. Additional sales
representatives' offices are maintained
at the following points: Los Angeles,
646 Maple Ave.; Salt Lake City, 908
Keams Building; Portland, 90 First
St.; Seattle, 433 Pioneer Building.
Leo Romney, with headquarters at
San Francisco, is Pacific sales manager.
The territory embraces the states of
Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Utah,
Arizona, California, Nevada and the
counties of Lincoln, Sweetwater and
Uintah in Wyoming. This territory
was formerly served from Chicago and
Los Angeles. Removal of headquart-
ers to San Francisco was made neces-
sary to secure a more central location
for supplying the company's rapidly
growing business in the Pacific states
where its apparatus is extensively used
in the metal industries and shipyards.
Eisler Enters Engineering Field
Charles Eisler has entered the con-
sulting engineering field and is now de-
voting his time to designing and de-
veloping special and automatic ma-
chines for the manufacture of standard,
miniature and gas-filled lamps. The
organization will also maintain a well-
equipped department for manufacturing
wire product used in the incandescent
lamps for which the very latest ma-
chines are being installed. Temporary
office, 159 Clifton Ave., Newark, N. J.
Lee Joins Staff of Southwark Co.
James T. Lee has been recently added
to the sales engineering staff of the
Southwark Foundry and Machine Co.,
of Philadelphia, Pa. Mr. Lee for sev-
eral years past was vice president in
charge of sales of the Hanna Engineer-
ing Works, of Chicago. It is the pur-
pose of the Southwark Foundry and
Machine Co. to greatly broaden its field
of activity by adding to its present
complete line of hydraulic and power
machinery a full line of pneumatic and
hydro-pneumatic riveters and foundry
molding machines.
The Southwark Foundry and Ma-
chine Co., of Philadelphia, Pa., is
adding to its present line of hydraulic
and power machinery a full line of
pneumatic hydro-pneumatic riveters
and foundry molding machines.
The Vermont Tap and Die Corpora-
tion is a new organization located in
Newport, Vt. It will start manufac-
turing high-grade taps and dies about
Oct. 1. The officers are P. O. Miller,
of Prouty & Miller, president; H. E.
Paine, vice president and general man-
ager; B. W. Wilcox, of the Oilman
Store, treasurer.
The Southern Motor Manufacturing
Association, Ltd., Houston, Tex., has
broken ground for the erection of two
additional units of its plant on the
Houston ship canal. Both will be of
sawtooth steel construction, one 121 x
480 ft. and the other 75 x 150 ft. The
larger will be used for the manufac-
ture of passenger cars and the other as
a warehouse.
The Moline Tool Co., Wilson P. Hunt
president, has taken over operation of
the Moline Machinery Co., stockhold-
ers of the later organization being given
option of cash sales of stock or ex-
change for stock issue of the tool com-
pany. The machinery company factory
will be known as plant No. 2 of the tool
company. It will continue the manu-
facture of special machinery not pro-
duced at the tool company's factory.
The Visible Pump Co., Indianapolis,
Ind., plans the construction of a fac-
tory for the manufacture of gasoline
tanks. The company will need a mis-
cellaneous machine equipment for man-
ufacturing purposes.
Work will begin about Sept. 15 on
the construction of a new factory build-
ing for the Mutual Truck Co. at Sulli-
van, Ind. The company, according to
Robert E. Petrie, presfdent, will need
miscellaneous machine equipment for
the manufacture of trucks.
The Wert Manufacturing Co., of
Kendallville, Ind., has begun work on
a factory to manufacture machinery
for concrete work. The company will
need boilers for power plant, engine-
room equipment and miscellaneous
machinery for manufacture of con-
crete machines to cost $200,000.
The Moline Plow Co., Moline, 111., a
subsidiary of the Willys corporation, is
in negotiation with the Root & Vander-
Voort Engineering Co. for purchase of
all its shops except the automobile de-
partment. Nearly all motors used in
tractors and other machines produced
by the Moline Plow Co. have been manu-
factured at the R. & V. plant.
The Wall Pump and Compressor Co.,
Quincy, 111., with $200,000 capital fully
subscribed, has leased factory space of
20,000 sq.ft. and expects to be in opera-
tion in ninety days. Contracts for
machinery have already been let. The
company will manufacture dry vacuum
pumps and air compressors of all sizes,
gas-engine governors and other special-
ties.
John M. Biles, general manager, and
TORSTEN A. Gyllsdorff, superintendent
of the Detroit Reamer and Tool Co., De-
troit, Mich., have recently announced
their resignation. They have incor-
porated the Standard Reamer and Tool
Co., at 410-424 Elmwood Ave., Detroit,
Mich., to manufacture a complete line
of standiard reamers, cutters and special
tools. The officers of the company are:
Arthur J. Stock, president; Torsten A.
Gyllsdorff, secretai-y and superinten-
dent; Frank J. Trippensee, vice presi-
dent; John M. Biles, treasurer and gen-
eial manager.
Louis A. Delaney, formerly vrith
the F. X. Hooper Co., Inc., Glenarm,
Md., has joined the American Sheet
Metal Corporation, Philadelphia, as
manager.
W. A. TooHiLL has been appointed
sales representative for the Dayton,
Ohio, territory for the Quigley Fur-
nace Specialties Co., manufacturer of
Q-steel and Q-alloy pots and boxes.
Mr. Toohill was for some years metaU
lographist with the International Mo-
tors Co. at the Plainfield and New
Brunswick, N. J., plants of that com-
pany.
WiLUAM P. Stout has been ap-
pointed district manager of sales of
the Philadelphia office of the Columbia
Steel and Shafting Co., Pittsburgh,
Pa., succeeding John T. Seaman, who
is now district manager of sales of the
Pittsburgh office.
Elton G. Nazarene, until recently
connected with the Hart-Parr Co.,
Charles City, Iowa, for a number of
years, has been appointed to the fac-
ulty of the engineering department of
the University of Nebraska Ps in-
structor of foundry metallurgy and
metallography.
Henry McEnelly, for over ten
years with the La Pointe Machine
Tool Co., of Hudson, Mass., is a part-
ner in and general manager of the
Hurlbut-Rogers Broach Co., of Hud-
son. The company is manufacturing
broaches for the trade in a small but
well-equipped shop.
August 26, 1920
After the Civil War and Now
By H. H. MANCHESTER
This article tells of the economic events follow- in gold and paper, are given by means of index
ing the Civil War, and traces the cycle of busi- numbers. The analogy between the conditions
ness through depression, prosperity, crisis and then and at the present time is shown, and con-
panic. The fluctuations in wages and prices, both elusions as to the future are made.
IN FOLLOWING the evolution of wage and price
levels in the May 27 issue of the American
Machinist, lack of space prevented us taking up the
period after the Civil War. There is little doubt, how-
ever, that that era offers the closest approximation in
the history of the United States to the present period.
The question is, however, whether the parallel is close
enough to let us judge of the near future by what
happened in the decade after the fall of Richmond.
What makes this of more than academic interest is that
in the decade after the Civil War the United States
ran into the panic of 1873, and it is a very live topic
today whether or not we are at present bound full tilt
toward a similar crisis.
This query makes it well worth while to go into de-
tail concerning the decade or so after 1865.
Conditions Affecting Prices
Although the Civil War in the United States was
beyond comparison the greatest war at that time, it
was by no means the only one. The various campaigns
more or less connected with the name of Garibaldi,
which finally brought about the unity of Italy, began in
1860. An invasion of Mexico by France took place in
1862 and continued to 1867. In 1864 Denmark was
overwhelmed by an expedition from Prussia and Aus-
tria. In 1865 a war began amongst various states in
South America.
All of these minor wars tended to increase the de-
mand for munitions, and to decrease the labor avail-
able for the production of other goods, and added their
weight to that of the Civil War in creating a situation
analogous to that caused by the World War.
The course of wages and prices in the United States
during the Civil War and the few years afterward
was very much mixed up through the influence of the
greenback, and the difference in value between gold
and paper. Greenbacks first appeared in 1862, and it
was not until 1879 that they were accepted at a par
value with specie. Prices and wages both rose to a
high level in paper, but not so much in gold. For this
reason economists long laid the rise of the time to the
depreciation of the greenback, but this is not entirely
just.
Prices rose also in England, Germany and France,
which were on a metal basis. Thus it is probable that
the increase in wages and prices during the Civil War
was due to increased demands occasioned by the war,
the same as the jump in wages and prices occurring
during the World War.
M
To speak more exactly, if we use the wage and price
level of 1860 as 100, prices in general in the United
States reached their highest level in 1864 at 123 in
gold, or at 191 in greenbacks. This was also the high-
level year in Europe, where English prices reached
145, in Hamburg 138, and the French prices 129.
The price of metal manufactures and implements in
the United States in 1864 reached 180 in greenbacks,
but only 116 in gold. In the same year wages in this
country had risen only to 126 in greenbacks, and as
measured in gold were only 81, or 20 per cent below
the 1860 level. Actual wages in 1860 were, in Massa-
chusetts, about $1.75 a day for skilled workmen, at a
time when wheat ranged at about a dollar a bushel.
Throughout the country the average for skilled work-
men in I860 was probably about $1.40 a day.
Difference Between Value of Gold and Paper
The Civil War ended in April, 1865, and during this
year prices in gold in the United States fell practically
to their 1860 level, but so great was the difference be-
tween gold and greenbacks that in paper they actually
rose to 217.
Prices in 1865 also dropped in England to 136, and
in France and Hamburg to 112. During the same year
prices of metal products in the United States rose to
191 in paper, but actually dropped to below the 1860
level, or to 89 in gold. Thus the first year after the
war showed in the United States a rise of prices in
paper, but a drop in gold; and in England and Europe
a drop in prices, but not to the pre-war level.
Wages in 1865 followed the same course. They rose
in paper to 143, but so great was the difference between
that and gold that they dropped, as measured in the
latter, to 66. In England and France also wages were
rising during the Civil War and in the first year or so
afterwards, but there are no conclusive figures avail-
able on the subject.
General Rise of Prices in 1866
In 1866 the first drop which followed the close of the
war reached bottom and a rebound began. In the
United States the values of gold and of paper dollars
began to come together, with the result that gold prices
rose to 136, while paper prices dropped to 191. In the
same year the price of metal manufactures and imple-
ments rose to 122 in gold, and is given as 171 in green-
backs. Thus in gold, prices did not reach their high
level in this country until more than a year after
the war.
390
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
IbU
160
UO
;i2o
•ioo<
80
6Q,
! 1
6REIHBACKS_ ^, ii
,.--—'
•!'•
,y
,^
""*■
"■*•<
i
p^
j^
^*
' ■
/
^
-^
..^
/
N
/
I860
FIG. 1.
1862
isat
1&66
1870
Dates
IS72
1874
1876
1878,
CHART SHOWING THE VARIATION IN GOLD AND PAPER OF AVERAGE
WAGES FROM THE STANDARD OF 1860
Wages showed an even more remarkable rise, as they
evinced it both in greenbacks and gold, increasing to
152 in greenbacks and 109 in gold. Thus a year and
a half after the war they were higher in both gold and
greenbacks than either before or during the war. It
may be added that from this point they continued to
hold their own, or even rise slightly in greenbacks. In-
asmuch as the greenbacks continued to approach closer
and closer to gold, the result was that wages in gold
rose rapidly, and continued to do so until the panic of
1873. The fact seems to be that the workman had re-
ceived only greenbacks, not gold; and that the wages
which were paid him at first only in depreciated cur-
rency had eventually to be paid him in gold.
In England the high point in prices for 1866 seems
to have been reached in the spring. This was con-
current with an era of speculation in new fields and in
the stocks of new companies. Out of this speculation
the first panic to follow the war of secession was in
April, when Barned's Liverpool Banking Co. failed for
£3,250,000; and then on May 10 Overend, Gurney
& Co., of London, failed for £10,000,000. The closing
of various banks followed, and almost two hun-
dred companies failed. It would not be stretching the
comparison very far to compare this stock company
panic in England to the recent panic in Japan, which,
likewise, took place only about a year after the close
of the war with Germany.
On the Continent the six weeks' war between Prussia
and Austria began in June, and it may have been due to
this that prices rose slightly during the year in both
Germany and France.
Drops Occur in 1867
In 1367 in the United States gold prices dropped to
128, and greenback prices to 172. This decline was con-
tinued for the next two years. The price of metal manu-
factures and implements dur-
ing this year averaged 120 in
gold and 161 in greenbacks.
Wages, on the other hand,
rose to 117 in gold and 158 in
greenbacks.
The Bankers Magazine
made a quotation from the
Times of 1867 which illus-
trates the feeling then current
that prices had passed their
peak: "The tide is turning.
Business is dull — prices are so
exorbitant that labor, which
commands enormous wages,
can scarcely earn a living, the
profits of all branches of in-
dustry have fallen off, and
everybody begins to feel com-
paratively poor."
In England prices took a
sharp drop, due undoubtedly
to the panic of 1866, reaching
115 in 1867. The same year
prices in Germany dropped to
111, in France to 100.
In 1868, the third year after
the war, the latter part of
which would correspond to
1921, prices in the United
States dropped to 116 in gold
and 160 in greenbacks while wages averaged 115 in gold
and 159 in greenbacks. Thus the third year after the
war, wages and prices had arrived at practically the
same point of increase when compared with those of
1860. Although their relative values were the same as
in 1860, the difference was that prices were falling and
wages still rising.
In England in 1868 prices dropped to 99. and in
France to 95, while in Hamburg they remained 6 per
cent above the 1860 level.
In 1869, the latter part of which would correspond in
our parallel to 1922, prices in gold in the United States
reached a low level, from which they began again to
rise until 1873. In 1869 they were 113 in gold and 154
in greenbacks. The prices of metal manufactures and
implements in this year averaged 104 in gold and 141
in paper. In Europe the rise was already beginning.
In England prices averaged 105 in 1869, in Hamburg
110, and in Franch 97. In England, at least, this was a
reaction from the panic of 1866.
In the United States the difference in value between
gold and greenbacks led to an attempt to corner gold.
On Thursday, Sept. 23, gold was advanced from 137 to
144, and on the next day, which has received the name
of "Black Friday," to 155, and even to 160. This caused
a tremendous turmoil and forced a crisis, but the corner
was broken by the government's offer to sell $4,000,000
in gold, which brought the price of gold down in a few
mjnutes to 133. Many stocks, however, dropped along
with gold. New York Central, for example, falling from
185 on Friday to 145 the next week. At least fifty
failures followed the clash.
From 1870 to 1873 prices in the United States again
rose, and in 1870 averaged 117 in gold and 142 in green-
backs. At the same time metal manufactures and im-
plements averaged 105 in gold and 128 in paper.
220
200
180'
160-
140-
120-
100.
80 L
/
^
'^t.
I
N.
:%y^.
"'4
^■.
1
^Uf-P
Abi^
V
\6V
A
f^
y>i
■r-J^
"" ,_
,
^k>^
//
^'^
sTS" — ^
[
f"--
^-s
/
I860
FIG. 2.
1862
1864
1866
1868 1370
Dates
1872
1874
1876
IflTB
CHART SHOWING THE VARIATION IN GOLD AND PAPER OF
PRICES FROM THE STANDARD OP 1860
AVERAGE
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
891
In Europe the Franco-Prussian War began in July,
1870, and was practically settled by the surrender at
Sedan Sept. 1, though it was January before Paris
capitulated. The war was so brief that it had no
great effect on prices. In England demand was stimu-
lated and prices remained firm at 105. In both France
and Hamburg they receded ; in Hamburg to 106, and in
France to 94.
In 1871, the sixth year after the war, prices in the
United States in gold rose to 123, while in greenbacks
they dropped to 136. Metal manufactures rose in gold
to 110, the highest since 1867, but in greenbacks dropped
to 130. Wages rose both in greenbacks and gold, in
the former to 164, in the latter to 148. A boom in rail-
roads began, and the manufacture of iron rails in-
creased from 586,000 tons in 1870 to 737,483 in 1871.
In England prices dropped to 101, while in Hamburg
and France they rose about a point.
1872 A Boom Year
This brings us to the boom year of 1872 This year,
more than six years after the close of the Civil War,
was the highest mark in wages in the United States up
to that time, and in prices between 1867 and 1916.
Prices then reached 127 in gold and 139 in paper;
wages 152 in gold and 166 in greenbacks. Metal prod-
ucts in 1872 averaged 117 in gold and about 127 in
paper. Thus in 1869, three or four years after the
war, prices reached bottom and began to rise, arriving
at a new high level three years later.
In Europe, also, this was a high-price year. In Eng-
land prices rose to 109, in Hamburg to 117, and in
France to 105, more than ten points over the year
before.
The prosperity exhibited in 1872 was not so great as
to occasion any particular alarm. Both prices and wages
were high, but the former were less than 30 per cent
over their 1860 level, and, while wages were 50 per
cent higher than in 1860, this was considered an evi-
dence of good times rather than a harbinger of disaster.
The West was booming and being rapidly opened up
through the construction of new railroads. In the five
years preceding 1873, $1,700,000,000 was put into rail-
roads, which was a great amount for that period. The
manufacture of! iron rails, the type then chiefly in use,
rose from 737,000 tons in 1871 to 906,000 tons in 1872,
while the price increased from $70 to $85 a ton.
But apparently much of this prosperity was illusory,
and was, in fact, merely over-speculation. At all events,
in 1873 burst forth probably the most severe panic in
our history, the effects of which continued for at least
five years.
This panic, however, did not start in the United
States. There had been a great development of new
'*^Thp Wwt was boomind and hemd rapidly
opened up through ihe consiruclion ofnew railroodi"
'^The crisis spread
many oflhe banks
were compelled
companies and general speculation in many fields. The
first center where the boom burst was *'ienna. Here
on May 8 and 9, 1873, the crisis began with the
stock exchange panic similar to that in England in
1869. A hundred or so failures, including both new
and old companies, followed. The crisis soon spread
to Berlin, Frankfort, Norway, Italy, and in fact the
whole continent. England had already had her stocks
liquidated by the panic of 1869, so that the one of 1873
did not have so serious an effect there.
The United States, however, paid the penalty of over-
speculation in railroads, western lands, oil stocks, and
other enterprises which were either slow to be realized
upon or utterly impossible. The crisis was precipitated
here on September 18 by the failure of Jay Cooke & Co.,
which had been financing the Northern Pacific Railway.
The panic spread rapidly, prices went tumbling, call
money reached 180 per cent, eighteen failures took
the stock exchange closed
and was not opened until
September 30.
The crisis spread all over
the country, many of the
banks were compelled to close,
and prices everywhere began
to fall. The effect is evident
in the average prices and
wages existing for the next
few years. Prices in gold
gradually dropped from 127
in 1872 to 105 in 1876, wages
receding at the same time
from 152 to 135. Wages then
began to rise gradually once
more, but prices continued
their downward tendency un-
til 1896.
place during the day.
}
392
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, Na 9
In 1890 prices averaged 92 and wages 159 in com-
parison with the 1860 level. In order to connect these
figures with the more recent past it may be borne in
mind that the price level of 1860 was about 87 per cent
of that of 1914.
Similarity of the Two Post-Wae Periods
Now the practical question growing out of all this
is whether we are almost inevitably bound for a crisis
similar to that of 1873. It has been quite frequently
whispered in certain circles that we are, but a careful
consideration of the parallel between the two periods
indicates that such a crisis is not at all necessary. The
point is that after the Civil War the panic did not come
during a fall in prices. It did not take place until after
prices had reached bottom and again mounted to a
high level.
A comparison of the course followed by prices after
the two wars will give us a better idea of what may
be expected.
In 1866, the year after the Civil War, prices rose
higher than during the war, just as in 1919, the year
after the World War, prices rose higher than during
the conflict. From 1867, the second year after the Civil
War, prices receded from the previous year, but only
slightly.
In 1920, the second year after the World War,
prices were maintained in the early part of the year,
but are showing a tendency to fall during the summer
months.
In 1868, the third year after the Civil War, prices
dropped more rapidly, and if the parallel is maintained
we should expect them to do so in 1921. In 1869 the
bottom was reached, which would suggest that prices
would reach a low level in 1922, and perhaps begin to
rise from that point.
JUDGING THE FUTURE FROM THE PERIOD AFTER
THE Civil War
We seem to be starting into the period of falling
prices without a crisis, though Japan has already suf-
fered one, due to a wild speculation in silk. If the fall
in prices in this country continues to be gradual we
are not due for a crisis during their recession. If, how-
ever, artificial attempts are made to hold prices up, and
these attempts fail, as they almost surely will, we will
have instead of a flowing river a broken dam and all
of its consequences.
From the historical point of view the danger is not
during the period of price recession, which seems to
have just begun, but later, when things apparently have
been readjusted and industry is again mounting by
leaps and bounds.
In other words, the panic of 1873 was not a result of
the war but of the big boom, which did not take place
until after the readjustment of prices. Following this
analogy, there is no reason why the recent World War
should necessarily be followed by a panic at all, and the
year to be afraid of is not so much this or the next, but
along about 1925.
A Heavy Gear Cutting Job
By I. B. Rich
All sorts of orders for gears come to the Pacific Gear
and Machine Co.'s shop. One of the large gears is
shown in Figs. 1 and 2. This is a cast-steel gear for
FIG. 1. ROUGHING GEAR TEETH IN TWO CUT.S
heavy duty work, having 42 teeth of about 3-in. circular
pitch, making the diameter about 42 inches.
To make it easier for the regular roughing or "stock-
ing" cutter in this hard material, a preliminary cut is
made with a pair of straddle mills. These milling
cutters are about J in. wide and set to leave a com-
paratively narrow web as shown. The depth of these
first cuts is set to suit the shoulders of the stocking
cutter.
This divides the cut between the two operations
and makes it possible to cut very coarse pitch teeth
on a medium sized machine.
Fig. 2 shows the gear being finished on a Gleason
gear tooth planer. The machine shown in Fig. 1 is a
Gould & Eberhardt spur gear cutter.
FIG.
finishing the teeth on a gear flanek
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Experimental Investigation of Steel Belting — II
IN CARRYING out the work described in Part I both
Hampton and Leh realized that certain relationships
existed between the horsepower transmitted by the
belt, velocity of slip of the belt on the pulleys, and the
coefficient of friction, but owing to the very large error
in their observed data on velocity of slip, they were
unable to find such expressions as have been developed
below.
The difference of r.p.m. of the driver and driven
pulleys as observed by the
above authors was subject
to a large error in that the
revolution counters used
did not read less than unity.
One revolution would cor-
respond to a slip of 8.625
ft. per min. were the obser-
vation period one minute
long, as the circumference
of both pulleys was 8.625 ft.
Hampton, realizing that
more accurate apparatus
was necessary to measure
the slip, designed and
partly constructed a differ-
ential revolution counter
that was completed by the
author. This revolution
counter would indicate one
one-hundredth of one revo-
lution difference, with a
probable error of 5 per
cent. The positions of the
idler pulleys reverse the di-
rection of the belt and hence the direction of rotation of
the driver and driver pulleys is opposite. The mechanism
of the differential, as it is commonly known, is such that
the two wheel shafts rotate in opposite directions and
with equal r.p.m. when there is no rotation of the ring
gear. The driver and driven shafts are connected 1 to 1
to the wheel shafts by light chains and sprockets. Hence,
if the driver and driven pulleys are rotating with the
same speed, the ring gear is stationary. The pulleys
having equal circumferences, no slip would be in evi-
dence. However, as soon as the belt began to slip,
the ring gear would rotate in proportion to the differ-
ence of peripheral velocity of the two pulleys.
The ratio of the ring gear to the pinion is 1 to 20,
and that of the differential gears is 1 to 1, making the
ratio of the wheel shaft to the ring pinion 1 to 10. A
disengaging coupling is connected to the ring pinion, by
means of 1-to-l sprockets and light chain, and is oper-
ated by the solenoid which in turn is controlled by the
knife switch. This coupling has twelve teeth on one
side and a knife edge on the other, making the probable
error 1/24 or 4.16 per cent. In order that the chain be
kept tight, a friction brake was put in between the
sprocket mounted on this coupling shaft and its sup-
porting standard.
The revolution counter used was one specially con-
structed for this particular use. The unit wheel being
divided into tenths gave a ratio of 1 to 100 from the
wheel shaft to the counter. Hence the difference of
r.p.m. of the driver and driven shafts was determined
By F. G. HAMPTON, C. F. LEH, and W. E.
HELMICK
Stanford University, Cal.
From Mechanical Engineering, July, 1920
At the annual meeting of the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, held Dec. 2 to 5, 1919,
in New York, student and junior prizes 'were
awarded to the authors of the folloioing paper.
It treats of an investigation undertaken by them
at Leland Stanford University as a partial re-
quirement for the degree of engineer. Part I was
written by Messrs. Hampton and Leh in 1918, and
Part II by W. E. Helmick the year following. The
first section dealt with a description of the appar-
atus employed, the character of the belting, and
a discussion of the results obtained in investigat-
ing the coefficients of friction and velocity of slip.
Part II deals more particularly with a slip of the
belting, which the original investigators recog-
nized shoidd be more carefully studied.
(Part I icas published in the Aug. 12 issue,}
quite accurately, that is, to one one-hundredth of a
revolution, which in terms of the pulley circumference
is 0.0863 ft.
It was found after running some time that the vibra-
tion of the chains connecting the pulley shafts to the
revolution counter caused them to become stretched in
places, effecting a slight rotation of the ring gear first
in one direction and then in the opposite. This ap-
peared to vary with the speed, but, as nearly as could be
determined, a probable
error of from 1 to 2 per
cent might be introduced.
Through all tests this ma-
chine served its purpose
very accurately and was a
great help in adjusting the
load on the Sprague dyna-
mometer, for the point at
which the belt began to slip
excessively could be ob-
served at a glance. With-
out this machine the data
on the slippage of the belt
would be so inaccurate that
the results of the tests
would have been useless.
The material used for belt-
ing in this test was clock-
spring steel ? in. by 0.01 in.
It is manufactured in this
country from Swedish
high-carbon charcoal steel,
drawn, rolled, ground to
size and tempered to a dark
blue. It can be obtained in widths of from J in. to 3 in.
and 0.01 in. thick and costs from 6 to 18 cents per ft.
Tests of this material show the ultimate strength to
be over 300,000 lb. per sq.in. and the elastic limit slightly
less. The belt used in this test had no permanent set
when bent around a radius of 3 in. but would rupture
when bent around a radius of tV in.
When the belt bends around a pulley, as much work is
put into bending it as appears when the belt straightens
out on leaving the pulley. This is not true of any other
kind of belt, as power is required to bend it and again
to straighten it out.
The joint used on the belt tested was a silver-soldered
lap joint. It proved very satisfactory throughout all
tests and showed no signs of necking-in where the tem-
per had been drawn. These joints when tested have an
efficiency of about 60 to 65 per cent in pure tension, the
rupture taking place on either side of the lap where the
metal has been softened.
Owing to the low efficiency of the silver-soldered and
brazed joints, a dozen or more riveted joints were con-
structed. Phosphor-bronze rivets were used and one
triple-riveted lap joint by test had an efficiency of 84
per cent, rupture occurring by shearing all the rivets.
This joint could not be used on pulleys smaller than 30
in. in diameter.
Other similar lap joints averaged 76 per cent by test
when cold-drawn iron wire was used for rivet material.
Owing to the idler pulleys reversing the motion, one
side of the belt runs on the driven pulley and the other
^
394
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 9
side on the driver pulley, consequently it was neces-
sary to have both sides of the belt joint as smooth as
possible.
The type of joint used in an installation of steel belt-
ing in one of the shops was of the bent cover-plate type
and would have been quite successful had the pulley on
the motor been of larger diameter. This cover plate was
bent to conform with the curvature of the smaller pulley,
and the ends were bent up on a radius of f in. It
appeared that the tangential acceleration of the joint as
it came on to the motor pulley kept the joint from fol-
lowing the pulley curvature. This induced flexure in the
belt, just ahead of the first row of rivets, and the com-
bined stress of the tension and flexure being in the
neighborhood of the elastic limit caused rupture after
15 to 20 hr. operation.
It is the opinion of the author that this type of cover-
plate joint would be quite satisfactory for use on pulleys
of not smaller radius than 15 in.
Description of Tests
The calibration of the weights and spring balance was
made just after the differential revolution counter was
completed. The work checked quite well with the cali-
bration made by Hampton and Leh.
Several preliminary runs were then made to deter-
mine the capacity of the motor and the variations of
speed with load. A preliminary curve run was then
made. A tension of 23.6 lb. in the tight side of the belt
was selected in order that the tension in the loose side
could be made practically zero, allowing an excessive
slip. The speed selected would also bring in the char-
acteristics of the motor and allow a certain change in
the centrifugal tension of the belt. The curves result-
ing from this set of values and shown in Figs. 8 and 9
will be discussed below.
The four speeds of the motor with the arrangement
of pulleys then on the machine would give belt speeds of
about 3,150, 4,710, 6,250 and 9,450 ft. per min. In order
that a wider range of belt speeds could be obtained, a
large pulley and a small pulley could be placed on the
driver-pulley shaft, and with these pulleys belt speeds
of 2,080 and 14,500 ft. per min. could be obtained.
Seven runs were made with each velocity for various
tensions in the tight side of the belt. The smallest is
23.6 lb. and corresponds to 50 lb. on the weight pan,
while the largest is 111.6 lb. and corresponds to 225 lb.
on the weight pan. The interpolated results for T, =
99.0 are given in Table II.
TABLE 11.
DATA
AND RESULTS OF TEST ON 0.75 i
0.01-IN STEEL
BELT
Run No.
Ti
7-,*
P
Vi*
Hf ,
u
y,c
R-4
99.0
22.6
120
2,018
4 67
0.482
I 37
23.4
3,000
6.98
0.481
2.05
29.0
4.600
9 76
0 440
2.88
35.6
57,50
11 03
0 376
3.24
56.4
8,920
12 76
0 236
3 76
99;6
43.0
146
2,033
3 45
0 269
1.01
45.0
3,070
5 25
0 260
1.48
50.0...
4,610
6.84
0 234
2.00
57.0
6,040
7 69
0 162
2.26
79.0
9,300
5.64
0.092
1.66
99.0
63.0
160
2,068
2 255
0 145
0.66
65 0
3,100
3 195
0.137
0.93
70 0
4,680
2 980
0 117
0 87
78.0
6,200
3 950
0 084
1.16
99.0
83 0
180
2,075
I 005
0 057
0 30
85.6
3,163
1 286
0 046
0 84
90.8
4,740
1 178
0 029
0 35
98.0
6,250
0 189
0 004
0.05
The run was always begun at the highest horsepower
possible, and from five to six observations made as the
horsepower varied to zero. The load could be held quite
constant throughout each run when the Sprague
dynamometer was separately excited, but near the end
of the test period, when the generator was self -exciting,
some difficulty was experienced in making all the obser-
vations. Before a run was begun, the surfaces of the
cork pulleys were always cleaned in order that the
conditions of the test might be the same.
The following values were observed and will be dis-
cussed below :
(T),^ tension in lb. on the idler over which the
tight side of the belt passes; observed by
the weights on the weight pan.
r, ^ corrected tension in the belt in lb. as taken
from the calibration curves.
(7'),= tension in lb. on the idler over which the
loose side of the belt passes; observed by
the reading of the spring balance.
T, = corrected tension in the belt in lb. as taken
from the calibration curves.
N = r.p.m. of the driver pulley; observed from
, the reading of the electrically operated
Veeder revolution counter.
n = difference of r.p.m. of the driver and driven
pulleys as observed from the differential
revolution counter.
A reading of the brake arm on the Sprague dynamo-
meter was also taken and used as a check on the power
transmitted.
Notation
T,
in the tight side of the
t, —
t. =
tc
V.
♦Interpolated value3.
actual tension
belt in lb.
actual unit tension in the tight side of the
belt in lb. per sq.in.
actual tension in the loose side of the
belt in lb.
actual unit tension in the loose side of the
belt in lb. per sq.in.
^ centrifugal tension corresponding to the velo-
city at which the belt is passing around
the pulleys in lb.
= actual unit centrifugal tension in lb. per sq.in.
— T, ^ difference in belt tensions in lb. or the
useful force in the transmission of power.
= computed velocity in ft. per min.
= computed velocity of slip of the belt relative
to the pulley in ft. per min.
V«o = velocity of slip of the belt in ft. per min.
corrected from the curves where hp.
= 0.17r,°" X V,.
P = actual tension in the belt producing pressure
on the pulley, lb.
= pressure in lb. per sq.in. per unit length of
belt on the pulley face.
= weight of 1 cu.in. of stee! in lb.
= gravity force.
= radius of driver and driven pulleys in ft.
:= coeflScient of friction.
0 = angle of contact in radius the belt makes on
the pulley face.
The computations necessary in working out a set of
values involved a great number of operations. An
P
W
9
r
u
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
89S
u
ID
I Qa-
.» 0.5-
it a4-
•0.2-
0.1-
f^
r-
/d
^\
ts*,
V
1
^-;
1
^
e
L
/
\
\
1
1
/
\
\
;
1
1 /
'
\
%
\
1
f
\ 1
\
^
f
'■/
1
\
\
\
/
/
\
>(
\
■y
\
\
\
X
/
_
eioo
2 3 4 5 6
■^-Velocity of Slip,Ft.perHln.
6150
6200
eeso
ir
, "Vit- Belt Velocity ^Ft. perMin.
W 30 ■« M ^
lb — sr
"Ib'
(r,»Tj), (T,-Tj), and (P-T.'Tj-STi) Belt Tension.Lb.
FIG. 8. CHARACTERISTICS OF A 0.75 X 0.01-IN. STEEL BELT
attempt was made to plot curves of various functions
that would constantly enter into certain equations.
The values of to and To were first computed and
plotted as shown in Figs. 10, 11, and 12. The equation
for unit centrifugal tension is
tc
12WV}
g
where W = 0.2833 lb.
g = 32.2
and in this equation Vd is in ft. per sec. If Va is to be
used in ft. per min., the equation becomes
_ 12 X 0.2833 X VI
' ~ 32.2 X 3600
= 0.0000293 V'd lb. per sq.in.
As Tc = to X ^. the multiplying factor then becomes
r„ = 0.0000293 X 0.01 X 0.75 X V^a
= 0.00000022y'rf
Computations of all observed data were then made
and the results tabulated, the equations employed being
given below.
Circumference of driver and driven pulleys := 8.625 ft.
Af — I j X 8.625 ft. per min.
t, =
0.0075
lb.
per sq.m.
^^ FIG. 10.
3000 4000 5000 6000 TOO 80OO 8000
Vn-BeltVeloci+a,F+.perMia
CURVE OF CENTRIFUGAL TENSION FOR BELT
SPEEDS UP TO 9,000 FT. PER MINUTE
hp.
(T,-T,)Vd
33,000
where T, — T, = force in lb.
Va = distance.
hp. - (T. - r.) v..
Efficiency
log:
t,
hp.
- tc
X 100 per cent
t^ tc
" ~ ~0:43430~
7, = I X 8.625 ft. per min.
The above equation for u is derived in Smith and Marx's
"Machine Design."
Curves of all relations that might possibly exist were
then plotted as are shown in Figs. 8 and 9.
The most noticeable relation is that of velocity of
slip and horsepower. This curve shows practically
straight-line variation up to a certain point where the
80
^^
W
^
TO
(5.
.e'«o
s:
t
8L
it 50
5)
•6 40
1-
1
^
10
\
/
°^
o— o
-<^
N
U-
^
— £
...
Li.
) 1 2 3 4 5 6
, , Horsepower ^ ^
20
25
P" Pressure on Pulley In Terms of Belt Tension,
Pounds
FIG. 9. CHARACTERISTICS OF A 0.75 x 0.01-IN.
STEEL BELT
velocity of slip increases very suddenly. Inspection of
the data shows that at this point t^ = to and hence there
is no pressure on the pulley where the belt leaves the
driven pulley. As this is the case, it would be expected
that the velocity of slip would become excessive.
The curve of P as a function of slip shows that the
pressure decreases with an increase of slip up to a point
where the pressure decreases but slightly with a large
increase of slip. As can be seen from these two curves,
the pressure on the pulley and the horsepower are re-
lated, but for the present the most striking relation
appears to be in the curve of horsepower and slip.
The relation between the coefficient of friction and
velocity of slip apparently exists in Fig. 8. This is a
misconception, for the curve should not pass through
zero, since the coefficient of friction of rest between
cork and steel is not zero. All that this curve indicates
is that the coefficient of friction at zero velocity and zero
slip is indeterminable, due to other variables. It may
also be noted that the belt velocity is not constant and
that the pressure varies.
}
896
AM.ERICAN M.ACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
A relation between u and T, -\- T", was suspected, but
after some investigation it appeared that Tc entered
into this factor. It was then that the pressure curve
was plotted, and although it has no significance as it
appears here, it was necessary in the work that was to
follow.
Method of Obtaining Results
The first relation that was attempted was that be-
tween hp. and V>. It was noticed that for a constant
value r, all the points up to certain limits would fall
on a straight line. These curves were plotted, the curve
for T, = 99 lb. being shown in Fig. 13. A dashed line
7500
j
7000
1
1
6500
1
1
rSqln
/
/
S.
/
i
-i5500
/
o
in
/
1^
/
^5000
i
«2
/
§4500
/
J?
/
4000
/
/
/
/
■t500
/
r
/
3000
/
J
f
iqOOO lipOO l?/)00 ©poo 14,000 ISJXW
Vd= Belt Velocity ,Ft.per Min.
ItOOO
FIG. 11.
CURVE OF CENTRIFUGAL TENSION FOR BELT
SPEEDS UP TO 16,000 FT. PER MINUTE
was then drawn such that the estimated slope would as
nearly as possible coincide with the mean average of the
points. In these curves this line is a light dashed one
and noted by the word "Estimated." It must be remem-
bered that in these curves all points in the vicinity or
above that where t, = tc are not plotted. The figures
on the right show the belt velocity and hp. at which
«, = to.
When this was done for all values of T, the slope was
found and tabulated with the corresponding value of T ,.
The equation of a straight line passing through zero is
y = mX, where m = slope. With this in mind the
slope m was plotted as a function of Tj, and resulted in
a parabolic curve. To determine the equation of this
new curve the data were plotted on logarithmic cross-
section paper. The result was a straight line which had
0.17 for its intercept and a slope of 0.65, indicating that
the slope m was equal to 0.17 T,°".
From this it was a simple matter to deduce the equa-
tion
so
A
'
Compuhd from the Formula T^'fJi
,
y
■ 60
tf-^Ceninfu^l Tznsion inLbptr
SqJn
/
J
A= Cross^cfional Ama -=00075 Sq In
A
§40
/
f
/
Y
-"^
/
Y
?
/
y
-t to
A
Y
A
y
^ 10
/
h
^
Y
0
w
^
t^
0 1000 aXX)300O'100O 5000 6000 mo 8000 900OI(l(l«)llWli?»0Cill00W)ra
\^= Belt Velocity ,Ft per Min,
FIG. 12.
CURVE OF CENTRIFUGAL TENSION FOR BELT
SPEEDS UP TO 17,000 FT. PER MINUTE
As all of the points of the estimated slope m did
not fall on the logarithmic curve, another line, the slope
of which was computed from the above equation, was
drawn on the curves and noted by the equation
The values of the velocity of slip were then corrected
by the use of these curves and the corrected value was
tabulated as Vsc
Fig. 13 was then plotted to give an idea of the rela-
tion of hp. to V,c at various values of T,. The lines of
constant T, are shown as solid straight lines. The light
dashed lines are lines of constant Va and the points of
intersection with the line of constants Va were computed
from the equations.
hp. = (T, — T,) X Vi
T, = To = 0.00000022y<,
The relation of u to Vsc, Vd and P was more difficult to
determine owing to the large number of variables. An
attempt was made to select groups of values from the
observed data where two of the values remained con-
stant. This could not be done for enough values to
Q
o
'1
g
1
1
?S(K
"
-T
II
>
1
o
c
1
■
S
2oa
CL.
?^
e
1
It-I
•00
.
i- A
^
n
— 1
= 3
;
1
•
'
4
o
o
o
I
1
'/
1
.".
f
o
n
/
hp.
0.17 T'-^Vs.
'01234-5
^"Velocity of Stip.Ft.perMin.
FIG. 13. CURVES SHOWING RELATION BETWEEN VELOC-
ITY OF SLIP AND HORSEPOWER
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
397
TABLE III.
RKLATIONSHIP BETWEEM u
AND V,c
Constants
Variab
es
Run No.
P
Vi
u
I»c
Relation
R-\
70
5,000
0 143
1 20
R-1
0.360
2 75
u = 0.1 T'sc'"'
R-\
4,000
0. 190
1 15
n-1
0 465
2 25
u = O.I55Vs(,1375
ff-l
3.000
0 271
1 00
R-1
0 515
1 80
u = 0.223ysc'"'
R-\
2,000
0 240
0.75
R-1
0 550
1 25
n = 0.385V5cl375
find a relationship between the other two variables, and
for a time the solution looked much more difficult. It
seemed that new data must be taken or that interpola-
tions must be made from the data already at hand. As
the taking of new data, such that two of the variables
remain constant, was impracticable for but one observer,
interpolated data had to be computed. The values of
T.^ and Vd were interpolated from curves and the
observed data.
A large number of groups were selected, and in each
group two and sometimes three sets of values of the
two variables could be obtained when the other two
remained constant. These values were plotted on
logarithmic cross-section paper and were found to be
straight lines having approximately the same slope. For
example, the relationship between u and V^c is shown in
Talkie III for one value of the pressure constant through-
out the set of groups.
Data similar to those in Table III were obtained for
pressures of other values and the relation found. The
exponents found in each were averaged and found to
be 1.37, it then being evident that
where K is some constant.
The characteristics of the curves plotted of m as a
function of V,i and P when V^c was constant, showed
that V,i and P varied inversely according to some power.
Interpolations and computations similar to the above
were made, and it was found that u varied inversely as
some constant multiplied by the square root of P. Again
the same methods were followed, and it was found that
u varied inversely as some constant multiplied by Va'\
This gave the equation
Vs.'" X K
p"' X V,i' '
and 75 values of K were solved from the equation
_ u X p"-' X F,/'-'
The values varied from 2.71 X 10' as a minimum to
4.04 X 10' as a maximum. The majority, however,
were in the neighborhood of the average, which was
3.1992 X 10'.
The final deduction of the relation of u to the other
variables is given by the equation
^ V.,-' " X 3.2 X 10'
" p"' X V,i'-'
Conclusions
The first equation found in this investigation is use-
ful in determining the tension in the tight side of the
belt, when a given amount of power is to be transmitted
and a reasonable velocity of slip (not greater than 3 ft.
per min.) is assumed. The wear on the pulley facings is
in proportion to the velocity of "jlip, and hence it is
advisable to keep this value as low as possible to prevent
wear. Knowing this tension, the belt may be cut in
length by computing the total elongation due to the
tension, and the distance that the cork will be depressed
due to this tension. The belt may then be joined and
placed on the pulleys.
The second equation, while not as practical as the
first, is interesting from the technical nature with
which the different factors vary the value of the coeffi-
cient of friction as the range of power transmi.ssion is
passed over. The coefficient of friction of rest between
cork and steel at a given pressure would not appear to
by zero at this equation would indicate were the velocity
of slip zero.
The efficiency of transmission was always so near
100 per cent that it was not tabulated in the data.
Only in extreme cases did it fall below 98 per cent, and
the author spent but little time on this computation.
A Good Method of Numbering and
Filing Drawings
By Peter F. O'Shea
In the plant of the Baush Machine Tool Co., Spring-
field, Mass., each part which has ever been used in the
product is given a part number, for instance, B885P.
This part number is the number of the drawing and of
the pattern, and at the same time a slight description.
It tells what size the drawing is, where to find it, and
whether it is the original drawing or a corrected one.
All drawings are divided into classes according to the
size of the sheet, each size being denoted by a capital
letter. Each sheet is double the size of the class bsfore
it. Thus: B is 6 x 9 in.; C, 9 x 12 in.; D, 12 x 18 in.;
E, 18 X 24 in, and F, 24 x 36 in. This initial is prefixed
to the serial part number so that anyone will know im-
mediately from the number what the dimensions of a
drawing are.
If the drawing still in use is the original one by
which the pattern was made the capital letter P is
added to the number of the part and drawing. If any
change has been made, the letter P is replaced by A
for the first change in the pattern, B for the next, etc.
This prevents mistaking an obsolete drawing for a later
one, all the old drawings being saved for reference.
The reason why the code not only describes the size
but tells where to look for a drawing is that each size
of drawing is filed in a case suitable to it. The larger
drawings are filed flat in shallow drawers, or hanging
from rods. Small drawings, however, are all filed verti-
cally in drawers in the order of the part numbers. Filing
envelopes contain 100 consecutively numbered drawings
each. Index cardboards and tabs classify the contents
of each drawer and keep the drawings upright and
solid without warping or bending them. A great many
drawings can be filed in a small space in this way. In
fact, the vertical method is so much more compact and
easy of reference and altogether preferable that the
chief draftsman is extending it to take in drawings of
large size. Of course a different set of drawers is
used for each size of drawings, although these sets can,
however, be combined in a multiple cabinet.
Thus the number on a part tells not only the size
of the drawing but which chest and practically which
drawer the drawing is in. Anyone in the office may put
his finger upon any certain drawing at a moment's
notice.
398
AMEEICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
Increasing Production by Safeguarding Power
Press Operation*
By a. L. KAEMS
Safety Engineer, Simmons Co., Kenosha, Wis.
The operator of the power press often moves
hesitantly because he realizes the dangers that
attend his work, and so his production is lessened.
In the Simmons Co. plant numerous feeding
devices were arranged for the power presses as
a measure of safety and their use has resulted in
a surprising increase of production.
THE punch press has been one of my hobbies,
because as one of the most dangerous machines
it offers a great opportunity to show what can
be accomplished in saving fingers. Accidents can be
prevented by arranging devices to make it unnecessary
for the operator to reach into the die space to place
the material.
The safety engineer has to contend with, first, the
superintendent, who thinks principally of production;
second, the men themselves, who are used to doing the
work in their own way. One reason why I joined the
Simmons company was because of the opportunity
offered to prove that certain ideas could be wo»-ked out.
Easy Problems Handled First
The easiest problems were handled first, and one of
these was the forming operation on the part shown in
Fig. 1. These pieces were set in the die by hand, but
by turning the die around it was possible to build and
use the slide which extends from the front of the die.
Now the operator slides the work in by pushing along
the pieces in the slide and the danger of injury is
greatly lessened.
The part of the die A, Fig. 2, was originally the lower
die for forming the piece B, but by inverting the posi-
tion of the dies, and mounting the other portion in
the bolster, as shown, it was possible to employ a chute
•Paper presented at the summer meeting of the Engineering
Section of the National Safety Council at Chicago, June 26, 1920.
FIG. 2. PRESS ARRANGED FOR SLIDE FEED BY REVERS-
ING PUNCH AND DIE
for feeding the pieces. After forming they are kicked
out automatically and the operator cannot go wrong.
In planning operations on stock that is already formed
it is often necessary to experiment with different kinds
of slides, set at different angles, before a slide is obtained
that will carry the stock into the die properly. The
operation shown in Fig. 1 is an example of this. We
didn't make this slide from a blueprint originally, but
from a piece of tin which we could bend in different
ways until we got it to work right. Then from this
model we made the permanent slide which is shown.
A feature of this device is that it does away with scrap.
With it a man worked for two days without spoiling
a piece or missing a stroke of the press.
Safety Feeding Devices That Increase Production
Safety feeding devices have increased our produc-
tion from 10 to 200 per cent. One man was asked
how many pieces he could turn out with the use of
FIG. 1.
inclined FEED SLIDE FOR FORMING
OPERATION
FIG. 3.
SLIDE FITTED WITH SPRING RAR TO PREVENT
TIPPING OF WORK
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
399
s^)^A ^H
M
4
'^^^^^rT^m ""m
FIG. 4.
AUTOMATIC PRESS FEEDER FOR
FLANGED PIECES
the slide. He replied that he did not know to what
extent his output was increased in pieces but that with-
out the slide he used to make 80 cents per hour and
that ho now makes %2. On another machine we in-
creased the average output from 2,000 to 4,500 per
hour. The method of attempting to increase production
by getting it out of the men has given way to getting
it out of the machine. With hand-feeding the operator
had to stop the machine at every stroke but now he
can let it run and every stroke counts.
Slides Are Popular
Tbe men like the slides because they increase their
wages. One special job that required only 5,000 pieces
v/as set up on the machine in the old way and one of
our best feeders was put on it. He refused to work
without a slide, so they fixed one up out of a piece
of tin sheet.
The pieces shown in Fig. 3 presented a difficulty
because when sliding down a chute they would tip
■ FIG. 5.
SPRING KNOCK-OUT TO REMOVE PKESS.'OU PARTS
FROM DIES
FIG. 6.
SLIDE FEED AND HAND KNOCK-OUT "WITH
SAFETY GUARD
over. After a lot of experimenting we put a special
side piece in the slide with a spring back of it, to
cause a certain amount of friction on the pieces. With
this arrangement we can push them through the slide
easily. The piece across the farther end of the slide
stops the piece of work from tipping over as it drops
into the die.
A similar part with a flaring top is handled in a
press equipped with an automatic feeding device. Fig. 4.
A bar .4 along the top of the slide prevents the pieces
from tipping over. The pan B at the end of the slide
is provided as an aid in feeding.
Trouble with a Slide Feed
In one case, with a slide feed, trouble was experi-
enced in getting the piece exactly in the right place in
the die. The piece had a hole in the center so the
trouble was remedied by putting a pilot pin on the
upper die which exactly centers the piece before the
die hits it.
On another job, performed on a vertical press, four
fingers were lost last year, so we made a slide to get
the material into the die, Fig. 5. The old stripper was
not satisfactory because the parts fell back in the die.
The piece of spring steel A was so attached that the
pieces when stripped struck it and bounced off to one
side. The piece B was fastened to the ram so that
it pushed the part A out of the way when the ram came
down. This looks crude, but it does the work.
One Improvement
Fig. 6 shows a job that is a great improvement
although not yet perfect. This is a slide A which the
operator feeds with his left hand. He knocks the
pressed parts out of the way with a stick held in his
right hand. The sweep guard B has been left on to
make sure that the man does not get his right hand
under the ram.
This department has about 500 presses and 3,000
dies and in it 24 fingers were cut off last year. We
have now run three months without a scratch. Every
month a statement is posted showing compensations
and doctors' bills and the boys are taking a great pride
in their record. We have really only made a beginning
since we took the machines that we had and made feeds
and kickouts to fit. Eventually we will have real auto-
matic feeds where the stock is put into a barrel and
feeds itself.
460
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
Activities of American Engineering
Standards Committee
FIVE additional bodies have been admitted to rep-
resentation on the main committee of the Ameri-
can Engineering Standards Committee. They are:
Electrical Manufacturers Council :
(Electric Power Club.
Associated Manufacturers of Electrical Supplies.
Electrical Manufacturers Club).
Fire Protection Group:
(National Fire Protection Association.
National Board of Fire Underwriters.
Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Com-
panies.
Underwriters Laboratories).
National Electric Light Association.
National Safety Council.
Society of Automotive Engineers.
These, with the five engineering societies who founded
the committee (American Institute of Electrical Engi-
neers, American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society
for Testing Materials), and the three government de-
partments, added later (Commerce, Navy, and War),
make a total of thirteen organizations having represen-
tation on the main committee.
Constitution of the A. E. S. C.
The constitution of the A. E. S. C. provides for rep-
resentation of "groups of organizations." It is the
policy of the committee to encourage representation by
groups in such a manner that a group shall represent
substantially the entire field of a particular industry in
order that it may "be of national scope." In the opinion
of the committee the group plan makes both for effi-
ciency in standardization work and for effectiveness of
representation. The groups are autonomous, such mat-
ters as the apportionment of representatives and the
allotment of fees among the constituent bodies resting
"T/holly with the group.
International Standardization
OF
Widths Across Flats on Nuts and Bolt Heads
as Proposed by
Swiss Standards Association
The Swiss Standards Association has addressed a
communication to the national engineering standardiz-
ing bodies of the various countries, proposing the inter-
national standardization of the widths across flats on
nuts and bolt heads.
The proposal covers the range of i in. (6 mm.), 3 in.
(80 mm.), diameter of bolts. The numerical values
proposed are a compromise between the United States
Standard, the British or Whitworth, and the metric
"Systeme Internationale." The communication was
addressed to the standardizing bodies of America,
Belgium, England, France, Germany, Holland, and
Sweden.
The American Engineering Standards Committee has
requested the American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers and the Society of Automotive Engineers to act
as joint sponsors in the matter, leaving the decision to
the joint sponsors as to whether a new sectional com-
mittee shall be organized for the project, or whether
the work should be done by a sub-committee of the
Sectional Committee on Screw Threads, for which the
same two societies are acting as joint sponsors.
Standardization of Structural Shapes
On the entrance of the United States into the war
with the Central Powers there came a demand for imme-
diate increase in ship construction which, in turn, meant
increased production by the steel mills. To increase
production to the maximum, and to simplify order prac-
tice, a conference of steel makers was held in Washing-
ton on July 2, 1917, at which was adopted American
standard practice for structural steel for ships.
The result of this action proved distinctly beneficial
both to the mills and the shipyards, but was not followed
immediately by a standardization of and a reduction in
the number of structural shapes used at the yards, and
in consequence the Emergency Fleet Corporation under-
took an investigation to ascertain definitely the number
of structural shapes used in shipbuilding and the pos-
sibility of their standardization and reduction in num-
ber. As an outcome of these investigations carried on
by Fred T. Llewellyn in the Division of Steel Ship
Construction under Daniel H. Cox, manager, it became
possible to determine what were the sections in mo.st
general use and at the same time were brought out
clearly the divergences in the sections rolled by dif-
ferent mills.
At a conference of steel makers held in Philadelphia
on Nov. 19, 1918, inasmuch as the British standard sec-
tions of ship channels and shipbuilding bulb angles
appeared to be better adapted to economical manufac-
ture than the American standard sections and further
as the new rolls which had been turned in recent years
to produce such sections conformed in general to British
standards, it was decided that thereafter American
standard sections should be discontinued and that rolls
not then to British standards be redressed at as early
a date as possible to roll such sections as closely as
possible to British standards and this particularly in
view of the further fact that the adoption of British
standard sections would enable American mills to com-
pete on an even basis for ship steel wherever utilized
in shipyards, either at home or overseas.
British Standard Sections
The British standard sections thus adopted as Ameri-
can standards were those adopted by the British Engi-
neering Standards Association as published in 1903, and
it was not known that this association had undertaken
a revision of the British standard sections in 1913, work
on which, however, had been suspended by reason of
the war activities. When, however, through the trade
press, information as to what had been done in the
United States came to the attention of the British Engi-
neering Standards Association, that association advised
American steel makers as to the situation and later
through their secretary, Mr. LeMaistre, expressed their
desire to have the American structural trade co-operate
with the British Engineering Standards Association in
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
401
the formulation of common Anglo-American standards
for structural shapes.
At the instance of the association of American Steel
Manufacturers, a sectional committee on steel shapes
was organized under the auspices of the American Engi-
neering Standards Committee.
The Sectional Committee gave very careful considera-
tion to the entire routine of structural practice in the
United States not only as it affects the profiles of struc-
tural shapes themselves, but also as regards methods
of order practice, calculation and publication of vi^eights,
areas and properties, etc., with the idea to insure as far
as possible a complete accord between makers and users
wherever the sections rolled in English-speaking lands
were used. At its meeting held on April 27, 1920, it
formulated its recommendation for submission to its
sponsor organizations, to the American Engineering
Standards Committee and to the British Engineering
Standards Association as a basis for common Anglo-
American standards, and its conclusions are now to go
before these organizations for further discussion and
endorsement.
Features of the Recommendations
The essential features of these recommendations are:
1. The adoption of the decimal system for the expression
of dimensions, thicknesses and other elements of order
practice.
2. The adoption as an Anglo-American standard of the
standard order practice adopted by the Association of
American Steel Manufacturers on Feb. 20, 1920, under
which structural shapes are to be ordered by weights per
foot and not by thickness.
3. The adoption as an Anglo-American standard of
American standard practice as it relates to ranges of
thicknesses, methods of computation and methods of
publication.
4. The adoption of definite ranges in thicknesses of
angles and other structural shapes, under which are es-
tablished two zones of variations between minimum and
maximum thicknesses. Under 0.60 in. thick variations are
fixed at four one-hundredths inch (0.04 in.) and above
0.60 in. thick at eight one-hundredths inch (0.08 in.).
5. Included in the list of angles is an equal angle
(9x9 in.) and four unequal angles (8 x 4, 9 x 4, 9 x 6 and
10 X 4 in.) which are not now rolled in United States,
but are subject to the considerations which weigh with
manufacturers when new rolls are contemplated.
6. The adoption of a new line of bulb angle sections as
proposed by the British Engineering Standards Association
that are recommended on account of their greater effi-
ciency as compared with present British and American
standards.
7. The adoption of a single line of channel sections with
a 5 deg. flange taper to displace the present two. American
lines, the structural line with its flange taper 9° 27' 42" and
the shipbuilding line with its flange taper of 2 deg. This
line of channel sections is not quite in accord with that
proposed by the British Engineering Standards Associa-
tion, but is believed to be more suitable to the requirements
of the American trade and better proportioned.
8. The adoption of a new line of beam sections to take
the place of the present American standards adopted in
1896. These sections have wider flanges than present
American standards and do not agree very closely with
the British proposals, but are believed by the Sectional Com-
mittee to be more nearly in accord with the recent develop-
ments in the fabrication of buildings and bridges.
Standardization of Shafting
The American Engineering Standards Committee has
invited the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
to act as sponsor for the standardization of shafting.
The society has already done a considerable amount of
work on a set of standard diameters for transmission
and machinery shafting. It is proposed that the work,
which will be carried out by a sectional committee,
working under the rules of procedure of the A. E. S. C,
shall be broadened to include the standardization of the
method of determining what diameters of transmission
shafting should be used for given loads, the dimensions
of shafting keys and keyways, and the setting of dimen-
sional tolerances.
Standardization of Pipe Flanges and
Fittings
The committee has also requested the society to as-
sume sponsorship in the standardization of pipe flanges
and fittings. In 1914 the society issued a report cover-
ing a schedule of pipe flanges and fittings, for diameters
from 1 to 100 in. for 125 lb. pressure, and also a
schedule for extra heavy pipe, covering a range from
1 to 48 in. diameter, and for 250 lb. pressure. In 1918
a supplementary report was published for working
pressures of 50, 800, 1,200, and 3,000 pounds.
While the work has not been active during the last
year, it is now proposed that it be continued, the society
being formally recognized as sponsor, under the rules
of procedure of the A. E. S. C.
Standardization of Plain Limit Gages
A sectional committee of the American Engineering
Standards Committee has just been organized to under-
take the standardization of plain cylindrical gages for
general engineering work, under the sponsorship of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers. The imme-
diate occasion for undertaking the work was a request
of the British Engineering Standards Association for
co-operation on the subject. The committee held its
organization meeting on June 11. It is understood that
this committee will recommend to the American Engi-
neering Standards Committee that the scope of the work
should be broadened so as to cover all plain limit gages
for general engineering work.
The Personnel of the Committee
The present personnel of the American Engineering
Standards Committee is as follows:
E. C. Peck, chairman, general superintendent, Cleveland
Twist Drill Co.
L. D. Burlingame, vice chairman, industrial superintend-
ent. Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing Co.
H. W. Bearce, secretary, gage department. Bureau of
Standards, secretary National Screw Thread Commis-
sion.
P. W. Abbott, Lincoln Motor Co.
John Bath, president, John Bath & Co., Inc.
Earle Buckingham, engineer of standards, Pratt &
Whitney Co.
Fred H. Colvin, editor, "American Machinist."
W. A. Gabriel, chief draftsman and designer Elgin
National Watch Co.
F. 0. Hoagland, vice president and works manager, The
Bilton Machine Tool Co.
Edward H. Ingram, works manager. The Cleveland Drill-
ing Machine Co.
J. O. Johnson, office of chief of ordnance. War Depart-
ment.
A. W. Schoof, gage engineer, Greenfield Tap and Die
Corporation.
G. T. Trundle, consulting engineer. Engineers Building,
Cleveland, Ohio.
H. L. VanKeuren, The VanKeuren Co.
402
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
FOR SMALL SHOPS ^z?^ ALL SHOPS
By J. A. L/ucas
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
403
Automatic Electric Arc Welding Machine'
By H. L. UNLAND
Power and Mining Department, General Electric Co.
THE automatic arc welding machine, made by the
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y., is a
device for automatically feeding metallic electrode
wire into the welding arc at the rate required to hold a
constant arc length. Under these circumstances the
electrical conditions are kept constant and the resulting
weld is uniform and its quality is thereby improved.
It is possible with this device to weld at a speed of from
two to six times
the rate possible
by skilled opera-
tors welding by
hand. This is
pai'tly due to the
stability of the
welding condi-
tions and partly
due to the fact
that the electrode
is fed from a con-
tinuous reel, thus
eliminating the
changing of elec-
trodes. The auto-
matic welding
machine is adapt-
able to practi-
cally any form of
weld from butt
welding of plates
to the depositing
of metal on worn
surfaces such as
shafts, wheels, etc.
Everyone who
has made any
investigation of
electric arc weld-
ing has noted the
wide variation
in results ob-
tained by differ-
ent welders oper-
ating, as nearly
as can be de-
termined, under
identical condi-
tions. This also
applies to the op-
erations of a single welder at different times under
identical conditions. These variations affect practi-
cally all factors of welding such as speed of welding,
amount of electrode consumed, etc. When indicating
instruments are connected to an electric welding circuit,
continual variations of considerable magnitude in
the current and voltage of the arc are at once
noticed. Considerable variation was found some years
ago in the cutting of steel plates by the gas process and
when an equipment was devised to mechanically travel
the cutting torch over the plate a series of tests to
determine the maximum economical speed, gas pressure.
•From a paper read before the American Welding Society.
etc., for the various thickness of plate were made. The
result was that the speed of cutting was increased to as
much as four or five times the rate possible when
operating under the unsteady conditions incident to
hand manipulation of the torch. Further, the gas con-
sumption for a given cut was found to be decreased very
greatly. As a result of many experiences an investigation
was started to determine what could be done in control-
ling the feed of
the electrode to
the electric arc in
a metallic elec-
trode welding cir-
cuit. An electric
arc is inherently
unstable, the fluc-
tuations taking
place with ex-
treme rapidity. In
any regulating
device the sensi-
tiveness depends
on the percentage
of variation from
normal rather
than on the actual
magnitude of the
values, since
these are always
reduced to ap-
proximately a
common factor
by the use of
shunts, current
transformers, or
series resistances.
The characteris-
tics of practically
all electric weld-
ing circuits are
such that the cur-
rent and voltage
are inter-related,
an increase in one
causing a corre-
sponding decrease
in the other.
Where this is the
case it will gene-
rally be found that the percentage variation of the volt-
age from normal when taken at the customary arc voltage
of 20, will be approximately twice the percentage varia-
tion in current. Further, an increase in arc voltage,
other conditions remaining the same, indicates that
the arc has been lengthened, thus giving the metal a
greater opportunity to oxidize in the arc with a proba-
bility of reduction in quality of the weld. The auto-
matic arc welding machine utilizes the arc voltage as
the basis for regulating the equipment. The rate of
feeding the wire varies over a wide range due to the use
of electrodes of different diameters, the use of different
current values, etc., caused by details of the particular
FIG. 1. SPECIAL, SJiT-UP OF MACHINE FOR CIRCULAR WELDING
404
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 0
1
•i^^^ 1 • •— ^^^
*^.:y-^
B&^^
FIG. 2. SET-UP FOR BUILDING UP A SHAFT
weld to be made. The simplest and most reliable method
of electrically obtaining- variations in speed is by means
of a separately excited direct current motor. Thus the
operation of this equipment is limited to direct current
arc welding circuits, but these may be of any established
type, the variations in characteristics of the welding
circuits being taken care of by proper selection of
resistors, coils, etc., in the control.
The Welding Head
The welding head consists essentially of a set of
rollers for gripping the wire and feeding it to the arc.
These rollers are suitably connected through gearing to
a small direct-current motor, the armature of which is
connected across the terminals of the welding arc. This
connection causes the motor to increase in speed as the
voltage across the arc increases due to an increase in
the length of the arc and to decrease in speed as the
voltage decreases, due to a shortened arc. A small
relay operating on the principle of a generator voltage
regulator is connected in the field circuit of the motor
which assists in the speed control of the motor as the
arc voltage varies. Rheostats, for regulating and adjust-
ing the arc voltage, are provided by means of which the
equipment can be made to maintain steadily an arc of
the desired length and this value may be varied from
over twenty to as low as nine volts. No provision is
made in the machine for adjustment of the welding
current since the automatic operation is in no way
dependent on it. The welding current adjustment is
taken care of by the control panel of the welding set.
This may be either of the variable voltage or constant
potential type but it is necessary to have a source of
constant potential to excite the fields of feed motor. It
may be possible to obtain this excitation from the weld-
ing circuit, but this is not essential. The voltage of
both the welding and constant potential circuits is
immaterial, provided it is not too high, but these voltages
must be known before the proper rheostats can be
supplied.
On account of the great variation in conditions under
which this welding equipment may be used it is pro-
vided with a base which may be bolted to any form of
support. It may be held stationary and the work
traveled past the arc or welding head may be mov-
able and the work held stationary. These points will be
dictated by the relative size of the work and the head
and the equipment which may be available. Provision
must be made for traveling one or the other at a
uniform speed in order to carry the arc along the weld.
In the case of straight seams a lathe or planer bed
may be utilized for this purpose and for circular seams
a lathe or boring mill may be used. In many cases it
will be found desirable to use clamping jigs for securely
holding the work in shape and also to facilitate placing
in position and removing from the feeding mechanism.
In Fig. 1, the welding head is shown mounted on a
special device for making circular welds. The work
table is driven through a worm and worm gear bv means
of a separate motor. The welding head may be led along
the arm by means of the handwheel, and it may be tilted
at an angle of 45 deg. both at right angles to the line of
weld and also parallel to the line of weld. Fig. 2 shows
the building up of a shaft, the work being mounted on
lathe centers and the welding head placed on a bracket
clamped to saddle.
Fig. 3 shows a simplified diagram of the control of
the feed motor. In this cut A is the regulating rheostat
in the motor field circuit controlled by the arc voltage
regulator G; B is the adjusting rheostat in the motor
field circuit; F indicates the feed motor field winding;
M the feed motor winding; D is the resistance in the
motor armature circuit to adjust the speed when start-
ing the feed motor before the arc is struck. The open-
circuit voltage of the welding circuit is ordinarily con-
siderably higher than the arc voltage. This resistance
D is short circuited by contactor X when the arc is
struck. The arc voltage regulator G maintains con-
stant arc voltage by varj'ing the motor field strength
through resistor A. The regulator is adjusted to hold
the desired voltage by the rheostat C. Permanent
resistance E is in series with the over-voltage relay
H, to compensate for the voltage of the welding circuit.
Over voltage relay H holds open the coil circuit of the
regulator G until the electrode makes contact in order
to protect the coil from burning out.
Observation of indicating meters on the control panel
show that the current and voltage are practically con-
stant, but it should be remembered that all indicating
meters have a certain amount of damping which pre-
vents observation of the variations which are extremely
rapid or of small magnitude. The resultant value as
read on the instrument is the average value. Oscillo-
graphs taken with short arcs show that notwithstand-
ing the fact that the indicating meters show a constant
value, a succession of rapid short circuits is continually
Ammeter
FIG. 3. SIMPLIFIED DIAGRAM OF CONTROL OF FEED
MOTOR
i
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
405
FiG. 4. WORN MOTOK SHAFT BUILT UP
taking place, apparently due to particles of the molteir
wire practically short-circuiting the arc in passing from
the electrode to the work. This is indicated by the fact
that the voltage curve fell to zero each time, and accom-
panying each such fluctuation there was an increase in
the current. It was found that with the shorter arc
the frequency of occurrance of these short-circuits was
considerably higher than was the case when the arc was
increased in length. To all appearances the arc was
absolutely steady and continuous and there was no indi-
cation either by observation of the arc itself or of the
instruments that these phenomena were occurring.
Some Work Performed by the Machine
The principal field for an automatic arc welding
machine is where a considerable amount of welding is
required, the operations being a continuous repetition
of duplicate welds. Under these conditions one can
economically provide jigs and fixtures for facilitating
the handling of the work and the clamping. Thus can
be reaped the benefit of the increased speed in the
actual- welding which would be lost if each individual
piece had to be clamped and handled separately.
Examples of different jobs done with this machine,
using various feeding and holding methods, are shown in
the accompanying cuts. Fig. 4 is a worn pulley seat
on an electric motor shaft built up and ready to be
re-turned to size.
It is possible to build up pulley and pinion seats, also
worn bearings, without removing the armature or rotor
from the shaft and in practically all cases without
removing the windings due to the concentration of the
heat at the point of the weld. On shafts of this kind,
3 to 4 in. in diameter, the figures are: current 115 amp.;
arc voltage 14; electrode A in. in diameter; travel, 6 in.
per min. ; rate of deposit about 2.1 lb. per hour.
Similar work on a 14-in. shaft where the flywheel
FIG. 5. WORN AND REPAIRED CRANE WHEELS
seat 21 in. long was turned undersize, was as follows :
metal about A in. deep was deposited over the under-
size surface, using current, 190 amp.; arc voltage 18;
electrode h in. diameter; travel 4 in. per min.; rate of
deposit, about 2 lb. per hour; welding time, 16 hr.;
machining time, 4 hr.
Fig. 5 shows worn and repaired crane wheel flanges.
These are easily handled by mounting on a mandrel in
a lathe, and placing the welding machine on a bracket
bolted to the cross-slide or the saddle. On wheels of
this type 22 in. in diameter, the time taken to weld by
TABLE I. SEAM WELDING
Thickness in Inches
0.040
1/16
1/8
J/16
Amperes
45 to 50
50 to 80
80 to 120
100 to 150
Speed, Inches PerJMittute
20 to 30
15 to 25
6 to 12
4 to 6
hand would be about 12 hr. and by machine 2 hr.;
machining time 4 hr. ; approximate cost by hand weld-
ing $9 ; by machine $4.
Fig. 6 is an automobile wire wheel hub stamping, to
which a dust cover was welded as shown. Joint was
between metal ie and A in. thick. Current 100 amp.;
arc voltage, 14; travel 10 in. per min.; electrode s% in.
diameter.
Fig. 7, welded automobile rear-axle housing, A in.
thick ; current 120 amp. ; arc voltage 14 ; travel 6 in. per
min.; electrode diameter a'2 in.
Fig. 8, welded tank seam; metal J in. thick; current
140 amp. ; arc voltage 14 ; travel, 6 in. per min. ; time for
*
3^
fff^
^
■ '■'
■**?:
.FIG. 7. WELDED REAK-.VXLB HOUSING
FIG. 6. WELDED AUTOMOBILE HUB STAMPINGS
FIG. 8. WELDED STRAIGHT TANK SEAM
406
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
TABLE I- BUILDING UP (WHEELS OR .SHAFTS)
Diameter or
Thick., In.
Up to 1"
Up to 3"
Over 3"
Electrodes,
Dia., In.
A
A
i
Amperes
60 to 90
90 to 120
120 to 200
Speed, In. per
Min.
II to 13
6 to 8
4 to 6
Lb. Deposit
Per Hour
1.04-1.56
1.59-2 1
2.5 -4 5
welding ten tanks b" hand, 4 hrs. 40 min. ; by machine,
2 hrs.
Tables I and II give an idea of the speed of welding
which may be expected, but it should be borne in mind
that these figures are actual welding speeds. It is
necessary to have the material properly clamped and
supported and to have it travel past the arc at a uniform
speed. In some cases the figures given have been
exceeded and under certain special conditions it may be
desirable to use lower values than those given.
Graduates and Work
By Entropy
Abour this time almost all of the multitude to whom
diplomas were handed last June have spent the last of
the allowances that their Dads will stand for and are
just about ready to buckle down to work. Many of
them dread the plunge, just as many of us look back on
our own days in college and wish that we could go back
to that state of irresponsibility once more. Their first
few months, maybe years, of experience are not likely
to do much except make them accept the inevitable. The
transition for many is not only a plunge, it is a wet
blanket bath.
Why is all this ? These boys have spent practically all
their lives up to the time of graduation in non-produc-
tive effort. They may have worked hard, many have,
some at lessons, others in athletics, but it appears to be
necessary to hold them in leash for some time, which is
surely only another way of shortening their active pro-
ductive life. For one reason they have to be held up in
order that they may age, in appearance and in mental
methods. There seems to be no substitute for this proc-
ess. Men are made by hardships, mental or physical.
There v/as a time when mere progress through school
was attendant with some real hardships, but that is
not so true now. Fathers are more apt to support their
sons in full, loans from various funds are available,
and boys who used to pocket their pride and work their
way through are less inclined to do so now, and are more
likely to stay away. Not having hardships in school
they have to have them outside. One young man whom
I met the other day is typical of many others. He was
so unfortunate as to inherit a little money. He married
a girl with a little. This added income has kept him
where he did not have to wring the neck of the world to
get enough to support the pair, and he has not done it.
He has just moseyed along without making fame or
money, but always comfortable. My advice, which he
will not take, is to invest every cent he and his wife
have, and all he can borrow, in some virildcat oil-well
stock bought on a narrow margin. Then he will either
make enough money so he will not have occasion to
work at all or else he will be wiped out and have to go
to work for his own benefit to pay up his debts and
support his family.
There is another reason wny engineering graduates,
especially, have to wait for the right opportunity, and
that is because they do not on the average, know what
the fundamental principles are, either of mechanics or
of business, notablj' the latter. I know that I received
my diploma in the regular way, that is without any
strings on it by which it could be hauled back, so many
years ago that I hate to dwell upon it, and yet it never
occurred to me for at least fifteen years to see that any
world or country wide affairs had any connection with
my earnings or the purchasing power of my money. I
always believed that if I did my work well and con-
scientiously from day to day and never lifted my nose
from the grindstone, that I would be a success. At the
end of those fifteen years I looked up while the blood
dripped off my nose, and noticed that the world had
gone right along and that it had seemingly forgotten to
wake me up and take me too. That was the time I
should have had my diploma, not with the other boys
in my class, though there are a few of them who ought
not to have theirs even now, and one or two who got
theirs at the right time.
It seems to take the most earnest graduates about
two or three years to discover that hard work may not
necessarily be intelligent work. If a man is set at a
job and does it well he is no doubt worthy of his hire,
but if he discovers a way to omit this work in part or
altogether he has earned the right to promotion. It is
not alone doing work that counts, it is finding ways to
get things done with less work. Another of the troubles
of the young graduate is in getting used to the kind of
a world that has been built up outside the college walls.
We are not an especially handsome looking lot, some of
us wear old clothes to cut down the cost of living, and
some because we just never noticed they were old. We
have been very busy, and many of us do not remember
exactly the intercollegiate record in the pole vault. Not
but that we would like to know, but we just don't for
the moment. We are all glad to get acquainted with
every young graduate. It helps us stay young, but
we hate to give up the pile of work in front of us for
the sake of hearing the latest news from even our own
alma mater. We would rather talk about the exact
percentage of nickel in that last lot of shafts and
whether or not we could cut it down with safety. Fact
of it is we have the very bad habit of talking shop in
office hours and we hope he will do the same. And
after all we are only waiting with whatever patience
we have for the time when we can put Mister College
Graduate on some truly responsible work, but we do
not dare to until it becomes automatic with him to talk
shop whenever he talks at all.
At times some of us say that we wish these boys knew
enough to do some specific thing well enough to earn
a living at it when they graduate, but we do not really
mean it. None of us would be satisfied to have him do
it in any but our own way. What we do need is a
thorough knowledge and understanding of mechanical
principles, and an ability to discover how those prin-
ciples are at the bottom of our own work. We need
new ideas, and we need the effect of fresh new blood,
but we are afraid of too much newness of thought,
and we know from experience that everything we do
now is governed by past experiences, which makes it
hard for us to see hopes for success in new designs
for old machinery. That is, we feel the need of a
certain degree of conservatism, which may consist only
of listening to a rehearsal of past failures. I have often
envied those shops which preser%-e a sort of morgue,
or museum where are stored samples of all of their
o\vn and their competitors' failures, for exhibition.
They must have a wonderful value in educating a new-
comer.
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
407
Psycho-Technics in Germany
By Dr. ALFRED GRADENWITZ
Trade tests and applied psychology are beconi'
ing everyday affairs both here and abroad, but
we have considered it tvorth tvhile to print this
brief description of some of the simple apparatus
used in a German laboratory to pick out the right
man for the job, or better, perhaps, to pick out
the right job for the man. Whatever else tve
may think of the German, he is undoubtedly a
good laboratory man and his work is worth
studying.
TO ECONOMIZE is the one great problem of the
day in war-ravaged Europe. To economize not
only the scanty raw materials but the human
material available for the gigantic task of rebuilding
the world. In order that everj'body in this connection
may render a maximum of service he should obviously
be put in the right place to yield the most efficient
work.
The ideal solution of the problem would be to make
comprehensive tests and tell everybody previous to his
entering professional life for which profession the
candidate's personal gifts best fit him. Though we have
not yet got quite as far as that we are already able
to solve the problem in a practical way for some pro-
fessions, especially the manual trades. Whenever any-
body has made up his mind to go in for a given trade
we are in a position to tell him after extensive tests
whether, and in what degree, he is fit for it. We are,
able at the outset to discard the unqualified candidates.
Psycho-technics is the name of the young science
which has set itself the task of solving this and
related problems. Grown out of small beginnings, it is
developing with surprising rapidity. Already there are,
both in this country and in Europe, a number of indus-
trial works equipped with their own psycho-technical
laboratories for the selection of their apprentices and
operatives, and in Germany there has for some time
been in existence at the Berlin Technical High School
a psycho-technical research and testing laboratory,
I&.
I'lG. 1. TESTING SENSE OF PROPORTION
FIG. 2. APPARATUS FOR TESTING HEARING
conducted by Dr. W. Moede, one of the pioneers of the
new science, who found his early inspiration in Taylor's
efficiency engineering. The following description will
afford some idea of the methods used at Dr. Moede's
laboratory, which can be considered as representative
of the best practice in German psycho-technics.
Dr. Moede's Tests
The tests discover the physical and mental, as well
as the psychic, fitness of the candidate, for apart from
intelligence proper there are to be investigated a num-
ber of functions of a more psychic kind. The normal
fitness, of course, lies outside the range of these tests.
As regards, first, the activities of the senses, the eye-
sight and hearing should be primarily tested. In the
place of the mere visual powers, however, a more com-
plicated faculty is tested, the candidate's sense of pro-
portions, by means of various kinds of apparatus for
halving lines and circles, adjusting right angles, gaging
diameters, etc., see Fig. 1. The keenness of his luminos-
ity perception is likewise tested by means of a special
apparatus.
For testing the candidate's sense of hearing the
laboratory uses a simple apparatus consisting of a
weight, which by striking a fixed block produces a noise
depending on the height of fall, the candidate having to
decide whether two successive acoustic impressions are
of equal intensity. The apparatus is shown in Fig. 2.
Sensitiveness in Joints
Another point to be ascertained is the sensitiveness
in the joints; a technical worker, especially a mechanic,
should be able to gage accurately the pressure exerted
by a tool. Fig. 3 shows the device used for this test.
The candidate turns a handle and feels under the action
of a compressed spring an ever-increasing resistance.
At the bidding of the experimenter he then withdraws
his hand from the handle; the experimenter having
turned the handle back into its original position orders
the candidate to turn it on again until he feels the
same resistance as before. The index tells the experi-
menter how nearly the two positions agree.
The keenness of the touch is tested in many other
ways: by means of a set of metal plates to be sorted
according to the relative smoothness of their surface;
408
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 9
M^M
^mm
1
FIG. 3. TESTING SENSITIVENESS OP JOINTS
FIG. 5. SLOTTED PLATE FOR DETECTING UNSTEADINESS
KIG. 4.
BOLTS AND NX'TS FOR DETERMINING SENSE
OF TOUCH
FIG. 6.
METHOD OF TESTING PROMPTNESS
OF DECISION
of metal sheets to be sorted according to thickness;
of a set of cubes of nearly equal dimensions to "be
arranged according to size. Furthermore the candidate
is asked to fit into one another a set of most accurately
worked screws and nuts, and to pick out of a collection
of mutually resembling objects those actually alike, a
more general test affording an idea of the sense of
proportions. This is shown in Fig. 4. An extremely
accurate apparatus is the Moede Touch Tester, which
consists of a hardened and polished ring, inside which
a hardened and polished cylinder moves up and down.
The candidate is asked to turn the micrometer screw
until the cylinder surface is flush with the surrounding
ring. Experiments made with this apparatus have
shown those possessing the finest touch to be able to
find out height differences of 15 ten-thousandths of a
millimeter between the two surfaces, while a touch
ascertaining differences of 4 thousandths of a millimeter
still enables a man to perform the most delicate work.
The Nerve Test
Another faculty required for fine mechanical work is
the calmness and steadiness of the hand. In order to
test this. Dr. Moede has designed an apparatus, the
cover plate of which is connected with an electric bell.
The candidate is handed a steel pencil connected with
the source of electricity and fitted with an insulated
handle; this he has to insert into the various openings
and to move along the slots of the plate so that there
is no contact. At the slightest trembling of the hand
the pencil will touch the plate, thus sounding the elec-
tric bell. Fig. 5 shows this device.
The muscle power and endurance of the hand are
gaged by compressing a handle and spring, recording
the strength expended. Like the aviator, chauffeur and
motorman, the man engaged in the mechanical profes-
sions will require plenty of nerve steadiness. In order
to investigate this factor the candidate is frightened
by some means or other — sudden shots, luminous
phenomena, etc. — and in a similar manner as in connec-
tion with earthquake records a curve is traced which
enables the time taken by his nerves to come to rest
to be gaged. The presence of mind and promptness of
decision are finally tested by means of a thousand-
second clock, the candidate being asked to press a but-
ton as soon as a red lamp is lighted so that the time
elapsing between the stimulus and the action is read on
the clock, as shown in Fig. 6.
Intelligence Test
These tests relating to the working of the senses are
supplemented in a most valuable manner by intelligence
tests, the "space sense," being investigated by the
decomposing and composing of geometrical figures, the
engineering skill by the solving of constructional prob-
lems, the interpreting of engineering drawings, etc.
The advances made by the new science are also illus-
trated by the recent foundation, under the editorship
of Dr. W. Moede and Dr. C. Pierkowski, of a special
magazine called "Praktische Psychologic."
i
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With. Improved Machinery
409
Judicial Construction of "Machinery of
Every Description"
By LESLIE CHILDS
Statutes requiring employers to place safety
guards on industrial machinery in order to prevent
injury to workmen are usually more or less vague
in their wording and difficult to comply with
literally. This article takes up a New York case
in ivhich a logical and clear conception of the
purpose and use of guards on machinery is given.
STATUTES placing a duty upon employers to guard
cogs, vats, pans, gearing and "machinery of every
description," have been enacted by the legislatures
of a great many states. To the superintendent, general
manager, or other executive in charge of plants employ-
ing machinery the interpretation of these statutes has
in many cases proven a
It appears from the report that the crane was oper-
ated from a truck which ran on a track somewhat
elevated. The crane was used, as is frequently the case,
for lifting and moving heavy weights on the lower
floor of the building.
The accident culminated in Wynkoop filing suit for
damages against the valve company, alleging that the
latter failed to obey the New York labor law, which,
among other things, provided that, "all vats, pans, saws,
planers, cogs, gearing, belting, shafting, setscrews, and
machinery of every description, shall be guarded."
The trial in the lower court resulted in a judgment
in favor of the plaintiff Wynkoop, and the valve com-
pany prosecuted an appeal to the court of appeals.
In passing upon the issues raised, and in particular
on the construction to be placed upon the phrase
"machinery of every de-
"An employee --- sufppi-od an
accident which i-t>*ultc»d in the
loss of •lllp
of his loft
handl'
/inoei-s
^
sore trial. In particular
has the often-used phrase
"machinery of every de-
scription" been a stumb-
ling block, for it is per-
fectly obvious to even the
layman, that machinery of
every description in any
industrial plant is not sus-
ceptible of being guarded
against all possibility of
accident, if it is to be used
for the purpose of its ex-
istence. Cases involving
the construction of these
statutes have been before
the courts upon many oc-
casions ; and, while the
decisions are not entirely
uniform, they approach
uniformity as closely as
could be expected, when it is considered that each case
has been decided in the light of a particular statute
and in accordance with possibly a peculiar state of
facts.
A leading case on the question, in which it appears
that the court pronounced the true rule relative to the
construction to be placed upon the phrase "machinery
of every description," was that of Wynkoop vs. Ludlow
Valve Manufacturing Co., 196 N. Y. 324. The facts
involved in this case were substantially as follows:
William Wyncoop, an employee of the Ludlow Valve
Manufacturing Co., suffered an accident which resulted
in the loss of the fingers of his left hand. It seems
Wyncoop, on the morning of the accident, was engaged
in drilling valves with a drill press, and, in order to
get the required forms for the valves he was going to
drill, he made a trip to the room, or space, in which
the forms were stored. As he returned, he in some
manner slipped, or tripped, and as he did he put his
hand on top of the rail upon which a crane truck that
was used in the factory was passing. The result was
the injury mentioned above.
scription," it was among
other things said:
"There is no testimony
in the record to show that
it was practical to guard
the rail, or that such a rail
is now or ever has been
guarded in any similar or
other factory. The wheels
of such truck were from
15 to 18 in. in diameter,
and the structure of the
truck extended above the
wheels, so that it was not
possible to guard the track
by a covering and con-
tinue to use it. . . .
The dangers arising from
unguarded vats, pans,
saws, planers, cogs, gear-
ing, belting, shafting and
setscrews is more or less hidden, and conse-
quently, when unguarded, they constitute special and
unnecessary exposure to injury. The intention of the
legislature in directing that certain things should be
guarded was thereby to remove all unnecessary danger
to persons employed upon or about such special dangers.
Other mechanical appliances constituting similar
hazards were doubtless included in the words 'machin-
ery of every description.' Where, however, danger
to employees does not exist or is not reasonably to
be expected, it is not necessary, under the act quoted,
for employers to guard even the enumerated machines
or appliances. . . .
"There is no inherent danger in a track upon which
a car or truck is run. The danger of remaining on a
track when a car of any kind is approaching is neither
hidden nor obscure. In this case, as we have seen, the
track was elevated higher than an ordinary table, and
the defendant's employees were not required to work
upon or about it. Any contact with it would have to
have been intentional and voluntary, or arise from some
intervening accident. . . ."
410
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
The court thereupon reversed the judgment rendered
in the lower court in favor of Wynkoop and granted a
new trial, holding in effect that upon the evidence of
record there was no liability resting upon the valve
company in this case.
An Important Decision
The value of this decision from the employer's stand-
point does not depend upon the particular facts involved,
but rather upon the interpretation placed on the phrase,
"machinery of every description," in the act referred to.
The court goes directly to the point and in substance
says that "machinery of every description" comprehends
machinery from the operation of which flows some
inherent or hidden danger. In other words, compliance
with the statute means simply the exercise of such care,
in guarding dangerous machinery, as is reasonably
necessary for the protection of men of ordinary
prudence and caution.
Section Moduli of Rectangles
By John S. Watts
The chart Fig. 3 which accompanies this article,
shows at a glance the modulus of section of any rec-
tangle up to 10 in. in height and 10 in. in width and
can be used for other rectangles of unlimited size by
simply changing the position of the decimal point, as
will be explained further on.
The section modulus of a rectangle is found on
the chart at the intersection of the diagonal line re-
presenting its height with the vertical line representing
the width of the rectangle.
For example, the section modulus of a rectangle 5i
in. high, and 5 in. wide, is shown by the chart to
be 25. To use the chart for dimensions above or below
its range, all that is necessary, is to remember that
the section modulus varies as the square of the height,
and that therefore, if we divide the height of the
rectangle by ten, to bring it within the range of the
FI6. I
chart v-'e must multiply the section modulus as given
by the chart, by 10' = 100.
Similarly, if we divide the width of the rectangle by
ten, the section modulus on the chart must be multi-
plied by ten because the modulus varies
directly as the width. For example,
to find the section modulus of a
rectangle 55 in. high by 5 in. wide,
we divide the height by 10, and
find the section modulus of a
rectangle 5.5 in. high by 5 in.
wide to be 25, which mul-
tiplied by 100 equals 2,500
which is the modulus of
section for the rec-
tangle 55 in. by 5 in.
It is not always
essential to use
the figure ten as
the divisor, as
it may some-
FIG. 1. SECTIONS OF WHICH MODULI ARE WANTED
FIG. 2. EQUIVALENTS OF SECTIONS IN FIG. 1
'10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 -2 I 0
Width of Rectangle in Inches
FIG. 3. CHART SHOWING SECTION MODULI OF
RECTANGLES
times be more convenient to take half the height or
width or some other fraction of that number. But, in
any case where the height is divided by a number, the
modulus found must be multiplied by the square of
that number. And, if the width is divided by a number,
the modulus found must be multiplied by the same
number.
For instance, if the rectangle was 5i in. high by
15 in. wide, we could take one-third of the width,
namely 5 in., and finding the modulus to be 25 for a
width of 5 in., would multiply it by 3 and so arrive
at 75 as the modulus for a width of 15 in.
There are two methods in common vogue for fixing
the required thickness and dimensions of bedplates,
one, and probably the most common one, is to make
the casting of such dimensions as seem to the designer
to look about right on the drawing.
The other way is to spend hours calculating the
moment of resistance to a degree of exactitude. This
is generally not warranted because of the uncertainty
as to the actual amount of the strain that will be
imposed upon the casting.
While the lack of knowledge of the stress in the
bedplate makes it useless to work out the modulus
of the .section of the bed to an absolutely correct figure,
still it is worth while having an approximate figure
for purposes of comparison with other beds on machines
of different sizes which have been previously built, and
which has stood up to the work successfully.
The section of the bed of an average machine to
II
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
411
carry the bearings, etc., is usually made either of a
box or "I" section, on the lines of Fig. 1. It requires
considerable time to calculate the section modulus ex-
actly, of sections such as these, but they can be con-
verted by eye into an approximately equivalent, uniform
shape in a few minutes.
These equivalent shapes will be about as shown in
Fig. 2.
The moduli of the sections can be readily calculated.
However, even for these simple shapes, most men take
more time than is necessary to calculate the modulus,
as they use the formula given in the text books, which
, , ^ . BH' - bh' ^
IS a rather tedious one to work out, being — gg = Z
So far as the calculations are concerned, both the
above shapes are worked out by the same formula,
the "I" section being in reality the same as the box
section, except that the metal in the sides of the box
is placed central in the "I" section.
Theoretically, therefore, the two sections are equal
in strength weight for weight and may be treated alike,
although actually the box section is the stronger.
However, a moment's thought will show that it is
much less laborious to calculate the modulus for the
outside rectangle and deduct from it the modulus of
the inside rectangle. With the use of the chart shown
this can be accomplished in a matter of a few seconds.
Increasing Production in Johnson's
Shop
By John R. Godfrey
Being away quite a little lately, I haven't had a
chance to drop in and see how Johnson was coming
on with his new ideas of management, but I found him
chipper as ever the other day. Seems to have a new
lease on life since he began trying to get back into
actual touch with the men once more. I didn't have
a chance to send in a card because Johnson spotted
me through the glass partition and came to the door.
"Come in Godfrey, you old sinner, where in thunder
have you been all these weeks, anyhow? I've been just
busting to see you and I don't care where you were,
its where you are that interests me. Now you've got
to do some tall listening while I talk an ear off.
"You've been hearing a lot about low production in
the shops. More pay and less work, and all that. Well,
I guess it's true in many cases, Godfrey, but there is
a reason, as the ads say, there always is. Several
of them usually. But it isn't necessary. I can show
you a dozen shops where production has increased, and
one of 'em is right here.
"Why? No secret at all, Godfrey — just plain horse
sense. Getting the men interested in the work so they'll
work with you, instead of having them indifferent or
against you. Just being human, in other words — like
we used to be in the days of the small shop. Don't
know what would have happened if I hadn't fired these
two alleged efficiency bugs. They wanted me to sit in
the office and read reports instead of seeing and talking
to the foremen in the shop. Bah! A lot they know
about human nature, and that has a lot more to do with
real production than all their schemes.
"Now I want you to sit in on a conference that will
meet here in a few minutes. Keep your eyes and ears
open and your mouth shut, and you'll learn a lot."
The conference was about some new fixtures and tools
for a new manifold on Johnson's motor. It included
the tool designer, the production manager, the fore-
man of the manifold job and two of his leading work-
men. The production manager had a sample of the
new manifold, and the tool designer had sketches of
the fixtures and tools which he proposed to use on the
job. But before these were made or even before the
real drawings were made, he talked the job over with
the men who were going to use them.
The milling machine man said one of the troubles
with the present fixture was that the chips accumulated
in the wrong place and interfered with seating the
next casting unless the men were very careful. So the
tool designer made a change in the fixture sketch to
let the chips fall out of the way. Then the foreman
suggested that a new kind of boring tool might be
tried and as the production manager agreed, another
change was made in the sketches. These were then
signed, or rather initialed by the production manager,
the foreman and his two men, and the tool ''""igner
took them back to be detailed and the fixtures and tools
sent through the works.
After they had gone, Johnson turned to me with a
grin.
"You've no idea, Godfrey, how that little confabula-
tion will help along production on those new manifolds.
Under the old, none-of-your-dam-business method, no
one in the shop would know a thing about the change
unless by accident. When the new manifold came along
they'd just naturally oppose it on general principles,
same as you and I do when someone suggests shifting
the book case to the other side of the room.
"The tools and fixtures would be criticized, and often
with justification. 'That tool designer thinks
he knows it all, but if he'd only cut out chip room
here we could handle 'em faster and earn more money.'
"You've heard that sort of thing everywhere, and
there is some justification for it too.
"You see, we iron out all those difficulties in these
little conferences. Now, when the new manifolds come
along, the men are expecting them and anxious to see
how the new tools and fixtures work out. They're
interested instead of antagonistic, because they've been
consulted and have helped to work out the new problems.
The new tools have friends at court who are bound
to make them work out if it's a possible thing.
"It's just a little problem in human psychology and
it's the most natural thing in the world. We growl
because men are not as interested in their work as we
used to be, and we never give 'em a chance. Some
shops don't even let them know what the piece 4oes after
it's done. Suppose the boss handed you a job to drill
four million five-eighth holes in forgings that you didn't
know the name of or where they went. Nothing to do
but pull a lever and change pieces from morning till
night. Would you be interested? Not so you'd notice it.
"Well, that is just what I'm aiming to cut out. That
new manifold job will go through in record time.
We've increased production over 50 per cent per man
in that department already. Not all by any one thing
but by a combination. And most important of all is
interest in the job. Then I've added to the pay envelope
in proportion to the increased output in the shape of
a group bonus. For it's the group that counts. One or
two men might double the output on their machines
and still not send any more completed manifolds to the
412
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
assembling shop. When it's
a group affair, the fellow
who lays down on the job
has a hard time of it with
his mates in the gang.
"If he's a good sort and
there is an A-1 reason for
his dropping behind, you'll
see the rest helping him out
in various ways. But if he
is lazy or incompetent, or a
bluffer, it isn't long before
he asks to be transferred or
quits the job. You don't
need any speed boss when
tl.^ gang are out after
bonuses on their output.
"But interest in the job is
the main thing and I'll show
you some of the things we
do in that line. Let's go to
the manifold department,
seeing that is the one we've
been thinking about this
morning."
Here I found a good-
sized Bulletin Board with a
variety of stuff on it but no
"Rules and Regulations" or
"Don'ts." There was a life-
size manifold with a plain
English inscription of what
it did and why. There were pictures of other types
of manifolds and the reasons for not using them.
The effect of defective joints and leaky castings was
shown.
Then there were photos of Johnson motors in various
kinds of service and in different parts of the world.
Pleasure boats, fishing boats and the like — all labeled
so they all knew what and where they were.
Last, but not least, was a table of motors built each
year since 1915, the number of men, the value of the
machine equipment and the comparative costs, not only
of complete motors, but of manifolds. Each depart-
ment gave details of the cost of the things they made.
"The men are just as anxious to keep those costs
coming down as I am," said Johnson. "And they'd come
faster if there was some way of keeping out of their
minds the fear of being out of work, of working them-
selves out of a job. If I could get the manufacturers
of this town into some sort of an arrangement which
could guarantee continuous work to our regular force,
you'd see production costs come down even faster than
they are."
If Johnson can put that over he'll win a place in the
Hall of Fame.
Machine for Drilling Gear-Shift Bodies
By J. V. Hunter
A recent development in the automobile field is an
hydraulic gear-shifting device, the purpose of which
is to ehminate the shifting of gears by hand. The
device is made by the United States Auto Gearshift
Co., which has lately installed special machine tools
in its Eau Claire, Wis., factory to facilitate the manu-
facture of the parts.
The illustration shows a 24-in., all-geared, 4-spindle
SPECIAL, MACHINE FOR DRILLING BODIES OF AN
AUTOMOBILE GEAR-SHIFT
HYDRAULIC.
gang drill which has been furnished complete by the
Barnes Drill Co. with the jig and tools for drilling,
reaming and counter -boring the three pairs of small
cylinder holes required in the body of the gear-shifting
device, which is shown at F. The spindles of the ma-
chine are furnished with coil springs to facilitate their
return. Special auxiliary heads are provided so that the
three spindles on the left either drill, bore or ream
two holes at a time.
The work is held in revolving jigs A, which are
mounted on the cross rail B on the bed. They are
aligned in position on the cross rail by means of the
stationary brackets C bolted to the table. The brackets
have spring-operated stops D in their heads which snap
into grooves E on any one of three sides of the jig,
this depending upon which side of the casting is being
machined.
Under the first spindle at the left two holes are
drilled at a time, using a two-spindle auxiliary head
with bushing guides. The jig is then revolved, so that
the second and third sets of holes can be drilled. From
the first station the saddle carrying the jig slides
to a position under the second spindle, where the
holes are rough reamed with Kelly reamers, the jig
being again indexed to three positions. Under the
third spindle the three sets of holes are finish-reamed.
The fourth spindle carries a single Kelly reamer, which
is used for counter-boring all of the holes. The fix-
tures are passed off the rail at the right for reloading,
and replaced at the left end for starting the sequence
of operations with another casting. The production
of the machine with a single operator is fifty finished
pieces per day.
The auxiliary heads are equipped with special guides
for the bushing holder, which cause the bushings to
withdraw from the work as the tools are raised.
/
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
413
Purposes of the Federated American En-
gineering Societies*
1 ^k 'Bui
Is
IT HAS been apparent for many years that with the
constant increase in number of engineering arid
allied technical societies, each carrying on its work
independently of the others, that some form of compre-
hensive organization was desirable which could speak
for these societies in matters
of common concern.
There were frequent oc-
casions where united action
by these professions was de-
sirable, and as a result of
a serious need to meet the
conditions arising from the
war, the Founder Societies
created Engineering Council
"To provide for the consid-
eration of matters of com-
mon concern to engineers as
well as those of public welfare
in which the profession is in-
terested in order that united
action may be possible."
This was effected through
the agency of the United
Engineering Society, of
which Engineering Council
was made a department. In
February, 1919, the Ameri-
can Society of Testing Mate-
rials became the fifth mem-
ber and the American Rail-
way Engineering Associa-
tion was admitted as the
sixth member in April, 1920.
Engineering Council held
its first meeting in June,
1917. It has a chairman,
two vice-chairmen, who with
three other members elected
by the Council constitute an Executive Committee. Its
principal office is in the United Engineering Societies
Building in New York City; since Jan. 1, 1919, it has
maintained a branch at Washington, D. C. The officers
and members of its 24 committees, membership on
which is not limited to representatives on the Council,
total 125 engineers representing all parts of the United
States.
The appointment by the four Founder Societies of
Committees on Development was for the purpose of
determining the functions and objects of these societies
and of making recommendations as to the changes
in their activities that were desirable both as to
internal relations and as to their relations to other
societies.
Conferees of the four societies met in August, 1919,
and organized as the Joint Conference Committee. The
purpose of the latter was to determine in what manner
these four societies could co-operate in non-technical or
welfare work affecting the relations of the engineer to,
and his services in public affairs. The committee pre-
sented a report to these societies in Sept., 1919, and
What mil be the field of activity of the Federated
American Engineering Societies? What does the
organization intend to do? The work of this
organization will be of a kaleidoscopic character,
with few fixed lines of activity, its major work
depending on conditions as they arise from time
to time; it will take over and extend the work of
Engineering Council as partiaUy outlined here.
What it intends to do is to use its power for the
service of the community, state and nation in
public affairs wherever engineering experience
and technical knoivledge are involved and to con-
sider and act upon matters of common concern to
the engineering and allied technical professions.
In the conduct of many public matters ivhich are
essentially of an engineering nature, it is vital to
the public ivelfare that engineers and allied tech-
nologists should lead. There will be an increas-
ing number of questions arising in which the
opinion of these professions will be of funda-
mental value to the welfare of the nation and it
behooves these professions to so support the
Federated American Engineering Societies that
it may so function as to supply this great public
need. It is only the exceptional individual of
these professions who can fail to see that in
increased activities in these broader and less sel-
fish fields the standing of the profession will be
greatly improved and this of necessity must im-
prove the position of the individual engineer.
•Bulletin No. 3 issued by the Joint Conference Committee.
recommended the formation of a comprehensive organi-
zation, the purpose of which should be
"to further the public welfare wherever technical knowl-
edge and training are involved, and to consider all matters
of common concern to these professions."
This plan of procedure was
approved by Engineering
Council at its meeting in
October, 1919; the joint
meeting, held in New York
in January, 1920, of the
members of the governing
boards of the four Founder
Societies and of the Ameri-
can Society of Testing Ma-
terials, the members of En-
gineering Council, and the
Trustees of the United Engi-
neering Society, unanimously
requested the Joint Confer-
ence Committee to call, with-
out delay, a conference of
representatives of the na-
tional, local, state and
regional engineering organi-
zations of this country for
the purpose of bringing into
existence the comprehensive
organization recommended
by the Joint Conference
Committee.
At the Organization Con-
ference held in Washington
June 3 and 4, 1920, in re-
sponse to the call issued by
the Joint Conference Com-
mittee, representatives of 71
engineering and allied tech-
nical organizations created
the Federated American Engineering Societies and pro-
vided for the administration of its activities by the
American Engineering Council and its Executive Board.
The constitution and by-laws were substantially those
recommended by the Joint Conference Committee. At
its session of June 4, the following resolution was unani-
mously adopted:
Resolved, That it is the sense of this Organizing Confer-
ence that the Joint Conference Committee should be en-
trusted with making provision for putting the conclusions
of this conference of engineers into effect, and that Engi-
neering Council be requested to carry on its work until the
new organization has been established, and by all proper
means to further the program of the new organization.
The Conference further recommends to the contributing
societies that they continue supplying the funds required
by Engineering Council until its work is taken over by the
new organization.
Engineering Council in June, 1920, on the third an-
niversary of its first meeting, heartily endorsed the
Federated American Engineering Societies and the
American Engineering Council and authorized "its
Executive Committee to proffer and perform on the part
of the Council such assistance as may be practicable in
completing the work of the Organizing Conference of
414
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 9
the Joint Conference Committee of the Founder Socie-
ties, in establishing the American Engineering Council."
The following letter from the chairman of Engineer-
ing Council requires no comment :
Richard L. Humphrey, Esq., Chairman,
Joint Conference Committee.
Dear Sir:
Permit me to acknowledge receipt of your official com-
munication of July 8 embodying the resolutions of your com-
mittee regarding the position which Engineering Council
is requested to take until the new American Engineering
Council is fully organized.
I am sure that as chairman I voice the opinion of Engi-
neering Council when I state it will do everything in its
power to advance the organization of the new Council, to
act in the interim, and to facilitate a smooth transfer of
activities from the old to the new Council.
(signed) J. Parke Channing,
Chairman.
Thus the way has been opened for the American
Engineering Council to succeed Engineering Council as
soon as the former is ready to take over the work Engi-
neering Council is now doing, which will probably be on
Jan. 1, 1921.
In view of this fact it will be of interest to review
briefly what Engineering Council has accomplished in
its three years of existence. Under the terms of the
charter granted by the State of New York to the United
Engineering Society, Engineering Council has defined
the field of its activities as follows :
"Council may deal with any matter of general interest
for which joint action of two or more of its member socie-
ties would have been appropriate, if Council had not been
established.
"Council may initiate and carry through projects of the
general character defined in the by-laws, for which the
necessary financial provision has been made.
"Council may take up, and in its discretion act upon,
any matter of general interest referred to it by any mem-
ber society or by any other society, national, state or local,
or by any branch of government, or by any individual or
group of individuals."
What Engineering Council Has Accomplishho
In a circular issued in December, 1919, outlining the
"Aims and Work of Engineering Council," in discussing
what Council has done, the following statement is made :
"Specific items of work done are mentioned below. Some
of them are more far-reaching in their eff^ects and of greater
significance than has been commonly perceived. It is only
a partial enumeration : a complete, detailed statement would
be tedious. Council's greatest contribution, possibly,
although little known, because indirect and intangible, has
been the development through its own discussions and those
of the governing bodies of its member societies, of the
problems involved in bringing together for united action
the fragments of a profession so much broken by special-
ization as is the profession of engineering."
The working together of committees of representa-
tives of the several Member-Societies of Engineering
Council has unquestionably had a leavening influence for
the betterment of the engineering profession, and Engi-
neering Council has certainly accomplished a work of
incalculable value in initiating the joint work of these
societies.
It was not until seven months after its organization
that funds were available for carrying on the work of
Engineering Council. The Secretary states "For 1918,
the appropriation for Council averaged 40 cents, and for
1919, 60 cents per individual member of the member-
societies." With this limited support. Engineering
Council has accomplished a great deal of work; among
some of its principal activities may be mentioned:
1. Council furnished to Governmental departments 4,000
names of engineers for technical duties; aided the Navy
Consulting Board and the Airmy General Staff in examin-
ing 135,000 suggestions and inventions for war devices, and
co-operated with the Fuel Administrator and the Bureau
of Mines in conserving coal:
2. Organized Engineering Societies Employment Bureau
in November, 1918, which since the Armistice has registered
5,500 engineers and assistants, mostly returned soldiers
and naval men, and has aided thousands to positions with-
out charge:
3. Helped secure exemption of engineering students
from military service until the completion of technical
training:
4. Established an office in Washington, D. C, January,
1919, under the general direction of the National Service
Committee. Through this office engineers have been put in
contact with the Federal Government as never before, indi-
viduals, companies, and societies have been furnished in-
formation about the activities of Congress and the depart-
ments of the Government, and useful services have been
rendered to the Government:
5. For the promotion of a Department of Public Works
in the Federal Government, representatives of seventy-four
technical societies having 105,000 members, were assembled
at the invitation of Counc'l in Chicago, April, 1919, and the
Engineers', Architects' and Contractors' Conference created
to support the enterprise. Engineers throughout the coun-
try have been organized and the co-operation of the Cham-
ber of Commerce, U. S. A., and other business organiza-
tions sought. The National Chamber of Commerce, at the
request of Engineering Council, appointed a special com-
mittee to consider the advisability of submitting a referen-
dum on this subject to all local chambers. This conference,
finaly organized as the National Public Works Depart-
ment Association, drafted the Jones-Reavis bill and is ad-
vocating its passage for the establishment of a National
Department of Public Works, by modification of existing
departments :
6. Through a direct appeal to President Wilson, Council
brought about a conference of fourteen different Govern-
ment offices engaged in map making, with the prospect of
greatly accelerating the completion of the typographical
map of the United States. It is now hoped to have the
whole country mapped in a decade and a half; at the former
rate, the century would have been finished before the map :
7. Has well advanced a comprehensive, carefully con-
sidered scheme for the classification of engineers, with
suggestive schedules for compensations. Working in three
sections, has dealt especially with engineers on the staffs
of railroads, of the Federal Government, and of state and
municipal governments, believing that a suitable scheme
for these great groups would be applicable to most other
groups. Preliminary reports have attracted serious atten-
tion throughout the United States and Canada and are
constantly in demand. A Committee of the Council is
working with the Congressional Joint Commission on
reclassification of salaries:
8. Aided in securing increases of pay for some of the
railroad technical engineers and certain municipal engi-
neers :
9. Aided in the reinstatement of 350 engineers unfairly
dismissed by the City of New York:
10. Has drafted a typical general law for registration
of engineers, architects and land surveyors, the result of
fourteen months' work by a committee representing all
parts of the country and various important branches of
the profession. This action was not in advocacj' of licens-
ing engineers, but to provide a uniform law for use under
circumstances where the passage of a license law is
unavoidable:
11. Requested the President to appoint engineer mem-
bers of the Interstate Commerce Commission and of the
International Joint Commission:
12. Assisted the State of New York in preparing a
scheme for reorganization of state government:
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
415
^
13. In studying the curricula of engineering schools;
making suggestions as opportunity offers:
14. Sent delegates to Washington on the invitation of a
committee of the House of Representatives to present tes-
timony before the Committee in favor of a national budget:
15. Participated in organizing the National Board of
Jurisdictional Awards in the Building Industry, and has
a member thereon:
16. Joined with National Research Council in a report
on improvement of the Patent System and practice, on
which legislation has been based :
17. Has recently organized a Committee on Types of
Government Contracts:
18. Has stimulated and promoted the activities of the
engineering societies:
Among the matters now pending before Engineering
Council are the following :
a. Classification and compensation of engineers,
b. Licensing of engineers,
c. Water conservation,
d. National board for jurisdictional awards in the build-
ing industry,
e. National public works department,
f. Assisting in the preparation of information for the
Senate Committee on Reconstruction and Production.
g. Public affairs,
h. Military affairs,
i. New York State Government reorganization,
j. International affiliation of engineers,
k. Curricula of engineering schools,
1. Patents,
m. Payment for estimating,
n. Boston-Washington super-power system,
o. Russian-American engineering co-operation,
p. Types of Government contracts.
Some of the Questions That Have Been Asked
The questions are frequently asked, "What will be the
field of activity of the Federated American Engineering
Societies?" and "What does the organization intend to
do?" The work of this organization will be of a kaleido-
scopic character, with few fixed lines of activity, its
major work depending on conditions as they arise from
time to time; it will take over and extend the work of
Engineering Council as partially outlined above.
What it intends to do is to use its power for the ser-
vice of the community, state and nation in public affairs
wherever engineering experience and technical knowl-
edge are involved and to consider and act upon matters
of common concern to the engineering and allied tech-
nical professions.
In the conduct of many public matters which are
essentially of an engineering nature, it is vital to the
public welfare that engineers and allied technologists
should lead.
There will be an increasing number of questions aris-
ing in which the opinion of these professionals will be
of fundamental value to the welfare of the nation and
it behooves these professions to so support the Feder-
ated American Engineering Societies, that it may so
function as to supply this great public need. It is only
the exceptional individual of these professions who can
fail to see that in increasing activities in these broader
and less selfish fields the standing of the profession will
be greatly improved and this of necessity must improve
the position of the individual engineer.
As an illustration of how this increased standing of
these professions will be brought about, attention is
directed to the meeting of Engineering Council in Wash-
ington on April 29, 1920, when it visited the Capitol
and called on Speaker Gillette of the House of Repre-
sentatives and later upon Vice President Marshall of
the Senate. The chairman proffered the services of
Engineering Council to the houses of Congress on mat-
ters upon which engineering advice of a disinterested
character might be helpful. Vice President Marshall
stated that this unusual and generous offer would be
referred in writing to the Drafting Bureau, a new
Bureau of the Senate which has charge of the prepara-
tion of legislation.
The Engineer's Duty
It is the duty of the engineer to take up public ser-
vice work. It is incumbent upon him as a citizen to
"do his bit," and there is the added responsibility due
to his special knowledge and experience which is pri-
marily of importance in the execution of public work.
The Federated American Engineering Societies will
speak for a group of citizens who by reason of special
training and knowledge represents a high order of intel-
ligence, and who individually and collectively would be
derelict in their responsibility for the talents they
possess if they did not apply them unselfishly for the
common good.
In unity of action there will of necessity be strength
and power.
Cutting Off Piston Rings
By Charles D. Folsom, Jr.
On page 1205, Vol. 52, of the American Machinist,
Roy F. Leighton describes an ingenious indicating gage
for setting the parting tool when cutting off rings in a
lathe. This device is novel, to say the least; but as the
sketch shows a lathe with a compound rest, I am wonder-
ing why Mr. Leighton could not have swung the rest
around parallel with the spindle and used the micro-
meter graduations on the feed screw for the spacing.
Of course if the lathe had no graduations on the com-
pound rest this would have been impossible; but in that
case a micrometer stop such as shown in the sketch
would do the work, and would not, I think, take any
longer to make than the indicating gage. Also, it would
prove useful for a great deal of other lathe work, such as
necking shafts and facing flanges to thickness, for
which, it seems to me, the indicating gage would not be
so convenient-
[Mr. Leighton's sketch did not show a lathe. The
introduction of the compound rest is our error. —
Editor.]
416
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
Cast-iron and Aluminum Pistons
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
THE Studebaker piston is of cast iron, and the
first operation is the rough-turning of the outside.
This and the subsequent operation can be followed
in detail, both from Fig. 1 and the halftone illustration.
The rough-turning and drilling is being done on a
Reed-Prentice special lathe,
as shown in Fig. 2. This
illustration also shows the
mandrel which has expand-
ing jaws so as to center the
piston casting from the in-
side. The piston pin boss
slides in the groove A, while
the inside is centered by the
expanding members B and
C. The tooling is not un-
usual, and the turning oper-
ation only requires two
minutes. The head is next
rough-faced and rounded in another lathe, after which
the piston is chucked on a Warner & Swasey turret
lathe, and the open end of the skirt reamed and faced.
The chucking and tooling is shown in Fig. 3. The
crossholes are next rough drilled in a four-spindle Moline
drilling machine, as shown in Fig. 4. This also shows
While the controversy is still raging between
builders in regard to cast-iron and aluminum
pistons, it is interesting to note that both are
being used in large numbers and in cars of
moderate price. This article describes the
methods used by the builders of the Studebaker
and the Oakland cars in machining their pistons.
A comparison of the two methods used cannot
fail to be of interest.
the type of fixture used. Each fixture carries four pis-
tons and is quickly handled. The piston-pin boss is cen-
tered by a V in the block A, and tha arm B is then
swung into place, locking over the stud C. The screw
D forces the block E against the end of the piston,
straddling the centering
boss on the end and holding
the piston squarely in place
against the end of the skirt.
While one lot is being
drilled, a second fixture is
loaded and the truck shown
allows the pistons which
have been drilled to be
rolled out of the way and
a new batch put in place
with the least expenditure
of time and effort. The pis-
' tons are then placed on a
convenient conveyor that takes them to the annealing
furnaces. The temperature is raised to about 550 deg.
F., holding them at this heat for 15 min. They are then
sandblasted on the inside and returned to the machining
department by a suitable conveyor.
The next machining operation is to grind the open
T_n_n_n
_ri_rLnJ
rLJT_nJ
"urLTLn
rLTLTU
5
\L^
FIG. 1. TRANSFORMATION SHEET
i
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — V/ith Improved Machinery
417
^^^Kj^'-'.'^ ^^^
/_^^B
s!^^^. "■ -**
1
9
c
4j
1
IM
-^^n
1
M
■L
.. «
^^
FIG. 2. ROUGH-TURNING AND GROOVING
FIG. 3. BORING THE PISTON
end and face on a Heald internal grinder, after which
they are again turned and grooved, the oil groove cut
below the lower ring and the boss on the end centered.
This centering, it will be noted, is not done until after
the pistons have been rough-turned, annealed, and the
face of the skirt carefully ground as a permanent work-
ing point for future operations.
The outside of the piston is then rough ground, after
which the faces and the pin bosses are milled by the
attachment shown in Fig. 5, mounted on a Becker-Brain-
erd hand milling machine. There are two milling cut-
ters one being shown at A. The cutters are being sup-
ported by the arm B which projects inside the piston
and driven by gearing in the usual manner from the
main spindle, the idler gear shaft being shown at C.
The piston is located by means of the piston-pin hole, a
plunger in the angle plate D actuated by the knob E,
holding it in place during the milling operation.
Then the piston-pin hole or the crosshole, as it is
usually called, is bored and reamed in the fixture shown
in Fig. 6. This fixture has a locating bushing .4 in the
arch B, which surrounds the piston, the clamping being
done by the swinging arm C and the screw D, the clamp
bearing both top and bottom of the piston. The bushing
A is used in positioning the piston by means of the
hardened steel pin E, which can be seen through the
opening in the clamp C. The reamer is, of course,
piloted at its front end by a suitable bushing in the
back of the fixture.
The final reaming of the crosshole is a bench opera-
tion and is performed by hand.
The drilling of the oil holes is accomplished in the
simple fixture shown in Fig. 7. The piston simply rests
in the support A while the drill bushing is located in
the plate B. No special indexing is used.
The piston-pin bushings are then pressed in on a
small power arbor press shown in Fig. 8. The piston
is supported on the angle plate .4, while the bushing B,
placed on the end of a plug in the arbor press spindle,
is readily forced into position, a friction clutch being
used to connect the spindle with the driving mechanism.
After this the bushings are reamed in much the same
way as is the crosshole as shown in Fig. 6. Then the
ring grooves are finished, the outside is finish ground,
and an undercut ground on the grooves. After this the
pistons are relieved on a grinding machine, the center
LW
FIG. 4. DRILLING THE CROSSHOLES
FIG. 5. MILLING PISTON-PIN BOSSES
418
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
EJYjNcf lof If sm®^ ^m
m^
, ^prowW^w*
B
^^^Hfeyt ,' -^ /r-'
^M
■BBs
m
i
w^_
s
m
^^
^
^
pi
FIG. 6. REAMING THE CROSSHOLE
boss is cut off and the end of the piston faced. The
head is then polished, the edges burred and the bush-
ings are again reamed.
Burnishing the Bushings
The finish, however, is secured by roll burnishing in
much the same way as some cylinders are finished. A
roller tool A, Fig. 9, is driven in a special head while
the piston is mounted on a sliding carriage B having
a raised center, which fits the bore of the skirt of the
piston. The bar C simply prevents the piston from
raising off the plate B. The carriage carrying
the piston is then fed by hand, using the handle shown,
and the piston fed over the rollers. The carriage is
counterbalanced, as can be seen, so that very little pres-
FIG. 7. DRILLING THE OIL HOLES
sure is necessary and the coil spring D prevents sudden
collision with the headstock.
The manufacture of pistons in a factory having a
large output of cars, offers an excellent opportunity
for ingenious and economical methods of handling as
well as machining. For, when the number of pieces
which must be handled per day runs up to the thousands,
a few seconds on each count in the total output. Then,
too, the suggestion of fatigue plays an important part,
and this is beginning to be realized more fully than
in the past. The piston, on account of its shape and size,
makes it possible to use gravity conveyors or chutes in
which the pieces simply roll themselves to the next
operation. The light weight of the pistons permits
these to be made of light sections of metal.
FIG. 8. PRESSING IN THE BUSHINGS
FIG. 9. THE FINAL FINISH BY ROLLING
f
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
419
The Oakland Piston
— fHTf
nilnJ
THE five principal operations are shown in the
transformation sheet, Fig. 1. The pistons are
made of aluminum die-castings, the first opera-
tion being to bore and face the open end of the skirt
as a locating point. Then
comes the rough-turning
on a Cleveland automatic,
as shown in Fig. 2, after
which the cross hole is
drilled, and then reamed in
the fixture shown in Fig. 3.
It will be noted that this
fixture clamps the piston by
a combination of the screw
A and latch B, making a
very quick and yet positive
locking action. It will also
be noted that a gravity con-
veyor is fastened to the
face of a drilling machine.
The upper part C brings
the work to the machine,
while the lower portion D
is so inclined as to roll the
reamed piston to another
machine. Gravity convey-
ors of this type are used
quite extensively in the Oakland shop. The finish turn-
ing of the piston is done in the small lathe shown in
Fig. 4. The piston is held by drawing it back against
the skirt face, using the pin A, as is fairly common
The Oakland motor has small aluminum pistons
made from die-castings and their manufacture
presents a number of interesting features.
HHIfl
Jim
lU
FIG. 1. TRANSFORMATION SHEET OF OAKLAND PISTON
practice. An unusual feature, however, is the use of a
diamond turning tool, suitably supported in the tool-
holder shown. Diamond tools are used because there
are two breaks in the circumference of the piston which
would prevent a satisfactory
job by grinding. The pis-
tons are turned at a cutting
speed of 1,084 ft. per min-
ute and a feed of 0.016 in.
per revolution. A good
grade of hard black dia-
mond is used for the tool
and its life before recutting
is about 7,500 pistons, on
which the length of cut is
3i in. and the diameter
2\h in. Each diamond will
stand, on an average, about
two recuttings.
While this method is used
in finishing Oakland pis-
tons. Olds pistons (which
are made in the same plant)
are finished by grinding, as
there are no breaks in the
circumference. Where cyl-
indrical surfaces have no
indentations or breaks, finishing by grinding gives the
best results.
The pistons are drilled in two places, as can be seen
from the drilling fixture shown in Fig. 5. This fixture
■ HFf
T rlRi
kL
FIG. 2. ROUGH-TURNING AND FACING PISTONS
FIG. 3. REAMING THE PISTON-PIN HOLES
420
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
mj^fQ Ma^nM^M,..MMMi£rnru xzM^mMm
FIG. 4, TURNING THE PISTON WITH A DIAMOND TOOL
FIG. 5. DRILLING THE OIL HOLES
1
W^
1^
n ji/' /
\
■aOi
. !: 1
07
FIG. 6. HOLDING THE PISTON FOR GRINDING
FIG. 7. DIAL G.VC.K FOR INSPKCTIOX
FIG. 8. CONVEYOR AND SORTING RACK FOR PISTONS
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
421
-f GJMO^ir VlEi E lUi^r^^^U E-Tll Ui^l
m3lm
PIG 9. BOX FOR HOLDING PISTONS AND RODS IN SETS
is a very simple device, carrying the two drill bush-
ings at the proper angle, both sets of holes being drilled
at the same operation.
The pistons are finished by grinding on the machine
shown in Fig. 6. This illustration also shows full details
of the draw-back mechanism, both the drawbolt A and
the pin B being shown.
The pistons are gaged in the machine shown in Fig.
7, which has a dial indicator with multiplying levers. It
also has a gaging point A which can be adjusted to suit.
The inspecting is done at the upper end of the
inclined conveyor shown in Fig. 8, and pistons of various
sizes (all of course coming within predetermined
limits) are placed in different compartments so that
the inspectors who are stationed at the lower end know
exactly which size piston is in each conveyor or rack.
This enables them to pick any desired size for assemb-
ling to the connecting rods.
This view also shows fixtures for testing connecting
rods on the bench in the right-hand corner at A, and the
boxes B, in which pistons are placed in sets of six for
assembly. A closer view of one of these boxes is
shown in Fig. 9, which shows a set of pistons and rods
all ready to go to the assembling department. As shown
in Fig. 8, these boxes are so made that they can be
stacked as high as desired and at the same time protect
their contents against contact with other work. After
the contents are used by the assemblers, the box is
returned to the piston and connecting-rod departments.
Teaching Machine Shop Mathematics
By George Heald
Perhaps no other branch of work affords a greater
opportunity for making mathematical calculations than
does machine shop practice. Here the boy discovers
that in order to perform the various operations of the
trade, he must not only have a knowledge of the funda-
mental processes of arithemetic, but must also be able
to figure the problems related to the trade.
During the past few years various schemes have been
tried out with a view to correlating the mathematics
with the shop work. One plan, when practicable, re-
quired the boys to take their work to the mathematics
class: there it was analyzed and the problems worked
out. Another plan tried was to have the boys take
their time cards to the class room, i.e., cards that listed
FIG. 1.
chart on compound
gp:aring
the title of the work and the operations to be performed.
These were gone over with a view to bringing out the
points that should be known in order to do the work
intelligently. Still
another plan was to
furnish the mathe-
matics instructor
with blueprints of
work being done in
the shop, which per-
mitted the boy to be-
come familiar with
the' work and the
problems connected
with it before tak-
ing up the work in
the shop. In addition
to the plans men-
tioned, a new fea-
ture has been added
and is now being
used in conjunction
with the other plans
in the Seneca Vocational School. The new feature that
is here described makes the work more interesting and
aids in producing better and 'quicker results.
Several charts about four feet square were made up
showing machine parts and types of work which serve
to illustrate the phases of the trade that require a
knowledge of mathematics. These charts can be plainly
seen from any part of the room and serve the purpose
better than grouping the boys around the machine itself.
Fig. 1 shows a chart on compound gearing. Anyone
familiar with thread cutting knows that a knowledge
of fractions is necessary in order to work out the prob-
lems involved in change gearing. The chart shown in
Fig. 2 illustrates some of the problems on tapers that
come up in practice. Other charts have been made up
on simple gearing, speeds, threads, and the micrometer.
The charts can be made up in a very short time and in
a very simple way. A negative is made of the cut which
it is desired to represent on the chart. The negative is
put into a stereopticon and reflected at the size desired,
onto a piece of drawing paper. It is then traced with
pencil. If more than one copy is required a tracing
can be made and copies blueprinted. If only one copy
is required the sketch can be inked in on the drawing
paper.
T- tap*/-
t - tCfif^ "•CT
L '.tot*1 /fifl* tf»l«rA. ^
O • t» 'f* lit «
^.( tllt'T
ittH
FIG. 2. CHART ON TAPER PROBLEM
hi.
422
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
Toolpost and Wrench for Lathe
By Fransisco Mussi
Montevideo, Uruguay
The illustration shows a form of toolpost and wrench
which I have designed for use in a lathe where the tools
have to be changed frequently. As will be noted, the
legs in order to allow it to set level. The flat surface
of the top of A on which the work rests must also be
finished. Dowel pin B is made of drill rod and hardened,
as is pin C. Screw D is for adjusting purposes. Indi-
cator E is made of tool steel and hardened. The hole
in the indicator through which the dowel pin passes
should be lapped out, and the graduations should be
made after the tool is assembled.
"^^^^SuSs*. A Relieving Tool for Broach Teeth
By Joi;EF Rask
A broach for cutting a number of tongues or keys in
a sprocket or similar piece of work is shown at A in Fig.
1.
To produce a good job the broach must be backed off,
as shown at B, for if the teeth are left straight at this
TOOI^POST AND WRKNCH
wrench can be used in either direction
and may be swung to any convenient
position by pressing the thumb latch
A which withdraws the locking bolt.
Adjustment for varying heights of tool shanks is made
by means of the jackscrew B in connection with the
toolpost screw.
A Simple Recess Gage
By E. Wilmont La Rue
The illustration shows a simple form of recess gage
tor small work. It is used for indicating the variation
ti the depth of the recess.
The machine-steel block A is drilled and reamed for
a dowel pin B and is finished on the bottoms of its five
RECESS GAGE
FIG. 1. THE BROACH TO BE BACKED OFF
point they will drag and, after the broach has been used
a short time, will tear the work instead of giving a
clean cut. To back off a broach of this kind is a rather
delicate job and care must be taken that every tooth is
given the same amount of clearance.
This operation is usually done by filing, a process
which is slow and uncertain. A simple tool for doing
the work is shown in Fig. 2.
The tool is made in three parts — the base A, the cap
B, and the chisel C, B being attached to A with fillister-
August 26, 1920
f
^V or flat-head screws and dowels, and the chisel being let
^f equally into each piece so that its center line coincides
m with the junction of A and B. The thickness of the
■ base at D is made a nice fit for the groove in the broach.
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
428
FIG. 2. TOOL FOR BACKING OFF BROACH TEETH
The angle E is made to conform to the clearance angle
wanted on the sides of the broach teeth.
The tool is placed in position with the chisel on the
top of the tooth and a light tap with a small hammer
causes the chisel to make a straight clean cut over the
end of the broach tooth.
A broach can be backed off uniformly in a much
shorter time than is required if a file is used.
Bulging With a Rubber Punch
By L. J. VOORHEES
Industrial Engineer, New York. N. Y.
In making an investigation to determine the advis-
ability and method of manufacturing a certain article,
I arrived at the conclusion that one of it's component
parts could best be made by the bulging process. As
this process is novel, interesting, and where applicable
I believe a time and money saver, and as this article
was not manufactured or the result of my investigation
made use of, I therefore feel at liberty to pass it on
and believe it will be of interest.
The form or contour of this part was very similar
to the screw-top of a salt shaker, with the exception that
instead of having holes in the bottom of the cup-shaped
part, as the screw-top of the salt shaker has, it has
a design embossed in the bottom. The sides of this
cup-shaped part, between the bottom and the threaded
portion, had an outward projecting half-round bead that
-was knurled so that the fingers would not slip when
turning it.
The usual method of making pieces of this kind is
to blank and cup them in one operation. The cups
are then trimmed in a machine where they are inserted
and removed by hand, the knurled bead is then put on
in a similar machine, and the thread rolled in another.
The parts are then hand-fed into a press where the
bottoms are embossed. It was my intention to do the
knurling, beading, threading, and embossing all in the
one bulging operation to which the parts might be
automatically conveyed, or stepped along, from the trim-
ming operation.
The bulging operation consists essentially in forming
parts in an irregular shaped die by the use of a flex-
ible punch. In this case the punch was rubber, such
as is usually found in toolrooms for use on punches with
spring stripper plates. The experimental die was made
in two pieces so it could be opened to remove the cups.
The recess in the die was as deep as the height of
the cup. A combination cover and guide for the ram
was placed over the die. The hole in the cover,
through which the ram operated, was the diameter of
the inside of the cup at the top after bulging. The
ram was made of steel and of suitable diameter to
allow it to slide easily in its guide. The punch was a
piece of rubber fastened on the end of the ram. The
diameter of this rubber punch was about -k in. smaller
than the cup before it was bulged, and its length
about one and one-half times the depth of the cup. The
cups themselves were made of brass about 0.018 in.
thick.
The Operation
In trying this process the experiment.al die was
clamped on the bed of a power press and the bulging
punch was placed in the ram of the press. The stroke
was then adjusted until the cup was fully bulged, in
other words, until the cup after being pressed by the
flexible punch entirely filled the die. No means were
available by which the power exerted on the punch
could be determined. This could be done with a hydrau-
BULGING DIE AND RUBBER PUNCH
lie press, and the results should be of interest, especially
in view of the facts this experiment disclosed.
Within the range used there appeared to be no point
beyond which the rubber could not be further com-
pressed. The amount of pressure transmitted by the
rubber appeared to increase in direct proportion to
the amount applied, and with no destructive effect upon
it. It did not appear possible to increase the pressure
until the rubber was torn apart, or its texture in
any way changed, and the pressure was increased un-
424
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 9
til the sides of the brass cup were shredded. This ap-
peared to be caused by the relative movement between
the rubber punch and the die, when the punch was
under high compression.
From the above results it was concluded that the*
action while bulging a cup was as follows. As the
ram descends it first compresses the rubber punch until
it fills the cup; then it bulges the cup until it fills
the die. As the rubber becomes more compressed and
is flowing as it compresses, it is evident that there is
some movement between the rubber and the sides of the
cup, and this relative movement continues as long as
the pressure on the punch is increased. It is apparently
possible to increase this pressure and compress the
punch to a point where the friction between the rubber
and the cup is greater than the cohesion of the brass, or
its strength, and consequently the brass is torn apart
or shredded. Before reaching a point where the brass
was torn apart the punch would press the cup into
every recess in the die with sufficient force to cause
even the tool marks and scratches to show.
From the amount of friction evidenced between the
eup and punch it would appear desirable in practice
to use some form of lubricant on the punch. Evidently
oil could not be used on account of its action on rubber,
but graphitie would not effect rubber and a light coating
might prove satisfactory. If it was found desirable
to use a liquid lubricant, graphite mixed with glycerine
might be tried. No lubricant was used on the experi-
mental punch, and it was not found necessary in get-
ting out the few samples desired.
Possibilities of a Rubber Punch
From the results obtained with the experimental
die it appears as though the process could be used
in a large number of places and that it should effect
a saving in the cost of manufacture. It should also
permit the use of ornamental designs that are precluded
by the present methods of manufacture. Many of the
screw-tops or screw-caps that are used on salt and pep-
per shakers, bottles, cans jars, etc., could apparently be
made by this process. Threads and other shapes could
be bulged on the ends of tubes and even at some distance
from the ends under certain conditions. In embossing
designs in flat sections of sheet metal this process would
eliminate the necessity of making a metal punch that
accurately fitted the die, a the rubber punch would form
itself and would always fit.
Rubber might also be used as a flexible die, and by
applying pressure to the outside, metal could be forced
into recesses in the punch, such for instance as straight
or spiral grooves in the side of a tubular-shaped part.
In experimental work where a few odd shaped parts
are wanted this process could also be used to advantage.
While it is evident that the rubber punch would wear
out in time, it was conjectured that it would produce
several thousand parts, and many steel punches do
no more and they are much more difficult to make.
From the number of places where this process is ap-
plicable it ought, in the near future, to be found in a
large majority of the metal-working factories.
A Short Proof for Long Division
By E. S. Mummert
Upon seeing the method of proving long division by
Walter R. Meyer on page 157 and again on page 350
of the American Machinist, and after familiarizing
himself with it, the writer thought he would spring it
on some of the others in the office. However, the joke
soon came back, as one of the versatile stenographers
soon proved that the method would not prove, but that
it detected mistakes made in subtraction only and not
in multiplication. No matter what figures be put down
in the multiplications, if the subtractions be correct, the
figures, shown in plain type and disregarding the italics,
must add up to give the dividend.
Just try a few examples for yourself. Here is one.
The first is correct; the second has a mistake in mul-
tiplication in the line marked by the asterisk; both
prove according to Mr. Meyer's method :
Proof
760)584218
768
760
) 584218 (795
*5320
*5120
5221
7221
4560
6840
6618
3818
6080
3800
538
18
f: 584218
Proof:
■584218
Filin
g Jaws
S. H
. Dr.\ke
This style of filing jaws was devised to handle some
rather large templet work. They are to be placed in
an ordinary bench vise, the jaws of the vise clamping
against the body pieces AA. Two pins BB are located
near the bottom of tlie body pieces, the pins being a
press fit in c.ie of the body pieces and a slide fit in the
other. Midway between the two
pins is a screw C, which passes
through a tapped hole in one of ^^^ '!rtif3llll
EXTENSION
VISE-JAW.S FOR
FILING TEMPLETS
the body pieces, and its end
butts against a hardened plug
D in the other body piece. In
using the jaws the adjusting screw is turned until
the opening between the hardened jaws is slightly
greater than the thickness of stock to be filed. When
the vise is released the jaws will return to their,
original position, making it easy to remove the
stock. The jaws E are doweled to the body piece, mak-
ing it easy to remove and replace them in case they need
grinding. The body pieces were made of cast iron and
were left 14 in. thick to avoid springing. This set of
jaws is 9 in. high by 3J in. wide and has proved a
valuable asset on templet work, but no doubt could be
applied to other work of a similar character.
i
Angust 26, 1920
Get Increased Productiov^With Improved Machinery
425
WHAT /o KEAD
•inan in a /luri'i
i."li!!"'^V:^^r '^^
Tiy
Suggested by the NuTjagfing Editor
HH. MANCHESTER, in the leading article, tells of
.economic conditions following the Civil War. Mr.
Manchester's current story may be called a sequel to his
"Evolution of Wage and
Price Levels" published in
the American Machinist,
issue of May 27.
The second half of the
report on "Experimental
Investigation of Steel Belt-
ing" begins on page 393.
The first part w^as pub-
lished August 12.
There is a great deal of
truth in the statement that
safety guards should be ap-
plied to machines for the
purpose of aiding produc- L
tion as well as to prevent
maiming of operators. A. L. Kaems, a safety engi-
neer, in his paper "Increasing Production by Safeguard-
ing Power Press Operation" gives some convincing
statements relative to this. Page 400.
An automatic Electric Arc Welding
Machine is described by H. L. Unland
of the General Electric Co., page 403.
Mr. Unland says, "It is possible, with
this device, to weld at a speed of from
two to six times the rate possible by
skilled operators welding by hand."
A .short article by Entropy appears
on page 406. It is chiefly directed
toward recent engineering graduates
and those responsible for them.
If there could be found the right job
for each man a truly efficient condition
would be reached. The science of
psycho-technics is being applied to
this work in the United States and
abroad. A two-page article on "Psy-
cho-Technics in Germany" by Dr.
Alfred Gradenwitz begins on page 407.
John S. Watts has contributed fre-
quently to American Machinist. This
issue contains one of his articles, "Section Moduli of
Rectangles"— page 410. The many readers familiar
with Mr. Watt's writings will be glad to see his like-
ness presented on this page. We find that John S.
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago ivhen books were feiv and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
Watts was born in South Shields, England, in 1881.
He served an apprenticeship with H. S. Edwards &
sons of S-outh Shields; was educated in mechanical en-
gineering at the Durham
College of Science, New-
Castle-on-Tyne, England;
came to Canada in 1902,
where he worked as design-
ing draftsman with several
companies; from 1906 to
1917 was superintendent
for I. Matheson & Co., New
Glasgow, N. S.; during
1917 and in 1918 was me-
chanical superintendent at
the Eastern Car Co. of Glas-
gow; in 1918 and during
1 1919 was mechanical engi-
, „ . ^ neer for the Ore Mines
and Quarries Department of the Nova Scotia Steel and
Coal Co. and since 1919 has been a con.sulting mechani-
cal engineer, principally on designing and specify-
ing equipment for collieries. There
will be more of the interesting Watts
articles in future issues of American
Machinist. We are devoting almost
three pages, beginning with 413, to
the F. A. E. S. The purposes of the
organization are explained. Among
the other valuable features is a re-
counting of the accomplishments of
Engineering Council whose work will
be carried on by the F. A. E. S.
The automotive section this week
deals with the manufacture of auto-
mobile pistons. The article is by Fred
Colvin, who continues the policy of
presenting in one issue the methods of
manufacture in more than one plant.
Studebaker and Oakland pistons are
followed through their respective
shops.
Other worthy articles are "Judicial
^ ; Con.struction of Machinery of Every
Description," by Leslie Childs, page 409; "Increasing
Production in Johnson's Shop," by John R. Godfrey, page
411 and "Machine for Drilling Gear-Shift Bodies," by
J. V. Hunter, page 412.
JOHN S. WATTS
426
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. S
Piston Ring Work in a Railroad Shop
}
By FRANK A. STANLEY
The author of this article describes the methods
of making packing rings for locomotive pistons
and piston vali>es as practised in a railroad shop
on the Pacific Coast. The description and illus-
trations show methods nearer to manufacturing
than ivill be found in the average railroad shop.
THE engravings illustrate some methods employed
in machining piston valve rings and piston rings
in a railroad shop in the West.
The line drawing, Fig. 1, shovi's a piston valve com-
plete and also illustrates the bushing or liner in which
the valve operates. The rings, as will be seen, are here
shown in double offset form, though for some classes of
piston valves the rings are made with single offset. The
halftone engravings which follow represent some of the
i- -/ay' -
FIG. 1. THE PISTON VAI.VE AND SLEEVE
FIG. 2. TLlt.VlXC THE BARREL FROM WHICH THE
RINGS ARE CUT
form is ih in. above size and as the rings are placed
therein when they are themselves iV in. above size
theie is a compression of :'-2 in. required to put them
into the form or jig. Consequently when the rings are
finish turned they still have Ji in. spring for actual
operation.
Now, to return to the ring cutting oflf operation : In
Fig. 3 the cross-slide turret is shown with the twelve
tools withdrawn from the ring casting and a special
turret toolhead carrying cutters for operating upon
the face and interioi of the outer ring. The process is
first to feed the cutting-off tools part way through
the casting wall, then withdraw the tools, reset is in.
to the side by adjusting the cross-slide carriage, then
feed the multiple cut-off tools in again, thus forming
the offset at one side of the rings. The metal at the
inside of the ring casting still holds the whole sleeve
casting intact and the outer face of the ring is ma-
chined before it is cut off from the casting.
In Fig. 3 the facing and boring tools in the head
on the main turret are shown. The facing tool acts
as a recessing device to bore out the face of the ring
to the depth required for the offset on that face of the
tool equipment for machining both single and double
offset rings.
The turning and cutting off of the rings is accom-
plished in a Libby turret lathe, the turning being done
as shown in Fig. 2. Here a casting, long enough for
twelve rings, is gripped in the chuck jaws and a rough-
ing cut taken with a tool held in the turret block on the
cross slide of the machine. This turret also carries the
set of twelve cutting-off tools seen in the illustration.
The barrel or sleeve casting from which the rings are to
be cut is turned to A in. over size in the roughing cut,
the metal removed on a side being about { in. The
feed for turning is s2 in. per revolution. This A in. is
the amount left for finishing and compression and
spring in the ring when finished. That is, after the
rings are cut off in the turret lathe as described later
in this article, they are put into a form or jig which is
bored a^ in. above size and here an arbor is puit^in
with plates for clamping the rings for finish turning
after they have been slipped out of the form. As the
FIG. 3. GANG .\N!> TIRRBT TOOLS IN POSITION
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
427
FIG, 4. AUXILIARY FACING TOOL INT TURRET
ring. This tool is carried by an auxiliary slide and
toolholder seen at the front of the special toolhead of
the main turret. A better view of this auxiliary device
is obtained from Fig. 4. It consists of a body attached
to the main toolhead and in this a slide is operated
by a handwheel and screw? to feed the tool parallel ta
the axis of the work. There is a stop block or thickness
gage block at A which allows the tool to be fed into
the ring to face out the recess to exact depth. The
tool is then withdrawn and the boring tool on the main
head of the turret is then fed in to bore out the in-
terior of the ring and thus sever it from the sleeve
casting. The operations of facing each successive ring
and boring it to size the interior and cutting off the ring
from the inside is thus continued until the twelve rings
in the casting are finished. The thickness of the rings,
as determined by the operation of the multiple cutting-
off tools in the carriage block, is held accurately to
dimension by snap gages giving a limit of 0.001 in.
The boring out of the rings requires the removal of
about i in. of metal on each side, this being done in one
cut. The speed of the work while the cutting-off tools
are operating is eight revolutions per minute, or a sur-
face speed of about 26 ft. per minute. This enables the
series of tools to operate without chatter and leaves a
smooth surface where the tools are run in the second
time for facing down to the shouldered offset. The orig-
inal casting for the twelve rings is 13 in. long and only
1 in. of metal is lost in the grip for the chuck jaws.
The facing of large piston rings in a vertical boring
mill is represented by Fig. 5. Here a quick acting
chuck is used on the table of the machine for holding
the work securely while a facing tool is fed across the
surface. The chuck consists of a set of four jaws which
FIG. 5. PACING PISTON RINGS IN A BORING MILL
serve to hold the ring from the interior and force it
against four properly located stops secured in the slots
of the table. The interior jaws are really shnilar to
the planer "toes" commonly used w^hen thin work is to
be held to the planer table. They are- in the form of
short pointed rods placed at a slight angle to the hori-
zontal and when set up against the inside of the work
they tend to hold the latter down securely to the table.
The four "toes" are actuated by four straight jaws
which are forced outwardly by a flat disk with a beveled
edge. This disk is drawn down to set out the jaws by
the binder handle operating on a screw at the top. The
outer ends of the flat jaws are also bevelled slightly in-
wardly so that they always hold the rear ends of the
"toes" from lifting.
The facing tool is forged and ground to present a
filightly angular edge to the work surface and thus pro-
duces-a smooth even cut when fed across the ring face.
The methods shown are in use at the Southern Pacific
shops at Sacramento, California.
The Fat Pay Envelope
By W. Burr Bennett
Fred W. Taylor's contention that high wages and low
labor cost can go hand in hand, had been well demon-
strated before the great war, and with the greatly
changed conditions following the war, it is still more of
a truism that labor is always seeking for higher wages
and manufacturers a lower labor cost. Admittedly, the
factory management that succeedes in bringing nearest
together these two apparent opposites has gained an
achievement of no mean value.
We have unlimited evidence of the manufacturers'
efforts at low labor cost. Methods, fixtures and machines
are being daily evolved and put into use for greater pro-
duction without change of labor rate, and intelligent
capital is not adverse to financing such equipment if
assured of a reasonable return.
But what about high wages? The gentle reader will
smile, perhaps, when he compares today's rate for the
machinist with the rate of a few years ago. But that is
hardly to the point — wages are merely a relative value in
the last analysis. Explicitly, Mr. Taylor meant high
wages as compared with a competitive shop and it is this
kind of high wages that is worth careful thought.
During the past few years our company has studied
and tried out about every theory and fad that has been
suggested for the reduction of labor turnover, with the
result of very little lowering of this costly expense.
Some few months ago we decided to put the money
formerly expended in the various welfare schemes into
the pay envelopes in the form of higher rates. To say
the least, the results have been marked. We have been
able to secure the best of local labor with consequent
improvement in workmanship. The men are glad to
comply with all shop rulings and hate to loose their jobs.
It is becoming a privilege to get a job in our shop. Being
able to get high-grade men we have once and for all
eliminated the problems that go along with irresponsible
labor.
The results are such as to make the writer believe
that: Given a clean, light shop, with good sanitary con-
ditions and a practical working day, high wages for the
particular shop, in the community in question, will pro-
duce lower labor costs than all the hosts of paternalistic
schemes ; and last, but not least, the results can be made
permanent by the liberal use of the old fashioned "golden
rule."
428
^
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
Repairing LGComotives in Our Oldest City
By FRED H. COLVTN
■ Editor, American Machinist
Keeping locomotives in running .order is a dif-
ferent problem in divers sections'of the country.
On the Florida East Coast Ry., one of the main
difficulties is that the roadbed is built upon the
Sands of the Florida Peninsula, and these sands
are almost constantly bloivn around the locomo-
tives and bearings of the whole equipment. One
compensation is that they are spared the rigors
of a Northern winter and that they can work
comfortably out of doors all the year around.
THE St. Augustine shops of the Florida East Coast
Ry. are particularly attractive to one who has left
the North in the grip of snow and ice and finds
himself in a place where machine work can be done in
open buildings and where one can get home without
wading knee deep through snow.
Accidents happen occasionally as can be seen from
the locomotive in Fig. 1, which is, however, not as badly
damaged as it looks. The open-work effect, which can
be found in shops in this part of the country, is shown
in Fig. 2, which is the babbitting shed where all the
car brasses are lined with babbitt. Babbitt is used in
this part of the country in place of bronze for car axle
bearings and for locomotive trucks, as it has been found
better under the conditions which exist here.
The babbitt melting furnaces are at the right, the
fixtures for holding the brasses in position against a
suitable form or mold being on the bench in the center.
The bench at the left, equipped with vises, is where the
surplus metal is chipped off in the usual manner.
The machine shop itself is an inclosed building, but
ample provision is made for ventilation. The work
hours are from seven to eleven, and from twelve to four,
which accomplishes the daylight saving results whether
it is a government measure or not. Figs. 3 and 4 were
taken in the main shop, the first being the machine used
for turning the main driver while setting the valves.
This- is a fairly common device consisting of a frame
carrj'ihg two pairs of rollers so spaced as to come under
both the driving wheels as at A, B and C. The rolls are
drawn together until the wheels are raised clear of the
track so that the drivers can be revolved by means of
ratchet actuated by the long handle D.
Turning Driving Wheels
Fig. 4 is in the same shop and shows a pair of driv-
ing wheel centers which are used as mandrels on which
to turn tires. The rims are split at several places as at
A and B, and, after the tire has been slipped over the
wheel center, plugs are driven into the holes so that
they expand the rim inside the tire and hold it
firmly for turning. The large hook C is then used in
hoisting the mandrel with the tires in place into position
in the wheel lathe.
One of the outdoor shops is shown in Figs. 5 and 6,
this being where the boiler tubes are cut off and safe
ends welded in place. The machinery in this shop is
practically all home-made, the power to operate it in
most cases being derived from compressed air cylinders.
Fig. 1 — In for repairs.
FIGS. 1 TO 4. SHOP DEVICES
Fig. 2 — Babbitting shed. Fig. 3 — The valve setter. Fig. 4-
-Manurel for turning driving wheel tires.
i
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
429
Pi^ '^ R„nf '?''t '' ™ ^^' ^'^^^ IN THE BOILER AND SMITH SHOP AND SOME OF THE APPLIANCES
Pneumatic prest. Fig 12— Springbandinf' press. ° '^ '°''^^ "'''^- ^'^- 10— Portable oil furnaces. Fig.. 11-
430
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 9
In Fig. 5 the heating furnace is shown at A, while the
holders B and C support the tube during the operations
which are performed by the jaws D at the head end of
the machine. Another view of this is shown in Fig. 6,
which gives more of an idea of its construction. The
tube support C is the same as is shown in the other view,
as is the head D. The cylinders and the operating
mechanism are shov/n very plainly in the center of the
fixture. The way in which the head or operating por-
tion of the machine is tied to the back end is shown by
the angle iron F.
Part of the blacksmith's equipment of spring forging
dies is shown in Fig. 7. These, it will be noted, are
hung on a convenient rack, also out of doors, and,
although the markings cannot be distinguished in the
illustration, every pair of dies has its proper label so
as to be readily found when wanted.
Fitting Bumper Blocks
Not far from this, and also out of doors, is a cir-
cular rack at A, Fig. 8, and also the form or rail-fitting
block B. This block is for fitting rails used in connec-
tion with bumper blocks at the ends of blind tracks. The
rails are bent until they fit the block B, when resting in
their proper position on the tie C. The bent rails can
then be sent to any part of the system and be spiked and
bolted into place without further fitting.
One of the effects of this climate is a tendency to cor-
rode metal work, especially when coupled with gases
from blacksmiths' fires. On this account, the use of
asbestos has been found very desirable, a hood and pipe
of that material being shown in Fig. 9. A portable
heating furnace for rivets or other purposes is showm
in Fig. 10. This requires very little explanation; the
angle iron framework carrying the oil tank beneath is
shown at A and the furnace at B The whole thing is
mounted on a pair of good sized wheels C, so that by
means of the handles D it is easy to move it to any part
of the yard where it may be needed.
Another home-made, air-operated press is shown in
Fig. 11. This is used for holding work of various kinds
while being bent or for any purpose where a substan-
tial holding press is desired.
Fig. 12 is a spring-banding press, also air-operated
and home-made. This has the usual plungers A and B
operated by the toggle levers shown. This press is large
and heavy and can handle the largest driver springs.
Clamping Device With Automatically
Locked Spring Plunger Support
By Francis W. Shaw
The Editor expresses doubt as to the practicability
of the device illustrated under the above title which
appeared on page 722, Vol. 52. of the American
Machinist and reproduced in principle here. An object
A must have support besides that afforded by clamps
at other points, to prevent deflection under a cut. It is,
therefore, supported by a spring plunger B which must
be firmly locked. The aim of the "inventor" is to
lock the plunger through the medium of the bolt E,
thus saving an independent locking device.
The action of the clamp is not easy to analyze. Per-
haps, first of all, it is best to imagine that, by tightening
the nut, locking has been effected; that the plunger B
is firmly held by the bar F and that, consequently, A
is tightly grasped between B and the clamp C. An
imagination after this fashion is not difficult, for it is
plain to see that if a wedge were inserted between the
jaws instead of the piece A and this wedge were pres.sed
in, the farther it went the greater it would stress the
bolt E. We may assume, therefore, that by tightening
the nut the effect would be the same, and the tighter
the nut were screwed up the greater would be the pres-
sure at all points in contact, hence at the point of
contact between the plunger B and the bar F. Analyzed
in this way, the device would appear perfection itself,
for there appears no good reason why the plunger B
and clamp C should occupy any position vertically other
than that it is compelled to occupy by the location of A.
But — though at a glance one would place the device
as positive in nature, it really is not. The plunger B
is not locked any more firmly by the bar F than if the
latter had a flat end, if as firmly — the action is still
entirely frictionable, unless the piece A were quite
unyielding, then no necessity would exist for the device.
There being a necessity for the device, for we must
admit that A may yield under the cutting stresses.
Assume first that the tendency is to an upward move-
ment. In this case, C would tend to spring upward
at the gripping end. The additional pressure it
received would react on D and through F on B, which
would be held more securely. Secondly, assume that A's
tendency was to a downward movement. Then B would
receive additional pressure which, however, would have
no effect, provided the locking is suflSciently good. If,
however, the nut has been but lightly locked, B may
yield. If it yields it may push the bar F to the right.
The plunger D, however, will rise less than the plunger
B falls and therefore the clamping plate will no longer
be in action, and the whole device will be inoperative.
The success of the device, therefore, depends upon
the intensity of the initial locking, which must be suffi-
cient to induce the friction necessary to prevent move-
ment in the plunger B.
Up to the point at which friction begins to have
effect, the floating action at the jaws will be perfect.
Afterward float is not wanted. The dotted lines on
the sketch indicate how yielding in the object will free
the clamping plate if the initial tightening is insiifiH-
cient to prevent B falling with A.
In a nutshell, the work is held in a floating vise or
pair of pincers, which, however, is prevented more and
more from floating the more we increase the grip.
THE CLAMPING DEVICE IN QUESTION
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
4S1
Shop equipment Ntw5
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six montfis and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
■ CONDENSED
CLIPPING INDEX
A continuous record
oi^modorn dos\^ns
' and oqulpmonO •
Changes in Cincinnati Planer
A number of changes have lately been incorporated
in the line of planers built by the Cincinnati Planer
Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. A noticeable change is found in
the use of the box form of construction for both the
arch and the cross-rail.
The arch is cast as shown in Fig. 1, the tops of the
housings having been widened to accommodate it. The
box form of cross-rail adopted is shown in Fig. 2,
and it is claimed that this construction adds rigidity
and firmness to the cutting tools. The rail is well
ribbed to add stiffness.
Another feature is the automatic stop which has been
provided for the rail elevating and lowering device, this
being shown in the phantom drawing. Fig. 3. The
vertical stop-rod extending up the side of the left-hand
column is equipped with set-collars that at the limits
of travel of the rail come in contact with a bracket
bolted to its back. When this occurs, the clutch in the
elevating mechanism is released by means of suitable
connections. The upper collar on the stop-rod remains
fixed in position, but the lower one may be adjusted to
stop the downward movement of the rail at any point
within its travel.
The style of harp or swivel now used on the clapper-
IIG. 1. BOX..EORM OF. ARCH ROR THE CINCINNATI
PLANER. FIG. 2. SECTION THROUGH BOX-FORM
CROSS-RAIL OF CINCINNATI PLANER.
FIG. 3. CINCINNATI .VUTOMATIC CROS.S-RAIL STOPS AMi
CL.\PPER-BOX CLAMP
box is also shown in Fig. 3. Provision is made for
clamping the upper part of the box securely against
the face of the saddle, without using the long slotted
opening in the harp formerly employed for this pur-
pose. It is claimed that the construction insures against
breakage that formerly was apt to occur in this part.
Marshalltown Plate Milling Machine
The illustration shows a plate milling machine built
by the Marshalltown Manufacturing Co., Marshalltown,
Iowa. It is intended for beveling and squaring the
edges of boiler plates up to 1-in. thickness, the full
length of the sheet. Curves can also be milled. The
machine consists of a bed mounted on pedestals and car-
rying a sliding head containing all the operating
mechanism. A 5-hp. motor on the head is geared to the
spindle, driving the feed as well as the spindle. Both a
friction slip and a quick return are provided in the feed
mechanism. An inserted-tooth cutter 81 x 2J in.
is used, the end thrust on the spindle being taken by
ball bearings. A traverse of 2 in. is provided for the
spindle, so that offset edges may be machined. Rollers
are provided on both sides of the cutter for holding
down the work. The cutting lubricant is circulated by
means of a motor-driven pump located in a case at the
LU
432
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
■^considerable fire hazard." It is claimed for this burner
that it will not clog with even the dirtiest oil, and that
when once adjusted for the character of fuel being used
it requires no attention for starting or stopping the
furnace other than the control of the air valve.
.Universal 24-In. Open-Side Planer
The illustration shows a 24-in. open-side planer which
has been put on the market by the Universal Machine
and Tool Co., Canton, Ohio. The machine combines
the characteristics of the shaper and the planer. One
side is open, thus allowing large work to overhang
the table. The single column is on the right-hand side,
all controls being centralized, so th^t the operator need
not shift position to operate the machine.
The table is driven by means of a variable-stroke
crank mechanism. Constant-speed belt drive is em-
JIARSHALLTOWN PLATK MILLING MACHINE
end of the bed. The machine is built in four sizes to
mill lengths up to 8, 12, 16 or 24 ft. The weights range
from 8,600 to 14,765 lb.
Mahr No. 16 Oil-Fuel Rivet Forge
The Mahr Manufacturing Co., Minneapolis, Minn.,
builds the No. 16 oil-fuel rivet forge shown in the
illustration. The forge is designed for stationary use,
but it is furnished with a chain by which it may be
lifted and moved by a crane. It is claimed that the
shape of the heating and combustion chambers is such
that the fuel is completely burned before the gases reach
the rivets, but that excess space has been eliminated. A
tile lining is used. Either fuel oil or kerosene may be
burned. Compressed air is employed at any pressure
from 30 to 120 lb. per square inch. The forge is
equipped with the Mahr V-1 type burner, which operates
on the vacuum principle, thus avoiding the necessity of
maintaining pressure in the fuel tank and eliminating
MAHR NO. 16 OIL-FUEL BIVET FORGE
Specifications: Normal capacity, 400, 3 x 3 in. rivets per hr.
Fuel tanli capacity, 18 gal. Air consumption, 8 cu.ft. per mln.
Size opening, 10 x 33 in. Height over all, 52 in. Floor space,
27 X 2S in. Weight; net, 520 lb.; boxed. 700 lb.
UNIVERSAL 24-IN. OPEN-SIDE PLANER, TYPE B
Specifications: Table size. 17J x 463 in. Table height. 36 in.
Maximum strol^e, 27 in. Strolvcs per minute, 7, 20, 30 or 40.
Speed of drive pulley, 125 r.p.m. Floor space, 36 x 63i in. (neg-
lecting over-travel of table). Weiglit, about 4,500 lb.
ployed, and the table speed is varied by means of shift
gears, four speeds being available. The feed of the
tool head is by power.
The type A machine has only one head, while type B
has a second head mounted on the column below the
cross-rail, as shown.
Fixie 3- J aw Machine Vise
The vise shown in the accompanying illustrations has
been placed on the market by Manning, Maxwell &
Moore, Inc., 119 West 40th St.," New York, N. Y. It is
intended for holding pieces of irregular shapes while
machining, being adapted to both toolroom and quantity
production work. Many pieces ordinarily requiring jigs
may be held for drilling or milling.
All three jaws can be swiveled, each independently of
the others, and can be fixed in the positions required.
The sliding jaw is held down by means of a T-head bolt
and is not secured to its screw, which can be shifted
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
483
TWO VIEWS OF THE PIXIE .T-.IAW MACHINE VISE
along the body and readily engaged. In place of the
usual stationary jaw there are two swiveling jaws,
which can be swung to form a V-block having an angle
of 90 deg. or more for holding cams or circular work.
For holding irregularly shaped pieces, such as a con-
necting rod, as shown in the lower view, the jaws may
be swung to accommodate themselves to the form of
the work. They can be locked in position by the nut
between them, the turning of which tightens a cone
against the flanges of the circular bases of the jaws.
The jaws are fitted with loose grip-plates, which tend
to draw the work down on the body of the vise when
pressure is applied by means of the screw. Smooth,
.'■oft plates can be furnished if desired.
The body of the vise is made of steel alloy and the
remaining parts of mild steel, casehardened where neces-
sary. The bearing surfaces are hand-.scraped. The vise
is made in sizes, having maximum openings between
the jaws of 4, 6, 9, 12 and 18 in. For the smallest
and the largest sizes the depths of the jaws are, respec-
tively, li and 2' in.; the widths of the sliding jaws,
3 and 8 in.; the widths of the swiveling jaws, 2i and
5 in.; and the over-all sizes 12 x 6 J in. and 34 J x 13
inches.
Pletz Utility Screw Presses
The illustration shows the Utility hand screw press
made by Carl Pletz & Sons, 717 Sycamore St., Cin-
cinnati, Ohio. It is intended for general use, being
adapted to such work as straightening shafts, pressing
in bushings and bending metal. It is made in two sizes,
the No. 3i machine accommodating work of greater
height and width than the No. 3.
The bed is heavily ribbed, with a hole cored under the
screw to permit work to drop through or shafts to
I be handled. The lower end of the steel screw is fitted
with a steel pad which is prevented from turning, the
thrust being taken on a bronze washer running in oil.
The handwheel is fitted with a handle so that the screw
PLETZ UTILITY HAND-SCREW PRESS
Specifications. Screw ; diameter, 2 in. ; pitcli, J in. Length,
4 ft. Heiglit with screw down, 42 in. Distance between posts,
123 in. for No. 3, 17J in. for No. 51. Distance under screw pad,
14 in. and 20 in., respectively. Weiglit, 500 and 600 lb., respec-
tively.
may be returned quickly. It is claimed that by using
a 4-ft. bar a pressure of about 20 tons can be secured
under the screw.
Derringer Combination Toolholder
The toolholder shown in the illustration has recently
been placed on the market by Maurice H. Derringer,
3133 N. Eight St., Philadelphia, Pa. It is intended
for medium-sized work on lathes from 12- to 20-in.
swing. On the end shown at the left is a yoke which can
swung to either side of the bar. One side of the bar
is adapted for holding square stock up to .".-. in. and the
other side, formed as a V-block, will hold round stock
from s to fii in. in diameter. This groove is useful
for holding indicator stems as well as boring or internal-
threading tools. When the holder is placed in position
in a lathe, the .screw in the lathe toolpost can be tight-
ened on the end of the tool, thus holding it rigidly. The
yoke may be easily removed by taking out the taper
pin which holds it. The other end of the holder is pro-
vided with a gooseneck which can be locked in position
at any angle. This neck will hold i.:-in. tool stock, being
especially adapted to thread cutting.
L.^
DERRINGER COMBINATION TOOLHOLDER
434
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
l-siA^'.-- 't
KS FROM
Valentine Francis
Why Westinghouse Does Not Use
the Metric System
One of the reasons most commonly
urged for the adoption of metric units
was that it would greatly aid foreign
trade. That would appear to be invit-
ing the mountain to go to Mahomet, for
the greater number of manufacturing
plants are located In English-speaking
countries, where naturally the people
use only the English system of weights
and measures. Factories located in the
United States, for instance, sell all but
a small percentage of their goods in
this country. It would appear then,
that to sell a few articles to metric
countries, a certain class would make
one hundred million people climb out of
their accustomed channels to learn a
puzzling unfamiliar language. Nor is
this necessary, for Westinghouse Elec-
tric and Manufacturing Co. does a great
deal of business with countries using
the metric system without difficutly or
embarrassment.
From stories sent out it would seem
that all foreign countries with the ex-
ception of Great Britain were metric.
That this is not true is evident from the
fact that even those which are out and
out metric, like France, Belgium, Den-
mark, etc., are more familiar with the
English system than we are with the
metric. In Latin-America some coun-
tries use a system of English extraction
but with Spanish terms. Some use met-
ric and Spanish. Others use metric
alone, but all are familiar with the Eng-
lish.
No one doubts for a moment the tre-
mendous difficulties that would be in-
volved in making this country over into
a metric speaking and thinking people.
These difficulties would multiply daily
until nothing less than chaos would re-
sult. First, the greatest number of
people in the country would have to
learn the metric tables. Then they
would have to translate metric terms
into English before a ratio of values
could be obtained. This in daily life
where thousands of small transactions
are carried on would be ludicrous.
This is a period when production is
needed, throughout the country there
being shortage of manufactured mater-
ials. Is there any reason for urging
the adoption of the metric system at
this time when it is certain that were
it suddenly introduced in the factory,
production undoubtedly would be held
up and more than likely would be
stopped entirely, until the workmen
familiarized themselves with the new
units? The very fact that English
measurements can be halved and quar-
tered without introducing complicating
fractions makes it more advantageous
in shop work than the metric measure-
ments. The Westinghouse Co. has no
desire to install a metric translation de-
partment pending the adoption of the
French system in America. It is a
complex organization, highly detailed
and a delay in any point of production,
is felt in every department. Thousands
of delicate, high-priced instruments are
in daily use which the company has no
desire to scrap for metric tools. There
are also many tables computed in the
English system which would have to
be made over and in addition have a
table of equivalents, practically tripling
the labor used in making up tables as
well as doubling their size. This paves
the way for errors.
Westinghouse, too, has little desire to
install a school to teach its thousands of
workmen the metric system. The work
entailed in this one item alone would be
enormous, even if it were certain that
employes could pick up the system
rapidly. Others have not found this the
case.
These are, briefly, some of the rea-
sons why the Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Co. is opposing the in-
troduction of the Metric system in
America. Its advantages have yet to
be proved in every way except theore-
tically and its practicability in the
Unitetd States is uncertain.
Market for American Agricultural
Machinery in Java
American Trade Commissioner John
A. Fowler states that, in his opinion,
there are good prospects for the sale
of large numbers of American tractors
to the plantation owners of Java, the
opening of which market would be
hastened by the co-operation of Amer-
ican manufacturers, and suggests that
tractor and implement manufacturers
send experienced men to Java to demon-
strate their machines to the people and
let them know what co-operation they
may expect from the manufacturers.
At present there are plows, rollei's, cul-
tivators, and other implements to work
with in Java, but the people are not
educated up to their use. There is also
a market for ditchers, which should be
of a plow type of implement that will
cut the soil so it can easily be squared
up, and it is thought that it should be
attachable to the tractor to get the
advantage of the tractor's weight.
An announcement from London states
that, with 38,954 flights and a total of
70,000 passengers carried during the
first year of civil flying in England,
there was but one fatal accident. The
number of miles flown was 734,200 and
goods carried totaled 116,498 pounds.
National Safety Council Will Soon
Hold Its Ninth Meeting
The best methods of saving fingers,
hands, arms, legs, and lives and of
conserving labor and increasing pro-
duction through accident prevention and
industrial medicine, will be discussed
at the ninth annual safety congress of
the National Safety Council at Mil-
waukee, Sept. 27 to Oct. 1, the pro-
gram for which will soon be completed.
During these five days, four thou-
sand men and women — safety engi-
neers, industrial relations managers,
municipal traffic officers, educators and
plant executives — will gather at the
Milwaukee Auditorium to throw into the
common pot all the information on ac-
cident prevention that has developed
during the past year.
The 1920 safety congress will be the
most important in the 'history of the
safety movement. One hundred and
eighty speakers, each an expert in some
particular line of safety work, are on
the program. Accident prevention will
be discussed not as a humanitarian
proposition alone, but with reference
CO the most important industrial prob-
lems of the day — underproduction and
labor unrest. Safety is no longer a
haphazard proposition; it has been de-
veloped through the expenditure of
millions of dollars by the industries of
America and through years of research
and experimentation into a science with
fundamentals as definite as those of
chemistry, biology or physics.
A special session of the congress has
been arranged where beginners in the
field of organized accident prevention
will be instructed in these fundamen-
tals. This "A B C" session will be
addressed by experts in the organiza-
tion and operation of industrial safety
departments. The congress program
includes a debate on the bonus system
in safety work between J. Claude Smith,
safety director of the Inland Steel Co.,
and Philip Stremmel, superintendent of
the Hot Mills, National Enameling and
Stamping Company.
•*
Baltimore Has New $2,500,000
Concern
The Maryland Steel Products Co..
with $2,500,000 capital stock, has been
incorporated at Baltimore, Md., and has
taken over the plant of the Maryland
Pressed Steel Co., Hagerstown, Md.,
which has been a subsidiary company
of the Poole Engineering and Machine
Co., Woodberry, Baltimore. The in-
corporators of the new company are
Richard B. and Melville P. Rodermond,
New York; Henry Huss and Oscar
Eurich, Hagerstown, and B. R. Young-
man, Baltimore.
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
435
\
Steel Treaters To Meet at Phila-
delphia Next Month
Emphasizing that "the product pro-
duced is only as good as its heat-treat-
ment," the American Steel Treaters'
Society and Steel Treating Research
Society are sending out advance in-
formation concerning their second an-
nual convention which will be held at
the Commercial Museum, Philadelphia,
Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18. The societies
invite nonmembers to attend the con-
vention and join in the discussions.
Over seventy-five papers are listed.
These will cover all branches of heat-
treatment and are by men prominent
in the industry. An outline of the
program follows:
Tuesday, Sept. 14.
Exhibition open 9 a.m. to 10:30 p.m.
Program will be run strictly on sche-
duled time. Please be prompt.
All sessions of the convention will be
held in the Assembly Hall at the Com-
mercial Museum, Thirty-fourth at
Spruce Street.
Morning Session — 10 to 12 a.m.
Address of Welcome — His Honor,
Mayor Moore of Philadelphia.
Address of Welcome — Colonel A. E.
White, Chairman of the Amalgamation
Committee.
Appointment of Tellers of Election.
Papers.
Noonday Luncheon
The Delegates from all the Chapters
will have business meeting and luncheon
at the Commercial Museum.
Afternoon Session — 2 to 4:30 p.m.
Report of Tellers of Election.
Address of President-elect.
Papers.
Tuesday Evening — 8 to 10 p.m.
Papers.
Wednesday, Sept. 15.
Exhibition open from 9 a.m. to 10:30
p.m.
Morning Session — 10 to 12 a.m.
Noonday Luncheon
The Delegates and National Officers
will have business meeting and luncheon
at the Commercial Museum.
Afternoon Session — 2 to 4:30 p.m.
Evening Session — 8 to 10:30 p.m.
Thursday, Sept. 16.
"New York Day."
Exhibition open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Morning session — 10 to 12 a.m.
Noonday luncheon.
The Delegates and National Officers
will have noonday luncheon at the Com-
mercial Museum.
Afternoon session— 2 to 4:30 p.m.
Thursday Evening, Sept 16.
6:30 p.m. sharp.
Informal banquet and entertainment.
Grand Ball Room of the Bellevue-Strat ••
ford Hotel. Tickets $5. Visitors and
guests are invited and will be welcome.
Tickets on sale at Secretary's office
just inside the main entrance to ex-
hibition hall. Secure your tickets early
— seating capacity limited to 800. The
banqueters will be addressed by speak-
ers of national prominence.
Friday, Sepf. 17.
Exhibition open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
The various plant in Philadelphia
will be visited.
Friday Evening, Sept. 17, 8 p.m.
Informal dance and reception by the
Philadelphia Chapter in the Clover
Room at the Bellevue-Stratford Hotel.
Saturday, Sept. 18.
"Philadelphia Day."
Exhibition open from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Over 80,000 sq.ft. of floor space will
be used to display heat-treating appli-
ances and heat-treated products, and
More than 125 nationally known firms
will be represented. This is a good
chance to have your difficulties solved
in heat-treating.
Exports of Machinery Treble in
Six Years
According to The World Markets,
the R. G. Dun & Co. magazine, in six
years' time the exports of American
machinery have trebled in value. In
1913 the total exports of machinery
were valued at $127,980,000, while in
1919 they reached a total value of
$378,425,000. That the total in the
latter year was not greater was due
to the urgent home demands for ma-
chinery of almost every description,
which limited the amount available for
export. One large manufacturer de-
clared recently that his foreign orders
for the first six months of the present
year were more than 60 per cent
greater than during the same period
last year.
Flywheel Does Much Damage
Thousands of dollars damage re-
sulted when a flywheel broke recently
at the plant of the Scott Paper Co.,
Chester, Pa., putting out of commis-
sion the largest individual paper ma-
chine in the country. The flywheel
broke suddenly and flying fragments
played havoc with the machinery, intri-
cate parts being badly smashed. An
electrician was probably fatally injured
when struck by parts of the wheel.
Emplojers Warned To Carry
Compensation Insurance
"Employers who come under the
Workman's Compensation Law are
warned to carry Compensation insur-
ance to cover their employees. The fail-
ure to do so," said Bernard L. Shientag,
Chief Counsel to the New York State
Industrial Commission, "is a misde-
meanor punishable by a fine up to one
thousand dollars, by imprisonment up
to one year, or by both such fine and
imprisonment." The Industrial Com-
mission through its counsel will pro-
ceed vigorously against any employer
who continues to disregard this im-
portant law.
"A large number of awards to injured
workmen and to widows and orphans
cannot be collected," said Mr. Shientag,
"because employers have neglected to
carry compensation insurance and in
many cases are financially unable them-
selves to make payment. These widows
and orphans are condemned to a life of
want and compelled to seek the aid of
charity because employers have violated
this law."
"It is not only a great injustice and
social wrong, but it arouses a spirit of
resentment and discontent in the hearts
of these unfortunate victims of indus-
trial accidents, who cannot understand
why the humane workmen's Compensa-
tion Law, which they counted on for
protection, has completely failed them."
Any employer who is in doubt as to
his duties under the Workmen's Com-
pensation Law should apply promptly
to his State Industrial Commission.
A $12,000,000 Car Building
Program
The Southern Pacific Railroad has
decided upon a $12,000,000 car-building
program and wiil spend a large sum of
money in enlarging and improving its
car shops in Sacramento. New build-
ings will be provided for the iron and
steel foundries, rolling mills and gen-
eral shops.
Commerce Chamber To Trace
Slack in Business
Acting on indications of a slack in
business from some sections, the Na-
tional Chamber of Commerce has
started a survey of every industry in
all lines and in all parts of the coun-
try.
"Complaints came in that wholesal-
ers and retailers were cancelling con-
tracts to such an extent that some were
compelled to shut down," said E. W.
McCullough, head of the Industrial
436
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
}
Production Department, of that body
here today, "so we have sent out a
questionnaire."
"It is not certain that this situation
is prevalent but we want to determine
whether decreased buying is responsible
for the reticence of wholesalers and re-
tailers to maintain orders ahead booked,
or, if not, what the cause really is."
Tests of Bearing Metals
for S. A. E.
The tests at elevated temperatures of
babbitt bearing metals, four of which
were investigated in connection with the
S. A. E. specifications for such material,
have been completed. As was expected,
the yield point and ultimate strength
decreased rapidly with increasing tem-
perature. It would appear that bab-
bitts containing lead lose their strength
more rapidly than those with a tin base.
Brinell hardness measurements have
also been made on these four samples,
and will be repeated later on larger
specimens. In order to study the effect
of small quantities of lead on the phys-
ical properties of a high-grade tin-base
babbitt, varying percentages of lead
have been added to metal made in ac-
cordance with specification No. 2 of the
American Society for Testing Materials,
and the physical properties of the var-
ious combinations thus secured will be
studied at ordinary and at elevated
temperatures. A thermostatically con-
trolled oil bath has been constructed
for annealing specimens over long per-
iods of time in order to determine its
effect on the mechanical properties of
the babbitts.
Black & Decker To Sell Stock
to Its Employees
A plan to enable the employees of
the Black & Decker Manufacturing Co.,
machinery makers, Baltimore, Md., to
share in the profits of the company and
to become holders of the company
stock, has been announced by the con-
cern. All the workers will be permitted
to purchase the stock and the length
of time given them to pay for it will
depend upon the length of time they
have been with the company. With
each four shares of the preferred
stock, par $25, will be given one share
of common stock upon which a divi-
dend will be paid if the earnings war-
rant it. The first sale is to represent
a block of $250,000 of 8 per cent cumu-
lative preferred stock. Blocks of the
same amount will be sold at various
times until the total reaches $1,000,000.
The company recently inci'eased its
authorized capital stock.
The National City Bank, New York,
states that automobile manufacturers of
United States made, in the fiscal year
just ended, their highest record in sup-
plying foreign markets. The total
value of automobiles and accessories
exported aggregates $275,000,000,
against $138,000,000 two years ago, and
$30,000,000 in year preceding war.
A Good "Safety" Record
The case of a night shift of 160 men
in an extra-hazardous department who
went for four years without a single
lost-time accident recently came to the
attention of the National Safety Coun-
cil in the plant of one of its members,
the American Steel and Wire Com-
pany.
This record was made at the Electric
Cable Works, a department of the South
Works of the company at Worcester,
Mass. On Dec. 31, 1919, the night shift
of this department completed its fourth
year, operating hazardous processes
such as coating cables with molten lead,
slitting rubber with series of revolv-
ing knives, and rolling heavy cable reels
from place to place, without a single
lost-time accident. These hazards pecu-
liar to this company, are in addition to
the ordinary perils of gears temporarily
left unguarded, electric switches, and
grinding tools. The fact that this work
is all done at night, when workmen are
naturally less fit, makes the record truly
i-emarkable.
This safety achievement is attributed
by Stephen W. Tener, director of safety
for the plants of the American Steel and
Wire Co., to three things; first, the
special efforts that have been made to
educate the workmen in safety; sec-
ond, the company spared no e.xpense in
providing safeguards for dangerous
machines or revising dangerous proc-
esses; third, the foreman of the de-
partment was himself thoroughly con-
verted to the safety idea.
Safety posters are placed regularly
on the bulletin boards of this plant and
interesting safety meetings are held
frequently. George E. Harbour, fore-
man of the department, has grasped the
importance of accident prevention and
made the lecord possible by constantly
impressing the importance of care upon
the workmen and setting an example
by faithfully employing safety methods
himself.
Acme Die Casting Corporation
Opens Philadelphia Office
The Acme Die-Casting Corporation,
Brooklyn, N. Y., has recently opened a
branch office in the Machinery Exhibi-
tion Sales Department of the Philadel-
phia Bourse.
This branch office is in charge of
Edward McK. Hunt, and will handle the
company's rapidly growing business in
New Jersey, Eastern Pennsylvania,
Maryland, Delaware and the District of
Columbia.
The corporation maintains offices at
the present time in Detroit, Cleveland,
Chicago, Pittsburgh, Rochester, Boston,
and Philadelphia, and contemplates
opening another office in the near future
in Newark, N. J.
It specializes in the production of
high grade zinc, aluminum, tin, and
lead alloy die-castings.
A. Buol Honored
Abram Buol of the New Britain
Machine Co., New Britain, Conn., was
the guest of 100 officers, department
heads and foremen of the company at
a dinner given in his honor recently at
Le Bal Tabarin in East Hartford. Mr.
Buol celebrated his 25th anniversary
with the local firm and the dinner was
a tribute from his associates to his long
and successful business career.
New York-San Francisco Mail via Airplane
of mail from is shown in these columns, the wing
covering being aluminum alloy instead
of fabric. There are no outside struts
or guy wires and the absence of the
resistance of these is largely responsible
for increased efficiency of the machine.
This is known as the Larsen plane, or
the J. L. 6. Arrangements are being
made to build these planes in this
country.
The recent carrying
New York to San Francisco by airplane
marks a new step in the development of
aerial navigation from a commercial
standpoint. The fact that this was
accomplished in an all-metal plane
equipped with a motor of only 185 hp.
is further indication of the progress be-
ing made.
A photograph of one of these planes
i
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
HU"^-
436a
A. S. M. E. To Hold Meeting
in December
The 1920 annual meeting of the
American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers will be held in the Engineering
Societies Building, 29 West 39th St.,
New York City, Dec. 7 to 10.
Sessions will be held on the subjects
of Appraisal and Valuation and the Ap-
plication of Engineering to Woodwork-
ing. The newly founded professional
sections on Management, Power, Fuels,
Machine Shop, Railroads and Textiles
will also conduct sessions to consider
the vital problems in their fields. In
addition a number of valuable papers
will be presented at General Sessions.
A memorial session for Dr. Brashear
is planned, as a fitting tribute to his
life and work.
Personals
New York City Establishes
Pension System
Through an enabling act of the 1920
legislature a pension system was
created, the support of which is to be
shared equally between New York City
and its employees. In the case of the
administrative and technical forces, it
provides for optional retirement at the
age of sixty and mandatory retirement
at seventy, with a pension allowance at
the rate of one-seventieth of the aver-
age salary for the last ten years of
service, for each year of service. It is
thus made practicable for an employee
to retire on a substantial annuity at a
period in his life when he can really
enjoy it.
The contributions to this fund are
graded according to class of service,
age, and time of entrance into the city
service, and range from about 4 upward
to a little over 7 per cent of the em-
ployee's salary. In case of withdrawal
from the service for any cause, all con-
tributions to this fund on the part of
the employee are repaid, together with
interest at the rate of 4 per cent. Inci-
dental features of the plan include pen-
sions for disability, life insurance to
the extent of one-half a year's salary,
and pension to dependents in case of the
employee being killed while in the per-
formance of duty. These latter benefits
are paid for wholly by the city, which
also assumes the burden of financing
the operation of the fund for those now
in the service up to Oct. 1, 1921, or
such previous date as they may elect
to avail themselves of it. Acceptance
of the plan is optional on the part of
present employees but is mandatory up-
on those who join the service after Oct.
1, 1920, when the system goes into
effect.
Pittsburgh Has A. W. S. Branch
A local branch of the American
Welding Society was recently organ-
ized this week at Pittsburgh in the
Chamber of Commerce auditorium.
O. I. D. Conway was elected chairman;
Dr. R. C. Brownlee, first vice president;
F. W. Maxfield, second vice president;
F. W. Tupper, temporary secretary,
and F. 0. Gardner, treasurer.
Carl G. Barth & Son, consulting
engineers, announce that they have
opened an office In the Fuller Bldg., 10
South 18th St., Philadelphia, Pa. They
will continue their specialization in
production and costing methods based
on the Taylor system of management.
The National Twist Drill and Tool Co.
announces that after Aug. 1 it will
occupy new quarters at 73 Warren St.,
New York. A complete stock of twist
drills, reamers and milling cutters will
be carried.
Nemirovsky & Son, machinery deal-
ers, who have been located at North
Third St., Philadelphia, for the past
twenty-six years, will occupy new sales
rooms at 137 North Third St., a short
distance from the old stand. Extensive
alterations have been made and every-
thing has been done to make this an
attractive showroom.
Plans for the enlargement of its plant
are being prepared by the Indestructible
Wheel Co., Lebanon, Ind., which re-
cently increased its capital to $300,000.
There are approximately $500,000 of
contracts for the pressed steel wheels on
hand. Extension plans call ftor the
equipment of a new hub shop, and a
number of machine tools will be added
to the machine shop equipment. The
toolmaking department will be doubled
in capacity and the company will equip
an electric power plant.
The business of Charles L. Talbott &
Co., 309 Scott St., Baltimore, Md.,
which has been doing contract machine
work in Maryland and Virginia, has
been incorporated with $50,000 capital
stock by Charles L. Talbott, Ida Tal-
bott and Howard M. Lynch to manufac-
ture and deal in machinery and supplies
and also to repair and install machinery.
The Northern Manufacturing Co., of
New Haven, Conn., has recently been
organized to deal in machinery, etc.,
with a capital of $50,000. The organ-
izers are: John Hugo, J. J. Hines and
C. 0. Beck.
The Waterbury Farrel Foundry and
Machine Co., of Waterbury, Conn., has
increased its capital stock from $440,000
to $2,500,000.
Wilbur S. Gates, for over thirty
years travelling representative of the
Hartford Machine Screw Co., died at
his home in Woody-Crest, Conn., Aug.
13, after a brief illness. During the
last few years he has travelled princi-
pally in New York, Pennsylvania and
Maryland, although previously he cov-
ered the New England states as well.
Few men have won such a wide circle
of friends in the hardware, automobile
and general manufacturing trades, who
will feel his loss very keenly.
Raymond Hawley, formerly of the
Keystone Motor Truck Corporation, has
been elected vice president of the Tech-
nical Advertising Service, Inc., of 1133
Broadway, New York.
F. C. Hermann has resigned his po-
sition with the Stocker-Rumely-
Wachs Co., Chicago, and will be asso-
ciated with the combined interests of
the Reed-Prentice Co., Becker Milling
Machine Co., and Whitcomb-Blaisdell
Machine Tool Co. at their new Chicago
office.
Walter Dean has been selected as
superintendent of the supply depart-
ment of the Graton & Knight Manu-
facturing Co., of Worcester, Mass.,
maker of factory leather belting.
J. A. FORSITHE, formerly in charge
of the Western sales division, with
headquarters at San Francisco, for
the Gilbert & Barker Manufacturing
Co., of Springfield, Mass., has been
selected as general sales manager at
the home plant in Springfield. Mr.
Forsithe joined the Gilbert & Barker
organization about four years ago in
the sales department.
E. D. Mitchell has been appointed
manager of the New York branch of
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., New York, in
place of W. J. Fuller who recently re-
signed. Mr. Mitchell joined the com-
pany in January, 1906. He has an in-
timate knowledge of the Alfred Herbert
organization and its development and
has had a great deal of experience in
connection with the export business of
this company, having visited the Far
East, India and Continental Europe.
He is also a director in the Societe
Anonyme Alfred Herbert, Paris.
Arthur Jackson, formerly of the
Gould-Shapley & Muir Co., Brantford,
Ont., Can., the Jones & Lamson Co.,
Springfield, Vt, and for the past five
years selling and demonstrating agent
of the Gridley automatics in Great
Britain, has recently resigned from the
latter company. Mr. Jackson has been
appointed as a Potter & Johnson rep-
resentative with the Yamatake Co., of
Tokyo, Japanese agent for the Potter
& Johnson Machine Co., Pawtucket,
R. I.
James T. Lee has been recently
added to the sales engineering staff of
the Southwark Foundry and Machine
Co., of Philadelphia. Mr. Lee for
several years past was vice president
in charge of sales of the Hanna Engi-
neering Works, of Chicago.
Harry W. Ault has been appointed
factory manager of the Quick Change
Chuck Co., of Cleveland, Ohio. Mr.
Ault was formerly with the Heald Ma-
chine Co., of Worcester, Mass.
Thomas Conroy, general works
manager of Harper-Bean, Ltd., Lon-
don, is spending ten days in New York
on business.
436b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 9
R. B. HuBBELL has resigned as as-
sistant sales manager of the Heald
Machine Co. to accept an appointment
as sales manager with Churchill-Mor-
gan-Crittsinger, Inc., of Worcester,
Mass.
Donald S. Michelsen, formerly
general manager of the Worcester
Pressed Steel Co., Worcester, Mass.,
assumed the office of general manager
of the Globe Machine and Stamping
Co., Cleveland, on Aug. 1. A. F.
Schroeder, who has been general man-
ager for almost twenty years, will
continue to hold the office of president.
H. E. Paine is now with the Ver-
mont Tap and Die Corporation as vice
president. He was formerly with
Butterfield & Co. — Division of the
Union Tv/ist Drill— having held va-
rious positions from draftsman to gen-
eral manager, retiring from the latter
position to take up the organization of
the new corporation.
Paul Hoffman has been made dis-
trict manager of Philadelphia, for the
Norton Co., of Worcester, Mass. He
was formerly in the Worcester office
of the company. His offices will be
located at No. 324 Bulletin Building,
Philadelphia.
Screw-Thread Production to Close lilmits.
By Howard D. Aclt, the Geometric Tool
Company. New Haven, Conn, One
hundred ninety-two pages, 6x9 in.,
illustrated.
The first sixty odd pages of the booli are
devoted to a study of the question of thread
production, beginning with the evolution of
the screw thread and including screw-
thread standards, screw-thread accuracy,
charts and tables for limits and tolerances,
formulas for medium-fit screws, nuts and
taps suited for general use, gaging devices,
testing thread for accuracy, testing thread
gages and methods of threading.
Much of this data is from the report of
the screw-thread committee of the Ameri-
can Society of Mechanical Engineers, and
represents the result of several years of
work on the part of this committee. It
also includes data from the Bureau of
Standards and other sources.
The remainder of the book deals with
thread-cutting tools and shows a great
variety of die heads used for various pur-
poses and including both straight and taper
dies. Collapsing taps are treated in the
same manner and there is much informa-
tion regarding the grinding of chasers and
the use of both taps and dies in practical
work. The author has made accurate
threading a study for many years, and the
book is especially valuable on that account.
The Making, Shapin«r and Treating of St«el.
By J. M. Camp and C. B. Francis.
Six hundred fourteen 5 x 7J-in. pages.
122 illustrations and 71 tables. Second
edition. Bound in flexible black imi-
tation leather. Published by the Car-
negie Steel Co., Bureau of Instruction,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
This is an unusual book. It was compiled
especially for the non-technical employees
of the Carnegie Steel Co., and others seek-
ing means of self-instruction. It gives, in
condensed form, an enormous amount of
accurate information regarding the metal-
lurgy of iron and steel. The book is the
outcome of a number of years' experience
in attempting to teach steel salesmen and
other non-technical employees of this com-
pany something of the metallurgy of steel.
From the first the method pursued has been
to take the students into the mills where
they could obtain, first hand and individ-
ually, such information as they desired and
were able to collect. Such knowledge as
was gained from this was supplemented by
talks and explanations delivered in a class-
room. These talks were put into writing
and a copy given to each student, .'^s the
demand for these lectures increased it was
decided to put them into print. Accord-
ingly they were revised and are assembled
into this book. Probably nowhere else can
such recent information regarding actual
rolling mill practice be found anywhere.
That it represents the practice of the Car-
negie Steel Co. only adds to its definite
value. The ordinary book on steel usually
gives average practice only, and the author
seems afraid to pin his information down
to any named plants, for fear of being
charged with "advertising." This is a
huge mistake, and the sooner authors learn
to properly credit sources of information
in an open manner the better for all con-
cerned.
Beginning with the elementary subjects
of physics and chemistry the text leads up
logically and easily to the pertinent prob-
lems of metallurgy as applied to iron and
steel. One beauty of the whole work is
that it mainly represents actual working
practice, and not mere theory.
Chapter 1 of Part 1 starts off with a brief
introduction and a few definitions, then
takes up the physical properties of matter,
energy, heat and temperature and the ether,
changes in matter, the atomic and electron
theories, chemical formulas and reactions,
chemical nomenclature, chemical calcula-
tions, description of elements important in
iron and steel making. Chapter II deals
with refractories: acid, basic and neutral.
Chapter III takes up ores and iron-bearing
minerals, valuation of ores, the Birmingham
district, the Lake Superior district, mining
lake ores. Following these are chapters on
fuels fluxes and slags, the manufacture of
pig iron, the Bessemer process, the basic
open hearth process, the manufacture of
steel in electric furnaces, the duplex and
triplex processes.
Part n is headed "The Shapmg of Steel."
The individual chapters describe the me-
chanical properties of steel, the mechanical
treatment of steel, essentials of rolling mill
construction and operation, preparation of
steel for rolling, the rolling of blooms and
slabs, the rolling of billets and other semi-
finished products, the rolling of plates, the
rolling of large sections, the rolling of
strip and merchant mill products, circular
shapes, forging of axles, shafts and other
round shapes. .
Part III, headed "The Constitution, Heat
Treatment and Composition of Steel." cov-
ers the constitution and structure of plain
steel heat-treating theory and practice,
constituent elements of commercial carbon
steel and their influence upon its mechani-
cal properties, alloy steels.
Tin. Sheet Iron, and Copper Worker. Leroy
J. Blinn. 32 pages. Henry Carey
Baird & Co., Inc., New York.
This book is a comprehensive manual
for the sheet-metal worker. It consists of
many tables and formulas as well as work-
shop recipes that will prove helpful, es-
specially to younger and less advanced
workers The book is well illustrated, with
diagrams for laying out and cutting pat-
terns for all kinds of sheet-metal work.
The Business Man and His Bank. By
William H. Kniffln. Two hundred and
seventy-eight 5 J x 8 -in. pages ; 24
illustrations. Bound in black cloth
boards. Published by the McGraw-
Hill Book Co., 239 West 39th St., New
York. Price $3.
This book tells the business man who does
not pretend to have any special knowledge
of banking what he should know about
banking practice in order to make full use
of his bank in the promotion of his busi-
ness. It gives helpful advice on choosing
a bank, on how to prepare a financial state-
ment, on how to read a bank statement, on
the use of trade acceptances and on the
making of warehouse loans. A Iprge num-
ber of other pertinent subjects are handled
in a masterly way. It is based on the
author's many years' experience in mutual
savings banks, national banks and state
banks. The various chapters deal w-ith the
bank and the business man. types of bank-
ing institutions, choosing a bank, the point
of contact, the receiving teller, how to m-
dorse a check, bank checks and their col-
lection, protection of bank checks, the pay-
ing teller, collecting out-of-town checks,
exchange, profitable and unprofitable ac-
counts, collection of checks through the
clearing house, overdrafts Protest, credit
and banking, the science of credit.^ how to
prepare a statement, bank loans, collections,
how to read a bank statement, acceptances
and their uses, savings banks, bank exami-
nations, the Federal Reserve Bank and its
relation to business and foreign exchange.
W^
Trade Catalogs
Flexible Shafting. Stow Manufacturing
Co., Inc.. Binghamton, N. Y. Catalog, pp.
15, 6 X 9 in. A list of the latest additions
to the Stow Co.'s line of flexible shafting,
clamp spindles, chucks, radial flexible bor-
ing and grinding machines, automatic screw-
feed drill press with improved supports and
the Stow general utility tool.
Machine for Setting Adjustable Snap
fiages. Societe Genevoise D'instruments De
Physique. Geneva (Switzerland). Catalog,
pp. 4. 6 X 9 in. A small pamphlet giving
a description (with illustrations) of the new
"Machine A Pointer No. 2." for setting snap
gages.
General Tools. Mound Tool Co.. St. Louts,
Mo. Catalog No. 7, pp. 57. 6 x 9 in. A
complete list of the small machinist's tools
produced by this company. It includes full
specifications, price lists and illustrations
of these products.
Portable Floor Cranes and Hoists. Can-
ton Foundry and Machine Co.. Canton, Ohio,
Catalog, pp. 34. 4 x 7J in. An illustrated
and descriptive catalog of the several types
of Canton cranes and hoists, including a
few new types of "handy tool" lifting and
conveying machines.
Rock Drills. Chicago Pneumatic Tool
Co., 6 East 44th St.. New York. Bulletin
No. 504, pp. 22, 9 x 7J in. This is an illus-
trated and descriptive bulletin of its slogger
drills. It also gives specifications, multi-
pliers for altitude and number of drills and
a descriptive table for slogger rock drills.
Locomotive Headlight Eqnipment. Elec-
tric Service Supplies Co., 50 Church St..
New York. Bulletin No. 166. pp. 48, 6 x 9
in. An illustrated and descriptive bulletin
covering a variety of Keystone products,
among which are turbo-generators. "Golden
Glow" locomotive headlights, headlight
switches, tender lights, locomotive wiring
devices, gage light fixtures, lamps, and
many smaller articles of electrical equip-
ment.
Drilling Machines. The Avey Drilling
Machine Co.,- Cincinnati. Ohio. Catalog,
9 J X 111 in. This catalog is printed on
coated stock and illustrates and describes
various drilling machines.
:3m
Fprthcomin^ Meetings
The American Railway Tool Foremen's
Association will hold its annual meeting at
the Hotel Sherman, Chicago, on Sept. 1 to 3.
The National Gas Engine Association,
Monadnock Bldg.. Chicago. 111., will hold
its thirteenth annual convention at the Con-
gress Hotel, Chicago, on SepL 1, 2 and 3.
The American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Research Society ■will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelphia, Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18, inclusive.
J. A. Pollack, of the PoUak Steel Co., Cin-
cinnati, Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The National Safety Council, 168 North
Michigan Ave., Chicago, 111., will hold its
ninth annual safety congress in Milwaukee
on Sept. 27 to Oct 1.
The American Foundrymen's Associa-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt, 1401 Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, lU., is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic, b. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition, tac^
Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132 West
42nd St., New York.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
Association will hold its 19th annual fall
convention at the Hotel Astor. Xew York
City on Thursday and Friday, Dec. 2 and
3 1920 C Wood Walter, care of the asso-
ciation'at Worcester, Mass., Is secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical 1"^ "e^ra^'^'i.^^*
held in the Engineering Societies Bulldmg^
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
436c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Boring and Facing Machine, Horizontal, "Harvey"
G. & A. Harvey, Ltd. Govan, England.
■American Machinist" (European Edition), July 24, 1920
This machine can be used for
facing diameters up to 36 in. The
bed is of double I-section, the
work table having a traverse
along it of 5i ft. The main tal)Ie
has a cross traverse of ."> ft., while
the top table can be revolved and
clamped in any position. The
saddle has a vertical adjustment
of 2 ft. 7 in. The spindle is driven
through gears, having two sets of
speeds, namely, 5 to 78 r.p.m. and
12 to 180 r.p.m. Boring and fac-
ing feeds of 8. 16 and 24 per in.
and milling traverse feeds of 8,
16, 24 and 32 per in. are provided, . ^ ,- ^,.
wliil- arrangements for cutting from 4 to 16 threads per in. are
■available A 7J-hp. constant-speed motor is used. Floor space.
14 X 9 ft. Weight, about 11.000 lb.
Indicator, Screw-Cutting, loathe, "EntwlBtie"
W. L. & F. Entwistle, 471 Tonge Moor Road, Bolton, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 24, 1920
This indicator is intended for use
on screw-cutting lathe so as to enable
the engaging of the nut at the proper
time. It consists of a small gear box
which is attached to the .saddle. A
wormwheel engages the leadscrew of
the lathe and four different speeds
of rotation of the dial are provided.
During the first cut taken on a jolj
a mark of the dial is made to register
with the fixed point. On succeeding
cuts, whenever a mark registers with
the fixed point, the cutting tool will
engage with the thread being cut.
The lathe can be kept running, and
it is not necess-ry to return the sad-
dle to a definite position before the
feed is engaged, since any mark on the dial can be used. The
attachment is suited to work on a large range of single and
multiple threads.
Wreneli, Pipe and Fitting, "Falcon"
J. H. Williams & Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.
"American Machinist," August 12, 1920
The wrench is par-
ticularly adapted for
work on piiie fittings.
The Jaw is solid across
the center but lias
open ends, the face re-
sembling somei^'hat tin-
letter H. The curved
face of the jaw allows
an effective grip with
three shifts of the
chain links and also
permits work in close quarters. The wrench is designed for one-
way operation. When the jaw becomes dull its position may be
reversed by driving out the holding pin. The jaw is made from
tool steel and the lever from 0.45 per cent carbon steel. The
wrench is made in six sizes, covering all sizes of pipe from i to
12 inches.
Vise, Bencii, All-Steei, "SoderforH"
V. Lowener, 114 Liberty Street, New York, N. Y.
"American Machinist," August 12, 1920
The main parts are made of
Pannemora special alloy steel.
The stationary jaw is an integral
p.irt of the body. The movable-
jaw body is round and fits closely
in a hole in the main body. The
screw and nut are said to be made
of a special long-wearing alloy
steel. The vi.ses are made in
eight sizes and can be furnished
with either plain or swi\el bases.
The jaw widths of the various
sizes range from 3i to 83 in. and
the weights with iilain base from
11 to 200 lb. and with swivel base
from 131 to 2.''i0 lb.
Press, Bench, Horn, "Emco," Type V
Enterprise Machinery Co., 30 South Clinton St., Chicago, 111.
"American Machinist," August 12, 1920
Jrilling Machine, Multiple-Spindie, Continuous, Vertical, "Betts"
Belts Machine Co., Rochester, N. Y.
"American Machinist," August 12, 1920
This press, known as type V, is intended
for rapid production in the assembling of
small iiarts and for operations such as seam-
ing and riveting on hollow work. The ma-
chine has a single-stop stroke, and is made
with strokes of 3, li and IJ in. The ram is
Ig in. square and has an adjustment of i in.
The horn hole is Ift in. in diameter. The
press is 26 in. high, runs at 300 r.p.m. and
weighs 130 lb.
The machine is intended for heavy pro-
duction milling on duplicate parts, and is
of simple and rigid construction. It is pro-
vided with three forged spindles driven
through long siilines and spur gears, and
capable of being adjusted vertically by
hand. The machine may be driven either
from a imlley or by a motor at the top of
the machine. The work-holding fixtures
are carried on the continuously revolving
table, and the pieces are changed while the
fixtures are passing from one cutter to the
next. The table is driven through a large
internal gear, and four rates of continuous
feed are obtained through sliding steel
gears. It is claimed that the machine will
lal^e care of as much work as can be con-
veniently handled by two men.
^^. ■
»^^^ '
p ~^^
^^^■l''
1 ^ B 1
_M
^
^
Key-Seating Machine, Horizontai-Bar, "Hercules"
Hercules Manufacturing Co., Portland, Ore.
"American Machinist," August 12, 1920
The cutter bar reciprocates
horizontally, the work being
fastened to the vertical lace-
plate, which can be tilted if it is
desired to cut a taper keyway.
The machine is light enough to
be moved up to very heavy work
rather than to move the work.
The machine cuts on the for-
ward stroke and the cutter is
relieved on the backward stroke.
Tile bar is provided with power
feed in a vertical i)l:ine. The
motion of the cutter bar is con-
trolled by means of a lever, the
reversal of motion being ob-
tained by means of a wood-
covered friction disk alternately
engaging the two driving pul-
leys, which run in opposite
directions. Maximum length of stroke, 12i in. Strokes per min..
15. Horsepower required, 2. Net weight, 800 lb.
Pa.
.Slotting Machine, Portable, "Newton"
Newton Machine Tool Works, Inc., 23d and Vine Sts., Phila.,
"American Machinist," August 12, 1920
The machine is intended for
slotting work on very heavy ma-
chine parts, and it consists of an
upright mounted on a sub-base and
carrying a tool suitably mounted
on a saddle that reciprocates ver-
tically. The saddle has a maxi-
mum stroke of 76 in. The tool-
slide has a crossfeed of 40 in. and
an in-and-out feed of 6 in., both
actuated by power. The to'ilslide
has. also, a vertical adjustment on
the saddle of 24 inches. The tool-
holder is hinged and the tool apron
can be swiveled through a full
circle for angular cutting. The
crossfeed of the upright on the sub-
base is 84 in., being driven by a
separate 75-hp. motor. The trav-
erse of the saddle is operated by a
coarse-pitch screw running in a one-piece bronze nut and driven
by a 15-hp, reversing motor at the top of the upright.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
,436d
A iM E R i C A N MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
^S^^ lR?f '
?THEWEEKiy PRICE GUIDE
w
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45 60
Northern Basic 44 8'J
Southern Ohio No. 2 46 80
One
Year Ago
$29.80
27.55
28.55
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2. 25 to 2. 75)
52. 6 J
50.70
31.90
33.95
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42.00@44.00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2x, 2.25-2,75siI 47 00(B49 50»
Virginia No. 2 47.00*
Basic 44 . 50t
Grey Forge 43.50*
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 46 00
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 48.70
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
25 75
30.65
30.85
29.90
29.90
27.25
31.75
No.2Foundry 45.65
Basic 46 00
Bessemer 46. 00 a 47 00
MONTREAL
Silicon 2.25 to 2.75%. 43.25
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and larger, and plates i in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
'- New York
One One
Current Month Ye.ir
Ago .^go
" $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
.—Cleveland
One
Current
Structural shapes.. . . $.4. 47
Soft steel bars 4 . 62
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4.62
Soft steel bands 6.32
Plates, J to 1 in. thick 4.67
$3.v7
4.12
4 12
5.32
4.17
$5.00
4.50
6.25
4.50
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
28.15
27.15
29 35
^- Chicago^
One
Current
$3.97
3.87
3.87
Year
Ago
$3,47
3 37
3.37
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 1 00 lb. at the places named are as fallows:
Current One Year Ago
MUl, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.62
Warehouse, New York 4 . 57 3 . 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
ftlso the base quotations from mill;
Large . New York ■
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3 55-7 00 7.12(S8.00 4 57 8.10 7 02
No. 12 3 60-7 (.5 7.17(3805 4 57 8 15 7 07
No. 14 3 65-7.10 7.22(5)8 10 4 67 8 20 7 12
No. 16 3.75-7 20 7.32(g8.20 4 77 8 30 7.22
Black
Nos. 18and20 4.20 6 20 8 30(3- 9 80 5 30 8 70 7 80
Nos.22and24 4.25-6 25 8 35('7 9 85 5 35 8.75 7 85
No. 26 4.30-6 30 8 40(B 9 90 5 40 8.80 7.90
No. 28 4 35-6.35 8.5O(?lO.0O 5.50 8.90 8.00
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 8.00 8 80011 50 6 20 9.00 8.15
No. 12 4 80 8 10 8 9a@11 50 6.25 9.10 8 20
No. 14 4 80 8 10 8 90("ll 60 6 30 9,10 8.35
Nos.l8and;i . . 5 10-8 40 9,15("11,90 6C0 9,40 8,65
NoB.22and24 ... 5 25 8 55 9.30®12.05 6 75 9 55 9 05
No. 26 5 40 8 70 9.45(ni2,20 6,90 9,70 9.20
No. 28 5 70 9 00 9.75(al2 50 7 20 10.00 9,50
Acute soai city in sheets, particularly bkck, galvanized .'md \o. 16 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except lii fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.i0 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.25 $5.80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per ICO lb.
base 6.75 6.30 6 50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from liat price are as follows at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL ANDMONEL METAL — Base prices in cente per pound F.O.B.
Bayonne, N. J.
Nickel
Ingot and shot. .
Electrolytic
■ ijj \i v^j-o* :.« 'cwv %»v»«.
43
■ 45
Shot and blocks.
Ingots
Sheet bars.. . . . . .
Monel Metal
35 Hot rolled rods (base) , . .
38 Cold rolled rods (base) . .
40 Hot rolled sheets (base) .
40
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Special Nickel and Alloys
Malleable nickel ingots
Malleable nickel sheet bars
Hot rolled rods. Grades "A" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rods, grades ".\" and "C" (base)
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — low manganese. .
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese. ,
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis* Welding wire in 100-Ib
lots sells as follows, f.o.b. New York: A. 8ie. per lb.; i, 8c.; A toir7ic.
Domestic iron sells at 1 2c, per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundara
from warehouse at the places named:
New York
Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7 00
Spring steel (light) 10 00
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00
Hoop steel 6.57
Cold-rolled strip steel 12. 50
Floor plates 6. 80
PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload Jots on the Pitta-
burgh basing card, discounts on steel pipe, applying as from Januarj' 14, 1920,
and on iron pipe from January 7. 1920.
BUTT WELD
Iron
Galvanized Inches Black Galvanised
41i-44% JtoH... 24i-341% 8 -I8|%
LAP WELD
34i-38% li.
37i-41% ij.
Cleveland
Chicago
Current
Current
8.00
9.00
11.00
12.25
8.00
6.75
6.50
5.32
8.25
10.75
6.00
6.77
Steel
Inches Black
i to 3 54-57J'",,
2
2J to6...
7 to 12..
13 to 14,
15
47 -iO'%
50 -53! i
47 -50!'-!,
37!-41 %
35 -38!%
33i-37%
2 20!-28!%
4} to 6... 22i-30S't
2ito4 ., 22!-301%
7 to 12. 19i-27i%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52 -55J% 39i-43% J to U . 24J-34}%
to 3 53 -56j% 40i-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
[to li.
6»-l4J%
9J-17l%
6J-I4J%
9J-I9i%
2 45 -48!% 33!-37%
2i to4 48 -5IJ% 361-40%
4} to 6 47 -50!% 35i-39%
7 to 8 43 -46J% 291-33%
9 to 12... 38 -41i% 24!-28%
New York
Black Galv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded 40% 24%
2 J to 6 in. steel lap welded 35% 20%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C.
plus 32%. Cast iron, standard sizes, net.
li
1!
2
2ito4...
44 to6 ...
7 to8....
9 to 12..
Cleveland
Black Galv
40% 31%
42% 27%
8!-l6j
IIJ-19}'
21i-29)%
23!-31J%
22!-30J%
14!-22i%
9j-l7J%
Chicago
Black Gah-.
54%40% 401(^30
50@40% 37}@27}
I0i-18i%
2i-I0i%
5i-+2J%
banded, from New York stock sell at
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month .\gD Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 1900 1925 2175
Tin in 5-ton lots 49.00 61.50 70 00
Lead 9 50 9.00 5 50
Zinc 8.3J 8 70 8 00
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8 90 8 871 5 25
Zinc 7.70S8.40 8.37! 7.65
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
or more:
New York — Cleveland — — Chicago —
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cui^ Year
rent .\go Ago rent Ago rent .\go
Copper sheets, base.. 33.50 33.50 29.50 34.00 33.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 3125 26.50 31.50 29 50 27 00 25 00
Brasssheets 28.50 28.50 23.00 $6.00 29.00 27.00 28 00
Brasspipe 33.00 33.00 34.00 31.00 36.00 35.00 37 00
.Solder (half and half)
(caselots) 38.00 33.00 45.00 40.50 41.00 38 00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and hea%'ier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c, per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; ov^ 20
in., 7Jc.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse: net extra:
Current One Year Ago
Mill 25.00 19.00
New York 27.00 21.50
gleveland.,... 27.00 30.00
hicago 29.00 30.00
i
August 26, 1920
Get Incfe'dsed' Produciion — With Improved Machinery
^36e
SHOP MATEfflALS AND SUPHJB
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound prevail:
Carload lots f.o.b. mill 12.50
Warehouse — ^
. — In Casks — . — Broken Lots -^
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.50 15.50 13.00
NewYork 14.00 11.50 14.50 12 50
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 7.50 9.50
Chicago 7.75 10.25
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
— — New York
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 16.25 19.00 15.00 15.50
Copper, heavy, and wire 15.25-15.75 18 00 14.50 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13.00 15.50 13.00 14.00
Lead, heavy 7.25 5 00 7.00 7.50
Lead, tea 5.00 3 75 4.50 6.00
Brass, heavy..... 10.25 12.50 11.00 15.50
Brass, light : 7,75-8.00 8.50 8.00 9.50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 9.00-9.50 10.00 8.50 9.50
Zinc 5.25 4.50 4.50 5.50
ALUMINUM^The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. 1 aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in J 4
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton "
lots), per lb $33.00 $33.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lotsand over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 33.00
Chicago • 29.00 31.00
(Cleveland 34.00 35.50
BABBITT METAL — Warehouse price per pound:
^-New York ^ ^-Cleveland^ ^ Chicago .
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Beetgrade 90.00 90.00 60.50 80.00 60.00 75.00
Commercial 50.00 50.50 21.00 18.50 15.00 15.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on f air-sieed orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
^- New York -^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Hot pressed square. -(-$6 00 $1.50
Hot pressed hexagon 4- 6.00 1,50
Cold punched hexa-
gon -f- 6.00 1.50
Cold punched square + 6.00 1 . 50
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 50% 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 4 in. and smaller -1-20% 20% 20%
Larger and longer up to 1} in. by 30 in +20% 20% 10%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from Ijst price:
For wTought-iron washers;
NewYork. list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $3.00
For cast-iron washers, | and larger, the base price per 100 lb. is as follows;
NewYork $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $4.75
^- Cleveland — .
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
$ .50 $2.25
.50 2.25
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
List 2.00
List 2.00
.50 2.25
.50 2 25
List 1 . 30
List 1 . 30
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in --fleet:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller -1-20% 35% 10%
Larger and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in.. . . + 20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets
Current One Year Ago
^m^jiA 20% 20%
ChJeaito net 20%
N»wYork 25% 40%
Current
10%
net
net
Burs -^
One Year Ago
20%
20%
mo
Steel A and smaller List Net
eo .
allowed for fair-used orders fron
New York Cleveland Chicago
RIVETS— The following nuotatiouo
warehouse:
Cleveland
_ ., - 40%
Tinned list Net 40%
Boiler, J, !. 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
NewYork $6.00 Chicago $5.62 Pittsburgh $4.5
Structural, same sizes:
NewYork $7.10 Chicago $5.72 Pituburgh $4.60
30%
30%
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in 100-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $34.00 $36.00 $35.00
Brass 33.00 36.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is I c; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 lb., 2»c. over base ( 100-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 1()c •
less than 10 lb., add 15-20c.
Double above extras will he chnrt'cd for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as V-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and J-IJ in,, inclusive, in square and hexagon — all varyiag by thirty
seconds up to 1 m. by sixteenths over 1 in. On shipments aggregating leas than
1001b., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50,
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $12.50 per 1 00 lbs.
In Cleveland— $10 per I 00 lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
New York ■
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicftgo
White I5.00@17 00 13.00 16.00 II.OOtoMOO
"■ ■ • • 9.00@I4.00 9.00-12.00 12.00 9.50tol2.00
Colored mixed.
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1 000 is as follows:
„, , , 13ix13i I31x20j
Cleveland 55.00 65 00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb. :
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $2.00 $3.00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 I 75
Cleveland 3.00 2.50 2 75
Chicago 2.75 2.50 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago
NewYork • $3.90 $3.90
Philadelphia 3. 65 3. 65
Chicago.
3.65
4.10
5.00
One Year Ago
$3.65
3.62
4.l2i
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsville:
July 8 July 1 June 24
Prompt furnace $17. 50(5 $18 50 $17 .50(&$I8 .50 $15.00@$16.00
Prompt foundry 18.00(3) 19.00 18.00® 19.00 16.00® 17.00
FIRE CLAY — The following prices prevail:
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton
Cleveland 100-lb. bag
Cunent
$8.00
t.OO
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per gallon:
,— New York— >
One
Cur- Year
rent Ago
$1.48 $2.25
1.51* 2.40
Raw in barrels, (5 bbl. lots.
5-gal cans, (without cans) . .
—Cleveland— "-Chicago-^
One One
Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent Ago rent Ago
$1.86 $2.15 $1.67 $2.46
2.15 2.40 1.92 2.68
*To this oil price must be added the cost of the cans (returnable), which is
$2 . 25 for a case of six.
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
, Red . White
One Year OncYemr
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In Oil
lOOlb.keg 15.50 17,00 13.00 14.50 15.50 13.00
25and 50-lb. kegs.,..15.75 17.25 13,25 14.75 15.75 13 25
I2j-lb. keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00 16.00 13.50
5-lb. cans 18.50 20.00 15.00 16.50 18.50 15.00
I -lb. cans 20.50 22.00 16 00 17.50 20.50 16.00
500 lb. lota leas 10% discount. 2000 lb. lots leas IO-2i% dUcount.
436f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
NEWazM? ENLARGED
-fiimiiiiiiiiniimiituiitiiiiuiiiiiiniHiiiiiitiHiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniitiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiitiMiiiiiit.-
j Machine Tools Wanted =
s If in need of machine tools send |
I us a list for publication in tills |
= coiumn =
Conn., Bridgeport — The Hatheway Mfg.
Co., Bostwick Ave.— one Manville or Baird
4-slide wire-forming: machine.
Mass., Boston — City. Schoolhouse Dept.,
Schoolhouse Com., Purch. Agt. —
One 4-in. No. 6 Chicago steel cornice
bralte.
One 36-in. Dreis & Krump squaring
shears.
One 20-in. Dreis & Krump "Niagara" tin
folder.
One champion sheet iron folder.
One improved adjustable bar folder.
One continuous rolling cutter shears.
One wire ring former.
One 2 X 30 in. "Niagara" stove pipe
former.
One 30-in. "Wrights" tin pipe former.
One Miller's oval handle former.
One 6-in. throat beading former, with
offset standard.
One beading machine.
One large and two small turning machines
with offset standard.
One large and two small burring
machines.
• Two wiring machines with offset stand-
ferd.
One Van Kramer's patent wire cutter.
One No. 1 "Little Blacksmith" combined
punch, shear and bender.
Two machinists' vises. 4-in. jaws.
Three bench plates, "Niagara" No. 2.
One double seaming stake, "Niagara"
No. 1.
One conductor stake, "Niagara" No. 00.
One beakhorn stake, "Niagara" No. 2.
Two hollow mandrel stakes, "Niagara"
No. 0.
Two No. 189 blowhorn stakes.
One 14J-in. plain creasing stake, one
bevel edge square, one coppersmith square,
one common square, one hatchet, one bot-
tom, one candlemould, one needlecase and
one 3^ diam. round-head stakes.
One square pan swedge.
One type BHA "Cincinnati" bench
grinder.
Md., Baltimore — The Talbott Machine &
Supply Co., 1411 West Baltimore St., C. L.
Talbott, Purch. Agt. — prices on all machine
tools, machinery, etc.
N. Y., New Yorlt (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Schaap Automobile Co., 344 Cum-
berland St. — cylindrical, rotary surface and
internal grinders and single purpose lathes,
all for piston ring manufactory.
N. y.. New Yorlt (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Erie R..R., 50 Church St. — one 6-
ft. radial drill.
N. Y., New Yorit (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Scott & William.s, 366 Bway. — equip-
ment for new experimental shop at Jamaica,
L. I.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— J. Stolz & Son, 841 East 136th St. — ^power
punch and shear for 1-in. plate.
N. Y., New Y^orlt (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Wonham, Bates, Goode Trading Co.,
17 Battery PI. — one No. 3 and one No. 17
combination and one 42-in. vertical turret
lathes, Bullard type.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Pierce-Arrow Motor
Car Co., 1695 Elmwood Ave. — several grind-
ing machines and drills of various sizes.
N. Y., Syracuse — The Jones Oil Engine
Co., 227 Walton St.— 24 upright high-duty
drills, 4 crankshaft lathes, 4 cylindrical and
internal grinders and 4 horizontal boring
machines.
Pa., Norristown — The Hutchinson Mfg.
Co. — machine and carpenter shop equip-
ment
Pa., Philadelphia — The Colonial Ice
Cream Co., 4th and Poplar Sts. — machine
tools for garage work.
Pa,, Tacony (Philadelphia P. O.)— The
Dodge Electric Steel Co., State Rd.— heavy-
duty grinders.
Ala., Mobile — The Kelly Dry Dock Ship-
building Co., Commerce St. — lathes, drills,
shapers, grinders, power pipe threading
machines, etc., also woodworking machin-
ery.
I.a., New Orleans — The Little Grand
Oarage, 1548 Canal St. — 12-in. swing lathe
and hand power press, 3 or 4 tons.
r,a.. New Orleans — The Motor Car Co.,
1423 Canal St., T. A. North, Prop. — 16-in.
lathe.
La. New Orleans — The New Orleans
Motor Co., 1801 Canal St.. I Levy, Mgr. —
drills, taps, speed wrenches and reamers.
La.. New Orleans — Rex Automobile Co.,
202-208 Saratoga St. — drill presses.
La., New Orleans — E. J. SerjJas Auto Re-
pair Shop. 1611 Gravier St. — electric drills
up to \ in. and milling machines, medium
sizes.
Va,, Richmond — The Virginia Machine
Wks., 2310-12 East Main St., W. W. Ten-
nant, Purch. Agt. — radial lathe.
III.. Chicajro — The .\tchison. Topeka &
Santa Fe Ry., Ry. Exch. Bldg., M. J. Col-
lins. Purch. Agt. — 51-in. vertical boring ma-
chine with two heads on cross rail.
MIcii., Benton Harbor — The Crary Ma-
chine Wks., H. Vissering, Pres. — miscel-
laneous machine tool equipment for plant
expansion.
Mich., Detroit — The Crescent Tool Co., 11
Woodbridge St. — general machine tool
equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Hayes Mch. Co., East
Larned St.. A. Sprague. Secy. — large and
medium presses of standard make.
Mich. Detroit — The Hess Motor Co., 112
Sherman St. — miscellaneous machine shop
equipment.
Mich.. Detroit — A. Stein, 1375 12th St. —
one spinning lathe (used preferred).
Mich., Kalamazoo — The Kalamazoo Co.
Rd. Comm. — garage equipment.
O.. Columbus — The Atcheson Die Tool
Co., 609 North 4th St., H. S. Atcheson,
Purch. Agt. — one lathe, one press and one
shaper.
O., Columbus — The Columbus Auto Partt
Co., 215 East Russell St. — one grinder and
one shaper.
O., Columbus — The J. Immel & Sons Co..
1675 South High St. — punches, cutters and
boring machines.
O., Columbus — The Lawwell-McLeish
Co., 97-101 North 4th St., T. H. Lawwell.
Purch. Agt. — one lathe with 16-in. swing
and 8-ft. base.
O., Columbus — The Monitor Motor Car
Co., 373 East 5th Ave.. C. C. Cummins.
Purch. Agt. — grinders, presses, lathes, shap-
ers, etc.
O., Columbus — The Ohio Auto Sales Co..
772 North High St., M. F. Millikin, Purch.
-Vgt. — grinders and drill presses.
O.. Newarii — The HoUidav Motor Car Co..
G. W. Shartee, Purch. Agt., 359 Dublin Ave..
Columbus —
Five planes 24 to 48 in.
Twelve to 15 lathes running from 15 to
36 in.
Six drill presses from 14 to 32 in.
One slotter.
Three boring machines.
Two topping machines.
Two threading machines, etc.
O.. Toledo — The Maumee Finishing Co..
the DeVore Co., Nicholas Bldg.. Purch. .\gts.
— lathe having 18 ft. between the centers,
swing over the carriage of 26 in., with the
necessary collars ; double emery stand. 20-
24-in. drill press, rip saw with table. 14 or
16-in. saw, 14 or 16-in. cross cut with table,
necessary collars and clutches, also high-
grade set of dial scales, automatic, plat-
form 48 X 60 (Howe scales preferred).
Wis,. Two Rivers — The Two Rivers Plat-
ing & Mfg. Co. — one No. 5 Bliss spinning
lathe complete with all attachments (or
equivalent) and one 4-jawea independent
26-in. chuck for 30-in. lathe.
Minn., Klinneapolis — The Minneapolis
Elevator Repair and Supply Co.. 19 High
St., F. A. Pigeon, Purch. Agt. — one good
disk grinder, lathe and shaper.
Tex.. Fort Worth — The Standard Battery
Mfg. Co., 1103 North Main St., J. J. King,
Secy.-Treas. — 4 irower punch presses, sizes
up to 1 in. ; lathe and metal shapers.
I Machinery Wanted
Mass.. Boston — L. W. Allentuck. 6 Ford-
ham Rd. — grarage repair shop equipment.
Ma«8.. Boston — The Nat. Co.. 338 Con-
gress St. — Polishing nickel plating and
light woodworking machinery, also wood-
turning production lathe.
Mass.. Lynn — M. J. Bratt, 14 Central Ave.
— garage equipment.
N. H., North Stratford — New Hampshire
Stave & Heading Mill — woodworking equip-
ment.
N. J., Newark — The Williams Baking (3o.,
711 South inth St. — baking machinery.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Araer. Can Co.. 120 Bway — can-
making machinery for new plant at Port-
land, Ore.
August 26, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
48eg
N Y., Nevp York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— E. F. Callan. 17 Battery PI.— one
locomotive crane, caterpillar type.
Pa,, Al'entown — The Lehigh Portland
Cement Co. — one 15-ton crane with 42 ft.
6 In. span, for new building at New Castle.
Pa., Frnnkford (Philadelphia P. O. — W
& H. Rowland Co.— one 6 in. and one 4J
in. cutting-oft machine.
Pa-, Philadelphia — G. H. Evans, 2539
North 26th St. — power pipe cutting ma-
chine.
Pa., Philadelphia— C. S. ..arvis. 1217 Vine
St. — garage equipment.
1,», New Orleans — Tlie Louisiana Marble
Works, 7(13 Carondelet St.. G. A. Shane,
Mgr. — pneumatic hammer, li in. x 3 in.,
one cut off machine for cutting marble
made like a buzz-saw. J in. thick wheel,
and one air compressor.
Va., Rlphmoiid — A. Reeves, West Broad
St. — emery wheels.
Va., Richmond— The J. H. Rose Co. Inc.,
12th and Main Sts., A. Hazlewood, Purcli.
Agt.— machinery for cutting, formmg and
making tin boxes.
Va., Riclimond — The Standard Paper Co.,
Hull and Canal Sts. — paper mill machmery.
Ill Chicago — A. M. Stoehr, 844 North
Wells St. — miscellaneous metal working
machinery.
Mich., Detroit— The Penberthy Injector
Co., 346 Holden Ave. — metal working equip-
ment for plant expansion.
Mich., Detroit — The Pcre Marquet^te Rail-
way Co., Union Depot— 2 J in. bolt cuttmg
machine with triple head.
O Flndlay — The Differential Car Co..
Inc.— equipment for the manufacture of
steel cars.
O. Toledo — The O'Neil Machine Co., Fac
torles Bldg.— one 36 x 36 in. x 8 ft. plan-
ing machines, 2 heads (us.e3).
WU. Grafton — The Jungers Stove Range
Co. — additional machinery for manufacture
of stoves.
Wis., -Mcrton — The Merton Dairy Prod-
ucts Co. — creamery equipment.
WU., Shebovgan — The Phoenix Chair Co..
South 12th and Virginia Sts. — machinery
for the manufacture of chairs, etc.
Tex., Dallas — The Texas Hosiery Mills.
1407-09 South Ervay St.. J. C. Dobson,
Mgr. — electrically driven knitting machm-
ery
W Ont., Carp — The Review Printing Co. —
•new equipment.
Ont.. Grand River — The Beatty Bros.,
Fergus, Ont. — machinery equipment for
woodworking plant.
Ont., St. Thomas — The Elgin Milk Prod-
ucts Co. — modern machinery and equip-
ment for special milk products.
Ont., St. Thomas — The Canada Iron
Foundries, Ltd., S, Gilbert, Mgr. — foundry
equipment. Noted Aug. 12.
P. E. Q. — Charlottetown — Bruce Stewart
& Co. — machinery equipment for the manu-
facture of gasoline engines.
Metal Working
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Bridgeport — The Bridgeport Gas
Light Co., 793 Main St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 160 ft. garage on Housatoric Ave.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
Conn., New Britain — The Landers, Frary
& Clark Co.. Commercial St., will build a 3
etory 60 x 210 ft. addition to factory on
Ellis St. for the manufacture of ei.'ctrical
specialties. Estimated cost, $115,000. Noted
April 29.
Conn., New Britain — Swift & Upson Lum-
ber Co., 153 Elm St.. will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
30 X 50 ft. garage on Elm St Estimated
cost, $10,000.
Conn., New Haven — The Tuttle Color
Printing Co., 30 Crown St., will soon award
the contract for thf construction of a 2
storv, 50 X 70 ft. factory on Olive St. Esti-
mated cost, $20,000. Delia, Valie & Vece,
Exch. BIdg., archts.
Conn., West Haven — F. Dalnesi, 74 Lam-
son St.. will build a 1 story, 40 x 105 ft.
garage on Elm St. and 1st Ave. Estimated
cost, $20,000.
Mass., Boston — J, H, Dunn, 101 Tremont
St.. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 70 x 90 ft. garage
on Dorchester St. Estimated cost $25,000.
Mass., Brighton (Boston P, O.) — C. F.
Valieiuier, 175 Tremont St., Boston, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story garage on Colonial Rd. Esti-
mated cost, $20,000.
Mass., Cambridge — The Mack Motor
Truck Co., 185 Massachusetts Ave., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 25 x 110 ft. addition to its
garage. Estimated cost, $22,000. Noted
July 29.
Mass., Cambridge — The Standard Oil Co.
of New York, 50 Congress St., Boston, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 5 story, 120 x 140 ft. garage and re-
pair shop on Munroe St., here. Estimated
cost, $275,000.
Mass., Cambridge — The Suffolk Engrav-
ing & Electrotyping Co., 394 Atlantic Ave.,
Boston, has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 6 .«tory. 100 x 100 ft.
factory on Main St.. here. Estimated
cost, $225,000. Noted July 22.
Mass., Chelsea— M. Rosenthal. 64 Haw-
thorn St., will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 2 story garage on
Ellsworth St. Estimated cost, $75,000, S.
E-:isenberg, Exch. Bklg., Archt.
Mass., East Boston (Boston P. O.) — The
Simpson Dry Goods Co.. 249 Marginal St.,
has awarded the contract for the con.«truc-
tion of a 1 story addition to its machine
shop. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Mass.. Lynn — M. J. Bratt, 14 Central
Ave., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 90 x 120 ft. garage
on Washington St. l^stimated cost, $35,-
000. G. A. Coronet, Washington St., Archt.
Mass., Willlmansett (Holyoke P. O.) —
Ranch & I.,ang, Inc., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
300 X 325 ft. factory, on Meadow St., for
the manufacture of electric automot)iles.
Estimated cost, $300,000. Noted June 17.
Mass., Worcester — The Boston & Maine
RR., North Station, Boston, has awarded
the contract for alterations to the 1 story
machine shop on Bridge St. fetimated
cost, $10,000.
N. H.. Dover — The Natl. Woodworking
Mchy. Co., Bway., has awarded tha con-
tract for the construction of a 50 x 100
ft. foundry. 35 x 200 ft. machine shop and
a 40 X 100 ft. pattern shop, all 1 story,
on Locust St. Estimated cost, $125,000.
R. I., Cumberland — The Standard Nut &
Bolt Co., c/o A. H. Humes, Archt., 229
Main St., Pawtucket, will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 80 ft. factory on Abbott St., here.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
D. C. Washington — The Vasil Steam Sys-
tems Co., 314-318 Washington Loan &
Trust Bidg., plans to construct a foundry
and machine shop.
N. .1., Newark — The Amer. Can Co., 120
Bway.. New York City, is having- plans
prepared for the construction of a factory,
here. Estimated cost, $500,000. Private
plans.
N. J., Newark — Z. Raskin, 182 Harvard
St., will build a 1 story, 69 x 100 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $25,000.
N. J., Newark — I. Rekoor, 61 Monmouth
St., is having plans prepared by M. B.
Silberstein, Archt., 119 Springfield Ave., for
the construction of a 1 story, 60 x 100 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $25,000.
N. J., Orange — The Monroe Calculating
Machine Co., 49 Mitchell St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 4
story, 67 x 175 ft. factory.
N. J„ Trenton — O. Agabiti, 636 Roebling
Ave., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 25 x 90 ft. garage
on Division St. Estimated cost, $18,000.
N. T., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
The Welrich Constr. Co., c/o P, Steigman,
.\rcht., 690 Bway., will build a 2 story,
100 x 100 ft. garage on Barretto St. Esti-
mated cost $65,000,
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— W. M. Good, 880 St. Marks Ave., will
build a 1 story, 90 x 100 ft. garage on
Herkimer St. Estimated cost, $40,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
—The Kalman Constr. Co., 1779 Pitkin
Ave., will build a 1 story, 100 x 150 ft.
garage on Ave. J. Estimated cost,
$300,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— P. E. Meyer, 54 Rochester Ave., will •
build a 3 story, 25 x 75 ft. garage on At-
lantic Ave. near Rochester Ave. Estimated
cost, $60,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— C. Schuckin. 1601 University Ave.,
will build a 2 story. 100 x 100 ft. garage
on 176th St. Estimated cost, $125,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— J. Schumacher, 176 East 111th St.,
will build a 1 story, 100 x 100 ft. parage on
.Jerome Ave. and 167th St. Estim ited cost,
$25,000.
N. Y., Jamaica — Scott & Williams, 366
Bway., New York City, has had plans pre-
pared by C. M. Hart, Engr. and Archt. 12
East 44th St., New York City, for the
construction of a 2 story machine shop on
Arche and Middletown Sts., here. Esti-
mated cost. $50,000.
N. y., Syracuse — The Jones Oil Engine
Co., 227 Walton St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story,
90 x 260 ft. factory and two 2 story, 50 x
108 ft. warehou.ses, etc., on Free St. Esti-
mated cost, $125,000.
N. Y„ Syracuse — The Latta Electric Sta-
tion, 562 East Genesee St., plans to build
a 1 story, 66 x 125 ft. electric garage. Esti-
mated cost. $40,000. J. M. Scraftord, Syra-
cuse, Engr. and Archt.
Pa., Beaver Falls — The Keystone Driller
Co. is building an 80 x 110 ft. factory for
the manufacture of steam shovels. Esti-
mated cost $100,000.
Pa., New Castle — The Johnson Bronze
Co., South Mill St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a core build-
ing, foundry and machine shop. Estimated
cost, $125,000. Noted Aug. 12.
Pa., Philadelphia— The Frankford Ar-
senal, Bridge and Tacony Sts., has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a 3
story, 82 x 200 ft. small arms shop on
ps'arbom and Tacony Sts. Estimated cost.
$246,000.
Pa., Pliiladelphia — C. S. Jarvis, 1217 Vine
St., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 14 x 84 and 45 x
105 ft. auto shop on 12th and Pearl Sts.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — G. E. Noll, 2352 North
13th St., will build a 1 story, 48 x 100 ft
garage at 2453 North Park Side. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Taylor Wharton
Iron & Steel Co., 25th and Wahington Sts.,
has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 90 x 100 ft. ma-
chine shop on 51st and Grays Sts.
Pa., Pittsburgh — The Natl. Casket Co..
Reedsdale St.. soon awards the contract for
the construction of a 2 storv, 30 x 87 ft.
addition to factory. Estimated cost, $30,-
000. R. M. Trimble, Ferguson Bldg,, Archt.
SOUTHERN STATES
Ala., Mobile — The Kelly Dry Dock Ship-
building Co., Commerce St., plans to build
a 1 story, 75 x 150 ft. machine shop at
Blakely Island. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Fla, Tampa — O. Daniels will build a 3
story, 100 x 105 ft. garage on Franklin St.
Ill,, East St. Louis — Darling & Co., 4201
South Ashland Ave., Chicago, has awarded
the contract for the construction of the fol-
lowing: 134 X 300 ft. main and 60 x 93 ft.
storage buildings, 50 x 80 ft. acidulation
plant, 30 X 40 ft. garage, etc., ail 1 story
Estimated cost. $500,000.
111., East St. Lonls — -The Excelsior Tool
& Machine Co.. 32nd St. and Ridge Ave.,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story addition to foundry. Es-
timated cost, $35,000.
ni., Melrose Park — The Heppes-Nelson
Roofing Co.. 4500 Filmore St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a plant
to Include a 100 x 320 ft. finish and an 80
436h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 9
X 140 ft. still and gas bldg., a 60 x 100 ft.
garage, etc., all to be 1 story. Estimated
cost, ?400,000.
Ind., Indianapolis — E. W. Steiniiart Co..
11th and Meridian Sts., lias awarded the
contract for the construction of a 5 story.
110 X 130 ft. service station. Estimated
cost, $400,000.
Ind., .South Bend — The G. Cutter Wl<s. of
the Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. is
building a 64 x 112 ft. extension to foundry,
also a 2nd floor, 66 x 250 ft. assembling
and storage rooin.
Mich., Jackson — The Union Truck &
Storage Co. has awarded the contract for
the construction of ii 1 story. 70 x 150 ft.
garage and warehouse. Estimated cost.
J45.000.
Mich., Kalamazoo — The Kalamazoo Co.
Rd. Comn. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 60 x 80
ft. garage. Estimated cost, $20,000.
O., Cincinnati— Hill & Griffith, 1262 State
Ave., plan to build a 1 and 4 story. 150 x
300 ft. addition to its factory for the manu-
facture of foundry supplies. Estimated
cost. $100,000. B. Baldwin, 2nd Natl. Bank,
Engr.
Wlc, Grafton — The Jungers Stove Range
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 3 story, 61 x 105 ft. factorv
on Main St. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Wis., Sheboygan — The Ebenreita Lum-
ber Co.. 1215 Erie Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
42 X 157 ft. garage.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Mo., St. l.ouis — The G. J. Fritz Pdry. and
Machine Co., 2018 South 3rd St., has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a
1 story addition to its foundry. Estimated
cost, $40,000.
WESTERN STATES
Cal., San Francisco — The Amer. Can Co.,
120 Bway., New York City, is having plans
prepared for the construction of a factory,
here. Estimated cost, $500,000. Private
plans.
Ore., Portland — The Amer. Can Co., 120
Bway.. New York City, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a factory,
here. Estimated cost, $750,000.
CANADA
Ont., Kingrston — The Canada Cutlery Co.,
Ltd., will soon erect a plant here.
P. E. I., Charlottetown — Bruce Stewart
& Co. will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 6n x 120 ft. plant,
for the manufacture of gasoline engines.
Qoe., Vpper Bedford — The Torrlngton Co.,
manufacturers of knitting needles, will soon
erect a plant for the manufacture of screws,
rivets and electric vacuum cleaners, etc. —
machinery required.
I General Manufacturing \
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Montvllle — R. Gair & Co.. 50
Washington St., Brooklyn, N. Y.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 200 x 500 ft. manufacturing
and a 1 story, 50 x 50 ft. power plant,
here. Estimated cost, $600,000.
Conn., StafTord Springs — Fabyan Woolen
Co., East Main St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1-story,
50 X 70 ft. addition to plant. Estimated
cost, $18,000.
Mass,, Cambridge — The Atwood &
McManus Box Co., Vale St., Chelsea, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 90 x 105 ft. dry kiln building
on Aberdeen Ave., here. Estimated cost,
$35,000. Noted July 22.
Mass., Fall River — The Amer. Printing
Co., Water St., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story,
100 X 119 ft. factory and 1 story, 44 x 133
ft. power plant for the manufacture of
textiles. Estimated cost, $165,000.
Mass., .Springfield — The Pabco Flomr
Mills, Inc., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 3 story mill on
Margaret St. E}stimated cost, $50,000.
Vt., Woodstock — The Maplewood Lumber
Corp. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story sawmill.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Annapolis — The Public Utilities Co.
plans to build additions to gas plant. Esti-
mated cost, $200,000.
Md„ Hagerstow»j — The Howard Hosiery
Mill, South Jonathan .St., plans to build a
2 story, 40 x 104 ft. mill. H. E. Stamm,
Prop. F. C. Mack, Negley Bldg., Archt.
N. i., Newark — The Clark Thread Co.,
Clark and Ogden Sts., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 4 and 5
story, 60 x 200 and 82 x 300 ft. factory.
N. J., Newark — The Williams Baking Co.,
711 South 10th St., soon awards the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story. 50
x 125 ft. addition to its bakery. Estimated
cost, $100,000. J. T. Simpson, Essex Bldg.,
Archt.
N. J., Passaic — The Smith Tire Co. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 60 X 200 ft. factory. Estimated cost,
$150,000.
N, J., Union Hill (Weehawken P. O.) —
The Consumers Hygienic Ice Co., 320 Ful-
ton St., has awarded the contract tor the
construction of an addition to its plant.
Estimated cost, $29,000.
Pa., Wilkes-Barrc — J. J. Becker, Market
St. plans to build a 1 story, 60 x 100 ft.
ice cream factory on the corner of Market
and Gates Sts. Estimated cost, $100,000.
SOVTHERN STATES
Fla., Dade City — The Dade City Citrus
Growers Assn. will build packing house for
oranges and grapefruit. G. B. Massey,
Pres.
La., New Orleans — -The Union Paper
Products Co., 109 Tchoupitoulas St.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story factory. Estimated cost, $112,-
743. Noted Aug. 5.
N. C, Lexington — The Erlanger Cotton
Mills plan to build a new 50 x 100 ft
cloth room building. J. E. Slrrine & Co.,
Greenville, S. C, Engrs.
N. C, Salisbury — The Yadkin Finishing
Co, plans to build a 50 x 100 ft. extension
to its plant, also making additions and
changes in its equipment. J. E. Sirrine
& Co., Greenville, S. C, Engrs.
W. Va., Shinnston — The Paquet Glass Co.
is building an 80 x 120 ft. illuminating
glassware plant. Estimated cost. $25,000.
MIDDLE WEST
ni., Chicago — A. H. Weber, c/o D. H.
Hannan. Engr., 155 North Clark St., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 50 x 100 ft. factory on
Root and State Sts., for the manufacture
of groceries and sundries. Estimated cost.
$57,000.
Wis., Campbellsport — The White House
Milk Products Co.. West Bend, has had
plans prepared by M. Tullgren & Sons.
Archts., 425 East Water St., Milwaukee,
for 2 story, 50 x 100 ft. plant on Main St.
Estimated cost, $75,000. Noted Aug. 12.
Wis., Sheboygan — The Phoenix Chair
Co. will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 4 story. 200 x 400 ft.
factory on South 12th and Virginia Sts.
Estimated cost, $200,000. A. C. Hohn,
Supt. ; E. Juul, 805 North 8th St., Engr. ;
Juul Smith, Imig. Bldg., Archts.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Kan., Pittsburg — The Pittsburg Builders
& Pavers Brick Co. is having plans pre-
pared for the construction of a factory.
Estimated cost, $60,000. Private plans.
Neb., Minatare — The Great Western
Sugar Co.. Scotts Bluff, plans to build a
1,200 ton capacity factory, here.
Tex., Dallas — The Texas Hosierv Mills,
1407-09 South Ervay St.. plan to build a
factory with annual capacity of 204,000
doz. pairs. J. C. Dobson, Mgr.
Tex., San Antonio — H. D. Kellar, Cold-
water, Mich., plans to build a cannery and
syrup mill, to include electric light plant
and ice factory, here.
Tex., Amarillo — The -Amarillo Coopera-
tive Union Laundry has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 60 x 120 ft.
laundry. Will install laundry machinery
to cost $15,000.
Tex., El Paso — The Atlas Brick Co.. Dal-
las and Cotton Sts., plans to build a lime
hydratingl plant. Estimated cost, $100,000.
C. L. North, Pres.
Tex., Sherman — The Sherman Mfg. Co.
plans to build a 2 story, 30 x 80 ft. plant
to be used in storing and working up waste.
J. E. Sirrine & Co.. Greenville. S. C, Engrs.
Tex., Zavllla — The Zavilla Lumber Co
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 36 X 160 ft. saw mill. Estimated
cost, $50,000.
CANAD.4
Man,, Winnipeg — The Dominion Oxygen
Co. soon receives bids for the construction
of a plant for the manufacture of oxygen
for welding purposes. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
Ont., jGrand River — The Beatty Bros..
Fergus. Ont.. will build a plant here.
Ont.. Kapnkasing — The Spruce Falls Co.,
Toronto, Ont.. will soon receive bids build-
ing a pulp and paper mill, here. Estimated
cost. $800,000.
Ont,, St. Thomas — The Elgin Milk Prod-
ucts Co. will build a 2 story. 55 x 200 ft.
condensed milk factory on Talbot St. Esti-
mated cost. $100,000.
Que., Quebec — The Standard Pulp and
Paper Co., Ltd.. plans to build a factory.
Estimated cost, $1,250,000.
Sask., Regina — ^W. R. Phillips, former
mayor of Trenton. Ont.. states that a
$1,000,000 paper mill will be erected here
soon.
"Live" Business Propositions —
Many excellent opportunities to sell, rent or buy equipment,
engage experienced men, acquire agencies, etc., can be found in the
"Searchlight" Section
Pages
276 to 30S
For every business want
"Think SEARCHLIGHT First"
lee
k Pages
9 276 to 305
i
September 2, 1920
yVnerican Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 10
Automobile Engine Pistons
as a Stock Proposition
By ELLSWORTH SHELDON
Associate Editor, American Machinist
The making of pistons and other small parts for automobile
engines, as a business entirely aside from the manufacture of the
engines themselves, has grown to very large proportions within
the last decade. In this article some of the tools, fixtures and
machines, used by one large manufacturer of engine parts, are
illustrated, and many of the operations described.
WHEN the cylinders of an internal combustion
engine become worn to the extent that a ma-
chining operation is necessary to restore them
to their original degree of efficiency, it also becomes
a practical necessity to refit the enlarged cylinders with
new pistons; else most of the benefits to be derived
from the repair will be lost, and conditions will be
introduced that tend to loss of energy and rapid wear.
While there are repair shops, garages, etc., that will
undertake to rebore or regrind a block of cylinders,
the making of new pistons involves patterns, a foundry,
and much special machinerj' ordinarily beyond the finan-
cial compass of the average small business, there-
fore the garage and service station willingly leave the
production of these parts to larger concerns that by
specializing upon the detail are able to put their
operations on a manufacturing basis, and, producing the
parts by thousands, reduce the individual cost to a
fraction of what would be possible in the smaller shop,
as well as to maintain a higher standard of quality.
Standard "oversizes" to which cylinders are re-
ground are established by most manufacturers of auto-
mobile engines; these standards usually conforming
to the scale adopted by the Society of Automotive En-
gineers,—0.010, 0.020, 0.030, 0.040 in., etc., — over the
normal sizes. This means that in grinding a worn
cylinder, the grinder will stop at the nearest standard
oversize after the cylinder has been made true and
smooth.
The Houpert Machine Co., Long Island City, with
the exception of a separate department for regrinding
cylinders and crankshafts, devotes its attention to the
manufacture of three small parts, — pistons, piston-
rings, and wristpins. This company manufactures
pistons for all standard automobile engines and, be-
cause of the established oversizes, is able to carry
in stock, pistons to fit all motors, finished in practically
every respect but the final grinding so that any order
can be filled almost immediately upon its receipt.
Some of the machines, fixtures, and tools used by
the company are described in this article, and also
the progress of the work is followed from the receipt
of the castings to the issuance upon order of finished
pistons. The sequence of operations is somewhat de-
pendent upon the design of the piston being operated
upon.
The castings are received at the raw stockroom which
is so situated that an automobile truck may back up
to the receiving window. The shutter of this window
turns down and inward so that when let down upon
FIG. 1,
RECEIVING ROOM FOR
CASTINGS
FIG. 2.
CENTERING CLOSED END ON PORTER-
CABLE LATHE
438
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 10
FIG. 3. BORING THE SKIRT
FXG. 4. DRILLING WRISTPIN HOLE
its hinges it becomes an apron or chute upon which
the load of castings is discharged. Fig. 1 shows this
shutter open, ready for unloading the castings.
The first manufacturing operation on practically all
pistons is the centering of the closed end. There is
upon this end of all castings a small boss for the
reception of the center and the boss is made high
enough so that upon its removal in the final operation
no trace of the center is left.
Fig. 2 shows a piston casting in a Porter-Cable
lathe \yhere the centering is done. After setting a
casting in the chuck, the jaws of which true up the
inner end, the outer end is made to run as true as
possible by rapping it with a mallet while the operator
turns the lathe by hand. The center is then drilled
and reamed by means of a combination drill and coun-
tersink held in a slip chuck used on the tail center.
Operation two is the boring of the inside of the
piston. While this operation is not absolutely essential
to the running of an engine, it amply justifies itself
by simplifying succeeding operations; besides it pro-
duces a better balanced piston, and also reduces some-
what the weight of the casting. This is an important
consideration in the design of gas engine pistons for
the reasons that excess weight in the rapidly reciprocat-
ing parts entails unnecessary loss of energy, and a
light body radiates heat more rapidly than a heavy
one. The operation is shown in Fig. 3.
The third operation in regular progression is the
drilling of the wristpin hole. This is ordinarily done
upon the special machine shown in Fig. 4, in a fixture
that locates the work from the bored and faced skirt.
A round steel plate at the base of the fixture has a
narrow shoulder fitting the bore of the skirt, while
a center-pointed screw in the swinging yoke at the
top of the fixture bears in the center at the closed
end of the piston, causing it to seat firmly upon the
plate resting upon the faced end. A stud of suitable
shape projects from the center of the bearing plate
a suflicient distance to enter between the wristpin
bosses of the casting and thus locate the pin hole at
right angles to them.
A movement of the capstan wheel on the front of
the machine now brings up a drill spindle from each
side. The drills run at high speed and work under
a flood of lubricant so that the cutting time is reduced
to a minimum. The piston-^ in holes are finished by
boring with a single pointed tool at a much later stage
when they can be located from the finished outside
surfaces. The rough drilling is done at this time for
two reasons: one being that the pin hole furnishes
an important link of the holding devices used in
subsequent operations, and the other because it is
desired to remove as much superfluous metal as possible
before the heat treating.
Not all pistons go to this operation at this stage.
The machine shown in Fig. 5 has been recently installed,
and is intended to drill, bore and ream the wristpin
hole in successive steps at one setting. A four-position
turret mounted upon a horizontal axis at the center
of the machine has holding fixtures similar to those
just described. As there are four positions and but
three operations there is always an idle position from
which the operator can be removing the finished work
and setting in pieces to be operated upon. Aside from
this unloading and reloading the action is automatic
and the machine runs continuously.
The fourth operation in the regular sequence is the
rough turning, performed on Gridley automatics. In
these machines the tail center is not available as a
locating and supporting medium, and it is at this stage
that the rough drilled wristpin hole becomes essential.
FIG. 5.
THE HOEFER MACHINE FOR DRILUNG, BORING AND REAMING
THE WRI.STPIN HOLE
FIG. 6.
DETAIL OF CHUCK ON GRIDLET
AUTOM.\TIC
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
489
FIG. 7. THE SET-UP IN THE GRIDLET MACHINE
FIG. 9. BORING WRISTPIN HOLES IN TURRET MACHINES
The driver, or chuck in this
operation, shown in Fig. 6, is a
round block somewhat smaller in
diameter than the rough-turned
size of the piston it is to hold,
with a narrow shoulder fitting
the bore of the work. A draw
rod of rectangular section pro-
jects from the center of the
chuck far enough to enter be-
tween the pin bosses ; a cross hole
in the end of the bar lining up
approximately with the rough-
drilled hole in the piston.
A plug is pushed through the
holes in piston and draw rod and
the latter drawn back by means
of the handwheel at the outer
end of the spindle. This provides
a rigid hold on the work and at
the same time leaves the outer or
closed end free for facing. Fig.
7 shows the set-up on the Grid-
ley machine. In this operation
the diameter is turned to within
tV in. of finished size, the closed
end is faced and the ring grooves
roughed out, leaving stock enough
to finish in the final operation.
New castings of iron when
FIG. 8. THE PAY LATHES
sub.iected to high temperatures have a tendency to swell,
or become permanently enlarged, and if an engine piston
IS placed in service without a proper seasoning, it is
quite likely to stick and cause all kinds of trouble. For
this reason manufacturers of such parts subject them to
an annealing process which in the present case is done
in a gas furnace. This annealing is the fifth operation
and follows the rough turning.
Following the annealing is the finish-turning; opera-
tion six. For this a battery of Fay lathes, one of which
is shown in Fig. 8, is provided. These machines bring
the pistons to their finished size plus grinding allow-
ance. The holding and driving device is much the
■same as on the Gridley machines, except that the central
driving stud is fixed instead of being a part of the
draw rod and no pin is necessary. This is because the
Fay lathes are provided with tail spindles and the
work is held between the driver and the tail center.
PIG. 10.
RIG FOR FACING INSIDE
OF PIN BOSSES
FIG. 11. FACING INSIDE OF
PIN BOSSES
440
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
FIG. 12. THE BELIEVING DEVICE
From the finishing lathes the work goes to a turret
machine shown in Fig. 9 on which the wristpin hole
is bored with a single-point tool to insure that it is
absolutely square with the axis, and exactly in the
center of the piston.
The inside faces of the pin boss are finished on the
drill press, the fixture being shown in Figs. 10 and 11. A
piston is laid in the V with the cone shaped spring
plunger A, Fig. 10, entering the hole in the lower
side. The plunger is hollow, being accurately ground
both outside and in, and forms a bearing for the
boring bar B. A spring-supported, cone shaped bush-
ing C on this bar enters the hole in the upper side
of the piston and together with the lower cone centers
the bar in the hole. A loose face-mill D, Fig. 11, is
■slipped on the lower end of the bar as the latter is
passed through the piston and, being held to the bar
by a i'eathei and backed up by a shoulder on the bar,
it mills off the surface of the boss to an amount deter-
mined by a stop on the drill-press spindle. The bar
is withdrawn and the piston turned over to mill the
other boss.
There is a pronounced tendency of pistons to "swell"
around the wristpin hole and become oval, causing
undue wear upon the cylinder walls at this point. To
overcome this, it is customary to relieve them over this
area by cutting away the surface to a depth of perhaps
A in. The relieving device is shown in Fig. 12 and
is applied to an ordinary engine lathe".
The driver A, which screws upon the spindle nose of
the lathe, carries a cam B upon its periphery which
contacts with the roller C mounted upon a bracket
which is attached to the cross-slide of the lathe. The
cross-screw has been removed and the slide is drawn
in (toward the cut) by a weighted cord pa.ssing over
a sheave at the back of the carriage; its movement
in this direction being limited by the roller C stopping
against the cam.
The driver, like those on the turning lathes, has a
short shoulder fitting the bored "skirt" of the piston
and a central stud with flatted end projecting far
enough to pass between the wristpin bosses. Thus
the act of putting the piston in the lathe trues it up,
locates it to bring the relief at the right place and
furnishes the means of driving it without the necessity
for a dog or other positive means of holding. The
outer end is supported by the tail center.
The cam B which appears in the picture to be round
is not so in fact, but has two depressions not more
than J in. deep which correspond to the positions of
the piston that
brings the ends of
the piston-pin hole
toward the tool. The
roller C runs on a
long stud upon
which it is free to
travel lengthwise,
thus permitting,
within limits, the
usual traverse for
the carriage. The
tool is under posi-
tive control of the
operator by means
of the compound
slide. The relieving
of a piston is there-
fore quite a simple
matter as the rough
turning would be ;
the cam allows the
tool to cut where metal is to be removed and pushes it
out of the way where the surface is to remain untouched.
Fig. 13 shows a piston after the relieving operation.
Several minor operations follow. The bosses are
drilled and tapped for the setscrews that hold in the
piston pins, and drain or "weep" holes are drilled
around the circumference of the piston, starting from
FIG. 13. A RELIEVED PISTON
FIG. 14. DRILLING THE WEEP HOLES
FIG. 15. MILLING OIL GROOVES
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
441
the angular side of a groove which was cut there for
that purpose just below the ring grooves. The holes
allow any surplus of oil on the cylinder walls to drain
back through the interior of the piston and help to
prevent an accumulation of carbon by keeping super-
fluous oil out of the upper part of the cylinder.
In the fixture shown in Fig. 14 a universal chuck
is mounted on the upper end of a spindle which is
supported by the base casting at an angle of approxi-
mately 40 deg. Below the chuck, and keyed to the
spindle, is a dial plate having its outer edge notched
to receive a locking-slide by means of which any desired
number of holes are equally distributed around the
circumference of the work. The fixture when photo-
graphed was not in drilling position.
Besides these holes there is a shallow but wide
groove leading from the angular groove down to the
end of the wristpin, for the purpose of conducting
oil to, and through, the hollow pin to the wrist bearing.
The set-up for this job is shown in Fig. 15 the work
being done on a hand milling machine.
Operations in a New Orleans Foundry
By Frank A. Stanley
The photographs herewith illustrate some of the
operations of a New Orleans foundry engaged in the
production of sugar machinery.
The greater part of the work of this firm is of a
very heavy character and much of it is loam molding in
which the cores and molds are swept up by striking
boards or sweeps. The sweeps are made of rigid
metal striking bars or spindles held vertically in heavy
brackets with suitable bearings and carrying adjustable
arms to which the boards are bolted for various sweep-
ing operations. A view of such work is shovra in
Fig. 1. Most of these molds are made up of brick
and loam with a certain amount of clay in spots. The
FIG. 2. A COMPLETED LOAM MOLD AND ITS CORE
sand or loam inside the brick mold is usually J to 1
in. thick, and commonly loam is used as a binder for
holding the bricks together. The building up of the
mold by the sweeping process is followed by baking
over night in big core ovens, the whole brick mold
being picked up bodily by overhead cranes and trans-
ferred to cars which are run into the ovens.
In molding big rings, drums, cylinders and the like
the brick and loam work is built up and swept to
any desired height and diameter and both molds and
cores «re handled advantageously in this manner. Fig.
2 illustrates a completed loam mold and the core,
which has been swept to proper dimensions.
An Interesting Molding Job
A job of special interest is represented by Figs. 3
and 4. This is the molding of a cone-shaped casting
which is part of a calandria vacuum pan. The casting
is of brass and its diameter is 13 ft. or more, depend-
ing upon the size of vacuum pan manufactured. In
the conical face of this casting there are cored over
four hundred 3J-in. holes, which are afterward ma-
chined to receive the ends of short copper tubes con-
necting two of these cone castings together in the
assembled vacuum pan in much the same manner as
tubes are placed in a boiler. The cone casting in the
12- or 13-ft. size is about 6 ft. high. The thickness
of the metal in the wall is about I inch.
The lower half of the mold. Fig. 3, is built up first,
loam and sand being used over a brick center and
the cone swept to dimensions ready for baking in
the oven. This cone is used as a core or center for
FIG. 1. THE SWEEP IN POSITION
FIG. 3. PART OF A MOLD FOR A VACUUM PAN
442
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
FIG. 4. OVER 400 CORES IN P1_,ACE
the molding of the upper half of the mold, and for
this purpose a half-inch thickness of sand is left all
the way round on the lower cone to represent the
thickness of metal to be run. The top half of the
mold is placed in position and molded to the lower
cone.
Afterwards the half-inch of extra sand thick-
ness is swept off the lower cone and the latter is
scribed with a series of lines around its surface for
the accurate placing of the 3i-in. cores to form the
openings through th walls. These small cores are dry-
sand, baked as usual, and are positioned as sho^vn
by Fig. 4, where they may be seen in ten circles around
the cone.
When the top of the mold is placed in position the
metal is poured through the neck and flows down over
the sloping cone. About 3,700 lbs. of metal is run
in this job.
The operations illustrated are from the plant of Di-
bert, Bancroft & Ross, New Orleans, La.
Cost Keeping in the Small Shop
By Fred H. Colvin
Editor, American Machinist
The reason many systems fail is because people ex-
pect them to run themselves. This is particularly true
of the small shop. While the perfect automatic sys-
tem is yet to be invented, the one shown herewith
has worked out well in a small shop and is worth
looking over.
While cost keeping may be said to be one of the
great problems in all industries it is particularly true
of the small shop, where clerks are a luxury and
most of the time-keeping devolves on the boss and
the men. Direct costs are of course based on labor
and material, and while these are not always as simple
as they seem it is the indirect expense that gets
the small shop into difficulty.
Then, too, the question of how a bill shall be ren-
dered is well worth careful consideration as the
psychology of the one who is expected to pay it must
be taken into account. Many demand an itemized bill,
and this extends up to one of the wealthiest men in
the world, who requires an itemized account from his
physicians and specialists.
There are two sides to this question, however, and
some are opposed to it for various reasons. You have
a certain job to be done — it costs you so much money,
using necessary material and labor. Why, say some,
Overhead
fob^
rn
JOB ORDER
WALSTAD MACHINE CO. rocon
BiUed
CHARGE
Req. No.-
TO /<Aliv...
Promisorf Finitlwil . Bv
Entered
INSTRUCTIONS:
Folio
Contract Price
LABOR 1 MATERIAL
DATE
QUAHTITV
DESCRIPTION
REO.
COST
SELL
AMOUNT
— 1
^.„^^
,— — _-
■ — n
- - -|
TOTALS
TOTAL
Hours ^
Tntnl J^hnr
Tntnl A
laterial
s
Total
FIG. 1. JOB ORDER BLANK
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
443
SHOP JOB ORDER
>/VALSTAD MACHINE CO.
CHARGE TO ■■
Rr^ No. *^"— '— *
iNaTRucnoNa.
p TDlit NO orru omcv •■
i^Fi.1. DrrAii. utroar
WAL.TAP MACMINB CO.
KBK
FOR—
fMdW
Dm
Bm„n
'
Tbm^ChmrM*
=:rr
__^ ::z:^:z:=z
FIG.
SHOP JOB ORDER CARD
N„m, o/JFoffaK
I
ADDRESS
OUT
OUT
OUT
w.
itemize every bolt and screw? If there is to be com-
plaint as to cost it might just as well be as to whether
a new bolt was needed as to question its cost.
It often happens that a job needs a single bolt which
ought not to cost over five cents at any hardware
store. And yet that bolt may have cost the small
shop man fifty cents or more, because he had to send
a man or boy down town, or elsewhere, to get it.
Yet if anyone sees a charge of fifty cents for a five
cent bolt the wail against the profiteer
will be loud and deep. Of course the
extra forty-five cents might go in as
labor, but it really belongs in over-
head, which few small shop men know
how to figure.
Some shops have come to believe
that the most satisfactory method is
to bill something like this: To re-
boring cylinders, replacing four pis-
ton rings and two piston pins; grind-
ing valves, cleaning carbon, assem-
bling and turning motor — $43.65, or
whatever the charge may be.
But whatever the method of charg-
ing or billing the small shop needs a
cost-keeping system, and the one used
by A. N. Walstad of Tacoma, Wash.,
seems to fill the bill.
First comes the "Job Order Sheet,"
Fig. 1, which is 111 x 101 in. and fits
into a loose leaf binder. This is the
office record, on which is noted each
day the time and material which have
been charged against this particular
job. These items come from the in-
dividual time slips which are shown in Fig. 4.
The "Shop Job Order," Fig. 2, goes into the shop.
This gives the number of the job for the time slips,
tells them briefly the conditions as to delivery and con-
tains any special instructions which may be necessary.
The workman makes a full report on the back of this
slip for the information of the office. This order slip
is 5 X 8 in. for card files.
The "Daily Time Card," Fig. 3, is a 3 x 5 card
size and covers the time spent each day in the shop.
It is stamped on time clock, "in" and "out" in the
usual way, with allowance for overtime in case more
than eight hours are worked in the shop.
The last form is a 5 x 8-in. card and is the "Indi-
vidual Time and Material Slip." It is stamped in at
the same time the man starts to work in the morning
and is only used for one period of work on one job.
If the workman works an hour on the first job he
stamps his time in and out, and makes out a new
card for the second job. If he works on the same
job four times in one day he has a card for each
time, four cards in all. When he stamps "out" on a card
he is through with that card and it goes into the office.
TIME CABD
WALSTAD MACHINE GO.
Name
OVERTIME
OUT
IN
TOTAL
FIG. 3. DAILY TIME CARD
FIG. 4. INDIVIDUAL TIME AND MATERIAL SLIP
If he worked on one job all day he would have
two cards, one for each time he stamped in and out.
In any case the sum total of his various time and
material slips must equal the time charged on his
daily time slip. Fig. 3.
One of the leaks in a small shop is in overlooking
to charge for material used, especially small stuff such
as screws, solder, etc. When these in-
dividual time and material slips come
to the office they are looked over to
see that all material has been charged.
If it is a job of soldering there should
be a charge for solder and acid or
paste, and so on. These small items
count up in many cases.
When a job is completed all the in-
dividual time and material slips. Fig.
4, are taken from the card index file
and filed away with the shop job order.
Fig. 2. The large job order is also
removed from the daily job book and
filed away in a loose leaf binder for
future reference.
The daily time card for each man
is filed away every day after the time
has been entered in the time book
from which the pay roll is made up.
This system, with only four different
blanks, has worked out very well in
practice under varying and trying con-
ditions. It is so much better than
anything used before that Mr. Walstad
wishes others to benefit by it, should
it seem to fit into their business needs. Of course,
different kinds of business will require different forms
or routine, but the principle remains unchanged.
Combining Quantity Production with
the Making of Special Parts
By Peter F. O'Shea
There are many machine shops in the United States
which have developed their business from individual
jobs made to suit each customer's needs rather than
from a large and steady output of a standardized
product. After such a shop becomes established as a
factory for its special kind of product, the trade is apt
to continue wanting that product, but with changes and
variations. Provision is therefore made in such a
factory for putting through orders for one or a small
lot of the products with variations to suit the customer's
needs. This is especially true of builders of machine
tools. In fact, machine tools to meet special needs are
really "built," rather than manufactured, speaking in
the quantity sense. Efficient shops doing this sort of
444
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
work generally devise ways of combining manufacturing
and building methods.
An excellent example of this is in a certain shop
which makes .machine tools adapted to the customers'
special needs on a semi-manufacturing, semi-building
basis. The hybrid character of the work affects every
department. It s.tarts in the drafting room, for in a
business of this nature, it is there that the layout of
special parts must be made. The drafting force has,
therefore, analyzed the component parts of all the
machine tools made in the plant and divided the parts
into two classes — like parts, which are the same for all
machines of a given catalog number or style, and unlike
parts, which must be changed for each job to get the
different features wanted. By far the greater majority
of parts are like parts, and these are dravra up into
standard lists, one list being made for each style of
machine tool. Spaces are provided for quantity, part
number and a brief description, as shown by the accom-
panying extract from a parts list.
The "like parts" and "unlike parts" lists for each
style of machine are typed on tracing cloth. Blueprints
are taken of the tracing, and whenever an order comes
in for a variation of that style of machine, one blueprint
of like parts is issued with the order, and serves as a
requisition. If from time to time changes are made in
the specifications of parts for that style of machine,
corrections are made on the tracing itself. The blue-
print requisitions are issued from the drafting room,
which is also the office of the chief engineer. He knows
at all times just what work is to be done, and prescribes
the necessary parts. He fits special layout of parts in
with the standardized methods of suspension, drive, etc.
Method of Manufactuke
The like parts are either made on large orders for
stock, or purchased and held in stock. Separate orders
are issued by the production department for the manu-
facture of sufficient quantities of each part for stock,
the making of the parts most in demand being a real
manufacturing proposition. The production department,
in conjunction with stores, is responsible for always
having a stock of them on hand.
Some of the like parts, however, are alike for only
one style of machine, not for several. The number of
orders coming through for that style of machine may
vary from month to month, and it is difficult to make a
large supply of some of the heavier part without tying
up a good deal of money on the stock shelves. There-
fore, the orders for these parts are put through only
when the demand for them for the coming month is
approximately known. Although they are "like" parts
and do not have to be specialy designed, the scheduling
of orders for making them is closely tied up with the
delivery date for the special parts. They are to meet
the special parts on the day the latter are completed, and
when both are ready, then the ordinary "like" parts
are drawn out of stock and all three kinds assembled into
machine tools.
The superintendent controls the starting of manu-
facture of each part by means of a cabinet beside his
desk. In the cabinet are placed envelopes holding the
orders for special parts, or orders for the making of
like parts, or a list of stock parts needed for the order,
that is, a copy of the blueprint list of stock parts to com-
plete the machine order. All the envelopes pertaining
to one order of machines are put in the same pocket of
the cabinet, or "board." To start the making of one
of the components of an order, the envelope for it is
given to the foreman concerned. Thus, as soon as a part
is started, its envelope disappears from the jwcket, and
envelopes still remaining in the pockets denote that parts
have yet to be started. If one pocket has become empty
except for one envelope, it means that the assembling
of that order of machines may be held up by the lack of
one part. The superintendent, of course, gets after that
order.
The Scheduling Board
In scheduling the work, a month is used as the unit
of time required. This does not mean that it needs to
take a month to build an order of machines, by any
means. It simply means that the superintendent aims
to clean up his work once a month. Several days before
the end of the month, therefore, he takes a look over his
board to see what envelopes are still remaining in the
pockets.
The board is a visible index of the condition of the
factory with regard to preparedness to meet new orders.
The material can easily be followed through the shop
by the superintendent and is not allowed to lie idle or
accumulate, but must keep on moving. At the end of
the month the board is empty and is refilled with orders
for parts scheduled for completion during the new
month. Each month envelopes accumulate in a large
separate pocket for "orders due next month," until it
comes their time to be distributed. Many of them are
issued to the shops and are being made ahead of
schedule.
The manner of recording drawings also fits in with the
method of manufacture of a semi-special, semi-standard-
ized product. In p machine design room or machine
shop it is a habit of mind to speak of an article some-
what as follows: "Don't you remember that part we
made specially for So and So? It was so good that we
afterward used it regularly." Therefore, in the shop
being considered, the title-legend in the corner of each
drawing bears a notation of the firm for whom that
design was first made. All the original correspondence
and data, with possibly the reasons for the design in
preference to another, will be available under the corre-
spondence with that firm.
TYPE OF PARTS LIST USED FOR SCHEDULING PARTS
Description
Part No.
PC
^1
Purchase
Order
Purch se
Frona
No. Date
I'niike Parts — Iron
Castings
BI2I3P
4
BI277P
1
Loose pulley 1 9J dia
BH58P
1
Tight pulley 20 dia
BI458A
1
BI593P
1
.Additional C'weights
BI7«P
BI344P
1
BI345P
1
Cone sh. standard
C379P
1
Sliipper rod lever
C432P
t
Belt fingers
C473P
2
C58IP
1
'
1
Add'l C'weights (bottom)
C636P
Shipper rod bracket
C461P
1
~]
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
445
Production Records at the Hart-Parr Factory
THE factory manage-
ment of today, if it is
conducted along suc-
cessful modern lines, deter-
mines upon a certain
amount of production for a
given period, say one year,
then sets the various wheels
turning and the functions
operating within the works
to perform that allotted
task. The amount of pro-
duction is determined by the
apparent future demand for
the machine, the orders on
hand and the company's
ability to finance and pro-
duce. This is strictly a
managerial problem and
must be settled before pro-
duction matters are under-
taken in the works. In a
big industrial establish-
ment where the number of
employees exceeds 500 and
the work has been
thoroughly divided into
departments, the important matter left to be arranged
for is synchronizing these departments in their
respective functions so that each one is assisting all the
others.
To this end the Hart-Parr Company, tractor manufac-
turers of Charles City la., has established a thoroughly
organized production department and, by a system of
reports and printed blanks sent in each day from all
producing centers of the works, the eye is able to
discern at a glance just what progress is being made
with the year's plan and in just what relation each
necessary part stands to every other part, or in other
words, is able to forecast and issue such orders as will
cause the skirmish line of parts to form a solid straight
line advancing in uniform order to the erecting floor or
side bays where the parts become incorporated into the
finished machine, which, by the way, should be moving
toward the shipping floor during all stages of its
building.
In the production office are four large boards, each
about 2 X 9 ft. in size, hung on the walls by counter-
weights so that each board may be raised or lowered
at will for convenience sake. As these boards are
duplicated, in so far as their mission is concerned, but
one will be described in this article.
Board No. 1 is designed to carry certain parts,
arranged in units of assembly, for the production of
1,000 tractors. Boards Nos. 2, 3 and 4 are similarly
marked. Tacks with various colored heads are used on
all four boards to trace production through from one
end to the other.
Let us now describe one board as to its markings, as
it answers for all. Fig. 1 shows the entire board while
Fig. 2 shows a small section enlarged so as to plainly
show the markings. Parallel, horizontal lines, each line
representing a tractor part, are laid out from one end
BY A. W. SAWYER
The matter of keeping all hands busy and a constant
flow of material moving in the right direction, toward
the finished product, ha^ always been a big problem in
the factory, especially where the number of distinct
parts entering into the completed machine or article
approximate several hundred and possibly a thousand
or more.
FIG. 1. THE PKODUCTION BOARD
of the board to the other.
Each of these horizontal
lines is divided by 1,000
equidistanced prick marks,
each mark representing a
tractor. Across these hori-
zontal lines 10 perpendicu-
lar lines are drawn, 100
prick marks apart, thus as-
sisting in the ready calcu-
lation by the supervisor of
the boards. Assuming that
tractor production has pro-
gressed to the number of
85 for that particular series
of thousand lots, the right
colored tack would be
pushed into the prick mark
midway between the eighth
and ninth perpendicular
lines and on the horizontal
line standing for the fin-
ished products, either
shipped or ready to ship.
Of course if a 10,000 pro-
duction is planned for, and
later accomplished, these
boards will be used ten times over.
In order to show the number of completed machines,
let us proceed to set forth how, by the same methods,
each individual piece in the tractor is, at all times,
under the watchful eye of the production manager, who,
by the glance to the right or left, in front or behind, may
discern what part or parts are lagging on the skirmish
line, thus allowing him to issue orders from time to
time which will provide a steady stream of parts to the
erecting floor. The working of these boards covers the
entire time from the day when the material is checked
into stores until the finished product is loaded on cars.
By this method also the purchasing department is
easily- kept appraised of quantities of material on hand
and is governed accordingly in purchasing more.
Different Colored Tacks
In order to trace this material from the raw stage
through all departments until it reaches the shipping
room, tacks of seven different colors are employed.
These are used the same as the tack showing the number
of the finished machines, except of course that the
various colors are used on their respective lines describ-
ing the individual parts. Thus the yellow tack rep-
resents all purchased stock delivered to stores; black,
all stock for the various parts which have been ordered
by the purchasing department; white, all stock that does
not require machining or previous attention; green, all
castings, gray iron or steel, delivered to store house
from the foundries. Brown represents all stock, either
raw or in castings, delivered by the managers of the
storehouse to the machine shop. Orange stands for all
finished parts delivered from machine shop to manufac-
tured stores which, in the case of the Hart-Parr Works,
are bays located conveniently adjacent to the line of
progressive production on the erecting floor. Any or
446
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
L
I' :,;":::r:'j... '
I>
m
^. Ptirshatai
igP
k7;i-..s
^
•■r>
FIG. 2.
ENLARGED SECTION OF THE PRODUCTION
BOARD
all of these colored tacks may be found on the same
horizontal line according as the reports sent in on any
given part or assembly indicates.
To illustrate the practical workings of the boards, let
us take a concrete example. For instance, the main
cast-steel frame of the tractor. The boards, we will
assume, are all being used for the first series of one
thousand tractors. Then the green-headed tack may be
set at the extreme right or end of the line carrying the
name "Main Frame" — indicating that a sufficient num-
ber of them has been delivered from the steel foundry
to build the series. If the number in stores is but a
few ahead as reported by the storekeeper the foundry
is notified of that fact and the tack placed at the correct
number as a constant reminder of the situation. Then
by the use of the brown, orange and blue tacks set on
the "Main Frame" line accordingly as the daily reports
indicate, this particular piece is carefully watched in
its progress through the machine floor to manufactured
stores and finally out on the erecting floor. Every other
part of the tractor is watched with equal closeness, the
result being that no sudden discovery is made that a
certain part or parts have been thoughtlessly overlooked
and the entire assembly floor paralyzed until the miss-
ing parts can be rushed to it.
This system for governing production may appear
intricate at first but in reality it is very simple and
worth each day many times over expense of installation.
It must be religiously attended to, however, for the
arrangement falls to pieces of its own weight unless
carefully supervised and kept up to the minute from
the reports sent in.
The management regards its production system as
one of its best safeguards and could not be persuaded
to discontinue it in the light of present knowledge
applied to industrial management.
The system is also elastic and may easily be applied
in whole or in part to any industrial enterprise. The
color of tacks used is not arbitrary, only each office
force must designate a special color for each specific
purpose. No other system has been devised which so
thoroughly visualizes the progress of parts through a
factory.
To the machine shop foreman the production board
shows all parts made ahead and permits him to work with
the purchasing department in regulating the flow of
material through the machine shop and it informs the
foreman just what relation the machine shop bears to
the schedule of tractors yet to be assembled on the erect-
ing floor. It also discloses the quantity of material on
hand going through the different operations in the
machine shop. The system also takes care of all spoiled
or defective parts both on the machine and erecting
floors.
The production board, at a glance, shows the head
of the experimental department the number of parts
already finished and tells him when a new or changed
part or device may go into effect without discarding
material already manufactured.
The head of the repair department also seeks the
production board for it tells him how many parts have
been used for repair work by subtracting from the total
number made and the total number of tractors built, the
remainder being the number of parts or pieces used
exclusively for the repair trade, and the same process
shows the head of the repair department when the
demand for any particular part is abnormally large,
suggesting a weakness in it of some sort. This is
reported to the experimental department and a remedy
is immediately sought for.
The production board system has become very popular
with all departments and although the boards are
centrally located and easily accessible yet a number of
the department heads keep boards of their own for their
particular needs, thus avoiding loss of time and needless
steps. This also provides a check between the central
boards, hence error is readily detected.
In a word, the production board system visualizes the
condition of affairs, at a glance, an end that is both
difficult and tiresome to obtain by turning the pages of
the old fashioned records.
Using Worn Taps
By S. E. Frew
When the teeth of taps become worn by use, the wear
is mostly on the points. By grinding a tap, as in
the illustration, along the line AB the original shape
is preserved and it may be used for taking out the
first cut in tapping new holes, and thus relieve a new
tap of a lot of work, preserving the new tap for a
much longer time than would be the case if the old one
were to be thrown away and all the work put on the
new one. The teeth should be ground with a slight
clearance along the entire length of the threaded part,
making the tap cut with unusual ease. If a grinding
machine is at hand the tops of the teeth can be ground
uniformly on the machine, afterward grinding the clear-
ance b.v hand.
yVWVVVVVWVVVVVVV v w^
V'/VS/SAA.A.Ayw^-'-^
-B
OLD TAP WITH TOPS OF TEETH GROUND OFF
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
447
THE layout and equipment of a welding shop will,
of course, varj' with the class and amount of work
handled, the capital available and the personal
opinions of the owner. One should, however, have
enough equipment of a mechanical nature to insure the
finishing of work in a reasonable time without too
great an expense for labor.
A first class workman can,
when necessary, turn out
a good job of difficult work
with a single welding and
cutting outfit; means for
preheating which may con-
sist of a few firebrick,
asbestos and charcoal; a
chisel or two; a good ham-
mer and a few files. These
insufficient, however,
are
where any amount or vari-
ety of work is to be han-
dled economically and to
the satisfaction of the or-
dinary run of patrons. A
minimum amount of me-
chanical equipment should include a number of hand and
handled chisels, several hammers and sledges of differ-
ent weights, a portable electric grinder or at least a
grinding stand, and a portable electric or a stationary
drilling machine, or both. To this, for more extensive
work should be added a pneumatic or an electric chip-
ping hammer, a lathe, cranes, and possibly a portable or
a stationary motor-cylinder grinding machine. Oil- or
gas-burning preheaters are also almost a necessity in
any case, while a gas-burning preheater of the table
type, will save an enormous amount of time and trouble
on the general run of gasoline motor work. Special
XXIV. Welding Shop Layout,
Equipment and Work Costs*
No set rules can be given for ic elding -shop
equipment as conditions vary so greatly. There
are a feiv things, nevertheless, that every shop
should have. The general layout of a shop is
as difficult to suggest as the equipment, and
each owner must plan for himself to meet his
special problems. Hoivever, regardless of equip-
ment or shop layout, the owner of a toelding shop
must keep track of his costs, and two standard
forms are given to aid him in this.
(Part XXIII appeared in the July 8 issue.)
grated iron welding tables, heavy surface plates and
grids, iron blocks and straps and numerous other
articles will need to be added as local requirements
dictate.
The shop layout for equipment will have to conform
to the building unless the shop is built purposely for
the work. In this connec-
tion very few suggestions
of any value can be made,
except that the shop mana-
ger should endeavor to
so place his equipment as
to cause the least running
back and forth possible.
We will, for the benefit
of our readers give the lay-
out of a large shop doing
nothing but welding work.
This is the shop of the Ox-
weld Acetylene Co, New-
ark, N. J., and it was built
expressly for this work.
Allowance in position had
♦For the author's forthcoming book, Welding and Cutting. AU
rights reserved.
to be made for the set
directions of the railroad and street lines. Fig. 294
shows the end of the building next to the railroad.
The overhead track for the chain blocks is so placed as
to be readily used for loading or unloading either cars
or trucks. This is good but a still better arrangement
would be to extend the runway on into the shop itself
and so save considerable rehandling in order to get the
work to or from the welding floor. Fig. 295 is a floor
plan showing the location- of the various benches,
lockers, machines, etc.
In Fig. 296 is shown a view of the shop just inside
the northern end. The doors shown at the right are
the ones that open out under the crane shown in Fig.
294. This interior view in Fig. 296 gives a good idea
448
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 10
FIG. 294. EXTERIOR VIEW OF OXWEI^D SHOP. SHOWING CRANE HOISTS
of the lighting and the ventilators at the top for
carrying away the fumes. The air and acetylene pipe
lines are shown, and in the left foreground is illus-
trated the way cylinders are chained. In the central
foreground one of the workmen is chipping a casting
with a pneumatic chisel.
The opposite end of the shop is shown in Fig. 297.
Here a portable crane is shown in the middle fore-
ground. Suspended from it is a portable electric
grinding machine. Just back of this is an electric
grinding stand. At the right, in the background, is .1
Wiederwax preheater and just in front of this is an
iron preheating and welding stand with an operator
at work at it.
At the left in Fig. 298 is shown a number of welding
tables with grated cast-iron tops and welded angle- and
strap-iron legs. Both the daylight
and artificial lighting are excellent
throughout the shop. Probably no
other shop would be built exactly like
this, as conditions differ so radically,
but a careful study will reveal to the
prospective shop man some of the
things that will, or will not apply to
his particular case.
Keeping Track of Costs
No shop can succeed financially
without keeping a close watch on cost
of material, gas, labor, overhead, etc.
The way this is done in the Oxweld
shop will be seen by referring to the
form shown in Fig. 299. This is so
made as to cover both inside and out-
side jobs. These forms are made in
duplicate on white and pink paper,
so that a carbon of the original is made.
These forms are for .shop and office
uKe only, and from them the custom-
er's bill is easily made out. With
forms of this kind, the entire data
relating to any job may be had at
any time by reference to the files.
Another form of cost card, suggested by the Imperial
Brass Manufacturing Co., is shown in Fig. .300. This
is not so complicated as the form just given, and will
answer in many cases. The manager should not forget,
however, to add to this the cost of overhead, which it
is wise to make fairly high to allow for contingencies —
say from 100 to 150 per cent.
Carbon Burning
While carbon burning has nothing to do with weld-
ing, the ordinary welding shop is often called upon to
do such work on account of having a supply of oxygen
at hand.
Carbon in a motor cylinder is «aused by imperfect
combustion. It may be that the carburetor was not
adjusted so as to give sufficient air, or it may be too
Generator Room
•Shoivers
FIG. 295
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Proauction—With Improved Machinery
449
much oil was used. The use of oxygen is the most
practical and thorough way to remove this deposit.
\ * A Decarbonizing Outfit
A decarbonizing outfit is shown in Fig. 301. Here
A is the oxygen tank valve, B the tank coupling, C
the pressure gage showing the pressure at which the
oxygen is delivered to the -'torch," D the regulating
screw, E kose connection, F trigger valve, G hose con-
nection and H the flexible copper tip.
To use this outfit, connect it up as shown, then with
the motor running shut off the gasoline and let '■he
motor run down. If the engine is particularly dirty, :t
may be advisable to protect the carburetor and pan by
placing some asbestos paper at points to prevent fires
from flying sparks. ^ - v > - . ,
Remove spark plugs from cylinders — not the valve
caps. Crank the motor until the cylinder to be started
upon has the piston at the top, with both valves closed.
Set the pressure on the regulator at about fifteen
FIG. 297. INTERIOR VIEW .SHOWI.N'G PORTABLE CRANE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT
\
450
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 10
FIG. 298. VIEW SHOWING WELDING TABLES
pounds and partially depress the lever on the handle of
the carbon burner.
Use a wax taper or drop a lighted match into the
spark plug opening of cylinder, at the same time direct-
ing the copper tube of the carbon burner at that point.
This ignites the carbon, and if it is not too dry, the
oxygen should thereafter be sufficient to completely con-
sume it without again lighting it. At the start, par-
Oxygen gauge, start 1800 lbs.=100 cu. ft.
Oxygen gauge, finish 900 lbs.=: 50 cu. ft.
Oxygen used 900 lbs.= 50 cu. ft.
Acetylene used—
50 cubic fee4. @ 2J4 $1.25
Oxygen used —
50 cubic feet @ 2 1.00
PREHEATING COST
Charcoal
Gas, Yz hour, 2 burners @ 60 .30
Kerosene
LABOR (Preparing)—
1 hour 30 min @ 60 .90
LABOR (Welding)—
1 hour 30 min @ 60 .90
LABOR (Finishing and testing) —
1 hour min... @ 30 .30
RODS—
Lbs. Steel @
15 Lbs. Cast Iron @ 10 1.50
Lbs. Bronze @
Lbs. Copper @
Lbs. Aluminum @
FLUX—
5^ Cans Cast Iron @ 50 .25
Total $6.40
REMARKS
ticularly if the cylinder is oily, there will be some flame
as well as considerable sparks. Hold the pressure down
until the flame has practically disappeared, then press
down the lever all the way and move the nozzle back
and forth around the walls until sparks stop.
Sometimes the cylinder is very dry and the carbon
is rather difficult to burn. This can be more or less
determined by the appearance of the spark plug. If it
is dry, squirt about a teaspoonful of kerosene into the
cylinder, spreading it over as large a surface as possible,
to aid the burning.
The copper tube is flexible and may be bent as desired
to reach any portion of the cylinder. Actual contact
with the carbon by the tube is not necessary to consume
it — carbon burns in an atmosphere of oxygen after it
is ignited.
The only possible danger to the cylinder, valves or
piston is a too high pressure of oxygen on an extremely
FIG. 300. SUGGESTION FOR COST CARD
■H
FIG. 301. IMPERIAL DECARBONIZING OUTPIT
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
461
Working Order-Welding Shop
JOB NO
DATE ^ .. -...l»l™....
TIME JOB RATES PER HOUR. GAS. MATERIAL AND EXPENSES EXTRA. INVOICES
CONTRACT PRICE S .
AMT. OF
DATE COM. REPORTED...
PAV COMMISSION OF -A ON f „
COMMISSION »_„
1»l _
SHOP TRANSIT
GAS
■ --■ — ■ =^
LABOR 1
AKTICLB
AMOUNTS USED
TOT*l.
Amount Uiio
PRICt
T<>T*i.co«r
CO rr.
*UOI(N
Oats
No
XOU..
Rati
TOTA U 1
Chmco'L
0>L
PKIHIlTtM*
Rod*
OIMILB
*•■"- K-iT
■•».»
■~"
plwk
K.Nd
ST.... Il»tl
KHMl
TOTALS
A •■urea
IMOmlCT CHANOC A/C FOP
«L«VU
-.._._ Moo
Ooo«^c>
TOTAL LABOR ., „.... „.f.
Mkecilamcou*
OVER HEAD..
G*« Amt. Pimc* ToTiLk
Oa<r«aM
.._ »
R. n. FARia
........
AcrrrkSNC
.. _. J
SHOP TRANSIT
e**T*ek
BASE COST
TOTAL COST-SHOP TftAMSIT »
COM. TO SALI
PROFIT FOR C
"<»«»»* _ , ,, ff
RIMAMKSi
OMPAN
r t
1
I
FIG. 299. COST KEEPING FORM
oily cylinder — there would be considerable heat gen-
erated in this instance. Hold the pressure down, then,
until the flames have gone and sparks only are being
thrown out before fully opening the lever on the handle.
When through cleaning, it is desirable to remove the
valve cap and blow out any solid particles there may
be present; these solid particles cannot be carbon, but
may be pieces of iron, etc. The appearance of the
cylinder will be considerably improved by swabbing off
the top of the piston and valves with an oily rag.
Carbon burning is a very practical solution of carbon
deposits — but care and horse sense must be used, though
the process calls for no particular degree of skill.
Shall We Make Essentials Or
Non-Essentials?
By John S. Watts
I have read, pondered upon, and written sundry arti-
cles bearing on the underlying causes and have sug-
gested remedies for the present unrest in the whole
world, and have yet to see in any part of the world an
intelligent effort by "those set in authority over U. S."
to lead us out of the turmoil.
Those who take time to spend a few moments thought
on the subject usually give as the reason for it the
reaction from the war and the short-
age of essentials due to the destruc-
tion incidental to the war. If asked
for an explanation of what is meant
by the reaction from the war the
answer is that the war increased the
wages of almost all manual workers,
and they acquired more extravagant
tastes, which have raised the so-called
standard of living without increasing
the production of the goods required
to satisfy this higher standard.
If this were the whole truth, which
I shall endeavor further on to prove
it is not, we could expect that time
would cure the evil; but on the con-
trary, notwithstanding periodical pro-
phecies that the world will soon be
back to normal, conditions are going
steadily from bad to worse. Even as
it is there seems to be no concerted
effort to arrive at the just solution
for the cause of the manual workers'
continual demand for more and ever
more.
If we had competent leadership
in our communal affairs it should not
be impossible to convince a set of dis-
satisfied workers that they are in
actual fact receiving the full value of
their production; or, on the other
hand, to prove to 'a recalcitrant em-
ployer that he is not paying his em-
ployees the full value of their pro-
duction.
The main, in fact the only, practical
argument advanced by labor in de-
manding increased wages is that it
must be paid a living wage, apparently
regardless entirely of whether it pro-
duces an equivalent in value or not.
With the requirements considered essential to a liv-
ing becoming more and more extravagant daily the time
is fast approaching, if it is not indeed already here,
when it will be impossible to draw upon the reserves
built up in the more frugal past to pay out to labor more
in value than it is producing.
In my opinion, not the shortage of essentials but
the wrong distribution of labor is the root of our
labor unrest and the high cost of living. With the
present distribution of labor we have an actual short-
age for the production of essentials and an overplus
for the production of non-essentials. This, which is
really the crucial point, seems to be almost entirely
overlooked, or neglected, and for intelligent human be-
ings we have displayed a distinct and shameful ab-
sence of leadership in the direction of our affairs as
an interdependent community. We have allowed it to
come to pass that the producers of actual necessities
have been coaxed away to produce non-essentials to the
point where actual want is a not improbable expect-
ation.
The very ones whom we have in our ignorance at-
tracted to the factory from their proper work of pro-
ducing food are able, because of their organization, to
demand and to get from the community more than
their fair share of the depleted production. This is
true even to an extent where the others are unable to
452
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
get the real value of their work because there is in-
sufficient production to supply all and the stronger take
the lion's share.
This shortage of essentials due to the wrong distri-
bution of the available labor will undoubtedly become
worse as time goes on unless those in authority can be
made to take some action in the matter and not leave
it to chance. The point I wish to emphasize is that
unless a redistribution of the available manual power
is made the whole population will soon be engaged in
some form or other of factory work, and agriculture,
the most essential occupation of all, in fact the only one
that is absolutely necessary to life, will be entirely
stopped because there will be none left to undertake it.
The prophecy that at the beginning of the millenium
men will beat their swords into plowshares needs re-
vision, as it would seem to be more to the purpose to
beat our automobiles into plowshares.
Factories Attracting Men from Farms
For some four or five generations now factories of
all kinds have been attracting by every means in their
power the young men from the farms. Very, very
few of them or of their children ever returned to the
country. This has produced the situation we now have
on our hands, when there is plenty of everything but
the necessities. Doubtless Henry Ford's ideal of an
automobile for every working man will be realized, but
will there be at that time also a barrel of flour for
every family? Or, to put it another way, can we find
men enough to operate the factories necessary to supply
an auto for every one, to say nothing of a gramophone,
gold watch, diamonds, etc., and still leave enough men
on the farms to feed and clothe us?
Supply and Demand
Probably the reply of a government to the suggestion
to take up the distribution of labor would be that such
matters are best left to the law of supply and demand,
which will right things in time. While possibly true,
the time will be, I fear, too long and conditions are
likely to become disastrous before this law takes effect.
In fact, I believe the only remedy we shall have if we
trust to the law of supply and demand, will be that suffi-
cient numbers will starve to death, or be killed in food
riots, to improve conditions for the remainder. In any
case, being supposedly intelligent creatures, it ill be-
comes us to leave our future at the mercy of a law
which is at best an offshoot of the brutal law known as
the survival of the fittest.
Obviously, if we are to continue to exist, a certain
percentage Of the people must do agricultural work,
and it is as- necessary for us as a people to see that
each department of our communal activities is supplied
with its proper percentage of the total population as
it is for a factory manager to allot the available labor
proportionately among the various departments of his
plant.
The ever recurring periods of overproduction in
factory work are results of the working of the law of
supply and demand. Factory workers are thrown out
of employment and with rare exceptions they simply
loaf until the demand for their product increases again.
Meanwhile they have to be supplied with food and other
necessities from the available supply without returning
anything for it. If the unemployed answered to the
law of supply and demand by reverting to agricultural
work when factory work was not in demand this law
would be of some benefit, but under the present con-
ditions it simply makes matters worse.
Moreover, the owners of factories do their best to
render the aforesaid law inoperative by creating an
artificial demand for their products by skillful and
alluring advertising and so really selling more of their
output than the people are in a position to purchase.
Then in order to satisfy the stimulated demand it is
necessary for them to draw still further on the already
depleted ranks of country workers.
Seductive Advertising of Luxuries
Helps Boost H, C. L.
This seductive advertising has a double effect on the
cost of living inasmuch as it creates a desire for its
products in a class whose productiveness does not
create a sufficient value to enable it to afford them.
When we consider the insistence and cleverness of the
advertising methods used it is small wonder that they
are followed by a demand for higher wages to enable
the worker to purchase the luxuries advertised. These
higher wages are not, as a rule, accompanied by any
greater production and this gives the cost of living still
another boost.
High wages offered as inducement to labor and in-
creased demand for luxuries, due to both higher wages
and clever advertising, lead to a still further increase
in the quantity of labor employed in producing those
luxuries, and this additional labor must be largely
drawn from those previously engaged in producing
necessary articles. The more people working for high
wages the more the demand for luxuries and the fewer
people left to produce necessities. The few will con-
tinue to become fewer until a break occurs in the
vicious chain.
Women Responsible for Strikes
I am firmly impressed with the idea that if we could
trace strikes back to their beginning we should find
that the women were responsible for the greater part
of them. If Mrs. Carpenter finds that her next door
neighbor, Mrs. Bricklayer, has a better gramophone
you may be sure that Mr. Carpenter will have no rest
until he gets his wife one that is still one grade better,
and therein lies the reason why we have the sudden and
apparently unreasonable demands put forward upon
which no compromise is possible. We all know that
when the fair sex is determined to have a thing there
is nothing to be done about it, but just get out and get
it, honestly if possible, but we must get it.
Our schools do not teach the subjects which would
tend to attract our children to take up the truly in-
dependent life of a farmer. The whole curriculum
seems to be laid out for the benefit of the city worker.
Nor is the most useful science of political economy
taught. If it were we would not have the people basing
their demands on the belief that money in itself has
value and that there will always be an amount of com-
modities to be purchased equivalent in value to the
money in circulation. The simple fact that the value
of money depends entirely upon the available supply
of goods and the relation that this supply bears to the
demand seem to be almost unknown.
To sum up, unless we are to starve we must take
stock of our resources in manpower and see that a suffi-
cient proportion of this power is applied to the pro-
duction of necessities before any is used for the manu-
facture and sale of non-essentials.
/
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
453
Making Some Ball-Ended Plugs
By E. a. dixie
The production of accurate spherical surfaces is
something that is not often undertaken in the
ordinary machine shop. In this article the author
tells how he accomplished such work and gives in
detail the how and tvhy of the necessary tools.
A RATHER interesting job came up in connection
l\ with some work I am doing, and as no one in
J. \. the shop had ever done anything of this sort
before, I decided to do it myself so as to gain the
experience. The results were entirely satisfactory and
as the method of doing the job may be new to some,
as it was to me, it may be of interest:
Six plugs IJ in. in diameter and 7 in. long were
required to have a section of an accurate sphere 34 in.
in diameter formed on one end. The body of each plug
for 4i in. from the spherical end was ground and lapped
14 in. in diameter. The balance of the plug was reduced
to 1 in. and knurled with a coarse knurl for a grip.
A center was permissible in the knurled end, but no
center was to be left in the spherical end after finishing.
^*?oJ'-.. Cnlaraed View of En
FIC.5
FIG. 1. THE BLANKS FOR THE SPHERICAL ENDED PLUGS
FIG. 4. CONSTRUCTION OF THE RADIUS ROD
FIG. 5. SET-UP FOR FINISHING THE
RADIUS ROD TO LENGTH
For this reason the blanks were turned as shown in
Fig. 1, with the end A, which was to be finished to the
sphere, necked down so that it could be broken off after
the body was ground and lapped.
Cylindrical grinding and lapping were done in the
usual way, and the process is so well known that it
requires no explanation. The reduced centers were then
broken off and the ends roughly ground flat on a water
tool grinder.
It was found that the most suitable lathe for roughing
the spherical ends was a 14-in. Willard, shown in Figs.
2 and 3. The opening B in the steadyrest was ample
for swinging the 17-in. radius rod A and the rest would
take the Dumore grinding attachment C without much
extra rigging.
Before starting to set up on the lathe, the radius
rod A, Figs. 2, 3 and 4, was made. A piece of i-in.
drill rod was cvt off and the ends turned conical about
60 deg. A spherical seat was then turned in one end,
FIG. 2. THE SET-UP FOR GRINDING WITH GRINDING
ATTACHMENT REMOVED
and to assure a smooth seat for the ball which was to
occupy it, a J-in. ball was placed in it and given a
sharp blow with a light hammer. A selected i-in. ball
was then taken and tinned as was also its seat in
the end of the drill rod. It was then placed in the
tinned seat and clamped by pressure while sufficient
heat was applied to cause the solder to flow. Care was
taken that the temperature was kept below that which
would draw the temper of the ball. After the rod and
soldered ball were cool, a piece of steel, B, Fig. 5, was
gripped in the chuck of the lathe and a recess turned
in it J in. in diameter and s^ in. deep with a flat bottom,
the front C was then faced true, to afford a locating
surface for measuring the length of the rod. A dog
was then secured near the finished end of the rod and
a belt lace used to strap the job back so that the ball
D was firmly seated in the recess in B which was
firmly held in the chuck.
The front end of the rod was run in a steadyrest
and the second ball seat, carefully worked out. Length
measuring was easily carried out without removing the
work from the lathe. The surface C, a known distance
from the bottom of the recess for the ball D, afforded
FIG. 3. SET-UP FOR GRINDING WITH GRINDING
.ATTACHMENT IN POSITION
454
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
a support for the base of a height gage which was
improvised from a 12-in. height gage with a 12-in.
vernier clamped to it. The sliding jaw of the vernier
having been turned around so that the fixed jaw would
not interfere with the rod A while measurements were
being made.
The clamping on of the vernier was necessary because
the radius rod was 5 in. longer than the height gage
would measure. When the seat for the second ball was
finished, checked up and found correct, a ball was
soldered on in the same manner as the first one.
With the radius rod finished the lathe was prepared in
the following manner:
Points were laid off on the headstock and the cross-
slide of the lathe in such position that a line connecting
them would be parallel both vertically and horizontally
to the axis of the lathe spindle.
The vertical distance above the Vs was such that
the rod A would swing clear in the opening in the
steadyrest and allow sufficient lateral movement of the
rod in the steadyrest opening while grinding the spher-
ical surfaces on the ends of the plugs.
Two i-in. holes A in. deep were then drilled in the
FIG. 7. THE SBT-VP FOR LAPPING
headstock and cross-slide to accommodate the ball ends
of the radius rod. When setting up for the grinding
job, the compound rest was turned parallel with the
bed, as shown in Figs. 2 and 3.
The plug D was driven by a dog and strapped back
with a belt lace. The set-up is shown in Fig. 2, but the
lathe dog and belt lace are not shown here, and the
grinding attachment has not yet been placed, as with
it in place it was not possible to take a good photograph
from this position and show the work.
In Fig. 3 the set-up is shown in operating position
with the grinding attachment in place.
While grinding the spherical faces the left hand
was kept on the longitudinal feed handwheel so as to
keep the carriage in contact with the ball-ended radius
rod A. A weight was first tried but was not sufficiently
sensitive. The cross-slide was fed backward and for-
ward to move the grinding wheel across the face of
the work. A diagram of the operation is given in Fig.
6. Feed to depth was obtained with the tool slide. The
total time for rough grinding the 6 plugs was about 3
hours. The work came too rough from the rough-
grinding operation to go direct to the lapping operation,
but we have a polishing department, and by using an
old 180-emery felt wheel with care the ends of the plugs
were ground free-hand till the marks of the rough grind-
ing were barely visible. The plugs were then ready for
the lapping operation, and were subjected to three lap-
pings, two roughing and one finishing. But as the
methods employed in all three were the same a single
description will cover them all.
A ball-ended holder B, Figs. 7 and 8, was prepared.
Ptrfh of whee/
Abrasive wheel
CfOsiilHe
FIG. ft
FIG. 6. PLAN VIEW DIAGRAM OF THE GRINDING OPERA
TION. FIG. 8. HOLDER FOR PLUGS DURING LAPPING
AND TOOL USED FOR FORMING THE LAPS
In these two illustrations similar reference letters refer
to similar parts. At one end the holder B was turned
conical and a ball F was inserted in the same manner
as those in the radius rod. The other end was bored
and ground a fit for the bodies of the plugs A. Two
setscrews were located in B, one at C to clamp the plug
in place, and the conical-pointed one at D to aid in
adjusting A so that the face E would be the required dis-
tance from the ball F to give the 17-in. radius so that
the work could be swung on the lap and thus take advan-
tage of all the lapping surface.
At first glance one would imagine if the lap were formed
to the correct 17-in. radius, the length of the work
holder would not matter, but on accurate work of
this character finished in this way the work must be
swung to the arc of the lap to get the desired results.
Obviously, if the work and holder were shorter than
li«5
fWO^
^r ,>''^'"
FIG. 9. DIAGRAM SHOWING EFFECT WHEN WORK AND
LAP ARE TO DIFFERENT RADII
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
455
the radius to which the lap is finished, the end of the
work would bear hard in the center of the lap and not
at all when swung to the perimeter. If, on the other
hand, the work and holder were longer than the lap
radius, it would bear hard at the perimeter and not at
all when at the center. Both these conditions are shown
in the diagrams A and B in Fig. 9.
A toolholder G, Fig. 8, was also made to fit in the
hole in B. It was held and adjusted to length by the
two screws C and D in the same manner as were the
plugs. At the front it carried a tool H made of high-
speed steel. High-speed steel was used because the
lapping was done on the Pratt & Whitney bench lathe
shown in Fig. 7, and its speed was too high to use
carbon steel for turning the cast-iron laps.
A piece of cast iron I was screwed to the faceplate
and faced off with the slide rest.
The toolholder G, Fig. 8, was then set and adjusted
to 17 in. in length in the holder B, and a special female
center /, Fig. 7, put in the tail spindle of the lathe.
A tool K was put in the toolpost to act as a rest as
shown.
The holder B was placed with the ball F in the
female center /. The tail spindle screw was advanced
till the tool H cut the face of the lap / at the center.
The cutting tool was then pulled by hand toward the
front, removing the metal as it advanced; it was again
moved to the center and the tail spindle again advanced
and another cut taken. This was repeated till the piece
/ was concaved to nearly its perimeter. The tool-
holder G was then removed, and a plug located in the
holder B. The lap was charged with 220 carborundum
and with the plug resting on the tool K, the lathe was
started up. The adjusting screw D was then screwed
in, forcing the plug A forward against the face of
the lap.
Advantages op the Method
This method of doing the work has several advan-
tages: If the tail center is concentric with the lathe
spindle axis a true hollow spherical lap may be formed
as described. At the center of such a lap the speed is
theoretically zero, and practically very slow, and, there-
fore lapping action is very slow at this point; however
with this method I did not use the slow-moving center
of the lap, but got as far as possible from it so as to
take advantage of the increased speed.
FIG. 10. REFLECTIONS OF SQUARE THROWN AT DIFFER-
ENT ANGLES ON SPHERICAL ENDS OP PLUGS
When setting the plug the tail spindle was kept in
the same position it occupied when the final cut was
taken on the lap /. The adjusting screw D, Fig. 8,
was slackened back so that the plug A could be set in B
to such depth that it would clear the face of the lap /
when the ball was in the female center J.
When working the center of a spherical lap the
"scratches," if I may use such a term, are concentric
on the work face and great care is required to get a high
FIG. 11. REFLECTION OF SQU.\RE
ON SPHERICAL END 6f PLUG
finish together with accuracy. But when working, as
shown, the axis of the plug is radial from the focal
point of the female sphere (of whose surface the lap
surface is a part)
and the position of
the rest K whether
above or below the
axis of the lathe can
have no influence
on the accuracy of
the work, its only
function being to
take the resistance
of the lapping. Fur-
ther the scratches
are all approxi-
mately in one direction, i.e. parallel to each other, and
therefore it is very little trouble to get a high finish
with accuracy of shape. As the surface being lapped and
the surface of the lap wear, the plug is fed forward by
the screw D, Fig. 8, care being exercised not to apply
too much pressure. When all the plugs had been lapped
with 220 carborundum another lap was prepared but
charged with 15-min. carborundum. The final finish lap-
ping was done on a third lap with 60-min. carborundum
which gave a very high finish.
It is a well known fact that the reflection of a taut
wire is a very good test either for the straightness of
a hole or for the flatness of a plain surface, so a varia-
tion of this test was applied to the spherical ends of
these plugs. Four strips of black paper were gummed
in a square on a pane of glass. After the gum was dry
an accurate square was laid out, and with square,
straight edge, and knife, the superfluous paper was cut
away leaving an accurate square with sides about 18 in.
long by i in. wide. The glass with the square on it
was then secured in one of the windows, so its reflec-
tion could be observed on the ends of the plugs and
noted.
When the plug was so inclined that the reflection
from the square was centered round the center of the
plug, the reflection appeared as shown in Fig. 10 at A.
It will be noted that the sides of the square bulge all
around the center.
The Time Taken Was Twenty Hours
If the plug is so located with relation to the square
that the reflection of one of the sides of the square
passes through the center of the plug then it will ap-
pear as a straight line while the other sides are curved
as shown at B. By rotating the plug slowly while
noting the reflection, any slight variation from accuracy
of the spherical end is readily detected, and the position
of the error located. I had no means of measuring the
errors thus noted but one of the plugs which was appar-
ently corrected was taken and passed lightly one stroke
over a flat lap, care being taken that the new lapping
scratches (to avoid refraction) ran as nearly as possible
in the same direction as the original ones on the spheri-
cal surface. The reflection was then observed and the
flat made by the single passage across the flat lap was
readily detected, a distinct irregularity appearing in the
reflection at this point as shown at C, Fig. 10. Fig. 11
shows how the reflection looked when viewed at the
proper angle. The entire time making the necessary
tools and fixtures, and lapping the plugs, was less than
twenty hours, the lapping time alone being less than
half an hour for each plug. •
\
456
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
Press Work on the Bailey Ball
Thrust Bearing
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor. American Jilachiniat
A punch-press job on light work is the subject of this article, which
gives the sequence of operations on the sheet-metal retainer used in a
ball bearing. Although the operations are not new, the tools used
are ivorthy of examination.
S
OME of the light automobiles are equipped with
bronze washers for thrust bearings in the diflferen-
t i a 1 s, and
after these wash-
ers have become
somewhat worn
the teeth of the
differential gears
are no longer held
properly in mesh.
To take the place
of this washer
the George D.
Bailey Co., of
Chicago, 111., is
manufacturing a
special ball-thrust
bearing. The
manufacturing
operations on the
bearing are done
almost entirely on
FIG. 1. STAGES OF OPERATION ON THE BALL, RETAINER
a punch press, the method of manufacture being de-
scribed in the following paragraphs. The illustration of
the thrust bear-
ing in the head-
piece shows that
it consists of two
side bearing
plates and a cen-
ter retainer which
carries the balls.
The bearing
plates are pro-
duced by simple
punch-press oper-
ations, and their
m a nufacture
offers no unusual
features. They
are blanked and
then formed with
the groove or race
and given a thor-
FIG. 2. COMPOUND DIES FOR BLANKING OPERATION FIG. 3. PUNCH AND DIE FOR FORMING THE BALL POCKETS
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
457
FIG. 4.
TOOLS USED IN THE FIRST OPERATION OP
bENDING EARS
FIG.
TOOLS USED IN BENDING EARS DOWN HEADY
FOR INSERTION OP BALLS
ough case-hardening and heat treatment. Then they
are ground to finish the inside of the race and the back
face, care being taken to grind to the proper thickness
between these two surfaces.
Stamping the Ball Retainer
The blank A, Fig. 1, is stamped from the sheet as the
first operation in the manufacture of the ball retainer;
and this is followed by the drawing or countersinking
operation, thus forming the concave impressions shown
at B that are afterwards closed about the balls. The
third operation stands the ears up in a vertical position,
as shown at C, and next they are bent down as at D
so that they stand at an angle of 30 deg. with the main
body. The ears are now in a position so that the balls
can be pushed under each one, as at E. The ears spring
back into place and hold the balls until the retainer is
placed under the last die and they are bent down tight,
as shown at F,
The compound die for the blanking operation, Fig. 2,
is simple in general construction and is provided with
a rubber pressure pad under the stripper in the center.
A punched blank is shown at A.
The punch and die for forming the ball impressions
are shown in Fig. 3, together with a formed blank B.
The blank is positioned relative to the forming impres-
sions by means of the three lugs G, which fit between
pairs of ears and both center it and hold it in the
correct position over the impressions. The punch and
die bodies are constructed of cast iron wi^^h steel inser-
tions for the forming surfaces.
The punch and die. Fig, 4, serve to turn the ears up at
right angles as shown at C. An unbent blank B may be
seen resting on the face of the die in the position it
occupies before bending, it being held in place by three
round dowels H. A pressure plate beneath the blank
retreats into the die as the punch enters, and as the
punch rises again the pressure plate discharges the
formed blank.
The die used for the fourth operation, Fig. 5, is the
same as that used in the preceding operation, but a
different punch plate / is employed. This plate is
beveled with the requisite angle, so that its pressure
PIG. 6. TOOLS FOR COMPLETING RETAINER BY CLOSING
DOWN EARS
458
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
\
on the blank C bends the ears into the position shown
at D, see also Fig. 1. The grooves K in the beveled
face of the punch prevent the flattening of the pockets
which were formed for the balls in the second operation,
and it may be mentioned here that the pressure plate
likewise has recesses so that the impressions for the
balls in the ring itself will not be crushed.
The final operation. Fig. 6, again uses the same die
with a different punch plate L, which presses the ears
dovra to the final form F, thus holding the balls in the
retainer ring. All operations are performed on a No. 20
power press built by the E. W. Bliss Co.
Some Thoughts on Early Machine
Design
By W. D. Forbes
The article on page 1 of the American Machinist,
entitled "Examples of Early Machine Design," is more
than interesting as it takes up a subject which is well
worthy of consideration at this or any other time.
The first comment I would make, is upon the specula-
tive part of the article as to the forces which influenced
the early designers of machine tools. Mr. Sheldon
suggests that the influence was that of Nature and the
design of the drill press was possibly suggested by the
trunk of a tree. Now to my mind the early designers of
machine tools show very clearly what influenced them
in their most creditable work. History shows beyond
all doubt that the first Art that resorted to the compass,
pen and drawing board was the builders trade. Kings
wanted palaces to live in and monuments raised to their
great deeds. Religious sentiment was also closely
coupled with the kingly desires, and temples were raised.
All of these demanded something grand and ornate to
satisfy the vanity of man and propitiate his God.
The Gothic style of building, no doubt, was suggested
by the trees of the forests, while the strong influence
of the religious sects, in themselves powerful and rich,
gave a most vigorous push to the Art of building. In
the early days of machine-tool design when draftsmen
were wanted for the work, the only place where they
could be found was in an architect's office and it is
little wonder, therefore, that the ecclesiastic architec-
tural inclination is so clearly shown in all their work.
It was to be expected that when the housings of the
first planers were designed the panels should show
Gothic pointed terminals and that the long lathe bed
should show paneling and molding that broke the sur-
faces so that, pleasing to the draftsman's eye, he thought
that they would please others.
I saw in Providence, R. I. many years ago, a planer
where the ecclesiastic idea was carried to the extreme.
The back members of the housings were in the form of
scaly monsters, their tails forming the feet of the
machine and their eyes the bearings for the shaft that
raised the cross rail. Here was the church gargoyle
exactly reproduced.
Not very long ago I saw a milling machine made by
the Brainard Co. and, while the general design was
most modern and pleasing, the hinges of the door in the
base were of the most ornate Gothic form ; which showed
that, the old ornamental desire would crop out at times
even in modern design. Again we see the Gothic idea,
even today,' in the lagging of steam engines.
I have often wondered if Philadelphia, the Quaker
City with its plain and severe buildings, did not influence
the Sellers people when they designed their first
machine tools. They were the first, to my knowledge, to
break away from the ornate design and the "green
paint," to adopt the dignified plain form and flat gray
color.
All the above refers to the speculative part of Mr.
Sheldon's article concerning original machine-tool
design. The real practical suggestion is that concern-
ing the value of the old machine tools. Ornamented
though they may be, the evidence is plain that their
days of usefulness are not over.
The maximum capacity of a machine tool is rarely, if
ever, reached. I can remember but few instances where
a lathp or planer had a job which demanded its
maximtim. The first I can clearly remember, was a
28-in. awing lathe, taking 6 ft. between centers, used to
turn a* cylinder of practically these dimensions; the
second, was when a planer 72 in. square in its housings
with a 14-ft. bed had to finish a casting that required
every inch of its capacity. Both of these jobs evoked
much talk among the men of the shop and in the town
where the work was done, thus showing its rarity.
The old tools could not quickly remove the maximum
amount of metal on work which taxed their capacity,
but they could remove quickly the metal on the pieces
given them to do just as well as if the power for the
larger work was there.
I know that the idea of power and rigidity of machine
tools has been much talked about by builders of late
machine tools, but I take the view that if excess power
is never to be used it is of no value. If the excess
power is to be used very rarely, it is of a little value,
but as this large power must add to the first cost, and
constantly to the cost of driving the machine, then it is
not a good engineering job.
The early tool designers failed in bearing surfaces
more than anywhere else and this made the lasting
qualities of their tools less ; yet it may be that the early
designers did not expect the heavy work later put on the
machines or they would have made greater allowances.
At any rate the bearing, even though too small, seems
to have stood up pretty well, particularly in the case of
the lathe. In a shop under the old skating rink in
Providence, R. I., I once saw an old man turning up
small pulleys to be used on the grinding machines made
by the Diamond Tool Co., using three old chain feed
lathes. He was also turning cone pulleys such as are
used on lathes and milling machines for the feed drive,
and doing this latter work with a gang of three tools
at a rate of speed that more modern tools could hardly
have bettered. Such work does not require heavj' cuts
but the pulleys had to be true cylinders, and they were.
Using the old men right as well as the old tools, as
illustrated in Mr. Sheldon's article, shows wisdom
indeed. I know of one shop where for years the few
older men who had passed the working age, were given a
room in the shop where they could meet every day and
read the trade papers, smoke their pipes and tell of past
doings. The manager told me that the knowledge pos-
sessed by these men concerning the past products of the
shop, and gained by their long service, was of the great-
est value.
To recapitulate: Don't scrap your old tools or your old
men too hastily. It is worthy of careful thought in de-
signing machine tools for the future whether cr not we
have gone too far in providing power which is rarely
required and which constitutes an extra and continuous
expense.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
469
AFIOC; ©EOCIEBEC
ETTPOnOC ° IN
T!l OC moiH C E M^rf- !-'^.' CEO-
/
i-^VViV) .:,...,.
Tfl
J
The Evolution of the Workshop — XIV
By H. H. MANCHESTER
What the great World War did for our present-
day industries 2vas only a repetition of vjhat
occurred during the Civil War. American metal-
working industries developed greatly from 1860
to 1870, and the foundations of many of our
present enterprises were laid at that time.
This article, the last of the series, gives data
upon the American m etal-ioorking industries
during the Civil War.
(Part XIII appeared in the Aug. 19 issue.)
THE necessities of the Civil War gave a great
impetus to the machine shop. Many new shops
sprang up, and various improved and more rapid
methods were devised.
One very important machine developed for this work
was the universal milling machine designed by Joseph
R. Brown, and employed by Brown & Sharpe at the
end of 1861, Fig. 90 showing an old print of it. This
machine had a cutter which could be sharpened by
emery wheels without having the temper drawn, and
while still retaining its shape. The new method of
sharpening made the mi'ling machine far more prac-
tical, and led to its more general adoption.
A few years later the Journal of the Franklin
Institute wrote: "This machine is adapted to the
making of many tools required by gun makers and
machinists, such as twist drills, mills of all shapes with
straight or spiral teeth, and cutters for gears and other
work. It will, moreover, cut a tapering or conical mill
with right- or left-hand spiral teeth, and will take the
place of the common index milling machine."
I The illustrated weeklies of 1861 contained several
interesting pictures with brief notes upon them which
delineated the work at the different arsenals.
At the Watervliet Arsenal, West Troy, N. Y., accord-
ing to Frank Leslie's, a pressure hammer was in use,
superseding the old trip hammer. It was described
as sending the striker down with irresistible momentum.
There were also shears of "monstrous" caliber having
the upper blade on a pivot, and easily cutting iron an
inch in diameter. The arsenal made principally iron
for gun carriages, shells, and rough tools. It depended
regu'arly upon water power, but had a steam engine in
reserve if this failed. A view of the hand-forging
shop is shown in Fig. 91. An illustration, reproduced
in Fig. 92, of filling canister shot at this armory
shows a woman employed at the work, and one of filling
cartridges, shown in Fig. 93, proves that this was done
chiefly by women. The old method of casting bullets
was still in use, but a new one had just been invented.
FIG. 90.
THE BROWN & SHARPE UNIVERSAL MILLING
MACHINE IN THE EARLY SIXTIES
460
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
^^ ' / ''>"«'>^^'^''*^^^M
wr -^ «#*^ in w-;^
^I?^i^
1 ^^"fU'-.'-*^j^
^^ "wlt^^^^!
^
ffti
te*
:'^ft M
m
K
m
FIG. 91.
THE HAND-FORGING SHOP
ARSENAL. 1861
WATER V LI ET
The Springfield Armory, according to Harper's
Weekly, 1861, was chiefly engaged in the manufacture
of the famous Springfield rifle which was used by the
great majority of the volunteers. This rifle wa.s
assembled from forty-seven pieces which were put
together with screws and springs. Its manufacture
required 396 distinct operations by different workmen.
The workmen were held strictly accountable for the
quality of their work. An average of one out of sixty
barrels burst while being proved, but the rent usually
disclosed where the weakness lay, and the barrel was
charged back to the workman whose fault it was. The
bayonets, which were also made in the armory, were
milled and not ground as formerly, and the change was
said to have been of great advantage to the health of
the workmen.
Harper's Weekly gave a page of a dozen cuts illus-
trating the principal operations in making the barrel
and bayonet ; this page is shown in Fig. 94. It is notice-
able that the barrel was rolled, shaped, bored, rifled, and
polished by machines. The straightening, however, was
still done by eye and hand.
Illustrations of the West Point Foundry which
appeared in Harper's Weekly in 1861, and which are
shown in Fig. 95, show the boring and rifling of the
guns, and the turning of the trunnions. This foundry
had been established as early as 1817 at Cold Spring,
Putnam Co., N. Y. In peace times the demand for
cannon had often been so slack that the foundry had
been used for making steam engines and other heavy
machinery. During the Civil War, Parrott guns were
made there, which re-introduced the old 15th-Century
method of strengthening cannon with metal hoops.
In the United States arsenal at Watertown there
were seventy women among the three hundred oper-
atives. The powder was inserted in the cartridges and
shells by the men, while the bullets were put in by the
women.
Some of the difficulties involved in hea'/y iron work
at the time are illustrated by the efforts required to
build the Monitor. This famous ironclad was con-
tracted for by Winslowe & Griswold, the iron masters,
at their own risk if it proved a failure. The hull was
built by Thomas F. Rolant, agent of the Continental
Iron Works, at Greenpoint, Long Island; the engines
by the Delamater Iron Works of New York; the turret
FIG. 92.
FILLING CANISTER SHOT, WATERVLIET
.\RSENAL, 1861
FIG. as.
WOMEN FILLING CARTRIDGE. WATERVLIET
ARSENAL. 1861
by the Novelty Iron Works of the same city, while some
of the plates were made by H. Abbott & Son of Balti-
more.
Harper's said that at the time there was no rolling
mill able to roll the plates, and that they had to be
forged with a great deal of effort. It gave pictures of
the forging of a bloom. Fig. 96, and of a plate. Fig. 97,
for the new style of craft. There is, however, a state-
ment that Abbott & Son rolled part of the plates which
they produced. Some of the guns for the later monitors
were made at the Fort Pitt Works in Pittsburgh. There
the guns were cooled by water from the inside, which
was thought to be a protection against flaws. Fig. 98
is of interest because it shows the methods in use at
that time.
Manufactukes Other Than Guns
One industry which was not entirely overshadowed
by munition making was the manufacture of sewing
machines. These machines were still novel, and per-
mitted a saving of labor which was greatly to be desired
at the time.
A description of the Wheeler & Wilson factory in
1863 includes several interesting details. The work was
still let out on a curious contract system, although it
was done in the shop. All the materials and tools were
furnished by the company to so-called jobbers who pro-
duced the separate parts. What was then considered the
utmost accuracy was required. To secure this there
was a set of gages or duplicates provided for every
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
461
it
FIG. 94. MAKING THE SPRINGFIELD RIFLE, 1861
screw, spring, joint, and bar. These standards were
supplied to the contractors, while originals of them
were accessible only to the superintendent.
The most novel process employed seems to have been
in making the rotating hook. This was first cut off
about seven inches long, then heated in a furnace and
placed under a draw press which had dies in either
face corresponding to the shape desired. There were
four separate dies required to bring it to the rough
form, after which it was again softened and taken to
the machinist.
At the end of the war we find the edges of armor
being planed, and the plates themselves multiple drilled.
There were also planing machines using a number of
tools at once, as well as a machine making nuts, and
another one heading bolts at a single operation. In
1866 William Sellers & Co., of Philadelphia, were
employing the formed-tool system of gear cutting. J.
R. Brown's micrometer caliper dates from 1867.
In 1867, according to the Journal of the Franklin
Institute, "Numerous shops supplied with every facility
for the construction of arms were left unemployed.
Many of them very judiciously turned their attention
to the production of a class of small tools for which
their peculiar facilities especially fitted them, and
. . . we have thus introduced into the market a
new class of articles."
In various brief articles at the time, the Journal
mentioned an improved toolholder by Cooper, a boiler-
maker's drifting tool, cutters for the teeth of gear
.wheels, a vertical boring and turning machine weighing
seventy tons, a die bolt-cutter, and improved screw-
cutting and screw-slotting machines.
A dictionary of machinery, published at Philadelphia
in 1869, gave as the principal machine tools then in
use the self-acting lathe, steam hammer, and machines
for planing, slotting, vertical and radial drilling, shap-
ing, and shearing.
Data on the Metal-Working Industries in 1870
Probably the most exact information concerning con-
ditions in the machine-shop industries at this period
is to be found among the details of the census of 1870.
As this was just half a century ago, it is interesting
to recall what the situation was then, as a basis for
realizing the tremendous contrast between that date
and today.
The production of forged and rolled iron had been
multiplied about four times since 1860, though the total
output was still only about $128,000,000. This was
produced in about four hundred plants, which gives
an average of only $320,000 to a plant. These mills
employed about 48,000 men. and paid wages of approx-
imately $27,000,000, which suggests average earnings
during the year of about $562 per man. There was
more than five times as much steel produced as in 1860,
though the total product was as yet only about $9,600,-
000. The manufacture of bessemer steel had alreadj'
begun, and there were three plants running which pro-
duced about $1,800,000 worth.
The ste^m engine and the waterwheel were running
neck and neck in a race for popularity. In the 250,000
FIG. 95. A PAGE FROM HARPER'S WEEKLY, OK GUN
MAKING, 1861
462
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 10
FIG. 96. FORGING A BLOOM FOR THE MONITOR. 1862
PIG. 97. FORGING A PLATE FOR THE MONITOR, 1862
plants in the country, there were about 40,000 steam
engines employed, and about 51,000 waterwheels. In
horsepower, however, the steam engines had already
passed the waterwheel, supplying 1,215,000 hp. as
against 1,130,000 from the waterwheels.
The total production of machinery in 1870 was not
quite $140,000,000, as against something over $50,000.-
000 ten years before. In fact, a comparigon of the
statistics of 1870 and 1860 of both the North and the
South, suggests that the machinery of the North was
a decisive factor in winning the war — in that it per-
mitted the North to send half her men to the battle
field, and still produce as much or more than she ever
did before.
The statistics on some of the industries which were
just rising at that time are worthy of note. There
were, for example, over 2,000 establishments making
agricultural implements, which included the new
mowers, reapers, binders, and threshing machines.
There were forty-nine plants making sewing machines
with a total product valued at $14,000,000.
Steam engines and boilers were made in 663 plants
which had a total production of $41,576,000. There
were 170 plants making cars, and doing car repairing,
with an output of about $31,000,000. Other railroad
repairing was done in 150 shops. The industries of
the next magnitude were those making wrought-iron
pipe, safes and vaults, scales, steel springs, and wire.
It is noticeable in connection with the statistics of
these comparatively new industries that the number
of plants was surprisingly large, but that the average
output was only a small percentage of that today.
The census of 1870 also includes the actual number
of the machines of certain types which were produced.
In some cases these are of great interest. There were
1,137 locomotives built during the year, 10,226 portable
steam engines and 7,667 stationary steam engines.
There were 90 caloric engines and 101 steam fire engines
built during the same year. There were 6,981 lathes
manufactured in the country and 178 planing machines
for iron. Only one plant in the country was designated
as being engaged chiefly in iron shipbuilding. In this
connection it is worth noticing that only eighteen rivet-
ing machines were manufactured during the year in
the whole United States.
The tendency toward consolidation was already being
shown in the sewing-machine industry. In 1860 there
had been 75 factories making machines to the value
of 1$4,000,000. In 1870 the number of plants was
reduced to 49, but the output was increased to $14,-
000,000.
Of the industries not already mentioned dealing
largely with metals, that of general hardware and that
of nails and spikes each had a production of over $20,-
000,000. In the five-to-ten-million class were edge tools
r
1
»< '•iritiii*
FIG. 98. MAKING A CANNON FOB THE I..\TER MONI-
TORS. PITTSBfRGH, 1862
I
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
463
and axes, firearms, bolts and nuts, cast steel, and wheel
wrighting. Industries with a production of from one
to five million were cutlery, files, heating apparatus,
lightning rods, percussion caps, saws, shovels and
spades, and steel springs. The metal industries with a
production of less than a million were gunsmithing,
hinges, anchors and cable chains, and needles and pins.
It will be noted that by this time a beginning had
been made with most of the machines upon interchange-
able manufacture and quantity production, which were
to be the great features of American manufacture. The
nail-cutting machines of the early Republic, Blanchard's
shaping lathe for irregular forms, the milling machine,
the profiling and edging machine, the turret lathe,
and certain of the die-stamping machines for metals
were all first developed in America, and were all directly
applicable to the rapid reproduction of duplicate parts.
This brings our story up not only to a half century
ago, but, what is of more importance than any mere
date, to the era of the American Machinist, in the files
of which it is possible to follow the evolution of the
machine shop throughout all its subsequent phases.
"Wanted — Young Man, Fully
Experienced"
By Entropy
Pick up any Sunday paper, scan the "Help Wanted"
columns and it seems as though the larger part of the
"ads" begin by specifying a young man, and most of
them demand experience. The terms are so contra-
dictory that it seems worth while to inquire a bit into
the motives which place them so prominently in these
"ads."
First of all, the requirement that the man shall be
young is based on one truth and one misconception.
The truth is that young men are more easily adaptable
to the way business is done by the advertiser. A man
who has worked for years for one or many firms acquires
a ripeness of experience that is really not wanted in
many establishments. The man who is always ready
with a line of talk about "How we used to do it in
" is about as welcome in some places as the
measles. To be sure the same firm will go outside and
hire an expert to tell them the same thing, but that is
diflFerent; then they pay for it and it is worth money.
The misconception that affects advertisements for
young men is that they, once trained in the way of the
company, will have a longer life ahead of them and will
therefore return greater dividends on the investment in
training. Facts happen to lean the other way. It is the
young man who rises and sees visions beyond the com-
pany with whom he learns the business, and reaches
out, usually successfully, and grasps opportunities where
his employer cannot see any.
What is meant by "fully experienced"? It cannot
be taken literally, as no man is fully experienced in
anything and never can be. Some have more experience
ithan others, and some have much more intensive experi-
ence than others.
What is usually meant by fully experienced, is a
degree of experience that has taken off the raw edges
and has put I man where he can go ahead without con-
tinual instruction and bolstering up. Recently an
advertisement for a young man "experienced in traffic
management" was answered by a lad just out of col-
leee, who had worked in a railroad office and in the
freight house two or three summer vacations. He got
the job, simply because he was the only one of those
responding who had had any experience at all and who
was willing to work for the meager salary offered,
which, by the way, was considerably less than he could
have obtained by going into the freight house again
and juggling freight. In this case the word "experi-
enced" in the advertisement expressed a hope rather
than a requirement, or, better yet, it was a figure of
speech.
There is a perfectly sound theory that each firm
should get all its raw material soon after graduation
from college and train it in its own way. This has
been carried farther by the transportation and trans-
mission lines than any others. In railroad work and in
the telegraph and telephone lines, seniority has a real
and visible value. The one most notable result is that
they have a low labor turnover, so far as individual
quits are concerned, but they have a high strike aver-
age; that is, the men feel that if they hold together
they can make their point without losing seniority
rights. Their experience is in the formative stage.
They are experienced in certain parts of the work, and
in due time will naturally have more experience. This
plan is certainly much better than that of so many
shops which simply let promotion go by chance, with
the chances against the most capable men, whose fore-
men are bound to block their promotion because they do
not want to break in other men to da the work, and
where no one really knows whether he is being promoted
or demoted when he is shifted fron»one job to another.
There is a better plan, however, and that is to pro-
vide a plainly visible line of promotion and then to
promote those who deserve it without reference to
seniority. This is not the easy way because it makes
it necessary to tell unpleasant truths to men whose
friendship is likely to be valuable to the firm at some
later time. It is wise to have this proviso because
it makes the heads of departments do some serious
thinking into the future when they promote or demote
a man. It is not so easy to push Cousin Tom ahead
over some other man's shoulders when one must explain
to the man over whom he is put just what the merits
of the case are. Under the seniority rule it is easy
to tell Tom that he will have to wait his turn, but
it is equally easy for Tom to take it very easy while
he is waiting for someone else to die. Moreover, the
seniority system does prevent men reaching responsible
jobs before they lose their elasticity and ability tc
adapt themselves to new conditions.
There is an old saying, "Young men for war, old
men for counsel," which pretty well fits the question
of age in the employment office. There are always jobs
that require physical strength and quickness. There
are jobs that require quick mental action, but there are
also many jobs that will get on the nerves of a quick
thinker, or a strong, quick-motioned man. These are
the jobs for men who have lost elasticity, whether phys-
ical or mental. Some of these jobs are easy and some
are diffilcult and important. Judicial jobs are never
easily filled. The man under forty who can efface him-
self and his own likes and dislikes from the considera-
tion of a problem is rare. It is only when a man can see
that there is a possibility that he will not live to see
the world complete its term of existence, and realizes
that very possibly it may go on after he leaves it, that
he is able to take a calm view of many vexing problems.
464
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
Report of the Classification and Compensation
Committee to Engineering Council
IN ITS progress report to Engineering Council, pre-
sented at the meeting of June 17, 1920, by Chairman
Arthur S. Tuttle, the Committee on Classification
and Compensation of Engineers makes the following
statements regarding the report of the Congressional
Joint Commission on the Reclassification of Salaries.
"The classification of engineers proposed by the Con-
gressional Joint Committee on Reclassification of
Salaries shows that the work of this commission has
been guided largely by the work of your committee, and
a comparison of its recommendations with those of
your committee will be shortly released for publication.
It is the belief of the Committee that, to say the least,
the Federal Commission's classification where it differs
from that of your committee has no advantage. The
compensations for the various positions proposed in the
Federal report are disappointing as they do not provide
anything like the increases which are believed by your
committee to be essential to the end that the engineer-
ing profession may attract and retain men of proper
calibre to assume responsibilities successfully.
"From the analysis it would appear that in the lower
grades of Federal service in sixteen bureaus the com-
pensations proposed by the Congressional Commission
would be from 2 to 19 per cent less than those which
have heretofore prevailed, while in the higher grades
the increases range from 8 to 17 per cent. The proposed
salaries other than those for the grade "Junior Assis-
tant Engineer" range from 20 to 30 per cent less than
those suggested by your committee."
Discussing work to be undertaken, the report states:
"It is proposed to undertake a vigorous campaign for
the purpose of securing recognition of the classification
of various positions as recommended by the committee
last year and as adopted by council on Dec. 18, 1919,
and at the same time to secure a general expression of
opinion on the part of engineers and heads of services
as to the compensation schedule tentatively suggested
by the committee."
In addition to addressing communications to the sec-
retary of each of 123 engineering societies in the United
States and Canada, "arrangements are being made to
secure co-operation on the part of the lay as well as the
engineering heads of all services employing engineers
and of all Civil Service Commissions.
"The committee is hopeful that the plans which it has
laid for continuing its work will bring to its assistance
the earnest backing of engineers throughout the country
in making the classification effective, and that infor-
mation as to the value of engineering service and as to
a wise employment policy will be obtained from such
a wide variety of sources that it will be practicable to
formulate definite recommendations along these lines
and to set up standards which will insure respect."
Comparison of Report of the Congressional Joint
Commission on Reclassification of Salaries
With the December, 1919, Report of
Engineering Council's Committee
The Congressional Joint Commission's report on
Reclassification of Salaries was presented to Congress
March 12, 1920. Its main features are as follows:
Findings
Note: The numbers of the paragraphs correspond to those in
the report of the Congressional Joint Commission.
"As to lack of uniformity and equity in present rates:
"1. That the salary and wage rates for positions
involving like duties and responsibilities and calling
for the same qualifications (that is, for positions of
the same class) show wide variations and marked
inequalities.
"2. That the salary and wage rates for positions of
the same class are different in different departments
and independent establishments, the scale of pay in
some departments being markedly higher than the scale
for the same class of work in other departments.
"3. That these inequalities in salary and wage scales
as between departments are most striking when the
rates of pay in the war-expanded establishments are
contrasted with those in the organizations that were
not largely increased during the war.
"As the causes that have led, and unless remedied will
continue to lead, to this lack of uniformity and equity:
"7. That the Government has no standard to guide
it in fixing the pay of its employees and no working-
plan for relating the salaries appropriated to the char-
acter and importance of the work for which such
salaries are to be paid.
"11. That the absence of any uniform plan or system
for regulating increases in pay of employees who have
gained in experience and usefulness in a given class of
work and the even more serious lack of any equitable
system governing promotions from lower to higher
classes of positions have been very large factors in
causing the disproportion in pay and work.
"As to the effect of the lack of uniformity and equity
in rates of compensation of Government employees:
"12. That there is serious discontent accompanied
by an excessive turnover and loss among the best
trained and most efficient employees, that the morale
of the personnel has been impaired, that the national
service has become unattractive to a desirable type of
technical employee, and that the Government has put
itself in the position of wasting funds on the one hand
and doing serious injustice to individuals on the other,
and of failing to get that degree of efficiency in admin-
istration that a more equitable and uniform wage policy
would bring about.
"As to certain conditions of employment having bearing
on compensation:
"13. That seven hours constitute a normal day's
■ work for the clerical and professional groups of em-
ployees and eight hours for the manual; and that there
is no uniformity of practice in the compensation for
overtime and night work.
"16. That opportunities for advancement, either in
salary or rank, for those of marked efficiency do not
compare favorably with the opportunities offered to
persons of the same ability in the commercial world.
In the opportunity for development of professional or
scientific careers, the Government service has in many
ways a distinct advantage, which is, however, offset to
some extent by certain personal restrictions generally
unknown in the academic and business world.
"18. That the Government is paj^ing heavily in the
form of employees' compensation, as well as in loss of
time and efficiency, for its failure to adopt a thorough
going safety program. In safe construction, safety
inspection, and safety education the Government
falls far short of meeting the standards set by the
more progressive States, municipalities, and private
employers.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
465
"As to those policies and measures that control the Gov-
ernment's return in efficient personal service:
"21. That there is no systematic policy of introduc-
ing new appointees to their work nor of training them
for new duties, although certain progressive govern-
mental organizations are proving the feasibility and
value of such training.
"22. That in spite of the necessity of some satisfac-
tory method of testing efficiency as a basis for salary
increases and promotions, efficiency rating systems are
not in general use, and where they have been adopted
are commonly regarded as of questionable value.
"23. That no uniform practice exists in the advance-
ment of efficient employees in either salary or rank,
both of which are commonly referred to as 'promotion' ;
that salary advancements proper are controlled by
administrative officers, while true promotions are
usually made as the result of non-competitive examin-
ations; and that lack of assurance that efficient work
will receive suitable reward injures the morale and
reduces the efficiency of the entire service.
"24. That the Government's failure to adopt a
retirement system for civilian employees has proved
costly, inefficient, and destructive to the morale of the
force.
"26. That there is a striking lack of any compre-
hensive personnel policy administrated by a central
personnel agency and having in view increased efficiency
through standardizing and supervising the various con-
ditions of employment and through enlisting the co-
• operation of the employees."
Recommendations
"For immediate attainment of uniformity and equity in
pay for the same character of employment:
"1. That the Congress adopt the classification of
positions set forth.
"2. That the Congress adopt the schedules of com-
pensation set forth for the respective classes of
positions.
"3. That the Congress authorize the Civil Service
Commission to take over the Reclassification Commis-
sion's records and keep them current, pending action on
the above recommendations.
"4. That the Congress direct an existing agency
(hereinafter referred to as the "Classification Agency"),
logically and preferably the Civil Service Commission,
to make a final allocation of individual positions to
the classes set forth in the recommended plan of
classification.
"For the future maintenance of uniformity and equity
in pay:
"6. That permanent administration of the classifica-
tion and schedules of compensation be delegated by law
to an existing independent agency of the Government
(to be termed hereinafter the "Classification Agency"),
logically and preferably the Civil Service Commission.
"10. That estimates, appropriations, and payments
for personal services be made under the title of the class
and in accordance with the schedule of pay applying to
the class which the Classification Agency certifies as
applicable to the position in which such services are to
be or have been rendered.
"11. That the pay of individual employees be reg-
ulated on a basis of efficiency and length of service in
the class in which their respective positions are classi-
fied, according to the schedule of compensation applying
to the class.
"For attainment of uniformity in the regulation of all
factors having an indirect bearing on rates of pay and for
the improvement and standardization of working conditions:
"13. That the Congress prescribe standard minimum
working hours for each group of employees, together
with uniform rules for the compensation of overtime
work for those employees for whom the compensation
schedules provide for pay at an hourly rate, and for
additional compensation for all night work.
"For securing the maximum return in efficient personal
service for the Government's pay-roll expenditures:
"15. That the Congress undertake a systematic ex-
amination of the functions now being exercised, the
organization now in effect, and the methods of proce-
dure in use in the several departments and independent
establishments making up the Washington service, in
order that unnecessary work, duplicated work, improp-
erly allocated work, instances of poor organization, and
expensive or inefficient methods of conducting business
may be discovered and eliminated.
"16. That the Congress provide for a comprehensive
and uniform employment policy to be administered by
a central personnel agency, logically and preferably the
Civil Service Commission, and to include the standard-
ization of rates of compensation and working conditions
and the selection, development, and retention of an
efficient personnel; and an advisory council be estab-
lished to advise the Civil Service Commission on
matters coming under the jurisdiction of the latter, and
to arrange for the formation of personnel committees
in the various departments."
Note: Advisory Council is to be composed of twelve
members, six to be appointed by the President from
among employees of the administrative staff, and two
each to be elected by and from employees in the
manual, clerical and professional groups.
"17. (a) That all positions hereafter be filled by
the appointment of those best fitted to perform the
duties as determined by the central personnel agency
through the most effective methods of test and investi-
gation; and (b) that no permanent appointment to the
service be made except on certificate by the central
personnel agency that the employee has satisfactorily
passed his probationary period.
"18. That the central personnel agency be em-
powered to undertake, in co-operation with the depart-
ments, measures for the training of employees for
increased usefulness in the service.
"19. That the central personnel agency be author-
ized and directed, after consultation with the heads of
departments, to arrange for the installation of efficiency
rating systems in the various Government establish-
ments; and that the appropriate administrative officers
be required to rate all employees under their direction
in accordance with these systems and under such rules
and regulations as the central personnel agency may
prescribe.
"20. That hereafter employees be increased in pay
not oftener than once a year and only within the limits
of the range set for their class of positions and on the
basis of ascertained efficiency of the required standard,
to be set by the central personnel agency; and that
failure to maintain such standard after advancement to
a given rate shall subject the employee to reduction to
a lower salary rate in the same class.
"21. That when vacancies in the higher classes are
not filled by transfer or reinstatement they be filled by
promotion of properly qualified employees as deter-
mined by competitive civil-service examination; and
that open competitive examinations for the filling of
such vacancies be held only when three such eligibles
can not be secured from those already in the service.
"22. That employees who fail to attain a fair stand-
ard of efficiency as prescribed by the central personnel
agency be removed from the service, after suitable
opportunity for appeal to the personnel agency.
"23. That employees who, by reason of their age or
disability resulting from their service, are unable to
render service of a fair standard of efficiency be retired
under an actuarially sound pension plan."
GENERAL CLASSIFICATION
Regarding the Engineering Service, the commission
makes provision for twenty-three branches with an average
of seven grades in each branch. The branches are as
follows:
466
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
Aeronautical Engineering
Automotive Engineering
Cadastral Engineering
Cartographic Engineering
Ceramic Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Forestry
Highway Engineering
Hydraulic Engineering
Hydrographic and Geodetic
Engineering
Landscape Architecture
Marine Engineering
Materials Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Mining Engineering
Nautical Engineering
Naval Architecture
Ordnance Engineering
Petroleum Engineering
Radio Engineering
Structural Engineering
Topographic Engineering
There is a close parallel between the classification rec-
ommended by this commission and that recommended by
Engineering Council. The difference in title is shown in
the following table:
Engineering Council
Grade
1 Chief Engineer
Congressional Joint
Commission
Senior Engineer
Commissioner
Director
Chief Engineer
Chief, Superintendent, etc.
2 Engineer Engineer
3 Senior Assistant Engineer Associate Engineer
4 Assistant Engineer Assistant Engineer
5 Junior Assistant Engineer Junior Engineer
6 Senior Aid, Office
Senior Aid, Field
7 Aid, 0.<rice Draftsman
Aid, Field Aid
8 Junior Aid, Office Copyist Draftsman
Junior Aid, Field Junior Engineering Aid
Requirements in Parallel
Using the Civil Engineering branch as typical, require-
ments for each grade in the two classifications line up as
follows:
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE
GRADE 1
Engineering Council
Chief Engineer
Duties. — To act in chief
administrative charge of a
technical organization, or of
a main division thereof; to
determine the general pol-
icies of the organization
under the limitations imposed
by law, regulation, or other
fixed requirement: to have
final responsibility for the
preparation of reports, cost
estimates, designs, and speci-
fications and for the con-
struction, maintenance, or
operation of engineering
works or projects; to have
full charge of the collection
and presentation of data for
the conduct of valuation pro-
ceedings; to conduct or direct
the most comprehensive lines
of engineering research.
Qualifications. — Training
and experience of a charac-
ter to give substantial evi-
dence of engineering knowl-
edge and ability or of execu-
tive capacity of highest order
along lines of work similar
to those involved in the posi-
tion to be occupied and of at
least twelve years' duration,
of which at least four years
shall have been spent in
duties of Engineer, or their
Congressional Joint
Commission
A. Senior Civil Engineer
Duties. — To perform one
or more of the following
functions: (1) to have admin-
istrative charge of a civil
engineering organization or
of a main division thereof,
and to determine or execute
general policies under the
limitations imposed by law,
regulations or other fixed
requirements; (2) to be re-
sponsible for reports, esti-
mates, designs, specifications,
and data or for the construc-
tion, maintenance, and oper-
ation of large civil engineer-
ing works or projects; (3)
to have full charge of the
collection and presentation
of data for, and the conduct
of valuation proceedings; (4)
to direct or to perform the
most comprehensive research
in civil engineering; (5) to
act as consulting specialist
on important civil engineer-
ing projects, policies, or valu-
ation; and to perform other
related work.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation with a
degree from an institution
of recognized standing, with
equivalent, and at least five
years in responsible charge
of important work or proj-
ects. Fundamental training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by professional degree
granted upon the completion
of a standard course of engi-
neering instruction in an
educational institution of
recognized standing or, in
absence of such degree, at
least four years of additional
experience. The completion
of each full year of such
standard course shall be con-
sidered the equivalent of one
year of such additional ex-
perience.
major work in engineering,
preferably in civil engineer-
ing; and not less than 12
years' general engineering
experience, of which at least
8 years shall have been in
the direction or performance
of important projects in
civil engineering work of a
character to give substantial
evidence of engineering
knowledge and ability, or ex-
ecutive capacity of the high-
est order.
B. Commissioner of Light-
houses
Duties. — Under general di-
rection of the Secretary of
Commerce, to serve as the
executive head of the Light-
house Service; to oversee the
construction, maintenance,
repair, illumination, inspec-
tion and superintendence, of
lighthouse depots, light-
houses, light vessels, light-
house tenders, fog signals,
submarine signals, beacons,
buoys, daymarks, and other
aids to navigation on the sea
and lake coasts of the U.»S.
and on the rivers of the U. S.
so far as specifically author-
ized by law, and on the coasts
of all other territory under
the jurisdiction of the U. S.
with the exception of the
Philippine Islands and the
Canal Zone; and to perform
other related work.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that represented
by graduation, with a degree,
from an institution of rec-
ognized standing with major
work in civil engineering or
other technical course; ex-
tended professional experi-
ence in handling lighthouse
problems, of which at least
eight years shall have been
of a character to give sub-
stantial evidence of knowl-
edge and ability and of ex-
ecutive capacity of the high-
est order.
GRADE 2
Engineer
Dutiesw — Under general ad-
ministrative direction and
within the limits of the gen-
eral policies of the organiza-
tion, to have responsible
charge of and to initiate and
determine policies for a
major subdivision of an or-
ganization; to prepare for
final executive action reports,
cost estimates, designs, spec-
ifications, and valuation
studies and data, to have im-
mediate charge of the con-
struction, maintenance, or
operation of engineering
works or projects of major
importance; to conduct or
direct major lines of engi-
neering research; or to fur-
Civil Engineer
Duties. — To perform one or
more of the following func-
tions under general direction :
(1) to have responsible
charge of, and to initiate and
determine . policies for a
major sub-division of a civil
engineering organization; (2)
to prepare for final execu-
tive action, reports, esti-
mates, designs, specifications,
and valuation studies and
data; (3) to have charge of
the construction, inspection,
maintenance, and operation
of municipal or other civil
engineering works of major
importance; (4) to conduct
or to direct .major lines of
civil engineering'^esearch;
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
467
nish for executive action ex-
pert or critical advice on
engineering works, projects
or policies.
Qualifications. — Active pro-
fessional practice or execu-
tive charge of work for at
least eight years, of a char-
acter to demonstrate a high
degree of initiative and of
ability in the administration,
design, or construction of
engineering work or projects
of major importance, of
which at least three years
shall have been spent in
duties of Senior Assistant
Engineer or their equivalent,
and at least three years in
responsible charge of work.
Fundamental training equiva-
lent to that represented by
professional degree granted
upon the completion of a
standard course of engineer-
ing insti-uction in an educa-
tional institution of recog-
nized standing or, in absence
of such degree, at least four
years of additional experi-
ence. The completion of each
full year of such standard
course shall be considered
the equivalent of one year of
such additional experience.
GRADE 3
Senior Assistant Engineer Associate Civil Engineer
Duties. — Under general ad- Duties. — To perform one or
ministrative and technical di- more of the following func-
rection, to be in responsible tions under general adminis-
charge of an intermediate trative and technical direc-
(5) to furnish for executive
action, expert or critical ad-
vice on civil engineering
works, projects or policies;
(6) to act as adviser or con-
sulting specialist in civil
engineering problems; and to
perform other related work.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation with a
degree from an institution of
recognized standing, with
major work in engineering,
preferably in civil engineer-
ing; not less than eight years'
general engineering experi-
ence, of which at least four
years shall have been in the
direction or performance of
important civil engineering
work; large capacity and
proven administrative ability.
division of an organization;
to exercise independent engi-
neering judgment and assume
responsibility in studies and
computations necessary for
tion: (1) to be in responsible
charge of an intermediate
subdivision of a civil engi-
neering organization; (2) to
exercise independent engi-
the preparation of reports, neering judgment and assume
cost estimates, designs, spec- responsibilities in studies and
ifications, or valuations; to computations necessary for
have immediate charge of the the preparation of reports,
construction, maintenance or estimates, designs, or valua-
operation of important engi- tions; (3) to have immediate
neering works or projects;
to conduct or direct impor-
tant lines of engineering
research.
charge of the construction,
maintenance, or operation of
important civil engineering
works or projects; (4) to con-
Qualifications. — Active pro- duct or direct important lines
fessional practice or execu- of civil engineering research;
tive charge of work for at and to perform other related
least five years, of which at work. Examples: Having im-
least three years shall have mediate charge of the con-
been spent in duties of As- struction of water mains,
sistant Engineer, or their sewers, streets, and other
equivalent, with at lesst one municipal work; testing engi-
year in responsible charge of neering materials; making
work. Fundamental training cost studies; supervising sur-
equivalent to that repre- veys of areas and acquisition-
sented by professional degree ing of lands; laying out of
granted upon the completion railroad terminals, yards and
of a standard course of engi- storage bases; estimating
neering instruction in an and expediting construction
educational institution of rec- work and design,
ognized standing or, in ab- Qualifications. — Training
sense of such degree, at least equivalent to that repre-
four years of additional ex- sented by graduation with a
perience. The completion of degree from an institution of
each full year of such stand- recognized standing, with
ard course shall be consid- major work in engineering,
ered the equivalent of one preferably civil engineering;
year of such additional ex- not less than 5 years' general
perience. 'engineering experience of
which at least one year shall
have been in the direction or
performance of important
civil engineering work; and
supervisory or administrative
ability, or a high degree of
technical skill.
GRADE 4
Assistant Engineer Assistant Civil Engineer
Duties.— Under specific ad- Duties.— Under specific ad-
ministrative and technical ministrative and technical di-
direction, to be responsible rection, to be responsible for
for the conduct of the work the conduct of the work of a
of a minor subdivision of an minor subdivision of civil
organization; to collect and engineering organization; to
compile data for specific collect and compile data for
items of engineering studies; specific items of civil engi-
to take immediate charge of neering studies; to take im-
field survey projects and of mediate charge of field sur-
the design and construction v6y projects in, or of the de-
of minor engineering work; sign, inspection and construe-
to lay out and develop work tion of minor civil engineer-
from specifications and to ing work; to lay out and
supervise the work of a draft- develop work from specifica-
ing or computing force; or to tions and to supervise the
conduct specific tests or in- work of a drafting or com-
vestigations of apparatus, PUting force; to conduct spec-
material or processes. ific tects or investigations of
Qualifications. — Experience apparatus, material, or proc-
for at least two years in esses; and to perform related
duties of Junior Assistant virork as required.
Engineer or their equivalent. Example: Directing field
Fundamental training equiv- parties on construction, valu-
alent to that represented by ation, or surveys; superin-
professional degree granted tending and inspecting con-
upon the completion of a struction work; performing
standard course of engineer- the work of an office engi-
ing instruction in an educa- neer; assisting the superin-
tional institution of recog- tendent of an aqueduct or
nized standing, or, in absence important water - supply
of such degree, at least four structure; testing materials,
years of additional experi- as steel or cement; preparing
ence. The completion of each technical material for pub-
full year of such standard lication; investigating water-
course shall be considered the proofing of structures; com-
equivalent of one year of piling statistical data; com-
such additional experience. piling and analyzing costs of
railroad materials and con-
struction.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation with a
degree from an institution of
recognized standing, with
major work in engineering,
preferably in civil engineer-
ing; not less than two years'
experience in civil engineer-
ing work in field or office;
proven technical knowledge
and proficiency.
GRADE 5
Junior Assistant Engineer
Duties. — Under immediate
supervision, to perform work
involving the use of survey-
ing, measuring, and drafting
instruments; to take charge
of parties on survey or con-
struction work; to design de-
tails from sketches or speci-
fications; to compute and
compile data for reports or
records; to inspect or investi-
Junior Civil Engineer
Duties. — Under immediate
supervision, to perform rou-
tine surveying, computing
drafting, and inspecting, on
survey, construction, or valu-
ation work; and to perform
related work as required.
Example: Surveying with
transit or level; using meas-
uiing devices for stream-
gauging; inspecting struc-
468 ■
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
tures during construction and
after completion; assisting
in laboratory tests of struc-
tural materials ; preparing
charts for statistical and en-
gineering data; laying down
lines for building founda-
tions; drawing and tracing
plans; making plane table
surveys; developing and
drawing details of maps and
charts; lettering; giving lines
and grades of highway con-
struction; keeping cost data;
serving as boat officers or as
assistant in hydrographic,
geodetic, and astronomic
in- parties.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation with a
degree from an institution of
recognized standing, with
major work in engineering,
preferably in civil engi-
neering.
gate minor details of engi-
neering work; or to perform
routine tests of apparatus,
material or processes.
Qualifications. — No experi-
ence required other than that
involved in securing a profes-
sional degree upon the com-
pletion of a standard course
of engineering instruction in
an educational institution of
recognized standing; but in
absence of such degree, a
high school education or its
equivalent is required and at
least four years' experience
in the use of surveying,
measuring or drafting
struments, or the computa-
tion and compilation of en-
gineering data, together with
evidence of a knowledge of
the fundamentals of engi-
neering science sufficient,
with further experience, to
qualify for the higher pro-
fessional grades. The com-
pletion of each full year of
such standard course of en-
gineering instruction shall be
considered as the equivalent
of one year of experience.
SUB PROFESSIONAL SERVrCE
GRADE 6
Senior Aid, Office No corresponding grade.
Duties. — To supervise the
plotting of notes and maps,
and to direct the work of a
drafting or computing squad.
Qualifications. — .Experience
for at least five years in
tracing, lettering, drafting
and computing, of which at
least three years shall have
been spent in the duties of
draftsman. Education equiv-
alent to graduation from high
school. The completion of
each full year of a standard
course of engineering in-
struction in an educational
institution of recognized
standing shall be considered
as the equivalent of the ex- '■
perience otherwise required,
with the provision, however,
that at least one year shall
have been spent in the duties
of draftsman.
Senior Aid, Field
Duties. — To direct work of
field party on surveys or con-
struction; to keep survey
notes and engineering rec-
ords; to supervise construc-
tion or repair work; to direct
the work of computing sur-
veys and estimates; to direct
the work of Vnaking minor
engineering computations.
Qualifications. — Experience
for at least five years in the
use and care of surveying
instruments, of which at
least three years shall have
been spent in the duties of
instrument man. Education
equivalent to graduation from
high school. The completion
of each full year of a stand-
ard course of engineering in-
struction in an educational
institution of recognized
standing shall be considered
as the equivalent of the ex-
perience otherwise required,
with the provision, however,
that at least one year shall
have been spent in the duties
of instrumentman.
GRADE 7
Aid, Office
Duties. — To prepare gen-
eral working drawings where
design is furnished; to plot
notes and prepare maps; to
design simple structures; to
make computations and com-
pile data for reports and rec-
ords; to check plans, surveys,
and other engineering data.
Qualifications. — Experience
for at least two years in
tracing, lettering, drafting,
and computing. Education
equivalent to graduation
from high school and famil-
iarity with the use of the
slide rule, and of logarithmic
and other simple mathemat-
ical tables. The completion
of each full year of a stand-
ard course of engineering in-
struction in an educational
institution of recognized
standing shall be considered
as the equivalent of the ex-
perience otherwise required.
Aid, Field
Duties.— To run surveying
instruments and to adjust
and care for same; to com-
pute surveys and estimates;
to make minor engineering
computations; to inspect in-
cidentally construction or re-
pair work.
Qualifications. — Experience
for at least two years in the
duties of rodman. Education
equivalent to graduation from
high school and familiarity
with the construction, opera-
tion, and care of surveying
instruments. The completion
of each full year of a stand-
ard course of engineering in-
struction in an educational in-
stitution, of recognized stand-
ing shall be considered as the
equivalent of the experience
otherwise required.
Civil Engineering Draftsman
Duties. — To perform, under
immediate supervision rou-
tine drafting work in connec-
tion with the preparation of
plans for civil engineering
projects; and to perform re-
lated work as required.
Examples: Making trac-
ings from original drawings;
making drawings of minor
importance; filing and index-
ing drawings, lettering, com-
puting and revising.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation from
high school; not less than two
years' experience in engineer-
ing drafting work; and abil-
ity to letter and to make
simple calculations.
Civil Engineering Aid
Duties. — To perform, under
immediate supervision minor
technical work in any branch
of civil engineering; and to
perform related work as re-
quired.
Example: Making meas-
urements and estimates in
the field; acting as recorder
or computer in laboratory,
field, or office; operating and
caring for surveying instru-
ments; computing data for
reports of records; plotting
notes and maps; preparing
working drawings where de-
sign is furnished.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation from
high school; not less than
two years' experience in en-
gineering work; familiarity
with the use of the slide rule;
and ability to do lettering
and drafting, and to make
simple engineering computa-
tions.
GRADE 8
Junior Aid, Office
Duties. — To trace and let-
ter maps and plans; to make
simple drawings from
sketches and data; to make
minor calculations.
Qualifications. — Education
equivalent to graduation from
high school.
Copyist Draftsman
Duties. — Under immediate
supervision, to make tracings
from original drawings, pre-
pared by others; and to per-
form miscellaneous routine
work in a drafting room.
Example: Making simple
tracings, copying data; filing
September 2, 192i/
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
469
Junior Aid, Field
Duties. — To run tape or
leveling rod; to perform
other miscellaneous subordi-
nate duties in survey party in
field or office, as directed.
Qualifications. — Education
equivalent to graduation from
high school.
and indexing under super-
vision; lettering; makinir
simple drawings and dia-
grams; making hand correc-
tions on printed chart.
Qualifications. — Training
equivalent to that repre-
sented by graduation from
high school; knowledge of the
use of drawing instruments,
and ability to use them
neatly.
Junior Engineering Aid
Duties. — Under immediate
supervision, to perform mis-
cellaneous subordinate work
in the laboratory, office or
field, in any branch of engi-
neering.
Examples: Setting up ap-
paratus; making simple en-
gineering computations com-
piling field data or laboratory
notes; filing and indexing
maps, plans, and notebooks;
preparing samples, caring for
instruments in the field or
laboratory; working as rod-
man, chainman, or tracer,
making blueprints.
Qualifications. — C o m m o n
school education; good health.
Exceptions to General Classification
One glaring inconsistency in titles is found in the Auto-
motive Engineering branch. Instead of the standard titles
as proposed for the other branches, the titles proposed in
this branch for grades 7, 5, 4, 3, 2, and 1 are respectively
"Automotive Tracer," "Automotive Draftsman," "Automo-
tive Designer," "Senior Automotive Designer," "Automotive
Engineer," and "Senior Automotive Engineer."
In fifteen of the twenty-three branches, senior engineer is
the only title in grade 1. The exceptions in the other
branches are as follows :
Civil Engineering
Cartographic Engineering No title of "Senior Engineer"
provided. Promotion is from
"Cartographic Engineer" to
"International Canadian
Boundary Commissioner."
Promotion is from "Senior
C. E." to "Commissioner of
Lighthouses;" "Chief Valua-
tion Engineer," I. C. C; "Di-
rector and Chief Engineer
Reclamation Service;" or
"Supervisor of Land Ap-
praisals," I. C. C.
Promotion from "Senior For-
ester" to "Chief, Forest Serv-
ice."
Promotion from "Senior
Highway Engineer" to
"Chief, Bureau of Public
Roads."
Promotion from "Senior
Hydrographic and Geodetic
Engineer," to "Supt., Coast
and Geodetic Survey."
Promotion from "Senior Ma-
rine Engineer" to "Supervis-
ing Inspector General, Steam-
boat Inspection Service," or
"Commissioner of Light-
houses."
Promotion fi^m "Senior Min-
ing Engineer," to "Director,
Bureau of Mines."
Highest grade, "Nautical En-
gineer."
Promotion
The Congressional Commission's Report indicates that
the principle line of promotion to the special positions listed
above, is from the "Senior Engineer" class. The qualifica-
tions for these positions, however, are not of such high
standard as those of "Senior Engineer" because all that is
Forestry Service
Highway Engineering
Hydographic and Geodetic
Survey
Marine Engineering
Mining Engineer
Nautical Engineering
COMPARISO.N OF CL.\SSIFIC.\TION AND COMPENSATION OK E.NGINEERS .\S SUGGESTED BY ENGINEERING COUNCIL COMMITTEE
VND BY CONGRESSIONAL JOINT COMMISSION; AND OF AVER.\GE SALARY PER A.NNUM AS SUGGESTED BY CONGRESSIONAL
JOINT COMMI.SSION AND PRESENT AVERAGE SALARY OF EMPLOYEES IN SIXTEEN ENGINEERING BUREAUS IN CIVIL
ESTABLISHMENTS OF THE FEDERAL SERVICE!
-Engineering Council-
rac
ie
Title
1
2
8
a.
b.
Junior aid. office
Junior, aid, field
7
a.
b.
Aid. office
Aid, field
6
a.
b.
Senior aid, office
Senior aid, field
High
school
High
t^chooi
High
sfhool
5 Junior assistant ciigirfl&er Degree
4 Aaeislant ongiiieer Degree
3 Senior assistant engineer. , Degree
2 Kiigineer Degre*'
ig
0
2
5, I*
8/3*
I Chief engineer Degree 12/5*
-Congressional Joint Coinraission—
a.s
,5 S
^
a
Annual Salary Uarge
5 6 7
1.080 1.560 1,240
1.660 2,400 1,920
Title
8
Copyist draftsman.
.lunior engineering aid.
10
f High
I school
] Common
[ school
Draftsman High
Aid school
2,520 3,240 2,760 No correap«nding grade.
1.620 2.580 1,940
2,700 4.140 3,180
4.320 5,760 4.800
5,940
8.100
Junior engineer Degree 0
Assistant engineer Degrw 2
Associate engineer Degree 5, 1*
Engineer Degree 8/4*
a. Senior engineer ] 12/8*
ft. Commissioner, director 1
chief engineer, chief, | 8/ — *
superintendent, etc. . .
h
ts
III
s
a
1
1
i-1
m
Annual Salary Range
n
12
13
840 1,260 960 1,215
1,200 1.800 1,400 1,533 — 9
1.800 2,160 1,920 1,959 — 2
2,400 3,000 2,600 2,402 + 8
3,240 3,840 3,440 3,128 H-IO
4,140 5,040 4,440 3,801 +17
5,867
NOTES — Columns 4 and 10. * Years in responsible charge of work.
Columns 7 and 1 3. Estimated average salary is the minimum, pius J the difference between the minimum and the maximum. This relation was found to hold approx-
imately for positions in the Federal .Service and was a.ssumed in the studies conducted in connection with the salary schedules of the Reclassification Commission.
Column 14. Present average yearly salary, including bonus, of employees in 16 bureaus in civil establishments of the Federal Government. The bonus » $240
for salaries of $2,500 and under: for salaries above $2,500, it is the amount, if any, necessary to make a total of $2,740. ^ _ _ ^
Column 15. Average percentage increase (+) or decrease ( — ) in pay per employee under schedule proposed by Congressional Joint Commission^ over pr^nt
schedule, if distribution of employees within each grade remains unchaiiged. The estimated increase in the salary roll, which would b© caused by putting the Com-
mission's recommendations for all branches of the Wvil Ser\nce into effect is. as estimated by the Commission, 8 to lO'^. probably 8.5%.
470
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
required, in addition to educational qualifications is "ex-
tended professional experience" in the special branch of
work, "of which at least 8 years shall have been of a
character to give substantial evidence of knowledge and
ability and of executive capacity of the highest order." For
a "Senior Engineer," the corresponding qualifications are
"not less than 12 years general engineering experience, of
which at least 8 years shall have been in the direction or
performance of important projects in — engineering work of
a character to give substantial evidence of engineering knowl-
edge and ability, or executive capacity of the highest order."
In making this subdivision of grade 1, it is quite possible
that the Joint Commission was influenced by political con-
siderations.
The essential features of the Joint Commission's report
are incorporated in the attached table which shows the
lalary range for the various grades of service as compared
Krith that suggested by Engineering Council. The table also
shows how the average salary as proposed by the Joint
Commission, compares with the average salary received by
employees in sixteen engineering bureaus in civil establish-
ments of the Federal Government on July 1, 1919.
The research staff of the commission made estimates of
the average salaries in the different classes for the engineer-
ing service which are somewhat different than the figures of
column 14. They are slightly higher in the lower grades
and slightly lower in the higher grades. These differences
are brought about as follows: The commission's averages
are for the Washington service only. The averages in col-
umn 14 include both the Washington and the field services.
The commission's figures included salaries paid in civilian
positions in the War and Navy Departments. The Navy
Department schedule is considerably higher than that of the
civil bureaus and therefore the commission's averages would
be somewhat higher on this account alone. Finally, the aver-
ages will vary according to the classification of positions.
It is believed that the commission classified positions more
liberally than Engineering Council's committee. The com-
mission probably included more positions in the higher
grades than did council's committee, with the result that
the averages for these grades are lower in the commission's
than in council's calculations.
Since the commission in any comparison of proposed with
existing salary scales will use somewhat different data, it
is evident that the averages will not be identical. There
appears no doubt, however, that in the lower two grades
the averages proposed are less than the averages now paid
with the bonus, but how much less will depend upon what
positions are classed within these grades and what date is
taken for determining the averages.
In the Professional Group, the Joint Commission recom-
mends the same educational and experience standards for
grades 5, 4 and 3 as Engineering Council, but it recommends
4 years "in the direction or performance of important engi-
neering work" for grade 2, and 8 years for grade 1, against
Engineering Council's recommendation of 3 years, and 5
years, respectively. The Joint Commission provides for a
minimum increase in salary from $1,800 for grade 5 to
$4,140 for grade 2; ie., $2,340, or 130 per cent in a minimum
of 8 years. Engineering Council provides for a minimum
increase for the same grades and number of years from
$1,620 to $5,940; i.e., $4,320 or 267 per cent; more than
double the rate recommended by the Joint Commission.
The increments of increase proposed for the various
grades are as follows:
Grade 8 $60 — 7 steps to maximum
Grade 7 $120 — 5 steps to maximum
Grade 5 $120 — 3 steps to maximum
Grade 4 $120 — 5 steps to maximum
Grade 3 $120 — 5 steps to maximum
Grade 2 $180 — 5 steps to maximum
Grade 1
"The guiding factor as to the number of steps was the
consideration as to whether the position was a stepping
stone to a higher one or was likely to become the life work
of an employee. In the latter case more steps are provided
than in the former.
"The minimum named is to be looked upon as the entrance
salary of a class, i.e., new appointees are always to receive
the minimum salary. This also holds with promotion into
another class. The maximum salary is to be the absolute
limit of compensation to which an employee can attain
while in a given class."
In considering the determination of a wage policy the
commission directed its attention particularly to three ques-
tions: (1) the minimum living wage; (2) the feasibility of
periodic wage adjustments on the basis of the changing pur-
chasing power of the dollar, and (3), the effect of reclassifi-
cation on the lump sum and statutory methods of appro-
priation. The results of these investigations are given in a
special report.
Courting Trouble
By Arthur L. Wilder
On page 31 of the American Machinist John S. Car-
penter calls attention to the poor design of the oper-
ating mechanism of an hydraulic-turbine gate valve.
The drawing printed with Mr. Carpenter's letter
shows a double operating lever rotating through an arc
of 45 deg. and moving, by means of two connecting
rods, a gate valve which rotates about 10 degrees.
On the sketch shown herewith, F is the center of the
gate valve and E is the center of the double operating
arm. The connecting links are AB and CD. Swing the
arm AE a distance of 45 deg. to position aE, and arm
CE to position cE, and lay out line ab parallel to,
and of the same length, as AB and, similarly, cd the
same length and parallel to CD. It is obvious, then,
the dimensions X, Y, z and y, measured parallel to
lines AB or CD, are all equal.
But, when the operating arms are moved 45 deg.,
the connecting rods AB and CD assume the positions
aB' and cD'. Then, if dimension x is equal to dimen-
sion y, arc BB' is greater than DD" due to the side
swing of the connecting rods. That is, the upper con-
necting link will tend to move the gate valve through
a greater arc than the lower link, which is obviously
impossible; and the mechanism will stand rigid except
for the slight amount of motion that can be obtained
due to play in the joints.
SKETCH SHOWING ERROR IN DESIGN OF MECHANISM
FOR GATE VALVE
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
471
An Interesting Ring Gear Job
By I. B. Rich
The Pacific Gear and Machine Co., San Francisco,
Cal., has many interesting jobs. One of them which
happened to be going through nt the time of my visit
was the making of ring gears for repairing a lot of
agricultural machinery by replacing cast ring gears
with those of forged steel.
The gear housing casting at the left has to have the
original cast teeth bored out to receive the steel ring
gear shown in the center. These gears are made from,
blanks forged without a weld, opened out from a solid
bar and shaped for machining in the usual way. The
blanks are then turned all over as shown at the right
in Fig. 1, the inside to the correct dimension but both
the sides and the outside diameter being left J in.
large.
The teeth are cut in a Fellows gear shaper, a special
chuck being provided that is easily handled and which
allows the center to be kept filled with oil. As the
cutter dips into this oil at every stroke it is auto-
matically lubricated without difficulty or trouble.
After the teeth are cut a steel disk is placed in the
center to prevent distortion during the carbonizing
process which follows. Carbonizing is carried quite
deep to insure a long wearing gear. The gear is then
chucked in an engine lathe as in Fig. 2, the steel disk
allowing the ring to be firmly clamped without dis-
torting the ring with the pressure of the jaws.
The outside and both faces are then turned to size,
a high-grade, high-speed steel having been found to
give best results. After this, with the center disk still
FIG. 1. THE BLANK AND THE FINISHED GEAK
FIG. 2. FINISHING THE OUTSIDE
in place, the gear is heated and quenched. This hardens
the teeth but as all the "case" has been turned from
both the sides and the outside there is nothing left
to harden except on the teeth. This leaves a gear with
hard teeth and everything else tough, as it should be.
The gear is then pressed into place and the job is done.
Making a Small Automobile Wrench
By John Vincent
A common form of wrench for use on an automobile
is made with a jaw on one end and a socket on the
other. On account of the large quantities produced,
the dies shown in the illustration were designed for
rapidly forging these wrenches under a Bradley ham-
mer.
The heated bar is first broken down between the flats
A, and then in the pass B a ball is for;i\ed on each
end. The handle between the balls is drawn out and
finished in the pass C. The socket end is finished
cylindrical and smooth by rotating for a number of.
blows in the pass D, where at the same time the outer
end is partially snubbed oflf so that it can more easily
be sheared off later.
The ball on the other end of the handle is flattenea
down in the pass E to form the jaw end of the wrench.
It is then shifted to the final pass F, where the hot-
chisel edge G removes the majority of the stock from
the interior of the jaw. The hot-chisels G arc formed
472
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. It)
DIK.S FOR FORGING AN AUTOMOBILE WRENCH IN A
HAMMER
on the ends of round plugs inserted in the main dies,
and are readily replaced.
The jaws are finished by grinding. The socket is
first drilled to the size of the short diameter of the
hexagon hole required, and then cut to shape in a punch-
ing machine with a punch corresponding to the finished
size and shape of the hole desired.
Boring a Large Ring Gear Out West
By James W. Silver
It has been for many years a prevailing idea that
when a job is too big for your shop the thing to do
is to turn it over to the other fellow; but out in the
West in nine cases out of ten the "other fellow" is not
much better equipped than you are. So when we had
two large girth-gears, like the one shown in the illus-
tration, 10 ft. Si in. outside diameter with a 10-in.
face, we had no machine large enough to bore and face
the interior parts; our boring mill capacity being only
102 in. However, with a little study and a combination
of two lathes the problem was solved. We turned the
headstock on our 52-in. lathe end for end, cast four
arms to fit on the fafeplate, faced the outer ends of
the arms and bolted the gear on. We then put a 20-in.
X 12-ft. lathe parallel with the faceplate, bolted it to
the floor and proceeded with the work. By this method
we saved our customer a great deal of time, for if he
had been obliged to send East for these gears, trans-
portation being so badly demoralized, it would have
been a long time before he could have obtained them.
Facing Some Slender Disks on the
Boring Mill
By E. a. Dixie
The illustration shows a rather interesting job which
has recently gone through our shop.
The disk A is 36 in. in diameter by 5 in. thick. The
stem is 24 in. long by 7 in. in diameter and must be
turned. The face of the disk must be square with the
stem to within rather close limits. Several machines
have been tried on the job but the best results have
been obtained by facing the disk on the Colburn Mill
shown in the illustration. The stem is previously turned
on an engine lathe, the face of the disk being strapped
to the faceplate.
The jig B has split hub C with cap D, secured by
four screws. When preparing to bore the hub the
cap was fitted with a piece of thick paper. The bore
was made a neat fit for the stem of the disk. This
allows the hub, with the paper removed, to securely
bind the stem. Four wings E provide means for clamp-
ing the flange of the casting so that it wjjll not be
twisted out of square with the stem. The wings are
drilled and tapped for the adjustable studs F, which
are caused to abut against the underneath and unfin-
ished surface of the flange, after the stem has been
securely clamped in the hub. Bolts G, clamps H and
"heels" /, are provided.
The job just about fills this size of boring mill. The
cut on top varies from J in. to 3 in., depending upon
the amount by which the casting is out of true. With
v.'ork as slender as this a heavy cut cannot be taken,
so the output is somewhat restricted; however, under
ordinary conditions, the operator can face from thrf;e
to four of these castings in 10 hours.
A BIG JOB ON A COMPARATIVELY SMALL LATHE
FACING SLENDER DISKS ON THE BORING iULl.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
WHAT ^o READ
478
r- xl
TTJ^
!;tKsi.-s*.,.
w- '^-.
Svy jested by the fancying Editor
TP
THE leading article this week is by Associate Editor
Sheldon. The title is "Automobile Engine Pistons
as a Stock Proposition." It deals with the manu-
facturing operations of a company which produces
pistons for all standard automobile engines. The fact
that the article treats of
"manufacturing" is one
recommendation, and that
it is written in Mr. Shel-
don's clear style is another.
It is not an infrequent
happening that assembly is
seriously held up because
of lack of production of one
or more component parts.
Many systems of produc-
tion reports have been de-
vised to overcome this
drawback. Graphic sys-
tems, also, have been de-
veloped. One of these is
explained by A. W. Sawyer in "Production Records at
the Hart-Parr Factory." Page 445.
"Modern Welding and Cutting" is resumed after an
intermission of six weeks — we now publish the twenty-
fourth of this great series by Ethan Viall. The current
installment deals with Welding Shop Layout, Equip-
ment and Work Costs. Page 447.
John S. Watts gives an explanation of some of the
causes of the high cost of living and labor troubles. You
may not all agree with his statements — if you do, there
is nothing gained by reading his argument. However,
you'll need to read it to find out, and you'll find it very
interesting and original. The title is "Should We Make
Essentials or Non-Essentials?" Page 451.
E. A. Dixie must have an enviable time in his plant.
He is a true mechanic at heart, and if we may judge
from the methods he uses to accomplish difficult jobs, as
told about in his articles, he is having one fine time
after another. The job of making some ball-ended
plugs appealed to Dixie as a job that he wanted to do
for the experience. When he had finished the job he
felt so good about it that he wrote it up for American
Machinist. See what you think of it — "Making Some
Ball-Ended Plugs." Page 453.
A .special ball-thrust bearing supplies a subject for
Western Editor Hunter's article "Press Work on the
Bailey Ball-Thrust Bearing." Page 456. The article
details the manufacture of this bearing, which was de-
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably a^ the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make, the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
signed to take the place of the bronze washers used as
thrust bearings in the differentials of some of the light
automobiles.
The readers of the Manchester series on "The Evolu-
tion of the Workshop" will regret to learn that the cur-
rent installment is the last.
Many have followed this
well written series with
more than average inter-
est. This week Mr. Man-
chester gives the history of
the American metal-work-
ing industries during the
Civil War. Page 459.
The report of the Classi-
fication and Compensation
committee to Engineering
Council is given in full, be-
ginning on page 464. It in-
cludes a comparison of the
December, 1919, report of
Engineering Council's committee with the report of the
Congressional Joint Commission on Reclassification of
Salaries. The committee has to say : "It is the belief of
the committee that, to say the least, the Federal Com-
mission's classification, where it differs from that of
your committee, has no advantages. The compensations
for the various positions proposed in the Federal report
are disappointing as they do not provide anything like
the increases which are believed by your committee to
be essential to the end that the engineering profession
may attract and retain men of proper caliber to assume
responsibilities successfully. The committee is hope-
ful that the plans which it has laid for continuing
its work will bring to its assistance the earnest backing
of engineers throughout the country in making the
classification effective, and that information as to the
value of engineering service and as to a wise employ-
ment policy will be obtained from such a wide variety
of sources that it will be practicable to formulate defi-
nite recommendations along these lines."
The foregoing paragraphs are concerned chiefly with
the longer articles. Among the shorter ones of note are
"Operations in a New Orleans Foundry," by Frank A.
Stanley, page 441 ; "Cost Keeping in the Small Shop,"
by Fred Colvin, page 442; "Combining Quantity Pro-
duction with the Making of Special Parts," by Peter F.
O'Shea, page 443, and "Wanted— Young Man, Fully Ex-
perienced," by Entropy.
474 A M E R I C A N M A C H I N I S T Vol. 53, No. 10
Disfrancnisea Engineers
The so-called "election of officers" in a number of the
big national engineering societies is an absolute farce.
A card bearing the names of the officers to be elected is
sent out to the membership — only ONE nominee being listed
for each office.
The "suggestion" is made in small type that if the mem-
ber does not wish to vote for any of those listed he may write
in the name of his choice.
What chance does any one stand of election whose name
is not printed on the ballot? Not the slightest! It is a practi-
cal impossibility for a sufficient number of those opposed to
any of the "selected" nominees to write in names on enough
ballots to affect the final result.
Hardly a member of any of the societies following the
"single-name nominee" plan has the slightest idea of who is
to be nominated until he receives his "ballot."
The selection of names is made by the members of the
nominating committee who are the real electors since the
membership is disfranchised by the method of making out the
ballots. This means that a small "group of insiders" consist-
ing of a fractional percentage of the total membership, selects
and puts into office all the national officers.
On their personal preferences and friendships rests the
responsibility for the one-man-to-an-office selections made.
If they selected two nominees for each office it wouldn't be so
bad, but three, or even more, would be better.
The question is, "How long are the engineer members
of such societies going to be content to stay disfranchised?"
Editor
ElB|g)g|giPMgMglgMBIgiaBJglp'MaifflBlBMagJgffiJBlBJBlBMiagI^^
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
475
EDITORIALS
The Right of Every American —
Working Freedom
THERE is a part of Mr. Harding's acceptance speech
which should be kept in mind by all — not especially
because it comes from the Republican candidate, but
because it reflects the thought of every real American :
"No party is indifferent to the welfare of the wage-
earner. To us his good fortune is of deepest concern,
and we seek to make that good fortune permanent. We
do not oppose but approve collective bargaining because
it is an outstanding right, but we are unalterably
insistent that its exercise must not destroy the equally
sacred right of the individual, in his necessary pursuit
of livelihood. Any American has the right to quit his
employment, so has every American the right to seek
employment. The group must not endanger the indi-
vidual, and we must discourage groups preying upon
one another, and none shall be allowed to forget that
government's obligations are alike to all the people."
Our ancestors came to these shores to seek religious
freedom — to worship as they believed — and we Ameri-
cans must not let our freedom of action in religion,
life or labor be killed by those who insist that we
must belong to a certain church, race, party or organi-
zation, in order to have the right to earn a livelihood
or work for whom or where we please. E. V.
Increasing the Railway Car Supply
by 100,000
THE Association of Railway Executives has resolved
that all of its members and other carriers be urged
to devote their utmost energies to the more intensive
use of existing equipment." This is a good move, and
is, of course, the very thing that should have been done
right along, since it would have been equally effective
before the grant of rate increases. However, the grant
was very evidently necessary, and having been given,
and approved by the country at large, the Association
is to be commended for attempting real betterment
before improvement can result from the rate increases.
The Association sets up several definite aims, among
them "an average daily minimum movement of freight
cars of not less than 30 miles per day," and "an average
loading of 30 tons per car." These are the aims with
which the public is chiefly concerned, not alone because
of benefits from a greater movement of goods if the
aims are attained, but also because of the amount of in-
fluence they may exert upon bringing these aims to a
successful conclusion.
Interesting statistics are given by the Association:
"An increase of only one mile in the average move-
ment per day would be equivalent to enlarging the
available supply of cars by 100,000." This is a big fig-
ure and is worth thinking about. If a car is standing
in someone's yard waiting to be loaded or unloaded it is
not helping to increase the average daily movement.
"The average freight car is actually in a train moving
between one terminal and another only 2.6 hours out of
24; it is actually at the service of the shipper or
receiver 8.8 hours out of 24." Another statement not
requiring explanation and furnishing food for thought.
The great opportunity of the buyer of car service is
to use just as little as possible of the "free time"
allowed for loading and unloading. All receiving and
shipping departments are constantly careful not to incur
demurrage; it will help out greatly, not only the rail-
roads but the shippers and receivers themselves, if
they will go a step further and save more "free time."
Cars should be loaded to capacity whenever possible
and should not be held in yards or on sidings when they
are worth so much more rolling along. An increase of
100,000 to the available supply, without the actual addi-
tion of a single car, is an attractive proposition and
one worth going after. L. C. M.
Automobile Fuels and Their
Consumption
THE shortage of gasoline and its rising price
naturally turns attention to the question of fuel for
the hundreds of thousands of automobiles which are
being built in this country each year. The first thought
in most cases is to consider the use of heavier and
cheaper fuels, but, according to what seems to be thor-
oughly reliable information, this is not the solution, as
petroleum is not to be obtained in sufficient quantities.
Unless we can secure an entirely different fuel, such
as alcohol, in sufficient quantities and at a low enough
price, the only apparent solution is a material reduction
in the amount of fuel used and this, after all, seems to
be the real solution from an engineering standpoint.
Perhaps the most difficult part of the problem is the
education of the motoring public away from the old
standard of car perfection — the ability to "take any
hill on high." It is to attain this distinction that we
find huge motors of 50 to 100 horsepower in passenger
cars, many times with a capacity of only three people.
It is this same desire which brought about the develop-
ment of the many-cylindered motor.
It is time we carefully considered the European point
of view and abandoned our policy of using motors sev-
eral times larger than are necessary, solely in order to
avoid shifting gears on heavy grades. The European
idea is to build a motor large enough to negotiate the
worst hill on low gear and at low speed. Such a motor
is capable of driving a car at reasonable road speed in
high gear on most of our roads.
But the size of motor is not the only thing to con-
sider. They must be made much more efficient and in
this we can profit by the experience of the airplane
motor builder. The Liberty motor, for example, de-
velops a horsepower on practically a half pound of fuel,
while the average automobile motor requires about
double this amount. The time has come when these
questions must be seriously considered by the engineers
of the automobile industry. F. H. C.
476
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
What Other Editors Think
Larger Outputs with Fewer Men
From Iron Age
A MANUFACTURING company employing hundreds
of men recently let it be known that it would hire
no more workmen, fior the present, at least. The
psychological effect of this was apparent almost imme-
diately in practical results. More and better work was
done in that plant; there were fewer days off, less
loafing on +he job and greater production per man.
Another company employing eighty men let thirty of
them go. P, was surprised to find that with the remain-
ing fifty men it got an output equal to that which the
eighty men had produced.
Th- ?ocksure attitude of workmen is not so common
as it was a few months ago. In some branches of
industry forces have been reduced, and while there is
no great unemployment anywhere, men are becoming
more jealous of their jobs. The workman, although
he may not be in close touch with the "front oflice,"
knows that in some lines there have been many cancel-
lations of orders, that production is being retarded
by lack of raw materials and inability to ship.
Judging by the complaints of manufacturers, there
is still much room for improvement in the attitude of
workers toward their jobs, and particularly toward
the common problem of maximum production. The
manufacturer naturally loses patience with the worker
who complains constantly of the high cost of living
but on the other hand does nothing in his own job
toward increasing the supply of goods.
In all the public discussions of the need for greater
production, there have been few utterances from labor
officials that show a proper appreciation of the true
economics of the situation. It is significant, therefore,
that a leading officer of the American Federation of
Labor, in addressing Federation members at Montreal,
pointed out that the wage earner's course is as much
responsible for existing conditions and high prices as
any other factor. The speaker was John H. Donlin
of Chicago, president of the building trades department
of the federation. In a plea for an "honest day's work"
he said: "If every worker doing physical labor would
insist that production equal to pre-war times would
again take place there would soon be an appreciable
recession in the prices of all commodities."
Speaking of another element entering into high
prices Mr. Donlin said: "It is strange, but it is a
fact that people complain about the price of neces-
sities and we are squandering our money on non-
essentials." He might have said, too, that it is not,
for example, the bloated profiteer who today is buying
silk shirts, but the workman who in days gone by would
not have thought of such a piece of extravagance. "The
higher the wage and the greater the underproduction,"
he added, "the more it is going to hurt the worker and
the worker only."
If only these facts were better appreciated by wage
earners better individual production might result. But,
as we have pointed out repeatedly, the need of the time
is not only that workers should understand that the
present high wage levels mean high prices for all con-
sumers and that the worker, when he reduces his output,
thereby takes away from himself a part of any advance
in wages he may secure. There is great need also —
must we not say it is the first need — that both employ-
ers and employees think more of their obligations each
to the other, rather than of new ways of asserting
their respective rights. It has been demonstrated in
many ways that even a great upheaval like the World
War does not bring any radical change in human, nature
in industry; therefore, the cure for indifference and
sloth must come through the realization by labor that
the man who does not perform an honest day's work
need expect little consideration when the supply of
men begins to exceed the supply of jobs.
The Shipping Board Declares for the
"Open Shop"
I-"ri>in Manufacturrrs' Record
THE Government of the United States is the Gov-
ernment of the whole people. Its powers cannot be
exercised in behalf of any particular clique, clan, inter-
est or organization without impairment of sovereignty.
There is no change in the character of the flame when
changing from gas to liquid fuel and the torch is
readily available for use with either. For short jobs
the liquid need not be turned on at all; the flame being
turned on and off as required with as little trouble
as an ordinary gas jet. ,
It is peculiarly meet and proper, therefore, that
Admiral Benson, as chairman of the Shipping Board,
should put that governmental instrumentality firmly on
record in favor of the "open shop." Because it lays
down a principle essential to the well-being of this
country, the following telegram is worth reading:
Washington, July 2.
President Waterfront Employers' Union,
San Francisco, Cal. :
Further complaints are received that your organization
is continuing discrimination on Shipping Board vessels.
The Shipping Beard must insist that proper longshoremen
be given an opportunity to work on its vessels, regardless
of affiliation with any particular organization. No other
position is compatible with equality of opportunity for
employment, which must be preserved in the public service.
We do not intend to prohibit rational discrimination against
individuals on account of their reputation, known partici-
pation in attacks on person or property in the course of
industrial disputes, disloyalty or other legitimate disquali-
fication for employment justifying their rejection by
responsible management, nor can there be objection to rea-
sonable means to establish the identity of such persons.
Such means must under no circumstances be permitted to
become or to be used as a means of arbitrary discrimina-
tion in employment. I have stated our position thus clearly
in order that we may not be misrepresented by interested
parties, and authorize you to give this telegram such pub-
licity as you desire. (Signed) Benson, Chairman.
The right of any man to work, "regardless of affilia-
tion with any particular organization" must be forever
preserved in the United States.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
477
Shop equipment newj
5. A. HAMD
escriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfiich there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of theke descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them t^ the manufacturer for approval.
• CONDENSED ■
CLIPPING INDEX
Aconiinuouj rocord
ol^modorn dojirfiu
• and oquipmoKl' •
Cincinnati No. 9 Internal Grinding
Machine
The illustration shows the No. 9 manufacturing in-
ternal grinding machine which has recently been placed
on the market by the Cincinnati Grinder Co., Cincin-
nati, Ohio. The machine is particularly adapted to
repetition work in the grinding of either straight or
tapered holes in such parts as can be revolved in a
chuck or on a faceplate. It consists essentially of a
swiveling wheelhead carried upon a table which is pro-
vided with longitudinal motion only; a workhead
mounted on a cross-slide in such a manner as to provide
a transverse movement for adjustment and feeding
the work to the wheel; a reverse plate mounted on the
front of the base for automatically controlhng the
reversal of the table; a gear box for varying the speed
of the table; an automatic feeding device for the cross-
slide; a gear box for controlling the rotative speed of
the work; a truing diamond carrier; and a coolant
system.
A constant-speed drive is employed, thus requiring
only a single pulley on the overhead lineshaft. The
machine may be driven through a silent chain by a
motor on the floor. From the main drive shaft at
the rear, the drive is through a belt at the side of
the machine to the drum-shaft, running on ball bear-
ings in the base. The spindle is driven from the
drum, a fixed and a floating idler being utilized to
keep the belt tight. To permit of using different sized
abrasive wheels, difi'erent heads are employed, each
head being a complete unit and interchangeable with
the the other heads. The diameter of the driving pulley
on each spindle is proportional to the diameter of the
wheels to be used on the spindle
The wheelhead can be swiveled 30 deg. from its nor-
mal position, so as to get the wheel out of the way of
the operator when the work is being gaged or changed.
The wheel-truing fixture is carried on a bracket at
the rear of the bed, the arm holding the diamond
being readily moved to bring it to the operating posi-
tion.
The reciprocating motion of the table is positively
driven from the main drive shaft, three changes of
speed "being provided by a gear box at the front of
the machine. Hand operation is obtained by means
of a pilot wheel. Positive stops are provided.
The Workhead
The workhead is driven from the main drive shaft,
three rotative speeds being provided by means of a
gear box at the rear of the machine. A belt, light-
ened by idler pulleys, connects the workhead with a
driving pulley provided with a clutch that is automatic-
ally disengaged whenever the wheelhead is swiveled
out of its normal position. Simultaneously with the
^isti'^r- ;
imii-^iS^rr^' ^^^mu^mmm
j
FIG. 1.
FRONT VIEW OF CINCINNATI NO. « INTERNAL
GRINDING MACHINE
FIG. 2.
REAR VIEW OF CINCINNATI NO. 9 INTERNAL,
GRINDING MACHINE
478
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
releasing of the clutch, a brake is applied to the pulley,
thus instantly stopping the work when the wheel is
swung out of the way.
The workhead can be swiveled for taper grinding to
an angle as large as 45 deg. by means of the hand-
wheel at the top actuating a pinion meshing with a
segment on the circular base of the head.
The workhead is mounted on a cross-slide which can
be fed either by hand or by power. The power feed
is driven from the table motion by means of a pawl
and ratchet, both the rate and the distance of travel
being adjustable. A thumb latch is employed for fine
feeding by hand and a handwheel for rapid traversing
of the cross-slide. A direct-reading dial and positive
stops are provided.
By using a cupped wheel, face grinding can be done
in connection with hole grinding work requiring very
accurate finishing.
The coolant pump is driven by a belt from the main
driving shaft. The tank is separate from the machine,
setting on the floor in the rear of it. The water guards
are detachab'e from the machine, and it is claimed that
they are of such size and shape as to catch all of
the spray.
Grant Automatic Double-Spindle
Chamfering Machine
The automatic double-spindle chamfering machine
shown in the illustration was recently brought out by
the Grant Manufacturing and Machine Co., 90 Silliman
Ave., Bridgeport, Conn. The machine is intended for
chamfering simultaneously both ends of automobile-
engine piston pins; and it is claimed that a speed of
40 pins per min. with pins I in. in diameter and 3 in.
long can be maintained.
The pins, already cut to length from the bar or
^^^^^^^^^...JMH^^flB^H^^r
^^^^B ]£r '^»l| ^5^
>i
■^
mm
yi
<
i
tube, are placed in the inclined hopper at the front
of the machine. From the hopper they roll or slide
down to the feeding mechanism, where they are taken,
one at a time, by a slide and placed in the proper
position in the clamp, which holds them while the cut
is being taken. The opposed cutters advance from each
side and chamfer the pin ends. They then recede, the
clamp is released, and the feeding slide pushes another
pin in place for cutting, thus ejecting the finished pin
down the diagonal slide at the left of the table.
The use of the machine is not restricted to chamfer-
ing, as it can be applied to drilling, facing or counter-
boring opposite sides of small work. The work need
not be round in section, as square or irregular shapes
can be handled.
Hercules 15-Ton Press-Broach
The Hercules Machinery Co., Detroit, Mich., has
recently re-designed its 15-ton arbor press and vertical
broaching machine, shown in the illustration. It is
claimed that the number of operations which the
machine can handle has been increased.
J
^r'^
iyD^^^jfe^T^w
^r^|e|:
1 mj^
&"
J "^
H
0
1
^
lULb
GRANT AUTOMATIC DOUBL.E-SPINDLE CHAMFERING
MACHINE
HERCULES 15-TON PRESS-BROACH
The ram is driven either by a belt or by an indi-
vidual motor mounted on the back of the column, and it
has a travel of 18 in. The knee has a vertical adjust-
ment of 14 in., being moved by means of a hand lever,
and it is removable, so that fixtures or conveyors can be
put in its place.
The press is guaranteed to have a capacity of 15 toni
pressure, each machine being tested up to 18 tons pres-
sure, at which point a pin -in the drive shears in order
to prevent breakage of the press. The travel of the
ram is governed by means of an automatic trip.
The floor space occupied by the machine is only S
square feet.
September 2, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery 479
Guards for Modern Grinding Machines Mahr No. 12-D Hand-Portable Oil-Fuel
The Modern Tool Co., Erie, Pa., is now equipping its
plain cylindrical self-contained grinding machines with
guards of the type shown in Figs. 1 and 2. These
guards are intended to replace those of heavy cast iron
formerly used, and to inclose the moving parts, at the
same time permitting them to be seen.
The guard, known as the phantom type, is made of
I'l.j. 1.
PHANTOM GUARD FITTED TO MODERN GRINDING
MACHINE
expanded metal riveted to a frame of angle iron. It is
supplied as a unit and not in sections, and can be
attached to the machine or removed without the use of
a wrench or screwdriver. It is claimed that the guard
is light and easily handled, but sufficiently strong to be
a thorough protection to the moving parts, such as pul-
leys and belts, which it 'completely incloses. The
corners are rounded so as to follow the lines of the
machine, thus saving space.
Practically complete visibility of the inclosed parts
PIG. 2. SIDE VIEW OP PHANTOM GUARD ON MODERN
GRINDING MACHINE
is ODtained, thus insuring against the accumulation of
dirt under the guards. Hinged portions and hand-
holes are provided for the sake of accessibility, so that
lubrication and minor adjustments of the moving parts
can be attended to without removing the guard.
Rivet Forge
The illustration shows the hana-portable, oil-fuel rivet
forge and stand, No. 12-D, built by the Mahr Manufac-
turing Co., Minneapolis, Minn. This forge is intended
especially for shipyard and scaffold work, and is of all-
steel welded construction. It is composed of two
units, the upper containing the forge and tank, while
MAHR NO. 12-D HAND-PORTABLE OIL-FUEL. RIVET
FORGE AND STAND
Specifications: Tanit capacity, 5 gal. Oil consumption, 13 gal,
per liour. Air consumption, 8 cu.ft. per minute. Heiglit overall
on stand, 46 J in. Floor space of stand, 13 x 36 in. Net weiglit:
forge and tanli, 165 lb. ; stand, 30 lb.
the stand is arranged with a long tray and rivet bin
and fitted with a clasp so that it can be secured to the
forge and moved with it if desired. It has a three-
piece tile lining. '..
The burner works on the vacuum principle and draws
oil directly from the tank below, thus avoiding the
necessity of carrying air pressure in the oil tank. It
is claimed that the burner will handle even dirty grades
of oil without trouble, and that when once adjusted
the forge requires but little attention.
Face-Grinding Table for Badger Disk-
Grinding Machine
The Badger Tool Co., Beloit, Wis., has developed a
face-grinding table to be used on its regular line
of single-spindle disk and cylinder-wheel grinding
machines. The illustration shows an end view of the
No. 8 machine with the face-grinding table serving a
20-in. abrasive cylinder held in a chuck. The other end
FACE-GRINDING TABLE FOR BADGER DISK-GRINDING
. MACHINE
480
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
of the spindle carries a 30-in. disk wheel and is served
with a universal lever-feed table.
The working surface of the table is 10 x 32 in., with
a longitudinal travel of 32 inches. The ways are 40
in. long, and the over-all dimensions of the table are
14 X 73 inches. Travel is produced by means of a pilot-
wheel operating a gear engaging a rack, the leverage
being 10 to 1. By means of a handwheel carrying a dial
and operating through a screw and nut, a feed of 4 in.
toward the grinding wheel can be obtained. Large
adjustments can be made by moving the main saddle
on the bed. All table and grinding-wheel equipments
are interchangeable. Complete dust-exhaust or wet-
grinding systems can be supplied. The net weight of
the complete table in No. 8 size is 1,000 lb.
Universal Boring Machine Coolant
System
The Universal Boring Machine Co., Hudson, Mass.,
is equipping its machines when so ordered with the
coolant system shown in the accompanying illustration.
COOLJVNT SYSTEM OP UNIVKRSAL BORING MACHINE
The pump is of the impeller type with a capacity of
12 gal. per minute, and it is driven by a belt from
the motor driving the machine. The intake to the
system is I in. in diameter, and no part of the passage
is smaller, so that all chips which enter the system
are able to pass through it. The coolant is delivered
to the cutting tool through a flexible-tube nozzle.
The table of the machine is provided with deep
pockets and grooves for collecting the coolant, which is
delivered to the tank through a flexible tube. Troughs
on the front and rear of the bed of the machine serve
to collect and carry off the lubricant which falls from
th« table. Another trough, also draining into the open
tank at the rear of the machine, is provided between
th« ways of the bed.
Silver 20-Inch Drilling Machine
The Silver Manufacturing Co., Salem, Ohio, has re-
cently redesigned its 20-in. drilling machine. The
accompanying illustration shows the machine, the prin-
cipal changes being in the style of the frame and an
SILVER 20-IN. DRILLING MACHINE WITH POWER FEED
Specifications: Height, 75 in. Travel of spindle, 12 in. Travel
of table, m in. Spindle to base, maximum, 42S in. Spindle to
table, maximum, 285 in. Weight: net, 775 lb.; shipping, 860 lb.;
boxed for export, 1,050 lb. Volume, boxed, 23 cu.ft.
increase in capacity under the spindle. It is intended
as a general purpose tool.
The spindle is provided with an S.K.F. ball thrust
bearing and usually with a No. 3 Morse taper hole. The
base, as well as the table, is square with the spindle.
The machine can be supplied with either hand or power
feed, and with a tapping attachment if desired. It can
be furnished with either geared or belted motor drive
and in gangs of either two, three or four spindles.
A Short Proof for Long Division
By J. Madden
The articles by Walter E. Meyer in the August 19
issue, and by E. S. Mummert in the August 26 issue
of American Machinist on "A Short Proof for Long Di-
vision," call to mind the method of proving division by
"casting out the nines." Perhaps this method is not so
commonly known as one would suppose and it may not
be amiss to explain it.
To cast out the nines from a number, either divide
the number by 9 or divide the sum of its digits by
nine. The remainder in either case is the number
sought. For example, to cast out the 9's from 8761 :
?-^|^ = 973
with 4 left over.
84-7 + 6-1-1 = 22 = 9X2 with 4 left over.
Four is the working number. In practice the usual
procedure is this:
8 + 7= 15 — 9 = 6 + 6 = 12 — 9 = 3 + 1 = 4.
The average mental pauses would be 15, 6, 13 4; or
the 8 and 1 might be grouped leaving merely 13, 4.
By this it will be seen that a proof involving casting
out the 9's does not add |^reatly to the length of
the operation.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
481
The rule for proving division is this: Find remain-
ders by casting out the 9's in divisor, dividend, quotient
and remainder. Multiply remainder from quotient by
remainder from divisor. To this product add remainder
from remainder. Cast out the 9's from this sum. The
result, if the division is correct, will equal the re-
mainder from the dividend. Example:
709) 62314 ([,7
5672
5594
4963
631
6
7
' ui
1
us = 7
The same process reversed may be used to prove mul-
tiplication. The rule is: Find the remainders from
multiplicand, multiplier and product. Multiply re-
mainder from multiplicand by remainder from multi-
plier. Find the remainder from their product. This re-
mainder, if the multiplication is correct, will equal the
remainder from the product. Example:
709 = 7
87 ^ 6
4963
5672
U2
61688 = 6
Addition and subtraction may be proved in a similar
way. Rule for proving substraction : Find remainders
from minuend, subtrahend and difference. Add re-
mainder from subtrahend to remainder from difference.
Find a remainder from this sum. If the subtraction
is correct, this remainder will equal the remainder from
minuend. Example :
879654 = 3
123007 = i
756647 = 8
8 + 4 = 12 ; 12 -
9 =
Rule for proving addition: Find remainder from
each quantity being added and from the sum. Add the
remainders from the quantities being added and find
.1 remainder from this sum. If the addition is correct,
this remainder will equal the remainder from the
sum. Example:
876579 = 6
124632 = 0
631854 = 0
909071 = 8
462175 = 7
846197 = 8
3850508=^
To some, it may seem, after reading the preceding
explanation and rules, that these proofs are complicated.
I believe that if thoroughly understood and given a fair
trial they will prove to be, on the contrary, quite simple.
There may be offered the objection that there is as
much liability to make mistakes in casting out the 9's
as in doing the original work. A little practice will
show that this is not so. Even when mistakes are made
in casting out the 9's they are soon discovered, as
the proof is naturally the first step checked.
Representation of Local Organizations
in the F. A. E. S.
The Constitution of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies states, in Article IV — Section 3:
"provided that in the determination of the representation of
local, state and regional organizations and affiliations no
count shall be taken of any organization which is repre-
sented individually or through another local, state or
regional organization or affiliation; ..."
That is to say, if there were in a community five
local engineering and allied technical organizations, all
in a local affiliation, and one of them- was a member
of the Federated American Engineering Societies, then
the remaining four societies would be entitled to repre-
sentation as an affiliation in the Federated American
Engineering Socieities, through its membership as a
local affiliation, on the basis of the aggregate member-
ship— less the membership of the local organization
that already held membership in the Federated Ameri-
can Engineering Societies, or each of the four organiza-
tions could individually become a member of the Fed-
erated American Engineering Societies.
Revision of Weights for Sections of
Minimum Web Thickness of American
Standard Beams and Channels
In 1896 the Association of American Steel Manufac-
turers adopted a list of standard profiles of structural
steel sections which are known as American Standard
Structural Sections. In 1911 the association also
adopted standard methods of computation for published -
weights and areas. The weights that were published "
for the minimum thickness of beams and channels did
not correspond exactly to the published areas and it has
long been known that it is impracticable to furnish
these sections true to both the published weights and
dimensions.
To correct this situation the Association has just
adopted as American Standards the weights per foot
shown in the third column of the table below for the
section of minimum web thickness which do correspond
to the published dimensions.
Weight, Pounds
per Foot
Suction
Depth, Inches
Present Weight
New Weight
Beams
3
5 5
5 7
4
7.5
7.7
5
9.75
10.0
6
12 25
12.5
7
15 0
15.3
8
18.0
18 4
9
21.0
21.8
10
25.0
25.4
12
31.5
31.8
12
40.0
40.8
15
42.0
42.9
15
60.0
60.8
15
80.0
81.3
18
55.0
54.7
20.
65.0
65.4
20
80.0
81.4
24
80.0
79.9
24
105.0
105.9
Channels
3
4.0
4.1
4
5.25
5 4
5
6 5
6.7
6
8 0
8 2
7
9 75
9 8
8
11 25
11.5
9
13.25
13.4
10
15.0
15.3
12
20.5
20 7
15
33.0
33.9
The new weights as set forth above are to be put into
effect Sept. 1 by all of the companies rolling these
sections.
482
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
KS FROM THi
Valeniine Francis
International Bureau of Weights [
and Measures Might Include
Other Standards
The International Bureau of Weights
and Measures will meet at Paris during
September of this year. S. W. Strat-
ton, director of the Bureau of Stand-
ards, has recently sailed to attend these
sessions as the official representative of
the United States.
There is in contemplation a consider-
able increase in the functions of the
International Bureau to include other
standards than those of simple weights
and measures. This idea of extension
of activity has been approved by rep-
resentatives of the American Physical
Society, the National Academy of
Science, and the National Research
Council.
It is anticipated that if the plan
is adopted the International Bu-
reau of Weights and Measures will
have custody of numerous other types
of standards and will eventually under-
take the study of physical values and
promulgation of constants based upon
the best available information. Such
eerhstants would doubtless be adopted
by most of the interested countries in
^lie form of an international convention
with respect to units and standards.
Underwood Typewriter Co. Takes
Over Bullard's Bridgeport Plant
The old plant of the Bullard Machine
Tool Co., of Bridgeport, Conn., located
on Broad, Allen, Lafayette Sts. and
Railroad Ave., has been purchased by.
the Underwood Typewriter Co., of Hart-
ford, Conn., and will be used for the
making of portable typewriters.
The Underwood people expect to em-
ploy between 1,500 and 2,000 workmen
when this plant, which will be known as
Plant No. 2, will be up to maximum
production.
The Bullard company recently moved
to its new plant in Black Rock, Bridge-
port. The plant purchased by the Un-
derwood company, has a total floor area
of 168,222 sq.ft., and is modernly
equipped; has all daylight space,
adequate power plant, passenger and
freight elevators, electric cranes, foun-
dry, etc. The main building of the
plant was built only a few years ago,
aft€ is a fireproof reinforced concrete
stfucture five stories high.
Considerable alterations will be made
t» the plant to make it suitable for
typewriter manufacturing use, and the
Underwood concern expects to have the
plant in operation about the middle of
October.
Shall the Tail Wag the Dog?
The metric system of weights
and measures having made little
progress in the industries of this
country, its advocates are now
endeavoring to force it by law on
a people who have found little
merit in it.
The arguments which to their
mind are unanswerable are
summed up in the terms:
"World Uniformity" and "For-
eign Trade." They start with
what they consider an indis-
putable assumption that the
metric system users form an
overwhelming majority and that
the bulk of trade is carried on in
their system.
But facts are stubborn things
and the facts indicate that the
nearest approach to world uni-
formity in manufacture and trade
has been achieved by non-metric
America and England. The over-
whelming preponderance of
American and British foreign
and domestic trade and the dom-
inating position held by their
system of weights and measures
in every commercial port have
secured for them a universality,
through natural processes, which
no amount of compulsory legisla-
tion could have made possible.
We have only to remember
that: .i
(1) 70 per cent of the world output
of steel is manufactured in tlie
United States and Great Britain
on the inch and pound basis.
(2) Approximately two-thirds of
the world i)roduction of ma-
chine tools is made to the inch.
(3) 80 per cent of the world produc-
tion of screw threads is made
to the inch.
(4) The United States and Canada
consume for manufacture about
75 per cent of the world produc-
tion of crude rubber.
(5) The United States manufactures
90 per cent of the world produc-
tion of motor vehicles.
(6) The standard unit by which
lumber is measured the world
over is the board-foot, being a
board one foot square by one
inch thick.
(7) 95 per cent of the world's cotton
spindles are spinning to the
yard and pound ; only 5 per cent
are. spinning to metric.
(8) Approximately two-thirds of the
commerce of the world in man-
ufactured products is on the
basis of the American-English
system of weights and measures.
In the light of these facts it
is evident that the metric party
is engaged in an effort to make
the tail wag the dog.
Research Council Announces
Chairmen for 1920
The National Research Council, with
headquarters at Washington, D. C, has
elected the following chairmen of its
various divisions for the year beginning
July 1, 1920:
Division of Foreign Relations, George
E. Hale, director, Mt. Wilson Observa-
tory, Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton; Government Division, Charles D.
Walcott, secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution, and president of the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences; Division
of States Relations, John C. Merriam,
professor of palaeontology. University
of California, and president-elect of the
Carnegie Institution of Washington;
Division of Educational Relations, Ver-
non Kellogg, Professor of Entomology,
Stanford University, and permanent
secretary of the National Research
Council.
Division of Industrial Relations,
Harrison E. Howe; Research In-
formation Service, Robert M. Yerkes;
Division of Physical Sciences, Augus-
tus Trowbridge, Professor of Physics,
Princeton University; Division of Engi-
neering, Comfort A. Adams, Lawrence,
Professor of Engineering, Harvard
University; Division of Chemistry and
Cliemical Technology, Frederick G. Cot-
trell, director of the Bureau of Mines;
Division of Geology and Geography, E.
B. Mathews, Professor of Minerology
and Petrography, Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity.
Division of Medical Sciences, George
W. McCoy, director of the U. S.
Hygienic Laboratory since 1915; Divi-
sion of Biology and Agriculture, C. E.
McClung, Professor of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania; and Division
of Anthropology and Psychology, Clark
Wissler, Curator of Anthropology,
American Museum of Natural History,
New York. These officers wUl assume
charge of the activities of their indi-
vidual departments.
A. I. E. E. Moves to Join
F. A. E. S.
At the meeting of the Board of Di-
rectors of the Americart Institute of
Electrical Engineers held in New York
on Aug. 12 the following resolution to
become a charter member of the Fed-
erated American Engineering Societies
was unanimously adopted:
"Resolved, That the American Insti-
tute of Electrical Engineers accepts the
invitation to it to become a charter
member of the Federated American
Engineering Societies, and pledges
its hearty co-operation in the work
thereof."
September 2, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
483
Westinghouse Employees Take
Voluntary Insurance
Over 90 per cent of the employees of
the Westinghouse Electric and Manu-
facturing Co., at the East Pittsburgh
works, have taken advantage of the
additional insurance of an Insurance
and Savings plan recently made effec-
tive by the organization.
This, in effect, means that nearly all
employees have savings accounts, be-
cause to be eligible for additional in-
surance the company requires each
worker to deposit a portion of his
earnings in the Employees' Savings
Fund.
Every employee when completing six
months' service with the company is
given a $500 life insurance policy, free
of charge and without any restrictions.
By continuing with the company and
depositing, at least, 2 per cent of his
earnings in the Employees' Savings
Fund additional insurance of from
$500 to $1,500 may be secured, the
amount depending upon length of serv-
ice. A policy of from $1,000 to $2,000
may, therefore, be obtained by every
employee of the Westinghouse Co. de-
positing in the fund, which pays inter-
est at the rate of 4J per cent com-
pounded semi-annually on all deposits.
To assist an employee to meet an
emergency, loans will be made from
the Employees' Saving Fund.
Every depositor can borrow 90 per
cent of the money he has in the fund,
without in any way affecting the value
of the insurance. Repayment can be
made at the rate of 10 per cent
monthly.
In addition to paying interest on the
deposits, the company guarantees that
the fund is not to be used for private
enterprise, but is to be held in trust
solely for the employee, who can with-
draw his savings account with accumu-
lated interest at any time.
The percentage of employees who
have opened savings accounts with the
company is much higher than has
heretofore been obtained by other
organizations with insurance plans. It
is somewhat unique in industrial annals
to know that 90 per cent of the workers
in one of the largest organizations in
the world have savings accounts and
through their thrift have made them-
selves eligible for life insurance policies
of $1,000 and over. It is expected that
the derelict 10 per cent will soon join
the ranks of the thrifty.
Report Shows Biggest Year for
U. S. Patent Office
An extraordinary increase in the busi-
ness of the United States Patent Of-
fice during the fiscal year ended June
30 is disclosed by the report of the
Commissioner of Patents, R. F. White-
head, to Secretary Payne of the Interior
Department, according to figures given
out today.
There were 81,948 applications for in-
ventions filed as compared with 62,755
during the previous year. The total
number of applications of all kinds was
102,940, which is 27,283 more than were
filed during the year 1919.
The number of patents granted, and
trade marks, labels and prints regis-
tered was 47,409, an increase of 4,056
over the preceding fiscal year.
The cash receipts from all sources,
the largest item of which is for first
fees in connection with applications,
amounted to $2,615,697.33. The total
expenditures were $2,436,561.37, leav-
ing a net surplus of $179,135.96. The
total net surplus to date is $8,305,023.56.
In 1918 and 1919 expenditures exceeded
receipts by $27,955.62 and $65,228.13,
respectively. It will be seen that the
large increase of business is reflected
in the net surplus of receipts during the
past fiscal year.
The office shipped to foreign govern-
ments 999,862 copies of "patents. It re-
ceived for record 40,188 deeds of as-
signment.
One of the items which make up the
large increase in the volume of busi-
ness of the office is applications for the
registration of trade marks, in which
a gain of 72 per cent over the number
received during the preceding fiscal
year is recorded.
The gain in actual numbers of ap-
plications filed far exceeded any pre-
vious increase of business in any one
fiscal year, and this gain is larger than
the total receipts of any calendar year
in the history of the Patent Office up
to and including the year 1881.
I
Individualism is a fine thing for ini-
tiative, but co-operation is necessary
foi progress.
N. I. C. Board Moves to
New York
The National Industrial Conference
Board announces that on and after Aug.
23 its headquarters (now in Boston)
will be located at 10 East 39th St., New
York City.
Business executives, economists and
others interested in the board's work
will find at the offices of the board
n;uch valuable information on indus-
trial-economic subjects which is con-
stantly being collected and analyzed by
those in charge.
Consolidated Utilities Corporation
Plans Wide Manufacturing
Activities in the Near
Future
The Consolidated Utilities Corpora-
tion, of Binghampton, N. Y., a com-
bination of four large manufacturers,
announces an extended program of
business activity in the near future.
The plants of the Emco Manufacturing
Co., Woodworth Manufacturing Co.,
Osgood Scale Co., and Jones of Bing-
hamton Co., have been acquired by the
new concern and plans are now under
way to set the machinery of the com-
bination in motion for united produc-
tion of automobile accessories, motor
parts, belting and guards, chains and
scales.
A recent addition to the Osgood Co.'s
plant will enable the new body to pro-
duce a maximum of the well-known
Osgood scales. A new concrete addi-
tion to the Woodworth factory is con-
templated so that the production of
this branch can be greatly increased.
Worrall & Kling Open Youngs-
town B. & T. Agency
H. C. Worrall, general sales man-
ager of the Gilbert & Barker Manu-
facturing Co., and Elmer Kling, in
charge of the factory sales department
of the same concern, have resigned
their positions to enter business for
themselves.
Worrall & Kling have opened offices
in the Stearns Building as sales repre-
sentatives of the Youngstown Boiler and
Tank Co., specializing in large and
small storage tanks as well as pres-
sure tanks and miscellaneous plate
work, such as steel stacks, bins, etc.
It is their intention as manufacturers'
agents to add a few kindred lines.
Handley Page Co. to Build
Freight Airplane
It is understood that the Handley
Page Co., of England, will soon con-
struct a special airplane suitable for
carrying freight. This has been made
necessary owing to the increased quan-
tity of heavy and bulky freight which
is now being carried to and from Paris
by the company.
The new machine will be one of the
0-11 types and will have a large freight
hold with a passenger cabin for two
or three at the back and also a room
will be made in the nose of the air-
plane for two passengers in addition to
the pilot and mechanic.
484
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
Geo. B. Hodges Joins McVicker
Engineering Co.
The McVicker Engineering Co. an-
nounces that George B. Hodges has
been appointed manager of the indus-
trial and production department.
Mr. Hodges has been identified with
the production and industrial work on
tractors, plows and power farming
machinery for the past eighteen years.
The McVicker Engineering Co.'s serv-
ice policy, in connection with the pro-
duction work, is practically the same as
with their consultation service, and en-
ables companies in need of production
and industrial service to get Mr. Hod-
ges' assistance at a very moderate re-
muneration.
Engineers and architects from all
parts of the State of Minnesota met at
Duluth recently and took the first steps
toward the formation of a state fed-
eration of engineers and architects.
Akron Public Works to Buy
Machinery
Approximately $150,000 worth of
machinery will be needed by the Akron
department of public works next year,
according to F. C. Tolles, superintend-
ent.
The street cleaning department re-
quires another sweeper and at least one
more auto truck, he said. The street
repair department will need four heavy
tractors, a steam roller and a breaking
plow. The garbage collection depart-
ment will require at lea.st one more
truck and twenty additional trailers,
Mr. Tolles said. The trailers used by
the garbage collection department this
year have proven successful.
The city started a policy of purchas-
ing machinery to do a large part of the
public work two years ago.
A large sum will be asked to equip
the city yard with bins and tanks for
storing material.
DOMESTIC EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES BY COUN'THlEi^, 1:)IHINC! JINE. 1920
METAL-WORKING MACHINEaV
Countries Lathes
491
Belgium $34,875
Bulgaria.
Denmark
Finland
France 71,627
Greece
Italy 13.625
Netherlands 4.565
Norway 1.211
Poland and Danzig
Portugal
Roumania
Spain 25.530
Sweden 5,014
.Switzerland 3,017
England 266,968
Scotland 133
Ireland
Bermuda
British Honduras
Canada 141,814
Costa Rica
Guatemala
Honduras
Nicaragua
Panama
Salvador
Mexico 13,211
Newfoundland and Labrador 4.359
Jamaica
Trinidad and Tobago 75
Cuba 6.369
Haiti
Dominican Republic 90
Argentina 1 6.940
Brazil 2.037
Chile 547
Colombia 1.221
Ecuador 784
Dutch Guiana
Paraguay
Peru 6,133
Uruguay 3,231
Venezuela
China 19,460
British India 21,440
Straits .Settlements
Other British Fast Indies '
Dutch Fast Indies 4,789
French East Indies
Hongkong 1. 108
Japan 123,536
Siam
Turkey in Asia
Australia,- 30,610
New Zealand 3,422
French Oceania
Philippine Islands 8,186
Belgian t^'o^ro
British ^esi ' frica 25
British South •< frica 3,755
British Fast * frica
Canary Islands
French Africa
Kamerun. etc 250
Portuguese Africa 300
Egypt 6,236
Total 845, 583
196,969
697
80
73
180
133.725
35
40,035
7.793
2,938
18.002
1.027
223
34
270
177
33
74.092
10
1.258
101.919
12
15,157
986
438
460
1,746
3,805
144
Other
Machine
Tools
492
$lf:,356
624
Sharpening
and
Grinding
Machines
493
$8,847
298
71
19,543
16,98i
11.574
2.895
500
1,525
15,575
1,580
86,514
608
962
All
other
495
$54,803
358
586
1.130
112,051
1.331
126.578
48,311
36.691
1.753
14,510
12,613
4,887
1,903
168
1,595
23,888
34,673
190
210,442
11,431
9,672
13,250
589
330.642
1,468
138
191.458
119
225
9
1.274
576
487
15
3.667
(,609
12.045
207
370
1.492
2.215
23.274
983
27.870
5,482
30
820
7,307
373
11.332
14,812
8.528
1,811
7,579
3.935
2,084
836
6.531
25
24
259
64
127
51
220
177
8,635
668
225
231
2.587
93
8.600
17,945
1,206
4.133
26,349
4,684
113,411
244
250
54
5.190
6.097
125
303
146.894
17.648
191
965
1,750
17,529
1,829
21
559
Gilbert & Barker Make Changes
in Personnel
The sales department of the Gilbert
& Barker Manufacturing Co., of Spring-
field, Mass., has announced the follow-
ing changes at various offices of the
company: Mr. Crosier, assigned to Los
Angeles from Denver; Mr. Coolbroth,
from Little Rock, Ark., to Portland,
Ore.; Mr. Chauncey, from San Fran-
ciso to factory at Springfield, Mass.;
Mr. Flynn, from plant to San Fran-
cisco, and Mr. Fa.rell, from plant to
Portland, Ore.
J. F. Hamblen, formerly of the New
l^ork City sales force, has been assigned
to the Sacramento, Cal., office of the
company.
S. J. Taylor, formerly in charge r-f
the Sacramento, Cal., oflice, has been
transferred to San Francisco.
0. J. Skinner, formerly of the Stand-
ard Oil Co. of California, has joined the
San Francisco office of the Gilbert &
Barker Manufacturing Co., of Spring-
field, Mass.
1.127.297 395,903 1,134.940
The Aws Manufacturing Co., 398 Har-
man St., Brooklyn, N. Y., would be
pleased to receive catalogs from manu-
facturers of machinery and tools with
special reference to the manufacture of
low-pressure valves, non-ferrous foun-
dry equipment; also other catalogs of
engineerings interest for its files.
liForthcomin^ Meetin^sl
The -Americiin Railway Tool Foremen's
Association %vill hold its annua meeU^g a?
the Hotel Sherman, Chicago, on Sept. 1 to 3.
The National Gas Enirine Association
Monadnock Bldg.. Chicagl." ni.^^^^^r'h'"^^
Its thirteenth annual convention at the Con-
gress Hotel, Chicago, on Sept. 1 2 Lid 3.
fV.'^'^S.'^T^^i.''^''" S'*"*"' Treaters" Society and
hn';,l''Jr'- Treating Research Society ^U
"°i•>,.'^<*"^ second annual convention and
ade'lnhir #' '"^ Commercial Museum PhU-
adelphia. Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18. inclusive.
cinnntf nh"?; °^- ^^^ ^"^^"^ Steel Co.. Cin-
.sictety.' '^ secretary of the former
The National Safety Council. 168 North
Michigan Ave.. Chicago. III., will hold its
o"s'ept""r'to Oc't'' r"^'"^" '" Milwaukee
. '^^® •■^"J''';'?^" Foundrymen's Associa-
i" u^J''". 'J?'? "^ annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
U\ ■■ Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building.
Chicago. III., is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires. Argentine Republic. S. A
has been arranged for the month beginning
fJov. l!i. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition. Inc..
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
4 2nd St.. New York.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
Association will hold its 19th annual Fall
convention at the Hotel Astor. New Vork
City, on Thursday and Friday. Dec '• and
3. 1920. C. Wood Walter, oare of the asso-
ciation at Worcester. Mass., is secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the .American
Society of Mechanical Kngineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies BuUdine
?9 West 39th Street, New York City from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery (/ J
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
(ifl^-
484a
Slid Press, "U. S."
r. S. Tool Co., Inc., 51-53 Lawrence St.. Newark, N.
"American Machinist," Aug. 12, 1920
Tiiese sub-presses are intended
for accurate work under a press
ram. Special presses are built to
suit particular jobs, and stock
ones are carried in a range of
l^laten sizes from 2 x 3 in. to 6 x
8 in.
WeldinK Miichiiie, Spot, Automatle, Clianiiel, "Federal"
Federal Machine and Welder Co., Warren, Ohio
"American Machinist," Auff. 12, 1920
The machine is intended for
welding together two steel chan-
nels to form an I-i>eam. Channels
from 4 to 16 in. in depth can hv
handled, two spot welds from 4 to
12 in. apart being made simul-
taneously. A motor feeds the
work at a speed of from 25 to 6"
ft. per min. The machine is capa-
ble of welding two si)ots at a tinic
on two i)ieces of material \ in.
thick at the rate of 60 welds per
min. The welding current is con-
trolled l)y auto transformers In
the iirimary circuit in eight equal
steps from 65 |rer cent to full line voltage, two 220-volt air-cooled
transformers being provided. Copper disl<8 are used to make the
contact necessary for the secondary or welding current.
MUIing Attaoliment, Kliaper, "Trl-.State"
Tri-State Milling Machine Co., Memphis, Tenn.
"American Machinist," Aug. 12, 1920
This milling attachment is intended
for aijplication to a shaper. it being
mounted in the shaper ram-way after
the ram has been moved back. The
siiindle is worm driven and is su])-
ported by a sulistantial overarm. The
sine and make of the shaper on which
the attachment is to be used should
be given when ordering. One arl)or
is furnished with the attachment.
Diameter of cone pulley steps. 4, 6.
8 and 10 in. Table, 3 ft. long ;
mounted on swivel base. Crossfeed,
? in.
Toolrack, "International"
International Purchasing Bureau, 203 East loth St., New York,
^' ^- "American Machinist," Aug. 12. 1920
This rack or stand consists of east-iron
trays arranged to swivel. The small
round tray at the top is intended to hold
small tools such as micrometers.
Grinding Machine, Face, Extra-Heavy-Duty, "Diamond," 54-In.
Diamond Machine Co., 9 Codding St.. Providence, R. I.
"American Machinist." Aug 12. 1920
The machine is intended for
heavier and larger worl\ than
any machines heretofore built of
this type. A sectional-tyi)e
grinding wheel is used, consist-
ing of a number of abrasive
Iilocks held in a chuck. The
coolant tank is of large area, so
that the necessary volume of
coolant is of moderate depth
which facilitates the settling of
sediment. Two sets of central-
ized controls are iirovided. The
;'"^'<5 '.s by a motor mounted on
the gnndmg- wheel head, from whicli power is dnLvt-r ,1 i , i'i».
Grind ngwheef 54 ^'"T ^''r' '='^^'"- S.'ind'le. "o"i\"'=diam. iV-T
na tr^ve^ ill' " '"■ diameter. Platen ; width. 36 in. ; longitudi-
nal travel, l.i4 m. Speeds of table, 12, 17. 22, 28 ft per min
f t'roke "of ^t!;'.".'""^J'?'^<"',^n%^ JP-"- Feids, •0.002 to 0 2rin.Tf
sh^n^pn, Is ^i- ■^°"":' ^"L^'P- Approximate weight boxed for
slupment, mcludmg motor, 35,000 lb.
Lathe, Turret, Hydraulic, "Moretti"
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, Eng., and 54 Dey St., New York,
"American Machinist," Aug. 19, 1920
The movements are operated
hydraulically, the machine being
intended for operation by dis-
abled men. A minimum pres-
sure of 75 lb. per square inch is
required for operating the cross-
slide, turret and chuck, the ac-
tion of the actuating pistons
iieing controlled by valves. The
turret s'.ide is provided with
automatic stops. The drive is
through a 3-step cone pulley.
Swing over bed, 12 in. Dore of
, chuck, I in. Turret ; stroke. 3
I in. : diameter, 5 in. ; tool holes,
1 in. Range of feeds to cross and turret slides, 3 to 80 in. per
j min. Floor space. 2 ft. x 5 ft. 8 in. Weight ; net, 770 lb. ; ship-
I iiing, 1,000 lb. Cu.ft., 60.
Glue Pot, Electric, nry-T.vpe, " WestlnBhouHe"
Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co.. East Pittsburgli
Pa.
"American Machinist," Au^. 19, 1920
This is a two-quart size, elec-
trically heated, dry-type glue
pot, of the tyi)e described in the
".\merican Machinist" of March
20, 1919. The time taken to
heat the glue is approximately
15 minutes. Sizes made. 1 innt,
1. 2 and 4 quarts.
C'alorizor, Oil or Giih, Industrial Furnace, "Malir"
Mahr Manufacturing Co., Minneapolis. Minn.
"American Machinist," Aug. 19. 1920
This device is intended for at;:'.ch-
ment to industrial furnaces, it l>eing
a combination of oil atomizer and
gassiflcation and combustion cham-
bers. It is made in angle and straight
types. The former, which is illus-
trated, is recommended for moderate-
temperature work, as in annea'ing
furnaces and core ovens, and tlie let-
ter type is for high-temperature work
where a strong reducing action is 're-
quired, as in drop-forging furnaces.
Low-pressure air is uped for both
atomization and combustion, tlie
pressure being not less than 8 oz. per
square inch, .^ny grade of oil or gas
can be used by making a slight change in the calorizor. There
are three sizes, with oil-consumption capacities for the straight
type of 5, 8 or 12 gal. per hour, and for the angle type of 4, 7
or 10 gal. per itour.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
484b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. K
Los Angeles Gas and Electric Co., of
Los Angeles, Cal., has arranged an ap-
propriation of $2,500,000 for extensions
and improvements to its plants and
system.
United Machine and Manufacturing
Co., of Akron, Ohio, has had plans
drawn up for the construction of a new
foundry, 100 x 200 ft., to cost $100,000.
including equipment.
Witherow Steel Co., Pittsburgh,
operating a plant at Neville Island, is
planning for the manufacture of elec-
tric steel at its plant at Fayette, near
Connellsville, Pa., recently acquired
from the Connellsville Electric Steel
Co. The company has a tract of 25
acres of land at this place, and included
is the property of the former Keystone
tube mill. G. R. Norton, former vice-
president and works manager of the
Sizer Forge Co., Buffalo, will be man-
ager at the plant.
The Ewald Iron Co., of Louisville,
which manufacturers parts of locomo-
tives that are used by more than fifty
railroads, has announced a program of
expansion which includes the rebuild-
ing of the present plant, which has a
capacity of 12,000 tons annually, with a
$3,000,000 plant with yearly output of
50,000 tons of iron. It is estimated that
the new plant will be in operation some
time in 1922, and that the payroll will
include 1,000 men.
The Bayside Foundry Co., Inc., of
Fall River, Mass., recently organized,
has closed negotiations to take ever the
Mechanics Foundry plant on Davol St.
and Remington Ave., Fall River. The
present Mechanics Foundry has a ca-
pacity output of fifteen tons a day,
but the new concern plans to greatly
increase this as soon as the organiza-
tion is completed.
The Universal Chain Co., Inc., of
Hartford, Conn., was recently organized
to deal in chains, tools, machines, etc.
The capital of the company is $500,000,
and the organizers are Howard A.
Flagg, 1291 Farmington Ave., West
Hartford; D. C. McCarthy and P. G.
Hayes, of Hartford, Conn.
The New England Smelting and Re-
fining Co., Inc., of Ansonia, Conn., has
recently been organized to deal in
metals, etc. Address S. J. Liftig, 52
Piatt St., Ansonia. The capital of the
new company is $50,000.
The Burke Electric Co. wishes to an-
nounce the appointment of L. L. Myers
as general Western sales manager.
Mr. Myers' headquarters will continue
to be in the Illuminating Building,
Cleveland, Ohio, where he has been the
Burke Electric Co.'s sales representa-
tive for the Cleveland territory for
several years.
L. B. Ritchie has been appointed gen-
eral Eastern sales manager, with head-
quarters at 30 Church St., New York.
The American Steel and Wire Co., of
Worcester, Mass., has awarded the con-
tract for a combination office and rec-
reational building at the Kansas St.
works of the plant in Worcester. The
new building will be two stories and
basement high, 50 x 90 ft., and will cost
approximately $50,000. It will be of
brick and steel construction. The rec-
reational portion of the structure will
contain an auditorium, with stage, etc.,
and will have all features of such build-
ings. The building will face on Cam-
bridge St.
The Wickwire-Spencer Steel Corp., of
Worcester, Mass., and Buffalo, N. Y.,
will transfer its welded fabric depart-
ment from the Clinton, Mass., factory
to the works at Buffalo shortly, so as
to be nearer the source of raw material
supply.
The American Machine Co., of Hart-
ford, Conn., has recently increased its
capital from $50,000 to $100,000.
Personals
Mi-tal MeHIne Pots. Cutler - Hammer
Manufacturing Co., Milwaukee. Wis., 2-page
illustrated circular. 8} x 11 in., descriptive
of C-H Melting Pots, both portable and
bench types. These heating pots are espe-
cially serviceable for melting lead. tin.
solder, babbitt, etc.. and maintaining these
metals at the proper temperature. The heat
may be controlled by means of a rotary
snap switch or .-in automatic control device
which maintains the temperature at the
desired point The leaflet is known as
Publication 826,
TechnoloBic Paper, fio. 164, "Saybolt VU-
oosit.v of Blends." Department of Com-
merce, Bureau of Standards, Washington.
D. C, prepared by Winslow H, Herschel,
associate jihysicist Bureau of Standards
A truly technical treatise on the blending of
oils, crudes and gasoline, giving tables and
charts for determining the viscosity of vari-
ous blends. Copy can be had by addressing
the above bureau.
Square IJ Safety Switches. The Square
D Co., Detroit, Mich.. Catalog No. 25. pp,
40, 8 J X 111 in, A well-written catalog
with many elaborate illustrations of Square
D products, including safety switches, steel
enclosed industrial control switches, service
entrance switches, motor starters, compen-
sator type switches, plug receptacles, iron-
clad switches, meter i>rotective trims, ac-
cessories,
Yarway Blow-off Valves. Yamall-W^ar-
ing Co,, Philadelphia, Pa. Catalog B-410.
pp, 15, 6 X 9 in,, giving full descriptions
with illustrations of the latest development
in Yarway seatless and double-tightening
blow-off valves. These models are made to
conform with the A. S. M, E, boiler code.
Blanchard Grinders, The Blanchard Ma-
chine Co,. 64 State St,, Cambridge, Mass.
Catalog, pp, 6li. 4 x 7i in This catalog
contains illustrations, drawings and pro-
duction data on fifty different jobs wftich
are being machined on Blanchard surface
grinding machines. This catalog is in-
tended for managers, superintendents, tool
engineers and foremen.
Plain, Limit and Standard Gaices. Socit^t^
Geiie\'oise D'Instrunieiit.s I>e Physique. The
Golden Co., 405 Lexington Ave,, New York,
sole representatives. Catalog No, 261, pp,
42, 5J X 8J in. This catalog describes and
illustrates the various gages made by this
firm, and also includes tables and diagrams
of fits and tolerances for various kinds of
work in interchangeable manufacture.
How to Systematize the Stockroom.
Haddon Bin Label Co., 206 W, Atlantic
Ave,, Haddon Heights. N, J, Catalog 3i
X 6J in, ; pp. 8. Illustrating and describing
various Haddon stockroom accesssories, in-
cluding bin tags, labels, files, stock boxes
and containers ; also suggestions for laying
out a stockroom.
Samuel M. Hershey, formerly man-
ager of the Philadelphia office of the
Heald Machine Co., of Worcester,
Mass., is now sales manager of the
A. B. Landes & Son, of Philadelphia,
specialists in external grinding, etc.
A. R. Sleath has been made Philadel-
phia manager for the Heald Machine
Co., of Worcester, Mass. Mr. Sleath
was formerly the Southern representa-
tive of the company, before taking up
his duties in the Philadelphia branch
office.
W. A. Erickson, of the Heald Ma-
chine Co., of Worcester, Mass., who
was recently appointed to the New
York City office of the company, has
now been transferred to the Buffalo
offices, as sales manager of the western
New York district.
Roger B. Hubbell, who has been as-
sistant sales manager of the Heald
Machine Co., Worcester, Mass., for
several years, recently resigned his
position to retire.
Claude Johnson, managing director
of Rolls-Royce, Ltd., and chairman of
the American works, is here super-
vising work on the building of the
Rolls-Royce car in America. He says
the English works is sold two years
ahead. The product of the English and
American shops, Mr. Johnson declares,
will be identical, pointing out that there
is no confusing foreign language or
METRIC SYSTEM to hinder perfect
performance.
A. W. SCHENKER, formerly with The
United States Aluminum Co., Edge-
water, N. J., has resigned to assume
the offices of president and treasurer of
the Aws Manufacturing Co., with its
main offices and works at 400 Harman
St., Brooklyn, N. Y. The company
manufactures a complete line of low-
pressure valves and cocks for gas, air,
oil, and water. Also other non-ferrous
fittings and specialties.
Edward F. Wellman has been ap-
pointed a member of the sales force of
the Graton & Knight Manufacturing
Co., of Worcester, Mass., makers of
factory leather belting, etc. Mr. Well-
man will work in Maine, which is his
native state.
Philip J. Worsley, of Guest, Keen
& Nettlefolds, Ltd., Birmingham, Eng-
land, sailed for home, Aug. 28. Mr.
Worsley has been in the United States
for about six weeks looking up wood
screw machinery and inspecting some
of our large industrial plants and
manufacturing centers.
Frederick Wakeman, chief engineer
of Guest, Keen & Nettlefolds, Ltd..
Birmingham, England, sailed for home
on the Olympic, Aug. 28. He has
been in the United States several weeks
in the interests of his firm and in getting
acquainted with American methods of
manufacturing.
September 2, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery '4SU
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
strainer. Oil or Water, "GriHcom-Kussell"
Griscom-Russell Co., 90 West St., New York,
"American Machinist," Aug. 19,
This device is intended tor strain-
ing either oil. as in a lubricating, fuel
or quenching oil system, or water, as
on a supply line from a lake. The
body of the strainer is cast iron and
the strainer basket is iwrforated
sheet steel, the basket being lined
with wire mesh when the strainer la
used on an oil line. The strainers
are made with either screw or flange
joints, for pressures up to 300 lb. per
sq.in., and are furnished in a range
of sizes to tit pipe from 1 to 6 in. in
diameter, the smallest size weighing
15 lb. and the largest 550 lb. The
strainer may be installed as a single
unit or in a set, consisting of two
strainers and two three-way valves
with the necessary connections. The
use of the set permits the cleaning of
either of the two units without in-
terruption of the service.
Lathe, Oeared-Head, "Lo-Swing," 4-Inoh
Pltchburg Machine Co., Fitchburg, Mass,
"American Machinist," Aug. 19, 1920
The machine is intended for
shaft turning, it being fitted
with two carriages, each car-
rying three tools and running
on V's so located that the car-
riages can be run past the tail-
stock. The machine has a
constant-speed drive and the
speeds are controlled by the
two upper levers on the head-
stock, while the feeds are con-
*^1°'i?? ^^ ^^^ ^^° lower levers, wiui me arive puiiey running
at 500 r.p.m. SIX speeds varying from 38 to 316 r.p.m. and ninl
feeds from 0.007 to 0.120 in. per rev. of the spindle are available
Flexible tubes carry coolant to the tools and to the tail center
The shipper rod runs the whole length of the machine The
lathe swings 4 -in. in diameter and is made in three lengths to
accommodate work up to 60, 80 or 108 in. between centers The
60-in. lathe requires a floor space of 37J x 123 inches
With the drive pulley running
Sander, Belt, Automatic-Stroke, "Mattlson," No. 124
Mattison Machine Works. Rockford, 111.
"American Machinist," Aug. 19, 1920
The machine is intended to
eliminate hand-stroking by the
use of a device which automatic-
ally presses the sand-belt against
the surface being sanded. The
columns of the machine are
mounted on a cast-iron base, and
a casting across the top carries
all of the power-drive mechanism.
At each end of the casting the
heads for the sand-belt pulleys
are mounted on ways to i)ermit
adjustment of the belt tension. The shoe for applying the sajid-
belt slides on a bar extending across the front of the machine,
it being driven with a rapid reciprocating motion by a steel belt
running over two flanged pulleys. The reciprocating parts are
made of aluminum. The length of stroke 'can be varied to suit
the work, and two speeds are provided for the shoe, which may bf
disconnected from the belt for hand-stroking. The work is carried
on a liglit table mounted on ball-bearing rollers and adjustable
for height.
Heater, Blvet, Electric, Portable, "A-1"
A-1 Manufacturing Co., Bradford, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 3, 1920
The machine is intended for heat-
ing rivets, being made in four sizes
from 10 to 30 kw. capacity. It has
three independently operated sets of
electrodes, so that three rivets can
be heated simultaneously. No switch
is employed, the circuit being closed
by inserting a rivet between the
electrodes, the bottom electrode of
each pair being lowered for this pur-
pose by means of the pedal. The
machine requires no preliminary
heating up, and the rivets are kept
clean and free from scale. Flexible
copper conductors join the electrodes
and the transformer. Eight heating
speeds are obtainable by the use of
the plug box. The machine is por-
table, the tray being provided for
carrying the rivets.
Weldlnu Machine, Seam, Klectrlc, "A-l"
A-1 Manufacturing Co., Bradford, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 3, 1920
The machine is intended espe-
cially for welding longitudinal
seams of drums as small as 9
in, in diameter, handling a total
thickness of metal of i'j In.
Clamps hold the work in posi-
tion on the long arm, stops being
IJrovided so as to insure align-
ment of the edges of the sheet.
The lower arm has a copper-
strip electrode and is water
cooled. The upper electrode
consists of a roller mounted on an
arm, its motion being controlled
by means of a pedal. An auto-
matic trip is provided for the
travel of the roller. By means
of a plug box, eight heating
speeds are obtainable. Drums
welded on tlie machine can be
corrugated or spun afterward.
Control, Planer, Electric, "Thompson-Houston"
British Thompson-Houston Co., Ltd., Rugby, Eng.
"American MachinLst" (European Edition), July 17, 1920
The device is intended for con-
trolling the action of a planer table,
starting, 8topi)ing, reversing and
speed variation of the motor being
automatically accomplished merely
through the pressing of the control
buttons. The control operates on the
Ward-Leonard system, the driving
motor being separately excited and
having a variable voltage impressed
across the armature terminals. The
complete equipment consists of a
motor-generator set, variable-speed
reversible driving motor, rheost.its,
master controller for table motion,
automatic contactor equipment, con-
trol gear for the motor-generator set.
limit switch to open contactors and
apply dynamic braking in case of
over-run of the table, and pusii-
button stations. Different arrange-
ments for mounting the motors and equipment can be provided.
Grinding Macliine, .Surface, ''ArmstronK-MHiUworth"
Armstrong, Whitworth & Co., Ltd., Openshaw, Manchester, Eng.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 10, 1920
The machine is intended for plane
grinding on work up to 24 in. long,
6i in. wide and 9i in. high. The
abrasive wheel used is 7 in. in diam-
eter, it being adjustable for height
by means of a handwheel. The table
is 57 x 8J in. and has three T-slots.
A vise having an opening of 2 in. is
provided. The travel of the table is
automatic, being controlled by dogs
operating the reversing lever. The
power crossfeed has an automatic
trip. The machine weighs approxi-
mately 12} cwt.
Holder, Die-Head, Elevating, "Herbert"
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, Eng.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 17, 1920
This die-head holder is intended
for use on the No. 4 capstan lathe
when it is desired to thread work
larger than 1 in. In diameter. The
ordinary 1^-in. die-head is too
large to allow of rotating the tur-
ret, the purpose of the holder being
to raise the head so that the tur-
ret may be swung. The slide
carrying the head is raised by
means of an eccentric operated by
the handle at the top of the hold-
er. A stop limits the downward
travel of the slide.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5 -in. cards and file as desired
484b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
Los Angeles Gas and Electric Co., of
Los Angeles, Cal., has arranged an ap-
propriation of $2,500,000 for extensions
and improvements to its plants and
system.
United Machine and Manufacturing
Co., of Akron, Ohio, has had plans
drawn up for the construction of a new
foundry, 100 x 200 ft., to cost $100,000.
including equipment.
Witherow Steel Co., Pittsburgh,
operating a plant at Neville Island, is
planning for the manufacture of elec-
tric steel at its plant at Fayette, near
Connellsville, Pa., recently acquired
from the Connellsville Electric Steel
Co. The company has a tract of 25
acres of land at this place, and included
is the property of the former Keystone
tube mill. G. R. Norton, former vice-
president and works manager of the
Sizer Forge Co., Buffalo, will be man-
ager at the plant.
The Ewald Iron Co., of Louisville,
which manufacturers parts of locomo-
tives that are used by more than fifty
railroads, has announced a program of
expansion which includes the rebuild-
ing of the present plant, which has a
capacity of 12,000 tons annually, with a
$3,000,000 plant with yearly output of
50,000 tons of iron. It is estimated that
the new plant will be in operation some
time In 1922, and that the payroll will
include 1,000 men.
The Bayside Foundry Co., Inc., of
Fall River, Mass., recently organized,
has closed negotiations to take ever the
Mechanics Foundry plant on Davol St.
and Remington Ave., Fall River. The
present Mechanics Foundry has a ca-
pacity output of fifteen tons a day,
but the new concern plans to greatly
increase this as soon as the organiza-
tion is completed.
The Universal Chain Co., Inc., of
Hartford, Conn., was recently organized
to deal in chains, tools, machines, etc.
The capital of the company is $500,000,
and the organizers are Howard A.
Flagg, 1291 Farmington Ave., West
Hartford; D. C. McCarthy and P. G.
Hayes, of Hartford, Conn.
The New England Smelting and Re-
fining Co., Inc., of Ansonia, Conn., has
recently been organized to deal in
metals, etc. Address S. J. Liftig, 52
Piatt St., Ansonia. The capital of the
new company is $50,000.
The Burke Electric Co. wishes to an-
nounce the appointment of L. L. Myers
as general Western sales manager.
Mr. Myers' headquarters will continue
to be in the Illuminating Building,
Cleveland, Ohio, where he has been the
Burke Electric Co.'s sales representa-
tive for the Cleveland territory for
several years.
L. B. Ritchie has been appointed gen-
eral Eastern sales manager, with head-
quarters at 30 Church St., New York.
The American Steel and Wire Co., of
Worcester, Mass., has awarded the con-
tract for a combination office and rec-
reational building at the Kansas St.
works of the plant in Worcester. The
new building will be two stories and
basement high, 50 x 90 ft., and will cost
approximately $50,000. It will be of
brick and steel construction. The rec-
reational portion of the structure will
contain an auditorium, with stage, etc.,
and will have all features of such build-
ings. The building will face on Cam-
bridge St.
The Wickwire-Spencer Steel Corp., of
Worcester, Mass., and Buffalo, N. Y.,
will transfer its welded fabric depart-
ment from the Clinton, Mass., factory
to the works at Buffalo shortly, so as
to be nearer the source of raw material
supply.
The American Machine Co., of Hart-
ford, Conn., has recently increased its
capital from $50,000 to $100,000.
Trade Catalog's
Metal Melting: PotR. Cutler - Hammer
Manufacturing Co., Milwaukee Wis.. 2-i>age
illustrated circular. 8J x 11 in., descriptive
of C-H Melting Pots, both portable and
bench types. These heating pots are espe-
cially serviceable for melting lead tin.
solder, babbitt, etc., and maintaining these
metals at the proper temperature. The heat
may be controlled by means of a rotary
snap switch or an automatic control device
which maintains Ihe temperature at the
de.«ired point. The leaflet is known as
Publication 826,
TechnoloKie Paper, No, 1«4. ".Sayholt Vis-
eosity of Blends." Department of Com-
merce, Bureau of Standards. Washington.
D. C, prepared by Winslow H. Herschel,
associate physicist Bureau of Standards
A truly technical treatise on the blending of
oils, crudes and gasoline, giving tables and
charts for determining the viscosity of vari-
ous blends. Copy can be had by addressing
the above bureau.
Square D Safety Sn-itrhes. The Square
D Co., Detroit, Mich.. Catalog No. 25. pp.
40, 8i X 11 J in. A well-written catalog
with many elaborate illustrations of Square
D products, including safety switches, steel
enclosed industrial control switches, service
entrance switches, motor starters, compen-
sator type switches, plug receptacles, iron-
clad switches, meter protective trims, ac-
cessories.
Yarwny Blow-off Valves. Yamall -War-
ing Co., Philadelphia, Pa. Catalog B-410.
pp. 15, 6 X 9 in., giving full descriptions
with illustrations of the latest development
in Yarway seatless .and double-tiglitening
blow-off valves. These models are made to
conform with the A. S. M. E. boiler code.
Blanrhard Grinderx. The Btsnchard Ma-
chine Co.. 64 State St., Cambridge. Mass.
Catalog, iip. 63, 4 x 7i in This catalog
contains illustrations, drawings and pro-
duction data on fifty different jobs which
are being machined on Blanchard surface
grinding machines. This catalog is in-
tended for managers, superintendents, tool
engineers and foremen.
Plain, Limit and Standard Ga^en. Seriate
Genevoise D'lnstruments I)e Physique. The
Golden Co.. 405 Lexington .^ve.. New York,
sole representatives. Catalog No. 261. p]».
42, 5J X 8i in. This catalog descrilies and
illustrates the various gages made by this
firm, and also includes lal>les and diagrams
of fits and tolerances for various kinds of
work in interchangeable manufacture.
How to Systematize tiie Stoekroom.
Haddon Bin Label Co., 206 W. Atlantic
Ave., Haddon Heights, N. J. Catalog 3i
X 6J in, ; pp. 8. Illustrating and describing
various Haddon stockroom accessories, in-
cluding bin t.ags. labels, files, stock boxes
and containers : also suggestions for laying
out a stockroom.
Samuel M. Hershey, formerly man-
ager of the Philadelphia office of the
Heald Machine Co., of Worcester,
Mass., is now sales manager of the
A. B. Landes & Son, of Philadelphia,
specialists in external grinding, etc.
A. R. Sleath has been made Philadel-
phia manager for the Heald Machine
Co., of Worcester, Mass. Mr. Sleath
was formerly the Southern representa-
tive of the company, before taking up
his duties in the Philadelphia branch
office.
W. A. Erickson, of the Heald Ma-
chine Co., of Worcester, Mass., who
was recently appointed to the New
York City office of the company, has
now been transferred to the Buffalo
offices, as sales manager of the western
New York district.
Roger B. Hubbell, who has been as-
sistant sales manager of the Heald
Machine Co., Worcester, Mass., for
several years, recently resigned his
position to retire.
Claude Johnson, managing director
of Rolls-Royce, Ltd., and chairman of
the American works, is here super-
vising work on the building of the
Rolls-Royce car in America. He says
the English works is sold two years
ahead. The product of the English and
American shops, Mr. Johnson declares,
will be identical, pointing out that there
is no confusing foreign language or
METRIC SYSTEM to hinder perfect
performance.
A. W. SCHENKER, formerly with The
United States Aluminum Co., Edge-
water, N. J., has resigned to assume
the offices of president and treasurer of
the Aws Manufacturing Co., with its
main offices and works at 400 Harman
St., Brooklyn, N. Y. The company
manufactures a complete line of low-
pressure valves and cocks for gas, air,
oil, and water. Also other non-feirous
fittings and specialties.
Edward F. Wellman has been ap-
pointed a member of the sales force of
the Graton & Knight Manufacturing
Co., of Worcester, Mass., makers of
factory leather belting, etc. Mr. Well-
man will work in Maine, which is his
native state.
Philip J. Worsley, of Guest, Keen
& Nettlefolds, Ltd., Birmingham, Eng-
land, sailed for home, Aug. 28. Mr.
Worsley has been in the United States
for about six weeks looking up wood
screw machinery and inspecting some
of our large industrial plants and
manufacturing centers.
Frederick Wakeman, chief engineer
of Guest, Keen & Nettlefolds, Ltd.,
Birmingham, England, sailed for home
on the Olympic, Aug. 28. He has
been in the United States several weeks
in the interests of his firm and in getting
acquainted with American methods of
manufacturing.
September 2, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery 484e
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
strainer. Oil or Water, "Grisrom-KiisseU"
Griscom-Russell Co., 90 West St.. New York,
"American Machinist," Aug. 19,
Tliis device is intended for strain-
ing either oil. as in a luljricating, fuel
or quenching oil system, or water, as
on a supply line from a lal<e. The
body of the strainer is cast iron and
the strainer hasliet is perforated
sheet steel, the basliet being lined
with wire mesh when the strainer ia
used on an oil line. The strainers
are made with either screw or flange
joints, for pressures up to 300 Ih. per
sq.in., and are furnished in a range
of sizes to fit pipe from 1 to 6 in. in
diameter, the smallest size weighing
15 lb. and the largest 550 lb. The
strainer may be installed as a single
unit or in a set. consisting of two
strainers and two three-way valves
with the necessary connections. The
use of the set permits the cleaning of
either of the two units without in-
terruption of the service.
N. T.
1920
Lathe, Geared-Head, "Lo-SwIiiK," 4-Inoh
Pitchburg Machine Co., Fitchburg, Mass.
"American Machinist," Aug. 19,
1920
The machine Is Intended for
shaft turning, it being fitted
with two carriages, each car-
rying three tools and running
on V's so located that the car-
riages can be run past the tail-
stock. The machine has a
constant-speed drive and the
speeds are controlled by the
two upper levers on the head-
stock, while the feeds are con-
trolled by the two lower levers. With the drive pulley running
at 500 r.p.m. six speeds varying from 38 to 316 r.p.m. and nine
feeds from 0.007 to 0.120 in. per rev. of the spindle are available
Flexible tubes carry coolant to the tools and to the tail center
The shipper rod runs the whole length of the machine. The
lathe swings 4 -in. in diameter and is made in three lengths to
accommodate work up to 60, 80 or 108 in. between centers. The
60-in. lathe requires a floor space of 37J x 123 Inches
i
Sander, Belt, AutomiUic-Stroke, "Mattison," No. 184
Mattison Machine Works. Rockford, III.
"American Machinist," Aug. 19, 1920
The machine is intended to
eliminate hand-stroking by the
use of a device which automatic-
ally presses the sand-belt against
the surface being sanded. The
columns of the machine are
mounted on a cast-iron base, and
a casting across the top carries
all of the power-drive mechanism.
At each end of the casting the
heads for the sand-l)elt pulleys
are mounted on ways to permit
adjustment of the belt tension. The shoe for applying the sajid-
belt slides on a bar extending across the front of the machine,
it being driven with a rapid reciprocating motion by a steel belt
running over two flanged pulleys. The reciprocating parts are
made of aluminum. The length of stroke tan be varied to suit
the work, and two speeds are provided for the shoe, which may be
disconnected from the belt for hand-stroking. The work is carried
on a light table mounted on ball-bearing rollers and adjustable
for height.
Heater, Klvet, Electric, Portable, "A-1"
A-1 Manufacturing Co.. Bradford, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 3, 1920
The machine is intended for heat-
ing rivets, being made in four sizes
from 10 to 30 kw. capacity. It has
three independently operated sets of
electrodes, so that three rivets can
be heated simultaneously. No switch
is employed, the circuit being closed
by inserting a rivet between the
electrodes, the bottom electrode of
each pair being lowered for this pur-
pose by means of the pedal. The
machine requires no preliminary
heating up, and the rivets are kept
clean and free from scale. Flexible
copper conductors join the electrodes
and the transformer. Eight heating
speeds are obtainable by the use of
the plug box. The machine is por-
table, the tray being provided for
carrying the rivets.
Welding: Machiti**, Seam, Klectrir, "A-l"
A-1 Manufacturing Co., Bradford, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 3, 1920
The machine is intended espe-
cially for welding longitudinal
seams of drums as small as 9
in. in diameter, handling a total
thickness of metal of a'j in.
Clamira hold the work in posi-
tion on the long arm, stops being
I)rovided so as to insure align-
ment of the edges of the sheet.
Tlie lower arm has a copper-
strip electrode and is water
cooled. The upper electrode
consists of a roller mounted on an
arm, its motion lieing controlled
by means of a pedal. An auto-
matic trip is provided for the
travel of the roller. By means
of a plug box. eight healing
speeds are obtainable. Drums
welded on the machine can be
corrugated or spun afterward.
Control, Planer, Klectric, "Thompson-Houston"
British Thompson-Houston Co., Ltd., Rugby, Eng.
"American Machinist" (Euroi>ean Edition), July 17, 1920
Tlie device is intended for con-
trolling the action of a planer table,
starting, stopping, reversing and
speed variation of the motor being
automatically accomplished merely
through the pressing of the control
buttons. The control operates on the
Ward-Leonard system, the driving
motor being separately excited and
having a variable voltage impressed
across the armature terminals. The
complete equipment consists of a
motor-generator set. variable-speed
reversible driving motor, rheostats,
master controller for table motion,
automatic contactor equipment, con-
trol gear for the motor-generator set
limit switch to oi)en contactors and
apply dynamic braking in case of
over-run of the table, and push-
button stations. Different arrange-
ments for mounting the motors and equipment can be provided.
Grinding Machine, Surface, "Armstrong-V^liltworth"
Armstrong, Whitworth & Co., Ltd., Openshaw, Manchester, Eng.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 10, 1920
The machine is intended for plane
grinding on work up to 24 in. long,
6J in. wide and 9| in. high. The
abrasive wlieel used is 7 in. in diam-
eter, it being adjustable for height
by means of a handwheel. The table
is 57 X 8} in. and has three T-siots.
A vise having an oi>ening of 2 in. is
provided. The travel of the table is
automatic, being controlled by dogs
operating the reversing lever. The
power crossfeed has an automatic
trip. The machine weighs approxi-
mately 12 i cwt.
Holder, Die-Head, Elevating, "Herbert"
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, Eng.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), July 17, 1920
This die-head holder is intended
for use on the No. 4 capstan lathe
when it is desired to thread work
larger than 1 in. in diameter. The
ordinary 15 -in. die-head is too
large to allow of rotating the tur-
ret, the purpose of the holder being
to raise the head so that the tur-
ret may be swung. The slide
carrying the head is raised by
means of an eccentric operated by
the handle at the top of the hold-
er. A stop limits the downward
travel of the slide.
Clip, paste on S x 5-in. cards and file as desired
484u
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 10
ill'
'THE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
tf Current
No. 2 Southern $45.60
Northern Basic 44.80
Southern Ohio No. 2 46.80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 52. 65
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 50. 70
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42. 00@44. 00
PHII,ADELPHIA
Eastern Pa.. No. 2x, 2 . 25-2 . 75 sil
Virginia No. 2
Basic
Grey Forge
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local
No. 2 Foundry, Southern
47 00(ff49 50»
47.00*
44 . 50t
43.50*
46.00
. 48.70
One
Year Ago
$29.80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33.95
25.75
30.65
30.85
29.90
29.90
27.25
31.75
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
28.15
27.15
29.35
No. 2 Foundry 45 65
Basic 46 00
Bessemer 46.00((J 47 00
..MONTREAL
Silicon 2 . 25 to 2 . 75% 43.25
* F.o.b. furnace, f Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES — The following base prices per 1 00 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and larger, and plates i in. and heavier, from jobbers* ware-
houses at the cities named:
New York — • —
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
$3.97 $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
. — Cleveland--
One
Structural shapes.. . . $4. 47
Soft steel bars 4. 62
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4.62
Soft steel bands 6 . 32
Plates, i to I in. thick 4.67
4.
4.12
5.32
4.17
Current
$5.00
4.50
6.25
4.50
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
,— Chicago --
One
Current
$3.97
3.87
3.87
Year
Ago
$3.47
3 37
3.37
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAK IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill.Pittaburgh $4.25 $2.62
Warehouse, New York 4 . 57 3. 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3.37
.SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
i^Uo the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York ■
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3.55-7.00 7. I2(ff 8 00 4 57 8.10 7 02
No. 12 3.60-7.05 7.I7(S8.05 4.57 8.15 7 07
No. 14 3.65-7.10 7.22(S810 4.67 8.20 7 12
No. 16 3.75-7.20 7.32@8.20 4.77 8.30 7.22
Black
Nos. I8and20 4.20 6.20 8 30(a 9 80 5.30 8 70 7 80
Nos.22and24 4.25-6.25 8 35(<» 9 85 5.35 8 75 7 85
No. 26 4.306.30 8 40® 9.90 5 40 8 80 7 90
No. 28 4.35-6.35 8 50@I0.00 5 50 8.90 8.00
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 8 00 8 80(31150 6 20 9.00 8 15
No. 12 4.80 8.10 8 90® 1150 6.25 9.10 8 20
No. 14 4.80-8 10 8.90® 1 1 60 6.30 9.10 8.35
\'o.i. 18and 20 5.10-8 40 9 15(3111.90 6.60 9.40 8 65
Nos.22and24 5.25-8 55 9.30@12.05 6.75 9 55 9 05
No. 26 5.40-8.70 9.45®1220 6.90 9 70 9 20
No. 28 5 70-9.00 9 75(ffl2 50 7 20 10 00 9 50
Acute soai city in sheets, p.articularly blj.ck, galvanized and No. 16 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable eicept In fugitive Instances, wlien
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
„base $6.25 $5.80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.75 6.30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts frc.-n liiit price are as follows at the places named;
Per Cent.
New York ■ 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
Nf'KEL AND MONEL METAL — Base prices in^cents per pound F. O. B.
Baydnne, N. J, ^ W
Nickel
Ingot and shot. ,
Electrolytic
Shot and blocks.
Ingots
Sheet bars
Monei Metal
35 Hot rolled rods (base) . . .
38 Cold rolled rods (base) . .
40 Hot rolled sheets (base) .
40
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Special Nickel and Alloys
Malleable nirkel ingots
Malleable nickel sheet bars ,
Hot rolled rods. Grades "A" and "C" (base) '.
Cold drawn rods, grades "A" and "C" (base)
Copper nifkei ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — low manganese. .
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese.
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis)— Welding unre in lOO-lb"
lot.s sells OS follows, f o. b. New York; A, SJc. per lb.; i, 8o. ; A to j, 7ic-
Domestic iron sells at 1 2c. per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York
Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7 00
Spring steel (light) 1 0 . 00
Coppered bessemer rods 9 . 00
Hoop steel 6. 57
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50
Floor plates 6 . 80
PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots on the Pitts-
burgh basing card, di.scounts on steel pipe, applying as from .lanuarj' 14, 1920.
and on iron pipe from January 7, 1 920.
BUTT WELD
Cleveland
Chicago
Current
Current
8.00
9.00
11.00
12.25
8.00
6.75
6.50
5.32
8.25
10.75
6 00
6.77
Inches
to 3
Steel
Black
54-57J%
Iron
Black
24i-34i%
2 47 -505%
2i to 6 50 -53S%
7 to 12...
47
-50J%
13 to 14..
37ii
-41 %
15
35
-38!%
to M..
I to 3.. ,
Galvanised Inches
<li-44% Jtol!..
LAP WELD
}4S-38% 1}
37i-41% M
33!-37% 2 20!-28J%
4ito6... 22i-30i%
2!to4.. 22!-30!%
7 to 12.. 19i-27i%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52-55}% 39S-43% Jtolj. . 24}-34i%
56i% 40!-44%
Galvanized
8 -18}%
53
6J-I4J%
n-m%
94-171%
6|-I4i%
9J-19J%
2
2} to 4 48
4} to 6 47
7 to 8 43
9 to 12.... 38
LAP W^LD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
■48!%
-51!%
■505%
■46!%
-»U%
33!-37%
36!-40%
355-39%
29!-33%
24J-28% •
I}....
15 -
2 21i-29J%
New York
Black Galv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded 40% 24%
21 to 6 in. steel lap welded 35% 20%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C,
plus 32%. Cast iron, standard sizes, net.
Ilj-I9!%
10!-18!%
2!-IOi%
5i-l-2i%
2! to 4... 23!-3U%
4! to 6... 22!-30}%
7 to 8... 14!-22!%
9 to 12.. 95-17!%
Cleveland
Black Galv.
40%, 31% 54%40% 401(0 30 %
42% 27% 506,40% 37!^ 271%
banded, from New York stock sell at
Chicago
Black Galv.
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 19 00 19 25 21 75
Tin m 5-ton lots 49.00 61.50 70 00
Lead.... 9.50 9.00 5.50
Zme 8.35 8.70 8.00
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8.90 '. 8.87! 5.25
Zinc 7.70fe8.40 8.37} 7.65
At the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
or more:
. New York . .— Cleveland— ^Chicago-
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cu> Year
rent Ago Ago rent Ago rent Ago
Copper sheets, base.. 33.50 33.50 29.50 34.00" 33.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 31.25 26.50 29.00 29.50 27.00 25.00
Brasssheets 28.50 28.50 23.00 36.00 29.00 27.00 28.00
Brasspipe 33.00 33.00 34.00 34.00 36.00 35.00 37.00
Solder (half and half)
(case lots) 38.00 33.00 45.00 40.50 41.00 38.00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under: over 20
in., 7!c.
BR.\SS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots. mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra;
Current One Year Ago
Mill 25.00 19.00
New York 27.00 2150
Cleveland 27.00 30.00
Chicago r 29.00 30.00
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
4g4e
SHOP MATERIAIS AND SUPPUE
.i^M.
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are fo.b. mill -
less B% for carload lots 12.50
. Warehouse s
. — In Casks- — . . — Broken Lots — -
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.00 12.50 15.50 13.00
New York 14 ro 11.50 14.50 12.50
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid;
Current One Year Ago
New Y'ork 7.50 9.50
Chicago 7.75 10.25
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
, New Y'ork .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper,heavy,andorucible 16.25 17.00 15.00 15.50
C 5 per, heavy, and wire 15.25-15.75 16.00 14.50 15.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 13.00 14.00 13.00 14 00
Lead, heavy 7.25 4 75 7.00 7.50
Lead, tea 5.00 3 75 4 50 6.00
Brass, heavy 10.25 10.50 11.00 1550
Brass, light 7.75-8.00 7.50 8 00 9.50
No. I yellow brass turnings 9.00-9.50 10.00 8.50 9.50
Zinc 5.25 5.00 4.50 5.50
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb $33.00 $33.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 33.00
Chicago 29.00 31.00
Cleveland 34.00 35.00
BABBITT METAI^ — Warehouse price per pound:
—New York-- ^—Cleveland-- Chicago .
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Y'ear Ago rent Year Ago
Best grade 90.00 90.00 60.50 75.00 60.00 60 00
Commercial 50.00 50.50 21.00 16.50 15.80 13.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named.
on fair-sized orders
amount is deducted from list:
— New York —
^~ Cleveland —
Chicago ■
Cur- One
Cur-
One
Cur-
One
rent Year Ago
rent
Year Ago
rent
Year Ago
Hot pressed square. + $6.00 $1 .50
$ .50
$2.25
List
1.85
Hot pressed hexagon -|- 6.00 1 . 50
.50
2.25
list
1.85
Cold punched hexa-
gon 4- 6.00 1.50
Cold punched square 4- 6.00 1 . 50
.50
2 25
List
1.30
50
2 25
List
1.30
Semi-finished nuts, f, and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
New York 30% 50-10%
Ch'caKo 50^,, 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
iby 4 in. and smaller + 20% 20% 20%
arger and longer up to 1 J in. by 30 in... . +20% 20% 10%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
New York list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $3.00
For cast-iron washers, j and larger, the base price per 100 lb. is as follows'
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $4.75
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect :
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller + 20% 35% 10%
arger and longer up to I in. by 30 in -j- 20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets . Burs
Current One Year Ago
Cleveland 20% 20%
Chieago . net 20 %
New York 25% 40%
Current One Year Ago
10% 10%
net 2<K
net 20%
The following quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders from
New York
RIVETS
warehouse;
Cleveland
^. .. 40%
Tmned List Net 40%
Boiler, }, J, 1 in. diameter bv 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.62 Pittsburgh $4.S
Structural, same sizes;
New Y'ork $7. 10 Chicago $5.72 Pitteburgh $4.60
Steel A and smaller List Net
ed.
Chicago
30%
30%
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $34 00 $36.00 $35.00
Brass 33.00 36.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is 1 r.; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 501b., 2Jc. over base (lOO-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb, but not less than
251b., 5e. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOe.:
less than 10 lb., add 15-20c.
Double above extras will be charired for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as t-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and |-1J in., inclusive, in square and nexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to 1 m. by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $12.50 per 100 lbs.
In Cleveland — $10 per I 00 lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
, New York ■
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 15.00(0(17 00 13.00 16.00 II. OOto 14.00
Colored mixed. . 9.00Ca)l4.00 9 00-12.00 12.00 9.50toI2.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
„, , 131x131 I3ji20j
Cleveland 55.90 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Age
NewYork $2.00 $3.00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 1.75
Clcveliind 3.00 2.50 2 75
Chicago 2.75 2.50 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
f'urrent One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.90 $3.90 $5.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.62
Chicago 4.10 5.00 4.12)
COKE — The following are prices per n u ton at ovens, Connellsville:
August 30 August 23 August 16
Prompt furnace $17.00{(«$18 00 $17.00<ai$18.O0 »17.00(Ff $18.00
Prompt foundry 18.00^^ 20.00 I8.00@ 20.00 IS.OOfei 20.00
FIRE CLAY — The following prices prevail;
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 00
Cleveland lOO-lb. bag 1 .00
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per gallon:
•—New Y''ork^
One
Cur- -Y'ear
rent Ago
$1.48 $2 25
1.51* 2.40
*To this oiV price must be added the cost of the cans (returnable), which is
$2,25 for a case of six.
Haw in barrels, (5 bbl. lot.-*.
5-gal cans, (without cans). .
^Cleveland^
One
Cur- Year
rent Ago
'—Chicago—*
One
Cur- Y'ear
rent Ago
$1 86
2.15
$2 15
2.40
$1.67 $2.48
1.92 2.68
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
. Red — . White .
One Year One Year
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In Oil
1001b. keg 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50 15.50 13 00
25 and 50-lb. kegs.... 15.75 17.25 13.25 14.75 15.75 13 25
12l-lb.keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00 16.00 13.50
5-lb. cans 18 50 20.00 15.00 16.50 18.50 Ij.M
l-lb. cans 20.50 22.00 16 00 17.50 20.50 16 CJ
500 lb. lots less 10% discount. 2000 lb. loU less IO-2i% diieouBt.
484f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
NEW and. ENLARGED
jlllMIIMIIIIItlllllllllltllllllllUIMIIIilllinilllltllllltlMlllllllllllllinilllllllllllllllllllMIIIU
I Machine Tools Wanted
g If in need of macliine tools nend
i us a list for publiration in this
s column
Conn., Hartford — B. Martoocchio, 194
Copen St. — garage equipment.
Mass., Boston — The Boston Elevated Ry.,
108 Massachusetts Ave.. E. Mahler, Purch.
Agt. — garage repair shop equipment.
Mass., Springfield — T. E. King, 107 Mul-
berry St. — garage equipment.
Vt., Hyde Park — The Belvldere Lumber
Co. — heavy hand saw-rig, with 10-ln.
blades, right-hand make, complete (used).
Md., Baltimore — The Maryland Motor Car
Co., 631 Munsey Bldg. — several internal
grinding machines.
N. J., Atlantic City — The Roberts Mfg.
Co., Hotel Beltort, 106 South Tennessee Ave.
— power punches and foundry machinery
for Tuckahoe, N. J., plant.
N. Y.. Albany — The Federal Signal Co.,
Troy Rd. — miscellaneous machine tool
equipment.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Equitable Motor Truck Co., 335
East 97th St. — presses, lathes and drills.
N. Y., Schenectady — The General Electric
Co., River Rd. — one 20 in. upright drill with
21 in. drill head and arranged for gear or
belted motor drive.
Pa., Philadelphia — A. Box & Co., 1813
North Front St. — 30-ton forcing press.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Dodge Steel Co.
Morris Bldg. — Manning, Maxwell & Moore
cold cut saw.
Pa., Philadelphia — J. G. Duncan Co., 1228
Race St. — garage equipment.
Pa., Philadelphia — J. Hiller. 1307 Stephen
Girard Bldg. — heavy duty drill presses.
Pa., Philadelphia — The McCaffrey File
Co.. 6th and Berks Sts. — garage equip-
ment.
Pa., Philadelphia — The National Umbrella
Frame Co.. 30th and Thompson Sts. — ma-
chine shop equipment.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Wright Roller
Bearing Co., 20th and Indiana Sts. — Luster
inspection tools.
Pa., Reading — The Reading Steel Casting
Co. — machine tool equipment.
Pa., 8cranton — S. Mintz. 404 Penn Ave. —
one power press, equivalent to No. 72 B
Toledo press (used).
I,a., New Orleans — The Motor Car Serv-
ice Co., 1423 Canal St.— 16-in. lathe.
La., New Orleans — I. Solomon, 1004 Pon-
drasSt. — lathe, striking tools, side cutters,
cutting pliers.
L-V-FLETGHEn
% HI., Freeport — Hoefer Paper Co. — one No.
I 1 Fairwell gear hobber.
Mich., Ann Arbor— The Merco Engineer-
ing Co., P. C. Haas, Purch. Agt. — power
punches, lathes, boring mills, one sawing
machine, one mill cutter and vises.
O., Elyria — The H. and T. Spring Co.,
B. C. Heacock, Purch. Agt. — lathe, press,
cutters, etc.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Milwaukee Ice
Machine Co.. 1001 Cold Spring Ave. — ad-
ditional machine tools for manufacture of
ice machines at its West Allis plant.
Wis., Milwaukee— S. K. Williams. 412
Montgomery Bldg. — one planer.
Wis., Racine — The perfex Radiator Co..
11th and Holmes Sts., back geared press
with 5 or 6-in. stroke, similar to No. 7S
Toledo or No. 6 Niagara.
Minn., Hancock — K. M. Knudsen — watch-
makers lathe and instruments.
Mo., St. Louis — The Bowen Motor Ry.
Co , Title Guarantee Bldg. — cranes, lathes,
punches, planers, presses and small pneu-
matic tools.
Minn., Minneapolis — ^The Franklin Co-
operative Creamery Co.. 26th St. and Frank-
lin Ave. — $25,000 worth of power and re-
frigerating machinery.
Ont., Llstowel — M. I. Ad61ph^K»mplete
machinery equipment for the manufacture
of oil engines and farm power machinery.
Ont., Watford — The Andrews Wire Co.,
Wall St. — special machinery for manufac-
turing all kinds of wire products.
MMIIIIIItlllllllllllllllMII^
Machinery Wanted
niinllHIIIIIIIIIIIIIII M.IIUIMIIHIIIIIIIIIIII
Conn., Middletown — A. Brazos & Sons,
Inc., 68 Oak St. — Lane saw mill.
N. H., Franklin — H. L. PowtcU — light
portable steam sawmill complete.
Md., Baltimore — The People's System of
Bakeries, 106 North Charles St. — prices on
bakery machinery. including moulders,
proofers, etc.
N. Y., Astoria — The .\storia Silk Wks.,
727 Steinway Ave. — weaving machinery for
new mill at Cold Spring, N. Y.
Pa., New Ca«tle — The Bd. of Educ. —
work benches and machinery for manual
training department.
111.. Chicago^The Illinois Malleable Iron
Co. 1801 Diversy Blvd. — one 10-ton travel-
ing crane.
III., Decatur — The U. S. Wire Mat Co..
260 East Wood St. — woodworking machin-
ery for turning handles.
Ind., Bedford — The Bedford Steel &
Constr. Co., engrs,, Bedford — catalogues on
canning machinery and conveying systems.
Mich., Alma — F. W. Ruggles — special
machinery for the manufacture of motor
trucks, including lathes, presses and planers
for plant in London, Ont.
Wis.. Medford — The Northern Specialties
Co., E. M. White. Purch. Agt. — woodwork-
ing machinery.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Milwaukee Grey
Iron Fdry. Co. — T. Bentley, 609 Majestic
Bldg. — mono rail crane.
Wis., Neenah — The Kimberly Clark Co. —
traveling crane for Canada branch.
^•■IIIIKIIMIItllMlltllMltllllll'
iiiir. .lainttiiiii
Metal Working
3UIIIII(IIIIMIItllllllllllllMIIIIIMII
■iitiiiiiiiiiiHiiiiiiiiiiiiiiM liinu r
NEW ENGL.4XD STATES
Conn., Hartford — The S. K. F. Ball Bear-
ing Co.. 30 New Park Ave., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 77 x 200 ft. factory. Estimated cost,
$75,000.
Conn., Hartford — P. Ballotti & Son, 26
State St., will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 50 x 60 ft.
garage on Otis St. Estimated cost, $10,000.
Conn., Hartford — B. Martoocchio, 194
Copen St., will build a 1 story. 50 x 60 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $10,000.
Conn., New Britain — The B. Jahn Mfg.
Co., 6 Chestnut St.. will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story.
40 X 150 ft. factory on Cherry and Ellis
Sts. for the manufacture of dies, tools,
etc. Estimated cost, $50,000. Noted July
10.
Conn., New London — F. Prottas, 317 Will-
iams St., plans to build a 1 story garage
at Ocean Beach. Estimated cost, $20,000.
Conn., Plantsvlile — The Atwater Mfg.
Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 2 story, 62 x 80 ft. ma-
chine shop. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Conn.. Portland — The Portland Fdry.
Co.. Freestone St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story. 40 x
BO ft. foundry addition at plant, here.
Estimated cost. $50,000.
Conn.. Waterbury — The Lux Clock Mfg.
Co.. 105 Sperry St.. plans to build a 4
story factory. Private plans.
Conn.. Waterbury — The Maltby Garage.
33 Union St.. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 65 x 200 ft.
garage on East Main St. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
Me., Biddeford — Cleaves & Sawyer. Saco,
Me., have awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 60 x 110 ft. garage
on Elm St.. here. Estimated cost. $25,000.
Mass., Holyoke — N. Robert. 72 Center
St., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story addition to his garage.
Estimated cost. $12,000.
Mass.. .Alattapan (Boston P. O.)— J. Bar-
rett c/o A. D. Boyle, archt . 498 Nor-
folk St.. will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story addition to his
garage on Milton St. Estimated cost. $16,-
000.
Mass.. Peabody— The A. C. Lawrence
Leather Co., 161 South St.. Boston, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 70 x 70 ft. garage at plant.
Estimated cost. $50,000.
September 2, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
484g
Mass., Pittsaeld — The General Electric
Co. plans to build a 5 story, 70 x 400 ft.
factory addition. M. M. Throne, care of
owner. Engr.
Mass., South HaJiover — R. C. Waterman
Co., 101 Milk St., Boston, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
factory. Estimated cost, $70,000.
Maw.. SpriiiKflehl — The Armory Square
Realty Trust, 274 Main St., will build a 1
story, 80 x 125 ft garase on North Main
St. Estimated cost, $75,000.
Mass., Springfield — J. Freedman. 80
Greenwood St., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story,
85 X 170 ft. garage on Church St. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000. J. W. Foster, 38 Stock-
man St., .\rcht.
Mass., Sprinsrfleld — A. A. Geisel. Ill Mag-
nolia Terrace, has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 60 x 120 ft.
factory on Pecousic St., for the manufac-
ture of motor truck parts. Estimated cost,
$40,000.
Mass., .Sprinfrfleld — T. B. King, 107 Mul-
berry St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 70 x 100 ft.
garage. Estimated cost. $15,000.
Mass., Springfield — The New York. New
Haven & Hartford R.R.. Meadow St., New
Haven, Conn., has awarded the contract
for improvements to its machine shops,
etc.. at freight yard on Water St., here.
Estimated cost. $25,000.
Mass., West Springfleld (Springfield P.
O.) — The Springfield Automatic Screw Ma-
chine Corp. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 2 story factory.
Estimated cost, $200,000. McClintock &
Craig, 33 Lyman St., Springfield, Archts.
Mass.. Worcester — H. Click. 36 Portland
St.. plans to build a 2 .story. 60 x 135 ft.
garage addition. Estimated cost, $80,000.
E. T. Chapin, 310 Main St.. Archt.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC ST.4TE8
Maryland, Baltimore. — The .\mer. Can
Co., 120 Bway, New York City, plans to
build a factory, here. Estimated cost, $500.-
000.
Md.. Frederick — The Frederick Furniture
Co.. 43 Patrick St., will remodel a building
and use same for the manufacture of fur-
niture.
Md., Salisbury — W. F. Messick Ice Co.
plans to establish a plant with 30 ton daily
capacity and 3.000 ton storage capacity.
N. .1., Hoboken — J. Paul plans to build a
garage and show room at 6th and Wash-
ington Sts. Estimated cost, $45,000.
N. J.. Homestea)! — The Amer. Chocolate
Products Co., 206 Bway.. New York City,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 5 story, 85 x 205 ft. factory
at plant here. Estimated co.st. $350,000.
Andrews. Tower & Lavalee. 33 Lyman St..
Springfield, Mass., Engrs. and .\rchts.
X. J., Trenton — The Amer. Bridge Co. is
building a 60 x 221 ft. templet shop. 195 x
605 ft. main bridge -shop. 78 x 198 ft.
blacksmith shop and a 34 x 122 ft. paint
shop. Estimated cost, $2,000,000.
N. J., Trenton — The Puritan Rubber Mfg.
Co.. Perrine Ave., will build a plant. Esti-
mated cost. $7,000.
N. v.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— G. Simonelli, c/o G. Erda, Archt.. 728
Manhattan Ave., will build a 1 story, 100
X 140 ft. garage on Morgan Ave. Estimated
cost, $35,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— J. Riley, care of H. Holder, archt., 242
Franklin Ave., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
100 X 250 ft. foundry on Columbia St.
Estimated cost. $250,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— Charlotte PI. Corp.. c/o Shampan &
Shampan. Engrs., 50 Court St., will build a
1 story. 90 x 100 ft. garage on Covert St.
Estimated cost, $45,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— J. F. Trommer Co., Inc.. 1632 Bushwick
Ave., will build a 2 story, 40 x 180 ft
garage. Estimated cost. $90,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Dunnellen Constr. Co.. 362 West 23rd
St.. will build a 1 story garage at 662 llth
Avf. Estimated cost. $25,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
J. P. Jacobs. 326 Audubon Ave., will build
a 1 story, 100 x 250 ft. garage on Gerard
Ave. and 149th St. Estimated cost, $100,-
000. H. J. Ozer, 1400 Bway., Engr. and
Archt
N. Y., Elmhurst — W. J. Muller will alter
his 1 story garage. Estimated cost, $15,-
000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Queens). —
J. P. Conato, 8th St., Long Island City, will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 67 x 100 ft garage.
Estimated cost. $50,000.
Pa., Johnstown^ — The Knickerbocker Fuel
Co.. 1st Natl. Bank Bklg., plans to remodel
and construct a 15 room addition to its
present ofl^ce building, also construct
garage on Vine St. Estimated cost, $100,-
000. H. M. Rogers. Trust Bldg., Archt.
Pa., Kittanning — The Kittanning Iron and
Steel Co. is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 1 story addition to its
plant. Estimated cost, $100,000. A. G.
McKee Co.. 2422 Euclid Ave., Cleveland,
O., Engrs. and Archts.
Pa.. New Castle — The Bd. of Educ. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 3 story, 248 x 340 ft junior high
school to include a manual training de-
partment Estimated cost $800,000.
Pa.. Philadelphia — The McCaffrey File
Co., 5th and Berks Sts., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
80 X 80 ft. garage. Estimated cost, $25,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — The National Umbrella
Frame Co., 30th and Thompson Sts.. will
build a 1 story. 50 x 50 ft. machine shop
on Pennsylvania and Belfield Sts. Esti-
mated cost $5,000.
Pa., Pittsburgh — The Pittsburgh Forge
and Iron Co.. Chamber of Commerce Bldg.,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 18 x 22 ft. and 35
X 88 ft. coal mill building at its plant.
Estimated cost $40,000.
Pa., Reading — The Reading Steel Castings
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story machine shop. Esti-
mated cost. $200,000.
MIDDLE WEST
Ind., Michigan Cit.v — The Amer. Iron and
Steel Corp. plans to build a 1 story concrete,
brick and steel plant, to have 250 tons
daily capacitv, first unit to include 6 open-
hearth furnaces, 12 mill sheet steel plant
and other mills, for manufacture of plates,
rods, bars, slabs, rails, wire and other
direct and bv-products of the industry.
Total cost, $50,000,000. L. L. Slick, Engi-
neers' Bldg., Cleveland, O. Dlr. archt. s
name withheld.
Ind.. Valparaiso — The Pioneer Truck Co.
plans to build a 100 x 304 ft. factory for
the manufacture of trucks. Estimated cost
$100,000. O. M. Frier, Pres.
Mich.. Detroit — The Detroit Motor Bus
Co.. 1701 Dime Bank Bldg.. plans to build
a 1 story garage on .lefterson Ave.
Mich.. Detroit — The Fort Shelby Garage,
care of J. Gillespie, Fort Shelby Hotel, plans
to build a 4 story, 130 x 150 ft. garage on
Howard and 1st Sts. A. KaTin, Marquette
Bldg.. Archt.
O., Bedford — D. Round & Son Co. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 90 x 120 ft. addition to its
foundry at Stop 2. Estimated cost $50,-
000.
O.. Cincinnati — The Nash Motor Car Co.,
Gilbert Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, -80 x 225 ft
garage, on Reading and Morgan Sts. Esti-
mated cost. $150,000.
O., Cleveland — The Bd. of Educ, East
6th St. and Rockwell Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
40 X 200 ft. machine shop addition to Its
high school on Bway. and FuUerton Ave.
Estimated cost, $1600,000. Noted May 13.
0„ Cleveland — R. F. Carpenter Mfg. Co.,
978 East 64th St.. manufacturer of metal
partitions, will build a 1 story, 14 x 37 ft.
addition to Its factory. Estimated cost,
$5,000.
O., Cleveland — The Crossley Rubber Co.,
1305 Pro.spect Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 30 x
50 ft. garage at 2170 East 18th St.
Estimated cost. $10,000.
O., Cleveland — -The Ferro Machine and
Pdry. Co., Bast 66th St. and Hubbard Ave.,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 18 x 99 ft. garage. Esti-
mated cost $10,000.
O., Cleveland — The Rickersburg Brass
Co.. 3612 Perkins Ave., is building a 1 story
addition to Its foundry. Estimated cost,
$5,000. A. Sickersberg, Pres.
O., Cleveland — M. Schmidt 6305 Sargent
Ave., will build a 1 story, 50 x 54 ft gar-
age at 11515 Lorain Ave. Estimated cost,
110,000.
O., Cleveland — A. Schmoldt 1407 St
Clair Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 52 x 110 ft
addition to its garage at 1815 Oregon Ave.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
O., Hamilton — The Herring-Hall-Marion
Safe Co. plans to build a 2 story factory.
Estimated cost, $75,000.
O., Masslllon — The Lucius Reinforced
Tank Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 70 x 160 ft
factory. Estimated cost, $75,000.
O., Norwood (Cincinnati P. O.) — The Safe
Cabinet Co. will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 80 x 150
ft factory. B. L. Baldwin. 2nd Nat Bank,
Archt. and Engr.
O., Palnesvllle — The Light Alloys Co. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 75 x 140 ft. factory. Estimated
cost, $65,000.
Wis., Janesville — The Sampson Motor
Truck Co., is building a 70 x 200 ft. fac-
tory. A. J. Ferrielle, branch mgr.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Col., Denver — The Western Mfg. Co.,
Evans BIk., plans to build a 1 story factory
for the manufacture of locks and bolts.
Estimated cost, $250,000.
Mo., St. Louis — The Bowen Motor Ry.
Co., Title Guarantee Bldg., is having plans
prepared for a factory. Estimated cost,
$385,000. O. J. Popp, Odd Fellows Bldg.,
Archt.
CANADA
Ont., Brantford — The Caxslutt Plow Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 70 x 200 ft factory.
Estimated cost, $75,000.
Ont., Ford City — The Fisher Body Co. of
Canada plans to build a 4 story, 90 x 192
ft. factory for the manufacture of auto
bodies, on St. Lukes Rd. A. Kahn, Walker
Rd., Walkersville, Archt.
Ont., Kingston — The T. Watson Co.,
Woodstock, will soon award the contract
for the construction of a factory here, for
the manufacture of machinery. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
Ont., Listowel — M. I. Adolph has pur-
chased factory and plane to equip same
for the manufacture of oil engines and
farm power machinery.
Ont., London — F. W. Ruggles. Alma,
Mich., will soon award the contract for the
construction of the first unit of its auto
truck factory on Bast London St., here.
Estimated cost, $2,000,000.
Ont., Sudbury — The International Nickel
Co. plans to build a rolling mill. Estimated
cost. $3,000,000.
Ont., Tilburj — W. H. Hutton plans to take
over factory and Install new equipment for
the manufacture of truck bodies. Estimated
cost $55,000.
Ont.. Watford — The Andrews Wire Co..
Wall .St.. will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 60 x 150 ft. exten-
sion to its factory. Estimated cost, $50,000.
£111 1 mill tlllllllMIIKIMIIMIIIIIIIIIMtMIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIttMtlltlllltMIMUMIIKltlllllr
I General Manufacturing j
fllUllllllltillllll IMIIIIIIMI tMllllllllltlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllirill.illlMllf
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., New Haven — The New York, New
Haven & Hartford RR.. Meadow St.. has
awarded the contract for remodeling ma-
chine shops, locker buildings and stock-
house : also building a 1 story, 100 x 120
ft. addition to the local freight yard. Esti-
mated cost $150,000.
Conn., Newtown — ^H. Curtiss & Sons Co.
plans to build a 1 story factory on Foot Rd.
for the manufacture of paper boxes. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000.
484h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 10
Conn., Slaniford — 'The Brsktne Danforth
Corp.. 490 Pacific St., has awarded the
contract tor the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 100 ft. addition to factory for the
manufacture of furniture. Estimated cost,
$15,000.
.V1IS8., Cambridge — The C. A. Briggs Co.,
4"0 Main St., lias awarded the contract for
the oonstruclion of a 5 story, 90 x 180 (t.,
•confectionery factory on Ames St. Es-
timated cost. $200,000.
Mush., Everett — The Boston Varnish Co.,
2nd St.. has awarded the contract for the
construction of an 3 story, 60 x 100 ft. fac-
tory on East Sumner St. Estimated cost,
J75,000.
SlasH., Lynn — Hilliard & Merrill, Inc.. 206
Broad St.. manufacturer of soles, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 7 story, 130 x 480 ft. factory and
warehouse on Eastern Ave. Estimated cost,
$1,000,000.
Mass., New Bedford — The Nashawena
Mills Co., Bellevue Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
70 X 1.50 ft. textile mill, at plant. Estimated
cost. $100,000.
Mass., Plymouth — The Bradley Rug Co.,
Park Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 50 x 100 ft.
factory. Estimated cost, $35,000.
Mass., Wrentliam: — The Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, c/o Kendall Taylor & Co.,
Engrs. and Archts., 93 Federal St.. Bos-
ton, will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 50 x 70 ft. cold
storage building and a 1 story. 40 x 90 ft.
industrial building at .;e State School, here.
Estimated cost. $100,000. Noted May 6.
B. I.. Auburn (Providence P. O.) — The
Universal Winding Co. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
and a 3 story addition to its plant. Esti-
mated cost. $25,000 and $175,000, respec-
tively.
B. I, Pawtucket — The Hope Webbing Co.,
1005 Main St., plans to build a large addi-
tion to mill. Perry & Whipple, Rhode Is-
land. Hospitai Trust Bldg.. Providence.
R. I. Engrs. and Archts.
Vt., Bellows Falls — The Liberty Paper
Co., Inc.. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 3 story, factory. Es-
timated cost, $130,000.
MIDDI,E ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Baltimore— The Coca Cola Co., Pratt
St. and Market PI., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 4 story, 196
X 534 ft. coca cola factory and cooperage
plant on Port Ave. Estimated cost. $1,250,-
000.
Md., Baltimore — The Republic Belting
Co.. Pratt and Smallwood Sts.. is remodel-
ing a building and will use same for the
manufacture of belting, etc.
Md., Crisfleld — The Potomac Poultry
Food Co., 802 Keyser Bldg., Baltimore, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 125 x 144 ft plant here.
Estimated cost, $150,000
■ Md.; «ur«K-Bay (Baltimore P. O.) — The
Union Acid Wks. has acquired a 250 x 520
ft. site on Aspen St. near Curtis Ave. and
plans to extend its plant.
N. T.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Chapman Printing Co., c/o H. J.
Nurich, Archt., 72 Bway., is having
sketches made for a 1 story. 100 x 200 ft,
printing plant on Morgan Ave. and Grand
St. Estimated cost, $55,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — J. G. Duncan Co , 1228
Race St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 2 story. 18 x 100 ft. sales
and service building at 661 North Broad St.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Hellwig Silk Dye-
ing (io., 9th and Buttonwood Sts . has
awarded the contract for the construction of
a 2 story, 95 x 235 ft. factory on Home-
stead and Milnor Sts. Estimated co.st.
$90,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Philadelphia Felt
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 52 x 68 ft. factory
on Powder Mill I>ane and Frankford Ave.
Pa., PittsburKh — The Natl. Casket Co.,
Reedsdale St.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 2 story, 30 x 87
ft. addition to its factory. Estimaed cost,
$30,000. Noted Aug. 26.
SOITHERX STATES
Fla., Tampa — The Bd. of Port Comrs.
are considering plans submitted by W. M.
Black, for a terminal to include 850 ft.
slip, warehouses on both sides, phosphate
elevator, naval stores, general terminal
facilities, machinery, etc. Estimated cost.
$1,500,000.
Kv.. Covington — The City Ice Co., 3210
Jefferson Ave., Cincinnati, O., has awarded
the contract for the construction of an ice
factory on Indiana and Scott Sts., here.
Estimated cost. $30,000.
N. C, China Grove — United Mills Co.,
Hickory, plans to build a 1 story, 125 x 400
ft. cotton mill along the tracks of the
Southern R.R. here. Estimated cost, $50,000.
MIDDI.E WEST
Mich., Detroit — The Detroit Belt Lacer
Co., 27 A St.. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story^ 80 x 100 ft.
belt-lacing factory. Estimated cost, $35,-
000. Noted Mar. 4.
O., Cincinnati — The C. P. Streit Mfg. Co..
1040 Kenner St., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 2 story. 31 x 50
ft. furniture factory,
0„ Cincinnati — The Wheatley Pottery
Co., R<'ading Rd.. will soon award the con
tract for the construction of a 1 stor\
factory, to have 45.000 sq.ft. floor space,
on Lester Rd. Rendigs. Panzer & Marl in.
Palace Theatre Bldg.. Archts.
O., Cleveland — J. A. Moftett, 1836 Euclid
Ave., plans to build a 1 story, 32 x 40 ft.
woodworking factory at 4539 Hough Ave.
Estimated cost. $10,000. Private plans.
O., Cleveland — ^The Rie Armand Drug
Co., 1234 St. Clair Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 storv.
33 X 47 ft. factory. Estimated cost, $10,000.
Wis,, .Sheboygan — The Sheboygan Parlor
Furniture Co., South Water St., plans to
build a 4 story, 60 x 174 ft. furniture fac-
tory. Estimated cost, $75,000. Juul & Smith,
Imig. Bldg., Archts.
Wis., Shehoygan' — The Wisconsin Textile
liy-Products Co., Calumet Drive, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 60 x 187 ft. factory. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000.
WEST OF MISSISSIPPI
Col., Denver — The Federal Glass Co..
c/o Sylvester & Co.. 1st National Bank
Bldg., plans to build a plant to include of-
fice building, circular glass house, factory
with 10,000 sq.ft. of floor space, and a gas
plant. Estimated cost, $250,000.
Col., Denver — The Mountain States Pack-
ing Co.. Gas and Electric Bldg.. plans to
build a packing plant adjoining their stock
yards in the northeastern section of citv.
ICstimated cost, $2,000,000.
Minn., Minneapolis — The noui- State
Baking Co., 12th and Minnehaha Aves .
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 4 story, 60 x 150 ft. bakery at
500 E. 37th St. Estimated cost. $250,000.
E. C. Foley, Secy.
Minn., Minneapolis — The Franklin Co-
operative Creamery Co.. 26th St. and Frank-
lin Ave., is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 1 storv, 64 x 85 ft. cream-
ery. Estimated cost, $50,000. O. K. West-
pliai, 319 Kasota Bldg., Engr.
Minn., Winona — The Webster Woolen
Mills, Rushford, is building a 3 storv, 75 x
150 ft. factory, here. W. W. Webster,
Mgr.
Mo., Aurora — The Juvenile Shoe Co., Ad-
vertising Bldg.. St. Louis has had plans
prepared for tiie construction of a factory
here. Estimated cost. $60,000. T. P. Bur-
nett Co.. .\rcade Bldg., Archts. and Engrs.
Noted June 17.
Mont.. Fors.vth — The Montana Sugar Co.
is having preliminary plans prepared for
the construction of a sugar factory. Esti-
mated' cost, $1,500,000.
Okla., Henryetta — The Cog.swell Refining
Co. is having plans prepared for a 2.000 obi.
petroleum refiner\-. Estimated cost. $250,-
000. J. C. Bertsch. Tulsa. Engr.
Tex., Floydada — The Farmers' Gin Co.
has awarded the co. tract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story factory, to have 6,134
sq.ft. floor space. Estimated cost, $30,000.
About $16,000 worth of machinery will be
installed.
C.-VN.^D.*
Que., .\IIard Falls — The Manouaw Pulp
and Paper Co. will soon award tlie contract
for the construction of a plant along the St.
Maurice River, here. F. L. Moore, c/o
Newton Falls Paper Co.. Watertown, N. Y.,
is interested.
"Live" Business Propositions
Many excellent opportunities to sell, rent
or buy equipment, engage experienced men,
acquire agencies, etc., can be found in the
^'Searchlight" Section
Pages
374 to 40S
For every business want
"Think SEARCHLIGHT First"
Page*
374 to 40S
September 9, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 1 1
MillhoUand Geared-Head Turret Lathe
By J. V. HUNTER
Westefn Eilitoi". American Machinist
WITH a view to producing a machine especially
adapted for intensive production, the Millhol-
land Machine Co., Indianapolis, Ind., has devel-
oped a geared-head type of turret lathe vvfhich is shown
in Fig. 1. A special feature is the design of the
headstock, which is a departure from what has been
the more generally accepted
practice. Only four geared
spindle speed changes are
furnished instead of the
wide variety of speeds that
are common in machines of
this type.
The builders claim that
their many years of observation of modern turret-
lathe practice, have convinced them that greater pro-
duction is obtained from these machines where little
latitude is left to the operator's judgment as to the
the speeds and feeds used. For this reason no speeds or
feeds are obtainable in this machine that are not actually
necessary for the best high-speed production practice.
The headstock is shown in Fig. 2. It contains eight
broad-faced gears and two friction assemblies which
give the four speed changes just mentioned. The two
An unusual feature of the machine described in
this article is that the number of speeds and
feeds have been reduced to conform to those more
frequently used in actual practice.
step driving pulley is mounted on the back-shaft, which
doubles the geared speed range. The friction assemblies
are of the same design as used on the other types of
turret lathes built by this company, and have large
driving surfaces with simple adjustments for wear.
The entire headstock assembly runs in a bath of oil,
insuring ample lubrication
for the moving parts.
In the end view of the
machine. Fig. 3, the two
speed-change levers are
shown near the front end
of the headstock in a posi-
tion easily accessible for
the operator. The headstock cover has T-slots milled
in the top to facilitate the placing of a motor for in-
dividual drive if desired. Sight feed lubricators are
furnished on both the main spindle and back-shaft
bearings.
In general, the design of this machine closely fol-
lows the lines of the machines built by this concern in
the past, and aside from the introduction of the four-
speed geared head, few changes will be noted. The bed
is a well-ribbed box section, with the headstock cast
KIG. 1, MILI.HOLLANn GEARED-HEAD TURRET LATHE
Specifications: Built in three sizes, Nos. 3, 4 and 6. Capacities given respectively: Automatic chuck capacity, IS, IB and 24 in.
round. Hole in spindle, IgJ. 2^ and 2| in. Diameter of swing, over turret slide, 6, 63 and 8 in. Length that can be turned, 8, 10
and 14 in. Diameter of swing over bed, 16i. li% and 213 in- Diameter of swing over cutoff, 71. 9 and 11 in. W^idth of belt for cone,
S, 3J and 4 in. Pulleys on countershaft, 12x4. 12 x 4J and 12 x. 5*. Countcr.'Jh.ift speed. 34.''), 306 and 283 r.p.m. Net weight, 2,250
I 2,900 and 3,500 lb. Weight crated, 2,500, 3,250 and 4,000 lb. Weight boxed, 2,850, 3,500 and 4,600 pounds.
486
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
integral with it. The turret slide and saddle unit is of
standard design and is provided with a supplementary
taper base and taper gibs for horizontal and vertical
adjustment. The turret slide is operated by a rack-and-
pinion movement, and the turret is automatically
indexed on the backward movement of the slide, as
usual. The stud on which the hexagon turret revolves
What Shall the School Shop Produce?
By W. D. Forbes
In all the trade schools I have known, the question
of obtaining work has been a serious one. Mr. George
Heald, under the above heading on page 642, Vol. 52 of
the American Machinist, brings out this point and makes
some suggestions that are of practical
value. A free discussion of the mat-
ter by those interested in the subject
should serve to uncover new ideas
that will be of value.
I know of two trade schools that
have included in their work the re-
building of machines and machine
tools. One of them was in a large
manufacturing city and had acquired
the material from various sources;
some having been given to the school,
some purchased, and some that had
been through fires were obtained. The
latter were not infrequently of mod-
ern design and were the most valuable
from the point of view of the school,
for the reason that they would give
the greatest returns in the way of
educational value; while others, espe-
cially those donated, were of older de-
sign.
Just how well the idea of rebuilding
PIG. 2. INTERIOR OF GEARED
HBADSTOCK
is bored so that long stock can pass
through it and the turret, thus mak-
ing it possible to use short, stiff
tools.
INTERCHANGEABILITY
The turret and turret-feed mech-
anism is made interchangeable
with that of the corresponding size
of their cone-head machine. The
turret feed is engaged by means of
the lever of the friction clutch and
eight feed changes are available
through the feed box. The feeds
are automatically tripped by indepen-
dent adjustable stops. These stops
operate automatically for each posi-
tion of the turret, and when adjusted
for the length of each cut may be
locked in position.
A substantial cut-off slide with
broad, flat, well-gibbed bearings in-
sures rigidity under forming and
turning cuts. The hand longitudinal
feed adjustment is provided with a
large diameter dial with adjustable
clips, so that different shoulder
lengths can be duplicated.
The bed is fitted with pressed steel
oil pan having a cast-iron reservoir
bolted on underneath. The coolant
pump is driven from a pulley on the
back-gear shaft and operates when
running in either direction.
FIG. 3. HEADSTOCK END OF MII.LHOI-LAND TURRET LATHE
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
487
these machines worked out financially I do not know,
but I do know that the work was most interesting and
instructive to the students, for they not only remachined
the parts, but they reassembled them as well. Quite
often entirely new parts would have to be made.
In my own teaching experience I have combined the
production of parts used by manufacturers with that of
articles which could be readily disposed of in the open
market, and I adopted the system of paying the students
a part of the money obtained from the sources indi-
cated.
Some of the parts made by the students were for use
in some machine, as for instance: shafts for dynamos;
governor pins for engines; handles for various kinds
of machines; screws for lifting jacks, as well as the
complete jacks; gears for machinery; pipe flanges;
studs; special screws; complete deadlights for ships;
aftd also hinge pins, screws and nuts for them. Quite
a number of nuts were given to us to castellate ; in fact,
so many that we could not do them all.
Some of the Articles Made
The articles that we made for the market were taper
pins, both soft and tool-steel; special tool-steel sfet-
screws; taper reamers; chucking reamers; reamers for
pipe work; countersinks; plug and ring gages, etc.
Of course in the beginning there was much waste from
the commercial point of view, although there was not
as much entirely bad work as I feared there would be;
but the experience acquired and the lessons learned
from the bad work were of incalculable value.
In making plug gages a standard size of handle was
adopted and if the gage end was spoiled in machining
to the nominal size it could still be reduced to the next
smaller size and much of the work saved. It was in
hardening the reamers that we met with the greatest
loss, but this was primarily due to not having the
proper appliances for such work.
To dispose of the marketable portion of our product
was not difficult as we let the shops around us know
that we had such articles on hand and those who were
interested in the school would get their supply houses
to take our goods, paying therefor the lowest market
rates. The taper pins sold very well. We centered
both ends; the small end from necessity, and the large
end, we found, if centered, allowed the men to give the
pin a brush with a file without the necessity of using a
chuck.
In connection with these taper pins there is a point I
wish to make. As they were made in quite large quanti-
ties it gave the student repetition work to do, and to
make one thing over and over again is, I believe, of
great advantage to him. It is true that a student may
protest against this at first, but after a time he sees
that it is to his advantage to acquire skill, and that this
can be done only by the constant doing of the things
upon which skill is to be attained.
Not being in a position to give their students work
of a repetitive nature is where many trade schools are
at a disadvantage. Doing a piece of work but once
teaches little; the student is unable to see how much
he gains in proficiency by becoming "at home" on the
job. One young man under my tuition took three hours
tc make his first taper pin properly, but before he had
finished the lot he could make one in three minutes.
To get work such as I have noted is not easy. If you
leave it to one hired to search for it he must be a man
of great tact and be known to local foremen and to men
higher up. I have found that a personal letter to a
manufacturing concern telling them just why the work
was wanted, as a rule, brought results. It took time, but
I found it worth while, and many a student has worked
into a position by stating that he had made such and
such pieces used by the people to whom he applied for
a job.
Such articles as pipe flanges we tapped, faced, and
drilled, but while the work was satisfactory from an
educational point of view, the great weight of these-
articles made the freight and cartage rather a burden.
Such pieces as shafts for generators or motors were
finished complete except for two or three lands which
were left large enough to grind to fit the bored holes:
in the spiders. The fact that the shafts had a thread
cut on one end and a keyway on the other made them
most acceptable as practice pieces. The deadlights sup-
plied lathe work, milling, drilling and tapping, and fits
had to be made in several places; yet the weight made
the transportation charges high and thus lessened the
profits.
On all the work the student was given a commercial
time limit and it was his aim to equal or approach it.
Any spoiled work was used as an example of "how
not to do it," and the students were shown the mis-
takes that were made. This made the students far more
careful, for none cared to be shown up as having made
a blunder.
I rather like the idea of a trade school making some-
thing in the shape of a machine tool, as a complete
machine is much more interesting to the student and
they take pride in the work.
Just to make an article that is to function in a ma-
chine and is never seen, is hardly interesting; while in
assembling a machine the student ;s orougnt face to
face with the necessity of working close to drawings and
he gets to know what a fit is in a way ne understands
and remembers. Making things that only go to the
scrap pile, as Mr. Heald puts it, is to my mind a great
waste of time and I am glad to think that little such
work is done in trade schools today.
Drawing Classes
I found in the drawing classes that drawing alone
was but mildly interesting; unless the student knew
that something was to be made from his drawing his
interest was not held. I got some tracings to make
for various concerns and I found that the student
always wanted to go to the works where tne drawings
came from in order to see the pieces made in metal.
If a drawing showed a casting, the molding always
greatly interested the student. It was so attractive to
see the cores made, dried, and set. When me mysteries
of core prints were dissipated, it was a tale well worth
telling to others how the flasks were rammed up and
patterns drawn, cores set, flasks eiosed, weighted or
clamped, and how the metal was poured. Then would
follow the story of how the flasks were dumped and the
castings allowed to cool; how they were cleaned or
tumbled, and at last made ready for the machine work.
I think that the work I have outlined in the foregoing
paragraphs is about the class needed for trade schools,
as among the kinds mentioned there is both rough and
fine work; whether it is for the market or for some
manufacturing concern does not matter much. In se-
lecting some tool or other article for the scnool to make
483
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
the general condition of finances in craft schools makes
it necessary to expend as little for material as possible.
A punch press, for example, which would weigh in
the neighborhood of 600 lb. would not be a wise selection,
although the work on it would be what is wanted, as in
undertaking to make ten such presses, too much money
would be locked up; and also if the main piece should
be spoiled, the loss would be severe. A sensitive drill
would be a better selection as the weight is small, the
work is varied, and the tool will sell.
In conclusion, I wish to say that in speaking of profits,
I do not mean to convey the idea that making profits,
in the real sense of the word, is to be expected or is
advisable in a trade school. Perhaps I should have used
the word profitable, rather than profits. The heavy
articles referred to would not give as much profitable
return in work for a dollar expended as would lighter
articles.
I Building Up Subordinates
By Entropy
In any meeting of business men, start to complain
that it is impossible to get reliable subordinates and you
are sure of an audience. The conversation will become
even violent. But you may be almost sure that the
really big fellows will not join in. They may look wise,
but they stay out of it. How is it that they so uni-
formly secure the cream of the available employees?
It is of no use to ask them. They simply do not know
what the problems of the little fellows are. They say
they have always had good men around them and that
they have no special method of selection. It simply
happens that way.
Let's try their employees. A dozen interviews, or a
hundred, show just one thing on which they are united
and that is that they all like to work for the people in
their respective organizations — that each will swear by
his particular boss. Beyond that the next noticeable
thing is that they all feel as if they were of some ac-
count in the organization, and yet they do not often
have swelled heads. They may have a higher opinion
of the boss and of the organization than the rest of the
world entertains, but they do not show egotism. It
seems as though the big men ali have the faculty of put-
ting their assistants in just the highest niches that they
can safely occupy, and that those niches are so much
higher than anyone else would put them and so much
higher than they would dare to take without the man
higher up backing them that they are more than con-
tent to occupy them.
^ Everyone, no matter how modest or self deprecating,
has a secret ambition to hold a good job. He may not
dare to ask for it. If he gets it he may be scared to
take it, but he dreams of it nevertheless. When his
dream comes true he realizes that some substantial
force has placed him there and is backing him to stay;
he recognizes his dependence on that force and comes
almost to worship it.
No matter how powerful the man may be who places
men in the higher jobs he could not hold them there
unless they were capable. How is it that these men
prove capable? The answer is simple just as soon as
you see the big man in action. He knows how to give
directions. He does not tell a subordinate a lot of
things which he knows better than his boss. Neither
does he leave the essential directions untold. He under-
stands each man's limitations and frames his orders
accordingly. He does not, strange to say, give his
orders like those cited in the famous "Letter to Garcia"
except to the men like Rowan, who know where to take
the message. In fact that story while it was a wonder-
ful little bit of English has undoubtedly sent off on a
wild-goose chase many an otherwise sensible man who
if he had not read it would have waited to get all avail-
able information before he started. It should be a
principle of giving orders that all details be given which
the man's own knowledge does not furnish.
On top of explicit and complete instructions these big
fellows, almost without exception, do not want too im-
plicit and literal obedience. They want results, and
while they are always interested to know how the
results were obtained they are only too glad when a
subordinate finds a better way than they have thought
of. It takes a big man to do this. In fact this ability
is almost a criterion for bigness. It is so easy for a man
who has built up a substantial business to believe that
"he" did it that it is no wonder if he feels that he him-
self must decide every little detail. On the other hand
the very biggest men, and the men who have made the
most money and the most fame, are those who are able
to give full credit for everything that their subordi-
nates have done and yet have plenty left over for them-
selves. Really, while we all like to talk about working
for larger and larger salaries we all know that we would
rather work for the man who gives us credit for what
we do than for the man who wants it for himself.
What would be the effect if we, all of us. should
decide to do these things, to give subordinates freedom
of action and to give them credit for performance?
Would we then find that there were not enough capable
subordinates to go around? Very likely we would, for
a time at least. Take a man who has always worked
hard and faithfully, but always tied to his boss, never
daring to think of going from the beaten track and
never encouraged to do more than an essential minimum
to stay on the payroll. Such a man could not respond to
the better treatment which he might get under a bigger
boss. He has grown into the rut and it has conquered
him. His son, however, under broader treatment, may
do exactly what the father would have done under simi-
lar circumstances and become a big man himself. We
cannot hope for many more capable subordinates from
the present crop of mature men, and if we want to hold
our place in manufacturing and take the share of export
trade that belongs to us we will have to handle the
younger crop, the boys just coming into our establish-
ments, with a freer rein, and with more confidence in
their ability to do large things.
Of course there are many men who can never rise to
responsibility, no matter what the incentive, but such
men do not apply in large numbers for these positions
as minor executives. Once in a while one of them does
develop, but he is the exception that proves the rule.
The man to develop is the young chap, with the look of a
fighter in his eye, with a mind trained either by experi-
ence or precept to keep his mind's eye on the mark and
not to be swerved by little obstacles in the road, capable
of diplomacy, but not too ready to blarney — the sort of
chap who can go into athletics in school and yet make a
presentable showing in the studies which bear on the
employment he seeks. Such a man can fit into some
place in almost any organization, but he will not be
content to be a tail to any man's kite for a long time.
September 9 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
489
Using the Trade Magazine to Capacity
By E. L. bowman
What do you do with the hack numbers of yovr
"American Machinist"? Do you burn them, sell
them to the junkman, or give them away; only
to be confronted in a few days or weeks with a
problem the solution of which has been suggested,
OS you recall, in one of those back numbers that
you discarded? Or do you stack the bulky
numbers up in some dark corner, to catch the
dust, till you remember an article you loant, and
then rummage frantically till you either find
it or give up in disgust? And the next time you
look for an article you find the whole pile out of
order!
ENCLOSED in the thick nusk of advertising that
covers the modern metal-trades journal will be
' found many kernels of splendid reference data and
instructional material. The advertising is essential at
the moment of issue, but of little use after the appear-
ance of the next number of the magazine. It is neces-
sary, therefore, to find some way of making the body
of the magazine easily accessible, for future reference
at a time when the advertising sections will have lost
their value through obsolescence.
Not only is this problem of interest to the engineer
and craftsman, but to the instructors in trade schools
as well. The classes carried on under the Smith-Hughes
act require the latest and most practical material for
schoolroom use.
How shall we preserve the editorial parts of these
magazines and how shall we make them available for
quick reference? The plan in use in the trade and
industi'ial classes in Erie, Pennsylvania, will suggest
to engineers and instructors a readily adaptable method
for meeting the situation.
First, the outside covers of the magazine are removed,
and the wire staples are loosened with the blade of a
screwdriver. The title-page, with its table of contents,
is carefully removed and laid aside for future use.
Next, the advertising pages are removed with care,
leaving the body of the magazine ready for preservation.
A paper clip holds the title-page to the corresponding
body. When a sufficient number of these are collected
they are sent to the school printshop and a bare eighth
of an inch trimmed from the binding edges to insure
evenness and freedom from the glue used in the original
makeup.
Every business office discards each month a number
of the manila folders used for filing letters. These are
saved and the tabs are trimmed off, leaving a folder
about nine by twelve inches. Boys in the pre-vocational
classes print the name of the magazine to be bound on
the first page of this folder, together with place for
the date, page numbers and any other data that is
found desirable, and a line to act as index when the
folders are finally filed (See Fig. 1).
Into each of these printed folders is inserted the body
of one issue of the magazine. Three or four wire staples
are driven through folder and contents along the folded
side, and the pamphlet is ready for use.
Besides the American Machinist, with which the plan
was begun, there are now preserved in this manner
Power, Foundry, and the Iron Age. The pages of
Machinery are trimmed to the size of the folders before
binding, a procedure which leaves about a quarter of an
inch on the free edges of the magazine. The Scientific
American and Scientific American Supplement are
indexed but not bound. The new form of the latter, the
Scientific Aw.erican Magazine, will be bound as is the
Machinist.
All articles of possible interest are indexed by the use
of four by six cards, a number of which are shown in
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VOLUME ^-2- Buses l/^ /i&/
FIG. 1. THK FOLDBK USKD FOR FILING
Fig. 2. Two or more copies of each card are made, one
for the use of each instructor involved and one to serve
as a master index. After indexing, the pamphlets are
placed in a vertical letter file with guides labeled with
the name of the magazine and the volume number and
date.
When the instructors receive the index cards, they
are stored in cabinets on the desks. Thus, the instructor
in drafting practice receives cards on such articles as
that on cams by Furman, in the Machinist, the tables of
standard dimensions for machine parts, and all other
articles bearing on this particular subject of instruc-
tion. The science teacher receives the cards on
mechanics, strength of materials, metallurgy, heat,
thermo-dynamics, electricity and light. The mathematics
teacher is given the cards locating problems in applied
mathematics, such as are found in Machinery's prac-
490
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
tical problems sections, and in other places. The English
teacher finds indexed such articles of general descriptive
or expositional interest as are suitable as bases for oral
or written compositions, or articles from which con-
densations' are to be made. Here, too, are found refer-
ences to the biographies on the back of the title-pages
from the Machinist. The social-science teacher finds
FIG. 2. THE INDEX CARDS
before him references to such articles as the series on
compensation by Cheala Sherlock, the discussion of the
wage controversy, etc.
The cards for each subject are subdivided and
indexed under appropriate heads. Each short unit in
the courses taught is made the subject of a guide, and
material illustrative of the unit is arranged under this
guide.
In planning his instruction and assignments of
reference work, the instructor has but to refer to his
card index and there find indicated appropriate articles
for assignment of outside work.
It will be noticed that the headings of the cards are
typewritten, and that a large space is left for notes,
which should be made by the instructor at the time the
article is used. Hence the cards grow in value year
after year as they are used by the teachers.
What has been done in indexing for use in a trade
school can be done for use in an engineer's office or at
a foreman's desk. Anyone who has occasion to use for
reference the back numbers of technical magazines will
find the above system one easily put in practice,
inexpensive, readily followed, not easily disarranged,
a time-saver, and a preserver of priceless data.
A Difficult Job of Broaching
By Herbert M. Darling
WTiile building a special machine, I had to make the
shaft, shown in Fig. 1, 5 in. outside diameter and
5J in. long, with a §-in. square hole through it length-
ways. It was required that this hole should be straight
and parallel with the outside of the shaft. It will be
noticed that it is rather a difficult hole to broach, owing
to its small size and extreme length. We had no special
facilities for such work, so I had to devise some means
of doing it.
First I cut off a piece of 1-in. machine steel 5S in.
long. After centering, I turned it to the dimensions
shown in Fig. 2. I trued up the end A in my lathe
chuck, running the other end in the steadyrest. The
shoulder B was brought directly up against the face
of the chuck jaws for the purpose of taking the thrust
in the later broaching operation.
My next operation was to drill and ream a i-in. hole
entirely through the shaft. For roughing out the hole
to an approximate square, I used the tool shown in
Fig. 3. This is a steel rod, which would just slide
through the 2-in. reamed hole. The small splining tool
C is held by the setscrew D, and adjusted by the screw
E. For the full range of adjustment, I needed two
adjusting screws one being i'l in. long and the other
■h in. long.
The end of the shank F was held in a drill chuck in
the tailstock of the lathe. The shank carrying the
tool C was then forced through the «-in. reamed hole by
the tailstock screw. This was repeated a number of
times, the tool C being adjusted each time until one
corner of the square was roughed out. The work was
indexed to four different positions, using the large
spindle gear of the lathe to index by. In each position
the splining operation was repeated until the hole
assumed the shape of a rough square.
I made a series of three broaches similar to Fig. 4;
the lour fiat sides being ground and the cutting edges
ground so that each tooth did its proper share of the
work.
The drill chuck was removed from the tailstock
of the lathe and the center inserted in its place. Start-
"flto ----
FIG. I, Finished Shaft (Mach. Steel)
^ B
sf -
->i
- _^
A
-r^
-->
V
A-' FIG. 2, Shaft Rough Turned and Bored Ready to
No. 10-32 u, _ _ at Broach
Screw r" '^'" ^
■^ ■^>^ i^ I
E '''
No. 5-40 Screw
D
FIG. 3, Splining Bar Used to Rough
^ ^ "o\e."- - " - ----
Out Hote to a Square,
.-0.375" Diam.
B'Diam.
Grmd each
Tooth, to suit
S' FIG. 4, Broach, Series of Three Used
Grind
0.375'
square
FIGS. 1 TO 4. THE BROACHING JOB .VND TOOLS USED
Figr. 1 — The piece to be broached. Fig. 2 — The roughed-out
shaft. Fig. 3 — The splining tool. Fig. 4— One of the broaches.
ing with broach number 1 the pilot G was inserted in
the roughed-out hole and the tail-center forced into
center-hole H. By means of the tailstock screw, the
broach was forced clean through the hole, as were the
other two broaches This left a very nice, clean, straight
hole of the proper size. The shaft was then pushed onto
a l-'m. square arbor, and turned, squared to length, and
ground to i-in. diameter, thus completing the job satis-
factorily.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
491
Making a Hobbing Machine for Precision
Work
By SIMEON COLLEY
National Cash Register Co.. Dayton, Ohio
To produce wormwheels of the accuracy required
for azimuth heads, the National Cash Register
Co. built a special hobbing machine, the design
and construction of ivhich are herein described.
The principle of this design involved the applica-
tion of a very large skew gear, made as accurate
as possible, to revolve the small ivormivheel blank
which it was required to hob with a minimum
of error.
AN AZIMUTH head is an instrument of precision
f\ used in conjunction with telescope or periscope
X A. for taking observations by which to direct shell
fire. The head is shown in Fig. 1. The usual working
arrangement is to mount the azimuth head on a tripod
and mount the telescope or periscope on the head, as
shown by Figs. 2 and 3.
The necessity for accuracy in this mechanism is
indicated by Fig. 4, which is a diagram of the ampli-
fication test to which the azimuth head is subjected.
This test involves the use of a test disk, a telescope
and a target. The disk has a zero point and a test
point exactly 45 deg. apart. The azimuth head is
mounted on the disk and the telescope on the head.
In the set-up, the head, micrometer screw knob and
disk are placed at zero, with the hair line of the tele-
scope registering with the zero line of the target.
The disk, carrying the head with it, is rotated through
45 deg. and clamped; the head is then turned back by
means of the micrometer screw, through 45 deg. If
\
FIG. 1. THE AZIMUTH HEAD
FIG. 2. AZIMUTH HEAD MOUNTED WITH PEBISCOPIC
DEVICE. FIG. 3. AZIMUTH HEAD MOUXTED
VPITH TELESCOPIC DEVICE
exactly correct the zero lines of the telescope and target
will coincide. As shown by the diagram, an error of
0.001 in. in the head produces errors of 2.448 in. at
a distance of approximately 205 ft., and 25 ft. at a
distance of 5 miles.
The component of the azimuth head upon which
accuracy is most dependent is the double wormwheel,
24 in. in diameter, 64 teeth, shown in Fig. 5. The Gov-
ernment tolerances were 0.0000198 in. per tooth space,
which permits a total cumulative error in one direction
c.i 0.0012 in.
The machine built to hob these wormwheels is shown
in Fig. 6. A bronze skew gear of 48 in. pitch diam-
eter, mounted on ball bearings, rotates the wormwheel
blank, which is mounted on the same shaft. This large
gear, of 1,152 teeth, 24 pitch. Is driven by a pinion of
18 teeth, 24 pitch, I in. pitch diameter, that is operated
by pulley and gearing. A shaft containing two uni-
versal joints and a sliding coupling connects the pinion
and the hob, the latter being mounted in suitable
bearings in a feed slide. The feed slide is fed to the
work by a large cam operated by worm and wormwheel,
which is driven by sprocket and auxiliary shaft. A
handwheel is provided on the feed slide for adjustment.
At the completion of the cut, that is, one revolution
of large gear and wormwheel blank, the feed is auto-
492
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 11
matically released and the slide is raised by the large
spiral spring.
The bronze skew gear blank was rough machined and
mounted permanently upon its shaft. It was then
Mi'cromefvr. Knob C tu , -,■ , a a ■ al. ,. -, • ^ . ■
The large dial A , Azimuth head B and Azimuth
head micrometer knob C are all set to zero. The
hair line of telescope D is then adjusted to re-
gister with the zero line on target. The instrument
IS now ready to test.
The large dial A is then turned exactly r of a re-
mlution clockwise (in direction of arrow) through
suitable means ^ carrying the Azimuth head o
with it.
The Azimuth head B is then turned ba<kward in
direction of arrow, through micrometer knob C,
45° as shown by the graduation marks oh micro-
meter knob.
If the instrument is perfect, the hair line in the
telescope will register with with the zero line on
the target. If the instrument is not perfect, the
difference between the hair line and the zero
line indicates the amount jt is off.
FIG. 4. DIAGRAM OF AMFI>IFirATION TB.ST
placed in accurately tested ball bearings in rigid hous-
ings, and turned true and finished to size in position,
with all end thrust and backlash eliminated. The rim
section, Fig. 7, shows the shape of the finished blank.
By the use of dividers sixteen points were located
on the tooth-face side of the flange and then center-
punched, the distances between successive points being
approximately equal. A bench lathe head, clamped to
a bracket fastened to the machine base was used to
drill at the sixteen points, as shown by Fig. 8. The
holes so drilled were then tapped for l-in. screws.
Sixteen ground and lapped steel buttons i in. in
diameter with A-in. hole in the center were attached
with i-in screws. This arrangement held the
buttons sufliciently
tight, while the
clearance of A in. on
diameters, between
screw and hole.
allowed for the
necessary later ad-
justment to exactly
locate the sixteen
buttons so that the
distances between
any two successive
buttons would be
equal. The outside
diameter of the
blank being known,
the radius to center of buttons was computed, the thick-
ness of a Johansson block to be inserted between button
and gear rim being included in the computation. Thiu
radius equaled the radius to rim plus the thickness of
gage block, plus half the diameter of the button. Hav-
ing obtained this radius, the chordal distance from
center to center of buttons for equal spacing wa.s
calculated. The Johansson gage holder was set to this
dimension plus the diameter of one button and the but-
tons adjusted with equal distances between them. The
Johansson block was used between button and rim of
gear as previously described and as shown in Fig. 7.
Chord distances from center of button to centers of
tooth spaces were calculated for the 72 spaces contained
in each one-sixteenth section. These were tabulated for
^^ ...
^^ym^^T^TTTTT T.^l!||j/lrj^
---- ^^
FIG. 5.
WORMWHEEL AND WORMS
OK AZI.Ml'TH HE.VD
FIG. 6.
HOBBING M.\CH1XE FOR AZI.MUTH HE.-VD
WORMWHEEL.S
future u.se in actually locating the .skew gear blank for
cutting the tooth spaces.
The next step was to arrange for the use of a plug
gage at the sixteen accurately located points, this gage
to be used in indexing. A jig with a '.-in. diameter
lapped hole and two i^s-in. guide holes was located on
one of the buttons, clamped to the gear flange, and
the two holes drilled and tapped for i-in. screws as
shown at AA, Fig. 9. This was repeated on the other
buttons. When the ]-in. screw holes were finished the
jig was again placed on the buttons, one after the
other, fastened to the flange by l-in. screws in the holes
of, Gear
■Block
'Button
Chord
FIG. 7. METHOD OF L,OCATING BITTONS
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
493
I
this distance and the distances B and E as well, the
distance F was easily calculated.
The cutter was mounted in a special device, shown
by Fig. 11, and driven from the motor by a belt. The
Pinion, IS Teeth, 24
Pitch.
,.-6ear, IIBS Teetti,
e4 Pifcti
FIG.
DRILIJNG SCREW HOLES AT THE SIXTEEN
LOCATING POINTS
just tapped and the buttons removed from the flange.
Using a ris X J-in. slip bushing in the jig, the screw
holes where the buttons had been secured were drilled,
rough reamed and finish reamed for a A-in. plug gage.
A bracket was located upon the machine base at
such an angle that the gear cutter, supported thereon,
would mill each tooth space on a line dravni from the
center of the hob. The diagram, Fig. 10, shows the
method whereby the cutter was located at the correct
angle and height to cut the tooth spaces as required.
By the use of try-square H, and Johansson blocks 7,
K and J, the distance A was measured. Knowing
FIG. 10. METHOD OF liiETERMINING ANGLE AND
HEIGHT OF CUTTER
apparatus shown just above the operator's head in the
figure referred to is for locking the gear in position
after indexing.
The plug gage, for which the sixteen holes in the
flange were prepared, was used in conjunction with a
second plug gage, -h in. in diameter, supported in an
auxiliary frame attached to the bracket which sup-
ported the cutter head. See B, Fig 9. The location of
this stationary plug gage from the plug gage in the gear
FIG. 9.
METHOD OF INDEXING FOR MILLING
TOOTH SPACES
FIG. 11.
GAGING FROM PLUG TO PLUG TO LOCATE THE
GEAR FOR CUTTING A TOOTH SPACE
494
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
flatige, for any desired setting, was determined by using
the Johansson blocks and holder, the settings of the
gages for chord distances being obtained from the
tdble of chord distances previously calculated.
The first sixteen spaces cut were those which corre-
sponded with the sixteen plug-gage holes in the flange.
The holder was then reset and the next series of sixteen
spaces cut, and so on until the gear was completed.
The bobbing machine thus constructed was for a
finishing operation only, the wormwheels being gashed
previously. The results obtained justified the time and
expense expended in making the machine. Production
was greatly increased and the finished wheels were well
within the Government's limits. Several thousands ot
rejected wheels which had been produced by other
methods were reclaimed.
This method of accomplishing quantity manufacture
to exceedingly close limits necessitated some very good
design and engineering work, but it was equally
dependent upon the use of Johansson blocks and gages.
M. E. Service, efficiency engineer of the National Cash
Register plant, was largely responsible for the devel-
opment of this work.
Western Automobile Repair Shops
Special Corkespondence
Those who are accustomed to the usual small auto-
mobile repair shops with their meager equipment of
machine tools are agreeably surprised to find such
excellent equipment in many of the repair shops in the
Far West. This condition is probably influenced to a
considerable extent by distance from the center of pro-
duction and the time required to transport repair parts.
It is no uncommon thing to find a good equipment of
modern machine tools, including grinding machines of
various kinds, in the larger cities.
The accompanying illustration is from the shop of
the Oregon Auto Repair, Inc., of Portland, Ore., and
shows an interesting six-cylinder regrinding job on
a Heald machine. As can be seen in the background,
there is also a fair equipment of lathes and other
machinery. Shops of this kind are doubtless largely
responsible for the numerous businesses which have
been built up for the making of oversize pi.stons, piston
rings and piston pins at various points on the Coast.
While the individual shops would hardly be considered
large from a manufacturing standpoint, they make up
an interesting total which makes a market for a much
larger number of grinding and similar machines than
would be supposed.
Instruction Sheets That Instruct
The combination of operation and instruction
sheets has much to commend it and the examples
shown herewith are full of suggestions which can read-
ily be adapted for other kinds of work. They are from
the shop of Mees & Gottfried Co., San Francisco, Cal.,
having been devised by H. P. Phillips, superintendent-
As will be seen from Fig. 1, the sheet shows the two
operations necessary on the pieces in question. The
outline layout makes the tooling very clear and the list
of sub-operations shows exactly what is to be done to the
piece. In operation 2, the piece is reversed and a dif-
ferent tool layout brought into play.
At the right is a list of the tool equipment including
gages and the table below makes the same sheet avail-
able for six different sizes. Another interesting feature
is the showing how the gages are used in the two opera-
tions, the way in which one gage can be used for three
purposes being particularly intere.sting. The use of the
plug gages is, of course, obvious.
Fig. 2 shows a somewhat different piece and the
different methods used in machining it. A pilot bush-
ing in the machine spindle is used in the first operation
in this case and specially formed jaws are used to hold
the piece. It will be noted that spiral chip-grooves
are provided in the boring bars behind the cutters in the
first operation and that in the second operation only
tvi'o tools are used.
Here again a single flat contour gage is all that is
.V SIX CYLINDER GRIXDIXG JOB
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — Witk Improved Machinery
495
OPERATION I
Speed
f- Chuck with .special hciro/ jcfyvs asshoyvn.
Z-RoucfhC'^ivifn^ tool in sic/e I of tool post
3-l?oijqh t?ore''^iviih cut tens in i?ar side / oT Turret
4-~Finish^ HI" " » K t ^0 j^
5'Peam "Bi^with reamer in side 3 of turret
6-i?oucjliyCw/h lool in side I of tool post
7~ finish JCyvifh cutter in facinq t>eacf side 6
6-Break scale on'if'lvi ft? tool inside 2 of tool post
S-Rouqtiiy^mtti fool inside 3 of toot post
10-.' • ' - - • ^ ' '.
OPERATION 2
Speed
/'Chuck mtti softjatysassttoivn.
2-Rbue^t} £"mtt7 fool in state /of toot fbst
5-finlstJ ■' " . . » J» • *
TOOL EQUIPMENT
3-fiardja^/siofted ror'AlffSr'ff
3-Std.trandjaws for't'C^a>*
/-Tool tiolder wit f} tvt
2- Toot post rxKfqtrinty too/fyf'/f
/- Tool post sizing tool tor O'
/■ Tool post stra/^tjf finish^ ibr'^'
2-Sta. /xrinq ixrrs.
2'Std. t?or/nij t^crr cutters.
/-Pilot i?ushirK^.
/-firmer
I- firmer art>or
/•facincf heacf
facin<f head cutter.
/-Supporting artor
/-Supportina art>or bushinij
/■Flat ga^e as per tattle i^eloiv.
CLUTCH
FLAT6A6EN8
A
132
B
133
C
134
D
135
E
136
z-z
137
F
ua
FIG. 1. INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR A "SPIDER"
OPERATION -I
Speed feed
/-Chuck with hard jaws as shown
Z-Rouqh 'F'V&'6'with tool in s/t/e I or toot pest
3-Rou^h 'Fo'D* with Cutters in facinq head side I of turret
4-rinish ' ' • • • € » '' ' 4-
5- Finish 'G 'with Toot in s/ote £ of tool Rfst
OPERATION -2
fepeerf Teerf
FChocH with soft jaws as shown
i-l?ouc}h'E'with tool inside I of tool post
3- • "B' ' .../.. •
4--l?ouijh tioreV&'Cwith special ajfter fieact in sidle /of
turret
5- Finish txire A SrCwith special cutter head in slde4 of
turret
6-ttiuqh'£'&B with cutters in facinsi tteadsii^Z of turret
7-Finish . • • • • • • • ....
J
^
TOOL EQUIPMENT
3 -Hard jaws.
2 -loo I iTOlders with bits.
2 -Facing heads.
A-Fadncj head cutters.
3-3off jaws.
Z-Special cutter heads and Ixtns
l-Pilot bushinq.
Z-Flat gaqes as per table below.
Z-Pluq . • - •
CLUTCH
FLATSA6t N«
43
49
50
1 20
121
122
123
124
PLUG SASE N«
107
106
109
110
112
115
116
117
IIS
needed, the different applications being plainly shown
on the sheet. Inotruction sheets of this kind make it
much easier for the man who is not thoroughly familiar
FIG. 2. INSTRUCTION SHEET FOK COLL,AR
with the particular job to avoid mistakes, and when it
comes to instructing apprentices or even training special
operators, such a sheet is of great help.
496
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
Aids to the Construction of
Logarithmic Charts
By John L. Alden
Anyone who has had occasion to make many align-
ment charts for calculating purposes has found the
graduation of the scales a slow and
tedious task. This is especially so in
the case of charts involving multi-
plication, division, powers, or roots,
since the graduations are ^«^
logarithmic. It is common
practice to graduate the
scales using a table of
logarithms and an
engineer's or deci
mal scale.
The writer
PIG. 1. THE
CONVERTED
ARCHITECT'S
SCALE
has found the three
schemes described be-
low to be of considerable
assistance. Their use has
made it so easy to construct
these charts that the labor is no
longer a bar even though a chart is
to be used but a few times.
The graduations on a
triangular architect's scale
were planed off, exposing
diagram in a slide rule instruction book. One of these
books will yield nearly a dozen scales. The rest of the
scales were laid out and inked on bond paper.
While the scales of two factors can be laid off in
definite lengths on the chart, the scale of the third factor
is usually an odd length which must be graduated es-
pecially. A logarithmic diagram constructed on tracing
cloth, as shown in Fig. 2, may be used to advantage
in laying off the desired divisions on such lines of inde-
terminate length. The vertical axis of this diagram
must always be parallel to the line to be graduated. A
modification is shown in Fig. 3. This is a rectangular
diagram ruled on tracing cloth, which is to be placed
diagonally on the line to be graduated. In each case
the graduations must be pricked through the transparent
cloth onto the line.
The writer has found that the two scales of slide rule
length satisfy most requirements and are by far the
most commonly used. He therefore constructed two
scales of these lengths with graduating lines about 10
in. long, similar to Fig. 3. These
were blueprinted and cut up into ^'^srp^
strips i in. wide,
each of which
complete
I
A LOGARITHMIC
DIAGRAM
the bare wood. Along the
edges of the rule were
glued logarithmic scales
of paper, Fig. I. The
lengths of these scales
for a complete unit from 1 to 10 are 2, 3, 4, 4.92, 6 and
9.85 in. The 4.92- and 9.85-in. scales are the half and
full length of the 10-in. slide rule, and were cut from a
scale. These scales may be
pasted to the proper lines of the chart,
leaving the
only lines to
be graduated the scales of
odd length for the third and
succeeding factors.
THE MODIFIED LOGARITHMIC DIAGRAM
"Say dad," inquired the ma-
chinist's little boy, "you know
that dingus with a hook on
one end and a wooden handle
on the other that has a wing-
wang in the middle to slide
up and down when you twid-
dle the screw? Well! why do
they call it a 'monkey
wrench'?"
"Cos it's the first thing a
fool guy picks up when he
starts monkeying with the
machinery," growled dad.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
497
\
XXV.
A LL electric welding may be divided into two gen-
l\ eral classes — arc welding and resistance welding.
X X In each class there are a number of ways of
jbtaining the desired results. Arc welding is the older
arocess, and appears to have been first used by de Meri-
^ens in 1881 for uniting parts of storage batteries. He
connected the work to the
positive pole of a current
supply capable of maintain-
ing an arc. The other pole
was connected to a carbon
rod. An arc was struck by
touching the carbon rod to
the work and withdrawing
it slightly. The heat gen-
erated fused the metal
parts together, the arc be-
ing applied in a way sim-
ilar to that of the flame
of the modern gas torch.
Of the several methods of arc welding, there are the
Zerner, the Bernardos, the Slavianoff and the Stroh-
menger-Slaughter processes, as well as some modifica-
tions of them. The different methods are named after
the men generally credited with being responsible for
their development. The LaGrange-Hoho process is not
a welding process at all, as it is merely a method of
heating metal which is then welded by hammering, as
in blacksmith work. It is sometimes called the "water-
pail forge."
The Zerner process employs two carbon rods fastened
in a holder so that their ends converge like a V, as
shown in Fig. 302. An arc is drawn between the con-
verging ends and this arc is caused to impinge on the
work by means of a powerful electromagnet. The flame
acts in such a manner that this process is commonly
Electric Welding —
Historical*
The evolution of electric arc and resistance weld
ing can be pretty clearly traced, owing to the
comparative newness of such work. This article
briefly outlines the high spots.
(.Part XXIV appeared in last week's issue.y
♦For the author's forthcoming book, "Welding and Cuttiog.'
All rights reserv<;(.l.
known as the electric blowpipe method. The Zerner
process is so complicated and requires so much skill
that it is practically useless. A modification of the
Zerner process, known as the "voltex process," uses car-
bon rods containing a small percentage of metallic oxide
which is converted into metallic vapor. This vapor in-
creases the size of the arc
and to some extent pre-
vents the excessive carbon-
izing of the work. This
process, however, is about
as impractical for general
use as the other.
The Bernardos process
employs a single carbon or
graphite rod and the ate
is drawn between this rod
and the work. A sketch
of the original apparatus
is shown in Fig. 303. This is commonly called the car-
bon-electrode process. In using this method it is con-
sidered advisable to connect the carbon to the negative
side and the work to the positive. This prevents the
carbon of the rod from being carried into the metal and
a softer weld is produced.
In the Slavianoff process a metal electrode is used
instead of a carbon. This process is known as the
metallic-electrode process.
The Strohmenger-Slaughter, or covered electrode,
process is similar to the Slavianoff except that a coated
metallic electrode is used. In this process either direct
or alternating current may be used.
The LaGrange-Hoho heating process makes use of a
wooden tank filled with some electrolyte, such as a solu-
tion of sodium or potassium carbonate. A plate con-
nected to the positive wire is immersed in the liquid
and the work to be heated is connected to the negative
wire. The work is then immersed in the liquid. When
498
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
the piece has reached a
welding temperature it is
removed and the weld per-
formed by means of a
hammer and anvil.
The idea of joining
metals by means of an
electric current, known as
the resistance or incan-
descent process, was con-
ceived by Elihu Thomson
some time in 1877. Little
was done with the idea
from a practical stand-
point for several years.
Between 1883 and 1885
he developed and built an
experimental machine. A
larger machine was built
in 1886. He obtained his
first patent on a device
for electric welding Aug.
10, 1886. The general out-
line of this first device is
shown in Fig. 304. The
first experiments were
mostly confined to what is
now known as butt welding, and it was soon found that
the jaws used to hold the parts heated excessively. To
.-■I
remedy this water-cooled clamping jaws were developed.
Closely following the butt welding came other appli-
cations of the resistance process, such as spot, point or
projection, ridge and seam welding. Percussive welding,
which is a form of resistance welding, was developed
about 1905. Since spot welding is such an important
factor in the manufacturing field today the evolution
FIG. 302. THE ZBRNER
ELECTRIC "BLOW-PIPE"
FIG. 305. PLATES "SPOT
WELDED" BY CARBON ARC
of this process, as indicated by the more prominent
patents, will be of considerable interest : Fig. 305 shows
plates spot welded together by means of the carbon arc.
This was patented by DeBenardo, May 17, 1887, Pat.
No. 363,320. The claims cover a weld made at points
only. The darkened places indicate where the welds
were made. Fig. 306 shows the apparatus made by
DeBenardo for making "spot welds," as they are known
today. He patented this in Germany, Jan. 21, 1888.
Carbon electrodes were used. This patent was probably
the first to cover the process of welding under pressure
and also for passing the current through the sheets
FIG. 303. ORIGINAL BERNARDOS CARBON ELECTRODE
APPARATUS
FIG. 306. THE DeBEX.AJRDO CARBON ELECTRODE SPOT
WELDING APPARATUS
(
Jwwwww5^_J:]>
FIG. 304. FIRST PRACTICAL ELECTRIC BUTT WELDING
DEVICE, PATENTED BY ELIHU THOMSON, AUG. 10, 1S86
FIG. 307.
THE KLEINSCHMIDT .\PP.\RATUS. USING
COPPER ELECTRODES
September 9, 192G
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
493
being welded.
The German
patent number
was 46,776—49.
The apparatus
shown in Fig.
307 is known as
the Klein-
schmidt patent,
No. 616,463, is-
sued Dec. 20,
1898. The pat-
ent claims cover
the first use of
pointed copper
electrodes and
raised sections,
or projections,
on the work in
order to localize
the flow of the
current at the
point where the
weld was to be
effected. Con-
siderable pres-
sure was also
applied to the
electrodes and
work by me-
chanical means.
Ficr ^08 «)inwQ ^'°- ^"^^ BOUCH.\TER S SPOT WELDING
i IK. ouo siiuws MACHINE. USING DUPLEX COPPER
diagrammatical- electrodes
ly Bouchayer's
spot welding machine, patented in France, March 13,
1903, No. 330,200. He used two transformers, one on
each side of the work. Duplex copper electrodes were
used, and if the transformers were connected parallel one
spot weld would be made at each operation. If the
transformers were connected in series two spot welds
would be made.
Fig. 309 illustrates the principle of the Harmatta
patent, No. 1,046.066, issued Dec. 3, 1912. This is prac-
tically the same as the DeBenardo patent. No. 46,776
— 49, except that copper electrodes are used. However,
it is under the Harmatta patent that a majority of the
spot welding machines in use today are made.
Fig. 310 illustrates the principle on which the Taylor
patent is founded. This patent was issued Oct. 16,
^-\
V^//y/.
FIG. 309. PRINCIPLE OF THE HARMATTA PROCESS. USING
COPPER ELHCTRODES
FIG. 310.
THE TAYLOR CROSS-CURRENT SPOT
WELDING METHOD
1917, No. 1,243,004. It covers the use of two currents
which are caused to cross the path of each other in a
diagonal direction, concentrating the heating effects at
the place of intersection.
From the foregoing it will be seen that spot welds, as
this term is now understood, can be produced in a
number of ways, none of which methods are identical.
As a matter of fact, spot welds can be produced by
means of the gas torch or by the blacksmith forge and
anvil, although these methods would not be economical.
Carbon-Electrode Arc Welding and Cutting
By O. h. eschholz
Research Engineer, Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company. Pittsburgh
This outline of welding and cutting by means
of the carbon arc is offered as an aid in the appli-
cation of these processes. A number of advan-
tageous applications are enumerated.
THE basic principles involved in the graphite-arc
process, as formulated by the author, are here set
forth in the belief that they have not had suf-
ficiently concrete treatment and that the development
of methods of handling the work is too frequently left
for the welder to work out. An understanding of these
problems should greatly assist welders and result in a
more intelligent application of the processes to practical
foundry and shop work. This may be considered a com-
panion article to "Training Arc Welders," which ap-
peared on page 837, Vol. 52 of the American Machinist.
Carbon or graphite electrode arc welding is the oldest
of the electric fusion arc processes now in use. The
original process consisted in drawing an arc between
the parent metal and a carbon electrode in such a man-
ner that the thermal energy developed at the metal
crater fused together the edges of the joint members.
600
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
This process was early modified by adding fused filling
metal to the molten surface of the parent metal.
The equipment now used consists of a direct-current
arc-circuit possessing inherent means for stabilizing
FIG. 1.
ADAPTERS FOR USING CARBONS IN METALLIC-
ELECTRODE HOLDER
the carbon arc, a welding hood for the operator, an elec-
trode holder that does not become uncomfortably hot in
service and suitable clothing such as bellows-tongued
shoes, gauntlets and apron of heavy material.
When arc currents of less than 200 amp. are used, or
when a graphite arc process is employed intermittently
with the metallic electrode process, the carbon-holding
adapter shown in Fig. 1 may be used with the metallic
electrode holder, the shank of the adapter being substi-
tuted for the metal electrode. With very high arc cur-
FIG. 2. METALLIC-ELECTRODE HOLDER
rents, 750 amp. or more, special holders should be con-
structed to protect the operator from the intense heat
generated at the arc. Typical holders are shown in
Figs. 2 and 3.
Electrodes
Although hard carbon was originally employed for
the electrode material, experience has shown that a
lower rate of electrode consumption as well as a softer
weld may be obtained by substituting graphite elec-
trodes. While both electrodes have the same base and
binder, the graphite electrode is baked at a sufficiently
high temperature (2,000 deg. C.) to graphitize the
binder, thereby improving the bond and the homogeneity
of the electrode. The graphite electrode is readily dis-
tinguishable by its greasy "feel" and the characteristic
streak it makes on paper.
,^- ^
FIG. 3. CARBON- OR GRAPHITE-ELECTRODE HOLDER
The diameter of the electrode is determined partly by
the arc current. To fix the position of the carbon arc
terminal, thereby increasing arc stability and arc con-
trol, all electrodes should be tapered. This precaution
is particularly important when using low value of arc
current or when maintaining an arc under conditions
which cause distortion and instability. The following
table gives electrode diameters in most common use with
various arc currents:
Amperes Diameter
50 to 150 J in. tapered to i in.
150 to 300 i in. tapered to k in.
300 to 500 1 in. tapered to i in.
500 to 750 1} in. tapered to i In.
750 to 1000 li in. tapered to i hi.
Filler Material
A strong, sound weld can be obtained only by using
for filler metal low-carbon, commercially pure iron rods
having a diameter of JS in. or i in., depending on the
welding current used. Cast iron or manganese steel
filler rods produce hard welds in which the fusion be-
tween the parent and added metals may be incomplete.
FIG. 4.
CORRECT WELDING POSITION WHEN USING CAR-
BON ARC AND A FILLER ROD
Short rods of scrap metal, steel turnings, etc., are fre-
quently made use of for filler metal when the purpose
of the welder is merely to fill a hole as rapidly as pos-
sible. It should be understood that welds made with
such metal are weak, contain many blowholes and are
frequently too hard to machine.
It is as difficult for the user of graphite arc processes
as it is for the oxy-acetylene welder to estimate the de-
gree of fusion obtained between deposited and parent
metals. Therefore the operator must follow conscien-
tiously the correct procedure, recognizing that the re-
sponsibility of executing a faulty weld rests solely with
himself. He should, of course, have a working knowl-
edge of metals, must be able to distinguish colors and
possess a fair degree of muscular co-ordination,
although the manipulative skill required is less than that
necessitated by the metallic electrode process.
For graphite arc welding employing a filler the cor-
rect posture is illustrated in Fig. 4. The filler rod is
shown grasped by the left hand with the thumb upper-
most. When held in this position the welder may use
the rod to brush off slag from the surface of molten
metal or to advance the rod into the arc stream.
The surfaces to be welded should be chipped clean.
Where they are scarfed the angle should be wide enough
to enable the operator to draw an arc from any point
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
601
without danger of short-circuiting the arc. It is the
practice of some welders to remove sand and slag from
the metal surfaces by fusing them with the aid of the
arc and then striking the fluid mass with a ball-peen
hammer. This method should be discouraged since both
operator and nearby workmen may be seriously injured
by the flying hot particles.
Arc Manipulation
The arc is formed by withdrawing the graphite elec-
trode from a clean surface of solid metal or from the
end of the filler rod when it is held in contact with the
parent metal. If the arc is formed from the surface of
^-Arc Core, Wh/'f-e
i-Arc 5f r eat m, Blue
., . Arc Flotme,
'4yv}^^ellow
PARENT riETAL
Positive
1
FIG. 5. POSITION OF ELECTRODE AND CHARACTERISTICS
OF THE ARC
the deposited metal or from that of a molten area, slag
particles may adhere to the end of the electrode, deflect-
ing the arc and increasing the diflSculty of manipulat-
ing it.
By inclining the electrode approximately 15 deg. to
the vertical the control of the position, direction and
speed of the arc terminal is facilitated. When the elec-
trode is held vertically irregularities in the direction
and force of convection currents deflect the arc first to
one side and then to another, causing a corresponding
movement of the metal arc terminal. By inclining the
graphite electrode the deflecting force is constant in
direction, with the result that the electrode arc stream
and arc terminal remain approximately in line, as shown
in Fig. 5, and may then be moved in any direction or
at any speed by a corresponding movement of the graph-
ite electrode.
Polarity
It is common knowledge that the positive terminal of
a carbon arc is hotter and consumes more energy than
the negative terminal. If the graphite electrode of the
welding arc is made the positive terminal, energy will
be uselessly consumed and the resulting higher tempera-
ture will increase the loss of carbon through excessive
oxidation and vaporization. Moreover, for reasons well
known to those familiar with the phenomena of arc
formation, a very unstable arc is obtained with the iron
parent metal functioning as the negative electrode. The
FIG. 6. STARTING TO BUILD UP A SURFACE
graphite electrode should therefore always be connected
to the negative terminal, reversal of polarity being de-
tected when the arc is difficult to hold and when the
carbon becomes excessively hot.
Arc Length
Even when the graphite electrode serves as the nega-
tive arc terminal, its temperature is great enough to
cause vaporization of a considerable quantity of carbon.
FIG.
BUILDING-UP PROCESS NEARLY COMPLETED
If this carbon is permitted to be transferred to and
absorbed by the fluid metal, a hard weld will result. To
insure a soft metal practically all of the volatilized car-
bon should be oxidized. This may be accomplished by
regulating the arc length 30 that atmospheric oxygen
will have ample time to diffuse through the arc stream
and combine with all of the carbon present. The cor-
rect arc length is dependent upon the welding current
and the degree of confinement of the arc. Since the arc
diameter varies as the square root of the current the
arc length should be increased in proportion to the
FIG. 8. SECTION THROUGH A BUILT-Ul' WELD
502
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
FIG. 9.
METHOD OF DEPOSITING FILLING MATERIAL
IN LAYERS
square root of the current. It is also obvious that when
an arc is drawn from a flat, open surface the vaporized
carbon is more accessible to the atmospheric gases than
when it is inclosed by the walls of a blowhole. This
means that to secure the same amount of oxidized car-
bon under both conditions the confined arc should be the
longer. Many welders are not familiar with, this pheno-
menon, with the result that metal deposited in holes or
corners appears to be inexplicably hard.
The length of a 250-amp. arc should not be less than
i in. and that for a 500-amp. arc should not be less than
3 in. when drawing the arc from a flat surface. The
maintenance of excessive arc lengths causes the diffu-
sion, through convection currents, of the protecting
envelope of carbon dioxide, with the result that the ex-
posed hot metal is rapidly oxidized or "burned." For
most purposes a 250-amp. arc should not exceed a length
of 1 in. and the length of a 500-amp. arc should not
exceed 14 in. In view of the large variation permis-
sible, the welder should be able to maintain an arc length
which assures a soft weld metal with but little slag
content.
The arc serves to transform electrical energy into
thermal energy. The energy developed at the metal
terminal or arc crater is utilized to melt the parent
metal, while that generated in the arc stream serves to
melt the filling material. If the molten filler is not
properly guided and, as a consequence, overruns the
fused parent metal, a poor weld will result. This process
necessitates, therefore, a constant observation of the
distribution of the fused metals as well as a proper con-
trol of the direction of flow and speed of deposition of
the filling metal.
There are two methods in use for adding the filler
with a minimum overlap. One is called the "puddling'
process. It consists in melting a small area of the
parent metal, thrusting the end of the filler rod into the
arc stream, where a small section is melted or cut off,
withdrawing the rod and fusing the added material
with the molten parent metal by imparting a rotary
motion to the arc. This puddling of the metals serves
also to float slag and oxidised material to the edge of
the fused area, where they may be brushed or
chipped off.
The rapid building up of a surface by this method is
shown in Fig. 6. The short sections of filler rod were
welded to the sides of the casting in order to prevent the
molten material from overflowing and to indicate the
required height of the addition. The appearance of the
nearly completed "fill" is shown in Fig. 7. One side of
the added metal is lower than the others to facilitate
the floating off of the slag, some of which may be ob-
served adhering to the edge of the plate. Fig. 8 shows
a section through a weld produced in this manner, the
continuous line indicating the zone of fusion and the
broken line the boundary of crystal structural change
FIG. 10. LAYERS OF DEPOSITS SMOOTHED OVER
FIG. H. FUSED ENDS OF FILLER RODS
produced by the temperature cycle through which the
parent metal has passed as a result of the absorption of
the arc energy.
Some users of this method advocate puddling short
sections of the filler rod, 1 to 3 in. in length, with the
parent metal. Where this is done, the filler may be in-
completely fused and therefore not welded to the sur-
face of the parent metal.
In the second method the filler material is deposited
in layers, as shown in Figs. 9 and 10, the deposits being
similar to those obtained with the metallic electrode
process but wider and higher. In these examples a welding
current of 250 amp. with a filling rod i in. in dia. were
used. This method simply requires the operator to feed
the filling rod continuously into the arc stream so that
the molten filler deposits on the area of parent metal
fused by the arc terminal while the arc travels across
the surface. If the end of the rod is moved forward
while resting on the surface of the newly deposited
metal, most of the slag produced by the oxidation of the
hot metal is floated to the sides of the deposit, where it
may be brushed or chipped off.
The appearance of fused filler rod ends when cor-
rectly manipulated is shown in Fig. 11. Slag may be
observed still adhering to the bottom of one of the rods.
The fusion between parent and added metal is shown in
Fig. 12. Four layers of added metal are shown at the
upper surface.
To remove slag or improve the appearance of the;de-
i
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
503
posits the surface of the added metal may be remelted by
running the arc terminal over it, provided "burning"
and hardening of the metal is avoided. Figs. 9 and 10
illustrate plainly the appearance of deposits before and
after the surfacing operation.
Ilie expedient of hammering or swaging the hot de-
posited metal is frequently resorted to where a refine-
ment in the structure of the crystal grains is desirable.
Flanged Seam Welding
Fig. 13 illustrates a useful application of the original
carbon-arc process wherein no filler metal is used, the
metal arc terminal serving to melt together the flanged
edges.
This process is easily performed. To obtain adequate
fusion the arc current selected should have such a value
that the metal-arc crater nearly spans the edges of the
seam. To assure the maintenance of a stable arc a
small, tapered electrode should be employed, the diam-
eter of the electrode end remaining less than J-in.
during use.
This graphite arc process is used occasionally to form
(2) Cutting of cast-iron and cast-steel risers and fins
and non-ferrous metals.
(3) Rapid deposition of metal to build up a surface
or fill in shrinkage cavities, cracks, blowholes and
■ •>*«■&.! «S««I|»'
FIG. 13. FLANGED EDGES WELDED WITH GRAPHITE ARC
(5)
sand pockets where strength is of minor importance.
(4) Fusion of standing seams.
Melting and cutting of scrap metal.
(6) Remelting of a surface to improve
its appearance or fit.
(7) Preheating of a metal structure to
facilitate the welding operation, to reduce
locked-in stresses or to alter some dimension.
(8) Deposition of hard metal or the hard-
ening of a surface by the inclusion of vapor-
ized carbon, such as rails, frogs and wheel
treads.
(9) Automatic cutting and welding of
sheet metal.
FIG. 12.
SHOWING THE FUSION OF PARENT MBTAX.
AND FOUR LAYERS
Cutting
butt and lap welds by melting together the sides of the
joint without the use of filler metal. Examination of
sections through joints made in this manner reveals
that the weld is very shallow and therefore weak.
Welding of Non-Ferrous Metals
Copper and bronzes have been successfully welded
with the graphite arc when employing a bronze filler
rod low in tin and zinc and high in phosphorus, at least
0.25 per cent. The best filler material for the variou.s
analyses of parent metals has not been determined, but
it is recognized that the presence of some deoxidizing
agent such as phosphorus is necessary in order to insure
sound welds free from oxide and blowholes. Since cop-
per and its alloys have a high thermal capacity and
conductivity, preheating of the structure facilitates the
fusion of the joint surfaces. The grain of the com-
pleted weld may be refined by subjecting the metal to a
suitable mechanical working and temperature cycle.
Low-melting-point metals such as lead may be welded
by holding the graphite electrode in contact with the
surfaces to be fused without drawing an arc, the cur-
rent value used being sufficient to heat the end of the
carbon to incandescence. The hot electrode tip may also
be used to melt the filler rod into the molten parent
metal.
Application
The graphite arc processes may be used for the fol-
lowing purposes:
(1) Welding of cast steel and non-ferrous metals.
The manipulation of the cutting arc is ex-
ceedingly simple, the operator merely advanc-
ing the arc terminal over the section to be cut at a
rate equal to that at which the molten metal flows from
the cut. The cutting speed increases with the value
of arc current used. The width of the cut increases
with the arc diameter and therefore as the square
root of the arc current. Fig. 14 shows the appearance
of cuts made in ship steel plate h in. thick. The fol-
lowing data applies in this case:
Position o£ Cut Amp. Width, in. Length, in. Time, min.
Upper 250 0.5 8 2J
Lower 650 0.8 8 1
FIG. 14. TYPICAL CARBON-ELECTRODE CUTS IN
J-IN. SHIP PLATE
604
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 11
Before cutting this plate the welder outlined the
desired course of the cut by a series of prick-punch
marks.
When cutting deeper than 4 in. the electrode should
not come in contact with the walls of the cut and
thereby short-circuit the arc.
This process may be used for cutting both ferrous
and non-ferrous metals. It has found a particularly
useful field in the cutting of cast iron. It is often used
for the "burning" out of blast-furnace tap holes and
the melting or cutting of iron frozen in such furnaces.
Making a Milling Cutter in a Railroad
Shop
By Frank A. Stanley
The milling cutter shown by Figs. 1 and 2 is one of
a number made in a railroad shop toolroom in the West.
diameter of lOJ in. the lead is equivalent to a helix
angle of about 16 deg. The pegs are offset in each
row half way between those of the preceding and
following rows so that a staggered arrangement is
secured around the cutter body.
The cutter body is 8 J in. in diameter. The teeth
or pegs are 1 in. in diameter and 2A in. long. They are
ground to a top rake of 30 deg. and a side angle of
12 deg. The holes for the insertion of the pegs are
drilled through the body wall into the bore with a
diameter of ? in. and enlarged with a counterbore to
a diameter of 1 in. and a depth of liV in., so that
the peg projects 1 in. from the body when new. Mid-
way between the rows of holes for the pegs there
is a i-in. helical groove which is used as a guide for
sharpening the cutter on the grinding machine.
The cutter body has a hole clear through to a diam-
eter of 5.005 in. The boring of this hole is illustrated
by Fig. 3. As only one cutter was made at a time
/pot'^.f^ Cutters _,j'
-jjnnlr
FIG. 1. INSEUTED-TOOTH SLABBING-CUTTER
The cutters are for use on large horizontal milling
machines in slabbing off such work as connecting rods,
and are used under heavy cuts and coarse rates of feed.
The body of the cutter shown is made of axle steel
and the inserted peg teeth are of high-speed steel.
The cutter illustrated is nearly 2 ft. in length and
its diameter is 10* in. There are twelve rows of teeth,
six rows with fifteen each and six with fourteen teeth.
The total number of pegs is 174. As the teeth are set
on helical lines having a lead of 115* in. with a
1'-'-^. /i-njj
DKTAILS OF CUTTER AXU OXE OF THt PEGS
no special tools were developed for the various opera-
tions and such machines as were available at the mo-
ment were made use of for boring, etc. With the
cutter job in Fig. 3 a horizontal boring machine was
utilized for putting through the main hole. The axle-
steel body cut off from a length somewhat over size
was placed in a heavy V-block on the table of the
boring machine and here it was braced by struts and
fastened by clamps over the top. First the stock was
FIG. 3. BORING THE CUTTER BODY
FIG. 4. DRILLING .\ND COl'NTERBORING THE PEG SEATS
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
605
FIG.
THE CUTTER PARTLY ASSEMBLED
b
drilled out and then a boring bar and cutters were used
for sizing the hole. Then a ?-in. keyway was cut
through the bore and the outside was turned to the
required diameter the ends being faced square and to
length.
The cutter body was placed on an arbor and mounted
between the universal dividing head and tailstock on
the toolroom milling machine and the helical guide
grooves for grinding the teeth were milled in the body.
Also layout lines were traced in the same way for the
helical positions of the rows of cutter teeth or pegs
and with the body still on the arbor circumferential
lines about its surface were scribed at the right dis-
tance apart for the lateral positions of the cutter peg
holes.
The drilling and counterboring of the holes for the
cutter pegs was accomplished under the drill press as
shown in Fig. 4. With the holes laid off for correct
centers the cutter body was held in a large table vise
and one hole after another drilled, and counterbored
to size and depth. The appearance of the cutter body
when ready for the insertion oT the high-speed teeth is
shown in Fig. 5.
The operation of grinding the teeth of this type of
cutter to an even length is illustrated in Fig. 6. This
is accomplished on a Brown & Sharpe grinding ma-
chine with the work running at 22 r.p.m. and a sur-
face speed of 65 ft. per min. The wheel used on the
high-speed teeth is a Norton 9 x A in. alundum 46-J,
operated at a peripheral speed of 6,000 ft. per min.
The rate of traverse or feed travel is 48 in. per minute.
In general use on the horizontal milling machine in
this shop the cutters of this type are run in steel
forgings with cuts of 1 to 1 in. or more in depth. In
milling the fillets where the bodies join the stub-ends
of connecting rods the depth of cut increases up to
2i in. or more. In milling the flat sides of rods the
full width of the cutter is occupied with the broad
surfaces as the head of the rod forging is appi'oached.
When milling the edges of the rods two or more rods
are milled at once under the one cutter. It is common
practice here to place two cutters of this kind on the
arbor of the machine and thus provide for the milling
of two rods simultaneously on the flat faces, and for
two pairs of rods at once when milling the edges.
An average rate of speed in running such cutters
is 24 r.p.m. with a feed of from H to 2 in. per minute.
FIG. 6. EVE^JING THE TEETH LENGTHS BY GRINDING
The feed is naturally greater while the cutter is oper-
ating under the comparatively light cuts at the thin
ends of the rods but is somewhat reduced when the
very deep metal at the large ends of the forgings are
approached.
The cutter and methods illustrated are shown as
photographed at the shops of the Southern Pacific Co.
at Sacramento, California.
Keeping Up the Labor Morale
By J. E. BULLARD
The conditions in the plant may be made ideal; the
light and air may be perfect; the machinery may be
installed in such a way that not an unnecessary step or
motion is needed from the time the raw material enters
until the finished product leaves the plant; every pre-
caution may be taken against accidents, the machines
may all have safety guards and the plant made just as
safe to life as it is possible to make; all these things may
be done, but if the labor morale is not kept up the re-
sults are not going to be satisfactory. Unless all the
people in the plant are thinking "more production" the
best results cannot be obtained.
All these other things are mechanical. It is com-
paratively easy to determine the best location of ma-
chines, the best way to guard against accidents, the best
way to lay out the lighting, the best ventilation. The
whole thing can be laid out on a drawing board and
studied. The drawing board study makes it possible
to determine upon the most satisfactory solution because
these things that are being treated follow known laws.
When it comes to treating the labor morale, however,
it is a different matter. It is more along the line of
the problem that the doctor has. Labor may be suffer-
ing from a disease and it is not always possible to tell
in advance just how it will react to any remedy that is
applied.
There is another way in which labor trouble resembles
a disease. When anyone is not well all of his friends
have remedies that will make him recover immediately.
There is scarcely anyone who meets him who has not
something to recommend or to advise. If any person
followed all the advice that he receives, the chances
that he would ever get well would be very small. The
only safety depends upon following the advice of the
doctor.
506
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
In the same way nearly everyone has a sure-fire
remedy for any labor troubles and each person has a dif-
ferent remedy to apply to the same trouble. Not only
is this true, but each person can quote cases where his
remedy has accomplished wonderful results. Some sug-
gest employee magazines, some a council of the em-
ployees, some profit sharing, some welfare work, some
pension systems, some housing, some selling stock of
■ the company to the employees on easy payments. There
is not one in a hundred who ever suggests that any
effort be made to find out what the real trouble is.
Now when a man is sick the success of the doctor
depends to a very great extent on the proper diagnosis
of his case, of finding out exactly what is the matter.
A certain man was sure that there was something wrong
with his heart. He went to a doctor and told him his
symptoms. This doctor did not look into the case with
his usual thoroughness because the trouble seemed so
apparent. He began treating the patient for heart
trouble. The patient, however, showed no improvement.
In fact he seemed to be getting worse, and being wor-
ried, decided to visit another doctor. This new doctor
asked many questions. He could see from the answers
that the primary cause was not heart trouble. He gave
the patient a thorough examination and pronounced the
real trouble indigestion. The indigestion had interfered
to a certain extent with the heart action and caused the
patient to feel certain that he had heart trouble. This
new doctor treated the patient for indigestion and
within a short time he began to show improvement. Tt
was not very long before there were no signs at all of
heart trouble. The success of the treatment in this
case depended upon first finding out the real trouble
and then treating the case for that trouble.
Many a plant applies a remedy for its labor troubles
that has proved exceptionally successful in some other
plant and finds that it does not work. Conditions do not
improve. In fact they may become even worse. The
remedy seems to aggravate the disease. It is a good
deal like giving a sedative rather than a laxative in the
case of constipation. The failure lies, not so much in
the remedy as in using it for the wrong disease. Be-
fore any remedy is used it should be made certain that
the remedy has proved successful when used for the
same sort of trouble to which it is planned to apply it.
There is no universal remedy for any kind of labor
trouble. Each plant must solve its own problems. Even
the same disease or trouble in different plants may
require different treatments. The Ford Motor Co. has
found a certain plan very effective. It is effective be-
cause it has been developed to fit the conditions of that
particular factory. If it were applied bodily to plants
other than those operated by the Ford Co., it might
fail completely. In fact it might result in a hard
fought strike. It would not be the fault of the plan.
It would be due to the mistake of not prescribing the
proper remedy for the trouble.
Just as a doctor rarely treats any two individuals in
exactly the same way so employers cannot treat labor
troubles in the same way. The treatment which the
doctor gives a patient depends upon the present condi-
tion and the past history of that patient. The way he
has lived, the diseases he has had in the past, his present
conditions and his constitution all enter into the decision
that the doctor makes in regard to the most effective
treatment. In the same way, the past history and pres-
ent condition of the labor morale of a plant will have
a very important bearing upon llie proper treatment
that should be given to labor in that plant. It is bad
practice to place too much dependence upon patented
remedies. It is better to make a very careful diagnosis
of the case and then prescribe special remedies.
When it is decided to improve the ventilation of a
building, the wise engineer first finds out what is wrong
with the present ventilation. He does so in order to
make sure that he will really improve it and not make
the same mistakes that were made in the first installa-
tion. When it is decided to improve the lighting, it is
first decided what is wrong with the lighting then in
use. In the same way when instituting any physical or
mechanical improvements it is first decided what is
wrong with the old in.stallation.
When it is decided to improve the labor morale, how-
ever, an investigation of the causes underlying its con-
dition are not always made, and naturally there is far
more likelihood of failure. There are certain methods
used in efforts to keep up or improve morale that every-
one is satisfied will not give permanent and satisfactory
results. We have been given to understand that one of
these methods was used by the German high command
during the war to keep up the morale of the German
soldiers. This method was to give the soldiers only
the good news and to hold back the bad news, to tell
them only those things which would encourage them and
to keep them in ignorance of everything that might
discourage them. On the face of it this would seem like
a good way of keeping up the morale. It would have
worked all right in the case of the Germans if the Allies
had not made it their business to give the German sol-
diers all the bad news, all the information that would
discourage them.
There is always danger that the employee magazine,
unless it is published to a very great extent by the em-
ployees themselves, will become propaganda that is very
similar to that which the German high command sent
out for the consumption of the private soldiers. No
one wants to print any discouraging information in
the employees' magazine. He wants to make it just
as optimistic as possible. The result may be that
it goes on so far in this direction as to cause dis-
trust on the part of the employees and fail utterly
in its purpose. Hundreds of employee magazines have
■gone to an early grave because of the fact that they
were written for the management rather than for the
employee and it was evident to the employee that this
was the case. Naturally the employees took little or no
interest in these magazines and the cost of getting them
out represented just so much money wasted, if not even
a greater loss.
Until the true conditions in a plant are thoroughly
studied, remedies cannot be applied intelligently nor
can improvements be assured. There is no universal
remedy for labor morale. The same system can-
not be worked equally well by any two men. It is
a case of studying men and conditions and applying
the remedy that fits the men and the conditions. It is
a case of studying mental reactions and the tempera-
ments of the workers and fitting the conditions to meet
these reactions and temperaments. What may be per-
fectly satisfactory for a Latin race, may not serve so
well for a Slavic race, or for Anglo-Saxons. Labor
remedies cannot be moved bodily from one plant to
another and made to work. They must be sufficiently
remodeled to fit the conditions existing in the new plant.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
507
National Screw-Thread Commission Report
on Coarse and Fine Threads — I*
The advances made by the commission tip to date
will reduce the variety of screw threads in gen-
eral use, facilitate manufacture in case of war,
make the best use of labor in our industries in
time of peace, increase the safety of travel by
rail, steamship and airplane, and in general will
increase the dependability of all mechanisms. —
From the Report.
THE National Screw Thread Commission was
created by Act of Congress July 18, 1918, for the
purpose of ascertaining and establishing standards
for screw threads for use of the various branches of
the Federal Government and for the use of manufac-
turers. The commission was to exist for a period of
six months. Before the expiration of this time an
extension was granted until March 21, 1920. On March
1, 1920, a further extension of two years was granted.
The commission is composed of two representatives of
the Army, two representatives of the Navy, four from
Engineering societies and the Director of the Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D. C, who is chairman.
The progress report represents the greater part of
the work which it was expected would be accomplished
by the commission and has been submitted for approval
to the Secretaries of War, Navy and Commerce. The
law provides that when the report is thus approved
it is binding upon the departments in question and
must be used by other Federal departments whenever
possible. The following is a digest of the report so
far as it concerns the fine and coarse thread series
recommended.
The aim of the commission in establishing thread
systems for adoption and general use was to eliminate
all unnecessary sizes and in addition to utilize, so far
as possible, present predominating sizes. While from
certain standpoints it would have been desirable to make
simplifications in the thread systems and to establish
more thoroughly consistent standards, it is believed that
any radical change at the present time would be out
of place and interfere with manufacturing conditions,
and would involve great economic loss.
The testimony given at the various hearings held by
the commission is very consistent in favoring the main-
tenance of the present coarse and fine thread series, the
coarse thread series being the present United States
Standard threads, supplemented in the series below i
in. by the standard established by the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers (A. S. M. E.), and the fine
[thread series being substantially standards that have
[been found necessary, consisting of sizes taken from the
[standards of the Society of Automotive Engineers
(S. A. E.) and the fine thread series of the American
[Society of Mechanical Engineers (A. S. M. E.). The
recommendation of these standards will tend toward
their more universal use, and will constitute important
[gain that is affected by standardization, with a minimum
[handicap.
•The report also treatod of Fire Hose Coupling Threads, Hose
ICoupling Thread.s, and Pipe Threads, the data for which havt
TJOt been included in this extract.
TABLE I. .MATFONAI
. COARSE THREAD SERIES
Identification
Basic Diameters ■
Thread Data .
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
n
D
E
K
D
s
1
s-
Ui
*d
■0.2
a
.3
1
a
ll
1
Sc
Q
Q
5
K O
•s
n
i'^
H
J3
O
P.
1
ja
Inches
Inches
Inches
Mm.
Inches
Inches
No. 1
64
0 073
0 0629
0 0527
1.854
0 0156250
0 0101
2
56
0 086
0 0744
0 0628
2 184
0 0178571
0 0116
3
48
0 099
0 0855
0 0>I9
2 515
0 0208333
0 0135
•4
40
0 112
0 0958
0 0795
2 845
0 0250000
0 0162
5
40
0 125
0 1088
0 0925
3.175
0 0250000
0 0162
6
32
0 138
0 1177
0 0974
3 505
0 0312500
0 0203
8
32
0 164
0 1437
0 1234
4 166
0 0312500
0 0203
10
24
0 190
D 1629
0 1359
4 826
0 0416667
0 0271
12
24
0 21-6
0 1889
0 1619
5 486
0 0416667
0 0271
i"
20
0 2500
0 2175
0 1850
6 350
0 0500000
0 0325
A
18
0 3125
0 2764
0 2403
7 938
0 0555556
0 0361
i
16
0.3750
0 3344
0 2938
9 525
0 0625000
0 0406
A
14
0 4375
0 3911
0 3447
11 113
0 0714286
0.0464
i
13
0 5000
0 4500
0.4001
12 700
0 0769231
0 0500
A
12
0 5625
0 5084
0 4542
14 288
0 0833333
0 0541
II
0 6250
0 5660
0 5069
15 875
0 0909091
0 0590
i
10
0 7500
0 6850
0 6201
19 050
0 1000000
0 0650
i
9
0 8750
0 8028
0 7307
22 225
0 1111111
0 0722
1
8
1 . 0000
0.9188
0 8376
25 400
0 1250000
0 0812
U
7
1.1250
1 . 0322
0 9394
28 5/5
0 1428571
0 0928
\i
7
1 2500
1.1572
1 0644
31 750
0 1428571
0 0928
n
6
1 5000
1 3917
1 2835
38 100
0 1666667
0 1083
I '
5
1 7500
1 6201
1 . 4902
44 450
0 2000000
0 1299
4i
2 0000
1 6557
1 7113
50.800
0.2222222
0 1443
ii
^
2 2500
2 1057
1.9613
57 150
0 2222222
0 1443
2i
4
2 5000
2 3376
2 1752
63 500
0 2500000
0 1624
2'
4
2 7500
2 5876
2 4252
69.850
0 2500000
0 1624
4
3.0000
2 8376
2.6752
76 200
0.2500000
0 1624
National Coarse Thread Series
There is specified in Table I a thread series which
will be known as the National Coarse Thread Series.
This series contains certain sizes known previously
as the United States Standard threads and also cer-
tain sizes known as the A. S. M. E. machine-screw-
threads. There are included in the National Coarse
Thread Series only the sizes which are essential. The
National Coarse Threads are recommended for general
use in engineering work, in machine construction where
conditions are favorable to the use of bolts, screws and
ether threaded components where quick and easy assem-
bly of the parts is desired, and for all work where
conditions do not require the use of fine pitch threads.
National Fine Thread Series
The threads specified in Table II will be known as the
National Fine Thread Series. This series contains cer-
tain sizes known previously as the S. A. E. threads, and,
also, certain sizes known as the A. S. M. E. machine-
screw sizes. There are included in the National Fine
Thread Series only the sizes which are essential. The
National Fine Threads are recommended for general
use in automotive and aircraft work, for use where the
design requires both strength and reduction in weight,
and where special conditions require a fine thread, such
as, for instance, on large sizes where suflScient force can
not be secured to set properly a screw or bolt of coarse
pitch by exerting on an ordinary wrench the strength
of a man.
The notation used throughout the report is shown in
508
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
Fig. 1. The standard form of thread profile known
previously as the U. S. Standard or Seller's Profile shall
be used as shown by Fig. 2, which represents the form
of thread for minimum nut and maximum screw. No
n7-~MaJor Diam.~->\(0ut5icie D/amjD
Y.-PH-ch Diam.->t ^ (Effective Dlam.) E
I \(Minor Diam.^ \ \(Core Diam.) K
;-Helix Angle (S)
■■:■ Pitch (p)
^ ^^
to the general ideas of standardization the pitch diameter
of the minimum threaded hole or nut should correspond
to the basic size, the errors due to workmanship being per-
mitted above the basic size. The maximum length of en-
gagement for screw threads manufactured in accordance
_: p v<---p ><
IJ^ ^f^^^^^^^
^fe-'"-^- f-"'.
'\a''c,^, -- ^ ^^<\
\ K'. ' t-r
1 ' 'v' 5'^*^*^ ■ i 1
E, '^•^ .. A
1
NOTATION
A- 60° Angle of Thread.
a - 30' One -half Anqle of Thread,
p - A Pitch. ^
n - Number of Threads per Inch.
H - 0.666025 p Depth of 60° Sharp V Thread,
h - 0.649519 p Depth of Standaroi Form Thread
5h- 0.541266 p
F- O.IEBOOOp Width of Flat at Crest and Root
of Standard Form.
f - 0.IO825J p
-sH
- gh Depth of Truncatfon.
FIG. 2.
FIG. 1. NOTATION
NATIONAL, FORM OF THREAD FOR MINIMUM NUT
AND MAXIMUM SCREW
allowance between nut and screw is shown in Fig. 2, this
condition existing in class II, medium-fit, where both
the minimum nut and the maximum screw are basic.
Specifications
A clearance shall be provided at the minor diameter of
the nut by removing the thread form at the crest by an
amount equal to J to i of the basic thread depth. A
clearance at the major diameter of the nut shall be pro-
vided by decreasing the depth of the truncation triangle
by an amount equal to J to § of its theoretical value.
The following general specifications will apply to all
classes of fits hereinafter specified: In order to conform
with any of the classes of fit specified herein shall not
exceed the quantity as determined in the following formula :
L = (1.5) D
Where L = Length of Engagement
D = Basic Major Diameter of Thread.
The specifications established for the various classes of
fit are applicable to the National Coarse Threads and the
National Fine Threads.
Classification and Tolerances
The National Coarse and Fine Threads shall be manu-
factured in accordance with the following "classification
and tolerances."
TABLE II. NATIONAL FINE THREAD SERIES
Identification
I 2
Basic Diameters —
3 4 5
D E K
Thread Data
7
P
TABLE III. CLASS I— LOOSE FIT. ALLOWANCES AND TOLERANCES.
SCREWS, NUTS AND GAGES
12 3 4 5 6 7
• Master Gage Tolerances •
■o.S
u C
Oj=
£ a
No. 0
80
1
72
2
64
3
S6
4
48
5
44
6
40
8
36
10
32
12
28
!"
28
ft
24
i
24
ft
20
li
li
I!
2
2i
^1
3
20
16
14
14
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
10
Inches
0 0600
0 0730
0.0860
0 0990
0 1120
0 1150
0 1380
0 1 640
0 1900
0 2160
0 2500
0 3125
0 3750
0 4375
0 5000
0 5625
0 6250
0 7500
0 8750
1 0000
I 1250
1 2500
1 5000
1 7500
2 0000
2 2500
2 5000
2 7500
3.0000
X
Inches
0 0519
0 0640
0 0759
0 0874
0 0985
0 1 1 02
0 1218
0 1460
1697
0 2268
0 2854
0 3479
0 4050
0 4675
0 5264
0 5889
0 7094
0 8286
0 9536
1 0709
I 1959
1 4459
1 6959
1 9459
2 1959
2.4459
2 6959
2 9350
a
.s
a
Inches
0 0438
0 0550
0 0657
0 0758
0 0849
0 0955
0 1055
0 1279
1494
0 1928 0 1696
0 2036
0 2584
0 3209
0 3725
0 4350
0 4903
0 5528
0 6688
0.7822
0 9072
1 0167
I. 1417
I 3917
I 6417
1 8917
2 1417
2 3917
2.6417
2 8701
•3Q
Mm.
1 524
1 854
2 184
2 515
2 845
3 175
3 506
4 166
4 826
5 486
6 350
7 938
9 525
11 113
12 700
14 288
15 875
19 050
22 225
25 400
28 575
31 750
38 100
44 450
50 800
57 150
63 500
69.850
76 200
a.
Inches
0 0125000
0 0138889
0 0156250
0 0178571
0 0208333
0 0227273
0 0250000
0 0277778
0 0312500
0 0357143
0 0357143
0 0416667
0 0416667
0 0500000
0 0500000
0 0555556
0 0555556
0 0625000
0 0714286
0 0714286
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 0833333
0 1000000
a '
OS
Inches
0 00812
0 00902
0 01014
0 01160
0 01353
0 01476
0 01624
0 01804
0 02030
0 02319
0 02319
0 02706
0 02706
0 . 03248
0,03248
0 03608
0.03608
0 04060
0 04640
0 04640
0 05413
0 05413
0 05413
0 05413
0 05413
0 05413
0.05413
0.05413
0.06495
.a
80
72
64
56
48
44
40
36
32
28
24
20
18
16
14
13
12
II
10
9
8
7
6
5
4}
<
Inches
0 0007
0 0007
0 0007
0 0006
0 0009
0 0009
0 0010
0 0011
0 0011
0 0012
0 0013
0 0015
0 0016
0 0018
0 0021
0 0022
0 0024
0 0026
0 0028
0 0031
0 0034
0 0039
0 0044
0 0052
0 0057
££2
is M-0
Inches
0 0024
0 0025
0 0026
0 0028
0 0031
0.0032
0 0034
0 0036
0 0038
0 0043
0 0046
0 0051
0 0057
0 0063
0 0070
0 0074
0 0079
0 0085
0 0092
0 0100
0 0111
0 0124
0 0145
0 0169
0 0184
Q
Inches
0 0002
0 0002
0 0002
0 0002
0 0002
0 000/
0 0002
0 0002
0 0002
0 0003
0 0003
0 0003
0 0004
0 0004
0 0004
0 0004
0 0004
0 0004
0 0004
0 00O4
0 0004
0 0004
0 0006
0 0006
0 0006
Inches
*0 0002
«0 0002
*0 0002
*0 0002
«0 0002
*0 0002
*0 0002
*0 0002
="0 0002
*0 0002
*0 0002
*0 0002
*0 0003
*0 0003
*0 0OO3
=tO 0003
=.= 0 0003
±0 0003
=t0 0004
±0 0004
*0 0004
±0 0004
*0 0005
±0 0005
=tO 0005
<
=3
X
Degrees
*0° 30'
^O" 30"
^0" 30'
*0° 30'
±0° SC
*0° 30"
*0° 20'
=1=0° 20'
*0° 20'
=■=0° 15'
*0° 15'
*0° 15'
*0°
*0°
a=0°
10'
10'
10'
=.= 0° 10'
*0° IC
*0° 10'
*0° 5'
iO" 5'
■=0°
iO°
•=0°
tO°
1=0°
Inches
0 0020
0 0021
0 0022
0 0024
0 0027
0 0028
0 0030
0 0032
0 0034
0 0037
0 0040
0 0045
0 0049
0 0055
0 0062
0 0066
0 0071
0 0077
0 0084
0 0092
0 0103
0 0116
0 0133
0 0157
0 0172
0 0192
4 0 0064 0.0204 0 0006 *0 0005 *0° ./
* Allowable variation in lead between any two threads not farther apart than
the length of engagement.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
509
TABLE IV. CLASS II-A-
-MEDIUM FIT (REGULAR).
ALLOWANCES
TABLE V. CLASS II-B-
-MEDIUM
FIT (SPECIAL).
ALLOWANCES
AND TOLERANCES. SCREWS. NUTS AND GAGES
AND TOLERANCES. SCREWS. NUTS AND GAGES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Master (iage Tolerances
Muter G««e Tolerancee -
I
i
ess
.3
I
«
o a
1
<
Q
*
1
<!
a
s|
S5
s
u
a
1
<
e
.2
Q
1
«
1
If
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Degrees
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Inches
Degrees
Inches
80
0 0000
0.0017
0.0002
* 0.0002
±0°
30'
0 0013
80
0.0000
0 0013
0.0002
*0 0002
±0°
30'
0 0009
72
0 0000
0 0018
0 0002
d= 0 0002
±0°
30'
0.0014
72
0 0000
0 0013
0 0002
=^0 0002
±0°
30-
0 0009
64
0 0000
0 0019
0 0002
=bO 0002
±0°
30*
0 00 1 5
64
0 0000
0 0014
0.0002
*0 0002
iO"
30'
0 0010
56
0 0000
0 0020
0 0002
±0.0002
±0"
30*
0 00 1 6
56
0 0000
0 0015
0 0002
*0 0002
*0°
30-
0 0011
48
0 0000
0.0022
0 0002
±0 0002
*0°
30'
0 00 1 8
48
0.0000
0 0016
0 0002
*0 0002
*0°
30'
0 0012
44
0 0000
0 0023
0.0002
±0 0002
±0°
30'
0 0019
44
0 0000
0 0016
0 0002
*0.0002
*0°
30'
0 0012
40
0 0000
0 0024
0 0002
±0 0002
±0°
20'
0 0020
40
0 0000
0 0017
0 0002
*0 0002
iO"
20'
0 0013
36
0 0000
0 0025
0 0002
±0 0002
±0°
20'
0 . 002 1
36
0.0000
0 0018
0 0002
*0 0002
*0°
20-
0.0014
32
0 0000
0 0027
0 0002
* 0.0002
±0°
20'
0.0023
32
0 0000
0 0019
0 0002
*0 0002
^0"
20-
0.0015
28
0 0000
0 0031
0 0003
=i=0 0002
*0°
15'
0 0025
28
0.0000
0 0022
0 0003
*0 0002
±0°
15'
0.0016
24
0 0000
0 0033
0 0003
±0 0002
*0°
15'
0 0027
24
0 0000
0 0024
0 0003
*0 0002
iO"
15'
0 0018
20
0 000
0 0036
0.0003
=tO 0002
±0°
15'
0 0030
20
0 0000
0.0026
0 0003
*0 0002
*0°
15'
0 0020
18
0 0000
0 0041
0 0004
±0 0003
±0°
10'
0.0033
18
0 0000
0 0030
0 0004
*0 0003
±0°
fOf
0 0022
16
0 0000
0 0045
0 0004
±0 0003
±0°
10'
0 0037
0 0041
16
0 0000
0 0 32
0 0004
*0 0003
±0°
10'
0 0024
14
0 0000
0.0049
0 0004
±0 0003
±0°
10'
14
0.0000
0 0036
0 0004
=t0 0003
±0°
10'
0 0028
13
0 0000
0 0052
0 0004
*0 0003
±0°
10'
0 0044
13
0 0000
0 0037
0.0004
*0 0003
*0<=
IC
0.0029
12
0 0000
0 0056
0 0004
:'0 0003
iO"
10'
0.0048
: 12
0.0000
0 0040
0.0004
*0 0003
±0"
10-
0 0032
] )
0 0000
0 0059
0 0004
±0 0003
±0°
10'
0.0051
0 0056
0 0062
11
0 0000
0 0042
0.0004
*0 0003
±0°
10-
0.0034
10
0 0000
0 0064
0 0004
±0 0004
±0°
5
10
0 0000
0 0045
0.0004
iO 0004
±0°
5'
0 0037
9
0 0000
0 0070
0.0004
=tO 0004
=t0°
5'
9
0 0000
0 0049
0 0004
*0 0004
±0°
5'
0 0041
8
0.0000
0 0076
0.0004
*0 0004
±0"
5'
0 0068
0 0077
8
0 0000
0 0054
0 0004
*0 0004
±0°
5'
0 0046
7
0 0000
0 0085
0 0004
*0 0004
±0°
5'
7
0 0000
0 0059
0 0004
*0 0004
*0°
y
0 0051
5
0 0000
0 0101
0 0006
±0 0005
±0°
5'
0 0089
6
0 0000
0 0071
0 0006
=.= 0 0005
±0°
5'
0 0059
5
0 0000
0 01 16
0 0006
*0 0005
±0°
5'
0. 0104
0 0115
5
0 0000
0 0082
0 0006
*0 0005
=tO°
5'
0 0070
4i
0 0000
0 0127
0 0006
=tO 0005
±0°
y
4J
0 0000
0 0089
0 0006
a=0 0005
±0°
5
0 0077
4 0 0000 0 0140 0.0006
* Allowable variation in lead between i
the length of engagement.
±0.0005 ±0° 5' 0 0128
■ two threads not farther apart than
4 0 0000 0 0097 0 0006 =-=0 0005 *0° 5' 0 0085
* Allowable variation in lead between any two threads not farther apart than
the length of engagement.
CLASS I, Loose Fit
The loose fit class of screw threads is intended to cover
the manufacture of strictly interchangeable threaded parts
where the work is produced in two or more manufacturing
plants. In this class will be included threads for artillery
ammunition and rough commercial work, such as stove
bolts, carriage bolts, and other threaded work of a similar
nature, where quick and easy assembly is necessary and
a certain amount of shake or play is not objectionable.
The pitch diameter of the minimum nut of a given
diameter and pitch will correspond to the basic pitch
diameter as specified in the tables of thread systems given
herein, which is computed from the basic major diameter
of the thread to be manufactured. The dimensions of the
maximum screw of a given pitch and diameter will be
below the basic dimensions as specified in the tables of
thread systems given herein, which are computed from the
basic major diameter of the threads to be manufactured,
by the amount of the allowance given in Table III. The
tolerance on the nut will be plus; to be applied from the
basic size to above basic size. The tolerance on the screw
v/ill be minus; to be applied from the maximum screw
dimension to below the maximum screw dimension. The
allowance provided between the size of the minimum nut,
which is basic, and the size of the maximum screw for a
screw thread of a given pitch will be as specified in Table
III. The tolerance allowed on a screw or nut of a given
pitch will be as specified in Table III.
Class II, Medium Fit
The medium fit class, Subdivision A, Regular, is intended
to apply to interchangeable manufacture where the
threaded members are to assemble nearly, or entirely, with
the fingers and where a moderate amount of shake or
play between the assembled threaded members is not
objectionable. This class will include the great bulk of
fastening screws for instruments, small arms and other
ordnance material, such as gun carriages, aerial bomb drop-
ping devices and interchangeable accessories mounted on
guns; also machine screws, cap-screws, and screws for
sewing machines, typewriters and other work of a similar
nature.
The pitch diameter of the minimum nut of a given
diameter and pitch will correspond to the basic pitch
diameter as specified in tables of thread systems given
herein, which is computed from the basic major diameter
of the thread to be manufactured. The major diameter
and pitch diameter of the maximum screw of a given pitch
and diameter will correspond to the basic dimensions as
specified in tables of thread systems given herein, which
are computed from the basic major diameter of the thread
to be manufactured. The tolerance on the nut will be
plus; to be aplied from the basic size to above basic size.
The tolerance on the screw will be minus; to be applied
from the basic size to below basic size. The allowance
between the -size of the maximum screw and the minimum
nut will be zero for all pitches and all diameters. The
tolerance for a screw or nut of a griven pitch will be as
specified in Table IV.
The medium fit class. Subdivision B, Special, is intended
to apply especially to the higher grade of automobile screw
thread work. It is the same in every particular as Class
II-A, Medium Fit (Regular), except that the tolerances
are smaller. The tolerance for a screw or nut of a given
pitch will be as specified in Table V.
Class III, Close Fit
The close fit class of screw is intended for threaded
work of the finest commercial quality, where the thread
has practically no back lash, and for light screw driver
fits. In the manufacture of screw thread products belong-
ing in this class it will be necessary to use precision tools,
selected master gages, and many other refinements. This
quality of work should, therefore, be used only in cases
where requirements of the mechanism being produced are
exacting, or where special conditions require screws hav-
ing a precision fit. In order to secure the fit desired, it
may be necessary in some cases to select the parts when
the product is being assembled.
The pitch diameter of the minimum nut of a given diame-
ter and pitch will correspond to the basic pitch diameter
as specified in tables of thread systems given herein, which
is computed from the basic major diameter of the thread
to be manufactured. The major diameter and pitch diame-
510
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
TABLE VI. CLASS III— CLOSE FIT. ALLOWANCES AND
TOLERANCES. SCREWS. NUTS AND GAGES
4 5 6
■ Master Gage Tolerances —
80
72
64
56
48
44
40
36
32
28
24
20
18
16
14
s
12
11
10
9
e 4> u
£•£§
£« i
Inches
0 0001
0 0001
0.0001
0 0002
0 0002
0 0OO2
0 0002
0 0002
0 0002
0 0002
0 0003
0.0003
0 0003
0 0004
0 0004
0 0004
0 0005
0 0005
0 0006
0 0006
0 0007
0 0008
0 0009
0 COIO
0 0011
is M3
w-^
Inches
0 0006
0 0007
0 0007
0 0007
0.0008
0 0008
0 0009
0 0009
0 0010
0 0011
0 0012
0 0013
0 0015
0 0016
0 00 1 8
0 0019
0 0020
0 0021
0 0023
0 0024
0.0027
0 0030
0 0036
0 0041
0 0044
S
a
a
OS
a
Inches
0 OOOlO
0 00010
0 00010
0 00010
0 OOOlO
0 00010
0.00010
0 00010
0.00010
0 . 000 1 5
0 00015
0 000 1 5
0 00020
0 00020
0.00020
0 00020
0 00020
0 00020
0 00020
0 00020
0.00020
0.00020
0 00030
0 00030
0.00030
Inches
±0 OOOlO
±0 00010
±0 00010
*0 00010
*0. OOOlO
±0 OOOlO
±0 00010
=tO OOOlO
±0 OOOlO
*0 OOOlO
±0 00010
±0 OOOlO
*0 00015
±0.00015
±0 00015
±0.00015
±0 00015
±0 00015
±0 00020
±0 00020
±0.00020
±0 00020
±0 00025
±0 00025
±0 00025
a
Degrees
±15' 00"
±15' 00"
±15' 00"
±15' 00"
±15' 00"
±15' 00"
±10- 00"
±10' 00"
±10' 00"
± 7' 30"
± 7' 30"
± 7' 30"
± 5' 00"
± 5' 00"
± 5' 00"
± 5' 00"
± 5' 00"
± 5' 00"
± 2' 30"
± 2' 30"
± 2' 30"
± 2' 30"
± 2' 30"
± 2' 30"
± 2' 30"
Inches
0 0004
0 0005
0 0005
0 0005
0 0006
0 0006
0 0007
0 0007
0 0008
0 0008
0 0009
0 0010
0 0011
0 0012
0 0014
0 0015
0 0016
0 0017
0 0019
0 0020
0 0023
0 0026
0 0030
0 0035
0 0038
4 0.0013 0.0048 0.00030 ±0.00025 ± 2' 30" 0 0042
* .iMIowable variation in lead between any two threads not farther apart than
the length of engagement.
ter of the maximum screw of a given diameter and pitch
will be above the basic dimensions as specified in tables
to thread systems given herein, which are computed from
the basic major diameter of the thread to be manufac-
tured, by the amount of the allowance (interference) speci-
fied in Table VI. The tolerance on the nut will be plus;
t6 be applied from the basic size to above basic size. The
tolerance on the screw will be minus; to be applied from
the maximum screw dimensions to below the maximum
screw dimensions. The allowance (interference) provided
between the size of the minimum nut, which is basic, and
the size of the maximum screw, which is above basic, will
be as specified in Table VI. The tolerance for a screw or
nut of a given pitch will be as specified in Table VI.
Class IV, Wrench Fit
The wrench fit class of screw threads is intended to
cover the manufacture of threaded parts i in. in diameter
or larger which are to be set or assembled permanently
with a wrench. Inasmuch as for wrench fits the material
is an important factor in determining the fit between the
threaded members there are provided herein two sub-
divisions for this class of work, namely, subdivision "A"
and subdivision "B." These two subdivisions differ mainly
in the amount of the allowance (interference) values pro-
vided for different pitches.
Subdivision "A" of Class IV, Wrench Fit, provides for
the production of interchangeable wrench-fit screws or
studs used in light sections with moderate stresses, such
as for aircraft and automobile engine work.
Subdivision "B" of Class IV, Wrench Fit, provides for
the production of interchangeable wrench-fit screws or
studs used in heavy sections with heavy stresses, such as
for steam engine and heavy hydraulic work.
The pitch diameter of the minimum nut of a given diame-
ter and pitch for threads belonging to either subdivision
"A" or subdivision "B" will correspond to the basic pitch
diameter as specified in tables of thread systems given
herein, which is computed from the basic major diameter
of the thread to be manufactured. The major diameter
and pitch diameter of the maximum screw of a given
diameter ^nd pitch for threads belonging in either sub-
division "A" or subdivision "B" will be above the basic
dimensions as specified in tables of thread systems given
herein, which are computed from the basic major diameter
of the thread to be manufactured, by the amount of the
allowance (interference) provided. The tolerance on the
nut will be plus; to be applied from the basic size to above
basic size. The tolerance on the screw will be minus, to
be applied from the maximum screw dimensions to below
maximum screw dimensions. At the present time the
commission does not have sufficient information or data
to include in its tentative report values for tolerances and
allowances for wrench fits. It is hoped, however, that
sufficient information resulting from investigation and
research will enable the commission to decide at an early
date the allowance and tolerance values for the two classes
of wrench fits included herein, which will be applicable to
the various materials, and which will meet the requirements
found in manufacture of machines or product requiring
wrench fits.
Tolerances
There are specified herein for use in connection with
the various fits established, three different sets of toler-
ances, as given in Tables III, IV, V and VI.
The tolerances as hereinafter specified represent the
extreme variations allowed on the work.
The tolerance limits established represent, in reality,
the sizes of the "Go" and "Not Go" master gages. Errors
in lead and angle which occur on the threaded work can
be offset by a suitable alteration of the pitch diameter
of the work. If the "Go" gage passes the threaded work
interchangeability is secured and the thread profile may
differ from that of the "Go" gage in either pitch diameter,
lead or angle. The "Not Go" gage checks pitch d ameter
only, and thus insures that the pitch diameter is such that
the fit will not be too loose.
The tolerances established for Class I, Loose Fit, and
Class II, Medium Fit, permit the use of commercial taps
now obtainable from various manufacturers. For Class
III, Close Fit, in which it is desired to produce a hole close
to the basic size, it is recommended that a selected tap be
used.
The pitch diameter tolerances provided for a screw of
a given class of fit will be the same as the pitch diameter
tolerances provided for a nut corresponding to the same
class of fit. The allowable tolerances on the major diameter
of screws of a given classification will be twice the toler-
ance values allowed on the pitch diameters of screws of
the same class.
The minimum minor diameter of a screw of a given
pitch will be such as to result in a basic flat (I x p) at
the root when the pitch diameter of the screw is at its
minimum value. (Note: When the maximum screw is
basic the minimum minor diameter of the screw will be
below the basic minor diameter by the amount of the
specified pitch diameter tolerance.) The maximum minor
diameter may be such as results from the use of a worn
or rounded threading tool when the pitch diameter is at
its maximum value. In no case, however, should the form
of the screw as results from tool wear be such as to cause
the screw to be rejected on the maximum minor diameter
by a "Go" ring gage the minor diameter of which is equal
to the minimum minor diameter of the nut.
The maximum major diameter of the nut of a given
pitch will be such as to result in a flat i of the basic flat
(:!^ x p) when the pitch diameter of the nut is at its
maximum value. (Note: When the minimum nut is basic
the maximum major diameter will be abjve the basic major
diameter by the amount of the specified pitch diameter
tolerance plus | of the basic thread depth.) The nominal
minimum major diameter of a nut will be above the basic
major diameter by an amount equal to J of the basic
thread depth plus the neutral space. This results in a
clearance which is provided to facilitate manufacture by
permitting a slight rounding or wear at the crest of
the tap.
In no case, however, should the minimum major diame-
ter of the nut as results from a worn tap or cutting
tool be such as to cause the nut to be rejected on the
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
511
I Basic
5c ic
7b/. Major Dia. Screws
To/. Minor Dia. Screws
' 2x 7b/. Pitch Diam.
To/. Pitc/i Diam. i-ff.
- Tol. Pitcti Diam. -i-^li.
To/. Major Diam. Nufs - Tol. Pitcti Diam. -tf f.
- Tol. Pitcfi Diam. y-//?.
Tol. Minor Diam. Nuts = g/?.
D- Major Diameter. E- Pitch Diameter.
K- Minor Diameter, f - Depth of Basic Truncation.
h - Depth of Basic Thread.
FIG. 3. RELATION BETWEEN PITCH DIAMETER TOLER-
ANCES AND TOLERANCES ON MAJOR AND MINOR DIAM-
ETERS. (DRAWING SHOWS ONE SIDE OF THREAD
ONLY AND THEREFORE SPACES INDICATE HALF
TOLERANCES OR TOLERANCES ON RADIL)
minimum major diameter by a "Go" plug gage made to
the standard form at the crest.
The tolerances on minor diameter of a nut of a given
pitch will be J of the basic thread depth, regardless of the
class of lit being produced. In Fig. 3 there are shown the
various relations previously specified for tolerances on both
the screw and the nut.
The specifications establishing the various sets of tol-
erances for the different classes of fit specified herein will
apply to the manufacture of National Coarse Threads,
National Fine Threads, and wherever applicable to the
production of all special threads.
Where tolerances are desired for a special thread and
the pitch is not listed in the tables given the tolerance
values should be chosen corresponding to the number of
threads per inch nearest to that of the special thread being
produced. Where the number of threads per inch is mid-
way between two of the pitches listed the tolerance cor-
responding to the coarser pitch should be used. For
instance, the tolerance on a screw having 11 J threads per
inch would correspond to the tolerances specified for a
screw of 11 threads per inch.
With reference to the classification of screw thread fits
attention is called to the fact that the minimum threaded
hole or nut corresponds to the basic size; that is, the pitch
diameter of the minimum nut is basic for all classes of fit.
This condition permits the use of taps which when new
are oversize and which are discarded when the hole cut is
at the basic size. In order to secure the desired fit the
screw size is varied; the maximum screw corresponds to
the basic size for the Medium Fit Class, is slightly above
basic size for Close Fit Class, considerably above the basic
size in the Wrench Fit Class, and below the basic size for
the Loose Fit Class.
The tolerances specified in column 7 of Tables III, IV,
V and VI are the net tolerances, which are in no way
reduced by permissible manufacturing tolerances provided
for master gages. These master gage tolerances are pro-
vided for by being added to lAe net tolerances. Thus the
extreme or drawing tolerances are the net working tol-
erances increased by the master gage increment or equiva-
lent diametrical space required to provide for the master
gage tolerances. The limits established for the extreme
tolerances should in no case be exceeded. The application
of gage tolerances in relation to tolerances allowed on the
work can be best understood by considering that the extreme
tolerances represent the absolute limits over which varia-
tions of the work must not pass. The manufacturing tol-
erances required for master gages are then deducted from
the extreme working tolerances, producing the figures
specified as net tolerances. Further reduction of the ex-
treme tolerances is caused by the manufacturing tolerances
required for the inspection gages and working gages.
It is essential that the proportion of the tolerance used
by the workmen producing the work at the machine be
well within the net tolerance limits. The net tolerance
limits as established by the master gages may be considered
as the largest circle of the target, the space occupied by
the master gage tolerances representing the width of the
line establishing the largest circle. The marksman always
aims to hit the bull's-eye. Any mark inside of the largest
circle or cutting the circle scores. Any mark outside of
the largest circle does not score. The same is true in
producing work — the careful manufacturer will aim to
produce work which is in the center of tolerance limits.
The bull's-eye in this case, which is the working tolerance
used at the machine, will be considerably less than the net
tolerance and the result will be that a very large per-
centage of the work will be accepted, and spoiled or rejected
work will be reduced to practically nothing. If the net
tolerance limits are used as working limits at the machine
there will be a larger percentage of rejections due to dif-
ferences in gages and wear of both tools and gages. The
application of this principle is illustrated in Fig. 4, which
is a diagram showing the relative position of master gage,
inspection gage and working gage tolerances with reference
to the net tolerance allowed on the work.
Extreme Limits
The extreme limits as shown by the lines at A and a
in Fig. 4 represent the absolute limits within which all
variations of the work must be kept, including permissible
variations provided for manufacturing tolerances on mas-
ter gages. The manufacturer of the product should not
be concerned with the extreme tolerances but should work
within the net tolerance limits. The extreme tolerance
limits are included for the manufacturer or inspector of
master gages, and in no case should master gages be
approved which are outside of the dimensions established
by these extreme limits.
The lines at h and B represent the net working tolerance
limits within which all manufactured product must come.
The regions AB and ah represent the space required to
provide for the "Go" and "Not Go" master gage tolei-ances
respectively.
Gage
I ,Min. r
I Work (Mot go) [
(Oo)
abc d
Tol. for Master Gages ->| W |
To/, for Inspection GagesA U
76/. for Wor/<ing 6 ages ■ >|
Allowable Wear
/faster. None
/nspecfion Sage -"
Wor/<ing Gage
As far as desired
into Machine
Tolerances.
Tolerance
Ual/lie>
Machine
H
■Net Tol.
-Ex. Tol.
CBA
->j Wol for Master Gages
->l \c-Jbl lor Insp. Gages
Tol tor Working Sages
Allowable Wear
I Master, Hone
->j ifi-lnspection Sage
H Working Gage
FIG. 4. RELATION OF G.\GE SIZES. TOLERANCES AND
WEAR LIMITS WITH REFERENCE TO GAGING AN EX-
TERNAL PART. (FOR GAGING AN INTERNAL PART
TOLERANCES i'.ND WEAR ARE PROVIDED FOR IN
A SIMILAR MANNER)
512
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
Master gages provide physical standards representing
the limits placed on the work. The master gage tolerances
are placed within the exti-eme tolerance limits. However,
the manufacturer receives the full benefit of the specified
net tolerance. So far as the manufacturer is concerned he
should in no case permit variations in the work produced to
extend beyond the limits established by his master gages.
The regions BC and he represent the space required
to provide for the "Go" and "Not Go" inspection gage
tolerances respectively. The inspection gage tolerances are
placed inside the net tolerance limits.
The regions DC and dc represent the space required
to provide for the "Go" and "Not Go" working gage tol-
erances respectively. These working gage tolerances are
placed within the net tolerance limits. This insures that
any work accepted by the working gage will be accepted
by the inspection gage, and that work accepted by both
working gage and inspection gage will be within the net
tolerance limits.
The "Go" master gage is not to be used on the product.
It serves as a standard for comparative measurements or
as a check for verifying the inspection or working gage.
It also serves as a standard representing the wear limit
for the inspection or working gage. The "Go" master gage
is, therefore, not subject to wear.
The "Go" inspection gage may wear until it reaches
the size represented by the master gage. As shown in Fig.
4 the wear provided for the inspection gage is that which
takes place within its own tolerance region. However, a
definite allowance for wear may be provided for the "Go"
inspection gage in addition to its tolerance region if desired.
The "Go" working gage wears within its own tolerance
limits and through the inspection gage tolerance region and
continues to properly accept work until worn to the dimen-
sion established by the "Go" master gage. It is good
practice to transfer the "Go" working gage to use as an
inspection gage when it is worn so that its dimension
corresponds to that of the inspection gage.
The "Not Go" master gage is not to be used on the
product. It serves as a standard for comparative measure-
ments or as a check to verify the inspection or working
gage. It is, therefore, not subject to wear.
The "Not Go" inspection gage wears within its own
tolerance region and into the tolerance region established
for the "Not Go" working gage. It is good practice to
transfer the "Not Go" inspection gage to use as a working
gage when it is worn so that its dimension corresponds
to that of the "Not Go" working gage.
The "Not Go" working gage wears within its own tol-
erance region into the working tolerance. It is purely an
enonomic question as to when the "Not Go" working gage
should be discarded due to wear, inasmuch as continued
use reduces the working tolerance, the result of which must
be balanced against the cost of a new gage.
(The second part of this article will appear in the next issue.)
An Ancient Planer
By Herbert Fox
The article on "Examples of Early Machine Design"
appearing in American Machinist on page 1 of the
present volume brought to mind an old planer, still in
service, that is different from any of those illustrated
and is unique so far as the writer's experience goes.
The machine is located in rather close quarters so
that it was impractical to cover it all in a photograph
but the picture herewith presented will .show the revers-
ing gears, which for simplicity deserve commendation.
All the gears of the table-drive except the bull-wheel
are located outside the bed. The drive shaft extend.^
some distance from the bed and on its end is keyed
the internal gear A. On the same shaft and close to the
side of the bed is keyed a regular spur gear of much
smaller diameter. Back of the drive shaft a stud,
extending from the side of the bed, carries three pulleys
that run loosely on the stud.
The outer pulley B has upon its outer hub a pinion
meshing with the internal gear; the inner hub of the
inner pulley C is also a pinion and meshes with the
spur gear on the shaft drive. The center one of
the three pulleys is an idler.
There is but one belt. When this is on the outer
pulley the drive is through the pinion on its hub to the
internal gear and thus direct to the table with only the
one reduction. This is the cutting stroke.
AN EX.^MPLE OF E.\RLY MACHINE DESIG.V
When the belt is on the outer pulley the inner pulley
is of course being driven in the opposite direction
through the gear spur to the pinion on its hub. WTien
the belt is shifted to the inner pulley for the reverse
stroke the drive is again direct to the spur gear, and
the outer pulley is driven back at a higher rate of speed.
Whether this is an efficient drive or not 1 do not
know; I never used the machine. It is certainly an
ingenious arrangement of gearing, and does the work
required of it with a less number of gears than is
ordinarily used. A disadvantage arises from the fact
that the gears are so located as to catch chips that
are accidentally brushed off the back side of the bed,
and the sheet metal guard D has been put on to avoid
trouble in this respect.
The planer was built, according to the name on the
tie bar, by A. M. Freeland of New York; a name that
goes back to the period preceding the Civil War and the
machine is therefore from 50 to 70 years old.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
513
Flywheel Starter Ring-Gears
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor. Amvrican Machinist
The advent of the geared starter for automobile
motors evolved the custom of cutting the geared
piece directly in the rim of the cast-iron flyivheel,
tvhich has not proved altogether satisfactory.
Profiting by the experience of others, the Ford
Motor Co. makes a steel ring gear that bolts to
the flywheel and ivhich obviates brokeyt teeth, as
well as undiie wear.
T!
<HESE rings are made from the straight bar, t}'.i!
first operation being to cut the stock to length at
the rate of 240 per hr. on a Ferracute punch press.
The ends of the bar are then bent as shown in the
transformation sheet. Fig. 1, the bending being done on
the Ajax forging machine shown in Fig. 2.
The first and second forming operations are done on
the large Bliss press shown at the right of the forging
machine, the bars going directly from one to the other.
This picture also shows a method of holding an anvil on
KIG. 1.
6 10
TRANSP-OR.MATION SHEET
a cast-iron pedestal. The threaded bolts allow of ready
takeup and an anvil so mounted allows any sort of a pad
to be interposed between it and the pedestal.
The next forming operations are done on the press
FIG. 2. THE P'IRST BENDINI! OPERATIONS
FIG. 3. THE FINAL, BEND
514
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
FIG. 4. THE FINAL FORMING
FIG.
WELDING 'J'llE E.Mj
FIG. 6. TKI.M.MI.NXi OUTSIDE FLASH
shown in Fig. 3, which carries double slides A and B.
The ring as it comes to this machine is bent, as shown
at C, and, after being placed centrally in position, i.s
forced down by the form D into the die which is similar
to E on the other slide. This die closes the ring, which
is then taken off the form, and after final forming is
ready for the welding machine. The final forming of
the ring is done on the horn press shown in Fig. 4, which
works out irregularities and brings the points together.
The Welding Operation
The welding is done on a Winfield resistance welder, as
shown in Fig. 5, the ring being shown in place and the
ends butted together. This machine handles 60 rings
per hr., or one per minute.
The flash or surplus metal from the welding must be
trimmed on all sides, and the press on which the out-
side trimming is done is shown in Fig. 6. The ring rests
in the blocks A and B, being held in position by the
block C, which is on the outer support D. The knife or
cutter E is guided as close to the work as possible to
counteract the tendency of springing away from the cut.
Trimming
The sides are trimmed in the press shown in Fig. 7,
the ring being supported on a horn and held in position
by the lugs A and B. The trimming knives C and D
come down each side of the ring and trim the flash.
Both of these trimming operations are done at the rate
of 500 rings per hr.
FIG. 7. TRIMMING THE .SIDES
FIG. 8. GRINDING THE SIDES
FIG. 9. PRESSING S RINGS ON MANDREL
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
515
L/^iD)iiVfo^iryiPi £» OHWiori
The rings are then snagged, after which they are
heated and quenched, then restruck under a heavy Erie
hammer. They then are tested for hardness on Brinell
machines, straightened if necessary, and one face
ground on the Blanchard vertical grinding machine
shown in Fig. 8, using a magnetic chuck. This machine
handles 60 rings per hr., one wheel lasting for about
200 rings.
The rings are then turned on the inside on 24-in.
Bullard vertical lathes at the rate of 30 per hr. per
machine, after which they are loaded on a mandrel in
batches of eight by means of the Atlas power press
shown in Fig. 9. The outside diameter is then turned
on Reed-Prentice lathes at the rate of 48 per hr., after
A Simple Roll Feed
By Otto Vogetzer
The device shown in the illustration is very useful
when making small punchings in quantity. The length
of feed may be easily adjusted from i in. to 2i in.
It was made primarily for the purpose of feeding IJ
X 0.020-in. brass to a combination blanking and
drawing die.
The punch descends 2 in. into the die, so that the
feed cannot take place until about half of the upstroke
has been completed and the stock has been stripped
clear of the punch.
The arm which operates the pawl lever is secured to
FIG. 10. HOBBING THE GEAR TBfiTH
which the teeth are rough and finished bobbed on Bar-
ber-Colman machines, the finishing operation being
shown in Fig. 10. Flooded lubrication is provided by
the large piping shown.
The Finishing Operations
The cut gears are then pressed off the mandrel, and
the teeth chamfered by various processes. The method
.shown in Fig. 11 utilizes a Pratt & Whitney milling
machine with the simple fixture shown. The gear is held
on the plate A by means of the three clamps shown, and
the teeth spaced with the aid of the spring B. Other
tooth-rounding methods include the use of Becker hand
milling machines and also the Rochester gear tooth
rounding machines. The sixteen bolt holes are then
drilled, countersunk and tapped, after which the rings
are filed on a special Ford made filing machine, and then
cleaned on a polishing lathe. This is simply a heavy
bufling stand with a substantial work rest bolted across
the front. The buffing wheels are carefully protected
by heavy guards, so as to avoid all likelihood of accident.
The final operation is the cleansing with a hot bath in
a Blakeslee washer, after which they are ready for the
assembling department.
FIG. 11. ROUNDING TOOTH CORNERS
the press ram. On the downstroke the pawl lever is
pulled down by a spring until it strikes the lower
adjusting screw, which movement determines the num-
ber of teeth that the pawl is allowed to turn the ratchet
on the upstroke of the ram. The feed is positive and
the amount of material fed at each stroke is under
control of the operator by turning the adjustment screw.
The output is about 4,000 pieces per hour.
A SIMPLE ROLL, FEED
}
516
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 11
Efficient Pattern Making
By E. a. Dixie
The foreman of our pattern shop is, I believe, one
of the most resourceful patternmakers in the United
States. Where he shines most I have not yet been
able to discover. Sometimes I think it is where but
a single casting is required and to judge from the
drawings a most elaborate pattern must be made; at
other times he seems to excel when making some
simple little change in a pattern so that the molders'
output is doubled or quadrupled. I have already given
you instances of the latter, so this article will serve
to show how he simplified a job and reduced the pattern-
making time by at least five-sixths.
In Fig. 1 is shown the bottom of the casting, which
is approximately 50 in. in diameter by 10 in. deep.
The top is flat with an 8-in. diameter hole in the center.
The cored under side of the casting was to be in the
cope so that the face would be clean metal.
I went to the patternmaker with rough sketches of
the piece to get an idea of the time necessary to make
the pattern and coreboxes. After going over them
carefully he gave me an estimate of six or seven days
for pattern work; "but," said he, "how many castings
do you want?" "Only one," I replied, "If that is the
case," he said, "we can do all the patternwork in not
more than a day" and this is how it was done.
A in Fig. 2 is a cast-iron stock pulley ring. J5 is a
FIG. -2. THE PATTERN AND COREBOXE.S
filling piece to fit the large pulley ring as shown in
Fig. 3. The face of B was laid out to show where the
cores and webs were to go, the webs being left white
as shown. Simple core boxes C and D were provided.
The corebox E was a small pulley ring which was in
PIG. 1.
THE BOTTOM SIDE OP THE CASTING,
SHOWIXO THE RIBS
FIG. 3.
FILLING PIECE .\SSEMBLED IN' THE
PULLEY RING
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
517
FIG. 4. I'EHSrEC'TlVE VIEW OI
THE CASTINC! RIGHT SIDE UP
stock in the pat-
ternloft but C and
D had to be made,
as also had the
sweeps, one of
which is at F. The
plain pieces of
board G were
wooden dries on
which the cores
were made up and
on which they were baked in the core oven. With the
exception of the core from corebox E, three cores were
made from each of the other coreboxes. Sweeps were
made to produce the channel around the bottom.
With the patterns shown the molding was a simple
matter and need not be gone into except to mention
that the cores were hung by the usual hooks from the
cope. Fig. 4 shows a perspective view of the casting.
Motor Car Built by Municipal
Machine Shops
By C. W. Geiger
The illustration shows a railway motor car for con-
struction work built by the Municipal Machine Shops,
Los Angeles. It was originally used for hauling cars
KIG. 1. IMTKET IN TPPEK POSITION
ore chute B is hinged at the front or lower end and
has a V-notch cut in the upper end. The chute is
normally held in a vertical position, clear of the mine
shaft, by the counterweight C.
The engineer or hoist man raises the ore bucket to
the position shown in Fig. 1. Then a pull on rope D,
which runs back into the engine house, tips the chute
B back under the bucket as shown in both views.
This brings the V-notch around the dangling chain so
that, when the bucket is lowered, the cross piece catches
in the bottom of the V and capsizes the bucket and
spills the contents down the chute into the small car
shown. This arrangement is in use at the Dardanelles
Mine, Chloride, Ariz.
P..\n,\VAY AIOTOK lAK i'OIt ru.N.SI'KrCTH )N-\\ UKK I'SE
in the construction of the new outfall sewer at
Hyperion, and it was made so that it could be operated
within the sewer in drawing the cars from the concrete
mixer to points along the outfall. When this work was
completed, the car was taken to the municipal rock
crushing plant in tha bed of the Los Angeles River, and
it is now used for hauling the two-yard dump cars.
The car is provided with flanged wheels for the
narrow-gage tracks, and it is equipped with a 22-hp.
motor taken from an old automobile. The top of the
machine is covered with sheet metal.
A Clever Unloading Scheme
By L B. Rich
A simple yet effective device for saving the time of
one man in unloading ore from the bucket is shown
in Figs. 1 and 2. The bucket A is of the usual type
of ore bucket but has a few links of chain with a
cross piece at the end, dangling from the bottom. The
FIG. 2. DUMPING THE BUCKET
518
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 11
%
WHAT /p WEM^
j,sf'M^{,/A-J7zcm in a Iiiwn
Suggested by theNanagfing Editor
THE Millholland Geared-Head Turret Lathe fur-
nishes the material for the opening article. One of
the special features of this machine is that there are
only four geared spindle speed changes.
E. L. Bowman in his short article "Using the Trade
Magazine to Capacity" tells
of a very convenient way
to get the most good from
the American Machinist
and other trade papers. All
of us have been up against
the task of going to some
amount of trouble to prop-
erly benefit from our maga-
zines with the result that
many have eventually
thrown them away. The in-
dexing and filing system
advocated is one way of
profitably hanging on to
your valuable magazines.
Page 489. An original method of obtaining extreme
accuracy is delineated in the article by Simeon Colley,
"Making a Hobbing Machine for Precision Work," page
491. Mr. Colley tells in detail of the construction of a
machine to hob the wormwheels of a precision instru-
ment called the azimuth head, used extensively by our
Army.
"Western Automobile Repair Shops" and "Instruc-
tion Sheets That Instruct" are the titles of two short
articles by a Special Correspondent, who, we assure you,
is a technical writer of some note. Page 494.
The twenty-fifth article of Ethan Viall's series on
"Modern Welding and Cutting" begins on page 497. It
deals with the evolution of electric arc and resistance
welding. The Viall article is immediately followed
(page 499) by another Welding and Cutting article —
"Carbon Electrode Arc Welding and Cutting," by 0. H.
Eschholz, research engineer, Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Co., Pittsburgh. It may be considered
a companion article to "Training Arc Welders" which
appeared on page 837, Vol. 52, of American Machinist.
Frank A. Stanley tells of the making of a milling
cutter ten and one-half inches in diameter and about
two feet in length. This mammoth cutter was used on
such work as slabbing off connecting rods under heavy
cuts with coarse feeds. "Making a Milling Cutter in a
Railroad Shop," page 504.
What to read was not a difflcidt matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books tvere feiv and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is
the editors' advertisement of their section of
the paper. It gives the high spots.
There was created by Act of Congress July 18, 1918,
a commission known as the Screw Thread Commission,
its duties being to ascertain and establish standards
for screw threads for use of the various branches of the
Federal Government and for the use of manufacturers.
In its work the Commission
aimed to eliminate all un-
necessary sizes and to uti-
lize so far as possible, pres-
ent predominating sizes.
The result of the work of
the Commission is set forth
in a voluminous report.
Our extract of the report
begins on page 507. It con-
siders coarse and fine
threads only and on account
of its necessary leng^th has
been divided into two parts,
the second of which will
appear in a subsequent
issue. The Commission has submitted the complete re-
port for approval to the Secretaries of War, Navj' and
Commerce. The law provides that when the report is
thus approved, it is binding upon the departments in
question and must be used by other Federal departments
whenever possible.
The Automotive Section contains another Colvin
article — "Flywheel Starter Ring Gears" — page 513. It
describes the making of the steel ring gear used on
the Ford.
An article of merit is that on heat treatments for al-
loy steel by A. H. Miller of the research department of
the Midvale Steel and Ordnance Co., Philadelphia. The
paper is confined to a discussion of steels for structural
purposes and is limited to their heat treatment. This
begins on page 519.
"American Contractors and Labor Conditions in
France," by E. J. Mehren, page 524b, gives some per-
tinent facts relative to the absence of participation by
American contractors in rebuilding the devastated re-
gions of France.
Among the shorter articles of note are "Building Up
Subordinates" by Entropy, page 488 ; "Aids to the Con-
struction of Logarithmic Charts" by John L. Alden,
page 496; "Keeping Up the Labor Morale" by J. E. Bul-
lard, page 505, and "How to Get Safe Production" by
A. V. Reschar, page 522.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
619
Some Commercial Heat Treatments for
Alloy Steels*
By a. H. miller
Research Dept., Midvale Stc-el and Ordnancif Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
The object of alloy-steel heat treatment, and
indeed with a very few exceptions all hAi.t treat-
ment, is to produce a grain size as small as
possible, with a degree of hardness suitable for
the purpose intended. The three variables which
■must be controlled for a sttccessftd heat treat-
ment are temperature, tim.e and rate of cooling,
and together with these the influence of mass
must not be neglected. The author of this paper
deals with the heat treatment of alloij sie>eh used
for structural purposes, especially of nickel and.
nickel-chrome steel. He describes a series of
tests which were conducted to determine the
effects of the various heat treatments on sam^.es
of the same chemical composition, and the
varied results are illustrated by a series of
photomicrographs which show the effect of
different adjustments of the above-mentioned
variables.
A LLOY steels, both for tool and structural purposes,
l\ have had an increasing apolieation for a number
X A. of years. This paper is tonfined to a discussion
of steels for structural purposes, and will further limit
itself to their heat treatment. It will apply directly to
the two alloy steels which are probably used to a
greater extent than all others combined ; namely, nickel
and nickel-chrome steels. It is to be borne in mind,
however, that the statements to be made in regard to
these two alloys are almost equally applicable to all of
the structural alloy steels, provided temperature
changes are made which correspond to the changes in
the critical temperature of other alloys.
In speaking of heat treatments, a fundamental
thought must always be kept in mind: All fabricated
steels are submitted to a heat treatment. The differ-
ences between steels known as heat-treated and others
commonly spoken of as untreated is merely that the
treated steels have supposedly received a preconceived,
carefully-carried-out treatment, whereas the so-called
untreated steels have received a variable and generally
unknown treatment which is the result of casting, forg-
ing, and cooling at an unknown and variable rate from
the casting or forging temperature.
The Time Element in Heat Treatment
In the heat treatment of alloy steels the three
variables which must be controlled for a successful
heat treatment are temperature, time, and rate of cool-
ing. The influence of mass on these three variables
inu.st never be neglected; moreover, it must be borne
in mind that an increase in mass may increase the
treatment temperature, should increase the length of
time held at temperature, and will inevitably alter the
rate of cooling.
• Prrsented at a meeting of the Wa-shlngton Section of the .\mer-
ican SoriPty of Meeh.anical Engineers. Reprinted from McchaniraA
Bngmcenng, September. 1920.
Too little attention is generally paid to the time ele-
ment of the heat treatment, whereas it actually is of great
importance. The illustrations, Figs. 1-7, are a series of
photomicrographs of a nickel-chrome steel of the follow-
ing composition: carbon, 0.35-0.40 per cent; nickel, .3
per cent; and chromium, 0.75 per cent; and show the
microstructure in a typical forged condition, and after
annealing at a proper annealing heat for varying
periods of time. It will be noted that this series gives
the time held at the annealing temperature from zero
(meaning that the piece was brought to temperature
and the furnace was immediately shut down) to 10 hr.
A study of the photomicrographs shows that the ferrite
as contained in the cell outlines of the forged specimen
was not dissolved and uniformly diffused until the piece
had been held at the annealed temperature for i hr. Fig.
7 shows that there had been a slight growth of the
austenite crystals between the time of completed uni-
form solution at. J hr. and the end of the run, 10 hr.
This series alsj shows that a new cell system may
grow in steel simultaneously with the breaking up of
the previously existent system. The pieces, represen-
tative micrographs of which are shown, were all cut
from the same bar, and were treated by placing them
together in a furnace controlled by a thermocouple,
withdrawing them one by one at the end of the specified
time and plunging each immediately into a box of well-
aerated lime.
The reason that a considerable length of time is
required to produce a uniform structure is probably as
follows: After the steel is raised to a temperature
above the critical temperature, the iron is in the gamma
form, in which iron carbide is soluble. There is, how-
ever, a certain length of time required for this solution,
and, more than that, a certain added length of time is
necessary to allow the solution to become homogeneous,
just as, in dissolving a lump of sugar in water, a certain
length of time is required to complete the solution, and
a certain further length of time for the water to become
uniformly sweet. Analogously, if the iron carbide be
dissolved in the gamma iron and this solution does not
have time to become homo"'eneous before it be recooled
the ferrite will naturally separate out on cooling at the
point where the greatest concentration existed in the
solution.
Procedure in Alloy-Steel Heat Treatment
The object of alloy-steel heat treatment, and indeed,
with a verj' few exceptions, all heat treatment, is to
produce a grain size as small as possible, with a degree
of hardness suitable for the purposes intended, by the
simplest possible means. Thus the ill-controlled and
generally very poorly forged structure must first be
broken up and a fine uniform structure established. In
steels which are sensitive to heat treatment, of which
the nickel and nickel-chrome steels are excellent
examples, this object is best achieved in several steps,
each of which is designed to break up the structure
resulting from the previous step and bring the material
into a more nearly ideal condition.
520
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
FIGS. 1 TO 7. EFFECT OF TIMH AT NORMALIZING HEAT (1,450 DEG. FAHR.) FOLLOWED BY SLOW COOLING
Fig. 1 — As forg^ed. Fig. 2 — Not held, cooled in lime. Fig. 3 — Held 5 min. Fig. 4 — Held 10 min. Fig. 5 — Held 15 min.
Fig. 6 — Hflfl ?,i) min. Fig". 7 — Held 10 hr. X 80.
If the forging conditions are bad, as is the case in
most forging prooesses, especially that of drop forging,
a treatment of numerous steps may be necessary. As
an example of the most drastic the following is given:
1, Anneal from approximately 1,450 deg. F.
2, Quench from 1,600 deg. F,
3, Quench from 1,400 deg. F.
4, Draw at 1,250 deg. F.
5, Quench from 1,400 deg. F.
6, Draw at such a temperature as will give the
desired hardness.
This heat treatment is not of unheard length, as it is
quite conceivably necessary in many cases. As a matter
of fact, in manufacturing pieces which will not sub-
ssquently be forged by the purchaser, steel companies
very frequently give all of the preliminary steps of this
treatment to their regular product. It must be well
understood, however, that this number of steps is
necessary only to guard against lack of uniformity, due
to one piece out of a great number having possibly been
subject to a poor forging heat. If the forging tempera-
ture can be accurately regulated, however, many of the
steps in this treatment can be eliminated.
In much commercial work, with good forging prac-
tice, a simple anneal at 1,450 deg. F., followed by a
quench just above the critical temperature and a draw,
will put the steel in excellent preliminary condition, at
which point the steel can be machined to its final shape.
If conditions are such that the steel must be extraor-
dinarily hard (as, for instance, in automobile gears),
a final quench with a draw at about 400 to 600 deg. F.
is then given.
It must be borne in mind when laying out treatments
that the time at which the steel is held at temperature
during any treatment, whether it be an anneal or a
quench, is of quite as great importance as the tempera-
ture. This is illustrated by photomicrographs. Figs.
8-10, of two pieces cut from the same bar as those pre-
viously shown, both of which were placed in the furnace
together. One of these pieces was drawTi from the fur-
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
621
8
FIGS. S TO 10. EFB^BCT OF HOLDING .VT TEMPERATURE DURING TREATMENT
Fig. 8 — Heated to 1,400 deg. Fahr. ; not held, quenched in oil; leheated to l.l.'jO deg. Fahr. ; held 30 min. ; cooled slowly. X 100.
Fig. 9 — Heated to 1,400 deg. Fahr.; held 30 min.; quenched in oil. X 100. Fig. 10 — Heated to 1,450 deg. Fahr. for 30 min.; cooled
.slowly. Heated to 1,600 deg. Fahr. for 30 rain.; cooled slowly. Heated to 1,400 deg. J^ahr. for 30 min.; cooled slowly. Heated to 1,1.501
deg. Fahr. for 30 min. ; cooled slowly. X 100.
nace and quenched immediately it had reached the
quenching temperature (in this case 1,400 deg. F.).
The other was allowed to remain in the furnace for i
hr. and was then quenched. It will be seen that the
ferrite areas in the first case had been slightly or
incompletely broken up, whereas in the second case they
were very completely dissolved.
These photomicrographs differ from a corresponding
one in the first series of annealed samples in that there
is shown no new grain growth within the old partly
broken-up system. This, of course, is due to the fact
that in the second case the time element necessary for
the separation of the ferrite during cooling was not
.sufficient.
From results obtained in the careful heat treatment of
nickel-chrome steels, a series of curves. Fig. 11, has
been prepared which show the physical properties of a
nickel-chrome steel resulting from
proper preliminary treatment and
varying drawing temperatures.
The type composition only is given
in this figure, because it is a mean
of the results of about twenty bars
from several heats of slightly vary-
ing compositions. The nickel steels
of the same approximate carbon con-
tent give results which are somewhat
inferior to this nickel-chrome curve,
whereas the results of another type
if nickel-chrome steel, of 31 per cent
nickel and IJ per cent chromium,
would be slightly superior.
Starting from the extended heat
treatment just described, the devel-
opment of the cheapest and simplest
treatment which will give good re-
sults is a matter of intelligently
eliminating or altering steps of the
ideal heat treatment as conditions
permit. For instance, in a certain
case where important drop forgings
were manufactured from the grade
of nickel-chrome steel .shown on
the curve, the actual treatment to
which pieces were subjected is as
follows: The pieces were forged
under a drop hammer, and were dipped immediately
afterward into a tank of oil which was main-
tained close to the forge. The pieces were kept in this
oil for about four minutes, removed at a temperature
between 700 to 900 deg. F., and were buried in ashes
as a precaution against cracking. Then the pieces were
subjected to a single quench at 1,400 deg. F. and were
drawn at 1,200 deg. F., in which condition they were
machined and received no further treatment. The uni-
formly excellent results obtained (each of the pieces
was separately tested) showed that this very simple
treatment had been entirely effective. A little thought
will show that the reason for this was that the drop
forging was not excessively high, and that the growth
of large-cell outline was prevented by the quench after
forging was completed. The single quench and draw
were sufficient to completely refine the steel from the
[c"
Mn
p
s
Si
Ni
Cb
V
HEAT TREATMENT [|
Ao
3.00
.7£
OPERATION
SIZE TOEJTED
TEMPEPATUPE
TIME AT HEAT
iOW COOLED
REMARKS
CnmcAL POINTS
Ac , JSas^Ac- Ac, laao
Ar, Ab, Ab3
1QUC^
200Eh
4CWCD
\"«oono
ifcoo"
^ t-tOORL
Oil—
tCMEO
I'Voomo
\A
oo"
^HCOW
Oil-
5d*^a.\^m
WOUMO
\t
^1-100I5
UIME
SUBMITTED BY_ jijSKToy.
3. CO
4M'^rt»NCO
\. SOS-
505 l?OOMO
TEST PIECE_JS'V^B05"_D
lAM
5pUeNCrttD
(•4-oo°
•^HOO^
otu
DATE_&^&OST. V3\^._
- javE
1 Hoo»^
A^iie
TZTf. iTTf — uZTr — iw fcTT ^iTTT^^ — ZZ^. — ^TTTT — iTT^TT — 1^„„ ,' — x^.„.t~
i^JNEiLLD
75V
1
4t ' r
76;<
Zflofloo
700
<
27oono
OSJL2S
26ooo.-
'-^^
a
«
cr.
Z
\-
1
o
H
\
liJ
O
i
r
h
0
Z
or
(0
ui
z
;5onoy
life^
it'~^
I.. 6o^'
24o<.o„
!•-
"^V
^ P-
*>
Ooo
2.^i>nnn
^.
Hk...
-r\'->''
■4iS"
:2ooo(.
■v^
^«t
^itoo
tA;_^
•
%io :
2I0000
^v
s
2oooO(]
1 90000
"~-,
_^i
-*<r ^
.
^45---
1 80000
-
><'^
-^r ^
'i'v,
t
(0
.
^^
V
-^
^^*
^v^
s
H
V4o'-
^
<?^
¥lOC
liiflg
'i,-M->i
1 Joooo
''v ,
' ^k".
<!i»v
p
I4oooo
^4.N
-LVf^
K ao
X
sial
>-',■* t.r
y
(.^ -^
J
*^'='^
■^^
"^
5ao
t I ofloo
.-.^^
>->-,
7 25K
tAonoo
''^r^i,
r^ '•
1 "^
i
oiiiii
9OV90
..^
'".^lE
n
.a.-ttfift"
fA^
^.-— -
11 So
7or)00
>4Soii
^
s_i
— —
?
J IS'<
t5
1. _-
"^^^
I\&i
7
e.v
dT4ai
-- .
*
t
H )«■
t_-
~~—
■UAa
.5"
'hnnni,
J
JJ3o
lonnii
. <>
*»
Ant-T 5ooT ooo-P 7oo°P Boot. 9»'^r. looo'F. lIooT. leooT l3ooT. Hoof ] |
FIG. 11.
PHYSIC.
ING I
VL, PROPERTIES OF A NICKEL-CHROMIUM STEEL REPTTLT-
"ROM PROPER PRELIMINARY TRE.\TMEXT A.ND
VARYING DRAWI.VG TE.MPERATURE.S
522
AMERICAN MACHINIST
September 9, 1920
fair condition which was thus produced. There is this
to be observed in all cases of quenching of alloy or in-
deed any other steels: Following the quench, the piece
quenched is in a condition of great strain and is liable
to crack. This liability to crack persists until the piece
has been drawn, and it is therefore wise to draw the
piece as soon as possible after the quenching.
In cases where a drastic quench is advisable it is
better to remove the piece from the quenching medium
before it becomes entirely cold. By this procedure the
great proportion of the condemnations due to cracking
are avoided.
Fiber Fractures a Criterion of Proper Treatment
One of the significant effects of a correct heat treat-
ment on alloy steels, which is indeed a criterion as to
the efficiency of the treatment, is the production of a
peculiar type of fracture in a broken piece, known as
"fiber." This fiber fracture is absolutely distinctive,
and cannot be mistaken by one who is even slightly
skilled in inspection. It is produced in all of the well-
melted, shock-resisting alloy steels by proper heat treat-
ments, and is so closely related to impact test value.'!
that failing impact tests can almost invariably be
selected from broken impact test bars by the absence of
this type of fracture. The ease of producing fiber by
heat treatment is a criterion of the value of an alloy
for shock-resisting properties. So important is the
presence of this feature that armor plate, which must
withstand shock test of the more severe character, is
never knowingly shipped without it.
How To Get Safe Production
By A. V. Reschar
The matter of safe production is consuming a lot
of time and getting lots of attention among indus-
trial leaders. The essentials of a Safety Organization
must necessarily be the first subject given considera-
tion, when laying out and putting into effect, for prac-
tical operation, methods that will produce the result
desired — production increased and accidents reduced.
We must eliminate existing hazards and improve
working conditions. This will require executive, admin-
istrative and practical ability equally efficient with
those shown in productive channels. In the handling
of safety the same quality of initiative and good
judgment are required as in any of the other depart-
ments in the plant. To direct safety activities, making
it a result getter, is no soft job. Therefore you must
realize this one point — that it is a man-sized job and
the essentials mean much or little according to whether
or not you intend to carry the activity to a successful
finish. Know your work. Keep your fingers on the
details. Don't overlook opportunities and use them to
make the work interesting and effective — get your
employees interested.
Essentials of a Safety Organization
There are three elements in the essentials of a Safety
Organization. They are simple and basic in their scope.
They are necessarily important as they form the foun-
dation for the continuance of safety work. They are
the elements of support — analysis and action. The
safety engineer is the man around whom the proper
functioning of Safety Division activities center.
. First — He should have the unqualified support of the
management, and, furthermore, it must be knovni
throughout the plant that the management stands for
the new movement at all times.
Second — The foremen should let it be known, by
word and action, that safety is considered part of their
duty to the employee, as well as to the employer. In
this work the foreman's support is of vital importance
to the outcome of the issue.
Third — You must obtain the employees' interest and
support and then maintain it through practical and
common-sense methods. Scientific, theoretical or dreamy
practices will not appeal to them. Good judgment and
common sense will keep them interested. It is an
acknowledged truth that the safe production is always
assured and your organization successful, once the man-
agement and foremen give thefr unqualified support, as
the employee always shows himself willing to give his
support and do his bit.
Program of Action
To develop the plan, the most important is the
element of analysis. The details of the work resulting
from an analysis of the efforts to be applied in various
lines make it simple to understand when the energies
of the organization are expended. Of what shall our
work consist? It might be said in a general visualizing
statement, it covers three fundamental and vitally
important phases of activity — Supervision, Plant In-
spection and Safety Education. These three sub-
divisions are in reality the product of the Safety
Department and are applicable to any size of plant,
irrespective of number of employees.
The first of the items mentioned. Supervision, may be
carried on by a general committee, comprised of a few
persons in positions of authority and meeting once a
week, -or may be delegated to a safety engineer with a
corps of assistants who work under the super\'ision of
the general committee. The size of the industry and
hazard of operations should decide the size and per-
sonnel of this committee. A careful inspection of like
industries will be of great assistance in solving the
problem.
Plant Inspection — From weekly or periodical inspec-
tion, in any industry, the work may be broadened to
daily and almost constant scrutinizing of working con-
ditions by a real co-operating organization. It is
necessary to make a close inspection of accidents that
have happened, learning their causes and locations and
then outline a system of guard construction, institute
an educational campaign that will arouse the interest
and insure complete co-operation of employees at all
times.
Safety education is the most important activity
that you have to deal with as the great majority of
accidents are caused by carelessness and many times the
operators are guilty of criminal carelessness, which
results in serious injury or even loss of life. The real
point to be made is to educate the employee to think.
How many have said — "Why didn't I think of this or
that?"
Action neeaed is known as sincerity of opera-
tion. It means to carry out details to a finish. Real
safety must be a live issue. The pep and energy that
is shown by the management and safety division must
be of such real quality that work never lags but is
always full of crisp refreshing messages. Let's make
our plant ideal to work in and a place where accidents
are unknown now instead of waiting years to do it.
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
523
Shop Equipment nenvj
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which thtre is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them, to the manufacturer for approval.
Langelier Opposed-Spindle Counter-
sinking Machine
The opposed-spindle countersinking machine shown
in the illustration has recently been placed on the
market by the Langelier Manufacturing Co., Arlington,
Cranston, R. I. It is intended for countersinking or
centering both ends of pins simultaneously. Pins from
li.I to 41 in. long and from 5 to {« in. in diameter
can be handled, the production being eight pins per
minute.
Each drilling head contains a hardened spindle run-
ning in phosphor-bronze bearings, the drilling speed
being 2,000 r.p.m. The pulleys driving the spindles run
on ball bearings on stationary sleeves on the drill
heads, so that no bending strain comes on the spindles.
Each spindle carries a No. 2A Jacobs chuck having
a maximum capacity of S in. The spindles can be fed
simultaneously by a hand lever, which acts through
racks and a pinion. The feeding yokes are so attached
to the spindles by clamps that the positions of the
tools may be adjusted to suit the work. The depth of
the feed is controlled by means of adjustable stops.
The work-holding fixture is adjustable for different
sizes of work, the pins to be countersunk being held
between beveled bushings in the two jig-heads. The
jig-heads are actuated by a locking cam, which can br
operated by both a hand lever and a pedal so as to
release the work. A spring causes the die-heads to
move together and to hold the work rigidly.
The machine is equipped with a coolant system. The
cutting lubricant is supplied to the tools by a rotary
pump through flexible tubing which leads into the jig-
heads. The coolant is automatically controlled so as to
flow only when the tools are cutting and it is strained
before being returned to the coolant tank.
Imperial Automatic Acetylene
Generator
The Imperial Brass Manufacturing Co., 1200 West
Harrison St., Chicago, 111., is now manufacturing an
automatic acetylene generator. The machine is in-
tended primarily for use in oxy-acetylene welding, cut-
ting and lead burning. The machine shown in the illus
X.ANGBLIEri OPPOSED-SPINDLE COUNTERSINKING
MACHINE
IMPERIAL AUTOMATIC ACETYLENE GENERATOR
PORTABLE WELDING GUTTTT
524
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
tration is mounted on a portable truck with an oxygen
cylinder and torch, so as to form a complete outfit.
The generator is of the medium-pressure, carbide-to-
water type. The carbide is fed into the water by a
simple vibrator of the dashpot type, having but one
moving part and being operated automatically by the
gas flowing through it from the generator to the torch.
Thus, turning on the torch starts the feeding of the
carbide and shutting off the torch stops it. The pres-
sure in the generator is controlled by a spring in a
diaphragm governor. It is claimed that the governor,
operating in conjunction with the automatic feed, main-
tains a uniform pressure and that no acetylene regulator
is required in the service line unless a number of
torches are being fed from it.
A blowoff is provided so that the pressure cannot rise
above 15 lb. per square inch. The levers for operating
are interlocked so that it is necessary to follow the
proper sequence of operations when filling, starting, or
shutting off the generator. The gas, when leaving the
generator, is passed through a purifier having a water
seal, thus cooling the gas and preventing a backflash.
The machine will run for five hours on one filling
of carbide. It is made in four sizes, having carbide
capacities of 15, 25, 50 and 100 lb. respectively. The
generating capacities are, respectively, 15, 25, 50 and
100 cu.ft. of gas per hour. The largest size will supply
eight torches on medium-duty work, being adapted to
stationary use. The over-all heights vary from 38 j to
67J in., the diameters from 16 to 28 in., and the weights
from 140 to 350 lb. The weight of the truck is 40 lb.
Ot-Steel Bench Legs
Bench legs made of steel angles have recently been
placed on the market by the Angle Steel Stool Co..
Otsego, Mich. The legs are made in various heights
and styles, style 5-26 being shown in the illustration.
The tops of the legs are flat, so that boards of any
width may be laid on them. If desired, heavy planks
can be used along the front edge with light ones in the
OT-STEKI. KENCH I.EO.S MADE OF STEE1> ANGl^ES
rear where the wear is less severe. The top member and
shelf support are furnished with from three to five
holes for bolting on the planks. To form a wider table,
two legs may be used back to back. All legs are finished
with a baked-on green enamel.
Sibley 24-, 26-, and 28-in. Stationary
Head Drilling Machines
The stationary-head, heavy-pattern drilling machine
shown in the illustration has recently been placed on
the market by the Sibley Machine Co., South Bend,
Ind. It is intended for production work, and, with the
SlBl-EY STATIONARY-HEAD DRIUJNG MACHINE.
•H-. 26-, AND 28-IN. SIZE.S
Speoiflcations: Height, top of cone pulley, 86 In. Spindle to
base, niaxinuim. Hi in. .Spindle to table, maximum, 27J in.
Traverse of table, 13 in. Travel of spindle, 12 in. Feed per rev.
of spindle, 0.006, 0.010, 0.015 and 0.020 in. for 24-in. machine:
0.008. 0.012, 0.016 and 0.024 in. for 26- and 28-in. machines.
Diameter of tiible, 21, 2S and 25 in. for 24-, 26-, and 28-in. ma-
chinos, respectively. Diameter of column, 8 in. Hole in spindle.
.Vo. 4 M0!*se tapei-. Hatio of bac-k geai'S. 41 to 1. Speed of
lountersliaft. 500 r.p.m. Spindle speeds, 29 to 495 r.p.m. for 24-in.
machine ; 26 x 403 r.p.m. for 26- and 28-in. machines. Floof
.space, 23 x 63 in. Weight : net, 1.600 lb. for 24-in. machine,
1,650 lb. for 36-in., and 1,700 lb. for 28-in. : boxed for export,
2,000, 2,050 and 2,100 lb., respectively. .Size. bo.xed for export,
76 cu.ft.
exception of the head, is very similar to the sliding-
head drilling machines made by the same concern and
described in these columns on May 6, 1920, and Nov.
13, 1919.
All drive-shaft bearings are fitted with interchange-
able die-cast split bushings of anti-friction metal and
all bearings are provided with oil cups. The back gears
are of the sliding type and are opyerated by a lever.
The spindle is counterbalanced by a weight inside the
column. The feed is driven through gears, four changes,
controlled by a knob in the center of the handwheel,
being available. An adjustable automatic stop is pro-
vided. The gears in the feed-change box run in oil,
and all gears on the machine are completely inclosed.
Geared tapping attachment, individual motor drive,
square table, oil-pump outfit, belt guards, and quarter-
turn countershaft can be furnished as special equipmenl
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Prodtiction — With Improved
id Machinery (J
c- (
524a
EDITORIALS
More Pay for Railroad Mechanical
Executives
ONE of the great weaknesses of the usual method of
railroad management is the shortsighted and
wholly indefensible policy of under-paying the mechani-
cal executives, from superintendents of motive power
down to roundhouse foremen. This underpayment has
been so marked as to compel the resignation of good
men, men capable of giving most valuable service, in
order to secure a living salary in other lines.
There is no more important question before the finan-
cial managers of the railroads today than to see that
these men are adequately paid. In no other line of work
are executives responsible for the satisfactory perform-
ance of such huge investments in machinery so poorly
compensated for their years of experience and service.
The wages of railway workers as a whole have been
raised materially by the strength of their organizations.
Is it good policy to make it plain to all that this is the
only way in which just compensation can be se-
cured by those who work for the railways of this
great country?
The economical operation of railways depends on keep-
ing their invested capital, in the shape of rolling stock,
in operation as large a percentage of the time as possible.
Five years ago N. D. Ballantine stated before the West
em Railway Club that the locomotives were in the hands
of the mechanical department for repairs 58.5 per .e:it
of the time. And further that only 36 per cent of the
remaining time was spent in actual running over the
roads.
Can we expect executives who are so underpaid that
living expenses are uppermost in their mind to greatly
increase this percentage?
The mechanical executive, whether he be roundhouse
foreman or shop superintendent, must be aided and en-
couraged to increase the revenue obtained from the
capital invested in rolling stock. New machinery and
new methods, often new shops themselves, are neces-
sary in many places. The first step, however, is to pay
an adequate salary. This, with a proper tool equipment,
will tend greatly to reduce the cost of operation by
keeping locomotives more continually on the job.
F. H. C.
Human Engineering
THE personal element in management is, of course,
receiving increasing attention everywhere, and
deservedly so. The idea that all human effort can be
measured by a stop-watch and calculated in terms of
percentage efficiency is no longer generally believed to
be wholly correct. Of course, the American attitude
is far from that easy Oriental policy of maximum
current enjoyment of life and minimum thought of effi-
ciency or progress. However, the maintenance of
cordial personal relations from the executive to the
lowliest apprentice is being recognized as of great
importance.
The engineer is taking an increasing responsibility
in these affairs, commanding the respect of all parties
concerned in most industrial controversies and main-
taining a fair and respected, yet vigorous and deter-
mined attitude toward both parties. We venture to say
that not the least of the problems of the Federated
American Engineering Societies will be found in the
field of relations between management and employees.
It is a public service that deserves the very best
thought and if the engineers can solve some of the prob-
lems involved they will certainly command the thanks
and support of the entire public, including the two
parties at issue. E. V,
American Labor and Immigration
A RECENT report from the Bureau of Immigration
states that 56,106 immigrants entered the United
States in July.
Newspaper accounts commenting on this report state
that "Labor is thoroughly alarmed at the ever growing
foreign immigration" and that "Federation officials will
ask Congress to place drastic restrictions upon it."
On April 7, of this year, the Inter-Racial council
held its annual convention in New York. This con-
ference of men, all prominent in our industrial life,
went on record as unanimously in favor of a modification
of our immigration laws, so as to encourage European
emigration of unskilled labor. Every one of the
speakers, who took part in the discussion, urged a policy
of moderation. The critical need for unskilled labor in
our growing industries, and especially on the farms and
plantations of the South and West, was very forcibly
brought out. We quote from the opening speech of the
conference delivered by William H. Barr: "... our
permanent national prosperity depends upon sound pro-
duction, and one of its essential features is a sufficient
supply of unskilled workers. We need such labor on the
farm, in industry and in the home."
During the war munition making centers "drafted"
thousands of farm laborers from the fields to the cities,
high wages and more diversified living conditions
proving a big attraction. This caused a shortage of
farm products — and a shortage of any thing means a
high price for it.
Now that labor has firmly established itself in
Industry, with the highest wage rate and shortest work-
ing period it has ever known, why should it attempt to
block the rehabilitation of other lines of trade?
The men who left the farm for the factory will not
go back. The farmer needs labor, and needs it badly, if
this great country is to continue as the "commissary of
the world."
And the one way to get it is by encouraging immi-
gration of Europe's unskilled labor.
If American labor will live up to its productive
capacity and give a fair day's works for a fair day's pay
— it need fear no competition from foreign elements,
skilled or unskilled. H. V. D.
524b
AMEKICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 11
American Contractors and Labor Conditions
in France
By E. J. MEHREN
Editor, Engineering News-Record
Paris, June 15.
WHY have not American contractors participated
in the rebuilding of the devastated regions of
France? There were predictions at the time of
the Armistice of great opportunities for them. Few of
these opportunities have been realized. There are a
number of reasons:
(1) The French want to rebuild according to French
ideas, having regard also for the traditions of the
ruined cities. These ideas are incompatible with the
mass production proposed by some American con-
tractors.
(2) The French have a pride in their ability to carry
on construction. They resent the suggestion that they
need help. There is, so far as I can learn, only one
construction company here that represents American
capital — and it is, in reality, a French company manned
by French engineers and contractors. There are only
three Americans in a responsible force of probably 50.
(3) Construction can be taken in hand only as fast
as the damages can be determined. This is an enormous
task and necessarily can proceed only as rapidly as the
relatively limited number of commissions of qualified
men, familiar with local conditions, can work. With
the fluctuations in wages and material prices, too, these
damage credits are subject to frequent change. Under
the law, an owner who rebuilds within 50 km. of the
original site is paid the reproduction value as of the
present date. Necessarily the estimate must be revised
if wages and material costs change. A 20 per cent
credit is wanted as soon as the damages are determined,
and other advances made as the work proceeds. If an
owner chooses not to rebuild, or to rebuild at a distant
point, he receives damages based on values in 1914.
(4) The French government wisely decided to con-
centrate on work in the order of its economic
importance: First, the reclamation of the land, and
the erection of temporarj' dwellings, then the restora-
tion of the building-material industry, followed by the
reconstruction of factories and the construction of
permanent dwellings. The last feature has hardly yet
been taken in hand. Therefore, plans for rebuilding
whole towns in permanent construction were not in
order early in 1919 and are scarcely in order today.
(5) Building materials are scarce and must be dis-
tributed so that in all districts and towns progress
may be at about the same rate.
There are other reasons, but these are the really
important ones.
It is worth noting that the financing of work was
not referred to until the question was raised by the
visitor. In other words, the various factors above
mentioned have always disposed of the American con-
tractor before the question of finance was reached. The
traditional position that all flows to the man with money
did not hold here. Of course, France would still like to
have American credits, but only to allow them to pay
for raw material when the exchange has returned to
normal or materially improved.
The financing of contracts is, nevertheless, a matter
of grave importance, not due to failure to get esti-
mates promptly, but to the necessity of carrying a
large material supply. This applies to the relatively
large operations — not to the building of one or two
small dwellings, for which material is secured from the
government material depots. The root of the trouble
is a combination of inadequate transportation facilities
and material shortage. One must wait three months for
deliveries. Consequently, the larger contractors are
following the practice of taking work only in a given
locality and carrying there large stocks, which are
delivered to the building sites with their own truck
fleets. The capital required is about 50 per cent of the
amount of work done in a year. Sub-contracting, with
the upset conditions, is very unsafe. For that reason
most contractors do all the work themselves, and even
go as far as to make the window frames, doors and
trim in their own shops.
Material, it should be said, is paid for only after it
has been built into the job.
Contracts are all on a unit-price basis, the bid price
being considered a base price which is adjusted every
three months in accordance with the fluctuations in
labor and material prices. The contracts are made with
individual owners or, for dwellings, with co-operative
building societies, the membership of which is com-
posed of those whose damages have been determined by
the government commissions. One may get a contract
to build a whole village but, unless one wishes to carry
the risk, only if the appraisal work has been finished
and the owners have all joined the co-operative society.
The government advances go into the treasury of the
society, which, in turn, pays the contractor.
There is still much work to be done. In fact, only
a beginning has been made, but the work is not likely
to be done by American contractors. If they have
capital to be employed they may use it in France if
they want to lose their identity, and organize as a
French company with French oflicials. Even then they
will not get work, or succeed in what they get, unless
they are willing to respect French customs and acquire
some of that French tact to which we are largely
strangers.
The last remark is made advisedly. Many who come
here carry a superior air. It is naturally and rightfully
resented. "I will bring a hundred Americans over here
and show you how to do construction work," was said
by the representatives of a strong American company
to a French official. What chance would that organi-
zation have to get work, no matter how heavily its arms
were laden with gold? I could cite other cases of boor-
ish assertion of superiority — but this case will suffice.
Our help will be welcome; but we must come here to
help only. The French must do the work in their way.
That does not mean that American construction
methods cannot be used; they can be, if tactfully
proposed and where conditions are suitable.
With reference to the reconstruction it is to be noted
.September 9, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
524c
that it is proceeding much more rapidly than the worlf
in Belgium. In commenting on conditions around
Ypres, it was pointed out that only work in the cities
and towns was proceeding. Such is not the case in
France. Work of everj'^ kind is going forward and
the progress is rapid.
Labor Conditions
A previous article also pointed out that labor condi-
tions in the devastated regions are good. Wages are
high, but the men are working hard.
In the other part of France conditions are not so
favorable, but the recent improvement has been such
that a decidedly optimistic tone has developed among
the manufacturers, just as it has in Belgium. This
optimism has developed largely because of the failure
of the May-day strike.
The Confederation Generale du Travail, the French
organization corresponding to our American Federation
of Labor, had, previous to the war, been quite radical.
During the war heavy responsibilities were imposed on
the leaders, and, as usual, caused them to modify their
program. At the same time, the war was a breeder of
radicalism among the younger men. So strong did they'
become that the leaders were obliged, finally, to condone
radicalism (just as Gompers did with us) or lose their
jobs. The radical group felt they were ready for the
test in May. The plan was nothing short of a social
revolution, the establishment of the "Fourth Republic,"
with the workers in control. The strategy, so the
radicals thought, was carefully worked out. There were
to be successive "waves" of strikes until the government
capitulated — first the railroad men were to strike, then
in succession the steel workers, the stevedores, etc. The
strategy got no farther than the third wave, the steve-
dores. Verj^ shortly it became apparent that the radi-
cals were wrong in their calculations, that they did not
have the majority of French workmen with them. Even
on the railroads, the critical industry, the strike was
not popular, except possibly on the government railway
system, the Etat. The proposed steel strike was a flat
failure, the stevedores' strike somewhat more success-
ful. For three weeks the losing fight was kept up, and
when the C.G.T. called it off it was in hopeless defeat.
This it is that has produced the optimistic tone in
France. It has been clearly demonstrated that the
French worker proposes to stick to a sane economic
^^^ system, that he will not turn Bolshevistic.
Since the strike, too, efficiency has increased mate-
rially. The workers show a better spirit. Evidently
they have concluded that their own best interests are
served by doing a good day's work.
The French workers, by the way, probably have less
cause to complain than those in any other country.
Wages have gone up in the same proportion as living
costs — about 34 times. Nevertheless, here as elsewhere,
there has been a decrease in efficiency. In fact the
8-hour day is now required by law, though it is by
common consent not observed in the devastated regions.
i
Employers' Attitude
As indicative of the liberalizing of the views of
employers, formerly quite conservative, one movement
gaining strength here may be noted — a plan whereby
married men are paid more for the same work than
unmarried men. The plan is administered through
associations, each embracing all the industries of one
kind in a given district. Each employer pays into the
association's treasury weekly a given sum per em-
ployee. Out of this fund the married men are paid the
extra wage. The amount varies somewhat in different
districts, but is approximately 200 francs on the birth
of a child and 20 francs per week for each child in the
family. The plan is administered through associations
not merely to give it greater stability but to insure the
payment of the same extra ratio through the given
industry in the given district.
Remarking upon the unusual character of the scheme
and its negation of the "uniform pay for uniform work"
slogan, I was met with the rejoinder, "We apply the
differential in income taxation; why not in business?
If the differential is sound in taxation, it is so in
business."
Incidentally the plan does not find favor with the
C.G.T., for it tends to make the married man even more
steady and unsusceptible to radical propaganda than
he is today. What the radicals in the C.G.T. want is a
large following of unattached men who will follow
wherever the leaders wish to go.
American Construction Plant
Reference to industrial conditions naturally tempts
one to inquire as to the prospects for the use here of
American construction machinery. The situation is
much the same in this respect as it is in Belgium: the
present rate of exchange makes the purchase of Amer-
ican equipment prohibitive. Moreover, the attitude of
the French contractor is rather less favorable to such
equipment than is that of the Belgian.
If the labor costs stay up, there may be a change in
this attitude. Around Paris common labor received
before the war about 0.60 franc per hour (60 centimes
or about 114 cents at normal exchange). Now it receives
2 francs, about 3J times as much. In the provinces
the comparative rates are about 40 centimes and 2.35
francs, respectively. Skilled labor that received 1
franc before the war gets about 3.50 francs now. The
French contractor is shrewd and able. He did not use
machinery before because hand labor was more econom-
ical. If machinery can effect economies he will come to
its use, though he will make sure of every step.
Drawing an Ellipse
By Chester E. Josselyn
Having reason to draw an ellipse recently, I marked
off on a strip of paper, one-half the axes according
to the well-known
Scribeel line
Jlole for
Pincil R)int
method. After
this was done it
occurred to me to
arrange the 45-
deg. triangle as
shown ; this I
found to be an
improvement over
the strip of paper.
The ink spots are
easily removed
and others placed
as needed. The
method requires
keeping the two
spots on the cen-
MKTHOD OF DRAWING THE BL.L.1PBB ter lines.
524d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
Business Conditions in England
From OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, Aug. 19, 1920.
REGARDING only money values the figures for British
overseas trading for July must be considered gen-
■ erally as satisfactory, for although both imports and
re-exports declined considerably a much more marked in-
crease in exports was shown. The value of imports reached
£163,342,851, a decline of more than seven millions com-
pared with the previous month. Re-exports were valued
at £17,848,479, or two and one-quarter millions less than
last month. On the other hand, exports of British goods
reached in value the total of £137,451,904, an increase in
the month of twenty-one millions, most of the increase being
in goods wholly or partly manufactured. The adverse trade
balance was therefore only slightly above eight millions.
A semi-official estimate has indeed been prepared which
suggests that by the' end of the year Great Britain will
have a credit balance of exports of about £180,000,000, this
of course, allowing for the value of invisible exports. For
the year the net income from investments abroad is esti-
mated at £120,000,000 and the net shipping earnings at
£440,000,000, with other services at £40,000,000, making a
total of £600,000,000; while the excess of imports as shown
by the monthly figures is estimated for the year at £420,000,-
000, giving a balance of £180,000,000. Whether these fig-
ures prove true or not, it is clear at the moment that
Great Britain is returning rapidly to general pre-war con-
ditions as regards the balance of overseas trading.
The government has passed its bill in connection with
ci'edits and in.surance for overseas trading, and some
£26,000,000 will be available for these purposes. The bill
has been severely criticised in the city of London — ^not al-
ways it would seem with adequate knowledge. Apparently
an alternative scheme was submitted, to be worked by
bankers and underwriters rather than a government depart-
ment, sometiiing more in the nature of "celerity and de-
spatch" being then probable, it was thought. Indeed the
sign of absolute want of knowledge of ordinary commercial
methods is alleged against the scheme as proposed. Yet the
overseas trade department has its advisory council — all
business men and including its fair proportion of bankers.
The scheme when operating will take risks refused by
bankers in the oi-dinary way, exporters being advanced
about four-fifths the cost of goods they propose to supply.
The importer must cover the value of the goods with a
bank and allow, too. for any detrimental variation in the
rate of exchange.
,The Effect of High Prices
While figures relating to British overseas trading are sat-
isfactory when money values alone are considered, the eflTect
of high prices must not be ovei'looked. This consideration,
incidentally, shows the futility of comparisons, published in
Great Britain in earlier days, between the money values
of the output per workman here and in countries where
prices were higher. Reports are still somewhat conflicting,
but in general it is clear that a lull in trade is being experi-
enced. While, officially, employment last month was esti-
mated as good, as a whole, slackness was recorded in the
cotton-weaving, linen, lace, and boot and shoe industries,
a:-.d declines in other branches are noted. Generally it is
being felt, for various reasons which need not be specified,
that unemployment will increase as winter develops. De-
spite storekeepers' advertisements, the cost of living steadily
rises, the average level of retail prices as officially estimated
at the end of last month being about 155 per cent above
the level for the immediate pre-war days. Taking food
alone, the increase was rather higher. The machine-tool
industry has for quite a period now experienced a declining
demand and privately the possibilities of price reductions
are discussed. It is felt that there is room even in present
circumstances.
The conditions in the coal industry affect everybody, as
these columns have recorded. The poor quality of fuel
available is proving a handicap to industry, while every
householder in the kingdom complains. The Federation
of British Industries is setting up an expert department
to advise members on the economic running of steam-rais-
ing plants. Trade organizations can also arrange for
reports, having in view the particular lequirements of the
trade as a whole, and a questionnaire on industrial coal
and coke supplies is being circulated regarding the fuel
requirements of British industrial centers and for the
various industries. Problems of smoke abatement, period-
ical inspection of sources of fuel, control and use of fuels,
and even the training of pupils and workmen may also
be taken up by the federation which, in emphasizing the
importance of the scheme, notes that the output of coal
available has been reduced from 15 to 20 per cent, while
the cost of industrial coal has increased from 300 to 400
per cent, and the quality has depreciated markedly.
In another direction the federation is endeavoring to
help British manufacturers; namely, by undertaking the
direct representation in Great Britain and the dominions
of the Paris Marche du Monde. As regards this, the site
is being cleared and contracts for a building have been
placed. The federation mentions that a considerable num-
ber of American, French, Italian and other continental
firms; besides British, have reserved space. The federation,
too, will have a stall at the Lyons Fair to be held from
Oct. 1 to 15, where trade literature, catalogs, etc., will be
displayed and distributed and trade inquiries collected and
forwarded. The sections of the exhibition include metal-
lurgy, electrical engineering, general engineering, indus-
trial supplies, hardware, and a new feature — research and
invention. But it is fairly generally recognized that, if
only owing to the exhibition at Olympia, W., the British
machine-tool industry will probably not be well represented.
Child Labor Laws
From the beginning of January next it will probably be
illegal to grant exemption from full-time attendance at
schools for any British child between the age of 5 years
and 14. In fact, it will be possible for the local authorities
to compel school attendance until 15 years of age. The
half-time system of working will therefore be abolished.
At the same time employers will be faced with the neces-
sity, in London at any rate, of arranging for continued
education during ordinary working hours of youths, event-
ually up to 18 years of age.
Such particulars as are available relating to the machine-
tool and engineering exhibition being held at Olympia,
London, W., from Sept. 4 to 25, suggest that it will be
fairly representative of the British machine-tool industry,
at any rate up to medium-sized products. Some American
tools will be shown, some Swiss, and a few French.
Several of the firms who specialize in heavier tools ai-e
not exhibiting, not being members of the association. To
take Manchester alone, the Whitworth firm. Craven Bros.,
and Hetherington & Sons will not be present, while from
Leeds the firms of Campbells & Hunter, J. Buckton & Co.,
Rice & Co., and the firm best known as Scriveu & Co. are
not directly represented. The hall of Olympia, W., is in
fact hardly suited to the installation of heavy machinery
as exhibits.
For the most part the exhibits will be of the accepted
British types. But some real additions to workshop facil-
ities will be shown, and the rather numerous Herbert
stands may be particularized in this direction. The fol-
lowing notes are of course written in advance and can
make no claim to order or completeness, as at the moment
the writer has not either seen or heard from all the firms
showing.
New Equipment To Be Exhibited
A new spiral bevel-gear planer based essentially on the
Robey-Smith machine will be on the stand of Smith &
Coventry, Ltd., Manchester. Simplicity of operation has
September 9, 1920
Get Increased Prodtcction — With Improved Machinery
624e
been aimed at, this applying to construction, operation, and
even cutting tools employed. Cunliflfe & Croom, Ltd., Man-
chester, has a somewhat improved planing machine to plane
6 ft. X 2 ft. 6 in. X 2 ft. 6 in., the belt-striking gear here
being of the rotary type.
The horizontal boring, etc., machine by the Dickinson
Co., Keighley, has a new facing head by which it is pos-
sible to face from maximum diameter to the center and
then reverse and face outwai-d again, tripping the feed at
any desired point on the surface of the work. The facing
head and spindle can be run at different speeds and the
head can be stopped while the spindle revolves at drilling
speeds.
Lathes, Planers and Drilling Machines
A 7-in. (14-in. swing) toolroom lathe by Holbrook &
Sons, Stratford, has automatic stops which, set for screw-
cutting, enable the threading tool to run up a blind hole
without fear of breakage. A 6-in. (12-in. swing) lathe
has four stops for turning, but by using a trigger the
saddle can, if necessary, be passed over the stops, the
trigger being lifted automatically when the lathe is screw-
cutting.
J. Stirk & Sons, Ltd., Halifax, exhibit planers with their
split-field electric drive.
In certain of the radial drills by J. Archdale & Co., Ltd.,
Birmingham, centralized control has been highly developed.
Thus, in machines by the firm, eighteen speed changes, the
arm and sleeve locking lever, and the stopping, starting
and reversing lever are all carried on the saddle, with
increased production and, it is claimed, reduction of
fatigue to the operator due to avoidance of wasteful move-
ments; while again the operator can concentrate his mind
better on the work to be done rather than on the manipula-
tion of the machine.
A. Butterworth & Co., Rochdale, will be showing its
turning machines, with automatic changes of feed by
means of gear box to the turret slide, each machine having
a safety shearing clutch and an automatic knock-off motion
to stop the machine when the turret has completed a cycle.
Also the feed motion can be disengaged so that it cannot be
automatically engaged with danger to the operator, while
the machine is being set up. In addition, the feed can be
stopped by hand while the spindle is still running.
Grinding Machines and Gear Planers
The Lumsden Machine Co., Gateshead, is showing a line
of new grinding machines, including a vertical surface
grinding machine with a 16-in. diameter segmental wheel
in eight blocks held by taper dogs. The feed to the work
is either by hand or automatic, the maximum being 0.008
in. and the minimum 0.0005 in.
Among the exhibits of J. Parkinson & Son, Shipley, will
be a Sunderland gear planer to take 4-ft. diameters and
cut up to 2-in. circular pitch. It is an-anged for double-
cutting and will be direct motor-driven. Another machine,
with a capacity of 12-in. diameter x 4-in. face x 5 d.p.
will be cutting small spiral gears in steel. Another of the
same size will be douljle-cutting spur gears in steel, two
cutters in this operation being employed, one on each
stroke, each cutting a different wheel. A third machine
of the same size will be cutting steel pinions with seven
teeth, also double-cutting, the wheels being mounted in
pairs.
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Machines
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, has a really considerable
number of new machines, some made by itself, some de-
signed by itself but made by other firms. A 4-ft. radial
drilling machine, for example, is of Herbert design but
manufactured by Tangye, Ltd., Birmingham. For one thing
this machine will actually drill at the center of a circle
of 4 ft. radius; this is perhaps not uncommon with German
machines, but usually in Great Britain allowance has to
be made for the column, so that the actual maximum radius
is some inches less than the nominal radius.
A Herbert circular cold-sawing machine has as its special
feature a chip remover, in which a toothed disk meshes
with the saw, and can be reversed to allow for wear on
one side. The disk is fixed at right angles to the saw and
is of ease-hardened steel, its teeth being driven by the
teeth of the saw itself, giving a pushing action across the
teeth and removing the chips, which are thus caused to
fly out.
Herbert's New Automatic Lathe
The firm's new auto lathe is of single-pulley drive and,
excepting chucking, all operations are automatic, the ma-
chine itself stopping automatically at the conclusion of
work. Other features include: No changing of cams for
any work that can be done; automatic speed and feed
changes while the tools are cutting; head adjustable longi-
tudinally to allow for variations of thickness of work; the
turret rotates at back end of stroke and is clamped auto-
matically, and the turret operating drum makes three
revolutions for each forward and backward motion and is
driven direct by worm-wheel without torsion. The front
and back cross-slides are independent and can work sepa-
rately or simultaneously, and a back-facing attachment can
be supplied.
Other Herbert Machines
The Herbert firm will also be showing the Tangye axle-
turning lathe, the new features of which include diameter
and longitudinal stops, the compound rest being dispensed
with. An axle ending and centering machine of the same
make will have a constant quick power traverse for heads
and saddles along the bed and an additional tool rest at
the back of the saddle, with independent automatic feed
for turning collars of axles, while the tool at the front rest
faces the ends. The drilling spindles will be driven by
separate motor and higher productivity is predicted for
the machine. The Coventry firm is showing a large quj:n-
tity of gaging apparatus and also small tools. Its various
stands include quite a number of American machine tools
and also Swiss and French tools. In fact, with the asso-
ciated French, Italian and Belgian companies, the Herbert
firm occupies nine stands, seven on the ground floor and
two in the gallery.
Parallel Clamp Attachment
By Chas. H. Willey
A handy little tool to enable toolmakers to hold work
at a convenient angle in the bench vise is shown in the
picture. It can be made from scrap material with very
little time and trouble, and should prove a valuable
HOLDING PARALLEL CLAMP IN VISE
addition to the kit of a toolmaker not already provided
with means for accomplishing the same result.
No description is needed, as anyone who would have
use for the device would be quite capable of under-
standing the sketch without further instructions.
524f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
PE^JSKS FROM
?*?fl»
Valeniine Francis
Remaining Government Surplus
Machine Tools To Be Dis-
posed of by 1921
In all probability all of the surplus
machine tools in the possession of the
Government will have been disposed of
by the end of the year. Practically all
of the Air "Service surplus already has
been sold. The supplies at district
offices of the Ordnance Department are
being sold rapidly at the series of auc-
tions now in progress. Large lots of
machine tools will be offered at auction
at _ Chicago on Sept. 9; at Scituate,
Mass., Sept. 15; at Buffalo, Sept. 24;
at Hoboken, Sept. 28, 29, 30 and Oct.
1, and at Rochester, N. Y., on Oct. 11.
The Belgian machine-tool contract
practically has been filled. The invoices
have not been made up as yet, but the
total purchases by the Belgian govern-
ment aggregate $3,000,000. Reports to
the machine-tool section of the Office of
Director of. Sales for the War Depart-
ment are that the Belgians are very
much pleased with American-made ma-
chine tools. Taking the orders which
have been booked by American manu-
facturers recently as an indication, it
is the belief at the War Department
that these machine tools which went
abroad are proving valuable advertise-
ments for the American product.
To date, the French government has
purchased in this country less than
$1,000,000 worth of machine tools.
When the French first considered the
purchase of machine tools, $25,000,000
worth was the basis of negotiations.
Afterward the French government pur-
chased the entire expeditionary force
surplus in France, which included a
large number of standard machines.
Then surpluses began to develop in their
own country. French machine tools
were available in larger numbers than
was known when negotiations were
opened. As a result, the French pur-
chases were confined almost entirely to
special-purpose machines. Due to the
fact that there was a brisk demand at
home for many of the tools which the
French wanted, the aggregate of their
purchases fell far below their original
estimates.
Colonel Alfred Lamar, the chief of
the Machine Tools Section, will return
from Belgium on Sept. 8.
New Departure Holds Another
Safety Contest
Chairman E. B. Case of the New De-
parture Co., Bristol, Conn., safety com-
mittee, announces the start of another
safety contest, this time for the month
of September, and for special prizes
to the foremen of departments.
Six prizes vvll b^^ offered to the fore-
men whose departments make the best
showing during this thirty-day period.
There will be two prizes in gold, a first
prize of a $10 gold piece, and a second
prize of a $5 gold piece. Four cash
prizes of $4, 33, $2 and $1, respectively,
ft-ill also be offered.
F. A. E. S. Membership
Growing
The annual convention of the
American Society of Civil Engi-
neers, held in Portland, Ore., Aug.
10, 1920, adopted resolutions
which provided:
"That the Board of Direction
of the American Society of
Civil Engineers be directed to
submit at once the question of
the American Society of Civil
Engineers becoming a charter
member of The Federated
American Engineering Socie-
ties to referendum vote to the
Corporate Membership of the
American Society of Civil
Engineers as recommended by
the Joint Conference Commit-
tee, said ballot to be accom-
panied by a copy of the Con-
stitution and By-laws of said
Federation;" and
"that the Board of Direction
of the American Society of
Civil Engineers be further in-
structed in event of a favora-
ble vote on said referendum
to proceed at once to take
such steps as may be neces-
sary for the A. S. C. E. to
become affiliated with said
Federation."
The Cleveland Engineering So-
ciety, at its meeting on Aug. 10,
voted to become a charter mem-
ber of The Federated American
Engineering Societies.
Ordnance Tool Co. Adds to
Factory Space
For the purpose of expanding its
facilities to manufacture large and
small tools, jigs and fixtures, the Ord-
nance Tool Manufacturing Co. of St.
Louis, Mo., has recently completed an
addition to its plant which now com-
prises 13,000 sq.ft. of floor space. Ad-
ditional equipment has been ordered
and it is being contemplated to increase
the present force of toolmakers. In
addition to the tool design division,
installed some time ago, a thoroughly
equipped pattern shop has been added.
John H. VanDeventer Now Editoi
of "Industrial Management"
John H. VanDeventer, formerly Edi-
tor of the American Machinist, has
accepted the Editorship of Industrial
Management. Coming to this paper on
Sept. 14, 1914, as associate editor, Mr.
VanDeventer's ability soon became ap-
parent and he became successively man-
aging editor and then editor-in-chief.
Called into the Ordnance Department
in September, 1917, he .served a year
as Major, being engaged in organiza-
tion work in the gun division on both
guns and shells.
Returning to the A7nerican Machinist
he wrote the story of the Ordnance De-
partment, which showed what was real-
ly accomplished, and was also instru-
mental in organizing the Army Ord-
nance Association. He undertakes his
new work with the best wishes of his
former associates.
Outing of Cincinnati-Bickford
Tool Co.
A well attended outing was held oa
Saturday, Aug. 21, by the Cincinnati-
Bickford Tool Co. Highland Grove, a
beautiful picnic ground, was the set-
ting for the affair, which occupied the
entire day. A special train took the
picnickers both to and from the grove.
The day was started with singing and
was taken up largely by games and
athletic and novelty contests. Enter-
tainments, such as a merry-go-round,
were provided for the children. Danc-
ing, of course, was one of the most
popular features.
The outing was declared to be a great
success by August H. Tuechter, presi-
dent of the company, who said that all
of the 1,500 people who attended the
outing seemed to have had a very en-
joyable day. Judging from the success
of the affair, it would appear that
there is considerable harmony in some
of the machine-tool plants of Cincinnati
despite the strike.
Bullard Plant Bought by Under-
wood Typewriter Co.
The Underwood Typewriter Co. has
purchased the plant of the Bullard Ma-
chine Tool Co. at Broad St. and Rail-
road Ave., Bridgeport, Conn. The
place is listed on the tax list for half
a million dollars.
According to Mr. Rossiter, vice-presi-
dent of the typewriter company, the
Bridgeport plant will be kno%vn as fac-
tory No. 2, and will employ between
1,500 and 2,000 people. The company
does not expect to occupy it before
October.
September 9. 1920
Get Increased Productio. — With Improved Machinery
524g
Westinghouse Awards Engineer-
ing Scholarships
The War Memorial Scholarship Com-
mittee of the Westinghouse Electric
and Manufacturing Co. has announced
as the winners of the four scholarships
for the coming college year, 1920-21,
Alva C. Corrao, small motor drafting
department; Henry Gardiner Symonds,
son of N. G. Symonds, manager indus-
trial sales division, Chicago office; J.
Dale Seabert, transformer engineering
department, and Herbert R. Hillman,
son of William A. Hillman, who has
been a machinist in the works of the
R. D. Nuttall Co. for 27 years.
These War Memorial Scholarships
were established in 1919 as a means for
perpetuating the memory of those em-
ployees of the Westinghouse and its
subsidiary companies, who took part in
the World War. Each scholarship car-
ries with it the annual payment of $500
for a period not to exceed four years.
The payment is to be applied toward
an engineering education in any techni-
cal school or college selected by the
successful candidate and approved by
the scholarship committee. Scholar-
ships are granted for one year only,
but are continued for the full course
provided the scholar maintains the
academic and other standards as re-
quired by the institution.
Two classes of scholarships are pro-
vided: (a) for sons of employees of
the company or its subsiduary compa-
nies, who have been employed for five
years or longer, and (b) for employees
who have been continuously employed
at least two years and who shall not,
on Sept. 1, have exceeded the age of
23. The four awards for the coming
school year are in addition to the four
scholarships awarded last year, all of
which have been continued for the com-
ing year. Four new scholarships will
be awarded and eventually Westing-
house will be maintaining 16 scholar-
ships in the leading schools of the
United States.
Three of the winners have selected
for his college Carnegie Institute of
Technology, Pittsburgh, and Mr. Sym-
onds has selected Leland Stanford, Jr.,
University of California. The award-
ing of the scholarships is based upon
the personal character of the appli-
cants and grades in examinations.
First International "Plattsburg"
for Pan-American Commerce
The organization of the Pan Ameri-
can College of Commerce at Panama,
which will open in January, 1921, will
be the most progressive and up-to-date
step yet taken of an educational char-
acter to promote that kind of Pan
American trade and intercourse which
will be of equal benefit alike to all of
the American republics, and hence
worthy of the support of their rep-
resentative commercial and economic
interests.
It will be the first "Plattsburg" or
intensive training camp for foreign
commerce that has been 'organized on
a large scale in the Western Hemi-
sphere, and should have the same bene-
ficial effect on all the countries con-
cerned that the "Plattsburgs" or inten-
sive training camps for the world war
had upon the United States.
The Panama Government, which gives
its enthusiastic patronage and practi-
cal support to the project, feels as-
sured of its success. Honorable John
Barrett, who retired Sept. 1, 1920, from
the position of Director General of the
Pan American Union after fourteen
years of service at the head of that in-
ternational institution, and who had
previously served as United States
Minister to the Argentine Republic,
to Panama and to Colombia, has ac-
cepted the responsible post of Presi-
dent of the Administrative Council.
Dr. Clarence J. Owens, Director Gen-
eral of the Southern Commercial Con-
gress, and formerly Economic Commis-
sioner of the Panama Government, will
be the Executive Director, assisted by
an eminent Dean and faculty of ex-
perts presently to be chosen.
For further information address Dr.
Clarence J. Owens, Executive Director,
Pan American College of Commerce,
1000 Vermont Ave., N. W., Washing:ton,
D. C.
Stanley Works Leases Large
Tenement House
The Stanley Works, New Britain,
Conn., has leased a three-story tene-
ment house, consisting of six apart-
ments. The premises are to be used
as a boarding and rooming establish-
ment, the lease states. The lease is for
one year with a monthly rental of $144.
Iron and Steel Engineers An-
nounce Program for
Annual Convention
The Association of Iron and Steel
Electrical Engineers announces the fol-
lowing program for its fourteenth an-
nual convention, to be held at the Hotel
t'ennsylvania. New York, Sept. 20 to 24.
Monday, Sept. 20
9 a. m. — Registration.
10:30 a. m. — Business Session (for
members only.)
Reports of Committees.
Election of Officers.
2 p. m. — Papers: "Practical Educa-
tion of Steel Mill Electricians," by W.
A. Cornwell; "Relation of Standardiza-
tion in Electrical Equipment to Safety,"
by Walter Greenwood.
Tuesday, Sept. 21
10 a. m. — Papers: "Power Trans-
mission for Industrial Plants," by D.
M. Petty; "Underground Transmis-
sion," by A. L. Freret.
2 p. m. — Excursion.
Wednesday, Sept. 22
10 a. m. — Papers: "Some Consider-
ations in the Determination of Auxil-
iary Drives," by Gordon Fox; "Report
of Electrical Development Committee
for 1920," by E. S. Jeflferies, chairman.
2 p. m. — Papers: "The Reversing
Electric Mill Considered from the
Standpoint of Tonnage," by K. A.
Fauly.
7 p. m. — Annual Banquet. Arrange-
ments have been made to accommodate
1,000 guests. Ladies are especially in-
vited.
Thursday, Sept. 23
10 a. tA. — Papers : "Centralized Tur-
bine Generating Stations for Steel
Mills," by T. E. Keating; "Current
Limit Reactance," by R. H. Keil.
2 p. m. — Papers: "Report of Electric
Furnace Committee for 1920," by E. T.
Moore, chairman.
Friday, Sept. 24
10 a. m. — Papers: "Standardization
Committee Report," by W. T. Snyder,
chairman.
2 p. m. — Excursion.
It has been announced that 450 ex-
hibitors have enrolled for the Sixth Na-
tional Exposition of Chemical Indus-
tries, which will open in New York
Sept. 20. The number of exhibitors
breaks the former record of 358, made
at the Chicago exhibition last year.
It was announced on Aug. 30 that
a report had reached Secretary Daniels
from the New York Navy Yard of a
successful preliminary test in electri-
cally piloting vessels into harbor by
means of a submerged cable.
Machinery Will Double Philippine
Sugar Output
The sugar output of the Philippine
Islands will be more than doubled next
year by the installation of modern ma-
chinery, according to a statement made
public by the Bureau of Foreign Com-
merce.
In 1919 the Philippines sent $3,566,-
000 worth of cane sugar to the United
States.
524h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 11
U. S. Shipping Board to Sell
Machinery and Equipment
United States Shipping Board Emer-
gency Fleet Corporation offers for sale
machinery, equipment and materials at
the yard formerly operated by National
Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co., Sa-
vannah, Ga.
Sealed bids will be received until 11
o'clock a.m., Sept. 16, by the United
States Shipping Board Emergency
Fleet Corporation at the office of the
■N director. Division of Supply and Sales,
6th and B Sts., S. W., Washington,
D. C, for the purchase of the interest
of the United States Shipping Board
Emergency Fleet Corporation in plant
machinery, equipment, and shipbuilding
. materials — excepting treenails and
lumber — located at the yard of the Na-
tional Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co.,
Savannah, Ga. The use of certain
equipment and facilities for loading,
sawing, dressing, and remanufactur-
ing lumber is reserved until the lumber
has been removed from the yard.
Bids must be submitted in duplicate
on standard proposal forms and in-
closed in a sealed envelope marked
"Proposal 4002 to be opened at 11
a.m., Sept. 16, 1920."
The property to be sold consists of:
Buildings, track, fire apparatus,
water, steam and air lines, lighting
equipment, air and small tools, scaffold-
ing, cypress poles, building material,
electric supplies, hospital supplies, pipe
and fittings, machine parts, tool steel,
machinery, yard equipment, launch and
boats, hospital equipment, hardware,
masts and booms, iron.
Property is to be removed from, yard
within six months of signing of con-
tract. Bids niu«+ be accomp -nied by a
certified check on a national bank, {-.ay-
able to the United States Shipping
Board Emergency Fleet Corporation,
for 10 per cent of the amount bid.
Proposal forms and further Informa-
tion may be obtained by addressing the
D i recti r. Division of Supply an 1 Sales,
United Stater^ Shipping Bc'-'i Emer-
gency Fleet Corporation, 6th and B
Sts., S. W., Washington, D. C.
Exports and Imports
The Bureau of Foreign and Domes-
tic Commerce issued a report on the
total values of imports and exports of
the United States for July, 1920. This
shows that the total value of imports
for July were $537,000,000, against
$343,746,070 in July, 1919. Exports for
July, 1920, amounted to $654,000,000,
against $568,687,515 in July, 1919.
Cigarette Machinery Sought
The increasing local demand for cig-
arettes in southern India has encour-
aged the opening of a number of fac-
tories for the manufacture of cigarettes
for this trade, as well as for export-
ing. In view of the growing labor dif-
ficulties, it is said, there are excellent
opportunities for the sale of automatic
machinery for use in making both
cigars and cigarettes.
Old Hickory Powder Plant Sale
Postponed
The Director of Sales announces that
the date for receiving bids for the Old
Hickory Powder Plant, near Nashville,
Tenn., has been postponed from Sept.
2 to Sept. 30.
This postponement was found neces-
sary because of the large number of
inquiries received and the magnitude of
the proposition. Investigation demon-
strated the great task of the manufac-
turers, bankers and financiers in gen-
eral who are interested in the commer-
cial development of this plant in work-
ing out such proposals. Many varied
interests are involved in this develop-
ment.
Old Hickory, which is a great mod-
ern plant and industrial town, has
been called "the magic city of the war."
It is recognized as the greatest indus-
trial achievement of the war, either in
America or abroad. While constructed
for the manufacture of smokeless pow-
der and explosives, the several units of
the plant are readily adaptable to
many industries, including chemical;
rubber goods, such as auto tires; pulp
and paper mills; sugar refinery; cok-
ing and coke by-products; food, both
evaporated and concentrated; iron and
steel foundries; fibrated products, such
as asphaltum shingles; aluminum; wood
box or refrigerator manufacture; cellu-
lose and photographic film manufac-
turing; and a number of other minor
industries, such as an ice plant or cold-
storage warehouse.
American capital has displayed a
gi'eat interest in the sale of this plant.
Sealed bids for the entire property will
be received now and up to 10 a.m.,
Eastern time, Sept. 30, 1920. Requests
for information, proposals to purchase
a part, and sealed bids for the entire
property should be addressed to the
Chairman, Ordnance Salvage Board,
War Trade Building, Washington, D. C.
Gray Iron Foundry to Open
New Plant
A machine molding section will be
added to the plant of the Gray Iron
Foundry Co. at Reading, Pa. A por-
tion of the foundry now under con-
struction will be put in operation within
the next few days. The building is
of steel and reinforced concrete, and
when completed will be 60 x 200 ft., and
will cost $40,900.
A working force of sixty men will
be required to operate an equipment
of Tabor molding machines with a daily
capacity of 6,000 to 8,000 castings. Ar-
ticles weighing from one-half ounce to
ten pounds each will be turned out.
The new department will enable the
foundry to keep pace with the machine
shop, plating, assembling and other sec-
tions of the plant, where in part or
wholly the concern manufactures to
order lawn mowers, hardware special-
ties, small machines, household appli-
ances, lamp stands, sadirons, toys, nov-
elties, and many other articles in
which east iron is used.
Kempsmith Employees Enjoy
Great Picnic
The Kempsmith Manufacturing Co. i
of Milwaukee, Wis., celebrated its fifth ^
annual outing at one of Milwaukee's
suburban lakes on Saturday, Aug. 21.
Kempsmith's outings have always been
marked by exceptionally fine weather.
This year, however a cold drizzle
greeted the picnickers, but even so, they
were not daunted and turned out in
even larger numbers than in past
years. The weather soon cleared up
and the greater part of the day was
ideal in every respect.
There were all sorts of contests and
events for men, women and children,
and the picnic did not lack action at
any time during the entire day. Com-
munity singing was one of the features
of the day, the music being furnished
by the Kempsmith Band, which not only
plays once a week in the shop, but at
many functions throughout the city of
Milwaukee.
Everyone missed Paul E. Thomas,
president and treasurer of the com-
pany, who is abroad at the present
time studying trade conditions. John
Goetz, vice president and works mana-
ger of the company, proved a very
capable leader of all the games and
contests, which, under his guidance,
were all run off smoothly. Dancing was
the principal feature of the evening,
several contests being held.
Machinery Exports to Japan In-
creasing— Kobe District
Growing Fast
That Kobe is fast growing as an in-
dustrial center in western Japan is
evidenced by the fact that the 2,000
factories and mills, employing 70.000
workpeople, produced various indus-
trial products worth approximately
$20,000,000 in 1919, states the Japan
Advertiser. Mechanical engineering
represented the greatest output, with
the chemical industry second. With
the object of studying various after-
war trade problems, leading merchants
and manufacturers have organized the
Kobe Commercial Club, proposing, with
this end in view, to send abroad expert
trade commissioners.
With the imports of textile machinery
into Japan increasing in value from
$2,000,000 to $8,000,000 in the last
three years. Consul Frazer believes the
present financial depression is only a
temporary check to the general demand
for all varieties of this machinery in
the Kobe district. It is of interest to
note that before the war the United
States supplied less than 1 per cent of
the spinning and weaving machinery
brought into Japan, while in 1918 and
1919 more than half of the imports of
textile machinery came from the United
States.
The arrival in New York of 18,691
aliens during the week ended Aug. 28
broke all immigration records at ElHs
Island ■■ice befcre the World War.
September 9, 1920
Got Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
524i
Simonds Steel Mills Laboratory
Completed
Following out special plans for gen-
eral advancement in research work, the
Simonds Manufacturing Co., Fitchburg,
Mass., has just completed an addition,
40 X 50, to its research laboratory con-
nected with its steel mills at Lock-
port, N. Y. Additional equipment, con-
sisting of a 300 to 500 lb. capacity spe-
cial type electrical melting furnace,
several electric heating furnaces, and
other tool.s and equipment have been
installed, with a view of greatly ex-
tending facilities for carrying on de-
velopment and research work. New
formulas and methods for making spe-
cial steels will be worked out at the
enlarged laboratory under the direc-
tion of an expert metallurgical staff.
Singer Building, New York, from
which point all its foreign business will
be handled. All foreign correspondence
should be addressed to New York. The
New York office will also be the sales
office for the New York and Eastern
states territory. M. M. Moore, the ex-
port sales manager, who has just re-
turned from a several months' Euro-
pean trip, will be in charge.
The plant of the Dillon Crucible Al-
loys, Ltd., Welland, has been pur-
chased by the Canadian Atlas Crucible
Steel Co., Ltd., and Canadian interests
will be strongly represented in the com-
pany as well as on the board of direc-
tors. The general sales office of the
company will be located at 133 Eastern
Ave., Toronto, Ont., with a warehouse
in conjunction, and branch warehouses
and sales offices at 326 Craig St., W.,
Montreal, also at Winnipeg, Man.
The New England Wire Die, Inc.,
of Waterbury, Conn., has been organ-
ized to deal in diamond dies, machinery
repairs, etc., with a plant at Water-
bury. The capital stock is $50,000.
The new three-story addition to the
plant of the Butterfield Co., at Derby
Line, Vermont, is nearing completion,
and when finished will add over 35,000
sq.ft. to the present floor space.
The New Britain Machine Co. and
Union Manufacturing Co. of New Brit-
ain, have taken out building permits.
The foi-mer will build a coal hopper
and the latter a warehouse.
A consolidation was effected on Aug.
10 between the Zahner Metal Sash and
Door Co. of Canto, Ohio, and the Em-
pire Art Metal Co. of New York, un-
der the name of the Central Metal
Products Corporation.
The Carroll Foundry and Machine
Co., Bucyrus, Ohio, has bought the
Lambert horizontal boring machine,
foi;merly made by the Lambert Machine
Engineering Co., Cleveland, Ohio, and
will manufacture and market it on a
large scale.
The Herberts Machinery and Supply
Co., Los Angeles, Cal., announces that
its new San Francisco store is located
at 140 East First St. The firm deals
in machine tools and woodworking ma-
chinery.
Owing to advanced stage of construc-
tion of the new plant of the Eastern
Potash Corporation, near New Bruns-
wick, N. J., the engineering office has
been removed from 120 Broadway, New
York City, to the new building. Olin
H. Landreth has resigned as chief en-
gineer of the company but will be con-
nected in an advisory capacity as con-
sulting engineer.
The Billings & Spencer Co. of Hart-
ford, Conn., manufacturer of machine
tools and drop forgings, etc., has in-
creased its capital stock from $1,000,-
000 to $3,000,000.
The Mesta Machine Co., West Home-
stead, Pa., has opened an office in the
Messrs. Engle and Dorrington,
salesmen, and Mr. Merzbacher, of the
Disston steel products laboratory, will
be in charge of the booths of Henry
Disston & Sons, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.,
at the American Steel Treaters' Society
convention at the Philadelphia Com-
mercial Museum on Sept. 14 to 18.
L. L. Wather, manager of the Cin-
cinnati and Chicago branches of Henry
Disston & Sons, Inc., Philadelphia, will
have charge of the firm's exhibit at the
American Foundrymen's Association, at
Columbus, Ohio, Oct. 4 to 8.
Ira Smith has been appointed di-
vision manager of Plant B of the New
Departure Manufacturing Co. of Bris-
tol, Conn. Mr. Smith has been super-
intendent of this plant for the past sev-
eral years, and has been with the com-
pany for over fifteen years, starting in
as an office boy and working himself
up to the present position as manager
of Division .B.
A. B. Way, recently secretary and
general manager of the Bridgeport
Chain Co., has become affiliated with
the Chain Products Co. of Cleveland,
Ohio, in the capacity of district sales
manager for New England, with head-
quarters at the company's New York
office, 150-152 Chambers St.
Edward D. Rockwell has resigned
as division manager of Plant B of the
New Departure Manufacturing Co. of
Bristol, Conn., having purchased a hard-
ware business in Bristol, which he will
take over immediately. Mr. Rockwell
has been with the New Departure Co.
for the past twenty-two years.
H. W. NORRIS, secretary of the Cin-
cinnati-Bickford Tool Co., sailed Aug.
21 for a two months' business trip to
Great Britain and the Continent.
F. P. Jenkins, for some years with
the Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing
Co. of Providence, R. I., and more
recently with the Screw Machine Prod-
ucts Corp. of the same city, has become
associated with the Advance Tool Co.
of Cincinnati, Ohio, as superintendent.
The latter concern manufactures ream-
ers, cutters, jigs, fixtures, etc.
C B. Lord, formerly with the Wag-
ner Electric Co., St. Louis, is now
works manager of the Advance-Rumely
Co., Battle Creek, Mich.
Julius Janes, formerly president of
the Standard Steel Castings Co., Cleve-
land, Ohio, has recently concluded an
arrangement with the Farrell-Cheek
Steel Foundry Co. of Sandusky, Ohio,
by which he will be the sales represen-
tative of this organization in Cleveland
and Cuyahoga County.
Olin H. Landreth, formerly chief
engineer and now consulting engineer
of the Eastern Potash Corporation, has
opened offices at 156 Fifth Ave., New
Y'ork City, where he will be available
for engagements in power development,
industrial engineering, hydraulic engi-
neering and valuation work.
Charles Whiting Baker, for many
years editor-in-chief of Engineering
News, and since 1917 consulting engi-
neer of Engineering News-Record, an-
nounces his resignation and the estab-
lishment of the Engineering Business
Exchange, New York, an agency to
bring together those desiring to sell any
sound engineering or technical business
and those seeking opportunities to pur-
chase.
Joel F. Troutman, who for seven
years has been manager and vice-presi-
dent of the H. A. Smith Machinery Co.
of this city, has resigned to become
junior partner of the newly organized
firm of Comwell & Troutman, 701 to
705 South Salina St. The company
will be local distributors for the silent
Alamo farm electric and power lights.
Obitti-ary
George F. Marohant, president and
founder of the George F. Marchant Co.,
Chicago, 111., died Aug. 4.
Henry Bowen Miller, for 50 years
superintendent of the Luke H. Miller
Co., safe and iron works, died on Aug.
24 at the home of his daughter in
Baltimore. He was 91 years old and a
native of Pawtucket, R. I. He retired
from business about eight years ago.
William E. Sessions, president of
the Sessions Foundry Co., Bristol,
Conn., died suddenly at his home in
Bristol, Aug. 27, of heart disease. Mr.
Sessions was 63 years old and was one
of the best known manufacturers of the
state.
Frank E. Harthan died recently at
his home. West Boylston, Mass., after
a lingering illness. Mr. Harthan left
Worcester, Mass., in 1898 to become
superintendent of the Reeves Engine
Co., Trenton, N. J., and in 1902 ac-
cepted a similar position with the Mc-
Farland Foundry and Machine Co. He
retired from active work in 1910 on
account of failing health.
624,
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 11
Oase Carbonizing. One hundred twelve 5 X
7J-in. pages, 21 illustrations and sev-
eral tables. Bound in paper covers.
Issued by the Driver-Harris Co., Harri-
son, N. J.
This is one of the most compact little
books yet issued for the use of those in-
terested in case-hardening or carbonizing.
While primarily gotten up to call attention
to the use of nichrome boxes and pots, it
is not a mere advertising booklet, as the
information is of general use to all those
having to do with carbonizing or heat
treatment of low-carbon steels.
The book starts out with a chai>ter on
case-carbonizing divided into sections on the
definition of case-carbonizing, its historj',
mechanics, oil tempering vs. ease-harden-
ing, requirements for case-hardening, qual-
ity of steel used, effect of temperature and
time, pack-hardening, carbonizing com-
pounds, containers, packing, soft spots,
vertical pack-hardening. Chapter II, Cya-
nide-Hardening, gives details of the prac-
tice and formulas used for cyanide work
and outlines its limitations. Chapter III,
Gas-Hardening, covers the theory and use
of various gases for case-hardening. Chap-
ter IV, Lead-Hardening, tells of the use of
the lead bath in connection with case-hard-
ened work. The temperature range of the
lead bath is given also. Chapter V, Car-
bonizing Containers, mentions and dis-
cusses the various kinds of containers and
their merits or demerits. Chapter VI, Ni-
chrome-Commercial and Technical Data,
gives the strength of nichrome. its acid-
resisting properties and other features.
Chapter VII. Cast Nichrome Containers,
takes up cast nichrome for cyanide hard-
ening, cast nichrome for lead-hardening,
cast nichrome for pyrometer protection
tubes, dipping baskets, additional uses of
nichrome castings. Chapter VIII. Commer-
cial Methods of Using Cast Nichrome. de-
scribes its uses for treating automobile
starting and lighting equipment, studs, set-
screws, small bolts, nuts. etc.. ring gears
for automobile differentials, roller bearings.
The appendix is filled with tables of stock
patterns and special container sizes. The
latter is especially valuable for the man
■wanting containers to suit his particular
needs.
Electro-neposition of Metals, by Dr. George
Langbein, translated and enlarged by
William T. Braunt. 8th Edition, re-
vised and enlarged. 863 up.. 6x9,
illustrated. Published by Henrj- Carey
Baird &- Co., Inc.. 2 West 4.'ith St.,
New York City. Price $7.50.
This voluminous treatise is an eminently
practical work on the arts of electro-' lat-
ing galvanizing, metal coloring, lacquering
and electrotyping. The original work is
probably so well known to the trade that
little need be said about its general con-
tents. This edition pays particular atten-
tion to the practical innovations adopted
since the publication of the previous one
and presents the most recent machinery and
apparatus such as the new nlating ma-
chines, grinding and polishing lathes, sand
blast and lacquering apparatus, etc. The
book is divided into four sections as fol-
lows: I — Historical: IT — Theoretical; ITT —
Sources of Current : IV — Practical. The
last tart is of course the most useful and
is replete with practical working formulas
for every conceivable kind of electro-
deposition and metal finishing.
The Design of Screw Propellers for .Aircraft,
by Henry C. Watts. M.B.K.. B Sc,
Fellow of the Royal Aeronautical So-
ciety. 340 pp., 6x9, with illustra-
tions and diagrams. Pulilished by
Longmans. Green & Co.. Fourth Ave.
and 3flth St., New York City. Price $8.
This exhaustive treatise on the design of
airplane pronellers goes into tiie subject
with true British thoroughness. It is based
on the author's work for the British Air
Ministry during the period of the war .ind
includes not only the complete theoretical
analyses of the various i^roblems taken up
but the results of practical tests as well.
Many charts and tables of propeller tests
made by the Hoyal Air Force engineers and
test pilots are used to illustrate the prin-
ciples involved. The more important chan-
ter headings follow : The Aerofoil ; The
Simple Drzewiecki Theory : Aerodynamic
Analysis and Design; Inflow and Outflow;
The Combined Theory : Overall Efflciency ;
The Flow of Air Through a Propeller and
the Effect of Placing a Body in the Ship
Stream ; The Strength of a Propeller ; Tan-
dem Propellers ; The Variable Pitch Pro-
peller ; The Hub ; The Design of Wind-
mills. Three Appendices on Drawing, The
Construction of Propellers and the Works
of M. Drzewiecki, together with a list pf
s.vmbols, complete the book.
Metallograpliy — Part I, Principle of Metal-
lofcrapiiy, by Samuel L. Hoyt, E.M.,
Ph.D., Metallurgical Engineer, National
Lamp Works of General Electric Co.,
and formerly Associate Professor of
Metallography at the University of
Minnesota. 256 pp.. 6 x 9, illustrated
by diagrams, photographs and draw-
ings. Published by the McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc., 239 West 39th St., New
York City.
This is the first of a three-volume series
on Metallography by Professor Hoyt. Part
II, "The Metals and Common Alloys, is in
press and Part III, Technical Practice, in
preparation. Part I deals with fundiimental
principles and is largely the outgrowth of
the author's university work and notes. It
is very well written and makes a refresh-
ingly economical use of words, something
that cannot be said of all technical books,
unfortunately. The elements of metallogra-
phic theory are well handled and consider-
able information on the apparatus and lab-
orator.v methods is included. The chapter
headings are: I — Constitution Diagrams;
II — The Preparation of Metallic Alloys ;
III — Metallic Microscor-y; IV — The Miscon-
structure of Metals and Alloys ; V — Py-
rometry and Thermal Analysis ; VI— Physi-
cal Properties ; VII — Mechanical Proper-
ties.
Shop Practice for Home MechanicH. By
Raymond Francis Yates. Thrc-e hun-
dred and fourteen 5J x 8J in. pages,
309 illustrations and tables, bound in
dark green cloth I>oards. Published by
the Norman W. Henley Publishing Co..
2 West 45th St., New York City.
Price $3.
A good practical book prepared for home
mechanics. It is written in a way to make
clear to the youth or man who knows
little or nothing of mechanics how to use
hand tools and the simple measuring tools
and how to operate the lathe. There are
also introduced instructions on pattern mak-
ing, hardening and tempering steel, sold-^r-
ing and brazing and the construction of a
.small power driven drill press and a small
grinding head.
The book begins with a chapter on the
introduction to ths study of elementary
mechanics. This is followed by chapters
on the use of miscellaneous tools measur-
ing instruments and their use, drilling and
reaming, introduction to lathe work, ad-
vanced lathe work, special lathe work,
grinding operations and pattern making,
etc., as previously mentioned. The closing
chapter is on general information and in-
cludes some valuable tables.
equipment — welding and cutting blowninea
regulators, acceaories, etc.
The "'Eveready" line was formerly manu-
factured under the name of "Prest-o-Lite"
apparatus by the Prest-o-Lite Co., and was
extensively used in the metal trades. The
Oxweld Co. took over the production and
sales under the present name— "Eveready"
—early in 1920, incorporating certain im-
provements in design lately developed m
oxy-acetylene engineering.
Geyser JBIectric Water n<.<i<.. nyi.,.
Bridgeport Machine and Tool Mlnu'facturTnl
Co- Bridgeport, Conn. Circular descr"bnl
the latest in electric water heaters Coverl
construction, operation, and average efflcU
ency of the "Geyser" machine ^® *'"°'
Tools, Dies. JigB and FIxtores. The Citv
ton^OMo"^*^";' ^^ ^- ^^ C!lair St Day^
,h^' ■„ . A^single page circular showing
^1^1 'Li,"".f""''"°"l "f 'ts Brehm trimm nl
cimpan^"^ *^" """' '^ ^" enginee^Jmf
Sandblasts. J. M. Betton. 59 Pearl St_
New York. Catalog, pp. I'e, 3 J x 6 |5*
Itt ''=''?'<»? describes the Injector sand
blast and gives general directions for £..
.stalling and operating this machine.
Imperial Antomatic Acetylene Generator.
■The Imperial Brass Manufacturing Co 1200
nn*""? "<f'"'"'^2"-^'' Chicago, UK Catalog
pp. 7, 6 X 9 m. A short but complete
summary of Imperial acetylene rn-oductJ
covering the several sizes and types of gen-
erators and trucks for their mounting.
Status Oil Hardenine, Non-shrlnkable
Tool Steel. The Hammond Steel Co.. In^
Syracuse, N. Y. Catalog, pp. 12 4 x 8J in.
A short survey of Hammond steel producte
including punching and embossing dies and
a variety of cutting tools.
Benjamin Convert-A-Cap. Benjamin Elec-
tric Manufacturing Co.. Chicago. Ill A
four-page circular describing this latest
electrical device, the Benjamin Convert-A-
Cap (No. 937). Pull specifications of the
work covered by this cap are given and
also a list of prices and shipping weights.
Tanks. The Youngstown Boiler and Tank
Co., Youngstown, Ohio. Catalog, pp 8
8 X 10 in., covering the production of steel'
lanks for storage of liquids or gases, steel
stocks and supports ; steel bins, flumes and
hoppers. A table of standard specifications
for Y-B-T tanks is also included.
Gages, Meaanrtnc Machines, Etc, The
Golden Co., 405 Lexington Ave.. New York
City, has announced the list of apparatus
that it is handling: Universal measuring
machines for checking and controlling gages
and standards of every description ; high
precision micrometer, range 0 to 4 in.,
gaging to an accuracy of 0.000005 in. ; com-
parators for gaging interchangeable parts
of all forms, to an accuracy of O.OOOO5 in.
and other special gages. These appliances
can be furnished to English or metric
dimensions.
Wetmore Cylinder Reamer Sets. Wetmore
Reamer Co., Milwaukee. Wis. Bulletin No.
14. is the designation of a new four-page
publication describing tlie Wetmore set. con-
sisting of a roughing reamer, a semi-finish-
ing reamer, and a floating finishing reamer,
particularly suited to the reaming of engine
cylinders. The details of construction and
the reason why round, straight and smooth
holes are obtained, are pointed out. Illus-
trations of all the tools as well as a phan-
tom of the floating finishing reamer are
included. The new construction of the
latter, with its float-in-the-head design is
shown in the phantom view. Reference
is also made to the adaptation of the semi-
finishing reamer of the cylinder set for
line and pilot reaming.
New "Eveready" Catalog. Issued by the
Oxweld Acetylene Co. of 3640 Jasper Place.
Chicago. III., is now ready for the public.
The catalog is issued in sections, each de-
voted to a particular phase of "Eveready"
The American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Research Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum. Phil-
adelphia, Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18. inclusive.
J. A, Pollak, of the Pollak Steel Co., Ota-
cinnati. Ohio, is secretary of the former
society.
The Sixth National Exposition of Chem-
ical Industries will be held in New York on
Sept. 20 at the Grand Central Palace.
The Association of Iron and Steel Elec-
trical Engineers will hold its fourteenth
annual convention at the Hotel Pennsyl-
vania, New York, Sept 20 to 24.
The National Safety Council. 168 North
Michigan Ave., Chicago, 111., will hold its
ninth annual safety congress in Milwaukee
on Sept. 27 to Oct. 1.
The American Foundrymen's Associa-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus, Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt, 1401 Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, III., is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires. .Argentine ReiJUblic, S. A.,
h<is been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition, Ina,
Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132 West
42nd St., New York.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
.Association will hold its 19th annual Fall
convention at the Hotel Astor, New York
City, on Thursday and Friday, Dec. 2 and
3. 1920. C. Wood Walter, care of the asso-
ciation at Worcester. Mass.. is secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the AmerlCM
Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building,
29 West 39th Street. New York City, Irom
Dec. 7 to Dec- 10.
S,-."tember 16, 1920
American Macfiinist
Vol. 53, No. 12
Testing Machines as Related to the Foundry
By THORSTEN Y. OLSEN
Tinius Olsen Testing Machine Co.
In the constant search for positive knowledge
of the qualities of materials, it is becoming more
and more the practice of manufacturing plants
to establish their own testing laboratories. New
TESTING machines in general are today well
known to the engineer and foundryman. Such
machinery has developed so greatly in later years,
that whereas thirty to forty years ago such machines
were only occasionally used, today they are considered
indispensable and a requisite for any up-to-date foundry.
Testing machines are installed in foundries for two
general purposes: either to improve the product and
thus promote reputation by having a name for supply-
ing the best that is made; or to meet specifications set
by the purchaser. There are some manufacturers who
go a step further, enter the research or experimental
field of testing and equip laboratories with special
testing machines, in order not only to test material
for tensile or transverse strength, but to test with regard
to the particular use to which it is put and also to
demonstrate its value in other fields and thereby create
a new market by demonstrating its value under pre-
tests and new testing machines which have been
devised to fill the needs of the expanded test-
ing field, as they were brought up in the foundry,
are recounted and explained by the author.
scribed conditions. This class of testers is naturally
the one on which the progress in any industry largely
depends and from which the industry at large derives
a benefit, although possibly not taking advantage of
it until driven to do so by competition.
Testing in years gone by was, to a greater or lesser
extent, considered a luxury and, by some, foolish and
unnecessary; but today it is one of the best assets and
greatest instruments of production because it promotes
higher grade materials selling at higher prices. The
first commercial testing machines in this country were
designed about fifty years ago and the first so-called
universal screw power testing machine over forty years
ago, by Tinius Olsen. Today such machines are made
in many sizes to test any material.
In addition to universal testing machines for ten-
sion, compression and transverse testing, several hun-
dred other types and sizes of testing machines have
•Address, iUustrated by lantern slides, delivered at a meeting
of tlie Foundrymen's Association.
PIG. 1.
THREE-SCREW UNIVERSAL TESTING MACHINE
WITH AUTOMATIC RECORDING DEVICE
FIG. 2. AUTOGRAPHIC TRANSVERSE
TESTING MACHINE
526
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
FIG. 3. STANDARD I.EVER TYPE BRINEL.L, HARDNESS
TESTING MACHINE
been developed and built. Such of these as bear on
the quality of foundry products are treated of in this
article.
The machine used mostly by large foundries, which
are required to make both tensile and transverse tests,
is what is known as the universal testing machine,
and depending on the size of specimen to be tested, a
machine of from 30,000 to 100,000 lb. capacity is
selected. This machine is designed on a four-screw
principle of gearing, with a direct-connected motor
drive. The tensile test specimen is placed between the
two crossheads and the lower head driven down by
screw gearing, thus pulling the specimen apart, the load
being transmitted to the scale beam through the medium
of the upper head and weighing levers.
Transverse test specimens may be broken by placing
them on suitable supports on the weighing table, with
specified distances between supports, and then running
the crosshead down. The load is recorded on the scale
beam and the deflection is read from an indicator which
measures the motion of the specimen at its central point.
The scale beam, in order to take care of both tensile
and transverse test specimens, is, for foundry use,
generally supplied with two poises, one reading to capac-
ity for the tensile test and the other to one-tenth
capacity for the transverse test.
Universal testing machines are also built on a three-
screw principle of gearing which is an improved design
for such machines. This type gives a greater clearance
for the operator, which is a very desirable feature,
causing, however, a machine of considerably greater
weight and also greater cost.
There are various types of beams for the universal
testing machine. On the automatic beam the load is
automatically weighed, while on the dial vernier screw
beam the poise is operated by hand. The very latesl.
type of machine (shown by Fig. 1) is equipped with an
automatic and autographic attachment, which records
the relation between stress and strain for tension, com-
pression or transverse test, for any point in the travel
of the crosshead, up to the rupture point of the test
specimen. The stress may be recorded in three or more
magnitudes, as may be desired, while the strain is
magnified, in this particular machine, ten times. Highly
magnified diagrams may be secured for a light wire as
well as for the heaviest specimen within the capacity
of the machine.
The universal testing machines described cover all
requirements for specimen tests. It is often desired to
test full size, completed members, especially in railroad
work, such as couplers, bolsters, side frames, etc., and
machines of this type are built which will weigh up to
1,000,000 lb. Many steel foundries build ship anchors
which must be proof-tested and this work is accom-
plished on an anchor tester designed for the purpose.
Such machines are generally installed with capacities
ranging from 200,000 to 400,000 lb., although Olsen
machines have been built, arranged for anchor testing,
up to 2,000,000 lb. capacity.
The transverse test for foundry products is such a
valuable one, and one so greatly used, that many sizes
and designs of such machines are available, depending
on specifications for such te.sts. The standard machine
for making small standard transverse tests is of the
lever type. The test bars are either 1 in. square or
round with an area of 1 square inch. They are placed
on supports 12 in. between centers; the load is applied
by handwheel and weighed
on a scale beam, while a
suitable device measures the
deflection of the bar, cor-
recting for the motion of the
lever.
This type of machine is a
good one, but in the light
of modern practice a more
complete test is demanded,
and to cover such a demand
the autographic transverse
testing machine, as shown
by Fig. 2, has been devel-
oped. This machine, merely
by the turning of a hand-
wheel, will scribe on the re-
cording drum a highly mag-
nified stress-strain diagram
for a transverse test and give
the operator a permanent
record (which may be filed
away) in less time than it
takes to make an ordinarj'test
in a lever type of machine.
It is designed on a combined
lever - pendulum basis of
weighing. The rotation of
the recording drum accur-
ately records the load on
square cross-section paper,
correcting for the sine angle
of the pendulum, while the
motion of the pen measures
the deflection of the bar.
Among the special tests to
FIG. 4. HYDRAULIC TYPE j^j j^ foundrv iron, steel,
BRINELL HARDNESS """<-" '■ -
TESTING MACHINE bronze or aluminum may oe
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
527
I
subjected are hardness, impact, alternate stress, endur-
ance, wear or abrasion torsion and cutting quality. For
hardness the Brinell test is generally used. It consists
of causing a standard Brinell ball of 10 mm. diameter to
penetrate the metal under a load of 3,000 kg. for a
period of 15 sec. and measuring the width of imprint
with a special microscope, referring the readings so ob-
tained to a table which will at a glance give the Brinell
hardness number. The depth ol imprint also can be
measured by an additional attachment. This is done in
routine work to procure comparative readings.
In Fig. 3 is shown a standard lever type Brinell
hardness testing machine in which the load is applied
very easily and quickly by a hand crank. The weights
that apply the load to the lever system are counter-
balanced and it is thus only necessary to raise the
counter-balancing weights momentarily when a ratchet
is applied, holding them in place until the time limit
expires and the load is again released. This type of
machine is very rugged and not liable to get out of
order and is thus an ideal one for a foundry. Such
machines are in use by the Pennsylvania railroad and
various brake-shoe manufacturers, as all brake shoes
must be subjected to such a test. Similar machines
are arranged to be operated either by water or air
pressui-e nd controlled by a foot-valve. They are
largely used by automobile manufacturers and parts
makers who test all their ma1;erial for hardness.
The hydraulic type of Brinell hardness testing
I'IG. 5. IMPACT TESTING MACHINE
FIG. 6. AUTOMATIC AND AUTOGRAPHIC TORSION
TESTING MACHINE
machine is of the bench type. The load is applied by
hand pump and is weighed by a gage. The raising
of calibrated weights insures accuracy and prevents
an overload. This type of machine is the one most
frequently used at present and is made in several sizes
and types, including a portable type for store or stock-
room use. Fig. 4 shows an Olsen hydraulic Brinell
hardness testing machine with an automatic gage, which
measures the depth of penetration to one one-hundredth
of a millimeter.
Impact tests are made in various ways, either on a
small notched specimen, broken in the form of a canti-
lever, or in the form of a beam, or without notching,
by shear or by impact tension. Cast iron and semi-
steel are also often broken by either repeated blows
from the hammer falling from a specified height, the
number of drops being proportional to the strength of
the test piece, or by increasing the height of fall per
drop until rupture of specimen. Fig. 5 shows the most
improved type of 120 ft.-lb. capacity impact testing
machine, which tests a small notched specimen, either
rectangular or round in section, breaking it as a canti-
lever. The pendulum is raised to the extreme top posi-
tion and dropped. It strikes the specimen, breaking
it off. The work to cause rupture is indicated by the
amplitude of the continued motion of the pendulum over
the scale. The specimen is held in a special clamping
device operated by handwheel. This machine is adapted
to testing small specimens by impact tension, indicating
the work to cause rupture on the same scale.
Tension tests are now beginning to show their value
in testing cast products, although more in connection
with bronzes and aluminum alloys, than with steel and
malleable iron. Machines for such tests are made in
various sizes, not only to test samples, but full-size
members, so that the strength of the design as well as
of the material may be tested. Fig. 6 shows a small
automatic and autographic torsion testing machine of
60,000 in.-lb. capacity which is very largely used at
present. In this particular machine an autographic
record may be taken in three magnitudes as to the
load, and in two magnitudes as to measurement of the
angular distorsion, so that highly magnified curves may
be taken depending upon the characteristics of the
material under test. These machines are also made
with capacities ranging up to 1,500,000 in.-lb.
In the following paragraphs there are briefly
528
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
described some of
the latest types of
alternate stress, en-
durance, repeated
impact, wear and
binding- testing ma-
chines which are
used in testing foun-
dry products. The
Upton-Lewis tough-
ness and endurance
testing machine No.
2, is arranged to test
specimens either 1
X 1 in. or i X 2 in. in
c r o s s-section (or
other sizes by ad-
justment) by bend-
ing them forward
and backward under
a known fiber stress.
The amount of this
fiber stress and the
number of altera-
tions are recorded
by means of a pencil
shown at the top of
the machine. The
fiber stress is set by
an adjustable eccen-
tric and weighed
through the action
of two springs. This
machine has been largely used for testing malleable
iron and steel castings, as well as bronze and aluminum
alloys and much valuable information has been secured
from these tests.
The Olsen-Foster alternate torsion testing machine
No. 2, takes a standard tensile test specimen of 0.505
in. in diameter and subjects it to an alternate torsion
test under a known fiber stress. The fiber stress in
this machine is kept constant by a mechanism operated
through a handwheel. The angular distorsion conse-
quent to keeping the fiber stress a constant, the fiber
stress and the number of alternations are recorded
on a continuous diagram sheet. This machine is of
value in testing materials for automobile and aero-
plane construction.
The White-Souther endurance testing machine. Fig.
7, has been very largely used for testing steel, copper
FIG. 7. WHITE-SOUTHER ENDUR-
ANCE TESTING MACHINE
and aluminum alloys for fatigue. The test consists
primarily of rotating a specimen, loaded at the end by
weights to transmit an alternate stress. The specimen
may be single or double ended and is held in place by
taper liners. The rotation is at the rate of 1,300 r.p.m.
Revolutions are recorded by speed counters, which are
automatically cut off when the specimen breaks.
The Matsumura repeated impact testing machine illus-
trated in Fig. 8 was developed by Prof. Tsuruzo
Matsumura, of Riota, Japan. In this machine a speci-
men is placed loosely on two anvils at a specified dis-
tance apart and the hammer permitted to fall repeatedly
on the specimen, which is rotated through 180 deg.
between blows. The number of blows is counted and is
taken as a measure of resistance to shock. The force
of the blow may be regulated within the limits of the
machine. The specimen, when struck, resting as it
does, freely on the supports, experiences an uncon-
strained deformation and the shock is transmitted to
the supports and not to the other machine parts. This
type of test is now receiving considerable thought and
attention and will no doubt be a large factor in deter-
mining the quality of material in the future.
Iron and steel as well as other metals are very often
used where they are subjected to considerable wear and
under such conditions a wear test should be prescribed.
Fig. 9 shows the Norris slip abrasion testing machine
in which the specimen . rotates between three rollers.
The two lower rol-
lers operate at dif-
ferent rates of speed,
producing a slip on
the specimen, and
the load is applied
through the upper
or third roller. The
specimen is accur-
ately weighed be-
fore and after the
test, and a measure
of the wear thus ob-
tained. In Fig. 10 is
shown the Olsen uni-
versal efficiency test-
ing machine, in
which may be tested
tools, such as drills,
taps, dies, reamers,
milling cutters, files,
and hacksaw blades;
FIG. 8. MATSUMUR.\ REPEAT-IMPACT TESTING MACHINE
FIG. 9. NQRRIS SLIP-ABRASION
TESTING MACHINE
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
529
cutting compounds; the cut-
ting property of tool steel;
and the properties of various
metals to be cut. The machine
consists of a bed, at one end
of which is a weighing and
recording mechanism, and at
the other a driving mechan-
ism. The weighing end of the
machine is a pendulum
mounted on ball bearings so
that the torque may be
weighed. The pendulum is
fitted with change weights to
give various capacities, a
scale for measuring torque
and a recording mechanism.
A hydraulic support in the
pendulum head enables the
pressure at the point of tool
to be registered continuously
on a gage. The uses of the
machine are best explained
by describing some of the
tests made on it. Drills are tested to show the relation
between torque, penetration and pressure at the point.
In this test the drill, which is rotated, is placed in the
line head, as shown in the illustration, and material of
known properties to be drilled, is held in the weighing
head. The feed is either positive, ranging in a geo-
metric ratio, or by gravity. The relation between the
torque and penetration or number of revolutions may
be recorded on the diagram drum and the pressure at
the point of the drill may be read from the gage.
Fig. 11 shows a hacksaw blade in the necessary
attachment. The object of the test is to determine
the relation between the number of revolutions and the
depth of cut under prescribed conditions. Fig. 12 shows
a milling cutter under test, using a single tooth and
KIG. 10. UNIVERSAL. EFFICIENCY TESTING MACHINE
measuring the wear of this tooth by a special indicat-
ing instrument.
In similar manner files are tested to determine the
relation between the revolutions and the material filed.
Tool steel or metal to be machined is tested, the condi-
tions of the one being the reverse of the other,. Fig. 13
shows a number of test curves. A is the result
of the test of a file, B and C of i-in. drills, D of a hack-
saw blade, £■ of a machine die, F of a trap, and G of a
small drill.
Curve B is that of a i-in. high-speed drill running
at 360 r.p.m., with a point pressure of 1,100 lb., while
curve C is that of a S-in. carbon drill running at 90
r.p.m. with a point pressure of 1,350 lb. The feed
and the class of material being drilled were the same
in both. It is readily seen that the high-speed drill,
cutting four times as fast, shows less torque as well as
less pressure at the point of the drill.
Curve G is that of a small drill which readily shows
that the torque required to penetrate is over twice
that required to cut the material. It is often this excess
torque required to penetrate that breaks the drill and
the test shows that great care should be taken in the
proper sharpening of such small drills.
FIG. 11. HACKS.\W BLADE TESTING ATTACHMENT
FIG. 12. MILLING CUTTER-TESTING ATTACHMENT
530
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
r
1 —
lilU
/
•00.75
0
/'
ill
^
<^
/
0-'
^
ti.
■50.50
^
/
0
0.50
—
7
f
is
A
S
A
^
v.
.^
i0.ZB
£
■
y
y
u.
/
It
^
P
/
/^
D
F
*
z
—
^__
-^
■^
(
1
40
00
6000
EC
m
I6{
)00
0
4000 1 6000
idOOO
0
T;
jrqi
100 1
n 1 £00
1 Pounds-I —
1 1
z
•)
i
0
1
0 1
c
B
?
1
c
^_^
0
«H=
k
h-=
..
.
l(
3
100
Inc
:h
eoo
3(
X)
<
r
4-
forr "
lue
riu;
?
1
t?
0
EOO
0)
4
■
4-
i)
•
5?
a
^
!
C
-4-
E
^'
c
ID
100
1
C
J
<-
^^
=
^
U-
/
—
G
—
—
r"
Tor
)0
In
ch
2(
Po
jnc
(s
5
30
(
)
T(
3rq
1 1 1 1 1
100 200
ue Inch Pounds
1 I —
0
1 1 1 1 1 J
100
Torque Inch Pounds
\
FIG. 13. DIAGRAMS OF EFFICIENCY TESTS
Curve F is that of tapping the hole drilled by curve
G and the area of this diagram represents the work of
tapping.
The very large range of testing machines applicable
to the foundry is indicated by the action of one of the
largest foundries in this country which is even now
equipping a central testing laboratory which will be
equipped with practically all of the various types herein
described, including the universal efficiency testing
machine.
Speed Table for Lathe Men
By I. B. Rich
The Meese & Goddfried Co., San Francisco, Cal. is
securing increased production from its lathes by the
use of speed and feed tables which are framed and hung
in convenient places for all lathe operators to see. The
one illustrated herewith is for a 36-in. Niles pulley
lathe.
The standard time for turning cast-iron pulleys is
based on a cutting speed, with two tools cutting, of
25 ft. per minute. This may seem low but on account
of the rims being quite thin, the iron has been found too
hard to permit of a speed much above the figure given.
One roughing cut is taken with a feed of ix in. per
revolution and a minimum speed of 25 feet. There is
one finishing cut with a feed of \ in. per revolution
and a speed of not less than 40 ft. per minute.
The table shown in the blueprint is so arranged that
the operator need only refer to the column representing
the diameter of the pulley he is about to turn. If, for
example, he has a 28-in. pulley he looks under the
28-in. column in the list headed "Diameter of Pulley" and
finds that a cutting speed of 23 ft. per minute will be
secured when the clutch lever is thrown to the left and
the belt is on the second step of the cone. The operator
starts with this combination (which gives him the near-
est to the 25 ft. desired) and will increase his
speed as much as the hardness of the casting will allow.
In the lower portion of the chart is a similar table to
be used as a guide in obtaining the desired feed. This
shows that thirteen per inch is the nearest to the -^-in.
feed wanted, the other feeds and the way in which they
are secured being plainly shown.
These were designed by Horace P. Philips, super-
intendent of the Meese & Gottfried shops.
29B R.p.m.
240 R. p.m.
POSJTION OF
MUNTTRSHAfT
lUTCH
R
CONE
I
SPINDLE
R.p.m.
1.63
2.05
£.55
5.19
3.86
4.64
555
7.31
9.19
WAd
DIAMETERS OF PULLEVS
16'
16
£0
\Z
15
16
£5
"24726
30
36
54
44
47 ! 54
m'
10
17
£0
£5
31
38
*3
60
£2"
12
15
16
£2
28
35
4£
53
66
£4'
10
£0
24-
30
56
45
58
£6'
14
£2
26
55
40
50
65
"7£ 79
£8'
l£
15
19
£5
£9
35
43
53
67
84
30"
13
16
£0
£5
51
36
46
57
It
90
52'
14
54"
15
27
55
41
49
60
18
35
43
36'
52 155
65 i69
77 82 ,66
97 II0£ 1 106
Cuftinq Speeds are shoivn in Feet per Minute.
Roughing Cut ^ , //r
Minimum Speed, 25 Ft per Mm. Feed j^ .
Finishing Cut ,,
Minimum Speed, .40 Ft per Min. Feed f.
FEED TABLE
ttu>
MNE
B.G.
FEED PER IN.
1
IN
62
1
CUT-
El
?
IN
53
?
OUT
l£
3
IN
22
3
OUT
7
4
IN
13
our.
4
SPEED TABLE FOR PULLET LATHES
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
681
Laying the Cards on the Table
I
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinitt
It is generally conceded that co-operation can only
be secured when mutual confidence prevails. And
confidence, according to some of our best think-
ers on industrial matters, is best secured by what
is generally termed "laying the cards on the
table." A very complete example of this method
— one where facts and figures are laid open for
the inspection of all — is shown heretmth.
AFTER five years of practical experience with a
i-\ plan that is based primarily on "laying all the
Jl Jl cards on the table," and that uses the shop com-
mittee system as a means of contact between the man-
agement and the workers, the AVhite Motor Co., of
Cleveland, Ohio, is now ready to state its belief in
the advantages of such methods as a step in the solu-
tion of the problems which are today confronting indus-
trial managers everywhere.
The main features of this method have been brought
out in previous articles, but it is well not to forget
a few of the salient points in considering all questions
of the kind. Wages have increased 110 per cent since
1914, output per man has nearly doubled, there is no
piece work., nothing but straight day wages, and no
arbitrary efficiency standards or practices are used —
and the price of trucks has advanced only 10 per cent.
The following figures as to production, wages, costs,
etc., show how thoroughly the old policy of secrecy has
been abanaoned and the freedom with which the facts
of the business are discussed with the men. Nor are
they hidden from others, as can be seen. The tables
shown, as well as the "maxims," are taken from large
Maxims
Capital is only production minus consumption.
Business originally was founded on service. The
customer pays all. The public suffers all. Absen-
tee ownership may or may not be a curse. Ab-
sentee management is always a curse.
Declaration of Principles
No Entangling Alliances.
Free Speech, and Free Press.
Recognition of Individual Rights.
No Discrimination Against Nationality, Political
Belief or Creed.
No Discrimination Against Any Organization.
Base Wage, Based on Buying Power.
Craftsmen's Wages Adjusted to the Above.
Production of a Necessity.
Speaking for the White Motor Co. alone, our
policy has been in the past and is now to limit
payment of dividends to 8 per cent on capital
stock. Through opinion, in the factory, in the
community, and in the home, the soundness of the
above will be checked. The White Motor Co.
Year
Factory Value
of Product
Average
No. Men
11
MS.
■S Sf
Average Weekly
Earnings Based
on51W'ksWork
Hours
Work
Hours
Pay
Total
Wages
Trucks
Per Man
Per Year
Factory Value
of Trucks Pro-
duced Per Man
• Per Year
1910
$ 3,836.290
1,072
$14.04
60
60
$ 767,496
2.290
$3,578.63
1911
$ 5,097.523
1,419
$12.82
59
WA
$ 927.696
1.985
$3,592.33
1912
$ 6,739,756
1,852
$13.53
6VA
$1,278,426
1.785
$3,639.17
1913
$ 6,795,196
1,964
$13.45
$1,347,064
1.785
$3,459.87
1914
$ 9,023,172
2,202
$1.00
$15.03
$1,688,467
1.924
$4,097.72
1915
$21,040,078
3,758
90c.
$16.51
54!/
59/i
$3,163,857
2.460
$5,598.72
1916
J17,053,311
3,611
86c.
$17.34
$3,186,921
2.082
$4,722.60
1917
$22,448,927
4,341
72c.
$20.94
$4,637,105
2.040
$5,171.3J
1918
$30,952,748
4,841
55c.
$27.07
$6,688,051
2.720
$6,389.91
1919
$35,356,000
5,475
50c.
$31.64
49/.
52
$8,835,000
2.751
$6,456.62
♦THE factory value OF OUR TRUCKS PRODUCED INC
J'F^S?'^^'''^^ * SUPPLIES, ETC. FACTORY SALARIES &
J^SgR GENERAL ADMINISTRAl
POWER & FUEL INSURANCE
MAINTENANCE & REPAIRS FEDERAL, STATE & CITY 1
PLANT. EXTENSION, ETC.
DIVIDENDS
Note
LUDES:
IVE EXPENSE
rAXES
Trucks Per Mart 2.751
Value *fi4.'ififi2
THE
One.
RESULTS SHOWN BY THE TABLES ARE DUE TO THREE REASONS:
rhird Due to A;nple Capital & Plant & Methods of Manufacture
" " Management Nota.
■ '■ the Men Voluntarily Giving an Honest Day's Work.
Average
Average
Increased
lOPer.C*
Value $2,347.00
Truck Price
Approximately
nt Since 1914
TABLE I.
OUTPUT AND LABDR COSTS SINCK 1914
blueprints which are posted in conspicuous places where
all who run may read. To those who fear to let too
much be known, the answer of those who believe in pub-
licity is that imagination usually pictures profits at a
much higher figure than they really are. When some-
one tells the men that enor-
mous dividends are being
paid, and the actual figures
are not shown, the men natur-
ally assume all statements
as true — that "silence gives
consent."
The figures in Table I show
interesting facts as to the
plant and production value,
which is something of an edu-
cation to most men in the
shop, and show that with a
plant investment only twice as
large as in 1914, the output is
nearly four times as great.
And this with a price advance
of only 10 per cent. The ratio
between direct and indirect
labor remains approximately
the same, while the total labor
cost has increased from 18.71
per cent to 24.99 per cent of
the product.
Table II is a real lesson in
shop finance as it shows just
what is meant by factory
value of trucks produced, the
output per man, the increase
582
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 12
Ppopuction Organization
I MASTER CHART |
W. T. WHITE
Proldml
E. W. HULET
2nd Vice-President
Production Manager
W. C. WHITE
1st Vice-President
INDUSTRIAL BE NATIONS
W. T. WHITE
('resident
WM. TAYLOR
Manager
Safely & Health
J. J. HOORNSTRA
Superviiior
Education & Library
E.W. HULET
2nd Vice-President
DR. BURDICK
Phygician
DR. DICKENSON
Surgeon
DR. MILLHOFF
Assistant Physician
WM. TAYLOR
Manager
C. TAYLOR
Superintendent
DR. MOORE
Eye Specialist
S. J. WETTRICH
Manager
Induintrial Service
E. K. WOOLEY
Editor
The While Book
J. W. HART
Director
Indu^riat Relation*
EN(;iNEERING
E.W. HULET
2nd Vice-President
F. FARMER
ManaKer
EnyineorinK Design
A.J.SCAIFE
Manager
F.MKinfvrinK Con.iullalion
W. CLEMENTS
MjnaKcr
BuildinK Construction
1 P R 0 I) U C T 1 0 N METHODS
T. H. White
B. Craves
C. AllxTs
A. J.Scaife F. Farmer
Wm. Tavlor S. Weltrich
N. Lo«r> H. Smilh
W. Clcmenls
J.H.Teachout
P. L. Brown
I MANUFACTURING |
B. GRAVES
Assistant
Production Manager
T. H. WHITE
Assistant
Production Manager
N. LOWRY
ManaKer
Motor
Production
F. FARMER
Manager
C. A. ALBERS
Manager
Factory & Office
.Vccounting
H. SMITH
Manager
Erecting
Sheel-Mclal
& Pu>>ch Press
W. CLEMENTS
Manager
Power &
Maintenance
S. WETTRICH
Polishing £.-
Cleaning
J. H. TEACHOUT
Manager
Body & Finishing
Diipparlments
R. McLEARIE
Sui>erintendent
E. GAGE
Superintendent
A. REITZ
Superintendent
H. HVLKEMA
Superintendent
J. WILSON
Superintendent
:2.
R. hoc; EN
Superinl«-ndeni
f. L. BROW^
Supe rrntendrnt
Farts & Repair*
FIG. 1. ORGiVNIZATION OF THE WHITE MOTOR CO.
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS COMMISSIONS
i
PIG. 2. ORGANIZATION OP INDUSTRIAL. RELATIONS COMMISSION
in men, wages and, best of all, output, since 1910. It also the dollar. The success is credited to three sources:
shows the decrease in number of working hours as well capital, management and an honest diy'n work, in eaual
as a much greater decrease in the purchasing power of measure.
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
538
THE WHITE MOTOR COMPANY 1
COMPARATIVE FIGURES
12 MONTHS
1914
12 MONTHS
1918
12 MONTHS
1919
(December Estimated)
PRODUCTION VALUE
$9,023,172
$30,952,748
$35,356,000
PLANT VALUE
$1,879,000
$ 3,200,000
$ .3,650,000
RATIO, PRODUCT-PLANT
4.8 to 1
9.7 to 1
9.6 to 1
TOTAL PRODUCT (Parts Included)
4,255
13,163
15,064-
AVERAGE NUMBER OF MEN
2,202
4,844
5,475
AVERAGE WEEKLY EARNINGS (51 Weeks)
S15.03
$27.07
$31.64
TOTAL WAGES, Factory Employees
$1,688,467
$6,688,051
$8,835,000
Direct
13.81%
15.84%
18.35%
RATIO, WAGES-PRODUCT
Indirect
4.90%
5.81%
6.63%
Total
18.71%
21.65%
24.99%,
TABI.K II. UETA11-.S OF COSTS .\N'I) DISTKIHUTION OK TKEDITS
The organization of the White Motor Co. is shown
in Fig. 1. Perhaps the most striking feature is
that the production manager is a vice president and has
a voice in the management and policy of the company.
There is a growing belief that, unless this is done, unless
the engineering or technical end of the business has its
voice in the entire management best results can-
not be secured. Financial men are necessary but it is
believed that they should not dominate all the policies
of management. Nor do the financial men have a mon-
opoly of the ability to pick good men, even though some
of them seem to feel that
this is the case. We need
only to look back at the many
fiascos in plant management,
where bankers picked the
executives in the munition
factories to bear this out. It
must be remembered that
the White Motor Co. has a
system of representative
committees, one man being
chosen to represent every
ten men in the shop. Figs.
1 and 2, however, show how
little machinery there is
about the whole thing and
how the production manager
ties up closely and directly
with all the different activi-
ties. In Table II, it will be
seen how the policy commission ties together the pro-
duction, safety and health, service, publication, educa-
tion and industrial relations. Education also plays a big
part in the plan of industrial work of the company, as
can be seen. The plans are so simple, the actions so
direct, that they get as near to the old personal con-
tact as seems possible in a large shop. The plan works
remarkably well and can be studied carefully to ad-
vantage. But as with all successful plans, it must be
remembered that success depends more on mutual con-
fidence, on the spirit behind it, than on the plan itself.
Reminiscences of an Old School Machinist
By R. THOMAS HUNTINGTON
THE modern bench lathe with all its attachments,
including milling and grinding devices as well as
provi^on for accurate thread cutting, is almost a ma-
chine shop in itself. How different was the lathe of my
boyhood when I entered
the shop as an apprentice
67 years ago I will leave
to the reader to judge. The
bed of the lathe upon which
I worked in those early
days consisted of two
stringers of wood (hard
pine, I think it was) 4 by
8 inches in size, separated
by three pieces of wood f
in. thick, 3i in. wide, and
about 4 in. long; one of
the.se pieces being at each
end of the clear space of
the bed — about 3 ft. apart,
and the third piece at the
outer end of the headstock.
These five pieces of wood
were raised from the bench
on blocks 3 or 4 in. thick
placed practically under
the separating blocks.
The bed of the lathe was firmly bolted to the bench
by six bolts with heads let in a little below the surface
so as not to interfere with the movement of the tail-
stock or "tee" re.'^t. There was no countershaft; the
During the last half-century the groivth and
development of the machine shop in the ivay of
improved machinery, advanced ideas and meth-
ods, hitherto unheard-of materials both for
ivorking with and to he ivorked — though swift
and at times bewildering — has been so con-
sistent and so engrossing that the full scope
of its progress is apparent to us ivho are within
its influence only when we step aside from our-
selves and, through the rearward mental vision
of our older associates, recall conditions of the
earlier days when machines of precision were
but dreams and many of the jobs today consid-
ered elementary called for the highest degree of
skill. To those of us whose hair has grown gray
in the service, the reminiscences of our fellow
tradesman, himself 73 years old, bring back ots
in a dream the pleasures and the triumphs of the
golden days of our own apprenticeships.
driving cone was on the main line, or a jackshaft accord-
ing to the location of the lathe, and the workman started
and stopped the lathe by throwing on or off the belt
by hand. The head- and tailstocks were held firmly
in position by a wedge
passing through a
wrought iron stirrup or
strap cast into the metal of
the stocks. The headstock
remained stationary and
was held in line by a key,
or feather, about 3 in. wide
fitting into the space be-
tween the two stringers of
wood that formed the bed.
If there were a number of
lathes in line, the stringers
were made long enough to
accommodate all the head-
stocks with room enough
between them to allow
ample movement to their
respective tailstocks. There
was no real standard then
in existence; each shop
having its own designer,
and the designs were many
and varied. The tailstocks were similar ir prin-
ciple to those with which the present-day workman is
familiar, but they were held in position by the wedge
before mentioned. There was not as much movement
534
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
to the tailspindle as is now the practice as there were
no deep holes to drill.
The T-rest was held to the bed by a wedge passing
through a stirrup bolt which had at its upper end a
square head fitting a corresponding slot in the base of
the rest. There was adjustment up and down of the
rest the same as now, but the rest was broader on the
top to accommodate the hook-tools then in use ; of which
more will be said later. Some of the lathes had two
T's; one for the hook-tool and one for hand tooling,
chasing threads, etc.
The live center had usually a square taper shank;
the hole in the spindle being shaped during the forging
operation by driving in a swage of the desired shape.
The shank of the tail center was round with very slight
taper. The cone pulley was generally made of wood
and was keyed to the spindle.
Only Hand Tools Were Used
All work was accomplished on these old lathes by
means of hand tools. There were no slide rests. All
drills were made of flat steel forged nearly to size and
finished with a file as required. The blacksmith or
tooldresser of the old days was an artist. He took par-
ticular pride and exercised a deal of patience in making
good clean forgings that required but little fitting.
There were no dogs as we have them now. In drill-
ing a hole in a piece attached to the faceplate of the
lathe there would be a T- or L-shaped piece of stock,
with a slot in it of somewhere about the right size for
the drill to pass through, to hold the drill from turning;
the drill being held back against the tail-center by hand
or with a monkey wrench.
In preparing to turn round work, such as studs, bolts,
etc., we did not drill center holes then as we do now
Each man had three center punches: a round one of
about 60 deg. included angle and a round, and a square
one of about 90 deg. included angle. The sharper one
would be used as a starter, followed on one end of the
work by the blunt round one and on the other end by the
square one.
There would be two live centers for the lathe: one
round pointed one and one with a square point; both
about 90 deg. included angle. The square pointed
one used in conjunction with the square center-punch
mark was depended upon to drive small round work,
while a bent strap bolted to the faceplate and having a
hole of suitable size and shape in it was used to drive
square or hexagon stock.
Work was rough turned with a "hook-tool" ground on
top something like a diamond point but having at the
bottom a sharp point or heel to keep it from slipping on
the rest. The tool was made of rectangular section
stock, usually i by i in. and about a foot long, being
held in a wooden holder about two feet long. The steel
shank of the tool was fitted to a groove in the top of the
wooden holder, and held by an eye bolt the eye of which
was fitted to the tool shank. The threaded portion of
the eyebolt, passing through a hole in the wooden
holder, entered a square nut set in a handle, like a large
file handle, that projected downward at a right angle
from the holder. Thus the steel part of the tool could
be moved in and out with relation to the wooden holder
and tightened in any desired position by turning the
handle.
To use the hook-tool the workman grasped the down-
wardly projecting handle with his left hand, rested the
outer end of the holder on his right shoulder and held
it down firmly with his right hand, while the pointed
spur above referred to rested on the T rest immediately
before the revolving work. By a peculiar twisting mo-
tion, impossible of description but imparted by both
hands and a movement of the body at the same time, the
tool could be made to advance along the work, taking
oflf the stock as neatly if not as rapidly as a tool held
in a modern slide-rest. The amount of work that could
be accomplished in a day by this crude tool would sur-
prise some of the present day mechanics.
In using the hook-tool a workman not only knew his
business but attended strictly to it all the time; if his
judgment erred or his attention wandered he would get
a sudden crack behind the ear that would bring him
to his senses — if it didn't deprive him of them alto-
gether.
I remember seeing one young man, who thought he
could turn a brass gong with a diamond point instead
of a flat tool, laid out unconscious for half an hour.
He was warned against using the diamond point, but
like many another younp man was self-sufficient in his
own ignorance and scorned to accept the instructions of
his elders. Experience is a dear teacher but leaves
no doubt as to point of its teaching.
Finishing was usually done with a square graver.
For starting a thread we used a diamond shaped graver
and we obtained the proper pitch by a slight twist of
the wrist which took some time to acquire.
After a thread was started a chaser was used to finish
it. The chaser was a flat tool with six or more teeth
of the shape, size, and pitch of the thread it was in-
tended to cut. The chasers were usually made by cut-
ting in the teeth with a hob of the same pitch as the
tap that was to be used to' thread the corresponding
nut, but some expert workmen could file these chasers;
using the tap as a templet and gage.
The apprentice of those days was given a lathe to
work on only after having been in the shop for six
months. I am working today, in my seventy-third year,
on a modern bench lathe with all its up-to-date acces-
sories, and as I cast back in my mind to my own appren-
ticeship in those far off days I wonder what some of the
fellows who have learned their trade in recent years
would do if they were to be put up against the condi-
tions of fifty seven years ago.
Twist Drills and Drill Rod Unknown
Twist drills were unknown; there was no bright
drawn stock, the diameter and roundness of which could
be trusted to an infinitesimal fraction of an inch; the
only grinding wheels in existence were made of wood
and covered with leather to which emery was attached by
covering the leather with glue and rolling the wheel in
a trough of loose emery.
Most of the larger lathes had a chain feed, the chain
passing over a sprocket wheel under the headstock and
operated by a large wooden-rimmed handwheel. There
were a few geared lathes for cutting threads on large
work.
In 1868 I worked on my first screw-cutting lathe in
the shop of William Sellers & Co. of Philadelphia, which
shop was equipped with the most impro%'ed machinerj'
then in use. Here, also, I first made the acquaintance
of snap and thread limit gages. Here for the first time
I found a full set of dogs for turning work of all sizes,
and the old square center with which I had become so
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
535
familiar, became but a memory. All lathe centers were
ground to an angle of 60 degrees.
There was a machine in the Sellers shop the like of
which I have not seen in recent years. It was called a
"cotter drill" and was made in Manchester, England.
It was a very heavy machine and was semi-automatic in
its action. The tool from which it received its name
was a sort of two-lipped milling cutter instead of a drill
and was sometimes called a "fish-tail" because of its
resemblance to that well known appendage. Its work
was the cutting of slots in flat bars of steel. Two such
bars, 6 in. wide, 2 in. thick, and 10 or 12 ft. long would
be mounted on the machine and a slot 2 in. wide by 6 in.
long cut in one end and a series of shorter slots were
cut in the other end.
How THE Machine Worked
The workman would feed the drill down into the work
to the proper depth of cut — determined by his judgment
as to what the tool would stand — and then throw in a
clutch which would cause the table to travel the desired
distance to where a properly adjusted dog would disen-
gage the feed. At this end the drill would be fed down
some more and the clutch reversed, causing the table to
travel back to the starting point.
These movements would be repeated until the tool was
half through the work, when the latter would be turned
over and the same operations gone through on the other
side.
These pieces served as tie bars on the hydraulic wheel-
presses used for pressing locomotive driving and car
wheels on their axles. The reason for slotting them in
pairs was to keep each pair exactly alike so that when
the movable head of the wheel press was altered to suit
different gages the draft would be evenly divided be-
tween the bars.
Got Tips From Apprentice Boy
As I stated above I first encountered the screw-cut-
ting lathe in this shop, and I am indebted to an appren-
tice-boy who was running a similar lathe alongside me
for many tips concerning its operation. We were both
making bolts to be used on some parts of the firm's
product and we were using, for the first time, the new
snap gages
The bolts were to act as dowels and in consequence
must be smooth and accurately to size. The boy seemed
to be getting on finely; his bolts were smooth and ap-
parently fitted his snap gage perfectly, while mine were
not so smooth; causing the foreman, a very fussy indi-
vidual, to give me quite a lecture on the desirability of
perfect workmanship
The work did not pass through a separate inspection
department as it would now, but each foreman was
depended upon to keep the work from his department
right. When the machines were assembled it was
found that the bolts turned by my neighbor were too
small.
Upon investigation it was found that the apprentice
boy had turned his first bolt too small and in order to
avoid explaining to the foreman, had squeezed the gage
in a vise until it fitted the bolt. After that all gages
were inspected after each man was through with them.
The boy, who was an indentured apprentice, served out
his time and in due course became a full-fledged me-
chanic. I have never seen him since but have seen
many like him.
It was at the Sellers shop that I first saw hardened-
steel bushings. These bushings were quite large, with
holes in their walls for oil and dowels, and were ground
inside and out. As the bushings were to go on a shaft
between two solid collars, I wondered how they were
ever going to get them to place. I was told that they
were sawed in halves by a plain steel disk running at
high rate of speed.
I did not see this operation and consequently know
nothing of it but hearsay, but it was said that the disk
went through the hardened bushings like a circular saw
through wood. I do not know whether a lubricant was
used or not. The disk was a trifle thicker at the peri-
phery, thinning toward the center, and was run between
two collars that were of such diameter as to allow only
enough of the disk to project to reach through the wall
of the bushings.
Closing Gates When Whistle Blows
The Sellers company were very particular about
promptitude in reporting for work, the gates being
closed when the whistle blew, and any one coming after
that was obliged to pass through the time-keeper's office ;
losing two and one-half hours from his pay.
The firm did not put any small change in the pay
envelope. A running balance was kept on the books and
the change paid to the workman each time it amounted
to one dollar.
Double-Acting Clamping Device
By W. A. Anderson
The clamping device herewith illustrated provides a
quick method of bringing the clamp over the work and
clamping it simultaneously with one movement of the
operating lever. The cam A. which is part of the
eccentric cam for tightening, actuates the pin B, thus
moving the clamping leaf forward. As the leaf C moves
forward the eccentric cam presses it downward. The
pin E acts as a pivot for the clamp leaf and also
QUICK-ACTING CLAMPING DEVICE
guides it in its sliding movement. The springs D
always hold the clamp leaf against the eccentric cam
so that the clamp clears the work freely when moving
forward. The view at the side shows the clamp back
out of the way and illustrates how the pin enters the
eccentric, thus providing the throw necessary to free
it from the work.
586
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 12
FOR SMALL SHOPS ^//^ ALL SHOPS
£ty J. A. L/ucas
September 16, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
537
Arc Welding Equipment*— XXVF
ELECTRIC Arc Welding is the transformation of
electrical energy into heat through the medium
of an arc for the purpose of melting and fusing-
together two metals, allowing them to melt, unite, and
then cool. The fusion is accomplished entirely without
pressure. The heat is produced by the passage of an
electric current from one conductor to another through
air which is a poor conductor of electricity, and offers
a high resistance to its passage. The heat of the arc
is the hottest flame that is obtainable, carrying in tem-
perature estimated to be between 3,500 and 4,000 deg
C. (6,332 to 7,232 deg. F.).
The metal to be welded is made one terminal of the
circuit, the other terminal being the electrode. By
bringing the electrode into contact with the metal and
instantly withdrawing it a short distance, an arc is
established between the two. Through the medium of
the heat thus produced, metal may be entirely melted
away or cut, added to or built up, or fused to another
piece of metal as desired.
A particularly advantageous feature of the electric
arc weld is afforded through the concentration of this
intense heat in a small area, enabling it to be applied
just where it is needed.
Direct-current is now more generally used for arc
welding than alternating-current.
When using direct-current, the metal to be welded
is made the positive terminal of the circuit, and the
electrode is made the negative terminal.
Regarding alternating-current it is obvious that an
equal amount of heat will be developed at the work
and at the electrode, while with direct-current weld-
•For the author's forthcoming book, Welding and Cutting. All
rights reserved.
tPart XXV appeared In last week's Issue.
ing we have considerably more heat developed at the
positive terminal. Also in arc welding the negative
electrode determines the character of the arc, which
permits of making additions to the weld in a way
that is not possible with alternating-current. Inasmuch
as the work always has considerably greater heat-ab-
sorbing capacity than the electrode, it would seem only
reasonable that the direct-current arc is inherently
better suited for this work.
Two systems of electric arc welding, based on the
type of electrode employed, are in general use, known
as the carbon (or graphite) and the metallic electrode
processes. The latter process is also sub-divided into
those using the bare and the covered metallic electrodes.
A simple schematic layout for an arc-welding outfit
is shown in Fig. 311.
The Carbon Electrode Process
In this process, the negative terminal or electrode
is a carbon pencil from 6 to 12 in. in length and from
i to li in. in diameter. This was the original process
devised by Bernados and has been in more or less gen-
eral use for more than thirty years. The metal is
made the positive terminal as in the metallic electrode
process in order that the greater heat developed in
this terminal may be applied just where it is needed.
Also, if the carbon were positive, the tendency would be
for the carbon particles to flow into the weld and
thereby make it hard and more difficult to machine.
The current used in this process is usually between
300 and 450 amp. For some special applications as high
as from 600 to 800 may be required, especially if con-
siderable speed is desired. The arc supplies the heat
and the filler metal must be fed into the weld by hand
from a metallic bar.
538
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
The class of work to which the carbon process may
be applied includes cutting or melting of metals, re-
pairing broken parts and building up materials, but
it is not especially adapted to work where strength is
of prime importance unless the operator is trained in
the use of the carbon electrode. It is not practical to
weld with it overhead or on a vertical surface but
there are many classes of work which can be profitably
done by this process. It can be used very advan-
tageously for improving the finished surface of welds
made by metal electrodes. The carbon electrode process
is very often useful for cutting cast iron and non-
ferrous metals, and for filling up blowholes.
The Metallic Electrode Process
In the metallic electrode process, a metal rod or pencil
is made the negative terminal, and the metal to be
welded becomes the positive terminal.
When the arc is drawn, the metal rod melts at the
end and is automatically deposited in a molten state
Series Field
Commufatincj
Field ^
- \Generator
^ I Armature
Voltmeter
0
^ _/ Service
~* f Switcti
i ii i
Grid
Resistors
Electrode
FIG. 311.
Courtesy of the Westingliouse Co.
SIMPLK SCHEMATIC WELDING CIRCUIT
in the hottest portion of the weld surface. Since the
filler is carried directly to the weld, this process is
particularly well adapted to work on vertical surfaces
and to overhead work.
If the proper length of arc is uniformly maintained
on clean work, the voltage across the arc will never
greatly exceed 22 volts for bare electrodes and 35 volts
for coated electrodes. The arc length will vary to a
certain degree however, owing to the physical impossi-
bility of an operator being able to hold the electrode at
an absolutely uniform distance from the metal through-
out the time required to make the weld.
It is very essential that the surfaces be absolutely
clean and free from oxides and dirt, as any foreign
matter present will materially affect the success of the
weld.
When using a metallic electrode, the arc which is
formed by withdrawing it from the work, consists of a
highly luminous central core of iron vapor surrounded
by a flame composed largely of oxide vapors. At the
temperature prevailing in the arc stream and at the
zoo
250
FIG. 312.
100 150
Amperes Arc Current
Courtesy of the Westinghouae Co.
RELATION OF APPROXIMATE ARC CURRENTS
AND ELECTRODE DIAMETERS
electrode terminals, chemical combinations occur instan-
taneously between the vaporized metals and the atmos-
pheric gases. These reactions continue until a flame
of incandescent gaseous compounds is formed which
completely envelopes the arc core. However, drafts
created by the high temperature of the vapors and by
local air currents tend to remove this protecting screen
as fast as it is formed, making it necessary for the
welder to manipulate the electrode so that the maximum
protective flame for both arc stream and electrode de-
posit is continuously secured. This can be obtained
automatically by the maintenance of a short arc and
the proper inclination of the electrode towards the work
in order to compensate for draft currents.
Selection of Electrodes
The use of a metallic electrode for arc welding has
proved more satisfactory than the use of a carbon or
graphite electrode which necessitates feeding the new
metal or flller into the arc by means of a rod or wire.
The chief reason for this is that, when the metallic
electrode process is used, the end of the electrode is
melted and the molten metal is carried through the arc
to be deposited on the material being welded at the point
where the material is in a molten state produced by the
heat of the arc. Thus a perfect union or fusion is pro-
duced with the newly deposited metal.
Wire for metallic arc welding must be of uniform,
homogeneous structure, free from segregation, oxides,
pipes, seams, etc. The commercial weldability of elec-
trodes should be determined by means of tests per-
PLATE THICKNESS
■CURRENT
ELECTRODE DIAMETER
IN INCHES
IN AMPERES
IN INCHES
Hi
20 to 50
He
Vs
50 to 85
?^
%
75 to 110
Vs
a
90 to 125
Vs
110 to 150
56
H
125 to 170
^ '^
^
140 to 185
56
t^
150 to 200
Hi
yi
165 to 215
5f6
I
175 to 225
5<6
TABLE XXIV. APPROXIMATE CURRENT VALUES FOR
PLATES OF DIFFERENT THICKNESS
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
6S9
I
FIG. 313. CARBON-ARC WELDING, USING KING MASK
formed by an experienced operator, who can ascertain
whether the wire flows smoothly and evenly through the
arc without any detrimental phenomena.
The following table indicates the maximum range
of the chemical composition of bare electrodes for weld-
ing mild steel:
Carbon trace up to 0.25%
Manganese trace up to 0.99%
Phosphorous not to exceed 0.05%
Sulphur not to exceed 0.05 %
Silicon not to exceed 0.08%
The composition of the mild steel electrodes, com-
monly used, is around 0.18 per cent carbon, and manga-
nese not exceeding 0.5 per cent, with only a trace of
phosphorus, sulphur and silicon.
The size, in diameter, ordinarily required will be J in.,
A in., and A in. and only occasionally the ii in.
These electrodes are furnished by a number of firms,
among whom are John A. Roebling's Sons Co., Trenton,
N. J.; American Rolling Mills Co., Middletown, Ohio;
American Steel and Wire Co., Pittsburgh, and Ferride
Electric Welding Wire Co., New York City; Page
Woven Wire Co., Monessen, Pa.; John Potts Co., Phila-
delphia.
A coated electrode is one which has had a coating of
some kind applied to its surface for the purpose of
otally or partially excluding the atmosphere from the
metal while in a molten state when passing through the
arc and after it has been deposited.
The proper size of electrode may be determined from
Fig. 312 from which it will be seen that the class of
work, and current used are both factors determining
the size of the electrode for welding steel plates of var-
ious thicknesses. To find the diameter of the metallic
electrode required, select, for example, a three-eighths
plate, and follow horizontally to the "Thickness of the
Plate Curve." The vertical line through this intersec-
tion represents about 110 amp. as the most suitable
current to be used with this size of plate. Then follow
this vertical line to its intersection with the "Diameter
of Electrode" curve which locates a horizontal line re-
presenting approximately an electrode -h in. in diameter.
In a similar manner, a i-in. plate requires about 125
amp. and a 3^-in. electrode.
The amount of current to be used is dependent on
the thickness of the plate to be welded when this value
is i' in. or less. Average values for welding mild steel
plates with direct current are indicated by the curve
referred to above in connection with the selection of
the electrode of proper size. This data is also shown
in table XXIV.
It should be borne in mind, however, that these values
are only approximate as the amount of current to be
used is dependent on the temperature of the plate and
also upon the type of joint. For example, when making
a lap weld between two 4-in. steel plates at ordinary air
temperature of about 65 deg. F. it has been found that
the extra good results were obtained by using a current
of about 225 amp. and a A-in. diameter electrode. The
explanation for the high current permissible is the tre-
mendous heat storage and dissipation capacity of the
lapped plates which makes the combination practically
equivalent to that of a butt weld of two 1-ln. plates.
For that reason the above values will be very greatly
increased in the case of lap welds which require prac-
tically twice the amount of current taken by the butt
welds.
When the proper current value is used there will be
a crater, or depression, formed when the arc is inter-
rupted. This shows that the newly deposited metal is
penetrating or "biting into" the work.
The difference between the carbon and the metallic
electrode processes can be seen in Figs. 313 and 314.
In Fig. 313 the welder is using a carbon electrode and
feeding metal into the weld from a metal rod held in
his left hand. In Fig. 314 the metal rod is held in a
special holder and not only carries the current but
metal from it is deposited on the work.
Electrode holders should be simple, mechanically
strong, and so designed as to hold the electrode firmly.
It should be practically impossible to burn or damage
the holder by accidental contact so that it will not work.
Small, flimsy or light projecting parts are almost sure
to be broken off or bent. Fig. 315 shows one of these
holders that answers the requirements. However, any
of the companies selling arc welding apparatus will be
able to supply dependable holders.
A holder made by the Arc Welding Machine Co., New
York, is shown in Fig. 316 and in detail in Fig. 317.
The metal rod is clamped in by means of an eccentric
segment operated by a thumb lever. If the rod should
freeze to the work it will not pull out of the holder, but
FIG. 314. METAIlLIC-ARC WELDING, USING A
HAND SHIELD
540
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
FIG. 31.'). SIMPLE FORM OF ELECTRODE HOLDEK
r
'M^^*' , ^
FIG. 316. SPECIAL MAKE OF ELECTRODE HOLDER
will be gripped all the tighter. The welding current
enters at the rear end of the composition shank, passes
along the shank to the head of the tool, and from there
directly into the electrode. It will be noted, that there
are no joints in this tool except where the cable is
soldered into the shank. There is a relatively large
contact surface between the electrode and the holding
head, which precludes any possible heating at this
point. The trigger is intended for remote control em-
ployed with the closed-circuit system. Whenever this
holder is used on other syst0ms, the trigger is omitted.
Cable
For arc welding service the cables leading to the elec-
trode holder should be very flexible in order to allow the
operator full control of the arc.
The following sizes of cable have been found by the
General Electric Co., suitable for this service, due ac-
count being taken of the intermittent character of the
work.
It is extra flexible stranded dynamo cable, insulated
for 75-v. circuit, with varnished cambric insulation,
covered with weatherproof braid.
Amperes
Up to 200
Over 200
Up to 500
Over 500
Up to 1.000
Size of Cable
Circular Mills
225/24
90,000
375/24
150.000
650/24
'' 260.000
FIG. 318. KING FACE MASKS WITH AND WITHOUT
.'^IDE SCREENS
It will be noted in Figs. 313 and 314, that two dif-
ferent ways of protecting the eyes are shown. One
man has a helmet and the other uses a shield held in
the hand. Conditions under which the welders work,
and their personal preferences, largely dictate which
type is to be used. However, no welder should ever
attempt arc welding without a protecting screen fitted
with the right kind of glass. Cheap glass is dear at
any price, for the light rays thrown off from the arc
are very dangerous to the eyesight. The guard should
be so made as to not only protect the eyes from danger-
ous light rays, but should also protect the face and neck
from flying sparks of metal.
A very good face mask made by Julius King Optical
Co., New York, is shown in Fig. 318. These masks are
made of fiber and provision is made for a free circula-
tion of air between the front and the face, not only
keeping the operator cool, but preventing the tendency
of the lenses to fog. The masks are supported by
bands over the head and it is said that weight is not
apparent and that they are as comfortable to wear as
a cap. Two styles are made — with and without side
screens. The one without screens may be had with
combination lenses tinted for acetylene or electric weld-
ing or with any other tint for specific work. The one
with side screens, providing side vision, is fitted either
with combination lenses or with clear Saniglass lenses.
A hand shield is shown in Fig. 319.
In arc welding in the open, other workmen or on-
lookers are liable to injury as well as the welders, so
screens should be placed around the work to conceal the
light rays from the view of others besides the welder.
Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 320.
^
:;gU»"«!S"'*''^~!, ''-- "- ' ■■ -•;— <
^--- ■ -^^
j^_^ .
B[BrrffWSHI^S^w.-~
^ZZ.
•*-
FIG. 317. DETAILS OF .SPECIAL ELECTRODE HOLDER
FIG. 319. KING H.\ND SHIELDS
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
541
Where repetition work is to be done, it is well to
provide individual stalls or booths, somewhat similar
to the one shown in Fig. 321. These were designed for
use in the welding schools under the supervision of the
Lincoln Electric Co. For actual shop work, curtains or
screens should be provided back of the welders.
It must be remembered also, that owing to the pre-
sence of ultra-violet rays, severe flesh burns may re-
sult with some people if proper gloves and clothing are
not worn- — especially when using the carbon arc.
Selecting a Welding Outfit
Welding outfits may be of the stationary or the
portable type. These may also be divided into motor-
generator sets and the "transformer" types. Both d.c.
and a.c. current may be used primarily, depending on
the apparatus employed and the source of current avail-
able.
Regarding the selection of any particular outfit J. M.
Ham, writing in the General Electric Review for De-
cember, 1918, says:
"Few things electrical have in so short a period of
time created such wide-spread interest as that of arc
welding. Engineers having to do with steel products,
in whatever form produced or in whatever way em-
ployed, have investigated its uses not only as a building
agent when applied to new material but as a reclaiming
agent for worn or broken parts. In both cases its
possibilities as a means of greatly increasing output
and in saving otherwise useless parts at a small frac-
tion of their original or replacement value has proved
astounding.
Out of these investigations have grown several sys-
tems of arc welding that may be designated as, constant
potential, constant energy and alternating current.
To exploit these is the duty of the sales department
and the measure of its success depends upon the quality
of service rendered.
The difficulties of giving service are perhaps not fully
FIG.
320. METHOD OF USING SCRKKN'.S
TO PROTECT OTHERS
appreciated. Where so many systems have been called
for and where so many individual ideas have to be met,
the problems of the manufacturer become multiplied.
During a period of freight congestion when loco-
motives were in unprecendented demand, an engine was
run into the repair shop with slid flat spots on each of
the eight driving wheels, and orders were issued to re-
turn it ready for service in record time. In three hours
repairs had been completed by means of the electric
arc (to have put on new tires would have required three
to four days) and the locomotive was out on the road.
Many other achievements as remarkable as these have
been obtained.
It would seem that having demonstrated the success
of arc welding for a given line of work, others similarly
engaged would be keen to take advantage of it ; but that
is true only in part, possibly because this is a "show
me" age.
When it becomes apparent to the investigator of arc
welding possibilities that the process fulfills his require-
FIG. 321. individual STALLS FOR INSTRUCTION WORK
542
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
ments, the question of what system to employ confronts
him; salesmen are on the job to tell him about their par-
ticular specialties. He is informed that the real secret
of welding is having the proper electrode (the sales-
man's special kind) ; it must be covered or bare, as the
case may be, and contain certain unnamed ingredients.
The merits of the direct-current system are extolled.
Alternating-current outfits are advocated by others, it
being claimed that they bite deeper and weld if the
arc is held. The prospective buyer retires with a head-
ache to think it over.
There is no mystery about arc welding. It is being
done with all sorts of outfits and many varieties of
electrodes. It can even be done from power lines with
resistance in series with the arc. But these systems
differ widely in essentials, just as in the case of auto-
mobiles. We can buy a cheap car or an expensive
car, and in either event we get just about what we
pay for.
The arc-welding set must pay its way. It must earn
dividends and conserve materials, and when properly
selected and applied does both of these things to a
degree quite gratifying. To the discriminating pur-
chaser it is not sufficient merely to know that an outfit
will make a weld, he wants to know if it is the best
weld that can be made, if it can be made in the shortest
possible time, and whether the ratio between cost of
the entire system to the savings effected is the lowest
obtainable. He doubtless will, if the work is of suffi-
cient magnitude to warrant, establish a welding depart-
ment with a trained arc welding man in charge, and
see that this department stands on its own feet. By sc
doing he places responsibility on a man who knows what
to do and how to do it — a friend rather than a foe of the
system. He will, other things being anything like
equal, respect the opinion of the operator in the selec-
tion of the system to be employed, because it is better
to provide a man with tools he is familiar with and
prefers to use, rather than to force him to use some-
thing with which he is unfamiliar or which he regards
with disfavor.
Obviously, the purchaser wishes to know that the
companies he is dealing with are reliable and respon-
sible, that the experience back of the salesmen is suffi-
cient to warrant faith in his product. It is important
to know the amount of power required per operator and
whether drawing the needed amount from his own lines
or from those of the power company will interfere with
the system, and if so to what extent, and what, if any,
additional apparatus will be needed to correct the
trouble. Having determined these things to his satis-
faction, he can install his arc-welding system with a
considerable degree of assurance that there will be a
decided saving in time, men, and money, and a genuine
conservation of materials.
Checking Up On Accidents
By H. p. Heyne
Safety Inspector, United Alloy Steel Corporation,
Canton, Ohio
When it is found that injuries are more frequent in
one department than in others where similar work is
performed, the correction of this situation may require
special examination into the conditions and the manner
in which the work is performed, careful study of the
employees engaged in the work, and the introduction
of special safety requirements. These may result in
change in the method of handling the material ; special
precautionary measures; closer observance by foremen
over the men ; better maintenance of tools, etc. Depart^
mental and occupational injury statements and charts
visualize existing conditions and show up the "high
spots" or peaks to be investigated.
The foremen should be able to give enthusiastic
assistance in securing the support of the workmen in
accident prevention. The prevention itself can be
accomplished by the safety engineer, but he must win
to his viewpoint the foremen and working force. The
enthusiasm should be contagious, from the officials and
department heads down to the workmen, joining them
in accident-prevention activities.
Safety work is a business proposition, to both
employer and employee. The emplc^er is benefited
through increased production and decreases in spoilage,
hospital expense and compensation. The employee and
his family are spared hardships, misery and suffering,
through his not being incapacitated, and he is able to
maintain a livelihood through non-interruption of
employment, and increase in his earning power due to
increased efficiency. Safety Engineering might well be
considered a producing unit in an establishment, for its
activities have a direct bearing on production and effi-
ciency.
Classification of Injuries
A monthly report showing the classification by
departments, as to causes of injuries, acts as a stimulus,
among the department heads, to reduce the number on
the subsequent reports. The causes for injuries would
vary in accordance with the class of work in the estab-
lishment. There are, however, general causes which
are applicable to most industries, such as: 1. Foreign
bodies in eye (from grinding wheels from chipping;
hot material; sparks). 2. Bums (from hot metal, slag,
water, steam, acid, electricity, babbitt). 3. Handling
material (loading; unloading; piling; removing from
piles; conveying). 4. Objects falling (over; falling
from overhead; falling into pits). 5. Hand tools (ham-
mers; sledges; picks; crow bars). 6. Machinery (gears;
machines; machinery tools; winches). 7. Transmission
(pulleys; belts; shafting; setscrews). 8. Persons falling
(slipping or tripping; falling into openings, pits or
stairways; from ladders; over material on floors and
in yards). 9. Stepping on or striking against objects
(sharp objects; slivers; scrap; glass; protruding nails).
This list is by no means complete, but it shows how
injuries may be classified for analytical purposes, which
is a necessary procedure to successfully attack the
causes for injuries.
Inquiries Reported to Employment Department
A monthly compilation of lost-time injuries, showing
the employee's name, check number, nature of injuo'.
days lost, etc., may be furnished the employment depart-
ment, so that injuries may be recorded in the employ-
ment files. In this manner, the records will show how
often an employee has suffered injuries and when it is
observed that he has sustained a number of injuries
involving loss of time, it will be a cue for a further
investigation. Such an employee may not be competent
for the place he is filling, and it may be better to trans-
fer him to another position, resulting in a saving to the
company and benefitting the worker.
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
543
National Screw Thread Commission Reports on
Coarse and Fine Threads — Part II
Part I defined and classified the coarse and fine
threads recommended by the commission, spec-
ified the tolerances for nut and screw and out-
lined the gages to be used. Part II, 2vhick
conclvdes the article, specifies the gages in detail,
supplies tables of manufacturing tolerances for
them and includes typical specifications for screw-
thread productions.
(Part I appeared last week.)
THE general subject of gaging screws-is too exten-
sive to be fully covered in this report. Reference
is made, however, to bulletins published by the
Bureau of Standards covering various inspection meth-
ods, including the standard ring and plug gages, and
the optical projection method of gage inspection; also,
to an article in the Journal of American Society of
Mechanical Engineers of February, 1919, with reference
to the use of the projection lantern for gaging work.
Inasmuch as the threaded plug and ring limit gage
is the most universally used scheme of gaging, and one
that has been brought to the highest state of refine-
ment, there is set forth herein what is considered the
best practice used in the production and use of such
gages. It is understood, however, that it is not the
intention of this commission to confine manufacturers
to any particular method of gaging, as that would tend
to hinder progress.
It has been the practice of many manufacturers,
including Government shops, to work with "Go" gages
only and to depend upon the judgment of a good work-
man to keep within proper limits by the amount of
"shake" or difference between the work and the gage.
With a highly skilled and trained force working on
but one kind of work and also referring the working
gage to but one master gage, a fair degree of
interchangeability can be maintained under these
conditions.
In the recent military preparations, the Government
required munitions in such vast quantities and in such
a short period of time that this method of insuring
interchangeability failed, and a method of gaging had
to be established which did not rely entirely upon
the skill and judgment of the workmen or inspec-
tors. One reason for the necessity of a complete gaging
system was that it was not possible to obtain a sufficient
number of skilled workmen or inspectors. Further-
more, one master gage could not be used all over the
country and consequently discrepancies in measurement
between different shops had to be guarded against by
the use of properly tested standards and by approved
methods of measuring.
It is believed that the experience gained by manu-
facturers producing war material will result in a much
more extensive use of gages than was ever thought
practicable during pre-war times. The gage specifica-
tions which are given herein cover the manufacture,
use and application of a system of gaging which has
been thoroughly demonstrated in the execution of war
contracts as being adequate for the production in large
quantities of strictly interchangeable screw-thread prod-
uct. It is not the intention of this report to limit
manufacturers to any particular methods of test in
checking either the manufactured product or in meas-
uring gages, for the reason that any specification which
would tend to limit the development of new and
improved methods of measuring would be very unde-
sirable. However, when the ordinary forms of thread
gages are used, the specifications given herein will
apply.
Gages and Methods of Test
The specifications for gages given herein are built upon
the following fundamental assumptions :
Approved limit master gages do not reduce the net work-
ing tolerance. Permissible errors in angle of thread speci-
fied for "Go" gages tend to reduce the net working tolerance,
while similar permissible errors on the "Not Go" gage tend
to increase the net working tolerance. These two factors,
therefore, balance each other. Permissible lead errors
specified for the "Go" gage reduce the net working toler-
ance, while permissible lead errors on the "Not Go" gage
tend to increase the net working tolerance. In order
to realize the full net working tolerance, the permissible
diametrical variation specified for both "Go" and "Not Go"
gages (gage increment) is placed outside of the net toler-
ance limits. The extreme tolerance equals the net tolerance
plus gage increment. The "Go" gage should check simul-
taneously all elements of the thread (all diameters, lead,
angle, etc.) The "Not Go" gage should check separately
the elements of the thread.
The following general specifications refer in particular
to gaging systems which have been found satisfactory by
the Army and Navy for the production of interchangeable
parts as specified under the subject of "Classification and
Tolerances." These specifications are included for the use
of manufacturers where definite information is lacking.
They are not to be considered mandatory.
Thread gages may be included in one of four classes,
namely. Standard Master Gages, Limit Master Gages, In-
spection Gages, and Working Gages.
The Standard Master Gage is a threaded plug represent-
ing as exactly as possible all physical dimensions of the
nominal or basic size of the threaded component. In order
that the Standard Master Gage be authentic, the deviations
of this gage from the exact standard should be ascertained
by the National Bureau of Standards and the gage should
be used with knowledge of these deviations or corrections.
Limit Master Gages are for reference only. They repre-
sent the extreme upper and lower tolerance limits allowed
on the dimensions of the part being produced. They are
often of the same design as inspection gages. In many
cases, however, the design of the master gage is that of a
check which can be used to verify the inspection or working
gage.
Inspection Gages are for the use of the purchaser in
accepting the product. They are generally of the same
design as the working gages and the dimensions ar such
that they represent nearly the net tolerance limits on the
parts being produced. Inasmuch as a certain amount of
wear must be provided on an inspection gage, it can not
represent the net tolerance limit until it is worn to master
gage size.
Working Gages are those used by the manufacturer to
check the parts produced as they are machined. It is
recommended that the working gages be made to represent
limits considerably inside of the net limits in order that
sufficient wear will be provided for the working gages, and
in order that the product accepted by the working gages
will be accepted by the inspection gages.
The following list enumerates the inspection and working
gages required for producing strictly interchangeable
S44
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
screws as specified for National Coarse Threads, National
Fine Threads, or other straight threads.
a. A maximum or "Go" ring thread gage, preferably
adjustable, having the required pitch diameter and minor
diameter. The major diameter may be cleared to facilitate
grinding and lapping.
b. A minimum or "Not Go" ring thread gage, preferably
adjustable, to check only the pitch diameter of the threaded
work.
c. A maximum or "Go" plain ring gage to check the
major diameter of the threaded work.
d. A minimum or "Not Go" snap gage to check the major
diameter of the threaded work.
The following list enumerates the inspection and working
gages required for producing strictly interchangeable nuts,
as specified for National Coarse Threads, National Fine
Threads, or other straight threads.
a. A minimum or "Go" thread plug gage of the required
pitch diameter and major diameter. The nvinor diameter
of the thread plug gage may be cleared to facilitate grind-
ing and lapping.
b. A maximum or "Not Go" thread plug gage to check
only the pitch diameter of the threaded work.
c. A "Go" plain plug gage to check the minor diameter
of the threaded work.
d. A "Not Go" plain plug gage to check the minor diam-
eter of the threaded work.
The following list enumerates the limit master gages
required for the verification of the working or inspection
gages as previously listed for verifying the screw.
a. A set plug or check for the maximum "Go" thread
ring gage, having the same dimensions as the largest per-
missible screw.
b. A set plug or check for the minimum or "Not Go"
thread ring gage having the same dimensions as the small-
est permissible screw.
c. A maximum plain plug for checking the minor diam-
eter of both the "Go" and "Not Go" inspection thread ring
gage.
The following list enumerates the limit master gages
required for the verification of the working or inspection
gages as previously listed for verifying the nut.
a. A minimum or "Go" threaded plug to be used as a
reference for comparative measurements, corresponding
to the basic dimension, or standard master gage.
b. A maximum or "Not Go" threaded plug to be used
as a reference for comparative measurements, correspond-
ing to the largest permissible threaded hole.
c. A minimum plain ring gage to check the major
diameter of the "Go" and "Not Go" master threaded plug
unless suitable measuring facilities are available for this
purpose.
Gages may be made of a good grade of machinery steel
pack-hardened, or of straight carbon steel of not less than
1 per cent carbon; or preferably of an oil hardening steel
of approximately 1.10 per cent carbon and 1.40 per cent
chromium.
Handles should be made of a good grade of machinery
steel plainly marked to identify the gage.
The following specifications will be helpful in the design
and construction of gages used for producing threaded
work.
All plain plug gages should be single-ended. Plain plug
gages of 2 in. and less in diameter should be made with
a plug inserted in the handle and fastened thereto by
means of a pin. Plain plug gages of more than 2 in. in
diameter should have the gaging blank so made as to be
reversible. This can be accomplished by having a finished
hole in the gage blank fitting a shouldered projection on
the end of the handle, the gage blank being held on with
a nut.
The "Go" plain plug gage should be noticeably longer
than the "Not Go" plain plug gage, or some distinguishing
feature in the design of the handle should be used to serve
as a ready means of identification, such as a chamfer on
the handle of the "Go" gage.
Both the "Go" and the "Not Go" gages should have their
outside diameters knurled if made circular.
The "Go" gage should have a decided chamfer in order to
provide a ready means of identification for distinguishing
the "Go" from the "Not Go" gage.
Snap gages may be either adjustable or non-adjustable.
It is recommended that all snap gages up to and including
i in. be of the built-up type. For larger snap gages, forged
blanks, fiat plate stock or other suitable construction may
be used.
Sufficient clearance beyond the mouth of the gage should
be provided to permit the gaging of cylindrical work.
Snap gages for measuring lengths and diameters may
have one gaging dimension only, or may have a maximum
and minimum gaging dimension, both on one end, or maxi-
mum and minimum gaging dimensions on opposite ends of
the gage. When the maximum and minimum gaging dimen-
sions are placed on opposite ends of the gage, the maximum
or "Go" end of the snap gage will be distinguished from
the minimum or "Not Go" end by having the comers of the
gage on the "Go" end decidedly chamfered.
All plug thread gages should be single-ended. Thread
plug gages 2 in. and less in diameter should be made with a
plug inserted in a handle and fastened thereto by means
of a pin.
Plug gages of more than 2 in. in diameter, unless other-
wise specified, should have the gaging blank so made as to
be reversible. This can be accomplished by having the
finished hole in the gage blank fitting a shouldered projec-
tion on the end of the handle, the gage blank being keyed on
and held with a nut.
"Not Go" thread plug gages should be noticeably shorter
than the "Go" thread plug gages, in order to provide a
ready means of identification, or the handle of the "Go"
gage should be chamfered.
End threads on plug thread gages should not be cham-
fered, but the first half turn of the end thread should be
flattened to avoid a feather edge.
Inspection and working thread plug gages should be pro-
vided with dirt grooves which extend into the gage for a
depth of from one to four threads.
The length of thread parallel to the axis of the gage
should, for all standard "Go" thread plug gages, be at least
as much as the quantity expressed in the following formula :
L = (1.5) D
Where L = Length of thread
D = Basic major diameter of thread.
For threaded work of shorter length of engagement than
(1.5) D, the length of thread on the "Go" gage may be
correspondingly shorter.
"Not Go" Thread Gage for Pitch Diameter Only: All
"Not Go" thread plug gages should be made to check the
pitch diameter only. This necessitates removal of the crest
of the thread so that the dimension of the major diameter
is never greater than that .specified for the "Go" gage, and
also removing the portion of the thread at the root of the
standard thread form-
All ring thread gages should be made adjustable.
The "Go" gage should be distinguished from the "Not
Go" gage by having a decided chamfer and both gages are
to have their outside diameter knurled if made circular.
The end threads on ring thread gages should not be
chamfered but the first half turn of the end thread should
be flattened to avoid a feather edge.
The length of thread parallel to the axis of the gage
should, for all standard "Go" ring thread gages, be at
least as great as the quantity determined in the formula
previously given. For threaded work of shorter length of
engagement than (1.5) D, the length of thread on the
"Go" gage may be correspondingly shorter.
"Not Go" ring thread gages should be made to check the
pitch diameter only. This necessitates removal of the
crest of the thread so that the dimension of the minor
diameter is never less than that specified for the maximum
or "Go" gage and also removing the portion of the thread
at the root of the standard form. There are specified
herein for use in the production of National Coarse
Threads and National Fine Threads, and for other straight
threads, several tables of gage manufacturing tolerances.
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
545
TABLE VII. MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES ON PLAIN GAGES
Manufactur- Allowable Tolerance Allowable Tolerance Suggested Tolerance
ing Tolerance for Master Gages for Inspection Gages for Working Gages
Allowed on Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
Work Gage Gage Gage Gage Gage Gage
0.002 +0.0000 —0 0000 +0.0001 —0 0001 +0.0003 —0 0003
+ 0 0001 —0 0001 +0 0003 —0.0003 +0.0005 —0 0005
0.002to 0.004 +0.0000 —0 0000 +0 0002 —0 0002 +0 0004 —0 0004
+ 0.0O02 —0 0002 +0 0004 —0 0004 +0.0007 —0 0007
0.004 to 0.006 +0 0000 —0 0000 +0 0004 —0 0004 +0 0007 —0 0007
+ 0 0003 —0 0003 +0.0007 —0.0007 +0 0011 —0 001 1
0 006 to 0.010 +0 0000 —0 0000 +0 0006 —0 0006 +0.0010 —0 0010
+ 0.0004 —0 0004 +0 0010 —0.0010 +0 0015 —0.0015
OUIO til 0.020 +0 0000 — 0 COOO +0 0010 —0 0010 +0.0015 —0.0015
+ 0.0005 —0 0005 +0 0015 —0 0015 +0 0021 —0 0021
0 020 to 0 050 +0 0000 — 0 POOO +0.0020 —0.0020 +0.0026 —0.0026
+ 0 0006 —0 0006 +0 0026 —0 0026 +0 0033 —0 0033
TABLE X. SUGGESTED MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES FOR
WORKING GAGES FOR LOOSE FIT AND MEDIUM FIT WORK
TABIJE VIII. TOLERANCES ON MASTER THREAD GAGES FOR
LOOSE FIT AND MEDIUM FIT WORK
fThis applies to both Standard and Limit \Taster Gages)
2 c^ a
■s.
5«
■at
4 to
7 to 10
II to 18
20 to 28
30 to 40
44 to 80
±0.0005
=^0.0004
=<=0.0003
='=0.0002
±0 0002
±•^.0002
ja^ a
±0° 5'
±0° 5'
*0° lO-
*0"> 15'
=tO° 20'
*0° 30-
^ s =
^.2 £ 2?
H s a
5 a «^
+0 0000
+0.0006
+0 0000
+0 0004
+ 0 0000
+0 0004
+0 0000
+0 0003
+ 0.0000
+ 0 0002
+ 0.0000
+0.0002
oQ gSi
Jig""
■^ "S'S
a io .« S
o cii-o
•~L a ojH
—0 0000
—0 0006
—0 0000
—0.0004
—0 0000
—0 0004
—0 0000
—0 0003
—0 0000
—0 0002
—0 0000
—0 0002
TABIjE IX. SUGGESTED MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES FOR
INSPECTION GAGES FOR LOOSE FIT AND MEDIUM FIT
WORK
•g
1-
Allowable Variatio
in Lead Between
Any Two Threads
Not Farther Apar
than Length of
Engagement
■l-as
m
4 to 6
^0.0006
±0° 5'
7 to 10
*0.0005
±0° 10'
11 to 18
±0.0004
±0» 15'
20 to 28
±0.0003
±0° 20-
30 to 40
±0.0002
±0» 30'
44 to 80
±0.0002
±0° 45'
^ a.£ £
0-2 = 5
HDs a
»ii5£
^ a «H
+0 0006
+0.0015
+0 0004
+ 0.0010
+0 0004
+0.0008
+0 0003
+ 0 0006
+ 0 0002
+0 0005
+ 0.0002
+0.0004
e
ss.§«
HQ-S a
o Si vjz
= 5th
—0 0006
—0 0015
—0 0004
—0 0010
—0 0004
—0.0008
—0 0003
—0 0006
—0 0002
—0 0005
—0 0002
— 0 Uuu4
Table VII will be found practicable for all plain plug,
ring and snap gages used in connection with a measurement
of screw thread diameters. In addition to the master gage
tolerances, suggested tolerances for inspection and working
gages are also given in Table VII.
Table VIII will be found practicable for both standard
and limit master thread gages for thread work designed in
accordance with the manufacturing tolerances for Class I,
Loose Fit, and Class II, Medium Fit, made to Tables III,
IV and V.
Table IX contains suggested manufacturing tolerances
for inspection thread gages with a small allowance for
|l
4 to 6
7 to 10
11 to 18
20 to 28
30 to 40
44 to 80
3^^ a J a,
±0.0006
±0.0005
±0.0004
±0.0003
±0.0002
±0.0002
1!
o^M a
2 it s
±o» y
±0« 10'
±0<» IS
±0° 2V
±0» 30"
±0° 45'
^§1
rz a «H
+0:0015
+0 0025
+0 0010
+0.0020
+0.0008
+0 0015
+ 0 0006
+0 0012
+0 0005
+0 0010
+ 0 0004
+0.0006
i B E ,
■o.Sgli
ScHf,
■^ a ajH
—0 0015
—0 0025
—0 0010
—0 0020
—0 0008
—0 0015
—0 0006
—0 0012
—0 0005
—0 0010
—0 0004
—0 000,;
TABLE XI. MASTER GAGE TOLERANCES FOR CLASS III, CLOSE
FIT WORK
(This applies to both Standard and Limit Master Gages)
.2 I--0 a
'a «'_SCSS
4 to
7 to 10
II to 18
■ST3 S S "i S
a.S<z5w
±0.00025
±0.00020
±0.00015
20 to 28 ±0.00010
30to40 ±0 00010
44 to 80 ±0.00010
>-a-5
3i£
a ej=
± 2' 30"
b 2' 30"
B 5' 00"
t 7' 30"
= 10' 00"
b|5' 00"
0-2 e Si
HQsa
Hag
Ills
+0 00000
+0 00030
+0.00000
+0.00020
+0.00000
+0.00020
+0.00000
+0 00015
+0 00000
+0 00010
+0 oooco
+0 00010
e
ml
gS'»S
EF r h b
—0 00000
—0 00030
—0 00000
—0 00020
— 0 ooeoo
—0.00020
—0 00000
—0 00015
—0 00000
—0 00010
—0 00000
—0 00010
wear for use in quantity production ef Class I, Loose Fit,
and Class II, Medium Fit thread work, made to Tables III,
IV and V.
Table X contains suggested manufacturing tolerances for
working thread gages with a small allowance for wear for
use in quantity production of Class I, Loose Fit, and Class
II, Medium Fit thread work, made to Tables III, IV and V.
Table XI contains the tolerances suggested for both
standard and limit master thread gages for work designed
in accordance with manufacturing tolerances for Class III,
Close Fit thread work, made to Table VI. As the compo-
nent tolerances for this class are relatively small, it is
believed that the working gages will be required to be held
within the gage tolerances shown in Table XI.
For plain plug gages, plain ring gages and plain snap
gages required for measuring diameters of screw thread
work, the gage tolerances specified in Tables VIII, IX, X
and XI should be used. Attention is called to the fact that
the tolerances on thread diameters vary in accordance with
the number of threads per inch on the screw or nut being
manufactured. In manufacturing a plain plug, ring or
snap gage, in the absence of information as to the number
of threads per inch of the screw to be made, or for gage
dimensions other than thread diameters, the tolerances for
plain gages given in Table VII may be used.
The tolerances on lead are specified as an allowable
variation between any two threads not farther apart than
the length of thread engagement as determined by the
following formula:
L = (1.5) D
Where L = Length of thread engagement
D = Basic major diameter of thread.
546
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
TABLE XIl. TOLERANCES AND LIMITS ON MAXIMUM AND
MINIMUM MASTER, INSPECTION AND WORKING GAGES
FOR SHAFT AND HOLE
Work to be gaged;
Hole, 1.250+0 004 1 1.254
— 0.000/ 1.250
Shaft, 1.248+0 000 1 1248
— 0.004/ 1.244
Gages for hole:
Maximum Gages
max.
min.
max.
min.
Dimension
of Part
Limit master gage 1 . 254
Inspection gage 1 . 254
Working gage 1 . 254
Minimum Gages
Limit master gage 1 . 250
Inspection gage 1 . 250
Working gage 1 . 250
Gages for shaft:
Maximum Gages
Limit master gage I 248
nspection gage 1 . 246
Working gage 1 . 248
Minimum Gages
Limit mapter gage 1 . 244
Inspection gage 1 . 244
Gage
Tolerances
—0.0000
—0.0003
—0 0004
—0 0007
—0 0008
—0 0013
+0 0000
+ 0.0003
+ 0 0004
+ 0 0007
+ 0 0008
+0 0013
-0 0000
-0 0003
— 0
+0
+ 0
+ 0
+ 0
0004
0008
0013
0000
0003
0004
0007
Working nage.
244
+0 0008
+0 0013
By comparison of the above figures, it will be seen that it is not possible
m^ter, inspection or working gage dimensions to overlap.
Gage
Limits
1 2540
1.2537
1 2536
1 2533
1 2532
1 2527
1 2500
1 2503
1.2504
1 2507
1 2508
1 2513
1 2480
I 2477
1 2475
1.2473
1 2472
I 2467
1 2440
1 2443
1 2444
1 2447
1 2448
1 . 2453
foi the
The tolerances on angle of thread as specified herein for
the various pitches are tolerances on one-half of the
included angle. This insures that the bisector of the
included angle will be perpendicular to the axis of the
thread within proper limits. The equivalent deviation from
the true thread form caused by such irregularities as convex
or concave sides of thread, rounded crests, or slight pro-
jections on the thread form, should not exceed the toler-
ances allowable on angle of thread.
The tolerances given for thread diameters in Tables VIII,
IX, X and XI, are applied in such a manner that the toler-
ances permitted on the inspection and working gages occupy
part of the extreme tolerance. This insures that all work
passed by the gages will be within the tolerance limits
specified on the part drawing as represented by the limit
master gages. The tolerances given also permit the
classification and selection of gages so that if a gage is not
suitable for a master gage it may be classified and used aa
an inspection or working gage provided that the errors do
not pass outside of the net tolerance limits. The applica-
tion of the tolerances on diameters of thread gages is
exactly the same as explained herein for plain gages. For
an example of this application see Table XII.
Typical Specifications for Screw Thread Productg
Material: The material used shall be cold-drawn besse-
mer steel automatic screw stock.
Composition :
Carbon, 0.08 to 0.16 per cent
Manganese, 0.50 to 0.80 per cent
Phosphorus, 0.09 to 0.13 per cent
Sulphur, 0.075 to 0.13 per cent.
Method of Manufacture: Bolts and nuts may be either
rolled, milled, or machine cut, so long as they meet the
specifications herein provided. Bolts and nuts to be left
soft.
Workmanship: All bolts and nuts must be of good
workmanship and free from all defects which may affect
their serviceability.
Finish: All bolts and nuts to be semi-finished; that is,
the bodies to be machined, under side of head and nut faced,
upper face of head and nut to be chamfered at an agle of
30 deg., leaving a circle equal in diameter to the width of
the nut.
Form of Thread: The form of thread shall be the
"national form," as specified herein, and formerly known
as the United States Standard or Sellers Thread.
Thread Series: The pitches and diameters shall be as
specified in Table I, herein, and known as the National
Coarse Thread Series.
Class of Fit: Class II-A, medium fit (regular).
Dimensions: Nominal size: i inch. Number of threads
per inch: 13. Length under head: 3 ±0.05 inches. Mini-
mum length of usable thread: 1 inch. Diameters: (Specified
in table XI of complete report)
Tolerances and Allowances: See Table IV.
Nuts: Form: Hexagonal. Thickness: i ±0.01 inch.
Short diameter (across flats) : i ±0.01 inch.
HE.4DS: Form: Hexagonal. Thickness: i~„ zizO.Bl inch.
Short diameter (across fiats) : | ±0.01 inch.
Gages: The gages used shall be such as to insure that
the product falls within the tolerances as specified herein
for Class II, MeJium Fit (Regular).
The following gages are suggested and will be used by the
purchaser:
For the Screw :
A maximum or "Go" ring thread gage.
A minimum or "Not Go" ring thread gage to check on'y
the pitch diameter of the thread.
A maximum or "Go" plain ring to check the major
diameter of the thread.
A minimum or "Not Go" snap gage to check the major
diameter of the thread.
For the Nut:
A minimum "Go" thread plug gage.
A maximum or "Not Go" thread plug gage to check
only the pitch diameter.
A "Go" plain plug gage to check the minor diameter.
A "Not Go" plain plug gage to check the minor diam-
eter of the thread.
Inspection and Test: Screws and nuts shall be in-
spected and tested as follows :
At least three bolts and nuts shall be taken at random
from each lot of 100, or fraction thereof, and carefully
tested. If the errors in dimensions of the screws or nuts
tested exceed the tolerance specified for this class; the lot
represented by these samples shall be rejected.
Delivery: Unless otherwise specified the assembled bolts
and nuts are to be delivered in substantial wooden con-
tainers, properly marked, and each containing 100 pounds.
The commission, in formulating this progress report,
has acted largely in the capacity of a judiciary, basing
its decisions upon evidence received from authorities
on screw-thread subjects and upon the conclusions
drawn by other organizations having to do with
standardization of screw threads. In addition, the
various subjects dealt with have been considered with
a knowledge of present manufacturing conditions and
with anticipation of further development in the produc-
tion of screw-thread products. Above all, it is the
intention of the commission to facilitate and promote
progress in manufacture.
In the time provided the commission has devoted it.-5
attention to the standardization of onlv those threads,
sizes, types and systems which are of paramount impor-
tance by reason of their extensive use and utility. There
remains much to be accomplished along the lines of
standardization of special but important threads, and of
maintaining progress in our standardization work in
keeping with the developments of manufacturing con-
ditions.
September 16, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
547
The Hardening of Screw Gages With the
Least Distortion in Pitch*
By Wilfrid J. Lineham+
Goldsmith's College, London
In the hardening of screw gages at Goldsmith's
College it wa^ required to find a means of quench-
ing the steel after heating so that the distortion
along the pitch line should be reduced to a min-
imum. The work was being done under the
scheme inaugurated and supported by the London
Council Education Department for war purposes.
I. Water Hardening
THE first law of hardening (known for many-
years) asserts that sudden quenching after heat-
ing retains the steel in the condition that prevailed
at the quenching temperature.
The second law of hardening (of much more recent
discovery) states that quenching, while crossing an
arrest or recalescence point, produces the least amount
of distortion, and it is one of the purposes of this
paper to endeavor to prove the truth of this law. A
second reason for the paper is to offer the author's
results to other screw-gage manufacturers for their
immediate assistance.
The second law had already been used by other
investigators and practically applied with material suc-
cess, but the author was unaware of the exact
researches that have led to the adoption of fixed tem-
peratures. The Wild-Barfield process he believed to be
the first practical example, the principle of which is
to use the change in magnetic properties of wrought
iron or steel when passing from the p to the a state
to indicate the temperature at which to quench. Ref-
erence to the Roberts-Austen diagram, Fig. 1, shows
this to occur along the Ar2 line, temperature 765 to
770 deg. C. (1,409 to 1,418 deg. F.).
The Horstmann Brothers arrived at a similar result
by quenching at 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.), which
is the temperature of the eutectoidal line Arl. The
screw gages they manufactured were produced, they
said, with no alteration in pitch, but a slight swelling
always occurred in diameter, which was lapped down
afterward. They kindly communicated their method
to the author, who thereupon decided to make his own
investigations, the results of which are now set forth.
The author's first-sought ideal was a quenching tem-
perature which would produce no distortion whatever,
but it will be seen that this has not been achieved, nor
does it seem likely that anything more than a minimum
distortion can be arrived at. The Arl line for the use
of the second law appeared to have manifest advan-
tages over that at Ar2 because of its constancy of tem-
perature over a large range of carbon percentages;
and it seems reasonable to expect that steels of any
carbon content will act in the same manner when
cooling across this line, if all are free from impurities.
Before the war the manufacture of screw gages was
confined to the use of high-carbon steel, say, from 0.85
•Read at a meeting of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers,
t Deceased.
to 1.2 per cent carbon, which was usually left unnard-
ened, on account of the difficulties caused by distortion
on quenching. The making of hardened screw gages
had been practiced to a very limited extent before 1914,
the correction after hardening being obtained by the
use of laps of cast-iron or boxwood. The method
taken generally has now been revived and extended,
and is the only one followed at the present time, so
a short description will be useful in order that the
author's intentions may be understood.
Assuming that the gage can be hardened with so
little change that the pitch tolerance, plus or minus, is
not exceeded, which it will be shown can be done, the
process of making a gage involves, first, the accurate
screwing of the blank, and then hardening the screwed
piece.
The first was carried out in a lathe accurately cor-
rected in pitch by a cam bar. The screwing tool, known
as a form tool, was of disk shape and supplied with
chasing teeth on its circumference. Two of these
"form chasers" were used, both being quite accurate
in pitch and of perfect sectional contour for the thread
to be cut. One was used to rough out the gage screw
to about half or two-thirds the thread depth; and the
CHERRV RED
A-LINE3 aOJNO
POfNTS OF
ARREST OR
RECHUESCENCe
FIG. 1. PORTION OF THE IRON-CARBON DIAGRAM
548
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 12
other, very carefully adjusted in position, to finish the
thread correct on core, crest and effective diameters
and full form. Constant measurement was, of course,
necessary, but as the lathe slides were provided with
micrometer disks, rapid and almost automatic manufac-
ture was soon secured. The intention of the author at
CRESt
CORE
F'IG.
2. JfEASUREMENT VQK DIAMETER.
MICROMETER-ANVILi?
EFFEOUVe
AAA-
this stage of the work was to just clean up the gage
with a full-form cast-iron lap, accurately made from a
tap cut in the before-mentioned lathe. This method of
lapping proved a failure, the abrasive clinging to the
soft gage and causing "scoring," so he fell back on the
cutting tool itself for the accuracy demanded, assisted
by the use of a very mild steel of 0.14 per cent carbon
for the blanks that cut with a polish. The object of
the screwing operation was to produce a gage that was
perfect in all dimensions while yet in the soft state.
The next step was to harden. The hardening of
screw gages, and, indeed, some others, was performed
in a cyanide furnace, made by John Wright, of Birming-
ham, which consisted of a rectangular cast-iron bath,
covered and ventilated to remove the fumes, filled with
sodium cyanide, and heated by coal gas and air, the
latter being fed at a pressure of 3 lb. per square inch.
The cyanide, which melted at about 600 deg. C.
(1,112 deg. F.) and boiled at or near 800 deg. C.
(1,472 deg. F.), was maintained at 750 to 770 deg. C.
(1,382 to 1,418 deg. F.) when in use, the temperature
being indicated by a thermo-couple pyrometer. The
gages (of mild steel) were placed on trays suspended
clear of the bottom of the bath and soaked from ten
minutes to one hour, according to size, or until they
had acquired the requisite depth of case.
The Cyanide Bath
If a greater depth of case than 0.005 in. be required,
packing the gages with barium carbonate and bone
black in closed boxes and soaking in a muffle furnace
at about 850 deg. C. (1,562 deg. F.) must be resorted
to, but the final heating should be completed in the
cyanide bath.
It is possible to allow the cyanide bath to cool to
the quenching temperature (supposing that to be
exactly known) after the requisite soaking of the gage,
but the process absorbs much time and increases
expense, and is not to be advised for continuous work-
ing. Also the temperature may be ascertained by the
color of the gage, which may be taken as a very dull
red, but this is not advisable. The author therefore
installed, in addition to the cyanide bath, a Brayshaw
salt-bath furnace, using "pyromelt," and kept that fur-"
CENTRE roR POINTEn
(Correct ijoiilicn of '■'*" bonification Jis g
Indicator 45'^ lo J
Machine.) §
rc«o DiSR^ ^MiienoMCTcn oisi
ABUTMCNTI
_' j,JDHlVlMC WHCCI
■" ■'"on rnAvense
C3 SL>OINa
SLIDING CASTING
oiCAToa
FIG. 3. PITCH MEASURING MACHINE
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
549
nace at the constant quenching temperature. This
furnace was called the "store furnace," for when a
gage had had its full time in the cyanide it was stored
here at quenching temperature until its heat had
evened up; and it was afterward quenched at leisure.
The quenching tank was close to the store furnace and
of ample capacity, with inflow and outflow cocks.
The screw gage was next measured for pitch and
diameters. The diameter measuring machine has al-
ready been illustrated in the Proceedinys, 1917, page
54, and Fig. 4, page 55, and the mode of its use is
merely suggested in Fig. 2 (page 5), which shows the
micrometer anvils at the moment of measurement.
The Pitch-Measuring Machine
The pitch-measuring machine, Fig. 3, was designed
by the National Physical Laboratory and constructed
at Goldsmith's College. The drawing is somewhat
diagrammatic in order to show the principle clearly.
The gage is supported between centers on the main or
fixed casting. A movable carriage supports an indicator
on the left and a micrometer on the right, being always
pressed leftward by means of a weight. The indicator
carries a stylo, which engages with the screw thread,
and a pointer in connection therewith, whose reading
is multiplied so as to be in the region of one-millionth
of an inch of sensitiveness. The micrometer abuts
CORE LAP
CREST LAP
EFreCTlVE LAP
SCRCW SCREW SCREW
FIG. 4. LAPPING THE .SEPARATE ELEMENTS OP A SCREW
against the main casting and can be read to 0.00001 of
an inch, and very rapid charting of screw errors can be
obtained.
After hardening, it was found that the screw pitch
had not distorted beyond the tolerance, plus or minus,
if precautions had been taken such as suggested later.
The diameters, however, had increased, at least the
core and crest were larger, but the effective surface
was often unchanged. The operation of lapping fol-
lowed, three laps. Fig. 4, being used; but the enlarge-
ment being only about 0.0001 to 0.0003 in. in diameter,
the amount of lapping was very little. Naturally the
operation was of a delicate character, and was the
particular part of the whole process that most held up
delivery; many gages were spoiled in its exercise; but
it is believed that the whole hardening process will
yet be so perfected that only a full-form cleaning lap
will be necessary.
Gages Examined by Optical Lanterns
Finally each gage was examined by an optical lantern
magnification of exactly fifty to one, as already
de.scribed in previous papers; and of course the pitch
and the diameters at all three elements of section were
thoroughly tested during the stages of manufacture and
just before delivery, by a competent staff of examiners.
It will be said that if only a screw gage could be
made to travel through its various manufacturing steps
in such a simple and well-oiled manner, the difficul-
ties of screw gage making would be completely over-
come. It is one intention of this paper to show that
the difficulties of manufacture are being overcome by
the adoption of definite scientific method, and there
are strong and practically certain hopes of doing away
with lapping altogether.
The crucial point of the manufacture is the harden-
ing. Lathes have been specially built that will produce
accurate pitch, and mild steel is being used that can be
finished in those lathes with a polish. It will be shown
EDGE VIEW FRONT VIEW
J
n
FIG. 5. A DISK OF MILD STEEL 41 IN. IN DIAMETER AND
IJ IN. THICK ORIGIN.'VLLT, WAS SWOLLEN AS SHOWN
BY MEANS OP 1,000 SUCCESSIVE HEATINGS AND
QUENCHINGS. ORIGINAL VOLUME 21.28 CU.IN.
FINAL VOLUME 21.60 CU.IN.
that a quenching temperature can be found that only
lengthens the pitch by 0.0002 in. over 0.7 in. of length,
which is within the pitch tolerance, 0.0003 in., on such
a length for inspection gages of correct effective diam-
eter.
Two remarkable examples of distortion are shown.
The first, Fig. 5, was, before treatment, a cheese-
shaped disk of 41 in. diameter by li in. thickness, of
common mild steel. It was heated in a coke fire and
quenched in water, the operation being repeated about a
thousand times. The continued distortion has swelled
the disk into an approximate spherical form, but that
the volume is unchanged was ascertained by displace-
ment measurement.
The second specimen. Fig. 6, was at first a rectangular
disk, and here again the spherical form is attempted,
the treatment being the same as in the first example.
These two specimens came to the author as a piece
of exceptional good fortune, being presented by F. A.
Thompson. Their history is: A garage boy required
buckets of hot water at meal times and kept three of
EDGE VIEWS
FRONT VIEW
FIG. 6. RECTANGULAR DISK OF MILD STEEL WAS
SWOLLEN AS SHOWN BY MEANS OF 1.000 SUCCESSIVE
HEATINGS AND QUENCHINGS
550
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 12
INCH
4>0<»I
710 700 690
QUENCHING TEM^ *C.
FIGS. 7. S .A.ND 9. EXPEKIilENTS ON DISTORTION OB'
SCREW GAGES IN LENGTH ONLY : VIZ. : ON PITCH LINE.
J AND L MILD STEEL 0.14 PER CENT CARBON. CASED
IN SODIUM CYANIDE FOR 30 MIN. AT 750 DEG. C.
SPECIMENS ft IN. IN DIAMETER BY 0.7 IN. LONG
Fig. 7 — Average change of lengt)i (measured over the end
surfaces). Fig. 8 — Distortions all extensions. Fig. 9 — Curve
which seemed to indicate no fixed law.
these pieces hot on coke fires, using which he pleased
to heat the water by immersion, and continuing his
unintentional experiments over a period of about a
year.
The author commenced his experiments in April,
1918, by providing seven specimens for each experi-
ment, the material being J and L steel of 0.14 per
cent carbon. Each specimen was ground and carefully
surfaced by stoning the ends, and the dimensions were
about fe in. in diameter by 0.7 in. long. Previous
experiments upon pieces of full gage shape showed
the wisdom of using simple cylinders for the temper-
ature tests so as to obtain symmetrical distortions.
One form of distortion resulting from hardening a
cylindrical piece of steel was found to be a swelling
or bulging at the ends, but the length, measured at
the edges, remained very little changed indeed.
The experiments were begun without any clear
notion of the form the distortions were likely to
assume, and axial measurements were at first made,
which proved to be wrong for the purpose required.
Also the ends of the cylinders were not parallel to less
than 0.0001 in., and the average dimension was taken
in the hard and in the soft states respectively. When,
however, the circumference was divided into three or
four parts and marked, and the change of length taken
at the marked positions only and afterward averaged,
quite consistent results were obtained, the figures fairly
representing pitch line distortions on a screw gage.
Figs. 7 to 12 show, for six sets of experiments,
changes of length in units of 0.0001 in. plotted on a
base of quenching temperature.
Fig. 7 (April 5, 1918) is a record of the average
change of length measured over the end .surfaces, and
contains the axial bulging. It was on this set that the
bulge was fir.st noticed, and from this time onward
measurements were made on the edfjes only. The tem-
perature of 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.), however, is in-
dicated as that of no distortion.
Fig. 8 (April 24, 1918). The distortions are all
extensions, and 670 deg. C. (1,238 deg. F.) indicates
least distortion. Several screws were hardened at this
figure with success.
Fig. 9 (April 27, 1918). This curve was distressing.
It seemed to show that there was no fixed law and
that nothing would result from the labor. The figure
685 deg. C. (1,265 deg. F.) was taken as best, for the
drop at 730 deg. C. (1,346 deg. F.) might not be trust-
worthy.
Fig. 10 (May 4, 1918). A good curve showing
700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.) to be decidedly the best
temperature. Two specimens were quenched at 670
deg. C. (1,238 deg. F.) and are shown to fairly agree.
Fig. 11 (May 9, 1918). Another wavy curve, with
minimum at 695 deg. C. (1,283 deg. F.).
Fig. 12 (May 11, 1918). There is here a minimum
at 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.), but also at three other
temperatures.
The problem, which now appeared hopeless, suddenly
cleared itself. It occurred to the author to plot all the
curves on one sheet by superposition, as in Fig. 13,
and this operation was at once fruitful in showing that
7 JO ,710 70O 690 680
QUENCHINO TEMP. •c.
INCH
O'OOOl
730 720 7 10 700
QUENCHING TEMP. *C
730
670
655'
715 700 685
QUENCHING TEMP. *C
FIGS. 10, 11 AND 12. EXPERIMENTS ON DISTORTION OF
SCREW GAGES IN LENGTH ONLY : VIZ. : ON PITCH LINE.
J AND L MILD STEEL 0.14 PER CENT CARBON. CASED
IN SODIUM CYANIDE FOR 30 MIN. AT 750 DEG. C.
SPECIMENS A IN. IN DIAMETER BY 0.7 IN. LONG
Fig. 10. — Curve which indicates that 700 deg. C. (1.292 deg. F.)
is the best hardening temperature. Fig. 11 — Wavy curve with
minimum at 795 deg. C. (1,283 deg. F.). Fig. 12— Minimum at
700 deg. C, but also at three other temperatures
September 16, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
651
the distortion, or. as it may now be called, extension,
had definite laws and was not the result of mere chance.
Disregarding the first curve shown dotted, all cross
at exactly one point, namely, 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg.
F.), the recalescent point Arl of the equilibrium dia-
gram. The extension is, unfortunately, not obliterated,
but it has a fixed and definite value of 0.0002 in., and is
within the tolerance limits. It indicates a condition of
stability, and if 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.) be made
the quenching temperature, this extension can be
allowed for when cutting the screw.
Other parts of the curves show nothing but instabil-
ity. The use of the position 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.)
therefore is calculated to assist correct manufacture,
while all the other temperatures are unreliable. On
that account, an attempt to find a stable temperature
of maximum extension, for use when needed, was prac-
tically unsuccessful; for gages quenched at 715 deg. C.
(1,319 deg. F.) did not always extend well. A very
important point is that the temperature must be found
with accuracy, the range of stability being so very
limited.
In Fig. 14 the distortion scale has been magnified
and plotted for a range of 15 deg. =t of 700 deg. C.
Maximum instability occurs at 715 deg. C. as well as
maximum distortion, and in all cases temperatures
below 700 deg. C. are safer than those above. A fair
and safe latitude for quenching lies between 690 deg.
C. (1,274 deg. F.) and 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.).
The author found no difficulty in making sure of 700
deg. C. with the use of a platinum-rhodium thermo-
couple, a thermometer within the galvanometer-case
giving warning of any change of temperature of the
cold junction. Upon retesting the thermocouple after
about six months' use it was found by the makers to
be quite accurate.
It now appears that the second law of hardening pro-
posed at the commencement of this paper is proved so
far as the line at Arl is concerned, and could no doubt
be proved for other arrest points.
In the early stages of this research measurements of
distortion on diameter were made, which always showed
an increase of about 0.0001 to 0.0003 in., but the pur-
poses of the research being the measurement of length
distortion in screw gages, and time being pressing,
diameter measurements were not proceeded with.
Before obtaining the pyrometers, which were not in
use before April 5, some experiments were made on a
color scale extending through
Bright red
Gray just appearing (due to freezing of the cyanide)
Full gray
Dull red
Black just appearing
Mid black
Full black
7
- (c.
O
Y.
<
a
I
o
^
z
o
.-^
H
•rT==
fiG.
O-OOOi -
■ '/^
^i^
^
•+T**"
o
z
K
An
QUENCHING TfMO, 'c
[*— '5 0£G- ■
19 DEC J
FIG. 14, ENLARGEMENT OF .THE DISTORTION SCALE TO
15 DEG. ABOVE OR BELOW Arl
7'5 700 ei3 ^*^
'30 „ ^* ^7
QUENCHING TEMP. V.. V
FIG. 13. SUPERPOSED CURVES OF FIGS. 7 TO 12
— the specimen being held in a half light. The results
pointed to a best temperature between dull red and
black just appearing. Some experimenters have fur-
ther perfected the color test, but the author considered
the pyrometer method undoubtedly superior, and with
his system of two furnaces could be practiced by a
somewhat unskilled operator.
Further experiments are needed on ring gages, which
have laws of their own as regards diametric distor-
tion, and the author had hoped to make experiments
on other gage shapes.
It has not been exactly discovered what the first
stages of distortion assume, for in the boy's experi-
ments the diameters are all decreased, though it is
certain they increased at first. It was believed that
a barrel shape was first produced, coupled with end
swelling, but careful test has shown a festoon shape
on the rim, and it must be always remembered that
Nature insists on keeping the volume constant.
Instead, however, of waiting till all these facts could
be obtained, it appeared wiser to make known the
results that had already been acquired, in order that
screw gages might be produced more easily and ac-
curately by every manufacturer in a time of need.
The fact of the emulsive constitution of steel at Arl
led the author to believe that gages quenched on this
line would not be thoroughly hard. He was glad to
say that, on the contrary, he had found them in every
case to be glass hard. It must not be forgotten that
the process of hardening by casing in cyanide produces
a high-carbon steel at the surface, while the interior
remains in the mild state, and this may have something
to do with it.
The most important of the conclusions arrived at
in this paper are:
(a) The second law of hardening is proved.
(6) A temperature of minimum distortion that can
be relied upon is 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.).
(c) No variation is allowable above 700 deg. C.
(d) An allowance of 10 deg. below 700 deg. C. is
practically permissible.
552
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
Frivolous Stuff in the Plant Paper
By Frank H. Williams
Once upon a time, when I was editing an internal
house organ or plant paper as we called it, the manager
of the corporation said:
"Now, don't put any frivolous stuff in the paper.
Put in all the inspirational, uplift stuff you want, but
cut out all slang and all frivolous material. We're
paying a lot of money to get this paper out and we've
got to make it boost our business, not a sort of funny
paper for our employees. I want it to be a constant
source of inspiration and uplift for the people who
work for us. Don't forget this when you're editing it."
At first, hearing that sounded like a very fine and
commendable attitude to assume toward the plant paper,
but how did it work out?
How THE Manager's Ideas Worked Out
It worked out like this:
We spent a lot of money for fine paper and we spent
a lot of money for cuts and we spent an infinite amount
of time and thought in making the paper everything
that the manager wanted it to be, and as the result of
this expense and effort the employees simply wouldn't
read it!
All of which is very pertinent to a discussion of
"frivolous stuff" in the plant paper. Will employees
read such a publication unless there is a certain amount
of "jazz" or kidding in it? Will they pay much atten-
tion to a publication which does nothing but preach
and nag and suggest improvements, all in a deadly,
dull, heavy manner?
As long as employees are human it does seem as
though the human-interest stuff has the most chance
of registering with them. It does seem as though no
regular folks will ever take very avidly to the perusal
of preachments from those "higher up." And, for this
reason, it does seem as though a certain amount of
lively material is essential to the success of a plant paper.
But what form shall this liveliness take? How shall
it be injected into the plant paper so as to liven the
sheet up without letting it degenerate wholly into a
funny sheet?
How TO Use "Jazz" in a Plant Paper
Plant paper editors solve this problem in various ways,
their solutions frequently being governed almost en-
tirely by local conditions. But whatever the local con-
ditions are it is always interesting to note what is
being done along this line by the editors of other suc-
cessful internal house organs. For this reason we should
find it interesting to consider the question of "frivolous
stuff" in the Bowser Booster, a very successful plant
paper issued by S. F. Bowser & Co., Inc., of Fort Wayne,
Indiana.
At the first inspection of this publication it is seen
that there is always present a sprightliness and a good
nature about the way things are written up which tend
to make the items readable because of the way in which
they are written and not alone for the things that are
said. For instance, in a department headed "Who's Who
in Bowserdom" appear sprightly items about the em-
ployees of the works written in such snappy, invigorat-
ing style as this:
"This, ladies and gentlemen, is the right honorable
Homer Irven, Foreman of the Light Tank Shop. Under
his direction are built flocks of type B, C, D and E
tanks. And after finishing his day's task with so much
of the alphabet he hies him home and looks after guinea
pigs galore and thoroughbred rabbits. As a tank-builder
he's right there — having had some twelve years' Bowser
experience, and when not making tanks his delight is
to make eight rabbits grow where one grew before."
Such a write-up is certainly a lot more intere.sting
than the usual dry-as-dust "Who's Who" biographical
sketch. And when accompanied by a thumb-nail photo,
as each biography in this department is, the writeup is
interesting to people outside the plant as well as those
in the factory. And when a plant paper is written so
entertainingly as to interest folks outside the plant as
well as the employees, then it is certainly functioning at
pretty close to 100 per cent. But such a write-up as
this can hardly be called "frivolous stuff." It is written
with a light touch, of course, but it is not exactly
frivolous.
A Little Nonsense Now and Then Relished
A little nonsense now and then is relished by the most
serious of employees. And if this nonsense or frivolity
comes to them through the plant paper it is inclined
to make them feel that the plant is a lively human,
interesting entertaining place in which to work.
It is inclined to make them feel that there's a lot of
life and good spirits about the bosses even if they are
rather somber-faced and always anxious for a greater
production.
Frivolity is a great thing for the dissipation of the
fumes of wrong thinking and of "bad" acting. It is a
great thing for getting employees into a comfortable
frame of mind. And for that reason, if for no other,
it has a very definite reason for its existence in plant
papers.
This thing of everlastingly preaching at employee.s
by means of house organs, bulletins and plant meetings
is enough to get the goat of any employee who feels
that he is doing all that he's got in him and who has the
normal human's healthy dislike for too much "goody-
goody" stuff. Uplift and inspiration are all right in
their way but the very fact that employees consistently
avoid plant papers which harp too heavily on these
topics should be an indication that such topics are in
mighty bad order when they are given too much
prominence.
Too Much Frivolity Better Than Not Enough
Of course, as has been indicated in the preceding,
there is a chance of getting too much frivolity into the
plant paper. That, of course, is a mighty bad thing.
But isn't it a lot better to have too much frivolity and
have the employees up and shouting for the regular
appearance of the plant paper than it is to have too
little frivolity and to watch the papers dropped care-
lessly from their hands within an appreciable number of
seconds after receiving the copies?
Get frivolous once in a while in the plant paper and
watch how quickly the employees respond by showing an
increased interest in the publication.
Forget the uplift stuff for a while and be human
and humorous and entertaining.
Give the employees the sort of stuff they want to
read.
That, in the final analysis, is what makes or breaks
a plant paper. If it contains the sort of stuff the em-
ployees like to read, then it will be a success. If it
doesn't contain such stuff— GOOD NIGHT!
September 16, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
553
Machining Front Axles
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
THE first operation is to inspect the forgings for
straightness and to correct any inequality. This
is done in the fixture shown in Fig. 1. Here the
two substantial blocks A and B are mounted on the
massive plate C, and are so
designed that no stresses
which may be imposed in
straightening the forgings
will materially affect their
alignment. The front axle
is laid in the position
shown and held by the
wedges D and E, which are
quickly handled and at the
same time hold the axle
firmly in place. Then the
gages F and G are applied
and if straightening is
necessary, it can be easily
and quickly accomplished
by using the bar H. After
straightening, the first
operation is milling the
ends in the very interest-
ing fixture shown in Fig. 2.
Here the axle A is laid on
Without going into extreme details concerning
the manufacture of front axles, there is shown
herein some of the principal operations applied
by the Columbia Axle Co., Cleveland, Ohio. The
illustrations suggest methods which cannot fail
to be helpful in any similar work.
FIG. 1. STRAIGHTENING THE FORGINGS
its side, the end being supported by block B and C and
clamped firmly in place by the toggles operated by the
screw D and handwheel E. This fixture has compensat-
ing connections so as to equalize the pressure to make
up for inequalities in the
forging. Gangs of inserted
tooth cutters are used on
each end of the axle, there
being four cutters in each
gang. The cutters are sub-
stantially supported and
gear driven, allowing the
eight surfaces to be fin-
ished at one cut. Spindles
F and G are designed to
carry milling cutters for
facing the spring pads
when this is considered de-
sirable. Next comes the
drilling of the spindle holes,
the novelty here being the
use of spring pressure for
holding the work, which
allows rapid manipulation
in clamping the forging
firmly in position during
FIG. 2. MILLING BOTH ENDS
554
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. N0.V12.
M-MMMi^M^
arm * is - drilled ' and • reamed
in -the simple fixture* shown
in- Fig. 5. The' mandrel A
slips through the hole which
has "been previously drilled
for the spindle and, rests in
a pair, of V-blocks which
form- part' of the fixture" B.
The end which forms the stub
axle • rests on the wedge C
while the strap D holds the
knuckle firmly in place while
it is being drilled and taper-
reamed. The main steering
arm is an awkward piece to
machine on account of its
irregular shape, as can be
seen in Fig. 6. Fig. 7 shows
the methods of drilling both
ends in the same kind of
FIG. 3. DRILLING THE SPINDLE HOLES drilling fixtures. The arm
the drilling operation. The lower ears of the axle fit into A. Fig. 6, is held in the jaws A and B in the drill-
suitable guides beneath the lower bushing plate and by ing fixture shown in Fig. 7, the jaws being operated
the lever A, Fig. 3. both bushing plates are raised so by a right- and left-hand screw, controlled by the hand-
FIG. 4. DRILLING THE STEERING KNUCKLES
as to allow the easy insertion of the work. By strap-
ping the right-hand fixture B to the table of the
machine and allowing the other drilling fixture to move
slightly on the table of its machine, compensation can
be readily made for slight inequalities in the forgings.
The heavy compression springs hold the drilling fixture
firmly in place auring the drilling operation.
Leaving the axle for a moment and taking up the
steering knuckle, Fig. 4, we find the same type of
drilling fixture as shown in Fig. 3. This illustration
makes the operation more understandable as it can
readily be seen that the lever A, with its forked ends
fulcrumed in B, enables the operator to compress the
springs C by means of the rods D which impart the
upward motion of the forked ends of the lever to the
plate carrying the drill bushings. Centering cups are
provided for each end of the spindle portion of the
steering knuckles so that it is only necessary to raise
the bushing plates by means of the lever A, insert
the knuckle, release the lever and begin drilling at
once. On a hole of this length a single operator easily
handles four spindles. The side hole for the steering
FIG. S. DRILLING AND REAMING FOR STEERIN': ARMS
wheel C. The jaws center the boss A, Fig. 6, and the
hole is drilled and reamed in the usual way by the
FIG. 6. THE MAIN STEERING ARM
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
555
t ^M D-Ti VI^ li U i^l ^niU r^^riL) 1^1
aid of suitable bushings.
The hole in the boss B is
drilled in a similar fixture
shown at the right in Fig.
7, the same kind of jaws
holding the other end with
equal facility. The final drill-
ing of the axle, Fig. 8, takes
place after the steering
buckle and the connecting
bar are in place. The axle is
held in the jaws A and B
which are operated by the
handwheels shown. The stub
axles slip in the slides C and
D and the drill bushings are
located in the plates E and
F, which are connected by
the rods shown, and swing
i'
•-1
1 '
lf] h ^^^J
O ■ •■^^ ■
ill
FIG. 7. DRILLIX*,; THE ir.VIN ARM
the feed is provided by the
small motor C through the
proper gearing. The swivel-
ing base allows the tool slide
to be swung at the proper
angle, so as to secure the de-
sired taper for the hub fit on
the tail shaft. The combina-
tion hooks and turnbuckles at
D and E, together with the
clamps F and G, hold the work
firmly in place.
FIG.
DRILLING SPRING PADS ON COMPLETED AXLE
over the axle from the rear. The eight holes are drilled
at once, four drills being driven by each spindle. This
fixture centers the location of the springs and through
them, the whole chassis, from the stub axles, so as to
avoid the car bod.y being out of center.
Boring an 11-ton Propeller
The boring of a large propeller is an awkward job,
and requires considerable care and ingenuity in han^
dling, as well as in machining. The propeller shown
in the illustration is a solid bronze casting 18 ft. in
diameter, weighing 22,420 lb. and is in the shop of
the Union Plant of the Bethlehem Shipbuilding Cor
poration. This plant was formerly known as the Union
Iron Works, and built the battleship "Oregon".
It is rather unusual practice for a propeller of this
size to be cast in one piece, and it is doubtful whether
any other plant on the Pacific Coast could have han-
dled this job without special machinery being set up or
built. The Union Plant cast and bored this propeller
for the Moore Shipbuilding Co., which was doing the
repair work on the S. S. "Howick Hall."
It will be noted that the boring tool is carried in
the slide A, mounted on the swiveling stand B, and that
BORING A LARGE PROPELLER HUB
556
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
An Indicating Attachment for Locating
and Boring Holes on the
Milling Machine
By R. H. Kasper
When locating and boring holes in work on the milling
machine, by use of an indicator and locating buttons,
it is inconvenient to take a reading of the dial during
a complete revolution of the indicator. It is some-
times impossible to see the dial even with the aid of
mirrors.
To overcome this difficulty, the attachment shown in
the sketch was designed. By the use of this attach-
ment, the indicator remains stationary and therefore
the dial is always in plain view of the operator. Fig.
1 shows a general view of the attachment and the
method of using. It will be noted that the attachment
is composed of two parts, which are dove-tailed together
so as to produce a sliding fit with a minimum of lost
motion. The outer part (Fig. 2) is carefully ground
en the outside and carries a round-pointed screw which
comes in contact with the locating button. The screw
is located on the same diameter as the dove-tail. A
coil spring holds the screw always in contact with the
button. The shank may be cylindrical or tapered, to
fit either the spindle or the chuck. Fig. 3 shows the
shank which is dove-tailed to carry the outer portion.
Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the attachment
assembled.
The contact screw must be carefully adjusted to suit
the size of button being used. After once being set,
the screw needs no further attention, until a different
diameter of button is to be used. Adjustment of the
screw is easily made. From the outside diameter
of the attachment, subtract the diameter of the button
FIG 3
FIG 4-
FIGS. 2 TO 4.
PARTS OF ATTACHMENT AND
CROSS-SECTION
FIG. 1. INDICATING ATTACHMENT AND
METHOD OF USING
Fig. 2 — Outer part of attachment which carries contact screw.
Fig. 3 — Shank of indicating attachment. Fig. 4^-Cross-section
of assembled attachment.
and divide the remainder by two. The result obtained
should be the dimension A in Fig. 4.
When using the attachment, the screw is brought in
contact with the button. The table is then set so that
the two cylindrical parts of the attachment come prac-
tically in line. The indicator is then brought into contact.
On revolving the spindle, there will be no movement of
the indicator needle if the button is located centrally
with the spindle. If the button is not located centrally,
the outer portion of the attachment will run eccentric.
This is caused by the fact that the shank revolves on
the same center as the spindle, while the outer portion
is prevented from doing so by the contact screw bearing
on the button.
September 16^ 1920
Get Increased ■ Productionr-With Improved Machinery
557
A Turret Tool for Ball Turning
By Harold Mohay \ ^4. f )
The arrangement of a fixture and turret tool, which
is used for. turning the ball handle on the end of the
lever illustrated in Fig. 1, is shown complete in Fig. 2.
As will be noted in Fig. 1, the ball end has a hole B
drilled in it, this being used for locating purposes,
while advantage is also taken of the beveled ribs, shown
in section at A-A, for clamping and driving the work.
Considering fir.st the fixture portion in Fig. 2, the shown in Fig. 'l.
work X is slipped over the pin A and
also over the spring pin B, the latter
being turned so as to bring the flats
into the correct position for passing
between the beveled ribs. The
spring pin is then given a quarter
turn, following which it is caused
to clamp the work by tightening
screw C against the beveled portion
of it in the manner shown. It can
be seen that the screw does not pro-
ject above the surface of- the plate,
this construction being used for the
sake of safety. The fixture is made
to .screw on the spindle nose, and it
is provided with a flange at D so
that the end of the work will not re-
volve unprotected in a manner
dangerous to the machine operator.
Referring to the turning-tool
mechanism, the body of it E is made
from a steel forging, it being ma-
chined at Y to fit the turret hole of
the lathe. The turning cutter F,
shown in Figs. 2 and 3, is secured
in its holder G, which is mounted fig.
in the body of the tool in such a
manner that it pivots about a center (common to the
center of the work) on the hinge pin H and the
long hinge stud J. The cutter is held in place by the
clamp K and screw L, the stud / carries a collar M,
which is pinned in place to prevent the tool from mov-
ing up, and a pin N holds the hinge stud to the tool
Y holder. In the upper end of this stud J a pin 10 in.
long is used as a. handle for revolving the tool about the
center. Another pin P in the stud, in connection with
a pin Q in the, bojjy of the tool, limits the movement
of the cutter to the portion of the circle which is to be
formed. In operation, the turret containing this tool
is fed forward against a stop, and the operator then
revolves the cutter by hand by means of the operating
pin, thus forming the ball handle and the bevel as
I l-^-'-l
End Elevation
Front Elevation
TOOL .VRRANGK.MENT USED FOK TIR.M.NG THK 1!AL.I.
For grinding the cutter and setting it on center in
the tool, the gage shown in Fig. 4 is used. The end
of the cutter is shaped to fit the form. To set the
cutter in the holder, the edge B of the gage is held
against the back edge of the cutter holder G and the
cutter is moved forward until it reaches the formed
edge A of the gage. This positively locates the cutter
so that it will cut the correct diameter, this being a
very important consideration where work of a reason-
ably uniform character is desired.
Ptoin View
FIG. 3
J
Fie. 4
FIG. 1. HANUL,E ON WHICH BALL IS TURNED
FIG. 3. CUTTING TOOL IX FIG. 4. GAGE i;SED IN SHAP-
POSITION IN THE HOLOER INO AND SETTING TOOL
Sf^
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
WHAT ^ WEMB
i^^^maii in a Iiurri
Suggested b?^ theNanaging Editor
IN DEFERENCE to the American Steel Treaters'
Society we are leading off this week with an article
on material-testing machines by one of the big men in
that field. The testing of the materials of construction,
and particularly the metals, has grown in importance
with the advances made in
machine design, metallurgy
and shop practice. And,
fortunately, the improve-
ment in the machines and
devices for performing
such tests has kept pace
with the requirements of
the tester. Mr. Olsen is
probably as well fitted as
any one to tell what has
been done in the design
and construction of testing
machines. His article is
illustrated by cuts of the
important types.
Another article of particular interest to steel treaters
is the one on page 547 by the late Wilfrid Lineham of
Goldsmith's College, London. It concerns the control of
the hardening of screw gages in such a way as to mini-
mize the distortion along the pitch line. The author
started with the intention of discovering a quenching
temperature at which distortion would be eliminated
but he admits that his ideal was not attained although he
got a long way on the road to it. His measuring appar-
atus is illustrated as are also the rather remarkable
results of repeated heating and quenching of steel disks.
(As this has been given wide circulation abroad we are
omitting it from the European edition.)
Fred Colvin ha:; had several discu.ssions of successful
management experiments in previous issues and he has
mentioned the White Motor Co., of Cleveland, before.
On page 531 he decribes their scheme of posting actual
cost figures where the men can see them and also the
organization of the company and of the representative
committees. Results count in a system of this kind.
You can judge for yourself whether it has been worth
while.
If you are one of those who like to look back and .yarn
about the "good old days" which will never come again,
R. Thoma.? Huntington's reminiscences on page 533 will
call to mind experiences you hadn't thought of for yeai-s.
Viall's welding article this week takes up the equip-
ment used for electric arc welding as well as a short
It
statement of the two commonly employed methods,
starts on page 537.
The rest of the National Screw Thread Commission's
Report on coarse and fine threads which was begun last
week appears on page 543, and succeeding pages. Here
the gage specifications are
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
maf/azines unheard of. It is far different now
lohen so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitabbj as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to maks the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispe7i.iable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is
the editors' advertisement of their section of
the paper. It gives the high spots.
given in detail, tables of
manufacturing tolerances
are set forth and tj^pical
specifications for screw
thread products are nut-
lined.
Automotively speaking
we are finding practical
difficulties in being entirely
logical in the presentation
of our series on automobile
practice. We still have
some more of the compara-
tive engine parts articles
con-.ing along but as we are
still adding to our supply or data we find it convenient
occasionally to slip in something on some other part of
the mechanism even if it does seem to be out of its regu-
lar order. This is what has happened this week and we
are consequently giving you .something on front axles.
Page 553.
On page 552, Frank H. Williams concludes very sagely
that giving the employees what they want to read in a
plant paper makes for the success of the paper. His
particular theme this week is "frivolity" and his sug-
gestions are pointed, not only for the editors of plant
papers but possibly for other editors as well.
On page 564a under the heading "What Other Editors
Think" are two unu.sually intere-sting editorials. One
calls attention to the false economy of trying to make
obsolete, inadequate or patched-up equipment in the
railroad shops do the work that could be handled more
cheaply by modern tools. It recommends a judicial bal-
ancing of the opposing policies of "make it do" and "get
something better."
The other editorial comments on the results of a ques-
tionnaire sent out by the Merchants Association to find
out the present status of labor efficiency. It is encour-
aging to note that the concensus of opinion indicates an
improvement and a closer approach to "a fair day's wort
for a fair day's pay."
Our own editorials on page 559 will give you some-
thing to think about.
September 16, 1920 Get Increased Production^With Improved Machinery
S69
I
Preparation — Not Pessimism
THE curtailment of automobile production is doubt-
less the forerunner of other readjustments from
the abnormal conditions of the past six years. But,
while all readjustments disturb existing conditions to
some extent, there should be no pessimistic fears as to
the outcome.
The people of the United States are going to con-
tinue doing business. Not in the same old way, but
in some other way which will be better for all con-
cerned. We are going on; there can be no turning
back, no giving up of our ideals or rights to "life,
liberty and the pursuit of happiness" as has been our
motto in the past.
Far-sighted business men accept a letting up of
abnormal demand as an opportunity to put their plants
in better order; to substitute more efficient methods
for those which are known to be wasteful but which
the press of business has made it impossible to change.
They also have the opportunity to study wa.v.< and
means of improving quality or of reducing manufac-
turing costs, or both.
Now is the time to look ahead and to plan for the
future as well as for the present. Now is the time to
ask ourselves if there are not ways of making our
shop really more efficient.
New machinery has been developed which will cut
costs tremendously in many lines of work. Now is the
time to see if this is not just what we need to bring
our methods up where they belong. Can we not adopt
some of the automotive shop methods to other lines
of work? Can not the textile field and the newly
developed field of washing machines and other house-
hold appliances improve their methods so as to reduce
the prices of their product and so widen their markets?
The one thing to be avoided is the feeling of
pessimism or panic. Let us abandon all talk of "getting
back to the good old times," for we never shall nor
do we want to. But we can and must go forward to
better times, with many of the inequalities of the war
period ironed out or eliminated.
Neither wages nor standards of living are going back
to the pre-war period. But we can and must come to
some equitable basis both as to production and profits.
In too many cases neither wages nor selling prices now
bear a direct relation to production, or to production
costs. Both these conditions are uneconomic, both are
closely related and both are unjust. We cannot cure
one without the other.
We have a right to demand a fair production per
dollar of wage or per hour of shop operation. And the
worker has the same right to demand that the cost
of his shoes, clothes and all that go to make up his
living expenses, shall be based on the cost of labor,
material and a fair profit. Prices set to secure "all
the traffic will bear" in the language of the old rail-
road freight agent, are especially dangerous during
a period of readjustment.
Almost equally bad, however, is a panicky cutting of
prices in the hope of keeping the plant going full
time. If prices are too high, they should be placed
at a fair figure. If they already allow only a reason-
able margin of profit, reducing them is not good busi-
ness. It may be a good time to increase production by
laying the case squarely before the men something like
this : "Our co.sts do not allow us to sell in competition
with other shops. If we can increase production 10
per cent, we can secure orders enough to keep the
plant in operation. We believe this can be done with
your co-operation, without disturbing either bonus or
wages. It's up to you."
Whatever the way, we are going forward. The
machine-building industry is more necessary than ever
before, and now is the time to prepare it for the days
which lie ahead. F. H. C.
"Labor Also Is On Trial"
THE return of the railroads to private control
coupled with the recent rate award of the Inter-
state Commerce Commission has given birth to the
popular idea that it is now 'up to the railroad manager.'
. . . Equally true, however, is the fact that another
great element in our national life is also on trial. Not
only must the railroad managers show their ability, but
the men and women they employ mu.st demonstrate
their willingness to work and their right to the wages
recently awarded them by the United States Railroad
Labor Board." This is the beginning of a statement
by E. E. Loomis, president of the Lehigh Valley Rail-
road, that appeared in Raihrai/ Age. It contains an
idea that is worthy of close attention.
In the hectic times during and after the war the
expression "What does he get?" has too completely
suppressed the older, homelier term "How much does
he earn?" We fear that there is little connection
between the two terms at present and that if the amount
many a man gets was reduced to the amount he earns
there would be a break in the silk-shirt market. And
the fault is not all with the workman.
This is not an argument to reduce wages — far from
it. We believe in high wages, but we also believe
that they should be earned. And we agree with Mr.
Loomis that the average American workman is too
ambitious and has too much sense to remain indef-
initely on the same basis as the time-server.
But there remains much difficult missionary work to
be done to persuade the American workman, or for
that matter the average citizen, that it is impossible
to get something for nothing for very long without
bankrupting the community. It would seem that the
horrible example of Soviet Russia .should be sufficient
to bring people to their sen.ses but unfortunately this
is not the case for it is not difficult to find many who
are unconvinced.
The article on another page describing the system
in vogue at the White Motor Co., gives an example of
a plant where high wages are earned and indicates an
attitude that might profitably be adopted in other plants
and other industries. K. H. C.
.560
■A M ER.I CAN MACHINIST
Vol.. 53.. No. 12
f,
l!
A Chart for Lengths of Keys
By JOHN S. WATTS
There appears to be a certain degree of hap-
Imzardness among some designers ivhen the ques-
tion arises of the length of hub required on a
gear or pulley to give a sufficient area of key to
transmit the desired torsion. It seems to be the
common method to make the hub project slightly
on each side past the face of the gear.
4 LI
A
^LL the text books give the width and thickness of
keys to be used for various diameters of shafts,
hut give no data on which to base the length of
the key, which condition of affairs is probably what has
led so many to jump to the conclusion that almost any
length of key will do.
Making the size of the key proportional to the diam-
eter of the shaft is certainly desirable for the sake of
uniformity, but except in those rare cases where the
gear or pulley to be keyed transmits the whole power
of the shaft, the diameter of the shaft is no criterion
of the size of the key required. In fact, owing to the
greater lever arm of the key, the larger the diameter
of the shaft the smaller will be the section of key re-
quired to transmit a given turning moment.
It is clearly most desirable to have a standard width
and thickness of key for each diameter of shaft, and
I have therefore, in making up the accompanying chart,
kept the width and thickness of key to a standard, and
made it to show the length of the standard size key that
will transmit the reiiuired torque at each diameter of
shaft.
To use the chart, Fig. 1, follow along the horizontal
line for the turning moment or torque, in inch pounds,
to its intersection with the vertical line for the shaft
diameter, and read the length of key required from the
next higher diagonal line.
For example, a gear to transmit 400,000 in. -lb. on a
6i in. dia. shaft wiTI require a key 6A in. long, or, what
is the same thing, the hub of the gear should be 6' in.
wide.
The standard upon which the chart is based is a
width of key equal to one-quarter of the diameter of
the shaft and an allowable shearing stress on the key
of 12,000 lb. per square inch.
The curved line indicates the torque which the shaft
itself will transmit at a stress of 12,000 lb. per sq.in.,
and also shows the length of a key that will be equal in
strength to the shaft. For instance, a key IQJ in. long
in a shaft 6' in. dia. will be equal in strength to the
shaft, both being of the same material.
The depth of ke.vway is usually made one-third of
the width of the key, which in the above case gives a
compressive stress on the side of the key of three times
the shearing stress, or 36,000 lb. per sq.in., which is
allowable where the key fits on all four sides, and
therefore the material in the key cannot deform under
the pressure. If the key is fitted on the side only the
depth of the keyway should be one-half of its width,
thus reducing the bearing stress to 24,000 lb. per sq.in.,
or the length should be increased to keep the bearing
stress down to that amount. If the gear is pres.sed
tightly onto the shaft and the friction between the gear
bore and the shaft can be depended upon to take part of
the turning moment, then the key may be made to pro-
ject only one-third of its width as before.
In all the above it is assumed that the key is a
tight fit and the gear or clutch is immovable. The
design of keys for sliding gears or clutches is a differ-
ent proposition entirely. These should have a surface
sufficient to reduce the bearing pressure on the side of
the key projecting out of the shaft of not over 3,000
lb. per sq. in. The depth of the keyway in the shaft
need not be increased over that I'equired for fixed
gears. This will usually involve fitting at least two
keys which can be narrower than the standard as the
shearing stress need not be reduced.
The chart is constructed as follows: draw the vei'tical
line at the right and lay off on it to scale, the points
representing the torgue in inch-pounds, and draw hori-
zontal lines through each of these points.
We now locate upon this vertical line the points cor-
responding to the shearing strength of the .standard
size of key in an 8-in. shaft, expressed in inch-pounds
for each inch and half-inch of length. That is, a key
2 in. wide and 1 in. long will have a resistance in
shear at 12,000 pounds stress of 2 X 1 X 12,000 =
24,000 lb., and at the lever arm of 4 in., due to the
radius of the 8-in. .shaft, this gives a torque of 24,000
X 4 ^ 96,000 in.-lb. for each inch of length of key.
The formula for the moment of resistance of a key
one inch long is :
Moment of resistance = Af, = W ^ w '^ / ^ ^
where W = width of key in
inches
D = diameter of shaft in
inches
/ = allowable shearing
stress
But as W =- J substituting in the formula, we get
As the resistance of the key varies with the square
of the diameter of the shaft, we therefore make the
base line Of the chart, equal to 8' = 64, in length to
any convenient scale, because we have taken the vertical
line to represent the resistance of the keys in an 8-in.
shaft. To the same scale we lay off points for the
other diameters of shafts, making the lengths equal to
the squares of the diameters and erecting vertical lines
at each point.
Now we join the points in the 8-in. vertical line to
the zero end of the base line, and it follows from
the law of similar triangles that the height of any
diameter line to any diagonal line is equal to the
moment of resistance of a standard size key of that
length indicated by the diagonal line, in a shaft of
the diameter indicated bv the vertical line.
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production^Wiih Improved Machinery
561
The curvpd line is arrived at by scaling up on each
diameter vertical line, the torsional strength of that
diameter of shaft in inch pounds at a stress of 12,000
PiCTmetffr of Shaft, Inches
FIS I
FIG. 1. CHART FOR I.ENUTHS OF KEYS
FIG: 2. HOW AN rXSUPPORTED GIB KEY CAN BE
BROKEN IN REMOVAL
pounds, and drawing the line through the points so
acquired.
In passing it may be noted that a key having a
width of one quarter of the diameter of the shaft
and a length of 1.5708 times the shaft diameter will
develop the full strength
of the shaft, both shaft •
and key being under the
.same stress and being of
the same material.
There is another point in
fitting keys that is worthy
of more attention than is
usually given to it. This is
making provision for driv-
ing out the keys when re-
pairs render it necessary
to dismantle the gears.
Where it is impossible to
provide space to enable the
key to be driven out by means of a key
drift against the small end of the key, the
large end of the key should have a gib head
so that it can be extracted by wedges driven between
the gib head of the key and the hub of the gear.
These gib heads are the cause of considerable pro-
fanity in the repair shop when they are fitted in a
shaft cut off flush with the face of the hub of the
gear (which is the way they are nine times out of
ten). Under these conditions a key that has been well
fitted originally and driven tightly home, especially if it
has been in place a long time, will almost every time
break off at the head when the wedges are being driven
in to extract it.
This can be seen by reference to Fig. 2 which shows
that the sti'ain on the head must be severe before much
pull can be got on the key.
This trouble can be easily prevented by extending
the shaft out about one inch to provide a support
underneath the key when being wedged out.
Is This a Punch-Press Job?
By William J. Becker
Referring to Mr. Hudson's article, "Is This A Punch-
Press Job?" on page 1,267, Vol. 52, of the American
Machinist, the accompanying sketches should be of in-
terest. I designed this fixture, shown in Fig. 1, a year
ago for ju.st the kind of a job about which Mr. Hudson
inquires. It is made of angle iron and cold-rolled steel
and used on a 24-in. .shaper. Two screws at the end
of the fixture will securely clamp a whole row of bars
or wires. Care must be taken to put the proper taper
on the clamps, so that they will force the wires down,
but not too tightly. The clamping arrangement is shown
separately in Fig. 2.
A fixture like this can be made to hold two rl-in. wires
per in. of fixture length, .so that 48 wires can be
machined at one setting on a 24-in. shaper. For a wire
smaller than \-in. in diameter the clamps mu.st be made
suflSciently wide and close together to prevent springing
while machining. A straight-edge can be clamped to
the fixture to act as a stop against the ends of the wires.
Referring to the illustrations, A is an angle iron
bolted to the shaper table, and the pieces B are bars
of cold-rolled steel. The case-hardened clamps C swing
between the bars B, and they are set just low enough
to clear the cutting tool. Small pins D prevent the
clamps from falling down into the slots. The heavy
setscrew E clamps all bars at once. It is neces.sary that
the work be supported as much as possible under the
part being machined.
This fixture has been in constant use in the plant.
and after doing duty for a
year is still turning out
FIG. 1.
FIXTURE FOR
HOLDING WIHK
RODS WHILE
MACHINING FLATS
work as rapidly and accurately as the day it was first
u'.ed. It can be unloaded and reloaded in less than one
minute and is easily kept clean.
i'mde
FIG.
METHOD OF CL-VMPING ROD.S IN FIXTURE
502
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 12
Shop equipment new5
3 A HAND
i:^ynt2|s;.TS!SB
SHOP E,QUIPMENT
• NtWS •
A w/oekly roview oP
modorn dosiignsand
" ecjuipmoniy o
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no cfiarge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six montfis and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impo<-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
Van Dorn Heavy-Duty Electric Grind-
ing and Buffing Machines
The Van Dorn Electric Tool Co., Cleveland, Ohio, is
now manufacturing 1-hp. heavy-duty electric grinding
and buffing machines in the floor, bench and aerial
types. The motor is built and rated according to
A.I.E.E. standards. It is claimed that it has a normal
capacity of Ik hp., a momentary overload capacity of
2i hp., and will drive 10 x li-in. abrasive wheels
without stalling. With ventilation, the rise in temper-
ature in continuous service is less than 50 deg. C. (90°
F.) ; when fully inclosed, the rise will not exceed 55 deg.
C. (99° F.) in 30 min. at lA-hp. load. Ventilation is
VAN DORN 1-HP. ELECTRIC FLOOR GRINDING AND
BUFFING MACHINE
Spcoiflcations : Height of spindle, 39 in. Ba.se size, 17 x 18 in.
Spindle diameter at wheel, 3 in. Weight of machine with one
guarded wheel and one extension, as shown ; net, 345 lb. : cfated,
4.'')0 lb. ; boxed for export, fiOO lb. Contents, boxed for export,
:!1 cu.ft.
provided by means of a fan drawing air through
screened openings at the rear of the frame.
When direct current is used the speed is 2,000 r.p.m.
while the alternating-current machine runs at 1,800
r.p.m. The a.c. stator and d.c. field assembly are inter-
changeable in the motor frame, so that the machine
can be changed from one type of current to the other
at minimum expense. The diameter of the frame is
smaller than the diameter of the wheel, so tha.t long
work may be placed flat again.st the wheel face. The
shaft is mounted in ball bearings inclosed in dustproof
housings. Heavy non-removable guards are provided,
arrangement being made for the attachment of an
exhausting system. Extensions for carrying brushes or
wheels can be furnished, as shown. The aluminum
water pot is removable, and tool re.sts having both
horizontal and vertical adjustments are provided
The floor type of machine; shown in the illustration,
has a foot-operated switch, an automatic starter being
placed inside the pedestal when a d.c. motor is used.
D.c. machines can be furnished to operate on either 115
or 230 volts, and a.c. machines in either two or three
phase on 110, 220 or 440 volts.
The machine can be furnished as an aerial grinding
machine carrying a single wheel and having an over-all
length of 33 1 in. and a net weight of 85 lb.
Van Keuren Combination
Reference Gages
The Van Keuren Co., 362 Cambridge St., AUston,
Boston, Mass., has added to its line sets of combination
precision-gage blocks. The blocks are intended primarily
as reference standards. It is claimed that the round or
cylindrical shape gives the proper distribution of metal
for a reference gage, as temperature changes affect the
block uniformly.
The gages are made of an alloy tool steel which is
said to have been selected for its properties of long
wear, constancy of size and shape, uniformit.v and free-
dom from corrosion. They are given a seasoning or
aging process.
The gaging surfaces are lapped to a mirror finish,
and the blocks are guaranteed to be correct in size,
flatness and parallelism within 0.00001 in. of the
nominal marked dimensions. The gages are standard-
ized by light-wave measurement with standards certified
by the National Bureau of Standards. A serial number
is stamped on each one to facilitate the keeping of
records as to the accuracy of the gage both when new
and during its life.
September 16, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
563
VAN KEUREN COMBINATION SET OF REFERKNCE
GAGE BLOCKS
The gages are arranged in various sets to meet the
requirements of both large manufacturing concerns and
individual mechanics. The set shown herewith contains
five sizes in the binary fractions of an inch, namely,
1, i, I, I and -h in. With this set all sizes in sixteenths
of an inch may be assembled in combination, making
31 sizes in all.
Electro-Magnetic Portable Grinding
Machine
The Electro-Magnetic Tool Co., 2902 Carroll Ave.,
Chicago, 111., is now building a portable grinding
machine known as type 2UA. One of the chief feat-
ures of the machine is the interchangeability of the
pulleys, which permits its use either for internal grind-
ing with a high-speed spindle, as shown in Fig. 1, or
for external grinding, tool grinding or similar work
with a slower speed and larger wheel, as in Fig. 2.
The wheel may also be carried on an extension of the
armature shaft.
The machine is furnished with a base or angle plate
^t-
^^Kk/^'Xr
*
i
iiilfclL-—^'.. .■ lIiiIIiiiiW "'i"*^
FIG. 2. PORTABLE GKINUING MACHI.NK WITH LARGE-
DIAMETER WHEEL
suitable for mounting it in position on either the car-
riage of a machine tool or a bench, and slides are
provided for vertical and horizontal adjustments. The
motor body has flats finished on the top, bottom and
outside faces, so that the spindle may be shifted to
get it in the proper position.
Spindle extensions 5, 10 or 15 in. long may be
attached for internal grinding. The armature speed
is about 5,200 r.p.m., and the large pulley is approx-
imately three times the diameter of the small one. A
5J- to 6-in. wheel can be used when operating at the
slower speed. The motor is about i hp., and the total
weight of the tool, without equipment, is 25 lb.
Turbine Jr., Pneumatic Drill
The Turbine Air Tool Co., 710 Huron Road, Cleve-
land, Ohio, has brought out the portable pneumatic
drill shown in the illustration. The machine operates
on the turbine principle, being known as the Turbine
FIG. 1.
ELECTRO-MAGNETIC PORTABL.E TOOL ARRANGED
FOR INTERNAL CRTNniNG
TURBINE, JR., PORTAULB PNEUMATIC
DRILLING MACHINE
564
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
Jr. model. It is intended for drilling holes up to i in.
in diameter in steel, and for boring holes up to 1 in.
in diameter in wood.
The drill can be furnished with a screw feed, top
point, breast plate and spade grip that are detachable
and interchangeable, also^. screw chucks and No. 1
Morse taper socket. . »'
The housing and the turbine are made of aluminum,
while nickel steel gears and vanadium steel pinions
are employed. There are only fifteen primary parts
and four wearing parts. The weight is 9 pounds.
The air consumption is given as 20 cu.ft. of free
air per minute. The drill will operate on a pres.sure
of 60 lb. per sq/in., although maximum efficiency is
obtained at 100 pounds. The speed is controlled by a
valve on the inlet. It is claimed that the machine is
free from vibration and smooth in operation.
Hasler Speed Indicator
C. H. Boulin, 82 Duane St., New York, has placed on
the market the Haslei- speed indicator shown in the
accompanying illu.stration.
This instrument will count speed during a period
of three seconds' and show on the dial the result in. terms
Speeds up to 10,000 r.p.m. or 1,000 yds. per minute
can be counted each thousand revolutions or 100 yards
being shown on the small dial.
The case is made of aluminum and the total weight
of the instrument is less than 10 ounces.
Monarch Revolving Melting Furnace
The Monarch Engineering and Manufacturing Co.,
Baltimore, Md., has recently brought out the furnace
illustrated, a development of its Simplex type. The
furnace is non-crucible and revolves continuously during
melting. It is motor-driven. A handwheel is provided
for a limited amount of hand rotation. The burner is
at one end; charging, skimming and venting of gases
take place at the other end.
It is claimed that rotation increases the life of the
linings and decreases the melting period. The furnace
H.^^LER .srEED INDICATOR
of revolutions per minute or yards per minute. No
watch is needed as the timing is obtained automatically,
thus eliminating the danger of error due to the neces-
sity of observing both a watch and the counter.
In use, the instrument is placed in connection with
the shaft, the revolutions of which are to be counted.
Pressing the large button at the top sets the interior
mechanism in motion. After running for three seconds
this connection is automatically broken, while the hands
remain in the reading position. The hands may be
brought back to zero by pressing the smaller button at
the side. When it is desired to take two or more read-
ings for the purpose of verification or averaging, the
hands should not be brought back to zero. When they
are not brought back, each reading will be added to the
one previously taken.
The figures in the outer circle represent revolutions
per minute, while the figures in the inner circle repre-
sent yards per mihute. When finding the speed in
yards the small wheel shown is mounted on the
spindle and held on the periphery of the work as it
revolves.
MONARCH HKVOI.Vl.NG MELTING FURNACE
is designed for the melting of metals for general cast-
ing work, for disposing of foundiy refuse such as slag,
grindings and washings and for recovering soft metal
drosses, skimmings and sweepings. This furnace is
also made with double chamber.
Changes in Lambert Horizontal
Boring Machines
The Lambert Horizontal Boring Machine, formerly
built by the Lambert Machine & Engineering Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio, and described on page 270, Vol. 49.
of the American Machinist, is now being built by the
Carroll Foundry & Machine Tool Co., Bucyrus, Ohio.
The number of feeds of both the boring bar and the
table has been increased from 16 to 32. Extra attach-
ments, including an auxiliary table 8 in. x 4 ft., a
circular table with or without worm feed, and a star-
feed facing-head having a range from 0 to 3 ft., can be
furnished.
In addition to the above, the machine can be arranged
for motor drive through a silent chain.
September 16, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery rt** ' "^
564h
f
Economy May Mean Spending
From Engineeritig News-Record
NEARLY every proverb has its antithesis. Thus,
on the one hand there is the advice to "do the
best with what we have" and on the other it is urged
that "the best is the cheapest." The conflict between
these contrasting lines of policy in engineering work
is suggested by discussions at the annual meeting of the
mechanical section of the American Railroad Associa-
tion. It appears that in many cases the policy of
utilizing old plant and following old methods is being
carried to a point where it results in direct waste
and loss.
The common reason or excuse assigned is inability
to obtain money. But under the conditions noted it
should not be difficult to demonstrate conclusively that
small immediate expenditure may mean a direct and
continual saving. Have the men with the knowledge and
responsibility failed to make this demonstration suc-
cessfully?
In car repair work, for instance, it is still common
practice to have gangs of men with jacks raise the car
bodies from the trucks, a slow and troublesome job.
If this was occasional work the practice might be justi-
fied, but it is work that goes on day after day, year in
and year out. An overhead crane or gantry would do
the work in less time and with fewer men, while the
men would put in their time on productive repair work
instead of non-productive hoisting. The same condi-
tions may be found in some locomotive repair shops,
where small and old machines are strengthened, modi-
fied or coaxed to do the necessary work of modern
equipment.
In some cases this may be true economy. But in
many more cases it means loss of time and energy,
high cost of work and waste of material spoiled or given
ineffective treatment.
These conditions are not peculiar to the railways but
occur more or less in all lines of industry. In con-
struction work, for example, there is frequently a ten-
dency to use old or inadequate equipment in order to
save expense. But if this results in delaying the work
by breakdowns or insufficient capacity, the financial loss
may far exceed the cost that would have provided more
satisfactory equipment, to say nothing of the worry,
friction and possible ill feeling between the contractor
and the engineer or owner. In rarer cases there is the
unnecessary expense of special employment, the cost
of which is not justified by the work or the results.
Such excess of plant may prove a losing investment.
What is needed is more careful exercise of judgment
as to the relations between the plant and the work, as
well as the relative economy of saving and spending,
with a wider realization of the fact that direct saving
may result from spending and that avoiding expense
is not necessarily economy.
In other words, a more judicial balancing of the op-
posing policies of "make it do" and "get something
better."
Labor More Efficient
From New York Commercini
AS A RESULT of a questionnaire .sent out by the
. Merchants Association, large manufacturers report
that labor is, on the whole, increasing its efficiency,
especially where piece work is in vogue.
Some of these manufacturers declare that it is not the
result of any conscience stricken attitude on the part
of labor, but simply because they have come face to
face with facts. In a number of lines of industry where
demand has fallen off, there have been either tem-
porary, partial, or complete shutdowns, serving notice
upon labor that the limit of endurance has been reached.
In New England, where the woolen mills have closed
down, much suffering is already in evidence, and there
is talk of resorting to court proceedings to force the
American Woolen Co. to open, and so forth. Apparently
it makes a difference whose ox is gored. Talk of using
court proceedings to force labor to work if it wants to
strike would bring forth tremendous tirades on the
"enslavement of the toilers" and "personal liberty."
When the shoe is on the other foot, however, courts and
injunctions might be classed along with the small boy's
definition of a lie: "An abomination of the Lord, and
a very present help in time of trouble."
However, it is not at all likely that any edict of a
court could force a woolen company, or any other kind of
a manufacturing concern, to spend money to keep labor
employed at high wages, when it is impossible to sell
the goods they manufacture, except at a loss.
What has happened in the woolen trade and a number
of other lines is precisely what is going to happen
generally, unless labor adopts a different attitude, for
the public has the final say in such matters. When labor
costs have forced prices up to a point beyond which the
public is willing to go, manufacturing has to stop.
No sane person wants to see unemployment spread or
wages forced down to a level that will not provide com-
fortable living for the workers. The country's whole
attitude has undergone a change in that regard. The
public is willing to pay a little more for goods if ' it
means better living condition for the workers, and
capital also realizes that times have changed and that
the worker is entitled to a. little larger share of the
profit.
Forcing selling prices to prohibitive levels through
greed on the part of either labor or capital simply reacts
upon the greedy element. Capital has had its turn in
being greedy, and has lost out, and now labor is going
through the same experience. Labor has gained a great
deal in the past few years, much of which it is
legitimately entitled to, but recently there has been a
tendency to overshoot the mark; in which case it will
fall afoul of natural laws and force a readjustment which
may undo far more of that which it has accomplished
than the general welfare demands. Labor can prevent
this by adopting a reasonable attitude, the controlling
principle of which is a willingness to furnish a fair
day's work for a fair day's pay.
564b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 12
The Manufacturer Should Provide the
Necessary Guards
FBOU atilitles Mutual "Protection"
*f JOHN S., while working at a multiple boring-mill, had
J his hair caught in one of the universal joints above
the drill-spindles. His head was badly cut and bruised
and a portion of his hair was pulled out. This was a
brand new tool, and, having just come from the factory,
we thought it was complete as shipped and did not
realize that it was necessary to add more guards to it."
This brings up a subject of increasing importance'
to the man who sees his compensation rate subjected to
a decided penalty on account of the exposed parts of
his new machines. A piece of machinery .should, on leav-
ing the works, be complete in every possible way. A
guard over dangerous moving parts is just as much a
proper piece of the machine as are the working parts
themselves. And yet, how often do we see drill presses,
planers, shapers — metal and wood working appliances
of all kinds — with the gears and pulleys quite unpro-
tected. While, of course, it is manifestly impossible
for the manufacturer to provide guards for driving-belts
under the greatly varying situations under which his
machines will be set up, it seems unreasonable to expect
the purchaser to add standard fittings which could so
much more satisfactorily be made a part of the original
design in the shop where these were built. And how
much easier it would be for all concerned to know that
the tool, when it was set up, was complete in all respects
and would succe.ssfully comply with all the underwriters'
requirements.
It would seem that, however faithfully "safety first"
is practiced in the foundry and shop of many manu-
facturers, there is still room on several of their draft-
ing boards for the application to their own designs of
the principles which their shop superintendents so
ardently advocate.
We are triad to note that there is a growing demand
on the part of many of our assured for the purcha.se
of fully guarded apparatus. We would like to see it
universally laid down as a hard-and-fast rule that engi-
neers, superintendents and purchasing agents should
buy no new machinery which was not thoroughly equip-
ped with the requisite and suitable guards over every-
thing which could, in the language of the Rating Code,
be construed as "a dangerous moving part, exposed to
contact." This would not only decrease the accident
hazard to the men, but also would relieve the master
mechanics of the bother and inconvenience of making
out of such material as they happen to have on hand,
makeshift guards which are not only costly, but which
also are apt to be a blemish on the beauty of a new and
expensive machine.
Die Casting*
By CHARLES PACK
Doehler Die Casting Co., Brooklyn. N. Y.
Data on die casting have not been widely din-
seminated, as the more important developments
in the die-casting process have taken place within
the last few years. This fact will make very
acceptable the accompanying analytical treatise,
in which the author outlines the general proper-
ties of the alloys used, their fields of application
and their limitations.
DIE CASTINGS may be defined as castings made
by forcing molten metal, under pressure, into a
metallic mold or die. It is erroneous to assume
that all die castings have similar properties, since it
is apparent that the properties of the die casting will
depend upon the nature of the alloy used. The die-
casting process is best adapted to alloys of comparative
low fusing points which may, for convenience, be
divided into the following groups:
Group A. Zinc Alloys, consisting essentially of zinc
alloyed with tin, copper or aluminum.
Group B. Tin Alloys, consisting essentially of tin
alloyed with copper, lead or antimony.
Group C. Lead Alloys, consisting essentially of lead
alloyed with tin or antimony.
Group D. Aluminum Alloys, consisting essentially of
aluminum alloyed with copper.
No general rules can be laid down governing the
design and application of die castings since the art
depends largely upon the skill of the designers, and
quite frequently a part may be considered as Imprac-
•From Mfchanical B«iKi»eerl»ffj August, 1920.
tical from a die-ca.sting standpoint which, if measured
by given standards, may be redesigned and die-cast very
successfully. Neverthele.ss the writer will endeavor to
outline briefly the general properties of the alloys used,
their fields of application and their limitations.
Group A — Zinc Alloys
Typical Alloy:
Zinc 87.5 per cent .\luminum 0.5 per cent
Tin 8.0 per cent Copper 4.0 per cent
Propertiks :
Color Silver white
Weight per cubic inch 0.253 lb.
Melting point 780 deg. F.
Initial fusing point 275 deg. F.
Tensile strength 16,100 lb. per sq.in.
Elongation 2 per cent
Compressive strength 27,670 lb.
Pressure required to shorten bar 1 in. diameter. .10 per cent
Hardness number ( Brinell ) 64.6
Casting Limits:
Maximum weight for casting f ]°-
Minimum limit of wall thickness V* •"'
Small castings -rtr in.
Variations from drawing dimensions per inch of
diameter or length 0.001 in.
Cast threads, minimum number, external 26 per men
Internal Depends on conditions, often cast
Cast holes, minimum diameter 0.031 in.
Depending largely upon the depth and thickness of casting
Draft: Cores, 0.001 in. per inch of length or diameter.
Side walls, 0.001 in. per inch of length.
General Design. Sections of castings should be as
uniform as possible. Sharp corners should be avoided
and fillets added wherever permissible. Undercuts in
castings should be avoided wherever possible.
General Remarks. Alloys of this type are corroded
by any alkaline or aqueous solutions of any salts.
Castings may be polished to a high luster, but soon
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
664c
tarnish when exposed to ordinary atmospheric condi-
tions. .
Castings made from this alloy may be readily
plated with nickel, copper, brass, silver or gold. When
properly plated such castings will retain their luster
as well as those made from brass or bronze.
Application,^. Castings made from this alloy should
not be used for parts that are subjected to severe
stress or sudden shock in service. They are used
extensively for parts of phonographs, calculating
machines, drinking-cup, cigar, candy, stamp and gum
vending machines, magneto housing, automobile-body
trimmings, pencil-sharpening machines, time-recording
devices, stamp-affixing machines, and for many other
devices of a kindred nature.
Group B — Tin Alloys
TmrAi, Tin, Copper I^ead, Antimony,
Au.ovs P-r cent per cpnt ppr cent per cent
No. 1 90 4.5 0 5.5
No. 2 86 6 0 8
No. 3 84 7 0 9
No. 4 80 0 10 10
No. 5 61.5 3 25 10.5
Alloy No. 1 is a so-called "genuine babbitt" metal
and was used very extensively during the war for
main-shaft and connecting-rod bearings on all Amer-
ican-made airplanes and motor trucks. No. 2 is some-
what harder and is u.sed extensively for bearings of
internal-combustion engines. No. 3 is somewhat harder
than alloy No. 2 and is the S. A. E. .standard for high-
grade internal-combustion-engine bearings. No. 4 is in
general use for light bearings on stationary motors.
No. 5 is a bearing metal for light duty and is used
on a large number of moderate-priced automobiles for
main-shaft and connecting-rod bearings.
In addition to the five compositions mentioned, hun-
dreds of similar alloys may be made having various
specific properties. A study of these alloys, however,
would prolong this paper unduly, and in the opinion of
the writer, is beyond its scope. The die-casting process,
it may be .said, is applicable to any of the alloys of
this group and it may be left with the engineer to
use his judgment in specifying the alloy best suited to
his requirements.
<lRNKRAL Properties:
Maximum fusing point 450 deg. F.
Weight per cubic inch Depends on lead content
«'AIITIXG I^IMITS:
Maximum weight for casting 10 lb.
Limit in wall thickness a^s in.
Variations from drawing dimensions per inch of
diameter or length 0.0005 in.
Cast threads, minimum number:
Rxlernal 27 per inch
Internal Depends on conditions, often cast
Cast holes, minimum 0.031 in. diameter,
depending on depth and thickness of casting
Draft: Cores, 0.0005 in. per inch of length and diameter.
Side walls, 0.001 in. per inch of length.
Applications. Tin alloys find their largest field of
application in their use as bearings for internal-
combustion engines. They are also used for parts of
soda fountains, cream separators, milking machines,
surgical apparatus, galvanometer parts, player pianos,
etc., where a tensile strength of over 8,000 lb. per
8q.in. is not essential and where resistance to corrosion
is of importance.
They are not affected by water, weak acid or alka-
line solutions, and when free from lead, are extensively
used for food-container parts.
Group C— Lead Alloys
Typicai,
.\l,LOT8
No. 1..
No. 2..
No. 3..
No. 4. .
Lead, Tin, Antimony,
per cent per cent per cent
83 0 17
90 0 JO
80 10 10
80 5 15
Alloy No. 1 is generally knovm as C. T. (Coffin
Trimming) metal, due to its extensive use in the manu-
facture of coffin trimmings. This alloy is also a good
bearing metal for light duty and is used for thrust
washers and camshaft bearings on light internal-
combustion engines. No. 2 is somewhat softer and
more ductile than No. 1. No. 3 is used extensively
for light bearing duty, being somewhat tougher and
stronger than Nos. 1 and 2. No. 4 is somewhat harder
than No. 3 but less ductile. Many similar alloys may
be compounded, all of which may be die-east readily.
CKNERAL PROrKRTIKS :
Weight pe^ cubic inch Depends on lead content
Maximum fusing point ; .600 deg. F.
(.'ASTiNG Limits:
Maximum weight for casting 15 lb.
Minimum wall thickness ^^^ in.
Variation from drawing dimensions per inch of
diameter or length , 0.001 in.
Cast threads, minimum numtier:
External 24 per inch
Internal Depends on conditions, often cast
Cast holes, minimum diameter 0.031 in.,
depending on depth and thickness of casting
Draft: Cores, 0.0005 in. per inch of lenjjth and diameter
Side walls, 0.001 in. per inch.
Applications. Lead alloys may be used where a metal
of non-corrosive properties is desired and where a
tensile strength of not over 8,000 lb. per sq.in. will
suffice. They are used extensively for fire-extinguisher
parts, low-pressure bearings, ornamental metalware,
and many parts that come in contact with corrosive
chemicals. They should not be used for parts that may
come in contact with foods or that may be handled
often in service, since the poisonous properties of lead
and lead alloys are well knowTi.
The main advantage of these alloys lies in their com-
paratively low cost, but their high specific gravity must
be considered.
During the war lead alloys were used for all hand-
grenade fuse parts and many millions of these parts
were made. Lead-alloy die castings were also used for
thermite grenades, offensive grenades, trench-mortar
fuse plugs and many other parts where a non-corrosive-
ness was an essential requirement.
Group D — Aluminum Alloys
Typical Alloys :
Aluminum, 92 per cent; copper, 8 per cent.
Properties :
Color Silver white
Weight per cubic incli 0.115 lb.
Melting point 1,150 deg. F.
Tensile strength 21,000 lb. per sq.in.
Elongation 1.5 per cent
Hardness number ( Brineil ) 60.5
Casting Li-mits:
Maximum weight for eastings 5 lb.
Minimum wall thickness A in.
Variation from drawing dimensions per inch cf
diameter or length 0.0025 in.
Cast threads, external, minimum number 20 per inch
Threads are cast oversize 0.01 in. to be chased to size.
Internal threads rarely cast.
Cast holes: Minimum diameter 0.093 in. and not deeper
than 1 in. Larger cores may be cast much deeper; smaller
holes may be spotted to facilitate drilling.
Draft: Cores, 0.015 in. per inch of diameter or length. Side
walls, 0.005 in.
564d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
Cores of less than I in. diameter to have 0.005 in. draft per
inch of length and diameter.
The composition described above is well known in the
arts as No. 12 alloy and is used very extensively for
automobile and airplane parts. By varying the copper
content harder or softer alloys may be obtained, all
of which may be die-cast successfully.
Applications. Aluminum die castings find wide em-
ployment in the manufacture of parts of automobiles,
such as spark and throttle control sets, magneto parts,
battery ignition and lighting systems, speedometers,
etc. They are also used for parts of vacuum sweepers,
phonographs, milking machines, vending machines, etc.
Brass and Bronze Die Castings
Die castings made from various types of brasses and
bronzes were put on the market as early as 1910, but
have never been successful commercially. At the pres-
ent time there is only one die-casting manufacturer
producing brass die castings in any appreciable quan-
tity.
It is a comparatively simple matter to produce a
small quantity of sample brass die castings, but no
material has yet been found for die-making purposes,
which will withstand the continuous action of molten
brass and at the same time retain its shape, surface
and size. The die casting of brass and bronze must
be considered as in the experimental stage at the pres-
ent time, with little or no • immediate prospect of the
solution of the problem.
Developments Due to the War
The most important development in the art of die
casting during the war was the perfection of the proc-
ess of die casting aluminum and its alloys. A suitable
steel was developed for making the dies for this
process that would withstand the action of molten
aluminum without cracking, a problem the solution of
which was essential to the development of the indus-
try.
The part that this development played in the winning
of the war will be readily appreciated when it is
stated that at the cessation of hostilities there were
being produced about one million aluminum die castings
daily in this country for parts of gas masks, machine
guns, airplanes, motor trucks, motor ambulances,
surgical Instruments, canteens, field binoculars, and
many other appliances of war.
Comparative Cost of Die Castings
The cost of die castings cannot be computed on 'the
pound basis since it depends on the design of the piece,
the number and position of the cores, the quantity
to be produced and certain other factors. For com-
parative purposes it may be stated that at the present
time tin-alloy castings are the highest in cost, being
followed by those of aluminum alloy, zinc alloy and lead
alloy in the order named.
In considering the u.se of die castings it is well to
bear in mind that on a pound basis die castings are
far more expensive than iron sand castings where the
machining cost is not considered. As the zinc alloys,
whose properties are similar to cast Iron, cost from $200
to $275 per ton in ingot form, it is apparent that the
substitution of a die casting for an iron casting can
oniy be considered when the machining cost is suffi-
cient to compensate for the difference in cost of the
raw materials.
How Can We Increase Production?
By Harry Senior
On page 385 of the current volume of American
Machinist George Sidney Binckley asks the above
important question, sets up several possible answers
and then proceeds to batter them all down but one;
thus arriving at the desired solution by process of
elimination.
This is an excellent method. It has been ex-
pounded before — notably in certain works of detec-
tive fiction — and seldom fails to disclose the real
solution in those cases where the problem has been
carefully constructed beforehand by the person who
is to solve it.
We have in the above question, however, a problem
in the construction of which we had no conscious
hand. It has been set for us by Mother Nature (not
the less nature because it is human nature) and cer-
tainty of the correctness of our solution by the elimi-
nation method rests upon at least two things: First,
we must know all possible solutions; second, we must
know that there is but one practical solution; and
that none of the elements of that one are bound up
with, or in any way dependent upon, those that are
to be eliminated. To make our success really satis-
factory involves also a knowledge of how to apply
the remedy indicated by our solution.
Three Possible Answers
Mr. Binckley sets up only three possible answers
to the question; three human emotions to which ap-
peal may be m.ade for the purpose of securing the ^■
willing co-operation of other men: these are (in
effect) fear, honor and cupidity. Of two of these he
promptly disposes; the first not because it won't work
but because it is a two-edged sword, as likely to cut
coming as going; and the second because it is "un-
certain, erratic and never permanent." Thus there
is left only cupidity— perhaps the most sordid of
human emotions— as a basis upon which to build in-
creased production.
Mr. Binckley may be right; but that he has his
doubts (as I have mine) is strongly indicated in his
summing up, under the head of "Co-operative Indi-
vidaalism." Many interpretations might be placed
upon this phrase, but to him it seems to mean a
"square deal ail around."
There are, I believe, many,more than three possible _>/
solutions to the- problem . of securing co-operatloau ,.
more than three emotions to which appeal may be— -
made. In fact in a moderate-sized shop there is little
likelihood that any two workmen will display e.xactly
the same combination of characteristics: will yield
to the same kind of treatment. I have myself during
mv short, sharp, but not yet decisive career, succeeded
in persuading a goodly number of men to do just
what I wanted them to do, but. although I '-im Per-
fectly willing to admit that I don't know how I did
it I have never vet resorted to bribery, nor do I re-
member that any workman, even an apprentice boy,
was ever serlouslv afraid of me.
I must also admit that I have on certain occasions
failed conspicuously; but I am unwilling to believe that
I might have succeeded in many of the latter cases by
"making it worth the while" of the recalcitrant one^
To say,^as Mr. Binckley does, that to make it
worth his while" is an infallible means of securing a
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
564e
man's co-operation is to set aside all t'e finer instincts
of mankind and cheerfully admit that all men are
out for what they can get, regardless. Our civiliza-
tion, such as it is, is in itself sufficient refutation of
this theory; upon such an hypothesis everybody would
become a footpad or a burglar and society would im-
mediately revert to the cave-man period.
Even fear — the first of Mr. Binckley's answers —
must be stronger than the last, for if cupidity, lust,
desire for possession, or whatever it is to which the
"worth while" proposition leads, is paramount, then
fear of the consequences must be "paramounter"
(forgive the paradox) for comparatively few of us
habitually assault our neighbors, or even deliberately
defraud them, for gain.
It is my belief, and I believe despite his assertions
that it is also Mr. Binckley's, that honor, which cov-
ers a sense of justice, of duty, of personal responsi-
bility, even of patriotism, is still the dominant char-
acteristic of human society. I believe — and here
Mr. Hinckley is with me — that the square deal will
attract and hold more desirable men than any other
policy. And surely "making it worth his while" is
a deal "on the bias" if ever one was, for it inevitably
means in.iustice to the other fellow.
Causing Labor Turnover
Mr. Binckley's theory was given ample tryout dur-
ing the war period and if I comprehend the system
rightly was not the cure but the cause of the most
appalling labor turnover our country ever experi-
enced. Every shop was making frantic endeavor to
make it "worth the while" of employees of other
shops to quit their jobs and come over. They all
succeeded; and held their newly acquired men — until
the next day.
Were the shops that held the loyalty of their men,
that maintained their production, that were immune
from labor trouble, the shops that paid the most
money? They were not! They were those whose
managers best knew real human nature, who gave
their employees the "square deal," who even preached
"duty" and "patriotism"; who sought and obtained
those men who had a sense of honor and personal re-
sponsibility.
Did those men who sacrificed their business or gave
up positions of prominence and goodly emolument to
devote their time and talent to the public welfare d..
so because it was "worth their while?" Maybe! but
what was "worth while" to them can never be meas-
ured in dollars and cents.
Did the khaki-clad soldier who went "over the top"
to almost certain death in the cold gray light of the
morning before do so because he would get thirty-
three dollars a month and found — if he was ever
found? I don't think.
No! Mr. Binckley: you're wrong. Unless "making
it worth while" includes an appeal to his sense of
duty or his patriotism — which is an appeal to his
honor — then your method will never get the "worth
while" man. There are, as I intimated before, many
human characteristics, and the manager who knows
his men will know from their individual tempera-
ment upon what button to press to secure the desired
results, but the competent manager who wants faith-
ful and efficient service and is willing to render just
return for it will never touch the button marked
"cupidity."
Drafting Room Kink
By L. Weare
The triangle here shown has been used by the write*
to great advantage for threaded work- It may be
made of celluloid or other material such as is used for
ordinary triangles.
Angle B is made 78 deg. and angle A 12 deg., causing
C to maintain a 90-deg. angle.
TRIANGLE FOR DRAWING Sf'RKW THREAD
As will be seen the triangle may be used for either
horizontal or vertical positioned screw threads. Left-
hand screw threads may also be made by merely turn-
ing the upward face of triangle next to drawing board.
It is apparent that all lines of screw threads may be
kept parallel and much time can be saved on work that
requires neatness.
Furnace for Heating Soldering Copper
By Charles H. Willey
The accompanying sketch plainly shows how one may
construct from an old automobile piston and some flat
stock a u.=pful bench furnace in which a soldering copper
can be vci^ quickly heated by me" is of a torch. The
BENCH FURNACE MADE OF OLD PISTON, .\ND STAND FOR
HOLDING COPPER
piston has an opening about li in. square cut on one
side where the piston-pin hole originally was, and the
hole on the other side is used to bolt the piston to the
leg made of I x 1 in. flat stock. The stand for holding
the copper needs no explanation.
564i
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 58, No. 12
KS FROM THE
Valeniine Francis
National Industrial Conference Board Criticizes
Public Health Bulletin No. 106
Essentially Unscientific, Not Justified and Misleading, Are tlie Con-
clusions Offered by the Board — Plants Studied
in Bulletin Not Comparable
"Essentially unscientific and not
justified by the data offered," is the
conclusion of the National Industrial
Conference Board as to United States
Public Health Bulletin No. 106, re-
cently issued as an official public docu-
ment under the auspices of the U. S.
Treasury Department. The confer-
ence board is publishing its criticism
in a special report entitled "Unwar-
ranted Conclusions Rejjardinjr the
Eight-hour and Ten-hour Wox-kday."
The Board's report makes it clear
that it has no predilections for or
against a workday of any specific
length, but that it considers Public
Health Bulletin No. 106 to be mislead-
ing, and looks upon its distribution
with grave concern.
"Misleading, unwarranted and un-
scientific conclusions," says the critique,
"are always to be deplored, but when
such conclusions, carrying the weight
of governmental sanction and bearing
upon a highly controversial subject,
are stated dogmatically and without
qualification, they are dangerous."
The public document in question is
principally devoted to a "Comparison
of an Eight-hour Plant and a Ten-
hour Plant," and the conclusions
reached in the report are, that "A
comparison of the eight-hour and tert*
hour system leads to the conclusion
that the eight-hour system is the more
efficient" — specifically the Government
report concludes: "(1) The outstand-
ing feature of the eight-hour system
is steady maintenance of output; (2)
under the eight-hour system work with
almost full power begins and ends
approximately on schedule, and lost
time is reduced to a minimum; (3)
under the ten-hour system artificial
limitation of output is widely preva-
lent, and under the eight-hour system
output varies more nearly according to
individual capacity, and (4) the im-
portance of fatigue in the causation
of accidents is emphasized by the fact
that the higher accident risk accom-
panies the deeper decline of produc-
tion— in the ten-hour plant as com-
pared with the eight-hour plant."
The conference board's analysis of
Public Health Bulletin No. 106 finds
that the above conclusions are "essen-
tially unscientific and not justified by
the data offered for the following basic
reasons: (1) The two plants from
which data were obtained ai'e not
fairly comparable, and (2) the basis
of experience is too small to justify
comprehensive conclusions applicable to
industry in general."
I. The Plants Studied Abe Not
Fairlv Comparable
The Government report undertakes
to compai-e a thoroughly established
and highly efficient manufactory of
automobiles running on an eight-hour
schedule, with a rapidly expanding
munitions plant "characteristic of the
mushroom growth of war industries,
and operating with a hastily recruited
labor force.
On the basis of this astounding com-
parison, the Government investigators,
the board finds, have undertaken to
compare the effectiveness of the eight-
hour day with the ten-hour day in
industry.
In a description of the two plants
presented in parallel columns, the
board's report vividly reveals the glar-
ing differences that make comparison
as to efficiency of their respective work
schedules, as such, utterly meaningless.
The differences indeed were such as
experience has shown to be causes of
variation in production. Thus,
(1) The eight-hour plant was
slightly reducing its labor force during
the year under investigation, while the
ten-hour plant was growing from a
payroll of 3,600 in 1914 to more than
twice that number in 1915 and at the
end of 1917 had reached nearly 13,000;
(2) the number of women at the eight-
hour plant was only about one per
cent of the whole, while in the ten-
hour plant it was twenty-five per cent
01 the whole; (3) the minimum
wage paid in the eight-hour plant
was five dollars for men or women
over eighteen, while in the ten-hour
plant the piece-rate wage in 1918 was
$3.20 per day for men and $2.80 for
women; (4) the eight-hour plant was
situated in an established industrial
community and most of the workers
are said to own their homes, while
the ten-hour plant was located in a
town not prepared to receive so large
an influx of population, with resulting
insufficiency of housing, lunch rooms,
and other means of comfort; (5) the
operations studied at the eight-hour
plant were the characteristic processes
of an automobile factory, to which the
personnel were thoroughly accustomed,
while the operations studied at the ten-
hour plant were the novel ones of mak-
ing brass fuses for three-inch shells.
In addition to these and many other
material differences, the conference
board's critique notes that there were
also less tangible, but in practical
effect no less important differences that
render a comparison of the two plants
with respect to the relative efficiency of
their working schedules scientifically
worthless.
II. Data Gathered Too Meager for
Broad Conclusions Drawn
Even had the two plants been com-
parable with respect to the conclusion
drawn, the basis of experience was too
meager, the board's report finds, to
warrant such conclusions as the Gov-
ernment's document presents.
"So complicated is the problem," says
the board's report, "with so many col-
lateral factors entering into it, that
only by collecting experience from a
large number of establishments are
conclusions of a broad nature war-
ranted."
.\mong the collateral factors enter-
ing into the problem are such as, dis-
turbance of efficiency by changes in
styles, patterns, etc.; changes in ma-
terials used; changes in methods of
wage payments; quality of workers in
a given department, or in a prior
process; labor unrest; changes in man-
agement or processes; changes in ma-
chinery and equipment.
"Even if this investigation," says
the report, "had compared an eight-
hour schedule with a ten-hour schedule
in the same plant the results must,
from the nature of the problem, be
accepted as tentative only, and under
no circumstances could broad conclu-
sions be safely reached as to the gen-
eral effects of such schedules through-
out the industry."
III. Qualifications Admitted in the
Text Are Not Made in the
Conclusions
Another feature of the Government's
document which causes profound con-
cern is, that while many of the in-
sufficiencies of data and generally
limited bases of comparison are recog-
nized in the text of the study, the quali-
fications made in such connections do
not appear in the conclusions. These,
on the contrary, are stated broadly and
without qualifications.
These conclusions, the board finds,
have been given wide publicity and
accepted at their face value as the
results of scientific study bearing the
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinertl
.564g
I^USTRIALFbl^
News Editor
official sanction of the Government.
Instances are noted in the Board's
critique in which the conclusions of
the Government's document are quoted
with no qualifications and as if they
were the final and certain results of
scientific investigation.
"There can, therefore," the board
finds, "be no question that the difficult
problem of industrial readjustment
now pressing upon the country will be
further complicated by the unqualified
and dogmatic phrasing of the conclu-
sions pre.sented in the bulletin. . . .
The official sanction behind the publica-
tion of these conclusions gives them
special prestige in the minds of many
people. It is always against public
interest for unwarranted and unscien-
tific statements relating to any im-
portant problem to be given publicity,
whatever the source may be. In these
days of industrial unrest it is especially
unfortunate if that source is an agency
of the Government. Such is the con-
demnation that can justly be leveled
against Public Health Bulletin No. 106."
Industrial Accident Boards and
Commissions Meeting
The seventh annual meeting of the
International Association of Industrial
Accident Boards and Commissions will
be held in San Francisco, Cal., on Sept.
20 to 24, 1920, at the Hotel St. Francis.
The meetings each day will be divided
into three sessions — morning, afternoon
and evening — among which the usual
business meetings and election of officers
will take place. Round-table discussions
on systems of compensation and other
varied subjects will be a feature of the
meetings and many u.seful papers will
be read on safety methods by prominent
men. Hon. William D. Stephens, Gov-
ernor of California, will make the ad-
dress of welcome and Senator Hiram
Johnson will also speak.
On Sept. 22 there will be visits to
nearby hospitals, and on Sept. 23 a
trip to Muir woods and Mount Tamal-
pais.
•
Automobile Display at Canadian
National Exhibition
The automobile show held at the Ca-
nadian National Exhibition at Toronto,
Canada, on Aug. 28, was the largest
ever held there. Two hundred and
twenty motor vehicles were displayed;
there were fifty-five different makes of
passengeer cars and twenty-two differ-
ent makes of commercial trucks. Prices
of passenger cars ranged from |830 to
$1.5,000, and the approximate value of
exhibits was $1,.'J00,000.
How To Make Better Use of Existing
Railroad Equipment
Freight Traffic Has Outgrown Carrying Capacities of Railroads —
Co-operation of Shippers, Receivers and Railroad Employees
Urged — Loading More Heavily and Promptly a Big Help
An urgent appeal to manufacturers
and business men of the country to join
vin making better use of existing railroad
equipment as a means of providing an
immediate improved transportation
service was made in an open letter to
industrial and commercial organizations
today by the Railroad Committee of the
Chamber of Commerce of the United
States.
"Freight traffic has increased so
rapidly in the United States during the
past few years that it has completely
outgrown the carrying capacity of the
railroads," says the committee. "As a
result, it is now necessary for tne roads
to devise a practical plan for increas-
ing their transportation service. This
can only be done by making extensive
additions of new facilities and equip-
ment, including freight cars, locomo-
tives, yards and track terminals or by
making greater use of existing facili-
ties and equipment.
"The railroads cannot carry out the
plan first suggested because unaer pie-
sent conditions they are unable to ob-
tain a sufficient amount of new capital;
nor would it be possible for them to
provide new facilities in time to relieve
the present emergency even if the capi-
tal were available. They must, there-
fore, rely on making a maximum use of
existing facilities and equipment with
the co-operation of all of the other in-
terests concerned — the shippers of
freight, receivers of freight, and rail-
road employees.
"You, as shippers and receivers of
freight can take a very important part
in this movement. You can add 535,000
freight cars to the available car supply
by loading your cars more heavily and
loading and unloading them promptly.
If the railroads were obliged to buy
535,000 new cars at the present price of
about $3,000 per car, it would cost them
$1,605,000,000 and would cost the public
at least 6 per cent of that amount in
the form of increased freight rates.
"The average freight car spends its
time as follows: 37 per cent of the
time in the hands of the shipper or the
receiver; 43 per cent moving from the
point of loading or unloading to the
terminal where it is put into a train or
onto a transfer track; 11 per cent in a
train moving from one terminal to an-
other; and 9 per cent laid up for re-
pairs. You, as shippers and receivers
of freight, can effect a substantial re-
duction in the 37 per cent; and the rail-
roads can effect an equally substantial
reduction in the 43 per cent.
"You can load and unload your caars
promptly if you will. As a rule the
railroads allow you 48 hours free time
to load your cars and 48 hours to un-
load them before making any charge
for demurrage. If you will use only
one-half of this time, thus releasing
your cars in one day instead of two, and
in addition will order according to your
loading capacity, restrict your car order
to today's program, avoid the duplica-
tion of car orders, and avoid the use of
cars for storage purposes, you should
be able to reduce the time that the aver-
age freight car spends in your hands
from 37 per cent to 22 per cent of its
total time, and thus add 360,000 cars to
the available car supply.
"The average freight car makes
twenty round trips each year. By re-
ducing the time needed for each trip 15
per cent, you will enable the car to
■make l^wenty-three round trips each
year. This is equivalent to adding 15
per cent of 2,400,000 or 360,000 cars to
the available car supply.
"The average capacity of the freight
cars of the country is 41.6 tons. Some
commodities, including coal, steel, ore,
sand and gravel, can be loaded 10 per
cent beyond the marked capacity of the
car. Others, including the bulk com-
modities of various kinds occupy a
great deal of space without adding pro-
portionately to the tonnage carried by
the railroads. In loading commodities
belonging to either of these classes you
should disregard the prescribed mini-
mum carload provision for your com-
modity, and, if possible, load your cars
to their maximum capacity.
"In 1919, the average load per loaded
car of all commodities on all the rail-
roads of the country as a whole was
27.8 tons — only 67 per cent of capacity.
The railroads have now undertaken to
attain an average of 30 tons per car.
If you will co-operate with them and
add an average of 2.2 tons to each car-
load, you will add nearly 8 per cent of
2,400,000 cars, or 175,000 cars to the
available car supply.
.'The Association of Railway Execu-
tives, representing 95 per cent of the
564h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 12
railroad mileage of the country has
unanimously adopted a program for
speeding up car movement and increas-
ing car efficiency in which they under-
take, with the co"-operation of the pub-
lic, to secure for the country as a whole:
An average daily minimum movement
of freight cars of not less than 30 miles
per day; an average loading of 30 tons
per car; reduction of bad-order cars to
maximum of 4 per cent of total owned;
an early and substantial reduction in
the number of locomotives now unfit
for service; more effective efforts to
bring about the return of cars to the
owner roads.
"You can help to reduce the present
excessive number of bad order cars.
The last monthly report submitted by
the carriers shows 7.4 per cent bad-
order cars in the United States as
against 5.7 per cent at the beginning of
Federal conti-ol, an increase of 50,000
cars unfit for use and actually out of
service. It should ordinarily be pos-
sible to keep the number of bad-order
cars below 4 per cent of the total num-
ber owned and, if that condition could
be brought about today, it would result
in immediately making effective on the
railroads as a whole in the United
States more than 75,000 cars that are
now out of service because of unfitness
to run.
"You can help the railroads to re-
duce the number of bad-order cars by
loading your cars carefully so as to
avoid the injuries to the car that fre-
quently result from the shifting of
freight in transit."
♦
Spiral Machinery Co. Expanding
The Spiral Machinery Co., St. Louis,
Mo., has purchased the East St. Louis
(111.) plant of the Globe Motor Truck
Syndicate for $60,000 and will convert
the plant into a factory for manufactur-
ing the "Adams Spiral Plow" and also
for construcing several sizes of motor
trucks.
Lytle S. Adams, general manager of
the company, is the inventor of a spe-
cial spiral plow to be used in power
farming. The plow is adapted for use
in all types of soils, especially hard
soils, thereby facilitating plowing at
any season of the year.
«
Robert S, Alter on Permanent
Group Committee for San
Salvador
Robert S. Alter, vice president of
the American Tool Works Co. and a
member of the Executive Committee
Foreign Trade Association of the
Chamber of Commerce, was notified
yesterday of his appointment as a mem-
ber of the Permanent Group Com-
mittee for San Salvador, appointed to
consider means of carrying out the rec-
ommendations of the first and second
Pan-American financial conferences
with special reference to San Salvador.
The appointment was made by Secre-
tary of the Treasury D. F. Houston.
Mr. Alter has also been appointed vice
president of the Mississippi Valley As-
sociation for Zone 5.
Bethlehem's New Two-Cycle Fuel-
Saving Marine Diesel Engine
Charles M. Schwab, chairman of the
Bethlehem Steel Corporation, makes the
following announcement:
"It is a great pleasure for me to an-
nounce that Bethlehelm Steel Corpora-
tion and the Bethlehem Shipbuilding
Corporation, Ltd., has perfected a new
two-cycle fuel-saving marine Diesel en-
,gine, especially designed for American
operating conditions and adapted to
land use as well as cargo vessels of
any size. In the science and practice
of marine engineering, this new engine
represents a far greater advance over
the oil-burning steamship than the lat-
ter is over the coal-fired steamship. It
is also regarded as a signal triumph
for American engineering skill in a field
hitherto dominated entirely by Euro-
peans.
"The development of the new Bethle-
hem fuel-saving Diesel engine rep-
resents two distinct phases of advance
in marine engineering: (1) For the
first time an internal-combustion heavy
oil engine for either marine or land
uses has been perfected which is not
only designed and built by Americans,
but is built especially for Americans
and is adapted to American operating
conditions. (2) For the first time a
two-cycle internal-combustion heavy oil
engine has been perfecteed which pro-
duces the same horsepower as a four-
cycle engine practically twice its size,
and is at the same time adapted to
large cargo ships while saving two-
thirds in fuel cost alone, as compared
with steam-driven, oil-fired vessels.
"Neither of these developments is
theoretically a new idea. For years
Europeans have successfully operated
large ships with Diesel engines. The
achievement of Arthur West, the Beth-
lehem designer, who is at the head of
our power department, is in the adap-
tation of the two-cycle engine to Ameri-
can operation and in its perfection for
practical use in cargo vessels of any
size.
"The success of this engine has al-
ready been demonstrated in two ways.
It was installed and operated for ten
months as part of the power plant of
the Bethlehem Steel Corporation at
Bethlehem, Pa. It was then installed
in our new ore-carrying vessel, the
"Cubore," which has just completed, on
regular schedule time, its first voyage
to Cuba and return.
"The operation of the engine at the
Bethlehem plant was so successful that
we are building another one to take its
place as part of the auxiliary power
plant for the steel mills. Its operation
on the "Cubore" not only demonstrated
its practicability but it§ remarkable
economy. The "Cubore" made the voy-
age from Sparrows Point, Md., to Cuba
and back on one-third of the amount of
fuel ordinarily consumed by an oil-
burning cargo vessel of the same size
on the same voyage, and at a better
rate of economy than has been achieved
by any present type of Diesel engine.
"We also have in service between here
and Cuba duplicate ships, except that
some are fitted with turbine reduction
gears and some with reciprocating en-
gines, .«o that we have a direct com-
parison between the oil-engine installa-
tion and the most moderen steam in-
stallation."
J
Tenth Annual Convention of the
American Railway Tool Fore-
men's Association
The American Railway Tool Fore-
men's Association held its tenth annual J
convention at the Hotel Sherman, Chi- 1
cago, 111., on Sept. 1, 2 and 3. The con-
vention opened on Wednesday, Sept. 1,
at 10 a.m. An address of welcome was
read, followed by an address to railway
tool foremen.
The following topics were discussed
and reported on by committees at the
convention: Standardization of Boiler
and Staybolt Taps, Heat Treatment of
Steels, Jigs and Devices for Locomotive
and Car Shops, Power Punches and
Dies, and Issuing and Checking Tools
in Locomotive and Car Shops.
The entertainment committee did its
work well. On Wednesday evening
there was a theater party; on Thurs-
day, 1 p.m., an automobile ride for
ladies, and in the evening, the annual
banquet followed by dancing; on Fri-
day, the farewell reception.
The officers of the association for
1919-1920 are: J. C. Bevelle, president.
El Paso & South Western R.R., El Paso,
Tex.; J. B. Hasty, first vice-president,
Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe R.R., San
Bernardino, Cal.; G. W. Smith, second
vice-president, Chesapeake & Ohio R.R.,
Huntington, W. Va. ; Charles Helm,
third vice president, Chicago, Milwau-
kee & St. Paul R.R., Milwaukee, Wis.;
B. Hendrikson, chairman executive com-
mittee, Chicago & Northwestern R.R.,
Chicago, HI.; R. D. Fletcher, secretary-
treasurer, Chicago, 111.
The officers of the Supply Associa-
tion are Charles X. Thulin, president,
and G. W. Thomson, secretary-treas-
urer. The supply association's annual
meeting was held on Thursday morning.
•
Navy Yard Machinists Not
Pleased with Wage Award
Machinists and skilled mechanics in
the various Navy Yards in the country
are not at all pleased by the award
growing out of the report of the Wage
Adjustment Board. While a flat in-
crease of 5 per cent was made in the
present scale, the award puts into ef-
fect a Saturday half-holiday the year
round, without pay, thereby reducing
the working time four hours a week.
The machinists asked for 27i per
cent increase. They asked for $1.25
an hour, but under the award they will
receive 93 J cents per hour. The weekly
pay check of the machinists %vill be
somewhat less, but they gain four
hours of leisure time.
The reason given by the Secretary of
the Navy for extending the Saturday
half-holiday is to equalize the increase,
so that it will not be necessary to lay
off employees.
September 16, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
564i
Twelve Principles of Industrial
Rule Approved
The New York Tribune for Aug. 28
prints the following account of a ref-
erendum on principles of industrial
relations:
A declaration of twelve principles of
industrial relations, in which the open
shop is advocated, restriction of output
to create an artificial scarcity is con-
demned, arbitration of labor troubles is
favored and state control of workers as
well as of corporations is urged has
been overwhelmingly indorsed by 108
commercial and industrial organiza-
tions in New York State.
A referendum on the declaration was
taken recently by the Chamber of Com-
merce of the United States at Wash-
ington -in every state in the Union,
and virtually the entire nation is in
accord on the insistence that the twelve
principles should be adopted in the
intercourse between employer and em-
ployee.
The twelve recommendations sub-
mitted were as follows:
Every person has the right to engage
in any lawful occupation and to enter
individually or collectively into any
lawful contract of employment, either
as employer or employee.
The right of open-shop operation —
that is, the right of employer and em-
ployee to determine the conditions of
employment relations with each other
— is an essential part of the individual
right of contract possessed by each of
the parties.
All men possess the equal right to
associate voluntarily for the accom-
plishment of lawful purposes by law-
ful means, but such association confers
no authority over, and must not deny
any right of, those who do not desire
to act or deal with them.
Associations or combinations of em-
ployers or employees, or both, must be
legally responsible for their conduct
and that of their agents.
The restriction of productive effort
or of output by either employer or em-
ployee for the purpose of creating an
artificial scarcity of the product or of
labor is an injury to society.
The wage of labor must come out of
the product of industry and must be
earned and measured by its contribu-
tion thereto. It is the duty of manage-
ment to co-operate with the worker to
secure continuous employment.
The number of hours in the work day
or week in which the maximum output,
consistent with the health and well-
being of the individual, can be main-
tained in a given industry should be
ascertained by careful study and never
should be exceeded except in case of
emergency, and one day of rest should
be provided. Reduction in working
hours below such economic limit, in
order to secure greater leisure for the
individual, should be made only with
understanding and acceptance of the
fact that it involves a commensurate
loss in the earning power of the work-
ers, a limitation of output and increase
in the cost of the product.
Adequate means, satisfactory both to
the employer and his employees, and
voluntarily agreed to by them, should
be provided for discussion and adjust-
ment of employment relations.
When the employer and his em-
ployees do not deal individually, but
by mutual consent through representa-
tives, representatives should not be
chosen or controlled by or represent
any outside group or interest.
The greatest measure of reward and
well-being for employer and employee
and the full social value of their serv-
ice mnst be sought in the successful
conduct and full development of the
particular industrial establishment in
which they are associated.
While the right of government em-
ployees, to secure just treatment must
be amply safeguarded, the community
welfare demands that no combination
to prevent or impair the operation of
government or of any government func-
tion shall be permitted.
The power of regulation and protec-
tion exercised by the state over the
corporation should properly extend to
the employees in so far as may be
necessary to assure unimpaired opera-
tion of public utility service.
American Foundrymen's Associa-
tion Exhibit Activities
"Bringing Together the Buyers, the
Sellers and the Goods," is the title of a
circular being sent out by the American
Foundrymen's Association. It follows:
"Perhaps you are overlooking an ex-
ceptional opportunity to effectively
reach an important part of your mar-
ket. Consider for a moment the great
possibilities of actually bringing to-
gether your product and your prospects.
"Nothing equals an actual demonstra-
tion for convincing sales value.
"No sales opportunity equals that of
reaching thoroughly the cream of the
buying, power of the vast metals manu-
facturing industries.
"This superior sales method applied
to this superior audience of potential
buyers is what is available to you in
the exhibit space of the 1920 Foundry
and Machine Exhibit at Columbus,
Ohio, the week of Oct. 4.
"The Annual A. F. A. Foundry and
Machine Exhibits have steadily in-
creased in size and importance until
the exhibits this year will fill seven
largo buildings, comprising three acres
under roof and surpassing in both size
and quality any that have preceded it.
All exhibits are grouped systematically
according to plans that fifteen years of
experience shows to be best.
"Th- exhibit is not a private enter-
prise conducted for profit, but is part
of the educational and promotional bene-
fits that work hand in hand with the
technical research and the other activi-
ties of the American Foundrymen's As-
sociation. Thousands of "metal" men
from every part of the country, and
many from foreign lands, annually at-
tend this joint convention and exhibit.
It is the one big event of the year in
the foundry and allied industries.
Big Chance for Engineers in
South America
The Editor of Ingenieria Intema-
cional, Verne L. Havens, has just re-
turned to New York after a seven
months' visit to Panama, Peru, Chile,
Argentina, Brazil and the Windward
Islands.
When he sailed from North America
last January he believed that the un-
usual conditions existing in the United
States were peculiar, in a general sense,
to that country. He knew that every
country of the world had serious prob-
lems, but thought they would be notably
different in different places.
From personal visits with a large
number of the readers of Ingenieria
Internacional, public officers, engineers,
bankers and contractors throughout the
countries mentioned, and correspond-
ence with many others in other parts
of the continent, several fundamental
facts have been encountered. In near-
ly every instance the persons with
whom he has talked have believed that
the conditions in their country or city
were also peculiar to that place, but
the reports were always the same.
The people are in a highly nervous
state throughout all the Americas. They
are groping for new ideals and stand-
ards on which to base their lives. This
is no doubt due to the excitement and
emotions caused by the war and can
only be overcome by the leaders teach-
ing peace, co-operation and calmness.
The second great fact in all the
Americas, perhaps in all the world, is
the actual shortage of labor, and espe-
cially of skilled men. The millions of
selected men who died in Europe and
on every sea, the tens of millions of
people who will not work, or cannot
woi'k, have created an enormous short-
age all over the world.
Why is it that men are scarce in Sao
Paulo — because others have died in Eu-
rope? Because at one time Europe
made cloth and pottery and leather for
the Paulistas? To-day the Paulistas
make it for themselves, but the persons
who make cloth cannot build railways
nor plant coffee nor load ships. The
establishment of the new industries,
small though many of them are, has
drawn men from other kinds of labor
and they have not been replaced.
The city labor of Buenos Aires has
gone to the farms and ranches to re-
place the Spanish and Italian "golond-
rinas" or immigrants, who, in turn,
have remained in their own country or
gone to France. Every country has had
to pay the price of the loss of men,
generally skillful workers, during the
last five years.
The shortage of men and the lack
of production during this period has
caused prices and wages to increase. In
general, it may be said that wages havf
gone up 50 per cent throughout South
America, in some isolated localities th
increase has been more or it has been
less, but 50 per cent is a fair average.
In general the number of working
hours has decreased about 20 per cent
and no doubt due to the general ner-
564j
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. lij
vous condition, the production is only
about 75 per cent of what it was a few
years ago. All this means that in the
worst cases, where all these changes
have occurred, the cost of production
today is about 250 per cent of that of
1913, and there are only two ways to
improve this condition. The first will
take years; namely, to train the boys
to take the place of the men who are
gone, or who for any reason have
ceased to labor. The second method is
one that will help much sooner; ma-
chinery must be used wherever possi-
ble to reduce the work of the man.
Waterpower must be developed and the
unnecessary mining, transporting and
burning of fuel must be stopped.
The world has always looked to engi-
neers to build the physical elements of
that civilization which existed in vari-
ous epochs, but at no time in the his-
tory of the world has the engineer been
called upon to face the social, indus-
trial and economic problems as he has
today. The work of the engineers of
this generation will decide whether we
are to progress or retrograde; and per-
haps at no time in all the centuries to
come will the engineers and industrial
executives of Latin-America have the
opportunity to build for the future that
lies before them today.
»
Canada and England Opposed
to Metric System
Despite the renewal of propaganda
work for the adoption of the metric
system in English speaking lands, there
is little prospect that the system will
be substituted for the present system
in use in those countries. The Canadian
Manufacturers' Association at its last
convention resolved to oppose any at-
tempt to substitute the metric system.
With such influential bodies as the Na-
tional Association of Manufacturers, in
the United States; the Federation of
British Industries, in the United King-
dom, and the Canadian association in
the Dominion opposed, there is said to
be little chance for the metric system's
advocates making headway with their
hobby.
Business Items
The Mason Machine Works Co., of
Taunton, Mass., has recently been in-
corporated with a capital stock of
$1,000,000, to carry on the manufac-
ture of machinery, etc.
The Foerster and Kaysing Iron
Works, St. Louis, Mo., has purchased
the 50 X 145-ft. building which it for-
merly occupied under lease, and will
make extensive improvement on its new
property. The plant consists of a two-
story brick ofiice building and a one-
story shop for foundry work.
The Roberts Manufacturing Co., At-
lantic City, N. J., will manufacture well
points, iron pumps, soil pipe, soil fittings
and cast-iron specialties for the plumb-
ing trade. It will be in the market to
buy, when ready, special punches and
foundry machinery. The company has
an option on a large factory building.
The Port Chester Pneumatic Tool
Co., Inc., of Greenwich, Conn., has
recently been organized to manufacture
pneumatic tools, etc.
The Waltham Lathe and Manufac-
turing Co., of Waltham, Mass., was
recently organized and incorporated
with a capital of $50,000, to make and
deal in lathes and machinery.
AccwuntK in Tln-ory ui d rrartic« — rriiwi-
ple». By Karl A. Saliera. Three hun-
dred and one fi x 9-in. pages. Bound
in light brown cloth boards. Published
by the McGraw-Hill Book Co., 239
West 39th St.. New York.
Thi.s is the first of a two-book series, the
second volume being intended to deal with
advanced accounts. This book compriKes a
course in the TTinciples nf accounts for the
first half year of coIUki- work, but as the
book i»resents an efftctive combinatiin uf
theoretical discussion and practical applica-
tion, it will also interest accountants and
business men generally. The author is
assistant professor of accounting in the
Sheffield Scientific School. Yale University
There are six part divisions and a. total of
SI chapters. The part headings are:
Fundamental Principles, Partnership Ac-
counting, Kxpansion of Accounting. Rec-
ords, Corporation Accounting, Financial
Statements. Special Applications pf Prin-
ciples.
Vocutiunu.1 .\ritlimptlr. By Clarence E.
Paddock. Wentworth Institute. Boston
Mass., and Edward E. Holton, head oi
the department of machine shop prac-
tice. Technical High School, Spring-
field, Mass. Two hundred and thirty-
two 4J X 7-in. pages. Published by D.
Appleton & Co., New York.
A splendid little book which sliould fill
a long-felt demand for a practical arith-
metic for the student without an instructor
as well as the sHident in the vocational
school and the man in the slioi>. The sub-
jects are skilfully handled, being presented
plainly and logically. All concrete prob-
lems involve objects chosen to excite the
interest of the vocational student. Chaiiters
worthy of special mention are those on
decimals, the use of formulas, mensuration
measurements of lumber and toothed w^heels.
Price $2.00.
■rlior I'liivrrsal Kleetrle nrllls. Tndeiun-
d>nt Pneumatic Tuol ('<:. CiioaKo, 111.
CirciiUir No. 33 RivinK lllustrateil descrip-
tions of several new types of Tlior portable
electric drills. Tables of sju'cifical ions for
drilling witli these tools are also Included.
DifTerential F.leetrie I>iimpinK Car. nif-
ferential Steel Car Co.. Inc.. FiudUo . Ohio.
Bulletins n-t and l>-ri. KiviiiK di-sci'iptions
of the various types of slci-1 dumping cars.
Photographs of these cars are included to
make the bulletins very clear and under-
standable.
Wire Cuil SprlnKB. Beliance Spring .and
Manufacturing Co.. Inc. ( formt'rly I'harles
A. Cook & Co., Inc.), "911 Seci.nil Ave.,
Brooklyn. N. Y. Catalog, pp. 2U, 3> x G in.
A handv-sized booklet containing complete
information on tieliance spring products.
The data presented covers wire springs, ex-
tensions and expansion springs, torsion
springs, flat steel springs and "Samson"
exercisers and muscle developers. Tables
of decimal and metric equivalents for
spring measurements ,nre also included.
Brent A. Tozzer, for twelve years
Cleveland sales manager for Niles-Be-
ment-Pond, will sail about Oct. 1 for
India and the Far East. He expects
to be gone about a year in the interests
of N. B. P.
P. Z. Vernon, of Alfred Herbert,
Ltd., New York, arrived in New York
on the "Kaiser Augusta Victoria" on
Sept. 9 for a few weeks to familiarize
himself at first hand with conditions in
the United States.
Thomas W. Pangborn, president of
the Pangborn Corporation, HagerstowTi,
Md.; John C. Pangborn, vice president,
and W. L. Lytle, general sales engineer,
will all attend the American Foundry-
men's Association Convention at Colum-
bus, Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 8.
Charles P. Tomlison, president of
the Belleelair Foundry Co. of Belle-
ville, III., died at his home in Belleville
on Aug. 28; he was 62 years old. Mr.
Tomlison was a native of Philadelphia.
Pa., and had been active in Mississippi
Valley industrial circles for the past
twelve years.
C. Harold Putnam, assistant treas-
urer and general manager of the Mal-
leable Iron Works, Baltimore, Md., died
recently in the John Hopkins Hospital.
Tile .American Steel Treaters" Society and
tlie Steel Treating Research Society will
hold their second annual convention and
exhibition at the Commercial Museum, Phil-
adeluhia. Pa., on Sept. 14 to 18, inclusive.
J. A. Pollak. of the Pollak Steel Co.. Cin-
cinnati. Ohio. Is secretary of the former
society
The Sixth National Exposition of Chem-
ical Industries will be held in New York on
Sept. 2U at the Grand Central Palace.
The Association of Iron and Steel Klec-
trical Engineers will hold its fourteenth
annual convention at the Hotel Pennsyl-
vania, New York, Sept. 20 tn 24
The seventh annual meeting of the Inter-
national Association of Industrial Accident
Boards and Commissions will be held in San
Francisco. Cal.. on Sept. 20 to 24 192«.
at the Hot<>l St. Francis.
The National Safety Council. 168 North
Michigan .\v<-.. Chicago, HI., will hold its
ninth annual safety congress in Milwaukee
on Sept. 27 to Oct. 1.
The American Founilrymen's Associa-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt. 1401 Harris Trust Building.
Chicago, 111., is secretary.
An exposition of IT. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires, .\rgentine Republic, S. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
No\-. in. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition, Inc.,
Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132 West
42nd St.. New York.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
Association will hold its 19th annual Fa 1
convention at the Hotel Astor. New York
Citv, on Thursday and Friday, Dec. 2 ami
3, 1920. C. Wood WaUer. care of the asso-
ciation at Worcester. Mass.. is secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers will I"
held in the Engineering Societies Building
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec 10
September 23, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 13
I.
THE Schenectady works of the General Electric
Co. is the largest plant of this important electrical
manufacturing concern. Here are located the
principal offices, research laboratories, and a manufac-
turing plant, each organized as a distinct unit, for the
design and manufacture of
electrical machinery and
apparatus of nearly every
description; of steam tur-
bines of small, medium,
and large capacity, and of
many other mechanical de-
vicesi of intricate design.
Over 20,000 people are em-
ployed. The general man-
agement is committed to an
established policy of ap-
prenticeship and special
training for all types of
employment in the plant.
There seems, however, to
be considerable variation
in the method of develop-
ment of this policy in the
various branches of the
industry and to some extent in the different depart-
ments. The system may well be considered under six
headings: (1) Apprenticeship, (2) graduate engi-
neers' training, (3) foreman training, (4) instructor
training, (5) Intensive training, and (6) Americaniza-
tion.
Apprenticeship
Since 1901 a shop apprenticeship system has been in
operation. To quote from the attractive announcement
of the department : "It began with a systematized train-
ing in the various use.-? of machine tools. Later, night
classroom work was added, which was subsequently
The General Electric Co
Schenectady, N. Y.
The subject of the. synteviatic training of workers
is becoming increasingly important. This is the
first of a series of articles in which apprenticeship,
as it exists today, will be comprehensively treated.
The methods used in different representative
machine concerns of various sizes will be pre-
sented and discussed, this article dealing with
the system in use in the Schenectady plant of
the General Electric Co. The different forms of
training carried on and the various factors enter-
ing into the conducting of an apprenticeship
program in the electrical manufacturing industry
are fully considered.
changed to day classes." By the records of those who
have completed the courses to Nov. 1, 1919, it will be
noticed that the instruction has been confined mainly
to three trades. (See table in left-hand column.)
In connection with these statistics, it should be noted
that tinsmithing or sheet-
metal working is no longer
offered as a field for ap-
prenticeship and that, while
blacksmithing is still of-
fered, there are at present
no apprentices. On the
other hand, within the past
three years apprenticeship
in patternmaking has been
introduced and there is a
growing number of appren-
tices in this branch.
Statistics are not avail-
able telling the present
positions held by the grad-
uates, but the records of
the company show that the
most capable men are con-
stantly being advanced to
responsible positions. In the announcement of the ap-
prentice system compiled in 1919, of the men still at
the Schenectady works from the drafting course, twenty
had received promotions to the following positions:
Designing engineer. .
Conimerrial engineer.
Assistant engineer. . . .
Section chief
Temporary foreman
Assistant foremen
Division leaders
Assistant division leader.
I
2
12
I
Of tho.se who had com.p'eted the courses for machinists
and blacksmiths, some fifty are enumerated as follows:
Trade
Maciiiiiist. .
Draftsman
Molder and coremaker.
blacksmith . .
Tinsmith
Total . . .
No.
Graduated
626
251
129
9
2
1,017
Per Cent
of Total
61 5
24 7
12 7
0 9
0 2
100 0
Foremen
Assistant foremen. . .
Gang foreman
Sub-foremen
Designing draftsmen
8 Tool designers .
9 Tool inspector .
i Shop ini^tructors :.....
10 Group leader ^
2 Following special turbine .work.v
13
I
5
I
1
The organization of the instruction department is
typical of an efficient apprenticeship and training plan.
In charge of the department is a superintendent, who
has himself been apprentice trained, with a long prac-
tical experience, coupled with a good general education
666
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, Xo 13
R - ' 1
C
, 1 , 1
ii^f#i
if
:b
/4. •:;;;,' Mm
r : ■•
'. -"..<i>.;g-'ll>«3f
fc«l
^i^n
b_ ^91
i
1 ^^^^^»
H -^ II
F
:j!
■^ ^ J|^—
-'Tssr^
iS;:: ^-"-'i /
n^p
<i
Kl|"'i;'s
/
^Ji
i?-.--^ : -
^H
jBfi '
■
-_ .
^
^H
1
FIG. 1.
LATHE SECTION OF APPRENTICE
TRAINING ROOM
FIG. S.
MILLING-MACHINE AND GEAR-CUTTING SECTION
OF APPRENTICE TRAINING ROOM
and a strong human interest in the boys under his
charge. He has direct control of the shop training
department, which is elaborately equipped with all
varieties of standard machines and provided with a
staff of five machinist instructors, all apprentice trained.
Figs. 1, 2 and 3, give a good idea of the equipment of
this department, and they show apprentices at work.
Here ordinarily the apprentice machinists and drafts-
men spend at least one year of their training, both in
learning to operate all types of machine-shop equipment
on actual production and in doing bench and floor work.
There is suitable supervision of transfer from machine
to machine, so that each man gets an opportunity to
do all kinds of work.
In conjunction with this is the apprentice school,
which has four instructors and which machinist, pat-
ternmaker and draftsman apprentices are required to
attend three sessions a week during working hours —
the sessions being from an hour to an hour and a half
in length.
Applicants for entrance as machinists and pattern-
makers must be between sixteen and eighteen years of
age. They must have good habits, be of respectable
parents and able to speak, read and write English. It
is also considered desirable that apprentices come
directly from school, as it is found, to quote the super-
intendent, "that such boys have not lost habits of
discipline, obedience, and study." For the four-year
drafting course the requirements are identical to those
stated above, while to enter the three-year course grad-
'tmsiimmmm^mmsim«m
.„ — . — ~— -«
■
tip
3U.
iillll
■T'r
HHLss^
Wm
uation from high school is invariably required, and
satisfactory samples of the high-school work in mechan-
ical drawing must be submitted. Not much, however,
in the way of academic education is apparently expected
of molders, although they are given an examination
in common fractions, and they report for class in.struc-
tion only one session a week. Only young men eighteen
to twenty-one years of age and strong physically are
accepted for this trade.
The course of study for machinists and pattern-
makers, as outlined in the announcement, seems to
be a rather formal review of school arithmetic with
some algebra and geometry and a course in mechanical
drawing, one plate of which is to be completed each
month at home. Fig. 4 shows a class in mechanical
drawing in session. Two class sessions a week are
devoted to mathematics and mechanics and one to
drafting. For home preparation a schedule of problems
and drawing is assigned, which is expected to require
about four hours a week of study.
The four-year drafting apprentices spend their first
year in the blueprint and tracing departments and their
second year doing mechanical work in the machine-
shop training department, the foundry and the pattern-
shop. Fig. 5 is another picture of apprentices at work,
while Fig. 6 shows some apprentices and the class of
work that they turn out. The three-year apprentices
in this field enter upon the mechanical work in their
first year. The two final years in each case are .spent
in the drafting departments with two weeks in the
FIG. 2.
GRIND1NG-M.\CHINE SECTION
TRAINING ROOM
OF APPRENTICE
FIG. 4.
A CLASS OK .\.PPREN'T1CES l.N MECH.VNICAL
DRAWING
September 23, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
567
riG. 5.
SHAPER SECTION OF APPRENTICE TRAINING
DEPARTMENT
KIG. 6. MARINE SETS BUILT COMPLETE, EXCEI'T FOR
GENERATORS, IN APPRENTICE TRAINING DEPARTMEN.T
physical testing laboratory during the last year. For
classroom work algebra, plane geometry, solid geometry,
trigonometry, descriptive geometry, mechanics and
strength of materials with laboratory work are sub-
stituted for the more elementary mathematics of the
machinists' course.
Rates of Pay — During the past two years remunera-
tion has more than doubled. In 1917 the rate of pay
for machinists ranged
ceiving training in the testing department by doing the
regular work of that department. The first group is
made up of high-school graduates, the second in the
main of college graduates in electrical engineering but
also of men who have successfully completed the woi'k
laid out for the first group.
In the first group there are at present; seventy-
five enrolled in what is called a "preliminary course,"
which to some extent
/it recognition of the satisfactory termination of a
o/'pRACnCAU TRAINING OS O
from eleven cents an
hour for the first year
to eighteen cents during
the fourth year. It now
ranges from twenty
cents to thirty-six cent.3
per hour. A premium of
two cents an hour is also
paid for good records in
class and shop. Finally,
a bonus of $100 is paid
at the conclusion of ap-
prenticeship. For drafts-
men the same improve-
ment in pay is to be
noted, the rate now
ranging from twenty
cents an hour for the
first year to forty cents
for the fourth year, and
similar regulations hold
as to premiums and the
final bonus. High-school
graduates start with the
s e c 0 n d-y ear rate of
twenty-six and one-half
cents. For molders the
pay is twenty-one cents an hour the first year, twenty-
six and one-half cents the second year, thirty cents
the third year, with minimum journeyman's rate (now
ninety cents an hour) for the fourth year, and a bonus
of $50 is paid when the certificate is conferred. It
should be noted in connection with all the trades already
referred to that indentures are in each case entered
into between the company and the young man, together
with his parents.
At the satisfactory completion of the term of ap-
prenticeship a certificate is conferred, a copy of which
is shown in Fig. 7.
Training in the Testing Department for Engi-
neering Students. — There are two distinct groups re-
0.^-^^^^":^''"'^°^''^..
SCHENECTADY WORKS
Certificate of ^pprenticesitip
Granted to
-year course
Said apprentice has also receiwJ classroom instruction as provided by tie Company
SitaxuJ,, ft. /..
-/<U
FIG.
CERTIFICATE
APPRENTICE
approximates appren-
ticeship as electricians.
Their course is normally
two and one-half years
in length, though a man
may materially reduce
the time required to
cover it if he displays
unusual ability. The
practical work consists
of measuring work dur-
ing the first year, with
work as assistants in
testing during the re-
mainder of the course.
Instruction, in which a
standard electrical text-
book is used, is given
once a week with
monthly quizzes. The
management of the de-
partment emphasizes the
fact that each boy being
trained is considered in-
dividually upon his own
merits. It is evident
that young men under-
going this training have large opportunities to learn by
observation, as well as by the book instruction and the
practical work performed. The pay starts at thirty cents
an hour, or $17.60 a week, with normal increases of four
cents an hour every six months. At the end of this in-
formal apprenticeship the young men pursuing the
course are given an examination and, if they pass suc-
cessfully, are admitted to the regular test course for
engineering graduates.
In the test course open to the second group there
were 377 student engineers during 1919, coming from
the leading technical schools both in this country and
abroad. Ordinarily the student spends a year at this
work, this corresponding to the year of interneship of
GIVEN AT COMPLETION Ol'
TRAINING
568
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
the medical school graduate. The student acquires
training through observation and the practice in the
work which he performs, but also by the technical
lectures and discussions constantly available through
the club to which he is admitted while pursuing the
course. The pay of these student engineers is at the
rate of fifty cents an hour for a forty-nine-hour week
for the first six months and fifty-five cents for the
second six months, which figures out at $24.50 and
$27.50 per week for the respective periods.
From the standpoint of the company, this course
serves two purposes. It provides a large corps from
which the departmental heads may select recruits for
their respective departments, and it fami'iarizes the
student engineers with the products cf the company,
so that they will be in a position to utilize them even
though they enter the employ of other companies at
the end of their year of training. To what extent and
in what field the company absorbed these men may be
gaged from the following summary of transfers occur-
ring in 1919:
Total number of men engaged for the year 1 9 1 9 304
Total number of men leaving the testing dept 209
Of these there were transferred to commercial dept 44
To engineering dept 48
To construction dept : . . . ; 6
To fa"tory deot 7
To district offices 8
Total remaining with the company M3
Leaving to accept position with other companies _ 77
Miscellaneous (dropped, discharged, leaving on account of health, resigned,
etc.) 23
This shows that about 55 per cent cf those finishing
the course accepted permanent employment with the
company, which conforms to the condition sho".Ti by
the records of recent years. Mention should also be
made of the seventy-three engineering students, who in
the summer of their junior year were employed in
this department.
Foreman Training
As a step in the comprehensive scheme of systematic
training for all employees entering the p'ant, and for
"upgrading" those being advanced to improved posi-
tions, there have this year been organized classes for
foremen, meeting once a week for an hour and a half
and extending through fifteen to twenty weeks. Since
the completion of the first groups the plan of having
them meet daily is now being tried, so that the series
concludes in five weeks' time. This plan seems to be
more favorably received than the protracted course, as
it permits closer connection of the units of the series.
Upon this basis the director is handling three groups
simultaneously.
These classes are composed of general foremen, fore-
men, assistant foremen and sub-foremen, and are lim-
ited to twelve in each group so as to provide for free
discussion. An average of 85 per cent in attendance
was maintained, which is satisfactory when the diffi-
culties of assembling the administrative force of a large
plant are considered. The practice is to limit the
attendance in each section to not more than two men
from any one department, so that the discussion will
be general cather than of special departmental
problems.
The course seems to be a combination of what might
be called labor psychology with an analysis of the duties
of foremanship. The following topics are typical;
handling men through leadership, interest and job
pride; carelessness, temporai-y and persistent; safety;
health and hygiene ; production and managerial phases ;
machines; records and reports; job analysis; man
analysis; tying up man and job.
The next step planned is to organize training classes
for instructors in special and intensive training for
the important types of semi-skilled and specialist
employment. For these intensive full-time courses a
length of four or five weeks is planned. They will
consist of a careful analysis of all the operations
involved in the plant and of the difficulties to be over-
come in teaching them to the beginner, to the end that
his time of inefficient production may be shortened
as much as possible.
Intensive training is now provided in several depart-
ments. It is not at present the policy to provide a
"vestibule school," that is, a training department dis-
tinct from that used for regular production. Instead,
training is provided on the regular production floor
and at the regular machines, either the foreman or an
experienced workman giving the instruction, fhus,
for example, armature winders are trained to the skill-
ful manipulation of their machine until the qualities of
uniform winding and a reasonable speed are attained.
Americanization
The final phase of training and education in the works
is found in the field of Americanization, in teaching
English and in giving civic training to alien employees.
A department was organized for this purpose, which
early in the past winter completed a survey as its
initial step. Of the total employees 6,200 were found
to be foreign born. Of these 2,000 were illiterate in
English and 700 in both English and their native lan-
guage. Forty volunteer teachers were enlisted and
classes arranged to meet twice a week for one hour
at 4 : 30 p.m., just after the day shift stopped work,
or at 7:30 p.m., just before the night shift started.
The places of meeting were throughout all sections
of the works. A partitioned-oflf recitation room was
not considered essential, a blackboard and seating
benches which would collapse against the wall being
the only equipment installed. This saves loss of time
in going to recitation rooms not readily accessible,
reduces the inconvenience to both instructors and
students to the minimum and insures that the attend-
ance be as regular as the attendance at work. At
the conclusion of the series of classes held, about 800
men have obtained or are applying for their first
and second papers. The department is offering them
all assistance possible, providing them with conveyance
to the court for going through the formalities, and in
conferences clearing up by explanation the difficulties
which naturally arise. This part of the program is
being carried through at the rate of about sixty men
a week.
Odd Jobs in a New Orleans Shop
Special Correspondence
The shop of Dibert, Bancroft & Ross, New Orleans,
La., always has interesting methods by which it solves
the many problems which are presented to it from
time to time. Much of its work is sugar-mill machinery
and large engine-room fittings, while occasional jobs of
structural castings also come its way. This means that
it must be prepared to handle almost anything in the
way of foundry and machine work.
A somewhat unusual foundry job is shown in Figs.
September 23, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
569
FIGS. 1 TO 4. SOME OF THE ODD JOBS
Figr. 1 — Drying^ molds over Are. Fig. 2 — Cleaning: castinp-.-^ under the crane.
Fig. 4^ — Heating work for press fits.
Fig. 3 — A double facing tool.
1 and 2. Fig. 1 shows a method of drying the molds
for the castings shov/n in Fig. 2. The castings are
practically flattened cast-iron tubes of which a large
Quantity are made. The molds shown in Fig. 1 are
l>eing dried out over a coke fire built in the pans
beneath the platform on which they are placed. The
molds are located by dowel pins so as to bring their
openings over corresponding openings in the platform
which allow the heat to pass freely up to the molds.
Fig. 2 shows the way in which the castings made
from these molds are cleaned in the foundry yard. The
runway is one side of the craneway which runs from
the foundry out over the yard. The castings are held
suspended as shown, and the sand knocked out of them,
as well as the rough spots chipped off.
One of the jobs which occurs quite frequently is that
of making platform plates either for sugar-mill
machinery or similar purposes. In order to true up
the raised edges of these plates and at the same time
keep their sides true the plates are held between large
cupped surfaces, as shewn in Fig. 3. One of the cups
A is bolted to the faceplate of the lathe and the other
cup B mounted on an easily revolving bearing on the
tail spindle. With the plate clamped in position it
is only necessary to feed the cutting tools down the
sides until the entire raised ed.ge has been faced. The
tools are simply arranged in the holder C, which has a
U-shaped opening at the top carrying a tool on each
side. This in reality forms a double toolpost in which
the tools are easily held as at D.
As an emergency proposition, the pressing on of a
heavy hub which was heated in place on the press is
interesting because of its being unusual. An idea of
this is showTi in Fig. 4, which shows a heavy press of
special construction and a wood fire was built at A
under the hub when it was in place in the press. The
fire was built on a heavy plate so as to disturb the bed
of the press as little as possible.
Making a Cylindrical Shell with Two
Internal Flanges
By E. a. Dixie
The illustration. Fig. 1, shows a sheet-brass part
made in three operations on the punching machine. For-
merly, these pieces were made partly on the punching
machine and the final operation in the spinning lathe.
As shown in Fig. 2 the first two operations are simple
everyday ones ; no time will be wasted in describing the
tools with which they were performed.
The part A shows the work as it comes from the first
operation dies, just an ordinary cupping and blanking
operation in which the piece is blanked, cupped and
pierced on the bottom in a combination die.
The second operation is shown at B. The upper half
5T0
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
of the vertical flange has been closed Inwardly to an
angle of about 20 deg. from the perpendicular. For
this the blank from the first operation is held in a plain
cup-shaped die while a punch in the form of a female
cone descends and closes the vertical flange to put the
work in shape for the third operation. At C, Fig. 2,
the work is shown completed.
Six pieces of flat steel, i in. thick, are made the
shape of D, E. F, G, H and / Fig. 3, respectively, but
slightly oversize. The toolmaker is careful to see that
the edges are square with the sides. A plug is then
turned between centers and milled or shaped square
on the shank as shown at L. The pieces D to I are then
assembled around the shank of L and, when properly
fitted, are tinned and carefully soldered to each other
and to the flange and stem of L which has also been tin-
ned. The whole assembly is then put in the lathe and
the pieces turned to size on their circumference, and
the edges slightly rounded over so that they will not mar
the inner surface of the work. After unsoldering from
the plug L both the pieces and the plug are hardened
and tempered so that a smooth Swiss file will just
"take hold."
The opening in the die J is made about 0.002 in.
larger than the work from the second operation. The
die J is turned on the outside about 3V in. smaller than
FIG. 1. THE SHELL WITH TWO
INTERNAL FLANQE.S
the cylindrical hole in the bolster O. On work of this
character it is well to make the dies and punches
heavy wherever possible as the closing of the work is
done just as the crank goes over the bottom center,
and the pressure is apt to be greater than most of
us estimate. This being the case, dimensions M and
A^ should be ample for the work demanded of them.
As the inner loose pieces and the plug are subjected
on all sides to stresses, the stresses are more or less
balanced but, as the dimensions of the loose pieces can-
not be anything but those determined by the size of the
work, all we have to worry about is to see that the
material is right and hard and tough enough.
The opening in the die J, for the square stem on the
spreader plug L, is round and considerably larger than
the size of L across the corners. The cylindrical head
of L can be made any size so long as it is larger than
the square stem and smaller than the hole in the work
after the edges B have been closed over.
The punch for this operation is shown at P. It is a
plain cylindrical punch with a recess in the face to
permit the cylindrical head of L to enter when the
punch P is in its lowest position. The face of P is flat
and should be finished smooth so that the edges B
of the work will readily slide inward when the punch
is forming the internal flange.
The operation is as follows :
The die J is lifted out of the recess in the bolster
0. A cup B from the second operation is placed in it
with the angular flange upward. The sectional pieces.
FIG. 2.
SECTIONS OF THE Bl^VNKS FROM
THE THREE OPERATIONS
D and E, and H and /, are slipped into place, after which
the locking pieces F and G are placed. The spreader
plug L is now placed and the whole assembly is put
back in the bolster O. The press is now tripped and
the punch P descends and flattens the flange of B on
to the sectional pieces D, E, F, G, H and /. When the
punch P ascends to top position the assembly is turned
180 deg. in the bolster O, the press is tripped again and
work subjected to another blow. The assembly is now
removed from 0 and turned over to cause the spreader
plug to drop into the operator's hand. Either sectional
piece F or G is slid toward the central square opening
K, previously occupied by the plug L, and taken out,
after which the other one is taken out. This releases
the other pieces D, E. H and / so that they can be
taken out. The operation is then repeated.
While the operation of forming the flange is much
slower than either of the preceding operations it is
much faster and produces more uniform work than was
possible when the spinning method was employed.
PIG. 3. PUNCH AND DTE FOR THE LAf^T orERATION
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
571
YLlNDERS IN THE Q4XLAND
S^ Frecfff.CoMn
Ecfi'for American Mac/if'rn
A GENERAL view of the layout of the cylinder de-
Z^ partinent in the shops of the Oakland Motor Car
1. A. Co., Pontiac, Mich., can be had from the head-
piece of this article. This view shows the liberal use
of the roller type of con-
veyor and the general ap-
pearance of the Ingersoll
milling machine used espe-
cially for this work. The
operations are shown in
Fig. 1, the blank triangles
shewing how the piece is
held. The machine at the
left in the headpiece is per-
forming the first operation,
which is that of surfacing the lower side, before the
drilling of the cylinder block. This shows the type of
fixture used, while Fig. 2 gives a detailed view of the
Thin article describes the operations on the
cylinders of a synall six-cylinder motor in ivhich
the cylinder block can be readily handled and for
whinh some interesting tools and fixtures have
been designed. The removable head carrying
the valves make» a sometchat different machin-
ing problem than is usually found.
three cutters used in the work. The top of the cylinder
block is next milled, as shown in Fig. 3. This also shows
the four supporting pins in each fixture as at A. It
also shows adjusting fingers or stops at B for set-
ting milling cutters on dif-
ferent kinds of work. The
blocks then go to the ma-
chines shown in the head-
piece and in detail in Fig. 4.
The fixtures are very sub-
stantial, having an angular
base A , so as to make it pos-
sible to mill the surfaces
surrounding the timing
gear pocket with as small a
diameter milling cutter as possible. At the same time
the surface which supports the cooling fan is also milled.
Substantial clamps B are provided, together with the
\
-1 r
3 r-
(fl
- T
-1 r
4 r—
^ - k
1 r"
FIG. 1. OPERATION DIAGRAM
ooo ooo
"ir
572
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
FIG. 2. .\iiLLi.\<; 'I'iiKKlo Kinvs oi-' i'vi,i.\iii:ks at O.M.'E
FIG. 3. -Mli^LI.X'J TUI'.S (jr I'Vl.lxinOK BLOCKS
supporting pins C, which are adjusted so as to contact
with the cylinder casting and prevent springing under
the thrust of the milling cutter.
The cylinder boring and reaming is done on Foote-
Burt machines, as shown in Figs. 5 and 10. The lower
or base flange of the cylinder rests upon the hardened
steel rins A, Fig. 5, the top being held by the clamps
B, which are pivoted at C and forced down by the
screws D. The carriage is counterweighted, as can be
seen. The rod in front controls the supporting plates
which, when the cylinder is in place, are dropped to
permit the casting to rest on the plunger beneath
and to be located by the dowels.
Boring and Reaming of Holes
The boring and reaming of the holes for the crank-
shaft, camshaft, starter and generator, are done in
the special fixture shown in Fig. 6. The cylinder
block is mounted in a substantial fixture located by
dowels, and firmly clamped as shown. Special boring
bars suitably guided and provided with convenient
feeding mechanism, make it an interesting operation.
The boring machine merely furnishes power for driv-
ing the various boring bars.
The fixture for drilling the base flange of the cylin-
der block is shown in Fig. 7, as well as part of the
drilling head of the Natco multiple-spindle drilling
machine. As will be seen, the plate carrying the
bushings is deeply ribbed so as to combine strength
and lightness.
The ends are drilled in a double-ended Baush mul-
tiple-spindle drilling machine, as shown in Fig. 8, the
casting being located and held in the usual manner.
The tapping of the cylinder flange holes for studs
is also done on a similar drilling machine, as shown
in Fig. 9, no fixture being necessary, as it is easy to
position the cylinder block against stops on the drilling
machine table.
Cylinder Reaming
The cylinder reaming is done on a machine of the
same kind as that used for boring, the only difference
being the absence of elaborate fixtures, as it is only
necessary to position the cylinder block so as to bring
the reamers in line with the holes already bored. As
shown in Fig. 10 the cylinder rests on four parallel
strips, and it is interesting to note the blocks in front
of these strips which are made from an I-beam.
FIG. 4. HOW THE ENDS ARE MILLED
FIG. .5. KOUGH BORING THE CYLINDER.-;
September 23, 1920 Get Increased Production—With Improved Machinery
573
••■■• *
ll^
-
^
^l„
f
Ji
^
*■ **»«
BMIT' «,
^^^^^*^
■#-*-^
■■>^*^
^^
^^^Kf
.-C^., 6
I^M
V '^■JH^I
Ik
Bvwt %- T^pfHEHQ
3l^H
3 *^»r!H
■Im. >^^'!
3
FIG. 6. REAAIING THE CRANKSHAFT. CAMSHAFT,
STARTER AND GENERATOR HOLES
B'IG. 7. DRILLING THE CYLINDER
FLANGE
P'IG.
FINISH-REAMING THE rYLINUERS
This
IS IS a valve-in-the-head motor, which makes a
somewhat different construction than the usual
removable head. First come the usual milling opera-
tions, in which string jigs are employed. Then follows
the drilling of the bolt holes which involves the use of
11. DRILLING BOLT HOLES IN CYLINDER HEAD
a Natco multiple-spindle drilling machine and a double
revolving fixture, so that two heads are drilled at the
same time, as shown in Fig. 11.
This illustration shows the method of locating and
clamping the cylinder heads, and also that the guide
574
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
PIG. 12. DRII^LING VALVK GUIDE HOI.ES IN HEAD
P'IG. 13. DRILLING THE VALVE HOLES
plate A is carried on the drilling head and guided on
the rods B and C. These rods project from the bush-
ing plate sufficiently to enter the locating holes in the
fixture itself, as at D. The springs allow the plate
carrying the drill bushings to slide up on the guiding
rods as the drills feed through the work, and also
insure the plate being held in contact with the cylinder
head during the drilling operation.
While one pair of cylinder heads is being drilled,
another pair is being loaded, as at E and F, and can
be readily swung into place by means of the turntable,
or indexing fixture, so that the finished pieces may be
removed and new ones put into place.
Another very similar fixture for drilling the holes
for the valve guides is shown in. Fig. 12. The same
idea is also shown in Fig. 13, in which the cylinder
heads are placed face up so that the valve holes can
be readily drilled in their proper position.
The method of reaming the valve holes and the valve-
stem guide holes at the same time is shown in Fig.
14. No guides are necessary, and this also shows how
the smaller reamers used for the valve-stem guides are
fitted to the large reamers for the valve holes, in the
same way as the taper shank drill is fitted to a drilling
spindle or collet. After this comes the final drilling
for the various manifold studs and other connections,
then valve guide bushings are pressed in as in Fig.
16 and the head is then ready to take its place in the
procession, which will eventually bring it to the cylin-
der in the assembling department.
Rotary Grinding
The joint surface, where the head fits the cylinder,
is finished by grinding on a Blanchard rotary table
grinding machine. Fig. 15. This method is an indica-
tion of the way in which former prejudices in regard
to rotary grinding have been overcome. Being accus-
tomed to seeing the grinding marks run parallel to the
surface of the piece, they were not considered as
scratches, and the natural inclination upon the intro-
duction of rotary grinders was to criticize the work
on account of the apparent scratches, which were cir-
cular instead of being straight. This prejudice has
fortunately been overcome, and the use of a cup wheel
has become one of the standard methods of finishing
flat .=:urfaces. The growing use of the magnetic chuck
has also aided along this line, and has made it possible
to secure extreme accuracy at a minimum cost.
FIG. 14. REAMING VALVE AND
VALVE-STEM GUIDE HOLES
FIG.
15. GRINDING FACE OP
CYLINDER HEAD
FIG. 16.
PRESSING IN VALVE-GUIDE
BUSHINGS
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
575
The Studebaker Methods of Cylinder
Production
This article describes the methods of a large pro-
ducer of medium-size six-cylinder motors. Some
of the tools and fixtures illustrated are of par-
ticular interest. Coupled xvith the fact that the
motors shoivn are built in crowded quarters, the
handling methods as well as the production are
both interesting and the results are extremely
creditable.
THE transformation sheet, Fig. 1, shows the
sequence of operation. The first machining oper-
ation on the cylinder block is to mill the three
sides, as shown in Fig. 2. The upper end of the cylinder
is located on the steel block A, while the flange is held
I'lU.
rilE FIKST AULLIiNU oriiKATlON
m — r
JU 9 ^
r^
on
1 T^
OO OO GO
FIG. 1. TRAN.SFORMATION SHEET
against the face B. The clamping bar C is of H-section
and when swung down into the position shown is held
by the pin D. The screw E holds the cylinder block.
A general view of this operation, together with the
conveying methods, is shown in Fig. 3. Every effort is
made to reduce manual labor by providing conveyors
and hoists where they can be satisfactorily used. The
conveyor at the extreme right allows the cylinder to be
easily handled between departments.
The flange bolt holes are then drilled and two of them
used for locating future operations, after which the
cylinders are bored vertically. From this operation they
come down the slide A at the extreme right of Fig. 4
and are loaded, nine to the truck, for annealing to
remove internal strains. The trucks are pushed into
the annealing ovens which are on a level with the floor
in front of them and remain for about 45 min. at a
temperature of approximately 500 deg. F.
Next comes the grinding of the cylinder bottom on a
Pratt & Whitney machine, as in Fig. 5, this being fol-
lowed by the second boring on the Foote-Burt machine
FIG. 3. CYLINDEK MILLING DEPARTMENT
576
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 13
FIG. 4. ANNEALING THE CYLINDERS
FIG. 5. GRINDING THE BOTTOM
FIG. 6. THE SECOND BORING OPERATION
FIG. V. DRILLING WATER-JACKET PLUGS
FIG. 8. THE WATER TEST
FIG. 9. COUNTER BORING INLET
September 23, 192Q
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
577
FIG. 10. DRir.I.ING VALVE-GUIDE HOLES
in Fig. 6. This illustration "shows the usual type of
fixture with the cylinder block resting on parallel bottom
strips and held in position in tli€ usual manner.
The water-jacket plug holes ixe next drilled and
re*r,ed on the fixture shown in Fig. 7. These fixtures
have two studs or horns, A arid B, which enter the
second and fifth cylinder bores and so locate the cylinder
blocks. This is an indexing fixture so that the block can
be swung through a- complete circle, bringing the
arm C into the position D for drilling the end hole. The
convenient rack for holding the drilling tools should
also be noticed.
The Water Test
Next comes the water test in the fixture shown in
Fig. 8, the operator standing on the opposite side. A
small hoist is provided for those who desire it and the
cylinder block placed in position as at A. The arms B
are screwed down into place by means of handwheels,
of which the rim of one can btf seen at C, that act as
nuts. The projections D are for holding the levers
in an upright position when released, so as to be easily
reached by the operator. Electric lights are provided
so as to make inspection easy at all points. Should any
leaks develop all necessary repairs can be satisfactorily
made and the water test again applied. ' 'I
The lower ends of the cylinder borgg are then cham-
fered, the cylinder head bolt hcjies drilled and the inlet
and exhaust ports counterborefl. The latter operation
is done in the fixture shown in Fig. 9, which is some-
what out of the ordinary. This fixture has two hori-
zontal posts or studs, A and B, each carrying an eccen-
tric cap as shown at C and D. When the caps are swung
down they become concentric with the post so that the
cylinder bore can be easily slid over them. After the
cylinder block has been located they are turned up int©
the position shown and hold the cylinder block in place
during the counterboring operation. The block is
located endwise from the central hole by means of th^e
plug S.with its swinging, bar which fits into the slat
in the block F. One of thef'dounterboring tools is showVi
beside the locating plug.
FIG. 11. LAPPING THE CYLINDER BORE
The valve-guide holes are drilled in the fixture shown
in Fig. 10. The cylinder is held with its face flange
against the underside of the drill bushing, being forced
in place by means of jackscrews A and B. These
screws are readily set up by means of the bar C.
The swinging arms D and E are then closed in front
of the cylinder block as shown and locked in position by
means of the bar F which goes through both arms. The
arms carry the bushings G, which guide the drills close
:o their work in the L-head of the cylinder block.
Then the valve-guide hol^ are reamed, ,the clearance
holes bored and the valve seats beveled." Guide bosses
are then faced and manifold stud holes drilled.
Lapping the Cylinders
The finishing of the cylinder bore comes next, this
being done by lapping instead of grinding, reaming or
rolling. Fig. 11 is a close view of the lapping machine
showing the details. The three-throw crankshaft A
imparts vertical motion to the laps, the upper ends being
FIG. 12. PRESSING VALVE GUIDES IN PLACE
578
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
FIG. 13. CONVEYING CYUNDERS TO SECOND FL.OOK
guided by the square bars B. The crankshaft works in
Scotch yokes so as to avoid the angularity incident to
the use of connecting rods. The rods driving the laps C
are free to rotate, each carrying a pinion which meshes
into the rack D that engages pinions on all six spindles.
Motion is imparted to this rack by the crank E, also
working in a Scotch yoke, the two movements giving a
turning and reciprocating motion at the same time.
The laps themselves are of cast iron and made in four
parts. They are prevented from turning by pins which
engage the slots at each end of the section and are
expanded by light springs so as to insure proper contact
with the cylinder walls. A very fine abrasive is used,
and this of course is carefully washed out after the
lapping operation has been completed.
After this all the top holes are drilled and the top
FIG. 14. TESTING THE VALVES
FIG. 15. MILLING CYLINDER HEAD.S
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
679
I-'IG. 16. MACHINING THE CYLINDER DOME
surface ground in the same way as the bottom flange.
The top of the bore is then chamfered, and all holes
tapped, both in the top and for the manifold. Then
the block is thoroughly washed and is ready for pressing
in the valve guides. This is done in a power driven
arbor press, as shown in Fig. 12. The valve-plunger
guide hole makes it easy to position the plunger used in
forcing the guides into position.
The Assembly Department
The valve-stem guides are then reamed and the studs
for holding the cylinder heads are screwed into place.
The congested condition of the plant makes it neces-
sary to economize space in every way and the assembling
department is on the floor above. After thoroughly
cleaning the cylinder blocks in a hot solution they are
placed on the conveyor and carried up to the assembling
department, as in Fig. 13. Here the valve seats are
hand reamed, the valves put in place and ground and
after being carefully inspected, cleaned, and assembled,
the valves are air-tested, as shown in Fig. 14. A special
head shown at A is firmly clamped on the cylinder block
by means of the four screws shown. Air pressure is
then admitted from the air line at B and leaks are
readily detected. The cylinder head is tested in the
same way, after which the head is put in place on the
cylinder and the edges ground flush, cleaned and sprayed
with two coats of enamel.
The Cylinder Head
Going back to the manufacture of the cylinder head
itself, the first operation is to dfill the spark plug holes,
after which the top and bottom are milled. The first
milling operation is shown in Fig. 15, which gives an
idea of the sort of fixture used and the amount of metal
removed by the cutters.
All the remaining holes are then drilled and tapped,
after which the cylinder head is finished on the inside
on a Baker drill, as shown in Fig. 16. The demands for
more uniformity in cylinder compression and greater
fuel economy have led to the finishing of the compres-
sion space and this operation is typical of the newer
methods which are being introduced into the manufac-
ture of motors for medium-size cars. The cutting tool
is guided by the substantial bushing shown and after
this operation the head is profiled for the valve clear-
ance and a finishing cut taken in the profiling machine.
FIG. 17. PROFILING THE CYLINDER HEAD
Next comes the profiling of the cylinder head, as
shown in Fig. 17. This view also shows the construc-
tion of the holding fixture, which uses the guide for the
profiling cutter as part of the holding-down plate. This
fixture is quick acting, as when the clamping levers are
thrown in a vertical position the upper plate can be
lifted entirely free if desired. The springs on the
corner posts raise the plates out of contact and allow
the work to be readily changed. The guiding surfaces
for the roller A are sectional and fastened in the plate
so as to be easily renewable. It will also be noticed
that the whole plate is surrounded by a steel band to
add to its strength.
Finishing
After profiling, the bottom or joint surface is ground
the same as the cylinders, the spark plug holes are
reamed and tapped and the head water-tested. It is
then ready to join the cylinder on its way to the motor
assembling department.
The Essex Cylinder
In adding the methods of machining the Essex cyl-
inder it has been necessary to omit the majority of the
operations which are more common and to illustrate
only a few which are a little out of the ordinary.
The bottom flange of the cylinder block is first milled
to provide a surface for future location as shown in
Fig. 1. The cylinder blocks are strung on the long bed
l_
-n-
t
. . .r
<
rr'
(J
FIG. 1. TRANSFORMATION OF ESSEX CYLINDERS
580
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
lr»'«-%iSiB|fo ^
PIG. 2. DOUBLK CYLINUKK FIXTUKK
of the planer-type milling machine shown in Fig. 2. As
will be seen, the fixture carries a double row of cylinder
blocks, each with its bottom flange butted against a
raised central portion A, of the fixture and squaring the
other operations with the base flange.
The fixture is easily loaded and after the cylinders
are in position, the clamps B hold them firmly in place
by the insides of the cored holes. The combination of
a comparatively light-weight cylinder block, together
with the design of the fixture which enables the cast-
ings to be easily and quickly strapped in place, insures
good production with little idle time of the machine.
The cylinder holes are bored on "hole hog" boring
machines, as shown in Fig. 3 The fixtures are of the
usual type, but the double machines shown are some-
what out of the ordinary.
Drilling and Reaming
The drilling and reaming operations shown in Fig. 4
involve the use of interesting and easily handled fixtures.
The drilling and reaming of the valve plunger holes on
the machine at the left employ individual fixtures, on
which the cylinder blocks are fastened by means of the
single clamps A, the fixtures being slid onto the raised
ways B, in which position the work under the drills and
FIG. :j. BOKI.NG THE CyLI.NDEK.S
reamers is done. Suitable stops are also provided as at
C, all tending to save time and secure maximum produc-
tion from the machine itself.
This view also shows another operation, the drilling
of the holes for the manifold studs and similar openings
on the side of the cylinder. The fixture for this is
shown at D, mounted on the table of a Baush multiple
spindle drilling machine. Thi, fixture has two studs or
mandrels, which not only center, but support the cylinder
block by entering the end cylinder bore. These studs
have been flattened on four sides, leaving a suitable
guiding surface, but eliminating friction and the pos-
sibility of scratching the cylinder bore, by_ means of
chips caught in the hole.
Multiple-Spindle Dpjlling Machines
In Fig. 5 is shown a group of multiple spindle drill-
ing machines, working on the cylinder heads. These
machines are arranged with special tables which are
connected so that the drilling fixtures are easily moved
from one machine to the next, and after the last
operation has been performed, and the work removed,
the empty fixture is placed on the roller conveyor
conveniently placed directly behind the men, ro that it
can be returned to the starting point without difliiculty.
FIG. i. TWO drilling OPERATIONS
FIG. 5. DRILLING THE HEADS
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
581
Steel Compression Springs of Circular
Cross Section
By T. F. STACY
THE accompanying set of charts was developed by
the writer in connection with his work for the
Hydraulic Press Manufacturing Co. They have
been used for the design of compression springs varying
in size from those used on the checks of small valves to
those for pull-back springs on large hydraulic presses
and for shock absorbers on large weighted accumulators.
The computations are based on the usual formulas
for cylindrical compression springs of circular cross
section, the derivation of which may be found in any
reference book on springs. The usual form in which
these appear is as follows:
W
T d'S
f
8 WD'
80 ■' d'G
in which
W = force acting along axis,
D = pitch diameter of coil — center to center of wire,
d = diameter of wire,
S = maximum fiber stress (in torsion) in pounds
per square inch.
G = modulus of torsion,
/ ^ deflection of spring per acting coil.
Since it is desirable to know the outside rather than
the mean or pitch diameter or the spring, O.D. — d was
substituted for D in the above formula. These were
combined and reduced by substituting suitable values
of G and S to get them into suitable form for making
computations.
The values of S vary in the different charts accord-
ing to the size of wire used. These allowable stresses
are based on the recommendations of the Raymond
Spring Co., of Corry, Pa., and are somewhat higher
than those given in the older reference books on the
subject. The charts are for round steel wire.
For brass or phosphor-bronze wire the allowable force
W acting along the axis of the spring is 0.60 times
and the deflection per coil is 0.84 times that given in
the chart for a steel wire spring of the same outside
diameter and same size of wire. These figures are
based on a maximum fiber stress of 60,000 lb. per
square inch and a modulus of torsion of 8,000,000 for
brass or phosphor bronze.
Springs made of square wire have an allowable force
W equal to 1.2 times that of a spring made of round
wire, but for the same fiber stress have an allowable
deflection per coil equal to 0.707 that for round wire. It
can be shown that a spring made of square wire will
be 50 per cent heavier than the same spring (i.e. of
the same maximum load and same deflection) of round
wire.
Wire Gage, W. & M.
19 18 17 16 15
iv I
005 0,06
d"Diann. of Wire
0.09 -d
o.w 0.11 oie OB 0.14 0.15 >6 0.17 ai8 0.19 ato oz[ aSob-d
ol=Dioim. of Wire
FIG. 1.
COIL SPRING CALCULATION CHART FOR WIRE FROM 0.02 TO 0.23 IN. DI.WIETER AND DEFLECTION PER
COIL FROM 0.02 to 0.16 INCHES
Wire Sage, W.8c.M.
18 17 16 15
Wire 5age, W.&M.
9 S 6 7 16 6
7' -
g 4-
FIG.
0.03
0,05 0.06 oai
d= Diam. of Wire
0.08
0.09 = 0
010 0.11 0.1J 0.13 0.14 ' ai5 0.16 0.17 0.18 ai9 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23-d
■ d=Dioim. of Wire
COIL SPRING CALCULATION CHART FOR WIRE FROM 0.02 TO 0.23 IN. DL\METER AND DEFLECTION
PER COn^ FROM 0.2 TO 1.0 INCHES
582
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 13
0.16
0.14
SOAt
0)
°-0.10
c
0
+ 0.08
o
(P
O.OE
Wire Gage, W.&M.
y \' Z 1 of
0.24- 0.-25 0.28 0.30 032 034
FIG.
The charts take the form of
so-called contour charts, made
use of where four variables
are to be considered. The
variables here are maximum
load, outside diameter, diam-
eter of wire and allowable de-
flection per coil. The diam-
eter of wire is plotted along
the axis of ordinates, and to
aid in choosing wires of stand-
ard size vertical lines are ruled ^o.oe
heavy and numbered along the ^
top of each chart according to "t-O-O*
the Washburn and Moen gage
which is the standard for
spring wires. This gage is
the same as the American
steel wire gage and the Bureau
of Standards has recommended
the name "U. S. Steel Wire
Gage" or merely "Steel Wire
Gage." The charts possess the advantage over tables
of being more compact and of showing to the eye how a
change of one variable will affect the design. This is
most valuable since first computations are seldom final
One problem will be worked out as an illustration.
We will assume it necessary to design a spring to
fit inside a 3J in. standard pipe. It is to carry at all
times a minimum compression of 300 lb. and it shall
be deflected 4 in. from this point under a maximum
load of 450 lb. Since 150 lb. increase over the initial
loading deflects the spring 4 in. the initial load of 300
lb. will deflect the free spring 8 in. This is true
according to Hook's law and up to the elastic limit of
the material. The total deflection of the spring is
therefore 12 in. To fit inside a Si in. pipe we will
choose a spring of 3i in outside diameter. On the
charts we find at the intersection of the curves for 31
in. O.D. and 450 lb., a diameter of wire of 0.334 in.
We will take the next largest wire of standard size
which is Ji in. diameter. For an O.D. of 3i in, this
gives an allowable deflection per coil of 0.61 in. and a
maximum load of 495 lb. The spring is safe since the
working load is under the maximum given for the
allowable fiber stress. With a total deflection of 12
Wire Gage, W.StM
,3- W"Z_,
JL"
32
1"
a
j3«
32
16
15"
32
1"
2
n."
52
9."
16
036 0.36 QfK 0/K. 044
ol=Diam. of Wire
046 04a 0.50 0.5£- 0.54 0.56 =cl
3. COIL SPRING CALCULATION CHART FOR WIRE FROM 0.24 TO 0.56 JV.
DIAMETER AND REFLECTION PER COIL FROM 0.02 TO 0.16 INCHES
in. and an allowable deflection per coil of 0.61 in. we
need 12/0.61 = 20 acting coils. If the ends are to be
squared and ground we will allow two extra coils. The
solid height of the spring will be 22 X ** = 7i in. The
free length of the spring will be 7i + 12 ^ 191 in.
Its length at the point of initial or minimum compres-
.sion will be Hi in.
Senator Davenport in the Machine Shop
By G. F. Oliver
We read with interest [page 340, American Machin-
ist] that Senator Frederick M. Davenport, from the
Thirty-Sixth (Oneida) district of the State of New
York, is spending his vacation in the plant of the Frank-
lin Automobile Co. at Syracuse, N. Y., his object being to
study and get at first hand the industrial relations
between employer and employee. While his action in
donning the overalls indicates an honest desire to obtain
this information, we venture to predict, that because
he is known as Senator Davenport, his point of view
of conditions will not be the same as that of the wage
earner. Naturally great courtesy will be shown him by
the management and respect and consideration by the
men, and to both he will
always be Senator Daven-
port. He may be able to find
the inner workings of the
lathe, but he will never get
to the inner workings of the
minds of men, because not
being one of them, he can
but study them from the out-
side.
The Senator's effort is
praise-worthy, and a step in
the right direction, but he
should have gone further,
until he had arrived at the
real standpoint of the
worker (not that conditions
are anything but good). The
Senator could have gotten
information had he applied
for and obtained employment
with identity unknown.
0.46 0A& 0.S0 032 0.54 0.56 "d
036 038 0.40 0.42 0.44
ci = Diann. of Wire
FIG. 4. COIL .SPRING CALCULATION CHART FOR WIRE FROM 0.24 TO 0.56 IN
DIAMETER AND REFLECTION PER COIL FROM 0.2 TO 1.0 INCHES
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
583
IN SHOWING examples of different makes and types
of arc welding sets, onlj' enough will be selected to
cover the field in a general way, and no attempt
whatever will be made to make the list complete.
The General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y., puts out
the constant energy metallic electrode set shown in
Fig. 322. This, however, is
but one type of its ma-
chines as this company
makes a varied line cover-
ing all needs for welding
work.
This particular machine
combines high arc efficiency
and light weight. The bal-
ancer set is of the well-
known G-E standard "MCC"
construction. It is built for
operation on 125-v., d.-c. supply circuits, which may be
grounded on the positive side only, and is rated "MCC"
3 kw., 1,700 revolution, 125/60/20 v., compound-wound,
150 amperes, RC-
27-A frames, the
two armatures
being mounted
on one shaft and
connected in
series across the
125-v. supply cir-
cuit, one welding
circuit terminal
being taken
from the connec-
tion between the
two armatures
XXVII. Different Makes of
Arc Welding Sets*
This is a continimtion of the subject discussed in
last week's issue. In this installment a number
of well-known makes of arc welding sets are de-
scribed.
(Part XXVI was puhlished in last week's issue.)
•For the author's
forthcoming book.
Welding and Cutting.
.\11 rights reserved.
FIG. 322.
GENERAL ELECTRIC 3-KW
WOUND BALANCER-TY
and the other from the positive line. By this means each
machine supplies part of the welding current and, con-
sequently, its size and weight is minimized. The design of
the fields and their connections is such that the set de-
livers the voltage required directly to the arc without
the use of resistors or other energy-consuming devices.
The bearings are waste
packed: this type of bear-
ing being desirable in a set
which is to be made port-
able either for handling by
a crane or for mounting on
a truck.
The welding control panel
for the balancer set is
shown in Fig. 323. This
panel consists of a slate
base, 24-in. square, which
is mounted on 24-in. pipe supports for portable work
and on 64-in. pipe supports for stationary work.
The entire set consists of one ammeter, one voltmeter,
one dial switch,
two field rheo-
stats (motor and
generator) one
starting equip-
ment with fuse,
one reactor
mounted on the
pipe frame work
of panel. The am-
meter and volt-
meter are en-
closed in a com-
mon case. The
ammeter indi-
1,700-R.p.M., 125-60-20-v. COMPOUND- cates Current in
PE ARC WELDING SET the welding cir-
584
AMERICA]N MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
cuit and the voltmeter is so connected that by means of
a double-throw switch, either the supply line voltage or
the welding line voltage can be read.
The dial switch is connected to taps in the series field
both on starting and during the period of welding.
Arc welding is usually done on metal which is
grounded and this is especially unavoidable in ship
work, where the ship structure is aiways well grounded.
lU
^ Z 7
t > z
I -/ 7-
<v a
-/ t /
1
\^ A ^
i5
fy. / /
k
A ./ ^ 7
^6
^W- A^y / j^
s^VZ. "W / y
s
W. t^ M ^
1 ^
^ 5^'^ ,ej^^ ^^
i^ -^H
^^ ^jM. ^^
^\.^
^^^^ r^LWL ^^ •
^^ J-^,^^
^^-^
^^^JgOOi^^
2 ^— ^.-
^ -^
1 --"''
^^ -iM 1 11/2 z
FIG.
323. WELDING CONTROL, PANEL
FOR BALANCER SET
Thickness
FIG. 325. CARBON ELECTRODE CUTTING SPEEDS FOR
DIFFERENT THICKNESSES OF PLATE
of the generator, the field being connected to oppose the
main field. This feature provides the current control
by which six steps are obtained of the approximate
values 50, 70, 90, 110, 130 and 150 amp., which enables
the operator to cover a very wide range. In addition,
if intermediate current values are required, they can
be obtained by means of the generator field rheostat.
A small reactor is used to steady the arc and current
A2
Voltmeter Ammeter
Line Volts
Motor
Rheostat
'(^
eJt,
-K
Fuse
\Replstor
CR 1000 Starter
Gen. Volts
~N
-f> ^£0
Generator
Rheostat
Shunt Field
^^WJ^I
— 4^VW^ — 'VW^O^'
2.-.-.
3.,----------:
Al
Series
Field
Comm. Motor
Field Armature
Series
Field
Shunt Field
Comrrr. Generator
Field Armature
-^ U
LR
I as V. D. c.
Reactor
I
!i
j-W^
Lt
W\.
FIG. 324.
BALANCER AND CONTROL PANEL CONNECTIONS FOR GENERAL
ELECTRIC CONSTANT-ENERGY CONSTANT-.\RC SET
Since successful operation requires that the positive
terminal be connected to the work the supply circuit
should be safely grounded on the positive side.
Where a 125-v., d.c. supply system is not available,
standard "MIC" or "MCC" sets are furnished to supply
power at 125 v., the motor being either 3-phase, 60-
cycle, 220, 440 or 550 v., or d.c, 230 or 550 v., and in
three capacities, 54 kw., 7 kw., and 15 kw. With each
Lines motor generator set there is supplied
a panel containing generator field
rheostat and motor starter, which may
be mounted beside the balancer panel.
A diagram showing the balancer and
control panel is shown in Fig. 324.
The constant energy arc-welding
equipment supplies, to the arc, practi-
cally constant energy throughout the
welding range for metallic electrode
welding only. If the arc is lengthened
slightly the voltage increases and the
current decreases, the total energy
being practically constant. As the
voltage required by the arc varies, the
generator readjusts itself to this con-
dition and automatically supplies' the
required voltage; the remainder being
utilized by the motor end of the set.
The interchange of voltage between
the motor and generator is practically
instantaneous, no perceptible lag
occurs. This feature is valuable when
metal drojjs from the electrode and
causes an instantaneous increase in
current. The commutation is spark-
less and the welding circuit may be
short-circuited without injury to the
machine.
In connection with welding with an
outfit of this kind, the practical man
and student will find Table XXV of
considerable interest. For sheet steel
cutting using the carbon arc, the chart
Fig. 325 is given.
To\ Electrode
_ To Work
probably
grounded
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Prod^iction — With Improved Machinery
585
BniT WELDS BY METALLIC ELECTRODE— LAP WELDS WILL BE APPROXIMATELY THE
SAME AS TWO BUTT WELDS— POWER 3c PER KW-HR:— LABOR JOc PER HR.
ELECTRODE 5c PER LB.
Thickness
of Metal
Diameter
Electrode
Speed
Ft. per Hr.
Amperes
Mean
K» at
60 Volts
Mean
Kw at
70 Per
Cent
Ell
"Ag(,ro.
trode
per Hr
Lb.
Power
t
Labor
t
Elec.
trode
I
Total
per Hr
i
Total
per Ft.
A
A
20 ■
High 50
Mean 40
Low 30
1
i 1.8
20
0.9
6.0
30
4.5
40.5
2.0
H
Yi
16 I
90
70
50
1
> 1.4
1
36
1.4
10.8
30
7.0
47.8
3.0
H
HorA
10 <
125
100
70
1
> 2.0
5.1
3.1
15.3
30
1 5.. 5
60.8
6.1
5s
A or K
6.5 i
V50
125
100
1
6.4
3.6
19.2
30
18
67.2
10.3
Vi
Vi
4.3 {
150
140
120
1 2.8
7 2
3.8
21.6
30
19
70.5
16.4
V%
H
2.8 I
. 150
125
1
> 3.0
7.7
3.4
23.1
30
17
70.1
25.4
Note. — The tigures given for power Ubor and material are arbitrary and may be changed to suit local conditions.
• Based on power supplied.
TABLE XXV. DATA FOR ]METAT.I>IC ELECTRODE -VRC BUTT AND LAP WELDS
The portable arc-welding outfit
illustrated in Fig. 329 is the product
of the Lincoln Electric Co., Cleveland.
Ohio. The outfit is intended for opera-
tion where electric current is not avail-
able and consists of a 150-amp. arc-
welding generator direct connected to
a Winton gasoline engine. An inter-
esting feature of the machine is the
method used to insure a steady arc
and a constant and controllable heat.
A compound-wound generator is used,
the series windings of which are con-
nected to oppose the shunt field, the
two windings being so proportioned
that the voltage increases in the same
ratio that the current increases, thus
limiting the short-circuit current. An-
other important effect of this is that
the horsepower, and therefore the heat
developed for a given setting of the
regulator switch shown on the control
The Wilson "plastic arc" process and apparatus was
first developed in railroad work by the Wilson Welder
and Metals Co., New York, in order to enable the welder
to control the heat used. By this system it is claimed
that any number of operators can work from one large
machine without one welder interfering in any way
with the work of another. Each operator can have
properly controlled heat and a steady arc at the point
of application. This system was largely used in the
repair of the damaged engines on the German ships
which were seized by us. By regulating the heat it is
claimed that any metal can be welded without pre-
heating.
A two-arc set is shown in Fig. 326 and a close-up
of a control panel in Fig. 327. A portable outfit is
shown in Fig. 328.
This outfit consists essentially of a constant voltage
generator driven by any constant-speed motor, all
mounted on a common bedplate. The regulation of the
welding current is maintained by means of a series
carbon pile acting as a series resistance of varying quan-
tity under the action of increasing or
decreasing mechanical pressure. This
pressure is produced by means of a
series solenoid operating mechanically
on a lever and spring system which
varies the pressure on the carbon pile
inversely as the current in the main
circuit. This establishes a constant
current balance at any predeter-
mined adjustment between a maxi-
mum and minimum range designed
for. This change in adjustment is
controlled by the operator at the point
of work by means of a small pilot
motor which shifts the lever center of
the pressure mechanism, thereby rais-
ing or lowering the operating current.
This system maintains a constant pire-
determined current at the arc re-
gardless of the arc length. The opera-
ation of the mechanism is positive and
quick acting. A special series choke-
coil is mounted on the control panel
for use as a cutting resistance. fig. 326. wilson two-arc, sod amp..
board above the generator remains practically constant.
It is claimed that this method of control gives consider-
ably more work on a given amount of electricity than
where the machines use the ballast resistance. Addi-
tional arc stability is insured by the stabilizer at the
right of the illustration, this being a highly inductive
low-resistance coil connected in the welding circuit and
serving to correct momentary fluctuations of current.
Westinghouse Single-Operator Electric Welding
Outfit
The single-operator electric arc-welding equipment
shown in Fig. 330 is manufactured by the Westinghouse
Electric and Manufacturing Co., East Pittsburgh, Pa.
The generator operates at arc voltage and no resistance
is used in circuit with the arc. The generator is de-
signed to inherently stabilize the arc, thereby avoiding
the use of relays, solenoid control-resistors, etc.
The generator has a rated capacity of 175 amp. and
is provided with commutating poles and a long com-
mutator, which enable it to carry the momentary over-
"PL.\STIC ARC" welding SET
58G
AMERI.CAN MACHINIST
v^ol. 53, No. 13
FIG, 327. WELDING AND CUTTING PANEL FOR WILSON SET
load at the instant of striking the arc without special
overload protection.
Adjustment of Current Easily Made
Very close adjustment of current may be easily and
quickly made, and, once made, the amount of current
at the weld will remain fixed within close limits until
changed by the operator. There are twenty-one steps
provided which give a current regulation of less than
9 amp. per step and make it much easier for a welder
to do vertical or overhead work.
The generator is mounted on a com-
mon shaft and bedplate with the
motor. A pedestal bearing is supplied
on the commutator end and carries a
bracket for supporting the exciter
which is coupled to the common shaft.
Either d.c. or a.c. motors can be sup-
plied. Where an a.c. motor is used
leads are brought outside the motor
frame for connecting either 220- or
440-v. circuits. An electrician can
change these connections in a few
minutes' time. This feature is desir-
able on portable outfits which may be
moved from one shop to another hav-
ing a supply circuit of different volt-
ages. For portable service, the motor-
generator set with the control panel is
mounted on a fabricated steel truck,
equipped with roller-bearing wheels.
The generator is compound-wound,
flat compounded, that is, it delivers
60 V. at no-load and also at full-load.
The portable outfit. Fig. 331, is
made by the U. S. Light and Heat
Corp., Niagara Falls, N. Y. It is 28
in. wide, 55 in. high, 54 in. long, and
will pass through the narrow aisle of
a crowded machine shop. It weigh.s
1,530 lb. complete. In case a d.c.
converter is u.sed, the weight is about
125 lb. less. Curtains are provided to
keep out dirt. A substantial cable reel
is provided carrying two 50-ft. lengthi^
of flexible cable for carrying the cur-
rent to the arc. The reel is controlled
by a spring which prevents the pay-
ing out of more cable than the welder
needs. The outfit is made in several
models to use 4 kw., 110-220-440-550
v., 2 and 3 phase, 25 and 60 cycle.
"Zeus" Arc-Welding Outfit
the "Zeus" arc-welding outfit shown
in Fig. 332 is a product of the Gibb
Instrument Co., 1644 Woodward Ave.,
Detroit, Mich. In this device the
motor-generator customarily used has
been supplanted by a transformer
with no moving parts. The outfit is
built on a unit system, which allows
the installation of a small machine,
and if the work becomes heavier a
duplicate set may be connected in par-
allel. One of the features of the
machine is the arrangement for regu-
lation. It is not necessary to change
for this purpose, as a wheel connected
any connection
with a secondary and placed on the top of the case rai.ses
and lowers this secondary, and provides the regulation
of current necessary for different sizes of electrodes.
The inherent reactance of the outfit automatically sta-
bilizes the arc for different arc lengths.
The Arcwell Corporation, New York, has on the mar-
ket an electric welding apparatus built for operation on
alternating current of any specified voltage or frequency.
It is shown in Fig. 333. It differs from the company's
agsagggasaEsmg
FIG. 328. PORT.VBLE SHOP-TYPE WILSON SET
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
687
standard outfit in that it is being put
out expressly for the use of smaller
machine shops and garages, its capa-
city not being sufficient to take care of
heavy work on a basis of speed. It
will do any work that can be done
by the larger machines, but the work
cannot be performed as rapidly, the
machine being intended expressly for
use by concerns who have only occa-
sional welding jobs to perform. The
machine weighs approximately 200 lb.
and, being mounted on casters, it can
be moved from one job to another.
Alternating-Current Arc-Weld-
ing Apparatus
The Electric Arc Cutting and Weld-
ing Co., Newark, N. J., is now market-
ing the alternating-current arc-weld-
ing outfit shown in Fig. 334.
This illustration shows the entire
apparatus for use on a single-phase
circuit, the current being brought in
through the wires seen protruding at
the lower left corner.
The device consists principally of a
transformer with no moving parts and is claimed to last
indefinitely. In this apparatus, instead of holding either
current or voltage constant as with direct-current sets,
the wattage, or the product of voltage and current, is
held constant. The alternating-current set holds the
arc wattage without moving parts ; hence the heat is sub-
stantially constant for any given setting, and it is
claimed that as soon as any person becomes accustomed
to the sound and sight of the arc and can deposit the
molten metal where he desires it is impossible to burn
the metal from too much heat or make cold-shut welds
from too little heat. The amount of heat generated is
controlled by means of an adjusting handle on the trans-
former together with taps arranged on a plugging
board. It is stated that the kilowatt-hours required to
FIG. 329. LINCOLN SELF-CONTAINED PORTABLE SET
deposit a pound of mild steel with this machine varies
from 1 i to 2 1 .
Their Largest Alternating-Curreht Set
Their largest a.c. set made is of the 60-cvcle type and
weighs about 200 lb., which places it in the portable
class. The set can be furnished for any a.c. power
supply, but it is not advisable to use a greater voltage
than 650 on the primary. The set can also be made
single phase, two phase three wire, two phase four
wire, to operate across the outside wires of the two-
phase system or from a three-phase power supply. Poly-
phase sets are about 30 per cent heavier than the single-
phase sets. In the two-phase machine balanced current
can be drawn from each of the two phases by placing
the sets across the outside wires. This is advocated,
as it provides for leading current on one phase which
brings up the total power factor of the system and a
fig. 330. WESTINGHOUSE SI.NGLE-OPERATOI:
PORTABLE OUTFIT
FIG. 331. U. S. L. PORTABLE. A.-C.
MOTOR-GENERATOR SET
588
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
FIG. 333. ARCWELL OUTFIT FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
i^'lG.
ZHU.S AKO-Wlill^DIXU ULTi'lT
better power rate can be obtained. In polyphase cir-
cuits where more than one set is used single-phase sets
can be distributed among the several phases.
The outfit can be made especially for welding and for
cutting or for combination welding and cutting and can
make use of bare wire, slag-covered, gaseous fluxed
or carbon electrodes. An operator's mask and the elec-
trode holder used may be seen on top of the apparatus.
General Electric Lead-Burning Transformer
This lead-burning transformer, Fig. 335, a product
of the General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y., can be
used for lead burning, soldering electric terminals, splic-
ing wires and tinsmith jobs, and even brazing can be
done by placing the work between a blunt carbon point
and a piece of cast iron. The transformer is designed
to be connected to the ordinary 110-v.,
a.c. lighting circuit. Heavy rubber-
covered terminal leads are used to
convey the low-voltage, heat-produc-
ing current to the work, one terminal
ending in a clip for fastening to some
convenient portion of the work while
the other terminal has a carbon
holder arranged with an insulated
handle. When the welding carbon is
brought into contact with the work
the pointed end becomes intensely hot
and melts the metal over a restricted
area. It should be noted that no arc
is drawn, the end of the carbon point
being heated to such a temperature
that the metal in the vicinity is
melted. The device uses about 800
watts while in actual use, the con-
sumption dropping to 41 watts when
the point is removed from the work.
It is stated that the device is very
FIG. 33i. APPARATUS MADE BY THE ELECTRIC ARC
CUTTING AND WELDING CO.
convenient in plumbing, roofing and tank-building jobs,
as well as other such work.
FIG. 335. GEXERAL ELECTRIC LEAD-BURNIXG OUTFIT
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
589
Gaging Employees' Magazine Results
By JOHN T. BARTLETT
The plant paper furnishes a means of contact
between the company and the employees. It is
run much on the order of any advertising scheme,
usually for the promotion of the morale of the
workers. The author tells of means of estimat-
ing the results obtained by such papers, and also
of means of getting results through them.
NO CONCERN publishes an employees' magazine
for the fun of it. The paper is either going to
pay or it isn't. If it doesn't pay it is going
to be dropped. How are you going to tell whether a
plant paper is a success or not?
Several hundred employees' magazines are now being
published. Many more will be; some inevitably will
die. Some are going to be "killed" when they ought
to be maintained, and others in urgent need of first-
aid treatment of a vigorous kind will be continued
unchanged — all because the employees' magazine is a
new institution, and uncertainty is common concerning
the proper way to gage results, and even the sort of
results to look for.
A manufacturer can study his product, determine
what it is costing him to produce and distribute it
and reckon what the margin of profit is. But with an
employees' magazine, at the end of a year's operation
you can't use any such simple process of figures. The
results are mainly indirect. They consist principally
of intangibles on the value of which it is diffTtult to
put a convincing appraisal.
Advertising is a commonly used business device which
naturally suggests itself in relation to this phase of the
employees' magazine. Advertising during one period
was frequently adopted by over-enthusiastic persons
with much too rosy anticipations. It was considered a
magic process which, when invoked, automatically and
quickly brought wonderful returns. If the returns
didn't come at once, the advertiser's enthusiasm flickered
out. He concluded that advertising as a device to build
business was a "false alarm."
Some publishers of plant papers, it is a foregone
conclusion, will make the same mistake. The employees'
magazine is rather a new idea, but numbers have already
lived and died. Just as it has happened m.any times
with advertising campaigns, so now it happens with
employees' magazines, that after a paper has been pub-
lished for a few months, the company may begin to
look for some marvelous transformation in the working
spirit of its employees, and when this is not apparent,
to conclude that the device is not worth while. Per-
sistence is indispensable to sane, successful advertising
and it is also indispensable in the plant publication.
Clever handling plus persistence is the recipe for
results.
Results You Can Put Your Finger On
In gaging plant publication returns, one way is to
look for accomplishments you can put your finger on.
There are actually tangibles of this sort.
The relation of the paper to company welfare meas-
ures is one field to survey. If the publication has
worked heartily for the company's savings plan, and
the percentage of the employees participating in it
grows and grows until it is the largest ever, the
magazine has done something there that you can put
your finger on. Company sports in which many par-
ticipate are a healthful, constructive thing, for both
the men and the company. A plant paper which stim-
ulates company sports and is instrumental in bringing
out the largest possible number of candidates, is doing
something tangibly worth while.
Or, the paper may have rendered signal help in a
ticklish situation. An incident in this field came to
the writer's notice some time ago when an employees'
magazine editor, in sending me a copy of his latest
issue, apologized for it, explaining that it had been
"rushed through." Then he told me why it had been.
The men performing a certain very important opera-
tion had gone out on an unauthorized strike. The
labor body having jurisdiction over most of the trades
employed in the plant, but not over the one striking,
had taken the company's side and assured the company,
known as a supporter of the closed-shop principle, that
it might employ non-union labor in the emergency.
So far so good, but the firm didn't wish to employ
non-union help. Here was the dilemma. A portion
of the plant was already thrown out of work because
of the unauthorized strike, and unless the strikers or
substitutes soon resumed work, the whole plant would
be made idle. On the other hand, if the firm employed
non-union men, there was danger of the other union
workers refusing to work, despite the mandate of the
council, and a general strike.
"Not much of an issue," the editor said in effect.
"Been having hourly conferences with L. M. (the com-
pany head), and finally decided to publish a little ahead,
and talk plain."
I examined the issue, I confess, with some eagerness.
The "talk plain" of the editor's letter was simply a
frank review of the situation, including the assurance
received that the company might go ahead and employ
non-union men. The company said it didn't want to do
this, and told why. It endorsed the closed-shop and
was a friend of union labor. On the other hand, the
trouble threatened to throw many hundred innocent
employees out of employment and cause loss which could
little be afforded. The company did not state definitely
what it intended to do, but it paved the way for the em-
ployment of non-union men, if that should become
necessary. It "put it up to" the striking employees.
There was no general strike. The company steered
safely through, and production was shortly on a normal
basis.
In some industries more than in others the tangible
value of having a mouthpiece for such possible emer-
gencies as the foregoing is great. It furnishes one
means of contact between the company and the men
when the need arises.
Respecting results which "stick out," the manage-
ment of the plant paper, and also the local circumstances,
have much to do. Many editors tread lightly on mate-
rial of a propaganda nature, believing it better judgment
590
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 13
to have the publication first of all a pleasant, entertain-
ing sheet. The degree with which others campaign
along various specific lines differs a great deal. One
magazine editor has attacked certain wasteful prac-
tices, trying to drive home the idea that the workers
owe it to the company to be careful. He says he
expects to save the cost of the publication in the waste
averted on two items. Allow for a little over-optimism,
and it is apparent that he has accomplished a great
deal in one field.
If the experiences of all employees' magazines could
be tabulated they would be found to contain a fairly
numerous list of constructive results upon which a
finger could be placed. There would be a great diversity
in the character of such accomplishments. Much of
this is inside story stuff and hard to get at, but its
existence is no less real.
INFI,UENCE ON GENERAL MORALE
Employees' magazines are usually published for their
influence on the general morale. A clear survey in this
field is hampered by conditions surrounding circulation.
The employees' magazine differs from the orthodox pub-
lication in that its distribution is free. Every employee
is conceived of as an eligible reader, and in practically
all cases an endeavor is made to attain 100-per cent
circulation. The magazine is given an employee whether
he asks for it or not.
Here, at the outset, the employees' magazine runs into
a snag, or seems to. There are going to be instances
in which some employees manifest little interest in
the paper. After the distribution, a survey of the
plant is going to reveal, many times, thrown-away
copies. The degree to which lack of interest will be
thus revealed will vary much, depending on the type of
employees and the internal situation. A rational atti-
tude toward such disquieting evidence is best main-
tained by viewing the problem as an advertising one.
The company has certain ideas it wishes to sell employ-
ees. It wishes to educate them to a better feeling about
things. If their viewpoint can be swayed to become
sane and wholly constructive both employees and
employer are going to be benefited.
But to assume that because a person works for the
company he or she is bound to be interested in a plant
paper is ignoring people as they are. Some people will
read anything handed to them, and even aren't at ease
on the street cars unless their eyes are fixed on car
cards. For others, print, in itself, has no attraction
whatever. There are millions in this country who don't
read a piece of fiction in a year, and can't get inter-
ested in it. The newspaper is the most widely read
publication there is. It reaches the highest proportion
of possible readers. Yet the newspaper, dealing in news,
the variety of printed material most primitive and
elemental in its appeal, is "going some" when it is
read by seven out of ten families in its territory. And
it should be remembered that the newspaper is read by
people who read nothing else. Practically speaking,
everybody who reads peruses the newspaper, yat no
newspaper is ever able to interest all to the point of
regular reading.
These facts should be borne in mind when it is real-
ized that an employees' magazine has a problem on its
hands in getting read. The fact that a percentage of
employees manifest lack of interest doesn't indicate
t>ie failure of the publication, but rather the existence
of a problem. A manufacturer takes it for granted
that, under normal conditions, persistent, energetic
effort is associated with the sale of his product. He
doesn't rave at the nature of things or throw up >iis
hands because a prospect is only to be landed with
persistent effort. Facing such a condition, what does
he do? He hammers. The same tactics in successful
employees' magazine management are necessary. Ham-
mering and the persuasive message account for adver-
tising and selling success, given a meritorious product.
Accomplishment of results with plant publications must
respect the same principles.
So, in gaging progress, not the existence of some
uninterest, but the movement of that uninterest,
whether growing or decreasing, should be the test
applied. Every endeavor to cut it down should be
made. If definite progress is being made in this direc-
tion, if employees are growing to like the paper and
respect it, so that they receive each issue with growing
anticipation, then the enterprise is making good. As
a healthy, normal paper, constructively American and
a sincere exponent of mutual co-operation, its ultimate
influence for great good among employees is inevitable.
Employees who receive the paper in this spirit simply
can't escape its influence. All the laws of suggestion
which have made advertising the great business force
it is are behind it.
Method of Distribution Important
If the employees' magazine doesn't appear to be com-
ing along as fast as it should, constructive measures —
still viewing the problem as educational and one in
which persistence is naturally required — are practical.
One well-known plant publication is distributed only
to employees who apply for it. Psychologically, the
average human is so constructed that he gains interest
in an article from asking for it, just as he values a
thing more which has cost him something. This plan
is said to be successful in the case mentioned.
The consensus of opinion at present, however, does
not favor this method. The management has certain
ideas which it is anxious to sell the workers ; it plans to
sell them through the printed page, a medium with which,
working month after month, it can build toward large
ends. The fact that an employee is not interested
in a plant paper is no reason why the company should
not wish him to have it and read even a little of it.
Some consumers will pass a billboard a dozen times
without noticing the advertisement of "Crispnut" butter
thereon. Then they will pass it fifty times more before,
through reiteration, that particular brand is made espe-
cially attractive to them. The advertiser naturally likes
voluntary attention, but if he can't have voluntary atten-
tion he turns to forced attention. Most advertising
starts out with some form of forced attention. Some
varieties of advertising, like billboard and moving pic-
ture, are built entirely on it. Its importance in the
periodical field is attested by the premium paid for
preferred position.
There is a Pacific Coast shipyard which distributes
the employees' papers when the men are in line for
their pay. The paying-off process is tedious, and the
employees' paper is greeted as a relief, in addition to
the normal interest in it. You could call this a trick
to get the paper opened and read. Call it what you
will — it's a good idea. Another idea is to pass the
papers out as the employees leave the plant at night.
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
591
boys standing at the main exit. It is figured that by
this method more papers are carried home. Another
strategic time is the dinner hour.
If the employees' magazine doesn't seem to be prog-
ressing, judged by reader interest, any of several prac-
tical "first-aid" measures are easily applied. The
magazine may not be lively enough. Heavy emphasis
on personal items is good medicine. Snapshots also
brighten up a publication wonderfully; their appeal
is universal. Some employees' magazines use none;
one I know of sometimes uses as many as ninety in an
issue. In between are all degrees, but I have yet to
see a paper that used too many. Use a lot of photos
in that paper which hasn't been "coming along,"
and watch results. When the girl employees are the
ones backward in interest, go after them with a woman's
page. A goodly number of papers have successful
departments of a social and home nature for the women.
That one or two, or even seven or eight, issues of an
employees' magazine should completely alter the work-
ing spirit in a plant is asking too much of huisan
nature. If workers earning much, in a period when
work is plentiful, get off their base somewhat, to use
the expressive colloquialism, it is only human. These
conditions, as well as the "false prophets," are oppo-
nents of the plant paper.
The Evolution of the Engine Lathe
By Harry Senior
In an article on page 184 of American Machinist,
reprinted from The Link, J. E. Franzen tells us that
the engine lathe is so-called because it came into gen-
eral use as a power-driven machine contemporaneously
with the development of the steam engine.
While this is an ingenious explanation it is hardly
conclusive for the reason that, though we have engine
lathes, we have no engine planers, engine slotters, etc. ;
machines whose periods of development correspond very
closely to that of the lathe and which as certainly derive
their power from the same source.
I am not a student of history nor of philology, and
I frankly confess that I do not know why the mechanics
of a century ago prefixed the word "engine" to the
name of their most versatile tool, but the term seems
to me to have such a very obvious origin and meaning
that there should be little doubt about it.
The word engine in old English signified a device
that once set in motion was capable of accomplishing
of itself the object for which it was designed. Webster
says that it was formerly applied to almost any kind
of mechanical appliance and it is still retained in some
instances as "fire engine," "beer engine" (now obsolete),
"ruling engine," etc. A machine designed to destroy
life or property is commonly called an "engine of
destruction." Likewise we have "dividing engine,"
"gear cutting engines," etc.; machines that, when once
the preliminary calculations and adjustments are made,
are capable of continuing the cycle of operations to its
completion.
Even as applied to the steam engine, the right of
which to the title irf unquestioned, the word has the
same significance: A steam engine, strictly speaking,
does not generate power; it merely converts the power
generated by the burning fuel into motion that can
be utilized to accomplish useful work. The water,
the steam, the valves, the moving pistons are but links
in the chain of conversion. The steam engine is there-
fore an engine because it converts power from a
definite source (the boiler) into motion; the lathe is
an engine because it converts motion into useful work.
This is my belief; unsupported by anything but logic.
If Mr. Franzen's theory is correct, and the engine
lathe is so-called because of its connection to its prime
mover we narrowly escaped having a "waterwheel lathe"
to explain.
Increasing the Output of Labor
By J. E. BULLARD
After the Civil War the output of labor was very
materially increased by the adoption of machinery.
Work that had previously been done by hand, began
to be done by machinery. This was especially the case
in the woodworking industry, and in other industries
where it was necessary to increase production.
Since the end of the last war we have been faced with
a very serious shortage of material, both the raw
and the finished product. It is going to be necessary
to greatly increase the output of labor if we are not
to meet disaster.
There is, however, not much opportunity of doing
this along the line of introducing more machine meth-
ods. About all that can be done along that line has
already been done. The course that offers the greatest
promise appears to be to pay more attention to the
human machine, the worker himself, with a view of
getting more out the machines through him.
From an energy standpoint, the human being is a
sort of combination boiler and engine room. The food
that he eats is his fuel. The air that he breathes
burns this fuel and it is only when the right combina-
tion of food and air is made that the maximum amount
of energy can be produced. If the average working-
man could be fed the right kind and the right amount
of food at the right times; if as much attention was
given to his feeding as is given to the stoking of
boilers, and if the air that he breathes was given
as much attention and controlled as carefully as is
the air that is supplied to the boiler fires, there is
no question but that, in spite of himself, he would
turn out at least 50 per cent more work than he
actually does under present conditions.
It is obvious that it will not be possible to have
such complete supervision over the human-being fuel
(the food that he consumes) but it is possible to con-
trol the air in which he works. In other words to
control the drafts of the fuel furnace.
In order to have this air supply result in the most
efficient operation of the human engine it is necessary
to have it meet three requirements: It must contain
the right percentage of moisture. It must be at the
right temperature. It must be sufficiently free from
adulterations of bacteria, germs, and poisonous gases.
It is somewhat hard to say just which of these three
things is most important. If the air is perfectly pure
but the temperature and humidity are not right, then
production falls off. Any one or two of the three re-
quirements may be just right and the third be bad
enough to come. very near completely offsetting any
advantages that have been gained.
Cotton mill men have given it as their experience that
the humidifiers that they use to keep the humidity of
the air in the mills uniform in order that the threads
will not be broken, have had the result of making the
592
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 15
employees more keen and active, that these machines
actually reduce the time lost due to colds and the
like and that in this way they have tended to cut down
the cost of operating by increasing production. No
argument is needed to show that pure air is necessary.
Everyone knows that foul air is extremely dangerous
to health and that it is not possible for any person
to do his best work unless the air is pure.
Any one who has made tests along these lines
also realizes that there is a certain temperature which
results in the greatest production. This temperature
will vary with the kind of work that is being done.
A temperature that will prove comfortable and energiz-
ing where light work is being done may be altogether
too high for another kind of work requiring more
muscular energy which in turn will generate body
heat. It is, to a certain extent, a case of fitting the
temperature to the kind of work being done.
This question of air is one which can be given a
great deal more attention than it has ever been given
before. It is the thing more than anything else, that
can be controlled by the plant, which determines the
degree of energy of the workers. That which finally
determines the best conditions is the condition of
purity, humidity and temperature which results in the
greatest possible production. Pathological, physical and
chemical calculations and tests only aid in reaching
the ideal conditions. There is only one thing that will
show when they have actually been reached, and this
is the record which shows the greatest possible pro-
iuction per worker, and the least possible time lost
3ue to sickness. This means that the best conditions
can only be arrived at by experimentation and care-
fully kept records.
All sorts of welfare work will not get results if
the workers have to work in an atmosphere that is
snervating. The correct working atmosphere will get
the right results in production, no matter whether any
welfare work is done or not. If you feed a gas engine
a certain mixture of gas and air at a certain rate,
that engine will run at a certain speed. Make the
mixture absolutely correct and increase the rate at
which it is fed to the engine and that engine will
run faster. It will have to do so.
Put a man into a certain atmosphere and set him
to work and he will work at a certain speed. He
will be unable to exceed a certain maximum effort
in that atmosphere and maintain the effort. Make the
atmospheric conditions ideal for the greatest produc-
tion and that man will speed up. He will have to
do so for the very simple reason that he is generating
more energy. He is in exactly the same condition as
the gas engine with the right mixture being fed to
it at a rapid rate.
When we speed up the energy, however, it is highly
important that we keep it upon the right track and
do not allow it to result in destructive effort. On a.
railroad, the heavier the trains and the faster they
run, the more necessary a good road bed becomes
and the heavier the rails that must be used. If the
road bed is not improved and heavier rails used as
the weight of locomotives and trains increases and the
speeds at which they are run become greater, accidents
are going to increase and in the end little if anything
has been gained.
Lighting in the industrial plant corresponds to the
rails and roadbed of a railroad. Where the air is
very bad and the temperatures and humidities are such
that they reduce the energy of the working man, good
lighting may not be entirely essential. The man won't
do enough in the course of the day anyhow so that
he either can make or spoil much. Where the at-
mospheric conditions, however, are such as to fill him
full of energy, he is bound to spoil a lot of material
and possibly meet with an accident himself if the
lighting is so poor that he cannot see clearly what he
is doing.
Air and light go together. The better the air con-
ditions, the greater the energy of the people who work
in the plant. The better the lighting conditions, the
more productive this increased energy can be made.
Improve one without improving the other and the best
results can never be obtained.
Just how much artificial lighting is required for the
very best results has not yet been determined. Up
to date when it has been thought that the very best
conditions have been reached, it has been found that
production can be still further increased by increasing
the amount of light used. Probably the maximum is
somewhere near the amount of light that we have at
noonday on a bright sunny day.
In all lighting, however, that which is by far the
most important is freedom from glare. A light shin-
ing directly in the eyes of any one not only cuts down
his productivity but increases the accident hazard.
Place the lights where the worker can't look directly
at them, increase the amount of light that falls upon
his work and he immediately increases the amount
of work that he does. He usually does this without
realizing it. It has become so much easier to produce
that he does better and more work than he has been
doing heretofore and with less effort than he has been
putting forth.
If in all of our manufacturing plants in this country
we could bring about the best conditions of light and
air, there is no question about the production increas-
ing at a great enough rate to catch up very shortly
with demand. At the present time it is doubtful if
there is a single plant in the world that comes up
to the ideal. Improvements are constantly being made
in lighting installations that had already been made
as nearly ideal as was thought possible. These im-
provements in illumination ,almost invariably result
in worth-while increases in production. This indicates
that there are no plants with lighting installations so
perfect that they cannot be improved.
The amount of moisture in the air is rarely given the
attention that it deserves, except in cotton mills and
similar plants where such attention is necessarj' in
order to turn out a satisfactory product. The per-
centage of moisture in the air, however, has just as
great an effect upon the productivity and the health
of the operator as it does upon the cotton threads.
Ventilating systems do not always work as they are
expected to work. Merely removing a certain volume
of air from the room per hour does not necessarily
mean that the air in all parts of the room has been
changed. The final test in all cases is the produc-
tivity and loss of time through sickness of the people
working in the different parts of the room. It matters
not what the theory may be, what really counts is
getting greater production from the man on the job
and having him lose the minimum amount of time
due to sickness. Records made of each condition under
which he works will show which condition gives the
best results.
September 23, 1920 Get Increaeed Production — With Improved Machinery
593
Obtaining the Radius of Three Equal
Inscribed Circles
On page 1055, Vol. 52, of the American Machinist,
there appeared a letter by Henry R. Bowman under
the above title. Three different solutions to the prob-
lem— which is to determine the radius of the three
equal inscribed circles in terms of the side of the cir-
cumscribing equilateral triangle — have come in since
that time, all of them being simple and worthy of
examination.
Mr. Bowman states that the solution of his problem
could not be found in any handbook. The writer refers
Mr. Bowman to "Practical
Mathematics," by Palmer
(McGraw-Hill Book Co.),
where he will find, page 72,
part 2, a similar problem
giving the relation between
the very two elements in
question. In fact, it is
Mr. Bowman's problem
reversed.
Mr. Bowman's problem
solved by this method begins
as follows : It can plainly be
seen by the figure (1) that
side A of the triangle is
composed of two equal segm.ents M plus two radii of
the circles.
The equation then can be formed thus:
FIG. 1. DIAGRAM SHOW-
ING THREE EQUAL
INSCRIBED CIRCLES
R
2R
= tan 30°
The writer believes the solution of this equation for
either of the unknowns to be simpler than Mr. Bow-
man's method of solving the problem, since it does not
deal with oblique triangles. It also eliminates the neces-
sity of looking up more than one trigonometric function
or an oblique triangle formula, as few people carry these
formulas in their memories.
B. E. Tool.
An easier way to obtain the
radius R of three equal circles
which will be tangent to the cir-
cumscribing equilateral triangle
and to each other, is shown in
the following work, referring
to Fig. 2:
R(V3 + 1) =
ff =
FIG. 2. SHOWING RE-
LATION BETWEEN
RADIUS AND SIDE
OF TRIANGLE
R =
2(]/3 + 1)
0.7321 A
A (V'3 - 1)
2(3-1)
0.183A
GusTAF E. Nordstrom.
The following solution may be of interest, inasmuch
as only one function is used instead of three, as in
Henry R. Bowman's article.
Referring to Fig. 3, by geometry the radius R is at
right angles with the altitude; and a line passing
through an apex of the tri-
angle and the center of the
adjacent circle will make an
angle of 30 deg. with the
base, as shown. Therefore:
R tan 30° = 0.57735 R = C.
^
^
y
c
R '
T-
/
A'
L
A
- T
FIG. 3. DIAGRAM FOR
CALCULATING RADIUS
OF CIRCLES
i? -f C = i2 + 0.57735.
R = 1.57735 R = B.
B
R
,. „.„, A 0.57735 .
(tan 30°) 2" = 2 — ^
(f
1.57735 R
0.57735
0.57735
57735 X 2
W = 0.183 A.
Leo a. Brennan
Hardwood Steadyrest Guide
By H. H. Parker
Sometimes it is desired to turn a piece of finished
work which must be supported in a steadyrest and
where there would be danger of cutting the work if
held in the regular jaws. This can be avoided by
bolting a hardwood block across the steadyrest frame
after removing the jaws, using, if possible, the bolt
holes of the jaw-clamping bolts. A hole of the required
HARDWOOD GUIDE FDR STEADYREST
diameter is made in the block and if the bolt holes are
larger than the bolts, the block may be aligned by tap-
ping into place before finally tightening the bolts. In
some cases it would be preferable to insert a brass or
bronze bushing in the hole, or babbitt could be poured
in and the opening reamed out to the required diameter.
This is one way of turning keywayed or flatted work in
the steadyrest.
594
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
Lathe Kinks
By H. H. Parker
,/nserf Roc/ fo remote.
i. Safety Set Screws
preferab/e
.-Pivots here
\Small univer-
sal chuck
screwed to
^eccentric plate
Clamp wor/(,
hold on mandrel
or in spefial chuck
, Center
(for Tails tock.'
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
595
Tilted Stand for the Prestometer
By William Older
We have a great deal of comparing to do with the
prestometer. The one we have was bought with the
anvil parallel to the bottom of the base as shown at A
in Fig. 1. This form of base is satisfactory for a
great deal of our work but there are some pieces which
are handled to better advantage with the instrument on
a tilted stand. Our first idea was to make a stand
with a quadrant so that it could be tilted over to the
desired angle no matter what that might be. Before
starting to make anything so complex, however, we
decided to get out a simple tilted stand, as shovm at
B, Fig. 1. This was made of some scraps of mahogany
from the pattern shop. The stand is about 6 in. square
and gives a solid support for the instrument. A recess
at the back accommodates the post. The i-in. flange C
just clears the top of the back of the base. Two J-in.
high lugs D and E on each side of the front just clear
the projecting feet of the prestometer and prevent it
from moving sidewise. Flanges could be put on top of
the lugs D and E so that they would project over the
feet. This would be necessary only if the angle at
which the instrument is tilted is such that there would
be a tendency for it to tip over backwards. Fig. 2
shows the instrument in place on the tilted stand.
FIGS. 1 AND 2.
ARRANGEMENT Ol'' PRESTOMETER
AND STAND
Quick-Operating Clamp
By H. M. Johnson
The clamp shown in the accompanying illustration
was designed for use on a grinding machine to hold a
plow share while grinding the rear edge on a cupped
wheel.
The work is laid on the fixture A and located by pins
not shown. The clamp is arranged to give a generous
opening over the fixture, as shown in (a), to facilitate
placing the work. Pressing down the handle causes
the clamp to approach the work, rapidly at first, but
finally with a slow, powerful movement as the roller C
climbs the cam surface. The roller goes very slightly
past center and stops against the end of the cam track,
as shown in (b).
The bracket B has three pivot holes drilled to permit
a wide range of adjustment in height. The setscrew
takes care of small adjustments. By making the clamp-
ing device separate from the workholder, one clamp
will serve a large number of fixtures. I have used this
same clamping principle on a drill jig with good re-
sults.
The proportions of the levers were much different, but
the principle involved was the same.
iVcrk
Fig. 1-
-Prestonieter and tilted stand made of wood.
Prestometer in place on the tilted stand.
Fig. 2—
FIXTtTRB .\aND QUICK-OPERATING CLAMP
596
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 13
Hand-Sawing 3-ft. Cold Rolled Rounds
By E. a. Dixie
The illustration shows a job which was recently done
on some columns for the new Times building, Hartford,
Conn. The columns are granite. They had been rolled
into the yard in place for cutting and the temperature
was but a few degrees above freezing, so there is no
deception in the caption.
When the Parkhurst church. New York, was razed
a great part of the . material was bought by the
proprietors of the Hartford Times with a view to using
it in the construction of their new building.
The columns are a little over 3 ft. in diameter, made
up of several sections each about 9 ft. long. Certain
of the sections had ornamental flanges cemented to
them which had to be removed. Some of them came
away from the cylindrical portion without much trouble,
wedges being used to start a crack in the cement which
held them together. There were others which positively
refused to yield to this treatment so it was decided
to saw them apart. The equipment consisted of an old
HIGH-SPEED H.AND S.WVING
two-man cross-cut wood sav/, a bucket of water and one
of sharp sand. The personnel, or organization, com-
prised three men. About four times daily during the
week or so while they were cutting the flange off I
passed the scene of their operations and can vouch for
the fact that on at least one occasion I saw as many
as two of them working at the same time. In order
to plot an authentic motion study chart of the job,
which would indicate the functions of each of the three
men, I interrogated all the men in our .shop which is
just across the street from where the work is being
done.
Sons of Rest
Of our force of 250 men there were 133 who said
the three men were:
"Statues from Parkhurst's church, Judas Iscariot,
Annanias and Pontius Pilate or some other of them
'Ginney' saints, to judge by their mugs."
One hundred and • fifteen said that the three were
giving a demonstration of "New Thought," or the power
of mind over matter, as they seemed to be trying to
wish the saw through the column.
The remaining two of our men had seen each one
of the three in motion on various widely separated
occasions.
From data culled from them and added to my own
observations the flanges were separated in about the
following manner:
The cement on top of the joint, between the column
section and the flange, was scratched with a cold chisel
till the scratch was deep enough for the saw to follow
it. The saw was then reciprocated by the two men on
each side of the column while the one on top occasionally
dribbled a little water and sand in the kerf. When the
saw was once in the kerf between the two sections of
granite it automatically followed the joint, as the cement
was softer than the granite.
It took the three men over a week to make the cut.
There was a small gasoline engine on the contract
which could have been rigged up by any intelligent
mechanic in three hours to do the job, and with it the
cut could have been made in not more than a day and
a half, saving at least 18 days' wages.
A Short Proof for Long Division
By Alan G. Wikoff
I have read with interest J. Madden's article, entitled
"A Short Proof for Long Division," on page 480 of
American Machinist. It may interest your readers to
know that the process of "casting out the nines" re-
ferred to can be shortened considerably in the following
manner:
Take Mr. Madden's first example, 8761. His pro-
cedure is 8 + 7= 15 — 9 = 64-6 = 12 — 9 =
3 + 1 = 4.
The resultant is obtained more simply by adding the
digits together and continuing this process until a
single digit is obtained.
Thus 8 + 7 + 6 + 1 = 22; 2 + 2 = 4.
The step of subtracting 9 each time is unnecessary.
In adding the digits, 9's or numbers whose sum is 9,
may be neglected.
As another example, taking his figures for proving
subtraction :
879654 = 39 = 12 = 3
123007 =13 =4
756647 = 35 =8
84 = 12 = 3
The process of "casting out nines" is thus reduced
to straight addition which can be performed mentally
with rapidity. I do not make any claim for the origin-
ality of this short-cut, since it is constantly used by
bookkeepers and accountants.
It is also obvious that this method fails when an error
involving 9 or some multiple of 9 has been made. While
the probability of such an error is small, it may occur
in addition and subtraction.
If, for example, the sum given on page 481 had been
found on first trial to be 3760508 instead of 38-0508,
the proof would have indicated that the summations
had been made correctly, for
3760508 = 29 = 11 = 2
3850508 = 29 = 11 = 2
A few trials will show that any change involving 9 or
a multiple of 9 will give the same "remainder."
Thus :
3850517 = 29 = 11 = 2
3851408 = 29 = 11 = 2
3761408 = 29 = 11 = 2
It is well to keep this point in mind, although it is
seldom that it will interfere with the application of
this proof.
September ^, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery 597
World Trade Club Methods!
T
HERE was a notable gathering ofjbusiness men in Paris in June of this year
when American delegates met their European associates in the first meeting
of the International Chamber of Commerce.
The advocates of the "Compulsory introduction of the metric system in the
United States" presented to this body for adoption a strongly worded resolution,
urging this country and Great Britain to discard their present system of weights
and measures and in its place to compel the exclusive use of the metric system.
At the head of this movement was Albert Herbert, "Angel" of the "World
Trade Club," of San Francisco. The resolution presented by Mr. Herbert bore his
name as: "Chairman, Delegate of World Metric Standardization Council, World
Trade Club, Foreign Trade Club, San Francisco." Five other names were signed to
this resolution, among which was that of. Prof. George B. Roorbach, ""Delegate of
the Business Education Section of Harvard University, Boston, U. S. A."
The method employed in framing this resolution and what happened to it can
best be gathered from a letter sent to the American Institute of Weights and
Measures, and given below.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
CAMBRIDGE, MASS.. Aug. 21. 1920.
Dear Sirs :
In reply to your letter of Aug. 6, I wish to state that the resolution introduced by Albert
Herbert at the International Chamber of Commerce in Paris, and purporting to be signed by me,
was done without any authorization on my part. I was astounded when I saw the resolution
with my name attached. I not only did not sign this resolution but had no idea that such a resolu-
tion was to be presented and had previously indicated to Mr. Herbert that I had no wish to be
connected with the introduction of any resolution on this topic. I had told Mr. Herbert that in a
general way I was in favor of a greater amount of uniformity in the use of weights and other units
for International Trade. I did not. however, know enough in regard to the particular matter under
discussion to commit myself in favor of the metric system.
I would like to add that the resolution that Mr. Herbert sent out was not passed by the
International Chamber of Commerce. It was introduced, discussed, and definitely turned
down. When I vigorously objected to Mr. Herbert for the use of my name on the resolution, he
stated that the resolution was mimeographed only for distribution among the delegates at Paris
and that it was not to be given any wide publicity. I now find that he is sending it to various
parties in the states, and I presume elsewhere, and giving the impression that it was adopted by the
International Chamber.
Thanking you for bringing this to my attention, I am
Very Truly Yours,
(signed) G. B. Roorbach, Professor of Foreign Trade.
No comment is necessary.
Editor
598
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 13
? ^ WEJ
.i7^j^/&'imm in a JiuiTi
^
Suggested by the Nanagfing Editor
THIS week we begin a series of articles on apprentice-
ship and special ti'aining programs in more t':r.n a
score of the leading shops and plants of this country.
Their appeal will be more
particularly to employers,
employment managers,
superintendents, and other
executives directly inter-
ested in the education and
training of personnel.
The author is John Van
Liew Morris whose expres-
sive countenance appears
on this page. Mr. Morris
is a Harvard man and also
wears a Ph.D. from Teach-
ers College, Columbia Uni-
versity. Incidentally, the
research work on which
these articles are based was done while he was working
for his doctor's degree. In addition to his university
training he has put in eight years as a teacher, during
six of which he was principal of a technical institute.
His broad experience in his particular line is reflected
in this series. The first article of the
series discusses the various forms of
training at the Schenectady plant of
the General Electric Co.
Page 571 is the first of ten devoted
to one of the deferred automotive
cylinder articles by Fred Colvin that
was mentioned last week. Starting
with the methods at the Oakland shop
which are given in considerable detail
we are following up with the Stude-
baker and Essex practice. The three
cylinders are widely different in de-
sign and consequently the contrasts
between the practices, of the three
shops are interesting.
Following the automotive article is
one by T. F. Stacy on spring design.
This paper discusses springs of cir-
cular cross-section and includes valu-
able design charts.
On page 583 is the twenty-seventh
of Ethan Viall's welding articles. This
one is a continuation of last week's
WhMA, to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
ivhen so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and-
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
3. V. L. MORRIS
and describes the constructional details and operating
principles of various makes of arc-welding sets, both
stationary and portable. Suggestions for improving
relations and working con-
ditions in the shop are
made by John T. Bartlett
on page 589 and by J. E.
Bullard on page 591. Mr.
Bartlett tells of the possi-
bilities of the plant paper
in clearing up misunder-
standings and Mr. Bullard
takes up the important
items of fresh air and
abundant light and dis-
cusses their effect on out-
put. Nothing so very new,
perhaps, but it does no
harm to remind people of
these things periodically. The second and concluding
part of Lineham's article on the hardening of screw
gages with minimum distortion appears on page 604a
(omitted from European edition). The author's con-
clusions are worth noting. Editorially, we feel it neces-
sary to take one more crack at the
viciously misrepresenting methods of
the "World Trade Club" and allied
interests. Page 597.
On page 599 is the tentative pro-
gram for the first meeting of the
American Engineering Council of the
Federated American Engineering
Societies. This most important meet-
ing will take place in Washington on
Nov. 18 and 19. In our opinion too
much stress cannot be laid upon the
fact that the formation of this organi-
zation is a matter of considerable
consequence for all engineers. We
have been guilty of repeating the facts
about the Federation more than once
but it has been done with intent for
we are anxious that no engineer
reached by the Americayi Machinist
shall be ignorant of the aims of the
Federation and its significance for
himself and other members of the
profession.
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Invproved Machinery
599
First Meeting of the American Engineering
Council of the Federated American
Engineering Societies
2.
St.
4.
(a)
THE Organizing Conference of The Federated
American Engineering Societies, held in Washing-
ton June 3-4, 1920, was attended by 140 delegates
representing over 71 organizations, having an aggre-
gate membership of over 110,000, or over 80 per cent
of the aggregate membership of all of the organizations
that were invited. The questions have been asked:
"WHO ARE THESE MEN?"—
"WHO WERE INVITED?"
and —
"WHO SHOULD BE INTER-
ESTED IN THIS MOVE-
MENT?"
The Federated American En-
gineering Societies is constituted
of engineering and allied tech-
nical organizations, whose chief
purpose is the advancement of
the knowledge and practice of
engineering and allied technical
arts, which are not organized for
commercial purposes. It includes
the individual engineer and the
allied technologist who is repre-
sented through the society or so-
sieties of which he is a member,
which have membership in the
organization. It includes civil,
mining, metallurgical, mechani-
cal, electrical, testing, railway,
highway, municipal, hydraulic,
sanitary, water-works, bridge,
agricultural, illuminating, heat-
inc. ventilating, refrigerat-
ing, safety, radio, fire pro-
tection, automotive, industrial,
military, marine, naval and
chemical engineers, architects
and naval architects, chemists
and geologists. These branches
of engineering and allied sciences
cover the whole range of activity
in this country upon which is de-
pendent its economic success. It
has been said that "EVERYWHERE YOU LOOK YOU
SEE WORK THAT ENGINEERS HAVE DONE."
Engineers and allied technologists have been content
to perform their work without notoriety. Dating from
a period considerably before the war, the engineer was
gradually developing class consciousness, and a desire
to be of public service. This desire was intensified as
a result of the World War and led to the formation
of Engineering Council by the American Society of
Civil Engineers, the American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers, the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, and the American Institute of
Electrical Engineers. In the effort of these societies to
determine in what way their activities could be
improved and rendered of greater value, committees
Program
Thursday, November 18, 1920
Morning SeHHion
8.30 a.in. ReKt^itnition.
10.00 a.m. Opening Mession of American En-
gineering <'ouneiI.
1. Call to Order; Rieliartl L. Hnmplirey, Con-
Hiilting Engineer, Pliilaclelpliia. Fa., cliair-
man of the .Joint Conference (Committee.
Election of Temporary Chairman.
Election of Temporary Secretary.
.4p|>ointnient of the following Temporary
Committees:
Program; (b) Credentials; (c) Constitu-
tion and By-La-ws; (d) Nominations; (e)
Plan and 8cope; (f) Hudget; <g) Resolu-
tions.
.-\fteriioon Session
2.00 p.m. .\ddress — "Engineering Council," J.
Parke Channing. Consulting Engineer, New
York. N. Y., Chairman.
2.30 p.m. Discussion of the Held of activity for
The Federated .\nierican Engineering Soci-
eties.
Friday, November 19, 1920
Morning Session
,.m.
Report of Committee on Nominations
Election of Permanent Officers
Report of Committee on Constitution and
By-Laws.
Formal Ratification of Constitution and
By-I.aws.
Report of Committee on Plan and Scope.
.Afternoon Session
p.m.
Report of Committee on Budget.
Report of Committee on Resolutions,
Evening Session
p.m.
Introductory remarks by presiding officer,
the Prcsi<ient of American Engineering
Council.
Address (subject to be announced later)
Herbert C. Hoover, President, Americnji
Institute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers, New York, N. Y.
p.m.
Informal reception and smoker
Saturday, November 20, 1920
a,m. Organization .Meeting, 'Exec.utii'e Board.
American Engineering Council, of The
Federated Anierican Engineering Soci-
eties.
9.00
1.
2.
3.
2.00
1.
2.
8.30
1.
were appointed by each, and these committees in turn
appointed conferees, who met and organized the Joint
Conference Committee. As a result of this intensive
desire for service, it was the unanimous opinion of the
Joint Conference Committee that a comprehensive
organization was desirable that could speak for the
engineering and allied technical professions wherever
engineering experience and tech-
nical training are involved, as
well as in matters of common con-
cern to these professions. This
recommendation was accepted by
the constituent societies who
authorized the committee to call,
without delay, a conference of
representatives of national, local,
state and regional engineering
organizations and affiliations for
the purpose of bringing into ex-
istence the comprehensive or-
ganization recommended. The
committee issued a call to 110
engineering and allied technical
organizations for the thoroughly
representative Organizing Con-
ference of June 3-4, 1920, which
has been characterized as the
greatest event in the engineer-
ing history of this country.
This organizing conference,
without a dissenting vote, cre-
ated The Federated American
Engineering Societies and au-
thorized the Joint Conference
Committee to act as the Ad
Interim Committee between its
adjournment and the first meet-
ing of its governing body, Amer-
ican Engineering Council.
The Federated American En-
gineering Societies already has
an aggregate membership greater
that that of any other engineer-
ing organization in the world.
As has been pointed out repeatedly, the question is
not whether this organization will come into existence
but the number of members it will have; it already
is in existence, and the Joint Conference Committee
as the Ad Interim Committee representing it, is engaged
in furnishing the organizations invited to become
charter-members with information and other assistance
to enable them to act intelligently on the invitation.
From the advices already received, the committee can
state that American Engineering Council will have a
greater number of member-societies than Engineering
Council and will also represent a much larger aggregate
membership — estimated considerable in excess of 60,000.
This meeting of the American Engineering Council will
deal with the future work of the organization.
«00
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
Alfred Herbert No. 5 Automatic Turret Lathe
SPECIAL CORRESPONDENCE
The devdopment of autcmatic machinery follows
slightly different linen in England than in the
United States. One of the latest general-purpose
avtomatic machines, representative of the best
English practice, is here described. It lias a
number of patented features, and will be found
to be somewhat different from the American
ai'tomatic turret lathes.
THE illustration shows a turret lathe recently
put out by Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, Eng-
land, with offices at 54 Dey St., New York, N. Y.
The machine has a maximum swing over the bed of
18i in. and is known as the No. 5 model. All opera-
tions are automatic, except chucking, and the machine
stops automatically at the finishing of a piece. There
are a number of interesting features to the lathe,
such as the longitudinal adjustment of the headstock,
the independent operation of the front and rear cross-
slides, and the low position of the spindle, which
makes setting up an easier task.
Constant-speed drive by a 4-in. belt is employed,
the 10-in. driving pulley running on ball bearings.
The drive can be engaged for starting the machine
by means of a friction clutch operated by a hand
lever. The headstock is adjustable along the bed for
a length of 6 in. and its mechanism is completely in-
closed, the gears running in oil.
There are five spindle speeds that are changed
automatically. It is claimed that the changing is
performed instantaneously and silently, and that it
can take place while the tools are cutting, if neces-
sary. Change gears are provided to give six princi-
pal or substantive speeds, by which the range of the
automatically operated speeds is changed. Since these
five automatically changed speeds can be used with
each substantive speed, a total number of 30 steps
is provided in a range from 14 to 411 r.p.m., the maxi-
mum gear ratio being 28.5 to 1. If desired, change
gears can be furnished to give additional speeds.
The hollow spindle is 5J in. in diameter at the front
neck and has a flange on the nose 10 in. in diameter.
It has a bore of 35 in., runs in white-metal bearings
and is provided with a ball thrust bearing. It can be
stopped automatically at any instant and then re-
started automatically in time for the next cut. This
action is valuable, particularly, to enable the with-
drawing of a tool at the end of a cut without leaving
a helical mark on the work.
The turret has four faces, machined square with
the spindle. The tool holes are 2i in. in diameter.
The turret is mounted on a slide having a working
stroke of 13 in. It is indexed at the extreme back
position and then clamped automatically.
The cam controlling the action of the turret con-
AL.FRED HERBERT NO. 5 AUTOMATIC TURRET LATHE
ation.s: Maximum swing over bed, 18i in. Maximu.m gAVinfr between ovo^.-.slides. 16 m^ From .n^n^e to fa^^^
, SI in.: minimum. IT. in. Spindle to floor. 40J in. Turret: nuniber of holes, 4; length of *0'*2.^we, 7 "p'"*'*
•s- adjustment along bed. 7 5 in., transverse feed, 4 J in : maximum ^istam* from spindle lljn Ho^po^e^. '■ J-Pj^^
Specification.^
maximum,
ot driving pulley, 400 r.p.m. Spindle speeds: automatically changed, ., : .substantive. 6 ; 14 to 411 1 p.m.
turret slide 16 27 48, 64; 83. Ill), 114: cross-slides, 40. tiS. Vll. 163, JU, 2S0, 366. Floor space, 6 x l.> ft.
net, 8,500 lij. ; gross, 10,100-lb. Boxed for export, -340 'cinft.
Feeds, rev. per in.
.Vpproximate weight:
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Maehinery
601
sists of a drum running in oil and driven directly by
a worm. It is provided with two grooves, one for
moving the turret slide and the other for indexing the
turret. Since the latter action occurs only when the
turret is in its extreme back position, all of the work-
ing stroke is available for actual machining opera-
tions. The turret-actuating groove is cut like a
screw-thread and returns upon itself, so that the
turret moves with a smooth and steady motion. It
is claimed that no irregularity or jumping occurs,
even when taking heavy cuts. For each complete
forward and return movement of the turret the cam
makes three complete revolutions. Rotation of the
turret to present a different tool to the work require.?
but 1.1 sec, and the time for a complete cycle of the
machine at high speed is only 48 seconds. The tur-
ret is 111 in. in diameter and the centers of the tool
holes are 4i in. above the slide. The distance be-
tween the face of the turret and the face of the
spindle varies from 15 in. as a minimum to 34 in. as
a maximum.
Cross-Slides
Tbe front and back cross-slides are independent of
each other in their action, and can be set to work
either at the same time or separately, as required.
For example, roughing and finishing facing cuts can
be taken simultaneously. The cross-slide cams can
be adjusted to operate at any part of the cycle of
operations. Each cross-slide is provided with a
double toolholder and a stop with screw adjustment
for regulating the diameter turned.
The center of the spindle is 42 in. above the top
of the front slide and 3^ in. above the back slide. The
slides have adjustments along the bed of 7^ in., inde-
pendently of each other. The horizontal distance
from the spindle to the cross-slides can be varied
from nothing to Hi in., power feed being available
for a stroke of 4i in. The maximum diameter ad-
mitted between the cross-slides is 16 in. Ample room
is provided under the tools for the chips to get away,
the chute for this purpose being plainly visible in the
illustration.
Ranges of Feed
The "self-selecting" feed motion provides, for both
the turret and the cross-slides, ranges of 7 feeds, any
one of which can be brought into action instantly at
any part of the cycle, even during a cut, if required.
The feeds are driven from the head.stock ; but the
quick or idle motions are driven from the constant-
speed driving pulley, so that the idle motion always
takes place at the same rate of speed. It is claimed
that the range of feeds is sufficiently broad so that it
is never necessary to change the feed cams. The feed
of the turret slide varies from 16 to 144 rev. of the
spindle per inch of feed and that of the cross-slides
from 40 to 366 rev. per in.
The bed is a box casting. It is built low, the spindle
being only 40! in. above the floor, so that the ma-
chine can be tooled up and attended more conveni-
ently. The tray extends the full length of the bed
and provides ample room for chips.
A pump with fittings, including splash guards, is
supplied at extra cost. Oil supply through the turret
can be furnished for use with hollow tools for carry-
ing lubricant to the cutting edges.
A back-facing attachment can be furnished if de-
sired. It is claimed that its use ofteii enables a piece
to be completely machined at one setting instead of
two.
The 15-in. Coventry chuck is suitable for use with
this machine, although special chucking fixtures can
be furnished for work that cannot be handled by it.
A standard tool outfit can be supplied and the maker
recommends its use for general work. The outfit in-
cludes a centering tool, facing tools for the cross-
slides, boring bars and combination boring, turning,
and facing tools that are provided with an overhead
support.
The machine is intended to be driven by a 7-hp.
motor. The floor space required is 6 x 12 ft., the ap-
proximate net weight is 8,500 lb., and the size when
boxed for shipment is 340 cu.ft.
A Question in Factory Management
By H. L. Smith
In the American Machinist for August 19, W. Burr
Bennett raises a question in factory managemwit having
to do with the establishment of a department for a new
class of work.
Assuming that a comparatively small space of time
will elapse before the out-put of the department will
be great enough to employ a man full time on this new
work, and assuming that the man selected is inexpe-
rienced in this work, but is ambitious and anxious to
learn, he should be assigned to this work for his entire
time.
Just as a Vestibule School is run for the training of
new employees and the cost charged to the current
burden of the operating department, so the wages of
this man while he is learning should be charged as a
burden on the department.
This will then reflect the actual condition which is
that the cost of performing this work in the new depart-
ment is relatively higher than it will be when the pro-
duction is sufficient to occupy the full capacity of the
man and of the department.
A Deferred Expense Account
If the expense ©f setting up and operating the depart-
ment until it is on a production basis is large enough to
warrant, it is advisable to establish a Deferred Expense
Account to which all expenses incident to the establish-
ment of the department, which are not of an asset
nature, may be charged. This Deferred Expense is
then divided into twelve, twenty-four or more parts and
one part is charged into the burden of that department
each month until the Deferred Expense is thus dis-
posed of.
In this manner, it is possible to make the production
of the following year or two or more bear a proportion
of the expense of starting this department. This tends
to keep the burden rate for that department more nearly
uniform.
The man working a part of his time on production
and spending the balance in learning his job is creating
an asset to the company, the expense of which is thus
distributed over the work of the future which is to
profit by his experience.
The ratio of the expense of starting the department to
the expense of the department after it is operated,
helps to determine the period over which the Deferred
Expense should be spread.
602
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
Shop equipment nenvj
S A
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NEWS •
A \veekly revlow oP
modGrn dG5i(gn5 0nd
o equipmGnO o
Descriptions of thop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfticft there is no chtxrge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to tubntit them to the manufacturer for approval.
Whitcomb Blaisdell (Damerell)
Portable Shaper
A portable shaper designed for truing up drop-
hammer parts has been brought out by the Whitcomb-
Blaisdell Machine Tool Co., Worcester, Mass., and is
illustrated herewith.
The machine is distinctly a draw-cut shaper, is made
in two sizes and is motor driven. It is claimed that the
WHITCOMB-BLAISDELL, PORTABLE SHAPER
Specifications: SmaU size. Capacity; will plane 48 x 48 In.
horizontally and 8 in. vertically. Large size ; capacity, will plane
66 X 66 in. horizontally and 8 in. vertically. Motor. 3 hp. for
both sizes. Speed; cutting stroke, 20 ft. per min. ; return 40 ft.
per minute.
ram will stop in reverse within J in. without overtravel,
allowing the tool to cut close to corners and shoulders.
The horizontal feed can be operated either by hand or
- automatically, while the vertical feed is by hand.
Jones 20-in. Slotting Machine
The Jones Machine Tool Works, Media and Edgewood
Sts., Philadelphia, Pa., has placed on the market the
slotting machine illustrated herewith.
This machine has a single pulley drive and may be
driven by belt from a two-speed countershaft or by
direct connection to a motor. The drive is through a
friction clutch and. the ram can be quickly stopped by
a brake. The feeds for the saddle, cross-slide and cir-
cular table are of the usual intei-mitted ratchet-type.
All operating levers are conveniently placed aaid afe in
duplicate, complete sets being placed on both sides of the
machine. Quick power-traverse is provided for all feeds
and may be engaged without throwing in the main
clutch which starts the ram.
The circular table is graduated on its periphery and
in addition is provided with an indexing device. The
JONES 20-IISr. SLOTTING M.\CHIXE
Specifications: Speeds; four, 8 to 16 strokes per minute with
constant speed motor: or, 8 to 42 strokes per minute with variable
speed motor or two speed countershaft. Motor, 10 hp. Floor
space, 7 ft. x 12 ft. 7 in. Height, 13 feet.
feeds for the cross-slide and the circular table are inter-
locking so that both can not be engaged at the same
time.
Gorton Engraving Cutter
Grinding Machine
For grinding the cutters used on its engraving
machines, the George Gorton Machine Co., Racine, Wis.,
has brought out the machine illustrated herewith.
The abrasive wheel is direct driven by a small high-
speed motor incorporated in the machine. The motor
is of the universal type and can be used with either
d.c. or a.c. current. Motors can be furnished for any
desired voltage. The tool to be ground is supported in
a sleeve which holds it identically as it is held in ihe
engraving machine, the sleeve being provided with
indexing means for determining the cutting angle. The
tool carrier has a graduated swivel-base so t'mt the tool
point can be presented to the wheel at any angle
desired. The regular equipment includes an a;tachment
for grinding the point of the stylus used in connection
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
603
GORTON ENGRAVING-CUTTER GRINDING MACHINK
with the master plate on the engraving machine, also
a holder for the truing diamond.
The machine as shown is intended for bench use, but
can be furnished mounted on a pedestal if desired.
Weight as shown, 75 pounds.
Mill Duplex Friction Clutch
The friction clutch shown in the illustration has
recently been placed on the market by the A. Mill
Clutch Co., 2116-20 Colerain Ave., Cincinnati, Ohio.
Contact is made by means of both an expansion fric-
tion ring and two side plates, so that all of the surface
available for friction inside of the case is utilized.
When the clutch is operated, the ring engages first
- pm^
/
^/^^*fr \
P
' .#
1
%*ML^
\^
^k_^^^^^^^^^i^^H^^r
MILL DUPLEX FRICTION CLUTCH
and then the side plates, thus securing a jerkless grip
on the rotating shaft.
The case is said to be perfectly dustproof and capable
of holding oil for a long time. The clutch is especially
adapted to high speeds, can readily be engaged and dis-
engaged and is easily adjusted for wear.
Wedge Optical Pyrometer
The Rohde Laboratory Supply Co., 17 Madison Ave.,
New York, N. Y., has placed on the market the in-
strument shown in the illustration, intended for the
measurement of high temperatures and is known as
the Wedge optical pyrometer. The instrument can
be used whenever the object to be examined shows a
distinct coloration due to heating. It is claimed that
the size of the object or its distance from the pyro-
meter does not affect the reading.
The instrument contains an achromatic telescope,
the objective of which focuses the image of the heated
body on a movable prism. The observer views the
image on the prism through the eye piece, exterior
light being shut out by means of a shield. The prism
is made of dark glass and can be moved across the
field of vision by means of a rack and pinion. It is
moved until the proper thickness of glass is inter-
posed to just shut off the light emitted by the heated
WEDGE OPTICAL PYROMETER
body. At this point, when the image disappears, the
temperature of the heated body can be read under the
pointer on the scale of the instrument.
The pyrometer can be furnished in three standard
types to cover ranges of 400, 650 or 800 deg. C, the
scale of the first mentioned instrument being gradu-
ated in 20-deg. intervals and the scales of the others
in 25-deg. intervals. A stand with a clamp can be
furnished.
Baird Close-Corner Riveter
The Baird Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas City, Mo.,
has added to its line the riveter illustrated herewith.
This riveter is a special machine and, as its name
implies, is intended for work in extremely close corners
where riveting by a hand hammer is impossible.
It is claimed that in this riveter, a pressure of 50
tons is exerted on the dies and that A-in. rivets can
be driven cold.
BAIRD CLOSE-CORNER RIVETER
604
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 13
Frontier 20-In. Drilling Machine
The 20-in. drilling machine illustrated is manufac-
tured by the Frontier Machine Tool Co., Inc., 128
Lakeview Ave., Buffalo, N. Y., and is designated as
FRONTIER 20-IN. DRILLING MACHINE
Specifications: Tahle diameter, 17 in. Caiiacity. up to 11 in.
drill. Distance between table and spindle, 26 in. Distance
between spindle and base, 385 in. Vertical travel of table on
column, 24 in. Hole in spindle. No. 3 Morse taper. Number of
speeds, 8, Willi use of bacl< gear. Feeds; 0.005. 0.015, and 0.030
in iJer revolution. Floor space 15 x 48 in. Weight ; net, 635 lb. ;
crated, 700 lb. ; boxed for export, 950 pounds.
No. 5. An important feature is the double column.
The rear column is intended to counteract the effect on
the column of the upward thrust on the spindle.
Bremer Babbitting Fixture
The babbitting fixture shown in Fig. 1 is used for
rebabbitting bearings of connecting rods up to 12 in. in
length, center to center, and any bore from i to 2i
It is being manu-
factured by the
O. A. Bremer Co.,
222 Division St.,
Burlington, la.,
and is intended
for the use of the
garage repair
shop. The wrist-
pin of the con-
necting rod is
in.
FIG. 2. BABBITTING FIXTIRE FOR
FORD ("O.NNECTING RODS
clamped in the
V-slot at one end
FIG. 1.
BREMER B.\BB1TT1NG
FIXTl'RE
of the base and the rod supported in the center
so that it is parallel with the base of the fixture, to
which the arbor is clamped. The bearings may be
babbitted while in the rod or made removable. The
claim is made that very little scraping is required to
make a perfect fit on the crankshaft. This fixture is
supplied with four wooden arbors, H, lA, IJ and 2 in.
Its shipping weight is 15 pounds. The same con-
cern has brought
out the fi.xture
shown in Fig. 2
for rebabbitting
Ford connecting
rods. This device
is equipped with
a special metal
arbor which is
machined to the
one - thousandth
part of an inch.
It is said that
with the use of this device it is possible to cast the
bearings to the exact size and shape without any
scraping, with the exception of a few strokes of a
coarse file to remove sharp corners. Weight, 8 pounds.
Exhauster Attachment for Surface
Grinding Machines
The Abrasive Machine Tool Co., of East Providence,
R. I., has designed a complete exhaust system for its
machines, as shown in the illustration. The exhauster is
equipped with S-K-F ball bearings and aluminum fan,
running at 4,000 r.p.m. It is connected with the alu-
minum dust collector on the wheel hood by means of a
large flexible wire-insert rubber suction tubing. The
wheel dust is drawn in through the fle.xible tubing, and
forced into the centrifugal drum attached to the rear
of the machine, where the dust is separated and depos-
ited at the bottom of the cone. The accumulation of dust
can be easily re-
moved by un-
screwing a cap
at the bottom of
the separator
drum, which
should be at-
tended to each
morning. Al-
though de-
signed primarily
for single ma-
chines not placed
in a batten.'
where a central
exhaust system
can be employed,
the claim is
made that this
exhauster is
more economi-
cal in many cases
than the central
system because
it is not running
when the ma-
THE EXHAUSTER ATTACHMENT chine is idle.
/
4..K,
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machine
^r'^y-
€04a
The Hardening of Screw Gages With the
Least Distortion in Pitch*
By WILFRID J. LINEHAM+
(roldsniiUis College, London
20THREA
The first paper loas complete in itself. A quench-
ing temperature of 700 deg. C. (1^92 deg. F.)
2vas indicated as the position of smallest stable
distortion in length under the conditions care-
fully stated. There ivere six sets of ex-
periments (Experiments 1 to 6) and the
time of casing in cyanide was about half-
an-hour, calcidated to produce a case of *j
about 0.003 inch. It should be noted ^
that the experiments did not actually ;
prove more than was claimed in the
paper, and nothing was made evident
regarding any other possible conditions. Con-
tinuing his experiments, the author subsequently
found other important results, which are now
described in this second paper.
{Part I wan publishrd last week)
was cased in barium carbonate and bone black for
two hours at a temperature estimated at 800 to 850
deg. C. (1,472 to 1,562 deg. F.). It was immediately
afterward transferred to the cyanide bath, which stood
at 770 deg. C. (1,418 deg. F.), allowed a quarter hour
II. Oil Hardening
A N ACTUAL .screw-gage was prepared to the
l\ dimensions in Fig. 15a. This was screwed in
JL X. the lathe to 0.0002 in. minus in total pitches
and to the diameters shown in the chart, Fig. 16. It
*Re;iil at a meeting of the Institution of Meclianical Engineer-s.
tDeceased.
Hanlcuiug.
Afur
Hank-niii^'.
Ch.-*npe.
r . 1^-
1 - 14U1
1-1516
+ 0-0C25
^M.
1- 149-2
1-1513
+0-0021
■"" B.
1 • 1491
11518
+0-0027
^(F.
l-il76
1 - 1203
+ 0-(Xj27
fM.
1-1176
1-1191
+0-001.J
•Ib.
1-1175
11196
+0-0021
3 1
1-09)8
1 0874
+0 0026
10348
1 080-2
+0-0014
I" |b.
1-0848
1-0868
+0-0020
Average = +0-0022.
If. — Fioiit. M.— ^tiil.lle. B— Uack.
FIG. IS. BXPEPailENT 7. CASED FOR 2 HOURS IN BOX.
HARDENED TX W.vTER FRO.M 69r, DEG. C.
J *
ot-*
*_
-X,
0'032 PITCH
p-i — T^Wi \mm. .1
' . . <I»2<«- -ii •-
' 8 , * • -
FIG. lo. GAGES USED IN EXPERIMENTS
A for Figs. 16 to 19. 24, 24A, 25 and 25.\. B foi- Figs. 26 to 29.
to even up, and another quarter to lower to 695 deg.
C. (1,283 deg. F.), at which temperature it was
quenched in water at about 15 deg. C. (59 deg. F.).
The results of this test are shown in Fig. 16, from
which it will be seen that the length increased to 0,0011
in., while the diameters were enlarged by about 0.0022
in., the festoon shape being definitely formed on the
rim. It is evident that the extension of 0.0002 in. found
in the previous paper is only correct for gages cased
for half-an-hour in cyanide and does not apply to the
treatment under present consideration. [This experi-
ment ^ook place May 22, 1918, and was labeled No. 7.]
Before
Hanieiiing.
After
Hardening.
Cliaiige.
c M.
11490
1 - 14C0
1-1515
1-1501
+0-0025
+00011
5
• (b.
1-1490
1-1507
+00017
4^-
1-1181
1-1207
+ 0-00-26
c \
W'-
1-1162
1-1195
+ 00013
5
■ (b.
1-1182
1-1200
+0-0019
(F.
1-0848
103g3
+0-0021
^M.
1-0849
1-0355
+o.ooo(;
_
.■[■B.
10949
1-0959
+0-0010
'X/i
Average = +0-0016,
o . .
I
FIG. 17. HXPKKIAIBNT 8. CASED FOR 1 HOUR IN CYANIDE.
HARDBNBD IN WATER FROM 695 DEG. C.
604t)
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 13
Before
Hardeniitg.
After
Hai'(]eniii<];.
o
■ (b.
F.
■ Ib
1 1489
1-1489
1-1490
1-1611
1-1611
1-1510
s-
.3
1-1170
1-1170
1-1172
1-Q8G1 •
1-0856
1-0858
1-1190
1-1181
1-1192
1-0S77
1-0872
1-0S72
Cliauge.
+0- 002-2
+ 0 0022
+0-0020
+0-0020
+ 0-0014
+0-0320
+ 00016
+ 0-0017
+00014
B
S
B
H
O
I
Average = +00017
FIG. 18. EXPERIMENT 9. CASED FOR 1
HARDENED IH WATER FROM
HOUR IN CYANIDE,
695 DEC. C.
Experiment 8 (May 2U, 1918).— A similar screw-gage
was heated for one hour in cyanide and afterward
quenched at 695 deg. C. in water (Fig. 17). The
extension is now 0.0007 in., and the increase in diameter
about 0.0016 in. It should be noted that the gage has
Itefore
Hardening.
Alter
Hardening.
Cliaiisc
f^i^-
1-1491
11492
+ 0-0001
£M.
1-1491
1-1492
+ 0-0001
I-'
•(b.
11491
1-1492
+00001
s.<
t^fP-
1-1172
1-1173
+ 0-0001
S'M.
1-1176
1-1173
-0-0002
3
B.
11172
1-1173
+ 0-0001
fl^^-
1-0847
1-0845
-0-0002
1-0844
1-0845
+ 0-0001
[■U
1-0845
1-0844
-0-0001
•D
H
o
X 4.
m
3)
V-
H- --
-I — I — I— H — l—H — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — i—h
PITCHES
BEFORE \
HARDENING V— ,''
i — I — I — I — ^-
PITCHES
H 1 1 h-
AFTER HARDENING
A
.-^v^
COMBINAT IONS
H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ( — H
HARDENING
. . z
o
I
'^^RDENING
FIG. 19. EXPERIMENT 10. CASED FOR 1 HOUR IN
CYANIDE. HARDENED IN OIL FROM 695 DEG. C.
QUENCHIMG TEMP. "c.
J 15 700 685
= -3
FIG. 20. EXPERIMENT 11. HEATED FOR 1 HOUR IN
CYANIDE AT 770 DEG. C. AND QUENCHED
FROM TEMPERATURES GIVEN IN
OIL AT 22 TO 29 DEG. C.
6S5
"* ■ ^30 715 700 685
QUENCHING TEMR
FIG. 21. EXPERIMENT 12. HEATED FOR 1 HOUR IN
CYANIDE AT 770 DEG. C. AND QUENCHED IN
OIL FROM TEMPERATURES GIVEN
B -1
640*
730 71^ 700 685 e..
QUENCHING TEMP. 'O.
FIG. 22. EXPERIMENT 13. HEATED FOR 1 HOUR IN
CYANIDE AT 770 DEG. C. AND QUENCHED IN
OIL FROM TEMPERATURES GIVEN,
OIL AT 20 DEG. C.
a long screw and the experiment rather suggests that
length is a factor in total extension.
Experiment 9 (May 24, 191 8). —This gage is another
repetition of that in Fig. 15a and the results of cyanide
casing for one hour with a quenching from 695 deg.
C. in water are given in Fig. 18. The extension in
length, 0.00066 in. is only a trifle better than the last
gage: while the diameter change, averaging 0.0017,
is about the same, but it is much more variable. The
general result of Experiments 8 and 9 is to suggest
a stable extension of 0.0007 in. under the exact condi-
tions given.
Experiment 10 (May 25, 1918). — The same form of
gage, after heating, was cooled in cold machine oil, and
the chart in Fig. 19 shows an essentially unaltered
condition on all dimensions. The quenching tempera-
ture was 700 deg. C. (1,292 deg. F.). The use of oil
as a quenching medium was entirely due to the initia-
tive of E. W. Eager, and the result is indeed remark-
FIG.- 23. COMPARISON OF THE DISTORTION CURVES.
CURVES SHOW CHANGES IN LENGTH ONLY
THE
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
604c
able. The hardness was tested with a new file, and no
kind of scratch was obtainable. The author's attempts
to eliminate lapping seemed reasonably in sight, and
it was decided to attack the subject afresh by the
use of specimens as in the first paper.
Experiment 11 (May 27, 1918). — Seven cylindrical
specimens were provided, each about °b in. in diameter
Dm
Before After After
IHardcning Hardening Lapping
Full.
Effee.
1.1495
I 1498
1 1498
I 1171
I. 1170
1 1170
1 0862
1 0861
1 0862
1.1500
1.1504
1.1504
1 1 1 80
1.1177
1 1179
1 0864
1 0864
1.0864
1.1494
1.1494
1 1494
1 1174
1.1174
1.1174
1 0858
1 0838
1.0857
FIG. 24. DIAMETRAL DISTORTION ; APPLICATIONS OF
THE HARDENING LAW FOR OIL. 1 HOUR CASED.
QUENCHED AT 717 DEG. C. (1,3 23 DEG. F.)
. BEFORE HARDENING
AFTER HARDENING
PITCHES
and 0.7 in. long, of J and L steel, 0.14 per cent carbon.
They were heated in cyanide for one hour, and quenched
from the temperatures given in Fig. 20 in oil at from
22 to 29 deg. C. (72 to 84 deg. F.). The mode of
measurement was as described in the first paper, and
the distortions were taken on length only. The hard-
ness in this and the following experiments was excel-
lent. In every case there is a decrease in length, but
COMBINATIONS
BEFORE HARDENING
Oia.
Full.
Effec.
Before \fter
Hardening Hardening
F. 1,1492 1 1499
M. 1 1494 1.1499
B. 1.1495 1 1500
After
Lapping
1 1495
1 1495
1. 1494
F. 1 1178
M. 1 1177
B. 1 1178
1 1173
1. 117}
1.1172
Core.
F. I 0853 1 0856 1 0853
.M. 1.0853 1 0856 1.0853
B. 1.0855 I 0856 1 0851
y
FIG. 25. DIAMETR.VL DISTORTION. FURTHER APPLICA
TIONS OF THE HARDENING LAW FOR OIL
the amount is generally very small. The best tempera-
tures are between 700 and 730 deg. C. (1,292 and 1,346
deg. F.).
Experiment 12 (May 28, 1918). — The distortions are
all extensions, Fig. 21, and their amounts somewhat
larger on the whole, though not really great. No good
law is yet apparent.
Experiment 13 (June 5, 1918). — The distortions are
[again plus, Fig. 22, but they are much larger than in
^the two previous cases. This the author believed to be
entirely due to the fact that the material was unan-
nealed beforehand, while in Experiments 11 and 12 the
material was annealed. It is found that with annealed
gages the first two experiments can be repeated nearly
*FTER HARDENING
FIG. 24a. APPLICATIONS OF THE HARDENING LAW FOR
OIL. 1 HOUR CASED. QUENCHED AT 717 DBG. C. '
CURVES OF PITCH ERROR
every time, and Experiment 13 may be viewed as
abnormal although it has a certain value in the way of
comparison, as follows:
In Fig. 23 the three curves are compared on a com-
mon base. No crossing law can be found as in the
first paper, but a curious "stream-line" effect is notice-
able, and a minimum or dip in the curves at the
temperature of 717 deg. C. (1,323 deg. F.). This tem-
perature is therefore indicated as that of least distor-
tion on quenching and is that which the author definitely
adopted in screw-gage manufacture.
Applications of the hardening law for oil are next
given in Figs. 24 to 29. The charts. Figs. 24 and 25,
and diagrams, 24a and 25a, show at a glance the results
of the application of the quenching temperature of
717 deg. C. Both the diametral and pitch distortions
can be seen from this chart.
In Fig. 24, the respective gage in Fig. 15a was
■screwed without serious error and was reduced in
*^^otal length by hardening to the extent of 0.0001 in.
As the diameters had been turned a little large, lapping
had to be used, but the eflfect was good, and the final
gage was only about 0.00005 in. short.
In Fig. 25a the three curves at bottom of diagram
show only small changes due to hardening and lapping.
The most serious change is that due to lapping, which
has caused a difference between the readings at 0
and 180 deg. of the gage circumference. This clearly
indicates that a small thickness of surface removed
may warp a gage, just as a shaving taken off timber
will do, by releasing internal stress.
The remaining diagrams. Figs. 26 to 29, which show
the final combinations only for the smaller gage. Fig.
15b, each exhibit distinctive features worthy of study.
604d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 13
SEFCflE HARDENING
H 1 1 1 1 1 1—
•^'ROemwo
FIG. 2:1a. FUKTHEK Ai'PLiCATION'S OF THE HARDENIN'J
LAW FOR on,. CURVES OF PITCH ERROR
COMBINATIONS.
AFTER LAPPn,^ FIG. 25.
PITCHES
^ 1 1
ER HARDENING
FIG. 27.
'INq
What is claimed generally is that screw-gages can
now be produced, which if screwed to correct pitch,
in a lathe having a correcting bar, and to diameters
which are two-thirds of the limit below high and
one-third above low, and hardened by quenching from
717 deg. C. in oil, will not need to be lapped at all,
but merely polished with a little rouge or other fine
powder. The advantage is a great saving in time and
cost, both important in wartime, for two-thirds of the
cost of a gage often lies in the lapping. Even if lap-
ping has to take place it need not be more than the
very smallest amount, but the great majority of the
gages should not be lapped at all. The best ideal is
to try and retain the perfect work that a good lathe
produces, for lapping nearly always distorts. The only
advantage that lapping possesses lies in its partial
elimination of bad periodic errors, but these again can
be overcome in the lathe itself.
The conclusions drawn from this paper are:
(1). Hardening .screiw gages in oil, after casing in
cyanide, can be performed with less distor-
tion than if water is the quenching medium.
(2). The temperature of 717 deg. C. (1,323 deg.
F.) is the best heat for quenching.
(8). By screwing gages to accurate pitch and to
diameters at two-thirds below high limit and
one-third above low limit, lapping can be
dispensed with.
Co-operation Between Manufacturer
and Dealer
President,
By C. A. Herberts
Herberts Machinery and Supply Co.
FIGS. 2« TO 29. FURTHER APPLICATIONS OF THE
HARDEXIXG LAW FOR OIL
There seems to exist a lack of co-operation between
the machine-tool manufacturer and the dealer. Ma-
chine tools as a whole are a line which is by no means
easy to understand, but instead one in which the best
of engineers are engaged, everlastingly re-designing and
making improvements which will increase production.
These are some of the problems of the manufacturer,
who, however, has little to worrj- about in placing his
lino upon the market, since he sells his product to the
dealer who pays promptly and carries from his com-
mission the real selling and financial burden.
The machine-tool dealer should give considerable
study and thought to his line because it is a business
about which many things must be understood, e.g.,
which machine is best adapted to do certain classes of
work; the most accurate method of producing the parts;
and the most simple methods to secure the greatest
production, which is essential on account of the scarcity
of skilled labor as well as the high wages in existence.
Therefore, it is essential that the machine-tool dealer
must understand his business to meet with real success
with the trade as well as for himself.
One of the most important points which some dealers
at times overlook is the fact that the salesmen in their
employ are not thoroughly practical men and that these
men are in constant contact with men who are prac-
tical, who understand the correct use of machine toob
and who know what they will and will not do. Tht
average machine-shop foreman and superintendent, upor
whom the "catalog" salesman calls, laugh up then
sleeves after he leaves, on account of the breaks he
made in good faith while trying to impress his pros-
pective customer with the tool he wa^s tr>-ing to sell.
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
604e
The machine-tool manufacturei- should be very care-
ful in whose hands he places an agency. It is not neces-
sarily the largest machinery dealer who gives the best
representation; it is the dealer who makes a study of
his own lines, knows them thoroughly, can operate the
various machine tools and make recommendations as
to set-up and jigging methods, spindle speeds, and feeds.
A concern buying equipment loves to talk shop to a
fellow next to his job and one who makes a suggestion
once in a while that means dollars and cents instead
of giving the reply: "I do not know; I'll look it up or
write the factory."
The manufacturer of machine tools should know with
whom he is doing business, and should give the following
points serious consideration when securing a new agent :
1. What success has the dealer had?
2. What progress has he made?
3. Does the trade in his territory approve of his
business methods?
4. Does he play the game fair with his trade?
5. Does he make the proper adjustment whenever
necessary?
6. Does he extend too much credit, thereby jeopar-
dizing himself and doing an injustice to his creditors,
who are machine-tool builders?
7. Will he carry in stock a sufficient number of
machine tools to make a just showing as well as to
keep him in a position to make fairly prompt deliveries?
8. Will he pay his bills promptly?
9. What type of salesman does he employ?
10. Is he a live-wire, who does things, or perhaps a
half-way-between, or else a has-been?
11. Can he be depended upon?
If some of you machine-tool manufacturers will give
the above points more consideration in the future than
you have in the past, you, no doubt, will be better off.
Should present conditions become reversed and your
production be greater than the demand, kindly remem-
ber that some day — it may be a matter of from three
to five years, yes, perhaps ten — a reverse is bound to
come, and then when money tightens up, sales drop off,
credits are extended, money from dealers comes in more
slowly, prices due to these conditions adjust themselves
and profits are lower, and above all you endeavor to
keep your plant running full force, it is then you will
need a real live-wire, enterprising, full-of-pep concern
to represent you, to assist in keeping up production in
quantity, thereby lowering the cost of manufacturing—
in other words keeping down your overhead.
Now then, I have said enough to you machine-tool
manufacturers in the way of suggestion and advice,
and I am sure you are going to do as you please about
it, no matter what my ideas may be; therefore, allow
me to look at the manufacturer from a dealer's stand-
point, and endeavor to enumerate the qualifications we
should require as machine-tool dealers:
1. That the concern we represent manufacture a high-
grade article, one that can be depended upon.
2. That you keep up with the times, making impi-ove-
ments, not by copying after your competitor has already
made them, but by setting the pace and keeping it up.
3. That you do not quote misleading delivery dates,
falling down continually, and having dealers make
enemies out of friends and customers, due to your
misrepresentations.
4. That you answer telegrams and letters promptly,
and be careful about what you say — don't let the office
boy do it.
5. That when shipping machine tools you be careful
in crating them securely and slushing them well, because
it is a nasty job putting through claims with the rail-
road, and a nastier job collecting them. Moreover the
tool which arrives all broken up may have been pre-
viously sold, and its condition cause cancellation of the
order and secure the ill will of the customer.
6. That you give each dealer a square deal ; not giving
one concern the greater part of your products, half of
which may be for stock purposes, and failing to furnish
machines to another who has them actually sold, with
customers continually pounding him for delivery.
7. That, whenever possible, you ship machinery in-
tact, because few dealers are operating factory branch
assembly departments where they can spare help to do
this work, and where they do have such departments
they are not so competent as you in making adjust-
ments, etc.
8. That you have pity on your poor dealer; remember
that he is in the middle, catching it from both sides, the
customer and the manufacturer, and must fight all
battles to a conclusion satisfactory to both concerned.
This, I assure you, is a mighty hard job, because each
machine-tool manufacturer believes that he is almost
infallible and that so poor a job as outlined by his
dealer is impossible and could not have slipped by his
inspector, saying "we do not turn out that class of
goods."
9. That you, therefore, give your dealer credit for
common horsesense.
10. That you remember when you sell a machine or
quantity of machines to a dealer, that you take prac-
tically no financial risk whatsoever, because you, in
most cases, have had years of business dealings with
him and know his pocketbook almost as well as your
own, whereas the dealer is taking chances every day by
extending credits on open accounts to concerns who may
be good, but slow pay, and by selling others upon lease
contracts, which cause him to wait months for his
money, and in some cases much work and worry to
secure these payments.
11. That you CO-OPERATE !
It might interest you to learn that the writer estab-
lished this concern just five years ago. Our first store
was nothing but a small hole in the wall, size about
10 X 20 ft. We were obliged to move into larger
quarters five times during the five years we were in
business in Los Angeles, and now occupy a large two-
story building, which has a floor space of 12,300 sq.ft.,
corner 3rd and San Pedro Sts., in the heart of the
machinery district, with modern display floor, crane,
and railroad siding.
Our San Francisco branch was opened about a year
ago, at 168 Second St., and we must admit that our
growth in that city has been so rapid that we were com-
pelled to build, and are now erecting a two-story-and-
basement building at a cost of approximately $75,000 at
the corner of First and Minna Sts., having about 13,500
sq.ft. of floor space, which we hope to occupy within a
month.
Perhaps our growth is in part the result of the
policies outlined above together with the fact that one
must keep everlastingly after whatever he may under-
take, accept knocks with a smile, and do things, not
becoming discouraged when an order is lost, because
no one can secure them all. Remember, the other fellow
has to live, too. However, making up your own mind
to secure a certain order is half of the battle.
604f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
Norton 10-inch "B" Type Grinding Machine
Improvements in machine design are generally
",om,paratively slow developments, a little here and
a little there. But we expect an occasional big
step to add to the excitement of the dull season
When a grinding machine manufacturer an-
twunces a grinding speed 200 per cent faster
than anything he has attained before we are
inclined to think that a big step has been taken.
There are other improvements here worth
studying.
THE Norton Co.. Worcester, Mass., has recently
completed and put on the market a grinding
machine which embodies some novel features.
Heretofore the speed of table traverse in this class
of machinery has been limited to 10 or 12 ft. per min-
ute; principally because of the necessity for instant
and accurate reversal of direction at the predetermined
point. This reversal has hitherto been accomtjlished
through the medium of positive clutches with hardened
contact jaws, and at the expense of severe strains
imposed upon the table driving mechanism.
To obviate this strain, even though the table speed
FIG. 1. THE WHKKL, SPl^iDLF AND BKARIJMG
be increased from 200 to 300 per cent over the older
type, as well as to eliminate- the disagreeable jar and
noise incident to the reversal, an entir'^ly new principle
has been introduced.
The table is driven by rack and gear in the usual
manner, and the drive is through a wcni and wheel;
but the worm, instead of being keyed to the clutch shaft
merely floats upon it so that
the shaft is free to revolve
within it and the worm is
free to move endwise on the
shaft, within certain limits.
Rigdly attached to each
*:nd of the worm is a face-
cam the rise of which has
been plotted to a gravity
curve. Keyed to the clutch
shaft at a distance apart
that allows the worm and
its attached cams a free end
movement of about 3 in. on
the shaft, are two spiders,
each carrying a ball-bearing
roller. Rises of the two cams
The action at the instant of reversal is as follows:
When the clutch shaft stops its rotative movement and
begins to turn in the opposite direction (this reversal
is by positive clutch, operated by the table dogs) the
worm does not immediateij- b( ^in to revolve. Instead,
the roller on the spider rides up the curve of its cam,
pushing the cam and worm endwise along the clutch
shaft until this movement is .^topped by the spider at
the opposite end.
This endwise movement of the worm of course starts
the table on its return, but the latter, instead of being
started instantly at full speed, is started from zero
speed, accelerating by the gravity curve of the cam,
until the limit of endwise movement of the worm is
reached; at which time the table is travelling at full
speed and at this same moment the worm begins to
revolve, carrying the table to the end of its stroke,
where the cycle is repeated in the reverse direction.
With a table speed of (-6 ft. per minute, three times
that of the fastest speed litherto attempted, the reversal
is accomplished without ^lerceptible jar and with so little
noise that the car can hardly detect the moment at
which it takes place. The endwise movement of
the worm and cams is stopped by oil dash-pots between
the hubs of cam and spider.
The main spindle of the machine runs in bronze half-
boxes, set at an angle to take the thrust of the work
and the pull of the belt. Quarter boxes of babbitt metal,
adjustable only by thumbscrews, are provided at the
top and front of each bearing; these quarter boxes
serving only to prevent vibration of the spindle.
The wheel slide is shown in Fig. 1, where the top
and front adjusting screws may be seen; also the
adjusting screw for limiting end movement of the
spindle. This screw bears upon the outer member of
a ball-bearing thrus-t collar. Adjustment may be made
with the maciiine runn.'ng, and as there is no way to use
a wrench it is impossible to stall the spindle.
are opposed to each other.
FIG. 2. FRONT VIEW OF MACHINE READY FOR BUSINESS
September 23, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
604g
FIG. 3. PERSPECTIVE REAR VIEW OP MACHINE
The base of the wheel slide forms an oil chamber from
which a pump, located within the chamber and driven
by sprocket and chain from the spindle, forces oil to
the main and thrust bearings. The bulls eyes upon
each bearing furnish ocular evidence that oil is flowing
properly, for if at any time the flow should stop these
little chambers would instantly be flooded.
Wheels of 2J in. face and with a large hole in the
center are used. The large wheel-spider is recessed to
allow the main bearing to project nearly to the center
line of the wheel, thus insuring a maximum of rigidity
and freedom from vibration. But one spindle speed is
provided, and that is calculated for maximum wheel
efficiency at a wheel diameter that is half-way between
the diameter of a new wheel and that of one that is
worn down as far as is safe to go.
Fig. 2 shows the general appearance of the machine.
The levers shown at the left control the rotative move-
ment of the headstock and the levers at the right, the
table movements. These controls are so designed that
when the position of both sets of levers coincide, the
relative movements of work and table are such that a
2i-in. wheelface exactly covers the angular advance
of the work. The control is through the medium
of heat-treated steel change-gears very much like the
"transmission" of an automobile. The horizontal lever
back of the larger handwheel operates a disk clutch by
which the table traverse may be stopped and started at
any point; it also operates a clutch that disengages the
handwheel, so that the latter is idle while the table is
being traversed by power. Raising the lever stops the
power movement and automatically brings the hand-
wheel into action.
The "in-and-out" movement of the grinding wheel is
by means of the smaller handwheel upon which is the
power feed and automatic sizing mechanism. The
power feed is adjustable by quarter thousandths, to
operate at each reversal of the table, or to feed con-
tinuously with the table idle, as for facing a shoulder.
A rear perspective is shown in Fig. 3 displaying the
unique method of getting power to the headstock. The
latter is driven by helical gears enclosed in an oil-filled
chamber. The upright shaft seen near the right end
of this view connects directly with helical gear mem-
bers mounted in swiveling cases so that the shaft is
free to swing back and forth at the upper end, following
the movement of the table to its extreme in either direc-
tion. Though the picture does not make it evident, this
shaft is in two parts, one telescoping within the other
to compensate for the varying length.
The bar outside the shaft is called the "torsion rod."
It connects together the two swiveling gear-cases and
has no other office than to relieve the drive shaft of any
side strain due to its oscillating motion. It will be
noted that there are universal joints in the drive-shaft ;
these do not, however, come into action as such unless
the upper table is swivelled to grind a taper. On paral-
lel work the drive-shaft, whatever its angular position,
is always a straight line.
Another unique feature of the machine is the settling
basin and tank for the grinding lubricant, seen in place
in Fig. 3 and detached in Fig. 4. This is a sheet metal
tank mounted on ball-bearing wheels and .having a bail
or handle for convenience in handling it.
By having one extra tank for a battery of five or six
machines, no machine need be put out of business for
cleaning out. To roll a clogged tank out of the way
and roll into its place another tank filled with fresh
clean grinding solution is but the work of seconds. The
helper can clean out the clogged tank at his convenience.
The machine is self-contained. The drive is from a
15-hp. motor mounted on the machine. There are no
countershafts or overhead works of any kind. The ma-
chine as shown in the illustrations is ready for business.
There are but two belts on the machine and these
are both completely enclosed. One drives from the
motor to the power shaft within the base; the other
from the power shaft to the wheel spindle. Six-inch
belts are used. All other mechanisms are driven through
spur or helical gears running in oil.
All important bearings except those of the wheel
spindle are ball bearings, of which there are forty-seven
in the machine. For every place on the machine where
a wrench is needed the crank wrench shown in place on
the headstock in Figs. 2 and 3, is available. The wheel
collar is removed with a screwdriver.
The machine swings an 18-in. wheel with a face
width of 2i in., though wheels 6 in. wide may be used.
The spindle runs 1,300 r.p.m. The table traverse has
six work speeds ranging from 10 to 36 ft. per minute
and a separate very slow speed for wheel truing. The
headstock has six rotative speeds ranging from 53 to
167 r.p.m.
The floor space required is IS ft. 3 in. x 7 ft. 2 in.
and the extreme height is less than 5 ft. The approxi-
mate net weight complete, with motor is 11,000 lb. The
machine, as built at present, will swing work up to 10
in. in diameter and will take 72 in. between centers.
VIG. 4.
THE DETACHABLE COOLANT TANK AN£>
SETTLING BASIN
604h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
KS FROM Thii
Valentine Francis
Program of Safely Council
Congress Attractive
The program of the Ninth Annual
Safety Congress of the National Safe-
ty Council, which has already been an-
nounced in our "Forthcoming Meet-
ings" column, includes many subjects
of interest to the machine-building
industry. This congress will be held
at the Auditorium, Milwaukee, Wis.,
from Sept. 27 to Oct. 1. Milwaukee,
in co-operation with the congress, has
selected this week as its "no accident
week."
The congress has been divided into
sections and each of these sections will
hold its own sessions. There will be
automotive, cement, chemical, construc-
tion, metals, mining, public utilities,
steam railroad, textile, woodworking,
engineering sections, and many others.
There will also be joint meetings.
Round-table discussions, with the object
of invoking "pep" into the various
meetings, will be held daily. Many
nationally prominent men will speak.
Among papers of interest to the ma-
chine shop are: The Essentials of a
Plant Safety Organization, How to Pro-
mote Safety Education in a Plant,
Building a Safety Organization in a
Foundry, Training Machine Operators
in Safe Methods, Safety Features of
Ovei'head Electric Traveling Cranes
fi'om the Standpoint of Construction
and Design, Safe Practices in Blast-
Furnace Operation, the Trade Journal
as a Valuable Aid to Safety and Shop
Accidents.
There will be plenty of eniertain-
ments; smokers, banquets, dances and
moving pictures being arranged for.
Visitors will be given an opportunity
to see all the latest films which have
been produced on safety subjects.
Bilton Salesmen's Convention
The Bilton Machine Tool Co. held the
second annual convention of its sales-
men on Sept. 7, 8 and 9 at its plant in
Bridgeport, Conn. The gathering of-
fered the opportunity not only tor in-
structing the salesmen and familiariz-
ing them with the plant which they
represent, but also for the staff to be-
come acquainted. The men heard talks
from officers and heads of different de-
partments, so that they were put in
touch with all phases of the business.
One of the principal men outside of the
' Bilton organization to address the
salesmen was Mason Britton, manager
of the American Machinist, who spoke
on the machine-tool industry in Europe
and the sales possibilities for .American
goods over there.
Denver's Open-Shop
Declaration
The following open-shop resolu-
tion (unanimously reported from
the executive committee of the
Denver Civic and Commercial As-
sociation on April 12, 192C) was
unanimously adopted by the board
of directors of said association at
its meeting on Wednesday, April
14, 1920:
RESOLVED: That we believe
in freedom of thought, speech, iic-
tion and contract as guaranteed
under the Constitution of o^tr
country.
We oppose no man or set of
men in the assertion of such
rights in LAWFUL WAYS.
We recognize the right of every
man to exercise his right of suf-
frage, his right of religious be-
lief, his right of contract.
We recognize the right of every
man to earn a living for himself
and his dependents REGARD-
LESS of his political, religious or
labor affiliations.
We recognize the rights of both
xmion and non-unio7i labor a-)id
the right of evei-y man to join or
refuse to join a union as he
pleases.
We recognize the necessity of
full discussion between employers
and employees of issues that
arise betiveen them.
We declare the iise of force,
violence, blacklist, boycott or lock-
out as a means of contesting such
issues, to be unlawful and con-
trary to the public welfare.
THEREFORE; We are unal-
terably IN FAVOR OF THE
"OPEN SHOP"— open to both
union and non-union men.
Associated Employers of
Indianapolis, Inc.
The recent election of officers of the
American Railway Tool Foremen's As-
sociation resulted in the following
selections: President, J. B. Hasty, A. T.
& S. Fe R.R., San Bernardino, Cal.;
first vice president, G. W. Smith, C. &
0. R.R., Huntington. W. Va.; second
vice president, Charles Helm, C. M. &
St. P. R.R., Milwaukee, Wis.; secre-
tary-treasurer, Richard D. Fletcher,
Chicago, 111.; chairman executive com-
mittee, P. Renfrew, Indianapolis.
Method for the Accurate Measure-
ment of the Interior Diameter
of Ring Gages
A method for measuring the inside
diameter of plain ring gages has been
developed by the Bureau of Standards
during the past month. The method is
a very simple one and employs two
steel balls, the sum of whose diameters
is slightly larger than the nominal in-
side diameter of the ring to be meas-
ured. The ring is laid on a surface
plate and the larger ball placed in the
ring; the smaller one then rests against
the inside of the ring and on the larger
ball. The difference in vertical position
between the upper surfaces of the two
balls is determined by means of a mi-
crometer attachment. This dimension is
easily converted into the vertical dis-
tance between the centers of the two
balls. The value thus obtained forms
one side of a right-angle triangle wnose
hypotenuse is the line joining the cen-
ters of the two balls and whose base it
is desired to determine. Knowing the
vertical side and the hypotenuse, it is
possible to calculate the length of the
base, which added to the radii of the
two balls gives the inside diameter of
the ring. The method permits an ac-
curate determination of the contact
pressure and can be, and has already
been, used on extremely small holes. A
greater accuracy can be obtained by
this method than by any other.
Standardization Conference to
Act Upon Invoice Form
The Standardization Conference,
called by the Standai-dization Commit-
tee of the National Association of Pur-
chasing Agents, at the Congress Hotel,
Chicago, on Oct. 10, is to be held the
day preceding the opening of the con-
vention of the National .Association of
Purcha'ing Agents and will consider
the work of the Standardization Com-
mittee for the year, with a view to
passing finally upon the recommenda-
tion to be made to the National .A.s-
sociation regarding the Standardized
Invoice Form.
It is important that everyone inter-
ested in this subject be present at this
conference, because after the matter
has been acted upon by the National
Association it will be difficult to effect
changes in the form.
The committee desires to have all
suggestions in before the final fonn is
selected. Some trade associations have
agreed to have representatives pres-
ent to discuss certain phases of the
form, and apparently the conference
will result in something worth while.
September 23, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
604i
Labor's Gains of a Decade in
Compensation Laws Against
Industrial Accidents
With workmen's compensation laws
enacted to date in forty-three states
and in Alaska, Porto Rico and Hawaii,
in addition to the model measure
adopted by the federal government for
its half -million civilian employees, rapid
progress is being made toward provid-
ing industrial accident insurance at cost
through state funds, according to a
statement issued today by the Ameri-
can Association for Labor Legislation.
"Now that Georgia has at last enacted
a workmen's compensation law," the
statement says, "there remain only five
states, and these non-industrial states
in the South, without social insurance
protection against industrial accidents.
This means that more than five-sixths
of the map of the United States has
been covered by compensation laws
within ten years. There has been a
marked tendency in nearly all states to
strengthen the laws in the direction of
more liberal benefits, shorter waiting
periods before payment begins and
wider scope.
"Sixteen states and Porto Rico have
established state funds for insuring at
cost the liability of employers, and in
seven of these states the funds are ex-
clusive, eliminating expensive commer-
cial insurance competition. Recent of-
ficial investigations in Pennsylvania,
Ohio and New York disclosed that, com-
pared with the stock casualty com-
panies, the state funds result in sav-
ings of millions of dollars every year
to industry while at the same time per-
mitting more certain and liberal bene-
fits to injured workmen and their
families. It is significant that Ohio's
exclusive state fund, which has the
united support of employers and em-
ployees, is shown to give the best re-
sults to both labor and industry."
"Recent reports from all parts of the
country," the statement continues, "in-
dicate that along with the development
of social insurance against accidents
there is a widespread movement for the
extension of social insurance laws to
protect workers also against the hazard
of sickness and the menace of unem-
ployment."
•
The Wall Street Juuriial states that
world-wide revival of manufacturing
activity is reflected in increase in ex-
ports of lubricating oil from the United
States in the last two years. In the
year ending June .30, 1920, exports to-
taled 338,801,130 gal., and in the pre-
vious year 273,148,.540 gal., compared
with 196,884,700 gal. in 1914.
James Hartness Republican Can-
didate for Governor of Vermont
The many friends of James Hartness
will join us in congratulating the State
of Vermont in securing such a man as
a candidate for Governor on the Repub-
lican ticket. Mr. Hartness was opposed
by three other candidates, two of them
party machine men, and it is a striking
tribute, both to his personality and to
.TAMES HARTNESS
the good sense of the electorate of
Vermont, that Mr. Hartness won hands
down.
Running on what was called an In-
dustrial platform, Mr. Hartness pointed
out both the needs and the possibility
of developing the industries of Vermont.
His own achievements in that line were
shining examples which evidently ap-
pealed to the people more than the
platitudes and empty promises of the
average candidate.
The country needs sane -ind forward
looking executives as never before. And
it is particularly gratifying and hope-
ful to find the voters selecting a man
with broad engineering and business
experience for such an office. The best
wishes of the whole machine-building
industry go with him.
Dates for the national automobile
shows in 1921 have been selected as
follows by the National Automobile
Chamber of Commerce: Jan. 8 to 15,
at Grand Central Palace, New York;
Jan. 29 to Feb. 4, at the Coliseum, Chi-
cago.
Improvement in General Business
Conditions
The Commercial Monthly for Sep-
tember, published by the National Bank
of Commerce of New York has this to
say about business conditions in the
United States:
Although superficially not much
change is evident in the general busi-
ness situation from that of July 15,
nevertheless underlying intrinsic condi-
tions are slowly and steadily making
for a sounder situation. An important
element is the determination of busi-
ness interests to carry into effect a new
policy of conducting their affairs on
sane and conservative lines, looking
toward stability and continuance in
business rather than to the policy
which until recently prevailed of doing
as much business as possible at high
prices on a basis of excited public buy-
ing with resultant abnormal profits.
Wholesale Commodity Market
With few exceptions, the wholesale
markets are now in a conditon of in-
activity not paralleled since the period
of uncertainty which followed the
armistice.. Normally this is the dullest
season of the year and the condition of
stagnation- is partially ascribed to that
fact. To a far greater extent, however',
it is the result of a widespread real-
ization which has at last become gen-
eral throughout the business commu-
ity, that the present downward price
movement is not a temporary tendency
but a decline toward a new level applic-
able to postwar conditions, a level
which can be found only by cautious ex-
perimentation in the market. It is
possible that in some commodities this
new level has already been reached.
International Competition
Totals for the foreign trade of the
United States for the year ending June
30, 1920 are now available. Exports
from the country amounted to $8,111,-
000,000, and imports were $5,239,000,-
000. Due allowance must be made for
the price increases which took place
during the year, and for changes in the
method of valuing imports, which tend-
ed to reduce reported figures. Never-
theless, these values serve to point out
in a general way certain important
changes which have taken place in the
foreign trade of the country as com-
pared, with the abnormal tendencies
during the war period.
Exports increased over the total
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1919,
by $879,000,000, while the increase in
exports in 1919 as compared with 1918
was $1,313,000,000. The increase in
604j
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 13
imports is the outstanding feature
of the trade of the year, the gain being
from $3,096,000,000 for the year ending
June 30, 1919, to $5,239,000,000 in the
year ending June 30, 1920, a gain of
$2,143,000,000 as compared with the
preceding year. The gain in imports
for 1919 over imports for 1918 was only
$150,000,000. The favorable trade bal-
ance of the country for the year was
$2,872,000,000, a marked decrease from
the favorable balance of $4,137,000,000
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1919.
The changes in the direction and
character of the foreign trade of the
United States during 1919 were antic-
ipated, and the decline in the favorable
trade balance should not be regarded
as undesirable. The situation through-
out the war period was entirely abnor-
mal pnd could not continue. Trade
relations, to be satisfactory, must be
mutual. However, the American pro-
ducer, whether he be a farmer or a
manufacturer, must face the interna-
tional situation squarely. Despite in-
dustrial disorder and difficulties in
adjustment to a peace basis, reports
from every direction indicate that with
the exception of those countries actually
in a state of war, agricultural and in-
dustrial production is steadily increas-
ing. This means that American busi-
ness must prepare to meet steadily in-
creasing European competition; first, in
European markets, second, in the export
markets of other countries, and third,
in the domestic market of the United
States.
Lamont and Whitham Declare China and Far East
To Be Best Market for U. S. Products
Machinery and Railroad Material Greatest Immediate Need — Export
Manufacturers Are Urged To Develop Far East Trade — "Go-
Get-It Policy" Urged in Relation to Business There
C. B. Cole has severed his connec-
tions with the Union Twist Drill Co.,
as manager of its Chicago store and
will become associated with the W. L.
Romaine Machinery Co., Milwaukee,
Wis., in the capacity of vice president
and sales manager.
Major Hill resigned recently from
head of the engineering department of
the Pratt & Whitney Co., of Hartford,
Conn., which position he held for the
last eighteen months. Mr. Hill has
not divulged his future plans.
S. Jay Teller will have charge of
the engineering department of the
Pratt & Whitney Co., of Hartford,
Conn., succeeding Major Hill, who re-
signed.
P. G. Puffer, purchasing agent of
American Tube and Stamping Co.,
Bridgeport, Conn., died recently, after
a brief illness. Mr. Puffer was former-
ly with the Union Metallic Cartridge
Co., of Bridgeport, Conn., and the
Baush Co., at Springfield, Mass.
Thomas W. Lamont, of J. P. Morgan
& Co., and Paul Page Whitham, Amer-
ican trade commissioner, were the
principal speakers at the luncheon con-
ference of the American Manufactur-
ers' Export Association at the Hotel
Pennsylvania recently, according to
an account appearing in the New York
Commnercial. Few luncheons held by
the association have attracted as large
a number of manufacturers engaged
in export trade. The ballroom was
crowded with almost 500 exporters who
listened attentively while Mr. Lamont
and Mr. Whitham emphasized that
China is the best market for American
exporters today.
Mr. Lamont dwelt at some length
upon the friendly feeling existing in
China for America, due largely, he
explained, to the large expenditures in
China by Americans with the sole
object of contributing to the advance-
ment of the Chinese. He amusingly
told of his conceptions of the Chinese
before and after his recent trip to the
Orient. Before, he said, he little un-
derstood the vast resources of the Chi-
nese nation and their huge capacity
for buying American goods. Now, he
went on to say, this is readily under-
standable and he urged those present
to investigate without delay the great
trade possibilities in the Far East.
"I never imagined — until I went out
there — a region calling for the products
of American industry so strongly as
China will call in the next twenty
years," said Mr. Lamont. "A great
system of railways must be built over
there, and its inception should not be
long delayed. These railways will re-
quire a fair share of American steel,
of American bridges, American equip-
ment. The country calls for electrical
equipment— for all the multitudinous
forms of farming implements required
in that intensely agricultural land,
now cultivated with the crude imple-
ments of the long ago. China will
demand cotton mill machinerv on a
great scale, and machine making tools.
Then it will require quantities of min-
ing machinery, both for the base and
the precious metals. Finally, those
400,000,000 of kindly, honest and
highly intelligent people will require,
on a prodigious scale, the many do-
mestic appurtenances that American
ingenuity has evolved. Don't foi-get,
too, that to keep 400,000,000 people
supplied with moving picture shows
will be quite a task even for Ameri-
cans!"
Turning from China, Mr. Lamont
presented a brief discussion of Siberia,
stressing the great natural resources
of that country, and America's ability
to supply the equipment for develop-
ing these resources. "If ever peace
comes to Russia — as come it must
some day — then," he said, "Siberia
will find itself. And for that day
American manufacturers should be pre-
pared. Don't forget, too, that England
regards close trade intercourse be-
tween America and Siberia as natural
and inevitable. England realizes that
the United States is particularly well
adapted to furnish to Siberia the kind
of manufactures that Siberia requires."
Discussing Japan Mr. Lamont said:
"Japan would welcome American capi-
tal on a large scale to develop her own
industries. She has a limited supply
of coal and is anxious to develop her
water powers on a large scale. She
feels sorely the need of building good
roads and of constructing new trolley
lines. The United States will, as time
goes on, be in a position to supply a
good part of this demand. You manu-
facturers can supply much of the ma-
chinery and equipment that are needed.
Our investment community can furnish
much of the capital."
Mr. Whitham described some of his
observations and experiences in China
and then told of the trade possibilities
of that country. He said in part:
"The Chinese are alive to the ad-
vantage of modern machinery and
means of transportation. They want
railways and factories. They desire
to open their coal and iron mines and
develop their agricultural and material
resources. And they are doing these
things, too. Technical and in some in-
stances foreign financial assistance is
sought. In this respect Americans are
preferred above other nations.
"China has a great Northwest, nearly
as large as the American West, west
of the Mississippi, exclusive of the
Pacific Coast, thinly inhabited but of
large potential productivity and re-
sources. It awaits the building of the
railways as did America's West, so that
the young Chinese may go west and
grow up with the country.
"Twenty-one thousand miles of rail-
ways must be added to the existing
6,500 miles in order to complete the
trunk lines only, the backbone of a
system. The Chinese must look to
America and Europe for capital as the
United States depended upon Europe
during the great era of railway expan-
sion. It will pay to make investments
in this direction. In fact Chinese
American trade expansion is dependent
on the transportation development of
China.
"The Chinese now purchase foreign
goods to the extent of about $1.50 per
capita. China properly served with
railways and other transportation fa-
cilities, the ensuing industrial and pro-
duction development should raise the
purchasing power to five dollars per
capita within a short time and much
more eventually. Approximately an
September 23, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
604k
BOTH COULD USE HOME DISCIPLINE TO ADVANTAGE
CooyPifhi, lOZO. N»w York Tribune Inr.
Why not spend a little less time complaining about the behavior of the neighbors' children—
And devote a little more attention to administering some discipline at home?
equal amount would be exported so
that the foreign trade of China would
then amount to four or five billion
dollars a year instead of about one
and a half billion as now. It is pre-
dicted that many of the Amerian busi-
ness men will see that day and par-
ticipate in a Chinese-American trade
of at least one billion dollars per year
instead of $287,000,000 as in 1919. A
go-get-it policy must be pursued, how-
ever. The world's greatest future de-
velopments will be in Asia and the
lands bordering on the Pacific.
"The combined foreign trade of the
countries of the Far East alone
amounts to about $6,500,000,000 per
year. America's share in 1919 was
$1,6.56,000,000. If the needed develop-
Tlie Itureau of ForetKn and Domestic
Commert^e. Department of Commerce.
WaHliin^tfin, l>. C, Iiuh inquiries for tiie
iiffenciieN of miif^liinery and maeliine tooiH.
An.v information desired reKardinx tliefte
opportunltieN can be secured from tlie above
uddrcHH liy referrlngr to tiie number foilow-
inff eacli item.
Merchant in Spain desires to purchase
and secure an agency for the sale of twist
drills, and machine tools in general. Quo-
tations -should be given c.i.f. Spanish port.
Correspondence may be in English. Refer-
ences. No. 33.687.
A commercial agency firm in France
desires to secure the representation of firms
for the sale of iron and steel bars, sheets
and tools, and mechanical machinery. Ref-
erences. No. 33,679.
ments can be financed the total foreign
trade of the Far East should rise to at
least $12,000,000,000 per year within a
reasonably short time and America's
share properly should be at least
$3,000,000,000 per year, provided
American business interests go get it
and participate in the transportation
and material resource developments.
William L. Saunders, president of
the association, presided. This was the
first association luncheon held since
Arthur W. Willmann assumed the
duties of secretary, succeeding Robert
F. Valentine. It was pronounced a
great success and many members pres-
ent took occasion following the lunch-
eon to congratulate the new secretary
and pledge to him their co-operation.
New Publications
Oxy-Acet.vIciie Welding and Cutting:. The
"Eveready" Instruction Book. Fifty-
five 5 X 8-in. pages, 48 illustrations
and several tables. Issued by the Ox-
weld Acetylene Co., Newark, Chicago
and Los Angeles.
This is a very good little instruction
booklet, and contains information of value
to all users of gas torch welding and cut-
tins apparatus. It contains directions for
setting up both welding and cutting outfits,
how to prepare for a weld, examples of
typical welding jobs, instructions for pre-
heating, reheating and annealinft, tells about
various welding rods, fluxes, how to use the
torch, treatment of different steels and
metals and deals quite extensively on lead
burning. The last is of interest to almost
every garage man in the country.
House Wiring. By ITiomas W. Poppe. 4th
edition, revised and enlarged. 200
pages, 4x6, 160 illustrations, flexible
cloth bindinR. Norman W, Henley
Pub. Co.. 2 West 45th St.. New York.
A handy, practical pocket book for the
electrician, helper and apprentice. The
more advanced electrical worker will at
times flnd it instructive and useful. The
book is written in simple language and
unexplained technical terms are avoided.
In addition to the chapters on ordinary
house wiring for lights, etc., there are
chapters on burglar alarm wiring, tele-
phone wiring, wiring in concrete construc-
tion, direct current motor connections and
motor wiring. There are included meth-
ods of installing flexible and rigid conduit,
diagrams of wiring, switches, etc.
The National Safety Council. 168 North
Michigan Ave., Chicago, III., will hold its
ninth annual safety congress in Milwaukee
on Sept. 27 to Oct. 1.
The American Foundrymen's Associa-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus, Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt, 1401 Harris Trust Building,
Chicago, 111., is secretary.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires. ,\rgentine Republic. S. A.,
has been arranged tor the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition, Inc..
Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132 West
42nd St.. New York.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
Association will hold its 19th annual Pall
convention at the Hotel Astor. New York
City, on Thursday and Friday. Dec. 2 and
3, 1920. C. Wood Walter, care of the asso-
ciation at Worcester. Mass.. is secretary.
The 1930 annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building.
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec, 7 to Dec. 10.
eo4i
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 13
^_llf5
i5r ■
*THE WEKLY PRICE GUIDE
r
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern $45.60
Northern Basic 5 1 , 30
Southern Ohio No. 2 47 80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
54.30
49.70
One
Year Ago
$29.80
27.55
28.55
31.90
33.95
50 00
50.00*
48.00t
45.00*
46.40
48.00
25.75
30.65
30.85
29.90
29.90
27.25
31.75
BIRMINGHA.M
No. 2 Foundry 42. 00(" 44,00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2it, 2. 25-2 75 sil
Virginia No. 2
Basic
Grey Forge
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local
No. 2 Foundry, Southern
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 49.00 28.15
Basic 48.50 27.15
Bessemer 50 . 00 29 35
MONTREAL
Silicon 2.25 to 2.75%. 43.25
* F.o.b. furnace, f Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by } in. and la rgcr, and plates i in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
'- New York
One One
Current Montli Year
Ago Ago
- - $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
. — Cleveland^
One
■Structural shapes. ,. . $4.58
Soft steel bars 4.73
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4.73
Soft steel bands 6 . 43
Plates, i to I in. thick 4.78
$3.y7
4.12
4.12
5.32
4.17
Current
$5.00
4.50
6.25
4.50
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
^- Chicago — .
One
Current
$3.97
3.87
3.87
Year
Ago
$3.47
3.37
3.37
3.57 4.17 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.62
Warehou.se, New Y'ork 4 . 57 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3. 52 3. 22
Warehouse, Chicago 3.75 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York -
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year .^go Cleveland Chicago
No. ID 3.55-7.00 7.23ftii8.00 4 57 8.10 7.02
No. 12 3.60-7 05 7.28rS;8.05 4.57 8.15 7 07
No. 14 3.65-7 10 7.33(1.8.10 4.67 8.20 7 12
No. 16 3.75-7 20 7.43fqi8.20 4.77 8 30 7 22
Black
No8.18and20 4.20-6 20 841(^9.80 5.30 8.70 7 80
Nos.22and24 4.25-6 25 8.46(ij9.85 5,35 8.75 7.85
No. 26 4.30-6 30 8.51(S)9.90 5.40 8 80 7 90
No. 28 4 35-6 35 8.6I(S!l0.00 5.50 8 90 8 00
Galvanised
No. 10 4 70 8.00 8 91(3)1150 6 20 9,00 8.15
No. 12 4 80 8.10 9.01@ll.50 6.25 9.10 8.20
No. 14 4.80-8.10 9.01(^11.60 6 30 9.10 8.35
Nob. 18and20 5.10-8 40 9.26(»,ll.90 6 60 9.40 8.65
NoB.22and24 5.25-8 55 9.4I@I2.05 6.75 9.55 9.05
No. 26 5.40-8,70 9 56(a)l2.20 6.90 9.70 9 20
No. 28 5.70-9.00 9.86f'>12.50 7 20 10 00 9 50
Aeute soavcity in sheets, particularly black, galvanized and \o, 16 blue eimmeled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except In fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for K is. 18 and 20. and 9.5.Sc for
No*. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEI — Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
„ba8e $6,36 $5.80 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.86 6.30 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
, „ , Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL AND MONEL METAL — Base prices in cents per pound F. O. B.
Bayonne, N. J.
Nickel
Dgot and shot 43
lectrolytic , 45
■Shot and blocks.
Ingots
Sheet bars
Monel Metal
35 Hot rolled rods ibaerf-i , , .
38 Cold rolled rods (base) . ,
40 Hot rolled sheet* I base) .
40
56
55
42
47
60
72
45
54
62
67
Special Nickel and Alloys
Malleable nickel ingot.s
Malleable nickel sheet bars
Hot rolled rods, Grades ".\" and "C" (base) . . ,
Cold drawn rods, grades ".\" and "C* (base) . ,
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled cojjper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolle<l (base) rods*'n" — low manganese, .
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese.
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis)— Welding wire in lOO-U.
lots .sells as follows, f.o.b. New York: ^, 82C. per lb.; i, 8c.: ^ to J, 7;c
Domestic iron sells at 12c. per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
Xew York
Current
Opcnhearth spring steel (heavy) 7. 00
Spring steel (light) 10. M
Coppered bessemcr rods 9. 00
Hoop steel 6.68
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50
Floor plates 6.91
Cleveland
Current
8.00
tl.OO
8.00
6.50
8.25
6.00
Chicago
Current
9.00
12.25
7.50
5.32
10.75
6.91
WROUGHT PIPE— The following discounts are to jobljers for carload lots
on the Pittsburgh basing card:
BUTT WELD
Steel
Inr-hes Black
to 3 54-575%
Galvanized
4i;-44Cr
Inches
i
Iron
Black
I5i-251%
19S 291%
24! -345%
Galvanised
+ l!-lij%
U-M!%
» -l«}%
I toll
LAP WELD
34i-38% I!
37!-4l% H
33! -37% 2 20;-28S%
45 to 6. 22!;-30}%
21 to 4. 22!-30i%
7 to 12. . 19!-27l%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
5 toll 52-551% 391-43% }to:!... 24!-J4j% 9}-l»i
2 to 3 53-561%. 40!-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
2 47 -501%
531%
501%
-■♦I %
-385%
21 to 6...
50
7 to 12...
47
13 to 14.
37!
15
35
61-I4i%
»J-I7J%
9i-l7i%
61-141%
2 45
2; to 4 48
4J to 6 47
to 8.
to 12
-481%
-511%
-50!'';,
-461';
-41 V;
33! -37%
361-40^;
35!-39f;
29,1-33%
24 '.-28%
IJ.
U
New York
lilack Galv.
38'V 22%
33<; I8<;,
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C, banded, from New York st^.-k stll at
plus 45',. Cast iron, standard sizes, plus 5%,.
I to 3 m. steel butt welded
2! to 6 in. steel lap welded
2 211-291%
2i to4.. --■ --'-
4J to6. .
7 to8....
9 to 12.
Cleveland
Black Galv.
39% 30%
41% 26%
81-161%
115-191%
101-181%
235-31. ,
221-305%
141-221% 21-I0j%
9;-l7|% 51-+2!%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54'„4*-f, 401(0,30 %
50(<ii40% 37S(a>27i%
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current .Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 1 8 . 50 1 9 . 25 2175
Tin m 5-ton lots 45.50 6L50- .- 70 00
Lead 8.50 9.00 550
Zinc 8.50 8 70 8.00
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8.00 8.87; 5 25
Z'nc 7.7O(n,8.05 8.37! 7^65
.^t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
or more:
— - — New Y'ork . — Cleveland — ^ Chicago -~
Cur- Month Y'ear Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .\go Ago rent \eo rent .\go
Coppersheets, bsse., 29.50 33 50 29 50 34.00 33 50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31.25 31 25 26.50 29.00 29.50 29.00 25.00
Brassshccts 28 50 28 50 23 00 36.00 29.00 27.00 28.00
Brasspipe 33 00 33 00 34 00 34.00 3o,00 34.00 37 00
Solder (half and half)
(caselots) 35 00 33.00 45.00 40 50 41.00 38.00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.: polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under: over 20
in., 7!c.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 1 00 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
C^irrent One Year Ago
Mill 25.00 19.00
New York 27.00 21.50
Cleveland 27.00 30.00
Chicago 30 00 30. Ot
September 30, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 14
MakingThe 3moND Micrometer
125
250
375
500
625
750
875
16ths
\1 ,0625
\.3 1875 19 .5937
V5 3125 21 6562
\^ll% ALMOND CO. ".Hr
b Sbdb ASHBURNHAM 2= .7 BIZ ,
11 6875 MASSOSA 27 .8437 /
, 13 8125 29 .3062
15 937S 31 3687
Ethan Viall
Editor American Machinist
\
THERE is no more
universally used in-
strument of precision
than the micrometer. What
was but a few years ago
considered to be of use
only to the toolmaker is
now part of the kit of, or
is used by, machine shop
workers from the most
inexperienced cub to the
all-around old timer and
expert. The workman of
today has been so educated
that he thinks and talks in
thousandths and ten thou-
sandths of an inch. This
has been brought about by
his constant use of mi-
crometers.
Naturally in making an
instrument of such preci-
sion, careful workmanship
and a considerable percent-
age of high-grade workmen
must be employed. This
means that the skill of the worker is at least as impor-
tant a factor as the jigs and tools he uses. In other
While we can illustrate some of the mechanical
processes through which the parts of a micro-
meter go, we cannot illustrate the infinite care
and workmanship that accompany each step. It
requires work to almost the nth degree, in order
that cumulative errors may not spoil the final
result.
FIG. 1. COMPONENT PARTS OF AN ALMOND MICROMETER
words, the tools and meth-
ods described in this article,
while good in themselves,
would be almost useless
unless handled by properly
trained mechanics.
The T. R. Almond Manu-
facturing Co., Ashburnham,
Mass., makes both inside
and outside micrometers,
but only the production of
the principal parts for out-
side micrometers will be
touched upon. These mi-
crometers are made regu-
larly in i- to 24-in. sizes,
and have drop-forged
frames in the smaller sizes,
and screws with buttress
threads. A one-inch mi-
crometer is shown in the
headpiece, and its com-
ponent parts in Fig. 1. In
this illustration A is the
screw and spindle, which
are made of one solid piece
of tool steel. B is the frame; C the sleeve; D the
barrel, or thimble; E the anvil; F the adjusting nut;
FIG. 2. A.SSEMBLY OF 1-IX
MICRO .METER WITH
PLAIN FRAME
FIG. 3. A tl-.U .-.liiilVS IN FK.A.MU WORK
606
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
FIG. 4. MILLING SIDES
OF P'RAMES
G the sleeve tension spring and H the adjusting wrench.
An assembly drawing of a 1-in. micrometer with plain
frame is shown in Fig. 2.
Machining Micrometer Frames
It must be kept in mind that every part of a microm-
eter must be finished with the greatest care, so that
in the final assembly the accumulative result will be sat-
isfactory. On a drop-forged frame, the operations are:
1. Snagging.
2. Milling sides.
3. Milling inside and cutting off end of stem.
4. Drilling, rough-turning, cutting thread.
5. Recessing hole.
6. Reaming hole.
7. Tapping.
8. Splitting.
9. Taking off burrs.
10. Finish turning.
11. Milling recess for tension spring.
12. Drilling anvil hole.
13. Reaming anvil hole.
14. Polishing.
15. Etching.
16. Assembling.
FIG. 5. MILLING INSIDE OF FRAMES AND CUTTING
ENDS OF STEMS
Taking these operations up in turn, we will first refer
to Fig. 3. Here A, B, C and D represent the principal,
though not all, of the steps from the forging to the
finished frame ready for assembling.
Snagging consists simply in grinding off the forging
flash and roughly smoothing up the frame. Next the
frames are placed, four at a time, in the jig shown in
Fig. 4, and the sides milled. As both sides have to be
milled, two frames are finished at each pass of the
formed cutters.
The inside of the frame is milled and the end of the
stem is cut off as shown in Fig. 5. The holder is a
simple form of clamping jig made up of stationarj- end
pieces and sliding formed jaw-blocks. The frames, six
at a time, are placed between these formed blocks and
clamped in place by tightening the screws in the end
piece shown in the foreground.
The next thing is to drill the spindle hole, rough-turn
the outside of the stem and thread the end for the
adjusting ring. For this purpose the frame is put into
a turret lathe, as shovra in Fig. 6. The frame is located
in the spindle fixture by means of the milled inside
surface which fits over a formed and hardened block on
the stationary "jaw" of the holder. A simple formed
and screw-operated clamping block keeps the frame in
FIG. 6. ROUGHING OUT THE STEMS
FIG. 7. SLITTING THE END OF A STEM
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production—With Improved Machinery
607
FIG. 8. FINISH TURNING OTTTSIDE OF STEM
place. The rough-turning is done with a box tool and
the threading with a self-opening die head. The hole
is next hand-reamed to size and recessed for clearance.
Following this the buttress threads for the screw are
tapped by hand with a piloted tap.
The tapped end of the stem is split to allow for
adjustment, as shown in Fig. 7. The frame is held by
the stem in a hinged clamp which is locked by means of
a knurled hand nut. Proper height of the work in the
jig is secured by means of a hardened screw head on
which the frame rests. One cut is made and then the
jig is indexed a quarter turn for the other cut. This
divides the end into four parts.
Finish Turning Frame
The burrs are removed by hand and then the frame
is ready for finish-turning the outside of the stem in a
small lathe. For this work the frame is placed on a
mandrel. A knurled "draw-in" nut A, Fig. 8, pulls the
stem to a seat at both ends. The work is driven by the
"dog" B which has a recess into which the end of the
frame fits.
The recess in the stem for the tension spring is milled
as indicated in Fig. 9. The frame is located and clamped
as shown, and the recess is milled out with an end mill
guided by a bushing in the top cross-piece of the jig.
After the mill is fed down to the proper depth the length
of the slot is secured by movement of the hand lever.
FIG. n. AriT,I,TNG RECESS FOR SI.EEVE TENSION SPRING
While listed as separate operations, the drilling and
reaming of the anvil hole are done in a two-spindle
drilling machine. The frame is held in a jig, as shown
at the right in Fig. 10, and the hole is drilled. The jig
is next moved over and the hole line reamed with the
reamer shown at the left.
The frame is now polished and the figures etched on
It. This etching is accomplished by coating the surface
of the sides and cutting in the characters on a multiple
pantagraph machine, after which acid is used to etch
the characters into the metal.
Machining the Spindles
As has been previously mentioned the spindles and
screws are made of one solid piece of tool steel.
A spindle is first roughed out from the bar in a screw
machine, and the small end centered. The piece is then
FIG. 11. centering LARGE END OF SPINDLE
FIG. 10. DRILLING AND REAMING. ANVIL HOEE
FIG. 12. LAPPING OUTSIDE OP SPINDLE
608
AMERICAN" MACHINrST
Vol. 53, No. 14
i'lU. 13. 1-'1M.SH-TL-K\'l!sr(l KrlNHT.R FOR THREADING
I'laieii in the collet chuck of a small laihe and the large
end centered, as shown in Fig. 11.
The small end is next hardened and then the spindle
is ground on centers in a grinding machine. Following
this it is lapped to size in a small lathe as shown in Fig.
12. The laps are lead blocks, charged with fine abrasive,
held in a wooden clamp as shown.
The part of the spindle on which the thread is to be
cut is next turned to size in a ber.ch lathe. Fig. 13. The
spindle is now ready for turning the thread, which is
one of the most particular jobs imaginable.
The Thread Cutting Machine
The thread cutting machine is shown in Fig. 14, The
work to be threaded is shown at A and the threading
tool at B. The threading tool has only a cross-feed
movement, as the work is fed past it. The lead screw is
cut directly on the lathe spindle at C, and feeds through
the split nut D which is set into the bearing or pillow
block E. The tail spindle F is eounterweightsd and
slides in the split bearing G as the work is fed forward
or back. In putting in or removing- the work the tai!
spindle may be locked out of contact by pushing it back
until the latch H drops into the notch /. The work to
be turned is carried on centers and driven by a small
dog so adjusted as to eliminate play. The lead screw
is of the same lead as the thread cut on the micrometer
spindle, which is 40 threads per inch. This lead screw
is cut as accurately as it is possible to cut a screw and
it took several months to get one uniform enough for
the purpose^ However, differences of t«iiperature make
it necessary to provide some means of compenaatdng^ for
changes in. the lead. The same mechanism can, of
FIG. 14. THE SCREW CUTTING iL.X.CHIN'E
FIG. 15. TOP VIEW OF SCREW CUTTING MACHINE
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
609
course, be used to offset the errors caused by a screw
that leads too fast or too slow. The method employed
is to mount the lead screw nut in a pillow block, as
previously mentioned, in such a way as to eliminate all
end play but leave it free to rotate within certain limits.
A bar screwed solidly into one flange of the nut connects
it to the slide J on the bar K. It will be seen that the
greater the angle at which bar K is set, the greater the
amount which the nut D will be turned as the lathe
spindle feeds the work past the threading tool. If the
direction of rotation of the nuts is the same as that of
the rotation of the lead screw, the lead of the thread
cut will be lessened. If the nut is turned in the opposite
direction to that in which the lead screw is turning, the
lead of the thread being cut will be lengthened. How-
ever, as the length of thread cut, and consequently the
lengthwise movement of the lathe spindle, is about Is
in., the distance traversed is not sufficient to give good
results. To get around this condition a scheme is
resorted to by which the bar K is given a movement
parallel to the lathe spindle, at approximately three
times the speed at which the spindle feeds forward or
back. This is done by mounting the bar /? ^n a slide
having a rack L into which the threaded disk M meshes.
FIG. 20. ANVIL AND SPINDLE END WRUNG TOGETHER
will be seen that approximately three times the feed is
given the rack L and compensating bar K as is given
to the lathe spindle and work. In consequence, the
'"^ill^.
FIG. 16. -MAGNIFIED VIEW OF
.SOREW THREAD
FIG. 17. SPINDLE END
GRINDING JIG
FIG. 18. THE SPINDLE
END LAPPING JIG
This disk is keyed solidly to the lathe spindle but the
thread on it is cut 12 to the inch, in contrast to the
40 to the inch thread on the spindle itself. Hence it
I'iG. 19. LiOTT(J.\l OF .SPINDLE END LAPPING JIG
lead screw nut is given approximately triple the move-
ment it would have if the spindle movement alone was
used, with the compensating bar K at the same angle.
This avoids an excessively steep bar angle.
In cutting threads it has been found that the angle
at which compensating bar K has to be set varies con-
siderably in hot summer and cold winter. Where tem-
perature changes are sudden, the angle has to be
adjusted from day to day, in order to obtain accurate
results in the lead of the screw cut.
The thread on the lathe spindle is right hand and so
is the thread cut on the micrometer spindle. This
makes it necessary to set the threading tool up-side-
down, but this has several advantages, one of which is
that the chips more readily fall away from the cut.
After the lathe spindle has fed forward with the work
on a cut, the bar N is automatically forced to the right
by means of a stop and allows the tool carriage to slide
back and the tool clear the work. The spindle then runs
back to the starting point and another stop slides the
bar N to the left which pushes the tool forward into the
cutting position again. The cutting tool is fed forward
the right amount for each individual cut by the ratchet
action of the small sliding bar 0 which acts on a ratchet
wheel P on the end of the feed screw.
Some of the mechanism described is more clearly
shown in the top view of the same machine given in
Fig. 15.
610
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, 1^0. 14
FIG.
REAMING OUT THE BARRELS OR THIMBLES
FIG. 22. FINISH-TURNING OUTSIDE OF BARRELS
FIG, :'3. TUitNING BEVEL ON END OF BARREL
FIG. 24. ST.X.MPING FIGI.RES ON THE B.A.RREL
The way the thread cut on this machine looks when
magnified is indicated in Fig. 16.
The hardened ends of the micrometer spindles are
ground on an ordinary surface grinding machine, using
the holding jig shown in Fig. 17.
The lapping of the spindle end is a real precision job.
The spindle to be lapped is placed in the holder as shown
at A, Fig. 18. The block B on part C may be swung
around out of the way when putting in or taking out a
spindle. The post has a limited amount of vertical
spring movement and tends to press the spindle down-
ward when in position.
A view of the bottom of the holder, showing the split
collet A that grips the end of the spindle, is given in
Fig. 19. This collet is tightened by means of the
knurled sleeve B. In using this holder, the operator
rubs it over the diamond-grooved cast-iron lap, rotating
it slightly at each stroke in order to wear it evenly, A
special gage is used to test the truth of the bottom of
the holder from time to "time jn Order to be sure that
it is in good shape. Two laps are used, one to take off
most of the metal needed and the other to give the final
finish. So accurate ii, the lapping that the ends of the
spindle and the anvil may be wTung together as shown
in Fig. 20.
Barrels, or thimbles, are drilled, rough-turned and
knurled from the bar in a turret lathe, then they are
carefully reamed out with an adjustable reamer, as
shown in Fig 21. The next step is to place the barrel
FIG.
GRADUATING THE BEVEL ON A BARREL
CUTTING PARALLEL LINES IN A SLEEVE
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
611
FIG. 27.
ROLLING IN FIGURE ON .SLEEVES FOR "TEN-
THOUSANDTHS" MICROMETERS
on a mandrel and finish turn, as shown in Fig. 22. Fol-
lowing this, it is put on a plug mandrel, and the bevel
turned as shown in Fig. 23. Next the numbers are
stamped in, all at once, in the device illustrated in Fig.
24. In this machine the stamps are arranged radially
and are forced inward by means of a cam ring operated
by means of the hand lever shown.
The graduations on the end bevel, are cut on the
machine. Fig. 25. The indexing is done with the left
hand as the operator works the slide lever with his right.
Machining the Sleeves
Sleeves are drilled and rough turned from the bar,
and are then reamed in the same way as the barrels.
They are then placed on a mandrel and finish turned.
The lines running lengthwise on the sleeves are cut
on the machine shown in Fig. 26. One line is cut for
micrometers reading in thousandths, and eleven lines
for those reading to ten-thousandths of an inch. The
single line is cut the full length, but the others, stop far
enough from one end to allow for numbering. In the
machine, the sleeve is placed over a vertical mandrel
at A and held in place by means of the eccentric oper-
ated hold-down B. The carrier for this hold-down may
be swung out of the way when desired, by simply
releasing the eccentric and pushing the carrier to one
side. The tools for cutting the lines are fed into the
cutting position by turning the outer cam ring. The
whole cutter head is then fed up by turning the handle
C. Stops at D and E limit the travel. At the end of
the cut the cutters are released by reversing the cam
ring, after which the cutter head may be run down and
the work removed.
Figures for numbering the lines on the sleeves for the
ten-thousandth micrometers are rolled in as shown in
Fig. 27. The sleeve is placed over a pin or mandrel at
A and set in correct position by means of the stop gage
B which rests in one of the cut lines. The numbers are
then rolled in by pulling on lever D. Cross lines and the
numbers running lengthwise of the sleeves are etched in.
Anvils
Anvils are turned in a screw machine, hardened and
then chucked by means of a break-off stub, and cylinder
ground. Next they are placed in the jig shown in Fig.
28, and the ends ground in a surface grinding machine.
This same jig is then taken to the lapping block and the
ends of the anvils all rough and finish lapped at once.
After all the parts of a micrometer have been as-
J.-
v.'>>':^**'*' '
i
1
i
FIG. 28.
ANVIL GRINDING AND
LAPPING JIG
sembled, the ends of the anvil and spindle are tested for
parallelism with Johansson blocks and the screw is
tested every tenth of an inch for accuracy with these
standard blocks. Where an error in parallelism of the
surfaces of the anvil and spindle ends is detected, a
special lapping machine is used to eliminate it.
Putting Punch Into "Help Wanted" Ads
By Frank H. Williams
When competition for employees is keen and when the
ordinary "Help Wanted" ads in the daily papers fail to
bring the desired response, it behooves the plant to put
an added punch into its advertising. It is possible to
inject a little "jazz" into the Help Wanted ads just as
it is possible to liven up and make more interesting and
forceful almost any sort of advertising. And, fre-
quently, when a greater punch has been given to the
ordinary mere announcement that so many more machin-
ists, etc., are needed, it is found that a single insertion
of such an advertisement gets a lot more results than the
repeated insertion of a mere every-day announcement.
How Can Ads Be Livened Up?
But how can this added sales-punch be given to the
help ads? How can these ads be livened up and made
so much more attractive that they will not only attract
a lot of attention but also make workmen want to se-
cure employment with the plant that is doing the ad-
vertising?
Well, it's a simple proposition — simply examine the
matter from the viewpoint of an advertiser. Pick out
the big selling point about the job and play up this point
in the advertising.
For instance, a Middle Western factory found itself
in dire need of additional help in order to turn out the
increased quantities of goods it had contracted to make.
But the ordinary "Help Wanted" ads in the local daily
papers failed entirely of getting all the results desired.
The plant superintendent confessed himself up against
a stump. He didn't know what to do and finally told
the general manager that he'd have to get some help
on the proposition. The general manager, in turn, was
unable to offer any suggestions and called in the con-
cern's advertising manager to whom the situation was
explained.
"Huh," exclaimed the advertising manager, "there's
nothing so very difficult about this proposition. This
plant has one of the best sales arguments in the city for
612
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 14
getting more employees. I'll simply play it up in our
advertising in local papers; then watch the men come."
Accordingly the advertising manager prepared an ad
which appeared shortly in the local newspapers. This
ad consisted of a space three columns wide by about
ten inches high. The upper two-thinds of the ad was
occupied by an outline map of the city showing the lo-
cation of the plant. And under this map appeared this
reading matter:
Playing Up Advantages
"You don't have to 'transfer' on the car lines to get to
work at the A. B. Plant.
"Lock at the map. Notice that this plant is located
just two blocks from the transfer corner where all the
street car lines of the city center. You can take the car
nearest your home and come to work here without hav-
ing to wait for a transfer car.
"Furthermore you will be right down towoi during
the day — where you will be able to meet your friends
during the noon hour, transact personal business and
<now what's going on in the city.
"This is the place for live-wire men to work — men
who want to save time and expense in getting to and
from work and in making trips down town to attend to
their business affairs.
"We need 100 machinists. Be one of the lucky 100!
"The A. B. Factory, Main and Superior streets."
The response to this advertisement was immediate
and enthusiastic. Many machinists who had been work-
ing in plants on the outskirts of the city at considerable
distances from their homes jumped at the chance of
getting in a place where they didn't have to transfer,
and still other men who had quite a little personal bus-
iness to transact during the course of a week were glad
to get in a plant where they could do this during the
noon hour without hurry or inconvenience and without
making a special trip for it.
Of course there are but few plants so fortunately
situated as this particular factory. Mighty few plants,
consequently, have such sales arguments as this for se-
curing more employees, but it is generally a fact that
a careful investigation of a plant from an advertising
view-point will reveal some sales arguments which can
be played up to good effect in the plant's help wanted
advertising.
For instance, is the plant particularly well lighted?
If it is, that fact will appeal powerfully to men who
have been working in factories where daylight is a
mighty scarce article. Is the plant particularly well
equipped in the matter of welfare work? Has it special
appliances for helping the employees to enjoy themselves
during the noon hour and upon occasions when there are
social gatherings at the factory? If so this fact is a
good talking point and can be utilized in the plant's ad-
vertising for the purpose of gaining new employees.
What are some of the financial advantages of work-
ing in the plant? Does the plant offer a bonus to
employees? Does it insui 3 employees? Is it on a profit-
sharing basis? Do employees have the opportunity
of purchasing stock in the concern? All of these points
are of exceeding vital interest to every prospective em-
ployee. Every single thing the plant does along this
line is a talking point for securing more workmen. Then
why shouldn't the plant play up these things in its help
wanted advertising and cash in on them to the fullest
possible extent?
There is a reason why plants have not yet done any
advertising of this sort to any great extent. The plant
end of a concern is not concerned with advertising prob-
lems— it deals with matters of production and person-
nel. Perhaps if there was a closer connection between
the advertising department and the factory manage-
ment there would be more of this advertising. Among
concerns like department stores where the whole bus-
iness is frequently viewed by all the executives from a
promotion and advertising angle, this form of help-
wanted advertising has been in vogue for some time.
Numerous instances have occurred in which the big
department stores in New York and in other places went
after the problem of getting more help in the same way
in which they tackled the problem of selling more
goods — they played up all possible sales arguments in
their help advertising which would be calculated to make
more people want to work for the store. And, by doing
this, they secured results when the ordinary form of
help-wanted advertising fell flat.
Good fob Men Already Employed
In addition to getting the desired employees more
quickly by using this form of advertising, such ad%-er-
tising also should have a distinctly good effect upon the
men already working in a plant. No man is averse to
hearing a recital of the many reasons why his factory
is a mighty good place in which to work. He
may not have summarized all the good points about
his job in his own mind, but when he sees these points
played up in the plant's advertising he will be apt
to say :
"That's so ! I hadn't thought of that ! By Jove, i;ra
pretty fortunate, at that, to be working where I am."
Of course when workmen get in that frame of mind
about their jobs, the plant's morale receives a decided
boost and production soars.
Yes, it might be a good idea for almost any plant to
let an advertising man have a whirl at it the next Mme
the plant's ordinary help-wanted advertising fails to
pull in the desired way.
Know What You Are Doing and Whv
You Do It
By a. W. Forbes
It has sometimes been said that a person shows more
intelligence before he is 10 years old than ever after-
ward, the idea being that the most intelligent thing a
person can do is to ask, why?
Today one of my employees, who has had several
years' experience in toolmaking, placed a lathe tool
on a level with the centers of the lathe, when it should
have been slightly lower. I asked him why, and he
said he always placed a lathe tool opposite the center.
but had no suggestion to make as to why it should be
placed there.
It was merely a Yule wTiiclr be always followed.
Machinists have a great many such rules which they
consider it best to follow but the principal difference
between the first class machinist and the ordinary kind
lies largely in the ability to decide when to foUow a
rule and when to break it.
A way that leads to knowledge, but often to various
troubles also, is to break every rule and see what
happens. I have often found unexpected results this
way. However, it is well to use discretion in this.
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
Human Relations in Industry
613
EDITORIAL CORRESPONDENCE
The industrial conference, held at Silver Bay,
N. Y., Aug. 27 to 29, brought out many evi-
dences that the business men of the country are
alive to the responsibilities of the present indus-
trial situation. Many evinced a broad liberal
attitude which ivill go far in preventing clashes
between reactionaries on the one hand and
radicals on the other.
THE conference was a rather strenuous affair, its
sessions crowding each other with but little time
between. It opened with an address by Fred B.
Smith, assistant to the president of the H. E. Johns-
Manviile Co., on "The Industrial World Today," which
showed keen observation and careful thought on the
part of the speaker. There were a few who considered
this as an alarmist view, but those who really know
the world situation realize that the so-called optimist
who only sees the rosy side, is first cousin to the ostrich
who is supposed to bury his head in the sand at the
approach of danger.
Mr. Smith pointed out some of the problems which
are already here, and showed clearly that all who say
everything is all right, are simply banking the fires
and merely postponing the explosion. His observation
leads him to believe that, while some of us are working
in the right direction, we have in reality made com-
paratively little progress and that the fires of unrest,
bitterness and conflict have not materially diminished.
The problem must grow increasingly difficult, because
it is becoming necessary for the nation to industrialize
more and more, as the expansive borders are closed and
there are no more great frontiers for those whose
nature chafes at the close contact of crowded cities. We
must of necessity industrialize more closely.
Dangers of "Getting Even"
Mr. Smith considers that many of our difilculties
are directly due to wrong ideals in educational matters,
that young men leave college to assume responsible posi-
tions with utterly wrong conceptions of their duties
and responsibilities to society. He finds many of
the capitalistic group bitter and evincing a desire to
"get even" for being obliged to increase wages and
shorten hours during the stress of the past few years.
He also finds many wage earners who believe that fur-
ther and more serious clashes are inevitable, and who,
while knowing the resultant hardships and suffering,
are steeling themselves to say "let them come." These,
of course, are the extremes of both sides. Only by
reconciling these extreme groups and by inaugurating
once more the spirit of the Golden Rule, can the clashes
of the extremes on each side be prevented.
Among the fundamental propositions which he con-
siders inevitable as a beginning, is the adoption of
some form of committee representation, the 8-hr. day
and the desire on the part of both sides to discuss
all questions through the committee plan. He feels
that unless those who own or control capital learn to
consider it as a stewardship and to use it with a com-
munity instead of a selfish spirit, that the day will
come when it will be confiscated by the state.
Mr. Smith then proceeded to point out the dangers
of such a contingency, particularly so long as we allow
ourselves to be represented by the present kind of
legislators. A state of real democracy must prevail
coupled with a feeling of brotherhood which cannot be
replaced by high wages and short hours. The indi-
viduality of the worker must be carefully considered.
George E. Emmons, vice president of the General
Electric Co., agreed at a later session that while we
had made some progress, business men needed counsel
as to the future. Something is radically wrong with
the industrial machinery, but we must be careful to
keep our feet on the ground in proposing and making
changes. The experiences of his company with Works
Councils varied; though not perfect, they are undoubt-
edly an improvement over previous methods of dealing.
The Attitude of the Alien
Allen T. Burns, Director of Americanization Methods
of the Carnegie Foundation, gave an excellent talk on
this subject. He pointed out that, in order to under-
stand the attitude of the immigrant, it was necessary
to study the America of the past, when our ancestors
laid the basis of a new country because they were not
satisfied with their conditions at home. It is this
spirit which has built the United States and all of the
other newer countries. Bearing this in mind we must
not expect the immigrant of the present day to con-
sider as perfect the things which we have accomplished,
any more than our ancestors were content to leave the
country as they found it. We must not forget that it
takes a certain type of person to be an immigrant,
one with self-dependence and the pioneer spirit to be
the master of his own destiny. It is this spirit which
makes the American worker produce more per dollar
of wage than the worker in any other country. It is
this which makes co-operation difficult and which also
causes the difference between European and American
democracy. The former grew from a central power,
while here the process is just reversed.
Responsibility and Co-operation
One of the great problems is to permeate our indus-
trialism with a knowledge of the necessity for co-oper-
ative work. The alien must be given an opportunity
to take part in the problem and normally he lacks the
capacity to secure collective action.
Mr. Burns told of some of the splendid work of
immigrants of various nationalities, and gave specific
instances where the revolutionary spirit was trans-
formed by co-operation and by making them feel a
real relation to the work and responsibility for it. In
one Finnish center they have established a chain of
stores, recreation centers, community gymnasiums and
other activities. The one mistake which is too often
made in dealing with the alien is to overlook the fact
that his independence of spirit makes it necessary for
him to be a partner and not a beneficiary in any enter-
prise.
In closing Mr. Burns pointed out the great harm
which has been done by the indiscriminate and unwar-
ranted arrests by the Department of Justice which had
shaken the faith of many aliens in our boasted democ-
614
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
racy and had tended to greatly increase radicalism
instead of preventing it. It is his belief that only by
being true to the best of American ideals can we get
the best from the alien, who must be woven into warp
and woof of the fabric of human life.
Make Every Era Great
This was discussed by Dr. Peter Roberts who thought
that the immigrants did not always do their part and
that they must make an effort to be part of the country
in which they live. Roger W. Straus, assistant to the
president of the American Smelting & Refining Co.,
brought out a number of extremely interesting points.
The ideals of a country depend upon the character of
its citizens, and this character must be capable of
development. We cannot expect character in the alien
unless we produce it in our own people. It must not
be necessary to look back to eras of greatness. Char-
acter in citizenship should make every era great.
A session on mutual relations in industry was to
have been opened by John Golden, president of the
United Textile Workers of America, but for some reason
he was unable to be present. L. P. Alford, who was
to lead the discussion, first outlined the growth of
industry in a very clear and concise manner and the
causes which were responsible for the growth of the
trade unions as well as what they have accomplished.
He pointed out that one of the great weaknesses of
their present attitude is that, while insisting on the
right to strike and admitting a similar right on the
part of the employer, labor does not commit itself as
to the rights of the public. He pointed out that the
workers were necessarily strategically weaker than the
employer which necessitated their acting collectively.
He further pointed out the need of dependable labor,
persons or committees with whom to negotiate, preven-
tion of invasion of individual rights, and the consid-
eration of public demands for service.
The growth of shop councils is shown by the fact
that over 300 establishments are now using them. From
the engineering viewpoint civilization rests on industry,
and the objects of industry are neither wages nor
profits, but the production of goods for the benefit of
the human race. He closed by quoting from one of the
last utterances of H. L. Gantt, to the effect that "service
at a profit, not service alone was the object of industry
and business, and that this doctrine of service is not
only good economics but is the basis of industrial
peace."
E. H. Betts, president of the Earl & Wilson Co.,
spoke of the necessity of inspiration to meet industrial
problems and quoted John Calder to the effect that
"there are no pink pills for pale industries." No ready-
made plans fit, but they may be used as a guide in
evolving plans for ourselves. The use of singing in
the factories was found very beneficial, the Industrial
Quartet having been largely instrumental in securing
the participation of the employees themselves.
Get the Right Kind of Executive
Mr. Betts also warned against the attitude of the
reactionaries who were saying that "their time had
come" and pointed out, as did Mr. Smith earlier in
the conference, that such a state of mind was fraught
with danger. A proper spirit must pervade the whole
plant. Honest employment managers are necessary and
all doors must be wide open. Realizing that much of
the difficulty comes from the wrong attitude on the
part of executives, he strongly urged that they be
carefully watched and that only forward-looking men be
chosen for executive positions. He ended by declaring
that investments were safest in managements based on
the Golden Rule, managements that have the confidence
and not the suspicion of the employee.
Where Shop Committee Helped
F. J. Kingsbury, president of the Bridgeport Brass
Co., and his employment manager both told how shop
committees had helped in their plant. They appreciate
the value of the right kind of foreman, the one who can
make the men feel that they are working with him and
not for him, securing the best results. Easy com-
munication between the men and the management
helped to solve the problems brought about by the
armistice and increased the effort to maintain wages.
The committeemen who were interviewed by repre-
sentatives of the National Labor Board testified that
the mutuality of the plan of readjustment which was
worked out together, was a big advance over any pre-
vious experience and they pointed out how co-operation
pays both sides. Whenever social service work is under-
taken, the men share in both the work and their respon-
sibility.
In the discussion it was brought out by Hugo Diemer
and others that it was always better to have plans
for shop committees or otherwise come from within
instead of being forced in from the outside. The man-
agement should know the leaders in the shop and the
more the men see and know of those higher up, the
better. The average American is sincere and appre-
ciates fellowship. It should be realized that the men
want to take part and that all men are more or less
alike, the main difference being in the amount of truth
which they understand and appreciate.
Absentee Management
Sam A. Lewisohn of the copper interests, spoke of
the problems of absentee management and the advan-
tages and disadvantages of the old-fashioned manager
who had a dogmatic view of humanity and was set in
his ways.
He made a plea for the engineers who are qualified
technically to handle large properties, being also edu-
cated along the line of human industrial engineering, so
as to understand the personnel as well as the engineer-
ing problems. Directors who are only interested in the
problems. Directors who are only interested in the
price of the company's stock, absentee owners and
directors, as well as resident managers came in for
considerable discussion. It was generally agreed that
it was better to utilize organizations as we find them
as a basis for improving relations and conditions, and
also the advantage of prompt action was made very
clear by several specific instances.
The necessity for constant improvement was empha-
sized by the quotation that "revolution comes only when
evolution stops."
Square Dealing Must Prevail
John Leitch, who is too well known to require intro-
duction, gave an inspiring address on the "Constructive
Adjustment of Industrial Relations," which was widely
discussed. Many instances were given where men who
had been extreme radicals became constructive instead
of destructive when given responsibility, and every-
thing was made open and above board.
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
616
Robert Wolf, also well known in this connection,
told of his work with both union and non-union labor
and the way in which it responded when convinced that
everything was square. "The employer who isn't square
can't put it over." He believes that industry to be
successful from every point of view must give oppor-
tunity for creative ability and individuality. With a
constructive outlet provided destructive tendencies dis-
appear.
Management Must Be Energized
John Calder in his talk on "The Foreman" gave
as the ideal condition "goods plentiful, men dear." The
management of industry must be energized and enlight-
ened, and their constructive ideals must be put into
practice by the foremen who have direct contact with
the men. Utilize the old foremen wherever possible,
and there are very few cases where this cannot be
done if the new ideals and new methods are presented
to them in the proper way.
Some of the older foremen are jealous of the new
day and must be shown. The firm must have definite
policies and the foremen must know what they are.
The importance of the foremen and the small shop is
seen when only 2 per cent of the industrial plants of
this country employ over 1,000 men. The average is
14 people to a shop, with an estimate of 400,000 oppor-
tunities for making proper or improper contact with
the workers.
The Foreman's Real Job
The old attitude of the foreman acting as a buffer
should give way to the broader view of industry. Fine
character and spirit of the work are important factors,
and the whole psychology should be studied and under-
stood. There is no question but that injured pride
leads to many shop disturbances, and the desire to get
even is equally bad on either side. The foremen should
be told the whole truth about the business, as it is
impossible to sucessfully fool them for any length of
time and this, when discovered, always breeds distrust.
The foreman's real job is in making men which is
the best investment capital can make. Men are square
when treated in a like manner and will respond to open
dealings. The joy of the job should be restored as much
as possible.
Round-table conferences followed on the various sub-
jects brought up and the closing session was a talk by
Roger W. Babson on the fundamentals of prosperity.
"An Expanding Punch for Aluminum
Ware" — Discussion
By J. R. Sheppard
The article published on page 199 of the American
Machinist, entitled An Expanding Punch for Aluminum
Ware, has compelled me to inquire why the piece was
not expanded by hydraulic pressure instead of the
expensive punch as illustrated.
This is nothing new I am suggesting, but am forced
to bring up the question of utilizing hydraulics when
it is so obvious that it meets the requirements. It is
possible to even expand the shell to its final shape,
eliminating closing in of the top by the expensive
method of spinning.
The equipment required is a simple hydraulic press,
a die in two pieces (preferably split just above the
flats) ; this top piece forming a cap through which a
plunger is inserted, intensifying the water within to
pressure required to expand metal to shape of die.
The cases to which the above may be applied are
many, and pressure may of course be applied direct to
inside of vessel to be expanded, or may be intensified
therein es suggested.
Piston Clearances for Internal
Combustion Engines
By C. Strom
Fitting trunk pistons of internal combustion engines
is sometimes a problem to beginners; especially so in
repair work. The stuinbling block is the clearance—
what allowance should be made so that the piston will
not seize or fit too loosely for smooth running at full
load?
This clearance I have found can only be determined
by trial with the engine under full load; the reason
being that the distortion from heat, the kind of fuel
used, the method of cooling and the quality of the iron
varies. The bearing of the piston is affected by these
conditions and a piston that fits perfectly when cold
may show a very imperfect bearing when warm.
Two Methods op Fitting Pistons
There are two methods by which pistons are fitted.
One is to finish the piston to a definite size below the
cylinder bore so that no amount of expansion will cause
seizing, and let it wear its own bearing. This method
has its faults and is the cause of many loose pistons,
but it is the lea.st expensive as far as production is
concerned.
The other method, which is better, is to consider the
piston as a sliding surface and fit it as such. This may
be done by power or by hand fitting. When done by
power the piston is "run in." The cylinder is usually
mounted on a suitable fixture or stand while the piston
is reciprocated in the cylinder by some crank motion
device while a copious supply of grinding compound or
oil is pumped over it.
When pistons are to be fitted by hand, the following
method ,which I have employed for eleven years on
pistons ranging from 4 to 16 in. in diameter, may be
used. The piston is finish turned (not ground) with
the wristpin in position, as in the final assembly. This
prevents any distortion due to pin assembly. The fit
of the piston to the cylinder is made snug but should
not be a press fit.
To fit the piston for bearing it is forced its length
into the cylinder then removed and all high spots filed
down. This process is repeated until it shows a full
bearing. This will make the piston out of round from
0.002 in. on a 4-in. diameter to 0.006 in. on a 16-in.
diameter piston when cold.
This is the trial clearance. The final clearance is
found when the engine is started under load. The load
is gradually applied, the piston carefully watched, and
at the least groan or pounding it is pulled out and all
high spots due to the distortion by heat filed down.
This process is repeated until the piston shows a full
bearing and does not stick or seize at full load. The
piston rings must also be spotted to full bearing at the
same time.
616
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
Modern Aviation Engines — IV
By K. H. CONDIT
Managing Editor, American Machinist
A IRPLANE engines with radially arranged cylinders
l\ have been grouped in this installment. They
X JL are of two types, with fixed cylinders and rotating
crankshaft, and with revolving cylinders and fixed crank-
shaft. The first type is known as the "fixed radial" or
/'fixed star," and the other as the "rotary."
The two great advantages of engines with this
cylinder arrangement are the extremely light weight
and the reduced crankshaft length with the attendant
economy of fuselage space occupied. To offset these
is the high head resistance which makes successful
stream-lining a difficult problem.
The early engines of both types were air-cooled and
the rotaries are of necessity so designed. Of the two
modern fixed radials shovra, however, one is water-
cooled and the other air-cooled. The vogue of the rotary
engine can easily be explained by the fact that the first
Gnomes were not much heavier than the modern motors
while at that time the best fixed-cylinder engines of
conventional design were probably five times as heavy.
With the low powers then in use, this was an important
advantage and easily outweighed the somewhat tem-
peramental performances of the first rotary engines.
Improvements in the design and construction of vertical
and V-type engines eventually evened up the discrepancy
in weight and the demand for higher powers practically
eliminated the rotary engine from all planes but the
smallest scouts.
The power limitation did not hamper the development
of the fixed radial engines as is showm by the construc-
tion in France of Salmson engines of more than 300 hp.
and in England of ABC and Metor engines of equal per-
formance. The English motors were not developed in
time to be used in the fighting but their experimental
performance was so satisfactory that more than a score
of new planes had been developed to be equipped with
them and were held up awaiting the production which
did not materialize in time on account of minor diflScul-
ties of design and material.
The Salmson, on the contrary, was largely used in
reconnaissance and artillery observation planes both in
the French and American air services and was very
successful. It went through various stages of develop-
ment and was built with from seven to fourteen cylin-
ders, although the most satisfactory arrangement was
one with nine cylinders mounted in the same plane, as
illustrated by the sketch. The crankshaft has but one
throw, all the connecting-rod big ends being connected
to the same crankpin through a cage which is prevented
from improper rotation by gearing. The forged
cylinders have corrugated welded steel jackets and the
two valves are operated by rockers and push-rods com-
ing from the crank case. The valve springs are of
what is sometimes called the cantilever type, the coils
being located away from the hot exhaust valves to in-
crease their life. The exhaust gases are collected in an
annular chamber surrounding the engine and forming
part of the cowl, the outlets being at either side. The
duplex carburetor is mounted at the base of the engine,
the two intake risers leading into the circular manifold
which is part of the crank case and from which the
individual intake pipes lead to the intake valves.
The other fixed radial shown is a relatively new Amer-
ican engine which was designed for small sport planes.
It is an air-cooled, V-type model with a circular intake
manifold. The valve springs are made of ribbon steel
wound into a spiral. The cylinders are cast from alum-
inum and have pressed-in steel liners and cast-bronze
valve seats.
The Le Rhone rotary engine shown is probably the
most satisfactory engine of this type developed. An
explanation of the operation of this motor without the
aid of diagrams is rather difficult but will be attempted.
In the first place all existing ideas of the action of the
various parts must be thrown overboard to make room
for new ones. Here the crankshaft is the fixed part of
the engine and provides the support for the whole struc-
ture, being attached to the fuselage by two circular
plates which are bolted to it. The single crankpin
provides a center about which the pistons and connect-
ing-rods swing while the crank case and cylinders are
rotating about the main journals. Thus each piston
must travel from one end of its stroke in the cylinder to
the other while the whole motor is making one .revolu-
tion. The charge is fired just before the cylinder reaches
top dead center, expansion taking place and forcing the
piston out of the cylinder as the rotary motion continues.
As the inner end of the connecting-rod abuts against the
stationary crankpin it cannot back out of the way and
the force of the expansion divides into two components,
one parallel and the other perpendicular to the center
line of the cylinder. The parallel component does no
useful work but the perpendicular one pushes the
cylinder around and induces the rotary motion which
is transmitted to the crank case and propeller through
the intervening parts and fastenings.
The carburetor is mounted on the end of the station-
ary hollow crankshaft which acts as an intake pipe and
conveys the explosive mixture to the crank case whence
it is drawn out through the individual intake pipes to
the inlet valves as required. The exhaust is blown out
into the air directly, being collected by the cowl and
led off where the heat and flame can do no damage. The
cycle of events is quite similar to that employed in the
average conventional motor. Ignition is by high ten-
sion magneto which is mounted in the fixed back plate.
The magneto itself has no distributor, its function being
performed by a distributor ring mounted on the rear
of the crank case and running in contact with a dis-
tributor brush fixed in the back plate. Lubrication is
taken care of by pumping oil through leads in the
crankshaft to the connecting-rod big ends, from which
it is thrown centrifugally to the pistons and out through
the exhaust. This system is naturally decidedly waste-
ful of oil. On account of the presence of gasoline in the
crank case, it was considered essential, up to 1918, to
use castor oil for lubrication because it would not mix
with gasoline, but during that year experiments were
made with the standard Liberty aero oil which showed
almost equally good results at a smaller cost. The
Rhone cylinders are machined from steel blocks and
fitted with cast-iron liners. The aluminum pistons have
light steel piston rings. The two valves are operated
by a single rocker and push-rod actuated by two five-
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
617
Three cylinders; bore,4.25in.008mm)istroke,525in.
(135.4mm); rated hp;60 at 2100 r.p.m.; magneto or
battery ignition; dry weigiit per hp.,2.2 lb.;
cooling arnanqement,oiir; arrwnoiement of
cylinders, Y oit 120 degrees.
Nine cylinders; bore, 4.!3in. (I05mm.)istpoke,
5.51 in.(l40mm.)compression ratio, 4.8 to ii
rated hp., 80 at 1250 n p.m.; magneto ignition;
dry weight per hp., i.25 lb.; fuel consump-
tion, 0.6 lb. per b. rip. » hr.
I
""?:.«'"'
^^
MONOSOUPAPE GNOME
Nine cylinders; bore,4.35 in. (llOmm.); stroke,
B.9in. (l50mm)conTppession ratio, 4 to I;
rated hp.,IOOat 1200 r.p.m.; magneTO ignition;
dry weight per hp., 2. i lb.; fuel consumptio"
CTZIKperb-hp-hr. ^^-.^ ^
■■:-^y/
SALMSON MODEL 92m
Nine cylinders; bore, 4.92 in. (125 mm);
stroke, 6.69 in. (170mm.); rated hp.,Z30
at 1550 r.p.m.; magneto ignition; dry
weight per hp., 175 lb.; fuel consump-
tion , 0.52 lb. per b. hp = hr.
M^^-^mm
618
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
lobed cams in contact with which are two rollers, one
at either end of a rocker connected to the lower end of
the push-rod. The valve rocker is pulled down to open
the inlet valve and pushed up to open the exhaust valve.
The cams are mounted on a cam carriage driven at
nine-tenths engine speed by internal gearing.
The remaining engine is the "Monosoupage" or one-
valve Gnome, also a nine-cylinder rotary and similar
in general operation to the other. The principle differ-
ence lies in the substitution of inlet ports around the
base of the cylinder for the inlet valve and a consequent
change in the cycle of events. No carburetor is used,
♦^he fuel being sprayed from a jet into the crank case
where it combines with a small amount of air entering
through the hollow crankshaft to form a very rich
mixture. At the beginning of the inlet stroke the
single valve in the cylinder head remains open, thus
permitting fresh air to be drawn into the cylinder. A
little past mid-stroke the valve closes and a partial
vacuum is created which is broken when the top of the
piston uncovers the inlet ports and permits the rich
mixture to rush into the cylinder to be diluted to an ex-
plosive mixture by the pure air already there. The rest
of the cycle is quite conventional. Because of the ex-
cessive amount of gasoline in the crank case, it is
necessary to use castor oil as a lubricant.
One difficulty encountered with this type of engine is
the distortion of the cylinder bore due to the difference
in temperature between the advancing and trailing
sides of the cylinder. In the Gnome a special bronze
piston ring with thin, L-shaped cross-section is used
to take up the distortion. The L being in the normal
position, the tendency on the power and compression
strokes is for the gas to get between the ring and the
piston and force the former against the cylinder wall,
thus improving the seal.
Metric Trouble
By a. D. Lee
For the last year or so, I have been reading so much
about the proposed "compulsory use of the metric .sys-
tem," and I have received so many letters and pamph-
lets from "pros" and "cons," that the thing is beginning
to look serious to me. I feel that I ought to do some-
thing about it. In the first place, I am considerably
disappointed, both at home and at the office, when I
receive fat, nice-looking letters and, upon opening them,
find them to be merely an argument one way or the
other. It has even cost me money, because I have been
compelled to buy another waste-basket.
So far, I believe the "pros" have it in volume, and
the "cons" in pressure. Not that I read all arguments,
or even all of some arguments; but a casual glance
through the documents shows that the "cons" under-
stand much better the art of slinging heavy words of
ruination, perdition, calamity, vengeance, and so on,
whereas the "pros" seem to have a surplus of paper
and a more advantageous contract with the printer.
Before I go any further, let me say here that I am
rather opposed to making a change; in fact, if people
would be satisfied to leave the whole matter to me, I
would at once proceed to forget it. However, so many
of ray good friends seem to be getting a case of nerves
that I myself feel a trifle shaky, too, and I have actually
asked some people, "What is this law that threatens us
with such dire calamities?" They all agreed that they
did not know exactly what the law was, but, just the
same, it was one of a law and should not be
passed. Regardless of the arguments of the "pros" and
notwithstanding the arguments of the "cons," I agree
with my friends that the law should not be passed, and
T would like everybody to understand that, with me,
this point is settled. I think this case needs no argu-
ment, and I give none. But, human-like, I feel just a
wee bit curious as to what that law is regarding the
"compulsory introduction of the metric system." How
does it compel, and how much does it compel, and what
does it compel, and what are the proposed penalties, and
what is the proposed machinery for enforcing it? There
are a lot of things I want to ask, but I will be satisfied
if 50 per cent of my questions are answered.
May I use nothing but metric scales and mikes and
gages? May I speak nothing but metric terms? Is it
a fine or the workhouse for using common fractions?
Will the Federal Commissioner for the Enforcement of
the Metric System in the United States have the right
of house to house search for two-foot rules and other
contraband? Will I still be allowed to buy wallpaper
by the roll, or must it be bought by the hectare? Will
eggs go by the dozen or by the cubic centimeter? We
now buy granulated sugar by the grain; shall it be
bought hereafter by the milligram? Will beer come
by the litre instead of in the growler? (But no, no,
don't answer this, please! I know it will not come at
all.) Is it punishable to say there are 3 ft. in a yard
or 12 in. in a foot, but permissible to say there are
three pansies in my yard and five toes on my foot?
Please note that in both cases a prohibited word is
used. Sometimes, when I am particularly optimistic,
which doesn't happen often nowadays with the High
Cost of Living, Bolshevism, Prohibition, and the Spectre
of the Metric System hovering over me, I think that
the compulsion may be only the compulsion of offering
for sale — dry-goods by the meter, groceries by the kilo-
gram, liquids by the liter, real-estate by the hectare.
It may even be compulsory to advertise the swing of a
lathe in centimeters instead of in inches and, in my
optimistic moments, I have the feeling that the only
trouble the machine builder will meet will come when
he gets a customer who insists on having everything
in the metric system. Uncle Sam might be such a
customer: in that case, let George take the contract,
which, by the way, seems to be quite a common rule
now. If any private customer insists on the metric
system, tell him to go to say, France, where they
have that system at the present. But these moments
of optimism are scarce, and when the reaction comes,
I ask myself things like this : If, in the privacy of my
study, I should whittle out a coffee-mill with my trusty
jack-knife, a screw-driver and a 14-in. bastard file, and
the diameter of the crankshaft should happen to be
exactly i in., would I get two years in the pen ? If my
boss should give me some screws to turn up with a
3 mm. thread, and on inspection he found that the
pitch was i in., would I be fired — also jailed?
These, and a hundred other questions, are very im-
portant to me — much more important than the fact
that the manufacturers of the United States would
lose hundreds of millions — or is it billions? — of dollars,
because I don't happen to have that much money any-
how. Therefore, Mr. Editor, won't you please be kind
enough to publish in heavy print exactly what that
dreaded law proposes to do to us ?
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
619
W P.Basset
Miller, FranklinJBasset & C?.
I WILL grant that not even a majority of the machine
shops have quantity production as does Ford, for
instance. Perhaps not a large percentage of the
total run quantities of a single part as high as 1,000
at a time, but most shops have lines of product on
which they specialize as to general type, although they
may run through only two or three or a half dozen
on an order.
But the quantity run does not determine whether or
not the work can be planned. It only determines how
far ahead it can be planned. Planning depends upon
the possibility of forecasting approximately how long
an operation will take. Of course, if no operation were
ever repeated — if no two
similar parts were ever
made, it is possible that
the efforts of planning the
work would not be worth
while. But that condition,
I believe, need not exist.
Even a repair shop has
enough jobs of similar na-
ture to warrant at least
crude planning, even
though its efforts be only
to keep machines busy and
the work progressing with-
out delays. We have suc-
cessfully planned repair
work in several machine shops of industries where the
shops were maintained solely to make repairs on the
factory equipment. The results in such shops have in-
variably been to expedite the repairs and to maintain
an even force of mechanics, all of whom are reasonably
busy most of the time.
The truth is that most shops have a much more uni-
form product than they realize. One may specialize on
lathes and drill presses, making several standard types
and sizes with slight changes to meet the customer's
requirements, and take special work occasionally. An-
other may make waterwheels principally, each one de-
signed to meet special conditions.
Management is Sometimes Skeptical
The executives of one large shop which turns out a
variety of heavy and fairly complex assemblies, were
unanimously skeptical of our ability to plan the work.
They admitted that, if their production could be planned,
the output could be increased, costs lowered and much
of the money tied up in goods in process, released. But
they pointed to the special machines which they made,
seldom more than six of a kind to an order. And they
also pointed out that nearly every customer demanded
IX. Planning in the Ordinary Shop
Mention the planning of production to most
machine shop executives — outside of the auto-
motive industry — and they will each spring the
good old alibi — "That's great stuff for the fellow
who has quantity production, but w/y business
is different." They will then go on to elaborate
that they run shops where two orders are hardly
ever the same and that their production conse-
quently cannot be planned.
(Part nil %oas puiliahad JiUy 29.)
slight changes from normal. They said with assurance
that they made 30,000 parts. The seeming complexity
of their product made them doubtful, but they were in
so much trouble from broken promises and slow pro-
duction that they decided to see if planning could do
anything for them.
Now the first thing to do, as I have shown in a
previous article, is to find out exactly what the shop does
make. An analysis of 10 years' output showed that
this concern had made five widely different machines.
Counting the variations in slight or great degree from
the standard, we found that several hundred types had
been made. Many of these variations, however, con-
sisted only in slight dimen-
sional variations in a part
or two — many of them un-
necessary. Instead of 30,-
000 parts, we found that
but a trifle more than 15,-
000 had ever been made;
more than 5,000 had not
been made in 5 years and
less than 6,000 could not be
called at all usual — much
less standard.
A still further analysis
showed that when two ma-
chines of the same kind,
but perhaps of a different
size, were made, it was unusual to use any of the same
parts on both machines. This deviation was often most
slight, yet it precluded manufacturing in even small
lots of stock. Variations from standard are not only
tremendously expensive, but usually are wholly unneces-
sary. The customer who wants a whim gratified may
think that a difference in dimension is essential. His
particular desires at the time seem of surpassing im-
portance to him and to the manufacturer who is after
his order. But five years later when the sales urge is
forgotten, and the variations from standard can be
seen in perspective, most of them are ridiculously trivial.
It is then easy to see that the standard machine would
nine times in ten, have served the purpose.
The whims of the customer are not alone to blame
for this condition — a thoughtless engineer will often
design a different part for each size of a machine of
the same type where a single part, perhaps of com-
promise design, will often serve the purpose.
Designing for Economy
Suppose that, in designing two machines of different
capacities, the heavier one demands certain parts to be
heavier. To save metal, this part may be redesigned
620
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
^nCO r»
: •; . «»fe~». «" •»• pf.
MtlM Bl
■MrtMBBt^
PAKt J '"* ''■■ —
! Ola .V.
Ito.c "°""* *- r\OUTE \-^ARD
Dwf,
1I..M V„... tltlt »■
I'AIT.
"^"8
P...1 or P.m v„.„. ••»-'»•"• Fl*"** »'>«»l *— '^^ •— •
! Old No
D^.S 1
^ricifli TfKi.v
O P K R A T 1 0 N
MACIII>;f, Ml
r.l.K .
Sri Lp r,..i,
-,,.
s\Mi:
tVrUrfr.'
DptHMid
^l l> F'*-»
T,m. (-..PC
1
eration. {
Brlaf 4*Mrlptioa of OparatloB*.
100
U0-2M
10
.Oft
.2
.1
•J
i
B
a
a
o
o.
.
t
H
i
e
*>
o
t
•
3
o
2?
1
a
a
-Jk^o^^ frUi,Al ihuyC^A'JiCr-aJi
s,
O
m
B
a. '
*
*
0
g
■**
c^^i^T-tUle'if^
i
e
i
K
I
•3
s
'&
£
u
•M
H-
*>
t
l.
2
A^
s.
j3
•■4
B
9
•
i
*i
5
-S
<^
E
^s
.3
V
C
^
"1
4
U
O
1^
IB
^
-8
^
O
"=2
i
s
1
1
1
O
c
o
1.
s.
B
Is
1
1
O
•
5
O
® 5
FIG. 48. THE ROUTE SHEET
for the smaller machine. And yet economy would often
result if the heavier part were used for both machines;
the economical manufacture more than offsetting the
excess material.
So much has been said about standardization that it
is not necessary to prove its case in detail. Any one
will admit its advantages — for the other fellow. But
few can apply the lessons to their own product. The
problem is too close — the demands of customers too
insistent.
However, it is this that stands between many con-
cerns and economical manufacturing. It prevents plan-
ning in many shops which might use it. That is why
I have given time to a discussion of so hackneyed a
subject. For the first step in planning in a shop, is to
study the product and eliminate needless variations of
design, so that ultimately more parts of a single design
may be put into process.
This settled, the next step is to study the demand to
the end that some parts may be manufactured for
stock. The more of this that can be done the better,
for certain parts in shops of the type under considera-
tion will admittedly always have to be made on sales
order. If some parts may safely be made in anticipa-
tion of future orders, they can not only be economically
produced on a single set-up, but they can be put on
machines which would otherwise be idle, thus increasing
the machine activity. It is just such points as these
that make the difference between skillful management
and unskillful. They are generally admitted, but seldom
practiced, because most men think they face peculiar
conditions. The change in methods will assuredly show
up at the year's end in the company's statement. It
will show up more markedly in the cost system if a
good one is in use.
Now, as with quantity production, the time of start-
ing a job depends upon the time taken for each opera-
tion. Time is the essence of planning; accurate
knowledge of time is the key. If standardization has
been carried out to a reason-
able degree, time studies of
the various operations on each
part are well worth making,
even if an operation is per-
formed only a few hundred
times a year. Perhaps in the
ordinary shop only 50 per cent
or so of the operations will be
reduced to definite time
studies, although I believe it
is usually possible, and profit-
able, to get time on 90 per
cent of the operations.
When an absolutely new job
comes up, the time may be
fairly accurately forecast by
reference to the tables which
are described farther on in
this article.
In analyzing the product, it
is essential to analyze the
operations to be performed
down to their elements. What
may be considered at first
glance to be an operation is
thus found to comprise several
less complex ones. In this
way times for each elemental operation may be set,
often by actual time study, from which times on nearly
any series of operations, no matter how new or complex,
may be built up synthetically.
We have recently had to set price rates for various
operations in this way in an industry where literally
no two orders are identical. Yet we have been able to
analyze the operations to a point where a piece rate
may be fairly set for any conceivable product, no matter
ilachln* llo. i6l1
Typ« C.oJiiur.-in-Qjr.iJJ.
Speed Rangee R.P.M. of Splndle...-4i5.- 5-Cl2.
Kax. H.P. ATaiUble X..hL:f*. „
Bethoa of Gear Qi»llge.-.G,w.LLK.a.e.'2ior..ski._XlL.
k&x. e«ife cut C.I _.
" " " Steel
K&x. dia. of work hiadled...J.O.'."_._
" Height of • " .•A&'l...
tietbod of handling »ork -.CJeLci>ri.t..CX.;»JQjS-.
Re««rk«.feeii..'^-nge,.-.^Cil.S.-..Q6.L-,o.a.g....
->OLl3.-o.-ta-.Qi.a..'P«,jr..'}^e.v.oIsjii.-«d.l-«s..-
.Spje.e.A&..A5.-&.3-.9.a-j7^6.rjia2rZ5.4i.
....a^!s.-5-a9...:^.f,.Dna,
l-T---SpJL-n-AjB..'Ij:jak,vc«./".v.
Boring Milla k Drills
FIG. 49. M.\CHINE DATA SHEET
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
621
f
how complicated. And about 1,000
elemental times had to be set. With
1,000 elemental operations, a good
many million combinations may be
set up.
I believe that that shop would indeed
be an exception which required more
than 2,000 or 3,000 or so such elemen-
tal times. It is all a matter of intel-
ligent analysis by a man thoroughly
familiar with shop practice and the
equipment of the specific shop which
IS being studied.
The schedule-control graph which
was described in Article VII may be
used with minor changes. In the first
place it is not feasible to attempt to
plan the work into the shop so far
ahead, nor so accurately, for the runs
change more frequently and estimates
of the time needed must to a degree
take the place of known, accurate
standards.
Furthermore, we do not plan the
work of the shop to machines. The
machine tools of such a shop as we are
considering may best be arranged in
batteries, keeping similar machines to-
gether. The unit lineup is economical
only when similar parts go through
the same series of operation year in
and year out.
While the routine of planning must
vary to fit the needs of each shop, it seems advisable to
describe the methods which we installed in a shop which
is, I believe, fairly typical of most shops not engaged in
quantity production. This shop employs about 150 men.
It has a well developed engineering department and the
machine tools are assorted in different sizes, such as
lathes, drill presses, together with the other usual tools
found in machine shops. The company specializes in
conveyor machinery, offering to the trade certain stand-
ard models in standard dimensions. However, orders
.^...^^Z 0^ ./«>«
^u» ^a^J^ •*!.«. IU> M
rrji
IZZjSmM!^ Fjimti
«^..
MACMINI R*..., . _ N^M..
D<r«-/'j»'^^/'d6'
HM)S _.,."« BPIE
y
^
P
r,
--,
M*Ne„ ». lUTC , ,- rtw .,
MAPIft. ..^ ..JWTC 0«rTN.,
M»Nt _ „.,.,.IUTI HAtlKML
li*Nr. UTC .. otn.
i
ro/f
'T
- wU^- —
^
fm.
PCnrOMfMCt RAIH
•TO^nNO POIMT
mMANNB
wn.
/
jrar/ 'rjf.^ Af^
2
z
7aef//y7 /yt/'/^rri-3^
- j^^^
JO
3
7-oc/ Ot'/^ <.7^4^i,
•r^^jC
/6A
-f
^faf^. /*>.»<rj -/P/j
^^-jy-y^yy-
■f ^
^•Sac^mr /n
■
^
7^Z>aj^^
^^
6
^^j<r
/S
?
■ay
^3
<?
/s-
»
JOJTt'
^ J«y>B.r in
/t>
■f-
//
7a /Tf^ o /7<a/7c
^^^t/ a^ex y-
3^
'r
S^^
*
Th^f a^yy-K^j,-/'^
^rt' t»^ta •* c
■^
/■«
S^a/^^ ^^.yv^^
^^y-
/x.
/<-
M/it/A /i tf^^ajy/^t
^ri^/i-,cv<«
^
FIG. 51.
TIME STUD
Y OF ELEMENTARY
MOVEMENTS
Machine No. rS O ^ Machine Name . -P •? "..A.^t.^.-S. Location .^Zl'ff^Z^ii
Typj^P-'f^/r^Wy^^jr^'/rMakcr's ti-ime£c..AM.i7!.<r.ii..^.<r.r-i:i'-JI^*.^-<. Serial No. ■^.«f"-:/3o - ^':>?
Fo/m Vo IM— iUi^r .-I :
V^VVVM
A'o/e -Tumbler*/ out for /e<y.
Speeds in Feet per .Minute
ft._.^ /2-
0-^^
-22 -2J.JV
2J2.
234
JOB.
-ZZ.
Jt- 3J^.^4? uU^ _^5
J.Si
LS4.
-2^
xa.
ZM.
.Ji.
2M
Zi.
i 2~ -03^ am JS.-C yji7-
.«3.
9^
4^.£? ^9-^SZ
Jil
jca.
jiJ^
.33-
-ZJ^JLA
22.
2£3-
MJL
S£.
/SB\
ii
L^a
2Ji\
l3SjiU^
m-z.
/jf
i jit
i-iiS*.
am.
eOnUiXa^
FIG. 50. SPEED AND FEED DATA
are taken for special machinery, which cause variations
from the standard, so that you will see that the shop we
are considering conforms with the conditions which I
mentioned earlier in the article.
Let us see how this shop handles an order for a coal
conveyor, the physical location of which necessitates
changes from standard in height, width and pitch of
chain, and dimensions of the buckets.
When this order is received it is turned over to the
engineering department which prepares drawings of
the complete assembly as a
whole of the different minor
assemblies ; and detailed draw-
ings of each part. At the
same time the engineering de-
partment prepares from these
drawings a parts list or bill of
material, showing the number
of the different parts required
in the different assemblies and
the dimensions of the rough
stock, together with the infor-
mation as to whether the part
in question is to be manufac-
tured or purchased. This bill
of material may be similar to
the one shown in Article IV,
"Engineering the Product." A
copy of the bill of material,
together with a blueprint of
the drawing is then turned
over to the shop superin-
tendent.
The next step is to deter-
Feeds In Inches
3
^•jU 'jirjc
622
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
mine how to make the different parts and through what
machine tools they shall pass. Whether you operate a
job shop, or the repetitive operation shop, someone
must, in the beginning, decide just what operations are
to be performed upon the piece. So you see, as pointed
out earlier in the article, your problem is fundamentally
no different from the repetitive operation shop.
So, on a route sheet for each part, the different opera-
tions are listed together with the machine tool which is
best adapted to do the work in question. A route sheet
was described in Article VI. One especially designed
for this shop is shown in Fig. 48. So far we have
developed the same information as we did for the
llepl. Nn. IMrl,. Nn. Or
derN
*d" ^»
Dr. No. Symb. and P«tt. No.
No
Scheduled ^
to start tl
ly. o«
Us or)
Qty, on
this lot
Plnnit Nam*
Nn. prs. Dsf. No. fC*. Fin.
SEQUENCE OF
OPERATIONS
SPEED
FEED
CUT IN
INCHtS
LIMIT 1
r. p. M.
BELT
CCAflS
HOURS
tOTW
Total time limit
Starl.il fCInUh..!
.
Whgn Completed return this Card to Planning Oetartment
FIG. 52. DETAILED OPERATION CARD
Warner Gear Co.'s repetitive work, except that on the
route sheet no times are shown. It therefore is neces-
sary to forecast, as accurately as possible, the time that
these various operations will take. But first we must
know the capacities of every machine in the shop.
Therefore on a form similar to Fig. 49 gather the infor-
mation as to the capacity and method of handling the
work. From a study of the machine we also draw up a
card silimar to that shown in Fig. 50, which shows the
speeds and feeds for the various combinations of gear
and belt positions. These two records give us the theo-
retical operational capacity of the various machines.
However, before we can really set any times we must
know how long it takes to set up a machine and we
therefore make time studies of the length of time it
takes to make certain elementary moves around the
machine. On a planing machine, for instance, the
following operations have to be performed in some cases,
i.e., the tool must be placed in the clapper box ; the head
of the planer raised up or down; the power turned on
the machine; the power turned off; the stop motion
adjusted, etc. A time study form on which the standard
times for each of these motions have been recorded is
shown as Fig. 51.
The figures in the colum headed "Std" are the stand-
ard times in seconds. Item 4 shows that 4 sec. are
allowed for adjustment plus 0.4 sec. per inch of move-
ment. The same method is used for showing the
standards for items 5 and 9.
Now for each operation on a part we are able to set
Form No. 176— MagCT 20-I6M
TOOL CARD
Dr. No. Patt. No Symbol No -
Used on •—
Q'nfirnf4nn Nn n^tnt. No. Mck.No
*" *" 1
.5
1
Kept at Machine
To b* D«UT«r«d from Tool Room
1
FIG. S-f. TOOL CARD
a time, simply by picking out the elementary motions
that the man will have to make at the machine tool to
place the piece in a position to be cut. Knowing, from
the forms. Figs. 49 and 50, the speed and feed, we can
easily figure out the length of time that the actual
cutting of the metal will take, which will be close enough
for all practical purposes of planning. This estimated
time will actually be close enough to enable us to set a
bonus if we desire.
This synthetic time which we have built up from the
known elemental times, gives the time for the operation
as a whole, which time is placed on the routing sheet.
Fig. 48. The same procedure is followed for each opera-
tion. Thus, we have developed for the unknown piece
coming into our shop, a routing showing the operations,
machine tools and times.
We have now determined the time which each opera-
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
623
tion should take. We will make an effort to see that
conditions are such that the workman can do the work
in the estimated time.
To that end we give to the workman a detailed opera-
tion card for each operation, showing him the speed,
the feed and the cut in inches, and also the time limit
that we have assigned for each operation. This is
shown in Fig. 52.
Also, at the same time that the routing is made out,
the superintendent places upon the route sheet the num-
ber of the tool which is to be used. A copy of this
information is noted upon the tool card, Fig. 53, for
the operation in question, which is sent to the toolroom
by the planning department when the work is released
to the shop.
We now come to the actual planning by means of a
schedule-control graph the same in principle as the one
shown in Article VII, although in practice it may
appear differently for every shop.
The schedule-control graph is made up from the
routings, all operations on each part being draviTi back-
wards and producing a series of lines ending at irregular
points.
We have made no attempt, at this time, to assign a
definite delivery date to our article. Before we do that,
there are one or two points that must be considered.
For example, if new castings are required, we must plan
to get out the patterns and to get the castings from the
foundry. The duration of time allowed for this should
also be drawn on the schedule control.
You will note here, a slight difference from the pro-
cedure described in Article VII. At plant of the War-
ner Gear Co. the manufacture of castings, say, was not
shown on this schedule-control graph for the material
used there was coming in in a constant flow from raw
stores. Each new job that came into the shop did not
require a special pattern and castings.
It is also desirable to be able to speed the work up in
case the delivery requirements of the customer are
pressing. It can readily be seen that if we can roughly
estimate the piece which will take the longest time in
the shop, that the drawing for that piece should be
given precedence, and it is well to indicate this fact on
the schedule control.
So we then have this marked difference between the
Warner Gear Co.'s schedule-control graph and the con-
trol for this particular shop. The control graph for
this shop shows when the drawings, patterns and cast-
ings are required. Of course, sufficient time should be
left between each one of these dates for the drawing
to get to the pattern shop, to allow the pattern to get
to the foundry, and to allow the foundry time to deliver
the casting to the machine shop.
Assembly Floor the Objective Point
As I have said so often before in these articles, it is
not so important that some of the parts land at the
assembly floor on a given date, as it is that all of the
parts land on the assembly floor at nearly the same
date. It is better to have all of the parts for one
assembly done on time than to have some parts for three
machines done, and certain parts for all three lacking.
We can then, by taking the number of hours that
the shop works, ascertain the different dates when any
operation should be completed. In other words, we can
determine when the drawing should be started to be pre-
pared; the date the pattern should be started to be
made ; the date delivery should be made to the foundry ;
and the date the castings should be delivered to the shop.
Now that we have prepared the schedule-control graph
we next have to see how it serves as a guide in pro-
ducing the work. Therefore let us see how this is done
by the production manager who has under his jurisdic-
tion the making of the conveyor that we are discussing.
As he sits at his desk, on a rack behind him hang the
various schedule-control graphs for the different
machines on which the shop is working. At his desk
are a series of files which serve to represent the dif-
ferent machines in the shop. These files are really
nothing more nor less than the production board in the
booth, which was described in Article VIII with changes
to meet the changed conditions.
Here we have four pockets for each machine. The
first pocket is for work that is to be run; that is work
scheduled but not yet released into the machine shop.
The second is for work which is in the department. The
third is for work at the machine. The fourth is for
jobs which have been released to the booth in the shop.
The Production Board
Note here the difference between the use of the War-
ner Gear production board in the shop and the produc-
tion board in this shop in regards to the scheduling of
the work in the department and the work in the machine
pockets. The tickets in these three pockets have not
yet been sent into the shop, but are kept in the central
planning department. The fourth pocket simply shows
the jobs that have been released to the shop. It does
not show whether the jobs are running or not, but
simply the jobs that can be best assigned to the different
machine tools by the foreman.
Let us see how the production department controls
one part through the shop by following its records
through the various stages.
Service cards, requisitions, in-slips, move orders and
routings are prepared in advance, just as they were for
the repetitive shop described in Articles VII and VIII.
Also in the central control there is a file of requisitions
to be issued. The jobs are written up in advance, the
requisitions, in-slips, etc., are filed by manufacturing
order number and in turn by part number under manu-
facturing order number. These are withdrawn from
this file and placed in the second pocket as the date
shown on the schedule-control graph draws near. When
the date itself actually arrives, the production manager
turns over to the booth man the file of requisitions
actually to be issued and draws out the two copies of
the requisition from the requisitions to be issued, by file.
The booth man files all of these under the heading of
the machine which performs the primary operation.
As he sees that his machine is beginning to run out of
work, he places the requisition on the move board and
draws from the stores the material, landing it at the
machine which performs the primary operation. The
copy of the requisition is then returned to the booth
and from there is returned to the central control. The
central control can then move the service cards for that
particular piece forward into the work at the machine
pocket.
On the service cards, the estimated time of the jobs
is noted, and on the edge of the fourth pocket, evenly
spaced marks are placed, indicative of two-hour periods.
A movable pointer is arranged to indicate any mark,
which, shows the number of hours work ahead of a
given machine or group of machines in the shop. As
624
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
KIG. 54. CHART OF CENTRAL CONTROL. AND BOOTH OPERATIONS
work is completed, the pointer is moved back so that by
a glance at the board, the production man can ascertain
how many hours work are ahead of any machine.
Procedure on Completion of Job
As the jobs are completed in the shop, the service
cards are returned to the central control man, who re-
leases to the booth the corresponding ticket in the fourth
pocket and moves back his pointer to the number of
hours shown as standard on the return job ticket. It
is easy to see that by following the pointer carefully and
releasing the tickets to the booth as required by the
schedule control, that the booth man can at any time
see how much work there is ahead of any machine or
group of machines.
There is a distinct difference between the production
board in the booth in this type of shop from that in the
Warner Gear Co., as the booth in this shop has only two
pockets, one being used for jobs ahead of the machine,
and the other for work on the machine. The reason
for this is that no jobs are released to the booth untiU
the jobs are actually at the machine.
A careful study of the chart. Fig. 54, illustrating the
various moves of the service cards, in-slips, requisi-
tions, etc., will show that we have provided a means of
telling just where each job is in the shop; that is, from
the file of requisitions issued, pieces in process and
pieces completed, we can tell just the status of any
given piece in the assembly.
The main difference between this method of plan-
/9ccom|)//■sAn^ent Con-fro] Chart
Par] fiom«
Pieces
Wonfad
pQr\ Mo.
Po-ff erns
pioiabad
Moterrolor
CoAfinfs
Sp<Lcia 1
Tool*
Pa fa
S>fart'<i
Labor Eot'fTT^te
XQ ^c dLf% jtje Ma a.T 3o ttS to S
TJ^f'^M 1 1 f f^ f '
/"k^tCiUyna,
/ .
/
2
a 72.
a72Z
az25
.^j{6f..
■S/^
^/ze>
-<
-4/6f...
4/J>o
4-//^
^/^
<s//
—
FIf!. .55. ACCOMPLISHMENT-CONTROL, CHART
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
625
ning and that described in Article VII and VIII is
that the central control has a much closer relation to
the shop and there is not the same attempt made to
line up the work so far in advance. After the service
cards for the different operations have been returned
to the central control, the performance is noted on the
schedule control chart card just as in the case of the
Warner Gear Co. and the same information as to the
standing of our job can be read from it. This same
method, it can readily be seen, is adopted whether you
are making as we suggested in the beginning, a com-
plete conveyor, a single piece, or any number of pieces.
It is particularly useful where work is not repetitive
e.xcept at extremely long intervals, and where the parts
are coming through the shop in small quantities.
We would suggest also that there should be main-
tained as an executive record. Fig. 55, the accomplish-
ment chart, which shows at a glance what percentage
of the labor estimated has been performed upon each
piece. This would naturally be gotten at by taking
the total number of hours required for each piece and
then drawing them in, and then as the work is com-
pleted, drawing the line from left to right, indicating
the percentage of the estimated time that had been
expended upon the piece in question. The value of this
record is that it serves at a glance to show the execu-
tive how the various orders are coming through the
shop.
It will be seen that the shop depends for its informa-
tion on a system of filing rather than on a system of
written records. This again is governed by the fact that
the job that is done today is done and may not be done
again, so that it would be extremely foolish to set up
the elaborate type of records that are essential to the
repetitive shop. In this way considerable clerical labor
is saved and it brings down the planning and produc-
tion method to the minimum amount of clerical help.
Because there must be such close contact between
the central planning department and the shop, we recom-
mend the use of pneumatic tubes. Another very prac-
tical method of sending the service cards back and forth
between the central control and the different points
desired to be reached in the shop, is the old style hollow
rolling-ball. Barring these mechanical conveyors, an
efficient messenger service will have to be established,
but this should prove no draw-back as any boy or girl
at low cost can perform this function, if closely super-
vised.
It is readily seen that the principles and methods of
planning are fundamentally the same, whether the shop
be on repetitive production or job orders. In both, the
way must be smoothed for the work, definite knowledge
must be available as to when, how, and what to make,
and finally close contact with the shop must be main-
tained.
The principal differences between the two kinds of
planning lie in the closeness of control and the length
of time the work can be planned ahead.
Selling the Sales Force to the
Plant Employees
By William Frank
It is quite often the case in large manufacturing
institutions that there is mighty little co-operation
between plant employees and sales force and mighty
little contact between them, too, for that matter. The
plant employees are inclined to think that the salesmen
are a bunch of white-shirted nuts who are getting by
with murder by putting out a big bluff. And the sales-
men, on the other hand, are quite apt to think that the
plant employees are a bunch of brainless boobs whose
work isn't worth what they're paid and who are much
beneath the notice of such a superior being as a man
who actually makes the sales and therefore keeps the
plant running.
Of course where plant workers and salesmen can be
made to see how mutually necessary they are to the
Dusiness and how each of them has problems which
che other is unfamiliar with and which he might not
be able to handle, then there is certain to be greater
co-operation and a consequent increase in morale all
along the line.
S. F. Bowser & Co., Inc., of Fort Wayne, Indiana,
appreciates the existence of this problem and of the
further fact that a satisfactory solution of the prob-
lem will everywhere be a good thing for business. And
recently this concern took a unique method of solving
the problem.
Every year during the summer months the company
stages a convention of its salesmen at the home office
in Fort Wayne. Usually this convention consists only
of "pacemakers" — salesmen who have attained a certain
standing by reason of selling the quota fixed for their
territory. But this j^ear it was determined to bring all
the salesmen into the home oflSce, ordinary salesmen as
well as pacemakers, and this determination brought to
the home office several hundred salesmen from all parts
of the country.
It was felt by officials of the company that the pres-
ence of the salesmen at the home office offered a splendid
opportunity for creating a better feeling of friendliness
and co-operation between factory employees and the
sales force so the following plan for doing this was
adopted :
Each salesman was given the names of three plant
■ employees, the departments where these workers were
to be found, the nature of the work done by each of
the employees and some further data. Then the sales-
men were given badges which were appropriately in-
scribed for the wearing of workers during the conven-
tion, and were sent out into the factory to look up
the workers and to pin the badges on them. Of course,
as this was part of the salesmen's jobs at the conven-
tion, all of them did as directed. In so doing the sales-
men came into personal contact with the factory work-
ers, and upon talking to them, found that they were
regular human beings and worth while cultivating. Also
the salesmen discovered that the factory workers were
doing things the salesmen couldn't do and the workers
found that the salesmen were working just as hard as
they themselves although in a different way.
All of this had a splendid effect on the force of fac-
tory workers and gave a distinct boost to the morale
of the plant. It made the workers more enthusiastic
boosters for the plant and made them take a more
lively interest in the convention and in the salesmen.
All the way through it was a very successful stunt.
Isn't there a hint in this for other concerns who find
that there is a distinct antagonism between the sales
and factory branches?
Isn't it always well worth while to create the best
possible feeling of understanding and friendliness be-
tween all factors in the enterprise?
626
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
Machine Design Again
By entropy
No, this is not an article on sizes of shafts and
pulley arms. It is an attempt to analyze the fun-
damental reasons why some machines are too well
built and others not built well enough.
WHEN a man buys a machine, whether it be a
power sewing machine, an engine lathe or a
tractor, it is usually for the very definite pur-
pose of enabling him to make a profit from the output of
the machine. There is no sentiment about it. He may
say that he has always bought of So-and-So and prefers
to keep on trading there, but what he means is that he
has learned by experience that machinery which they
build can be depended on to do his work. It may be
more highly polished than is necesasry, but he has come
to associate that degree of polish with an eflScient ma-
chine. He looks on the finish just as he does the name-
plate, as evidence of authenticity. He will not change
merely for a lower price, even though he may concede
that some of the frills for which he is paying might well
be omitted.
Then, too, his quest for machinery is influenced by
the permanence of the market for hig own goods. It
may apparently be very stable, sufficiently so as to jus-
tify the purchase of much special or single-purpose
machinery, and yet he may have in mind certain changes
which he would like to make which would throw out all
such machines. He may not make these changes until
he has taken all the possible profit from his present
style and kind of product, but he does not wish to take
a chance that he will not soon make the change. If he
could so design his product that he could start with it
five years ahead of the times and keep it on the market
five years after the times have caught up to it, he could
well afford the special machinery. If he does this he is
in danger of finding that his five-year-in-advance-of-the
times product is ten years off at one side, and at the
best if he has sensed the coming market, he has a long
hard sales job to educate purchasers up to the point
where they can see that he is on the right track. History
is too full of instances where one man invents a ma-
chine or a method and loses all his money trying to
market it, only to see someone else pick it up later and
make a fortune out of it.
It costs a great deal of money to design even a very
simple machine, make the patterns, build it without jigs
or fixtures, and then perfect it so that it will do the work
required. It may be that designers have made original
drawings in which every movement of a rocker arm had
clear play, every effect of inertia was foreseen, and every
part was strong enough and no part so inelastic that it
interfered with the working of the other parts, but this
is so seldom accomplished that such an accident need
not be expected. Certain businesses, however, have to
have entirely special machinery. Envelope machines,
for example, are mostly indigenous to the factory in
which they are used. Second-hand ones are broken up
rather than sold so that the secrets of their construc-
tion shall not leak out even after they have outlived
their usefulness. At the other extreme is the business
which can go out any afternoon and pick up enough new
and second-hand machine tools to equip its shop before
night and have the machines backed up to the door the
next day. The effect in both cases is the same. The man
who has to have all his machinery built to order, changes
his product as seldom as possible consistent with the
advances his competitors are making, and the man who
depends on stock machinery finds the readine.ss with
which he can enlarge or contract his plant a real asset.
To determine just what machine design should be
under different conditions, let us see what factors enter
into costs of production which are affected by machine
design. There is machinery for speeding up production,
which may reduce the proportionate overhead charges
for rent and the time during which materials must be
carried before they are sold. Then there is that which
reduces the labor cost for attendance either by lowering
the quality of labor required or by speeding up or by
making it possible for one man to attend a number of
machines instead of one. Then there is the third and
possibly most important way by which machine aesign
may make a better product or one which is more de-
pendable as to quality or quantity.
In the first case there may be required nothing more
than a re-design of the machinery in use at present,
adding to its strength where needed with due respect to
the increase in stresses due to greater acceleration of
reciprocating parts, or it may be found wise to re-design
from the very beginning. Usually the former is more
likely because the man who furnishes the capital can
more readily see its possibilities, or rather he likes to
more nearly play a sure thing.
Under the second head come automatic machines, and
machines of the continuous production tj'pe, in which
the actual machine operation is automatic, and the work-
man has only to set the work, which may require skill,
and remove it, which seldom does. Such machinen- is
only justifiable when the returns from its use wifl pay
for it in a comparatively short period of time, and that
in turn depends on the optimism of the management as
to the length of time it can market the product without
change, and on the designer, as to how far he can go
in designing such machinery and yet keep it flexible
enough to be usable for other than its single purpose.
The third head is the one under which the truly
capable designer is most apt to shine above the mediocre
man. It is in this kind of design that a man can make
use of the forces of nature rather than of man, as for
example using the force of gravity in place of gibs.
Using weights instead of springs, proportioning slides
so that wear will be as constant as possible and distort
the movement of slides and carriages as little as pos-
sible, making the takeup for wear bring the moving-
part constantly up to the side which is least subject to
wear, and in general making the machine like the old
"one-hoss shay" in that it will work to its best up to
the last minute of its usefulness.
All these methods couple up machine design with
finance, with business and with human nature, and make
it just as necessary for the designer to become a student
of all three, as of strength of materials, dynamics and
kinematics.
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
The Calibration and Dimensional Changes
of Precision Gage Blocks
627
By C. G. peters and H. S. BOYD
U. S. Bureau of Standards
V7ith the interference methods described in this
article, the planeness and parallelism errors of
precision surfaces can be measured and the length
of standard gages determined by direct com-
parison with the standard light waves to an
accuracy of a few millionths of an inch. The
errors of other gages can be determined by
comparison with these calibrated standards tmth
equal precision. Measurements to this degree of
refinement are not easily made; careful manipula-
tion and well controlled conditions are required.
They are important, however, and must be made
when establishing the precision standards for the
testing laboratory.
PRECISION gages, which are blocks of metal,
usually steel, having two opposite faces plane,
parallel, and a specified distance apart, are used
in the shop as length standards for checking micro-
meters and other measuring instruments, and as dis-
tance pieces or size blocks for precise mechanical work.
The development in recent years of the art of manu-
facturing these gages has met with remarkable success,
and C. E. Johansson, the pioneer in this field, has for
some time been making them with errors that seldom
amount to 0.00002 in., while in most cases they are not
more than 0.00001 in. Extreme accuracy in construction
can however be of but little practical value without at
least an equally accurate method of testing. It is impos-
sible to measure irregularities of the surface of such
gages with any micrometric apparatus, to make com-
parisons with standard gages by any contact apparatus,
or to discover errors in length by comparison with line
standards because the errors in such measurements are
larger than the errors of construction. The method of
testing should be more accurate than the gage, not less
accurate — to the sixth decimal place, if, as here, the
error of construction is in the fifth. In December, 1917,
we undertook to develop an optical method for accom-
plishing this ; and. in a short time, by applying methods
which make use of the interference of light waves, we
succeeded in solving the problem.
With perfect gages the accuracy of the interference
method would be equal to that with which light waves
are measured, namely, about three ten-millionths of an
inch. In actual practice we are able to measure the
surface errors of gages, to determine the length of our
standards, and to compare gages with these standards
to an accuracy of one to three millionths of an inch.
The method thus possesses the desired virtue of being
decidedly more accurate than the gages are made.
Commercial Production
Shortly after the optical method of measurement was
put in operation the Gage Section of the Bureau of
Standards undertook to develop the process of manu-
facturing precision gages which up to that time had
not been successfully made in this country. The
effort met with such remarkable success that within a
few months gages with errors of 0.00001 in. or less were
being produced on a commercial scale.
Following upon the development at the Bureau of
Standards, production was undertaken by manufacturing
concerns of this country, notably the Pratt & Whitney
Co., Hartford, Conn., and the Wilton Tool and Manu-
facturing Co., Boston, Mass., who were instructed in
the process of manufacture and methods of measure-
ments. These concerns are now producing gages of
good quality on a commercial scale.
Requirements and Tolerances
Contradictor^' to much that has been said and written
of late regarding gages "good to the millionth" we have
not found one gage whose two working surfaces were
plane, parallel, and the designated distance apart within
one millionth of an inch, even though we have tested
more than 30,000 gages. This record which includes
products of all the principal manufacturers should not
reflect unfavorably upon the quality of their work. It
merely shows that a tolerance of one-millionth of an
inch is too small. The tolerance or allowable error
should naturally be governed by the precision desired in
the use of the gage, by the actual necessity for this
precision, and by the effort necessary to attain it.
Since the method of measurement as well as most of
the uses of a gage require that its end surfaces adhere to
a plane surface (or to another gage), this quality of
adherence becomes the first requirement of a gage. We
find that for satisfactory adherence to plane surfaces,
the gage surface must be plane within a hundred-
thousandth of an inch. Obviously, no burrs on the edges
are permissible because any minute projection will not
only hold two surfaces apart but also cause serious
damage to the surface when they are rubbed together.
To take full advantage of the accuracy demanded for
adherence the second requirement that the two opposite
surfaces should be parallel within at least 0.00001 in.
is a practical consequence. It is ridiculous to claim as
some do that the length of a gage, meaning the dis-
tance between the end faces, is correct to a millionth
of an inch if the end surfaces are out of plane or out
of parallel by more than that amount. Balanced per-
formance demands that the tolerance in the first two
requirements should not be more than 0.00001 in., and
with reasonable care the manufacturer can keep within
that limit.
Permissible Error
The permissible error in the length, however, should,
of course, be governed by the use to which the gage is
put. If it is to serve as a standard in a testing labora-
tory or for the production of precision gages, the length
should be determined as accurately as possible. Since
gages used as standards have appreciable surface errors
we may increase their precision by specifying the dis-
tances between the end surfaces near the center of each
edge. It is by this method of using a relatively small
portion of the surfaces that we are able to determine the
628
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
length of our standards within one to three-millionths
of an inch. For practically all the other uses such high
precision is of little value. A tolerance in length of at
least 0.00001 in. for gages one inch or less in length and
0.00001 in. per inch for longer ones should be allowed
because it is very doubtful if for various reasons this
precision is ever made use of in the shop.
The thermal expansion coefficient of steel is about
0.000012, therefore a gage that is 1 in. long at 20 deg.
C. will be 0.00006 in. longer at 25 deg. — six times the
suggested tolerance. Furthermore, our measurements
on the expansion of gage steel show that the coefficient
varies from 0.000010 for annealed steel to 0.0000135
for hardened steel; consequently, two 1-in. gages of
exactly the same length at 20 deg. C. might differ by
0.000015 in. at 25 deg. In practice the gage is usually
held in the hand and this renders the length uncertain
to at least a few hundred-thousandths of an inch per
inch of length. Furthermore, all of the instruments
tested with these gages are insensitive to a hundred-
thousandth of an inch; hence, these instruments would
not respond to variations of that amount in the gage.
Thi* is true of micrometers as well as all other contact
measuring devices. Then too, unless the gage is very
thoroughly cleaned, a film of grease or a particle of dust
m.iy be present on the surface, which will increase the
length at least 0.00001 in. Finally there is the wear
on the surfaces through use, and changes of one or two
hundred-thousandths of an inch through ageing may
take place. Considering all these facts, it seems that,
from the standpoint of measurement, but little benefit
can be gained by having gages whose lengths were
originally correct within a few millionths of an inch.
From the manufacturers' standpoint, we find only about
one-half of the submitted product falls within 0.00001
in. of the nominal length, while most of the other half
falls within 0.00002 in. It results that sets of gages
with errors within a few millionths of an inch can be
furnished only through very careful testing and sorting,
and a needless rejection of a large number of good
gages.
We may consider the sensation of light produced in
our eyes to be due to transverse waves sent out by the
luminous body. These waves vary in length, giving
rise to different color sensations. The range of the
wave lengths visible to the eye is from about 0.000016
in. for blue light to 0.000028 in. for red. If two trains
of waves from one point in a source having traversed
different paths fall upon a point on the retina of the
eye, the resultant vibration determines the brightness.
If they are "in step" maximum brightness results; if,
however, the troughs of the one arrive with the crests
of the other, destructive interference takes place re-
sulting in relative darkness. If the two trains travel
different distances so that the difference in path is some
whole number of wave lengths, then the waves will
A
FIG. 1.
CONDITION OF INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHT
FROM .AN EXTENDED SOUUCR
FIG. 2. TEST FOR PLANENESS
reach the eye in phase. If the difference in path is
equal to some whole number of wave lengths plus one-
half wave length, the waves in the two trains will be
out of phase so that destructive interference takes
place. The conditions for interference are realized
when light from an extended source S, Fig. 1, falls on
a thin transparent film. Part of the light is reflected
from the first surface, A B C D, and the remainder is
transmitted to the second surface A B F G where par-
tial reflection again takes place. Since the wave trains
reaching the eye E from these two reflections have
traveled over different distances, reinforcement or de-
structive interference can therefore occur. When white
light is used and the film is thin, brightly colored bands
are seen across the surface. If monochromatic light,
that is, light of one color or of very limited spectral
extent is employed, alternate light and dark bands or
interference fringes extend across the film.
Test for Planeness of Surfaces
The test for planeness is made by means of the
fringes due to light reflected from the two surfaces of
a thin transparent film. Suppose we have two plane
surfaces A C and A D, Fig. 2, which are in contact
along the line A B and inclined at a slight angle 0. A
ray of light from a point in the source S reaches the
point F making an angle of incidence i with the normal
to the surface AC. At F this ray is split into two
parts, one of which reaches the eye E along the path
F E, while the other, reflected at G, travels along the
path F G E. The effect produced at the eye by these
two rays will depend upon the difference in length of
these two paths which can be expressed by Nl where ^
is the wave length of the light and N the number of
waves. If A' is any integer the waves will be out of
phase, due to half a wave phase change' by reflection
at the denser medium, and the point F will in that case
appear dark.
The difference in length of 'path of these two rays
coming from F is given by the equation'
'Onlv under special cases is this phase change exactly a half
wave 'length. It is seldom necessary, as in the present case.
lo determine its exact rule.
^Michelson, Phil. Mag:.. 13. 18S2.
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
629
N\ = 2
r + P tan 0 tan a
(1)
11+ tan' a + tan'e
where P is the perpendicular distance B H from the eye
to the surfaces; T, the distance between the surfaces at
H; and a and 6 the respective projections of the inci-
dence angle on the planes through E H perpendicular
and parallel to A B.
In the case of normal incidence, that is, when the
light coming from the source to the surfaces and re-
4X ~^~^D
FIG. 3. INTERFERENCE FRINGES, PLANE StTRPACE
fleeted to the eye passes along the perpendicular to, say,
the first surface, the angles a and 9 are both zero. In
that case tan a and tan 6 are zero, giving for equation
(1) the simple expression
NX = 2?
which states that the difference in path of the two
interfering trains is simply equal to the double thick-
ness of the wedge fthe double distance is used because
the light travels down and back through the film).
From this equation it is evident that where N is con-
stant, that is along any one fringe, T is also constant;
hence, the fringes trace lines of equal separation of
the two surfaces.' Starting from the line of contact
A B of the two plane surfaces. Fig. 3, and moving to
a wider part of the wedge, when 27 = X interference
takes place and the first dark fringe /, will be a straight
line parallel to .4 B. When 2T ^ J (3),) the wave trains
reinforce and a light fringe is produced. Moving to
a still thicker part of the wedge where 2T ^= 2X a
second dark fringe f., will
occur, etc. From this, it is
evident that if the surfaces
are plane the fringes will
be straight lines, equally
spaced and parallel to the
line of intersection of the
surfaces. The next dark
fringe always occurs on
passing to where the double
separation increases by ),,
hence, the distance between
fringes depends on the in-
clination of the surfaces.
If a plane surface be brought
in contact with a convex spherical surface, Fig. 4, then
at the point of contact 27 is equal to zero. Radially from
this point the separation of the surfaces increases uni-
formly in all directions, so the fringes, and hence the
lines on which 2T = Nl, are concentric circles around
the point of contact C as a center. On any ring the dis-
tance of the spherical surface from the plane is equal
to the number of the ring counting from the point of
contact times i (/,). By pressing dowTi at A, the plane
surface can be made to roll on the spherical surface
shifting the point of contact and with it the center of
the ring system in the direction of A, that is toward the
point of application of the pressure. With a convex
surface the center of the ring .system lies at the point
of minimum separation.
If one of the surfaces be concave and spherical.
Fig. 5, a similar system of concentric circular fringes
is produced, but in this case the center of the system
lies at the point of maximum separation. Pressing
down on A causes the center of the ring system to shift
toward B, the direction of increasing separation, away
from the point of application of the pressure. Thus a
slight pressure on one edge of the plane surface A B
serves to indicate whether the curved surface is con-
vex or concave.
With one surface plane and the other irregular the
fringes are irregular curves each of which follows the
line of equal separation of the surfaces. Whether the
irregularity is a projection or depression can be de-
termined by applying a slight pressure to one edge of
the upper surface and noting the direction of shift of
the fringes.
The amount a curved surface deviates from a true
plane can be readily estimated as follows: Draw a
straight line C D, Fig. 6 across the center of the true
plane surface, parallel to the line of contact H K of the
surfaces.
Bring this line tangent to one of the fringes
at say the point A. It is evident that this line repre-
sents the direction a fringe through A would take if the
irregular surface could be converted into a plane tangent
to the irregular surface at A. The fractional part of the
distance between two fringes by which the fringe E F
deviates from the straight line C D gives the fractional
part of a half wave length by which the irregular
surface deviates along C D from true plane. With
The fact should be stressed
here, however, that, as shown be-
low, the fringe marks the line of
constant thickness of film only
when the direction of view is per-
pendicular to the film. Observinir
on the slant, straight fringes do
not indicate that the tested sur-
face is plane.
4. INTKHFERE.XCE FRINGES, CON-
VEX SPHERIC.\L, SURFACE
FIG. 5. INTERFERE.XCE FRINGES. CON-
CVTE SPHERICAL SURFACE
630
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 14
H K as the line of contact, the point D is estimated to
be one-fourth wave length above and C one-half wave
length below the plane surface tangent at A.
Testing for Planeness
For testing the planeness of a gage surface, a surface
plate, micrometer anvil, or any other polished surface,
a test plate is placed in quite close contact with, and
slightly inclined to, the surface to be tested. This test
plate is of glass one surface of which has been polished
accurately true plane and tested against a master true
E c
D F
FIG. 6. INTERFERENCE FRI.VGES, IRREGULAR Sl'KFACE
plane or liquid surface of large extent. The accuracy
of the test is of course limited by the irregularities of
the test plate surface. It is very difficult to make glass
surfaces two or three inches in diameter plane within
a 0.000005 in., and to reduce this error requires excep-
tional skill. For ordinary shop work, however, test
plates of sufficient accuracy may be selected from pieces
cut from plate glass and tested with a true plane.
For carrying out the test the thin film formed be-
tweeli the plane surface of the test plate and the gage
surface is illuminated with monochromatic light. A
convenient source of monochromatic light is a bunsen
flame in which is inserted a piece of asbestos soaked
in a salt solution. A ground glass plate illuminated
either by a helium lamp operated on a 5,000-volt alter-
nating-current circuit, or by a mercury vapor lamp is
equally good. The wave lengths of the most effective
visible radiation from these sources are approximately:
Sodium (yellow) = 0.0000232 in.
Helium (yellow) = 0.0000231 in.
Mercury (green) = 0.0000215 in.
With any of these sources on passing from one inter-
ference band to the next, the distance between the sur-
faces is increased or decreased by i (X) or about 0.00001
in., and if still more accurate measurement is desired,
one can estimate the deviation of the fringes from a
straight line as described. A colored glass screen illu-
minated by an incandescent lamp or ordinary daylight
may be used as a source if high precision is not desired,
but the light will not be sufficiently monochromatic to
allow assignment of a definite value to the most effec-
tive wave length.
With a very true test plate and an illuminating and
viewing instrument designed by Pulfrich,' we are able
to measure slight variations in a surface under test
with an accuracy of about 0.000001 in. This instrument,
fulfilling very exactly the requirements of normal inci-
dence of the light, permits of the use of formula (2)
'jbove.
A close approximation to this condition is obtained
with the arrangement shown in Fig. 7. Light from a
piece of ground glass B which is illuminated by the
source S is reflected by the thin glass plate P set at an
angle of 45 deg. down to the interferometer A G. The
eye E is vertically over the center of the gage surface
and the interference fringes are viewed through the
plate P. The only point at which the light that reaches
the eye makes normal incidence with the plates (that
is where Nl = 2r) is at the foot of the perpendicular
E D. At any other point C the incidence angle is t.
Looking out along a fringe through the foot of the
perpendicular to a point at the edge of the gage, the
light makes an incident angle G and the formula (1)
becomes :
N). = 2T cos e
Rigidly considered, therefore, a wedge of perfectly
plane surfaces would show that fringe, not where the
thickness T is a constant, but where T cos 6 is constant
and the fringe would curve toward the region of greater
separation of the surfaces. Therefore the fringes must
have a definite curvature when the surface is viewed
at an appreciable slant. This fact may be easily lost
FIG.
CONDITIONS AS SHOWN BY THE PL'LFRICH
INSTRFME.N'T
sight of in both the work-room where true planes are
perfected and inspected, and in the laboratory where
they are tested. With the eye 14 in. above a pair of
true planes 3 in. in diameter and separated by a dis-
'Pulfiich, Zeits. f. Instk., Vol. 18. p. 261 : 1898.
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery .,
631
tance of 20 wave lengths the fringe will deviate from
a straight line by about 0.2 the distance between the
two adjacent fringes, so that, applying the criterion
for perpendicular vision the plane surface would be
considered to be out of plane by 0.1 wave length, or
0.000002 in. Measurements of planeness made with
this arrangement on surfaces 2 in. in diameter can
therefore be depended upon to about two-millionths of
an inch.
The customary arrangement for testing planeness
is shown in Fig. 8. Here light from the illuminated
ground glass screen B falls slantingly on the surfaces
of A and G and is reflected to the eye at E making a
rather large angle i with the perpendicular N M. In this
case, with the observer looking toward the point M,
the rigid formula is
N\
J + P tan 0 tan a
2T„
1 1 + tan'a + tan^e V 1 + tan^a + tan^e
To representing the separation of the surfaces at M.
If the edge of the wedge is perpendicular to the plane
of incidence E M B, d = o, hence
V 1 + tan^c
2 T
If, further, a ^ i = 45 deg., Nl = ^ which means
that the test is only -7^ = 0.7 as sensitive as for
perpendicular vision; and, looking at points to one side
which introduces an angle 6, it is even less sensitive.
If, therefore, an accuracy of 0.000002 in. is desired in
the estimation of planeness, the arrangement of Fig. 8
should not be used unless the fringes can be observed
from a point very close to the perpendicular from the
FIG. 8. ARRANGEME.VT FOR TESTIXO PLAN'ENESS
eye to the surface and then the eye should be at least
14 in. above the surface.
When the plane surfaces of two gages, or of a gage
and a glass plate, are brought into intimate contact
they adhere, necessitating considerable force to separate
them. To cause this adherence, the surfaces are first
washed with benzol, then with alcohol, and finally wiped
with clean cotton to remove all traces of grease and
dust. A drop of alcohol the size of a pin head is then
placed on the gage surface and allowed to evaporate
until nearly all has disappeared. The surface of the
plate is then brought in contact with the gage surface,
which causes the remaining trace of alcohol to spread
out. Any excess of liquid can be forced out by sliding
the surfaces on each other. When the two surfaces
come into close contact the cohesive force. causes them
to grip each other and resist a considerable separating
force.
A large number of measurements we have made show
that when two very plane surfaces are brought into
contact in this manner, the separating film is not more
than 0.000001 in. thick. What really happens is that
the surfaces form intimate contact at the high points,
•
s
i
p.
G
Pi
>
e
' — '
— '
FIG. 9. ARRANGEMENT FOR TESTING PARALLELISM
the liquid filling the fine furrows or scratches left by
the finishing laps. Our tests show that two gages with
the ordinary lapped finish when brought in contact as
described require to separate them, a pull in the direc-
tion perpendicular to the surfaces of from 35 to 40 lb.
per sq.in. With gages possessing a high optical polish
more intimate contact was possible, that is the capillary
film was much thinner, and the required separating
force ranges between 95 and 100 lb. per sq.in. Con-
sidering the extreme thinness of the separating film
when good contact exists, the need of exceedingly plane
surfaces is apparent. With a nick or burr on the edge
or a lump on the surface which hold the two surfaces
0.00001 in. apart, adherence is almost impossible.
Two surfaces will also adhere when covered with a
film of grease or with moisture from the hand. The
thickness of these films, however, is a rather indefinite
quantity, in most cases about 0.000003 in., and while
considerable force is required to slide the gages on
each other, they can be pulled apart by a force of 5 to
10 lb. For the ordinary uses of gages the existence
of the oil or grease film introduces no appreciable error
but in making accurate calibration of the gages them-
selves, it should be eliminated. With gages having
slight surface imperfections, the oil film is a decided
advantage in holding them together.
Test for Parallelism of Surfaces
The arrangement of the apparatus used to test the
parallelism of the surfaces of a standard gage is shown
in Fig. 9. Two accurately plane interferometer plates
Pj and P.^ are half silvered on their inner faces. Near
one edge of each, a strip of the silver about 4 in. wide
is removed. This clear area on P is brought in con-
tact with one end of the gage, G, and that of P, with
the other end of the gage. This combination of plates
and gage constitutes a Fabry and Perot Interferometer.
When this interferometer is placed in front of the
ground glass screen B illuminated with monochromatic
light from the source S, and viewed from E along a
line S E, perpendicular to the silvered surfaces, con-
centric interference rings known as "Haidinger rings"
are seen. When the eye, E, is moved in a direction
perpendicular to the line of sight S E, the system of
rings moves across the plates in the same direction, the
center of the system always remaining on the per-
632
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
pendicular from the eye to the surfaces. If now the
interferometer surfaces are parallel to each other, which
means that the two gage surfaces which are in contact
with them must also be parallel, each ring will retain
its original diameter when the eye is moved. If the
plates are not parallel the rings expand on moving to
points of greater separation, and contract when the eye
is moved in the direction of smaller separation. Suppose
that when the eye is shifted so that the center of the
ring system moves across the plates from one edge to
the other the first central ring expands and takes the
place originally occupied by the second (a new ring
forming within), then the distance between the two
interferometer plates has increased by one-half wave
length, which for yellow helium light is about 0.000011
in. If the width of the gage is one-fourth that of the
silvered space, this would mean a slant of about
0.000003 in between the gage surfaces. Since an ex-
pansion of the rings can be estimated to one-fourth
of the diameter of the first ring, an error of 0.000001
in. in the parallelism of the gage surfaces can be de-
accuracy of one-millionth of an inch, a comparison with
these waves is exactly equivalent to a comparison
with the standard meter.
Actual Measurements
The arrangement of the apparatus used to measure
gages in wave lengths is shown in Fig. 10. The inter-
ferometer formed by the gage and plates of Fig. 9 is
placed in front of the slit of a grating or prism spectro-
graph. Light from the neon lamp N is focussed by the
lens L, upon a point beyond the interferometer P. P..
Part of the light is transmitted directly through the
interferometer, part is reflected by the silvered surface
of Pj to the silvered surface of P, where it is again
reflected, and then passes on through P,. The reflected
and directly transmitted parts when combined produce
a system of interference rings which is focussed by
the lens L.. upon the slit S of the spectrograph. The
images of the slit corresponding to the diff'erent radia-
tions from neon are separated by the grating B and
recorded on the photographic plate C. Since the slit
FIG. 10. APPARATUS FOR MEASURING 3Y WAVK LENGTHS
tected. To realize this precision, however, special care
must betaken to have the surfaces of the gage in very
close contact with the plates.
Determination of the Lengths of Standards
The lengths of gages which are to be used as stand-
ards must first be determined by comparison with some
invariable primary standard of length, and redeter-
mined occasionally to insure permanency.
The standard light waves, the most permanent length
units known, were chosen as the fundamental standard.
The wave lengths of red, yellow and green radiations
from cadmium were determined by direct comparison
with the standard meter, by Michelson' in 1893 and
redetermined by Fabry and Benoit' in 1907. The values
for the wave lengths obtained from these two inde-
pendent determinations agreed to about one part in
fifteen million. The wave lengths of the radiations
from other luminous substances have been meas-
ured by comparison with these fundamental wave
lengths.
For standardizing gages the waves emitted by incan-
descent neon gas, of lengths ranging from 0.50 to 0.75
microms, were used. These were determined with an
accuracy of about one part in four or five million by
Meggers,' and found to be so accurately reproducible
under similar conditions that variations cannot be de-
tected. Therefore, for making measurements with an
'Michelson, Traveaux et Memoires du Bureau International
des Poids et Mesure.s, Vol. 11. 1895.
"Fabry and Benoit, Traveaux et Memoires, 15, 1913.
"Meggers. B. S. Sci. Papers No, 329, 1918.
'Meggers, B. S. Sci. Papers No. 251, 1915.
"Meggers and Peters, B. S. Sci. Papers, No. 327. 1918.
is illuminated by the ring system, each slit image is
crossed by the arcs of its own system of interference
rings. By measuring the diameters of these rings the
number of wave lengths of any color in the double dis-
tance between the plates, which is the path difference
of the two interfering trains, is obtained.' One-half
this number of waves multiplied by the wave length
of the light gives the perpendicular distance between
the two plates at EF, the center of the ring systems.
For the accuracy sought the wave lengths must be cor-
rected for the existing conditions of temperature and
pressure of the air." Having the perpendicular distance
between the two plates it is necessary to add to this
the thickness of the silver films, about 0.000003 in., to
obtain the length of the gage, providing of cour.se the
gage surfaces are parallel. This is seldom the case,
for even after careful selection most of our standards
have surface or parallelism errors of about 0.000005 in.
A correction for the slope of the plates betv^-een EF
and the center of each edge of the gage must therefore
be applied. These surface irregularities are the greatest
sources of error in the determination. Where they are
small, difl'erent measurements made on the same gage
on the same day agree within about 0.000001 in. Of
course, to obtain this high accuracy the gage and inter-
ferometer are placed in a chamber where the tem-
perature is carefully controlled at 20 deg. C, the
temperature at which the length is supposed to be cor-
rect.
The length obtained from wave lengths which me
expressed in metric units is transformed into inches
by using the relation M, 39.37 = 1 inch.
( To be continued in our next is»uej
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
633
Repair Kink for Ford Owners
By H. W. Johnson
One of the must common repair jobs on a Ford is
that of overhauling the rear axle. I have no suggestion
to offer regarding the repairs to the axle, but I have
worked out a simple trick which makes it much easier
to replace the rear-axle assembly under the chassis.
The difficulty most people encounter lies in entering
the square shank of the universal joint into the square
hole in the transmission. It is quite likely to be a
two-man job before it is finished.
Unless your floor is good and smooth, it is best to
start out by laying down a board, about 10 in. wide
and 2 or 3 ft. long, under the rear of the chassis.
Put three or four small pieces of pipe on this board
garages are equipped with a roller jack device for this
work, but for the man who has none, it would be hard
to beat the soap box and pipe combination.
A Power Saw Clamp
By E. F. Tuttle, Jr.
Having a number of pieces to cut off of small rod
(i in. to i in. in diameter) we rigged up the power
<!aw as shown in the sketch to do the job.
A piece of 4 x 4 x i in. angle iron was cut off the
same length as the width of the vise jaws of the machine
and two holes were drilled in the angle iron. Two
holes were drilled and tapped in the stationary jaw to
hold the angle iron. Later the holes in the angle iron
were slotted to the edge so it could be removed easily.
I
h
IMPROVISED ROLLER JACK
for rollers. Then set a small wooden box, preferably
about 8 in. deep, 12 in. wide and 16 in. long, on the
rollers.
The axle assembly, without the wheels, is placed on
this box, as shown in the illustration, and pushed under
the car by running the box on the rollers. You can
now go to the front door of the car, remove the floor
board and couple up the drive shaft to the engine
easily.
The rollers permit the axle assembly to be pushed
back and forth easily, and leaving the wheels off leaves
the drive shaft free to turn, so the squares can be
matched. After the front end is coupled to the engine,
the axle can be jacked up until the spring shackles
match.
Here, too. the work is made easier by the absence
of the wheels.
Finally the wheels are put on and the axle jacked
high enough to allow the box to be removed. Some
THE CLAMP IN XJSSS
In the other leg of the angle iron a i-in. hole was
drilled and tapped through which' could be run a screw
to bear on the block of soft steel. This piece of
steel enabled us to tighten up on a number of rods and
thus cut off all at one cut.
Laying Out Angles
By Chester E. Josselyn
A pattern maker informed me sometime ago he had
a large pattern to make that required some angular
work which the blueprint specified in degrees.
He said giving the angle to him in this case was'
almost useless as he could not depend upon plotting it
with a. protractor with any degree of accuracy and
desired to know how to lay out an angle by measiu»-
ment. I showed him how to lay out an angle by scribing
an arc Cequal in radius to the sine of the angle wanted,
multiplied by the length of the base line in inches)
634
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
from one end of the base line and drawing a line tangent
to the arc and joining the base line at the other end.
I have since arranged a table of sines which I think
rl^dius-Sine of angle X length of any tase line.
£xample: Angle of^J? c^rees (desired.
J'base line Ptic^ws-a59Q75X5-ll96Ans.
MKTHOD OF L.\Y1NG OUT ANGLES, INCLUDI.VG
TABLK OF SINES
handy for both designers and mechanics. It includes
sines for each one-half degree up to 45 degrees.
For large work a drawing should not only specify
the angle but a means for its practical development.
METHOD OF LAYING OUT ANGLES. INCLUDING TABLES OF SINES
Degrees
.'
I*
5»
101
}!♦
A Home-Made Water Tumbling Barrel
By John Vincent
Brass castings are frequently tumbled in a barrel
with water in order to remove the sand and to give them
a brighter, cleaner finish than can be obtained by
tumbling them dry. The illustration shows a home-
made water tumbling barrel which was built by the
Illinois Pattern and Foundry Co., Chicago, 111., for use
in its cleaning room.
The trough was made of scrap from an old oil barrel
riveted to angle iron at the joints, and made with a
flaring front so that the accumulation of sand and dirt
in the bottom could be more readily scraped out. The
top edge was reinforced to give it strength to carry the
weight of the rotating barrel. The barrel itself was
made from an old heavy-weight oil drum reinforced on
the ends and fitted with trunnions. The cover plate
shown on its side is bolted on and can be quickly re-
moved for filling the barrel with castings. There are a
number of holes in the end of the drum which permit
the water to enter and circulate through it, carrying out
the dirt and sediment. The tank itself is kept about
half full of water and is provided with a drain at the
Sine
Degrees
Sine
Degrees
Sine
0 00873
15!
0 26724
305
0.50754
0 01745
16
0.27564
31
0.51504
0 02618
16J
0.28402
315
0.52250
0 03490
17
0 29237
32
0 52992
0 04362
175
0 30070
325
0 53730
C 05234
18
0 30902
33
0 54464
C 06105
18i
0 31730
335
0 55194
0 06976
19
0 32557
34
0.55919
0 07846
195
0.33381
345
0 56641
0 08716
20
0 34202
35
0 57358
0 09585
205
0 35021
355
0 58070
0.10453
21
0.35837
36
0.58779
0 11320
215
0 36650
365
0 59482
0 12187
22
0 37461
37
0 60181
0.13053
22!
0 38268
37!
0.60876
0.I39I7
23
0 39073
38
0.61566
0 14781
23!
0 39875
38!
0 62251
0 15643
24
0 40674
39
0.62932
0 16505
24!
0 41469
395
0 63608
0 17365
25
0 42262
40
0 64279
0.18224
25!
0 43051
405
0 64945
0 19081
26
0 43837
41
0 65606
0 19937
265
0 44620
415
0 66262
0 20791
27
0 45399
42
0 66913
0 21644
275
0 46175
42!
0 67559
0 22495
28
0 46947
43
0 68200
0 23345
28!
0 47716
431
0 68835
0 24192
29
0 48481
44
0 69466
0 25038
29!
0 49242
44;
0 70091
0 25882
30
0 50000
45
0 70711
A HOME-MADE WATER TUMBLING BARKEl.
bottom SO that the water can be drawn off before clean-
ing out the sediment.
Grinding Hobs
By Eugene E. Henry
The accompanying illustration shows an arrangement
for holding gear-cutting hobs while sharpening them.
This method is adapted to use on all spiral hobs regard-
less of the number of teeth or the amount of twist,
as the guide or stop acts directly on the backs of the
teeth that are being ground. The device is here shown
attached to a No. 1 Le Blonde cutter grinder.
It should be noted that the hob is mounted between
low center posts, so as to get it low enough to pass
under the wheel, a swing of 3 J in. over the table being
used. On the front of the grinder head a 3 x li-in.
bar A is fastened. It is adjustable horizontally, being
mounted on the studs with a slight clearance so that
it can be moved by turning the thumbnut B on the eye-
bolt. The end of the bar near the grinder wheel carries
the guide C, which has a vertical adjustment. The
lower edge of C is faced with a piece of hardened steel,
so that it is not cut by the teeth of the hob being
ground. The hob is held by hand against the guide or
stop C, and the table is moved with long strokes the
full length of the hob while light cuts are taken. A
5-in. alundum saucer wheel. No. 38-46 K, is used.
METHOD OF GRINDING GEAR-CUTTING HOBS
September 30, 1920 ) Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
635
9HOP EQUIPMENT NtWJ
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NtWS •
A weekly r©viow oP
modorn des^i^gnsond
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no cfkorge. To he
eligibie for presentation, the articie mast not have heen
on the market more than six months €tnJ mast not have
heen advertised in this or any previoas issue. Owing to
the news cf*aracter of these descriptions it will be impos'
sibie to submit tfien% to ttie manufacturer for approval.
;J
• CONDENSED •
CLIPPING IND&X
Aconiinuouj record
ot^modorn dos't^ns
• and (Xjuipmont/ •
Norton "Multipurpose" Grinding
Machine
A machine just completed and ready to be delivered
by the Norton Co., of Worcester, Mass., is the "Multi-
purpose" grinding machine, shown in the accompanying
illustrations, of which Fig. 1 is a front view and Fig.
2 a back view.
The machine is intended to serve all the purposes of
the so-called "universal" machine in grinding parallel
and tapered work, cutters, reamers, etc.
This machine is entirely self contained and requires
no overhead works. As shown in the illustration, it is
arranged for a "single belt constant speed" drive and
may be belted direct from the line shaft. There are
no other exposed belts, and if arranged for direct motor
drive even this one is eliminated.
CAPAaXY OF THE MACHINE
The machine will swing work up to 12 in. in diam-
eter and 36 in. long. Both the headstock and wheelhead
have swivel bases, graduated in degrees. The work
spindle is hollow and will pass a 4-in. bar. The drive to
the headstock is all geared, the power being transmitted
from the main drive shaft in the base through splined
shafts, the upper one of which also swivels to accom-
modate itself to angular positions of the head or of the
upper table when grinding
tapers or bevels.
The gears in the headstock
run in oil. By the movement
of a lever the rotative speetl of
the work spindle may be varied
from 53 to 320 r.p.m. in six
steps. Spindle speeds are en-
tirely independent of tatle
speeds. The center may be
either "live" or "dead" as
required.
The tail spindle has a quick
lever-movement for mounting
and demounting work and a
screw movement for fine ad-
justment. The upper table
swivels at the center and a
triple graduated scale at one
end enables a setting to be
made in degrees, taper per
foot, or percentages.
The >:able traverse mechan-
ism is similar to that pre-
viously used on the Norton
machines. There are eight changes of speed ranging
from 2 ft. to IH ft. per minute. Speeds are changed by
means of a four-step cone and back gears on the front
of the base.
Spindij;-Dri\-e Belt Inclosed
The drive to the wheel spindle is by inclosed belt
running through the hollow swiveling head, and by an
ingenious arrangement of spring loaded idlers, the head
may be turned completely around without interfering
with the freedom of its movement.
The wheel spindle is double ended and arranged to
carrj- a 12-in. diameter wheel on either end. An in-
ternal grinding fixture attaches to the back end of the
wheelhead, which is turned 180 deg. to bring the internal
grinding spindle into action, and is driven by belt from
a pulley mounted in place of one of the grinding
wheels.
The spindle runs in hard bronze bearingrs with tapered
sleeves for taking up wear. The end thrust is borne
by a collar.
The Wheel Feed
The wheel feed may be either automatic or by hand.
The automatic feed operates at each reversal of the
table and may be adjusted to increments of one-quarter
thousandth.
NORTON •Mri.TIIM'RPOSE" nKlNI>INi5 MAnil-NE iFRONT)
636
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
FIG. 2. NORTON "MULTIPURPOSE" GRINDING MACHINE (BACK)
The machine is supplied with a complete set of ac-
cessories. Approximate weight of machine with regular
equipment is 4,950 lb. Floor space required 11 ft. 8 in. x
5 ft. 5 in.
Gardner Improved Abrasive Disks
The Gardner Machine Co., Beloit, Wis., has developed
an improved type of abrasive disk for use on disk
grinding machines. The illustration
shows a disk mounted on the steel
disk-wheel of a grinding machine.
Among the features of the improved
disk are its increased thickness, its
corrugated surface, and the bond
used in its construction. It has more
than twice the thickness of the orWi-
nary glue-bond disk. The corrugated
surface is said to tilt the abrasive
grains into the best position for
cutting. The bond is a special
cement which powders away during
the grinding operation, presenting
new cutting points to the work. It
is claimed that the improved disk
will last longer, cut faster and cooler
than the glue-bond disk, and will
materially reduce the maintenance
expense of the grinding machine
proper.
and sold through Belfrey &
Craighead, Tribune Building,
Chicago, 111.
This soldering iron is light
in weight and of convenient
size to suit the requirements
of the user for both light and
heavy work. The gasoline
reservoir is contained in the
handle which is made of seam-
less brass tubing. The pump
unit is placed at the end
and is easily removed for
refilling.
A rust-proof iron pipe con-
nects the handle with the
burner and contains cotton
wicking to insure a continu-
ous flow of gasoline. The
burner is a one-piece brass
casting arranged to preheat
the gas and its design permits
the use of the iron in any
position in both extreme cold
and high winds.
One large and one small point are furnished with
the iron.
Dumore No. 3 Multi-Speed
Grinding Machine
The Wisconsin Electric Co., Racine, Wis., has added
to its line of Dumore grinding machines the No. 3 multi-
speed machine shown in the illustration. The device is
adapted to both production and toolroom work, and is
IMPROVED AB-
RASIVE DISK
Ever-Hot Soldering Iron
The soldering iron shown in the illustration is
made by the Peterson-Plummer Manufacturing Co., ^
^^iM^^^^feu^
lpgB3(»wiM««?r-
EVER-HOT GASOLINE SOLDERING IRON
DUMORE NO. 3 MULTI-SPEED GRINDING MACHINE
AND EQUIPMENT
Specifications: Motor. J hp. Universal, for d-C. and a.c. current.
Seven spindle speeds. 3.600 to 30,000 r.p.m. Spindl- adjustment,
5i in. Net -weight, witliout equipment 25 lb.; with equipment,
35 lb. Shipping weight, 45 lb.
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
637
provided with a set of interchangeable spindles and
pulleys so that a wide range of spindle speed is
obtainable.
The spindle is tool steel and mounted in adjustable,
dust-proof ball bearings. Four extension spindles for
use on internal work, together with wheel arbors for
light and heavy grinding, are furnished with the
machine. The armature bearings of the motor are
mounted on rubber insulators to eliminate vibration that
could be carried to the spindle. The device can be
swiveled to any angle necessary in practice. When used
for light tool grinding, the toolrest and shield for the
wheel can be attached.
Lovejoy Face-Milling Cutter
The cutter shown in the illustration is recomrr^nded
by its manufacturer, the Lovejoy Tool Co., Inc., Spring-
field, Vt., for all face milling where the depth of cut
does not exceed i"; inches.
The teeth of this face-milling cutter are positively
is simple in operation, requiring no special skill. Three
men are needed to operate the tool to the best advan-
tage, two being at the throttle end while the third
supports the chisel end and holds the chisel to the rivet.
The air-control handle is located under the operator's
right hand and the force of the blow is entirely under
his control. It is claimed that l-in. and 1-in. rivet
heads can be cut off in from four to six blows.
Dumping Body on Karry-Lode
Industrial Truck
The all-steel dumping body illustrated can be mounted
on the electric truck made by the Karry-Lode Industrial
Truck Co., Inc., 98-100 Nott Ave., Long Island City, N. Y.
The body has a capacity of 40 cu.ft. and dumps over the
end of the truck, being especially adapted for coal
handling.
The mounting of such a body is possible because of
the fact that the truck is so constructed that it is not
necessary to raise the platform to gain access to the
LOVEJOY FACE-MILLING CUTTER
locked by the arrangement shown in the insert between
the two views of the cutter. This is said to insure
against the possibility of slipping or loosening under
heavy or intermittent cuts. The teeth are easily adjust-
able when they become worn and it is possible to set the
cutters at the best angle for the work in hand.
The body is made of hardened steel and is ideal for
holding Stellite teeth, which are supplied if so ordered.
The cutter is made in sizes ranging from 6V to 18 in. in
diameter.
Keller "Rivet-Busting" Tool
The Keller Pneumatic Tool Co,, Grand Haven, Mich.,
is placing on the market the tool shown in the illus-
tration, which is called the Keller "Iron Mule" "rivet
tuster." This is an air-operated tool designed for cut-
ting off and backing out steel rivets in the shop. It
DUMPING BODY ON KARRY-LODE INDUSTRIAL TRUCK
battery. The steel platform serves as the frame of
the truck, and the battery is so suspended that it can be
removed without disturbing the TDlatform.
Torchweld Gas Cutting-Torch
The gas cutting-torch shown in Fig. 1 is made by
the Torchweld Equipment Co., Fulton and Carpenter
Sts., Chicago, and is known as their style 15 MC. It
is designed to use oxy-acetylene, oxy-hydrogen, or oxy-
hydrocarbon gases, such as butane, calorene, and the
like. Special tips, however, are needed for the various
gas combinations. An 85-deg. torch-head angle is
standard but 70, 50, 35 deg. and straight heads can be
furnished when desired.
A one-piece cutting tip is used and the mixing cham-
ber is just back of the torch head. A novel feature
of the construction is that an annular space is provided
around the mixer in which a small amount of gases
accumulate. Drill holes connect this space with the
gas passage-way leading to the tip and, in case of
KELLEK 'IRON MULE" 'RIVET BUSTER"
Specifications: Dimensions of piston, 13 x 9 in. Length of
strolce, 41 in. Length of chisel, outside of tool, 7 in. Length of
tool, overall, 67 in. Net weight, 75 lb. Weight ot chisel, 7 lb.
• Operating weight, H'2 lb. Shipping weight, l.'!5 lb.
FIG. 1. TOKCHVifELD GAS CUTTING-TORCH
638
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
back-fire to the mixing chamber, the ignited mixture in
the annular space is designed to blow out the back-
fire and eliminate the hazard of flash backs into the
flexible connecting hose.
All the gas-tight seats in tips, needle valves and con-
nections, are of the line-contact type: In other words,
a convex surface is brought into contact against either
Nelson Quick-Acting Machine Vise
The Nelson Tool and Machine Co., Inc., 82-88 Llewel-
len Ave., Bloomfield, N. J., has brought out the machine
vise illustrated. The screw operating the sliding jaw
is set at an angle so that when pressure is exerted in
Acrfjr/me lUhe .,
n.P\^ly^ Push Rod..
HPittlve Oxher
HPlit/tvlei^ ffpif,/„ onrr
': HPOar ruix . Pluf
' iRPibIn Pkmftr
I CasManr-
nPKl/'VSaifOn//
HPmltr OxihKt Pin'
FIG. 2. DET.MLS OF TORCHWELD CUTTING-TORCH
a flat surface or another convex surface. A tight seat-
ing is thereby much more easily obtained than by using
two flat surface contacts.
One of the difficulties experienced with two-hose
type cutting torches is the back pressure of the acetylene
into the oxygen hose. Under certain conditions this
results in the oxygen hose becoming filled with mixed
gases which ignite at the tip and a more or less serious
flash back into the oxygen hose is unavoidable.
The Torchweld back-pressure valve is claimed to pre-
vent the acetylene from entering the oxygen hose,
since a certain pressure on the oxygen is necessary
in order to open this valve, and as the acetylene pres-
sure also tends to close the valve still tighter. Details
of the construction of this torch are shown in Fig. 2.
Ransom No. 109 Tool Grinding Machine
The motor-driven ball-bearing tool-grinding machine
illustrated is manufactured by the Ransom Manufac-
turing Co., Oshkosh, Wis. It was designed as a utility
grinder to be placed in any convenient place and does
not require a great deal of floor space. The motor is
a General Electric ?-hp., alternating current, 60 cycle, 2
or 3 phase, any
voltage. A quick
make and break oil
switch is used. The
machine is started
by stepping upon
either of the two
pedals at the base.
When the foot pres-
sure is released the.
machine auto-
matically stops. The
bearings are SKF
self -aligning and
the arbor is of high
carbon steel. Cast-
iron guards as
shown are included
in the regular
equipment.
Specifications : Abra-
sive wheels, 12 x 1 in.
Wheel flange.s, 6 In. Di-
ameter of arbor where
wheels go on, H in.
Distance from floor to
center of arbor, 3S1 in.
Lengrth of arbor, 193 in.
Size of base on floor,
171 in. Weight complete, „ .»,„.^., .
489 lb. Speed, 1,800 RANSOM NO. 109 TOOLr-GRINDING
r.p.m. MACHINE
NEL.SON yUlCK-ACTlNG MACHINE VISE
holding work the wedge block forces the jaw against
the bottom of the vise, making it impossible for the jaw
to tilt upward. It is claimed that a hammer is not re-
quired to bed work down on either the vise bottom or
on parallels. The vise is made in two sizes. No. 1 has
jaws 6 in. wide and 2 in. deep; opening 53 in. No. 2
has jaws 4 in. wide and 1^ in. deep; opening 4 inches.
Glaude Universal Portable
Drilling Machine
Leopold F. Glaude, 930 N. Washtenaw Ave., Chicago,
111., has brought out the drilling machine illustrated
herewith. All the working parts of the machine are
mounted on a IJ-in. tubular-steel column from which
they can be readily removed and clamped to the flat sur-
face of any work that is to be drilled. The machine is
operated by hand,
has a two - speed
change gear, and
both screw and
lever feed. A cen-
tering chuck and a
V-block chuck are
provided. By clamp-
ing a shaft in the
outer V-block and
having the inner
V-block slightly
loose, keyways can
be cut in the shaft
by means of a two-
lip tool, the feeding
being accomplished
by means of a right-
and left-hand screw
that actuates the
V-blocks. Power
can be applied to
the machine
through a flexible
shaft.
SpeciflcatJons : Column.
IJ X 30 in. Will drill to
center of 7-in. circle.
Capacity, 0 to J in. drilL
Table, 6 in. diameter.
Hole in spindle. No. 3
Morse taper. Weight,
45 lb.
GLAl'DB UNIVERSAL PORTABLE
DRILLING MACHINE
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Simonds No. 000 Inserted Tooth
Metal Saw
An inserted-tooth metal saw designated as No. 000
is being placed on the market by the Simonds Manu-
facturing Co. of Fitchburg. Mass. This saw was espe-
Newman "Handi-Vise"
The device shown is being marketed by the Newman
Manufacturing Co., 717 Sycamore St., Cincinnati, Ohio.
It is intended for holding all sorts of small parts when
drilling or machining them, being applicable to general
shop use as well as tool and die work.
SIMONDS METALr-CUTTING SAW
cially designed to meet the requirements for a saw
to cut structural iron, I-beams, channels and stock with
thin walls that could not be cut as successfully with
other saws of similar design, because the pitch or spac-
ing of the teeth was not fine enough to keep two teeth
in the cut at all times in this work. Through its
arrangement and closer spacing of teeth this saw
provides for smoother running and is claimed to elimi-
nate the chatter often noted where the teeth are placed
further apart in the plate.
These saws are being made from 10 in. in diameter,
having a maximum of 40 teeth to cut a i-in. kerf, to
50 in. in diameter having a maximum of 240 teeth
to cut ii- or A-in. kerfs.
Newman Knurling Tool
The knurling-tool shown in the illustration has been
placed on the market by the Newman Manufacturing
Co., 717 Sycamore St., Cincinnati, Ohio. The tool car-
ries two knurls, placed on opposite sides of the work.
It is claimed that, since there is no side-thrust on the
work, it is not necessary to use the tailstock center and
that very high speeds are obtainable.
The tool is furnished with one set of standard knurls,
cut either checkered, helical or straight with pitches of
either 32, 20 or 14 lines per inch. All parts are of steel.
The knurls are
easily removable
and the distance
between them can
be varied by
means of a screw
adjustment. The
tool is made in
two sizes, one for
knurling stock up
to 1 in., the other
for stock between
1 and 2 in. in di-
ameter. NEWMAN KNURLING TOOL
NEWMAN GIANT "HANDI-VISE" AND "GRIP-TITE" HOLDER
The jaws are opened and closed by turning the small
lever, the two screws being geared together eo that they
operate simultaneously and keep the jaws parallel. One
jaw is provided with a V for gripping round work. The
parts are case-hardened. The overall length of the vise
with the handle is 9i in., the jaws are 1 in. wide and
the maximum distance between them is 2i in.
The jaws can ba used as a separate unit and held in a
bench vise, but the be; e shown is known as the "grip-
tite" and is intended for holding the jaws so that they
can be adjusted to any position. The handle of the vise
can be inserted in the ball, which is mounted in a socket.
All parts of the base are made of steel.
Bowser 9-F Oil Filter
The filter shown in the accompanying illustration is
a late addition to the line of S. F. Bowser & Co., Inc.,
Fort Wayne, Ind.
BOWSER 9-P OIL FILTER
640
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
The filter is intended for filtering and sterilizing oil
used as a lubricant or coolant in metal cutting. The
oil from the machines or chip separators is delivered to
the filter, which automatically removes the foreign mat-
ter and sterilizes the fluid. After passing through a
series of compartments, screens, filtering devices, etc.,
the oil is delivered to the filter tank which acts as a
temporary storage. From this tank the oil can be
returned to the machines, the same as new oil, and used
again. Filters can be specially designed to fit individual
conditions.
Baird Ash-Can Riveter
A riveter designed for riveting ash cans and shown
in the accompanying illustration is being placed on the
market by the Baird Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas
City, Mo. The machine has a four-way valve for opera-
tion by workman's foot, so that his hands will be left
BAIRD ASH-CAN RIVETER
free in placing and holding the work to be riveted.
The dies are wide enough to bridge the reinforcing
ribs on the side of an ash can and will drive two
rivets, one on each side of a rib, at a single stroke.
It is claimed that a pressure of 35 tons is exerted
on the dies with an air pressure of 100 lb. per square
inch. The machine can be removed from the stand and
mounted on a bench if desired. Weight, with stand,
740 pounds.
Seneca Falls Multi-Head Lathe
The multi-head lathe shown in the accompanying
illustration has been brought out by the Seneca Falls
Manufacturing Co., 387 Fall St., Seneca Falls, N. Y.
This machine is intended for turning such short work
as can be held on an expansion arbor or in a chuck
and that does not require the use of a tailstock or other
form of outboard support. Three heads and carriages
are mounted on one bed, the feed of all the carriages
being driven from the same feed shaft. The lever at
the right of each apron advances the tool to the work
and at the same time engages the clutch for the longi-
tudinal feed. When the carriage has traveled the proper
distance the short lever at the upper left hand of the
apron engages with a cam on the Vs of the bed throw-
ing out the latch holding the tool to the work, allowing
the tool to be withdrawn and at the same time engaging
the quick-return clutch. The carriage then auto-
matically returns to its starting position, where it is
stopped by the engagement of the starting lever with
another cam on the bed.
The machine can be furnished with heads having
plain pulleys and back gears as shown or with two-step
cone pulleys without back gears.
The apron is of double wall construction, and the
clutches and practically all of the gears are made of
heat-treated alloy steel. The rack is made of tool steel.
SENECA FALLS MULTI-HEAD LATHE
Specifications: Swing: over t)ed, 18J in.; over carriage, llj in.
SpincUe: front bearing. 3} x 5} in.; back bearing, 2| x 4 J In.
Drive pulley. 6 in. face ; iOJ in. diameter.
The feed drive is taken direct from the countershaft
to a pulley at the end of the machine and from there
to the feed shaft by silent chain. An oil pump is
provided and ample provision has been made for return-
ing used lubricant to the reservoir. The machine is
thoroughly guarded.
Hanson-Whitney Oil-Groove
Planing Tool
The Hanson-Whitney Machine Co., Hartford, Conn.,
has placed on the market the oil-grooving device shown
in the illustration. It is intended for cutting oil grooves
in slides, being used as an attachment on any standard
planer. With it, zig-zag oil-grooves of regular and uni-
form character can be cut in plane surfaces. A V-shaped
groove having a total angle of 120 deg. is made. It is
claimed that this form of groove is superior to the
half-round section groove, because it makes it easier to
produce grooves of different widths with the same tool
and also because it gives the oil an opportunity to wedge
itself between the wearing surfaces.
The device proper is mounted on the clapper of the
planer, and suitable means are provided for locking the
clapper so that it cannot be lifted. The device itself
has a small clapper box carrying the grooving tool and
mounted on a cross-slide, its position on the cross-slide
being adjustable. A bar cam is fitted in the body of the
device, one end of the bar being attached to an upright
strapped to the planer table, so that it moves with the
work. The connection is made through both horizontal
and vertical slides, so that considerable freedom of
movement of the planer head carrj-ing the device is
possible.
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
641
HANSON-WHITNEY OIL-GROOVE PLANING TOOL
As the planer table travels, the follower in the cam
groove is caused to reciprocate, its motion being trans-
mitted to the grooving tool. Suitable means are pro-
vided for varying the stroke of the tool, so that the
width of the zig-zag can be varied from 3 to II in., its
maximum length being 30 in. with the standard length
cam-bar.
Grooving tools of three shapes are furnished. The
one shown is used for most work. When cutting on an
angle, as in V-shaped slides, the whole device is swung
and a side tool is used. In order that the tools may be
sharpened quickly and correctly, a block is furnished
for holding them while they are ground on a cutter
grinding machine.
Mummert- Dixon Oilstone Wet Tool
Grinding Machine
The Mummert-Dixon Co., Hanover, Pa., has added to
its line the wet tool gi-inding machine shown in the
illustration. The machine is intended for general tool
grinding in both toolrooms and machine shops, and is
provided with three wheels of different grades. It is
thus possible to rough and finish a tool on the same
machine, and for three men to be grinding at the same
time. The wheel arbors are carried in ball bearings pro-
vided with oil retainers. The arbor carrying two wheels
runs at half the speed of that carrying the single wheel,
being driven from it through bevel gears enclosed in an
oil-tight case. The machine can be driven either by
motor or by belt, a countershaft being furnished in
the latter case. For individual-motor drive, the motor
is mounted in the base of the machine and belted to the
driving pulley, a belt-tightener being provided.
Kerosene is used as a coolant, being distributed to
the wheels by a sm.all centrifugal pump located at the
bottom of tlie oil reservoir. A large pan is provided to
MUMMERT-DIXON OILSTONE WET TOOL
GRINDING MACHINE
Specfflcations : Size of wheels; coarse, 16 x 2 In.: medium
and fine, 10 x 21 In. Speed ; coarse wheel and pulley, 1,350 r.p.m. ;
medium and fine wheels, 675 r.p.m. ; countershaft, 450 r.p.m.
Driving pulley, 6 x 41 in. Countershaft; length. 24 in.; drop, 12
in. Motor, 3 hp., 1,800 r.p.m. Floor space, 33 x 41 in. Net
weight, 1,075 lb. : with countershaft, 1,285 lb. ; with motor, 1,300
lb. Gross weight; crated, about 1,400 lb.; boxed for export,
about 1,500 lb. Export box, 36 x 44 x 48 in.
catch the kerosene thrown from the wheels. It is
claimed that the use of kerosene keeps the wheels clean
and sharp, as well as oreventing over-heating of the
tools being ground.
Williams-White Tie-Rod Presses
The two large presses illustrated herewith have been
recently completed by Williams, White & Co., Moline,Ill.
Both machines were designed for blanking out side
FIG. 1. WILLIAMS-WHITE 500-TON PRESS
Specifications : Capacity. 500 tons. Distance betweon housings,
16 ft. Width: table, 30 in.; ram face, 30 in. Die space: Maxi-
mum, 23 in. ; minimum. 11 in. Stroke, 7 in. Openings in hous- •
Ings, 24 in. Height, 21 ft. Length. 21 ft. 10 in. Width, 10 ft.
6 in. Stroke per min., 12. Motor. 75 hp.
642
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
FIG. 2.
Specifications: Capacity, 800 tons. Distance l)et. liousings, 18 ft.
Width : table. 30 in. : ram face, 30 in. Die space : Maximum.
23 in. : minimum. 11 in. Stroke, 7 in. Openings in housings,
24 in. Height, 24 ft. 7 in. Length. 24 ft. 9 in. Width, 13 ft. 2 in.
Strolfes per min., 8. Motor, 100 hp.
rails for motor vehicles, the press shown in Fig. 1 for
pleasure cars, and that in Fig. 2 for trucks.
All gears and operating parts are located overhead so
that the work can be placed in and removed from the
machine from the front, back or either end. For this
purpose the uprights have ample openings between the
tie-rods. The ram adjustment is by screws in the pit^
mans, operated through worm gearing by a motor
mounted on the ra.Ti. The strippers are operated by
cams on the crankshaft. The table has four T-slots and
an opening 6 in. wide in the center of its length. The
ram face has five T-slots. The clutch is of the friction
type and an automatic stop and brake are provided.
The crankshaft is driven from both ends to equalize
the drive and eliminate torsional lag. An automatic
knockout is connected to, and operated by, the ram.
Newton Continuous Milling Machine
The illustration shows a rotating-table type of con-
tinuous milling machine built by the Newton Machine
Tool Works, Inc., 23rd and Vine Sts., Philadelphia, Pa.
This is the first of the continuous milling machine
models brought out by the concern.
The column and base are cast in one piece, in order to
eliminate a bolted joint between them. The table is
circular in form, with provision for mounting the fix-
tures necessary for holding the work; and it is adjust-
able upon the base, in order to provide for the proper
positioning of the fixtures. Tables can be furnished
either 24, 36 or 48 in. in diameter on their working sur-
faces. A pan for draining the lubricant when working
on steel surrounds the table.
A fixed feed controls the rotative movement of the
table, so that it is not possible for the operator to
change the production of the machine without attract-
NEWTON CONTINUOUS MILLING MACHINE
ing the attention of the man in charge. There is, how-
ever, provision for changing the rate of feed.
The spindle head is equipped with two spindles, the
height of each being independently adjustable for set-
ting the cutters. The left-hand spindle is used for the
roughing operation, and the right-hand spindle for fin-
ishing. The distance between the centers of the spindles
varies from 13 to 22 i in., depending upon the size of the
table used, so that long pieces can be completely ma-
chined in the roughing operation before the finishing
cutter starts on them. It is claimed that, owing to the
small amount of work performed by the finishing cutter,
accuracy of both finish and dimension is maintained
with only infrequent grinding of the cutters, and that
high cutting speeds and feeds can be employed.
The machine is driven through worm gearing by an
individual motor mounted on the side of the column.
The head carrying the spindles is adjustable on the
column, in order that the holding device for the work
may set as flat or low on the table as the castings will
permit. All driving gears are hardened, enclosed and
run in oil. The bearing surfaces are large both on the
slides and on the rotating shafts.
The eleventh annual convention of the American
Manufacturers' Export Association will be held at the
Waldorf-Astoria, New York, Oct. 14, 1920. This con-
vention will be limited to a one-day session, followed
by a banquet in the evening. The keynote of the con-
vention will be: "To obtain permanent world trade,
American manufacturers must now take a leading part
themselves." The part that they must take to obtain
this permanent world trade will be discussed by the
President, W. L. Saunders.
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery 64S
What the Steel Industry Thinks
of the Compulsory Metric System
THE total annual ingot capacity of the steel producers of the United States
is estimated at approximately 55,930,940 tons.
The Association of American Steel manufacturers, the membership of which
is composed of forty of the leading concerns in the steel industry, represents an
approximate total annual steel ingot capacity of 47,106,460 tons.
The principal class of materials manufactured by the members of this
Association, from the ingot tonnage referred to (which does not include castings),
is as follows:
Structural steel shapes for bridges, buildings, cars, ships; plates for all structural
purposes; boiler plate; hot and cold rolled bars for automobile, agricultural and
general trade; small and special rolled shapes; bars for concrete reinforcement;
hoop, band and strip steel; sheets and tin plate; welded pipe; seamless tubing; wire
rails and track accessories; forgings of all kinds; wrought steel wheels; etc., etc.
During the month of March, 1920, a canvass of the members of this Associ-
ation was made on the subject of the metric system. In reference to this the
Secretary writes as follows:
Association of American Steel Manufacturers,
Pittsburgh, Pa., Aug. 13. 1920
It was decided to ascertain definitely the present attitude of our member
companies on the compulsory adoption of the metric system in the U. S. without
prejudice to their opinions as to the merits of the system. The result was:
Thirty-seven companies voted against the compulsory adoption of the metric
system in the United States.
One company having an ingot capacity of approximately 0.5 per cent of the
total capacity represented in the Association of American Steel Manufacturers,
voted neutral.
One company having an ingot capacity of approximately 0.7 per cent of the
total capacity, voted in favor.
One company having an ingot capacity of approximately 2.5 per cent of the
total capacity, did not reply.
J. O. Leech, Secretary.
From the above the following figures are of interest:
96.3 per cent against compulsory use of metfic system
0.5 per cent neutral
0.7 per cent in favor of metric system
2.5 per cent no preference expressed
The importance of the steel industry in the life of the nation is indicated
by the fact that conditions prevailing in it are considered the best available business
barometer. When the steel industry is prosperous, the country at large is
prosperous. The stand taken therefore by this industry on the important subject
of weights and measures is most significant and compels attention.
In connection with the foregoing we wish to call attention to the fact that
last February the Pittsburgh Chamber of Commerce voted unanimously against
making the use of the metric system compulsory.
Editor
644
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
WHM to READ -
man in a hurry
Suff^ested by theNanagfing Editor
HOW much is a thousandth of an inch? Some people
look with scorn upon this insignificant quantity and
scoff at its usefulness while others apparently think
only in such units. As to the respective merits of these
divergent views we have nothing to offer just now
although we have our own
opinion on the subject. It
is sufficient that the above-
mentioned unit seems to
have come to stay and con-
sequently must be meas-
ured. For this purpose
the micrometer is without
doubt the best known de-
vice. Its manufacture, in
view of the fact that any
measuring device must be
made to a higher degree of
accuracy than the part
which it is to measure, in-
volves problems that inter-
est all mechanics, theoretical, practical or "near." The
first article in this issue goes into the matter in some
detail.
While we are discussing this subject of splitting
hairs it will be well to mention that a thousandth
of an inch is a big, clumsy thing to the experts at the
Bureau of Standards. They actually work with
millionths and aspire to ten-millionths, values quite
beyond the comprehension of the average citizen.
For testing micrometers we usually employ the more
accurate modern gage blocks. When it comes to test-
ing the gage blocks something still more accurate is
necessary and we must pass to the methods of the
laboratory. These methods are explained by C. G.
Peters and H. S. Boyd, of the Bureau, in an easily
understandable article which begins on page 627 and
will be concluded in our next issue.
The production and planning section of Mr. Basset's
"Modern Production Methods" ends with Part IX which
appears on page 619. Part X which we expect to pub-
lish two weeks hence serves as an introduction to the
second section of this important series, in which the
subject of cost accounting will be taken up. Mr.
Basset in this article calls attention to the fact that
the fixing of the sales price by basing it upon a cost
analysis is only one of the many uses to which sensible
cost accounting may be put.
On page 613 we have an account of the Y. M. C. A.
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
industrial conference at Silver Bay by a member of
the staff.
We feel that a word of explanation is in order con-
cerning the material on pages 616 and 617. The word
"modern" in the title of this brief description of
four aviation engines was
strictly correct when the
story was written. We re-
gret to say that the draw-
ings were held up so long
in our drafting room that
the use of "modern" is
op>en to question. With
this word of explanation,
however, we are going to
let it go.
The season for "new
tools" has opened with a
bang. After the usual dull
summer (dull so far as
announcements were con-
cerned) we have a regular rush on new machines, tools,
and devices which begins on page 635 and is still being
added to as this page is written. Production in our
shops may have been running along at a reduced rate
per shop and per man but the hard-working designers
and engiTieers who never heard of a forty-four-hour
week, have apparently been running true to form and
doing their usual bit to supply the improved machinery
with which to increase our lagging output.
On page 650 is a letter from our London editor
written during the first week of September. He dis-
cusses the impending coal strike in England and points
out the possible grave results to industry in general. It
is not a cheerful picture. And to make it worse the
price of petrol has suddenly been jumped. We feel
aggrieved at being charged thirty-five cents for gas but
what would we do if the price went to a dollar? Yet
that is what it costs John Bull for joy-rides.
Another adverse view of the advisability of switching
from English to Metric units is supplied by our Wash-
ington correspondent on page 647. This one comes
from the Committee on Technical Standards of the
Bureau of Surveys and Maps.
For the benefit of the engineers who read the Ameri-
can Machinist, L. C. Morrow, our assistant who occa-
sionally takes a hand in the construction of this page,
has prepared a list of all the references made in this
paper to the Federated American Engineering Societies.
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
645
I
A Very Important Meeting
A MEETING of importance to everybody is to be
held in Washington, in November — of importance
lo everybody because it will be the first meeting of the
American Engineering Council, which is the managing
body of the Federated American Engineering Societies.
We may safely assume that the Federated American
Engineering Societies will act along the lines for which,
it was organized, namely, "to further the public welfare
wherever technical knowledge and engineering exper-
ience are involved and to consider and act upon matters
of common concern in the engineering and allied tech-
nical profession." Hence the importance to everybody,
wl-.o, of course, are the public, and who are concerned,
day in and day out with things in which technical know-
ledge and engineering experience are involved. As the
relation of the engineer to the public has been aptly ex-
pressed, "Everywhere you look you see tohat the en-
gineer has done.' Try it.
The engineer is going to continue to do things every-
where to benefit the public, and he is going to do more
of these against less resistance. This is going to be
possible because of the Federated American Engineer-
ing Societies, which, again let it be said, has for its
object, "to further the public welfare." As a concom-
itant result the engineer himself will benefit — will
at last receive that recognition for service which he has
long merited.
The American Engineering Council will have many
or few (comparatively) members when it meets Novem-
ber 18, depending upon the action of engineering and
allied technical societies between now and that time.
Delegates to the organization conference, officers and
just plain members of societies should at once do all
they can to get their societies to apply for membership
in the Federation. To help them get together ammuni-
tion for this task, should any be needed, we are publish-
ing, page 646, a complete list of articles on the Federated
American Engineering Societies that have appeared in
American Machinist — articles that tell the why and the
wherefore of the Federation and of its objects, purposes
and progress.
Engineers, this is to be a great meeting, of the great-
est engineering organization in the world — and it is
to deal with the future work of the organization and
determine the more important problems that should re-
ceive immediate attention. Is your society going to be
a member, with its representative at the Washington
meeting on November 18? L. C. M.
Technical Map Committee Recommends
English Measuring System
ON page 647 will be found extracts from the rep)ort
of the committee on Technical Standards, Bureau of
Surveys and Maps.
This report shows that the committee unanimously
recommends the use of the English measuring system
tor map work. The reasons advanced by the committee
for its stand, are clearly given and furnish several mor ;
nails for the coffin of the compulsory metric advocate*
To the unthinking mind the metric scaling of mapa
might seem the better way, but these map experts know
their business.
Keeping Contracts
AFTER the late Kaiser had declared his most soleinn
. contracts and treaties to be "mere scraps of paper"
to be repudiated when he felt strong enough to do so,
and could force them down the throats of the other
parties —
And — after this same late Kaiser had been relegated
to the scrap pile for his uncivilized views, one would
think the world in general would have considerable
respect for deliberately drawn contracts.
However, numerous organizations, as well as some
individuals, still have the "kultur" streak that showed
so yellow in the Kaiser's spine.
A recent instance is the threat of the "outlaw" anthra-
cite coal miners to violate their pledge to stand by the
decision of the Joint Commission when the wage award
was made.
President Wilson, for once, has made the proper stand
in insisting that the miners abide by the decision, as
they had agreed to do.
Either these miners must mine coal as they con-
tracted to mine it, or be branded as outlavra who have
no respect for their pledged word or the rights of
others.
Contracts deliberately made must be kept, and this
applies impartially to both parties to them.
We hold no brief for the coal operators, for had they
refused to abide by the decision we would be as prompt
to criticize them, but a contract is a pledge made to be
kept and the miners are trying to welch on theirs.
We all despise a "welcher" and the scorn of the Amer-
ican people is on those radical leaders who are mislead-
ing the miners into an unsportsmanlike stand on the
issue.
Outlaw methods will fail in America as surely as they
did along the Rhine. E. V.
What Is An Open Shop?
THE Jersey City Chamber of Commerce recently
asked its members to indicate their views regard-
ing the "open shop." The result was 827 to 0 in
favor of the "open" and against the "closed" shop. Of
the 116 mi,nufacturing plants at present operating in
Jersey City, 96 are open and 20 are closed.
A "closed shop" as it is understood today only
permits the employment of members of a Union. This
is unsound economically and absolutely un-American,
and as such cannot possibly succeed.
However, the so-called "open" shop is often in real-
ity a "closed" shop, inasmuch as only strictly non-
union men will be employed. Is not this type of open
shop just as un-American as the other?
646
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 14
It must be admitted that unfair methods of outside
agitators are largely responsible for this, since many
employers feel that union workmen furnish a vantage
point for the agitator to work from.
Whatever the cause, an "open" shop that discrimin-
ates against a man solely because he belongs to some
organization is putting itself in the same class as
the dosed shop, and is on the wrong track.
E. V.
Some of the Advantages of the
Left-Hand Lathe Carriage
By Francis W. Shaw
Manchester, England
The venerable lathe that figured in the story of F. M.
A'Hearn on page 1243, Vol. 52, of American Machinist
was 'probably a Britisher. Anyway, that is the way the
normal British lathe is built (the abnormal ones being
those that are obvious copies of American machines)
and I would suggest to Mr. A'Hearn that from our point
of view the "left hand" (we should call it "right-hand")
carriage is right.
Most British lathes have coarse-pitch lead screws;
four threads per inch up to 13 in. swing and two
threads per inch above that size. American lead screws
are comparatively fine pitch; six and eight threads per
inch being common. Whereas the American "tumist"
almost invariably employs a backing belt when cutting
a thread, his British cousin backs his lathe only upon
the exceptional fractional pitches. Indeed, few British
lathes are equipped with a reversing countershaft.
But, really, I don't see how the position of the travers-
ing handwheel causes the "uninitiated victim to get
balled up," for the cross-feed handle is in the same
position whatever the arrangement — about central with
the cross-feed slide.
How would Mr. A'Hearn manage in a British shop
where the lathes are half and half?
Let us inquire into the advantages of what Mr.
A'Hearn calls the "left-hand carriage." "First, when
the carriage is returned by hand it is easier for the
man who is not left-handed or ambidextrous to do the
traversing with the right hand while disengaging the
nut is a light job and easily accomplished with the left
hand. It must be remembered that both hands are
employed as the tool approaches the end of the cut,
one in withdrawing the cross-slide and the other in
disengaging the nut. One hand must then be trans-
ferred to the traversing handwheel.
Second, the majority of screws are right-handed;
hence during the cut the traverse is toward the head-
stock and toward the operator if he is standing in such
position that the cross-slide handle is convenient to
his hand, whether that hand be right or left. I submit
that from this position it is easier to traverse the
saddle back with the right hand because the handwheel
is then receding from him, and it is easier to stretch
out the right arm to the right than it is to allow the
handwheel to pull the left hand in the same direction,'
past the operator's body. When the work is long it is
easier for the workman to follow up the handwheel than
it is to have it follow him up.
Third, the right hand of the average man is more
sensitive than the left. The handwheel to the right is,
therefore, better when one is feeding the cut along
toward a finish under a shoulder after the power feed
has been tripped for the reason that the action of the
tool can be better judged from the feel by the sensitive
right hand than by the left. The right hand too has
more power over the shipper; hence, when the revers-
ing belt is in use it appears more natural to stand with
the right hand on the .shipper-bar ready to reverse im-
mediately the tool is withdrawn by the left.
A far worse condition than the disposition of the
traverse wheel is, in my opinion, imposed by having
part of the footstock screws of right-hand lead and
others of left-hand. The writer was at one time operat-
ing two lathes, one British and the other American.
A heavy job was swung between the centers of one of
them, and going from one to the other to note how
the job was coming along, I noticed that the centers
had worn loose. Giving the handwheel a quick turn to,
as I supposed, tighten up the centers, the heavy piece
dropped out of the lathe with disastrous results.
Articles Concerning the Federated
American Engineering Societies
Which Have Appeared in the
"American Machinist"
The following list is an index of all articles, editor-
ial, news and general, concerning the Federated Amer-
ican Engineering Societies, which have appeared in the
American Machinist since the organizing conference
held in Washington, D. C, June 3 and 4. It is published
to enable our readers to refer without undue trouble in
searching through back numbers, to any or all of our
articles on the Federation, which we believe, furnish a
complete and accurate report of the inception, organ-
ization, objects and progress of that federation of socie-
ties.
Vol. Page
Publicity for Engineers. Extracts from an
address by James H. McGraw, president,
McGraw-Hill Co., Inc., delivered June 3,
1920, at the Organizing Conference of
Technical Societies, Washington, D. C 52 1311
The Federated American Engineering So-
cieties. Editorial 52 1313
The Federated American Engineering So-
cieties. Account of the organizing confer-
ence at Washington; organization chart
of the Federation; constitution and by-
laws 52 1314
Opening Address at the Organizing Confer-
ence. By Richard L. Humphrey 52 1319
The Spirit of the Federation. Editorial 52 1366
Federated American Engineering Societies
Endorsed by American Engineering Coun-
cil. News 53 94
Attention, Engineering Societies. Editorial . . 53 180
Progress of the Federated American Engineer-
ing Societies. General article 53 185
Facts About the F. A. E. S. General article. . 53 220
The F. A. E. S. Editorial 53 234
Engineers and a Bamboo Fence. Editorial.... 53 374
An Invitation to Join the F. A. E. S 53 379
Purposes of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies. General article 53 413
A. I. E. E. Moves to Join the F. A. E. S.
News 53 482
First Meeting of the American Engineering
Council of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies. General article; pro-
gram of the November meeting 53 599
A Very Important Meeting. Editorial 53 645
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
647
Committee on Technical Standards, Bureau of
Surveys and Maps, Recommends Use
of English Measuring System
A VIGOROUS stand for the English system of meas-
urements was taken Sept. 14 by the Committee
on Technical Standards of the Bureau of Sur-
veys and Maps. A portion of the report made on that
occasion by the committee is as follows:
A review of the answers of the various Bureaus to
a questionnaire develops an outstanding feature which
it is believed should have the attention of the Board
without delay. This is the question of whether maps
should be published on standard scales of metric
or English measurement. By metric measurement is
meant the practice of employment of "ratio" scales
evenly divisible into one million, such as 1 :62,500, 1 :250,-
000, etc. By English measurement is meant the scales
upon which one inch on the map bears an integral rela-
tion to feet or miles on the ground, as for example,
1,000 ft. to 1 in.. 2 miles to 1 in., etc.
Four of the reporting Bureaus evidently employ the
metric scales almost exclusively, while eight, on the
other hand, use the English system. Two use both, and
three agencies report that they do not make maps.
From this it would seem the weight of opinion inclines
heavily to the English system, but it must be pointed
out in this connection that two of the largest map-
making organizations, namely, the Geological Survey
and the Coast and Geodetic Survey, employ the metric
system. All the commercial map concerns of the coun-
try and the state, county and municipal governments use
the English system, except in rare instances. Prac-
tically all maps dealing with the public land surveys
of the country are made on the English measurement
scales, since the metric scales do not lend themselves
at all readily to the chain unit employed on cadastral
surveys.
In the opinion of the committee, there is no reason-
able argument opposed to the desirability of all gov-
ernment map-making organizations uniting upon one
system or the other and after due consideration of the
various phases of the question the committee has
reached a unanimous conclusion to recommend to the
board that the English system be adopted as standard
practice. The committee is not prepared to recom-
mend the various scales in the system which should be
chosen as standard, but merely suggests the acceptance
of the general principle.
This decision was made not only from the standpoint
of securing uniformity in government maps, but also
because the advantages of the English system over the
metric are so apparently overwhelming that there seems
little excuse for continuing the latter system.
Naturally, the greatest objection to the change is
that so many of the maps are already published on the
metric scales that great inconvenience would result in
fitting new work to that existing, and great expense
would be involved in ultimately making the old maps
over. Probably the greatest difficulty would occur in
the Geological Survey, but since only about 40 per cent
of the country has been mapped soiar by that organiza-
tion, and admittedly half of this work must be
re-surveyed to higher standards eventually, it would
seem that it is not yet too late to make the change if it
is clearly advantageous from other standpoints.
The widespread practice of using such scales as
1:62,500, 1:125,000 and 1:250,000 and 1:250,000 on the
maps of the Geological Survey, the Coast Survey and
the Lake Survey is of long standing, and while the
reasons leading to the adoption of such scales are not
entirely clear to the committee, it is surmised that the
idea largely was to conform with European practice
and to accord with opinions of scientific interests.
It is believed, however, that the trend of scientific and
professional opinion toward the adoption of the metric
system in this country is not nearly so strong as it was
20 or 30 years ago. As an example in this connection,
it seems desirable to draw the attention of the Board
to the recent action of the Society of Automotive
Engineers in adopting a resolution opposing the adop-
tion of the metric system of measurement at a conven-
tion attended by 1,000 delegates from all over the
United States. The opinions expressed to the conven-
tion on the question by prominent professional men
are particularly interesting and pertinent in connection
with consideration of the subject as far as it relates
to maps.
Thomas E. Butterworth, associate professor of
mechanical engineering at Lehigh University, stated:
"My college enthusiasm for the metric system did not
survive my employment as an engineer in Germany, the
chief metric country. I found the metric system was
not in universal use there after a generation of com-"
pulsory legislation, and also found the use of the metric
system was of no advantage in engineering computation.
"Further careful study for years has convinced me
that the fancied logical advantages of the metric sys-
tem are illusory and that the agitation in favor of
its adoption is loarmful to American industry and engi-
neering education."
Dr. Humphreys, president of the Stevens Institute of
Technology, expressed the view, based on his wide
experience as an engineer and manager of industrial
plants, that a compulsory law favoring the adoption of
the metric system would be a fatal mistake, placing
a tremendously heavy burden upon the industrial inter-
ests and involving millions and millions of dollars of
expenditure. Dr. Humphreys stated further:
"To representatives of educational associations and
institutions who may have been led into an endorsement
of the metric system, I would say that, while naturally
appealing to the workers in the laboratory as I am
in a position to appreciate, I feel sure that to make
a metric law compulsory would be a great misfortune
to the country."
L. P. Breckenridge, professor of mechanical engi-
neering at Yale University, emphatically declared that
it was distinctly harmful to instill into the minds of
college students ideas favoring impracticable changes in
our basic standards instead of co-operating with the
country's industrial interests.
It is believed that these expressions are timely and
indicate a trend of opinion disposing of the theory that
648
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
we are approaching the time when our standard units
such as the foot, the mile, the pound and the gallon
will be supplanted respectively by the meter, the kilo-
meter, the kilogram and the liter. In fact, it seems
to the committee that the English system is so thor-
oughly interwoven into our lives that a change may
perhaps never come about, and consequently there seems
no occasion to hamper the present use of our maps by
the employment of scales sympathetic to the metric
system. As a matter of fact, such scales as 1 : 62,500
and the 1 : 125,000 are not even truly metric, but are
a compromise between the strictly metric and the
English measurement which possesses the advantages
of neither. It is true that the two above-mentioned
scales approximate the popular English scales of 1 mile
to 1 inch and 2 miles to 1 inch, but the confusion, doubts
and difficulties caused by the slight difference are so
much a part of the experience of all engineers, not to
mention the laymen, that it scarcely seems necessary to
point out this objection. Apparently, the Geological
Survey fully recognizes that such scales are not
expressed in terms of popular understanding when it
finds it advisable to print the following explanation on
the back of each topographic sheet :
"The smallest scale is 1 : 250,000, or very nearly
4 miles to an inch. For the greater part of the coun-
try a large scale, 1 : 125,000, or about 2 miles to an
inch is employed."
It is true that, with the aid of specially made meas-
uring scales, the maps can be readily used, but when it
is realized that the common old foot rule divided into
inches is the only implement available to probably 99
per cent of the map users, even including the engineers,
it would seem that the scale of the map should be
made accordingly. In other words, the map users in
general will employ the inch as a unit of measurement
on the map, so it seems unmistakably desirable to have
this unit represent a definite number of the feet or
miles which are the common units of measurement on
the ground.
Convention of American Society
for Steel Treating
THE Commercial Museum, Philadelphia, Pa., was the
scene of the second annual meeting of the American
Society for Steel Treating, from Sept. 14th to 18th,
inclusive. This was the first meeting, however, of the
society under its present name, as the organization is now a
consolidation of the American Steel Treaters' Society and
the Steel Treating Research Society. It was stated that the
total attendances at the convention was in the neighborhood
of 15,000.
In connection with the convention, an exhibit of appliances
and products of interest to steel treaters was held under
the auspices of the society. The number of exhibitors and
the floor space occupied were both about three times as large
as last year at the very successful convention held in Chi-
cago under the auspices of the American Steel Treaters'
Society. The exhibit contained not only heat-treating equip-
ment of all sorts from furnaces to pyrometers, but also dis-
plays by steel manufacturers showing their products and
their processes.
The officers elected for the coming year are as follows:
Colonel A. E. White, president; T. E. Barker, first vice
president; T. D. Lynch, second vice president; W. H. Eisen-
man, secretary; and W. S. Bidle, treasurer. The Board of
Directors consists of H. J. Stagg, E. J. Janitzky, F. P. Fahy
and W. C. Peterson.
Technical sessions were held in the morning, afternoon
and evening. The opening session on Tuesday was devoted
largely to announcing the results of the election of officers,
a letter ballot having been previously held, and to the re-
port of the amalgamation committee. Thursday evening
was devoted to a banquet and ball at the Bellevue-Stratford
Hotel. On Friday, inspection trips were made to various
Philadelphia manufacturing plants, as well as to the Navy
Yards. No sessions were held on the closing day, so as
to allow an opportunity for everyone to visit the exhibits.
It is not amiss to note that a very complete program
of entertainment was provided for the visiting ladies, of
whom there were about one hundred. From the headquar-
ters at the Bellevue-Stratford, sight-seeing trips were made
to the principal objects of interest in Philadelphia. The
exhibits at the Commercial Museum also were visited, so
as to show the women where their husbands were spending
their time.
The success of the meeting and of the exhibition is due
chiefly to the efforts of the committees managing the affair.
The chairmen of the various committees in charge of the
convention were as follows: A. W. F. Green, program and
papers; H. H. Clark, exhibition; F. A. Hall, entertainment;
W. M. Mitchell, plant visitation, and Mrs. D. K. Bullens,
ladies' entertainment.
As for the technical sessions, it is interesting to note
the wide variety of the papers, although all were strictly
in the field of heat-treating. About seventy-five papers
were presented, embracing such topics as hardening, pyrom-
etry, laboratories, furnace design and fuel, and heat-treat-
ment in many phases.
A few of the papers presented are here given in ab-
stract. The first one, by Prof. Larkin, is of general interest
to engineers, and caused much favorable comment.
Lessons Learned in the Manufacture of
Munitions and Ordnance That Can
Be AppHed to the Peace-Time
Pursuits of Industry
By F. V. Larkin
Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering, Lehigh
University. South Bethlehem, Pa.
The object of this paper is to point out some lessons that
can be learned from the industrial activities in this country
during the period from 1915 to 1919. During that time the
author was associated with the manufacture of some 3.000,-
000 projectiles and approximately 500,000 high-pressure
seamless cylinders. The viewpoint is that of one in charge
of production.
The lessons learned are of two types, those occurring
in the realm of steel and those in the realm of human
nature. Under the former heading, the problems found in
the mill, forge shop and the heat-treating and testing de-
partments are of especial interest.
It was found desirable to keep a complete history of each
heat made in an open-hearth furnace, one of the reasons for
this being the fact that the steel workers are usually very
secretive about their processes and their work, especially
when a heat turns out badly. Another very important
point was that the chipping of the ingots at the rollins:
mill could be almost eliminated by the use of proper molds
and proper methods of rolling. Pyrometers were found to
be very valuable in the forge shops. In the heat-treating
department, by using the proper educational methods, the
workers were made to like recording pyrometers and to
look upon them as aids in their work. In heat treating, time
is the most important element, and it was found desirable
to standardize the length of time reauired in all opera-
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
649
tions, such as charging, drawing and quenching, and not
rely upon the judgment of the worker.
In the realm of human nature two things seemed to be
particularly important, that is, trade secrets and specifica-
tions. Before the war a few companies had a monopoly on
the manufacture of munitions of war; and the arts of
systematic production, inspection and manufacture were
considered as trade secrets. This made it necessary that
vast and independent developments be carried on by the
government when it decided to manufacture munitions on
a large scale upon its entry into the war. "We soon
realized that, knowing the fundamental principles which
serve as a foundation for any secret or process, we had
cnly to bring into operation a sufficient amount of logically
directed and persistently applied energy and ability in order
to duplicate or outstrip the achievements of our com-
petitors." It is chiefly the spirit existing in an organization
that counts in this regard.
It was found that the more strict the specifications set
for the manufacturer, provided that they were fair and
accurate, the better it was for all concerned. The require-
ment of very high-grade work not only allows the worker
to take pride in the class of work that he is turning out,
but it insures satisfactory results. In the case of the manu-
facturing concern under consideration, work was rejected
by the plant's inspectors that was actually of a high enough
grade to be passed by the government inspectors who re-
viewed the job finally.
Carburizing, Hardening and Tempering
High-Carbon Alloy Steels
in 130 Minutes
By R. L. Gilman
Experimental Heat Treater, Standard Steel and Bearing Co.,
New Haven, Conn.
In developing this title, the author proposes a correla-
tion of metallurgy, mechanics and economics to the end
that better, faster, and cheaper production may be obtained.
Reference is made to a complete set of heat-treatments for
either hot or cold shaped objects of high-carbon alloy
steel, especially chrome-vanadium alloys requiring maxi-
mum hardness and strength and, above all, the greatest
possible uniformity of both. It is assumed that the stock
has been thoroughly annealed previous to working. The
practice upon which the results are based is well beyond
the experimental stage. It is possible to carburize euteLtoid
or hyper-eutectoid steel on condition that the very hard
case produced be not detrimental to the product. Carburiz-
ing insures uniformity in carbon content and in hardness.
In the operations described, 130 minutes includes all the
time during which a load of 1.30 lb. of steel is subjected to
heating, carburizing, j-eheating for hardening, and temper-
ing. Of this time, 120 minutes is required in the car-
burizing furnace, 7 minutes in the hardening furnace and
3 minutes in the tempering furnace. The work is handled
only in charging the carburizer. Quenching, conveying and
feeding are functions of gravity and mechanics, and are
not assumed as requiring any time.
All furnaces are of the gas-fired, rotary, automatically
controlled type. The character of the equipment insures
uniformity of treatment as regards speed, length of treat-
ment and temperature. It is thus possible to use high
temperatures in the furnaces, the carburizer being charged
at 1,620 deg. or even higher. The mass of the work in-
sures slow heating and the tumbling or rolling insures
imiform heating.
After two hours in the carburizing furnace, the work is
dumped into oil and brought out in a few seconds by an
endless chain of buckets, at a .smoking heat. This partial
cooling tends to eliminate the danger of cracking between
carburizing and hardening. The work then passes through
boiling hot soda solution to remove oil and to give a uniform
temperature. The hardening furnace operates at a tempera-
ture of from 1,600 to 1,740 deg., depending upon the size
and grade of steel. The feed or speed of travel is varied
so as to get the work out with the proper temperature,
this, being determined by means of optical pyrometers.
After the work is quenched, it is removed from the vat by
a chain of buckets and fed automatically to the tempering
furnace, which is of the same type as the hardening fur-
nace and operates at a temperature of 600 to 800 deg. The
speed is again varied to give the proper temperature to
the work, which falls out at the proper time and accumulates
in large boxes, where its mass insures slow cooling.
The quenching medium is cooled by circulation through
an external cooling system and is delivered into the hopper
with the work. A close inspection of the work is held after
each quenching.
This method has produced excellent i-esults, being suited
for such work as ball races. A deep case is produced with-
out showing any sharp lines. The advantages of the sys-
tem are that it saves labor, gives uniformity of surface
hardness and finish, and also saves time.
The Selection of High-Speed Steel
for Tools
By Henry Traphagen
Metallurgist, Fastfeed Drill and Tool Corp., Toledo, Ohio
One of the problems confronting the tool manufacturer
today is to obtain a steady supply of physically uniform
high-speed steel. By physically uniform high-speed steel we
mean steel that is free from pipes, seams, cracks, segregated
carbides, decarboniza tions and fiber; steel that will harden
quickly and uniformly with a smooth velvety grain that is
almost amorphous.
For a long time every shipment to our plant was care-
fully analyzed chemically. I have records covering over a
thousand consecutive samples, and I believe there were
just two samples that did not check up to the standard
specifications. Such performance is a remarkable tribute
to the efficiency of chemical analysis. But, about 30 per
cent of all steel received was rejected for physical reasons.
Hardness testing by the sceleroscope and Brinnell ma-
chine on both annealed and hardened samples showed noth-
ing, for we found very little connection between hardness
and machine-shop performance. It seemed that ordinary
routine testing would not solve the problem. You know
the old adage about judging the pudding by eating it. Why
not test steel by actually hardening it? This was found
to be the solution to the problem. The procedure is as
follows: A piece from each bar is hardened by pre-heating
slowly and thoroughly at 1,650 deg. P. and then heating
quickly in a furnace maintained at 2,400 deg., after which
the piece is quenched in oil until cool. The hardened piece
is bi-oken transversely and longitudinally and the fracture
examined with a small low-power pocket lense.
If the piece breaks evenly, we look for either fiber or ex-
cessive carbides and generally find one or the other in
brittle steel. If the steel is decarbonized, the shiny crystal-
line ring is so apparent that it is found at a glance. A pipe
may be uncertain in the transverse fracture, but the longi-
tudinal break quickly shows it up. If the tungsten con-
tent is low, we generally find that the structure is coarse
and crystalline. Woody fibrous structures are very com-
mon, but always show up in the longitudinal fracture. We
never reject on a single test. The test must be fair and
no amount of retesting is spared if there is the slightest
doubt.
Is a clean, smooth, uniform structure any index of a tool's
value ? To answer this question we made up dozens of
drills from what appeared to be excellent steel. These
drills were tested, not in the laboratory, but in a heavy-
duty drill press. They were jammed through foot after
foot of heat-treated forgings, using very little lubricant.
Then they were taken out of the press, bounced on a con-
crete floor time and again to test for toughness, placed
in the drill again and the whole performance repeated.
Such tests and others have proved many times the value
of fracture tests in selecting high-speed steel for drills and
other tools.
I am not under the delusion that fracture testing is
anything new or novel, but I do know that this simple
method of testing has not been given the consideration it
deserves.
650
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 14
Business Conditions in England
By OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, Sept. 3, 1920.
THE British coal miners' strike is scheduled to take
place on Sept. 25. These columns have stated that the
demand is ostensibly for an increase of 2s. a shift in
wages with also a reduction of 14s. 2d. a ton on the price
of coal to the household consumer, but there is more in the
dispute than this. The mining workpeople and their
advisers are clearly dissatisfied with the way in which the
industry is being managed by the government and some are
intent on nationalization. As to the voting, there can be no
doubt about the figures, even if they do include a consider-
able number of lads of 14 or 15 years of age and upward —
the necessary two-thirds majority was obtained. Of the
total number of votes recorded — namely, 845,647 — 606,782
were for the strike and but 238,865 against. In no area was
there a definite majority against striking.
Many of the mines are working at a loss, the areas where
this is clearly the case being Cumberland and Westi.iore-
land, Lancashire and North Wales, and the Midland district.
A large profit per ton is being made in South Wales,
Northumberland and Durham, and a very small profit in
Yorkshire. The explanation in the last case is that South
Yorkshire received permission to export 50,000 tons out of
a total of about 20,000,000 tons mined annually, and Great
Britain is making a profit out of the export of coal. How-
ever, the miners are asking for half of this profit.
Coal owners' profits are fixed by law at the pre-war
standard plus one-tenth of any excess available. As the
result of the export trade this excess is estimated to reach
£66,000,000, and of the £6,600,000 thus accruing to the mine
owners, half will be divided in certain proportion among
collieries making excess profits, the remaining half being
divided among the collieries in Great Britain according to
their outputs. The £60,000,000 or so left is intended to be
applied to the reduction of the national debt, but according
to a rough estimate made the 2s. extra demanded per shift
will absorb about £30,000,000 for the miners, while a reduc-
tion of 14s. 2d. a ton on household coal would account for
the other half.
Coal Strike Results on Industry Would Be Hazardous
The result of a coal strike on industry can be guessed.
Estimates vary according to the particular circumstances.
Many works will close down within a week, though some
could of course struggle on for a month or two. There is
some evidence that preparations have already been made by
the government to insure a sufficient supply of coal to
industries on which the actual life of the country depends.
According to present signs the miners will not act by them-
selves. They form part of what is known as the triple
alliance, including transport workers and railwaymen, and
nothing is less unlikely than combined action, although this
is not at the moment absolutely certain. In engineering
there will probably be no such attempt to struggle on and
keep as many men going such as occurred during the
molders' strike; according to appearances most works will
simply shut down. Even now, one leading machine-tool firm
is in receipt of no more than one important order a week
and the report is of steady discharges at another well-
known firm.
An inquiry has been made which suggests that given a
coal strike, within a week half the cotton industry will be
shut down, so that more than a million and a half of work-
people will be unemployed, including, of course, the coal
miners. By the end of two weeks the remainder of the
cotton industry and most of the shipbuilders may close
down, and after, say four weeks from the beginning, another
half million workpeople will be unemployed, including,
according to this estimate, 40,000 engaged in the machine-
tool trade and 80,000 in the motor industries.
By apologists for the miners the strike has been described
as unselfish. However, more people would believe this if the
demand for an increase in wages were withdrawn, for
reduction in the price of coal would not affect the miners —
they get their supplies either free or at nominal rates
whereas the household consumer pays according to locality
and quality at the rate of £3 and more a ton. In London
the price has lately risen owing to the increased railway
rates for transport. As regards wages, the miner has
already received increases greater than the present increase
in living costs, even leaving out of account the reduction in
their hours. The cost of living is, it must be added, steadily
rising and will soon, according to estimates, be 170 per cent
above the pre-war rate.
Price of Petrol Increased
Industry has received another shock, relatively of a
minor character, in the sudden increase in the price of
petrol. All sorts of dire results have been prophesied.
Petrol (gasoline) has been suddenly raised in price by 7d.
a gallon, the price of first quality being from 4s. 3id., the
ruling price, to 4s. 7d. a gallon. According to predictions,
by the beginning of next year when the duty of 6d. a gallon
is removed, the price will be 5s. a gallon. Taxation (new)
of pleasure cars will then be at the rate of £1 per horse-
power. As is not unnatural, the increased price has led to
a demand for a government scheme by which Great Britain
shall be rendered independent of America for petrol
supplies. But it is pretty clearly recognized that not for
some years can supplies be raised in this country of suffi-
cient quantity, if available. Consumers of petrol have
noted, too, the curious fact that petrol being increased in
price, benzol has also been raised in price. Indeed a special
committee appointed by the Board of Trade reported at the
beginning of the year that the National Benzol Association
simply regulated its prices according to the price of petrol
and not by the cost of production.
Iron and Steel Trades Slow
In the circumstances it was not surprising that at the
last market of the London iron and steel trades very little
business was transacted and it was reported that "the
export trade shows a further falling off, there being further
cancellations by eastern traders." The financial disturbance
in Japan some time ago caused the cancellation of orders,
and now India, of late no bad customer to the British
machine-tool trade, is moving in much the same direction
and the next few weeks may bring much anxiety to British
exporters to that area.
Nearly three years ago at a meeting in the hall of the
Institution of Civil Engineers here an attempt was made
to regulate the training of engineers through a central
organization. Not only were scholarships and so on to be
awarded but apprenticeship was to be supported and in
particular parents and guardians were to be informed and
advised as to the best means by which their wards might
enter the engineering trade or profession. A fund of about
£1,200 was formed, chiefly by grants from engineering
institutions, but proved insufficient, having been expended
in printing, etc. Appeals were therefore made to about 250
firms, who were asked for subscriptions of say 10 guineas
yearly; in response, about 30 firms agreed. The subscrip-
tions received having been spent, a meeting was again
called and held two days ago. As the result, the organiza-
tion will probably be merged in the Federation of British
Industries or the engineering employers' federation.
Two unrelated items may be added. The first is to the
effect that a Leipzig correspondent reports that, business
being bad, the Technical Fair of Leipzig which preceded the
General Fair was nevertheless continued into that Fair, and
the machine-tool and other exhibits were to be on view until
Sept. 4. The other relates to a British firm concerned not
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
651
quite indirectly with motor cars. Several weeks ago infor-
mation was given to the papers and well spread to the
effect that, owing to foreign competition, nearly 2,000 work-
people would have to be discharged. The shares fell in
market value very rapidly. Soon after the fall an announce-
ment was made that a very considerable issue of bonus
shares would be effected, and of course the shares rose
again. No moral is added.
Finding Decimal Equivalents on the
Slide Rule
By William H. Kellogg
The numerous and diversified methods employed for
keeping decimal equivalent tables in a handy and con-
spicuous place only tend to emphasize their importance.
The application of the slide rule in this connection has
been found very useful to the writer, inasmuch as at
some times and places tables do not happen to be con-
veniently posted.
It is to be supposed that everyone making frequent
use of the equivalents will have memorized the decimal
values of all of the fractions as small as the eighths,
and possibly some of the sixteenths and thirty-seconds.
It will be noted that the fourths have two figures after
the decimal point, the eighths three, the sixteenths four,
the thirty-seconds five and the sixty-fourths six. To
further aid the memory, observe that all of the decimal
equivalents end with 5, and that the last two figures
must either be 25 or 75. The last three figures will
always be arranged as follows: Preceding 7 will be 3
or 8 and preceding 2 will be 1 or 6. If this rule be
remembered, it will be observed that in obtaining the
result on the slide rule the last or end figures can be
supplied mentally.
For example, to find the decimal value of II, set the
runner on 13, bring 16 on the slide to coincide and read
the result, which is 0.8125. The 0.81 of course, appears
plainly and the 25, the end figures, are supplied. Tak-
ing hi, the result reads 0.59+, and the third figure looks
as though it might be three or four. Knowing that all
thirty-second equivalents have five places, if the third
figure in this case were four, the final two figures would
not follow in the sequence, as explained by the foregoing
rule; but if the third figure is 3, then the rule is
complied with and the last three figures are 375, making
the decimal 0.59375.
To obtain results in sixty-fourths, it is necessary
to follow the first rule concerning the three figures and
to know another preceding figure, which may be memor-
ized or not. The ending sequence run as follows:
0625
1875
3125
4375
5625
6875
8X25
9375
To find U, read the result on the slide rule, it being
0.57+, the third figure appearing so close to 8 that
we must conclude from the table that the end to be
supplied is 8,125, hence the complete decimal 0.578125.
If you do not remember the figures of the table here
given, all you have to do is to find the equivalents of
the sixteenths by reading from the slide rule, the same
as in the first case. It will be noticed that the sequence
of four figures given correspond to the decimal equiva-
lents of the sixteenths, as \i = 0.8125. The equivalent
of SI would appear on the slide rule to be 0.64, but by
following the method given the result will be
0.640625.
Another very useful application of the slide rule to
decimal equivalents is the inverse of the usual pro-
cedure. Suppose a calculation has been made for a shaft
of a certain diameter, the final result being a decimal.
The nearest size in sixteenths of an inch is usually
desired. Setting the index of the slide to the decimal
given, the numerator of the fraction can be read under
16. If the decimal of the calculation is 0.67, the result
opposite 16 on the slide rule is approximately 10.7, the
nearest integer being 11, so that i^ would be the frac-
tion used. Or, if it is desired to get the closest result
down to a sixty-fourth, the result, read under 64 on the
slide, would then be ii.
Standard Catalogs from the Engineer's
Point of View
By C. v. Lovell
At the catalog conference of the National Association
of Purchasing Agents, held in Chicago on May 22, 1918,
a recommendation was made that all catalogs meant for
the use of purchasing agents be made a certain size.
Strange to say, after over two years have elapsed* we
find comparatively few manufacturers adopting the size
recommended (74 x lOi in.). The reason for this is
quite clear; the size is too large.
According to the report issued by the association
79 i per cent of the catalogs examined by the Stan-
dardization Committee had a page size of 6 x 9 in. or
smaller. Granting that the majority of manufactiirers
prefer a catalog of the smaller size, what size does
the engineer prefer? I wonder if the man responsible
for catalogs ever considers the fact that to a very large
extent the purchasing agent must get his specifications
from the engineer.
Let us consider one of the existing standards: The
S. A. E. data sheet is perhaps the most widely known
of existing engineering standards. (The writer Is not
a member of the S. A. E. and, therefore, he has no
mercenary motives). Naturally this standard is being
adopted by manufacturers of parts used in automobile
construction. (Ball bearing manufacturers for instance.)
Consequently, designers of special machinery and tools
used in automotive work follow suit and use the same
standard for the collection of data and much prefei
this size (41 x 7^1 in.) for catalogs.
Imagine the convenience to the designer, who is aftei
all the man who buys the goods in question, if h(
could select all of the material used in the constructior
of the machines or tools he is making from a loose-
. leaf book containing catalog sheets of the varioue
material such as steel, bolts, screws, oiling devices
shafting, gearing, clutches, couplings, pipe fittings, keys
cotters, lock washers, etc. If these catalogs were pub-
lished in loose-leaf form, the engineer could select th(
sheets most frequently used from the several catalogs
and place them in his hand-book and file the remainder
for future reference. Another advantage of the loc»-
leaf catalog is that standard goods would not have to
be cataloged every year, but could be taken care of by
issuing new price sheets, thus reducing advertising
costs to a considerable extent.
The writer does not advocate making all catalogs to
this standard, but does believe that there is a very large
field especially in stock sheets which could be Ctivered
very satisfactorily by a 4i x 7i loose-leaf catalog.
652
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 5S, No. 14
JCS FROM TNi
Valentine Francis
Program of the American Foun-
drymen's Association Con-
vention Announced
The annual convention of the Amer-
ican Foundrymen's Association will be
held in Columbus, Ohio, Oct. 4 to 8.
It has been announced that there will
be over two hundred companies ex-
hibiting at the convention and that
there will be seven buildings to house
this large number of exhibitions.
The technical and industrial rela-
tions sessions of the convention are
very attractive; among the papers to
be read at these sessions are the fol-
lowing:
"Foundry Methods and Equipment
for Producing Machine Tool Castings,"
by A. N. Kelley, Cincinnati, Ohio.
"Electrical Apparatus in a Modern
Iron Foundry," by F. D. Eagan, West-
inghouse Electric Manufacturing Co.,
East Pittsburgh, Pa.
"Report of Committee on General
Specifications for Gray Iron Castings
to Co-operate with A. S. T. M.," by
Richard Moldenke, chairman, Wat-
chung, N. J.
"Recent Developments in Die Cast-
ing," by Charles Pack, Doehler Die
Casting Co., Brooklyn, N. Y.
"Heat Treatment of Steel Tractor
Castings," by Fred Grotts, Holt Manu-
facturing Co., Peoria, 111.
"Electric Steel Making," by James W.
Galvin, Ohio Steel Foundry Co., Spring-
field, Ohio.
"Training Foundry Executives," by
R. E. Kennedy and Bruce W. Benedict,
Shop Laboratories, University of Illi-
nois, Urbana, 111.
"The Right Man on the Right Job,"
by Arthur H. Young, manager. Indus-
trial Relation, International Harvester
Co., Chicago, 111.
"The Triplex Process of Making Mal-
leable Iron," by H. A. Schwartz, Na-
tional Malleable Castings Co., Indian-
apolis, Ind.
"Important Considerations in the De-
sign of Modern Foundries," by J. H,
Hopp, Chas. C. Kawin Co., Chicago,
111.
"Arc Welding Machines for the
Foundry," by A. M. Candy, Westing-
house Electric and Manufacturing Co.,
East Pittsburgh, Pa.
A business meeting will be held on
Oct. 7, and on Oct. 7 and 8 there" will
be general sessions.
crease over the 1919 show, and three
floors of the big Palace will be filled
with displays and demonstrations of
a thousand and one uses of electricity.
The number of exhibits will be 141,
representing as many individual manu-
facturers.
This year the entire third floor of the
Palace has been given over to a series
of working exhibits where the employ-
ment of electricity in a score of indus-
Am I an American?
THE time has come when
every citizen of this Nation
should halt in his daily doings
and, searching his soul, ask him-
self the question: "Am I an
American? In my actions, am I
squaring myself vrith the great
American principles of Liberty,
Justice and Equality, which have
been the great constructive
forces for the advancement and
uplift of Humanity?"
The man who would subject the
national life and all of its in-
terest to the will of his group is
an unrighteous and a disloyal
citizen. He is unrighteous be-
cause he would substitute selfish
aggrandizement for fixed princi-
ples of justice. He is disloyal
because he denies his allegiance
to his country and gives it to ths
particular class to which he be-
longs and beyond which his nar-
row vision and perverted purpose
do not reach.
Americani-sm cannot live — this
Nation as conceived by our
fathers, cannot endure under the
shackles of class control. When
the laws are defied and mob vio-
lence resorted to, we must meet
it with force and see to it that
life and property are protected. —
Governor Goodrich of Indiana.
1920 New York Electrical Show
The 1920 New York Electrical Show
will be held at the Grand Central Pal-
ace from Oct. 6 to 16. A record vari-
ety of exhibits has been arranged for,
representing a forty-eight per cent in-
tries will be demonstrated. One will
be material handling, with industrial
trucks, conveyors and hoists all in oper-
ation. The Material Handling Machin-
ery Manufacturers' Association and the
Electric Hoist Manufacturers' Asso-
ciation are co-operating with different
makers in this particular exhibit.
Among the processes of manufacture
to be seen in actual operation are
welding, japanning, heat treating, rivet
heating, oil tempering and heating with
vacuum furnaces. Three types of ma-
chine shops will be operated and there
will be a special exhibit showing fac-
tory lighting.
Detroit a Progressive City — Other
Cities Will Do Well To
Follow Her Lead
The City of Detroit, determined to
maintain its lead as a progressive
aeronautical center, intends establish-
ing its second municipal landing field
in the heart of the city.
At the request of the Commissioner of
Parks and Boulevards, the commanding
officer of Selfridge Field, Captain N. J.
Boots, flew over the proposed site and
after making an additional ground in-
spection will recommend its establish-
ment at the next meeting of the city
council.
The field will only permit one-way
landings to be made, but in the event
of a strong south wind the other
municipal field, located several miles
away, will be available. The new field
is situated along the Detroit River,
very close to the heart of the city, and
its water frontage makes it peculiarly
adaptable for use by seaplanes. In
fact, it is already being used by the
I^nited Aerial Express Co. as a home
base for its seaplane flying between
Detroit and Cleveland.
The commanding officer has conferred
with the officials of the City of Detroit
relative to the framing of an ordinance
governing flying over that city. The
opinions of the Chief of Air Service in
this matter were given and the city
authorities agreed that legislation gov-
erning aerial traffic should be enacted
by the Federal Government, in order
that such regulations will be universal
throughout the country. They realize
that haphazard legislation by separate
municipalities will only result in a
confusing tangle of laws. This matter
is being held in abeyance for the time
being.
»
Machinery Club of Chicago Plans
Great Picnic
On Saturday of this week the Ma-
chinery Club of Chicago will hold its
annual picnic at Thatcher's Woods,
River Forest, Chicago. Judging from
the advanced notices and the varied
program arranged by the committee in
charge, this will be one of the banner
events in the history of the organiza-
tion.
A feature of the outing will be the
fried chicken lunches, put up in boxes
along with the other "fixin's," which
will be distributed at the grove. Races
for the ladies as well as the men, a
ball game between Ray Jone's "Path-
finders," and Peterson's "Ramblers,"
and special attractions for the kiddies
will help fill up the remainder of the
day's sport.
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery ^wvc^M
-f
•^ ^^'^ 6d2a
Iron and Steel Electrical Engi-
neers Hold Week's Conven-
tion at New York
For five days last week the spacious
roof of the Hotel Pennsylvania in
New York was the scene of the four-
teenth annual convention of the As-
sociation of Iron and Steel Electrical
Engineers.
One side of the garden was set aside
for the convention session, while the
other was turned into a veritable maze
of motors, transformers, lighting fix-
tures, and mechanical and electrical
apparatus of every description. The
exhibit was one of the finest ever pro-
duced by the association.
The convention opened Monday with
reports of committees, after which the
election of officers took place. The bal-
loting resulted in the following selec-
tions for the ensuing year: E. S. Jef-
fries, president; W. S. Hall 1st vice
president; C. E. Bedell, 2nd vice presi-
dent; James Farrington, treasurer;
John F. Kelly, secretary. Directors
elected were: Gordon Fox, F. E. Gal-
braith, S. L. Henderson and W. C.
Suppler.
After these perfunctory numbers the
convention settled down to the regular
routine. The papers presented were
varied and were all of great technical
value. Some of these papers were:
"Practical Education of Steel Mill
Electricians," by B. A. Cornwell; "Re-
lation of Standardization in Electrical
Equipment to Safety," by Walter
Greenwood; "Power Transmission for
Industrial Plants," by D. M. Petty;
"Underground Transmission," by A. L.
Freret; "Some Consideration in the
Determination of Auxiliary Drives,"
by Gordon Fox; "Report of Electrical
Development Committee for 1920," by
E. S. Jeffries (chairman) ; "The Re-
versing Electric Mill Considered From
the Standpoint of Tonnage," by K. A.
Pauly; "Some Economic Considerations
in Design of Power Plants for Steel
Mills," by T. E. Keating; "Current
Limit Reactance," by R. H. Keil; "Re-
port of Electric Furnace Committee
for 1920," by E. T. Moore (chairman) ;
"Standardization Committee Report,"
by W. T. Snyder (chairman).
On Monday night the members of the
association were treated to a first-class
vaudeville show which was produced
through the courtesy of the McGraw-
Hill Publishing Co., of New York. The
show was followed by a cotillion in
which the conveners and their friends
joined in the merry making till the wee
hours of the mourning.
The convention adjourned Tuesday
afternoon while the members enjoyed
a sail up the Hudson to Bear Mountain,
as the guests of the United States Steel
Corporation. The annual banquet was
held Wednesday night and was attended
by over 1,000 persons.
The Convention Committee included:
A. H. Swartz, chairman, J. H. Adkins,
F. A. Annett, G. M. Baker, J. O. Cor-
bett, J. F. Kelly, B. G. Kodjbanoff, T.
B. Montgomery, H. D. Rei, A. R. Ross,
T. A. Tate, F. Tresselt, R. G. Widdows.
What the Open-Shop Plan
of Employment Means to
the American People
IT IS a mistaken idea that the
open-shop method of conduct-
ing industrial relations is a tech-
nical phase of industrialism of in-
terest and benefit only to the
employer and the employee.
The effect of the open shop,
which means, in a word, the right
of every man to earn a living for
himself and bis family regardless
of his political, religious or labor
affiliations, extends through every
ramification of a nation's life.
The open-shop plan of employ-
ment directly influences produc-
tion, as under the open shop there
can be no restriction of output.
The open-shop plan of employ-
ment removes the possibility of
frequent strikes, with resultant
suffering, violence, loss of savings
and national disturbance.
The open-shop plan of em-
ployment, opeyi to both union and
non-union men, makes possible
the promise that "the laborer is
worthy of his hire," and in its
results spells prosperity for na-
tion, family and individual. —
From Industry.
Appointed Navy Department
Sales Advisor
V. C. Kylberg has been appointed
sales advisor to the Navy Department.
During the period of greatest activity
in the disposal of the War Depart-
ment's surplus property, Mr. Kylberg
was assistant chief of the machine-tool
section of the Office of the Director of
Sales.
Later he organized the Procurement
Division for the Army's vocational
training schools. More recently he has
been acting head of the sales section of
the U. S. Shipping Board.
Jones-Reavis Bill Indorsed by
National Machine Tool
Builders
The National Machine Tool Builders'
Association has indorsed the work of
the National Public Works Depart-
ment Association as outlined in the
Jones-Reavis bill, and is giving its
moral and financial support to the plan
to reorganize the Department of the
Interior, according to a statement from
Charles E. Hildreth, general manager
of the association, given out by M. O.
Leighton, national chairman of the
National Public Works Department
Association.
The resolution passed by the National
Machine Tool Builders' Association, at
its finnual convention, endorses the
Jones-Reavis bill as a measure "pur-
porting to correlate the departments
of the Government having to do with
public emergency matters which would
not create new Governmelit depart-
ments but would rather eliminate tho
duplication of work now performed by
many departments. A further object
of the bill is a material reduction in
Government expenditures for public
works."
The public works movement has been
endorsed liy Senator Harding, Gov-
ernor Cox, Ex-Secretary Lane, Gen-
eral Wood, Herbert Hoover, Governor
Coolidge, Hugh Frayne, Samuel Gom-
pers, Franklin D. Roosevelt and many
governors, bankers and engineering
societies throughout the country. It
is expected that the next Congress
will take definite action on the Jones
Reavis bill.
McCrosky Tool Corporation
Outing
The annual field day and picnic of
the McCrosky Tool Corporation, Mead-
ville. Pa., was held this year at Con-
neaut Lake Park, Pa. A fair, cool day
favored the outing, and consequently
the field events were all vigorously
contested. A baseball game, in which
the McCrosky team of the Meadville
Industrial League was divided between
the opposing nines, formed the climax
of the athletic program. Dinner was
served at the Oakland Hotel and was
followed by a list of snappy toasts.
Boating, swimming, and the amuse-
ments at Conneaut Lake Park com-
pleted a most successful day.
The International Machinists' Asso-
ciation has protested to the President
against Secretary Baker's "shop organ-
ization" plan.
6526
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
Annual Convention of the Inter-
national Railway General
Foremen's Association
The annual convention conducted by
the Railway General Foremen's Asso-
ciation was held in the Hotel Sherman,
Chicago, from Sept. 9 to 10, 1920. The
officers in charge of the meeting were
president, W. T. Gale, C. & N. W. Ry.,
Chicago; secretary, William Hall, C. &
N. W. Ry., Winona, Minn. Prepared
addresses were presented on previously
assigned topics, including, "Standard-
ization of Engine Failures and Ter--
minal Delays," "The Best Methods of
Repairing Superheater Units," and
"How to Reduce the Cost of Repairs in
Locomotive and Car Departments."
The officers elected for the following
year are: president, J. B. Wright, gen-
eral foreman, H. V. Ry., Columbus,
Ohio; first vice president, Geo. H.
Logan, C. & N. W. Ry., Chicago, HI.;
second vice president, H. E. Warner,
N. Y. C. Ry., Elkhart, Ind.; secretary-
treasurer, William Hall, C. & N. W.
Ry., Winona, Minn.
An elaborate exhibition of tools and
specialties for locomotive and car con-
struction had been arranged by the
Association of Railway Supply Men.
This occupied all available space in the
lobbies and halls of two floors of the
hotel, and was attended with marked
interest by the visitors. Officers in
charge of the Supply Men included,
chairman, H. A. Varney, Sunbeam Elec-
tric Manufacturing Co., Chicago; ana
secretary-treasurer, Clarence L. Mellor,
Barco Manufacturing Co., Chicago.
Belgium Honors Colonel LaMar
In recognition of the assistance ex-
tended the Belgian Government and
Belgian industries, the King of the
Belgians has named Colonel Alfred
LaMar an officer of the Order of Leo-
pold II. The insignia of the order
was presented to Colonel LaMar on the
occasion of his recent visit to Belgium.
E. C. Morse, the Director of Sales,
and others of his lieutenants will be
decorated at the earliest opportunity.
Colonel LaMar was in immediate
charge of the negotations between the
War Department and the Belgian Gov-
ernment, in arranging for the sale of
surplus machine tools. He has just
returned to his desk after having looked
carefully into the machine-tool situa-
tion in Belgium. Just as soon as the
exchange situation is restored to any-
thing like normal, he predicts that a
large number of orders for machine
tools will be placed in this country.
There is a great shortage of tools, he
said, but everyone is trying to get along
with the minimum amount of equip-
ment until the present prohibitive rate
of exchange is overcome. Any manu-
fucturer of machine tools who desires
to extend a long-time credit will be
able to do a great deal of business in
Belgium even at this time, Colonel
LaMar declares.
Colonel LaMar was in Belgium a
year ago. He expresses astonishment
at the progress which has been made in
that country during the period between
his visits. He finds that the Belgian
manufacturers and machine-shop men
are very grateful for the assistance
which they received from America. The
fact that they were able to obtain
American-made machine tools has been
the most important single factor enabl-
ing these activities to reconstruct so
rapidly.
•
A bas-relief map of the world has
been made at the naval gun factory
at the Washington Navy Yard for use
at the marine exposition which is to
held in Chicago. The map is fashioned
from aluminum plates. In its com-
pleted form it is 42 feet long and 15
feet wide.
The Delion Tire and Rubber Co.,
Trenton, N. J., has bought the plant
and equipment of the Dreadnaught
Tire and Rubber Co., Orangeville, Bal-
timore, Md. The company will install
additional machinery. J. W. Price is
the president.
At a meeting of the stockholders of
the Plymouth Motor and Machine Co.,
Plymouth, Wis., it was voted to change
the firm's name to the Plymouth Metal
Products Co. It also will increase its
capital from $60,000 to $100,000. The
officers of the new concern are: presi-
dent, George W. Brickbauer; vice presi-
dent, L. E. Schwab; secretary and treas-
urer, (Miss) Martha Merget.
A. F. Way & Co., Inc., Hartford,
Conn., has just completed its new fac-
tory in- East Hartford. This is much
larger than its present plant and will
give this company increased facilities
for the building of special machinery,
tools, etc., on contract, as well as manu-
facturing its line of utility size blocks,
sine bars, stock supports and machines.
The 0. R. Adams Manufacturing Co.,
Inc., of Rochester, N. Y., has been taken
over by the Seneca Falls Manufacturing
Co., Seneca Falls, N. Y. This firm will
continue to manufacture the Adams
Short-Cut Lathe. Ogden R. Adams is
severing his connection with the Short-
Cut Lathe business, and will give his
entire time and Interests to his regular
machine-tool business at the St. Paul
St. store.
The Gilbert & Bennett Manufactur-
ing Co., Georgetown, Conn., manufac-
turer of wire and wire goods, etc., will
erect a large recreation building at its
plant for the use of employees. The
building will be of brick and steel con-
struction, two stories high and 40 x 60,
and will contain a large restaurant,
recreational features, etc.
The Crofoot Gear Works, Inc., has
announced the opening of its new fac-
tory in the Hyde Park section of Bos-
ton, Mass.
C. A. WiLLARD, formerly with the
M. S. Wright Co., Worcester, Mass., in
the capacity of plant engineer, has
taken up new duties in charge of the
research work for the Bridgeport,
Conn., Chamber of Commerce.
Colonel Paul R. Hawkins has been
appointed district manager of the Pitts-
burgh office of the Norton Co., grinding
machinery manufacturer, of Worcester,
Mass.
Dr. E. F. Northrup has resigned his
professorship at Princeton University
in order to devote his entire time to
his work with the Ajax Electrothermic
Corporation, Trenton, N. J., manufac-
turer of the Ajax-Northrup high fre-
quency induction furnaces. Dr. North-
rup has recently been elected vice presi-
dent of this company and is now en-
gaged in perfecting for them a. brass-
melting furnace of this Ajax-Northrup
type.
James Dellage, of the Hart-Parr Co.,
Charles City, la., has gone to England
to take charge of the Hart-Parr trac-
tor at the Lincoln trials. He will then
go to France to be in attendance at the
French semi-annual trials.
J. H. Kreidler, for several years an
executive in various automobile plants,
has joined the sales organization of
the J. R. Stone Tool and Supply Co.,
Detroit, Mich.
L. W. Harston, who has been with
the sales department of the Elyria Iron
and Steel Co., of Cleveland, Ohio, for
the past three years, has succeeded F.
R. Guyon as assistant manager of sales.
The American Foundrymen's Associa-
tion will hold its annual convention and
exhibit at Columbus. Ohio, on Oct. 4 to 9.
C. E. Hoyt, 1401 Harris Trust Building.
Chicago, 111., is secretary.
The 1920 New York Electrical Show will
be held in the Grand Central Palace from
Oct. 6 to 10.
The Standardization Conference of the
National Association of Purchasing Agents
will be held at the Congress Hotel, Chicago,
111., on Oct 9.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic. S. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
Nov. 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition, Inc..
Bush Terminal Sales Building. 132 West
42nd St.. New York.
The Federated American Engineering So-
cieties will hold its first meeting at the
Hotel New WlUard. Washington, D. C, on
Nov. 18 to 20 inclusive.
The National Machine Too! Builders'
Association will hold its 19th annual Fall
convention at the Hotel Astor. New York
City, on Thursday and Friday. Dec 2 and
3. 1920. C. Wood Walter, care of the asso-
ciation at Worcester, Mass., is secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building.
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Deo. 7 to Dec. 10.
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
652c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Countersinking Mucliine. OppoHetl-Spindle
Langelier Manufacturing Co.. Arlington, Cranston, R I.
"American Machinist." Sept. 9, 1920
This machine is intended for
countersinking or centering both
ends of pins simultaneously. Pins
from \\i to 4 J in. long and I
to is in. in diameter can be
handled ; production, eight pins
per minute. Each drilling head
contains a hardened spindle run-
ning in phosphor-bronze bearings ;
drilling speed. 2,000 r.p.m. Each
spindle carries a No. 2A Jacoi>s
chucl< having a maximum capac-
ity of i in. The spindles can be
fed simultaneously by a hand
lever, which acts through racks
and a pinion. The feeding yokes
are so attached to the spindles by
clamps that the position of the
tools may be adjusted to suit the
work. The depth of the feed is
controlled by means of adjustable stops. The work-holding fixture
is adjustable for different sizes of work, the pins to be counter-
sunk being held between beveled bushings in the two jig-heads.
Generator, Acetylene, Automatic
Imperial Brass Manufacturing Co., 1200 West Harrison St,
Chicago, III,
"American Machinist," Sept. 9. 1920
This generator is intended for use in
oxy-acetylene welding, cutting and
lead burning. It is of the medium-
pressure, carbide-to-water type. The
pressure in the generator is controlled
by a spring in a diaphragm governor,
which, oijerating in conjunction with
the automatic feed, maintains a uni-
form pressure. No acetylene regulator
is required in the service line unless a
number of torches are being fed from
it. A 15-lb. per-square-inch blowoff is
provided. The levers for operating are
interlocked so that it is necessary f)
follow the proper sequence of oiiem-
tions. It will run for five hours on oiir
filling of carbide. It is made in four
sizes ; carbide capacities, 15, 25, 5(i
and 100 lb. respectively. Generating
capacities respectively, 15, 25. 50 and
100 cu.ft. of gas per hour. The largest size will supply eight
torches on medium-duty. Weights, from 140 to SoO lb.
Bench Leffs. Steel
Angle Steel Stool Co., Otsego, Mich.
"American Machinist," Sept.
These steel legs are made in
various heights and styles, style
5-26 being shown in the illustra-
tion. The tops of the legs are
flat, so that boards of any width
may be laid on them. If desired,
heavy planks can be used along
the front edge with light ones in
the rear where the wear is less
severe. The top member and shelf
support are furnished with from
three to five holes for bolting on
the planks. To form a wider table
two legs may be used Ijack to
back. All legs are finished with
a baked-on green enamel.
9, 1920
Drilling: Machines, Stationary-Head, «4-, 26- and
Sibley Machine Co., South Bend, Ind.
"American Machinist," Sept. 9. 1920
These machines are intended for pro-
duction work. Specifications : Height,
top of cone pulley, 86 in. Spindle to
base, maximum. 44J in. Spindle to table,
maximum 27J in. Traverse of table, 13
in. Travel of spindle, 12 in. Feed per
rev. of spindle. 0.006. 0.010, 0.015 and
0.020 in. for 24-in. machine; 0.008, 0,II12
0.016 and 0.024 in. for 26- and 28-in.
machines. Diameter of table, 21, 23 and
25 in. for 24-, 26- and 28-in. machines,
respectively. Diameter of columns, 8 in.
Hole in spindle. No. 4 Morse taper.
Ratio of back gears, 4J to 1. Speed of
countershaft, 500 r,p.m. Spindle speeds,
29 to 495 r.p.m. for 24-in. machine; 26
to 403 r.p.m. for 26- and 28-in. machines.
Floor space, 23 x 63 in. Weight; net,
1,600 lb. for 24-in. machine, 1,650 lb.
for 26-in., and 1.700 lb. for 28-in. ; boxed
for export, 2,000, 2.050 and 2.100 lb.,
respectively. Size, boxed for export, 76 cu.ft.
28-In.
Orlndlnc and Buffing: Machines. Heavy-Duty
Van Dorn Electric Tool Co.. Cleveland, Ohio.
"American Machinist." Sept. 16. 1920
The 1-hp. heavy-duty electric grind-
ing machine shown is of the floor type.
The motor is built to A. I. E. E.
standards and has a momentary over-
load capacity of 21 hp. An a.c. stator
and a d.c. field assembly are made inter-
changeable in the motor frame. Speci-
fications: Height of spindle. 39 in.
Base. 17 x 18 in. Spindle diameter at
wheel. 3 in. Weight of machine with
one guarded wheel and one extension,
as shown ; net. 345 lb. ; crated. 450 lb. :
boxed for export. 500 lb. Contents ex-
port box, 21 cu.ft. Arrangement is
made for attaching exhaust system.
and extensions for carrying brushes or
wheels can be furnished. Bench and
aerial types of this machine are also
manufactured.
Gages, Combination, Blocks, Reference
Van Keuren Co., 362 Cambridge St., Allston, Boston, Mass.
"American Machinist." Sept. 16. 1920
These sets of combination pre-
cision-gage blocks are intended
as reference standards. It is said
that the gages arc made cylin-
drical to give the proper distribu-
tion of metal, so that temperature
changes will affect the blocks
uniformly. The gaging surfaces
are lapped to a mirror finish, and
the blocks are guaranteed to be
correct in size, flatness and paral-
lelism within 0.00001 in. of the
nominal marked dimensions. The
gages are standardized by light-
wave measurement with stand-
ards certified by the Nation:(l
Bureau of Standards, and are
arranged in various sets to meet the requirements of both large
manufacturing concerns and individual mechanics. The set shown
contains five sizes in the binary fractions of an inch ; namley,
1, J. 1. i and A in.
Grinding Machine, Portable, Electric
Electro-Magnetic Tool Co.. 2902 Carroll Ave., Chicago.
"American Machinist." Sept. 16. 1920
111.
The machine shown is known
as type 2UA. Interchangeability
of the pulleys permits its use
either for internal grinding with
a high-speed spindle or external
grinding, with slower speed and
larger wheel. The wheel can be
carried on an extension of the
armature shaft. Sli<les are pro-
vided for vertical and horizontal
adjustments. The motor body
has flats flni.shed on its outside
faces, so that the spindle may
be shifted. Spindle extensions 5,
10 or 15 in. long may be at- ,
tached for internal grinding. The armature sjieed is about 5,200
r.p.m. A 5J- to 6- in. wheel can be used when operating at
the slower speed. The motor is about i hp., and the total weight
of the tool, without equipment, is 25 lb.
Drilling Macliine, Pneumatic, Portable
Turbine Air Tool Co., 710 Huron Road, Cleveland.
"American Machinist." Sept. 16, 1920
The machine operates on the turt^in*-
principle ; it will drill holes up to J in.
in diameter in steel, and bore holes uii
to 1 in. in diameter in wood. It can be
furnished with a screw feed, top point.
l)reast plate and spade grip which art-
detachable and interchangeable, also
screw chucks and No. 1 Morse taper
socket. The housing and the turbine
are made of aluminum, while nickel
steel gears and vanadium steel pinions
are employed. The weight is 9 lb.
The air consumption is given as 20
cu.ft. per minute. The drill will oper-
ate on a pressure of 60 lb. per square
inch, although maximum efficiency i.s
obtained at 100 lb. The speed is con-
trolled by a valve on the inlet.
Ohio
Clif), paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
652d
AMEEICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
^^IITs'r
'THE WEKLY PfflCE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by Tlie Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
Current
No. 2 Southern '. $45. 60
Northern Basic 5 1 . 30
Southern Ohio No. 2 47.80
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 42
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2x. 2.25 2 75sil
Virginia No. 2
Basic
Grey Forge
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local
No. 2 Foundry, Southern
54.30
49.70
00fii44.00
50 00
50.00*
48.00+
45.00*
46. '0
48. Ou
One
Year Ago
$30.35
27.55
28.55
32.40
36.20
25.75
29.00-30.00
33.10
26.75
26.75
26.75
28.00
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No. 2 Foundry
Basic
Bessemer
MONTREAL
Silicon 2 25 to 2.75%
* F.o.b, furnace, t Delivered.
49 00
48.50
50.00
43.25
28.15
27.15
29.35
, — Cleveland-^
One
Structural shapes.. . . $4 . 58
Soft steel bars 4-73
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4. 73
Soft steel bands 6 . 43
Plates, J to 1 in. thick 4.78
$4.47
4.62
4.62
6.32
4.67
Current
$5.00
4.50
6.25
4.50
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
,— Chicago — .
One
STEEL SHAPES — Tlie following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and ia rger, and plates J in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
. New York —
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
• - $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
Current
$4.08
3.98
3.98
Year
Ago
$3.47
3.37
3.37
3.57 4.28 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 1 00 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse, New York 4 . 57 3. 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4.12 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
also the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York ^
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3.55-7,00 7.23Ca800 5 50 8 10 7 90
No. 12 3.60-7.05 7.28(«i8.05 5,40 8.15 7,95
No. 14 3 65-7,10 7.33Cii8 10 5 35 8,20 8 00
No. 16 3.75-7 20 7.43@8.20 5 30 8 30 8.10
Black
Nob. 18 and 20 4 20-6,20 8 41® 9 80 4 77 8.70 7 13
Nos.22and24 4 25 6.25 8.46® 9.85 4 67 8.75 7 18
No. 26 4 30 6,30 8,51® 990 4.57 8,80 7 23
No. 28 4 35-6 35 8 61@I0 00 6,75 8,90 7,33
■Galvanized
No. 10 4 70 8 00 8 9l®n,50 6.45 9 00 8 25
No. 12 4 80 8,10 9 01@11 50 6 30 9,10 8,30
No. 14 4.80-8 10 9 0l®ll,60 6 30 9 10 8 45
Nos. 18and 20.. , : .. , 5,10-8 40 9,26®!! 90 6,60 9 40 8 75
No8.22and24 5,25 8 55 9,4I@12 05 6,75 9 55 9,!5
No. 26 5 40 8 70 9 56®I2.20 6 90 9,70 9 30
No. 28 5 709 00 9 86®I2,50 7 20 10 00 9 60
.^cute scavcity in sheets, particularly !:»li.ck, galvanized and No, 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED S'l'EEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York (Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stdck. per 1 00 lb,
base $6,36 $5.90 $6,00
Flats, square and hexajrons, r.-T IGO lb.
base 6.86 6,40 6,50
DRILL ROD — Discounts frrm lijt price are as iollowfi at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL AND MONEL METAL — Base prices in cents per pound F. O. B.
Bayonne, N. J.
Nickel
I agot Tid shot. ,
Electrolytic . . .
Shot and blocks.
Ingots
Sheet bars
Monel Metal
35 Hot rolled rods (base) , . .
38 Cold rolled rods (base) , .
40 Hot rolled sheets (base) .
Special Nickel and Alloys
Malleable nickel ingots ,
Malleable nickel sheet bars
Hot rolled rods. Grades "A" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rods, grades ".\" and "C" (base) ,
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — low manganese
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese
40
56
55
42
47
60
72
45
54
62
67
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis)— Welding wire in lOO-Ib
lots sells as follows, f.o.b. New York: A. 8Jc. per lb.; J, 8c.; A to j, 7Jc
Domestic iron sells at I 2c, per lb.
MISCELL.\NEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7, 00 8 . 00 9 15
Spring steel (light) 13,00 11.00 12.50
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00 8.00 6.86
Hoop steel 5.68 6,50 5.43
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 1 1 00
Floor plates 6.91 6.00 6.88
WROUGHT PIPE — The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lots
on the Pittsburgh basing card :
BUTT WELD
Steel
Inches Black
J to 3 54-57J?
Inches
Iron
Black
l55-25i%
2
2J to 6. , . ,
7 to 12.,,
13 to 14.
15
i to IS.
2 to 3.'.
Galvanized
41i-44% }
i I9J-29J%
JtoM.,. 24i-34J%
LAP WELD
47 -50|% 34S-38% U
50 -53J% 37!-4l% i;
47 -501% 335-37% 2 20!-28i%
375-41 % 41 to 6,.. 225-305%
35-385% 25 to 4... 225-305%
7 to 12,. 195-275%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52-555% 395-43% ltol5.., 245-345%
53 -565% 405-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Galvanised
+ 15-115%
15-115%
8 -l«J%
*|;!ii%
■175%
•175%
-1455
9i-m%
2 45
2! to 4 48
41 to 5 47
7 to 8 43
9 to 12 38
-485''
515'
-so;'-
-46,'. '■
335-37%
36!-40^r
355-39%
29!-33%
245-28%
New York
Black Galv.
Ho 3 in. steel butt welded 38% 22%
25 to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 1 8%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C,
plus 45%. Cast iron, stantlanl sizes, plus 5*^
1i
t::::::
2Jto4,. .
45 to 6 , . .
7 to 8...,
9 to 12, .
Cleveland
Black Galv.
39%
41%
banded
30%
26%
215-295% 8}-I65%
235-315% 115-195%
22'.-305% 105-185%
145-225% 25-105%
95-175% 55-+25%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54%40% 405® 30 %
50@40% 375®27S%
from New York stock sell at
METALS
43
45 1
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 18.50 19,00 22 50
Tin m 5-ton lots 44.50 49.00 56 50
Lead 8.50 9.50 6.25
Zmc 8.50 8.35 7.60
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8,00 8.90 6.00
Zinc 7.70^8,05 7.70@8.40 7.15
At the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
or more:
. New York . — Cleveland -~ — Chicaeo —
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cui^ Year
rent Ago Ago rent Ago rent Ago
Copper sheets, base. , 29.50 33 50 33.50 34.00 35.50 U.OO 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31 25 31 25 30.75 29.00 30.50 29.00 25 00
Brasssheets 28.50 28 50 32.00 36,00 33 00 27,00 28,00
Brasspipe 33,00 33 00 36.00 34.00 39.00 34,00 37.00
Solder (half and half)
(case lots) 35,00 33 00 45,00 40.50 41 00 38.00 41 00
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 os., cold rolled 14 o». and heavier,
add 2c,: polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 75 c.
BR.\SS RODS— The following quotations an for large lots. mill. 100 lb. .and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year .4gc
MiU 25 00 24.00
New York 27.00 2800®29,75
Cleveland 27.00 29.00
Chicago 30 00 27.00
September 30, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
652e
SHOP MEfflAtS AND SUPPUE
f4fi»
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are fo.b. mill '-
leas 87c for carload lots 12.50
Warehouse --
. — -In Casks — . '- Broken Lots —
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.30 12,50 14 . 70 1 3 00
New York 14.00 11.50 14.50 1 2 50
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
New York 7.25 9.50
Chicago 9.00 9.75
OLI> METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
■ New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 15.00 17.00 14.00 15.00
Copper, heavy, and wire 14.00 16.00 13.50 14.50
Copper, light, and bottoms 12.50 14.00 12.00 13.00
Lead, heavy 7.00 4.75 7.00 7 00
Lead, tea 5.00 3.75 4.00 6.00
Braas. heavy 9.50 10.50 10.00 14.50
Brass, liuht 7.00 7.50 7.00 8.00
No. I yellow brass turnings.. 8.50 10.00 7.50 8.00
Zinc 5.00 5.00 4.50 5.50
ALUMINUM — The following prices arc from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots), per lb $33.00 $33.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 33.00
Chicago 29 . 00 3 1 . 00
Cleveland 34 . 00 3 5 . 00
BABBITT METAL — Warehouse price per pound:
—New York ^ —Cleveland— — — - Chicago .
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Best grade 90.00 90.00 54.00 70.00 60.00 60.00
Commercial 50.00 50.50 20.50 16.50 15 00 13.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
Amount is deducted from list:
^ New York-
^- Cleveland —
. Chicago — —
Cur- One
Cur- One
Cur-
One
rent Year Ago
• rent Year Ago
rent
Year Ago
Hot presiied square. +$6.00 $1.50
List net $2.25
-f-1.15
1,85
Hot pressed hexagon + 6 00 1 . 50
List net 2.25
-I-I.I5
1.85
Cold punched hexa-
gon + 6.00 1.50
List net 2.25
-1-1.15
1 30
Cold punched square + 6.00 1 . 50
List net 2 25
-HI. 15
1.30
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price;
Current One Year Ago
New York 30% 50-10%
Ch'^wo 40% 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
i by 4 in. and smaller -f- 20% 25% 20%
Larger and longer up to I J in. by 30 in +20% 25% 10%
WA.SHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
New York list Cleveland $2.00 Chicago $1.90
For cast-iron washers, f and larger, the base nrice per 100 lb. is as follows:
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $5.50
CARRIAGE BOLT'S — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller + 20% 25% 10%
arger and longer up to I in. by 30 in + 20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets . Burs —
Current One Year Ago Current One Year Ago
Cleveland 20% 20% 10% 10%
Chieago . net 20% net 20%
New York 15% «0% net 20%
The following riuotations are allowed for fair-sized orderv froni
New York
RIVETS
warehouse:
Cleveland
^. ., --. -- 40%
Tmned List Net 40%
Boiler, i, {. 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.73 Pittsburgh $4.5
Structural, same sizes:
New York S7. 10 Chicago $5.83 Pittsburgh $4.60
Steel A and smaller List Net
Chicago
30%
30%
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $34 00 $36.00 $35.00
Brass 33.00 36.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is I c; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 !b., 2!c. over base (lOO-lb. lots); less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOc -
less than 10 lb., add .15-20c.
Double above extras will be chart'ed for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities, .\bove extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as J -2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and |-U in., inclusive, in sfiiiare and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to I m. by Sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $ I 2. 50 per 1 00 lbs.
In Cleveland — $10 per I 00 lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
. New York ■
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 15.00(517 00 13.00 16.00 II.OOtoMOO
Colored mixed. . 9.00Cul4.00 9.00-12.00 12.00 9.50tol2.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
New York $2.00 $2.00 $1 75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 I 75
Cleveland 3.00 3.00 2 75
Chicago 2.00 2.75 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
New York $3.90 $3.90 $3 65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.62
Chicago 4.10 5.00 4.125
COKE. — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsville:
September 27 September 20 September 13
Prompt furnace $17 00(fi,$l8.00 $17. OOCoi $18. 00 $17. 00(n $18.00
Prompt foundry 18.00(<i> 20.00 18.00(5, 20.00 I8.00(q) 20.00
FIRECLAY — The following prices prevail:
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 00
Cleveland 100-lb. bag l!00
LINSEED OIL — These prices arc per gallon:
. — New York — .
One
Raw in barrels, (5 bbl. lots. . .
5-gal cans
l-gal cant (6 to case)
Cur-
rent
$1 25
I 40
I 45
Year
Ago
$2 15
2 30
.—Cleveland-
Oil
Cur-
rent
$1 55
I 75
Year
Ago
$2.50-
2.75
. — Chicago-^
One
Cur-
rent
$1 40
1.65
Year
Agol
$2 37
2 57
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
Red : . White
One Year One Year
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In Oil
lOOlbkcR 15.50 17.00 13.00 14.50 15.50 13 00
25 and 50-lb. kegs.... 15.75 17.25 13.25 14.75 15.75 13 25
I2i-lb.keg 16.00 17.50 13.50 15.00 16.00 13.50
5-lb. cans 18 50 20 00 15.00 16.50 18.50 IJ.OO
1-lb. cans 20.50 22.00 16 00 17.50 20.50 16.00
500 lb. lots less 10% discount 2000 lb. lots less 10-2i% discount.
652f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No, 14
?^EW«/M5? ENLARGED
L-V-FLETCHEEL
iniiriiniiMiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiM
illlMltllllllllllllllllllllllltlllllllll
Machine Tools Wanted
If in need of machine tools send
UB a list for publication in this
column
niiiiMiiniiDiiiiiiiitiitiiiiMtiitiiiiiiiiitiiiii
llltlllltHllllllMMMMMI'
Conn., West Hartford (Hartford P. O) —
The Hartford Tube Products Co., Elmwood
Ave. — punch press. 3 in capacity. 4 in. pipe
machinery and sliears, 3 in. capacity.
Mil., Baltimore — The Supt. of Lighthouses
— 3 step cone double back geared engine
lathes for machine shoiJ.
X. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Amer. Book Bindery, 406 West
31st St. — one Cleveland drill.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Amer. Brake Shoe and Fdry.
Co.. 30 Church St. — punches, drill presses,
engine lathe, boring machine and riveting
machine.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Buffalo Fdry. & Ma-
chine Co., 1543 Fillmore Ave. — miscellane-
ous equipment for pattern shop.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Martin Sheet Metal
Wks., 878 Hertel Ave. — one stove pipe
folder.
X. Y., Buffalo — L. Michael & Co.. 560 Elk
St. — acetylene cutter.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Pengot Co. of Amer.,
Colgate and Hopkins Sts., D. W. Healy,
Iroquois Hotel. Purch. Agt. — equipment for
automobile plant.
N. Y., Rochester — The Alent Machine
Tool Co., 479 St. Paul St., N. Alent, Mgr. —
one 8 ft. planer.
X, Y., Rorhester — The Harrison Machine
Co.. 144 and 146 Piatt St.. J. Harrison,
Purch. Agt. — one 42 in. lathe and one 16 in.
lathe.
N. Y., RooheHter — The Hauser Machine
Co., 245 Mill St., L. Hauser, Purch. Agt, —
one 32 in. lathe.
X. Y.. Rochester— G. C. Humbert, 301-303
Cornwall Bldg., manufacturer of jewelry —
die sinker's tool with flexible shaft, con-
trolled by hand.
X. Y., Rochester — The Kneeland Co., Inc.,
Lincoln Park, L. W. Kneeland, Purch. Agt.
— medium size brazing machine.
-S. Ban, Stop 26-
X', Y., Summerville-
small power lathe.
X". Y.. S.vracuse — The Bd. of Educ, c/o
Bd. Contract and Supply — complete equip-
ment for machine shop at Continuation
School, including engine lathe.s, milling ma-
chines, shapers. bench grinders and bench
tools. About $5,000 available for above
equipment. No date set for close of bids.
X. Y., Itica — The Eureka Mower Co.,
1005 Hickory St. — one 18 in lathe.
Pa., Bradford — The Cyclone Brush Co.,
106 Elm St. — various screw machines.
Pa., Philadelphia — Morton & Murphy, 841
South 51st St. — bench lathe.
Pa,, Philadelphia — The Tioga Iron and
Steel Co., 52d and Gray Sts.— machine
tools.
Pa„ Pittsburgh — The National Casket
Co.. Reedsdale St. — miscellaneous machine
tools.
Pa,, Williamsport — J. A. Shoemaker,
Chn. Supply Com., Williamsport School
Bd.—
One 26 in. x 26 in. x 8 ft. electric driven
planer.
One 16 in. shaijer.
One No. 2 electric driven universal mill-
ing machine.
One 24 in. electric driven drill press.
One 1 ton portable crane.
One No. 4 Arbor press.
One 15 hp. motor.
Miscellaneous equipment, including hang-
ers, line shafting, pulleys, chucks and small
tools for machine shop.
Va., Richmond — P. H. Blaska, 908 Louts-
anna St. — small speed lathe.
Va., Richmond — J. E. Childress, 306
Louisanna St. — cornice machine.
Va., Richmond — A. S. Kellam, 18 East
Broad St. — small machine lathe (new or
used).
Va,, Richmond — The Kersey & Co., Wil-
liamsburg Ave. and Denney Sts. — mechani-
cal outfit for repairing automobiles.
Va„ Richmond — G. B. Mrock, R. F. D.
No. 5 — 18 to 24 in. lathe, short bed pre-
ferred (new or used).
Va., Richmond — Viaduct Motor Co., J. S.
Savage, Purch. Agt. — tire rim stretcher and
gear press.
Va., Richmond — L. M. Walton, 514 Louis-
anna St. — mechanical outfit for repairing
automobiles.
111.. Chicago — The Ford Roofing Products
Co., 520 Conway Bldg. — one lathe, 16 in.
center to center, 36 in. swing roll clear of
tool carriage.
111.. Chicago — The Illinois Felt Co., 2501
West 48th St. — machine tool equipment for
making automobile seats,
111., Chicago — The Parisian Novelty Co.,
151 West 22d St. — squaring shear 36 in.
for 18 in. gage.
IIU Chicago — The Unity Equipment Co..
127 North Dearborn St. — double head bolt
thteader for 3 and I in. bolts.
III., Mendota — Black Bros. Co. — one small
bench centering machine, 2i in. round ca-
pacity.
III., Peoria — The Bartholomew Co. — 3
si)fndle high duty drill press, with com-
l^ound table, capacity up to 2 in.
Mich., Detroit — The Detroit Municipal St.
R.V. Comn.. c/o G. J. Finn. Comr. Purchases
and Supplies. Municipal Courts Bldg. — one
track welding machine and equipment for
welding street railway rails.
Mich,, Port Huron — The Great Lakes
Fdry. Co., Moar St. — miscellaneous foundry
equipment.
O,, Cincinnati — The Howe Auto Jack Co.,
1520 Race St.. J. C. Howe. Purch. Agt. —
machine tools, including lathe, drill press
and threading machine.
0„ Cleveland — The Sterling-Knight Co..
Ajax Bldg. — No. 2 Cincinnati or Brown &
Sharpe Universal miller with dividing head
and all attachments (used).
O., Cleveland — The Waite Taxi and Liv-
ery Co.. H. F. Hauserman, 1618 Walnut
Ave. — one 16 in. x 8 ft. lathe and 16 in.
drill press (used).
O. Columbus — The Hayden Automobile
Block Machine Co., 891 Michigan .Ave. —
C. H. Minor, Supt. — additional equipment
O.. Fostoria — The Fostoria Building Sup-
ply Co. —
One 48 in. brake.
One 48 in. roller.
One shear.
One 3 in. header.
One large hammer.
One welding outfit.
Wis., Fond du Lac — The Bd. of Edue..
c/o A. M. Hunter, Secy. — tools and ma-
chinery for vocational school machine shop.
AVis,. Milwaukee — The Liberty Vulcanizer
Mfg. Co., 656 Madison St. — milling machine
and lathe.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Milwaukee Tank
AMis., Fratney and Becker Sts. — one set 74
in. bending rolls of ,'„ in. capacity, diam.
t9P roll 7 in., lower roll 6J in. (new).
Wis., Milwaukee — The Nissen Mfg. Co..
223 Reed St. C, Nissen. Purch. Agt — drill
press.
Wis., Milwaukee — Ramstock & Sons Mfg.
Co.. 1826 Brown St.. F. Ramstock, Purch.
Agt. — automatic screw machine.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Res Mfg. Co., 2907
Meinecke .Ave., A. Kaufman, Purch. Agt. —
punch presses.
Tex.. Dallas — The School Bd., C. M.
Moore. Secy. — manual training equipment.
On*., Toronto — Wilson-McGovem. Ltd..
i-umsden Bldg. — 56 in. or 60 in. x 160 in.
grinder for grinding hot mill shear blades.
lltlltllltlllllttlilHtlMtHlllllllllllliltlllilHIIItlll
Machinery Wanted
Tkllllllllllll.llltlltllltlHIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIt.lllllllllllil
Md., Baltimore — The Maryland Equip-
ment & Supply Co., Equitable Bldg.. H. (5.
Clark. Purch. Agt. — 15 ton locomotive crane
with 52 in. magnet and 50 ft boom, also
7 X 10 Ledgewood or Munday double cylin-
der with drum (used).
X. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Coin Device and Signal Co., Inc.,
409 8th Ave. — mach. catalogs on supplies
and general equipment.
Pa., Philadelphia — J. P. Shellenberger.
Front and Race Sts. — machinery for the
manufacture of confectionery.
A'a., Richmond — A. Meyer & Son, 114
South 8th St., A. Meyer. Purch. Agt.— one
small wood i^laner (new or used).
Mich., Detroit — The Dept. of Buildings
and Safety Engineering, c/o G. J. Finn,
Comr. of Purchases and Sup|ilies, Municipal
Courts Bldg. — 300,000 lb. testing machine
for testing structural materials in labora-
tory of Dept. of Buildings and Safety En-
gineering.
Wis„ Janesville — The Parker Pen Co.,
East Milwaukee and North Bluff Sts.—
oil extractor for removing oil from hard
rubber shavings.
September 30, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
652g
Wis., Kenosha — The Morse Granite Co.,
310 Church St. — traveling crane.
Wld^ Spymour — The Seymour Wooden-
Ware Co. — woodworking machinery.
Ariz.. DouKlaK — The Arizona Carpentry
and Cabinet Co.. 634-40 13th St. — Pony
planer and two-slide 12 in. sticlter (first
class condition, second-hand machinery pre-
ferred).
Man., Weston — The Owl Metal Co. — $6,-
000 worth of machinery.
Ont„ Bripdeii — The Brigden Printing
Press — machinery.
Ont., C'uurtland — I. M. Howe — equipment
for sawmill.
Ont.. Tilbnry — The Tilbury Auto Truck
Co. — iron working machinery.
Ont., Timmins — D. Strong — planing mill
equipment.
Que., TartiKon — The B. & S. Lumber Co.,
Fort Plain — machinery.
Metal Working
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Hartford — M. Delaney. 1075 Main
St., plans to build a 1 story, 7.5 x 100 ft.
garage on Albany Ave. Estimated cost.
$30,000. P. C. Walz, 407 Trumbull St.,
Archt.
Conn., Hartford — The Dell Service Sta-
tion, 266 Wethersfteld Ave., will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 70 x 140 ft. addition to its garage.
Estimated cost, $30,000.
Conn., Hartford — A. Goldstein. 593 Wind-
sor St., will build a 1 story, 100 x 110 ft.
garage on Maple Ave. Estimated cost,
$75,000. Noted Aug. 12.
Conn., Union Cit.v (Naugatuck P. O.) —
The Eastern Malleable Iron Co. has award -
e dthe contract for altering and building
additions to its plant. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
Conn., West Hartford (Hartford P. O.) —
The Hartford Tube Products Co. has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a 1
story factory with 2 wings, one 30 x 90 ft.
and other 30 x 100 ft., on Elmwood St.
Estimated cost, $15,000.
Mass., Attlel>oro — C. L. Rogers, 157 So.
Main St., has awarded the contrac for the
construction of a 1 story. 60 x 200 ft.
garage on Wall St. Estimated cost, $50,000,
Mass., I.,awrepce — C. W. Dillon, 17 Ox-
ford St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story addition to his
garage. Estimated cost, $10,000. Noted
Sept. 9.
Mass., New Bedford — A. Chervais. 54
Sycamore St., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story garage.
Estimated cost. $20,000. Private plans.
Mass., New Bedford — E. Colbec. 137 Tink-
ham St.. plans to build a 1 story, 65 x 100
ft. garage, etc., on Bowditch St. Cost be-
tween $20,000 and $25,000. O. Crapo, 514
Bowditch St., Archt.
Mass., Springfield — A, Freedman. c/o B.
E. Geckler, Archt., 335 St. James Ave., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 50 x 60 x 100 ft. garage
on Summer Ave. Estimated cost, $35,000.
Mass., Springfield — .T. G. Schwenger, 34
Summer Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story garage. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000.
Ma«s.. Wliitinsville — The Whitin Machine
Wks. plans to build a 4 story, 75 x 200 ft.
garage, etc. Estimated cost, $150,000. J.
D Beland, 185 Devonshire St., Boston,
Archt.
Mass.. Worcester — ,T. Kennedy, 3 Went-
worth St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story garage, etc., on
Portland St. Estimated cost, $25,000.
Mass.. Worcester — J Rice, Archt., 306
Main St., is preparing plans for a 2 story.
150 x 180 ft. garage on Pleasant St. Esti-
mated cost, $200,000.
R. 1., Providence — The Diamond Band
Co., 425 Fountain St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story ad-
dition to its garage on Battery St. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000.
R. I.. Providence — W. H. Farrell, T,ock-
wood and Haskins Sts., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
farage and service station. Cost between
12,000 and $15,000,
R. I., Providence — R. T. Slade, 547 Elm-
wood Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story addition to
his garage. Estimated cost, $50,000. Noted
Sept, 23.
MIDDLE .\TL,,\NTIC STATES
Md., Soutli Baltimore (Baltimore P. O.)
— The Baltimore Malleable Iron & Steel
Castings Co. Charles and Wells Sts., plans
to build additional blast furnaces and in-
stall other equipment. Estimated cost.
$100,000,
Md., Baltimore — The Del-Mar- Va-Nash-
Motors Co.. 134 West Mt. Royal Ave., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 3 story, 60 x 150 ft. sales and
service station on Maryland Ave. and Oliver
St. Estimated cost, $200,000.
N. J., Newarlt — The Ellis Motor Car Co.,
416 Central Ave., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a I story. 75 x 203
ft. garage on North 6th St. and 1st Ave.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
Rubin and Cohn, 406 East 149th St., will
build a 1 story, 150 x 220 ft. garage on
Jerome Ave. Estimated cost, $50,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— -F. B. Lynch, 1049 Washington Ave., will
build a 1 story, 100 x 125 ft. garage on
Montgomery St. Estimated cost. $60,000.
N. Y„ New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— M. Moskowitz, c/o J. M. Felson, Archt.
and Engr,, 1133 Bway,, will build a 1 story,
50 X 100 ft. garage on 12th St, Estimated
cost, $50,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— J. Siris, 206 Bway.. will build a 1 story
garage on Nostrand and Willoughby Aves.
Estimated cost, $35,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— J. Bernstein, 1430 Madison Ave., will
build a 1 story, 100 x 165 ft. garage on
Boston Post Rd. Estimated cost, $75,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— ^The Coin Device & Signal Co.. Inc..
409 8th Ave., plans to enlarge its factory.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— J. Ruppert, Inc., 1639 3d Ave., is
having plans prepared for the construction
of a 2 story, 50 x 200 ft. auto repair shop
at 243 East 90th St. Estimated cost. $50,-
000, Maynecke & Franke, 25 East 26th
St., Engrs. and Archts.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Transit Comn., 49 Lafayette St.,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of additional shops at Lenox Ave.
and 148th St. yards.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— J. Zimmerman, 557 East 160th St.,
will build a 1 story. 100 x 130 ft. garage
on Fordham Rd. Estimated cost, $50,000.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Amer. Car & Fdry.
Co., 370 Babcock St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 35 x
46 X 74 ft. addition to its factory. Esti-
mated cost, $40,000.
N. Y., Buffalo — The Buffalo Fdry. & Ma-
chine Co., 1543 Fillmore Ave., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
story. 50 x 70 ft. pattern shop. Estimated
cost, $25,000.
Pa,, Tabor (Philadelphia P. O.) — The Fox
Motor Car Co., Broad and Huntingdon Ave,,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 3 story, 60 x 400 ft. automobile
plant on Grange Ave. along tracks of Read-
ing R.R. Estimated cost, $500,000.
Pa., Readine — The Gray Iron Fdry. Co.
is building a 60 x 360 ft. factory for the
manufacture of "Keystone" concrete ma-
chinery.
MIDDLE WEST
Ind., Marion — The Marion Insulated Wire
& Rubber Co. is building a 30 x 50 ft. rub-
ber insulated wire plant. J. F. Auten, Gen.
Mgr.
Midi.. Detroit — The Blodgett Engineering
and Tool Co., Kerr Bldg., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 4 story
factory on Dalzelle St. Noted Aug. 19.
Mich.. Marysville — The Aluminum Cast-
ings Co., 2800 Harvard Ave., Cleveland,
Ohio, plans to build a 2 story factory here.
Estimated cost, $75,000, B. E, Allyne, Pres,
Private plans.
Mich., Port Huron — The Great Lakes
Fdry, Co., Moar St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 50
X 95 ft. foundry. Estimated cost, $15,000.
O., Cleveland — The Fageol Motors Co.,
c/o S. Regar. of Chandler Motor Co., East
13l8t St. and St. Clair Ave., plans to build
a 3 story factory. Estimated cost, $200,-
non.
O., Cleveland — The Natl. Refining Co.,
Rose Bldg., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 60 x 121 ft.
machine shop and service building at 3330
East 87th St. Estimated cost, $30,00),
O., Dayton — The Central Motor Co., Main
and Apple Sts., plans to build a 2 story,
80 X 145 ft. factory on 3d and Horace Sts.
Estimated cost, $100,000,
Wis.. Cedarhnrgr — The Auto-Life Chain
Co.. c/o F. Hoya, 231 37th St., Milwaukee,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 60 x 120 ft. factory on
Main St. here for the manufacture of tire
chains. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Wis., Fond du Lac — The Bd, of Educ,
c/o A. M. Hunter, Secy., will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 3
story, 66 x 261 ft. senior-junior high school,
to contain a machine shop. Estimated cost,
$500,000.
Wis., Kenbsha — City will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 107 ft. garage on Strong St.
Wis., Kohler — The Kohler Co. will build
a 3 story, 62 x 148 ft. factory and foundry.
Wis., Manitowoc — The Clark Oil Co.. 10th
St., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 60 x 100 ft, garage,
filling station, etc., on 10th and York Sts.
Estimated cost, $100,000. Noted Aug, 19.
Wis., MUwa.nkee — The Natl. Brake and
Electric Co., Belleview PI., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 164 x 180 ft. addition to its foundry.
Estimated cost, $250,000. Noted May 6.
Wis,, Neillsvllle — The Neillsville Auto Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 90 x 120 ft. garage.
Balch & Lippert, Madison, Archts.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Kan., Columbus — Cherokee County plans
election to vote on $60,000 bonds to build
and equip a machine shop addition to high
school. G. Cooper, County Engr.
Kan.. Topeka — The Topeka Fdry. and
Iron Co., 318-22 Jackson St., plans to con-
struct a foundry, machine shop and struc-
tural shops. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Kan., Wichita — The W^ichita Clear Vision
Pump Co., 1107 East Douglas Ave., plans
to build a 70 X 320 ft. gasoline pump fac-
tory on Harry St. between Mosley and
Mead Aves. Estimated cost, $500,000. E.
Crouse, Pres.
Kan., Wichita — The Wichita Visible Gaso-
line Pump Co., 701-15 Gilbert St.. plans to
construct a pump plant, to include a com-
plete machine shop and tank construction
building. Estimated cost, $100,000. R. A.
Jacobs, Pres.
Minn., Buffalo — E. T. Schmidt plans to
build a 1 story, 60 x 95 ft. garage. Esti-
mated cost, $20,000. Graham & Swain,
1227 Plymouth Bldg., Minneapolis, Archts.
Minn., Northfleld — Melounek & Machacek
are building a 1 story, 40 x 150 ft, foundry
and machine shop on North Water St.
Mo., Springfield — The Wood Everett Stove
Co. plans to build a 2 sto^y foundry. Esti-
mated cost, $100,000,
S. D., Woorsocket — Staake Bros. Mitch-
ell, plan to build a 1 story, 50 x 142 ft.
garage here. Estimated cost, $20,000. H.
C. Gabele, Mitchell, Archt.
CAN.IiD.'V
Ont., London — The London Concrete Ma-
chinery Co., Cabell Ave., will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 3
story, 70 x 100 ft. factory. Estimated cost,
$100,000, Private plans.
Ont.. Tilbury — The Tilbury Auto Truck
Co, will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 3 story, 60 x 135 ft. fac-
tory. Estimated cost, $80,000.
Que., Alontreal — The Canada Motor and
Machinery Co., Laganchitiere St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a garage and repair shop. Estimated
cost, $42,000.
Que., Montreal — T, Davidson Mfg. Co.,
Desiisle St., manufacturers of tinware, plans
to build a 4 story, brick and steel extension
on Desiisle, Workman and Albert Sts.
giiltllllllllltlllllllMIIIIMMItlllllllt lull tlllllll IlllttI I I£
I General Manufacturing f
^IIMIllllllllillllinilMllllllllllllltltlllllllt Hill I liitt (tlC
NEW ENGL.tND STATES
Conn., Bridgeport — The La Resista Cor-
set Co., 32 Norman St., will build a 1 story
garage. Estim.ated cost, $10,000.
652h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 14
Conn., Xe»-t«»n — H. Curtiss & Sons Co.,
Sandy Hook, will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 30 x 40
ft and a 1 story, 50 x 80 ft. factory, with
30 X 40 ft. ell, on Foot Rd. for the manu-
facture of paijer boxes. Estimated cost,
$30,000. Sunderland & Watson, 248 Main
St., Danbury, Archts. Noted Sept. 2.
Conn., A'ersailles — The Versailles Sanitary
Fibre Mills has awarded the contract for
the construction of an addition to its pai)er
factory. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Conn., Wat*rbury — The Waterbury Lum-
ber Co.. Inc.. 107 Meadow St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of addi-
tions to its plant. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Maine, Lisbon Falls — The Worumbo Mfg.
Co. plans to build an addition to its tex-
tile factory. Estimated cost. $100,000.
Maine, Watenille — The Keyes Fibre Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story paper factory. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
Mass., Boston — S. Simmonds, 21 Brom-
field St., will build a 2 story. 26 x 50 ft.
factory on Washington St. for the manu-
facture of wool. Estimated cost, $15,000.
Mass., Cherry Valle.v (Leicester P. O.) —
The Chapel Mills Mfg. Co. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
43 x 112 ft. factory for the manufacture
of flannels. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Mass., l^ast Pepperell — The Nashua River
Paper Co. plans to build an addition to its
plant. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Mass., Fall River — The Amer. Printing
Co., 56 Water St.. will construct a 2 story,
80 X 87 ft. cloth building on Water St
Estimated cost $50,000.
Mass., Rolyoke — The Perfect Safety
Paper Co., Winter St.. plans to build a 60
X loo ft. addition to its paper factory on
Appleton and Winter Sts. Cost between
$75,000 and $100,000. Howes & Howes, 243
High St, Archts.
Mass., Norwood — The Holliston Mills,
Lenox Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 136 x 280 ft.
textile factory and 1 story, 50 x 70 ft.
boiler house. Estimated cost, $300,000.
Noted Sept 9.
Mass., South Barre — The Barre Wool
Combing Co. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a wool factory. Esti-
mated cost. $50,000.
N. H., Salem — C. O. Slegert, 12 White
St.. Haverhill, Mass., plans to build a 1 and
2 story, 50 x 100 ft. bottling plant here.
Estimated cost. $25,000. J. E. Allen, 283
Essex St, Lawrence, Mass., Archt
B. I., Pawtucltet — The Hope Webbing
Co.. 1005 Main St., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
addition to its textile mill. Estimated cost.
$100,000. Perry & Wliipple, Rhode Island
Hospital Trust Bldg., Providence, Engrs.
and Archts.
Vt., Northfleld — The Northfield Creamery
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 55 x 62 ft. creamery.
Estimated cost $25,000.
MIDDLE .ATLANTIC STATES
Del., WilminBton — The Wilmington Sugar
Refinery Co. plans to build a refinery. Esti-
mated cost, $2,000,000. W. Higginson, 18
East 41st St. New York City. Engr. and
A re tit
Md., Baltimore — The TI. S. Printing &
Lithographing Co.. 429 East Cross St.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 3 story. 128 x 129 ft addition to its
plant on Cross and Covington Sts. Esti-
mated coat, $150,000.
N. J., Hoboken — The Chocolate Mainer,
1127 Clinton St, will build a 2 story fac-
tory. Estimated cost, $100,000. Noted
Aug. 16.
N. Y., I.ookport — The Lockport Felt Co.
has awarded the contract for tlie construc-
tion of a 1 story. 80 x 200 ft. factory. Esti-
mated cost, $80,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — E. Hubschman. Ori-
anna and AVillow Sts., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 60
X 90 ft. addition to its leather factory.
Noted July 27.
Pa., Phila<lelpliia — Mcllvain Eros.. 15th
and Hamilton Sts., will soon award the
contract for altering their drug factory.
Pa.s Philadelphia — Rinald Bros., 1142
Hancock St., have awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 46 x 55 ft.
varnish factory on Grove and Wharton Sts.
Noted Sept 16.
Pa.. Philadelphia — J, F. Shellenberger,
Front and Race Sts., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 5 story,
57 X 66 ft. confectionery factory at 107
Race St A. B. Lacey. 1012 Walnut St..
Archt.
Pa., Ptttsbiirfrh — The Rieck McJunkins
Co., 1345 Forbes St.. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 4 story, 30
X 100 ft. dairy on Stevenson and Forbes
Aves. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Pa., PittRbargli — The Weinstein Beverage
Co., 64 6 5th Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 3 story, 48
X 110 ft. warehouse and factory on Hamil-
ton Ave. Estimated cost, $100,000.
SOIITIIEKN STATES
La., Pontchatoulo — The L^niversal Fold-
ing Crate Co.. Inc., 601 Bourbon St., New
Orleans, is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 2 story. 50 x 100 ft. fac-
tory here for the manufacture of folding
crates and boxes. Estimated^ cost, $30,-
000. J. J. Dahlstrom. Vice-Pll^ and Archt
MIDDLE WEST
Mioh., Detroit — The Consolidated Cigar
Co., St. Aubin Ave., has had plans pre-
pared for the construction of a 3 story, 92
X 100 ft. cigar factory. Estimated cost.
$90,000. A. Kahn, Marquette Bldg., Archt
Mich., Ontonagon — The Northern Fibre
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story pulp mill. Estimated
cost $350,000.
C, Akron — The Miller Rubber Co.. South
High St. will build a 3 story. 60 x 210 ft
factory. Estimated cost $100,000. J. A.
Stevens Co.. Frederick Bldg.. Cleveland,
Engrs. and Archts.
C, Cleveland — ^Aetna Provision Co.. c/o
Best & Hoefer. .Xrchts., Vickers Bldg.. is
having plans prepared for the construction
of a 2 story. 36 x 76 ft. factory on Aetna
Rd. Estimated cost. $30,000.
O., Cleveland — The Peerless Motor Car
Co., East 93d St. and Quincy Ave., plans
to construct a 1 story. 60 x 100 ft. japaning
building. Estimated cost $100,000.
C, Lorain — J. C. Newman Cigar Co..
3830 Woodland Ave., Cleveland, has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a 3
story, 30 x 62 ft. addition to its factory
here. Estimated cost $30,000.
O., Toledo — The Maumee Tire and Rubber
Co.. 705 Madison Ave., is having plans pre-
pared for the construction of a 3 story,
100 X 300 ft. rubber tire factory on Lackey
Rd. E-stimated cost. $300,000. S. S. Mor-
rison, Pres. Osborn Eng. Co., 2848 Prospect
Ave., Cleveland, Engrs. and Archts.
Wis., Fond du Lae — The Fountain Citv
Ice Cream Co., 218 South Main St., is hav-
ing plans prepared for a 2 story, 60 x 180
ft. dairy plant on Division St. Estimated
cost, $80,000. B. E. Mehner, 6 East Divi-
sion St. Archt
Wis., Marathon — The Wausau Canning
Co.. Wausau. plans to build a 4 story can-
ning factory on Main St. here. Estimated
cost, $50,000.
Wis-. Merton — The Merton Dairy Prod-
ucts Mfg. Co. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story. 30 x 200 ft.
dairy products factory on Main St. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000. Noted Sept 23.
Wis., Muscoda — The Muscoda Mfg. Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 75 x 100 ft furni-
ture factory on Main St. Estimated cost,
$50,000. Noted April 22.
Wis,, SheboyKan — The Columbia Rubber
Mills. 176 16th St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 60
and 70 x 100 ft. factory. Estimated cost,
$60,000. Noted Aug. 19.
Wis., West Bend — The Schmidt &
Storck Wagon Co. will soon award the
contract for the construction of 1 story,
100 X 300 ft factory. Buemming & Guth,
521 Jackson St., Milwaukee, Archts. Noted
Sept. 16.
WEST OF THE MLSSIS8IPPI
Kan. Chanut« — The Mutual Oil Co., Mu-
tual Bldg.. Kansas City. Mo., will build a
3 story, 35 x 90 ft, wax and lubricating oil
plant here to replace one which was re-
cently destroyed by fire. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
Minn., Hamline — The Minnesota State
Agricultural Society, c/o T. Canfleld, Secy.,
Como Ave. near Snelling Ave, St. Paul,
Minn., plans to build a 2 story addition to
its dairy on State Fair Grounds here. Esti-
mated cost, $200,000. C. H. Johnston, 715
Capitol Bank Bldg., St Paul, Archt
Mo., St. Louis — The Scott Dyeing and
Cleaning Co., 3928 Olive St, is having plans
prepared for the construction of a 2 story,
58 X 160 ft. cleaning plant Estimated
cost. $50,000. H. P. Hess. 4811 Cote Bril-
liante Ave., Archt
Mo., Webb CIt.v — The Rock Paint & Cloth
Co. is having plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 61 x 150 ft. paint
factory. Estimated cost, $150,000. Bucy-
Miller Eng. Co., Joplin, Mo., Engrs.
Iowa, Ce<Iar Rapids — The Dysort Nickol
Candy Co. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 3 story, 40 x 70 ft
factory. E.stimated cost, $30,000.
Minn., Minneapolis — The Franklin Co-
operative Creamery Co., c/o E. Solem, 11 J
Western .\ve.. will build a 1 story. 64 x 85
ft. creamery on 26th St. and Franklin Ave.
Estimated cost, $50,000.
N. D., Miuot — The Minot Steam Laundry
plans to build a 2 story, 87 x 140 ft steam
laundry Estimated cost. $85,000.
Okla., DauRliert.T — The Continental As-
phalt & Refining Co., Oklahoma City, will
build a refinery here. Estimated cost,
$1,000,000.
Tex., Dallas — The School Bd. will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 3 story high school on Haskell and Mc-
Kinney Sts. to contain a manual training
department Estimated cost $600,000.
C. M. Moore, Cecy. W. B. Ittner, Bd. of
Educ. Bldg.. St Louis, Mo., Archt
, WESTERN* STATES
Cal., San Francisro — The Federal Rubber
Co.. Cudahy. Wis., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 5 story fac-
tory here for the manufacture of tires, etc.
C.\XADA
B. C, Howe Sound — The Western Canada
Pulp & Paper Co. will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a plant for
the manufacture of lumber, shingles and
w'ood products.
Ont., Conrtland ■
build a sawmill.
■ I. M. Howe plans to
Ont., Ottawa — The Ottawa Paint Wks..
687 Wellington St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 3 story fac-
tory. Estimated cost. $50,000.
Ont., Stratford — The Kindel Bed Co.. On-
tario St.. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 3 storv furniture factory.
Estimated cost. $30,000.
Que.. Montreal — ^The National Drug and
Chemical Co.. 34 St Paul Ave., has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a
factory on De Courcelles St Estimated
cost, $75,000. Noted July 1.
Qne. Montreal — The Rena Footwear Co.,
Ltd.. 611 Beaudry St.. plans to build an
addition to its plant.
Que., Montreal — The Simond Canada Co.,
Ltd., 95 St. Remi St, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story saw-
mill on .\corn St Estimated cost. $29,000.
Que., Tartifcon — The B. and S. Lumber
Co., Fort Plain will erect two mills here,
one 47 x 140 ft. and other 30 x 60 ft
MEN THAT FIT
JOBS THAT FIT
See Pages 278 to 305
SEARCHLIGHT SECTION
"For Every Business Want'
See Pages 278 to 305
October 7, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. S3, No. IS
^^MECHANICS
Of ike OIL FIELDS
bY FRILD H. COLVm ^ Editor. Amlrican Machinist
\\ .1
>1
/
/
. 1...
n
■! '■■ \ '.''■•
, ;jj |j.
|;;Ji
bx^^S'i*:!
' 4'.M .t^
^f^3mll
mIh!
M
im
KSi
^g
■
THE mechanics of the oil fields are both varied and
interesting, and, aside from the lure of oil pros-
pecting which seems to get under a man's skin the
.same as mining, the actual mechanics of the job are
of especial interest. Through the kindness of C. E.
Reed, vice president and general manager of the Reed
Roller Bit Co., Houston, Texas, I was able to visit the
well-known Humble field and watch some of the opera-
tions at first hand and at
the same time have the
benefit of Mr. Reed's ex-
perience in oil well work.
From the minute it is de-
cided to drill a well, money
begins to flow out of the
treasury' with remarkable
ease and regularity. The
erection of the derrick or
frame, averaging about 100
ft. in height, gets away
with the first thousand dol-
lars, on which there is
usually no salvage as the
derrick is always left stand-
ing unless it is destroyed
by being blown to pieces or
by fire. Then comes the
drilling machinery, which
usually has a steam engine
and boiler of from 50 to 60
hp. capacity, a goodly array
of chain reduction gearing
between the engine and the
driving head of what is
practically a vertical bor-
ing machine. The center
view in headpiece shows a
little of this. Bevel gears
that transmit the motion
The drilling of oil wells, and the pumping and
handling of oil after it is found, present many
mechanical problems, some of which are very
closely akin to the ivork of the machine shop.
These include boring and milling, together with
sundry other machining operations, in which the
cutting tool may be several thousand feet below
the earth's surface. The mechanism used in
pumping also involves interesting problems in
power transmission.
FIC;, 1. A PILE OF TOOL JOINTS
from horizontal to vertical, drive the toolhead (called a
rotai-y. table) that turns the boring tools and the string
of pipe which must reach to the bottom of the hole.
TVien there is a good-sized water or slush pump (two
are usually connected) which forces water or slush down
the drill stem and as it returns, coats the side of the
hole with mud and also floats out the dirt and pulverized
rock as the boring head descends. The driving of the
" toolhead which turns the
drilling bar naturally re-
quires considerable power
and is subjected to hard
usage, owing to the irregu-
larity in the hardness of
the earth and the rocks
which are encountered.
This necessitates the use
of material which will not
only be strong enough to
resist the stresses, but
which can stand an increas-
ing amount of punishment
as the hole becomes deeper.
The tool is connected to
the driving pipe by a rigid
socket which is made of a
steel forging pierced from
the solid. Some idea of the
sockets and the quantities
in which they are used can
be had from Fig. 1, which
is a view taken outside the
forge shop of the Lucey
Manufacturing Co., Hous-
ton, Texas. The quantity
shown is, in fact, beloW' the
normal supply. As the tool
goes down, lengths of pipe
are added. Only one joint
664
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
can be added at a time. While thfs is not such a
difficult matter at the beginning of the hole, it is in
creasingly serious as the hole goes down. When we
consider that many of these wells reach a depth of
over 3,000 ft. (with 4,000 ft. by no means uncommon)
the weight of pipe which must be handled becomes an
increasingly important figure. The tools are handled
by a heavy block and a steel
cable, power beng obtained
from the engine of the power
plant. This cost of handling
the pipe makes it all the
more important that the bor-
ing tools remain sharp as
long as possible in order to
avoid the cost of pulling
them out of the well for
sharpening. The pulling out
process means stopping the
drilling or productive work
while 3,000 or 4,000 ft. of
pipe arj pulled out, uncou-
pled at every 60 or 80 ft. and
replaced after the new or
sharpened tool has been put
in place, before the boring
can continue. Here is where
more of the treasury fund
melts away. Roughly speak-
ing, the cost of drilling may
be estimated at a minimum of $5 per ft., which of itself
means a tidy little sum on a 4,000- or 5,000-ft. well for
only a hole in the ground.
Drilling a well is bad enough when all goes well, but
when things begin to happen there is more excitement
and uncertainty, not to mention expense, than the
average shopman dreams of.
Just before we reached this field, this particular well,
which was approximately 2,200 ft. deep, had struck a gas
pocket of sufficient pressure to blow the tools out of the
well for a considerable distance and to fill the casing
which had followed the boring tool down, with rock and
all kinds of debris. This obstruction has been jammed
in so tightly by the gas pressure that the ordinary drill-
ing head or bit made very little impression on it. Mr.
Reed sent for one of his special boring heads to go
through this rock. The boring head was successfully
FIG. 2. REAMER FOR
SIDE CUTTING
<used, and after continuing the boring for about 300 ft.
'more, oil was encountered. It then became necessary to
put in a strainer to keep out the sand.
The oil strainers are usually made by drilling a pipe
fairly full of holes and then wrapping the outside of
it with a wire, winding it around the pipe so as to
leave a very slight space between the wires, an c^)ening
of only a few thousandths of an inch being the usual
practice. The wires are then soldered at intervals so as
to retain them in the relative position and after a
pointed cap has been placed on the lower end the
strainer is complete. Strainers are very necessary to
prevent sand from clogging the pipe and also to keep
sand out of the pump which forces the oil to the surface.
In the setting of the strainer at this well further diffi-
culties were encountered, due to the end of one of the
pipes in the collar being slightly cupped. An attempt
to mill off this obstruction, by putting down a 6-in. mill-
ing cutter on the end of the pipe, resulted in the loss of
the milling tool in the well. Grappling failed to recover
it, and, being of hardened steel, it was almost impossible
to cut it away with any tools which could be sent down.
Side Tracking
The next step out of the difficulty is what is known as
"side tracking" which is done by milling out the side of
the pipe for a considerable distance above the obstruc-
tion. The operation of side-tracking is usually per-
formed by lodging in the well, above the obstruction,
what is known as a "whip stock." This is round at the
bottom end and of a diameter slightly under the inside
of the pipe and anywhere from 10 to 15 ft. long. It is
bevelled off on one side so that at the top it is a thin
crescent shape. The whip stock forces the milling tool
against the side of pipe to be cut. The tool most fre-
quently used is shown in Fig. 2.
This tool is screwed on the lower joint of the drill
stem and cuts out the side of the pipe for a considerable
distance, so as to make a comparatively slight angle for
the new hole. Through this long hole milled through
the side of the casing, a new well-hole is drilled as far
down as necessary. This hole through the side of the
casing is usually 55 or 71 in. in diameter, but may be
any size ; and through it the drilling bit is operated by
the drill stem, which is usually 4 in.-pipe. This opera-
tion is a very common one in drilling wells by the rotary
process.
rIG. 3. TOOL FOR PBRFOR.\TING CASE UNDERGROUND
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
665
on these eccentrics, cables radiate in as many directions
as may be necessary to reach the various oil wells.
The throws of the eccentrics are approximately the same
as the stroke of the pump and the various methods of
getting the cables from the source of power to the
pumps, which may be half a mile away across the field,
are interesting.
Power in All Directions
Fig. 6, shows a few of these cables coming out from
the power house, those shown being only a small por-
tion of the number in actual use. The cables are
J''IG. 4. THE OIL WELL PUMP
Milling cutters of various sizes, shapes and kinds,
both internal, external and ends, are used at various
times as necessity arises. It also occasionally happens
that it is desired to pull out an old casing, and, if
this has been in the ground any length of time, it Is
almost impossible to do so, owing to the pressure. In
such cases, a tool, of the type shown in Fig. 3, is
lowered into the pipe, and holes are punched in the
walls at intervals, so as to allow water to be forced
down the pipe and through the holes, washing the
outside and loosening the earth which is holding it
firmly in place. A little examination will show that,
as this tool is lowered into the pipe, the cutter A drags
or trails, and offers no resistance to its passage. When
however, it is desired to punch a hole, the motion of
the tool is simply reversed. As it is pulled up the point
of the cutter catches the side of the pipe and forces a
hole through it. The tool is then raised a short dis-
tance with the cutter trailing once more, and, by simply
reversing the motion, or forcing it down, another hole
is punched, leaving the tool in position to be pushed
down the pipe as far as may seem desirable. By this
means, it is easy to perforate pipes at any desired depth
and many have been recovered by its use.
After the oil well has ceased to gush or flow, the ques-
tion of pumping has to be looked after. Vast quantities
of oil are obtained in this manner after the gas pres-
sure is reduced so the oil will not flow. The pump
is a simple affair, usually having a barrel about 6 ft.
long, this being sometimes made in 12-in. sections but
usually made in one piece. The plunger carries a ball
valve top and bottom, the whole thing being very
simply constructed. The pump as a whole is shown In
Fig. 4 and consists of a skeleton frame fastened to the
floor of the derrick. The pump rod A is moved up and
down by the bell crank, the usual stroke being about
12 in. Suitable linkages connect the end of the bell
crank with the pump rod and avoid any tendency to
cramping. The pump cylinder and plunger are lowered
nearly to the bottom of the well and located with
regard to the depth of oil. Motion is imparted to it by
means of the connecting cables.
The problem of getting the power to the pump involves
considerable rough and ready engineering, which is
extremely interesting. At this particular field the
method of transmitting power is that of the Joseph
Reid Gas Engine, of Oil City, Pa., which consist of a
large wheel. Fig. 5, mounted on a vertical shaft and
carrying two large eccentrics beneath. From the straps
PIG. 5. BAND W^HEEL FOR POWER PUMP DRIVB3
fastened to the eccentric straps by means of clevises
and suitable pins, and if then for any reason it is desired
to stop any particular pump, it is only necessary to dis-
connect one of the cables at a convenient point and fasten
it to a short stationary cable which holds it in position
ready to be again coupled when desired.
In some instances it is possible to run the cables
directly from the power to the pump, even though this
be half a mile or more away. In such cases, timbers
which are usually somewhat larger than railroad ties
are set into the ground and holes bored through them
at the proper places to guide the cables and allow
them to work freely. The cables are then threaded
through these holes and connected to the power wheel.
FIG. 6. CABLES COMING OUT OF POWER HOtTSB
656
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
FIG. 7. CROSSBEAM FOR REVERSING MOTION
FIG. S. GETTING AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION
Frequent application of crude oil to the cables a.s they
pass through these supports reduces friction and also
delays wear of the hole. The cables are usually kept
about 18 in. from the ground.
Figs. 7, 8 and 9 show cases where it has been neces-
sary to transmit power "around the corner" and the
method used for so doing. In Fig. 7, the power is
brought out on the cable A, coupled to the large cross-
beam B, which is fastened to the post C by a wire rope
and a cable D run from the other end in the direction
of the arrow to a well which could hardly be reached
in any other way. Each end of the crossbeam rests on
timbers as shown, crude oil again supplying the neces-
sary lubricant.
In another case, the well was so located that while
a direct line could not be used, the obstruction only
required a small deviation. This was secured as shown
in Fig. 8. The power line comes out at A, coupled into
a shackle at D. The shackle is held in position by the
cable C, and moves in a radius from the po.st F. The
pump line E couples in the other end of the shackle and
is almost a direct continuation of the cable A.
This swinging slightly reduces the length of the
stroke which is restored by the connection shown in
Fig. 9. The power line A is the lower coupling on the
post B. The post vibrates and, as the pump line C
runs off the upper end, the pump receives an increased
stroke. These are only a few of the devices used, but
give a good idea of the ingenuity displayed in this kind
of work.
Device for Grinding Clearance Angles
on Tools for the Automatic
By F. p. Rogers
The halftone presented herewith shows a holder for
grinding the forming tools commonly used on automatic
machines, enabling the operator to produce definite
clearance angles with certainty, even though he may
remove the tool from the grinding machine many times.
The device consists of carefully finished base with
edges ground exactly parallel; a swinging dovetail
holder, pivoted at one end on the center line of the base,
and graduated at the other end to facilitate setting to
any desired angle; and a spring packing piece, or shoe
to adapt the holder to smaller sizes of dovetail.
The device is to be used in conjunction with the
magnetic chuck, the base being placed against the
aligning bar of the chuck to locate it. After the correct
setting is once obtained the device may be removed
from the machine or the work released from the holder
and replaced at any time with certainty of maintaining
the angle.
This feature renders it of value for the reason that
in the production of tools of the nature for which this
device is intended it is frequently desirable to remove
the work from the grinding machine for various rea-
sons and during such periods the grinding machine is
not "tied up," but may be used for other purposes or
by other operators. When the grinding of the tool is
to be resumed the holder is replaced on the magnetic
chuck with one side against the aligning bar and no
"setting up" or trial cuts are necessary.
Besides the work for which it was originally intended
the device is useful for grinding keys, wedges, or other
pieces upon which a definite angle must be obtained.
FIG. 9. INCREASING THE STROKE
HOLDER FOR GRI.VOING CLEARANCE ANGLES
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
RAMS y Apprentice^ i^P|
657
THE firm of R. Hoe & Co. is a long-established
manufacturer of printing presses in New York
City. For forty-eight years, since 1872, it has
maintained an apprentice school as a supplement to the
ordinary apprenticeship system in which a skilled trade
is taught by the traditional
method of working by the
side of journeymen on
regular factory production.
Ninety per cent of the man-
ufacturing administrative
force of the plant are said
to be graduates of the school,
as well as all of the forty
to sixty high-grade men em-
ployed outside the factory
in installing the presses.
Thus, the school has high
favor with the management
of the company, a factor which greatly lessens the
danger of exploiting the apprentices by keeping them
at macTiines or processes long after they have learned
them, as is frequently the case where foremen and
managers are not themselves apprentice trained. It is
said that overtime production is not allowed to inter-
fere with attendance at the school, and that apprentices
are never laid off during even the dullest seasons.
II. R.Hoe&Co.,NewYork,N.Y.
An apprenticeship system which has withstood
the test of time and which is well adapted to use
in most machine-building plants, is described
here. This system is the traditional form of
apprenticeship modernized to meet existing con-
ditions, a school meeting after working hours
being the chief feature.
(Part I was puhlishcd in the Sept. SS issue.)
To be accepted as an apprentice a boy must be
sixteen to eighteen years of age and a graduate of the
elementary school, with the preference that he come
directly from school rather than after a series of casual
employments, during which his experiences lead him too
frequently to contract hab-
its of insubordination and
shiftlessness. In addition to
educational requirements,
a simple test for mechani-
cal deftness is imposed by
requiring the candidate to
put together a mechanical
construction toy. A ratio
of one apprentice to five
journeymen can not be ex-
ceeded by agreement with
the machinists' union. On
this basis there were on
April 16, 1920, when the investigation was made, 173
apprentices. About sixty apprentices are taken on
each year.
Apprenticeship is offered in the following trades:
Foundry witli 3-yr;ir oourwe and 2 enrolled
Marhiniet with 4-year rourse and 160 enrolled
Electrician with 4 year course and f enrolled
Sawsmith with 3-year course and 5 enrolletl
Patternmaker with 5-year course and 5 enrolled
Total 173 enrolled
Vin. 8. APPRENTICES IN A CLASS IN MATHEMATICS
FIG. 9. LIBRARY PROVIDED FOR APPRENTICES
658
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
Over 90 per cent of the enrollment is seen to be in
the machinists' trade.
Rates of pay for machinist apprentices are as follows :
First year — I c. per hour $7 . 04 per wk.
Second year — 24c. per hour 1 0 - 56 per wk.
Third year — 42c. per hour 18. 48 per wk.
First six months, fourth year — 56c. per hr 24. 64 per wk.
Second six months, fourth year — 70i-. per hr 30 . 80 per wk.
The shop schedule of the foundry apprentices is out-
lined as follows : 6 months helping molder on the floor,
tempering sand, etc.; 6 months coremaking; 6 months
on bench; 9 months on the floor; and 9 months on dry-
sand work ; a total of 3 years.
For the machinists the schedule is divided into four
groups. Group 1 is for one month at general work, tool
room or cutting-off machines. Group 2 calls for work
at drill press, two months; vise, two months; boring
mill, two months; and keying machine and hand
monitor, two months, or slotter, two months. Group 3
schedules work at planer, six months; gear cutter, six
months; miller, five months; lathe, ten months. The
FIG. 10. APPRENTICES IN A DRAWING CI.ASS
work of group 4 is done at erecting for twelve months.
This is a total of 48 months.
Sawmaking is to be considered a special phase of
smithing and an interesting example of hand crafts-
manship still surviving in industry. The apprentices
spend the following periods on the various classes of
work: Anvil, six months; punching, 3 months; repair-
ing saws, 3 months; shanks, 3 months; bit room, 3
months; setting and filing, 6 months; hardening, 6
months; anvil, 2 years 6 months. This implies that five
years are required before reaching full journeyman's
standing.
The patternmakers serve for two years at various
classes of work under a master patternmaker, followed
by nine months in the foundry to learn the difficulties
encountered in casting from a pattern, in order that
their later work may be so constructed as to meet
foundry requirements. They then return to the pattern
shop to complete their time.
School Work of Apprentices
At considerable expense the apprentice school has
been installed in a section loft and equipped with three
classrooms, a drafting room and a library, besides a
lunch room. Views of the school are shown in Figs. 8,
9 and 10. The lunch room was installed so that coffee
and sandwiches could be given the boys in the inter-
APPRENTICES APPLICATION
DAT€
DATE OF 16th etRTHDAV
WHAT TRADE DO VOU WISH TO LEARNT
HOW LONQ HAVE VOU BEEN OUT OF SCHOOL?
WHAT SCHOOL DIP YOU ATTEND?
HOW FAR ADVANCED WERE VOU IN ARITHMETIC?
WHAT AND WHERE WAS VOUR LAST SITUATION?
HOW LONG WERE VOU THERE?
WHY Dtp you LEAVE?
WHAT IS VOUR FATHER'S FULL NAME?
WHAT IS. OR WAS HIS BUSINESS?
WHAT IS HIS NATIONALITY?
WHERE WAS HE BORN?
IS HE AN AMERICAN CITIZEN?
WHAT IS VOUR MOTHER'S NATIONALITY?
APPLICANT ENTERED ON TRIAL MONTH?
DEPARTMENT SENT TO
^C0NTflACT_81GN£p_
REMARKS:
It H.. • o. r.»* ..j^i M-r la
HOE 8r CO.
FIG. 11.
FRONT AND REAR SIDES OF THE
APPLICATION CARD
mission between the closing of the shop at 5 p.m. and
the classes, which begin at 5:20 and end at 6:45.
The school personnel consists of a supervisor, a
drafting instructor and three teachers who handle the
mathematics, English and mechanics. The supervisor,
who divides his time between directing the school and
office work, is himself a graduate of the school. The
drafting instructor is drawn from the company's draft-
ing-room staff and the other instructors are technical
graduates with positions in the city, but not otherwise
in the company's employ.
Owing to the relatively large size of the school and
the fact that all students pursue a uniform course,
instruction can be graded to suit the previous training
of each apprentice and to provide instruction suited to
his attainments no matter at what time of the year he
may enter the school. For this reason the curriculum
is divided into seven units designated as C-3, C-2, C-1,
B-3, B-2, B-1, and A. Ordinary students are expected
to complete this in three years, the C units being taken
in the first year, B units in the second, and A in the
third.
WAME
ARRRENTICE'S CARD
IMTK
tWFT
Macminc
WORKMAN-
SHIP
CONDUCT
TIMES
TIMES
SK>ltfO
WOfW
WtOKCN
roots
,
,^ ■ — ,
L-^ — '
FIG. 12. shop-work RECORD CARD
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
i
The weekly time division or schedule of classes
follows :
Class C-3
First night Freehand drawing
Mathematics — Review of fractions, decimals, ratio, square
root, etc
tSet'ond night Mathematics . . - .-
English — Oral and written composition, punctuation and
general expression of thought
Third night English
Mathematics
Class C-2
First night Freehand drawing
Matheniatics^Mensuration, simple equations in algebra,
problems illustrated by freehand sketphos
Second night Mathematics
English — Continuation of ».''-3
Third night English
Mathematics
is as
I hr.
i hr
I hr
} hr.
I hr.
1 hr.
I hr
} hr
1 hr.
i hr.
I hr
; hr.
K H. *Co. Fmm S-4
R. HOE & CO/S
Evening School for Apprentices
REPORT FOR TERM ENDING
DATE -
Attenduiire _._
Deportment
Aritliiit,etic
English
Geometry ,
Mechanics
Mechanical Drairing.
Average in Studies
In order to be advanced, the apprentice's « ^<Tigc
in Studies must be at least 65.
Shop Bali Jig based on Workmanship
Attendance and Conduct
FORCMAN
HEAD MASTCR
FIC. 13. TERM-KKPOKT CARD FOR APPRENTICE WORK
Class C-1
First night Drawing — Mechanical drawing commenced 1 hr.
Mathematics — Constructive geometry. Only such prob-
lems considered as can be done with the aid of compass
and straight edge . i hr.
Second night Mechanics — Heat, air, li<|U)d, power and work with prob-
lems and experiments requiring simple apparatus I j hr.
Third night English I hr.
Mathematics 5 hr.
Class iS-3
First night Mechanical Drawing; continued I i hr.
.Second night Geometry — Theoretical, with proofs of simpler problems;
trigonometry of the right triatigle; use of tables of
natural functions I hr.
English — -Written work, description and exposition i hr.
Third night Mechanics — Mechanical forces and friction 1 i hr.
Class B-2
First night Mechanics — CJear teeth and gearing I i hr.
Second night Mechanical drawing — Clears, showing characteristics of
involute aiul r-ycloidal teeth ■ ^ i ^'^■
Tliinl night Mathematics— Strength of materials, especially applied
to proper proportions and materials for machine parts . . I hr.
English, continued 5 hr.
Class B-l
First night Mechanical drawing — Free hand sketching and dimen-
sioning and lettering of plans, sketches, and data for
making prints I J hr.
.Second night Mechanics — Power transmission as used in a factory. Pul-
leys, shafting, belting, gearing. Electricity, what it is
and how it operates J hr.
English — Ucport writing and similar work I hr.
Third night Mechanics I J hr.
JCIass A
Frrst night Mechanical Drawing — Free hand detail drawings for the
different parts of a simple machine, such as belt-shifter
arraTigcrncnt, and from these to make up a general
Assembly , . _ .^ I a hr
Sc<-«.nd night Mechanics — Essentials of machine designing li hr.
Careful records are kept of the progress of the
apprentice both in his shopwork and in the apprentice
school, term reports being sent to the parent and prizes
being conferred on those with the best records in both
shopwork and school at the annual closing exercises
held in June.
Apprentice Records
The forms in use by this company for handling the
records of its apprentice department seem well adapted
to the purposes intended. There is, first, the application
form, both front and reverse of which are showTi in Fig.
11, which is filled out and fi'.ed in the employment
department when the boy first seeks entrance into the
training school. There is, also, the card, Fig. 12, on
which a cumulative record is kept of the apprentice and
his work in the different departments of the plant. This
is transferred with the apprentice from one department
to another as he progresses from one machine or type
of work to another. Finally, there is the term report
card, shown in Fig. 13, which is filled out and sent to
the apprentice's parents each term.
The apparent high quality of the apprentices in this
plant and the generous provisions for their instruction,
both in the shop and school, would lead one to believe
that the management is employing considerable effort
in the training of its future mechanics. The program
may be commended as an example of satisfactory mod-
ernized apprenticeship.
Molding a Drum With Deep
Sand Pockets
By M. E. Duggan
An interesting article under the above title appeared
on page 1,056, Vol. 52, of American Machinist. There
are some points in the description of the molding
operation that I do not quite understand and therefore
I am going to ask some questions; not with intent to
be sarcastic, but to add to my fund of knowledge
concerning practical pattern making and foundry
practice.
From the description I would infer that the pattern
was made to mold in green sand, using a core for the
central hole. Is this correct?
The depth of the pockets is given in paragraph four
as 9 in., but nothing is said about the length and
diameter of the drum; thickness of wall; thickness of
the web at the bottom of the arms, etc. I would like
to know these figures.
When the alterations on the pattern were made that
enabled unskilled labor to produce 10 castings per day
against 3 eastings in the same time with the original
pattern and the services of a skilled molder, were the
alterations made by the same patternmaker that made
the original pattern? If not, was his attention called
to the alterations and their result so that he would
not make the same mistake a second time?
If I were to make this pattern I would construct it
to be molded with the ribs in the drag in green sand,
provided there was body enough to the sand to support
itself. However, if it was made to mold in green sand
with the ribs in the cope no alterations would be neces-
.«ary to enable the molder to mold the ribs in core; the
pattern could still be used as a core box. All that would
be necessary in this case would be to suspend the core
from the cope with wires.
660
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 18, No. 15
JMotor-Flywheel Drive for Merchant Mill
By J. B. VARELA
Captain Coast Artillery. B'ort Monroe, Va.
Designing flywheels for rolling-mill use is not a
simple matter; but the author gives in this dis-
cussion a treatment of the problem, ivhich is con-
cise, yet quite sufficient for ordinary needs, and
■ in such a form that it may be readily adapted to
use in actual design work.
IT IS our purpose to present in this article an outline
of the calculations necessary to check the electric
drive for a 22-in. merchant mill.
The mill is a 22-in., three-high, merchant mill of
four stands. It is driven by an induction motor of 1,800
rated horsepower, taking three-phase, 25-cycle, alter-
nating current at 6,600 volts, in connection with a heavy
flywheel coupled to the motor shaft and a herringbone
gear and pinion, as shown in Fig. 1. In checking this
drive two distinct steps must be taken:
First: An investigation must be made of the inter-
action of the motor and flywheel when the mill is
running at maximum capacity, in order to determine
the sufliciency of the motor to perfoTi the work
required.
Second: An investigation of the stresses induced in
the flywheel rim and arms.
I. Formulas for Motor-Flywheel Interaction
(a) Drop in Speed due to load.
The following notation and formula are used in the
calculations:
hp = Horsepower of motor;
hp, =_ Friction horsepower;
hp^ = Maximum horsepower at peak load;
R = R.p.m. at no load (synchronous speed) ;
R, = R.p.m. at full load;
R^ = R.p.m. at friction load (flywheel speed) ;
T = Full-load torque at full-load speed;
T, ^= Friction-load torque at friction speed R.;
T, ^ Maximum torque at friction speed R,;
T, = Maximum torque above T, ;
T, = Full-load torque at speed R./,
7', = Maximum torque exerted by flywheel ir.
per cent of full load;
T, = Actual torque exerted by flywheel;
S = Per cent of slip at full load ;
S, = Per cent of slip at friction load;
S.J = Total slip in per cent ;
S. == Total slip in r.p.m.;
S, = Per cent drop below initial speed with
flywheel assisting motor;
S, = Per cent drop below friction speed with
flywheel assisting motor;
S, = Drop in r.p.m. with flywheel assisting
motor ;
S, = R.p.m. drop in speed below synchronous
speed ;
Sj = Per cent total actual drop below syn-
chronous speed with flywheel assisting
motor ;
L = Maximum load above friction in per cent ;
Wr' = Total inertia effect of motor and flywheel;
t = Length of peak in seconds;
t, = Length of interval between peaks in
seconds ;
Using the above notation we have the following for-
mulas:
-Gean Cast steel, O.iS to 0.45 Catbon
6'-IOA'P.D. 5^A"C.P.
58 Cut Helical Teeth.
45" Face. ZZi Deg. Involute
i^-Flywheel
T
=
hp X 5,250
«.
S
=
R^
R
S,
=
hp
X S
hp
R,
=
R-
-S,R
T,
=
hp,
X 5,250
R,
T
=
hpi
X 5,250
^j
R.
r.
=
T,
— T
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
-Bearinci
Motor Coupling
vt'' Motor
iSfiaft
L
(9)
(10^
.Pinion: Cast Steel, 0.35 to 0.45
Carbon. Z'-6^'P.b. 54" c. P.
18 Cut Helical Teetfi.
42' Face. ^S^Oeg. Involute.
FIG. 1. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE DRIVE FOR
22-I.V. MERCHANT MILL
hp X 5,250
R\
T.
SM,
The formulas for calculating the
drop below initial speed which takes
place with the flywheel assisting the
motor are exceedingly complicated.
This drop in speed is represented in
our notation by S/, but its value may
be readily found without any calcula-
tions by using the following factors
from the charts published in the A»»e»-
ican Machinist for Mar. 7, 1912, in an
article bv Messrs. Riker and Fletcher:
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
661
j^ ; S,; and t
The results given here were obtained by that method.
S, = S,X S. (11)
S„ = S, X R. (12)
s. = s, + s.
No attempt is made here to give the derivation of
the equations used; but those who care to study the
theory are referred to the various papers on the subject
published in the transactions of the American Institute
of Electrical Engineers.
/ (b) Recovery of Speed.
T, ^ L — Friction horsepower in per cent (13)
r. = T,T, (14)
S, = S^R, (15)
Solution for Speep Drop
In our particular case we proceed as follows, the
specifications and conditions of operation being:
1,800-hp. motor;
250 r.p.m. (synchronous speed) ;
243 r.p.m. at full load;
Slip = 10 per cent of full-load speed when carrying
175 per cent overload;
Friction hp. ^ 20 per cent of full-load hp., or
360 hp.
Peak load = 6,534 hp. ;
Duration of peak load = 0.87 seconds;
Interval between peaks = 2.0 seconds.
Substituting these values "in the above formulas we
have :
Full-load torque at full-load speed = T =
1,800 X 5,250
243
Slip at full load
S =
38,889 ft.-lb.
250 — 243
Slip at friction load = S,
250
or 2.8 per cent
360 X 2.8
1,800"
= 0.56 per cent
Friction-load speed = flywheel speed = R^
— 0.0056 X 250 = 248.6 r.p.m.
Friction-load torque at flywheel speed =
360 X 5,250
248.6
0.028,
T,
7,603 ft.-lb.
Maximum torque at flywheel speed =
T, =
6,534 X 5,250
= 137.986 ft.-lb.
(1)
(2)
(3)
250
(4)
(5)
(6)
248.6
Maximum torque above friction ^ T,, = 137,986
— 7,603 = 130,383 ft.-lb. (7)
Total intertia effect of rotor and flywheel = Wr'
= 2,260,000, since,
( Wr' of rotor = 460,000 )
IWr^ of flywheel = 1,800,000 1
Full-load torque at flywheel speed =
1,800 X 5,250
Maximum load above friction in per cent =
130 383
L = ^8 'q23 = 3.429, or 348 per cent (9)
Since an overload of 175 per cent causes a drop in
speed of 10 per cent of the full-load speed, and we
have an overload of 343 per cent, we find that 343 —
175, or 168 per cent additional overload, will cause a
further drop in .speed of 168 X 0.028 = 4.7 per cent.
Consequently, the total drop is 10 + 4.7 = 14.7 per
cent, which is the value of S,.
Total slip below flywheel speed in r.p.m. = S.^ =
248.6 X 0.147 = 36.54 r.p.m. (10)
In order to find S„ the drop below initial speed which
takes place with the flywheel assisting the motor, we
enter the previously mentioned chart, using the fol-
lowing factors:
Wr'
130,383
= 0.0576
2,260,000
S, = 36.54 and t = 0.87 seconds, '
and we find that S, = 36 per cent of S,.
S, = 0.36 X 14.7 = 5.29 per cent below
friction speed (11)
Drop in r.p.m. = S„ = 0.0529 X 248.6 =
13.15 r.p.m. (12)
13.15
or,
60
= 0.219 revolutions per second
248.6
38,013 ft.-lb. (8)
But we have already found from (3) that the drop in
speed due to friction was 0.56 per cent. Hence, the
total actual drop in speed is S, = 0.56 + 5.29 = 5.85
per cent.
Now, since the slip at full load has been found to be
2.8 per cent, the load corresponding to a slip of 5.85
5 85
per cent is -^ = 2.089, say 209 per cent. Since
the rated overload capacity of the motor is 275 per cent
for short intervals, we see that we are well within
the safe limit.
Solution for Recovery of Speed
T. = 343 — 20 = 323 per cent (13)
T, = 3.23 X 38,013 = 122,782 ft.-lb. (14)
In order to determine the per cent of speed recovered
we have:
T, _ 122,782 _
W? ~ 27260,000 ~~ ^-^^^^
S, = 0.0585 X 248.6 = 14.54
t, ^ 2 seconds
Entering the chart with the above values it is found
that the motor will recover about 90 per cent of its
speed.
II. Formulas for Stresses in Flywheel Rim and Arms
The flywheel used for this drive is shown in Fig. 2.
The high speed at which the motor runs made it neces-
sary to reduce the diameter of the wheel as m.uch as
possible, the requirements of a high inertia effect being
met by making the wheel very heavy, as shovsTi. The
flywheel was made of cast steel with solid rim anil
662
AMERICAN MACHIMlSr
Vol. i>i, jNo. 15
split hub and was carefully balanced.
In the investigation of the stresses
occurring in the rim and arms, the
formulas developed by Von J. Gobel
and published in the Zeitscheift des
Vereines Deutchen Ingenieures, March
26, 1898, were used. These formulas
were adapted to the English system
and they appear in English units in
the following work:
Notation
da; = Stress in rin^ pounds per
square inch;
da = Stress in arm at rim, pounds
per square inch ;
di = Stress in arm at hub, pounds
per square inch;
R =■ Mean radius in inches ;
r = Radius of hub in inches;
a = 4 of angle between arms ;
Jfi^Area of rim in square inches;
TF = Section modulus of rim;
I z= Length of arm in inches ;
y = Weight of 1 cu.in. of material
(hub) ;
M= Weight of 1 cu.in. of material (rim) ;
3 = 32.16 X 12 = 385.92 in. per second per second
acceleration.
p = Retardation in inches per second per second ;
m;„^ Section modulus of arm at rim;
i(j, = Section modulus of arm at hub;
E = Modulus of elasticity (28,000,000 lb. per square
square inch for cast steel) ;
/ = Area of arm in square inches
/ = Moment of inertia of rim ;
i = Moment of inertia of arm (at center)
V = Velocity in inches per second.
Then,
2 . . P {21 - Sr)
T~T
V'
(/i at hub) .
|/„at rimj'
ulated Weight
/?/m U,I64 lb. y^ —
//ai? S,642 »
Arms 5,660 «
Total 86,466 «
FIG. 2. FLYWHEEL USED FOR 22-IX. ROLLING MILL DRIVE
Formulas (1), (2), (3) and (4) are to be u.sed in
the case of wheels running at a constant speed. For
wheels running at variable speed we have:
The stress in rim = dx -|- d,.
The stress in arm at rim =^ da -\- d^
The stress in arm at hub ■= di -j- d^
In order to simplify the calculations when applying
these formulas, the following table has been computed
for wheels having 4, 6, 8 and 10 arms.
2 -
sin' a ■
X =
3K»
r h cos a ^
sma
/ \sin a
+ COSo
2 sin
^^ +
4
sin a
dx
-ff(
^sin a
r \ COS
+
COS a ( COS a -
")
^>;-
d, =
di
[R sin c
da = t • '2X sin a \F r- 1
-f" \ g 1
1
fi
2.Ysin« + -^.-^. -2Ji:.
0]
F -V
9
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Number of armn. n.
4
6
8
to
w
0 78S40
0 52360
0 39270
0 3MI6
n
^in a.
0 70711
0.50000
0.38268
9 30902
0.70711
0.86603
0.92388
0 95106
2 — 2 '3 8in«a
1 . 66667
1 83333
1 . 90237
1 93634
~T- h cos a ,
1 81783
I 91323
1 95005
1 96770
sin a
a , _ sin o
-. h cos a — 2 ...
•sm a a
0 01719
0 00337
0 00107
0 O0OS4
sin a
cos a. . . .
0 19320
0 08990
0 05061
0 03257
a
a — sin a
0.07829
0 02360
0 01002
0 00514
Solution for Stresses in Wheel
In this particular case we have the following values :
/ =2 '^' + f"^' °^ ^fif'
sm a) + TT^ sin a +
R = 60
p = 83
/ = 4,390
r = 18
w„ = 200
i = 1,816
F --= 672
w, = 240
V := 1.562
W = 3,136
/ = 107
fif = 385.92
I ^ 28
f„ = 100
n = 6 arms
y = 0.283
/. = 113
a = 30 deg.
u ^ 0.283
P(^r ■ SI)
I
F
9'
W: I
Rl sin a 4-
24ff ' Fu\^
I' (4r + 30 f y^ „u
Fu\^-g
d.
if
Rl sin a +
24K
P (8r + 50
2AR
(5)
(6)
Substituting these values in the above formula.* we
obtain :
! (2 X 28 + 3 X 18)
^ ^ I 1-83333 - (28)' ^-^a^jeoE""
!l.91323 +<^51!X^2^ 0.00337 ^><2«^'''
F
y-\
4,390
60 X 107 X 2
V (7)
L70025 ^ J 2
9.843 -"-^'^
(It
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
663
dx
da
[(U 72X^0
[ 3,136
X 0.0899
0.86603 X 0.69403
672
100
^^79?^ X (1,562)^ = 1,390 .(2)
X 2 X 0.172 X 0.5 X 672 X 0.00073
X 2,439,844 = 2,049
(3)
di = 1X3 (2 X 0.172 X 0.5 + g°^ X
28 (2 X 18 + 28)^
2X (60) =
672 X 0.283 X 2,439,844
.=(
d, =
385.92
— - = 2,732
(4)
60 X0.5 mi^ 6^ X 28 X^
672 ^ 3,136 ^ "•" "^ 3,136 '^
(28)M4 X 18 + 3X28) 107\
24 X 60 ^ 672/ ^"^ ^
0.00073 X 83 = 647 (5)
200 ''^^ ^'^^ ^ ^'^ + ^^^"' X 85 X 0.1592)
672 X 0.00073 X 83 = 175 (6)
rl - 1 /fin V gp. V n ^ I <^^^' (8 X 18 + 5 X 28)
'^' - 240 V^^ X 28 X 0.5 + 124 X 60 ^
0.1592) 672 X 0.00073 X 83 = 150 (7)
Since this flywheel runs at a variable speed we have:
Total stress on rim = dx + rf, = 1,390 + 647 =
2,037 lb. per square inch.
Total stress on arm at rim = da -\- d, --= 2,049 -\-
175 =^ 2,224 lb. per square inch.
Total stress on arm at hub = di -|- d^ = 2,732 -f 150
= 2,882 lb. per square inch.
These stresses are well within the safe limit allow-
able for cast steel, and afford an ample margin of secur-
ity against unforeseen variations of the peak load and
the resulting stresses induced in consequence thereof.
The drive just considered, which was designed by the
author, has been in operation since the summer of 1914,
and it has withstood successfully the most exacting
requirements met in modern American mill practice.
Sheet Metal Arc- Welding Machine
By E. a. Thanton
The machine shown in Fig. 1 is used by the General
Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y., for arc-welding cor-
rugated steel tank work. The seams are 116 in. long,
and the arc is applied by means of a tapered carbon
pencil 6 in. long, J in. in diameter at the large end and
i in. at the arc end. This concentrates heat where
Carbon Electrode
FIG.
HOW THE METAL, EDGES ARE WELDED
wanted. No metal is supplied to the weld, as the arc is
employed simply to fuse the upturned edges as shov*m
in Fig. 2. The metal welded is h and Si in. thick.
The speed on h-m stock is 6J in. per minute with
a d.c. current of 45 amp., and 75 volts. On s's-in. stock
the speed is the same but 70 amp. and 75 volts d.c.
current is used.
\
Fin. 1. CARBON ELECTRODE .\RC .SB.4M-WELDING MACHI.VE
664
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 85, No. 14
Die Sense
By Edmond Remacle
It is well known by die makers, die users and hard-
eners that the most critical time in the making of a
die is in the hardening and tempering process. No
matter whether the die is hardened by the one who
made the die or by an expert hardener, there is always
the element of doubt as to the successful result.
After a close study of the question for a period of
over twenty-five years I have concluded that a word
is due both for the relief of the hardener and to pre-
vent the knock often given to some really excellent
grade of steel.
When it so happens that a die comes from the quench-
ing hath and is found to be cracked or badly warped,
the fault is invariably traced either to the steel or the
method of hardening, and while both may be to blame
in a number of cases, the real fault in most of the
cases may be traced to careless handling by the die
maker who has really handed a lemon to the hardener.
I have several times noticed that where two work-
men completed dies almost similar in shape and made
of steel cut from the same bar and given identical heat
treatment, that one die would come out perfect or nearly
so, while the other would be cracked or warped, some-
times beyond usefulness, and have finally concluded
that the greatest element of fault was in the method
of the die-maker.
After having drilled within the lines to remove the
core, one workman will leave so much wall between the
holes that considerable drift work is necessary to break
through the wall, while the other will drill so close
that no difficulty is found in breaking through.
Then after the core is removed one will use a chisel
to level the rough surface to the grooves left from the
drill, while the careful one will rough-file to within a
reasonable distance of the line, or where large enough
he will remove the stock in a shaper.
We will suppose that the one who uses the chisel
breaks a piece off beyond the line, or gouged too deep
to clean up, and then brings out his "put-on" tool to
cover the fault and then
grinds or shapes off the top
so the scar will not be seen,
while the careful one will
have filed to the line with-
out touching with a chisel or
drift. Now, when both dies are
turned over to the hardener
they both look alike to him
until they come from the
quenching bath, when one will
be warped if not cracked,
and the other will be reason-
ably straight and solid.
Then the foreman either
blames the hardener or con-
demns the steel, while the
die maker will condemn
both. But the truth is that
the chipping and drifting
have practically compressed
the steel in places and
changed the homogeniety of
the mass, so that while heat-
ing, distortion took place, and
when quenching a tension was
caused which destroyed the shape or cracked the die,
while the filed die stood a 100 per cent chance of coming
out of the bath in good condition.
While we know that some steel is not fit to make a
good die, the abolition of the chisel and drift will help
even the poor steel, and their use will destroy the
chance of good steel and worry the hardener who takes
the die at its face value without a knowledge of the
previous handling.
Expanding Arbors
By E. a. Dixie
The dimensioned illustrations herewith give the de-
tails of expanding arbors from :i to li'c in., rising
by increments of A in. It will be noted that the in-
cluded angle of the taper for expanding the bushings is
16 degrees. This taper has been found to be entirely
satisfactory in practice.
All Bushinqs Tool Steel
hardened & Ground
t<- - 'B " H /-Arbor Machine -
Dotted/ Section A- A •Sfeei Corse, /iarc^ei
EXPANDIXG ARBOR WITH Bf.'^HI.VOS
FROM t TO !; IN.
EXP.^XDING ARBOR WITH BUSHINGS FROM 1 TO 1 i
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
665
IT IS presumed that the welder has a fair knowledge
of the different processes of both carbon and metal-
lic arc welding, gained from reading the previous
articles or from actual experience. However, we will
recapitulate to some extent in order to make everything
as clear as possible. Then we shall give some examples
of the proper procedure in
making welds of various
kinds. For the descriptions
and drawings we are prin-
cipally indebted to the
Westinghouse Electric and
the
and
and
XXVIII. Arc Welding
Procedure*
Manufacturing Co.,
Lincoln Electric Co.,
the Wilson Welder
Metals Co.
In order to prepare the
metal for a satisfactory
jiveld, the entire surfaces to
be welded must be made
readily accessible to the deposit of the new metal which
is to be added. In addition, it is very essential that the
surfaces are free from dirt, grease, sand, rust or other
foreign matter. For this service, a sandblast, metal
wire brush, or cold chisel are recommended.
During the past few years great progress has been
made in the improvement of steels by the proper cor-
relation of heat treatment and chemical composition.
The characteristics of high-carbon and aLoy steels,
particularly have been radically improved. However,
no amount of heat treatment will appreciably improve
or change the characteristics of medium and low-carbon
steels which comprise the greatest field of application
for arc welding. Furthermore, the metal usually
deposited by the arc is a 1 ow-carbon steel often
approaching commercially pure iron. It must be evi-
Leading up to this article there have been two
others, not listed in the series. These are "Train-
ing of Arc Welders," Vol. 52, page 837, and
"Carbon Electrode Welding and Cutting," page
Ji.99. The last article of this series appeared on
page Jt99.
{PART XXTII was published in the Sept. 2$ issue.)
•For author'.s forthroming book "Welding and Cutting.'
riglits reserved.
All
dent therefore that the changes of steel structure due
to the arc-welding process will not be appreciable and
also that any subsequent heat treatment of the medium-
or mild-steel material will not result in improvements
commensurate with the cost.
Pre-heating of medium and mild steel before apply-
ing the arc is not necessary
and will only enable the op-
erator to make a weld with
a lesser value of current.
Cast-iron welds must be
annealed before machining
other than grinding is done
in the welded sections.
This is necessary because
at the boundary between
the original cast iron and
the deposited metal there
will be formed a zone of
hard, high-carbon steel pro-
duced by the union of carbon (from the cast iron) with
the iron filler. This material is chilled quite suddenly
after the weld is made by the dissipation of the heat
into the surrounding cast iron which is usually at a com-
paratively low temperature.
Although it is not absolutely necessary to pre-heat
cast iron previous to arc welding, this is done in some
instances to produce a partial annealing of the finished
weld. The pre-heating operation will raise the tem-
perature of a large portion of the casting. When the
weld is completed, the heat in the casting will flow into
the welded section, thereby reducing the rate of cooling.
The maintenance of the proper arc length for the
metallic electrode process is very important. With
a long arc an extended surface of the work is covered
probably caused by air drafts with the result that there
is only a thin deposit of the new metal with poor
fusion. If, however, the arc is maintained short, much
666
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
better fusion is obtained, the new metal will be con-
fined to a smaller area, and the burning and porosity
of the fused mptal will be reduced by the greater
protection from atmospheric oxygen afforded by the
enveloping inert gases. With increase in arc length,
the flame becomes harder to control, so that it is impos-
sible to adequately protect the deposited metal from
oxidation.
The arc length should be uniform and just as short
as it is possible for a good welder to maintain it.
Under good normal conditions the arc length is such
that the arc voltage never exceeds 25 volts and the
best results are obtained between 18 and 22 volts. For
an arc of 175 amp. the actual gap will be about i inch.
Manipulation op the Arc
The arc is established by touching the electrode to
the work, and drawing it away to approximately 4
in., in the case of the mptallic electrode. This is best
done by a dragging touch with the electrode slightly
out of vertical. The electrode is then held approx-
imately at right angles to the surface of the work, as
the tendency is for the heat to go straight from the
end of the electrode. This assures the fusing of the
work, provided the proper current and arc length have
been uniformly maintained.
A slight semicircular motion of the electrode, which
at the same time is moved along the groove, will tend
w
FIG. 336. DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING FILLING SEQUENCE
to float the slag to the top better than if the electrode
is moved along a straight line in one continuous direc-
tion and the best results are obtained when the welding
progresses in an upward direction. It is necessary in
making a good weld to "bite" into the work to create
a perfect fusion along the edges of the weld, while the
movement of the electrode is necessary for the removal
of any mechanical impurities that may be deposited.
It is the practice to collect the slag about a nucleus by
this rotary movement and then float it to the edge of
the weld. If this cannot be done, the slag is removed
by clipping or brushing with a wire brush.
Filling Sequence
When making a long seam between plates, the oper-
ator is always confronted with the problem of expan-
sion and contraction which cause the plates to warp
and produce internal strains in both plates and deposits.
The method of welding two plates together is shown
in Fig. 336. The plates are prepared for welding as
previously described, and the arc is started at the
point A. The welding then progresses to the point B,
joining the edges together, to point D and back to A.
This procedure is carried on with the first layer filling
in a space of 6 or 8 in. in length, afterward returning
for the additional layers necessary to fill the groove.
This method allows the entire electrode to be deposited
without breaking the arc, and the thin edges of the
work are not fused away as might be the case if the
operator should endeavor to join these edges by mov-
ing the electrode in one continuous direction. This
method also prevents too rapid chilling.
^_
1- ^
-— -'■■^ "'^ "'~-'^«^_^.-'^'*^
6 F E D C B A
7
6
S
4
3
2
1
FIG. 337. DIAGR.\.M ILLUSTRATING BACK-STEP METHOD
When making a long seam weld, for example, a
butt weld between two plates, the two pieces of metal
will warp and have their relative positions distorted
during the welding process, unless the proper method
is used.
A method was devised and has been successfully
put into operation by E. Wanamaker and H. R. Pen-
nington, of the Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific R.R.
By their method the plates are fastened together by
light tack welds about 8 in. apart along the whole
seam. The operator then makes a complete weld
between the first two tacks as described in the preceding
paragraph, and, skipping three spaces, welds between
the fifth and sixth tacks and so on until the end of
the seam is reached. This skipping process is repeated
by starting between the second and third tacks and so
on until the complete seam is welded. The adoption
of this method permits the heat, in a restricted area,
to be dissipated and radiated before additional welding
is performed near that area. Thus the weld is made
on comparatively cool sections of the plates which
keeps the expansion at a minimum.
Another method very similar to the preceding one,
is known as the back-step method. Fig. 337, in which
the weld is performed in sections as in the skipping
process. After the pieces are tacked at intervals of
6 in. or less for short seams, the arc is applied at
the second tack and the groove welded back complete
to the first tack. Work is then begun at the third
tack and the weld carried back to the second tack,
practically completing that section. Each section is
finished before starting the next.
Fig. 338 shows the procedure of welding in a square
sheet or patch. Work is started at A and carried to
B completely welding the seam. In order that work
may next be started at the coolest point, the bottom
seam is completed starting at D, finishing at C. The
B A
FIG. 338. DIAGRA.M ILLUSTR.VTING SQUARj
PATCH METHOD
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
667
After
After
Before
Before
lJ^ ^
After
After
After
After
After
Before
After
After
FIG. 339.
TYPICAL EX.\MPLES OF PREPARED AND
FINISHED AVORK
next seam is A to D, starting at A. The last seam
is finished, starting at B, and completing the weld
at C.
Alternating-Current Arc Welding
Direct current has been used for arc welding because
of the fact that it possesses certain inherent advan-
tages that make it especially adaptable for this class
of work. However, the use of alternating current for
arc welding has found a number of advocates.
When em'ploying this form of energy, use is made
of a transformer to reduce the distribution voltage to
that suitable for application to the weld.
Inasmuch as the arc voltage is obtained directly
from the distribution mains through a transformer,
the theoretical efficiency is high compared with the
direct-current process which requires the introduction
of a motor-generator or resistor or both. The efficiency
of the a.c. equipments now on the market ranges from
60 to 80 per cent. The transformer, however, is
designed to have a large leakage reactance so as to
furnish stability to the arc, which very materially
reduces its efficiency when compared with that of the
standard distribution transformer used by lighting
companies.
It is difficult to maintain the alternating arc when
using a bare electrode though this difficulty is some-
what relieved when use is made of a coated electrode.
Quasi Arc Welding
The electrodes used in quasi arc welding are made
by the Quasi Arc Weldtrode Co., Brooklyn, N. Y., and
are known as "weldtrodes." A mild-steel wire is used
with a very small aluminum wire running lengthwise
of it. Around the two is wrapped asbestos thread.
This asbestos thread is held on by dipping the com-
bination into something similar to waterglass. Either
a.c. or d.c. may be used, at a pressure of about 105
volts, with a suitable resistance for regulating the cur-
rent. The company's directions and claims for this
process are: "The bared end of the weldtrode, held in
a suitable holder, is connected to one pole of the cur-
rent supply by means of a flexible cable, the return
wire being connected to the work. In the case of weld-
ing small articles, the work is laid on an iron plate or
bench to which the return wire is connected. Electrical
contact is made by touching the work with the end
of the weldtrode held vertically, thus allowing cur-
rent to pass and an arc to form. The weldtrode, still
kept in contact with the work, is then dropped to an
angle, and a quasi-arc will be formed owing to the fact
that the special covering passes into the igneous state,
and as a secondary conductor maintains electrical con-
nection between the work and the metallic core of the
weldtrode. The action once started, the weldtrode melts
at a uniform rate so long as it remains in contact, and
leaves a seam of metal fused into the work. The cov-
ering material of the weldtrode, acting as a slag, floats
and spreads over the surface of the weld as it ia
formed. The fused metal, being entirely covered by
the slag, is protected from oxidation. The slag
covering is readily chipped or brushed off when the
weld cools, leaving a bright clean metallic surface.
In welding do not draw the weldtrode along the seam,
as it is burning away all the time, and therefore it is
only necessary to feed it down, but do this with a
slightly lateral movement, so as to spread the heat and
deposited metal equally to both sides of the joint. Care
must be taken to keep feeding down at the same rate
as the weldtrode is melting. On no account draw the
weldtrode away from the work to m&ke a continuous
arc as this will result in putting down bad metal. The
}a
Before
After
After
After
^X3
After
After
After
After
FIG. 340. EXAMPLES OF TUBE WORK
668
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1.5
aim should be to keep the point of the weldtrode just
in the molten slag by the feel of the covering just
rubbing on the work. By closely observing the opera-
tion, the molten metal can easily be distinguished from
the molten slag, the metal being dull red and the slag
very bright red.
The weldtrodes are supplied ready for use in standard
lengths of 18 in., and of various diameters, according
Finished Weld
Great care muif be exercisea in the preparation of
the frames for welding, and ttial ttie proper heat valut
and welding metals be employed for the different
character ormaterlal in the frdmesto be welded.
and Expanded
a Before ^■
Welding V ;
Before
Welding
Before I
Weldin^^^
After
Welding
„ jAfter ■pifcjAfter I?-\3After
i;;aWelding [_^Welding PSiaWeldingU 'Welding
tn welding flues by the Electric Arc procejs. the flue sheet and flues
must in all cases be entirely from scale, rust or other foreiqn matter.
The examples shotvr represent methods that hafcgi/en good results
iHi. inav be iraricd t.' meet different conditions, the proper heat ralue
, 0 emplc-jr jrid amount of metal to appl^ must be deterrninec/ in each case.
FIG. 341. EXAMPLES OF ELECTRIC WELDING OF
LOCO.MOTIVE FRAMES AND BOILER TUBES
to the size and nature of the work for vi^hich they are
required.
Typical Examples of Arc Welding
The examples of welding shown in Figs. 339, 340
and 341 are taken from the manual issued by the
Wilson Welder and Metals Co. They will be found very
useful as a guide for all sorts of work. Fig. 339 shows
miscellaneous plate or sheet jobs. Fig. 340 shows tube
jobs, while Fig. 341 gives examples of locomotive-frame
and boiler-tube welding.
As a basis for various welding calculations the fol-
lowing data will be found of use: On straight-away
welding the ordinary operator with helper will actually
weld about 75 per cent of the time.
The average results of a vast amount of data show
that an operator can deposit about 1.8 lb. of metal
per hour. This rate depends largely upon whether
the work is done out in the open or in a special place
provided in the shop. For outside work such as on
boats, an operator will not average in general more
than 1.2 lb. per hour, while in the shop the same oper-
ator could easily deposit the 1.8 lb. stated above. This
loss in speed for outside work is brought about largely
by the cooling action of the air and also somewhat by
the added inconvenience to the operator. The value of
pounds per hour given above is based on the assumption
that the work has been lined up and is ready for weld-
ing. On the average 70 per cent of the weight of
electrodes is deposited in the weld, 12 per cent is burned
or vaporized and the remainder 18 per cent is wasted
as short ends.
Other figures prepared by the Electric Welding
Committee show the possible cost of a fillet weld on a
i-in. plate, using a motor generator set and bare elec-
trodes to be as follows:
Average speed of welding on continuous straight
away work 5 ft. per hour
Amount of metal deposited per running foot 6 lb.
Current 150 amps, at 20 volts — 3 kilowatts.
Motor generator eff. 50 per cent — 6 kw. —
5 equals 1.2 k.w.h. per 1 ft. run
1.2 k.w.h. at 3 cents per k.w.h. equals 3.6 cents per ft.
<'ost of electrode 10 cents per pound and
allowing for waste ends, etc., equals.... 7.2 cents per ft.
Labor at 65 cents per hour equals 13.00 cents per ft
23.8 cents per ft.
Suggestions for the Design of Welded Joints
From an engineering point of view, every metallic
joint whether it be riveted, bolted or welded, is designed
to withstand a perfectly definite kind and amount of
stress. An example of this is the longitudinal seam
in the shell of a horizontal fire-tube riveted boiler.
This joint is designed for tension and steam tightness
only and will not stand even a small amount of trans-
verse bending stress without failure by leaking. If
a joint performs the function for which it was designed
and no more, its designer has fulfilled his respon-
sibilities and it is a good joint economically. Regard-
less of how the joint is made the design of joint
which costs the least to make and which at the same
time performs the functions required of it, with a
reasonable factor of safety, is the best joint.
The limitations of the several kinds of mechanical
and welded joints should be thoroughly understood.
A bolted joint is expensive, is difficult to make steam-
or water-pressure tight, but has the distinguishing
advantage that it can be disassembled without destruc-
tion. Bolted joints which are as strong as the pieces
bolted together are usually impracticable, owing to their
bulk.
Riveted joints are less expensive to make than bolted
joints but cannot be disassembled without destruction
to the rivets. A riveted joint, subject to bending
stress sufficient to produce appreciable deformation, will
not remain steam-or water-pressure tight. Riveted
joints can never be made as strong as the original
sections because of the metal punched out to form the
rivet holes.
There is no elasticity in either riveted, bolted or
fusion-welded joints which must remain steanv or
water-pressure tight. Excess material is required in
the jointed sections of bolted or riveted joints, owing
to the weakness of the joints.
Fusion-welded joints have as a limit of tensile
strength the tensile strength of cast metal of a com-
position identical to that of the joined pieces. The
limit of the allowable bending stress is also set by
the properties of cast metal of the same composition
as that of the joined pieces. The reason for this
limitation is that on the margin of a fusion weld
adjacent to the pieces joined, the metal of the pieces
was heated and cooled without change of composition.
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
I
Whatever properties the original metal had, due to
heat or mechanical treatment, are removed by this
action, which invariably occurs in a fusion weld.
Regardless of what physical properties of the metal
used to form the joint may be, the strength or ability
to resist bending of the joint, as a whole, cannot exceed
the corresponding properties of this metal in the margin
of the weld. Thus, assuming that a fusion weld be
made in boiler plate, having a tensile strength of
62,000 pounds. Assume that nickel-steel, having a
tensile strength of 85,000 lb. be used to build up the
joint. No advantage is gained by the excess 23,000 lb.
tensile strength of the nickel-steel of the joint since
the joint will fail at a point close to 62,000 lb. If
appreciable bending stress be applied to the joint it
will fail in the margin referred to.
The elastic limit of the built-in metal is the same
as its ultimate strength for all practical purposes, but
the ultimate strength is above the elastic limit of the
joined sections in commercial structures.
In spite of the limitations of the fusion-welded
joint it is possible and practicable to build up a joint
in commercial steel which will successfully resist any
stress which will be encountered in commercial work.
Strength Factor of Welded Joint
The fundamental factor in the strength of a welded
joint is the strength of the material added by the weld-
ing process. This factor depends upon the nature of
the stress applied. The metal added by the welding
process, when subject to tension, can be relied on in
commercial practice to give a tensile strength of 45,000
lb. per square inch. This is an average condition;
assuming that the metal added is mild steel and that
the operation is properly done, the metal will have
approximately the same strength in compression as in
tension. When a torsional stress is applied to a welded
joint the resultant stress is produced by a comlbination
of bending, tension and compression, as well as shear.
The resistance of the metal to shear may be figured
at A its resistance to tensile stress. The metal added
by the welding process, with the present development
in the art of welding, will stand very little bending
stress. A fusion-welded joint made by the electric-arc
process must be made stiffer than the adjacent sections
in order that the bending stress shall not come in
the joint. An electric weld, when properly made, will
be steam- and water-pressure tight so long as bending
of mennbers of the structure does not produce failure
of the welded joint.
Little is known at the present time in regard to
the resistance of an electrically welded joint to dynamic
stress, but there is reason to believe that the resistance
to this kind of stress is low. However, owing to the
fact that in most structures there is an opportunity
for the members of the structure to flex and reduce the
strain upon the weld, this inherent weakness of the
welded joint does not interfere seriously with its use-
fulness.
A few tests have been made of high-frequency alter-
nating stresses and it has been found that using the
ordinary wire electrode the welded joint fails at a com-
paratively small number of alternations, This is
of little importance in most structures since high-
frequency alternating stress is not often encountered.
The accompanying cuts show a number of typical
joints and the arrows indicate the stresses brought
to bear on them. The proper way to weld each example
is plainly shown.
In A, Fig. 342, it will be noted that a reinforcing
plate is welded to the joint to make the joint suffi-
ciently stiff to throw the bending outside the weld.
B shows a joint in straight tension. Since no
transverse stress occurs the heavy reinforcing of A is
FIG. 34 2. JOINTS DESIGNED TO OVERCOME
CERTAIN STRESSES
not required. Just enough reinforcing is given the joint
to make up for the deficiency in tensile strength of
the metal of the weld.
C shows another method of building up a joint that
is in straight tension. It should be noted that in both
B and C as much reinforcing is placed on one side
of a center line through the plates as is placed on
the other.
The original form of lap joint such as is used in
riveting is shown at D. The method shown for weld-
ing this joint is the only method which can be used.
It cannot be recommended because such a joint, when
in straight tension, tends to bring the center line of
the plate into coincidence with the center line of the
stress. In so doing an excessive stress is placed on
the welded material.
E shows the construction used in certain large tanks
670
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
where a flanged head is backed into a cylindrical shell.
The principal stress to be resisted by the welded joint
is that tending to push the head out of the shell.
The welding process indicated in the figure will suc-
FIG. 343. PLATE AND
.\NGL,E CONSTRUCTION
cessfuUy do this. Owing to the friction between the
weld and the shell, the outer weld would be sufficient
to hold the weld in place for ordinary pressure. For
higher pressures the inside weld should be made in
addition.
F and G show another method of welding a flanged
head to the cylindrical shell. These methods are pre-
ferable to the method indicated in E. G represents
the recommended practice.
Fig. 343 shows a plate and angle structure which
might be used in ship construction. The particular
feature to notice in the welding practice indicated, is
that the vertical plates do not reach the entire dis-
tance between the horizontal plates. This is merely a
method of eliminating difficulties in welding the plates
to the angle.
A in Fig. 344 shows a method of welding a head
f'lG. 344. PIPE HEADING AND FIREBOX SHEET WORK
into a cylindrical pipe. The thickness of the head
should be approximately twice the thickness of the
wall of the pipe. The extra thickness plate is to gain
sufficient stiffness in the head to make the stress on the
welded material purely shear. The pressure from the
inside tends to make the head assume a hemispherical
shape. This would place a bending stress on the welded
material if the head were thin enough to give at the
proper pressure.
B shows a method of welding a crack in a fire-box
sheet. The thin plate backing introduced at the weld
makes the operation very much easier for the operator
and produces the reinforcing of the water side of the
fire-box sheet which is most desirable.
Section Moduli of Rectangles
By H. M. Shandles
Referring to the article, under the above title by
John S. Watts, on page 410 of the American Machinist:
The last paragraph of his article indicates that the
section modulus of the hollow rectangular section may
be obtained from the chart by deducting from the sec-
tion modulus of the outside rectangle, the section modu-
lus of the interior rectangle. This is seen to be incorrect,
because the formula {BW — bh')/GH gives the correct
section modulus, while the method proposed would give
a result BIT/GH — bfv/Gh which is not the section
modulus of a hollow rectangle.
If Mr. Watt intends this as an approximate method
only, the results will vary from the exact, an amount
depending on the values of h and H.
To illustrate, assume a rectangle of outside dimen-
sions 10 X 4 in. and inside dimensions 8 x 2 in. From
the chart 66 — 21 = 45 is the section modulus; from
the formula 49.6, showing that in this case the method
is approximate within 10 per cent.
Recognition of Individuality in the Shop
The BuUard Machine Tool Co., Bridgeport, Conn.,
has been a leader in all questions relating to personal
relations with the men, and as a result this company
has a remarkable spirit of loyalty and co-operation.
The latest development is a distinct novelty and one
which should have a good effect in promoting individual
initiative and increasing the feeling of responsibility.
When the men returned from their week's vacation
(with pay) early in September, they found a neat
brass frame attached to each machine, containing a
waterproof and oil-resisting card as shown herewith.
THIS MACHINE IS IN CHARGE OF
WHO, AS A MATTER OF PERSONAL PRIDE
IN FURTHERANCE OF THE BULLARD
SQUARE DEAL POLICY, UNDERTAKES TO
KEEP IT CLEANED, WELL OILED AND IN
FIRST CLASS CONDITION; AND TO IMMEDI-
ATELY REPORT TO HIS FOREMAN ANY
INDICATION OF UNDUE WEAR OR RE-
QUIRED REPAIRS.
This is another step away from the plan where men
are known only by numbers.
This is a recognition of individuality and a placing
of responsibility which cannot fail to further the
harmonious relations which already exist.
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
671
jl HO>IE. FOI^
OTjT
6)/ -Fim^MM^J:^^-^
tor - AmQriCi'ir) 'M6
Perhaps nothing indicates our change
in attitude of mind regarding the in-
terdependence of the shop and com-
munity life more than the work which
is being done to secure proper housing
and in other ivays improve living con-
ditions. A move in this direction by
the Broivn & Sharpe Manufacturing
Co. marks another step in the march
of indvstrial progress.
THE desire to secure home-like surroundings for
the apprentices who come from other localities
has prompted the Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing
Co. of Providence, R. I., to establish what is known as
the Apprentice House in the neighborhood of its plant.
While this is in a way a partial return to the old method
of having the apprentice live with the proprietor, as
was very common in the old days of the small shop, it
differs in that it is a real community house, accom-
modating 27 apprentices and being much more com-
fortable in every way than the home of the average shop
proprietor of iifty years ago.
The building, as shown in the headpiece, is a sub-
stantial three-story house and is in a good residential
section even though it is only a few blocks from the
shop. The ground floor contains the housekeeper's
apartment, a large and cheerful living room with an
adjoining closed-in sun porch and two sleeping rooms.
There are a few single rooms as shown in Fig. 1, but
the majority have two or three cots which are extra
wide and provided with excellent springs and mat-
tresses.- Each boy has his own chiffonier even where
the room is occupied by two or three, and suitable chairs
and writing tables are provided for those who wish to
read, study or write. The living room is shown in Fig.
2, the endeavor being to make it homelike in every way,
to have no artificial restrictions and to have every boy
feel as though he were at home and to conduct himself
accordingly.
The boys have a Victrola, a supply of magazines, and
through the extension service of the Providence Public
Library, a supply of good wholesome reading matter of
various kinds is constantly provided.
The lavatory has been fitted with special regard for
neatness and sanitation, a corner being shown in Fig.
3. Shower baths are provided, and both bath and hand
towels are supplied. These, together with the bedding,
are taken care of by an electrically equipped laundry
in the basement.
The house is under the supervision of the Apprentice
Department, but is directed by a responsible house-
keeper and an assistant. There are no set rules, the
boys being simply asked on coming into the house to do
as they would in their own homes. No meals are
served, this being made unnecessary on account of
nearby boarding houses of good quality. The charges
are very low compared with the price asked for similar
accommodations elsewhere.
The effect of such living conditions cannot fail to be
beneficial and, in connection with the training received
in the apprenticeship course, tends to promote the dis-
FIG. 1. ONE OF THE ROOMS
672
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
FIG. 2. THE I.IVINU ROOM
FIG. 3. THE LAVATORY
cussion of mechanical and other shop matters which
cai.not fail to broaden the viewpoints of the boys for-
tunate enough to be housed in this way. Such associa-
tion, coupled with a kindly but not a patronizing
interest, is bound to awaken a real shop spirit and to
promote the team work which is so desirable in
every way. Other homes of this kind will be established
as the need for them grows.
Tap-End Sizes of Studs
By W. D. FORBES
The question as to the proper size, shape and fit
of the tap-ends of studs has long been discussed
from many angles. This article sets forth the
views of one who has had many years' experience
in the use of studs on a varied line of machines.
IN THE very interesting article on "Tap-End Sizes
of Studs" on page 773, vol. 52, of the American
Machinist, the table of sizes given is well worth a
year's subscription to that paper.
I think the use of the wording "tight joint" is mis-
leading when used as it was in connection with the fit
of a stud. A tight joint in the minds of most engineers
suggests at once a joint which prevents the escape of
a gas, fluid, or vapor. There is nothing in a stud that
conveys this idea and I should say the proper word to
use is "fit," when talking about how a stud is held by
its tap end.
A stud is used to hold pieces together. A bolt or
capscrew will do this as well as a stud, but a bolt is
not always admissable nor proper to employ and a
capscrew would possibly injure or destroy an expensive
part of a machine by wearing out the tapped thread.
The tap-end of the stud, often called the steam end,
is made large, not to make a tight joint but a tight
fit, in order to prevent the stud backing out when the
nut is cast loose and there is no idea of making the fit
steam-tight. There seems to be a reason for mak-
ing the tap-end of a stud square and chamfering it,
as to round it would take a little more length of mate-
rial and as studs are made in large numbers this would
add to the cost. Then, too, the chamfer makes it easier
to enter the stud. The rounded end gives a nice finish,
but I fail to see why the assertion in the article referred
to — that the round end is easier to finish than the
square end — is true. I have made thousands of studs
and if the tool for parting or cutting off and chamfer-
ing was properly made, I found it a very simple job. I
think perhaps the idea that the rounded end is easier
to finish arises from, the fact that the end is usually
rounded during the cutting-off operation, so it appears
to be a simpler job than cutting off and then chamfering.
A stud is made up of a steam end, cut large and of
standard length, a land or plain part of varying length,
and the nut end threaded to a somewhat greater length
than standard, and the end rounded. To make a stud the
following operations must be carried out in either an
automatic or hand-screw machine. The end of the rod
is cut off and chamfered with a single cross-feed tool,
the tap-end thread cut, and then the stud cut off. The
partly finished stud is screwed into a carrier or threaded
chuck and the nut-end rounded and threaded.
Sometimes the rounded end is polished in the screw-
machine while at other times it is polished elsewhere.
If the stud is not screwed into a carrier it is held
by the land.
Now we know that a chain is no stronger than its
weakest link, so a stud is no stronger than the cylinder
of metal encircled by the bottom of the thread, not
going into niceties.
This being so, the land between the threads adds no
strength and it is only there as a matter of habit; we
have always made studs that way, so we keep to it.
The only value of the land is that it saves a certain
amount of threading.
I put the question "Why have a large tap-end and a
land at all?"
If the stud was rounded on one end, the entire length
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
673
I
I
threaded and the other end cut off with a chamfer, we
would have a cheaper stud and one just as serviceable.
The thread being continuous, both ends would be in
line. But some one will ask, "How are you going to
make a tight fit on the tap-end with such a stud?" That
presents no difficulty whatever, as all that has to be done
is to tap the hole for the stud with a tap which is
undersize and a tight fit then can be made. But there
is another way of making a straight stud tight which
I will describe later.
This stud of one continuous thread of one size has
but one objection, a little more threading would have
to be done, but that is made up by the advantage of
fewer operations. Of course, the objection which will
count most against it is that it does not look right and
we are not used to it. As a matter of fact, a stud is
not noticed very much. When it is holding a cylinder
head in place no one can tell if there is a land between
the threads or not; when it is off, the cylinder head is
usually wanted back in a hurry and few notice the studs.
The only persons, then, who have a good look at the
studs are those who set them, and they care very little
nowadays what a stud looks like. Of course, a continu-
ously threaded stud would not be advisable if the stud
was very long, but for all such studs as are used about
engine work I fail to see any objection to its general use.
The taper thread as suggested in the article referred
to does not please m.e for general use. Such a thread
is admirable for making a tight joint but I believe
its use on stud work would not be as quick, and the
tapping of the taper holes would be more troublesome.
A taper tap cuts harder and I have not found that
it keeps its size any better, or as well, as a straight
threaded tap. It is evident that a stud anchored by a
taper thread, if slacked back even a very slight amount,
would be all adrift at once. There are places, however,
where the taper-end stud should be used and that is
where the hole is tapped through, and even in such a
position a straight-thread stud could be used if riveted
over. The manufacturer of studs who gave the informa-
tion as to stud making advocates the use of taper tap-
ends of studs, yet I notice he states "That the first
two or three threads are quite apt to be tapering." This
is so, becau.se the fit of the die in the machine is not
always perfect, and from other causes. On the tap-ends
these partly taper-threads are an advantage as they
make it easier to enter the studs in the holes. Another
statement which goes to show that one person never
has all the experience there is gives the idea that a
rounded end on a stud indicates a finger fit for the nut.
No one who has had anything to do with studs would be
likely to get confused as to which end of the stud was
the tap-end, even if there were no chamfered or rounded
ends, for the length of the threads (as studs are now
made) would show which was which. I think nearly all
engineers will say the rounded end is a neater finish
than a square one but that it indicates nothing at all
as to the fit of the nut.
The American Machinist asks the pertinent question,
whether the stud should be tight on all the threads on
the tap end or be made tight by bringing up on the last
thread. Answering this question, I say that the threads
should all fit and the stud bring up on the bottom of the
tapped hole. This bottoming forces the threads into
contact on their upper faces, making a good fit.
The present drill press, properly set and handled,
allows a fixed depth of hole to be obtained and main-
tained without great skill or trouble, and the tapping
attachment gives uniform results.
I have had experience in this and know that it is
possible to carry out the work as I have outlined, and
that a cheaper final result is obtained. If the stud is
brought up on the last thread, the top thread in the
cylinder, or whatever the piece may be, may be cracked
ofl? and lifted up somewhat and a sloppy looking job
made of it. The tendency of the stud to be tapered
for two or three threads lends itself to bottoming the
stud in the hole, as can be well understood by the
practical stud setter.
After all has been said and done, I have gone back
in my memory and fail to recall ever having had any
trouble with studs. One of the companies named in
the article in question made studs and screws for me
for many years and I never had to complain of any of
the work. It has been a source of wonder to me how
this company kept so closely to my demands and those
of others, and I may add that the taps now on the
market keep to standard size in a way that is a matter
of astonishment to m.e, and the very small price asked
for taps shows how well their manufacture is conducted.
In all my experience I have never found a machinist's
tap in which the threads were eccentric to the shank,
as is hinted at in the article.
We can count on having our stud holes tapped to
a very close standard if we use our taps properly, and
we can also depend on the studs we order being close
to size. We have had little to complain of in the past
and have little to fear in the future if stud making is
carried on just as it has been. The change I propose, of
a continuously threaded stud, could only improve mat-
ters by being a cheaper product, while the taper tap-end
stud neither cheapens nor improves stud making.
How Can We Increase Production?
By Otto Vogetzer
The article under the above head, on page 358 of the
American Machinist, is both timely and wise. Only the
inefficient gain by collective bargaining; the efficient are
left without inducement to give the best that is in
them, and it is unfair to both sides. Few employers
care to deal with a second or third party or go-between,
they want to hear from the men direct. The former
method creates discord whereas the latter tends to
bring both parties closer together. On the other hand
how do the men know whether or not their case is
properly presented by an outsider?
Collective bargaining may be all right for lines of
work that require little or no skill, but it certainly
must fail miserably when applied to a trade that has
practically no limit for the advancement of individuals
who care to make use of the opportunities offered.
"All men are born equal" is not to be interpreted that
we should all have equal shares in the distribution of
wealth, it means that our shares are to be in direct
proportion to our efforts. I believe that those who con-
trive to get more than their share are the exception
rather than the rule. Take away the individual and
special compensation, what is left? Certainly nothing
that will induce men to produce more.
The survival of the fittest and the elimination of the
weakest (and fire the dubs) holds good in the shop as
well as in nature. There is no way of getting around
that — it is an established truth.
674
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
The Calibration of Dimensional Changes of
Precision Gage Blocks
By C. G. peters and H. S. BOYD
U. S. Bureau of Standards
(Continued from last week's issue)
THE accurate comparison of two gages, A and B,
Fig 11, front, of supposedly the same length, is
made by the following method: The two gages
are placed side by side in intimate contact, as described
before, with the true plane surface of a glass plate W.
This places the lower surfaces of the two gages in the
same plane and the problem is then simply to determine
the distance between the planes of the two upper sur-
faces. This is done by placing a test plate T in contact
with the gages along the line CDE and somewhat in-
clined to these surfaces. This gives side by side two
thin wedge-shaped films. When illuminated and viewed,
as shown in Fig. 7, two sets of straight fringes parallel
to the edge of the wedge are seen — see top view, Fig.
11. It is only necessary then to determine the differ-
ence in thickness of these films at say some adjacent
position K, to obtain the distance at that point between
the planes of the two gage surfaces. If the two gages
are of the same length, their upper surfaces will lie in
the .same plane, so when we pass to the thicker part
of the wedge from the line of contact CDE, the first
fringe o, on A will coincide with the first fringe b, on
B, the second with the second, etc. At the point K
there is coincidence between the third fringes on
the two gages.
For perpendic-
ular view the
thickness of the
film at any point
is given by equa-
tion (2)
T. =^ Ni (X)
In this case
the distance T„
from the test
plate to each
gage would be
H3X) at point
K which means
that gages are of
equal length.
Suppose the
F G
H
►j-K
a,
(
■ C
E
Tor
gages are unequal in length, say B is shorter than A.
The test j.late will come in contact with A at the point
D and with B at the point E, and the fringes appear.
say as in Fig. 12. At K we have the second fringe over
A coinciding with the fourth over B. The distance at
that point between the test plate and A is J(2X) and
between the test
plate and B is K4X).
Therefore, the dis-
tance between the
planes of the two
gage surfaces is i
(2).). If we are
using a helium lamp
for a source i (>.)
is about 0.000011 in.,
hence, B is about
0.00002 in. shorter
than A. If A is a
calibrated standard
we immediately have
the length of the
PIG. 12. GAGES OF UNEQUAL
LENGTHS
Front
FIG. 11. GAGES OF R.\KE LENGTH
unknown gage B. By estimating the displacement
of the fringes to one or two tenths of the distance
between two bands, measurements of still greater
refinement can be made.
Angle of View in Comparing Gages
Comparisons of this kind cannot be advisably made
beyond the point where the tenth or fifteenth' fringe
of one gage coincides with the first of the other, that is,
when the difference in length of the two gages exceeds
ten or fifteen hundred-thousandths of an inch. Ip
making these measurements it is absolutely essential
that the fringes be viewed as shown in Fig. 7. that is
along the perpendicular to the gage surfaces. If they
are viewed at an angle to the perpendicular, then T., is
not equal to } (Nl) but T„ =z NhCk) VI + tan'a -f tan^e
so an incorrect interpretation of the distance will be
riade.
With the aid of the Pulfrich instrument previously
referred to, comparison between two gages that differ
by as much as a half inch in length may be made. With
this, the exact number of waves
between the test plate and each
gage surface near the refer-
ence mark K is obtained by
measuring the fractional ex-
cess over a whole wave length
for each of a number of dif-
ferent colors and determining
from these the number of whole
wave lengths by the method of
Meggers, which holds for
straight fringes as well as
Haidinger's rings. With this
method the exact length of
gages up to a half inch in
T
B
w
Side
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
B75
length may be obtained. In carrying out this measure-
ment a plane steel surface is used for a baseplate and
the distance from the test plate to the baseplate on
the one hand and to the upper gage surface on the
other determined. The difference in these distances
is the length of the gage. The test for parallelism
of the two surfaces of the unknown gage B is made
along with the length comparison using the same
arrangement as shown in Fig. 11. Assuming that
the two surfaces of the standard A are plane and
parallel, the test plate brought in contact with it along
CD gives straight fringes over
A which are parallel to CD
and equally spaced. If the
upper surface of the gage B
is parallel to the plane of the
upper surface of A, the
fringes over B will be parallel
to those over A and have the
same spacing. If, however, the length of B at GH is less
than at DE, then the wedge over B will be steeper than
over A and the fringes closer together. Therefore, if
seven fringes are observed over B and five over A, as
in Fig. 13, GH is
i(25^) below DE or
the gage is about
0.000022 in. shorter
on the GH side than
on the DE side.
Suppose now that
the edge GD on B
is parallel to the
plane of the upper
surface of A and the
surface of B slopes
slightly so that HE
is above or below
GD. Since the
fringes lie along
lines of equal thick-
ness of the wedge, they will extend across B at an angle
to those over A. If HE is higher than GD they will be
deflected toward the open end of the wedge or toward H
as shown in Fig. 14. If HE is below GD the fringes on
B will be deflected toward the thin edge of the wedge or
toward E, in Fig. 1 5. If we draw a line KL parallel to
CE through the end of any fringe over B, the dis-
placement from KL of the other end of that fringe
divided by the distance between two consecutive fringes
gives the difference in height between GD and HE in
hah wave lengths. This gives the slant between the
upper surface of A and the upper surface of B. If the
two surfaces of A are perfectly parallel, it is the slant
between the two surfaces of B. If the two surfaces of
A are not parallel a correspond-
ing correction must be made
to the observed slant to obtain
the true slant between the sur-
faces of B. The slant between
the two faces of each of three
unknown gages B, C, and D
c D
I
A OB
F G H
C
D 1
;
FIG. 16. CALIBRATING END STANDARDS FROM LINE STANDARDS
may be accurately determined in the same way if they
are brought in contact with the baseplate two at a time,
and the slant between the two upper surfaces compared
as described above.
The slope of the two surfaces of B can also be deter-
mined by measuring the perpendicular distances
between them say at the middle of all four side faces
of B by bringing them successively contiguous to A
at the point K.
FIG. 13.
GAGE.S HAVING P.-\RAL-
LEL SURFACES
F G H
^^^^^
L
(
D E
Calibration of End Standards from Line Standards
Having established the fact that two plane surfaces
can be brought into contact so that the separation is
less than one millionth of an inch, and having the
interference method for comparing two gages of nearly
equal length, it is possible to calibrate end standards of
various sizes from a line standard. The arrangement" "
is shown in Fig. 16. Two gages A and B are brought
into close contact, and two fine lines, C and D, are ruled
on them parallel to their plane of contact, EF. The dis-
tance X between the line C and D is determined by
comparison with the line standard. A is then brought
into contact with one surface of the long gage G
which is to be calibrated, with B with the opposite sur-
face of G.
The distance, Y, between the two lines C and D is
again determined by comparison with the line standard.
The difference in the two distances {Y — X) gives the
length of the gage G in terms of the line standard. With
careful work the error in determining the length of G
should not be more than 0.00002 in. which is about
0.000003 in. per inch in case
G is 6 in. long. After the
length of G has been accur-
ately determined by compari-
son with the line standard or
by direct measurement with
the light waves, combinations
of shorter gages can be com-
pared with it by using the
interference comparator as
follows. Suppose G is 6 in.
long, and we have three
gages, A, B, and C, each
very nearly 3 in. in length.
F G H
<
L
: D f
F[r;.s 14 AND 1.5, GAGES WITH SURFACES NOT PARALLEL
"Fischer. Phil. Soc, Wash.. Bul-
letin, Vol 13, p. 241 ; 1898.
"Perard. C. R., Vol. 154. p.
]j;86: 1912.
676
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
T
e
A
B
w
P^IG. 17. COMPARING TWO SHORT
GAGES WITH ONE LONG GAGE
G is brought into
contact with the
plane baseplate W,
Fig. 17; B is also
placed in contact
with W, and A with
the upper surface of
B. The difference, a,
in the lengths of G
and the combination
of A and B is ob-
tained from the rel-
ative displacement
of the interference
fringes as pre-
viously described.
The length of A and
B is equal to G -\- a.
In the same way the
b between the com-
bined lengths of B
-f C and that of G
is obtained ; likewise
c for gages C -{- A.
Letting the designations of the gages also represent
their lengths we have
A + B = G + a
B 4- C = G + b
C -\- A = G + c
where G is the known length of the standard, and
a, b, c, are measured. These equations can be solved
reedily for the unknowns, A, B, and C. Similarly with
four gages. A, B, C. and D, each nearly 2 in. long, we
would have
A+B+C=G+a
B + C + D = G + b
C + D+A=G + c
I» + A+B = G + rf
Since the four independent simultaneous equations con-
tain four unknowns, the length of each unknown gage
can be computed.
In general, given n -\- 1 unknown gages of nearly
equal length, n of which when combined are nearly equal
to the known gage G, there will be w + 1 combinations
which may be compared with G; hence, the length of
each unknown gage can be obtained by this comparison
method. Intermediate sizes may be measured by com-
paring the combined lengths of a known and the
unknown gage with a known.
Comparisons Between Gages and Other Objects
An accurate determination of the dimensions of any
body, say a sphere, can be made by comparison with a
gage of nearly the same size. For this the gage A
and the sphere B are placed in contact with the base
plate W, Fig. 18, and the test plate T laid over them.
If B is slightly smaller than A, the test plate will touch
the gage along the edge E and the sphere at the point
C. When illuminated and viewed as showTi in Fig. 7,
straight fringes parallel to E will be seen to cross the
upper surface of the gage. The number of fringes N
across the face of the gage from D to E multiplied by
i (X) gives the distance betwen the cover plate and the
gage surface at D. If the distance CE is equal to DE.
then the point C must be i N ()>) below the surface of
the gage, and thence the diameter of the sphere * A^ (a)
less than the length of the gage. If B is larger than A,
the upper plate will touch the gage along the edge D
and he i N (a) above E. C would then he i 2 N (a)
above the surface of the gage, and the diameter of B
equal to the length of the gage plus J 2 N (a).
One uncontrollable factor which changes the length
of a gage is wear. The amount that the length decreases
from this cause depends of course upon the hardness
and use. With the surface of a gage perfectly clean,
we have been able to bring it into contact with other
clean surfaces several hundred times before the wear
amounted to 0.000005 in. If, however, dust or grit is
present the wear is greatly increased. We have tested
gages that had been used in factories for some time and
found they had worn away 0.0001 to 0.0002 in.
Another property which must always be recognized
when considering the accurate length of gages is the
thermal expansion of the material. A 1-in. .steel gage
increases in length about 0.000013 in. for every degree
C. rise in temperature. The temperature at which the
actual length of the gage equals the nominal length must
therefore be specified and is usually taken as 20 deg. C.
or 68 deg. F. At 25 deg. C. the length of a gage which
is one inch at 20 deg. C. is about 1.000065 in. If a gage
be measured at the higher temperature its length at 20
deg. C. may be computed if the expansion coefficient is
known. If high precision is desired, it is not good
policy to use expansion coefficients given in tables be-
cause our measurements show that the expansion co-
efficient of steel may vary from 0.0000105 to 0.0000135
depending on its hardness and composition.
This variation would permit an unknown steel gage
that agrees exactly with a standard at 25 deg. C. to
differ from it by more than 0.00001 inch at 20 deg. C.
If the unknown piece that is being measured is brass
or some other material having an expansion coefficient
that differs greatly from that of the standard the effect
of temperature change is augmented. From these con-
siderations it is evident that to measure or use gages
with an accuracy in the millionth place, the coefficient
of expansion of the material must be accurately known,
and also the temperature controlled and measured to
at least 0.1 deg. C.
In Table I is shown the thermal expansion of several
\
^ - /' >K -
/'-
(
i \
C )
0
E
T
0
A
E
o
w
PIG. 18. COXirARI.VC, .V SPHERE WITH A GAGE BLOCK
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
677
t
Coeff. of
Expansion
X
lO-f
n
129
0
129
n
125
n
125
0
124
0
123
u
131
()
132
0
128
u
127
n
132
0
129
0
135
0
116
u
115
TABLE I. THERMAL KXPANSION OF SEVERAL PRECISION GAGES
Temp. Interval
Gage ill Degrees C
Johansson, Set. 5813, 10 mm 20 to 50
Johansson, Set. 5813, 10 mm 20 to 50
Johansson, Set. 5813, 9 mm 20 to 50
Johansson, Set. 5813, 9 mm 20 to 50
Johansson, .Set 20, 0.4 in. . , 19.8 to 75 5
Johansson, Set 20, 0,4 in. 32.8 to 76.5
Johansson, Set 7, 0.4 in. . 56.3 to 79.6
Johansson, Set 7, 0.4 in. . 19.6 to 79 6
Johansson, Set 7, 0.35 in 21 .3 to 82.4
Johansson, Set 7, 0.35 in . 20.6to82.4
Bureau of Standards:
Steel .4, 0.4 in 24.0 to 76.9
Steel B, 0.4 in 33.0 to 82.8
Pratt & Whitney. 0.375 in 21 to 78
Schuehardt and Schulle, 0. 5 in. . 5. 8 to 46. 0
Schuchardt and Schutte, 0 . 5 in 5 , 8 to 46 . 0
precision gages. These measurements were made with
the interferometer- and electrical furnace previously
described in our publication" on the dilatation of optical
glass. Column 1 gives the designation of the gage
under investigation; column 2 the temperature interval
and column 3 the coefficient of expansion.
The composition of steel B which is used for precision
gages at the Bureau of Standards is C. 1.00 to 1.10
per cent; Mn. 0.30 to 0.40 per cent; P. 0.025 per cent;
S. 0.025 per cent; Si. 0.20 to 0.30 per cent; Cr. 1.30
to 1.50 per cent; Balance, Fe. This is almost identical
with the compositions that have been published for the
steels used in the Johansson and the Pratt & Whitney
gages.
Table II shows the variations in thermal expansion
of some steels for different degrees of hardness. Column
1 gives the carbon and chromium content, the other
constituents being about the
same as in steel B. Column
2 represents the hardness as
measured with the Shore
.scleroscope. Column 3 gives
the coefficient of expansion
for the temperature interval
20 deg. to 120 deg. C.
Using steel B, expansion
specimens were made, hard-
ened and drawn by W. B.
Topping and J. F. Draper of
the Gage Section. For hard-
ening, the samples were
heated to 850 deg. C. and
quenched in oil. All showed
degree of hardness ranging
from 99 to 102 as measured
with a scleroscope. They
were then heated in oil to
different temperatures and
allowed to cool in air. Those
heated to 149 deg., 176 deg.,
204 deg. C. showed no re-
duction in hardness, while
for one heated to 232 deg.
C. the hardness was reduced
to 97. The thermal expan-
sions of others that were
drawn at still higher tem-
peratures are represented by
the curves shown in Fig.
19. Degrees centigrade are
TABLE II. VARIATION IN THERMAL ICXPANSION OF SOME STEELS
FOR DIFFERENT DEGREES OF HARDNESS
Steel Hardness
No. 20 I 30
C, 0.83 per cent Cr 1.33 per cent 36
1 90
No. 21 ( 40
C 0.98 per cent Cr. 0.48 per cent. . . . 45
I 92
No. 22 ( 36
C, L '8 per cent Cr 0.0 per cent 1 43
( 80
No. 23 f 30
C, 0.20 per cent Cr. 14.5 per cent : 38
No. 24 ] 38
C, L20 per cent Cr. 16.0 per rent , 50
86
Coefl. of
Expansion
xlO-»
20 Deg. to 120I)ig. C
0.122
0.123
0.135
0.113..
0.117
0.131
O.IIO
0.114
0.119
0.103
0.103
0.109
0.103
0.105
0.109
plotted as abscissae and per cent increase in the length
of the samples as ordinates. The rate of heating and
cooling was one degree per minute. Curve 1 represents
the expansion of a sample that received no treatment
after hardening. It shows a nearly constant rate of
expansion between 20 deg. and 225 deg. C. ; an increased
rate between 225 deg. and 250 deg. C, followed by a
much smaller rate between 250 deg. and 380 deg. C. Be-
yond 380 deg. the rate of expansion increased to about
the value found below 225 deg. C. At 450 deg. the heat-
ing current was reduced and samples allowed to cool. Its
contraction is represented by the straight descending
pas of the curve indicated by the arrow point. The
original hardness was 100 while after being carried
through this temperature cycle the hardness was 76.
■Meters ami Cragoe, Journal
of Optical Society of America,
Vol IV, May, 1920.
EDO 300
Degrees Centigrade
FIG. 19. THERMAL EXPANSION CURVES OF STEKI, H
500
678
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
Curve 2 shows the expansion of a sample hardened
in the same manner and then drawn at 260 deg. C,
which reduced the hardness to 95. This curve is very
similar to No. 1. It is somewhat straight between
210 deg. and 260 deg. C. At 415 deg. C. the current
was reduced and the sample contracted as shown by the
descending curve. The hardness of the sample after the
experiment was 82.
No. 3, which was drawn at 288 deg. C. had a hardness
of 93. The expansion curve does not show the irregu-
larities found in 1 and 2 between 220 deg. and 280
deg. C. but the flat position between 280 deg. and 375
deg. C. is present. The heating was stopped at 375
deg. C. and the sample showed a hardness of 86 on
returning to room temperature.
No. 4 was drawn at 329 deg. C. and had a hardness
of 91. The curve shows only a slight decrease in the
rate of e.xpansion between 340 deg. and 400 deg. C.
This sample was taken to 435 deg. C, and showed a
hardness of 81 on returning to room temperature.
Curve 5 represents the expansion of the sample that
had previously been used to obtain curve 3. In that
experiment, it was heated to 375 deg. C. and the final
hardness was 86. Curve 5 shows that the sample
expanded at a nearly constant rate and that all the
TABLE III. CH.\NGES OF LENGTH WITH TIME
Gage
Date
Length
Hardness
1.000 in.
3- 1-19
1 . 000000 in.
98
6- 3-19
0.999998
7-19-19
0.999992
8-19-19
0.999992
10-16-19
0 999993
3-20-20
0 999988
5-21-20
0 999988
1 000 in.
5-21-19
1.000000 in.
98
5-29-19
1.000018
6-17-19
1 . 000022
8-19-19
1.000034
10-17-19
1.000038
1- 7-20
1.000043
3-20-20
1.000044
5-22-20
1.000047
1 . 000 in.
9^26-19
1.000000 in.
92
3-20-20
0.999999
5-22-20
0.999997
2.000 in.
3- 1-19
2.000000 in.
96
5-29-19
1.999976
7-19-19
1.999966
8-19-19
1.999963
10-16-19
1.999951
3-18-20
I . 999938
5-21-20
1 999935
2.000 in.
9 24-19
2 000000 in.
98
10-16-19
0 000002
1- 9-20
2 000000
3-19-20
1 999993
5-22-20
1 999992
3 000 in.
2-20-19
3.000000 in.
90
4-28-19
2.999975
8-20-19
2.999900
9-19-19
2 999877
3-18-20
2.999856
5-21-20
2.999851
3 00 in.
8-27-19
3.000000 in.
95
9-18-19
2 . 999998
3-18-20
2.999998
5-21-20
2 999999
4 00 in.
4^29-19
4 000000 in.
94
6- 2-19
3 999998
7-19-19
3 999992
8-19-19
3 . 999980
10-16-19
3 999980
3-18-20
3.999971
5-21-20
3.999970
4 DO in.
5- 7-19
4.000000 in.
96
6- 3-19
4.000014
8-20-19
4.000025
11-26-19
4 000021
5-21-20
4 000025
4.00 in.
12-22-19
4.000000 in.
92
3-18-20
3.999999
5-21-20
3.999993
4 00 in.
12-27-19
4.000000 in.
93
3-18-20
3 . 999998
5-21-20
3 999998
irregularities shown by the other curves had been
removed by previously heating the sample to 375 deg. C.
The heating was continued to 790 deg. C. and on cooling
to room temperature the hardness was 34. Between
780 deg. and 790 deg. C. the sample contracted, indicat-
ing the transformation point of the steel. The expan-
sion curve above 415 deg. C. is not shown in the figure.
The reduction in the rate of expansion of the samples,
represented by the flatter portion of curves 1 to 4
inclusive is probably caused by the strains introduced
in the material when it was hardened by sudden cooling
in oil from above 800 deg. C. Samples drawn at tem-
peratures below 200 deg. C. showed no appreciable re-
duction in hardness. Above that temperature the hard-
ness as measured with the scleroscope decreased uni-
formly as the drawing temperature increased, becom-
ing about 35 for the sample heated to 790 deg. C. The
irregularities in the expansion curves decreased with
samples drawn at temperatures above 250 deg. C. and
disappeared with those drawn at temperatures above
375 deg. C. It seems reasonable to assume that the
strains are also removed by heating to 375 deg. C. It
would probably be better to say the rearrangement in
the material caused by heating to that temperature
relieved the strains and removed the irregularities in
the thermal expansion. These expansion curves are very
similar to the curves we obtained for badly strained
glass (loc. cit). With the glass it is possible to watch
the strains disappear as the sample is heated through
the temperature region in which the expansion rate
decreases.
The changes of length of gages with time are doubt-
less caused by the strains existing in the material. For
most purpo.ses these changes are immaterial but in the
case of standards they are important. During the past
two years we have selected and retained several hundred
gages from the products of different manufacturers and
measured their length at given intervals of time. Most
of these have retained their original length within
0.00001 in. Some, however, have undergone somewhat
larger changes, a few examples of which are shown in
Table III.
Proof of Strains
To show the existence of the strains a gage was cut
as shown in Fig. 20. The gage was originally 0.7 in.
long and 0.8 in. in diameter and each end face was four-
millionths of an inch convex. The surface hardness
measured between 97 and 103. A cut about 0.1 in.
deep and 0.04 in. wide was made 0.3 in. from the
upper surface with a glass saw. Measurements then
.showed the upper surface to be 0.00003 in. concave, the
lower surface
TT I ' I -7c 0.00002 in. concave
and the length of
the gage to have in-
creased 0.00007 in.
On deepening the
cut to 0.2 in. the up-
per surface wa?
found to be 0.00011
in. and the lower
surface 0.00006 in.
concave. The outer
layer must have
been under quite a
FIG. 20. HOW A GAGE WAS cfT ^^S^ tension, which
TO SHOW EXISTENCE OF STRAINS was partly relieved
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
879
by the saw cut. If this tension is sufficient to cause a
flow of the material, the length of the gage will change.
It is, therefore, necessary to relieve at least part of the
strain in order to make the material permanent. Alter-
nate dipping in ice water and boiling water has been
employed to produce that state. Our measurements do
not show that any decided benefit is gained from this
process. From the results on the thermal expansion
just described it seems that more would be gained by
heating the gages to 250 deg. or 300 deg. C. This, of
course, would reduce the hardness, but if there is any
truth in the theory that hardness is due, in part at
least, to the strains it would be impossible to relieve
any of the strains without reducing the hardness. The
range of hardness of most of the gages we have tested
is between 90 and 103. A hardness of 93 can be re-
tained after heating to 275 deg. C. It is then a question
if any of the resistance to wear resulting from extreme
hardness .should be sacrificed to obtain the stability of
unstrained material.
Conclusions
For commercial gages, such as are used in the shop,
the surface errors should not be more than 0.00001 in.
since this degree of flatness is necessary to insure good
adherence of gages to one another or to test plates.
For the uses to which they are put a tolerance of
0.00001 or perhaps 0.00002 in. for gages 1 in. or less
in length, and about 0.00001 in. per inch of length for
longer ones seems satisfactory. Smaller tolerances are
useless because they are soon exceeded by the errors
resulting from wear or possibly from changes in the
gage due to aging and also because small temperature
variations not controlled under service conditions will
cause changes of length which exceed the smaller toler-
ances.
Furthermore, the relative insensitiveness of all
mechanical length-measuring instruments as compared
with the optical m.ethods makes it impossible to use the
higher precision.
There is, on the other hand, no good excuse for larger
tolerances than those recommended above because with
reasonable care the manufacturers of gages can keep
within those limits. For shop use it would appear to
be more satisfacton,' to have available at a lower cost
a large number of precision gages which are correct in
length within two or three hundred-thousandths of an
inch rather than the high-priced gages initially correct
within a few millionths. Gages of the highest attainable
precision are of value as standards in the testing labora-
tory.
These should be calibrated by optical methods
occasionally since it is known that dimensional changes
of material standards occur with wear, temperature
and time.
Johnson's Philosophy on Subterfuges
and Salesmen
By John R. Godfrey
One of the thing-s that gets old man Johnson's goat
is to have anyone try to get by on false pretenses.
He doesn't expect perfection but he hates a bluffer
and the salesman who tries to put one over on the.
old man, steers clear for some time thereafter.
I happened to be in the office the other day when a
salesman of a war-baby machine tool tried to tell John-
son about his machine. If he'd been content to stick
to facts, to saying that it was a good machine and
worth the price asked, all might have gone well. But
he enthused as per the schedule of the selling talk
artist and, in the language of the poet, here's where
he spilled the beans.
His whole outfit was almost a Chinese copy of a
machine of well-known make. Even that might have
been forgiven because Johnson knows from experience
that the only way some manufacturers live is by copying
other designs. The Johnson motor has been flattered
many times in this way. But when the salesman called
the machine No. 23, which was the exact designation of
the original of this size, he blew up.
"Son" he said "that's a little too much. I can stand
your copying my old friend Taylor's machine from stem
to stern, for you couldn't copy a better one. But when
you calmly appropriate his machine number so as to
fool some people into thinking it's the original machine,
it's going a bit too far. That number means some-
thing to Taylor — it's the third design of his number
two machine.
"It doesn't mean a darn thing to your people except
to try to fool somebody with. It's mighty near to
securing money under false pretenses and I wish there
was some way of jailing a few of the fellows who do it.
Even if you can't originate a machine, you can at least
keep off the real designer's grass plot when it comes
to names and numbers. Better get a job with some
real people my boy and don't try to sail under fslse
colors."
Some Common Sense Advice on
Picking a Salesman
It so happened that Johnson also had another caller
that morning, a manufacturer in a somewhat similar
line to his own, who wanted to get advice on putting
salesmen on the road. He was one of the old timers
who thought all the brains were in the office and that
salesmen, like office boys, could follow a set schedule
day after day and be tied down by a set of rules. He
wanted to know what sort of rules Johnson made for
his salesmen and how he kept tabs on 'em in general.
And he was a bit surprised when Johnson told him about
as follows :
"Jones, any salesman who has to have a set of rules
isn't worth two hoots in Halifax to you or anyone else.
Just remember he isn't a clerk or an errand boy, but
that he goes in your place because you can't spare the
time or haven't the nei-ve or the 'know how.' Your
representative wants to be big enough to handle any
question that comes up, and no rules can be made to
cover all cases.
"You want someone to depend on, not someone who
depends on you for orders and rules. If you don't
get a man you can trust to do the right thing, don't
get any— you can't afford to be represented by anyone
who needs a set of rules to work by. But don't expect
to get anyone who will never make a mistake. Don't
forget those you've made yourself. And remember
that it's a lot easier to tell a man what he ought to
have done after the fracas is all over, than it is to guess
right on the spot, with the whole question up to you
to decide in a minute or less."
Seems to me we can sort of say Amen to both John-
son's interviews and that they prove him to be a fairly
level-headed sort of a man for one of the old school.
680
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1.5
The Triple Gear for Ford Transmissions
THE triple gear is one of the main gears in the
Ford planetary transmission, three of them being
required for each car. The gears were formerly
made in three pieces, a central gear with hubs on each
side on which the smaller sized gears were pinned. By
the new method the gears are all forged in one piece,
either on Ajax or National forging machines.
The first machining operation is done on a Bullard
Mult-Au-Matic having six working spindles. The op-
eration includes drilling the center hole 0.995 in.
in diameter, rough turning the outside diameter, rough-
ing one side, cutting recess for side and hub and
finish drilling the 0.995-in. hole. The same machine
takes a second cut over the outside diameter, finishes
the face and hub, chamfers the corners, finishes one
side, finish-bores the hole, finish-turns the outside diam-
eter of the smaller gear which is uppermost, finishes
the outside diameter of the larger or center gear to 3.5
in. and chamfers the end of the central hole. These
operations are all performed at the rate of 60 pieces
per hour. The total requirements being between 11,000
and 12,000 per day, a battery of fifteen machines is
required for this work.
The second operation, shown in Fig. 1, is also done
on the same type of machine which rough turns the
outside diameter of the gear on the other end, cuts the
recess on that end, finishes that side and the outside
diameter of the other gear. These operations are per-
formed at the rate of 80 pieces per hour.
Next comes the broaching of the hole, after which
the teeth are cut in the large or slow gear, as shown
in Fig. 2. These machines are Barber-Colman gear
bobbers which handle five gears on a single mandrel
and finish them at the rate of 13 per hour, requiring
67 machines for the job. The gears are then tested
and marked for location and go to a battery of Fellows
gear shaping machines as shown in Fig. 3, for rough-
ing and finishing the teeth on the reverse gear which
is on one side of the center. This is done in two
separate cuts at the rate of 15 gears per hour, requir-
ing quite a battery of machines to secure the necessary
production. The primary or low speed gear is cut in
the same way, the two cuts requiring five minutes, the
production being 12 gears per hour.
After this the gears go to the heat-treating room for
hardening and then have all burrs removed from the
teeth on Potter & Johnston shaving machines at the
rate of 250 per hour.
]-in. 1. THE SECOND OPERATION ON MULT-.\U-MATICS
FIG. 2. HOBBING THE LARGE GEARS'
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
681
cmtomrvipi u Oi^r^^i^u^^ rjii^i
FIG. 3. CUTTING THE SIDE GEARS
ON THE GEAR SHAPER
The bushings are put in place with a Ferrocute press,
as shown in Fig. 4. The chute A shows how the gears
come to the table B, from which the operator picks them
and places them in the slide C. The bronze bushing is
then entered as at D, and the slide pushed under the
punch by the handle E. A single stroke of the ram
forces the bushing into place, after which the gears are
removed from the slide and placed on the chute G,
sliding by gravity to the next operation. The spindle
of one reaming machine is shown at the right of the
chute. This makes very quick handling possible, as
can be seen by the production of 750 pieces per hour.
The bushing is then reamed in the Cincinnati drilling
machine shown in Fig. 5. Here the gear is placed and
centered on plate A, which has a vertical movement
by means of the handle B. When it is forced up into
FIG. 4.
FORCING THE BRONZE BUSHINGS
IN PLACE
place, guided by the pins C and D, the reamer finishes
the hole, being guided both by the long pilot and the
bushing shown at the upper end of the reamer. The
guard shown at the left has been removed from the
machine to show the operation more clearly. The gears
are handled at the rate of 350 per hour. Spot facing
the bushing finishes the operations on this gear.
Machining Change Gears
By Douglas T. Hamilton
A simple part, such as a change gear, would seem
hardly worth looking at from the production standpoint ;
but when several thousand of such parts must be
turned out every month, a few minutes saving on each
one, makes a study of the problem worth while. On the
Fellows gear shaper, the change gears range from Itl
to 9i in. in diameter. Up to 3 in. in diameter they are
made from bar stock; whereas from this size up they
are made from iron castings, the smaller sizes being
solid blanks, and the larger sizes cast with arms.
The former method of machining was to turn the
FIG. 5. REA.MING THE BRONZE BUSHINGS
FIG. 1. SURFACING GEAR BLANKS TO THICKNESS
682
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1.5
outside diameter, drill, bore and face one side in a
turret lathe. Then the blank was reversed and the other
side and hub faced in another turret lathe. The keyway
was then cut with a hand-operated key-seating tool,
after which the blanks were ready for having the teeth
cut. By these methods, one blank was machined at a
time, making production rather low.
The present method of maching these change gear
blanks differs considerably from the former method,
both as regards methods of handling and from a pro-
duction standpoint.
The first operation, which is illustrated in Fig. 1,
L-onsists in facing the rough castings on a Blanchard
surface grinding machine. The castings are made
with a'a in. excess stock on each side, and this amount
is removed by grinding. The production time is governed
by the diameter of the blanks being ground, as it is
evident that the smaller the blanks the greater the
number which can be held on the magnetic chuck at one
time. The second operation is handled on a two-spindle
drilling machine, as shown in Fig. 2. This machine has a
special indexing fixture clamped to the table and
arranged to carry three universal three-jaw chucks. The
first spindle drills the hole, and the second one finishes
it with a reamer. It will be noted in the illustration that
two arms are attached to the column of the drilling
machine that carry guiding bushings for the drill and
reamer, respectively.
The drilling machine is provided with power feed, so
that the operator's hands are free to load and unload
the chucks, and index the fixture. The third chuck is
provided, so that while one blank is being drilled and
the other reamed, the third chuck can be unloaded and
loaded, making the machining practically continuous.
Following this the keyway is cut in a key-seating
machine, after which the blanks are taken to the Fay
lathe, shown in Fig. 3, where the outside diameters are
turned to size and the corners rounded. Four blanks, as
shown in Fig. 3, are held on an arbor, and are com-
pleted at one setting. The large range of sizes is
FIG. 2. DRILLING AND REAMING HOLES IN GEAR BLANKS
FIG. 3. TURNING AND CHAMFERING GEAR
BLANKS ON A FAY LATHE
easily handled in this lathe by using interchangeable
arbors. The only change for each size being the
resetting of the tools. Four tools are used for turn-
ing the outside diameter so that the length of travel
is equal to the face width of one gear blank. Four gang
tools that are fed straight into chamfer the comers on
the four blanks.
The next operation, not illustrated, is cutting the
teeth, which are of 16 pitch. This operation is handled
on a Fellows spur gear shaper. The average time per
change gear, complete, is five minutes.
Built Up Adjustable Angle Plate for
Light Drilling
By W. Burr Bennett
On page 279 of American Machinist, H. H. Parker
describes a device with the above title. In a purely
constructive spirit of criticism the writer would like
to make some suggestions.
First of all, apart from the design, does it pay to
build this kind of a tool from small pieces; assuming
of course that any such fixture is built to use and not
for amusement? We long ago found out in our tool-
room that this type of construction costs approximately
twice as much as to make a pattern, get a good casting
and then machine up the necessary surfaces.
Secondly, this built up construction is never free
from coming apart and losing its alignment. Take the
pivot plate in this design for example ; even with dowels,
which are not .shown, it will loosen under the wear and
tear of use and spoil the alignment. Ears cast solid
with tl)e angle plate would be far cheaper to build
and would be permanent.
This same criticism would hold good for the top plate,
the angles that hold the rocking column, and the bear-
ings for the rocking shaft. Finally, how is the locknut
on the adjusting screw manipulated when assembled
and what is to insure the taper pin always being with
the angle plate when needed? We have found in refer-
ence to this point that all loose pieces must be attached
with a chain. Admittedly the functional design of this
tool is good. It can be used through 90 deg. and would
prove to be a handy device but the writer has learned
that the above points of criticism are quite relevant.
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
683
Figuring Diameter of Three-Surface
Tangent Plug
By Francis W. Shaw
The tangent-plug problem seems to have occasioned
considerable trouble, even in its more simple form. The
case where two of the three surfaces to be gaged were
at right angles was treated on page 1098 of Vol. 50,
page 914 of Vol. 51 and on page 148, Vol. 52, of the
American Machinist. The toolmaker is just as likely
to meet a problem where the angle at A in the sketch
is greater or less than 90 deg., hence a consideration
of the problem from the broader aspect will, it is
thought, be worth the space it will occupy.
The original problem is a particular case of the
escribed circle of a triangle ABC, referring to the
accompanying figure. Let r be the radius of the escribed
circle to be determined, and abc the sides of the triangle
opposite respectively to the angles ABC.
BLsect the exterior angles at B and C by BO and CO.
These lines will intersect at 0, which can be readily
shown, as follows, to be the center of the required
circle. Draw OU, OE and OF perpendicular to the
sides of the triangle ABC, extended if necessary. Now
the angles ABC and DBC are together equal to two
right angles. Therefore, the angle DBC is equal to
two right angles minus the angle ABC, or B. Half
the angle DBC, therefore, is equal to one right angle
minus half the angle B. That is:
angle OBF = 90° —
Similarly, it can be shown <-hat
B
DIAGRAM .SHOWING OENERAI^ CA.SE OF THE THREE-
SURFACE TANGENT I'LUG PROBI^E.M
angle OCF = 90'
from which it follows that
C
o' >
RF
r cot
and that
CF
cot
r tan
r tan
B
But, BF + CF r^ a. Therefore,
B C / B C\
r tan -„ — V r tan "9" = r I tan -^ + tan 'n' ) = a
This formula rearranged, becomes
tan -y + tan -g-
(1)
Where A is a right-angle the above can be rewritten :
a
tan
90
+ tan Y
or.
tan -p- + tan — 5 —
It can also be shown that
B
a cos -X cos n
For the inscribed circle shown dotted it can be demon-
t rated that:
R =
cot -^ + cot -„
(2)
The relation between the inscribed and escribed circles
can therefore be expressed by :
R
cot 2 + cot -2" g (.
g C = cot Y '^ot T
tan ~s- + tan yy
For those who do not follow the above identity a
numerical example will be given, it being remembered
that the cotangent is the reciprocal of the tangent. Let
H C
cot -s" = 2 and cot ^ = 3 ; then
684
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
cot -2 + CO* "2
2 + 3 5 5 X6
tan ^- + tan ^
" 1/2 + 1/3 5/6 5
B C r
= cot -w cot .? = p ■
6 = 2X3
The .'-mall .sketch on the right illustrates the use of
the formula for the inscribed circle. The angles would
be checked with angle gages and the depth with a wire
of the size calculated by formula (2).
Making Spherical-Ended Length Rods
By William Older
Quite a number of spherical-ended measuring rods
were recently required in a certain shop. They varied
in length from a little over 1 in. up to about 25 inches.
There was nothing very accurate about them, a toler-
ance of a couple of thousandths being allowed.
The first lot of six was made by a young mechanic
on the engine lathe, and they were a nice job ; but after
they came from the hardening practically as much time
had to be spent on bringing them to length as had
already been put on making them. When the next lot
was required it was suggested to make the bodies of
the rods of cold rolled, have their over-all lengths
shorter than called for, turn the ends square, and forcd
a steel ball into a hole in each end for a contact-
point.
To fit the steel balls, the rod was held in a collet in a
bench lathe and holes drilled in the ends one or two
thousandths smaller than the diameter of the ball which
was to be forced in. The first hole was drilled, with an
ordinaiy twist drill, sharpened in the usual way, to a
depth equal to about five-eighth or two-thirds the diam-
eter of the ball. The ball was then driven in with a
brass hammer until it struck the bottom of the hole.
The distance from the ball end to the flat end of the
bar was then measured and thus it was easy to figure
how deep the hole should be drilled in the other end for
the second ball. The rod was again held in the collet of
the bench lathe, and the hole was drilled first with an
ordinary drill, and then brought to depth with a drill
ground so that it would leave the bottom of the hole flat.
The second ball was forced in with the aid of the brass
hammer.
Some of the rods were too short and some too long.
The short ones were peened to length while those which
were too long were bent slightly to bring them to size.
This type of rod is shown at A in the accompanying
illustration. If the hole is drilled very slightly smaller
than the ball, the balls will be held much more firmly
than if the hole is made so small that the rod is badly
stressed when the ball is driven in.
Removable Balls
Since making these rods we have used the same
method to apply ball contact points in multiplying
levers for some experimental measuring devices.
Where it seems desirable to secure the balls so that
they may be removed, the holes can be drilled large
enough for the ball to enter and seat. They can then
be soft soldered in place, the melting point of soft
solder being so low that the temper of the balls is not
drawn during the soldering process.
Another method of securing ease of removal is to
slit the end of the rods after the holes for the ballr.
have been drilled. This permits a narrow wedge to be
entered under the ball so as to drift it out. When this
method of fastening is used one must not saw the slot
beyond the bottom of the drilled hole as the ball will
sink slightly into the slot, which results in a shorter
distance between the balls than where the fiat bottom of
the hole is used as a seat.
A peculiar illusion was noted with these ball-ended
rods. If the tip of the finger is rubbed over a ball
which is tight in the end of a rod one experiences
the sensation that the ball is loose enough to roll in
the hole.
Adjustable Ball Seats
The making of these measuring rods is not quite as
easy as it seems to be from a mere description, and the
difficulties encountered resulted in the development of
TWO TYPES OF BALL-ENDED MEAPI-RING RODS
the gage shown at B. The rods we use are forgings,
but there is no reason why castings should not be used
if there are enough of a size required. Malleable cast-
ings would, of course, be preferable to gray-iron cast-
ings where it is desired to secure the ball by soldering
it in place.
The holes for the balls are drilled "between centers"
in a lathe. The ends are then turned to the desired size
and taper, after which the hole is widened on the inside
with a special counterbore, so that when it is tapped the
ball seat will be smaller than the threaded part of
the hole.
The tap used should have a fine thread; and we
used 20 threads per inch as it facilitates setting the ball,
one turn advancing it fifty-thousandths.
The tap is also special, although we have used com-
mercial fine-thread taps by grinding them so that they
cut with the "heel" of the land. The shanks of the taps
must be small enough and long enough to pass through
the small part of the hole which is to act as a seat for
the ball. The shank of the tap is passed from the
inside through the hole and acts as a pilot while the
hole is being tapped. The tapped hole should not go
beyond say five-eighths of the diameter of the ball from
the end of the body. In other words, the length of the
hole which is to act as a seat for the ball must be at
least five-eighths of the diameter of the ball, j^nd if it is
less in length than one-half the diameter of the ball
there is a chance of forcing the ball entirely out of the
hole by means of the screw.
When one is rigged up for making this type of meas-
uring rod and has made a few of them the operations
are very simple and can be carried through verv-
quickly.
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
685
WHAT /o
fMmimmwmmiiimt'>(iiriimm't\
Siy jested by theNanagfing Editor
WE HAVE run several very instructive articles on
deep hole boring in this magazine from time to
time but never anything to compare with the story that
has the position of honor this week. Why ? Because the
holes discussed this time are anywhere between a quar-
ter and one-half mile long.
have the second article in
"Programs of Apprentice-
In cast iron? No, in sand,
mud and hard rock through
which the outdoor me-
chanics of the oil fields
have to drill before they
reach the oil pool below.
And the discouraging part
of it is that quite often
there is no oil there when
they get down to where' it
ought to be. But read Fred
Colvin's story of the oil
field mechanics ; it gives an
interesting picture of in-
genuity in the face of
obstacles. On page 657 we
J. V. L. Morris' series on
ship." The system described this time is the one in
vogue at the plant of R. Hoe & Co., manufacturers of
printing presses. The Hoe plan is no innovation as it
has been in successful operation since 1872 and repre-
sents an adaptation of the old-fashioned apprentice sys-
tem modified to meet modern conditions. It should be
particularly valuable to managers considering appren-
ticeship problems because of its proved worth.
The next article, page 660, gives the machine design-
ers something to think about. It concerns the design
of a merchant mill flywheel and is by Captain J. B.
Varela of the Coast Artillery. Flywheels have an un-
fortunate habit of flying into small pieces when wrongly
designed or handled and consequently any contributions
to the subject of their design should be welcome.
This week's welding article appears on page 665 and
takes up the details of arc welding procedure. The illus-
trations show the best methods of welding all kinds of
joints and the text follows them with clear and concise
instructions and warnings against unnecessary or
harmful steps which are sometimes taken through
ignorance. In addition Mr. Viall gives figures on weld-
ing costs and suggestions on the design of welded
joints. Taking it altogether we think that this is one
of the most valuable parts of the whole series.
Something more on the lowly apprentice appears on
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were feiv and
magazines unheard of. It is far different noiv
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indisperisable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
page 671. Here Mr. Colvin has a few words to say about
the way Brown & Sharpe treats its boys outside of the
shop. This matter of keeping track of a student outside
of school hours is most important, it seems to us, and
there is no apparent reason why a little judicious super-
vision of his loafing and
recreation time should not
be as good for an appren-
tice as it is for a college
boy.
The second and conclud-
ing installment of the
Bureau of Standards article
on the calibration of pre-
cision gage blocks by
Peters and Boyd starts on
page 674. We have studied
this article with a good
deal of care and we have
learned a lot from it. While
the methods and apparatus
employed undoubtedly have little value in a machine
shop, there is a good deal of satisfaction in knowing
just how and why this exceedingly accurate calibrating
is done. The authors conclude with some very sensible
recommendations which show that their sense of the
fitness of things has been well developed.
A little philosophy on salesmen by our old friend God-
frey follows the gage article, page 679. Read it and see
if he isn't about right, as usual.
Our automotive article this time has to do with gears,
in particular some of those used by Mr. Ford in his
famous "noiseless" transmission. Following this article
by Colvin is another on gears by Douglas Hamilton of
the Fellows Gear Shaper Co. It tells of a high produc-
tion gear job where several short cuts saved time in
the preparation of the blanks for the actual cutting of
the teeth.
Again this week we are forced to devote considerable
space to the description of new tools. Some of course
should have gone in last week but we simply didn't have
room for them and they had to wait over. If the rush
keeps up at the "-iresent rate we will have to put on more
pages, and with paper where it is now — well, we'd just
as soon not do it.
Before we close, one word more about apprentices,
even at the risk of overdoing it. Entropy has some
comments on trade school eduction on page 691 that
are well up to his usual standard.
686
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
EDITORIALS
Cincinnati Strike Won By Employers
ACCORDING to information which we have re-
. ceived the machinists' strike in Cincinnati,
which involved over 100 plants and about 7,000 men,
has been called off, the men voting to return to work.
This strike has been in progress about five months
and has resulted in the loss of millions of dollars in
wages and business.
The men are now returning under the identical open-
shop and other conditions prevailing at the time the
strike was called. Employers are also requiring that
the men who return and are accepted must work at
least three weeks in the plant from which they struck
before they will be considered for acceptance as an
employee by any other company.
Every plant originally affected by the strike is in
operation, some at full capacity, and figures compiled
by the employers show there are only about 300 machin-
ists remaining out, and they are mostly men for whom
there are no vacancies.
The International Association of Machinists assessed
its 350,000 members each $1 per month for the first
six months of this year. This fund was intended for
use in unionizing the entire industry and Cincinnati
was chosen as the ground on which to begin the battle.
The National Metal Trades Association stepped in and
protected the Cincinnati manufacturers by assuming
entire charge of handling the strike. Thus it became
squarely an issue between the N. M. T. A. and the
I. A. of M. as to whether Cincinnati was to remain
open-shop in the metal trades, or be forced to unionize.
A phase of the situation not ordinarily encountered
was the fact that several members of the committee
which signed the original demands on the employers
were known members of the Communist party, so in
certain respects the employers' victory is not merely
one for the open-shop, but for Americanism against
Bolshevism. E. V.
For the Good of the Industry
IN THESE days, when changes are in the air, whether
they appear on the surface in our immediate neigh-
borhood or not, it is wise to look beyond the details of
our individual businesses to the broader problems of
the industry as a whole. The machine-building industry
stands at the forefront of civilization as we know it.
Its importance gives it not only advantages and priv-
ileges, but duties and responsibilities as well. And these
should be considered by all in determining the policies
of their business.
The old idea of absolute individuality and indepen-
dence no longer holds. Associations of business men,
such as the National Machine Tool Builders' Associa-
tion, have long proved the necessity and the advantage
of collective action. In the same way we are coming
to realize that the consumer or the public has an inter-
est in the proper and progressive conduct of all busi-
ness. All management which considers the future, and
this should include all but fly-by-night concerns which
are a serious detriment to any industry, must look
beyond its immediate business and consider the in-
dustry as a whole. Individual advantages and prac-
tices which reflect on the good name of the industry as
a whole tend to invite disaster, as they invoke the
wrath of a not too discriminating public and lead to
legislation which is not always wise.
Whenever annoying problems arise, and this is all
too frequent, there is a tendency to act hastily and give
decisions which, instead of settling the difficulty, only
fan the flame. While we are none of us angelic, and the
wisdom of Solomon is not a common commodity in these
trying days, it may help a little if we try to consider
the effect on the industry as a whole, in.stead of con-
fining our attention to our own plant. If we stop to
think how a decision or a policy would affect us if
adopted by others, of how it may affect other manu-
facturers in our lines either directly or through adverse
legislation which may come from public resentment, it
may help in deciding wisely for all. F. H. C.
The Awakening of the Engineer
SIGNS are multiplying that the engineers of the
country are beginning to wake up to a new sense
of their importance and responsibility as a profession.
The vast majority of them have always been awake to
their individual responsibilities and their devotion to
duty has been exemplary.
The Federated American Engineering Societies rep-
resents a movement in the right direction in which
we firmly believe, and concerning which we have had
a good deal to say. Such a federation has been talked
of many times in the past but in no case was it possible
to interest more than a very few members of the pi-o-
fession. The time was not ripe, for the average engi-
neer was so engrossed in his own affairs that he did
not realize the importance of co-operation with other
engineers, to the profession and to the community.
The federation plan looms large among the big pro-
gressive movements of the day. Not only will the
engineer come into his own, but the country as a whole
will benefit by his wisdom, skill and trained initiative
when he is drawn from his seclusion to an active part
in our national life.
But this is not the only significant occurrence. An-
other plan is afoot. Briefly, it contemplates the intro-
duction of courses in industrial management in a
majority of our colleges, the placing of students and
teachers in summer jobs in various industries and the
reaching of men already engaged in management work
through extension courses. The scheme is backed by
corporations capitalized at more than twenty-five billion
dollars and the control is vested in a council composed
of representatives of the coi-porations and of the col-
leges? and universities interested.
Most of the educators back of the movement served
in the Council of National Defense and were aroused to
the value of continuing the co-ordination secured by that
organization. The approval of the idea by engineer-
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
687
ing teachers indicates an awakening on their part to
the necessity of providing better contact with practical
matters for engineering students before graduation.
On the other side, the cordial reception of the scheme
by industrial concerns shows their appreciation of the
need for properly trained engineers to fill executive
positions, and their belief in the efficacy of making a
start along this line before the man leaves colle«re. We
heartily favor the plan as outlined in a news item on
another page and we look forward with a good deal of
optimism to its effect on the future welfare of the
engineer and the community.
Either of these movements would probably have
failed dismally if they had been attempted ten years
ago. That they have been received with so much favor
now indicates clearly that engineers are at last awake
and are going ahead to new service and power.
K. H. C.
The Federated American Engineering
Societies Will Help
UNDER the caption "Have We a Representative
Government?" the Canadian Chemical Journal
prints the following:
Imagine some of our chemical friends or engineerinj;
colleagues entrusted with the framing of a bill to present
to the Imperial Parliament having in view the establish-
ment of a court of last resort in the Dominions to replace
the Privy Council, or an act to revise the proceedings in
chancery.
Our representative ( ? ) system of government has re-
sulted in a situation wherein lawyers, country doctors and
farmers are called upon to legislate upon the details of
forest protection, water pollution, railroad operation, food
conservation, the development of mines and technical
education.
Is it not time that our agrario-medico-legal friends had
some technical colleagues at Ottawa and the Provincial
Capitals? No group of men is better prepared to dis-
cuss these subjects in a, disinterested way, or better
equipped for the discussion, than chemists or engineers.
The question may well be asked whether a representa-
tion that is geographical and based on population only, is
really representative.
Would not a chemist from Winnipeg or Halifax be more
representative of the chemists of any part of Canada than
a farmer, lawyer or labor leader from their home town?
Let us have chemists in Parliament and let our engi-
neering friends have engineers in Parliament. "Even
though they be voices in the wilderness," let's have a voice!
It seems that our northern neighbors have much the
same trouble that we have — their government is repre-
sentative in a sense, but not in the fullest and best
sense. Wild lands, such as theirs and ours were, have
been conquered, put to work and made to support great
numbers of people, by the explorer, the settler and the
engineer. Then the running of them has been turned
over to the "lawyer, the country doctor and the farmer."
We need lawyers and we need farmers in the legis-
lative branch of our government and it doesn't hurt
to have an occasional country doctor. But so much of
our legislation i.s directly concerned with things tech-
nical and there is required so much legislation to. bring
about conservation of our national resources, that we
also need engineers — in the legislative branch and in the
executive branch as well.
There are many engineers in the United States and
they all realize the truth of these assertions. They have
been working toward the goal suggested for many
years, but in a small way only, because they had no
strength — no organization. If all the engineers in the
country could get together, agree on what ought to be
done concerning things technical which affect the wel-
fare of the country and then use their united efforts
to get those things done, they could accomplish wonders.
The first several steps toward getting all engineers
together have been taken, resulting in the formation of
the Federated American Engineering Societies, an
organization with membership made up of existing
engineering and allied technical societies. The Fed-
eration is to be managed by a body known as the Amer-
ican Engineering Council, consisting of repre.sentatives
of member-societies. Member-societies may be national,
local, state or regional, thus insuring an organization
truly representative which will then have the voice of
a large number of the engineers of the country as re-
gards matters of public welfare where technical knowl-
edge and engineering experience are involved.
The F. A. E. S. was organized in Washington, D. C,
on June 3 and 4. The American Engineering Council,
its managing body, will hold its first meeting Nov. 18,
19 and 20 in Washington. We urge that such of the
171 societies represented at the organization meeting,
as have not done so, make application for membership
to the society, so that they may have their representa-
tives on American Engineering Council when it meets
Nov. 18 at the New Willard Hotel, in Washington.
Engineers are to be awakened in regard to their own
capabilities and the public is to be awakened as to the
value of the engineer. These avrakenings had better
be begun in November, 1920, than in November, 1921,
when the next annual meeting of the Council will be
held. The time between now and Nov. 18 is short but
it should be sufficient for member-society action.
L. C. M.
We Agree With Gompers !
IT IS not often that we can whole-heartedly agree with
what Mr. Gompers says or does, but this time he has
shown himself a real level-headed American, and we are
with him.
In a statement in the last issue of the American
Federation, which is signed by Samuel Gompers, pres-
ident, and Mathew Wohl, vice president, of the American
Federation of Labor, the American body repudiates the
labor movement of Great Britain, declares utter lack of
sympathy with policies announced by the International
Federation of Trades' Unions, which met last month in
Amsterdam, and declares against the Soviet movement
of Russia.
Of course Mr. Gompers' statement was authorized by
a vote of the labor body of which he is president, but
to him is largely due the credit.
Repudiation of British labor and of the international
organization is based on the refusal of American labor
to join in a socialistic movement which aims to support
the Soviet system of Russia and is urging support of
revolutionary activities. Sovietism and all that the Rus-
sian movement means is utterly condemned.
Mr. Gompers recognizes the fact that the ballot in
America offers the opportunity for any desirable changes
of government. He says:
"But it (America) is a republic based upon the prin-
ciple of freedom, justice and universal suffrage. Our
men and our women are not likely to throw these rights
and principles into the scrap heap for the dictatorship
of Moscow's Lenine and Trotzky."
Industrial America owes much to Mr. Gompers for his
sane and AMERICAN stand on this issue. E. V.
688
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 83, No. 15
The Gospel of Work
By H. H. Southgate
Advertising Manager, the United States Motor Truck Co.
IS AMERICA to become a nation of shirkers and
slackers? Shall we continue to 'let George do it"?
Or are we now ready to emerge from the mental slump
which followed the World War and jump aggressively
into the world-wide battle of commerce?
Our place is among the leaders of the earth in com-
merce, finance and industry. But unless we come out
of our trance, that place will be forever lost to us.
America today plays the part of the dissolute Nero,
jazzing away the precious hours while the Rome of
our opportunity is destroyed by the fires of indifference.
"George" — ^meaning both our friends and enemies
among the nations — is doing it, alright. He is going-
full speed ahead. Instead of leading, we are trailing.
And lack of production is wholly responsible.
Work pays the bills. Work earns promotion. Work
— honest, hard work — will help bring down the high
cost of everything. Nothing else will.
We idle. We talk. We play. Others work. They
toil night and day to repair the ravages of war, and
to build up production in all lines.
What is the answer to be? Will America work, or
will she want? Is the high cost to decrease, or will
idle plants and empty shelves force it still higher?
The man who works fewer hours or does less work
hurts his own cause. He cuts dovra production. He is
an industrial SLACKER. There is no more excuse for
his conduct than there was in war times for the man
who evaded his war obligations. Not alone does he
injure himself. He hurts his family — his friends — his
country.
Our safety as a nation depends upon PRODUCTION
— hard, driving effort to forge ahead. Before the war,
and during it, we made wonderful progress through
production. Then we stopped to rest. Our minds and
bodies are now rested and refreshed. Once more we
must work — ^work to LIVE.
PRODUCTION means work— WORK— and still more
work! — until each of us has reached the height of his
efficiency and earning power. Not alone do we need
production in the factory, but in the office, on the road,
on the farm, in the home — in every phase of our lives.
Work for the joy of the work itself — for the sake of
successful accomplishment — for the bettennent of all
— to bring down the high cost of living through in-
creased production and decreased overhead — for the
future peace and comfort of our sons and daughters—
for the salvation of America — WORK!
Talk will not right conditions. Act! Work more
and talk less. And as production creeps higher, day by
day, the difference in prices and conditions will become
apparent. PRODUCTION alone will make that differ-
ence. Work brings production. Preach the Gospel of
Work. — An editorial from the V. S. Floating Power
Plant Ne7vs.
A Discredited Government Report
From the New York Sun
AN INSTANCE of the superficial and unreliable
. character of economic investigation under the
present Administration is to be found in the critical
study of the United States Public Health Service's Bul-
letin No. 106 that has been made by the National Indus-
trial Conference Board, an organization representing
twenty-nine large industrial organizations.
The Public Health Service bulletin purported to be an
authoritative study of the comparative results obtained
in an industrial plant with an eight-hour day and in
one where the ten-hour day was the standard, the con-
clusion reached in the Government report being that
"a comparison of the eight-hour and ten-hour systems
leads to the conclusion that the eight-hour system is the
more efficient." Specifically the report states :
(1) The outstanding feature of the «ight-hour system is
steady maintenance of output; (2) under the eight-hour
system work with almost full power begins and ends ap-
proximately on schedule and lost time is reduced to a
minimum; (3) under the ten-hour system artificial limita-
tion of output is widely prevalent. Under the eight-hour
system output varies more nearly according to individual
capacity.
When submitted to the acid test of fact by the Na-
tional Industrial Conference Board it was shown th^.t
"the two plants from which the data were obtained aro
not fairly comparable and the basis of experience is too
small to justify comprehensive conclusions."
The Government bulletin compared a thoroughly es-
tablished and highly efficient manufactory of automo-
biles, running on an eight-hour schedule, with a rapidly
expanding munition plant operating with a hastily re-
cruited labor force. The eight-hour plant was slightly
reducing its labor force during the year under investi-
gation, while the ten-hour plant had more than doubled
its force. The number of wwmen in the ei?ht-hour
plant was only about one per cent of the entire force,
while in the ten-hour plant it was twenty-five per cent
of the whole; and the operations studied at the eight-
hour plant were the characteristic processes of an auto-
mobile factory, to which the personnel were thoroughlj'
accustomed, while the operations studied at the ten-
hour plant were the novel ones of making brass fuses
for shells.
The report of the National Conference Board points
out that "the ofllcial sanction behind the publication of
these conclusions gives them a special prestige in the
minds of many people," and adds :
It is always against public interest for unwarranted
and unscientific statements relating to any important prob-
lem to be given publicity, whatever the source may be. In
these days of industrial unrest it is especially unfortunate
if that source is an agency of the Government. Such is the
condemnation that can justly be leveled against Public
Health Bulletin No. 106.
This indictment is all the more effective from the
fact that the Conference Board some months ago issued
a study of its own on this subject with the statement
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
689
that the facts reported were not conclusive as to indus-
try. The number of working hours which economy, effi-
ciency and the welfare of the worker meet to mutual
advantage cannot be arrived at from the experience of a
single factory or a single industry. Each plant usually
must discover for itself. The employees of a Western
factory recently proved to their employers, in a test last-
ing six months, that they could do as much in nine
hours as in ten. The employers gladly lowered the
hours. This is the practical and safe way.
Calculation of Loads on Bearings
By John S. Watts
There seems to be a certain degree of carelessness
among designers in fixing the size of bearings, not so
much in the standard machines made in quantities, as
in the special machines for mining and constructional
work, where only one machine is made from each design.
A common practice seems to be to make the shaft
large enough to carry the torsional and bending stresses
and then use the standard size of bearing for that size
shaft. While it generally happens that this gives a
sufficiently large bearing surface, it is apt to be dis-
astrous when it does not, and a few minutes spent in
making sure that the bearing pressure is not too great
is time well spent.
On the other hand, some designers forget or neglect
to take into account the action of the lever arm of the
shaft in reducing the load on a bearing. This, with a
shaft in a pair of bearings, makes one bearing of the
pair larger than needed, while the other bearing will be
too small. For the sake of uniformity it may be desir-
FIG. 1. TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF BEARINGS
able to make both bearings of the same size but it must
not be assumed that each bearing will carry half of
the load. Take the case of a shaft with a gear and
pinion, used as a part of the reduction gearing. An
average example of this type is shown in Fig. 1.
Taking the gear diameter as being three times that
of the pinion, the load on the pinion teeth will be three
times the load on the gear teeth. The total load on
the two bearings, will be equal to
P X
(f-f)
pxf
= 4 X P
P p
6" 6
or, is equal to the load on the gear teeth plus the load
on the pinion teeth. This total load will be divided
between the two bearings in inverse proportion to the
lengths A and B, which are the lever arms of the load
on each bearing. The load on the bearing nearest the
4P X B 4P X A
pinion will be f , and on the other bearing — , .
In the arrangement shown in Fig. 2, the total load
P -(- P, is taken by the one bearing, but as the load
point will not usually come central with the bearing
center line, the bearing will tend to wear more on one
side than the other, and the second bearing should be
fitted to keep the shaft from getting out of alignment.
When the gear is transmitting motion to a long shaft,
we have an arrangement like that shown in Fig. 3, the
load on each bearing is then
PX A , PX B ^.
— J— and - — J — , the
latter being the load on the bearing nearest the gear.
For belt drives, the calculation of the load on the
FIG. 2. ONE BEARING TAKES MOST OF THE LOAD
bearings cannot be made so exactly, as it involves
estimating the tension that will exist in the slack side
of the belt. But for the average case we can safely as-
sume that the total pull on the bearings will not exceed
twice the pull required to transmit the power. This
load will be divided between the two bearings in the
same proportion as shown in Fig. 3.
The pressure per sq. in. of bearing surface that can
be safely allowed is the pressure which will not squeeze
out the lubricant from between the surfaces. When the
pressure is applied intermittently, and especially if the
pressure reverses in direction, it will take a much
greater pressure to break down the film of oil than if
the pressure is continuous. The method by which the
oil is applied has also considerable effect on the pres-
sure that can be carried. The lubricant should always
be introduced into the bearing at a point where there
is no pressure, the capillary attraction will then draw
the oil in between the surfaces and so maintain the film
under a higher pressure than could be used if the oil
were introduced at a point of the bearing which was
under pressure.
Assuming that the oil supply is well looked after
and the oil channels so arranged that the lubricant will
T3|CT
■L
r
a
L
FIG. 3. BEARINGS WHERE POWER IS TRANSMITTED
THROUGH A LONG SHAFT
have an easy passage to the point of greatest pressure,
the following bearing pressures in lb. per sq. in. may
be used as a maximum, under the respective conditions
specified. The area of the bearing surface being taken
as the diameter of the bearing multiplied by its length.
Bearing with intermittent reversing loads at very
slow speeds 3000.
Bearing with intermittent reversing loads at moderate
speeds 1200.
Bearing with intermittent reversing loads at ordi-
nary speeds 900.
Bearing with intermittent reversing loads at high
speeds 500.
Bearing with intermittent loads 400.
Bearing with continuous loads 300.
690
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
American Milling Machine Co. No. I/2 Plain
and Universal Milling Machines
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor. Ainrriran MachmiHt
The development of a machine differing in desifjii
from the several models that preceded it is seen in
fhif! new millinij muchinc brought out by one of the
more recent builders of this line of machine tools.
THE excessive demand for milling machines of all
sizes and types has been one of the outstanding
features of the machine-tool market during the
past few years. Many existing models have been dis-
carded for something newer, so that our pages are con-
tinually showing something that the maker considers
better than that which he has built in the past. In this
category are the models of No. li plain and universal
back-geared milling machines built by the American
Milling Machine Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.
The plain back-geared milling machine is shown in
Fig. 1. A heavy flanged base has been provided, with a
box-form section of column, tapering from the base to
the top. The knee is fitted to the column with adjust-
able gibs. Power feed is provided for both the cross
FlU. 1. AMERICAN NO. U PLAIN BACK-GKAKEl)
MILLING MACHINE
f'peclflcatlons : Working surface of table, 46 x lOi in. Powpj-
longitudinal feed. 25 in. Power cross fci d, 9 in. Hand verticil
feed. 19 in. Face of column to over-arm brace. 21 1 in. Size of
taper hole in spindle. No. 10 B. & S. Spindle speeds, 16, ranging
from 12 to SS*; r.p.m. Distance from over-arm to center of arbor
6J in. Four-step cone pulley with largest diameter 11 in. ami
smallest diameter 7| in. Width of belt, 3 in. Sixteen feeds
ranging from 0.005 to 0.212 in. Two-speed countershaft, 107 and
265 r.p.m. Countershaft friction pulleys, 12 x 4 in. Floor space
85 by 64 in. Net weight. 3,000 lb. Weight crated, 3,250 lb'
Weight boxed for export. 3,700 lb. Export case. 118 cu.ft
FIG. 2. AMERICAN NO. 15 UNIVEKS.VL B.\CK-OBARED
MILLING MACHINE
.Spicitlcalions ; Same general dimensions as for the plain mill-
ing machine. Universal table swivels 54 deg. on each side of
center ; 11-in. universal dividing head. Net weight, 3,400 lb.
Weight crated, 3.650 11). Weight boxed for export. 4,100 lb.
lOxport case, IIS cu.ft.
and longitudinal feeds. All operating levers are on the
front of the machine, with the exception of those for
the feed gears. The
feed-gear box is
located on the left-
hand side of the col-
umn at the rear, and
the feeds are con-
controlled by means
o f three levers.
There are si.xteen
feeds ranging from
0.005 to 0.212 in.
per revolution of
the spindle. All of
the steel gears are
heat-treated and all
shafts are ground
and run in bronze
bu.shings. The cut-
FIG. 3. AMERICAN VERTICAL
MILLINQ ATTACHMENT
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
691
ter spindle runs in bronze bearings; the front one is
5 in. in length, and has a No. 10 B. & S. taper hole. Six-
teen spindle speeds are obtained, using the four-step
cone pulley together with a two-speed countershaft and
the back gears, which are of a 6 to 1 ratio. The .speeds
range from 12 to 382 r.p.m. An overarm of S-' in. diam-
eter and brace are provided.
The universal type of machine is illustrated in Fig. 2.
The table swivels through 54 deg. on each side of the
center. It is also provided with a swivel vi.se and with
an 11-in. universal dividing head.
When desired, the swiveling vertical milling attach-
ment shown in Fig. 3 can be furnished. This attach-
ment is secured to the face of the column by four screws
and located by the front spindle bearing. The body of
the attachment swivels through a complete circle and
has a graduated dial so that it can be set in any desired
position. The columns of all machines are drilled and
tapped so that this attachment can be applied at any
time. The distance from the face of the column to the
center of the spindle is lOi in.
Harmful Tendency in Trade Education
By Entropy
B. A. Tibbab, whose name sounds much more eupho-
nious spelled the other way around, takes a fling at trade
school graduates under the above title on page 74 of
the American Machinist. There is no doubt but that
the instances he cites in which boys have been ex-
ploited under the name of trade education can be dupli-
cated many times over, and yet it is not fair to judge
trade education in terms of individual instances like
these selected by a prejudiced observer. Any one inter-
ested in making out a good case can find many more
cases in which the boys have profited immensely by their
training and have come out so trained that they have
very promptly taken their places alongside of men of
long years of experience in the shops.
The criticism made by Mr. Tibbab sounds almost as
though he did not believe it right for boys to be trained
as machinists on machine work done as it is done in the
shops into which they must go to earn their living. It
sounds like a plea for manual training methods instead
of practical methods. He would apparently take an
order for 250 spindles and distribute them among the
250 boys in the school and have each make one all the
way through. In the shop (commercial shop) one man
would take all of the blanks and straighten and center
the lot, another man would square the ends of all before
he started to rough turn any. Why not do it the same
way in a trade school? To be sure professional educa-
tors will tell us that the boy who has once straightened
and centered a shaft without the aid of luck has derived
all the educational value of the "Exercise," but that is
not what we are after. We are trying to train a boy so
that he can straighten shafts with certainty, celerity
and confidence, and no man ever learned that on one
shaft. To be sure if he has straightened 250 one-inch
shafts he will not need to straighten so many two-inch
shafts in order to get the hang of it, but at some time
or other before graduating or after he must straighten
enough shafts so that it is perfectly natural for him to
do it, and he can do it without having to reason out
every move as he goes along. Suppose Mr. Tibbab were
to learn to ride a bicycle. It would not be enough for
him to know the principles of balance, but he would have
to apply those principles long enough so that balancing
would be just as natural as walking before he ought to
venture into traffic.
This does not mean that every boy who comes into the
trade school should have to straighten and center 250 of
those particular shafts for Blank & Co. He might only
straighten 225 for the Roe Manufacturing Co. Or he
might have a lot for one concern this week and another
lot next fall, but it does mean that sometime in his
course he would perform these operations for a con-
siderable number of shafts, and that the school would
look out that every boy had a reasonably large number
of these .shafts to do before he went ahead on work
which was much advanced beyond that point. It would
not mean that every boy would straighten 250 shafts.
One boy might straighten 100 and another 500, pro-
vided the first boy caught the trick promptly and the
second boy was slow to pick it up. It would not neces-
sarily mean that the second boy was to have a lower
mark either, for he might be slower to learn.
The principle of teaching a boy to make things in
quantities rests on giving them to him in quantities for
practice. If it appears to some manual training teacher
that he is being exploited he should investigate pretty
carefully before he is too certain of his statements. It
may be, as has often happened, that the boy only par-
tially completed his course and then claimed, without
any foundation, that he was kept so long on one job that
the school was making a profit. If the other side of the
story was told it might be found that the boy was
unteachable and that the apparent exploitation was an
attempt on the part of the instructor to get him to do
some thoroughly good job at something before he pushed
him ahead. I do not doubt that Mr. Tibbab will grant
that it is wise to be thorough. We used to have as the
slogan of the Worcester Trade School, "Do your work
habitually well," which proved a very good motto for
consumption by the students and their parents.
We have seen a great deal of emergency training in
so-called vestibule schools during the war which was
amply justified by the emergency, and which proved wise
and profitable because of the great amount of repetition
work done. Men and women were taught to become
necessary cogs in a great war mechanism, but rather
unintelligent cogs. What is needed for constant growth
of our industries is that the workers shall be intelligent
forces knowing the reason why they do their work,
knowing the processes through which it has passed
before it reaches them, and the processes which are to
follow, so that they can say of the finished product,
"That is better for the care with which I heat-treated
this part, or for the care with which I fitted that."
These things cannot be taught by the vestibule system
alone, nor on the other hand can they be impressed on
a boy's mind thoroughly without driving the facts home
by constant and thorough training on the actual job.
A technical graduate could undoubtedly go into any of
our machine shops and in a very few days, if he were so
inclined, learn to perform any one operation as well and
perhaps better than the men who ordinarily do it, but
that would be like taking a sixteen-inch gun to hunt
quail. The boy who goes to a trade school thereby rates
himself as of a lesser caliber than if he aspired to an
engineering education, but in many instances he is sim-
ply mistaken and he may become an engineer in spite of
his training, but the teaching methods of a trade school
must be adapted to the needs of the average boy.
692
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
V^^^^
Shop equipment New5
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NE.V/5 •
A >w©©Kly r©vl©v/ Ol^
modo rn dGs'cgnsand
UOUUaxuunuu
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service tor which there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to uibmit them to the manufacturer for approval.
• CONDENSED ■
CUPPING INDErX
Aconlinuous rocord
• and oquipinc
Fraser Full-Automatic
Grinding Machine
The grinding machine herewith illustrated is the
product of the Warren G. Fraser Co., Westboro, Mass.
The machine is intended for grinding rolls and other
small work where the length of the surface to be
ground does not exceed the width of the grinding
wheel.
The work is placed in a magazine and fed by gravity
to the machine. The automatic control unit consists of
a cam-set rotated by worm gearing and in its cycle
accomplishes the following: Swings the feed arm from
the magazine to the chuck, holding the work until the
chuck grips one end and the tailstock center enters
the other end; brings the grinding wheel quickly to
a predetermined position, then traverses it across the
work for a predetermined distance, holds it stationary
for a predetermined number of revolutions of the
work, moves it quickly back to the starting position,
stops rotation of the work, opens the chuck jaws and
moves the tail center back, allowing the work to drop out.
Both the wheelhead and headstock rest on three-point
bearings. The wheel-spindle is hardened and ground
and runs in bronze boxes which are adjustable for
wear. The wheel-slide is adjusted by a screw having
a graduated handwheel to obtain the proper size for
work being ground and to correct for wheel wear.
Detroit Combination Arbor Press
The Detroit Garage Equipment Co., Detroit, Mich.,
has placed on the market the combination straightening
press, arbor press and truing machine shown in the
illustration. It is intended prihiarily for automobile
repair work.
The frame of the machine is formed from one piece
of 6-in. channel steel, the cross member and vertical
strut at the top being welded in place. The screw is
hand operated through bevel reduction gears, is 2 in. in
diameter and has a travel of 9 inches. The work is
supported on two I x 6-in. plates. A truing device is
provided for use when straightening shafts. This
^^ - \
1
1
'55Hg^i--.r^J
1
^
f. _-_.
FRASER PI7I,I.-AHT()MATIC GRINDING MACHINE
DETROIT COMBINATION ARBOR PRES.S
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
693
device consists of a movable indicator holder, centers,
and disks mounted on a rail 5 ft. long and removable,
if necessary.
The guaranteed capacity of the press is 50 tons, but
it is stated that as much as 200 tons pressure can be
obtained. The height of the machine is 85 in., the
width 35 in., and the weight 615 pounds.
Scully-Jones Floating Reamer Holder
The floating holder shown in the figure is made by
Scully -Jones & Co., Railway Exchange Building,
Chicago, 111., for holding reamers in turret lathe and
similar work where it is important that the reamer
be permitted to float freely in its axis of rotation and
find its own center so as to insure straight round holes.
Short shank reamers can be used in this holder, thus
reducing the cost of high-speed finishing reamers.
It can be furnished with various types of collets
for driving all types of reamer shanks and all styles of
finishing tools where a floating holder is required. The
SCULLY-JONES FLOATING REAMER HOLDER
holder can be furnished with a shank to fit any size of
turret lathe or with any size of taper shank to fit
drilling-machine spindles or lathe tailstocks.
All parts with the exception of the shank are hard-
ened throughout. The latter is left soft so that at
any later time it can be changed by the customer to
fit the spindle of a machine differing from the one for
which it was originally intended. The holder is made
in four sizes.
Improvements in Cowan Transveyors
The Cowan Truck Co., Holyoke, Mass., has added some
improvements to its Transveyor truck. On the left of
the illustration is shown an attachment that enables the
Type G Transveyors to be used as trailers behind elec-
tric storage battery trucks, either singly or in trains.
The attachment requires no change in the construction
of the truck, except a longer axle for the front wheel so
that the coupling yoke can be mounted. The draw bar
can be applied to the truck without taking off the
wheels, as it merely slips over the rear axle. Both the
attachment and the draw bar are steel castings.
It is stated that the two parts of the hitch are so
proportioned that the shortest possible connection is pro-
vided for; that the tracking is almost perfect and that
the turning radius is so short that a train of ten trucks
has been turned in a circle on a 20-ft. roadway. Up and
down play is allowed, so that there will be no binding
as the machines go over door sills or the tops of steep
inclines. The two views at the right show a latch for
holding up the handle of the type G truck when it is not
in use. It is made of two leaves of tempered spring steel
attached to the top of the king pin. As the handle is
thrown back into a vertical position, it slips over the
TRAILER ATTACHMENT AND SAFETY HANDLE-
LATCH FOR TRANSVEYOR
spring, and jarring will not cause it to fall forward.
The latch, however, does not interfere with the free
movement of the handle, when it is necessary to bring
it down to manipulate the truck.
Black & Decker Bench Drilling Stand
A bench drilling stand which nas just been put on the
market by the Black & Decker Manufacturing Co., Bal-
timore, Md., takes
i, h., "b, i, and lAn.
Black & Decker port-
able drills. The
bracket carrying the
drill can be raised
or lowered on the
vertical column and
is secured in any
position by means of
a split collar and
clamping screw. The
drill may be swung
clear of the base,
making it possible
to use this stand for
such work as apply-
ing ring gears to
automobile axles,
drilling in the ends
of shafts, and other
work too high to be
drilled on the bench.
The feed lever gives
a feed ratio of 6 to
BLACK & DECKER BENCH
DRTLLTNG STAND
Specifications : Height
(bottom of base to top
of vertical column), 30
In. Vertical adjustment
of drill, 12 in. DrilUnR
radius (distance from
center of drill bit to
circumference of verti-
cal column), 7 In. Hori-
zontal adjustment of
drill, 360 dee. Eeed
(vertical travel of drill
when operated by feed
lever). 4 In. N«t weight.
70 lb. Shipping vireight.
110 lb. Shipping dimen-
sions. IS X 14 X 33 in.
694
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, Na 15
1. In the base'are~six tapped holes to accommodate
J-in. studs, used to clamp work in place. One stud
with nut and clamp is supplied with stand. Stand
is shipped complete with adapter block to take Black
& Decker J, A, or i-in. drills, types C-D-DG-E-EG-
EF-EGF-F-FG. If stand is desired for use with «-in.
Black & Decker portable electric drills or I-in., or for
i-in., t's-in. and i-in. Black & Decker portable electric
drills other than the types named, the size and type as
shown on the name plate of the drill should be specified.
Oliver All-Steel Self-Releasing
Snap Flask
The illustration shows the all-steel self-releasing snap
flask and jackets being manufactured by the Oliver
Machinery Co., Grand Rapids, Mich. The flask and
»#Sft«:
OLIVER ALL-STEEL SELF-RELEASING SNAP FLA.SK
WITH JACKETS
jackets are of simple construction, being tapered 5 deg.
so that it is easy to lift them perpendicularly from the
mold. They are made of 8 to 10 gage steel and all
parts are riveted together. It is said that their all-steel
construction is economical, as they last longer, take up
less room, have less repair costs, and are less liable
to be burned than the wooden types; also that more
and better castings can be made from them.
The flask is constructed with angle irons to make it
rigid and has sand supports at its parting line. These
supports are connected to levers which, when depressed
by the operator, withdraw them to the edge of the cope,
thus enabling him to lift both cope and drag with a
minimum of care. The jackets are claimed to fit exactly
the molds that the flask makes.
Smith Standard-Radius Lathe and
Planer Tools
The R. G. Smith Tool and Manufacturing Co., 315-17
Market St., Newark, N. J., has added to its line the
radius tools illustrated herewith.
A set of tools comprises a spring toolholder, and
cutters from A to 1 in. both convex and concave varying
by 16ths of an inch. Also a 60-deg. cutter for cutting
threads and a cutting-oflF tool. All cutters are of the
formed type and need be ground on the face only. If
the faces are ground radially the original shape will
SMITH STANDARD-RADIUS LATHE AND PLANER TOOlS
Ibe preserved until the cutters have been used up by
grinding. Special cutters and holders can be furnished
to order.
Keller Dial Indicator
The Atcheson Tool and Die Co., 609-613 North Fourth
St., Columbus, Ohio, has recently placed on the market
the Keller indicator shown in the illustration. The
device is intended especially for gaging the diameter of
cylindrical work while being rotated, as on a grinding
machine.
The indicator dial is mounted on the end of a shaft,
through which a pin, connected with the indicator and
provided with a hardened tip for touching the work,
extends. The shaft is held in a split bushing, so that
it can be slid either toward or away from the work.
The bushing is so mounted on a link that its height can
KELLER DIAL INDICATOR
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
695
be adjusted. The base of the device can be bolted to
the table of the machine on which it is used, and the
indicator may then be adjusted in two planes. It is
claimed that the device can be quickly adjusted, that it
is very accurate and that it facilitates rapid production.
Tec Industrial Platform Truck
The platform truck illustrated is manufactured by
the Terminal Engineering Co., Inc., 17 W. 44th St.,
New York City. The rated capacity is 5,000 lb. and
TEC INDUSTRIAL PLATFORM TRUCK
Specifications: Drive araji elevating motors, G.E., 60 volt.
series wound. Erame. 4-in, isteeL channel. Tires, 20 X 5 in.
solid rubber. Springs semi-elliptic, 2 x 26 In. leaf. Controller,
drum type. Coupler for trailers, automatic, uncoupled from dash.
Accessories : Red and white electric running lights with Cona-
phore lens, electric horn, license plate bracltets, Sangamo ampere
hour meter, Veeder odometer, combination latch lock oi\ controller.
the rated speed is J to 10 miles per hour light and i
to 7 miles per hour full load. The elevating mech-
anism consists of four steel screw jacks driven by roller
chain direct from an electric motor. The batteries are
ironclad Exide 34 cell M.V. 9 or 34 cell M.V. 11, or Edi-
son 59 cell A-4 or G-6. They have three-point support.
The drive is the four-wheel type, with a motor on
each wheel. Steering also is done through the four
wheiels. The platforms have pressed steel legs and 2-in.
spruce pianxir.g,
Hobart Brothers HB Motors
The Hobart Brothers Co., Troy, Ohio, has brought out
a line of electric motors from 1 to 10 hp., one of
which is illustrated herewith.
The d.c. motors are equipped with starting boxes.
the 7 J- and 10-hp. units naving compensators also. All
the motors have ball bearings and are furnished with
b.tse tracks and pulleys. On motors below 5 hp. the
pulleys are 4 x 4 in. ; on 5 hp. and above they are 6x4
in. The speed of all the motors is 1,800 r.p.m. The
I.e. motors can be furnished in either 2 or 3 phase
and practically any cycle and voltage and the d.c. motors
in any voltage. The weights of the different sizes are
as follows: 1 hp., a.c. 140 lb.; d.c. 180 lb. 2 hp., a.c.
160 lb.; d.c. 200 lb. 3 hp., a.c. 210 lb.; d.c. 250 lb.
5 hp., a.c. 315 lb.; d.c. 340 lb. 7i hp., a.c. 590 lb.;
d.c, 600 lb. 10 hp., a.c. 650 lb. ; d.c. 675 lb.
"Commercial" Grinding Wheel Dressers
The Commercial Welding and Machine Co., Worcester,
Mass., has recently placed on the market three styles
of grinding wheel dressers. The dressers all use conical
cutters and are provided with tool-steel spindles.
The dresser at the top of the illustration is equipped
with a double ball bearing in the front end and a ball
radial and thrust bearing in the rear. Different sizes
of cutters can be used. The tool is made in 2- and
2i-in. sizes, the standard length being 6 inches.
The dresser shown in center is equipped with straight
roller bearings and a ball thrust bearing. It is made
in two sizes, the casing being either 2 or 2J in. square.
HOBART ELECTRIC MOTOR
COMMERCIAL GRINDING WHEEL DRESSERS
The bottom dresser is small enough to permit its use
on small cup and cylinder wheels. The spindle runs
in a soft bushing, has a ball end adjustment and ordi-
narily carries a S-in. conical cutter. The casing is i
in. square.
Mahr Portable Oil-Fuel Rivet Forges
The Mahr Manufacturing Co., Minneapolis, Minn.,
has placed on the market the portable oil-fuel rivet
forge shown in the illustration. The device is intended
especially for car repair work or for work performed
in yards where the forge must be trucked over uneven
ground. It is mounted on two large, wide-tread wheels
fitted with roller bearings, the third point of support
being provided by the leg of the steel frame to which
the handle is attached. It is designated as the No. 18
forge.
The burner and the forge proper are the same as
the stationary type of rivet forge described in the
American Machinist on page 432. Either fuel oil or
kerosene may be burjied, and compressed air is emplo:ved ^^^
696
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
jKSi
^
-i
A
sible to readily drill holes centrally in balls and shafts.
To bring the proper form under the spindle, the
monitor table is pulled out, thus disengaging it. It
can then be rotated, and when released it locks itself
in position automatically.
'Terfection" Reversible Stay-Bolt Chuck
The stay-bolt chuck shown in the illustration is being
manufactured by the Lovejoy Tool Works and sold
through Tom Brown & Co., 800 Great Northern Build-
ing, Chicago, 111. The chuck grips round staybolts,
either threaded or blank, and saves squaring the ends.
MAHR PORTABLE OIL-FUEL RIVET FORGE NO. 18
at a pressure of from 30 to 120 lb. per square inch,
the air consumption being 8 cu.ft. of free air per
minute. The burrer operates on the vacuum principle,
drawing oil from an 18-gal. fuel tank. The forge has a
capacity of four hundred 4 x 3-in. rivets per hour.
For boiler shops and for use on level floors, this same
type of forge is mounted upon a different style of truck
and known as the No. 15 forge. Three small-diameter,
wide-tread wheels are provided, one wheel being swivel-
mounted. All joints of the truck are welded, and the
fuel tank serves as the principal member of the frame.
Mellon Bench Drilling Machine
G. R. Mellon, 380 Wayne St., Jersey St., N. J., builds
the bench drilling machine shown in the illustration*
The machine, which
was originally
described in the
American Machinist,
May 15, 1913, has
been redesigned, so
as to give greater
strength and stabil-
ity. Lever feed is
provided, the thrust
being taken by a
bronze and fiber
bearing. The spin-
dle runs in long
bronze bearings, be-
ing belt driven. The
chief feature of the
machine is the moni-
tor table carrying
different forms for
holding the work.
The flat table can be
easily detached. The
fixture makes it pos-
Specifloations : Canac-
ity up to 3-in. drills.
Spindle to table, maxi-
mum, 11 in. Spindle:
travel, 3i in. ; diameter,
i in. ; hole. No. 1 Morse
taper. Diameter of table,
8 in. Number of speeds,
3. Extreme height, 40 in.
Net weight, 125 lb.
MELLON BENCH DRILLING
MACHINE WITH MONITOR
TABLE
PERFECTION REVERSIBLE STAY-BOLT CHUCK
Specifications : Built in three sizes : No. 1 for bolts from J
to i in. ; No. 2 from iS to 1 ,"« in. ; No. 3 from li to 11 in. Esther
square shank or Morse No. 3 taper furnished as ordered.
It will drive in either direction, so that when neces-
sary it can be used for backing out the bolts. The
chuck can be furnished with either a square or Morse
taper shank. It is made in three sizes, each size fit-
ting three different sizes of bolts.
Griscom-Russell "G-R"
Oil Heater
The Griscom-Russell Co., 91
West St., New York, N. Y., has
[recently placed on the market
'an oil heater unit of the straight-
tube type. This device, shown
in the accompanying illustration,
is known as the G-R oil heater
and is intended for the pre-heat-
ing of fuel oil before it goes
to the burners, so as to insure
complete atomization and per-
fect combustion of the fuel.
The oil is pumped through the
tubes, making 3 passes between
the inlet and the outlet, and
high-pressure steam in the shell
serves as the heating medium.
The shell of the heater is con-
structed of wrought steel welded
to the steel tube sheets, and the
heads are cast iron. The tubes
are of seamless drawn steel ex-
panded into the sheets at both
ends. Perforated steel baffles
are placed in the steam space. If
GRISCOM-RUSSELL
"G-R" OIL HEATER
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
697
desired, the tubes can be fitted with agitators for in-
creasing the oil velocity and the rate of heat transfer.
No fittings are required. The heater is made in a wide
range of sizes, the weights varying from 150 to 3,100 lb.
Some Jigs for Drilling Harvesting
Machine Parts
By H. W. Johnson
Harvesting machinery presents some odd problems to
the tool designer. Fig. 1 shows a casting in which
hole B is cored to size and is not to be bored. The
balance of the work is to be jigged from this hole and
from the flat side of the casting. It is necessary that
provision be made for supporting the casting against
the thrust of the boring tools, and this support must
be so arranged as to need no adjusting, even though
some variation be met in the shape of the casting. A
set of jigs which meets these requirements very closely
is shown in the illustrations. They were made at th©
Harvester Plant of the Moline Plow Co.
The first operation is to bore a li-in. hole as at A,
Fig. 1. This hole is cored lA in. in diameter, and is
bored with a 3-lip high-speed drill at 183 r.p.m., feed-
ing 0.040 in. per revolution. The casting is laid on the
flat bottom member of the jig, shown at the left, and
is located by a conical top piece which enters an
annular recess around the hole.
This jig is typical of a line of such tools used in
the Moline plant, the upper members of which are
raised by a lever and held down by two powerful
springs when the lever is released.
The second operation is done in another spring jig,
shown at the right-hand side of Fig. 1. Inspection of
this illustration will show a flattened stud in the iig
base. The cored hole B, which is not to be bored at all,
but used as a locating point for the other holes, is
slipped over this stud. The upper member of the jig
is a steel bushing, countersunk to slip over the boss
on the upper end of the casting. One side of the
countersink is entirely cut away and allows the work to
be forced back against the four bearing spots C on the
flat support at the rear, thus establishing the distance
from the flat side of the casting to the hole being
bored. The thrust of the boring tool is taken by the
strut D. A flattened stud E is pushed into the hole
which was bored by the first operation. This stud 'loes
not locate the castings. It simply resists torque. It
is flattened horizontally in order that the casting may
surely rest on the strut D, even though there be some
small variation in the castings. The hole bored by this
operation is lA in. in diameter.
Hfl ^^^^^
B
PIG. 2. JIGS FOR OPERATIONS 3 AND 4
The third operation is done in the tall jig shown at
the right in Fig. 2. The lower stud enters the cored
hole B, a sliding plug is dropped into the hole bored
by operation 2, and the casting is fastened against a
hardened locating stop by a quick-acting clamp oper-
ated by a wingnut. In this operation the hole is drilled
from the solid, using a A-in. high-speed drill. Speed,
458 r.p.m.; feed, 0.0012 in. per revolution.
In the final operation five i-in. holes are drilled from
the solid in the jig at the left. Locating is from the
cored hole B and the two large bored holes by means
of one solid and two sliding plugs. Speed, 610 r.p.m.;
feed, 0.010 in. per revolution.
A Spring Block for Use in a Milling-
Machine Vise
By H. M. Fay
The illustration. Fig. 1, shows a pin with two slots
milled across it. This pin, being but A in. diameter by
U in. long, was rather difficult to hold and as a solution
of this difficulty the split block shown below the pin
was used. The block has four holes A in it, and into
each of these aoles one pin is placed, the shoulder B on
the pin serving o locate it lengthwise, i'he block with
the four pins is gripped in the milling machine vise as
shov^n in Fig. 2 and by tightening tht- vise in the usual
manner the block is made to grip the tins securely.
The principle involved is similar to ihat used in some
expanding mandrels. By using two of these blocks,
loading one while the machine is at work on the pins
held by the other, continuous operation is obtained.
r ""&
SlottaJl Pin
'^l
o
O
i3
o
O
I
o
O
„
I
o
FIS I
FIG. 1. JIGS FOR OPERATIONS 1 AND 2
Fie Z
FIG. 1. FLEXIBLE BLOCK FOR HOLDING SMALI^ PIN,S
FIG. 2. THE BLOCK IN THE MILLING-MACHINE VISE
698
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
KS FROM tM
Valeniine Francis
Forty-Two Cities T* Celebrate
Fortieth Anniversary of
A. S. M. E.
Engineers will gather simultaneously
in forty-two cities on Nov. 5, to cele-
brate the fortieth anniversary of the
founding of the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers. Plans be-
ing made at the national headquarters
of the society, 29 West 39th St., New
York, it was announced, include the
transmission by radio-telephone of
speeches reflecting engineering ideals
to be delivered here by the heads of
the leading engineering organizations,
including Herbert Hoover.
Speakers prominent in the affairs of
the society will make addresses in each
of the forty-two cities represented by
local sections. In New York it is
planned to have these meetings ad-
dressed through the radio-phone and at
a central celebration by Fred J, Miller,
president of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers; Herbert Hoover,
presdent of the American Institute of
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers;
Arthur P. Davis, Washington, D. C,
chief engineer of the United States Re-
clamation Service and head of the
American Society of Civil Engineers,
and Arthur W. Berresford, of Milwau-
kee, head of the American Institute of
Electrical Engineers.
Speakers at the celebrations will
dwell upon the engineer as a construc-
tive force in civic progress as evidenced
by the movement to reorganize the Fed-
eral Departments at Washington, now
indorsed by both the Democratic and
Republican parties. The plan to co-
ordinate the immense public works
functions of the Government, it was
pointed out recently by making over
the Departm"it of the Interior into a
department A public works, was orig-
inated in Engineering Council, of which
J. Parke Channmg, of New York, is
chairman.
♦
This Is Hardly Slavery
Kansas' new industrial court has been
denounced by Mr. Gompers and other
labor leaders as a devilish contrivance
designed to enslave wage earners and
reduce them to a state of abject servi-
tude. If such is the purpose of the
court its methods are Machiavellian.
Listen to this extract from an opinion
it handed down in a recent case involv-
ing members of the International Broth-
erhood of Stationary Firemen and Oilers
employed by the Union Pacific railroad :
These men are required to work seven
days in tlie weeli in order to earn a suffi-
cient wage to support tlieir families even
scantily. Tlie evidence .shows a s«ate of
facts which would unquestionably warrant
this court in taking jurisdiction in order
to preserve the public peace, protect the
public health and promote the public wel-
fare.
The court announced a new wage
scale based on an eight-hour day with
time and a half for overtime, Sundays
and legal holidays, and then remarked
on the seven-day week:
The members of the court feel that the
seven-day week ought to be discouraged.
The occupation in which these workers are
engaged must necessarily operate seven
days in the week, but where ever it is rea-
sonably possible to do so a revolving system
should be used so that individual workers
will be allowed one da^ 's rest and recrea-
tion in seven.
No order compelling the adoption of
such a plan was issued, the court de-
siring to give the employer time and
opportunity to work out the details of
such a scheme, but there is an unmis-
takable intimation that if action is not
forthcoming the court \A\\ step in.
If this is the path to slavery, where,
Mr. Gompers, is the road to justice and
freedom? — The Employer.
"Management Education" Course To Be Established
Throughout Country's Colleges
Plan an Outgrowth of Convention of Industry and Colleges, Held To
Bring the Two to Working Agreement — Industry
To Appropriate $100,000 Annually
A course in "management education"
to provide a sufficient number of prop-
erly trained executives for the indus-
tries of the United States is to be estab-
lished in a majority of the 620 Amer-
ican colleges, according to an exclusive
announcement made to the Associated
Press by Dr. Hollis Godfrey, president
of the Drexel Institute, Philadelphia,
formerly commissioner of the advisory
commission of the Council of National
Defense.
$26,000,000,000 Backing
The plan, an outgrowth of a conven-
tion attended by representatives of in-
dustry and colleges in Philadelphia last
"March, is backed by corporations rep-
resenting a capitalization of $26,000,-
000,000. It is the result, Doctor God-
frey said, of these two factors coming
to a definite working agreement i.or
the first time through the establishment
of the Council of Management Educa-
tion, an organization formed "to study
mutual problems in order that the col-
leges may render the greatest possible
service to industry."
Doctor Godfrey, chairman of the new
body, assisted by Dr. Samuel P. Chapen,
general director of the American Coun-
cil on Education, representing the 620
colleges, and Dr. Frederick C. Ferry,
president of Hamilton College, are per-
fecting the plan, which contemplates
establishing practical courses in the
schools, assisting undergraduates and
others to choose their life's work, by
placing several thousand students and
teachers in industry during the sum-
mer months and by introducing exten-
sion courses for men now in industry.
By the summer work, students will be
enabled to defray their expenses at col-
lege, obtain an insight into American
industry and enable the executives to
select men for future management.
The Council of Mangagement Educa-
tion, which has been formed, it was
said, to become "a clearing house for
all industrial and educational matters
In the country, to promote the mutual
understanding of the mutual problems
of industry and the college, and to keep
perpetual inventory of the educatienal
needs of industry and of the ability of
the colleges to meet these needs," has
opened temporary offices in the Drexel
Building, Philadelphia, until headquar-
ters are furnished in Washington.
An annual appropriation of $100,000,
entirely borne by American industry,
has been made to carry on its work,
which has been divided into two classes:
First, to determine the field of service
which each college can cover, and, sec-
ond, to provide the college with all in-
dustrial data which may be utilized in
forming undergraduate courses for men
contemplating entering industry and in
reaching the management men already
in industry through extension courses.
All of the courses and scholastic rec-
ommendations, it was said, will be
passed upon jointly by the Council of
Management Education and the Ameri-
can Council on Education before being
forwarded to the institutions of learn-
ing. Within one year, it is estimated,
100 colleges will have included the ex-
tension industrial courses and all will
be provided with the industrial material
upon which to base undergraduate work.
Only Surviving War Organization
The council, acording to Dr. God-
frey, is the only war organization which
has carried operations into time of
peace Nearly all of the educators
back of the movement ser\-ed in the
Council of National Defense. When
the armistice was signed these men de-
October 7, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
699
^USTRIAL FbRpi
News Editor
cided that the educational knowledge
gained during the war at an expendi-
ture of millions of dollars should not
be lost. Accordingly, plans were set
in motion to turn this information over
to industry. A survey of the needs of
industry was made under the auspices
of the Technology Clubs Associated of
the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology.
In the most extensive industrial
survey ever made, executives of
250 of the largest corporations in
America agreed that increased
production, decreased cost, in-
creased stability and increased
incentive were the most impor-
tant needs. The convention in
Philadelphia last spring met to
discuss these needs. It was agreed
by both college presidents and
executives of America's industries
that the needs of industry can be
met only through proper educa-
tion, and plans were made for the
formation of the permanent Coun-
cil of Management Education.
While the majority of Amer-
ican industries are represented on
the council, those having mem-
bers on the executive committee
are the railroads, public utilities,
oil, textiles, mining, rubber,
leather and shoes, paper, ma-
chinery and cotton finishing.
The executive members of the
council appointed to represent
their industrial group are as fol-
lows: Railroads, A. W. Gibbs,
chief mechanical engineer, Penn-
sylvania Railroad; paper, Colonel
B. A. Franklin, vice president
Strathmore Paper Co.; public
utilities, H. B. Shaw, educational
director, H. L. Doherty Co.; shoes
and leather, Frederick B. Rice,
president. Rice & Hutchins; min-
ing, J. Park Channing, mining
engineer; machinery and metals,
Frederick H. Payne, Greenfield
Tap and Die Co.; rubber. Dr. R. S.
Quinby, service manager, Hood
Ruboer Co.; cotton finishing, J. K.
Milliken, president, Mt. Hope Fin-
ishing Co.; textiles, Albert Bige-
Hw, Ludlow Manufacturing Co.
The educational group includes,
besides Doctor Godfrey and Doc-
tor Capen, Dr. Frank Graves,
dean of the school of education, Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania; Dr. Charles
Tilden, professor of engineering me-
chanics, Yale University; Dr. David
Tennant, professor of biology, Bryn
Mawr College; Dr. Leigh Reid, pro-
fessor of mathematics, Haverford Col-
lege; C. L. Evanson, professor of
engineering administration, Drexel In-
stitute, and J. S. Pearson, professor of
production engineering, Drexel Insti-
tute.
The American Council on Educa-
tion has appointed the following com-
mittee as a permanent body to
co-operate with the Council of Manage-
ment Education:
Buffalo Builders' Exchange Votes
"Open Shop" by 108 to 1
"Resolved : That this Exchange hereby en-
dorses the policy of open shop for the
following reasons:
Because we believe that absolute independence
of the individual to work or not to work,
to employ or not to employ, is a funda-
mental principle which should never be
questioned or assaiird. That on it depends
our whole social fabric and business pros-
perity and that employers and workmen
should be equally interested in its defense
and preservation.
We believe in the right of individuals or of
cori)orations to deal directly with their
employees on the question of wages and
conditions of employment without dictation
or interference from any person or organi-
zation not directly concerned.
We believe that no individual firm or corpora-
tion should be discriminated against be-
cause of membership or non-membership in
any organization.
We believe in organization along the proper
lines but are opposed to strikes, boycotts
or any and all forms of intimidation or
interference with the p e r s o n al liberty
granted by our form of government.
We believe that no two men are created alike
and that no standard can be set as a
day's work. That there should be no limi-
tation as to the amount of work a man
shall perform other than the ability of the
man himself and no limitation should be
placed on the use of machinery, tools or
material and no restriction as to the em-
ployment of foremen or apprentices.
We believe the principle of absolute closed shop
is contrary to the principles of free govern-
ment and conflicts with the rights and
traditions of American citizenship. We are
convinced it deprives the individual work-
man of all incentive to excel in his chosen
calling and is productive of serious loss in
time and output.
For these reasons and many more which miTht
be enumerated, we are unalterably opposed
to a closed shop policy and pledge ourselves
herewith to support the principle of open
shop and to maintain in so far as it is
possible open -shop conditions in the building
industry."
The following list of concerns, and groups are
now operating 'open shop" in Buffalo: The
entire clothing industry, the entire building
trades, the eleven principal hotels of the city,
all the principal restaurants ;i"d cifes, the
entire street railway system, all th> mammonth
grain elevators, every machine shop of any
consequence.
In addition to the above, the following organi-
zations composed of business men and women
have endorsed and promised supuort to the
open-shop movement: Chiimber of Commerce,
Employers' Association, Rotary Club. Kiwanis
Club, Cononus Club, Buffalo Federation of
Women's Clubs.
Trade Market Letters
New York
During the summer sales were at a
low ebb, vdth a minimum of inquiries
for new equipment. Recently, there
has been an improvement, but good
business can hardly be expected until
after election. Machine-tool manufac-
turers and dealers are receiving
more inquiries, but many are for
future requirements. Plants con-
templating additional equipment
are asking for estimates, but are
not closing orders as yet. How-
ever, despite the small business
transacted in heavy equipment,
there is a large demand for taps
and dies, milling cutters, small
drills and all tool attachments.
The period of little buying
activity has enabled the manufac-
turers to catch up with past
orders on file and consequently
deliveries have improved greatly.
The railroads in the Chicago
territory have been asking for a
number of machine tools of all
types, but the Eastern roads are
still absent from the New York
market. Recently, however, sev-
eral tools were purchased by the
Pennsylvania and the New York,
New Haven & Hartford Railroads.
The New York Central is reported
to have a large list in prepara-
tion which will be released
shortly.
The only feature of interest in
the export market is the require-
ments of the South American
railroads. The railroads of north-
ern Brazil will buy through their
agents, Costa, Campos & Malta,
of Sao Paulo, Brazil, about
$1,000,000 worth of rolling stock,
including much machine tool
equipment. Nelson Malta is now
in New York arranging for the
placing of this business.
Cleveland
Doctor Capen, chairman; Dr. Charles
R. Mann, chairman of the advisory
board educational training of the gen-
eral staff, War Department; Frederick
L. Bishop, dean en<j:ineering school.
University of Pittsburgh; Park R.
Kilbe, president Municipal University
of Akron; Raymond Hughes, president
Miami University.
The action of the Ford Tlotor
Co. in reducing its prices 30 per
cent for cars and trucks has
become the chief subject of dis-
cussion in the machinery and
machine-tool trade here. With
business virtually at a stands*''ll
for the last three months, stih
greater uncertainty as to the immediate
future confronts the industry, leading
machine-tool interests admit. The most
significant development of the last few
days is the difference in opinion as to
what the price trend for equipment
will be.
Some manufacturers and distributors
here admit that the trade is in for a
700
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
reaction in price. Still others assert,
and these are mostly manufacturers,
that there is no reduction in price in
sight.
The latter point to the fact that
machinery equipment has advanced no
better than 100 per cent above pre-war
prices. They consider these increases
modest, as compared to many other
lines, and also because raw material
that formerly was bought for 3 cents a
pound now commands a price of 10
cents, while wages alone have doubled
in cost to the producer. Moreover,
these manufacturers point out that the
large equipment manufacturer cannot
go into quantity production as does
the automobile manufacturer for in-
stance, which also cuts down the chance
for lowering overhead.
Whether price reduction would have
any effect upon the industry, in stimu-
lating demand, is doubtful at this time.
The fact of the matter is there is
hardly a house in the Cleveland dis-
trict that reports doing any business.
Small tools alone seem to be wanted
— arbor presses, broaching machines,
twist drills, attachments, auxiliary
parts. Punching and shearing equip-
ment demand is below normal. Fewer
automatic-machine orders are being
taken than at any time in the last four
years. Drilling-machine demand is
only fair. With general manufactur-
ing slowed down, most firms here are
turning their attention to the railroads.
Against this uncertainty comes the
announcement that at least five large
firms here have started to expand their
operations.
Chicago
Prevailing quiet in general business
conditions has extended to the ma-
chinery industry, to the extent that
new business is probably about 60 per
cent of the average established for the
first half of the year. The delivery of
long expected machines on back order
continues and is of sufficient volume
to keep sales accounts of good volume.
Some cancellations of moment have
occurred, principally in orders to the
automobile trade, and while such can-
cellations have, in the case of dealers
depending largely on this line of in-
dustry, amounted to a large figure, in
no case has it seriously inconvenienced
any one.
One other feature which right now
tends to discourage buying is a feeling
of uncertainty in regard to the imme-
diate future of his own business on the
part of the prospective buyer. Here
in Chicago the feeling is that the pres-
ent price-cutting wave will not spread
to disastrous proportions and that its
effect may be such as to stimulate
buying and put all manufacturing on
a thoroughly sound basis.
The railroads present an encourag-
ing feature for the machine-tool indus-
try. Several large lists on which no
buying has been done are still out and
it is known that requirements yet un-
listed amount to very considerable
figures. Rehabilitation of the railroad
shops must proceed, almost regardless
of general business conditions, and this
should be a prolific source of business
in the near future. Current booking of
new business has been too small in the
past week to note demand for various
definite lines.
Collections are fair. Effort is re-
quired to keep money coming in when
due, but an encouraging feature is that
a reasonable amount of effort is almost
always productive of results.
The Future Course of Business
Curtailment of manufacturing and
merchandising activities was inevitable
while price changes were radical in
character. On the other hand, slowly
declining prices require that business
be carried on cautiously with careful
thought to the long future, but do not
preclude sane and conservative opera-
tions. Unwillingness to face the facts
in the hope of a return to another
period of rapidly rising prices, and
failure to admit that a new working
basis must be found, not only react
on the individual interests involved, but
on the entire business community.
Fortunately, the facts have been recog-
nized by many interests, but in some
lines failure to do so is handicapping
business.
The United States is in a more favor-
able position than any other country in
the world. If a mutual basis for trans-
actions is found in the immediate fu-
ture, labor will be kept reasonably well
employed, and manufacturing, commer-
cial and financial operations will be
maintained at a healthy level. Delay
in finding such a mutual basis is not
only unwise but it might well result
in entirely unnecessary industrial, finan-
cial and social disorganization.
INTESNATIONAL CONDITIONS
The condition now prevailing in the
United States of declining prices and
of consequent hesitation on the part of
the buyer, whether he be manufacturer
or ultimate consumer, prevails in every
important country of the world. The
British textile industries have felt not
only a slackened domestic demand, but
the effects of curtailed buying in dis-
tant markets, especially India. The
boot, shoe and leather industries of the
United Kingdom are now in a state of
stagnation. Extreme dullness in the
main commodity markets is reported
from Constantinople. Business in South
Africa is likewise reported as dull. The
Japanese situation is a matter of com-
mon knowledge. Ports as widely scat-
tered as the Piraeus and Barranquilla
are congested with goods bought in
large quantities at the flood-tide of
postwar prosperity. These goods must
now be handled on over-burdened rail-
ways, in markets disposed to be critical
of prices.
If the business hesitation now preva-
lent in the United States were pecu-
liarly an American condition, a quick
return to a condition of activity could
be anticipated. An adjustment of in-
ternational trade, however, will require
a long period for its completion. Amer-
ican business must depend primarily on
domestic demand, with the expectation
of a fluctuating and uncertain foreign
demand.
Manufactures
Pig-iron production in August
reached the highest point since Feb-
ruary, 1920, being 3,147,402 gross tons.
Steel ingot output as reported by com-
panies producing a little less than 85
per cent of the total was 3,000,432 tons,
the largest amount since March, 1920.
The wool manufacture continues to-
operate on a restricted basis. On Aug.
2, about 50 per cent of wide looms and
woolen spindles, 37 per cent of the
worsted spindles, and about one-third
of the combs and cards were idle.
Curtailment of operations by automo-
bile manufacturers has resulted in a
corresponding reduction in the activity
of tire manufacturers. The lessened
demand for tire fabrics is an important
factor in the lessened activity of the
cotton mills. Cotton consumption for
August was 483,193 running bales, as
compared writh 525,405 bales for July. —
Commerce Monthly.
Norton Co. Holds Sale Conference
The Norton Co., Worcester, Mass.,
held its 1920 sales conference from
Sept. 13 to 18. While the conference
was held mainly for the promotion of
sales, there was much time spent for
entertainment. All of Wednesday was
devoted to golf, baseball and a sheep
bake. On the other days there were
dinners, boat races, dancing, etc.
Round-table discussions, practical
demonstrations of new machines and
talks, kept the conference busy. "Past
Accomplishments and Future Possibil-
ities," by Charles H. Norton, contained
a clear and interesting analysis of cyl-
indrical grinding problems. The rest
of the conference was devoted to com-
pany business.
S. A. E. Winter Meetings
The Society of Automotive Engineers
will hold three important meetings dur-
ing the coming winter. The first of
these will be a motorboat meeting on
Dec. 4, and the second, the annual meet-
ing from Jan. 11 to 13; both of these
will be held at New York. The third, the
Chicago truck and tractor meeting, will
be held on Feb. 2 at the Morrison Hotel.
The Bedford Steel and Construction Co.,
Bedford, Ind.. would be pleased to receive
catalogs on canning machinery, conveying
systems, conveyors, tanks, motors, etc., for
installation in a large factory.
C. J. Cazole & Sons., 532 Royal St., New
Orleans, La., would be pleased to receive
catalogs on woodworking machinery.
Frank Cino. 70" Bourbon St., New Or-
leans. La., would be pleased to receive
catalogs on edging machines for galvanized
iron.
The Shaw Manufacturing Co.. Lynn,
Mass.. would like to receive catalogs on
automatic machinery, turret lathes, drill
presses, and machinery suitable for manu-
i'acturing small metal products.
October 14, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. S3, No. 16
By ELLSWORTH 5HELDO
Jlssociate Editor Jlmerican Machinist
During the war we heard a great deal about
riveting and the wonderful records made by
"teams" of riveters. A full "team" comprised
four individuals; the "driver," who handled the
pneumatic hammer; the "holder on," whose job
it was merely to hold the "dolly bar" against
the head of the rivet while his superior did all
the hard work; the "sticker," who saw to it
that there was always a red-hot rivet in the hole
next to the one upon which the others were work-
ing; and lastly, the "heater-boy," who had only
to build the fire and keep it burning, rustle up
the rivets necessary to keep the others busy,
keep a sufficient number of rivets white hot, and
deliver them at exactly
the right time and with
unerring aim to the
sticker, often many feet
away. A machine which
relieves the heater boy,
an^Ancidentally the others,
from much of the dis-
comfort of the job, is
here described.
MILLIONS upon mil-
lions of iron rivets are
needed each year to
built the stately ships that
carry our commerce; to erect
the huge steel structures
that house our industries and
officee; to span our waterways
with bridges for railroad and
vehicular traffic. Construction of
innumerable boilers, cranes,
tanks, and a hundred other de-
vices of iron and steel help to
swell the enormous total. Rivets
big and little are in demand
wherever two pieces of struc-
tural material are to be perma-
nently joined together, and it is
difficult indeed in these days of
humming industry to get beyond
the sound of the pneumatic ham-
PIG. 1. BERWICK ELECTRIC RIVBT HEATER
mer or sight of the glow of forge fires. As important
as the rivet itself is the means of heating it; for all
rivets on structural work are driven red-hot in order
to obtain the advantage of the shrinking metal as it
cools to draw the riveted members closer together.
Whether deep in the hold of the growing ocean-liner or
upon the dizzy heights of the latest skyscraper; sus-
pended in mid-air over the rushing torrent or buried in
the bowels of the earth at the deepest level of a mine;
wherever rivets are driven — there, close at hand, must
be the glowing forge to supply the incessant demand
for red-hot rivets.
Far from the least, but rather, indeed, close to the
head of the list of industries in its appetite for rivets,
is the building and repairing
of the countless thousands of
steel railroad cars that carry
the bulk of our land traffic.
Cars of all sorts, sizes and
conditions, from the preten-
tious Pullman, which conveys
our luxury-loving people from
the place where they are to the
place where they think they
want to be, to the humble
coal-carrier or the lowly
dump car that helps to build
the roadbed or transports the
fuel wherewith to move the
trains; whether palace on
wheels or peripatetic recep-
tacle for refuse; they are all
alike to the car builder who
bestows upon the construc-
tion of either the same care-
ful consideration.
At the huge plant of the
American Car & Foundry Co.,
located at Berwick, Pa., where
there are 85 acres of ground
within one enclosure devoted
exclusively to the building
and repairing of railroad
cars; where there are eleven
acres of ground under the one
roof of the car-finishing shop ;
702
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 1«
\
:3
WL
J
M ! r iiTSi r~-"~ -■ - —
— »■ '
Mirr;. --; ^
— »— —
— ^jjj y
1
lb
"^ ■ '■'.mssmw*-' 1^
'iffi&w
ll
d
i|
WHH
^^^^■bj^^^^^
•
■1
.^
FIG. 2. THE UNDER FRAME
where are turned out in normal times forty passenger
cars per month complete from truck to ventilator, ready
to be pulled up to the station platform and receive their
load of passengers ; besides about one hundred per day
freight, coal and tank cars.
A Spectacular Scene
Standing at one of the many entrances to the
immense car-shop, gazing down what seems to be miles
of tracks containing cars and parts of cars in all stages
of construction; tangled ruins of cars, fished piece-
meal from the latest wreck and sent in for repairs;
the eyes confused by the whirling maze of machinery
and the ears deafened by the clangor of pneumatic ham-
mers upon iron structures ; one of the sights that would
have impressed the visitor in the days, or rather nights,
of not so long ago was the rows upon rows of winking
fires beside the tracks where were heated the tons of
rivets that every hour took up their humble though
responsible duties of welding the seemingly incon-
glomerate masses of metal into the completed product.
Spectacular though these fires may have been, pre-
senting through the reek and murk of the vast building
a picture of incipient inferno, their presence was the
cr.use of much discomfort and not a little danger to the
workers by reason of the smoke and gas thrown off by
them. Wherever riveting was being done, and that was
everywhere, there would be one of these little fires, at
times sending up billows of yellow smoke and continu-
ally the source of a stream of white-hot rivets flying
through the air as they were thrown from "heater-boy"
to "sticker."
Aside from the dirt and discomfort of open fires they
were expensive to operate. It required some time to
start up a new coal fire or to heat a cold oil-furnace;
rivets were continually being lost in the fire or burned
beyond reclamation because of being hidden from the
heater-boy's sight, and a large percentage of the heat
generated was dissipated in the surrounding air instead
of being converted into useful work.
Because of certain lack of portability, especially of
the oil furnaces, the fires were sometimes an inconven-
ient distance from the riveters that were using their
product, and the heater-boy would have to throw the
rivets a long way or even to relay them to the sticker,
while the latter would fumble them (they catch tkem
in tongs or basket, not in bare hands) in a way tkat in
another field would lose him his place on the home team.
Obliged to Make a Change
In sheer self-defense the company was obliged to
start something with a view to eliminating the wjuste
and discomfort caused by these fires. Their engimeers
got busy on the job and as a result the long rows
of ruddy fires have vanished; smoke and fumes no
longer obscure the vision or choke the respiratiwi of
the over-head men ; and the grimy, sweating mob of
heater-boys are transformed into cool and calculating
young gentlemen whose only care in life seems to l»e to
see how many white-hot rivets each can keep in tke air
between himself and the particular stickers he is serv-
ing.
Instead of confronting a roaring, smoking fire, each
boy stands before an apparently inert machine that
does not look as if it could generate heat enough to
boil a potato. But let us watch what happens : Taking
up in his tongs a rivet perhaps I in. in diameter and 4
or 5 in. long, the boy depresses a treadle in the base
of the machine, thereby opening an innocent appearing
pair of jaws in the upper facade, so-to-speak, inserts
the rivet between them and releases the treadle.
Nothing happens! There is no fire, no roar, no
smoke. But wait! The black rivet is slowly (and not
so very slowly, either) turning blue. From blue it
begins to turn red, gradually lightening in color until
within a few seconds the once cold rivet has assumed
the dazzling brilliance of a new Mazda lamp, while
sparks fly and scale drops from its surface exactly as
if it were in a white-hot fire. No fire could more
quickly have brought the rivet to a welding heat than
has this unsympathetic-looking machine, yet there is
nothing in its appearance to indicate a capacity for gen-
erating heat; nothing about it is hot but the rivet.
The Berwick Electric Rivet Heater
The solution of the problem of the engineers, the
explanation of our seeming mystery, is the Berwick
Electric Rivet Heater; designed by its builders as a
means of relief from their own troubles; now on the
FIG. 3. THli COKIO OF THE TKA.NSFORMER
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
703
FIG. 4. LAYING UP THE CORE
market to relieve the troubles of others. It is built
with two, three, or five heating units, a picture of the
three-unit machine being shown in Fig. 1.
The Berwick heater is in effect a "step-down" trans-
former. Its high-tension coils may be wound to receive
whatever voltage of current is commercially available.
Its low-tension coil is a single (interrupted) turn of
laminated copper with terminals of copper forgings.
Castings were found to. be unsuitable for this purpose
because of lack of homogeneity and consequent heating
and pitting.
The construction of the machine is extremely simple.
The under frame is built up as shown in Fig. 2, from
two end pieces of flanged plate joined by suitable
angles or channels. Attached to the inner side of one
of the end pieces is the panel carrying the cutouts
and control switches. Extending Irom end to end near
the top of the underframe are five copper bars that
distribute the current to the high-tension coils in
accordance with the heat requirements. Current dis-
tribution is under control of the operator (the heater-
boy) through the medium of a lever extir.ding through
the ledge in front and to the left of the heating units.
The transformer comprises almost the whr'e of the
upper part of the machine; there being in addition but
a few pieces of angle iron to bind it together and sup-
port the weight of the copper coils. The core is built
FIG. 6. FURTHER OPERATIONS ON THE CORE
up from rectangular pieces of sheet iron with the
corners interlocked but not fastened together by any
means other than clamping. The scale is not removed
from the surface of the sheets before cutting them
up, thus leaving a thin film of oxide between adjacent
laminations, serving to break up the flow of eddy cur-
rents that would generate heat in the core and decrease
the efficiency of the machine.
A partly finished core is shown in Fig. 3, and the
method of laying it up about a wooden form in Fig. 4.
When completed it forms a rectangular frame, but it
obviously would not do to close it up at this stage of
the process for the coils and insulating partitions are
yet to be put on.
The strips forming the top and bottom are not cut
full length but are shorter than the core by the width
of one end piece, so that in interlocking the corners of
the closed end the long strips are laid alternately flush
first with one end and then the other, leaving a comb-
like effect at the open end into which the end pieces,
with spacers between, may be fitted after the coils ar^
placed. This construction is evident at AA in Fig. 4.
In Figs. 5 and 6 are shown further steps in the con-
struction of the transformer. In Fig. 5 the closed end
has been clamped together by the bolts and corner
pieces, and the workman is just putting on the first
separator, which is of an asbestos compound made into
boards or sheets about i in. thick. This asbestos board
is sawed to required shape on band saws; cutting as
readily and being handled in much the same manner a&
iiu i.\.si:j,ATi.N(;
-:KI'.\KAT(JK.S
lilJlLDING THE LAMINATED COPPER COIL,
704
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. pS, No. IG
wood. In Fig. 6 the workman is placing the long
strips of the same material which serve to keep the
coils from electrical contact with the iron of the core.
Low -Voltage Coil of Laminated Copper
The low-voltage coil i.s built up from strips of sheet
copper formed about a wooden block, shaped somewhat
like a horseshoe. The strips are cut successively
FIG. 8. LOW-TENSION COILS RKADY FOR WELDING
shorter from the outer one toward the center and piled
as shown in Fig. 7. The forming block is placed on
the pile near one end and the whole is clamped to the
bench. The workman bends each strip over the former,
fastening the loose ends with copper rivets until the
coil is completed ready for welding as shown in Fig. 8.
The copper rivets are but temporary fastenings, serv-
ing to hold the strips in place until the welding opera-
tion makes them one piece with the terminal blocks.
The terminals are solid blocks of forged copper, the
upper one weighing over 100 lb., arc-welded to the cop-
per strips that form the body of the coil. In Figs.
9 and 10 may be seen the apparatus with which the
welding is accomplished. The effect of cutting the cop-
per strips successively shorter is plainly shown in Fig.
9 in the shape of the wide V between the ends of the
laminations and the terminal, which is the piece under
the right-hand strap.
Welding on the Terminals
The horseshoe of laminated copper and a terminal
block are placed together in a cast-iron fixture and
firmly bolted down. Both rest directly upon the iron
to make the necessary electric contact, but are other-
wise surrounded by firebrick to prevent work and fixture
from being fused together. The fixture rests upon an
iron table to which is permanently attached one lead
from the generator that furnishes the welding current.
A more comprehensive view of the welding outfit
is shown in Fig. 10. The clamping fixture is not
attached to the iron table but can be moved about to
suit the welder's convenience. Its broad surfaces insure
ample contact with the table wherever it may happen
to be.
The hood to the right is connected to an exhaust
fan to carry away the fumes and some of the surplus
1
P
p
1
A
f
■
^^^K<
^ ■
^•> r ~
f^^ml ' "^""*"
BtfTin
■
^■r i
^ ^J
■^r'
oM * - ^"^
HHm
i
"^
7<4. me^d
■
^^^^H
Ir**^
JMu
t ^^Hl'/ '' ' If^^^^^l
?!Ih|h
/ jn^^^HH
W^^6
H^i
k%k3^l
t^^^^^^»
P"^^ «
^3l^^B
kk^^l^^H
JHk^
n
■
n
FIG. 9. SHOWING THE SHAPE OF THE WELD
FIG. 10. THE WELDING OUTFIT
1
FIG. 11. HIGH TENSION COILS
FIG. 12. WINOlxn THE TOILS
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
706
PIG. 13. ASSEMBLING THE TRANSFORMER
heat generated by the arc. Two men are employed to
do the welding; one to manipulate the arc and the other
to sift in small scraps of sheet copper with which
the V, seen in Fig. 9, is eventually filled up. The
shape of the weld may be seen in Fig. 10, where the
upper block is shown welded in place.
The welding is, of course, carried on. in a separate
well ventilated room where no one is allowed to enter
unlesa protected by suitable masks.
Winding the High-Tension Coils
Some of the high-tension coils may be seen in Fig.
11, and the winding device in Fig. 12. A separable
wooden bobbin is attached to the faceplate of the
machine and the wire is guided by hand during the
winding. The movement of the machine is at all times
under instant control of the operator by means of a
treadle connected to the starting switch and brake.
The winding is an apparently simple operation; yet
it requires a considerable degree of skill and experi-
ence to, lay on the wire smoothly and compactly so that
each turn will occupy the least possible space and the
finished coils contain the required number of turns
without exceeding the limitations in dimensions.
At several points during the winding branches are
taken off by soldering in short pieces of wire leading
to the outside of the coils. These branches are for
the purpose of regulating the flow of current and con-
sequently the degree of heat delivered by the machine.
They must be attached at just the right place and must
lead to the outside without interfering with the sym-
metry of the coils.
J.-
1 ... ^^^- '' '
!
.■Mi'
fig. 14. PARTLY ASSEMBLED TRANSFORMER
Further steps in the building of the transformer are
shown in Figs. 13 and 14. The high-tension coils and
the insulating partitions are all put in place, and then
the open end of the core is closed by inserting the
sheet-iron strips cut for that purpose.
Four of the five low-tension coils have been placed
in Fig. 14. They are not attached in any way to the
core, but are suspended by stud bolts from a yoke of
angle plate that passes over the top of the machine,
and steadied by a similar yoke at the back. A three-
unit machine is shown in Fig. 15, suspended from the
crane in position for the workmen to solder the leads
of the high-tension coils to the control bars in the
under frame.
Machine Ready for Testing
Figure 16 is a five-unit machine practically com-
pleted and ready for test. Sheet-iron covers completely
enclose the high-tension coils so that there may be no
damage by abrasion or burning of the insulation upon
the wire. The machine is provided with a sheet-iron
cover to enclose the entire transformer if desired; but
this is not a necessary adjunct, as there are practically
no working parts to get out of order and little mate-
rial other than iron, copper, and asbestos used in its
construction.
In the shops of its builders, for whose use it was
primarily designed, conduits are laid beside each car
track and connecting terminals provided at short inter-
vals so that a heater may be installed almost anywhere
without loss of time.
Though the machines, so solidly constructed, are
WM
vnn. tn.
READY TO SOLDER THE LEADS ON THE
CONTROL BARS
FIO. 16.
A FINISHED 5-SEOTION HEATER ON THE
TESTING FLOOR
706
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
very heavy, they are still considered "portable," as
it is the work of but a moment for a crane to hook
onto the supporting ring and transport the machine to
any desired location. Pushing the attachment plug into
a terminal box, less work than turning an ordinary
incandescent lamp into its socket, completes the opera-
tion of moving, and the machine is ready for business.
Though heat derived from the electric current does
not always compare favorably in cost with that generat-
ed directly from fuel, the elimination of waste heat
made possible by delivering all of the energy to the
place where it is most needed more than offsets the
difference. Besides this, the freedom from gas and
smoke, the saving in the matter of burned or lost
rivets and the reduction of difficulty in the matter of
keeping efficient heater-boys on the job far more than
warrants the trouble and expense of the change.
Applying Magnetic Chucks to Best
Advantage
By C. a. Macready
The caption of the article by I. A. Hunt on page 267
of American Machinist is such an inclusive one that it
may mislead prospective buyers of magnetic chucks
who wish to use the chuck for holding work as ac-
curately as possible. Work is often of such shape that
it must be held on top plates that conform to the seat
that is being worked from, and the finished surface
must be as accurate as is possible to obtain for the
reason that it is of such shape as to make hard lapping
if there is much left to lap.
The particular part of the article to which I object
in his very good explanation of the magnetic lines of
force is the statement that "A solid auxiliary top plate
defeats it's purpose," illustrated by Fig. 6 on page 268.
On the same page a companion top plate is shown in
Fig. 5, that will make prospective buyers think that
top plates are expensive to make, whereas if they would
take into consideration the operations that they were
going to use the chuck for they would buy a different
combination of coils than that Mr. Hunt advocates.
The transferring of a magnetic chuck from the sur-
face grinding machine to a milling or planing machine
is not very good practice although for economy's sake
it may have to be considered by the buyer. This is the
real point for prospective buyers to consider: "Do I
need a powerful holding chuck that requires expensive
top plates for all classes of work or one that will be
powerful enough to be used for surface grinding opera-
tions without expensive top plates?" He looks over
the catalogs of the different makers and as they all
guarantee strength enough to hold work to be milled
or planed he probably would buy from the one who
makes a big point of non-magnetized cutters and ma-
chines, vhen really the principal use that he would
have foi a chuck would be grinding of refined work, not
the taking of extremely heavy cuts on other machines.
I have never made top plates in which the poles were
insulated, as shown in Fig. 5, although I have seen
them. As a general rule those I have used came from
the machine that roughed them out and were finished
in the position they were to occupy upon the face of
the chuck. On long thin work I sometimes separate
the bed pieces, if they are in parts, with tin foil or
paper; using the tin foil where water is to be used on
the work. The finishing of the auxiliary plate in posi-
tion assures one of a true seat to place the work upon.
If one happens to be using a chuck that is not true, a flat
piece of cast iron placed upon the face of the chuck
and trued off will be the quickest way of obtaining a
true seat if one is able to make use of a pole opposite
to the ones that are in the center of the chuck.
Twenty years ago the magnetic chuck was very little
known outside of high-class shops. Since the war it
has, along with the sine bar, the knife-edge square, and
the straightedge, become a familiar tool, but I believe
that a mistake is made when a chuck is selected for its
holding-down strength alone. There should be the same
distinction made as to their qualifications as there is
with micrometers. For grinding, one ^jole should be so
that it can be extended to the best point of contact,
and also to have a side pull.
I hope that my article is in order as I would like to
have a discussion and get the ideas of other chuck
users. The chuck is one of the finest things that have
been devised for holding work and I wish that tool and
gage makers understood it better than they do.
Measuring Propeller Blades
By I. B. Rich
The illustration shows the method used in one of
the large shipbuilding plants on the Pacific Coast for
measuring the pitch of the blades of a propeller, .so
as to insure duplication or at least to know the amount
of variation between the blades. The hub carrying the
four blades is mounted on a stub shaft, the end of
which carries the plate A with the arm B. This arm
has holes suitably spaced for receiving the rods C.
With the arm B swung parallel with the blade to
be measured, the various rods are pushed through the
holes until the ends touch the blade. The distance each
rod projects is then noted and the arm B swung to
the next blade. In this way the pitch of the various
blades can be compared at any point of their width.
XlKASURl.XG THK PITCH OF PROPELLER BLADES
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With' Improved Machinery
•m
Interference of Involute Spur-Gear Teeth
By a. B. cox
The relation between gear ratio, the number of
teeth in the pinion and interference is shotvn in
this article, the derivation of the formula having
been worked out by the author. The accompany-
ing curves should prove useful to machine design-
ers when laying out gears.
IT IS well known that in order to avoid interference
in involute g'ears the teeth must make contact with
each other only on the curve of the involute and
not on the straight flank. This means, since contact
cannot be made below the base circle without inter-
ference, that the limiting point at which the teeth may
begin to make contact without interfering is the the
point of tangency A of the line of contact to the base
circle. Fig. 1 shows the construction and gives the
meaning of the terms used. A radius of the base circle
drawn to this point is perpendicular to the line of
action, which makes the angle between the radius and
the line of centers equal to the angle of the line of
action. This enables us to calculate the minimum num-
ber of teeth required in a pinion for any given ratio
as shown in equation (1). The form given in (2)
is more convenient for plotting the curves shown in
Fig. 2.
Referring to the curves, it is seen that when a pinion
meshes with a rack, K becoming infinity, the value of n
is found to be 31.8, or 32 teeth, for the 14i-deg.
standard tooth. The curve for 221-deg. involute teeth
has been drawn in to show the effect on tooth interr
ference of increasing the angle of action.
Derivation of Interference Formulas for Involute
Gears
a ^= r cos 0
y = a cos 0 = r cos' 0
A: =-='■• V
n
k
X ^ a sin 0 = r sin 0 cos 0
N N
^ — D 2R
1 2R
N
Addendum =
R -i- r=C;C ■= (R + ry =- R' + 2Rr + r
Z =C— !J = C-~r cos' 0 =
sJR'y ^) — r' sin' 0 cos' 0
Squaring :
/N + 2\'-
C — 2Cr coH/ 0 4-r' cos 40 = R' { ^ ) -
;■' sin" 0 cos' 0
R + 2Rr -\- r' — 2Rr cos' 0 — 27^ cos' 0 +
/N + 2\'
r* cos' 0 -\- r" sin' 0 cos' 0 ^ R' ( — \r~)
«' + r' -f 2Rr (1 — cos' 0) — 2r' cos' 0 +
r" cos' 0 (cos' 0 + sin' 0) == /2' (-j^)
/r -f r' 4 2Rr sin' 0 — r' cos' 0 = R' (^^-^Y
i?' -f r' -f 2Rr sin' 0 + 2Rr cos' 0 — r' cos' 0 —
2Rr cos' 0 = R' ("i^y
i?' + r" (1 — cos' 0) + 2Rr sin' 0 = K' (—^Y
R' + r' sin' 0 + 2Rr sin' 0 = R' (^"^-^Y
l+g.+ 2^)sin'0=(^y = l +
( J + 2) ^ sin' 0
1 i .1- I o^ zr • ' X fN + 2Y AT^ + 4iV + 4
I + (K + 2) K sin- 0 = (^ "2^j = j;p
hT + N' (K + 2) K sin' 0 = iV + iN + 4
n' (fc — 2) p sin' 0 — 4^—4 = 0
A^' (k + 2) sin' 0 — 4« — 4A; = 0
„ _ „ \/l + fc (A: + 2) sin' <t,
^ -■ '^ (K + 2) sln'^' 0
(1)
This formula enables us to calculate the minimum
number of teeth allowable in a pinion with any given
gear ratio. However, for convenience in plotting the
curves of Fig. 2, it is desirable to solve for k instead
of n, the resulting formula being:
K =
An — 2n" sin' <t>
n^ sin- <^ — 4
(2)
The method of finding the interference formula for
internal gears is similar in every respect to that used
for finding the formula for external gears and a similar
lni«rference of Involute dears.
P'3 - Diarr. Pittch
N-5S Teeth.
n'B6 Teefh.
¥\C,. 1. LAYOUT TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS FOR INTBR-
FERE.NTCE OF INVOIA'TE SPfR GEARS
708
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
I
^'144'
-p-'Cfi'
0=g^?"
Approaches n=3l.8at^=cx'
Approaches n=/Sj66a/-^-c>.-
_0_=P£>iJ
_L
'-^
12 14 19 18
Ceiir Ratio
n "
FIG. 2. CURVES SHOWING THE EFFECT OF GEAR RATIO
AND NUMBER OF TEETH IN PINION ON THE INTER-
FERENCE OF INVOLUTE SPUR GEARS
formula is obtained, there being only a change of sign.
The formula for plotting the curves then becomes:
K =
2w^ sin" <t> — An
n' sin^ 0 — 4 '
Formula for Gears of Equal Size
In the 1 to 1 ratio the involute extends over the
entire face of the tooth. A simpler formula for this
condition can be obtained, since the radius of the base
circle is then equal to the radius of the dedendum circle.
Using the same symbols as before:
r cos 0
1/p = r — —
cos 0=1 — —
I — n cos 0 = 2
2 2
n =
or
1 — cos <j) " versin •(,
Since circular pitch can be expressed as diametral
pitch, all of the foregoing formulas hold for circular
as well for diametral pitch. The differences between the
curves found for the internal and for the external gears
is easily seen, the internal gears requiring more teeth to
prevent interference as the meshing gears approach the
same size, while the external gears require fewer teeth
under the same condition.
Machine Shop for Light
Electrical Work
By C. W. Geiger
The Department of Electricity of the city of San
Francisco owns and operates a machine shop, where all
fire-alarm boxes are manufactured and repairs are made
to boxes and electrical equipment of the fire-alarm and
police-signal systems of the city. The manufacture and
repair of this equipment by the city has proved highly
economical and convenient.
The machine shop is housed in a substantial brick
building designed for it, and it is immediately onder
the supervision of the chief of the Department of Elec-
tricity, who has given special attention to the layout of
the building. Fig. 1 is a general view of the shop. In
the left background there are a number of speed lathes,
each placed at the end of a 6-ft. table, so that each man
has a bench and a lathe. When a panel or fire alarm box
is to be constructed, the work is entrusted to one man,
who makes each part and assembles the mechanism
complete. An idea of the type of work done can be ob-
tained by referring to Fig. 2, which shows the mechan-
ism of an alarm box. The shop has special equipment
for testing these boxes after they have been repaired.
Most parts are stamped, and for this purpose fifty-
five dies have been made. Through considerable experi-
menting, the metal that will best answer the purpose for
each particular part has been determined. The equip-
ment of the machine shop is quite varied, there being,
among other machines, a punch press, 2 milling ma-
chines, 3 drill presses, 2 engine lathes, 10 speed lathes,
a shaper, shears and a power coil-winder. There is an
air compressor supplying chiefly a furnace for temper-
ing and annealing dies and tools. All equipment is elec-
trically operated, there being two overhead motors and
line shafts. A 3-hp. and a 2-hp. motor are used.
The shop is unusually well lighted, and it receives
indirect light by special skylights. Window blinds are
attached to the lower sill of the windows. Artificial
light is provided by four rows of lights, there being six
100-cp. lamps with reflectors to each row.
In addition to the manufacture of alarm boxes, almost
the entire equipment of the central fire-alarm station
was made here. The department of electricity operates
a fleet of ten automobiles, and all repairs, with the ex-
ception of reboring the cylinders, are made in this shop.
I'li;. 1. GENERAI, VIEW OF SHOl'
FIG. 2. FIRE-AL.\RM BOX MECHANISM
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
709
W B.Bagset
Miller, Franklin JBasset & 0?
MOST all progressive manufacturing executives
are constantly on the lookout for methods by
which they can reduce the cost of their products.
However, they commonly do it by the observational
method: that is, they stroll through the plant and when
they see a condition or a method that does not look just
right, they set some one to examining it to find out if
that method cannot be bettered. Often considerable
savings are effected in this way; often, too, conditions
or methods which to the eye appear inefficient, are
necessary and cannot be
bettered; but more often
the extravagant and ineffi-
cient methods are not ap-
parent to the casual ob-
server.
The effort to reduce the
cost of the product is at the
bottom of all betterments
in manufacturing methods.
But betterments made
through the observational
method are apt to be spotty,
and many which might be
made are more than apt to
be overlooked. The certain
way to catch expensive methods is through the medium
of a correctly designed and accurate cost system which
presents to the executive at frequent intervals, monthly
at least, all elements of his costs in comparison with
those same costs for previous months and period.
I know the general manager of one machine shop who
on the first of each month, takes home with him cost
reports which visualize for him the activity of the dif-
ferent departments of his plant for the preceding month.
The next day when he arrives at his office, certain erring
department heads and foremen are pretty apt to receive
a call from the "old man" and have some unpleasant
figures put before them. The cost figures which this
executive receives do not show exactly what is wrong
in the plant, but they do show in what department things
are going amiss and who is responsible. At these first-
of-the-month lectures he is able to pin the responsibility
on the right men and effectively set them going to
search out the troubles for which they are responsible.
Cost figures can be made to serve as an index of the
methods being used in any phase of manufacturing.
In one plant, the cost figures showed an increase in
the expenditure for lubricating oil for one month over
the preceding one. An investigation showed that the
purchasing agent was attempting to make a showing
by buying cheaper oil, which was resulting in a greater
total expenditure for all of the productive departments.
X. What a Cost System Can Do
For You
Probably the first manufacturer who gathered
figures in an attempt to find out how much his
product cost him, did so for the purpose of setting
a selling price which would assure him of a
profit. That in itself is valuable information,
but after all, it is one of the least of the benefits
tvhich a properly designed cost system gives.
Here are some of the others.
(Part IX apprarcd in fhe September 30 issue.)
In another machine shop, an increased use of oil in
the automatic machine department led to an investiga-
tion, which by its promptness probably saved a loss of
$50,000 worth of machinery that would have been ruined
in another month or two. In this instance, oil was
forced through the bearings of the machines under pres-
sure. Too light a grade of oil wa.s being purchased
which, under pressure, went through the machines too
rapidly, at the same time improperly lubricating them.
The monthly comparison of oil expense in this depart-
ment showed that some-
thing was wrong before the
improper oil had been used
long enough to seriousjy
damage the machines.
The use of supplies, of
which the foregoing in-
stances are samples, is sel-
dom checked as closely as
its importance warrants,
because the total expendi-
ture for shop supplies is
seldom more than a very
small percentage of the ex-
penditures for raw mate-
rials. It is customary to
pay a great deal more attention to the waste of raw
materials than to the waste of supplies. In fact, unless
cost figures are so developed that they show the actual
use of supplies by departments, very little line can be
had by the executive on the amount being used compared
with what should be used.
It may seem as though there were very little connec-
tion between the cost figures and the skill of individual
workmen, yet I know of an instance where a cost report
showed that, of two workmen performing the same
operation, one turned out nearly twice as much as the
other. When the foreman's attention was called to this
by the general manager he discovered that the less pro-
ductive workman was performing five operations on his
part — the better workman had by his ingenuity con-
trived to combine two of his operations into a single
one. As the two operations were the longest and most
difficult on the part, his ingenuity had enabled him to
increase his production. The new method was naturally
taught to the other workman, and in a very short time
his production reached that of his fellow. This is not
uncommon; in fact next to time studies of each work-
men and operation, the cost system is the best way to
gage the relative ability of the various men.
When we come to consider machines, the cost system
is invaluable. The present tendency is to substitute
a machine for a hand operation wherever possible. This
710
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
is proper enough if the machine can do the work better
or less expensively than a man. To the manufacturer,
a machine of itself is nothing. It is valuable only if by
it the cost of production can be reduced. I have seen,
for instance, most ingenious systems of conveyors which
more than offset the savings in men's wages by the
increased cost of depreciation, maintenance and opera-
tion. If such a conveyor does not increase production
enough to cut the final cost of the product, it is not
admirable, nor is it good judgment to install it. On the
other hand it is frequently good economy to invest
$25,000 or $30,000 in a single machine. Instances of
this sort will occur to every machine shop executive.
But whether or not such an investment is a money
making one, cannot safely be determined by impressions
—cost figures must be the test.
Even in the use of machines, cost figures can be made
to indicate possible economies and betterments. In one
plant the most important operation for the three dif-
ferent sizes of the product was performed on three
large machines of different sizes. Each of these ma-
chines was best adapted to perform the operation on the
product of the size for which it was designed.
Quicker Deliveries Sometimes Prove Costly
But the customers of this concern were pounding the
sales department for quicker and yet quicker deliveries.
As the smallest size of the product was the most popular
seller, it had become the custom for the superintendent
to route the smaller sizes to the larger machines in
order to fulfill the unduly early deliveries dates promised
by the salesmen. This is a condition which many plant
managers face where the sales department dominates
the plant. On the face of it, it might seem all right to
route the stuff that had been sold to machines which
had idle time. In no way but through the medium of
a cost system could the fact have been determined that
this was resulting in a considerable loss. In fact, the
loss amounted to about $32,000 a year.
In a general way, the management knew that the
situation was not the most desirable one, but they did
not realize in figures how much the less suitable
machines were used, the extent to which output was
curtailed, and the extent to which the normal operat-
ing conditions were upset. When cost figures were
developed it became apparent immediately that when
the smaller product was made on its proper machine
it was made at a profit of six cents each. But when it
was made on the larger machine, there was a loss of
one cent each. These machines turned out 7,000 units
a day, which meant a loss of $70 a day when the large
machines worked on the small goods, while a profit of
$420 a day per machine was made when the goods were
turned out on the machine best adapted to them.
Fundamental Changes in Management
These figures resulted in fundamental changes in the
management. Now, instead of forcing the plant to
make what the sales department chooses to sell, or
rather chooses to take orders for, schedules of the pos-
sible economical production of the various types of
product are presented monthly to the sales department,
showing the possible production of each type, of orders
on hand, and the additional orders which the plant can
handle. It is now up to the sales department to sell
what the plant can make at a profit. This led to the
installation of a production planning department in the
plant which has resulted in even greater increases in
production and reduction in costs.
Even in plants that have engineering departments it
is not uncommon for the executive to find that more
money than is necessary is being spent on materials.
For instance, in one shop a certain part had been
machined out of a plate of cast iron, about 1 in. thick.
Its finished dimension was i in. thick. Later it seemed
desirable to make this plate out of copper. The speci-
fications were changed, but the thickness was kept at
J in. When cost figures were developed the executive
immediately put his finger on the excessive cost of this
comparatively unimportant part. When the chief drafts-
man was asked why a «-in. thick copper sheet was neces-
sary, he didn't know. As a matter of fact, it wasn't
necessary. A copper sheet of very much thinner gage
was all that was needed. Thousands of dollars had
been literally thrown away because the less, which was
not apparent to the eye. Was quickly apparent in the
cost report.
Other Savings
In another case, a sleeve which for years had been
machined from bar stock is now machined from a cast-
ing at a saving of about $350 a month. In another
plant it had been customary for the engineering depart-
ment to specify bolts and screws of the best theoretical
size. Cost figures showed an excessive expense for this
material and finally a conference of the superintendent
and chief engineer and the head ,of the cost department
reduced the number of screws and bolts used to about
one-tenth the former number. It was perfectly po.ssible
to use these standardized parts in many places where
previously special screws had been made. This made
it possible to buy many of the screws and bolts from
outside at much less than it was possible to make them
inside the plant.
Every good cost system reports monthly the amount
of waste made in each department. For if it appears
that an excessive amount of material is being used
investigation will usually show some better method of
manufacturing. Then too, the fluctuations of the
amount of waste made from month to month comes to
view quickly and shows up any bad tendencies which
usually can be traced to poor supervision. In one
machine shop, the chief executive was able to reduce
the waste in one department by 47 per cent. This later
resulted in saving thousands of dollars a year.
The Many Uses of the Cost System
It would be easy for me to string out incidents like
the foregoing indefinitely, to prove the multiplicity of
uses to which cost accounting can be put. Those I
have cited should, however, be sufficient to show the
machine-shop executive that cost figures are of value
in innumerable ways other than as a basis for setting
selling prices.
I know, however, that many executives will admit
this and yet will object to a cost system which will show
all of these conditions in his plant on the grounds that
it would be too complex and too expensive to operate
and would involve too much red tape. Admittedly that
is a fault of many cost installations which often spring
from the fact that when an executive finally accepts
costs as valuable, he is apt to become enamored of the
cost system itself. I know of one concern of only
medium size which currently developed such elaborate
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
711
reports and tabulations that more than 40 clerks were
kept busy compiling them. The figures they developed
were undoubtedly interesting and ingenious, but most
of them were of very little value as an aid to the man-
agement. In fact the company had been making but
slight profits. A careful investigation showed that what
profits the manufacturing departments had been making
had been largely absorbed in maintaining the cost de-
partment. That, of course, was not good sense.
The elaboration and intricacy of the cost system
and the figures developed by it is not a criterion
of the value of the system; on the other hand I
believe firmly that cost accounting methods which give
figures of most value to the management are invariably
simple. Not infrequently I find that it is possible to
develop cost figures which will throw a bright light on
all phases of manufacturing with no more clerks than
are already employed in the factory offices. Certainly it
would be a plant of immense size or one turning out an
exceedingly intricate product which would requllf more
than a half dozen or so clerks engaged soleljEJbn cost
work.
Every Cost System Must Be Adapted to
Methods of Manxjfacture
It seems necessary for brevity's sake to refer to cost
systems. I dislike the word "system," for it smacks
not only of red tape, but of uniformity. There is no
one, nor several, cgst systems which are adaptable to
all plants. There are no two machine shops making
identical products and using identically the same
methods of manufacturing. The fundamental principles,
however, for gathering the cost of labor, the cost of
material, and for spreading the overhead expense may,
and usually should be uniform within an industry; but
the actual routine will differ with every plant. In fact
often the method of spreading the overhead expense
will have to differ in the different departments of a
single plant. I will grant that it is conceivably possible
to devise a system which can be forced into several
machine shops, but if that is done, the shop itself, the
personnel of the management and the methods of manu-
facturing will have to be radically changed to fit the
.system. That is not my idea of the proper way to
install costing methods. The most important thing for
the machine shop is production and profits. Costing
is valuable only as it aids these two. Therefore, my
experience has been that the cost accounting methods
should be adapted to the conditions as they exist in the
plant, rather than vice versa.
It may seem that if the costing methods needed by
every plant are different, the problem of choosing the
right one is exceedingly diflScult and touchy. This is
not necessarily true. However, it is much better for
the executive to go slowly in choosing new methods and
finally to adopt the one which appeals to his common
sense. It is easily possible, in a passion for exact costs,
to carry costing to a ridiculous extreme, tracing down
every fraction of a cent to its lair. I do not want to
give the impression that I approve of inaccurate cost-
ing, but it is not good sense to carry it to such a fine
point that as the scientists say — "The error of observa-
tion is greater than the error of computation." What
I mean by that is this — why spend money to calculate
costs to a fraction of a cent when the original data on
which they are based, such for instance as the amount
of time put in by a workman, is known to be incorrect
to the extent of two or three cents? I believe that if
final costs are accurate to within one-tenth of one per
cent, suflicient accuracy has been obtained. Usually a
half of one per cent is close enough.
I have given a great deal of attention in this article
to showing the values of a cost system other than as a
guide to setting selling prices, and yet this latter use
must not be considered unimportant. Some executives
object to installing cost methods because, as they say,
competition sets their selling prices. On the strength
of this, they feel that it will do them no good to know
what their product costs them.
In the first place, I want to point out that because in
some businesses the price is set by one's competitors,
it is necessary in that business to get the costs as low
as possible. This can be done only by bettering methods
of manufacture. And these betterments can only be
surely discovered by means of a cost system. Then
again, if competition is setting the prices at a point too
low to allow a manufacturer profit, he should know it. It
is usually better to refuse business than to take it at a
loss, especially if the extent of the4oss is not known.
A case in point, is that of a concern with a plant
consisting mostly of a machine shop, and which made
seventeen different products, the price of which was
set by competition. When accurate cost accounting
methods were installed in this concern, it was discovered
that thirteen of these items were being manufactured
at a dead loss. The other four were being made at a
price high enough to allow the business as a whole a
profit. The profit on these four lines was in fact so
high that competition was rapidly taking business away
and before long the concern would probably have been
bankrupt. With the definite figures before him, the
president of this concern decided to eliminate entirely
nine of the thirteen losing lines. Methods were found
by which two of these unprofitable lines could be put
on a profit making basis through betterments of pro-
duction. It was decided to continue manufacturing the
other two at a slight loss, but orders would be taken
only in conjunction with orders for other lines. The
second year's operation under this new policy showed
that on only one-half as much gross sales, four times
as much profit had been made as was customary, and
this all occurred in pre-war years, when rising markets
had nothing to do with it.
In future articles of this series, I shall outline the
methods of cost accounting which have been found best
adapted to the machine-shop industry, showing how
different conditions call for different methods. The
methods which will be described are those in actual use
in machine shops.
Two Points on Cost Accounting
Lest anj' of the readers of this series become over
enthusia.stic on cost accounting, I want to lay stress on
two points which my experience shows are warnings
sometimes needed. First, cost accounting is not an end
in itself. The aim of business is profits. Cost account-
ing is of value only as it aids the manufacturer to make
profits. The second warning is that no cost accounting
system will of itself make these profits. The reports
are inanimate things which can't of themselves make
industrial betterments. They must be intelligently
studied by an executive who has the intelligence to
translate their figures into needed changes and the
authority to see that these changes are made.
712
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 16
INSURING
THE SAFE
SHIPMENT
OF
MACHINERY
£y FI\ED-H-COLVIN
WHEN we see the way in which machinery is
frequently handled from the time it leaves the
factory until it reaches the consumer, it seems
little short of a miracle that any of it arrives whole.
This is particularly true where shipments of this kind
are handled by inexperienced men, which has been too
often the case during the past year, owing to the
disputes with freight handlers at shipping ports. When
in spite of this, machines shipped by a machine-building
firm secure the reputation
of always arriving safely,
it ^)ecomes well worth
while to study the methods
used in crating and boxing.
The methods shown
herewith have been de-
veloped through long years
of experience by the Brown
& Sharpe Manufacturing
Co. of Providence, R. I.,
who gladly furnished all
the details given, in the
desire to aid all builders of
machine tools and similar
products, and for the bene-
fit of the Industry as a whole. The design of the crates
and boxes has been a matter of considerable study
extending over a long period, and they have been stan-
dardized to such an extent that the various parts, such
as the base or platform, the sides, ends and top, as well
as the bracing, can be made up in advance for prac-
tically all of the standard machines. This method not
only makes for economy in lumber and construction,
but also enables machines to be prepared for shipment
much more rapidly and with a minimum crew. The
way in which this is accomplished will be shown both by
the illustrations and the description which follows.
Beginning with the knowledge that a suitable base
or platform is necessary in order to have a substantial
crate or box, the method of construction used is shown
in Fig. 1. Fir.st come substantial skids with the
ends beveled to allow for getting pinch bars under-
neath and spaced according to the size and weight of
There is nothing more discouraging, both to the
manufacturer and the consumer, than to have
valuable machinery damaged in transit. This
is particularly annoying as well as being costly
in every sense, when a machine goes to a far-
away customer where it is often a matter of
months before the damaged parts can be replaced.
This article shows how the problem of safe ship-
ment has been met by a large manufacturing
company that has won an enviable reputation
for crating and boxing so as to insure safe
delivery of its machinery.
the machine. A solid flooring of lA-in. matched boards
is nailed cro.sswise of the skids as can be seen. The
lOd. nails used are long enough to reach nearly through
the skid, but it has been found unnecessary to have
them clinched on the bottom. On top of the cross-floor-
ing of matched boards, square-edged boards I in. thick
are nailed lengthwise with 6d. nails, making a double
flooring with the boards running at right angles to
each other; lOd. nails are used at the ends. At each
of the four corners, how-
ever, 20d. nails, sufficiently
long to reach nearly
through the skids, are used
to insure extra strength at
these points. These large
nails are driven in at an
angle to prevent prying off
the boards in using pinch
bars or when lifting with
hooks between skids.
The size of skids varies
with the machine, the
standard sizes being 2x4,
2x6, 2x8, 3x4, 3x8
and 4 X 6 in. Some of these
sizes are also u.sed for the side rails and for bracing
the sides of the machine against the crate, as well as
for tying the sides together. Besides the li-in. matched
boards, square-edged boards 11 x4, IJ x5, 1x4 and
3x5 in. are also used, these being standard dimensions
which are kept in stock.
A very simple method is used to determine the cor-
rect dimensions of the crate or box. When a new
machine is to be crated, the man in charge of the work
takes a stick about 1 or 11 in. square and longer than
the greatest dimension of the machine, and goes to the
erecting floor where the machine is completed. On this
stick he marks the extreme height, width and length of
the machine, making such allowance as has been found
desirable for clearance, usually about i in. at the
extreme points. In large crates, where the sides are
apt to give more under the pressure of the rope or
chain slings used in handling, this clearance may be
October 14, 1920
Get Inoeaned Production — With Improved Mactitnery
713
increased to 1 inch. The stick is then properly marked
to allow for the thickness of the lumber, the length of
the skids, sides, etc., and is then kept for future
use in cutting lumber for machines of that type and
KIG. 1 A TVPICAl. PLATFORM
size. On this stick is also marked the position of the
side rails when their proper location has been deter-
mined, so as to make it possible to make up platforms,
sides and ends in advance of the actual crating of the
machines, Fig. 2. The "stick" is shown at A.
Having determined on tne exact size of the crate,
orders are given for a sufficient number of platforms,
sides and braces to crate the machines delivered from
The guards and the smaller parts are removed for
proper packing and all the bright parts carefully wiped
dry before applying the anti-rust or slushing compound.
Great care is taken to be sure that the polished parts
are perfectly clean before applying the compound, as
it has been found that the presence of ordinary machine
oil or a little grease of any kind is apt to prevent the
heavy slushing oil from sticking to the metal. Unless
the slushing oil makes actual contact with the metal,
it is apt to slide or run off the greasy surface and so
fail to protect it against rusting. In the same way
it is necessary to remove all signs of rust or discolora-
tion which may have accumulated owing to special
atmospheric conditions before applying the compound.
In this connection it is interesting to note that a
dark compound has been found most satisfactory for
bright parts, principally from the fact that it enables
the packer to see whether or not the bright parts have
been properly slushed. The contrast in color between
the dark compound and the bright metal surfaces
makes it evident at a glance.
Gear boxes and similar parts are slushed with an
oil somewhat resembling heavy cylinder oil, so that.
FIG. :!. PI^ATFORM AND SIDES KEADY FOK USE
FIG. 3. MACHINE MOUNTED ON PLATFORM
1
the assembling department. The platforms and sides
are made up on a bench, B, of convenient size and
height. All cutting is done by one man, so far as pos-
sible, and in this way a considerable saving has been
effected in the use of lumber. One saving is in the
utilization of odds and ends for bracing as at A, Fig. 3.
These pieces are waste ends sawed to the proper length
to form a substantial brace between the end of the
machine base and the crate itself. Using the wood
endwise for bracing gives best results as it does not
shrink much in length. This view shows a holding-
down brace at B, the table of the machine at C and
the use of old papers to protect the paint.
When a machine arrives from the assembling depart-
ment, a platform which has been previously constructed
is laid on the floor and two lines drawn according to
schedule, to mark the location of the base in order to
insure even clearance all around the machine, Fig. 4.
The machine is then lowered on the platform in the
correct position and the building of the crate begins.
while protecting them from rust, it is not necessary to
remove the oil before running the machine. Both
the compound and the oil are supplied by the Harris
Oil Co. of Providence.
In order to safeguard racks and gears, tables of
grinding and similar machines are raised from their
beds and held in position by interposing strips of soft
wood between the V's of the table and the machine.
This raises the rack out of mesh and prevents damage
to the teeth, should any sudden jar give even a slight
movement to the table.
PIG. 4. A PLATFORM MARKED FOR IX»<:;ATrNG MACMINB
714
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
The Brown & Sharpe Co. does not fasten machine
ba.ses to the platforms with lag screws on account of
the localizing of the stresses which sometimes cause
breakage. Instead they use substantial holding-down
strips across the more solid parts of the machines, as
PIG. 5. PT.ATFORM ■\VITH RAISED BLOCKING
at A and B, Fig. 8, instead of at the ends. The
same principle holds good in selecting the parts of the
machine to brace against in crating. The braces should
be as near the central part of the frame as the design
will permit, preferably above the center.
Where a machine has a large flanged base in which
the metal in the flange is necessarily thin, the base
is not allowed to rest on the platform of the crate,
as it has been found that such flanges crack readily
when subjected to rough handling which imposes undue
stresses on the outer edge such as comes from slings
in hoisting. To avoid this difiiculty, the platform is
made with a small hollow square built in the proper
place as in Fig. 5, to receive the weight of the machine
and allow about i in. space all around the flanged
base of the machine itself. Great care is also exercised
to build the crate so that no deflection of the boards
under the stress of hoisting or handling shall force
FIG. 7. PbACI.VG THK PAHTS AUOUXI) MAC'HIXE
FIG. 6. SQUARING THK SIDES OF THK CHATB
them in contact with handwheels or other portions
of the machine, and thus avoid breaking wheels and
levers, also bending screws and shaft.
The next step is shown in Fig. 6, where the side
has been put on, using the large wooden square shown
at A to set the side at right angles to the base. The
braces shown at B and C are then put in place to
hold the sides square while the crate is being built.
These braces are made of 11 -in. pipe with the ends
flattened and slotted as .shown. The braces are in two
pieces, connected with a right- and left-hand coupling,
so as to secure whatever adjustment may be necessary
in order to hold the side at right angles to the base.
After such parts as are to be removed have been
taken off they are arranged
around the machine so as to
take up as little room as pos-
sible and avoid increasing the
bulk of the case or crate. Fig.
7 shows a No. 10 Grinding
Machine with the overhead
works packed at one end and
side and the grinding head and
tailstock at the other. The
overhead pulleys A and B are
at the end, held in position
on the platform by the curved
cleats C and D. The hangers
are fastened to the platform
by the lag screws shown and
also cleated to separate them
and prevent rubbing.
The general construction of
the crate is shown in Fig. 8.
The pieces A and B hold the
machine down, the heav>^
crossrails at C in this case
being considerably above the
center. The method of cross
bracing is shown at D. where
the lower 2x4 extends from
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
1'ih
i-lfj. 8. MACHINE WITH BOX PARTIALLY BUILT
side to side of the crate. Nailed to this cross brace in
the proper positions are two shorter pieces of the same
size, forming a pocket which encloses an extension of
the bed of the machine, holding it against side move-
ment. This cross brace is also duplicated at E, at the
other end of the machine. A short brace which fits
between the bed and the heavy side rail is shown at F.
Paper is packed plentifully around the parts to prevent
marring the paint.
This view also shows how the large, overhead pulleys
are held down by the cross brace G, a short block being
used over each pulley to avoid having the pressure come
on the rim. The head of the
machine has been built into
a sort of case at H and the
top of this affords a place for
the feed cones which are held
in place in the same manner
as the pulleys at the other
end. Small parts are boxed
and the box fastened in the
crate as shown at /. This
view shows the location of the
heavy side-rails and the cross-
bearing, which adds materi-
ally to the ability of the crate
to resist the crushing tend-
ency of the slings used in
hoisting. This springing or
crushing is in fact one of the
main points to be considered
in crating or boxing. The
platform, the ends, the cor-
ners and the strength of the
material necessary to prevent
their being forced against the
machine in hoisting must be
carefully considered. For
this reason, li-in. stock is always used on the corners
and for the top rail of the sides. Spruce has been
found the best wood, all things considered.
In building up the sides and ends it is planned to
FIG. 9. GAGE FOR SPACING SIDE STRIPS
FIG. in. Mii.i.ixi; M.vciiixic i'oaii'i.ktkly crated
FIG 11 WHERE THE STRESSES COME
716
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 16
FIG. 12. PLACING SLINGS ON MILLING MACHINES
have the 4-in. strips spaced 4 or 8 in. apart. This is
so that in case a machine already crated is desired for
foreign shipment, it is only necessary to fill in the open
spaces between the strips, using one or two of the
standard 4-in. pieces for this purpose, and in this way
make a tight box which is the only difference in the
crating for domestic or the boxing for foreign shipment.
In other words, using the same platform, sides and
top, the machine for foreign shipment is simply closed
in by filling in the open spaces so as to make a box
instead of a crate. The crating boards are spaced by
using the gage shown in Fig. 9 when nailing the 4-in.
boards in place.
After the sides are located in position and the braces
put between the sides and the machine, clamps are put
over the top so as to hold the sides firmly against the
cross or bracing strips during the nailing process.
This holds everything firmly in place while being nailed
and makes a substantial job as well as saving time.
The top of the machine is covered with a waterproof
burlap before the top crating is put on and in some
iP'IG. H. I'.XCKI.VC, .\.\ AUTOMATIC SCIiEW MACHINE
l-IO i:t. HOISTING .\ (JKAR CUTTER
cases various kinds of papers are used to keep moisture
away from small parts where it is not deemed advisable
to cover them with the usual slushing compound. A
light oil or grease, however, is used under the anti-
rust paper.
The disposition of the small parts depends, of course,
on the design of the machine and the ingenuity of the
man in charge of the packing. In some cases it is
advisable to use separate boxes for some of the overhead
work or smaller parts in order to avoid increasing the
bulk of the main box and particularly to keep down
the clearance around the machine itself for the reasons
before stated.
As an example of crating of a fairly heavy machine,
the milling machine shown in Fig. 10 answers admir-
ably. This shows the single-spaced sides, the heavy
side rail, shown at A, located well above the center,
the cross brace B, the vertical rail C and the doubling
up of boards at D and E. Another example of care-
ful crating is shown in Fig. 11, which also shows
how slings are hooked on and the tendency to crush
the corners if they are not sufficiently strong and also
well braced against the pressure.
Although perhaps not directly connected with the
crating, the handling of machine tools by cranes is
somewhat closely related, as they must be hoisted for
placing on the crating platform. Figs. 12 and 13
show the methods of slinging a manufacturing milling
machine and a gear cutter. The placing of the sling
and the use of a steadying rope as at A, Fig. 12, is
worth careful consideration. Fig. 13 also shows the
use of a wooden block B as a bearing point for the
rope, and the pad of newspapers at C to prevent mar-
ring the paint.
The men who actually crate the machines are divided
into gangs of four, one of whom is the gang leader
or foreman. Every machine crated is credited to the
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
Til
PIG. 15. BED. FRICTTONa AND .SHAFT IN PLACE
gang doing the work so that in case of damage there
can be no question as to divided responsibility.
It was formerly the custom to have certain men
c-ate certain types of machines, but this has been
done away with and the results are entirely satisfac-
tory. By having each gang take any machine as it
comes along for shipment, it provides variety and also
makes a more flexible working force, as any gang can
successfully crate any type of machine which comes
in for shipment.
When it comes to the boxing of comparatively small
and highly specialized machinery such as the auto-
matic screw machine, the complete machine, with the
exception of the pan and legs, are boxed solidly as a
unit, using li-in. matched boards with reinforced ends.
The extra thickness at the ends is of the plain square-
edge boards. Great care must be taken in blocking
the machine firmly and at the same time to avoid
bracing against parts which will be sprung or damaged
in any way. Such machines, however, usually have
the advantage of being so compact as to allow short
blocking between the machine and the case, as seen
in Fig. 14.
The pan and legs are packed in another box and
in a very careful manner, as can be seen in Figs. 15
and 16. While the case itself need not be so substan-
tial, owing to the comparatively light weight of the
pan and the legs, the way in which the pieces are sep-
arated and the blocks used in preventing movement are
of particular interest. The
pan is packed in the bottom
of the box, but it is so blocked
up that its edges do not bear.
In fact the edges have about
li in. clearance in all direc-
tions in order to prevent
breaking or cracking by an
unexpected shock. Cross
pieces over the pan, which is
turned bottom side up, hold
it in place. The partition pre-
vents movement of the legs
and the blocks shown hold
thera in place against side
movement. A second strip
keeps the two legs from com-
ing in contact with the second
block and performs a similar
function in saving the legs
from sudden shock and undue
stresses. The friction pulleys
forthecountershaftare packed
in a partition beneath the
legs. The countershaft itself
may be seen wrapped in paper
in the bottom of the box next
to the pan.
Small tools such as milling
cutters, reamers, micrometers
and other machinists' too's
are packed in an entirely dif-
ferent manner, the tools being
first covered with a thin coat-
ing of special cosmoline and
then wrapped in a wax or
waterproof paper. One of
the difficulties sometimes en-
countered is in the chemical properties of the paper which
have been known to attack the tool it was supposed
to protect and cause rust and discoloration. The paper-
wrapped tools are carefully packed in wooden boxes of
suitable size, these boxes being usually lined with a
heavy waterproof paper and packed tight.
In some cases where the tools are likely to be sub-
jected to unusual delays in overseas shipment, the
wooden boxes are lined with sheet zinc and soldered so
as to make an airtight case inside the wooden box.
There is a difference of opinion as to the desirability
of waterproof covering under all conditions. Some
claim that it is a detriment rather than a help in pre-
venting rust because, when the dampness once pene-
trates the covering or boxing, the waterproof cover-
ing holds it so that it can do more damage than if
left open to the circulation of air, which would prob-
ably dry it out, though this, of course, depends largely
upon the care with which the tools are originally
protected.
A method of locking small cases against petty thiev-
ing is particularly interesting. The thin clamp shown
at A, Fig. 17, is driven in the same way as a staple
into both the body of the box and the edge of the
cover as shown at B. The spear-shaped nail is then
driven in flush as at C, the two barbs forcing their
way through the holes in the end of the clamp and
being held by them so that it is practically impossible
to open a box without actually destroying it.
FIG. 16, LEGS PACKED AT THE END
718
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, Mo. 16
Another important feature in shipping is the use of
a correct packing list to accompany the box or crate.
This list is made in triplicate, one copy being retained,
one going with the invoice and the third being packed
with the machine or tools. The consumer, on receiving
the package, should be very careful to check the items
and should not overlook the fact that the more thor-
oughly a machine is packed, the more care is needed
in unpacking to see that none of the parts are lost.
There are cases of considerable correspondence and
delay over parts said to be missing, when these parts
were afterward found in the fireroom of the boiler
house, sometimes after having been through the fire.
If the parts unpacked were carefully compared with
the packing list, it would save delays and misunder-
standings.
While it is impossible to give detailed information
concerning the crating of all kinds of machines, enough
has been shown to give a good general idea of the
principles involved and the main points to be taken care
of. While economy is always desirable, and it is this
which makes it permissible to use crates instead of
solid boxes for most domestic shipping, any skimping
as to either the quantity or quality of material used
for making a substantial platform or for properly brac-
ing the sides, is an entirely mistaken notion of economy.
The loss caused by one machine damaged from improper
Cover of Case
Side of Case
/Cover \yClamp
Spear Nail
^Spear Nail ^'"^^
Heaal flush wifh
Wood Surface
Section Showing
Clamp with
Pin Inserted
FIG. 17. DEVICE FOR LOCKING SM.VLL BOXES
crating will buy many thousand feet of good lumber
without mentioning the loss in time and prestige which
can only make itself felt in future orders.
The Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing Co. have a
simple system of keeping track of this work and
enabling the costs to be carefully figured. A card file
in the office of the Boxing Department contains a
complete list of the materials required for boxing or
crating any machine. Taking as an example the No. 10
grinding machine which we have been considering, the
necessary materials for boxing are:
•17 ft. of 2 X 4-in. rough spruce
24 ft. of 2 X 8-in. rough spruce
43 ft. IJ-in. matched si)ruce
13 ft. S-in. matched spruce
42 ft of IJ-in. crating siiruce
178 ft. of i-in. crating .spruce
1 lb. 30 d. common wire nails
2 lb. 20 d. comfnon wire nails
3i lb. 10 d. common wire nails
12 lb. 8 d. common wire nails
2 lb. 5 d. common wire nails
6 ft. of lined waterproof burlap for top
12 13-in. No. 8 fiat-head bright wood screws
4 J X 3-in. coach or lag screws
4 1 No. 12 wood .screws
10 sheets 18 x 48-in. anti-rust paper
10 lb. newspaper
The slushing requires:
1 lb. No. 1 Cosmoline
2 lb. Harris oil — light
2 lb. Harris oil — dark
This is the material for a complete domestic box.
For foreign shipment add 27 ft. of 1-in. box band,
which is used as shown in the headpiece, and i lb.
4d. common wire nails. If this is for a crated do-
mestic shipment, deduct 71 ft. of J-in. crating material
and about 5 lb. of 8d. nails, as it has been found that a
well-made crate uses about one pound of nails to every
15 ft. of lumber.
The platform of the No. 10 grinding machine consists
of three 2 x 8-in. skids, IJ-in. matched boards and J-in.
covering boards laid as shown in Fig. 1. The sides
require 2 x 4-in. and IJ x 4-in. as rails, while the
uprights are of S-in. with li-in. at the corners. The
small box shown is 15 x 13i x 4-in. and is all made
of J-in. stock. The outside dimensions of the crate
are 51 x 54 x 59 in. The net weight is 3,850 and
the gross weight 4,450 pounds.
The main point of the problem of shipping machin-
ery safely may, perhaps, be summed up as follows:
1. Protection against rusting.
2. Designing substantial boxing which consists of
a heavy platform, with sides, end, and top so
fastened and braced as to prevent movement of the
machine in the case. Minimum clearance should
be allowed between machine and box, both to
reduce cubic contents on account of shipping
costs, and because the smaller the case the more
rigidly it can be built. Particular attention
should be paid to the corners and top edges which
must resist the stress of hoisting ropes or slings.
3. The prevention of loss of parts either by theft
or by coming loose in the case.
4. Careful marking and invoicing, which must meet
all the various requirements of countries to which
machines are being shipped.
Toolholder With Key for
Holding the Bit
By S. B. Dressler
The toolholder shown in the accompanying sketch
overcomes many of the disadvantages of holders of the
conventional types. The bit-breaking setscrew is re-
placed by a taper-key and bridge. The tool body is
offset and has three grooves for holding standard bits
of stellite, blue chip or other high-speed steels. The
shorter grooves serve for right- or left-hand side tools,
round nose, hog nose, etc., while the long one, with the
tool reversed, holds small boring bars.
The same bridge and taper key can be used on
either end or in either position of offset.
As the key distributes the pressure evenly over the
bit it will eliminate breakage absolutely and cut down
chattering to a minimum as compared to a setscrew
bearing at a single point.
A light tap on the key serves either to tighten or
to release the bit while the pressure of the work only
serves to make the key hold more tightly.
TOOLHOLDER WaTH KET FOR
HOLDING THE HIT
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
719
PROBABLY no mechanical job ever attracted more
general attention than the repair of the Ger-
man ships seized by us when we entered the
World War. Even the mechanically minded Germans
repeatedly declared that repairing was an impossibility,
but the American engineers and mechanics showed the
Hun that he had, as usual,
vastly over-rated his own
knowledge. One big factor
in making the Hun so posi-
tive in this case, was his
utter ignorance regarding
the possibilities of arc
welding— but he learned
and in the teaching many
others were also enlight-
ened. The work necessary
on these German ships, of
course, included much be-
sides welding of the broken castings, but the welding
work was of primary importance.
The principal ships on which this welding work was
done were the:
XXIX.
Examples of Arc- Welding Jobs*
Examples of welding jobs can necessarily only
be of a scattered nature, and are principally of
suggestive value. Aside from the examples
shown in this article, numerous others will be
found in the arc-zvelding articles of this series.
(Part XXVIII appeared in last week's issue.)
U.S. Name German Name I. P.P.
Aeolus Grosser Kurf urst 8,400
Agamemnon Kaiser Wilhelm II 45,000
America Anierika 15,800
Antigne Neckar 5,500
Covington Cincinnati .. ,_ 10,900
George Washington.. . George Washington 21 ,000
Huron Fredrich der Grosse .... 6,800
Lc\-iathan Vaterland 90,000
Madawaska Koeiiig Wilhelm II 7,400
Martha Washington. . Martha Washington 6,940
Mercury Barbiirossa 7,200
Mt. Vernon Kronprinzessin Cecelie . 45,000
Pocahontas Prinzcas Irene 9,000
Powhatan Hamburg 9,000
President Grant President Grant 8,500
President Lincoln President Lincoln 8,500
Savannah Saxonia 2,500
Susquehanna Rhein. 9,520
Philippines
Class of
Vessel
Bulgaria 4,200
Gross
Tonnage
13,102 Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Tran.«port
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
llepair Ship
Transport
Shipping H(i
19,361
22,621
9,835
16,339
25,570
10,771
54,282
9,410
8,312
10,964
19,503
10,983
10,893
18,072
18,168
4,424
10,058
10,924
•For the author's forthcoming hook. "Welding and Cutting.'
All rights rescrveil
The total gross tonnage of the ships named, was
288,780 tons, and the welding work was done by the
Wilson Welder and Metals Co. of New York, using
their "plastic-arc" process.
In all, there were thirty-one ships interned in the
port of New York. Of these thirty-one ships, twenty-
seven were German and
four Austrian. Of the Ger-
man ships, two were sail-
ing vessels and four were
small steamers which the
Germans had not taken
pains to damage materially.
This left twenty-one Ger-
man ships whose engines
and auxiliaries were dam-
aged seriously, ranging in
size from the "Vaterland,"
the pride of the Hamburg-
American Line, of 54,000 tons, to the "Nassovia," of
3,900 tons.
On the cylinders of the twenty vessels of German
origin, not counting for the moment the turbine-driven
"Vaterland," there were no less than 118 major breaks
which would have entailed the renewal of some seventy
cylinders if ordinary practice had been followed. In
fact, such was the recommendation of the surveying
engineers in their original report.
To any engineer familiar with the conditions at that
time in the machine shops and foundries in the vicin-
ity of New York, also in the drafting rooms, the
problem of producing seventy cylinders of the sizes
required by these vessels would seem almost impossible,
and it is pretty well established that some vessels would
have had to wait nearly two years for this equipment.
It must be remembered that few drawings of these
engines were available, and those in many cases were
720
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
FIG. 345. BROKEN HIGH-PRESSURE CYLINDER OF U. S. S. 'GEORGE WASHINGTON" AND METHOD OF REPAIRING
not discovered until months after the repairs had
started. Therefore, it would have been necessary to
make drawings from the actual cylinders, and com-
petent marine engine draftsmen not already flooded
with work did not exist.
The cylinders of fifteen vessels were successfully
welded, while those of six were repaired by fitting
mechanical patches, or, in other words, eighty-two of
the major breaks were repaired by welding and thirty-
six by mechanical patches.
It was not until July 12 that the final decision was
made placing the transport service in the hands of the
Navy and designating what ships were to be trans-
ferred from the control of the Shipping Board to that
of the Navy Department. However, the first two large
ships, the "Friedrich der Grosse," now the "Huron,"
and the "Prinzess Irene," now the "Pocahontas," were
ready for sea on Aug. 20, in spite of the fact that
the engines on these vessels were among the worst
damaged of them all, the "Irene" having the whole side
of the first intermediate valve chest broken out on each
engine, the side of the high-pressure cylinder on each
engine destroyed, and other smaller breaks, which.
under ordinary methods, would have necessitated the
renewal of four cylinders. The "Friedrich der Grosse"
had the following breaks : Broken valve chest of high-
pressure cylinder of each engine (valve chest cast in
one with the cylinder), flanges knocked off both valve
chest and cylinder covers, steam inlet nozzles knocked
off both first intermediate valve chests and walls
between the two valves in each check broken out, also
steam inlet nozzles on both second intermediate valve
chests broken off.
These two vessels were the first in which straight
electric welding was used, that is, where patches were
not bolted to the cylinder walls.
The nature of some of the breaks in castings is shown
by the accompanying photographs, which were taken
at various stages of the work.
A, Fig. 345, shows the break in the star-board high-
pressure cylinder of the North German Lloyd steamer
"George Washington." This break was effected by
boring a row of holes about an inch apart and knocking
the piece out with a ram.
To prepare this for welding it was necessary to chisel
off the surface only roughly, build a pattern of the
FIG. :Ufi, BUKAK .\ND REP.AIR OF FIRST INTERMKDIATK CYLINDER OF THE C. S. S. -POCAHOXTAS
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
721
break, cast a steel piece from the pattern, stud up the
surface of the cast iron of the cylinder with a stag-
gered row of steel studs I in. in diameter, projecting
4 in. from the cylinder, bevel the edge of the cast
piece, place the piece in position as shown in B, and
make the weld. When completed, the appearance of
che work is as it appears in C. The broad belt of
welded metal is due to the laying of a pad of metal
over the rows of studs previously noted.
It cannot be too strongly insisted that tests have
shown conclusively that the weld can be properly made
without this pad; that is, if the approximate strength
of the original metal is all that is desired — in which
case the studding of the metal is unnecessary. But
the work in these particular cases was of vital impor-
tance, due to the u.ses to which the vessels were to be
put when in service, and also it was appreciated that
this exhibition of a new application of the art in the
marine engineering world required that the demonstra-
tion be satisfying, not only to the mind of the engi-
neer, but to the eye, and ear, and when any engineer
looked at that band of metal and sounded it with a ham-
mer, he could not be but satisfied that the strength
was definitely there and that the method of padding
could be used in most of the situations which would
arise. This at least was the effect upon all the engi-
neers who saw the actual work.
The metal was laid on in layers in such a manner
as to take care of the contraction in cooling. Each
successive layer was cleaned with a vdre brush before
the next layer was put on. It is in the keeping of the
successive layers clean and in the laying on of the metal
so as to take care of the contraction that the operator's
ability comes in fully as much as it does in the handling
of the apparatus. The cylinders were not removed, but
were repaired in place. Thus the work of fitting was
reduced to a negligible quantity, and the refitting of
lagging was not interfered with by projections, other
than the i-in. pad, which is laid over the studs tor
extra strength. It will also be noted that these repairs
can be undertaken at any place where the vessel may
be lying, either at her loading dock or in the stream,
since such apparatus may be carried on barges, which
can be placed alongside and wires run to the work.
In this work a part consisted of the caulking of the
surface of the welds which prevents porosity and also
locates any brittle spots or places where poor fusion
of metal has been obtained. This permits the cutting
out of the bad places and replacing with good metal.
The tool used was an air caulking hammer operated at
110 lb. air pressure.
Strength of Cast-Iron Welds
Capt. E. P. Jessop, U. S. N., personally tested many
welds for tensile strength in which cast iron was welded
to cast steel, and in but one case was there a failure to
obtain practically the original strength. This case
was due to an inexperienced operator burning the metal,
and was easily detected as an inferior weld without the
strength test being applied.
Much has been said about the effect of the heat of
welding, upon the structure or strength of cast iron,
and in this particular instance the Navy engineer who
had direct charge of this work, made experiments to
note if there were any deleterious effects on the iron
resulting from the action of the weld and reported
as follows:
"Scleroscopic investigation of the structure of the welds
shows only a very slight vein of hard cast iron at the line
of the weld, shot through with fingers of gray cast iron,
while behind this area there was no heat effect whatever.
The metal thus deposited was easily workable with ham-
mer and chisel, file or cutting tool. Another very impor-
tant feature is that with the use of the low voltage and
absolute automatic current control of the Wilson system,
there is a minimum of heat transmitted to the parts to be
welded, this being practically limited to a heat value
absolutely necessary to bring the electrode and the face of
the metal to be welded into a semi-plastic state, thus in-
suring a perfect physical union, and in accomplishing this
result neither of the metals suffers from excessive heat,
and there is absolutely no necessity for pre-heating. Neither
are there any adverse results from shrinkage, following the
completed work owing to a minimum amount of heat being
transmitted to the repair parts, thus avoiding the possi-
bility of distortion of parts through uneven or excessive
shrinkage strains that are very common where pre-heating
is necessary or excessive heat is used for fusing metals."
A, Fig. 346, shows the damage done to the first
intermediate cylinder of the U. S. S. "Pocahontas,"
formerly the "Princess Irene." The damage to this
cylinder, it will be noted, was more destructive than to
that of the "George Washington," rendering the repairs
much more difficult.
B shows the steel section in place ready for weld-
ing, with the surfaces properly V-d out and with a
staggering row of steel studs adjacent to the welding
edge of the cylinder section.
C shows the complete job with the extra band or
pad of metal completely covering the studs on the cast-
iron section. These bands or pads of metal are peaned
or worked over with a pneumatic hammer to insure
protection against porosity of metal.
Had either or both of these cylinders been fractured
on the lines shown of the cast-iron sections, and none
of the parts removed, then the surfaces or edges of
all lines of fracture would have been V-d out, and the
weld made of the two cast-iron surfaces in the same
manner that the cast steel was welded to the cast-iron
cylinder proper.
In connection with the repair work just described,
the Wilson people claim that their success, and the uni-
formity of their welds, was made possible because their
apparatus enables the welder to control his heat at the
point of application. In welding there is a critical tem-
perature at which steel can be worked to give the great-
est tensile strength, and also ductility of metal. By
raising the heat 15 or 20 amp. above this critical
amperage a fracture of the weld will show segregation
of carbon and slag pockets, which, of course, weakens
the weld. If the amperage is decreased from the critical
temperature, a fracture of the weld will show that the
metal has been deposited in globules, with many voids
which proves that the weld has been made with insuffi-
cient heat. This shows, they claim, that with a fluctuat-
ing amperage or voltage, it is impossible to obtain
uniformly high-grade welds.
In addition to their apparatus they use special elec-
trodes for various jobs. One electrode is composed of
a homogeneous alloy combined with such excess of
manganese as will compensate for losses while passing
through the electric arc, thus insuring a substantial
amount of manganese in the welded joint which is
essential to its toughness. They also claim to have a
manganese copper alloy welding metal electrode which
is composed of iron homogeneously combined with such
an excess of manganese and copper over the amount
722
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
FIG. 347. WELDED LOCOMOTIVE FR.AME
lost in the arc as will insure to the welded joint a
substantial additional degree of toughness and ductil-
ity.
Their special electrodes run in grades, corresponding
in sizes to the gage numbers of the American Steel
and Wire Co.'s table. Grade 6 is for boiler work ; grade
8 can be machined; grade 9, is for engine frames, etc.;
grade 17, is for filling castings and grade 20 is for
bronze alloys, bells, etc. The tensile strength of weld.5
made with these electrodes is given as from 40,000 to
60,000 lb. The wire furnished is usually gage 9, approx-
imately A in. in diameter. This is shipped in coils of
about 160 lb. No fluxes are used with any of these
electrodes.
Locomotive Work
The railroad shops of the United States were among
the first to use arc welding to any extent. In fact,
without the great amount of experimental work done in
railroad shops, the use of the arc in the repair of
the damaged ships by welding would have been prac-
tically impossible.
In some cases of locomotive repair there is a big
question in the minds of engineers as to whether
replacement is to be insisted upon or welding allowed.
Rules have been drafted by a number of railroad asso-
ciations, but at present no uniform rules covering all
cases are in existence. However, on certain classes of
work there is no real question that welding is the
quicker and better way.
FIG. 349. AT \\ol:lv ON A LOCOMOTIVE FRAME
In Fig. 347 is shown a repair on a steel locomotive
frame, the size of the smaller section being 5 x 6 in.
The broken ends were beveled off on each side and a
piece of steel bar was welded in between the ends, thu.<
saving considerable time and electrode material.
Fig. 348 show? how the worn, face of a pedestal jaw
was built up by means of the "plastic-arc" process.
Another frame-welding job is shown in Fig. 349. The
weld was 3 in. high, 4h in. wide and 4 in. deep. One
man finished the job with a Westinghouse outfit in
about 5 hours.
■
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^h|l ^_^^I
f
m^ m
1
W^
\
1
ii
n
i
riC :;4S. IJl'ILT UP PI';i)ESTAi> ,IAW
FIG. 350. WELDLXG CRACKED DRIVING WIIKET, .-JPOKES
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production- — With Improved Machinery
728
FIG. 361.
WEI.IJING LOCOMOTIVE'S BOILER TUBES
TO BACK SHEET
Fig. 350 shows the welding of a locomotive cast-steel
drive wheel. Four spol:es were cracked.
Fig. 351 shows the welding of locomotive boiler tubes
to the back flue sheet. All of these jobs were done by
the "plastic-arc" process, and represent a very small
portion of the kinds of jobs that may be done in a
railroad shop.
The method of welding flue ends to the sheets as
suggested by Westinghouse is shown in Fig. 352.
H. A. Currie, assistant electrical engineer, New York
Central R.R., writing in Railway Age, says:
"The saving in our locomotive shop since electric
welding was installed can hardly be calculated and the
additional mileage that is obtained from locomotives
is remarkable. This is mainly due to the following:
"A. Greater permanency of repairs.
"B. Shorter periods in the shop, giving additional
use of equipment.
"C. Existing shop facilities permit taking care of
a larger number of locomotives than originally expected.
Shop congestion relieved.
"D. The use of worn and broken parts which with-
out electric welding would be thrown in the scrap pile.
"E. The time required to make repairs is much less
and requires fewer men.
"F. A smaller quantity of spare parts carried in
stock.
"The following is a brief description of some of the
work done on steam locomotives:
Flue and Firebox Welding
"The most important results are obtained by welding
the boiler tubes to the back flue sheet. The average
mileage between shopping on account of leaky flues on
passenger locomotives was 100,000 miles. This has been
raised to 200,000 miles with individual records of 275,-
000 miles. For freight this average has been raised
from 45,000 to 100,000 miles. At the time of locomotive
shortage this effect was of inestimable value.
"Good results have been obtained without the use of
sandblast to prepare the tubes and sheets. The engine
is either fired or an acetylene torch used to burn off
the oil, after which the metal is cleaned off with a
scraping tool. The ferrules are of course well seated
and the tubes rolled back. The boiler is filled with
water in order to cool the tubes, which having a much
thinner cross-section than the sheets, would overheat
suflSciently to spoil the weld or burn the tube. The
metal is then laid on, beginning at 'che bottom of the
bead and working to the top. Records show that the
time to weld a Pacific type locomotive boiler complete
is 12 hours.
"A variety of repair work is readily accomplished in
locomotive fireboxes such as the welding of crown-sheet
patches, side-sheet cracks and the reinforcing ana
patching of mud rings. Smokebox studs are also
welded on.
Side Frames, Couplers and Wheels
"Cracked main members of side frames are restored
and wearing parts built up and reinforced. Because
of accessibility no special difficulties are encountered
in this work. Formerly this work was chiefly done
with oil welding and some acetylene and thermit work,
but it was very much more expensive as the preparation
required considerable effort and took a good deal o^"
time.
"Fifty per cent of the engines passing through the
shops have worn and broken coupler parts and pockets.
By welding an average saving of about $15 per coupler
is made. It costs about $30 in material and labor to
replace a coupler and only $4 to repair the average
broken coupler. The scrap value is about $5.
"Great success has resulted from various repairs to
steel wheels and tires. Flat spots have been built
up without removing the wheels from the locomotives,
thus effecting a great saving in time and money. Build-
ing up sharp flanges saves about ;5-in. cut off the tread,
which when followed through means about $30 for a
pair of wheels, a great increase in tire life and reduc-
tion in shop costs.
Cylinders
"The most interesting feature developed by arc weld-
ing was the accomplishment of cast-iron welding. The
difficulty in welding cast iron was that while the hot
metal would weld into the casting, on cooling the strain
would tear the welded portion away from the rest of
the casting. Small studding was tried out with no
success. Not until wrought-iron studs, proportioned to
the sectional strength of the casting, were used did any
satisfactory welds turn out. Studding of this large
size was looked upon with distrust, as it was thought
that the weld was only to the studding. This naturally
meant that the original structure was considerably
weakened due to the drilling. This, however, was not
the case. The large studding was rigid enough to
hold against the cooling strains and prevented the
welds in the casting from pulling loose, thus adding
METHOD OF WELDING BOILER TUBES TO SHEET,
724
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
the strength of all the welded portion to that of the
studs. In most cases where external clearance will
permit, sufficient reinforcing can be added to more than
compensate for the metal removed in drilling for the
studs.
"Perhaps more skill is required for this class of
welding, but with a properly prepared casting success
is certain. A concrete case of the economy effected
in welding a badly damaged cylinder on a Pacific type
engine is as follows:
WELDED JOB
Cost of welding broken cylinder, labor and material $ 1 23 . 00
Length of time out of service, 5 days at $20 a day. 100.00
.Scrap value of old cylinder (8,440 lb. at 2.09 lb.) 1 77 . 00
Total $402 . 00
REPLACED CYLINDER
Cost of new cylinder ready for locomotive $ 1 ,000 . OO
Labor charge to replace it 1 50 00
r,ocomotive out of service 1 8 days at $20 a day 360 , 00
$1,510 00
Ijess cost of welding 402 . 00
Total saving $1,108.00
"Some twenty-five locomotives have been repaired in
this way at one shop alone.
"Many axles are being reclaimed by building up the
worn parts. These are tender and truck axles which
are worn on the journals, wheel fits and collars. The
saving is about $25 per tender axle and $20 for truck
axles.
"The range of parts that may be repaired or brought
back to standard size by welding is continually expand-
ing. Wearing surfaces on all motion links and other
motion work, crosshead guides, piston-rod crosshead
fits, valves and valve seats, air, steam, sand and other
pipes, keys, pins and journal boxes have all been suc-
cessfully welded.
"A large .saving is effected in welding broken parts
of shop tools and machinery. During the war this
was of untold value, as is some cases it was out of
the question to get the broken part replaced.
Training of Operators
"The training of arc welders is most important.
Success depends solely on the men doing the work.
They must be instructed in the use of the arc, the type,
size and composition of the electrode for various classes
of work and the characteristics of the various machines
they will be called upon to use. A properly equipped
school for teaching these matters would be a valuable
adjunct for every railroad. Manufacturers of equip-
ment have recognized the importance of proper instruc-
tion and have equipped schools where men are taught
free of charge.
Supervision
"Co-ordinate with the actual welding is intelligent
supervision. The scope of the supervisors should
include preparation of the job for the welder and gen-
eral oversight of the equipment in the shop.
"Thus the duties of the inspector might be sum-
marized in the following points:
"1. To see that the work is properly prepared for
the operator.
"2. The machines and wiring are kept in good con-
dition.
"3. Proper electrodes are used.
"4. To inspect the welds in process of application,
and when finished.
"5. To act as advisor and medium of interchange of
welding practices from one shop to another.
"In work such as flue welding and industrial proc-
esses which repeat the same operation, piece-work rates
may be fixed. For varying repair jobs this method
cannot be used with justice either to the operator or
the job.
"Bare electrodes are used almost exclusively, even for
A. C. welds. Whenever a new lot of electrodes is
received it is good practice to make up test-piece
samples and subject them to careful tests and analysis.
"The sizes of electrodes and uses to which they are
put are shown in the following table:
Size
iin.
^i
Type of Work
Flue welding.
For all repair work, broken frames, cylinders, etc.
For building up wearing surfaces.
General Rules
"In closing it will be well to point out a few general
rules required to obtain satisfactory welds:
"1. The work must be arranged or chipped so that
the electrode may be held approximately per-
pendicular to the plane of welding. When this
cannot be accomplished the electrode must be
bent so that the arc will be drawn from the point
and not the side of the electrode. For cast iron
the studding must be properly arranged and
proportioned. The surfaces to be welded must
be thoroughly clean and free from grease and
grit.
"2. The proper electrode and current value must be
selected for the work to be done.
"3. The arc should be maintained as constant as
possible.
"4. For nearly all work the prepared surface should
be evenly welded over and then the new surfaces
welded together.
"5. Suitable shields or helmets must be used with
proper color values for the lenses.
"For locomotive work a good operator will deposit
an average of 1 to 1 J lb. of electrode per hour. The
limits are from 1 to 2 lb. High current values give
more ductile welds, in proportion to deposited metal.
For locomotive welding the great advantage of the
arc over thermit, oil or acetylene welding is that
preparation at the weld is all that is necessary. No
secondary preparation for expansion of the members
is necessary. This is the great advantage in welding
side frames."
Considerable welding work is done in building up
worn track parts. Fig. 353 shows the building up of
cupped rail ends and Fig. 354 shows manganese-steel
cross-over points built up by arc welding. Such
repairs have stood long and hard service.
Other Welding Work
In the steel mills a great deal of welding is required
to build up worn roll or pinion pods. Fig. 355 shows
a welder at work building up worn pods with a carbon
arc and filler. Fig. 356 shows a finished job with the
worn part outlined in white. The cost of r^>airing
four ends (two pinions) was $170. The pinions cost
$1,000 each.
The way a five-ton roll housing was repaired is shown
in Fig. 357. In this case a heavy steel plate was bolted
over the crack and welded as indicated. It might have
been all right to weld direct, but in this case, owing
to the heavy duty required, it was thought best to play
safe and use the steel plate.
Welded blowholes in the rim of a large pulley are
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
725
H
h^
FIG. 353. BUILT UP CUPPED RAIL ENDS
FIG. 354. BUILT UP MANGANESi, STEEL
CROSS-OVER POINTS
shown at the left in Fig. 358. At the right the pulle>
is shown after machining.
Broken taps may be removed if a nut is welded on as
shown in Fig. 359. In doing work of this kind, the arc
is struck on top of the tap and kept there until the
metal is built up above the top of the hole. An ordinary
nut is then laid over it and welded fast. If the arc is
kept on the tap the metal may run against the sides
of the hole but will not adhere, but care must be
exercised so as to not let the arc strike the sides of the
hole.
Electrically Welded Mill Building
A small all-welded mill building was erected in
Brooklyn in 1920 for the Electric Welding Co., of
America, by T. Leonard MacBean, engineer and con-
tractor. The structure is about 60 x 40 ft., and has
four roof trusses of 40-ft. span supported on 8-in.
H-beam columns fitted with brackets for a five-ton
FIG. .•i56. FINISH-WELDED PTNIux roriS
rjG. 357. REPAIRED S-TON ROLL HOUSINC;
PIG. 355.
iUTLDING [TP WORN ROLL PODS
FIG. 358. WELDED RLOWIIOLE.S .AND M.ACUINED PULLEY
726
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
FIG. 359.
METHOD OF WKLDING TAPS BROKE.V OFF
TX THK HOLE
traveling crane. In its general arrangement the struc-
ture follows regular practice, but the detailing is such
as to suit the use of welding, and all connections
throughout are made by this process. A considerable
advantage in cost and time is claimed for the welded
connections, but in the present instance the determina-
tive feature was not cost economy so much as the fact
that the fabricated work could be obtained more quickly
by buying the plain steel members and cutting and
welding them at the site instead of waiting for bridge
shop deliveries.
The roof was designed for a total load of 45 lb. per
sq.ft., of which about 30 lb. represents live load. Each
truss weighs 1,400 lb. The chords are 4 x 5 x i-in.
tees, while the web members are single 3 x 2 x i-in.
angles. On the trusses rest 10-in. 15-lb. channel pur-
lins spanning the 20-ft. width of bay. The columns are
8 X 8-in. H-beams, 19 ft. high, and the crane bracket on
the inner face of the column is built up of a pair of
rear connection angles, a pair of girder seat angles, and
a triangular web plate, as one of the views herewith
shows. Base and cap of the columns are made by simple
plates.
All material was received on the job cut to length.
A wooden platform large enough to take a whole truss
was built as a working floor and the chord members
were laid down on it in proper relative position to
form a truss when connected. The top chord was made
of a single length of tee, bent at the peak point after
a triangular pieces was cut out of the stem. At the
heel points of the truss the .stem of the top-chord tee
was lapped past the stem of the bottom chord tee, and
when the two members were clamped together the con-
tact seams were welded; the seam of the stem at the
peak was also welded shut. Then the web members
were placed in position and clamped, and their con- '
nections to the chord welded. The metallic-electrode
arc process was used.
Loading Tests
When the plans for the building were submitted to
the Department of Buildings, Borough of Brooklyn,
the proposal to weld the connections was approved only
with the stipulation of a successful load test before
erection. This test was carried out March 20. Two
trusses were set up at 20-ft. spacing and braced
together, purlins were bolted in place, and by means of
bags of gravel a load of 48 tons was applied. This was
sufficient to load the trusses approximately to their
elastic limit. No straining or other change was observ-
able at the joints, and the test was considered in every
respect successful. The deflection of the peak, 0.0425
ft., did not change during 48 hours, and upon removal
of the load at the end of that period a set of less than
0.01 ft. was measured.
Speed of Arc Welding
In a paper read before the American Institute of Elec-
trical Engineers, New York, Feb. 20, 1919, H. M.
Hobart says:
All sorts of values are given for the speed, in feet per
hour, with which various types of joints can be welded.
Operators making equally good welds have widely varying
degrees of proficiency as regards speed. Any quantitative
statement must consequently be of so guarded a character
as to be of relatively small use. In general, and within
reasonable limits, the speed of welding will increase con-
fciderably when larger currents are employed. It appears
reasonable to estimate that this increase in speed will
probably be about 25 to 35 per cent for high values of
current. This increase is not directly proportional to the
current employed because a greater proportion of time is
taken to insert new electrodes and the operator is work-
ing under more strenuous conditions. Incidentally, the
operator who employs the larger current will not only weld
FIG. 360. SOME DETAILS OF ALL-WELDED MILL BUILDING. A HEEL, JOINT OF 4<JtFT. TRUSS. B AND C FRONT
AND BACK .SIDES OF PEAK JOINT TRUSS. D COLUMN B.\SE. E CRANE BRACKET. PARTS OF BR.VCKETT
, WERE FIRST WELDED TOGETHER AND THEN U.VIT W.\S WELDED TO THE COLU.MN
October 14, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
727
quicker but the weld will have also better strength and
ductility.
On this point Mr. Wagner writes as follows :
I would not say that speed in arc welding was propor-
tional to the current used. Up to a certain point ductility
and strength improve with increased current, but when
these conditions are met, we do not obtain the best speed
due to increased heating zone and size of weld puddle.
Speed may fall off when current is carried beyond certain
points.
In a research made by William Spraragen for the Weld-
ing Research Sub-Committee on several tons of half-inch-
thick ship plate, the average rate of welding was only two
feet per hour. Highly skilled welders were employed, but
they were required to do the best possible work, and the
kinds of joints and the particular matters under compari-
son were very varied and often novel.
However, in the researches carried on by Mr. Spraragen
it was found that about 1.9 lb. of metal was deposited
per hour using a .^i-in. bare electrode and with the plates
in a flat position. The amount of electrodes used up was
about 2.7 lb. per hour, of which approximately 16.5 per
cent was wasted as short ends and 13 per cent burnt or
vaporized, the remainder being deposited at the speed of
1.9 lb. per hour mentioned above.
For a 12-ft.-cube tank of i-in.thick steel welded at
Pittsfleld, the speed of welding was 3 ft. per hour. The
weight of the steel in this tank was 16,000 lb. and the
weight of electrode used up was 334 lb. of which 299 lb.
was deposited in the welds. The total welding time was
165 hours con-esponding to using up electrodes at the rate
of just 2 lb. per hour. The total length of weld was 501
ft., the weight of electrode used up per foot of weld thus
being 0.60 lb. The design of this tank comprised eighteen
different types of welded joint. Several different opera-
tors worked on this job and the average current per opera-
tor was 150 amp.
For the British 125-ft.-long Cross-Channel Barge for
which the shell plating was composed of i-in. and A-in.
thick plates, described in H. Jasper Cox's paper read before
the Society of Naval Architects on Nov. 15, 1918, and en-
titled "The Application of Electric Welding to Ship Con-
struction," it is stated that: "After a few initial difficul-
ties had been overcome, an average speed of welding of
7 ft. per hour was maintained including overhead work
which averaged from 3 to 6 ft. per hour."
In a report appearing on page 67 of the minutes and
records of the Welding Research Sub-Committee for June
28, 1918, 0. A. Payne, of the British Admiralty, states:
"A good welder could weld on about one pound of metal
in one hour with the No. 10 Quasi-Arc electrode, using
direct current at 100 volts. An electrode containing about
li oz. of metal is used up in about 3 minutes, but this
rate cannot be kept up continuously."
The makers of the Quasi-Arc electrode publish the fol-
lowing data for the .speed of arc welding in flat position
with butt joints, a 60-deg. angle and a free distance of
Thickness .Speed in Feet
of Plates per Hour
J in 30
Jin 18
i in 6
I in 13
I cannot, however, reconcile the high speed of welding
i-in. plate published in this report as 6 ft. per hour, with
the report given above by the British Admiralty that a
good welder deposits 1 lb. of metal per hour with the
Quasi-Arc electrode. If the rate given by the manufacturer
is correct, it would mean that about four pounds of metal
were deposited per hour. On this basis the rate must have
been computed on the time taken to melt a single electrode
and not the rate at which a welder could operate con-
tinuously, allowing for his endurance and for the time
taken to insert fresh electrodes in the electrode holder
and the time taken for cleaning the surface of each layer
before commencing the next layer. From his observations
I am of the opinion that a representative rate for a good
welder lies about midway between these values given re-
spectively by Mr. Payne, and by the makers of the Quasi-
Arc electrode, say for J-in. plates some 2 lb. per hour.
This, it will be observed, agrees with Mr. Spraragen's ex-
perience in welding up some 6 tons of J-in. ship plate with
a dozen or more varieties of butt joint and Mr. Wagner's
results with an 8-ton tank. Even this rate of 2 lb. per hour
is only the actual time of the welding operator after his
plates are clamped in position. This preliminary work
and the preparation of the edges which is quite an under-
taking, and requires other kinds of artisans, accounts for
a large amount of time and should not be under-estimated.
The practise heretofore customary of stating the speed
of welding in feet per hour has led to endless confusion
as it depends on type of joint, height of weld and various
details. A much better basis is to express the speed of
welding in pounds of metal deposited per hour. Data for
the pounds of metal deposited per hour are gradually be-
coming quite definite. The pounds of metal per foot of
weld required to be deposited can be readily calculated
from the drawings or specifications. With the further avail-
able knowledge of the average waste in electrode ends and
from other causes, the required amount of electrode mate-
rial for a given job can be estimated.
Suitable Current for Given Cases
For a given type of weld, for example, a double V-weld
in a J-in. thick ship plate, it was found that in the summer
of 1918, while some operators employed as low as 100 amp.,
others worked with over 150 amp. Some, in making such
a weld, employed electrodes of only J-in. diameter and
others preferred electrodes of twice as great cross-section.
For the particular size and design of weld above mentioned,
the Welding Research Sub-Committee had welds made with
200 to 300 amp. The conclusion appears justified that the
preferable current for such a weld is at least 200 amp. If
the weld of the J-in.-thick plate is of the double-bevel
type, some 50 amp. less current should be used for the
bottom layer than is used for the second layer if two layers
are used. For i-ln.-thick plates, the most suitable welding
current is some 300 amp. This is of the order of twice the
current heretofore usually employed for such a weld.
Mr. Wagner writes:
We have made a number of tests to determine the ef-
fect of varying current on the strength of the weld. Tests
were made on a J-in. plate with current values as follows:
80, 125, 150, 180, 220. 275 and 300 amp. These tests show
improvement in the tensile strength and bending qualities
of welds as the current increases. The speed of welding
increases up to a certain point and then decreases.
Effect on Arc Welding of Voltage Employed
We have made a number of tests to determine the in-
fluence of variable voltages on the strength and character
of electric welds. The experiments were made welding J-in.
plate with 150 amp. held constant and voltage varying as
follows: 40, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 and 225 volts. This
test demonstrates that there is no material difl'erence in
the tensile strength, bending qualities or the appearance
of the welded-in material. There is this advantage, how-
ever, in the higher voltage, that variations in the strength
of the arc do not materially affect the value of the current.
A curve-drawing ammeter was installed on the welding
circuit which showed variations in current at 75 volts, but
at 150 volts the current curve was practically a straight
Preferable Size of Electrode
On certain railways, a single diameter of electrode is
employed independently of the size or shape of the plates
or parts being welded. The experience of other people
leads them to make use of several different sizes of elec-
trodes according to the size of the job and the type of
joint. Present British practise appears to be to use such
a size of electrode as to have a current density of some
4,000 to 6,000 amp. per square inch. The investigations
of the Welding Research Sub-Committee indicate that at
least 10,000 to 12,000 amp. per square inch is suitable for
electrodes of J-in. and s\-in. diameter and well up toward
10,000 amp. per square inch for electrodes of A-in. and
3-in. diameter.
728
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
Alternating Current and the Planer
By tell BERNA*
The necessity for an alternating-current motor
which will give a satisfactory direct drive is
increasing. The author considers the motor
generator set, the squirrel cage, slip ring, and
four-speed squirrel cage motors and a special
motor now being developed.
MIE gradual expansion of high-tension transmis-
sion systems and the development of public utility
power plants at the expense of small private power
plants is constantly increasing the use of alternating
current in industrial plants. Many a machine-shop
owner would like to change Over to alternating current
and do away with the cost and the complication of hav-
ing his own power plant if he could feel sure that he
would get the same results with the alternating-current
motor that he can with the direct-current motor which
he is now using. Unfortunately there are certain limi-
tations which seem to be inherent in alternating-current
motors which must be carefully taken into consideration
before making so serious a change.
This question is particularly difficult in its applica-
tion to the planer department. Of course the motor-
generator set will solve this problem, but its use is
objected to in a great many plants on the ground that
the very idea of installing the alternating-current equip-
ment is to do away with the engine room and to obviate
the necessity of having a skilled engineer on hand. The
motor-generator set is a piece of machinery not un-
derstood by the ordinary shop man, and it adds mate-
rially to the cost of the electrical equipment required.
It must also be remembered that when a motor-gener-
ator set is purchased with sufficient capacity to take care
of prospective increases in shop equipment over the next
few years, it is larger than is required at the present
time and is therefore not operating at anything like
maximum efficiency. If, on the other hand, a motor-
generator set of just the right size is purchased, there
is the danger of overload and the addition of new ma-
chines will run the load up beyond this capacity with
resultant troubles, such as burning out and the con-
tinual opening of the circuit breaker. It takes a good
deal of time under present commercial conditions to get
the additional motor-generator set which must then be
purchased to handle the increased load.
If we consider the application of the alternating-cur-
rent motor itself to the planer instead of the use of the
direct-current motor and the motor-generator set, we
find that there are several interesting possibilities and
that we have before us a field which offers splendid op-
portunities for further development by electrical engi-
neers.
The Self-Contained Motor Drive
The simplest form of motor drive is, of course, the
self-contained motor drive as illustrated herewith, in
which a motor is mounted on a shelf which in turn is
supported by the housings of the planer. This motor
is connected either by gearing or by a short endless belt
to a self-contained countershaft which in turn drives
the planer through the usual shifting belt arrangement.
This motor, if it is a constant-speed motor, gives one
cutting speed and one return speed, these being decided
by the sizes of the pulleys used and the speed of the
motor. There are, of course, mechanical devices, snch
as the speed variator, on which, by shifting belta, four
cutting speeds are obtained. It is, however, desirable
to get four speeds directly from the motor .so as t« avoid
the expense of the additional mechanical arrangement.
This form of drive has long been available for alternat-
ing current by the use of the squirrel-cage motor. The
motor is started by the use of a compensator, which not
only cuts down the inrush demanded by the motor on
starting, but also protects the motor against failure of
voltage and sustained overload. With the assistance of
the countershaft, which has a considerable inertia, and
of its own rotor, the motor has sufficient flywheel action
to tide over the peak loads which occur when the planer
table is reversed. The motor is started only in the morn-
ing and at noon, and does not need to have a heavj'
starting torque, a feature which is notoriously lacking
in squirrel-cage motors.
This type of drive is open to the criticism that only
a few plants are large enough so that the single speed
available can be prescribed with certainty for the work
which is to be done. Most of us have to put a wide
range of work on our planers, and for this purpose a
selection of speeds must be available. On direct cur-
rent, this requirement is met by the use of the so-called
variable speed non-reversing motor drive which make.*
use of a non-reversing, direct-current motor that runs
continuously but that varies in speed, depending on
whether the table of the planer is cutting or returning.
Strictly speaking, this is an adjustable speed motor.
The distinction between the variable speed motor and
1
•Sales Engineer, Thi- <). A. Urriy Po.
SI.MPI.EST FORM OF DIRECT .MOTOR PHrVE
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
729
the adjustable speed motor is simp'y that when the
speed of the variable speed motor is set for a certain
point, its speed is not constant at that point, but varies
with the load, while with the adjustable speed motor, if
connections are made for a certain speed, the motor
will have decided constant speed characteristics at that
point and the speed will vary only slightly with varying
load. The latter is, of course, a very desirable feature
on p'aner drives. If after the tool enters the work, the
sudden increase in the load results in slowing down the
motor, the surface which comes off of the planer will not^
be flat by any means.
The Slipring Motor
The simplest form of motor which may be suggested
to meet these requirements is the slipring motor, which
can be regulated by the introduction of resistance. The
speed range available is from normal to about 50 per
cent below normal. We discover immediately, however,
that this is a variable speed motor, which means that it
is not suited for the type of load we encounter on a
planer. We cannot relieve this difficulty by supplying
a flywheel in any form since this would retard the ac-
celeration of the motor on the beginning of the return
stroke, when it is supposed to speed up. We also find
that on changing the speed, as in reversing the planer
table from cut to return, that the current inrush taken
by the motor is excessive. This would not only tend to
overheat the motor, but these current inrushes cost a
good deal of money.
New Squirrel-Cage Motor
There is another type of motor which is newer and
not so well known as the slipring motor and that is the
four-speed squirrel-cage motor. This motor can be
arran^d for speeds of 300, 600, 900 and 1,200 r.p.m.
whick is really a wider range than would be required for
ordinary planer service. The stator, or stationary part
of the motor, has four distinct windings, any one of
which may be connected to the power lines. In this way
we have practically four squirrel-cage motors in one.
To change the speed of the motor it is only necessary
to open the circuit and connect the proper winding to
the line to get the desired speed. No intermediate
speeds are available, so that we can get on'y 300, 600,
900 and 1,200 r.p.m. Suppose we employ the last three,
that is 600, 900 and 1,200 r.p.m. — we could then connect
this motor up to the countershaft so as to get cutting
speeds of 30, 45 and 60 ft. per minute. The pulleys
would be so designed as to give us a return speed of
100 ft per minute when the motor runs at 900 r.p.m.
We can then mount a master switch on the bed of the
planer as we do on the direct-current installation. This
would automatically connect the motor to the line in
the proper manner so as to get a cutting speed of 30,
45 and 60 ft. per minute, as desired, but we should
always get the same return speed of 100 ft. per minute,
as the master sv/itch would connect the 900 r.p.m. wind-
ings of the motor to the line at the end of the cut stroke.
At most, the change from the return to the cut speed
would only involve a 33.'; per cent increase or decrease
in motor speed. The change from the cut to the return
speed would necessitate a 5 per cent increase in the
motor speed when cutting at 40 ft. per minute and re-
turning at 100 ft. per minute. At first analysis, this
motor seems to present attractive possibilities.
There are difficulties, however, which should not be
overlooked. There would be a heavy inrush current in
speeding up the motor varying from 175 to 250 per cent
of the normal current. To cut down this inrush exter-
naFy will weaken the torque just ,as it is most needed.
It may, however, be decreased with an increase in the
torque available by a special design of the motor rotor.
The torque must be sufficient not only to reverse the
planer but to accelerate it promptly to the higher speed.
The most serious difficulty would be met in reducing the
speed of these motors. In shifting the windings of the
motor from the 900 r.p.m. connection to the 600 r.p.m.
connection, there is a sudden breaking effect which is
excessive in its severity and which would undoubtedly
result in a great deal of belt slippage and burning and
might even injure the mechanism of the planer itself.
So far, no successful method of damping this change in
speed has been devised.
There remains another possibility which has, however,
not been developed very far as yet, in the form of a
very special alternating-current motor used in the higher
ratings in paper mills. This is now being developed by
one of the largest electrical concerns for use in small
sizes for machine tools and similar service. This motor
has a speed range of about 500 to 1,500 r.p.m. It has
constant-speed characteristics at any speed. Whether
the current inrushes resulting from sudden changes in
the speed of the motor will be excessive or not, remains
to be seen. It is claimed for this motor that s'owing
down suddenly gives a smooth retardation similar to
that obtainable on direct-current motors.
For the reversing-motor drive our electrical friends
have as yet nothing to offer as there is no alternating-
current motor which can be produced at a commercial
price which could compare in any way with the advan-
tages of this form of drive on direct current. Whether
this is a practical possibility or not remains to be seen,
but. we can be sure that the fortunate man who develops
such a motor will find a tremendous field awaiting him.
Drafting-Room Kink
By L. a. Wirick
The drafting-room kink published on page 564e of
the American Machinist appears to me to be a step in
the wrong direction in the matter of showing screw
threads.
A good draftsman will endeavor to reduce the number
of tools he uses rather than to increase the size of his
kit. Of course it is inconvenient to cock a 30- or 45-deg.
triangle around to draw these thread lines at a right
or left inclination, and difficult to always get the same
inclination; but the remedy is to make the lines with-
out any inclination, in all cases — that is, perpendicular
to the axis of the screw. Then the T-square and tri-
angle are sufficient and the result is even better.
In any case the method of showing screw threads is
conventional. We do not make drawings of standard
threads, and if we did the machinist would not use them,
for he has taps and dies and does not lay out the threads
from the drawing. Neither does he depend upon the
lines of the drawing to know whether to make the
thread right or left hand. The notation on the drawing
that specifies the pitch of the thread should also state
whether right or left thread is to be made.
A busy draftsman has no time to be "fussy" with
such details, which add nothing to the value or useful-
ness of the product.
730
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53/No. 16
Sliver Gouge Made from Part of
Broken Light Bulb
By B. W. Franklin
There are two classes of slivers that add to the petty
annoyances of the routine of shop work. The first
comprises those small bits of sharp iron or steel that
can be pulled out of the skin with a knife-blade or even
a moderately small pair of pliers. To the other class
belong those infinitesimally fine bits of sharper steel
that push their way through the outer skin sometimes
unnoticed and then in the sensitive layer below torture
one at every movement of the hand. Slivers of this
kind every mechanic knows cannot be pulled or lifted
out, they have to be dug out, sometimes with the aid
of a glass. It takes a very fine flat pointed tool to get
them, and trying to remove them with a knife-blade
or tweezers is like trying to pick strawberries with a
steam shovel.
The sketch shows how a very convenient gouge can
be procured from the filament stand of an old Mazda
mill-type electric bulb, such type being furnished in-
variably for drop cord and extension lights about any
shop where the nature of the work renders them liable
to breakage from jar or vibration. You will notice that
the two glass column-like portions are separated by a
bit of fine steel wire, and by breaking out the end of
the wire from the upper portion you have a good gouge,
the longer glass part making a perfectly good handle.
The wire is firmly fastened in the glass and will not
come out, even with rough digging. It can be drawn
into a sharp, fine flat point, making a tool that could
hardly be better if designed for the purpose.
Without crowding your glasses the tool can be carried
in the lower or shelf-like bottom of your spectacle case.
Sfee/ Wire Tip
Bulging With a Rubber Punch
By Frank Richards
I read with much interest the article under the ahove
title by L. J. Voorhees appearing on page 423 of the
Amp.rican Machinist. The bulging out of the thin brass
cap to fill the die is one of those things that are self-
evidentl.v possible and require no experiment to prove;
but when we come to consider the entire operation as
presented, questions arise and the matter should not
pass without discussion and explanation.
The die, the cut of which is reproduced herewith,
was made in halves so that the pressed and distended
cup could be removed. Now, looking at the shape of
the lower portion of the die, it is evident that the cup
could not be removed, and even the halves of the die
could not be separated without the application of con-
siderable force and the consequent mutilation or dis-
tortion of the finished article, so that until this matter
is made clear any discussion of the curious phenomenon
of the "shredding" of the brass after it had been dis-
tended to fill the die must start under a handicap.
Nevertheless, I feel impelled to do a little theorizing
about it; and first I would call attention to the unique
peculiarity of rubber which we find convenient to call
>^— «^
Spectacle Cose
.V SURGICAL, TOOL FROM AN ELECTRIC LIGHT BULB
BUI.GIXO DIE A NO RUBBER PUNCH
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
731
its elasticitj'. If this be indeed elasticity, then we
greatly need two words instead of one for two proper-
ties which are verj' different from each other. The
elasticity of rubber permits great changes of shape
when any force is applied, whether of tension or of
compression, and causes immediate resumption of nor-
mal shape when the force is removed, while the actual
material composing the rubber is very slightly change-
able, if at all, as to volume, or is practically incom-
pressible.
On the other hand, air and the gases may not be
said to have any normal bodily shape to be maintained,
but wherever they are they respond immediately by
change of volume without limit when subjected to
change of pressure. This may not appear to have much
to do with the present case, but it may be well to re-
member that the word elasticity so applied to the chief
physical characteristic of rubber and of air is neces-
sarily uncertain or unsatisfactory for either or for
both. Indeed it would seem that any careful definition
which could be applied to the one would be entirely
inapplicable when tried upon the other. There is an
additional complication in the difference between the
elasticity of rubber and that of a steel spring, but I
have probably suggested trouble enough. Let some
expert mechanical pacemaker try to reconcile things.
Although we are not told the thickness of the brass
before or after nor the diameter of the bulged cup,
we are warranted in assuming that the metal was quite
thin, and we know that thin brass is actually more or
less porous, even when not visibly so, and that water
will percolate through it even under slight pressure.
We assume now that the thin brass cup, bulged to fit
and fill the die, and the rubber plunger which has done
the bulging are both in position in the die at the con-
clusion of the bulging stroke. The thin brass has been
made considerably thinner by the bulging operation,
since the area of it is much extended. This thin brass
is also under tensile stress circumferentially, as it has
been distended to a larger diameter. It is backed
internally by the mass of rubber under a pressure pre-
sumably much above 1,000 lb. to the square inch and
with every individual particle of it alert and active to
escape the pressure as it may find the opportunity. We
knew that there must exist minute interstices in the
brass which water would readily find, and we may
assume that the rubber would be equally penetrating.
The minute wedges of rubber thus entering the crevices
and each relatively to itself exerting a lateral pressure
would convert the tensile stress of the brass into a com-
pressive stress, and so enlarge the opening or collectively
produce the "shredded" effect spoken of.
A Home-Made Surface
Grinding Machine
By E. F. Tuttle, Jr.
The grinding rig shown in the illustration was made
to sharpen small dies, etc., and did the work as well
as one of the more expensive machines and took up less
space than a regular grinding machine.
The grinder (a Dumore AG in this case) is held by
its shank on the sliding block B by two straps AA
and may be swiveled up or down to increase the range
by tilting it under these straps. The block B slides in
the dovetail of the upright C and is moved by the ^-in.
20-pitch screw E. The micrometer collar F has 50
THE IKj.MlO-MAIJli SURFACE CIU.XDING MACHINE
graduations. A straight gib on the farther side of the
dovetail takes care of the play and a ball handle is
fitted to the top of the screw. The upright C turns
on the base D, being held by two bolts, one of which
is shown. Base D is in turn fastened to the sur-
face plate by two capscrews put in from the bottom.
An Unusual Form Milling Fixture
By E. a. Suverkrop
The illustration shows a simple and original form
milling fixture of a somewhat unusual type.
The brackets A and B are bolted to the table of the
milling machine. The member C, to which the work D
is attached by the hook bolt E, is pivoted on A but
capable of upward and downward movement between
the jaws at the top of B. Beneath C and attached to it
by suitable screws is the form or cam which rides on
the roller F carried by the bracket G.
With form milling fixtures of this type the contour
of the work is wo f a reproduction of the form used to
produce it. For this reason it would be well for those
who wish to adopt this method of form milling to make
sure before proceeding that their formers are the shape
required to produce the work they desire. This can
easily be ascertained by means of a cardboard model, a
proper layout, or by mathematics.
UNIT.SUAL FORM MHJ.ING FIXTTTRE
782
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
Profile-Curvature Gage
By Wilmer Souder
With permission of the Director. U. S. Bureau of Standards.
The accompanying illustration shows a device for
measuring the curvature of an arc. This apparatus
involves no new principles; it is merely a conven-
ient arrangement of instruments which may in many
instances replace the more elaborate set-ups. The
design may be abbreviated if desired; however, the
entire outfit as shown is not difficult to construct.
The profiles to be tested are fastened to the table A
so that the arc passes through a center mark on the
table. Making measurements consists of two distinctly
separate acts: first, rotating the table A until the
center of the arc falls at some point over the way B,
and second, moving the indicator support C along the
way until its axis of rotation coincides with the center
of curvature of the article being tested.
Briefiy these ai-e accomplished as follows: To secure
the first adjustment lengthen the indicator arm until
the indicator point D comes in contact with the profile
at one side of the table A ; then swing the indicator
along the profile to the opposite side of the table.
Rotate the table until these readings, at opposite sides
of the table, agree. The center of curvature is now
along the way B, and table A should be clamped to pre-
vent rotation.
To secure the second adjustment; move the table and
the indicator support C toward or from each other,
always making the adjustment of indicator point such
that it will touch the article being tested. When the
separation is such that the indicator reading is con-
stant throughout its entire travel over the arc being
measured, the desired radius has been set up and is the
distance from the profile to the axis of the support C.
The radius is measured by calipering from the collar
E to the indicator point, closing up the micrometer
until the previous constant indicator reading is secured.
This measurement, minus half the diameter of the
collar gives the desired value. Final adjustments of
the table are made by a tangent screw G and a slow
motion screw H. The point of the indicator must be
kept at a height above the way B equal, to that of the
collar E. For arcs of convex pattern, it is only necessary
to reverse the indicator (by slipping it off the rod and
replacing after turning 180 deg.) and take measurements
with an inside micrometer from indicator to collar
adding half the diameter of the collar. Irregularities
of contour and location of exact end of curvature are
possible without additional adjusting. The indicator
support C, as illustrated, is made from a theodolite
table, and readings of degrees and minutes are possible,
thus enabling one to secure additional data bearing on
length of arc, distance of center of curvature from
reference surface, etc.
The accuracy of this device is, or course, a function
of its construction, and while not an instrument of
final decision, still a well adjusted instrument will be
found sufficiently accurate for all practical tests.
The Accuracy of Long Straightedges
of Cast Iron
By M. H. Ball
I read with much interest the article by E. A. Dixit
en "Care of Cast Iron Straightedges," on page 1341,
Vol. 52, of American Machinist and am submitting a
drawing of one 72 in. long which in a general way
e' --'
<■?/>!
i4
U ^^- ^'--—
%'
PROFTT.K-ri'RVATITRK GAGE
DESIGN FOR LONG CAST-IRON STRAIGHTEDGE
closely approaches the design .of the one shown by
Mr. Dixie.
In making this one, an attempt was made to make it
as light as possible and to distribute the metal in a
way that would show the least distortion when sup-
ported at widely separated places as it frequently is
when testing an uneven surface. Its weight is 57 lb.
While I do not question the accuracy of the standard
cast-iron straightedge with arched back suspended in
the usual way at two points, each point being about one
quarter the length of the straightedge from the ends,
if it is used in a suspended position, counterbalanced
and used with extreme care, I do question its accuracy
when used in any other than a suspended and well
counterbalanced position, and
this latter condition, I am
sure, frequently prevails in
many places where extreme
accuracy is not necessary —
yet a straightedge is needed
and one that is convenient
to handle is preferred if ac-
curate within a reasonable
limit.
The one shown when rest-
ing on its extreme ends has
a sag of 0.002 in. at its cen-
ter and when resting on a
point at its center each end
has a sag of 0.0025 in. When
suspended in the usual way.
or supported at these points
about one quarter of its
total length from each end]
its inaccuracy does not exceed
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
733
0.0005 in., therefore it is obvious that with careful and
proper handling very good tests can be made with it,
and we think for the average run of work it is a very-
practicable tool. Our line of work is general repairing
and building steel mill machinery.
Notes on the Federated American
Engineering Societies
The representatives of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers on the American Engineering
Council have been appointed. They are:
L. P. Alford, formerly editor of Industrial Management.
E. S. Carman, secretary and chief engineer. The Osborn
Manufacturing Co., Cleveland, Ohio.
R. H. FB3SNALD, professor mechanical engineering. Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
A. M. Greene, Jr., professor mechanical engineering,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y.
W. B. Gregory, professor experimental engineering,
Tulane University, and irrigation engineer, U. S. Depart-
ment Agriculture, New Orleans, La.
W. A. Hanley, master mechanic and chief engineer, Eli
Lilly & Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
D. S. Kimball, professor industrial engineering, Cornell
University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Charles T. Main, consulting engineer, Boston, Mass.
Fred J. Miller, president of A. S. M. E., 1920.
L. C. NORDMEYEHl, secretary and treasurer, Tait & Nord-
meyer Engineering Co., St. Louis, Mo.
V. M. Palmer, engineer of industrial economy, Eastman
Kodak Co., Rochester, N. Y.
H. P. Porter, superintendent gas department, Gypsy Oil
Co., Tulsa, Okla.
Arthur L. Rice, managing editor. Power Plant Engineer-
ing, Chicago, 111.
Paul Wright, engineer and contractor, Paul Wright &
Co., Birmingham, Ala.
The delegates appointed will hold office for two years
beginning January 1, 1921, and will also represent the
society at the organization meeting of the American
Engineering Council to be held at Washington, D. C,
November 18 and 19 at the New Willard Hotel.
Program of November Meeting
The first session of the November meeting will be
i;evoted to the election of temporary officers and the
appointment of temporary committees, and the second
to an address by J. Parke Channing, chairman. Engi-
neering Council, to be followed by a discussion concern-
ing the field of activity for the Federated American
Engineering Societies. The morning and afternoon
sessions of the second day will be given over to the
reports of committees, the election of permanent officers
and the formal ratification of constitution and by-laws.
The evening session is to include an address by Herbert
C. Hoover, president of the American Institute of Min-
ing and Metallurgical Engineers, and an informal recep-
tion and smoker. The organization meeting of the
Executive Board, American Engineering Council will be
held November 20 in the morning.
A Word of Caution
Under the caption "A Word of Caution Kegarding the
Federation," Mechanical Engineering prints the follow-
ing letter from Howard E. Coffin:
To those of us who went through the harrowing days at
the beginning of our participation in the war of 1917, there
can be no doubt of the value of an organization harnessing
together, for the national security, development and welfare,
all those engineering activities which lie at the very founda-
tion of our industrial strength in every line.
I believe I can give no clearer indication of the national
need in emergency than to say that within one year after
our entry into the war there had been co-ordinated under
the direction of the Council of National Defense, with whose
Advisory Commission I had the honor to serve as a mem-
ber, more than 144,000 distinct organizations of various
kinds throughout the United States.
One strong word of caution I should, however, like to
voice. We should endeavor at every point to make The
Federated American Engineering Societies a truly practical
and workable agency for definite accomplishment. We
should avoid the pyramiding of new engineering activities,
committees, boards, etc., which are so apt to come into
being for the furtherance of localized and sometimes selfish
interests of individuals or societies and which tend to still
further confuse a sufficiently complicated situation. The
activities of many of our society members of The Federated
American Engineering Societies already overlap, and as
these societies endeavor to develop and extend their preroga-
tives we may naturally expect further complications in
authority and in duplication of work.
We have in The Federated American Engineering
Societies a co-ordinating influence which can be made of
inestimable practical value, both to its member organizations
and to the departments in Washington.
Let us see to it, therefore, that this new co-ordinatinar
body is made to efficiently fulfill these objects for which it
has been created.
Cleaning a Grinding Wheel
With Gasolene
By S. E. Frew
We discovered by accident a good way to clean an oil-
i^oaked and glazed emery wheel. Some gasolene wao
accidentally spilled on the wheel and later, after th.
wheel had been run, we noted that the oil and dirt had
been thrown off, apparently by centrifugal force.
We then soaked the entire wheel in gasolene, rigged a
paper guard around it to prevent it from spattering all
over the place, and after allowing it to stand a few
moments turned on the power.
The oil and dirt loosened by the gasolene were thrown
cut by the rapidly revolving wheel, leaving it clean an'^i
in good condition for grinding.
Removing Paint from Steel Structures
By F. a. McLean
A simple way of removing old paint from steel struc-
tures is to dissolve one pound of concentrated powdered
lye in three quarts of hot water, adding lime to make the
solution thick enough to spread evenly. The solution
should be applied as soon as it is mixed, by means of a
brush and allowed to remain on the surfaces to be
cleaned until it is almost dry. If it is then removed it
will take the paint with it unless the paint is very old
and thick, in which case a second coat of the solution
should be applied. Before applying a new coat of paint,
the metal should be thoroughly washed with a solution
composed of one-half pound of sal soda dissolved in two
gallons of warm water. After the soda solution has been
applied, the surface of the metal should be wiped or
warmed until thoroughly* dried. It is stated that a
method similar to this is in use by the United States
Coast Artillery, for cleaning the exterior portions of big
guns and their carriages.
784
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
EDITORIALS
Boxing Machinery to Insure
Safe Shipment
THE boxing or crating of machinery for shipment
is a problem that has vexed many builders and
customers. It is one thing to build and ship a perfect
machine but quite another to have it reach the customer
with castings cracked, parts sprung, shafts or handles
bent and parts rusted or missing. The- greater the dis-
tance, when counted by time in transit, the more the
delay, loss and annoyance.
Reports from foreign countries tell us that we have
in this country some manufacturers of machine tools
who know how to box machinery so that it almost invari-
ably reaches its destination in good order. So, in order
to assist those who may not have had wide experience,
we give, in another part of the paper, an outline of the
way in which one company handles the packing of
machinery both for domestic and foreign .shipments.
It is not assumed that no other method will secure
equally good results, for there are other firms which
enjoy a similar distinction. The main thing is to real-
ize that the crating or boxing of machinery is a real
engineering problem which must be solved by a careful
study of the weight, of the stresses likely to be encoun-
tered, and the way in which these should be taken
care of.
The good of the industry demands that every precau-
tion be taken to insure the safe delivery of machinery
to its destination, particularly in the case of foreign
shipments in competition with the rest of the world.
It is for this reason that the Brown & Sharpe Manu-
facturing Co. was perfectly willing to give us all details
of its method, instead of reserving the benefit of long
years of experience for its own use. For whatever
benefits the industry as a whole benefits every member
of that industry.
We shall be very glad to show other methods, es-
pecially those used by builders of different classes of
machinery. In fact we expect to show another builder's
method in the near future. F. H. C.
Protecting Our Dye Industry
ALL of us can easily recall our difficulties when the
/I. World War shut off our importations of dyes from
Germany. Prices rose so high on dye-stuffs that
desperate efforts were made to bring them in. A large
part of the cargo of the submarine freighter, Deutsch-
land, consisted of dye-stuffs.
The reason for this state of affairs was that, owing
to our trade policy, we had no dye factories worth
the name.
Germany had a monopoly of the Jye rrade of ^'he
world, and came near choking all her enemies to death
with gas, made largely in her dye factories
By almost superhuman efforts -.ve ioi/ed che great
problems connected with the production of satisfac-
tory, fast-color dyes, on a commercial scale. It is not
only a necessity for us to protect these factories for
industrial purposes, but also with an eye to future chem-
ical warfare, for he who thinks we have seen our last
war does not know human nature.
But now the Germans are sending over large quan-
tities of dye-stuffs, and increasing these shipments
weekly. They are selling them at a price and in such
quantities as to seriously cripple our own dye factories.
Prompt aid is needed to save our dye industry.
We must protect and encourage our dye-makers,
because their future is linked with the destiny of the
country as a whole. E. V.
Training for Economical Production
THIS is a good time to do some constructive think-
ing along a number of lines. And one of them is
the question of training men and women for the work
to be done.
Under the spur of war necessity we established train-
ing schools and accomplished marvels in the way of
securing production from men and women who had
never before seen the inside of a shop. It was not all
smooth sailing to be sure, and it took much time and
trouble to secure results, but they were secured. Mis-
takes were made as a matter of course, but on the
whole we succeeded very well.
Are we going to let the supply of trained workers
again become a matter of chance and trust to luck or to
stealing them from someone who does train them?
A number of the more progressive shops are main-
taining their training departments as a part of the
regular, peace-time routine. Methods are modified tc
be sure, in order to meet varying conditions, but the
idea of training is still being fostered and the future
supply of trained men and women is not left to chance.
Nor is this training confined to new workers. Those
who for any reason are not as proficient as they should
be, are trained to do more or better work or both. For
it is much better to spend a little money in adding to
the foundation already laid than to start at the begin-
ning with a new worker.
Foremen are also being given training in different
ways. They are shown how to handle different situa-
tions; how to win the confidence of their workers.
They are shown the policy of the company; shown
how they can assist in making it more prosperous;
taught tc utilize the result of the training received
in the schools.
The future of America and of the world lies in secur-
ing economical production and plenty of it. This can-
not be done without trained workers, trained not only
in the knowledge of how to perform the different oper-
ations but also in the knowledge that they will be treated
fairly in all things.
This is not the time for drifting with the tide. It
is rather the time for getting busy on some prog-
ressive program that shall recognize conditions as they
exist, and prepare to mold them in the way that is
best for the industry. One of the needs is that of
training both workers and executives so as to secure
more economical production. It should not be left to
chance — a definite program is necessary. F. H. C.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
735
The International Chamber of Commerce
Did Not Indorse the Metric System
In relation to our editorial on page 957,
in which we called attention to the unauthor-
ized use of Professor Roorbach's name, by
Albert Herbert of the World Trade Club,
we wish to call special attention to the follow-
ing misleading letter being sent out by the
secretary of the club:
Chamber of Commerce, Inc.,
Clinton, Mass.
Gentlemen :
When the International Chamber of
Commerce met in Paris last month, one of
the important questions to claim its attention
was world standardization of weights and
measures.
Realizing the inefficiency of the cumber-
some jumble of measurements with which a
few people still handicap themselves and ap-
preciating the obstacle that this lack of stand-
ardization has proved in world trade, the
International Chamber of Commerce strongly
urged that the United States of America and
the British Empire "forthwith standardize on
the Metric System solely." A copy of this
epoch-making resolution is attached.
It is urgently requested that your organi-
zation, if it has not already done so, appoint
a committee to consider this question thor-
oughly and take the necessary action to secure
for the United States the benefits of the
simple decimal system of weights and meas-
ures— "the universal language of quantity."
The Metric advance is one of the vital
trade topics of the day. Even the anti-metric
propagandists recently sent out a broadside in
which they declared it "a live question."
Will you not urge the Chamber of Commerce
of the United States to hold a referendum
among its members on this very important
question ?
Sincerely yours,
(Signed) AUBREY DRURY,
Executive Secretary.
This letter of Mr. Drury's is being sent to
various Chambers of Commerce, and else-
where, in an endeavor to mislead the members
into thinking that resolutions favoring the use
of the metric system were adopted by the
International Chamber of Commerce, but
they were NOT. The resolutions he refers
to Were introduced, discussed and definitely
turned down.
Editor
736
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
WIAT to MEA©
Stygested by the Nanagfingf Editor
THE use of electricity to replace the old hand-blown
rivet forpre which has its place in the field rather
than in the shop, is the subject of the first article this
week. S'heldon has written a story of the manufacture
of an electric rivet heater built in a plant where one of
the biggest factors in the
work is the driving of
rivets. The heater was de-
signed by the user to meet
a definite problem in his
own shop, a fact which
adds interest to the de-
scription.
As announced on this
page a fortnight ago this
issue contains the intro-
ductory chapter to the sec-
ond section of Mr. Basset's
series "Modern Production
Methods," under the title
"What a Cost System Can
Do for You." Page 709. There is small doubt that many
manufacturers are not convinced of the value or r.3ces-
sity of cost accounting as applied to their particular
plants. It is for these men that this article is written
— to show what has been done by proper cost systems
in shops of various types. The articles to follow take
up the details.
That Mr. Basset has a keen sense of values and looks
upon cost accounting and production planning as useful
tools rather than as independent activities that are
sufficient unto themselves, is indicated by his concluding
paragraph.
"Lest any of the readers of this series become over-
enthusiastic on cost accounting, I want to lay stress
on two points which my experience shows are warnings
sometimes needed. First, cost accounting is not an end
in itself. The aim of business is profits. Cost ac-
counting is of value only as it aids the manufacturer
to make profits. The second warning is that no cost
accounting system will of itself make these profits.
The reports are inanimate things which can't of them-
selves make industrial betterments. They must be in-
telligently studied by an executive who has the intelli-
gence to translate their figures into needed changes
and the authority to see that these changes are made."
Probably the greatest contributing cause to the fail-
ure of the American merchant or manufacturer to
secure foreign trade or to hold what little he gets
\Yhat to read was net a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when hooks were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly cr profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page i^ the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
after he gets it, is the matter of proper packing. This
fault exists in every field of industry but for our pur-
pose its effects on our overseas machine-tool sales is
of the greatest moment. Our brainy business manager.
Mason Britton, on his return from a recent European
trip gave us instance after
instance where expensive
automatic machines had
arrived in a totally useless
condition due to poor pack-
ing and inadequate protec-
tion against rust. Con-
vinced as we are of the
vital importance of proper
packing for shipment, both
foreign and domestic, we
have delegated to Fred
Colvin the job of describ-
ing the packing of several
machine-tool builders who
have developed this rather
prosaic process to a fine art. On page 712 is the
beginning of his article on the crating and boxing
system in use by Brown & Sharpe.
That arc-welding played a prominent part in
transporting the A. E. F. to France is clearly shown
in Ethan Viall's welding article on page 719. Among
the examples of arc-welding jobs are the many cylinder
repairs made on the partially wrecked engines of the
commandeered German passenger ships lying in Ameri-
can harbors when we entered the war. If the German
crews had realized the possibilities of making cylinder
repairs by welding they wou'd certainly have made their
work of destruction more complete. The Navy depart-
ment conducted tests on these cylinder repairs to ascer-
tain the relative strength of welded and original ma-
terial and a brief statement from the report is included
in the article. Other tests are also described and in-
formation is given on the speed of arc-welding.
In the Shop Equipment News Section, beginning on
page 737, appears the first new German machine tool
that has come to us in some time. There is nothing
startling about its design and we show it principally to
keep American machine-tool builders informed of the
doings of German firms that will be strong competitors
in foreign trade in a very few years. The present stag-
nation in the German market should act as an additional
incentive to her merchants to reach for foreign markets.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
737
Shop equipment Ntwj
i^Kj.^.:m_^m
5-. A. HAND
'i^mxm^
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NEWS ■
A weekly review oP
modorn dos'Kgnsend j;,!
o ©quipmonO ■■ ] !
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfiiclt there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
• CONDENSED ■
CLIPPING INDEX
Acon(inuou5 record
ol^modorn dos\^ns
' and oquipmonl/ •
Heidenreich & Harbeck Cone and
Geared-Head Lathes
The firm of Heidenreich & Harbeck, Hamburg, Ger-
many, has introduced the lathe shown in Fig. 1. The
illustration gives the general details of the cone-head
model. The lathe is also fitted with the geared head
shown uncovered in Fig. 2.
The cone has been designed with but three steps to
keep each step as broad as possible. The smallest step
is of ample size to keep the belt speed high. Double
back gears are employed in the cone-head model, thus
giving nine forward spindle speeds. The countershaft
usually supplied is fitted with two friction clutch pulleys
for forward and reverse drive, although it is possible
to secure one with tight and loose pulleys.
The lead screw is used only for thread cutting, the
feed rod governing ordinary longitudinal and trans-
verse motion of the carriage. In addition a reversing
shaft permits either the lead screw or feed rod to be
operated in the reverse direction. Built-in change gears
provide fifty feed steps without the removal of a gear.
These gears are designed to permit standard English
threads to be cut. For odd pitches and for metric
threads extra gears are supplied at an additional cost.
All gears are of steel.
The reversing shaft does away with the necessity for
backing the lathe except when cutting threads of quick
lead and consequently it may be advisable in certain
cases to substitute a countershaft with two forward
speeds for the reversing one.
Feeds are operated through friction clutches in the
rear apron and cannot be engaged simultaneously. The
FIG.
GEARED HEAD UNCOVERED
FIG. 1. HEIDEXREIPH & HARHECK KN(iINE T.ATHE
compound rest is graduated and the saddle is extra long
to cover the slides and keep out chips.
The box bed has ample strength and can be supplied
with a gap and bridge at extra cost.
The plain bearings are supplied with ring oilers and
gear guards are incorporated in the design.
Adjustable-Center Multiple-Spindle
Drill Heads
The United States Drill Head Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, is
building the type of adjustable-center multiple-spindle
drill head shown in the illustration. The maximum
number of spindles that can be used and still obtain full
adjustability is six. With this number or less the
spindles can be arranged to
drill holes having any group-
ing within the limits of the
device. There is, of course,
a minimum center distance
permissible between the spin-
dles. More spindles than six
may be used, but it reduces
the amount of adjustmen'.
that is possible with each
spindle.
Each drill spindle is carried
on an auxiliary arm, which
permits it to be swung in a
circle whose center is that of
an intermediate pinion that
meshes with the main gear
in the center of the head.
Each intermediate pinion has
738
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
[ ■■
^^^I^H ■'
J
1^1 £. r**
f
■f dl
J
■MbS^^^
JW--'^
1
^B -'^^^^^^M
^Hr' '^^^Js^^BSiS
■
^^■^^^^^^^ J,
*^KL--^ ! ^^^^HL ,:'^
I^BF^^^n
^P^
IHE''' • M
npHBW '
"U. S.'
ADJUSTABLE-CEXTER MULTIPLE-SPINDLE
DRILL HEAD
Specifications : Built in five sizes : No. 1 drills on circles from
2 to 5 in. in diameter; No. 2 from 2J to 7 in. ; No. 3 from 4t\ to
11 fg in. ; No. 3-A from 8 to 18 in. ; No. 4, special, for drilling pipe
fittings and flanges.
a wide face and the gear on the drill spindle may be
slid along it. This is necessary because there is
a vertical adjustment provided for each drill spindle,
to permit the use of different lengths of drills at the
same time.
The head is clamped to the quill of the drilling
machine upon which it is used. It may be driven by
either a taper shank or a key in the drift slot in the
spindle of the drilling machine. The drill spindles can
be readily attached or removed, only one locking nut
being used to hold each one. The spindles are provided
with ball-thrust bearings and have adjustment for end
wear. They are geared with a speed ratio, when com-
pared to the driving spindle, of about 3* to 1. The drill
heads are built in five standard sizes, and special sizes
can lie furnished upon order.
"Fastfeed" Combination Drill
and Reamer
The Fastfeed Drill and Tool Corp., Toledo, Ohio, and
21 Murray St., New York City, has recently placed on
the market the combination drill and reamer shovra in
the illustration. The tool is intended for use with drill
jigs, so as to drill and ream at one operation. The
use of slip bushings, necessary in a jig when drilling
and reaming are separate operations, is thus eliminated.
The tool is made of high-speed steel and the point
is the same as that of any two-fluted drill. The reamer
.section is 0.010 to 0.015 in. larger in diameter than the
drill. It has four blades, two being placed on the
continuation of each land of the drill. The reamer
blades can be sharpened from the front edge, the same
as with any solid reamer. In order that the drill
may start the hole properly, the reamer should enter
the bushing in the drill jig at least 3 in. before the
point touches the work. It is claimed that a high rate
of production can be obtained by this method.
The tool can be furnished in a wide range of sizes,
the standard reamer diameters varying from ^ to li in.
Either straight or taper shanks of any size can be
furnished, the Morse taper being standard.
Purves Drilling Attachment for
Milling Machines
The Purves Manufacturing Co., 408 S. Franklin St.,
Syracuse, N. Y., has perfected the drilling attachment
for milling machines that is shown in the accompanying
illustration. The maker claims that it is possible to
"FASTFEED" COMBINATION FRILL AND REAMER
PURVES ANGLE-DRILLING ATT.^CHMENT OX A
MILLING MACHINE
drill holes at an angle as easily and cheaply as ver-
tically.
The device is mounted on a universal milling attach-
ment fitted on a horizontal-spindle knee-type milling
machine, the attachment being set at the angle desired.
The work is placed on the table in the ordinary manner
so that no angular fixture is required. The drill is fed
directly by the hand lever of the attachment. Since
the operator can thus feel the pressure of the feed,
breakage of the drill is not apt to occur. The position
of the feeding lever can be easily changed, so as to
accommodate any shape of work. A stop is provided,
so that it is possible to drill a number of holes to the
same depth.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
739
Toledo Straight-Column
Inclinable Press
The illustration shows a straight-column inclinable
press recently brought out by the Toledo Machine
and Tool Co., Toledo, Ohio, and known as No. 54 Special.
The press has direct motor drive, with the motor so
mounted that it is always in a vertical position and the
pinion is always in mesh, no matter what the inclination
of the press. The arrangement by which the machine
is inclined is shown in the illustration.
The makers state that the machine may be furnished
The machine is equipped with a 5-hp., shunt-wound,
adjustable-speed Westinghouse motor running at from
1,120 to 1,600 r.p.m. on 230-volt direct current. The
motor is started and stopped by a push button that
I
TOLEDO NO. 54 SPECIAL .STRAIGHT-COLUMN
INCLINABLE PRESS
Specifications: Weight as shown. 6, .TOO lb. Bed, 24 x 23 in.
Bottom of ram, 21 x 19i in. Opening in bed, 12 x 12 in. Distance
between housings, 24 in, Strol<e, 2 in. Distance from bed to lam,
stroke down and adjustment up, 1.3 in. Thiclcness o£ bolster, 3 in.
with or without gearing, bar knockout in ram, direct
connected lower liftout and motor bracket, and that
the press is also built with the frame arched from
front to rear to allow a 14-in. opening in the housings
to permit of feeding stock sidewise.
Self-Contained Motor-Driven Tool
Grinding Machine
The U. S. Tool Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, has recently
placed on the market the self-contained tool-grinding
machine shown in the illustration; ease of starting and
total enclosure of the motor and control apparatus
being features claimed by the maker.
U. S. .SELIj'-CONTAINED MOTOR-DRIVEN TOOL
GRINDING MACHINE
controls a type C Westinghouse starter equipped with
a speed-adjusting rheostat and located in the base
of the machine. The push button is mounted on the
top of the motor so that the workmen will not start
the motor by jabbing the button with the material
which they intend to grind, since it is easier to operate
it by hand.
Thor Moisture Separator for Air Lines
The Independent Pneu-
matic Tool Co., 600 W. Jack-
son Blvd., Chicago, 111.,
builds the Thor separator,
shown in the illustration, for
separating moisture and dirt
from compressed ail'. It is
especially intended for clean-
ing the air used by pneu-
matic tools.
The air enters the separa-
tor through two pipes and
strikes the inside wall or
casing tangentially, which
causes it to revolve rapidly.
Centrifugal force throws the
entrained moisture and dirt
to the walls, on which they
descend to the bottom of the
tank, while the cleaned air
passes on to the pipe line. A
drain is provided at the base
for removing the accumula-
tion of water and dirt. The
separator is built in two sizes
having capacities of 150 and
400 cu.ft. per minute.
f ■
1
i
^ 1
1 - -
9
r
THOR MOISTURE SEPARA-
TOR FOR AIR LINES
Specifications: Builf in two
sizes. Respective capacities, 150
and 400 cu.ft. of air per minute.
Face of gage. 3 in. in diameter.
Height including gage, 31 and 47
in. Diameter of base, 8 J and
12i in.
740
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
"Perfection" Pneumatic Trip for
Power Presses
It has often been found that when a single operator
attempts to handle large steel plates in a punching
machine or other type of power press he experiences
trouble due to inability to
reach the foot- or hand-trip
lever while standing at the
front balancing the plate.
This difficulty is said to
be eliminated by the use
of the "Perfection" pneu-
matic trip, shown in the il-
lustration. The device is
built by the Lovejoy Tool
Works and sold by Tom
Brown & Co., 800 Great
Northern Bldg., Chicago,
111. The device, consisting
of a working cylinder and
valve, is bolted to the side
of the machine in such a
position that the coupling
on the end of its piston can
be attached to the trip
lever. The air valve can be
operated by a jerk of a
cord held in the hand of the
operator. This admits air
to the cylinder, raises the piston, and operates the trip
mechanism of the machine. Two springs quickly return
the valve and piston to their idle positions ready for
another operation.
Black & Decker Portable Air
Compressor Outfit
The Black & Decker Manufacturing Co., Towson
Heights, Baltimore, Md., is now making up its No. 46
Electric Compressor Portable Automatic Tank Outfit
equipped with reducing valve, hose and blow-gun. The
outfit consists of the No. 46 electric compressor and a
PERFECTION PNEUMATIC
TRIPPING DEVICE FOR
POWER PRESSES
JV'vHPf ^
1 '
1 -
■
0
■I
40-gal. air reservoir mounted on a 3-wheel carriage
provided with pushing-handle and brake. It is claimed
that one man can readily wheel the outfit about.
An automatic switch starts the compressor when the
tank pressure drops below 160 lb. and stops it when the
pressure reaches 200 lb. An automatic unloader is pro-
vided with the switch. The compressor is rated to have
a volumetric capacity of 6 cu.ft. of free air per minute
and a pressure capacity of 200 lb. The pressure in the
reducing valve can be adjusted to give a working pres-
sure of 40 to 80 lb. The blow-gun is equipped with
trigger and jet tube.
The outfit is supplied for 110 or 220-volt direct cur-
rent or 110 or 220-volt, 2 phase or 3 phase, 60 cycle
alternating current.
The regular equipment includes valves, gages, electric
cord, 25 ft. of air hose and blow-gun. Extra valve and
air hose with tire connector can be supplied as addi-
tional equipment.
The makers advocate the use of this outfit for blow-
ing dust from motors and machinery; cleaning grease
from machinery when used with air engine cleaner in
place of the blow gun; and for inflating tires.
Westinghouse Electric Arc Furnace
Regulator
The illustration shows both a front and a back view
of an electric arc furnace regulator recently placed on
the market by the Westinghouse Electric and Manu-
facturing Co., East Pittsburgh, Pa.
Among the claims made by the manufacturers for
this regulator are: High electrode operating speed and
close precision of regulation with absolute freedom from
"hunting" ; ability to incorporate high speed with a
narrow current zone, due to the fact that the electrode
speed tapers from full to zero as the regulated current
approaches its normal value. With small variations in
current the speed is slow enough to prevent continuous
breaking of the arc and, at the same time, when the
BLACK & DECKER PORTABLE AIR COMPRESSOR OUTFIT
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC ARC FURNACE REGULATOR ,
(FRONT AND BACK)
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
741
solid metal begins to cave into the pools of molten metal
under the electrodes, sufficient speed is available to per-
mit the regulator to extricate the electrodes before the
time relay allows the breaker to trip; it utilizes the arc
voltage as well as the current to control the motors and
it is impossible for the electrode to get into the molten
metal ; the voltage coils render the control of each elec-
trode independent of the others so that one electrode
may be entirely withdrawn without disturbing any of
the others.
Screwdriver Attachments for Thor
Portable Drill Motors
The Independent Pneumatic Tool Co., 600 W. Jackson
Blvd., Chicago, 111., manufactures screwdriver attach-
ments for its portable drill motors. The devices are
made in three styles, so as to fit the different types of
portable motors which the firm builds. The No. 1
screwdriver attachment for the Thor turbine air drill is
iite
I IIIWJ.JUJJJIJJJ
-w
"^iMHMIi
fcJCKEWiiKlVER ATTACHMENTS FOR THOR I'ORTABI.B
DRILL MOTORS
shown at the bottom of the illustration, it being capable
of handling up to No. 12 wood screws, 1;| in. long.
For use on electric drills the attachments are built
in two styles, the short type, No. 3, such as previously
described and the No. 2 extension type shown at the
top. The latter type will handle any size of wood
screw, ] in. or longer up to No. 14, 2 in. long. The
No. 3 attachment can be used on .the No. 00 Thor
electric drill only when the latter has been equipped
with a special spindle and gear case.
"Duplex" Interchangeable Counterbores
and Spot-Facers
The type of counterbore shown in the accompanying
illustration is manufactured by the Dayton Machine
Products Co., Dayton, Ohio. The tool consists of four
parts, the holder, the cutter, the pilot and the locking
screw.
The holder is made of low-carbon steel case-
hardened, as is also the pilot. The cutter is of high-
speed steel and it has two cutting faces, both permitting
of resharpening. It is claimed that the cutter is self-
centering in the holder, that even without the pilot in
position there is no side play of the cutter, and that
because of the numerous driving surfaces in contact on
the cutter and the holder, the bending or twisting strain
on the pilot shank is minimized.
The tool can be furnished with cutters from i to 3
"DUPLEX" INTERCHANGEABLE COUNTERBORES
AND SPOT-FACERS
in. in diameter. Morse taper shanks Nos. 1 to G are
standard, although straight-shank holders can be fur-
nished. Pilots of the size desired can be furnished.
The tool can be disassembled by the removing of one
screw, and the interchangeability of the cutters to
different holders is claimed as one of the chief points
of advantage of the device.
Tapers for Machine Spindles
By T. Fish
President, Read.v Tool Co., Bridgeport, Conn.
In general practice it is customary to use Morse
tapers for the holes of drilling spindles, but for lathes,
grinding machines, etc., there seems to be no standard
practice.
Of ten large manufacturers of grinding machines,
three use Brown & Sharpe; three use Morse and four
use Jarno tapers.
Of thirty lathe manufacturers, twenty use Morse; one
uses Brown & Sharpe; two use Reed and five use Jarno
tapers; three use a taper of their own and two use a
modified Morse taper.
It would seem well to the writer that in designing a
machine requiring a taper hole in the spindle, the
designer should use one of the three well-known
standard tapers.
The Morse tapers are not the same in all sizes,
varying from 0.600 to 0.626 in. per foot Nos. 0 and 7
are 0.62.5 in. and Nos. 2 and 3 are 0.602 in. per foot and
each one of the others is different.
The Brown & Sharpe tapers with the exception of
three are, 0.500 in. per foot, but there are two No. 6, two
No. 7 and three No. 10 tapers, all of which is somewhat
confusing.
The Jarno tapers are all 0.600 in. per foot and their
proportions are readily remembered. Fui-ther, the
numbers by which they are known have a definite rela-
tion to their sizes. That is, the number of the taper is
the number of tenths of an inch in the diameter at the
small end, the number of eighths of an inch in the
diameter at the large end, and the number of halves of
an inch in the length. Thus the No. 6 taper is six tenths
(fn in.) at the small end, six eighths (f in.) at the
large end and six halves (3 in.) in length.
It would seem to the writer that if anyone was going
to make a taper center for any of his work he would
use one of the the three standards. Brown & Sharpe,
Morse or Jarno. The latter, I think, would be prefer-
able, as the proportions are so easy to remember.
I hardly think it would be possible for all manufac-
turers to adopt one standard at this time, as the changes
would be too expensive. However, if anyone was bring-
ing out a new machine, some well known standard taper
should be adopted.
742
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 16
Three
Southwark Hydraulic
Presses
By C. J. PRIEBE
Associate Editor. American Machinist
The design of hydraulic presses may not have
undergone as great changes in recent years as
that of the cutting type of machine, but the
recently developed products of a large concern
that are here described show that some changes
are taking place. The presses, although suited
to general work, are each intended for some
particular job.
HYDRAULIC machinery of many types is built
by the Southwark Foundry and Machine Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa. The presses here shown and
described have recently been added to the line, being
among the smaller machines built by the concern. The
broaching press and the bushing press are both unique
in that they have but two columns, presses of this
type formerly being built by this concern with four col-
umns. Lightness and accessibility to the Ayork-table
are claimed for the two-column type of press.
The press illustrated in Fig. 1 is intended for forc-
ing broaches through castings and forgings. The
PIG. 1.
20-TON SOUTHWARK HYDRAULIC
BROACHING PRESS
PIG. 2. 200-TON SOUTHWARK HYDRAULIC
BUSHING PRESS
maker claims that many classes of work can be broached
very quickly and accurately on this machine.
The clearance between the columns is 20 in. The
distance between the moving and the bottom tables is
adjustable by means of long threads on the tension
bolts from 24 in. as a maximum to 16 in. as a minimum.
The moving table is guided by the tension bolts. The
bottom table has a 2-in. hole, so as to allow the broaches
to drop through into a bucket designed for the pur-
pose. The pedestal has openings in both the front
and back to permit the removal of the broaches. The
lower part of the pedestal forms a reservoir for the
cutting lubricant.
The press is very quick acting, making from 15 to
20 working strokes per minute. Two auxiliary pres-
sure cylinders, the rams in which are fastened to each
end of the movable table, provide for the quick return
of the table and ram. A dashpot placed in the top
of the main cylinder eliminates shock at the end of
the return stroke.
The operating valve is controlled by a treadle, thus
leaving both hands of the operator free to handle the
work. The press is designed to operate on a pressure
of 1,500 lb. per square inch supplied by an accumulator
system. It requires a floor space of only 3 x 2 ft. and
is approximately 9 ft. in height.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
743
PIG. 3. 200-TON SOUTHWARK HYDRAULIC UPSETTING PRESS
The two-column, quick-acting bushing press shown
in Fig. 2 is especially intended for use in railroad
shops. The ram is 12 in. in diameter, so that a pressure
of approximately 200 tons is obtainable when a hydraulic
pressure of 3,500 lb. per square inch is used. The ram
is counterbalanced by means of the weight shown at the
left.
The machine is equipped with a motor geared to a
pump having two ;-in. plungers operating with a 3-in.
stroke in a forged steel body. Operating and relief
valves and a pressure gage are supplied. The press
is thus self-contained.
The ram is provided with a hand-operated racking
device, so that it can be raised and lowered quickly.
When the ram is lowered in this way, the pressure
cylinder is automatically filled with water from a tank
located on top of the cylinder. When the ram touches
the work, the pressure is built up by means of the
pump. In this way considerable time can be saved,
since it is not necessary that the ram be moved
by power through the clearance space. The pump valve
is controlled by means of the handwheel at the right.
The press is provided with an intermediate platen,
the top of which is 27 in. above the top of the bottom
platen. The clearance between the face of the ram
in its highest position and the top of the intermediate
platen is 45 in. The columns are 6 in. in diameter
and have a clear distance between them of 32',' in.
The intermediate platen has an 8-in. slot and the
bottom platen is provided with a hole 8 in. in diameter,
this being especially to accommodate piston rods. The
height of the press is approximately 11 ft. above the
floor line, the machine being set 2 ft. below the floor,
in addition.
Fig. 3 shows a 20Q|ton hydraulic upsetting press
adaptable to general upsetting and forging work, but
The floo
height is 10 ft
especially suitable for upsetting the
flanges on automobile crankshafts.
For such operations, the vertical ram
carries a die that can be moved down
so as to surround the heated work,
which has been previously placed in
position on the horn or anvil. The
horizontal ram is then run forward,
so as to upset the work. In this way
the driving disk may be formed on the
end of a crankshaft. Both rams are
then withdrawn, so that the work may
be removed, the action of the rams be-
ing controlled by means of the levers
at the right. Small auxiliary rams and
cylinders, connected to the pressure
line, are provided for returning the
rams when the pressure is released
from the working cylinders.
The horizontal ram is capable of ex-
erting a pressure of 200 tons and it
has a stroke of 12 in. The vertical
ram has a 9-in. stroke, and can exert a
pressure of 110 tons. The maximum
distance between the face of the hori-
zontal ram and the horn is 33 in., and
the vertical clear opening with the ver-
tical ram raised is 22! in.
The machine is intended to operate
with a hydraulic pressure of 1,500 lb.
per square inch, the pressure being
supplied from an accumulator system,
space required is 12 x 3 ft., and the over-all
The total weight is 30,000 lb.
Waterproofing Blueprints and
Drawings
By F. a. McLean
Architects, engineers, contractors, linemen, etc., often
have occasion to refer to drawings, blueprints, etc., in
all kinds of weather, and usually find that before long
their prints are in a very dilapidated condition.
A simple way of overcoming this trouble is to render
them waterproof by saturating them with melted paraf-
fine wax such as is used for sealing fruit jars, etc., and
sold under the name of "parawax."
If the prints are placed directly into a pan filled with
this molten wax they will soak up too much of it and
will always feel more or less greasy to the touch. The
most convenient way, therefore, is to soak a number of
pieces of absorbent cotton cloth a foot or more square
in the wax. When these pieces of cloth are cool lay
as many as are required (depending on the size of the
blueprint) on a table or other smooth surface, place the
print on top of these and then on top of the print lay
more of the cloths until it is entirely covered. After
this is done it is only necessary to run a hot iron over
them for a few moments. The print will immediately
absorb the paraftine until the surface becomes saturated.
If the table on which the work is carried out has a
highly finished surface a layer or two of heavy wrap-
ping paper should be placed between the cloths and the
table. Should one of the family irons be used in the
process it would be a good plan to interpose a piece of
wrapping paper between the iron and the cloth, as it
will prevent the iron frem being fouled with the wa.x.
744
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
KS FROM TNi
Valeniine Francis
Farrell Urges Development
of Foreign Trade
James A. Farrell, president of the
United States Steel Corporation, was
the principal speaker at the annual
meeting of the Foreign Trade Council
at the Hotel Biltmore recently. The
session was executive. In addition to
electing officers for next year, Cleveland
was chosen as the city for the next
convention.
Mr. Farrell spoke on the necessity
for developing foreign markets if the
present productive capacity of this
country is to be maintained. He de-
clared that the last 20 per cent of the
total sales of a plant usually determine
whether the whole operation has been
profitable or otherwise. It is this last
20 per cent, at least, which must find
a foreign market.
"The foreign trade of the United
States, in common with domestic busi-
ness, is suffering from the general
contraction of credit," he declared.
"American exporters in many cases
have been unable to finance an extension
of their existing trade. In other cases
they have been unable to grant to
foreign customers the credits necessary
to insure continued foreign purchases.
Furthermore, the situation has been
aggravated by the low purchasing
power of many European nations, and
by the frequent disturbances in rail-
way transportation facilities through-
out the world.
"Under these conditions some of our
manufacturers have been forced to
diminish or discontinue their activities
in foreign fields. But it is inconceiv-
able that such a lessening of our
foreign trade interest should be suf-
fered to continue longer than is abso-
lutely necessary, or should be allowed
to deter American manufacturers from
making foreign trade a permanent and
integral part of their business policy.
"In every business there is a part of
the production, roughly estimated at
the least 20 per cent, which cannot re-
main unsold if the first 80 per cent of
the sales are to prove profitable. Re-
move this last 20 per cent and the
whole operation will cease to show a
profit. So it is with the present pro-
ductive capacity of the United States;
a certain volume of foreign sales must
be maintained or the industry of the
country will suffer throughout.
"If we can obtain from the legisla-
tive and executive branches of our Gov-
ernment an understanding of those
problems with which we are faced, I am
confident that the American business
man can meet this foreign competition,
if only he appreciates the real need for
foreign trade, which this country is now
experiencing. To bring home a realiza-
tion of this situation to our producers
and to our Government must continue
to be the work and duty of this
Council."
Questionnaire Out for Gage
Standardization Committee
The sectional committee appointed by
the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers to standardize plain gages
for general engineering work has sent
out a questionnaire in an endeavor to
collect all possible information on this
subject. The questionnaire takes up
the extent and kind of gages used, tol-
erances, fits and range of sizes. The
committee also requests that any in-
formation or suggestions pertaining to
this work be sent to the secretary,
H. W. Bearce, Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D. C.
H. S. Moos Forms Two Spanish
Companies
The American Machinery Corpora-
tion, Sociedad Anonima Espanola
(Spanish Corporation), Madrid, has
been organized by Henry S. Moos with
Don Luis Montiel, engineer, congress-
man and former director of finance and
customs of the Spanish Government;
Manuel de Ortega, mechanical engineer;
Rafael Montiel, civil engineer, and
Jose Padros, mechanical engineer, chief
engineer of the Sociedad de Construcc-
iones Metalicas, "Jareno," one of the
largest steel and construction shops in
the Madrid district.
This company with its existing sales
organization, warehouses, showrooms
and shops, will cover all Spain for the
American machine-tool companies it
represents, with the exception of the
Northern district.
The Northern district includes the
provinces of Guipuzcoa, Vizcaya, Alava,
Navarra, Valladolid, Leon, Santander,
and Asturias, in which territories the
"Sindicato de Maquinaria Americana"
with headquarters in Bilbao and addi-
tional warehouses and showrooms in
San Sebastian, Vigo and Valladolid, vdll
operate.
This latter organization has also been
formed by Mr. Moos ■with Messrs. Jose
Ormazabal and Antonio Iriondo, owners
of the important firm J. Ormazabal y
Cia., steel manufacturers, machinery
merchants and ship owners, and Don
Juan Zaracondegui, former director
general of "Altos Hornos" of Bilbao
(the largest steel mill in Spain), and
until recently director general of the
"Hispano-Suiza" Automobile Works.
Practical Course in Boxing
and Crating
The economic loss in shipping in the
United States due to poor packing, poor
containers, unnecessary first cost, etc.,
is conservatively estimated at not less
than $500,000 a day for all classes of
domestic and foreign shipments. This
loss can be materially reduced by the
use of properly designed containers.
Practical training courses have re-
cently been conducted at the Forest
Products Laboratory, a government in-
stitution, to make available to manu-
facturers and packers the principles
that underlie proper box and crate con-
struction.
The boxing and crating course has
proved so satisfactory that as long as
there is sufficient demand for shippers
and others interested in good container
construction, the course will be given
monthly. Dates for the two next
courses are Nov. 8-13 and Dec. 6-11.
The course consists of one week's in-
struction in boxing and crating under
a staff of competent specialists. To
cover the cost of conducting the course,
a co-operative fee of $100 is charged.
Firms or individuals interested in en-
rolling representatives should commu-
nicate at once with the Director, Forest
Products Laboratory, Madison, Wis.
1920 Foreign Trade Amounts
to $14,000,000,000
The foreign trade of the United
States for 1920 will approximate $14,-
000,000,000, according to estimates com-
piled by the National City Bank.
Thi" *otal compares, in round num-
bers, .vith $11,000,000,000 in 1919,
$9,000,000,000 in 1918 and 1917, $8,000,-
000,000 in 1916, 85,000,000,000 in 1915
and $4,277,000,000 in 1913.
Both imports and exports continue to
grow, and the total on both sides of the
ledger will be bigger in the calendar
year 1920 than in any year since the
beginning of the war and several times
as much as in any year prior to the
war.
The biggest imports in any cal-
endar year prior to the war were a
little less than $2,000,000,000, and will
total $6,000,000,000 in the calendar
year 1919, while exports, which never
exceeded $2,500,000,000 prior to the
war, will be over $8,000,000,000 in 1920.
Churchill - Morgan - Crittsinger, Inc.,
Worcester, Mass., has announced a fif-
teen per cent reduction in the prices
of their internal grinding machines.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
745
I^USTRIALpbRG
^^Sm^M ^^^-^ Editor ^^ \i
Italy's Metal Trades Difficulties
Now Ended
The present trend of events in Italy
indicates that the industrial disturb-
ances which have troubled the metal
trades in some of the northern cities of
that country during the last month have
been checked.
Premier Giolitti's plan has been
agreed to by both the factory owners
and the employees. The advocates of
this plan hope that it may result in
improved relationships between capital
and labor and so react favorably on
the economic position of the country.
The following official cablegram was
received, from Rome, on September 24,
by Francesco Quattrone, Italian High
Commissioner for New York:
Following previous communications ad-
vise that after lengthy negotiations em-
ployees of steel works and laborers have
come to understanding regarding economic
question and other principles connected with
late dispute. Both parties have agreed
that labM-ers be duly represented among
employers, and Government will name com-
mission to draw up fundamental principles
on which will be based new law to be pre-
sented immediately for discussion on part
of parliament.
Settlement of dispute proves that action
ot laborers was merely on economic ques-
tion, and has brought about amicable re-
lations of much importance between em-
ployers and laborers.
.Situation of Port of Genoa twentieth in-
stant: Thirty-one steamers unloading with
1,150 cars at their disposal (which means
that for about 25.000 tons of merchandise
to be discharged there were for immediate
use 23,000 tons car capacity).
Condition of all other ports excellent.
Metal Workers' strike had no effect on load-
ing and discharging of steamers. Railway
service normal with very marked increase
in number of trains during national cele-
bration of September twentieth.
Alessio, Minister of Comtnrrce.
Senator Underwood Predicts
Tax Law Revision
"No matter who is elected president,
Congress will be called into extra
session in March or early in April to
revise the revenue laws and place the
United States on a peace-time financial
basis."
This prediction was made Oct. 4 by
Senator Oscar W. Underwood, minority
leader of the Senate, and member of
Committee on Finance.
"Our finances must be demobilized
just as our army was," said Senator
Underwood. "When we put our army
on a new war basis, we put our finances
on a war basis also. Our army has
been demobilized.
"It is hardly probable that Congress
will attempt this task in December. It
may be that the Ways and Means Com-
mittee of the House and the Finance
Committee of the Senate will gather all
the information they can during the
winter months, but the real work of
Dreparing a bill will begin in the spring.
"Little doubt' exists that the Repub-
licans are bent on repeal of the excess
profits tax. The main reasons are its
general unpopularity and the fact that
it will not produce as much revenue in
the future as it has in the past.
"The day of the war profiteer is near
an end. A certain number of businesses
always earn large profits, but financial
experts are of the opinion that within a
year or two a large majority of enter-
prises will be on a pre-war basis. When
they get there an excess profits tax will
not yield much to the Government."
U. S. steel Corporation Will Not
Reduce Prices
The United States Steel Corporation
will not reduce its prices. In fact, it
may be necessary to advance rails to
meet advanced freight rates. This ques-
tion, however, has not been decided.
These are the conclusions drawn from
an informal talk with E. H. Gary,
chairman of the United States Steel
Corporation, given to news writers in
Wall street recently.
Independent Lamp Manufacturers
Have Association
The Association of Independent
Lamp Manufacturers was organized by
the independent lamp manufacturers
last July. It has enrolled in its mem-
bership nearly all the independent lamp
manufacturers in addition to a number
of manufacturers of equipment and
accessories. It has for its object to
improve the conditions of co-operative
buying and selling and also the estab-
lishment of research, engineering and
development laboratory of which mem-
bers may avail themselves at any time;
also to standardize their products and
to keep the members informed of im-
provements in incandescent lamps. In
addition to this the association seeks to
bring its members together so from
time to time that by exchanging ideas
and reading reports the members might
be benefited thereby. The headquar-
ters of the association is at 8 Bergen-
line Ave., Union Hill, N. J.
The National Safety Code for the
Protection of the Head and Eyes of In-
dustrial Workers has been sent to press
by the Bureau of Standards. This is
the first edition of this code to be
printed, although in the two years dur-
ing which these rules have been devel-
oped, mimeographed copies of several
successive drafts have been circulated
for criticism. The code specifies appro-
priate protectors in the form of goggles,
helmets, hoods, etc.
New Terminals as Necessary as
New Locomotives
In an eff'ort to meet the demand of
shippers in improving their service, the
railroads have again begun to order
locomotives. But the roads are as
short of facilities to take care of these
new locomotives once they are delivered
as they are of locomotives themselves.
Whenever new locomotives are or-
dered, serious consideration should also
be given to locomotive terminals. The
lack of terminals in the past has cost
the railroads millions.
As a speaker at the A. R. A. Conven-
tion last June said:
"Locomotive terminals are not all
equipped to handle expensive engines
promptly and economically. Has any-
one charted or scheduled locomotive
terminal movements with a view of
short cut delays? Are big engines
ever held in yards and sent in herds
to the roundhouse for fire cleaning,
coaling, sanding and roundhouse jobs,
when they could as easily be sent
singly to keep the roundhouse load
curve more uniform? Because the
'stitch-in-time' at the roundhouse may
keep a big engine going strong, the
best of mechanics and the best of tool
equipment should be at the round-
houses. Is this so today? Unquestion-
ably the roundhouse foreman should
be a man of greater authority. It
would seem to be a money-making
scheme to give him much better stand-
ing, also to give him a yard foreman
to handle the firing up of engines and
all the out-of-door work, to speed up
ash pit and other work that delays ex-
pensive engines from the road.
"An inspector who has been a loco-
motive engineer should meet all the
incoming engines and discuss with the
crews the condition of the engine and
the defects found. These men would
save their annual pay every month. It
would be very profitable to have trav-
eling engineers spend a day or so every
mMith at the roundhouse.
"Adequate locomotive terminals laid
out, organized and equipped for quick,
thorough work will speed up the entire
railroad. Inadequate terminals do more
than anything else to slow down the
entire railroad." — From the D. P. R.
News, published by Dwlght P. Robin-
son & Co., Inc.
Paris Auto Market Breaks
The Paris market for automobiles has
broken, the big factories being reduced
to the merest fractions of their for-
mer output.
When the war finished, the thousands
746
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
of persons who had waxed fat off war
contracts rushed to buy cars. Prices
shot skyward. Cars jumped ten times
in price, if not value, almost over-
night. Several makers adopted the Ford
idea and turned out cars at a tremen-
dous rate. They were snapped up al-
most as quickly as they appeared. Then
the French government started auc-
tioning off used American cars. This
bi-oke the market for French cars.
The Delauny Belleville factory has
practically shut down. Pougueot, De-
lage, Renault and Paris-Javel are man-
ufacturing only a fraction of their for-
mer output. The government itself is
finding an increasing difficulty in get-
ting rid of the 18,000 .American cars
of various makes that it still holds.
•
DeLamater-Ericsson Memorial
Tablets
At the convention of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers last
December, held in the Engineers So-
cieties' Bldg., New York, a memorial
meeting was held on the evening of Dec.
3 in commemoration of the eightieth an-
niversary of the arrival in the United
States of Captain John Ericsson and
his fifty years' association with Corne-
lius H. DeLamater in engineering
work. In advance of the meeting it
had been decided to erect memorial tab-
lets to mark the sites of certain build-
ings which were closely identified with
the work of DeLamater and Ericsson.
It was proposed to erect four tables:
One at the Phoenix Foundry at Laight
and West Sts., New York, where the
first screw-propelled vessel in this coun-
try and the first steam fire engine were
constructed and where many other
original developments were made; one
at Captain Ericsson's residence, 26
Beach St., where he designed the Moni-
tor and made all his inventions during
his later years; one at the DeLamater
Iron Works at the foot of West 13th
St., where the engines of the monitors
Pxiritan and Dictator were built, as
well as the first submarine boat, the
first torpedo boat, the first torpedo boat
destroyer, the first self-propelled tor-
pedo, the first air compressors, the first
ice machines, and many other indus-
trial appliances now in general use;
and one at the Continental Iron Works,
Greenpoint, L. I., where the hulls of
the Monitor and other warships were
built.
It is believed that there are many
mai-ine and industrial firms, organiza-
tions and individual manufacturers and
engineers who, if given an opportunity,
would contribute to the tablet fund, es-
pecially to commemorate the invention
of the screw propeller and the building
of the Monitor. Those interested are
requested to communicate with the De-
Lamater-Ericsson Tablet Committee,
H. F. J. Porter, chairman. Room 1100,
Engineering Societies Bldg., 29 West
39th St., New York City.
«
"Lenine Makes Emma Goldman Work
as a Railroad Laborer," says a head-
line. Conditions in Russia look best
at a safe distance.
What Strikes Cost
The Conciliation Bureau of the De-
partment of Labor estimates that the
monetary losses throughout the country
suffered during the fiscal year ended
June 30 because of strikes amounted
to $875,000,000. Approximately 3,500-
000 workers were affected by industrial
disturbances. The basis taken is that
of $5 a day, an average continuance
of strikes for 10 days and a loss to
workers of $135,000,000. The loss to
employers in value of production cur-
tailed is estimated at $700,000,000.
The steel strike alone is estimated
to have cost the workers $3,000,000 a
day in wages and the loss imposed on
the country by the outlaw railroad
strike cannot be, and has not been, esti-
mated. As a matter of cold fact $875,-
000,000 does not represent the loss by
sustained strikes. The loss to the work-
ers was greater than the figures given.
There were cases where the men re-
ceived aid from their organizations, but
if they had money in the bank, or Lib-
erty bonds, they were required to use
these. The losses to the manufacturers
can not be estimated, and there must
also be considered the losses to the coun-
try, to the transportation systems, to
the consumers, to the retailer, and the
moral loss to the whole country.
Whether this publication of estimated
losses is a new departure which will be
maintained remains to be seen. It has
not been the habit of the Department
of Labor, as at present constituted, to
present data which will bring the effect
of strikes directly home to the people,
or directly home to the workers them-
selves. If a careful analysis could be
made of the effect of every strike, there
would be a speedy end to all strikes,
and a quick elimination of the agita-
tors who bring them about. By all
means let us have detailed data on
strikes and give it the widest publicity.
— The Employer.
Some Interesting "Dope" on Pro-
duction Conditions of Today
The follo\ving is an article which ap-
peared in the Garvanite, the shop
paper of the Garvan Machine Co.. of
New York. It was written by George
MacLagan, treasurer of that company:
If the entire profits of the industries
of the United States were paid to the
workers, wages would not be increased
more than 25 per cent.
The United States is the wealthiest
country in the world, and while it may
be true that some men have more than
their share, it is a fact that if the
wealth were equally distributed, no man
would have a very large amount.
Without going into all the causes
of the high cost of living, it is "uite
cei'tain that increased production would
be the biggest factor in lowering the
same.
There is plenty of wealth in t'-^io
world, and God provides bountifully in
raw material, but it is necessar..- for
man to take those raw materials and
put them in such shape that he can
use them.
Men have a mistaken notion that
by curtailing production more men will
be employed. To take an extreme il-
lustration, suppose the machines in this
factory were only "cutting air," nothing
would be produced and yet men would
be employed; but how long could the
finances of the company stand it? No
money would be forthcoming from .sales,
and cancellations of orders would be
received daily. On the other hand,
if production is increased, machines
will be turned out sooner and money
will be obtained for the pay-roll; hence
in the long run more men will be
employed.
It may be said that with efficient
work, over-production will result, but
there is no real over-production un-
til the reasonable requirements of
every one is met, and that has never
been yet in the history of the world;
it is therefore more accurate tc> say
that there is under-consumption.
Wages do not consist in the number
of dollars we get, but the amount of
necessities which our labor will procure
for us.
A man may justly think that he is
not getting his share of wealth, but
while this matter is being adjusted,
if he produces less, his condition will
be worse. He cannot get something
out of nothing.
If one hundred million loaves of
bread are needed daily for the popu-
lation of the United States, and only
fifty million are produced, each one
will average only half a loaf. If non"
is produced, even a million dollars in
gold cannot ^ buy a loaf of bread.
Money is only a medium of exchange.
It has no value in itself. It will ,
neither feed, clothe nor shelter.
When machinery was first invented, |
hand workers thought it would ruin i
them, and throw them all out of em-
ployment, but the contrary has proved |
to be true.
We commonly speak of productive J
and non-productive labor, but in reality, ]
every man who renders a useful sei-vice
with his hands or his brains is a pro-]
ducer. Every one who fails in this is
a drone and a leech. If a man tries to ]
get wages without rendering services,
he is only fooling himself in the long
run.
It is almost certain that wit'i every
man doing his best, the production
of the world could be doubled, and
the saving in overhead expenses
would reduce cost much more than
the production itself would indicate.
One of the big items in this busi-
ness is the payroll coming every Frx- •
day. If the Treasurer could nay the
men in machinery and work in proif-
ress, he would be spared headaches;
but since the men require actual money,
a good^^deal of planning is needed.
If everybody were absolutely effi-
cient, there would be much less work
in progress,' and hence more free money |
with which ^ to meet the pajToll. In
dull times, this surplus could be used
in manufacturing machines to be stored
until better conditions prevail.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
747
Trade Letters from New York
and Chicago
New York
The retrenchment in the automobile
industry is beginning to be felt by
machine-tool manufacturers, and par-
ticularly makers of milling attach-
ments. While the market for the
larger tools has been very weak there
was a constant demand for small tools
until last week. The automobile fac-
tories were probably the largest users
of milling cutters and other attach-
ments, but the recent cut in production
has minimized the need for this equip-
ment. This condition is expected to
persist for the next two months. In
line with the Western automobile plants
that have shut down several of their
departments, the factories in this dis-
trict including the Willys Corporation,
International Motors, and Brewster &
Co., have reduced their working forces.
The price of motors adapted for ma-
chine-tool drive has been increased but
no change is noted in the machine-tool
price list. There will be no reduction
in prices at the present time, according
to statements made by several manu-
facturers. Tool steel and labor costs
are not likely to recede from their
present high level and will maintain
the present cost of production.
Inquiries this week were not numer-
ous and called for a few tools for im-
mediate delivery to complete existing
equipment.
the first of the year. The condition of
a buyers' market has been firmly es-
tablished. Difficulty is being experi-
enced in the matter of collections, con-
siderable pressure being necessary to
bring in money.
Machinery production, from a labor
standpoint, is in a much better situation
than in the recent past. The strike in
Cincinnati, so long a brake on output
in that city, has been settled and all the
Cincinnati makers are rapidly catching
up on their delayed schedules. The
Chicago foundrymen's strike, while still
technically in effect, is ineffectual and
supplies are forthcoming as needed.
Rockford, Elgin, Milwaukee and other
nearby points, as well as Chicago, re-
port that the increase in the supply of
labor has enabled them to weed out the
ineffectives in their force, replacing
them with real mechanics, and that
their efficiency is thereby materially in-
creased.
Gary Highly Optimistic Over
Future U. S. Trade
In high spirits and optimistic about
the industrial future of the United
States, but reticent as to the result of
his numerous conferences with Euro-
pean steel magnates. Judge Elbert H.
Gary, chairman of the board of the
United States Steel Corporation, re-
turned recently on the French liner
France.
"All I have to say," Judge Gary
told newspapermen, "is that the result
of my observations abroad will be laid
down in an address I expect to make
at a meeting this month before the
Iron and Steel Institute.
"Let me say this, however, that I am
very glad to hear that the tendency
in prices of all commodities is down-
ward.
"I advocated a decrease in prices be-
fore I went away."
Chicago
Inactivity is the order of the day on
"Machinery Row" in Chicago. The
tendency on the part of the buying end
of the trade is to sit back and wait
for the cut-price fever to hit the ma-
chinery trade. It is probable no heavy
demand will be felt until the full effect
of the present industrial depression is
tully measured.
The curtailment of manufacturing
activities in this district continues, on
the part of both the builder and user
of machine tools. In the machinery in-
dustry hours are very largely being re-
duced from ten to eight, and night
shifts in certain departments are being
eliminated. One large concern is re-
ported as having closed entirely, but no
general movement in this direction is
indicated, as stocks are a long way
from normal yet, and there still remain
unfilled orders on the books of manv
plants.
Deliveries are getting back to normal.
With the exception of certain sizes and
types of punch presses and some extra
heavy types of lathes and radial drills,
It is possible to procure fairly prompt
shipment on any standard tool. Fac-
tories are .still taking what seems to
be a long time on special stuff. Dealers'
floors are gradually accumulating a
stock and, for the first time in years,
samples of most any machine can be
found on display.
This stock accumulation has put
dealers in the fiosition of increasing
sales efforts, to awid undue inventories
Notes on Paris-to-London Flight
H. M. Norris, secretary of the Cin-
cinnati-Bickford Tool , Co., wrote the
following account of his Paris-to-Lon-
don flight on Sept. 20.
Left Grand Hotel 10:10 a.m.; arrived
aviation field 10:45. Was met by
Monsieur Rene Labouchere, the pilot
of the seven-chair Farman (Goliath)
in which I am to make the flight. Day
clear and very warm. Sorry I bothered
with coat and gloves.
. Was requested to ent«r plane at
^11:20! Am in foremost seat on right
side, which affords a view of at least
220 deg. Engines were started at
11:25. Left ground at 11:28. Am the
only passenger: 11:35— the roads be-
gin to look like threads, the trees like
bushes, the fields like crazy quilts,
horses like ants, men like flyspecks.'
11:42— descended to about 150 ft. of
ground. 11:50 — train rounding curve
looks like a worm. 12:00— pilot and
mechanic accepted a cigarette and light.
12:08 — plane much steadier than a
pullman. 12:12— flying much higher.
Fields are. green, yellow, white, brown
and rose color. 12:20 — villages look
like a handful of colored beads on a
carpet. 12:29— passing over a forest
which has the appearance of a bear-
skin rug. 12:33— ground looks like a
huge floor of inlaid wood. 12:39 at
edge of channel, very high, view at
right obstructed by clouds — glad to
have overcoat. Clouds cast curious
shadows on ground, giving a blotchy
effect.
My flight at Atlantic City and over
Lake Geneva was nothing compared to
this. Hard to distinguish between
clouds and water. Climbing higher.
Shadows of clouds on water very fan-
tastic. High above surrounding clouds.
Boats visible here and there; those with
sails resemble gulls.
Have to rub hands to continue
writing.
12:43— very cold. 12:45— cannot see
anything but the sky and the shadow
of the plane on a cloud with a halo of
rainbow colors. Height, 9,900 ft.
Speed, 90 miles. 12:48 — almost frozen.
12:50 — view ahead like Mt. Blanc —
nothing else visible. 12:51 — can see
French Coast at right. Feet feel as
if they were in ice water. 12:52 — view
below like a beautiful snow drift.
12:53 — would give more than a trifle
for a drink of good old American rye.
Pilot is wearing fur gloves and helmet.
12:55 — coastline still visible, at right.
12:56 — can now see nothing but the
sky. 12:57 — had to wipe frost from
window. 1:00 — nothing visible above
or below. 1:02 — raining. 1:03 — can
see water but nothing above. Channel
looks as smooth as glass. 1:09 — ap-
proaching apex of equilateral triangle
of land — devoid of buildings. 1:13 —
can now see in all directions; view
magnificent. 1:15— turning to left of
coast but far out over channel. 1:18 —
passing over ocean liner and four-mast
ship, which look like small toys. 1 :20
full view of land ahead. 1:22— sun-
shine. Can see in all directions except
as obstructed by clouds. Sensation
glorious. 1:25 — passing over snow-
white clouds. Nothing more beautiful.
Only occasional glimpses of the ground.
1:27 — view below beggars description.
Wouldn't have missed this for ten times
500 francs. The fields are of all shapes
—square, rectangular, round, oblong,
conical, angular, horseshoe, etc. 1:32
— effect now the same as from the sum-
mit of Mt. Blanc, except that the
ground may be seen between snow
drifts (clouds). More fields of all
shapes edged with a deeper shade of
green— probably trees. 1:38 — an al-
mo.st unimpaired view of earth. Many
clusters of houses with farm land be-
tween. Have enjoyed nothing so
much in my life. Would feel safe at
the end of one of the wings. 1:42 not
quite so cold. Noise of engines not
objectionable. 1 :45 — passing over large
village, but too high to detern-'ine char-
acter of buildings. 1:50— free from
clouds, except far ahead. Best view of
ground yet obtained. Wonderful sight.
(If going to Heaven is like this I shall
748
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
be glad to start at any time.) 1:57 —
pilot indicated we are about to descend.
1:59 — pointing downward at steep
angle. 2:00 — craft rather unsteady —
difficult to write but beautiful view.
2:01: — engines slowing down — spurting
ahead. Ribbon effect of some fields
most remarkable. 2:03 — circling to
left over Croydon landing field, about
eight miles from Charing Cross, Lon-
don. 2:05 — touched ground. 2:06 —
some jolt. 2:07 — trip ended, but much
too soon.
Crossed field to office. Everyone
most courteous and obliging. No trou-
ble about passport or baggage. Wired
parents at Geneva. Had brandy and
soda. Witnessed landing of next 'plane,
which ran into some obstruction at
other side of field. The shock tossed
it back on its side. Red Cross ambu-
lances started to rescue — no one near
seemed concerned.
Monsieur Labouchere and I pro-
ceeded by automobile to the Waldorf
Hotel, where he succeeded in securing
a room for me, and shortly thereafter
I reached the Olympia Machine Tool
Exhibition, one of the objectives of my
trip to this side. It is a great show.
Bullard Machine Tool Co.
Adds Products Division
Announcement has just been made
by the Bullard Machine Tool Co. of the
establishment of a products division
in connection with the new plant of
the company at Bridgeport. The fa-
cilities of the plant include pattern
shop, foundry, forge shop, heat treat-
ing department and an exceptionally
well-equipped machine shop. The work
of manufacturers with insufficient plant
equipment, or with comparatively small
jobs calling for the use of special ma-
chinery where the size of the job does
not warrant this purchase of such
equipment, is solicited.
The C. J. Root Co., Bristol, Conn.,
manufacturer of wrought brass goods
and metal stampings, has increased its
capital from $150,000 to $300,000.
The Spiro & Barrows Machine Tool
Co., 168 Centre St., New York, is the
name of a new company formed for the
purpose of dealing in new and useu ma-
chine tools. Both members of the new
firm were formerly . with the Modern
Machinery Exchange, 25 Church St.,
New York. E. Spiro, at one time, was
head of the Spiro Electric Co., and H.
D. Barrows was sales manager for the
American Machinery Exchange.
The Fawcus Machine Co. has con-
solidated all departments in its new
office building, adjoining its Pittsburgh
Works at 2828 Smallman St., to facili-
tate the handling of its enlarged busi-
ness. A downtown office for meetings
by appointment will be maintained in
Suite 1501 Peoples Savings Bank
Building where its allied company, the
Schaflfer Engineering and Equipment
Co., is located.
The Wade-American Tool Co., Boston.
Mass., has just completed and moved
into its new plant at 49-59 River St.,
Waltham, Mass., where it will have
double floor space and be able to handle
its growing business. The company will
continue to manufactui-e precision bench
lathes, gages, dies, tools and fixtures.
The Manufacturers' Steel Exchange
Co., Naperville, HI., is listing the sur-
plus stocks of manufacturers so that
one may secure material which may be
carried as surplus by another. The
company sends out forms on which man-
ufacturers list their surplus stock, and
semi-monthly sends out surplus stock
lists to all its clients.
The Stewart Manufacturing Corpora-
tion, 4500 Fullerton Ave., Chicago,
manufacturer of bronze-back bearings
and die castings, announces the open-
ing on Oct. 1 of a new branch office at
30 Church St., New York, in charge of
Louis Ruprecht.
The Lincoln Steel and Forge Co., St.
Louis, has increased its capital stock
to $150,000. The company was incor-
porated under the laws of Missouri in
1910 for $50,000.
The Thompson Type Machine Co.,
Chicago, 111., manufacturer of the
Thompson type, lead and rule caster
machines, has taken an additional step
preparatory to locating its entire busi-
ness in Sheboygan Wis., by an agree-
ment with the Globe Co., whereby they
will manufacture its machines.
At a meeting of the stockholders of
the Greenfield Tap and Die Corpora-
tion, Greenfield, Mass., held Aug. 31,
it was voted to increase the authorized
capital stock of the compainy from
$6,500,000 to $11,500,000.
The Novelty Steam Boiler Works
Co., Baltimore, Md., engineers and
machinists, has been reorganized. Its
president, Oscar S. Jennmgs, has been
connected with the establishment since
it was incorporated in 1905. The com-
pany is constructing additional build-
ings and installing machinery.
The Trimont Manufacturing Co., tool
manufacturer, Roxbury, Mass., has re-
cently completed a large addition to its
plant, which will give them over 41,000
sq.ft. additional floor space.
The Waldron Tool and Metal Manu-
facturing Co., 173 Ferry Street, Nor-
walk. Conn., has recently been organ-
ized and incorporated to make tools
and metal products, etc.
The Gilbert and Barker Manufac-
turing Co., Springfield, Mass., last
month gave out "Ten- Year Service
Pins" to Fred R. S. Whittle, head of
the salvage department, and to C. W.
Avery, of the assembly department,
both having served ten years with the
company. Daniel Driscoll, of the sheet
metal dept., was given a pin for five-
years' service also. The company
awards service pins at various times
to its employees having rendered speci-
fied years of service.
Personals
E. T. Bysshe, formerly a research
engineer at the plant of the Greenfield
Tap and Die Co., has accepted the posi-
tion of research engineer of the Auto-
matic Die Division of the Jones & Lam-
son Co., Springfield, Vt. Mr. Bysshe
started his new work in August.
C. E. Neubert, assistant district man-
ager of the Warner & Swasey Co.'s
Chicago office, has been appointed dis-
trict manager of the company's Buf-
falo oflUce, located in the Iroquois Build-
ing, to succeed W. E. Marshall, former
manager, who died recently.
S. C. Hope, of the sales department
of the Gilbert and Barker Manufactur-
ing Co., Springfield, Mass., has just
returned to London, after a trip to
Genoa, Italy and to Paris, on business.
E. E. Creed was made assistant
sales manager of the Gilbert and Bar-
ker Manufacturing Co., Springfield,
Mass., on Sept. 1. Mr. Creed will
spend most of his time in the field,
although his oflice will be at the main
offices in Springfield. Mr. Creed came
from the Los Angeles branch office.
Edward Grossman, formerly of the
Jasper Bayne Co., New York City, is
now connected with the T. P. Walls
Tool and Supply Co., New York, in
the capacity of sales manager.
Galen Snow has recently been ap-
pointed a member of the sales force
of the Greenfield Tap and Die Corpor-
ation, Greenfield, Mass.
R. W. Thomas, M.A., has become
affiliated with the McCrosky Tool Cor-
poratJQn of Meadville, Pa. in the capac-
ity of Publicity Manager. For some
time he was professor of English in
De Pauw University and until recently
was an English master in a prominent
eastern preparatory school.
J. J. Siefer, for the last several years
mechanical superintendent of the Lux
Clock Manufacturing Co., Waterbury,
Conn., has resigned.
L. G. Beck, for several years head
of the wire cloth and netting sales
department of the Wick-Wire-Spencer
Steel Corporation, Worcester, Mass.,
has resigned his position. Mr. Beck
has been with the concern for a period
of forty-one years, beginning in 1879
as a clerk in the office of the Clinton
Wire Cloth Co., Clinton, Mass., which
is a branch of the present company.
T. D. ScoBLE, Jr. has resigned as
manager of the advertising department
of the Yale & Towne Manufacturing
Co., Stamford, Conn., to establish an
advertising agency.
J. P. Clark has resigned as Phoenix,
Ariz., representative of the Gilbert &
Barker Manufacturing Co., Springfield,
Mass. He now has an 80-acre cotton
plantation in Salt River Valley of
Arizona.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
''^c{
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
P
iVt
748a
Grinding Matliiiie, "Multipurpose"
Norton Co., Worcester, Mass.
"American Machinist," Sept 30, 1920
This machine is intended to
serve all the purposes of a uni-
versal machine in grinding par-
allel and tapered work, cutters,
reamers, etc. The machine will
swing work up to 12 in. in diam-
eter and 36 in. long. Both the
headstock and wheelhead have
swivel bases, graduated in de-
grees. The work spindle is hol-
low and will pass a 3-in. bar.
The drive to the headstock is all
geared. The rotative speed of
the work spindle may be varied
from 53 to 320 r.p.m. in si.x steps.
There are eight changes of speed, from 2 ft. to llj ft. per minute.
An internal grinding fixture attaches to the back end of the
wheelhead. which is turned 180 deg. to bring the internal grind-
ing spindle into action, and is driven by belt from a pulley
mounted in place of one of the grinding wheels. Weight, 4,950
lb. ; floor space, 11 ft. 8 in. x 5 ft. 5 in.
Abrasive Disl{, Improved
Gardner Machine Co.. Beloit, Wis.
"American MachinLst," Sept 30, 1920
The illustration shows the disk mounted on the
steel disk-wheel of a grinding machine. Among the
features of the improved disk are its increased thick-
ness, its corrugated surface, and the bond used in
its construction. It has more than twice the thick-
tvess of the ordinary glue-bond disk. The corrugated
surface is said to tilt the abrasive grains into the
best position for cutting. The bond is a special
cement which powders away during the grinding
operation, presenting new cutting points to the work
It is claimed that the improved disk will last longer
cut faster and cooler than the glue-bond disk.
Soldering Iron, Gasoline, "Ever-Hot," "Peterson-PIummer"
Belfrey & Craighead, Tribune Building, Chicago, 111.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This soldering iron is light in weight and of convenient size to
suit the requirements of both light and heavy work. The gaso-
line reservoir is contained in tiie handle which is made of seam-
less brass tubing. The pump unit is placed at the end and is
easily removed for refilling. A rust-proof iron pipe connects the
liandle with the burner and contains cotton wicking to insure
a continuous flow of gasoline. The burner is a one-piece brass
casting arranged to preheat the gas and its design permits the
use of the iron in any position in both extreme cold and high
winds. One large and one small point are furnished with the iron.
Grinding Macliiiie, Alulti-Speed, "Uumore No. 3"
Wisconsin Electric Co., Racine, Wis.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This machine is adapted to both
production and toolroom work. The
spindle is tool steel and mounted in
adjustable, dust-proof ball bearings.
Four extension spindles for use on in-
ternal work, together with wheel ar-
bors for light and heavy grinding, are
furnished. The device can be swiveled
to any angle necessary in practice.
When used for light tool grinding, the
toolrest and shield for the wheel can
be attached. Specifications: Motor, J-
hp. Universal for d.c. and a.c. current.
Seven spindle speeds. 3,600 to 50.000
r.p.m. Spindle adjustment, oj in. Net
weight, without equipment, 25 lb. ;
with equipment, 35 lb. Shipping
weight, 45 lb.
.Milling Cutter, Face
Lovejoy Tool Co., Inc., Springfield, Vt.
"American Machinist." Sept. 30, 1920
The cutter is recom-
mended for all face
milling where the depth
of the cut does not ex-
ceed ^j in. The teeth
of this face-milling cut-
ter are positively locked
by the arrangement
shown in the insert be-
tween the two views of
the cutter. This is said
to insure against the
possibility of slipping or
loosening under heavy
or intermittent cuts.
The teeth are easily ad-
justable when they become worn and it is possible to set the
cutters at the best angle for the work in hand. The body is
made of hardened steel and is ideal for holding Stellite teeth,
which are supplied if so ordered. The cutter is made in sizes
langing from 6i to 18 in. in diameter.
"Bivet-Busting" Tool, "Iron Mule"
Keller Pneumatic Tool Co., Grand Haven, Mich.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This tool is air-operated and is intended for cutting off and
backing out steel rivets in the shop. It is simple in operation,
requiring no special skill. Three men are needed to operate the
tool to the best advantage. Dimensions of piston, 13 x 9 In
Length of stroke, 41 In. Length of chisel, outside at tool, 7 in.
Length of tool, overall, 67 in. Net weight. 75 lb. Weight of
chisel, 7 lb. Operating weight, 82 lb. Shipping weight. 135 lb.
Dumping Body for Industrial Truck
Karry-Lode Industrial Truck Co.,
Island City, N. Y.
"American Machinist,'
Inc., 98-100 Nott Ave., Long
Sept. 30, 1920
Torch, Cutting, Gas, "15 .MC"
Torchweld Equipment Co., Pulton and Carpenter Sts., Chicago,
111.
"American Machinist," Sept 30, 1920
This gas cutting-torch is designed to use oxy-acetylene, oxy-
hydrogen, or oxy-hydrocarbon gases, such as butane, calorene,
and the like. Special tips are needed for the various gas com-
The all-steel dumping body
illustrated can be mounted on
the electric truck made by its
manufacturer. The body has a
capacity of 40 cu.ft. and dumps
over the end of the truck, bein?
especially adapted for coal han-
dling. The mounting of such a
body is possible because of the
fact that the truck is .so con-
structed that it is not necessary
to raise the platform to gain
access to the battery. The steel platform serves as the frame of
the truck, and the battery is so suspended that it can be removed
without disturbing the platform.
binations. An 85-deg. torch-head angle is standard but 70, 50,
35-dcg. and straight heads can be furnished when desired. A one-
piece cutting tip is used and the mixing chamber is just back of
the torch head. All the gas-tight seats in tips, needle valves and
connections are of the line-contact type.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
748b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
V. Weltscheff, of the sales force of
the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Co.,
of Stamford, Conn., has returned to
this country, after being thirteen
months in Europe, Asia and Africa in
the interest of Yale products.
G. R. Mellon, machinist to the trade,
has moved his shop from 933 Communi-
paw avenue to larger quarters on 380
Wayne St., both the addresses being in
Jersey City, N. J.
F. R. Crozier has been appointed dis-
trict sales superintendent of Los An-
geles, Cal., offices of the Gilbert &
Barker Manufacturing Co., Springfield,
Mass.
C. A. Severin, Cleveland district
manager of sales, for the interests of
Reed-Prentice Co., and Whitcomb-
Blaisdell Machine Tool Co.. both of
Worcester, Mass., and the Becker Mill-
ing Machine Co., Boston, Mass., died
recently in Cleveland.
Trade Catalogs
11 1 tenipltr. Quigley Furnace Specialties
Co., 26 Cortlandt St.. New York. Catalog,
pp. 16, 8i X 11 in., describing this latest
addition to construction work. Hytempite
is a higrh refractory plastic material,
scientifically compounded, for bonding flre-
brictft and for kindred use. Its use for
repairs in the boiler room, foundry and
shop is fully illustrated.
Reodr Made Printed Enameled Steel
8irnN. Ready-Made Sign Co.. 16 West 3Gth
St.. New York, This circular gives illus-
trations of steel signs for warning, safety,
danger and other wording for factories,
ofBces. mines, hospitals and municipalities.
A price list is also given.
Stock TJ«f of Shelby Seamless Steel.
Peter A. Frasse & Co.. 417-421 Canal St..
New York. This is a stock list of the com-
pany's products.
Pneumatic Scraper. Anderson Bros.
Manufacturing Co.. Rockford. 111. Bulletin,
pp. 8. 8} X 11 in. This is a de.scriptive and
illustrated bulletin of the Anderson pneu-
matic scraper ; specifications are included.
Pneumatic Tools. Keller Pneumatic Tool
Co., Grand Haven, Mich, Catalog No. 5.
pp. 123, 6 X 9 in. This catalog illustrates
and describes the quality products of the
Keller Pneumatic Tool Co.
£lectr!c Cranes. Pawling & Harnisch-
feger Co.. Milwaukee, Wis. This folder, 81
X 11 in., gives several illustrations showing
the P & H Electric crane in leather tanning
industries.
Sliort Cuts to Power Transmission.
Flexible Steel Lacing Co., 4607-31 Lexing-
ton St,, Chicago, 111. This is a 64 -page
handbook of short cuts to, and simplified
explanations of, power transmission ; it in-
cludes two pages of tables on weights and
measures. Copies of this book can be ob-
tained by writing the Flexible Steel Lacing
Co., 4973 Lexington St., Chicago.
Power Transmission Machinery. The A.
& F. Brown Co., Elizabethport. N. J. Cata-
log, pp. 129, 5 x 8 in, A catalog, printed
on coated stock and with a cloth-board
cover, has reecntly been issued by the
above company, briefly describing and il-
lustrating its products for power transmis-
sion machinery.
The revised edition of catalog No. 380
of the Link-Belt Co., 910 South Michigan
Ave., Chicago, III., is now off the press
and available for distribution. This 96-
page book covers the Link-Belt line of
standardized monorail electric hoists as
well as overhead electric traveling cranes
in capacities of one-half to three tons in-
clusive. It completely describes these ma-
chines— giving tables of weights, clearance
dimensions and speeds — and is copiously
illustrated.
Vnlilce Any I/atlie You Hare Ever Seen.
.1. J. McCabe, 149 Broadway, New York.
This folder briefly describes and illustrates
McCabe's "All-in-1" lathe.
Universal Measuring Machine, Reprinted
from The Engineer (London), May 7,
1920. The Golden Co., 405 I.*xington Ave.,
New York, U. S. representative of the So-
ciete Genevoise D'Instruments De Physique,
GJeneva. This catalog illustrates and
describes the latter company's universal
machine.
L^ithe Ciiucks. The Cushman Chuck
Co., Hartford, Conn. Catalog, 33 x 6 in.
A oondensed catalog: it illustrates all of
its chucks which have been found to be in
most general use.
PluK Drills. Sullivan Machinery Co., 122
South Michigan Ave., Chicago, 111. Bulletin
General Tlireacl Miiler No. 1-C. Smalley
General Co., Bay City, Mich. Circular, 8i
X 11 in. This circular describes and il-
lu.strates the Smalley general thread milling
machine No. 1-C with power traverse.
Automatic Current BeKulator. Westing-
house Electric and Manufacturing Co., East
Pittsburgh. Pa. Leaflet, No. 3461 ;
describes and illustrates its automatic cur-
rent regulator for electric arc furnaces with
movable electrodes. Schematic wiring
diagrams and photographs of detailed parts
of this apparatus are produced.
Carbon Electrode. National Carbon Co.,
30 East 42nd St., New York. Booklet, pp.
18, 5 X 8 in. This booklet gives information
to those interested in electric-furnace opera-
tion and certain suggestions relative to the
handling, storage and use of carbon elec-
trodes.
Aiiifcator Shears. Canton Foundry and
Machine Co., Canton, Ohio. Catalog, pp.
23, 85 X 11 in. This catalog illustrates and
describes "Canton" semi-steel shears, built
in various styles and sizes, for cutting from
1- to 3-in. squares.
Higii Speed Steel. Le Moyne Steel Co.,
23-31 West 43rd SL, New York, A small
service book, giving suggestions for treat-
ing Le Moyne high-speed steel.
Clean Clean Thru. Royal Manufacturing
Co., Rahway, N. J, Booklet, pp, 24, 6 x 9
in. This booklet gives a "close up" of
cotton waste manufacture — from the raw
material to the finished article. Copies of
this booklet may be had upon application.
Sullivan Rotators. Sullivan Machinery
Co., Chicago, III. Bulletin 70-F, pp. 28, 6 x
9 in. The Sullivan rotator described in
this bulletin is claimed to be an "all round"
rock drilling machine. It is used for nearly
all kinds of rock drilling work, including
block holding and cutting hitches : shaft
sinking, and a great variety of down hole
drilling, drifting, stoping and light tunnel-
ing, etc.
New Publications
Employees Magazine, By Peter P. O'Shea.
122 pp., 5 x 7J cloth. Published by
the H. W. Wilson Co., 960 University
Ave., New York.
This gives the results of the author's
experience as editor of house organs for
employees, such as the "Helix" of the
Greenfield Tap and Die Corporation. He
allows how such publications can be an aid
to management by promoting co-operation,
by education, by improving morale and In
other ways.
There are many valuable suggestions
along various lines which show a keen
appreciation of human nature and the fun-
damentals of securing interest on the part
of the nien. Those interested in the subject
of shop papers will find it well worth
reading.
The Modern Electroplater. Kenneth M.
Coggeshall. Two hundred fifty-five 4i
x 7J-in. pages, 142 illustrations. Bound
in r^d cloth boards. Published by the
Norman W. Henley Publishing Co., 2
West 45th St., New York City.
This is a practical book on electroplating.
The equipment and methods of modem
electroplating are explained in simple
terms. Elementary outlines of chemistry
and electricity as they are related to plat-
ing are included. Topics treated are the
location and construction of the plating
room, current supply, tank equipment, heat-
ing and .-igitating devices, automatic plat-
ing machiner}', -drying apparatus, anodes.
brackets, preparation of work for plating,
plating of brass, copper, gold, iron. lead,
nickel, silver and tin. Formulas knd di-
rections for making a number of. plating
solutions are given.
Persf>nnel Administration, It« Principles and
Practice. By Ordway Tead and Henry
C. Metcalf, Ph. D.. members of the
Bureau of Industrial Research, Ne^v
York City. Five hundred twenty 6 x
9-in. pages. Bound in blue cloth
boards. Published by the McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc., 239 West 39th St., New
York City, and 6 and 8 Bouverie St.,
E. C. 4, London.
The authors have well carried out the
purpose of their book, "to set forth the
principles and the best prevailing practice
in the field of the administration of human
relations in industry." Necessarily the con-
clusions of many students of human re-
lations in Industry were examined and
made use of and lists at the ends of the
chapters afford the reader a knowledge of
the references so examined. Personnel ad-
ministration is considered a i}ermanent
problem and a major staff function. The
worker Is grlven a position in industry of
importance greater than has usually been
allotted him. not for sentimental rea.sons
but because of the bearing upon production
of his condition, mental and' physical.
The book is addressed to employers, per-
sonnel executives and employment man-
agers and to students of personnel ad-
ministration, but it is hoped by the authors
that It will have value, also, for managers
workers and consumers.
Some of the general topics treated are:
The field of personnel administration,
human values in Industry : the reasons for
a personnel department ; sources of labor
supply ; methods of selection and placement •
hours and working periods ; training ;
health ; safety ; the problem of foreman-
ship ; job analysis and job specification • the
measurement of labor turnover ; the labor
audit check list ; the elements in wage de-
termination ; the business value of the col-
lective bargain ; employers' associations •
organizations of workers.
Wings of War. By Theodore Macfarlane
Knappen, Chief Aeronautical Instruc-
tor, U. S. N. 289 pages, 8x5} in., 44
illustrations. Published by G P Put-
nam's Sons, New York and London,
The Knickerbocker Press.
This book contains an account of the
important contribution of the United States
to aircraft Invention, engineering, develop-
ment and production during the World War
The author Is fair and painstaking, though
at times naturally critical of delay and red
tape. The book Is recommended for the
student, the technician and the man in the
street.
Rear-Admiral D. W. Taylor writes an in-
troduction, in which he tells how the Na\-v
staked all on the Liberty motor. Some of
the chapters of outstanding interest are-
The Task Set Before the Builders • Origin
of the Liberty Engine : Liberty Engine
Production : Development and Production of
Other Engines; Centralization am' Manu-
facturing Responsibility; Airplane Produc-
tion Results : Machine Guns for Airplanes •
Military Balloons; Naval Aircraft Produc-
tion ; and others — twenty-seven paragraphs
in all.
An exposition of U. S. manufacturers at
Buenos ,\ires, .Argentine Republic. S. A.,
has been arranged for the month beginning
NOV. 15. Information can be obtained from
the American National Exhibition, Inc.
Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132 West
42nd St., New York.
The Federated .\merican Engineering So-
cieties will hold its first meeting at the
Hotel New Willard. Washington, D. C, on
Nov. 18 to 20 Inclusive.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
Association will hold its 19th annual Fall
convention at the Hotel .-Vstor, New York
City, on Thursday and Friday, Dee 2 and
3, 1920. C, Wood Walter, care of the .isso-
ciation's offices at Worcester. Mass., is
secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the .A.merican
Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held In the Engineering Societies Building,
29 West 39th Street, New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
The Society of Automotive Engineers will
hold its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to 13
inclusive at New York.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
748c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20. 1918
Grinding Machine, Tool, "No. 109"
Ransom Manufacturing Co., Oshkosh, Wis.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
Tlie motor-driven, ball-bearing, tool-grind-
ing macliine illustrated was designed to save
floor space. The motor is a General Electric
3-hp., alternating-current. 60 cycle. 2 or 3
phase, any voltage. A quick make and break
oil switch is used. The machine is started
by stepping upon either of the two pedals at
the base. The bearings are SKF self-align-
ing and the arbor is of high-carbon steel.
Specifications: Abrasive wheels. 12 x 1 in.
Wheel flanges, 6 in. Diameter of arbor
where wheels go on. IJ in. Distance from
floor to center of arbor, 381 in. Length of
arbor. 193 in. Size of base on floor, 17J in.
Weight, complete, 489 lb. Speed. 1,800 r.p.m.
ViHe, .Marliiiie. Quick-Avtin?
Nelson Tool and Machine Co.. Inc., 82-88 Llcwellen Ave., Blooni-
fleia, N. J. ,
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
The screw operating the slidingr
jaw of this vise is set at an angle
so that when pressure is exerted
in holding work the wedge block
forces the jaw against the bot-
tom of the vise, making it iitipos-
sible for the jaw to tilt up-
ward. It is claimed that a ham-
mer is not required to bed work
down on either the vise bottom or
on parallels. The vise is made in
two sizes. No. 1 has jaws 6 in. wide and 2 in. deep ; opening 53
in. No. 2 has jaws 4 in. wide and IJ in. deep ; opening 4 in.
OrilllnK Machine, Portable, Universal
Leopold P. Glaude, 930 N. Washtenaw Ave., Chicago, 111.
"American Machinist." Sept. 30, 1920
All the working parts of this machine are
mounted on a IJ-in. tubular-steel column from
which they can be readily removed and
clamped to the flat surface of any work that
is to be drilled. The machine is operated by
hand, has a two-speed change gear, and both
screw and lever feed. A centering chuck and
a V'-block are provided. By clamping a shiitt
in the outer V-block and having the inner
V-block slightly loose, keyways can be cut in
the shaft by means of a two-lip tool, the feed-
ing being accomplished by means of a right-
and left-hand screw that actuates the V-
blocks. Specifications: Column. IJ x 30 in.
Will drill to center of 7-in. circle. Capacity,
0 to 3 in. drill. Table, 6 in. diameter. Hole
in spindle. No. 2 Morse taper. Weight, 45 lb.
KliurlInK Tool
Newman Manufacturing Co., 717 Sycamore St., Cincinnati, Ohio
".\merican Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
The tool carries two knurls,
placed on opposite sides of the
work. It is claimed that, since
there is no side-thrust on the
work, it is not necessary to use
the tailstock center and that very
high speeds are obtainable The
tool is furnished with one set of
standard knurls, cut either check-
ered, helical or straight with
pitches of either 32. 20 or 14
lines per inch. All parts are of
steel. The knurls are easily re-
movable and the distance between
them can be varied. The tool is
made in two sizes, one for knurl-
ing stock up to 1 in., the other
for stock between 1 and 2 in. in diameter.
Vise "Handl"
Newman Manufacturing Co., 717 Sycamore St., Cincinnati, Ohio
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This vise is applicable to general
shop use as well as tool and die
work. The jaws are operated by
turning the small lever, the two
screws being geared together so that
they work simultaneously and keep
the jaws parallel. One jaw is pro-
vided with a V for gripping round
work. The overall length of the vise
with the handle is 9i in., the jaws
are 1 in. wide and the maximum
distance between them is 2| in.
The jaws can be used as a sepa-
rate unit and held in a bench
vise The base shown is known as
the "Griptite" and is intended for
liolding the jaws so that they can
be adjusted to any position. All
pans of the base are made of steel.
Filter. OU, "9-F"
S. F. Bowser & Co., Inc.. Port Wayne, Ind.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This filter is intended for
filtering and sterlizing oil used
as a lubricant or coolant in
metal cutting. The oil from the
machines or chip separators is
delivered to the filter, which
automatically removes the for-
eign matter and sterilizes the
fluid. After passing through a
series of compartments, screens,
filtering devices, etc.. the oil is
delivered to the filter tank
which acts as a temporary stor-
age. From this tank the oil
can be returned to the ma-
chines, the same as new oil, and
used again. These filters can
be specially designed to fit individual conditions.
Riveter, Ash-Can
Haird Pneumatic Tool Co.. Kansas City, Mo.
"American Machinist." Sept. 30, 1920
This machine has a four-way
valve for operation by work-
man's foot so that his hands
will be left free in placing and
holding the work to be riveted.
The dies are wide enough to
bridge the reinforcing ribs on
the side of an ash-can and will
drive two rivets, one on each
side of a rib. at a single stroke.
It is claimed that a pressure of
35 tons is exerted on the dies
with an air pressure of 100 lb.
per square inch. The machine
can be removed from the stand
and mounted on a bench if de-
sired. Weight, with stand, 740
pounds.
Lathe, Multi-Head
Seneca Falls Manufacturing Co., 387 Fall St., Seneca Falls,
N. Y.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This machine is intended for
turning short work that can be
held on an expansion arbor or
in a chuck, and that does not
require the use of a tailstock
or other form of outboard sup-
port. Three heads and car-
riages are mounted on one bed,
the feed of all the carriages
being driven from the same feed
shaft. The machine can be fur-
nished with heads having plain pulleys and back gears or with
two-step cone pulleys without back gears. The feed drive is
taken direct from the countershaft to a pullev at the end of the
machine and from there to the feed shaft by silent chain. Speci-
fications: Swing: over bed. 18i in.: over carriages. Ill in.
Spindle: front bearing. 31 x 5 J in.: back bearing, 23 x 45 in.
Drive pulley. 6 in. face : lOJ in. diameter.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in, cards and file as desired
748d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
THE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
I PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI •
! _ Current
No. 2 Southern $46 . 50
Nortliern Basic 51.30
Southern Ohio No. 2 48.50
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75)
57.12
52.10
One
Year Ago
$30.35
27.55
28.55
32.40
35.20
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry <2. 00^-45 . 00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2i, 2.25-2.75 sil 5125
Virginia No. 2 50. 00*
Basic 51 OOt
Grey Forge ; 48.00*
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 47 . 00
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 48.67
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 49.56 28.15
Basic 48.96 27,15
Bessemer 51.96 29.35
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
29.25
29.00-30.00
33.10
26.75
26.75
26.75
28.00
^Cleveland^
One
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by i in. and lii rger, and plates j in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named :
. New York
One One
Current Month Year
i Ago Ago
• - $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
Structural shapes... . $4. 30
Soft steel bars 4.50
Soft steel bar shapes.. 4.50
Soft steel bands 6.43
Plates, } to I in. thick 4. 75
$4.47
4.62
4.62
6.32
4.67
Current
$3.44
4.50
6.25
3.64'
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
^- Chicago — .
One'
Current Year
.4 go
$3.47
3.37
3.37
$4.08
3.98
3.98
3.57
4.28 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse. .New York 4.75 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4.12 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotations from mill:
New York -
Large
Mill Lots
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh
No. 10 3.55-7. 00
No. 12 3.60-7 05
No. 14 3.65-7 10
No. 16 3.75-7. 20
Black
Nos. 18 and 20 4 20-6 20
Nos. 22 and 24 4,25-6, 25
No. 26 4,30-6, 30
No. 28^. 4.35-6. 35
Galvanized
No. 10
No. 12
No. 14
Nos. 18 and 20
Noe. 22and24 5.25-8.55
No. 26 5,40-8.70
No. 28 5.70-9.00
Current
7.23(<?8.00
7.28r«8,05
7.33(0 8.10
7.43@8.20
8.41(a 9.80
8.46(Ss 9,85
8. 51(3} 9.90
8.61@IO.0O
One
Year ,^go Cleveland Chicago
4 57
4.62
4,67
4.77
5.30
5.35
5.40
5.50
6.75
6.80
7.35
7.45
8.30
8.35
8.40
8.50
7,13
7.18
7.23
7.33
7.90
7.95
8.00
8.10
70 8.00
80 8.10
80-8 10
10-8.40
6.91(311 50 5.75 8.50 8.25
9.01@I1 50 5.85 8.60 8.30
9.01C'!ll 60 5.85 8.60 8.45
9.26(3:11,90 6.15 8.90 8.75
9.4I®I2,05 6.30 9,05 9.15
9.56(312,20 6,45 9.20 9,30
9,86fe12.50 6.75 9.50 9,60
Acute scavcity in sheets, particularly black, galvanized and No. 1 6blueenameled.
Automobile sheets are- unavailable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.4i>c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.5.^c for
Noa. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.36 $5.90 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.86 6.40 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago - 50
NICKEL ANDMONEL METAL — Base prices in cents per pound F.O.B.
Bayonne, N. J.
Nickel
Ingot and shot 43
Electrolytic 45
Monel
35
38
40
M3t^I
Hot rolled rods (base) . . .
Cold rolled rods (base) . .
Hot rolled sheets (base).
Shot and blocks
Ingots
Sheet bars
Special Niclcel and Alloys
Malleable nickel ingots
Malleable nickel sheet bars
Hot rolled rods. Grades "A" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rods, grades "A" and "C" (base)
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D'' — low manganese.
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese
42
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Cleveland
Chicago
Current
Current
8.00
9.15
11.00
12.25
8.00
6.85
6.50
5.43
8.25
11.00
6.00
6.88
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysisi -Welding wire in lOO-lb
lots sells as follows, f.o.b. New York: A. Sic per lb.; }, 8c.; h to J, 7Jc
Domestic iron sells at 12c. per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York
Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7. 00
Spring steel (fight) tO.OO
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00
Hoop steel 6.68
Cold-rolled strip steel 1 2. 50
Floor plates 6.91
WROUGHT PIPE— The following discounta are to jobbers for carload lots
on the rittsburgh basing card:
lU'TT WKLD
Iron
Galvanised Inches Black
41!-44% 1 15S-25S%
i 19j-29J%
I tot!... 241-34}%
LAP WELD
345-38'-^ 1"
37i-415i 1J
33!-37ro 2 20}-285<-„
4Sto6... 22i-305<-<,
2Sto4... 22!-30S<>
7 to 12.. 19i-27i%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52 -55^; 395-43^„ J to U . . . 24S-34iro
2to3.". .... 53-565% 405-44%
LAP WELD, EXTR.\ STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Steel
Inches Black
to 3 54-571%
2
2Mo 6
7 to 12....
13 to 14...
15
: to u.,
47 -50J%
50 -535%
47 -504%
375-41 %
35 -385%
Galvanised
+ 1}-IH%
11-1"}%
8 -I8i%
65-145%
95-175%
95-175%
6j-14i%
95-I9§%
2 45-485% 335-37%
2ito4 48-515% 365-40<'i
4ito6 47-505% 355-39%
7 to 8 43 -465% 29!-33%
9 to 12.... 38 -415% 245-28%
!!::::::: ::;::::::
2 215-295%
New York
Black Galv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded 38% 22%
25 to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 18%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C.
plus 45%. Cast iron, standard sizes, plus 5^
2i to 4.
45 to 6...
7 to8....
9 to 12..
Cleveland
Black Galv.
39% 30%
41% 26%
235-315%
225-305%
145-225%
95-175%
85-165%
Ili-191%1
105-185%
25-105%
5!-+2J%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54%40% 405(330 '
50@40% 375@275'
banded, from New York stock sell at
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations in
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic ' 18.50 19.00 22.50
Tin in 5-ton lote 44.50 49.00 56.50
Lead 8.50 9.50 6.25
Zinc 8.50 8.35 7.60
ST. LOUIS
I.ead 8.00 8.90 6.00
Zinc 7.7OC'8.05 7.70(3,8.40 7.15
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for 1 ton
or more:
. New York —Cleveland—. , — Chicago — ,
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent Ago Ago rent .\£o rent Ago
Copper sheets, base.. 29.50 33.50 33.50 34.00 35.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 31,25 31 25 30.75 29.00 30.50 29.00 26.00
Brasssheets 28.50 28.50 )2.00 36.00 33.00 27.00 2? 00
Brasspioe 33.00 33,00 36,00 34,00 39.00 34.90 3,. 00
Solder (half and halt)
(casclots) 35.00 38.00 45,00 40.50 41.00 38.00 38 50
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oz., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c,; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 7!c.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Ago
MUl 25.00 24.00
NewYork 27.00 28,00(3,29.75
Cleveland 27.00 ■29.00
Chicago 30 00 27.00
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
748e
SHOP MATEBIALS AND SUPPLY
At
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are f o.b. mill +
less 8% for carload lots 12.50
. Warehouse .
. — In Casks — ■ — Broken Lots -^
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.30 12.50 M.70 1300
New York 14.00 11.50 14.50 1250
Chicago 15.00 16.50 15.00 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
New York 7.25 9.50
Chicago 9.00 9.75
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound: ,
, New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 15.00 17.00 14.00 14, '0
Copper, heavy, and wire 14.00 16.00 13.50 14.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 12.50 14.00 12.00 12.50
Lead, heavy 7.00 4 75 7.00 6.50
Lead, tea 5.00 3.75 4.00 5.'0
Brass, heavy 9,00 10,50 10.00 1400
Brass, lieht 7.00 7.50 7.00 7. "0
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 8,00 10,00 7.50 7 '^0
Zinc 4,50 5.00 4 50 5 50
I
ALUMINUM — The following prices am from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for romflting (1-15 ton
lots), per lb $33.00 $30.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
Iota and over:
Current Onf Vrar Ago
New York (round) 38 . 00 32 . 00
ChicaKo 29.00 31.00
Cleveland 34.00 35.00
BABBITT METAL — Warehouse price per pound:
^New York ^ . — Cleveland-^ —— Chicago .
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Best grade 90.00 90.00 54.00 70.00 50.00 60.00
Commercial 50 . 00 50 . 00 20 . 50 16.50 1 2 . 50 1 3 . 00
SHOP SUPPLIES
^- Cleveland ^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
, Chicago .
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
T.ist net $2.25
List net 2.25
+ 1.15
+ 1.15
1.85
1.85
I ist net 2 25
List net 2 25
+ 1.15
+ 1.15
1.30
1.30
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
— New \''ork ^
Cur- One
rent Y'ear Ago
Hot pressed square. + $6.00 $1 . 50
Hot pressed hexagon + 6.00 1 . 50
Cold punched hexa-
gon + 6,00 1.50
Cold punched square + 6.00 1 . 50
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
New York 30% 50-10%
Chicago 40% 50%
Cleveland 50% 60-10%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
i by 4 in. and smaller + 20%, 25% 20%
Larger and longer up to 1} in. by 30 in... . +20% 25% 10%
WA.SHER.S — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers:
New York list Cleveland $2.00 Chicago $1.90
For east-iron washers. } and larger, the base price per 1 00 lb. is as follows:
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $5.50
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
L by 6 in. and smaller + 20% 25% 10%
arger and longer up to I in, by 30 in + 20% 20% 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Uivets . — Burs —
Current One Year Ago Current
CleveUnd 20% 20% 10%
VT»'»5'* "^' 20% net
New York 25% 40% net
One Year Ago
10%
20%
207o
-The following Quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders froni
RIVETS
warehouse:
Cleveland
„, ., 40%
Tmned List Net 40%
Boiler, 5, J. 1 in, diameter by 2 to 5 in, sell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York $6,00 Chicago $5.73 Pittsburgh $4.5
Structural, same sizes:
New York $7, 10 Chicago $5,83 Pittsburgh $4.60
New York
Steel A and smaller List Net
ea.
Chicago
30%
30%
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
waiehouse in lOO-lb, lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $34.00 $36.00 $35.00
Brass 33,00 36.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb,, the advance is 1 e.; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 lb., 2!c. over base ( lOO-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b,, 5c, should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOc. ;
l(ss than 10 lb., add . l5-20c.
Double above extras will be charged for angles, elinnnels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as t-2 in, inclusive
in rounds, and i-I^ in,, inclusive, in square and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to I in, by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNF. PLATE — In Chicago No, 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $ 1 2. 50 per 1 00 lbs.
In Cleveland— $10 per 100 lbs,
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in oents per pound:
, New York —
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White I5,00(a17 00 13,00 16,00 II.OOtoMOO
Colored mixed, . 9,00(a14.00 9 00-12.00 12,00 9.S0tol2,00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
I3jxl3l I3}x20j
Cleveland 55,00 65 00
Chicago 41,00 43,50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 lb,:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
New York $2,00 $2,00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2,75 2,75 1.75
Cleveland 3.00 3 00 2 50
Chicago 2,00 2 75 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
(iiTTent One Month Ago One Year Ago
New Y'ork $3,90 $3,90 $3,65
Philadelphia 3,65 3 65 3 87
Chicago 4.10 5,00 4.12i
COKE^ — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsville:
Octo'er 1 1 October 4 September 27
Prompt furnace $I6 0Q(«$16 50 $17 00(<"$18,00 »17, 00(ffi$18, 00
Prompt foundry 17,00C« 18.50 18.00(1*20.00 18.00® 20.00
FIRE CLAY — The following prices prevail:
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 , 00
Cleveland 1 00-lb. bag I '. 00
LINSEED OIL— These prices are per gallon:
Raw in barrels. (5 bbl, lots.
5-ga! cans
I -gal cans (6 to case)
—New
Cur-
rent
York^
One
Year
Ago
■ — Cleveland-^
One
Cur- Y'ear
rent Ago
^-Chicago—.
One
Cur- Year
rent Ago
$1 20
1 35
1 40
$2 15
2 30
$1.45 $2.50
1.65 2.75
$1.30 $2 37
1.55 2 57
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
, Red . . White .
One Year One Year
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In OU
lOOlbkcg 15,50 17,00 13,00 14,50 I5'.50 13 00
25 and 50-lb, kegs.... 15,75 17,25 13,25 14,75 15.75 13 25
I2i-lb, keg 16,00 17,50 13.50 15,00 16.00 13.50
5-lb, cans 18 50 20,00 15.00 16.50 18.50 15.00
l-lb, cans 20.50 22,00 16 00 17.50 20.50 16.00
500 lb. lots less IO%;discount. 2000 lb. Iota las* IO-2i% discount.
748f
^^,.^y-il,
L-V-FLETGHEIl.
^UtlllMnillMllltlllltinilHIIIIIItllllllllllllHIIIIIMtlllllllllltlinillDMDIIIMtllllltlltt
I Machine Tools Wanted
I If in need of machine tools send
i us a list for publication in this
I colli mn
ntMiiiiiiiiitiifiiii
Md., Falrfleld (Baltimore P. O.) — The
Union Shipbuilding Co., R. M. Mueller,
Purch. Agt. — general machine tools.
Md., Westport (Baltimore P. O.) — The
McNamara Bros, (io., Inc.. manufacturers
of tanks and boilers, G. I. Donovan, Purch.
Agt. — bending machine, similar to Geis &
Krump. about 11 ft. long for plate about
5 in. thick (used).
N. i., Jersey City — The Brady Brass Wks.
Co., 170 14th St. — one turret lathe equiva-
lent to No. 2A Warner & Swasey.
N. Y., Buffalo — W. B'rauer, 265 Hoyt St.
(metal worker) — one band saw and one 12
in. joiner.
N. Y., Buffalo^The Day Machinery Co.,
Exchange and Elllicott Sts. —
One 60 in. to 72 in. power squaring shear,
} in. cap.
One 3 in. or 3} in. bolt heading machine.
One 42 in. x 42 in. x 14 ft. open side
planer.
One 48 in. x 12 ft. to 16 ft. lathe.
One 36 in. x 16 ft. lathe.
One 30 ton Lucas forcing press.
One table or knee type horizontal boring
mill. About 3 In. bar to take 60 in. be-
tween head and outboard support.
One open back inclinable press. Bolster
16 in. X 20 in., %\ In. to 4 in. stroke.
One Grays sheet metal cutter.
One 48 in. x 48 in. x 12 ft. double hous-
ing planer, two rail heads.
One 60 in. x 60 in. x 16 ft. double hous-
ing planer, four heads.
JI. Y., Buffalo — Schiffmaclier-Pillinger,
Inc., 257 Mills St., manufacturer of tools
and stampings — general machine shop
equipment.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— I. Blackman, 479 1st Ave. — general
equipment for metal working shop.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— R. W. Cameron & Co.. 23 South Wil-
liam St. — three 7 in. radial drilling ma-
chines.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— A. Stroud, 327 Bway. (exporter) —
One 24 or 30 in. Gisholt vertical boring
mill (used).
One locomotive wheel lathe, capacity 59
in. wheel (new).
Twenty 14 or 26 in. column drills with
or without back gears (new).
One 34 in. Gisholt vertical boring mill
(new).
One 42 in. Gisholt vertical boring mil]
(new).
SeVeral Landis bolt cutters (new).
Several turret lathes for brass work
(new).
Several No. 4 Universal Warner ft Swasey
turret lathes (new).
N. Y.. Rochester — G. C. Humbert, 301
Cornwall Bldg. (jeweler) — metal slitting
and bending machine.
N. Y., Rochester — The Rochester Barrel
& Machine Co.. St. James PI,, T. M. Teal,
Purch. Agt. — general machine tools.
Pa,. Lebanon — The Cornwall R. R., Don-
aghmore St. — machine shop equipment.
Pa., Williamsport — The Valley Iron Wks..
209 West St. — one large boring mill to ac-
commodate castings up to 13i ft.-14 ft. in
d iameter.
Tenn., Memphis — The Rechman Crosby
Co., 223 South Front St. — bolt heading ma-
chine J in. to 2 in. capacity, and a bolt
heading machine \ in. to IJ in. capacity.
III., Chicago — A. Lawder & Sons. 6910
Lafayette Ave. — bar bending machine.
111., Chicago — L. G. Neff. 1045 West
Washington Bldg. — one pipe cutting oft
machine with variation of approximately
h of an in. in the diameter of larger sizes
of pipe.
ni., Chicago — The Sinclair Refining Co..
Ill West Washington St. — one universal
patternmaker's bench wood trimmer with
swinging gages to cover angles from 30
degrees to 135 degrees capacity, 4 in. ver-
tical 8 in. horizontal cut (new).
Mich., Detroit — The Detroit Brass & Mal-
leable Wks., 331 Holden St. — several No.
22 New Britain tapping machines (used).
Mich., Detroit — The Union Cap Screw Co..
684 Hendrie St. — screw machine and mis-
cellaneous equipment.
Mich., Rogers — The Michigan Limestone
& Chemical Co. — 15 ft. universal radial
drill. 16 in. swing lathe with 6 ft. bed, and
a 42 in. to 52 in. lathe.
Wis., .Oleoma — The Algoma Fdry. and
Machine Co. — machine tools for manufac-
turing ensilage cutters.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Amer. Valve Ro-
tator Co.. 917 Chestnut St.. H. Danischef-
.sky, Purch. Agt. — milling machine.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Holm Radiator
Co.. 340 1st Ave., W. Laitsch, Purch. Agt.
— hand bench shear, punch drill press to
drill 1 in, hole, 30 in. to 36 in. folder. 40
in. to 42 in, squaring shear and 30 in. x
2 in. slip roll.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Modem Grinder
Co., 53 Oneida St., A. Strauss, Purch. Agt.
— 2 milling machines, medium sized.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Utilitv Hoist &
Mfg. Co., 829 Forest Home Ave,. C. Worden.
Pres. — shaper. planer, lathe and drill press
for plant at Prairie Du Sac.
Wis., MUwaukee — The Viktry Mfg, Co..
38th St. and Hillside Lane, manufacturer
of spark plugs — machine tools.
Wis., Milwaukee — M. J. Walsh Co., 141
Sycamore St. — four 11 in. Gleason bevel
gear finishers. Erie double frame hammers.
No. 1 Ajax bull dozer. No. 405 Bliss double
crang toggle drawing press with stroke
of draw in slide 12 in., stroke of blank
holder 18 in.
AVis., Washburn — The .\nchor Shipbuild-
ing Co.. R. Curr, Purch, Agt. — machine
shop equipment.
Minn., Albert I.ea — The Amer. Gas Ma-
chine Co., Inc. — punch press with adjustable
table. IJ in. stroke and flywheel of about
500 lbs. (new).
CaU .'<an Francisco — The Koster Co., 433
California St. — machine tools for bolt and
nut manufacturing plant.
Ont.. London — J. L. Bell. P. O. Box 396 —
one crankshaft grinding machine for aut.o
work, one internal grinding machine for
-auto cylinders, en bloc., two and three
grinding machines for auto pistons (new
or used).
■ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIII
Machinery Wanted
■ IMIItlllllllllMIIIII
ItllltllllMltllttMIMII
Conn., Hazardville — A. D. Bridges Sons.
Inc. (contractors) — cement block machine
for making concrete blocks.
Md., Baltimore — The Natl. Bituminous
Enamel & Paint Corp., Keyser Bldg.. G. L.
Sleight, Gen. Mgr. — laboratory equipment,
paint grinding and mixing machinery, etc.
N. J., Newark — A. R. Jealous. 739 De-
graw Ave. — one 9-10 in. lathe. 36 in. be-
tween centers, hollow spindle and screw
cutting attachment.
N. Y., Lewistor^ — The Riverside Pulp and
Paper Co., W. Burke, Purch. Agt.— -general
paper mill machinery.
N, Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— New York Post Office. Park Row —
one hollow chisel mortising machine.
S. C, Darlington — The Young Tucker
Mfg. Co.. Box 291 — one machine for bend-
ing band steel to cover wooden wheels from
5-17 in. in diameter, one small lathe for
turning rollers for cotton planters (wooden
rollers, about 15 in. long by 6 to 8 in. in
diameter), also for smaller work in wood-
work.
O., Cleveland — The Natl. Power Mchy.
Co., 1914 Scranton Rd. — electric traveling
crane for handling electrical machinery.
O.. Cleveland Heights (Warrensville P.
O.) — The Bd. Educ. Lee Rd. — manual
training equipment, etc.
Wis., Chippewa Falls — The South Brown
Co.. 222 South Main St.. H. Schneider.
Purch. Agt. — broom making and wire
working machinery.
Wis., Milwaukee — City Sewerage Comn. —
traveling crane.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Modem Steel
Castings Co.. 14 00 33d St. — modem steel
foundry equipment.
Wis.. New London — The Wolf Valley
Dairy Co.. G, Putnam. Purch. Agt. — ice
cream making machinery.
Wis., Prairie du Chien — Phoenix Parfrey
r'o. — machinery for manufacture of veneers.
Wis., Tomah — Bd, of Educ. C. B. Dro-
watska. Clk. — woodworking machinery for
manual training department.
Minn.. .Austin — G, \. Hormel & Co. — one
hand power hoop flaring machine (new).
Minn., Minneapolis — Cleveland Wrecking
& Contg. Co., 1221 6th Ave.. N.. S. G, Rosen-
stein. Mgr. — one complete sawmill outfit.
either ga.soline or electric driven (new. or
used if in good condition).
Mo., Joplin — The Eagle-Picher Lead Co..
Smelter Hill — one 100 ft. crane for plant at
Galena, Kan.
Col., Denver — The Great Western Sugar
Co., Sugar Bldg. — machinery for sugar re-
finery at Minatare, Neb.
October 14, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
748g
Col.. Denver — The Great Western Sugar
Co., Sugar Bldg. — machinery for sugar fac-
tory at Johnstown.
Tex., DallaK — The Trinity Paper Mills,
401 Marvin BIdg. — machinery for the manu-
facture of paper pulp from cotton seed
Unters.
Tex., Gonzales — P. E. Shuler Grain Co. —
grain elevator equipment, mill for grinding
feed, com shelling outfit, etc.
Ont., Midland — The Copeland Flour Mills,
Midland Ave. — flour milling equipment.
Ont., St. Thomas — The Canadian Edison
Phonographs, Ltd. — machinery for the
manufacture of phonographs and cabinets.
N. S., Chester — The Hawboldt Gas En-
gine Co. — machinery to replace equipment
destroyed by fire.
■ uiiimiiiiin I
IDIIIIIIItimiMIII IIIIIIMtllltlllllltlllUlllllie
I Metal Working |
^IIIMIIIIUIIIIItlllllMlllllllllllltlllillllltlMIIIIMDIIIIIIIMIIIItlllllltlllllllMIIIIIIIIIItllllir
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Ansonla — The Amer. Brass Co.,
58 Liberty St., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 340
X 400 ft. addition to its factory. Estimated
cost, $700,000.
Conn., Hartford — The Arrow Electric Co.,
99 Hawthorne St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of an addition
to its factory for the manufacture of elec-
tric supplies. Estimated cost, $12,000.
Conn., Hartford — The Hd. of Contract and
Supply will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 2 story 50 x 120 ft.
machine shop on John St. Estimated cost,
$125,000. Noted July 29.
Conn., New Britain — The New Britain
Lumber & Coal Co.. .301 Park St.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 35 x 150 ft. garage on Park
St. Estimated cost. $50,000.
Conn.. New Britain — The Vulcan Iron
Wks., 63 John St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 90
X 100 ft. foundry. Cost between $45,000
and $50,000.
Conn., New Haven — D. Levine, 191
George St., plans to build a 1 story, 60 x
60 ft. garage on Commerce St. Estimated
cost, $15,000. J. Weinstein, 6 Church St.,
Archt.
Me., Aubnrn — Fitz Bros. Co., Minot Ave.,
manufacturer of shoe lasts, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
story addition to its plant on Starberry
Ave. Estimated cost, $30,000.
Me., Farmington — The Morton Motor Co.
plans to build a 1 story, 60 x 115 ft. garage,
etc. Estimated cost, $25,000. O. P. Stew-
art, Archt.
Me., Portland — The Maine Central R.R„
Bt. John St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 20 x 32 ft.
addition to railroad shop at Thompsons
Point here. Estimated cost, $10,000.
Mass., Athol — The Union Twist Drill Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 40 x 100 ft. factory. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000.
Mass., Everett — The Boston Elevated Ry.
Co., 108 Massachusetts Ave., Boston, is
having plans prepared for the construction
of several car repair shops. Estimated
cost. $3,000,000. D. P. Robinson. 125 East
46th St.. New York City, Archt. and Engr.
Mass., Fall River — The Fall River Bobbin
& Shuttle Co., 821 Cambridge St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 4 story, 41 x 100 ft. addition to its
Plant. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Mass., Lynn — The Generil Electric Co.,
84 State St., West Lynn, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
180 X 240 ft. addition to its factory, to have
12 X 20 ft., 16 X 4"0 ft. and 40 x 40 ft. ells.
Estimated cost, $150,000. Noted Sept. 9.
Mass., SomervUle — The Amer. Tube Wks..
Somerville Ave., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 .story addi-
tion to its drawing mill. Cost to exceed
$75,000. C. R, Makepiece & Co.. 430 Butler
Exch. Bldg., Providence. Archt, and Engr.
Mass., Watertown — • The Walker Pratt
Mfg. Co.. 31 Union St., Boston, has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 120 x 160 ft. addition to its plant on
Cypress St, here for the manufacture of
stoves. Estimated cost, $70,000.
Ma*is., West Springfield (Springfield P.
O.)— The C. H. Smith Co., 43 Lynn St.,
Springfield, manufacturer of rolls for
watermarks and cylinder molds for paper
making machines, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 39
X 8BJ ft. factory on Slyvan .St, here. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000.
Mass., Woreester — The Conroy Motor Co..
671 Mam St., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 2 story, 90 x 150
ft. garage and service station on Wellington
St. Estimated cost, $100,000. A. F. Gray,
53 State St., Boston, Archt. and Engr.
Mass., .Worcester — H. Robbing, 57 Lamar-
tine St., will soon award the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 32 x 42 ft.
machine shop and a 1 story, 21 x 30 ft.
garage on Lamartine St, Estimated cost,
$10,000. E. T, Chapin, 340 Main St., Archt.
Mass., Worcester — The Worcester Pdry.
Co., Inc.. 180 Prescott St., will build a 1
story, 60 x 150 ft. addition to its foundry.
Estimated cost, $30,000. Private plans.
N. H.. Keene — A. E. Fish & Co., 8 Elm
St., plans to build a 3 story. 40 x 60 ft.
addition to its factory for the manufacture
of screens. R.stimated cost, $20,000. Pri-
vate plans.
R. I., Providence — G. F. Berkander, Lex-
ington Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 30 x 45 ft.
garage. Estimated cost, $10,000.
B. I., Providence — Blazer Bros, plan to
build a 1 story garage on Troop St. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000. Private plans.
R. I.. Providence— G. Colicci, Ridge St.,
plans to build a 1 story garage and service
station. Estimated cost, $20,000. Private
plans.
Vt., Manchester — N. D. Cass Co.. Athol,
will build a 2 story, 30 x 100 ft. factory
here for the manufacture of toys. Estimated
cost, $15,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Baltimore — The Columbia Grapho-
phone Co. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 234 x 290 ft. plant
on Loneys Lane and Chase St. Estimated
cost, $250,000.
Md.. Baltimore — J. J. Lacy Co., Philpot
and Wells Sts., has awarded the contract
for the construction of an addition to its
foundry. Estimated cost. $14,000,
Md., Baltimore — Myers Bros., 3931-3943
Falls Rd., have awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 48 x 118 ft.
addition to their garage. Estimated cost.
$10,000.
N. 4.. Pennington — The Peerless Insulated
Wire & Cable Co. is building a insulated
weatherproof wire plant. C. E. Miller.
Supt,
N. i^ Trenton — The Gasser Mfg. Co. is
having plans prepared for the construction
of a 1 story, 100 x 100 ft. factory for the
manufacture of hoists, etc. Estimated cost,
$85,000. W. A. Klemann, 1st Natl. Bank
Bldg., Archt.
N. Y., Buffalo — F. N. Trevor, 1382 Ni-
agara St., will build a 2 story. 35 x 75 ft.
factory for the manufacture of metal spe-
cialties. Estimated cost. $10,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— P, Adier. c/o E. M. Adelsohn. Archt.,
1778 Pitkin Ave., will build a 1 story, 100
X 100 ft. garage on 59th St. Estimated
cost, $40,000.
N. Y_ New York (Horough of Brooklyn)
—The C. & K. Bldg, Co,, c/o E. M. Adel-
sohn, Archt. 1778 Pitkin Ave., will build
a 1 story garage and shop. Estimated
cost, $60,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— H. Katz, 146 Prospect Ave., will build a
1 story, 50 x 90 ft. garage on 9th St. near
3d Ave. Estimated cost, $20,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— W. G. Lahn. 57 East 15th St,, will build
a 1 story, 100 x 160 ft, garage on 87th St.
near 4th Ave. Estimated cost, $55,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— I. Stalman, c/o P. Caplan. Archt,. 16
Court St., will build a 1 story. 85 x 250 ft.
garage on 65th St. near 5th Ave. Esti-
mated cost, $75,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— The Bway. and 126th St. Corp.. 1057
Bryant Ave., will build a 2 story. 100 x
150 ft. garage on Bway. and 126th St.
Estimated cost. $150,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— A. C. Chesley & Co.. 277 Rider Ave.,
plans to build a 2 story, 50 x 200 ft. fac-
tory for the manufacture of metal doors
on 13 2d St. near Cypress Ave. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Gallagher & Shand, Inc., 1731 1st
Ave., will build a 1 story, 100 x 110 ft,
gdrage on 105th St, and 1st Ave. Esti-
mated cost. $40,000.
N. Y., N«w York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— Rechnitz Bros., 143 Liberty St., will
build a 1 story. 100 x 195 ft. garage at 302
East 45th St. Estimated cost, $150,000,
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— J. Ruppert, Inc., 1639 3d Ave., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 50 x 200 ft. auto repair shop
at 243 East 90th St. Estimated cost, $50,-
000. Noted Sept. 30.
N. Y., Tonawanda — The Stanley Steel
Welded Whijel Corp., 40 Court St., Boston.
Mass.. will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 100 x 200 ft.
plant. Estimated cost, $100,000, Private
plans.
Pa.. Butler — The Standard Steel Car Co.
plans to build a 2 story, 45 x 85 ft. re-
search laboratory which will include chemi-
cal, physical, foundry, heat treatment and
industrial laboratory divisions. Plans also •
include a complete machine shop, etc.
Pa., Lebanon — The Cornwall R.R, Don-
aghmore St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 150 x 200 ft
machine shop.
Pa,, Philadelphia — The Amer. Mfg. Co..
Water and Morris Sts.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
50 X 100 ft. garage on Front and Shunk
Sts. Estimated cost. $10,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — J. Boreh, c/o H. H
Kline, Archt., 1612 South 4th St.. will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 40 X 93 ft. garage at 3056 Salmon St.
Estimated cost. $10,000.
Pa.. Philadelphia — The Daniels Motor
Co.. 3d St.. Reading, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 and 2
story. 40 x 100 ft., 80 x 125 ft and 80 x
485 ft. factory, office and assembling plant
on Westmoreland St. and Huntingdon Park
here.
Pa., Philadelphia — C. B. Porter, 126
North 2d St., has awarded the contract for
altering its garage and tinware factory
at 123 North Broad St. Estimated co.st
$75,000.
SOUTHERN STATES
Fla., Moncrief (Jacksonville P. O.) — The
Federal Ice & Refrigerating Co.. Chicago,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 100 x 400 ft plant here
Estimated cost, $150,000. Equipment to
cost about $100,000.
Fla.. Jacksonville — The H. Ford Motor
Co., Highland Park, Detroit, Mich., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story assembling plant here.
Estimated cost, $250,000.
W. Va., McDowell — The New River Co.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story factory and machine
shop, to cover 35.000 sq.ft. floor space. Cos'
between $225,000 and $250,000. Private
plans.
MIDDLE WEST
III.. Chicago — Kroeschell Bros. Co.. 460
West Erie St.. is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 and 2 gtory, 220 x
388 ft. ice machine factory on Diversey St.
along tracks of Chicago, Milwaukee & St
Paul R.R. Estimated cost. $800,000.
Davidson & Weiss. 53 West Jackson Blvd.,
Archt.
Ind., Fort Woyne — The International Har-
vester Co. of America. Inc., 606 South
Michigan Ave.. Chicago, has purchased a
140 .icre site here and plans to build the
first unit of its motor truck manufacturing
and assembling plant. Day & Zimmerman,
611 Chestnut St.. Philadelphia. Engrs.
O.. Cincinnati — The Truck Delivery Co..
4424 Ashland Ave.. Norwood, has had plans
prepared for the construction of a 1 story.
140 .X 229 ft. garage on Hopkins A.ve. and
Montgomery Rd. Estimated cost, $70,000.
C. M. Foster, 112 East 4th St., Archt and
Engr,
O., Cleveland — The Accurate Machine Co.,
13306 Coit Rd.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 60 x 180
ft. factory. Estimated cost, $75,000.
O., Cleveland — The Bamberger Reinthal
Co.. 2621 Bast 9th St, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
31 X 78 ft. garage on Kinsman Rd, and
East 60th St Estimated cost. $25,00(1.
Noted Oct, 7.
O., Cleveland — W, R, Bossinger Battery
Co.. 1301 West 117th St. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
50 X 60 ft. addition to its factory at 1301
West 117th St Estimated cost, $26,000.
748h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 16
O., Cleveland — Greenwald & Sprecher.
12201 Madison Ave., have awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story. 40
X 60 ft. garage on Kast ITth St. and Payne
Ave. Kstimated cost, $20,000,
O.. CoIiimbuH — The Amer. Rolling Mill
Co.. Parsons Ave. along tracks of Toledo &
Ohio Central R.R., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of an addition to
its plant. Estimated cost, $300,000.
C, Slilaey — The Wagon Mfg. Co. is hav-
ing plans prepared for the construction of
a 1 story. 80 x 180 ft. foundry. Estimated
cost, $75,000. E. McGeorge. 1900 Euclid
Ave., Cleveland. O., Archt. and Engr.
Wis., Horicon — The Van Brunt Mfg. Co.
will build a 1 story, 80 x 200 ft. foundry
addition and a 40 x 80 ft. dry kiln.
Wis.. Milwaukee — The Milwaukee Boiler
Mfg. Co.. 220 Oregon St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
140 X 180 ft. boiler shop on 35th Ave. Esti-
mated cost. $150,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Modern Steel Cast-
ings Co., 1400 33d St.. will receive bids in
November for the construction of a 1 story,
80 X 500 ft. or 70 x 350 ft. foundry. Pri-
vate plans.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Viktry Mfg. Co.,
38th St. and Hillside Lane, plans to build
a 1 story, 59 x 158 ft. factory for the manu-
facture of spark plugs. C. Malig, 745 45th
St., Archt.
Wis., Nelllsvllle — The Neillsville Auto
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 90 x 120 ft. plant.
Wis,, Oronomowoe — ,T. S. Birdner. West
Ave., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 60 x 90 ft. garage.
Estimated cost, $12,000.
Wis,, Fralrle Du Sac — The Utility Hoist
& Mfg. Co., 829 Forest Home Ave., Mil-
waukee, is building a factory here. C.
Worden, Pres.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Kan., Ottawa — Washburn & Sons, Engrs.,
Ottawa, have comoleted plans for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 20 x 120 ft. garage.
Estimated cost, $15,000. Owner's name
withheld.
Minii., Duluth — The Duluth Water &
Light Dept., City Hall, will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 3
story, 50 x 140 ft. warehouse and office
building on West 1st St. Basement of
same will be used as a garage. Estimated
cost. $120,000. F. G. Phillips. City Comr.
Halstead & Sullivan, Paladio Bldg., Archts.
and Engrs.
Mo., St. L,oul8 — The Metallic Industries.
Inc., 2209 Pine St., plans to build a toy
factory. Estimated cost. $100,000. G. C.
Hosch, Pres.
Tex., Kastland — The Ringling, Eastland
& Gulf R.R. Co. plans to build a round-
house, machine shops and warehouse. C H
Chamberlain, Eastland, Ch. Engr.
WESTKBX STATES
Wosh.. Seattle — School Dist.. Central
Bldg., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 3 story, 126 x 250 ft
warehouse, machine, plumbing and general
shot) building on 8th Ave. and Valley St.
Estimated cost, $310,000.
CANADA
Ont., London — The Bogert Carlough Co.,
28 Peach St., Paterson, N. J., manufacturer
of steel sash, plans to build a factory here,
Ont., Toronto — The Exide Battery Co..
101 West End Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 80
X 200 ft. garage.
Que., .Montreal — The Aircraft Mfg. Co..
Ltd., n Place de Armes, will soon receive
bids for the construction of a plant for the
manufacture of aeroplanes, seaplanes, flying
boats and airships.
Que., Montreal — The Canadian Steel Foun-
dries, Ltd.. Longue Pointe, plans to build an
extension to its ))lant.
Uue., Montreal — The Canadian Tube &
Iron Co.. Ville Emard, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
38 x 50 ft. addition to its nut and bolt fac-
tory on Hamilton St. Estimated cost, $18,-
000.
Que,, Montreal — V. Fortier, 4031 Berrl
St., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a garage on Notre Dame
SL, E. Estimated cost, $25,000.
I General Manufacturing |
?iiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiriiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiMiii iiiiii'iiDiiin
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., Bridgeport — The Huber Ice Cream
Co., 800 Seaview Ave., will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 2 story
addition to its plant. Estimated cost, $30,-
000. L. Asheim, 211 State St., Archt.
Conn., New Haven — The Connecticut Ada-
mant Plaster Co., River St., plans to build
a 2 story plant. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Private plans.
Me., Portland — The Natl. Biscuit Co., 98
Chestnut St., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 60 x 100
ft. addition to its plant on Chestnut St.
Estimated cost, $25,000. Private plans.
Mass,, Cambridge — A. R. Hyde & Co., 4 32
Columbia St., is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 3 story. 50 x 100 ft.
addition to its factory, for the manufacture
of shoes. Estimated cost. $75,000. Tuck &
Gilman, 34 School St., Boston, Archts.
Mass., Cambridge — The Kingston Knitting
Co., 37 Kingston St., Boston, plans to build
a 3 story textile mill. Private plans.
Mass., Gardner — C. H. Hartshorn, Main
St., manufacturer of chairs, will soon award
the contract for the construction of a 3
story, 60 x 65 ft. addition to his plant.
Estimated cost. $35,000. Private plans,
Mass., Boxbury — The Childrens Hospital,
300 Longwood Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story addi-
tion to its laundry on Longwood Ave. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000.
Mass., West SprinKfleld (Springfield P.
O.) — Company is being organized and plans
to build a large plant on Park St. for the
manufacture of envelopes, etc. A. Laub-
scher, 77 Ft. Pleasant Ave., Pres.
MIDDLE ATL.4NTIC STATES
Md., Rultimore — Levenson & Zenitz, How-
ard and Ostend Sts., manufacturers of fur-
niture, has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 3 story, 49 x 91 ft. addi-
tion to their plant. Estimated cost, $15.-
000.
Md.. Baltimore — The National Bituminous
Enamel & Paint Corp., Keyser Bldg., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a factory. Estimated cost, $23,0(I0.
Md,, Baltimore — The U. S. Printing &
Lithographing Co., 429 East Cross St.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 130 X 150 ft. addition to its plant.
Md., Cumberland — The Amer. Cellulos &
Chemical Mfg. Co. plans to build an addi-
tion to its plant.
Md„ Curtis Bay (Baltimore P, O.) — The
Rasin Monumental Co.. subsidiary of the
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Co.. Fulton St.
Richmond, Va.. manufacturer of fertilizer!
is having plans prepared for the construc-
tion of 4 buildings which will cover from
30,000 to 40,000 sq.ft. of floor space. Above
buildings will replace the present plant,
which comprises 20,000 sq.ft. of floor space.
Md,, Fairfleld (Baltimore P. O) — Tlie
Union Shipbuilding Co. plans to build a 2
story, 70 x 200 ft. carpenter shop.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
—The Grand Corrugated Paper Co.. 30
Crosby St.. will soon award the contract
for altering its factory on 32d St.
N. Y„ Syracuse — The Crown Oil Co., 310
West .Jefferson St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 30
X 110 ft. gasoline and oil plant on Van
Rensselaer St. Estimated cost. $30,000.
Pa., Johnstown — The Johnstown Sanitary
Dairy Co. had plans prepared for altering
and building a 2 story addition to its ice
cream factory on Somerset St. Cost be-
tween $50,000 an'' $60,000, McCormick Co.,
Century Bldg.. Pittsburgh. Engrs.
Pa.. Pittsburgh — The Antonoff Bakery
Lo., c/o McCormick Co., Engrs., Century
Bldg. , is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 2 storj- bakery on Spring
trarden Ave. Estimated cost, $25,000.
SOUTHEBN STATES
Tenn.. Memphis — The Dixie Rubber Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 75 x 290 ft. plant.
,.,.yy- .'*'*•• PhilllppI— The Phillippi Blanket
Mills has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 25 x 45 ft. plant.
MIDDLE WEST
Ind.. Indianapolis — The Capitol Lumber
Co. 1712 Wet New York St., will build a
1 story, 60 x 100 ft. and 20 x 150 ft. lum-
ber mill on 48th St. Estimated cost, $50,-
Ind., Indianapolis — Kingan & Co.. Ltd.,
Maryland St., will build a 6 story 40 x 56
ft. pickling factory on West Georgia St.
Estimated cost, $74,000.
1VT?,- Cleveland — The Cleveland Worsted
Mills Co. 5900 Bway., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
1/ x 87 ft. addition to its factory. Esti-
mated cost. $15,000.
O., Cleveland — Glenvllle Hospital 701
Parkwood Drive, is having plans prepared
tor the construction of a 2 story 40 x 50
ft. boiler house and laundry addition. Esti-
mated cost $40,000. J. M. Benson 701
FffJ,'''^'""^. Drive, Engr., H. E. Shimmen.
2031 Euclid Ave., Archt.
O., Clev_eland— The Commercial Bookbind-
ing Co.. 2231 West 110th St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
story 48 X 110 ft. plant to replace the one
cost^So'.^OO.*"^""""''*'' "'' "■■"• Estimated
Wis., Arcailia — The Holton Tobacco Co
plans to build a 2 story, 60 x 300 ft tobacco
factory and warehouse on Main St. Esti-
mated cost, $45,000.
Wis.. DePere — The Clover Leaf Dairy
Co. plans to build a 1 storv. 40 x 160 ft
creamery and dairy products factory on
Main St. Estimated cost. $100,000. M C
Connors, Pres.
»T Wi«..f ond dn Lac— J. B. Fellrath. 180
>.orth Main St.. will build a 1 and 2 story.
70 X 120 ft. plant for the manufacture of
concrete blocks on Brook St.
Wis., Goodman — The School Dist. plans
to build a 2 .story high school, to include
a manual training deiiartment. Estimated
cost. $100,000. J. Gomber. Clk.
Wis.. Manitowoc — The Drost Box Mfg.
Co.. 1116 South 9th St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 storv.
60 X 250 ft. box factory on 8th St. Cost
between $50,000 and $60,000. Noted Oct. 7.
.7, J","," Manitowoc- F. H. Weise Mfg. Co..
714 Huron St.. is having plans preparel
for the construction of a 2 story, 60 x 15o
?x^'"'"J^""'"'^ factory. Estimated cost, $40,-
000. Private plans.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Shope Brick Co.
216 West Water St. will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 1 story
90 X 150 ft. factory on State St. for ttio
manufacture of cement bricks. Backer &
Pfaller, 216 West Water St., Archts.
Wis., Sbehnygan — The Textile Bv-Prod-
ucts Co., Calumet and Seamen Aves'., plans
to build a 3 story. 60 x 185 ft. textile fac-
tory. Estimated cost. $30,000. W, C
Weeks, 730 Ontario Ave., Archt.
Wis,, West Bend — The Schmidt & Store':
vVagon Co. has awarded the contract fo-
the construction of a 1 story, 100 x 300 ft
factory. Noted Sept 30.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Cot., Johnstown — The Great Western
S'jgar Co., Sjigar Bldg., Denver, will i ui'd
a factory here to have a capacity of l."oii
tons of beets per day. Estimated cost.
$2,000,000. E. F. Morrison, Sugar BKIg
Denver. Engr.
Mo.. Kansas City — The Com Produ ts
Refining Co., 17 Battery PI.. New York
City, will build a plant here. Estimated
cost, $500,000.
Neb,, Mlnatare — The Great Western
Sugar Co., Sugar Bldg., Denver, Col., will
build a factory here to have a capacity of
1.200 tons of beets i>er day. Estimated
cost, $2,000,000.
Okla„ Henr.vetta — The Cogswell Refining
Co., Parsons Bldg., has had plans preireired
for the construction of an oil refinery, 2,00 '
bbl. daily capacity. Estimated cost, $25" -
000. J. C. Beitsch, Lucerne Apts., Tulsa
Engr.
Okla., Tulsa — Boley Bros., 110 West
California Ave., Oklahoma City, plans to
build a barrel factory here. Estimated
cost, $150,000.
Tex., Austin — The University of Texas.
Bd. of Regents, is having plans prepared
for the construction of a 3 story. 70 x 200
ft. school of chemistry. Estimated cost.
$350,000. G. A. Endress, Littlcfield Bldg..
Archt
October 21, 1920
American Macliinlst
nn^
Vol. 53, No. 17
The Kansas Industrial Court
By K. H. CONDIT
Managing Editor, American Machinist
It is not the intention of this brief sketch to
supply a critical analysis of the new Industrial
Court of the State of Kansas. It has not had
time as yet to prove itself one vmy or the other.
Other legislatures are considering similar action,
hoioever, and consequently a knowledge of the
law itself and the steps leading to its adoption
will be useful to employers and managers who
may soon be called upon to face the problems
involved in its application.
W:
"HEN a dispute between capital and labor
brings on a strike affecting the production
or distribution of the necessaries of life, thus
threatening the public and impairing the public health,
has the public any right in such a controversy, or is
it a private war between capital and labor?" This
is the question propounded to Samuel Gompers by
Governor Allen of Kansas in their so-called debate in
New York several months ago. Mr. Gompers claimed
the question was a catch question and evaded it, his
action being generally interpreted as an indication that
he considered the right to strike paramount. Governor
Allen and the Kansas legislature have taken the opposite
view and the law authorizing the Industrial Court is
the result. It is not so very different from some other
laws dealing with the same subject but it has very
business-like teeth and has been very carefully drawTi
to resist the inevitable attacks upon its constitution-
ality. Just how it will stand the test of time is prob-
lematical and depends to a large extent upon the wisdom
of the appointments of the three judges who compose
the court.
A word about the conditions that led to the passing
of the bill will perhaps throw some light on a situation
that has been misrepresented by interested parties on
both sides of the fence.
Judge Curran, of the Kansas Supreme Court, in his
decision adjudging Alexander Howat, the head of the
United Mine Workers in Kansas, jjuilty of contempt
of court in refusing to testify before the Industrial
Court, gave a vivid picture of conditions in Kansas in
December, 1919, when the coal miners were on strike
for a 60 per cent increase in pay, a six-hour day and
a five-day week. "We find the state, by reason of
being deprived of fuel, in a paralyzed condition in prac-
tically all of its industries. The streets of the cities
were dark; the schools were closed and education was
interfered with; the unfortunates confined in the hos-
pital for the insane, threatened with the hazard of
freezing. We find in the school for the feeble minded
the same condition. The hospitals that dot the State
of Kansas, where the sick, the weak, the crippled, the
maimed and helpless were confined, threatened with the
hazard of freezing for want of fuel; the school for the
deaf and dumb, and the school for the blind and help-
less, and every institution in the state, threatened and
doubly threatened ; transportation paralyzed ; the means
of distributing food and other necessaries of life did
not properly function as a result of not having fuel.
Whenever you paralyze transportation you make a
strong bid for starvation and suffering. This was at
the beginning of winter and without fuel."
The Bikth of the Industrial Court
The miners defied the governor to do anything and
he promptly replied with the call for volunteer strike-
breakers which was answered by ex-service men,
students from the state university and other citizens.
They had an awful time of it but they mined coal
and got things running again. But Kansas had been
badly scared and Governor Allen decided it v/as time
to do something to prevent a recurrence of the danger.
He called a special session of the legislature to con-
sider the Industrial Court Bill which had been prepared
by William Huggins, a member of the old public util-
ities commission and an excellent constitutional lawyer.
Organized labor, or rather its leaders, took one good
look at the new bill and let out an agonized howl of
protest. The big employers also took a look at it but
said nothing just then. They spoke later.
750
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
It is no great wonder that these labor organizers
took fright at Governor Allen's bill for they were wise
enough to see an early end to their usefulness if this
law accomplished what it set out to do. Under the
terms of the bill any group of workers may present
a grievance to the court for relief, either through their
own representative or through the attorney general of
the state. Unlike other courts, the industrial court
is financed by the state, thus making it available to the
poorest laborer. .
One of the first moves of the union element probably
had a good deal to do with the early passage of the
bill. Shortly after the bill had been introduced before
the house. Judge Frank L. Martin, who was making
an address on the constitutional features of the meas-
ure, read a letter which had been sent out by the local
lodge of the Boiler Makers' Union at Newton, Kan.,
a division point on the Santa Fe railroad. The letter
included this resolution :
"Resolved, that Local Lodge No. 404 of the Inter-
national Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Shipbuild-
ers and Helpers of America, of Newton, Kan., do most
urgently protest any 'anti-strike' legislation which may
be considered at this session, or any other session of
the legislature of the State of Kansas, and be it fur-
ther resolved that we stand true to the dictation of
our international oflScers, and should they order us to
protest this legislation, should it be enacted, by strik-
ing, or by other means, we would not hesitate to obey
their orders."
As might have been expected the letter created a
sensation but had quite the opposite of the desired
effect. The open threat stiffened the resolution of some
of the waverers and only made the passage of the bill
a little more certain.
Strong Objections of Labor Leaders
This was only one of many letters sent out by unions,
labor leaders and individuals to Governor Allen, to
members of the legislature and to the local press.
Howat, the radical head of the coal miners' organi-
zation, sent out a statement to the unions on Dec. 29
in which he characterized the proposed legislation as
the most drastic and vicious bill against labor ever
heard of. He also said that its passage meant "absolute
slavery for the coal miners and all other classes of labor
in the state," and the destruction of "the usefulness
and effectiveness of the organized labor movement in
the State of Kansas." Most of the usual arguments in
favor of the right to strike were also included.
At the same time the governor and some of the
legislators received personal letters from members of
the unions strongly favoring the bill as "individuals"
but stating that they must be against it as members
of the unions. .
To the outside spectator these letters are significant.
It does not require a great stretch of the imagination
to see that what the union leaders and organizers
feared was an agency that would supplant them in
securing justice for the workmen and thus put an end to
some very easy "pickings." On the other hand it seems
quite as apparent that the more thoughtful of the rank
and file of the unions saw a chance to rid themselves
of the virtual slavery imposed upon them by union dic-
tation.
Washington headquarters of the American Federation
of Labor saw the "danger" of this Industrial Court bill
and sent Frank P. Walsh to address the Kansas legis-
lature in opposition to the bill. Mr. Walsh came well-
prepared and talked for five hours on Jan. 8 without
the least apparent effect. He was followed the next-
day by J. I. Sheppard, of Fort Scott, whose remarks
were equally ineffective.
So far nothing had been heard from capital, but on
Jan. 13, when the hearings before the senate judiciary
committee were opened, the coal operators, the millers
and the Kansas Employers' Association, through their
attorneys, appeared to protest against certain features
of the bill. The employers were strong for the section
of the bill prohibiting the calling of strikes but were
equally strong against the one permitting the state
to take over essential industries during emergencies
and run them for the protection of the public.
Opinion of the Employers
The fluent staff correspondent of the Kansas City
Star in describing the hearing says, "The objection of
the industries that come under the provisions of the
measure is that it is 'clearly unconstitutional' in that it
declares private industry to be public utilities. It will,
according to the employers, drive capital from the state,
take property without due process of law, and several
other calamities are threatened in its provisions. It
is the cat that threatens the industrial cream, the fly
in the industrial butter; the bulldog in the state's back-
yard to chase industry up a tree or drive it over the
state-line fence into other fields of operation."
But in spite of hours of fervid oratory and reams of
written and printed matter, the two houses passed the
bill separately on Jan. 16 and sent it to conference.
It was soon patched up and was signed by Governor
Allen on Jan. 23.
The governor wasted no time after the bill became
a law in selecting his appointees. He met with two
or three refusals, among them that of William Allen
White who admitted that he was sorely tempted to
break his iron-clad rule of never accepting public office,
but on Feb. 2 the three judges were sworn in and
the same afternoon Attorney General Hopkins filed the
first case in behalf of 60 miners who had been locked
out for 30 days.
The three judges, shown with Governor Allen in our
illustration, are William L. Huggins, f ramer of the bill ;
Clyde M. Reed, the governor's former private secretary,
and ex-Senator George M. Wark of Caney County.
Outstanding Provisions of the Bill
Apparently much of the adverse criticism of this
Industrial Relations Court bill has been based on a
very sketchy acquaintance with its provisions, as some
of it seems rather illogical when the bill is carefully
analyzed.
The court consists of three judges appointed by the
governor and approved by the Senate. The term is
three years and the salary $5,000 per year. The senior
judge presides.
The court supersedes the public utilities commission
and takes over all its duties in addition to the new
ones provided for in the act.
The industries declared to be affected with a public
interest and over which the court has jurisdiction are
specified as follows:
(1) The manufacture or preparation of food prod-
ucts whereby, in any stage of the process, substances
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
751
K are being converted, either partially or wholly, from
^ttheir natural state to a condition to be used as food
^Bfor human beings; (2) the manufacture of clothing
^■and all manner of wearing apparel in common use by
^Vthe people of this state whereby, in any stage of the
process, natural products are being converted, either
partially or wholly, from their natural state to a con-
dition to be used as such clothing and wearing apparel ;
(3) the mining or production of any substance or
material in common use as fuel either for domestic,
manufacturing, or transportation purposes; (4) the
transportation of all food products and articles or sub-
stances entering into wearing apparel, of fuel, as afore-
said, from the place where produced to the place of
manufacture or consumption; (5) all public utilities as
defined by Section 8329. and all common carriers as
defined by Section 8330 of the General Statutes.
Section 7 of the act, stripped of its legal verbiage,
states that in the case of a controversy which seems
likely to endanger the functioning of one of the above-
mentioned industries, the court may hold an investiga-
tion to settle and adjust this controversy. Also that
either party to the controversy or any ten taxpayers
may appeal to the court to hold such an investigation.
Section 8 gives the court authority to order changes in
the industry under its jurisdiction in the matters of
working and living conditions, hours of labor, rules
and practices, and a reasonable minimum wage or
standard of wages, provided such changes are fair to
labor, to the industry and to the public. Either party
to such a change may apply for relief if the order
is found unjust, unreasonable or impracticable after
a fair trial of sixty days or more and the court is
then required to reopen the case.
The next section concedes the right of capital to a
fair return on the investment and the right of workers
to a fair wage and healthful and moral surroundings
while working. It also recognizes the right of every
person to choose his occupation and to make and carry
out fair and reasonable contracts in connection with it.
In Section 11 the court is authorized to proceed
against any person who refuses to obey its summons
or subpoena, in any court having jurisdiction. At the
time this is written, Alexander Howat is out on bond
for refusing to testify before the court in one of its
investigations. The case was decided against Howat
in the Kansas Supreme Court and was appealed to the
United States Supreme Court. Section 12 permits the
court to proceed against either party to a controversy
upon its refusal to obey the orders of the court, in
the Kansas Supreme Court and also permits either
party to appeal to the Supreme Court if it feels itself
aggrieved. Such cases in the Supreme court take pre-
cedence over other civil cases.
Because of its importance. Section 14 is given in full:
"Any union or association of workers engaged in the
operation of such industries, public utilities or common
carriers, which shall incorporate under the laws of
this state shall be by said Court of Industrial Rela
tions considered and recognized in all its proceedings
as a legal entity and may appear before said Court of
Industrial Relations through and by its proper officers,
attorneys or other representatives. The right of such
corporations, and of such unincorporated unions or
associations of workers, to bargain collectively for their
members is hereby recognized: Provided, that the
individual members of such unincorporated unions or
associations, who shall desire to avail themselves of such
right of collective bargaining, shall appoint in writing
some officer or officers of such union or association,
or some other person or persons as their agents or
trustees with authority to enter into such collective
bargains and to represent each and every of said indi-
viduals in all matters relating thereto. Such written
appointment of agents or trustees shall be made a per-
manent record of such union or association. All such
collective bargains, contracts, or agreements shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 9 of this act."
Section 15 declares it to be illegal for either employer
or employee to discriminate in any way against any
member of the other party to a controversy because of
any action connected with the operation of the court
such as testimony, appeals for investigation, etc.
The willful restriction or limitation of service or
output of the essential industries is declared unlawful
in Section 16, but provision for an appeal to the court
for permission to limit output or service is made to
take care of possible emergencies.
Section 17 makes it unlawful for any person, firm or
corporation, or for any association of persons, "to
disobey the orders of the court in relation to the hin-
drance of the essential industries, provided "that
nothing in this act shall be construed as restricting
the right of any individual employee ... to quit his
employment at any time." This section goes on to say
that conspiracy with other persons to quit their employ-
ment or to induce others to quit, to indulge in "picket-
ing" or to intimidate any persons with the intent to
make them quit work or to prevent them from accepting
work is unlawful.
Section 18 makes violation of the provisions of the
act a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of $1,000,
imprisonment in the county jail for one year or both.
Section 19 goes after officials of corporations or labor
unions or associations who may use their authority to
cause others to violate the provisions of the act; in
other words, to declare a lockout or call a strike. Such
an action is a felony punishable by $5,000 fine, two
years at hard labor in the state penitentiary or both.
Section 20 contains the provisions most seriously
objected to by the employers. Here it is: "In case of
the suspension, limitation or cessation of the operation
of any of the industries, employments, public utilities
or common carriers affected by this act, contrary to
the provisions hereof, or to the orders of said court
made hereunder, if it shall appear to said court that
such suspension, limitation, or cessation shall seriously
affect the public welfare by endangering the public
peace, or threatening the public health, then said court
is hereby authorized, empowered and directed to take
proper proceedings in any court of competent jurisdic-
tion of this state to take over, control, direct and
operate said industry, employment, public utility or
common carrier during such emergency: Provided,
that a fair return and compensation shall be paid
to the ovmers of such industry, employment, public
utility or common carrier, and also a fair wage to the
workers engaged therein, during the time of such oper-
ation under the provisions of this section."
The court is still very young and its ultimate success
is of course in doubt. The employers have accepted
this situation and are giving the law a fair trial with
the hope that it may provide the solution of the labor
troubles of Kansas.
752
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
Unfortunately the same cannot be said for the labor
leaders. As was stated before, the head of the United
Mine Workers refused to testify in an investigation
into conditions in the coal fields conducted by the court,
and is now out on bond pending the decision of the
Supreme Court of the United States.
In his remarks before the Chamber of Commerce
of the United States at Atlantic City last spring, Gov-
ernor Allen made the statement that up to that time
the court had done more to imsprove the condition of
the mine workers of Kansas than had organized labor
in twenty years. Of the twelve cases decided up to
that date, eleven had been in favor of the men, a record
which has probably done much to convince the doubt-
ful ones that their interests would be taken care of.
The constitutionality of the act creating the court
has been upheld by the Supreme Court of Kansas and
the vast majority of the people of the state are for
it, as shown by the large majority by which Governor
Allen was renominated at the primaries. Many other
state legislatures are seriously considering the enact-
ment of similar legislation and several have sent special
investigators to get complete information on the prob-
lems encountered and the results obtained.
The machine industry does not rank with the essential
industries denominated in the Kansas act and conse-
quently will not be directly concerned with the provi-
sions of the Kansas law or any similar ones passed by
other states. The indirect effects, however, are impor-
tant for what manufacturer would not benefit by the
elimination of the strike blight on transportation and
the production of coal? Therefore it behooves em-
ployers to be familiar with this effort to provide a
substitute for the wasteful strike method of settling
controversies between labor and capital, in order to be
prepared to meet the problems which are sure to follow
when the industries of their own state become subject
to similar regulation.
Fixture for Milling an Ellipse
By p. a. FREDERICKS
The necessity of milling small elliptical shapes
on a production basis caused the making of this
fixture, by the use of which ellipses are milled
without the use of a dividing head. The writer
states that the form of the work produced ap-
proximates an ellipse very closely, although it
may not be a true ellipse.
WHEN an elliptic shape requires finishing as a
manufacturing proposition, something other
than that old stand-by, the master cam, has to
be provided, for the percentage of rise on some points of
the surface is altogether too great
to allow the mechanism to work
properly.
Ellipses can easily be turned on a
lathe, either the work or the tool
being caused to reciprocate to trace
the proper outline as the work re-
volves. Such methods, when applied
to milling, are considerably compli-
cated by the interference with the
■work of the teeth around the periph-
ery of the cutter, the cutting action
being different from that of the
single-pointed lathe tool.
The writer was recently shown an
arrangement in which the cutter in-
terference was actually taken advan-
tage of to help produce the elliptical
form, and the device was so simple
and effective that it seems worth
passing on. Figs. 1 and 2 show,
respectively, a front view of the de-
vice mounted on the milling machine
table, and a vertical side section.
The action is as follows : A knuckle
shaft A, driven from the feed box
of the milling machine, drives an
eccentric shaft B through a worm
and worm gear and a clutch C, used
for tripping the feed. Rotation of the eccentric causes
the pivoted table D to move up and down under the
cutter F, the throw of the eccentric being just half the
difference between the large and small axes of the ellipse
it is desired to cut. The work E is suitably clamped, as
shown, under the cutter F, and it is geared to the eccen-
tric shaft to revolve once for each two revolutions of
the eccentric B.
The feed trip pin G, adjustably mounted in a tee-slot
in the driving gear on the work spindle, trips the clutch
C and stops the cut by operating against the pivoted
lever H when one revolution of the work has been com-
pleted. The milling machine table is then run to one
Oi7 Pan Rim returns
Cuftincj Coolant 1o Table
Make thisDistance as lonq^as ^ssible
Eccentric Support '
FIG. 1. FRONT VIEW OF ELLIPSE-jnLLING FIXTURE
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
753
FIG. 3.
Fie 3
PATH OF CENTER OF ECCENTRIC
FIG. 4.
F1S4
OUTLINE MILLED ON WORK
side and fresh work inserted, after which the table is
run back against a stop and again clamped in the posi-
tion shown. In order that the automatic feed can be
started again at the exact zero point, the pin J, which
trips the clutch when struck by pin G, can be withdrawn
by the knurled knob K, and the clutch G again engaged.
The forming action and the resulting ellipse are shown
in Figs. 3 and 4. In Fig. 3, the circular path L of the
eccentric center is divided into sections marked 0, 1, 2,
etc., and representing a movement of 10 deg. on the
work. Spaces M, N, etc., then, represent the movement
of the work away from the cutter.
Lines 0, 1, 2, etc., in Fig. 4, represent 10 deg. of
movement of the work. Assume that the cutter is
originally set at a distance P from the center Q of the
work axis (when work and eccentric are in positions
represented by the zero lines). Then, the outline which
would be formed, if the eccentric and the work were
set in motion and if the cutter were a single point, is
represented by curve R, obtained by adding to the
radius P, Fig. 3, the distances M, MN, etc., along the
lines 1, 2, etc. (Fig. 4).
However, owing to the circular shape of the cutter,
the form of R is partly cut away as the work revolves,
the shape which is left being determined by drawing in
the cutter outlines (lines 0', 1', 2') for the various
positions of the work. The position of the center of
the cutter for each position of the work is found by
laying oft the cutter radius along the various radial
lines, 1, 2, etc., from the point where the line R inter-
sects them. The resulting shape left on the work, as
will be seen from Fig. 4, is an ellipse.
6upporf
S^Oia Coffer
/I Dia Arbor
' a^
\' l_C/crmp hlancl/es
JT ffor hbr/r C/anip 5/aeng
CSamp Screw for
Lochmj Work Clamp Sleeve
^^(■koi^erecl Thrusf Bearinqs
allow iivorH to rorate rreely
ivhile Work is Oampeti 1>efi*een
Work Holders
FIG. 2. SECTIONAL ELEVATION OF ELLIPSE-MILLING FIXTURE
754
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
There is a very nice problem here for some one with
a mathematical turn of mind to prove that the outline
thus formed is or is not a true ellipse. The writer has
concluded that it is not, because the outline produced
must vary slightly wdth different cutter diameters.
Since only one outline could be a true ellipse, it is ex-
tremely unlikely that any cutter diameter would exactly
produce an ellipse. However this may be, the outline in
Fig. 4 comes so close that it apparently coincides with
an ellipse laid out according to accepted methods. The
variation in the outline caused by changing the cutter
diameter makes so little difference that it is not ap-
parent between 3A and 5-in. cutters on a layout of
10 to 1 scale, though the outline would probably ap-
proach line R quite rapidly as the cutter diameter
approached close to zero.
The above method originated in the customers' engi-
neering service department of the Kempsmith Manu-
facturing Co., Milwaukee, Wis., for use on one of the
milling machines built by that firm.
Know Your Sprinkler Valves
By L. L. Thwing
Some years ago a fire started in the stockroom of the
plant where I was employed and various things hap-
pened that are likely to happen in almost any shop. In
the first place the watchman had no key to the stock-
room, as there was no station there for him to ring in
on, with the consequence that the fire had quite a start
when the water from the sprinkler heads, running out
under the door, attracted his attention. It was Sunday
morning about church time and it was only after some
trouble that the watchman was able to get the store-
keeper on the telephone. In the meantime the fire depart-
ment had forced the door and found the fire had been
extinguished by the sprinklers. The storekeeper and
assistant superintendent arrived within a short time and
their first thought was to shut off the sprinklers, which
were going at full force over the stock of finished parts
and the file rack. But when it came to doing it nobody
knew where the valve was. The engineer was away in
his flivver, so that source of information was not avail-
able. After shutting off all the valves in sight, together
with the indicator posts that controlled the entire build-
ing, the flow was finally stopped but not before con-
siderable damage had been done by the water, which in
addition to doing damage in the stockroom had gone
through to the sheet iron shop on the lower floor. As
soon as the engineer could be located and rush back to
the shop he pointed out the proper valve. It was located
under a bench and had one or two tons of castings piled
in front of it.
Last winter I was in a large plant in the middle west
and had an excellent opportunity to observe how acci-
dents happen to confirm my belief that the average shop,
for one reason or another, is not able to shut off the
sprinkler heads as promptly as it should. This com-
pany used a number of portable, oil-fired rivet furnaces.
The oil supply was in the base of the forge, a tank that
would hold at least a half-barrel of oil. The oil in the
tank had been exhausted, and the sweeper had been told
to fill it from the barrel in the adjacent oil house. The
oil was brought to the forge in pails and emptied into
the tank through a globe valve in the top. One or two
pails had been thus emptied and the man was on his way
to the oil house for another, when someone who wanted
to use the forge came along and throwing a burning
piece of waste into the furnace turned on the compressed
air. The air found vent through the open globe valve
and carried enough of the oil with it to make a very
pretty blaze. The man who had started it was of course
covered with the burning oil and started to run, but had
gone only a few steps when he was felled by a blow over
the head with a piece of 2 x 4 wielded by a quick-witted
workman, who then turned the fire extinguisher on him.
The oil burned out in a few minutes and then came
the question of shutting off the sprinklers. There was
a great running around but nothing happened. An
attempt was made to shut off that section of the building
at the indicator post in the yard, but it was found that
the valve had rusted so firmly in its seat that it could
not be moved. In fact the riser was loosened at the tee
by the torsional effort and began to leak badly. The
flood was finally stopped, how I do not know, as I did not
think it expedient to ask too many questions.
Do your night and day watchmen all know where the
shut off valves for your sprinkler system are located,
and do they know just what each one of them controls?
Scheduling Jig, Fixture and
Repair Work
By Henry Lee
Scheduling of such work as is found in making and
repairing jigs and fixtures should be done in the shop.
To follow up orders in the shop many and various sys-
tems have been adopted. The one that I find works out
the best is as follows :
A card tickler is made up of plain white cards 3 x 5i
in., the index being numbered from 1 to 31, representing
days in the month. As an order is scheduled its esti-
mated finishing date is recorded on one of the cards and
the card is filed under that date. As an auxiliary to this
tickler there is used a piece of white cardboard 12 x 20
in. ruled into 31 parts to represent the days of a month.
Each order coming into the plant is recorded upon the
12 X 20 in. sheet in a space representing its starting date.
This sheet is referred to every day for new orders.
Immediately a holdup or interference, as it is called,
occurs on account of hardening, models, samples, change
in design or anything else, a horizontal red line is placed
at the side of the order number and when the interfer-
ence is cleared a vertical blue line is drawn through the
red one. After clearing up an interference the job is re-
scheduled.
At the end of each month all orders having interfer-
ence, or red lines, that have not been cleared by blue
lines are carried into an interference column on the
cards, written with red ink. As the interference is
cleared a blue line is drawn through and the order is re-
scheduled.
Interferences are usually of two kinds, "local" and
"foreign." A local interference is one originating in the
shop and it is up to the schedule clerk to remove it. A
foreign interference is one that is beyond the shop's
control. Three copies of a report on a foreign inter-
ference are made. One copy is held in the shop and
two sent to the main scheduling office, which retains one
and forwards the other to the firm or individual respon-
sible for the hold up, who in turn informs the scheduling
office concerning the date when the interference will be
cleared. The order is then re-scheduled from that date.
In the meantime the originator of the order is notified
of the re-scheduled date and governs his work accord-
ingly. When an order is re-scheduled it is so indicated
by a red R placed at the right of the order number.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
766
>
STUDIES of the most ancient and primitive ruins
indicate that the metallurgy of copper, tin and iron
was practiced in its crudest form in the earliest
periods of man's development. Of these three metals,
copper, on account of the ease vvfith which it is smelted,
refined, and worked, was probably the first to be used.
There is no definite proof
of this except that so far as
historic times are con-
cerned, although iron was
known, copper and bronze
were in common use long
before iron. Neither the
name of the man who dis-
covered the reduction of
copper by smelting nor the
method he employed will
ever be known because he
lived long before men began
to make records of their
discoveries and doings. We have, however, some evidence
of prehistoric metallurgy in the many "founders' hoards"
or "smelters' hoards" of the Bronze Age which have
been found in Western Europe. These hoards indicate
that in those days charcoal and ore were burned in a
simple shallow pit in the ground and the fire continued
until thf copper was melted; then it was allowed to cool
in the bottom of the pit, forming a rough round cake of
from 8 to 10 in. in diameter. Another indication of pre-
historic metallurgy is the fact that copper from this
period analyzed by Professor Gowland and others shows
a small percentage of sulphur, signifying that the copper
was derived from smelting oxidized ores.
Prehistoric Evidences
Copper objects appear in the pre-historic remains of
Egypt. In fact, they were common throughout the first
three dynasties, and bronze articles have been found
that date from the fourth dynasty (from 3800 to 4700
B. C. according to the authority adopted). In Egyptian
hieroglyphics the crucible is the emblem of copper.
I. Historic Notes
This series constitutes a brief history of the
ancient art of making brass and its early (and
even recent) method of production, contrasted
with that of the electric furnace process, a twen-
tieth-century achievement. Part I relates the
chief authenticated historic facts, from the
fourth dynasty (3800-^700 B. C.) to compara-
tively recent times.
•Booklet published by the Bridgeport Brass.Cc, Bridgeport, Conn.
which would indicate that crucibles were used for refin-
ing. The earliest source of Egyptian copper was prob-
ably the Sinai Peninsula, where crucibles have been
found in ruins. There, too, are found reliefs dating
as far back as the time of Senefern (about 3700 B. C.)
indicating that he worked the copper mines. Our knowl-
edge of Egyptian copper
metallurgy is limited to
deduction from metal ob-
jects found, and to a few
pictures of crude furnaces
and bellows, which, how-
ever, indicate a consider-
able advance over the crude
hearth method.
The remains of the My-
cenaean, Phoenician, Baby-
lonian, and Assyrian civili-
zations stretching over a
period from 1500 to 500
B. C. have yielded endless copper and bronze objects,
the former of considerable purity and the latter of fairly
constant proportion of from 10 to, 14 per cent tin.
Copper
Apparently the first copper used by the ancient people
came first from Sinai and then later from Cypress.
Eesearch in Cypress shows that it produced copper from
3000 B. C, and largely because of its copper it passed
successively under the domination of the Egyptians,
Asyrians, Phoenicians, Greeks, Persians and Romans.
Our word "copper" was derived by the Romans, shorten-
ing aes cyprium (Cyperian copper) to cuprum.
Tin
As to the tin used in the bronzes, there is some
difference of opinion as to its origin. Professor Gow-
land, for instance, believes that the early bronzes werje
the result of direct smelting of stanniferous copper ores.
However, there is considerable evidence to the effect
that this was not true of the Egyptian and other ancient
bronzes. As to the source from which the tin was
756
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
obtained, Spain and Great
Britain were used by the
ancients. In fact, the name
Britannic Isles is derived from
the two Phoenician words,
hreta-nac, meaning land of tin.
The early history of brass
itself is much beclouded on
account of the fact that brass
is often confused with bronze
and other copper alloys. There
are a great many references
to brass in the Bible which
are undoubtedly due to faulty
translation, either bronze or
copper being meant. For in-
stance, Rev. John Hodgson, in
a paper published by the
Society of Antiquaries, New-
castle-upon-Tyne, in 1822, and
entitled "An Enquiry into
Aera When Brass was Used
in Purposes to Which Iron is
Now Applied," said : "In trac-
ing the connection between
ancient implements of brass
discovered in Britain and the
mercantile people along the
FIG. 1. (UPPER) BRASS
FOUNDRY
Illustration taken from Ecker's
Vntererdische Hofhaltung,
page 261, published
in 1672
FIG. 2. (LOWER) INTERIOR OF
A FOUNDRY IN COUNTY OF
NAMUR ON THE MEUSE
Illustration from paper by Galon
before the Academie Royale
Des Sciences, 1764
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
757
PI M.
/Vi=>* I, ,^ IhUr //. Jr If i'l>m rt /. /-^A/ >
Illustration from paper by Galon before the Academic Royalc Des Sciences, 1764
FIG. 3. BRASS MELTING FURNACE CONSTRUCTION
before the Europeans had suc-
ceeded in separating it from
its ores, and it was imported
from the East in considerable
quantities as early as the six-
teenth and seventeenth cen-
turies. Spiauter, from which
our term "s p e 1 1 e r" was
derived, is one of the names
under which Easterners mar-
keted zinc.
Although brass objects dat-
ing back to pre-historic times
have been found, and many
references are made to brass
in the earliest literature the
confusion of terms makes it
impossible to be certain that
brass is meant. The first un-
mistakable reierence to brass
in literature is made by Dio-
scorides in the first century;
and the first accurate techni-
cal description of brass mak-
ing does not appear until the
thirteenth century, when
Theophilus described the cal-
shores of the Mediterranean Sea,
it will be necessary to direct our
attention to the information which
the ancients have left us concern-
ing their knowledge of tin, which
is by far the most common of all
the alloys which they used with
copper in making brass. This
would indicate that even in his
time there was confusion in the
designation of brass as we under-
stand it today.
The earliest accounts of brass
making describe the use of cala-
mine (a zinc ore) with copper and
it is not until the eighteenth
century that the practice of
making brass with metallic zinc
came into use. Zinc as a metal
was known in the Far East long
FIG. 6. MACHINE FOR FINISHING
BRASS KETTLES
FIG. 7. MACHINE FOR SHEARING
BRASS STRIPS
FIG. 4. ANCIENT FORGING PLANT OPERATED BY \V.\TER POWER
cining of calamine and its
mixture with finely divided
copper in glowing crucibles.
This process was described
many times subsequently, and
was in general use, substan-
tially as described by him,
down to the eighteenth
century.
The earliest picture of
brass making equipment that
we have been able to locate is
reproduced in Fig. 1 from
Ecker's "Untererdische Hof-
haltung," page 261, published
in 1672. According to the
author's description, which is
758
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
ftv 4 ■
Pi. X.
1 ./.yAw
FIG. 5. DETAILS OF BRASS FORGING PLANT AS SHOWN IN FIG. 4
very meager, calamine and fine coal were mixed
together, with water and salt added. After heating the
pots, 46 lb. of calamine were divided among eight pots,
und then 8 lb. of copper were put in each pot. The
heat was applied for 9 hr., when the mixture was well
stirred, and then allowed to stand for an hour, when it
was poured into a mold made of Britain stone, so called
because it was imported from Great Britain. Though
this book was printed in 1672, the process it describes
is the same as revealed by Theophilus, four centuries
before. Referring to the figure, A is an interior view
of a brass furnace, showing the arrangement of the
crucibles and how they are set in place; B the furnace
in action; C the crucible; D a shovel for the calamine;
E a pair of tongs for handling the crucibles ; F the draft
opening of the furnace; and G a mold made of British
stone. H represents the master caster.
A very much better illustration of a brass foundry
of this type is contained in an article by Galon, printed
in 1764 in Volume V of the Proceedings of the Academic
Royale des Sciences. In this article Galon described the
art of brass making as practiced at that time. This wa-;
followed by two other contributions in the same volume,
one by Swedenborg which covered briefly the practices
of the various countries of Europe, and another by
M. Duhamel du Monceau who described in detail the
equipment and operation of a works in Ville-Vieu. These
three articles, together with beautiful illustrations, give
a very complete technical description of brass found-
ing work as carried on during the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries.
According to Galon, foundries were built in units of
flue;
three furnaces each, and
usually not less than two such
units were involved in any
.single installation. Fig. 2,
which shows the interior of
a foundry in County of Namur
on the Meuse, is explained as
follows: A, B and C are
openings to the furnace in
which the crucibles are
heated; E and F space from
which the fires are tended;
G and H receptacles in which
the crucibles are skimmed
(the skimmings afterward
being worked over to reclaim
valuable metal) ; 7, K and L
molds made by stone, held
together by iron frames; N
and 0 parts of the hoisting
equipment for handling the
molds; R tub for measuring
calamine; S small pieces of
copper about 1-in. cube; T
paddle used for mixing and
handling the calamine; V tub
in which calamine and pul-
verized charcoal are mixed;
X bed, of which there are
three in each foundry, as the
founders stay on the job 24
hr. for five days in the week;
Y apron for catching gases
from the skimming pots and
the furnaces and leading them
and Z covers to the melting
to the chimney
furnaces.
Pulverized charcoal and calamine were mixed in the
FIG. 8. ROLLS FOR COPPER AND BRASS SHEET
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
759
I
I
I
'>.
large tub, and inserted in the
crucibles from the small tub
by means of the mixing
paddle. Copper was used in
the form of small cubes, or in
small balls or shot, as in this
way a more intimate mixture
could be made with the cala-
mine. Having melted the
charge, the crucible is re-
moved from the furnace and
skimmed in one of the pits.
The man at S is skimming
one of the crucibles while the
man at 2 is pouring the con-
tents of the crucible into a
larger crucible which was
used as a ladle. After the
contents of the various melt-
ing crucibles had been skim-
med and poured into the ladle,
two men with special tongs,
carried the ladle and poured
its contents into the mold
while the latter was in the
position at i. As soon as the
pouring was completed the
mold was hoisted to a horizon-
tal position, the fastenings
undone, and the upper part
hoisted. The workman 8 is
seen removing the slab of
brass from the mold.
The furnaces are fired from
the pit, each furnace contain-
ing eight or nine crucibles, as
shown in Fig. 3.
The principal difference
between these furnaces and
the modern pit furnace is the
method of taking care of
gases of combustion. Here
they were allowed to pass on
through the top of the fur-
nace into the casting shop,
where they were caught under
a large apron which led them
into a common flue; while in
the modern furnace the gases
are led through the side of
the furnace directly into the
flue. The stirring of cru-
cibles in furnaces such as
these must have been an extremely disagreeable task.
Those familiar with present practice in brass making
will be struck by the remarkable resemblance of methods
employed by these early brass makers to the ones in use
today. Our modern pit furnaces are constructed for
more efficient combustion, but in principle they are simi-
lar to the ones shown in Fig. 3. Compare these old
practices with present day practice as shown by Figs.
13, 14 and 15. Although no smoke or fumes such as
seen in these pictures are shown in the old illustrations,
the fact that they were there is attested to by the fol-
lowing quotation from Galon : "The doors and windows
of the foundry are kept tightly closed while pouring.
The workmen hold the ends of their neckties between
B
1
"^
1.
FIG. 9. DRAW BENCH FOB WIRE-DRAWING
their teeth when they skim or when they carry or pour
metal. By this precaution they diminish the effects of
the fire and facilitate respiration."
Incidentally, the labor conditions existing at that
time are extremely interesting. It is stated that there
were three couches similar to the one shown at X, Fig. 2,
in each foundry, for the use of the workmen, as they
spent the whole twenty-four hours of five days each
week in the foundry, having Saturday and Sunday off.
Quoting from Galon, "the ordinary hours of work are :
Pouring the slabs between 2 and 3 o'clock in the after-
noon. The crucibles are put into condition and the fires
started at 5 o'clock in the afternoon. At 10 o'clock in
the evening the fires are replenished and the second
760
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Voi. 53, No. 17
FIG. 10. ANOTHER FORM OP DRAW-BENCH
pouring is made at 2 or 3 o'clock in the morning. In
other words, a complete operation requires 12 hours."
According to Galon there were three workmen in each
foundry — a master founder and two assistants — and the
work was so laid out that when operations were to be
performed which required more than three men, help
could be obtained from one of the other foundry units.
As far as the pay was concerned the assistants received
about 12 cents for a day of 24 hr. work. They were also
supplied with beer, which was considered to be a neces-
sity for all foundry men, and coal for heating their
dwellings was furnished to them.
Evidently master founders were paid on the produc-
tion basis because Galon says : "It is estimated in 1748
and during the. war that the master founders earned,
after expenses were covered, 4 florins for each slab of
85 pounds." With regard to
the skill necessary, Galon
says: "Work in a foundry
demands continual care in
order to feed the fires and
maintain the necessary degree
of heat for casting." He also
mentions the various duties
in connection with the care of
the molds and disposition of
the product, all of which fell
upon the master founder.
Duhamel du Monceau, pre-
viously mentioned, refers to
the skill required as follows:
"The founders learn by long
practice to care for the fires
of the furnaces and to know
when the material is in proper
fusion and ready for casting."
. . . "The skillfulness of
founders consists in knowing
the mixture and above all
knowing the degree of heat
which it is necessary to give.
In order to be more certain
they take, with a small ladle,
a portion of molten metal and
throw it on a stone and when
this thin layer is cold then
hammer it. If it breaks they
continue the fusion or add a
little Flanders scrap. If they
use too much heat, the metal-
lic part of the calamine which
is zinc will be dissipated and
there will remain only brittle
metal which will break before
it will stretch."
In attempting to explain
how to judge when the metal
is ready to pour, Duhamel du
Monceau says: "The color of
the flame indicates the
material is in fusion. At first
it is red as in ordinary forges.
It becomes blue when the
scrap is in fusion, then after
a short time it becomes clear,
in which state it is ready to
pour. One also determines
the state of fusion by plunging into the metal a stirring
rod. When the metal runs to the end of the iron, the
material is in condition to be poured."
From the illustrations and the meager descriptions of
technique that are available it is evident that the prac-
tice of making brass several hundred years ago was little
different from that of the present day, except as regards
the constituents of the mixture. If we omit that part
of the practice which refers to the preparation of cala-
mine and substitute spelter, there has been very little
improvement except in minor details.
The ancients worked brass mostly under the hammer.
Fig. 4 shows a forging plant operated by water power.
The details of the equipment are shown in Fig. 5. The
practice here shown, according to Galon, was instituted
about 1695. Each waterwheel operates a gang of three
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
761
FIG. 11.
MODERN BENCH INSTALLATION I'OH
WIRE-DRAWING
hammers. The cast bars and other shapes are worked
into final form under the hammer. The descriptions
which accompany these illustrations in the original
manuscripts, tell how the metal is heated and annealed
between the successive reductions under the hammer.
Fig. 6, a reproduction of an illustration made in 1764,
shows two views of a machine for finishing brass kettles
and other vessels. The process is interesting, in that it
resembles the modern process of spinning brass. The
work-head is driven by belt K through the pulley /; the
vessel is mounted in the work-head M by clamping
between M and a movable center P which is engaged by
the fixed center Q. Z is the tool used by the workman
in forming the interior of the vessel. After the brass is
hammered into long wide strips, it is cut into narrow
strips preliminary to subjecting it to a drawing opera-
tion. The shears. Fig. 7, are operated by pressure from
the knee of the workman, and the width of the strip is
determined by a limit guide B carried on one of the
blades of the shear, as shown in the sketch at the right.
The illustration is taken from Galon, 1764. Although
practically all copper and brass was worked under the
hammer, we find in Swedenborg's "Regnum Subter-
raneum Sive Minerale de Cupro et Orichalco," 1734, a
description of a set of rolls for rolling copper and brass
sheet. An illustration taken from this book is shown
by Fig. 8.
The strips of sheet brass referred to in Fig. 7 were
drawn into wire in draw-benches similar to the one
shown in Fig. 9. The pulling power was derived from a
rotating shaft, S the return stroke being accomplished
by the retraction of a spring pole 10. A die plate with
the different size holes located in the one plate is shown
at i6. The clamping mechanism, u, is shown in detail
in Fig. 10, which is a reproduction of an illustration
used by Galon in an article printed in 1764. It shows
another form of drawbench which is interesting on
account of the details. The gripping tongs 31 are
specially interesting when compared with those shown
in Fig. 11, a photograph of an installation in use in a
modern plant. The lever which comes up through the
floor and carries the tong-grip, travels back and forth
along the bench, giving a short-stroke draw. In a
modem plant it is used to draw the first few feet of
wire through the die, so as to get enough wire to permit
fastening it to the drum, then the tongs are laid aside
and the drum does the drawing. Comparison between
this illustration and Figs. 9 and 10, shows remarkable
similarity between the method here used to start the
drawing operation and the method used by the ancients
for all wiring drawing.
Economical Press Work in Small Lots
By FRED. H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
Punch and die work, to say nothing of forming
or drawing, is usually a matter of long runs, with
thousands or hundreds of thousands of pieces to
make it profitable to make the dies. And yet in a
country with but little manufacturing on a large scale,
it is often necessary to do work of this kind in small
quantities.
Where the number wanted goes up into millions, as
is often the case, the cost of dies is distributed over
such a large number that it becomes negligible. This
justifies us in spending almost any amount of money
for dies if we can reduce the time per piece by a few
seconds or even a single second at times.
But if we put a man who is an expert in this kind
of work, up against an order for one or two hundred —
rarely more than a thousand — with only one punch
press in the' shop on which all work must be handled,
we have an entirely different proposition.
This is the kind of work which comes to the Wahlstad
Machine Co., of Tacoma, Wash., and A. N. Wahlstad has
devised some very ingenious methods of doing work of
this kind.
Combinations of Dies
Elaborate dies are not to be thought of, as the expense
must be kept as low as possible. And to reduce costs
to the lowest limits, Mr. Wahlstad has developed a
FIG. 1. DIE FOR TWO SIZES OF CAP
system of built up or combination punches and dies
which is extremely interesting to any small shop man.
He has what might be called standard bolsters or
bases, on which he can assemble various combinations
of dies or sections of dies, that he can often combine
to secure what he needs for a new job. Most dies are
sectional, built up by screwing pieces to a suitable
bolster, and combinations are often possible.
After a job is done, a sample ia always left with
762
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
the dies or die parts, and in many cases the dies are
wired to a strip or sheet of steel, together with the
sample piece. This piece is stamped with the number
of the bolster on which the parts were used, with the
numbers of other die parts if any wei-e used, and the
number of the punch or punches used on the job.
FIG. 2. BABBITT DRAWING PUNCH
Should a repeat order arrive, this method makes it
easy to re-assemble the punches and dies for another
lot. It also makes it easy to make up new combinations
as the sample shows exactly what kind of work, punch-
ing, bending or cutting was done on the piece, and just
how much of this die, if any, can be used on a new job.
This plan also reduces the amount of idle metal in
bolsters, etc., which would otherwise be necessary. A
few examples of work done in this way are shown
herewith.
Two Sizes in One Die
A good example of ingenious die design and construc-
tion for small runs, was made for tent-pole caps as in
Fig. 1. The order was for 200 of two sizes, which
meant that the dies must be made quickly and cheaply.
The two blanks are shown at A and B, the sizes being
the same except for length.
This made it possible to use a sectional die, as at C,
for punching the blanks, and by changing the pieces
7? and E for shorter ones, to cut both sizes with the
same die. The punch was made to cut both sizes by
inserting a central piece or "spreader" to cut the long
blank.
These blanks then had to be drawn into cups, as at
F, and to do this the cutting blocks of the die were
reversed, as at G, presenting the proper opening for
cupping the pieces. Plain punches, square and oblong,
were used, locating the work by the hole punched in the
center, making it easy to draw the caps into the
desired shape.
Dies of this kind can be readily adapted to a variety
of shapes, making it possible to handle quite a variety
of work of this kind with a few dies.
Drawing Punches of Babbitt
Another unusual and interesting die is shown in Fig.
2. This is for pressing up fenders for toy motor
trucks, but the requirements were not large enough
to warrant an expensive die.
A model was made for right and left fenders and a
block made of cast iron, as at A, with the two cavities.
The cavities were smoothed up with a file and scraper
and then it was in order to make the punches.
A base or punch block was provided with threaded
studs as at B and C, and also one or two dowel holes.
This punch block was suspended over the die block,
with the studs in the depressions, and provisions made
for pouring babbitt into the depressions. A hard mix-
ture was used, and flowing around the threaded studs
and into the dowel holes, locked the babbitt to the
punch block as at B. This gave the punches the same
shape as the depressions.
Knowing that the babbitt would not stand the pres-
sure, it was trimmed up all around and steel plates C,
fastened to it with screws to take the wear and to sup-
port the babbitt. This has proved very satisfactory;
about 11,000 pieces having been formed to date. The
cast-iron die is still O.K. but the babbitt had to be
refaced after 5,000 stampings. The new plates were
case hardened and are standing up better.
Two Wire-Bending Jobs
Two examples of^wire bending may show ways and
means devised to get work out with few dies and by
utilizing anything that is available in the shop. The
piece shown in Fig. 3 is perhaps 15 in. long and of
about A-in. wire or rod. The end bends are made in
simple built-up dies as at A and B. These operations
leave the piece far from square in the comers which
have to be finished in another operation.
A simple die D is made to the proper shape, the block
C is inserted and a stroke of the press squares the
corners and straightens the back. The piece C can be
made loose enough to be inserted without difficulty.
A somewhat similar piece, but one in which the bot-
tom had a large V in it, was finished in a shaper. The
first bends, which were more complicated than shown.
fig. 3. squaring bottom of wire loop
fig. 4. AViRE WORK IN A SHAPER
left the piece rather badly bowed in the long portion.
The corners were square, however, and it was found
that a good job could be done as shown in Fig. 4.
The two grooved rollers A and B were fastened the
proper distance apart on the shaper table. Then a tool
C was fastened in the toolpost and the ram travel set
so as to force the wire the correct distance. When this
was done, it was an easy job to form the V in the wire
and leave the work in good shape for its future use.
Efficient Pattern Work
By a. E. Holaday
Referring to the article published on page 516 of the
American Machiyiist under the title "Efficient Pattern
Making," I will cheerfully admit that this is a quick
way to produce the pattern in question, but I think
that a great deal of credit is due the molder who made
the mold. It is no easy matter to anchor cores in the
cope, and if the molder did not fully understand his
work the pattern would have been of little use.
Give the molder fifty-fifty on this job.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
763
Labor-Saving Methods in the Foundry
By peter F. O'SHEA
The different methods of pouring used for dif-
ferent classes of work in a certain foundry are
described. The arrangement of the departments
and the direction of m.ovement of the materials
is treated, so that an idea of the method of
operating the foundry can he gained from the
article.
THE foundry of the Chapman Valve Manufacturing
Co. is laid out into sections or floors so that
different classes and sizes of work can be han-
dled. In each section the method of handling the ladles
while pouring is different, so that it is suited to the
the building. The transfer is made by bringing the
hook of the air hoist under the ladle handle beside the
hook of the electric hoist, and relieving the latter of
its load. By means of the air hoist the ladle can then
be adjusted to the exact height necessary for pouring
each flask. In each row from aisle to wall the flask.s
are as nearly as possible of the same height, so that
little or no adjusting of the height of the ladle has
to be done along each row. The pouring from the ladle
can be quickly done. One man handles the ladle, the
other assists him and handles the valve of the air hoist.
A series of these transverse trolley tracks runs across
the ceiling of the bay, with a header track connecting
them so that the air hoists may be transferred from
row to row. Each transverse track is above the narro^v
SMALL-CASTINGS BAY, SHOWING POURING DEVICE
work being done. The building consists of three parallel
bays, with a monitor roof over the center bay, giving
room for a large electric crane. Flasks are laid out
in one end of the building in all three bays. The
middle bay or floor is used for sweep molding. Here
big ladles are carried by the large crane.
The bay along the south side is for standard-sized
flasks of medium dimensions. The flasks are placed at
regular intervals, with all those of the same size in
the same rows. The ladle is brought by an electric
hoist on a trolley track from the cupolas, which are at
the middle of the long building, along the aisle just
outside the posts which divide the side bay and the
central bay. At the end of the row of flasks which are to
be filled the electric hoist stops and transfers the ladle
to a smaller air hoist which runs on a trolley track of
its own in a direction at right angles to the length of
cross aisle between two rows of flasks, so that in laying
out the flasks, care must be taken to arrange the rows
to correspond to the tracks above. Since this floor is
long, several air hoists may be at work at once. The
electric hoist travels back and forth to the fires for
new ladles and acts as a feeder for the pouring gangs to
keep all parts of the floor supplied.
In the bay on the other side of the building, smaller
sizes of standardized flasks take up half the floor. Over-
head tracks again support the ladles above the flasks,
and the same sort of electric hoist employed in the
other bay is used to bring ladles along the length of
the building. The track of the hoist can be seen in
the accompanying illustration. But the small hoists
used here to take the ladles from the main hoist and
bring them along each row of flasks are different, being
really ratchet-operated pouring devices. Since the
764
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
flasks here are smaller and there are more of them in
the same length of row, the ladle has to tip oftener
on its way down the row, the ratchet device bein,?
better adapted for quick handling under these condi-
tions than the air hoist. Of course the flasks are laid
Dut strictly level with each other, as the illustration
shows.
The other half of the same bay, shown in the right
back ground, is used for pouring miscellaneous-sized
small molds. Here the flasks are not laid out so reg-
ularly, and the ratchet pouring device would not he
practicable. Consequently, hand ladles, filled from a
.'upply ladle carried on a hoist down the main aisle,
are used, each hand ladle being handled by two men as
usual.
The standardization of size of most of the flasks
saves a great deal of time in pouring and handlinj;.
There are three standard sizes, and for each size all
the halves of the flasks are interchangeable. In select-
ing the proper size of flask for a given pattern, care
is taken to pick the smallest which will contain the
work, so as to save weight and time in molding and
handling.
The layout of the iron foundry is such that the
movement of castings is from the south to north of
the building. Molten iron and a few cores are the only
things that move in the other direction. Coke and
pig iron come in from the side. The cupolas are at
the middle of the building, on the west side. Just
outside the west wall runs the railroad track, by means
of which coke, pigs and sand are brought to the plant.
The track is on a higher level than the molding floor,
the diiference in height being about fifteen feet. Core
sand is dumped from the cars through holes in the
wall into pits, at the inner ends of which the sand
is discharged on the foundry floor as wanted. The
pile of sand is lower than the cars, but higher than
the floor of the foundry, so that gravity does most of
the moving. The core sand is cut in a mixer at the
foot of the piles. Large cores are made at this part
of the floor, within a short distance from the mixer.
Small cores are made upstairs, for they are light and
easy to handle.
Pig iron is taken from the cars by a lifting magnet,
and either brought directly to the furnaces or stacked
on the ground on the side of the tracks. The magnet
lifts the iron from the pile or the car to the floor of a
steel superstructure, where it is transferred to dumping
cars which run inside of the building and dump it into
the cupolas. The railroad tracks are thus on a level
midway between the foundry floor and the tops of the
cupolas between the core sand pits below and the pig
feeding platform above.
On the other side of the railroad tracks opposite the
foundry building is a row of low brick pits for reserve
supplies of molding sand. On the floor at the southern
end of the molding floor is a pile of molding sand, which
is replenished by the aid of a small movable belt-
conveyor run by an electric motor. This piler is also
used in handling coal and sometimes coke, and in even-
ing up the piles of core sand in the pits.
Large cores and molten iron are therefore distributed
from the middle of the building. Small cores, molding
sand and flasks are distributed from the southern end
forward over the three parallel molding floors. After
the iron is cool and the flasks are taken off the cast-
ings, the castings continue to move forward toward
the northern end of the building. The northern end
beyond the cupolas is used for cleaning, tumbling, snag-
ging and pickling.
As soon as the castings are made and the moldera
have gone, that is, at 4 o'clock in the afternoon, the
floor-cleaning gang comes and cleans up the molding
floor, putting it in condition for the next day's work.
Cutting Off Bars in Multiple
By E. C. Brandt
The accompanying illustrations of a 42-in. cold saw
show a set-up for cutting off a number of 3^in. diam-
eter axle steel bars, which were necessary to be square
and within about rh in. of length to suit fixtures to
be used on succeeding operations.
With the fixture, as shown in Fig. 1, it can be seen
that only a short length of travel is necessary to cut
off all the pieces, the stock being held so as to permit
the topmost piece to be cut ofT i in. in advance of
the bottom piece. This is considered much more advan-
tageous than having all of the five pieces cut off at
the same time, as it gives the operator a chance to
remove one piece after another. If he fails to do this,
however, no damage is done, as the fixture retains the
piece cut off.
A general view of the set-up of the long bars on
a trolley extended from the machine is given in Fig.
2, and it will be noted that a container having the
same contour as the holding fixture is used for holding
the rear ends of the bars. The bars are securely
clamped in the container on the trolley so that they are
all brought forward together and the pieces from any
one cut will be of the same length.
FIG. 1. FIXTURE FOR HOLDING THE B.\RS
PIG. 2. GENERAL VIEW OF THE SET-VP
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
-.r:^'
RAMS y^ ApPRENTICE^mP
'%.
/
III
THE Mergenthaler Linotype Co. offers an example
of a moderate-sized plant in which a wide variety
of training is given to employees. The product
of the plant is the very intricate linotype machine,
requiring for its production and constant improvement
•^n engineering staff, a corps of machinists and, chiefly,
a large number of specialist mechanics. Altogether
some 3,000 people are now employed, including 500
females. The plant is, however, expanding, which is
a condition that even more urgently suggests the
desirability of special
training facilities along
the lines peculiar to the
concern. To consider first
the provision for appren-
ticeship, there are in the
plant at present fifty-five
apprentices in the machin-
ists' and toolmakers'
trade. This corresponds
to the reasonable ratio of
one apprentice to five
journeymen, there being
a total of 269 employed in
the toolroom at the time
that this plant was visited
by the author. Boys, aged sixteen to twenty, are
admitted to the four-year course provided and it is
preferred that they come directly from school. The
usual requirements of sound health, good morals and
the completion of a grammar-school education are
insisted upon. Selections are made from the waiting
list, on which there are at present twenty-two enrolled.
There is no part-time supplementary school provided,
though there is a limited opportunity for after-work
instruction in blueprint reading, shop arithmetic and
gage reading, and in the public night schools there is
plenty of opportunity for further study. Careful
instruction is, however, given on maintenance work,
which provides the opportunity for the greater part
of the practical experience.
After the trial period of the first six months of
employment, if the boy is judged satisfactory, an
agreement is signed between the company and both
his parents, if living, or his guardian, to complete the
period of apprenticeship, the company binding itself
to "carefully and skilfully teach every branch of the
business of machinist and toolmaker" with the reason-
able conditions stipulated. These conditions, except
for the limited amount of supplementary instruction,
seem particularly satisfactory.
The rate of wages per hour is based upon the pre-
vailing hourly rate paid to toolmakers by the company,
the rate being classified according to six-month periods.
For the first period it is 25 per cent of the journey-
man's rate, for the second 31 per cent, and for the
third 37 per cent. For the
remaining five periods the
respective percentages are
50, 55, 60, 75 and 85. The
company employs a novel
basis for bonus payment
on satisfactory completion
of the course, in that the
amount is not fixed, but is
10 per cent of all wages
paid during the period of
apprenticeship. Also, a set
of toolmaker's tools val-
ued at $20 and which is
loaned during the period
The Mergenthaler Linotype Co.,
Brooklyn, N. Y.
The company under consideration in this article
trains not only trades apprentices and machine
specialists, but also operators for the machines
which it builds. The system of instruction in
the different lines has been developed to suit the
special conditions existing in the plant. This
article deals chiefly with the training given the
machinist apprentices.
(Part II was jiublished in the Oct. 7 issue.)
of apprenticeship, is pre-
sented to each boy with the diploma when he graduates.
Careful records are kept of each apprentice, "includ-
ing his efficiency, initiative, progress, obedience,
attendance, etc., and at the expiration of the third year
if, in the opinion of the company, the record of the
apprentice warrants it, this company will permit said
apprentice to graduate three months from that date and
present him with his diploma;" that is, nine months are
deducted from the term of service because of good
record, making the full term three years and three
months.
The schedule of training, modifiable at the discretion
of the management according to the record of the
apprentice, is as follows: One month, tool crib; eight
months, lathes; eight months, plain and universal mill-
ing machines; five months, grinding machines; three
months, planers and shapers; six months, bench work
and assembling; one month, radial drilling machines
and boring mills; and twelve months, tool work.
Fig. 1 shows the form which the foremen use
766
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
in reporting upon the apprentices,
while Fig. 2 shows the type of report
card which is sent to the parents of
the boys. One feature of the agree-
ment is that, "Graduates of the State
Education Shop of New York, or any
other equally good training school,
shall be allowed the same number of
satisfactory hours which they spent in
that school to be applied on this ap-
prenticeship. They will also receive
the regular bonus given on the satis-
factory completion of this apprentice-
ship." It should be said, however, that
the management prefers boys coming
directly from the elementary or high
school.
Another of the company's interest-
ing schools is that maintained to train
operators for its customers' machines.
A six-week course is provided, during
which the student receives instruction
in operating and repairing the lino-
type machine, including its assembling and dis-assem-
bling. The equipment of the department used for this
purpose consists of twelve machines, which fixes the
limit to the size of the classes. There is provided also a
variety of models for amplifying and illustrating the
instruction, which is given by two experienced operator-
mechanics.
The equipment of the school for operators just
described was used during the past winter to provide
a type of technical extension course. Fifteen of the
engineers and departmental heads met after office hours
two nights a week for an hour to get direct first-hand
instruction on the operation and construction of the
machine.
Special night classes for general machinists were also
provided two nights per week, with units in blueprint
reading, shop arithmetic, and gage reading. There
were during the past term classes of seventy for six
one-hour periods in blueprint reading, and of twenty-
five for similar courses in shop arithmetic and gage
reading.
The engineering department is conducting a school
for breaking in novices as specialists on one type of
riU'i-f-i-ioo4 P-«ei
Grade
ABC
90-100 80-90 70-80
D
60-70
E
Below 60
Name
latere*!
Emhuii-
■•tic
VetT
lolereetei]
Interested
L«ckn
Interest
Dis.
Department
AppHcKlao
Indu.trioiia
Coed
Worker
Steady
Fair
1-7
Aptitude
Vety Q«kk
to Lean,
Apt
Learaa
Readily
Slo. to
Leara
Dense
1
§
3
<
1
>-
H
<
w
u
5
a
lb
8
13
C
i
>•
i
s
u
■<
a
Ok.
5=
b)
>
td
i
Reliibllitr
Truit-
worihy
I<eIiil,W,
Satisfac-
tory
Imculat
Unrelisble
Confidenc*
EkcIIcI
Self.
Reli.n,
ConKdeat
Ucka
ConGdence
TinUd
Coadtict
Accuracy
Eicep-
tional
Ver,
C'tlemanlr
Well
Behaved
Trouble-
some
UnsaUs.
(setory
Eictpily
Accurate
Aecurets
Average
Inaecnrsie
Carelos
Svt^A
V.rr Rapid
Rapid
Good
Slow
VeirSlo*
Knowtedsa
of Work
Excellent
Very Good
Cood
Fair
Poo,
1
laitiatke
Eicellest
VeiT Good
Good
Fait
Foot
AtteDdance
Eicelleet
VeryCood
Cood
Fair
Poor
REMARKS:
Please Fill Out and Return Promptly
10 Employment Dept.
IZar.S.,., 1000 P .07
QUARTERLY REPORT
EMPLOYMEr«fT DEPT.
following standing for the Onarter emlinn "r.!'. . .f .^^ '. 19
1
SHOP RECORD
SCHOOL RECORD |
J
0
o
1
1
<
a
1
1
a
o
U
1
g
<
'9
1
It
.1
5
8
s
1
1
<
S
a
1
1
s
g
1
1
1
1
2
i.
>
9 £
J5S3
1
if
I
a
i
<
i
a
1
o
U
'
<
.CAL
EOI
■MA
RKI
NG
A--90-100 D-60.70 APPRENTICESHIP DEPARTMENT
B— 80-90 E— 50-60 Mercemhaler Linotype Co.
C— 70-80 F— Failure
i
Ovei
)
Foreman Tool D
spt.
FIG. 15. REPORT CARD SENT TO PARENTS OF APPRENTICES
FIG. 14. CARD USED BY FOREMEN IN GRADING APPRENTICES
machine. Those in training are usually "floaters." but
only young, ambitious fellows of ages running from
twenty-two to thirty are selected. The course lasts
five to six weeks, and fifteen men are now constantly
going through it.
A rather informal system of foreman training is
provided, the foremen meeting with company officials
once a week, when the various problems of production
and employee control are discussed and suggestions
for their solution are made.
Reminiscences of an Old School
Machinist
By R. Thomas Huntington
The apprentice of half a century ago was not over-
burdened with money. When I started in I re-
ceived three dollars per week for the first year; four
dollars and fifty cents for the second year and six
dollars each week during the third year. Following
this period there was one year "under instructions" at
the rate of one dollar and a half a day, after which a
boy was supposed to have become a journeyman and
worth all he could get. Ten hours per
day, six days a week, was the rule,
there being little overtime in the shop
where I was employed. In winter and
on dark days a small tin hand lamp,
burning whale oil, was supplied to each
man, and these lamps constituted the
only source of light, except daylight.
The shop was heated (?) by coal stoves,
there being usually two to each room
of 12,000 square feet of floor space.
Accommodations for washing were
provided by water buckets of which
the company furnished one to each
three men, who used it in common and
took turns in filling and cleaning it —
when they didn't forget it, or put off
the job until tomorrow. If a man was
too fastidious to use a community
bucket he was privileged to go buy a
bucket of his own and clean it when-
ever he felt like it. One man I knew
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
767
used to replenish the water in his bucket regularly- —
once a month.
If we wanted warm water we could always manage
to get a piece of scrap iron in the fire just before quit-
ting time, and after the whistle had blown there would
be a great hissing and spluttering about the shop as
these pieces were dumped into the buckets to heat the
water.
Some of the machinery in use in the shop dated from
1834 or earlier, as my uncle, William Norris, the pred-
ecessor of the firm by which I was employed, built six
locomotives in that year, said to be the first of such
miachines to be built in America. The shop of that
early day was a barn on what was then called "Bush
Hill" in Philadelphia, about where the mint now stands
at 17th and Spring Garden Streets.
The article on pages 1 to 8 of the current volume of
American Machinist shows some very good illustrations
of the class of machinery with which my boyhood was
familiar. The rich carvings and curlicues were fine
receptacles for grease and dirt which we boys were
required to clean out each week, and that ceremony did
not add to the respect and veneration in which we held
these works of art. The painting was very gorgeous,
hardly any two machines being painted alike; and
whenever there was a space for a panel some very
interesting scenery would be depicted.
At the time I commenced to work there (1863) the
plant covered about six squares, three on each side of
17th St., reaching from Spring Garden St. to the Read-
ing Railroad. A force of nearly 1,200 was employed.
There were machinists, blacksmiths , copper-smiths,
sheet metal workers, pattern-makers, boiler-makers, car-
penters, molders in both iron and brass — in fact every
kind of tradesman whose work was necessary to locomo-
tive construction at that time was represented. Every-
thing except sheet metal and tubing was produced in
the plant.
The proprietors of the shop were Richard Norris and
Son (Henry L. Norris). The entire office force was
summed up in the persons of Mr. Norris, Sr., who
attended to all the correspondence ; Mr. Norris, Jr., who
was timekeeper and paymaster; one bookkeeper and
accountant, and one office boy.
Mr. Norris paid off the help every Saturday morning
and, believe me, he had some job. Two laborers would
carry a booth from department to department and each
man would come up in turn to the booth, giving his
name and the number of hours he worked. Mr. Norris
would turn to the page in the big ledger where the
man's account stood, and ii the figures given by the
man tallied with the book, the amount due him would
be counted out from a tin cash box where each denomi-
nation of bill and coin was stacked in its respective
compartment.
There was seldom any error or disagreement; if
there was, the man would step out of line and in the
afternoon would go to the office where the difference
would soon be adjusted. Payment was made in bank
bills and specie (when the banks had any) and small
change was mostly in what they called "shin-plasters"
in denominations of 5, 10, 15, 25 and 50 cents.
Each of the apprentices was given an opportunity to
try his hand at all the work there was, according to his
stage of advancement. The turning of the long con-
necting rods of the locomotives is a job I shall always
remember. The forgings were first planed on two sides.
the finish being a "water-cut" which left them quite
smooth. The stub ends were also planed on the edges
to receive the strap that served to take up the wear of
the pin brasses.
The rods were then centered by means of two large
center punches, one being ground to an angle of 90 deg.
while a somewhat sharper-pointed one was used for a
starter. A center would be about i in. in diameter at
the outer end ; the smaller punch leaving it deep enough
so that the lathe center could not bottom on the point.
Turning was done on two long lathes, one of which
had only a hand feed. The rods were first squared to
the length indicated by a wooden template, on which
was also marked the diameters. From the inner ends
of the rectangular parts they would be filleted down to
the smaller diameter and turned from there in two long
tapers meeting in the center of the rod at the largest
diameter.
All dimensions were given on the wooden template;
the only drawing was in the possession of the foreman
and there were no blueprints for each of the workmen
in those days.
The preliminary work was done in the lathe with the
hand feed, and the turning of the long tapers in the
other lathe which was equipped with a "chain-feed."
On the longer rods we had to use a center rest holding
the rod steady by means of a "cat," which was a large
collar supported and trued up on the center of the rod
with eight headless setscrews.
By dividing the work between the two lathes in this
manner the workman was kept pretty busy. While one
lathi was turning the tapers on one rod, the man would
have his hands full in centering up, squaring the ends,
and otherwise making the next rod ready, meanwhile
keeping one eye on the lathe that was running, for the
light construction of the machine in conjunction with
the uncertain movement of the carriage by reason of
the long chain connection did not inspire confidence in
the reliability of its performance.
After the lathe work was finished, the rods were
finished by drawfiling, and the foreman was very par-
ticular about this part of the work. The boys used to
say that he could see a scratch from clear across the
room, and woe betide the unlucky wight who failed to
get them all out.
In fitting the straps there were two bolt holes to drill
through strap and rod, and these had to be a nice driving
fit for the bolts where the latter passed through the rod
ends. The holes in the strap were afterwards elon-
gated tO' allow for end movement of the strap to take up
wear of the pin brasses.
Besides the bolt holes there was a large hole rec-
tangular in shape and tapered from the top to bottom
of the rod, to take the key and liner. These holes must
be nicely fitted to the key and this was no easy job with
no tools but flat drills, chisels and files. Advanced
apprentices were expected to be able to do all this work
satisfactorily, but it was sometimes necessary to invoke
the services of a journeyman in order to save the rod
fnom the scrap pile.
The foreman was the busiest man on the job. Not
only did he have all the drawings there were and have
to transmit instructions verbally to the workmen, but
he was inspector as well and was held responsible for
all work coming from his department. With from 30
to 50 men and boys to look after, ten hours per day, he
had few idle moments.
768
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
•ASIDE from arc-welding machines, which have
ZA already been described, electric welding machines
A. JL may be all included under one head — RESIST-
ANCE WELDING MACHINES. These are divided into
butt-, spot-, seam-, mash- and percussive-welding classes.
The first three are sometimes, for manufacturing pur-
poses, used in combinations in the same machine, such
as a spot-and-seam machine or a butt-and-spot-welding
machine, and so on. This
does not mean that these
different methods of weld-
ing are carried on at the
same time, but that a welder
can do work on the same ma-
chine by simply shifting the
work, or a part of the fix-
ture. In butt-welding, alter-
nating current, singlephase,
of any commercial frequency
such as 220, 440 or 550
volts, 60 cycles, is commonly
used. Lower voltage and
lower frequencies can be
used, but they add to the cost of the machine.
The machine can. be used on one phase of a two-phase
or a three-phase system, but cannot be connected
to more than one phase of a three-phase circuit.
Direct current is not used because there is no way of
reducing the voltage without interposing resistance,
which wastes the power. As an example, a d.c. plating
dynamo will give approximately 5 volts, which will do
for certain kinds of welding, but for lighter work, less
current is needed. If resistance is used to reduce the
current this resistance is using up power just as if it
were doing useful work. The voltage at the weld will
run from 1 to 15 volts, depending on the size of the
welder and work. To obtain this low voltage, a special
transformer inside the machine reduces the power line
voltage down to the amount required at the weld. The
XXX. Electric Butt-Welding
Machines and Work
Some points regarding butt-welding are omitted
from this article for the reason that they were
covered in the article "Electric Welding of High-
Speed Steel and Stellite," which was published in
Vol. 50, page 425. The present article deals prin-
cipally with the more common of the standard
makes and the work done by them.
(Part XXIX appeared in last week's i^sue.)
transformer is placed within the frame of the machine,
as shown in Fig. 361. The secondary winding of the
transformer is connected to the platens by means of
flexible copper leads. From the platens the welding
current travels to the work clamps and through them
to the pieces to be welded. As the parts to be welded
are brought into contact a switch is thrown in and the
current traveling across heats the ends of the work and
when the proper welding
heat is reached the operator
pushes the two parts to-
gether and the weld is com-
pleted. Since the current
value rises as the potential
falls in the secondai-y cir-
cuit, and since the heating
effect across the work is di-
rectly proportional to the
current value it w-ill be
easily seen why a trans-
former is necessary to pro-
duce a heavy current by
lowering the line poten-
tial. Due to the intermittent character of the load,
there is no standard rating for welding transformers,
and different makers frequently give entirely dif-
ferent ratings for their machines. However, regard-
less of the rating given in kilowatts capacity, there
can be very little difference in the actual amount of
current consumed unless an especially bad transformer
design is used. To heat a given size stock to welding
temperature in a given time requires an approximately
invariable amount of current.
The machine just illustrated, is shown at a slightly
different angle and with two pieces of rod in the jaws,
in Fig. 362. This is the Thomson regular No. 3, butt-
welding machine. It has a capacity of rod from J to i
in. in diameter or flat stock up to J x 2 in., in two
separate pieces, or rings of A-in. stock and not less than
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
769
ClAMP ADJUSTMENT
CLAMP JAW WITH STEEL DIE
CLAMP RELEASE.
[CLAMP LOCKINOy^'
FIG. 361. PRINCIPAL PARTS OF A BUTT-WELDING MACHINE
2 in. in diameter. Hoops and bands up to A x II in.
and not less than 9| in. diameter when held below the
line of welding, may also be welded. With jaws specially
made to hold the work above the line of welding a
minimum diameter of 4J in. is necessary. This machine
will produce from 150 to 200 separate pieces, 150 to 300
hoops, or 300 to 400 rings per hour. The lower dies are
of hard drawn copper with contact surfaces IJ x 2 in. x
2A in. thick. Standard transformer windings are for
220, 440 and 550 volts, 60 cycle current. Current varia-
tion for different sizes of stock is effected through a
five-point switch shown at the left. Standard ratings
are 15 kw. or 22 kva., with 60 per cent power factor.
The dies are air cooled but the clamps to which the dies
are bolted are water cooled. This type of machine occu-
pies a floor space 40 x 33 in., and is 53 in. high. The
weight is 1,750 lb. A close-up view of the treadle-
operated clamping jaw mechanism is given in Fig. 363.
The method of operating the clamping jaws differs
according to the size of the machine and the work that
is to be done. On some of the smaller machines the
type of hand-operated clamp shown in Fig. 364 is used.
On some machines, intended to handle round stock prin-
cipally, the toggle lever clamp shown in Fig. 365 is used.
For very heavy flat stock, the hand-lever clamping
mechanism, shown in Fig. 366, is used. On some of the
machines used on small repetition work the clamps and
switch are automatically cam-operated as shown in Figs.
367 and 368. The first machine is a bench type used
for welding on twist drill shanks, and the second
machine is used for welding harness rings. These jobs
are, of course, merely examples as the machines are
adapted for all sorts of the smaller welding jobs. Spring
pressure, toggle-lever or hydraulic pressure are used
to give the final "shove-up" according to the machine
used or weight of stock being welded.
In welding hard steel wire of over 35
per cent carbon content, it is necessary
to anneal the work for a distance of
about 1 in. on each side of the weld.
This is due to the fact that the wire on
each side is rendered brittle by the
cooling effect of the clamping jaws.
To accomplish this annealing, all the
small Thomson machines used for this
work are equipped with a set of V-jaws
outside of the clamping jaws, as shown
in front in Fig. 369. The wire is laid in
these V's with the weld halfway be-
tween and the current is thrown on in-
termittently by means of a push button
until the wire has become heated to the
desired color, when it is removed and
allowed to cool. The annealing of a
small drill is shown in Fig. 370. The
process of welding and annealing 12
gage, hard steel wire, requires about
30 sec. when done by an experienced
operator. Copper and brass wire are
easily welded in these same machines.
The machine shown will weld iron and
steel wire from No. 21 B & S to J in. in
diameter and flat stock up to No. 25
B & S X i in. wide. Production is from
150 to 250 welds per hour, the actual
welding time being IJ sec. on J-in. steel
wire. The clamps are spring-pressure,
with adjustable tension released by hand lever. The
standard windings are furnished for 110, 220, 440 and
550 volts, 60 cycles. Five variations are made possible
by the switch. The ratings are 1| kw. or 3 kva., with
60 per cent power factor. The weight is 120 pounds.
FIG. 362. BUTT-WELDING MACHINE WITH WORK IN JAWS
770
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
FIG. 363. DETAILS OF FOOT-OPER-
ATED CLAMPING MECHANISM
FIG. 364.
A HAND-OPERATED
CLAMP
FIG. 365.
TOGGLE-LEVER CLAMP FOR
ROUND STOCK
For use in wire mills where it is desired to weld a
new reel of wire to the end of a run-out reel on the
twisting or braiding machines, it has been found con-
venient to mount the machine on a truck or small bench
on large casters. This enables one to move the welder
from one winding machine to another very easily, to
splice on new reels of small wire, the electrical connec-
' tion to the welder being made by flexible cord, which is
plugged into taps arranged at convenient points near
each winding machine. It is also desirable to mount
on this same bench a small vise in which to grip the
wire to file off the burr resulting from the push-up of
the metal in the weld. The average time required to
weld, anneal and file up a 16-gage steel wire with this
bench arrangement is only about one minute. The only
preparation necessary for welding wire is that the stock
be clean and the ends be filed fairly square so that they
will not push by one another when the pressure is ap-
plied.
In connection with welding wires and rods up to I in.
I in diameter, Table XXVI will be found very handy. For
sizes from i to 21 in. the reader is referred to page
431, Vol. 50.
While as a rule, it is only necessary to have clean and
fairly square ends for butt-welding in some caser where
FIG. 366. CLAjNIPING DEVICE FOR HEAVY FLAT STOCK
FIG. 367. A CAM-OPERATED MACHINE
FIG. 368. AUTOMATIC-OPERATED MACHINE WELDING
HARNESS RINGS
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
771
pia. of rod
in inches
Wlire gauge
Dia.of
rod in
Area of
section in
Current
consump-
tion per
1000 welds
in K.W.H.
Cost per
1000 welds
4
Dia. of rod
in inches
W-^-xr^ l^'din'
Area of
sectioD in
Current
consump-
Cost per
1000 velds
milli'
meter -.
.square
inches
at 1 c. per
K.W.H.*
square
inches
1000 welds
in K.W.H.
at 1 c. per
K.W.H.'
D«.
Frac.
B. &S.
Birni. .
I)ec.
Frac.
B. &S.
Birra.
meters
.03196
20
.00079
2
$0.02
.2043
4
.03277
7
$0.07
,035
20
. 00095
2
.02
.2364
C
.0439
8
.08
.0394
1
.00121
2
.02
.238
4
.0448
9
.09
.0103
18
.00127
2
.02
.25
%
. 04909
10
.10
.049
18
.00169
2
.02
.2576
a
. 0521
10
.10
.0508
16
. 0020.5
2.5
.025
.2755
7
.0596
11
.n
.0625
T^
. 00307
2.5
.025
.284
2
.0633
U
.11
.0641
14
. 00326
2.5
.025 :
.3125
fV
.0767
12
.12
.065
16
. 00332
2.5
.025
.3149
8
.0779
12
.12
.0787
2
. 00486
2.5
.025
3249
0
.0829
12
.12
.0808
12
.00513
2.5
.025
.34
0
.0908
13
.IS
.083
14
. 00678
2.5
.025
.3543
9
.0987
14
.14
.1019
10
.00817
3
.03
.375
H
.11045
15
.15
109
12
. 00934
3
.03
.3937
10
.1217
16
.16
.1181
3
.01025
3.5
.035
4724
12
.1753
19
.19
.125
H
.01227
4
.04
.5
v<
. 19635
20
.20
.128
8
.01287
4
.04
.5612
14
.2472
26
.26
.134
10
.01411
4.3
.045
.625
H
.3068
30
.30
.1575
4
.01948
5
.05 1
.6299
16
.3115
34
.34
.162
6
.02061
5.5
.055
.7087
18
.3946
43
.45
.165
8
.02139
5.5
.055
.75
^4
.44179
54
.52
.1875
A
.02761
6
.06
.7874
20
.487
60
.60
.1968
5
. 03043
6.5
.065
.8661
22
.585
80
.80
.203
6
.0327
7
.07
.875
n
.60132
85
.85
•Multiply these values by the rate you are paying per K. W. Hour for current, to determine what the cost per 1000 welds for any size
would be at your plant.
TABLE XXVI. APPROXIMATE CURRENT CONSUMPTION FOR WELDING UP TO I IN. ROD
small welding is to be done it has been found best to
bevel or V the abutting ends. This is more apt to be
the case with non-ferrous metals however, than with
iron or steel. A notable example in the larger work is
in the scarfing of the ends of boiler tubes when butt-
welding is done. This phase of the question has ap-
parently not been given the attention it deserves, and
some cases where welding has oeen declared a failure
in manufacturing may be laid to the fact that the parts
to be welded were not scarfed and consequently would
not stand the required tests after being welded. As a
general rule, a properly executed butt-weld should, when
reduced to the size of the original section, have prac-
tically the same strength.
Although copper and brass rod and strip can be
welded with perfect success, owing to the nature of the
metal it requires a specially constructed machine to
secure the best results. Since copper has a very low
specific resistance as compared to iron or steel, it re-
quires much more current to melt it on a given size rod.
A longer time is required also to heat a given size of
rod as compared to steel, but when the plastic stage is
reached the metal flows so rapidly that it must be
pushed up with tremendous speed or the molten copper
will flow out between the abutting ends. To effect this
rapid push-i'p of stock the platen on which the movable
FIG. 370. ANNEALING A SMALL DRILL,
W^
FTG. 369. MACHINE EQUIPPED WITH ANNEALING DEVICE
FJ.G. 371. TyPICAI> COPPER WELDS
772
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
FIG. 372. WELDED
ALUMINUM RING
FIG.
373. A STEEL WIRE
WELD
FIG. 374. WELDED HOISTING DRUM
CR.\NK FORGING
right-hand clamp is mounted must move very freely
indeed, necessitating roller bearings on the larger sizes
of machines. The pressure spring on the smaller
machines must also be capable of maintaining its ten-
sion through a longer distance than on a machine for
iron and steel, since more metal is pushed up on a given
size of copper rod than would be on steel or iron.
The properties of brass and also aluminum are prac-
tically the same as those of copper and therefore this
special type of machine is just as well adapted for these
metals.
Typical copper welds are shown in Fig. 371. The one
at the left shows it just as it came from the machine,
and the one at the right with the flash partly removed.
Fig. 372 shows an aluminum ring immediately after
welding. A steel wire weld is shown in Fig. 373, and
a welded hoisting drum crank in Fig. 374. This last
illustration shows how some drop forgings may be
simplified and the cost of dies and production lessened.
A large pinion gear blank is shown in Fig. 375. Made
in this way, a large amount of time and metal is saved.
The way to weld pieces of large and small cross section
is described in the article on tool welding.
Band saws may be welded as shown in Fig 376. The
way a band saw looks after welding and after the flash
is removed is shown in Fig. 377.
Automobile Rim Work
One of the largest applications of butt-welding today
is to be found in the automobile-rim industry. The
special form of clamp shown in Fig. 366 was especially
designed to handle rims of all kinds and sizes. It is
not adaptable for any type of work other than flat stock,
as the amount of jaw-opening is much smaller than the
diameter of equivalent section of round stock.
No backing-up stops of any kind are built for these
machines with rim-clamps, as stops are unnecessary
for this class of work. In order to secure sufficient
gripping effect of the stock to prevent it slipping in the
clamp-jaws, the upper dies are made of self-hardening
FIG. 376. WELDING A BAND SAW
steel with the gripping surface corrugated. The lower
dies, which carry all the current to the work, are made
of copper with Tobin-bronze shoes on which the work
rests, so as to give good conductivity and yet present a
hard wearing surface to the steel rim. These lower dies
must not only bear the gripping effort exerted by the
steel dies above, but also the weight of the rim, which,
in large sizes, amounts to considerable.
The method employed in welding automobile rims is
the "flash-weld" principle, wherein the current is first
turned on with the edges to be welded pulled apart. The
FIG. 375. LARGE WELDED PINION BLANK
FIG. 377. BAND SAW WELDED .VXD SMOOTHED OFF
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
773
pressure is then applied gently to bring the abutting
ends slowly together. As uneven projections come into
contact across from opposite edges they are burned or
"flashed" off, which is evidenced by flying particles of
burning iron. The pressure is gradually increased,
bringing more of the length of the opposite edges into
contact and when the "flash" throws out for the full
width of the rim which indicates the abutting ends are
touching all the way across, the final pressure is quickly
applied as the current is turned off, thereby completing
the weld. It has been found that experienced operators
on this kind of work do not look at the weld itself but
govern their actions by the appearance of the amount of
flash or sparks thrown out. When this assumes the
FIG. 378. TRUCK RIM WELDING MACHINE
shape of a complete fan they know it is the right mo-
ment to cut off the current and apply the final pressure.
The burr or fin thrown up in this type of weld is very
short and very brittle, making its removal much easier
than would be the case with the heavy burr resulting
from a slow butt-weld. It is the common practice in rim
plants to remove the burr while it is still hot and with
a pneumatic chisel or a sprue cutter. The slight amount
of burr then remaining is ground off with a coarse
abrasive wheel and the rim is ready for the forming
process. In most rim plants the operations of rolling,
welding, chiseling burr, grinding burr, forming, shap-
ing, etc., fit in so closely to one another that a rim is
practically kept moving continuously from the time the
flat stock is put into the rolls until a finished rim
emerges. The welding operation itself on a rim blank
for 30 X 3J tire size, for instance, has an average pro-
duction rate of 60 rims per hour, some concerns doing
even better than this. On large truck rims for solid
tires, having a section of 16 x 3 in. thick, a production
of 10 rims per hour is considered very good, although
there are concerns doing even better than this on such
heavy work. The machine shown in Fig. 378 was de-
signed for handling heavy truck rims only. The lower
jaws on this welder are placed very low in order that the
FIG.
A HEAVY WELDED KLM
machine can be set in a comparatively shallow pit to
bring the line of weld on a level with the floor. This
makes it possible, with proper tracking arrangements,
to roll heavy rims right onto the lower dies without any
lifting, the rim being rolled out again after welding.
The double oil-transformers used in this welder hang
below the base line, which necessitates a small pit
directly under the center of machine. Owing to this
and also the weight to be supported, a concrete found-
tion only should be employed.
This machine has a capacity for stock f x 8 to i x 16
in., or a maximum thickness of 1 in. with a cross-sec-
tional area of not over 7 sq.in. Rims with a minimum
diameter of 30 in. can be welded. The pressure is
effected by twin hydraulic cylinders operated from an
external accumulator giving a maximum pressure of
24 to 37 tons on the work. The voltage windings are of
the same capacity as for other machines. The trans-
former is of the oil cooled type, and the ratings
are 160 kw. or 266 kva., with 60 per cent power factor.
Primary windings of transformers are submerged in
cooling oil contained in casings. Platens on which the
clamps are mounted and the bodies of the lower jaws to
which the contact shoes are bolted, are water cooled.
This machine is 66 x 101 in. and 66 in. high. The net
weight is 14,000 pounds.
A heavy rim after welding, is shown in Fig. 379.
Welding Pipe
In order to weld pipe and tubing in the form of coils
for condenser systems cooling tubes, heating coils, etc.,
as shown in Fig. 380, it was found necessary to employ
a special form of clamp wherein the jaws could be set
PIG. 380. WELDING PIPE COILS
774
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
Ordinary Sizes
Extra Heavy
Double Extra Heavy
Miscellaneous Data
Diameters
Diameters
Diameters
Square
Weight
in Lbs.
perKoot
Current
Cost per
Pipe
Pipe
Pipe
Inch
Cross-
Consump-
tion per
1000 Welds
lOQOWelds
at 1 c. D*r
K.W.H.*
Nomina)
Actual
Actual
Wall
Nominal
Actual
Ac'luul
Wall
Nominal
Actual Actual *
Wall
Internal
Internal
External
Thickness
Internal
Internal
External
Thickness
Internal
Internal External
Thickness
Section
H
.27
.405
.068
.0717
.241
12
$0.12
H
.205
.405
1
.086
.29
13
.13
y.
.364
.54
.088
.1249
.42
16
.16
y
.294
.54
123
.161
.54
18
.18
H
.494
.675
.091
.1663
.559
19
.19
H
.421
.075
.127
.219
.74
21
.21
i<
.623
.84
.109
y
.542
.84
.149
.2492
.323
.837
1.09
26'
35
..20
.35
y*
.824
1.05
.113
.3327
1.115
37
.37
y
.7136
1.05
.157
.414
1.39
50
.ilO
1
1.048
1.315
.134
.4954
1.668
60
.60
y
244
.84
.298
.507
1.7
70
.70
I
.951
1.315
.182
.648
2.17
90
.90
VA
1.38
1.66
.14
.668
2.244
100
1.00
y
.432
1.05
.314
.727
2.44
iiq
MO
lyz
1.611
1.9
.145
.797
2.678
130
1.30
VA
1.272
1.66
.194
.893
3.
160
1.60
2
2.067
2.375
.154
1.074
3.609
210
2.10
\y
1.494
1.9
.203
1.082
3.83
220
2.20
1
.587
1.315
364
1.087
3.65
230
2. SO
2
1.933
2.375
.221
1.495
5.02
340
S.40
\y
.885
1.66
.388
1.549
5.2
360
3.60
2K
2.468
2.875
.204
1.708
5.739
410
4.10
\y
1.088
1.9
.406
1.905
6.4
460
4.60
3
3.067
3.5
.217
2.243
7 . 536
570
5.70
iy
2.315
2.875
.28
2,283
7.67
590
5.00
sy
3.548
4.
.220
2.679
9.001
740
7.40
2
1.491
2.375.
442
2.686
9.02
760
7.60
3
2.892,
S.5
3.052
10.25
850
8.50
4
4.026
4.5
.237
3.174
10.605
940
9.40
4K
4. 508
5.
.246
3K
3.358
4.
3.>»r4
3.71
12.35
12.47
1150
1190
11.50
11.90
9M
1.756
2.875
.56
4.073
13,68
1800
13.00
• Multiply these values by the rate you are paymg per K.W. Hour for current, to determine what the cost per 1000-welds for any size
would be at your plant.
TABLE XXVII. APPROXIMATE CURRENT CONSUMPTION FOR WELDING PIPE UP TO 4 J
up high to give clearance above the pressure-device.
The thickness of the die and die-block to which it is
bolted also had to be reduced to a mimmum so as to
insert the jaws between coils, since the pipe is coiled
through each length and then another length is welded
on, which in turn is coiled, and so on. In order to se-
cure the best gripping effect with a comparatively light
die, it is necessary to make this form of die considerably
longer than those used in the other types of horizontal-
acting clamps. Moreover, since there is not enough space
in the narrow block to which the die is bolted to permit
■water circulation, the die itself must be water-cooled to
prevent softening of the copper from continued contact
with the hot pipe just in back of the weld.
This type of clamp. Fig. 381, is designed for welding
of pipe and tubing only, which requires a much lighter
pressure to push up than solid stock of the same cross-
sectional area, and since the line of weld is considerably
above the line of pressure, the slides will be quickly
worn on the movable platen if heavy pressure is used
FIG. 381. CLAMP USED FOR PIPE WELDING
IN.
continually. For this reason the welding of any solid
stock with this class of machine is not advisable. The
machine shown will
weld iron and steel
pipe from I to 2 in.
in diameter, ordi-
nary pipe sizes and
li in. extra heavy
pipe, or double heavy
1 in. in diameter.
Standard steel tub-
ing from 1 to 2i in.
diameter may be
welded. Pressure is
supplied by a hy-
draulic oil jack ex-
erting a maximum
of 5 tons. The stand-
ard ratings are 30
kw. or 50 kva., with
power factor of 60
per cent. The ma-
chine will weigh
about 2,500 jwunds.
For welding pipe.
Table XXVII will
be found useful for
reference purposes.
This table was com-
piled by the Thom-
son Electric Weld-
ing Co., with special
FIG. 382. wiNFiELD poKT.\BLE reference to their
BUTT-WELDING MACHINE machines.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
775
The Winfield Electric
Welding Machine Co., Win-
field, Ohio, makes a complete
linje of butt-welding machines
but only a few representa-
tive of their line, will be
shown. A very convenient
I>ortable or bench type is
shown in Fig. 382. This is
especially useful for light
manufacturing work. It has
a capacity of 18 to 6 gage
wire. It is equipped with a
1 kw. transformer, hand
clamping levers and a 3-step
self-contained regulator for
controlling the current. It
occupies a floor space of 13 i
X 16 in., is 35 in. high from
floor to center of welding dies, and weighs about 130 lb.
The maching shown in Fig. 383 is for general all-round
shop work. It has a capacity of from i to 1 in. round,
or 8 X 2 in. flat stock. It has a 25-kw. transformer,
water-cooled welding jaws, enclosed non-automatic
switch on upsetting lever, stop for regulating amount
of take-up on each weld, ten-step self-contained regu-
lator for controlling the current, occupies a floor space
of 44 X 25 in., is 42 in. high to center of jaws and
weighs about 1,800 lb. The jaws overhang as shown,
for welding hoops, rings, rims, etc.
The machine shown in Fig. 384 is for toolroom work
and was especially designed for handling large cross-
sections. It will weld up to 21 in. round. All clamping
and upsetting operations are accomplished by means of
air or hydraulic pressure. The clamping cylinders are
Diameter
of Stock
Area io
Square locbei
K. W.
Required
Horse
Power
Time i a Sec.
Per Weld
Coil Pel 1000
Weld« at.Ic per
K. W. Hour
Average No.
iof Welds
Per Hour
Labor Cost
Per 1000
at 30c
Per Houl
'A Inch
.05
2
3
3
.02
400
.75
P» "
.08
3
4
4.5
.05
375
.80
.11
4
5
6
.07
350
.85
Pi '•'•
.15
5
7
6.5
.10
300
1.00
.iO
6
8
7
.12
250
1.20
A "
.*5
7
9
7.5
.15
200
1.50
% "
.31
8
11
8
.13
150
2.00
ft "
.37
9
12
9
.23
130
2.30
H "
.44
10
IS
10
.28
100
S.OO
r:
.52
10.5
14
12
.35
95
3.20
.60
11
15
15
.46
90
3.30
ii '■
.69
11.5
15.5
17
.55
85
3.50
1
.79
12
16
18
.60
80
3.70
VA "
.99
16
21
20
.89
75
4.00
IK •'
1.43
19
25
25
1.32
70
4.30
^Vs "
1.48.
25
33
30
2.08
65
4.60
VA "
1.77
31
41
35
3.00
CO
5.00
m "
2.07
38
51
37
3.90
55
5.60
m "
2.41
45
60
40
5.00
48
6.20
VA "
2.76
53
71
43
6.34
40
7.50
i
3.14
60
80
45
7.50
SO
10.00
T.VBLE XXVIII. COST OF J TO 2 IN. WELDS PER THOUSAND
operated independently of each other by means of sepa-
rate valves, which enable the operator to clamp each
piece before the current is turned on. The small air
cylinder on the right-hand end of the machine keeps
the work in close contact during the heating operation.
The final pressure is applied by the hydraulic ram after
the proper welding heat has been attained. The table at
the left is equipped with adjustments for moving it up
or down, back and fourth, tilting or twisting. This
feature is especially valuable in experimental work and
often saves buying a special machine for unusual manu-
facturing jobs. The terminals are cooled by a stream
of water which flows from one to the other. The dies
are held in place by slotted clamps which permit easy
removal. Work stops and stops to regalate the amount
of upset are provided. The movable table is fitted with
roller bearings to insure easy operation. The trans-
former is a Winfield 125 kw. The machine has a ten-
step current regulator, and the current for welding is
controlled by a Cutler-Hammer magnetic switch which
in turn is operated by means of a small auxiliary switch
placed on the valve lever controlling the hydraulic ram.
The floor space occupied is 60 x 90 in., and the approxi-
mate weight, ready for shipment, is 8,000 lb.
FIG. 383. .A. GENER.VI. PfRPOSE BrTT-WELDING MACHINE
FIG. 384. W^INFIELD TOOLROOM MACHINE
776
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
FIG. 385.
FEDERAL HEAVY-DUTY BUTT-WELDING
M.-VCHINE
Table XXVIII compiled by this concern contains
some useful data not given in the other tables.
The machines built by the Federal Machine and
Welder Co., Warren, Ohio, do not differ in the principles
of operation from the machines already described. The
form of the one shown in Fig. 385, however, differs
considerably from any shown. The tables, or platens,
are flat and are T-slotted so that various fixtures may
be easily bolted in place. The maximum capacity for
continuous service, is 2 J in. round or other shape of
equal section. Flats up to i x 10 in. may be welded.
The platens are of gunmetal and the T-slots will take
f-in. bolts. These platens are recessed and water-
cooled. Pressure is applied by means of an hydraulic
jack, shown at the right. The switch is remote control
magnetically operated. The main switch is controlled
by a small shunt switch which is worked either by hand
or foot, as desired. The transformer is 100 kva. It has
an eight-step regulating coil. Floor space occupied is
38 X 88 in., height 50 in., weight 5,600 lb. This machine
is intended to weld auto-rims, heavy forgings, steel
frames, shafting, high-speed steel and work requiring
accurate alignment and rapid production in quantities.
A set consisting of a tube welder and roller, is shown
in Fig. 386. This will weld tubes from li to 3 in. It
will also weld flat, round or square stock of equivalent
FIG. 386. A TUBE WELDING SET
cross section. The dies are water-cooled, and the work
is clamped in position by air cylinders ©perating on a
line pressure of 80 to 100 lb. The switch is on the main
operating lever, so that the heat is at all times under
the control of the operator. The transformer is 65 kw.
air cooled. Eight current steps are obtained. The
machine occupies a floor space of 30 x 51 in., is 42 in.
high, and weighs 2,100 lb. By using the set, a tube
may be welded and immediately transferred to the
rolling machine and the flash rolled out. The time con-
sumed in rolling down the flash on a 2i-in. tube is given
as approximately 20 seconds.
Butt-Welding Copper and Brass
In the General Electric Revieiv for December, 1918,.
E. F. Collins and W. Jacob describe the welding of
rotor bars to the end rings used in squirrel-cage induc-
tion motors, employing the machine shown in Fig. 387.
This machine has a double set of welding jaws, the front
set being used to butt-weld end rings to make them
seamless, while the rear set is used to weld the rotor
bars to the end rings. As shown, the machine is weld-
ing rotor-bars to the end-rings. The description of the
FIG. 387. GENERAL ELECTRIC MACHINE FOR
ROTOR WORK
FIG.
DETAILS OF THE WELDING MECHANISM
.4.ND WORK
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
777
work as carried out in the General Electric shops is as
follows :
"The projecting rotor bars surround a toothed end
ring, which is of slightly smaller diameter than the
rotor. A small block of copper is placed so that it
covers the end surfaces of a rotor bar and the corres-
ponding tooth on the end ring, after which it is butt-
welded into place.
The projecting rotor bars are shown at A in Fig. 388
and the toothed end ring just inside the circle of rotor
bars is shown at B. Finished welds as at C show blocks
in place. The actual operation is as follows : A rotor
bar is tightly clamped to the corresponding tooth of the
end-ring between the jaws D and E. The copper-block
end-connection is placed so that it covers the combined
area of tooth and bar ends. The movable jaw F holds
the end connection in place, and heavy pressure is then
FIG. 389. BUTT-WELDING THE
END RINGS
applied through compression springs. The welding cur-
rent, furnished by a special transformer having a one-
turn secondary, passes from jaw F through the surfaces
and out through jaw E. This heavy current at low
voltage causes intense heating due to the comparatively
high resistance at the surface junction, and raises the
temperature of the copper to welding heat, at which
point the metal is plastic.
At this stage spring pressure forces the jaw F toward
the rotor and squeezes out any oxide which may have
formed between the welding surfaces. A small stream
of water, playing upon the hot area, forms an atmos-
phere of superheated steam which prevents the forma-
tion of oxide and also guards against excessive heating
of the copper. No flux is used in the operation as the
mechanical squeezing-out of the oxide is sufficient to
form a homogeneous connection between the two sur-
faces.
As the welding jaws approach one another when the
metal becomes plastic, an electrical connection is auto-
matically made which operates a solenoid-controlled
switch that opens the primary transformer circuit.
Thus the current is interrupted as soon as the surfaces
have knitted together. The contacts of this automatic
switch are placed one on each movable jaw, and are so
adjusted that they are separated by the distance neces-
sary for the jaws to approach one another in forming
the weld and in forcing out the oxide. In this way, the
end connection is butt-welded to the rotor bar and the
end ring, forming a junction of great mechanical
strength and low resistance.
Another example of non-ferrous butt welding is the
making of seamless end rings, which operation is per-
formed in the same machine. The operation is shown in
detail in Fig. 389, which shows a finished end ring in
place. One end of the ring is placed in the vise-jaws G
and H, and the other is held in the opposite jaws / and J.
As the jaws approach pressure is applied by means of
the springs. In all other respects the operation is
similar to that of welding the end connections.
Rotors up to 14 ft. in diameter are welded and Fig.
390 shows the rotor for a 1,400-hp. motor being welded.
FIG. 390. WELDING END RING AND ROTOR BARS FOR
1,400-HP. MOTOR
The work is done rapidly; for example, end connec-
tions with a welding surface of about 0.6 by 0.4 in. are
welded at the rate of about 90 an hour.
Welding Brass
Brass rotor bars and end rings are also butt-welded
in a similar manner, but the operation is slower. Brass,
being an alloy, has a lower melting point than copper,
and less pressure is necessary to effect a weld. The
pressure is determined by the thickness of the piece to
be welded, and should be just enough to form a small
"flash" at the point of union. Excessive pressure will
cause the molten metal to spurt out from the point of
weld.
In one fundamental particular the butt-welding of
brass differs from that of copper, the pressure on
brass must not be released after the stoppage of current
until the metal has hardened sufficiently so that it will
not crack on cooling. This delay retards the rate of
welding to the extent that about 60 brass end connec-
tions, of the size previously mentioned, require the same
time as 90 of copper.
Butt-welding has been the means of producing a rotor
having low resistance, high mechanical strength, and
ability to permanently withstand vibration and centrif-
ugal force without excessive heating, all of which are
essential factors in an efficiently operated squirrel-cage
induction motor.
778
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
The Tin Dinner Pail Again?
By Entropy
Some few of the readers of the American Machinist
undoubtedly remember carrying one of the old bright
tin dinner pails with the little cup inverted over the
cover. \Mien you first opened it there was a piece of
apple pie, or sometimes pumpkin, in a saucer and under
that some cake and then several layers of sandwiches,
that stretched your jaws wide open at every bite.
Those were the happy days when no one worried over
the cost of food. To be sure there was not much money
in the pay envelope, but just think what you could buy
with that little. Then there were not so many things to
divert money from our pockets. Movies had never been
heard of. If we wanted to go boating Ive borrowed
someone's boat. He would have been insulted if we had
offered to pay for it. There were no motor cars, but
we could steer Old Dobbin very skillfully with one hand
because there was nothing to scare him and we felt no
need of haste.
The tin dinner pail was the mark of honest labor,
not a badge of ser\ntude. Its possessor was indepen-
dent. He and his pail did not have to work for any one
firm. He knew all parts of his trade and could fit in in
any shop in a few days time.
Those who carry their dinners today do not know the
tin pail. I doubt if one can be bought in any but the
oldest stores. Now we are offered a leather covered
box with a thermos bottle, and a little tin box that
will hold about half the sandwiches that mother
used to put in. We can carrj- hot coffee or cold coffee
and be sure that we can tell which it is when we are
ready to drink it, but we cannot carrj- a square meal any
more. The alternative is to go to the shop cafeteria,
or else to the one-arm-lunch down the street. The latter
has had the drop on the lunch business until recently.
We could get a good hearty meal for a quarter, topped
off with a hunk of squash pie that alone would cost fifty
cents today at any place along Broadway. We'll have
to admit that the coffee was usually a ver>" distant
relative of the bean it was supposed to have come from,
but there was enough of it, and by working hard all
the afternoon we could sweat enough so that it did us
no harm.
But today the one-arm-lunch proprietor has seen the
great idea that the traffic will bear being squeezed some
more and his prices look like the d la carte at the
Biltmore of five years ago. He has been getting them
too, but just recently it seems as though the time has
turned, or better, possibly, the "worm" has turned and
he sees more and more dinner boxes carried past his
door every day. The shop cafeterias have variously met
the situation by raising prices or by overlooking deficits.
With the change in attitude what ought they to do?
Just what is it worth to have men well fed, and how
much is the loss if they are overfed?
First of all, we know that we are in the midst of
a period of unrest; we also know that in an animal the
easiest way to overcome unrest is by the application of
music and plenty of food. Gorge the wildest man in
captivity on the two and he is ready to lie down and
go to sleep on the job without the slightest fear of
work. The greatest trouble is that there is only one
meal of the day that can be controlled by the employer,
and that in the middle of the working period. The men
may come in in the morning ready to fight at the drop
of a hat, because of the night before or the scarcity of
breakfast on the table. At noon he can be soothed and
lulled into any state of mind that the dietitian sees fit,
and at night we fear that his wife and children may
suffer if he does not get equally well fed.
There is little doubt but that a man's ability to work
and his disposition to work can be ver>' largely con-
trolled if his food can be controlled. The much railed-
at McAdoo dinners of the time of the railroad adminis-
tration were timed and weighed to the last degree of
perfection. If every course was eaten they lasted a
man with a healthy appetite up to about half an hour
before he reached his destination. If the train was only
half an hour late there was no real discomfort. They
also had more or less of a soporific effect, so no matter
how much we said about them before, and some time
after, there were two or three hours in which the pas-
sengers were reasonably good natured.
The same thing can be done and improved on in the
shops, provided the management is far sighted enough
to realize that there are profits which the cost depart-
ment cannot see. A diet can undoubtedly be arranged
for every condition of climate and temperature, and for
every variety of work, so that men will just begin to
need food when the whistle blows. The mid-day meal
could almost be given free if the men would follow the
lead of a sensible dietitian. It would be interesting to
know just how much of an undertaking it would be to
get proper breakfasts and suppers ser\'ed at home. My
guess is that if the company were to offer wholesale
rates on retail quantities of the foods which were selec-
ted it would be verj* easy to get almost even.- one
in line. There is nothing that appeals to the retail
buying public (now voters) more than a bargain. It
would not do to advertise that these foods were good
for one.
Never suggest that. Just suggest that they can
be had at cut rates and not more than a limited supply
to anyone.
Of course the success of this scheme would depend on
the sagacity of the dietitian. There is no use offering
anything on the score of its heat values. Most of us
don't know what it means. I had the "pleasure" of
dining for several months steadily at the restaurants of
a chain which was once considered low-priced. They
put on their menu the number of calories which each
ser\-ing would afford. Time and again I have seen hot.
hea\->', not to say fat, men sit down in the middle of the
day and the middle of the summer and pick out their
orders to get the most calories per dollar expended,
when if they had the slightest idea of what they were
doing to themselves they would have ordered a bowl of
crackers and milk and cooled off instead of stoking all
the heat producing food that their pocketbooks would
allow.
A good dietitian is one who can balance the needs of
the day and the man and yet give him something
appetizing and refreshing. A man who eats a hearty
meal of red meat in the middle of the day needs a full
noon hour and a pipe to be ready to get to manual labor.
Then if he works hard enough he may come out even,
but the man whose hardest duty is to adjust a
micrometer screw everj- few hours cannot help being
sleepy all the afternoon. He is the man that walks off
platforms in bright daylight, and lets machines run
idle because the stock is not renewed, and in many ways
makes himself expensive for half the afternoon.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
779
Drilling Angular Holes in Tire Mold
By J. Bainter
A rather interesting and unusual machining job
recently came to the writer's attention. The illustration
shows one type of mold ring used for forming the
treads of automobile tires. This ring is of mild steel,
A in. thick, and 210 diamond-shaped holes are required
in it. The machining of these holes was a slow and
difficult job and several methods were tried.
It was found best to drill the holes, using an angular
drilling tool, the set-up being shown in the accompany-
ing illustration. The tool, which was made by the Watts
Bros. Tool Works, Turtle Creek, Penn., was driven by
an upright drilling machine of the ordinary type and
was found to be well suited to the job. The machining
time was cut from 260 to 50 hours per ring. Tools of
■ J
■Rifff^fi
1
^
mm
y
M
^1l
, J.*,",^
^ tBHB
w
0
s.
X '
,w^^^^
e^
this type would certainly prove to be timesavers on
other jobs, as they are adapted to drilling holes of vari-
ous shapes — such as, say, the hexagon holes in socket
wrenches.
Finish Turning Some
Heart-Shaped Cams
By E. a. Dixie
In Fig. 1 is shown a shrouded heart-shaped cam
which was made several years ago by a friend of mine.
A number of these cams were required, so dies were
made to punch the heart-
shaped centers out of
sheet steel about A in.
thick. As there is noth-
ing out of the ordinary
about the diemaking end
of this job it will not be
described here. The
method of laying out the
heart was obtained from
the American Ma-
chinists' Handbook.
After the die was made
it was found that the
edge of the cam was not
smooth enough for the
purpose to which it was to be put and the question arose
whether the blanks should be shaved in another punch-
press operation or the woi'k form-turned to the desired
FIG. 1. SHROUDED HEART
SHAPED CAM
ANGUI^VR DRILLING TOOL MACHINING A TIRE MOLD FIG. 2. RIG FOR TURNING THE HEART-SHAPED CAM
780
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 17
degree of smoothness, which was finally settled in favor
of the turning operation. Figs. 2 and 3 show how the
work was done on a small engine lathe rigged up for
the purpose.
Two brackets A, Fig. 2, made of flat iron, were bolted
to the back of the lathe carriage. They carried the
cast-iron pulley over which the belt B for the counter-
weight led. The screw was removed from the cross-
PIG. 3. CLiOSEUP VIEW OF THE RIG
slide so that it was free to follow the contour of the
master cam C, Fig. 3. A special toolpost D was made
to carry a turning tool E and the cam follower F. The
cam blank was secured to the face of the hardened
master cam which was provided with a taper shank to
fit the hole in the live spindle.
Only one hole H, Fig. 1, was required through the
cam for affixing it to the mechanism in which it was
used, but to locate it and to prevent it from moving
during the finish-turning operation another hole was
drilled as shown at /. A special tail center /, Fig. 3,
was also made and provided with a ball thrust K which
when in operation abutted against the cam blank and
kept it from coming off the locating pins.
The accuracy demanded was within 0.0005 in. The
time necessary for turning about was 30 seconds each.
Over 500 had been turned, up to the time the photo-
graphs were taken, without any change of the tools.
The job of turning was so simple that an apprentice
boy did it.
The shrouding around the periphery was made of thin
sheet steel and riveted on.
An Interesting Old Micrometer
By Wm. Older
The illustration shows an interesting old microm-
eter that a toolmaker friend of mine found some ten
years ago lying on top of one of the beams in an old
machine shop. How long it had been there none of
the older hands knew, and no one seems to know who
made it. It is made to take a little over two inches.
It will be observed that the man who made it must
have calibrated the screw before he cut the gradua-
tions on the barrel for the line runs at an angle to
compensate for the shortness of the lead of the meas-
uring screw. The small stem which looks very much
like the ratchet stop on a modern tool is merely a
high-speed stem provided with a screw which fits the
end of the thimble. When found, the micrometer
had in place of the anvi! a piece of cork, and thereby
hangs the tale that accounts for the appearance of
the picture in the American Mackinist.
My toolmaker friend and I were swapping yarns
the other day. These, as they always do, led from one
thing to another till we got to the ever-popular "War
Toolmaker" when my friend spilled the following:
"I was working at So and So's in 1917. We had a
few good mechanics but the rest were the hardest bunch
of lunkheads I ever saw. One day a fellow blew in
and asked for a job. When asked what he could do,
he said he had worked at Jones' shop as a toolmaker,
at Brown's as a gage maker, at Smith's as a die
maker, etc., so as we were in need of men no matter
how little they might know if only they could do some
one thing, the boss gave him a job on the cylindrical
grinding machine.
"The first job given to him was to grind the outside
diameter of some rough-forged rings. There was noth-
ing particular about the job — anything within A in.
was quite good enough.
"After he had fussed around a bit at a job he came
over to me and wanted to borrow a two-inch microm-
eter, giving as an excuse that his tool chest had not
arrived yet. I would not have trusted him with any
of my good tools but I remembered about the old two-
inch "mike" in my chest so I took it out with every
appearance of care and told him to be very careful
with it as I was working to a "tenth" with it on certain
work and had it very accurately adjusted.
"When I handed it to him I wondered how long it
would be before he found out that the thing was nothing
but a piece of scrap. A few minutes later I saw him
try it on one of the rings, carefully turning and turn-
ing the barrel and then turning it again. Between
every turn he would swing the 'mike' over the work
to get the 'feel' of the work between the end of
the screw and the cork anvil. At last he had run
the screw down as far as it would go, so he withdrew
the screw and went through the same antics with
AN OLD MICROMETER WITH A
COMPEXSATING SCALE
another of the rings which he had already finished and
taken out of the machine. A little while later he came
over to me, handed me the old 'mike' very carefully,
thanked me for lending it to him and said: 'I guess
I better get on my coat and quit; I got all those rings
too small.' However, I suggested that he grind up
the rest anyhow, as he might as well spoil the whole
lot while he was about it.
"When he went out for lunch I measured the rings
and found that they were about sS in. over size instead
of too small; he had not noticed the compressing of
the cork anvil and so thought that he had made them
too small."
i
October 21. 1920
Get Increased Prodiictinv — With Improved Machinery
WHAT /o MEAD
Mt^^iA'incm m a hum
781
Suggested by theMinagingr Editor
THIS week's leader gives a brief account of the steps
leading to the passing of the act creating the Court
of Industrial Relations of the State of Kansas. The
action of Governor Allen and the Kansas Legislature
caused something of a stir at the time the bill was
passed, but little has been
heard from that vicinity
lately except at the time of
the Allen-Gompers "debate"
in New York. Neverthe-
less the court is still work-
ing although one of the
provisions of the original
bill has been declared un-
constitutional on what ap-
pears to a mere layman as
a legal quibble. The state-
ment has been made that it
will be a very simple mat-
ter for the next legislature
to amend the act to take
care of the weak point. It is to be hoped that the
steps necessary to remedy the defect will be taken so
that the court may function as originally intended and
receive a fair trial.
Toolmakers, designers and foremen will be interested
in an ingenious fixture for milling small ellipses on
a production basis, which is describeo Oii page 752 by
P. A. Fredericks. Full details of the fixture are given.
Beginning on page 755 we have a history of the art
of brass-making written by Otis jA'^C? Kenyon for the
Bridgeport Brass Co. We were so impressed with the
excellence of the story that we arranged to reprint the
whole thing for the benefit, of those of our readers who
do not happen to be on the mailing list of the company.
The first installment is devoted to historical notes and
is confined mainly to the description of methods and
equipment of bygone days.
This article is followed by another shorter one for
the toolmaker in which Fred Colvin tells of some small-
scale press and die work.
The men who build and keep up the linotype machines
on which the American Machinist is printed must be
thorough mechanics, and specialists on this particular
work besides. How they are trained at the factory of
the Merganthaler Linotype Co. is discussed by J. V. L.
Morris beginning on page 765. More of R. Thomas
Huntington's amusing reminiscences follow the appren-
tice article. Here he tells of his first shop, probably
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
the oldest locomotive shop in this country. In those
days the machining of side-rods was a man's job on the
machine tools available.
Little can be said about Part XXX of the Welding
Series except that it covers electric butt-welding
machines and their work,
in Viall's usual thorough
way. Performance and
cost tables are included.
Our old friend Entropy
is on the job again this
week taking for his theme
the "carry-your-own-lunch"
slogan that has had no
small effect on restaurant
lunch prices in many cities
0 f late. Among other
things, what he has to say
about the McAdoo s t a n -
dardized railroad dinners
will appeal to those of you
who had to do much traveling during the regime of
the late lamented (?) R.R. administration. Entropy
has page 778 all to himself.
We have been keeping our engineer readers closely in
touch with the affairs of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies. This week the federation is given
space in three parts of the magazine. A list of additional
societies joining is given in the news section on page
788g; there is a general article, page 783, which briefly
outlines the reasons for an organization of engineering
societies and tells of the large field open to its activities ;
there is also an editorial, page 782. The general article
consists of excerpts from addresses by the presidents
of two national engineering societies and we are certain
that you will profit by reading it.
"Sparks" has accounts of several meetings and con-
ventions that have just occurred, of major importance
being the Foundrymen's convention at Columbus and
the annual meeting of the American Manufacturers' Ex-
port Trade Association in New York. We are also run-
ning the chart of the exhibitors at the Olympia machine
tool exhibit that was prepared for our European Edition
and with it some British comment on both Olympia
exnibit and the Leipzig fair. See pages 788a, b, and c.
On page 783 is an account by our technical correspond-
ent in Washington of the hearings before the Federal
Trade Commission on the subject of the guara'^teeing
of retail sales prices. This is a big question.
782
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 17
EDITORIALS
A Permanent Tribunal for Labor
Troubles
EVERY once in a while the much-pestered public
worm turns and takes a vicious wallop at its tor-
mentors. Out in Kansas last winter the coal miners
struck once too often and the State took hold and
showed them that coal could be obtained in spite of
mighty labor leaders.
It really is surprising how much the common people
will stand before they make up their minds to do
something. If we are not mistaken there were some-
thing like seven hundred strikes in the Kansas coal
fields in a little over four years and most of them over
the most trivial matters. The water in the shower baths
was too hot, or else it was too cold, the dynamite was the
wrong color, a steam shovel was put in to save money
in a strip mine, the pipe-fitter was busy somewhere else
and consquently a water pipe joint could not be broken
to enable a machine to keep up with the gang; the gang
quit rather than unscrew the joint. These are only a
few typical cases and were usually local. The strike
which caused the trouble was the big one for a 60 per
cent increase and shorter hours and weeks.
Most of our big strikes have been settled by a
specially appointed commission and the public suffered
while the commissioners familiarized themselves with
the facts in the case. Governor Allen and the people
of Kansas have taken the stand that a permanent com-
mission or court will be better able to handle such cases
and the country is watching their experiment with keen
interest.
The platform on which the Kansans stood, and still
stand, maintains that the public has rights in any dis-
pute between capital and labor in any of the essential
industries. This seems to be a rather novel idea to
some people and created a storm when Governor Allen
proposed his Industrial Court to insure the preservation
of these I'ights. K. H. C.
The Federated American Engineering
Societies and Its Field
THERE is an immense field in which the Federated
American Engineering Societies can carry out its
avowed object of furthering the public welfare wherever
technical knowledge and engineering experience are
involved. Individual societies have long recognized the
existence of big problems concerning the welfare of the
nation and have done what they could to solve them.
The effects of such efforts have been two-fold — beneficial
to the nation in practical results and educational to the
society in making it see that for great accomplishment
engineers must act as a unit.
Following the rapid crystallization during the war of
the sentiment favoring united action there was organ-
ized the Federated American Engineering Societies.
There has been some speculation as to just what the
Federation can do. Part of the answer was contained.
though it probably was not intended to be such, in the
address of Herbert C. Hoover, president of the Ameri-
can Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers at
Minneapolis, an excerpt of which we publish on page
788d. Though only a part of the answer it is a large
part, enumerating problems of national scope on which
the Federation can be at work for some years to come.
Mr. Hoover's address is preceded by an excerpt from
an address by Arthur P. Davis, president of the Ameri-
can Society of Civil Engineers, at the annual convention
in Portland, Oregon. Mr. Davis outlined the necessity
for and the organization of the Federated American
Engineering Societies.
We believe, with Mr. Hoover, that certain things must
be done — and with Mr. Davis that we must have united
action of engineers to do them. Conservation of raw
material and scientific and common-sense management
must be practiced in the business of the nation as they
are in the business of private plants. Believing that
the Federated American Engineering Societies offers
the best present constructive step toward fructifying
such aims, we continue to urge that engineering socie-
ties join the Federation and take part in the forward
movement. L. C. M.
Increasing the Efficiency of Our
Congressional Committees
IT IS unfortunate,- but true, tnat the results obtained
from the average Congressional investigation are sel-
dom commensurate with the effort expended. The blame
should not be laid at the doors of the committee members
from House or Senate, for they are working under con-
ditions that practically preclude any other outcome.
Few members are so situated that they can attend every
meeting of every committee on which they may be serv-
ing. And in addition even fewer members have the
necessary technical knowledge to make an intelligent
investigation into each of the many widely diverse
problems to be handled.
A practical remedy was suggested by Otto H. Kahn
in a talk on the general subject of taxation before the
American Manufacturers' Export Association. It was
well received by his audience and is well worth serious
consideration. The suggestion is that committees be
made to include both legislators and citizens, the latter
to be disinterested experts of recognized authorit>' on
the particular matters to be dealt with by the com-
mittee. According to Mr. Kahn's plan the citizen mem-
bers would be in the minority, and this is probably as it
should be, especially from the practical standpoint of
securing enough men of the proper caliber.
Many business men and many engineers have been
free in their criticism of the politician and country
lawyer types of congressman, but have done nothing to
send better men to take their places. And probably they
never will. Hence the practicability of a plan of this
kind that will attain the end sought without attempting
the impossible feat of changing human nature
K. H. C.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
783
Guarantee of Prices Against Decline
By R. S. McBRIDE
Washington Engineering Representative, McGraw-Hill Co., Inc.
Can the manufacturer or jobber properly guar-
antee his customer against declining markets?
This is a question which the Federal Trade Com/-
mission had under consideration at its hearing
in Washington during the week of Oct. U. Many
industries from all parts of the country were rep-
resented and a wide variety of opinion was
evidenced.
AS STATED by the chairman of the Federal Trade
L\ Commission the subject of giving guarantees
JL a. against price decline has many ramifications
extending all the way from cranberries, a most perish-
able article, to structural steel, which even the most
ardent advocates of the theory of corrosion by elec-
trolysis cannot consider a perishable commodity. The
practices of industries differ as widely as the commodi-
ties handled. For example in certain lines absolutely
no guarantees of this type have ever been granted and
the industry apparently vigorously opposes any oppor-
tunity for beginning the practice. On the other hand
unlimited price guarantee is practiced in other fields,
even to the extent of protecting the dealer with respect
to the stocks on hand at the time of any decline, with-
out regard to the time of purchase or the magnitude of
the decline.
Some of the problems to be considered by the com-
mission are as follows:
(1) Over what period of time should the guarantee
extend?
(2) Should the date of determination be definite as is the
practice in the case of seasonal goods or should it be based
upon the time after delivery, or should the guarantee ter-
minate with delivery and, therefore, apply only to unfilled
portions of contracts?
(3) Should the guarantee extend only against decline in
the price made by the seller himself or against any decline
in the market made by competitors?
(4) Should the decline be limited to those commodities
which are handled on a basis of publicly known prices to
the consumer, or can the practice also apply to a commodity
where the price involved in transactions and the price to
the consTimer are not generally known to the trade?
(5) Should the guarantee apply to the goods actually on
hand at the time of the decline or to all goods sold to the
jobber under the contract, thus permitting the jobber to af-
ford a similar guarantee to the retailer on the goods which
the retailer still has in stock?
Arguments Against Permitting Guarantees
Some of the arguments advanced against permitting
continuance of price guarantees are set forth by the
communications which have been presented to the com-
mission in answer to its recent questionnaire. Among
these the following claims are most conspicuous :
Results in unfair competition and is equivalent to a form
of rebating.
Leads manufacturers to encourage dealers in overstock-
ing thereby eliminating their competitors.
Puts a hardship on manufacturers with smill capital.
Gives jobbers an unfair advantage in relations with
manufacturers.
Encourages jobbers to take too great risks as to prob-
able sales, that is, encourages overstocking.
Creates speculative buying.
Creates a disadvantage as between large and small job-
bers, the former being able to secure concessions which are
denied the latter.
Tends to maintain an artificial level of prices, that is,
eliminates much of the incentive for manufacturers to
reduce prices.
Delays passing of market declines on to the consumer.
Injures small operators who cannot successfully maintain
businesses when this speculative element remains.
Imposes a hardship upon the seller by requiring him to
bear the risk which the jobber can reasonably be expected
to carry.
Leads to overstocking of perishable products and thereby
increases wastage or results in inferior quality reaching
the consumer.
Compels a producer to use the practice in order to meet
other producers, even though he believes the practice
vicious.
Creates an expense to the manufacturer in the form of
increased risk which he necessarily adds to his price and
which the consumer ultimately pays.
Suppresses competition.
Prevents producers from offering lower prices than speci-
fied in previous outstanding contracts.
Encourages violently changing prices at the close of guar-
antee periods instead of normal, gradual price adjustments,
at intervals throughout a period of guarantee (particularly
in seasonal commodities where the price guarantees expire
at a given date).
Arguments Favoring Price Guarantees
Proponents of the idea, who insist that this trade
practice is legitimate, necessary and in the public
interest, offer among others the following arguments
with respect to guarantee against price decline :
Encourages freer purchase and carrying of normal stock.
Enables manufacturer to maintain regular and continu-
ous factory operation and shipment throughout the year.
Saves delays in delivery by distributing shipments over
the year.
Permits manufacturer to anticipate his needs for raw
materials and to buy on a less fluctuating raw material
market.
Tends to stabilize business.
Creates business confidence.
Enables jobbers to anticipate their needs without undue
risk.
Gives the manufacturer more accurate knowledge of his
probable sales.
Induces the buyer to stock up, especially on seasonal mer-
chandise, for considerable periods.
Steadies plant operation and therefore the employment of
labor.
Permits wide distribution of stocks which simplifies dis-
tribution instead of concentration at the factory until
demand arises.
Prevents abnormal demand creating shortage and ab-
normal high price because of wide distribution of stocks.
Prevents inadequate production at slack periods with the
resulting subsequent shortage at seasons of greater demand.
Permits commodity to be sold by jobbers on narrower
margin of profit.
Increases the percentage of car-lot shipments as compared
with small shipments to meet current demands.
Justifies storage space in jobbers' warehouses, eliminating
the necessity of large central warehouses at points of
manufacture.
Prevents manufacturers from selling direct to retailers,
at lower prices than jobbers are able to quote.
Places the risk on the man who is best able to judge the
hazard, that is, the manufacturer.
784
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
Gives the manufacturer reao, use of his money and ex-
empts him from payment of storage charges and expense.
Enables small retailers to carry adequate stock and thus
pass the benefit to the consumer.
As a rather negative form of argument in favor of
the guarantee practice it is urged that such guarantees
do not in any way interfere with the functioning of the
laws of supply and demand. It is insisted that no unfair
or improper practice need follow and that the practice
is nothing but one element in the matter of contract
between buyer and seller of commodity.
Points of View Considered
In receiving these arguments and in the conduct of
its hearings, the Federal Trade Commission has indi-
cated that it will take into account the interests of the
manufacturer, wholesaler, retailer, and consumer. It
is considering the matter not alone from the point of
view of the public service aspects. The matter of busi-
ness relations, the law in the case, the question of justice
between various merchandising interests and the prin-
ciples of economics all were stressed by the various
speakers and by the questions put to those appearing
before the commissioners.
Unfortunately much of the discussion has not dis-
tinguished clearly between the differing conditions ex-
istent in different industries. Many of the generaliza-
tions presented before the commission, therefore,
appeared much broader than was apparently intended
by their proponents. Because of this it is difficult to
draw any general conclusions as affecting all industries.
Nevertheless certain outstanding features of the dis-
cussion seem to have been well established and can
safely be used as a guide to the present thought in the
matter.
It is worth while at this point to note that the Federal
Trade Commission expressed its desire to receive addi-
tional discussion or briefs in the matter from any
interests including those which have not previously been
heard. This privilege was extended for a period of
thirty days from the time of the hearing, Oct. 5 and 6.
Some Conditions Indicated
Even the strongest opponents of a price guarantee
system did not deny that there are certain industrieii
and certain circumstances in which guaranteeing against
price decline offers certain commercial merit. It also
seemed to be the unanimous opinion that if price guar-
antees are to be permitted in American trade there
should be no effort whatsoever to make price guarantees
mandatory. And, too, those in favor of having price
guarantees permitted did not deny that under certain
circumstances such might conceivably be used unfairly
and constitute, therefore, unlawful practices in defeat
of competition or in restraint of trade.
A number of the arguments which carried the great-
est element of conviction related specifically to par-
ticular industries. For example, industries dealing with
products of seasonal demand or seasonal production
have established practices that seem to contribute uni-
formly to the benefit of producer, jobber, retailer and
public.
The rubber footwear trade, which meets with a sea-
sonal demand analogous to that in the electrical appli-
ance industry where Christmas or other specialty goods
are concerned, stressed the necessity of wide distribution
at all seasons of the year in order to permit reasonably
uniform production and transportation in advance as
well as during seasons of large consumption. The
canned milk and food industries where seasonal produc-
tion enters as a large factor made a similar case ir
favor of advance sale with guarantee against price de-
cline for the wholesaler so that certainty of plant opera-
tion and movement of goods would permit intelligent
planning by the packer.
Another type of industry argued for opportunity to
guarantee against price declines on orders which are
necessarily taken long in advance of the times of de-
livery, the factory output being contracted for months
in advance even under present market conditions. These
and similar circumstances indicate a likelihood that
insofar as business relations and the general public
interest are concerned we can expect an attitude favor-
able toward price guarantees of this sort on the part
of the commission.
Law An Important Question
The law in the matter, however, must be considered
as an important question which will really determine
the form of the commission's decision when it is an-
nounced. It is argued pro and con that the commission
may or may not regulate trade practices on the ground
solely that they may tend to restrict competition or may
tend to interfere with free competitive trade. A de-
cision of the courts affecting this point relates to a
case in which it was decided that the law forbade any
practice which had a dangerous tendency to unreason-
ably restrict competition. This type of decision, how-
ever, is not particularly significant as it leaves an un-
certainty as to what is a "dangerous" tendency and
what is an "unreasonable" restriction.
Unquestionably the commission has authority and pre-
sumably will exercise it in specific cases where definite
evidence can be afforded of the use of a trade practice,
such as the guarantee of prices against decline, for the
injury of a competitor. So long as this possibility ex-
ists it can be expected that the commission will from
time to time hear particular cases where this is the
ground for complaint and if a good case is made will
doubtless order a discontinuance of the practice of such
guarantees.
Benefits to Consumer or Wholesaler •
It seems to be clearly indicated by testimony that in
certain industries the benefit of price declines afforded
by manufacturers to jobbers, when the market changes,
are passed on all the way to the ultimate consumer
rather promptly in a considerable portion of the busi-
ness. On the other hand, it seemed to be clearly demon-
strated that in other industries or other circumstances
the guarantee against price decline resulted simply in
a wider margin or in elimination of hazard to the whole-
saler. The length of time over which the guarantee
extends and the degree of publicity or secrecy in an-
nouncing price changes seem to be determining factors
in this matter.
The results of the commission's consideration of this
subject will appear not only as a report or perhaps
opinion on the general matter but also more definitely
in connection with the numerous cases now pending
where specific complaint is made against guarantee of
prices. A number of these cases lie in the field of
canned goods, soap and slniilar products, but the prin-
ciples there considered will, of course, be applicable in
all lines of trade.
October 21, J920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
785
Shop equipment Ntwj
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NtWS •
A weekly reviGW o(^
modorn dGsii^nsand
gfr: :-■ : -■ - Sd/ie^ •
S.A.HAHO -<^^^m
itiin
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no chcarge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impose
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
n^ONDENSED •
JCLIPPING IND&X
A continuous record
ol'"modorn des'x^ns
' and oquipmGnl/ •
Webster & Perks Plain Manufacturing
Cylindrical Grinding Machine
The Webster & Perks Tool Co., Springfield, Ohio, has
added to its line the plain cylindrical grinding machine
shown in the aeompanying illustration. The machine
is intended for manufacturing work on either straight
or tapered stock held on centers, and it resembles in
WEBSTER & PERK.S TI-AIX .MANUFACTURING CTLINDJII-
C.\L GRINDING MACHINE
Specifliations : Capacity ; normal. 6 x 30 in. : maximum, lOJ x
32 in. .Swivel table graduation.s up to 3 J in. per foot. Headstock
spindle: diameter, 2J in.; hole. No. 2 -Morse taper; length of bear-
ings, front, 3 J in. tapered rear, 3 in. Wheel .spindle, IS x 225 in.
Wheel; face, li to 2 in.; diameter, up to 14 in. Length of table
ways. .50 in. Water tank capacity, 2.') gal. Horsepower, 5. Wheel
speed.s, 1.680 and 1,920 r.p.m. Work speeds, 4, from 4S to 192
r.p.m. Table .speeds, 8, from 6 to 94 in. per minute. Reduction by
automatic crossfeed, minimum. 0.0002.5 in. ; maxinnun, 0.005.
Floor space; 43 x 116 in.; with unit countershaft. 66 x 116 in.
Weight; net, 3.900 lb. with overhead countershaft, 5,050 lb. with
unit countershaft; shipping, 4,300 and 5,650 lb.: boxed for export.
4.700 and 5.900 lb. respectively. Export box, with overhead
countershaft, 49 x 60 x 80 in.
general features the universal grinding machine built
by the company and described in the American Machinst
of Jan. .31, 1918.
The bed is fastened to the base by means of cap-
screws, and its ways are provided with roller oilers for
the purpose of lubrication. The length of travel of
the table is controlled by means of adjustable dogs.
Reciprocation of the table is automatic, the motion being
transmitted through spur gears having a speed reduc-
tion ratio of 64 to 1. The table can be operated by
hand also. The swivel table mounted on the sliding
table can be swung by means of an adjusting screw.
The chrome-nickel .steel headstock spindle is driven
by inclosed gears with a speed reduction of 21 to 1.
Either live- or dead-center grinding can be done. The
lailstock is provided with a spring center, and it
carries the wheel-truing device. The wheel stand is
held in place on the ways by its own weight. The
wheel spindle is mounted in alloy bronze bearings held
in ball-and-socket-housings,
The rates of table feed and work speed can be indepen-
dently varied. The headstock can be stopped without stop-
ping the countershaft. The automatic cross-feed is pro-
vided with a micrometer adjustment and a positive stop.
The controls are grouped at the front of the machine, the
mechanism being assembled in a unit placed in the bed.
Provision is made for wet grinding, a Fulflo centrif-
ugal pump providing the circulation. Two types of
countershaft can be furnished, one for overhead use,
and the other to be mounted on the floor in the rear of
the machine and as a part of it. The countershafts are
provided with Hyatt roller-bearings. Complete equip-
ment is furnished with the machine.
Pryibil Extension Spinning Lathe and
Attachments
The spinning lathe shown in the illustration has re-
cently been built by the P. Pryibil Machine Co., 512-24
W. 41st St., New York, N. Y. It is intended for the
spinning of articles of large dimensions, such as copper
utensils for restaurant kitchens.
The machine is of the extension-bed type, its mem-
bers having box sections. The main bed carries the
headstock and supports the upper bed. The headstock
is provided with a cone pulley for belt drive, and it is
equipped with back gears. The front bearing of the
PRYIBIL HEAVY-DUTY EXTENSION SPINNING LATHE
Specifications; Swing, 27 and 60 in. Height of spindle, 44 In.
Front bearing, 2J x 9J in. Hor.sepower required, 5 to 12. Floor
space: base, 32 x 84 in.; maximum overall, 52 x 134 in. Weight;
net, 4,500 lb.; with counter.shaft. 5,000 lb.; crated, 5,150 lb.:
boxed for export, 5,600 lb. Export box, 75 cu.ft
786
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
spindle is of white metal and the rear one is a combined
radial and thrust ball bearing. The upper bed can be
slid along the lower one and locked in any position,
adjustment being made by means of a screw operated
by the handwheel at the right. With the gap closed,
work 27 in. in diameter can be swung, while with the
bed extended, a 60-in. swing is provided.
The tailstock is adjustably mounted on the upper bed.
A tailstock operated by a hand lever or a treadle can be
furnished, instead of the screw-spindle type shown.
The upper bed supports also the slide rest, while one
end of the auxiliary bed supports the spinning rest.
The auxiliary bed is L-shaped and is supported not only
by the bed of the lathe but also by a leg resting on the
floor. The T-rest is adjustably mounted and provided
with holes for the insertion of the spinning pins.
The compound slide rest can be swiveled or set to any
position, providing hand feed for the tool in two direc-
tions. The longitudinal feed is 16 in. and the cross feed
9 in., a 4 x l|-in. tool being used.
The machine is equipped with 20-in. and 12-in. face-
plates. A countershaft and a belt shifter can be sup-
plied. Chucks can be furnished for turning and spin-
ning oval or elliptical work. "Compound-lever spinning
tools" are especially adapted for use on the machine
when spinning heavy sheets.
Oakley No. 3 Universal Toolroom
Grinding Machine
The Oakley Machine Tool Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, has
brought out the No. 3 grinding machine shown in the
illustration. Features are the mounting of the cone
pulleys on the machine and the rack and pinion table
drive. The cone pulleys are driven from the counter-
shaft and the belt tension is maintained by an automatic
belt tightener. The table drive is operated through
bevel gears which are driven by a shaft from the feed-
box bolted to the end of the saddle. The table driving
mechanism is placed opposite the center of the grinding
wheel head with the object of balancing the thrust.
The table movement is controlled by friction and may
be either power or hand operated. Fast hand movement
is obtained by using the large crank handle and may be
controlled from either the front or rear of machine.
Slow feed is obtained by using the handwheel on the
front of the saddle. Table stop dogs are hinged. Three
rates of power movement are available, obtained through
the step-cone pulleys. The crossfeed is operated by hand-
wheel from either front or rear of machine. The verti-
cal feed is operated by handwheel, the thrust being taken
up by a ball-bearing. Micrometer dials are provided for
crossfeed and vertical-feed. The knee is of box con-
struction to keep dust from bearings and working parts.
It is dovetailed to the column, has adjustable taper gibs
and is supported by a vertical screw. • j
The slide is aligned to the saddle by V and flat bear-
ings which are protected by dust guards at both ends.
It is oiled through a single oil cup. The taper adjust-
ment of the slide is governed by a fine thread thumb-
screw at the front of the table. The slide swivel is
graduated in both degrees and inches per foot.
As shown in the illustration the workhead swivels
horizontally or vertically. Adjustment of the head to
take up wear may be made. T-slots are provided on the
top and bottom for attaching tooth rests.
The wheelhead swivels either side of the center and
OAKLKV .\0. 3 U'.Xn'liKtf.VL TOOLKOOil (JKIXDIXG
MACHINE
Specifications : Table surface, 5J x 333 in. Taper adjustment,
2 in. per foot. Distance, center of spindle to table, minimum, 0
in.; maximum, lOJ in. Longitudinal movement, 17 in. Vertical
movement, lOJ in. Cross movement, 9 in. Maximum distance
between centers, 20 in. Workhead taper hole. No. 12 B & S.
.Swing over table, 10 in. Wheel speeds. 3,683 and 5.950 r.p.m.
Countershaft pulleys, 6 in. in diameter. 21 in. belt, 850 r.p.m.
Floor space, 68 x 53 in.
has a graduated dial. The spindle runs in bronze adjust-
able taper bearings. A flange which is an integral part
of the spindle serves as a thrust collar.
The universal tooth rest has both flexible and rigid
blade supports. Among the attachments is an extension
spindle support to be used when grinding wide surfaces.
A countershaft-driven, fan-type pump for circulating
coolant is mounted on the tank at the rear of the
machine.
Armstrong Spring Threading Tool
The Armstrong Brothers Tool Co., 317-57 N. Fran-
cisco Ave., Chicago, 111., has recently placed on the
market the spring threading tool shown in the illustra-
tion. It is claimed that the tool combines strength and
convenience of adjustment and operation with the
^
.\RMSTRONG SPRING THREADING TOOIj
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
787
resiliency which is usually considered to be helpful in
obtaining' a smooth thread or finishing cut, especially on
alloy steels of a tough nature. Means are provided for
quickly obtaining rigidity, so that the tool can be used
for roughing or ordinary turning. The cutting tool
can be swung to either side of its center position.
Tools holding stock fa, I, ['.:, or 'i in. square can be
furnished. The holder sizes range from S x I x 5i in. to
J X li X 8i in., and the weights from i to 3i lb.
Fixed-Center Multiple-Spindle
Drill Heads
The United States Drill Head Co., Cincinnati, Ohio,
is building a line of fixed-center, multiple-spindle drill
heads, each head being especially designed for the piece
of work upon which it is to be used. The main spindle
is fitted with a bronze bearing, and both the main
spindle and the drill spindle are provided with ball
thrust bearings. All gears, spindles and studs are hard-
ened steel, the gears running in grease.
There are two methods of attaching the heads to the
drilling machine. The lighter heads are usually driven
i
■
■
[
L
1
i
1.
1
1
i
■U. S." FIXED-CENTER MULTIPLE-SPINDLE DRILL HEADS
OF LIGHT AND HEAVY TYPES
Dy a standard taper shank, as shown at the left in the
illustration. Heavy heads are driven by the method
shown at the right, the head clam.ping to the quill and
being driven by a key inserted in the drift slot of the
spindle. The first method requires the use of a bar to
prevent the head from turning with the spindles.
Westinghouse Type "S" Contactor
Controller
The Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co.,
East Pittsburgh, Pa., has recently brought out the drum
contactor controller shown in the illustration herewith.
This controller is intended for starting and regulating
the speed of shunt-series, and compound-wound d.c.
motors. In operation it adjusts the resistance in series
and parallel with the motor armature, and employs the
same principal as the magnetic contactor type controller,
except that the contactors are operated by cams mounted
on the controller shaft. The contactors open and close
WESTINGHOUSE TYPE "S" CONTACTOR CONTROLLER.
OPEN AND CLOSED
with a quick, positive action which reduces arcing. All
arcing is limited to the contact tips by the rolling motion
of the contacts, consequently there is no pitting or burn-
ing of that part of the contact where the load current
is carried. The line contactors are protected by mag-
netic blow-outs. The controller will operate in any posi-
tion as the contactors are spring actuated and their
operation is not affected by gravity. This type of con-
iroller can be supplied either with or without dynamic
Lraking and is applicable for use with motors on cranes,
L.i;;ts, crushers, bridges, roll and transfer tables and
practically all places employing this system of control.
"Anyangl" Lighting Fixture
The Miller Saw-Trimmer Co., Pittsburgh, Pa., has
placed on the market the "Anyangl" lighting fixture
shown in the illustration. The device is intended
especially for attachment to machine, so that light may
be concentrated upon the work. The lamp is provided
with a reflector and a cage for preventing breakage.
It can be swung in a complete circle either horizontally
or vertically or adjusted for height, it being necessary
r
, ^
^^pt--'
■
1
MILLER "ANYANGL" LIGHTING FIXTURE
788
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No. 17
to loosen only one thumbscrew for the purpose of
making the adjustment. It is claimed that, when
clamped, the position of the light is not disturbed by
vibration. The fixture can be furnished with a base
for bench use, and different lengths of upright and
crossarm can be supplied, if desired.
"Micro" Internal Grinding Machine
The "Micro" internal grinding machine shown in the
accompanying illustration is manufactured by the B. L.
Schmidt Co., Davenport, Iowa. The principal features
of the machine are the provision made for wet grinding
and the semi-automatic operation.
A heavy base is provided, a door in front giving access
to the water tank and pump. The drive shaft is mounted
at one end of the base, a support being provided to
steady its outer end. Either belt or motor drive can be
used, and an overhead countershaft is unnecessary.
One of the ways is flat and the other V-shaped. Lubri-
cation of the flat way is accomplished by means of felt
pads, while the V-way has fiber rollers running in oil
wells. A trough is mounted on the back of the bed to
convey water from the table to the tank in the base.
The table is power driven through a rack and its re-
versal is automatic, although it may be operated by
"MICRO" INTERNAL GRINDING MACHINE
.Specifications: Capacity; grinds Iioles 2i to 10 in. in diameter
up to 13 in. long (longer spindles fuinislied, if desired). Wheels;
diameter, 2 J to 6 in. ; face, 3 in. ; hole, IJ in. Wheel-spindle
speeds, 5,500 and 3,652 r.p.m. Main bearing. 7 x 16 in. Planetary
speeds, 48 and 25 r.p.m. Table; to center of spindle, 13 In.;
size, 19 X 48 in. ; speeds, 11, 6i, H, 4g, 3g and 2i in. per minjite.
Cross-slide; travel, 14 in.; adjustable to 34 in. Speed of drive
shaft, 265 r.p.m. Floor space ; over all, 110 x 42 in. ; base, 54 x 26
in. Height, 39 in. Weight, 4,000 lb.
hand. Water grooves are provided and extension plates
at each end protect the ways.
The headstock is mounted on the bed, the table travel-
ing under it. The rotating sleeve, or main bearing, in
the headstock is made of seasoned cast iron. The spindle
has an eccentric motion variable from 0 to IJ in. By
means of a clutch, the rotating sleeve can be stopped in
any position. The spindle is of hardened chrome-nickel
steel, 30-point carbon. It is made in two parts which
are connected by means of a flexible water-tight joint,
and it is supported by three bearings. The front and
center bearings are bronze, the rear one being an S. K.
F. ball bearing. The adjusting nut and the bearing at
the front end of the spindle serve to prevent oil from
reaching the wheel. A type of automatic wheel feed is
provided. It is possible to feed in units of 0.0001 in. by
means of push buttons provided on the headstock.
Thus, very fine adjustments of the cut can be obtained
without the necessity of stopping the machine.
The water or coolant is delivered through the center
of the spindle, the water connection being made of brass
and supported by ball bearings mounted on the rear of
the spindle. The pump is operated through gears con-
trolled by a lever moanted on the base of the machine.
The work is mounted on a cross-slide, the fixture
shown being intended for holding cylinder blocks. The
vertical adjustment is made by means of the screws at
the top. In addition to the cross-feed, the fixture can
be swivelled. Fixtures to suit special jobs can be
furnished.
Canton Drill Clamp
The Poyser-Bucher Co., Canton, Ohio, has placed on
the market the Canton drill clamp and support illus-
trated. This clamp was designed for use in conjunction
CANTON DRILL CLAMP
with portable drilling machines for drilling the flanges
and webs of I-beams, etc. The method of attaching the
device is shown in the illustration.
J. M.Jameson Speaks Before Philadelphia
Foundrymen's Association
The 300th meeting of the Philadelphia Foundrymen's
Association was held on Oct. 13 at the Manufacturers
Club, Philadelphia.
Joseph M. Jameson, vice-president of Girard College,
gave a talk on "Education for Industry." Some of the
points he conveyed were as follows: (1) Preliminary
education in the school of Girard College; (2) the train-
ing of apprentices; (3) part-time education between
the school and industry; (4) continued education for
those who are employed, such as night-school, etc.
Octobe. ^1, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
OU"'^'
788a
The Olympia Machine-Tool Exhibition
and Resuhs
[This and the following two articles are reprinted from the
European edition of the American Machinist and will serve to
show how our English cousins regard coming machme-tool com-
petition.]
The Machine Tool and Engineering Exhibition which
closes on the date of publication of this issue must be
pronounced a very distinct success as a display of
engineering tools and products. Some of the technical
lessons to be learned by the visitor have been indicated
in these columns during the past few weeks.
Whether the success of the show in a commercial
sense has been as great is a matter which is still
uncertain; in any case it cannot be decided for some
little time. Seed has been sown and the future will
determine what develops. Undoubtedly some of the
firms have met with success as measured in the most
direct manner by orders received. Others have extended
their circle of friends and acquaintances, the exhibi-
tion affording means by which they and their products
became better known to potential clients. But it must
be confessed that, unless the last few days have shown
a very distinct change, a considerable number of
exhibitors who judge by orders negotiated will have to
regard their success as distinctly qualified.
An exhibition, even if of such a satisfactory character
as that of the Olympia display, cannot really stand
against a definite trade decline, with all the uncertain-
ties of labor troubles, etc., and this is clearly shown in
Germany, as explained on this page, based on informa-
tion from a correspondent.
At Olympia many of the firms who have expressed
themselves satisfied are relatively small or such as may
be regarded as newcomers compared with firms whose
names among engineers are household words. To these
the merchant on the one hand and the small private
buyer on the other have proved good friends, and it is
possibly among exhibitors of this class that the chief
successes have been gained.
The Failure of the Leipzig
Technical Fair
It is openly acknowledged in Germany that from a
business viewpoint the Leipzig fair was a complete
failure. It cannot be said that this result was wholly
unexpected, for it was clearly realized in industrial
circles that in view of the business stagnation still
obtaining in Germany no great volume of business
would be done, but the utter absence of any buying
activity worth mentioning left exhibitors almost dum-
founded. There were approximately 3,440 exhibitors
at the fair, which was attended by 34,000 visitors.
The various industries were well represented in
separate sections in order to facilitate survey, and the
machine-tool section, represented by the association of
German machine-tool makers, was — as usually — the
focus of the exhibition. We are assured by a corre-
spondent that both as regards quality of material and
workmanship the exhibits showed distinct signs of
improvement and return to pre-war standards. Sub-
stitute material has materially decreased in use, being
employed only wherever a saving could be effected with-
out impairing the strength, quality or appearance of the
part concerned. Thus the outward appearance of the
fair was as brilliant as could be. Sales, however, were
lagging to an unexpected extent.
Beyond this, it would appear that the detaching of
the technical fair from the general sample fair— hailed
with great satisfaction at its inauguration at the last
spring fair has turned out anything but a success and
has given rise to rather pronounced criticism and even
hostility on the part of the exhibiting firms toward the
management. Negotiations toward reuniting the two
fairs are proceeding, and it is generally held that this
will have been the last of the technical fairs held
separately.
Various reasons are being advanced in explanation of
the failure. The salient facts are the high prices and
the overstocking of the machine-tool producing
countries, not forgetting the improvement in the
German exchange which, though latterly again down-
ward, rendered buying in the German market half a
year ago much more profitable.
American Machine Tools at Olympia:
What Is the Lesson?
By S. Haughton.
What can the British machine-tool maker learn from
the "Olympian" display? To this question we shall
attempt an answer.
The exhibits are preponderantly British. The com-
mendatory remarks of American visitors on our work
have been pleasing to British ears; for the chief com-
petitor's praise is praise indeed. That our machine-tool
makers have made great strides and are still advancing
is the general concession. • The only doubt that remains
is as to whether we have completely made up the leeway
and got a little ahead, or whether the advance on both
sides has been proportionate, leaving us still behind.
These are the diverse asseverations, perhaps beliefs, of
different people, all justifiaMe, no doubt, from par-
ticular viewpoints. Well, after a presentation of the
whole of the evidence and an impartial summing-up,
the verdict would probably be pleasing to all parties.
It would, we are convinced, indicate a general improve-
ment in which our share is unexpectedly but not over-
whelmingly large; that neither side is so nearly perfect
that one cannot learn from the other; that though ways
differ they may lead equally directly to the same end;
that, after all, seeming superiorities or inferiorities
may be but differences due to dissimilar but not neces-
sarily better or worse methods, organizations or equip-
ment, and to dissimilar demands.
What can we learn from the display of America?
Much. But when one begins to particularize selecting
for study those types of machines for which America
has become justly famous, the question always rises
whether the lessons when learned will be of more than
academic value, at least until the time has come when
our conditions more nearly approach those of that
country. For we still lag in mass manufacture, the
very raison d' etre for many of the lines in which
America excels and probably the fount from which
flowed its excellence.
Consider automatics, the name by which, unqualified,
we know those machines of lathe type adapted for the
production of comparatively small pieces from the bar,
from castings or from forgings. Here America
undoubtedly led, if not in invention at least in develop-
ment, to that high degree of perfection one associates
with and really finds in the Brown & Sharpe, the
Cleveland, the Acme, the Bridley, the Potter & Johnson
and other machines. Home (American) demands alone
788b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
FIRMS
J
1
■f
{
4
E
3
z
1
1
j
I
1
?
J
J
1
X
**
s
i
T3
Z
J
1
?
J
1
1
I
a
1
i
u
1
"3
'■i
•
i
s
■I
s
1
a
I
1
z
n
«
J
1
•
0.
ti.
1
3
J
s
1
1
[1.
J
s
?
J
1
z
o
*
S
1
i
m
i
■5
1
1
}
i
J
0
3
4
.s
£
i
u
.1
1
6
1
i
1
J
1
J
<■
£
1
X
1
1
3
f
1
s
1
<
•
■
1
:
M
i
i
■
r
1
i
J
1
5
1
<j
•*
1
•
s
c
o
«
i
1
-J
.2
a:
1
-I
i
£
1
5
s
i
i
1
i
t
i
i
c
j
i
t
t
i
i
i
1
i
1
i
1
i
1
t
i
1
i
1
}
1
i
i
z
s
i
t
i.
i
i
J
i
1
m
i
3
J
i
J
i
1
\
i
i
1
1
\
i
^
i
1
3
i
V
1
on
1
z
*•
I
I
J
1
z
f
1
1
J
i
*
M
1
?
i
'J
' i
1
:
z
-?
1
1
Alexander, G. H., Machinery
Co.. Lid. ....
•
o
*
•
0
0
•
0
Archdale. Jamei, & Co., Lid. •
•
•
•
Aiquith, Wm., Ltd.
•
Aiiociated Brilith Machine
Tool Maker.. Lid.
•
•
O
0
•
Alkin., H. F., Ltd. ■
•
•
•
•
•
Atlas Engineering Co., Ltd. •
•
•
•
•
•
August's Muffle Furnaces, Ltd.
0
Barnes. John W.. Ltd -
•
•
•
•
Birch, John & Co., Ltd.
0
Blacker, Ltd. ....
•
0
o
Brayshaw Furnaces& Tools. Ltd.
0
o
Brett's Patent Lifter Co., Ltd.
•
•
Britannia Foundry Co., Ltd. •
0
o
o
Brooke Tool Manufacturing
Co., Ltd. ....
e
0
Brown, David, & Sons,
(Huddersfield). Ltd. -
•
Brown & Ward, Ltd. •
•
•
o
•
o
B.S.A. Tools, Lid. . . .
o
Burton, Griffiths, & Co.. Llil.
o
0
o
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
o
o
•
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
•
•
o
0
Butler Machine Tool Co., Ltd.
•
•
•
Bullerworth, A.. & Co. •
•
Carborundum Co., Lid. -
o
Carr, J. W., & Co., Lid. • -
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Centaur Tool Works, Ltd. •
o
o
O
o
o
0
o
o
O
o
Chelsea Precision Tools, Ltd. .
0
Churchill, Charles, & Co.
o
•
•
o
o
o
O
o
0
•
•
o
•
•
•
•
•
0
o
•
•
•
•
O
o
0
Colchester Lathe Co. •
o
•
Consolidaled Pneumatic Tool
Co., Ltd. ....
o
Craig & Donald. Ltd. •
O
Crossley & Co.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
O
Cunliffe & Croom, Ltd. -
•
•
o
O
•
o
Darling & Sellers, Ltd. -
o
o
Dean, Smith, & Grace, Ltd. •
•
Denham's Engineering Co.. Lid.
•
•
Dnice, E. H., & Co., Ltd. ■
o
0
o
o
o
o
o
o
Drummond Bros., Ltd. .
•
•
•
^
•
•
o
Farmer & Ca ....
•
•
0
•
o
o
•
•
•
•
•
o
°
o
0
0
Firlh. Thos., & Sons, Ltd.
0
Goodchild & Partners, Ltd. •
0
o
o
p
Greenwood & Battey, Ltd. .
0
Harper, Sons, & Bean, Ltd. *
•
•
Hatch. George, Ltd.
o
o
o
0
0
Herbert, Alfred, Ltd.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
T
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
o
Herbert, Edward G.. Ltd. .
•
Hill. Isaac, & Sons ■
•
•
Holbrook & Sons -
0
o
•
Holroyd, John. & Co., Ltd. ■
•
o
o
•
o
•
•
o
•
O
0
•
•
•
•
o
0
Irwin & Jones. Ltd.
•
•
•
•
MACHINE TOOL .\ND ENGINEERING EXHIBITION
GRAPHIC GUIDE TO THE EXHIBITS: Thi.s chart will enable the woiks manager or engineer who wishes to stmly Uie va-
can see at a glance which of the firms demon.^trated a particular tool by rur.nir.g it and not merely making a display of stationary
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
788c
Firms
j
1
Z
z
1
1
i
z
1
I
i
J
i
.i
:
z
1
i
1
h
1
?
1
i
I
1
J
1
9
3
U
■5
«
o:
I
i
a
1
1
1
■8
4
Z
I
1
••
?
Lb
1
:
X
1
u.
!
1
z
1
1
1
i
1
o
1
u
s
1
«
1
1
c
o
i
I
=>
4
a
i
1
>-
i
0
1
i
5
1
6
i
«
z
E
Z
1
1
k
1
<
•
r
i
1
J
J
3
1-
1
i
i
J
•
■J
1
1
c
1
i
1
:
X
\
i
i.
It.
\
s
z
2
■
1
s
J
z
■0
z
M
C
z
3
1
z
i
>
i
z
z
\
i
J
*
Z
s
J
t.
1
a.
4
>
i
J
1
i
:2
z
E
?
i
■s
i
J
«
z
>
i
-
1
z
1
z
1
i
1
z
1
i
1
i
in
i
K
1
s
z
4
i
i
1
■y
i
i
i
-i
?
Jonct, A. A., Sl Shipmani Ltd.
•
•
e
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
O
•
•
•
o
Joyce. Ltd. ....
0
o
0
o
O
o
o
Kcarni. H. W., & Co.. Lid. .
•
Kendall & Cent, Ltd. -
•
•
•
Lang, John, & Son*. Ltd.
0
•
•
•
0
Lath, RobrrI K., Lid. .•
O
b
O
O
o
0
Lehmanh, Archer & Cc Lid.
0
Lloyd, Richard. & Co., Lid. .
0
0
0
o
°
o
o
Luke Sc Spencer, Ltd. .
0
0
Lumiden Machine Co., Ltd.
•
•
Macnab & Co.
o
•
Mawey. B & S.. Ltd.
O
O
Mid|ley & Sutcliffe
•
•
Milnei, Henry.
•
•
0
New Fortuna Machine Co., Lid.
0
O
0
•
O
0
Oliver Machinery Co., Ltd
•
>
m
•
•
o
Ofmerodt Tool Co., Ltd
0
•
Oiborn, S . & Co., Lid. ■
•
•
o
Parkinton, J., A Sons •
•
•
Perkin & Co., Ltd.
o
•
•
•
o
o
o
Pillert Ventilalini k En|ineer-
ing Co.; Lid.
o
Pollard, F., & Co, Lid. ■
•
•
•
•
Pollock & Macnab. Ltd. -
•
•
o
Power Plani Co, Ltd.
•
Pratt, F., A Co., Ltd.
o
Ranaome, A., & Co., Ltd.
•
Redman, C, & Soni. Ltd.
o
•
Richard!. George, & Co., Lid.
•
O
•
Robinson, T , & Son. Ltd.
•
Ryder, T.. & Sons. Ltd. ■
o
•
o
Selaon Engineering Co., Ltd. •
0
•
•
O
•
o
o
o
•
o
0
•
0
0
Shanka, Tho. . & Co. . .
•
'
.Smith Sl Coventry, Ltd.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Smith, Barker & Willion, Ltd.
o
o
Slirk, John, & Soni, Ltd
•
•
Stone, J. B., It Co.. Ltd.
•
0
Swift, George, A Sons, Ltd. •
•
•
Tanfyea, Ltd. .
o
Taylor. Charles (Birmia(kani).Ltd.
•
•
0
0
•
Tipibrell & Wright Machine
'Tool and Engineering Co., Ltd.
•
•
•
Universal Orinding Wheel Co.
0
Wadk.n & Co.
•
Wadkin, Mills & Co.. Lid.
0
Walber, W. A.. 4 Co. .
•
o
0
0
o
Waid. H. W, & Co. Lid .
•
Ward Haggat & Smilh .
•
•
Weardeo. Louii & Cuytec
(London), lid . . .
o
Webster & Bennell. Lid
•
0
0
o
Wicl<stt.(d, Charles. & Co Ltd
•
0
Wrigley. E. C., A Ct.. Lid.-
_^
_
o
I AT OI^IMI'IA, W., ENOI^AND, .SEPT. 4 TO 2.1
riou.s examples of a B'ven line of tools or appliances to pick out the firms that displayed these partiouh'r tools, etc.
machines. The open circles represc:" t ftationary tools, and the black circles running tools.
Moreover, he
788d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 17
were probably large enough to insure that incentive, in
competition, to the continual study essential to quality
and quantity progress. Only by the greatest effort and
the best of good fortune, in invention say, can we hope
to make up the leeway. Obviously, from American auto-
matics we have much to learn, and when we have
learned, the embodying of our knowledge in practical
machines can easily lead to failure, for there is the
danger that by the time our machines are on the market
our friends on the other side will have brought down
the things they had up their sleeve ready to meet the
anticipated competition of the newcomer. It is a start-
ling fact that only to one British machine-tool concern
can we attach any reputation worth the name as manu-
facturers of really high-grade automatics, and then
only as makers of the larger chucking automatics. A
few there are, however, who are making a bid by
machines possessing new and claimed-to-be improved
features.
Still there is hope for the British machine-tool maker,
for users of automatics well know that most machines
suffer from disabilities that appear inseparable from
their present construction — cams and their shafts yield,
chucking devices fail. There is certainly scope for
radical improvements. From known weaknesses the
designer can learn that room exists for invention, that
invention must strike at the very roots of most current
designs if success in competition with them is to be
achieved.
All that has been said respecting automatics will
apply with little modification to modern grinding
machines. The numerous American specialists in the
higher-grade machines have but one British specialist
to fear, and, if one can judge from the extraordinarily
rapid expansion of this firm, the competition must have
been felt severely. The presence at Olympia of an
American machine possessing many new and attractive
features before that machine had been offered at home
suggests a recognition of this competition and a will to
counteract it.
The Broader Field for Engineering
Engineering in some form or other enters into
or affects every business and every life. It is a
profession which by its nature has to do with
improving the public welfare. "The time has
arrived in our national development when we
must have a definite national program in the de-
velopment of our. great engiyieeriyig p^-oblems,"
says one of our foremost engineers.
SOME of the reasons for forming the organization
of engineering societies known as the Federated
Am.erican Engineering Societies are given in the
following excerpt from the address of Arthur P. Davis,
president of the A. S. C. E., at the annual convention
of the society in Portland, Oregon.
The demand for active participation of all engineers in
civic and other work for the general benefit of mankind
and the advancement of the engineering profession has been
growing for many years and is greater today than ever
before. Various plans for accomplishing this purpose are
suggested and the pressure has been such that the American
Society of Civil Engineers and the other founder societies
have each taken a more or less active part in such work.
Recognizing the necessity of combining efforts in this
line and also the desirability of somewhat separating such
activities from the technical functions of these societies
Engineering Council was formed with the idea that it
would represent the four founder societies and gradually
add to this number through powers conferi'ed upon it for
that purpose. It has in the three years of its existence
added the American Society for Testing Materials anu the
American Railway Engineering Association but is still far
from embracing all of the engineering societies of the
country. It has some fundamental weaknesses. It lacks
in representative character and democracy and is without
power to raise funds, but must depend upon voluntary con-
tributions from its constituent societies and others. Experi-
ence has shown that these deficiencies can be best remedied
by substituting a league or federation designed to include
all of the engineering societies, national, state, regional and
local.
A constitution to this effect was adopted at the con-
vention in Washingrton in June. The federation does not
provide for any individual members but is merely an instru-
ment for combining the efforts of existing societies by form-
ing them into a federation with definite powers and provided
with sufficient funds to accomplish its purpose.
Measures of great importance to the world, to our coun-
try and to our profession demand immediate and vigorous
attention and it is imperative that they have behind them
the unified efforts of all the organized engineers of the
country and all the prestige that the greatest, the oldest
and the most eminent societies can offer.
Among these measures are the unification of the engi-
neering work of the government under one departm jnt with
a technical head. This will promote efficiency and eliminate
waste; and what is more important, will serve as a precedent
for the reorganization of other departments along similar
lines of homogeneity, efficiency and economy.
The spirit of progressive movement is summarized in the
terms "service through co-operation." It means service to
mankind, to our country, to our profession and to ourselves.
It cannot reach its fullest expression without the active
co-operation and influence of every engineering organization
in the country.
We cannot act effectively unless united and by calmly
reasoning together on pressing questions, guided by the
pole star of righteousness, we can unite upon fundamental
principles and make our influence for good a power in the
land and only thus can we perform the duty we owe to
ourselves to our fellowmen and to posterity.
Excerpts from Hoover's Address
Herbert Hoover, president of the American Institute
of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, in his address
to the society at Minneapolis, described the field of th?
engineer in the broader sense. The following excerpt
tells what are our great engineering problems and deals
with their development.
The time has arrived in our national development when
we must have a definite national program in the develop-
ment of our great engineering problems. Our rail and
water transport, our water supplies for irrigation, the pro-
vision of future fuel resources, the development and distri-
bution of electrical power, all cry out for some broad-
visioned national guidance. We must create a national en-
gineering sense of provision for the nation as a whole. If
we are to develop this national sense of engineering and
its relations to our great human problems it must receive
the advocacy of such institutions as this.
We, together with our sister engineering societies, repre-
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
788e
sent the engineers of the United States. It is our duty as
citizens to give voice to those critical matters of national
policy which our daily contact with this, the fundamentally
constructive profession, illuminates to us. J*ist as medical
associations voice the necessity of safeguards to national
health; as the bar associations safeguard our judiciary, so
the engineers should exert themselves in our national engi-
neering policies. We have none, but we need some, or the
next generation will face a lower instead of a higher stand-
ard of living than ours.
Must Co-ordinate Development
The development of our transportation, fuel, power and
water under private initiative has been one of the stimuli
that have created the greatness of our people. It has been
easy to compass when the problems were more local and
filled with speculative profits. There however arises a time
when this haphazard development must be co-ordinated in
order to secure its best results to the nation as a whole.
This system has given us a 50 per cent result; if we are to
have 100 per cent we must have a national conception and
national guidance. This last 50 per cent involves problems
beyond individual initiative alone.
Not only is individual initiative insufficient because the
problems involve political, financial, interstate matters be-
yond corporate ability, but we have, with practically unani-
mous consent of the country, adopted a policy of the limita-
tion of profits in the operation of public transportation and
power and some other utilities, and through the pressure
of public opinion we are rapidly coming to a limitation of
profit in the development of other large sections of national
resources which tend to become natural monopolies. While
the limitations of these profits makes for public good, on
the other hand they also militate against individualistic
development of national resources and necessitate the co-
operation of the community as a whole to secure initiative
for wider development in the national sense.
Conservation Is National Concern
Certain of our national resources have always been in
national ownership, such as waterways. Certain others,
such as reclamation, irrigation, distribution of water for
power, are rapidly coming under Government control. In
others, such as timber, coal, and oil, the possible exhaustion
brings their conservation or provision for the nation's future
into national concern. In our railway problem national
action has until recently been directed wholly to limitation
of profits. Latterly it has undertaken to regulate wages and
give some small recognition to the necessity of equipment.
But microscopic attention has been given to the greater
problem of how to get more transportation, to get it so
organized as to secure real economic operation in its broad
sense.
Mountain Water Storage Problems
Of other problems akin to this, we are confronted through-
out the West with the fact that a large portion of our
average low water supply is already under engagement for
irrigation and power. The time has come when that expan-
sion of the land available for cultivation, or into more inten-
sive cultivation, is a factor of mountain storage of water
to increase our stream flows in the low season. We have
thus a storage problem on a scale we have not hitherto
dreamed of, and, again, it is a problem involving co-opera-
tion in financial and economic distribution and navigation —
interstate questions, in which individual initiative must have
the assistance of the community.
Another series of such problems lies in our oil supplies.
If we are to have a mercantile marine and to maiiitain our
navy on a basis of equivalent efficiency with foreign navies,
if we are to maintain the development of the gas engine —
the greatest lift in our standard of living and saving of
labor in fifty years — we are confronted with the necessity of
securing additional oil supplies from outside our own boun-
daries. Our own supplies, so far as now known, do not
represent twenty-five years at our present rate of consump-
tion. The Institute many months ago was the fir<^'- to give
warning to the Federal Government of the gradual absorp-
tion of all of the oil sources of the world by other great
powers and that within a short time we should be depend-
ent upon the good will of those powers for our necessary
oil supplies. No private individual can compete with
foreign governments in the measures that they are adopting
to hog the resources of the world. This problem again is an
engineering problem that reqiaires more than private
initiative.
Transportation
A problem of even more pressing importance than these
is the whole question of transportation. Our inability to
move the commodities which we create is stifling production.
It is increasing the cost of distribution and has placed a
tax on the American people in decreased production and in-
creased cost of distribution greater than all the taxes im-
posed by the war.
Congressional Waste
We have been dabbling in the improvement of water
transportation of the United States for 100 years, and so
far as I know never yet have we considered it as a problem
requiring complete co-ordination of the entire transport
problem for the whole country.
One result of the policy pursued has been that our water-
ways have been so badly handled that they have not been
able even to compete with the railways, and today, with an
enormous increase in railway rates, we find ourselves utterly
unable to handle the great bulk commodities of the country
at the possible lower charge over our waterways. The
opening of the St. Lawrence to ocean-going vessels means
5 cents a bushel to every farmer in ten states. Likewise of
no less importance to the people of the entire country are
our internal waterways.
These projects have a simple result in the engineer's
mind; they make greater production possible with less
human eff'ort; they increase the standard of life; they
provide for our children. All these problems are much akin,
and the time has come when they need some illumination,
guidance, and co-operation in their solution from the Fede-
ral Government. Nor do I mean a vast extension of Federal
bureaucracy in Federal ownership. If in the first instance,
through an agency of the central government, we could
have an adequate study and preparation of plan and method
made of these problems of engineering development over the
next fifty years, viewed solely in their national aspects, we
would have taken the first step toward the adequate provi-
sion of an increasing standard of living and a lower cost of
living for our descendants.
Government of Co-operation
The second step is to determine that our government will
be a government of co-operation limiting profits surely, but
holding to individual initiative as the single hope of human
development. In order that we shall have some central
point in the Federal Government where these problems may
be adequately considered, from which they can be ventilated
for the verdict opinion, where the business brain of the
country can be called into conference and co-operation with
the government, and therefore with the people, the engi-
neers of the United States have proposed time and again
that a cabinet department should be established in Washing-
ton, either new or to replace the Interior Department, to
which should be assigned the whole question of public
works.
You are familiar enough with the advantages of such a
department from an everyday administration point of view,
and enormous saving to the government from the duplics;-
tion or competition of the six or seven departments now en-
gaged in engineering construction work of this character,
but on this occasion I wish to call your attention to the fact
that such a department has become an essential from the
point of view of proper consideration and presentation to the
American people of these broader national engineering prob-
lems, upon which the next generation must depend if our
country is to march forward.
788f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
KS FROM TMi
Valeniine Francis
Annual Meeting of the American Foundrymen's Association
Convention Most Successful Thus Far Held — Ohio State Fair Associ-
ation Buildings Used for the 236 Exhibits — Some of the Papers
Read — W. E. Bean Selected as President for Coming Year
The success that has attended the
annual meetings of the American
Foundrymen's Association in the past
was even more marked in connection
with the convention held this year in
Columbus, Ohio, from Oct. 4 to 8 in-
clusive. As has been customary, the
Institute of Metals Division of the
American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers held its meet-
ing in connection with the Foundry-
men's meeting. It will be remembered
that the Metals Division several years
ago absorbed the old Brass Foundry-
men's Association, so that its repre-
sentatives were beyond doubt equally
interested in foundry problems.
This year's exhibition was in extent
and number of the exhibits actually the
greatest staged for the entertainment
and interest of the visiting foundry-
men. Its size was made possible by
its location in the many buildings of
the Ohio State Fair Association and
these with their wide acreage of floor
space offered exceptional possibilities
for both spreading the many exhibits
to the best advantage and permitttinu
many to participate who have not beer
able to obtain accommodations in the
past.
Sb^ten Buildings Used
Seven buildings were used for the 236
exhibits entered, which were grouped
to some extent in classes. As an in-
stance of the grouping it may be men-
tioned that all the machine-tool and
kindred supply exhibits were grouped
in one building and while the exhibits
there shown by no means covered all
classes of machine tools, there were
enough to attract considerable interest.
The molding-machine exhibitors and
foundry specialists had arranged a
number of exhibits, many of them with
operating equipment that proved highly
instructive. The various manufactur-
ers of welding and cutting equipment
had likewise made arrangement by
which they were in most cases able to
show their devices actually in opera-
tion.
Some comment was noted to the effect
that many of the old-timers were not
in evidence at the convention and many
familiar faces were no doubt missing
from one cause or another. However,
many probably failed to meet their
friends due to the scattered nature of
the hotel accommodations. All hotels
were far too congested for comfort,
over 4,000 being registered as members
and visitors.
The technical meetings were in most
Largest Welded Tank
What is perhaps the largest welded
tank ever built was recently completed
by the Welded Products Co. at Birming-
ham, Ala., for the Liquid Carbonic Co.
THE LARO-EST WELDED TAXK
The tank is 22 ft. in diameter and
stands 30 ft. high. It was made of
J-in. steel plate, joined at the seams
by oxy-ecetylene welding. The big tank
has satisfactorily withstood the re-
quired tests and has been found to be
gas tight in all of the welded seams
under excess-of-working pressures.
cases held in the Amphitheatre under
the direction of the officers who were
responsible for the success of this
year's program. These officers in-
cluded: C. S. Koch, Ft. Pitt Steel
Casting Co., McKeesport, Pa., presi-
dent; W. R. Bean, Eastern Mal-
leable Iron Co., Naugatuck, Conn., vice
president; and C. E. Hoyt, secretary-
treasurer.
There was a total of ten technical
sessions so arranged that on only two
occasions were two meetings under way
simultaneously. The sessions included
three devoted to general topics of in-
terest to all foundrymen, two for steel
topics, two for non-ferrous and one for
malleable-iron subjects and two de-
voted to the discussion of topics in
connection with industrial relations.
Sherwin on Castings
Among the speakers at the opening
session was Leroy Sherwin of the
Browne & Sharpe Manufacturing Co.,
Providence, who spoke on the topic,
"Making High Grade Castings for
Milling Machine Tables." Mr. Sher-
win discussed the methods used in his
own plant to produce such castings, on
which he stated that the service re-
quirements were very severe. A cast-
ing is desired which is close in grain,
giving a hard, smooth-polished surface
after machining and it must be free
from either external or internal po-
rosity. The patterns, the design of
which play an important part in ob-
taining good castings, are arranged so
that the mold will be entirely in the
drag. It was found that the V-ways
and oil ways were likely to be cut and
washed when the molten metal ran
over them when molded in green sand,
so that now these portions are cast in
dry sand cores. A careful selection is
made of the molding sand and the
molds are faced with a mixture of sand
and sea-coal in which the proportion
of sea-coal to sand is seven to one.
Horn sprues are used for gating the
castings so that the molten metal enters
the mold from the bottom through two
sprues at each end. Two risers are
used located at equal distances from
the center of the casting.
The cupola mixture is made up of
1,000 lb. of pig iron containing 300 lb.
of eastern Pennsylvania low silicon,
400 lb. of northern and 300 lb. of south-
ern pig iron, to which are added 250
lb. of steel scrap, 250 lb. of car wheels
and 500 lb. of returned sprues and
scrap. This mixture is calculated on
the basis of a 2,000-lb. charge, but
3,000-lb. charges are actually used in
the cupola and are made up accord-
ingly. A close check is made daily on
the analysis of the resultant castings.
They are found to run approximately:
S'licon: 1.300; sulphur. 0.115; phos-
phorus, 0.440; manganese, 0.550; com-
bined carbon, 0.760: graphitic carbon,
2.540; total carbon, 3.300.
The charging of the cupola is done
by hand. The steel scrap is placed on
top of the coke, the pig iron close to
the lining and the remainder of the
scrap over them. All sprues and scrap
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
788g
used in the mixture are rattled before
going to the cupola to reduce the
amount of clay, sand and dirt carried
into the charge. The cupola is tapped
into a receiving mixing ladle which
insures against the receipt of only a
partial charge and variable mixture.
MOLDENKE ON ZIRCONIUM IN CAST IRON
Richard Moldenke spoke on the uses
of the element zirconium in cast iron.
He has conducted a number of experi-
ments comparing the use of this ele-
ment with vanadium, titanium and
similar elements which have been used
in the past as deoxidizers of cast iron.
His conclusions were that while some
beneficial effect could be obtained from
its use in gray iron, at a strength of
approximately 0.10 per cent, still the
results obtained in east iron did not
compare favorably with similar results
which could be obtained from its use
in steel.
A plea for the standardization of the
design and construction of patterns for
steel castings was made by K. V.
Wheeler, of the Lebanon Steel Foun-
dries, Lebanon, Pa. He called atten-
tion to the large number of impractical
patterns from the commercial stand-
point which are submitted to the
average steel foundry. He stated that
a few foundries have taken steps to
install a systematic inspection of all
patterns received and then call the
customers' attention to patterns which
are suitable for intensive production
and good castings. Among the points
made was that some foundries ask for
as much as i-in. finish allowance while
others require only I'a in. or in some
cases 4 in. or even less finish. A
standardization in this line would let
the customer know better how to order
his patterns to insure a good quality
of finish when it came to machining.
Another plea vras for standardization
of the pattern limits with respect to
the length and breadth of average
castings thus permitting better use of
standard molding equipment.
Gale on Pulverized Coal
Those who have been interested in
the subject concerning the substitution
of pulverized coal to replace oil and
gas in industrial furnaces will be in-
terested in the experiences detailed by
C. H. Gale, of the Pressed Steel Car
Co., Pittsburgh. He spoke of ex-
periences in a foundry where pulverized
coal was substituted as a fuel for gas
and oil in annealing furnaces. Certain
changes in the physical characteristics
(Continued on page 788])
Industrial Conditions in Spain
That Country Declared To Offer Greater Opportunities Than the
Whole of South America — American Machinery Gaining
in Popularity in Spite of Exchange Rates
Spain affords a good market for
American machine tools, according to
Henry S. Moos, director of the Amer-
ican Machinery Corporation (Sociedad
Anonima Espaiiola) Madrid and the
Sindicato de Maquinaria Americana,
Bilbao. Just how good the Spanish
Five More Societies
Join F. A, E. S.
The joint conference committee
of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies announces five
additional members, raising the
total to nine members:
Kngrineering Association of Nasli-
vllle. On June 7. 1920, this associa-
tion voted to become a cliarter-
member
American Institute of Cliemieal
KnfciiieerH. At its meeting of .June
29. 1920. the institute voted to join.
Kngineerins: Society of KufTalo. At
the meeting of Sept. 21. 1920, the
society voted, unanimously, that it
become a charter-member.
American InHtitute of Mining: and
AletallurRical fin^ineers. At its
meeting on Sept. 24. 1920, the board
of direction voted to become a char-
ter-meml>er.
Societ.v of Industrial Knglneers.
The board of directors of the society
have voted to become a charter-
member.
The other four members are
the American Society of Mechan-
ical Engineers, American Insti-
tute of Electrical Engineers,
Technical Club of Dallas and the
Cleveland Engineering Society,
market is may be judged from his
statement that Spain offers opportun-
ities greater than those of the whole
cf South America. Conditions pertain-
ing in Spain are outlined in the follow-
ing paragraphs, written, as the result
of an interview with Mr. Moos.
We are not accustomed to think of
Spain as a manufacturing nation, prob-
ably because we think chiefly in terms
of machine tools. The fact is that there
is a great deal of manufacture of such
things as cork, olive oil, clothing, sugar,
paper and hardware, and more recently
ships and machinery.
Eight to ten years ago, with buyers
of machine tools, price was the only
consideration. An 18 in. x 8 ft. lathe
meant a lathe of 8 foot bed that would
swing 18 in., without regard to
strength, design, power or attachments.
The lowest bidder got the order. The
successful bidders as a rule were the
Germans and the Swiss. There was
not a great market because of the
availability of imported manufactured
goods and machines and therefore little
incentive to make them. This situation
v.hen summed up means that there was
before the war no machine-tool indus-
try in Spain.
Machine Shops Started
As soon as the import supply was
cut off by the war machine shops
started and at the close of the war
there were about a dozen real shops
manufacturing sue!, machines as lathes,
drilling machines, milling machines,
shapers, planers, punches, shears and
stamping presses. These machines
were being made to some extent on
American machines, which had been
bought at prices several times as great
as those of the flimsy German and Swiss
machines which they replaced, or which
were in competition with them in the
market.
With trade resumed more American
machines than others are being sold.
This is true in spite of the fact that
the dollar is equal to 7 pesetas. The
point of view of the manufacturer and
the dealer has changed from one which
asked "How much does it cost?" to
one which asks "What will it do?" In
other words, the trade is being built up
on eiiiciency lines. The dealer who is
the most successful is selling the man-
ufacturer what he needs rather than
what he thinks he wants. He is not
in any way forcing sales because he
has the right goods to sell and the
right records of production and dollars
saved on production with which to con-
vince his customers of the truth of his
statements. Let it be said here that if
the dealer approaches his customer in
the right manner, which means on a
strictly business basis, he will find an
attentive ear.
U, S. Machinery and Labor
The dealer is in a position to know
methods and to know machines. It is
then his business to educate his cus-
tomers and to advise them. If a cus-
tomer has it in mind to buy a cheap
tool which will not bring results it is
a part of the dealer's duty to educate
lim out of it; and it is just as much of
a duty to prevent his buying one of the
dealer's own good machines if he does
not need it. It is in this way that
788h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol, 53, No. 17
American machines are being sold in
Spain today.
A further aid to the sales of Amer-
ican machines, which incidentally are
being recognized as real producers, is
the fact that their accuracy allows a
less skilled class of labor to operate
them. Old German machines with
which Spain was equipped lacked so
much in quality that they required good
machinists to turn out good work on
them. Such a situation made the good
machinists feel indispensable with the
very natural result that there were
many strikes. With the modern Amer-
ican machine operated by a compara-
tively unskilled laborer and the skilled
machinists confined to the "set-up" or
"adjuster" class, such trouble has been
reduced to a great extent.
Five to seven years ago, a good ma-
chinist was making from $1 to $1.30 a
day, whereas he now gets around $3
or possibly a little more. A shop
superintendent will get about $140 a
month.
Import Duty
The import duty on machinery is at
present $4 per hundred kilos. There is
a governmental tendency to increase
this duty, but there is no certainty that
it will be done, because it is believed
♦^hat the sound argument that machin-
ery is one of Spain's greatest present
needs will be listened to. Spain is not
ready to go on her own, in fact she is
in a position where she will help her-
self most by buying American tools
and letting them into the country with-
out being subject to high duty.
So far as concerns general conditions
in Spain they rather closely parallel
those in the U. S. The actual prices
in American money are lower, but
comparatively they are about the
same. Foodstuff, clothing, rents, real
estate, automobiles and machine tools
are high. The government is making
an attempt to lower the cost of living
by buying grain and cold storage food
from Argentina and is sending govern-
ment freighters to get them. In some
of the larger cities apartment houses
have been turned into offices which
means that building has been very slow
and has its effect on keeping rents up.
Labor unions are strong and in some
cases, at least, not wise. For example,
they have ruled that none of their
members may engage in piece work.
The government is at present giving
attention to prospective legislation
concerning contracts between employers
and workmen. Eight hours per day is
the official working day for employees
of private entei'prises as well as gov-
ernment plants.
Railroads in Poor Condition
The railroads are in poor shape. The
rates are so low in comparison to wage
expenditure that equipment cannot be
kept in first-class condition and expan-
sion cannot be considered. It is be-
lieved that the government will take
steps to relieve this situation, at the
same time in all probability keeping
rates on foodstuffs and like necessi-
ties low.
Spain is well along in water-power
development. The smallest village is
almost certain to have electric lights.
Its mayor, though he may not be able
to sign his name, will in all probability
have electric light and an electric iron
in his home. The greater part of the
electric power required is generated by
water power.
Spain, though an old country, offers
a large field for development and for
the sale of machinery and this field is
increased by the Spanish zone of Mor-
rocco which is rich in iron and silver
and is reputed to contain oil. The trend
is toward modern methods of manufac-
ture and development, which means
greater requirements for machinery
and according to present signs, Amer-
ican machinery especially.
Annual Meeting of American Manufacturers*
Export Association
Membership Opened to Banks and Steamship Companies — Important
Discussions on Financing of Foreign Trade, Taxation and Latin-
American Markets — W. C. Redfield Elected President
One of the most successful meetings
in its history was held at the Waldorf-
Astoria, New York City, on October
14 by the American Manufacturers'
Export Association. At the business
session in the morning an amendment
to the constitution was adopted open-
ing the membership circle to banks and
steamship and shipping companies. It
was felt that the addition, of these
bodies to the organization would in-
crease its strength and improve the
chances of favorable action when it
appeared before government boards or
committees to request legislation or
rulings in the interest of American
foreign trade.
William C. Redfield, former Secre-
tary of Commerce, was elected presi-
dent of the association for the ensuing
year to succeed W. L. Saunders of the
IngersoU-Rand Co. The other officers
elected were as follows:
Vice Presidents — H. S. Demarest, Greene.
Tweed & Co.. New York ; F, H, Taylor. S.
S. White Dental Manufacturing Co.. Phila-
delphia ; C. K. Anderson. American Wire
Fabrics Co., Chicago ; J. S. Lawrence. Law-
rence & Co.. Boston ; H. A. Koster. Koster
& Co., San Francisco: C. A. Green, Ameri-
can Pitch Pine Export Co.. New Orleans.
Treasurer — William H. Ingersoll, Robert
H. Ingersoll & Bro., New Y'ork.
Directors — James A. Farrell. United
States Steel Corporation ; E. M. Herr, West-
inghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co. :
A. C. Bedford, Standard Oil Co. ; W. L.
Saunders, Ingersoll, Rand Co. ; C. B. Wyn-
koop, Cosgrove & Wynkoop Coal Co. ; Lewis
K. Pierson, Irving National Bank ; William
Pigott. Pacifie Coast Steel Co. ; H. J. Ful-
ler, Fairbanks. Morse & Co. : John Bolinger.
National Shawmut Bank ; D. E. Delgado,
Eastman Kodak Co. ; W. W. Nichols. Allis
Chalmers Manufacturing Co. ; Dwight E.
Austin, Nestle's Food Co. ; W. C. Durant.
General Motors Cc. ; C. E. Jennings, C. E.
Jennings & Cc. ; Charles A. Schieren,
Charles A. Schieren & Co. ; F. A. Seiber-
ling, Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co. ; George
Edward Smith. Royal Typevfriter Co. ;
Walter C. Allen, Yale & Towne Manufac-
turing Co.
Secretary — A. W. Willmann. New York.
The afternoon session was devoted to
papers and talks on various phases of
foreign trade. Mr. Saunders in his
opening address sounded the keynote of
the meeting, "To obtain permaner':
world trade American manufacturers
must now take a leading part them-
selves." Mr. Saunders showed tharts
prepared by the research department
of the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York indicating the proportion of our
foreign trade passing through the port
of New York for a period of thirty
years, the relation between export
values and actual tonnage volume and
commodity prices, the variation of ex-
ports and imports over forty years
from the forty year trend, and the
relation between commodity prices and
exchange rates. He pointed out that
foreign trade is really very close to the
line of normal trend at the present
time and not so abnormally increased
as reports seem to indicate. Also that
the departure from a gold currency
basis and credit inflation are the prin-
cipal causes of high commodity prices
and low exchange rates.
The next speaker was James S. Alex-
ander, president of the National Bank
of Commerce. He defended the attitude
of bankers toward the financing of for-
eign trade and pointed out that the con-
ditions of the past that had led to the
feeling against the bankers had entirely
changed and that the banks were doing
their share. He went on to say with
regard to foreign trade:
"Just what ratio between our foreign
trade and our domestic trade mav come to
be established as normal it is impossible
to say at present. But it can be said that
a closer approximation to equilibrium be-
tween our export and import trade must be
expected, whether that be brought about
through a decrease of our exports an in-
crease in our imports, or both.
"If a marked recession in our export
trade should prove to be one of the cor-
rective factors tending to stabilize Inter-
national trade, it is my belief that such a
recession .should be accepted as economical-
ly sound and that we should not incur the
dangers of seeking to stimulate bv artificial
mea.sures the volume of our foreign trade
Where there is a real demand for our
goods there will be a real market. It is
the business of the banks to finance goods
for real markets. It is not their business
to attempt to maintain expanded foreign
trade when it becomes manifest that there
is not the continued economic basis fop that
expansion.
"A comprehensive view of the foreign
situation indicates that the real and basic
need of Europe is for our raw products.
She needs them to reestablish her own in-
dustries upon a fundamentally productive
basis, increasing her export power.s so as
to liquidate her adverse balance of indebt-
edness. Her need is for raw products
rather than for many classes of our manu-
factured products which during the war
period she had to purchase from us but
which, as her own indu.strial organization
is rehabilitated, she can increasingly pro-
duce for herself without reliance upon us.
"Also in financing our foreign trade we
must not lose sight of our business situa-
tion as a whole. We must not finance our
foreign trade on a basis that will perpetu-
ate over-expansion in our domestic bank-
ing credit. The great bulk of Europe's
debts to us Is in the form of long time
credits or of commercial credits which it
seems impossible to realize on at once.
This is a serious element of non-liquidity
in our credit structure. If it is necessary
to readjust our domestic credit siluiiion.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
788i
our foreign trade also must be subject to
that necessity. The liquidity of our com-
mercial credit structure should be a chief
concern. Therefore it is one of the pre-
eminent duties of the banks to encouarge
a return as fast as po.ssible to reciprocal
foreign trade in equilibrium financed by
liquid credits.
"The most desirable foreign trade is
that with countries which give most
promise of being able to reestablish their
own productivity and to regain at the
earliest moment the ability to liquidate
their debts here with goods. It Is also
but the part of wisdom to favor, in our
trade with those countries such products
of ours as will serve most rapidly to help
them return to a condition of economic
stability.
"These are all practical considerations
for business men as well as hankers. Banks
make money by helping others make money.
The way for business to make money is to
make sure that the profits of today shall
not be wiped out by the losses of tomorrow.
The only way in which this can be as-
sured is to see to it that the business struc-
ture which is built today is not built so
weakly that it will collapse under the de-
mands of tomorrow.
"Therefore, when bankers see that busi-
ness conditions have reached a stage or ex-
pansion that requires readjustment they
should fearlessly take what steps are neces-
sary in the situation. Their action must
be based on self-interest, on the demands
of business and above all on the best in-
terests of all concerned. This is my con-
ception of true banking cooperation with
business."
W. A. Harriman, president of the
American Ship and Commerce Corpora-
tion, told of some of the difficulties con-
fronting American shipping companies
in their attempt to break into the ship-
ping business in the near and far east.
Great Britain has such a strangle hold
on the business at present that his com-
pany has so far been unable to secure
the cargoes wanted. He also pointed
out our great deficiency in properly
trained personnel to handle not only the
ships but the business on shore at both
ends. This was one reason for the
making of the contract with the Ham-
burg-American line which has caused
so much criticism and comment. Mr.
Harriman urged the support of Ameri-
can steamship companies by the private
investor and pointed out the handicap
to private business caused by the gov-
ernment-owned Shipping Board fleet.
He also mentioned the high cost of
operation under the American flag.
Otto H. Kahn pointed out rather
briefly the bad features of our present
taxation system and went on to make
the following constructive suggestions:
"The road of recovery from the appalling
shock of the war, intensified in its after-
effects through faulty treatment bv the
physicians, i.e., the statesmen in charge is
necessarily slow and hard. I think the
more that road is thrown open now to the
ordinary travel of human-kind and the
more it is freed from bureaucratic impedi-
ment and from governmental interference,
except for purposes of policing and traffic-
regulating, the better it will be.
"The President, the heads of the Execu-
tive Departments, and Congress are vastly
overworked. It is simply inconceivable that
these instrumentalities of administration
and legislation can give the necessary time
and thoroughness of study to the variety
of complex questions which call and will
increasingly call for consideration and
action.
"The burden which both the Senate and
the House place upon their members in the
investigating and gathering of facts and
the hearing of witnesses, is exceedingly
heavy. A very large portion of the time
and energies of our legislators are ab-
sorbed in these functions. With the best
intentions and the most conscientious ap-
plication, it is not possible for Senators and
Congre.ssmen to do that kind of work to
best advantage.
"Moreover, experience has proved that
Congressional Committees cannot "ive to
the task that continuous .-•nd concentrated
attention which it lequi.-tr
"Much relief could be obtained by our
legislators and very advantageous results
accomplished if part of the burden of hold-
ing hearings, gathering views and investi-
gating economic and other non-political
subjects were placed upon the -shoulders of
others — non-office holding citizens acting in
conjunction with Senators and Congress-
men.
"The best ability and ripest experience
of the country could be called upon and
would surely be found ready to serve. It
.should come to be looked upon as a dis-
tinguished honor to be asked by Congress
to act as one of its instrumentalities, and
the resulting sen.se of responsibility and
of public duty and trust should — and I
have no doubt w«uld — cause those selected
and honored to give service wholly free
from tlie bias of self-interest. Sucli com-
mittees might be composed of .say five non-
office holding members and six or seven
Senators and Congressmen. A great part
of the work could be done without necessi-
tating the continuing attendance of the
legislative members.
"The reports emanating from the de-
liberations of the Committee would, it may
be hoped, come to be regarded as sources
of reliable information to the public on
social and economic subjects and if the
Committees are wisely selected and rightly
conceive their functions, their conclusions
would surely come to have the public's con-
fidence for impartiality and competency,
irrespective of party affiliations.
"They ought also to make it easier for
the political parties to have the courage of
facing squarely and dealing without too
much zig-zagging and compromising, with
questions of a non-political nature. Itecause
the parties could point to the backing of
the reasoned judgment of particularly ex-
pert and trustworthy men without political
axes to grind.
"An incidental advantage of considerable
value would be thus to bring together rep-
resentative men of different callings and
from different sections of the country in
conference and exchange of views with each
other and with Senators and Congressmen.
"It is part of my suggestion that such
commissions should be selected and ap-
pointed not by the Executive, but by Con-
gress acting through the President of the
Senate and the Speaker of the Hou.se, or
in some other suitable way. Experience
has .shown that the findings of commissions
appointed by the E.xecutive, whether Fed-
eral or State, have rarely been of great
influence with the legislatures and are apt
to meet on the part of their members with
a certain degree of prejudice or even an-
tagonism. I should be hopeful that com-
mi.ssions designated and directed by Con-
gress and containing a proportion of Sena-
tors and Congressmen, would prove more
effective and that their views and recom-
mendations would receive a more propitious
reception. The decision and reSTionsibility
as to legislation would, of course, rest no
less than now with the Congress and the
President."
Dr. R. S. MacElwee, Director of the
United States Bureau of Foreign ana
Domestic Commerce, spoke of the good
work of our commercial attaches. He
mentioned the plans for the appoint-
ment of ten additional attaches and
told of the work being done at the dis-
trict offices in this country.
Machinery Club of Chicago Holds Fifth Annual Picnic
The fifth annual picnic of the Ma-
chinery Club of Chicago was held at
Thatcher's Grove on the Des Plaines
River, Saturday, Sept. 25. The base-
ball game was won by Ray Jones' team
of supply men which defeated Peter-
son's team of machinery men by the
fairly close score of 19 to 10. A great
time was had by everybody, the event
proving to be a real "get-together."
The pictures show: (1) Robert Cutli-
bertson, president, and H. E. White, in
rear; (2) C. J. Banbach; (3) Fred Her-
mann and Clyde Blakeslee; (4) A. W.
Smith, Chicago manager of L. S. Star-
ret Co.; (5) Mr. Colby of Marshall-
Huschart Co.; (6) F. L. Peterson, the
man facing the camera, and (7) R. A.
Millholland, smiling while packing in.
the "eats."
M
<^
<4
*>m :.
«F^" ■
Wl
■"
1
.««*.
788j
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
Personals
of the metal annealed was noted. It
was found that the tensile strength of
the steel was greater with the pulver-
ized coal fuel and that the elongation
and reauction in area were less than
had formerly been obtained from ma- E. P. Welles, president of Chas. H.
terially the same analysis and anneal- Besly & Co., Chicago, has returned from
ing temperature. Analysis of the steel a three months' trip to Europe,
treated showed that the carbon and Robert G. Berrington, for many
sulphur content were considerably in- years with the Cleveland Twist Drill
creased when using the pulverized coal Co., Cleveland, Ohio, has been appointed
fuel. The average analysis for a num- district sales manager in Cleveland, for
her of samples showed carbon before the combined interests of the Reed-
annealing 0.262 per cent and after Prentice Co., of Worcester, Mass., the
annealing, 0.287 per cent; the sulphur Whitcomb-Blaisdell Machine Tool Co.,
before annealing, 0.041 per cent, and of Worcester, Mass., and the Becker
after annealing, 0.052 per cent. The Milling Machine Co., of Boston. The
coal used ranged high in sulpuur, show- Cleveland office is located at 408
ing from 2.45 to 2.80 per cent. It was Frankfort St.
thought that the fuel possibly had a £. a. Qrrell, who has been con-
case-hardening effect upon the steel nected with the Graton & Knight Manu-
and that such was the case was verified facturing Co., Worcester, Mass., in the
by analyses of test drillings. Both Boston sales office, has sailed recently
carbon and sulphur were found in much for China, where he will pass the next
higher percentage near the surface two years introducing leather belting
than deeper in the section.
Entertainment had been provided
and goods to the trade.
George S. Hawley, who has been
« hlnnnrf^t^i H^^'n'uf"'''"^ g^^^^^l "^^^ager of the Bridgeport
W«3 If .?'t "^ "1 Manufacturers' Association, of Bridge-
Wednesday evening. At the banquet ^t. Conn., has resigned his position
one of the speakers, John A. Penton, to accept a place as vice-president and
of Cleveland, publisher of Found,-y, general manager of sales for the
announced the establishment of a fund
of $20,000, the proceeds of which would
be used as prizes for research work in
the metallurgical industry.
Bridgeport, Conn., Gas Light Co.
J. W. Hayes, who has been manager
of the Philadelphia branch office, of the
A smoker was held the following Sf^*"",*^ Knight Manufacturing Co
evening at the Elks Clnh, at which
prizes were given for those who had
most successfully estimated on the
number of foundry problems presented.
Worcester, Mass., has been transferred
to the Boston office of the company.
Donald McSkimmon has been made
purchasing agent of the S. W. Card
At this gathering the officers elected Manufacturing Co., division of the
for the coming year were announced as Union Twist Drill Co., Mansfield, Mass.
follows: President, W. R. Bean, East- Henry D. Rolph, of the Yale &
ern Malleable Iron Co., Naugatuck, Towne Manufacturing Co., Stamford,
Conn.; vice president, C. R. Messinger, Conn., has left for Vancouver, B. C,
Sivyer Steel Casting Co., Milwaukee, where he is to sail for Japan, on a
Wis. ; and secretary-treasurer, C. E. business trip, carrying a full line of
Hoyt, 712 Marquette Bldg., Chicago. Yale products. From Japan, Mr. Rolph
The date and location of the next con- will go to China, French Indo-China,
vention have not been announced.
Siam, Dutch East Indies, Straits Set-
tlements, Federated Malay States, etc.
Mr. Rolph expects to be gone from this
country for about two years.
A. A. Loeffleb has recently been
appointed by the Doehler Die-Casting
Co. as its Detroit representative, suc-
Next Foreign Trade Convention
at Cleveland
The National Foreign Trade Coun-
cil, at its seventh annual meeting in ^„ „^ .,^ ^^..^..
New Yo|k, selected Cleveland, 0., as ^e"edi7g ' F. 'c."sEEGERrwTJ"wiri' m
the plac^' at which to hold the Eighth represent the company on the Pacific
lTf\ !^°''"P Trade Convention, Coast, with headquarters in San Fran-
scheduled for the spring of 1921. It
was felt that as the 1920 Convention
had met in San Francisco, the 1921
Cisco.
L. W. Cash, purchasing agent for the
„„„„ . ■ , , , , , , , . Defiance Motor Truck Co., Defiance,
convention should be held in an inland Ohio, has severed connections with that
city. Previous to the San Francisco
n,eeting these gatherings had been held
in Washington, D. C; St. Louis, New
Orleans, Pittsburgh, Cincinnati and
Chicago.
company to take effect Oct. 1.
C. C. Gray has severed his connec-
tions with the Farrar Advertising Co.
to become manager of sales for the
Pannier Brothers Stamp Co., Pitts-
burgh, Pa.
T. J. Davis, formerly representing
Paterson, N. J., For Open Shop
The Associated Industries of Pater- the Union'^TwTs't Drill* Ca, AthorMa'ss!!
son, N. J., has gone on record as favor^ in the states of Michigan, Illinois, In-
ing the open-shop principle in the silk' diana, Wisconsin and Minnesota, has
mills An appropriation of $3,000 was. become connected with the W. L. Ro-
voted for conducting a three months' ^^maine Machinery Co., Milwaukee, Wis.,
educationa campaign in Paterson in '»s -manager of the tool and equipment
favor of the open shop. department
James R. Coxen, state director of
vocational education, Laramie, Wyo.,
would like to get in touch with concerns
willing to supply rough castings to be
machined in the trade schools of
Wyoming.
R. B. Bennett, formerly connected
with the Standard Steel and Bearings
Corporation, Plainville, Conn., has been
made mechanical superintendent of the
Canadian General Electric Works, at
Toronto.
F. H. Sawyer, manager at the Fall
River, Mass., branch office of the Graton
& Knight Manufacturing Co., leather
belting manufacturer of Worcester,
Mass., has been transferred to the
Philadelphia sales office as manager of
sales.
H. Leonard Richardson has been
made resident engineer at the Birming-
ham, Ala., plant of the American Steel
and Wire Co. Mr. Richardson was con-
nected with the Worcester, Mass., plant
for about four years in the capacity of
mechanical engineer.
A. E. MuRDOCK has been appointed
assistant manager of the Hartford,
Conn., plant (C) of the New Depart-
ure Manufacturing Co., Bristol, Conn.
Mr. Murdock was formerly foreman in
the tool department.
A. J. Weaver, for nine and one-half
years assistant superintendent of the
Billings & Spencer Co., Hartford,
Conn., manufacturer of drop forgings,
machinists' tools, etc., has accepted the
position of assistant chief inspector
for the Pratt & Whitney Co., Hartford.
Mr. Weaver left the latter to go to the
former about ten years ago, and now
goes back to the place where he started
in as apprentice back in 1888.
Fred J. Passing, formerly assistant
district manager of the New York ter-
ritory of the Independent Pneumatic
Tool Co., Chicago, 111., has recently
been appointed district manager at
Pittsburgh, Pa.
R. A. Bull has resigned his position
as vice president of the Duquesne
Steel Foundy Co. and is now con-
sulting metallurgist for the following
steel foundries, grouped for the pur-
pose of developing and perfecting
higher standards in the production of
steel castings: Electric Steel Co., Chi-
cago, 111.; Fort Pitt Steel Castings Co.,
McKeesport. Pa.; Isaac G. Johnson Co.,
Spuyten Duyvil, N. Y.; Lebanon Steel
Foundry Co., Lebanon, Pa.; Michigan
Steel Castings Co., Detroit, Mich.;
Sivyer Steel Castings Co., Milwau
kee, Wis.
C. G. Bigelow has succeeded Ralph
B. Dibble, as advertising manager of
the Graton & Knight Manufacturing
Co., Worcester, Mass.
Edward Grossman, who has been
connected with the Fairbanks Co., of
New York, for a number of years and
with other supply houses, is now asso-
ciated with the T. P. Walls Tool & Sup-
ply Co., 25 Leonard St., New York
City, in the capacity of treasurer and
manager.
October 21, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
788k
Edward Cave has been made man-
ager of the advertising department of
the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Co.
of Stamford, Conn., and has taken up
his new duties.
Charles P. Cooley, rice president
and secretary of the Smyth Manufac-
turing Co., machinery manufacturer of
Hartford, Conn., has been elected presi-
dent of the Society for Savings Bank
of Hartford, Conn., succeeding C. E.
Gross, resigrned.
E. Kent Swift, treasurer of the
Whitin Alachine Works, Whitinsville,
Mass., will leave shortly on a European
business trip.
i
For the purpose of more closely co-
operating with the industries of In-
dianapolis and vicinity the Norton Co.
has opened a branch office for its grind-
ing machine division at No. 304 Penway
Building, 241 North Pennsylvania Ave.,
Indianapolis, Ind., under the direction
of Walter F. Rogers, district repre-
sentative. The establishment of this
branch office will in no way affect the
distribution of Norton grinding wheels.
These will be handled as in the past
by Vonnegut Hardware Co.
The Colonial Steel Co., Pittsburgh,
Pa., has opened a warehouse in Cleve-
land, Ohio, and will hereafter carry its
own stock of both high-speed and car-
bon tool steels. It will be represented
in Cleveland by F. L. Stevenson, man-
ager, whose office will be at 1104 Pros-
pect Ave.
The Ward Tool and Forging Co., of
Latrobe, Pa., has arranged for repi-e-
sentation in the State of Michigan and
northern Ohio through John D. Scott,
Inc. Associated with Mr. Scott is John
E. Love. This new agency has opened
offices at 1156 Penobscot Building,
Detroit, Mich.
The Wickwire-Spencer Steel Corpora-
tion, of Worcester, Mass., and Buffalo,
will hold its first annual sales conven-
tion at the company's office in Worces-
ter, from Oct. 13 to 18. It will bring
together sales representatives of the
company from various parts of the
country and a gala time and program is
prepared for their entertainment, be-
sides the talks, etc., regarding sales and
other matters.
The United Manufacturing Co.,
Waterloo, Iowa, will change its head-
quarters from Waterloo to Belmond,
Wright County, lovv'a. Ernest F. Wege
is chairman and Theodore Wege, sec-
retary.
The New Advance Machinery Co.,
Van Wert, Ohio, has been incorporated
at a capitalization of $100,000 and has
purchased the plant and interests of the
Advance Machinery Co. The company
will conduct the business along modern
lines, manufacturing a high grade line
of band saws, wood shapers and glue
room appliances.
The Hart Co., Inc., Williamsport,
Pa., was recently capitalized at $100,-
000, to manufacture a complete line of
valves, faucets, cocks, etc.
The Reed-Prentice Co., Becker Milling
Machine Co. and Whitcomb-Blaisdell
Machine Tool Co. combine has opened a
branch office in Philadelphia under the
management of G. S. Haven, who was
formerly with Whitcomb-Blaisdell Ma-
chine Tool Co., Worcester, Mass. The
new office is located at 514 Liberty
Bldg., Philadelphia, Pa.
The business of the Luster Machinery
Co. has been purchased by Fairbanks,
Morse & Co., Boston, Mass., and will
be known as one of its branch offices.
E. J. Luster, president, and the staff
of the Luster Machinery Co., have asso-
ciated themselves with Fairbanks, Morse
& Co. Mr. Luster will act as manager
of the company's machine tool depart-
ment.
The Whiting Foundry Equipment Co.,
Harvey, III., and the American Foundry
Equipment Co., New York, have been
consolidated under the name of the
Whiting Corporation, and will be capi-
talized at $5,000,000. J. H. Whiting,
president of the Whiting Foundry
Equipment Co., becomes chairman of
the board, and V. E. Minich, president
of the American Foundry Equipment
Co. will be president. The lines of man-
ufacture of the two companies do not
overlap; therefore it is the intention
to maintain all present manufacturing
facilities.
The Fairbanks-Morse Co., 30 Church
St., New York, recentiy acquired the
business of the Luster Machinery Co.,
of 917 Arch St., Philadelphia, and has
established a branch office in that city.
D. W. Dunn is the manager of the
Philadelphia office and E. J. Luster has
charge of the machine-tool business.
The Gilbert & Barker Manufacturing
Co., Springfield, Mass., has recently an-
nounced the following additions to its
Pacific Coast sales departments: J. W.
Ledgerwood, at Los Angeles; Zach D.
Tallman, at San Francisco; Lloyd Finck,
at San Francisco; and H. D. Jamieson,
at Portland, Ore.
The name of Isbecque & Co. has been
changed to Isbecque, Todd & Co.; there
will be no change in the personnel of
the organization. It has offices in New
York, and Brussells, Belgium.
The Baush Machine Tool Co., Spring-
field, Mass., is completing a one-story
and basement brick-and-steel addition
and a three-story brick-and-concrete
addition to its plant on Wason Ave.,
Springfield.
The Lancaster Steel Products Cor-
poration, Lancaster, Pa., has recently
opened a New York office, 25 West
43d St., in charge of L. E. Vesey, dis-
trict sales manager.
The American Wire Die Co., Wor-
cester, Mass., has recently been formed
and has opened a shop at 12 Parker
St., to make dies, etc.
The Kennedy Corporation, Balti-
more, Md., incorporated with $2,000,-
000 capital stock, has acquired the
plant of Fairbanks, Morse & Co.
near its own plant, and also the entire
capital stock of the Baltimore Mal-
leable Iron and Steel Casting Co., which
also adjoins the plant. The purchase
price totals $1,850,000.
The Wisconsin Foundry and Steel
Works, Cedar Grove, Wis., has been
merged into the Cedar Grove Stove and
Machine Co. The latter company was
recently incorporated with a capital of
$100,000. The new concern will occupy
the quarters of the Wisconsin Foundry
and Steel Works and will be under the
management of P. M. Ketterhofen.
The Dwight P. Robinson & Co., Inc.,
New York, with which Westinghouse,
Church, Kerr & Co., Inc. has recently
consolidated, has established a new
branch office in Youngstown, Ohio, in
the Home Savings & Loan Building,
in charge of C. I. Crippen. The com-
pany recently moved its Cleveland
office from the Leader News Building to
the Citizens Building.
Announcement has been made of the
change in name of the Dale-Brewster
Machinery Co. It will hereafter be
known as the Dale Machinery Co., New
York and Chicago.
Homer W. Meachem, prominent in
the machinery manufacturing world,
died at his home in Syracuse, N. Y.,
last week. Mr. Meachem was the or-
ganizer of the New Process Rawhide
Co., and later of the Meachem Gear
Corporation.
Ttve New York Section of the Illuminating
Engineering Society will liold a joint meet-
ing with the American Society of Safety
Engineers at the Engineering Societies
Building, New Yorlc, on Oct. 22 .
The Buffalo Section of the A. S. M. K
will hold its October meeting on the
twenty-sixth at the University Club. Non
members are invited.
The American Gear Manutacturers As-
sociation will hold it.s semi-annual meeting
at Lake Mohonk Mountain House, Mohonk
Lake. Ulster County. N. Y.. Oct. 27 28
and 29.
An exposition of TT. S. manufacturers at
Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic, S. A..
has been arranged for the month beginning
March 15, 1921. Information can be ob-
tained from American National Exhibition.
Inc., Bush Terminal Sales Building, 132
West 42nd St., New York.
The Federated American Engineering So-
cieties will hold its first meeting at the
Hotel New Willard. Washington. D, C. on
Nov. 18 to 20 inclusive.
The National Machine Tool Builders'
.-k.ssociation will hold its 19th annual Pall
convention at the Hotel Astor, New York
City, on Thur.sday and Friday, Dec. 2 and
3, 1920, C. Wood Walter, care of the asso-
ciation's offices at Worcester, Mass., is
secretary.
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
■Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building,
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
The Society of Automotive Engineers will
hold its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to 13
inclu.sive at New York.
7881
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 17
il^i
*THE WEEKLY PMCE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI „°°^
Current Yenr Ago
No.2Soutliern M6.50 $30.35
Northern Basic 51.30 27.55
Southern Ohio:No. 2 ■♦8.50 28.55
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 57.12 32.40
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 52.10 35.20
BIRMINGHAM „ „^,, „ ,„ ,.
No. 2Foundry 42.00(^45.00 29.25
PHILADELPHIA
EasternPa.,No. 2x. 2.25-2.75 8U 51.25 29.00-30 00
Virginia .No 2 50.00» 33.10
Basic 51.00t 26.75
GreyForge 48.00* 26.75
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 4/. 00 26.75
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 48.67 28.00
PITTSBURGH. INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 49 56 28.15
Basic 48.96 27.15
Bessemer 51.96 29.35
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES — Thf following base prices per 100 lb. arc for structural
shapes 3 in. by } in. and hi rgiT, and plates j in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named:
•- New York
One One
Current Month Year
Ago Ago
$4.58 $3.47
" 3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
^Cleveland^
One
Structural shapes.. . . $4. 30
Soft steel bars 4.50
Softsteel bar shapes.. 4,50
Soft steel bands 6.43
Plates, { to I in. thick 4.75
4.73
4.73
6.43
4.78
Current
$3.44
4.50
6.25
3.64
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
I— Chicago — ■
One
Current Year
Ago
$3.47
3.37
$4.08
3.98
3.98
3.37
3.57
4.28 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
MUl. Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse, New York 4.75 3 . 37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4.12 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse;
also the base quotations from mill:
Large .— New York .
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3.55-7 00 7.23<a'.8.00 4 57 6.75 7.13
No 12 3.60-7.05 7.28(n8 05 4 62 6.80 7.18
No 14 3.65-7.10 7.33(;i8 10 4 67 7.35 7.23
No. 16 3.75-7.20 7.43(38.20 4.77 7.45 7.33
Black
No«.l8and20 4.20-6.20 8.41(0' 9.80 5.30 8.30 7.90
Noe.22and24 4.25-625 8.46® 9.85 5.35 8.35 7.95
No. 26 4.30-6. BO 8.51(8)9.90 5.40 8.40 8.00
No. 28 4.35-6 35 8.61@IO.0O 5.50 8.50 8.10
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70-8.00 8.90(^11.00 5.75 8.50 8.25
No. 12 4.80 8.10 9.O0@ll.00 5.85 8.60 8.30
No. 14 4.80-8.10 9.00((f,ll. 10 5.85 8.60 8.45
Noe.l8and20 5.10-8.40 9.25@ll.40 6.15 8.90 8 75
Noe.22and24 5.25-8.55 9.40@ll.55 6 30 9 05 9.15
No 26 5.40-8.70 9.55('«n.70 6.45 9.20 9 30
No. 28 5 70-9.00 9.85(3112.00 6.75 9.50 9.60
Aeute scarcity in sheets, pjirticularly black, galvanized and No. 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets- are unavailable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20. and 9.5,Sc for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.36 $5.90 $6.00
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.86 6.40 6.50
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL ANDMONEL METAL — Base prices in cents per pound F.O.B.
Bayonne, N. J.
Nickel
Monel
35
38
40
Metal
Hot rolled rods (base)...
rvjjd rolled rods (base) . ,
Hot rolled sheets (base).
42
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
.'>hot and blocks
1 ngots
.Sheet bars
Special Nickel and Alloys
^'alicablo nickel ingots
.Malleable nickel sheet bars
Kot rolled rods, Grades " k" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rod.**, grades "A" and "C" (base)
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods fbase)
^'anganeae nickel hot rolled (base) rods "F)" — low manganese
^.'angane8e nickel hot rolled (base) rods"D'* — high manganese
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis) — Welding wire in 100-lb
lo(s sella as follows, f.o.b. New York: A, 8!.c, per lb.; \, 8o.: A to J, 7ic
Doiiie.Htic iron sells at 12c. per lb.
MLSCELLANEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicnpd
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7.00 8.00 9.15
.Spring steel (light) 10.00 11.00 12.25
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00 8.00 6.85
Hoopsteel 6.68 6.50 5.43
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 11.00
Floorplates 6.91 6.00 6.88
WROUGHT PIPE — The following discounts are to iobbers for carload lots
on the i^ttsburgh basing card:
BUTT WELD
Steel
Inches Black
to 3 54-575%
Galvanised
4U-44%
Inches
iron
Black
I5i-25i%
191-291%
241-341%
2
21 to 6....
7 to 12...
13 to 14..
15
'to 1}..
2 to J.. .
JtoU...
LAP WELD
47-501% 341-38% H
50-531% 371-41% 11
47 -501% 331-37% 2 20}-28!%
371-41% 41 to 6... 22i-30|%
35-385% 21 to 4... 221-301%
7 to 12.. 191-271%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52-551% 391-43% JtolJ .. 241-341%
53 -561% 401-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Galvanized
-t-U-111%
H-1H%
S -I8|%
6»-I4|%
9i-l7J%
61-14}%
91-191%
2 45-481% 331-37%
21 to 4 48-511% 36J-40%
41 to 6 47 -501% 351-39%
7 to 8 43 -461% 291-33%
9 to 12.... 38 -411% 241-28%
I':;;:;;
21 to 4..
41 to 6.
7 to 8...
9 to 12.
!-i6l%
-I«i%
New York
Black Galv.
5 to 3 in. steel butt welded 38% 22%
2 5 to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 1 8%
Malleable fittings. Classes R and C,
plus 45^1,. Cast iron, standard sizes, plus 5^;
30%
26%
211-291% «l-i6
23|-3I}% II
221-30}% lOi
141-221% 2}-10j%
95-171% 5}-(-21^
Chicago
Black Galv.
54% 40%
50fe 40%
Cleveland
Black Galv.
39ej
41%
banded, from New York stock sell at
40}e.30 %
371^271%
Ingot and shot..
Electrolytic. . .
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York quotations id
cents per pound, in carload lots:
Current Month Ago Year K%<a
Copper, electrolytic 16.50 18.62 22.50
Tin m 5-ton lots 39.50 46.50 56.50
Ixjad 8.50 9.00 6.25
Zinc 8.50 8.50 7.60
ST. LOUIS
Lead 8.00 8.00 6.00
Zino 7.70(38.05 7.70(38.05 7.15
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ion
or more:
' New York . .— Cleveland^ —Chicago —
Cur- .Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent Ago Ago rent .\go rent .\go
Copper sheets, base.. 29.50 33.50 33.50 30.00 35.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload « _
loS 31.25 31.25 30.75 29.00 30,50 29.00 26.00
Brasssheets 28.50 28 50 32.00 36.00 33.00 27.00 28.00
Brasspipe 33.00 33.00 36.00 34,00 39.00 34.00 37.00
Solder (half and hain „ ,. ,„
(caselote) 35.00 38.00 45.00 40.50 41.00 38.00 38 50
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 16 oi., cold rolled 14 oz. and heaviar.
add 2c.: polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in.. 71c.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations arc for large lots, mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One x ear Ago
MiU 25.00 24.00
NewYork 27.00 28 00^29.75
CWelaid......:: 27.00 29.00
Chicago 30 00 27.00
October 28, 1920
American Machinist
Vol.53, No. 18
ISTEELSTAMPS
A BUSINESS directly allied to the machine industry,
/-* but in which machinery counts for little and
Jl. jL. craftman's skill figures very largely, is the mak-
ing of steel stamps and dies for pressing or embossing
letters and figures upon other metals, including steel.
These stamps are made in infinite form and variety;
the common steel letter or figure familiar to everyone
who has to do with machinery being the simplest and
most crude. From these
s'mple tools, which leave
their impression upon what-
ever machine or part of ma-
chine it is desired to mark
with no other manipulation
than holding the character
in the operator's fingers
and striking a blow with a
hammer upon the end of
the shank, the cycle of
evolution comprises single
characters with shanks
nicely finished to fit holders
that will adapt them to press or marking machines;
combination of letters to make words and sentences or
of figures to make numbers, or both, all upon one shank ;
single characters, and sometimes complete words made
interchangeable to make words and sentences, capable of
being taken out of their holders and others substituted
therefor as a printer changes his type to keep abreast
of changing conditions; interchangeable characters to
fit holders of special form to keep the resultant mark-
ing always in the same place with respect to the
work; characters which become parts of rotating
wheels, and serve to leave their distinctive marking
upon moving work or upon curved surfaces where a
pressure in one direction would not suffice; and many
other forms.
There r.re two ways of making such tools, so far as
the cutting of the actual design is concerned. If a
sufficient quantity is to be made and it is essential
that there should be no variation between individual
stamps of one series, a master die, or hub, as it is
called, is cut by the engraver which is an exact inverse
Every toolmaker knows that if he has the
impression of a steel letter in a hardened steel
block he can in a very few minutes reproduce
the letter that made it by the simple processes of
hammering and filing. What he probably does
not know is that a majority of commercial stamps
are made by the same process; somewhat refined,
to be sure, over the emergency method of the man
who wants his Utter NOW, but nevertheless the
same in principle.
or matrix of the letter or design that is desired. This
"hub" is then hardened, and is used as a die with
which to form the stamps.
To make a stamp from such a die, a piece of steel of
suitable size and length is roughly shaped upon the
end, located squarely over the impression in the master
die and struck lightly with a hammer. This first blow
will leave the outline or a part of the outline of the
design upon the steel.
Perhaps only one or two
spots may show evidence of
having been in contact
with the die, but such
places as do show the mark
of the die are then cut
away by means of chisel
or file, the stamp relocated
on the die in as nearly as
possible the same place as
before and again struck
with a hammer.
By alternately striking
the stamp on the die and cutting away the parts that
show evidence of contact, the remaining metal soon
reaches the bottom of the impression in the die and
has become a steel stamp that only needs to be trimmed
up and properly tempered to be capable of leaving on
a smooth surface an impression that is the exact dup-
licate of the die that produced it. It is by this or some
analogous process that most of the steel stamps are made
which are used for marking trade names, designs, etc.,
upon the countless millions of small articles of metal or
other material that are upon the market.
Whether or not a stamp made by this process is a
"good" stamp — that is to say, whether or not it will
stand up under constant service — depends upon several
things, one of the most important of which is the nature
of the material upon which it is to be used. Used as
a part of a mold for forming and at the same time
lettering or marking a plastic material that "sets"
or becomes hard, either by baking or other process
after the marking is done, such a stamp will last
indefinitely.
790
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 18
FIG. 2. ENDS OF
B LA N K S ARE
SQUARED BY
FILING IN THIS
GAGE
FIG. 1. THE STOCK IS CUT WITH A BANDS AW
If the stamp is to be used upon iron, steel, or similar
hard material, its life will depend somewhat upon the
time and skill devoted to its making. It is quite pos-
sible to make a stamp by driving it
forcibly into the hub without any
cutting at all.
Such a stamp, however, would
last but a very short time when used
upon iron or steel, for the reason
that the fibers of the metal have
been broken down; the molecules
have been disturbed with relation to
each other and forced to flow under
the pressure of the blows, the steel
having been driven down in some
places and raised up in others ex-
actly in the same way as a plastic
material would behave under similar
conditions. On the other hand, if the
blows struck by the artisan have been light and he has
conscientiously cut away all the material where it has
been in contact with the die, it is quite possible for him
to have let the character entirely into the die without
having flowed or swaged the metal. To do this well
takes not only a longer time but a higher degree of
skill, and such tools necessarily cost more than the
same design would do if it were swaged into
the die in three or four blows. The extra cost
is usually justifiable on stamps that are to be
used for continuous service, for they will
approach in lasting qualities the strictly hand-
cut characters.
Hand Cutting or Engraving
The other principal method of making such
stamps is by hand cutting. Files, chisels and
gravers are the only tools used after the de-
sign is on the metal.
The symmetry of hand-cut stamps is en-
tirely dependent upon the artisan's skill of
hand and eye. Though the design may be
drawn upon the steel and the stamp cut by
different men, it is not usually so done, for
the work is engraving and the worker an artist.
Hand-cut stamps are unquestionably the
best, when length of life and sharpness of im-
pression are considered, but where a certain
design must be reproduced again and again by reason
of even the best of stamps wearing out from continued
u.se, not only would the cost of such stamps be prohibi-
tive but exact duplication could not be depended upon
because, though a skillful worker might make a thou-
sand similar stamps each artistically perfect, it would
be out of the bounds of human possibility for him to
make a thousand exactly alike.
Continuous Duplication
Exact duplication, even to many thousand pieces, is
practical with the hub method of production by the
simple expedient of letting the first stamp cut from the
master die become itself the master, used only to make
new master dies to replace those whose product, when
examined under the microscope, show signs of variation
or distortion.
Tempering is, of course, a very essential consideration
in the life of a stamp that is to be used upon hard
material, but as imperfect tempering would be equally
disastrous to either hand-cut or hubbed stamps, it was
not mentioned among the important qualifications.
Tempering stamps that are to be used upon soft mate-
rials is a minor consideration; indeed, many if not
most of the tools to be used on such work are made
of hard bronze.
Relative Cost of Methods
The cost of one hubbed stamp would be more than
the cost of a single hand-cut stamp of the same design.
The cost of hvo hand-cut stamps would, obviously, be
twice the cost of one, but the cost of the second hubbed
stamp would be tut a small percentage of the cost of
the first one. This is a consideration quite as impor-
tant, where continued replacement is concerned, as the
comparative life of the two kinds of stamps. For this
reason probably the majority of steel stamps are
hubbed, while a larger proportion of brass and bronze
designs are engraved.
Various grades of tool steel are used to make stamps.
Any steel that will make a good cutting tool will do.
but the nature of the work and life of the stamp must
be considered when selecting material. As the material
cost is but a small part of the expense, economy demands
that the steel best suited to the work in hand be selected
without reference to the cost.
In the factoiV of the Pittsburgh Stamp Co., 316
FIG. 3. INTRICATE DESIGNS ARE ROUGHED OUT BY ROUTI.VG
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
791
»
Penn Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa., where the material for
this article was obtained, the stock is received in bars
from 5s in. square up to rectangular sections 4 in. wide
and is cut to length with the band-saw shown in Fig. 1.
The machine is equipped with two movable vises and
both sides of the band are used. The capacity of the
vises is 4 in. square and when sawing small bars the
vise is filled at each pass, thus cutting off a number
of pieces at a time. The vises are mounted upon a
slide and a chain extends from each vise over a guid-
ing sheave to a weight at the rear of the machine.
This method of cutting off stock leaves the ends of
the pieces square and smooth without the necessity
for redressing, while the gravity feed suits the rate
of cutting to the hardness of the material and the
sharpness of the saw teeth. On the majority of stamps
there is no further work on the pieces; they go from
the cutting-off saw directly to the engravers.
If the work is the cutting of standard letters or
figures, or is to be of some design that has been made
before, there will be a matrix or hub ready to the
engraver's hand. He will take the pieces one at a time,
holding them in a hand vise across the corner of his
bench or filing block, and point one end roughly to
the shape of the character he is to make.
Preparing the Blank
The filing gage, Fig. 2, is a V-block of suitable size
and shape to hold conveniently in the hand, with a
hardened steel disk so attached to one end that its sur-
face is square with the center line of the V. Laying
one of the pieces in the V with its pointed end flush
with the surface of the disk, a few strokes with a flat
smooth file corrects any little variation from squareness
that the band saw may have left. The stock is not
allowed to project from the gage, but the file is held
in contact with the disk and the work pressed against
it with the thumb of the left hand. One or two strokes
of the file serve to accomplish the desired result and
the blank is ready to be cut.
If the character is small there is no preliminary
work upon it; it is placed squarely upon the matrix
and struck lightly with a hammer. Sometimes the end
of the piece is copper coated by dipping it in a solu-
tion of blue vitriol, the film of copper serving to show
to better advantage where the work has been in violent
contact with the die. The engraver then, catches the
piece in the bench-vise and with chisel, file or graver
proceeds to cut away the metal from the contour of the
character.
The engraver's skill enables him to form a pretty
good letter with only the faint marks of the first impres-
sion to guide him, but if at any time the clues become
too indistinct for him to follow, it is but the work
FIG. 6. A COUPLE OF
HAND-CUT STAMPS
FIG. 4. ROUTING TOOL55 ARE MADE FROM DRILL-ROD
FIG. 5. STAMPS ARE MADE IN VARIOUS FORMS
of seconds to place the piece over the matrix, the latter
guiding it to place by means of the partly cut letter.
Three or four repetitions of this process and the
engraver is ready to lay down any ordinary single char-
acter a perfectly finished letter and take up another
piece.
Reversing the Process
If the work is an intricate design incorporating sev-
eral letters the process, or rather the manner of apply-
ing the matrix, is reversed.
The matrices for this work,
instead of being cut in the
face of a heavy block, will
be cut on the end of a piece
of square stock just large
enough to receive it. The
work will be held in the
bench vise, the surface cop-
pered, and the design laid
out upon it. The steel may
or may not be cut away before using the matrices, ac-
cording to the judgment of the engraver. These men
are perfectly capable (and indeed every day are called
upon to do it) of laying a new design and cutting it en-
tirely into the steel without the use of matrices at all.
When such a design is to be made in raised letters there
is, of course, a comparatively large area of metal to be
cut away, and the routing machine shown in Fig. 3 is
called into service.
Routing Surplus Metal
The router is an ordinary profiling machine having
the usual movements; rotary movement of the spindle
with vertical adjustment, and a rotary movement as
well as horizontal movement in both directions for
the table. Tools, shown in Fig. 4, are usually made
from drill rod with no other aids than a file and a
speed lathe, though small milling cutters are sometimes
used that are made upon the milling machine. Only the
roughing out is done upon the routing machine; the
finishing in all cases is entirely a matter of hand work.
Samples of Stamps
Samples of steel die work are shown in Figs. 5, 6
and 7. In Fig. 5 are shown a "hammer" stamp and
a hand stamp, both to be used where the accurate plac-
ing of the impression is not essential ; a "wheel" stamp
that is part of a special numbering machine that marks
stock or parts that are continuously passed through it;
and two stamps to be used in a press.
792
AMERICAN MACHINIST^
Vol. 53, No. 18
FIG. 7. A "PAIR" OP
EMBOSSING DIES
In Fig. 6 are two stamps
the design for which is laid
out on the metal, the excess
stock routed out and the
characters finished with the
graver. In Fig. 7 is shown a
pair of dies for a seal press.
In Fig. 7 is shown a pair of
dies for a seal press. In dies
of this kind the embossing
die is usually engraved and
the matrix is made of soft
metal by pressing the die
into it and cutting away the
metal from the points of
contact with the graver. In
Fig. 8 may be seen a wheel-
stamp used on a special num-
bering machine. The char-
acters are all finished by
hand engraving. There are
two characters in this wheel
that require changing from
time to time, and these char-
acters are made on insert
pieces which are dovetailed
into the wheel and held in
place with small button-head screws. A similar stamp
used, to stamp succesive impressions upon a strip of
metal is shown in Fig. 9. The holder is attached by
screws to a disk that forms part of a special machine.
The short section having the appearance of a file is ior
the purpose of starting the material from a state of
rest and bringing it into synchronous movement with
the stamp. The characters of the stamp would of them-
selves do this; but the chances are that the first letter
or two would be blurred or distorted. Starting the ma-
terial before any of the marking characters come in
contact with it insures a sharp, clear-cut impression of
the stamp.
Printing Plates of Brass and Bronze
Another product of the Pittsburgh Stamp Co. is
shown in Fig. 10 in the shape of brass plates for print-
ing trademarks and designs on boxes or labels. These
designs are sometimes quite intricate and many of them
are printed in two colors, involving some very close
work in matching the two plates that produce the
FIG. 8. AN ELABORATE
WHEEL STAMP HAND
ENGRAVED
FIG. 10. PRINTING PLATES MADE OF BRASS ARE
ROUGHED OUT ON THE ROUTING MACHINE;
AND FINISHED BY HAND
impression, to avoid overlapping and smudging of color.
These plates, like the steel stamps, are cut to line
on the routing machine, the design first having been
drawn on the polished surface of the brass, and are
"touched up" with hand tools.
One of the plates shown in Fig. 10 is a "figure
plate" and is to be cut up into small squares, each
containing one number. The individual numbers fit in
the opening to be seen at the left end of the other
plate and are held in by keys so they may be changed
in the same manner as a printer changes the type in
his forms.
Embossing Dies
Two pairs of embossing dies to be used in an ordinary
punch press are shown in Fig. 11. They are for the
purpose of embossing large sheets of tin. Holders are
FIG. 11. MOVABLE TYPES ARE USED FOR
EMBOSSING TIN AND OTHER
SHEET METALS
provided for the press of a size suited to the articles
to be embossed and the letters are furnished in "fonts;"
therefore any desired sequence of letters within the
limits of the holder may be set up, and the set-up
changed as often as desired. A feature of the holder
prevents tripping the press when a letter is out of place
and thus preserves the letters from becoming broken
by reason of the upper and lower die not matching.
FIG. 9.
A SECTIONAL WHEEL
STAMP
FIG. 12.
HAND STAMPS ARE MADE WITH INTERCHANGE-
ABLE TYPE
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
798
FIG. 13. HAND STAMPS ARE MADE IN MANY FORMS
Another example of the changeable stamp is shown
in Fig. 12 ; this one being a hand stamp. Three pieces
are shown to illustrate the three stages of construction,
though the three pieces are obviously not the same
tool. After the shank is shaped and the surface
squared olf, two holes are drilled as at A, a mill cut
run across as at B, and then flat-sided plugs are
driven into the holes to form the ends of the type-
holding channel. In one of these plugs as at C a smaller
hole is drilled not quite parallel to the axis of the plug
and with one side of the hole cutting out of the flat
side of the plug. Into this smaller hole is placed a coil
spring and a hardened steel ball enough smaller than the
^
li
J^^^
n-^
\
flj^m^^^^^|Hipr^M|^^^MMM^^^^^^^^V^B^^k
•y^ y
1
!
'
1
]
FIG. 14.
DETAILS OF THE .STAMP SHOWN IN FIG. 13
AND THE WORK IT DOES
V
hole to travel freely in it, and the hole is then closed
by a plug containing a headed steel plunger c which
rests on the ball.
The body of the type for this holder is necessarily
nicely finished by grinding to exact dimensions and per-
FIG. 16. STENCILS FOR WHICH THERE ARE NO CUTTING
LETTERS ARE MADE WITH CHISEL AND FILE
feet squareness. The outer end of the inclined small hole
is slightly nearer the type channel than the other end,
therefore when the channel is full of
type the ball presses against the line
and resists any attempt to pull the
type out. By reason of the inclined
position of the small hole in which
the ball is placed, the harder one pulls
to get the type out the more strongly
is the movement resisted. Pressing
the thumb on the plunger c pushes the
ball down the hole against the action
of the spring, and thus releases the
type. Another form of type holder is
shown in the two views, Figs. 13 and
14. The individual stamps in this
case are carefully milled on the sides
to the exact angle that their width
equires, so that whatever combina-
tion is set up will present a true circle
which, if not complete with the characters alone, is filled
out with spaces of various thicknesses also milled to their
respective angles. The blanks for the type are made in
FIG. 15.
STENCILS ARE CUT WITH LETTERS
LIKE THESE
FIG. 17.
STENCILS ARE USED TO AID IN .SAND BLASTING
DESIGNS ON GLASS
794
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
the form of bushings, turned and bored, with an annu-
lar groove in the bore that becomes the "nick" by which
the characters are retained in the holder after being
separated.
More than one bushing would, of course, be required
to make a complete ring of type, but these characters,
like the ones previously described, are made in fonts
so that any desired combination of letters and figures
can be made. Fig. 14 shows very clearly the
construction of the tool. The characters are set up
around the central stud, and when drawn back into
Cutting Clutches On Spur-Gear Cutter
By A. DeAngelis
A shop had several hundred ratchet clutch rings to
cut, and the only available means of accomplishing this
seemed to be an ordinary milling machine with the use
of a dividing head. It was very quickly discovered,
however, after a start had been made to cut the rings
in this fashion, that to complete the entire lot of several
hundred would mean a job lasting several months,
unless a new machine was bought for the work.
Incidentally it happened to be recalled that the com-
FIG. 18.
SOMETIMES SMALL STENCILS OP INTRICATE
DESIGN ARE MADE ON THE JIG SAW
the shell are held from dropping out by the shoulder
on the stud which fits the "nick" in the type.
The small knurled screw serves to hold the central
stud in position. The latter is not removed from the
shell to change the setting; a partial turn of the stud
after loosening the knurled screw allows the stud to
project far enough from the shell to free the type.
The cutting of stencils from sheet brass is another
phase of the stamp industry. The stencil cutter's out-
fit consists of a hardwood block exposing end grain
to the surface, several sets of letters like those shown
in Fig. 15, and the chisels in Fig. 16.
The stencil is first laid out on the thin sheet brass;
roughly if it is to be all letters for which there is a
set of stencil cutting letters. Fig. 15; carefully and
accurately if it is a design that must be cut with
chisels. No other tools than those above mentioned,
a hammer and a mallet, are needed except perhaps a
small file to smooth up refractory corners. The work
of cutting a complete stencil of ordinary size is accom-
plished in a very few minutes.
Another form of stencil of which large quantities
are used in the glass industry is showm in Fig. 17. It
is for the purpose of putting the pattern on the glass
lamp shade seen to the left. This particular stencil
is made in five pieces superimposed and sweated
together while the design is being sawed out upon the
jig saw shown in Fig. 18. The pieces are then melted
apart and reassembled in the form of the ring as shown.
Stencils of this kind are used in a sand blasting
machine, the ring being slipped over the glass to the
desired position, the shade placed in the machine, and
the blast turned on. Wherever the glass is protected
by the metal it will remain clear while the surface
exposed by the holes in the stencil as well as outside
the band will quickly be frosted.
PIG. 1. CLUTCH IN POSITION AND BEING CUT
pany had an old Gould & Eberhardt automatic spur-gear
cutter, which gave very good service, although unfor-
tunately, it was idle most of the time owing to the
presence of more modem machinery. A special fixture,
shown together with a clutch ring in Fig. 1, was de-
signed and applied to the old Gould & Eberhardt ma-
chine, and the result is that the 30-tooth clutches are
now being turned out at the rate of one every 28
minutes. To secure the clutch ring in the fixture, an
expansion mandrel, shown in Fig. 2, was made.
'Milling
Cutter
FIG.
EXPANSION MANDREL FOR HOLDING THE
CLUTCH RING
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
795
Tools From a Railroad Blacksmith Shop
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
Several machines made necessary by the usual
failure to provide sufficient machinery in rail-
road shops are shown. Some of the methods of
punching, shearing arui forming m,etal, however,
can he used in a variety of ways and with modem
tools. All reflect credit on the iniative and
capability of the men resoonsible for results.
RAILROAD management has always gone on the
principle that if you shave the machine shop ap-
L propriations, the men will fudge up some sort of a
machine to do the work. And they generally do. But
almost every other kind of industrial manaj-ement has
learned that this is far from economical.
It has, however, developed the railroad mechanic into
a sort of genius for taking a couple of angle irons or
channels, a few pieces of scrap
steel and an old air cylinder, and
building almost any sort of a
machine for bending, forging,
riveting or what not. This is es-
pecially true of the blacksmith
shop, and a few of the many
ingenious kinks and devices
developed by and under Otto
Scheutze, blacksmith foreman of
the Chicago, Milwaukee and St.
Paul shops at Tacoma, Wash.,
are shown herewith. One of the
simplest tools is a punch and die
for making
the thin nuts
used on cross
head pins and
for similar
FIG. 1. PUNCH FOR THIN HEX NUTS
purposes,
these being
about i in. thick when finished. They are punched out
of i-in. stock with the form of punch shown in Fig. 1,
and a corresponding die. The center hole is first
punched in a preliminary operation. Then the pilot on
the punch insures the nut being properly positioned on
the strip of steel to get out the blanks with but little
loss of metal, as can be seen.
A somewhat different type of punch and die, and
one which has possibilities in other directions, is shown
in Fig. 2. This is for rounding the ends of brake levers
' ut can be used for any similar work.
The body of the die A, has a round hole to accommo-
FIG. 3. PUNCHING SPLIT KETS
date the punch B. It is raised at the back to support
the punch against the side thrust of the cut as it forces
its way through the heavy metal.
The die is open at the back to allow the brake lever
to be inserted and also open beneath the lever, so that
it can be forced down by the punch as it clips off the
end to the proper size and shape. The lever is first
punched with the hole for the clevis pin and this hole
becomes a guide which insures the brake lever being
trimmed to the correct length.
Supporting the Thrust of Punches '
Fig. 3 is a die for trimming split keys for various
purposes. The two pieces are cut separately and riveted
together afterward. The only feature about the die is
the guide A which takes the thrust away from the cut.
This is a feature in all of the dies designed by Mr.
Scheutze.
This thrust block or slide is again noticeable at A ir.
PiG. 2. TRIMMING END OF BRAKE LEVER
FIG. 4. SUPPORTING A HEAVY SHEARING CUT
796
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
the trimming die shown in Fig. 4. This is for squar-
ing the ends of plates 12 in. wide and i in. thick. The
plate is locked firmly against the raised edge B by means
of the cam C and then the heavy press forces the knife
D down across the end of the plate. The knife is in-
serted in the bolster E and can be readily renewed when
rounded. The swinging arms bend the rod much more
easily and with less power, than where the stock is
forced down between the straight sides of a die.
In Fig. 6 is a simple but effective device for cutting
off rivet heads in brake beams and similar pieces. The
FIG. 5. DIB FOR BENDING U BOLTS
necessary. The thrust guide insures the knife making
a square instead of a slanting cut.
In Fig. 5 is an outline of a die for forming U-bolts in
a bull dozer. The stock A is heated and put in position
with one end against the stop B, which is adjustable.
Then the ram C forces the stock between the jaws D and
E, making an easy bend, until the center strikes the
fehort ends of the formers at F. The continued move-
ment of the ram swings the arms in and forms the work
into a straight sided U-bolt with corners just a trifle
FIG. 7. QUARTER-TWISTING A B,\R
punch A has four cutting sides and is held in the ram
of the press. The ring B, with a thrust piece C
fastened to the outside, holds the beam while the de-
capitation is in process. It is a very simple device,
easily adjustable for a large variety of work and cap-
jible of continuous use over long periods as by simply
turning the punch a new cutting edge is provided.
A fixture for putting a quarter twist in the end of
a fiat bar is shown in Fig. 7. It consist of two pieces,
the body A and the swinging arm B. The fiat part of
the bar is clamped at C while the lip D folds the end
into the opening at E. Such a fixture is capable of
many modifications for various kinds of work.
A Home-Made Bending Press
One of the air machines mentioned is shown in out-
line in Fig. 8. This is a special bending press for fairly
heavy cartruck and similar work. A large air cylinder
is mounted between heavy channels and a suitable bed
plate used to carry the bending fixture which becomes
the anvil for the press.
The particular work shown is to make a right angled
FIG. 6. CUTTING OFF RIVET HEADS
FIG. S. A HOME-MADE FORMING PRESS
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
797
bend near the end of a heavy flat bar,
the bend to be at a given distance from
a bolt hole which has already been
punched. After the bar has been
heated the hole is placed over the
guide pin A, which leaves the end of
the bar projecting beyond the corner
of the anvil block E. Then the air is
turned into the cylinder and the ram
R forces the end around the square
corner.
The whole triangular frame is then
swung on the large and substantial
center C, which bears in the bedplate
across the two channels. By moving
this carefully and gradually, a heavy
bar can be bent as desired. The cor-
ner of the anvil block B must be in
the center of the center or bearing
block. The triangular frame D can
be made any desired shape according
to the work to be done.
The machines built by Mr. Scheutze
and shown in Figs. 9 and 10, are used
in reclaiming and repairing draw-
heads for the modern couplers. The
merits of this design were recognized
by the Railroad Administration and
used at other points.
The first. Fig. 9, is for shearing the
heads off the two rivets in the draw-
head, and as these are li in. in diam-
eter, considerable pressure is re-
quired. The bed is made of two I-beams, 20 in.
deep and with 7-in. flanges. The main uprights are
steel bars, 21 in. in diameter. The cylinder is 18 in.
in diameter and the lever arms are respectively 43 and
3 in. giving a leverage of over 14 to 1, for the ram C.
The ram D works on a 16-in. arm, making a considerably
reduced leverage. This ram, however, is only for
straightening plates and bars.
The air cylinder is tied into place with two 2i-in. bars,
with a heavy recoil spring at the top. The whole press
is also mounted on four coil springs on a timber base, to
I. How it to move with comparative freedom when the
reaction from the breaking of the rivet occurs.
In breaking rivets, a block A is placed on the bed of
the press, and a drawhead put in position as at B,
handled of course by an air hoist. The draw-head
strap rests on the raised portions of the block, leaving
.space beneath for the drawhead casting when the rivets
let go.
Both rams C and D, are guided in the double plate
projection E, and are adjusted by screwing up or down
KIG. 10,
A COMBINED HOLDER-OX AND
RIVETING MACHINE
KIG. 9. MACHINE FOR SHEARING RIVETS IN DRAW-HEADS
on the threaded bar which supports and drives them.
The threads are coarse square in form, 32 to 12 in. or
2 s per in. The fit is loose enough to be easily adjusted
by hand, the ram being run down to contact with the
work. Air at 100 lb. pressure is used and a heavy effec-
tive pressure built up in this way. But as there are
two li-in. steel rivets in double shear, considerable pres-
sure is necessary.
Adjoining this machine, and part of the same reclaim-
ing plant, is the riveting machine shown in Fig. 10, and
used for putting new rivets into place and making the
drawhead serviceable once more. The bed is of 12-in.
channels, 7 ft. long and carries an air cylinder for the
"holder-on" and a rock drill to do the riveting. The
illustration shows the combination and leaves little to
be said as to its operation. The ram or the holder-on
is returned to position by the long spring in the bed,
through the medium of the steel cable shown.
A. S. M. E. Organizes Materials
Handling Section
Four hundred members of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers have organized themselves into a
"Professional Section on Materials Handling" and will
provide primarily a common channel of intercourse be-
tween all the technical and industrial organizations co-
operating in the solution of engineering problems con-
nected with the handling and distribution of materials
and products.
This section will aim to be a bureau of information —
complete in its scope, specific in its knowledge of the
physical and economic conditions and unbiased in its
conclusions.
798
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
W D.Basset
Miller, Franklin JBasset & 0?
GO OUT into your finished stockroom and examine
carefully some part which has been manufactured
in your plant, say a crankshaft. You can easily
see in it the rough forging from which it was machined.
The material, or most of it, is still in the crankshaft.
That forging is the raw material, and the price paid for
it is the material cost of the crankshaft.
You can also readily see, in your mind's eye, the
various workmen who perform the turning, grinding
and other operations on it. Perhaps this very morning
you signed checks payable to these men. Those checks,
or parts of each of them, include the direct labor cost
of the crankshaft. You can
practically see that element
of cost in the finished prod-
uct.
But perhaps you also
signed other checks today.
There was one for the fore-
man of the lathe depart-
ment. He probably never
touched the crankshaft, so
you can't see in the finished
product any evidence of the
work done by him, but you
know that his supervision and teaching were necessary.
Then there was that big check in payment of the coal
bill. No matter how carefully you examine the crank-
shaft you will see no evidence of coal. A part of that
check inevitably got into the crankshaft through a
most indirect route — that of boilers, engines, shafting,
belting and the lathe.
When you were making out the payroll checks, there
were several to the plant watchmen. Careful scrutiny
of the crankshaft shows no evidence of the money paid
to them. On second thought, though, the mere presence
of the crankshaft here, rather than in some thieves'
fence, shows that the watchmen had something to do
with manufacturing the crankshaft.
While thinking over these elements of cost you may
reflectively look upward. You make a mental note that
a piece of shafting is loose. You also note that the old
building is showing the first signs of disintegration.
Sooner or later you realize with an unpleasant jolt, you
will have to build a new one to take its place. You
haven't written any checks which in any way can be
connected with the obvious depreciation of the plant, but
you realize only too well that depreciation is a very
real expense, which must be met sooner or later, and the
money for erecting the new building must come from
the sale of this crankshaft and the other parts which
you manufacture and sell. It is therefore, an ulti-
mate cost.
XI. The Fundamentals of Cost
Having surveyed the generalities of cost systems
in Part X of this series, the author here gets
down to practical details. He gives the funda^
mental definitions and explanations of cost sub-
division and includes practical bookkeeping
suggestions.
(Part X appeared in the October 14 (ssue.)
Touching the crankshaft again, you note that it is
covered with a film of oil to protect it from rust. That
makes you think of the other oil which you have to pay
for which is used for lubricating the machines on which
the crankshaft is turned. While the oil now on the
crankshaft is in evidence, you can see no evidence of
the lubricating oil on the finished product. It is a
material however, which, although it does not appear
in the finished product, is a shop supply necessary to
the proper operation of the plant.
Most manufacturers I find, although they may be
thoroughly conversant with their manufacturing and
selling problems, have but
a hazy idea of what goes to
make up the cost of their
products. They are inclined
to look upon cost account-
ing as more or less of a
mystery. Actually there is
no mystery whatever about
it. If the shop executives
would only look upon cost
methods in the light of
their knowledge of manu-
facturing, they would see
that each element of costs and each step in gathering
them is logical, and depends upon the methods of
manufacturing used in that shop. It is possible to
determine the right methods of finding cost for any
plant in any industry. In some, the problem will
admittedly be simple; in others, it may be exceedingly
complex. But it is always a problem to be solved not by
accountants but by engineers familiar with manufactur-
ing. They must, of course, know the principles of ac-
counting, but cost finding is a manufacturing problem.
Probably a great deal of the haziness which surrounds
cost accounting in the minds of other\vise capable ex-
ecutives, is due to the loose use of cost accounting
terms. Inasmuch as it is my aim, in this series of
articles, to make as clear as possible the principles
involved in machine-shop cost accounting, I am going
to assume that the reader knows nothing of cost ac-
counting, and start by defining the terms we shall use
throughout this series.
1. Material includes all matter which can be directly
measured and identified as part of the finished product,
such as castings and forgings.
2. Supplies include all matter which aids in the manu-
facture but is not apparent directly in the finished
product. Example — files, oil, belting, brooms, etc.
In one sense, of course, both "material" and "sup-
plies" are material, but for the sake of nomenclature
we shall separate them as above.
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
799
I
3. Productive labor is that labor which can definitely
be charged to the cost of making or assembling some
finished part or assembly.
4. Non-productive labor is that labor which cannot
be directly charged to a definite finished part or as-
sembly. For example — janitors, watchmen, truckers,
foremen.
In a way, perhaps, the use of the word "productive"
and "non-productive" carries an unfair implication. Ac-
countants are apt to refer to the two classes as direct
and indirect labor. In the shop, however, the terms
"productive" and "non-productive" are most common,
and it is my aim to use such expressions as will tie in
most closely with the common language of the shop.
5. Expense includes all items of cost which cannot
be directly traced in the finished product, but which are
necessary to maintain, shelter, instruct, direct or other-
wise aid productive labor to produce and the sales de-
partment to sell.
Expense is sometimes called overhead or burden.
There are no objections to the use of either of these
terms, but it is my belief that the word expense is the
one most commonly used.
6. Expense is commonly divided into two headings —
factory expense, which covers those intangible items that
aid production, and —
7. Selling expense, which includes all items of cost
that directly or indirectly aid in distributing and selling
of the product.
Certain items are sometimes difficult to assign to one
or the other of these two divisions of expense. The
test is this : If your product required no selling effort,
if the customer came to the finished stockroom and re-
moved the product, would this item of expense be
incurred? If so, it is a factory expense; if not, it is
a selling expense. In other words, the finished stock-
room is the dividing line between factory expense and
selling expense.
Elements of Cost Accounting
In the articles of this series which are to follow, we
shall discuss the detailed methods of gathering all of
the above factors of costs. At present, our only aim is
to give the reader somewhat of a bird's-eye view of the
subject and perhaps to clarify some of the complications
which otherwise might confuse the man who is unac-
customed to solving cost problems.
My experience is that one of the most confusing
things to a majority of manufacturers is the fact that
oftentimes labor or materials which ordinarily are pro-
ductive, finally find their way into the finished product
as non-productive. For instance, the mere physical ap-
pearance of a piece of raw material is not the criterion
as to whether it is productive material or a supply. It
is the use to which it is put which determines how it
shall show in the costs. A piece of bar steel may be
either an expense or a productive item, according to the
use to which it is put. Suppose that your finished
product consists of an assembly containing gears. You
carry a stock of bar steel from which the gear blanks
are cut. The bar steel used in this way is obviously
productive material. But suppose you have a repair
to make for one of your machine tools. You may draw
out the bar steel originally intended to be sold as part
of your regular product and use it to manufacture a
gear for your broken machine tool. This gear, and con-
sequently the bar steel from which it was made, would
thus not be charged into the goods in process account
or to an article sold, but would be charged to expense.
It would appear ultimately on the expense analysis as
material used for machinery and repairs. That is a
typical example of how productive materials may be-
come expense.
Perhaps it may seem advisable, instead of buying a
machine tool from an outside manufacturer, to manu-
facture the tool in your own shop. If so, this piece of
bar steel would find its resting place in the fixed asset
account.
Aside from getting accurate costs, it is important
in these days of high taxes, to get the correct dis-
position of various materials used, for incorrect report-
ing may result in a considerable difference in the tax
statement at the end of the year.
It is likewise with labor. It is seldom possible to
assume that any given man is a productive or a non-
productive worker. Rather is it necessary to analyze
the activity of each man by means of his time tickets
in order to determine from the statement of his activity
whether his work was productive or non-productive. A
man's regular occupation may be operating a milling
machine on productive work, but he may be temporarily
withdrawn from productive work and set to work for a
few hours on a part which will be used to repair some
machine. That man will have done, in the same day,
both productive and non-productive work, and it is
necessary to divide his time justly between the two jobs.
If this same workman, instead of being put on repair
work were, at a time when orders were slack, put upon
operations necessary to building a machine tool for the
shop, his labor would, like the material, end up as a fixed
asset, and the cost of his time would ultimately appear
on the equipment register. The nature of his work,
whether productive or non-productive, would also de-
termine whether a part of the expense of the department
in which he worked should be carried to the goods in
process account or to the fixed asset account. The point
I wish to emphasize is that no one can say beforehand
that the work of a given man, or that a given kind of
material, is necessarily productive or non-productive.
This can only be determined by the use to which it
is put.
Knowledge of Plant Processes Necessary
Perhaps this makes clearer why I insist that correct
cost accounting must be based on an accurate and com-
prehensive knowledge of the processes involved in the
plant.
Because it is not always so easy to say just how an
element of cost is to be gotten into the finished product,
we frequently find manufacturers, when in doubt about
an item, saying: "Oh! throw it into the overhead."
That is a sign either of mental laziness or of a failure
to grasp the fundamentals of cost accounting. Because
there is bound to be a certain amount of approximation
involved in distributing the expense to the product, the
aim should rather be to get as many items of cost as
possible charged directly to the proper unit of output.
This is especially true when more than one type or size
of product is manufactured, which is almost universally
the condition in machine shops. It is surprising to
find how, upon careful study, many items which have
always been considered expense can be allocated directly
to the proper product. All items of expenditure will,
of course, ultimately come into the product, and it is
always more accurate to charge them directly than by
percentages.
800
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
CHARGE REGISTER
FIG. 56. CH.ARGE RJ^GISTER S-4MPLE SHEETS (FIRST H.VLFl
But good sense must govern the executive in his
attempts along these lines — for instance, it is conceiv-
ably possible to allocate all power costs directly to the
product turned out. Intricate calculations could be
made, showing the number of horsepower hours required
to turn the crankshaft in a lathe. The calculations get-
ting all the time more and more intricate, could be car-
ried back through the transmission system to the coal
pile, taking into consideration the exact amount of lubri-
cating oil, wear and tear on belting, and so on, caused
by turning that particular crankshaft. Of course, it
would be ridiculous on the face of it, to attempt such
calculations. So to avoid excessive clerical expense, and
avoid making ourselves ridiculous, we are satisfied to
allocate power costs to the controlling section. We find
out what the total cost of generating and transmitting
power is; we then determine how much power each
section or department uses and spread that charge over
the production of that department. The detailed method
of handling this subject of power will be discussed in
another article. I am simply mentioning it to drive
home the fact that while as a general rule we want to
get as many items as possible out of expense and into
the product direct, we still are governed by the rule
that the result must be worth the effort, which it would
not be if we were to follow the theoretically possible
methods of getting the charge for coal directly into the
product.
It has probably occurred to most readers while we
have been discussing the nature of overhead expense,
that ail of the elements of overhead are not the same.
For instance, the salary of the automatic machine de-
partment foreman can properly be spread over all of the
production of the automatic machines. The oil and
cutting compounds used for these machines are also
properly chargeable to them, and to nothing else. It
probably would not occur to anyone to charge any part
of the salary of the automatic department foreman into
the overhead of the foundry. But there are items of
expense, which cannot be put directly into the overhead
of any productive department. The superintendent's
time, for instance, is taken up with supervision of both
of these departments. He also probably gives some
attention to the efficient operation of the power house.
Therefore each of these departments should bear a part
of this item of expense. How his salary is divided
among the various departments will be discussed later.
It is evident, however, that we can divide expense in
two ways not previously noted. Some of it, in other
words, is expense directly chargeable to a productive
department, as is the case with the salary of the fore-
man of the automatic department. Other items of over-
head, while not having a direct connection with the
productive departments, are nevertheless necessary to
the best functioning of the plant as a whole. Thus we
consider power, for instance, as a contributory depart-
ment, while the automatic machines would be the pro-
ductive department.
Earlier in this article it was noted that the elements
which go to make up the cost of the product may either
be actual cash expense or merely book entries. We thus
find that expense is of three g3neral sorts —
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
801
CHARGE REGISTER
L
MANUFACTURING tXPtNSt || ^^.^Li^g J
SUNDRItS
NO
rutu f-
Nt«AL
rORES
Ahl
OUNT
DCR
DLSCR.PT,ON "''^^^ I.
CBIT
DESCRIPTION
CREDIT
^ J
00
-^l JS.
^■ft"
'}ji.^ R,..^J:^
'
__-
01
'ji If
02
t9l. St
Oi
-ItM...
04
r v
-L
liliL.
06
Li
91 1 S-9
' "y
07
08
09
iO
1 1
iiM
fU/
')i-tiAj
12
li li.
M-i
13
tliii
/y
c^^,) yi^,j^/
14
/J sa
A^
r3j,j>/^y^ff^
15
IIL M.
16
Litis.
Ml
^y:^^^ ' </
17
II
^r' /
1 ,
f 2> J^
/3/^ ,0^...^^,^
16
..I a.
^f,
Ji.J^^^ij-^-er-''
19
1
7 5/1/1
//■A
20
ITAUL
U
21
22
^ii
/^...j.J :}'^.-^.^y
<il2i.
^J
23
/ 5 J J./l
24
75 HO
^U
/'J',.^.^...j^':.l.y
25
•^
26
•
27
28
29
30
31
-.AU39^_,
Lns± 1 }
inil.L
pjiy
7131 J
121 If
FIG. 56. CHARGE REGISTER SAMPLE SHEETS (SECOND H VLF)
1. The charges to the productive manufacturing de-
partments which arise in those parts of the factory that
actually work upon the product of the plant. These
expense items are, however, of such a character that they
cannot be charged directly into a particular product.
They consist of such items as supplies, non-productive
labor, foreman's salaries, etc. These charges vary
roughly with the activity of the plant and are therefore
sometimes referred to as controllable expense. In other
words, if the plant were shut down or its activity greatly
curtailed, there would be a corresponding falling off in
the amount of these charges unless it happened to be the
policy of the company to maintain all or a skeleton of
its organization in bad times.
2. The charges against the contributory departments
also vary, but not so closely with the activity of the
plant. These charges are for the benefit of the factory
as a whole. Chief among them are the executives'
salaries, superintendents' salaries, office expense, heat,
light and power, the upkeep of the stockroom, the receiv-
ing room, the shipping room, etc.
3. The fixed charges, so-called because they go on
regardless of the activity of the plant and normally do
not vary much from year to year unless considerable
additions are made to the plant or the equipment. They
are spread over the entire plant and consist of such
items as rent, insurance, taxes, depreciation, etc. Obvi-
ously some of these items will appear or not, depending
upon whether the plant is rented or owned.
Numerically, by far the greater number of the ele-
ments of cost which must ultimately get into the cost
of the finished product, are the actual expenditures.
Money is actually paid out for all materials, supplies,
labor and all of the expense of overhead items except
depreciation. Depreciation is calculated from what is
known as a fixed charge sheet. The method of determin-
ing these charges will be described in the next article.
The Charge Register
However, it is necessary for us to have some routine
by which we will be assured that all actual disburse-
ments will find their way into the costs. For this pur-
pose we shall use the charge register shown in Fig. 56.
This form is a rather modern development in bookkeep-
ing which greatly simplifies both the bookkeeping and
the cost accounting. The form is ruled to conform with
the four principal elements of cost, namely — materials,
and supplies; labor; factory expense; and selling ex-
pense. The exact form of the register will, of course,
depend upon the nature, extent and needs of the busi-
ness. Sometimes the executive who becomes over-enthu-
siastic on costs, tries to minutely subdivide the headings
of the charge register. I recall one man of the sort who
insisted that his charge register be designed to permit
a distribution among 130 accounts. This necessitated
a most unwieldly book, and with all the subdivisions,
was no more valuable than one with the four principal
headings given above and shown in the figure. Such a
book as this need have a page no more than 24 in. wide.
The complex manufacturing business cannot possibly
devise a charge register sufficiently subdivided to hold
all the details which are needed by the cost department.
802
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
LEDGER WHEN CHARaS REGISTER IS POSTED
L BDGER M4/iUf^4cromm £XP£tfSE:
04r£
/T£MS
Hit
D£Bir
o*rc
ITEMS
'01
cffeofA
'juji
^t/f/OV'tS
Vff
/S2f65
LEDG^f? BU/LDltiG ftfJURAriCe
(ure
'TSMS
.
...
OiU
tr£MS
'ai
CREOIf
anil
itsffincf fiKunm VR I57S3.
—
LeOSER BAR STOCK
OAT£
/T£AfS
•=01
OegiT 0JI7£
ITfMS
'61
CWOfJ
AM
fi/ftCUilStS
vir
loi3se
LeOGS^ fiORGlMGS 4ffO CASTirtGS
LEDGER H4fiO£miiS >W G^KBeWSINS M4T£fri<iL
LEDGER MJTEftUl pyRCHtSEB. finiSHED \
04 T I
/T£MS
'6L
Of BIT
04T£
ITEMS
•^i
c^eoiT
D4T£
/TEMS
'*l
OfBiT
aire
nei>t3
eai
cȣs.r
047 e 1 reus
Hi
0£3ir
omre
treus
*Si
cpeo/r
Wlf
ff^CMSfS
*t
1Z7S0
my
FtllKMASes
If* 17300
mi,
fifficuMses
Vlt
isr/oi
LEDQ£R
EU£L
a4r£
(T£MS
w
P£BIT
CLtrs
irei^S *■«
Cfi£D/T
HHV
Pl/lfCU4SlS
*"
S923i
LEDGER li/MSE/f AND PACKfrfG MAT£ffiAL
04r£
ITEMS
'U
DEBIT
94TE
ITEMS
'1,^
cp£i>/r\
unv
PUKCU4S£i
*lt
es3oo
siNf/iAL ST ones
LEDGER
P^r ROi-L
a4r£
ITEMS
m
0£8IT
ITEMS
'11 CpfOlT
mil
iJBOR
VR
l5f7ZS1
L £OGeR 3£l L ItiS £xPEn5£
DATE
ITEH/^S
in
DEBIT
CUTE
ITEMS
Ul ClfEOtT
my
SmORIES
VK
ZfSO
1
LEDGER
MACf^liiERY
0J7£
ITEM.-!
^U
OESIT
(UtA ITEMS yai
cpedit
mil
Pl/lfCMJSES
■/H
IS3fZ$
J
LE
OGER 60005 FIMISHEO ANO III PROCESS
anTi
ITEMS
'«
DEBIT
arre
1 T£MS 'Ci
CPlDir
«]/
Ol/TSiOl tVBKK
ISTze
LEDGER
Accounts PAYABLE
IMTE
ITEKfS
*
D(Bl7
a»7E
ITEMS
'»t
CPEOiT
I*tf3l
Ji/l*Diri£S
yp
feetzi
LEDdEP
0A7E
ITEMS
Ht
0ESIT
«r,\
/reus
'«
op£0/r
FIG. 57. SAMPLE LEDGER PAGES AFTER CHARGE RECORD ITEMS HAVE BEEN POSTED
' In fact, I prefer to consider the charge register as a
controlling account with broad subdivisions, and spaces
left so that each item under these broad divisions can
be described. In this way it is possible to analyze the
items so that they will get accurately and safely to their
ultimate destination. There are a great many machine
shops whose conditions are such that 500 columns on a
charge register would not suffice, but the four broad
classifications will do.
The function of the charge register is thus seen to be
that of a narrow channel through which all disburse-
ments must pass. Because the channel is narrow, giv-
ing a close view of each item, it is possible to segregate
them among the principal controlling accounts of the
business, which is all that is needed at this point. In
later articles we shall trace the entries on the charge
register which we have reproduced, through the various
steps that they take en route to their final resting place
in the cost of the finished product.
The items shown on this page from the charge
register are by no means all that would be entered in
the course of a month in even a small business. They
are meant to be typical only. All are self explanatory,
I think, except perhaps that one on line 24, from the Sun
Machine Co., for $154.25, an invoice for work which the
Sun Machine Co. did on the product to relieve a con-
gestion in the shop. The charge will become part of
the direct cost of the part in question. The item is
therefore charged directly through the charge register
to the goods finished and in process account.
At the end of the month the columns of the charge
register are footed and a summary is prepared such, as
is shown at the bottom of the charge register. As
columns are maintained for each ledger account, with the
exception of the general ledger debit column, no analysis
of the various columns has to be made, with the excep-
tion of the general column. This should be analyzed and
the amount debited to each account accumulated and
shown separately in a summary, as is indicated on that
which we have herewith attached.
Fig. 57 shows the various ledger pages of the general
books after the items on the charge register have been
grouped and posted. This is the first point at which the
cost system "hooks up with the general books."
It has been my aim, in this article, merely to make
clear the fundamental principles governing cost ac-
counting. The ones I have discussed are those where
executives most often go astray. It is my belief that
if an executive once gets a clear grasp of these fun-
damentals the minor intricacies will present no difficul-
ties.
Cost systems are seldom inaccurate because of the
routine and forms used. The inaccuracies come from
fundamental errors; often due to considering the sub-
ject from an accounting standpoint rather than as a
manufacturing problem.
The devising of a cost system presents a series of
manufacturing problems, each of which must be solved
in the light of the needs and conditions of the particular
business. Designing a cost system is entirely compar-
able to designing a bridge. There is no standard bridge
which can be thrown across all streams. The nature of
the ground on which the foundations will rest must be
studied and the problems presented by quicksand or rock
solved.
The amount and nature of the load to be carried
must also be knowTi, as a bridge is designed especially
to support those loads.
In the same way, the peculiarities of the product, of
plant layout and even of the personnel must be
considered in designing the best cost system for any
plant.
October 28, 1320
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
803
Duralumin'
It has been said that the steel age in which we
have lived for the last generation will be fol-
lowed by the aluminum age. Recent developments
in aluminum, alloys seem to indicate that the
transition fro7n steel to aluminum may possibly
be at hand. Among the most important ic
"duralumin," which has been used in airship and
airplane construction by the Germans. We offer
here a translation of an article describing its
com.position and properties.
THE use of duralumin in the construction of air-
craft renders an account of the properties of
this material desirable especially with reference
to its working qualities as developed by experience.
Duralumin is made in various compositions and has,
with the exception of small quantities of impurities,
the following composition:
g 40
Aluminum. .
Magnesium .
Copper
Manganese. .
Per Cent
95.5 to 93.2
0.5
3.5to 55
0.5to 0.8
Le^, tin and zinc which, as is well known, have an
unfavxjr^ble influence upon the permanence of aluminum
alloys are not found in duralumin. The specific gravity
of duraluTjjin varies according to composition and hard-
ness ^rom 2.75 to 2.84. The melting point is about
650 deg. C. (1,202 deg. F.).
Like other metals, duralumin can be rolled into plates
and shapes and behaves in a similar manner, in that
the elongation decreases as the hardness of rolling
increases. Tubje blanks, however, can be made only by
pressing and not by the oblique rolling method.
•From a tranalatjpj) by Starr Truscott of an article api)earing
in the TechmscKh Bcrichte, Vol. Ill, Sec. 6. The translation has
been published by tjje National Advisory Committee (or Aeroriau-
ties 1 ? one or i,ts T'^ciipival Notes. Mr. Truscott, who is a member
of the Society, Is an aeronautic engineer in the Bureau of Con-
struction and Repair, Navy Department, Washington. We are
indebted to th? Society -fft Automotive Engineers foi- the cuts.
FIG. 1.
5— - 4. 3
Thickness of Plafe^mm.
EFFECT OF COLD ROLLING ON A
DURALUMIN PLATE
£ 50
0
10
28
IZ
u '»• 0 IZ 16 eo 24
Lengfhof Ageing, hr.
FIG. 2. INCREASE OF STRENGTH DURING AGEING
J6
Fig. 1 shows the increase in tensile strength and
decrease in elongation of a duralumin plate as its thick-
ness is reduced by cold rolling from 7 to 2 mm. The
strength increases from 41 to about 54 kg. per square
millimeter, while the elongation falls from 22.7 to 2.3
per cent. The curve shows that the elongation decreases
very rapidly with the very first reduction in thickness.
However, duralumin can be worked hot at a temperature
of about 400 deg. C. (752 deg. F.) very well.
Duralumin can be tempered, like steel, by heating and
suddenly cooling. For this purpose plates, tubes, and
shapes are heated to between 480 to 510 deg. C. (896
and 950 deg. F.) and quenched, then aged; that is, the
treated material is simply set aside. The original
strength characteristics are very nearly restored after
the quenching but the tensile strength continues to
grow with the time of ageing, from 35 to 50 kg. per
square millimeter. The elongation does not decrease
but remains at least the same and usually increases
slightly. In practice the greatest strength i.s reached
after about five days of ageing.
When heated to over 530 deg. C. (986 deg. F.)
duralumin becomes unusable. Consequently the treat-
ing is carried on in a bath of nitrates whose temper-
ature can be carefully regulated and watched. During
the ageing of the metal work cannot be done on it
which would change the section, as in that case the
strength will not increase further. After the comple-
tion of ageing, the material can be rerolled to obtain
smooth surfaces. The strength is thereby increased at
the expense of elongation.
Fig. 2 shows the increase of strength during ageing.
The tensile strengths were determined by the Ericson
test with 0.385 as a coefficient. This value was obtained
40
KiO
.751
788
Quenching Temporoiturejdleg.ft«hn
824 660 896 332
966
1004.
20
o
E 10
. — I ■ — ,
^^-^
K
"400 420 440 460 480 500 520
Quenching Tempenaturajdeg. cent:
FIG. 3. QUENCHING TEMPERATURE —
STRENGTH CURVES
S4D
1
804
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
TABLE I. STRENGTH FIGURES OF DUR.\LUMIN COMPOSITIONS
Symbol for
Composition
68lbi
681a
68lh
N
Condition
Tempered only
1 hard
Tempered only
Hard
f Tempered only
( Hard
Tempered only
Method of
Preparing
Tempered
Tempered
and cold rolled
Tempered
Tempered
and cold rolled
Tempered
Tempered
and cold rolled
L Forged rivets
are tempered
Elastic Limit,
Kg. per
Sq.Mm.
24 to 26
3C
25 to 27
30 to 32
26 to 28
32 to 34
Tensile
Strength,
Kg. per
Sq.Mm.
38 to 40
40 to 42
38 to 40
44 to 46
38 to 42
45 to 48
32 to 34
Elongation,
per Cent
20
16 to 14
20 to 18
II to 10
18 to 15
1 1 to 10
18 to 14
Modulus of Elasticity,
Kg. perSq.Cm.
.\bout 500,000
500,000
600,000
600,000
Shear strength up to 6-
mm. diameter 25 kg.
per sq.mm.
Sections
Available
Tubes, plates, strips, bar.s
and shapes.
Tubes, plates, strips and
bars.
Tubes, plates strips, bars
and shapes.
Tubes, plates, strips and
bars.
Finished rivets.
from the experiments described below. Experiments
have been made (see Fig. 3) by the Durener-Metall-
werke to determine the most favorable quenching tem-
perature. The curve a shows the variation in the
strength of duralumin which had been aged for four
days with the variation of quenching temperature.
Curve b shows the strength immediately after the
quenching. The strengths were determined in both
cases by the Ericson test. As the material may warp
in tempering it is not good practice to temper riveted
parts. Such parts should be tempered before they are
riveted.
Strength Properties
Duralumin is delivered in various compositions which
have different properties according to the purpose for
which it is intended to be used. It is therefore impor-
tant that the concern supplying the material should be
informed regarding the nature of the working proposed.
In Table I below are assembled the strength figures of
some duralumin compositions made by the Durener-
Metallwerke.
The modulus of elasticity of the hard composition
681a was found by the Technischen Hochschule Aachen
to be 700,000 kg. per square centimeter. Making allow-
ance for the possible effect of vibration on the modulus
of elasticity it appears better to use not more than
650,000 kg. per square centimeter in computations.
In judging as to the suitability of a material for use
in stressed parts not only the tensile strength but also
the ductility is of great importance. This can be
determined by bending strips backward and forward
through 180 deg. over a definite radius, usually 5 to
10 mm., the number of bends before fracture being
taken as a measure. Other conclusions as to the ductil-
ity can be obtained from the Ericson test (see Fig. 4).
The plate to be tested is pressed through a ring, h, by a
head, a, until a tear shows on the upper surface of the
sheet. The depth of the impression is then a measure
of the ductility.
In Table II there are compared strength values,
numbers of bends over 5-mm. radius and through 180
deg., and depths of impression as observed on Berg-
metall and steel plates of equal thicknesses. Although
the strength values of the latter are less than those
of the duralumin plates, nevertheless one can compare
the figures as to number of bends and depths of impres-
sion without correction, since it is possible to obtain
steel plate with a higher strength which also possesses
great ductility.
The number of bends (see curves at the left of Fig.
5) for both metals decreases with increased thickness.
For steel, however, they lie considerably higher than
for duralumin. The difference is least for plates under
0.5 mm. in thickness. For thicker plates of duralumin
7b
10
65
60
5S
50
45
1 55
o
25
to
15
10
,1
1
1
1
i
1
0,
li
E T-
<§ Id
\
Vv
V
0
(
\
)
(
I 4
IS
/
/
/
9
E
E-8
c
o
■'
/
A
•o
V. T
:».
O 5
4
3
'Z
I
\
-^
\
\
N,
\
^
■^V/
~~-
0
FIG. 4. APPARATUS FOR THE ERICSON TEST
0 I E J ♦
Thickness of Plo.te5.n1m. Thickness of Platc»,mm.
FIG. 5. FATIGUE AND INDENTATION TEST CURVES
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
806
TABLE II. COMPARISOV OF STEEL AND BERGMETALL
- Steel -
-Bergmetall -
00
H^
0 5
10
2 0
3 0
4 0
-A
36
34
39
40
IP
10 5
15 3
12 0
17.7
76
26
10
a--
7 2
95 0
10.9
13.0
47
47
45
48
48
= 0
10.5
110
110
9.7
2;
33
3
Fractured at
90 deg.
Fractured at
60 deg.
Fractured at
45 deg.
as
5.5
4.2
3.4
2 8
the number of bends decreases very rapidly. A plate
2 mm. thick breaks over a 90-deg bend; a plate 4 mm.
thick over a 45-deg. bend. From these results dura-
lumin might be referred to as "cold short" for thick-
nesses greater than 1 mm. This property makes it
unsuitable for highly stressed parts wfhich must at the
same time withstand vibrations. This is of prime
importance in connection with the bent lug plates which
are ordinarily used in aircraft for taking wire ter-
minals. In these lugs vibrations undoubtedly occur
during flight which would reduce the strength of the
duralumin and might cause sudden fracture. Exactly
how vibrations influence the modulus of elasticity has
not yet been determined, although experiments along
this line are already under way.
A comparison of the depth of impression of steel and
duralumin from the curves at the right of Fig. 5 shows
that for steel the depth of impression increases with
the thickness of the material, while for duralumin it
decreases. As a result of a peculiarity of the testing
machine used the greatest stress occurred at a point
which was from 5 to 6 mm. from the vertex of the
depression. In this locality the material began to flow
before cracking. It is obvious that thick plates of
ductile material may be stretched more easily on the
upper surfaces and consequently deeper impressions
obtained than with thin plates, since for thick plates
more material can flow before fracture occurs. A sim-
ilar course of reasoning can be used to explain the
decrease of the depth of the impression with an increas-
ing thickness of plate in the case of material of less
ductility. On the upper surface of the test-pieces there
occur high tensile stresses at the point mentioned, which
increase with the strength of the plate. As the mate-
rial flows only to a small degree, cracks very soon
appear and extend into the Interior. The process
described can be followed on the sections of a steel
plate of about 40 kg. per square millimeter strength
and a duralumin plate, shown at the left of Fig. 6.
The flow before fracture of the steel plate is plainly
recognizable while the duralumin plate shows hardly a
sign of it. The right half of this illustration shows
.Steel Plate
Duralumin
Plate
TABLE III. INFLUENCE OF COLD ON THE STRENGTH OF
DURAHMIN
Testing
Temperature,
Deg.C. Deg. F.
"ox
tt..
2 HSas
+
20
0
20
+ 68
+ 32
— 4
3 0 — 40 — 40
80
190
20
— 112
—310
+ 68
The Bar Was
^ Tested in
Air
Snow
Mixture of snow
^ and table salt
Mixture of snow and
calcium chloride
COj snow
Liquid air
Air
J"
24 0
23.6
24.0
24 0
25.2
32.3
23 0
42 5
43.0
43 7
44 4
53 7
42 3
21 9
21 8
23 I
22 I
22 7
28 7
23 3
O.g r.
c>CC c
2.6
2 6
1 7
2 7
2 7
2 6
2 6
the appearance of a test sample of strong duralumin
plate after fracture in which the material suddenly
split in all directions. For flanging and pressing tem-
pered duralumin is consequently suitable only in the
thin gages.
Influence of Heat and Cold
Heat has an important influence on the strength of
duralumin. According to the results obtained in tests
by the Central Bureau for Scientific Investigation,
Neubabelsberg, when heated the strength decreases 10
per cent for an increase in temperature of 100 deg. C.
(212 deg. F.) and about 20 per cent for an increase
of 150 deg. C. (302 deg. F.) (see Fig. 7). The loss in
strength increases with the increase of temperature.
The elongation increases on first heating to a hardly
appreciable extent, while between 150 to 200 deg. C.
(302 and 392 deg. F.) it decreases. At 250 deg. C.
(482 deg. F.) the elongation becomes the same as at
room temperature. With further heating the elonga-
tion increases with a rising temperature. Consequently
wherever duralumin is exposed to heat the possible
decrease of strength must always be considered.
As opposed to this the influence of cooling on the
strength properties is less unfavorable. The Central
Bureau for Scientific Investigation has made tests on
this also (see Table III). The strength and elongation
increase somewhat with the decrease in temperature.
The work represented by the blow in the impact tests
is not decreased when material is affected by cold so
that one can safely assume that the cold encountered in
flight has no unfavorable influence on duralumin.
Experiments on the influence of weathering on the
strength of duralumin, which have been carried on by
the Durener-Metallwerke for three years, have shown
that no observable decrease in the strength properties
can be noticed (see Table IV).
The Durener-Metallwerke has also carried on for
about a year experiments on the influence of the elec-
TABLE IV. EFFECT OF WEATHERING ON THE STRENGTH OF
DfRAHMIN
Dec.
1909
Nov.,
1910
Nov.
1911
Dec.
1911
H
K
'2b
I
:ia
1
g
;!?a
Testing Data
Alloy 681a
02
0
Is
1^
.2
1"
.2
Sr"
Round Bar. .'....
. 41.7
20 0
42 2
21 0
42 0
21.1
42.9
18.3
Bar (thick)
. 39.1
20 0
38 7
19 6
39.3
18 9
40.0
20.0
Bar (thin)
42 0
20 0
39 1
18 0
39 3
18.0
42 3
16.5
Wire (thick)
48.0
20.1
45.0
20.1
44.3
19 7
44.5
19.8
Wire (thin)
46.3
20.0
44.0
19.6
42.5
18.7
43.2
18.3
FIG. 6. RF,SULT OF INDENTATION TO FAILURE
806
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
32
212
Temperctfurc
jdag.foihr
J92
512
10
/
^0
J
/
/
/
E
E
/
t
~~~^
;'«•/,
f*l
/
/
-P An
i
£^
-SCs
[ S
r^
«
k
/
•
?
r-"~
r^
rS'^
^
^H-
^^
^
Con
t-ra"
-,H2!:
' ,
—
■
"^
\
o
\
^
\
/
5 jc
n\
/
<
'-
Eh
ngafibn
" "
^-
s
N
N.
10
^-
^
'
■"
\s
0
0
K
)0
2C
0
3W
Testing Tempsrature,deoj.<:ent-.
FIG. 1.
DEVICE FOR CENTERING WORK ON THE
MILLING MACHINE
trolytie effect from junctions of duralumin with iron
or steel. These were made by riveting duralumin bars
to iron plates and then placing them in artificial sea
water. There resulted only an insignificant destruction
of the iron and a reduction in weight of the bars of
about 0.23 per cent so that no considerations exist
against the use of duralumin and iron junctions in air-
.craft.
Conclusions
Duralumin has a strength of 35 to 40 kg. per square
millimeter and an elongation of 10 to 15 per cent. The
stretching strain limit lies very high, about 28 to 32
kg. per square meter. The modulus of elasticity is
.about 600,000 to 700,000 kg. per square centimeter. It
-is vexy brittle especially in thicknesses above 1 mm.
and consegyenily sensitive to alternate bending to
and fro.
Bent plate fittings, with bent lugs which must resist
vibration, are best not made out of duralumin but of
sheet steel. For stressed parts which while in flight are
exposed to an increase in temperature of more than 100
deg. C. (212 deg. F.) the use of duralumin is objec-
tionable unless a correspondingly smaller strength value
is used in computati»nB. Cold has no harmful influence
on duralumin. The joint between iron and steel and
duralumin can be made without electrolytic action occur-
ing. Pieces, which for better working must be heated,
must be in all cases retempered after completion.
A Centering Device for the
Milling Machine
By R. H. Kasper
A large number of pieces were to be grooved through
the center with a circular cutter on the milling machine.
Accurate centering was essential. These pieces were
found to vary slightly in width, making accurate cen-
tering an expensive job, owing to the time consumed in
measuring. To overcome this difficulty, the device
shown in Fig. 1 was designed,' and gave such perfect
^tisfaction as tP make its use almost a necessity.
This device consists of a bar A which carries another
bar B, and this in turn carries the two swinging mem-
bers C. The swinging members C are free to turn on
their studs, while bar B is free to swing on its stud in
the center. Bar A carries two pins D which are screwed
into holes equally distanced on both sides of the center.
Bar B is likewiae provided with screw holes for the
studs carrying the swinging members C. The working
faces of the swinging members C are ground so that
they will both be the same distance from the center of
their respective studs.
The method of using the device is shown in Fig. 2.
In this sketch, the cutter arbor and overhanging arm
are omitted for the sake of clearness. The bar A is
placed on the work so that the pins D bear against
opposite sides of the work. Bar B is then swung around
so that one or both swinging members C come in con-
tact with the sides of the cutter. If both swinging mem-
bers C touch the cutter, the cutter is central with the
work. It will be seen that if one swinging member lies
against the cutter while the other is free to swing, the
cutter is not over the center of the work.
This device has also been found useful for setting
work to cut grooves a specified distance off center. This
is done by placing a plate in front of the working face
of one swinging member. The thickness of the plate
should equal twice the required distance. For example:
If a plate J in. thick is used, the cutter will be set iV in.
off center.
This device not only speeds up production but it also
eliminates the possibility of mistakes in measuring,
which are bound to occur occasionally in large orders.
FIG. 2. METHOD OF USING THE DEVICE
'October 28. 1920
Get Increased Productiori-^Wiih tnivrdved Mdchiri4ry
807
Spot welding offers many opportunities to the
maker of sheet metal, ivire or other goods. It
is also proving of great value in heavy steel
construction work. This is the final article of the
series; it deals principally with the various ma-
chines, although numerous examples of work are
shown.
( Part XXX -was published in last week's issue. )
XXXI. Spot Welding Machines
and Work*
SPOT welding, as the name indicates, is simply
welding in spots. Two or more overlapping metal
plates or sheets may be welded together at inter-
vals, by confinii^ electric current to a small area of
passage by means of suitable electrodes, or "dies" which
are pressed against the metal from opposite sides. Spot
welding is a form of resistance welding. Due to the
way the metal is heated and forced together no oxidiz-
ing takes place, and in consequence no flux of any kind
is needed.
While the process of spot welding is more commonly
used at present for welding thin sheet iron, steel or
brass articles, practical machines have been made for
welding two pieces of 5-in. ship plate together. Exper-
imental machines have also been made capable of spot-
welding three 1-ln. plates together, and which can exert
a pressure of 36 tons and have a current capacity of
100,000 amperes.
To weld soft cold-rolled steel in a satisfactory com-
mercial manner, three conditions should be observed,
if possible:
First, the surfaces to be welded should be free from
•For the author's Jorthcorrting "book "Weldine and Cuttinsr " AH
rights reserved.
'rust, scale or dirt. If the work is not clean a higher
secondary voltage will be required to penetrate through
the scale or dirt of any given thickness of sheet. This
means that a larger machine and more current must be
used than would be required for clean stock of the same
thickness.
Second, the sheets should be flat and in good contact
at the spots to be welded, so that no great pressure is
required to flatten down bulges or dents.
Third, the stock should not surround the lower horn,
as in the case of welding the side seam of a can or
pipe.
FIG. 391.
TYPICAL COKSTRUCTION OF LIGHT SPftT-
WELDING MACHINE
808
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
SWITCH OH COMPRESSION LEVER TO BE USED WHEN AUTOMATIC
SWITCH IS CUT OUT & MORE TMAH 500 LBS. 13 DESIRED
TOGGLE LINK COMPRESSIO
PIM IHTMI5 SLOT CUTS
OUT AUTOMATIC SWITCH
PIN FOR FA5TEMIH& HEAD
b FOOT TREADLE TOGETHEf!
AUTOMATIC SOLENOID CONTROL SWITCH -~
SCREW REGULATING AMOUNT
OF TIME CURRENT IS ON
DIE BLOCKS SLIDE IN £»■ OUT ■'
PRESSURE ADJUSTABLE SPRINGS 50-500 LBS
WATER COOLED SWIVEL DIE ,.
HEADS WITH INSERT POINTS
COMPRESSION LEVER REMAINS IH UPPER
POSITION WHEN USIHCi FOOT TREADLE
COMPRESSION LEVER COUNTER
.---'' BALANCE WEIGHT
10 POINT SELF CON-
TAINED REGULATOR
FIG. 392. SPOT-WELDING MACHINE FOR HEAVY WORK (PARTS NAMED)
It must not be understood that spot welding cannot
be done except under the conditions outlined, for it
can, but if the conditions named are not followed the
cost of welding will be greater. However, it is often
necessary to violate these conditions in actual manu-
facturing work. This is especially true of the third
one. Where the lower horn must be surrounded by the
work, as in welding can seams, the capacity of the
machine is cut down because of the "induction effect"
which tends to choke back the main current and in this
way cuts down the heating effect at the die points. This
so-called induction effect is only present when welding
steel or iron, no such action being noticeable in weld-
ing brass.
Light gages of sheet metal can be welded to heavy
gages or to solid bars of steel if the light-gage metal
is not greater than the rated single sheet capacity of
the machine. Soft steel and iron form the best welding
material in sheet metals, although it is possible to weld
sheet iron or steel to malleable-iron castings of a good
quality.
Galvanized Iron Can Be Welded Successfully
Galvanized iron can also be welded successfully,
although it takes a slightly longer time than clear iron
or steel stock, in order to burn off the zinc coating
before the weld can be made. Contrary to common opin-
ion, the metal at the point of weld is not made sus-
ceptible to rust by this burning off of zinc, since by
some electrochemical action it has been found that the
spots directly under each die-point and also around the
point of weld between the sheets, are covered with a
thin coating of zinc oxide after the weld has taken
place. This coating acts as a rust preventative to a very
noticeable degree. On spot-welded articles used in
practice for some time, such as galvanized road-culverts,
refrigerator-racks and pans, rain-gutters, etc., it has
been found that no trace of rust has appeared on the
spot-welds from their exposure to ordinary atmospheric
conditions. Extra light gages of galvanized iron below
28 B. & S. gage cannot be very success-
fully welded, due to the fact that so
little of the iron is left after the zinc
has been burnt off that the metal is
very apt to burn through and leave a
hole in the sheets.
Tinned sheet iron is ideal for weld-
ing, giving great strength at the weld,
but the stock will be discolored over the
area covered by the die-points. Sheet
brass can be welded to brass or steel if
it contains not more than 60 per cent
copper. It is not practical to attempt
to spot-weld any bronze or alloy con-
taining a higher percentage of copper
than this as the weld will be weak.
Another class of work that can be
successfully handled on a spot-welding
machine although it is not strictly spot
welding, is the construction of wire-
goods articles. This consists principally
in "mash-welding" crossed wires. It
may be done with the same copper die-
points as are used for ordinary spot
welding, except that the points are usu-
ally grooved to hold the wire in the re-
quired position. Among the common
wire goods put together in this way are lamp-shade
frames, oven racks, dish drainers, waste baskets, frames
for floral make-ups and so on. Certain classes of butt-
welding may also be done on a spot-welding machine by
using special attachments.
Spot-welding machines are made in various sizes and
designs to meet different requirements, but the general
principle of action is the same in all. The illustration,
FIG. 393.
THE THOMSON LIGHT MANUFACTURING
SPOT-WELUING MACHINE
TYPE
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
809
Fig. 391, shows a Thomson No. 124-AlO machine with
the cover removed. This gives an idea of the principal
mechanism of all this line of light spot-welding
machines. Fig. 392 shows a typical head of one of their
line of heavier machines. This type of machine is
designed for heavy work on flat sheets or pieces, where
considerable pressure is required to bring the parts
together to be welded. To withstand heavy pressures,
the lower horn is made of T-section cast iron and
the current is conducted to the lower copper die-holder
by flexible copper laminations, protected on all sizes
having over 15-in. throat, by a brass cover, insulated
on the inside from the copper by a coating of asbestos
sheet.
The sliding head of the machine which carries the
upper die-holder is a hollow steel plunger, sliding in a
cast-iron head, which bolts to the body of the machine
and on which are mounted the control-switches. The
pressure is applied by a toggle-motion above the
plunger, actuated both by a swiveled hand-lever on
top of the head, which may be swung into any posi-
tion through an arc of 260 deg., and a foot-treadle at
the base, which also may be swung in an arc of 30 deg.
This enables the operator to control the machine by
hand or foot from any position around the front of the
machine.
The current-control can be set to work automatically
with the downward stroke of the upper die. In this
case the pressure at the die-point is through an adjust-
able spring-cushion in the hollow cylinder-head. The
current is automatically turned on after the die-points
have come together on the work by further downward
pressure of either lever. With the application of final
oressure, to squeeze out any burnt metal as the weld is
forced together, the current is automatically turned orf,
When working on pieces where more pressure is re-
quired to bring the parts together before welding than
can be eff'ected by the spring-cushion without turning on
the current, it is possible to set a plug in the head of
FIG. 395.
A THOMSON HEAVY-DUTY SPOT-WEI^DING
M.-VCHINE
FIG. 3a4.
The tho.mson skmi-autdmatic type
spot-vveldin(i machtnk
the machine so that direct connection is obtained from
the hand-lever to the upper die-point while the foot-
treadle still operates through the spring-cushion and
with the automatic current-control. When it is desired
to secure maximum pressure, the plug in the head can
be set again so that both the hand-lever and the foot-
treadle give direct connection to the die-point, the
current being controlled by a push-button on the outer
end of the hand-lever.
The regular line of spot-welding machines of differ-
ent makes, operate on 110, 220, 440 and 550-volt, alter-
nating current. A welding machine of this kind can
Only be connected to one phase of an a.c. circuit. The
transformer must be made to furnish a large volume
of current, at a low voltage, to the electrodes. For
further transformer details, the reader is referred to
the article on butt-welding.
The Thomson Foot-, Automatic-, and
Hand-Operated Machine
The machine shown in Fig. 393 is representative
of the Thomson line of small, foot-operated spot-weld-
ing machines. These are intended for use on light
stock where but little pressure is required. The die-
holders are water cooled, and the lower horn bracket
allows the horn to be adjusted up or down for the use
of various kinds of holders. The automatic switch and
adjustable throw-in stop are plainly shown at the back
of the machine.
This model is made in several sizes. The first size
will weld from 30 to 16 B. & S. gage galvanized iron
or soft steel, or to 24 gage brass. It will mash-weld
wire from 14 gage to 1 in. in diameter. Its throat
depth is 12 in.; the lower horn drop clearance is 9 in.;
size is 22 X 45 X 51 in. high; net weight is 825 lb.; full
load rating is 5 kw., or 8 kva. The largest machine
of this particular series, will weld 26 to 7 gage, B. & S.,
galvanized iron or soft steel, or 18 gage brass; it will
mash-weld 10-gage to a-in. diameter wire; has an 18-in.
depth of throat; is 28 x 60 x 56 in. high; weighs 1,550
lb. and full load rating is 15 kw. or 25 kva.
On repetition work, where the operator has to work
the foot-treadle in rapid succession for long periods,
it is very tiresome. For such work, power-driven
machines similr.r to the one shown in Fig. 394 are made.
8XD
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
r-
i
i
►
1
lii
L
uf
,A
M
iP"
^^B¥***i..
T
%
m
MM ¥
^^^.' x^ %
1
'
s jwj^l
t fljKjv
■H
m
'i|
^^
FIG. 396. SPOT-WELDING A SHEET STEEL BOX
These machines are . supplied either with individual
motor drive or pulley drive, as desired. The control is
effected through the small treadle shown. The regular
foot-treadle is used while setting up dies, etc. If the
operator desires to make but one stroke, he depresses
the shorter treadle and immediately releases it, where-
upon the machine performs one cycle of operation, auto-
matically turning on the current, applying the pressure,
turning off the current, and stopping. A i- to J-hp.
operating motor is used according to the size of the
machine. Otherwise the "capacity of the various sizes
is the same as in the regular foot-operated machines.
The lower horn and upper arm may be of either style
illustrated. * ~
LP-
FIG. 397. SHOWING HOW THE HORN AND WELDING
POINTS MAY BE SET
FIG. 399. WELDING STOVE PIPE DAMPERS
The machine shown in Fig. 395 is a hand-lever
operated machine, although supplied with a foot-
treadle which can be swung back out of the way when
not needed. This machine is typical of the Thomson
designs used for the heavier run of commercial work.
On the various sizes, the capacity for spot-welding
is from 22 B. & S. gage galvanized iron or steel up
to* No. 0 gage, or to 14 gage brass. Mash-welds may
be made on from i- to g-in. diameter wire. The
throat capacities run from 15 to 51 in. and the lower
horn adjustment is from 12 to 24 in. The smallest
size is 28 X 62 X 75 in. high and the largest size 28
X 98 X 75 in. high. The weights run from 2,335 to
3,225 and the full load ratings from 20 to 40 kw. or
35 to 67 kva. Various shaped horns, dies and other
equipment is furnished lo meet special demands.
Examples of Spot-Welding Work
In connection with the Thomson machines, the weld-
ing of the comers of a sheet-steel box is shown in Fig.
396. The illustrations in Fig. 397 show how the lower
horn is raised for welding side seams and dropped for
welding on the bottom of a box.
The welding of small hoe blades to the shanks, is
shown in Fig. 398. These are welded at the rate of
840 per hour, the shanks being bent afterward. Stove-
FIG. 398. WELDING SMALL HOE BLADES TO THE SHANKS
FIG. 400. MASH-WELDING LAMP SHADE FRAMES
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
811
FIG. 401. BUTT-WELDING ATTACHMENT FOR A SPOT-
WELDING MACHINE
L--
FIG. 402. WELDING GALVANIZED IRON PIPE
1
^H .^Kti^ ' £.'
HhI^
»1
ib''
1
..1
/
t"'
1:
f
FIG. 403. WELDING 12-GAGE IRON
FOR GUARDS
FIG. 404. WELDING STOVE PARTS
FIG. 405. WINFIELD SLIDING HORN SPOT- FIG. 406. WINFIELD HEAVY-DUTY MA- FIG. 407. WINFIELD PORTABLE
WELDING MACHINE CHINE WITH ADJUSTABLE TABLE SPOT-WELDING MACHINE
812
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
pipe dampers are welded as shown in Fig. 399, and wire
lamp-shade frames are mash-welded as shown in Fig.
400. Ordinary wire and sheet-metal oven gratings or
racks, with seven cross-wires welded to the end pieces,
have been made at the rate of 100 racks per hour,
or 1,400 mash-welds. On certain kinds of wire work,
it is desirable to butt-weld, and for this purpose the
attachment shown in Fig. 401 is used. In general, how-
ever, where any amount of this kind of work is to be
done, it is better to employ a regular butt-welding
machine of the small pedestal or bench type.
FIG. 408.
WINFIELD PORTABLE MACHINE
WITH SWIVEL HEAD
The spot-welding of galvanized ventilating pipe is
shown in Fig. 402, and in Fig. 403 is shown the welding
of 12 gage sheet steel machine guards. In this illus-
tration the operator is using the foot-treadle which
leaves his hands free to manipulate the work. In Fig.
404 the operator is welding gas-stove parts and the
foot-treadle is thrown back out of the way. A special
bracket is employed to hold the work. The joints of this
bracket are ball-bearing, making it very easy to swing
the work exactly where it is wanted to obtain the
spot-welds.
The Winfield Machines
The machines made by the Winfield Electric Welding
Machine Co., Warren, Ohio, comprise a varied line for
every conceivable spot-welding purpose. In general.
Figs. 405 and 406 may be taken as typical of their light
and heavy soot-welding machines. Ficr. 407 shows a
FIG. 409. SMALL WINFIELD BENCH MACHINE
very convenient form of portable machine. In Fig.
408 is shown a much heavier portable machine with
swiveling head, and in Fig. 409 is a small bench
machine that is exceedingly useful for light work.
A very interesting machine is shown in Fig. 410.
This has the entire head suspended from the ceiling,
so that work, like the automobile body shown, may be
worked under it. This machine is in use in the plant
of the Herbert Manufacturing Co., Detroit.
A good way to place a machine for some work is
shown in Fig. 411. This is employed in the shop of the
Terrell Equipment Co., Grand Rapids, Mich., in the
manufacture of steel lockers, steel furniture and the
like.
Federal Welding Machines
A feature of the spot-welding machines made by the
Federal Machine and Welder Co., Warren, Ohio, are the
"universal" welding points used on most of their out-
put. The principle will be instantly grasped by refer-
ring to Fig. 412. Some of the different positions
possible are shown in Fig. 413.
FIG. 410.
WINFIELD M.VCHLNE WITH SUSPENDED HE.\D
FOR WELDING AFTOMOBILE BODIES
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
813
FIG. 411. CONVENIENT SETTING OP MACHINE FOR
SHEET METAL, WORK
FIG. 413. A FEW POSITIONS OF THE
UNIVERSAL POINTS
FIG. 412. FEDERAL WELDING MACHINE WITH
UNIVERSAL POINTS
riG. 414. FEDERAL WATER-
COOLED POINTS
814
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
FIG. 415 TAYLOR CROSS-CURRENT
SPOT-WELDING MACHINE
Another feature of these machines, is the use of the
type of water-cooled points shown in Fig. 414. The
welding point is copper and it is attached to the holder
in such a way that the water flows within half an inch
of the actual welding contact.
In general form, size and capacities, the Federal line
does not differ materially from the machines already
shown.
While the machines made by the Taylor Welder Co.,
Warren, Ohio differ radically from others on the marKct,
in that they employ double electrodes and cross cur-
rent, the forms of the machines are about the same as
those previously shown. An automatic belt-driven
machine of the lighter type, is shown in Fig. 415. It
may be operated by the foot-treadle also when desired.
This machine has a capacity up to two J-in. plates. The
CROS
WE1>DING
FIG. 417
DIAGRAM OF THE CURREXT ACTION IX A
TAYLOR JIACHINE
horns are water-cooled and the adjustable points are
locked in with a wrench as shown. Fig. 416 shows a
heavier type of machine. This has a capacity of two
i-in. plates ; overhang is 36 in. ; distance between copper
bands and lower horn, 6 in.; base, 26 x 42 in.; extreme
height, 72 in. ; greatest opening between welding points,
3 in. ; weight about 2,400 lb. The transformer is 35 kw.
and there is a ten-step self-contained regulator for
controlling the current. This firm makes other sizes and
styles of machines, to meet all the demands of the trade.
The general principle of the crosg-current welding
method employed in these machines, is illustrated in
Fig. 417. Two separate currents are caused to flow
in a bias direction through the material to be welded.
A high heat concentration is claimed for this method.
In operation, the positives of two separate welding cur-
rents are on one side of the material and the negatives
FIG. 416. TAYLOR HEAVY-DUTY MACHINE
FIG. 418. AUTOMATIC HOG-RING MACHINE
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
815
FIG. 419. PARTIAL REAR VIEW OP HOG-RING MACHINE
on the other, with the co-working electrodes of each set
so that the current travels diagonally across. An ad-
vantage claimed is that the electrodes on each side of
the material may be set far enough apart to allow of
the insertion of some hard material which will take the
pressure instead of the softer copper welding points.
These hard dies may be operated independently of the
copper ones and make it possible to weld heavier mate-
rial without crushing the copper die points, as these
need to be pressed together only enough to give good
electrical contact with the work. The process is also
unique in that it can be operated with a multiphase
circuit without unbalancing the lines, which is not the
case with any spot-welding machine employing a single
current.
FIG. 420. CLOSE-UP OF FRONT OF
HOG-RING MACHINE
FIG. 421.
GENERAL ELECTRIC SPACE-BLOCK
WELDING MACHINE
FIG. 422. COMBINATION SPOT- AND LINE-WELDING
MACHINE. SET UP FOR LINE- WELDING CAN SEAMS
816
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
FIG. 423. A COMBINATION MACHINE FROM THE
SPOT-WELDING SIDE
An automatic machine for forming and mash-welding
11 gage wire hog rings, at the rate of 60,000 per day,
is shown in Fig. 418. This machine takes wire from
two reels and turns out the complete hog rings. A
partial rear view is shown in Fig. 419. A close-up of
the front of the machine, with two hog rings lying on
the platen, is given in Fig. 420.
A machine in use in the punch press department of
the General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y., is shown
in Fig. 421. This machine welds small spacers to the
iron laminations for motors and generators for ventilat-
ing purposes, and hence is called a "space-block welder."
A number of these machines are in use in this plant, and
they are capable of welding 60 spots per minute when
working continuously, not allowing for time to shift
the stock.
A combination spot- and line-welding machine, used
in the General Electric Co.'s shops, is shown in Fig. 422.
This is employed for welding oil switch boxes up to i
in. thick. As shown, the machine is fitted with a fixture
for holding the boxes while line-welding the seams. A
separate fixture is put on for spot-welding work. A
seam 6 in. long can be line-welded on this machine.
Another combination machine, used in the same shops,
is shown in Fig. 423. This machine carries both the
spot- and the line-welding fixtures at the same time.
Fig. 424 shows the machine from the line-welding side.
As shown, the machines are ready for welding straight
plates. Machines of this kind should find a considerable
field where it is desired to tack seams before line welding
them. These machines have a capacity of 20 kva., and
will weld up to A in. thick, and seams 18 in. long.
Line welding machines, as developed in the Schenec-
tady plant, comprise a transformer with a one turn
secondary, through which a heavy current is delivered
at low voltage to the material through the medium of
a stationary jaw and rolling wheel. Both the jaw and
wheel are water cooled and pressure is applied to the
wheel the same as to a spot-welding tip. A small revolv-
ing switch mechanically geared to the driving motor and
welding wheel operates a set of contactors or solenoid
switches to throw the power on once a second, the power
being on i of a second, and off J of a second. The
mechanism is synchronized so that during the i of a
second the power is on, the welding wheel is rolling,
and during the remaining i of a second the wheel is
stationary under pressure while the soft metal is solidi-
fying, thus completing the weld.
Spot-Welding Machines for Ship Work
During the World War, welding of all kinds took
huge steps forward. Spot-welding developed at least
as much as any other kind. Writing in the General
Electric Review, J. M. Weed says:
The machines to be described are two portable welders,
one with 12-in. reach and the other with 27-in. reach, for
use in the fabrication of structural ship parts, and one
stationary machine with 6-ft. reach designed for welding
two spots at the same time on large ship plates.
A preliminary survey of the structural work in ship-
building indicated that about 80 per cent of this work could
be done by a machine of 12-in. reach, and that a 27-in.
reach would include the other 20 per cent. Since both the
weight of the machine and the kva. required for its opera-
tion are about 33 per cent greater for the 27-in. reach
than for the 12-in., it seemed advisable to develop two
machines rather than one with the longer reach.
These machines were to a certain obvious extent pat-
FIG. 424. MACHINE FROM THE LINE-WELDING SIDE
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machiner'P
817
terned after the riveting machines, which they were in-
tended to replace as will be seen from Fig. 425. They are
necessarily considerably heavier than the riveting ma-
chines, but like these they are provided with bales for
crane suspension, for the purpose of candying the ma-
chines around the assembled work or parts to be welded.
The maximum welding current available in these ma-
chines, with a steel plate enclosed to the full depth of the
g£.p, is about 37,500 amperes, with the maximum applied
voltage of 534 volts at 60 cycles. Reduced voltages, giving
smaller currents, are obtained in six equal steps, ranging
from 534 down to 267 volts, from the taps of the regulat-
ing transformers furnished with the machines.
This wide range of voltage and current was provided in
order to meet the possible requirements for a considerable
range in thickness of work, and for experimental purposes.
Tests have shown, however, that the machines will operate
satisfactorily on work of thicknesses over the range on
which they are likely to be used when connected directly
on a 440-volt, 60-cycle circuit, with no regulating trans-
formers. Two plates i-in. thick are welded together in
spots from 1 in. to IJ in. in diameter, in from 12 to 15
seconds. Thicker plates require more time and thinner
plates less time.
The welding current under these conditions is about 31,000
amp.; the primary current is about 600 amp. for the 12-in.
machine and about 800 amp. for the 27-in. machine, the
corresponding kva. at 440 volts, being 265 and 350 re-
spectively.
Since the reactance of the welding circuit is large as
compared with the resistance, the voltage necessary for a
given current, and consequently the kva. necessary for the
operation of the machine, is almost proportional to the
frequency. Thus, these machines operate satisfactorily
from a 25-cycle circuit at 220 volts, with the advantage
that where the power-factor is from 30 to 40 per cent at 60
cycles, it is from 60 to 75 per cent at 25 cycles, and the
kva. required at 25 cycles is about one-half that required
at 60 cycles.
The maximum mechanical pressure on the work for which
those machines are designed is 25,000 lb. This is ob-
tained from an 8-in. air cylinder, with an air pressure of
100 lb. per square inch, acting through a lever arm of 5 to
"1
FIG. 425. PORTABLE SPOT-WELDING MACHINE, WITH 27-
IN. THROAT DEPTH, CAPABLE OF WELDING TWO
PLATES i IN. THICK IN SPOTS 1 IN. IN DIAMETER.
MADE BY THE GENERAL ELECTRIC CO.
I'IG. 426. DUPLEX SPOT-WELDING MACHINE. MADE BY
THE GENERAL ELECTRIC CO. 6-FT, THROAT DEPTH.
AND CAPABLE OF WELDING TOGETHER TWO STBIJL
PLATES 3 IN. THICK, IN TWO SPOTS U IN.
I.V DIAMETER v'j
1 ratio. Lower pressures on the work are obtained with
correspondingly reduced air pressures. A pressure-reduc-
ing valve is provided for this purpose, and also a pressure
gage for indicating the pressure on the machine side of
the valve.
The pressure required to do satisfactory welding de-
pends upon the thickness of the plates. It is necessary
that the areas to be welded should at the start be brought
into more intimate contact than the surrounding areas, in
order that the current may be properly localized, and the
heat generated in the region where it is needed. It is
therefore necessary, on account of irregularities in the
plate surface, that the pressure should be great enough
to spring the cold plate sufficiently to overcome the irregu-
larities. The pressure which will do this with heavy plates
is ample for effecting the weld after the welding tempera-
ture is reached.
It should be explained in this connection that the rate
of heating at the surfaces to be welded depends largely
upon the contact resistance, and consequently upon the
condition of the plates and the pressure used. If the plates
are clean and bright, and the pressure high, the rate of
heating with a given amount of cuirent is slow and the
welding efficiency is poor. This makes it difficult to weld
heavy plates if they are clean, since, as stated above, it is
necessary to use large pressure with heavy plates to in-
sure a better contact of the areas to be welded than that
of surrounding areas. It is much easier to weld plates
which carry the original coat of mill scale, or a fairly heavy
coating of rust or dirt, affording a considerable resistance
which is not sensitive to pressure. If this resistance is
too great, the necessary current will not flow, of course,
but if the scale is not too heavy it has little effect upon
the cui-rent, the high reactance of the welding circuit giving
it practically a constant current characteristic and making
the rate of heating proportional to the resistance within
certain limits. The scale melts at about the welding tem-
perature of the steel, and is squeezed out by the high
pressures used, permitting the clean surfaces of the nteel
to come together and effect a good weld.
A gage pressure of about 70 lb., giving 17,500 lb, pres-
sure upon the work, has been found to give good results
under these conditions in J-in. plates.
Both the mechanical pressure and the current are trans-
mitted to the work in these machines through heavy copper
blocks or welding electrodes. The shape of the tips of
these electrodes is that of a very flat truncated cone.
818
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
FIG. 4 27. GENERAL ELECTRIC CO.'S EXPERIMENTAL
SPOT -WELDING MACHINE. CURRENT CAPACITY 100,000
AMP. PRESSURE CAPACITY 36 TONS. HAS WELDED
THREE PLATES, EACH 1 IN. THICK
The severity of the conditions to which the tips of the
electrodes are subjected will be understood when it is con-
sidered that the current density in the electrode material
at this point is approximately 60,000 amp. per square inch,
and that this material is in contact with the steel plates
which are brought to the welding temperature, under
pressures of 15,000 to 20,000 lb. per square inch. It must
be remembered, also, that copper, which is the best ma-
terial available for this purpose, softens at a temperature
considerably lower than the welding temperature of steel.
The difficulty of making the electrode tips stand up under
the conditions to which they are subjected has, in fact,
constituted the most serious problem which has been met
in the development of these machines.
The shape of these electrodes gives them every possible
advantage in freely conducting the current to and the
heat away from the electrode tips, and in giving them the
mechanical reinforcement of the cooler surrounding ma-
terial. However, it has been found necessary to reduce,
as far as possible, the heat generated at the tips of the
electrodes by cleaning the rust and mill scale from the
surfaces of the plates beneath the electrodes. The most
convenient way which has been found for doing this is
by means of a sand blast. The bodies of the electrodes
are also internally water-cooled by a stream of water
flowing continually through them. Still, after all of these
things have been done, a gradual deformation of the tip
of the electrode will occur, increasing its area of contact
with the work, and thus reducing the current density in
the work and the pressure density below the values needed
for welding. This would make it necessary to change
electrodes and to reshape the tips very frequently, and
the total life of the electrodes would be short on account
of the frequent dressings.
An effort has been made to overcome this difficulty by
protecting the tip of the electrode by a thin copper cap,
which may be quickly and cheaply replaced. As many as
160 welds have been made with a single copper cap, iV in.
thick, before it became necessary to replace it. Unfortu-
nately this does not entirely prevent the deformation of
the electrode tip, but it stands up much better than it does
without the cap.
Another method which has been tried for overcoming
this trouble is by making the tip poirtion of the electrode
removable, in the form of a disk or button, held in place
by a clamp engaging in a neck or groove on the electrode
body. While this protects the electrode body from deforma-
tion and wear, the tip itself does not stand up so well as
does the combination of electrode and cap, where the tip
of the electrode is not separated from the body.
Some electrodes have been prepared which combine the
features of the removable tip and the cap. These give the
advantage of a permanent electrode body, and the removable
tip with the protecting cap stand up better than the unpro-
tected tip.
Some interesting features were introduced in the design
of the transformers which are integral parts of these ma-
chines, owing to the necessity for small size and weight.
Internal water cooling was adopted for the windings, which
makes it possible to use current densities very much higher
than those found in ordinary power transformers. The con-
ductor for the primary windings is I x i-in. copper tub-
ing, which was obtained in standard lengths and annealed
before winding by passing it through an oven which is
used for annealing sheathed wire during the process of
drawing. No difficulty was found in winding this tubing
directly on the insulated core, the joints between lengths
being made by brazing with silver solder. The entire wind-
ing consists of four layers of thirteen turns each in the
12-in. machine and three layers of thirteen turns each in
the 27-in. machine.
The U-shaped single-turn secondaries were slipped over
the outside of the primary windings in the assembly of
the transformers. These were constructed of two copper
plates each i in. thick and 61 in. wide, which were bent
to the proper shape in the blacksmith shop, and assembled
one inside the other with a J -in. space between them.
Narrow strips of copper were inserted between the plates
along the edges, and the plates were brazed to these strips,
thus making a water-tight chamber or passage for the cir-
culation of the cooling water.
At 31,000 amp. the current density in these secondaries
is about 6,200 amp. per square inch, the corresponding
densities in the primary windings being about 7,000 for the
12-in. and 9,000 for the 27-in. machine.
In case these machines are started up without the cooling
water having been turned on, the temperature rise in these
FIG. 428.
PORTABLE MACHINE FOR MASH-WELDING
SQUARE OR ROUND RODS
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
819
windings will be rapid, and in order to avoid the danger
of burning the insulation, asbestos and mica have been used.
The copper tubing was taped with asbestos tape, and alter-
nate layers of sheet asbestos and mica pads were used
between layers of the primary winding, and between primary
and secondary and between primary and core. Space blocks
of asbestos lumber, which is a compound of asbestos and
Portland cement, were used at the ends of the core and
at the ends of the winding layers. The complete trans-
former, after assembly, was impregnated with bakelite.
The result is a solid mechanical unit which will not be in-
jured by temperatures not exceeding 150 deg C. Several
welds could be made without turning on the cooling water
before this temperature would be reached.
The transformers are mounted in a chamber in the body
of the frame. The long end of the U-shaped secondary
runs out along the arm of the frame and bolts directly to
the copper base upon which the bottom electrode is mounted.
• The short end connects to the base of the top electrode
through flexible leads of laminated copper, to permit of
the necessary motion for engaging the work.
The copper bases upon which the electrodes are mounted
are insulated from the frame by a layer of mica, the bolts
which hold them in place being also insulated by mica.
The cooling water for these machines is divided into two
parallel paths, one being through the primary winding,
and the other through the secondary and the electrodes in
series. Separate valves are supplied for independent ad-
justment of the flow in the two paths. The resistance of
ordinary hydrant water is sufficiently great as to cause no
concern regarding the grounding or short-circuiting of the
windings through the cooling water, although it is neces-
sary to use rubber tubing or hose for leading it in and out.
Some pieces of J x 2-in. machine steel were welded in
seven seconds with a current of 33,000 amp. They were
afterward clamped in a vise and hammered into U-shapes.
Small pieces were sheared from the seam where two i-in.
plates had been welded together in a row of spots. The
pieces of the plates were then split apart with a cold chisel
in one case, and an effort was made to do so in the other,
with the result that one piece of plate broke at the welds
before the welds would themselves break. Such tests as
these show that the welds are at least as strong as the ma-
terial on which the welds were made. Some samples of the
i X 2-in. stock welded together in the same manner were
tested by bending in an edgewise direction, thus subjecting
the welds to a shearing torque. The ultimate strength
calculated from these tests was in the neighborhood of 65,-
000 lb. per square inch. These tests showed also a very
tough weld, the deflection being almost 45 deg. in some
cases before the final rupture occurred. The maximum
load occurred with a deflection of from 3 to 5 deg. with a
very gradual reduction in the load from this time till the
final rupture.
The Duplex Welding Machine
The machine shown in Fig. 426 was developed for the
application of electric welding as a substitute for riveting
on parts of the ship composed of large-sized plates, which
may be fabricated before they are assembled in the ship.
The specification to which it was built stated that it should
have a 6-ft. reach and should be capable of welding together
two plates 3 in. thick in two spots at the same time. A
machine capable of doing this work, with a 6-ft. gap, is
necessarily so heavy as to preclude even semi-portability,
and no effort was made in this direction.
With the welding circuit enclosing a 6-ft. gap, and
carrying the very heavy current necessary to weld 3-in.
plates, the kva. required would be very large. A great
reduction in the kva. and at the same time a doubling of
the work done, is obtained in this machine by the use of
two transformers as integral parts of the machine, and
two pairs of electrodes, thus providing for the welding of
two spots at the same time. The transformers are mounted
in the frame of the machine, on opposite sides of the work,
and as near to the welding electrodes as possible, so as to
obtain the minimuni reactance in the welding circuit. The
polarity of the electrodes on one side of the work is the
reverse of that of the opposed electrodes, thus giving a
FIG. 429. LORAIN MACHINE FOR SPOT-WELDING
ELECTRIC RAIL BONDS
series arrangement of the transformer secondaries, the
current from each transformer flowing through both of the
spots to be welded.
The bottom electrodes are stationary, and the copper
bases which bear them are connected rigidly to the ter-
minals of their transformer, while the bases which carry
the top electrodes are connected through flexible leads of
laminated copper, to permit of the motion necessary for
engaging the work.
Previous tests with an experimental machine had shown
that, to successfully weld two spots at the same time in
the manner adopted here, it is necessary that the pressures
shall be independently applied. Otherwise, due to inequali-
ties in the thickness of the work, or in the wear and tear
of the electrodes, the pressure may be much greater on
one of the spots than on the other. This results in un-
equal heating in the two spots. The resistance and its
heating effect are less in the spot with the greater pres-
sure. The two top electrodes in this machine were there-
fore mounted on separate plungers, operated by separate
pistons through independent levers.
The pressures obtained in this machine with an air pres-
sure of 100 lb. per square inch, are 30,000 lb. on each spot,
giving a total pressure of 60,000 lb. which must be ex-
erted by the frame around the 6-ft. gap. The necessary
strength is obtained by constructing the frame of two
steel plates, each 2 in. thick, properly spaced and rigidly
bolted together.
The use of steel in this case is easily permissible on ac-
count of the restricted area of the welding circuit and its
relative position, resulting in small tendency for magnetic
flux to enter the frame. However, the heads carrying the
electrodes, being in close proximity to the welding circuit,
were made of gun metal.
The two air cylinders are mounted on a cast-iron bed-
plate in the back part of the machine. The levers con-
necting the pistons to the electrode plungers, which are
7 ft. in length, were made of cast steel, in order to obtain
the necessary strength.
The maximum welding current for which this machine
was designed is 50,000 amp. This current is obtained with
500 volts at 60 cycles applied.
The distance between the electrode bodies for this ma-
829
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 18
1
Thickness of
Thickness of
Time in
Cost 1000 Welds
Gauge
Number
Sheets to
Sheets in
K. W.
H. P.
Seconds to
at one Cent per
Fractions of
Decimals of
Required
Required
Make a Weld
K. W. Hour
an loch
an. Inch
30
iV
.0125
3.0
4.2
.25
.002
28
/,
.0156
4.0
5.6
.3
.003
24
tV
.0250
5.0
7.0
.45
.006
20
J% ■
.0375
6.5
9.2
.6
.011
18
'v
.0500
8.0
11.3
.8
A>n
16
h
.0626
9.5
13.5
1.0
.026
14
5\
.0781
10.0
14.2
1.3
.036
12
''"
.1093
12.0
17.0
1.6
.052
11
Vs
.1250
13.0
18.5
1.7
.061
10
sV
.1406
14.0
19.9
1.8
.070
S" 9
.1562
15.0
21.3
1.9
.079
y 8
i?
.1715
16.0
22.7
2.0
.088
7
A
.1875
17.0
24.1
2.1
.099
6
a
.2031'
18.0
25.6
2.2
.110
5
.2187
19.0
27.0
2.4
.124
; 4
.2343
20.0
28.4
2.7
,148'
. > ' 3
H
.2500
21.0
29.8
3.
.174
*) As th
e cost of current
varies in different places, we have figured the current at one cent per K. W. hour |
f« give a
basis for calcula
ting the cost. Multiply the cost of current given
above by the rate per K.W. hour
$o\i pay a
ind you will ha\
e your cost per 1000 welds for current.
TABL,E XXIX. SPOT-WKLrUlMG I'UWKK ANJJ COST D.Vl'A
chine is fixed at 8 in., center to center, but the distances
between the centers of the tips may be easily varied from
6 in. to 10 in. by shifting the tip from the center of the
body toward one side or the other.
Provision has been made for shifting the electrodes on
their bases to positions 90 deg. from those shown in the
pictures, thus spacing the welds in a direction along the
axis of the machine instead of traverse to it.
The transformers are insulated and cooled in the same
manner as those in the semi-portable machines. The wind-
ings are interlaced in order to obtain minimum reactance,
the primary being wound in two layers of 14 turns each,
one inside and the other outside of the single turn secondary.
With 50,000 amp. in the secondaries of these transform-
ers, the current in the primary is 1,800. The respective
current densities are 7,000 and 9,000 amp. per square inch.
The kva. entering the transformers on this basis, the two
primaries being in series on 500 volts, is 450 for each
transformer.
This machine also has been provided with a regulating
transformer for applying different vo.tages to give differ-
ent values of welding current, and with a panel carrying
the necessary selector switches and contactor. The maxi-
mum voltage provided by this regulating transformer as
at present constructed is 440. If it is found that the cur-
rent obtained with this voltage is not sufficient for the
heaviest work which it is desired to do with this machine,
the maximum voltage may be changed to 500.
The kva. entering the transformers at 440 volts will be
approximately 350 each, instead of 450.
In order that this machine may be operated from any
ordinary power circuit, it will be necessary to use a motor-
generator set provided with a suitable flywheel. This will
eliminate the bad power-factor, distribute the load equally
on the three phases, and over a much larger interval of
time for each weld, thus substituting small gradual changes
in power for large and sudden changes. On account of
the high reactance the welding current will remain practi-
cally constant as the speed of the motor-generator g^t
falls away, thus favoring the utilization of the flywheel.
1
Number
of
Gauge
Approximate
Thickness in
Fractions of
an Inch
Approximate
Thickness in
Decimal Parts
of- an Inch
Weight
per
Sq. Foot
Iron
Number
of
Gauge
Approximate
Thickness in
Fractions of
an Inch
Approximate
Thickness in
Decimal Parts
of an Inch
Weight
per
Sq. Foot
Iron
30
1-80
.0125
.5
13
3-32
.09375
3.75
29
9-640
.0140625
.5625
12
7-64
.109375
4.375
28
1-64
.015625
.625
11
1-8
.125
5.
27
i 1-640
.0171875
.6875
10
9-64
.140625
5.625
26
3-160
.01875
.75
9
5-32
.15625
6.25
25
7-320
.021875
.875
8
11-64
.171875
6.875
24
1-40
.025
1.
7
3-16
.1875
7.5
23
9-320
.028125
1.125
6
13-64
.203125
8.125
22
1-32
.03125
1.25
5
7-32
.21875
8.75
21
11-320
. 034375
1.375
4
15-64
.234375
9.375
20
3-80
. 0375
1.50
3
1-4
.25
10.
19
7-160
.04375
1.75
2
17-64
.265625
10.625
18
1-20
.05
2.
1
9-32
.28125
11.25
17
9-160
.05625
2.25
0
5-16
.3125
12.50
16
1-16
.0625
2.5
00
11-32
.34375
13.75
15
9-128
.0703125
2.8125
000
3-8
. 375
15.
14
5-64
.078125
3.125
TABLE XXX. THICKNESS AND WEIGHT OF SHEET IROX
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
821
I
1
Decimal
Inch
Mill.
.1
Fra
In.
1
Decimal
Inch
Mill.
Fra
In.
2
17
E
Decimal
Inch
Mill.
Fra
In.
■a
ea
9
Decimal
Inch
Mill
Fra
In.
If
■a
s
Decimal
Inch
Mill.
Fra
In.
•a
a
£
is
Decimal
Inch
Mill.
Fra
In.
05 ^
. 00394
. 04525
.11443
.203125
.296S75
K
.40157
10.2
.00787
.«
. 046875
A
.11811
3.01
.20431
4
.99921
7.6
.40551
10.3
.0100*5
SO
.04724
1.2
.14
II
. 20472
5 2
.3
1
.40625
li
.011257
?n
.049
18
. 12204
3.1
. 20886
5.3
.30314
7,7
40944
10 4
.01181
.3
. 05082
16
.125
H
.21259
5.4
. 30708
7,8
.4096
000
.012
30
.05118
1 3
. 12598
3 2
.21653
5.5
.31102
7.9
.41338
10,5
.01S641
28
.05512
1.4
.12849
8
.21875
I'l
.3125 •
A
.41732
10 6
.OlS
29
. 05706
15
.12992
3 3
.22
5
.31496
8.0
.42125
10 7
OU
28
.058
17
.13385
3 t
. 22047
5.6
.31889
8 1
.421875
u
oums
97
. 05905
1 5
.134
10
.2244
5.7
.32283
8.4
.425
000
.0156*5
1^
.0625
^
.13779
3,5
.22834
5.8
.39495
0
.44519
10,8
,01575
4
.06299
1,6
. 140625
f,
.^2942
3
.39677
8.3
.42913
10 9
.01594
tn
. 06408
14
.14173
3,6
.23228
5.9
.328125
H
.4SS07
11 0
.016
27
.065
16
.14428
7
.234375
a
.3307
8.4
.437
lit
.0179
?5
. 06692
I 7
.14566
3,7
.23622
6.0
.33464
8.5
.4375
A
.018
26
. 07086
1 8
.148
9
.238
4
. 33858
8.6
.44094
11,2
.01968
,5
.07196
13
.14960
3.8
.24015
6.1
.34
0
.44488
113
Oi
yi
.072
15
.15354
3,9
. 24409
6,2
.34251
8.7
.44881
11 4
OiOl
24
,0748
1 9
.15625
•ft
. 24803
6.3
.34375
^
.45275
115
Oii
24
,078125
A
. 15748
4.0
.25
•4
.34845
8.8
.453125
«
.0««571
91
, 07874
2.0
.18141
1.1
.25196
6,4
.35039
8,9
.454
0000
. 02362
B
.080801
12
. 16202
6
.2559
6.5
.35433
9.0
.45609
11.6
.085
23
. 08267
2,1
.165
8
.25763
2
.35896
9.1
.46
0000
.025347
99
.083
14
.16535
4.2
.259
3
.359375
H
.46062
11,7
.02756
7
.08661
2 2
.16029
4 3
.25984
6,6
.36920
9.2
.46456
11.8
.028
99
.09055
2 3
.171875
H
.26377
6,7
.3648
00
.4685
11.9
.02846
9\
.09074
11
.17322
4,4
.265625
H
.36614
9.3
.46875
<»
.03125
i't
. 09375
•fi
.17716
4,5
.26771
8.8
.37007
9.4
.47244
12 0
.03149
.8
.09448
2 4
.180
7
.27165
6 9
.37401
9.5
. 47637
19.1
.03196
20
.095
IS
.1811
4,6
.27559
7,0
.375
>i
.48031
12.2
.032
21
. 09842
2 5
.18194
5
.27952
7,1
.37795
9.8
.48425
12.3
.035
20
.10189
10
.18503
4 7
.28125
■f.
.38
00
.484375
H
.03543
II
.10238
2 6
.1875
A
. 28346
7,9
.38188
9.7
.48818
12 4
.03589
19
.10629
2.7
.18897
4,8
.284
2
.38582
9.9
.49212
12 5
. 03937
1.0
.109
12 .19291
4 9
.2874
7.3
.38976
9.9
.49606
12.8
.04030
IS
.109375
fr
.19685
5 0
.2893
1
.390625
a
. 49999
12.7
.042
19
.11023
2 8
' . 20078
5.1 :
.291S3
7,4
.3937
10 0
5
•A
.0433
1.1
.11417
2 9
203
1
6
.29527
7.5
.39703
10 1
. 50393
12,8
1
TABLE XXXI. DECIMAL, EQUIVALENT OF AN INCH FOR MILLIMETERS, B. & S. AND BIRMINGHAM WIRE GAGES
I
The total maximum power drawn from the circuit with
this arrangement would be about 100 kilowatts.
The machine shown in Fig. 427, was built in 1918 bj'
the General Electric Co., in order to investigate the
possibilities of welding plates from i in. up. Three
plates each 1 in. thick have been welded with it. The
machine is provided with a 2,000-kva. transformer,
having a capacity of 100,000 amp. at 20 volts. Hydraulic
pressures up to 36 tons are obtained at the electrodes.
Motor-generator sets of 500- and 6,000-kva. capacity
were used. From the nature of the service, it was appar-
ent that some form of cooling was needed at the contact
points. It was found however, that it was impossible
to water-cool the points sufficiently to give a reasonable
life to the electrodes if they were kept the same diameter
for any distance from the work. In consequence heavy
masses of copper were placed as close to the points of
contact as practicable. By doing this it was possible
to have a very large cooling surface at the top of the
electrode and by passing water through this part at the
time of welding and between welds, the joints were kept
cool enough for all practical purposes.
A portable machine for making mash-welds for
splicing or attaching round or square rods cross-wise,
is shown in Fig. 428. This was made by the General
Electric Co., for ship-yard use.
A big machine for spot-welding electric railway
•bonds, is shown in Fig. 429. This is made by the Lorain
Steel Co., Johnstown, Pa. It will weld two plates 18 in.
long and 3 in. wide by 1 in. thick, each plate having
three raised "welding bosses." Pressure as high as 35
tons is obtainable and current up to 25,000 amp. may
be used.
Spot-Welding Data
It is difficult to give definite costs for spot welding, as
much depends on the operator. A careless, or inex-
perienced operator will waste more current than a good
one, and various conditions of the metal being worked on
will make a considerable difference at times. However,
the information given in Table XXIX, which is fur-
nished by the Winfield Electric Welding Machine Co.,
will prove of value as a basis for calculations. Tables
XXX and XXXI will also be useful to use in connection
with the measurement of the thickness of sheets, and in
comparing different gages.
Sizing Forming Tools Without
a Formula
By Arthur B. Johnson
It is understood that every automatic screw machine
requires that forming tools be cut a certain distance
below the center, this distance varying with different
machines. To produce accurate work, the relative
diameters of the different steps of the tool have to be
carefully figured out.
With the method shown by the drawing, you can take
the blueprint of the piece to be machined and, with an
inside micrometer, set in an adjustable holder the given
distance below the center, by working to the surface of
the cutter, obtain the same result.
T(!e outside diameter of the forming tool can be of
any size convenient, but with the micrometer touching
the tool at the required distance below the center, the
cutler can be machined until the micrometer registers
the same difference in the steps as is desired in the
finiahed product.
SIZING A FORMING TOOL BY MEASUREMENT
822
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
WHAT to HEJID
/^,/
xny
r.
«'«y
"Jf^TriT'l '.'..!!*;' r^'
'■ ^^' ^^^l^y^^^'^^^f^^
■>'iSii:.
Suggested by the Nanagfingf Editor
STEEL stamps are used for a variety of purposes
and their manufacture by hand is probably a
familiar feat for most toolmakers. However, as
Shelaon remarks in his synopsis of the leading article
this week, it is probably not so well known, that most
steel stamps are made by
the same old fashioned pro-
cess, or a Tiodification
thereof. He goes into the
details of the manufac-
ture of these articles both
on a production and on an
emergency order basis. The
making of stamps of brass
and bronze as well as those
of steel is covered and the
illustrations show many
types of wheel stamps,
hand stamps, embossing
dies, etc.
Fred Colvin is turning
his attention for a moment from his beloved automobile
shops and on page 795 he tells of some of the ingeniou^
blacksmith tools in use in the Pacific Coast Shops of the
Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad at Tacoma,
Washington. We cannot but admire the clever make-
shifts devised to do the ever varying repair jobs in the
old fashioned shops of onr moth-eaten railroads. But
even so, we feel that it is not only a pity, but almost a
national calamity, that the men charged with the main-
tenance of anything so important as the rolling stock
of our railroads should be hampered by the lack of the
proper modern tools that would save so much time,
money and energy.
On page 798 we begin the first detailed article on
cost systems by W. R. Basset. Two weeks ago we gave
you the introductory chapter of this second section of
"Modern Production Methods," and this week, as we
promised, we are getting dovra to brass tacks. Once
again Mr. Basset warns of the dangers of over-doing
the red tape end of cost analysis, and shows how the
well-designed charge register can simplify matters.
Following the cost article is one that we are reprint-
ing from the Jourrwl of the Society of Automotive
Engineers, on "Duralumin," the aluminum alloy which
has been said to be one of the indispensable factors in
the success of the Zeppelin, rigid type airships of
Germany. The article was translated from a German
treatise by Starr Truscott, of the Bureau of Construc-
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots.
tion and Repair of the United States Navy. The field
opened up by this alloy is astonishingly broad. Con-
sequently we are sure American designers and construc-
tors, draftsmen and mechanics will want to be familiar
with its possibilities and behavior under certain
conditions.
The final part. No. XXXI,
of Viall's welding series
begins on page 807 and
winds up his series in a
blaze of glory. Please do
not be dismayed by the
length of this installment
for although it covers a
good many pages a large
part of the material con-
sists of illustrations and
tables and the "dope" is
interesting and worth
while. Spot welding
machines and their work
are described in considerable detail and the fine points
of the art of spot welding are covered thoroughly.
Those of you who prefer to have this material in
handier book form will soon be able to obtain the whole
series from the McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. This ends
Mr. Viall's series but not all we have to say about
welding, for we intend to supplement these articles by
other individual ones on the developments in the field as
they occur. Several are in process at the present time.
This week it is Glenn Quharity who comments in
lighter vein on the hard life of the machinist. He takes
up once more that much argued question of running
the planer table off on the floor. If you don't believe
it can be done read his explanation of the "accident"
that led to the catastrophe and you will be convinced.
Page 828a.
On the next page is a letter from our London corre-
spondent written Oct. 1. He comments on the growth
of unemployment in England and the general stagna-
tion of industry which seems to have hit almost every
one regardless of locality. The cloud of the impending
coal strike which has since burst hangs over everything.
An unusually interesting announcement is that of the
formation of Atalanta, Ltd., an engineering works, as
the British call it, run by women and employing only
women operatives. England trained many women in
machine operation during the war and apparently some
of them like it well enough to keep at it.
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
823
Making the Shipper Stay "Put"
By Lew W. Spaulding
One of our workmen, while operating the bolt cutter,
had trouble in making the clutch on the countershaft
stay in, and, becoming tired of holding the shipper
lever by hand, devised the method described below to
make it stay "put." So successful was the device that it
has since been applied, to several clutch-levers and belt-
shippers in our shop that refused to stay "in" or "out."
The device is very simple, consisting of a T-shaped
piece made by welding together two pieces of 2 x li-in.
cold-rolled stock, two other pieces of the same material
to act as connecting links, and an ordinary coil spring.
The base of the T is to be screwed to the timbers
overhead with the projecting piece extending downward
in line with, and a little to one side of, the shipper
lever. The short link is pivoted to the lower end of the
T, and the longer one connects the short link to the lever.
The coil spring is then hooked over the projecting end
of the lower pivot stud and over another stud specially
placed near the angle of the T piece.
It is obvious that when the shipper lever is midway
between its extreme positions the link and spring are
parallel and there is no tendency for the link to move
in either direction even though the spring is under con-
siderable tension. When the lever is thrown either way
from the center, the spring shortens and holds the
shipper firmly in its extreme position regardless of
which way it is moved.
Making a Narrow Belt from a Wider One
By John A. Grill
A good way to reduce the width of a belt when a
narrow belt is desired in an emergency is to put a block
of wood, wider than the belt to be cut, in the bench
vise with the surface of the block a little below the
level of the jaws. Measure off from one jaw the width
of strip of belt desired and drive the blade of a stout
jack-knife into the wood.
Starting the cut with another knife, the belt may be
quickly drawn through the vise, one jaw guiding the
belt and the knife blade shearing it evenly and smoothly
the whole length.
This is much easier than laying the belt on a long
board and trimming it with knife and straight edge.
HOLDING A CLUTCH LEVER "IN" OR "OUT"
SLITTING A BELT
824
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
Shop equipment Ntv/J
5. A. HAND
SnOP EQUIPMENT
• NEWS • I
A >veekly review oP p
modorn dosiignsand i
" ec^uipnienl/ ">
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for whicft Mere is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptioiu it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
Newton Ring-Table Continuous
^Milling Machine
The ring-table type of continuous milling machine
shown in the illustration is built by the Newton Machine
Tool Works, Inc., 23rd and Vine Sts., Philadelphia, Pa.
It is known by its maker as the second-model continu-
ous milling machine.
The base is circular in form and is provided with a
tapered column in the center. The table is fitted to
the column and in addition is provided with an annular
bearing close to its periphery. It is 84 in. in diameter,
and the thickness from the annular bearing to the top
is 12 in. The least diameter of the taper bearing
between the column and the table is 36 in. The table
is provided with a finished hub 42 in. in diameter to
assist in locating jigs.
The central column is bolted and keyed to the base.
The cross-rail and the central upright are made in
one piece so as to reduce the number of bolted connec-
tions. The outer end of the cross-rail is supported
by a column which is bolted and doweled to an exten-
sion of the base. The cross-rail is fitted in the front
with a saddle carrying two spindles for roughing. On
the back of the cross-rail is a similar saddle carrying
NEWTON RIXG-TABLE CONTINUOUS MILLING MACHINE
a single spindle for the finishing cutter. The saddles
for both the roughing and finishing spindles can be
moved on the cross-rail, so that the spindles can be
positioned to suit the work being done.
The drive mechanism is located on the top of the
machine, a motor on the central upright being geared
to a jackshaft entering the gear box on the outer
column. The jackshaft is geared to the horizontal
shafts, driving the roughing and finishing spindles
through worm gearing. This permits independent
variation of the rotative speeds of the spindles when the
grade of material or size of the cutter is changed,
although the speed is pre-determined and fi.xed for each
job.
The speed of rotation of the table is also fixed for
each job, but provision is supplied by which this rate
of feed can be changed to suit any change in the
grade of material. The operator cannot increase or
decrease the pre-determined production of the machine
without attracting attention. A clutch is provided for
disengaging the table-driving mechanism. The table
itself is rotated by means of a pinion engaging a
herringbone gear 81 in. in diameter.
Different saddles providing different center dis-
tances between the roughing spindles can be furnished
to suit the work. Generally the distance is either 12
or 14 in. The roughing spindles are rotated in oppo-
site directions, the direction being clockwise for the
left-hand spindle and counter-clockwise for the right-
hand spindle. The distance from the centers of the
roughing cutters to the center of the finishing cutter
is 42 in., so that the roughing operation can be com-
pleted on a casting before the finishing operation com-
mences. Only a very light finishing cut is taken. The
spindles are independently adjustable for height. It is
claimed that very rapid production is obtainable,
because roughing and finishing are done at the same
time. 5-C-:^_ ■«»«*r*^">wf
All bearings, except the spindle bearings, are oiled by
the cascade method, the oil being pumped from a reser-
voir in the outer upright to the box on the top of
the machine, from which point it is distributed. The
bearings are sealed to prevent the escape of lubricating
oil and all gears are inclosed and run in oil.
Potter Thread-Chasing Attachment for
Bench Lathe
For attachment to its bench lathes, the S. A. Potter
Tool and Machine Co., 77 East 130th St., New York,
N. Y., has recently placed on the market the thread-
chasing fixture shown in the illustration. It is claimed
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
825
REAR VIEW OF POTTER BENCH LATHE WITH THREAD
CUTTING ATTACHMENT
that the fixture can be readily attached, fitting both the
No. 5 and No. 7 lathes. It will cut threads up to 5 in.
long with leads from 4 to 84 threads per inch.
The lead screw is mounted on a shaft carried in
brackets at the rear of the headstock, and is driven by
a train of gears from the spindle. A short section of
the screw is fluted to form a hob for cutting the bronze
lead-nut when necessary. The toolholder is mounted on
a slide which is provided with screw adjustment and a
graduated feed dial. The slide swings on a frame
mounted on the chasing bar back of the bed. The tool
can thus be disengaged from the cut and returned to the
starting position without stopping or reversing the
work. The nut, which consists of a bronze bar suitably
mounted in an arm on the chaser bar, is thus out of con-
tact with the screw when the tool is away from the
work. It engages the nut again as the tool is brought
into its cutting position. The proper position of the
tool frame for cutting is obtained by keeping the
handle of it in contact with the hardened plate placed
on the bed of the lathe. It is claimed that threads can
be chased very rapidly on light work by this method.
Hobs and screws for various leads, either English or
metric, can be furnished.
Wayne Pouring Ladle Heater
For use in connection with tilting crucible and non-
crucible melting furnaces the Wayne Oil Tank and
Pump Co., Fort Wayne, Ind., is building the No. 3085
ladle heater shown in the illustration. It consists of
a frame upon which the ladle may be supported at
various heights. There is mounted, on the top plate of
the frame, an inverted burner with a cone-shaped hood
to blow the ilame into the ladle. The burner is designed
for connection to the regular oil or gas supply lines and
uses oil at 5 lb. or more pressure and air at li lb.
Baker No. 220 Two-Spindle
Drilling Machine
A recent addition to the line of Baker Bros., Toledo,
Ohio, is the No. 220 two-spindle drilling machine illus-
trated. It is built as a single-purpose production tool
for successive operations and can be used for drilling,
boring, counterboring, reaming, facing, etc. The index-
ing table affords two work stations and a loading sta-
tion. The rated capacity of the machine is 2-in. diameter
for high-speed drilling. The spindle centers are lOJ
in. apart. The length of down feed is 12 in. Changes
of spindle speed can be had by changing slip gears
in the gear box on the side of the machine. These
speed changes are independent for each spindle. The
feed-works are the same as on the standard Baker drill-
ing machines. The screw that extends through the
center of the table is for aligning the table, raising and
lowering it and locating it in the desired position. It
also furnishes support to the table. The worktable
revolves on ball-thrust bearings, is indexed by hand
and is located in position by a hardened steel plug.
WAYNE NO. 3085 LADLE HEATElL
BAKER NO. 220 TWO-SPINDLB DRILLING MACHINE
Specifications : Speeds and feeds built to suit Job. Weight,
5.200 lb. Floor space, belt drive, 31 x 42 in. ; motor drive, 31 x 66
in. Motor, 10 to 13 lip. Hcieht. SJ ft.
826
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
"Weldrite" A.C. Electric Welding
Machine
The Weldrite electric welding machine is built by
the Electric Welding Machine Co., 500 E. Larned St.,
Detroit, Mich. The company recommends this device
particularly for elec-
tric welding of cast-
iron and repair work
in machine shops and
foundries. It uses
a short drawn arc
which, it is claimed,
eliminates the neces-
sity of pre-heating
the work. The de-
vice is built without
moving parts and, it
is claimed, is so de-
signed that the de-
livery of voltage and
amperage to the
work remains sub-
stantially constant
for any given set-
ting, thus maintaining a uniform degree of heat in the
arc.
The machines are built to be operated on 110, 220 or
440-volt alternating-current, indoors or out, where ac-
cess can be had to an electric circuit of 75 amp. capac-
ity. They are portable, the largest type weighing about
300 lb. All are mounted on ball-bearing casters.
Wayne Tilting Crucible-Type
Oil-Burning Furnace
The Wayne Oil Tank and Pump Co., Fort Wayne,
Ind., announces as additions to its line of industrial
furnaces, the No. 3015 tilting crucible-type, oil-burning
"WELDRITE" A.C. ELECTRIC
V^^ELDING MACHIXE
WAYNE NO. 3015 TILTING CRUCIBLE-TYPE
OIL-BURNING FURNACE
Bpecificatfons — TJiree sizes, Nos. 3, 6 and 9. Respective capaci-
ties. 200, 350 and 750 lb. Average lieats per day, 6 to 10, 5 to 9
3 to o. Floor space, 36 x 66 In., 39 x 68 in., 42 x 70 in Heifflit
to cover, 3 ft. 8 in., 3 ft. 10 in. and 4 ft. Air pipe connections «
i? ,.^^'^^ -? .'";. Oil pipe connections, i in. Air volume required 200,
^500 1 ■> 000 ll' "*'' "''""'''■ Shipping weights, complete, 2,000.
furnace as shown in the illustration. The furnace
stands entirely above ground, is .self-contained and is
ready for connection to the oil and air supply lines. The
crucible remains constantly in the furnace with the
object of not subjecting it to sudden changes of tem-
perature, nor to rough handling by tongs.
The flame from the burner strikes a stool upon which
the crucible stands, thus relieving the crucible from
the cutting action of the flame. If desired the flame
may be continued while pouring. The cover tilts with
the furnace. A worm-gear drive is provided for tilting
and its action serves to lock the furnace in any posi-
tion. The burner is designed for air at a pressure of
from 1 to 2 lb. and oil at pressure of 5 lb. or more.
Racine No. 25 Slotting Machine
The Racine Tool and Machine Co., Racine, Wis., has
redesigned its No. 25 slotting machine. The original
machine was described in detail in American Machinist,
RACI.N'E NO. 25 SLOTTING M-\UH1NE
Specifications — Table. 12 x 27 in. Strokes per minute. 6(1.
Length of strolie. 7 in. Drive pulleys. 3 x 10 in. Pulley speed.
750 r.p.m. Net weight, 2.000 11), Floor space, 26J x 57 in. Height
overall, ^8 in. Power required. 2 hp.
Vol. 49, page 953. The redesigned machine is shown
in the illustration.
The base contains the main working parts of the
mechanism and the reservoir for the coolant. The table
has a slotted hole lengthwise through its center for
about one-half its length which permits the table to be
fed for that distance into the cutting tool.
The cutting tool can be supported by an overarm or
by a bracket from the rear. Its reciprocating motion
is imparted by a crank-disk operating a connecting
rod giving a length of stroke of 7 in. The periphery
of the crank-disk serves as a cam for actuating the
feed and release mechanism of the table. Feeding pres-
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
827
sure exists only during the cutting stroke as the tool
is relieved from the work on its return stroke. The
feed is not positive but is governed by a spring-
controlled lever and the pressure of the spring and con-
sequent rate of feed of the table are regulated by a
hand lever on the front of the table. The thrust
against the cutting tools is counteracted by the support
of a bar which carries a small roller that fits in a spline
cut in the back of the tool. The cutter coolant is
circulated by a small belt-driven pump.
The machine is furnished either with tight and loose
pulleys for belt-drive or with a tight pulley only for
motor drive.
West Side Junior Bench Bandsaw
The illustration shows the 14-in. bench bandsaw built
by the West Side Iron Works, Grand Rapid's, Mich.
It was designed particularly for the service of pattern
shops, furniture factories, manual training schools and
jobbing shops and can be used as a portable machine
WEST .SIDE 14-IN. BANDSAW
or mounted on a bench when not furnished with the
pedestal.
The machine is furnished either for belt or motor
drive. The belt drive pulley is 5 A x li in. The
frame is a one-piece cored casting, carrying self-oiling
bearings for the shafts. The wheels are 14 in. in dia-
meter with 1 in. face and are covered with rubber
bands. The shaft of the upper wheel runs in a double
yoke-box and has a tilting device for shifting the saw-
blade to the desired path. The table is 16J x 19 in.,
is finish-planed and can be tilted to any angle up to 45
deg. The over-all height without pedestal is 3 ft. 6 in.
Woodison Mechanical Pouring Device
The illustration herewith shows the relative advan-
tages of the pouring device, brought out by the E. J.
Woodison Co., Detroit, Mich., over the old style method.
WOODISON MECHANICAL. POUBING DEVICE
The pouring is said to be more accurate, with fewer
spills and accidents. Adjustable levers and a counter-
weight enable ladle capacities of over 400 lb. to be
lifted 18 inches.
Arnold Type "C" Portable Electric Drill
The portable electric drill shown in the illustration
has recently been placed on the market by the Arnold
Electric Tool Co., Inc., New London, Conn., and 114
Liberty St., New York. The drill, known as type "C,"
has a ;',-hp. motor and an idle speed of 480 r.p.m.
It is claimed to have a capacity for drilling J in.
in steel and •' in. in wood or brass.
The motor operates on both a.c. and d.c. current of
110 to 120 volts, although machines can be furnished
for other voltages. It is claimed that the tool is very
simply constructed. Each
section can be removed
as a unit. By removing
the upper housing the
commutator can be
cleaned while the motor
is running. The gear
housing can be removed
without disturbing the
motor. The lower hous-
ing can be removed with-
out disturbing the gear
housing, thus enabling
the armature to be taken
out of the motor housing
ARNOLD TYPE "C" PORTABLE ^^^^ the gear train in-
ELECTRIC DRILL taCt.
828
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. ft
The housing is made of aluminum. There are five
sets of ball bearings holding the rotating parts. The
switch is located in the side handle. The breastplate
and the spade handle are interchangeable. Screw feed
and "old-man" attachments can be furnished, thus
enabling the tool to be used as a bench drill. The
over-all length of the tool is 16^ in. and the weight
13i lb.
Bauer Revolving Knife Wood Trimmer
The illustration shows the revolving knife wood
trimmer made by A. E. Bauer & Son, 7021 S. Racine
Ave., Chicago, 111. It is claimed that the revolving
knife cuts instead of crushes off the wood, making a
BALTKR KEVOlA'liN'G KXJFE WOOD TRl.M.UKK
Specifications: Length overall, 17i in. Width overall. 11 In.
Height (without handle) 9 in. Maximum length of cut, "J in.
Maximum height of cut, 2J in. Diameter of knife, o| in. Weight,
40 lb.
straight, smooth cut with a polished surface effect on
any kind of wood. The total cutting edge of the
knife is 16J in.
The guides at the ends can be set at any angle
up to 45 deg. and 45. 60 and 90 deg. angles are
marked on the base of the machine. There is an
attachment to be used when grinding the knife.
Davis No. 1 Continuous Duplex
Four-Spindle Milling Machine
The milling machine illustrated in Fig. 1 is a late
product of the Davis & Thompson Co., 251 Reed St., Mil-
waukee, Wis., and is intended for continuous end milling
and milling to length.
In each head are two cutter spindles having an end-
wise micrometer adjustment of 2 in. and provision for
locking them in place after adjustment. The right-hand
head is adjustable on the bed, permitting milling va-
rious lengths up to the capacity of the machine. The
work is held in a revolving fixture as shown and the
cutters are so located that the front ones do the rough-
ing and the back ones the finishing.
FIG. 1. DAVIS CONTINUOUS DUPLEX MILLING MACHINE
The work mandrel is supported in both heads and is
rotated by worm gearing. The various feeds are by
change gears at the back of the machine and the feed is
engaged by a cone friction clutch. The speed gears are
enclosed in an oil-tight compai-tment filled with trans-
mission oil while the lubrication of gears and spindles
is taken care of by oil reservoirs inside the heads.
An attachment for carrying the work without clamp-
ing is shown in Fig. 2. The clamping is automatically
l''IG. 2.
ATTACUilEXT FOK CAKRYING W^ORK
WITHOfT CLA.MPIXG
done by endless wire ropes passing over sheaves and
being held taut against the work by stiff springs. With
this attachment it is only necessary for the operator
to put in and take out the pieces at the proper station.
The Fourth Roll Call of the American
Red Cross
The Fourth Annual Roll Call of the American Red
Cross will be held from Nov. 11 to 25. It is neither a
campaign nor a drive; it is sim.ply the time set aside
for all members to pay their dues and renew their mem-
berships, and for new members to join. The dues are
one dollar. If you are in sympathy with what the Red
Cross is doing for public health in this country, for the
26,000 wounded soldiers still in hospitals and for the
millions of sick and star\'ing people in Eastern Europe,
you will want to join.
October 28, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machiner^^*^ '^ // 828a
Pipe Dreams of a Tramp Machinist —
Boys Will Be Boys
By Glenn Quiiarity
A contributor to the American Machinist said some
time atro, I do not remember in what issue, that he did
not believe it possible for a planer table, or platen, to run
off on the floor. I cannot share his belief for the
reason that very early in my career I not only witnessed
such a catastrophe, but had a guilty hand in the causes
which led up to it.
I haven't the least idea when or by whom the great
American institution of baseball was invented but it
must have happened long before I did, for one of my
earliest recollections is of getting a baseball on the
end of my nose while watching the "boys from
Brookses" play "three ol' cat" in the field adjoining the
Brookdell Shops. It must have been a very "soft"
ball, suited to my tender years^ — and nose — else the
latter would now be a dimple.
For a few days after that event I withdrew my
across the room, between the belts, posts and other
obstructions; which latter included workmen who did
not care for baseball.
One warm afternoon, after reluctantly obeying Bill's
clarion call, several of us boys found (much to our sur-
prise) that all we had to do to get to work was to
start up our machines and throw in the feed. I had a
big bronze bushing in the lathe chuck and was boring it
out by my favorite method of turning the tool bottom
side up, running the lathe backward, and feeding
toward the tailstock. (Did you ever try it? "Charlie"
Pratt taught me the trick and it is astonishing how it
will quiet a "chattery" lathe on such jobs).
Fortunately, as I thought, the cut had justTeen
started. It had taken a deal of grinding and setting to
get that tool in just the right position at twelve o'clock,
but I did it, and so this afternoon I had nothing to
v/orry about until the tool had traversed the 14-in.
length of a 10-in. diameter bushing. Further, if I
didn't happen to notice it at the exact instant that the
tool came out of the work, why, it was a long bed
lathe, and somebody would probably call my attention to
attention from the strenuous game of baseball and
devoted myself to the more engrossing, if less exciting,
occupation of building dams in the brook and con-
structing waterwheels to go with them.
By the time, however, that I had reached the mature
age of 16 years and was serving my time in the
machine-room with some of the same men that had
helped to bust my nose, I had regained my interest in
baseball and during the season used to hurry back from
my dinner each noon for a few minutes of ball tossing
and whacking before being whistled into the shop by
Bill Shailer's relentless hand on the whistle cord.
Given a dozen or more men or boys engrossed in ball
playing and summon them to the sterner duties of life,
though they respond conscientiously enough, it is too
much to expect that their thoughts will be instantly
transferred from sport to the work in hand, and so
it would not be strange if there were more or less horse-
play after dinner before the boys finally settled down to
the afternoon's routine.
Especially if two or three boys happened to have
"cuts" on lathe, planer, or shaper (and it was wonder-
ful, the facility with which this condition could be
arranged for just before noon) so that their immediate
duties after one o'clock were satisfactorily discharged
by simply throwing the shipper, there would be more
or less surreptitious tossing of balls back and forth
the fact that I was "cutting wind" before the carriage
reached the tailstock.
Fatty (not Fatty Arbuckle) was running the old
planer down in the dark corner of the room. (Fatty
was so called because of his avoirdupois; at the age of
17 years he was 5 ft. 4 in. high and weighed 174 lb.)
He was a wizard (for a second year boy) on the old
planer, and though he didn't like it very well, much
preferring the new milling machine up near the boss'
desk, he u.sed to be assigned to it quite often; "just out
of pure cussedness" he was wont to grumble.
The old planer, which I think was built by the
Phoenix Iron Works of Hartford, Conn , had a com-
paratively short bed, with a table that, though short
in itself, was long by comparison. It had four pulleys
on the first shaft and only one belt, which drove first the
outside pulley and then the inside one as the table
travelled back and forth, the belt at each reversal pass-
ing across two loose pulleys placed between the tight
ones.
Fatty was planing up the edges of a large iron flask
which covered nearly the entire surface of planer table.
"Just as good a job," says Fatty, "as if it was solid —
828b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
it lasts just as long and you don't have to grind the
tool so often."
"Bunk" was running the milling machine (Bunk
didn't mean the same thing then that it does now, and
was not a term of opprobrium). He was cutting a
rachet — a job that Fatty had wanted — and had his
hands free only at intervals.
The boss not having shown up after dinner, Fatty
and I were passing the ball back and forth across the
room while Bunk looked on with envy from the opposite
corner. Catching the ball at a moment when Bunk had
his hands free, I sent it spinning down the long line
of lathes, just missing the heads of half a dozen men
who had just as soon have soused me in the brook as
not, to where Bunk stood with hands up ready to receive
it. Making a neat catch, Bunk instantly shot the ball
diagonally across the room to Fatty who, somewhat con-
fused by the new direction, muffed it and allowed it to
fall into the reversing mechanism of the planer at a
most psychological moment.
I say psychological advisedly. The planer table had
arrived at the end of its reverse stroke; Tom Jones,
the boss, had just blown in at the back door, which
was nearest his house; Mr. Brooks, our principal
owner and executive, had chosen that exact moment to
frame his portly presence in the doorway leading
through the shop to the office.
The ball having jammed the levers of the planer, the
belt atopped on the loose pulleys, but the table did not
stop. Oh No! It kept right on going until the end
overbalanced, then it stood up endwise, the holding
straps which Fatty had used to fasten down the job
were not equal to the strain from the new angle, and
the 500-lb. casting toppled over at the feet of Mr.
Brooks, ending the rattle and crash of falling tools
and bolts with a thud that shook the rafters.
Everybody (except Bunk and I) looked at everybody,
else, and Fatty with his hair standing on end, looked
at all of them. Both Bunk and myself were so com-
pletely absorbed in our work that one glance was suffi-
cient to disclose the culprits to Tom and Mr. Brooks.
Inventors' was taken of the damage (which was
slight) and then, obeying a significant crook of the "old
man's" finger three crestfallen lads marched off to the
office to listen to a long and solemn admonition against
the evils of thoughtlessness, carelessness, and inatten-
tion to business; concluding with an estimate of the
direful things that might have happened had not a wise
and beneficient Providence, of which we were entirely
undeserving, intervened.
Mr. Brooks did not scold; he was too wise to the
ways of boyhood to do that; but he had a masterful
way of bringing home to boys a realization of the
enormity of their offenses; the fulness of forbearance
displayed by their elders, and the wonderful things that
were sure to result if they placed Business before
Pleasure and made the most of their opportunities.
We three boys went back to our respective jobs with
the feeling that our old man was the best old man in
the world and that we (with reservations) were the
meanest and least deserving of his creatures. I wonder
if labor agitators, and other people who live by making
trouble for others, would not have a harder row to hoe
if there were more employers like our "old man?"
Business Conditions in England
From OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, Oct. 1, 1920.
MOST people are now ready to admit that Great
Britain has entered on a period of decreasing em-
ployment. For th:s various reasons are adduced,
strikes and fears of labor disputes being prominent. Every-
body was relieved when the coal strike was postponed, if
only for a week. Most people were confident — wrongly,
as it turned out — that in that period a satisfactory working
arrangement could be reached as the result of the series
of conferences between representatives of coal owners and
workmen. The demand for the reduction of 14s. 2d. in the
price of household coal is of course withdrawn, but the claim
for a 2s. per shift wage advance is persisted in. Agree-
ment will probably depend on whether the miners continue
to claim this advance without conditions, or whether they
will allow it to be dependent on a really, and not merely
camouflaged, increased output.
Decline shows itself clearly in shipbuilding and engineer-
ing, in the textile trade, in the shoe industry, and to some
extent in drapery and furniture. On the Clyde unemploy-
ment is increasing, and about 3,500 shipyard workers and
1,500 engineering workmen are said to be looking for jobs.
South Wales is another area of increasing unemployment
in the metal trades, and engineering firms in the Openshaw
district of Manchester are dividing their forces into halves,
each working alternate weeks.
The Motor Industry
The condition of the motor industry has long been a sub-
ject of general and, it may be added, not always instructive
conversation. Receiverships and imminent failures gener-
ally have been freely asserted. The stoppage of the Sop-
with firm, maker of the A. B.C. motorcycles, and the shut-
ting down of the Vulcan branch of the Harper-Bean com-
bination, are about all that at present need be noted. But
unemployment in this section of the engineering industry
grows, and of all things which can be imagined overproduc-
tion has been adduced as the cause. Not long ago the posi-
tion was that one could not possibly get delivery; now cus-
tomers are much more likely to forfeit deposits and refuse
to accept cars. The coming change in the basis of taxation—
from petrol to power of engine — will probably not ease con-
ditions. The decline in the French automobile industry is
described as almost catastrophic. In Great Britain several
instances of price reduction have been announced, the latest
being Vauxhall Motors, Ltd., which reduced the price of its
25-hp. car (now £1,450) by £300, and of its 39- to 98-hp.
cars (now £1,675) by £285.
What, it seems, will not be generally recognized is that
high prices are the cause of the decline. High prices are
largely the result of high costs of production. Taxation,
both national and local, has a crippling effect, and the high
cost of labor shows itself again in the price of so-called raw
materials. Then, too, while the rate of production has sunk,
credit and currency have multiplied. How to reduce labor
costs is the problem, the solution to which is by no means
obvious. Reduction of wages is not usually even hinted at.
Instead, higher production is pressed for, if that is the right
phrase.
High Prices Have Led to Decline of Demand
High prices have at last led to decline of demand and the
only obvious stimulus is their reduction. The whole subject
was discussed at a special conference held last week at
Olympia, W., during the run of the machine-tool and engi-
neering exhibition. Here G. N. Barnes read a paper on un-
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
828c
employment, production, etc., under the auspices of the
Industrial League and Council, an organization that exists
for the purpose of bringing employer and employed together
■with a view to harmonious working. The conference was
attended by about 250 people, a large proportion of whom
were delegates — somewhat youthful — from the Amalgamated
Engineering Union. The latter almost without exception
urged control of the industry by worlcpeople and it is evi-
dent that the Italian example is being watched very care-
fully.
This does not imply more opposition to industry; the
purpose is to reconstruct industry on a new basis.
In the same hall a conference was held the next day on
safety first in factories. Here G. Bellhouse, deputy chief
inspector of factories, drew attention to the example oi
America, which, he suggested, by the experience of some
twelve years showed that with proper safety organization
three-quarters of all accidental injuries could be eliminated.
This will not be readily accepted as applying in the same
proportion to Great Britain. The Home Office here, through
its factory inspection department, has always paid very close
attention to the safeguarding of machinery and to anything
else likely to prevent accidents in workshops and factories.
To take an example, it was only the insistence a few years
ago of the factory inspectors that overcame the objection of
certain machine-tool manufacturers to the guarding of cut-
ters on milling machines.
The Machine-Tool Exhibition
The machine-tool exhibition as a show of machine tools
was undoubtedly a success. Good design and finish were
evident in the standard tools which were displayed promi-
nently by British makers. It was clear, too, that, to take a
detail, the production of abrasive wheels is extending in
England, and a marked feature was the considerable num-
ber of gaging and measuring appliances for the engineering
workshop as made by firms for whom Alfred Herbert, Ltd.,
acts as agents, and by others too. Note may be made of the
glass surface plates by Leonard & Co., Ltd., Croydon, guar-
anteed to within 0.000025 in. The thickness of the glass is
from i in. to \\ in., according to size of plate, the standard
sizes at present ranging from 6 in. by 4i in. to 24 in. by 19
in. The glass, it is asserted, will not mature or distort with
passage of time and is immune from effects of temperature
changes, at least as common in the workshop.
Among the Swedish tools was one pronounced copy of an
American production: but for the most part the machine
tools from Scandinavia were of standard form. Exception
can be made of the Bergstrom four-cutter semi-automatic
machine for grooving and backing-off two-lip twist drills,
in sizes up to \\ in. in diameter; a A-in. high-speed steel
drill 3 in. long on the flutes, for instance, being grooved and
backed-off in two minutes. The American tools shown —
milling and grinding machines may be mentioned — certainly
prevented any tendency on the part of the British maker
to mere self-satisfaction.
Commercial Results of the Exhibition
As to the commercial results of the exhibition, opinions
are naturally somewhat conflicting. The writer knows of
relatively small and new firms who certainly did well, more
particularly during the first week or fortnight. One firm
with a fairly large stand sold it four times over the first
ten or twelve days and then did practically nothing. Sev-
eral of the larger firms were not particularly enthusiastic,
though of course many inquiries have been received which
may bear good results. The promoters certainly did their
best to insure that the exhibition should be visited. Apart
from advertising, both in Great Britain and on the Euro-
pean continent, they sent out 12,000 invitations all over the
world, and engineers attended from France, Belgium, Swit-
zerland, Holland and Scandinavia. Overseas Britain sent
many represeis natives; in fact one exhibitor concluded that
the population of Australia is about five millions — all
machinery agents.
From today onward rates of wages in Great Britain will
be a matter for direct settlement between employers and em-
ployed, but with the agreement of both parties an industrial
court may arbitrate. Whitley councils are of course trade
courts at which such matters are discussed ; in fact in some
instances the chief work of these councils so far has been
the settlement of the exact amount of increase to be made
in wages rates. They can if they choose go a good deal
further, and enthusiasts have suggested these councils as a
means of settling all the problems incidental to employment.
They sufl'er however from a serious defect, being incom-
pletely representative. Apart, from other points, consumers
are lot represented. In short, to take wages only, by agree-
ment these have in many instances been raised, this apply-
ing also to prices. In the end, as was suggested at the
luncheon held during the course of the conference on unem-
ployment mentioned, something like a general strike has
been entered into by the consumers, and a declining de-
mand is leading to lessening employment. As to wages,
engineering workpeople have been making claims for an-
other 6d. an hour, with a corresponding increase in piece
rates; the matter has yet to be decided. Conferences have
been held on overtime working and similar affairs and seem
likely to be settled amicably on a national basis.
Women Workers Employed Entirely by a New Firm
The prospectus of Atalanta, Ltd., is shortly to be issued,
the company being in the process of formation, with a fac-
tory in the Midlands to undertake engineering work. It will
be run completely by women, though it would seem that the
directors are to include mere males. Machinery is now being
ordered and it is expected that work will be started in the
course of a few weeks. We have here a Women's Engineer-
ing Society, and Miss C. Hazlett, its secretary, has stated
that Atalanta, Ltd., has accepted a sub-contract for the
machining of parts of a new pump ordered by the French
government and that work in connection with hosiery
needles will also be undertaken. Apparently a works in
Scotland, where women received regular engineering train-
ing during some years of the war, is to be drawn on for
personnel, with other women workers who have had experi-
ence in machining operations in munition factories. All the
employees will be shareholders. No one would assert that
the women who were so usefully engaged in engineering
workshops during the war period have been generously
treated. They have been discharged to make room for the
returning male worker and where attempts have been made
to retain the women legal means have been sought, with
success, for removing them. The firm of Atalanta, Ltd.,
is intended to give women freedom to use such engineering
ability and skill as they may possess. The works will com-
mence operation on a small scale, but will be extended as
required.
Meanwhile as regards the employment of women in indus-
try, mention may be made of the fact that the factory in-
spection department of the Home Office is apparently being
reorganized and that the twenty-one women inspectors will
shortly receive additions to their numbers. Further changes
are anticipated in the direction of putting women on an
equality with men. Then as regards women in the civil
service, the post of director of women's establishments has
been instituted and the chief woman inspector to the Board
of Education has, in fact, been appointed to the position.
British revenue returns for the first half of the current
financial year have been published today and indicate a total
revenue during the six months of £619,299,498. The increase
as compared with the same period last year is rather more
than 160 millions, but the sum of more than 115 millions
obtained from the sale of war stores is included. The excise
returns, £88,846,000, represent an increase of no less than
£37,621,000, but customs receipts are lower by 4 millions,
their total being £67,834,000. Property and income tax
returns increased by about £16,818,000, but a decline is
shown in excess profits duty of £20,487,000. Property and
income tax, etc., in fact raised £126,335,000, and excess
profits duty £109,400,000. During the past half year the
net reduction in the floating debt amounted to £30,297,000,
and the net sales of war savings certificates amounted to
£3.450.000.
fi28d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
KS FROM rm
Valeniine Francis
The Leipzig Technical Fair and the Outlook
of the German Machine Industry
Few Deals Were Closed at Fair — Difficulties Encountered in Execut-
ing Large Foreign Orders Placed a Year Ago —
Outlook Not Favorable
The Leipzig fair is over — and its re-,
suit may be considered a true reflection
of the present trend of business in Ger-
many. No effort was spared by the
management to attract both inland and
foreign visitors and an extensive and
well-organized propaganda campaign
was carried to that end. It would be
misleading, however, to assume that in-
dustrial circles were under a delusion
when planning the fair, for it was al-
most universally realized that in view
of the obtaining stagnation of business
in Germany, no great volume of busi-
ness could be expected and it is no ex-
aggeration to state that the recognition
of the aforementioned fact determined
the whole character of the fair. The
unabating stagnation of business and
the steadily increasing cancellations of
foreign orders rendered a rally of the
German industries absolutely impera-
tive. A demonstration of the produc-
tive capacity and efficiency of the Ger-
man machine industry was needed and
the Leipzig Technical Fair was con-
sidered an ideal medium. From a
purely organizing and exhibitive point
of view the Fair was a brilliant success;
from the business viewpoint it was a
pronounced failure.
The outstanding feature of the fair
was the marked improvement both in
the design and the constrniction of Ger-
man machinery products. A return to
pre-war standards of efficiency as re-
gards quality of material and workman-
ship was plainly noticeable and the de-
termination of the German machine in-
dustry to regain the lost foreign mar-
kets by sheer "quality first" products is
strikingly illustrated by the fact that
the various substitute metals and ma-
terials are fast disappearing. Wher-
ever such substitute materials have
proved their serviceableness beyond
doubt, they are retained with a view of
cheapening production.
As at the last technical fair in the
spring of 1920, the collective exhibition
of the Association of German Machine
Tool Manufacturers formed again the
center of attraction, showing a great
variety of fine specimens of modern ma-
chine tools and revealing many interest-
ing departures in the design of German
machine tools. The latter feature
was particularly noticeable in grinding-
machine construction, there being a dis-
tinct tendency to devote increased at-
tention to the design where the opera-
tion is finished by the entire width of
the wheel without longitudinal shifting
of either the piece or the wheel.
Another striking feature of the fair
was the progress made in the construc-
tion of automatics and semi-automatics
as evidenced by the exhibited specimen
and it was interesting to note that many
types were clever copies of the Grid-
ley. There were also a great variety
of exhibits of planers and drilling ma-
chines, many of which showed the in-
fluence of American trend of design.
It would certainly take up too much
space to enumerate all the branches of
industry represented; suffice it to say
that the fair afforded a splendid oppor-
tunity to become acquainted with the
standard lines of German machine man-
ufacturers as well as to gain an idea
of the novelties and improvements in-
troduced during the year.
There were approximately 3,400 ex-
hibitors at the Fair which was visited
by about 34,000 people. As was re-
marked at the beginning, very few deals
were closed, customers adopting a
rather reserved attitude on account of
high prices, and a tendency to hold back
with orders in anticipation of a break of
prices in the near future was noticeable.
That this anticipation is not entirely
unjustified is clearly shown by the re-
port made by one of the leading per-
sonalities in German industrial life, Di-
rector Becker, of Cologne, at the
annual meeting of the Association of
German Machine Manufacturers held at
Berlin in the middle of September. In
the course of his statement on the
economic situation of the German ma-
chine industry he emphasized the diffi-
culties with which the industry was con-
fronted in executing the many and large
foreign orders placed a year ago. While
the cost of labor, raw material, over-
head charges, etc., was rapidly advanc-
ing, the depreciation of the mark in-
creased to an alarming extent, result-
ing in serious losses to the industry in
general though many works succeeded
in weathering the storm by reaching an
understanding with their foreign cus-
tomers. Something like a catastrophe
set in when the mark improved and
thereby automatically raised the price
of German machinery above the world's
market level. In spite of a reduction
of prices, the German industry was un-
able to carry that reduction so far as
to be able to compete effectively with
the industries of foreign machinery-pro-
ducing countries, with the result that a
falling off of orders and cancellations
were steadily increasing.
As regards export possibilities. Di-
rector Becker stated that outlook was
anything but favorable, seeing that
most of the former neutral countries
were on the whole well supplied with
machinery products, while Eastern and
Southeastern Europe did not enter into
consideration at all. Italy, France and
Belgium were fully able to supply their
own industries themselves while such
goods as had to be imported were chiefly
ordered in Great Britain or the United
States. According to his opinion, the
latter two countries had lost their im-
portance as a purchasing factor for the
German machinery export industiy;
moreover, they had now become formid-
able competitors in the world's markets
wnere their influence — chiefly by rea-
son of financial interests — is being in-
creasingly felt. Continuing, the speaker
dwelt upon the far-reaching results of
the business stagnation in Germany.
Inland sales being practically nil,
many works had to reduce working
hours or shut down altogether for an
indefinite period and the unemployment
would have been even more pronounced
but for the fact that many works are
still busy on orders contracted last
year, or are manufacturing stock. The
latter policy, however, could not be car-
ried on indefinitely seeing that there are
large stocks of machinery valued at
several million marks without there be-
ing any reasonable hope of a speedy
clearing. The principal reason for the
lagging of inland sales, he declared, was
to be seen in the enormous extension
of machinery-using plants during the
war. Orders being few and far be-
tween now, many of those plants were
selling their entire equipment to foreign
firms, thus aggravating the difficulty of
the export industry. Director Becker
foreshadowed that legislative measures
will be taken with a view of putting a
stop to that practice. In conclusion he
pointed out that a reasonable reduction
of prices should be effected quickly and
emphasized the fact that no improve-
ment of the general situation could be
hoped for unless the machine industry
determined upon a reconstruction of its
program by devoting all energies to
standardization and specialization of
manufacture, while a i-ecov^ery of the
foreign mai'kets will be intimately con-
nected with a further reduction of the
cost for i-aw materials, abolishing the
export duty, setting a limit to further
wage claims and Improving the lowered
capacity and efficiency of the works.
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
828e
Machine Builders Meeting
Changed from November
to December
We have just received word that the
annual meeting of the National
Mach:ne Tool Builders' Association will
be held at the Hotel Astor in New
York City on Nov. 11 and 12 instead
of on Dec. 4 and 5, as previously an-
nounced.
Judge Gary, Before Iron and Steel Institute, Says Price
Reductions Are a Healthy Sign '
Believes Former Levels Were Outrageously High — Declares That
Business Skies Are Without Clouds and That U. S. Steel
Men Should Co-operate With Other Nations
Money and Markets
Credit Situation
The downward revision of prices con-
tinues to be the factor dominating the
general business outlook. The move-
ment is a natural and inevitable cor-
rective of the unstable condition created
in the previous period of rising prices,
reckless public buying and widespread
speculation. Falling prices are not
a recent development. Before the close
of 1919 the prices of a number of im-
portant commodities had begun to de-
cline. By spring of 1920 a definite down-
ward trend had been established. Since
then the movement has been acceler-
ated, until within recent weeks it has
forced general recognition that the pe-
riod of excessive buying at rising prices
has definitely ended. Business must
now go forward on a lower jirice level.
This readjustment cannot be affected
vrithout embarrassment in individual
:;ases. It will be effected, however,
without serious general results by reason
of the inherent strength of the credit
situation and the assured co-operation
of the banks with business.
The banks are amply prepared to
finance business while it is working out
a more normal basis of operation and
a stable level of prices. This process
will require the employment of a largo
volume of credit. Inventories cannot
be disposed of abruptly. In many lines,
owing to general indisposition to buy,
their liquidation must be effected very
gradually.
Stabilization on a new price basis
does not involve a return to the pre-
war price level. For nearly two de-
cades prior to the war, prices have been
rising steadily. On economic grounds
this rise might reasonably have been
expected to continue, had there been
no war. Moreover, the improvement
effected in our credit and banking ma-
chinery since the inauguration of the
Fedei-al reserve system now enables a
given gold reserve to finance a greater
volume of business at higher prices
than was practicable in the pre-war
days. The country's present gold re-
serve greatly exceeds the pre-war re-
serves, and will have a sustaining in-
fluence on the new price level. — National
Bank of Commerce.
"Recent decreases in the volume of
new business and voluntary reductions
in selling prices in some departments
of the iron and steel industries reflect
a decidedly healthful condition," Elbert
H. Gary, president of the American
Iron and Steel Institute, and chairman
of the United States Steei Corpora-
tion's directorate, said on Oct. 22 at the
semi-annual meeting of the institute in
the Hotel Commodore, New York.
Additional F. A. E. S.
Members
Kansas Engineering Society.
The Kansas Engineering Society,
by letter ballot, has voted to be-
come a charter member of the
Federated American Engineering
Societies and has named Lloyd
B. Smith as the delegate to rep-
resent the society at the first
meeting of the American Engi-
neering Council on Nov. 18-19,
1920.
Alabama Technical Council.
The Alabama Technical Council
at its regular meeting on Oct. 1,
1920, voted to become a charter
member of the F. A. E. S.
Judge Gary counseled that the manu-
facturers be "reasonable and just," re-
ducing prices "if and when other reduc-
tions and costs permit, and then with
level heads and honest convictions
stand solidly as against panic and lack
of confidence in the industrial situa-
tion."
"The people have cause for confidence
in the business future," Judge Gary
emphasized. He analyzed the philos-
ophy behind the post-war price move-
ment by suggesting that as there was
a scramble for higher and still higher
prices there will be its equivalent in
selfishness in the enforced reduction.
Judge Gary said that in his recent
tour of Europe he found the steel mills
of Belgium and France working day
and night. He said France and Bel-
gium need and deserve financial and
commercial assistance from the people
of the United States, and, he added,
this will be accorded. His opinions on
the business outlook were as follows:
"Although this is a time for courage,
composure and caution, the business
skies are practically without clouds. It
is up to the business men and women
to maintain certain and continuous
business activity in satisfactory volume
with fair and reasonable profits.
"In certain lines of the iron and steel
industry there have of late been some
decreases in the volume of new busi-
ness and also voluntary reductions in
selling prices. I consider this decidedly
healthful. All, or nearly all, of us have
for months been unable to supply the
demands of our customers as to quan-
tities or deliveries and our prices, con-
sidered as a whole, have resulted in
profits. As a matter of course some
adjustments will need to be made. The
average of the general scale ought to be
reduced equitably and relatively. With-
out referring to individual cases oi
lines of general business, I believe in
many instances prices have been out-
rageously high. This observation ap-
plies more especially to middlemen, so
called, and to smaller departments ol
industry.
"Now a general public, including par-
ticularly those who are neither sellers
nor buyers to a large extent, will in
one way or another bring about a fair
and reasonable adjustment of pricesi.
The law of supply and demand will be
th« principal factor.
"Let us be reasonable and just, re-
ducing our prices if and when other
reductions and costs permit, and then
with level heads, clear minds and hon-
est convictions, stand solid as against
panic or lack of confidence in the in-
dustrial situation. Let us strive to be
right. If we are right we can be de-
termined and courageous. Let us as
individuals consider the interests of all
others.
"The people of the United States
have reason for confidence in the busi-
ness future. They need not be dis
couraged nor impatient. Love of coun-
try is the rule. Indeed, it is the habit.
"I think the members of the Iron
and Steel Industry of the United States,
up to the full limit of propriety, should
co-operate with those of other countries.
"The onward march of progress is
moving rapidly. We may and will be
a part in the procession and, in a meas-
ure, assist in guiding the course. I
have heretofore publicly said, quoting
828f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
from the Bible: 'As no man liveth to
himself so no nation liveth to itself.'
This is applicable to the present
period."
At the banquet in the evening an ad-
dress by H. Cole Estep was read by
John A. Penton on the European iron
and steel industry. He said that with
the American dollar holding the same
relative position in the world's moneys
American iron and steel prices were
higher than those of any country, but
with the exchange rates of the different
countries favoring the United States
American iron and steel prices were the
lowest. He stated that Great Britain
is the only country that the United
States has to fear in the export trade
during the next two years, and that
England is the only country in Europe
today producing more iron and steel
than prior to the war. In speaking of
the future possibilities of American
exports, Mr. Estep said that America's
best chance was to export billets and
plates to Great Britain and that there
would develop a large increase in our
export trade as Europe became able to
invest in larger and larger enterprises.
George Otis Smith, director of the
United States Geological Survey, said
that while the unmined resources of
the United States were billions of tons,
that at the present rate of consump-
tion there was need of conserva-
tion. He indorsed Hoover's recent
statement that the bituminous coal in-
dustry was the worst functioning in-
dustry in existence.
During the morning session, C. P.
Perin, a consulting engineer of New
York, addressed the institute on the
"Industry and developments in the iron
and steel industry in India"; A. H. Hol-
liday, manager of exports, Jones &
Laughlin Steel Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.,
spoke on "Foreign Trade," while in the
afternoon F. L. Toy, superintendent
open hearth , department, Homestead
Works of the Carnegie Steel Co., read
a paper entitled "The Basic Open
Hearth Process"; D. M. Buck, of the
American Sheet & Tin Plate Co. had
one on the "Review of the Development
of Copper Steel."
Opens
Detroit Twist Drill Co.
Canadian Plant
The Detroit Twist Drill Co. has
announced the establishment of a
manufacturing plant in Walkei-ville,
Ontario, known as the Canadian-Detroit
Twist Drill Co. The Detroit company
decided several moiiths ago that the
growth of Canadian industry warranted
the construction of a plant across the
border, and the new company was
accordingly incorporated. High-speed
drills and reamers will be manufactured
and a complete stock will be built up as
soon as possible. The nucleus of the
Walkerville organization was fonned
from the personnel of the Detroit plant.
About thirty men will be employed at
the start and the company expects to
expand as fast as business conditions
warrant.
H. M. Houston Joins
Stamets Force
The policy of the William K. Stamets
machine tool organization, of Pitts-
burgh, Pa., is to continually enlarge and
strengthen its staff of salesmen, engi-
neers and executives. On October 1
H. M. Houston, who recently resigned
from the Houston, Stanwood & Gamble
Co., takes up executive duties as an
active member of the William K.
H. M. HOUSTON
stamets organization. As Mr. Houston
has been in close touch with the
Stamets organization for a term of
years, he is with old friends and is not
entirely unfamiliar with his new duties.
Tentative Annual Meeting Pro-
gram of the A. S. M. E.
The 1920 annual meeting of the
American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers will be held in the Engineering
Societies Bu Iding, 29 West 39th St.,
New York, on Dec. 7 to 10, 1920.
Special attention is called to the
Keynote Session to be devoted to the
subject of Transportation. Invitations
have been issued to authorities in the
sub-divisions of Railroads, Waterways,
Terminals and Motor Trucks, and an
especially strong speaker has been re-
quested to present the broad phacCo of
the entire problem.
Keynote Session on Transportation
The following phases of tht- Transporta-
tion Problem will be discussed by authori-
ties in this field :
Railroads, Feeders. Waterways, Motor
Trucks. Terminal Problems in New York
City. •
SeBslons of Professional Sections
Fuels:
Fuel Supply of W^orid — L,. P. Breckenridge.
Low Temperature Distillation of Coal — O.
P. Hood.
Fuel Con.servation versus Money Conserva-
tion— D. M. Myers.
Form Value of Energy in Relation to Its
Production. Transportation and Applica-
tion— Ch?ster G. Gilbert, Jos. E. Pogue.
Macliine Shop:
Side Cuttinp: of Threaa Milliner Hobs — Earl
Buckingham.
Management:
The Life and Work of the late Henry t>.
Gantt.
Mr. Gantt's Contribution to Industry — Fred
J. Miller. Pres. A. S. M. K.
Mr. Gantt's Contribution to Shipbuilding.
.Ship (>i)eration. Ordnance and Aircraft —
Marshall Evans.
The Culmination of Mr. Gantt's Work — E.
A. Lucey.
An Appreciation from France — M. Ch. de
Freminville,
An Appreciation from Great Britain — James
J. Butterworth.
Mr. Gantt's Industrial Philosophy — W. N.
Polakov.
Railroad:
Static Adjustment of Trucks on Curves —
R. Ekstrgian.
Increasing Capacity of Old Locomotives —
C. B. Smith.
Modernizing Locomotive Terminals — Geo.
W. Rink.
Textile:
Humidity Control in Textile Plants — Author
to be aimounced.
Power .Application to Finishing Plants —
Leo Loeb.
Textile Fabrication for Mechanical Pur-
poses— J. W. Cox.
Ventilation of Dye Houses — D. W. Andrews.
Power:
Session devoted to Consideration of Future
Development of Power.
Special Sessions
WoodworkInK:
Engineering in Furniture Manufacture — B.
A Pjirks
Use of Wood for Freight Cars — H. S.
Sackett.
Woodworking Education — F. F. Moon.
Wooden Hollow "Ware — John L. Graham.
Wooden Factory Flooring — L. T. Erickson.
Wood Preservation — E. S. Park, J. M.
Webber.
Electrically Operated Saw Mill? — A. E. Hall.
Research :
Calibration of Nozzles for the Measure-
ments of .\ir Flowing into a Vacuum —
Wm. L. de Baufre.
The Heat Insulating Properties of Cork and
Lith Board — A. A. Potter. J. P. Calder-
wood. A. S. Mack. L. S. Hobbs.
Th.^' Flow of Fluids through Pipe Lines
and the Effect of Pipe Line Fittings —
D. E. Poster.
Steam Formulae — R. C. H. Heck.
HesiKn :
Disastrous Experiences with Large Center-
Crank Shafts — Louis Illmer.
Tests of Truck Rear Axle Worm Drive — K.
Ht'indlhofer.
Foundations for Machinery — X. W. Aklmoft.
Miscellaneoas :
The Constitution and Properties of Boiler
Tubes — A. E. White.
Armor Plate and Gun Forging Plant of the
U. S. Navy Department at Charleston,
W. Va. — Roger W. Freeman.
Railway Association Convention
Held Oct. 12 to 14
The American Electric Railway Asso-
ciation held its thirty-ninth annual con-
vention at Atlantic City, N. J., on Oct.
12 to 14. President John Purdee called
the meeting to order in the Greek
Temple, the title of his address being
"Industry on the Road to Better Days."
Business of the association followed.
During the three days of the conven-
tion many papers were read along lines
relating to electric railways. "The
Settlement of Labor Disputes," was the
title of an address by Governor Henry
J. Allen of Kansas. This was a feature
of the program. The evening enter-
tainments consisted of the annual
reception Monday night, informal dan-
cing Tuesday night, the "Country Fair"
Wednesday night and the annual ball
on Thursday night.
The selection of Philip H. Gadsden
for president for the ensuing year
seems a wise choice, as his part in the
work of the Federal Electric Railway
Commission has given him a vision of
the industry as a whole.
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
828g
Changes in Personnel of Machine-
Tool Combine
Charles E. Hildreth, general manager
of the National Machine Tool Builders'
Association, has resigned as president
of the Whitcomb-Blaisdell Machine
Tool Co.
Albert E. Newton, president of the
National Metal Trades Association and
of the National Machine Tool Builders'
Association, has resigned as vice
president and general manager of the
Eeed-Prentice Co. Mr. Newton felt
that his financial interests other than
those connected with the Reed Prentice
Co. require his entire time, and his
resignation to take effect Jan. 1, 1921,
was tendered some time ago. Until
1922, however, he will i-emain with the
Reed-Prentice Co. in an advisory and
consulting capacity.
F. 0. Hoagland, recently vice pres-
ident and general manager of the Bil-
ton Machine Tool Co., Bridgeport, Conn.,
has been made general manager of the
Whitcomb-Blaisdell Co. and the Becker
Milling Machine Co. and is expected to
be elected general manager of the
Reed-Prentice Co. soon. The three
companies mentioned are to a great
extent owned by the same interests and
their management is being consolidated
to secure greater efficiency. A central
executive office was established early in
the year at 53 Franklin St., Boston.
Annual Meeting of A. M. E. A.
(,Continiied from last week.)
At the banquet of the American
Manufacturers' Export Association
meet held at the Waldorf-Astoria, New
York, on Oct. 14, speeches were made
by Dr. Charles A. Eaton, of Leslie's
Weekly, on "The Human Side of In-
dustry"; by Alba B. Johnson, of the
Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce, on
"Transportation and the Citizen's Re-
sponsibility"; ind by Alfred Reeves,
manager of the National Automobile
Chamber of Commerce, on "How Amer-
ica is Motorizing the World."
Dr. L. S. Rowe, director-general of
the Pan-American Union, spoke of
Latin-American markets. An abstract
of his address follows.
While the experience of the last Ave years
ha.s served to impress upon us the im-
portance of I^atin America as a market
for our manufactured products, it ha.= failed
to bring about anything like a correspond-
ing change in the fundamental attitude of
the American business community toward
these countries. Although willing to fill
such orders as may be sent, and, in fact,
ready to indulge in a somewhat feverish
and spasmodic attempt to secure such or-
ders, we are apparently not prepared to
take the steps necessary to secure a perma-
nent foot-hold in these countries. That
permanent foot-hold is to be secured
through the Invfstment of Amercan capital.
In order to attain this end, however, we
must bring about a change in the point
of view of the American investor ; a
strengthening of his confidence in the sta-
bility and security of investments in Latin
Am .-rican countries. Unfortunately, a few
isolated instances of losses sustained by
American capitalists have created an en-
tirely false impression as to the eecurity of
foreign investment in Latin American coun-
tries. The large losses in Mexico during
the last ten years have served to color our
vision with reference to all of Central and
South America. As a matter of fact, the
number of losses to foreign capital in Cen-
tral and South America during the last 25
years, due either to violence or unfair
treatment, has been so small as to be almost
negligible. As regards taxation, the bur-
den on foreign investments in South
America is far l<?ss than on similar invest-
ments in the United States. While large
returns are justified, it is unfair to say
that such large returns must be assured
because of the extraordinar.v risks in-
volved. As a matter of fact, risks in most
sections of Latin America are no larger
than in the United States. The fact re-
mains, however, that the spirit of confidence
of the American investor must be strength-
ened if we are to become permanent fac-
tors of importance in Latin American
markets.
U. S. Chamber of Commerce
on Business Conditions
Somebody has got to pay the piper
in the present decline of prices, ac-
cording to Archer Wall Douglas, chair-
man of the committee on statistics
and standards of the Chamber of Com-
merce of the United States, in his
monthly report on general business
conditions.
Pointing out that natural laws are
no respecter of persons, Mr. Douglas
says that no price understandings, nor
withholding of products from the mar-
kets ever succeed for more than a
comparatively brief space of time in
maintaining the price of any com-
modity,
"Those who predicted continued high
prices because of the great volume of
money have mostly taken to the woods,"
he says. "For the amount of currency
in circulation today is greater than
'ever before, and yet prices are on the
downward movement.
"Declines in food prices are naturally
following the abundant harvest. Corn
is selling at about half the high prices
of twelve months ago. Nor has much
labored propaganda about the great de-
mand for breadstuffs to be expected
from Europe sufficed to maintain the
niice of wheat. Another reason is that
our neighbor, Canada, has a great crop.
The three prairie provinces alone will
produce about two hundred and fifty
million bushels of wheat. They can
consume only a small portion of it,
and their storage facilities are most
inadequate. There is nothing left for
them but the export trade.
"Unemployment grows slowly. It is
most noticeable in industrial life and
in localities connected with textiles,
leather goods and automobiles. Coin-
cidentally the strike fever is waning,
and efficiency is increasing, for there
is a fast growing public demand for
service, a demand born largely of what
we have endured on every hand for the
past five years. We are fast coming
to the period when the standards will
be those of common sense and work
honestly done. We shall, in all likeli-
hood not experience any shortage of
labor during the coming months.
"The com crop is made. The mere
story of its unprecedented volume
brought about the present low prices,
especially of the Decemoer option. And
thereby hangs a tale. Nothing has
sufficed to keep up the prices of wheat
and cotton. For the laws of supply
and demand cannot eventually be de-
nied. Every student of the situation
realizes that much of the welfare of
Nashville Corporation Buys "Old
Hickory" Powder Plant
The War Department has announced
that the Nashville Industrial Corpo-
ration has been the successful bidder
for the plant and equipment of the "Old
Hickory" powder works, located outside
the city of Nashville, Tenn.
The plant was built by the govern-
ment during the late war at an approxi-
mate cost of $80,000,000. It has been
sold to the Nashville Corporation for
$9,000,000.
»
Cambria Steel Production
Decreases
Production at the Cambria Steel Co.'s
plant, Johnstown, Pa., has decreased
due to failure to obtain materials and
the need of repairs, says Vice Presi-
dent L. R. Custer issuing the following
bulletin: "Production will be curtailed
in the Bessemer works and also in both
the Cambria and Franklin open-hearth
plants. Only seven of the eleven fur-
naces are going. This curtailment is
due to falling off in orders, as to all
except three furnaces. Three are being
reconstructed and repaired."
The A. S. M. E. Committee on Plain
Limit Gages for General Engineering
Work held a meeting on Oct. 14 and
15' at Cleveland. Reports were made
and past work was discussed. Subcom-
mittees were selected to obtain data
for the establishment of the various
classes of fit necessary in interchange-
able manufacture; these will make re-
ports at a later meeting.
the country depends upon the purchas-
ing power of the farmer. And that
this in turn hangs upon his receiving
reasonably remunerative prices for his
products. But how to do this in face
of the competition, nation-wide, is yet
an unsolved problem.
"Few stories are of greater moment
and importance to the nation than that
of the recently published history of
Iv.mber; of the priceless heritage of the
vast forests which once covered so
large an area of this country. They
are more than half gone, and still we
are deaf, dumb and blind to the grim
consequences of this fatal lack of fore-
sight. The vital needs of forests and
trees in every phase of country life
needs no setting forth. In industrial
life the need is equally as pressing de-
spite all the substitutes for wood we
are daily concocting. Besides there are
vast industries whose very existence de-
pends upon the continued production
and use of wood. Lumber and things
made of wood must daily grow more
expensive and difficult to obtain. Yet
we have scarcely learned the first ele-
ments of reforesting — as it is done, for
example in France. Meanwhile a great
business, that of lumber, is employed in
consuming its capital. And between
this and the areas of feasts and famines
of demand and prices which mark its
history it is wondering what fate has
in store for it."
828h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 15
Westinghouse Co. Enters
Wireless Field
The Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Co. has announced that
it is prepared to enter the wireless field
crt a large scale. In furtherance of this
the company has taken over the Inter-
national Radio Telegraph Co. and will
apply to the manufacture of wireless
equipment the benefit of the research
and development work undertaken for
the Government during the war.
The International Radio Telegraph
Co. maintains wireless ' stations on
ships and has shore stations at New-
port, New London, Brooklyn and Cape
May, as well as others under construc-
tion in Maine and Massachusetts. It
is stated that the company is perfect-
ing a worldwide service of overseas
wireless telegraph communication, as
well as being active in the development
of wireless telephony. R. A. Fessen-
den, one of the pioneer investigators
ir the continuous wave field, founded
the company, which controls his pat-
ents.
In a statement issued by the West-
inghouse Co., it was asserted that the
older International Radio Telegraph
Co. has been reorganized to form a new
company of the same name. This com-
pany will have a capital of $1,250,000
in preferred stock and 250,000 shares
of common stock of no par value. Guy
E. Tripp, chairman of the board of the
Westinghouse Co., is chairman of the
new International Radio Co. The
other officers are E. M. Herr, presi-
dent; S. M. Kintner, Calvert Townley
and H. P. Davis, vice presidents, and
J. V. L. Hogan, manager. With the ex-
ception of Messrs. Kintner and Hogan,
president and manager, respectively, of
the older company, all of the officers
are Westinghouse officials.
In connection with the new under-
taking the Westinghouse Co. has
equipped a special factory at East
Springfield, Mass., for the manufacture
of wireless apparatus. It will not only
furnish outfits for the new Interna-
tional Radio Telegraph Co., but will
devote its energies as well to supply-
ing the needs of watercraft, railroads,
power companies, factories, mills,
mines, camps and ranches.
The engineers of the company have
directed special attention to the prob-
lem of reducing interfering electric
disturbances, with the result, it is as-
serted, that the Westinghouse system
is on a par with the best wire and
cable telegraphy as regards reliability.
War Veterans Favor M. E.
Courses
Of the 1,949 disabled ex-service men
who are taking vocational education
courses, 447 are pursuing studies in
mechanical engineering. This instruc-
tion is being given under the auspices
of the Federal Board for Vocational
Education, at ninety-six schools, of
which thirteen are in New England,
twenty-seven in the East, eight in the
South, thirty-five in the Middle West,
and thirteen in the West.
A. C. & F. Co. Spending $3,500,000
in Improvements — Changes
in Personnel
Announcement was made by the New
York office of the American Car and
Foundry Co. that as a part of its plan
of extension in the Buffalo district,
W. H. Sanford, for many years district
manager of its Buffalo plants, had been
appointed assistant vice-president and
would be placed in charge of sales in
this vicinity.
Prior to the formation of the Ameri-
can Car and Foundry Co., Mr. Sanford
was employed by the Union Car Co., and
when that company was absorbed he
was appointed paymaster and cashier
at the Depew plant. In 1902 he was
appointed local auditor of the Buffalo
district followed by promotion to the
position of resident representative.
Later, in 1912, he was made district
manager in charge of the Depew as
well as the Buffalo Plants.
Mr. Sanford will be succeeded as dis-
trict manager by Andrew H. Gairns
now occupying a similar position with
the company in Chicago. Mr. Gairns
will direct the operation of the new
plant in Buffalo, the foundries located
here, and the plant at Depew. He has
had an extended experience in steel car
work and locomotive building and is
well qualified to take up the duties de-
manded by the Buffalo district.
Announcement was made at the same
time that the company's new plant now
under construction in this city will be
used for building all-steel cars, with a
capacity for turning out 20 to 30 cars
per day. It will be equipped with the
most modem machinery and labor-sav-
ing devices. There will be a number
of features introduced which are en-
tirely new and novel to the car-build-
ing industry. In addition to the new
car-building plant a modern up-to-date
office building will be erected on prop-
erty recently acquired across Babcoek
St. The soft foundry at the Buffalo
plant has been completely ro-equipped
and is now engaged in quantity pro-
duction. The Niagara wheel depart-
ment has also been brought up to a
high state of efficiency.
At Depew, during the war, the com-
pany was the largest producer of 155-
mm. shell. Immediately following the
armistice, the entire Depew plant was
reconstructed and is now capable of
building twenty cars per day. E. G.
Englehart is assistant district manager
at Depew.
The car company's plans thus briefly
outlined above involve a total expendi-
ture of $3,500,000.
A site for the new building in Wash-
ington which is to serve as a horne for
the National Academy of Sciences and
the National Research Council has re-
cently been obtained. It comprises the
entire block facing the Lincoln Memor-
ial in Potomac Park. The Academy
and Council have been enabled to se-
cure this admirable site, costing about
$200,000, through the generosity of
friends and supporters.
Tom Hartley, fifty years old, pro-
prietor of the Hartley Machine Works
at the Bush Terminal, and widely
known as a maker of printing presses,
died on Oct. 13 of heart trouble. Mr.
Hartley was born in Burnley, Lanca-
shire, England, and was a civil engineer
by profession. He was, in his early
business career, engineer for a sugar
plantation in the British West Indies.
His father, the late James Hartley, was
a ship builder.
James Clarence Harbourt, of the
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., died on
Oct. 9, 1920.
John L. Jacobs, for over thirty years
with the Brown & Sharpe Manufactur-
ing Co., Providence, R. I., died in New
Haven, Conn., Oct. 3, at the age of
seventy.
M. B. Johnson, chairman of the
board of the White Motor Co., died
recently in Cleveland.
Louis A. Cook, office manager of the
Wells Brothers Co. branch of the Green-
field Tap and Die Corporation, of
Greenfield, Mass., died Oct. 17 at his
home in Greenfield. Mr. Cook was
sixty-one years old.
Alvin a. Winship. superintendent of
machinery at the plant of the Beth-
lehem Shipbuilding Corporation, Spar-
rows Point, Md., died Oct. 17 from a
tumor of the brain. He was 48 years
old and had been associated with the
Sparrows Point plant since July, 1916.
S. N. Peterson, purchasing agent of
the S.K.F. Ball Bearing Co., Hartford,
Conn., has been appointed purchasing
supervisor of the S.K.F. Industries,
Inc., with headquarters at New York.
R. G. Barrington, for fifteen years
with the Cleveland Twist Drill Co.,
is now Cleveland sales manager for the
Reed-Prentice Co., Becker Milling Ma-
chine Co. and Whitcomb-Blaisdell Ma-
chine Tool Co. combine.
George S. Barton, president and
treasurer of the Rice, Barton & Fales
Machine and Iron Co., Worcester, Mass-
machinery manufacturers, has been
elected a director of the Massachusetts
Chamber of Commerce.
G. J. Keller, formerly district mana.
ger of the Buffalo office of the Knox-
Andei'son Tool Co., has resigned and
accepted a position as sales manager
for the Frontier Chuck and Tool Co..
Buffalo, N. Y.
John F. Stanton, eastern sales
agent of the Crucible Steel Co., 2 Rector
St., New York, has resigned his posi-
tion and is now associated w^ith the
John lUingworth Steel Co., of Frank-
ford, Phila., Pa., and 217 Broadway,
New York, as general sales manager.
October 28, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
828i
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Planing Tool, Oil-Groove
Hanson -Whitney Machine Co.. Hartford, Conn.
"American Machinist," Sept. 30, 1920
"American Machinist," Sept. 30. 1920
This device is intended for cutting
ziB-2ag oil grooves in slides. It is
mounted on the clapper of the planer,
and means are provided for lockmg
the clapper. The device itself has a
small clapper -bo.x carrying the
grooving tool and mounted on a
cross-slide, its position being adjust-
able A bar cam is fitted in the
body of the device, one end benig
attached to an upright strapped to
the planer table, so that it moves
with the work. The connection is
made through both horizontal and
vertical slides, so that considerable
freedom of movement of the planer
head carrying the device is possible.
As th*^ planer table travels, the fol-
lower XP. the cam groove is caused to
recipr^eate. its motion being trans-
mitte<; to the grooving tool.
] Grinding Machine, Wet tool. Oilstone
I Mummert-Dixon Co., Harrison, N. J.
I
This machine is intended for
general tool grinding in both tool-
rooms and machine shops, and is
provided with three wheels of dif-
ferent grades. It is thus possible
I to rough and finish a tool on the
I same machine. The machine can
1 be driven either by motor or by
1 belt, a countershaft being fur-
I nished in the latter case. Specifi-
I cations: Size of wheels; coarse,
I 16 X 2 in, ; medium and flnj, 10
I X 2J in. Speed ; coarse wheel and
I pulley, 1.350 r.p.m. ; medium and
I fine wheels, (175 r.p.m. ; counter-
I shaft. 450 r.p.m. Driving pulley,
I 0 X 4i in. Countershaft; length,
I 24 in.; drop, 12 in. Motor, 3 hp.,
I 1.800 r.p.m. Floor space. 33 X
I 41 in. Net weight. 1.075 lb. ;
i with countershaft, 1,285 lb.
Press, Tie-Rod, 500-Ton
Williams, White & Co., Molina, IlL
"American Ma,chinist," Sept. 30, 1920
This machine is designed for
blanking outside rails for pleas-
ure cars. All gears and operating
parts are located overhead so that
the work can be placed in and
removed from the front, back or
either end of the machine. Speci-
fications; Capacity. 500 tons.
Distance between housings. 16 ft.
Width ; tablv, 30 in. ; ram face,
30 in. Die space: Maximum, 23
in, ; minimum, 11 in. Stroke, 7
in. Openings in housings, 24 in.
Height, 21 ft. Length. 21 ft. 10
in. Width, 10 ft. 6 in. Stroke
per min., 12, Motor, 75 hp.
Press, Tie-R«d, 800-Ton
Williams, White & Co.. Moline, III.
"American Machinist," Sept, 3».
1920
This machine is designed for blank-
ing outside rails for motor trucks. All
operating parts are located overhead.
The strippers are operated by cams
on the crankshaft. The table and
ram have T-slots. The crankshaft is
driven from both ends, and an auto-
matic knockoift is connected and
operated bv the ram. Specifications:
Capacity, 800 tons. Distance bet. hous-
ings, 18 ft. Width; table 30 in.; ram
face 30 in. Die space; Maximum, 23
in. ; minimum, 11 in. Stroke. 7 in.
Openings in housings. 24 in. Height,
24 ft. 7 in. Length, 24 ft, 9 in. Width,
13 ft. 2 in. Strokes per min., 8. Mo-
tor, 100 hp.
]M
J^^Sk\
MUllng Machine, Continuous
Newton Machine Tool Works, Inc., 23rd and Vine Sts ,
Philadelphia, Pa.
"American Machinist," Sept, 30, 1920
The column and base of this ma-
chine are cast in one piece, in order
to eliminate a bolted joint between
them. The table is circular in form
and adjustable upon the base, in order
to provide for the proi)er iiositlonlna
of the fixtures. Tables can be fur-
nished either 24, 36 or 48 in. in diam-
eter. A fixed feed controls the rotative
movement of the table. The left-hand
spindle is used for the roughing opera-
tion, and the right-hand spindle for
finishing. The distance between the
centers of the spindles varies from 13
to 22 i in., depending upon the size
of the table used, so that long pieces
can be completely machined in the
roughing operation before the finish-
ing cutter starts on them. The ma-
chine is driven through worin gearing
by an individual motor. The head
carrying the spindles is adjustable.
Milling Machine, Universal Back-Geared, "No. IJ"
American Milling Machine Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.
".American Machinist," Oct. 7, 1»20
Specifications; Same general di-
mensions as for the plain milling
machine. Universal table swivels
54 deg. on each side of center; 11-
in. universal dividing head. Net
weight, 3,400 lb. Weight crated,
3,650 lb. Weight boxed for export,
4,100 lb. i<:xport ca.se, 118 cu.ft.
When desired, a swiveling vertical
milling attachment can be fur-
nished, which is secured to the face
of the column by four screws and
located by the front spindle bear-
ing ; it can be set at any angle.
The columns of all machines are
drilled and tapped for this attach-
ment, the distance from the face
of the column to the center of its
spindle being 10 in.
I Milling Machine, Plain Back-Geared, "No. li"
I American Milling Machine Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.
"American Machinist," Oct, 7, 1920
r U^ J
Specifications; Working surface
of table. 46 x lOJ in. Power longi-
tudlnal feed, 25 in. Power cross
I feed, 9 in. Hand vertical feed. 19
I in Face of column to overarm
brace, 211 in. Size of taper hole
in spindle. No. 10 B. & S. Spindle
speeds, 16, ranging from 12 to 382
1 r.p.m. Distance from overarm to
I center of arbor, 6 J in. Four-.step
1 cone pulley with largest diameter
I 11 in. and smallest diameter, 7S
I in. Width of belt, 3 in. Sixteen
feeds ranging from 0.005 to 0.212
I in. Two-speed countershaft. 107
I and 265 r.p.m. Countershaft fric-
I tion pulleys, 12 x 4 in. Floor space,
85 by 64 in. Net weight, 3,000 lb.
I Weight crated. 3.250 lb. AVeight
1 boxed for export, 3,700 lb. Export
I case, 118 cu.ft.
I
I Grinding Machine, FuU-Automatic
I Warren G. Fraser Co., Westboro, Mass.
j "American Machinist," Oct. 7, 1920
The machine is intended for
grinding rolls and other small
work where the length of the
surface to be ground does not
exceed the width of the grinding
wheel. The work is placed in
a magazine and fed l)y gravity
to the machine. The automatic
control unit consists of a cam-
set rotated by worm gearing,
and all operations are entirely
automatic. Both the wheelhead
and headstock rest on three-
point bearings. The wheel-
spindle is hardened and ground
and runs in bronze boxes which
are adjustable for wear. The
wheel-slide is adjusted by a
screw having a graduated hand-
wheel.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
828j
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 18
Paul E. Thomas, president of the
Kempsmith Manufacturing Co., Mil-
waukee, Wis., returned on Oct. 23 from
an extended business trip through
Europe.
F. W. RuGGLES, formerly manager
of the Republic Motor Car Co., Alma,
Michigan, has been appointed president
and general manager of the Ruggles
Motor Truck Co., which has just been
incorporated for $3,000,000, with head
offices at London, Canada.
Paul Moore of the Service Motor
Truck Co., Wabash, Indiana, has been
appointed general manager of the firm's
Canadian branch which will be located
at London, Ont.
Howard C. Hoeflich has resigned
his position as secretary of the Case
Crane and Engineering Co., of Colum-
bus, to accept a position as general
purchasing agent for the F. G. Austin
Machinery Corporation, of Chicago.
A. Z. PoLHAMUS has been elected
president and general manager of the
Visible Pump Co., of Fort Wayne, Ind.,
manufacturer of gasoline and oil pumps
and distributing systems. Mr. Polha-
mus was formerly general manager of
the S. F. Bowser Co., Inc., of Fort
Wayne, Ind., for twenty-five years.
Edward Casey has joined the Duff
Manufacturing Co. as the sales repre-
sentative of the forge department in
the East, with offices at 50 Church St.,
New York. Mr. Casey was formerly
associated with Kraenter & Co. and the
Bethlehem Steel Co.
S. S. Smith has joined the sales or-
ganization of the Jones & Lamson
Machine Co., Springfield, Vt. Mr.
Smith was formerly with the Windsor
Machine Co., now the National Acme
Co., of Windsor, Vt. During the war
he was a superintendent at the plant
of the John-Thomson Press Co., at Long
Island City, N. Y., and was also with
the General Vehicle Co., of the same
place, for a time.
Alex Crowe, formerly superintend-
ent of the Western Gas Construction
Co., Ft. Wayne, Ind., has accepted a
position as superintendent of the Aetna
Foundry and Machine Co. of Warren,
Ohio. Mr. Crowe was formerly with
the Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co.
W. W. Irwin, for many years presi-
dent of the Canton Sheet Steel Co., has
left this concern to head the newly
organized Superior Sheet Steel Co.,
which began operation one month ago
at its new plant at Louisville, Ohio.
Wilton Bentley, works manager of
the Mercury Manufacturing Co., a
Chicago trailer and truck manufactur-
ing concern, for the past three years,
has resigned in order to accept the
managership of the New York office
of the K. W. Battery Co., of Chi-
cago, III.
F. Rodger Imhoff, who has been
located in Detroit as field engineer for
the Precision and Thread Grinder Man-
ufacturing Co., Philadelphia, Pa., has
been appointed sales manager of that
company.
The superintendent of the Virginia
Mechanic's Institute, Richmond, would
like to get in touch with manufacturers
who would be willing to supply the in-
stitute with rough castings to be ma-
chined by the students.
The new plant of the Kelly Reamer
Co., located at 3705 W. 73rd St., Cleve-
land, Ohio, was officially opened on Oct.
9. This addition to the factory has
been completely equipped with the lat-
est improved machinery for producing
high-grade tools.
The combine of Reed-Prentice Co.
and the Whitcomb-Blaisdell Machine
Co., Worcester, Mass., and the Becker
Milling Machine Co., Boston. Mass., has
announced the opening of permanent
offices in the Liberty Building, Room
514, in Philadelphia.
The Dale Machinery Co., 56 Lafayette
St., New York, has opened a branch
office in Philadelphia in charge of E. K.
Wood.
The Yale & Towne Manufacturing
Co., Stamford, Conn., announces the re-
moval of its general offices from New
York City to the plant in Stamford,
Conn., where a new office building has
been erected.
The E. J. Manville Machine Co.,
Waterbury, Conn., manufacturers of
sheet-metal and wire-working machin-
ery, is completing a two-story brick
and mill manufacturing addition to its
plant on East Main St., which when
completed will add approximately 20,-
000 sq.ft. of factory floor space.
The Mutual Motors Co. has recently
announced that it has changed its ad-
dress from Jackson, Mich., to North
Tonawanda, N. Y.
Joseph Beal & Co., of 21-23 Purchase
St., Boston, Mass., dealer in new and
second-hand machinery and tools, an-
nounces the establishment of a branch
warehouse in Water St., in Springfield,
Mass., where the firm will carry a
complete stock of both new and used
tools and machinery.
Announcement is made of the change
in name of the Signalite Manufactur-
ing Co. to Jones, MacNeal and Camp.
The company's plant is at Chicago, 111.
The management, organization and
finances of the new company is in all
respects identical with the old con-
cern.
The Jewell Belting Co., Elmwood,
Hartford, Conn., is planning to increase
its capital stock from $500,000 to
$1,000,000 for increased production.
The company manufactures a high-
grade factory leather belting, and re-
cently erected a new plant in the Elm-
wood section of Hartford, having dis-
posed of its old plant in the downtown
section.
The Bearings Co. of America, Lan-
caster, Pa., has moved into its new
concrete and steel factory in which all
new and modern machinery had been
installed. This addition to the com-
pany will increase the productive
ci'.pacity about 50 per cent.
At a recent meeting of the board of
directors of Landers, Frary & Clark,
New Britain, Conn., it was voted to
recommend to the stockholders of the
concern that the capital stock of that
corporation be increased one million
dollars.
The Norton Co., of Worcester, Mass.,
manufacturer of grinding machinery,
announces the opening of a branch
office in Pittsburgh, with Paul R. Haw-
kins in charge. It will be located at
230 Fifth Ave., Room 800. As in the
past the Somers, Filler & Todd Co., of
327 Wall St., Pittsburgh, will continpe
to distribute the grinding wheels.
France, Belgium and Italy have is-
sued patents to Cornelius T. Myers,
consulting engineer, Rahway, N. J.,
covering the Myers Magazine Oiling
System of Chassis Lubrication. This
system is used on the Liberty Class
"B," Fageol, Diamond T, Ward La
France, Service, Bethlehem and several
other trucks in the United States.
The Northwood Implement Co.,
Northwood, Iowa, has been incorpo-
rated to manufacture the Olson revolv-
ing tooth harrow, the invention of Ole
A. Olson, a Northwood man. The
organization is capitalized at about
$100,000.
The Sanford Riley Stoker Co., Ltd.,
Worcester, Mass., has recently moved
its general offices from 25 Foster St.
to 9 Neponset St., Worcester, where
all communications should be ad-
dressed.
In order to carry out an extensive
industrial housing scheme and to con-
siderably expand the size and capacity
of its two plants at Attalla, Ala., the
National Pipe and Foundry Co. has
increased its capital stock from $100,-
000 to $525,000.
The New Britain Machine Co., New
Britain, Conn., is planning the addition
of $1,000,000 to its capital stock. This
additional capital will make the out-
standing capital stock three millions.
Forthcoming' Meetings
The National Machine Tool Builders'
-Association will hold its 19th annual Fall
convention at the Hotel Astor. New York
?9^i<.9n ^*'^?-''''J ,''.?•', f-iday. Nov. U and
^^\}^-P- C \\ood Walter, care of the asso-
ciation s offices at Worcester. Mass . is
secretary. >*<«■=..
. TJ'e. ^'ational Founders Association will
hold Its twenty-fourth annual convention
?Qon t"?^*'^,-^''!'"" °" ^°^- 1^ and 18.
ti„„ on-'^tr*'-. I'^y^^^- '^"'""^ o' «he Associa-
tion, 90 West St., New Y'ork. is secretary.
. T?^^ Federated .American Engineering So-
cieties will hold its first meeting at the
Hotel New WiUard. Washington. D. C. on
Nov. 18 to 20 inclusive.
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
bociety of Mechanical Engineers will be
i?5'"J,.'" "'^ Engineering Societies Building
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
The Society of Automotive Elngincers will
hold its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to 13
inclusive at New^ York.
November 4, 1920
I
Ainerpn Machinist
Vol.. 53.
Machining the Connecting Rods
of Two Well Known Motors
By FRED H. COLVIN, Editor, American Machinist
While the connecting rods for both the Oakland
and Studebaker motors are of similar design,
there is considerable difference in the methods of
machining and the fixtures used. Both methods
are of interest to all confronted with problems
of large production in this line.
BEGINNING with the manufacture of the connect-
ing rod for the Oakland motor, the main
machining operations are outlined in Fig. 1. The
methods of holding the work in the fixtures are plainly-
shown in the halftone illustrations. The rough drilling
of the large hole is done under a six-spindle drilling
machine, two spindles of which are shown in Fig. 2.
The fixtures are
of the semi-box
or open-side type,
the top plate be-
ing cut away to
allow easy han-
dling and obser-
vation. The cen-
tering of the
large end of the
rod is done by a
hollow coned
•center which is
threaded on the
outside and pro-
vided with the
handwheel or nut
A. The small end
is centered by a
sliding V-block B,
which resists the
tendency to turn
FIG. 1. TRANSFORMATION SHEET
under the torsion of the drill used. These same
drilling fixtures are used in the next operation
and for that reason carry a bushing for the rough-
ing drill for the small end. After the large hole
has been rough drilled the fixtures are slid around on
the track shown in Fig. 3 to the machine which backs
up against the one used for rough drilling. On the way
from one machine
to the other the
fixture lies under
the air jet A so
that all chips can
be readily blown
out. The second
machine, carry-
ing six spindles,
drills three con-
necting rods at
once, rough drill-
ing the small
ends and finish
boring the large
ends with the
fluted boring
tools shown. The
rods clamp the
piston pins in the
small end. This
clamping, how-
rtG. 2. ROUGH-DRILLING LARGE END
FIG. 3. THE SECOND DRILLING
830
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
l-Ki. 4. Aril.T.ING SMALL, END
ever, is done by splitting the small end of the con-
necting rod down to the center of the web instead of
putting it in at an angle from the side, as is usually
the case. In order to flatten the sides of the small end
for the clamping screw, a pair of straddle milling cut-
ters are used, as shown in Fig. 4. The rod A is slipped
through the holes in the small ends, while the bar B,
having collars on the end, clamps the large ends of the
rods firmly together in lots of ten. The ten rods are
then placed in the fixture shown so that the rod A rests
in a V-block, C, at each end, while the arms D and E,
hooking over the bar B, hold the connecting rods firmly
in place for the milling operation. The counterweights
F, at the back of D and E, automatically lift the clamp-
ing arms out of the way as soon as the bolts G are
released.
The same batch of ten connecting rods, still held in
place on the rod .4 and the bar B, are then taken to the
manufacturing milling machine. Fig. 5, and held in the
fixture shown. This machine carries two milling cut-
ters, C and D, which face the seats for the bolt heads
and nuts and the slitting saw E, which at the same time
cuts off the cap on one side.
The work tables are then swung 180 deg. so as to
bring the other fixture into position, and, while the next
ten connecting rods are being milled, the first batch is
KIG. 5. SAWING OFF THE CAP
released and turned over so that the bolt bosses on the
other side can be milled, and the separation of the caps
completed. It will be noted that, as in the preceding
case, the rod A fits into a suitable notch F and the bar
B is located and clamped in the proper position by means
of the angle block shown and the strap G clamps it in
place. This is an excellent example of practically con-
tinuous milling.
Next comes the splitting of the small end of the rod
as shown in Fig. 6, the bolt hole having already been
drilled and tapped, as can be seen. This is done in a
simple fixture on a hand milling machine, the small end
of the rod fitting over a pin at A, while the other end
of the pin B positions the large end.
Babbitting the Bearings
After the connecting rod bolt holes have been drilled
and reamed, the rods are ready to be babbitted, this
being done on an interesting revolving table, as shown
in Fig. 7. This table can accommodate thirty-two con-
necting rods, each block A being screwed to the table
and carrying two fixtures, as at £ and C. These fix-
tures each consist of an arbor of the proper diameter,
having a head which fits easily into the slot shown. The
arbor has a handle D, by which it can be easily put
into place and removed. Over it is slipped the base
FIG. 6. SLOTTING THE WEB
FIG. 7. B.'VBBITTING LAEGE END
November 4, 1920
Get Increustd Production— With Improved Machinery
831
I
TKIMMIXG SURPLUS BABBITT
ring E, v/hich is recessed to guide the large end of the
rod from the outside.
Then the rod is put in place over the arbor, a quick
acting clamp F holding the cap in position, and the top
ring put in place. As the table revolves in front of the
three babbitt furnaces shown, the bearings are poured
and by the time the table is halfway around the metil
is set sufficiently for the rod to be removed. The rod
and the mold are pulled out of the block by means of
the handle, and the arbor forced out in one of the arbor
presses shovra. This makes a very convenient arrange-
ment and allows the rod to be handled rapidly.
The surplus babbitt is trimmed off on the special
device shown in Fig. 8, rigged up on a hand milling
machine. The milling machine spindle carries a saw
and the rods can be handled very quickly, as it is
only necessary to place them in position on two dowel
pins which fit into the bolt holes. Before the rods come
CTG. 9. BROACHING THE LARGE BEARING
in contact with the saw they run under the shoe A,
which is held in position by sufficient spring pressure
to prevent their lifting under the action of the saw.
After passing under the shoe they fall off the pins by
their own weight and drop into a box to be carried to
the next department.
The babbitt bearing is finished by broaching and
burnishing under an hydraulic broaching press, as
shown in Fig. 9. Short push broaches are used, the
finishing of the bearing being accomplished by the burn-
ishing rings at the upper end of the broach. Several
broaches are used in each set, so as to reduce the cut
per tooth to the desired amount. The pins in the top of
the column A are so located as to hold the large end of
the rod firmly in position and at the same time allow
it to be easily handled in and out of the fixture. The
broaches used are shown standing upright in their
holder at the right.
The Studebaker Method
Although the connecting rods dealt with in this
article are of almost the same type as the Oak-
land, both the fixture design and the method vary
to some extent.
THE Studebaker connecting rod also clamps the
piston pin by means of a split web, although the
splitting fixture and the machining of the clamp-
ing surfaces are quite different from that in the Oakland
plant, as previously shown on page 829. The transforma-
tion sheet. Fig. 1, gives an outline of these operations.
The first operation is to spot-face the large end of the
connecting rod in the fixture shown in Fig. 2. This
illustration shows the type of fixture and the facing cut-
ter used. The clamping slide A is shown in its outer
position. When pushed in, the latch B hooks over the
pin C, after which the block is screwed into place, using
the wheel D. The same fixture is used in facing both
sides.
The large hole is drilled in a somewhat similar fix-
ture shown in Fig. 3. The large hole is located by the
piece A and held against it by a V-block on the end of
the screw B. The same forms of sliding block and latch
are used as in Fig. 2. The small end of the rod simply
fits into the block C which aids in resisting the turning
movement of the roughing drill.
Drilling Small End of Rod
The small end of the rod is next drilled in the fixture
shown in Fig. 4, this being of the same general design
as the others. The bored hole of the large end fits
over the half round stud A and is forced against it by
832
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
a suitable V-block operated in the same manner as the
previous fixtures shown.
After this the small hole is reamed, the edges of both
holes chamfered and the small hole finished by broach-
ing. Then the anchor slots for holding the babbitt
bearing metal are broached in the Lapointe machine,
clear the outside of the small ends. Two passes are
required, the rod being turned over so as to have the
slots equal on each side.
The hole is then tapped for the clamping bolt, after
which the rods are ready for the conveyor shown in Fig.
7, which carries them to the upper floor for tinning and
TTL
XL
"L
PIG. 1. TRANSFORMATION OF STUDEBAKER CONNECTING ROD
shown in Fig. 5. The rod is positioned on the pin A
and four anchor slots are cut by the broach B. This
gives an anchor near each end of the bearing surfaces
on both the rod and the cap. The inclined chute or con-
veyor C brings the rod to the broaching machine and
shows one of the methods of handling which are quite
common in the Studebaker shops.
Both sides of the large end are then chamfered on
the outside, and the bolt holes drilled in the two sizes
necessary for the small end of the rod. The small end
is then spot-faced, after which the web slot is sawed
in the small end, as shown in Fig. 6.
The rods are sawed in pairs, being supported on the
inclined surface shown, so that the slitting saws will
babbitting. As the rods come from the slitting opera-
tion it is only necessary for the operator to remove
them from the fixture A, Fig. 7, and place them in the
chute B from which they slide into the conveyor C and
are automatically carried up to the babbitting depart-
ment. Incidentally, this same illustration shows the
use of inclined chutes for the piston department at D.
On reaching the upper floor, the connecting rods are
first tinned and then babbitted on the revolving table
shown in Fig. 8. The small end of the rod is located by
the pin, as at A, while the large end is centered by the
babbitt mold B, which carries a mandrel that governs
the inside diameter of the hole. The outer or large end
is fastened into position by means of the screw C. After
2
FIG. 2. SPOTFACING THE LARGE Kt^D
FIG. 3. BORING THE LARGE END
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
833
FIG. 4.
DRII^LING THE HOLE IN
THE SMALL END
FIG. 5.
BROACHING ANCHOR SLOTS
FOR BABBITT
babbitting, the rod and mold are removed, the top of
the mold being taken off while the mandrel is forced out
under the arbor at D. The pigs of babbitt metal shown
at E give some indication of the number of rods handled
in this department.
It will also be noted that contrary to most practice,
the cap has not as yet been removed from the eonnscting
rod itself. The babbitt is then rough reamed and the
end of the babbitt faced. The babbitt bearing is then
finished by broaching, a blank end on the broach pre-
venting more than 0.001 in. being removed by the teeth
of the broach. The surplus babbitt is then trimmed off
and the reds go to the Cincinnati duplex milling machine
shown in Fig. 9. Here all four bolt bosses are faced
and the cap cut from the rod. The rod is positioned by
the flattened stud A while the largo end is supported
on both sides of the slot by a swinging clamp B. The
post C comes through the large end of the rod and the
screw D locks the fixture together, so that the rod is
firmly held during the milling operation.
Another departure from usual practice is the drilling
of the connecting rod bolt holes in both the rod and cap,
after they have been separated, instead of while they
are all one piece. After the bolt holes are reamed, all
holes are drilled and countersunk, the bottom of the cap
being drilled for the oil splasher and all grooves milled
on both rod and cap. The next operation is to first mill
the bearing end of the connecting rod in the fixture
shown in Fig. 10. This carries four rods at one setting,
two being milled at one pass of the milling cutter A.
The semi-circular block B, which is somewhat less than
a half cylinder, is fastened solidly to the fixture. The
pin C is mounted in a slide D which is controlled by
the screw E. After a rod has been placed in position,
the screw E forces it against the block B and net only
positions it, but holds it firmly in place. At the same
time the semi-circular block F, which is also a part of
the slide D, forces the lower rod against the pin G.
The indexing table allows the whole fixture to be rotated
so as to present both ends to the milling cutter A.
FIG. 6. MILLING SLOT FOR CLAMPING PISTO.V PIN
FIG.
CONVEYORS HANDLING CONNECTING RODS
834
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
I'"IG- S, RABBITTING THE LARGI': l-;XD <)l'" UOI'
FIG. 9. SEPARATING THE CAP FROM THE ROD
The face of the cap is milled
in a .similar manner, and the
rod and cap assembled with
shims, bolts and nuts, the nuts
being first run on with an
air drill provided with a slip-
ping clutch and finally tight-
ened by hand. The crank end
is then finish-reamed, filleted
and a clearance broached on
each side where the rod and
cap meet. The splasher is
then asesmbled in the cap as
at A and B, Fig. 11, the rod
being held in the fixture
shown at C. The rod simply
slips over the stud D and is
held firmly in position by the
latch E, while the splasher
is being driven into place and the edge of the hole
peened around it to prevent its becoming loose at
some future time. The edges of the splasher are then
trimmed on the grinding wheel shown at F. A final
FIG. 10. FACE-MILLING END OF ROD
FIG. 11. PUTTING OIL SPLASHER INTO PLACE
reaming, burring and washing makes the rod ready for
final inspection before going to the assembling de-
partment. The rods are next assembled to pistons and
carefully weighed to secure balance in the motor.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
835
A PPARENTLY the first attempt to cast brass in the
l\ North American colonies was made in 1644 by
X JL John Winthrop, Jr. in his iron foundry at Lynn,
Mass. It is also known that brass cannon were cast in
Philadelphia before the Revolution. Beginning in 1725
and for 50 years thereafter, Casper Wistar, his associate
and successors, in Philadelphia, hammered out stills
and kettles from brass and copper and cast some brass.
(Bishop's History of American Manufacturers.)
In 1802, the Grilleys (Henry, Silas and Samuel), who
had established a brass but-
ton business at Waterbury,
Conn., in 1790, were joined
by Abel and Levi Porter
from Southington and be-
gan making buttons from
sheet brass. This was the
first known instance in
America of brass making
by direct fusion of copper
and zinc according to the
process invented by Adams
Emerson in England in 1781. This undertaking also
involved the first rolling of brass in this country.
The American brass industry was imported from
England in labor, processes, and machinery. Up to 1820
the American brass makers struggled along, engaged
principally in making buttons which were sold by travel-
ing peddlers. Competition with the English product
was impossible until James Croft, an English brass
maker, came to Waterbury, and hired out to the Scovill
Manufacturing Co., where he introduced English ma-
chinery and processes. ( Lathrop's "The Brass Industry
in Connecticut.")
In 1830 Waterbury rolled brass became a factor on
the American market and from then on the industry
grew rapidly. Next came brazed tubing which was
used for gas in New York City in 1836. Seamless
tubing was the last important process to come from
England, where it was invented in 1838. This process
was imported by a group of Boston men in 1848, who
organized the American Tube Works in 1850.
The first really basic improvement in brass working
1 1 . The Crucible Process
The author tells of brass making by the crucible
process, with its attendant difficulties. The field
covered extends from the melting of the metal to
pouring the molds. Also it is explained why the
brass industry in America started in the Nauga-
tuck Valley in Connecticut.
(Pai-t I was i)ubli3hed in the Oct. 21 i.ssiir.)
' Booklet published by the Bridgeport Bra.ss Co., Biidgeport, Conn.
contributed by America was the invention of the .spin-
ning process in 1851 by Hayden. From this time on
American brass makers forged ahead rapidly and soon
took the lead over their English competitors.
The brass industry perhaps more than any other
requires extraordinary skill that can only be obtained
by long experience. Therefore, whenever a brass works
started it was necessary to obtain one or more men
skilled in the art, by taking them away from some
works already in existence. The brass industry in Amer-
ica started in Waterbury,
Conn., in the Naugatuck
Valley. The reason for this
is probably due to the fact
that the people of Water-
bury were largely engaged
in the making of pewfter
buttons, which was an im-
portant home industry, and
when brass buttons came
into vogue these people
were threatened with dis-
aster. They were forced to take up the making of
brass buttons in order to save themselves. For-
tunately the natural conditions of Waterbury, such as
water power for driving the machinery, water supply
for washing the metal, and wood for annealing pur-
poses, were favorable to brass manufacture, and there-
fore having started there, it continued to grow.
The fact remains that the industry did begin in the
Naugatuck Valley and that this valley became famous
as the home of the American brass makers. These men
evidently liked the place where they were born as no
one has ever succeeded in inducing any considerable
number of them to go to another part of the country
and this is undoubtedly the real reason why Connecticut
has so long remained the greatest producer of brass in
the United States.
The melting and casting of the metal in a brass mill
is the most important step in the whole process of mak-
ing brass materials, because any failure there cannot be
rectified by later manipulation. However, in spite of
the vital character of this stage of the process it is the
one in which the least advancement has been made.
836
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
Practically all mills that produce brass for rolling
into sheets or rods, or drawing into wire or tubes,
employ the crucible in the coal-fired pit furnace, which
is, basically, the same method as used in the middle
ages. In Fig. 1, which was reproduced from a drawing
made in 1672, it was seen that the three main elements
of the ancient casting shop (furnace, crucible, and
mold) bore a truly remarkable resemblance to the cor-
responding elements in the casting shop of some of the
largest brass mills of today.
During the same period wonderful advances have
been made by brass makers in the mechanical working
of brass, so that it cannot be said that the practice of
casting has remained stationary because brass makers
have not tried to improve it. They have tried, and up
to very recently it seemed as though it simply could not
be done. The process was in the hands of skilled work-
men, and each master caster guarded his secrets well.
In order to prove the statements just made with re-
gard to the similarity of the ancient methods of brass
casting and the modem ones, the operation of a modern
pit furnace plant will now be briefly described.
The casting plant of the modern brass sheet, rod,
wire and tube mill consists of the following main
elements :
1 — Furnaces. 2 — Crucibles. 3 — Molds.
Furnaces
The furnaces are almost without exception of the
square, natural-draft pit type and usually employ an-
thracite coal for fuel. Fig. 12 shows a typical cross-
section of such a furnace.
It should be noted that the principal difference be-
tween this furnace and the furnaces used in the middle
ages is that the gases of combustion are carried off at
the side, and lead to a chimney, while in the ancient
furnaces they were allowed to pass up through the top
and into the casting room. Then, too, the old furnaces
were made large enough to hold a number of crucibles,
usually eight (see Fig. 3), while nowadays there is one
furnace for each crucible. The modern practice is to
use anthracite coal in most instances although coke is
also used quite extensively. In ancient times charcoal
or wood was the fuel.
Crucibles
The crucibles, which are ordinarily made of clay and
graphite, usually have a capacity of from 160 to 300 lb.
of metal. They require great care in handling in order
to obtain a satisfactory life, and for this reason and
others they constitute one of the weakest elements in
the casting shop. Ordinarily the life of a crucible is
from 25 to 35 heats, depending upon the manner in
which it is handled, and some casters, by virtue of
special practices, get even longer life out of their cru-
cibles. Comparing modern crucibles with those used
in the middle ages, it is difficult to see any appreciable
difference except the introduction of graphite, which has
greatly increased their durability.
Molds
The modern mold is made of soft, gray iron, hand
finished. Metal intended for sheet brass is cast in flat
bars of varying widths, while metal for rods and wire
is cast in cylindrical billets. Metal for tubes is cast
either in solid or hollow cylindrical billets, depending
upon the process employed. In ancient times stone was
used for molds.
Casting in this type of plant is entirely up to the
caster. He, with his one or more assistants, controls
the fires, charges the crucibles, stirs and skims the
metal, prepares and pours the molds. The whole process
from start to finish is up to him, and he is usually paid
on the basis of the output of good metal he attains.
The eight to twelve fires under the charge of one
boss are all started at one time. The crucibles are
warmed carefully before charging with scrap and copper
ingot. If the crucibles are not carefully dried out and
gradually brought up to heat, they will flake off and
crack and their life will be materially shortened.
Charging
The charging of the crucible must also be made with
care. For instance, if the crucible doesn't set firmly
or evenly on the bottom, it will be subjected to undue
strain and is even liable to tip over. Then, too, the
charge itself must be so placed in the crucible that it
will not become wedged and cause excessive strain
against the sides when it expands before melting. All
FIG. 12. CROSS-SECTION OP A TYPICAL PIT FURNACE
these points and many more require the constant and
keen attention of the caster and his assistants.
As the copper begins to melt, a handful of salt is
added and stirred in to remove the copper oxide, and
then the surface of the metal is covered with a layer of
charcoal to protect it from the action of the furnace
gases or the air.
After the charge is completely melted and the tem-
perature raised to the proper point, the zinc, or spelter
is added. This temperature may be gaged by the ex-
pert caster by the color of the flame.
Adding Spelter
The spelter, being lighter than the copper, will float
to the top and finally oxidize and waste away unless it
is thoroughly stirred in and the surface protected with
a layer of charcoal or some suitable flux. In Fig. 13
is a view of a modern casting shop showing a line of
pit furnaces. The casters are stirring in the spelter.
In the upper right-hand side of the photograph may be
seen the hoisting apparatus that is used for lifting the
crucible out of the furnace and manipulating it as will
hereafter be described.
After the introduction of the spelter, the crucible
must remain in the fire long enough to overcome the
chilling effect produced by the introduction of the spel-
ter, before pouring. If the crucible remains too long in
the fire the metal will be overheated and an undue loss
of zinc produced, while if it is poured too soon, before
the temperature has attained its proper value, the cast-
ing will not be good.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
887
The caster often judges the pouring temperature
through the medium of his stirring rod. His sense of
touch is so trained that he can perceive the vibration
due to the boiling of the zinc, which signifies that it is
time to pour.
Since all the fires are started at the same time, it
naturally foUovsfs that all the various operations occur
at approximately the same time. Consequently it re-
quires extraordinary skill on the part of the caster to
manipulate the fires in such a way that each crucible
will be poured as nearly as possible at the time it
is ready.
Skimming the Ckucibles
The metal being considered ready for pouring, the
coal is poked away from the crucible with an iron bar
and the tongs, with which the crucible is manipulated,
inserted and clamped. With a block and tackle, fastened
to the light jib crane shown in Fig. 13, the helper hoists
FIG. 13. A I.INB OF PIT FURNACES IN A MODERN
CASTING SHOP
the crucible out of the furnace and swings it to a posi-
tion on the cast-iron floor as shown in Fig. 14, where
the caster with a skimming iron removes the dross.
This photograph is an excellent illustration of the
volatilization of the zinc, which is going off in a white
cloud because of the removal of the charcoal covering.
Incidentally, this picture shows why casters often suffer
from "spelter shakes" which is a mild form of poisoning
supposed to be caused by the inhalation of zinc oxide
fumes. This is one of the working conditions which
makes the crucible process difficult.
The tongs, with which the crucible has been lifted
from the furnace, are used by the caster to manipulate
it during the entire operation of skimming and pouring.
To keep the rope from too close contact with the heat
and gases from the crucible, a link rod connects the
block to the tongs. These tongs should be compared
with those shown in Fig. 1, as there is practically no
difference in the construction. The helper who manipu-
lates the crane does so with the aid of a rope and a rod.
The rope serves to hoist the crucible, while the rod, in
FIG. 14. SKIMMING A CRUCIBLE
addition to offsetting the side pull of the rope, enables
the operator to push and pull the trolley and jib to any
desired position, thus giving him complete control over
the manipulation of the crucible. The caster has simply
to tilt the crucible. This method of hoisting has been
used for more than fifty years without appreciable
change, although various unsuccessful attempts to re-
place it have been made. Its advantage is quick action.
Pouring the Crucible
As soon as the crucible is skimmed it is hoisted and
swung into position for pouring as shown in P'ig. 15.
The pouring itself requires great skill, as the perfection
of the casting depends to a very large extent upon the
manner of pouring. As is seen in the illustrations, the
caster rests the edge of the crucible on the mouth of
the mold, and as he tips the crucible he holds back any
dross or charcoal with a skimmer iron, and at the same
time often uses the skimmer iron to divide the stream
into two parts, in this way greatly improving the
FIG. 15.
POURING THE FIRST MOLD IN THE
CRUCIBLE PROCESS
888
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
chances for a perfect casting, especially where wide
bars are concerned. Attention is called to the great
similarity between the molds here shown and the one
show^l in Fig. 2. It will be seen, that the method of
clamping the parts together is practically the same in
both cases.
Preparing the Molds
Previous to using, the molds are coated with a high-
grade lard oil which serves a two-fold purpose, namely:
it prevents the metal from acting upon the iron, and
in burning at the mouth of the mold it envelops the
stream in a reducing atmosphere which decreases the
possibility of oxidation.
The molds are slightly inclined so as to make it
easier for the caster to pour the metal, thus preventing
it from striking against the sides of the mold. If the
metal strikes continuously in one spot the casting will
be porous on that side.
No attempt has been made here to cover the almost
infinite number of fine points involved in the art of
brass casting as practiced by the best men in the
industry. In fact, the subject has never been reduced
to an exact science and for the purpose of this article
a more detailed description would be of little service.
Difficulties in Brass Making
The foregoing brief description of the routine opera-
tions in melting and casting brass, makes it perfectly
plain that the human element enters into every step
and detail of the process.
To keep ten fires right and take care of ten crucibles,
putting in the spelter at the right moment, stirring
and pouring at the right moment, is a full size job for
the .caster. There is a tendency among brass casters
to use time as a guide in the execution of the various
operations. However, this procedure cannot be relied
upon for satisfactory results because of variations in
the fuel, in the draft, in the weather, in the condition
of the flue and in many other factors that may act to
render any timing scheme for the various operations
entirely unreliable.
In the last analysis it must be admitted that there is
no positive way of determining just the right moment
for carrying out the various important operations in
the melting and casting of brass. It is simply a mat-
ter of experience, and even with experience as a guide,
if the man hasn't the will and the power, he may not
even do as well as he knows how. In other words, the
character, disposition and moods of the men as well
as their experience, enter into the making of brass by
the crucible process.
The second undesirable feature of the crucible process
is due to the extremely disagreeable working conditions
imposed upon the men. Even with the best ventilation
they are subjected to noxious fumes and extreme heat,
and the more conscientiously they execute their tasks the
worse the conditions they must endure. In Fig. 14 is
shown a caster skimming a crucible vdth his head
entirely enveloped in fumes. If he attempted to dodge
the fumes, he would not be able to skim the metal
as quickly and perhaps not as well, the result of which
would be an inferior casting. To stand over the fires
and stir the metal is an extremely hot and disagreeable
job and yet the quality of the metal is dependent upon
the thoroughness with which it is stirred. These are
only instances which illustrate that the caster in the
execution of his work must practically disregard the
conditions under which it is done.
Composition Discrepancies
The crucible itself is often the cause of discrepancies
in the quality of the metal, due to the fact that a slight
leak has permitted a portion of the mixture to disappear
into the furnace so that when spelter is added the
ingredients of the brass will not be in the proportions
expected. The proportions are also modified by various
conditions which affect the volatilization of the zinc, so
that, in spite of the most expert attention, the compo-
sition of brass made by the crucible process will var\'
and does vary more than most brass makers are willing
to admit.
The composition is also affected by the furnace gases
to which molten brass in a crucible is always exposed
to a greater or less degree. In general, the action of
these combustion gases is to change the chemical com-
position of the metal by oxidizing its ingredients and
thus introducing impurities, as well as by removing a
certain portion of the metal. The extent of the damage
done by flue gases depends upon such factors as the tem-
perature of the metal, the temperature of the gases, the
composition of the gases, the velocity of the gases, the
pressure of the air, and the perfection of the coating
on the surface of the metal. Evidently, the combined
result of these various factors is beyond human power
to determine, except under test conditions such as may
be obtained in a well-equipped laboratory.
Crucible Process Not Satisfactory
To sum up the crucible process of brass melting, it is
sufficient to say that it is not susceptible to scientific
control and therefore cannot be admitted as a satisfac-
tory manufacturing process for the production of a
uniform, high-grade product. Its possibilities are de-
pendent entirely upon the individuals that operate it
and the product can be controlled only by thorough
inspection and conscientious .scrapping of all metal that
is below the standard.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
839
Common Sense in Engineering*
By J. E. ALDRED
Foundei- of the J, E. Aldred I>ectures on Engineering Practice
Common sense as a term is as old as the hills;
nor is the definition of common sense obscure.
The application of common sense, however, is
always new' to mxmy. Each man who really
grows, if he does not have knotvledge of common
sense thrtist upon him, discovers it for himself.
Let those ivho read benefit by the "thrust" here
presented so that there will be less necessity to
learn by experience.
K
^LLOW me to say at the outset that this article
is not intended so much for students of pure
Ji ^. science as for the average man who, having
taken an engineering course, goes out to make good
and earn a living. To that man I would say: "Try
at the outset to get onto the firing line, that is, into
the constructive work, whatever form it may take. Do
not waste time around a city office, but get out onto
the frontier, or into the shop, where you will learn
to develop a practical turn of mind."
I am to say something about common sense in engi-
neering. When we say "Common Sense," we mean
the application of those fundamental elements of judg-
ment which have, through usage, come under the
homely term "Common Sense." It is more difficult to
define than to illustrate. As applied to engineering,
it may have no relation to engineering as such, but
may be of great importance in the application of engi--
neering to a problem. It is an element which is of
importance in the training of students of engineering
because, if kept constantly before them, it will, in
the process of time, become instinctive in the practice
of their profession. It is difficult to overestimate its
importance, because it is something which may be
passed on through an organization, and it may have
a strong influence on the personnel of that organiza-
tion. Later on I will give an illustration of this.
Accounts of Personal Experiences as Illustrations
It is my thought that I might best present to you
what is in my mind if I attempted to take you with
me through some of the personal experiences I have
had in connection with engineering matters, beginning
about twenty years ago, when I took up the first large
project which brought me in close contact with engi-
neers and engineering problems. This took the form
of a development carried out by the Shawinigan Water
& Power Co. in Canada. When I found that I was to
take up this enterprise, I thought it well to see what
work of this character was being carried out at Niagara
Falls and elsewhere.
When I went to Niagara Falls and looked over the
two large plants there — one having been built by the
Niagara Power Co. and the other by a company under
the name of The Niagara Falls Hydraulic Power &
Manufacturing Co. — I was at once impressed by the
difference between these two enterprises.
-I-Yom tlic J. E. Aldred Lectures on Engineering Practice, of
thf .Johns Hopkins University, Department of Engineering. De-
liv.i..l .Ian. 28, 1920.
The plant of the Niagara Power Co. had been car-
ried out by the engineers and designers with the
design of making this a show plant ; the beautiful power
house was designed by no less celebrated architects
than McKim, Mead & White. The grounds about the
station looked almost like a park, and in the center of
the plot, facing the power station, was a beautiful
bronze flagstaff. The development indicated that an
expensive upkeep would be necessary. The water was
brought in from the river in a canal of comparatively
small capacity, conveyed to the waterwheels which stood
at the bottoms of deep pits which had been cut through
the solid rock. The water, discharging from these
wheels at something like 150 ft. below the surface of
the earth, was carried under the city of Niagara Falls
in a subterranean tunnel which served as a tailrace,
and by means of which the water was discharged into
the Niagara River below the Falls. Everything about
this enterprise indicated a lavish expenditure and a
disregard of economy.
The plant of the Niagara Falls Hydraulic Power &
Manufacturing Co. showed, in every respect, the oppo-
site inclination. The water was carried in a canal
on the surface of the earth to the edge of a cliff,
where it was taken from a collecting basin by means
of penstocks over the side of the cliff and down to
the bank of the river, where power houses were built.
Here were installed the waterwheels and generators,
and the water, after passing through the wheels, simply
spilled into the river at the lower level.
Simplifying Problems
The impression made upon me as the result of
examining these plants was that the engineer who had
carried out the latter development had shown great
economy and common sense in the general way in which
he had met the requirements. I inquired as to who
was responsible for the plant, and met Mr. Wallace
Johnson, who had carried out the plans. The result
of my visit was that when we were ready to go on
with our work at Shawinigan Falls I called Mr. John-
son from Niagara Falls to take up the work in Canada;
and that decision I never regretted. In all of the work
carried out by Mr. Johnson there was constantly in
evidence the desire to simplify problems and to apply
sound reasoning and sense to the carrying out of every
part of the work.
Now, to show how important this is — what a far-
reaching influence a man may have on his associates.
With Mr. Johnson there came to Canada from Niagara
Falls two young men who quickly attracted my attention
by reason of the fact that they, too, showed in their
work an appreciation of the desirability of simplifying
problems and applying to those problems calm and sane
reasoning. It is enough to say that one of those men
is now the head of the Engineering Department of
the Pennsylvania Water & Power Co. and the other
is the General Manager of the Shawinigan Water &
Power Co. in Canada.
Mind you, I do not for a moment mean to convey
the impression that these qualities which we designate
840
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
as "Common Sense" and "Reason" will stand alone.
They must necessarily be accompanied by technical
training and the brain and ability, without which no
man may rise to a dominating position in his profes-
sion. But the value of association of those men with
that first man who was picked out among engineers
as a man who more nearly answered the description
of a safe and sane man, of sound judgment and common
sense, has been of inestimable value to the men I have
mentioned.
In speaking of the early work at Shawinigan, I
cannot resist the temptation to recall an interesting
incident which I associate, in my mind, with a man
who accomplished wonderful things, involving pioneer
work and engineering, and I attribute his remarkable
success largely to the simplicity of his make-up and
his great power of reducing complicated problems to
their simpler elements. I refer to the late Lord Strath-
cona, who, in the early days of his work in Canada, was
known under the name of Donald Smith.
Lord Strathcona — Donald Smith
When I had the work at Shawinigan Falls under way
it was necessary to do some financing and sell some
securities, and for this purpose I went to London. I
was proposing a certain underwriting of securities and
their offering on the English market, and among the
men to whom I had letters was Lord Strathcona. He
was then occupying the position of Lord High Commis-
sioner for Canada to the Court of St. James, and was
considered the foremost living Canadian. He was much
interested in my story of what we were attempting to
do by the development of power at Shawinigan Falls
and its transmission through the Province of Quebec.
After 1 had explained to him the general layout of
the canal, penstocks and power houses, he said: "Mr.
Aldred, tell me just where the first great penstock is
to be carried down the hill?" I pointed out its exact
position on the map and he said: "Is that not where
the old portage was?" I answered: "Yes, and that
was the only path we found at Shawinigan Falls when
we first went there. We were in the forest." He
looked up and said to me: "Mr. Aldred, many times
have I traveled up over that portage with my tow-
strap over my head, my canoe and pack on my back,
on the way to the Hudson Bay Post at Kickindish,
in the headwaters of the St. Maurice River."
Donald Smith, as he was then known, was the factor
at a frontier post of the Hudson Bay Co., situated
at the headwaters of the St. Maurice River. He spent
ten years of his life there. Later on he spent twenty
years of his life at a similar post in Labrador. This
man came back to civilization from those frontier posts
after having spent, over forty years of his life on the
outskirts of the Canadian settlements. And so strong
was his faith and purpose that he was eventually the
principal factor in the building of the Canadian Pacific
Railway across the continent. His simplicity and sound
common sense never failed him, and he accomplished
perhaps as much in the way of engineering development
as any man ever accomplished on this continent.
The development of the power at Shawinigan and its
transmission to Montreal at high voltage represented
one of the earliest works of this character. We had
expected that by the time we completed our line a
certain railroad bridge across the Ottawa River at the
foot of the city of Montreal would have been completed,
over which we had planned to carry our line. This
project was delayed and it was necessary for us to find
other means of crossing the river. Plans were made
for high towers on either side of the river, and by the
use of steel cables we were to jump over the interven-
ing space, something like 5,000 feet. The most difficult
element in the problem was to furnish strain insulators
which would hold these cables at the point where we
were required to take the current off for the trans-
mission to Montreal. The carrying out of this work
was of vital importance to the success of our enter-
prise. You will understand our feelings when, after
successive tryouts of the strain insulators, we had to
admit that they were a failure. It was put up to me
that we would require to have new strain insulators,
that it would take a considerable time to make them,
to say nothing of the great expense. In fact, our whole
enterprise was seriously affected by the failure. After
giving the matter some consideration and throwing up
my hands, I said: "Well, it will be necessary to find
other ways of doing this. Why not support the cross-
arms on the cables, put pins and insulators on the
crossarms and string ordinary transmission wires on
these inulators and use the cables to carry the lines?"
The engineer in charge of this particular work, a
highly technical man, explained that the lines would
not stand the wind strain and that they would not do
this and they would not do that. I did not know exactly
what a wind strain was, so he went on and told me
all about a wind strain, and he also explained that for
some six or seven other reasons this was an impos-
sibility. In fact, he left me no conclusion except that
I had better figure on a failure. However, we went
on, and we did this crude thing, and the result was
that we carried through the winter. We established
our service in Montreal, and that crude method of
getting over the difficulty was the thing that saved
the day, and probably saved our company at that time.
I only cite this case, not as a criterion, but as an
instance of what happens sometimes when you have
got to forget the extremely technical conception of
things and do something to "get there."
Cedar Rapids Development
The next large development out in Canada with which
I was associated was the development of Cedar Rapids,
in the St. Lawrence River, and this furnishes a good
example of how common sense and reason applies to a
large undertaking. The Cedar Rapids development con-
sisted of turning one section of the river bank into
a huge canal which, skirting the rapids at this point
in the river, gives at the lower end of the canal, under
a head of about thirty feet, a large volume of water.
When we came to the construction of this project we
found it difficult to get contractors to make a reasonable
bid for the work by reason of the fact that a good deal
of the ground they would require to operate on was
under water. After calling in some of the principal
concerns in the country we decided that it would be
advisable to carry out this work ourselves. We laid
out the plans and plant, and uncovered the area, expos-
ing the bed of the river, and after we had put the
thing in shape so that everything was visible to the
naked eye, we brought in a contracting firm in whom
we had confidence to do the work.
It is enough to tell you that this method of carry-
ing out this work resulted in a saving of over a million
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
841
dollars, as against the best price we had from any
contracting concern. After we had worked on the Cedar
Rapids for a year and a half, we saw signs of distress
on the part of the contractors. They were working
on the basis of so much a yard for earth, rock and
concrete. They were good men and competent, and
we went to them and asked them how they were getting
on. And they finally confessed that it looked as if
they would have two years' work for nothing. This was
not a desirable situation. We had a year's work ahead
of us to finish this plant and to put it in operation to
meet the requirements of the city of Montreal. I said:
"We will put an auditor on your books, and if your
statement is correct we will make a new arrangement
with you." We very quickly ascertained that they had
told us the truth, so I worked out a proposition whereby
they would be assured a profit of $150,000. We then
said: "Now, go ahead with the work; keep the prices
that you have been working under and see what you
can do in the end. If you make any saving over and
above the |150,000 that we are giving you as a profit
we will divide it with you."
They worked up to such a degree of speed and effi-
ciency— and they were employing between two and
three thousand men — that during the next year it was
perfectly wonderful to see the work go on. The net
result was they not only saved the $150,000 that we
agreed to give them as a profit, but they saved $75,000
additional, which we divided with them. In other
words, the common-sense policy applied to this under-
taking cost us not one cent, but it resulted in a saving
to us and the contractors' making $187,500.
Development of Power on the Susquehanna River
I well remember when I first heard of the work which
was to be carried on in the development of power on
the Susquehanna River. A friend of mine told me
of a visit he had made to the work and described
the manner in which it was being carried on. He
was familiar with the economical system we employed
in our work in Canada, and he was setting up this
Susquehanna River work as a sample of the opposite
kind of management. After he had described the under-
taking and the character of its plans for the carrying
out of the work, I said : "Well, we may have an oppor-
tunity of taking it over some day." I little realized
at the time the seriousness of that statement, but
three years later I was appointed receiver for the
company. I brought down and put in charge of com-
pletion of this work — the plant was about 50 per cent
completed — one of the young men I previously referred
to as having come to Canada with Mr. Johnson, and
he carried out this huge undertaking — in sole charge
of the engineering work — with the net result that the
completed plant was at least 25 per cent better than it
would have been in accordance with the original plans,
and at a cost of something over a million dollars less
than the amount which we had provided for him to do
the work.
To illustrate how foolish engineers can be, I will
tell you of one detail in connection with this plant
on the Susquehanna River. We found, according to
the original plans, that provision was made that the
transformer house should stand on a bridge and that
the cooling coils for the transformers should be sub-
merged in the tail-race (this was a water saving
device), under the arches of this bridge. Well, as
you know, these cooling coils have hundreds of joints,
anyone of which is liable to leak, and the only way
to get at these cooling coils to make a repair was by
putting on a diver's suit and going down under the
bridge. The absurdity of such a scheme must be evi-
dent to anyone, yet this was a scheme devised by one
of the well-known engineers in this country.
Now, a word as to the penalty for not applying rea-
son and sense to engineering undertakings. In con-
sidering this, please keep in mind that a substantial
percentage of the great engineering works undertaken
are initial failures. I suppose you hardly realize that,
but I know it to be true from a survey made of tha
principal engineering undertakings in this country and
outside, and if it were necessary — but I think it would
be inadvisable — I could give you a list of hundreds
of huge engineering undertakings in this country that
have been substantial failures.
Personally I have seen hundreds of reports on water
power projects, but I have never yet seen an unfavor-
able report. To consider the seriousness of this, I will
give you a specific instance of a company (which shall
be nameless) which carried out a large water power
development on this continent on the strength of a
report by one of the three or four best-known engi-
neering concerns in America. That enterprise involved
an initial expenditure of over seven million dollars.
The report set forth that the company could develop
an initial 100,000 hp. capacity, and eventually could
develop as much as 400,000 hp. capacity. The company
has been in operation for ten years now and it has
never, in any one year, developed 20,000 hp. capacity.
What about it? Here is a report of a reputable (sup-
posedly) well-known, engineering concern, on the
strength of which report people made an investment
of millions of dollars. Lost! And any man with sound
common sense and any knowledge of the business could
have said right at the start that it would be lost. What
does it mean? It means that a lot of lads sitting
in a drafting room down here in New York designed,
subject to a report which they had from some of their
superiors, I suppose, a plan to generate electricity by
means of water power under conditions with which
they were unfamiliar. They had only surface knowl-
edge, but they wanted to do a job. Engineers always
want to do a job of work. They never turn down a
job; but what is the net result? The loss of millions
of dollars in the course of a work that would do an
indefinite amount of harm to other similar enterprises
that may be suggested for years to come.
Profession of Engineering the Finest There Is
That illustrates the seriousness of engineering and
practice without regard to sound reason and sense. I
could duplicate the above case a number of times both
in Canada and in the United States, but — what's the
use? It does, however, bring home to you men this:
That it is a very serious profession you are proposing
to follow. I urge the necessity of bringing to bear upon
the student of engineering the influences that will tend
to make him more practical and constantly have in
mind that an engineering project must check up, not
only from the standpoint of the technical, but from^
the standpoint of the reasonable and the desirable, and
that the student must cultivate this habit of consider-
ing his work from the standpoint of "Common Sense."
Personally, I think the profession of engineering
842
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
is head and shoulders above every other profession.
1 am not an engineer; I wish I had been, it would have
been the pride of my life. I think it is the finest pro-
fession there is. It gives a man a chance to get out
onto the frontier, to get into the constructive side
of things, and there is somthing about engineering
that makes men. A man who follows the profession
of engineering after a time gets into the habit of
looking at the big things as of comparatively small
importance, but big things to be overcome, and he goes
to them and he overcomes the tremendous difficulties
that are involved in all these great enterprises. It may
be building a tunnel through the Rocky Mountains,
in Canada or the United States. It may be some great
reclamation project. What you like. But the carry-
ing out of these enterprises and the training that a
man gets makes, on the whole, by and large, a class
of men that, to my mind, stand above any other class.
You men ought to be proud of your profession. You
have before you, if you go through with this course, a
chance to go out in the world and do your part. You
have a living that should appeal to any man who has
red blood in his veins. You can perform a useful
function in society; you can do a work that will bear
fruit after you have passed on.
Think of the work here at hand. Why, right here
in the State of Pennsylvania the cost, by reason of
the flood conditions of three great rivers in Pennsyl-
vania, over a period of forty years, averages over
$2,000,000 a year, and yet nothing has been done to
curb these torrents. There's a job for some man —
some one of you, perhaps. When he is doing it he
not only saves the $2,000,000, but he will conserve
for useful purposes the water resources of those rivers,
and, by so doing, make it possible to produce hundreds
of thousands of horsepower by the utilization of the
Susquehanna, the Allegheny and the Monongahela
Rivers. What better work could you have than that,
and this is only a sample of the great things that are
waiting for you men to do.
All I have to say in conclusion is: Go, see and do
these things, and do them in a "Common Sense" way.
The Industrial Development of Australia
BY ERNEST L. LITTLE
THE remarkable industrial development of Aus-
tralia is the result of accident rather than natural
conditions. That country, with its enormous ex-
panses of land suitable for farming, would doubtless
have profited more if its population had become more
largely engaged in the industries of the soil instead of
engaging in manufacturing. The discovery of gold,
however, attracted a population essentially industrial in
character, and, coming in too great numbers, at the be-
ginning of the second half of the last century, it failed
in many cases to find employment or opportunity in con-
nection with the development ot milling. This surplus
of labor showing a disinclination to offer itself for agri-
cultural work, and remaining unemployed in the cities,
created an acute problem for the government. With a
view of remedying the situation, Victoria, and to a less
extent, New South Wales, finally determined upon a
policy of industrial encouragement and protection. By
means of the tariff, bonuses, and bounties a great
impetus was given to the local manufacturer of many
articles that had previously been extensively imported.
Furthermore, the European war stimulated the devel-
opment of Australian industries and everywhere there
is evidence of increased industrial growth. Numerous
factories and workshops are producing what has hitherto
been imported. Some indication of the large scale on
which certain industries are being established is given
by the following figures published by the Commonwealth
Treasury regarding issues of capital recently organized :
Nature of Industry Capital Authorized
Extension of Steel Works $7,917,795
Manufacture of paints, white lead 1,459,950
Manufacture of woolen yarn 681,310
Cement works 851,637
Manufacture of zinc 486,650
Manufacture of hosiery 437,985
Wool scouring 364,987
Manufacture of steel products 344,978
The general growth and the effect of the war on Aus-
tralian industries is clearly indicated by the following
figures, estimated in pounds, which show the direction
of the industrial trend during the last ten years :
1909 1918 Increase
£ £ £
No. of establishments 13,229 15,421 2,192
Hands employed 266,661 328,049 61,388
Salaries and wages
paid 21,111,656 38,379,268 17,267,612
Value of machinery,
land and buildings 54,629,357 96,588,009 41,958,652
Value of materials
used 64,028,881 146,181,866 82,152,985
Value added by manu-
facture 41,929,447 79,571,745 37,642,298
Value of output 105,958,328 225,753,611 119,795.283
Progress in Iron and Steel Products
During the last few years considerable progress -has
been made in the production of iron and steel products.
Several large plants have been established .nnd negotia-
tions are proceeding, or in some cases completed, for the
erection of works for producing galvanized iron, sheets,
tin plates, fencing wire, wire ropes, and steel pipes. The
State of Queensland possesses vast deposits of iron ore
and coal, and the Government is considering the devel-
opment of these deposits and the erection of a steel
works, which will probably be located at Glad-
stone.
In the State of New South Wales are also found
valuable resources for the extension of the iron and steel
industry. A fine quality of coal is very abundant in the
Blue Mountains, about one hundred miles from Sydney,
and iron ore of about 58 per cent quality, together with
limestone, can also be obtained in this district.
There has been considerable expansion in the manu-
facture of machinery of all kinds and while Australia
cannot possibly compete in price with countries manu-
facturing machines on quantity production lines, the
local demand will greatly aid the future development of
Australian industries.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
843
Manufacturing Industries — Value Added By
of Manufacture
1915
£
Ti-eating raw materials, product
of agricultural and pastoral,
etc., pursuits 2,256,225
Treating oils and fats 795,721
Processes in stone, clay, glass,
etc 2,870,186
Working in wood 4,504,536
Metal works, machinery, etc. . . 15,067,974
Connected with food and drink,
etc 14,877,081
Clothing and textile fabrics, etc. 8,744,907
Books, paper, printing and en-
graving 4,790,263
Musical instruments, etc 95,864
Arms and explosives 310,070
Vehicles and fittings, saddlery,
harness, etc 1,870,653
Ship and boat building and
repairing 1,038,423
Furniture, bedding and up-
holstery 1,378,311
Drugs, chemicals and byproducts 1,416,617
Surgical and other scientific
instruments 49,500
Jewelry, timepieces and plated
ware 347,846
Heat, light and power 5,050,934
Leatherware, n.e.i 231,207
Minor wares, n.e.i 614,300
Processes
1918
£
3,867,253
1,366,219
2,892,919
4,961,380
17,090,920
18,396,327
10,671,416
5,740,863
157,017
464,857
2,112,032
818,057
1,627,932
1,958,153
84,625
407,897
5,849,668
293,230
810,980
66,310,618 79,571,745
Plants have been successfully established for the manu-
facture of brass and copper wire, tubes and sheets and
also for the manufacture of brass and iron fittings of
various kinds. The treatment and smelting of non-
ferrous ores of various kinds has developed rapidly and
greater expansion is expected in this industry.
Despite the handicap imposed through inability to
secure necessary machinery from England and the
United States during the war, the woolen industry has
made considerable headway. Several new wool spinning
mills have been erected and others are in contemplation.
American hardware products are considered to be
superior to those of British manufacture since the Amer-
ican packages are more adaptable for shelf display.
The.se packages are said to be more clever in design and
cheaper. Owing to the fact that it is possible to show
the goods in suitable glass cases, thus enabling the cus-
tomers to examine quickly a large array of articles, there
is a greater demand for the American product. The
customer is usually ignorant of the latest devices and
the American method of display has especially appealed
to the hardware trade.
While the population of Australia is very small in
proportion to the enormous area of the country, the per
capita purchasing power of the people is undoubtedly
considerably above the average of most countries of the
world. While the number of persons of great wealth in
Australia is not large, the average means of most of
the population is sufficient to allow purchase of the neces-
sities of life, and also of a reasonable amount of luxuries.
About a quarter of the population of the Commonwealth
live in the two great cities of Sydney and Melbourne.
The rural population is widely scattered. In many in-
stances their holdings of land are very large, and prob-
ably the most prosperous people in the country are the
"squatters," or holders of large estates, which are de-
voted chiefly to the pastoral industry, the returns from
wool during the last few years having brought large
profits to this class.
In a general way the articles required for the people
of Australia are similar to those required in the United
States, so that Australia naturally furnishes a suitable
market for most of the products of the United States
with the exception of agricultural products, most of
which Australia produces quite sufficiently for her own
needs.
In most classes of manufactured goods there is oppor-
tunity for extension of American trade if American
manufacturers would give serious attention to this
market and pursue the same enterprising business
methods that they do at home. The American manufac-
turers who have established branches and have their
own salesmen, have been doing a successful business des-
pite the disadvantages of the high protective tariff.
For the sale of American machinery and hardware
there should usually be a distributing agency or head-
quarters in the metropolis of each state, with a general
headquarters at Melbourne or Sydney. As the popula-
tion of Tasmania is small, and the island is reached over
night by steamer from Melbourne, that territory may,
in some instances, be easily covered from Melbourne.
The establishment of branch factories in Australia has
been found a means of overcoming the protective tariff.
Providing that unnecessary competition is not intro-
duced, it may be said that branch factories of American
manufacturers are welcome. Land is easily obtainable,
but construction is costly, while skilled and unskilled
labor is scare. Both classes of labor are inclined to be
restive and to strike on the least provocation, but it
should be noted that where welfare movements have
been established comparatively few labor disputes have
taken place.
When making shipments to Australia the details in
regard to the usual size and weight of the packages
containing any particular articles should be ascertained
from the importer and these instructions should be care-
fully followed. The primary consideration of the Amer-
ican exporter must be safety of carriage. As all import
duties are ad valorem and not levied on gross weight as
is frequently the case in Latin-American countries, there
is no reason for the manufacturer using too fragile a
container for his goods in order to save weight and
reduce the duties.
Care should be taken to make the packages as compact
as possible as freight is generally charged on cubic
measurement. A neglect of this precaution may lead to
loss of business. As an illustration of this point, one of
the reasons given why English enameled-iron bathtubs
have enjoyed a greater sale than the American is that
they are packed in crates containing four or five tubs,
while the American crates contain only three. Thus, five
tubs from England pay no more freight than three from
the United States. In order to obtain this closer nesting
the English tubs are made with sloping sides.
Special packing for animal-back transportation is not
necessary in the case of goods shipped to Australia. The
merchandise is discharged directly from the steamers to
the docks and then taken to the warehouses by motor or
horse-drawn trucks. If the goods have to be shipped
back into the country, the transportation is by rail and
breakage can only be avoided by the use of well made,
strong cases, carefully secured. By taking these factors
into consideration and following Australian methods of
merchandising the American exporter can be assured of
a constant growing market for his products in Australia.
844
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
Medical Aid Under the Compensation Acts
By CHESLA C. SHERLOCK
The attitude of the law toward the subject of
medical aid for industrial workers is, in general,
quite well defined. Who has the right to choose
the physician to attend an injured man, the com-
pany or the employee himself? The subject of
operations arising from industrial accidents is
another point often misunderstood; the author
covers such matters fully.
THE liability of the employer to furnish medical
aid to injured workmen is absolutely fixed by the
Workmen's Compensation Acts. There is no escape
from it. This liability attaches even before the liability
to pay compensation does.
It attaches even when there is no liability under the
law for the payment of compensation, for many work-
men are injured sufficiently to require medical treat-
ment, but are not incapacitated from earning wages,
within the meaning of the law. People receiving
injuries of this class are not entitled to cash compensa-
tion from the employer, but they are, nevertheless,
entitled to medical aid at his expense.
The liability for the payment of compensation and the
liability for furnishing medical aid, while springing
from the same root of liability in the law, are not in any
sense to be considered as dependent on each other.
Many employers feel, and rightly so, that unless they
are liable for the payment of compensation arising out
of an injury, they are not liable for medical treatment
beyond first aid; but the converse of this is not like-
wise true, as many would suppose, that, unless they were
liable for medical aid, they could not be held for com-
pensation payments.
Medical Aid Must Be Provided
These things are not true, for the law provides, as
the very first relief which the employer shall furnish an
injured workman, medical aid. If the workman recovers
rapidly and is back to work before the time fixed by
statute for compensation begins, then such return to
work relieves the employer of the necessity of paying
compensation, but he is not relieved of the amount spent
on medical aid furnished. On the other hand, the law
feels that the workman has received sufficient compensa-
tion for the injuries received, if he gets back to work
before the statutory "waiting period" has run, in the
form of the medical treatment furnished by the
employer; and it strikes a balance and calls the account
square.
While it is not specifically provided in the various
acts, it has come to be a part of the law by judicial
interpretation, that the employer is liable for medical
treatment, including first aid, at least, of all workmen
injured in his employ, whether the workmen were
injured under compensable circumstances or not. The
employer cannot afford to take a chance and resort to
snap judgment as to whether or not the workman was
injured under compensable circumstances. He must
assume that the workman was, for purposes of fulfilling
the medical aid provision, and furnish first aid treat-
ment, at least, without a question on his lips. Then, if
"investigation reveals the fact that the workman received
his injury while outside the scope of his employment or
through any of the means not recognized by the com-
pensation acts, the employer, if he wishes to deny lia-
bility, may notify the workman and withdraw his
medical aid.
The employer should ever keep in mind the fact that
the injunction in the acts to furnish medical aid is
not arbitrary, but in reality is a distinct advantage
to him.
Competent Medical Aid Reduces Number
OF Serious Cases
Competent and adequate medical attention at the
right time reduces the number of serious cases to a
minimum and often prevents more serious complications
that might impose a real liability upon the employer.
I need only to mention a common fruitful source of
industrial loss which springs from apparently trivial
injuries, and, usually, from a lack of proper medical
attention at the right time. I refer to blood poisoning.
I have witnessed many severe cases of blood poisoning
among workmen, and in practically every instance, the
trouble came from a slight scratch or cut which the
workman considered f.s inconsequential and which he
did not have properly dressed by the company
physician.
The liability to furnish medical treatment imposed
by the compensation acts is placed upon the employer,
not as an additional burden to be borne by him, or as
an act of charity to the injured workman, but because
it is legitmately a part of the cost of production, just
as is compensation, and for the further reason that it
is to the interest of the employer and of society to
restore the workman to his normal usefulness at the
earliest possible moment. This can be done only through
the furnishing of proper medical aid promptly and
without delay.
Choice of Physician Belongs to Employer
Naturally disputes arise as to the manner in which
the medical aid shall be furnished. The law is not
explicit; it does not go into detail. The employer
provides a company physician and sends him when a
workman is injured. The workman, on the other hand,
is oftentimes suspicious of the company physician,
thinks that he is working in the interest of the em-
ployer and does not trust him. He wants to call his
own physician, in whom he probably has more confidence,
and then he wants the employer to pay the bill.
Right here one can put his finger on the most fruit-
ful source of trouble between employers and injured
workmen under this section of the compensation acts.
If the workman could be trusted to exercise that quality
of judgment which the employer usually exercises
(under state influence), then the courts might be more
disposed to listen to the workman in his plea. Experi-
ence, however, has demonstrated that the workman can-
not be trusted to secure the most competent medical
aid when he is entrusted with that privilege. He is
an easy prey to quacks and quackery. Too often he falls
into the hands of a disreputable physician who has no
desire to hasten his recovery as much as possible, but,
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
845
f
in order to fatten off the employer, merely cares to
keep the patient on the road to slow recovery Then
again, he may fall into the hands of some of the various
faddists and cults who would experiment on him at the
employer's expense.
The courts were at first undecided on this question,
but they finally came to see that the only solution was
to uphold rigidly the right of the employer to select
the physician who was to treat the injured workman
and to deny such right to the workman. The employer
is the one who pays the bill. He is usually a man of
affairs, and it is to his interests to get the workman
back to his normal usefulness as soon as possible. Who,
then, is more competent to select the physician? Be-
cause of these considerations, he is more likely to
engage competent medical skill to treat the injured
workman than the workman himself would be likely
to do.
The employer, however, must post a list of the physi-
cians he has designated to be called in case of emer-
gency, and he must also give adequate instructions as
to what must be done when it is necessary to make
such a call. These instructions and this list must be
posted in the place of work where the employees can
have a chance to see them. In fact, the supreme court
of Massachusetts has held that the mere posting of
a list of physicians' names without instructions is not
a compliance with the duty to furnish medical aid, and
that an employee may call his own physician in such
a case and bind his employer therefor.
Employer's Liability Limited
The law usually puts a time limit upon the employer's
liability for medical aid, also a monetary limit. If the
need for medical aid extends beyond these limitations,
the employer is, of course, relieved of further liability
and the injured workman must bear the additional
expense necessary. Employers, however, do not hasten
to absolve themselves of this medical liability, as a
rule, if the workman is still in need of close attention.
They realize that the better care he has the quicker
he will recover from his disability and the sooner the
payment of compensation will cease. Often the expendi-
ture of a few dollars more for medical aid than that
required by the statute will save many weeks' com-
pensation payment by shortening the period of dis-
ability.
The payment of money for medical aid has nothing
whatever to do with the payment of compensation. It
is additional to such compensation payments as may
be required, and cannot be deducted in whole or in
part from the compensation due. Likewise, it is due
whether compensation is due or not.
The Law Kegarding Operations
When an operation is necessary to restore a work-
man to his earning power or former eiHciency, it is
the duty of the workman to submit, if such operation
is of a nature not ordinarily dangerous to life. Refusal
of the workman to submit to an operation may have
a great effect upon the employer's liability under
the acts.
If the operation or treatment which the work-
man refuses to submit to is a simple one, and such
refusal greatly aggravates his condition and causes
him to suffer a greater incapacity than he would have
had he submitted at once, then the employer is justified
in stopping compensation payment immediately.
The supreme court of Wisconsin tried just such a
case and it ruled that the subsequent disability "is not
proximately caused by the accident, but is the direct
result of such unreasonable refusal." The court added
that to prolong or increase the disability by such refusal,
"and thereby place the burden of his wrongful act
upon society in general, is not only repugnant to all
principles of law, but abhorrent to that sense of justice
common to all mankind."
This situation, however, is vastly different if the
operation is a serious one and threatens the work-
man's life.
Law Does Not Require Any Man to Submit
TO Serious Operation
The law does not require any man to submit to
an operation endangering his life, but he may do so
of his own accord. If the workman refuses to have
such an operation performed it is generally permissible
to reduce his compensation payments to such amount
as he would have received had the operation been
performed and had it been successful. However, his
payments cannot be cut off entirely unless all subse-
quent developments are clearly the result of his refusal
and in no way the result of the original accident. If
his life would have been saved beyond a reasonable
doubt by a prompt decision to accept the operation,
there is room for debate.
In Michigan such a case arose. The workman was
urged to accept an operation immediately. He refused,
but gave his consent the following day. The injury
was to the intestines, but complications had set in and
pneumonia resulted. As a result, the man died, and
the employer claimed that he was not liable for the
death, inasmuch as it had been caused by the refusal
to submit to the operation when first offered. The
court, however, took into consideration the fact that
the workman was a foreigner and probably could not
understand clearly what was meant, and held that it
could not be said as a matter of law that his conduct
was so unreasonable as to defeat the right of his de-
pendents to compensation.
Rights of the Workman in Choosing a Physician
We have been assuming thus far in the discussion
that the employer has promptly offered medical aid to
the injured workman. But, where the employer fails
to provide medical aid within a reasonable time after
the injury a different situation arises. The workman
then has the right to summon his own physician and
he may bind the employer for the services so rendered,
regardless of the fact that the employer did not select
such physician.
The time during which the workman may bind his
employer for medical services rendered by his own
physician is from the time of the injury, or a reason-
able time thereafter, until such further reasonable time
in which the employer might have furnished his own
physician. If the employer supplies medical aid within
any period of his disability, the workman must ordi-
narily dismiss his own physician and accept the em-
ployer's, except in a case where a capital operation is
necessary, in which instance the original physician will
be retained throughout the case, unless it be shown
that he is incompetent.
It is generally held, in the case of an emergency,
that if a physician other than the employer's designated
physician is called, whether by request of the injured
846
AMERICAN
workman oi" by his fellows, the employer will be bound
for the services rendered by such physician. It is
generally held that the physician most quickly obtain-
able must be summoned whether or not he be known
to the employer or workman, and the employer can later
turn the case over to the company physician, if he was
not summoned in the first instance.
The employer must furnish the medical aid imme-
diately and he must offer it whether the injured work-
man requests it or not. Employers are not relieved
from the obligation by saying that the workman went
home and did not ask for medical aid. The notice of
injury of a workman to the employer is also notice to
such employer to furnish such workman with competent
medical aid. If the employer does not furnish it, within
a reasonable time after the injury, and has said nothing
about it, the workman has a right to call his own physi-
cian and charge the bill to the employer.
Competence of Employer's Physician
It will be noticed that the employer must furnish
"competent" medical aid, and when he fails to do this
he has, in the ruling of the courts, furnished no aid at
all and the workman will be justified in procuring his
own physician. In Connecticut it has been held that
the employer did not furnish competent medical aid
when he furnished a chiropractor. Said the commis-
sioner :
"The notion of competency, when embodied in a legis-
lative act, connotes conformity to some prevailing stand-
ard. . . . There are numerous schools and cults
enjoying limited patronage and making divers claims
of ability to alleviate pain and cure disease, whose merits
it is not necessary for me to consider. . . . When
the employer, operating under this statute, undertakes
to provide an exponent of any such school or cult as
'competent,' and the question of competency has to be
passed upon by the commissioner, the measure of com-
petency then becomes the prevailing standard of society,
not the judgments or convictions of the employer,
however sincerely or disinterestedly exercised
While it is not without the limits of possibility that
some person or persons, either by reasoning on theo-
retical grounds or by experimentation, or even acci-
dent, might discover a new and better method than
that generally practiced and taught, such a contingency
is highly improbable and the employer who under this
act provides a practitioner of any such unusual method,
contrary to the prevailing standards of society and the
consent of the injured employee, fails to conform to
the provisions of ... the act."
Changing of Physicians
It seems well settled that the time for the employer
to bring his own physician into the case, where he was
not summoned in the first instance for the emergency
treatment, due to a failure to provide or an inability to
procure, is at the end of the emergency treatment im-
mediately following the injury. Employers must take
into consideration the ethics of the profession as well
as the rights of the injured workman. They cannot
unnecessarily embarrass him or his chances of recovery
by changing physicians in the middle of a necessary
treatment or period of treatment, especially when the
need for any such change at all rests upon their original
failure to provide.
If the employer fails to furnish a physician within a
reasonable time, he cannot compel the injured workman
MACHINIST Vol. 53, No. 19
to discharge his physician and accept the treatment of
the employer's physician whenever the employer gets
ready to furnish such treatment. The employer's right
to designate the physician does not extend this far by
any means. In a California case it was said that the
employer must take the initiative and that he must act
promptly, else he will lose his rights and cannot there-
after require the workman to change his physician.
Amount of Expense for Medical Aid
The employer is liable for the reasonable value of
all necessary medical services which grew out of the
accidental injury. This has been held to include hospital
treatment, first aid, dental work, and the further neces-
sary treatments during the time limit specified in the
statute, but within the maximum money amount allowed.
It does not, however, include treatments rendered by
unrecognized cults or schools, such as chiropractors or
Christian Science healers.
In Connecticut it was held: "The amount to be
charged by the physician is not to be determined by
what the insurance company or the industrial corpora-
tion is able to pay. It is not to be determined by the
physician's estimation of the disposition and social quali-
ties of the insurance adjuster or attorney. It is not to
be determined by what the particular physician, whose
bill is being considered, has been in the habit of charg-
ing and collecting in like cases. A physician who is
treating a compensation case is supposed to charge and
collect from the employer or the employer's insurer as
much, and only as much, as the profession in general
in his locality would ordinarily charge and collect from
a workman of like standard of living if he was injured
at home and had to pay his own doctor's bill."
How TO Appeal When a Physician Overcharges
If the employer feels that the physician has charged
him too much for the service rendered, he has a right
to appeal to the Industrial Commissioner or Commis-
sion fof an audit of the bill. Usually all that is neces-
sary is to forward the bill to the authorities with a
statement of the nature of the treatment rendered.
The bill must be itemized. The employer is not
liable for the maximum statutory charge allowed in each
case, but merely for the reasonable value of the services
rendered, not exceeding said amount.
The Iowa Industrial Commissioner has satd: "When
submitted for judgment, it is the statutory duty of
the Industrial Commissioner to pass upon bills for legal
services and medical and surgical relief afforded claim-
ants. . . . Physicians should submit bills no larger
than in case the same were to be charged against the
workman himself. The idea, where it may obtain, that
low fees are simply a benefit to a rich insurer should be
abandoned, since he is able in the long run to take care
of himself by an advance in rates and the excessive
charge is simply a tax on consumption and society in
general."
In closing the discussion, it is necessary only to call
attention to the fact that if nursing is necessary it may
be considered a proper charge to list under "medical
aid." This will be determined upon the same test for
reasonableness as other medical charges are. The em-
ployee or members of his family, however, are not
entitled to recover the value of their services while
attending the injured workman at home, nor to charge
the same to nursing expense when no hospital care or
attention is necessary.
>Jovember 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
847
I
RAMS
PRENTICESHlPi
^^m^ ^3il^preseat6itiw£n
IV.
THE Westinghouse Co. is one of the great manu-
facturing concerns of the world. In the East
Pittsburgh works alone eighteen to twenty thou-
sand people are employed. Under the heading "Some
Westinghouse Products," published by the company, are
mentioned such articles as automobile starting and
lighting systems, circuit breakers, condensers, fuses,
gas engines, generators, heating devices, lightning ar-
resters, electric lamps, locomotives, meters, ranges,
rectifiers, rotary convert-
e r s, transformers, and
steam turbines. While this
is only a partial list, a
glance will show that not
alone skill but an immense
amount of initiative and
experimentation is neces-
sary for developing and im-
proving not only the prod-
ucts but also their means
of production. An organi-
zation consisting of design-
ing and organizing engi-
neers with a supply of
labor of specialized effi-
ciency is not alone suffi-
cient. To these two important groups there needs to be
added the third type of workman, not with the highly
technical training requisite in the engineer, but equipped
-with the practical all-around shop knowledge that will
enable the attacking of problems of machine operation
and control with some probability of obtaining a solu-
tion. This third type, the mechanic, must be given rec-
ognition in the company's organization.
An examination of the educational department of
the Westinghouse Co. shows that these three pri-
mary differentiations of productive skill and intelligence
are recognized by the management. Special training
and various devices of expert employment management
are practiced to produce optimum efficiency among the
partially skilled and specialist labor groups. Carefully
supervised apprenticeship and a flourishing technical
night school provide the training and industrial educa-
tion for the skilled or mechanics group. Finally, being
one of the leaders among manufacturing concerns and
requiring a large technical staff, some three hundred
The Westinghouse Electric
and Manufacturing Co.,
East Pittsburgh, Pa.
In this article the methods employed for training
apprentices and machine men in the electrical
industry are again taken up. The various fac-
tors, such as selection, education, grading and
promotion, which enter into the conducting of
an apprenticeship program are all considered, as
well as Americanization and the training of
graduate engineers.
(Part III was published on Oct. 21)
or more graduates of the leading engineering schools
are each year taken in under conditions approximating
apprenticeship in order to recruit the engineering and
administrative force of the company.
Special Training
Considering these various programs more in detail
we find that to efficiently handle the unskilled and
partially skilled labor employed, an elaborate system of
employment management
is utilized. To facilitate
this job-analysis cards have
been prepared enumerating
in detail the duties of each
separate occupation in the
plant, and a number is
affixed to each occupation
by which foremen can make
requisitions on the employ-
ment department for addi-
tional workers. Standard
methods are used to reduce
labor turnover, one of them
being transfer, which is
employed when work slack-
ens in one department and
increases in another or when dissatisfaction develops
between a foreman and one of his workmen. Before any
employee is discharged or withdrawn of his own accord
the department endeavors to arrange an interview to
discover the real reason and, if possible, to adjust the
matter amicably.
At the present time an intensive training course is
being conducted for stenographers. The students are
already either experienced or fresh from the commercial
schools, and they are given this special training pri-
marily to acquaint them with company forms and prac-
tices, as well as to give them acquaintance with technical
terms peculiar to the industry. The course lasts from
a period of a few days up to several weeks, according to
the ability of the pupils enrolled and the demands made
for stenographic help in the various departments.
Similarly, recruits to the clerical force are provided
with special training by the educational department
upon requisition from the department by which they are
employed. This may take the form of four hours per
848
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19-
FIG. 16
APPRENTICE OPERATING A MILLING MACHINE
IN THE TOOLROOM
week of instruction in matters directly related to the
work, and is provided for both sexes.
Of greater interest from a mechanical standpoint is
the special training department or "vestibule school"
for operator-specialists on the various machines. A
boy or young man wholly inexperienced may in a few
days to several weeks be taught to operate a boring
mill, lathe, or milling machine, and thus in a very short
time reach the standard production-capacity when he is
transferred to regular production work. A small depart-
ment, segregated from the usual production floors and
containing standard equipment, is provided for this
purpose. None of the work is, however, of an exercise
sort, but of a kind suited to beginners chosen from regu-
lar production jobs. A similar training department is
provided in winding and taping for female employees.
Apprenticeships
Concerning the organized apprenticeship and evening
instruction provided for the mechanics or skilled crafts-
men, we shall consider first apprenticeship, which has
not waned in popularity either with the more capable
boys, or with the plant's administration, despite the
existence of the intensive machine-training just de-
scribed. This is due to the facts that a broader train-
ing is provided and steadier qualities are proved by the
willingness to forego standard production wages during
a long period of training. A group of superior work-
men is developed, who are assured of steady employment
and later of preferment in the choice of foremen, super-
intendents and ultimately even of executives. There is
no break in the ladder of advancement to the boys who
will take the all-around training.
We find at the present time 198 four-year apprentices
employed in the East Pittsburgh works. These are
divided as follows: 142, or 72 per cent, are in the
machinists' and toolmakers' trades; seventeen, or 9 per
cent, in the patternmakers' and thirty-nine, or 19 per
cent, in the electricians' trade. There is, in addition,
an opportunity offered for apprenticeship in pattern-
making and foundry work in the Cleveland plant of the
company, where ten apprentices are enrolled.
An effort was made to discover the ratio of appren-
tices to skilled men in the various trades, but with-
out success, owing to the lack of a definition as to what
constitutes a skilled man. For instance, thirty-nine
electrical apprentices would, of course, be a very insig-
nificant number compared with the very large number
of people employed on electrical work in the plant, and
the same applies, though perhaps in less degree, to the
other trades. One must recognize that in this plant,
as in most large manufacturing concerns, much of the
training, if provided at all, is in limited special fields
and does not conform to regular apprenticeship. "The
latter is designed to produce a man with far broader
knowledge than is generally required on the majority
of production jobs."
Instruction of Apprentices
Approximately one-third of 'the 4-year course is
spent in a special training section by the machinists
and toolmakers and the remaining two-thirds in various
sections of the works which provide facilities for broad
experience. Fig. 16 shows an apprentice operating a
milling machine on a job requiring considerable skill.
There are, however, no special training sections for
patternmakers or electricians, as in those trades it is
believed advisable for the apprentices to learn their
trades by working with journeymen in the respective
shops. Fig. 17 shows an apprentice at work on a pat-
tern, while in Fig. 18 another can be seen wiring a
switchboard. Definite schedules for transferring ap-
prentices from one kind of work to another are adminis-
tered by the educational department, in order to insure
that each apprentice receives an all-around and balanced
training during his course.
For all apprentices four hours per week during the en-
tire course is given up to classroom instruction. Classes
meet from 7 to 9 a.m. in the educational department
for the study of mechanical drawing and practical shop
problems. The textbooks for these courses have been
compiled by the instructing staff, all problems used
being those actually met in the shops.
The instruction in mechanical drawing includes blue-
print reading, sketching, layout problems, developments
and tool design. Fig. 19 showing apprentices at work
in the drawing room. In the course in shop problems
instruction is given by means of problems in English,
mechanics, shop system, costs, and the application of
the principles of arithmetic, algebra, geometry, and
trigonometry to shop work. Fig. 20 shows apprentices
at work in the shop problem class.
Two hours' home work is required each week in
addition to class work. Instructors in the apprentice
FIG. 17. APPRENTICE MAKING A PATTERN
"November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
849
FIG. 18.
ELECTRICIAN APPRENTICE WIRING A
SWITCHBOARD
school are selected from the engineering, drafting, and
shop departments of the company. Because of their
close contact with the shop conditions encountered in
this particular industry these men are obviously par-
ticularly well qualified to develop in each apprentice a
correct understanding of the work involved and an
appreciation of the relation between the various trades
and the industry as a whole.
As the method of training is similar, mention should
here be made of the opportunities offered to those who
wish to become draftsmen. They start as tracers in the
drafting department, and are given a 2-year supplemen-
tary course for six hours each week by the educational
department. This instruction covers design problems
involving various applications of mathematics, physics,
mechanics, materials, shop methods, estimating and
cost calculating in tool design. It also includes such
special subjects as lubrication and bearings, heat trans-
fer and ventilation and electrical machinery. The pay
is somewhat better than for trade apprentices.
Wages of Apprentices
The pay of apprentices as in other progressive cor-
porations, has shown considerable appreciation, both
during and since the conclusion of the late war. On
Jan. 1, 1920, the schedule stood as follows:
FIG. 20. CLASS OP APPRENTICES STUDYING SHOP
PROBLEMS
the first
the second
the third
the fourth
the fifth
the sixth
22c. per hour for
24c. per hour for
26c. per hour for
28c. per hour for
31c. per hour for
35c. per hour for
39c. per hour for
44c. per hour for
This pay is based on a
month of 203 hours. A
1,218 hours.
The Selection of Apprentices
The company takes much care in the selection of ap-
prentices. For admission to the trade courses the
applicant is required to be between sixteen and nine-
teen years of age and possess the knowledge of English
and arithmetic to be expected of a grammar school
1,218 hours
1,218 hours
1,218 hours
1,218 hours
1,218 hours
1,218 hours
the seventh 1,218 hours
the eighth 1,218 hours
48-hour week, or an average
period of six months is thus
WEIGHT CHART FOR SELECTION OF TRADES
APPRENTICES
MENTAL; WEIGHT
(a) TWo-year hlgb school at 16 5 ( )
(b> Observation 5 ( )
(c) General knowledge 5 ( )
(d) Attitude 6 ( )
(e) Self reliauce 6 ( )
Total
MORAL
(a) Manners and habits
(b) Character
25
S
10
( )
( )
( )
Total
PHYSICAL
(a) Appearance
fb) Activity
(c) Health
15
S
R
10
( )
( )
( )
I )
Total
GENERAL IMPRESSION
(a) Tact
(b) Common sense
(c) Mechanical aptitude
(d) Future ambitions
20
5
10
5
( >
( )
( )
( )
( )
Total
25
( )
MATHF.MATICS
REFERE.NCE
10
S
( )
( I
Total
15
f )
GRAND TOTAL
OO'.t
( )
APPLICANT DATE. . .
COURSE INTERVIEWE
ACCEPTED 1. COr.IM. CH
R
ECK
REPORTED 2 COMM
. CHECK
. CHECK
3. COMM
AGREEMEN'T SinXRD.
FIG. 19. Apprentices in a mechanical drawing
CLASS
FIG. 21. THE WEIGHT CHART USED
BT THE COMMITTEE
850
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 19
graduate. For the electrician's course, in addition, the
applicant must have two years of high school training
or its equivalent. Complete high-school training is
ordinarily required for entrance to the drafting course.
Every applicant is interviewed by two or more mem-
bers of the company's trades apprentice committee,
usually the director of trades apprentice instruction and
one of the foremen being included. In case of doubt
or disagreement as to the suitability of a candidate he
is turned over to one or two additional interviewers,
whose judgment is final as to acceptance or rejection.
Fig. 21 shows the chart used by the interviewers
while judging the important characteristics of the
applicant. Re-ratings by the committee are made at
the end of each of the first three months of probation
period, the entry being made in the space at the lower
right hand corner of the form. If at this time an
applicant is rejected for apprenticeship, the practice is
to find other work for him in the plant for which he is
more suited. The educational department is equally
painstaking in its records of the boy's progress in both
his studies and shopwork, entering the amount of time
spent in each of the distinct units which together form
the complete course.
An interesting method has been developed for reward-
ing extra proficiency. "Once a week the committee
comes together, and at each meeting the records of all
apprentices who have finished eleven months of the
apprentice year are brought to the attention of the
members. The committee examines the records and
grades the apprentices into four classes. A, B, C, and D.
If an apprentice is placed in Class A, one month is
taken from his apprentice course, or ^n other words,
he is permitted to begin immediately on his next year.
If an apprentice should be graded as a Class A man
at the end of each eleven months during the 4-year
apprenticeship, he would save one month each year and
would finish his apprentice course four months ahead
of schedule. If he finishes his course as a Class A man
he will also be accorded a higher rate as journeyman
than he would if he finishes as a Class B or Class C
man. At the present time, the rate per hour for Class A
men is 3 cents higher than the rate for Class B men,
and the rate for Class C men, 3 cents lower than the
rate for Class B men. If the apprentice is placed in
Class B, he will be required to serve his normal time.
This class includes the majority of the apprentices.
If he is placed in Class C, he is notified that he must
show an improvement, and if he should be so deficient
that he is placed in Class D, he is either discharged or
sent to the employment department for suitable work."
During 1919 thirty-seven were given Grade A rating
among the trades apprentices and student draftsmen.
The Technical Night School
The night school, which has been previously men-
tioned, operated under the name of the "Casino Tech-
nical Night School." It is independent of the company
in its corporate organization, though something over
one-third of its revenue is provided by the company.
Nearly half of its income, however, comes from fees of
the students. The course in fundamental engineering
principles costs $16.50 for each of the two terms per
year, the same fee being charged in the preparatory
department, while in the foreign department the charge
is $7.50 per term, and in the women's department $12.50
per term. The imposition of so considerable a fee
naturally limits the attendance to the more serious
students. Consequently, the classes show a much bet-
ter record for remaining through the course than is the
experience of most night schools, the curve shown in
Fig. 22 giving the results of a recent term.
The enrollment is ordinarily less during the second
term than in the first; but on March 1, 1920, it was as
follows :
Engineering department 372
Women's department 169
Peparatory department 61
Foreign department 25
Total 627
The school, as its attractive announcement states,
was founded in 1902. It is located in the several public
schools maintained by the communities in the neighbor-
hood of the Westinghouse industries, where the popula-
tion is of course largely employed. However, admission
is extended to all, regardless of occupation, previous
education, or present place of employment. Only those
who have completed their elementary education are
2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 il 12 13 ;.i 15 :^ 17
Weeks in the Term.
FIG. 22. CURVE SHOWING ATTENDANCE AT HIGH
SCHOOL CLASSES
allowed to enter the engineering course. All others
must enter either the preparatory or foreign depart-
ments. An interesting feature worth considering for
our public schools is that, in addition to grading on
i-eguiar courses, all students receive ratings on the per-
sonal characteristics of judgment, thoroughness, per-
sonality, reliability, initiative, and health. These ratings
are not shown on the report cards which are sent to
the students, but are retained on the permanent record
card in the school office, where they may be consulted
by the students and may be utilized in considering pro-
motions. A faculty of approximately sixty-five, mostly
technical graduates drawn from the staffs of the com-
pany, together with the able administration, assures a
high quality of instruction.
The standard weekly schedule of the engineering
course, from which no variation is ordinarily permitted,
is shown in Fig. 23. Inspection trips to a dozen nearby
industrial plants form a useful supplement to the regu-
lar instruction, and an hour assembly is held every other
week. At these assemblies talks are given by members
of the board of directors, by some of the older engineers,
or by prominent men. It may also be mentioned that
graduates are permitted to make application and to
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
861
enter, if accepted, the one-year course for technical
engineering graduates. Several are at the present time
availing themselves of this privilege.
That the school has been successful is shown by the
positions held at present by the graduates of the course
up to and including the class of 1919. A summary of
the positions follow:
0
38
Managers
8
Business 2
Superintendents . . .
5
Oil fleld development 2
(general foremen .. .
. 2
Salesmen 24
Foremen
.12
Clerks 8
Engineering
72 Advertising writer. . . 1
Operating and serv
-
Buyer l
ice engineers ....
.24
Manufacturing trades. . . .
16
Design and lesea re
1
.18
Machinists 7
engineers
.Skilled workmen .... 9
Consulting engineers
. 1
. 1
-Miscellaneous
7
Supervisor
Farmers 3
Draftsmen
.10
Students 3
Tool designers
. 3
Lawyer l
Teacliers
. 2
I 'nited States Army and
Inspectors
. 7
Navy
29
Testers
. 6
Deceased
6
ITnknown
2
Total
197
This is a particularly satisfactory record when it is
considered that the average period since graduation is
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
STANr>ARX> AVKKKLY SCHEir>XJX.E
Dty« pt r week
Houre when
classes begin
5.45 p.m.|e.45 p.m.|7.46p.]
WEDNESDAY
5.45 p.m.J6.46 p.m.|7.46 p.m.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Algebra
Foundry
Mechanical Drawing
Algebra
.Mechaaical Drawing
Shop
Problems
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Algebra
Machine Shop
Algebra
Physics
Geometry
and
TrigoDomftrj
Machine Shop
rigbBotnitrj
Algebra
JUNIOR YEAR
ICIectrical I,aboratory
Electricity
Chemi sliy
Electricity
Business
English
Mechanics Chemistry
these latter classes appeal more particularly to the
older men and between the two methods practically all
non-English-speaking employees are reached.
The aims of the classes might form a suitable pro-
gram in any plant :
1. Learn to speak, read and write English.
2. Learn about the United States Government and how
to become a citizen.
3. Learn how to figure your pay by the different methods
used in the works.
4. Learn how a big company like this is built up; where
the money comes from to build it and pay wages.
5. Leam how to help yourself by being of service to
other people and working well with them.
The success of the program may be gaged by the fact
that during the past year 114 men were assisted in
obtaining first papers and 153 their second papers. The
secretary of the Americanization committee aids the
men in every way and pays for the time of witnesses.
Graduate Engineers' Apprenticeship
To recruit the engineering and administrative staffs
graduates of the leading engineering schools are taken
into the works for a year of training
on a basis similar to that of intern-
ship for medical students. The num-
ber varies somewhat with the needs
of the plant from year to year, but
three hundred seems to be about the
average number received. These stu-
dents spend several months in the
shop acquiring experience and infor-
mation regarding the company's
products, personnel, and policy; and
they are then segregated into the
specific branches which they expect
5.46p.iu.|6.46 p.m.l7.45 p.m,
Mechiuical Dwing
Mechanical Drawing
Machine Shop
Physics
Geometry
.ind
TriganimittrT
Biisines.s
Enplisli
~^ tei;^ H"'--'y
SENIOR YEAR
Electrical Laboratory
BuglDHring
Problema
SK Metallurgy
Steam [Electricity
Electrical Laboratory
students will be notified of assembly In auditorium.
This schedule la subject to change at the discretion of the faculty.
FIG. 23. SCHEDULE OF CLASSES AT THE NIGHT HIGH SCHOOL
only approximately six years. It should also be borne in
mind that the school has been of benefit to industry in
general, since one-half of its graduates are now in the
employ of companies other than the Westinghouse.
Americanization
The company under consideration is one of the few
among those investigated which had already awakened
to the desirability of Americanizing its alien labor be-
fore the dis-affection and unrest attendant upon the
late war aroused the country to action. From the very
beginning of the technical night school a course in
English and civic education for the immigrant em-
ployees has been in operation. Many have been taught
English and encouraged to become citizens. There are
twenty-five enrolled in this course at present, receiving
instruction for three hours per night on three evenings
per week. There are also provided free evening classes
twice a week in sections of the plant employing a con-
siderable number of foreign laborers. In these classes
110 are enrolled and seven paid teachers are provided.
While the more extensive course in the night school
provides an opportunity for the ambitious young men,
to follow as their respective voca-
tions. There are three .fundamental
lines of employment open to them,
namely, design engineering, works
management and sales. Appi-oxi-
mately 40 per cent go into engineer-
ing, 40 per cent to sales, and 20 per
cent to works management. Special
.schools are provided for the design
engineers and sales students. These
schools run for twelve weeks usually, during which time
the student receives his pay but does no productive
work. At the present time the pay is $90 per month
for the first six months and $95 for the second six
months.
The Organization for Education
Every one recognizes that the primaiy purpose of a
manufacturing corporation is to get production. It is
a newer conception that there may be an important
secondary purpose in education, which may, moreover,
minister profitably to the main object of producing
goods. The staff used to effect this secondary aim
needs to be as efficiently organized as for production.
In the case of the company considered, the educational
department has at its head a manager with a consider-
able staff. For the graduate students and for the trades
apprentices there is in each case a director, and for the
two departments, a foreman in charge of schedules.
Competent individuals from each field are detailed to
handle tracing and drafting instruction and clerical
and stenographic training, while the director of trades
apprentice instruction supervises the English and
852
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
Americanization work. The Casino Technical Night
School has as president the manager of the educational
department and as manager a man devoting his whole
attention to it and to the somewhat closely related wel-
fare work of providing noon lectures and directing the
Valley Garden Association, which provides an oppor-
tunity for employees who wish to raise vegetables.
To provide the necessary co-operation with the pro-
duction and employment departments, suitable inter-
departmental committees have been created; and the
interest and support of the employees are fostered like-
wise by committees, made up usually of those who have
already benefited by the educational opportunities.
Thus, there are enthusiastic committees of the alumni
of the night school who solicit new students, and of
naturalized immigrant employees who urge their coun-
trymen to join the English and Americanization classes.
The whole program seems to be conceived not as
philanthropy or charitable paternalism, but as essential
functions of a well-organized productive corporation.
The Essentials of a Plant Safety Organization'
By W. E. worth
Assistant Manager, Industrial Relations, International Harvester Co.
WEBSTER defines essential as "constituting or
making that which is most important in a thing."
Our question therefore is — what are the most
important things in a safety organization? To the
speaker, there appeal seven prime essentials, and they
are given in the order of their importance, namely :
1. A sincere desire on the part of the management to
reduce accidents.
2. A willingness by the management to intelligently
spend suflicient money to achieve results.
3. A realization by the management that constant
and intelligent effort is necessary.
4. A man supervising the work who truly believes a
safer operation is possible.
5. An organized group of superintendents, foremen
and workmen, all working to a common end.
6. A definite policy and procedure adopted by man-
agement and men, and that policy and procedure ad-
hered to.
7. Unflagging enthusiasm.
If these seven prime essentials are accepted as a basis
for your conduct the mechanics of organizations can
readily be determined. Briefly, these are:
Committees of foremen and workmen, organized for
the sole purpose of assisting in carrying on the safety
propaganda. These committees should meet at stated
intervals to discuss accidents and ways and means of
prevention. Considerable discussion in the past has not
settled the question of whether there should be joint
committees of foremen and workmen, or independent
committees. Either will produce results.
Plant inspection by committees. The committees
should be given the privilege of making inspection
(either jointly or independently) for the purpose of
determining the possibilities of improvement in the
methods of operation. Many valuable suggestions are
received through the medium of these committees.
The work of the safety organization should be based
on standards. Have a proper standard for men, methods
and machinery. From lack of proper standards arise
accidents.
There is a cause for every accident. Find it. If men,
educate them; if methods, correct them; if machinery,
surround with proper safeguards. It is very impor-
tant that you devote considerable time to these three
factors. Regardless of the enthusiasm you may arouse
for safety work, if the three above mentioned factors
are not controlled, definite results cannot be had.
•Delivered before the A B C Session of the Ninth Annual Safety
Congress of the National Safety Council, Sept. 28, 1920.
Educate the foremen as well as the workmen. The
foreman is your mainstay in accident prevention.
In the process of education of the workmen, particular
attention should be given to the new man. He should
be given a thorough schooling in safe practices by the
foreman or one of the older employees in his depart-
ment. Too much attention cannot be given to this work.
An analysis of the personal injuries and damages to
machinery will show (at least it has been my experience)
that a very large percentage of the cost is the result of
failure to instruct and introduce the new employee.
Safety committees should have as members men who
understand the various languages spoken in the plant,
thereby conveying what you are trying to accomplish by
spoken word to all the employees. Creating enthusiasm
for safety work among those employees who do not
speak the English language is of very great importance.
When once they are convinced that here is a service
which will benefit them personally, it is surprising the
results that can be obtained and the suggestions which
they will make. For that reason, it is, as before stated,
very important that you have competent men speaking
foreign languages on safety committees.
Bulletins should be interesting and easily understood.
In addition to the bulletins which you receive from the
National Safety Council, you can well afford to give
considerable thought and time to devising bulletins of
local and plant interest. Make these bulletins dignified
and illustrate them in a way that is effective.
Safety signs should be liberally used. Make the word-
ing brief and give it a "punch." The argument may be
advanced that these signs are not read. The fact re-
mains, however, that the secret of advertising is repeti-
tion. A multiplicity of signs results in a continuous
affirmation of the importance of playing safe. Affirma-
tion and repetition result in contagion. It is therefore
important to use as many signs as consistent.
Every practical suggestion should be put into effect.
If a suggestion is not used, it will pay to spend sufficient
time to properly explain the reason. If it is not con-
venient to personally explain to the employee, then an
acknowledgement of the suggestion and an explanation
should be made by letter. However, it is much more
satisfactory to personally discuss the matter with the
man. An employee will very soon discontinue making
suggestions if he is not acquainted with the fact that
his suggestion has been considered. On the other hand,
if the suggestion is acknowledged even though not used,
it will be an inspiration to make suggestions in the hope
that some day he will make one that is practical.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
853
Comparative statements of injuries can be used to
great advantage in creating departmental or works com-
petition. There has been considerable discussion in the
past as to the basis for computing these statements.
That, however, is a matter which should be worked out
to the best advantage in your particular industry and
condition. If it produces the desired result, the method
of computing the statistics is immaterial.
Investigate All Accidents
Every accident, particularly those of a serious nature,
should be thoroughly investigated and the cause de-
termined. Accidents which are the result of the failure
of men, material, or methods, should be brought to the
attention of those concerned, and wherever possible
bulletins should be issued telling the cause and how the
accident might have been prevented.
Solicit the assistance of the folks at home, the prin-
cipals, teachers, and children in the school and of the
community as a whole. The work within the plant is
materially affected by the conditions existing outside
the plant. You can well afford to give a reasonable
amount of time to the education of the citizens in your
community. This will be reflected in the conduct of the
men in the plant.
Continually bring to the attention of your employees
that it is not necessary and is very foolish to take a
chance. The chronic chance taker should not be allowed
to associate with men and women who are making a
conscientious effort for a safer operation.
Diversify your methods of appeal. If it is true that
"variety is the spice of life," so also is it true that
variety contains enthusiasm in this work. At no time
can the organization charged with the responsibility of
a safer operation consider that it has reduced acci-
dents to a minimum. You must keep everlastingly at
the work.
Behind the mechanics of a safety organization there
lies the spirit of the movement. Your manager is
primarily interested in producing a profit out of the
business and is a busy man. It is your duty, therefore,
to keep him advised by means of proper statistics and
reports of the benefits arising from this organized effort
to make your plant a safe place to work. Keep him
advised of the human side of the work. The benefits
therein are numerous and unending. You must ever
maintain in him a sincere desire to reduce accidents.
Show him the importance of spending money to safe-
guard dangerous places and correct improper practices.
Eternal Vigilance Is the Price of Safety
Demonstrate to the management the need of constant
effort — "Eternal vigilance is the price of safety." You
must absolutely believe in the work, and maintain per-
sonal enthusiasm as well as the enthusiasm of your
co-workers. Keep your supervisory group working for
a given result. Running around in a circle may be good
exercise, but we get nowhere. It is therefore necessary
to give them a definite goal for achievement. If the
goal is reached, you can always set a new mark.
The men who are making the goods that pay the
wages and produce a profit necessarily give first thought
to production. By making constructive suggestions as
to safe practices, you can build a safety organization
that will produce the desired result — namely, a minimum
of accidents by a safer operation without interference
to production.
Properties of a Non-Magnetic, Flame.,
Acid, and Rust Resisting Steel*
By C. M. Johnson
Director of Research Department, Crucible Steel Co. of America,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
The steels here described were studied by the author
for a period of a year or more with a view to producing
a steel that could be forged, rolled or sheared in thick-
nesses of 0.01 to 1 in. or more, and that offered the
maximum resistance to the attack of the oxyacetylene
flame. It was also demanded that the steel be machin-
able and that holes could . be drilled in it. As the
results now stand, a steel has been produced that has
certain unusual properties which are briefly described
as follows:
Non-Magnetic Properties. — As to the non-magnetic
features, a permanent horse-shoe magnet that is capable
of suspending in the air a 500-gram weight, will attract
only the finest particles. Or, if a piece of the steel be
shaped into a compass needle supported on a needle-
point bearing, it is attracted but slowly if a magnet of
the size mentioned be brought to within a distance of
about one-half inch of the end of the needle.
The following report was received on these steels:
"Neither the Esterile nor the Leibling apparatus
showed any indication that either grade No. 1 or No. 3
could be magnetized in the natural bar or after quench-
ing in oil or water from 1,900 deg. F.
"The permeability with respect to air is 1.04, and after
oil treating 1.05 (H. Max. 300). The residual magnet-
ism after charging did not exceed 4 lines per square
centimeter. Both of these samples in all three condi-
tions can be considered non-magnetic."
It has been noted that prolonged heat will cause an
increase in its attraction by a magnet. The cumulative
effect of many hours heating at the most favorable tem-
perature is being studied further.
Rust Resistance. — These steels will remain for many
days immersed in ordinary drinking water without de-
veloping any rust stains. In making such tests all roll
or hammer scale must be removed as the action of water
on scale causes rust stains. They show the highest re-
sistance to all fruit acids and staining in general.
Table I shows the resistance to acids of the non-
magnetic, acids, flame and rust resisting steel compared
to some other metals and steels.- The metals were in
sheet form and immersed for 24 hours at room tem-
perature in acids. The loss in weight is given in milli-
grams per square inch of exposed surface. These tests
were made in samples from which all scale was removed.
TABLE I. LOSS OF WEIGHT WHEN IMMERSED IN ACIDS
Non-Magnetic, Flame, Acid and Rust Resisting Steel
Glaeial 20% 10% i2% HCl
Grade Acetic HjSO< HjSOi HNO3 19%
No.2-2 oil 2000° F 0.15 85.9 50.8 0.93 67.1
No. 2-2 0.26 86.1 68.3 0,26 99.2
Other Metals and Steels
Glacial 20% lO^^c 32% HCI
Grade Acetic HjSOi H.SO^ H>f08 19%
HighCrNisteel 7.93 1045 0 111,3 0 27 462.8
HighCrSisteel 0.00 2180.0 0.50
25 per cent Ni steel 7.81 90 11.0 1683 00 22.3
38 per cent Si steel 13.80 4 1 4.1 3459.00 190
Wroughtiron 1930 11.22 490 0 171500 261 5
Copperstecl 12 20 96.3 73 4 212600 201 2
Monel metal 0.70 12 13 215700 13.1
HighCrsteel 0 67 2062.0 1262 0 0 10 437,3
•From a paper read at the convention of the American SocietT
for Steel Treating, Sept. 15, 1920.
864
AMERICAN MACHINISl:
Vol. 53, No. 19
It is an interesting fact that in some of these grades,
the scale is dissolved by glacial acetic acid, discoloring
the acid, whereas the steel from which the scale has
been thoroughly ground off will show no loss of weight
and will not discolor the acid.
Tensile Strength — Table II gives values for the
tensile properties of the steel.
TABLE 11. TENSILE V.\LUES OF THE RESIST.\NT STEEL
Percent Per Cent
Elastic Ultimate Elonga- Heduc-
Gradc Limit Strength tion tion Brinell
No. 2-1 107,270 146,870 25.5 |40.1 302
ITreatment
Nat. condition
This class of steel has an extraordinarily high reduc-
tion and elongation at temperatures that would bum
anything but high-speed steels.
Grade 2 attracts attention in this respect, that
even at 2,450 deg. F. the reduction is 69.3 per cent, the
elongation 65 per cent in 2 in. and the tensile strength
103,090 lb. Grade No. 3 at 2,200 deg. had a reduction
of 64.3 per cent, an elongation of 50.5 per cent and a ten-
sile strength of 111,170 lb. per square inch.
Resistance to Flame. — The steel when attacked by
the oxyacetylene flame requires twenty times as long
to melt a hole through it as it does to melt a hole through
ordinary steel.
High chromium steel after 30 minutes exposure to
oxidizing flame in a gas furnace at a temperature of
2,000 deg. F. loses 520.5 milligrams per square inch of
exposed surface. The flame-resisting steel suffers only
a slight staining and a slight gain in weight per square
inch after many hours heating at 1,900 to 2,000 deg. F.
Table III shows resistance to scaling of the nonmag-
netic, acids, flame and rust resisting steel compared
with some other metals and steels. The specimens were
ground smooth, weighed and measured, then heated to
1,150 deg. C. for one-half hour in a gas furnace, cooled
in air, weighed again and the loss or gain in weight
calculated to milligrams per square inch.
TABLE in.
SCALING ACTION DUE
TO
HEAT
Non-Mfigiietic,
^Flarne,
-■Veids aTid Rust
Resisting Steels
Gr^de
Loss
' Gain
No. 2-2
No. 3-2
No. 4-5
No. 5-1
None
None
0.3mg
None
4.8 mg
4.6 mg
None
None
Other Metak and Steels
Grade
.
Loes
Gain
Monel metal
96% Nickel
High Cr-Ni Steel
33 mg
158 mg
57. 1 mg
No Io.ss
52
967.4
Adherent scale
No gain
Grade A Steel
High Cr Steel
1.2
mg
Copper Steel
, — _
Building Airplanes for Local Use
By I. B. Rich
Evidence of the increasing interest in airplane work
can usually be found in most sections of the country if
we look in the right places. Two small shops in
Venice, Cal., a suburb of Los Angeles, are now building
special ships for local work. Figs. 1 to 4 show a six
passenger biplane with about 50 ft. wings in the shop
of the Pacific Aero and Supply Co.
This is twin motored plane, two of the old reliable
Curtiss OX-5 motors developing about 100 hp. each,
being installed as shown. The motors are mounted
between the wings, on each side of the control fuselage.
Figs. 2 and 3 are side views showing the fuselage top-
FIG. 1. FRONT END OF 6-PASSENGER SHIP
FIG. 2. A SIDE VIEW
.tsLMi^.
! i '
im«^^:»
ij
.^^^■kj ^^
^-
FIG. 3. TlIK .MOTOP. AND COCKPIT
FIG. 4. THIO l.NSTRUMKXT EQITIP.MKXT
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
855
I
1"IG. 5. STEEL AILERON FRAME
f
FIGS. 6 AND 7. PLANE AND CENTER BRACES
FIG. 8. AILERON CONTROL ARM
1"K;. 9. HINGE FITTIXGS
l-'IG. 10. TAIL SKID FITTI.VG
cover in place. These views also show the windows in
the body or passenger compartment, though the wicker
seats are not very distinct. The mounting for the
motor is also shown very clearly as well as the radiator
and the landing wheel and strut.
The interior of the pilot compartment, with a view
of the instruments, is shown in Fig. 4. The board
includes a tachometer, a Navy type compass and a
banking indicator, while on the center post of the sash
is an air-speed indicator. The instruments, with the
exception of the tachometer, are all special designs of
the Pioneer Instrument Co., of New York.
Nearby is the shop of W. D. Waterman, who was
an experienced flyer and instructor during the war.
He was building a modified LaPere plane for local use
at the time of my visit. This has now been completed
and is a beautiful example of aircraft building.
One of the modifications in this plane is the steel-
framed aileron shown in Fig. 5. This view shows how the
aileron is built up and the part which oxy-acetylene
or arc welding plays in modern construction of all
kinds. It will be noted that the braces each side of the
center are plain, while the center one is reinforced,
these parts being shown in detail in Figs. 6 and 7.
The remaining views show special fittings, sheared,
punched and drawn from flat stock and welded. Fig. 8
is a curved arm for operating the aileron and consists
of two flat sides and a center distance and stiffening
piece which is shown at the left and illustrates a simple
way of building up a very stiff and substantial fitting.
Another fitting, for hinging the aileron to the wing
proper, is shown in two positions in Fig. 9. It is also
built up and welded around the tube which forms the
bearing.
The last fitting. Fig. 10, is a very substantial tail-
skid frame which is an excellent piece of sheet metal
work. The long, tapering side fits up against the lower
side of the fusilage frame, while the tail skid itself
fits in the opening at A and is supported by the whole
length of the lower floor of the fitting. This fitting is
a particularly good job of sheet metal work where
parts are shaped by hand because of the small produc-
tion required.
How Is the Light in the Drafting Room?
By William H. Kellogg
In your recent editorial referring to what the real
meaning of the term "production man" is, you men-
tioned the benefits and advantages that are gained by
beautifying the surroundings of the factory with flowers
and the like. There can be no doubt that such things
have a tendency toward increased production and the
writer believes that they should be encouraged by all
means. There is, however, a suspicion that among some
of those so-called production engineers the tendency
is to follow that idea too literally.
This suspicion is suggested by the fact that at the
plant of a certain large manufacturing concern there
is a beautiful array of grass, flowers and fountains
over its grounds as well as many other things that
show the good-will of the employers in their effort to
make the workers comfortable and happy, while on the
other hand many obvious points of efficiency are over-
looked.
For instance, in the drafting room, which covers a
vast area of floor space, the tables, inadequately small,
856
AMERICAN MACHINIST
are crowded together, the majority of them placed in
the middle span furthest removed from the daylight,
while a larger number of files and storage cases are
located near the windows. Then to add to the bad con-
dition there is a lack of sufficient attention to keeping
the light circuits in order with the result that the
draftsmen sometimes go for days without enough light.
It is a matter of general observation with the writer
that this question of proper lighting is a thing sadly
neglected in a large number of drafting rooms. Can
it be that the average employer supposes that it is
well enough to wait until a draftsman calls for light
before it is supplied to him? If such is the case, the
employer is the loser, for the work of a draftsman
cannot be easily measured, and he will, naturally and
sometimes unconsciously lag with his work when he
finds it difficult to see plainly.
The basis upon which efficiency methods rest, accord-
ing to Mr. Taylor and perhaps many other modem
engineers, is in relieving the worker of the necessity
of providing those conditions which are needed for the
best results. For this reason such matters as light
and space should be as carefully and freely provided
as oil is provided for a machine.
I suggest that all who are concerned with the man-
agement of drafting rooms make a few observations
and see if the writer is not justified in calling atten-
tion to these small but important points in drafting-
room economy.
Tools for Boring a Seat for a Ball Joint
By Frank A. Stanley
The ram, or slide, of the heavy punch presses made
by the Gilro Machine Co., Oakland, Cal., is operated by
ball-ended connections from the crankshaft fitting in
spherical seats formed half in the top of the slide and
half in caps attached thereto. The slide and cap con-
struction is shown in Fig. 1, the caps being lifted from
their places to allow the interior of the spherical seats
to be seen.
These spherical seats are bored in a drill press with
the aid of a pair of special cutter bars, Figs. 2 and 3.
The roughing bar is fitted with a pivoted cutter head
which is operated by a scroll ended plug engaging with
teeth on the cutter head.
FIG. 2. THE BORING TOOL AND
REAMER USED IN M.\KING
THE BALL SE.A.TS
Vol. 53, No. 19
Both roughing and
finishing bars are
operated in a bushed
jig, shown in the
background of Fig.
1 and in place for
operation in Fig. 4.
It is bolted by eight
screws to the top of
the slide in exactly
the same way that
the caps are after-
wards attached for
service. The rough-
ing tool bores the
seats practically to
completion in one or
more cuts ; the second cutter being really more in the na-
ture of a flat, spherical formed reamer. The first boring
bar is fitted with a fle.xible or floating holder for the driv-
ing shank so that alignment of the bar is always secured
when once it is slipped through the guide bushing.
The cutter is a single pointed tool secured by a set-
screw in the swiveling head. The latter is pivoted to
revolve about its axis when the scroll spindle is turned.
With the cutter adjusted around toward the midway
position the entire head slips easily into the bushing.
The action of the scroll member on the cutter head teeth
is practically the same as that of an ordinary chuck
scroll upon the teeth at the back of the chuck jaws.
The finishing tool, or flat reamer, is i in. thick and
ofl'set across the center as seen in Fig. 2 so that the
cutting edge around the circle is always in the central
plane of the cutter bar, thus assuring the correct form
to the finished seat.
FIG. 3. ANOTHER VIEW OF THE TOOLS
FIG. 1.
THE SLIDE. SHOWING THE SEAT FOR THE BALL
ENDS OF THE ARMS, AND THE CAPS
FIG. 4.
THE BORING Tv _ _:P.ATION. SHOWING.
HOW THE JIG IS USED
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
867
What Is the Difference Between Roller and
Ball Bearings?
By a. DANIELSON
Bearings characterized by rolling rather than
sliding action are usually classed as either "ball"
or "roller" bearings with attendant confusion due
to the many varieties of both types. The author
offers suggestions for a definite classification of
these two types.
IN BEARINGS where sliding friction has been super-
seded by a rolling friction, i.e., in "anti-friction
bearings," there are to be found rolling elements
of widely varying shape. The early types of anti-
friction bearings were either ball bearings or roller
bearings. Some of the reasons for employing balls in
bearings were, no doubt, that balls can be manufac-
tured comparatively easily and cheaply and that the
ball need not be
guided in the
bearing but may
be allowed to roll
on any of its peri-
pheries, which
simplifies the con-
struction of the
bearing. Roller
bearings have
from the start
been competitors
of ball bearings
in carrying heavy
loads. In the early
roller bearings
■cylindrical rollers
were employed,
mainly for the
:8ake of ease of manufacture. A supposed distinction
between ball and roller bearings which has often been
mentioned, is that balls have a point contact on the
raceway, whereas rollers have a line contact. This
distinction will not hold in all cases, however, as there
are now existing types of bearings which unquestion-
ably must be classified as roller bearings, but which
have a point contact, as for example the bearing shown
in Fig 1. As a matter of fact, the two kinds of bearings,
while originally distinctly different are today not so
easily recognized or classified on account of the ex-
istence of several types intermediary between the two.
For several reasons it is highly desirable that a clear
definition be recognized for the classification of an
anti-friction bearing.
This classification can be accomplished in three differ-
ent ways; namely, (1) so that only bearings having
whole balls rotating freely around any axis are called
ball bearings and all others roller bearings, (2) only
those having cylindrical rollers are called roller bear-
ings and all others ball bearings, (3) all intermediary
types are classified each on its own merits. Still another
way out would be to introduce a new name for the
class of debatable types, which, however, should not be
PIG. 2
FIGS. 1 to 5. SEVERAL VARIETIES OP ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS
Fig. 1. Roller bearing with point contact. Fig. 2. Bearing with both balls and rolling
elements. Fig. 3. Axis of rotation unalterable. Fig. 4. Rolling elements with spherical
working surfaces. Fig. 5. Rolling elements not having spherical form
done unless all other ways fail. Examples of t3T)es
intermediary between ball bearings and roller bearings
are shown in Figs. 2 to 5. These have all been obtained
from various letters patent and have been selected not
with a view to their suitability for bearing purposes or
any other practical points, but solely on account of the
interest which may be attached to their attempted
classification.
An examination of Figs. 2 and 3 raises a doubt as
to their proper classification. In these bearings the roll-
ing elements can not rotate freely, inasmuch as their
axis of rotation is predetermined and unalterable. The
bearing in Fig. 2 may always have to be considered
an intermediary type, as it has, alternately, ordinary
balls and other shapes of rolling elements which may
be considered as either balls or rollers.
The design shown in Fig. 4 can hardly be classified as
a ball bearing,
unless ball bear-
ings are defined
as anti-friction
bearings, the roll-
ing elements of
which have spher-
ical working sur-
faces. Fig. 5,
unquestio n a b 1 y,
must be classified
as a roller bear-
ing, as in this
design the rolling
elements do not
have a spherical
form. If con-
sideration should
now be given to
the question of the proper place for a line to be drawn
between ball bearings and roller bearings, without vio-
lating either the established language or the laws for
logic reasoning, it would be found that if the second
of the above-mentioned ways of classification were
adopted, and only bearings having cylindrical rollers
were to be called roller bearings, a number of absurdi-
ties would follow. There are many types of bearings
with conical rollers, or rollers having a concave contour
which cannot possibly be called ball bearings, but whose
rolling elements cannot be simply or unquestionably
defined.
Now, should the other extreme be resorted to, and
ball bearings be considered to include only those anti-
friction bearings where the rolling elements have a
spherical form and can rotate freely on any axis, all
others being called roller bearings, then no absurdities
are encountered. Thus it would not be absurd to term
the type in Fig. 3 a roller bearing. For this reason
then, it can be stated that it is easier to logically
define the ball bearing than the roller bearing.
The question now remaining is: Would it be well
to extend the definition of the ball bearing so as to
comprise in it all anti-friction bearings having rolling
858
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 1&
elements with spherical working surfaces? In that case
there would be encountered the difficulty of determin-
ing whether a surface be spherical or only nearly
spherical. Cases could be conceived where it would be
necessary to take apart a bearing and to resort to
instruments of high precision in order to establish its
classification. The line between ball bearings and roller
bearings would then be determined not by the con-
structive features of the bearings but by the dimension-
ing of the rolling elements. The same difficulty, only
to an even greater extent, would have to be met, if the
definition of the ball bearings should be still further
extended to include those bearings having rolling ele-
ments with a nearly spherical surface. It seems,
therefore, that it would be most closely adhering to the
original meaning of the expression ball bearing, as well
as being most logical, to define the ball bearing as an
anti-friction bearing having its rolling and carrying
elements of a spherical form and free to rotate around
any axis. All other bearings having, for rolling and
carrying elements, bodies of rotation, should then be
classified as roller bearings.
Applying this definition, then, the types shown in
the five illustrations should all be classified as roller
bearings.
What Is a First-Class Machinist?
By R. McHenry
There has been much discussion in recent numbers
of the American Machinist as to "what constitutes a
high-grade machine" and as to just "what is a machine
tool," and the subjects have been very ably handled. A
kindred problem that seems to be puzzling many em-
ployers and employees at present is, "What is a first-
olass machinist?"
One shop manager used to say to prospective help,
"No, I don't want a first-class machinist, I want a
good man." It is evident that the term "first-class
machinist" meant little to him. In another case a work-
man stated that he was a machinist and rated first-
dass. On being asked about his recent work, etc., he
said he was a first-class turret man. As the shop in
question had no turret lathes or prospect of acquiring
any, this "first-class man" could not interest the fore-
man.
In this age of specialization it seems hard to place a
man without first obtaining his life history. For in-
stance: men employed in machine shops are usually
spoken of as machinists. Many of these, however, have
served no time at the trade; but as operators of cer-
tain machines they are much more valuable than some
journeymen who have spent a lifetime in various
branches.
Because a man is efficient only in the cutting of
gears, he can hardly be classed with the "all-round"
mechanic, and yet, the "all-round" man, while consid-
ered good on a large variety of work, very likely would
be unable to figure out and cut a simple pinion.
During the war, a workman became connected with
a shop which was having the usual difficulties with
inexperienced help. After the settlement of their con-
tracts this machinist sought work at another local plant
doing a high class of work. He was reluctantly hired
and given more or less rough repair work, etc. The
foreman later remarked with surprise that the new man
seemed to carry through every job he was given in
some way or other. He was then told that the man
in question could claim an experience nearly as general
as himself and had worked for years in factories build-
ing various kinds of machinery.
Some shopmen have all their work laid out by drafts-
men and detailers, even to the finish of machined sur-
faces. Others are expected to build entire machines
from a mere pencil sketch and a survey of the castings.
All seem to the lay public to be in the same category.
A marine mechanic often finds difficulty in a shop
on land. Also many men employed by steel mills, ship-
yards, railroads, etc., and rated high as machinists, make
a much different impression on manufacturers of type-
writers, firearms, and electrical apparatus.
Advertisements for "first-class machinists" are nu-
merous and men claiming the title are legion; but just
what is a "first-class machinist?"
Efficient Pattern Making
By M. E. Duggan
The other day while at the foundry, my attention
was called to a pattern that for artistic finish had most
other patterns wiped off the map, but there was a doubt
lurking in the mind of the molder as to whether or not
the pattern could be molded. Upon my return to the
rolling mill I picked up the American Machinist, issue
of Sept. 9, 1920, and read upon page 516 the ver>-
interesting and instructive article entitled "Efficient
Pattern Making," by E. A. Dixie.
Mr. Dixie describes, with the aid of illustrations,
how the foreman pattern maker made, in one day, a
pattern from which a satisfactory casting was pro-
duced. Ordinarily this pattern would have required
from six to seven days to make in the regular way.
In the first instance the pattern maker is an artist;
the foreman pattern maker referred to by Mr. Dixie
is a "mechanic." He knows foundry and molding prac-
tice. If he did not know molding practice and how far
he could go in making a cheaply constructed pattern
with the material at hand, he would have made the
pattern in the regular way and by so doing, held up'
the job six or seven days. Let's have some more of
this, Mr. Dixie, it's good stuff.
Speaking about "service" in the pattern shop, the
following might be of interest: A spur gear 6 ft. 6;
in. in diameter, 5 in. face, 6 arms, and bored for a 5i-
in. shaft, broke. The machine must be kept going
and producing. What was to be done? Make a new
pattern, or section of a pattern; or send out of town
to have a new gear made?
A knowledge of molding practice helped to solve the
question. What was done is worth knowing in a
"pinch." A search of the pattern loft in a nearby
machine shop resurrected an old discarded pulley-arm
core box, 6 ft. long, or about 3 ft. longer than the arm
for this gear job. For the hub an old piston pattern
was picked up in the foundry; this was H in. longer
and 1 in. larger in diameter than the hub on the
broken casting, a very good fault in a pinch. A rough
pattern for one sixth section of the rim was made.
From the side of the hub to the inside of the segment
was the length of the cores for the arms. This length
was marked off on the core box and the cores for the
six arms made and baked in the night oven. The cast-
ing was poured fourteen hours after the break occurred.
To do a job like this you must know molding methods.
November 4, 1920
(iet Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
859
How the $5,000,000,000 Slump in the Price of
Farm Products Will Affect Industry
The atiswer to the above title is that it is in the
hands of labor itself. This article, reprinted
from the Oct. 15 issue of "Industry," gives a
pessimistic though forceful outline of the facts
in general.
WHAT would it mean to the country should $600
a year be cut from the income of half the
families in the United States? This is a simple
question, but the facts underlying it are of the most
stupendous character; of such a nature, in fact, that
sooner or later they must engage the attention not only
of every economist but of every man, woman and youth
who works for wages. When it is added that this cut
is falling not upon the wealthy but on the class whose
cash incomes, taken as a whole, are smaller than almost
any other, another angle of the proposition is presented
which gets down very close to the individual.
The recent slump in the price of farm staples means
nothing more or less than that approximately 49 per
cent of the people of the United States must suffer a
material reduction of annual income amounting in the
aggregate to the terrific sum of $5,000,000,000; the
people affected represent 40 per cent of the purchasing
power of the American people. Let us first get at the
facts before attempting to draw conclusions as to what
effect this enormous loss will mean not only to the
farmers but to all workingmen and women.
Com, with a 3,000,000,000-bushel crop in sight, has
slumped from $1.80 J on June 28 to $0.84J on Oct. 6.
Wheat, with a 800,000,000-bushel crop, or larger, has
slumped from $2.80 on June 28 to $1.90 on Oct. 6.
Potatoes, with a crop in excess of 400,000,000 bushels,
have slumped from $2.50 to $3.00 early in the season to
$1.50 or less at the present time.
Ck)tton, with a 12,000,000-bale crop, has slumped
approximately 20 cents a pound or $100 a bale.
These four items alone aggregate a total slump in
prices, measured in values based on the total crop, of a
little more than $5,000,000,000. The decline in corn is
more than 50 per cent, in wheat about 30 per cent, in
potatoes 40 per cent and in cotton 50 per cent. Oats
have declined from $1.18 to about 84 cents. With few
exceptions, notably dairy products and eggs, declines
ranging from 25 to 50 per cent are indicated for every
important farm commodity; and the prices for butter
and eggs cannot remain at their present levels indef-
initely, if for no other reason than that the great
decrease in purchasing power suggested by these
shrinkages in time will be reflected in the cities and
towns from which the farmer must draw all his supplies
except his food. Here, in fact, the gist of the whole
situation as it affects the workingman is suggested,
although we have not yet reached that stage of the
di.scus8ion. We pause here only to explain that the
farmers cannot cut $5,000,000,000 from their tovwi
purcha.ses without either closing many factories or
reducing wages or both; and when wages stop prices
f»?ll — whether .of butter, eggs or phonographs.
The workingman in industry will be affected in still
another way. A price decline of this magnitude would
force bankruptcy in any industry other than agriculture
( it would in that if agriculture were composed of great
instead of small units). It will gravely affect agricul-
ture, accentuating the dissatisfaction already existing
on the farms and accelerating the exodus from the
farms to the cities, thus leading to a labor surplus in
industry which in turn will produce an inevitable reduc-
tion of wages that cannot be stemmed, for men and
women will refuse to starve in the cities merely to>
maintain the present high level of compensation in
industry. Adjustments of this nature are not forced by
the employers but are the natural result of conditions,
which manufacturers would be only too glad to prevent
if they could. Indeed, it is a statement easily sus-
ceptible of proof that employers would raise no objec-
tion to a continuation of the present wage level if (1>
their markets would hold up and (2) the employee
would return a full measure of work for the money he is
paid. The more the situation is studied, however, the
more clearly it becomes apparent that within a twelve-
month the secondary reaction herein described threatens
to make conditions in the cities worse than on the farms,
where at least food is plentiful. It is to forestall suchi
a situation, if it be humanly possible, that all concerned
will need to study and realize the facts, and not be^
misled by labor agitators who would add fuel to devour-
ing flames by shouting that they will spend the last
drop of their blood to prevent any reduction in wages.
The drop in values of farm commodities will affect
the farmers quickest in their purchasing capacity. As
already stated, the people on the farms include approxi-
mately 49 per cent of the people of the United States
and constitute fairly 40 per cent of the purchasing
power of the country. Lopping $5,000,000,000 of re-
ceipts from the income of 8,000,000 families means cut-
ting more than $600 from the potential spending power
of each family; money which cannot be spent on city
products because it is not in hand. This enforced
economy is to be measured in automobiles, pianos, talk-
ing machines, men's suits, dresses and dress goods, fars,
shoes, harness, wagons, furniture, electrical appliances,
rugs, carpets, confectionery and a thousand other things.
In all these lines sales will fall off in a tremendous
proportion of goods which doubtless would be made and
sold were the conditions of the last two or three years
to continue. The railroads will suffer from lack of
patronage, both freight and passenger, and the de-
mand for the products of the mines will be materially
reduced. No class of wage-workers in the country can
be mentioned that will not experience the direct effects
of this stupendous cessation of country purchasing.
One of the most common expressions of the times has
been : "The farmers never had so much money in their
lives. They are having as much and living as well as
the people in the cities." Unfortunately this prosperity
cannot continue with the prices of farm products cut
in half. All this, we may remark parenthetically, is
merely another way of saying forcefully and illustrat-
ing graphically that American industry cannot be per-
manently or temporarily prosperous unless American
agriculture is prosperous.
860
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
The time has arrived when the American business
man and the wage-workers must take account of facts
which cannot be blinked at. By the same token that the
city cannot prosper unless the country makes money,
the city profiteer must go when the country profiteer
goes, be he capitalist or laborer. Obviously the cost of
farm labor must be reduced if a large proportion of
the employing farmers' income is to be swept away;
and with the country market whittled down, the spend-
ing money shut off, the prices of manufactured goods
and the labor that produces them must come down.
It is not that anyone wants the present "golden era"
to end, but that the end is in sight already, and capital
and labor alike must adjust themselves to the change.
Strikes No Longer Succeed
It is stating only a solemn fact, not an argument, to
say that further increases in wages in the industrial
centers have become impossible. It has been an out-
standing fact for months that strikes no longer succeed ;
that fewer are attempted, because most of the wage-
workers are sensible people and are not fools enough
to risk a long period of idleness in a falling market.
But the mere refusal of employers to increase wages
is not enough to meet the situation. It may be for a
brief period, or until every individual has been able to
note for himself the disastrous results of the disap-
pearance of prosperity on the farms; but when the re-
action has fully set in and the farmer, by staying at
home and hanging onto what money he has, supplies
unmistakable evidence that hard times have come, wage
reductions cannot be avoided.
In the city of Washington at the present moment 85
per cent of the building industry is tied up by a strike
of carpenters for higher wages. Anyone familiar with
agricultural conditions as they have been set forth here
must know that this strike will fail. So will every
other strike of the kind from now on; nor is building
likely to be resumed on any large scale until actual
wage reductions have taken place. The striker of to-
day is flying directly in the face of industrial providence,
and if he cannot read the lesson in advance, if he can-
not understand, for example, what so simple but im-
pressive an object lesson as the falling prices of agri-
cultural products teaches, he must lose his time and
his money in a vain effort to get what the employer
knows he cannot grant.
The important question is whether the workingman
and the labor union which represents him in industry
will regard and appreciate the situation as it is or will
make a bad matter worse by failing to recognize the
facts. It has been an axiom of the day that prices will
not come down in the cities until unemployment has
become more or less general and it has been suggested
that manufacturers would shut down their plants for no
other purpose than to force a reduction of wages. The
absurdity of this idea is apparent on its face, if one
will use a little gray matter in considering it; for no
business man that is making money while paying high
wages ever stops making it merely to cut down the
pay of his employees. On the contrary he is glad to
pay liberally as long as business holds up.
But the new condition which has arisen in conse-
quence of the serious let down in the price of farm
products will relieve the manufacturer of any suspicion
that he is conniving at wage reductions; for he, along
with his employee, necessarily becomes the sufferer
from the loss of trade which the shrinkage of incomes
on the farms will entail. Neither will the farming class,
with their own business falling and their incomes drop-
ping, listen with patience to the plea of the industrial
worker that high wages must continue. Nor will gen-
eral reductions in wages and prices materially alter the
existing situation greatly, if common sense prevails, for
the net effect of the adjustments, if they are under-
taken fairly and scientifically, will be to add to the pur-
chasing power of the dollar, leaving the general situa-
tion relatively where it was before. That is the big
fact. Every class will participate in the readjustment
and, with reason and not rant at the guide, no one will
be hurt.
Use of Cross-Section Paper in
Making Charts
By Chester E. Josselyn
The use of cross-section paper, mentioned on page 16
of the American Machinist, was appreciated. Had I
used this method in times past much time could have
been saved when arranging tabulations.
It suggested for publication a use I sometimes make
of section paper which I have never heard of being so
used by others.
Just reverse the usual practice of sketching on the
ruled side and use the blank side instead.
An impression of the section lines usually shows
through on the back which permits using them as guides
but they are not so prominent as to confuse reading as
when the sketch is on the ruled side.
If prints are to be made it, of course, makes no dif-
ference which side the sketch is on, although the
objection could be overcome by using the cross-section
paper specifically, as Mr. Barr says, underneath the
sketch paper.
... - J i
— ^ ^
< — ^ ', ^
1
SKETCH ON BLANK AND RULED SIDES OF CROSS-
SECTION PAPER
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With, Improved Machinery
861
Some Notes on Tapping
By E. a. Dixie
Someone once said: "The truths of today are the
lies of tomorrow" or words to that effect and by the
same token the wise things of yesterday may be the
foolish things of today, depending on the conditions
under which they are done.
Some time ago, while going through a manufacturing
plant, I was attracted by an extremely unusual method
of machine tapping.
Someone had drilled a large number of holes in some
castings. When it came time for these holes to be
tapped it was found that they were so small that when
the usual method of machine tapping was pursued the
taps broke. The holes could be hand tapped by the
common method of backing the tap out every turn or
two but the tap could not be driven straight ahead
without breaking. The drill press on which the attempt
to tap the castings was made is equipped with a valve-
grinding attachment which makes the spindle rotate
almost a complete revolution and then back a small part
of one. Someone, wiser than most of us, conceived
the idea of securing the tap in the chuck of the spindle
and hooking up the valve-grinding attachment and thus
simulate hand tapping. The method worked out to the
entire satisfaction of everyone; all the holes were tapped
and not a tap was broken. It was a wise idea.
The other day I went through the same factory and
found the valve-grinding attachment was still on the
job tapping holes.
When inquiry was made as to why they used this
slow method of tapping they told me that it was the
only method by which they could get a full thread.
That was where they were foolish.
Remember, they were tapping cast iron and knew
or ought to have known that they could not tap a full
thread in ca.st iron and still have a full thread. That
last sounds rather Irish but it is a well-known fact
that when tapping a full thread in cast iron, the tops
of the threads are crowded off by the wedging action
of the tap. Besides, even if it were possible to tap
full threads, of what use are they? In the case cited
the tapped holes in the castings acted as nuts to take
the threaded ends of screws which were to attach other
pieces. Almost everyone knows that a nut need not
have a full thread in order to be as strong as the
bolt which fits it, and everyone knows that few com-
mercial nuts have full threads — there is no reason why
they should and many reasons why they should not.
Several years ago one of the big electrical manu-
facturing companies in this country became somewhat
concerned over the excessive breakage of taps. The
figures have slipped my memory but the tap bills
amounted to many thousands of dollars per year. So
a committee was appointed to investigate the reason
which was not far to seek. The drawings demanded
tapped holes to be tapped full thread. The next job
of the committee was to discover a remedy. A great
number of experiments were made in tapping-machine
steel, tool steel and cast iron, using various sizes of
tap drills with a view to producing a nut which would
1.500
1 375
\
o 1-250
\
« 1.125
\
o I.OOO
\
'C 0.875
\
^ 0.750
1 0.625
\
\
0 375
^.
ThrSS^L
''' 0 250
--
0.1 25
fr^
1 >■
1 \j
i
\ X
\ \
i i
i
Size of Tapj Inches
FIG. I
CHART OF POWER CONSUMED IN
TAPPING TOOT. STEEI.
-
\
k
^
^2
k^^
Y^
r—
i
^
-H
i
%
\
i
\
i
■
-
s.
X-
I3-
TTrreaa
/
S^X?^^:r^rzr~
Size of Tap, Inches
FIG. 2
CHART OF POWER CONSUMED IN
TAPPING MACHINE STEEL
■i i' f i
Size of Tap, Inches
FIG. 3
CHART OF POWER CONSU?
TAPPING CAST IRON
1.50,
UTS
1.250 1"
I.I 25 .g
1.000 «
0.875 'I
0.750 .p
0£25'S
t.
0.500 S-
0375 i
X
0.250
0.125
862
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
be stronger than the bolt and still be easy on the
taps. A number of bolts from i in. to ^ in. diameter
were pulled in two with nuts which had threads only
§ of full depth.
Orders were then issued to tap all threads about 3
full, with the result that tap breakage was practically
eliminated, over 90 per cent of the taps tvore out in
service, and there was a material reduction in the
amount of power consumed in machine tapping opera-
tions. The accompanying charts were constructed from
the average performance of a number of taps, from 'i to
1 in. diameter.
Fig. 1 is a chart showing the power consumed ir»
tapping full and two-thirds depth threads in tool steel.
The hump in the curve at the i-'m. tap was probably
due to poorly made taps. It will be noted in all three
of the charts that the power curves of full and two-
thirds thread depths nearly parallel each other till i
in. diameter is reached. From this point the rise in the
two-thirds thread-power curve is about normal in all
three of the charts but that of the full thread shows
an extreme rise for tool steel and a pronounced rise
in the chart, Fig. 2, which shows the power consumed
in tapping machine steel and also in the chart. Fig. 3,
which shows the power consumed in tapping cast iron.
Summed up, the average power necessary to tap a
full thread is about twice that necessary to tap a two-
thirds thread and a two-thirds thread is stronger than
the average bolt. The objection to a two-thirds thread
is that it does not "look good," but when a tapped hole
has a bolt in it not much of the thread is visible.
Hand Tools for Reclaiming
Globe Valves
By J. H. Vincent
The hand tools shown in the illustration were shown
at the convention of the Railway Tool Foremen's Asso-
ciation by W. H. Casson, who had made them for
reclaiming globe valves brought into his shop for
repairs. Both the seat and the disk of the valves usually
require refinishing because of having been scored by
the action of steam or water passing through them;
this scoring usually being caused by carelessness in
closing the valve and thus permitting a slight seepage
of water under high pressure.
The tool at the right serves to refinish the worn
HAND TOOLS USED FOR RESURFACING WORN VALVES
seats. To use it the internally threaded sleeve A is
screwed onto the valve body at B, bringing the formed
cutter C into position to resurface the valve seat. The
cutter is turned by means of the knurled disk D, keyed
to its outer end. After inserting the tool so that the
cutter rests on the valve seat, the threaded sleeve E
is turned back on the body A of the tool until it
contacts with the under side of the disk D, and thus
prevents the cutter from taking too much metal off the
valve seat. The amount removed is gaged by turning E
forward until the valve seat appears smooth.
The tool at the left of the illustration is used for
refinishing the disk F and works in the same manner,
the shape of the cutter being made to conform to the
work. The tool is held in position by screwing the
gland G onto the body of the tool at H.
Have You the "Use of Yourself?"
By L. L. Thwing .
Some one in enumerating his few blessings once said :
"I am thankful that I have always had the use of
myself." Among the palliatives, improvements and cures
which are offered for our problems of employment is
this desire of a man to use himself always considered?
We are told that every man should have a vocation
and an avocation — a trade or profession — and also a
hobby; something to interest him after working hours.
Machinists are an adaptable lot, and turn their hands
to many different kinds of work. I knew one who
built himself a fireplace and chimney for his house; I
am intimately acquainted with one whose cabinetmaking
is my secret envy and despair.
The desire to make something is bom in all natural
mechanics. To the man with a hobby — be it garden,
workshop, motor boat, or even collecting postage stamps
— to have time to follow it is to have the use of himself
for his own purposes. Few men enjoy work for its own
sake, particularly when the character, methods, and time
have been selected by someone else.
I have had little official connection with the problems
of the employment office, but at one time in 1917 when
machinists were hard to get, the stereotyped advertise-
ment offering "steady employment, good wages, and ex-
cellent working conditions" did not seem to produce
results; so I was allowed to try my hand at it. In
substance my advertisement read as follows:
"MACHINISTS WANTED— Hours 7:30 to 4:30; 11
o'clock on Saturday."
These were unusual hours in our section but not
unusually short; nevertheless the superintendent was
able to hire all the men he needed from the replies.
And let us not assume too readily that this was be-
cause the hours seemed to be shorter and to involve
less work; after a man had travelled on the street car
for half an hour or more, had his supper and a bit of
a smoke over the evening paper, it would be 8 o'clock
for those whose shop hours ended at 5:30, and in those
days back yard gardens were very popular and daylight
was needed for their cultivation.
This is not an argument for a 6-hour day but an
attempt to controvert the idea that still persists in the
minds of some employers that the only thing a man
does with his time outside of working hours is to waste
it; forgetting that some of it may be used, and that
the men who make good use of their own time are
the ones he likes to have in his shop.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
863
WMM to WM^
m^.^M^man in a hurr
Siy jested by theNanagfing Editor
MACHINING the Connecting Rods of Two Well
Known Motors, the lead-off article by Fred H.
Colvin is another of the instructive automotive series.
The methods used in the Oakland and Studebaker shops
are detailed. They will be found to be of interest to
those engaged in large pro-
duction in the same or simii-''
lar lines.
The second part of the
six-part series "Seven Cen-
turies of Brass Making"
begins on page 835. It
deals with the crucible
process, which, says the
author, is basically the
same method as used in the
middle ages. The current
story is to some extent his-
torical in that it tells of
the first attempt to cast
brass in the North Ameri-
can colonies and explains the relation of Connecticut
to the development of brassmaking in the United States.
In these days, when engineering is coming to receive
its proper recognition as a profession and the engineer
is perceiving the relation that his profession bears
to the welfare of the public and the world in general,
it is fitting that such a talk as that by J. E. Aldred,
page 839, should be brought to the attention of engineer
readers. Mr. Aldred's talk was delivered to student
engineers but it is so thoroughly general in scope and
in the selection of topics that practicing engineers as
well will be glad to read it and will feel that they have
learned from it. The same is true of executives and
those aiming to become executives. "Common Sense in
Engineering" is the title.
Ernest L. Little in his story "The Industrial Develop-
ment of Australia" emphasizes what the American
Machinist has persistently told its readers, that for
export shipment packing is all important. He says,
"The primary consideration of the American exporter
must be safety of carrying." The subject of packing
accounts for only a small part of the ai-ticle on Australia.
Figures are given to show the general growth and the
effect of the war on Australia's industries and con-
clusions are advanced relative to Australia as a market
for American exporters.
Not so long ago we ran the last of the Sherlock
articles on "Know Your Insurance Policy" which proved
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago ivhen books were feiu and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
ivhen so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
neios of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisem,ent of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
of interest and value to many who had to do therewith.
An article similar in a general way, in that it takes
up an industrial subject of interest to all factors, is
the one in this issue, "Medical Aid Under The Com-
pensation Acts." Vital points of the acts are explained
and the questions which
have arisen on many sides
are answered. ■'
This week's installment
of the J. V. L. Morris series
on "Programs of Appren-
ticeship" deals with the
methods employed at the
Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Company's
East Pittsburgh Plant.
Apprenticeship and special
training have meant much
to the Westinghouse Co. on
account of its great number
of employees, of whom
there are from eighteen to twenty thousand at the East
Pittsburgh Plant alone. They have, of course, been
given scientific attention with the result that the system
used is positive and efficient. Morris's comprehensive
report on it is worth careful perusal. Page 847.
The American Machinist has always advocated
"Safety" and has published a great many constructive
articles on the subject. Another of the same type is
"The Essentials of a Plant Safety Organization," page
852, by W. E. Worth, Assistant Manager Industrial
Relations, International Harvester Co.
There are some plain facts in the article beginning
on page 859, entitled "How the $5,000,000,000 Slump
in the Price of Farm Products Will Affect Industry."
It is stated that those directly affected represent 40
per cent of the purchasing power of the American
people. It is easy to conjecture what such curtailment
means to industry. There is a lesson for the industrial
worker who is inoculated with the high wage germ
and who cannot see that there must come a readjust-
ment involving lower wages before the purchasing
power of the dollar can be materially increased.
Among the shorter articles are "Properties of a Non-
Magnetic, Flame, Acid and Rust Resisting Steel," page
853; "Building Airplanes for Local Use," 854; Tools for
Boring a Seat for a Ball Joint," 856; "What Is the Dif-
ference Between Roller and Ball Bearings?" 857; and
Some Notes on Tapping, page 861.
•fill
4^
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
Machine Tool Prices — Are They Too High?
AUTOMOBILE costs have not decreased, yet prices
l\. have dropped all along the line. The farmers are
facing a loss of income of fifty per cent, in round num-
bers five billions of dollars. Cut has followed cut in
the textile and leather industries and the end is not yet.
In the face of this evidence why should not machine-tool
prices follow the same downward course?
There are several reasons. Perhaps the best way to
bring them out is to go back a short distance into the
history of the machine-tool business. Most of the lead-
ing concerns of the present day started business on a
shoe string in Civil War days or even more recently.
The firm names Brown & Sharpe, Pratt & Whitney,
Potter & Johnston and many more show the partnership
of ambitious and skillful mechanics to have been the
usual form of organization, if the early shops can be
said to have had organization. These men had simple
standards of living and were content with profits on
their products that were disproportionately small. They
were mechanics and not business men and they ignored
many cost factors that would be considered elementary
now. The tradition of small profits has clung to the
industry and joined with keen competition to keep prices
below the intrinsic worth of the great majority of
American machine tools.
The World War made great changes in the machine-
tool business and boosted prices to a point that enabled
struggling companies to show returns which left some-
thing to put into new buildings and other much-needed
improvements. This was undoubtedly overdone in some
cases, but it shows that the profiteering fever attacked
but few victims in our field. Many would have been
better off now had they taken more profits to establish
reserves and put less back into the plant.
Another factor affecting present prices must not be
overlooked. It is sales expense. We know of one big
producer who has not sent out a salesman since 1914
except by special request. As a result his selling expense
has been practically negligible. If this pleasant state
of affairs could continue it might be feasible to do a
little marking down, but when a selling charge of twenty
per cent is added ,to present production costs the con-
servative builder feels more like raising than lowering
his prices.
And then there is the matter of service charges. It
is common knowledge that manufacturers' service facil-
ities for repairs and adjustments have been and still are
abused. Right or wrong, service costs cannot be ignored.
If machine tools could be built on a basis comparable
to the mass production of automobiles where hundreds
or thousands of a model are put through in a series,
there might be some chance of a reduction in price
through production savings. But where big machines
are built one at a time as ordered and smaller ones in
lots of from ten to fifty this is out of the question.
There is a widespread impression that because some
makers of automobiles have cut their prices, machine-
tool builders should do the same. Just why this impres-
sion has gained so much credence is hard to understand.
About the only points of similarity between automobiles
and machine tools are that both are made largely of iron
and steel and that both are mechanical contrivances.
Admitting its obvious value as a time-saver to sales-
men, doctors and inspectors and its commercial value in
transporting passengers for hire, the automobile is still
in the luxury class. We venture to say that only a
small percentage of the motor cars of this country are
actually making money for their owners, and also that
five years is a long time for a car to be in the hands
of one owner. A machine tool, on the other hand,
is purchased to increase the productive output of human
labor and must earn its salt or be relegated to the junk
pile. It may last ten years or it may last fifty, but dur-
ing that time it is always a producer. New models
come along just as they do in the automobile field but
in the shop they are more apt to represent an addition to
equipment than a replacement.
A bargain sale of luxuries will often stimulate a
sluggish market but when it comes down to a machine
tool, a man either needs it or he doesn't need it. If he
has no immediate use for an openside planer, a cut of
twenty per cent in the price of the planer will not induce
him to buy it. If he does want it he can take delivery
at once at the current price and make enough out of it
to more than balance any probable price cut before it
occurs.
Several accounts have appeared lately of New England
mill employees who have voluntarily taken lower wages
to keep the mills running. It would be most unfor-
tunate to ha^'e to resort to such an expedient in the
machine-tool business for the simple reason that the
wages of skilled mechanics are not high, relatively
speaking. We have been guilty at times of printing
laments from some of our older readers on the passing
of the old "all-round" machinist. If one considers the
war-made machine tender who calls himself a machinist
and expects a machinist's pay the feeling expressed
seems justified, but in view of the training the real
machinist has gone through and of the work he must be
capable of doing, he is not overpaid. Even,- other
possible economy must be effected before wages are
reduced to bring down manufacturing costs.
We have mentioned declines in textiles, leather goods
and farm products that have gone far deeper than any
in the motor field. To compare this condition with
that in the machine-tool field seems rather footless, for
the speculative nature of raw materials markets sets
them far away from one generally so non-speculative
as the machinerj' market.
Another reason why a comparison with raw materials
and staples like textiles and leather goods is futile, lies
in the advances made in design and construction of
modern machine tools over those built in 1914. The
potato of this autumn is quite like the potato that
flourished before the war, and the cotton sheets on the
storekeeper's shelves that arrived last week are indis-
tinguishable from those made six years ago. A good
shoe today is no different from a good shoe made in
pre-war times but the lathes, planers, shapers and grind-
ing machines of 1914 have been replaced by models
with improvements worth far more to the purchaser
than the increase in price which may have accompanied
their introduction.
Wages are high, materials are up, sales expense is
sure to be higher than it has been in recent years, ser\'-
ice costs are not diminishing, quality is better than ever.
And prices? There is only one answer — ^they are fair
and should be maintained.
i
November 4, 1920
Uet Increased Froduction — With, Improved Machinery
SJf^
Action of Engineering Societies
Concerning the F.A.E.S.
THE Board of Directors of the American Institute
of Electrical Engineers, at its meeting on Oct. 8,
1920, appointed the following representatives of the
Institute on American Engineering Council. The
asterisk indicates that the appointment is subject to
ratification at the annual meeting in February, 1921:
*Comfort A. Adams, Cambridge, Mass.; A. W. Ber-
resford, Milwaukee, Wis.; *H. W. Buck, New York,
N. Y.; F. L. Hutchinson, New York, N. Y.; W. A.
Layman, St. Louis, Mo.; William McClellan, Philadel-
phia, Pa.; L. F. Morehouse, New York, N. Y.; L. T.
Robinson, Schenectady, N. Y.; *Charles S. Ruffner,
New York, N. TJ L. B. Stillwell, New York, N. Y.;
**Calvert Town%, New York, N. Y., *members of En-
gineering CounciJ-of Founder Societies.
The Florida Bi^ineering Society has appointed L. R.
McLain as its riipresentative at the first meeting of
American Engineering Council, Nov. 18 and 19, 1920.
Additional Members
The following societies have joined the F. A. E. S.,
bringing the total membership to fourteen: American
Society of Agricultural Engineers, Ames, Iowa; Detroit
Engineering Society, Detroit, Mich.; Engineering
Society of Buflfalo, Buffalo, N. Y.; Florida Engineering
Society, Gainesville, Fla. (subject to ratification at the
annual meeting in February, 1921).
The aggregate membership of the fourteen organiza-
tions is 37,233 and they are entitled to 43 represent-
atives on American Engineering Council.
Programs of Other Societies
The following societies to whom has been extended
an invitation to become charter members of the Fed-
erated American Engineering Societies will consider
the question during October and November: American
Institute of Architects; American Society of Civil
Engineers; Albany Society of Civil Engineers; Asso-
ciated Engineering Societies of St. Louis; Brooklyn
Engineers' Club; Engineers and Architects' Club of
Louisville; Engineers' Club of Cincinnati; Engineers'
Club of Columbus; Engineers' Club of Philadelphia;
Engineers' Club of St. Louis; Engineering Society of
Wisconsin; Engineering Society of Western Pennsyl-
vania; Grand Rapids Engineering Society; Iowa Engi-
neering Society; Louisiana Engineering Society;
Mohawk Valley Engineers' Club; National Fire Protec-
tion Association; Washington Society of Engineers.
The following societies have referred the matter to a
special committee for report at an early date: Asf50-
ciated Engineers of Spokane; Boston Society of Civil
Engineers; Colorado Society of Engineers; Illinois
Society of Engineers; Illuminating Engineering Society
(by its Council); Oregon Technical Council; Rochester
Engineering Society ; Society of Automotive Engineers ;
Western Society of Engineers.
Unnecessary Finish on Tools
By George H. Henrietta
Many firms engaged in manufacturing a uniform
product place a large part of their tool work in jobbing
shops and pay for this work on a time and material
basis, the usual arrangement being that a certain rate
is agreed upon for each hour of time, while patterns,
castings, and material are billed at cost, plus 10 per
purpose of thi.s jig or fixture is to produce accurate
d it f' "■ " "
should be made so that it wiU
polish it and flies or emery cloth
cent to cover expense of handling. The hourly rate
varies according to locality, class of work, etc.
This work is mainly jigs, fixtures and similar special
single-purpose tools, intended for purely utilitarian pur-
poses, and these tools do not actually require finishing
except on such surfaces as function either in their
operation or construction. Careful supervision of this
feature may result in large savings, for the jobbing
shops and the individual workmen therein cannot be held
entirely to blame for wanting their product to have a
good appearance unless they receive positive instruc-
tions covering the case.
The folloyving "Instructions to Toolmakers" are very
much to the point. They are appended to tool drawings
placed in jobbing shops by an important firm of auto-
mobile manufacturers:
INSTRUCTIONS TO TOOLMAKERS
(1) The pi .
and interchangeable work and
do so.
(2) It is not necessary to po .
should not be used in its production, except that a (He may be
used to remove burrs or sharp corners which are likely to dam-
age the hands of the user.
(3) The parts should be machined only where it is necessary
for the proper functioning of the jig. The remainder of the Jig
should show either mill scale on the steel, or casting skin if made
from a casting.
(4) The appearance of the jig is of no importance whatever,
and any time spent on work which is merely to improve the
appearance, is money wasted.
A Question in Factory Management
By a. W. Forbes
On page 375 of American Machinist W. Burr Bennett
asks a question that has repeatedly come up with us.
What shall we do when there is not enough work in one
department to keep one man busy? He suggests a
nickel-plating department.
Our snagging work is an example of this sort. We
have about enough snagging to keep a man busy one
hour a day, while anyone familiar with the class of
snagging that is done at foundries will recognize that
a large part of the snagging must be done where the
casting is used. We employ a "Tech" student for this
work, and find the method very satisfactory.
In winding electric motors the problem is somewhat
different. One man could easily handle-,:all our winding,
but what if he should be sick or quit? You cannot teach
a winder in a day, and it is impossible to find an experi-.
enced winder in our vicinity who is familiar with our
class of winding, or if one should be found, it would be
necessary to offer special inducements , to get him to
leave his other job, with problematical results.
We therefore have five persons trained for this work;
one machinist and five students. You do not get the
speed by this method that would be obtained with a
single man at the work, but the additional cost, which
is not much, should be considered as insurance.
I would like to call attention to the advantages of
technical school students for this class of work. In
general it is possible to obtain a greater amount of
intelligence with less experience from the students. The
result is that they do better work on small, unusual jobs
where extreme accuracy is not required, but do not have
either the refinements of speed or accuracy that can
come only from long training. They also have a char-
acteristic of irregularity which is common to youth;
that is they will be doing fine work for several weeks,
and then make a mistake so evident that it seems impos-
sible. For about half of our work, I consider students
the best solution.
866
AMEKTCAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
Shop equipment Newj
5. A.HAND
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NE.V/S •
A WGOkly reviow oP
modorn dGslrgnsand
o equipment "
no
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no chtnge. To be
e/igi6/e for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six montfis and mttst not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to tabmit them to the manufacturer for approval.
I
Wayne Tilting Non-Crucible Type
Oil-Burning Furnace
The Wayne Oil Tank and Pump Co., Fort Wayne., Ind.,
builds a line of tilting non-crucible type oil-burning
furnaces as shown in the illustration, for melting brass,
copper, aluminum and other non-ferrous metals. They
were designed with the object of obtaining rapid melt-
ing and holding the volatilization losses to a low per-
centage.
The metal is melted directly on the hearth or bottom
of the furnace which is almost flat, a design intended
to give a thin layer of metal which will rapidly absorb
the heat. Two oil burners are used, both mounted on
the same side of the surface. The burners tilt with
the furnace so that the flame may be continued while
pouring. Air at a pressure of about IJ lb. and oil at 5
lb. or more pressure is supplied to the burners through
piping with swivel joints.
The furnace is charged through a 10-in. hole in the
center of the top, which is fitted with a fire-clay cover
that can be locked in position or swung to either side
^=^
WAYNE NO. 3035 TILTING NON-CRUCIBLE TYPE
OIL-BURNING FURNACE
Specifications — Built in two sizes, N'os. 3 and G. Respective
capacities, 350 to 550 and 550 to 800 lb. Average heats per dav,
6 to 10 and 5 to 9. Floor space. 56 x 80 in.. 66 x 80 in. Heiglit
to cover. 51 in. Pipe connections, air. 3 in. ; oil. J in. Air volume.
400 and 500 cu.ft. per minute at IJ-lh. pre.-^sure. Oil pressure. 5
lb. or more. Shipping weights complete, B.50iJ Ih. and 6.500 lb.
for charging. The furnace is tilted by a worm-gear
arrangement to insure its being held in any position.
The shell of the furnace is of 1-in. steel plate with,
reinforcements of angle iron. The front and back are
ribbed gray-iron castings, made in small sections and
bolted together. The worm gear for tilting is of cast
iron and the worm is machined from steel. The fire-
brick lining is 7 in. thick with a layer of insulating
material between it and the furnace shell.
•»■
Reynolds Automatic Magazine-Feed
Screw-Driving Machine
The Reynolds Machine Co., Massillon, Ohio, has
added to its line the automatic screw-driving machine
shown in the illustration herewith. The feature claimed
for this machine is that it will not only drive screws
of ordinary length, but will also drive very short
screws, even those having a length shorter than the
diameter of the head.
In operation screws are dumped at random into the
magazine where they
are automatically ar-
ranged in a single
row with heads up-
ward and delivered
to an inclined track.
At the lower end of
the track a finger
receives a screw and
holds it in line with
the spindle.
The spindle, carr>-
ing a screw-driver
bit, is brought down
by a treadle, the bit
engaging with the
slot in the screw
head, and both finger
and screw are car-
ried downward until
the screw engages
the work. The finger
is then automatically
■withdrawn allowing
the screw to be
driven home. The
spindle friction can
be adjusted so that
it will slip when the
screw is driven as
REYNOLDS AUTOMATIC SCREW- . , desired
DRIVING MACHINE ^'*^'"^ ^* oesireo.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Froduction — With Improved Machinery
867
The table is 12 in. in diameter and can be adjusted
on the column to take work up to 15 in. in height and
is provided with screw for close adjustment. The treadle
is adjustable both for position and resistance to suit the
operator. The machine can be belt or motor driven.
Potter Mounted Headstock
The S. A. Potter Tool and Machine Works, 77 East
130th St., New York, N. Y., has placed on the market
a headstock mounted for bench use, as shown in the
illustration. The device can be employed for filing,
polishing and lapping, being adapted to performing
speed-lathe work where no tailstock is required.
The headstock is essentially the same as that used on
the bench lathes made by the concern. It can be fitted
POTTER MOUNTED HEADSTOCK
with jaw chucks, spring chucks and lever chuck-openers.
The device is driven by belt and fastened to the bench
by means of two bolts.
Landis Cam-Grinding Attachment
The illustration shows a cam-grinding attachment
mounted on a Landis plain grinding machine. This
attachment is a recent product of the Landis Tool
Co., Waynesboro, Pa., and is intended for grinding
cams for internal-combustion engines.
The master cams are mounted directly on the work
spindle inside the headstock. A roller which is sta-
tionary in the direction of the cam movement can be
selectively brought into engagement with any one of
the cams by a lever on top of the headstock, a pointer
indicating which one of the cams it is in engagement
with. The main body of the attachment carries both
the headstock and the tailstock and when one of the
cams is in engagement with the stationary roller the
whole attachment must move. As the attachment is
pivoted to the machine bed the movement must be
oscillatory and in unison with the particular cam
engaged. The cam and roller are kept in contact by
compression springs.
It is claimed that in generating master cams from
models, the roller used is of the same diameter as the
grinding wheel to be used for reproduction and that
with this method together with the pivotal position of
LANDIS CA.M-GKINUING ATTACHAIENT MOUNTED ON
GRINDING MACHINE
the attachment, cams in duplicate of the models can be
reproduced with the minimum of error. The live spindle
is worm driven. The attachment can be furnished in
the following sizes: 5i x 26* in., 5i x 36 in. and 5i
X 52 inches.
Dings Type "B" Magnetic Separator
The Dings Magnetic Separator Co., Milwaukee, Wis.,
has brought out a Type "B" magnetic separator for
granular materials. It is intended for extracting iron
from brass and aluminum borings and turnings, and
from abrasive materials, rubber buffings and other
materials of this nature. The machine has an electro-
magnet with poles above two cross-belts which travel
above a wide belt containing the materials to be sepa-
rated. The materials are placed in the hopper from
DINGS TVI'E
MAGNETIC SEPAR.\TOR
which they are distributed evenly on the wide belt. The
cross-belts carry the particles which are raised by the
magnetic poles to the side of the machine from which
they drop into receptacles. These machines are built
in five sizes, with conveyor belts from 18 to 60 in. in
width. ! The machine shown in the illustration is the
No. 5 size. It is said that the power consumed is very
low and that no skilled labor is required.
868
AMERICAN MACHINIST
yoL 53, No. 19
Brewster "Demagnetool"
The William Brewster Co., 30 Church St., New York
City, has recently placed on the market the demagne-
tizer illustrated herewith under the trade name of
"Demagnetool."
It is claimed that this device will demagnetize tools
BRKWSTER "DEMAGNETOOL."
to zero instantly and that it is not necessary to rub the
tools back and forth on the demagnetizer but only to put
them on and take them off.
Warner & Swasey Geared-Head
Tiirriet LS'the
The Warner & Swasey Co., Cleveland, Ohio, is plac-
ing on the market its Nos. 4 and 6 geared-head turret
lathes, designed for machining alloy-steel gear blanks,
long drilling operations in the solid, and heavy facing
FIG. 2. GEARING IN HEAD OF NO. 6 TURRET LATHE
and forming cuts. The No. 6 machine is shown in
Fig. 1.
The geared head is shown in Fig. 2. The gears are
of steel, have coarse pitch and wide face and run in
an oil bath that also lubricates the bearings. Twelve
spindle speeds and
reverse are obtain-
able through two
gear sets mounted
on the front shaft
and one set and the
reverse friction
clutch mounted on
the rear shaft. The
jVNo". 4 turret lathe is
being equipped with
the standard No. 4
cut-off. The No. 6
machine can be
equipped with the
regular cut-off shown
in Fig. 1 or with the
"heavy-duty" carriage shown in Fig. 3. A square
turret to carry four tools may be substituted for
the front toolpost. There are six power cross-feeds
obtained through steel change gears which run in oil.
The apron gears are also of steel. The turrets are
the same as those of the company's standard Xo. 6
turret lathes and can be equipped with power feed
having four changes. The geared-head construction is
adaptable to various types of motor drive.
FIG. 3. HEAVY-DUTY ('.\RRI.\GE
OF XO. 6 TURRET L.XTHE
FIG. 1. WARNER & SWASEY
NO. 6 GEARED-HEAD
TURRET L.4THE WITH
ST.\ND.\RD CUT-OFF
.Spfcifications — No. 4. maxi-
mum capacities; Round bar
stocVc. diameter. IJ In. Length
turned. 10 in. Swing over bed.
16 in. Swing over cross-slide.
7 in. No. 6, maximum capaci-
ties; Round bar stocli. diam-
eter. 2J in. Lengtli turne<l. 12
in. Swing over bed. 20| in.
Swing over cross-slide, 94 in.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
8d9
Badger No. 142 Vertical-Spindle
Disk-Grinding Machine
The Badger Tool Co., Beloit, Wis., has lately brought
out the disk-grinding machine shown in the accompany-
ing illustration.
This machine is of the vertical spindle type, the disk
travelling in a horizontal plane. The work to be ground
is placed on top of the disk and suitable crossbars or
BADGER VERTICAL-SPINDLE DISK-GRINDING MACHINE
Specifications: Disk. 42 in. diameter. Motor, IS hp. Speed,
600 r.p.m. Complete equipment includes : Steel di.sk wheel, press
for attaching abrasive disks, oil compen.sator, extra assortment of
abrasive disks and an assortment of supplies. Weight 3,000 lb.
stops prevent it from revolving. Pressure against the
disic may be provided either by the weight of the work
itself or by adding auxiliary weights to the work. A
dust channel, accessible by removing the top guard-ring,
completely surrounds the outside of the disk. The ver-
tical motor has forced ventilation and means are pro-
vided for effective lubrication and exhaustion of dust.
The spindle is mounted in radial and thrust ball-bear-
ings, the thrust bearing being adjacent to the disk
collar. The machine is built in motor-driven type only.
Rickert-Shafer Collapsible Tap
The Rickert-Shafer Co., Erie, Pa., has recently
brought out the collapsing tap illustrated herewith and
known as Model P.
The claims made for this tap are : that the action of
withdrawing or collapsing the chasers is positive with
no liability to stick; that in tapping to a predetermined
depth or close to the bottom of a hole, full reliance may
be placed on its action as the chasers will collapse at the
proper point; that adjustment for size can be made to
fractional thousandths of an inch ; that the tap will hold
to size within the most exacting limits and that the use
of sizing hand-taps can be dispensed with. Taps of this
type are made in sizes from one to ten inches.
Metcalf Grinding Wheel Dresser
The Oliver Machinery Co., Grand Rapids, Mich., has
added to its line the Metcalf grinding wheel dressers
illustrated. There are three types, "A," "B" and "C."
Types "A" and "C," for hand dressing, are shown
by the illustrations. Type "B" is for use with a tool-
post.
The dresser consists of a 4 x lA-in. abrasive wheel
revolving freely on its axis. Type "A" (upper) is rec-
ommended for truing square, round, bevel or V-edges on
wheels 1 in. or less in thickness ; type "B" for use with
RICKERT-SHAFER MODEL 1' COLLAPSING TAP
METCALF GRINDING WHEEL DRESSER
cylindrical grinding machines; and type "C" for work-
ing in close quarters to true square, round, bevel or
V-edges on wheels 1 in. or less in thickness, and the
sides on straight or dished wheels. For using type "C"
in extremely close quarters smaller sized dressing wheels
can be provided.
Baird Stake Riveter for Marine
Boiler Flanges
The Baird Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas City, Mo., has
added to its line the riveter illustrated herewith. This
riveter is intended for driving rivets between the flanges
of either two or three-furnace Scotch marine-boilers but
can readily be used in the fabrication of any boiler or
tube work where the requirements call for operating
equipment having the possibility of adjustment neces-
sary in any of the difficulties met with in such construc-
tion. The adjusting screw is of the buttress type and
the air cylinders are of the tandem-unit type, both pis-
tons being on the same rod. The delivery of power is
870
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
BAIRD STAKE RIVETER FOR MARINE BOILER FLANGES
Specifications: Reach, 5 in. Gap, 12 in. Die adjustment, 3 in.
Will drive 1-in. rivets. Air consumption, 4 cu.ft. per drive. LenKth,
33 in. Height, 40 in. Weight, 750 lb.
at a right angle to the set of the rivet and the toggles
are of simple design. The riveter is hung so as to be in
balance, and is equipped with a circular frame fastened
to the stake. Around this frame and riding on ball
bearings is a band fastened to the suspension bail, thus
providing for both circular and swinging movements.
Black & DecKer Two-Spindle
Electric Drill
The two-spindle drill illustrated herewith is a recent
production of the Black & Decker Manufacturing Co.,
Towson Heights, Baltimore, Md., and is intended for
drilling the holes for automobile curtain fasteners. The
handle of the device is like that of an automatic pistol
and a pull on the trigger sets both spindles in motion,
while a second pull stops them. The motor and the driv-
ing gears are said to be simple yet rugged, the gears
being made of heat-treated steel. The two spindles,
which are only J in. from center to center, have special
chucks for holding i-in. drills.
Oldham Valveless Scaling Tool
The scaling tool shown in the illu.stration has been
brought out by the George Oldham Son & Co., Balti-
more, Md. This tool is intended for removing scale
from boiler tubes and crown sheets, as well as paint and
rust from all metal surfaces.
It is claimed that it gives a light rapid blow that
removes scale without injury to the surface. It can be
wj^^^F^ '^^^^^^^^^fc
^
J
B -m
^^^^^^^F^^^^^^^^^^f
^K'
^■^4*
L-
BLACK & DECKER TWO-SPINDLE ELECTRIC DRILL
OLDHAM VALVELESS SCALING TOOL
fitted with a pipe extension that enables it to reach
places which could not be reached otherwise. It meas-
ures only 3i in. overall, weighs 2i lb., and will operate
on any standard air pressure.
Gardner No. 24 Continuous Feed
Disk-Grinding Machine
The continuous-feed disk-grinding machine shown in
the illustration has been brought out by the Gardner
Machine Co., Beloit, Wis. Its purpose is to reduce the
amount of labor usually required for the operation of
this class of machine and to eliminate the human fac-
tor so far as it affects the work done on a disk-grinding
machine. It is also intended to obtain great production
on account of its constant feed and the employment
of the operator's time solely for loading.
The machine consists of a horizontal grinding disk,
53 in. in diameter, and four work-tables rotated by a
power-driven vertical shaft. Special fixtures for hold-
ing the pieces to be ground may be attached to the
tables. The vertical shaft revolves constantly, carrj-ing
the work across the grinding disk. The work-table is
automatically lowered by a cam until the work rests
on the disk. The pressure of the work on the disk
November
1920
Get Increased Production — With' Improved Machinery
871
GARDNER CONTINUOUS FEKD DISK -GRINDING MACHINE
may be regulated by means of a compression spring, or
by regulating the amount of weight in the work
fixture. A micrometer screw stop permits grinding to
fixed limits. Upon completion of the grinding the
work-table is automatically raised. before it travels over
the edge of the disk to be emptied and loaded.
The feeding mechanism can be arranged so that a
work-table will make a complete revolution in 1, 2 or 4
minutes. It is controlled by a friction clutch which
enables the operator to stop the feed without stopping
the disk. The stand which carries the work-tables can
be adjusted over a distance of 6 in. The weight crated
is 7,600 lb.
Roberts Multiple-Spindle Fixed-
Center Drill Heads
The Roberts Manufacturing Co.,
152-6 Brewery St., New Haven,
Conn., manufactures a line of multi-
ple-spindle drill heads of the fixed-
center type. The illustration shows
one of these heads intended for light
work. For heavy duty, the case of
the head is clamped to the quill of
the drilling machine to prevent ro-
tation.
The case is made of cast iron, al-
though it can be made of aluminum,
if desired for use on very sensitive
machines. Each drill spindle with
its driving gear is made of one piece
of chrome-nickel steel, the gear hav-
ing stub teeth. The spindles run in
bronze bearings, ball bearings being
used to take the end thrust. It is
claimed that the drills will break
before any damage can occur to the
head, since it is amply strong. By
using a friction chuck with the head,
multiple tapping and stud-setting can
be done.
The- head can be furnished with Roberts multi-
any desired number of spindles to pixed"!'c'entbr
hold drills up to 1 in. in diameter. drill head
"Nemo"
Rust Remover
A compound for removing
rust and known under the
above title is being marketed
by Peter A. Frasse & Co.,
Inc., 417 Canal St., New York.
Rusty articles can either be
painted with the compound
or suspended in a tank con-
taining the compound diluted
with water. It is claimed
that it will loosen and dissolve
rust, grease, oil, dirt, carbon,
paint or any other foreign
substance irrespective of its
age or hardness and that the
metal surface will not only
not be injured in any way but
will be protected from corro-
sion for a long time after the
application. It is also claimed that the compound is safe
to use as it will neither burn nor explode
Eisler Coil-Winding Machine
Charles Eisler, 159 Clifton Ave., Newark, N. J., has
brought out the winding machine shown in the accom-
panying illustration. The machine is intended for
winding the filament coils for gas-filled incandescent
lamps and it is claimed that it is capable of winding coila
from 25 to 900 turns per inch for lamps of 15 to 1,000
watts. The mandrels used are from 0.003 to 0.035 in. in
EISLER COIL-WINDING MACHINE
diameter and can be dissolved in acid after completion
of the coil. Coils can be wound close or with any desired
spacing. The speed of the machine is from 500 to 3,000
r.p.m. according to the size of the filament to be wound.
It is claimed that coils of 5,000 ft. in one length can
be wound and that the filament can be electrically heated
to a cherry red during the winding.
Iron Production in Southeast
Companies operating furnaces in the Birmingham dis-
trict report that cancellations have virtually ceased, and
that orders still retained will warrant steady operation
of the furnaces during the remainder of the present
year, and into the early part of 1921. The market con-
tinues to experience a lull so far as buying is concerned,
but operators feel certain business will experience con-
siderable stimulus immediately after election. October
nig iron production wil lexceed that of September.
872
AMERICAN MACHINIST
KS FROM THE
Valeniine Francis
Progress on the Safety Code
Program
Considerable progress has been made
on the comprehensive program of
safety codes being undertaken by a
large number of organizations under
the auspices and rules of procedure of
the American Engineering Standards
Committee. Following this regular pro-
cedure, each code is being formulated
by a sectional committee, broadly rep-
resentative of the interests concerned,
and composed primarily of representa-
tives designated by the various bodies
interested in the particular code. The
sectional committee is organized by
one or more bodies designated for the
purpose by the American Engineering
Standards Committee and known as
sponsors.
Sponsorships for the additional safety
codes have been arranged as follows:
Constniction Work — National Safety
Council
Electrical Fire Code — National Fire
Protection Association
Electrical Safety Code — Bureau of
Standards
Floor Operdngs, Railways and Toe
Boards — National Association of
Mutual Casualty Companies
Lighting Code — Illuminating Engi-
neering Society
Lightning Protection — American In-
stitute of Electrical Engineers and
the Bureau of Standards
Machine Tools — National Machine
Tool Builders' Association and the
National Workmen's Compensation
Service Bureau
Mechanical Transmission of Power —
National Workmen's Compensation
Service Bureau, the International
Association of Industrial Accident
Boards and Commissions, and the
American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
Sanitation Code, Industrial — U. S.
Public Health Service
Stairways, Fire Escapes and Other
Exits — National Fire Protection
Association
Textiles — ■ National Safety Council
and the National Association of
Mutual Casualty Companies
The following sponsorships have pre-
viously been announced:
Abrasive Wheels — The Grinding
Wheel Manufacturers of the United
States and Canada, and the Inter-
national Association of Industrial
Accident Boards and Commissions
Foundries — American Foundrymen's
Association and the National
Founders' Association
Gas Safety Code — Bureau of Stand-
ards and the American Gas Asso-
ciation
Head and Eye Protection — Bureau of
Standards
Paper and Pulp Mills — National
Safety Council
Power Presses — National Safety
Council
Pressure Vessels, Non'fired — Ameri-
can Society of Meciianical Engi-
neers
Refrigeration, Mechanical — Ameri-
can Society of Refrigerating Engi-
neers
Woodworking Machinery — Interna-
tional Association of Industrial Ac-
cident Boards and Commissions
and the National Workmen's Com-
pensation Service Bureau
The Head and Eye Protection Code
has been completed, and the sponsor,
the Bureau of Standards, has sub-
mitted the code to the main committee
for approval.
The Warner & Swasey
Observatory
On Columbus Day, Oct. 12, there was
dedicated in Cleveland the observatory
presented to the Case School of Applied
Science by Messrs. Warner & Swasey,
well known to both machine-tool users
and to scientists the world over. The
new observatory stands on a high spot
believed to be the former shore line of
Lake Erie, and is provided with the
latest and most improved equipment.
Mr. Swasey in a presentation ad-
dress, recalled to the audience the
prominent astronomers with whom his
work had brought him in contact, not
forgetting the famed makers of objec-
tives, the Clarks, father and sons — and
our old friend John Brashear, recently
deceased. This recital showed the
growth of the observatory as an aid
to civilization and the prominent part
which the Warner & Swasey Co. has
played in its development. Mr. Warner,
in a few well chosen remarks, presented
the keys of the observatory, which were
appropriately received by the president,
Charles S. Howe.
This was followed by an extremely
interesting address by Dr. W. W. Camp-
bell, director of the Lick Observatory,
who showed some of the practical as-
sistance which astronomy rendered to
mankind. Professor D. T. Wilson, the
astronomer of the Case School, then
told of the aims of the observatory and
made several practical suggestions as
to ways in which it might be made of
greater value to the community and to
its citizens.
This observatory is but -inother evi-
dence of the part played by builders of
machine tools, as without them, we
should have no astronomical equip-
ment.
September Exports $28,000,000
. Over August
With increased exports and decreased
imports, the balance of trade in favor
of the United States for the month of
September was 3»arly four times as
great as Augusbi*"
The August figures, showing a slump
in exports and a marked increased in
imports, resulting in a balance of trade
favorable to the United States of only
$65,000,000, caused alarm among pro-
tectionists, who feared an influx of
cheap foreign goods under existing
tariff schedules and consequent injury
to American industries.
Statistics for the month of Septem-
ber, however, which were made public
Oct. 25 by the Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce, show that in Sep-
tember the favorable balance of trade
jumped to $243,000,000. Exports in-
creased $28,000,000 over August, while
imports decreased $150,000,000.
While showing an increase over the
low mark of August, exports in Sep-
tember were still considerably below
the totals of most months of the past
year and a half. With the single excep-
tion of August,, the exports were at a
lower ebb in September than in any
month since September, 1919. Imports
were lower tfen in any month since
August, 1919. - ■
Exports in September, 1920, were
valued at $606,000,000, as against $578,-
000,000 in August and $651,000,000 in
July. Exports in September, 1919,
when the total was less, with two ex-
ceptions, than any month of either 1919
or 1920, amounted to $595,000,000.
Youngstown Pressed Steel Co.
Moves to Warren, Ohio
The main office of the Youngstown
Pressed Steel Co. is now established in
Warren, Ohio, having been moved from
Youngstown during the last week of
September. It is located in the new
factory building which cost approxi-
mately one million dollars and covers
six acres of floor space. This building
embodies the last word in modern de-
sign and shows careful attention to
those details designed to make it "a
place where work is a pleasure," a
slogan adopted by the company.
Among the changes in organization
are the following: C. A. Morrow, ap-
pointed sales manager of pressed steel
department, formerly assistant man-
ager, Chicago office of the Sharon Steel
Hoop Co. ; A. C. Snyder, appointed as-
sistant to C. W. Dickinson, sales man-
ager of fireprooflng department, for-
merly in the Eastern sales department
of the Universal Portland Cement Co.
November 4, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
873
Estimated Demand for Spark
Plugs in 1920
The number of spark plugs required
for new equipment and replacement on
cars, trucks, tractors, etc., has been
calculated with considerable care by
the research department of the Class
Journal Co. Individual specification
sheets of various manufacturers were
used to ascertain the number of cylin-
ders in each case. These figures, used
in connection with production figures
for the past six years and estimated
figures for 1920, make it possible to
calculate the quantity of spark plugs
required with a fair degree of accuracy.
New equipment, spares and replace-
ments required for 1920 production:
Cars and trucks 23,625.000
Motorcycles, tractors, farm light sys-
tems, stationary, engines, motor boats
unci airplanes 3,610,000
27.235,000
Replacements required for apparatus
produced prior to 1920 and now in use:
Cars, trucks, tractors, etc. (See above
^list) 109,583,928
Exports (including Canada) for replace-
ments 4,808,000
Required to replenish merchandise
stocks here and abroad 30,000,0ft0
Total spark plugs required for 1920 . 171,626,928
— Automotive Industries.
A. Steinmetz, all prominen' in the
aeronautic field in the war, are among
those who have registered in the sec-
tion.
A. S. M. E. Organizes
Aeronautic Section
In the field of aviation a good deal
of co-operative engineering work has
been done, standards have been estab-
lished, details of construction perfected,
interchangeability secured. Neverthe-
less there still exists the real oppor-
tunity for promoting in a large way
the broad engineering development
having to do with the future of aerial
navigation regarded as an essentially
international science, art and business.
To this end the members of the
American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers interested in aeronautics have
organized themselves into a profes-
sional section on this subject.
Side by side with the development
of the engineering features of aviation,
which are obvious to all, a few minds
have for some years been looking be-
yond the details of construction into
the realm of international aircraft
problems, and have in fact secured for
America a reputation for breadth of
vision regarding the future of air navi-
gation throughout the world.
Howard E. Coffin, Jesse G. Vincent,
Orville Wright, C. F. Kettering, Elmer
A. Sperry, James Hartness, John R.
Cautley, Lionel S. Marks, Miller R.
Hutchison, Charles E. Lucke and Joseph
Railroad Electrification Night at
the Engineering Societies
Building
The first joint meeting of the Metro-
politan Section of the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers and the New
York Section of the American Institute
of Electrical Engineers was held in the
main auditorium of the Engineering
Societies Building on West 39th St.,
Oct. 22. The big hall was jammed by
members and guests who came to hear
the relative merits of steam and elec-
tric locomotives. The feeling on both
sides was strong and the remarks
naturally showed a somewhat partisan
tinge. The speakers were well chosen
and the result of the debate seemed to
be that each side was more convinced
that it was right than before.
Four other joint meetings of the two
sections have been arranged as follows :
On Dec. 3, the "American Power Prob-
lem" will be the topic, Frederick Dar-
lington in charge; Jan. 28, 1921,
"Marine Electrical Engineering,"
Alfred E. Waller in charge; March 25,
"Industrial Relations," Prof. Walter
Rautenstrauch in charge, and April 22,
"Engineering Education," Prof. Com-
fort A. Adams in charge.
Betts-Ingle Hallowe'en Party
Owing to the fact that no picnic of
employees was held this summer, t'.e
Hallowe'en party and dance given on
Oct. 30 was of considerable importance
to the employees of the Betts Machine
Co. and of the Ingle Machine Co.,
Rochester, N. Y. (the former concern
is the selling organization for the
latter, which is a manufacturing one).
The party is an annual affair, this
being the second one held. The shop
organ, "The Tool Post," said with ref-
erence to the stunt: "It's gonna be
an old-fashioned Hallowe'en affair,
with cider, doughnuts,' dancing, music
and everything. Old Man Dull Care
won't have a look-in that evening."
The dining hall of the plant was
appropriately decorated with lanterns
and pumpkins, the tables being removed
to permit of dancing. Masquerade
costumes were worn, prizes being
awarded for the best. The party was
given by the management for the em-
ployees in order to promote acquaint-
ance and friendship between the mem-
bers of the various departments of the
plant.
The Situation of the German
Machine-Building Industry
A very pessimistic picture of the near
future of the German machine-building
industry was drawn at the recent annual
meeting of the German Machine-Build-
ing Association. "The industry has to
eliminate all waste of energy, labor and
time," said Mr. Becker, general man-
ager of the Breuer, Schumacher & Co.
machine-tool works at Koeln-Kalk.
"It is impossible," he continued, "to con-
tinue working on the lines of pre-war
time when labor and material were
cheap and the whole world open to Ger-
man products. The German works can-
not keep up, in the future, their pres-
ent extensive manufacturing program.
The future belongs to specialization
and standardization."
This is the first time that the German
machine builders have been asked to
look upon the situation in this light.
At all former occasions, the increase of
cost of labor and material has been
stated to be responsible for the predica-
ments of the industry. It is evidently
recognized now that no improvement
can be expected in that direction and
this may be responsible for the change
of front.
Although there has lately taken place
a slight reduction of iron and steel
prices, this is merely due to the present
business stagnation. As long as the
cost of material and labor, expressed in
foreign money, is so far below that of
foreign countries, the argument that on
this account the German industry can-
not compete with foreign rivals is not
upheld. The German machine-building
industry has not made such huge profits
during the last export boom' as was
commonly believed; it is in a bad way
now since the business stagnation has
set in. It is, however, not commonly
f^ccgnzKdd that the failure of making
profif , was chiefly due to the fact that
the shops have neglected economy and
that the present dull times are to a
large degree due to the fact that the
works have forgotten how to sell.
The machine builders united at the
annual meeting all agreed that the
home demand was at present practic-
ally nil. A great number of works dur-
ing the war have-built and installed ex-
tensions to their shops for which there
is no use at present. Under such con-
ditions there is little inclination to buy
new equipment.
The export business on which the
German industry is now mostly depend-
ent has greatly decreased. New orders
are coming in very sparsely. The busi-
ness in hand mostly dates from con-
tracts made before the depression set
in.
874
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 19
Numerous shops have not received a
single order since several months.
Working hours have been cut down to
32 and 24 hours per week. The shops
are compelled to manufacture for stock
and those financially unable to do so,
have no option but to close down en-
tirely. The number of unemployed
workmen is increasing rapidly, making
the situation so serious that the gov-
ernment will shortly be compelled to
take matters in hand.
Society of Industrial Engineers
To Convene in Pittsburgh
The national convention of the S. I.
E. will be held at Pittsburgh, Pa., on
Nov. 10, 11 and 12. The meetings will
be held in Carnegie Music Hall, which
has a seating capacity of 2,000. A
cordial invitation is extended by the
society to every one interested.
The following is a partial list of the
topics on the program:
The Need for Industrial Education;
Training Industrial Engineers Within
the Organization;
Methods for Training Time Study
Men;
College Training for Industrial Engi-
neers ;
Educational Training for Business
Men;
Analyzing Industrial Educational Re-
quirements;
Training Shop Employees;
Training Foremen;
Ti-aining Personnel Administrators
as a Solution of the Labor Prob-
lem; Illustrated;
The Value of Morale in Industry and
Means of Developing It; Illus-
trated ;
Training the Office Force;
Training Managers to Apply Busi-
ness Principles;
The Part of Psychology and Psychi-
atry in Industry;
Some New Factors in Industrial
Education ;
European Industrial Conditions, etc.
During the convention there will be a
series of special group luncheons and
dinners at the Hotel Schenley for edu-
cators, industrial engineers, personnel
directors, production managers, cost
accountants, etc. Programs may be ob-
tained from the S. I. E. business office,
327 South LaSalle St.. Chicago.
New Ships for Southeast Steel
Mill Products
The Chickasaw Shipbuilding and Car
Co. will launch early in November the
sixth 10,000-ton ocean steel freighter
built in the company's yards at Mobile,
Ala. Fourteen of these ships are to
be built for overseas trade. It is prob-
able that all of them will carry on their
initial cargo Birmingham steel-mill
products. Two of the first five ships
built carried steel products from the
Birmingham district to Rotterdam, and
two others carried similar cargoes to
China and Japan. The Montgomery
City, the fifth of the ships launched, is
now being equipped for its maiden
voyage.
Cutting a 44-Inch Riser
Heavy cutting with the oxy-acetylene
flame has become so common that to-
day nothing short of a super cut at-
tracts particular notice. A real super
cut was made recently in the plant of
the National Car Coupler Company at
Attica, Ind., when a cutter operating
an Oxweld blowpipe tackled a 44-in.
(square) steel riser. The cut was ren-
dered more difficult because of the up-
right position of the riser, which neces-
sitated a horizontal cut. If the riser
had been horizontal and the cut vertical
the operation would have been much
simplified. To offset this difficulty the
operator resorted to first cutting the
corners of the liser so as to reduce
CUTTING THE 44-lNCH RISER
the uncut cross section to a smaller
square. This operation was repeated
until the remaining stem could be eas-
ily cut through. The equipment con-
sisted of the Oxweld cutting blowpipe,
Linde oxygen and Prest-0-Lite dis-
solved acetylene.
In this manner it would appear that
there is no limit to the thickness of
steel that can be cut with the oxy-
acetylene torch, as the operation of
slicing off angles can be carried to any
desired extent so long as access to the
metal with the cutting flame is pro-
vided. With the injector type of blow-
pipe the "reach" of the flame enabled
the operator in this instance to carry
out the work by simply directing the
jet through the initial kerf.
Meeting of the Industrial Cost
Association
The Industrial Cost Association (for-
merly the Industrial Cost Accountants
Association) held a meeting in the
office of the Westinghouse Air Brake
Co. in New York, recently. The follow-
ing men were elected members of the
board of directors: Spencer M. Duty,
president. National Paving Brick Manu-
facturers Association and president.
Medal Paving Brick Co., Cleveland.
Ohio; W. E. Hundley, auditor, Mesta
Machine Co., West Homestead, Pa.; W.
H. Moore, secretary. Gulf States Steel
Co., Birmingham, Ala.; G. K. Wilson,
assistant secretary, Sullivan Machinery
Co., Chicago, 111.
Walter Rautenstrauch, professor me-
chanical engineering, Columbia Uni-
versity, and director, Brunswick Refrig-
erator Co., had been elected a member
of the board on Aug. 24. The other
members are the four officers of the
association, M. F. Simmons, president.
General Electric Co., Schenectady,
N. Y.; C. H. Smith, first vice president,
Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Wilmerd-
ing, Pa.; Roland H. Zinn, second vice
president, Tanner's Council, New York
City; A. A. Alles, Jr., secretary-
treasurer.
It was decided that the association
should immediately organize local sec-
tions, giving first attention to those
cities and towns in which its present
members were located.
The objects of the Association and
the requirements for membership are
explained by the following extracts
from its constitution and by-laws:
(a) To encourage the interest of manu-
facturers every^vhere in accurately deter-
mined costs, (b) To standardize accounl-
in(? and cost terminology ; to so far as
practicable simplify cost accounting ; and
to adopt standard governing principles,
(c) To educate the members in the complex
economic problem of industry ; and to de-
veloiv improve and extend the use of charts
and other forms of statistics that graphic-
ally portray cost data of vital importance
to management, (d) To assist standardiza-
rion committees of trade associations in
stablishing uniform accounting and cost
lactices. and to encourage the interchange
'f average cost experiences among manu-
facturers who are members of trade asso-
' iations. thereby making possible the elim-
ination of unintelligent competition, (e) To
lirovide by general meetings, and through
local sections for the discussion of cost
problems and the interchange of ideas ; and
(f) To act as a clearing house in dis-
tributing to all members the development
in cost practices to the end that uniformity
once e.stablished may be maintained
Section 1. Membership in the associa-
tion shall be limited to executives of indus-
trial corporations, firms, and trade associa-
tions : those executives who use cost data,
or encourage others in its use : and those
who control, or are permanently and ac-
tively engaged in the executive supervision
of costs accounting of corporations, firms,
or trade associations.
Hewes-Phillips Plant Sold
at Auction
The entire plant of the Hewes &
Phillips Iron Works, manufacturer of
machine tools and Corliss type steam
engines, was sold at public auction on
Oct. 11 and 12, at the factory, Ogden
and Orange Sts., Newark, N. J.
Included in the sale with the machine
tools and machine-shop equipment was
100 tons of bolts and nuts and all the
small tools and attachments carried in
stock. Jessops tool steel was sold at
15 cents a pound. Round iron stock
brought 70 cents a hundred pounds and
square and angle iron, one dollar a
hundred pounds. One BuUard engine
lathe, 16 X 8 in., brought $85 and other
lathes were sold for $175 and upward.
A Farrel Foundry 15-ton air crane
went for $550 and an electric crane
with the same capacity brought $400.
Reamers, milling cutters, chucks and
other milling attachments sold for one-
third of current prices.
November 4, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
87S
Fall Meeting of the American
Gear Manufacturers'
Association
Opinions differ among the members
of the American Gear Manufacturers'
Association as to the suitability of the
Lake Mononk Mountain House for fall
conventions. They met at the beautiful
Ulster County resort on Oct. 27, 28 and
29. Some were enthusiastic about the
magnificient mountain scenery and the
gorgeous autumn foliage but there
seemed to be more whose pleasure was
spoiled by the local prohibition laws
against dancing, cigarettes, cards and
the demon rum. Conditions for a suc-
cessful business meeting could hardly
have been improved upon as nothing
was seen of the sun, and rain kept the
members indoors most of the time with
nothing to do but attend the sessions.
Papers were read by P. G. Agnew of
the American Engineering Standards
Committee and Calvin W. Rice of the
A. S. M. E. on "Standardization"; by
C. L. Collins, II, a past president of
the Electric Power Club, on "Industry
Organization," and by Christopher
Haigh of the General Electric Co. on
"Machine Rate Methods of Distributing
Expense." They were well received and
aroused much instructive discussion.
The rest of the business sessions were
devoted to reading and discussion of
the reports of the various committees
and sub-committees.
An informal banquet was served by
the hotel staff on Thursday evening and
was to have been featured by an
address by Chas. W. Woodward, vice
president in charge of personnel of the
Hydraulic Pressed Steel Co. Mr. Wood-
ward was unable to be present but his
absence was more than made up for by
the program of informal stunts directed
by G. L. Markland, Jr., of the Philadel-
phia Gear Works.
The next meeting of the association
is to be held in Cincinnati. For the
benefit of all the members and par-
ticularly those who failed to attend this
session it was decided to have the sec-
retary issue a bulletin telling of the
occurrences at the meeting. The first
bulletin is to be followed by others as
the occasion waiTants.
Taking into consideration the present
unsettled business conditions, and the
relative inaccessibility of the Mohonk
Lake the meeting was well attended.
Nearly two-score ladies were also in
evidence.
Reports of the following committees
were presented: Reports of the Secre-
tary— F. D. Hamlin; Report of the
Treasurer — F. D. Hamlin; Report of
the Membership Committee — G. L.
Markland; Report of Public Policy
Committee — H. E. Eberhardt, chair-
man; Report of Entertainment Commit-
tee— C. F. Goedke, chariman; Report of
Publicity Committee — J. C. McQuiston,
chairman; Report of Legal Committee
— J. E. Gleason, chairman; Report of
Library Committee, E. W. Baxter,
chairman; Report of Labor Committee
— J. B. Foote, chairman; Report of A.
G. M. A. Sectional Committee of the
American Engineering Standards Com-
mittee— B. F. Waterman, chairman;
Report of the General Standardization
Committee — B. F. Waterman, chairman;
Spur Gear Commiteee — F. E. Eberhardt,
chairman; Bevel and Spiral Bevel Com-
mittee— A. C. Gleason, chairman; Com-
mittee on Worm Gears and Spirals, J.
C. O'Brien, chairman; Inspection Com-
mittee— E.J. Frost, chairman; Sprocket
Committee — C. R. Weiss, chairman;
Hardening and Heat Treating Commit-
tees— R. L. Dodge, chairman; Composi-
tion Gearing Committee — John Chris-
tensen, chairman; Herringbone Gear
Committee — A. F. Cooke, chairman;
Committee on Gears and Pinions —
Electric Railways and Mine — W. H.
Phillips, chairman; Key way Committee
— H. J. Eberhardt; Report of Commit-
tee on Uniform Cost Accounting — J. H.
Dunn, chairman; Report of Commercial
Standardization Committee — C. E. Cro-
foot, chairman.
Situation in German Steel Market
The stagnation of business has con-
siderably eased the situation in the
German iron and steel market and has
lately resulted in an all-round reduction
of iron and steel prices for raw and
semi-finished products. Scrap, which
was at its highest point in March at
2,100 Marks, is now freely offered at
500 Marks and still the supply overlaps
demand.
The prices for semi-finished prod-
ucts, which were at their highest point
in May, have now returned to the level
of February.
As Germany is now mostly dependent
on foreign countries for the supply of
iron ore, the prices will naturally move
in accordance with the fluctuations of
the exchange. The only stabilizing fac-
tor in this respect is the scrap which
still forms a large part of the furnace
supplies. The supply of scrap is by no
means exhausted and is considerably
helped now by the scrapping of war
material which is now taken in hand
vigorously. Lately over 500 airship
sheds and aero-dromes estimated to
contain over 300,000 tons of steel have
been designated to be scrapped. There
are still huge stores of ammunition,
rifles and ordnance in the country which
the Reparation Commission will soon
put on the scrap market. Consequently
the German industry can to some extent
draw raw material still from home
resources.
The new Ryan-Bohn Foundry at
Lansing, Mich., has been completed and
was placed in operation on Sept. 27.
The president of the company is Ed-
ward Ver Linden, who is also president
and general manager of the Olds Motor
Works. D. J. Ryan is vice president
and general manager. Mr. Ryan is also
president and general manager of the
Allyne-Ryan Foundry Co., Cleveland,
and of the D. J. Ryan Foundry Co.,
Detroit. E. C. Shields, a Lansing attor-
ney, is secretary, and A. P. Vreeland,
formerly with the Mitchell Motors, is
general superintendent.
Indiana to Start an Industrial
Extension School
The first step toward the start of ex-'
tension work in Indiana industries,
similar to that done for the farmers of
the state by Purdue University, was
taken recently by representatives of
Indianapolis manufacturers and uni-
versity men at a dinner and meeting
at the Chamber of Commerce.
W. E. Stone, president of Purdue;
Dr. A. A. Potter, dean of the school of
engineering, and George H. Shepard,
head of the industrial engineering and
management department and the in-
structor of the course to be given here,
spoke on the needs of extension work
and the ways in which the university
could co-operate with the manufac-
turers. Arrangements were made for
the first course, a training school for
foremen, which will be established here.
Dr. Stone spoke of the ways in which
agriculture in the state has been aided
by the combination of teaching, re-
search and extension work, and he
stated that all that has been accom-
plished for agriculture is possible for
the other industries of the state. The
engineering schools have been brought
to a high standard of instruction, Dr.
Stone asserted; scientific research was
inaugurated by the establishment of
the engineering experiment station
three years ago, and now Purdue plans
to complete the program by establish-
ing extension schools for manufac-
turers.
The course will cover thirty-one
periods, and will be divided under the
following heads: "Setting Shop Stand-
ards," "The Relation of Product to
Plant Efficiency," "Plant Layout,"
"Shop Planning and Dispatching, or
the Routing of Work," "Cost Systems,"
"Organization," "Fair Deal," "Devel-
opment of Morale," "Handling Men,"
"Improvement of Methods," "Incentive
System of Wage Payments."
Stanley Zweibel, of the Nordyke &
Marmon Co., read letters concerning
the work in Wisconsin and Pennsyl-
vania. A discussion followed. W. D.
Oakes was in charge of the meeting.
Mack Co. Increases Capital to
Expand Factory
At the annual stockholders' meeting
of the Mack Manufacturing Co., Ltd.,
of Houston, Tex., the capital stock was
raised from $500,000 to $2,000,000. The
extra capital is to be used to build
additions and install more equipment in
the modern re-enforced concrete plant
at Houston, which consists of a large
foundry, both steel and gray iron, a
well appointed forge shop and a
machine shop, where a most up-to-date
line of oil field supplies is manufac-
tured. A branch factory, modern in
every respect, is also to be built in
either northern Texas or Oklahoma,
probably in Dallas, Tex., for the manu-
facture of cable tool equipment. J. O.
Mack is president and general man-
ager; H. L. Sadler, secretary; Charles
R. Edwards, plant superintendent.
876
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No.
The Colburn Machine Tool Co. an-
nounces the removal of its entire busi-
ness from Franklin. Pa., to its new
plant, 1038 Ivanhoe Road, Cleveland,
Ohio.
The National Ship Supply and Ma-
chinery Co., New York, has purchased
the plant of the Maryland Shipbuilding
Corporation, Sellers Point, Md., from
the Emergency Fleet Corporation, which
took over the plant shortly after the
signing of the armistice. The property
includes 51 acres with 2,600 ft. water-
front and four shipways.
The Williams Machine Co., Poultney,
Vt., is the name of a new company or-
ganized to manufacture special ma-
chinery, dies, jigs, etc. The organizers,
Robert H., and Russell I. Williams, have
had much experience; the former spent
40 years in this line of work, and the
latter has been with the Ruggles Ma-
chine Co., Poultney, Vt., for 16 years.
The Rutenber Motor Co. which some
time ago sold its plant in Marion, Ohio,
to the Velie Motor Co., Moline, 111.,
announced recently that it had bought
the big plant of the American Chain
Co. in West Marion and expected to
begin operation Oct. 15. The company
will manufacture automobile parts and
motors. A large force will be employed.
The Latrobe Electric Steel Co., La-
trobe. Pa., has opened a warehouse at
1280 Ontario St., Cleveland, Ohio,
where a complete stock of Uranium
high-speed steel, Mangano non-shrink-
able die steel, and carbon and alloy
tool steels will be carried.
The National Pressed Steel Co., Mas-
sillon, Ohio, has opened offices in the
Andrews Building, Dallas, Tex. Its
business for the Southwestern district,
including Texas, Louisiana, Arkansas,
Mississippi and part of Tennessee, will
be handled from this branch.
The United Iron Works, Inc., Kansas
City, has opened offices in Dallas, Tex.,
and will move its district branch from
Fort Worth to there. O. C. White, dis-
trict sales manager, will have charge
of this branch. This company special-
izes in structural steel and heavy
machinery.
The Walworth Manufacturing Co.,
South Boston, Mass., has leased the
six-story building at Nos. 88-94 Pearl
St., Boston, and will remove part of the
main office into this building shortly.
Hubbard & Harris, Inc., machinery
engineers, with plant at 1047 Broad St.,
Bridgeport, Conn., have announced a
change in name to take effect immedi-
ately. The business will now be known
as the Hubbard, Harris & Rowell, Inc.
The Buffalo Steam Pump Co., 490
Broadway, Buffalo, N. Y., announces a
change in its organization. The newly
elected officers are: H. W. Wendt, pres-
ident; Edgar Wendt, treasurer; H. W.
Wendt, Jr., secretary; A. G. Peterson,
Daniel M. Wright
Daniel M. Wright, president of the
Henry & Wright Manufacturing Co.,
Hartford, Conn., died Oct. 27. He was
born in Philadelphia, June 5, 1870.
Mr. Wright was one of the best-
known machine-tool men in the country
and his gigantic figure was a familiar
DANIEL M. WRIGHT
sight at almost every convention hav-
ing to do with the welfare of the
machine-tool industry. He was at va-
rious times first vice president of the
National Machine Tool Builders' Asso-
ciation, president of the Hartford
Board of Trade, vice president of the
Hartford Chamber of Commerce, pres-
ident of the Russo-American Mercan-
tile Co., director of the Hartford Mor-
ris Plow Co., and president of the
Hartford branch of the National Metal
Trades Association.
Thomas W. Meachem, prominent in
the machinery manufacturing world,
died at his home in Syracuse, N. Y.,
recently. Mr. Meachem was the organ-
izer of the New Process Rawhide Co.,
and later of the Meachem Gear Cor-
poration. [This obituary is reprinted
from our Oct. 21 issue, when the name
was erroneously given as Homer W.
Meachem.]
sales manager, and Robert G. Nye,
factory manager.
The Meldrum-Semon-Greiner Co.,
Inc., and the Lowery & Can:ce Tool
Co., both of Syracuse, N. Y., have been
consolidated to form the Meldruni-
Semon-Greiner-Lowery Co., or the
M-S-G-L Co., Inc., Syracuse, N. Y. The
officers are as follows: Mr. Meldrum,
president; Mr. Greiner, vice president;
Mr. Semon, treasurer, and Mr. Lowery,
secretary.
J. H. Drury, treasurer of the Union
Twist Drill Co., Athol, Mass., returned
Oct. 23 from a six weeks business trip
to Europe.
E. E. Saunier, 350 Broadway, New
York, is the New York representative
of the Steel Car Equipment Co., of
Delaware.
C. William Bayne, industrial engi-
neer, formerly vsrith the Ford Motor Co.,
and Timkin Axle Co., of Detroit, Mich.;
is now production manager of the F. C.
Austin Machinery Corporation, Mus-
kegon, Mich.
H. A. GUTENKUNST, general manager
of the Canadian Malleable Iron Co., of
Owen Sound, Ont., is leaving shortly
for Milwaukee whepe he will go into
business for himself. He will be suc-
ceeded by H. H. Todd who has been
general superintendent of the Hamilton
Stove and Heater Co., at Hamilton,
Ont.
A. AavisTRONG has been appointed
manager of the Northern Bolt, Screw
and Wire Co., Owen Sound, Ont., Can-
ada.
John E. McCrehan, Jr., has re-
signed his position as assistant man-
ager of the production department of
the Walworth Manufacturing Co.,
South Boston, Mass. He plans to enter
business for himself in New York City.
R. J. S. PiGGOTT, who has been in-
dustrial engineer of the Bridgeport,
Conn., Chamber of Commerce for the
past few years, has severed his connec-
tion with it to accept a position as
works manager of the Crosby Steam
Guage and Valve Co., Boston, Mass.
Mr. Piggott was also consulting engi-
neer for various Bridgeport manufac-
turing plants while with the Chamber
of Commerce and will still continue in
this capacity.
Albert B. Fritts, advertising man-
ager of the Norton Co., Worcester,
Mass., was elected vice-president of the
Industrial Editors' Association of New
England, at the annual meeting and
dinner held recently in Boston at
Young's Hotel.
Joseph P. Sessions, treasurer of the
Sessions P^oundry Co., Bristol, Conn.,
has been elected president of the Bris-
tol, Conn., Trust Co.
Arthur W. Yeates has been ap-
pointed production manager of the
Eastern Works of the Walworth Manu-
facturing Co., South Boston, Mass. Mr.
Yeates was formerly manager of the
sales order department in the same
plant.
I. R. Green,, who has just returned
from the Far East, where he has been
located for the past four years, has
taken up his new duties as assistant
manager of the export department of
the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Co.,
Stamford, Conn.
I
I
November 11, 1920
American Machinist
^^1
Vol. 53, No. 20
iJ
THE orderly arrange-
ment of the yard in-
dicates the type of
mind which pervades the
management. Such a yard
has its effect on the per-
sonnel of the whole shop
and can hardly help being
reflected in the products.
This company builds large
track-laying tractors which
are in ever-increasing demand. The rear-axle hous-
ing is one of the very important units in heavy
Some idea of the increases of manufacturing on
the Pacific Coast can be had by a visit to the
plant of the C. L. Best Gas Traction Co. at San
Leandro, California. A number of the machin-
ing operations are of unusual interest while the
material storage yard shovm in the headpiece
gives an excellent idea, both of the varied parts
of the products and the orderly arrangement,
which is not only pleasing to the eye, but makes
it easy to find exactly the piece wanted.
tractor work. The housing
is a large steel casting and
can be seen in various
stages of construction in
Figs. 1 to 8. One of the
first operations is the plan-
ing of the top and sides on
the Cincinnati planer shown
in Fig. 1, which shows the
type of fixtures used, the
method applied in center-
ing the opening for the axle, the locating screws and the
method nf strapping the casting to the fixture itself.
FIG, 1. PLANING THREE SIDES OF REAR-AXLE HOUSING
FIG. 2, ANOTHER PLANER OPERATION ON HOUSINGS
878
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
FIG. 3. MILLING THE FACES OF BEARING SEATS
FIG. 4. BORING AXLE HOUSINGS FOR REAR AXLES
Three of the four heads on the planer are being used.
Another planing operation, this time on an open-side
planer, is shown in Fig. 2. This operation is not
unusual, but the use of the stops A and B and the bar
C as a means of locating the inclined edge of the casting,
is of interest.
An operation, qriginally one of planing, is now being
done by milling on a Beaman & Smith machine by ex-
tending the spindle so as to reach the spaces of the bear-
ing supports, as shown in Fig. 3. This method has been
found more satisfactory than planing for this job.
Boring the Housing
The boring of the main hole through the rear hous-
ing is done in the Barrett horizontal boring machine
shown in Fig. 4. A substantial base is provided for
mounting the casting, containing the uprights A, B and
C, which serve to position the casting so that the
alignment of the bore will match the previously planed
surfaces. The outer ends are also faced at the same
setting, one of the facing heads being shown at D. The
usual star feed is provided for the facing feed at E,
a second star-wheel F feeding the cross-slide for
counterboring when this is necessary.
A second boring operation, that of finishing the cross-
holes for the driving shaft which comes from the motor,
is shown in Fig. 5. This operation is a comparatively
simple one in which the casting is supported for the
most part on a fixture that goes on the bed of the
machine beside the regular table. The baseplate has
uprights as at A for positioning the casting with ref-
erence to the planed surfaces. The overhanging part
of the housing, which contains the transmission units,
is supported by the regular table of the Giddings &
Lewis boring machine on which the work is done.
Still another boring operation on the housing is shown
in Fig. 6, and is being done on the same type of
machine as the first milling operation shown. Here the
FIG. 5. BORING THE CROSS-HOLES
FIG. 6. ANOTHER BORING OPERATION
November 11, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
879
.~7i '
W^^^^Tf^^^EW^^MTWHWHl^M
-je
FIG. 7. DRILLING THE SIDES OF THE HOUSINGS
"im^l
T'^'- 8. DRILLING TABLE AND INDEXING FrXTURE
FIG. 9. THE TABLE AND FIXTURE IN DETAIL,
FIG. 10. MILLING END OF ENGINE BASE
FIG. 11. BORING CRANK AND CAMSHAFT HOLES
PIG. 12. DETAILS OP THE BORING FIXTURE
880
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
HKE G a N3S^I^^.JC T I O N Qi H
H
H
i^^^^^^^^^^^^l
njHi
Bfna.^ ... ,^B
I
*.V B
. . FJQ. . 13. . . .BOJSIfJG . THE . CTXJNDER CASTINGS
casting is mounted directly on the boring-machine table,
but special angle plates, with suitable openings cut out
for holding the casting by the use of straps, are used
for locating the piece from the original planed surfaces.
Special Table for Drilling
Some of the drilling operations are shown in Figs. 7
and 8. These illustrations show the types of drilling
fixtures used and also the carriage on which the work
is mounted while being drilled. Fig. 7 shows the drill-
ing of some of the end holes, and also shows the hand-
wheel and reduction gear used in giving easy and
positive control to the movement of the carriage on the
track. This handwheel and gear are shown much more
clearly in Figs. 8 and 9.
The kind of drilling fixture for locating the many
small holes, so as to insure assembling without special
fitting in the erecting department, is shown in Fig. 8.
This view also shows the track on which the carriage is
mounted, the wheels on the outer rail having a flat tread
while those on the rails nearest the column are provided
with coned flanges so as to insure centering and prevent
derailment. It also shows very clearly that the gear
FIG. 14. DRILLING CYLINDER FLANGE HOLES
is connected to the axle beside the supporting wheel,
and from this view, as well as from Fig. 7, it can be
seen that both wheels on that end of the carriage act
as drivers. Fig. 8 also shows the turntable with the
indexing notches which enab'e all the holes in the hori-
zontal plane to be drilled at the one setting.
In Fig. 9 is shown the construction of the drilling
machine itself, the supports A and B being for the ends
of the heavy cast-iron rails C and D. These supports
are I-beams of sufficient section to carry the load. The
table contains a number of the drilling fixtures used,
two of which have been shown in the preceding illus-
trations.
Motor Building OPEaiATioNs
Coming to the motor. Fig. 10 shows one of the inter-
esting milling operations on an Ingersoll milling
machine. The outer end of the casting is supported
by a suitable rail A on which the fixture slides as
the table carries it past the milling cutter. This fixture
is simple in construction and enables the cylinder bases
to be handled easily and rapidly.
The boring of the crankcase for th? crankshaft bear-
FIG. 15. TESTING CYLINDER HEADS
li.;. lu. I'Ul l;i>li-HKAU CRANKSHAFT LATHliS
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
881
^SLAua^ Di>i D'W V.
FIG. 17. SPECIAL TRIPLE BORING MILL
ings is shown in Fig. 11, the machine being a special
one. The type of fixture used can be readily seen, and
consists principally of a baseplate with side projections
A and B for locating the work from the previously
planed surfaces for the bases of the cylinder flanges
and the valve rod guides. The appearance of the fixture,
minus the side arms which locate the casting, is shown
in Fig. 12. This view shows the method of supporting
the boring bars in substantial bearings inside the crank-
case so as to avoid springing and to insure alignment.
The boring of the cylinder itself is shown on a Steinle
lathe in Fig. 13. The form of chuck used can be clearly
FIG. 20. CUTTING TEETH ON CLUTCH DISKS
seen, it being a large bell-shaped casting which com-
pletely encircles the cylinder and makes it almost a part
of the lathe spindle itself. The type of boring bar
is also shown, as well as the tools used in the cross-
slide to face the cylinder flange and turn the projec-
tion or spigot, which fits into the cylinder space.
The drilling of the bolt holes in the cylinder flange,
using four spindles of a multiple-spindle drilling
machine for this purpose, is shown in Fig. 14. This
illustration shows the method of locating the drilling
fixture by means of one of the outlets at A, and the
clamping of the fixture to the cylinder flange by means
of hand nuts and clamps.
In Fig. 15 is shown an unusual method of water-
testing the cylinder heads. The head A is placed in
position on the table resting on a suitable gasket, the
lever B is dropped in the horizontal position shown
and the arm C swung up into the vertical position so
that the horizontal lever comes between two of the pins
as shown. Pressure is then applied to a piston in a
cylinder at D, which holds arm C down and holds
FIG. 18
FINISH-l;OKIi\G TliACK ROLLERS
FIG. 19. MACHIXIXG REAR SPROCKET
882
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
^g[j^a^rJMO^rj Vlgf a Ui^jr^^^lJjB-m rj:^j w^^i
\\
PP
i
1
j^JI^M
SPf
0
. et j
B^BI^^-
FIG. 21. FIXTURE FOR BORINO CONNEPTING RODS
the cylinder head firmly in place while being water-
tested by means of the hand pump shown. On releasing
the pressure from the top of the piston, the weight
E lifts the arm C, releases the lever B, and the arm
C can then be swung down to the left, the lever being
raised and the cylinder head removed.
The turning of the crankshaft which is driven from
both ends to avoid torsion and which indicates very
clearly the general character of the equipment of the
shop, is shown in Fig. 16.
FIG. 23. HORIZO.VT.M- .SURFACE GRl.N'Ul.NG .MACJIINt;
Two interesting operations are shown in Figs. 17
and 18, the first being the boring of the rollers or
spools on which the tractor rolls, in a special triple-
head boring machine. The work spindles revolve simul-
taneously and the three boring bars are all connected
in the same head so that they feed through at the
same time. The boring bars have a pilot A which fits
into the guide bushing at B in the center of the chuck,
and insures a fairly accurate hole through the casting.
The special chuck jaws clamp the work at both ends
and hold it firmly during the boring operation.
Finish-Boring Track Rollers
In Fig. 18 is shown the finish-boring of the track
rollers on a Steinle lathe. The work is held on a special
plate bolted against the chuck body, the three jaws hav-
ing been removed for this purpose.
The method of boring and facing the large sprocket
wheel is shown in Fig. 19, a Bullard vertical turret
lathe being used for this purpose. The cutting of the
teeth for the clutch disks on a Fellows gear shaper is
FIG. 22. THE HEAT-TRE.\TING DEPARTMENT
November 11, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
888
'^J.^'^i
ITlPOMO^E^yiEl rfoWBo^^
FIG. 24. ALIGNING ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION
shown in Fig. 20. A number of the clutch rings are
clamped in the substantial fixture shown, and are then
cut in the usual manner.
The Connecting-Rod Boring Fixture
The fixture for boring the connecting rods is shown
in Fig. 21, the boring tool for the large hole being seen
in the spindle. The fixture is mounted on the track A
and moved from one hole to the other, being indexed
in the two positions. The large bushing B is per-
manently positioned on the fixture, but the small bushing
C swings into place and is held by the hand nut D.
The clamp E centers and holds the small end of the rod.
Some idea of the extent of the heat-treating carried
on in this work may be had from the size and equip-
ment of the heat-treating room shown in Fig. 22. The
furnaces are oil-fired and the department is well
equipped in every way for handling a large variety of
work, some of it being of considerable size as can be
seen from the spur pinions in the box in the foreground.
This illustration incidentally shows the method of trans-
porting work from one department to another, platforms
and tote boxes together with elevating trucks being
used for this purpose.
The use of the Gardner horizontal disk-grinding
machine for surfacing castings of various sizes is
shown in Fig. 23. Here the weight of the casting .aids
materially in producing the desired feed, this being
especially true in the case of such castings as the engine
base shown at the right. It is only necessary to press
down on the work which is prevented from revolving
with the disk by the cross member shown.
.'■lit r I
w o oo o o o oo'oo O O (
b o o op o o d o,0(fOioA<
'^ ■ "^OOOO oo
000000000X5
iOO.Q'OC
O OOO '
¥
When it comes to assembling the motor and the
transmission in the chassis, great care is given to secur-
ing proper alignment. Fig. 24 shows the gage used for
this purpose at A. The gage is clamped to one of the
gears on the clutch drum shown, the two screws B
and C adjusted with reference to the face and outside
rim of the flywheel, and the transmission revolved. The
gage shows instantly whether the units are in align-
ment or not, and also indicates in which direction
adjustments, if any, are to be made.
Those who are accustomed to automobile radiators
will hardly recognize the construction shown in Fig. 25.
The radiator tubes all carry cooling fins on the outside,
and the ends project through the plate as shown in the
lower row of tubes. The annular space between the
tubes and the casting is a recess for the tube packing,
which is shown in place in the next two rows. A tight
joint is secured by means of the packing nuts or glands
shown in place in the two upper rows, these nuts com-
pressing the packing between themselves and the bottom
of the recess, and forcing it laterally against both the
tube and the circular recess in the header.
FIG. 23. DETAILS OF THE RADIATOR
A Branch Public Library at the Plant
By Frank H. Williams
Why not establish a branch public library at the
plant?
A big percentage of employees either like to read
books or would gain considerably in knowledge and
ability through a greater use of books.
This is the plan that has been adopted by the Fort
Wayne Edison Lamp Works at Fort Wayne, Indiana,
and which has been found to be very successful. A
regular circulating library has been installed under the
direction of the city's main public library and operating
under the same rules and regulations.
At this branch a certain number of fiction and other
books are carried together with the library's complete
catalog. When an employee desires a certain book,
the name of the book is given to the branch librarian
and the book is secured for the applicant in the shortest
possible length of time. The employees appreciate the
plan immensely and many of them avail themselves of
the scheme.
The branch library was installed at the Fort Wayne
Edison Lamp Works by the effort of E. D. Moeller, who
is in charge of welfare work at the institution.
Perhaps there is a suggestion in this for the welfare
managers of other large plants.
Know Why You Do Things
By L. S. Watson
On page 612 of American Machinist I read Mr.
Forbes' article about "Knowing Why You Do Things."
I always supposed that it was proper to place the tool
on center for certain jobs and above center for other
jobs, but have never heard of putting a tool below
center. I have read Mr. Forbes' previous articles with
interest and hope soon to learn his reasons for placing
a tool below center.
884
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
Precision Gages
By M. E. KANEK
Methods of accurate measurement, as well as pre-
cision gages themselves, are comprehensively
treated in this article. Regarding gages, the
shape, size and material are all given considera-
tion. The use and scope of the meastiring ma-
chine and the method of comparison by light
interference are discussed.
WHEN America entered the war there was at
once thrown upon American metal workers a
far heavier burden than is realized even now by
the non-mechanical public and by a large portion of the
mechanics of the country.
Many of the products demanded were extremely com-
plicated, and in order that they function properly it was
imperative that each component be accurate to excep-
tionally close limits. In many cases it was impracticable
to manufacture complete mechanisms in a single plant,
and occasionally units from three or four plants were
collected at an assembly station to be assembled for ship-
ment as a completed product. Obviously these units
must be "interchangeable" in the most perfect sense of
the word. Even though the drawings from which the
products were made "checked" perfectly it was possible,
for instance, for a hole made 0.5005 in. in one shop to be
too small for a pin made 0.500 in. in another shop. The
micrometers in one place may be adjusted to one stand-
ard while those in another shop may be noticeably
different, being adjusted to another standard.
This possibility became apparent several years ago to
a Swedish inventor, who developed a combination of
different sizes of solid gages which were finished to a
hitherto unapproached accuracy. With a set of precision
gages which could be depended upon for accuracy and
which were known to be identical with those in other
plants, there could be little possibility of trouble in
assembling parts which were made to correspond to the
precision gages.
Gage Block Sets
The first sets of precision gage blocks to come to
America were made up of the now familiar eighty-one
sizes. There are really four sets in one. The first set of
four gages, in 1-in. units, gives any even inch from 1 to
10 in. The second set of nineteen gages, in 0.05 in.
units between 0.05 and 0.95 in., gives any even multiple
of 0.05 in. between. 0.05 and 10 in. when used in connec-
tion with the even-inch series. The third set of forty-
nine gages, in 0.001 in. units between 0.1 and 0.149 in.,
can be used with the other two to get any even thou-
sandth within the range. And the fourth set, composed
of nine gages varying by 0.0001 in., may be assembled
with the others to get any ten-thousandth in. between 0.2
and approximately 10 in. The large number of gages in
the third set (49) is, of course, due to the dimension of
the smallest gage in the set, which is 0.05 in. In order
to secure the intermediate sizes there must be individual
gages as there are none which are thin enough to be
built up to form them.
For some reason not apparent American manufac-
turers have adopted these same sizes and prepared the
same 81-block sets. Obviously the cost and the selling
price must be dependent upon the amount of time re-^p..
quired in making. If the number of gages could be
halved and the range unchanged or increased the price
could be halved and the market enlarged. Production
could be greatly increased with the same equipment.
Let us suppose a set of 30 gages instead of the 81
These might be in the following sizes :
1.-2.-3.-4
0.1-0.2-0.4-a(i»
0.01-0.02-0|»4-0.08
0.011 0.01^ 0.013
0.014 0.015 0.016
0.017 0.018 0.019
0.0101 0.0102 0.0103
0.0104 0.0105 0.0106
0.0107 0.0108 0.0109
With these thirty sizes any ten-thousandth between
0.02 and 10 in., or more, can be built up. This set can be
made for half the cost of the 81-block set, and has a
range of several hundred more sizes. It provides ten-
thousandths between 0.2 and 0.02, which the 81-block set
will not do, with nine exceptions. The writer has heard
more than one toolmaker expre.=:s wonder that our gage
makers have not developed a much smaller set than is
available. Who will be the first? It is a safe wager
that the firm which starts the reduction in numbers will
have the entire field following at its heels.
Types of Precision Gages
There are several types or shapes of precision gages
on the market today, but only three are used to any
extent. These are the sphere, as exemplified by the steel
ball ; the cylinder, as seen in the plug gage ; and the two
planes, parallel and accurately separated, as exemplified
in the solid "size blocks."
The ball is of little value because of its limited possi-
bility of application. It is also practically impossible to
manufacture a sphere to the degree of precision desired,
and, still further, there is the extremely short life of the
ball. The area of contact between a sphere and a plane
surface is, of course, so small as to concentrate the wear
and to tend to produce a flat surface on the ball each
time it is used. In a short time the accuracy of the ball,
and hence its value as a reference standard, is gone.
In the case of the plug, or cylinder, the objections are
not as well founded as with the ball, because the contact
is a line instead of a point. There is the same difficulty
of manufacture, only in a lesser degree. It seems that
plug gages will serve their greatest purpose in the
inspection of holes instead of as masters.
The blocks having two parallel planes, as used in 90
per cent of the shops which have master reference sets,
present one of the prettiest problems which has been put
up to the gage maker. It is a simple matter to make one
surface flat, but when there is required another plane
surface' not only parallel to the first but a pre-deter-
mined distance from the first there arises a real prob-
lem. It can only be done between two laps which are, in
turn, held parallel and the desired distance apart. And,
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
886
if the laps are in a horizontal position and the weight of
the top lap is appreciable, it will probably be found that
the surface characteristics include a "running" off at
the edges. The writer has made some experiments along
this line and has found that the flatness of the surface
can be improved by light rubbing on a very slightly
convex hand lap after the gage comes from the machine.
The flat surface, then, may be accepted as offering the
greatest value. Such gages are made with various sec-
tions. Some are round, some oblong, some a full square
and still others a hollow square.
Effect of Size on Accuracy
All have their peculiarities, and curiously enough the
peculiarities and inaccuracies seem to be governed by
size rather than by shape. For instance, take the
familiar oblong gage. The writer measured many of
them, and in nearly all cases the gages marked a certain
dimension have been found to show the same error,
although of different shapes or from different makers.
Three-inch gages run long. Some of them are as much
as 0.00009 oversize, and 80 per cent of them are from
0.00005 to 0.00007 long. Two- and four-inch gages
usually show about 0.000015 and 0.00004 oversize re-
spectively. One-inch gages run nearly correct, but those
just under this size seem to run long. This is true of all
makes in so far as they have at present been investi-
gated.
It would appear from the above that there is still room
for development in the case of the longer sizes. The
square gage with a hole at the intersection of the two
diagonals seems to have one or two good points not
possessed by the others. The hole permits more free
circulation of the quenching medium in heat treatment,
which may tend toward more uniform structure. The
hole also permits facile clamping into stacks. It does not
insure however, the absolute alignment which is impera-
tive when the gages are used in connection with the
"half-plug" attachments which are provided for measur-
ing holes. If the axes of these two plugs, which are at
opposite ends of the stack, are not parallel the accuracy
of the stack is destroyed and the setting is of little value.
Some shops have made a channel which just permits the
gages to enter, for use in assembling stacks with attach-
ments. With this trough, or channel, a very satisfactory
setting may be made.
Material for Gages
In making up stacks for use the maker's marking is
perforce depended upon for the size of the stack. If any
one gage has become worn from use the stack may be
small. If the gages have "grown" as a result of incom-
plete "aging" the stack will be large. And so the selec-
tion of material is important for several reasons. First,
it must have high wear-resisting qualities; second, it
must be susceptible to accelerated seasoning or aging
processes ; third, it must in its hardened state have high
rust-resisting qualities. In view of the fact that all
makers of gages in the "precision" category have settled
upon an alloy having 1.35 per cent chromium and 1.0 per
cent carbon it seem.s probable that this material offers
the nearest ideal raw material. The treatment varies
greatly, however. Gages may be found which show only
80 on a scleroscope, while others show 97. The writer
has seen gages considerably large, although they had at
one time been correct, with a scleroscope reading of 82 ;
and he has seen one gage which showed 96 scleroscope
and which had not changed in size over a period of fif-
teen months. From this it would appear that the aging
process seems to affect hard gages more permanently
than the softer ones.
The alloy of 1.25 to 1.50 per cent chromium with
about 1.00 per cent carbon gives excellent results as to
hardness, wear-resisting qualities and rust resistance.
It also shows permanence of size and shape when prop-
erly normalized and hardened, provided the strains are
relieved after hardening by a series of "draws" at vary-
ing temperatures. Some makers use a low carbon steel
for gages and harden after carbonizing to shallow
depths. Results are often satisfactory when the gages
are symmetrical in shape.
In a cube or sphere or cylinder there will be little
change in shape when properly treated, while with thin
flat gages there will be found after a very few days a
noticeable convexity on the sides of largest area.
Assembling Gage Blocks
The assembly of sets or combinations is far too little
understood. They are usually "wrung" together, and it
is commonly supposed that gages which will wring are
perfectly flat, and their accuracy is frequently taken for
granted. As a matter of fact a lapped surface of the
commonest size in use (9 x 30 mm.) may be as much as
0.000015 in. concave or convex and still wring to another
one 0.00001 in. in error in the same form, i.e., both
convex or both concave. The mere fact that two surfaces
may be made to wring together does not prove that they
are flat.
Gages which are to be built up into a combination for
checking other gages should be carefully cleaned. The
hand, or cloth, or waste, should not be used. They should
be washed on the lapped surfaces by lightly drawing
them across a piece of paper toweling on which has been
poured a few drops of naphtha, benzol or grain alcohol,
and then at once drawn for an inch or so over a clean,
dry piece of the same material. Newspaper and cotton
batting are usable substitutes but are not as good as
toweling fresh from the carton or roll.
After the gages have been washed a warm breath
should be blown on the two surfaces to be wrung to-
gether, and a slight sliding motion given them. As the
motion alternately covers and exposes the surfaces the
thin film of moisture evaporates and the gages will
suddenly "seize," just as though stuck together. They
are now "wrung" and may be depended upon to be
within 0.000003 in. of actual contact. In many cases
they will be much closer, but if more than that they will
not seize when properly cleaned. Alcohol instead of the
breath will also cause them to wring closely, but is not
recommended because of a tendency to cause a discolora-
tion much like rust.
Handling Gages in "Stack"
After a number of gages have been wrung together to
form a "stack" they should be left on a surface plate or
other iron or steel plate for at least ten minutes in order
to allow the temperature to return to normal, or approxi-
mately so. They will grow larger while handling, about
0.000006 in. per in. per degree rise in temperature, and
if three or four are wrung the change will often be
several degrees. In some shops all precision gages are
handled only with gloves.
The manufacture of gages of this kind is not entirely
a manufacturing problem. One of equal interest is the
886
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
measuring in such minute quantities as 0.00001 and less.
There are, briefly, only two methods of measurement.
The most common is that of direct reading from a scale,
screw, rack, lever, or wedge. The other, by comparison
of work with a reference gage of known size. In speak-
ing of them they will be called "direct" or "original" and
"comparative" methods.
Accuracy of Instruments and Skill of Operator'
The success or reliability of the direct method depends
upon two elements — the accuracy of the measuring en-
gine and the skill of the operator. With some of the
better known types of measuring machine it is possible
for ain expert operator to determine a dimension with as
small an error as 0.00001, or, in other words, he can
repeat his observation within 0.00002.
When a measuring machine is being used continu-
ously there are many changes taking place. The body
temperature of the operator, who necessarily stands in
close proximity to the machine, has a more or less marked
effect on the machine itself. The temperature changes in
the machine are greater on the side near the operator,
and of course the elongation of that side due to the
higher temperature throws the headstock or measuring
head out of alignment with the footstock. Most of these
machines depend upon a "drop plug" held between two
flat faces for a telltale device. Unless the plug is per-
fectly cylindrical and the two retaining faces plane and
parallel, conditions are not identical through a series of
measurements. Obviously the results will not be reliable.
The contacting anvils must be plane and parallel, a con-
dition rather difficult to obtain when temperature
changes are disturbing alignment ; the screw error must
be constant throughout its length if the compensator is
to correct it properly; and all oil films in the operating
portion of the machine must be of constant thickness.
The graduations on the dial or scale must be correct and
the observer must be highly skilled.
The "Comparative" Method
There remains the "comparative" method of measur-
ing. All of the makers of precision gages are using
some method of comparison for their fi^nal calibrations.
This is proved by the uniform error in gages of the same
ostensible size. Among the most common devices of
mechanical nature are the dial indicator, the fluid gage,
and the various indicators which employ the lever, either
simple or compound. Any of these will show a half
thousandth, and at least one is graduated to show ten-
thousandths, or less by estimation. In none of them is
there the rigidity needed for measurements to 0.00001
in. or less.
Still another plan, and perhaps the most accurate of
all, employs a phenomenon discovered by Newton in the
seventeenth century, the "Newton Rings." These ring?
are alternate bands of different spectral colors which
become apparent to the eye when a transparent surface
is brought within 0.0002 in. (approximately) of another
surface of the same shape. These bands are due to the
interference of light waves and when the two surfaces
are plane the bands are uniformly straight and parallel.
If one of the surfaces is plane the bands will indicate
with precision the shape of the other surface.
In employing this method the only equipment neces-
sary is a plane surface to which the reference gage and
the work may be wrung, and a transparent plane. The
two gages are placed side by side on the plane, and the
rings or bands are produced by the transparent plane.
Any difference in size becomes at once apparent by the
irregularity of the bands across the two surfaces of the
gages.
The fact that two gages are exactly the same size may
be determined in a very short time by this method, but
the accuracy of a quantitative measurement of the dif-
ference between two which are not alike may perhaps be
questioned, unless a light from a source which has a
known wave length is employed. Inasmuch as scientists
do not agree on the wave-length measurements of vari-
ous lights there is much research to be made before the
optical or interference-fringe method will be of great
value, except for actually identical gages. A peculiar
sidelight on the above comes from the fact that purely
monochromatic light is a rara avis. And, when two
or more colors are combined in a light ray there are
varying wave lengths in the same ray.
The objections to this method of measuring are : The
difficulty of securing contact between the gages and the
base plane; the practice necessary to enable the proper
interpretation of the fringes or bands; the difficulty of
securing transparent planes; and the inaccurate knowl-
edge of the wave length of the light ray used. The
writer has made many comparisons by this method and,
while it is possible to repeat a measurement within
0.000005 in. (half a hundred thousandth), it is safe to
say that figures purporting to be closer than that are
largely guess work.
For ordinary work the measuring machine may be
relied upon for original measurements to 0.00003. For
accuracy from 0.00002 to 0.00003 in. the amplifying
gage or indicator may be used. For measurements to
0.000005 in. the optical or interference-fringe plan seems
to offer the only solution.
France Rapidly Developing
"White Coal" Resources
Development of her water power under plans now
being carried out will make France third among the na-
tions who lead in this respect.
The report of the Commission des Forces Hydraulique
shows that in round figures the water power (collo-
quially known as "white coal") in France may be reck-
ened theoretically at about 9,000,000 horsepower. Of
this amount 1,165,000 hp. is in use and about 500,000 hp.
additional is being equipped.
In about fifteen years 6,000,000 hp. more should be
realized. The rest remains available for eventual devel-
opment. The 1,165,000 hp. now installed is capable of
850.000 kilowatts. In 1919 it furnished effectively 700,-
000 hp. (570,000 kw.). The plants in course of construc-
tion provide an additional 550,000 hp. (365,000 kw.).
The region of the southeast of France is the best de-
veloped thus far, with 750,000 hp. already installed, and
with 290,000 hp. in the course of installation. The
southwest has 210,000 hp. and will have 75,000 more in
a short time. The central section has 140,000 hp. and is
making plans for an additional 125,000 hp. The eastern
district expects to increase its 25,000 to 35,000.
Existing plans are to provide the 3,000,000 hp. addi-
tional of the program inside the fifteen years. Of this
total 1,200,000 hp. will be in the southeast, 500,000 in
the southwest, 40,000 in the center ana 62,000 in the
east.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
887
The Design of Square and Acme Thread Taps
of Steep Lead
By E. a. dixie
The quicker the lead of a thread, the greater is
the necessity for fluting the tap so that the cutting
faces ivill be at an angle of 90 deg. to the helix
angle of the thread. Otherwise one side of the
cutting face will present an obtuse angle.
IN FIG. 1 is shown a set of four taps J in. pitch and
1 in. lead by 1 in. outside diameter, that were
intended to tap a thread in the machine steel piece
A, which in the illustration is shown cut in half after
No. 1 tap stuck in it so tight that the square was
twisted off the shank. This tap broke when it had been
entered about one inch.
A glance at the illustration will show what was the
matter. One side of the thread had a sharp cutting edge
at an acute angle while the other side was at an angle
of about 110 to 115 deg. and tore instead of cut the
metal. With this class of tap the flutes should always
be helical so that both edges of the thread have the
same cutting clearance. Even with helical flutes it is
difficult to cut clean threads with the acme or square
shape of thread unless one makes the leading tap start
with some variation of the V-thread and gradually
change to the form desired, be it acme or square.
In Fig. 2 is shown what is meant. At A the tap is
started with a V or U.S.S. thread, narrow in width and
shallow in depth but gradually deepening and widening
till the predetermined point B is reached. The square
thread can begin at B either as a shallow thread which
gradually deepens toward C or if the V-thread has been
cut to full depth it can start as a narrow thread of full
depth at B and gradually widen as it approaches C
or it can start as a narrow and shallow thread at B and
gradually both widen and deepen as it approaches C.
I have seen satisfactory taps made in all three ways.
There are at least two ways in which the lathe can
be set up for cutting the thread on this kind of a tap.
Change gears in some cases may be available to produce
FI8. 2
Square Thread Tap with V Thread Leader
FIG. 1. SET OF IMPROPERLY MADE ACME THREAD
TAPS AND THE WORK
FIG. 2. DIAGRAM OF SQUARE THREAD TAP WITH V-
•THREAD LEADER. FIG. 3. DIAGRAM SHOWING
CHANGE OF FORM AND STOCK REMOVED
the gradual change in the width of the base of the
V-thread or a combination of the taper attachment and
the set over on the tailstock used to produce the same
result. The change in shape on the square or acme shape
of thread can be best obtained with either the taper
attachment alone for the acme shape of thread or a
combination of the taper attachment and the tailstock
set over for the square thread.
When making taps of this type the writer has been
accustomed to thread them at the start just as though
they were ordinary square or acme taps. Where they
were in sets, as those shown in Fig. 1, all the taps of the
set were first made with either the square or acme form
of thread from end to end. It was then decided just
what length V or U.S.S. thread should be required for
the leader. Let us assume that there are a certain even
number of threads in a certain length, as for instance
12 in. as shown between A and C in Fig. 3, and that
we have decided to make the V-threaded leader 6 in.
long from its start as a very small thread at A till
it reaches full size as shown at B. The black portions
at A and B show the amount of metal that has to be
removed from the original square threaded No. 1 tap.
Obviously if we left the setting of the work parallel with
the ways of the lathe and used the same change gearing
we would cut the same shape and size of thread on B
as we start to cut on A. But we want a wider and
deeper thread at B than we want at A and the only way
to obtain it is by changing the lead which the lathe is
to cut so that we may be able to start a cut in the
middle of thread A and gradually recede toward the
right way from the center of the thread which has
already been cut until when we reach the thread B we
have receded so much from the center of the thread
that one-half of a large V-thread occupies the space
between the threading tool and the center thread B.
This change in lead can be readily obtained either by
correct change gears, if we have them, or by setting
over both the tailstock and the taper attachment or by
a combination of both. This phase of thread cutting has
been covered so often in the pages of the American
888
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
Machinist and is so well understood that it is not neces-
sary to repeat.
The diagram, Fig. 4, shows the gradually decreasing
cut of the tool X as it advances from the starting thread
A and approaches the thread B which is the termination
Fie. 4
iS^JXJYJ^
Fie. 5
J
1_
-!_
FIG. 6
FIG. 4. SHOWING METHOD OF REMOVING STOCK FROM
THE SQUARE THREAD TO TRANSFORM IT INTO A
V-THREAD. FIGS. 5 AND 6. TRANSFORMATIONS FROM
V-FORM OF THREAD TO SQUARE FORM OF
THE FINAL, TAP
of the V-threaded portion of the tap. After both sides
of the square thread from A to B have been turned
to the desired V, that part of the tap can be considered
finished as far as threading is concerned.
The square or acme portion of the thread can then
be formed beginning at the next thread beyond
B either to the shape shown in Fig. 5, where the same
method and tool is used as in Fig. 3 with the results
that the V-shape of thread at B, Fig. 3, is gradually
widened until it becomes either a perfect square or acme
thread; or a square-nosed tool can be used as in Fig. 6
and the taper attachment used so that the square or
acme shape of thread starts at the thread beyond B,
Fig. 3, as a very shallow thread and gradually grows
deeper from thread to thread until the full depth is
reached a few threads before the end of the last thread
on the final tap is reached.
It is a matter of individual taste which of these
methods is preferable; to the writer's mind one is just
as good as the other. In either case the full depth and
width of thread left by the V-portion of the tap when
run into the work will afford considerable chip space over
and above that provided for by the flutes of the tap.
In Fig. 7 are given the details for making Acme
standard taps. It will be noted that a variation of the
method just described is used for forming the leaders
of these taps. For single thread taps this method is
all right but for multiple threads the other is better.
.^^
ACM£ STANDARD THREAD TAP':
^D HfbrL.H.
kfo->*% a ^r r*?^ ^ smaller
for ft k ThreJal -■;l.---«^r^«*^/^«/^/^AA^/xa/l^ I thanC"
^ * 0.005a
Clearance 0.0/"
Tana, of Angle of Lead • ^tf. j
D-Diam. of Screw (o-p":-'"
P - Pitch - vO. OF THR'PS Pft> INCH
H - Diam. of Tap Drill 'D-P
Nick teeth of first tap as shown,
Making nickgil' to4t deep and
approximately 0.£5 pitch wide
disappearing on last tooth of
taper Use for nicking U. 5.
Standard Thread Tool.
A
B
C
Tangent a
Vie same taper
from diam F to
diampter C
£
F
1st Tap
D-(iP-0.0075)
D-(PtO.0OS) or H -0.005
D-(P>-0.04)
^mv^or^i^
D'(PfO-OOt)
D-(P*-0.04)
Znt^Tap
D-(§p-o.oias)
D-(§Pi}.OOl5)orA,-W05
.
-
.
„
5/dTap
D-(iP-aoi75)
D-(§P-OO075)orAfa005
-
,.
-
..
4th Tap
Dro.oa
P-ffP-aOllSjcrAj-O.OOS
D-(Pfaoa)
"
- ••
- -
PIG. 7. TABLE OF DIMENSIONS OF ACME STANDARD TAPS
A Comparative Test for
High-Speed Steels
By Frank A. Hurst,
Works Manager, Samuel Osborn & Co., Sheffield, England
I have read with considerable interest the four
articles under the above title by H. J. Langhammer
which appeared in Vol. 52, pages 979, 1140, 1227 and
1292 of the American Machinst. There are, however,
a few points which, from one connected with a firm that
has been testing tungsten tool steels for the last 50
years, may be of interest to your readers.
I quite appreciate the fact that for tests, as carried
out by Mr. Langhammer, there must be standard condi-
tions, but experience has showTi the manufacturer of
high-speed steel that in his testing there must be one
very large variable, namely the material upon which
the steel is tested. All Mr. Langhammer's tests were
carried out on the same kind of material, whereas, in
manufacturing tool steel for the general trade it is
necessary to select, not the particular composition that
will give the best results on one material only, but one
that will give the best all around results on the various
materials used in every machine shop.
My experience at the works with which I am con-
nected (maker of Mushet tool steel) is that in order to
produce a steel that will give the greatest general sat-
isfaction, it is necessary in deciding on the formula for
the mixture, to make cutting tests on steels having a
carbon content of 0.30, 0.60 and 0.90 per cent. Also on
both hard and soft cast iron.
My decision as to the composition of the steel to
supply to the general public has always been for that
composition producing a steel that will give the best
general all-around results on the above mentioned five
different materials.
From this you will see that it is quite possible for
the adoption of Mr. Langhammer's system to cause the
user not to select the best steel for his purposes, but
one that is the best for only one variety of material.
Few manufacturers buy more than one grade of
high-speed steel for work on different materials, but
make tools from the same bar for cutting all kinds of
steel and cast iron, therefore, the force of the above
remarks will be apparent.
After careful examination of the analysis given by
Mr. Langhammer as ideal, I would remark that provid-
ing some of the steels which he'considers inferior have
been properly made, there is no reason why they should
not give first-class results as all-around machine-shop
steels. I know of machine shops where the business is
of such a class that the steel Mr. Langhammer considers
the best, would not give the best results on the kind of
material worked.
In testing tools I have always found it necessary for
getting comparative results that in addition to careful
grinding, all tools should be finished off with an India
oilstone. Mr. Langhammer has not done this and its
omission has had a marked effect on the results.
Further regarding the desired analysis mentioned in
the articles referred to, the content of chromium stated
gives too wide a range and its use in quantities between
the maximum and minimum content specified would
result in a different high-speed steel.
I would again say how interested I have been in the
articles and how much Mr. Langhammer is to be con-
gratulated on the carrying out of his tests.
}
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
889
W B.Basset
Miller, Frariklin3asset & C?
WE SAW in the preceding article how current
expenditures were started on their way into the
finished product through the charge register.
There are other charges which make up part of the
cost of the product but which are paid either in lump
sums or do not entail any cash expenditure whatever.
They are the fixed charges, so called because they do
not fluctuate appreciably with the activity of the plant.
Taxes and insurance are paid usually once a year,
although sometimes only once in two or three years,
and yet each unit of output must bear its proper share
of these expenses. Depreciation on buildings and equip-
ment is solely a book entry
and yet a part of it must
be gotten back in the sell-
ing price of the product in
order that sooner or later
the existing buildings and
equipment may be replaced.
All of these fixed charges
are first charged to the va-
rious departments of the
plant and from there into
the product which passes
through each department. In a later article we shall
describe the principles which underlie the proper depart-
mentalizing of the plant. It is simply mentioned here
in passing so that it may be definitely understood that
the plant is divided into departments.
Taxes and insurance admittedly fluctuate somewhat
from year to year, but sufficient accuracy can be
obtained by carrying into the costs a figure based upon
the amount of these two items for previous years.
A charge is therefore made to each department on a
monthly basis.
Serious errors may creep into the final costs of the
product through incorrect charging of depreciation.
It is not uncommon to find concerns which split hairs
in an attempt to get labor and material charges cor-
rectly apportioned to the various types of product and
who then allow their emotions to govern the amount of
depreciation charged. The amount of depreciation for
any year, in fact, whether any depreciation shall be
charged or not, is too often determined by the state-
ment of net profits. In good years an excessively
heavy depreciation may be charged; in poor years, none
at all. One of the benign results of the Federal Income
Tax has been that it forces manufacturers to be con-
sistent in their handling of depreciation.
Conceivably, there are three methods by which the
values of buildings and equipment might be figured,
the forced sale value, the operating worth, and the
cost of replacement. Many a long-winded discussion
XII. Fixed Charges
What to do with fixed charges has been a per-
plexing question for many a shop executive.
Here the author tells what expenses constitute
fixed charges and explains how to allot to each
department its fair share of the total.
(Part XI appeared in the Oct. 28 issue.)
has taken place as to which of the three was proper.
Fortunately, the Treasury Department has given us a
ruling which takes this question out of the realm of
argument. Buildings and equipment acquired since
March 1, 1913, shall be depreciated on their cost.
Equipment and buildings acquired prior to March 1,
1913, shall be depreciated on their fair value as of
that date.
Another question which has caused a great deal of
discussion is the rate of depreciation to be used. The
principal cause of disagreement has come from an
attempt to use a blanket rate to cover all of the build-
ings and equipment of a
plant. A little clear thought
should show that this is
ridiculous. The type of
construction of the build-
ing settles the rate at which
it should be depreciated.
To be exact, this requires
the opinion of a capable
engineer. A fair average,,
however, for the type of
buildings ordinarily used
by machine shops is 3J per cent per year. !Pach ma-
chine should be studied in order to arrive at the
correct rate of depreciation for it. Mere length of
life is not the sole test. Possibility of obsolescence
must also be considered. For instance, it is generally
true that a drop hammer takes a slightly higher rate
of depreciation than a drill press. An automatic
machine, however, will have a much higher rate than
either of the others, not due so much to greater wear
and tear on the automatic as to the fact that new ideas
in automatic machinery are being developed rapidly
and there is much greater chance of the automatic
becoming obsolete.
Because it is desirable to determine the depreciation
for each individual item, it is well to record all equip-
ment on some form of record. This may be either
a book with a page for each machine and building or
a card record. In Fig. 58 is shown a card form of
equipment register which has been found to be simple
to keep and effective. The sum of the total costs
shown by all the cards should of course agree with the
total of the asset account on the general ledger of the
group to which it belongs.
For the shop which we are considering, the deprecia-
tion on machinery figures out to $27,389.12; for jigs,.
tools and fixtures, $14,129.82; for automobiles,
$1,815.10; for the office, $12,000. The total deprecia-
tion on the buildings at the rate of 3i per cent a year
gives a money value of $15,833.69.
890
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
EQUIPMENT REGISTER
w>'t. tt-J'Oe ii '6
^fa>n)im_Sing/a Head Mi/t. D»L_*////
Biiin ii-
Ut In ' JH I-
- I«i»iiili>l.s 93 JL
lin tSr Witl J4 «. r. «.- to U»}t^/i/lS^_UiM\ ///e//s
P».frfc«
FttliM t c»;i.
9 30 00
hit Mm. la. Ill, 1120 S
46SJL
Ei1 tint hill
/OO-BL
p 00
ZS 0 t
FIG. 58. EQUIPMENT REGISTER CARD
Let us say that the taxes, not including the Federal
Income Tax, amount to $2,200; the insurance to
$3,000, giving a total yearly fixed charge, including
depreciation, of $65,567.73.
Each month we must charge into our expense of
doing business one-twelfth of the ■ total of this fixed
charge. We now want to determine how this monthly
charge of $5,463.97 finds its way into the product. This
cannot be done correctly by spreading it over the entire
output.
Apportioning of Fixed Charges
So that each department and, ultimately, each unit
of output will carry its correct share of these fixed
charges on the building itself can most fairly be
distributed to each department in the ratio which the
floor space occupied by the department bears to the
total floor space of the plant.
We therefore set up Fig. 59 in two parts. At the
left is a list of the various departments of the plant.
Immediately to the right of this column is the calcula-
tion for each item of fixed charge which is a charge
on the building and may therefore be distributed on the
square-foot basis. The next section of the fixed charge
sheet comprises the calculations of the various items
of fixed charges caused by the equipment and which
is distributed in the ratio which the equipment in a
department bears to the total equipment of the plant.
This makes it necessary to determine how much of
our taxes, insurance and depreciation is incurred
because of the buildings and how much because of the
equipment. Equipment, we may say, includes not only
machinery but jigs, tools, fixtures and furniture.
The plant register of which we have already spoken,
shows a total valuation of buildings and equipment of
$822,823.68, of which $452,391.67 is the value of the
buildings. This is approximately 55 per cent of the
total value. Now, the total taxes on the entire business
were $2,200. Therefore, 55 per cent of it, or $1,221,
are taxes on the buildings, and $979 on the equipment.
Of the $3,000 insurance, we find in a similar way that
55 per cent or $1,650 is insurance on buildings and the
rest, $1,350, is insurance on equipment. It should be
apparent that distributing these two items of the fixed
charge on the basis of value is entirely logical for both
taxes and insurance depend upon value.
riXKD CHARSB SHEET
DISTRIBUTCO ON FLOOR &PACt OCCUPICD
DtPARTMtNTS
FLOOR
5f»Ct
OCCUPIU?
PERCENT
FUMR
smcE
TO TOTAL
snunrn taxes
DISTRIBUTLD ON MACHINC VALUC
MONTHLY CMARat
mtcocr
BfMmioir
WUCTO
TOLWX
!_4D ma 00
e9X i960
jggri^K
.J&S
UZZI
«:
ism g
6?
V
197 ft
Office
?L
l6SI}i
e9i3
SdS-
zs
_a£a
Tool Room
7100%
•i 30
760 0k
.JB
1800/
m
ZSbiii
4T>a
SJa%
_£sa
Geneml Fuctory J3S9O0C 9^!6 4I90S
17350
90
ssaid
?46ii
WliS
442 19
II4Z7 il
i6<)S
3
190 It 157 m
317 93
575 Ji
Planer
27143
JSL'L
49U7i jaia
13 9i
414 %
ftalishini^
9047 Si
PC 17Z5
!S
296K
zs
S.&
31 V
_<!£»
_SJ2^
.JL
Lit in
HanJenin^
16000 OC 12
54237 00
X 14120
6023
S46CX S02B
.Mm
SMS
AssemMint^
00 8I4SC50
m5o_
OC sees 00
1052 OC
X 5902 01
44 fix 32517
27 7S
Shippi"'?
12000 OC 3
ms.
% 132
II575
oa
2342
9C
.4L
4S 3S09X
JUti.
jm^
JSS.%
JS.%
Sellin<;
2100 00 /
iL 6i3He
a IZa 23/0
261
«
S
&S,
\/500oe
o4 /mot. 452391 eX /5S3ifi
1650 o\ 37041,
W
BT^Od^
6036ATH 2200(XA 3tX)C0C 65567 7) 5030 H /S3\}Sl 250 m S*S3V1
FIG. 59. FIXED CHARGE SHEET
charges, we set up the fixed charge sheet. Fig. 59.
Since our entire business is divided into departments,
it is apparent that the fixed charges for buildings and
machinery can be distributed among all departments.
The fixed charges dependent upon the machinery in any
department can be measured by the ratio which the
value of the machinery in any department bears to the
total value of machinery in the plant. The fixed
TOTAL CHAfWe
MONTHLY CHABGL^OsisJoynwItntry)
WflchDeft
4X534
04
MocnDspl
.r-,v
!7
aiKtfDeft
/SS33
m
BIfli; Orel
/3/i
f;
Total Def*.
60367
7f
Mf(5.D<ii
50^
6i
MochTaxes
179
If'
VlacllDer
fil
w
Bli*}.Tii>tes
1221
ly.
BldaDepI
/O/
n
Tbtn! Taxes
2200
f»7
Mfij.tjcf.
as
f<
MKh.ln9.
/350
01.
MocKDect
112
Si
Blck). Ins.
1650
ot,
BMa Dect.
/37
%
Total Ins.
fQOC
»
Mr,4
250
X
TOTAL
65567
2
546.
J:
^^^^
-
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
891
We must now divide the fixed charges of the build-
ings which we have just determined in lump sums
among the various departments. The sums we have
arrived at are therefore entered at the foot of the col-
umns under building depreciation, building taxes and
building insurance. These, as we have seen, are to
be divided among the various departments in the ratio
which the departmental area bears to the total area
of the plant. This is obviously done by measuring the
area of the departments, either in the plant itself or
on a scale drawing if that is available. At this point,
it is well to bring in a check on the accuracy of the
figures and see that the sum of the departmental areas
as measured equals the total area of the plant.
We have now distributed the fixed charges on the
buildings to the various departments. The next step is
to distribute those charges which are incurred on the
equipment. We have seen that the logical way to make
this distribution of insurance and taxes is on the basis
of the amount of equipment in each department. We
therefore add up all of the equipment listed on the
plant register in order to get the total for the plant.
For the shop which we are considering, the total of
this amount is $370,431.99. We now determine the
exact amount of equipment in each department and
calculate what per cent of the total equipment each
department contains. In the case of the office, for
instance, we find that it contains $12,189.19 worth of
equipment which is 3.29 per cent of the total.
This department will therefore bear 3.29 per cent
of the total fixed charges on equipment, which will
amount to $32.21 for taxes and $44.42 for insurance.
The depreciation on equipment is calculated from the
Equipment Register cards. As the rate for depart-
ments and even different machines in a department
will vary, the final figure for each department is the
aggregate of the individual figures shown on the
register cards. The total equipment depreciation for
the plant is, therefore, the sum of the individual depre-
ciation figures, instead of, as in the case of taxes and
insurance, being a known total divided upon a per-
centage basis.
In the lower right-hand corner of the fixed charge
sheet we gather together the total depreciation, total
taxes and total insurance on a monthly basis in order
to prove that we are absorbing, each month, into our
departmental expense, the amounts which have been set
up on the fixed charge sheet. This also serves as a
memorandum on which the cost department makes up
the proper journal entries which they give each month
to the accounting department.
In practice, it is well to revise the fixed charge sheet
about every six months so as to be able to make proper
corrections for equipment which has been transferred
from department to department and to take care of the
installation of new machinery. This is made easy when
a plant equipment record, such as has been mentioned,
is used. Care put on keeping the plant equipment
record up to date will be very well repaid in arriving
at actual cost figures. Sometimes, of course, no changes
in equipment have been made, in which event it is
unnecessary to revise the fixed charge sheet.
Automotive Engineering Standardization
and Progress
By COKER F. CLARKSON
General Manager, Society of Automotive Engrlneers
STANDARDIZATION is the codification of the best
consensus of opinion as to what should be specified
for those items of materials and dimensions which
it is clear can be reduced advantageously to common
practice. The purpose is, of course, to improve the con-
ditions of manufacture and operation. The draftsman's
time is saved and made more efficient. There is estab-
lished a very helpful esprit de corps as to what can and
shoud be done in the way of standardization. The stock-
ing of materials and many component parts of sub-
assemblies becomes possible, time being again saved.
The product is improved in quality both as a whole and
in detail. Price always tends to become relatively less.
The user can maintain the apparatus he has bought more
economically as to time and in a pecuniary way. He
gains increased knowledge of and confidence in the
manufacturer's product by finding therein detail features
of construction which are generally known and accepted
as good. This is akin to one of the most potent princi-
ples of advertising; a feeling of plausibility and pro-
priety is engendered through the effect of general pub-
licity. Common knowledge of this sort is beneficial in
all effective commercial operations.
The world would be in a more deplorable state if it
did not have a great mass of what are standards in
varying degree, although these are not generally appre-
•Addresa at National Gas Engine Association Meeting.
ciated to be standards in the sense that we are consider-
ing them. Among such standards are sizes of wearing
apparel and of numberless other commodities that
readily come to mind. These are not necessarily stand-
ards of a high degree of accuracy, such as standards of
units of measurement, time and quantity.
One troublesome misconception of the standards we
are discussing is that they are mandatory. Another is
that they are manifestos of finality like standards of
weight or measure. An automotive engineering stand-
ard is a thing that is considered, by men well qualified
to judge, good or best for the great bulk of the manu-
facture in our field, in order to facilitate quantity pro-
duction in the way I have indicated. The Society of
Automotive Engineers has no way of enforcing the use
of its standards except in so far as their merit is
weighty. This is as it should be, and for a like reason
the S. A. E. standards work has been successful. It has
been demonstrated over a period of years that most of
the standards can be reduced to practice by the great
majority of manufacturers with marked benefit to them-
selves, as well as their customers, in fact in all cases
where the production is not really special, inherently, or
on account of large substantially identical previous
production not incorporating the currently desirable
standards. The latter condition is almost inevitably a
matter of the relative importance of the past and the
future to the manufacturer.
892
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
The Society of Automotive Engineers is not commer-
cial in the sense that it can enforce its standards in an
arbitrary way. It is commercial in the sense that its
standards are of commercial value. The society can con-
duct its activities on a somewhat broader and less par-
tisan basis than a commercial organization can. A com-
mercial organization of manufacturers, proceeding as
such, without giving effect to engineering questions as
such, cannot on account of sales competitive reasons get
as good results in the formulation of engineering stand-
ards as an organization like the S. A. E. can. In more
than one instance the society has established standards
that have gone into general practice, after the represen-
tatives of the manufacturers directly concerned working
together, or failing to work together, had been unable
to establish them.
Standards should, of course, be canceled or revised
when necessary. They should not obviously be promul-
gated originally unless there is sufficient evidence to
assure their holding good for a properly long period of
time. But the whole system should be conducted flexibly
and not inflexibly.
The more or less chronic stock argument against
standardization is that it impedes individual and engi-
neering progress. This is the sort of argument that is
legion and perennial in almost every field of endeavor.
I believe that no fair-minded man would say that stand-
ardization had impeded the progress of the automobile
industry. There is every evidence that it has been one
of the main reasons for the quantity production in this
field, facilitating purchase of materials, improving qual-
ity and decreasing cost of maintenance. Quantity pro-
duction is clearly not possible without a great degree of
standardization of some kind, and the standardization
the &. A. E. has fostered has surely been most advan-
tageous to the great majority of manufacturers and
users in the automotive field. There is a very material
saving in the manufacturing cost per car. Screws, taps,
dies, spark-plugs, steels and many other materials and
parts can be bought at lower prices and for better deliv-
ery. The producing companies have saved a great deal
of money in lowered materials costs and in lessened pro-
duction complications. There is no doubt that the
standards and recommended practices of the Society of
Automotive Engineers have been of incalculable benefit
to the automotive industry at large. The cost to the
consumer of standard gages has been reduced greatly,
compared to what it was when gages were made specially
to meet customers' requirements. It is stated that 95
per cent of the lock-washers used in automobile fabrica-
tion and operation are S. A. E. standard. These are
merely examples of a widespread condition as to S. A. E.
standards and recommended practices.
A fundamental maxim of the S. A. E. has always been
not to endorse or condemn any proprietary article, nor
to endeavor to standardize any practice that would im-
pede progress in design. As a class the standards consist
of material and mounting-dimension specifications for
those things that are essential in the present types of
automotive apparatus. Incidentally it cannot be ignored
that the greatest successes have been attained in those
automotive fields in which the design of the articles pro-
duced has been most conventionalized, conspicuously in
the automobile field. Much conventionalization is essen-
tial in great commercial success with apparatus indi-
vidually operated by a large number of people in a me-
chanical way. The most advanced and efficient apparatus
cannot necessarily be operated by the average user. The
generally prevalent knowledge of the internal-combustion
engine is a principal reason for the success of the vast
amount of automotive apparatus in use. Intelligent
standardization cannot check but can only assist
such a condition. There is no trade advantage to any
single company in not participating in the establishment
and practice of rational standardization. Neither is
there any advantage in the way of design.
In England, recently, there was designed a simple and
inexpensive stationary engine for general purposes, such
as dynamo driving and farm work, and at the same
time to obtain the very high efficiency which had been
attained thitherto only in very costly engines, such as
those used for aircraft. It is stated that during a 100-
hr. run developing 6 hp., at less than 750 r.p.m. gov-
erned speed, the fuel consumption was a little over J pt.
per horsepower-hour, most engines of a similar size
consuming J pt. per horsepower-hour. It was figured
that with this type of engine the money saving per year
for fuel would be $65 per engine. The engine was single-
cylinder 4 x 6 in. The oil consumed was 0.012 pt. per
horsepower-hour. This performance is decidedly an
example of appealing engineering progress. The work of
the Society of Automotive Engineers in standardization,
research and other respects, has been and is primarily
such as to encourage such development, and not in the
least to impede it. The whole purpose of the society is
to bring about improvement in the entire automotive
field, increasing the efficiency of engines and power
transmitting devices.
The automotive world is one large growing family,
both nationally and internationally, and is making every
effort to further and make as effective as possible those
phases of efficient production of automotive apparatus
of great merit, in which the engineering fraternity takes
such a deep interest and which are so essential to the
nation industrially and economically. In worldwide
trade it is obvious that the maintenance of standardiza-
tion that will make possible the interchangeability of
many materials, parts and accessories, is economically
requisite.
Getting the Right Man Through the
"Help Wanted" Columns
By a. W. Forbbs
On page 611 of the American Machinist the article,
"Putting Punch Into 'Help Wanted' Ads," appears to
be only interested in the quantity of applicants. Quan-
tity may be of interest to some ; to others, quality is the
only consideration. The big fault that I find vdth
"Help Wanted" ads is the number of applicants it is
necessary to meet in order to select one.
In talking with a factory manager, I showed one of
the advertisements I was planning to use, and received
the reply, "It makes no difference what you say in the
advertisement. Anyone who is out of a job will apply
anyway." Perhaps this was an exaggeration, but the
results seemed to show that it was not.
The advertisement was a blind, but I received a good
number of letters in reply. Of these not one showed
that he had any of the qualifications called for; not one
did I consider worth a reply.
The question I am interested in is not how to put
punch into the advertisements. It is how to write the
advertisements so that those who are not qualified wilt
not apply.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
893
A Worth-While Training Department
By L. C. morrow
Assistant Managing Editor, American Machinist
Training departments, or vestibule schools, are
contributing to the machine industry the greater
portion of its skilled mechanics. To a marked
extent the quality of the mechanic depends upon
the instructio'n he receives. The worth-vihile
training department told of here is part of a large
machine-tool plant in Cincinnati. The depart-
ment is two years old, its methods have proved
to be practicable, and it is turning out efficient
young men for the plant.
THE American Tool Works Co., Cincinnati, is oper-
ating a training department which parallels the
"vestibule schools" of other plants. It was
organized about two years ago for the immediate pur-
pose of instructing the unskilled, whom the company
one 24-in. planer, one 2-ft. radial drilling machine, one
No. 2 universal milling machine, one speed lathe, one
tool grinding machine, one arbor press, one bench grind-
ing machine, three assembly benches and fourteen vises.
It has been the policy to choose heavy machines, so that
more than the run of small work usually allotted to a
school can be handled.
There are two kinds of students — exclusive of those
to be trained as salesmen and draftsmen — specialists
and apprentices. The specialist is a student who is to
go on a specialized job and stay there. He is given
instruction only on the machine which he is to operate,
or in the line of work he is to pursue. On the average,
this work requires about two weeks of instruction.
The apprentice is a young man who has signed an
agreement to learn the machinist's trade in the employ
of the company, his apprenticeship to extend over a
period of four years. The length of the initial stay of
FIG. 1. THE TRAINING DBPAHTMENT
found it necessary to take on for war work. However,
the organizers established the school with a foresight
of its present uses, which include the instruction of
several groups, viz.: the specialized worker, who will
operate a strictly production machine; the apprentice;
the embryo salesman; the young draftsman; and high
school and university co-operative students.
The training department, shown in Fig. 1, is on the
fifth, or top floor, thus obtaining the advantage of good
light. There are allotted to it 1,500 sq.ft. of floor space,
screened oflf from the remainder of the plant. Screening
definitely bounds the working home of the student,
and keeps away from him the merely curious, the too
willing volunteer assistants, and the meddlers.
The equipment of the training department is repre-
sentative of the plant. There are included one 14-in. x
6-ft. lathe, three 16-in. x 8-ft. lathes, two 28-in. shapers.
the apprentice in the training department is from one
month to six weeks. The instruction received and the
experience gained during this time fit him for machine-
shop work in general and especially for the work of the
first department to which he is to be sent. As oft?n as
he is changed from one department of the shop to
another, he will be sent back to the training department
for instruction in the new department. The course,
therefore, permits the apprentice to be instructed on all
machines and to work in all departments. Furthermore,
it permits the spreading out of his instruction over a
period of four years and the immediate application of
the instruction for each division of work.
After a month's trial in the training department the
apprentice receives a toolbox and tools as shown in
Fig. 2. These tools he uses as long as he is an appren-
tice. They become his personal property upon comple-
894
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
tion of his apprenticeship. They, and the one hundred
dollars paid him at the same time, set him right on his
feet just as he begins to travel alone. This tool equip-
ment means much to the boy who takes pride in tools
and who has to use them. But it means much more to
the boy who in addition is too poor to buy them. The
following is a list of the tools included in the set :
1— Toolbox, No. 10 Pilloid, oak finish
1 — 1-lb. ball peen hammer.
1 — ^No. 72 Starret thickness gage
1 — 1-in. Slocomb micrometer
1 — 2-in. Slocomb micrometer
1 — 6-in. perfect handle screwdriver
1 — 9-in. perfect handle screwdriver
1 — 12-in. perfect handle screwdriver
1 — 6-in. No. 61 Starret try square
1 — Center punch
1 — 3-in. outside spring caliper
1 — 3-in. inside spring caliper
1 — 6-in. outside spring caliper
1 — 6-in. inside spring caliper
seems that this method is especially well suited for
teaching vise work, as filing, scraping, hand tapping and
fitting require a great deal of demonstration as well as
practice. An assistant instructor, a competent mechanic,
is in charge of the vise department. Such units as belt
shifters, apron controls for motor driven lathes, lathe
turrets and relieving attachments are assembled. Burr-
ing is the first operation attempted. It is followed by
filing, fitting and assembling.
The first step in machine work is usually the hardest.
In this school it consists of learning the machine — what
it is for, how it is operated and how to oil it. About
the third day the student is started on machining some
simple part and from that on his advancement depends
directly upon his ability. Each and every piece sent to
the department is part of the run of work of the plant
and is to be used in assembly. The simple pieces include
collars, belt shifter parts and other pieces which require
straight turning.
FIG. 2. TOOLBOX AND TOOLS GIVEN TO APPRENTICE
1 — 6-in. hermaphrodite caliper
2 — Starret jack screws, No. 190, with attachment
1 — Parallel clamp, Starret, No. 161 C
1 — 12-in. combination square
1 — 8-in. Goes knife handle monkey wrench
3 — Assorted pin punches
1 — Pair 4-in. dividers
1 — No. 67 Starret improved scriber
1 — Adjustable hack saw frame
1 — Surface gage
1 — Depth gage
1 — Screw pitch gage
1 — Center gage
1 — 6-in. flexible scale
1 — Set P & W micrometer standards, 0.2 in. to 2 in.
Instruction
* The first day spent by the apprentice in the training
department is devoted to the study of decimals, as it is
found that the majority of them do not understand this
important subject. How to read the micrometer is
included in the lessons on decimals. Should half a day
prove insuflracient for this work, more time is devoted.
Instruction in vise or machine work is begun imme-
diately thereafter.
Vise work is taught partly by example. Two or three
good mechanics do their regular work in the training
department, acting as examples for the apprentices. It
At this stage the student either goes on, drops out or
is requested to drop out, as this has been determined
by the instructor in charge to be the time at which the
adaptability of the student has been tested.
Class instruction is given in shop work, but never in
general educational subjects. Such subjects are taught
in the Cincinnati public night schools, and since the ap-
prentice is obliged to attend the night schools according
to his agreement with the firm, it is not considered
necessary to duplicate this work. The boys are required
to take mathematics and mechanical drawing at
the night school. The class instruction is not according
to a prearranged schedule; the students are assembled
as occasion arises and given group instruction in the
various problems that present themselves.
Throughout the progress of the apprentice through
the shop and after he is finally placed in the shop the
instructor follows him up, working in conjunction with
the foreman of the department to see that he under-
stands his work and is doing it properly. This is a
valuable and noteworthy feature, inasmuch as it makes
possible a repositioning of the apprentice if he is found
not adaptable to the department first chosen. This
function of the instructor and the changing about of
the employee also apply to the specialized worker, who
has been instructed in the training department.
NovemDer 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
895
Another phase of the work done in the training de-
partment of the American Tool Works Co. is that of
instructing men who are to become salesmen. These men
are placed in the department under the supervision of
the instructor and the construction and operation of the
machines they are going to sell are taught them. After
completing this course of study they are sent to the
shop, where they are shifted about from department to
department according to their needs, with a fairly close
adherence to a prearranged schedule.
It has been found advisable to instruct girls who work
in the drafting room along certain practical lines such
as phraseology, nomenclature and function of the parts
going to make up the machines manufactured by the
plant. The time devoted to this is one-half hour on
alternate days and the work has very fittingly been
placed under the head of the training department. A
similar course is given to the younger male draftsmen.
ordinarily occur, and there is a consequent saving in
the cost of hiring and firing.
To further the work, and instill interest in and respect
for the trade, an apprentice club has been formed. It
is an organization of the apprentices^ under a set of
rules along parliamentary lines, which meets every other
week at the plant, for reading and discussion of papers
prepared by the apprentices themselves. They have
used such topics as "Safety First," "History of the
Machine-Tool Industry in Cincinnati" and "History of
the Lathe." It is obvious that the student must do some
excellent work in reading and investigating to prepare
on such subjects. His ability to face his fellow men in
argument and speech is developed and therefore so are
his self-respect and confidence. Visitors are frequently
allowed to address the club on pertinent topics. No
attempt is made in a social way except so far as the
method develops poise and self-respect.
FIG. 3. INSTRUCTORS AND APPRENTICES
During the two years of operation of the department
245 students have been enrolled and the majority
of them graduated on specialized work. Of these
40 were girls. The normal capacity of the training
department is twenty-five pupils; at present seventeen
are enrolled in the apprentice course. The system of
instructing students for one department for a short
time and then placing them in that department for
experience, later taking them back to the school, permits
a large enrollment with a comparatively light burden
on the school at any one time. The average age of the
students is 18 years and their schooling, on the average,
has taken them through the eighth grade. Fig. 3 shows
the present group of students.
The cost of hiring and firing a mechanic is well
known. This cost ordinarily applies to an apprentice
or an employee for specialized work just as it does to a
skilled worker. By the interposition of the training
department between the employment office and the shop,
about 35 per cent of the applicants sent to the training
department have been classed as not fitted or adaptable
and therefore eliminated. This is accomplished with
much less spoilage and loss of machine-time than would
The training department is approved and backed by
the shop. Ample evidence of the truth of this state-
ment is given by the success of the students when placed
in the shop.
The management is responsible for the school, and
explains the necessity for, and the value of it in the
following way:
There exists in the machine industry a shortage of
skilled mechanics, due largely to the natural growth of
the industry. This increase is due to a constantly
increasing and developing demand for materials which
only the machine industry can supply, of which plumbing
supplies and household labor saving devices afford two
very good examples. New shops are springing up, and
if successful, are growing. Along with this increase in
the demand for skilled mechanics there is no central pro-
ducer of them, and but comparatively few individul
producers, i.e., educators and trainers. So it is up to
the industry itself to make its mechanics. Nor should
this burden be entirely shouldered by a few large shops.
Each shop, no matter how small, owes it to the industry
to develop a quota of mechanics proportionate to its
requirements. The small shop can afford to allot a part
896
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20-
of the time of one or two machines and a smaller part
of the time of a good mechanic to this work. There is
offered by the small shop owner the argument that in all
probability his apprentice will quit him about as soon
as he is trained. Possibly. The small shop has then
but contributed to a cause to which it owes a contri-
bution. With all shops doing their rightful shares of
the same kind of production — that of skilled mechanics
— the small shop owner's chances of losing the man he
trained are decreased and his chances for replacing
him, if lost, are increased.
Among present-day and everyday problems are the
selection and procurement of machines, materials and
supplies. These are given careful consideration. The
selection and procurement of the human part of the
factory also receives consideration, but to a much
smaller degree and very frequently misdirected. Rather
than continually sort over goods on hand, much of which
has been already rejected, start with the raw material
and manufacture new goods — in other words train men
for the industry. As a corollary of this proposition it
should be borne in mind that foremen, necessary and
controlling factors that they are, are made, not bom,
and that the way to possess foremen who are modern,
in sympathy with present-day production methods and
not limited by early conceptions of what can and what
cannot be done, is to make them. A training department
which will make intelligent mechanics and eliminate the
poorer grade is serving the purpose of producing
foremen.
It is also the belief of the management that such a
training department should confine its efforts to those
lines which are to be directly applied to the shop, leav-
ing the so-called higher education to the day and night
public schools.
Valuable Features op the Training
Department
Not the least valuable feature of the American Tool
Works' training department is that nothing is done just
as practice. Everything made is bona fide production
goods and is used in the company's assembly. Premium
work is not attempted, as the object of the department
is to teach how to do work accurately rather than
rapidly. The speed is gained in the shop.
Another feature of merit, helpful to school and shop
alike, is the practice of the plant in sending to the train-
ing department the various odd jobs of maintenance and
repair. To call forth the exercise of thought and re-
sourcefulness of the student, there is no better work.
Of course its value to the shop lies in preventing inter-
ruptions of production for non-productive work.
A phase of the work of the training department which
adds to the value of the department is that of instruct-
ing high school and university co-operative students.
The high school course is of two years' duration and the
student, while at the shop, pursues a course in practical
shop practice in the training department which fits him
to take his place in some department of the plant. He
also signs an agreement and receives a tool box and
tools, although not of the same value as that of the
apprentice. Cincinnati University co-operative engi-
neering students as a rule begin their work in the plants
a few months before the beginning of the collegiate
year. At the American Tool Works* plant they are
given, during these few months, a course in the train-
ing department which acquaints them with the rudi-
ments of machine work, and no doubt is of noticeable
benefit to them in their later work.
The immediate benefits derived from a training de-
partment such as that described are many. Future
benefits can only be guessed at. They will lie in a finan-
cial gain due to more efficient workers, and in the virtue
and influence of high-class training department gradu-
ates who have grown up with a spirit of loyalty and
co-operation.
A Suggestion in the Matter of
Designating Finishes
By Jack Homewood
There is great disadvantage in having work done in
an outside shop where it is not convenient to give a
few personal instructions, such as finishes, fits, and
other details, in addition to the information imparted
by the blueprint. Can we not make the blueprint more
"human" so that it will become more nearly automatic
in its instructions to the craft in general by the incor-
poration of a set of standard symbols?
The ordinary run of workmen do not seem to be able
to discriminate in the matter of finishes required on a
job. Some men will decorate a job with elaborate
finishes and some go so far as to mottle it in spots.
It may look very nice to the eye but when such finish
is unnecessary it is hard on the pocketbook of the man
that has to pay for it.
other men are just the opposite; they will not use
their heads in putting on a finish. They may be over
anxious to get the job off of their hands, but there is a
little touch of carelessness in not going far enough. A
foreman has enough to do without being obliged to
attend to every little detail pertaining to the work;
he shouldn't have to take a job back to a man and tell
him to take a burr off here and there, and he shouldn't
be subjected to a "calling down" from the man higher
up owing to the elaborateness of one of his men when
he was too busy himself with other work to watch the
man. He shouldn't be compelled to go to the man after
the thing is done and "bawl him out" for his folly.
Some men do not use their brains when it comes to
finishes ; why depend on them to do so (at the employer's
expense) when it can be avoided? We could have a
system of symbols that the mechanics could accustom
themselves to, just as they do the decimal equivalents. -
It could be on the order of the following :
FINISHES
(a) Rough casting finish. Burrs and sand removed.
(b) Ground to a finish so as to not injure the hands.
(c) Rougli machine finish to have a plane surface.
(d) Broad nose tool finish.
(e) Filed finish.
(f) Scraped finish, several grades: (1), (2), (3).
(g) Mottled finish.
(h) Rougli steel finish, scale not removed.
(i) Machine ground finish.
(j) Whatever finish is left after hardening.
(k) Lapped.
(1) Highly polished.
FITS
(m) Running fit.
(n) Rifle fit. to push through by wringing.
(o) Sloppy fit
(p) Press fit.
(q) Hydraulic fit (specify tons),
(r) Shrink fit (specify amount).
HARDNESS
(s) Very hard (plug gages, etc.).
(t) Cutting hard (for a cutting tool),
(u) Chipping hard (for chisels, sets, etc.)
(v) Spring temper.
The above may look to some like red tape with corru-
gated edges but the trouble to be overcome is real and
this is at least a suggestion for a remedy.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
897
Contracts With Labor Unions
By CHESLA C; SHERLOCK
During these turbulent labor times an article of
this nature carries a wealth of enlightening
information. Just what the law covers, with
regard to disputes between employers and labor
unions, is clearly defined.
NO PHASE of the present industrial situation is as
timely or interesting as a discussion of contracts
with labor unions and the legal points involved.
Trades unions are of comparatively recent origin.
They were unknown at common law and just what the
courts of those days might have said in connection with
the subject is a matter of conjecture. The law has
always been reluctant to recognize any body of indi-
viduals more or less loosely associated together, having
an undefined interest in the enterprise for which they
are associated, assuming none of the liabilities of the
common purpose, as is always the case where individuals
mass together for a specific object but fail or refuse to
associate themselves in the manner prescribed by the
law itself.
Employers have come in recent years to the point
where they freely enter into contracts with the repre-
sentatives of trades unions, in respect to the hours of
work, working conditions, the amount of pajTnent and
such other matters as peculiarly aflfect the individual
member of the union.
The Contract
The contract, it will be noted, is entered into on the
one hand by the employer — an individual. He may be
merely a private individual, a partnership or a corpora-
tion. In either sense, he is an individual at law, for
from the earliest dawn of time the law has ever sought
"to deal with individuals and not with masses, in so far as
specific rights and obligations are concerned. Hence,
i;he use at law of the partnership and the corporate idea.
In the old days, under the common law and back under
the ancient law before the Romans gave us the modern
corporation, men could not contract together except as
individuals. The law could not recognize, in any sense,
a status where the individual responsibility of the indi-
vidual might in any way be obscured or lost sight of
when the day of performance of the covenant arrived.
And, indeed, the sole satisfaction which could be ob-
tained in a contract in those days was by its perform-
ance by each individual according to the letter thereof.
Shylock was entitled to his pound of flesh and he had a
right to it.
All this is interesting when we stop to think that the
•contracts which employers have been making with labor
unions have been outside this old conception of mass
contracts. In the case of the labor union, we have
representatives coming to the employer and signing a
contract with him on behalf of a number of individuals,
who are looked upon to perform their portion of the
agreement.
From an individual standpoint, the members of the
union are not bound to do anything absolutely. The
employer may contract with a union representative
having in mind that he is to have the service of the
members now in his employ. But these members can
quit work tomorrow if the spirit so moves them, and
less competent and less faithful members substituted in
their place.
On the other hand, suppose that the union represen-
tative makes an agreement that is distasteful to the
individual members. Can the employer force the indi-
vidual members to live up to the agreement made by
their representative? If, at law, he has this technical
right, just what can he do to enforce it? Especially, in
view of the facts we have set out a few paragraphs
above concerning the inability to reach the individual
where an agreement has been made with an irrespon-
sible mass.
And, again, suppose that the contract is highly satis-
factory to the individual workmen members of the
union, but that a change in circumstances makes it
highly burdensome upon the employer. Can he refuse
to perform his share of the agreement without laying
himself liable to individual actions for damages insti-
tuted by his employees who are members of the union?
These are only a few of the questions which ^rise in
connection with the contracts which employers are mak-
ing with the representatives of trades unions. It marks
a new departure in the law of contracts, and a new
feeling on the part of the courts, doubtless dictated by
that poor maker of laws, expediency.
These considerations kept in mind will serve a very
useful purpose as we examine the trend of the decisions
and see just what the thought of the respective authori-
ties has been in the past.
Some Legal Decisions on This Question
The Kentucky court, in considering a contract where
the individual employees were seeking to bring actions
against their employer because he had broken the con-
tract entered into with their union representatives, said :
"A labor union, in contracting with an employer with
respect to wages and conditions of service for a specified
period of time, does not establish contracts between its
individual members and the employer, a breach of which
will sustain actions by the individuals."
In Missouri, it was held that a miners' union as an
organization cannot make a contract for its individual
members in respect to the performance of work and the
payment for it. It is, however, conceded that a labor
organization may have rules requiring an employer to
designate certain pay days, and, in such case, the em-
ployer of a member of the organization who agrees that
the employee is to be paid on the designated pay days
as established by these rules, thereby makes the contract
or rules fix the time of payment. But this is upon the
theory that the individual so contracts, and not upon
account of his being a member of the organization
which has undertaken to contract for him. And a con-
tract on the part of an individual that he will perform
certain work under the rules of an organization is not
to be inferred from the simple fact that he is a member
thereof.
"Persons work for themselves and are free and inde-
pendent, and agreements improving conditions can only
898
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
be enforced when the entire proposition has been stated
and by them freely accepted. Hence, where there is no
express agreement between the employer and the em-
ployee as to the performance of the work involved in the
contract, or the time of payment therefor, the law by
implication and not by contract between the employer
and the labor organization of which the employee is a
member, fixes the status of the parties in respect to such
work, and when the consideration becomes due and
payable."
This view of the matter is consistent with the attitude
which the courts have taken from time immemorial in
regard to contracts of this nature. It denies the right
of a union to enter into agreements which will be bind-
ing upon its members as individuals, and the only way
in which the employer can be held to maintain certain
pay days is by implication and not in any sense by
reason of contract.
A New York Case
In New York, the court said: "A contract between
an employer of labor and a labor union, by which the
employer agrees not to employ non-union labor is valid
where it results in financial benefit to the employer and
disposes of differences between the employer and a labor
organization, provided the agreement is not entered
into for the malicious purpose of injuring the non-union
employees of such employer, and without the object of
compelling such employees to join the union, and no
pressure so imperative as to amount to compulsion is
exerted upon the employer with regard to the discharge
of non-union employees, and there is no conspiracy to
compel the latter to join the union, or solely to injure
them in their employment."
It can be seen very readily that if the oflScers of a
union enter into a contract with an employer with re-
spect to the employment of none but union workmen,
and that if they are actuated by the motives usually
credited to them, the contract would not be valid or
enforceable in the courts.
It must be kept in mind, however, that this decision
rests upon the fact that the employer, at the time of the
making of the agreement, had in his employ a number
of non-union workmen. A different situation might
arise in a shop where all the workers were members of
the union, or where the employer was engaging a new
force entirely, as where a new concern might just be
commencing business.
In fact, in another case involving the different set of
facts mentioned, the New York court has said: "A
contract by an employer to employ union labor exclu-
sively is valid, at least where the restraint imposed is
not unreasonable in view of the surrounding facts and
circumstances. Thus, it has been held that a contract
by an employer of labor by which he binds himself to
employ, and to retain in his employ, only members in
good standing of a single labor union, is consonant with
public policy and therefore enforceable."
The Spirit of Contracts
It is fundamental in the law of contracts, that no
agreement which is grounded in malice, or which seeks,
by the use of force, coercion, compulsion or intimidation,
to secure some sort of advantage to any of the parties,
can be valid. Labor unions cannot, in making such a
contract and in driving out non-union workmen, still
expect to enjoy the advantages they obtain under such
contract by enforcing it, if they have resorted to any of
the means not tolerated by the law in obtaining it in the
first instance.
The mere fact, however, that an employer enters into
such an agreement and that it will injure others, is not
sufficient to invalidate the agreement, if it is faultless
in other particulars.
The Federal court has said: "... a laborer, as
well as a builder, trader, or manufactui:er, has the right
to conduct his affairs in any lawful manner, even
though he may thereby injure others. So, several labor-
ers and builders may combine for mutual advantage,
and, so long as the motive is not malicious, the object
not unlawful nor oppressive, and the means neither
deceitful nor fraudulent, the result is not a conspiracy,
although it may necessarily work injury to other per-
sons. The damage to such persons may be serious — it
may even extend to their ruin — but, if it is inflicted by
a combination in the legitimate pursuit of its own
affairs, it is damnum absque injuria (injury without
liability). The damage is present but the unlawful
object is absent. And so the essential question must
always be whether the object of a combination is to do
harm to others, or to exercise the rights of the parties
for their own benefit."
The courts, then, care not so much about the object
accomplished as they do about the motive. The object
may be apparently harmless or at least not out of the
ordinary, but if the motive is malicious or unlawful,
it will not condone the agreement, however beneficial or
harmless the result lUay be. In fact, this is the identical
principle underlying combination agreements as applied
to business generally. The cornerstone of the trust
laws is none the less greater than this very principle.
In fact, this identical expression is the very root of the
anti-trust theory and of the statutes and decisions
handed down on the subject.
Combinations Allowed by Law
Men may combine, but they must be honest and lawful
in their intentions and in the measures which they take
to bring about the ultimate object they have in view.
This is no harsh dictum applying to labor unions and
the agreements they make alone; it applies to every
business man just as forcibly.
In another case, the Federal court has said: "The
inherent right of the individual laborer to sell his labor,
which is his property, in any lawful manner or pursuit,
and upon such terms and conditions as he may himself
determine to be for his personal best interests, must be
upheld by the law just as fully and freely regardless of
these union organizations, as it is upheld in all the other
relations of our civic life."
No organization, no association, no corporation, no
union, can be higher or mightier than the individual in
the eye of the law. The courts have ever sought to
preserve the individual integrity of each person, no
more so than in the law of contracts.
An examination of this point under the law convinces
us that an agreement between an employer and a labor
union which is absolutely valid and binding, as we find
contracts made under other conditions, is a very rare
thing. It is not an impossibility, by any means, but it
is seemingly improbable, even in those states or juris-
dictions where the courts say such agreements "may"
be recognized. Some states, as we have noted, consider
them invalid from the very beginning.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
899
Derivation of a Formula to Determine Number
of Teeth in Contact of Two Meshing Gears
By a. B. cox
1. Ib(
The atcthor derives^ formula by which may be
determined the number of teeth in contact of two
meshing gears and gives graphic representations
of the results of the application of this formula.
He also specifies the disadvantages of the length
of addend 'im of standard gears.
IF IT be assumed that the teeth of a pair of gears in
mesh with each other are so accurately cut that all the
teeth which theoretically should be in contact are
actually in contact, this number can easily be calculated.
The numbers of teeth in contact with gears of any ratio
and any numbers of teeth can be calculated and plotted
in curve form from which certain conclusions of practi-
cal value may be drawn.
The following symbols are used throughout this
treatise :
P =-■ diametral pitch.
Pc = circular pitch.
0 = angle of line of action (degree of involute) .
n = number of teeth in pinion.
N = number of teeth in gear.
r = pitch radius of pinion.
K = n i- N
X =■- co-ordinate of point of intersection of line of
action with outside diameter of pinion with
center of pinion as origin.
Lp = length of line of action intercepted by line of
centers and outside diameter of pinion.
Lg r= length of line of action intercepted by line of
centers and outside diameter of gear.
L, = length of line of action intercepted by line of
centers and top of tooth of rack.
Lt = L„ -\- Lg, or Lp -\- Lr
Mp = Lp ~ Pc cos 0
Mg ^ Lg ~ Pc COS 0
M, =^ L, ~ Pc COS 0
Mt = total number of teeth in contact in a meshing
gear and pinion = Jlf p -(- Mg, or Mp + Mr.
Referring to Fig. 1, it is seen that the tooth contacts
are made only on the line of action, and that the dis-
tance measured on the line of action from a point on
one tooth to a corresponding point on the next tooth
is Pc cos 0. To And the total number of teeth Mr in
contact it is therefore only necessary to find the total
length Lv of the line of action and divide it by Pc cos 0.
The integral part of this number Mr indicates the
minimum number of teeth that will always be in con-
tact (in this case two) and the decimal part of the
number indicates the relative length of time the addi-
tional tooth will be in contact. In solving this problem
it has been found more convenient to find the number
of teeth in contact Mp for the pinion only and add to
this the number of teeth in contact Mr or Mg, for the
rack or gear, i.e., Mt = Mr or Mg -\- Mp.
The derivation of the formula for Mp is as follows:
X' + j/' = (r + i)\
X' + y'=-$<.ri + 2)'
which is the equation of the outside diameter of the
pinion.
y' T= {X tan 0 + '■)'
which is the equation of the line of action.
a;'+ (.rtan0 + r)' =^An + 2)'
x^ + X- tan'' <t> + 2xr tan <t> + r' =
(n^r^ -f 4nr2 + ^r^)
nV(l + tan 0) + 2xrn' tan 0 -\- nV = n'r' + 4nr + 4r*
kV sec" 0 -\- 2xrn^ tan 0 — Ar'i_n -\- 1)
0
_ - 2rw' tan 0 ± v'4n*r' tan' 4, + ISw'r' sec'»(n-f 1)
^ ~ 2n' sec' <t,
2n'r
sin 4, 2n'
cos <t> cos
2w'r I
zos<t> \
sin',;, +-,{n + l)
2n'
CO8'0
— r sin 0 cos 0 rt r cos 0 *( sin'^ + -^ (n + D-
Ln —
X
COS <i>
= r ( — sin (^ ± a| sin'<^ -\ — ^ (n + 1) ).
Pc =
Pc COS 0 =
M.
2jrr
n
luT COS 4,
n
Ln
" Pc COS 0 '.
-^ — (- sin </, i J sin' 4> + -, (nl+'J) ) . (1)
r r COS <t> \ \ ^ ' n' ' - '
2tc Mp cos 0 -\- n sin 0
= ^^\
sin'<^ -H -f (M -f 1),
Squaring,
4i:' Mp' cos' 0 + 4n MpU sin 0 cos 0 + n' sin' 0 =
n" sin' 0 -(- 4w + 4,
%' Mp' cos' 0 + TC Mpn sin 0 cos 0 — (w + 1) = 0,
1 -j'MZcos^^
^ irMp sin tt> cos 0 — 1'
When - = 0 (rack) , ji Mp sin 0 cos 0 — 1 = 0,
and Mp becomes, Mr
TT sm 0 cos <i>
(la)
(lb)
900
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
.-^
./.r-r
Y-Lra^"' I \Mpinfon -Mp-p^^
Lr
^<^
-7"^ ^rv,ck -Mr TfZSB?
^''^ \ I Total Number ofTeefh in Contact Mt-
l-P J^r t-T
\^r*Mp-p-^gp ^^ COSP'P^ COS?
\
V
iZ tooth Pinion
2 Pitch /i
Stanc/ard I4i Tooth
\
\
\
\ \\
\ i
\ -^1
\i
account of tooth interference. (See Artierican Machin-
ist, Vol. 53, page 707.)
The formula for number of teeth in contact on internal
gears is found by a method exactly similar to the above
to be
iV =
I* Mg* COS* « — 1
jr Mg sin 0 cos 0—1
(Ic)
The 1 to 1 ratio of internal gears of course has no
meaning except as showing the theoretical limit of
number of teeth in contact as the gear ratio approaches
unity.
Now, if for the sake of clearness we suppose a pair
of heavily loaded gears made of very elastic material.
FIG. 1. REFERENCE DRAWING FOR DERIVATION
OF FORMULA
FIG. 4. GEARS WITH TOTAL, NUMBER OF TEETH
IN CONTACT = 2
Using (la) as the form of equation , most convenient
for plotting, values of M for the 14J-deg. standard tooth
■were plotted against values of n, in Fig. 2. The curves
in Fig. 3 are easily obtained from Fig. 2 for any ratio
of gears by adding the number of teeth in contact Afp
on the pinion side of the line of centers to the number
of teeth in contact Ug on the gear side of the line of
centers, thus getting the total number of teeth in con-
tact for that particular ratio and number of teeth. For
example, with a 1 to 2 ratio of gears Mp for a 50-tooth
pinion is 1.075; Af„ for the gear which has, of course,
100 teeth is 1.175. The total number of teeth in con-
tact for this particular ratio and numbers of teeth
is therefore 2.250. This number indicates that there
will always be two teeth in contact and that one-fourth
of the time a third tooth will be in contact and sharing
the load. Those portions of the curves in Fig. 3 to
-the left of the dot and dash line cannot be used on
I
is
g
120-
S. IJ5
C 0)
O ru
1 .10
% Olios
lS>.E
S cDliOO
0.95
S 090
^
"■
^
^
^
y
y
/
f
/
/
f
/
/
1
Gears idi'Sfct.inx
/
/
■
L
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120
Number of Teeth.in_Pinion-or qear
150
180
FIG. 2. RELATION BETWEEN NUMBER OF TEETH IN
PINION OR GEAR AND Jfp OR Mg
such as soft India rubber, it will easily be seen that
when the load is carried by only two teeth these teeth
will be bent back, but that when the third tooth begins
to make contact they will immediately spring forward
on account of the lessened load each has to carry. This
means a continual vibration. Suppose we choose from
Fig. 3 such a number of teeth for the pinion that the
total number of teeth in contact . is a whole number.
For example, two gears with 35 and 35 teeth are shown
to have a total of two teeth in contact. A sketch.
Fig. 4, of this condition has been made. From this
sketch it is seen that just at the time the third tooth
is making contact the first tooth is leaving contact, so
that the load is carried on two teeth only — no more and
no less at any position of the gears relative to each
other.
3.1
3.0
..-2.9
f2.8
O
^2.7
c
£2.6
0)
tS'2.5
I 2.3
^2.2
-21
2.0
1.9
FIG. 3.
/
\
T
/
^
i
1
t
/
N
^'^
\
/
^
^
—J
^_
Ni^
t
\
4
"^^^^^^ -1 ,.._.,!
" 1 1
■^^
N
-h
775., -INTtLRNAk . '
^
-*
ij>
^^5^^
"-'^^^Z^
1 '
1
y
^^
1
1
^^
tf'
1 i
Gears Ui'Stct.
m
'^
'/
^^
/
'
\
50
100
150
Number of Teeth in Pinion
NUMBER OF TEETH IN CONTACT FOR GIVEN
RATIOS, 14i-DEG. STANDARD
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
901
27
Z&
Zb
^4
Zi
'izi
Qz.\
|2.0
'5 la
ll.7
E
J 1.6
1 1.5
U
\
'
\
\
Gears aei'SM.
A
,'\
^
V
\
)<
%^
^-^
mi RATIO INTCffN^I
ecAHS
1
^
^N/i
-J — ' — M — i — —
1 — '
=
1 —
—
I
k^'
'r^^f^^''^'
?s
1
U^''
/
^
0 10 20 iO 40 50 60 7D «0 90 100
Number of Teeth in Pinion
120
140
160
180
FIG. 5.
NUMBER OF TEETH IN CONTACT FOR GIVEN
RATIOS, 22i-DEG. STANDARD
FIG. 6,
30 40 50 60
Number of Teeth in Pinion
NUMBER OF TEETH IN CONTACT FOR GIVEN
RATIOS, 17-DEG. TOOTH
It is evident that the 14i-deg. standard tooth does
not lend itself to this design, and from Fig. 5 it is seen
that the 22J-deg. standard is no better. In Fig. 6 are
shown tooth contact curves for 17-deg. standard in-
volute gears. It is seen at once that two teeth in con-
tact can be obtained for any ratio of external gears by
simply choosing the proper numbers of teeth for pinion
0.S
^
^
/
y
/
r
/
/
of-
/
a foi Sfwharvl
Adde.
i^m
%
/
*/
, ,
1 —
,
0.2
7
^
^
^
■>>
^
/
^
/^
0.1
/
/
/
/
/
0
; 10
520 2S30 35 4O4S50 55 60Bb
FIG. 9. VALUES OF q, FORMULA (4) PLOTTED AGAINST
VALUES OF 0
zm
'
^
_,^
106
1 04
'■^
y'
^
-^
/
y
/^
|102
(31.00
^0.98
1^0S6
'5
^oat
.n
§092
Z
y
/
/
1
/
?/
/
1
■y
Adc^enc
^um-aiaz ^
s #
/
t2o.8«
0.86
OAl
0/1?
1
1
■
FIG. 7.
20 JO 40 50 60 70 60
N^jmber of Teeth in Pinion
NUMBER OF TEETH IN CONTACT, 20-DEG. STUB-
TOOTH GEARS, ADDENDUM = 0.182 P,
and gear. For a 1 to 2 ratio the pinion should have
49 teeth and the gear, of course, 98 teeth, this regard-
less of the center distance, or pitch.
For those who want only one tooth in contact, no
matter what degree of involute is chosen, this condi-
tion cannot be obtained with the standard length of
tooth. It can be obtained, however, in the following
manner.
The formula for non-interference of gears (see
American Machinist, Vol. 53, page 707) was derived
for standard -length teeth. If, now, the addendum be
expressed as a fraction "q" of the circular pitch the
interference formula takes the form
K =
4jrgn — 2w* sin^
FIG. 8. RACK AND PINION, 20-DEG. STUB-TOOTH GEARS.
ADDENDUM = 0.182 P.
n' sin»<^ — 4ir'g2
For the condition of rack and pinion K = 0 and
reduces to
_ 2ir9
"'~sin»,^'
The formula (la) becomes
_ Tg' — irM» cos'0
Mp sin <t> cos <t> — q'
(2)
(2)
(2a>
(3a>
902
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
■which is the general formula for the number of teeth
in contact with gear teeth of any length. As before,
when - = 0 (rack).
Mr-.
.Q
sm <t> cos <j,
Combining (2a) and (3a),
(3b)
Clearing,
2;rg _ TTg' — tM'. cos^0 ,
sin» (j) ~ Mp sin <t> cos <t> — q'
M,
2TtMpq sin 0 cos 0 — 2i:q' = icg' sin' 0 — ,
wMp' sin' 0 cos' 0,
Mp' sin' 0 cos' 0 + 2Mpq sin 0 cos 0 —
(2«' + q' sin' 0) = 0,
_ — 2g sin 0 cos <i>
~ 2 sin' 0 cos^ <j>
^ 1-^4g'sin'.»cos'.^ + 4 sin'' <i> cos' <» (2g' + q' sin' <»)
2 sin' ^ cos' 0 '
_ — q ^ q V S + sin' .»
~ sin 0 cos <>
.¥x = Mr + Mp,
g g g ]/ 3 + sin' (j.
sin (^ cos <i> sin 0 cos 1^ sin <t> cos <^
Mt sin 4, cos 0
When Mt = 1,
1 sin' <> + 3
sm <^ cos <^
^ " 1 sin',i> + 3'
(4)
(4a)
For 20-deg. stub tooth gears "q" works out to be
approximately 0.182. The tooth contact curves for this
value of q and a 20-deg. involute are shown in Fig. 7.
Fig. 8 shows a rack and pinion and the appearance of
the teeth.
In Fig. 9 the value of q in formula (4) has been
plotted again.st values of 0. In order to afford a com-
parison Fig. 10 has been drawn showing 10-deg. teeth
with addendum equal to one-tenth of the circular pitch.
In conclusion it would seem that standard gears have
a length of addendum which has the following dis-
advantages :
fa) Reduces efflciency and increases wear by extend-
ing the arc of approach and recess. (It is assumed to be
well known that the slipping of the teeth of the gear on
those of the pinion is greatest at these extreme points
and increases very rapidly with increase of angle of
approach and recess.)
^I-Tooth Pinion & f?ack.
S-Diamefra/ Pifcti.
AMenc^um -foxPc.
FIG. 10. RACK AND PINION, 10-DEG. TEETH, WITH
ADDENDUM = 0.10 P^
(b) Weakens the teeth by giving a longer leverage
for the driving force to act on the teeth.
(c) Causes vibration, periodically causing the number
of teeth in contact to vary.
What Is the Most Satisfactory Length of
Work Day?
By E. F. Creager
In these days manufacturers are wondering how they
can so arrange the schedule of working hours as to
meet prices quoted by competitors, satisfy working
forces, and get the best efforts of employees as well as
the fullest production from machine tools.
We hear the six-hour day, with a lunch period of not
less than one hour, advocated by one branch of work-
men; the six-hour day, five-day week (some say four
days), by the miners, and much other propaganda along
the same lines ; but I have seen no real analysis made.
Every thinking manager knows that conditions were
"changed by the war to an extent that precludes the
possibility of the present generation seeing a return to
the pre-war basis; and I do not believe that there are
many who really desire to see it.
One good result brought about by the present competi-
tion for help is the greater consideration given to
employees. Better light, cleaner shops, more intelligent
study and application of safety appliances, better sanita-
tion, lunch rooms, rest rooms, surgical and medical
attention, and many other improvements have been
introduced in an effort to render their working environ-
ment more attractive.
Now what is the most satisfactory working shift and
the best lunch hour period considering, of course, both
the men and women employees? We have heard it said
many times that "you can get out as much work in
nine hours as you do now in ten, if you make the
change." What is the actual experience of the readers
of American Machinist relative to this question?
Drug-Store Hours
The writer began his working life in the drug
business; opened the store at 6 a.m. and closed it
at 9 p.m. with Sunday hours and the privilege of
Wednesday evening and every other Sunday off. Since
that time in various professions he has seen the gradual
shortening of working hours ; always with the statement
that "just as much work can be done" in the shorter
period.
The general manager of a large American factory
told me that he knew of an English manufacturer who
had "by intensive methods reduced his working hours
from eleven to six with a slight increase in total pro-
duction." Yes, I thought the same thing you are
thinking; but he was my boss at the time and I did
not care to tell him so. And then he located the manu-
facturer in England, and England was at war at the
time and no passenger boats were running.
I have heard men rant about the nine-hour day; how
they had no time for rest or recreation and no time
with their family; yet I have known these same men
to leave the nine-hour shop working fifty hours per
week for one with the eight-hour basic day, working
ten hours regularly and five nights until ten o'clock and
nine hours on Sunday, with time and one-half for over-
time and double time for Sundays and holidays. Did
they weep over being away from the bosom, of their
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
903
families? Not on your life. They told you proudly
that they had "pulled down ninety-two bones last pay."
I believe that Saturday afternoon as a working period
is a thing of the past, except for rolling mills, furnaces,
etc., and also believe that the majority of the working
people really prefer the nine-hour day at a reasonsable
rate, to the eight-hour day at the same hourly rate. I
also believe that as much work can be produced in nine
hours in a well-organized factory as is now being pro-
duced in the average factory in ten hours.
In the reorganization of a large plant in the Middle
West, one of the first changes made was the re-
duction from fifty-six hours to fifty hours per week,
and while it was impossible to get exact figures on the
results, a large increase of production was shown and
more contented workers of a better grade were noted.
This plant, however, was in such shape at that time
that almost any change would be for the better.
Some years later, under a different management, a
new system of hours and shifts was proposed. A com-
mittee of factory executives was appointed to consider
and report the scheme, and, though they were unanimous
in their adverse opinion, the plan was ordered put into
■practice. It consisted of two 8-hour shifts, one begin-
ning at 6:45 a.m. and working through till 2:45 p.m.;
the second beginning at 3 p.m. and ending at 11 p.m.
for the men, and 10 p.m. for the women.
A Short Lunch Period
In each shift fifteen minutes was allowed for the
■eating of such lunch as the employees brought with
them — this lunch to be eaten at a certain time for all,
and at their place of work; either bench or machine.
No deduction was made from the employees' pay for
this time.
Those who desired to do so could take one hour, no
less, for lunch. This hour was deducted from their pay
and they were compelled to leave the factory for the
full period. While not so posted, it was generally under-
stood that those who took this hour for lunch would
shortly take a much longer time in the shape of a
"permanent vacation."
The advantages claimed by the management for the
scheme and the employees were: 1. 50 hours earning in
48 hours of work. 2. Additional time of liberty with-
out interruption of the regular sleeping period, since
the plan does not contemplate night work after 11 p.m.
3. Greater period of daylight, rest and recreation.
4. Greater opportunity for outdoor games and exercise.
5. Opportunity to work around the home. 6. More time
to spend with the family. 7. Daylight marketing and
shopping for both shifts.
You will note that items two to seven say the
same thing in different ways. The executive who wrote
the above was a member of the committee who reported
against the proposed plan and who became a victim of
the house-cleaning incident to its failure. The advan-
tages to the factory as claimed by the management
were: 1. Increased or double production possible on
same machine-tool equipment. 2. Decrease of overhead
owing to double production on same equipment. Actual
working of the shifts and hours brought up the following
points for and against it: Owing to the state laws
governing the working of females after ten p.m., they
were dismissed at that hour. They were paid for the
full time, so that their earnings were equal for the two
shifts. This earlier dismissal possessed the apparant
advantage of allowing them to get home an hour earlier
than the men, but since many of them had male members
of the family working there, or else came to work from
distant points in automobiles in groups, most of them
waited either through choice or necessity until the men
were dismissed. The shifts changed every two weeks,
the day force becoming the night force; this meant an
entire rearrangement of the habits and hours of the
employee at each change.
From the younger employees, when on the night shift,
came the objection that they could not go to the
"movies" or to see their girls. Those of maturer years
who had homes near enough to the factory to get home
for lunch in the usual one hour period and had become
more or less settled in their habits, complained that
they could not get their stomachs to conform to the
changing hours for food, and they also objected to
"cold lunches."
The disruption of family habits was another point
raised. Say the head of the family was working under
these conditions, another member of the family was
working under normal conditions, and there were child-
ren of school age; can not you who are men of family
easily imagine what the wife's opinion of these hours
would be?
The change of all rates to compensate for the two
hours less per week for the day workers together with
the smaller production increased the cost of the articles
made. Salaried employees receiving the same pay as for
the longer week constituted an additional expense not
in any way compensated for. Records of the produc-
tion of the late shift never showed more than the
usual rate of "night work."
Transportation a Cause of Complaint
Difficulties of transportation was another cause for
contention. Employees were drawn from a radius of
twenty miles, and while there was but little objection or
trouble in the summer time there was considerable
trouble during the winter months, particularly where
employees dismissed at 11 p.m. missed or were delayed
by the trolley service.
The system required double the amount of super-
vision and inspection force and there was a continual
"passing of the buck" from one shift to the other.
These latter points would of course apply to any form
of double shift.
An unexpected result of the "short hour" day was
disclosed when the company had some special rush work
to be done and the carpenters and plumbers or steam
fitters were needed for extra time. They said they
could not come as they could not get away from their
other jobs, and an investigation showed that all of the
carpenters and most of the steam fitters as well as a
number of other employees were "holding down"
other jobs.
Fifty hours' production in forty-eight hours was
attained by the piece workers only. The day workers
gave forty-eight hours' production and no more.
Observation did not show that they went to work one
minute earlier or worked one minute longer, one stroke
faster, or any harder than they did before.
After eight and one-half months the double shift was
discontinued with the usual loss of employees and all
the difficulties incident to such changes. They are now
working a nine and one-half-hour day and a fifty-five-
hour week with one-half hour for lunch. The machinists
and toolmakers recently protested the nine and one-half-
hour day and petitioned for an eight-hour day with time
904
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
and one-half for over time, which was allowed. Since
then a lunch period of one hour has also been allowed.
This is the history of one radical change of shifts which
was a failure. The experience gained from it shows
that the eight-hour work day was not considered an
economical one. Recently the manufacturers of Indian-
apolis, after having worked an eight-hour day for some
time, decided to return to the nine-hour day.
We do not find much objection, where night gangs
are a necessity, to their working ten to twelve hours
provided they do not work Saturday night, but the pro-
portion of men who will hire for night work is small
and usually a premium or higher hourly rate is paid
than is current for the same kind of work in the day
time; the grade or quality of workmen is lower, the
spoilage is greater, and the quantity and quality of
work is less.
There is a correct speed and feed for every operation
on a machine — "the critical speed" — is there not one for
labor? You pay for labor. Are you getting your money's
worth? What are you doing to find out? Do you know
what constitutes a "good day's work"? Do you know
your machine efficiency? Are you making any studies
of the operator's efficiency that will enable you to rate
him for what he is worth?
In one instance, by a time study of the operators'
eflSciency, the number of operatives was reduced thirty
per cent and more work was produced. The remaining
operators were paid in proportion to their per cent of
eflSciency, and they were satisfied to put out the extra
work. I do not think there is thought enough being
given to time study, particularly as applied to the
employee.
In some cases studies have been made and the
efficiency is known, but the operative is still receiving
the base rate for that class of work. We should find
out what is possible for a "first-class" worker, train him
to do a "first-class" day's work, divide the increased
profits with him, treat him as a "first-class" worker, and
save money on the pay roll.
Production of Boiler Flue Beading Tools
in Railway Tool Shops
By J. v. Hunter
Most railway tool shops have found that the boiler
tube beading tools made for use in the pneumatic ham-
mers of the boiler repair shops are expensive to main-
tain. They have to be carefully made and it almost
seems as though some inspectors required a needless
degree of accuracy in the shape and finish of the work-
ing portion of these tools. A gage used for checking
the shape of the working end of such a tool is shown
in Fig. 1.
The beading-tool forging shown in the same illus-
tration was made in a forging machine and it will be
noted that the forging operations have both formed
the beading end and necked down the shank to reduce
FIG. 2. TOOLS FOR FIRST MILLING OPERATION
the amount of stock to be removed in the subsequent
finishing operation. The finish on the working end or
these forgings is usually by filing and as this must
both fit the gage and at the same time have its edges
carefully rounded the rate of production is only about
four per hour.
The tools shown in Figs. 2 and 3 were exhibited by
W. H. Casson at the annual convention of the Amer-
ican Railway Tool Foremen's Association and represent
the method employed in his shop for finishing them.
The method requires only a lathe for the machining
operation and the models are photographed in the rel-
ative position that they will occupy when set up on
the machine. The rough-forged beading tool A, Fig..
2, is held in a special tool block on the lathe carriage,
and its previously turned shank is carried in the block
B held by the setscrew C; the whole being held down
by the screw D. The milling cutter E is threaded'
to screw on the nose of the lathe spindle and is knurled
on the periphery to facilitate its removal. This cutter
roughs out the notch for the bead and finishes off the
heel of the tool at F.
The second operation is performed by the hollow
milling cutter A, Fig. 3, which screws on the spindle
nose of the lathe. This mill is made with removable
cutter blades of high-speed steel that are ground on
their cutting face to a contour to match the portion B,
Fig. 1, of the gage. The small inside diameter of
this hollow mill produces the required radius heretofore
obtained by the slower process of filing. The round
nose on the tips of the blades finishes the notch B next
to the heel of the tool. Very little hand filing is required
to complete the work.
FIG. 1. FORGED BOILER FLUE BEADING TOOL AND GAGE
FIG. 3. HOLLOW MILL FOR FINISHING OPERATION
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
905
False Starters
By J. D. HACKETT
The narrow vieivpoint still existent in some
plants, that the duty of the employment office
ends immediately when the applicant is hired, is
undoubtedly responsible for much labor turnover.
This becomes apparent when a study is made of
some facts seldom referred to by the employment
manager and altogether unsuspected by the "man
higher up."
THE "False Starter" is one who has been tested,
selected and approved by the employment depart-
ment but has failed to get on the job. The false
starter is, of course, nothing new in industry but, as yet,
his mode and kind have hardly been observed, much less
considered. In some plants his existence is still unsus-
pected; in other places he is a recognized nuisance, while
in a select few places active steps are being taken for his
elimination.
In one of the Youngstown steel mills in 1916, it was
found that out of 16,326 men hired, 1,118 or 6.85 per
cent, failed to get on the job although they had gone
through the same procedure as all the others. During
the war there was a great increase of "shoppers" who,
after being selected, took a sharp observant look around
the plant and left without a trace. In a munition plant
during 1918, where 14,841 were hired, 2,521 or 17 per
cent failed to start at a time when the need for produc-
tion was particularly acute. But this loss still continues.
In a New York plant during 1919 where many young
women are employed, the "false starters" amounted to
12 per cent of the total hired and the figures this year
show averages as high as 20 per cent for single
months.
These figures prove that much of present employment
work is thereby wasted effort, and, until some construc-
tive measures are adopted, the loss is going to continue.
Solution of the problem presents some special diflScul-
ties because the applicant will continue to fade away
without giving anyone an opportunity of knowing the
real, specific, immediate cause. Even were such facts
ascertainable they would only disclose indirect or remote
approaches to a remedy.
Causes that Help to Make False Starters
The discoverable causes may be sought in the em-
ployment office or in the plant itself. The primary
causes are few and apparent, the secondary causes are
many and subtle. As long as the labor market is "short"
the difficulty of the "shopper" and consequently of the
"false starter" will remain to some degree.
Intrinsically the secondary causes are difficult to
ascertain. They lie wholly with the applicant, the em-
ployment office or with the foreman, apart from the
conditions of employment or the plant itself. These
• contributory causes may not be removable readily but
they can be mitigated if they are clearly recognized.
The remedy is usually within the sphere of influence of
the employment manager since he is in a position to
influence the attitude of his assistants and of the fore-
men and, often, their education in man handling, which
is an important factor.
The applicant, if he be a "shopper," is waiting to be
persuaded that the place is as good as can be found and
it is here that the employment office generally fails. The
interviewer seldom rises to the occasion, with the re-
sult that little real effort is put into the task of "selling"
the job. The applicant has usually some preconceived
and unfavorable notions about the plant that can easily
be dispelled if the interviewer goes to the trouble of
ascertaining what they are.
Applicants Want to Know About Employers
Not so long ago it was the exclusive privilege of the
employer to ascertain all he could about the applicant.
We have now arrived at the period when the applicant
requires to know something about the employer. Unless
his curiosity is satisfied, he will join the ranks of the
false starters.
The fact is that the hitherto shadowy "wage contract"
is now showing a distinct tendency to become less of a
one-sided affair than ever. It is a good thing for both
the applicant and the employer because, when conditions
are more clearly understood, there will be fewer false
starters and considerably less turnover.
Not many interviewers have thought out the tech-
nique of their jobs sufficiently to discover that there
are two distinct phases in the interview; the first, in
which he concentrates upon the discovery of reasons for
rejection, and the second, in which he seeks valid cause
for selection. The object of the former is to eliminate
the unsuitable at the earliest possible moment ; the idea
in the latter is just the opposite. It requires a certain
amount of "nerve," under present conditions, to adopt
this attitude but it avoids loss of time on both sides
and saves the credit of the employment department in
the shops. A sensible interviewer must satisfy himself
that the contract is mutually beneficial, otherwise it will
not be permanent or successful. If, for instance, the
applicant lives an hour's ride away from the plant and
has to pay two or three fares, he will not take up work
unless compensating circumstances exist and are care-
fully pointed out. The interviewer has a job to sell, the
applicant has a job to buy and the former wins if he is
a good salesman. Unless, however, wisdom has been
shown in placement and the bargain proves to be good
to the buyer the sale will not be permanent.
Courage Lost by Needless Delay
It is a mistaken notion that, because a man is out of a
job, he has plenty of time to waste. One is easily de-
ceived by the apparently placid appearance of the appli-
cant, but it is all on the surface. Within there may be
a burning desire to get any kind of work but this feel-
ing is disguised because it might interfere with the
applicant's prospects. Prolonged waiting often sours
the applicant who, illogically enough, loses courage just
at the time when his ambition is about to be realized.
There might be some excuse for delay in the employ-
ment office if there was an effort to make the applicant
comfortable in the waiting room, but, the contrary is
often the case and the applicant is thus thrown back on
his own melancholy reflections, which are bound to re-
act on his attitute toward the prospective work. Then,
when the time comes for taking the job he disappears.
906
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
Another contributory cause is in the casual treatment
applicants usually receive from the interviewer. The
job is indefinite, the wages are indefinite and the other
conditions, which may be of interest, are not even men-
tioned. The incipient worker is given a few incoherent,
verbal directions as to where to go, whom to see and
when to start. He knows, from previous experience,
unless he is a "floater" who enjoys such adventures, that
the first day's work at any job is the hardest because it
is filled with doubts and perplexities which no one seeks
to relieve.
Whether rational or otherwise some applicants dislike
physical examinations, particularly as no effort is made
to point out the possible benefit of such a procedure to
them. The brusk and bustling nurse is absorbed in her
own duties and has no interest in the troubled mind of
the applicant, and so he is gradually acquiring a case of
"cold feet," unrecognized in the medical department as a
s3TTiptom particularly dangerous for the future job.
Even after the whole procedure has been accomplished
some simple fact as yet unexplained may cause the ap-
plicant to decide that the job is not for him. Besides,
he has yet to make the acquaintance of the plant, the
foreman and the actual working place where he will be
expected to spend much of his waking hours for the
future. The connecting link between the employment
office and the working place is generally very weak if it
exists at all. The worker who would like to be on the
payroll is stumbling round the yard without knowing
exactly where to go. Since the above are only a few of
the contributory causes it will be understood that the
remedy for "false starters" must be comprehensive.
Primarily there must be a full realization of the
existence and size of the loss through carefully gathered
statistics. These will often indicate some obvious reme-
dies but, one of the first things, not apparent from any
statistical abstractions, is that the solution lies in the
application of teamwork, salesmanship and common
sense to the problem by all those who come in contact
with the applicant. This means that there must be
co-operation all along the line from the time the appli-
cant enters the employment office until the moment when
he is firmly planted at work. The interviewer, the
connecting link between him and the foreman, and the
foreman himself must all be alive to the situation and
this is only attained by the education of each in the
requirements of their respective duties toward the ap-
plicant.
A Chance foe Study
Systematization of the interview is an important step
provided it is designed to meet the issue. By this is
meant not a careful holding to routine but a studied
application of ordinary, common sense methods to the
problem and the improvement of technique in the pro-
cedure. This may or may not involve a knowledge of
human psychology, but it does involve careful organiza-
tion. If false starters are to be eliminated this, at least,
is essential.
The applicant's point of view regarding work and the
plant must be ascertained. The possible advantages of
the work to the applicant must be explained. Few em-
ployers, though they may have spent millions to adver-
tise their wares to the public, will not consider spending
a cent in advertising the plant to the prospective worker.
In the mind of the applicant the plant may have a repu-
tation to live down. It is the function of the inter-
viewer to dissect his point of view.
An important feature is to establish a specific con-
necting link between the employment ofiice and the job
itself. This may involve the creation of a trained mes-
senger service and a proper system of introduction
whereby the applicant is continually kept in hand until
he is put to work or provided with such literature and
information as will make him want to return in case he
does not start work immediately. In some plants a mov-
ing picture show, full of interest and information, is
provided for such as are about to work. The pictures
first show the sources of raw material, the small begin-
nings of the plant, the method of manufacture, the per-
sonnel, some safety lessons and health hints. Thus the.
monotony of waiting is relieved and the applicant is
prepared for his future career.
When the Pay Should Commence
It is obviously a good plan to get the new man to
work as soon as possible, but this is hardly essential if
interest has been aroused. Earl B. Morgan, of the
Curtis Publishing Co., writing recently upon this sub-
ject, finds it advisable to give the new employee a full
day's pay for the first day if he starts work as soon as
approved by the employment office. The cost is incon-
siderable in comparison with its influence in sweetening
up the new man's feelings. The percentage of false
starters is found to increase progressively with the
length of time which they have to wait before beginning
work, but, even there Mr. Morgan has succeeded in
having forty-nine girls report over Sunday out of a
possible fifty-one and the two delinquents sent messages
regretting their absence! That is a good performance
and it is accomplished by means of a re-interview
after the applicant has had a full opportunity of learn-
ing the best and the worst concerning the work about
to be undertaken.
The general appearance of a plant is not unimportant
by any means. Sloppy or dusty roads, a broken gate and
a dirty exterior must convey an impression of disorder
and unattractiveness within which cannot fail to affect
the desire of the worker. If, on the other hand, the
entrance has a well kept, prosperous look the inference
is naturally drawn that it must contain prosperous em-
ployees. "The employment manager will, therefore, do
well to see that the condition of the entrance and its
surroundings is kept as trim as possible. A little
gardening adds much to appearances and such small
details are not without their effect on the elimination of
the false starter.
England Investigating Her
Water-Power Resources
The British Government has begun an investigation into
the water power resources of the United Kingdom to de-
termine how far "white coal" may be relied upon to sup-
plement the nation's coal resources. Through its English
information service the Bankers Trust Co. of New York
is advised that special committees appointed by the British
Board of Trade and the Privy Council are at work on the
investigation.
Furthermore, an official water-power resources committee
has already examined and reported favorably upon nine
separate schemes of water-power development in the Scot-
tish Highlands. These nine schemes, it is estimated, would
yield an aggregate of 183,500 hp. at a cost much below the
present cost of generating power in Scotland by the use
of coal.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
907
Making a 52-In. Planer from a 36-In.
Machine
By Donald A. Hampson
In most manufacturing machine shops, the planer
work forms the basis, or foundation, for the product;
frames, bases, slides, special fittings — all have to go on
the planer first for machining the surfaces to which
other parts are attached and fitted.
There is shown in Figs. 1 and 2 a planer that was
put in without straining the factory's capital. A 52-in.
planer was needed to keep the planer work up with the
increasing orders as well as to keep down the cost of
the work, which was all plain cutting of the kind where
one man can easily attend to two or three machines.
{UK' IHlfiflfin^nH
ii'^Tr^
1
1
i«.i r
FIG. 1. REAR VIEW OP WIDENED PLANER
A 30- and a 42-in. machine had been in the shop a long
time but the great need was for a machine that would
handle the 51-in. castings that came along, as well as
the narrower ones made in larger quantities. A survey
of the field showed that there were no used machines of
this capacity with tables less than 14 ft. long — and the
shop's work never ran over 7 ft. in length. The extra
iloor space, the excess of power required to move the
big table, and the prices of nearly five figures put these
machines out of the question.
After it had been decided to get along without another
planer, a representative of the plant visited the ware-
house of one of the "Searchlight" advertisers to get
some milling machines. These had been inspected and
the representative was being taken to the shipping door
to see the dealer's railroad facilities, when he spied a
planer off in a dark corner. "That's a 36-in. machine,"
said the warehouse man, "she's all shot though, no good
for anything but stone work. You can buy that for
$700 as she stands, but it's too small for your work."
However, the representative took a good look and made
some measurements. He did some hard thinking going
over on the ferry to the office. The result was that he
got the planer "thrown in" with his millers for $500 —
and another $140 put it on the floor in his plant.
A study of Fig. 1 will show how the machine was
widened to 52 in. At the shop's hourly rate, it cost
$260 to do this work, including the refitting and the
putting in of new parts. Some parts of the machine
were "shot" — parts to replace those were bought from
the makers. Other parts, such as the V's, had plenty of
metal in them for replaning. The new parts cost $265
FIG. 2. FRONT VIEW OF WIDENED PLANER
delivered, and they included new gears and longer
shafts. Thus for $1,165 a very satisfactory machine
was delivered on the floor ready to belt up.
It will be noticed that the cross-rail elevating screws
are several inches inside the uprights and also that the
clamps for the rail are put inside of the housings instead
of outside; likewise that the rail, which was extra long
for a 36-in. machine, does not quite reach the outside of
the uprights in their new setting, though long enough
for 52 in. feed. All of these drawbacks were weighed
against the service to be required of the planer and it
was decided that they offered no serious hindrances and
that it would be worth while to save the cost of altering
to standard type. The work to be done on the machine
never ran over 4 in. in height, making it rather special
in character. Several months of service have justified
the saving in alteration expense.
908
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
The widened planer had a table of the same width as
the 42-in. machine already in the shop, so that the same
work and fixtures go on without any changes. Its
length of 7 ft. was admirably suited to the space and
needs of the shop. For the widest castings planed
brackets are used to support the overhanging ends and
v^enter. The forward brackets act also as posts, or
stops. This machine and the 42-in. planer are operated
by the same man. To save time and walking the planers
face in opposite directions, so that both controls are
near the operator.
Some one rises to remark that the best paying tools
are the most modern ones (and these are the highest
priced). This is generally true. But it is likewise true
that many concerns run their businesses without any too
much capital, when they come to pit it against present
day prices, and they must buy, if at all, within their
means. And again, there are jobs which may be tooled
up or arranged so that older machines in multiple will
do as much as the modern
machine in standard practice
— the man of limited means
must use his wits to beat
his pocketbook. And finally,
it is a known fact that count-
less machining operations
consist of cuts so light that
th'e power of the most up-to-
date machines cannot be
more than half utilized; for
such work the older tools
will answer just as well if
in good physical shape.
A Hob-Grinding
Attachment
By R. A. Wilson
The hob-grinding attach-
ment here described was de-
signed and built by the Auto-
car Co. for grinding hobs
with helical flutes, but it can,
of course, be used for grind-
ing hobs with straight flutes.
The attachment is shown in
Fig. 1 mounted on the table
of a Cincinnati universal cut-
ter and tool grinder. In Fig.
2, part A is the body of an
indexing head that carries
the center D, on which is
mounted the dividing plate
E and handle F. Keyed to
E is the gear G. The cast-
ing A houses also the rack
H meshing with gear G and
giving the center D a rotary
motion, which is in turn
transmitted to the arbor /
through the dog J.
Part B is an arm suitably
mounted on the saddle of the
machine and having a slot
milled throughout its length,
in which slides the block K
fastened on the end of the rack H. The angle to which
the arm B is set with the table determines the travel of
the rack H and the angular movement of the gear G,
the travel being zero when the arm is parallel with the
table. B is bored to receive the stud L that is tapped
into a boss in C, which, in turn, is bolted to the saddle
of the grinding machine. The arm B can be locked in
any position by the nut M.
To grind a hob, which is mounted on the mandrel /
between centers, the arm B is set to the angle required
to suit the helical angle of the flutes, the edge of B
at the pivoted end being graduated in degrees to facil-
itate this. The indexing handle F is adjusted to the
proper circle of holes on the indexing plate by loosen-
ing the nut N. It will be noticed that the handle is
slotted and fits over flats on the end of center D. The
handle F carries a spring plunger O which engages the
holes in the dividing plate E. The stops on the table
are next set to give the necessary travel, and the end
FIG. 2. DRAWING OF A HOB-GRINDING ATTACHMENT
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
909
IIOB-GKINUING ATTACHMENT
ON A CUTTER GRINDER
of the first flute is brought in line with the wheel.
Rotation of the hob while grinding is automatic, as the
reciprocating movement of the table causes the block K
to slide in the slot of the fixed arm B, thus moving
the rack back and forth and imparting a reciprocating
motion to the gear G. The motion is transmitted
through the indexing plate and handle to the hob. After
grinding one flute, the hob is indexed by hand to the
next, and the grinding continued.
Strength of Shafts and Beams
By John S. Watts
The size of a shaft necessary to carry a given load,
as a beam, with the load concentrated at the center
and supported at both ends in bearings, can be readily
determined by the use of the chart, Fig. 1.
Knowing the load and the centers of the bearings,
the size of shaft required can be read directly off the
chart .it the intersection of the diagonal line for the
load with the vertical line for the centers of the bear-
1,300,000
1,200,000
1,100,000
ings. Or, given any two of the three factors, size of
shaft, load, and distance apart of bearings; the other
can be determined at a glance.
For example, to find the diameter of shaft required
to carry a load of 13,000 pounds with the bearings spaced
50 in. center to center. Following down the 13,000
diagonal line to its intersection with the 50 vertical
line, we find from the next higher horizontal line that
the diameter required is 6i in.
The chart may be used for any span beyond its range
by i-emembering that the load a beam will carry varies
inversely as the span, and therefore if the span is over
100 in., we may take one-tenth of the span and ten times
the actual load, and the diameter given by the chart will
be correct. It is not essential to take ten as the divisor;
any other number will give the correct result, so long
as we multiply the load by the same number by which
we divide the span.
For instance, if the load was 10,000 lb. and the span
120 in., we could take 60 in. span on the chart and
20,000 lb. as the load, using a divisor of two in this case.
The formula used in making up the chart is, of course,
the one for beams supported at each end and with the
load concentrated at the center ol 'he span and is :
4_fz
i
load in pounds
stress in pounds per square inch
Where
w
f
z = modulus of section =
32
100,000
100
90
80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Length Center +o Center of Bearings in Inches
Strength of Shafts as Beams, w/th Concenfrafeol Loads
f = 6600 Lh.
FIC 1. CHART SHOWING STRENGTHS OF SHAiTS CONSIDERED AS BEAMS
d = diameter of shaft in inches
I = length in inches, center to center of
bearings.
The load on the shaft given by the chart is the total
load, and when the distance between the bearings is
great the weight of the shaft itself should be deducted
from this load to arrive at the net safe load. But in the
average case the weight of the shaft may be neglected.
The stress used in making up the chart is 6,600
pounds per square inch. This may seem to some a very
low stress, but the writer's
experience has proved that
a higher stress will sooner
or later cause a fracture of
the shaft, and instances of
such breakages will be given
as proof further on. It .should
be remarked in considering
the stress that can be allowed
on a shaft carrying the pull
due to belt pulley or a rope
sheave, that the stress is rap-
idly alternating between the
maximum in compression and
the maximum in tension, be-
cause each half revolution of
the shaft changes the stress
in the outer part of the shaft
from the maximum tensile
stress to the maximum com-
pressive stress. With a shaft
running at say 200 r.p.m.,
this will mean 200 X 60 X
10 = 120,000 alternation or
reversals of stress per ten-
hour day. , The writer, some
years ago, had knowledge of a
910
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 93, No. 20
Engine Crank
I -Pinion
FIG. 2. ARRAXGEME.NT 01-' BEARINGS AXIJ (!EAR ON
SHAFT THAT BROKE
case of a mine haulage machine in which a shaft cari-y-
ing the rope pulley, and not subject to any torsional
stress, but only the bending stress due to the pull of the
rope, was originally made 10 in. in diameter. Owing
to the lengthening of the slope and gradual increase in
the output of the mine, the load ultimately became too
much for the shaft, and it broke.
Calculation showed that the stress on the shaft due to
the pull on the rope was about 14,400 lb. pei; sq.in. It
was decided to increase the shaft to Hi in. diameter,
which reduced the stress to around 9,500 lb. per sq.in.,
but this new shaft only stood for about six months when
it also fractured, although the load had not been in-
creased during that time.
The owners were not convinced that the stress was
too high and blamed the quality of the steel in the shaft,
but analysis and tests showed that the shaft was of a
good average quality of steel. Finally another shaft
was made 12 in. in dia., thus further reducing the stre'^s
to 8,400 lb. This shaft stood up to the work for about
a year, when it too broke, and this time was replaced
by a shaft 13 in. in diameter, which gives a stress of
6,600 lb. per sq. in. This last shaft has now been in com-
mission some seven years and shows no sign of distress.
Another case that came to my knowledge was that of
a hoisting engine. The main shaft was 10 in. in diam-
eter and carried two drums, being driven by a gear in
the center.
The drums were loose on the shaft and were driven
by clutches on the outer or bearing sides of the drums,
so that the shaft was under torsional as well as bending
strain.
The general arrangement is as shown in Fig. 2. The
pull on the rope hauling up the full cars was 13,000 lb.,
and on the other rope, letting down the empties, was
4,000 lb., making a total pull of 17,000 lb., pulling
horizontally on the shaft, practically in the center of
its span when both ropes were at the inner side of the
drums. The pressure on the gear teeth would be that due
to the loaded cars coming up, namely 13,000 lb., acting
vertically downward, and the resultant of the two loads
works out to 21,400 lb.
This gives a stress on the shaft, from the formula:
4/0
I
4X/X101.9
W
24,000
162
Torsional moment = 7" = jg tT X /r
. 13,000 X 54 = j"g X 10' X /r
/, = 3,580
Combining the two stres.ses we have
}
2
8560="
4
Total stress
J
3580^ +
+ v" fr i r =
= 9,860 pounds.
8^60
2-
As might be expected, this shaft has broken re-
peatetlly, a new shaft lasting 'only some five to eight
months. At present the slope at which this hoist is
installed is not being used so no attempt has been made
to remodel the hoist, but I do not believe the shaft
would stand unless increased in diameter sufficiently to
reduce the total combined stress to not over 6,600 lb.
And even then the arrangement is a poor one. as the
gear, being so far from a bearing, will inevitably tend to
set up vibration in the shaft. The proper cure would be
to widen out the engine and install a third bearing next
to the gear in the center of the shaft.
The chart is made up principally for shafts undf.-
bending strain only. For shafts under both bending
and torsional .strains the easiest way is to convert both
into a total equivalent twisting moment by the for:nula:
T. = S -I- \' B' -^ T
Where T, = equivalent total twisting moment in
inch pounds
W X I
B = Bending moment = — j-- in inch
pounds
T =■ Twisting moment in inch pounds
W ^=^ Pull on shaft in pounds
I = Length between bearings in inches.
And then calculate the diameter of shaft require \
from the formula :
0.196 D' X i
D -3
V
0.196 X /
using 6,600 lb. for the stress /.
To facilitate this calculation a scale of twisting nut-
ments has been added at the left-hand side of the chart.
This gives the twisting moment that each diameter of
fhaft is good for at a stress of 6,600 lb. per sq.in.
For economy of material the shafts carrying rope
sheaves are generally made like Fig. 3.
The chart will much simplify the determination of
the various diameters, as the diameter required at any
point .4, to have a strength equal to that of the larger
diameter in the center, can be found by reading from
the chart the diameter required for the same load on a
shaft with a span equal to 2 X; X, being the length from
the center of the bearing to the point A.
.-. / = 8,560
In addition to this, we have the stress due to the tor-
sional moment, which is 13,000 lb. at 54-in. radius, and,
calculating the stress from the formula:
i< X ->l
FIG. 3. CONVBNTION.XL DESIGN OP SH.*FT BEARI.VG
CENTER LOAD
«-.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery ^
911
The English and the Metric Measuring
System — A Comparison
By C. C. STUTZ
Considerable confusion exists as to just h<nv the
metric system differs from the English system,
and why the compulsory adaption of the metric
system would cause untold trouble and expense.
Many advocates of the metric system are mixifig
the metric system with . a decimal system.
Because a certain measure is expressed in
decimals does not mean that it is a metric meas-
ure, although many think so, and pro-metric
advocates deliberately foster this mistake. This
article also disabuses the mind of the common
error that a carat is a metric unit.
THE fundamental importance of a system of
weights and measures is, as a rule, not realized
by the individual for the simple reason that the
system has become automatically a part of his thought
activity. He uses the system's units of length, weight
and volume to visualize things, descriptions, expres-
sions, conditions, relations, events, values, abstract
facts and natural laws. His familiarity with them
has become a habit and he uses them subconsciously.
They have become, in fact, a part of his mental equip-
ment. Thus they are taken for granted.
They are intimately interwoven into the business
life, the home life and the intellectual life of every
human being, man, woman and child. None can do
without them. In every line of work they are used as
tools and on the system they collectively form are based
all achievements, are systematized, and standardized
all results of thought and work.
Based on them has been gradually built up during
the years the life of the nation in its multiplicity of
endeavors, represented by production, invention, indus-
try and trade making for advancement, knowledge,
betterment and comfort.
Now the suggestion is made that this system be
changed for a radically different one, a system for
which some advantages are claimed, but which has not
as yet proved its superiority in the experience ' even
of those who have accepted it.
The change from one system of weights and measures
to another involves not only the stupendous task of
changing the daily habits of the people, but also involves
the application and use of both systems during the
protracted period of education, incidental to which con-
fusion and errors are a natural consequence. Nor is
such a change accomplished without an enormous effort,
which spells a cost practically beyond computation.
In the face of such conditions it behooves us, there-
fore, to examine very carefully the merits of the system
of measurements offered to us in order to properly
balance the advantages to be gained against the dis-
advantages so very evident. Such a comparison will be
found in the succeeding paragraphs.
The metric system was, no doubt, at the time the
eminent scholars conceived it, an earnest effort to
create a scientific system of weights and measures.
Unfortunately in those days industrial development was
in its infancy and the men charged with the task,
having no practical considerations to guide them,
brought out a system based purely on theoretical lines.
Since then conditions have changed. Industry has
claimed an increasingly important position and has.
enlisted in its service an ever-growing number of
individuals. This multitude of artisans, in whose hands
any system of measurements is but a tool like any
other, has progressed or lagged behind according to
the handiness and convenience of the system imposed
upon it. Today the great industrial nations are the
United States and Great Britain, both of which have
resisted the introduction of the metric system as an
implement lacking the qualities so necessary for rapid
development. This does not imply that the English
system of measurements is perfect. Some of its units
and sub-divisions have become obsolete by disuse. This
is as it should be. It is a matter of evolution and
growth stimulated by experience and changed condi-
tions and applies to most criticisms of this system.
Measures of Length
We have as Units of Length : ^
I Yard = 0.9144 meters
I Foot = 3.048 deeimetcra
I Inch =25.4 millimeterB
And conversely :
I Meter - 1 . 0936 yards
I Decimeter = 3 . 937 inches
I Centimeter = 0 3937 inches
I Millimeter = 0 03937 inches
The accompanying illustrations. Figs. 1 and 2, show
some relative comparisons of English and metric units
of length. A study of Inch-Foot- Yard and Centimeter-
Decimeter-Meter will show at once that the former
three dimensions harmonize perfectly for practical use,
while in the latter the unit sub-divisions of the meter
represent too great a step from the meter itself. In
the "inch" and "centimeter" the same defect is apparent
to which is added the "indivisibility" of the centimeter
Icm 5mm 1mm
TMC CCNTl - MtTtR
FIG. 1. FULL SIZE COMP.\RISON OF "INCH"
AND ■CENTIMBTBR"
I I i , ; I root- - 12 Inches
I Yard - 5 Feet
_L
1 Decimeter - 10 Centimeters
I Meter - lODearrieters
I
PIG. 2. RELATIVE COMPARISON OF EN^GLISH AND
ilKTRIC U.NITS OF LENGTH
912
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoI/«8, No. 20
as compared with the inch. To the mathematician thi.s
is a matter of indifference, but not so to the workman.
Divide the inch into l.OOOth's and the millimeter into
lOOth's, as required in work of precision, and the
metric unit is too small.
The 1/lOOOth of an inch by means of the micrometer
is used by the workman as easily as the inch itself,
while the 1 /100th of a millimeter, which is about 40
per cent of the former, requires an especially developed
touch to be readily perceived. Thus the former dimen-
sion becomes a handy unit while the latter lacks this
characteristic. In work of precision to cut down to
one-half the allowable limit as a general rule, doubles
the expense of production. On the handiness of the
tools he used depends a workman's output. This explains
why the American workman has made a success of the
system of "interchangeable parts" and thus has made
possible "standardization" in practically every line of
-endeavor.
There is no metric unit comparable with the "foot."
This English dimension is used so universally that it
would be a hardship to use the meter in its place.
The kilometer (1,000 meters) is the largest unit of
length and is equal to 0.631 miles and conversely one
mile equals 1.609 kilometers.
The nautical or sea-mile equal to 1.853 kilometers
and being used universally by all maritime agencies the
world over will probably never yield to the kilometer,
because it is based on a rational and, for purposes of
calculation, convenient basis. Sixty nautical miles are
equal to one degree of the earth's circumference at
the equator and therefore one nautical mile equals one
minute of the arc.
Measures of Area
The common units are the square foot and the square
inch and in the metric system the square meter and
the square centimeter.
I S'luare foot == 0 093 square meters
I square meter = 1 0 . 764 square feet
1 square inch = 6, 452 square eentimeters
I square centim. = 0, 155 square inches
The multiple units in our system are the acre and
the square mile, several lesser multiples being very
little used and practically obsolete.
The metric multiple units are:
The arc = 1 00 square meters = 0.0247 acres
The hectare = 1 0,000 square meters = 2 47 ! 0 acres
The 3(iuaro kilometer = 1,000,000 square meters = 0.3861 sq. miles
Here especially is noticeable the great difference in
the values of units between the two systems. The
English units evolved by experience and ante-dating
the creation of the metric units have no convenient
equivalents in the latter system.
Measures of Weight
The unit of weight in the metric system is the kilo-
gram, equal to 2.2046 pounds. That this unit is an
unhandy one because too large, is proved by the constant
use in metric countries of the i kilogram as a sub-
stitute unit which is called the pound in everyday retail
transactions in France, Belgium, Germany, Italy and
Switzerland, and such expressions as A and 1 pound are
common in these countries at the present day. The
tendency to use old local units is admittedly still pro-
nounced in most European countries.
For goods handled and traded in bulk we have used
the long ton of 2,240 pounds, but experience has shown
that the short ton of 2,000 pounds is handier and this
latter unit has displaced the former to such an extent
that the long ton is being used ^less and less and will
soon be ob.solete showing clearly the adaptability of
the English system to conform to changed conditions,
The metric ton of 1,000 kilograms is equal to 0.9842
long tons and equal to 1.102 short tons. It corresponds,
therefore, closely to the long ton or the unit we are
discarding.
A few words may be added here on Troy and
Apothecaries weights and on the carat. These units
have been devised for special purposes, where partic-
ularly small sub-divisions are required.
The Troy pound is never used, but its sub-divisions
are employed to weigh gold and silver only; its smallest
division is the grain. The grain is a uniform standard
of weight, the same for the Avoirdupois, Troy and
Apothecaries pound. The former has 7,000 grains
while the latter two each have 5,760 grains.
The Apothecaries pound, or rather its sub-divisioEis
are used only by physicians and druggists.
The carat is used only to weigh diamonds. Recently
this unit was standardized and its value defined as
200 metric milligrams, showing clearly that for this
purpose the decimal division of the metric gram was
not suited. Though expressed in metric terms it is not
a metric unit.
These special units covering smaU restricted and
particular fields are a thing apart from the broad
general scheme of weights and measures and bear no
controlling influence on same.
Measures of Volume (Dry)
For units of volume (dry measure) we use cubic
yards, cubic feet and cubic inches while the metric
units are the cubic meter, the cubic decimeter and the
cubic centimeter. They compare as follows:
I cubic yard = 0 7645 cubic meter
I cubic foot = 2ft 317 cubic dceimetefs
I cubic inch = Ife 3*7 cubic cetitiru*ters
1 cubic meter = 1 . 305 cubic yard*
I cubic decimeter = 0 . 035 cubic foot
I cubic centimeter =0.06! cubic inch
While the cubic meter is considerably larger than
the cubic yard, its sub-divisions are so small that we
have practically no approximate equivalent for the
cubic foot and the cubic inch, units which have become
indispensable, as shown by the far wider application
they enjoy than the cubic yard. The wide divergence
between them and the metric sub-divisions, which
would have to be used in their place, points prominently
to the unhandiness of the latter.
A unit for dry measure used extensively by the vast
farming community of the countrj' and those connected
with its trade is the bushel. The standard United
States bushel is a measure in cylinder form 18J inches
in diameter, 8 inches deep, containing 2154.42 cubic
inches. One bushel = four pecks of eight quarts each,
with two pints to the quart.
Because of the greater convenience of measuring
many farm products by weight, especially when han-
dling very large quantities, the practice has developed
of adopting unit3 of so many pounds, as per example
60 lb. for potatoes, 48 lb. for barley, etc.; and calling
these units bushels. These weight bushels are approx-
imations of the capacity bushel. In view of the
ingrained character of the bushel standard to which
the farmer clings tenaceously, the weight bushel which
permits the buying and selling of farm products by
weight serves a useful purpose.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
913
When we consider liquid measures, we find in use
the gallon which equals 3.785 liters, the metric unit.
Conversely one liter equals 0.264 gallons.
The gallon is the largest unit. We have no multiple
units of the gallon, because no need for such has
developed, while in the metric system we find one
decaliter = 10 liters and one hectoliter = 100 liters.
These multiple metric units are confusing because of the
limited call for their use.
On the other hand, experience has shown the need
of a great many sub-divisions of the gallon hence we
have quarts, pints and fluid ounces, a field which is
very poorly covered by the decimal parts of the liter.
Binary and Decimal Divisions
During the centuries preceding the invention of the
Metric system, which system was put together in the
eighteenth century, systems of weights and measures
were evolved by the various peoples living separated
and apart from each other. Invariably such efforts
were based on the binary system of division. The
reason for this is plain^ The mind works logically in
that direction. Taking a measurement, be it length,
area or weight, what is more natural than to halve it,
then halve each part again and so down to the size
which, for the problem before it, becomes the quantity
wanted. This method presents the quality of ease and
handiness, thus the path of least resistance is followed.
The method adapted by the metric system is to divide
the original measurement or unit by ten and then
express the quantity required as a multiple of one-
tenth. In other words we compel the mind to travel
in one direction and then retrace its steps.
A good example of the tendency to binary division
is found in metric European countries where the
expressions pound, half pound and quarter pound are
much used in retail trade to indicate respectively J,
1 and J kilogram, the correct values for these expres-
sions being in the order named 500, 250 and 125 grams.
Individual units of the English .system such as the
inch, foot, yard and mile are often divided decimally
to serve a given purpose. This must not be confused
with the decimalization of a system which means the
establishment of a decimal ratio between the units
themselves.
Conclusion
Briefly stated the metric system is devoid of the
English system's handiness and convenience; its units
are either too large or too small for the every-day
requirements of industry.
From the English system many sub-divisions have
been dropped, having outlived their usefulness; thus
proving the English system's adaptability to the re-
quirements of progress. The metric system, on the
other hand, presents a rigid structure incapable of modi-
fications and requiring conditions to adapt themselves
to its use.
Selling American Machinery
in Foreign Markets
By H. M. HEIN
Manager, Machinery Department. Smith-Eisemann Corporation of America
THE average manufacturer in this country now
realizes the possibilities of exporting machinery,
to foreign markets. He has heard "export" for
the last five years, probably obtained a fair amount of
orders and desires to continue increasing the demand
for his machinery abroad. If his organization is a large
one he will appoint a Foreign Sales Manager, giving
him the necessary power and authority to develop the
business in a large way and to "build business" by
maintaining and increasing his relationship with for-
eign dealers or agents who have represented him or
who are desirous of handling his line.
Some Serious Problems
Here the serious problem confronts the manufacturer.
He will be satisfied to expend only a limited amount
of money in the development of the export business,
therefore the average export executive must rely abso-
lutely upon the connections he has made, chiefly through
correspondence. Does the average dealer in foreign
lands want to be confronted with the problems of re-
ceiving a factory's quotation, all prices based f.o.b. fac-
tory; comparing the prices of one factory with another;
translating an English technical catalogue into Spanish
or any other language; paying cash (in most cases)
against inland railroad bills of lading; converting
American standards into metric system; and numerous
other difficulties which arise, making the problem of
the importer or agent a serious one?
The ideal method of introducing machinery in foreign
countries is for the broad-minded manufacturer to
establish an export department and conduct it along the
exact lines he has used in developing his domestic
business. Establishing such a department means more
than obtaining the services of a high-priced executive.
The export oflSce should have its staff of travelers. These
men should be representative, well acquainted with the
countries' conditions, possess the proper technical
knowledge and experience, know the languages of the-
countries thoroughly and be to a large degree con-
versant with their banking terms, conditions of sale,
import duties and the like. Such men are hard to find
and demand large salaries. Their expense accounts
often prove disastrous to the factory that desires results.
Sending College Men Abroad
The alternative is to send bright young men, prefer-
ably college graduates, who are well acquainted with
the factory's products, to foreign lands and give them
sufficient time to get acquainted and make good. In
addition to the selling force assistance from "back
home" is necessary and the successful export depart-
ment should have estimating clerks, shipping assistants
familiar with packing and freight rates and French and
Spanish stenographic forces. All of this means con-
siderable expenditure and only the largest factories in
this country are prepared to make an adequate invest-
ment for future returns.
C14
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
We have yet to take into consideration the extension
of credits in foreign countries. Volumes can be writ-
ten on the subject of credit. It is a fact that the buyer
is accustomed to longer terms than the average domestic
dealer. The careful National banks in this country are
all advocating a limitation of credits for export, yet the
life of export depends upon the credits we are willing
to extend to our foreign buyers and the subject must
be carefully investigated by the credit department of
the factory. It is the big end of the business and the
life and growth of the volume of business depend
largely upon handling it in the correct manner. If the
average manufacturer has not the facilities to pursue
this mode of operation the only other sensible alterna-
tive is to operate through an American engineering
exporter.
Development of Business Through Exporter
Much has been written and said about the desirability
and the undesirability of the American exporter. The
word "exporter" has been applied to large technical
engineering export-firms, who have been established for
years, in the same breath as the "mushroom garden"
variety of exporters who have sprung up during and
since the war. The manufacturer should differentiate
between these classes and get in touch with a firm of
exporters who have representatives and offices in for-
eign countries and who are conversant with the line of
machinery to be handled, thus developing and building
up the business of the manufacturer in the various
countries of the world. The exporter then eliminates
for the manufacturer the cost of conducting an export
department and at the same time enjoys the benefit of
export business.
The average manutacturer should treat the exporter
fairly, should not exact from him terms that are more
stringent than he could ever hope to obtain from his
domestic dealer, should give him the co-operation of
the factory and all discounts that are furnished his
domestic representatives and should appropriate a bud-
get for real export advertising. It is also necessary that
he place his confidence in the exporter in order to pro-
cure proper results. The contract between the manu-
facturer and the exporter should be for a minimum
period of three years, to allow the proper time for each
foreign branch and its representatives to introduce the
goods and to develop and concentrate their efforts in
behalf of the manufacturer.
The manufacturer should be willing to prepare his
catalogs and price lists in the various languages,
having the translation done by an efficient translator
who understands technical phrases and their adaptation
to Spanish or other foreign languages. This is an
important matter as the language used in the descrip-
tion of a machine means to a great degree its sale-
ability. Proper though^ given to exporting of
machinery will be the means of fostering our foreign
relationship.
It is the writer's intention to alone emphasize the
salient features based upon his knowledge and experi-
ence in development of foreign markets. The exporting
of machinery requires more intensive sales promotion
and concentrated efforts than any other articles, either
raw products or finished, offered in foreign markets.
The productive efforts of concentrated promotion would
bring the desired results to our manufacturers and
enable them to give just and due consideration to the
expoi-t business.
A Modern "Contemporary" of an
Old-Time Machinist
By James Tate
I very much enjoyed reading the "Reminiscences of
an Old School Machinist," on page 533 of American
Machinist, as it brought back to me very vividly the
memory of my own apprenticeship days.
You will doubtless think that to have worked in a
shop such as he describes I must be at least very nearly
as old as Mr. Huntington, such has been the advance
in shop equipment in this country in the past fifty years.
Not so; it is a mere twelve years or so since I first
received a warning "crack on the jaw" from the "heel
tool" as we knew it, and to my knowledge, the same
tools are still in use in that shop. This was in the
machine shop, or rather "mechanics shop" of a weaving
factory in Belfast, Ireland.
Center drills, as Mr. Huntington says, were unknown,
the center was first prick-punched and then driven in
with a heavy centerpunch and "batten hammer." When
turning small studs, screws, etc., a "turner," as the
lathe hands are known over there, would not think of
changing gears and sharpening tools to cut one thread,
but would take the material to the hand lathe, which con-
sisted of a head and tailstock, with the necessary rests,
mounted on the end of the bed of a long lathe, and pro-
ceed to rough out the piece, and cut the thread by hand,
finishing with the chaser ; completing a job in verj- good
time, indeed, astonishing time compared with the work
of some of our present-day mechanics.
We had no emery except the "buffing wheels" made as
Mr. Huntington describes, and perpetually bald in spots;
all our tools were ground on a heavy, slow-speed grind-
stone, which one of the apprentices would true up every
Saturday, using a broken round file as a tool.
I have also used the machine he describes as a
"cotter drill" for cutting keyways; although ours was
improvised from an old drill press, using the compound
rest of a lathe clamped to the table to hold the work
and to get the feeds which, of course, were by hand.
All our keyways and slots were cut on this machine,
except when it was busy and we had no time to wait;
when we would cut keyways on the shaper, or, failing
that, clamp the shaft in a vise, mark off and cut the
keyways by hand.
All keyways in pulleys, crank webs, etc. were cut out
by hand, using a small, home-made T-square to mark
the location in the hub, then chipping out the slot with
a cape chisel and finishing it with a file.
The ordinary day's work in many a small repair shop
of this character in the "old country" would make the
boss of many modern machine shops engaged in main-
tenance work over hei-e gasp for breath. I don't know
the reason for it, except perhaps that the mechanics
working with such meager equipment must use their
brains more than those who have ever>-thing they need
at hand, and that this stimulated intelligence is re-
flected in their work. However it may be, there is a
great deal to be said for the old-time mechanic, who
would tackle anything and get away with it; and by
old-time mechanic I mean not only those who are really
"old-timers" but those who, by virtue of working with
the same kind of equipment and under the same handi-
cap, become imbued with the energy, initiative, and
versatility which made the "old-timer" the grand me-
chanic that he was.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
915
WHAT to MEA0
Jm^/j^imm in a hurn
■"r"
Su^qested by the Nanagfing Editor
FRED COLVIN has by no means exhausted his supply
of information on the machine work connected with
the manufacture of passenger automobiles but this
week, for variety's sake, we are switching in a tractor
article as a leader. Few of us, perhaps, think of Cali-
fornia as anything but a
land of sunshine and flow-
ers, good roads and moun-
tain scenery, gold mines
and oil wells, but as a mat-
ter of fact there are many
thriving, well-equipped
shops' and manufacturing
plants. Among them is the
tractor plant described
where they build a big ma-
chine of the track-laying
type.
Passing over the other
general articles for the mo-
ment we want to direct
your attention to the letters from our London and
Berlin correspondents on page 923, and particularly to
the German one. This issue of the American Machinist
is coincident with the annual meeting of the Machine
Tool Builders' Association and we consider ourselves
fortunate to be able to give at this time Mr. Herzog's
clear analysis of the machine-tool situation in that
unhappy country. As announced before, Mr. Herzog has
been appointed to represent the McGraw-Hill papers in
an editorial capacity in central Europe. We have ar-
ranged to have him send to the American Machinist peri-
odical letters on German conditions corresponding to the
able ones coming from Mr. Chubb in London. The
one appearing in this issue is the first of the series
and Mr. Herzog has thought it wise to introduce his
letters with a general summary of the status of the ma-
chine industry for the past few months. He mentions
the wide fluctuations in the export prices of German
machine tools — 2,000 to 3,300 per cent above pre-war
figures. The failure and disposal of the plant of the
so-called German Niles works is only one among many
interesting items. It is a gloomy picture but hardly
more so than the one drawn by Chubb in the English
letter that follows it. We know what a coal strike is
and what suffering and unpleasantness one can cause,
but thank fortune we have never had one with an Irish
question thrown in for good measure — not to mention
a threatened rail strike on top of everything else. Re-
What to read ivas not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago ivhen books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
ivhen so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery ivorld. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
construction seems to be quite as much of a task for
England as for the rest of us. Following these letters
we have a few notes on the general situation in Italy.
But to return to the front of the paper. Part XII of
"Modern Production Methods" starts on page 889. The
immediate subject is "Fixed
Charges" and Mr. Basset
proceeds to explain what to
do with them in a convinc-
ing way. But his out-
standing feat in these few
pages is to find something
good in the Federal Income
Tax Law ! You will have
to read the article to find
out what it is.
This being an off-week
in Mr. Morris's apprentice
training series we are slip-
ping in a description by L.
C. Morrow of the staff, of
the training department in one of the big Cincinnati
machine-tool plants. Specialists as well as apprentices
are trained.
When is a contract not a contract? "Always!" we
hear some disillusioned machine-tool builder murmur and
recent events in a certain field make us wonder if he
isn't right. But aside from the present temporary
difficulties the one time when a contract is likely not
to be binding is when the labor union is one of the
parties. It probably isn't entirely the fault of the union
but the real trouble is beyond the wit of the layman
to discover. Chesla Sherlock gives some of the facts in
the case and quotes decisions to prove his contentions,
beginning on page 897.
Two more articles on employment matters will be
found on pages 902 and 905 and seem to indicate that
this issue deals principally with management. Such
was the purpose although not to the exclusion of other
articles as the ones on number of teeth in contact of
two meshing gears, page 899, precision gages, page
884, and design of taps for steep lead, page 887, will
testify.
Breach of contract to the average individual means
something scandalous connected with chorus ladies and
young (or old) millionaires. What is much the same
thing in the eyes of the law is dignified by the term
"cancellation" when it comes to business contracts. See
page 918 for our point of view on this evil.
916
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
Anti-Metric Resolutions
WHEN the pro-metric advocates manage to get
some unsuspecting non-industrial body to pass
a resolution favoring their cause they imme-
diately try to persuade people in general that there
is a landslide coming along in their favor. How^ever,
the following resolutions from really representative
industrial bodies tell a different story. Please note
the recent date in each case.
National Associations
Automotive Wood Wheel Manufacturers' Association,
Convention, Cedar Point, Ohio, Aug. 13, 1920:
The Automotive Wood Wheel Manufacturers' Association
records its opposition to the conipulsoi-y adoption of the
Metric System of weights and measures, which various in-
terests are asking Congress to legislate for. We believe
that attempts to compel its adoption in the United States
are unwise, unnecessary, and calculated to disturb seriously
the standards of measurement now uniformly used in this
industry.
Hickory Products Association, Convention, Cedar
Point, Ohio, Aug. 12, 1920:
The Hickory Products Association records its opposition
to the compulsory adoption of the Metric System of weights
and measures, which various interests are asking Congress
to legislate for. We do not oppose the Metric System as
such, but believe that attempts to compel its adoption in
the United States are unwise, unnecessary, and calculated
to disturb seriously the standards of measurement now uni-
formly used in this industry.
Photographers' Association of America, Convention,
Cleveland, Ohio, Aug. 26, 1920:
Whereas, The members of the Photographers' Associa-
tion of America, in annual convention assembled, have
heard the arguments in opposition to any change in the
present form of our standard weights and measures, and
Whereas, It is universally conceded that any change to
any other system would work a great inconvenience in a
business such as photography, where weights and measures
are a part of the daily routine,
Therefore, Be It Resolved, that this association go on
record as opposing any action, legislative or otherwise, that
would bring about any change in our present form of stand-
ard we'ghts and measures; and further be it resolved that
the activities of the American Institute of Weights and
Measures on behalf of the present standard weights and
measures be highly commended.
Steel Barrel Manufacturers' Association, New York
City, Aug. 3, 1920:
This association is in sympathy with the efforts to main-
tain our present system of weights and measures.
District Associations
Southern Metal Trades Association, Convention of
North Carolina Division, Norfolk, Va., Aug. 26, 1920:
Resolved, That the North Carolina Division of the South-
ern Metal Trades Association hereby declares its opposi-
tion to any legislation having for its purpose the adoption
of the Metric System in the United States as the exclusive
legal standard of weights and measures.
Resolved further, That we commend the work of the
American Institute of Weights and Measures in opposition
to the compulsory adoption of the Metric System.
Southern Supply and Machinery Dealers' Association,
Convention, Atlantic City, 1920:
Be It Resolved, That it is the opinion of the Southern
Supply and Machinery Dealers, in convention assembled.
that the adoption of the Metric System would seriously
interfere with long established methods of doing business,
and that without any degree of benefit, and we, therefore,
desire to go on record as being opposed to any change from
the present standards.
State Associations
New Jersey Lumbermen's Association, Executive
Committee, Newark, N. J., Sept. 14, 1920:
Be It Resolved, That the New Jersey Lumbermen's Asso-
. ciation is decidedly and unanimously opposed to the adop-
tion of the Metric System. It is felt that the adoption
of this system would result in endless confusion and great
expense, and there is no necessity for a change in our sys-
tem of weights , and measures.
Michigan Implement Dealers' Association, Board of
Directors, Aug. 17, 1920:
Whereas, Certain interests are using their best efforts
to have passed by Congress a compulsory Metric System
of Weights and Measures, and as this would cause endless
amount of confusion and expense, we, the directors of the
Michigan Implement Dealers' Association assembled, are
opposed to any change of our present system of weights
and measures.
Kentucky Manufacturers' Association, Board of
Directors, June 4, 1920:
The directors expressed unanimous disapproval of the
measure now pending in Congress and which provides for
the adoption of the Metric System Standard of Measure-
ments in the United States. The motion carried with it
instructions that the resolution be placed in the hands of
the chairman and members of the Committee on Coinage,
Weights and Measures in the House.
Oregon Retail Jewelers' Association, Executive Board,
Albany, Oregon, Sept. 1, 1920:
The Executive Board of the Oregon Retail Jewelers'
Association wish to go on record as being opposed to any
change in the American Standard of Weights and Meas-
ures as are now in use. We consider it unwise to enact
any laws that will cause business men of the country any
unnecessary work or inconvenience at the present time.
Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association, Trustees,
Honolulu, T. H., Sept. 17, 1920:
This association is opposed to any change being made
in the American standard of weights and measures.
City Associations
The Master Builders' Association of Boston, Board
of Directors, Aug. 4, 1920:
Re. the efforts being made by the World Trade Club of
San Francisco to establish the Metric System in place of
the present system of weights and measures existing in
this country . . . The Board of Directors of this associa-
tion is strongly opposed to such a change.
Muskegon Employers' Association, Muskegon, Michi-
gan, Governing Board, July 13, 1920:
Whereas, The industries of this nation have been built
upon the English system of weights and measures, and
Whereas, National legislation is proposed to make the
Metric System compulsory, and
Whereas, Such a change would cause great confusion,
require enormous expense and would be generally detri-
mental to business, now therefore, be it
Resolved, That the Governing Board of the Muskegon
Employers' Association, representing 95 per cent of the
manufacturers, merchants and Others of this community,
does hereby condemn and oppose all legislation which would
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
917
provide for the compulsory use of the Metric System, or
which would change ou»- present system now in general
and satisfactory use.
Chambers of Commerce
Waterbury, Conn., Chamber of Commerce, Board of
Directors :
On record as opposing the Metric System of weights and
measures, and as favoring the retention of the present
system.
Newburgh, N. Y., Chamber of Commerce, Board of
Directors, April 13, 1920:
This question has been discussed by the officers and di-
rectors of our Chamber of Commerce and the secretary
has been directed to inform you that our association is
decidedly opposed to the adoption of the Metric System
on account of the endless confusion and great expense that
will be caused by making the change, and also on account
of the lack of necessity for so doing.
Syracuse, N. Y., Chamber of Commerce, Board of
Directors, Aug. 9, 1920:
Be It Resolved, That the Syracuse Chamber of Com-
merce is unanimously opposed to legislation intended to
promote the compulsory adoption of the Metric System of
weights and measures in this country.
Hoboken, N. J., Chamber of Commerce, Board of
Directors:
The Board of Directors voted to oppose the proposed plan
to adopt the Metric System on the ground that at this time
any change would be unwise.
Pennsylvania State Chamber of Commerce, Board
of Directors, Harrisburg, Pa., April 7, 1920:
Action was taken "opposing any compulsory adoption of
the Metric System."
Greater Wilkes-Barre, Pa., Chamber of Commerce,
adopted by the Board of Directors, March 16, 1920:
Your committee unanimously advises against the recom-
mendation of the adoption of the meter-liter-gram system
by the Rotary Club and Chamber of Commerce of Wilkes-
Barre.
Johnstown, Pa., Chamber of Commerce, Inc., Board
of Directors, July 22, 1920:
The Chamber of Commerce has gone on record as being
opposed to the adoption of this system at this time.
York, Pa., Chamber of Commerce, Board of Directors,
Sept. 7, 1920:
The Board of Directors of the Chamber of Commerce
. . put themselves upon record against the official
adoption of the Metric System in the United States.
Cleveland, Ohio, Chamber of Commerce, approved by
the Board of Directors, June 16, 1920:
Your committee, after consideration of its investigation
and of the facts that have come to its attention, earnestly
urges the Chamber of Commerce to go on record as being
absolutely opposed to the compulsory adoption of the Metric
System of weights and measures in this country, and
strongly recommends that the Chamber of Commerce direct,
communications to the members of the Committee of Coin-'
age. Weights and Measures of the Congress of the United-
States, and to all of the representatives of Ohio in the
Congress of the United States, opposing a legislation which
will in our opinion be so disastrous to all of us.
Springfield, Ohio, Chamber of Commerce, Board of
Directors, Aug. 9, 1920:
Be It Resolved, That the Board of Directors of the
Springfield Chamber of Commerce are opposed to the adop-
tion of the Metric System.
Flint, Mich., Board of Commerce, July 1, 1920:
The Industrial Department records its unanimous opposi-
tion to the voluntary adoption of the Metric System and
recommends that its entire membership as a body go on
record in disapproval of the voluntary adoption of the
Metric System.
Moline, 111., Commercial Club, Board of Directors,
July 19, 1920:
On record as being opposed to the compulsory adoption
of the Metric System.
Pueblo, Col., Manufacturers' Association of the Com-
merce Club, Aug. 18, 1920:
Be It Resolved, That the Pueblo Manufacturers' Asso-
cition of the city of Pueblo, Col., do hereby condemn the
efforts now being put forth to effect a change in the exist-
ing system of weights and measures. They consider such
a move to be inimical to the industrial interest as well as
the commercial interest of this country.
Technical Societies
American Association of Engineers, Oklahoma Chap-
ter, Aug. 7, 1920:
The chapter is against the adoption of the Metric Sys-
tem in this country at this time on account of the enormous
expense and confusion incident thereto.
The Hydraulic Society, Chicago, 111., Sept. 20, 1920:
Resolved, That this society is opposed to the movement
to force the compulsory adoption of the Metric System in
this country, and that a copy of this resolution be trans-
mitted to the appropriate Congressional Committees having
in charge the legislation that was introduced in the last
Congress with this purpose in view.
The Compressed Air Society, Quincy, III., Sept. 18,
1920:
Unanimously voted that the society go on record as being
opposed to the Metric System.
The foregoing resolutions opposing the metric sys-
tem are in addition to the many we have previously
published.
Editor
918
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
EDITORIALS
Sales Contracts and Fair Play
THE spirit of the times is rightly one of give and
take. Unfortunately some buyers of machine tools
have viewed their contract obligations less seriously
than usual and unfair practices have come to light in
a few instances. A machine tool sales contract made
in good faith should be respected and no cancellation
should be accepted unless it is requested for justifiable
reasons.
When it is considered that the development and use
of machine tools are responsible for much of the world's
advancement it is only just that the business of manu-
facturing them should be productive of a fair return to
investors and that such return should come without
running the gauntlet of too many risks. The machine
tool builders have been asked to bear more than their
share of the readjustment burdens and must protect
themselves from unethical business practices that are
adding needlessly to the load. Many of the other indus-
tries have not been called upon to face this problem
and do not appreciate its serious nature.
The leather industry is experiencing a dearth of new
orders and the same is true of the structural steel
industry. However, orders in process are being com-
pleted. Coneellations as such are not playing an impor-
tant part.
In the electrical merchandise and construction fields
cancellations appeared to be reaching dangerous pro-
portions several weeks ago but later proved to be false
alarms. This is explained by the fact that the fear
on the part of dealers that demand was decreasing was
unfounded. Reinstatements almost always followed the
cancellations immediately and they were frequently
accompanied by increases in orders.
Coal is in such demand that there have been few
cancellations, although some have been given in the
bituminous branch on account of the falling market.
Their extent has not been alarming.
While the automobile manufacturers have been exper-
iencing smaller sales, they have not been subjected to
uncertainty due to cancellations because their system
of selling to dealers a standardized product as stock,
permits flexibility in manufacture and therefore more
ready adjustment to offset lessening demand.
The textile industry in the spring of 1920 received
many cancellations. The mills fought them in many
cases, generally insisting that goods in process at the
time the cancellation was requested be accepted by the
buyer. The American Association of Woolen and
Worsted Manufacturers appointed an Unfair Practices
Committee to consider and pass on individual cases
where cancellations were desired. It has been found
that when the facts are determined the decision must
generally favor the manufacturer, that is, the mill or
its representative. One large firm in New York repre-
senting several mills has had only three decisions
against it out of four hundred cases.
From California comes the statement of the Cali-
fornia Prune and Apricot Growers' Association that
while it is willing to co-operate in every way with
buyers desiring extensions of time, it will .stand firmly
on its legal rights on all firm-at-opening price con-
tracts made this year and will institute court action
against buyers who repudiate their contracts. Prunes
and planers are vastly different but the principles
involved in cancellations are much the same every-
where.
The prune growers advance the argument that
the buyers made no objection to the profits they
obtained for a rising market and should now accept
losses from a falling market without whimpering, espe-
cially in view of the fact that in both cases prices were
determined upon what was considered a fair basis and
contracts entered into accordingly.
The Association of German Machine Tool Builders in
October, 1918, adopted conditions for the sale of machine
tools embodying the following : An order shall be bind-
ing only after it has been accepted in writing by the
builder. Orders placed with all terms and agreements
in writing cannot be revoked. If proof can be fur-
nished that delivery is delayed through actual fault of
the builder, the purchaser can demand an indemnity
which in no case shall be more than the actual loss
sustained and properly certified and shall be in the
maximum J per cent of the contract price for every
week's delay and under no circumstances more than 3
per cent totally. All furthe: claims, also the right of
the purchaser to annul his contract are not admissible.
In addition to the points noted the purchaser is given
certain rights of cancellation if the builder does not
deliver within the allowed extension of time and if
he does not make repairs as agreed upon.
The German contract is drastic and probably would
not be enforceable under our laws even if good busi-
ness policy permitted its adoption here.
Cancellation of contract, as we have used the term
here and as it is generally accepted in the industry, is
not recognized at law. The legal term is breach of
contract and the remedy open to the injured party is a
suit for damages. He cannot force the acceptance of
the goods and his damages in most cases amount to
the difference between the contract price and either
the market price or the cost of production, depending
upon circumstances. In any case the cost of extensive
litigation is more than likely to eat up the greater part
of any damages that may be secured. And the wise
business man will hesitate before taking a step that
is sure to cost him a customer.
The requirement of a deposit with the order is also
open to serious question as a workable scheme to pro-
tect the manufacturer. While there is no doubt that
such a demand would be entirely justified, it is equally
certain that deposits would not be asked for in some
cases and would be returned if requested, in others.
There remains only the employment of some sort of
Fair Practice Committee like those existing in some
of the other industries and trade associations. Many
of these bodies have been markedly successful in
improving the moral tone of the business practice'- in
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
919
their respective fields. They require the honest and
hearty support of the members of the association, how-
ever, if they are to succeed, and only such an organiza-
tion as the National Machine Tool Builders' Association
can put through a plan of this sort for the machine tool
industry.
The Fair Practice Committee seems to be the logical
means to employ, for the reason that the kind of can-
cellation or breach of contract that is causing the trouble
is the one resorted to by sharp purchasing agents or
managers who are cancelling existing contracts with
the hope of reordering at lower prices. This practice
is indefensible on any ground but the wornout say-
ing "Business is business" and merits extreme measures
to check it. These measures could be taken by a Fair
Practice Committee which would distinguish between
justified and unjustified cancellations. Machine tool
builders, like other manufacturers, realize that in these
days of reconstruction it is often necessary to extend
credit beyond the usual limits to distribute the burdens
as fairly as possible but there is no adequate reason
why they should be made the victims of unfair business
methods.
Fundamentals of Standard Hole
Practice
MANY of us talk glibly about tolerances, limits and
interchangeable manufacturing, but in too many
cases there is lack of understanding of fundamental
principles which adds materially to the cost of construc-
tion. In a recent case which came to notice, the cost of
building a lot of machines was reduced twenty per cent
by having the drawings gone over by a competent man
and the tolerances properly set.
Perhaps the first step in the right direction is to
thoroughly understand what is meant by "standard
hole" practice. This has been almost universally
adapted by leading builders of standard machinery, but
there still remains much misunderstanding in regard to
ii By getting this firmly and correctly fixed in mind,
the problem becomes comparatively simple.
Standard hole practice means that the external mem-
ber shall never be smaller than the basic size and that
all tolerance shall be plus. The internal member on
the other hand, shall never be larger than the basic
size and all tolerance shall be minus. The external
member may be a ring or a piece which partially
incloses the internal member, as a keyway, the internal
member being the key.
This means that the tolerance is always one way on
each piece — and not "plus or minus" on the same piece
as we are apt to consider it. It means that we must
revise our thinking in many cases, and not think of
"plus or minus" in the way it is often mentioned.
The advantages of this system are twofold. The
tolerances do not allow any overlapping of sizes, which
would require selective assembly as no internal mem-
ber can be larger than the smallest permissible external
member. The second advantage is that it permits the
use of standard gages as the limit in one direction.
A.ssuming a two-inch collar and shaft as the example,
the minimum diameter of the collar could be deter-
mined by a two-inch plug gage while the maximum
shaft diameter would be given by a two-inch ring. With
a tolerance of 0.005 in. on each part, plus on the collar
and minus on the shaft, the minimum looseness would
be 0.000 in. and the maximuni looseness 0.01 in.
with the average probably 0.0025 in. But in each case
the standard gage can be used as a check to insure
the parts going together.
This question is mw being considered internationally
and is a live factor i,i economical manufacturing.
F. H. C.
South Americans to See U. S.
Manufactures -*
THE success which ha already attended the efforts
of the American National Expositions, Inc., in
planning an exposition of ' he manufactured products of
the United States in Beu'os Aires, Argentine Republic,
indicates that the affair will be a notable event in the
development of our trade with Latin America. Tho
exposition will be held in March and April, 1921, in
permanent buildings devoted to such purposes. The
ofl^ces of the enterprise are located in the Bush Ter-
minal Sales Bldg., New York City.
The Department of Commerce of the United States
is co-operating with the management of the exhibit and
enthusiastically lending its moral support. The reason
for this lies in the fact that the display in South
America of a comprehensive collection of products from
the United States should be a means of promoting
friendship and commerce between the United States and
South America.
The exposition is being boosted and advertised exten-
tively in South America by the Chamber of Comnierce
of the United States of America in the Argentine
Republic, which organization has headquarters at
Beunos Aires. This body recently issued a bulletin
telling the history and the practical value of exposi-
tions. The bulletin states that this exposition is believed
to be the first one in history to show the products of
one nation exclusively to the public of another nation.
Another statement is: "The exposition is still what it
was of old — the simplest, most practical method whereby
the greatest number of competing lines can he seen
and compared by the largest number of persons in the
shortest time at the least expense. A thousand years
of progress have brought no better plan."
It may seem that the advantage is all with the buyer;
but the manufacturer or the seller who has a product
which he is willing to match against that of his com-
petitor can expect to obtain marked results at low cost.
One of the best ways of selling goods is by showing
them. Goods often sell themselves, merely by suggest-
ing their desirability to persons who did not realize
that they wanted them, until they saw and examined
them. This is the psychology of the show window.
A characteristic advantage of public displays or
expositions is that they attract both the wholesale
and retail buyer. Most other selling methods are aimed
either at the merchant and distributor or at the ulti-
mate consumer. "An e.xposition gets both at one
blow, stimulating distribution and demand simultane-
ously."
Our manufacturers seem to realize the value of the
exposition, not only because of the nature of the plan
itself but also because of the possibilities of the ter-
ritorj' in which it will be held. The machine-tool
builders should be complimented upon the manner in
which they have responded to this opportunity for
foreign expansion, as space for exhibits is now at a
premium. C. J. P.
920'
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
Shop equipment Newj
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfiich tfiere is no cttarge. To be
eligible for presentation, tfie article must not have been
on the market more' than six montfw and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impoS'
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
Pratt & Whitney "Ciirvex" Cutter
Grinding Machine
The Pratt & Whitney Co., Hartford, Conn., has
recently brought out the cutter grinding machine illus-
trated herewith.
While this machine was primarily designed for grind-
ing the teeth of "Curvex" cutters it can be used on any
cutters that require grinding on the face of the teeth.
The machine is equipped with a wheel having a beveled
edge, being the only shape that will follow the face of a
helical tooth of a formed and relieved cutter and main-
tain the exact contour of the cutting edge. The table
on which the cutter is mounted can be swiveled at an
angle corresponding to the helix angle of cutter to be
ground, the axis of the table intersecting that of the
spindle and grinding wheel. The table is reciprocated
in the usual way by means of a crank. At the same
time a reciprocal rotary motion is imparted to the cut-
ter through a set of change gears selected to conform to
its lead.
Two features of the machine insure the precision
required for grinding formed cutters having helical
teeth. The first is an indexing device for successively
bringing the teeth in line for grinding instead of hold-
ing the back of each tooth against a spring stop. The
second is the provision for grinding cutters of different
sizes radially without resetting the head or table in
any way except in elevation. The knee on which the
table is supported slides on an inclined bearing on the
column, the angle of inclination being parallel to a line
drawn across the beveled face of the grinding wheel.
The grinding wheel is so located in relation to the
mandrel on which the cutter is mounted that the line
of contact between the cutter and wheel passes through
the center of the mandrel and so coincides with the
radius of the cutter. By this arrangement the grinding
line is always radial. An accurately mounted diamond
tool is provided for dressing the grinding wheel to the
correct shape. The machine can be used for either
wet or dry grinding.
Roto-Pneumatic Scries-A
Grinding Machine
The portable pneumatic grinding machine shown in
the illustration is made by the Roto Pneumatic Tool
Co., 4,700 Train Ave., Cleveland, Ohio. It is known
as the Series-A machine and is intended for light
grinding and polishing work. The air enters the
machine through the control handle and is applied to
the pistons, which are integral with the rotating shaft,
no cranks or connecting rods being used. The air con-
trol is balanced, so that the throttle will stay in any
position in which it is placed. It is claimed that the
device is free .from noticeable vibration and that it
can be easily controlled.
"CURVEX" CUTTER GRINDING-XIACHINB
ROTO-PNEUMATIC PORTABLE GRINDER. SERIBS-A
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
921
The cylinders and valve chest are made of bronze, as
also are the bearings. Oil from a reservoir is supplied
to the motor bearings through the center of the shaft,
and the cylinders and valves are lubricated auto-
matically by the pumping of a small amount of oil
through them at each revolution.
It is stated that under average conditions the air
consumption is 15 to 20 cu.ft. of free air per minute at
a pressure of 80 lb. per square inch. Either a 6-in. or
an 8-in. wheel can be used. The weight of the tool is
14 pounds.
"Production" 22-In. Upright
Drilling Machine
The Production Machine Tool Co., 629 E. Pearl St.,
Cincinnati, Ohio, has recently placed on the market a
22-in. upright drilling machine with stationary head.
"PRODUCTION" 22-IX. UPRIOHT DRILLING MACHINE
Specifications: Capacity, drills to center of 22-in. circle. Spindle
speed, back gears in, 20, 33, 53, 88 r.p.m. ; back gears out, H7,
196, 318, 530 r.p.ni. Tower feed per revolution of spindle, 0.006,
0.010, 0.015 in. Distance from spindle to base: maximum, 45 in.:
minimum, 35 in. Di.stance from spindle to round table; maximum.
253 in- : minimum, 95 in. Diameter of round, table, 18J in.
Spindle: diameter. 1 ,";, in.; Iiole, No. 3 Morse taper; vertical
traverse, 10 in. Column diameter, 6 in.
The machine shown in the illustration is intended for
drilling, boring, tapping and facing holes up to and
including 1 1 in, in diameter.
The table-elevating worm is located on the right-hand
side, and it is claimed that the controls are all within
easy reach of the operator. The bevel gears driving
the spindle run at a speed of less than 800 ft, per
minute, so as to reduce noise. The spindle is equipped
with a ball thrust bearing and is counterbalanced.
All bearings are equipped with bronze bushings, which
can be readily replaced when necessary.
Four spindle speeds are obtainable on the plain
machine and eight on the machine equipped with back
gears. The rate of power feed can be varied by means
of a belt on cone pulleys, three feeds being provided.
The feed motion is transmitted through worm gearing
running in oil. A positive clutch is provided to engage
the power feed. The power feed mechanism can be
omitted if desired and a ratchet feed lever furnished.
A tapping attachment can be supplied, as well as any
type of drive desired.
.„_ -»«»^~
Hammond "Never-slip" Portable Crane
The Barrett-Cravens Co., 169-173 North Ann St.,
Chicago, 111., is the sole distributer of the portable crane
illustrated herewith.
The base and column of this crane are steel castings
and the hoisting device is directly supported by the
column arm. All wheels are equipped with Hyatt roller
bearings and the axles are chrome-nickel heat-treated
steel. The hoisting gear consists of a bronze worm-
HAM.MOND "NKVKR-SLIP" PORTABLE CRA.VE
Specifications : M:ule in 6 sizes. Lifting capacities, 2,000 to
7,000 lb. Heights, 6 ft. to 10 ft. 8 in. Amount of lift, 4 ft, 10 »n.
to 8 ft. 6 in. Overhang, 2 ft. 5 in. to 3 ft. 8 in. Floor space,
■■', ft. X 3 ft. 6 in. to 4 ft. 3 in. x, 4 ft. 10 In. Weight, 575 to
1.400 lb.
wheel and steel worm inclosed in an oil-tight casing.
Besides being locked at all points of travel, the worm
gearing permits very close adjustment in the height of
the load.
Pratt & Whitney "Curvex" Cutters
Formed and relieved cutters with helical flutes, as
shown in the accompanying illustration, have recently
been put on the market by the Pratt & Whitney Co.,
Hartford, Conn., under the trade name of "Curvex."
Owing to the helical flutes, each tooth comes in con-
922
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 20
"CURVEX" FORMED CUTTERS
tact with the work progressively and cutting takes
place, not along a line, but diagonally across the face
of the work with a shearing action. The angle of the
helix is such that one tooth enters the work before
the preceding one has cleared it, thus eliminating the
chopping action of a cutter with straight flutes and
minimizing the tendency to chip or break either the
teeth or the work.
It is claimed that these cutters can be run at faster
speeds and will take heavier feeds than will formed
cutters with straight flutes; also that under all oper-
ating conditions they will produce a smooth surface
free from chatters. The cutters are produced by a
single-pointed tool following a templet corresponding to
the form of the work taey are to produce.
"Curvex" cutters are only made to orde- and can be
cut with either right- or left-hand helices of practically
any lead from 1.607 t9 125 in. and with any helix angle
up to 20 degrees.
Erratum
On page 871 of last week's issue appeared the head-
ing "Nemo'" Rust Remover. This is an error — the trade
name of the rust remover, marketed by Peter A.
Frasse & Co., Inc., 417 Canal St., New York, is "Meno."
Future Power Supply
By Entropy
The earliest recorded power from inanimate objects
was water power, in which a slowly moving river was
made to pump a small portion of its owti waters high
enough to be used for irrigation, instead of waiting
for the annual inundation. Now we seem to be getting
ready for a much more scientific method of using water
power, one far reaching, which is thrust upon us not
because its use is any more sensible but because, hav-
ing been thriftless and improvident, we find that the
cost of coal and fuel oil makes it necessary for us to
become provident. We can only hope that we are
beginning in time.
No matter how efficiently we develop water power
and no matter how thoroughly it is distributed there
is not enough to go around and its price to the con-
sumer is bound to be quite as high as the cost of develop-
ing the remainder whether it comes from burning coal,
crude oil or gasoline. For that reason we are and
always will be much concerned over the supply of fuels.
Coal and petroleum are nothing but the petrified and
dissolved remains of vegetable growth of thousands of
years in the past. Peat is forming now, but there is
nothing to make us think that it will become coal, nor
is there enough of it to afford any great supply if
it should. There is shale rock in quantities from which
oil .Trjay,.be distilled, but what shall we burn to distill
the oil from it? The supply of crude petroleum in the
United States is likely to be exhausted during the pres-
ent generation if the scarcity and high price prevail
to bring out the supply. The Mexican fields are not
showing signs of exhaustion but since they are the
most profitable source of revenue to the Mexican gov-
ernment it is more than likely that they will be exploited
to their utmost regardless of the length of time they
might be made to last. In other words nature has
provided just so much and no more of these supplies,
and is apparently not making more. It puts it distinctly
up to us to provide for ourselves.
It appears then that barring the discovery of addi-
tional coal and oil we shall have to produce the power
needed over and above water power by some process
that will use the energy which is coming to the earth
rather than from energy which has been stored up
for us. In other words we shall '^ave to produce it by
means of the sun's rays.
Direct production of power from the sun's heat has
been done but it is cumbersome and does not work when
clouds intervene and is least available in the winter
when we most need it. The readiest and most simple
method of using sunlight for power is by growing trees
and cutting them for firewood, but firewood is bulky
and not at all adapted to many of our power require-
ments. We need a more concentrated store of energy
for ships, locomotives, automobiles and airplanes. The
one such concentrated form just now appears to be
alcohol. More than that we have innumerable factor-
ies for the manufacture of alcohol that are, for the
time being at least, out of business, available with very
slight changes, if any, to make denatured alcohol for
power purposes.
Experiments with alcohol in internal combustion en-
gines indicate problems no more insurmountable than
those met in dealing with gasoline. They are simply
different problems. The fact that we had a very good
supply of gasoline at a price that was not unreasonable
has deterred us from experimenting very thoroughly
with alcohol, but whenever necessity, the mother of
invention, catches up with us we can most surely make
the necessary changes to make the new fuel successful.
The trouble is that we have been lacking in thrift, as
we usually are, and have been so extravagant in con-
suming the stores of nature that we have not had time
to think about the future and the absolute certainty
that before very long all our elaborate science of in-
ternal combustion engineering will all be left a waste
on our hands if we do not change our policy.
Of course it is possible that other distillates may
prove better than alcohol, but the future distillate will
probably be something which is raised from the soil,
for that is the only way that we now have for storing
the sun's energy. Reducing it to alcohol is simply a
means for concentrating the energy in a lesser weight
and bulk for ease in use. The heat energy of the
remainder of the vegetable product can be utilized to
some extent to furnish the heat necessary to distill
off the alcohol.
If we go on an alcohol basis for power we will truly
be using sun-power at very close hand. Vegetation de-
pends on sunshine and water. The water comes be-
cause the sun has evaporated it from the ocean and
ponds, and the sun light comes direct. This energy can-
not possibly be exhausted in a time within our concep-
tion.
November 11, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
923
The German Machine-Tool Industry Today
By OUR BERLIN CORRESPONDENT
THE GERMAN machine-tool industry has gone through
one of the most critical periods of its existence. The
unheard-of revival of the trade in 1919, whereby the
output was literally torn out of the hands of the manufac-
turers and orders were given without looking at the price or
the delivery time, reached its climax at the beginning of this
year. During the months of January and February the
demand decreased, but so slowly that it escaped the notice
of even the Machine Tool Builders' Association, which is
in an exceptional position to feel the pulse of the market.
In a meeting of this society, which was held as late as
February, 1920, it was proposed to raise the export prices
for machine tools to 3,300 per cent of the pre-war stand-
ard and some of the members declared this proposal to be
moderate and not at all sufficient to exhaust the possibili-
ties. Pour weeks later the demand fell off in one sudden
drop. It was commonly believed at that time that this
drop would be short-lived and would be followed by another
rising of the wave of demand in a few weeks. This hope
has not, however, been realized. The depression of busi-
ness which set in last March and which seized all branches
of trade and industry has lasted up to now and has only
litely given way to a slight improvement.
The intervening time was one of great stress and con-
siderable hardship to quite the majority of works. The
foreign buyers kept away entirely and the inland demand
dwindled to insignificance. Quite a large number of shops
have not received a single order for more than four months.
Even inquiries which would have brought encouragement
if nothing else were missing. At the same time expenses
continued to move upward in a steep line. The prices of
materials kept rising from month to month, and after the
workmen had received satisfaction as regards their wages,
the whole force of employees claimed and obtained read-
justment of their salaries, bringing the household expenses
of a factory up to giddy heights.
Numerous Factories Offered for Sale
Not all of the German manufacturing firms weathered
this storm with unimpaired strength and energy. The
number of factories offered for sale in the papers was
absolutely bewildering. A large firm of machine-tool dealers
which was in the market for a workshop received no less
than sixty replies to its advertisements from machine-
tool firms, often of old standing. Numerous factories re-
stricted working hours and some closed down entirely.
Noteworthy among the latter is the case of the Maschien-
fabrik Oberschoneweide, formerly known as the German
Niles works, which, in spite of its excellent financial con-
nections and intimate relations to the Ludw. Loewe com-
bine, went out of business. Its whole equipment has been
bought up by a second-hand dealer. Only the pneumatic
tool department will be continued in another shop. The
large incorporated companies increased their capital or
raised loans, but their smaller brethren went through finan-
cial difficulties. If these hard time should last much longer
the effects would become still more marked. It is signifi-
cant that the government has been earnestly occupied with
forming plans for relieving the situation in the interest
of the industry as well as that of the working classes.
The situation for the latter has become very serious as
the number of unemployed has increased rapidly.
The improvement which has shown itself lately, although
very slight up to now, has been hailed with great delight.
It coincides with the renewed drop of the German exchange.
In so far it does not afford any satisfaction to the business
world which would have wished an improvement independ-
ent of the exchange condition. This disappointment has,
however, not been the only sore point of the situation.
Even more serious is the fact that very few works have
pi-ofited by the lesson dealt out by the hard times they
have just gone through.
Depression Ascribed to Overstretching Prices
The cause of this depression has been commonly ascribed
to an overstretching of prices. Thus all-round reduction
seemed the only solution of the problem. Manufacturers
were reluctant to take the consequences. Months of val-
uable time have been spent waiting for a return of the
demand. When, however, no change for the better took
place and the contracts ran out with no new orders coming
in, the necessity for lowering the prices prevailed. It was
not so difficult to reduce export prices. They have been
put down from 3,300 per cent to a little over 2,000 per
cent above pre-war prices. Great difficulty, however, was
found to reduce the inland prices. The latter have on
the average kept 40-50 per cent below export prices. It
was commonly stated that these prices contained no profit
but involved a considerable loss, which could only be
borne by the compensation which the export prices afforded.
In the absence of export orders the inland business means
therefore an absolute loss. Firms able to sustain such
a loss have stuck to their inland prices but many others
had to reduce them considerably. A high-speed lathe of
190-mm. height of center (10-in. swing) and 1,000-mm.
bed, which was sold in May at 46,000 marks, is now quoted
at 33,000 marks. The same machine, 330-mm. height of
center (17-in. swing) and 1,000-mm. bed was reduced from
101,000 marks to 78,000 marks. Lathes and drilling ma-
chines are most strongly affected by the slump. A radial
drilling machine, which in pre-war time cost 3,000 marks,
and which in April had gone up to 75,000 marks, is now
sold at 50,000 marks. The prices of machine tools for
inland consumption now average from eleven to fifteen
times pre-war prices, or 20 to 22 mark" per kilogram
weight.
Situation Out op Manufacturisrs' Control
It is clear, however, that the price reductions made,
in conjunction with the very serious need to sell at firm
prices, will not bring such revival of business as is neces-
sary to keep the industry employed. Manufacturers de-
clare that the situation is out of their control. Without
reduction of wages and of the prices of raw materials they
are, so they say, unable to make further concessions. The
annual report of the German Machine Tool Builders' Asso-
cition for 1919, which has just been issued, gives strong
expression to this view, which commonly prevails. There
is, however, little hope that the desires of the manufac-
turers in the direction of reducing prime cost and expenses
will materialize. The wages are at present about ten times
higher than in peace times, but as they are still below those
of other countries and have not increased in proportion to
living expenses, the readjustment of wages and salaries can
hardly be said to be completed. A reduction of the cost
of raw material is quite out of the question. It is incon-
ceivable where such reduction should come from. Ger-
many before the war produced about 20,000,000 tons of
iron, which was mostly gained from inland ore resources.
It is estimated that now she has to import at least 6,000,000
924
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
tons of iron ore in order to keep up a fourth part of the pre-
War production. Last year 6,500,000 tons of pig iron were
produced, but only with the help of over 2,500,000 tons of
scrap. There is still some scrap reserve in the country
but H will soon be exhausted. Even this reduced produc-
tion cannot be reserved for inland consumption, as the mills
have to sell a part of their production abroad in exchange
for foreign ore. The prices for raw material can in the
future be not less than in other countries, but rather more,
as the German iron and steel industry, dependent on im-
port of ore and foreign shipping rates, will be seriously
handicapped.
Reduction of Wages and Prices a Delusion
Under such conditions to expect relief from a reduction
of wages and prices seems rather a delusion. The relief
can only come from another direction. It points distinctly
to higher economy of production and greater efficiency. In
this respect much has to be done, and it is only surprising
that so little has yet been done. It seems quite clear that
when all the items which compose the household of a fac-
tory, materials, wages, power and other expenses are in
the process of readjustment, the working methods and the
equipment have to follow suit. The German manufacturers
will no doubt in time — and after they have recognized that
they cannot expect a reduction of wages and of cost of
material— sit down and figure out how else they can reduce
prices. They will then surely find out how much material
can be saved in their designs and how wages and expenses
can be kept down by more efficient labor-saving equipment.
The time when this necessity will be recognized has not
yet come.
Specialization and standardization, which are so much
talked about as the harbingers of better times, are only
a part of the great work of reconstruction, but even they
are only in their first stages. Until the reconstruction
and readjustment inside of the shops is seriously taken in
hand, the German machine-tool industry will have to pass
through very critical times and, as experiences show al-
ready, will not survive in full force.
Business Conditions in England
FROM OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, Oct. 22, 1920.
THE coal strike has started, bringing with it the pos-
sibility of a gradual close-down in British industry.
Generally the position has been accepted, if not cheer-
fully, at least without undue complaining, and if the gov-
ernment is firm and fairly capable only one result can be
predicted. It is at least possible that in social and economic
matters Great Britain is entering on a transition period.
The idea of employment of men simply for the personal
profit of the employer has long been a bugbear among the
working classes, and Austen Hopkinson, a well-known en-
gineering employer, was at least partly right last night in
the House of Commons in ascribing low production to the
fear of "making the boss a millionaire." But there are
other reasons. The old idea of master and servant having
gone by the board, new relationship may be instituted be-
tween employer and employed, profit-seeker and wage-
earner. A share in the control of industry has been suc-
cessfully claimed by labor. The trade unions have grown
enormously in numerical strength and also greatly as re-
gards funds, although in an absolute sense they may not
be much stronger, if as strong, in the latter direction — the
purchasing value of money having so Heavily deteriorated.
Now the trade unions and other organizations have pretty
complete control of the situation and up to the present the
government, claimed to be one of business men, has always
acted with a view to compromising disputes for the purpose
of "getting on with the job." This course of action was no
doubt necessary during the war period. At the moment
some slight change of policy suggests itself, as it has be-
fore. The government offer to the miners was in the nature
of a face-saving character, as output had merely to be
maintained and not increased to justify the advance in
wages demanded and agreed to, with the reservation noted.
But the offer was rejected very decisively. Of course the
payment-accordihg-to-output scheme suffers from some se-
vere practical objections, as a strike or other dispute in a
given district, whether justified or unjustified, would neces-
sarily lower total output, and consequently the rate of pay
of men in other districts who might or might not sympathize
with the strikers. Even if the output were rated by dis-
tricts or collieries in ai'eas where seams have already been
well worked the rate of output, rather than increasing, must
necessarily decline. And to some extent the output must
depend on the coal owners — they may or may not supply the
most efficient colliery gear. In fact complaints in this
direction are not uncommon. Most colliers here appear to
favor a fixed payment per shift. The demand for reduc-
tion in the price of coal to the home consumer of 14s. 2d.
a ton having been dropped, the miners' claim for their
strike as unselfish disappears, and the dispute is merely one
of wages. Much is said regarding control of industry but
getting down to facts it is division of product that has
caused disputes, so far.
The Banding of Interests
For several years now interests of all kinds have steadily
banded themselves together. This is quite obvious in the
case of labor where trade unionism is almost omnipotent,
but it shows itself in many other directions and in small
details. Thus part of the subsidy having just been with-
drawn by the government, the price of bread as sold in
the shops was necessarily raised. The ministry concerned
there stated time after time that a reasonable price for the
4-lb. loaf is Is. 3d. Nevertheless the shopkeepers — organized
on a trade basis— insist on Is. 4d., or Is. 4id. if delivered.
Individual effort beyond a limit is not encouraged
in the ranks of the workers, the effort being toward a com-
mon uplift and a general rather than a particular raising
of the standard of living. So far the process has met with
success and, often when urged to it by government officials,
employer and employed have sat down together to raise
wages and prices and left it at that. Now apparently the
limit has been reached and the consumer is refusing to
make a demand. But not in all cases. Once again transport
fares in London have been raised without any diminution in
the number of persons traveling, but rather the contrary ef-
fect: the weather may of course be partly responsible. Be-
yond question however trade is declining as a whole and,
apart from strikes, unemployment increases. The unem-
ployed ex-soldier has been making himself heard, not in the
pleasantest way, and a riot in Whitehall, preceded by a
procession of unemployed, has forced the government to pro-
vide work or relief in the form of road-making, half the
cost being placed on the London county rates, without the
Council themselves, it would seem, being considei'ed in the
matter. The same is to apply elsewhere. Thus a further
increase will be necessary on the already bloated local
rates.
Selfishness Prevails
Selfishness prevails all round; in this regard no side can
throw stones at another. For during the war the nation's
interests were quite forgotten by the employed class, who
were content to work on the so-called time-and-line plan.
(Time and lima is held to be more correct, the phrase de-
riving from the building trades.) On this system the em-
ployer was encouraged to pay high wages, being then en-
titled to charge a corresponding profit. Everybody looked
after his own interest and was apt to forget his duties.
Workpeople are commonly blamed for demanding high
wages, but they are not alone at fault. Their selfishness is
simply more apparent.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
^^vlW.vw jvW ^^t.'^Lb:•
924a
Nowhere does it appear to be greater than in the building
trades, where the demand for workmen is out of all propor-
tion to the supply. For a period of years before the war
men had been leaving these trades and by 1914 the number
of bricklayers, for example, in this country had been re-
duced to about 74,000. At the moment the total is officially
put at 53,000. Yet all attempts to ease the entry into these
trades are definitely resisted and defeated, the excuse being
that the housing demand may not last longer than ten
years, when unemployment might again be experienced.
Much cant is talked too by apologists for the building
trades' workers in excuse for the notorious fact that, by
means of bribes and similar payments, workers can with
some readiness be found for luxury building, where officially
permitted, while the building of houses for the working and
similar classes is retarded or stopped for want of men.
Withdrawal of labor is just as possible in connection with
luxury building as with, say, a wage dispute.
Consumer Always Left in Cold
Still, the working men, and working women too, of Great
Britain are closely joined together, and though the trade
organizations are apt to have regard solely for the interests
of their particular industry, the consumer always being left
in the cold, yet co-operative action by the unions in regard
to strikes is generally threatened, and by all accounts the
railwaymei nave issued an ultimatum to the effect that if
the government does not in a given time take definite steps,
of an obvious character, to end the dispute with the miners,
they themselves will suddenly cease work. How far by this
action they will commend themselves to the minds of the
population generally does not appear. For the memory re-
mains of last year's railway strike, with its attempt to hold
up the food of the people. Further, the average person
understands that before a railwayman can leave work he
must give a week's notice. The transport workers, too,
promise similar action — their secretary says "it appears
better to widen the issue instantly and get the dispute
settled in preference to allowing ourselves to drift" — al-
though in this case a wages dispute has been in existence
for some time and the strike is not necessarily one of
sympathy only.
Meanwhile as regards coal, gas and electricity, supplies
have been limited by orders, so that, for instance, no house-
holder can receive more than 1 cwt. of coal a week, and
then only on condition that he has less than 10 cwt. in
stock, while the consumption of coal, for factories, work-
shops and business premises is to be reduced to half, and
gas produced at the gas works is not to have a greater
calorific value than 450 B.t.u. per cu.ft. Illumination is
being reduced, London's public streets approximating to the
condition of the Zeppelin nights.
Short-Time Employment Grows
Directly or indirectly as a result of the strike, engineer-
ing and other works are discharging men, though the en-
deavor is rather to work short time, and thus spread em-
ployment as far as it will go. After four days it was es-
timated that 100,000 workpeople had been discharged and
as the strike progresses so will unemployment, but up to a
point at an accelerating rate. Apart from the strike, en-
gineering and the iron and steel trades generally show
further evidence of decline, but the collapses that have been
so freely prophesied, more especially in the motor-car line,
have not been announced. The stoppage of the Vulcan shops
was for three weeks or so only. The closure of the Mar-
tinsyde works for a fortnight is indication of the condition
of the aeroplane industry.
The report of E. G. Wrigley & Co., Ltd., Birmingham,
manufacturers of automobile transmission gears and of
twist drills and drilling cutters, for the year ending with
April last is hardly exhilarating; it shows a loss of £144,000,
attributed mainly to the molders' strike and then to diffi-
culties of getting output large enough to cover dead charges.
On the other hand, though not of course engaged in the
same branch of engineering, Babcock & Wilcox, Ltd., the
well-known boilermakers, are paying 7 per cent for the
half year, free of income tax; or, in other words, 10 per
cent, and this on a capital increased by half a million
pounds, the increased distribution being £54,600 as com-
pared with last year.
The Motor Pleasure-Car Show
The Commercial Motor Vehicle Exhibition, held at
Olympia from Oct. 15 to 23, the most complete of its
kind yet held in Great Britain, bore at the beginning every
promise of success. It has been decided to proceed with
the London pleasure-car show, to be held this year both at
Olympia and the White City, from Nov. 4 to 13, though the
banquet has been abandoned. The cycle and motorcycle
show will be held at Olympia, W., from Nov. 29 to Dec. 4.
Recently, but before the miners' strike, more than 1,000
workpeople were discharged from the works of Steel, Peech
& Tozer, Sheffield, and the reasons, as stated by A. Peech,
are — apart from disputes — symptomatic of conditions here.
The action was due to the fact that no orders were left for
the particular section of the works concerned, one reason
being that competition of Belgian and American material
at lower prices is being felt. It is understood, too, that
French steel makers have decided to make a special appeal
to the British market: they are able to do this on price by
reason of the present condition of exchange. The firm, in
fact, calls for protection. The second i-eason mentioned is
that confidence as regards capital is shaken by the con-
tinuance and increase of the excess profits duty. The third
is: "The men never gave us the output they should have
done. This combined with the abnormal rises in wages
made it an impossibility to quote a firm price, so that a
quotation accepted on the first of the month might have
risen by 10 or even more per cent by the end of the month,
and very considerably more by the time the order was com-
pleted and invoiced. Quotations, therefore, had to be given
with reservation clauses, so that the purchaser never knew
what price he was going to pay for the article he desired
to purchase."
Gage Standards
The engineering world was recently astonished to receive
notice from the National Physical Laboratory authorities
to the effect that the absolute sizes of the accepted standard
end gages had been found incorrect, the connection being
proportional to the length and being at the rate of minus
12 parts in a million. Thus the accepted size of a 1-in.
gage is reduced by 0.000012 in. This applies only to inch
measures, not to metric units. The laboratory gave notice
that as from Oct. 15 all gages would be tested on the new
basis. A table has been issued showing the alteration which
should be made in lengths hitherto accepted. It has been
pointed out that the change is very small as compared with
the change due to temperature-variation and that only
where interchangeable parts for the same job have to be
made by two different precision engineers is trouble likely
to arise.
Shipbuilding Improving
Lloyd's Register here reports further improvement in the
position of British shipbuilding relative to the rest of the
world, the tonnage in the United Kingdom under construc-
tion at the end of la.st month being 3,731,098, constituting a
record, which compares with 3,834,073 for the countries
outside, excepting Germany, regarding which the figures
available are incomplete. The falling-off outside the United
Kingdom is quite covered by a decrease in the United States,
a decrease also being reported from Canada, with increases
in France and Holland. The output of the United King-
dom in the first three-quarters of the current year amounted
to 1,448,435 tons, an increase of about 324,000 tons as com-
pared with the same period of last year. The Clyde dis-
trict has rather less than 950,000 tons on the way and
Belfast rather more than 350,000 tons. The figures do not
include war vessels.
In issuing their latest revised lists of standard rolled
steel sections for structural purposes the British Engineer-
ing Standards Association suggests that on the occasion
of the next revision the results of conferences with the
American Engineering Standards Committee may be incor-
porated. The revised issue was adopted by the sectional
9241}
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
committee concerned toward the end of last year, but
the American committee named requested delay in publica-
tion in order that the American steel industry might be con-
■ suited. It appears however that nothing; was possible by
way of co-operation in the time available, but the British
report indicates that "considerable progress toward Anglo-
American agreement has already been effected."
The Cutlers' Feast was held as usual this year, on Oct.
14, in Sheffield in the hall of the Company of Cutlers in
Hallamshire in the County of York, the master cutler being
William Clark, director of the Sheffield works of Vickers,
Ltd. American readers may be interested in the statement
that this Cutlers' Company was incorporated in 1624, say
1-50 years before the United States was formed, while the
feast was the 292nd of the series. It is often the occasion
for political pronouncements.
American engineers who have visited Heathfield Hall,
the home of James Watt — and they are quite a company —
will regret to hear that George Tangye, who lived there so
long, died on Oct. 7 last. Of the brothers who formed the
Tangye firm he was the youngest, having been born in 1835.
The story of the rise of this firm from a 4s. a week room
has been told more than once, particularly as regards the
hydraulic jack and the Weston differential pulley block, but
il is not perhaps generally recognized that the f^rm in 1862
introduced a steam engine with interchangeable parts. Mr.
G. Tangye had been chairman of Tangyes, Ltd., since 1906
when Sir. Richard Tangye died. When the old Boulton &
Watt firm was sold out he secured the collection of drawings
and other relics of the two men named, and of Murdoch and
many others, that had been made by W. H. Darlington,
and he housed them in part of the Soho works which was
and is devoted to machine-tool production, this until the
local authorities had provided special rooms in the Munici-
pal Reference Library, Birmingham, to which the relics
were removed in 1915. Heathfield Hall, and particularly
the garret workshop of Watt, could generally be visited by
the favor of Mr. Tangye and last year, on the occasion of
the centenary celebration, a large party was thus enter-
tained by him. He had a particularly ready welcome for
American engineers. An effort is being made to secure the
garret workshop at least as a memorial of Watt.
New Regulations Affect Trade With Italy
IMPORTERS in the United States of Italian commodities Boods, but on the fictitious value, and it would also tie up double
will be interested in the announcement recently made by "'•" ""^t""' amount of duties, tlirougii no fault of either the shipper
the Italian Chamber of Commerce in New York to the ■"" '''^ importer.
effect that, hereafter, American Consuls will issue consular Italian-American Trade for August
invoices for exports from Italy to the United States on the During August, the United States imported from Italy
quotations of the gold exchange which the Italian Govern- goods to the value of about $5,390,000, which is about
ment establishes for the payment of railroad tickets sold $1,435,000 less than in August 1919 The exports from
abroad or involving a trip beyond the boundaries of Italy. the United States to Italy during the same month amounted
The chamber states that its plea to the United States to about $18,000,000 as against $28,500,000 in the corre-
Treasury Department has been successful, and that the spending month of the preceding year
Treasury has agreed to discontinue the valuation of the The total value of the domestic exports of machinery
gold lira at the rate of two paper lire for the satisfaction of during August, from the United States to Italy was $249-
custom duties, and to adopt the actual gold exchange in- 555^ divided as follows: Textile machinery, $84,519; lathes,
^*«^5 , „ . , ,^ J ^ J r> * -7 • J u ^i, $1,999; other machine tools, $63,514; sharpening and grind-
The following letter dated Oct. 7, was received by the j^^ machines, $24,726; all other metal-working machinery,
chamber from J. D. Nevms, acting chief, division of cus- $54,456; excavating machinery, $18,400; air-compressing
tonis: machinery, $346.
The department refers to your letter of .4ug. 12, further in
regard to the use of Form 144 bv American consuls in Italy. INCREASES IN ITALIAN IMPORT DUTIES ON MOTOR VEHICLES
appears that the rate establi.shed by the ItTlian Government for existed between the low Italian duties on motor vehicles and
the collection of custom duties is more or less an arbitrary one, the high tariffs imposed on these vehicles by Great Britain,
the department has decided to discontinue the use of such rate. United States, and France, the Italian Government has de-
Under today's date, the honorable Secretary of State is being re- creed substantial increases in rates, the same having be-
quested to instruct American consuls in Italy to continue the use come effective Sept. 15, 1920.
of Form 144, but, instead of using the customs rate as hereto- Passenger automobiles (with or without bodies) trucks
fore, to now use the Italian railways rate which is based on a traction engines (including farm tractors), motor-driven
sold standard and approximates the relative values between the c*-^^^t ..i^»»:»» „ *. ^j *. n
lira and United States money. street-cleaning apparatus and motor f^re-eng.nes now pay
the following duty in gold per quintal:
In explanation of the new ruling, the Italian Chamber Lire
of Commerce in New York issued the following statement: Weighing not more than 400 kilos 20
_ . »,,»»,. 1 , ■„ • , Over 400 kilos up to and including 900 ttilos 115
This means that the American consuls will now issue consular over 900 kilos up to and including 1.600 kilos.!.... 65
invoices for exports from Italy to the United States on quotations Ovei' 1.600 kilos up to and including 2.500 kilos.... 75
of the gold exchange which the Italian Government establishes ^vtr I'OOO kilol "^ '° """^ '"'''""''"^ ^■*''" ■*''">* H
for the payment of railroad tickets sold abroad or involving a '
trip beyond the boundaries of Italy, which tickets are payable Automobiles, with or without bodies, weighing not more
in gold lire, otherwise in paper lire at the exchange fixed by the than 2,500 kilos pay also a surtax of 35 per cent ad valorem,
government itself taking as a basis the quotations of the principal Automobile bodies are classified as automobiles. On auto-
stock exchanges of the kingdom. .„„u;i . i. au x ii • ^ -0. , , . . , .
I,, T. ,• r..,, I. »%. • ^. ^ , ■ mobile parts the following new tariff, gold per quintal, is
The Italian Chamber of Commerce in New York is now en- ■ - t-. r,n ,- , ■/, ,-„ ,. M"'""-"'.
deavoring to protect shipments on their way to the United States '" ^°f ^= ^^^"}f^' ^^ I'^e; gear shifts, 110 lire; rear axles,
for which currency certificates of depreciation have been issued t^omplete, 90 lire; all plus a surtax of 30 per cent, ad
under the rule now discontinued, that is, at a value of two valorem.
paper lire equal to the value of one gold lira. The restricions on the importation of automobiles have
The chamber has suggested to the Treasury Department that been continued largely because of the inadequacy of the old
the collectors of customs at the several ports throughout the United duties, but in the near future the increases in the tariff
states be authoriiced and directed to permit entry upon pro- should result in the removal of these restrictions, or at
forma invoice with bond for the production of the consular in- ig^gt, in their modification.
voice or the replacing of the one already filed and to accept as a r^ i- j. • ^ j. . ^ ,«„« . , ,
deposit at the time of entry the amount of duty based upon the ^*^^''^" treasury receipts for August, 1920, amounted to
Italian railways rate, ais now fixed upon. The chamber had the 877,544,066 lire, as compared With 682,796,669 lire for
opportunity of stating in a letter to the Treasury Department August, 1919. This is an unusually large increase. The
under date of Sept. 28, that to require the importer to deposit detailed statistics reveal that all items show an increase,
duty based on 9i or 10 cents per( Ure would be unjust, in that it with the exception of indirect taxes on consumption. The
would mean to collect duty not on real and true value of the figures are:
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
924c
Item August, 1919 August. 1920
Lire Lire
r>iiect taxes on incomes 370,011.482 444,443,730
Indirect taxes on consumption 95,751,199 88,053,361
Taxes on business and profits 71,511,022 104,922.250
Industrial monopolies and lottery 143,345,675 220,636.101
Commercial monopolies 2.177.290 19,498.624
Total 682,796.669 877.554.06G
Despite the unsettlement which was brought about by
the recent series of labor troubles in Italy, security prices
in general on the Italian stock exchanges have held up in
a surprisingly firm manner.
A bill providing for the abolition of certain Italian trade
" restrictions was passed recently by the chamber of deputies.
The measure among other things, will limit the activity of
the government in the production and distribution of goods,
permitting the largest freedom possible under existing con-
ditions; and will result in the infliction of heavy penalties for
those convicted of profiteering in articles of prime necessity.
The supply and distribution of newsprint paper, cotton,
wool, and other textile materials will be taken from the
hands of the government, and the stocks of those com-
modities on hand will be delivered over to the co-operative
associations which will dispose of them under government
regulations; the newsprint supply, however, being still below
the demand, the necessary regulations for assuring a steady
supply to the pi-ess and for preventing a "corner" in the
market will be issued by the ministry of industry and com-
merce, which agency, however, will not continue to exercise
the direct control which it has been exercising over produc-
tion; the office controlling the manufacture and distribution
of "national" shoes will be abolished.
Within three months from the date on which the law
becomes effective, the list of commodities of which the im-
portation or exportation is subject to restriction shall be
revised and a number of such commodities taken from the
restricted list.
It is also provided that merchants who e.nter into agree-
ments fixing prices or limiting the quantity of goods to be
offered on the market are liable to penalties established by
a new law on profiteering, namely, imprisonment for from
one to five years and a fine of . 1,000 lire or more. The
hoarding of food products, raw materials, or other neces-
sary goods, or their withdrawal from their course toward
normal consumption, is made punishable with imprisonment
up to five years and a fine of more than 500 lire.
Because of the decline in the cost of food and the expecta-
tion that other commodities would also show a price reces-
sion, the Navigazwne Generate Italiana has decided to aban-
don the proposed increase of $15 in the minimum cabin rates
to Italian ports, which was to have gone into effect on
December 1. Some of the other lines operating between
New York and Italy, it is understood, have determined
upon the same course.
What Is a Machine Tool?
By Entropy
In some ways it seems as though the discussion
regarding this definition had gone to lengths not en-
tirely justified by its comparative importance, but on
the other hand it has developed the fact that there is
a difference of opinion. An analysis of the situation
may help us to agree on a proper limitation of the term.
There are two distinct classes of names; those which
are descriptive and those which are arbitrary. A street
may be named "Elm Street" because it is lined with elm
trees, and the name is descriptive. It may be called "Six-
teenth Street" and the name is arbitrary, but also direc-
tive because the name in itself assists the person who
wishes to find it. In olden times people named a boy Ruf us,
meaning red, if he showed signs of having red hair.
Today the name is simply a name and not more descrip-
tive than John or James. So with other names, they
may have had a meaning once which was descriptive
and therefore an assistance to the inquirer, but now
they are entirely arbitrary.
No one has definitely traced the term "machine tool"
to its lair. It may have come about through a contrac-
tion of the term "a machine to drive a tool," or "a
machine to guide a tool." As a matter of fact there
seem to be more people who really look on it in that
light than otherwise. A lathe may come under that
head or not as one looks at it. An engine lathe, or a
bench lathe usually does so. A speed lathe used for
polishing does not, unless we stretch the term tool to
include emery cloth. If we stretch it, as most cor-
respondents seem willing to do, to cover a grinding
machine in which the tool is a grinding wheel, then it
would take little more stretching to make it cover a
machine in which emery cloth or even loose emery was
the cutting tool. The guidance part of the definition
may be limited to the guidance of the material worked
on, as in the polishing lathe where the work is con-
strained to revolve on centers; or it may be a complete
guiding of both work and cutting tool as in a planer or
milling machine. A speed lathe using hand tools is
less surely a machine tool by virtue of the lack of
definite guidance of the cutting tool. Its classification
as a machine tool is justifiable, however, because it is
so closely related to an engine lathe. The definition
safely includes presses using dies and punches which
cut and thus shape the material but would not include
forming presses except by a similar analogy to the
speed lathe. It should not necessarily include a sewing
machine because there is no cutting away of the mate-
rial .sewed.
It would however include all kinds of woodworking
machinery, which is not usually classified under this
heading. If we want to make the definition agree more
closely with custom we can specify that the machine
tool is specifically for cutting metals. However, many
machines made for that purpose are equally useful for
cutting fiber and other non-metallic substances. It is
likely that manufacturers of woodworking machinery
would rather use that very descriptive term and would
prefer not to have their product included under the
name of machine tools.
The important point in this, or any other definition
is to make the term sufficiently descriptive so that no
expensive harm may come to any one who uses the
term in a common sense way. If the term "machine
tool" is used in ordinary correspondence there is little
or no danger of misunderstanding, for a man does not
order a dozen "machine tools" but he orders and cor-
responds about specific machine tools. It is only in
cases where these different machines are grouped to-
gether for some purpose that harm can come. For
example: for purposes of taxation, insurance, and other
grouping made by people not in the industry there is
apt to be a class of machines called "machine tools."
It is this sort of classification which makes a rigid
definition necessary in order that there shall be no
misunderstandings. For this reason the narrow defini-
tion "a machine for guiding and driving a cutting tool,
primarily intended for use on metal," may be the best
for the simple reason that it does include a class of
machinery used in a rather definite type of shop. To
be sure those shops may also use wood-working
machinery, but the whole atmosphere and methods of
a woodworking shop are so distinctively theirs that it
seems as though a separate classification were justifi-
able, and it is doubtful if any serious harm could ensue
from their being classified together.
924(1
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
KS FROM ThtE
Valeniine Francis "'%
General Electric Employees Given
Chance to Buy Stock
The General Electric Co. is offering
to employees who have been on the
payroll continuously since Sept. 1, 1920,
the privilege of subscribing, during
November, for from one to ten shares
of capital stock at $136 per share. A
credit is to be allowed amounting to
$20 per share which will represent a
net return substantially the same as
that which would be enjoyed by any-
one purchasing stock on an installment
plan, paying interest on deferred in-
stallments and receiving cash and stock
dividends. Certificates of stock are to
be issued to the subscribers when pay-
ments amounting to $116 per share
have been made.
Payments must be made by deduc-
tions from salary or wages, in monthly
or weekly installments, as subscriptions
may not be paid up in advance. No
deliveries of stock will be made pre-
vious to the payment of the first install-
ment. The total time over which the
payments are to extend is 29 months
or 116 weeks.
Arrangements are made to reim-
burse, with interest at 7 per cent, sub-
scribers withdrawing before making
final payment, also for reimbursing
subscribers leaving the employ of the
company, those temporarily absent be-
cause of illness or layoff and those re-
lieved on pension. Employees are
under no obligation to make subscrip-
tion.
That all questions arising under the
plan described are to be decided by the
board of directors of the General Elec-
tric Co., is one of the conditions upon
which subscriptions are received.
Shipments of American Locomo-
tives Show Large Gain
In the first eight months of this year
the United States exported 1,150 loco-
motives to all parts of the world, near-
ly 200 more than in all of last year
and more than twice as many as nor-
mally exported annually before the
war, it is shown by the National Bank
of Commerce in New York in the No-
vember number of its magazine, Com^
merce Monthly. The largest pur-
chases this year have been made by
Belgium, Italy, France, Poland and
Danzig.
Representing a rather large outlay
of capital, locomotives are bought in
quantity only as a definite step in the
rehabilitation or extension of railroad
lines. A country imports rather than
makes its locomotives either because it
has not highly developed its manufac-
tures or, as in the case of France, be-
cause its manufacturing has been so
disrupted by war that domestic manu-
factures cannot supply its needs.
Before the war the export of loco-
motives was concentrated in the hands
of the great steel-producing countries —
Great Britain, Germany and the United
States. Under these circumstances
American sales to Europe were very
small. During the war, however, the
United States was called upon to sup-
ply locomotives to Europe, and in 1918
even sent 241 to England. Since the
Further Additions to the
F. A. E. S.
The interest being taken by en-
gineering societies in the Feder-
ated American Engineering So-
cieties is indicated by the num-
ber voting to become charter
members. The latest activities
of the F. A. E. S. follow:
Tlio Engineering Society of York at
its meeting on Oct. 18, 1920. unani-
mously adopted a resolution to apply
for charter membership of The Feder-
ated American Society of Engineers.
The Washington, D. C, Society of
Engineers voted at its meeting on
Oct. 20 to become a charter member.
D. J. Sterrett lias been appointed
a delegate to represent the Detroit
Engineering Society at the first meet-
ing of American Engineering Council,
to be held in Wa.shington, D. C,
Nov. 18-19.
The Buffalo Engineering Society has
appointed President W. B. Powell a
delegate to the first meeting of Aroer-
iea-n Engineering Council.
close of the war the United States has
been the only country prepared to ship
locomotives in quantity, and the exports
from this country form the chief part
of the international trade. As time
goes on, British competition may be
expected again to become an important
factor in the trade, and Canada has
also entered the field as a locomotive
exporter.
»
Corporation for Direct Selling
Proposed
It is proposed by L. S. Devos, an ex-
port manager with offices in the Grand
Central Palace, New York, to form a
business corporation, the objects of
which would be to centralize through
one channel the export business of its
members; to maintain direct selling
representation in the New York metro-
politan district; to maintain direct sell-
ing representation in foreign terri-
tories; to appoint proper representa-
tion in foreign territories where the
amount of business would not justify
direct selling; to maintain in foreign
districts service men of the members
of the corprT-ation; and to centralize
Co-operative Meeting on Steel
Industry Working Shifts
The Taylor Society, described as a
society to promote the science and the
art of administration and manage-
ment, will hold a co-operative meeting
on Dec. 3 with the metropolitan and
management sections of the A. S. M. E.
and the New York section of the A. I.
E. E. This meeting will be held at the
Engineering Societies Building, New
York.
Horace B. Drury, formerly of the
economics department, Ohio State Uni-
versity, and recently with the indus-
trial relations division of the U. S.
Shipping Board and besides author of
"Scientific Management" (Longmans),
will read a paper on the subject of
"The Three-Shift Day in the Steel In-
dustry."
During recent months Mr. Drury has
visited practically all of the steel
plants in the United States working
under the three-shift system in an
effort to collect technical data covering
the details of their operation and fig-
ures showing the results obtained. Mr.
Drury's paper will be a general review
of his findings and will constitute the
first comprehensive contribution on
this important subject to American en-
gineering literature. Throughout in-
dustry there is a steadily growing
tendency to shorter hours. In Great
Britain, France, Belgium, Sweden- and
practically all important steel produc-
ing countries the three-shift day has
very largely superseded the long two-
shift day in the steel industry. It
seems probable the three-shift system
will come in America and it is the part
of con.servatism and wisdom for man-
agement to prepare for it.
"The Long Day in the St«el Indus-
try," and "The Point of View of the
Manufacturers" will be other subjects
discussed. William B. Dickson, vice
president of the Midvale Steel and
Ordnance Co., will read a paper on the
latter subject and a general discussion
to be led by Robert B. Wolf, consulting
engineer, New York, will follow.
through one channel for all members
purchasing, advertising, domestic and
foreign sales, forwarding and ship-
ping.
Mr. Devos is export manager for the
Foster Machine Co., Stockbridge
Machine Co., Giddings & Lewis Ma-
chine Tool Co., Cincinnati Lathe and
Tool Co., American Milling Machine
Co., U. S. Machine Tool Co., U. S. Drill
Head Co. and Otto Grinder Co.
A meeting will be held on the eve-
ning of Nov. 10 at the Hotel Astor.
November 11, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
924e
New Officers and Plans
of the A. S. M. E.
Edwin S. Carman, manufacturer, of
Cleveland, has been elected president of
the American Society of Mechanical En-
gineers in a mail ballot coverinK a
membership of 13,000, comprising engi-
neers, managers and technologists in
every industrial center of the country.
Mr. Carman succeeds Major Fred J.
Miller of New York, and will take of-
fice after the society's annual conven-
tion, to be held in New York in De-
cember.
John L. Harrington, consulting engi-
neer, of Kansas City; Leon P. Alford,
editor, of New York, and Robert B.
Wolf, president of the R. B. Wolf Com-
pany of New York, were chosen vice-
presidents for two years in succession
to John A. Stevens of Lowell, Mass.,
Henry B. Sargent of New Haven, Conn.,
and Fred R. Low of New York. Three
managers, each for a term of three
years, were elected as follows: Henry
M. Norris of Cincinnati, Carl C. Thomas
of Los Angeles, and Louis C. Nordmyer
of St. Louis. Major William H. Wiley,
publisher, of New York, was re-elected
treasurer. The secretary will be elected
by the society's council in December.
Calvin W. Rice has held this office since
1906.
Following a meeting of the society's
council, composed of the president, vice-
presidents, managers, past presidents,
treasurer and secretary, plans for pro-
moting professional endeavor and pub-
lic service, particularly as to industrial
relations and rewarding engineering
achievement, were announced. The
finance committee recommended a bud-
get for the ensuing year of more than
$.500,000. The publication committee
reported that the society's publication
for the year had involved an expendi-
ture of more than $200,000.
The meetings and program commit-
tee detailed plans for the December
convention and also announced plans
for a congress of mechanical engineers
to be held in Chicago next spring.
The engineering foundation fund for
engineering research, of which the so-
ciety is one of the sponsors, will
shortly amount to $1,000,000. This
fund was established in 1914, by Am-
brose Swasey of Cleveland, by gifts to
the United P^ngineering Society, as a
nucleus of a large endowment "for the
furtherance of research in science and
in engineering or for the advancement
in any other manner of the profession
of engineering and the good of man-
kind." The fund is administered by the
engineering foundation board, com-
posed of members from the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, the
American Society of Civil Engineers,
the American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers and the Amer-
ican Institute of Electrical Engineers.
John H. Barr of New York, formerly
professor of machine design at Cornell,
was appointed the society's representa-
tive on the national research council
for three years, succeeding W. F. M.
Goss of New York. Fred J. Miller, re-
tiring president, was named to fill the
vacancy on the John Fritz medal board
created by the death of John Alfred
Brashear of Pittsburgh, a past presi-
dent of the society. Mr. Miller will
serve until 1923.
The council adopted a recommenda-
tion from a special committee on in-
EDWIX .S. CARM.AN
dustrial engineering, composed of Dean
D. S. Kimball of Cornell, chairman; L.
W. Wallace of Baltimore, and L. P.
Alford, Frank T. Chapman, and Robert
W. Wolf of New York, that immediate
steps be taken "to formulate a practical
program of industrial relations which
will express the viewpoint and beliefs
of engineers." The management sec-
tion of the society was charged with
carrying out a plan submitted by Dean
Kimball's committee, providing that a
committee on agencies of productivity
be established to study invested sav-
ings, credit capital, organized labor,
unorganized labor, employers, man-
agers, society as a whole, economic and
productive intelligence service. The
committee requested the council to call
upon the society's membership for ac-
tive assistance "in building up a co-
operative movement between all organ-
izations which are working for the im-
provement and upbuilding of industry."
The council adopted a report as to a
system of awards and prizes for meri-
torious contribution to the science and
Crane Co. Registers in
Thirty-One Countries
Thirty-one countries, necessitating
ninetyrthree separate registrations,
have been chosen by Crane Co. in which
to protect its three trade marks.
The Crane Co., a Chicago institution,
was established in 1855. It is its
business to manufacture some twenty
thousand different articles more or less
closely associated with pipe and piping,
and to distribute, as merchants, numer-
ous other manufactured articles.
Soon after the orders had been for-
warded to the thirty-one countries, it
was discovered that "piracy" of the
trade mark "Crane," had developed in
a South American republic. Hope is
expressed that the applications for
these foreign registrations will have
been filed in time to forestall the work
of the "pirates" in all of the countries
entered.
art of engineering by a committee on
awards and prizes headed by Dr. Ira
N. HoUis president of Worcester Poly-
technic Institute. Among the awards
which may be granted by the council
in recognition of distinguished service
to engineering and the industries are
honorary membership, life membership
for the best contribution to the litera-
ture of mechanical engineering appear-
ing in the society's publications for a
given year, a medal for some notable
invention or striking improvement in
connection with the industries, and
honorable mention, appearing as a
diploma for such inventions or improve-
ments in engineering as in the opinion
of the council merit the attention of
the society without being of such far-
reaching importance as to warrant a
medal.
Awards of scholarships or fellow-
ships for exceptional attainment in col-
lege work, the report stated, are under
contemplation. Other awards include a
junior medal or cash prize for the best
paper or thesis submitted by junior
members and two student medals or
cash prizes for the best papers or thesis
submitted by student members of the
society. All awards are granted by so-
ciety's council, which holds about seven
meetings a year in New York and other
centers. The council is aided in pre-
liminary decisions by an executive com-
mittee and by an elaborate organization
of standing committees in charge of
fundamental activities.
The society has formed an aeronautic
section with a large membership, in-
cluding Orville Wright, Howard E. Cof-
fin, Edward A. Deeds, Jesse G. Vincent
and Elmer A. SpeiTy.
924f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 2b
German Import Restrictions
on Machine Tools
The German branch of the National
Cash Register Co., which up to now had
only a shop for repair work and as-
sembling, is now planning an enlarge-
ment of its workshops for the purpose
of manufacturing
The firm intended to equip its new
shops with American machine tools and
had applied for a license to import a
number of such tools. This license has,
however, been declined on the ground
that similar tools are behig made in the
country. This decision has evidently
been made to enforce the American
company to buy German machine tools.
German firms applying for import
licenses for American machine tools
have obtained them without great diffi-
culty. It is, however, necessary for the
buyer to state that he cannot obtain
tools of the same kind and quality in
Germany.
*
Machine-Tool Market in Bolivia
In the near future there is likely to
be an increased demand for machine
tools in Bolivia, but in considering the
needs of this market it must be borne
in mind that the tools will be required
for repair and general work.
Tools designed for quantity produc-
tion, except small automatics for turn-
ing out studs, small bolts and nuts,
are not, and for some time to come will
not be, wanted, and it will be useless
tc attempt to push their sale. At the
same time makers will be well advised
to send out well-illustrated catalogues,
printed in Spanish, describing as far
as possible in non-technical language
some of the more elaborate of their
productions, solely with a view of driv-
ing home to the Bolivian user the fact
that they can and do make giant ma-
chines which are in every way superior
to the productions of United States
shops. There will be no sale for these,
but there will be a large advertising
value in such distribution.
Mining Requirements
By far the greatest proportion of
machinery imported into and used in
Bolivia is intended for mining or closely
related purposes. If railway rollmg
stock, which accounts for about 25 per
cent of the total value of the machin-
ery sent into the republic, is left out
of consideration about 22 per cent of
the balance is mining machinery, and
the rest is spare parts, engines, elec-
trical appliances and machine tools
used in connection with mining.
The machine tools required are con-
sequently those which can be used in
the repair of crushers of all kinds,
crushing rolls, stamp mills, tube and
ball mills, pulverizers, mechanical roast-
ers, jigs of various makes, concentrat-
ing tables, flue vanners, classifiers
and mechanical separators. Tools are
also wanted which can duplicate parts
of Diesel and semi-Diesel oil engines,
turn up commutators of electric motors
and generators, deal with broken parts
in compressed air drills, air com-
pressors, pumps, mining cars and small
locomotives used for hauling ore and
other purposes. There is just now a
fair and increasing demand for hydrau-
lic and dredging machinery, and tools
capable of dealing with repairing and
duplicating parts of such machines will
be wanted.
Repair Shop Equipment
In addition to the shops connected
with the various mining establishments
and railways there are a number of
privately owned repair shops, most of
which were equipped with machine and
other tools of German or United States
origin. Most of these contemplate the
installation of new plant.
Recently motor-car repair has been
undertaken, and there is a fair inquiry
for machine tools for grinding cylin-
ders and other parts, for gear-cutting
and bobbing machines, and incidentally
for electric and o.xy-acetylene welding
outfits. Small electric furnaces for the
heat treatment of tools and steel parts
are also likely to come into request.
The average repair shop in Bolivia
will contain the following equipment:
One medium lathe of ordinary belt-driven
three-cone pulley type, with back gear and
screw-cutting banjo plate and wheel.s, for
metric as well a.s other threads. This will
be of 12-ln. or 16-in. center, with gap to
allow of work up to 36 in. being taken, and
with a bed length of about 10 ft, .Such a
machine must be large enough to take the
crankshaft of an ordinary traction engine,
or to turn up a medium length of counter-
.-ihafting.
One lathe of 9-in. center with gap and
bed about 6 ft. 6 in. in length, sliding and
surfacing, with ordinary tool rest, three-
cone pulley, and back gear.
One lathe of 5-in. center, with gap which
will permit of pulleys about 18 in. in diam-
eter being faced and bored. Self-traversing
ordinary tool rest and bed about 3 ft. in
length.
One high-speed radial drill to take up to
2-in. hole in cast iron, preferably with
liand feed. The spindle should be capable
of taking chucks to hold drills of very small
size as well as the bigger drills. The bed
should be such that the machine can take
ordinary steel girders. In addition to this
big drill there will usually be a smaller
ladial drill and two or three high-speed
drilling machines of the pillar type, and a
hand-power bench drilling machine with
medium heavy flywheel.
One shaping machine with rising and
falling table, adjustable head, quick return
motors, and capable of at least 12 in. travel.
In addition there may be a small high-speed
shaper and a 30-in. planing machine, the
French type of this tool being preferred.
A medium-sized miller, one small power
grinding machine, a small .saw-grinding
machine, one power-driven punching and
metal-cutting machine, and two or three
small hand-operated punching machines.
— Loudon Times.
Manufacturers' Sales Co.
Organized
The Manufacturers' Sales Co. has
been organized, with offices in the
Leader-News Building, Cleveland, Ohio,
to represent in Cleveland and sur-
rounding territory, one or possibly two
large reliable manufacturers for the
sale of their respective products.
C. C. Bradford, for a number of
years sales manager of the U. S. Light
& Heat Corporation and more recently
sales manager of the Marlin Rockwell
Corporation, has been selected to man-
age the affairs of this new enterprise.
Mr. Bradford is widely acquainted
among manufacturers and buyers
throughout the Middle West and has
had extensive experience in developing
large sales organizations.
Kansas State College Makes
Lathes for High Schools
Two sets of lathes made in the shop
practice department of the division of
engineering of the Kansas State Agri-
cultural College were shipped out dur-
ing September, one going to the board
of education at Alton and the other
going to the board of education at
Clyde.
The department has been building
wood lathes as a part of the regular
class work for engineering students.
Sixteen of these have been in use since
1917 in the woodtuming and pattern
shop.
During this period the lathes have
been closely inspected for weak places.
As soon as any weak point was dis-
covered it was corrected and the
changed part thoroughly tried out to be
sure no weakness would result.
The lathes are mounted in pairs on a
substantial stand and are driven from
underneath. The mo\'ing parts are all
enclosed except the spindle on which
the work is mounted. This insures
"Safety First," as all shifting of belts
is done by simply shifting a lever.
Lathes Made Interchangeable
The method used in the college shoits
in making these lathes is practically
the same as those used in commercial
shops. Jigs, fixtures and gages are
used to insure all parts being inter-
changeable. This means that the col-
lege can furnish parts for the machines
in case they are broken or wear out in
use with the assurance that the parts
will interchange with the old parts.
The parts which go to make up the
machine are numbered in such a way
that no difficulty is experienced in
ordering any part that should be
needed.
The shop-practice department secured
from the war department a large as-
sortment of up-to-date machine tools
for the machine shop recently.
With the use of the new machinery
it will be possible to turn out a much
greater number of pieces than was
formerly possible and within the next
year there should be quite a number of
these lathes available for use in high
schools and other schools' in Kansas, the
plan being to supply them in units of
two or more mounted on a vei-y sub-
stantial bench in such a way that they
can be readily attached to a motor, or a
gas engine, or a line shaft. The college
supplies the lathes at a price that ap-
proximates the actual cost of materials
used in their construction.
Decline in Shipbuilding
According to figures of the Bureau
of Navigation private American ship-
yards on Oct. 1 were building or under
contract to build for private ship own-
ers 331 steel vessels of 1,236.277 gross
tons, compared with 345 vessels of
1.236,547 gross tons on Sept. 1. 1920.
These figures do not include govern-
ment shipbuilding or contracted for by
the United States Shipping Board out
of money voted by Congress.
November 11, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
9iig
Southern Commercial Congress'
Progress in Export Trade
In order to form commercial alli-
ances with foreign business concerns,
principally with companies located in
Latin-America, and thus to further ex-
pand and broaden the foreign market
for Southern industrial concerns,
manufacturers, business men and bank-
ers of Atlanta are planning the orga-
nization of the Atlanta Export Club.
This club will be the result of the re-
cent training school for Pan-American
Commerce, conducted in Atlanta under
the auspices of the Southern Commer-
cial Congress, and widely attended by
business men and manufacturers of the
Atlanta trade territory. The course
was intensified into a month's training,
covering the most important phases of
foreign commerce, and under the direc-
tion of men long experienced in this
field.
During the past two or three years
the expansion and growth of foreign
trade between Southern industrial cen-
ters ancf Latin-American countries has
been remarkable, the principal products
now finding a market in those countries
being machinery, machinery supplies,
machine tools, and iron and steel prod-
ucts. It is the purpose of the Southern
Commercial Congress to further in-
crease this trade by the establishment
in various industrial centers of the
South of inland consulates, in charge
of men experienced in foreign com-
merce and familiar with the trade con-
ditions in the countries they represent.
That this plan is the most feasible is
indicated by the enormous amount of
export trade now carried on between
Atlanta and Cuba and Atlanta and
Panama. Both of these countries are
represented in Atlanta by consuls who
devote a large part of their time to
the development of this business. Dr.
Guy King represents Cuba, and John
Ashley Jones, Panama.
These two countries, the consuls say,
offer at this time a very fertile and
stable market for machinery and ma-
chinery products of almost any kind,
and machine tools. The same is true
of Peru, Brazil and the Argentine, and
efforts are being made by the Southern
Commercial Congress to have all of
those countries establish consulates in
the inland cities of the South.
France Reorganizes Foreign
Trade Bureau
The "Office du Commerce Exterieur"
of France, although bearing the name
of a bureau that has been in existence
for some time, has recently been re-
organized on a more ambitious scale.
This department of overseas trade is
a practical link between official France
and the general public at home and
abroad. It is now aided on the finan-
cial side by the new Foreign Commerce
Bank. It controls the service of French
commercial agents, and is responsible
for organizing trade exhibits in France
and other countries.
The department supplies trade in-
formation in the form of loose-leaf
pamphlets, or in response to verbal and
written inquiries, and at the same time
welcomes the opportunity of helping
foreign traders seeking information as
to the French market. The department
will soon begin the publication of a
periodical similar to the British Board
of Trade Journal.
The commercial exhibition plans in-
clude at the present time a "touring
fair" for Canada, the Colonial exhibi-
tion at Marseilles in 1922, and an
inter-allied exhibition which is planned
to be held in Paris in 1925. Permanent
exhibitions are being provided for
branch offices of the department in the
principal countries of the world. These
exhibitions have already been opened
in Spain, Switzerland, Czecho-Slovakia,
the Balkan States and in London.
»
Kelly-Reamer Changes
Coincident with moving into its new
plant, the Kelly Reamer Co., Cleveland,
Ohio, has made the following changes:
A. H. Howard, formerly operating
an independent office as the A. H
Howard Sales Engineering Co., has
joined the organization, and will rep-
resent the company in Cleveland,
Toledo and northern Ohio territory.
R. W. Martindale, formerly with
the E. A. Harper Tool and Supply Co.
of New York and Philadelphia, will
handle the Pittsburgh territory.
W. B. Leonard, formerly connected
with the Standard Tool Co., will handle
the Buffalo territory.
♦
New Officers of Cost Engineers
of Indiana
D. E. Nauman, of the Midwest En-
gine Co., was elected president of the
Association of Manufacturers Cost and
Efficiency Engineers of Indiana at a
dinner meeting held at the Hotel Lin-
coln, Indianapolis, recently.
Other officers named were H. J. Wil-
son of the Warner Gear Co., Muncie,
vice-president; G. F. Buxton of the
vocational education department of
Indiana University, secretary, and D.
M. Milholland of the Milholland Ma-
chine Co., treasurer.
R. A. Mouron, statistician of the
Nordyke & Marmon Co., spoke on
"Graphic Presentation of Business
Control," illustrating his talk with a
number of interesting and instructive
charts.
Appreciation of Long and
Faithful Service
On November first the Watson Still-
man Co., Aldene, N. J., presented to
Thomas Watson, a machinist who has
been continually in its service for fifty
years, a gold watch suitably inscribed
and a check for one thousand dollars
in appreciation of his loyal and faith-
ful service.
At the same t'me, Wm. Graudorf,
T. W. Hammond, A. D. Carnes, J.
Hardy, Wm. Koshwitz, Wm. Meily and
C. J. Wes.sel.s were each presented with
a gold watch and Carl Wigtel was pre-
sented with a watch fob; all in recogni-
tion of long and faithful services.
Clark Equipment Co. Has New
Motor-Truck Axle Plant
The new Battle Creek plant of the
Clark Equipment Company of Buchan-
an, Mich., which has been under con-
struction since March 1, is almost com-
pleted and the work of "tooling up" the
plant for the manufacture of Clark
axles will soon be in progress. Much
of the machinery has been purchased
and is ready for installation. This
plant of the Clark Equipment Co. will
be used exclusively for the manufacture
of Clark motor-truck axles.
The plant's site comprises twenty-
three acres with a 4,600-ft. frontage on
the main line of the Michigan Central
Railroad and a smaller frontage along
the Grand Rapids and Interurban Rail-
road. It is located on the extreme
western side of the city. The manufac-
turing building is 99 x 440 ft. and a
warehouse parallel to it is 50 x 144 ft.
The two buildings are connected by two
closed passageways. A third building
houses the power plant.
All sales, engineering, purchasing
and general administration will be
handled as before through the general
oflices at Buchanan, Mich. There will
also be put into force at the Battle
Creek plant the same progressive poli-
cies of plant management and profit
sharing, which have proved so valuable
at Buchanan.
J. J. Arnsfield Elected President
of Engineering Advertisers'
Association
At a recent meeting of the board of
directors, J. J. Arnsfield, advertising
manager of Fairbanks, Morse & Co.,
was elected president of the Engineer-
ing Advertisers' Association of Chicago
to fill the vacancy made by the resigna-
tion of A. H. Hopkins, who severed his
connection with the C. F. Pease Co. to
take charge of the domestic advertising
division of the J. Roland /fKay Co.
Keith J. Evans, advertising manager
of Jos. T. Ryerson & Son, was elected
vice president, and Julius HoU, adver-
tising manager of Link-Belt Co., was
elected to the board of directors to fill
the vacancy made by Mr. Hopkins'
retirement.
Metal-Working Machinery Ex-
ports for September, 1919
and 1920
Exports of metal-working machinery
fell off slightly in September, 1920, as
compared with the exports of Septem-
ber, 1919. The figures, as compiled by
the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, are as follows :
MIOTAI.-WORKING MACHINERY EXPORTS
FOR SEPTEMBER
1919 1920
';»"'<"»- $724,960 $506,781
Othir machine tools 841.956 1,176,175
Sharpening and grinding
machines 313,581 333,844
Another 1,991.005 1,190,343
Total $3,871,502 $3,207,143
924h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 20
New Safety Club
The Syracuse Safety Engineers' Club
was organized last week as an adjunct
of the Syracuse Safety Council of the
Chamber of Commerce.
Personals
p. Z. Vernon, of Alfred Herbert,
Ltd., who arrived in New York on
Sept. 9 for a few weeks to familiar-
ize himself at first hand with condi-
tions in the United States, has recently
returned to England.
J. M. Henry has been transferred
from the position of assistant research
engineer of the Pratt & Whitney Co.,
Hartford, Conn., to the publicity de-
partment of the Niles-Bement-Pond
Co., New York. He will also have
charge of the publicity connected with
the Pratt & Whitney Co. products.
J. B. Peterson, formerly with the
Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.
C, is now in the production depart-
ment of the Royal Typewriter Co.,
Hartford, Conn. ■
Herbert A. Carhart has resigned as
assistant superintendent of the Lincoln
Motor Co., Detroit, and organized the
firm of Carhart Bros. Foundry, Inc.,
Syracuse, N. Y., producers of gray-iron
castings for textile machinery and
other light medium machine parts. Mr.
Carhart is president and manager of
the new firm.
O. P. Palmer, purchasing agent of
the Pratt & Whitney Manufacturing
Co., Hartford, Conn., was elected presi-
dent of the Connecticut Purchasing
Agents' Association, at a recent meet-
ing.
Benjamin L. Coe, treasurer of the
Steel & Johnson Manufacturing Co.,
Waterbury, Conn., has recently been
chosen president of the West Side Sav-
ings Bank of Waterbury, Conn.
Glen R. Anderson has recently en-
tered the Pacific Coast sales organiza-
tion of the Gilbert & Barker Manufac-
turing Co., of West Springfield, Mass.
Mr. Anderson will cover the district
in and about the City of Tacoma, Wash-
ington.
Frank Faulkner has been appointed
assistant production manager of the
Walworth Manufacturing Co., South
Boston, Mass. Mr. Faulkner has been
with the company since October, 1919.
He graduated from Dartmouth in the
class of 1919, and is a son of President
Faulkner of the Oliver Typewriter Co.,
Chicago.
J. F. Geary, formerly assistant su-
perintendent at the Chicago plant of
the American Brake Shoe and Foundry
Co., is now manager of manufacturing
for the Federal Radiator Co. at Zanes-
ville, Ohio.
J. F. Boyd, formerly with the Cy-
clops Steel Co., has been placed in
charge of sales of Wetmore expanding
reamers in the Chicago district, which
includes Illinois, Missouri and northern
Indiana. The Scully-Jones Co., Chi-
cago, will continue handling Wetmore
products as heretofore; Mr. Boyd's
office is at. 846 Marquette Building,
Chicago.
Frank E. Cable, formerly treasurer
of the Porter-Cable Machine Co.,
Syracuse, N. Y., has retired from
active business on account of his health,
and is now residing in Nantucket.
Ralph K. Powell, formerly equip-
ment engineer at the International Mo-
tors Corporation, has become a director
and vice president of Hubbard & Har-
ris, Inc., consulting engineers, Bridge-
port, Conn. He will interest himself
particularly in the machine and equip-
ment designing department.
Guy E. Marion, former president of
the Special Libraries Association, has
completed his war work in New York
City with the Community Motion Pic-
ture Bureau. He will now return to
his own professional work of organiz-
ing special libraries for corporations,
business houses, associations, and other
enterprises requiring correct and up-
to-date information within their fields.
Mr. Marion still resides in Upper Mont-
clair, N. J., but will soon resume his
old address at 27 State St., Boston,
Mass.
I. F. Mackay, formerly secretary-
treasurer of Willys Overland, Ltd., has
been appointed general manager of the
John Morrow Screw and Nut Co.. Ltd.,
Ingersoll, Ont.
G. E. Anderson, formerly assistant
Eastern sales manager of the Duff
Manufacturing Co., Pittsburgh, has
been promoted to the position of sales
manager, and placed in charge of its
new branch office located in the Rail-
way Exchange Building, St. Louis, Mo.
William J. McCann has recently
been appointed service manager of the
Chapman Valve Manufacturing Co., In-
dian Orchard, Mass.
Joseph Kinne Sharpe, Jr.
Joseph Kinne Sharpe, Jr., inven-
tor and president of the Indiana Manu-
facturing Co., died at his home, 1314
North Delaware St., on Oct. 26, from
the effects of an operation undergone
about a year ago. Although Mr.
Sharpe had appeared to be in excellent
health since the operation, physicians
agreed that his participation in ath-
letics soon after the operation caused
his death. He was 65 years old.
Mr. Sharpe was a native of Indian-
apolis, a graduate of private schools
here and of Wabash College. He en-
tered the leather tanning business es-
tablished by his father in 1885, and
assisted in the organization of the
Indiana Manufacturing Co., which was
formed to exploit one of his own inven-
tions in 1891. In January of the same
year he married Miss Alberta S. John-
son, daughter of Dr. W. P. Johnson.
Mr. Sharpe became president of the
company in 1907. The invention which
caused the formation of the Indiana
Manufacturing Co. was an appliance
for threshing machines which was
sold widely throughout the world's
wheat belts.
Alexander J. McCone, founder and
president of the Fulton Engine Works
at Los Angeles, Cal., died at St. Vin-
cent's hospital in that city on Oct. 27
from apoplexy. Mr. McCone was born
61 years ago and had resided in Los
Angeles for five years. He was one
of the founders of the Harron, Rickard
& McCone Co. of San Francisco, whole-
sale dealers in machinery. Mr. Mc-
Cone once served as speaker of the
lower house in the Nevada Legislature.
His wife and four children survive
him.
Frank Williams, president of I. B.
Williams & Sons, belt manufacturers,
died at his home on Oct. 27 after an
illness of two years.
Business Items
Articles of incorporation have been
filed in Indiana by the Laporte Machine
and Tool Co., a newly organized com-
pany that will engage in the manufac-
ture of machine tools. The company's
directors are T. W. Witters, Albert E.
Hommann and Lawrence Johnson, all
of Laporte.
The capital stock of the Wheeling
Machine Products Co., Wheeling, Va.,
has been increased from $50,000 to
$100,000. E. W. Krause is treasurer
and general manager.
C. W. Hunt Co., Inc., announces the
formation of the C. W. Hunt Engineer-
ing Corporation, with offices at 143
Liberty St., New York, for the purpose
of handling all sales entailing engi-
neering in connection with the Hunt
products.
On the application of the Vonnegut
Machinery Co. Charles 0. Roemler, of
Indianapolis, and Robert M. Fuestel,
of Ft. Wayne, were appointed joint
receivers for the Spacke Machine and
•Tool Co. by Judge Harry 0. Chamber-
lin, in circuit court recently.
The "Tacony Steel Co., 1417 Sansom
St., Philadelphia, announces the ap-
pointment of D. J. Crowley as Michi-
gan sales agent. Mr. Crowley's office
will be in the Dime Bank Building, De-
troit, Mich. The Tacony Steel Co. has
also appointed D. B. Carson as sales
manager for the Cleveland district.
The Wyman & Gordon Co., Worces-
ter, Mass., has reduced its capital stock
from $4,400,000 to $3,850,000.
The W. C. Briddell Co., Inc., Balti-
more, Md., has been incorporated with
$100,000 capital stock to manufacture
and deal in goods, wares and mer-
chandise in any part of the world, in-
cluding the purchase and sale of rails,
November 18, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 21
Slow Speed vs. High Speed Balancing
By N. W. AKIMOFF
The problem of balancing crankshafts for auto-
motive uses is being more care}uU>j considered
than ever before. Some contend that proper
balance can only be secured by running the
crankshaft at its maximum speed and that on
this account balancing machines are of little value.
The conclusions of the author, whose experience
is wide, are of special interest at this time.
ONE of the fundamental principles adopted by the
writer several years ago, and from which there
never was a single occasion to depart, can be
put down as follows:
Any rotative body for which slow speed balancing is
insufficient or is not conclusive cannot be balanced
at all.
By balancing is meant plain correcting for static or
dynamic unbalance but not counter weighting, which is
a different matter. The writer always did and will
insist upon the fact that there are two distinct classes
or kinds of balance : draft-
ing room balance and
shop-balance; in other
words balance depending
upon design and that due
to perfection of manufac-
ture. A body may be in
perfect balance from the
standpoint of design and
yet badly out of balance in
actual performance, as for
instance a counter-
weighted shaft, which
often will exhibit more vibration due to unbalance
than the same shaft would with counterweights taken
off but placed in good running balance. As a rule, how-
ever, a shaft provided with counterweights and then
properly balanced will prove satisfactory from every
standpoint. As an example of an arrangement where
the design alone is responsible, and where balancing
will be of very little help, we might mention a four cyl-
inder or an eight cylinder engine ; here neither the coun-
tei-weights nor most careful balancing will help much,
and there will remain a noticeable vibration at some spe-
cific speed. Now, to revert to the subject of speeds at
which to balance, the writer will submit that there are
two radically different clas.ses of rotating bodies:
1. Rotating bodies whose shape change with the
speed, so that for every speed we have different bodies ;
and, 2, bodies whose shape is practically speaking,
independent of the rotative speed.
Under the first class naturally come such bodies as
loosely riveted blowers; weak -crankshafts of usual
types; armatures of electrical machinery where wind-
ings "shift," etc.
Under the second class we might mention : well-made
wheels of turbo-blowers, designed for 4,000 r.p.m. and
over, well-designed crankshafts of not less than 2d-in.
diameter, preferably counterweighted although not
necessarily so; turbine rotors of usual heavy design;
armatures of electrical machinery, "baked" in special
ovens, or else brought to full speed, preferably under
heavy current, prior to balancing.
It is clear, therefore, that a body, whose shape is a
function of speed, cannot be balanced or in any way
improved by means of any conceivable type of balancing
machines; in this case a balancing machine will only
indicate faulty design or inferior methods of manu-
could just as well be seen from the
specifications. Crankshafts of 2J-in.
diameter or less, the
writer submits from sev-
eral years' practical ex-
perience, almost invari-
ably result in failure from
standpoint of wear and
vibrations; yet, in discus-
sions we often see some
one describe a 2-in. or
facture, which
drawings and
rCKl 800 900 1000 ilOO 1200 1500 1400 1500 1600 1700 IWO 1900 2000
Revolutions per Minute
CURVES OF FREQUENCIES AXD AMPLITUDES
OF VIBRATION
IJ-in. shaft that was sat-
isfactory ; it is safe to say
that such never was or
could possibly have been
the case; 2] in. is the minimum diameter for short
shafts and 22 in. for longer shafts of three- and four-
bearing type; for seven-bearing shafts 2i in., or 2t in.,
for that matter, is not enough if a satisfactory result
is desired from the standpoint of not only smooth run-
ning but durability as well. All aviation engines have
weak shafts and for this reason balancing, at any speed,
becomes a joke ; but so is the operation if compared with
the faithful performance of an ordinary automobile
engine of high or even of medium grade. The reasons
or principles, underlying the construction of slender
shafts are still weaker than the shafts themselves, and
the writer regrets that this subject is somewhat too re-
mote from the one we are considering in the present
discussion.
A crankshaft, like any other elastic body can, of
course, vibrate in several different ways, both trans-
versely and torsionally, with a considerable variety of
periods. However, considering it as a practically rigid
body, possessing merely a certain amount of unbalance,
we should bear in mind that it is the remainder of the
car that constitutes an elastic body, having its several
"periods," and the unbalance of the shaft simply acts
as an external periodic force, exciting the elastic sys-
tem to vibrate with the frequency of the former (the
shaft). This is the well-known phenomenon of forced
926
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
vibration, where the frequency of the elastic system
does not in any manner depend upon its own physical
(elastic) properties but only upon that of excitation.
Now, it is one of the fundamental properties of
forced vibrations, that whenever the frequency of the
exciting force is equal, or nearly so, to that of any of the
free periods of the elastic system, we have synchronism
with an enormous amplitude, much greater than would
appear at first glance, consistent with the magnitude
of the exciting agency proper.
A comparatively slight increase of speed — and the
condition of synchronism is passed, and the vibration
becomes quite negligible. As we increase the speed and
approach the next free period (of the system, not of
the shaft), the vibration is again increased and reaches
its maximum at the exact coincidence of the disturbing
frequency with that of the new free period, and again
vanishes. As a rule an elastic system has a very great
variety of periods, but in practice we are only interested
in the first two or three; higher periods would cor-
respond to speeds at which we do not operate our en-
gines. Graphically this state of affairs could be repre-
sented as follows: On the axis of speeds are laid off
either frequencies or simply the r.p.m. On the axis
of ordinates are laid off the amplitudes of the forced
vibration of the system (say in fractions of an inch,
each way, from the neutral position). The curve will
then illustrate the relation between the extent of vibra-
tion and the r.p.m. The peaks indicate synchronism.
The amplitudes, corresponding to synchronism, should
really be infinite, at least in theory. In actual practice,
owing to resistances of various kinds, they are not
infinite but simply large, considerably greater than
under conditions remote from synchronism.
Periods Not Arranged According to Series
It should be well understood that these periods are
not ranged according to the series 1:2:3, etc. ; so that
if there is a vibration at say 850 r.p.m. it does not at
all follow that the next "period" will be at 1,700 r.p.m.
This is illustrated by the speeds marked on the sketch ;
the second period may be only 1,450 or so; and the
third period may be in the neighborhood of 1,900 r.p.m.
All these data are of course meant only for illustration,
no two cases being exactly alike, even when the elastic
systems look pretty much the same. To predict or
figure out these "periods" in advance is much too com-
plicated a problem, and the best we can do is to firmly
understand the essence of the problem itself. Now, as
soon as the disturbing cause is removed, all excitation
stops and the periods disappear. This is what good
balance does, in connection with bodies that a?-e fit to
be balanced. The writer hopes that it is clear that the
speed at which to balance does not in any manner enter
into this reasoning. But, the reader will object, are
not all shafts weak, more or less, under high speed?
In other words is not it a fallacy in itself, to consider
any shaft to approach the condition of an absolutely
rigid body?
By way of answer the writer can only state the fol-
lowing facts from his own experience:
Disregarding the seven-bearing shafts, also the four-
throw shafts, in other words confining ourselves to six-
throw shafts of three and four-bearing types it is safe
to say that these can be (and actually have been) de-
signed to act very nearly like rigid bodies, so that care-
ful balancing is all that is necessary to remove all
periods (which, as we have just seen, are the periods of
the chassis, etc., and not necessarily of the shaft
proper).
We are not concerned in this discussion about tor-
sional vibrations, which show up very much like those
due to ordinary unbalance. However, the writer finds
that if the shaft diameter is not too small and the
number of bearings is not over four, the smooth opera-
tion, which it is perfectly possible to realize, shows that
the torsional "periods" are much too high to give any
trouble.
The Writer's Conclusion
The following is the writer's conclusion : If the body
is so slender that balancing at low speeds is "not con-
clusive," it cannot be balanced at all, at any speed. If
the body is strong enough, perfect balance can be ob-
tained at low speeds (200 r.p.m., more or less) and
remain perfect at high speeds. To balance a body at
full operative speed or, as some specifications seem to
prescribe, at "overspeeds" of 25 per cent or so. means
nothing whatsoever.
Why Johnson Didn't Cut Prices
By John R. (Godfrey
About once in so often the preachers tell us about
casting bread on the waters and having it come back
full of raisins, with nice fresh butter on the side. And
once in awhile you find it works out as in Johnson's
case.
I've been telling off and on about some of his method?
since he fired the gang of high binders who posed as
efficiency experts and nearly lost him his "rep" for
square dealing and human feelings with his men. But
he's been working some other plans that I haven't men-
tioned because he wanted to try 'em out longer before
he sprung them on an unsuspecting public.
But I can't keep it quiet any longer in the face of
the way he is winning out in these times when man\
other motor makers are working short time, are cut-
ting prices or explaining why they don't, and are gen-
erally uneasy over the situation.
When Johnson took the reins in his own hands once
more he also took his men into his confidence. Not in i
the patronizing way that always riles a real he-man. \
but by laying his cards on the table, face up. First
of all he considered wages and the increased cost of
living. And he boosted wages to meet it without wait-
ing to be asked or threatened. Didn't pick out a few •
favorites and slip them a $50 bill once in awhile but f
he looked after them all— that is, all who were worth
keeping.
Boosting the Pay Envelope I
He called his foremen in one day and said, "Boys
we're going to start on a new basis. The old game was
to keep a man down to the minimum wage as long as
he'll stand for it. The result is the man does just
enough to hold his job — and the shop suffers as well
as the man. We'll tiy a new way.
"From now on it's your job to see how much the men
in your departments can eain — not how little. Don't
forget I said earn — not get. If experience counts for
anything a man ought to be worth more to us the sec-
ond year than the first — and so on. It's your job to
make 'em worth more. The cost of living is going up
and we've got to meet that — and more. Whenever your
men are worth more to the company let me know at
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
927
once — don't wait to be asked for a raise. If they are
not worth more there's a reason, and you're the goat.
They are either on the wrong job or you haven't han-
dled 'em right. We want them to be worth more. And
the more you make them worth to us the more valuable
you are to us yourself — in dollars and cents, not in
flowery language which the grocer won't take at a
discount."
Wages Doubled — Production Doubled
To make this part of the story short, wages have
gone up over 100 per cent in Johnson's shop as they
have in many others — but — and here's where Johnson's
fine handiwork shows up — production pei" man has just
about kept pace with wages! Labor costs per piece
are no higher than before. And Johnson motor prices
only advanced 10 per cent, while his competitors who
thought he was crazy
Correction
A serious error appeared in the article on making microm-
eters on page 605 of the September 30th issue.
In this article we stated that the spindle and screw were
made of one solid piece of tool steel. The accompanying illus-
tration shows that the spindle and screw are separate pieces
and NOT one piece of tool steel, the screw being drilled out at
one end and forced or shrunk on to the spindle as shown.
We are sorry that this misstatement occurred and are
glad to make this correction in justice to the J. T. Slocomb
Company, who manufacture the only micrometer having the
spindle and screw of one solid piece of tool steel.
boosted theirs 10 per
cent every new moon
until they got all the
traffic would bear.
They got more, too.
They made every cus-
tomer sore and the
bread they cast on
the water hasn't come
back with raisins —
most of it got water-
logged and went to
the bottom. Now they
are trying to cut
prices without admit-
ting they were too
high before. But they
can't touch Johnson's
price because their
production costs are
away above his, so he
is busy while they are
flirting with receivers
and bankruptcy.
1 asked Johnson to
tell me how he did it
and, in a more or less
rambling way, this is the way he told it.
"You see, Godfrey, that jolt I got when those two
bugs made the men think I'd grown horns instead of
wings set me to thinking and I decided to try playing
the cards face up. The more men know and under-
stand the better work they can and will do. So I
started in to see that they knew what was going on. I
posted figures from our books for several years back,
showed what part wages and material played in total
costs and how these costs could be lowered.
"We told the men, through their foremen, the value
of the different machines, what an hour's delay meant
in dollars and cents, and in decreasing output. When
we put in new machines we told them what they cost
and what they could do — also what they mv^t do to be
profitable. We posted the cost of material and what
it meant to spoil a piece at various stages of its prog-
ress, this including labor already performed.
"Then we did the wholly unorthodox thing of posting
both co.st and selling price, including overhead of course,
and this meant showing the profit on each engine or
each lot of engines. And, just to go the whole figure.
we told 'em just how much profit we divided and who
got it, and how much we put back into the business
in the way of new tools and equipment. We've limited
our profits to 8 per cent, same as the White Co., and
the men know it and what's more they believe it. When
we can earn more than this after putting what we need
into equipment, we'll .see about reducing prices, not
before.
"You see, Godfrey, men will come across when you
play the game squarely with them. There isn't any
bonus or any profit sharing and no promise of any. But
they know we don't play hog at profits and they know
our prices mean keeping busy long after the other
fellows are shut down.
"They told me I couldn't get production without elabo-
rate piece work or bonus systems, but it's all day work
and not even a bonus. And it's all because we've never
broken faith with
'em once. If we ever
do — the jig is up.
You can't get produc-
tion like ours unless
the men know you're
square and they feel
like part of the fam-
ily. You can't get a
man to work very
hard when he knows
or suspects that you
are making an exor-
bitant profit. He may
be getting big money
but it seems small be-
side some of the war
profits that have been
made and he has no
ambition or incentive
to really see what he
can do. When he
knows he's getting his
share or that you are
not getting more than
your share, he'll dig
in and play the game
just as you or I would.
THE UPPER VIEW SHOWS THE PARTS OF THE TWO-PIECE
SPINDLE SLIGHTLY SEPARATED. THE LOWER VIEW
•SHOWS THE PARTS ALMOST PULLED OUT
"Human nature is about the same whether it's in the
office or the shop. But we mustn't forget to make more
allowances for lapses on the part of the men because
of their lack of vision and education. Those of us who
are managing businesses should have a broader view-
point than the average men in the shop. The commu-
nity and the world have a right to expect and to de-
mand more of us than of the men. And the low-dovra
manager who tries trickery and wants to have hard
times so he can get even with his men, is a disgrace
to the human family. I'd like to help ride him on a
rail myself. He's the chap who will get us into trouble
— if trouble comes as I sure hope it won't."
Johnson Gets the Pick of Good Men
Do you wonder that Johnson has his men with him —
that they give him the best they've got— that they'd
fight for him at the drop of the hat? He gets the pick
of the men in our town and he has the respect of every-
body but the old-time managers. He won't ever be a
millionaire — but he's worth more to the country than
manv of those who are.
928
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
The Law of Coriolis
By henry N. bonis, B.S., M.E.
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
Purdue University
Under this somewhat forbidding title the author
gives in detail a simplified solution of the prob-
lem of determining the acceleration of a point on
a flyweight link without the use of the fictitious
acceleration of Coriolis. He uses the parallelo-
gram law for velocity and acceleration and proves
the correctness of his method by superimposing
the theorem of Coriolis solution upon his own.
THE writer wishes to call attention to a miscon-
ception usually found in books on Kinematics, for
example, on page 149 — A. W. Klein, "Kinematics
of Machinery" — the following statement is made, in ref-
erence to finding the acceleration of a point on the fly-
weight link of a governor, "But this parallelogram of
motions will not in the same sense suffice for the de-
termination of the resultant acceleration of point F,"
and then proceeds to bring in the supplementary com-
ponent acceleration 2FrW, of Coriolis in order to solve
the problem. It would appear from the above to the
reader that the parallelogram law had an exceptional
case in the determination of accelerations, which, how-
ever, is not so, as the following article will show that
if the proper components are taken, whether for veloci-
ties or for accelerations, the resultant in both cases can
be obtained by adding two vectors, one vector repre-
senting the relative relation of the given point to a
point of reference, and the second vector the relative
relation of the point of reference to fixed space.
Though in the case of velocities the two components
chosen in Prof. Klein's book give the correct resultant
velocity, it is because these components are the result
of an investigation based on the parallelogram law
applied to rotations about two parallel axes, and hence
their use gives a correct result.
As far as determining the acceleration of a point on
the flyweight link, the following article will show that
the Law of Coriolis is not necessary to the solution ; that
the parallelogram law of accelerations holds, and affords
a simpler proof than the one given (which I believe is
identical with Dr. Burmeister's in "Lehrbuch der Kine-
matik") of the fictitious acceleration of Coriolis. It is
to be understood by the reader that in dynamical prob-
lems it is very often convenient to use axes which them-
selves move in space and to which the motions of the
body under consideration are referred, and the theorem
of Coriolis gives us a rule that we may consider the
moving axes to be at rest if to the actual forces applied
to the body fictitious ones be added capable of produc-
ing accelerations equal and opposite to the acceleration
of moving space and to the compound centripetal accel-
eration. (See "Routh's Elementary Rigid Dynamics,"
1882, page 183. Example 213.)
Velocity Determination
Referring to Fig. 1 we are given the angular velocity
w, and angular acceleration Dw, = (dw/dt), of the
pulley wheel / about its shaft center C, and the relative
angular velocity u\ and relative angular acceleration
Dw, — {dw/dt), of the flyweight
link // with respect to the pulley.
The flyweight link and
pulley link are hinged to-
gether at P (see
Prof. A. W. Klein,
FIG. 1. VELOCITY DIAGRAM FOR PULLEY AND
FLYWEIGHT
FIG. 2. PULLEY WITH FLYWEIGHT
"Kinematics of Machinery," Chapter X, page 148) or
Fig. 2.
Symbols.
r, = CP
r, = PG
r, = CG =^ distance from shaft center C to point G on
pulley directly under G on flyweight.
Vr = rM\ ^ GA velocity of flyweight point G relative
to plane of pulley /.
Vp = r^o^ = GB = velocity of point G on pulley /
about C.
In order to find the resultant absolute velocity of point
G on flyweight, the usual procedure is to combine the
two components Yr and Fp into the resultant veloc-
ity GR.
From another point of view if we consider the line
CP in the plane of // we will note that as the motion
of plane // consists of rotations about parallel axes
P and C the point C of line CP hEis only the velocitj'
CJ = r.if, perpendicular to the line CP about center P
and the point P has only a velocity PK = r,n;, about
center C, we can easily determine the instantaneous
center of the line CP (and hence of the plane //) by
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
^29
joining the ends J and K of these normal velocity vec-
tors, by the line JK, and the intersection of JK andi
CP is the instantaneous center H. The velocity of G
can now be determined by making the angle GHR =
PHK or CHJ and drawing GR perpendicular to HG.
The instantaneous center H could also be found by
the rule of composition of angular velocity about par-
allel axes by dividing the line CP inversely as the
angular velocities u\ and ^v., which is evident from the
construction as triangles HPK and HCJ are similar,
thus
HP _ PK _ rjjv, _ w,
HC ~ CJ r.w, m, ^^'
Again the angular velocity of any point in Plane //
about the instantaneous center H is (w, + w,) as
proven thus
PK TiWi
angular velocity = jjp = jjp
But from equation (1) we have by composition
HP _HP _ w.
HC + HP ~ r, ~ w, + w,-
Therefore angular velocity =
Wi -\- Wt
= Wi + Wi
FIG. 3. ACCELERATION DIAGRAM
FOR PULLEY FLYWEIGHT
We have thus
proved that the
plane // or any line
in plane // as GP
is rotating in fixed
space with an an-
gular velocity w, -\-
w^; but this fact is
self - evident, b e-
cause if the line PG
on flyweight has no
motion relative to
line PG on pulley
its angular velocity
would have been u\
the same as any
line on plane /, but
as PG on plane // has an angular velocity relative to PG
on plane / its angular velocity in fixed space is evidently
the algebraic sum of w, -|- w,. Now if the line PG is
rotating in fixed space with angular velocity (w^ -\- w^)
the relative velocity of point G to point P is r, (w, + wj
perpendicular to the line PG, and since we know the
absolute velocity of point P, that is PK, we can get
the resultant velocity, of G by the vector sum of PK =
GD = r,w, and DR = n(w, -|- wj drawn perpendicular
to line PG.
It is well for the reader to note that the components
GE of the velocities GD and GR along the line GP are
identical, otherwise the points G and P would change
their distance from each other, and furthermore the
fact that the relative velocity of G to P can only be
perpendicular to PG. since P acts as a center about
which G is rotating.
Superimposing both velocity diagrams, and compar-
ing the triangle GDB with triangle CPG on the pulley-
wheel, we find that these triangles are similar, having
their sides respectively perpendicular, and hence using
G as a pole the triangle GDB is a triangle of velocities,
for the points C, P, G on pulley wheel, the ratio of the
sides being w, : 1 as it should be, since the triangle
CPG on pulley is moving as a whole about the shaft
center C. Hence DB = r,w, (which is the relative
velocity of point G on pulley about P). But since DR
■^= r,(w, -|- IV J we have BR = r,w, = V,-. We also
have from the above similar triangles GB = rjv, ^^ F/>,
and hence we see that the use of these components Vr,
and Vp gives us the same resultant velocity GR as GD
and DR.
Total Absolute Acceleration
In order to find the total absolute acceleration of
point G on flyweight we proceed in a similar way;
namely, find the relative acceleration of point G to P and
then add to this relative acceleration, the absolute
acceleration of point P. The angular velocity of the
line PG of the flyweight in fixed space is (w, -f- w,)
and therefore the relative centripetal acceleration of
G about P is r,(w, -|- w^)" which is laid off to scale equal
to GJS:— from'G to K. (See Fig. 3.) Similarly the
angular acceleration of the line PG in fixed space is
(Dip, -|- 7?w,) and hence the relative tangential accel-
eration of G about P is r,(Dv}, -\- Div.) which is laid off
to scale equal to GM. Combining these two components
into a resultant GR we have the total acceleration of
point G relative to point P. Again since P is a point
on the pulley, we know its absolute acceleration PT
f since centripetal acceleration PU = r,io^ and tan-
gential acceleration VT = r,Div, both about C are
known), and hence if we add the acceleration vector
OG = PT to the relative acceleration GR, we get the
total absolute resultant acceleration OR of the point G
in fixed space.
Method Employed by Using Theorem op Coriolis
The method employed by using the theorem of
Coriolis in the determination of the total absolute
resultant acceleration of point G is to add together geo-
metrically the three following acceleration vectors.
(1) The total acceleration of point G on the pulley about
its center C. ("2) The total acceleration of point G on
flyweight about its center P. (3) The fictitious accel-
eration of Coriolis 2 Vav, at right angles to the velocity
vector Vr. In order to show the relationship of both
solutions it will be necessary to superimpose both
methods. Thus — Draw OS equal to the acceleration of
point G on pulley. Draw SZ equal to the acceleration of
point G on flyweight about P. Draw ZR at right angles
to GM equal to 2 F,w, and we get OR as the total
absolute resultant acceleration of point G on flyweight.
In order to prove that the points R of both methods
coincide we will analyze our composite acceleration
diagram. In triangle OGS we have OG, OS, and
point O representing the accelerations of the jwints
P, G, and C respectively of the triangle PGC on
the pulley. (This acceleration triangle is termed the
image of the original configuration PGC.) Hence GS
represents the relative acceleration of point G on
pulley about P. Draw XSQ through S parallel to PG
and SY perpendicular to PG. The relative acceleration
of point G on pulley about P is composed of the relative
tangential component GQ = r,Div, = KX and the
relative centripetal component QS ^ r.;w^ = MY.
Again SZ is the acceleration of point G on flyweight
about P and is composed of the tangential acceleration
component SY = r..Dw., == XR and centripetal accelera-
tion component YZ = r,w'. Now GQ -\- SY =
rJJiv, + rj)w, ^= KR = GM. Hence point Z falls on
MR, also MZ' = MY 4- YZ =^ r.w," + r.^w,'. But
ZR = MR — MZ = GK — MZ = r, (w. +' w,y —
930
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
(r,w,' 4- r^w') ~ 2r,ti\w,. Hence ZR = 2 VrW, since
Vr = r.u',, which is the acceleration of Coriolis and
hence both points R coincide. Q.E.D.
It is evident from the above solution that I furnish a
very simple proof of the Lav? of Coriolis.
In the execution of the problem it is not necessary to
calculate 2 y,w, as it can be obtained graphically by
laying off CM in Fig. 1 on the line CG equal to 2 Vr
and drawing MN perpendicular to CG and limiting N
by the line CB. MN is then equal to 2 VrW,. This is
evident since triangles BGC and NMC are similar and
MN
MC
^^ or MiV = MC ^ = 2Vr "^ = 2VrW, .
GC
GC
As regards the direction of 2 Vriv^, it is evident from
the figure that if ii;, and w.. are of opposite signs, the
point R would fall between M and Z, because MZ =
MY + YZ ^ r,w,' + r,u\' and MR = GK would equal
r,(.±w^=izwj' = r,w' — 2r,w,Wj + r^w' and therefore
MZ would be greater than MR. Hence 2 VrW, = ZR
would have to be laid off in the direction of P to G.
This statement is in accord with the one given in
"Kinematics of Machinery," page 156.
Looking back at the foregoing proof it may be said
that the point P was chosen as the point of reference
and the relative velocity or acceleration of point G on
flyweight to point P has been combined with the relative
velocity or acceleration of P to fixed space, and two
vectors have been obtained in either case to give the
resultant velocity or acceleration. Thus in Fig. 1, in the
case of velocity, we have DR and GD as the components
of the resultant velocity GR, and in Fig. 2, in the case
of accelerations we have GR and OG as the components
of the resultant acceleration OR. But the point of
reference is entirely arbitrary and the same result will
be obtained if the relative velocity or acceleration of
point G on flyweight with respect to any point of refer-
ence is combined with the absolute velocity or accelera-
tion of this point of reference. Thus if we choose the
point G on the pulley as the point of reference, we must
determine the relative velocity or acceleration of point
G on flyweight to point G on pulley, and combine this
with the absolute velocity or acceleration of point G on
pulley,
Now the relative velocity of G on flyweight to G on
pulley is the vector sum of the relative velocity of G on
flyweight to point P and the relative velocity of point P
to point G on pulley. But the relative velocity of G
on flyweight to P is r,(w, + w.) perpendicular to PG.
and the relative velocity of P to point G on pulley is
— r.w, (that is equal to and opposite to the velocity of
G on pulley to P) also perpendicular to PG. Hence the
relative velocity of point G on flyweight to point G on
pulley is r..(ir, -|^ w,) — r,w, = r,w, = V,- perpendicular
to PG ; and therefore combining Vr with the velocity of G
on pulley, Vr =r,w„ will give the same resultant
velocity GR.
To determine the relative acceleration of point G on
flyweight to point G on pulley, we proceed in a similar
manner. Thus the relative acceleration of G on fly-
weight to G on pulley is equal to the vector sum of the
relative acceleration of G on flyweight to P, and the
relative acceleration of P to G on pulley. But the
relative acceleration of G on fljrweight to P (see Fig. 3)
is GR, and the relative acceleration of P to G on pulley
is SG = — GS (since acceleration of P to G on pulley
is equal and opposite to acceleration of G on pulley to
P) and hence the relative acceleration of G on flyweight
to G on pulley is the vector sum GR + SG = GR —
GS = SR (not drawn in Fig. 3). Hence the total
acceleration of G on flyweight is obtained by combining
the acceleration SR with the acceleration OS of the
point G on pulley to obtain the same resultant accelera-
tion OR.
It is to be noted that the theorem of Coriolis shows
that this relative acceleration SR is the vector sum of
SZ and ZR and hence in the determination of the total
acceleration of point G on flyweight we can use three
vectors, for the law of Coriolis does not claim that the
parallelogram of accelerations has an exceptional case
and does not always hold. In fact, in the case of
velocities, when point G on pulley was assumed as the
point of reference we have three vectors, rjw,w,),
—^,w„ and r,w„ but as the first two are parallel and
can be added algebraically we have actually only two to
work with, r./w, and r,w,. The confusion therefore arises
from the assumption of the point of reference. If, as
has been done, the point P is chosen as the point of
reference only two vectors are necessary, a much simpler
solution is obtained and the law of Coriolis does not have
to be utilized.
Conclusion
In conclusion the writer desires to state that the solu-
tion of most problems in Kinematics of Machinery can
be solved by the proper use of fundamental concepts
and principles, and that it is better psychologically for
the student and practically for the engineer to under-
stand the fundamentals thoroughly than to use a com-
plex formula which may be misapplied.
Improvised Extension for Small
Twist Drills
By J. C. Nicholson
Here is a quick way to improvise an extension for
a twist drill.
Wind a left-hand closed coil helical spring out of
piano wire of about one-third or one-fourth the
diameter of the drill and use this as a coupling to
connect the drill with a piece of drill rod or other
stock of about the same diameter. There should be
about a dozen coils in the spring and the inside diam-
eter should be slightly smaller than the drill and
extension piece to allow them to be driven into it.
The ends of drill and drill rod should be ground
square with the axis where they abut.
The torsional stress on the spring causes it to grip
the drill and extension firmly. The drill may readily
be driven out of the spring by means of the extension.
One spring will serve for drills varying several thou-
sandths in diameter.
It may not be known to some that such a spring may
easily be made in the vise with a monkey wrench.
Grip the arbor and wire in the vise together and
make one coil by hand. Then close the monkey wrench
to the outside diameter of the spring and use it to
bend the wire around the arbor to a uniform
diameter.
i.'.' j-r^rf/ KhJ
^•CJo^ coi/ rie/, cat sprint) of piano itirp
eoriS furns wot/nii lef^ hnm^
TWI.'ST DRILL EXTENDED BY JfEANS OF COTL SPRING
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
931
THE day seems to be rapidly passing in which the
boss riveter has to send his helper to look around
among a mess of plumber's fittings to find a
couple of small pipe-nipples and couplings that can be
used for attaching the air hose to the line or for joining
a couple of sections. Today different makes of quick-
action couplers have gained popularity since their use
has shown that they afford a uniform quick connection
with the additional advantage of lesser air leakage than
frequently occurs with poorly fitting pipe connections.
The Independent Pneumatic Tool Co., Chicago, has
equipped a complete department in its Aurora factory
for the manufacture of the Thor quick-action coupler.
.Numerous special tools and devices are used to speed
the production of these parts and to insure accuracy.
.\ completed hose coupling together with the different
metal parts that go to make up its assembly are shown
in Fig. 1.
The more interesting machining operations are
"ound in connection with the production of the main
)ody pieces which are made in two styles, either foi
insertion in an air hose or with a threaded end for
attaching to a standard pipe connection. With the
exception of few screw machine operations to finish the
connection ends, their manufacture is identical. The
"connection end" is that portion which attaches to the
hose or pipe, and the "coupling end" refers to that
portion which joins the other section of a coupler.
The first screw-machine set-up for finishing a hose
lonnection end is shown in Fig. 2. Standard tools and
Making Thor Quick-Action
Air Line Couplers
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
The couplers for air-hose lines must be care-
fully made to insure the same degree of
air-tightness that is found on high-grade valves
and other fittings, and yet their design must be
such that a tight coupling can be made very
quickly. This article describes the main machin-
ing operations used in producing couplers in large
quantities.
an air-operated chuck are used. This operation is fol-
lowed by the screw machine operations on the coupling
end, Fig. 3, with the work centered in a collet chuck.
Following the .screw machine operations is a straddle
milling operation, on the pipe connectors only, which
gives two parallel faces for the application of a wrench.
The form milling cutter used in the next operation,
Fig. 4, is applied to both styles of connectors and re-
moves approximately a quarter section of the larger
end. The same milling fixture is employed for both
pipe and hose connectors and when milling the former,
the special block A is inserted. After milling one side
the holding block B is depressed by means of the small
lever C, permitting the piece to be turned with the other
side up. For the second cut the spacing block fits into
the section already milled away and locates the piece in
the position shown.
The locking feature for holding the two halves of
the coupler together is provided by milling the small
notches A, Fig. 5. This milling operation is performed
on a hand milling machine and the fixture employed is
somewhat similar to the one previously described. The
spacing block B aligns successively the two sectional
cuts as these are turned up for cutting the notches.
The connection end of the coupler passes through the
fixture and is locked in place by a quick-acting clamp
operated by handle C.
Two small grooves A, Fig. 6, milled in the sides of
the main body piece, serve as keyways to guide the lock-
ing sleeve. To perform this operation an old screw
FK.i.
KIR.ST SCREW MACHINE OPERATION ON
CONNECTION ENDS
FIG. 3. SCREW MACHINE TOOLING FOR FI.NISHING
COUPLER ENDS
932
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
FIG. 4. FORM MILLING OPBRATiO.X ON CON.N'KCTORS FIG. 5. MILLING LOCKING NOTCHES IN COUPLING END
machine has been rebuilt and fitted with a spindle head
mounted on the toolslide and carrying two small mill-
ing cutters B. When the toolslide and spindle are
brought forward by the hand lever the sleeve C passes
over the connection end of the coupler and the cutters
mill the grooves as shown. The forward motion of the
toolslide is arrested when the sleeve comes in contact
with the large portion of the coupler.
FIG. 6. MILLING GTJIDE GROOVES FOR LOCKING SLEEVE
FIG. 7. INTERIOR OF SPECIAL MILLING DEVICE
H
^^
^«& .X4f^>
K^^
FIG. 8. DEVICE FOR MILLING ENDS OF LOCKING SLEEVES
FIG. 9. BROACHING OF LOCKING SLEEVES
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
933
FIG. 10. TRAYS FOR TRANSPORTING FINISHED PARTS
The internal construction of this device is shown in
Fig. 7. The main spindle is driven by a belt from the
countershaft, and in turn drives the two cutter spindles
through the gears shown. The operation is performed
very rapidly and is expedited by an air chuck for hold-
ing the work.
The first operation on the coupler locking sleeve,
shown at the lower left of Fig. 1, is on a screw ma-
chine. The .sections on the right-hand end are then
milled off.
A two-spindle milling device. Fig. 8, built for this job,
is somewhat similar to the milling device previously de-
scribed. The work A is held in a pneumatic collet chuck
which can be rotated by the handle B for indexing by the
notched dial C. The double-spindle head D, provided to
carry the two cutters, is mounted on the toolslide so that
it may be fed forward and back by the hand lever. This
forward feed motion is continued until the cutters cut
the deep notches in one section of the sleeve, when the
feed is arrested by the stationary stop-bar E. After
cutting the pair of deep notches the toolslide at the
end of its return stroke, through suitable connections,
draws down on the chain F which pulls out the stop-pin
G and permits the index plate to be rotated, bringing
(he sleeve in line with the cutters for the shallow cut.
The stop-pin falls into the proper notch to hold the
index plate when the tension is removed from the
chain by the forward movement of the slide. The
second cut is to only one-half the depth of the first and
this is controlled in the following manner: In rotat-
ing the indexing dial an additional stop-plate H riveted
to its face, is swung over in line with the stop-bar E
and the forward motion of the slide is thus arrested at
the proper point.
The final operaion on the locking sleeve is broaching,
to leave the half-round keys on the inside as seen in
Fig. 9. This operation is performed in a vertical
broaching press.
In connection with the work in this department it is
interesting to note the means provided for the trans-
portation of the finished parts in order to avoid the
danger of their sharp edges being marred or burred
before they are encased in the sleeves which protect
them from injury. Special trays, Fig. 10, are used,
made with wooden dowel-pins which support the parts
in an upright position. Each tray holds an even 100
pieces. Iron handles are provided and the loaded trays
are not so heavy but that they are easily handled by
two helpers.
Labor Turnover in New York City'
Accurate figures on classified labor turnover are
always interesting even though they apply only to
a restricted locality. These figures for New York
City appeared in "Greater Neiv York," the weekly
publication of the Merchants' Association of New
York. They are well worth studying.
THE average yearly rate of labor shift or "turn-
over." in 1920 for skilled and semi-skilled factory
workers in New York City is 125 per cent, and for
unskilled factory workers 265 per cent, according to re-
ports made to the Industrial Bureau of The Merchants'
As.sociation by 42 manufacturing concerns representing
15 different indu.stries and employing a total average
force of 41,375 workers.
In about two thirds of the plants studied the turnover
lay between 100 and 250 per cent, but the total range
for all plants extended from a minimum of 161 per cent
to a maximum of 338 per cent.
•Prepareil bv tlif- Industrial
tion of New York ritv.
[Uncau fif th*- Merchants' Associa-
The cost of replacements, according to the testimony
of employers, varies from $10 for unskilled to $250 for
highly skilled workers. A fair average for semi-skilled
employees is $50 or more.
The industries covered in this study and the number
of plants in each industry are as follows: Metal prod-
ucts, including machinery, ten; food products, confec-
tionery and kindred lines, eleven ; rubber goods, three;
musical instruments, three; printing, two; jewelry and
kindred lines, two; tobacco products and smokers' sup-
plies, two; stationery supplies, two; and one each of
shipbuilding and repairing, marine equipment, shoes,
silk goods, men's clothing, women's wear, and fire
apparatus.
Food and Metal Products
Special attention was devoted to the food and metal
products industrie.3, in order to secure comparative
figures for an industry employing principally un.skilled
labor, as is the case in food products plants, and for
one chiefly dependent upon skilled labor, such as the
metal industry. The food products industry, using
largely unskilled labor, also employs a large proportion
of female workers. At first sight, it might seem that
934
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, Nq. 21
this fact would tend to a somewhat higher labor turn-
over in this industry than in one employing a majority
of unskilled male laborers; but when it is considered
that untrained male workers are of a particularly tran-
sient character, and are employed so largely in construc-
tion work and other seasonal industries, where turnover
is especially large, the figures for unskilled female
workers are probably not higher than those for unskilled
male workers and are therefore fairly representative
of the class.
With some exceptions, the period investigated was
the first eight months of 1920. In certain trades, espe-
cially those of a seasonal character, the figures for the
last twelve months were covered. In all cases the per-
centage of turnover has been computed on an annual
basis.
Pre-War Figures Unavailable
In compiling this report an effort was made to secure
pre-war figures for comparative purposes. This was
found impossible, however, because the figures are not
available. It is only within the last few years that
employers generally have come to realize the importance
of accurate employment records, and even for the pur-
poses of the present study it was necessary to reject 35
per cent of the reports received as not sufficiently com-
plete or accurate to warrant their use as a basis for
conclusions. Incidentally, it is probable that the turn-
over in the factories covered by this study is smaller
than in many other local establishments which could
not be included because they did not keep records, and
otherwise paid little or no attention to employment
methods. Fragmentary data obtained while making the
study supports this conclusion.
Stability Increasing
It is the general opinion of employers that the turn-
over of factory labor has increased greatly during the
past few years, especially during the war period and for
some time after the signing of the Armistice. The
tendency now, however, seems to be in the opposite
direction. Labor turnover at the present time is on the
decrease. This is doubtless due to a certain extent to
the increasing activity on the part of employers to
reduce turnover, but principally to the appearance of
some unemployment, a condition which always makes
the worker hesitant about changing his place of
employment.
To most people, labor turnover is equivalent to labor
replacement and is generally expressed in the form of
percentages.
For the purpose of this report, therefore, labor turn-
over has been computed by diving the number of em-
ployees replaced during a year by the average number
of persons on the payroll during the same period. For
example, if there was an average of 100 men on the
payroll of a concern during the year, and 200 additional
employees had to be secured during that time to replace
those who were fired, died, or quit for any other cause,
the turnover would be twice the average number on
the payroll, or 200 per cent. In a decreasing payroll,
replacements will equal the number of people hired,
while in an increasing one they will equal the number
of separations from the plant.
The accompanying table summarizes the, results of the
investigation.
The above summary shows that slightly more than
one-fifth of the plants had a turnover below 100 per
PRESENT annual RATE OF LABOR TURNOVER IN 42
manufacturing PLANTS IN NEW YORK CITV
Classified turnover Plants in Each Clasr
(Percentage) Number Percentage
Under 50 4 9.5
50 and under 100 .'i Jl.9
100 and under 150 12 28.6
150 and under 200 7 16.7
200 and under 250 g 191
250 and under 300 3 t'j
:!00 and under 350 3 7.1
42 100.0
cent a year, half of them less than 150 per cent, and
one-third had an annual turnover of 200 per cent
or more.
Comparing these figures with the results of a labor
turnover study made during the war by the United
States Bureau of Labor Statistics, covering thirty-seven
factories in Cleveland, it appears that labor turnover in
New York City today is considerably less than it was
in Cleveland two years ago. Only one-tenth of the
Cleveland factories had turnovers under 100 per cent,
approximately one-fourth of less than 150 per cent,
while more than three-fifths had annual replacements
of 200 per cent or more.
It is true that the labor conditions in Cleveland during
the war were not exactly comparable with those in New
York during the same period, but the comparison sup-
ports the .statement of the majority of the manufac-
turers interviewed that on the whole there has been a
reduction in labor turnover since the signing of the
Armistice.
The above table also indicates a very broad range of
turnover. In about two-thirds of the plants it varied
from 100 to 250 per cent. The reason for this wide
divergence is due primarily to the heterogeneous nature
of the plants covered. This becomes clear if the forty-
two plants be divided into two groups : i 1 ) those
employing primarily unskilled help, and (2) those using
mainly .semi-skilled and skilled operatives.
Skilled and Unskilled Labor
Obviously, it is impossible to draw any hard and fast
line between these two groups. Many plants employ all
grades of workers, from the totally unskilled to the
highest grade mechanics. Nevertheless, it is possible
roughly to group factories into these two classifications.
The unskilled group includes all establishments in which
the majority of operatives require little or no training
for their jobs. As a rule, these establishments, at least
in New York City, employ a large proportion of female
labor. Most food products plants, candy concerns and
the like, would fall under this head. All other factories
come under the semi-skilled and skilled classification.
On this basis, fourteen of the forty-two factories fall
under the first head, with the remaining twenty-eight
coming under the second.
The upper chart on page 935 gives the result of thi.<
classification.
Unskilled Workers Unstable
It is apparent that the turnover among plants employ-
ing mainly unskilled workers is much larger than in
factories where the operatives are more skilled. In the
former group, six out of fourteen, or 43 per cent, of the
concerns have a turnover between 200 per cent and 250
per cent. Among the latter group, twelve out of twenty-
eight, or 43 per cent, have turnovers between 100 per
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
935
rOMPARISON BETWEEN THE ANNUAL RATE OF LABOR
TURNOVER IN THE 14 PLANTS EMPLOYING MAINLY
UNSKILLED HELP AND 28 PLANTS KMPLOVING SEMI-
SKILLED AND SKILLED WORKERS
Plants Employing Mainly
.„ , Skilled and
> lassiHed turnov. r Unskilled semi-skilled
(Percentage) employees employees
[Tnder 50 1 g
50 and under lOd <i r.
100 and under 150 ii \i
150 and under 200 2 5
200 and under 250 6 •'
250 and under 30(1 2 I
■'.00 and under 350 3 „
Total 14 28
cent and 150 per cent. The difference between these
two groups is most clearly shown by the actual figures.
At the present time the fourteen "unskilled" factories
employ on the average a total of 8,506 persons and
require 22,514 replacements annually. This means a
turnover of 265 per cent. The twenty-eight plants using
more highly skilled workers employ 32,869 employees
and hire 41,174 replacements, which is a 125 per cent
turnover. In other words, the turnover in plants em-
ploying principally unskilled workers is more than twice
as large as in factories using mainly semi-skilled and
skilled workers.
The following is a comparison between the food prod-
ucts and metal products industries, the two types of
industry which were studied in greater numbers than
the rest:
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE PRESENT ANNUAL RATE
OF TURNOVER OF 11 FOOD PRODUCTS AND 10 METAL
PRODUCTS PLANTS IN .VEW YORK CITY
,,, -a J . Type of plant
I lassined turnover Food Metal
(Percentage) products products
Under 50 I ii
oO and under loo ii 1
100 and under 150 ci .-,
150 and under 200. .' 2 3
200 and under 2.30 .'. . 4 0
250 and under 300 2 1
^no and under 3.'>» 2 0
Total 71 7^
The average rate of turnover for the food products
group is 268 per cent, as compared with 112 per cent for
the metal indu.stries. Nearly 73 per cent of the former
had a turnover above 200 per cent, whereas 90 per cent
of the latter had a turnover of less than 200 per cent.
Four candy plants are included among the eleven
plants classified as Food Products concerns. These
employ on the average a total of 2,170 workers and hire
5,262 replacements. This is a turnover of 242 per cent.
It is possible to compare these figures with those of
an earlier investigation. In 1914 the New York State
Factory Commission made a report on the confectionery
industry in New York City. Ten candy factories, with
average forces totaling 953, had no less than 3,138
names on their payrolls during the course of a year. In
other words, the turnover at that time was 229 per
cent, as compared with 242 per cent at the present time.
Reasons for Low Labor Turnover
The reasons for the low labor turnover in the plants
which reported a relatively small percentage of replace-
ments may be determined in a general way. The fol-
lowing is a concise .statement of reasons for the low
figure as given by the management of a half dozen fac-
tories having a small annual percentage of turnover.
A Food Products Plant Employing Less
Than 125 Persons
Though the majority of workers are unskilled, the
annual turnover is less than 20 per cent. This is due
in part to high wages and good working conditions,
but more especially to the magnetic personality of the
manager, who takes an active personal interest in his
entire factory force. Through sympathy, tact and just
dealing, he has bound his workers to him by close
personal ties.
B
An Unusually Up-to-date Tailoring Establishment
The management takes a real interest in the welfare
of its workers. Seasonal fluctuations have been reduced
to a minimum. During the entire year ended June,
1920, this factory had practically no layoffs. Such
steadiness of employment is very remarkable in a
seasonal industry of this character. It is a very impor-
tant consideration with the labor force, and the prin-
cipal reason for the low turnover.
C
A Printing Concern Employing Union Labor Entirely
The relations between the management and their
employees are very cordial, and as working conditions
are excellent the men are loath to leave. Being union
members, they would only receive the same wages else-
where, while their surroundings would probably be less
satisfactory.
D
A Factory Manufacturing Musical Instrwments
Most of the employees are very highly skilled workers
of the older type. They look upon themselves as crafts-
men. Wages are high and work is steady. Moreover,
the men have a superintendent they like. As a result,
the annual turnover is less than 50 per cent.
E
A Rubber Goods Factory
Though the majority of employees are semi-skilled
and many of the operations unpleasant, due to dust and
odors, the company has kept down turnover by a liberal
labor policy. The management takes a vital interest in
the problems of its working force. Primarily, through
the dynamic personality of the manager, a real factory
pride has been created among the operatives.
A Candy Concern
This plant has given much thought and attention to
its labor problems. It has a pension and a bonus
.system, provides free medical attention, gives vacations
with pay, and so forth. These welfare schemes indicate
the essential points, namely, that the fii-m takes a real
interest in the health and happiness of its employees.
These reports indicate that while wages, hours and
working conditions are of vital importance in reducing
labor turnover, the most essential factor is the attitude
of the management toward its working force. In all the
factories where the turnover is low the employers stress
the fact that they treat their workers well. As one
employment manager put it, "We realize our hands
have heads and hearts." There is no patent process of
reducing labor turnover, but a feeling of fellowship
between manager and men will go a long way toward
lowering it.
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
Modern Aviation Engines — V
By K. H. CONDIT
Managing Editor, American Machinist
ON THE Italian front aviation activities were
carried on under somewhat diflferent conditions
from those encountered in France. The rocky
and mountainous territory which lay along the fighting
front in the north made flying an extra-hazardous
occupation because of the lack of landing places. On
the other hand large cities, manufacturing plants and
army and naval bases were within ea.sy reach of the
bombing squadrons of both the Italians and the
Austrians and stimulated the early development of
large day and night bombers of the Caproni type. Sea-
planes also were largely used because of the shape of
the Adriatic coastline, which is very favorable for
minor naval operations assisted by aircraft.
In the early stages of the war the activities of the
British and French air forces attracted so much atten-
tion that little heed was paid to the achievements of
the Italian airplane engineei-s and designers. Fiat and
Isotta-Fraschini, however, were hard at work on engines,
and Caproni, Pomilio, Ansaldo and others were develop-
ing planes. The gigantic Caproni bombers first
attracted attention to Italian developments principally
because of their great size, but our commissioners when
they reached Italy found many other advanced designs
in production. For a long time the little S.I.A. scout
was the fastest thing in the air and its stunting ability
opened many eyes to new possibilities when it was
brought to Mineola.
A squadron of these planes under command of Capt.
Gabriele D'Annunzio bombed Vienna with propaganda
leaflets and returned unharmed to their base. While
this expedition probably had little effect on the enemy it
attracted wide attention to the Italian service and
probably helped to pave the way for the representatives
of Italian airplane builders who came to this country,
among whom was the son of D'Annunzio. The directors
of our aviation policy hesitated between the Caproni
and Handley-Page machines for our night bombing
work and placed and canceled several orders for each
type. There was great difficulty with plans and specifi-
cations which did not fit our practice and finally an
agreement was entered into with the British under
which we were to make the parts for the Handley-Page
and they were to put them together at British aero-
dromes constructed by American construction units.
At the same time orders were placed for a few Capronis
but only one or two were finished before the armistice.
The Caproni biplanes had three engines, two tractors
and a pusher and they were either Fiats or Isottas,
whichever were available. With three Liberty engines
their performance was very satisfactory and woulu
undoubtedly have added greatly to the power of our air
forces had the war lasted longer.
Various types of Fiat aircraft engines were built,
some with six and others with 12 cylinders, but the type
shown was most used. The 12-cylinder, 750 hp. type
was for a time the largest airplane engine built and
probably is the largest to be flown.
The Fiat six is in many respects much like the
Mercedes. The overhead camshaft operates four valves
per cylinder through rocker arms, and the magneto and
water pump locations are the same in both engines. The
carburetor and intake manifold are quite different,
however. The Fiat uses a duplex carburetor mounted at
the side of the cylinders, each side of the jacketed
carburetor throat feeding three cylinders through a
compound intake pipe.
The Fiat engines were equipped, for the most part,
with an American-made magneto, the Dixie, on which
certain slight alterations were made after delivery to
the Italian factory. In addition to building airplane
engines the big Fiat factory turned out machine guns,
tanks, tractors, trucks, artillery, dirigible balloon
engines and many other war necessities.
The six-cylinder engines developed by Lsotta-
Fraschini were not very different from the Fiat engines
in size and performance as is evidenced by their inter-
changeability in the Caproni bombers. In details
several sharp contrasts are apparent in the sketches.
Where Fiat u.sed individual cylinders with welded
.jackets, Isotta has two cylinder barrels surrounded by
a single water jacket. The clean look which this
arrangement gives to the engine is added to by the
complete inclosure of cam.shaft, valves and rocker arms.
Benz practice in fitting two separate carburetors is
followed although the intake pipes do not seem quite so
well arranged far good distribution of the explosive
mixture, one of the most important features in the
design of the successful aircraft engine. The Isotta
design .seems to have been particularly adapted ^o sea-
plane use as many of the Italian flying boats were fitted
with them.
The other Italian engine shown, the Spa, is also a six
and is more like the Fiat than the Isotta. It differs
from both, however, in having only one inlet and one
exhaust valve for each cylinder where they have two.
This engine was used in several of the lighter Italian
planes but received most notoriety in the S.I.A. scout
already mentioned. The demonstrations of this plane
given by Sergeant Gino were hair-raising and cul-
minated in the crash which killed him when he
attempted a spin too close to the ground while exhibit-
ing the capabilities of the ship to General Kenly and
other American officers.
The Austrian air forces opposed to the Italians were
fortunate in possessing the Austro-Daimler engine at
the outbreak of hostilities. The Austro-Daimler Co.
had been among the pioneers in airplane engine design
and construction and the early vertical six was so far
in advance of its contemporaries that it furnished
many ideas to the designers of such engines as our Hall-
Scott and the British Beardmore. The Austrians used
other engines but this one was by far the best known
as their plan of concentration on one type was in accord
with that of the Germans.
The cylinders resemble those of the Benz with their
dual valves and corrugated water jacket plates but the
camshaft is overhead like that of the Mercedes and is
shifted endwise by the lever shown, to throw a
secondary cam into contact with the exhaust valve
rockei's to relieve the compression for starting.
The stream-lining and clever use of bevel gears for
auxiliary drives are features of these engines which
stand out in the later models.
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
937
'M^-m^^^m^mMm^j^:^^::
'"■XL,
mtiuuiMiimilfli*
AUSTRO- DAIMLER
Six cylinders; bore, 5.7 in. (145 mm.): stroke,
6.88 in.(175 mm); compression ratio, 5to I ;
rated h.p.,200 at 1400 r.p.m.; maqneto
ignition; dry weiqrht per h.p., 3.64 lD.;f uel
consumption, 0.555 lb. per b.h.p. hr
ISOTTA-FRASCHIN
Six cylinders; bore,5.2 in. (130mm.); , ,M
stroke,? I.in.(I80mm.); rated h.p., 190 ' -/^''^^^i;^//
at 1400 r.p.m.; magneto ignition; dry '///'/ -J''' -'.
weight per h.p. 3.01 lb.;fuel consumption Vi7^J':^.''C-:i^y
0 47 1 b. per b.h.p. hr. //^0i^-
w
'.'4
Six cylinders; bore, 531 in. (135mm.);stroke,6.96 in.
(170mm.); compression ratio,5tol; rated h.p.
200 at 1600 r.p.m. ;magnetoignition;dry
weiaht per h.p., 3.21 lb.;fuel consumption ,,,
0.473 lb. per b.h.p. hr. — ^-^
Six cylinders; bore, 6. 3in.(I60mm.); stroke.
7.09 in.(180mm.);compression ratio, 4.31
to hrared h.p.,300atl600r.p.m.:magnetG
i9nition;dry weight per h.p., 3.32 lb.;
fuel consumption,0.49lb.per b.h.p. hr.
m.
■■/■<',V
^#^^
938
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
Austrian plane design followed German practice quite
closely and the tactics of their aerial squadrons were
the same as those of their allies. Easy marks for bomb-
ing squadrons were plentiful and within easy reach of
the Austrian bases and only the most elaborate sand-
bag and timber protecting walls saved some of the
finest Italian buildings from vandalism. Even these
precautions were not sufficient to prevent the destruc-
tion of several priceless works of art when the buildings
containing them were the targets for direct hits by
high explosive bombs.
The Italian ilying schools were selected by our own
air service to train aviator cadets in the use of heavy
bombing machines and several hundred of the early
grcfund school graduates were sent to Italy for that
purpose.
The Situation of the Machine-Tool
Market in Czecho-Slovakia
By C. a. Heise
In surveying the development of the European
machine-tool industry, Czecho-Slovakia may be singled
out as having made particularly great strides. Before
the war, the machine-tool industry of that new republic
had to fight against foreign competition and the quality
of the goods turned out was admittedly anything but
first class. As to export, the quantity that went abroad
was insignificant and most of the output was delivered
to the government railroad works.
Since the war, however, there is a marked activity
in the machine-tool industry. Apart from the fact that
existing machine-tool factories are extending their
plants with a view of turning out new types, a distinct
tendency on the part of general engineering works is
noticeable to specialize in the machine-tool line and it
would appear that the banks are backing freely those
new enterprises. The principal reasons for the extra-
ordinary development are the following : Severe import
restrictions on finished products on the part of the
government; keen demand for quick deliveries by those
industries which have resumed operations with the end
of the war; exorbitant prices demanded by German
machine-tool exporters as well as their conditions of
payments ; and last but not least the absence of Ameri-
can machine tools due to lack of tonnage and to the
depreciated currency which rendered business difficult.
To this should, of course, be added that the newly gained
political freedom awakened a desire for economic inde-
pendence as well.
There are about twelve to fifteen machine-tool works
worth mentioning which, with one exception, are manu-
facturing general machine tools only; that is, lathes,
drilling machines, planers, and shaping machines, while
as regards special machines the industry of the country
is almost entirely dependent upon foreign countries. A^
far as the import restrictions permit, the German
machine-tool industry is practically supplying all de-
mands to the exclusion of other countries but there is
no reason to show why American machine-tool builders
should not give more attention to trading possibilities in
the Czecho-Slovakian market.
The obstacles caused by the exchange problem should
not prove insurmountable. On the other hand, it should
be realized that there is a wide demand for American
machine tools ; in fact, American makes are very popular
and, if supplied on a large scale at right prices, they
would stand a good chance of ousting German com-
petition.
Another point in favor of the American machines
is the outspoken animosity toward everything German ;
and it is mainly due to her favorable geographical situ-
ation, transport facilities, etc., that Germany has so far
succeeded in retaining her leading position in the
Czecho-Slovakian market. Austrian competition, on the
other hand, is of secondary importance in view of the
raw material and coal shortage obtaining in that terri-
tory which will probably last for some time yet. It
should also be remembered that before the war consider-
able quantities of machine tools were imported from
America and that their excellent quality found a wide-
spread recognition, though some drawbacks of certain
makes, particularly rapid wear of sliding parts, gear-
wheels, etc., did not remain unnoticed. These, however.
are minor points only and should easily be remedied.
American and German Designs Copied
A close survey of the present situation shows that
original designs are few and far between, most of the
machines turned out being copies of good American
and German types. While in general presenting a
smart appearance, there is no gainsaying the fact that
many of them have not yet attained that standard of
perfection which goes with the name of a high-grade
machine tool. There are only two or three factories
manufacturing machine tools exclusively, while the line
of manufacture of the rest comprises general engineer-
ing as well. Specialization has not advanced beyond the
rudimentary stage as yet, the only special machines
met with being one type of turret lathe, automatic,
horizontal boring mill, high-speed lathe and thread cut-
ting machine. Other special machines such as circular
cold saws, grinding and milling machines, shears,
presses, forging machines, etc., are hardly manufactured
at all, which is the more surprising since the productive
capacity and skill of the average workman is above
normal.
Big Chances for American Products
From the foregoing it will be clear that the Czecho-
Slovakian market offers vast opportunities for Ameri-
can machine-tool manufacturers once the present import
restrictions are rendered less severe. Manufacturers
of special machine tools should lose no time in opening
connections with Czecho-Slovakian importers. In send-
ing salesmen to Czecho-Slovakia care should be taken to
select men possessing the right frame of mind. If they
are going to adopt a "take it or leave it" attitude they
will be well advised to stay at home or try to dump their
goods in countries where German salesmen are con-
spicuous by their absence, for the tremendous develop-
ment of the German industry during the last decade
was due to the willingness of the German salesman to
study the whims and individual wishes of his customers.
The fact that a "Commercial Association of Czecho-Slo-
vakian Banks" — working on the lines of a Chamber of
Commerce — was recently formed at Berlin should serve
as an eye-opener. The new association, being a joint
stock company with a capital of 25 million marks, has
been established with a view of furthering and extend-
ing commercial relations between Germany and Czecho-
slovakia and will make a specialty of financing commer-
cial transactions, A branch ot&ce will be established at
Hamburg with the principal object of promoting the
export trade.
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
989
FOR a number of years brass makers have realized
that the electric furnace offered many important
possibilities for brass melting, but actual experi-
ments were discouraging in that they revealed difficul-
ties that for a number of years seemed insurmountable,
or at least of sufficient importance to prevent the com-
mercial utilization of electric furnaces for brass
melting.
Before taking up the description of any particular
type of electric furnace it may be well to consider the
possibilities resulting from
the mere substitution of
electric heating for fuel
heating. By looking at the
problem in this way it will
be evident that the electric
furnace offers a solution of
the brass melting problem
only in the event that the
proper type is chosen, and
the mechanical design car-
ried out in the light of ex-
perience in the melting of
brass.
All electric furnaces
eliminate the possibility of
contamination of the metal from furnace gases since
there is no fuel used and therefore no gases generated.
All electric furnaces possess the possibility of heat
control, but not all possess even the possibility of tem-
perature control when the matter of temperature dis-
tribution is considered. In brass making, temperature
distribution is of first importance and a furnace that
does not rapidly transfer the heat input to all parts of
the metal without superheating any local portion, cannot
be successfully employed.
On account of the fact that spelter floats on copper,
it is necessary that provision be made for stirring the
metal, and not all types of electric furnaces possess even
the possibility of providing in a practicable way for this
essential operation.
All types of electric furnaces may be so well insulated
•Booklet pubHshed by the Bridgeport Brass Co., Bridgeport. Conn.
III. Using the Electric Furnace
It has been stated, in the preceding article, that
while good brass can be produced by the crucible
process, it is subject to variation on account of
the great dependence which must necessarily be
placed upon the human element entering into the
control. The accompanying installment treats of
the electric furnace, particularly its assistance
to the muker in reaching a condition of exact
control, which will insure a uniform brass.
(Part II was published in the Nov. 4 issue.)
as to remove the disagreeable high-temperature condi-
tions under which the men must work. Also any type
of electric furnace may be mounted mechanically so as
to facilitate the charging and pouring of the metal, thus
reducing to a minimum the skill and labor required.
Spelter Loss
All types of electric furnaces offer the possibility of
enclosed operation, although the commercial realization
of such operation is not always possible. Spelter loss
depends not only upon en-
closing the space above the
surface of the molten metal,
but also upon the tempera-
ture, the temperature difr
tribution, the pressure, and
the length of time that the
metal stands in a molten
condition. Consequently
the effect of the electric
furnace on spelter loss de-
pends entirely upon the
type and design of the fur-
nace. Some electric fur-
naces would produce a spel-
ter loss much greater than
does the crucible process. In short, the electric furnace
offers the possibility of applying scientific principles in
a commercial way; that is, an electric furnace designed
to utilize all the possibilities presented should parcti-
cally eliminate the personal element of the operator and
render the process susceptible of accurate control in ac-
cordance with carefully worked out plans.
Electric Brass Furnaces
The Bridgeport Brass Co. for the last sixteen years
has been conducting a series of investigations in its
private laboratories for the purpose of reducing the
process of brass making to scientific principles thav
could be effectively applied in the casting shop.
In the judgment of the company's investigators, the
electric furnace offered the only possible solution of
their problem. Accordingly, experiments were begun
with electric furnaces and these experiments indicated
940
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
that even the best furnace designs on the market did not
meet all the conditions which they considered necessary
to the satisfactory solution of the brass melting problem.
Electric furnaces may be classified in various ways,
depending upon the point of view. From a metallurgi-
cal standpoint the method of heat production may be
classified as follows:
1 — Heat produced exterior to the metal to be melted.
2 — Heat produced on the surface of the metal to be
melted.
3 — Heat produced within the metal to be melted.
Separate Resistor and Indirect Arc Types
The first method includes the separate resistor-unit
type in which the heat is generated in a special resistor
and conducted to the metal to be melted through the
walls of the hearth and by reflection from the arch or
dome of the furnace. One disadvantage of this method
is that special provision must be made for stirring.
Then, too, the heat transfer from the surface toward
the interior does not give favorable conditions for
uniform temperature distribution throughout the mass
of the metal.
Another type of exterior heat generation is the
indirect arc. The disadvantages of this type are the
same as in the resistor type except that the source of
heat being more concentrated, the tendency to local
overheating of the metal is correspondingly greater.
In one type of furnace this tendency is combatted by
constructing the furnace in the form of a cylinder
swung on its long axis and rolling it continually first in
one direction and then in the other. In this way the
metal is mixed, the heat absorbed by the walls is equal-
ized by contact with the metal, and the surface of the
metal nearest the arc is continually changed.
Another type of indirect arc furnace which is suc-
cessful in overcoming the tendency to local overheating
is of the same general form as the furnace described in
the preceding paragraph, except that it rotates con-
tinuously in one direction and pours from an opening
in the end, while the oscillating furnace pours from an
opening in its cylindrical surface.
Other than these disadvantages this type of furnace
when properly designed may possess all the advantages
previously listed. It also may be added that thi?
method of heat generation is not the most efficient from
the standpoint of energy economy and the size of the
furnace is larger than necessary with either of the other
two types.
Direct Arc Type
The second type, in which the heat is generated at
the surface, is represented by a direct arc sprung be-
tween the surface of the metal to be melted and one or
more suitable electrodes. The type of furnace on
account of the excessive concentration of heat produc-
tion is not considered suitable for brass melting and
therefore will not be considered here.
Resistor and Induction Types
In the third type, the metal itself is utilized as a
resistor and the flow of electricity through the metal
may be established by induction from a primary wind-
ing, or the electricity may be introduced through elec-
trodes'. The disadvantage of this type of furnace is
that a molten charge is necessary to start it. When
properly constructed to utilize pinch effect, motor action,
and heat circulation, this type of furnace can be built
so that it will automatically circulate the metal and
produce violent stirring with a resultant high degree ©f
uniformity in temperature distribution.
For the high-zinc brasses the Bridgeport Brass Co.
adopted the third type of furnace, using as heating
elements the induction unit invented by J. R. Wyatt
and controlled by the Ajax Metal Co.
The Wyatt heating element consists of an arrange-
ment of circuits as shown in Fig. 16. The primary is
connected to the alternating current source and may be
wound for any commercial voltage. The secondary con-
sists of a V-shaped mass of metal confined to narrow
passages on two sides and open on the upper side. In
the narrow passages three forces operate, namely : pinch
effect, motor effect and gravity effect. The head of
molten metal above the V in the chamber of the furnace
FIG. 16.
ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM OF WT.^TT HEATING
ELEMENT
prevents the pinch effect from actually rupturing the
circuit, although it does cause contraction which results
in motion of the column in the direction of least resist-
ance. Contraction also results in the generation of extra
heat which further accentuates the motion.
Theory of Operation
At any instant the electric current in the two con-
verging channels is in opposite directions. Therefore,
a I'epulsion, called motor effect, is produced between the
two which tends to throw the liquid out of the passages.
Observation has shown that the liquid rises along the
outside surfaces of the passages and descends along the
inside surfaces.
The application of heat at the bottom of the mass of
metal causes circulation which draws the colder metal
continually to the bottom and in this way effectively
distributes the heat throughout the mass.
The combined effect of these three actions is to cause
November 18, 1920
Get Inn-eased Production — With Improved Machinery
941
a violent propulsion of metal out of both legs of the
triangle, which thoroughly mixes the charge and car-
ries the heat to all parts of the bath.
For other copper alloys such as bronze and phono-
electric, the Bridgeport Brass C-o. uses the indirect arc
furnace of the Gillett type. This furnace is built in the
form of a cylinder and is mounted in a cradle so
arranged that the furnace is rotated automatically first
in one direction and then in the other. The electrodes
enter in the center of the two ends and coincide with
the axis of rotation.
With these furnaces the Bridgeport Brass Co. is able
to realize all the possibilities of the electric furnace as
listed in the previous chapter; and since the casting
shop is operated on the 24-hr. basis, and the grades of
metal are thoroughly standardized, it has been possible
to build furnaces that are exactly suited to the work
they are to perform.
The Electric Casting Shop
Over three years ago the Bridgeport Brass Co. began
to use electric furnaces on a commercial scale, and after
developing types of construction suitable to the par-
ticular needs of the various alloys, steadily increased
the electric equipment until it finally displaced the pit
furnace entirely. Accordingly the pit furnace casting
shops have been completely dismantled and the chim-
neys torn down. Figs. 17 and 18 show views of the
shops when partially dismantled. The circular stack
was only two years old, when it was decided that the
best interest of the Bridgeport product demanded its
demolition to make way for electric furnace brass. At
the present time construction work is under way to
more than double the productive capacity of the present
electric casting shop. With these furnaces, the Bridge-
PIG.
17. THK TWO-TEAR OLD STACK
BEI.VG DISMANTLED
FIG. 18.
FIG. 19. A LINE OF WEIGHING MACHINES H.VNDLIXG
THE INGREDIENTS OF THE STANDARD
BRIDGEPORT ALLOYS
port Brass Co. has been able to solve the problem of
applying scientific principles to the making of brass for
use in its sheet, rod, wire and tube mills and manufac-
turing departments. The process as developed possesses
the following advantages:
1 — The human element, as far as the actual operation
of melting and pouring is concerned, is practically elimi-
nated, because all of the factors which enter into the pro-
duction of brass of a uniform and definite quality are
susceptible of exact determination and control.
2 — The heat input is generated within the body of the
metal so that the temperature distribution is uniform.
3 — The design of the furnace is such that stirring and
mixing is thoroughly accomplished; in fact, the most con-
scientious brass caster could not stir a crucible as perfectly
as the metal is stirred in these electric furnaces.
■ 4 — The temperature of the
metal at various stages in
the process is indicated elec-
trically, eliminating entirely
any question of skill on the
part of the operator in the
estimation of temperature.
5 — The heat input and
therewith the temperature of
the metal is always under
perfect control and can be
adjusted to give any desired
heating characteristic. Best
of all, the same heating char-
acteristic can be repeated in-
definitely.
6 — The purity of the metal
is guarded by the exclusion
of the atmosphere, the fur-
nace chamber being entirely
closed except when charging
or skimming. A further pre-
caution is the use of a layer
of charcoal on top of the
molten metal, which main-
tains a reducing atmosphere
in the closed space above the
surface of the metal.
7 — The heat insulation is
so perfect that the operator
can lay his bare hand on the
outside of the furnace at any
time, which indicates the vast
improvement in working con-
ditions in the electric casting
PULLING DOWN THE OLD s^op as compared with the
SQUARE STACK p:t-fire shop.
942
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
PIG. 20. THE CHARGING .^JSl.K Oh' ONK HATTKRV OF
BRIDGEPORT ELECTRIC FURNACES
3 — By pouring only part of a charge and then re-charging,
any slight errors in weighing of the ingredients are equal-
ized by the blending of several charges in the same furnace.
9 — Mechanism is provided which gives the operator per-
fect control of the pouring. He can vary the rate as slowly
and accurately as he may wish with the result that any
ordinary operator can pour a billet as well as the most
expert caster is able to do with the crucible by hand.
The combined result of these various factors is the
production of a brass, uniform and homogeneous in
'luality and of a higher grade than is commercially
possible with the crucible process. Due to the accurate
control of the heating, the completeness of the protection
from the atmosphere, and the entire absence of furnace
gases, the composition of- the metals is maintained to a
remarkable degree of accuracy. In fact, practice has
shown that the loss in spelter, so difficult to control with
the pit-fire process, is less than one-half of one per cent.
FIG. :i2. POURING BRASS BARS FOR THE ROLLING MILL
At this point it may be interesting to describe briefly
the operation of the electric casting shop in the Union
Branch Plant of the Bridgeport Brass Co. At one end
of the shop are situated the metal bins in which the raw-
materials, used in the making of brass, bronze and other
copper alloys, are stored. These materials are carefully
classified by systematic analyses so as to assure the
maintenance of a high degree of accuracy in the compo-
sition of the brasses.
Weighing the Ingredients
In order to simplify the operation of weighing the
ingredients and reduce to a minimum the possibility of
errors, each ingredient is handled by a separate work-
man. In this way the process is worked out so that the
weigher has only one weight and one ingredient to look
after. The equipment for weighing is so designed that
the material after being weighed is dumped directly
into the charging can in such a manner as to eliminate
the possibility of loss due to careless handling. All
these precautions effectively safeguard the uniformity
of the product. One line of weighing equipment is
FIG. 21. SKIMMING ELECTRIC FURNACE PREPARATORY
TO POURING
FIG. 23.
THE POURING AISLE OF A BATTERY OF
BRIDGEPORT BRASS FURNACES
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
943
l=nc'if^
F^-^i
^
H
^3
MM
^^tff' *^ »'i^^f*''^^^K
^
N
H8H
1^
^^^H^^J^SH
jB ^^B^'^^^^
^^^■^M^
> . ^laliM
^^
FIG. 24.
A LINE OF INDUCTION FURNACES USED FOR
POURING BILLETS
shown in Fig. 19. Each man has charge of only one
ingredient and has to remember only one weight. In
the background are seen bins which contain raw mate-
rials classified by careful analyses. It is scientific
organization of this end of the casting shop that insures
an extraordinarily high degree of uniformity in the com-
position of Bridgeport brasses and bronzes.
In order to obtain a positive check on every charge,
the complete charge is weighed before it is .sent to the
casting shop, and if the total weight does not check
exactly with the sum of the component parts, the charge
is re-assembled.
Charging
The charging cans are made of such size that the
charge fills them to less than half of their capacity.
This procedure avoids the possibility of spilling any
part of the charge before it is used. In Fig. 20 is shown
the charging aisle of one of the lines of furnaces. The
charging cans may be seen at the right. The materials
are introduced into the furnace through the charging
doors plainly shown in the picture. Before pouring, the
furnace man skims the dros.s from the tOT) through the
charging door as shown in Fig. 21. *^
When the metal is ready to pour, the molds, mounted
on a rotating stand, are put in place and the pouring
accomplished by manipulation of a handwheel (Fig. 22).
This wheel is positively geared to the tilting mechanism
so that the caster has perfect control of the rate of pour-
ing. At this point it is interesting to note that of each
melt a sample is taken, and the results of the analysis
of this sample are available before the billets or bars,
as the case may be, reaches the mill to be worked into
the finished product. A portion of one side of the
pouring aisle is shown in Fig. 23. These furnaces are
used for pouring billets that go to the tube mills and
the extrusion machine. A line of induction furnaces
used for pouring billets is shown by Fig. 24. The
Bridgeport Brass Co. employs several kinds of electric
fk;. 26.
BLACK SMOKE FORMED WHILE POURING
A BILLET
no.
POURING A BILLET FROM AN OSCILLATlN<;
INDIRECT ARC FURNACE
furnaces, each furnace handling the same alloy undei
the same conditions day in and day out. Fig. 25 demon-
strates the pouring of a billet from an oscillating indi-
rect arc furnace. The raw material is charged from a
platform above the furnace. The pouring is manipu-
lated by means of an electric controller. The black
smoke, formed by the grease in the mold during pouring,
is shown by Fig. 26. This smoke not only protects the
mold from burning, but protects the stream of metal
from the atmosphere and absorbs any oxide that forms.
Contrasting the actual operation of the electric cast-
ing shop with that of the pit furnace casting shop it
will be noted that every one of the most difficult steps
of the process is accomplished automatically and is prac-
tically independent of the skill of the operator. The
heating, the judging of the temperature, the stirring,
and the pouring, all of which formerly required the
skill of a master caster are now accomplished by the
furnace itself.
The accompanying illustrations will give some idea
of the equipment employed and indicate how it is
manipulated in service. With this equipment, the
Bridgeport Brass Co. has been able to produce brasses
944
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
and bronzes of a degree of uniformity and homogeneity
previously unknown on a commercial basis.
The entire output of the electric casting .shop of the
Bridgeport Brass Co. is made up into various products
marketed by the company, such as tube, sheet, rod, wire
and manufactured products. A fairly complete set of
pictures has been made illustrating the most important
steps in the various processes of manufacture. Begin-
ning with the raw material furnished by the casting
shop each one of these processes will be briefly described
in future articles.
Pneumatic Painting Machine
By M. Kester
The accompanying drawings show the assembly and
details of a portable pneumatic painting machine. The
apparatus can be used for spraying whitewash and
similar liquids, besides paints.
The frame is constructed on the order of a wheel-
barrow; and the tank is Hi in. inside diameter and
26J in. long, although any convenient-sized tank may be
used. The top is made removable with a ring riveted
on the upper side. It is relieved where it fits the tank,
a leather gasket being used, and it is secured on the
tank by four bolts which hook under the bevelled edge of
the band riveted to the upper part of the tank.
The short air pipe in the lower part of the tank has
a number of i-in. holes drilled in it for the purpose of
keeping the mixture stirred up, the end being plugged.
A check valve is directly outside of the tank, so that
the pressure of the air on top of the mixture or paint
cannot force the liquid out through the horizontal pipe.
Close to -this check valve is a Tee to permit the air to go
both in the bottom of the tank for agitation purposes
and also up to the top of the tank, where another Tee
permits it to go down on top of the mixture and also
out to the atomizer. An air gage is provided as shown,
and the apparatus works best using 80 to 90 lb. pressure.
The paint or mixture is taken from the bottom of the
tank and is forced up through the pipe which extends
from within about i to 4 in. of the bottom of the tank
into the side of the atomizer. Valves are provided on
both the air and paint lines for controlling the action
in the atomizer. From the atomizer the paint goes
through a hose 25 to 50 ft. long, or even more if neces-
sary. On the end of the hose is a i-in. stop cock with
a lever handle, so that the man handling the spray pipe
can shut off the spray at any time desired. The spray
pipe is simply a piece of pipe with the end flattened, and
for overhead or other work as may necessitate it, the
spray pipe can be 6 or 7 ft. long.
The atomizer is fully shown in the accompanying
drawing, the air nozzle being screwed in solidly against
the shoulder, while the delivery tube in the opposite end
is screwed in so that the width of opening is suitable to
the character of the paint or mixture being used. When
the proper adjustment is obtained by trial, the jamb
nut is tightened.
I have seen these painting machines in use in a num-
ber of different places, and I can say that they have
proven very successful. The accompanying drawings
give all of the information necessary for the building
of the machine.
'Part Section Showing
Top of Cylinofer in Place
■I'x I'xi'Tee
Chech W/i/e
fxli' Steel
DRAWINGS OF A PORTABLE PNEUMATIC PAINTING MACHINE
Bolt, 4 Oecf.
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
945
Milling Operations on Herbert Lathes
By I. W. CHUBB
Editor, European Edition, American Machinist
Milling practice in English shops conforms quite
closely to that in the United States. The accom-
panying illustrations give typical examples of
milling ivork as carried out in a large English
shop. The feeds and speeds given for the various
operations will enable those doing milling work
to compare their practice ivith that of a repre-
sentative English concern.
THE notes here given relate to the milling practice
of Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England, more
particularly as applied to the manufacture of their
capstan and turret lathes. No attempt is made to show
anything in the way of record-breaking, though larger
outputs in the way of chips removed in a given time
could easily be shown. For example, in surfacing with
a 9-in. cutter, taking a cut 8 in. wide by i';i in. deep,
it is possible to remove 50 cu.in. of cast iron per
minute, using a knee-type vertical milling machine.
But commercial output is considerably below this; and
in the practice of the firm it is found to pay better
to run at speeds and feeds which will insure that a
good-sized batch shall be machined without re-grinding
the cutter, and, further, thoughts of high speeds
and feeds subordinated to the consideration of finish.
It may be well to state that in the examples here given
all the cutters are of high-speed steel.
Considering first the machining operations on the
No. 4 capstan lathe. Fig. 1 shows the use of the firm's
No. 22 horizontal milling machine on the base of the
lathe headstock. Here the rough surface of the casting
is clamped down to points on the fixture, and the upper
surface is machined in two operations. The three cut-
ters are 6 in. in diameter, with inserted blades, each
cutter being Si in. wide. They are keyed on, with an
adjustable collar between two of them in order to main-
— tain the width of the gap. Here a comparatively low
spindle speed is employed, in order that a good number
may be machined without having to take down the cut-
ters for grinding. For roughing, the spindle speed is
20 r.p.m., and for finishing, 39 r.p.m., the feed in the
first case being 2J in. per minute and for finishing 3tV
in. per minute.
The same part is shown in Fig. 2, but it is inverted
and clamped down to machined surfaces on the fixture.
The cutters are of three diameters, the total width of
the gang being 15 J in.; an adjustable spacing collar
is employed between the two largest cutters to main-
tain the width of the slot for the caps of the spindle
bearing. The largest cutters are 8A in., the inter-
mediate 7^ in. and the small cutters 4 in. in diameter.
Here again two operations — roughing and finishing —
are employed, the spindle speed in each case being 20
r.p.m. The width of the cut varies, and consequently
two rates of feed are employed. For the full cut
the rate is 2i% in. per minute, but in the spaces a
speed of 12 in. per minute is used. One gang of cutters
will machine 400 headstocks between the grindings.
Arbor Steadying Device
The square turret blocks for the No. 4 capstan lathe
are made from steel bar of about 35 to 40 tons tensile
strength. The bars having been machined to rectan-
gular section, slots are cut in two pieces at a time, as
illustrated in Fig. 3. The two side-and-face cutters are
5 in. in diameter by 12 in. wide, and the spindle runs
at 25 r.p.m., the feed per minute being 14 inches. Here
the work is finished in one cut. The arbor is sup-
ported between the cutters by means of the firm's patent
roller steadyrest, a separate view of which is given in
Fig. 4, which illustrates the fact that the device occu-
pies no space below the arbor, so that cutters of
minimum diameter can be used. This steadyrest is
supplied as a standard fitting for machines and can, of
(■■IG. 1.
G.\XG-MILLING BOTTOM OF HEADSTOCK BASE OP"
CAPSTAN LATHE
FIG. 2.
GANG-MILLING TOP OF HE.\DSTOCK BASE OF
CAPSTAN LATHE
946
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
FIG.
3. MILLING SLOTS IN STOCK FOR TURRET BLOCKS
STEADYING DEVICE FOR ARBOR
course, be used on jobs where the ordinary arbor sup-
port could not be applied. It is of special value where
gangs of milling cutters have to be kept permanently
on their arbors, as of course it can be applied or
removed without taking away the cutters. The rollers
are independently adjustable and a wiper prevents dirt
and chips from getting between the rollers and the
arbor. Chattering or spring can frequently be pre-
vented by applying a steadyrest, without changing the
cutter arrangement or even stopping the cut.
Still keeping to the No. 4 capstan lathe. In Fig. 5
a gang-milling operation is shown on the cross-slide,
where the top, the ends and the slots are machined
simultaneously. The gang of cutters includes a pair of
8-in. side-and-face cutters, a pair of 6-in. side-and-face
cutters and four cylindrical cutters
3 in. in diameter, the total width of
surface machined being 82 inches.
The spindle speed is 31 r.p.m. and the
feed liii in. per minute. Here six
castings are operated on at a time,
the job being held in place by means
of V-ways previously machined on
the bottom. Done on the No. 22 hori-
zontal milling machine, the opera-
tion is completed in one cut, and be-
tween 150 and 200 castings are ma-
chined between grindings of the
cutter.
The milling of the T-slots in the
cross-slide is shown in Fig. 6. The
same fixture is used for securing the
job and the T-slot cutter is 2 in. in
diameter by i in. thick. The spindle
speed is 93 r.p.m., and the feed 23 in.
per minute, and between 250 and 300
castings are usually finished between
grindings. This job, however, is
done on a No. 16 vertical millino;
machine.
In Fig. 7 is illustrated the milling
of rack teeth on phosphor-bronze
gluts for the draw-in chuck
of the No. 4 capstan lathe, a
glut being a forked piece to
transmit longitudinal move-
ment to a rotating piece. It
will be seen that the cutter
consists of a gang of two an-
gular hobs, 3 in. in diameter,
the total length of the rock
bein^ 6 in. with a diametral
pitch of 8. The speed of the
cutter is 97 r.p.m. and the
feed il in. The work is com-
pleted in one cut, the two
hobs being staggered to split
the load coming on the arbor.
Each piece is held by a bar
pushed through the previously
reamed hole and pulled up by
a knurled nut, the bottom end
of the fork being .set up bv
screws.
The operation shown in
Fig. 8 is of interest, but the
speeds and feeds employed,
depending on circumstances, cannot readily be stated.
Here is shown the machining of facings of white
metal cast on gluts. Speeds and feeds are limited
by the resistance of the white metal, because this
would be torn away from the anchorage if pressed
beyond the limit. The side-and-face cutters em-
ployed are 10 in. in diameter. The job is held much
as described in connection with Fig. 7 and wedges sup-
port the pieces underneath. The two operations just
referred to are performed on the firm's No. 12 hori-
zontal milling machine.
A vertical milling operation on the sole plates of
square turrets for the No. 4 capstan lathe is shown in
Fig. 9, the pieces dealt with being drop forgings of
about 35 to 40 tons tensile strength. The base and
FIG. 4. ROLLER-
FIG. 5.
GANG-MILLING CROSS
NO. 22 MILLING
SLIDES OF
M.\CHINE
LATHE OX
November 18, 1920 Get Increased Production— With Improved Machinery
947
i'K!. 7. .VIII^LING RACK TEETH. FIG. 8. STRADDLE-
.\III,IJN<; WHITE-.vrETAL FACINCiS 0.\ ( JLITTS
FIG. 6. MII.I,ING TEE-SLOTS IN CROSS-SLIURS ON NO. IB
MII-LING MACHINE
clamping-down tongue are both machined, and in order
to mill the dovetail portion and the base, cutters of
three types are necessary, the cutters being changed
in the spindle without removing the work. The pieces
are clamped up by setscrews against a knife edge. For
the base a 3-in. inserted-tooth cutter is given a feed
of 5A in. per minute, and for the tenon an end mill
2 in. in diameter is used at the same feed, while for
milling the dovetail an angular cutter is employed at
a feed of 37.) in. per minute. For the latter a cross
movement is given and no special positioning device is
necessary, as the length of the dovetail, tongue is not
important within i inch. A No. 16 vertical milling ma-
chine is employed. The illustration shows the first op-
eration being performed.
FIG. 9. MACHINING SOLE PLATES OF SQUARE TURRETS
FIG. 10. GANG-MILLING TOOLSLIDES IN THE BAR
11. FACE-MILLING ENDS OF TOOLSLIDES
948
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
FIG. 12.
MILLING OUT A BLOCK OF METAL BY THE
INTERSECTION OF TWO CUTS
Turning to hexagon turret-lathe details, Fig. 10
refers to the machining of toolslides for the roller-
steady turning tools employed. A steel bar of about 35
to 40 tons tensile strength is used and a gang of cutters
10 in. wide is employed, the gang consisting of two
side-and-face cutters 5i in. in diameter, the other cut-
ters being 4i in. and 31 in. in diameter, respectively.
The spindle speed is 25 r.p.m. and the feed 1 in. per
minute, and the slots produced are 11 in. wide. The
use of the roller steady is again shown. In another
^mw ^
Urti ,ji8ip~„
^^..
BBI^^^^^aBMI^^^^B^^ jartPt
direction this job illustrates the practice of the firm,
namely, making details in bar form by milling to sec-
tion and then sawing up.
Another operation on the toolslides, face milling,
is shown in Fig. 11, an inserted-tooth cutter being
employed. The pieces are finish-milled after they have
been sawed up, the work being light, and no special
fixtures are used, the job being clamped down to the
machine table with ordinary tackle and set up against
a strip in one of the T-slots. The face cutter is 9 in.
in diameter, the spindle speed 25 r.p.m., and the feed
2A in. per minute, and the operation is dry. The
machine used is a No. 22 horizontal milling machine.
The operation illustrated in Fig. 12 is particularly
interesting, showing the milling away of a solid piece
of metal by the intersection of two cuts rather than
taking it out by slab milling. The job is held better
1
B^^nHHUfH 1
^^r ""^ibiU
3
u
FIGS. 13 TO 16. SOME OF THE OPERATIONS
Fig. 13 — Straddle-milling glut pinions. Fig. 14 — Face-milling sides of a hexagon turret. Fig. 15 — Machining trays on No. 8 vertical
milling machine. Fig. 16 — Facing top of cabinets on a vertical milling machine.
November 18, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
949
FIGS. 17 TO 21. OTHER MILLING OPERATIONS
Fig. IT — .M Uing three sides of a hexagon at one cut. Fig. 18 — Face-milling stop-iod brackets. Fig. 1!) — Milling faces of a split
bearing. Fig. 20 — Continuous milling bases of pumps. Fig. 21 — Fixtuie to hold work in a gear cutting machme while milling
keyways.
and the cutting operation does not stress the material
so much. The pieces produced are used on the roller
slides for the roller-steady turners in the hexagon tur-
ret lathes, and the material is 0.5 per cent carbon steel,
heat-treated. The slide as finished in this operation is
shown en the table of the machine, and the operation
illustrated, done by means of side-and-face cutters 8
in. in diameter by i in. wide, completes the removal of
the wedge piece. The fixture employed holds 40 pieces
by means of finger clamps. The strength of the cutters
determines the feed, which is usually 1 in. per minute,
the wedge piece. The fixture employed holds 40 pieces
planers for packing and setting-up strips. The firm's
No. 16 horizontal milling machine is u.sed in this oper-
ation. Straddle-milling the glut pinions for the No. 13
hexagon turret-lathe headstock is illustrated in Fig. 1.3,
the material being steel of 40 tons tensile .strength and
the cutters 10 in. in diameter. They run at 20 r.p.m.
and finish at one cut, the feed being Ift in. per minute.
Another face-milling operation on the No. 22 hori-
zontal machine is illustrated in Fig. 14, the job being
the turret of a hexagon turret lathe. Here a 9-in. face
cutter removes about i\: in. of metal, the speed being
25 r.p.m., and the feed 4i in. per minute. The cast-
ings are specially dense, chills being employed to insure
soundness, and the milling operation illustrated is for
roughing only, the turret face being finished in posi-
tion on the machine by a facing tool carried in the
lathe spindle. The use of the No. 8 vertical milling ma-
chine to finish the facings on the suds tray for a No. 1
hexagon turret lathe is shown in Fig. 15. The insertad-
tooth face cutter is 12 in. in diameter, running at 19
r.p.m. with a feed of 58 in. per minute.
The operation of milling the top facing of cabinets
for the No. 9 combination turret lathe is shown in Fig.
16, the machine being again a No. 8 vertical milling ma-
chine. The cabinets are clamped direct on the table
and a 12-in. inserted-tcoth face cutter is employed, run-
ning at 19 r.p.m., the feed being 52 in. per minute. As
an average, 50 castings are machined between grindings.
The hexagon stop bars for the No. 9 combination
turret lathe are produced from round mild steel bars,
960
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
and Fig. 17 illustrates how three sides of the hexagon
are machined by a cutter which is 5 in. in diameter
maximum, and 2J in. in diameter in the center, revolv-
ing at 48 r.p.m., the feed employed being 4i inch.
The hexagon is, of course, produced in two cuts, and
a completed bar is shown placed across the table, the
machine used being a No. 22 horizontal milling machine.
Stop-rod brackets for the No. 9 combination lathe
being milled in the No. 8 vertical machine are shown in
Fig. 18, clamped direct on the machine table with
ordinary shop tackle, this procedure being common with
larger machines. The inserted-tooth face cutter is 4
in. in diameter, running at 57 r.p.m. with a feed of
52 in. per minute, and usually three dozen castings can
be machined on the two sides before re-grinding the
cutters is necessary.
In many of its machines, including, for example,
the No. 4 capstan lathe, the firm uses cast-iron bearings
lined with white metal, and Fig. 19 illustrates the
machining of the .ioint of the bearings for the head-
FIG. 21'.
CONT 1 N nous M I LI^I NO
rHUCK JAW.S
.■^EUKATH.i.Xtf ON
stock before the white metal is run in. The fixture
shown takes three bearings, and is applicable to the
bearings of other sizes of lathes by using different
locating and clamping pieces. In the illustration a No.
16 vertical milling machine is shown, using a 10-in.
inserted-tooth cutter at a speed of 25 r.p.m., the feed
being 5A in. per minute, finishing at one cut.
The remaining examples are of continuous milling.
Thus Fig. 20 relates to machining the bases of gear-
pump bodies used on the firm's machine tools. The
fixture holds 10 castings, one side of the pieces under
treatment being clamped against the base by the wedg-
ing action of the swinging clamps at the outside. By
turning the knobs, the work is forced into V-shaped
recesses at the center of the fixture, against wedge-
shaped tongues, serrated and hardened, that are fast-
ened in the casting. The fixture is secured to thp
circular table of a No. 3 vertical milling machine and
lotates continuously under a cutter 7 ii,. in diameter
running at 30 r.p.m. The work is finished in one cut,
chucking proceeding simultaneously with the cutting.
The depth of cut varies from A to it in. and the
output is 40 pieces per minute.
A gear-cutting machine is shown in Fig. 21 with a
fixture mounted on the work arbor to take 24 shafts that
have to be splined. Two ways are cut simultaneously by
means of a pair of 3-in. slotting cutters running at
80 r.p.m., the feed being ii in. per minute. The splines
are I in. wide by A in. deep by 91 in. long. The
operation is continuous, the machine attendant loading
and removing the finished work and, in fact, looking
after several machines at once.
As a final example, the continuous milling of serra-
tions on Coventry chuck jaws is shovra in Fig. 22, the
jaws having previously been finished on the surface to
be serrated to within 0.010 in., so that only the teeth
are required to be cut. On the fixture used, holding
nine pieces, the jaws are secured in exactly the same
way as employed for fixing them to the jaw slides of
the chuck. The cutter is form-relieved, 2h in. in diam-
eter and runs at 120 r.p.m., the output being 30 jaws
to the hour.
A Self-Adjusting Spacing Collar
By R. H. Kasper
Many machines carry a revolving shaft on which
end play is undesirable. To overcome this end play
a spacing collar is carried on the shaft, as between
a pulley and a bearing. In time this collar wear.-
and again permits end play, which necessitates mak-
ing another collar. To eliminate the necessity of re-
placing collars the spacing collar shown in the sketch
was designed and it exceeded all expectations. In-
stead of a single collar there are two collars of the
same size which are placed side by side. Each collar
has one edge turned so that when placed together a
90-deg. V-groove is formed.
A closely wound spring is then made with a loop
at each end. One collar carries a pin on its inner
face, which fits loosely into a hole in the inner face
of the other collar. After the collar has been placed
on the shaft the spring is stretched around the ^'
groove and the ends hooked together. The pressure
of the spring causes the two collars to separate, mak-
ing a close fit in the space allotted to them. The pin
keeps both collars moving as one, preventing wear on
the spring.
As the tendency of the spring is to close in towards
the center, any wear on the outer face of the collars
will immediately be taken up by the pressure of the
spring. Although this collar adjusts itself readily,
it will resist a very severe end thrust before closing
together.
A SRI.F-AD.TI'STI.VG SP.ACING COl.U.KK
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
951
RAMS y ApPRENTICE^IIIP
'^'^■liiiiJ " rVi , ik'^iVi^^'^*^' /^Si/vif': •*'" < ' ) -'^^f!! • T Jill ~ o
^ ■ . ,.'WiMi^fM mil -^m^-Th
THE Sperry Gyroscope Co. has a splendid new
machine plant in the city of Brooklyn, employ-
ing in the neighborhood of a thousand men. The
products of the plant are a special type of searchlight,
gun-fire-control instruments, radio apparatus, and.
chiefly, the gyro-compass,
for the production of which
the shop was primarily
established. A special train-
ing department has been
organized under the ad-
ministration of the employ-
ment department with an
exjjerienced mechanic in
charge. Equipment is pro-
vided for training fifteen
to twenty men at a time,
this consisting of the usual
machine-shop tools. There
are, also, provisions for
V. The Sperry Gyroscope Co.,
Brooklyn, N. Y.
The system of training machinists used in a
large-sized plant turning out complicated ma-
chines is described here. The method employed
in operating the special training department
might he useful in other types of machine-
making plants. It should be noted that the
training consists of a short-time apprenticeship
for adult mechanics.
( l*firi f\' WHS published in the Nov. 1 wsue.)
bench work and assembling
and some toolmaking practice. Figs. 24 and 25 show
views in the training department. Several skilled
workmen are employed in the department to
work with the men in training and to assist in their
instruction. This department is intended to serve two
purposes: First, as a "vestibule school," chiefly at
times when considerable additions are being made to
the working force, and second, for "up-grading" of
selected emplo.yees during normal or slack periods.
As a vestibule school it offers an opportunity both
to try out the fitness of men
seeking positions and to
give new employees a brief
initial training in the prac-
tices peculiar to the plant.
Upon this basis a work-
man ordinarily remains in
the school for a period of
only a few days to several
weeks. He is then either
rejected as unsuited to the
requirements of the plant
or, if satisfactory, trans-
ferred to regular produc-
tion work. It is apparent
that such a practice relieves
the production department of the trouble of testing the
qualifications of a new employee and of supervising
his initiation into the special methods utilized by the
company.
At the time of investigation, however, the second
■ .^_^ ^. :
- . ,-■«'•»' *-*
* 1
^B* » a^iit^^
...-
^^^^^^
WP^' ^
FTG. 24. MEN AT WORK I.V THE TRAINING DEPARTMENT
ANOTHER VIEW IN THE TRAINING DEPARTMENT
952
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
For* # 1155-5
'^C'PE CQ\:?;i.rTY.
EMPLOYS' S 'J-RAIWING RRCQRD
Date Started
Time Started_
Former Occupntion_
_Bith what Conipany_
If former employe had already been in the Coirpany's en^loy.
"T
Qceupatien
Department
Length of Serrice
Genenl Charicler
of Service rendftred
Reasons for takinc Training Work_.
Cote of Transfer frcm TViininjr Prflnch_
_Occupitlon_
Transferred to
_Departn»ent rcrenpn_
Employe's Ratine during Gaining ( 953^ • 1005^ Srcellcnt ) { 85^ - 95^ Good ) ( 70^= - Q^% Fair ) { ^ - 707, Poor
Ability
Adnptnbility
Atiendanoe
Cleanliness
Conduct
SDlspositien
1
- -
!j Health
S Honesty
E Initiative
., * 1
Intelligence
Leadership
Loyalty
Neatness
Patience
i
Average
PIG. 26. RECORD KEPT OF BACH MAN BEING TRAINED FOR "UP-GRADING'
purpose, that of "up-grading," was being stressed.
Some men from the shop were detailed for a 15-month
course, and were receiving pay equal to approximately
80 per cent of the earnings they made while on pro-
duction work. Several were at about third- or fourth-
year apprentice age but most were somewhat older,
though still young men. About half of the time was
said to be spent on jobs selected particularly for value
in training, and the rest of the time at small tool work
of the regular production department. No organized,
part-time, supplementary instruction in the way of
drafting and shop arithmetic was provided by the com-
pany, though, of course, there was a larger amount of
this instruction incidental to the assignment of jobs
than would be customary in i-egular production.
The co-operation of the city public school system,
however, offered provision for this purpose. The
classes were held in the nearby vocational school
directly after working
hours rather than in the
evening, an arrangement
much more convenient to
the men. The following
classes were provided :
Industrial arithmetic
with fifteen enrolled,
mechanical drawing with
twenty-three, and applied
electricity which, starting
with fifteen, had grown to
an attendance of thirty
each night. Enrollment
was not limited to those
pursuing this special
training, but was open to
all employees.
Some interesting rec-
ord forms have been de-
veloped. The one shown
in Fig. 26 is utilized when
the employee is undergo-
ing the training for "up-
grading." It will be seen
that ratings at the bottom
of the front face are not
confined merely to workman-
ship, but extend to foui'teen
qualities, all of which are
believed desirable in the
superior workman, and that
the final rating is an aver-
age of the d i ff e r e n t
gradings.
The record on the reverse
side of the form just men-
tioned is shown in Fig. 27,
and it has been found a
useful check on the time
study for an operation
studied by the enginering
department and entered un-
der "shop method." By
the "training section meth-
od" a marked improvement
has in some case been made,
which method is, of course,
later utilized by the pro-
duction department. The other form, "the daily train-
ing record," in Fig. 28, serves for the new employees
passing through the department for trial and brief in-
itial training.
A School for Foremen, Supervisors and
Inspectors
A rather unusual school has been developed for
the foremen, supervisors, and inspectors. There are
111 of these enrolled, with meetings held twice a week
from 4:30 to 5:30 p.m., directly after work. These
meetings are given up to lectures by representatives
of the engineering force on the products of the com-
pany, chiefly the gyro-compass, a knowledge of whose
highly intricate construction and uses is both inter-
esting and very essential to those whose duties consist
in the production and assembjing of the several thousand
parts involved.
THAINIHC RECCBO
NAIIE 9F PAST
PART NO.
OPEMTIOH
MACHINE I'SSD
BAT^ PF ptiCStCTiON
r«oi:ycTios
SHOP IffilHCD TSAI
ING StCriOH KEtHOL'
Q-JAHTITY
TI«E
AVERAOE
TaAINIIIG
THAININC
niffi
AVtJ!AaE
, -^ 1
srFFL"^ CXROCC07Z ccapjjrf.
EMPLOYES DftlLY THAltill'G SECCRT'.
fori-, ^'111*^.
Clock: Ko._
Thi
rr
la ten"
RS
r.f
emp
if.v
«
Late
N«!T-« of Pirt
Part #
g
1
<
c
■
C hC C
sis
ir
1
c
«
i
i
■5
a
•
•o
i
c
s
3
m
c
1
c
m
a!
c
1
r
V 1 c
1.
a.
1
•J
s
c
s
Ctoeration
e
>,
c
1
•
s
i
1
1
1 s
r ' i
1 if
s i '■
1 II?
A
■
1
1
1
1 ' , ,
FIG. 27. (TOP). PRODUCTION RECORD USED IN TRAINING DEPART.MENT. FIG. iS.
(BOTTOM). DAILY TRAINING RECORD USED BY "VESTIBULE SCHOOL-
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
953
Handling Material in Railroad Shops
By frank a. STANLEY
Railroad shops usually do a large variety of work,
and they are interesting because of the labor-
saving devices that have been developed to suit
the particular needs of the plants. The devices
shovm in the accompanying illustrations are typ-
ical of an up-to-date railroad shop.
THE value of special appliances for handling semi-
finished and finished parts around the shop is
generally recognized, and one of the most im-
portant features of many plants today is the equipment
provided for just this purpose. Not only is material
thus taken care of to good advantage without loss or
injury, but, furthermore, there is a marked gain in
and when the end of the work is lifted by the tongs the
truck is easily backed under it. The tongs are so made
that when the axle is grasped between the jaws the
handles form a straight line, and the axle can be picked
up with the tongs held as rigid and straight as a single
bar of metal.
A coupler truck is shown by Fig. 3. It is a two-
wheeled vehicle with the axle raised at the middle to
receive a horizontal tube clamped to the top of the axle.
Links are fastened to the horizontal bar at front and
rear, and in these are held rings for the short chains by
which the coupler is suspended. The longitudinal posi-
tion of the supporting bar for the coupler is such that
the work is nicely balanced and can therefore be lifted
from the floor with little effort. The looped handle at
Jl^_
^:L<
\ ?--^
.JS^
ipi
— — - K^gy^itn
afipE^i^ '■%
SKvLj
^^^^■fi \
FIG. 1.
USING HOOKED BARS FOR
PILING AXLES
FIG. 2.
TONGS AND TRUCK FOR HANDLING AXLKS
FROM PILE
■economy of time and effort upon the part of the force.
Also, heavy work may be done without danger to the
workmen when suitable apparatus is in use for picking
up and moving parts about the shop floors.
A few illustrations of equipment for handling rail-
road-shop work are herewith presented, these views
being reproduced from photographs taken in one of the
largest of the western plants, namely, the Southern
Pacific shops, Sacramento, Cal.
In Fig. 1 is shown a method of piling axles with the
aid of special hooks, which enable the men to roll the
axles along from one tier to another without difficulty
and with no liability of injury to hands or feet. These
parts, weighing several hundred pounds, are usually
more or less troublesome to stack up into piles where an
ordinary bar is used, but the hooked bars shown take
■ care of the job easily and safely. The end of the bar is
formed into an S-shape, the outer end of which drops
over an axle journal while the upper curve of the S fits
under the journal of the axle that is to be lifted. With
two hooks, one axle after another can be lifted up and
rolled over the curved ends of the hooks into the tier
above the one it originally occupied.
Another handy axle appliance is shown by Fig. 2, it
being a combination of axle tongs and a truck. The
truck is fitted with a steel cradle for i-eceiving the axle,
the end of the truck is proportioned for convenience in
operating.
Another truck is illustrated in Fig. 4. It is used for
handling air tanks for locomotives and for supporting
them while they are being secured to the engine. The
truck frame is of steel angles, light but sufficiently
strong. Across the top are two flat plates carrying nuts
fitting on 2-in. square-thread screws. The nuts are pro-
FIG. 3. TRUCK FOR HANDLING COUPLERS
954
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
FIG. 4. TANK-SUPPOKTING TRUCK
vided with handles like pilot-wheei spokes, these being
operated to adjust the long elevating screws by which
the tank is lifted to the height required for the locomo-
tive. The tops of the elevating screws are fitted with
arc-shaped cradles of a radius to accommodate the
diameter of the tank, and of a
length of arc equal to about one-
fourth of a circle.
Another truck built along some-
what similar lines is seen in Fi ■.
5. This one is for handling draft
rigging. It is necessarily made with
a low body and it combines with the
truck features a double lifting jack
both for forcing the draft rigging
up into place and for holding it
while it is being fastened per-
manently in position. The truck
carries at the center of the body a
supporting shoe or cradle to receive
the work, and the elevating screws
3 re similarly fitted with channeled
FIG. 5. TRUCK FOR Fi
;iNG
shoes to suit the lower leg of the yoke. To elevate
the screws, each is provided with a ratchet head
and a long operating handle, so that the draft rigging
can be quickly and rigidly jacked up into place
1
^^^^■1
I
FIG. 6. SPRING-CLAMPING DEVICES. OLD METHOD
AT LEFT. NEW METHOD AT RIGHT
FIG 7. A LADLE TRUCK FOR THE FOUNDRY
as soon as the truck has been backed into position.
In Fig. 6 are illustrated two methods of applying
spring clamping devices; at the left is shown the old
way, at the right the new method. The advantages over
the old method as regards both convenience and safety
are well brought out by comparison of the two arrange-
ments. With the newer method, instead of lifting the
spring from the top, the jack and its slings are carried
beneath, the truck with the jack being run back directly
under the job where there is no opportunity for the work
to drop. The device is very compact and as readily
handled about the shop as an ordinary truck, since it if
practically self-contained.
One more form of truck is shown in Fig. 7, which
illustrates a truck for handling ladles filled with molten
metal about the foundry. The ladle is carried in a ring
at the end of a long handle which passes through a
bracket on the truck. The support from the truck axle
is by means of four coiled springs, which are heav>-
enough to support the weight imposed upon them, but
which also insure easy riding of the ladle and enable
the apparatus to be run over the floor without shock and
without danger of the metal being spilled when moving
from flask to flask.
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
965
A Device for Grinding Hacksaws
By Eugene E. Henry
During the war we installed a hacksaw grinding ma-
chine and used it some months in I'egrinding our hack-
saws. Being in charge of the tool grinding, it fell to
my lot to keep this machine going when I had work
for it, and in this way T learned something of an
easier way to do it.
I learned at once that very few saws were straight
on the front and back and with the machine we had,
if the saw was concave on the front, the operator had
to keep adjusting the wheel the full length of the saw
or it would only hit on the top of the tooth at the cen-
ter and cut the face away at each end. If the saw
was bowed up in the center, it would grind harder and
harder as it approached the center or get the same
effect as if the saw was wider in the middle.
With crooked saws, straight saws, and some even
with two or more different crooks in the face and back
^'sA-ll^
p-'-t _
H — ^-
J FIS3
FIG.S. :. :; AND 3. PLAN AND ELEVATION OP' DEVICE
FOR GRINDING HACKSAWS
Fig. 1 — Grinding position. Fig. 2 — Front view. Fig. 3 — Spacing
position.
1 realized that it was almost impossible to grind them
on a machine in which the saw fed through on its
back. I found that to overcome the difficulties imposed
by these conditions it was necessary to make a com-
plete departure from any standard practice, hence the
device described herein which avoids the above difficul-
ties and increases the output five times. It has the
further advantage of low cost, and of producing better
work than the standard machines and can be used on
any grinding wheel stand. Fig. 1 is a top plan view
of the complete device, showing the saw in contact with
the grinding wheel. Fig. 2 is a side elevation of same
but looking from behind the grinding wheel. Fig. 3 is a
top plan view showing the saw out of contact with
the grinding wheel.
1 indicates a stationary base made of a section of
L angle iron and is provided with a rigid vertical post
2 which fastens on to grinding stand in the place of
the toolrest (see Fig. 4). At the left-hand end of
base 1 is mounted in bosses 3 a vertical shaft 4
secured to plate 5. Shaft 4 supports plate 5 above base
1 and allows a horizontal motion to plate 5 pivotally
on shaft 4.
The front edge of plate 5 next to the grinding wheel,
which is shown at 16, is provided with a guide bar 6
extending its full length, with a portion cut out of
the center to allow wheel 16 and spacer or feed finger
FIG. 4. X DEVICE FOR GRINDING HACKSAWS
956
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
15 to come in contact with saw 8. Parallel to this
bar and in front is an adjustable guide plate 7 running
lengthwise of plate 5 and slotted so as to adjust to
different widths of saws.
Bar 7 also carries a tension bar 9 which is adjustable
with bar 7 and which holds saw 8 in position on plate
5. Beneath plate 5 and pivoted thereto on 10 is a spring
pulled lever arm 11, the outer end of which terminates
in a cam shape 12. This cam works against ad-
justable screw 13 mounted in boss 14 projecting from
base 1.
Pivotally mounted on the top cam portion 12 is a
spring pulled pawl 15 inclined at such an angle to the
plate 5 and saw blade 8 that the outer end of the
pawl will engage and hold in one of the teeth of the saw
blade next to the tooth in contact with the grinding
wheel, as shown in Fig. 1.
16a is a groove in base 1 to give clearance to grind-
ing wheel 16 so it can come in contact with saw blade 8.
The movement of plate 5 to and from the grinding
wheel 16 and relative to base 1 is dependent upon the
space of saw teeth per inch, as wider space requires
greater travel and shorter space less travel and this is
provided for in adjustment screw 17 mounted in a
boss on the under side of plate 5 and on a portion
which overlaps the inner face of base 1.
Movement of plate 5 toward grinding wheel 16, which
movement governs the distance of the saw teeth from
the grinding wheel and hence the depth of the tooth
ground (irrespective of width of saw blade or of
crooks) is governed by an upturned lip 18 from an
adjacent plate 19 mounted adjustably on the under
side of base 1. This adjustment may be regulated to
s'lit all requirements by screw 20.
This is the means of light or hard grinding as you
desire.
Adjustment screw 13 regulates the spacing of saw
teeth relative to wheel 16 causing cam lever 12 to push
further ahead or not, so far as is required.
Referring to Fig. 1 and Fig. 8, the operation of
this device is "as follows:
The base 1 is mounted in the place occupied by the
toolrest in front of the grinding stand. Use a 12 in.
diameter A in. rubber bond alundum wheel and ad-
just it so the wheel comes in slot 16a in base 1. Put
saw 8 in position by sliding it under tension bar 9
and let first tooth come against lip 18. Adjust lip 18
by means of screw 20 so that when plate 5 is at its
most forward point the saw tooth will just fit up to
wheel 16 and use screw 13 in conjunction with screw
20 in locating or positioning the saw teeth relative to
grinding wheel 16.
With a diamond, dress your wheel so that it fits
exactly the back, throat and face of the saw teeth. Now
work plate 5 back and forth the full limit of travel
allowed by lip 18 on the forward motion and screw 17
on the backward motion. If it spaces two teeth, shorten
up on screw 17; if it does not space one, let out on
17. If it spaces the teeth properly in number but
does not leave the teeth in proper location for wheel
16, then adjust screw 13 until it comes right.
The center of the saw up and down must be exactly
in line and on a level with the center of the wheel
arbor and the operator must make a full and complete
stroke of plate 5 every time, or it will not space cor-
rectly. Also, pawl 15 must space directly in the throat
of the tooth that comes in contact with grinding
wheel 16 or it also will not space correctly. This is one
of the good features of this device as it spaces directly
in the throat in which the wheel works.
The speed at which this device works best is 100
to 120 strokes per minute. This seems about the most
natural gait, hence the greater capacity over the other
machines.
Changing a Straight-Faced Grinding
Wheel to a Cup Wheel
By H. H. Parker
Several grinding wheels were on hand that had been
worn down so far that they had been discarded from
the grinding stand. As they had comparatively wide
faces, and as a smaller grinding .stand, running at a
much higher speed than the larger one was available,
and, furthermore, as the need for a cupped wheel
often arose and none were at hand, it was determined
to adapt the worn out wheels to the small stand and
change them to the cupped type.
These wheels were rather "soft" and wore down
fast when their diameter had been considerably de-
creased, so they were mounted in the lathe and
"bored" out by means of old files. The faces were
trued at a higher speed with the help of a special
abrasive-stick wheel-dresser.
Each wheel had a babbitt bushing and this was left
in place. As the small grinding machine spindle was
considerably less in diameter than the larger one,
there was space for a special nut between the babbitt
bushing and the spindle. The nut was made, as shown
in the sketch, of steel and threaded to fit the spindle.
A wide but thin flange was left at the outer end to
hold the wheel in place.
The regular flange was left in place next to the
spindle bearing and a cast-iron spacing collar, with
relieved face the same as the original flange, was
placed between flange and wheel. As an extra precau-
tion, a steel ring was driven on the wheel with a layer
of blotter between; it was somewhat narrower than
the wheel face so as not to interfere with the work
being ground. Gaskets of blotter were also placed
between both flanges and the wheel.
Sfee/ Pin^
Ground Ot/f
Blotter
Oriqina/ Bahhi ^
Bush
Specia/Stee/f/uf
to fif SMa II Grinder
Spindle
'•^
Blotter
Spacing Collar CJ.
■ flanqe on Srine/er
Spine/ 1 e
Hole forSpann^.. ,l>Mjs^tA)-LHXtiHKHH>
i.M ' 1 "1 ' 1 ' '" " '
' I'lllllil IllllH
USING UP THE OLD GRINDIXG WTIEELS
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
967
WHAT /o
■?
\ If '^^ -^'^ ^~i *^^
Suggested by theNanagfingf Editor
THE magnitude of the automobile industry makes
with a difficult problem in the automotive field, that
of dynamic balancing. Mr. Akimoff has not a great deal
to say on this subject here but what he does say is full
of meat. Next we have one of John Godfrey's inter-
views with his old friend
Johnson. This time John-
son tells how he increased
production and got co-op-
eration from his men by
taking them into his confi-
dence in the matter of
manufacturing costs. Right
in the middle of Godfrey's
article we have inserted a
boxed correction of a se-
rious error that appeared
in one of our articles in the
issue of September 30.
That article was a leader
and we have consequently
taken the best means we know of to correct our error
30 that it will reach the attention of everyone who saw
the original article. Mistakes of this kind will creep in
every once in a while no matter how many times we
check a thing up but we are always ready to make the
best amends we can so that the suffering of the victim of
the mistake will be reduced to a minimum.
On page 928 is the beginning of the first of three
articles by Prof. H. N. Bonis of Purdue. Prof. Bonis is
something of a mathematical genius and the subject of
acceleration determinations which is so important to ma-
chine-tool designers is one of his hobbies. This week
he discusses the "Law of Coriolis" (we never heard of
this either, we are forced to admit). He tells why and
how it is used and then goes on to show how^ simply the
solution of the same problem can be worked out without
using Mr. Coriolis' law.
Hunter sends us from Chicago a manufacturing arti-
cle on the "Thor" Quick-Action Coupler. The woi-k de-
scribed is mostly screw machine, broaching and form
milling work.
Just after Hunter's article, on page 933, we are re-
printing the results of a labor turnover investigation in
New York City as conducted by the Industrial Bureau
of the Merchants Association of New York and pub-
lished in its weekly organ. New York City is not only
the financial center of the United States, it is also one
of the largest manufacturing centers and consequently
What to read was not a difficult natter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
ivhen so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery icorld. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
an analysis of labor turnover within its limits contains
valuable information for employers and managers else-
where. The conclusions of the report are significant
and are startlingly similar to those arrived at by old
Johnson in the story mentioned above. The secret of
keeping labor turnover
down seems to lie in the
selection of the right kind
of managers. A brief ac-
count of the machine-tool
market in the newly-created
country of Czecho-Slovakia
appears on page 938. Al-
though this region lies in
the territory of Mr. Her-
zog, our Berlin corpespond-
ent, we have no hesitation
in accepting the -statements
of Mr. Heise on the possi-
bilities in this market. On
the next page is part III of
Mr. Kenyon's "Seven Centuries of Brass Making."
This installment concerns itself primarily with the use
of the electric furnace in the brass industry.
We have no London letter from Mr. Chubb this week
but we have something just as good. On page 945 he
begins an account of the milling operations on lathes in
the Coventry plant of the famous British firm of Alfred
Herbert, Ltd. We do not for a minute admit that Mr.
Herbert's engineers or machinists know any more about
running milling machines than we do on this side of the
water, but it is almost always worth while to see how
the other fellow does the things that we do every day,
and this particular case is no exception.
Mr. Morris' current article on "Programs of Appren-
ticeship and Special Training" was written about the
Brooklyn plant of the Sperry Gyroscope Co. and tells of
short term apprenticeship or "vestibule training" for
adult mechanics. An important part of the training
system is the class for foremen, supervisors and inspec-
tors. It is held twice a week. See page 951.
A short railroad shop article follows the apprentice-
ship article. It was written by Frank Stanley and
describes methods of handling material in the Sacra-
mento shops of the Southern Pacific. We have collected
a considerable amount of railroad shop information and
while we may not be able to get a railroad article into
every issue there will be very few that do not contain
something with an appeal for railroad shop men.
^8
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
Measuring System Not a Subject
For Legislative Action
THE following letter is being sent broadcast, with the idea of
influencing the New York Board of Aldermen to vote an in-
dorsement of the metric system:
WORLD METRIC STANDARDIZATION COUNCIL
Office of the Secretary
681 Market Street,
San Francisco.
November 3. 1920.
Dear Sir:
Knowing that you are an advocate of metric standardization, I
believe that you will be interested to learn that this important subject
has been brought to the attention of the New York Board of Aldermen,
and that action will soon be taken thereon.
It is hoped that the New York Board of Aldermen may endorse the
principle of metric standardization and that it will urge prompt legis-
lation by Congress providing for a gradual transition to the decimed
standards.
As you perhaps know, the Chicago City Council unanimously
(66 to 0) endorsed that metric standardization movement and urged
the United States Congress and British Parliament to take joint action.
The great City of New York is perhaps even more vitally interested in
this matter than is Chicago,
Please write to your Aldermen — and especially to the Chairman.
Committee on Markets, New York Board of Aldermen, to whom this
matter has been referred. Urge this committee and the entire Board
to take immediate and favorable action.
AD:A
(Signed) Aubrey Drury,
Executive Secretary.
Those familiar with this form of propaganda will at once
recognize the "council" as another name for Albert Herbert, the
Foreign Trade Club, the World Trade Club, etc.
We wish to insist once more that such matters are not within
the province of legislative bodies, the members of which, as a rule,
are not familiar with manufacturing conditions.
Any action leading to changes in our measuring system, or
questions of standardization, should be taken up only by commit-
tees of recognized engineers working in harmony with committees
from established industrial or manufacturers associations.
Editor,
November 18, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
959
The Future of the Automobile Industry
THE magnitude of the automobile industry makes
the present slackening of autc mobile production a
serious problem for many other manufacturers. The
machinery builders and toolmakers, the parts manu-
facturers and the tire men are almost as hard hit by
the sudden shift of the car market.
Supposedly wise men have been predicting for years
that the saturation point of the automobile market had
been reached. And yet the demand and the production
increased each year. Now this prediction is being
repeated and it is well to look the situation squarely in
the face to see where we really stand and what we
may reasonably expect of the future.
The unprecedented demand for cars that followed
the war, together with the high prices which naturally
resulted, induced many new builders or assemblers of
passenger cars to enter the field. This in turn stimulated
the manufacturers of parts and they expanded their
facilities to meet the requirements.
The present hesitation on the part of the buying
public, which is in many cases merely a return to sanity
and a good thing for the country, has in turn checked
the demand for machine tools. Some of the newcomers
in the field, as well as some of the older builders who
were never strong or who have expanded too rapidly,
will probably go to the wall.
But the automobile business is going to continue and
this is no time to be either downhearted or pessimistic.
Every high tide has its ebb, but the world goes on.
One of the reasons for pessimism is probably a lack
of appreciation of the business uses of passenger cars,
the employment of the common term "pleasure" car
probably having much to do with this. But other
industries must appreciate the growing use of passenger
cars for business and must ask themselves whether they
are using them as extensively as they should in their
own work.
The verdict .seems to be unanimous that the use of
the automobile increases the efficiency of the salesman
as well as of the delivery of products or materials. In
districts where they can be used there is no question as
to the saving accomplished. This of itself offers a large
field for sales and increased production. Where time is
an object (and who will admit it is not in his own
business) there is a field for motor transportation.
Considering the passenger automobile from the sane
point of view, we know that it is bound to stay and
its use to grow until it is supplanted by something
better. And its successor, whatever it may be, will
require machinery and tools for its production just the
same.
While the automobile plants are not likely to increase
their capacity as rapidly as in the pa.st, .some of them
will continue to grow to keep pace with the increasing
need of cars for utilitarian purposes. Investigation
shows that about sixty per cent of the mileage of pas-
.senger cars is for strictly business purposes, not
including the mileage traveled when they are used in the
place of steam roads or trolleys. In the farming dis-
tricts this proportion of business use increases to
seventy-eight per cent. Better highways will widen the
field still further and stimulate the demand for cars.
Ignoring for the moment the normal increase in the
number of motor cars needed in this country for 1921,
the replacements alone would make a business much
larger than any one dreamed possible a few years ago.
Assuming the life of a car as five years, a very liberal
average, we would require 1,493,617 new cars to replace
those built in 1916. The following year would require
over 1,740,000 cars to replace those built in 1917 and
so on. Add to this the spare parts for replacements, and
ample work for the automobile shops seems assured.
Looking beyond the present natural reaction from the
over-stimulation of war activities, we can see no cause
for discouragement regarding the future of the auto-
mobile industry. The coming of spring will see a decided
reaction from the present retarded market and builders
and dealers who do not have a stock of machines
on hand 'Will miss many sales. It is our best organized
industry and more than almost any other stands ready
to discard present equipment wherever it can be shown
that it is economical to do so. Machinery builders them-
selves might well profit by its example in this respect.
Trucks and tractors have been purposely omitted so
far, but it must be admitted that these offer a growing
field and one in which economical production must be
considered even more carefully than in that of the pas-
senger car. The growth of truck use can be seen on
every side. The increase from 74,000 in 1915 to 128,000
in 1917 was of course partly due to the war, but the
best known builders are finding a much steadier demand
than are the builders of passenger cars.
With a return to what most people consider a normal
price for raw materials, prices could be adjusted on a
satisfactory basis and nothing would stand in the way
of immediate orders for new and improved machinery.
Anything which can be done to hasten this condition
will go far toward solution of the problem.
The automobile builders, relieved of the necessity of
increasing production at any co.st. will select their
machinery more carefully than has been possible in the
past few years. They will demand the machines which
will insure maximum production at a minimum net
cost. This means that machine tools especialy adapted
for automobile manufacture will be in demand as befoi-e.
But the automobile builder, like the customer who
buys his product, will demand good value for his
expenditures for increased or improved equipment.
This makes it advisable for machine tool builders to be
sure that their own production methods and equipment
are as efficient as they should be.
Now is the time for close co-operation between the
two industries, the automotive and the machine tool.
Now is the time for a getting together on a sound basis
of mutual helpfulness and a fair profit. The automobile
industry will continue to be a large user of machinery
and tools and offers a wide field for new and improved
machinery of many kinds. F. H. C.
960
•AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
Engineering Society Action Relative
to the F. A. E. S.
At the meeting of the Executive Committee of the
American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engi-
neers, held on Oct. 28, the following men were desig-
nated as representatives on American Engineering Coun-
cil. Herbert C. Hoover, San Francisco, Cal. ; J. Parke
Channing, New York, N. Y. ; Arthur S. Dwight, New
York, N. Y., Edwin Ludlow, New York, N. Y.; Allen
H. Rogers, Boston, Mass.; Philip N. Moore; J. V. W.
Reynders; Joseph W. Richards, Bethlehem, Pa.
At its regular meeting on Oct. 25 the Grand Rapids
Engineering Society adopted resolutions accepting
the invitation to become a charter member of the
Federated American Engineering Societies and has
pledged its "hearty co-operation and assistance in the
work undertaken by the federation and is confident
that the work as outlined by the purposes and aims
of the federation will have a very beneficial and far
reaching influence."
The advisory Council of the Iowa Engineering Soci-
ety at its regular meeting on October 20 voted unan-
imously to recommend to the Iowa Engineering Soc-
iety at its annual meeting that the society apply for
membership in the Federated American Engineering
Societies and designated Professor J. H. Dunlap as
its representative to the meeting of American Engi-
neering Council in Washington, Nov. 18-19.
The joining of the societies named raises the total
of member-societies, which will be represented at the
meeting of American Engineering Council in Wash-
ington Nov. 18, 19 and 20, to eighteen. A list of the
memlser-societies follows :
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Technical Club of Dallas
Cleveland Engineering Society
Engineering Association of Nashville
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
Engineering Society of Buffalo
American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers
Society of Industrial Engineers
Kansas Engineering Society
Alabama Technical Council
American Society of Agricultural Engineers
Detroit Engineering Society
Florida Engineering Society (subject to ratification
in February)
Engineering Society of York
Washington, D. C, Society of Engineers
Grand Rapids Engineering Society
Iowa Engineering Society (subject to ratification at
annual meeting).
Dimensions of Keyways
By Taro Kuraisi
Tokio, .lapan
I was very much interested in the article "Dimension-
ing of Keyways," by Hans Ernst, published on page 82
of the American Machinist. It was presented from the
drafting viewpoint. I wish to present it from the
broaching viewpoint.
In the broaching process it is necessary to know the
value of L, Fig. 1, when we want to know whether or
not the broach and broaching mandrel are of the correct
sizes for the job. We measure the thickness of broach
A and the thickness of mandrel B. The sum should
equal L. The diflScult part of the calculation to find L is
PIG. 1. MANDREL
AND BROACH FOR
iBRO ACHING KE)Y-
WAT
that by which we find the value of F, Fig. 2, and I have
made the chart, Fig. 3, to obviate the necessity of mak-
ing such calculation. This chart shows the values of
F for bores up to 8 in. in diameter and vddths of keys
up to 2 in. L is found from the following simple
formula: L = D -\- d — F.
The method of using the chart is easily explained by
an example. Assume the diameter of bore is 5 in. and
the width of key 3 in. Find, on the chart, the intersec-
tion A of the vertical line at 5 in. with the horizontal
line at 3 in. width of key. We see that A is between
8 and 9 deg. On the left-hand side of the chart find the
point B, on the horizontal line from 3 in. width of key
at a corresponding position between 8 and 9 deg. A
vertical line dropped from the point B shows the value
of F, in this case 0.028 in.
PIG. 2. (UPPER)
DIAGRAM REPRE-
SENTING B O R B
.-VND KEYWAY
Deqreas
FIG. 3. (LOWER)
CHART FOR DETER-
MINING THEJ VALUE
OF P (FIG. 2) FOR
KEYWAYS
'tJeqfees
mmmmwmimmiimmmmimmm
Value of F, Inches
I 2 3 « S 6 7 8
Oiatn, of 8ore(0|(ncties
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — WitK Improved Machinery
961
<£Mniiu»^t^
li^THi
9t10P llQUIPM£NT Nl^W^
W?"'\
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NLWS •
A v/eokly roviow oP
modGrn dosiignsand
•> oquipmon-l" °
,5. A.HAND
niiifi
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
CONDENSED •
ICLIPPING INDEX
Aconiinuou5 rocord
Ol^'modorn dos\^ns
' and oquipmont/ •
Pangborn Rotary-Table Sandblasts
The Pangborn Corporation, Hagerstown, Md., has
placed on the market the rotary-table sandblasting
machines herein described, some of them being devel-
oped from older models of machines made by the same
concern. The table is rotated by power, so that the
work passes beneath the nozzles. The nozzles are auto-
matically oscillated, so that the blast reaches all por-
tions of the blasting zone, which is completely inclosed.
It is claimed that the output is large because of the
continuous operation, that the labor requirements are
small and that the operator is removed from contact
with flying abrasive.
For work difiicult to clean or of large size the direct-
pressure system is used. In Fig. 1 is shown such a
machine equipped with an elevator and a separator
using both mechanical means and circulation of air for
reclamation and sepai-ation of the abrasive for re-use.
The reclaimed abrasive is accumulated in storage bins,
from which the tank for the blast can be quickly refilled
by operating a valve, thus making the operation of the
machine practically continuous. The machine is made
in two sizes, with table diameters of 70 and 90 in. and
a clearance of 15 in. between the . table ^top and the
nozzles.
The gravity-feed type of machine, showrT in Fig. 2,
is intended for work less difficult to clean or where the
intensive action of the direct-pressure blast is unneces-
sary. The machine is self-contained. Both mechanical
and draft action are used for reclamation and handling
of the abrasive, which is fed by gravity in a continuous
cycle to the nozzles. The machine is made in but one
size with a table diameter of 84 in., and it has an
adjustment of the nozzle arms that permits a clearance
of either 10 or 15 in. between the table top and the
nozzles. «.-*^ "
The self-contained suction-feed machine, shown in
Fig. 3, is intended for the cleaning of light work and
refinishing. The used abrasive is reclaimed through
screens and handled without the use of an elevator. The
cleaned abrasive is carried continuously by suction to
the nozzles. The machine is made in two sizes, the one
shown in Fig. 3 having a table 42 in. in diameter and
1"1«;. 1. PANGKORN DIRBCT-PRBS.SURE ROTARY-TAm^K
.S.\NDBL.AST
J'lG. 2. PANGUORN GRAVITY -FEED ROTARY-TABLE
S.VNDBLAST
962
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
FIG. 3:
I'ANGBORN SUCTION-FEED. SANDBLAST
WITH 12-lN. ROTART TABLE
one nozzle with a vertical adjustment allowing any dis-
tance from 5 to 12 in. between the table top and the
nozzle.
The larger size of suction-feed machine is shown in
FIG. 4.
PANGBOKN SUCTION-FEED, SANDBLAST
WITH 70-IN. ROTARY TABLE
Fig. 4. It has a table diameter of 70 in. with a clearance
of 12 in. between the nozzles and table top, allowing
the handling of reasonably large work or a large quan-
tity of small pieces.
Ettco Self-Gripping Mandrel
The Eastern Tube and Tool Co., Inc., Brooklyn, N. Y.,
has placed upon the market the .self-gripping mandrel
shown in the illustration. It is intended to hold bush-
ings, geans and similar parts while turning or grinding, .
the parts being slipped on or off the mandrel by turning
them slightly to the left.
The body of the mandrel is made of alloy steel and
has three grooves, each of which contains a roller made
of hardened drill rod and held in the proper position
for gripping by means of flat springs. The collars at
each end retain the rollers and springs. When the cut
ETTCO SELF-GRIPPING AIA.VDREL
is applied to the work on the mandrel the rollers are
caused to wedge and grip the woi-k rigidly. It is said
that no driving is necessary when putting on or remov-
ing work and that the presence of oil and dirt does not
interfere with the action.
The body of the mandrel is ground 0.0002 in. under-
size. Due to the action of the rollers, the mandrel will
grip work 0.005 to 0.015 oversize. The mandrel is made
in a range of sizes from ' to 2 inches.
Doyle-Wall "Precision" Taper-
Measuring Gage
The Doyle-Wall Machine & Tool Co., 318-24 Pearl St..
Syracuse, N. Y., make the precision taper-measuring
gage shown in the illustration. The device consists of
a double sine bar and angle-measuring gage, being
intended for use either in originating or duplicating
tapers. It is composed of steel parallels mounted on
angle-bars, which are each pivoted at one end on pins
.set in the baseplate. The other ends of the bars are
moved simultaneously by means of an adjusting screw,
the bai's being secured in position by locknuts when the
desired taper has been established.
When setting the gage reference is made to a chart,
which gives the distance required between the measur-
ing pins in order to obtain the desired angle. Either
precision gage blocks are placed between the pins to
DOYLE-WALL "PRECISION" TAPER-MEASUKING CAGE
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
963
obtain this distance, or a micrometer is used over them,
the gage being adjusted by turning the knurled nut
until the proper distance is obtained. Tapers from 0 to 4
in. per ft. can be measured. A chart, figured to four
points of decimals, is supplied with each gage to show
the values of tapers from iV. to 4 in. per foot.
It is claimed that the gage can be set up much more
([uickly than a sine bar, that it accurately measures as
many pieces as desired after being set, and that no high
degree of skill is required for its operation, because only,
one measurement is necessary. The parallels and pins
are hardened, ground and lapped, an accuracy to within
0.0001 in. being guaranteed. The tool is regularly made
in two .sizes with 12 or 6 in. centers, but gages for
any desired size of taper can be furnished.
Self-Locking Hub Plate
The self-locking hub plate shown in the accompanying
illustration has been designed to replace the methods
of putting in hub liners which are now in use. This
does away with the method of casting the hub plate into
the driving box and also of fastening it in by screws or
similar methods.
The driving box is bored with an undercut recess,
similar to that used for casting liners in place, except-
ing, as will be seen in Fig. 1, the box is offset as
shown at C and D so as to make it slightly eccentric
with the bore for the outside of the crown brass. The
hub plate is made in two parts A and B, as in Fig. 2,
with a dovetail on one side to fit the recess in the box.
After the machining work is completed it is only
necessary to slip the two halves of the hub plate in
position and then force in the crown brass E in the usual
manner. The outer end of the crown brass acts as a
key and locks the two parts of the hub plate firmly in
place. The fact that the outer edge of the hub plate is
eccentric with the outer edge of the crown brass effec-
tually prevents the hub plate working out of position.
FI6. I I Self- Locking Hubplafe applied to Box
These hub plates are in use on about forty locomotives
of a well-known railroad and are giving satisfactory
service at a considerably lower cost than the plates
formerly used. They are being marketed by J. P.
Finerty & Co., Dunmore, Pa.
Motor Drive for Wood Turret Lathe
The Wood Turret Machine Co., Brazil, Ind., has
recently brought out the design of motor base and belt
drive shown in the illustration for use on its tilted-
turret lathes and screw machines. The motor base or
cabinet leg is so arranged that the motor may be easily
^Litflfc^
^^^^^^^^Bl^^^^^^S^^^' ^^^H
I-
r\<;. 1.
FIG. 2
ski>k-i.oi;kjng iii:i! plate applied to box
Kin. 2. HOW THK rT.,ATE IS MADK
WOOn TUKRKT LATHE WITH DRIVING MOTOR
MOUNTED IN BASE
removed for cleaning or repair by the loosening of
three screws which hold the circular lid at the end of
the base.
Power is transmitted from the motor to the large
driving pulley on the spindle by means of a double belt
passing through the pan and tightened by a double-
acting idler, which is controlled, by the hand lever
shown at the right-hand side of the base. The belt is
guarded by means of a cast-iron cover.
This motor-drive arrangement is being supplied on
the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 back-geared type of machine, d.c.
variable-speed motors being used. The controller-box
crank, as well as all operating levers, are so grouped
that they are within easy reach of the operator, with-
out necessitating his changing of position.
Speeding Up Machine Tools With
Compressed Air
By F. a. McLean
Quantity production on an efficient basis is ofteii
dependent on the facilities provided for handling
the product during the course of manufacture, and in
order that maximum production be maintained it is
necessary to make the physical requirements called for
on the part of the operator as light as possible. When
this is done a workman should be able to accomplish
practicrJly the same amount of work toward the close
of the day as in the beginning. It this is not done, no
matter how strong the man may be, he is bound to feel
the strain from his continual exertion and his efficiency
and value to his employer is lowered as the day advances.
Any arrangement which will minimize this fatigue on
the pai't of the worker, is worthy of attention from the
standpoint of higher efl!iciency, as the conservation of
physical energy, so often spent in non-productive labor,
is of primary importance. Aside from the process of
964
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
FIG. 1. AIR-HOIST CTLINDEK APt'L.IED TO LATHES FOR
RAPID TRAVERSE OP CARRIAGE
moving the work to and from the machine, the opera-
tion of the latter generally calls for considerable exer-
tion on the part of the worker, especially in the case
of heavy machine tools.
On; of the most flagrant offenders in this respect is
the ordinary lathe, especially in the larger sizes which
require the expenditure of considerable energy in run-
ning back the carriage after a cut has been made. In
the case of quantity production, this often consumes a
large amount of time and labor which could be more
profitably applied in other ways. Many of the more
progressive manufacturers who realized this fact have
applied a direct lift air hoist cylinder to the task with
a view to relieving the operator and .speeding up the
output from the tool. During the war, devices of this
nature were quite a common sight in the large munition
plants of the United States and Canada, but with the
close of the shell contracts, many of these contrivances
have gone to the scrap heap, which is unfortunate, as
many shops could apply them to the manufacture of
their regular products with excellent results.
An arrangement of this kind applied to a 24-in. x
20-ft. lathe used for drilling holes in submarine drill
pistons in the plant of the Canadian Ingersoll-Rand Co.,
Limited, Sherbrooke, Quebec, is shown in Fig. 1. From
an examination of the illustration it will be seen that
the air hoist cylinder which is 3 in. in diameter by 4 ft.
long is placed between the shears of the lathe and sup-
ported at each end by rectangular pieces of iron which
are clamped to the lathe bed by four bolts. A hole is
bored in the lower part of the lathe carriage into which
is fitted the end of the hoist piston-i-od from which the
hook has been removed. This arrangement allows the
cylinder to be moved to the most convenient point on the
bed or even removed altogether and applied to another
machine in a few minutes if desired.
The hoist cylinder is of the double acting type and is
controlled by a very simple three-way valve located with-
in convenient reach of the operator. Pushing the
handle of this valve to the left causes the carriage to
travel toward the headstopk and vice versa, while
moving it to a central position cuts off the air supply
and allows the air in the cylinder to exhaust. A globe
valve is placed between this three-way valve and the
supply hose to take the strain off the three-way valve
when the device is not in use.
Some of the more modern multiple-spindle drilling
machines are provided with means for raising as well
as lowering the head by power, but in many shops there
are machines in u.se which do not have this feature, and
when the machines are of large size it is very tiresome
for the operator to have to raise the heads by hand. A
simple way of using compressed air to do this work is
illustrated in Fig. 2 and consists of a small double-acting
direct lift hoist attached to the top of the machine by
a cast-iron bracket. The lower end of the piston rod is
screwed into a hole bored in the top of the saddle or
head of the machine. Supply pipes run from the upper
and lower ends of the hoist cylinder are bent to conform
to the contour of the machine and terminate in an
adju.stible valve located near the belt and feed controls
of the drill. With a drilling machine fitted up in this
way it is possible for an apprentice boy to turn out a
larger volume of work than a fully grown man could
when moving the drill head by hand.
Wm viitt**fe •
-^A ...,j
ir ii
W" „
^
mmi liUH
^1-
FIG. 2. .\TR-HOIST CYLINDER .VPPLTED TO MULTI-
SPINDLB DRILLING MACHINE FOR RAISING -ANT)
LOWERINC. THE HEAD
There are other ways of using air hoist cylinders in
connection with machine tools whenever a horizontal or
vertical reciprocating motion is required. The number
and value of possible applications of this kind will vary
with the size of the shop, type of equipment in use, and
the natui-e of the product manufactured.
Weighing Automobile Parts To
Determine Amount of Wear
Some rather interesting work has been undertaken
for the Motor Transport Corps in connection with its
experiments on the deterioration of automobile parts
in service. A number of bearings and gears have been
accurately weighed on the bureau's balances and have
been placed in cars in service. After a certain length
of time the.se parts will be returned to the bureau
and reweighed, the difference in weight repre.<enting.
of course, the loss in metal due to wear.
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
965
Fortieth Anniversary Meeting of A. S. M. E.
SEVERAL noteworthy addresses marked the fortieth
anniversary meeting of the A. S. M. E., held at
the Engineering Societies Building on the even-
ing of Nov. 5. "The Opportunity and Responsibility
of the Engineer" was the subject of the evening.
Henry R. Towne, the oldest living past president o>f the
A. S. M. E., was the first speaker. In his review of the
early history of the society he related that at the
October meeting cf 1883 the attendance, out of a total
of about 600 members, was 150. For the year 1883 the
income of the society was $7,560, which looks small
indeed compared to the proposed budget of $500,000
for the coming year. Mr. Towne aL<x) discussed a paper
which he had presented at a Chicago meeting of the
society in 1886, entitled "The Engineer as an
Economist."
The American Society of Civil Engineers was repre-
sented by A. P. Davis, its president, who, after con-
gratulating the A. S. M. E. on its growth and the scope
of its activities, expressed the hope that the A. S. C. E.
would join the Federated American Engineering
Societies.
W. L. Saunders, past president of the American
Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers,
expressed the opinion that the profession of mechanical
engineering is a basic one and is of great importance
because men of the other branches of engineering must
have a knowledge of it as a basis.
Past-president Scott of the A. I. E. E., by an illus-
trated talk, showed that engineering progress has been
extremely rapid, with the creation of great forces and
that the engineer now has the responsibility of con-
trolling and operating these forces. Mr. Scott's state-
ment, "The modern engineer is a director of human
activities as well as of inanimate operations," gained
applause.
J. Herbert Case, acting governor of the Federal Re-
serve Bank of New York, pointed out that three direc-
tors of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were
drawn from the membership of the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers. He called the attention of
his hearers to the fact that the constitution of the
Federated American Engineering Societies defines en-
gineering as "the science of controlling the forces
and of utilizing the materials of nature for the benefit
of man." He then went on to develop his ideas that
bankers have essentially the same problems before them
as engineers; he referred to bankers as financial engi-
neers and said that they are now coming to use essen-
tially engineering methods. He felt strongly that the
recent period of inflation, which we are apparently
passing in safety, might have developed into a very
serious crisis had it not been for the preparations made
by bankers to meet just such a contingency. These prep-
arations consisted principally in the establishment of
the Federal Reserve system, by which one-third of the
number of banks in the country, representing two-thirds
of our banking resources, have practically pooled their
resources to the end that individual failures may be
averted. This action Mr. Case compared to the allow-
ance made by engineers for a "factor of safety"; the
idea being, in both ca.ses, to provide beforehand what-
ever strength will be needed to cope with any emergency
that may arise. The speaker suggested that it is not
unreasonable to suppose that as a result of improved
financial methods we have probably seen our last gen-
eral panic. "But," he continued, "I look further ahead
than that. As engineers are never satisfied with the
machines they have created, but continually work and
strive to improve upon them, so bankers will finally
improve their methods to such a point that they can
avoid not only catastrophies such as panics, but even
the minor crises and financial disturbances which trouble
us so greatly today."
GoMPERS Invites Co-operation
Samuel Gompers, president of the American Federa-
tion of Labor, was the next speaker. The keynote of his
address was to the effect that "One of the difficulties
that arise nowadays about our discussion of responsi-
bility is that we fail to realize that professional men,
whether doctors, lawyers or engineers, should be in a
very real sense agents of society and not merely masters
in their particular professions" He thought it un-
necessary to review the achievements of engineers in
mechanical ways, but declared that a very serious error
is frequently made in describing manufactured articles
as the product of an industry. It is not the inanimate
objects produced in the factory that count; it is the
men developed there. In other words, "men, not things,
are the true goal of civilization." In a realization of
this fact lies the engineer's opportunity to develop co-
operation between capital and labor. There is a great
future ahead for both capital and labor if they will join
hands with engineers and make an effort to improve
the conditions of labor, to give the workman a chance
for self-expression in his daily work and to relieve the
deadly monotony of repetition work, which is the prin-
cipal cause of labor troubles. In our mad rush for
efficiency we have allowed the man to become too greatly
a part of the machine. The old spirit of craftsmansship
has gone, so that men's work today tends to become
mere toil. Mr. Gompers drove home his point with thih
vivid warning: "Beware that the machines you create
do not become a Frankenstein and enslave the human
race." The avoidance of this danger is a part of the
coming responsibility of the engineer. In conclusion
Mr. Gompers said: "If you will study the laws of
humanity with the same degree of intensity that you
study the laws of material science you will render a
tremendous service, and as president of the American
Federation of Labor it is my firm conviction that the
labor movement not only welcomes but invites your
co-operation."
Dickson on Economic Autocracy
The next speaker was William B. Dickson, the vice-
president of the Midvale Steel and Ordnance Co. Mr.
Dickson's address was remarkable for the fact that he
so frankly and so whole-heartedly espoused the cause of
the workingman. In fact, he was hardly less emphatic
than Mr. Gompers himself. For this reason his speech
may be said to have been the feature of the evening.
Mr. Dickson expre.ssed the same thought which had just
previously been spoken by Mr. Gompers ; namely, that
our modern system of the division of labor, consisting
in the assignment of a highly specialized task to each
individual workman, has deprived men of the joy which
966
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
they once secured through the exercise of creative
instinct in their work. The result of this condition, he
said, will tend to stunt men mentally, morally and physi-
cally, unless it is counteracted by some other vital force.
It cannot be met by reverting to original and obsolete
methods; our factories must continue to produce effi-
ciently, but not at such a sacrifice of individuality.
"This is a human problem," said Mr. Dickson, "and I
have not been able to solve it, so I am leaving it
to you."
"It has been said," he continued, "that free govern-
ment is more important than good government. I be-
lieve that this is substantially true; and I would say
that if there must be a choice it is better to be free and
inefficient than to secure efficiency by having men be-
come mere cogs in a complex social machine, operated
by a so-called superior class. I am afraid that we are
making a fetish of efficiency." There is, however, an-
other broader and more important question than this;
it is the great issue between democracy and autocracy.
We have been accustomed to consider that this question
was solved in 1776, as indeed it was, politically; but in
industry the present tendency is to revert to the feudal
system of despotism. This has been exemplified in the
past few months by restriction of production, and even
the closing down of plants, with the object of holding
prices up. An example that is still fresh in our memory
is that of the large textile mills which were shut down
completely, resulting in great suffering to the entire
community. It is this "unconscious insolence of con-
scious power" which is at the root of our industrial
difficulties. "Consider, for a moment," said Mr. Dick-
son, "the despotic power which our modern system of
industry gives a few men over the lives and fortunes
of thousands of their fellow citizens. By reason of this
condition we have the unstable situation of a govern-
ment founded on the suffrages of men who, for all prac-
tical purposes, are industrially bondsmen." We are ap-
proaching the time when we shall need an industrial
Lincoln to say: "A house divided against itself cannot
stand; this nation cannot continue to exist politically
democratic but economically autocratic." The apprecia-
tion of the audience at this point resulted in a round
of applause in which Mr. Gompers took a leading
part.
In Favor of a Fair System of Collex:tive Bargaining
Mr. Dickson declared himself in favor of a fair
system of collective bargaining and of giving workmen
some share in the conduct of business, probably through
applying a portion of their wages to the purchase of
stock in the company. These systems, of course, must
be designed to meet the needs of the particular plants
which are to use. them ; and unless they are permeated
with democratic principles there can be no solution of
our labor troubles. Some people may claim, however,
that they are satisfied with present conditions and do
not desire a change. This is only an evasion of the
issue. The choice does not lie between industrial de-
mocracy and the present way of doing things; it lies
between industrial democracy and a condition of chaos
and feudalism such as we see in Russia today.
The speaker offered two suggestions to meet the
situation. First, he said that we should democratize
industry, giving recognition to management and labor
as equal partners with capital; and second, we should
teach democracy in the schools as thoroughly as we now
teach reading, writing and arithmetic, so that the
coming generation will be thoroughly grounded in demo-
cratic principles.
"I am not looking forward," concluded Mr. Dickson,
"to the new era of industrial democracy as a period of
peace and serenity, but rather as a time in which the
way has been cleared for a further toilsome climb up
the spiral of evolution."
Between the speeches President Miller read a number
of congratulatory telegrams, notably those from Herbert
Hoover, E. S. Carman, the president-elect of the society,
Governor Coolidge and Senator Harding.
An Inexpensive Blueprint Machine
By H. W. Armstrong
The average small shop if run on an up-to-date
plan requires a large number of blueprints. The old
method of enclosing tracing and blueprint paper in a
frame and exposing to the sun is slow and many times
it is not possible to obtain prints because of lack of
sunlight. When prints are needed in a hurry it means
delay and inconvenience and sometimes a copy of the
tracing has to be made.
Most blueprinting machines are too expensive for
the small shop. In our shop we made a small ma-
chine, shown in Fig. 1, using three electric light bulbs.
This machine did good work, although it was slow,
and had the advantage of being independent of the
sun. However, as we required more prints than the
capacity of this machine provided, we finally adopted
the set-up shown in Fig. 2. To the writer's knowledge
there is only one other in use for this purpose.
We purchased a Cooper-Hewitt mercury bar lamp
similar to those in use in photo-galleries and of the
following specifications: F Lamp; Type '^J; Spec.
901; 60 Cycles; 103 to 118 Volts; 6 to 7 Amperes.
This was fastened to the wall and a frame built
around it. A blueprint frame was also made, large
enough to hold our largest tracing, and when in use
was placed on the projecting shelf parallel to the lamp
and about 12 in. away from it.
The machine, frame and complete set-up, cost about
$100, and the work is very rapid and satisfactorj'
as the mercury light is very much like sunlight and
the prints produced are equal to any made in the sun.
The time of exposure should be about three minutes.
The machine is perfectly satisfactory and has the
advantage of low initial cost and low upkeep. The
tubes last a long time and can be replaced at small
expense. The light is also very easy on the eyes.
Blue Print
Frame
m^^-^^^^
~^~^
if.
•^sT
rn
^
Wpl/ Line \
FIG. 2
Fl&.l
PIG 1 PRINTING MACHINE WITH INCANDESCENT BI.TLE.<
FIO. 2. SET-UP PSED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
COOPER-HEWITT I^\MP
November 18, 1920
Get Increased ProdU-ction--'Wiih I m}[)rbved Machinery
urn
Nineteenth Annual Fall Convention of the
National Machine Tool Builders' Ass'n
PRESIDENT NEWTON opened the fall convention
of the National Machine Tool Builders' Associa-
tion Thursday morning, Nov. 11, at the Hotel
Astor, New York. His brief address dealt with the
present period of depression in the machine-tool busi-
ness and presented conclusions to the effect that the
machine-tool builders must face the existing depression
as they cannot stop the downward trend of business.
Demand is beyond their control and price reductions
would not create reassurance even if they could be given.
It is recognized that they
cannot be given for several
reasons. During the last
five years prices have not
increased in proportion to
the costs of materials and
labor and the burden of
the cost of experiments
and improvements has in-
creased. There could be only
one cause to justify a re-
ducfion in prices, namely, .a
reduced cost in materials,
and reduced selling prices
on such an account are very
improbable because the in-
creased cost of overhead
due to the limited output
will offset any reduction in
material costs that may
take place.
In regard to cancella-
tions, Mr. Newton said that
he hopes the machine-tool
builders will take steps to
raise orders for machine
tools to the dignity of real
contracts. He also advised
preservation of resources,
that is, cash.
The routine business of
reports of officers and com-
mittee reports was dis-
patched quickly. An interesting committee report was
that of Mr. Bullard showing good progress on the ex-
port catalog which will probably be ready for distri-
bution during the spring of 1921. Translations are
being made into French, Spanish and German. Foreign
dealers are glad that the American manufacturers are
going in for advertising in foreign fields.
Standardization of Electric Equipment
D. R. Weedon of the Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Co., delivered a lantern-slide talk on
"Standardization." He interpreted standardization to
refer to methods of application rather than to the motors
themselves. The high spots of his talk were to the
effect that the motor manufacturer should be called
upon to work out the best way of applying the motor
during the design of the machine, not after it is built.
The selection of a motor depends upon the kind of tool
with which it is used, the method of application, type
AUGUST H. TUECHTER. PRESIDENT
of control and load factor. Among the kinds named
were constant-speed for such tools as screw machines;
adjustable speed for planing machines, milling machines,
lathes and drilling machines; variable speed for fans
and pumps; high starting torque for drilling machines,
lathes and light tools ; high pull-out torque for grinding
machines and others where the strain on the motor is
heavy; and high frequency for wood-working machines.
Slides were shown picturing belted motor drive, direct
drive, motor in base of machine, motor built into the
machine and other arrange-
ments. Protection from
dirt and economy in space,
bearings, shafting and
belting were mentioned as
advantages of motor drive.
Automatic and manual con-
trols were shown and their
possibilities explained. The
importance of overload re-
lays and low voltage release
were emphasized. Builders
were advised to design their
units to make possible the
application of motors of at
least two manufacturers to
prevent being delayed by
limited production in one
motor manufacturer's plant.
Frank H. Foster spoke
on "Machine Shop Condi-
tions in China." He said
that American tools are
liked and that American
manufacturers have a good
chance to get their ma-
chines introduced and dis-
posed of.
The afternoon session
was devoted to addresses
and discussion of financial
conditions and cancellation
of orders. Francis H. Sis-
son, vice-president of the Guaranty Trust Co., New York
City, spoke on "Financial Conditions as Affecting Busi-
ness." The following several paragraphs give a sum-
mary of his address:
It is probable that now, more than ever before,
there exists in business a condition of doubt and little
clarity of thought. The business interests of the banker
and of the machine-tool manufacturer are to a great
extent the same, the banker's great problem being that
of credit.
Today we are filling the gaps which the war created
and are suffering because of the inflation by which the
war was financed and which depreciated the dollar.
The United States in 1914 financed the allies indirectly
in many ways, extended banking credits and floated
foreign securities. Beginning in 1917 the world put
$337,000,000,000 into the war and diverted 40,000,000
lives from production to wasteful industry, and lost
10,000,000 lives. Money put into war is wa.sted and
968
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 21
the National debt is increased, in this instance by
$23,000,000,000. For such conditions we are now pay-
ing. Bankers have been accused of refusing credit to
legitimate business, but the contrary is true as banks
have gone the limit in extending credits. Interest
prices have not increased in proportion to other rises
and money is the cheapest commodity we have. Credit
is not an artificial product of banks or government.
It is a medium of exchange and represents a transfer
of property. Wealth can be created only by human
effort. Present German and Russian conditions are the
result of trying to create credit by the use of the print-
ing press.
Banks Not Profiteering
The Federal Reserve has loaned up to the limit of the
reserve provided by law for the past five years. Since
1914 production and distribution have increased 20 per
cent and prices 100 per cent, which means that 120
per cent more capital has been required to handle
business, this quantity representing more than 10 per
cent of our national income. More than twice the
amount of money required in 1914 was required to
finance the business of 1919. The banks have not been
profiteering and talk to that effect and loose thinking
are hazardous to business. What is needed to improve
conditions is co-operation between business and banks
and a realization of the unity of their interests. Money
is sold as is any other commodity, the price being con-
trolled by supply and demand. No control is exercised
by the banks; when money is scarce rates are up and
when it is plentiful they are down. Rates for call
loans, compared to the value that money holds, are so
low that it is wrong to indict the banks for high rates.
Money scarcity must be offset by thrift and production.
United States Faces a Prosperous Era
The United States .stands today very much as did
England at the close of the Napoleonic wars. We are
the only nation on a sound financial basis and we have
health, organizing ability, intelligence and natural re-
sources. World markets and opportunitie.'? await our
taking and we must put our house in order and com-
mence to take advantage of conditions. We must have
an understanding of foreign markets, must send our
overproduction to them and must help finance foreign
nations. If we follow our opportunities we may have an
even greater success than England has had. Foreign
trade is no dream, but cold, hard necessity and it
represents high service as well as profits. No nation
lives for itself alone any more than does an individual
and we as well as others are affected by the sore spots
of the earth.
Cancellation — or repudiation — of orders by the United
States and by foreign merchants causes a deplorable
situation. There must be a cure for the breaking down
of morale which causes men to repudiate their just
committments, otherwise we are going to suffer as other
nations have suffered. We must not lend ourselves to
such practice as it puts us in a bad light.
As regards the immediate future there is no relief
in sight, at any rate not until the first of the year,
when conditions will ease off slightly. Until labor is
liquidated as well as commodities, until we have filled
up gaps caused by the war and until all inflation and
profiteering have been antidoted, we will not reach
normal. All that goes up must come down. We ought
to be glad that the reaction has come as it means that
we are getting back to a normal condition. We accu-
mulated a surplus during the war, have at present good
crops and a good banking system and are beginning
to understand interrelations, so that we face a pros-
perous era. Our best policy is to stick to old-fashioned
guides such as the ten commandments and copybook
rules.
During the discussion the opinion vras brought out
that nothing less than the rehabilitation of Europe can
correct the exchange evil and that so long as the Eu-
ropean countries continue to print money as they have
been doing, such money will stay low in value in com-
parison to the dollar.
The Legal Viewpoint of Cancellations
"Cancellation of Orders" was the title of an address
by W. Randolph Montgomery, counsel. National Asso-
ciation of Credit Men, New York City. He presented
the subject from the legal view^joint, bringing out
the point that it is easy to set up moral standards
when the market is advancing, but another matter to
maintain them on a falling market. Buyers have been
speculating on continuous buying and the public has
struck, leaving the buyers the choice of standing a
loss themselves or cancelling orders. They have had
the privilege of cancellation for a year or more because
of the easy resale of cancelled goods and when the
drop came with a possible curtailment of this privilege
they began to examine their contracts and in many
cases found that they were not binding. Such state-
ments as "order not subject to cancellation," and "all
claims for defective goods must be made within ten
days of their receipt," printed on bill heads and packing
slips, are worthless. The Uniform Sales Act is a busi-
ness man's statute, which has been adopted in more
than twenty American States and in England and it
would pay every business man to have a copy of the act
in his library.
Cancellations cannot be prevented. The law gives
opportunity for redress, sometimes for price and some-
times for damages. To make enforcement of contracts
good the buyer must be able to pay when judgment
is brought against him, which significant point must not
be overlooked when considering suit.
Four things will help minimize cancellations: (1)
Make it less easy to cancel by making contracts legally
enforcible, (2) let it be known among competitors that
certain houses are given to cancelling orders, (3) insist
more often upon legal right to damages for breach of
contract, and (4) carry on a campaign of education
against reckless buying and in favor of a higher
standard of ethics.
E. W. McCullough, manager of the Fabricated Pro-
duction Department, United States Chamber of Com-
merce, was the next speaker. His remarks covered
many of the points brought out by Mr. Montgomery.
He emphasized the suggestion that each division of
trade should bear its own burdens, as dangerous ground
is reached when one division tries to carry its own and
others' burdens. Each trade organization should exam-
ine its own line and establish a code of ethics. The
golden rule should be used in business so that a man's
contract will be as good as his word, and so that con-
stant breaking of contracts will make him a marked
man.
That prices of machine tools cannot be reduced was
the consensus of opinion of individual manufacturers.
The causes for the necessity of price maintenance are
November 25, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
969
manj', chief among them the sustained prices of
materials; resumption of sales expense, which during
the past few years has been almost negligible; service
costs, neaessary but expensive; improvements made
during recent years ; the cost of experiments ; the main-
tenance of the present just level of wages for machinists
and mechanics; increased overhead due to limited pro-
duction ; and the fact that prices of machine tools
during the last five years have not increased in propor-
tion to the costs of materials and labor.
The morning of the second day of the convention
was given over to committee meetings and the after-
noon to business. Atlantic City was chosen a.s the loca-
tion for the Spring Convention to be held in May. The
following officers were elected for 1921: President,
August H. Tuechter, Cincinnati-Bickford Tool Co.,
Cincinnati, Ohio. First vice-president, E. J. Kearney,
Kearney & Trecker Co., Milwaukee, Wis. Second vice-
president, C. Wood Walter, Cincinnati Milling Machine
Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. Secretary, Carl Dietz, The Nor-
ton Co., Worcester, Mass. Treasurer, Winslow Blan-
chard. The Blanehard Machine Co., Cambridge, Mass.
Charles E. Hildreth of the Whitcomb-Blaisdell Machine
Tool Co., Worcester, Mass., continues as manager.
What Other Editors Think
The Question of Cancellatiocs
(From the New York Commercyial/
WHENEVER a price movement reverses itself some
one is bound to be caught at the end of the line.
There is always a leader and always a tail-ender. When
it is a matter of a reduction in prices, such as that now
under way, some one is sure to be caught at the top and
must suffer accordingly. In some trades such cancella-
tions are accepted as a part of trade customs ; in others
the hardship to the seller is so great that they cannot be
accepted.
There are two sides to the question, two distinct points
of view. From the legal standpoint there is, of course,
only one. A contract requires two parties in the making
and it cannot be amended or cancelled without the
consent of both parties. Very often the seller considers
it to his best interest to agree to such cancellation with
the be.st grace possible. It saves him his customer.
The seller, however, has some moral obligations that
should govern, regardless of his legal rights, for moral
law is superior to legal law. Shylock found it so and
many another has discovered that it does not always pay
to enforce the strict letter of a contract. If for
instance, a seller, by enforcing a contract yielding him a
huge profit, virtually bankrupting the buyer, although
its cancellation would have caused him no loss, has
violated the moral law. Hence, if the seller is to suffer
loss through the cancellation of a contract, through no
fault of his own, then the moral obligation rests with
the buyer.
During this readjustment period many fine points
will have to be worked out on the question of cancella-
tions. If they can be made without injury to either
party, well and good. If the buyer can reimburse the
seller to the extent of the loss that might otherwise be
incurred, there is a good basis for cancellation. If the
seller is big enough to stand a partial loss of this kind,
rather than to bankrupt his customer, thus saving him
for another time, it is good business. These are times
for giving and taking, for all will benefit in the long
run through the adjustment now going on. There is,
however, one class of buyer who is entitled neither to
.sympathy nor consideration; the one who, finding him-
self on the losing side, calmly repudiates his contracts
without so much as "by your leave" and defies the
Beller.jto take whatever action he may_see fit.
Where Is That Book of Ethics?
(From Coal Age)
WHEN the employer decided, on the simple basis
of supply and demand, what wages should be paid
the employee, there was little difficulty in determining
what that rate should be. Whatever would induce the
working or the professional man to enter into a verbal
or written contract of employment was considered the
correct compensation for the employer to pay.
Just i-ecently when a wage controversy was being
arbitrated a decision was rendered allowing a certain
electric I'ailroad to continue to pay the wage it had been
paying, the arbitrators declaring that the electric road
must have been paying a fair wage or it would not have
been able to induce men to leave other employment to
enter its service.
The public has decided that the law of supply and
demand must be laid aside, yet it has elaborated no
basis by which it may be replaced. We are henceforth
to look to ethics for a determination of wages. But
we have no ethical standards, no definitions of what is
ethical economically. Shall there be a gi'aduation of pay
to suit graduations in intelligence and effort? Shall
wages be advanced by flat or by percentage increases?
Shall the steady worker get more or only as much as
the one whose opportunity is irregular? Shall increases
be based on the rates paid in the past or shall the statue
before the last revision be determinative?
An article is usually worth what people will pay for
it. The ethical price concerns no one. The man who
cannot pay an ethical price for it, or can buy the article
cheaper from, some one who can produce it at less expen-
diture of effort, will not pay the figure demanded, and
hence the poor fellow who would have made it is un-
ethically laid idle. A man working in a mine with coal
hard to drill, shoot or break, by all prima facie elements
of ethics should be paid more wages per ton, and even
per day, than a man working in a soft seam.
According to ethics, he should, but will he? Only if
the hard material is worth more than the softer. Natu-
ral laws have a way of paying little attention to what
we poor mortals call ethics. The laws of survival of the
fittest may not be ethical on their face, but they wipe out
the needless industry, the concern which is making what
the public does not want or what the public is unwilling
to buy at the price at which it must be produced.
970
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
Progress Control as a Staff Function
By J. W. McCONNELL
General Master Mechanic, Naval Torpedo Station. Alexandria, Va.
It is advocated that systems of "Progress Con-
trol" be instituted in shops where the variety and
character of the work have prevented its reduc-
tion to systematic, determinate control, and that
such progress control be recognized as a staff
function.
THERE is and has been for some time much
activity with respect to the forms of shop man-
agement, the general pui-port of which is to sub-
stitute the determinate for the indeterminate, and
thereby the efficient for the inefficient. The gigantic
production built up around the automobile industry
would not be possible if its many processes and activi-
ties were not determinate as to time and production.
Other machine products, manufactured in a mere frac-
tional quantity when compared to the automotive in-
dustry, but in much greater variety, such as machine
tools, power plant units and accessories and transpor-
tation and electrical units, are produced for the most
part upon the solid foundation of systematic methods
of operation and control. But there are many shops
where the variety and character of work have pre-
vented its reduction to systematic, determinate control.
An important step in this direction is a system of
progress control exactly fitted to each local condition.
Of the many functions involved in the operation of
a perfectly functioning manufacturing organization
aside from the obviously essential details of buildings,
power, equipment, materials, working force, etc., with
its management, it is a personal view that progress
control has not been given due importance by recog-
nizing its identity as a distinct staff function. Though
closely allied to production control, which is planning
the work, establishing delivery schedules, procuring
materials, issuing work orders, etc., yet it works on a
different system, has different points of contact with
the shops and offices, has no executive functions, has
no technical characteristics, is strictly a staff activity,
takes due note of all actions, advising alike manager,
superintendent, division heads, or anyone else to whom
it would be of value to know the standing of work in
which they are interested parties.
The manufacture of a machine is predicated upon
many things: design, drawings, patterns, castings, dies,
forgings, commercial bar stock; commercially machined
parts, special alloys (rolled, drawn, forged, heat-treated,
tested). So much for materials. But how long does it
take to get a steel casting? In this day of complicated
and exacting design, of specialized industries and of
large organizations, it is frequently a long and arduous
passage from the quiet shades of the drawing room to
the clean and fragrant confusion of the pattern shop,
to the grime and smoke and heat of the foundry, before
the castings are on your machine-shop floor. Mention
might also be made of equal difficulties in getiing forg-
ings, special steels, and other materials. Then there are
special tools, fixtures, jigs; operation planning and ex-
perimenting; and, perhaps, rate fixing. All of which
is preparatory to the actual machining ; this done there
remains inspection, and finally, assembly. Many a busy
superintendent will recognize subjects in this paragraph
upon which timely information relating to progress and
delay would give him the master key to firm control.
The degree of importance and the extent to which
progress control .should be employed as a functioning
entity of the management staff rests upon the number
and difficulty of the various activities involved. In
this connection, one cannot but be dismayed when con-
fronted by the multiplicity of activities. Many are of
short duration, of easy performance; others are long
and difficult; some are subject to coi'sultation, trial,
experiment; there are losses from spoiled work and
defective material and the laborious, hurried routine
for their replacement ; they actuate all shops and offices ;
they are the sum total of practically the entire organiza-
tion. And yet the very multiplicity of activities in-
volved indicates the necessity of a systematic collection
and dissemination of their scope and accomplishment
as absolutely essential to harmonic production, smooth,
steady, fast, unhurried.
It were well to bear in mind that the progress records
of these activities have no future value. Theirs is only
a present value. They will show the relation between
production assets and liabilities; labor hours available;
labor hours pledged; shops over- or under-manned.
They will assist the timely transfer of men or work to
and from departments and will answer questions as to
when a job can be started, when it will be done. It is a
too frequent, bad condition when the milling machine
foreman telephones that he is ready to start a needed
job but the tools are not ready, or the assembly fore-
man reports that he cannot proceed without some needed
parts, not yet supplied. Such a condition necessarily
exists without progress control. Word of mouth in-
quiries as to how this job is coming along, when will
we get the forgings, when will the material be in, when
will the tools be ready, will not call immediate atten-
tion to all delinquent activities, nor supply, on the
moment, processes requiring time for their accomplish-
ment. Lost time cannot be redeemed and rush work is
an interference to orderly procedure that would not be
tolerated were its actual cost in wear and tear in nerv-
ous energy and interference with other work known.
Based upon the foregoing conception of the functions
and utility of progress control, the following procedure
would apply:
(1) The Planning or Production Division prepares,
without delay, a route sheet as its first act upon due
notice of impending work. If a new job, not yet
planned in detail, it is designated as a preliminary
route sheet, and shows, in fair detail, all processes, a
separate sheet for each part, and for each distinct
assembly. Its purpose is to take note of actions needed
and through its distribution to advise all concerneo
of action required of them. This preliminary route
sheet is therefore early notice of work order require-
ments, useful alike to the production division, super-
intendent, shop heads, tool planner, etc. Revisions
should be made in accordance with developed and ap-
proved procedure, for use on repeat orders.
r
November 18, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
971
(2) Progress control operates through a system of
informal pencil memoranda reports of actions taken for
the accomplishment of important or designated steps
as indicated on the route sheet, or by established
routine. All "key" activities, such as the preparation
of tool sketches, of operation planning, ordering and
delivery of material, release of drawings, and other
acts preliminary to actual production should be subject
to routine progress reports. It may be observed at this
point that the mere requirement of systematic, routine
progress reports is of itself one of the most efficient
methods of securing the timely performance of duties
assigned. The manner and frequency of these reports
should receive the most careful forethought. A mass
of undigested and indigestible data above all things is
to be avoided. It is best to start with a few reports,
limited to the most indeterminate ratio of time to pro-
duction activities, and adding reports on other activities
when their value becomes apparent. In any case, their
scope depends entirely upon the nature of the product,
the organization, and the wage system; they should
originate from the person nearest the job having knowl-
edge of its requirements.
(3) The mechanism of progress control must con-
form to three requirements:
Quick filing and ready reference.
The utmost simplicity of the report forms.
Classification of reports whereby related or specific
activities may be quickly scrutinized.
Quick filing and ready reference may be obtained by
means of a display board of good size, vertically
mounted like the leaves of a book, with pockets or
spring clips for holding the progress repoi-ts as received,
without copying. These pockets or clips should be in-
dexed or grouped so as to form an assembly list. Related
activities on parts for assembly into a machine unit
are thus joined. With respect to specific activities, that
is, those relating to tools, drawings, etc., different col-
ored slips afford visible differentiation. Simplicity of
report forms consists in reducing the data required
thereon to a minimum, even at the expense of occasional
obscurity.
These forms should be printed on medium
weight paper, with altei late leaves having a carbon
back for duplicate copy, and bound in small perforated
pads. The size of these pads should be about 3x3 in.,
although a larger size may have preference for special
reasons. These reports would be filed as received, and
taken together should show the current standing of all
specific or related work orders.
(4) The following differentiation of specific or divis-
ional activities is merely submitted as a guide; each
application would be different, if carefully fitted to
local conditions and requirements.
(a) A white index card, showing work authorized,
and number or identity of route sheet, will be the first
to be placed on the display control board.
(b) A blue .slip v^ill be used for all releases relating
to work orders ; auxiliary or supplemental work orders ;
tool orders; drawings, work and operation; operation
schedules; and anything else that may relate to the
issuance of authority to proceed.
(c) A yellow slip for all reports and progress infor-
mation relating to materials; purchase requisitions;
contract awards; deliveries; patterns; castings; forg-
ings; and all activities relating to "materials."
(d) A pink slip to denote all tool activities.
(e) A white slip for production work; for operations
performed; for operations completed; for work com-
pleted; for inspection.
(f) A red slip to denote spoiled work or defective
material; breakdowns; arrested or reversed progress;
work suspensions.
In conclusion it may be truthfully stated that the
mark of efficient management is the determinate con-
trol of product with relation to time. It is equally true
of the largest establishment as well as of its newest
foreman that the mark of efliciehcy is to be able to
make a delivery date, and keep it.
A Shaper Kink
By Charles D. Folsom, Jr.
An old mechanic once said to me, "There are tricks
to all trades but the machinist's trade, and that's all
tricks." Here's one of them, a trick that comes in
handy on shaper and planer work when you are using
a flat finishing tool:
When the tool gets a little dull you will as a rule
either take it out and regrind it or lift it up off of
the work and try to smooth it with an oilstone. In
the latter case you generally get a rounded edge
which leaves feed marks, and then you have to grind
it anyway. To save some of this trouble get an oil-
stone with fairly smooth and parallel sides and put
it on the work directly under the tool. Lower the tool
until it touches the oilstone, then lift the clapper box
and lower it a little more, just about 0.025 in. or so.
This amount of drop depends upon the clearance of
the tool, and must be determined by trial ; it is right
when the cutting edge bears on the stone and the
heel barely clears it, as shown in the sketch. Now all
you have to do is to push the stone back and forth in
the line of the feed, i. e., at right angles with the
stroke of the machine. The clapper box must be at
right angles with the surface being machined, as it
naturally would be on straight finishing; otherwise
the tool will cut on one corner.
This trick is useful sometimes before the tool is
dull at all, that is, when setting up; it will save a lot
of eye strain if the tool is comparatively narrow and
in poor light. In such a case it is only necessary to
set it approximately true, as the narrow edge can
readily be stoned true.
SHARPENING FINISHING
TOOL. WITH AN
OIL, STONE
972
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
KS FROM Tlli
Valeniine Francis
American Bankers To Organize
100-Million-Dollar Foreign
Trade Corporation
Plans for the creation of a $100,000,-
000 foreign trade financing corporation,
backed by leading financial and indus-
trial interests of the country, are rap-
idly taking form, and it is expected
that organization of this new instru-
ment for furthering American export
trade will be completed early in lUisl.
Representative bankers and industrial
men are scheduled to meet in Chicago
early in December at the call of John
S. Drum, head of the American Bank-
ers' A^.^ociation, when definite steps
toward forming the new corporation
will be taken.
John McHugh, vice-president of the
Mechanics and Metals National Bank
and chairman of the committee of the
American Bankers' Association, which
inaugurated the plan for the corpoi'a-
tion, believes that such an organiza-
tion will prove as helpful to the busi-
ness of the country and the proper
f nancing of it as the Federal Reserve
system already has shown itself. Dis-
cussing the proposed corporation, Mr.
McHugti says:
"In connection with the considera-
tion, on the part of the bankers of this
country, of the proposed United States
Foreign Commerce Bank, as suggested
by the committee on commerce and
marine of the American Bankers' As-
sociation, it might not be amiss to refer
to the present banking system as oper-
ated under the Federal Reserve law.
There are twelve Federal Reserve
banks operated in the interest of the
commercial business of this country
under the supervision and direction of
a central body known as the Federal
Reserve Board. These banks have an
aggregate capital of approximately
$100,000,000. That capital has been
supplied under compulsion of law,
known as the Federal Reserve^ act, by
the national banks of the country, and
such state banks as elected to conform
to the Federal Reserve law require-
ments in order to become members of
the system.. It has resulted in co-ordi-
nating the banking power of the coun-
try in a way that has been of maximum
helpfulness in the trying times that we
have recently passed through and are
now experiencing. It has proved to be
a splendid piece of financial machinery
for the commercial business of this
country, but to that extent and no
further can it go under the law.
"The foreign trade of this country,
on account of the unique position of
the United States in the last few years,
has expanded to such an extent that a
contraction to pre-war conditions would
have a most depressing effect, and,
therefore, it has come to be recognized
that another large piece of equally im-
portant financial machinery is needed
in order to finance that foreign trade
and maintain it at such figures as will
keep our people at work and our
avenues of production adequately em-
ployed. This can likewise be done un-
der the Federal Reserve law, owing to
the fact that a recent amendment to
that law, known as the Edge act, makes
iv possible, but not compulsory, for the
banks of the country to furnish Vhe
needed capital therefor. It now is to
be seen wliether the banks of this coun-
try, required as they were by the Fed-
eral Reserve law to furnish the capital
for the i; resent Federal Reserve Bank
system, will, without compulsion of law,
and of rheir own free will and accord,
rise to the occasion and bring into
existence another equally important
piece of financial machinery.
"It is estimated that at the present
time loans or credits in connection
with the foreign trade of American im-
porters aggregate approximately four
billions of dollars, and it is a well
known fact that a great deal of this is
directly or indirectly carried by the
banks of the country in short time
form, but as much of it must be re-
newed from time to time it, in fact,
represents long time credits. Long
time credits are undesirable from the
standpoint of prudent commercial bank
management and are not in harmony
with the spirit of the Federal Reserve
act in so far as it applies to commercial
bank business. Such long time credits
should be handled by an investment
corporation of wide and extensive dis-
tributing? ability, and if they were so
handled there would be a marked im-
provement in the banking situation.
Such corporation can come into exist-
ence through the co-operation of the
banks and business men of this coun-
try, and if it be brought into existence
I am confidently of the opinion that it
will prove as helpful to the business of
this country and the proper financing
of it as the Federal Reserve system al-
ready has done."
Russian Orders for the German
Industry
Soviet Russia has been trying for a
long time to buy machines in Germany.
Negotiations have gone so far that
large orders are on the point of being
placed. The first order of this kind is
one for 0,000 locomotives of various
sizes and a large amount of turbines.
Contracts have been closed subject to
satisfactory methods of pajrment.
Third National Marine Exposition
Schedule for New York
in January
Completing the triangle, the third
National . Marine Exposition will com-
bine with the interest of the first and
second a new force and optimism.
The National Marine League is in
the midst of lively preparations for a
mammoth marine show in New York in
January. Having allied with its or-
ganization the great latent maritime
power of the Middle West, which dur-
ing the Chicago Exposition showed live
interest and active demonstration, this
third National Marine Show will parry
a new force and well-founded optimism.
The outstanding feature in the first
New York show was the arousing of
interest in the general public — the
bringing of a great mass of .\merican
voters to a state of shipmindedness
which will eventually take concrete ex-
pression in a voting voice for the bet-
terment and protection of the American
merchant marine. This lively interest
which was so evident on all sides, was
instrumental in developing the second
project — a marine show in Chicago,
1,000 miles from tidewater.
P. H. W. Ross, president of the Na-
tional Marine League, who presided at
the Chicago show was responsible for
much ef the success of the undertaking.
He visualized to the people in well-
grounded common-sense argument the
great advantages which would accrue
from the opening up of this region —
the great land-locked heart of the coun-
try. His energy and enthusiasm
proved definitely that the National
Marine League exists to serve both the
inland and oceanic necessities of the
United States.
The January show, gathering Interest
and force, and embracing more and
more of the country, will offer larger
opportunities, more forceful connec-
tions, and broader influences than
either of the other expositions. That
this is fully realized is shown by the
unprecedented demand for space. By
Nov. 1 the number of exhibitors had
already passed the entire number rep-
resented in the Chicago show.
Being set, as it were, almost as a
forerunner of the ushering in of the
new Presidential administration — an
administration pledged to the support
of the .American merchant marine — the
third National Marine Exposition will
mark the turning of the tide in things
maritime. It will herald a new era —
the placing of the American merchant
marine in a position of stability which
will further its uphill fight for suprem-
acy on the seas.
November 18, 1920 Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery ;J f
nV
972a
^pWUSTRIAL FbR^
News Editor
Drastic Tarifif Laws To Protect
American Manufacturers To Be
First Act of New Congress
The tariff bill that will be passed by ,
the incoming Republican congress
promises to be the most drastic pro-
tective measure that has ever appeared
upon the Federal statute books, accord-
ing to Republican senators and repre-
sentatives now in Washington. It will
be ready early next summer.
Representative Joseph W. Fordney,
chairman of the house ways and means
committee, is already hard at work
upon the schedules and will soon have
assistance from Senator Smoot.
The bin, it was learned today, will
include every sort of commodity in
which America is in competition with
foreign countries where labor and raw
materials are cheaper, but will be es-
pecially aimed at protection of farm
products, manufactured goods, steel
and iron products.
Summarizing the situation which, in
his opinion makes a high tariff im-
perative, one senator said today:
"Producers of all sorts of farm prod-
ucts, particularly wool, are facing
bankruptcy and must be protected. Fac-
tories are shutting down all over the
United States because American em-
ployers cannot px-oduce certain classes
of goods in competition with various
countries abroad. Unemployment is
becoming or soon will become a serious
threat. The only logical, sensible, and
practical way to meet this situation is
to pass a drastic protectionist tariff.
The tariff will do much to increase the
revenues now greatly needed to meet a
mass of indebtedness."
While declining to discuss the policy
of a high protective tariff, David J
Lewis, a member of the United States
Tariff Commission, pointed out today
that a low tariff has frequently pro-
duced aa much revenue as the higher
schedule, which shut off revenue by dis-
eouraginjc imports.
The last protective tariff was that
provided by the Payne-Aldrich bill. Un-
der it the duty of various imported
articles ranged between 1910 and 1914
from 40.0:? per cent to 4.'?. 1.5 per cent.
Under the Underwood tariff the rates
varied from 21.27 per cent to 27.18 per
cent between 1917 and 1918.
Hart man Elected to Board of
N. C. R. Company
William Hartman, superintendent of
the National Cash Register Co., has
been elected to the board of directors
of that organization. This action was
taken at the regular meeting of the
board, Wednesday, Nov. 3.
Mr. Hartman has been with the N. C
R. for thirty years. He started in the
ranks when the factory consisted of
but two or three small buildings. He
was promoted from time to time, and
by hard work and careful study won
Germany's Trade with Belgium
The German export trade to Belgium
in the first eight months of this year
was 486,000,000 francs while the Bel-
gian export trade to Germany was, at
the samo, 779,000,000 francs. Ger-
many ha;; become the third largest buy-
er of Belgium.
WILLIAM HARTMAN
his way to his present position in the
organization
During the latter part of 1918 Mr.
Hartman became superintendent of all
the manufacturing departments, which
position he now holds.
His election to the board of direc-
tors is a recognition of his industry,
integrity and ability.
A. S. M. E. Passes Resolution to
Increase Endowment of Engi-
neering Foundation
The following resolution was adopted
by the council of the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers:
R<>solvffl. That the offlccr.s of thi.s society
be authorized and requested to co-oporate
with the offlceis of Engineering Foundation,
and the offlceis of the Societies of Civil,
Mining and Electrical Engineers, in promul-
gating a plan for increasing the endowment
of Engineering Foundation and that when
the plan is adopted the officers of this
Society are hereby authorized to circularize
the membership of this Society witli ref-
erence thereto.
Fisher Says Lack of Religion and
Broken Covenants Are Respon-
sible for Present Conditions
With textile manufacturers and shoe-
making concerns of New England fac-
ing the choice of closing their plants,
running on a part time schedule or re-
questing their employees to accept re-
ductions in salary as the result of a
situation daily becoming more acute in
this industrial center because of the
heavy cancellation of orders and un-
settled market conditions, Oliver M.
Fisher of Newton, Mass., head of one
of the large shoe manufacturing plants
here, advises a return to the ancient
Biblical precept of responsibility to
God and to one's fellow-man as a solu-
tion of the problem.
Otherwise, Mr. Fisher says, the irre-
ligious trend of this country, with 60
per cent of the population not even
nominally connected with any church,
will break down existing morals in the
business world and will put approval
upon "a standard of business integrity
which before the war no business man
would believe existed." A condition ap-
proaching chaos is facing the business
world, according to Mr. Fisher, due, in
a large measure, he says, to the lack
of faith of one man in another and the
attitude of regarding contracts as
"scraps of paper."
Following his recent election as presi-
dent of the Boston Boot and Shoe Club,
Mr. Fisher, who is treasurer and mem-
ber of the executive committee of the
Unitarian campaign under the direction
of former President William H. Taft,
gave out a statement in which he said:
"This country has been a phenomenal
success in everything material. We
have been the wonder of the world, but
we have lost, to my mind, the balance,
and have given far more attention to
the material side of life than its im-
portance warrants. The same atten-
tion given to the development of the
moral and spiritual forces within us
could bring about in every community a
visualizing force which would make
better communities, and thus make
better the very business in which we
are engaged.
"From my own business experience
there is nothing on earth that business
needs so much today as religion. By
that I mean responsibility to Gk>d, to
man and to the obligations that go with
it, in order that our relations with each
other shall be the relations of one
brother to another. Obligations must
be kept and the covenants we make
must be considered sacred and binding:
therefore, I have come to feel after a
long business life that some form of
972b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 21
Christianity is the heart of the cove-
nant of all business life.
"You who are in business have been
conscious of a tremendous overturning
recently in business affairs; in fact, a
condition approaching chaos is with us
at this time. If you will look at the
causes of this you will find that it is
very largely due to the lack of faith of
one man to another in his business
obligations.
"Our textile mills here in New Eng-
land, as you know, are nearly all closed,
or practically so. Our shoe manufac-
turing plants, one of the largest indus-
tries of New England, are practically
all closed — and why? Not because
shoes are not needed, not because tex-
tiles are not needed; but because the
covenants entered into, the contracts
made, have been torn and broken; and in
the face of the fact that the merchan-
dise would be needed, that this cancel-
lation or return would mean financial
loss and ruin to the other party."
Auto Builders Predict
Great Prosperity
"The automobile industry is bound
to feel the beneficial effects of the elec-
tion of Senator Harding as President,"
said A. T. Waterfall, of Dodge Bros.
"We are preparing for a release of the
pent-up demand for cars and so far as
Dodge Bros, are concerned we are work-
ing 100 per cent on production in antic-
ipation of bet'.er times to come. While
as yet unreflected in general lines of
business, Harding's election has created
a pronounced atmosphere of optimism
in Detroit financial circles."
Bankers and some automobile manu-
facturers who have studied possible
effects of the change in administration
at Washington declared today that the
country is on the verge of the greatest
period of prosperity in its history.
Landis Machine Co. Holds House-
Warming Party in New Shop
The Landis Machine Co., Waynes-
boro, Pa., gave a house-warming party
in its new shop to employees and their
families, on Oct. 30. The new fire-
proof ouilding covers a little over one
acre of floor space inside its walls, the
dimensions being 140 x 308 ft. There
are 729,406 pounds of steel which
means about 365 tons in the construc-
tion of same.
C. N. Kirkpatrick was general chair-
man, in full charge of the house-warm-
ing arrangements. The advisory com-
mittee to assist him was made up of S.
F. Newman and J. G. Harper.
Nearly 1,400 men, women and child-
ren gathej-ed in the shop Saturday af-
ternoon for the housewarming. The
gong sounded at 3 o'clock and until a
late hour in the evening there was not
a dull moment. Provision had been
made for the entertainment of young
and old and interested pai'ticipation in
the numerous activities emphasized the
perfection of the arrangements.
While the very juvenile part of the
audience was amusing itself on the
swings, teeter-boards, slides and sand
piles and filling its stomachs with ap-
ples, the more sedate sat upon the rows
of benches which were arranged before
the platform and listened to the re-
marks of S. P. Newman,. assistant gen-
eral manager, and J. G. Benedict, gen-
eral manager, at the beginning of the
program. ^
Motor Truck Association to Hold
Exhibit in New York
The annual show of the Motor Truck
Association of America will be held
in New York City on January 3 to 8,
1921. The exhibition will be staged in
the Twelfth Regiment Armory at 62d
St., and also in the First Field Artillery
Armory at 68th St. These two build-
ings will afford a floor space of ap-
proximately 25,000 sq.ft. Drawings
for space were held on Nov.^18 at the
office of the association.
THEMANWITHAJOB
IS A CO-WORKER or THE
MAN WHO GWL MIM THE
JOB.
eOTMARt HUMAN AND
GOOPFELtOWS —
let's pull TOOETHER
for the common good.
■ tr-Bl^
shrinkage in American merchandise ex-
ports may become more, rather than
less, pronounced in the months immedi-
ately ahead. This is not likely simply be-
cause of increased competition from
other industrialized nations, though
that, of course, may prove to be a con-
tributing factor in certain lines and lo-
calities, nor is it resulting, or likely to
result, from a lack of demand from
most of the world's leading markets.
As a matter of fact it seems to be as
true today as it was six months ago
that, taking the world as a whole, ac-
tual consumer needs still are ahead of
actual supplies, though there may be
in a few markets and a few lines of
goods an apparent oversupply at one or
another point in the channels through
which goods must flow on their way to
final distribution.
What seems most likely to affect ad-
versely American exports are the strin-
gent financial conditions both here and
in foreign markets, and the unsettle-
ment in the price situation all over the
world. Buyers of American goods
abroad find the prospect of lower prices
an inducement to delay the placing of
business, and in addition there is the
very important fact for them to con-
sider that prices in their own markets
are by no manner of means stable and
that goods bought in the United States
now, even at the present reduced prices,
may not be readily marketable several
months hence when they would be de-
livered in the buyer's country because
of the possibility of still further re-
actions there.
— From the "Hex"
The Continental Motors Corporation,
of Muskegon, after a shutdown of three
weeks has started to hire men.
, The Continental is one of the largest
makers of automobile motors in the
world and its resumption is considered
an augury of optimism in the industry.
Equalization of U. S. Exports
and Imports Is Improving
The figures in detail of United States
foreign trade during August, the last
month for which complete data is avail-
able at this writing, indicate a further
substantial improvement in the process
of equalizing this country's exports and
imports of goods and commodities.
The excess of visible exports over im-
ports in August was reduced to the new
low record of $65,000,000, the best pre-
vious showing, since an equal balance
of trade if not an import excess be-
came desirable, bemg $78,000,000 ex-
port excess in June of the current year.
The unfortunate feature of the August
record, however, is that the improve-
ment was not brought about by an in-
crease in imports, which as a matter
of fact decreased from $537,000,000 in
July to $514,003,000 in August, but in-
stead by a falling off of $72,000,000 in
August exports as compared with the
July total of $651,000,000.
Moreover there are many indications
which point to the probability that the
Lectures at Franklin Institute
in December
On the program of lectures, provided
during the winter months at the Frank-
lin Institute of the State of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia, appear three very
important subjects for the month of
December.
On the 2nd a lecture on "The Struc-
ture of Photographic Images," by C.
E. Kenneth Mees, D.Sc, will he given.
Dr. Mees is director of the research
laboratories of the Eastman Kodak Co.,
at Rochester, N. Y., and is well quali-
fied to speak on this .subject.
December 9 will hear John S. Shearer,
B.S., Ph.D., on "Recent Advances in
the Production and Application of X-
Rays." Dr. Shearer is a member of the
faculty of Cornell University, Depart-
ment of Physics.
"Some Operating Characteristics of
Electron Tubes," will be the subject of
W. C. White, E.E., on December 15.
Mr. White is connected with the Gen-
eral Electric Co., at Schnectady, N. Y.
James Hartness Elected
Governor of Vermont
James Hartness, president of the
Jones & Lamson Machine Co., of
Springfield, Vermont, manufacturers of
lathes, etc., was elected Governor of
Vermont on the Republican ticket at the
recent election. Governer-elect Hart-
ness has been connected with the ma-
chinery industry for a number of years.
November 18, 1920
Get Increased Production — With Improved Machinery
9fI2c
Norway as a Market for American
Machinery
"American automobiles and trucks
are so predominant in Norway that
they give a distance American touch
to the street traffic," states Trade Com-
missioner Nels A. Bengtson, of the
Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce of the Department of Commerce,
m a report just made public.
"American agricultui-al machinery is
prominent in Norway. In general the
high quality of American tools iand
mechanisms is conceded and the ex-
pression is frequently heard that
American goods rank first in quality
but are somewhat higher in price than
the same type of goods fi'om the
United Kingdom, Sweden or Germany.
The United States now ranks first in
the trade in metal manufactures as a
whole. Before the war Germany
ranked first, the United Kingdom sec-
ond and the United States third," says
the report.
•
Germany Holds Sixth Place in
Trade with U. S.
The German-American Trade So-
ciety CDcutsch-Amerikanischer Wirt-
schaftsverband) held a meeting re-
cently after an interval of five years.
From a statement made to its memoers
it is interesting to learn that Germany
has again assumed the sixth place
among European countries with regard
to trade with the United States. The
society haf lately been filled up by a
great number of new members recruited
from the largest German manufactur-
ing and commercial circles. Great sat-
isfaction has been expressed of this
increase of membership as an evidence
of the interest in the re-establish-
ment of trade relations with the United
States.
has offices in Paris, Brussels, Petro-
grad. New York and London, the latter
under the style of the "Metal and
Hardware Products, Ltd." The New
York office is the American buying
office of the company. Besides the
company owns cycle works, a steel
export company in Rotterdam, and the
"Automatic Screw Works" in Nijme-
gcn.
The newly formed combine repre-
sents the largest incorporated company
in Holland and one of the b'ggest of
the whole continent of Europe. Th.
Stokvis is one of the managers. Two
other of the Stokvis brothers, H. Stok-
vis and L. Stokvis, are directors.
Holland's New Largest Incor-
porated Company
The R. S. Stokvis & Zonen, Ltd., in
Rotterdam, one of the largest conti-
nental dealers of machinery and known
in the United States as a representa-
tive of a considerable number of Amer-
ican machine-tool builders, has recently
entered into a combine with the Fur-
ness Shipping Co. The incorporated
company has been formed under the
name of "Nederlandsche Maatschappij
voor Scheepvaart, Handel en Nijver-
heid" in Rotterdam (Dutch Company
for Shipping, Commerce and Industry)
with a capital of 100,060,000 fl. The
Furness Co., originally a shipping
agency only, now controls large in-
terests in Dutch commerce and ship-
ping. It is the owner of ten companies,
among which are the "Nieuwe Water-
weg," the "Maschinefabriek Delft-
shaven" and the lignite mining com-
pany Carisborg. It further owns a
controlling interest of seven other com-
panies, including the "Alliance Trans-
portation Co." in New York and Lon-
don which acts as shipping agent for
the combine. Stokvis & Zonen main-
tains eleven branches in Holland and
Penn. R. R. Seeking New Market
for Cross-Ties
Owing to the unprecedented levels
to which prices of railroad cross-ties
have risen in this country the Penn-
sylvania R.R. has decided to investi-
gate the adaptability of the hard woods
of Central and South America for this
purpose. Inquiries have been started
along several lines not only to ascer-
tain how much more cheaply ties or
the material for ties can be purchased
in those countries, but also to investi-
gate the question of the longer life of
ties made from the Southern hard
v/oods, as compared with those made
from the North American native woods
heretofore chiefly used.
Under normal conditions the Penn-
sylvania R.R. System uses from five
to six million cross-ties annually.
White oak, the most desirable North
American wood for this purpose, is be-
coming rapidly scarcer. The other
available woods in this country have
a very short life as ties, unless
creosoted, which adds materially to
their cost.
Changes in Dittmer Gear
Corporation
R. H. Bowyer, formerly factory man-
ager of the Dittmer Gear and Manu-
facturing Corporation, has been ap-
pointed sales engineer. This places an
experienced and technically trained
gear man at the disposal of Dittmer's
customers.
George E. Wilkinson, formerly chief
inspector, has been appointed factory
manager.
E. L. Sherman has been promoted to
supervisor of inspection.
Erratum
In a recent issue of American Ma-
chinist we published a notice stating
that the Motor Boat Meeting of the
S. A. E. would be held on Dec. 4. The
notice should have i-ead Dec. 14 and we
are glad to make this correction.
Brainard Steel Co. Opens
New Plant
The J. W. Brainard Steel Co., of
Warren, Ohio, is now occupying its new
$300,000 plant, the erection of which
was started last summer. This plant
is located in the new industrial center
in the northern pai-t of the city.
The J. W. Brainard Steel Co. ab-
sorbed the Fowler Rivet Co., of Brad-
dock, Pa., and has moved all the equip-
ment of that company to Warren. Its
specialty was Armco iron rivets, black
and galvanized, made for the Ameri-
can Rolling Mill Co., of Middletown,
Ohio, which it will continue to make.'
In addition, Mr. Brainard has added to
the product a steel hoop for slack coop-
erage patented by him, and is now
about ready to put on the market a
steel head also used in slack coopei-age.
The market for these last two items is
enormous and the demand would indi-
cate capacity output for them for some
time.
The officers of the company are J.
W. Brainard, president; A. N. Martin,
vice-president; and B. A. Brainard, sec-
retary-treasurer.
/*c
Obittxary
Arthur E. Hauck
Arthur E. Hauck, president of the
Hauck Manufacturing Co., Brooklyn,
N. Y., manufacturer of oil-burning
appliances, kerosene torches, furnaces
and forges, died at his home in Brook-
lyn on Oct. 30, aged forty-one.
He began his career by learning
coppersmithing in Germany. After
learning his trade, he left his mother
country to follow his trade in the navy
and ship yards of Belgium, France and
later in England. He arrived in this
country when twenty years of age. He
had only enough funds left when arriv-
ing in Philadelphia to pay for his first
night's lodging, but the next day he
obtained employment at the Philadel-
phia Navy yards.
After working for thi'ee years in the
Navy coppersmithing shops in Phila-
delphia, Norfolk, Baltimore and Brook-
lyn, he started in the oil-burner busi-
ness in 1902 with a small shop in
Brooklyn. His pioneer work was the
basis for a great bulk of industrial oil
burning today. His tireless industry
continued with the development of the
oil-burner business which carried his
name. Its consistent growth and de-
velopment include over a score of im-
portant basic patents in burning oil,
kerosene, etc., as well as numerous
minor inventions and improvements
which deal with applications of burn-
ing oil for a great many uses.
The University of California has
opened a new term in the machine shop
course, which offers training to the
mechanic and the apprentice alike.
The classes are being held at night in
the Polytechnic High School, First Ave.
and Frederick St., San Francisco, Cal.
Henry C. King, president of the
American Mason Safety Thread Co.,
Lowell, Mass., died Oct. 28 after a
short illness. Mr. King was very well
known in industrial circles throughout
the United States and was one of the
972d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 21
first to introduce the safety thread in
America.
George Brown Limbert, founder
and president of George B. Limbert &
Co., and for twenty years a leading
figure in the iron industry died re-
cently in his home in Chicago.
John Edwards Franks, Southern
representative for the Lackawanna
Steel Co., died at his home in Atlanta
last week.
Julius Greentree, treasurer of the
Buflfalo House Wrecking and Salvage
Co., died on Oct. 22.
John W. Higgins, president and
treasurer of the Worcester Pressed
Steel Co., Worcester, Mass., was elected
a member of the executive committee
of the Associated Industries of Massa-
chusetts, at the recent annual meeting
held at the Copley-Plaza Hotel, Boston.
H. B. Chamberlain, who recently
resigned as secretary of the Chamber
of Commerce, of New Britain, Conn.,
has accepted a position with the Fafnir
Bearing Co., of New Britain.
Charles L. Allen, treasurer and
general manager of the Norton Co.,
Worcester, Mass., was elected as a
member of the executive committee of
the Associated Industries of Massa-
chusetts, at the fifth annual meeting
of the association held in Boston,
Oct. 28.
R. A. Seaton has been appointed
dean of the division of engineering and
director of the engineering experiment
station at the Kansas State Agricul-
tural College, to fill the vacancy made
by the resignation of Dean A. A. Pot-
ter. Previous to his appointment as
dean, Mr. Seaton was professor of ap-
plied mechanics and machine design
and in charge of the road materials
testing laboratory.
David Moulton, formerly assistant
mechanical engineer for Monks &
Johnson, Boston, Mass., is now with the
Walworth Manufacturing Co., Boston.
George W. Cravens is now vice-
president and general manager for the
Universal Body Corporation at Misha-
waka, Ind.
James D. Mooney, until recently as-
sistant to A. P. Sloan, Jr., vice-presi-
dent of the General Motors Corpox-a-
tion, has been made general manager
DOMESTIC EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES BY COUNTRIES DURING SEPTEMBER.
1920, METAL-WORKING MACHINERY
Countries
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Italy
Netnerlands
Norway
Polancf and Danzig
Portugal
Roumaiiia
Russia in Europe
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Turkey in Europe
England
Scotland
British Hondurae
Canada
Costa Rica
Guatemala
Nicaragua
Panama
Mexico
Newfoundland and Labrador
Barbados
Trinidad and Tobago
Other Brit. West Indies
Cuba
Dominican Republic
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Colomb'a
Ecuador. .
Peru
Uruguay
Venezuela
China
Chosen
Britiph India
Straits Settlements
Other British East Indies. . . .
Dutch Fast Indie'
French Indo China
Hongkong
Japan
Siazn. . . .
Australia
New Zealand
Philippine Islands
British South Africa
Kamerun, etc
Portuguese AfrTca
Lathes
$8^.799
10,447
39.225
10,981
50
740
1,684
7,197
2,922
6,356
88,531
50,756
108
323
24
■7,316
Other
Machine
Tools
$48,244
1,973
863
90,680
57,164
12,348
7,506
1,816
42,800
17,045
10,515
1,277
178.766
3,240
136,098
33
30
■■556
9,739
350
299
1,779
Sharpening
and
Grinding
Machines
$29,667
15,129
1,512
363
506
3,641
400
1,582
11,220
438
107,466
224
^5
43,035
All
Other
«5,39C
1,671
336,686
24,063
■364
2,048
402
4,373
4,106
270,109
693
41
190,085
60
700
32,663
29,721
2,298
293
8,935
16,370
4,786
17,398
1,322
3,402
2,529
27
4,602
1.455
2,025
2,073
1,923
474
53,009
238,985
2,650
16,233
482
1,725
7,299
13,844
14,851
11,646
12,249
Total $506,781
28,143
221
252
43,534
104,571
36,826
5,506
6,825
16,262
279
»1, 1 76, 175
9,564
2,889
2,664
1,297
4,495
728
■2,752
10.931
■ '7,564
10,731
20
99
21,077
3,530
1,973
154
1.014
950
414
6.137
31,309
120
2,142
153
55,581
588
13,701
239
2,154
1,059
236
$333,844
99,117
116,746
19,185
7,086
3,258
6,317
1,048
$1,190,343
of the Rcmy electric division of that
corporation, Anderson, Ind.
Ralph T. Bratt has severed his con-
nection with Olney & Warrin, Inc., and
is now employed in the industrial <te-
partunent of the Locomotive Super-
heater Co., New York.
Jerome R. George, vice-president of
the Morgan Constru«tion Co., Worces-
ter, Mass., manufacturer of rolling
mill machinery, was chosen an execu-
tive committee member of the Associ-
ated Industries of Massachusetts, at
the fifth annual meeting held at Boston
recently.
The Ilg Electric 'Ventilating Co., Chi-
cago, 111., has moved into its new plant
at 2850 North Crawford Ave.
The Investing and Manufacturing
Co., Bridgeport, Conn., has been or-
ganized recently to investigate, de-
velop and aid small manufacturers and
other mercantile business to locate,
operate, etc. The capital stock is
$100,000.
At a meeting of the stockholders of
the Columbia Rubber Mills of Sheboy-
gan, Wis., the following officers were
elected: President, Leo Hofmeister;
vice-president. Dr. F. Nouth, and treas-
urer, M. Holderson. The company's
new plant will be ready for occupancy
by Jan. 1, 1921. Rubber belting will
be manufactured for wholesale use.
A part of the Meriden plant of the
Colt's Patent Fire Arms Manufactur-
ing Co. has been sold to the Aeolian
Co. of Meriden. This part sold was
used as a toolroom by the Colt com-
pany.
The Wickwii'e-Spencer Steel Cor-
poration, of Worcester, Mass., and
Buffalo, N. Y., has recently purchased
a tract of land and several buildings
in the Port Morris section of the
Bronx, in New York City, to be utilized
as a New York warehouse. The acqui-
sition of this property will enable the
company to use it as a distributing cen-
ter for the nearby states.
The cotter-pin business of the Ohio
Wire Goods Co., of Akron, Ohio, has
been purchased by the Falls Rivet Co.,
of Kent, Ohio, and the machinery in
the department is being removed to the
Kent plant. The remainder of the
Akron plant remains intact.
Forthcoming' Meetings
The Federated American Enpineering So-
cieties will hold its first meetinfr at the
Hotel New Willanl, Washington. D. C. on
Nov. 18 to 20 inclusive.
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
.Society of Mecluiniciil Eliigineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building.
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
The Society of Automotive Engineers will
hold its annual meeting on .Ian 11 to 13
inclusive at New York.
November 25, 1920
American Macliinist
Vol. 53, No. 22
SaTTTTTTTTTTT1iiiJMiiiiTH[T[MiiiiiiriiTTTTi[[iiiTiiiniTiMiniirimiinilirtnimminnTmiirTTnmTimii^
The Sellers 16-ft. Planer
SPECIAL CORRESPONDENCE
The present day requirements of shipbuilders members must be made of two or more pieces —
are for some very large machine tools — so large and this calls for extra care in designing so that
that for transportation by rail, the principal the machines will maintain their alignmsnt.
r-rM
MIE planer illustrated in Fig. 1 weighs nearly half
a million pounds and was recently completed by
William Sellers & Co., Inc., 1600 Hamilton St.,
Philadelphia, Pa., for a large shipbuilding company.
The bed is made in three sections, a central one to
which the uprights are bolted and which carries the
driving shaft and pinion, and two end sections bolted
to the central one with taper bolts.
The bed is of open top and bottom construction, the
safety guards
being of
heavy sheet
iron fastened
across the
top. The main
feature of the
bed is its
rigidity, par-
ticularly at
the vital sec-
tion in line
with the
uprights,
through
which the
principal
strains are
transmitted.
The absence
of gearing in-
side the bed
permits
the use of
uninterrupted
cross mem-
bers. The
table is
driven by the
well known
Sellers type
of planer
drive, through
the under side
FIG. 1. SELLERS 16 x 13 X 36 FT. PL.A^NER
Specifications: Will plane 16 ft. In widtln, 13 ft. in height and 36 ft.
table, 13 ft. Uprights; width of face, 24 in.; depth, front to back, 10 ft.
height, including reinforcing beam,
412,300 pounds.
a spiral pinion engaging a rack on
of the table. The spiral pinion is
mounted on a shaft which is set at an angle of 33 deg.
from the center line of the bed. The pinion is about 24
in. long. This drive in action makes contact on at
least four of the teeth at all times. These contacts are
along different portions of each tooth and, as in the
ca.se of Herringbone gears, the resulting action is con-
tinuously smooth, there being no tendency for the
shape of the teeth, on either the rack or the pinion, to
wear more at one point than another. The shaft on
which the driving pinion is mounted, is in two sections,
which are coupled by an accurately centered jaw clutch,
and clamped together to maintain the alignment. The
spiral pinion is forced on one section of the driving
shaft under very heavy hydraulic pressure, and the
construction of the bed and the bushings on the driving
shaft, permit the removal of the spiral pinion and the
section of shaft on which it is forced, as a unit. The
other part of
the driving
shaft carries
at its outer
end a large
herringbone
gear, which
is also forced
on the shaft
in a wheel
press. This
gear and its
section of
shaft may
also be re-
moved as a
unit. With
the construc-
tion as above
noted, the
amount of
room re-
quired to re-
mo ve the
driving shaft
from the ma-
chine is min-
imized and
the construc-
t i o n and
i n stallation
made much
machine (the
one) the bed
51 in. Table rack: pitch, 31 in.
in length. Width of
Cross-rail: face, 27J
face, 12 in. Weight.
easier. On the left-hand side of the
side opposite to the usual operating
carries the bearings for taking the thrust of the main
driving shaft in both directions. An adjustment is pro-
vided for setting up these thrust bearings, and a con-
tinuous oil bath is supplied. Around the spiral pinion
is a box, open only at the top, which is used as a
reservoir for running the pinion in oil.
On the opposite end of the driving shaft, the main
driving gear is carried in a stand or housing entirely
974
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
outside of the bed. This main stand also carries the
bearings for the intermediate shaft, and the shaft which
is coupled directly to the motor. As this brings all of
the driving gears outside of the bed, the bearings are
open to inspection and care with a minimum amount
of effort. The complete driving gear train consists of
two pairs of herringbone gears and the spiral pinion in
the bed. The gears are completely covered and are
supplied with a continuous oil bath.
The motor rests on a separate base plate, supported and
aligned on the foundation of the machine and is coupled
to the motor pinion shaft by a Francke flexible coupling.
The motor is of the regular reversing planer type of
75 hp. capacity, having a speed range of 250 to 1,000
r.p.m. Variable cutting speeds from 20 to 40 ft. per
minute are obtainable by the adjustment of a handle
on the motor control. Safety devices are provided in
the control panel to take care of low voltage, no voltage,
overload and emergency stop. The master switch is
operated by the usual type of table stops and dogs, and
initiates the movement of the electrical contactors in
the control panel to produce the cycle of operations of
the motor. A portable pendant switch is furnished
which may be used by the operator at any time, instead
of the control handles, to move the table as desired.
It is used mostly when setting up the work on the table.
The return speeds of the machine are selective between
40 to 80 ft. per minute.
Tablk Dimensions
The table is 13 ft. wide, and in order to meet the
limits imposed by shipping facilities, is made up in
three lengthwise sections. The middle section is 10 ft.
wide, and made in 2 pieces, one 18 ft. 3 in. long, and the
other 20 ft. 3 in. long. The two side sections each
18 in. wide, run the whole length of the table, 38 ft. 6 in.
The sections are held together by straight and taper
dowel bolts, and double T-bolts and wedges. The table
is provided with parallel grooves for aligning the work
and with rectangular holes for the use of stops and
bolts. The table is guided upon one flat and one V-bear-
ing, the latter being a combination of the usual V-bear-
ing of wide angle and at the sides, two surfaces inclined
at 5 deg. to the vertical. These two nearly vertical sur-
faces are provided to resist any tendency of the table
to move sideways under pressure which might be great
enough to force the table upAvard on the V. Both the
flat and the V-bearings are lubricated by oil delivered
by a pump installed for this purpose only. The oil
enters the ways or bearings at the middle of the bed,
is forced along grooves cut on the under side of the table
bearings and flows out into the open ways at either end.
Drainage tanks with strainers are provided at each end
of the bed. The oil is collected by them and flows
through return pipes back to the reservoir provided.
Catch pans are also furnished at each end of the bed
for collecting the oil which may drip from the over-
hanging table.
William Sellers & Co., Inc., we believe, was the first
user of the principle of forced lubrication for planer
tables. Records show that the first use was made by
that company in 1901. All planers made by it since
that date have had this feature incorporated.
The cross-rail is of the extended-back type. The usual
and older type of crosshead was reinforced between the
uprights by a curved back, which was deepest at the
middle of its length and was clamped to the front faces
of the uprights. While thia curved back extended the
horizontal depth of the cross-rail and increased its
strength in that direction, it did not increase its tor-
sional strength which was fixed by the section at the
point of attachment to the uprights. The "extended
back" crosshead in contrast, is of continuous depth
between the uprights and is clamped on the inside of
the uprights at the back edge of the cross- rail extension,
as well as to the front of the uprights on the outside.
A groove is provided in each upright for clamping pur-
poses. It can be readily seen that this construction adds
tremendously to the stiffness of the cross-rail to resist
torsion and also, by providing an additional tie between
the uprights, adds considerably to the rigidity of the
whole structure. The effect of this rigidity is notice-
able in the character of work turned out with this
machine.
In a cross-rail with a span of 16 ft. between supports
there is usually a small amount of vertical deflection,
due to the weight of the rail and saddles. This is elimi-
nated in the machine under discussion by the applica-
tion of an arched girder bolted to the top surface of the
cross-rail and provided with a solid abutment at one
end and a wedge abutment at the other. By setting up
the wedge a practically perfect straight line is main-
tained in the guiding surface for the saddles.
Another difficulty caused by the length of the cross-
rail, is the tendency of the screws and rods for moving
the saddles to sag in the middle. To maintain their
alignment, sliding bearings are used. These bearings,
three in number, have an automatic latch arrangement,
which insures one of them being at the center of the
cross-rail at all times when neither of the saddles is at
that position.
A limit switch is provided to prevent over running
the crosshead when lifting.
A Pneumatic Device for Clamping
Crossrail to Uprights
The general practice in building planers is to provide
ordinary bolts and nuts for clamping the cross-rail to
the uprights. There should be at least eight bolts on a
planer of large proportions and in order to loosen and
tighten them the operator has to move all over the
machine, and frequently operates them under disadvan-
tageous conditions. Considerable time is consumed
whenever the cross-rail has to be adjusted up or down
on the uprights, and much care on the part of the oper-
ator is required to insure that all of the clamping bolts
are released or secured. On the planer under discussion,
this work is done by pneumatic cylinders. These
cylinders are located at the four points of clamping,
namely, on the outside and inside of each upright. Each
cylinder clamps two bolts.
In this pneumatic clamping device, each piston is con-
nected to an upper clamp and each cylinder connected
to and supported by a lower clamp, so that, in opening
or closing, each clamp is used as an abutment for operat-
ing the one either above or below it. The four cylin-
ders are connected by flexible hose and pipe to an
operating valve within easy reach of the operator. A
selective movement of the valve causes the cylinders
to either open or close. After the cross-rail has been
clamped the air passage may be released by the valve,
as the clamps are so designed that they will not loosen
until air is applied in the reverse direction. This
feature is essential in a pneumatic clamp for a planer
or other tool, where the length of time consumed on
a single job may cover a period during which there may
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
975
FIG.
DRIVING GEAR AND PNEUMATIC CLAMP
FOR CROSS-RAIL,
be no air pressure to maintain the clamp. If the pres-
sure should fail even for a moment, and the clamp relax,
serious results might follow.
The toolheads on the cross-rail are provided with a
tool lifting device which automatically operates to hold
the tools off of the work during the return stroke of
the planer. They are also provided with a power
traversing arrangement which moves the toolslides and
the saddles. Each head is operated through an inde-
pendent feed disk at the end of the cross-rail, making
it possible to adjust the amount and the direction of
the two sets of feeds independently.
A SiDEHEAD Is Mounted on Each Upright
A side head of substantial proportion is mounted on
each upright, and in addition to having the usual power
feed up and down the upright, it has a power cross or
angular feed for the tool slide.
Power traversing mechanism is
also provided for the side heads
up and dovra the upright.
It is desirable that the feed
motion of a planer should oper-
ate at a uniform rate of speed,
irrespective of the speed of
table movement. This is ac-
complished by the use of a
separate motor, mounted on the
platform at the top of the
machine. This motor drives
through belt and gearing to a
roller feed box or escapement.
The escapement when re-
leased makes one half turn and
stops. This half turn operates
the slotted feed disks. The
escapement is released at each end of the stroke,
so that the feed may take place at one end and the reset
take place at the other. The operating means between
the feed disks and the heads consist of the usual type
of gear segments and ratchets.
The difference between this type of feed and the
commoner type operated by the driving mechanism, lies
in the timing relation of the feed to the table reversal.
Electrical connections are made between the table oper-
ating switch and a solenoid mechanism which trips or
releases the feed mechanism. The time of release
causes the feed mechanism to operate during the time
taken by the table to reverse and not after the reversal
as in the dependent type. Less overrun of the tool
beyond the work and a consequent saving of time
results.
It is also possible to disconnect the trip or releasing
mechanism, from the operator's position, by the throw
of a lever. A reverse motion of the lever connects the
trip arrangement and re-establishes the automatic
timing. When the auto feed is thrown out the table
may be operated as desired with the certainty that by
a single motion the feed can be resumed at the point
where it was discontinued.
In Fig. 1 can be seen the reinforcing beam on the
cross-rail, the rope for tool-lifting arrangement, and
one line of bolts fastening the side pieces to the table.
Fig. 2 shows the driving gear arrangement at the
back of the right-hand upright. The housing for the
large wheel is clearly shown as well as the bolts for
removing the parts necessary to uncover all of the
driving gears. In the upper right-hand portion of the
picture can be seen one of the pneumatic clamping cyl-
inders, operating at the back of the extended portion of
the cross-rail. The clamping slot in the upright is also
clearly shown.
Driving Train Arrangement
Fig. 3 shows the arrangement of the complete driving
train from the motor M at one end, to the main thrust
bearing B at the opposite end.
At A is seen the spiral pinion for driving the table
rack; at D is shown the coupling for the two sections of
driving shaft; L is the long bolt for holding the two
sections together; E and G are the two herringbone
gears in the driving train with the mating pinions
shown in mesh; H ia a flexible coupling between the
motor and the motor pinion shaft. At C is shown the
thrust bearing u.sed during the return movement of the
FIG. 3. ARRANGEMENT
DRIVING MECHANISM
976
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
table. The wedge bolt in back of B for adjusting the
steps is clearly shown. It should be noted that the
provision made for the driving gear consists of a con-
tinuous hollow cylinder running diagonally across the
bed, which increases the strength of the structure
instead of decreasing it, as does the spur geared con-
struction. The simplicity of the drive is evident.
Some idea of the size of this machine may be had by
comparing its proportions with that of the man to be
seen standing on the table in Fig. 1 and by the following
weights of some of the principle members in the rough :
Bed : Pounds
Center section 65,400
Front section 36,000
Baclc section 22.000
123.400
Table :
Center section (front) 60,100
Center section (bacic) 53,000
Side pieces 38,000
151,100
Right-hand upright 43,000
Left-hand upright 43,000
Cross rail 23,300
109.300
Handling Large Work on Small Lathes
By Frank C. Hudson
The usual method of blocking up headstock and tail-
stock did not suffice for the manager of the Pacific
Machine Co., Tacoma, Wash., as a means of handling
I'lU. 1. AN IMPROVISKU TRIPLK GEARED LATHE
the large work which occasionally came his way. So,
taking an 18-in. Hamilton lathe, as a basis, he built
the auxiliary triple-geared headstock shown at A in
Fig. 1, for use on large faceplate work. This headstock
is mounted in front of the regular headstock and rests
on all four V's, being cut away at B, so as to allow
the wing of the carriage to pass by when it is necessary
to get the tool close to the faceplate. The shaft C is
bolted directly to the nose of the spindle in the reg-
ular headstock at D and its outer end carries a pinion
meshing with an internal gear on the back of the face-
plate. This arrangement gives great reduction in speed
and, in connection with the regular back gears of the
lathe, makes a powerful pull at any of the speeds of the
regular headstock.
The extension tool block E and the toolslide F bring
the cutting tool up to the proper position and also
give it the advantages of the compound rest for bor-
ing short holes or turning and boring tapers. This
FIG. 2. BORING A THREE-BLADED PROPELLER
arrangement has proved very successful on the kind
of jobbing work for which it is used.
Another case of increased lathe swing was found at
the Coast Machine Co., a neighboring shop, as is shown
in Fig. 2. This is a lathe of comparatively large swing,
the head and tailstocks of which have been raised by
blocking up in the usual manner. The job in hand is
the boring of the taper hole in the hub of a three-bladed
propeller. The illustration shows how the propeller is
bolted to the faceplate by means of the ring A and the
three hairpin clamps spaced about equal distances
around the ring. The holding bolts go through the face-
plate in the usual manner. The boring tool in the bar
B is fed by hand owing to the taper, this being accom-
plished by means of the compound rest shown.
It is the unusual job of this kind that makes a repair
shop interesting and gives the workers therein unusual
experience in devising ways and means of handling the
work and also of machining it.
Laying Off Angles Without a
Protractor
By Anton Brunner
The drawing herewith shows a kink I use in laying
out work that requires exceptional accuracy.
In laying off angles to minutes I employ trigonom-
etry instead of a protractor, and as the length of a
side might easily be such as to lie between the gradua-
tion marks of an ordinary scale I set my dividers by
placing one point on the zero line of the bar and the
other point on the zero line of the vernier, the caliper
having been duly set to the required measurement.
SETTING DIVIDERS BY MEANS OF A VERNIER CALIPER
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
977
Acceleration Determinations — I
By henry N. bonis, B. S., M. E.
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Purdue University
Following the line of reasoning introduced m
his previous article the author goes on to other
applications of first principles to the solution
of acceleration problems. In this article he
tackles the quadric chain and winds up with a
general solution for the Whitworth quick-return
motion as generally applied to the shaper mech-
anism.
r
"N DETERMINING the accelerations of any point
of a mechanism we are sometimes confronted with
a quadric chain for which the usual solutions given
become indeterminate. It is one of the objects of the
present article to give means of solving or evaluating
these special cases. In view of the importance of the
sliding joint to the designer of machinery it seems
strange that more attention has not been paid to the
problem of determining directly the accelerations in
the quadric chain with this joint included. Aside from
the special case of the slider-crank chain or steam-
engine mechanism the writer knows of no book that
takes up this particular problem. The only method
given consists of finding a velocity-time or velocity-
space curve and then determining the acceleration from
this graph. It should be understood that this method
depends on drawing a tangent to a curve concerning the
geometrical properties of which we know nothing.
The quadric chain, when it consists only of four links
and four turning pairs, can be readily solved by any
one of several common constructions. In the case of
constant angular velocity of the driver we have the
Rittenhaus Construction. In the general case of vari-
able angular velocity of the driver we have:
(1) Professor Mohr's Construction.
(2) The construction based upon analytical deduc-
tion where the absolute acceleration of a point of a
body in uniplanar motion consists of three components,
a centripetal and a tangential component about the
instantaneous center and the acceleration (jaoj) of the
instantaneous center. This result combined with the
use of Bobillier's Construction gives the method
employed in Professor Klein's book "Kinematics of
Machinery."
(3) The construction based upon fundamental prin-
ciples and the one that usually gives the simplest solu-
tion. (See "Dunkerly's Mechanism.")
All of these constructions can be applied to the case
of constant angular velocity of the driver as well.
But when the quadric chain contains a sliding pair
the above constructions do not always suffice. Refer-
ring to Fig. 1, if the links 1 and 4 become infinitely
long, that is if link 4 is replaced by a sliding block,
we get the slider-crank mechanism used in the steam
engine and all the above constructions give a deter-
minate result. But if link 3 is made infinitely long
or reduced to a sliding block which turns about center
(23) and .slides on link 4 (See Fig. 3) all of the above
constructions are inadequate, because the point C(34)
(Fig. 1), which is at an infinite distance from its center
of rotation D(41), has an infinite acceleration. In
other words, the angular acceleration of link 4 is inde-
terminate from these constructions from the accelera-
tion of point C(34). There is one exception in the
case of construction 2, which will be taken up in the
discussion of the double quadric chain known as the
Whitworth quick-return motion, as shown in Fig. 3.
In what follows the writer will give:
(1) A simple original proof of Rittenhaus' Construc-
tion.
(2) A principle by which any constant angular
velocity construction can be modified to apply to the
general case with application to Rittenhaus' Construc-
tion.
(3) An original construction for the general case of
the quadric chain;
(4) A complete solution of the acceleration problem
involved in the Whitworth quick- c
return motion by three different
methods. In Fig. 1 we have ABCD
as the quadric chain with AD or
link 1 fixed, AB or link 2 as the
driver and the con-
stant velocity and ^ --*»''
acceleration of
FIG. 1.
point B represented
by AB. Construe- '"-, \
tion: Draw AF '\ \
parallel to BC, and
AH parallel to DC. \\ /
Prolong BC and \''P
AD to Q, and BA and CD to P. Join QF and HP. At
points K and J erect perpendiculars to AH and AF re-
spectively. Join intersection 0 with H. Then HO is the
acceleration of point C in direction and magnitude. (See
Zeitschrift des Vereines Deutcher Ingenieure, Vol.
XXVII, 1883, p. 287, or Klein's "Kinematics of Ma-
chinery," p. 140.)
Proof: Draw HS parallel to BA.
Since triangles JSH and BHP are similar
JS
SH
JS
AB
BH
HP
BH
BP
But SH
AB
Also triangles BHA and BCP are similar
• BP
BH
BC
(1)
(2)
Multiplying equations
and reducing
SJ
BIP
BC
1 and 2 together, cancelling
(3)
978
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
From similar triangles QHK and QCF we have
HK
CF
..HK --
AH
'' CD ■
AJP
CD
But CF = AH
(4)
Analyzing the figure HSJOKH, which is a polygon of
accelerations, with H as pole we notice that
HS = BA = acceleration of point B ;
SJ = -op = centripetal acceleration of C about B ;
OJ = tangential acceleration of C about B ;
Ih'
HK =■■ Y^Q = centripetal acceleration of C about D ;
KO == tangential acceleration of C about D ;
and hence, vectorially, HK -f KO = HS + SJ -f JO
= HO, is the resultant acceleration of point C.
It is to be noted that triangle BAH is a triangle of
velocities where AB is the velocity of B, AH the velocity
of C and BH the relative velocity of C about B. (See
Smith's "Graphics" or Dunkerly's "Mechanism.")
Modification of Constant Angular Velocity
Construction to Apply to Rittenhaus'
Construction
Referring to Fig. 1, we are given the acceleration
BM of the point B of the quadric chain ABCD and
are required to find the acceleration of point C.
Construction: Lay off BM to scale so that its
centripetal acceleration component is represented by
the driver-crank radius BA. Then AM represents
the tangential component of BM (AM is perpendicular
to AB at A). Then, using BA as the total acceleration
of B just as if the point B rotated uniformly, and
using Rittenhaus* Construction as under case 1 we
obtain the acceleration HO. Lay off BT = AM and
draw TV parallel to AH or CD. Make OX = TV and
join H and X. Then HX is the acceleration of C when
the acceleration of B is BM. It should be noted that
OX should be laid along the line OK from O to K when
^^
}i)i\
QC&l)
FIG. 2.
AM is left-handed and vice
versa in the case of right-
handed tangential acceleration.
It will be observed that this
method consists of finding
the independent effects of the
components of B and then add-
ing them together geometri-
cally. Or it may be said that
we have combined two systems,
one a quadric chain with constant angular velocity of the
driver, the other a quadric chain momentarily at rest
and with the point B having an acceleration AM. The
effect of the first system is to give C an acceleration
HO. Since the second system is at rest the centripetal
acceleration of C about B is zero, the centripetal
acceleration of C about D is also zero, and hence the
acceleration of C being perpendicular to CD we can
find Its magnitude by a triangle similar to a triangle
of velocities such as BTV. As constructed, the side
BT IS equal to AM and therefore TV is the acceleration
of C due to the second system. Now HX = HO -!- OX
vectorially and as OX == TV in magnitude, we have the
total effect HX. It will also be noted that the direction
of OX as laid out is along the line OK which is per-
pendicular to AH or CD. I have used Rittenhaus'
Construction in this article as it lends itself conven-
iently to the modification, but it will be plainly seen that
any other construction for finding the acceleration with
constant velocity of the driver may be extended to the
general case by the use of this principle of the super-
position of two independent acceleration systems in
plane motion. This theorem does not seem to be given
in any of the modern textbooks on Kinematics.
General Case of the Quadric Chain
Referring to Fig. 2, we have ABCD as the quadric
chain with AD or link 1 fixed. Let u and A stand
for angular velocity and angular acceleration respec-
tively, and the subscripts denote the link and reference
link. Thus co„ and A„ denote the angular velocity and
acceleration of link 4 with respect to link 1. Prolong
AB and CD to P(13) and BC and AD to Q(24). Join
PQ.
Now we have (Klein's "Kinematics of Machinery")
"41
24 - 21
24 - 41
9A
QD
Differentiating with respect to time and using A =
77 , we have
o (
A«
<^2l ^4i "41
Ail
««**~«a'S°
St
a/I
QD
/?•?
•Jjto
U:) ':■ '"y^y^'/M/MMmm//^^^^^
n.^:::*-
'9
But QD ^QA ^ AD and *^ = ^ since AD is
constant. Hence the above equation reduces after clear-
ing of fractions to
. . ADo,:, ^D , . ^ ,
^rAa — (^.lAj, — , • --T- or solving for A„ we have
QD "
U
A _ ADo^,, 6QP 01,1
^^' -' QD' St + <o« * ^'-'
But e^< = ^ = 14 - 12
St
DA
o)2, a,2 14 - 42 DQ'
hence substituting above we have
or ,
DA
DQ"'"
^" ~ QD St ^ «,, "^^
(1)
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
979
In order to find
sQD
we proceed as follows: The
point Q as a point on link 3 has a velocity QH per-
pendicular to QP about P. But if Q is to remain on
the line QD the point Q must have a velocity along
link 3. Hence, draw QH perpendicular to QP and equal
to QPwj, and draw HR parallel to link 3 and we get
i,QD
u ■
QR as the value of
Draw PZ and AZ' perpendicular to link 3, draw AC
parallel to link 4, draw AQ' parallel to PQ and QJ per-
pendicular and HJ parallel to link 3.
Now triangles QHJ, QPZ and Q'AZ' are similar and
we have
-^^ - u>3, or JH = PZu
JH ^HQ ^ PQo^
PZ PQ PQ
similarly QJ = QZw,,
,. JH QH _ PQ0J31 _ PBu3i
Also ^^, - ^Q, - ^Q, - -^^ - 0,2,
Hence JH = P^w,, = A^'w^, and similarly
QJ = QZo>„ = Q'Z'co,,
All of these relations could have been derived imme-
diately by use of Professor Roseburg's Phorograph or
by a simple application of the elementary notions of
the physical properties of a rigid body in plane motion.
It will be noticed that the images Z', C and Q' of the
points Z, C and Q have been marked to correspond.
(See Angus' "Theory of Machines.")
Again — triangles QJR and AZ'Q are similar and
we have
But QR
&QD
it
and QJ = Q'Z'u>„ from
9^ -9A
QJ ~ AZ'
above, and
AZ' = Q'Z' tan 0 where 0 is the angle BQP or angle
BQ'A. Substituting we have
it ^ QA ^__ sQD
Q' Z' a>2i Q' Z' tan <)>
But QA,, = QD„ and hence
it ~
iQD
it
QAo>„ cot 0.
= QDo),, cot 0. Sub-
stituting this in equation 1 we get
(3)
^„ = <-«'-„ cot 0 + -^ A„ (2)
4021
Dividing by w;, we get
\ <^., / \ "41 / VW*! / \ «,, /
Now equation 3 gives us a relation between the tan-
gents of the angles made by the acceleration vectors of
any points on links 1 and 4 with their corresponding
radii, and lends itself to a very simple graphical con-
struction.
Let G and X be the angles made by the acceleration
vectors with links 1 and 4 respectively (see Fig. 2).
AD , «2i QD „ , ... ,.
7V7 and — = ^ . Substituting
y(A 0)41 QA
Then we have —
we have
tanX =
AD cot ,t> + QD tan G
QA '
(4)
Now let P be any point on link 4 and we are required
to find its acceleration, having given the acceleration
of any point on link 1. Divide the radial distance PD
in the ratio QA is to QD at / by joining Q to P and
drawing AI parallel to QP. At D and / erect per-
pendiculars DM and IK to PD. Draw PM making angle
MPD equal to angle G made by the vector of any point
on link 1 with its radius vector to center A, and draw
KM making the angle KMY equal to 0. Join the inter-
section K of KI and KM to P, and we have KPD = X
= angle made by acceleration vector of any point on
link 4 with its radius to center D. If we now lay
off from P to D the centripetal acceleration PDoj',, from
P toward D, say PE, which can be easily calculated
or constructed graphically, and draw a perpendicular
to PD at the point E, limited by the line PK at L, we
then have EL as the tangential acceleration and PL
as the total acceleration of point P on link 4.
Proof : Draw MS parallel to link 4. Then we have
tan X
KJ _KI ID _
PI ~ id' PI ~
KS + MD ID
'PI
KS + SI
ID
ID
PI
ID
KS ID
KS
ID
ID MD
PI'^ ID
ID
PI
MD
SM ' PI~^ PI
But
KS
SM
ID
PI
MD
PI
= cot 0 since angle SKM = KMY = 0
AD
QA
PD tan G
by construction
QD
PI
QA
tanG
Substituting we get tan X — ^-j cot 0 -f- ^ tan G
which satisfies 4.
In the practical execution of this construction we can
use the length PE, instead of PD, if the length of
the centripetal acceleration vector permits a conveninent
scale, and thereby eliminate the drawing of one line,
save time and obtain the resultant acceleration more
directly. It should be noted that this construction solves
the problem of going directly from link 1 to link 4
without finding the accelerations of points B and C
as intermediate steps, and therefore overcomes the diffi-
culty mentioned in the books on Kinematics. (See
Klein's "Kinematics of Machinery," page 161, last
paragraph; Dunkerly's "Mechanism," page 265, second
line, etc. ; Durley's "Kinematics of Machines," page 158,
top line; Angus' "Theory of Machines," page 281, top
and bottom lines; Dalby's "Valve and Valve-Gear
Mechanisms," page 289, line 10.)
It also gives a very simple construction for finding
the angular acceleration of link 4 when link 3 is a
sliding piece, as will be shown under Fig. 3. In all
graphical constructions care must be exercised as to the
signs of the various quantities involved, and for this
construction the same precaution must be taken in lay-
ing out the angles G and 0. If the angular accelera-
tion of link 1 is left-hand then the angle MPD = G
must be laid off on the left-hand side of the radial dis-
tance DP. If the angle 0, which is the angle between
link 3 or BC and the line QP joining centers 24 and 13,
is obtained by rotating BC about Q in a left-hand direc-
tion, is called plus, then the angle YMK, which is equal
to 9, must be laid off right-handed or in a negative di-
rection from the line YM about M.
The Whitworth Quick-Return Motion
Referring to Fig. 3 we have the turning-block slider-
crank chain of Reuleux which is applied to quick-return
motions. There are two quadric chains, 1234 and 1456.
The problem is to determine the acceleration of the
block 6 when the angular velocity and angular accelera-
980
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 22
tion of the driving link 2 are given about its fixed
center ^4(21). The procedure in each method will be
to find the acceleration of the point JF(45) from the
quadric chain 1234 and then to find the acceleration
of F(5G) from the quadric chain 1456. Only one solu-
tion of this second step will be shown, as the main
difficulty lies in determining the acceleration of point E.
The three methods used for the solution of this problem
will be based upon <a) law of Coriolis, (b) analytical
method, (c) the original construction, section 3.
Solution Using Law of Coriolis
Let BB\ represent the velocity of point B about the
fixea center A (12). Then if the angular velocity <i>„
( BR )'
is constant, BB", = .J-- = centripetal acceleration
of point B on link 3. We will first consider the case
the path of F and E',F', perpendicular to link 5. Then
EF\ is the total velocity of F(56) and £',F', is the
relative velocity of point F to point E. This completes
the solution of the velocity determinations.
Now considering point B on link 3 as having a rel-
ative velocity equal to the sliding component B'B'.
along link 4 and at the same time partaking of the
angular velocity and acceleration of link 4, we know
by the law of Coriolis that the total acceleration of B
(^ which in this case is given and equal to BB'\) is the
sum of three accelerations (see article by the same
author on page 928 of last issue). The.se accelerations
are the acceleration of point B on link 4, the relative
acceleration of point B to link 4 which we know in this
case has the direction of the line of link 4, and the
fictitious acceleration equal to twice the product of the
relative velocity B'B\ and the angular velocity <o„. To
D2
^-'-"
eon I
FIG. 3.
--^^:.#
P
of constant angular velocity of the driver. Resolve
the velocity BB\ into its normal BB' and sliding B'B\
components. Then the velocity of the point on link 4
directly under B on link 3 is also BB\ Join B' apd D.
Then the angle BDB' will represent the angular veloc-
ity o3„. (By saying that a finite angle represents an
angular velocity or acceleration I mean the tangent of
the angle. If the angle is infinitesimal, then it makes
no diff'erence whether we use the tangent or the angle).
Draw EE\ perpendicular to DE and limited by the line
DB' extended and we have the velocity of point jE7(45).
To find the velocity of F(56) draw EF', parallel to
determine this third component graphically lay off DN
on link 4 equal to twice B'B', and erect a perpendicular
NN' to DN at N and limited by the line BB'. Then
NN' is the fictitious component. The direction of the
acceleration will be from N to N' in this particular
position for if link 2 is considered to be rotating
counterclockwise link 4 is rotating clockwise. Lay off
BB", from B toward D to represent the centripetal
acceleration of point B on link 4, which is equal to
^-^^- , draw B".B". perpendicular to link 4 at B". and
draw the line B"fi", also perpendicular to link 4 and
November 25. 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
981
equal to A'.V. At B", draw B"^'\ parallel to link
4 and we have by- joining B with B", the acceleration
of point B on link 4. The acceleration of point B on
link 3 relative to point B on link 4 i« B"^", ahat is
the block has this acceleration relative to rod 4) and
B"fi'\ is the Coriolis component. These three accdera-
tioDS add up vectorially to the resultant acceleration
BB", Draw DB"^", and through point E draw EE",
p&raUel to BB", and we have EE", as the acceleraticm
of point E. Draw BB'\ at B perpendicular to link
4 and we have by joining D with B", the angular
aocderation of link 4 rqiiresented by the angle B"J}B.
Draw E"^", parallel to link 5 and equal to g^ to
represent the centripetal acederation of F to E and
draw E"j:", perpendicular to link 5 to represent the
direction of the tangential acceleration of F about E.
Since the direction of acederation of F is known, draw
EE", parallel to the path of F and we get EE", as the
absolute acceleration of point F.
In case the angular velocity of the driver is variable,
and the total acceleration of F is represented by BB",
making an angie G =: B"fiA with the driver radius
AB, we proceed as before and we obtain B"fi", ^=
B"fi", = UN' = fictitious component. B"JB", is the
relative acederation of the Mock to the link 4 and
B"fi", is the tangential acederation of point B on
link 4 and hence BB", represents the total acceleration
of point B on link 4 instead of BB", which we found in
case of uniform angular vdoeity of link 2. The angle
BDB"„ (not drawn) would now represent the angular
acederation of link 4. Prom this acceleration we can
as before find the total acederation of E and then of F.
It sboold be noted that tiie eiFect of the tangential
component B"fi", ak>ne, wiUi tiie quadric chain at rest,
would be to decrease tiie tangential component B"fi",
by B"fi"^ = B",T and to increase the relative accelera-
tion B"jB", by TB"^ This rdation is self-evident from
an inspection of the figure (see item 2).
Pnriong AB and draw DP perpendicular to link 4 at
I> and we obtain center Pf 31). Draw Q5 perpendicular
to link 4 at £ and we obtain point Q(24) on line of
centers AB. Join Q and P. Make angle DPS = QPB
(marked ^ in figure). Then SP will be tangent to the
eentrodes at P. Draw PP' perpendicular to SP to rep-
naeat the direction of acederation of the instantaneous
center P. (See Bobilliei's "Construction"; Klein's
"Kinematics of Machinery.")
Draw BB"„ equal to —gp— to represent the
eentripetal aeedetatkm of B about P, draw B"^"„
pexvem^eaiar to BP at B",, and draw throng £", (the
end of the acceloation vector of B) the line B"^„
paralld to PP'. Tfam we have B",B"„ as the tangential
acederation pf £ about P and B"JB", as the acceleration
(910) of the instaataneoos eoiter.
Draw B"JS"^ paralld and BB",, perpendicular to BP
and we have the anj^alar acceleration of link 3 about
instantaneous center P(31) represented by the angle
B"J'B. As stated before, we cannot find the angular
acceleration of link 4 from the center C(34) which is
at an infinite distance and has an infinite acceleration:
but since link 3 and link 4 are connected by a sliding
joint they have the same angular vek>city and angular
acceleration, and hence the angle B"J'B also lepiescnts
the angular acceleration of link 4. For graphical con-
struction, therefore, we have only to make the angle
B"J}B = B"J*B and thus obtain the tangential
acceleration of point B on link 4 about D. The
centripetal acceleration BB", is obtained as before and
we thus obtain the resultant acederation of point B
on link 4. Then proceed as before to determine the
acceleration of E and F.
In the case of variable angular velocity the only
change will be to draw the line parallel to PP" through
B", and determine new points B"„ and B'V
Draw AKK, perpendicular to link 4. This intersects
link 4 at L. It should be noted that Q(24) lies between
A and D, whereas in Fig. 2 Q was external, and hmce
we divide the distance BD in the negative ratio of
QA to QD at L. In the case of constant angular
vdoeity of tiie driver draw DD, perpendicular to link
4 and then draw DJ)K. making an angle DflD, equal
to BQP = 0 <txe Fig. 2), counterclockwise with Dfi
(since QB must be tamed clockwise to arrive at QP;
tee rule under item 3). Join K, with B indefinitdy
and we get the angle B"JBD as the angle between the
acederation vector for point B on link 4 and radius DB.
In the case of variable angular velocity make angle
DBM = B"fiB", = G and draw DM^ making tlie
ans^ DJdD, = 0 counterclockwise with Dfl and we
get hy drawing KB indefinitdy the angle B"JBD as the
angle between the acceleration vector and radius DB
of point B on link 4.
The centripetal acceleration BB", can now be obtained
and a perpendicular erected at B", and we have BB",
and BB" as the acceleration of point B on link 4 in the
cases of constant and varialbie angular vdoeity of link
2 respectivdy. Then proceed as under ease (a).
In the quadric chain when the joint (23) becomes a
sliding joint, Bittenhaus' Construction falls, because
center B(.2S) ia at an infinite distance and has an
infinite acederatitm. But the reader will find that metli-
ods (a) and (c) directly apply, whereas with method
(b) a little ingenuity in ap^fying the fact that the
angular acederation of links 2 and 3 are the same wiD
give the tangential acceleration fompoaent of center
C(34) about the instantaneous center (13). (Tare
must also be exercised in using BobiOier's Construction,
as before, in order to take care of the sign of the ans^
^, In method (b) it will be noted that center B(2Z)
is at an infinite distance and the problem is worked
out as hinted above^ the components of the acceleration
about the instantaneous center (13) of the point C(34).
With these suggestions the -writer believes that tiiere
will be no diflSculty in solving this particular quadric
chain by method (b) .
982
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
The New Railroad Shops at San Bernardo, Chile'
By CARLOS VALENZUELA CRUCHAGA, C.E.
In a far off Latin^American country there has
lately been put in commission a very complete
system of shops and equipment for repairing the
rolling stock of a trunk line railway. It should
be a matter of pride to the machinists in the
United States that the complete plans for this
system and its equipment were made under the
supervision of one of our large machine-tool
builders and that this firm was accepted in com-
petition with plans of a number of other engi-
neers.
AS EARLY as 1910 the repair shops of the State
l\ Railways of Chile were inadequate to keep up the
J. \. necessary repairs to the rolling stock of the
road. Money for new shops and equipment could not
be had until after the passage of the reorganization
capital law in 1914, when an appropriation was made
for the purpose. Bids were invited for building and
equipping a group of shops having capacity for the
rapid and economic repairs of 600 locomotives, 483
passenger coaches and 6,000 freight cars, comprising
the total rolling stock of the road at that time.
Prizes were offered for the best plans for the shops
and equipment and were competed for by a number of
responsible concerns. The first prize was awarded to
the Niles-Bement-Pond Co., New York, which submitted
a very complete set of plans accompanied by specifi-
cations and estimates worked out by George Hender-
son, engineer, in collaboration with experts of the
General Electric Co., the Niles-Bement-Pond Co., and
the United States Steel Corporation in their respective
fields of electrical equipment, machine tools and struc-
tural steel buildings. A general plan of the layout is
shown in Fig. 1.
The original decision of the State Railways was to
carry out the proposal as indicated by the accepted
•This is a somewliat condensed translation from an article
printed In the October issue of IngenieHa Intemacional.
plan. However, on account of the European war and
the high price of steel caused thereby, it became
necessary to abandon constructing the buildings accord-
ing to the original plans and to construct them of re-
inforced concrete according to plans offered by the
Compania Holandesa at the time the bids were opened
in July, 1915.
Apart from the difficulties of reinforced concrete
construction in a locality having but little available
labor trained in that class of work, the change in plan
was a good one as the material used offers reasonable
resistance to earthquake shocks that are prevalent in
this country.
Starting the Buildings
The first part of the work done was on the group of
buildings to be used as repair shops for locomotives
(6 buildings), leaving the passenger and freight-car
shops to be built at a later date.
A plot of ground consisting of 120 hectares (about
300 acres) was purchased for about $5,000, United
States gold, in the vicinity of San Bernardo, about 10
miles south of Santiago, Chile. Of this ground about
112 acres was for the general shops and about 188
acres for the workmen's houses. Contracts were made
with the Holland company for the buildings for ap-
proximately $1,250,000, United States gold.
The machinery was all obtained from the Niles-
Bement-Pond Co., author of the general plan, for
$604,500, and all the equipment was installed under
the direct supervision of engineers associated with
that organization. On April 15, 1920, the shops were
opened for operation.
The location of the shops at San Bernardo was
chosen on account of its being the approximate center
of traffic of the general State Railways, although not
necessarily in the geographical center. Likewise it was
possible here to obtain an excellent plot of grround
parallel to the central railway and accessible to both
extremities of the line where trains could enter and
leave with great facility. The relative nearness of
Plafaforma giraforia
Vias parareparaciones menoresy ^Taller dt, nparacionts di -furgones
para pmfar hs furgonts (Cap ?S-fbrgon9^ y/aj para furames/
(cap. 350-rurgones}
FIG. 1. GENERAL PLAN OF SHOPS AND TRACKS
Via para rxparaciones menorts y
para pintar !os -Fur^onts (cap 25 furyonei)
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
983
FIG. 2. GENERAL VIEW OF THE SHOPS
Santiago, which would be the only source of supply
in the early part of the work, likewise was a factor in
the choice.
The shops as shown in Fig. 2 are grouped along
both sides of a long avenue running from east to west
and along which a 10-ton bridge crane travels the en-
tire length. This avenue is paved with Belgian
blocks, permitting the use of motor trucks for carry-
ing loaids of small stuff between the shops.
The locomotive shop touches this avenue on the
south and is in the center of the group of buildings,
the blacksmith shops and foundry being placed so as
to deliver their products to it with ease. The pattern
shops and the pattern storeroom are alongside the
foundry.
Repairs to freight and passenger cars are made
outdoors in yards laid out for the purpose. One of
the yards where repairs to woodwork are made is
located alongside the lumber yard and the dry kiln and
the carpenter shop. In another yard, close to the
car and blacksmith shops, repairs to metal parts are
made and wheels are replaced. After repairs are
completed the cars are painted in whichever yard
they may be found. The plans for the car shops (to
be built at a future date) call for the installation of
tracks and transfer tables so that cars slated for gen-
eral repairs can be transferred from one department
to another.
The shops are all large, well ventilated and lighted
and the locomotive shop is of sufficient height to per-
mit traveling cranes to carry material well above any
rolling stock that may be on the tracks. The walls
are of reinforced concrete 15 centimeters (about 6
in.) thick and waterproofed with "malthoid." The
windows have steel sash one-half of which is fixed
and the other half arranged to be opened by mechani-
cal means from the floor.
The locomotive shop, a plan of which is shown in Fig.
3 and an interior view in Fig. 4, has five longitudinal
bays and at one end there is a transverse bay. The floor
dimensions are 187.9 x 87.2 meters (about 176,000 sq.
ft.) and is said to be, until recently, the largest area
covered by a one-story building of reinforced concrete.
The machine shop occupies the three central bays
of the locomotive shop. The center bay of the three
contains the light machinery and is equipped with two
5-ton traveling cranes. The two bays next to the
center contain the heavy machinery (see Figs. 5 and 6)
all of which are served with 15-ton traveling cranes.
The two outer bays are used for locomotives under-
going repairs and each is equipped with an 120-ton
traveling crane. All the machinery is direct-motor
driven. The roof is of the saw-tooth construction, as
I
Fir;. 4. BATS IN THE LOCOMOTIVE SHOP
FIG. 5. THE CYLINDER DEPARTMENT
984
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
AMONG THE HEAVY MACHINE TOOLS
may be seen in Fig. 7. The glass faces the south, as
in the latitude of the location the sun is always north-
erly. The sash is steel and, like the sash in the walls,
half of it can be opened for ventilation. For arti-
ficial lighting, lamps of 400 watts are conveniently
distributed. The transverse bay at the end is used
for the repair of boilers and tenders and is equipped
with a 15-ton traveling crane. The runways for the
two 120-ton cranes also extend through this part of
the building.
The machine equipment includes all such machines
as would be installed in the most modern railroad
FIG.
SAW-TOOTH ROOF OF LOCOMOTIVE SHOP
shops in the United States. In arranging the ma-
chines two methods and their respective advantages
were thoroughly considered. The first method em-
braced the placing of all machines of one type in a
group and the second grouping the machines accord-
ing to the work to be done. While the first method is
more economical in the number of machines required
to do the work, the second method eliminates long
distance trucking and back trucking and for these
reasons it was decided to adopt it.
FIG. 3. LAYOrT OF .MACHINE TOOLS AND
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
985
FIG. 9. IN THE BOILER SHOP
Locomotives enter the shop at right angles to its
length after being turned on one of the turntables so
distributed that free access may be had to them from
any point in the yard. Once within the shop they can
be transferred to any of the pit tracks by the travel-
ing crane, as shown in Fig. 8. Here the wheels are
removed and sent to the machine shop and the engines
lowered on to blocking. After the engines are dis-
mounted, their boilers can be taken to the boiler shop
I'lT TRACKS IN THE LOCOMOTIVE SHOP
FIG. 10. THE FOUNDRY MOLDING FLOOR
by the same crane that delivered them to the pit
tracks. The boiler tubes are taken out and carried
outside on special cars to the tumbling barrel for
cleaning. They are then brought back on the same
cars to have the bad parts cut out and new
pieces welded on. The boiler shop equipment
comprises punching and shearing machines,
bending rolls, machines for welding and "safe
ending" flues, all of which are served by a
traveling crane. An inte-
rior view of this shop is
shown in Fig. 9.
The foundry is located
to the eastward of the loco-
motive shop and covers an
area of 2,789 sq.m. (about
30,000 sq.ft.). The molding
floor, shown in Fig. 10, is
served by two 15-ton and
two 5-ton traveling cranes
and three 1-ton hoists. The
runways for the cranes ex-
tend beyond the building at
both ends, so that the cranes
can pick up and deliver ma-
terial from or to the yards.
The yard at one end is used
for the storage of castings
and that at the other end
for flasks. Beyond and near
the railroad track, sand,
coke, iron, etc., are stored.
The foundry was de-
signed to produce 25 tons
of casting per day with 35
ions as a possibility. Two
cupolas have been provided,
one having a melting capa-
city of 10 to 12 tons per
hour, while the capacity of
the other is 3 to 5 tons.
The small cupola is used
when only a small amount
of iron is to be melted, and
is also intended to be used
for melting iron for a Bes-
semer converter, which it
is expected will be installed
986
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol, 53, No. 22
FIG. 8. TRANSFERRING A LOCOMOTIVK
in the future, together with all its accessories. The
charging platform is designed for a load of 2,000 kg.
(about 4,400 lb.) per square foot, and is equipped with
a 2-ton elevator for delivering material for the cupola.
Included with the building are the carpenter shops
and the cleaning and core rooms.
The pattern shop has a floor space of 667 sq. meters
(about 7,200 sq.ft.), and is isolated from other build-
ings to avoid the danger from fire. The building is
divided by a concrete wall into two parts, the small
part being used for pattern making and the larger for
pattern storage.
The Blacksmith Shop
The blacksmith shop has a, floor area of 3,535 sq.
meters (about 38,000 sq.ft.), and is located conveni-
ently to the machine shops and the site for the future
car shops. It has two bays, one of which contains
departments for heavy forgings, spring making and
reworking scrap, while in the other stampings and
tool forgings are made. All the furnaces are oil fired
and air is supplied by blowers or from an air com-
pressor. Several steam hammers and a 2-ton hoist
are included in the equipment.
The storeroom is located in a large two-story build-
ing, each floor being 79.54
X 24.38 meters (about 21,-
000 sq.ft.). Platforms are
placed on both sides of the
building for unloading
freight from the cars. The
interior is divided into three
bays in the center, in one of
which there is a 3-ton trav-
eling crane, operated from
the floor. The second floor is
served by a 2-ton elevator
and a stairway.
Power is transmitted from
the La Florida (the plant
supplying Santiago), the
current being a.c. 12,000
volts, and is converted into
220-volt d.c. for operating
the machinery by two sets of
500 kw. rotary converters.
For lighting a.c. current is
used, the voltage being re-
duced to 220 by step down
transformers.
Cost of Electric Power
The contract for supplying
power stipulates the price of
$0.06 gold per kw.-hr. for the
fiist 150,000 kw. and $0.03
gold for an excess of that
quantity, based on a mini-
mum consumption of 85,000
kw.-hr. per month. From
April 1 to Sept. 30, inclusive,
$0.12 gold per kw.-hr. will be
paid for current supplied be-
tween the hours of 4 and 9
o'clock p.m.
In addition to the electric
equipment there is a 22 x
14 X 16 in. Ingersoll-Rand air compressor driven
by a 3-phase synchronous motor, delivering 1,500 cu.
ft. of air per minute at a pressure of 85 lb. per square
inch. The sub-station is housed in a one story build-
ing centrally located so as to shorten the underground
transmission lines.
Three toilets and coat rooms, including shower
baths, are provided in separate buildings, each 15.54
meters square (about 2,600 sq.ft.) The floors are
paved with square tiles. As there is no sewer system
the waste from each toilet is taken care of by a septic
tank and after being acidulated and filtered is drained
into absorbent wells.
Later the director of the State Railways expects
to build the shops for the repairs to the freight and
passenger cars and four section shops along the
main trunk line, as was contemplated in the orig-
inal plans.
During the progress of the work outlined in this
article, Rodolfo Jaramillo was, and still is, superin-
tendent of motive power and shops, all research work
and design being in charge of Rafael Edward while
the author was resident engineer in charge of the
work. The Chilean State Railway is represented in
New York by Jorge Beaumont.
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
■987
Press Tools for Caterpillar Parts
By frank a. STANLEY
Processes in the manufacture of articles made
from sheet metal or tubing will hear considerable
study. A man well experienced in die work will
often he able to design press tools that will do
work in one operation where two or more have
been previously thought necessary.
THE line drawing, Fig. 1, illustrates a detail of
a header tube for the radiator of the Holt Cater-
pillar, made at Stockton, California.
This header tube is of brass, li in. outside diame-
ter, and 0.072 in. thick. There are ten holes punched
in a line along the tube, these being 4 in. diameter
and spaced li in. apart on centers. At the same time
that the holes are punched, a lip or flange is drawn
up on the inside of the tube around the hole as shown
by the cross section in Fig. 1. In order to produce
this internal flange it was formerly necessary to make
two operations, ,,
• i- 1- J. J .'i Holes Punchftt
consistmg first of |. u^- -=-. =^ 1.
a drilling opera-
tion in a jig
where the holes
the machine and placed at the side of the die shoe.
The construction of the press tools will be best un-
derstood by examination of the line drawing repro-
duced in Fig. 4.
The details of the tools may be identified by the fol-
lowing letters: A is the cast-iron die shoe; B, the
cast-iron punch holder; C, the die and mandrel, both
of tool steel; D, the wedge also of tool steel; E, the
tool steel piercing punches, ten in number; F and G
are two pairs of tool steel locating blocks for holding
the die and mandrel in position; H and / are hexagon-
head screws and dowels for securing the locating
blocks; 3, the fillister-head screws for securing the
ten piercing punches; K, the handles for the die and
mandrel; L, the guide pins or pillars for the die shoe
and punch holder which are the sub-press type; M, the
guide pin bushings, both pins and bushing being of
tool steel; 'N , a locating block for the end of the work
to be pierced; 0, a button-head screw for this block.
Referring to
CT' 6 O O O O C (D O (b
<5"->»<-
9 equal Spaces (a)lli"-llh"-
N' IS Brass Tubirnj Stubs Gaqe. COZe Thick
Annealed Sc Tthned
FIG. 1.
k
were drilled
through the tube
wall to i in. diam-
eter after which
the tube was
placed in a press
and with a gang
punch the holes were enlarged to 4 in., the punches
drawing down the metal to form the internal lip or
flange which is about -h in. deep.
Later an ingeniously designed set of press tools was
made to perform the operation at a single stroke of
the press without preliminary drilling. These tools
are shown by Figs. 2, 3 and 4 herewith.
The die construction combines a work holding man-
drel with the die proper and the latter is fitted also
with a long wedge which provides for collapsing the
die in the work thus enabling the pierced tube to be
readily removed after the press ram has completed the
up stroke.
In Fig. 2 the die is shown in place in the press and
in Fig. 3 the die and wedge are seen withdrawn from
^^^
Showing Hole after bemcf Punched
DETAILS OF RADIATOR HEADER
the front eleva-
tion and sections
it will be seen
that the die pro-
per, C, is in the
form of a round
bar which is ma-
chined from end
to end to form a
flat taper face be-
low the center,
the slope being A in. per foot. In this flat lower face
there is cut a guide groove and the wedge D which is
made to a corresponding taper on its upper face has a
tongue to fit the groove. This construction will be
noticed in the cross sections in the drawings. The two
members, the die and wedge, when together form a
cylindrical bar which is relieved on the sides to provide
a certain amount of clearance to permit easy removal
from the work. When the tube to be pierced is slipped
over the die, the die constitutes also a carrying mandrel
for supporting the inside of the tube during the piercing
operation. For placing the work on the die the wedge
is removed from the latter and the tube slipped into
place on the die. The wedge is then slipped into place
fitting snugly into the tube to be pierced and when the
FIG. 2. THE DIE IN PLACE IN THE PRESS
FIG. 3. THE DIE AND WORK REMOVED FROM THE PRESS
i/bo^Y
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
FIG. 4. DETAILS OF THE PUNCH AND DIE
die and its wedge are in the locating blocks F and G
the entire device is securely held for the piercing opera-
tion. Withdrawal of the wedge by means of the handle
at the right-hand end allows the die to release the work.
Note the shape of the punches, detail No. E, Fig. 4.
Instead of flat ends with keen corners as with the
usual piercing punches, they have rounded ends crowned
to a height of it in. This is because the punches act
as combined drawing and piercing tools. They are in
reality what is sometimes known as "pinch off"
punches. After the punches strike the brass tube their
first work is to draw the metal down into the counter-
bored chambers at the top of the die opening. Each
chamber is the diameter of the piercing hole plus twice
the thickness of the brass, in other words i in. plus
twice 0.072 in., or 0.644 in. in diameter. As the metal
is drawn down into these counterbored recesses in the
die it forms a shallow shell and continued descent of
the punch cuts out the bottom of the metal, leaving a
ring or flange around each pierced hole.
There is one detail connected with this set of tools
which is not shown on the drawing referred to but
which will be seen in Figs. 3 and 5. This is a form
of stripper plate which is slipped into the die-shoe jaws
above the work. In Fig. 3 the plate with its series of
holes to clear the punches will be noticed in the fore-
ground while in Fig. 5 the plate is shown in position
over the die in the press. This plate is planed down along
each edge to form guide surfaces which enter corre-
sponding grooves in the long jaws attached to the face
of the die shoe.
Another interesting set of dies is shown in Fig. 6.
These dies are for piercing a long slot in a fiber tube
to be used for a conduit. The die itself is in the form
of a long arbor or mandrel over which the fiber tube
i.'- placed for slotting. The mandrel is slotted out as
shown to give the right size of die hole and a clearance
slot is cut out below in the bed which carries the die, to
enable the punchings to drop out through the press
bolster. The punch is an inserted blade in a holder as
may be clearly seen to the right. The special fea-
ture of the punch is the method of forming a shearing
cut from each end toward the center. ' This shear angle
is about 5 or 6 deg. and is sufficient to enable the ends
cf the punch to strike the fiber surface and enter well
into it before the length of the surface has been cut to
any appreciable distance. The resulting action is an
easy shearing cut which, starting from both ends simul-
taneously, pierces out the slot with uniform degree of
smoothness and without tendency of crowding.
FIG. 5. DIE WITH STRIPPER PL.\TE IN POSITION. FIG. 6. TOOLS FOR SLOTTING FIBER TUBES
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
989
Common Sense in Engineering*
By WALTER M. McFARLAND
Manager, Marine Department, Babcock & Wilcox Co., New York City.
This is a common- seruse lecture on Common
Sense in Engineering. The author follows what
he refers to as the "case system" — developing
principles by the examination of specific cases.
This system is ahoays a favorite with the party
on the receiving end of a lecture, and the reader
of this article will he in no tvay disappointed.
THE term "common sense" is used with great
frequency, and yet, as you know, with different
meanings. Indeed, it is sometimes said that
common sense is really very uncommon. To avoid
ambiguity we will attempt a definition as follows:
"Common sense" is the application to the solution of
problems of one's best experience and judgment with-
out prepossession or prejudice. The qualifying clause
is most important, because innumerable cases have
occurred where an erroneous decision was reached by
men of great ability just because they allowed their
judgment and experience to be overruled and biased by
prepossession or prejudice.
Possibly the most striking case of this kind, which
is known to everybody, is that of the unwillingness
of the Syrian general Naaman to take the advice of
the prophet Elisha in order that his leprosy might be
cured. You remember that the prophet told him to
wash in the River Jordan. Naaman's prejudices,
however, made him object to this extremely simple cure,
and he wanted to know why the rivers of Damascus
would not be better. His servant had more common
sense than the master, for, as you remember, he said
to him that if the prophet had directed him to do
some great thing he would have done it at once, and
why not follow out this perfectly simple injunction?
The common sense of the servant prevailed and the
general was cured of his leprosy.
Shrewdness Really Keen Observation
It should also be very thoroughly understood that
far from excluding all the benefits of education and
intellectual training, the true meaning of "common
sense" assumes these as vital factors. In other words,
to praise and emphasize the importance of common
sense does not mean to disparage education, but, on
the contrary, insists upon it most strongly. On account
of the native shrewdness sometimes exhibited by unedu-
cated men there is occasionally a tendency to think that
common sense is a gift which can compensate for the
lack of education. In fact, the shrewdness displayed
by these uneducated men when analyzed will be found
to agree entirely with our definition above. They are
really keen observers, and have, within their limit, good
experience, so that the sound judgment which they dis-
play is really a good illustration of common sense.
It would be found, however, on test that the field with-
in which their judgment could be exercised is very
limited as compared with that of the highly-educated
engineer.
•From the J. K. Aldred I^ectures on Engineering Practice, of
tlie Joiins Hopkins University, Department of Engineering.
In discussing the subject of our lecture I propose
to follow what is called in the law schools the "case
system"; that is, to develop principles by the examina-
tion of specific cases. This is usually clearer, more
interesting and more satisfactory than to announce
abstract principles and then attempt to elucidate them.
Watt and the Steam Engine
A striking illustration of common sense in engineer-
ing is the rpvolution in the use of steam brought about
by James Watt, inventor of the separate condenser.
The steam engine as invented and developed by New-
comen was doing useful work, but it was very generally
realized that it was exceedingly wasteful. As you will
remember, the engine worked at atmospheric pressure,
steam being admitted from the boiler underneath the
piston, which was slightly overbalanced so that it would
then ascend to the top of the stroke. A spray of cold
water was injected inside the cylinder, which condensed
the steam, producing a partial vacuum. The pressure
of the atmosphere caused the descending stroke of
the piston. It seems to us now that it ought to have
been perfectly evident that, as the cylinder was neces-
sarily chilled in causing the condensation of the steam,
there would inevitably be great initial condensation of
the newly-admitted steam before the temperature could
be raised sufficiently to permit the steam to fill the
cylinder, and that, in consequence, it was almost obvious
that the condensation should take place in a separate'
vessel. It was, however, not until the Newcomen
engine had been used for nearly seventy years that this
revolutionary change was made by Watt, who was led
to it when making repairs to the model of a Newcomen
engine at the University of Glasgow. It must not be
supposed because Watt was an instrument maker that
he was not a scientific man. He was a friend and
pupil of Professor Black of the University, who is, per-
haps, best known as the discoverer of latent heat, and'
it is probable that this scientific knowledge led him
to the careful study of conditions which resulted in
the invention of the separate condenser.
Watt's Prejudice
As you know, Watt made other great inventions con-
nected with the steam engine, so that, speaking gen-
erally, up to the time of the invention of the steam
turbine the improvements made by later inventors were
almost entirely in matters of detail rather than of prin-
ciple. It is very interesting to note in this connection
that, in spite of his shrewd common sense in his earlier
inventions. Watt's prejudices led him to oppose very
strongly the use of high pressure. Doubtless it was
because the success of his early work was in connec-
tion with very low pressures that he was so prejudiced,
but it illustrates the point that, notwithstanding his
wonderful ability, he did not use common sense with
respect to the higher pressures.
As we now look back over the further improvements,
in the steam engine, we are greatly surprised to find
that it took so long to apply fully the principle which
Watt had announced of endeavoring to keep the cylinder
as hot as the entering steam. Of course, it is impos-
990
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
sible to do this completely when the cylinder head and
passages have just been in communication with the
exhaust at a much lower temperature than the incoming
steam. Nevertheless, it should have occurred to a
careful analyst of the conditions that division of the
expansion into two or more stages in separate cylinders
would make the temperature variation in each particular
cylinder very much less and would thereby conduce to
economy. Long after the compound engine, with the
expansion in two stages, had become quite common this
point was not fully appreciated. Indeed, as late as
1880 Rankine's Treatise on the Steam Engine, then
considered the best work on the subject, distinctly
stated that, so far as economy in the use of steam is
concerned, it made no difference whether the expansion
occurred in one, two or a dozen cylinders. After the
principle was thoroughly appreciated and when improved
materials permitted the construction of boilers for much
higher pressures, the introduction of the triple expan-
sion and quadruple expansion engines came almost as
a matter of course.
Westinghouse and the Air Brake
For a number of years I had the pleasure of frequent
association with that great mechanical genius George
Westinghouse, the inventor of the air brake, while I was
an officer of one of his companies, and on one occasion
I heard him tell the story of the final step in his
invention of the air brake, which is a splendid illus-
tration of common sense. He was led to invent a power
brake of some kind by his knowledge of the inadequacy
of the means then employed, and his first idea was of
one operated by steam. He fully realized the disadvan-
tages due to condensation, but thought at first that
these must be accepted. He had devised the brake
cylinder and rigging under the car and was nearly ready
to experiment. He was a reader of the Scientific
American, and one day the new issue contained a
description of the mechanical features of driving the
Mont Cenis tunnel under the Alps. This described
the rock drills driven by compressed air, and inci-
dentally stated that, at the time the article was written,
the heading of the tunnel where the drills were working
was about a mile from the air-compressors outside the
mouth, and that there had been no trouble on account
of this distance between the generation and application
of the compressed air. He at once realized that here
was the ideal medium for transmitting his power. If it
was satisfactory for the rapid-working pistons of rock
drills at a distance of a mile from the compressor it
certainly would be satisfactory in the brake cylinders
under the cars at a distance measured by hundreds of
feet. Thus was born the air brake, which, with its
subsequent developments and improvements, has prob-
ably done more for the safety of high-speed railroading
than any other single invention ever made.
The first great improvement was again a beautiful
illustration of common sense. In the beginning the
idea was to apply the brakes on all the cars practically
at the same moment so as to stop all the cars at the
same time. After this had been successfully accom-
plished and people began to rely thoroughly on the
brake, an accident occurred when some cars broke from
a train on an incline, which left nothing but the hand
brakes to stop the descent of the detached cars. Up
to that time, when it was desired to apply the brakes,
pressure was admitted to the train pipe, and so to all the'
brake cylinders. Common sense suggested to Mr.
Westinghouse that if it could be aranged to keep pres-
sure on the train pipe as the normal condition, with
the release of this pressure to set the brakes, then if
any cars became detached the brakes on the cars would
be automatically set. To carry out this idea he invented
what is known as the "triple valve," which, in connection
with a reservoir of compressed air under each car, fully
accomplished this purpose of complete safety. The
triple valve fulfills the three purposes of filling the
reservoir under the cars, admitting the air from the
reservoir under each car to the corresponding brake
cylinder for the application of the brake, and exhausting
the air from the brake cylinder when the brakes are
to be released.
Nearly all of Mr. Westinghouse's many inventions
were illustrations of his splendid common sense, and
they evolved from existing methods to meet conditions
which arose in the application of the mechanism. One
of these inventions was made while I was with him, and
I knew many of the details, so that the story will, I
believe, interest you.
When Sir Charles Parsons had invented and developed
the steam turbine, until it became reasonably economical,
Mr. Westinghouse secured the patent rights for the
United States and proceeded to develop it chiefly in
connection with electric applications. As the power and
size of the turbines increased it was found that there
were difficulties due to the expansion of the material
accompanying temperature changes in such long struc-
tures. As you are aware, the Parsons turbine is of
the "reaction type." De Laval, a Swedish inventor,
had developed a different kind of turbine, known as
the "impulse type." In this latter the steam is expanded
in special nozzles before entering the blades so as to
reach them with a very high velocity and greatly
reduced pressure. Familiar as you are with the prop-
erties of steam, you know that this reduction in
pressure is accompanied also by a reduction in tem-
perature. Mr. Westinghouse was familiar with both
types of turbines, and it struck him that the way to
obviate the difficulty due to this expansion of the mate-
rial was a form of compounding the turbines somewhat
analogous to what has been done in the steam engine.
Consequently he bolted to the casing of the reaction
turbine a small independent but connected casing con-
taining a few rows of impulse blades and reduced the
pressure from the initial figure of about 200 lb. to
about 75 lb. when it entered the reaction blading. This
smaller casing was free to expand without affecting
the larger one. Along with this he introduced what he
called the "double flow" principle by practically putting
two reaction turbines in the same casing with the higher
pressures in the center and the exhaust connection at
the ends. This solved the difficulty, and this method
in various forms is the one now used in all the large
turbines of today.
The Diesel Engine
The Diesel engine is a most interesting subject for
consideration by engineers on account of its remarkable
thermal efficiency of some 30 per cent, which is about
double that of good reciprocating steam engines. In
fact, marine records of good average practice are i lb.
of oil per brake-horsepower for the Diesel engine and
about 1 lb. of oil per indicated-horsepower for a good
reciprocating-engine plant.
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
991
More than twenty years ago Dr. Diesel believed he
had perfected his engine, and many engineers who had
studied his work went so far as to say that the steam
engine would be obsolete in a few years and would only
be found in museums. For a considerable interval
thereafter little more was heard of it until about ten
years ago. Possibly it was because the basic patent
expired at that time and possibly because the engine
had been worked out commercially; but at all events
the technical papers were full of accounts of Diesel
engines being fitted to numerous vessels, and again
there was the same prediction that the steam engine
would soon be displaced. As a matter of fact, the extent
of the use of the Diesel engine has been a great disap-
pointment to its advocates, and at the present time
relatively few are being installed in new vessels.
As information was published of the details of these
engines, it became apparent that they were all designed
with a horsepower per cylinder which did not exceed
250 to 300. At first there were a great many vague
statements that experiments were in progress with cyl-
inders to give from 1,000 to 4,000 hp. per cylinder. In
one such experiment there was an explosion with serious
consequences. At all events, for some time there has
been no talk , of these more powerful cylinders. It
will be realized at once that if any prime mover is to
be used for large powers it must be capable of con-
struction in large units. The reciprocating engines of
the S. S. "Olympic" have cylinders of 4,000 hp. each,
so that a single four-cylinder engine develops 16,000 hp.
A Diesel engine developing only 250 hp. per cylinder
would, of course, require sixty-four cylinders to give the
same power. The enormous multiplicity of parts to be
looked after and kept in adjustment, even if this were
individually easy, would be sufficient to prevent such
use, while, in fact, the Diesel engine requires unusual
care and attention to keep it in good order.
The question naturally arises, "Why is it that the
Diesel engine cannot be built in large sizes?" And
here common sense gives us the answer quite simply.
Like all other internal-combustion engines, the Diesel
engine requires that the cylinders be water-jacketed so
as to keep the barrel sufficiently cool to permit the
proper working of the pistons. The pressures carried
are quite high, from 700 to 1,000 lb. per square inch,
requiring a thick cylinder even for a power of 250
to 300 hp. The fact is that this thickness is evidently
about the maximum which will permit the interior cyl-
inder wall to be kept of a sufficiently low temperature
for satisfactory working. It happens that cast iron
is by far the best material which has ever been found
for the cylinders of quick-moving reciprocating engines.
If a material could be found which has all the fine
wearing qualities of cast iron with several times its
thermal conductivity, then we might expect Diesel
engine cylinders of greater power; but until that com^s,
or there is some other radical invention, the nature of
which is not now apparent, the Diesel engine seems
limited to small powers.
The Commercial Side of Engineering
There is another aspect of this case where that form
of engineering common sense which we may call the
"commercial side of engineering" comes in very prom-
inently. Popular descriptions of Diesel engines have
always laid stress on their elimination of the boilers,
with a consequent saving in space. They have, so far
as I know, carefully avoided a comparison of weights.
Through the kindness of a friend who is chief engineer
of a large shipbuilding company, and who had made
a very careful comparative study of Diesel engines and
steam turbines for certain vessels, I have been enabled
to secure reliable data on this point of weight. You
will perhaps be surprised to learn that for about 3,000
shaft-horsepower the Diesel engine installation weighs
nearly double the steam plant, including turbines,
boilers and auxiliaries. As might be expected, there is
also a very great difference in the first cost, the Diesel
engine exceeding the steam plant by over 50 per cent.
My friend made up a very careful comparison of the
operation of the two vessels, identical except machinery,
extending over a year, with the net result that the earn-
ings based on first cost worked out to almost the same.
This discussion emphasizes the importance of remem-
bering that thermal economy in an engine is only one of
the factors to be considered in determining whether
it is the best to use. Indeed the matter may be put in
this way : Every commercial engineering product must
show a profit on the investment. This is just as impor-
tant as high efficiency, adequate strength or admirable
design. Failure to show a profit will offset the greatest
merit in these other features.
Common Sense in Naval Engineering
A striking illustration of common sense in engineer-
ing came under my personal observation when I was in
the naval service, and is worth careful study.
The early vessels of what was then called our "new
navy," designed from, say, 1885 to 1890, were fitted
with independent air pumps for the main engines.
There were usually two air pumps driven by a small
two-cylinder compound engine of the crank and fly-
wheel type, the connecting rods of the pumps attaching
to the same crankpins as the connecting rods of the
engine. While an excellent design from the standpoint
of a steam engine for ordinary purposes, there was a
serious defect in these engines which was not realized
until after they were put in use, due to assuming that
an engine which would be satisfactory for ordinary
purposes would be equally satisfactory for operating an
air pump. In practice they proved very unsatisfactory.
If they were given sufficient steam to handle a heavy
load then they would run way with a light one. If
they were adjusted for the light load, then they would
stop when a heavier load came on them. In practice
this required a man to give them almost constant atten-
tion, which was very undesirable.
As soon as this trouble was recognized, the designers
at the Navy Department and in the various shipyards
began to scheme methods of remedying the difficulty,
and various methods were tried without success. Mean-
while the makers of standard pumps had developed a
direct-acting, twin-cylinder air pump somewhat on the
lines of their direct-driven water pumps, and this type
of air pump has proved a great success. It could be
run at any desired speed, depending on the output of the
main engine, and required practically no attention.
After this pump became available it was used exclu-
sively, but the older ships remained with the unsatis-
factory air pumps, and it was highly desirable, if
possible, to correct the defect without replacing the
air-pump engines. Finally Chief Engineer Bailey (now
Admiral Bailey), then Chief Designer in the Bureau of
Steam Engineering, took up the problem. I knew him
intimately, and he gave me the details of his solution
of the difficulty.
992
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
Recognizing that the direct-driven air pump was
satisfactory, his first step was to find the points of
difference between this type and the air-pump engines
previously used. The compound engine had been de-
signed with steam ports of the usual proportion, namely,
10 per cent of the piston area. In the direct-driven type
the ports were only about 3 per cent of the piston area.
In the direct-driven type the port opened wide at the
very beginning of the stroke and stayed wide open until
almost the very end. The valve gear of the compound
engine was arranged, as is usual in such engines, to cut
off at about three-quarters stroke ; and, being driven by
an eccentric, opened gradually and closed gradually,
being wide open for only a short time. Mr. Bailey's
conclusion was that the direct-driven pump builders had
wisely decided to make the port so small that, if the load
on the pump became very light and there was any ten-
dency to run away, the steam would be wire-drawn by
the small port, enough to prevent any excessive speed.
On the other hand, if a very heavy load came on the
pump, the port being wide open would permit the steam
pressure to come in to its full extent so that the piston
could not stop. With the existing conditions of the older
plant he must continue to drive the valve by an eccentric,
but he knew a valve seat could be fitted with ports about
4 per cent of the piston area, and a new eccentric and
valve could be fitted to work without lap or lead so that
the port would open at the beginning of the stroke and
would be open to some extent at all times. This change
was made, and the result was complete satisfaction, as
I can testify by personal observation from having been
on a vessel where the change was made during my
service. I consider this one of the best illustrations of
common sense in engineering that I know.
It was emphasized in the beginning of the lecture that
common sense does not mean lack of education or
absence of fine professional equipment. Indeed, these
are vitally necessary, and the story which I am about to
tell you will show that a well-equipped man is able
to give an opinion which seems almost uncanny.
Judging Speed From Smoke-Stack Size
An accomplished naval engineer, who was one of my
instructors at the Naval Academy, once told us of an
amusing experience with reference to estimating the
speed of a ship. He was attached to a vessel on the
Asiatic Station, and during his service a new passenger
vessel came out from England which was reputed to be
very fast for those days. The two vesels happened to
be in port together, and when passing the liner in one
of the ship's boats one of a party of officers remarked
that this vessel could make sixteen knots. M.v friend
looked at the vessel a little while, and said: "That is
impossible, and her speed is probably not over fourteen
knots." He was at once asked how he could be so sure,
and he replied: "I can tell by the size of the smoke-
pipe." This led to jeers from some of the party, who
really thought the answer was a joke. Those of you who
have studied boiler design at all will probably know at
once that there was a real foundation for his statement,
and for the benefit of the rest I will give this analysis
of the way in which he formed an opinion:
In a well-designed boiler installation there is a definite
relation between the cross-sectional area of the smoke-
pipe and the grate surface. It was before the days of
forced draft, so that he knew the amount of coal that
could be burned per square foot of grate surface, and,
with the average economy of the machinery, the horse-
power which would result. He was a man who had made
a careful study of the propulsion of vessels, and knew
roughly about what horsepower would be needed to
drive a vessel of the size in question at a speed of
sixteen knots. He could estimate fairly the diameter
of the smokepipe, and with this as a basis a hasty
mental calculation showed that the power which the
machinery could develop was very much less than would
have been necessary for sixteen knots. If any of you
have had the opportunity to observe the transatlantic
steamers you will appreciate this point about the smoke-
pipe by the actual conditions of some of the great liners
of today. The S. S. "Mauretania," which is a vessel of
about 70,000 horsepower and twenty-five knots speed,
has four huge funnels, while the White Star liners of
nearly the same displacement have only two moderate-
sized funnels, but they make only about sixteen knots.
So you see that a man who is well posted professionally
in marine matters could really form a fair judgment as
to the speed of a vessel by the size of her smokepipe.
An Important Feature
A very important feature in your engineering educa-
tion and experience is to discover in any specific case
the general principle which is involved and which may
often be utilized to advantage elsewhere with consider-
able differences of detail from the original case. A
circumstance of this kind came under my observation
and illustrates the point quite well.
It was customary in the engines of the navy up to
about the beginning of the so-called "new navy" to
make the eccentric straps of brass. Somewhat earlier
than this, when steel castings had become available,
designers for engines of the merchant service had made
eccentric straps of steel castings lined with white metal,
the idea being, of course, that the white metal furnished
the suitable bearing surface, while the steel casting gave
adequate strength. The steam launch on one of our
vessels had the eccentric straps made of brass, as usual,
J in. square in cross section, and one of them broke. It
was the lower half, which was a half circle with lugs
to bolt to the other part. The young engineer who was
charged with the repairs did not know of this practice
in the merchant service, and having always seen eccen-
tric straps made of brass, tried to make a temporary
repair by taking a couple of sheets of i in. sheet brass,
bending them to shape, riveting them together with a
few copper rivets and bending over the ends to make
lugs for attachments to the other part of the strap.
Unfortunately, sheet brass is rather brittle, and, as
might have been expected, this temporary strap broke
off where the lug had been bent. After trying this a
couple of times he was about to give up the attempt at
repair and have a new strap made at a shop on shore.
Another young engineer on board knew of the practice
in the merchant service. It was out of the question, of
course, to get a steel casting, and it would have been
difficult to arrange for using white metal, but he remem-
bered the principle of a proper bearing metal to go
against the eccentric, backed up by a stronger one to
stand the stress. Accordingly he took a piece of 4-in.
square bar iron, had it bent to shape and faced it with
one of the strips of J in. sheet brass, securing it to the
wrought-iron backing with the copper rivets. This was
properly fitted to secure a good bearing, and, of course,
worked with entire satisfaction. Later on a new brass
strap was secured for use, if necessary, but the repair
was so satisfactory that the new strap was never used.
F
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deed — and Demand One
993
From the circumstances existing in educational estab-
lishments it is practically a matter of necessity that in
solving problems the data should be furnished you and
your work should be chiefly the handling of these data.
When you get out into actual practice an exceedingly
important part of your work will be the securing of
these data accurately, which means that the observations
must be made with care and with the aim to be thor-
oughly correct and reliable. It is not always possible
to devise simple checks on the observations which will
tell at once whether the records are reasonably accurate,
but there are many cases where such checks do exist,
and you should endeavor, if possible, to ascertain what
such checks are. Some will come from previous observa-
tion and experience, some from study, but a great many
will be a matter of common sense. A striking case which
came under my observation and where common sense
was the check is worth telling.
Most of the Mediterranean ports are protected by
breakwaters so that the water inside is smooth, and as
a result when coal is brought off to vessels it is in rec-
tangular piles on flat scows. Unfortunately, coal dealers
in the Mediterranean have a rather bad reputation for
trickery. Consequently, in naval vessels when coal is
taken on board great care is used in measuring the coal
piles so as to be sure of the amount received. I was
attached to a vessel which coaled in the harbor of
Algiers. A couple of our midshipmen were detailed to
measure the coal piles, which were, roughly, 40 ft. long,
20 ft. wide and between 5 and 6 ft. high. At the end of
the first day they handed in figures to show the amount
received which came to 375 tons. The executive officer
of the vessel had been attached to her for some two years,
and so was familiar with the rate at which coal could be
taken in. He said at once that some serious mistake had
been made, for the reason that never before had more
than 300 tons been received in one day, even when the
conditions were better for rapidity than existed at
Algiers.
Common Sense in Checking Up
The midshipmen were told to go over their work
again to see if there was any mistake, and they
examined their computations but could find no error.
I was the possessor of a slide rule, and was, therefore,
supposed to be something of an expert on figures, and
was called in to see if I could find what was wrong.
I had had nothing to do with the coaling, but was on
board during the day, and happened on several occasions
to notice the young men while they were making their
measurements. I checked up some of their arithmetical
work and found it was correct, so it seemed that the
trouble must be in the measurements themselves. I
remembered that when I saw them making the measure-
ments the particular piles on which they were working
did not come above their heads, while I noticed a great
many heights recorded as being over 6 feet. The solu-
tion of the difficulty then occurred to me at once. They
had used one of the tape measures from the engine room.
If you do not know it now you will learn by experience
that the ordinary linen tape measures are fitted with a
brass ring in the end for convenience and to prevent the
tape from slipping into the case. These rings are invari-
ably torn off after a relatively short service, and the
common practice is then to tie a knot in the end of the
tape and to make all measurements from the 1 foot mark.
I asked the midshipmen if they had used the linen tape,
and found they had. It appeared on further investiga-
tion that the man who held the knot recorded the figures,
which were called off by the man at the other end. The
recorder assumed that the other man had deducted one
foot before calling out the measurement, while the man
at the other end called off what he saw, assuming that
the recorder would deduct one foot. There would have
been no easy way to check this on the measurements of
20 ft. and 40 ft., but obviously it was absurd to put
down heights of 6 ft. 3 in. and 6 ft. 6 in. when, as a
matter of fact, they were looking over the piles. Re-
membering that when I saw them the piles were below
the top of their heads, I asked them if there were any
piles which they could not look over. On reflection they
said that there were none. I asked then where they got
their heights of over 6 ft., and at once the error de-
veloped that every measurement they had made was one
foot too great. When the correction was made the actual
amount of coal received was only 275 tons instead of 375.
As you hear the story you may think that these young
men were unusually stupid. As a matter of fact, this is
not true at all, and both have since made enviable rec-
ords in the navy. They simply failed to use common
sense in applying the obvious check as to height when
they could look over the piles of coal, which should at
once have called their attention to the carelessness with
which they were making the measurements.
Oil vs. Coal
While speaking of this subject of checks on observa-
tions you will in time acquire a great many of these
from practice and experience, and it is well to do so as
soon as possible. For example, with good average coal
of, say, 14,500 B.t.u.'s per pound, if all the heat went
into the formation of steam (that is, 100 per cent effi-
ciency) you would have an evaporation from and at
212 deg. F. of about 15 pounds. Likewise, with good
quality fuel oil of, say, 19,500 B.t.u.'s the corresponding
evaporation would be about 20 pounds. These are fig-
ures easy to remember, and when you remember in
addition that the best average results in good boilers
are about 75 per cent efficiency with coal and from 80
to 82 per cent efficiency with oil, you will be in a position
to discourage fairy tales about remarkable perform-
ances in the way of boiler efficiency. It is the custom
now in all carefully-conducted boiler tests to tabulate
what is known as a "heat balance," showing the way in
which the heat in the fuel is distributed. Two elements
of loss which are present in every fuel are the heat
carried away in the dry chimney gases and the loss due
to moisture formed by the burning of hydrogen. The
sum of these two losses at moderate rates of combustion,
is, roughly, about 15 per cent in the case of coal, and
about 14 per cent with oil fuel. You will see at once
that if all the other losses are eliminated the possible
efficiencies would be only roughly some 85 per cent.
Consequently, if figures are shown you indicating an
evaporation of 13 or 14 pounds of water per pound of
coal, or 18 or 19 pounds of water per pound of oil, you
will know at once that these results are impossible.
Either there has been excessive priming of the boiler or
there has been an error in the observation of the
amounts of fuel and water.
. Some years ago a friend of mine who is a very able
engineer was discussing the matter of what is known as
"surface combustion," where the gasified fuel passes
through a porous earthen plate and burns on the sur-
face. He asked if I had gone into the matter carefully,
and I told him that while I had read something about it
994
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
I did not know very much. He then went on to say that
it was a matter of the very greatest importance because
the efficiency with this method of combustion was
claimed to be five or six times as great as by any other
method. I reminded him at once that this was absurd
because a good average performance with oil fuel gave
80 per cent efficiency, and five times this would have
been 400 per cent, which was, of course, ridiculous. He
then concluded that the ratio of five or six times referred
to the efficiency of an open grate or some other similar
very inefficient method of burning coal.
While as engineers we always want our work to be
accurate, common sense teaches us that there is a time
for everything, and there are often occasions where you
want to reach a decision quickly and where approximate
data will be just as useful as those which are absolutely
accurate. You will find as you go along that there are
a number of "thumb rules" or "round figures" which are
very convenient to carry in your memory for just such
occasions. For example, a square foot of sheet steel
1 in. thick weighs approximately 40 lb., which gives you
a "round figure" easy to remember and easy to divide
for sizes which you are likely to need. The error is only
about 2 per cent. Again, 1 ft. in length of a tube 4 in.
in diameter gives one square foot of surface, and 2 ft.
long'of 2 in. diameter, and 4 ft. long of 1 in. diameter.
Here the error is a little greater, being about 4 per cent.
There is another convenient figure to remember at the
present time — when the question often comes up as to
whether it will pay to change a coal-burning installation
to one using oil. If you will take the relative thermal
values of oil and coal and allow for the higher efficiency
when using oil than coal, which is, roughly, about 10
per cent of the efficiency with coal, you will find that the
cost for the same thermal value of fuel may be expressed
as follows :
When the price of oil in cents per gallon is half the
price of coal in dollars per ton (of 2,240 pounds) the
cost for the fuel only is the same. In other words, two-
cent oil costs the same as 34 coal. There are economies
in using oil due to a smaller boiler-room staff, the
absence of ashes and other things, which must be con-
sidered, but this "thumb rule" will often enable you to
say whether the step is worth considering at all. For
example, if oil is selling at five cents a gallon while coal
can be obtained for $5 a ton, it is perfectly evident that
the difference in the cost of the fuels is so great as to
make it unwise to change. If, however, oil, say, is four
cents a gallon and coal $7 a ton, the difference is then
so small that it is possible the other savings would jus-
tify shifting over to oil, so that it is advisable to make
a detailed investigation.
From one point of view the talk that I have given you
may be regarded as rather disconnected, because so
many subjects have been considered, and yet the same
theme runs through them all— the application of com-
mon sense in the solution of engineering problems. Per-
haps the very diversity of the subjects may impress you
all the more with the great importance of common sense.
My aim has been to encourage you to develop and
trust your own common sense by showing how it applies
everywhere and is of the greatest service. Indeed,
without it great mental ability is often helpless or goes
wrong. One of the most brilliant engineers whom I
know, who has designed some of our most important
electrical machinery, and who is an accomplished sci-
entist, once said "nine-tenths of good engineering is
common sense." And, in closing, let me say again that
common sense is not a special gift and does not replace
careful study, but it does mean the application to the
problem at hand of your best experience and judgment
without prepossession or prejudice.
Large Gang Punch and Die
By Harry Johnson
To make the angle iron piece, partly shown in the
foreground of Fig. 1 and also in detail in Fig. 2, the
dies also shown in Fig. 1 were designed.
As the stock enters the die from right to left, the
first stroke of the press cuts out an angular piece, this
giving the notch on each end of the piece.
Before the second stroke of the press, the angle iron
is pushed ahead under the notching punches. On this
stroke the notches are cut, the round holes in the end
are punched and the stock is cut apart. On the first end
of the bar, a short piece of scrap is produced. After the
second stroke, every stroke produces a completed piece.
FIG. 1. HEAVY NOTCHING AND PIERCING TOOL
The unique feature of this die is the slide which
punches out the angular notches. This slide is inclined
slightly from the horizontal, so that it clears the lower
limb of the angle and cuts cleanly into the comer where
the horizontal and vertical limbs join. The slide is
carried forward on the cutting stroke by the long wedge
which may be seen projecting from the end of the punch
holder. The return stroke is accomplished by means of
two heavy coil springs which are recessed inside the
base casting.
The notching punches are plain flat strips of steel
closely fitted to grooves in the punch holder, and held
in place by clamps as shown. The groups at the far end
of the punch holder consist of four round punches, with
the cut-off punch between.
This punch and die performs at one stroke an amount
of work which would call for the following single opera-
tions: Cut; notch two ends; cut nine square notches;
punch four round holes.
It is used in a Long & Allstatter punching machine.
The ends of the vertical notching punches were
staggered as to height, so that the punches strike the
stock at different times.
/"
3E
X
FIG. 2. THE PIECE PRODUCED
November 25, 1920
iiiiiiii'ii'ii!iiiniiiiiiMiiiii[iiiiiilllllHlliU
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
WO
Little Journeys of an Editor
^ggg-^e, E//sworth She/don
\ \\Vs\BBI?^- /Jssoc/ate Ed/for /Jmerican Machinist
giilliliimniimiiiiiiimmiimmiiiiniiiiimmiiiE
BCubnd
^iiniiTiiiiiiiuiiiiiiMtiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiminiiiHiiiiMifflhiiiiiiiiiniiiiuuiiiiHiuniKiiiiuiiiiriiiiiiiiiiriuHiriiuiiniinuitiiiiiiiiiiiH
AN INTERESTING old machine shop whose win-
Z-k dews have for seventy years looked out upon the
±. JL turbid, iron-stained waters of the Monongahela
River just above its junction with the Allegheny, is
that founded in Pittsburgh in 1847 by William J.
Renton and which, under the guidance of his sons
Walter, George and John, is still doing business at
the old stand.
In those far-off days, to towns situated as is Pitts-
burgh, the rivers were the
highways of commerce and
the business activities of
the town were quite apt to
be centered along the water
front. Here were the im-
portant hotels, the larger
stores, the open-air mar-
kets; and here, too, were
the furnaces, the mills, the
factories and the machine
shops that were the expo-
nents of American indus-
trial life. Railroads, though
not unknown, were few and
far between, scantily
equipped, and had not yet inspired the public with confi-
dence in their future.
Mountain roads, almost impassable in Winter and
Spring, were about the only link of communication with
inland towns, as was the horse or ox practically the
only engine of transportation, leaving to the river
steamboat, then in the heyday of its glory, the honor
as well as the responsibility of keeping cities fortunate
enough to be situated on Nature's highway, in touch
with each other and with the outside world. It was
a day that inspired the proverb to the effect that "large
rivers run by large towns."
The Pittsburgh of 1847 was a large town as towns
were then considered. It had not yet acquired either
of the titles— "The Iron City" or the "Smoky City"
by which it later became known throughout the world,
and to a Pittsburgher of today it would have seemed
but a country village. Yet its importance as a center
An editor on the road has no business hours.
His time is subject to the convenience of others,
and he is as likely to be doina real work at
3 a. m. as at 3 p. m. Nevertheless he must have
his moments of relaxation. There are times
when appointments fail, trains do not connect,
or he just naturally has to wait for something or
somebody. During these off moments he is not
ahvays asleep, and he will, under this heading,
fro7n time to time endeavor to interest the read-
ers with accounts of things that he sees and
hears aside from the main business of his trips.
of maritime commerce was relatively greater and its
volume of river-borne traffic larger than it is now.
In early manhood the elder Renton, impelled by the
genius for mechanics within him, sought service in
the engine rooms of the river boats and soon acquired
a reputation as ap exceptionally skilled and resourceful
engineer, and that in a day when an engineer was not
only supposed to keep his engines at all times in readi-
ness to move in response to the pilot's bell, but was
' likewise expected to repair
or rebuild an engine in case
of accident, or to install a
new one should occasion
arise. His skill in this
direction being much in de-
mand among boats other
than the one upon which he
was employed, Mr. Renton
at length decided to break
away from the routine of
the river boatman's life and
establish himself in the
business of building and re-
pairing steam engines. To
this end he started a small
shop upon the ground where the present shop stands
at the corner of Water and Ferry Sts., a short distance
from where the Allegheny and Monongahela Rivers
unite to form the Ohio.
Machine shops and machine tools of three-quarters
of a century ago were not the places and instruments
of precision that they are now. Lathes were made
largely of wood; planing was generally done with a
hammer by the blacksmith before the forging got cold,
while a favorite method of finishing flat surfaces of
cast iron was by means of a hammer and chisel fol-
lowed by a "dutch planer" otherwise known as a 14-in.
coarse file. Mr. Renton, therefore, before going into
the business of making machinery for others was
obliged to become a machine-tool builder, with himself
as the customer.
Not only was the machinery of the machine shop
built partly of wood but so, also, was much of the
996
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
machinery turned out by it. Tlie base or bed of an
■engine, particularly a steamboat engine, was a "tim-
ber"; the long unwieldy "pitmans" were (and still are)
made from a single spar bound with iron; valve and
reach-rods, levers, and other minor parts were jobs
for the carpenter and ship builder rather than for
him whom we now call machinist.
Running a lathe in those days was not the "cinch"
that it afterward became; there were no
slide rests and no feeds to "throw in" so
that the lucky operator could start things
moving and then
go to sleep on a
soap box. Turn-
ing was accom-
plished with the ^ "HOOK-TOOL'
"hook-tool," two OF 1850
of which still oc-
cupy positions of safety (for the operator)
if not of honor, under the safe in Walter
Renton's office. He calls them his "relics
of barbarism."
The picture of one of these tools that was
doing valiant service 60 or 70 years ago
appears on this page in Fig. 1. To use it
the lathesman settled the point of the hook into the
rough surface of the T rest, held the long end firmly
upon his shoulder with one hand while with the other
hand he tilted the downwardly projecting handle in such
a way that the lip of the tool was moved forward in a
direction pai-allel with the axis of the work.
If the piece being turned was good homogeneous
iron, little difficulty would be experienced. With a
properly ground lip the tool would almost feed itself
forward until the angle of presentation became too
great; when the heel or
"hook" would have to be
moved forward to get a
fresh bite. The long end of
the tool must be held tightly
down on the shoulder so
that the workman could at
all times feel the pressure,
and woe betide the unlucky
wight who let his attention
waver. George Renton told
me a story in which a ma-
chinist whom he called
"Charlie" was the hero and
this particular tool the vil-
lian. It seems that Charlie
was turning a piece of iron
in a lathe that stood before
an open window on the
Ferry St. side of the build-
ing. Either there was a
seam in the iron, or Charlie
for an instant forgot his re-
.sponsibilities, for the end of the tool suddenly flew up and
fetched him a resounding thwack under the ear that
nearly laid him out cold, after which it sailed merrily
out of the window and landed among some kids that
were playing in the street, scaring them into flight.
It took some moments and much sympathy and ad-
vice from his shopmates to restore Charlie's equilibrium
but when his head had cleared sufficiently to allow him
to navigate he went out into the street to retrieve the
tool. As he stooped to pick it up a large lady of Hiber-
nian extraction appeared suddenly from behind a
nearby tree and commenced to belabor him unmerci-
fully with a horsehide strap ; calling him between blows
a "dirty spalpeen that c'uldn't let the little childher
play widout t'rowin' t'ings at 'um." It required the com-
bined office and shop forces to effect an armistice.
After a job was roughed out with the hook-tool the
latter was ex-
changed for a
1 0 n g-h a n d 1 e d
square-nosed tool
which would be
pushed along the
top of the rest
with the hand, reducing the humps to the diameter of
the hollows left by the hook-tool. Although this finish-
ing tool was not quite so erratic in disposition as its
predecessor it still required a firm hand and a skill
born of long experience to do a creditable job.
Skill Required in Threading
Threading was done with two tools made especially
for the purpose. The first was a graver, having a
single sharp point with which the lathesman would
"start" the thread by a dexterous twist of the wrist,
running up a turn or two on the work. Here, too, only
the skill of the practiced artisan would suffice, for there
was nothing but the movement of his hand guided by
his eye to establish the lead.
When a partial thread of one or two turns had been
cut, the "chaser" was brought into service. This would
be a tool having several "teeth" of the exact shape and
pitch of the required thread. The first turn or two
cut by the graver served to start the forward move-
ment of the chaser and it
was up to the workman to
continue the same relative
rate of advance as he made
pass after pass over the
work until the teeth of the
chaser had gotten suffi-
ciently deep into the metal
to guide itself. By the time
the thread had been cut to
half its depth the chaser
would of course be guided
by its own accurately
pitched teeth, not only in-
suring the regularity of the
threads but correct the
slight inaccuracy of the
starting threads cut by the
graver. Capscrews, bolts,
studs, etc., were not then
available as a commer-
cial product, therefore the
making of these small but
important items was a stock job to be followed up when-
ever work ran slack, or inclement weather kept the
workers indoors.
Blacksmithing was a fine art and not a few parts
came, all finished and ready to take their place in the
machine, from the anvil. The good machinist was also
blacksmith, carpenter, millwright and pattern maker;
not infrequently foundryman as well. The broad axe
or the sledge; the plane and the bit-brace, or the ham-
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deed — and Demand One
997
mer, cold-chisel and file; they were all his familiars
and together with hook-tool and graver he was ex-
pected to handle them indiscriminately and with equal
skill. It was emphatically the day of the "all-round
man."
Crude Tools, but Accurate Work
Notwithstanding the crude tools, creditable jobs were
the rule. The skilled craftsman would leave a journal
as smooth and as parallel as would the average present-
day mechanic; or would cut threads that looked as
smooth and even, and served their purpose as well,
though probably were not as accurately to pitch, as
threads cut upon a modern engine lathe.
They did not talk about "splitting tenths" in those
days ; they split sixty-fourths instead, and a man who
could turn a piece, to "half a sixty-fourth was a good
workman." Yet, when it came to making a fit with
wire gage and caliper they worked as close in 1850
as they do in 1920; only they did not know it.
The principal line at the Renton shop in its earlier
years was the building and repairing of steamboat
engines, but with the rise of the steel and iron industry
in Pittsburgh the work gradually changed to the new
and heavier machinery required by the mills and
furnaces.
Doing Jobs Outside of the Shop
The size of a shop was no gage of the size of the
work it could handle. Many a job that was too big
to come in the front door was successfully accomplished
upon improvised rigs mostly made of wood and set up
outside. I was told of the boring of large cylinders set
vertically in timber cribs in the street; a boring bar
babbitted in place; boring head and cutter adjusted
and a long pole made fast to the upper end of the bar.
A mule attached to the free end of the pole furnished
the motive power and a boy, riding on the pole near
the center of activities, furnished the feed ; varying
the monotony from time to time by taking a whack at
the mule with a long-handled ox-goad.
Chamfering Attachment for Hand
Screw Machine
By Walter Symes
We had a quantity of punched washers to be cham-
fered, and the attachment here shown was designed to
be used in a hand screw machine. It worked very
successfully and we think it may be of interest to others.
The arbor A is made of tool steel, hardened and
ground. It is held in a draw-in collet in the machine
inliip
I B D
THE CHAMFERING TOOL
spindle. The end is ground to a slight taper to allow
it to enter the washer easily and still be tight enough
to drive.
The cutter B is held in a shank C by a suitable clamp.
The shank is made of machinery steel and carries the
disk D which is made of machinery steel, casehardened
and ground smooth on its face. The disk serves to hold
the washer on the arbor by spring pressure and also
acts to steady it while the tool is cutting.
The fingers E are for removing the washer from the
arbor when the operation is completed.
The washer is dropped on the springs F which are
fastened to the disk and which are made to suit the
size of the washer. The turret is then brought forward
so as to force the washer on the arbor and the forward
movement, continuing after the washer has gone on as
far as the taper will permit, forces the di.sk D back
against its supporting spring, thus having the effect of
projecting the tool to cutting position.
The turret is then withdrawn and the washer is
engaged by the fingers E which remove it from the
arbor whence it drops off into a suitable receptacle con-
veniently located.
This attachment may be used for various sizes of
washers by making arbors and springs to suit.
It is possible to chamfer 40 washers per minute.
Setting Small Nuts in Assembly Work
By H. S. Beeston
Notts, England
The writer noted with interest the article by Amos
Ferber on page 739, vol. 52, of the American Machinist,
describing the setting of small nuts in the assembling
C/oci- Spring A 0.0/5"
XO.OBO" Thick
Shank to Suit
Yankee S. Driver
Size and
"• Shape to
Suit Hut
TOOL FOR SETTING SMALL NUTS WITH A YANKEE
SCREWDRIVER
of electrical devices by means of the sensitive drill-
press and the tapping attachment. Having been
directly connected with the assembly of electrical in-
struments for the past six years I can testify to the
necessity for using tools of this class in order to keep
abreast of the demand for production.
For the same purpose as outlined by Mr. Ferber in
the above-mentioned article I have used the simple
device herewith illustrated, fitted to the driver socket
of a "Yankee" screwdriver, finding it quite as rapid
as using a drilling machine and having the advantage
of portability so that it may be used wherever con-
venient.
When used for setting small hexagon nuts the tool
is made with a hexagon recess to fit the nut, and hav-
ing one flat cut away to accommodate the spring (made
from a piece of clock spring) that enables the opera-
tor to pick up and hold the nuts to be assembled. A
downward push on the handle of the "Yankee" serves
to spin the nut to place and set it up tight.
I have found this tool, used in this way, to be a
production booster.
998
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
Your Liability for Concurrent Compensation
By CHESLA C. SHERLOCK
Not ail of us — executives or workmen — fully
understand the provisions of the workmen's
compensation acts. The compensation allowable
for various degrees of injury, resulting from the
same accident, is explained in this article and
the decisions of the courts of several states are
furnished for reference.
THE other day a large employer of labor asked me
this question: "For goodness sake, don't our
liability ever end under the workmen's compen-
sation acts? We always thought that when a workman
was injured in his line of duty that we owed him com-
pensation, but what happens when a workman receives
two injuries from the same accident? Do we have to
pay him double compensation?"
This is a question which has concerned not only the
employers; it has greatly concerned the commissions
and the courts administering the compensation laws.
The compensation acts have been unfortunate in their
wording and in the plan used to provide for compensa-
tion to injured employees. It was the aim of the com-
pensation acts, we will recall again, to take the place
of the common-law theory of damages, and to remedy
some of its evils.
And some of these evils which had worked the greatest
dissatisfaction with the laboring classes were the uncer-
tainty and the indefiniteness of recovery and the amount
thereof. The compensation acts were to be certain
and fixed in the fact that some recovery could be had,
and definite in the amount to be recovered, so far as
possible.
The framers of the acts provided a schedule to cover
every kind of an injury they could think of. They then
were faced with the conclusion that many workmen are
injured and incapacitated who do not suffer any of
these scheduled injuries. What were they to do with
them?
In order to cover all cases they put in a provision
which said in effect that anyone suffering an injury not
listed should have compensation during the period of
such disability not exceeding, however, a certain limit
as to time and amount.
So we find that it is entirely possible for a work-
man to receive an injury arising out of the same acci-
dent which would raise a question as to whether he
could force his employer to pay him as if he had, in
effect, suffered two separate and distinct injuries aris-
ing from two separate accidents.
Law Does Not Allow Double Compensation
Does the compensation act in your state permit a
double recovery for any given injury? It does not.
Let that point be kept firmly in mind from the very
beginning of this discussion. The law has never will-
ingly permitted one person to collect the same debt
twice, if it could help it. That is why, when the com-
pensation acts were adopted, all recourse under the
common law was cut off, and this provision made : That
in case a workman should be injured under circum-
stances which gave him a right to both compensation
and an action for damages under the common law, he
was forced by the law to make a choice, to decide which
branch of the law he wished to invoke, and having made
his choice he had to abide by it.
If there is any employer who has been in doubt on
this subject, let me bring to his mind at this time the
fact that if he is operating under the workmen's com-
pensation act that liability, in so far as his employees
covered thereunder are concerned, does not extend to
the old common law also. He need have no fear of
suit at law for damages in addition to compensation.
That right no longer is extended to his workmen. On
the other hand, if there are workmen not covered by
the compensation act in his employ who have a right
to sue him for damages in case of injury, he cannot be
called upon to pay them compensation also. The law
is settled on this point and the employer's liability is
single, not double.
The question we are discussing now is not with rela-
tion to a double liability as between the compensation
acts and the old common law, but with reference to a
double liability as under the compensation act alone.
Workmen are not to blame ordinarily if a single acci-
dent arising out of and in the course of the employ-
ment inflict several separate and distinct injuries upon
them. If a workman loses a foot, for instance, he is
entitled to a certain number of weeks' compensation
under the schedule. He is entitled to it whether the
disability in fact extends that far or not, for the law
has presumed that such is the extent of the disability.
Suppose, in addition, that the same accident causing the
loss of the foot severely wrenched and lacerated his
shoulder so that he can't stand erect or even sit up and
must lie in bed on account of it.
The loss of the foot is a single injurj' and the in-
capacity resulting therefrom is partial and permanent.
He will never have another foot. The injury to the
shoulder is total but in time it will heal and the inca-
pacity from such injury will pass away. So it is said
to be a total temporary disability. It also is separate
and distinct and is a compensable injury under the
acts. Both, however, sprang from the same accident.
The employer complains when the workman moves
for compensation for two injuries from the same acci-
dent. He claims that the workman is trying to recover
double compensation for the same injury. He also
states that he is charged to pay on the basis of acci-
dents, not on the basis of every separate and distinct
injury that the technicalities of the law or the genius
of lawyers can discover for the claimant.
This is not an isolated or fanciful case which I
have mentioned. It is one which has greatly concerned
thousands of employers everywhere ever since the first
compensation acts came into being ten years ago. Like-
wise it is one which has challenged the attention of the
courts and commissions on many, many occasions. It
is only within the past few months that any sort of
definite conclusion has been reached by the authorities,
and employers should feel gratified that at last some
light is to be shed on the subject.
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
999
I have witnessed, while serving on an industrial com-
mission, this question decided in several difTerent ways,
so I am not surprised to find that many of the states
are still far apart on it. New York, for instance,
decides the matter exactly the opposite of Connecticut
and Indiana.
The Connecticut Law
In Connecticut, a case came up where a workman had
sustained the loss of a leg and also an injury to a
shoulder in the same accident. The headnote to the
case states: "Under the Workmen's Compensation Act
where a workman sustains the loss of a leg and also
an injury to a shoulder in the same accident, resulting
in partial incapacity, compensation may be awarded
for such partial incapacity in addition to the specific
indemnity provided for the loss of the leg."
Elsewhere, in the same decision, it is said: "Where
an employee entitled to compensation under the Work-
men's Compensation Act for partial incapacity to his
shoulder and to specific indemnity for loss of a leg,
sustained in the same accident, the trial court, inas-
much as the act does not permit double compensation,
correctly made the awards consecutive, the award for
total incapacity to precede in payment that for the
partial incapacity."
Let us keep in mind this distinction made by the
court between "concurrent" compensation and "consecu-
tive" awards. The Connecticut court admits that the
Connecticut act does not permit double compensation
and seems to say by inference that to compensate two
injuries at the same time would be to violate the law,
but it sees no objection in paying for the two injuries
at separate times.
Considered in a technical sense every workman suffers
two injuries and the time limit imposed by the com-
pensation act upon them must run concurrently, but the
payment by the employer for them cannot run concur-
rently. This is a safeguard reacting to the benefit of
the employer.
Let us be specific : Every injury results in a tem-
porary disability. It may last but an hour, a week or
a month, and this temporary disability is present
whether a permanent injury is sustained or not. A
workman is injured by the breaking of a belt in a shop.
It strikes him in the side and wrenches an arm. He
suffers a temporary disability because of the shock, the
bruises and the wrenching. It may keep him in bed
for three months. Suppose that in addition it causes
him to lose the fourth finger of his hand. For such
injury we will say that he is entitled to 40 weeks'
compensation. The temporary disability due to the
lacerated arm runs concurrently with the permanent
disability suffered by reason of the loss of the finger.
The employer pays first for the greater injury, the loss
of the finger, and when the 40 weeks are up the tem-
porary disability has disappared and he is, therefore,
called upon to pay no compensation for it.
But suppose, and it was in a case of this kind that
my friend made his protest, that the temporary dis-
ability exceeds the permanent disability in point of
time, what then? Suppose the workman wants his
awards paid concurrently? Under the law he cannot
have them paid concurrently, but he can have an award
made concurrently for both injuries, but the best he
can hope for is to have them paid consecutively, and in
some states, particularly New York, he cannot have
them even paid consecutively.
In New York, it was shown that the workman's right
hand had been injured, the second finger being cut off
and the thumb and index finger severely lacerated. The
commission found that "claimant was totally disabled
for 10 weeks and awarded 8 weeks' compensation (minus
waiting period) and then awarded 30 weeks' additional
compensation for the loss of the second finger, to begin
at the expiration of the 8-week period."
The supreme court reversed a decision of the appellate
court upholding this award on the theory that the New
York act was not indemnity for the loss of a member
as such but compensation for disability to work on the
basis of average weekly wages.
Said the court: "Concurrent awards and consecutive
awards on separate items of physical impairment, dis-
connected from earning power, alike ignore the funda-
mental principle that the basis of compensation is a
sum payable weekly for a fixed time during which the
employee is actually or presumptively totally or partially
disabled and nonproductive. All compensation acts have
their foundation on the failure of the common law to
provide a remedy for accidental injuries where the
employer was not at fault, and both right and remedy
thereunder are unknown to the common law. . . .
While it may be urged that the law says that 'com-
pensation . . . shall be payable for injuries sus-
tained' and that injuries are recognized by law which
do not necessarily impair earning power for any fixed
period, such as 'serious facial or head disfigurement,' the
schedule of compensation refers to disabilities only, and
to compensation in case of disability only, and, so far
as compensation is allowed for injuries which do not
have any relation to disability for the full period for
which such compensation is allowed, such allowances
are the anomalies and not the characteristics of the
statute. Any loss of physical function detracts poten-
tially from earning power, and the Legislature is there-
fore justified in establishing a fixed period of compen-
sation based on a specific injury such as the loss of
a finger. If the injury detracts more or less from the
earning power than the period fixed by the statute, it
may at least be said that the rule is simple and the
scale of compensation definite. The word 'disability' in
the law as we read it, therefore, means 'impairment of
earning capacity' and not 'loss of member.' . . .
The entire matter is committed to the legislative dis-
cretion . . . which has not seen fit to provide for
concurrent ... or consecutive compensation. If
the act is not sufliiciently broad in view of the fact that
it covers negligent as well as non-negligent injuries,
we may not disregard its provisions to deal more scien-
tifically or justly with the subject."
The Law in Other States
However, in Minnesota, a case arose where a work-
man lost a thumb and index finger of his right hand.
For the thumb he was entitled to 60 weeks' compensa-
tion and 35 weeks for the index finger. The court made
the payments run concurrently. The case was remanded
by the supreme court for modification, the court point-
ing out that as the claimant had sustained two separate
and distinct injuries if awards were made to run con-
currently the amount payable weekly for 35 weeks would
be $15, or a sum greater than that allowed under the
statute.
Said the court: "This feature of the statute cannot
be ignored, or the particular provisions brushed aside
as unimportant. It must be recognized and effect given
1000
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
thereto. But this can be done only by requiring pay-
ment for each injury separately during the period
prescribed by the statute, one to follow the other. That
would not violate the maximum either as to amount or
the limitation of time."
Here, again, the court had no quarrel with the thought
of a double award, but merely as to the manner of
payment.
In Indiana, it was held that an employee who has
sustained two or more injuries in the same accident,
one of which is compensable under the specific schedule
for permanent partial disability, and the other or others
are compensable under another section, as for temporary
total disability, compensation may be awarded under the
specific schedule for permanent partial disability, and
also as provided in other sections for temporary total
disability, but that such awards should run consecutively
and not concurrently, not, however, for a period to ex-
ceed 500 weeks as provided by the act, or for an
amount exceeding $5,000 as provided by section 40 of
the act.
The court said: "To determine that in cases such
as are involved here the periods of compensation should
run concurrently would, in our opinion, violate the spirit
and the purpose of the act. It is therefore our judgment
that in such cases compensation should be awarded at
the 55 per cent rate, and that the periods should run
consecutively, but not to extend beyond 500 weeks, and
that the amount of the compensation should not exceed
$5,000."
Again the Connecticut court has said: "An injury
attended with blood poisoning might incapacitate for
an entire year, and the injured person would be entitled
to compensation for that period, provided no amputa-
tion were necessary; but if such injury was attended
with the loss of a small toe or the phalanx of a fourth
finger, compensation would be from six to thirteen
weeks. Our act does not permit double compensation,
and hence the trial court was correct in making these
awards consecutive; the award for the total incapacity
to precede in payment that for the partial incapacity."
It is useless to quote the courts further on this sub-
ject. The decisions based above are all from courts
of last resort in the respective states mentioned and
they are authoritative.
The courts, with one exception (New York), take
the position that concurrent compensation cannot be
awarded and no employer is liable therefor, but they
see no objection to awards for separate injuries spring-
ing from the same accident, provided the employer is
asked to pay for them in consecutive payments, the
award for permanent partial disability, or scheduled
injuries to be paid, first.
The New York court, however, seems to consider
"concurrent" and "consecutive" awards as one and the
same thing; that if one is not permissible under the
law the other should not be.
No matter what act you operate under, there is no
room for the feeling that the compensation acts call
upon you to pay for the same injury twice. Even in
those states permitting "consecutive" payments you
do not do that; you merely pay for the effects of the
one accident, in its relation to the whole amount of
disability actually caused the injured workman.
There is nothing unfair about it, under either con-
struction. It. is an attempt merely to harmonize the
two diverse sections of the statute and to render unto
each man — the workman and the employer — his due.
Is This a Punch Press Job?
By C. M. Starr
On page 372 of American Machinist, under the title
"Is This a Punch Press Job?" is an article which offers
a solution to the question previously raised by F. C.
Hudson, on page 1267, Vol. 52.
I think a better and easier way to do this work
would be by means of the little rolling mill shown in
the illustration, which represents a device that I made
several years ago for work similar in kind but differ-
ent in section. This device was made for and used
in an ordinary engine lathe of about 21-in. swing.
Referring to the drawing the letter A represents four
boxes or bearings of cast iron, planed square in all
directions, and bored through the center to take the
2:l-in. journals of the arbors which carry the rolls.
The boxes are held together in pairs by two bolts to
each pair; thus providing a means of adjustment to
maintain the required pressure on the work.
One arbor is made longer than the other and has
generous centers, so that the device may be placed
in the lathe, by which it is driven through the medium
of the regulation lathe-dog. A pair of gears suitably
mounted serves to drive the lower roll.
A spout or channel to guide the metal to be worked
is firmly screwed to bearing blocks of the lower roll
and a swinging strut pivoted under the spout fastens
to the cross-slide of the lathe carriage and prevents
the whole device from turning over with the lathe.
The rolls are of machinery steel, deeply carbonized,
made glass hard, and must be polished to a mirror
finish in order to make them do good work. They are
threaded to the arbors, one right and one left hand,
against a shoulder and should be plainly marked rigiit
and left so that there need be no guess-work when it
becomes necesasry to remove them from the arbor, for
they start hard.
It is a matter of a very few minutes to set up or
dismount this device in a lathe and it can, therefore,
be used to advantage in any lathe big enough to drive
it at such times as the lathe is not needed for other
work. With the backgears in, a very powerful drive
is secured.
The shape of the rolls shown in the cut is not
adapted to Mr. Hudson's work, but this is, of course,
but a detail of construction. With rolls of suitable
Hardened Koll
A PAIR OF ROLLS TO GO
IX A LATHE
shape and having interrupted
flats upon them, he could roll his
rod in mill lengths and later cut
off the pieces as required.
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1001
Franklin Transmission Case
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
The transmission case of the Franklin car is an
aluminum casting, as can be seen from the va-
rious illustrations. The machining operations in-
volve a number of interesting milling and boring
operations, some of the fixtures being of partic-
ular interest on account of some of the features
of their some%vhat unusual design.
A S in the machining methods of most pieces of this
l\ type, the first steps are to face-grind the top of
■1. JL the casting, drill the bolt holes and ream two of
them to be used for locating points in all future oper-
ations. After this is done, the transmission cases go
to the double-headed milling machine shown in Fig.
1, for the rough milling of the ends of the case.
The string fixture shown holds four of the cases
at one setting, each case being located by two dowel
pins, the face on the fixture squaring the castings with
the faces which have been previously milled. These
fixtures are very quick acting, the work being held
down by five straps, one at each end and one between
each of the castings. These straps are double ended
but do not bear directly on the casting itself. Instead
of this, the ends of the straps bear on the hook or
angle plunger A B, the cam C locking them securely in
position. For removing and replacing the work, the
hooks can be swung out of the way, each being pro-
vided with a round body as can be seen. These, in
connection with the quick acting cam C, enable the
cases to be quickly handled on and off the fixtures.
The inside faces of the idler gear bosses are machined
by means of the device shown in Fig. 2, the machine
used being a substantial hand milling machine which
is very convenient for work of this kind.
The cutter A is driven by gearing from the milling
machine spindle, the gears being protected by the plates
B. The transmission case is held against the angle
plate C, by means of the strap D and the hand screw
E. The stop F positions the strap D, and prevents it
being swung up too far before locking in place. The
case is positioned on the angle plate by dowel pins in
the reamed holes.
An interesting combined boring and drilling ma-
chine is shown in Fig. 3, which takes care of all the
holes in the ends of the case. Nearly all of the boring
bars and drills can be plainly seen, the large boring bars
being of the Davis expanding type while other holes
are bored and drilled by the spindles and tools shown.
It will be noted that the fixture holds two transmission
cases, but that each set of spindles is at work at a dif-
ferent end of the case. The first set of spindles bore
and drill one end and after the piece is removed, its po-
FIG. 1. MILLING ENDS OF CASE
FIG. 2. INTERNAL MILLING DEVICE
1002
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
NSiaiOa::xiQ
FIG. 3. BORING AND DRILLING CASE
sition is reversed and placed in the second fixture, a new
piece to be machined being ready to take its place.
This fixture uses a type of clamping fixture very
similar to that shown in Fig. 1, where the lever can be
seen between the cases.
After drilling and tapping the bottom of the case is
milled to insure clearance of the transmission gear.
Then the case goes to the fixture shown in Fig. 4 to
have the four bearing holes reamed as well as to ream
the hole for the shifter fork. The work is done on a
special machine. The boring bars are driven from the
central spindle A, which comes through the gear box
B, the whole box sliding on two rods, one being shown
at C. The boring bars are supported in the substantial
fixture which holds the transmission case and suitably
guided by removable bushings. The boring bars which
FIG. 4. FINISH BORING OPERATION
impart motion to the gear case B are fed by the hand-
wheel D.
The case is located by dowel pins in the usual man-
ner, and held in place by the three clamping screws
shown. The lower screw E, operates a regular strap
clamp, while the two upper screws form part of special
C-clamps.
Two other milling operations are shown in Figs. 5
and 6, each of which involves the use of a fixture of
different type. The first operation is on a Kempsmith
and the latter on a Becker vertical machine. In Fig.
5, the transmission case is located by the four corner
holes and held in position by the arms A and B, which
can be swung up into place or dropped entirely out of
the way, as desired. The two hand-screws C and D.
each provided with a large cap having a flat surface to
02MV |. "'»»»*••» ■
■F
L ' >«^^
^^^^^^9
•***'^ ^^^^^KK^^^^^^^^^^^^m^mi^^^^^^ ' *^Z?*^
FIG. 5. FINISH MILLING ENDS
FIG. 6. VERTICAL MILLING OPERATION
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1003
ffOTTSo^rmTCPliilWia^
■W"
nU.ff ■ I r— "
Wrmu
T
•r
W
^ r/
-^^,1^' I
i
. -1?:^*
rl^
ts.<.
• 'V
B-
v^^^^B^'f j^^^^B
N-
iy^W^M
^F'Mlr^i
1--
n ■'
^1 1^
'^n--
^,...... JJ^^^bL. ,.: -.. ^^^
k ^
FIG. 7. GRINDING TH33 COVBKS
prevent marring, hold the case firmly in position during
the milling operation.
In finish milling the side of the case, the casting is
positioned by a stud at A, Fig 6, M^hich enters the lower
shaft hole, while the two post positioning screws, B
and C, locate the case in the other direction.
Machining the transmission case cover, begins with
grinding the bottom surface, on a Blanchard machine,
as shown in Fig. 7. This view also shows the type of
clamp used, it being necessary to have the clamp bite
into the edge of the plate in order to hold it with
sufficient firmness and, at the same time, keep the
clamping jaw out of the way of the grinding wheel.
BIG. 8. BORING FOR THE LEVER
This view also shows how three covers are ground
at one setting, by being placed around the revolving
table. The fixtures are held in position by a magnetic
chuck, which forms the working table.
Then comes the drilling of the bolt holes, spot facing
the holes, and the operation shown in Fig. 8, which bores
the hole forming the opening for the transmission gear
shifting lever. This is a 2.25-in. hole with a tolerance
of 0.002 in. while the outside is turned 2.625 in. and
threaded sixteen per inch. The method of clamping
the cover to the special faceplate is by means of the
clamps A and B.
The under side of the cover has a slot g in. wide bv
FIG. 9. MILLING RECESS IN COVER
PIG. 10. GRINDING THE EDGES
1004
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
2A in. long, which is cut on the hand milling machine
shown in Fig. 9. Here again, the cover is located by
dowel, one being shown at A; and held in position by the
swinging arm B and the clamp C. Then there is back
facing, drilling and boring, after which the side is
ground to size on a Gardner grinding machine as shown
in Fig. 10. This finishes the operation, after which
the cover is ready for the assembling department.
Solving Poland's Industrial Dilemma*
By henry ANIELEWSKI
American Representative of the Polish Mechanics' Co.
POLAND today is seeking to break the "vicious
circle" of economic handicaps that is retarding
industrial development. The nation needs money
and raw materials in order to restore the full output of
the mills and factories; the nations which pwssess the
money and supplies are reluctant to make advances until
the mills and factories are fully productive.
The most successful attempt so far made in solving
this problem is through workmen's co-operation — the co-
operation and full accord, not only of the workingmen
possibilities of mutual benefit establishments which
avail themselves of the abilities of both the Polish
workers and the small American investors.
The Polish Mechanics' Co. was incorporated in Ohio
last year with a capital of one million dollars. American
citizens living in 186 communities joined in financing
the organization, and within a few months over 12,000
individuals had subscribed to the company's stock, the
holdings varying in size from one to sixteen shares with
a par value of .flOO. The truly representative character
MAIX A.SSKMBI^ING ROOM AXD MACHIXIC SHOP OI-' THK POREMBA PI.AXT
of Poland, but of their Polish-American brothers as well.
Under this plan the laborers in Poland will operate the
factories, and their fellow workers on this side of the
Atlantic will provide the initial capital and the neces-
sary equipment.
In carrying out this idea over 12,000 Polish-Ameri-
cans have joined in an effort to assist Polish factory
workers, and with them have organized the Polish
Mechanics' Co. Though formed less than a year ago,
this mutual benefit association is now operating two
large machinery factories, one at Pruszkow, near War-
saw, ond the other at Poremba, in the heart of the Polish
coal region.
This company is merely one of numerous co-operative
organizations now functioning in Poland, but as it has
most completely co-ordinated the efforts of Poles and
Polish-Americans, a description of the progress made
by this company may be taken as representative of the
•Reprinted from the October issue of the Journal of the Amer-
ican-Polish Chamber of Commerce and Industry.
of the company is well indicated by this wide distribu-
tion of the capital holdings, no small group of individu-
als being in a position to manipulate the concern's
affairs.
The actual direction of the company is in the hands
of officers elected for one-year periods by the stock-
holders. In these elections both the Polish-American
stockholders and the woi-kers in the Polish factories are
given representation according to the extent of their
paid-up investments. To date the greater portion of
the company's supporters are American residents,
though the number of workers will be increased as rap-
idly as the business of the factories is expanded. All
the workers in the two factories now in operation are
interested in the company's finances, though a great
number have not yet paid up in full the few shares of
stock issued to them. There are now about one thousand
employees on the company's payroll.
Nearly all the skilled workmen now employed in the
Poremba and Pruszkow plants received their mechanical
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1005
training in American steel plants. The efficiency they
acquired while in the United States has had a marked
effect on the output of the factories. The adoption of
American methods throughout the company's holdings
in Poland is proceeding rapidly, the returned American
workers being engaged in instructing the Poles in the
most modern methods.
Shortly after the formation of the company and fol-
lowing the adoption of a definite plan of actioa, I was
sent in February of this year to organize the proposed
establishments in Poland. The first purchase for the
account of the company was an industrial plant at Prusz-
kow. The immediate task presented was the restocking
of the plant's equipment, much of the machinery having
been carried off by the Germans during their period of
occupation. Slightly over $250,000 worth of toolmaking
machinery was purchased for this purpose in the United
States and shipped at once to Poland, where early in
the summer the preliminary installations were made in
the newly acquired factory.
The disorganized state of the railroads proved to be
a severe handicap to the factory because of its location
in a region somewhat remote from the coal mines. To
overcome this hardship, the company decided to acquire
an additional plant Ibcated nearer the source of both the
coal supplies and other mineral raw materials. At Po-
remba, near Zamiercie, in the southwestern section of
Poland, a large and well-equipped industrial plant was
purchased from a German-Jewish concern. Before the
war this property had been valued at five million rubles,
or two and one-half million dollars. This establishment,
with its foundries, shops, Bessemer equipment, and
other departments will accommodate 3,000 employees.
At the present time 850 workmen are employed. They
are now engaged in the manufacture of war materials,
but arrangements are being perfected for the making
of tools and factory machinery as soon as Poland no
longer requires munitions. Sixteen coal concessions are
controlled by this plant, and the greater portion of them
are now reaching normal production.
In acquiring this property, the Polish Mechanics' Co.
fell heir to the town of Poremba, located on the company
property and inhabited solely by the factory employees.
The co-operative plan is thus in this case carried, not
only to the production end of the business, but to the
home life as well. All the town's stores are run on the
mutual benefit plan. The homes are modem and sani-
tary and are turned over to the employees, who are in
fact all partners, at very small rentals.
The co-operative idea in Poland is growing sponta-
neously among the peasants as well as among the indus-
trial workers. Near the city of Krosno there is a fac-
tory under construction for the manufacture of linen
goods. The entire project is in the hands of 8,000 peas-
ants who live in the neighborhood and who have joined
in an effort to control the finishing of the raw linens.
The Polish Government is giving aid to all essential
industries, and has provided for priority in shipping
rights to firms engaged in the manufacture of necessi-
ties. The department of commerce and industry which
is now being formed will soon be in a position to co-
operate extensively in improving transportation condi-
tions, helping develop new markets, etc.
A letter which I received from the general staff of the
Polish army further indicates the support that is to be
expected from official sources in the re-establishment
of Polish industry. The letter follows :
"The general staff gladly defines its standpoint with
regard to the progress of domestic industries in Poland
and asks you to communicate these views to our coun-
trymen in America, and especially to all members of
the 'Polish Mechanics' Co.'
"In view of the success attained through the complete
co-operation of all units in the Polish state during the
defense against the Bolshevik invasion, the supreme
command, general staff, believes that thorough-going
co-operation in industrial associations will result in the
earliest possible restoration of the nation's production.
"Though the general staff is heartily in favor of offi-
cial aid being given Polish industries, it yet believes
that the slogan of the nation should be 'Private enter-
prise must initiate, the state must render aid.'
"With this idea in mind, the general staff is giving
its support to the domestic industries which are based
upon the sound democratic principle of workers' co-op-
eration. In lending its aid to industrial establishments
the general staff has in mind the development of a
series of factory centers which in time of war could
be quickly turned to the making of munitions and other
supplies for the Polish army, and which in time of peace
could first help restore those regions which suffered
from the war and then in the general commercial up-
building of the nation.
"The general staff is conscious of the fact that the
co-operation of Polish-Americans with the workingmen
of Poland may become a powerful means of opposing
the invasion of Poland by German and Czech industries.
The general staff believes that such a union will be one
of Poland's most valuable foreign connections. The
general staff will, therefore, support all honest efforts
in that direction, and invites the Poles in America to an
honest and sincere co-operation." (Signed),
By the order of the general staff,
Major Dobrucki, construction chief.
Hardness Tests on White Metal
Completed
Experimental work on determining the compression
and hardness value of white-metal bearing alloys at
temperatures up to 100 deg. C. has been completed by
the Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C. A paper
has been prepared entitled, "Some properties of White-
Metal Bearing Alloys at Elevated Temperatures," a
summary of which is as follows:
An apparatus is described for determining the yield
point and ultimate strength of white-metal bearing
alloys at temperature up to 100 deg. C. A new design
of heating apparafrus is described for determining the
Brinell hardness of such metals in the range of tem-
perature indicated above. The results of compression •'
tests and Brinell hardness tests at temperatures up to
100 deg. C. are given for five typical white-metal bear-
ing alloys, including three tin base alloys, one lead
base alloy and one intermediate alloy. These tests
showed that the tin base alloys maintain their proper-
ties better at elevated temperatures than those con-
taining lead. Results of tests are given which indicate
that up to 3 per cent the lead in a high-grade babbit
does not affect the yield point or ultimate strength
at 25 deg C. or 75 deg. C. Tests are described which
show that the yield point of tin base alloy is not
affected by heating for six weeks at about 100 deg. C,
but that the yield point is lowered in the lead base
alloy by heating for only two weeks at this temperature.
1006
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
Device for Handling Piston Rings in the
Side Grinding Operation
By Amos Ferber
The rapid handling of piston rings in the side grind-
ing operation on such machines as the Heald, involves
a considerable degree of skill in accurately placing the
ring on the chuck so that it will run true, and doing it
in time to escape the advancing grinding wheel.
If the ring is badly centered the wheel may not cover
the entire surface, or it may be swept out of place or
broken; sometimes necessitating the stoppage of the
machine to clear the chuck.
A device has been developed by the Heald Machine Co.
to be applied to its machines which makes accurate
centering a positive operation and machines can be
operated continuously from the start by green operators,
for nothing is left to the operator's skill or judgment.
The device is self contained and fastens to the stand-
ard machine by merely drilling and tapping a few holes
in the splash guard to bolt on brackets, one of which is
shown at A. The frame is supported by these brackets
through the medium of elevating screws each fitted with
a small handwheel B to provide for up-and-down ad-
justment.
The adjustment at this point is necessitated by the
fact that the splash guard on a Heald machine does not
move with the vertical adjustment of the work-holding
FEEDING-IN DEVICE FOR USE IN GRINDING PISTON
OR SIMILAR RINGS
chuck and, therefore, any change in thickness of work
involves the extra adjustment of the device to meet
the new level. The device is so adjusted that the disk C
just clears the surface of the chuck.
The disk is revolved by means of the ratchet lever D
which moves between permanent stops so arranged as to
bring one of the openings in the, disk concentric with
the chuck. The operator lays a ring to be ground in the
opening E and makes a movement, forward and back,
of the lever, which carries the ring forward to position
F. A second movement brings the work under the
wheel.
The lever movements must of course be made in syn-
chronism with the reciprocating movement of the wheel-
head, which, as is usual in this class of work, makes
and breaks the circuit to the magnetic chuck.
By means of this device the operator is relieved of
any responsibility except that of laying a ring in the
opening E and making the lever movement at the mo-
ment when the wheelhead is at the back end of its
stroke. The disK centers the ring accurately on the
magnetic chuck before ths forward movement of the
wheelhead turns on the current, and as the current is
turned off as soon as the wheel clears the work on the
reverse stroke there is nothing to prevent the moving
disk from sweeping the ground ring off the chuck.
The operator has nothing to do with the removal of
the work; the rings drop out upon reaching the position
G and pass out through the chute H either to a box or
to a rod arranged to receive them.
The holes in the disk are made large enough to take
the largest diameter of work contemplated and are
bushed for smaller sizes. The cut shows the machine
set up in the service department of the Heald shop to
grind ball-bearing rings considerably smaller than the
holes in the disk. Bushings are therefore showi* in
place held by thp small clamps /. The part J is a guard,
attached to the fixed central stud of the device, and
remains in the position shown, which is over the ring
being ground. Its duty is to prevent the possible flying
of pieces in case a ring breaks under the wheel.
Slotting Attachment for the Lathe
By H. H. Pakker
For general repair and experimental work, some
means for cutting keyways in the hubs of gears and
pulleys while they are still set up in the lathe after
boring or machining would greatly facilitate the work.
The illustration shows a small hand-power slotter
which mav be bolted to the cross-slide in place of the
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1007
compound rest, or, if practicable to cut the full width
of the keyway at once, directly to the bed or ways of
the hthe.
The attachment, while not of the "homemade" va-
riety is of fairly simple construction and of sub-
-:3fcl
^ound Shank
SectiofTfAnq/e Pic
near top
Veriical Slide
Round Shank
Anqle
Plate "
Vlays same
lenqfh as
thospcfsaddk
Slo+tinq Tools <xr\d
Methods of At+nchini^
to Tool Bar
Tool Bar '^°'" '^Toll
Clamp Bolt gar
Sinn Pin '^^ol Bar .
Pam Ouide^. ^^°P ^'" Clamp Nut
Ty* Fits in place of compound r^^
]method ofaffachmenfnofshowni
■^ , depends upon make of lathe
^..
End Elevation
(Looking toward LotheTailstock)
Hand Level
.,. Ehvafinq
Screw Bracket
lever Bracket
"on Saddle
Ram 8 Slide
■^ ^' of equal lenqih
SLOTTING DEVICE FOR USE IN A LATHE
stantial proportions. No dimensions have been
given since these would depend upon the size of the
lathe and upon the character of the work to be op-
erated on.
First, there is an angle-plate casting which bolts
to the cross-slide. It has a circular lower boss and
this may be graduated similarly to the compound rest
or else be provided only with a zero point, since in all
probability the attachment would seldom be used for
angular cutting. The vertical arm has sixty degree
V-slides, cut away near the bottom to facilitate ma-
chining and to prevent the saddle from wearing a
shoulder there. The vertically sliding saddle has hori-
zontal ways similar to those of a planer cross-slide,
the upper being flat and the lower a V-slide with gib.
A boss to take the bronze or gun-metal feed screw-
nut is cast on the back of the saddle and another
on one side to act as the fulcrum for the operating
lever.
A cast-iron ram, the same length as the saddle,
which by the way has its slide the same length as that
of the angle plate as called for by correct mechanical
design, slides back and forth in the saddle when actu-
ated by the lever. A round toolbar fits into a horizon-
tal hole bored through the ram and is secured at any
point by two clamp bolts which draw together the
slotted casting. Thus for a short stroke the bar may
be drawn well into the ram to take advantage of the
greater stiffness. For use in a medium sized lathe, a
maximum stroke of 2 in. would in most cases be suf-
ficient combined with a vertical adjustment of about
4 in.
The transverse movement, when necessary, is fur-
nished by the lathe crossfeed. As the device should
be capable of being quickly and accurately lined up so
that the ram movement will be parallel to the lathe
bed, a hardened taper pin or other positive stop ar-
rangement should be provided.
The operating lever works through a link and is ful-
crumed on the saddle. Though it would be possible to
arrange a power drive of some sort for such intermittent
use as the attachment would
ordinarily be put to, the hand
lever is simple and satisfac-
tory. Regular slotter type cut-
ting tools are used; if there is
room for the whole toolbar to
enter the work, a tool held in a
straight vertical slot in the end
of the bar and clamped by a
side setscrew is best. For a
narrow keyway, a tool the full
width of the cut will be used;
otherwise the crossfeed will be
operated to carry the cut the
whole width. When the bore is
smaller in diameter than the
toolbar, the cutter can extend
out from a hole drilled either
horizontally or at an angle in
the end of the bar, as shown in
the sketches. Tools of drill rod
forged to shape and hardened
and drawn, with the shanks left
round, will answer the purpose.
Or a tool with a right-angle
bend, clamped in the vertical
slot, can be used for a short cut.
One end of the toolbar can be made with a square verti-
cal slot and the other end provided with the angular
round one.
For satisfactory work all lost motion must be taken
up by means of the gibs and a setscrew though other
means for clamping the vertical slide might also be
of value, but would hardly be necessary if the feed-
screw makes an accurate fit in the nut and there is no
play at the handle.
Repairing Broken Expansion Reamers
By Charles Hattenbergee
Some years ago while working in a small jobbing
shop I noticed several expansion reamers that had been
discarded because they were broken at the end of the
slots. I repaired them all at small expense by winding
over the broken section a layer of fine copper wire about
'^pply solder over surface
of wire
Front Elevation
• A REPAIRED REAMER
0.025 in. diameter. The reamers were put in the lathe,
one end of the wire slightly bent and inserted in one
of the slots, and the wire closely and tightly ;vound over
the break.
Before relieving the tension on the wire a thin coat-
ing of solder was applied -ovei the, entire -surf ace to
hold it firmly in place. ^
The repaired reamers were then practically as good
as new.
1008
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
The Development of Aircraft
ENGINEERS returning from Europe tell us of the
increasing activity in aircraft development on that
cortinfint which makes our own efforts seem of com-
paratively little consequence. True we have a few
bui'ders who are doing good work in the development
of passenger carrying ships, but progress has been
very slow for the nation in which the airplane first
became a reality.
The British Government is giving considerable aid
and encouragement to the development of aircraft, and
the British Air Ministry is of real assistance by secur-
ing and placing at the disposal of British subjects all
data regarding aircraft.
According to the British Air Ministry the last year
saw 1,325 airplanes arrive in England from the con-
tinent. Of these machines 1,079 were British, 236
French, 9 Belgian and 1 was Swiss. The departing
planes totaled 1,455, of which 1,206 were British, the
difference denoting the planes flown over and sold.
These planes carried both passengers and freight
(or express matter as we would call it), the latter
amounting to $1,000,000 going out of Great Britain and
$2,000,000 coming in. The planes carry this at a lower
rate than the old method, small parcels costing J
pennj per pound as against 13 to 4 pence formerly.
It^is gratifying to learn that the British Air Min-
istry credits the United States Air Mail Service as
being the most successful air mail service in the world.
But if we are to maintain this supremacy we must con-
tinue to design and build better and more efficient
planes, as this has a marked effect on the economy of
operation.
We must not let prejudice stand in the way of ad-
vancement. The so-called Larsen planes, which are the
German-made Junker planes, have proved their econ-
omy and efficiency in many ways. The cross-country
mail flight to San Francisco and return was a severe
test, and they met it in a very creditable manner The
unfortunate accidents due to fire from leaking fuel
pipes, are details which should have been remedied by
providing for the vibration which occurs in all planes.
The absence of parasite resistance in these planes
makes it possible to secure from their power plants
a fuel economy as good as that of many makes of
automobiles. A motor of 160 to 180 horsepower does
almost the same useful work in one of these monoplanes
as is done in our ships of regular design by a 400-
■ horse-power motor. The noticeable difference is in tak-
ing off from the ground and in the ceiling of the plane.
With the knowledge of this performance the logical
procedure would be to duplicate or improve it, aban-
doning if necessary the older designs of planes. Mere
criticism of the origin of the design or of the agency
by which it came to this country is neither logical, broad-
minded nor good business.
We have the facilities for both laboratory and prac-
tical tests of all kinds. We have, or ought to have,
engineers who thoroughly understand the problems.
We have opportunities for development which few coun-
tries can enjoy. With these we ought to be leading
the world in all aircraft matters instead of trailing
along as we seem to be doing. F. H. C.
A Vindication of Private Ownership
THE remarkably quick come-back of the railroads
in numerous ways, is a source of gratification to
those who know the fallacy of government ownership.
Those who know human nature — who have had ex-
perience in handling bodies of men — know that the
average person has a tendency to "loaf" or "lie down
on the job" if placed in a position where he is prac-
tically immune from discharge, where his remunera-
tion is fixed and where there is no means of real dis-
cipline to make him produce a minimum amount. Such
conditions are enervating and take away ambition.
Government ownership invariably produces such con-
ditions. The morale of the working forces of the
railroads, as it was at the end of government control,
proved it.
It is an inexorable law of nature that the disuse of
any limb or faculty shortly produces atrophy or a
shrinkage of it. Limiting a worker's productive abil-
ity below his normal capacity comes under the same
law, and results in loss of initiative and morale.
When the railroads were returned to their rightful
owners, there were thousands more workers on the
payrolls than ever before — thousands more than even
war-time conditions warranted. These superfluous,
pampered extras had to be eliminated in order to get
back to anywhere near real efficiency. Prompt action
by far-seeing railroad ofllcials is now producing results
that should effectually lay the ghost of government
ownership, so ardently believed in by impractical
dreamers and scheming politicians.
The number of tons of freight moved one mile in
August, was 42,706,000,000, the largest amount ever
moved in the same time in history. It exceeds, by
nearly 2,000,000,000 tons, the largest amount moved
in war time under government control and with the
help of thousands more men than in the instance
cited.
This is all the more i-emarkable in view of the great
number of "bad order" cars and locomotives which
the Railroad Administration dumped upon the present
operators, and then boasted of how economically things
had been handled under its direction!
From statistics available at present, it is highly prob-
able that the figures for October will considerably ex-
ceed those given for August. E. V.
A Study of Working Fits
AN INTERESTING piece of work is being under-
L taken by the American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers through its Sectional Committee on Plain Limit
Gages for General Engineering Work. This com-
mittee, formed at the request of the British Engineer-
ing Standards Association for co-operation in that
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1009
work, is including in its work not only the question
of gages themselves but of tolerances for manufactured
material, the methods of gaging manufactured mate-
rial and the limits and manufacture of the gages
themselves;
The members of this committee have been carefully
selected so as to include practical men from a variety
of industries. Several of these men were closely con-
nected with the manufacture of ordnance, both in the
service and out, and are keenly alive to the delays
which were encountered, due to an utter lack of any
sort of standardization, or even of understanding, of
working allowances and tolerances.
Being practical men they have no illusions as to
workable allowances and tolerances, and no desire to
force any specific tolerances on designers in general.
It is their desire to secure from as many sources as
possible, the practice of the country with regard to
fits of different kinds. Such information does not
prevent anyone from experimenting with other toler-
ances for special cases, but it can hardly help prevent-
ing many costly and unworkable specifications being
made..
Furthermore it makes available a source of data
which can be used to show what the best manu-
facturers consider to be good, standard practice. Such
information will go far to prevent foolish, if not im-
possible tolerances being specified in many cases, par-
ticularly in government work.
This committee asks and deserves your assistance in
every way possible. It asks your consideration of the
following kinds of fits:
1. Loose Fit Class
2. Medium Fit Class
A. Running fits for high speeds (say 600 r.p.m.)
B. Running fits for lower speeds, sliding fits, etc.
3. SnUi.- Fit Class:
A. The closest fit which can be assembled inter-
changeably by hand
B. Wringing fits where parts must be selected or
fitted
4.- Tight' Fit-Glass :
A. Drive fit for light sections
B. Force fit for heavy sections
C. Shrink fits
The committee would like your opinion of these
classifications and to know how they cover your own
work. Later, more specific questions will be placed be-
fore you, but suggestions from any source will be
appreciated by the chairman of the committee. Col. E.
C. Peck, General Superintendent, Cleveland Twist Drill
Co., Cleveland, Ohio. F. H. C.
Motor-Flywheel Drive for Merchant Mill
By T. a. Bryson
Tolhurst Machine Works, Troy, N. T.
Captain Varela's discussion under the above title, on
page 660 of American Machinist, would have been con-
siderably clearer, at least to the writer, if the charac-
teristic torque-speed curve of the motor had been
illustrated. From the data and specifications given in
the body of the article this curve may be partially
constructed. Such a curve indicates that the arbitrary
rating placed upon the motor is low, considering the
power that it is capable of developing. In fact, the
motor is called upon to develop an average power output
considerably above its rating.
Considering the. cycle of operation :
Peak load, 6,534 hp., lasting 0.87 seconds.
Friction load, 360 hp.
Interval between peaks, 2 seconds.
6,534 X 0.87 = 5,685 hp.-seconds
360 X 2.00 == 720 hp.-seconds
2.87 1 6,405
2,232 average hp.
The flywheel merely performs the function of storing
power and smoothing down the peaks. It remains for
the motor to supply 6,405 hp.-seconds of power during
the 2.87 seconds, or an average output of 2,232 hp.,
although it is rated at only 1,800 hp.
Further, the author computes slip at overload as if
the slip were proportional to the load. This is difficult
to understand, since the specifications call for a slip
of 2.8 per cent at full load and of 10 per cent of the
full-load speed at 175 per cent overload. Or, converting
both slips to per cent of synchronous speed, we have:
Load Slip in % Syn. Speed.
100% 2.8
275% 12.5
This shows that at the higher load the .motor is
operating on that part of its torque-speed characteristic
which is not an approximately straight line.
Near the bottom of page 661 it is stated that the
motor recovers about 90 per cent of its speed. Does this
mean 90 per cent of its friction-load speed or 90 per
cent of its drop in speed? Further, it is not explained
what effect this lack of total recovery will have upon
the system in subsequent cycles.
It would seem to the writer that the proper method
of attack upon this problem would be as follows:
Construct a curve showing the available energy stored
in the rotating elements over the speed range through
which the operation is to take place. Any speed drop
would cause a loss in this energy of rotation and the
time in which the loss takes place gives a measure of
the power given up by the system.
From the speed-torque characteristic of the motor
may be determined the additional power drawn from
the motor due to a speed drop. The combination of
these two curves will give a relation between the
total power used and the drop in speed required to pro-
duce it.
By using sufficiently small time increments, a third
curve may be computed and plotted, showing the change
in speed necessary to produce the desired power during
the given time range.
The recovery may be computed even more simply.
The motor is now delivering more power than required
for friction. All excess over friction is stored in the
flywheel with the result that it is accelerated. At the
same time the available excess power of the motor is
gradually being reduced, due to a gain in speed. This
part of the problem is comparable to the computation in
hydraulics of the discharge of liquid under a falling
head.
This is a very interesting subject. The writer has
been prompted to this criticism of Captain Varela's
article in the hope that some of the points may be made
more clear, and to call particular attention to the neces-
sity of considering the torque-speed characteristic of
the motor, as well as the power requirements of tha
driven machine, in computations of this ra'^ure.
1010
AMEEICAN MACHINIST
WMMi to KEAD
Vol. 53, No. 22
mi^^^mazi in a /luiTi
Tiy
:':,:y:/.^iA:/^H~i
Suggested b^ the Nanagfingi Editor
THANKSGIVING is a time for prayer as well as
feasting and we couldn't resist the temptation of
preaching a short editorial sermon on one of the serious
business evils of today. The make-up man has placed
it on the page opposite this one, and we sincerely hope
you will real it carefully
and take to heart the mes-
sage it carries based on the
text, "Give a square deal —
and demand one." The last
part of that text may not
be good scripture but it is
a great help in persuading
the other fellow to observe
the first part.
A new machine-tool de-
scription has the position
of honor this week, the big
sectional planer built by
Sellers for shipbuilding
work. The lubrication and
and control features are a little out of the ordinary
and will repay your time in investigating them.
On page 977 is the second of Professor Bonis' articles
on the determination of accelerations. Last week's con-
tribution covered the calculations for the flyweight of
a wheel governor, a subject not very near to the heart
of the machine tool designer, but this time we have the
author's methods applied to what he calls the quadric
chain and what is really the basis of the Whitworth
quick-return motion as used on many of our shapers.
For those interested in railroads and railroad shops
we have, beginning on page 982, a description of the
new shops of the state Railways of Chile at San Ber-
nardo. Apparently the days of the llama, the mule and
the burro as the principal means of transport are num-
bered, for the shops covered are up-to-date in every re-
spect and quite sufficient to care for the rolling stock
of a modern railway. The fact that all the machinery
and electrical equipment was supplied by American
firms adds importance to the installation from our point
of view.
Frank Stanley has some notes on several of the press
tools used in producing parts for caterpillar tractors
in a California shop, on pages 987 and 988. They were
designed to produce a finished part in one operation, thus
doing away with preliminary drilling.
The common ground on which theory and practice can
most easily meet is that of common sense. The im-
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
ivhen so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their ' section of the
paper. It gives the high spots *
portance of this homely virtue in the science of engineer-
ing cannot be overestimated. Its effect on the work of
some of our great inventors is discussed at some length
by Walter M. McFarland, of the Babcock & Wilcox Co.,
on page 989. He says in conclusion, "Common sense is
not a special gift and does
not replace careful study,
but it does mean the appli-
cation to the problem at
hand of your best experi-
ence and judgment without
prepossession or prejudice."
A somewhat novel story
begins on page 995. Shel-
don went to Pittsburgh a
while back to get some ma-
terial for serious articles
and while there got ac-
quainted with some of the
river boatmen and repair
men. He tells of some of
the things he saw and heard in a shop that was doing
business a decade before the Civil War.
Fred Colvin has more automotive data from the
Franklin shop, beginning on page 1001. This time he
describes the machining of the cast aluminum trans-
mission case.
On page 1004 and 1005 we are reprinting an account
of a co-operative workmen's organization in Poland
which is being financed by Polish-American mechanics.
The company is operating two factories in Poland, the
methods adopted being those learned in America.
Mr. Chubb's letter on business conditions in England
appears on page 1016. Among the more important
points mentioned are the terms of the coal strike settle-
ment and the losses occasioned by the strike ; the British
Automobile Show; the loss of a big British mill equip-
ment order to the German A. E. G. ; and the serious
condition of the aircraft industry. If misery loves
company our airplane builders should be glad to hear
of the hard times that have overtaken their British con-
temporaries. Along this line we have an editorial on
page 1008 to which we call your attention.
Editorial mention is also made of the work being done
by the Committee on Plain Limit Gages for General
Engineering Work of the American Society of Mechani-
cal Engineers. Classifications for various kinds of
working fits have been proposed and it is desired to get
as wide an expression of opinion thereon as possible.
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1011
Thanksgiving-
A Time for Serious Thinking and Resolve
THANKSGIVING DAY is a typically American
holiday. Underlying the spirit of feasting and good
cheer that fills the land, is a more solemn disposition to
look back over the past year and to count its blessings
and its disappointments. But what man can reflect
on the past without thought of the future?
We Americans are too little given to introspection
and serious thinking. We live in a young country and
really have not a very long past to think about com-
pared to other nations. Events at any time on this
side of the Atlantic move with breathless speed but
since 1914 they have outdistanced even the best of us
and left us somewhat dazed and in need of a chance
to pause and consider.
In the rush of war preparation the usual safeguards
surrounding business dealings were cast aside and the
•door was opened to all sorts of graft, profiteering and
dishonest practices. Under normal conditions they
would never have had a chance to get in, but once the
attention of the country was fixed on the world struggle
we had the disgusting spectacle of men who had had,
the reputation of being good Americans forgetting
everything but personal gain and throwing moral
standards to the winds.
The Shipping Board investigation and the work of
the Lockwood Committee in New York are uncovering
much of the badness in two separate fields and it is
to be hoped that some few of the offenders will be
brought to justice. Things are not as they should be in
the coal industry. We can find reasons for such evils
in the abnormal circumstances surrounding war prepara-
tion and its immediate afterm.ath.
There is no such excuse for the deplorable lowering of
the high business moral standards of a few years back.
We used to boast that American business was the
cleanest in the world and that the American business
man kept his given word as his bond. But can each of
us make such a claim today?
The cancellation of honestly made contracts for. the
sale of goods is undoubtedly justified in some cases by
the business policy of making certain sacrifices to avert
a financial crash but there are too many cancellations
that savor far more of expediency than they do of real
necessity. Such an attitude on the part of business
men, big or little, is not far removed from that of the
late Imperial German government toward solemn
treaties, and constitutes a very grave menace to the
carefully built structure of business confidence.
On another page we print a word of warning as to
the effect of the prevailing contempt of contracts on
some of our foreign-trade connections. With the home
market stagnant and the barrier of adverse foreign
exchange facing us we can ill afford to endanger our
chances for foreign trade still further by shady deal-
ings of any sort. There is no doubt whatever that we
are going to need a foreign outlet for the products of
our mills and factories in the very near future and
need it badly.
IT IS not a pleasant picture, this immediate business
past of ours, and does not seem to offer a great deal
to be thankful for except that it is past. It remains,
therefore, for us to look to the future and to see to
it that our bright prospects are not darkened by the
shadow which now hangs over us. The future holds
much for America if she has the wit to grasp it. No
other nation is as sound financially, no other nation has
the large and varied resources, no other nation has the
skilled producing organization. For the immediate
present we have a bumper crop, a real merchant marine,
a banking system that works and a change, politically,
from an administration that has been satisfactory to
no one in its handling of our affairs, to one that bids
fair to accomplish some of the many things we always
hope to have an administration do.
But we never will get very far until we are able to
restore the confidence in each other that has been so
lacking. We must preach and teach and practice a
new morality in business and in industry that will
carry conviction not only to our associates here but to.
our friends in foreign lands. The Golden Rule works
just as well now as it ever did and it says nothing
about waiting for the other fellow to make a start in
doing the right thing. It puts it right up to each
man to play fair. When he does so he has a right to
expect the same treatment from others and he is much
more likely to get it.
Let this Thanksgiving be a turning point in American
business life. Let each man of us deal squarely with
his employees, his customers and his competitors, and
he can then go a step farther and reach the second part
of our slogan —
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1012
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
Shop Equipment Ntw^
5-. A. HAND
Descriptions of ahop eguipmenl in this section constitute
editorial service for wfticft there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer tor approval.
I • CONDENSED •
CLIPPING INDEX
iAconiinuouj record
ofmodorn dos'i^ns
s
, _„ i " <ar\a oc^uipmGnl/ »
The Coulter Automatic Multiple-Spindle
Profiling and Milling Machine
A recent modification of the Coulter automatic
multiple - spindle profile milling machine has been
brought out by the Automatic Machine Co., of Bridge-
port, Conn. The machine has been equipped with a
transfer table designed to permit the use of double or
reciprocating fixtures so that a milling operation may
be carried on with practical continuity by having one
portion of the fixture in position for unloading and
reloading while the cutters are at work upon pieces
held in the other portion.
While this machine is essentially for single-purpose
production it is adaptable to a wide range of work by
reason of the adjustability of the spindle positions and
the varied arrangements of the cams possible to suit
the class of work under consideration.
Details of the original machine were published on
page 1322, Vol. 52, of American Machinist.
Sheffield Solid and Adjustable
Snap Gages
The Sheffield Machine and Tool Co., Dayton, Ohio,
has brought out the snap gages illustrated. In Fig. 1
is shown the solid, two-sided go and not-go length snap
gage. The end-blocks, including anvils and anvil hold-
ers, are made up as units and are then assembled to
strip-steel beams thus making it possible to secure any
desired length. The cylindrical snap gage shown in
Fig. 2 is assembled from unit end-blocks and castings
in a series of sizes from I in. upward. Anvils are
either adjustable or renewable, and both external and
internal gages can be furnished.
Advantages claimed for these gages ai-e that the
anvils are easily and cheaply replaced and that when
a gage size becomes obsolete it is necessary to throw
away only the beam, the end-blocks and pins being
saved to use in making another gage.
FIG. 1. SOLID GO AI^D NOT-GO SXAP GAGE
•COULTER AUTOMATIC MULTIPLE-SPINDLE PROFILE
MILLING MACHINE
FIG.
CYLINDRICAL SNAP GAGES. ADJUSTABLE (LEFT)
AND SOLID (RIGHT)
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1013
Toledo Multiple Punch Press
The accompanyingr illustration shows a large multiple
punch press that has recently been built by the Toledo
Machine and Tool Co., Toledo, Ohio. The press is of
the double-crank type with twin-gear drive. As shown,
it is fitted with sixty independently adjustable punches
and dies for punching holes with varying distances
between the centers. The punch holders are fitted with
gags, so that by pulling out or pushing in the gags,
holes may be punched or omitted as desired. The press
is capable of punching 15 one-inch holes through SO-in.
steel.
The press is entirely self-contained and requires no
outboard bearing, thereby reducing the floor space. It
is controlled by a friction clutch having a positive stop,
which automatically throws the clutch out at the top
center. By changing the position of a small counter-
weight, the press can be run continuously, or else
intermittently by operating the hand lever. The press
is driven by a 30-hp. motor, which is supported on a
under one arm. The device is intended for light work,
such as in a garage machine shop, and it can use elec-
trodes from tV to :ft in. in diameter. When using the
smaller sizes of electrodes it can be operated continu-
I
TOLEDO MULTIPLE PUNCH PRE.SS
bracket on the rear of the left-hand upright. It has a
centralized forced-feed lubricating system, which per-
mits the operator to lubricate all of the main bearings
from the floor.
The size of the press is shown by the following dimen-
sions: Weight, about 165,000 lb. Width between
uprights, 103 in. Area of bed, 36 x 102 in. Opening in
bed, 4 X 98 in. Area of slide, 22 x 94 in. Diameter of
crankpin, 131 in. Distance from bed to slide raised,
33 in.
"Electric" Arc-Welding Machine for
Small Work
A hand-portable welding machine weighing approx-
imately 100 lb. has been developed by the Electric Arc
Cutting and Welding Co., 152-58 Jelliff Ave., Newark,
N. J. The illustration shows a man holding the machine
SMALL PORTABLE ELECTRIC ARC-WELDING MACHINE
ously, but with the larger sizes the operatioo must be
intermittent. Thus heavy work, such as on boilers
or engines, can be done when necessity demands it;
but the machine is intended especially for light welding,
sheet-metal work, brazing, lead burning and the like.
Building up worn parts can also be done.
It is possible to operate the machine from a lamp
socket on light loads, but it is intended that the supply
wires of the device be attached to the panel board
feeding the lights, provided that a current of 5 kva. is
available. The machine will operate on any voltage
between 90 and 130 and between 180 and 260. This
is accomplished by the use of two coils, which can be
placed either in multiple or series, and by providing
means of regulation. The standard frequency is 60,
but machines can be furnished for any frequency
desired. It is said that there are no moving parts, so
that troubles in the mechanism are not apt to occur.
American Rack-Type
Broaching Machine
The American Broach and Machine Co., Ann Arbor,
Mich., has recently placed on the market a rack-type
broaching machine in two sizes, Nos. IJ and 3, the
difference being in the length of stroke and pulling
capacity. The No. 3 machine is here illustrated, views
of both the front and back being shown. The No. H
machine is intended to handle broaches up to 40 in.
in length, while the No. 3 can use broaches 58 in. long.
The drive is by belt, the speed reduction being made
by means of an inclosed steel worm and phosphor-
bronze worm-gear on the rear of the machine. The
worm is hardened and provided with two roller thrust
bearings to take up the end thrust. A hardened
pinion on the shaft of the worm-gear drives the rack
to which the broaches are attached by mejans of the
sliding head. The section of the rack is D-shaped, the
flat side with the teeth being on the bottom.
The reversal of motion of the rack is accomplished
by shifting the belt at the ends of the stroke, the
length of which can be adjusted by means of stops
provided for that purpose. The return speed of the
1014
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
rack is twice the cutting speed. A brake is auto-
matically applied at the ends of the stroke, so as to
absorb the momentum of the moving parts and to enable
the travel of the sliding head to be accurately con-
FRON.T AND REAR VIEWS OF THE NO. 3 AMERICAN
• RACK-TYPE BROACHING MACHINE
Specifications : Maximum capacity ; length of broach, 58 in. ;
will square or spline hole, 35 in. ; will cut keyways, 1% in. Height
to center of bore, 32g in. Face, 15 x 14g in. Bore, 5-in. diameter.
Weight, crated with countershaft, 4,300 lb.
trolled. It is stated that there is no tendency to cause a
twisting action in the starting head, such as occurs
with a screw-type drive.
The base of the machine is of the cabinet type, and
is fitted with shelves for holding broaches. One end
of the base is finished and provided with T-slots, so
that special fixtures or an oil trough can be attached.
An oil pump, served from a trough in the base, is
provided.
Grinding Attachment for Lathe
A portable grinding attachment for a lathe is manu-
factured by the Societe pour I'lndustrie Mecanique,
Basel Switzerland, which organization is represented
in this country by Frangois Chappuis. Room 2632, 120
Broadway, New York City. It is intended for internal
and external cylindrical grinding. Either motor drive-,
as shown in the illustration, or countershaft drive can
be used; the former is preferable, owing to its ability
to operate in any position desired.
A high degree of precision is claimed for the ma-
chine. The spindle runs in three sets of ball bearings,
mounted in an eccentric case, so that the height of the
spindle can be regulated. Since the speed of the ma-
chine is from 12,000 to 18,000 revolutions per minute,
a belt-tightening device is used. A small pulley and
a splinter guard are furnished with the machine.
I.akewood No. 703-A Tier-Lift Truck
The Lakewood Engineering Co., Cleveland, Ohio, has
added to its line of electrically-operated Tier-Lift trucks
the one shown in the illustration and designated as
Model 703-A. The general characteristics of the
A SWISS GRINDING ATTACHMENT FOR LATHE USB
L.\KEWOOD MODEL 703-A TIER-LIFT TRUCK
machine are similar to those of the Model 703 truck
described in the American Machinist on page 52, vol. 52.
Both models are built in four sizes with lifts of
42, 60, 76 and 96 in., respectively. The difference is
that the Model 703-A machine has an elevating speed
nearly twice as great as the other machine, its maximum
load being 2,000 lb., while that of the 703 truck is
4,000. The new model Is intended especially for the
handling of rather light, bulky packages.
Ross "Two-Way" Centrifugal Pump
The Ross Manufacturing Co., 3160 West 106th St.,
Cleveland, 0., has placed upon the market a coolant
pump that can be run in either direction. The liquid
is delivered from the same orifice no matter in which
direction the impeller is rotated, and reversal of the
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1015
direction of rotation, as on a screw machine, does not
hinder the action.
As can be seen in the illustration, the pump is belt-
» driven, the pulley having an internal gear on its rim.
This gear drives a gear on the impeller shaft, the
i
r
ROSS "TWO-WAY" CENTRIFUGAL COOLANT PUMP
speed ratio being 1 to 4. An oil-less bearing is used;
a graphite asbestos packing keeps the liquid from
reaching the bearing or the gears. The four-bladed
impeller is made of spring steel. It is claimed that,
because the inlet is at the top, the impeller is always
submerged and consequently primed. The pump de-
livers a large volume of coolant and can be used to
serve a battery of small machines, by running it at
high speed. It can also operate with a slight suction lift.
Mahr Style "T" Kerosene Torch
A self-contained kerosene torch, shown in the illus-
tration and known as Style "T," has recently been
placed on the market by the Mahr Manufacturing
i^ ^. ^JL
^
' H B HH
/
/
L ~ "
/
Co., Minneapolis, Minn. It is intended for use in
foundries, tin shops, machine shops, or wherever a
small heating appliance is required.
It is stated that the torch operates under a wide
range of pressure, so that a few strokes of the pump
will provide sufficient pressure to last for an hour.
The entire head is made of brass, the high heat-con-
ductivity of which is said to make for ease in generating
and for steady operation. Starting the torch requires
about 4 minutes. The gas plug screws down against
a copper gasket, pipe threads not being used, thus
insuring the proper distance between the plug and the
nozzle. It is said that the flame cannot blow out,
because the gases issue from the jet at very high
velocity.
A cleaning tool is provided to remove carbon which
might clog the torch.
The torch is made in three sizes, J, 1 and W gal.,
the oil consumptions being, respectively, 1, 2 and 3
quarts per hour. The net weights are 6i, 8i and lOJ
lb.; the boxed weights, 124, 15* and 18i lb.; and
the volumes when boxed are 1, 1.5 and 2 cu.ft. respec-
tively.
Brewster "Demagnetool" No. 2
A type of demagnetizer suitable for production work,
and with which it is not necessary either to rub or to
place the work on the plate of the device, has been
MAHR STYLE "T" KEROSENE TORCH
BREWSTER "DEMAGNETOOL" NO. 2
placed upon the market by the William Brewster Co.,
Inc., 30 Church St., New York City. As shown in the
illustration, there is an opening extending vertically
through the demagnetizer, which is made in box form.
It is only necessary to drop or pour the work through
the opening in order to demagnetize it.
It is claimed that, due to the design of the trans-
former, the magnetic flux crosses at right angles the
opening through which the work is passed, so that the
action extends equally to all points of the working
space.
The No. 2 "Demagnetool" has an opening 6 x 12
in., but other sizes of the machine can be furnished,
if desired.
lOU
AMEKICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 22
Business Conditions in England
By OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, Nov. 5, 1920.
ALTHOUGH the miners rejected the terms of settlement
/\ reached between the government and the executive of
I \the miners' federation it is expected that in a few
days all the mines will be working. Votes cast for the
terms numbered 338,045, and votes against totaled 346,504.
As two-thirds of the members taking part in the voting did
not vote in favor of the continuation of the strike it was
declared off, but only after a considerable discussion and
then simply by a "substantial majority" of the delegates
assembled to consider the figures. The two districts that
really voted against the proposal were the Lancashire,
where the majority was 55,509, and South Wales, where the
majority against was 46,405. Nearly all the other districts
voted for acceptance of the terms.
What the Terms Are
These terms provide for the co-operation of the mine
owners and workers to obtain increased output. For this
purpose district committees and a national committee are
to be organized. Further, the parties are to prepare a
scheme, to be ready not later than by Mar. 31 next, for the
regulation of wages in the coal mining industry "having
regard, among other considerations, to the profits of the
industry and principles upon which any 'surplus profits are
to be dealt with." Until then wages are to be regulated on
the following plan, without prejudice to the decision of the
wages board :
(a) An advance of 2s. a shift to persons of 18 years of age
and over; Is. to persons of 16 and 17. and 9d. to persons under
16; will be paid from the date of resumption of worlc to the
classes of colliery workers entitled to Sankey wage and subject to
the conditions under which Sankey wage is payable.
(b) For the purposes of this temporary arrangement the
advance referred to shall be automatically adjusted on the basis
set out below from Jan. 3. 1921, in the, light of the results of the
flve"'weeks ending Dec. 18. 1920, and sjmilarly from Jan. 31 and
thereaftejjj^.every four .weeks on the results of the four weeks
immediaterv' fo11o>ving the last preceding test period — but the
Christmas holiday week shall not be counted in any such period,
and an adjustment will be made in those cases where the holiday
period falls wholly or partly within the New Year week.
The basis on which the advance shall be adjusted is as follows;
If the weekly average of the proceeds of export coal during the
test period are maintained at the weekly average of the proceeds
of export coal during the September quarter the advance will be
Is., 6d., and 4Jd. respectively. If (after deduction of the cost of
extra output) they exceed the September figure an additional 6d..
3d., and 2id. respectively will be paid for every complete
£288,000 of the excess.
(c) Fqt this purjjose the amount of export coal in each period
shall be assuihed to be the excess of tl^e. .tonnage produced over
the rate of 219,000.000 tons annually, ;" the' proceeds shall be
calculated by multiplying that excess tonnage by the average
f.o.b. price' as shown in the Trade and Navigation Accounts for
the quarter ended Sept. 30, 1920, and the cost of extra output shall
be taken a§ 15s. a ton for each ton produced iu excess of the rate
of outttilt for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 1920.
(d)_\,' As; part of the settlement hereby concluded the govern-
ment "undertakes to make an order under section (3) of the
mining industry act which \yill provide for the variation of the
one-tenth share of the excess, profits of the industry payable to
the owners under the coal mines -(emergency) , act bythe deduction
therefrom or addition thereto of one-quarter of the said tenth
part for each 6d. by which the men's advance is reduced or
increased.
(e) The certificate of the secretary for mines as to the amount
of the proceeds and the advances payable shall be accepted as
final.
Export Profits the Deciding Factor
Thus until Jan. 3 next the miners will receive an advance
of 2s. a shift. After the date mentioned the sum of 2s. may
be added to or diminished according to the output, export
profits being the deciding factor. For the purpose of regu-
lation both home consumption and export prices are appar-
ently to be assumed as constant, so that the actual advance
will depend on the putput as measured at yearly rates:
Thup with the total output at the rate of 244,000,000 tons
per annum the advance will be 3s. But this scheme of
course is to operate only until the national wages board for
the industry goes into operation. This board is
regarded by many of the leaders as the first step toward
public ownership of some sort of the mines. On the other
hand the working miners are more concerned with the wages
they will receive, and recognize that these will, at least to
some extent, necessarily vary with the actual output, a posi-
tion they definitely rejected when voting on the datum line
proposals. The general disposition is to regard the terms
accepted as purely of a temporary character. It seems
probable that the whole problem will be raised when the
wage board meets, for that body will apparently have to
devise permanent means of settling wage rates; a matter
about which, disregarding large views on the subject, there
are many differences of practice throughout the country.
The output committees to be immediately selected may per-
haps help to clear the course for consideration of the larger
problem, as employer and employed will have to work
together for the time being for mutual advantage, and this
may lead to a greater measure of co-operation later.
Loss Resulting from Strike
As to the loss entailed, measured in output of coal this is
something like 15,000,000 tons. About £15,000,000 has been
lost in wages, and some £2,000,000 in strike pay. The esti-
mate has been made that in all two and one-fourth million
workpeople were idle as the result of the strike.
Ofl^cial figures for 1920 show that the coal output for the
first quarter of the year was 62,103,000 tons with an average
of 1,188,500 persons employed; for the second quarter,
58,166,000 tons with 1,200,300 persons; and for the third
quarter, 59,467,000 tons with 1,207,800 persons.
The Machine Tool Market
In the machine-tool world orders have undoubtedly been
scarce, and some small tools, for instance, twist drills, are
drugs. Optimists are under the impression that as soon as
the coal-strike dislocation has been put right trade will
revive; but the troubles are probably deeper-rooted than
that. During the last few days rumors relating to motor
car firms have been less frequent. For one thing the motor
show opens today and with it of course there is at least the
hope that finns who have doubts will be able to resolve them
as the result of exhibiting. Not that an exhibition is an
infallible remedy, for one of the smaller firms that made a
really serious effort at the recent machine-tool exhibition
has had to close down within the past few days.
The technical journals during the war entered into a self-
denying ordinance, not altogether voluntary in character,
to omit all advertisements of Ge.man products. Various
periods were suggested. But it is now being thought that
the British manufacturer has had almost suflicient time to
put his house in order and it is possible that by the
beginning of next year German advertisements will be
accepted. Then, competing frankly with the annual anachron-
ism, the Lord Mayor's show, advertising men will run a
procession in which "famous advertising characters and
trade-mark figures will march through the main streets of
London," and, again to quote their announcement, this will
be "one of the big 'stunts' which will capture public
imagination and compel attention to the Intornational
Advertising Exhibition" being held at the White City,
Shepherd's Bush, W., xrom Nov. 29 to Dec. 4.
The Motor Show
The motor show is, on account of the large number of
exhibitors (about 500), being held in two halls widely sepa-
rated, namely, Olympia, W., and the White City, Shepherd's
Bush, W., and the price of admission permits a visit to both
shows and also provides for motor-coach service between
the two halls. No German cars are shown, but the exhibits
include French, Italian, Swiss and Belgian, not of course to
mention American. The French firms have made a special
effort; having decided that the Paris automobile salon should
he dropped for this year they are, according to some reports,
regretting the decision already. It is suggested that the
cars from overseas are rather cheaper than those of British
make. The industry has been expecting a general reduction
in prices, the position being exactly the opposite of that
prevailing at the same time last year when premiums were
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1017
I
demanded for cars with immediate possession. But it is not
thought that a very marked general decline in price will
show itself until next year is well advanced, if then. Every-
thing will depend on the demand, that of course varying to
no small extent with the general condition of trade. British
firms seem to be dropping their ladylike practice of introduc-
ing fashions at the show, and are making changes or im-
provements as and when they are needed or are advisable.
A new eight-cylinder car has been introduced, the cylinders
being in line. Once more attempts have been made to
popularize hydraulic and electro-magnetic methods of trans-
mission and regulation of speed.
The Austin Motor Co. has recently equipped a new
foundry to cast about 60 tons of steel a week on one shift
only, and has installed also a press plant for producing
some 500 bodies a week. The tractor side has been ex-
tended; according to program, early next year the weekly
output in this section will be about 200.
Export-Credit Scheme Modified
The government has modified its scheme of export credits,
and the percentage of the cost of the goods to be advanced
to the exporter may be increased to 100; previously it was
80 per cent. But there will be recourse against the exporter
as regards 20 per cent. Some exporters have been claiming
that, while the whole 100 per cent of the cost should be
advanced to the exporter, no claim should be made in the
case of default, his risk being simply that of his profits.
Whether the 100 per cent advance shall be granted is to be
decided by the export credits department of the Board of
Trade.
The Airplane Industry
The enormous expansion of the aircraft industry during
the war, particularly toward its end, naturally brought
about a period of stress when military operations ceased and
demand dropped. Several firms have been shut down and
some have broken down. Now it is clear that the Aircraft
Manufacturing Co., Ltd., is in difficulties and recently an
informal meeting was held of various shareholders, etc. The
accounts are not available, but it has been publicly stated
that the results up to the end of March last will show a
heavy loss and that the dozen or so subsidiary companies
are also producing nothing in the way of profits. A bank
overdraft has oeen accumulated amounting to £660,000 and
a call has been made on the company to repay. Apparently
therefore the assets are to be realized. According to pro-
posals, the Daimler Motor Co., which is of course associated
with the Birmingham Small Arms Co., will take a five years'
lease of the factories at Hendon, with the option to purchase
for four years. A debenture issue of £330,000 is proposed,
in order to provide half the sum for which the Birmingham
Small Arms Co. has made itself responsible in connection
with the bank overdraft. The only alternative is a forced
sale, which might not provide suflRcient to pay off the over-
draft. The estimated value of the factory and premises is
put at £500,000 and other assets at £2,200,000; this is the
book value, the realizable value being estimated at half
that sum.
Germans Obtain Large British Order
The announcement that the A. E. G. of Berlin had secured
a British order for electrical plant to the value of £150,000
had the effect of a bombshell on the electrical industry of
Great Britain a week or so ago. The plant to be supplied is
rolling-mill equipment for the Partington Steel and Iron
Co., near Manchester. The German firm, which was asked
to tender, submitted fixed prices; this course could not be
followed by its British competitors. A turn of comedy has
been given to the affair by the announcement that one of
the directors of the firm concerned is president of a leading
organization for the furtherance of British industries, and
that another director is a public man well known for his
advocacy of tariff reform (British royalty) protection.
A New System of Measurement
Messrs. Brooks and Sears, two oflScials of the National
Physical Laboratory, Teddington, have devised a new system
for producing slip gages of the well-known form and, it is
claimed, a new system of measurement by which they can
plot the contour of the gages to limits of considerably less
than 0.000001 in. Stabilization of the steel employed has
■, also received attention; it is something that has been over-
looked by certain peoijle* at any rate in Great Britain, who
have attempted the production of these gages. The new
gages are stated to be actually generated, all sizes being
referred back from a standard foot that is an extremely
accurate division of the standard yard. The blocks are not
polished but are straight grained on the surface, polishing,
as is well-known, producing a hard outer skin which is
under stress and therefore tending to change the size and
form of the gage. The hardness is 100 Shore. The set
comprises 81 pieces, ranging from 0.1001 in. to 4 in. These
gages are being made by Fitters Ventilating and Engineer-
ing Co., Ltd., London, S. E., and are being distributed by
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry.
The High Cost of Metric Measurements
By W. Burr Bennett '
President, Wayne Engineering Co.
Near us is a knitting mill making sweaters and
other wool knit goods. It was established several years
ago and it is possible that nothing but German made
machines built to metric measurements could be ob-
tained at that time. At any rate they have continued
to buy similar machines, except during the late war.
While we are not a tool shop or jobbing shop, never-
theless they often call on us to make repairs and parts
in which case we endeavor to serve them. The writer
has continuously suggested, however, that as far as
posible, all new parts and repairs be made to standard
English measurements in order to keep the cost down
and to insure quick service. It so happens, however,
that the sweater factory management is not in favor of
this and we are compelled to work to metric sizes.
Recently we had an example which shows the absurdity
of conflicting the metric system with our own and which
convinced us that we do not want any metric machinery.
Four small hardened-steel pawls were wanted in our
shop; they weighed about two ounces each and con-
tained two drilled and reamed holes and two tapped
holes. To. make up the four, using all metric measure-
ments, cost $100. This of course included the making
of one of the taps and the purchasing of the other,
as well as the full use of metric measurements with
which our toolroom was not over-familiar.
As an experiment, the writer made up a piece to serve
the purpose employing all British or U. S. Standard
dimensions, including taps and even making the neces-
sary standard screws to fit the U. S. Standard thread.
The piece worked perfectly and the total cost of one
was about $10, or $60 less for four than it cost to make
them in metric sizes.
The less we have to do with the metric system the
better. If European and South American countries
want U. S. goods let them take them with good old
U. S. measurements.
Smoothing Up a Defective Thread By-
Means of a Castellated Nut
By C. Nye
Many times a planer bolt or similar piece gets a jam
in the threads that makes it a source of annoyance. If a
set of dies does not happen to be available, put the bolt
in a vise, invert a hardened castellated nut and screw
it down on the thread with a wrench. The castellated
nut, being harder than the bolt, serves as a cutter aud
the slots afford a recess for metal cuttings.
1018
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
KS FROM THii
Valeniine Francis
Machine-Shop and Design Sections
©f A. S. M. E. Meeting
The machine-shop session at tiit an-
nual meeting of the A. S. M. E. in
New York, Dec. 7-10, 1920, will be
given over to the presentation of three
papers.
Earle Buckingham of the Pratt &
Whitney Co. will present the results of
a mathematical investigation on the
side-cutting action of a hob when mill-
ing threads. The paper will deal with
both externally and internally threaded
parts and will indicate the corrections
that can be applied to the form of hob
to prepare a correct thread.
The paper by W. H. Chapman of the
Norton Grinding Co. records the new
developments in grinding practice in
the present year and points out the
importance of these developments.
Joseph F. Keller, general manager of
the Keller Mechanical Engraving Co.,
will present a slide lecture giving
important information concerning a
new die sinking mechanism which he
developed.
It is anticipated that this newly
formed professional section session on
machine shop will be a rallying point
for machine-shop men throughout the
country and that future intensive action
in machine-shop development will be
the result from this meeting.
Design Sessions
Data of great interest to designers
of machines will be recorded in the
papers to be presented before the de-
sign sessions.
Louis Illmer, oil-engine expert, South-
wark Foundry and Machine Co., in his
paper entitled, "Disastrous Experiences
with Large Center Crankshafts," will
point out the essential principles to be
followed in the design of this type of
shaft. Mr. Illmer's conclusions were
obtained after a careful analysis of a
failure of a large center crankshaft.
In his paper,' "Tests on Rear-Axle
Worm Drives for Trucks," K. Heindl-
hofer, research engineer of the SKF
Industries, has tabulated data on the
efficiency of motor-truck drives and will
give information on the tests to de-
struction of several worms.
N. W. Akimoff, manufacturer of bal-
ancing machinery in Philadelphia, who
has developed a successful balancing
machine, will present an entirely new
point 01 view on the design of founda-
tions for machinery. Mr. Akimoff's de-
vice relates to the reduction of vibra-
tion by a study of the gyroscopic laws.
It is believed that the principles he has
evolved will be of particular value to
the designer of high-speed rotating ma-
chinery on land and shipboard.
Acquiescing to the demand of hoist-
ing-dnim manufacturers. Professor E.
O. Waters of Sheffield Scientific School,
Yale University, worked out the
formula for the rational design of
hoisting drums. Professor Waters will
present the results of his investigation
and study to the meeting.
The designer of flywheels for recipro-
cating machinery connected to genera-
tors and motors will have at his dis-
posal accurate information as to the
methods to be followed and results to
be attained in the design of this impor-
tant adjunct of constant-speed mechan-
ism. Messrs. Doherty and Franklin of
the General Electric Co. will show in
their paper wherein the procedure of
design can be bettered and give prin-
ciples to be used.
A Research Information Bureau
The National Research Council has
established a research information serv-
ice as a general clearing-house and in-
formational bureau for scientific and
industrial research. This "service" on
request supplies information concern-
ing research problems, progress, lab-
oratories, equipment, methods, publica-
tions, personnel, funds, etc.
Ordinarily inquiries are answered
without charge. When this is impos-
sible because of unusual difficulty in
securing information, the inquirer is
notified and supplied with an estimate
of cost.
Much of the information assembled
by this bureau is published promptly
in the "Bulletin" or the "Reprint and
Circular Series" of the National Re-
search Council, but the purpose is to
maintain complete up-to-date files in
the general office of the Council.
Requests for information should be
addressed. Research Information Serv-
ice, National Research Council, 1701
Massachusetts Avenue, Washington,
D. C.'
Welding Patents Association
At a meeting of the Welding Patents
Investigating Committee, composed of
nearly 500 members, held at the Hollen-
den Hotel, Cleveland, Nov. 9, it was
decided to form a permanent organiza-
tion which will be known as the Weld-
ing Patents Association. The commit-
tee was originally formed in 1917 to
conduct litigation testing the validity
of patents on the process of spot weld-
ing. Henry C. Milligan, president of
the Republic Stamping and Enameling
Co., Canton, Ohio, who has been chair-
man of the committee, was elected as
chairman of the association.
Cancellations — Legal Liabilities
of Buyer and Seller
In these days when cancellations of
orders are so frequent, a word re-
garding the legal liabilities of the buyer
and seller may prove of value.
It should be understood first that a
contract comes into existence when an
offer to buy is made by one party and
accepted by the other and that such a
contract is not subject to revision or
cancellation, except by mutual consent.
A legally enforceable obligation to pay
arises when the buyer orders a quantity
of goods shipped and the seller either
promises to ship them or actually ships
them upon receipt of the order. The
law does not impose an obligation upon
the buyer to receive goods which he
has purchased, but if the buyer elects
to refuse to carry out his part of the
bargain he must pay to the seller what-
ever damages the seller has sustained.
But let us suppose that the buyer
orders a quantity of goods which are
to be specially manufactured for him,
and thereafter, while the goods are in
the process of manufacture, notifies the
seller that he repudiates the contract
and will not accept the goods, the law
thereupon places upon the seller the
duty of refraining from taking an>
further steps which would increase the
amount of damages for which the buyer
has made himself liable. The seller
cannot continue to manufacture if to
do so will pile up damages against the
buyer.
Where goods have been specially
manufactured for the buyer and are
not suitable for sale to any one else, the
seller may hold the buyer for the full
value of the manufactured articles.
But if the goods are suitable for sale to
another and can be disposed of, the
amount of damages which the seller
can collect is limited by the amount of
loss which he has sustained after dis-
posing of the goods at their fair mar-
ket value at the time the contract was
to have been performed.
Attention has been called to a situ-
ation arising from loose business meth-
ods resulting in a state of facU lome-
what as follows: A salesman takes an
order from a buyer, using the seller's
form of order blank. This blank, duly
signed by the buyer, is forwarded to
the seller's office and the order accepted
and the buyer notified. Thereafter the
buyer comfirms the order, using his
.own order blank, which sets forth
terms differing from those contained in
the original order. Subsequently the.
goods are shipped. What are the rights
and liabilities of the parties? The
answer is clear that the original order.
November 25, la^u
Give a aquare Deal — and Dvi,Mnd One
1019
^>U8TRIAlR3R^
News Editor
having been accepted, is not subject to
variation by the action of the buyer in
forwarding his own confirmation. The
seller has a right to insist upon the en-
forcement of the contract in accordance
with its original terms; but if the con-
firmation differs so materially from the
original order that it amounts to a re-
pudiation thereof, the seller is clearly
put upon notice that the buyer elects
not to accept the goods on the terms
originally agreed upon, and while the
seller may still insist upon the perform-
ance of the contract under its original
terms, he is nevertheless bound to re-
frain from taking any steps which will
increase the damages to be paid by the
buyer. Under such circumstances the
only safe course for the seller to pursue
is to notify immediately the buyer that
the contract must be fulfilled as origi-
nally made or not at all, and that the
terms of the confirmation are not ac-
ceptable, and that the seller will hold
the buyer liable for breach of contract.
— By W. Randolph Montgomery, Coun-
sel, National Association of Credit
Men, in the Supply Manufacturer.
W. R. Moore Gives Lecture
on Grinding
A lecture on grinding, illustratea by
stereopticon views, was the feature of
the November meeting of tihe New
York chapter of the American Society
for Steel Treating. The lecture was
given by W. R. Moore, sales engineer of
the Norton Co., Worcester, Mass., and
was held at the Machinery Club, Hud-
son Terminal Building, New York.
The meeting was preceded by a din-
ner at the club, after which the lecture
was given, the diners retaining their
seats. Mr. Moore commenced with a
brief history of grinding, then going
through the evolution of abrasive
wheels from the mines to the finished
products. Practically every type of
grinding machine was illustrated, those
made by concerns other than the Nor-
ton Co. being included.
A discussion on grinding followed,
during which Mr. Moore satisfactorily
answered all questions put to him
Thanksgiving Dinner at the
Chicago Machinery Club
One of the annual customs of the
Machinery Club of Chicago is the
turkey dinner and general jollification
held on Thanksgiving Day. This will
be held again this year and not only
will dinner be served for the price of
$2.50 per couple, but cold lunch in the
evening is included. The plans also in-
clude a musical program for the after-
noon with music and dancing.
National Founders' Association
Holds Annual Convention
Opening its twenty-fourth annual
convention in the Hotel Astor, New
York City, on Wednesday, Nov. 17,
with a powerful speech by President
William H. Barr, the National Foun-
ders' Association wrote another chap-
ter into the history of the fight for the
"open-shop" method of employment.
All through the two days of the con-
vention this issue was paramount and
nearly every one of the speakers
touched on some particular phase of the
subject.
Mr. Barr has long been identified
with this movemeent for the open shop
and he covered the matter thoroughly.
He stated that the opposition of the
American Federation of Labor to the
open-shop movement is evidenced by the
plan of that organization to raise a
huge sum to be spent in combating this
growing menace to its control of the
American workingman.
The speaker also touched on the labor
clause as contained in Article 13 of the
Covenant of the League of Nations.
He had the following to say on this
subject:
During the campaign you heard much
about the League of Nations, and various
articles contained in the Covenant. But I
refer to it only tor the purpose of discuss-
ing Article 13, which creates an interna-
tional labor office and which, if the Treaty
were ratified, would put labor in the United
States under its control. The first meeting
of this annual international labor confer-
ence was held in Washington in October,
1919, at which the United States could not
officially participate. But should the
League of Nationals, or some similar
agreement; ev^r become effective 'there
must be not merely a reservation as to the
international labor clauses, but their com-
plete elimination. This existing labor office
is largely dominated by its radical mem-
bers, and the American Ffedaration of
Labor is cordially co-operating with these
socialists in trying to entangle our country
in the labor meshes of the League of Na-
tions. For I emphasize the fact that there
are in the proposed Covenant certain labor
clauses which were apparently included at
the request of our labor unions, and with
the consent of our representatives, for the
purpose of hindering our industries.
Mr. Barr is also associated with the
Inter-Racial Council of New York and
spoke as follows on the immigration
problem as affecting our industrial life:
This country needs immigrant!?, and
will continue to need them. It is the in-
dustrial university of the world, and it re-
quires a freshman class every year. The
question is, whether we are to admit and
distribute our immigrants according to a
well-thought out consistent plan, or whether
we are to continue to leave things to the
mercies of chance and to politicians.
We ought also to recognize a few funda-
mental facts on immigration. Tlie immi-
grant comes here for his benefit, and we
take him here for ours. If we ac|:ept him,
we cannot at the same time exploit him
or make him the universal goat when any-
thing goes wrong. There are radicals
who are foreign born, and most of them
aro misguided. There are. too, Americans
of the same stripe, and they have less ex-
cuse. The very great majority of our im-
niigr-ants are decent, law-abiding, intelli-
gent, respectable, worthy people, and they
will become good and enthusiastic citizens
if given a square deal. In the fundamental
things men and women are much the same
the world over.
It is time, therefore, th.at these problems
of admission, distribution, assimilation and
stabilization should be taken out of the
hands of sentimentalists and politicians,
and that they should be placed where they
belong, in the hands of intelligent, impartial
thinkers who know enough of American
history to realize that we need these people
for our own development and that, on the
other hand, they need the wisdom and sym-
pathy of unprejudiced Americans.
Emery on "Mistaken Philosophy"
James A. Emery, counsel of the
National Industrial Council, and only
recently chosen chief counsel for the
National Founders' Association, spoke
on the "Progress of the Open Shop."
Few men are better qualified to dis-
cuss this subject than is Mr. Emery.
As a student of industrial problems
and a lawyer of no mean talent, he
has given much thought to this "mis-
taken philosophy" — as he termed the
doctrine of the closed shop.
Mr. Emery started off by showing
the evils of the closed shop and declared
there was too little public appreciation
of the influence of orgranized labor on
production. He said that the idea of
organization for legitimate benefit was
ancient, but that it had grown in the
wrong direction till now it was "an
alien movement in our midst which
threatened to undermine our economic
structure and destroy the peace of
society."
He declared that during the eighteen
months in which the United States was
engaged in the great war over 6,000
strikes in essential industries were par-
ticipated in by union labor, with the
resulting loss of time and money, be-
sides the Inconvenience to the public
and those in conduct of our military
establishment, and general confusion in
the industrial life of the country.
In conclusion Mr. Emery said: "The
growth of the open-shop movement is
a natural consequence of the rising of
the communities to a greater sense of
justice, and a combined effort to throw
back this false doctrine which is detri-
mental to its life.
"The defeat of the candidates, spon-
sored by the labor leaders in the recent
election, shows the feeling of the public
against this altogether mistaken phi-
losophy. And so long as the American
Federation of Labor sponsors that
philosophy it cannot be a force for
good in this country."
Colonel T. C. Dickson, commanding
officer of the Watertown Arsenal,
Watertown, Mass., took up tne subject
of "Industrial Relations in Arsenals of
the Ordnance Depart'ment' United
States Army.'/ (Of course, being an
army officer, 'he*was' not>'.ati liberty to
1020
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
say very much, but he intimated that
it was time the public, and particularly
the manufacturers of the country,
looked into the growth of labor union-
ism in government circles.
In driving home this point Colonel
Dickson quoted many War Department
orders and other official documents to
show the influence which labor officials
must have at Washington.
C. C. Petti John, of New York, a
pioneer in the movement of stamping
out radicalism by means of the mov-
ing picture, was heard in an interest-
ing talk on "Americanization on the
Screen." Mr. Pettijohn accompanied
his remarks with several reels of film,
picturing the ways in which soveitism
is spread among the ignorant and ill-
informed.
The Open Shop in Texas
On Thursday W. S. Mosher, of Dal-
las, Texas, presented a paper on "The
Open-Shop Movement in the South-
west." Mr. Mosher traced the events,
mostly strikes and labor troubles,
which led to the formation of open-shop
associations at Dallas and other in-
dustrial centers of Texas. He said the
movement had the support of the pub-
lic and the merchants and was a boom-
ing success, but was ever on its guard
against the bitter opposition of labor
unions.
A particularly noteworthy phase of
this address was the suggestion offered
by the speaker to the employers, to
"sell their company to the employees."
He urged a policy of better working
conditions, consideration and con-
structive management as a means of
bringing the employees into closer
co-operation and thus establishing a
bulwark against the ever present dan-
ger of radicalism.
Other papers presented at the con-
vention were: "The Relationship of
the Stock Exchange to Industry," by
J. Edward Meeker, of New York, and
"Modern Foundry Equipment," by Jo-
seph J. Wilson, of the General Motors
Corporation, Saginaw, Mich.
The convention discussed and unani-
mously passed a resolution congratulat-
ing the United States Chamber of Com-
merce in its stand against the closed
shop in this country.
Barr Re-elected
At the conclusion of this part of the
program the election of officers took
place. William H. Barr was unani-
mously re-elected president, and he
carried all the other officers in with
him.
The others elected were Julius Gos-
lin, of Birmingham, Ala., vice-presi-
dent; Arthur E. McClintock, Chicago,
111., commissioner; Jeffrey M. Taylor,
Chicago, 111., secretary.
A Record for Freight Traffic
The highest recorded volume of
freight traffic ever transported in the
history of the Pennsylvania Railroad
System was handled during the month
of October. Reports from all divisions,
which have just reached the general
offices in Philadelphia, show that during
the month an average of nearly 24,000
loaded cars per day, or 167,461 per
week, were forwarded to their respec-
tive destinations. This represents more
than 870,000 tons of freight a day, or
over 6,000,000 tons a week, loaded on
the Pennsylvania Railroad, or accepted
by it from connecting lines.
The nearest approach to the figures
for October of this year were those of
the corresponding month of 1919, when
the daily average of loaded cars han-
dled was 23,700. As compared with
midsummer, the freight traffic handled
has been increased by an average of
3,300 cars per day, or approximately
120,000 tons.
Society Changes Headquarters
The American Society for Steel
Treating has changed its headquarters
to 4600 Prospect Ave., Cleveland, Ohio.
This change was made on Nov. 20 and
all future correspondence should be
mailed to the new address.
Advertising: the Teclinical Product. By Clif-
ford Ale-xander Sloan and David James
Mooney. 365 pp., 6x9, illustrated. Pub-
lished by McGraw-Hill Book Co.. Inc.,
239 West 39th St., New York City.
A real advertising manual for the man
with a technical product to sell, manufac-
turer, advertising manager or copy writer.
The subject is well presented and there
are ideas for every man connected with the
advertising business. The book is divided
into five parts as follows: I, The General
Problem and Its Economic Elements II,
The Instruments Available for Advertising
the Technical Product ; III, Technical Ad-
vertisements ; IV, Advertising Organiza-
tions ; V, Appendix.
One of the most interesting features of
the book is the section of the appendix in
which sample advertisements taken from
various sources are criticized by the pur-
chasing engineer, the sales manager, the
advertising manager and the sales engineer.
There is also a good bibliography in the
appendix.
Material for the book has been con-
tributed by the following well-known men
in the industry. J. C. McQuiston, manager,
Westinghouse Department of Publicity ;
Robert Porter, vice-president, Jaxon-Steel
Products Co. ; F. M. Feiker, vice-president,
McGraw-Hill Co., Inc. ; J. A. Harlan, pur-
chasing agent, Delco-Light Co. ; M. F. Law-
rence, sales promotion manager, Hyatt
Roller Bearing Co. ; P. C. Gunion, advertis-
ing manager. Industrial Division, General
Motors Corp. ; O. W. Crawshaw, president.
Crawshaw Service ; S. Sidney Neu ; E. E.
Eby, American director, Delco-Remy. Ltd..,
T. P. Cunningham, vice-president, Lincoln
Products Corp. ; D. L. Darnell, assistant
sales managrep, Bak-er Industrial Truck
Co. ; C. A Trapper, president International
Trade Press Association ; F. D. Wood, ad-
vertising department. Good Housekeeping ;
R. Bigelow Lockwood, manager. Advertising
Service Department, McGraw-Hill Co., I,nc.,
Jesse H. Neal, executive secretary. Asso-
ciated Business Papers : J. Frank Eddy,
The Dando Co. ; J. D. McGuire, president,
McGuire Printing Co.
Export Reelster of tlie Federation of
Britisli Industries, Three hundred and
twelve 7 x 9J-in. pages including ad-
vertisements and indexes. Published
for the federation by the Industrial
Publishing Service, Ltd., 4-7 Red Lion
Court, London, E. C. 4.
The book is divided into the following
sections, with cross references : Products ;
Companies, Firms and Their Agents ; As-
sociations, Arranged in industrial groups ;
Advertisements. In the section on Com-
panies, Firms and Their Agents, which is
a list of the , members of the federation,
each member's name is followed by the
name of his overseas agents.
The corporate name of the Dawson-
Rouillard Tool Corporation has been
changed to the Dawson Tool Corpora-
tion. The address of the company is
51st St. and Lancaster Ave., Philadel-
phia, Pa.
The board of directors of the T. H.
Symington Co., manufacturer of rail-
way specialties and special machinery
at Lincoln Park, at a meeting in New
York City on Oct. 27, elected Donald
S. Barrows, heretofore works manager
and chief engineer, as vice-president in
charge of operations.
The Chicago offices of the Tacony
Steel Co., Philadelphia, have been re-
moved from the Marquette Building
and are now situated at 427 Reaper
Block. F. B. Hillwick, former district
sales representative in this district, has
been succeeded by A. H. Ackerman.
The Lafayette Tool and Equipment
Co., Lafayette, Ind., manufacturer of
universal grinding machines, has ap-
pointed Russell, Holbrook & Henderson,
Inc., with sales offices at SO Church St.,
New York and 548 Leader News Build-
ing, Cleveland, Ohio, its sole United
States representative.
The Baltimore Tool Corporation, 921
Sterrett St., Baltimore, Md,, has been
recently incorporated. Charles A.
Schmidt, secretary and treasurer, says
that the company expects to have one
of the best equipped tool manufactur-
ing plants in the East, in conjunction
with which blacksmith, forging and
machine work and commercial heat
treating will be solicited.
The Bowers & Bartlett Co., Inc., Bal-
timore, Md,, manufacturer of washing
machines, has leased a building at 1201
South Sharp St. as a plant.
The Syracuse Washing Machine
Corporation, Syracuse, N. Y., which
now makes only laundry apparatus,
plans to extend its field to include other
labor-saving devices, such as ironing
machines and dishwashers. G. C. Wil-
kinson, a vice president of the com-
pany, is to have charge of this develop-
ment work.
The Reed & Prince Manufacturing
Co., Worcester, Mass., manufacturer of
machine screws, etc., held a three days'
salesmen's conference at its plant re-
cently. It brought together twelve of
its men from the principal distributing
centers of the country and each day a
set of speakers talked on various prob-
lems of interest relating to the work of
the men in the field, etc.
The Hardware City Manufacturing
Co., New Britain, Conn., has changed
the name of the company to the Plain-
ville Manufacturing Co., and has also
removed the plant of the company from
Elm and Seymour Sts., New Britain,
to Plainville, Conn., where it has a
modern equipped plant.
November 25, 1920
Uive a Square Deal — and Demand OniR ■ ~\ '
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
1020a
Attachment. Luthe, Bench, Thread-Chasins
S. A. Potter Tool and Machine Co., 77 East 130th St.. New York.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28, 1920
This fixture can be readily at-
tached to the company's Nos. 5
and 7 lathes. It will cut threads
up to 5 in. long: with leads from
4 to 84 threads per inch. The
lead screw is mounted on a shaft
carried in brackets at the rear of
the headstock, a short section of
the screw being fluted to form a
hob for cutting the bronze lead-
nut when necessary. The tool-
holder is mounted on a slide which
is provided with screw adjustment
and a graduated feed dial. Tlie
slide swings on a frame mounted on the chasing bar back of the
bed.
Hcuter, Ladle, No. 3085
Wayne Oil Tank and Pump Co., Fort Wayne, Ind.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28. 1920
This heater is for
use in connection with
tilting crucible and
non - crucible melting
furnaces. It consists
of a frame upon which
the ladle may be sup-
ported at various
heights. There is
mounted on the top
plate of the frame, an
inverted burner with a
cone-shaped hood to
blow the flame into the
ladle. The burner is designed for connection to the regular oil or
gas supply lines and uses oil at 5 lb. or more pressure and air
at IJ lb.
DrilUngr Machine, Two-Spindle, No. 280
Baker Bros., Toledo, Ohio.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28,
This machine is built as a single-purposi'
production tool for successive operations and
can be used for drilling, boring, counterbor-
ing. reaming, facing, etc. The indexing table
affords two work stations and a loading sta-
tion. The rated capacity of the machine is
2-in. diameter for high-speed drilling. The
spindle centers are lOJ in. apart. The length
of downfeed is 12 in. Changes of spindle
speed can be had by changing slip gears in
the gear box on the side of tlie machine.
Specifications: Speeds and feeds built to suit
job. Weight. 5.200 lb. Floor space, belt
drive, 31 x 42 in.; motor drive, 31 x 66 in.
Motor, 10 to 15 hp. Height, 8J ft.
1920
Welding Macliine, Klectric, A-C, "Weldrite"
Electric Welding Machine Co.. 500 East Lamed St.,
Detroit, Mich.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28. 1920
The company recommends this de-
vice for welding cast-iron and repair
work. The device uses a short drawn
arc, eliminating the necessity of pre-
heating. It is built without moving
parts and is so designed that the
delivery of voltage and amperage to the
work remains substantially constant.
The machines are built to be operated
on 110-, 220- or 440-volt alternating-
current, indoors or out. where access
can he had to an electric circuit of 75
amp. capacity. They are portable, the
largest type weighing about 300 lb. All
are mounted on ball-bearing casters.
b
•
Furnace, Tilting, Crucible Type, Oil-Burnlne, No. 3015
Wayne Oil Tank and Pump Co., Fort Wayne, Ind.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28, 1920
The furnace stands entire-
ly above ground, is self-con-
tained and is ready for con-
nection to the oil and air
supply lines. Specifications:
Three sizes, Nos. 3, 6 and 9.
Respective capacities, 200,
350 and 750 lb. Average heats
per day, G to 10, 5 to 9. 3 to 5.
Floor space. 36 x 66 in,, 39 x
68 in., 42 x 70 in. Height to
cover, 3 ft. 8 in., 3 ft. I'O in.
and 4 ft. Air pipe connec-
tions. 2, 2J and 3 in. Oil pipe
connections, 1 in. Air volume
required, 200, 250 and 400 cu.
ft. per minute. Shiiiping
weights, complete. 2.000. 2.500
and 3,000 lb. The burner is
designed for air at a pressure
of from 1 to 2 lb. and oil at
pressure of 5 lb. or more.
-^^^^K&
Slotting Macliine, No. 25
Racine Tool and Machine Co.. Racine, Wia.
"American Machinist, Oct. 2S, 1920
The base contains the main working
parts of the mechanism and the reser-
voir for the coolant. The table has a
slotted hole lengthwi.se through its
center for about one-half its length
which permits the table to be fed for
that distance into the cutting tool. Spec-
ifications : Table, 12 x 27 in. Strokes
per minute, 60. Length of stroke, 7 in.
Drive pulley, 3 x 10 in. Pulley speed.
750 r.p.m. Net weight. 2.000 \h. Floor
space. 26J x 57 in. Height overall, 58
in. Power required, 2 hp. The mivchine
is furnished either wi.th tight and loo.sc
pulleys for belt-drive or with a tight
pulley only for motor drive.
Bandsnw, Bencli, ",Iunior"
West Side Iron Works, Grand Rapids, Mich.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28, 1920
This machine can be used as a portable
machine or mounted on a bench when not
furnished with the pedestal. It is furnished
either for liolt or motor drive. The belt drive
pulley is 5J x IJ in. The frame is a one-
piece cored casting, carrying self-oiling bear-
ings for the shafts. The wheels are 14 in
in diameter with 1 in. face and are covered
with rubber bands. The shaft of the upper
wheel runs in a double yoke-box and has a
tilting device for shifting the saw-blade to
the desired path. The table is 16J x 19 in.
is finish-planed and can be tilted to any angle
up to 45 deg. The overall height without
pedestal is 3 ft. 6 in.
roaring: Device, Mechanical
E. J. Woodison Co., Detroit, Mich.
"American Machinist." Oct. 28. 1920
The illustration herewith
shows the relative advan-
tages of tills pouring device
over the old-style method.
The pouring is said to be
more accurate, with fewer
spills and accidents. Adjus-
table levers and a counter-
weight enable ladle capacities
of over 400 lb. to be lifted 18
Inches.
Clip, paste on S x 5-in. cards and file as desired
1020b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
Luther A.' Davis, formerly produc-
tion superintendent of tiie Standard
Screw Co., Corry, Pa., and more
recently with the Hydraulic Pressed
Steel Co., Cleveland, Ohio, is now con-
nected with the lamp equipment divi-
sion of the National Lamp Works, Gen-
eral Electric Co., Cleveland, Ohio.
Peter H. Goda, who until recently
was general foreman of the Lorain,
' Ashland & Co. R.R., Ashland, Ohio, is
' now with the Pennsylvania R.R., Pit
; cairn. Pa.
W. S. QuiGLEY, president of the Quig-
ley Furnace Specialties Co., New York
City, has just returned from Europe
after an extensive trip made in con-
nection with installations of the Quig-
ley powdered-coal system in Italy and
Belgium.
W. H. DeWolfe has been appointed
district manager of the New Britain
Machine Co., with headquarters at 294
Washington St.. Boston.
Clifford F. Messinger has been ap-
pointed general sales manager of the
Chain Belt Co., Milwaukee, to succeed
L. C. Wilson who has resigned to be-
come secretary of the Federal Malle-
able Co., closely associated with
the Chain Belt Co. Other promotions
announced are C. E. Stone, assistant to
the vice president, and J. A. Monahan,
purchasing agent.
C. C. Bradford has changed the name
of the selling organization which he
has recently formed, from the Manu-
facturers' Sales Co. to the Bradford
Sales Co. The offices of this company,
which will represent not more than two
manufacturers as a district sales office
of each, are located at 340 Leader-News
Building, Cleveland, Ohio.
Miss Gretchen Rasely, for several
years connected with the advertising
department of the Norton Co., of Wor-
cester, Mass., and later assistant editor
of the Norton Spirit, the factory paper
of the company, has resigned her posi-
tion to accept one as editor of the
shop paper of the Westinghouse Lamp
company's plant, in Bloomfield, N. J.
Miss Rasely will, be one of the few
woman editors of such papers in the
country.
James E. McKenne, superintendent
of the National Manufacturing Co.
division of the Wickwire-Spencer Steel
Corporation, at Worcester, Mass., has
resigned his position. He has accepted
a position in the production department
of the Republic Rubber Co., Youngs-
town, Ohio.
Robert G. Ashman has resigned as
superintendent of the Worcester
Pressed Steel Co., Worcester, Mass., to
become general manager of the J. D.
Crosby Co., Pawtucket, R. I., manufac-
turer of cold-rolled strip steel, flat wire,
etc.
E. Kent Swift, treasurer of the
Whiton Machine Works, of Whitins-
ville, Mass., was recently chosen a mem-
ber of the chief executive commission of
the Associated Industries of Massachu-
setts.
Charxj:s E. Hilbreth, president of
the Whitcomb-Blaisdell Machine Tool
Co., Worcester, Mass., has been ap-
pointed receiver of the Standard
Plunger Elevator Co., of Worcester,
which was recently petitioned into
bankruptcy by creditors of the com-
pany.
John H. Collier, superintendent of
the Bridgeport, Conn., plants of the
Crane Co., of Chicago, has been elected
as president of the Bridgeport Manu-
facturers' Association. Mr. Collier suc-
ceeds Clarence E. Bilton, who is the
president of the Bilton Machine Tool
Co., of Bridgeport.
Charles L. Langlotz is now assist-
ant manager of the export division of
H. H. Robertson Co., New York. He
was formerly assistant regional man-
ager of the Al'-ied Machinery Co. of
America, New York.
Joseph H. Baird, founder of the
Baird Machine Co., Bridgeport, Conn.,
died on Nov. 14 in Cheshire, Conn. He
was president of the above company
until 1913, when, at his own request, he
made way for a younger man ; however,
he acted in advisory capacity to
the last. As an inventor Mr. Baird's
reputation was world-wide. He was
the first man in the United States to
manufacture pins and invented many of
the machines and methods used
throughout the world in making them.
He invented a pin-sticking machine
which puts the pins into papers, and a
safety-pin machine which takes a coil of
wire and drops out complete pins ready
for the cleaning or plating operation.
Mr. Baird was the inventor of many
automatic machines that are used for
making every-day products in large
quantity. One of his early inventions was
the machine that fastened the hoops
in hoop skirts. He sold this invention
for thirty dollars and the man who
bought it resold it for fifty thousand
dollars. Mr. Baird was associated with
many of the men who developed the
manufacturing industries of New Eng-
land and was generally recognized as a
pioneer in the manufacturing of
machines for the automatic making of
small wares and notions.
A. J. Babcock, formerly president of
Manning, Maxwell & Moore, Inc., New
York, died in London, England, Oct.
30, after a short illness. Mr. Babcock
was born in Brookfield, N. Y., in 1850.
He served in the regular army during
the Civil War, after which he studied a
tool law course and practiced law in
Denver, Colo., from 1882 to 1884. Mr.
Babcock entered the machinery business
in Chicago with Fay & Egan Co., and
later was in the employ of Manning,
Maxwell & Moore, Inc., as the Chicago
branch manager. Seven years ago he
came to New York as assistant to the
president and finally was made presi-
dent of the company, retiring in May,
1920, because of ill health.
Samuel H. Wheeler, of Bridgeport,-
Conn., prominent in several manufac-
turing plants of that city, died in Chi-
cago on Nov. 14 after an illness of but
two weeks. Mr. Wheeler, who was one
of Connecticut's wealthiest citizens,
was for a number of years president of
the Wheeler & Wilson Manufacturing
Co. of Bridgeport, which company was
absorbed by the Singer Manufacturing
Co. some years ago.
John M. Lynch, vice president of
the American Hardware Co., Bridge-
port, Conn., died very suddenly at his
home on Sunday, Oct. 31. Mr. Lynch
was at his office the day previous, and
was apparently in the best of health.
He was fifty-one years old, and had
been in the hardware business in
Bridgeport for the past thirty-two
years.
The Bnrean of Foreign and Dompatie
Commerce, Department of Comnierce,
W ashiiif^ton, D. C liaK inquiriet* for the
apencie8 of machinery and machine tools.
Any information deaired refra-rdinR these
opportunities can be secured from the above
address by referring to the number follow-
ing eacli item.
An American engineer who is about to
go to China desires to secure the repre-
sentation of firms for the sale of macliin-
ery, tools, hardware, and technical and
engineering lines. References. No. 33,-
991.
An engineering equipment company In
Wales desires to purchase electrical acces-
sories, such as conduit pipes, ceiling roses,
cutouts, lamp holders, switches, and to
secure an agency for the sale of mechan-
ical latches, drilling machines, shaping,
milling, and slotting machines, engineer's
small tools, leather and balata belting, and
iron and steel. Quotations should be given
c.i.f. Welsh port. Reference. No. 34.013.
A mill owners' association in India de-
sires to secure an agency and purchase
riee-mill machinery, including steam en-
gines, boilers, and crude-oil engines, hori-
zontal and vertioal boilers, electrical plants
for bungalows and factories, agricultural
machinery, etc. Quotations sho\iId be given
c.i.f, Madras. Payment to be made against
documents through bank in India. Refer-
ence. No. 33,994.
A producer and wholesaler of oxygen
in Denmark desires to secure an agency
and purchase oxygen-welding and cutting
equipment for metals, all kinds of tools
and apparatus for the ship-building indus-
try, iron and steel, and automobiles. Refer-
ence. No. 33,994.
Forthcoming Meetings
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building.
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec. 7 to Dec. 10.
The American Institute of Weights and
Measures will hold its annual meeting at
2.30 p.m. in the United Engineering So-
cieties Building. 29 West 39th St, New
"iork, Dec. 10, 1920.
The Society of Automotive Engineers will
hold its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to 13
inclusive at New York.
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1020c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Drill, Portable, Electric, Type "C"
Arnold Electric Tool Co., Ina, New London, Conn., and 114
Liberty St., New Yorli.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28, 1920
Til is drill lias a 5-hp. motor and an
idle speed of 480 r.p.m. It is claimed
to have a capacity for drilling i in. in
steel and 3 in. in wood or brass. The
motor operates on both a.c. and d.c.
current of 110 to 120 volts, although
machines can be furnished for other
voltages. Each section of the tool can
be removed as a unit. The breast-
plate and the spade handle are inter-
changeable. The overall length of the
tool is 16J in., and the weight 13J lb.
Wood Trimmer, Revolving Knife
A. E. Bauer & Son, 7021 S. Racine Ave., Chicago, 111.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28. 1920
It is claimed that the revolving
knife cuts instead of crushes off
the wood, maKing a straight,
smooth cut witli a polished sur-
face effect on any liind of wood.
The total cutting edge of the
linife is 16i in. The guides at the
ends can be set at any angle up
to 45 deg. and 45, 60 and 90 deg.
angles are marked on the base of
the machine. There is an attach-
ment to be used when grinding
the knife. Specifications: Length
overall. 17i in. Width overall, 11
in. Height (without handle). 9 in.
Ma.\imum length of cut, 75 in.
Ma.ximum height of cut, 2J in.
Diameter of knife, 5J in. Weight,
40 lb.
I
Milling Macliine, Four-Spindle, Continuoas, Duplex, No. 1
Davis & Thompson Co., 251 Reed St., Milwaukee, Wis.
"American Machinist," Oct. 28, 1920
This machine is intended for
continuous end milling and mill-
ing to length. In each head are
two cutter spindles having an
endwise micrometer adjustment
of 2 in. and provision for locking
them in place after adjustment.
The right-hand head is adjust-
able on the bed, permitting mill-
ing various lengths up to the ca-
pacity of the machine. The work ,
is held in a revolving fixture as
shown and the cutters are so lo-
cated that the front ones do the
roughing and the back ones the
finishing. The work mandrel is
supported in both heads and is rotated by worm gearing,
various feeds are by change gears.
The
Furnace, Tilting, Non-Cruclbi« Type, Oil-Burning
Wayne Oil Tank and Pump Co., Fort Wayne, Ind.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
This type of furnace melts
brass, copper, aluminum.' etc. The
furnace is charged through a 10-
in. hole in the center of the top.
The shell of the furnace is of j-
in. steel plate with reinforcements
of angle iron. The firebrick lin-
ing is 7 in. thick with a layer of
insulating material between it and
the furnace shell. Specifications
— Built in two sizes. Nos. 3 and
6. Respective capacities. 350 to
550 and 550 to 800 lb. Average
heats per day. 6 to 10 and 5 to 9.
Floor space, 56 x 80 in., 66 x 80
in. Height to cover. 51 in. Pipe
connections, air. 3 in. ; oil, J in.
Air volume, 400 and 500 cu.ft. per
minute at IJ-lb. pressure. Oil
pressure. 5 lb. or more. Shipping
weights complete, 5,500 lb. ajid
6,500 lb.
Screwdriving Alachine, Automatic, Magazine-Feed
Reynolds Machine Co. Massillon, Ohio.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
Not only screws of ordinary length but
even those having a length shorter than the
diameter of their heads can be driven by
this machine. The screws are dumped at
random into the magazine where they are
automatically delivered, with heads upward,
to an inclined track. At the lower end of
the track a finger receives a screw and holds
it in line with the spindle. The spindle, car-
rying a screwdriver bit, is brought down by
a treadle.
Headstock, Alounted for Bench Use
S. A. Potter Tool and Machine Works, 77 East 130th St.,
New York.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
The device can be employed for
filing, polishing and lapping, being
adapted to performing speed-
lathe work where no tailstock is
required. The headstock is es-
sentially the same as that used
on the bench lathes made by the
concern. It can be fitted with
jaw chucks, spring chucks and
lever chuck-openers. The device
is driven by belt and fastened to
the bench by means of two bolts.
Attaclunent, Cam-Grinding
Landis Tool Co. Waynesboro, Pa.
"American Machinist,"
Intended for jrrinding cams for
internal-combustion engines. The
master cams are mounted direct-
ly on the work spindle inside the
headstock. It is claimed that in
generating ma.ster cams from
models, the roller used is of the
same diameter as the grinding
wheel to be u.sed for reproduction
and that with this method, to-
gether with the pivotal position
of the attachment, cams in dupli-
cate of the models can be repro-
duced with the minimum of error.
The live spindle is worm driven.
The attachment can be furnished
in the following sjzes: 5 J x 26i
in., 5i X 36 in. and 5} x 52 inches.
Nov. 4, 1920
.Separator, Magnetic, Type *'B"
Dings Magnetic Separator Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
This machine extracts iron
from brass, aluminum bor-
ings and turnings, abrasive
materials, rubber buffings,
etc. It has an electro-mag-
net with poles above two
cross-belts which travel
above a wide belt containing
the materials to be separat-
ed. The materials are placed
in the hopper from which
they are distributed evenly
on the wide belt The cross-
belts carry the particles
which are raised by the mag-
netic poles to the side of
the machine from which
they drop into receptacles.
These machines are built in
five sizes, with conveyor
belts from 18 to 60 In. in
width.
Clip, paste on S x 5-in. cards arid file as desired
1020d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
-^ri^ iRfe'r ■
nm WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI -.One
Current Year Ago
No.2Southern $46.50 H^-ll
Northern Basic ■•2.80 27.55
Southern Ohio No. 2 48.50 28.55
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 54.50 32.40
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49.16 35.20
BIRMINGHAM _, „„ „ „
No.2Foundry 42.00 29.25
PHILADELPHIA
EasternPa.. No. 21,2.25-2.75 sil 47.25 29,00-30^00
Virginia No. 2 47.00 33.10
Basic 46.50 25.75
Grey Forge 46.50 26.75
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 47.00 26.75
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 48.67 28.00
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 47.56 28.15
Basic 43.96 27.15
Bessemer 50.96 29.35
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES— Tlie following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and i;v rgor, and plates i in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named :
New York —
One One
Current Month Year
Ago .^go
■ — $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
^Cleveland-
One
Current
Structural shapes.. ..$4.15
Soft steel bars 4,15
SoftBteel bar shapes.. 4.15
Soft steel bands 5.50
Plates, i to I in. thick 4.15
$4.30
4.50
4.50
6.43
4.75
$3.58
3.48
3,48
6.25
3.78
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
^Chicago—.
One
Current
$3.58
3.48
3.48
3.57
3.78 3.67
Year
.^go
$3.47
3.37
3.37
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows;
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse, New York 4.75 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4.12 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York —
Mill Lota One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3.55-5.80 6.15@7.25 4 57 6.25 6,13
No. 12 3.60-5.85 6.20(a>7.30 4.62 6.30 6.18
No. 14 3.65-5.90 6I5(a)7.35 4.67 6.35 6.23
No. 16 3.75-6.00 6.35@7.45 4.77 6.45 6.33
Black
Noa.I8and20 4.20-5.85 7.90(0)8.80 5.30 7.55 5.90
Nos. 22and24 4.25-5.90 7.95@8.85 5.35 7.60 5.95
No. 25 4.30-5.95 8.50(^8.90 5.40 7.55 7.00
No. 28 4.35-6.00 8.I0@9.00 5.50 7.75 7.10
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70-6.00 8.65(^10.00 5.75 8.00 7.25
No. 12 4.80-5.10 8 75(^10.00 5.85 8.10 7.30
No. 14 4.80-6 10 8,75(ai0.10 5.85 8.10 7.45
Nos. 18and20 5.10-6.40 9 00(3)10.40 6.15 8.40 7.75
NoB.22and24 5.25 5.55 9.15@10.55 6.30 8 55 8.15
No. 26 5.40-5.70 9.30(ai0.70 6 45 8.70 8.30
No. 28 5.7O-7.0O 9.60@11.00 6.75 9.00 8.60
Acute scai'city in sheets, particularly black, galvanized and No. 1 6 blue enameled .
Automobile sheets are unnTiiilable except in fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEI Warehouse prices are as follows;
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $6.15 $5.80 $5.50
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6.55 6.30 .6.00
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
, „ , Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL ANDMONEL METAL — Base prices in cents per pound F.O.B.
Bayonne, N. J.
Nickel
Ingot and shot 43
Electrolytic 45
Monel
35
38
40
Metal
Hot rolled rods (base) . . .
Cold rolled rods (base) . .
Hot rolled sheets (base) .
Shot and blocks
Ingots
Sheet bars
Special Niclcel and Alloys
Malleable nickel ingots
Malleable nickel sheet bars
Hot rolled rods, Grades "A" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rods, grades "A" and "C" (base)
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — low manganese.
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese
42
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis) — Welding wire in lOO-lb
lots sells as follows, f.o.b. New Y'ork: A, 8^c. per lb.: t, 8c.; A to i, 7|c
Domestic iron sells at 1 2c. per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7.00 8.00 9 00
Spring steel (light) 10.00 11.00 12.00
C^oppered bessemer rods 9.00 8.00 6.75
Hoopsteel 6.00 5.79 5.32
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 10.75
Floorplates 6.40 4.00 6.63
WROUGHT PIPE— The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lota
on the Pittsburgh basing card:
BUTT WELD
'jSteel
Inches Black
J to 3 54-571%
Inches
Iron
Black
15i-25i%
2 47-50}%
Galvanized
41!-44% I . . ,
1 19i-29J%
JtoIJ... 24i-34i%
LAP WELD
34}-38% 11
37J-4I% U
33i-37% 2 20)-28t%
4Mo 6. . . 22i-30|%
2Mo4... 22!-30i%
7 to 12.. 19i-27i%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
52 -55J% 39}-43% »to1i... 24i-34S%
2 to 3." 53 -56!% 40J-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Galvanized
-)-U-IU%
li-llj%
8 -181%
2} to 6.
7 to 12...
13 to 14..
15
I to I}.,
50 -535%
47 -50}%
37}-41 %
35 -38}%
6}-l4J%
9}-17}%
9}- 17}%
6)- 1 4}%
9S-I9!%
2 45 -48}% 33}-37%
2} to 4 48-51}% 36}-40%
4} to 6 47 -50}% 35}-39%
7 to 8 43 -46}% 291-33%
9 to 12... 38-41}% 24}-28%
New York
Black Galv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded 38% 22%
2} to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 18%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C,
li
n
2
2} to 4...
4} to6.. .
7 to8....
9 to 12..
Cleveland
Black Galv.
39% 30%
41% 26%
21}-29}%
23}-3l}%
22}-30}%
14}-22}%
9}-17}%
8}- 16}%
11}- 19}%
10}- 18}%
2!-10}%
5}-l-2}%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54%40% 40}p 30 %
50@40% 37i(a27i%
plus 45%. Cast iron, standard sizes, plus 5%.
banded, from New Y^ork stock sell at
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New Y'ork jobbers' quota-
tions in cents per pound, in quantities up to car lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 15.75 18.50 22,50
Tin in 5-ton lots 38.75 44.50 56.50
Lead 7.25 8.50 6.25
Zinc 7.00 8.50 7.60
ST. Lcris
Lead 7.25 8.00 6.00
Zino 6.75 7.70(S8.05 7.15
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I mn
or more:
New York • ^- Cleveland ^ . — Chicago —
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent Ago Ago rent Ago rent Ago
Copper sheeto, base.. 23.50 29.50 33.50 26.50(3129.00 35.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 20.00 20.00 30.75 24.00 30.50 29.00 26.00
Brasssheets 28.50 28.50 32.00 25.00 33.00 27.00 28.00
Brasspipe 28.00 33.00 35.00 30.00 39.00 34.00 37.00
Solder (half and half)
(case lots) 31.00 35.00 45.00 29.00 41.00 38.00 38 50
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 24 o«., cold rolled 14 oz. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 7}o.
BRASS RODS— The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 100 lb. and
over, warehouse: net extra:
Current One Year Ago
MIU 25.00 24.00
NewYork 27.00 28.00t<i29.75
Cleveland 25.00 29.00
Chicago 30 00 27.00
November 25, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
SHOP MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are f.o.b. mill -^
less 8% for carload lots 11.50
■ Warehouse — ■ ■
. — In Casks — . — Broken Lota —
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.30 12.50 14,70 13 00
New York 14.00 11.50 14.50 12.50
Chicago 14.50 16.50 14.95 16.00
ANTIMONY— Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
New York 7.25 9.50
Chicago 7.25 9.75
Cleveland 8. 00 9. 75
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
' *New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper. heavy, and crucible 12.50 17.00 12.00 11.50
Copper, heavy, and wire 12.00 16.00 11.75 11.00
Copper, light, and bottoms 10.00 14.00 10.00 10.00
Lead, heavy 5.00 4.75 5.50 5.25
Lead, tea 4.00 3.75 3.75 4.00
Brass, heavy 7.00 10.50 8.00 11.25
Brass, light 5.50 7.50 5.00 6.00
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 7.00 10.00 6.00 6.00
Zinc 4.50 5.00 3.75 4.50
♦These prices nominal because of dull market
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lot8),perlb $33.00 $30.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 38.00 32.00
Chicago 29.00 31.00
Cleveland 27.00 35.00
BABBITT METAL — Warehouse price per pound:
^NewYork-^ —Cleveland^ . Chicago »
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Beat grade 70.00 90.00 47.00 70.00 45.00 60.00
Commercial 30.00 5000 18.00 16.50 11. CO 13.00
NOTE — Price of babbitt metal is governed largely by formula, no two manu-
facturers quoting the same prices. For example, in New York we quote the
best two grades, although lower grades may be obtained at from $ 1 6 to $20.
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
'- New York —
>— Cleveland --
. Ch
icago — — .
Cur- One
Cur- One
Cur-
One
rent Year Ago
rent Year .4go
rent
Year Ago
Hot pressed square, -ftl.25 $1.50
List net $2.25
-1-1.15
1.85
Hot pressed hexagon -j- 1.25 1 .50
List net 2.25
-1-:.15
1.85
Cold punched hexa-
gon -f 1.25 I 50
list net 2 25
-1-M5
1.30
Cold punched square -1- 1.25 1.50
I.i.st net 2 25
-fl.15
1.30
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
New York 30% 50-10%
Chicago 40% 50%
Cleveland 50% 55%
MACHINE BOLTS— Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
} by 4 in. and smaller + '0% 30% 20%
Larger and longer up to I J in. by 30 in Net list 30% 10%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wTought-iron washers:
New York list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $1.90
For cast-iron washers, f and larger, the base nrice per 1 00 lb. is as follows:
New York $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $5.50
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from Hat are in effect;
New York Cleveland Chicago
Lby 6 in. and smaller -1-20% 30% ^20%
argor and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in + 20% 25% 15%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets
Current One Year Ago
Cleveland 20% 20%
Chieago net 20%
New York 30% 40%
Current
One Year Ago
10%
10%
net
207„
net
20%
RIVETS — The following quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders from
warehouse:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Steel A and smaller 20% 40-5% 30%
Tinned 20% 40-5% 30%
Boiler, 5, J, 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York J6.00 Chicago $5.73 Pittsburgh $4.5
Structural, same sizes:
New York $7.10 Chicago 55.83 Pittsburgh $4.60
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING — The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in 1 00-ib. lots is as follows:
Copper.
New York Cleveland Chicago
28.00 33.00 35.00
27.00 30.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is 1 c; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 501b., 2!c. over base (100-lb. lots) ; less than 50 Ih., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 10c. :
less than 10 lb., add . l5-20c.
Double above extras will be charjzed for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as t-2 in. inclusive
m rounds, and j-lj in., inclusive, m square and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds \ip to 1 in. by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $9.85 per 100 lbs.
In Cleveland — $ 1 0 per 1 CO lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound: '
. New York •
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 15.00(0(17.00 13.00 15.00 15.D0@I7.00
Colored mixed. . 9.00@14.00 9.00-12.00
11.00
11. C
)I3.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1 000 is as follows:
„ , ^ 13}xl3l I3}x20j
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Ctirrent One Month Ago One Year Ago
New York $2.00 $2.00 $175
Philadelphia 2.75 2 75 1.75
Cleveland 3.00 3.00 2 50
Chicago 2.00 2 75 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.50 $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.87
Chicago 4.10 5.00 4.12)
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, ConneUsville:
November 22 November 1 5 November 8
Prompt furnace $e.OO@$10.CO $1 1 . 50(a$12.00 JI6. OOfrf $16. 50
Prompt foundry 10.00® 12.00 12.50® 13.00 17.00® 18.50
FIRE CLAY — The following prices prevail:
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8.00
Cleveland 1 00-lb. bag 1 . 00
LINSEED OIL— These prices are per gallon:
Raw in barrels, (5 bbl. lots) .
5-gaI cans
I-gal cans (6 to case)
—New
Cur-
rent
York-
One
Year
Ago
.—Cleveland—.
One
Cur- Year
rent Ago
$1.00
1 15
1.25
$2.15
2.30
$1.25 $2.50
1.50 2.75
. — Chicago.^
One
Cur- Year
rent Ago
$1.08 $2.37
1.33 2.57
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
. Ked -, . White .
One Year One Year
Current Aga Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In OU
lOOIb.keg 14.25 15.75 13.00 14.50 14.25 13 00
25 and 50-lb. kegs.... 14.50 16.00 13.25 14.75 14.50 13 25
12S-lb. keg 14.75 16.25 13.50 15.00 14.75 13.50
5-lb. cans 16.25 17.75 15.00 16.50 16.25 15.00
l-lb.cms 17.25 18.75 16 00 17,50 17.25 16.00
500 lb. lota leii 1%:disoouiit. 2000 lb. lott ku I0-20i% diseount.
i020f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
NEW««rf ENLARGED
QlditQcL dxc
L-V-FLjETGHEU^
I Machine Tools Wanted |
I If in need of machine tools send i
i as a list for publication m this =
\ column i
&iiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiitiiiiitiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiii uiiuiiiuiiiiinui^
Conn., Shelton — The E. W. lies Mfg. Co.,
Hull St., manufacturer of tools and gages
• — several turret lathes and other machine
tools.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Copic Service Co., 473 Broome St. —
one Universal press.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
1 — Rojo, Fabian & Co., 350 Bway. — one 2i
ft radial drill with 6 change speed box for
motor drive, complete with tapping attach-
ments, round table, swinging knee, etc.
N. Y., Rochester — The Alent Machine Tool
Co., 419 St. Paul SL, N. Alent Purch.
Agt. — general machine tools including spe-
cial surface grinder.
N. Y., Rochester — L. Freedman, mechan-
ical engr., c/o Selden Truck Corp., Probert
St. — boring mill, drill press and arbor press.
N. Y., Rochester — B. Goetz, 110 Central
Bldg., manufacturer of jewelry — metal rol-
ling machine.
N. Y., Rochester — The Harrison Machine
Co., 146 Piatt St., machine builders and re-
pairers. J. Harrison, Purch. Agt. — general
machine tools.
N. Y., Rochester — The L. L. L,. & D. Mfg.
Co., 203 State St., manufacturer of re-
flectors for' head lights, F. B. Shannahan,
Purch. Agt. — broaching and brazing ma-
chines.
N. T., SummerviUe (Rochester P. O.) — J.
Pollock, Stop 24 (machinist) — Standard
tapping machines.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Mueller Electric
Co., 222 North 11th St. — engine lathes.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Precision &
Thread Grinder Mfg. Co., 1932 Arch St.,
F. R. Imhoff, Mgr. — several surface grind-
ers, similar to the Brown & Sharpe No. 2.
m., Chicago — The Atchison, Toneka &
Santa Fe Ry. Co., Ry. Exch. Bldg., M. J.
Collins, Purch. Agt. —
One 6 spindle nut tapper, capacr.y up to
2i in., belt drive.
One 4 spindle bolt turninp machine, ca-
pacity up to 21 in., Easkester type, belt
drive.
One 6 spindle turning and threading ma-
chine for crown and side staybolts, belt
drive.
Two 20 in. x 7 ft. cabinet turret lathes
for brass locomotive part3. similar ro Man-
ning Maxwell & Moore No 1.
One No. 9 Niles, Bement & Ponds verti-
cal milling machine, or similar ; 230 voit,
d.c. motor drive, alternate on No. 10 and
No. 12.
One 100 in. heavy duty boring -nill with
2 heads on cross rail and 4 chuck jaws,
230 volt, d.c. motor drive.
One 96 in. x 96 in. x 16 f;. heavy duty
cylinder planer for locomotive cylinders
With 2 heads on cross rail and 2 side heads,
230 volt, d.c. motor drive.
One double head slotter for locomotive
frames, with bed 40 ft. long, 66 in. wide
and with 24 in. stoker stroke ; each head
individually motor driven, 230 volt, d.c.
One 100 in. heavy duty tire boring mill
for locomotive drive wheel tires, 230 volt,
d.c. motor drive.
Two 24 in. heavy duty slotters with com-
pound table and cross feed in 2 directions,
belt drive or 230 volt, d.c. motor drive.
Four 24 in. x 12 ft. heavy duty engine
lathes, 230 volt d.c. motor drive.
Four 6 ft. radial drills, 230 volt. d.c. mo-
tor drive.
One 8 ft. radial drill, 230 volt, d.c. motor
drive.
Two 60 in. heavy duty vertical boring
mills with 2 heads on cross rail, 230 volt,
d.c. motor drive.
One 48 in. x 14 ft. heavy duty engine
lathe, belt drive or 230 volt, d.c. motor
drive.
One 30 in. stroke draw-out-shaping ma-
chine, Morton or equivalent, alternate on
32 or 36 in. stroke.
One 28 in. x 14 ft. double head shaping
machine, belt drive or 230 volt, d.c. motor
drive.
III., Chicago — Ellis Drier Co., 332 South
La Salle St. — No. 3 plain miller, single
pulley drive, double crank press with bolster
plate about 15 x 60 in. equal to No. 206
Toledo, gap shear 60 in. blade to cut 4 to i
in. stock (used).
ni., Quincy — The Wall Pump & Com-
pressor Co. — radial drills.
Ind., Marion — The Marion Machine Fdry.
& Supply Co. — one IJ in. hand screw ma-
chine ; one 18 in. or 20 in. x 8 ft. bed lathe
with backing oft attachments, one 42 in.
back geared engine lathe, with 30 in. over
carriage, 12 ft. between centers.
Mich., Detroit — The Detroit Precision Tool
Co., 521 Lincoln Ave. — miscellaneous ma-
chine tool equipment.
Mich., Detroit — R. E. German, Statler
Hotel — lathes, shapers, milling machines,
drill presses, planers, boring mills, turret
lathes, gear cutters, grinders (used equip-
ment in good condition).
Mich., Detroit — The Modern Die & Plate
Press Mfg. Co., 122 Sherman St. — die mak-
ing equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Rund Sales Corp.,
833 Woodward Ave. — garage equipment.
Mich.. Mt. Clemens — The Sauzedde Mfg.
Corp., Evans and Rose Sts. — equipment for
the manufacture and enameling of wire
wheels.
O., Columbus — The Tifft Martin Machine
Co., 9 West Poplar Ave., R W. Martin,
Purch. Agt. — one milling machine No. 2.
on,= French fly wheel press, and one 16 in.
turret lathe (used).
O., Cvville — The Will Burt Co.— Attach-
ments foi Garvan screw machines.
Wis.. It. .'\tkinsnn — The Bull Milking
Machine Co . North Main St., L. Bull, Purch.
Agt. — 3 drill presses, sizes 14 in., 20 in.
and 2C in.
Wis., Gleason- — J. Houle — machinery for
garage repair work.
Wis., Mineral Point — The Fiedler Motor
Co. — garage repair machinery.
Wis., New liondon — The New London
Machine Shops — Universal miller and Uni-
versal shaper.
Wis., Osiiliosli — The Challoner Co., 2»
Osceola St, manufacturer of saw mill ma-
chinery, etc. — one trimming press and one
forming press.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Andrew Mfg. Co.,
533 30th St, manufacturer of motors, W.
Andrew. Purch. Agt. — one J in. to 3 in.
internal grinder.
Wis., Ripon — E. J. Peschke — lathe and
other equipment for garage repair work.
Ala., Birmingrham — A. G. Glass, 1322
Glen Iris Ave. — sheet metal working and
riveting machines for making ovens of
sheet steeL
JiiiiiiiiiiiiitiHiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiitiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiitt nil iiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiik
f Machinery Wanted |
iiiiiiHiiiiii'.i;c
N. Y., Rochester — The Bartholmay Brew-
ing Co., 555 St Paul St. S. B. Foster. Pres.
— $100,000 worth of machinery for its crude
oil refinery.
Fa., Philadelphia — The Amer. Ice C^o.,
6th and Arch Sts. — machinery for the manu-
facture of ice.
Mich.. Battle Creek — The Bd. Educ, F.
Harvey. Secy. — monorail crane.
Mich., Saginaw — The Bd. Educ. — shop
equipment to include metal and woodwork-
ing machinery.
Wis., Fond du Lac — The Fond du Lai;
Paper Co., 298 Forest Ave — special paper
machinery.
Wis., Jefferson — The Jefferson Rubber
Co. — rubber working machinery.
Wis., Kewaunee — The Kewaunee Mfg
Co.. manufacturer of laboratory furniturn
— woodworking machinery.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Hercules Knittinif
Co., 1097 Greenbush St. — special knittin;;
machines, etc.
Wis., Milwankee — The Blochowiak Dairy
Co.. 1364 4th Ave. — new creamery equip-
ment for proposed plant at Helenville.
Mo.. St. touis— The T. J. Moss Tie Co.,
Security Bldg. — treating machinery for its
proposed creosoting plant at East St Louis,
111.
Que.. Slontreal — The Royal Duke Refin-
ing Co., 157 St James St — $50,000 worth
of equipment for its proposed plant in
East Montreal
III iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiitimmiiiiuiiiMk
Metal Working I
iliiiiiiiitimiitiiiiii
iiiuiniiHiiniiiiWfr
NEW ENGLAND ST.\TES
Conn., New Britain — Landers. Prary &
Clark, Commercial St.. manufacturers of
hardware and cutlery, will build a 1 story,
50 X 150 ft. and 50 x 160 ft additions to
its plant, on East Main and Lake Bts.
Estimated cost. $25,000.
November 25', 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1020g
Mt-., Auburn — The Darling Auto Co., 15
Turner St., will build a 1 story, 80 x 100
ft. garage, etc., on Franklin St Estimated
cost, $40,000. Noted Nov. 4.
Me., Augusta — Bunker & Savage, Augusta
Trust Bldg.. have awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 50 x 106
ft. garage and service station on Main St.
Estimated cost, $20,000.
Me., AuKUsta — P. M. Lawrence Co., 320
Water St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story garage on
State St. Estimated cost, J25,000.
Mass., Everett — J. E. Sheppard. 198 Elm
St, plans to build a 1 story, 50 x 50 ft
garage on Chelsea St. Estimated cost,
$10,000. Private plans.
Mass., Gloucester — M. S. Katz, 46 Poplar
St., will build a 1 story garage on Maple-
wood Ave. Estimated cost $25,000.
Mass., Holyoke — The Worthington Pump
& Mchy. Corp., 37 Appleton St, will re-
model old schoolhouse on North Bridge and
East Dwight Sts. into pattern shop building.
Estimated cost, $30,000. Noted Nov. 11.
Mass., New Bedford — F. W. Greene, Jr.,
252 Union St., is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story garage on
Emerson St Estimated cost. $25,000. La
Brode & Bullard, 251 Union St., Archts.
Mass., Springfield — The Ridgewood Com-
munity Trust Co., c/o Kirkham & Parlett,
Archts., 25 Harrison St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
40 X 60 x 70 ft. garage on Mulberry and
Union Sts. Estimated cost, $15,000.
Mass., Worcester — The Morgan Constr.
Co., 15 Belmont St., has awarded the con-
tract for altering and building a 1 story,
50 X 50 ft. addition to its machine shop, on
Crescent St Estimated cost $30,000.
>IIDDL,i: ATLANTIC STATES
N. J., Newark — Cohen & Katchen, 201
Norfolk St, will build a 1 story. 50 x 100
ft. garage on Stanton St. and Sherman Ave.
Estimated cost, $20,000.
N. Y., Glendale (Brooklyn P. O.) — The
Eastern Eng. & Constr. Co., c/o Gilbert &
Ashfleld. Archts. and Engrs., 350 Fulton
St., Brooklyn, has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story. 120 x
300 ft pipe fitting shop. Estimated cost,
$80,000.
N. Y.,- New York (Borough of Bronx) —
A. L. Guidone, 52 Vanderbilt Ave., Man-
hattan, will build a 2 story, 50 x 100 ft.
garage on Jerome Ave. and Bedford Park
Blvd. Estimated cost, $85,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
The Kissler Realty Co., Inc., c/o J. DeHart,
Archt., 1041 Pox St., will build a 1 story,
100 x 110 ft. garage on East 167th St
Estimated co.st. $30,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— B. dayman, 37 Van Buren St., will build
a 1 story, 100 x 150 ft. garage on De Kalb
Ave. near Tompkins Ave. Estimated cost,
$40,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Man-
hattan)— G'. H. Aspland. c/o DeRose &
Cavalieri, Archts., 370 East 149th St, will
build a 1 story. 50 x 210 ft garage on
Park Ave. and Gouverneur PI. Estimated
cost, $25,000.
N. . Y., New York (Borough of Man-
hattan)— The Fernclift Garage Inc., c/o
DeRose & Cavalieri, Archts., 370 East 149th
St, will build a 1 story. 121 x 123 ft. ga-
rage on 3d Ave. near Franklin St. Esti-
mated cost. $75,000.
Pa., Coraopolis — The Keystone Garage
Co. has plans prepared for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 50 x 110 ft garage. Esti-
mated cost. $25,000. T. E. Cornelius, House
Bldg., Pittsburgh, Archt.
Pa.. Philadelphia — A. Pestcoe, 1625 South
6th St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 2 story, 50 x 120 ft. ga-
rage, at 707 Tasker St Estimated cost,
$20,000. Noted Nov. 11.
Pa., Philadelphia — A. M. Russel, 1327
Dickinson St.. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story, 47 x 70 ft.
addition to his garage at 1339 South Jupiter
St Estimated cost. $13,000.
SOrTlIERN STATES
N. C, KaleiKh— The State Highway Comn.
plans to build mech<anical equipment sheds
and repair shop. Estimated cost, $75,000.
W. S. Pallis, State Highway Engr.
V.'. Va., Huntington — The Fordlette En-
gine Co. plans to build a plant, which will
probably include a foundry, machine shop
and assembly plant. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
MIDDLE West states
111.. Chicaga — M. Block & Son, 1123 New-
berry Ave., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 3 story, 48 x 100
ft sheet metal factory at 1120-25 Newberry
Ave. Estimated cost, $50,000. Dubin &
Eisenberg, 139 North Clark St, Archts.
111., Chicago — The Independent Packing
Co., 41st and Halstead Sts., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 75 x 125 ft garage at 4119 Emerald
Ave. Estimated cost, $50,000.
111., Chicago — The Joseph Bros. Lumber
Co., 3393 Archer Ave., plans to build a 1
story, 75 x 150 ft garage. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
III., Chicago — The Oppenheimer Casing
Co.. 1020 West 36th St. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
26 x 70 ft garage and an 80 x 147 ft fac-
tory, on West 38th St and Auburn Ave.
Estimated cost, $35,000.
111., Chicago — The Parmalee Transfer Co.,
202 South Clark St, will soon award the
contract for the construction of a 150 x 180
ft. garage on Monroe and Racine Aves.
W. E. Perry, 64 East Van Buren St, Archt
III., Chicago — The Union Stock Yards
Casting Co., 834 West 49th Pi., is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 1
and 2 story, 60 x 125 ft. foundry at 4843
South Morgan St Estimated cost, $28,000.
A. Ritter, 140 South Dearborn St. Archt
Mich., Detroit — The Rund Sales Corp. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 50 x 140 ft garage at 833
Woodward Ave. Estimated cost $20,000.
Mich., Kalamazoo — The Clarage Fan Co.,
North and Porter Sts.. is building an addi-
tion to its foundry. F. M. Murdie, Supt
Mich.. Mt. Clemens — The Sauzedde Mfg.
Corp., Evans and Rose Sts., is having plans
prepared for the construction of a 2 story
factory for the manufacture of auto parts
and wire wheels. Estimated cost, $75,000.
H. T. Millar, Lightner Bldg., Detroit, Archt.
O., Cleveland — The Beilstein Young Co.,
7508 Carnegie Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 22 x
34 ft garage at 1795 Crawford Rd. Esti-
mated cost $10,000.
O., Cleveland — The Belmore Co., Society
for .Savings Bldg., will soon award the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story, 75
X 150 ft. garage and commercial building
at 731 Vincent St. Estimated cost. $50,000.
A. Garfield, Natl. City Bldg., Archt
O.. Cleveland — The Hess Auto Body Co.,
J 5008 Aspinwall Ave., will build a 1 story,
50 X 60 ft workshop at East 15 2d St. and
Aspinwall Ave. Estimated cost, $10,000.
O.. Cleveland — C. J. Howley, 10305 Clif-
ton Blvd., is building a 1 story, 65 x 150 ft.
Garage at 11000 Clifton Blvd. Estimated
cost, $25,000.
O., Cleveland — Teufel Bros., (packers,)
c/o C. B. Tousley, Archt, 4500 Euclid
Ave., had plans prepared for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 40 x 130 ft. garage on
West 65th St. Estimated cost $40,000.
O., Conneaut — The Conneaut Telephone
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 40 x 80 ft. tele-
phone exchange building and garage. Esti-
mated cost, $75,000. Noted Oct 21.
O., Mt. Vernon — The C. and G. Cooper
Co., 11 Bway., New York City, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1 and
2 story foundry and machine shop, etc.
Cost about $400,000.
O., Warren — Brier Hill Steel Co., Youngs-
town, has taken an option on a 480 acre
site north of here, for the purpose of con-
structing a steel mill. Estimated cost,
$1,600,000. E. L. Ford, Chn. of the Ad-
visory Com.
Wis., Kaukauna — The Kaukauna Motor
Service Co. had plans prepared for the
con.struction of a 4 story. 50 x 100 ft
garage and show room on 3d and Main
Sts. Estimated cost, $75,000. Juul &
Smith, Imig Bldg., Sheboygan, Archts,
Wis., feewannee — The Kewaunee Mfg.
Co. is having plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 4 story, 24 x 102 ft. factory
on Main St, for the manufacture of chem-
ical laboratory furniture. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
Wis.. Oshkosh — R. Lutz. 1270 Knapp St,
is having plans prepared for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 40 x 80 ft. and 40 x 78
ft. garage on Knapp St Estimated cost,
$30,000. Auler & Jensen, F. R. A. Bldg..
Archts.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Col., Denver — The Denver & Salt Lake
R.R., Ideal Bldg., will rebuild and equip
its 90 X 250 ft. shops which were recently
destroyed by fire. Estimated cost, $800,000.
A. L Cochran, Purch. Agt
Minn., St. Paul — The Northern Pacific
R. R.. 507 Marquette Ave., plans to expend
$644,121 for shop buildings, engine houses
and appliances, $475,542 for shop ma-
chinery and tools, and $500,000 for pile
drivers, cranes and like equipment
CANADA
Man., Winnipeg — The Consolidated Mo-
tors Ltd., 397 Portage Ave., plans to build
a garage. Estimated cost $80,000.
Que., Montreal — The Canada Heaters Ltd.,
St. Laurent, plans to build a 1 story plant,
here. Estimated cost, $250,000.
Que., Montreal — The Canadian Natl. Ry.,
Moncton, N. B., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 100 x 250
ft round house on .Sherbrooke St., here.
Estimated cost, $20,000.
SiiHiiiiiitiiiiiMinitMiiiiiiitriiiiiiMiiiiiiii
llllltllltlllllllllllMlllltlllllllllllllllllllltllllk
General Manufacturing
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn. Bridgeport — Dober & Klein, 693
Hallet St, have awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 30 x 120 ft.
bakery and 20 x 35 ft. garage, on Garden
St Estimated cost, $25,000.
Conn., South Glastonbury — The Wasuc
Mills Co. plans to rebuild its paper pl.ant
which was recently destroyed by fire. Esti-
mated cost, $50,000.
Conn., Versailles — The Federal Paper
Board Co. has awarded the contract for
altering and building a 2 story addition
to its plant Estimated cost, $250,000.
Mass., Boston^ — The Boston Herald, 171
Tremont St., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 4 story addition to its
publishing plant on Avery St. Estimated
cost $125,000. Noted Oct. 28.
Mass.. Boston — S. Simons, 21 Bromfleld
St., is having plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 30 x 50 ft printing
plant on Massachusetts Ave. Estimated
cost $25,000. M. J. Mastrangelo, 2 North
Square, Archt.
Mass., Northampton — Tait Bros.. Cass
St., Springfield, plan to build a 1 story ice
cream plant, here. Estimated cost, $25,000.
B. E. Geckler, 335 St James Ave., Archt
Mass., Worcester — The J. F. Bicknell
Lumber Co., 16 Mulberry St., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
story planing mill. Cost between $15,000
and $18,000.
Mass., Worcester — The P. W. Wood Lum-
ber Corp., 7 Garden St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
36 X 48 ft addition to its mill on Garden
St Estimated cost $10,000.
R. I., Providence — The Rumford Chem-
ical Wka.. 231 South Main St.. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 3
story. 58 x 125 ft. baking powder plant
Estimated cost, $100,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Baltimore — The Red "C" Oil Mfg.
Co., 410 Keyser Bldg., plans to build a re-
finery and tanks on Key Highway. Esti-
m.ated cost. $250,000. W. W. Pagon, Lex-
ington Bldg., Engr.
1020h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 22
Md., Baltimore— The Horn Ice Cream Co..
446 Aisquith St.. has awarded the contract
for the construction of an ice cream and ice
manufacturing plant on Low and Aisquith
Sts. Estimated cost, $300,000. Noted
Nov. 4.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
—The Hub Knitting Mills. 1007 Buchman
Ave., will build a 1 story top addition and
a 2 story side addition to its factory. Esti-
mated cost, J50.000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Queens) —
J. H. Rhodes & Co.. n.i Pulton St., New
York City, has awarded the contract for
the construction of a factory in Long
Island City, for the manufacture of
abrasives and polishing materials. Esti-
mated cost. $200,000.
I'a.. Philadelphia — The Amer. Ice Co.. 6th
and Arch Sts.. has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 2 story. 75 x 100 ft.
ice factory on inth and Callowhill Sts.
Estimated cost. $120,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — L. Martin Co.. Milnor
St. south of Bleigh St.. will build a 1 story,
27 X 47 X 55 ft. addition to its factory, for
the manufacture of lampblack. . Estimated
cost, $25,000.
Pa., Philadelphia — The AVestmoreland
Color and Chemical Co.. 22nd and Alle-
gheny Sts.. has awarded the contract for
altering its factory. Estimated cost,
$10,000.
Pa., Pittsbnrith^The Methodist Episcopal
Church. 6th and Smithfield Sts.. had plans
prepared for the construction of a 4 story.
50 X 100 ft. good will industrial building,
on 28th St. and Liberty Ave. Cost, be-
tween $90,000 and $100,000. T. B. and L.
Wolf, Century BIdg., Archts.
SOUTHERN STATES
la.. New Orleans — The Linde Air Prod-
ucts Co.. 30 East 42d St.. New York City,
will build a 1 story, 125 x 125 ft. oxygen
factory, here. Estimated cost, $300,000.
* MIDDLK WKST
III., Chicago — The Burns Craft Co.. Como
Bldg., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 100 x 124 ft.
factory at 2225-39 Hurden St. Estimated
cost. $55,000.
III.. Chicasro — The New Way Laundry.
Montrose and Francisco Sts., has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
storv. 64 X 152 ft. steam laundry. Esti-
mated cost. $100,000. Noted Nov. 11.
III., Chicago — J. Press Sons. 300 North
Halstead St.. have awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 125 x 140 ft.
wagon factory at 3338-60 Normal Ave.
Estimated cost, $150,000.
Mich.. Saginaw — The Bd. Educ. is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 3
story, 173 x 282 ft. school on Woodock and
Park Sts. Plans include shops, etc. Esti-
mated cost, $1,000,000. Cowles & Muts-
cheller. Chase Blk.. Archts.
O.. Cleveland' — The Frank Dry Cleaning
Co.. 1361 East 55th St.. plans to build a 2
story. 44 x 76 ft. factory at 6000 Bonna
Ave. Estimated cost. $40,000. F. J.
Cochlan, 709 Union Bldg., Archt.
O Cleveland — F. Streiber, 10307 St. Clair
Ave" has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 23 x 40 ft. bakery
at 13707 St. Clair Ave. Estimated cost.
$15,000.
O., Dayton — The Bd. Educ. plans to con-
struct a' 3 story, high school on Summit
St Plans include shops, etc. Estimated
cost, $750,000. Schenk & Williams, Mutual
Home Bldg., Archts.
O. Elvrla — The Lakeshore Rubber Co.,
c/o H. L. Miller, NatL City Bldg.. Cleve-
land, has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story factory. Estimated
cost, $150,000.
O., Willoughb.v — The Thor Tire Rubber
Co., c/o R. C. Gary. 802 Society for Sav-
ings Bldg., Cleveland, plans to build a 1
and 3 story. 60 x 250 ft. factory and power
plant. Estimated cost. $300,000. Private
plans.
Wi«.. Fond du I.BC — The Fond du Lac
Paper Co., 298 Forest Ave., is having plans
prepared for the construction of a 1 and 2
story, 100 x 300 ft. factory, for the manu-
facture of paper board. P. Stepnoski. 144
Marquette St.. Archt. Noted Oct. 2S.
Wis., Granville — The T. J. Moss Tie Co.,
Security liidg.. St. Louis, Mo., plans to con-
struct a tie treating plant here, to include
3 buildings. Estimated cost, $100,000. J.
Penny, c/o owner, Engr.
Wis., Hartford— The Storm King Mfg.
Co. has acquired a site on North Main St..
and plans to build a 2 story, 60 x 150 ft.
factory, for the manufacture of side cur-
tains for Ford cars. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
Wis., Helenville — The Blochowiak Dairy
Co., 1364 4th Ave., Milwaukee, plans to
build a 2 story, 80 x 140 ft. dairy products
factory on Main St., here. Estimated cost,
$75,000.
Wis., Jefferson — The Jefferson Rubber
Co. will build a 1 story, 80 x 300 ft. tire
factory. Noted Oct. 28.
Wis., Madison — The Sheboygan Dairy
Products Co., 936 North Water St.. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story. 70 x 140 ft dairy prod-
ucts factory on West Wil-son St.. to replace
the one which was recently destroyed by
fire. Estimated cost, $75,000. Noted
Oct. 28.
Wis., Manitowoc — The Drost Box Mfg.
Co. 1116 South 9th St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of the second
tinit of its plant on South 9th St.. to be
3 story, 80 X 160 ft. Elstimated cost,
$75,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Hercules Knitting
Co.. 1097 Greenbush St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
30 X 80 ft. and 30 x 40 ft. addition to its
factory. Estimated cost, $45,000.
Wis., Prentice — S. Millar Cold Storage
Co., MarshfieUI. plans to build a 3 story,
50 X 80 ft. branch warehouse here. Esti-
mated cost. $30,000.
Wis., Racine — The Bd. of Industriiil
Educ. City Hall, is bavins plans prepared
for the construction of a 3 story, 85 x 186
ft. industrial school to include a manual
training department, on Geneva St. Esti-
mated cost. $250,000. A. A. Guilbert.
Robinson Blk., Archt.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Kan., BelieTllie — The Chicago. Rock
Island & Pacific R.R.. 139 West Van Buren
St., Chicago, is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story. 32 x 80 ft
ice house here, to have a capacity of 1.500
tons. Estimated cost, $80,000. A. T. Hawk,
c/o owner, ArcKt.
Mo., St. L,ouis — The Perfection Mfg. Co.,
Montgomery and Leffingwell Sts., will build
a 1 story, 60 x 60 ft. enameling plant, at
2701 Leffingwell St. Estimated cost, $7,000.
J. A. Eberle. Pres.
Mo., St. L,oui» — Smith & Davis Mfg. Co.,
1925 Locust St., plans to build a furniture
factory on Goodfellow Ave. Estimated
cost, $1,000,000.
S. D., Watertown — The South Dakota
Packing & Shipping Co. plans to build a 4
story packing house, to cover 80.000 cu.ft.
of floor space. Estimated cost, $300,000.
F. R. Hewitt, Pres.
Tex.. Corpus Christi — W. A. Chambers
will build an oil refinery, to have a ca-
pacity of 1.500 bbl. refined oil and gasoline
l)er day. Estimated cost, $100,000.
CANADA
B. C, Powell River — The Powell River
Co., Ltd., plans to build a saw mill, to
have a daily capacity of 250,000 ft. Private
plans.
B. C, Ruskin — The Ruskin Operations,
Ltd., plans to build a second shingle unit
to have a daily capacity of 1,000,000
shingles.
N. B., Glen Falls — Clarke Bros., Ltd..
Bear River, plan to build a plant here for
the manufacture of fibre shipping cases.
Estimated cost, $50,000. Private plans.
N. F.. Grand Falls — A. Rothermere will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of an addition to his pulp and paper
mill. Estimated cost, $180,000.
Ont., Coburg — The Rice L,ake Canoe Co.,
Gore's Landing has awarded the contract
for the construction of a factory here.
Ont., Hamilton — The United Gas & Fuel
Co.. 72 James St.. N.. plans to build a coke
oven gas plant in the northeastern part of
the city, near Stipe's Inlet. Estimated cost,
$3,000,000.
Ont.. Kingston — S. Kelley and S. Driver
plan to build a moulding factory on Mon-
treal St Estimated cost, $35,000.
Ont., Mimiro — The Sterling Action &
Piano Key Co. has purchased a site on
Church and Newcastle Sts. and plans to
build a factory for the manufacture of
musical accessories.
Que., ^lontreal — The Berliner Grama-
phone Co. Ltd.. 33 Lenoir St.. has award-
ed the contract for the onnstruction of a
1 story, 53 X 88 ft. gramaphone manufac-
turing plant on Lacarse St. Estimated
cost, T-75,000.
Que., >tontreal — The Royal Duke Refin-
ing Co.. l.")7 St. James St., plans to build a
plant in Montreal East. Estimated cost.
$200,000.
Que.. Sherhrooke — The Sherbrooke Rec-
ord Co., (jirinters and publishers), plans to
build a 3 story, 50 x 75 ft. plant.
MEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES
Live opportunities to secure what is needed
for the work in hand can be found in the
Searchlight Section
^FOR EVERY BUSINfESS WANT^^^
"Think Searchlight First"
See Pages
236 to 257
See Pages
236 to 257
December 2. 1920
Vol. S3, No. 23
Hamilton Double Carriage Production Lathe
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor. American Machinist
The demand for high production naturally results
in the development of new styles of machine tools.
Each year sees more new designs placed upon the
market as standard products, since the industry
has advanced to the point ivhere it will accept and
can utilize them to advantage.
A LATHE equipped with two independent carriages
has recently been placed on the market by the
. Hamilton Machine Co., Hamilton, Ohio. The
object of the two carriages is to enable the turning and
facing operations to be performed at the same time, the
front carriage, shown best in Fig. 1, holding the turning
tools, while the rear one, seen in Fig. 2, carries the
facing tools.
The machine is intended for production work on such
parts of steering knuckles for automo-
biles and tractors, small shafts, axle
parts and gears of different types. It
is stated that, when the lathe is prop-
erly tooled for a given job, it may be
run by a comparatively unskilled oper-
ator and yet give speedy production and
accurate work. The machine is
quite simply, yet sturdily, con-
structed. The bed of the lathe is
rather complicated, consisting practi-
cally of two narrow beds tied together
by crossbraces at frequent intervals.
Each of the beds bears a carriage and
has two ways on its top surface. The
front carriage runs on one V-way and
one flat way, while both of the ways of
the rear carriage are of the V-type,
the inner one being smaller. The head-
stock and the tailstock are mounted on the two middle
ways, the front one being flat and the back one a small
V-way. The front carriage has a long bearing surface
on its ways. It can be traversed by power, although the
toolslide with which it is provided is hand-operated only,
by means of the handwheel shown in Fig. 1. For ease
in operation, the slide is equipped with a ball-bearing
crossfeed screw and a large micrometer dial. The rear
carriage can be traversed along the bed by hand and
then clamped in position. The cross-slide
is provided with a power feed, so that
the turning and facing tools can be cut-
ting at the same time. Both of the car-
riages and the toolslides are fitted with
adjustable taper gibs.
The drive is through a constant-speed
pulley mounted on the side of the head-
stock. If desired, silent chain drive can
be furnished, the motor being mounted
on the top of the headstock and the driv-
ing chain inclosed in a suitable guard.
The spindle is driven from the drive
shaft through inclosed wide-faced her-
ringbone gears. It is made of chrome-
nickel steel, runs in bronze bearings and
has a large ball bearing to take up end
thrust. In order to stop the spindle
quickly after the clutch has been disen-
gaged, an automatically operated brake
with an asbestos lining is provided.
The same mechanism is used to feed both the front
carriage and the rear toolslide. It is driven from the
headstock spindle by an inclosed silent chain. The
motion is transmitted through detachable change gears
to an inclosed worm and a large worm-wheel to be seen
on the rear of the bed in Fig. 2. The shaft of the
worm-gear carries two pinions, which engage racks so as
1022
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
to transmit the feed motion to the front carriage and
to the toolslide on the rear carriage.
Since the rack driving the facing tool can be seen in
the illustration, it will be dealt with first. It is made in
one piece with a long screw on which a flat, grooved cam
FIG. 3.
THE LATHE, TOOLED UP FOR PRODUCTION
WORK ON TRACTOR AXLES
is adjustably fastened. A roller fastened to the toolslide
runs in the groove of the cam, so that a longitudinal
motion of the rack produces a transverse movement of
the toolslide. The cam slides on and ia held in place by
a bracket bolted to the rear of the bed on a finished
surface provided with T-slots, so that the bracket can
be shifted to correspond to the position of the car-
riage. The rear tool can be arranged to cut tapers, if
desired.
The front carriage is moved longitudinally by the rack
to which it is adjustably fastened inside the bed. It is
fitted with a dog, the position of which can be adjusted
to connect with a knock-out mechanism, and thus release
the drive to the worm-gear when it is desired to stop
the feed.
At the front of the machine under the headstock and
on one side of the shaft of the worm-gear, is located a
large handwheel by which both tools can be moved.
This wheel not only provides a means of obtaining a
quick return after finishing a cut, but also serves for
setting the tools to the desired positions.
A Tooling Arrangement
Fig. 3 shows the lathe as set up for a shaft-turning
job, the arrangement being that used in a large tractor
plant for turning an axle shaft of the sort seen at the
left. The heavy tool-holding blocks should be noted, as
well as the arrangement of setscrews for adjusting
independently the positions of the toolbits. It is stated
that a total of 14 tools are cutting on this job at the
same time, a feature that means rapid production. The
view of the machine shows well the general construction
of the rear carriage vdth the groove in the cam. The
machine is equipped with an individual motor drive for
this work.
A steel chip pan and coolant pump are regular equip-
ment. The piping is arranged so that the flow of coolant
can be adjusted to give a single stream or a number of
small streams to cover the entire length of the work
between the centers
A Method of Indexing Drawings
By M. Kurth
Chief Draftsman, Oil Well Supply Co.
In various branches of industry, particularly in those
where a large variety of articles are manufactured, it
is often difficult to follow general rules for establishing
a system of indexing and filing records, and especially
drawings to which reference must be made at a mo-
ment's notice.
In one of the largest manufacturing concerns of its
kind, where thousands of articles are made which have
no immediate relationship to each other, the following
plan has been adopted, and during the past five years
has proven entirely adequate to the purpose and superior
to methods previously employed.
A large general catalog, in which is described and
illustrated every article manufactured by the company,
is made the key to the filing system, which operates in
the following manner: The catalog is subdivided into
a number of sections, each comprising about two hun-
dred pages. The corresponding index card drawers bear
the marking, page 1 to 200, 200 to 400, etc., and the
filing of the cards is done in exactly the same order as
the article appears listed in the catalog. Each index
card bears the description and an outline of the article
conforming with nomenclature and cut in the catalog
which makes identification almost positive. The draw-
ings themselves are also marked, referring to the cata-
log number as well as the page number on which the
article appears, and they are filed in numerical order
irrespective of size. Whenever new machinery is de-
veloped, entries are made in the catalog in that section
where these parts will be permanently recorded later on
in subsequent editions.
Milling the Radius on the End of a Rod
By E. a. Thanton
A method of milling the radius on the end of a rod
is shown in the illustration. This scheme may be used
for work on link rods, certain kinds of connecting rods
or any similar work. A flanged center-pin is bolted
to the revolving table of a vertical milling machine
as showTi at A. A spiral milling cutter is used as at B.
On heavy work, it is necessary to clamp the piece
securely to the table and use the circular table feed.
On light work it is sometimes possible to pull the rod
around by hand. In the latter case the work can be
done on any vertical milling machine.
milling THE RADIUS ON THE END OF .\ ROD
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1023
Some Experiences in Deep-hole Drilling
By CHARLES J. STARR
Planninir Engineer, The New Britain Macliine Co.
\
The drilling of deep holes presents problems not
met in ordinary drilling work. This article was
written by a man who has had practical exper-
ience in this line; and the points treated should
prove of value in shops lohere deep-hole drilling
is encountered, the drill which was found by the
author to be the most satisfactory being fully
described.
WHY is it that so many reference books on sub-
jects of vital importance fail to give to the
searching reader the exact bit of know^ledge
that he is looking for? This may not be in harmony
with the title of this article, but nevertheless it is
the thought which has prompted its writing.
Some time ago the writer had quite a varied exper-
ience in the drilling of long holes, and the problems
encountered caused him to search, but with little suc-
cess, through various books and papers for some hint
that would help him at a time when he thought that
he was up against it and when any suggestion was
gladly considered. Looking back over those days, it
seems only fair to pass on to the other fellow my exper-
ience, with the hope that he may find a few pointers
that may be of use to him.
It seems to be an accepted fact that, no matter to
whom you talk on this subject, when you commence to
speak about the fine points of deep-hole drilling and
the why and how of a single-lipped drill, the one of
whom you ask questions will shut up like a clam and
practically refuse to give you any information. I have
talked with a number of men who are working con-
tinually along this line, yet I have met only one
man who would impart any information whatsoever.
This man was only too glad to tell anything that he
knew, and to him I am greatly indebted for the suc-
cess I have had with single-lipped drills.
An Unsatisfactory Drill
When I came in contact with this particular problem,
forged steel spindles of 0.35 to 0.50 per cent carbon
were being drilled with more or less success on a well-
known make of deep-hole drilling machine on which the
work revolved and the drill fed horizontally. The drill
used was of the single-lipped type and furnished by
the manufacturer of the machine. The single flute
was helical instead of straight, and the cutting edge
had several steps for breaking up the chips. It is not
concerning this drill that I wish to speak, except to
say that after numerous trials it was found wanting
and our attention was turned to other types in an
endeavor to find a solution for our problems.
Of deep-hole drills there are numerous designs, but
they resolve themselves into practically two classes;
namely, single- and double-lipped drills. Of course, it
is well known that the two-lipped drill is superior to
the single-lipped when speed is desired and not accu-
racy of diameter, and that is one of the things which
we ascertained for ourselves on this job. The prob-
lem originally was to get a hole through the spindle,
and it was considered that a single-lipped drill was
the correct tool to use. After sufficient experimentation
the hole was drilled with a two-lipped drill and then
reamed, that process taking about one-third of the
time required when working with a single-lipped drill.
Experimentation with Drills
The steps taken in testing different drills are worthy
of investigation. The type of drill shown in Fig. 1 was
decided on and tried out with considerable success until
the carbon content of the spindle was increased from
the 0.35—0.50 range to 0.75 — 0.80. With high-carbon
steel, forged and annealed, it was found that the drill
with the inserted blade failed to live up to what was
expected of it, and so a new design of drill was sought
for, which resulted in using the solid single-lipped drill
shown in Fig. 2.
. It is the design of this drill that I wish to speak
of, in order to compare it with others and to endeavor
to show why it seems to me much simpler and easier
to make, and also why, if made and sharpened cor-
rectly, it will live up to what is expected of it.
On high-carbon steel, the drill shown in Fig. 1
seemed to fail because of lack of support at the cutting
point. By lack of support I mean support in two
ways: First, in order that the drill will clear itself,
the cutting edge must create a greater diameter than
the size of the drill body, consequently the body could
FIG. 1. INSERTED - BLADE, SINGLE-
LIPPED. STRAIGHT-FLUTED DRILL
FIG. 2. SOLID, SINGLE-LIPPED,
STRAIGHT-FLUTED DRILL
FIG. 3. CLEARANCE OF THE
INSERTBD-BLADB DRILL
1024
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
f-Cl.of iVorA
itCL of Drill
FIG. 4. USE OP THE RING-GAGE
ON THE SOLID-END DRILL.
FIG. 5. CLEARANCE ACTION OF THE
70-DBG. FLUTE DRILL.
FIG. «.
BENDING OP DRILL,
SHANK
bear on the hole in only two places, as shown at A
and B in Fig. 3; and second, in order to make regrind-
ing of the inserted blade possible it was made to
project ahead of the drill body, which resulted in
making it weaker and more liable to snap off.
With the solid drill, shown in Fig. 2, the conditions
might be considered as being similar as to clearance
and bearing points, except that they are not as exag-
gerated as with the inserted blade. The form of
the cutting edge can be governed when sharpening, and
after the correct formation is found it can be kept at
each succeeding grinding till the drill is completely
worn out. As to the clearance of the drill in the hole,
that is, having the drill cut large enough to free itself,
that may be governed in two ways, first, by giving
the drill a back taper through its entire length of about
one-thousandth inch per inch of length, and second, by
the relative length and degree of angle of the two
flats comprising the cutting edge.
Cutting Edge of the Solid Drill
When we first started using these drills the points
were ground by hand and the amount of clearance
determined by the use of a 6-in. scale and a ring gage
of the correct diameter to fit the end of the drill. This
gage was used to show the relative position of the
several parts on the periphery with relation to the
point of the cutting edge which is on the periphery
and which determines the bore of the hole. See Fig. 4.
By trying the point in this way it could be easily
seen whether or not the several parts on the periphery
were behind the cutting point and how much.
At first the flute of the drill was cut with a straight
milling cutter, thus making it 90 deg.; but later on it
was found advisable to cut this down to 70 deg. The
reason for this was that it was found that the point
C, in Fig. 5, opposite point B was inclined to bear
on the hole and help steady point B. This action was
found to vary when the lengths of the flats of the
cutting edge varied from what was later found to be
proper, and also, when the clearance angle below the
cutting lip varied. It was found that the variations of
these quantities governed the size of the hole. If the
drill cut too large, it was found that A had moved
toward B; and not being properly supported at C, the
drill would chatter, this chatter causing the keen cut-
ting edge at point B to break down so that the drill
must be resharpened.
If the drill cut too small, because of the improper
proportioning of the two angles of the cutting edge,
then undue wear would be noticed at point C, and also,
wear could be seen over quite an area at A, and some-
times clear around the peripherj% After sharpening
the drill, it was always coated with copper sulphate
before using it again in the hole, for only by doing
this were we able to tell where the bearing came and
what was the action of the drill.
The question will doubtless arise concerning clear-
ance around the periphery, as at D in Fig. 5. It was
found that the axis of the drill did not follow the
axis of the work but was inclined at a slight angle
to it, due to the pressure of the feed springing the
drill shank and causing it to bear against the side of the
hole, as shown at E in Fig. 6. The result was that the
taper of the drill for its entire length came all on one
side, as at F, giving the necessary clearance behind the
point B. Referring again to Fig. 5, a good idea
of the three bearing points on the peripherj- can be
obtained, B and C being on the end of the drill and
A extending up the shank from the bottom.
Design of Flute
The question arose as to the design of the flute, that
is, the width of the opening and also the advisability
of using the straight or spiral flute. The width of
opening has been spoken of before, and some reasons
for changing it from 90 deg. to less have been given.
Furthermore, it was found that by making the flute
narrower, the chip was not allowed to curl up as much
and choke the drill, particularly when cutting soft stock.
The spiral flute was tried out with the idea in view of
giving a shearing cut, but it was found that the point
was not properly supported under these conditions and
would wear away rapidly. This wearing away process
was found to take place practically in a straight line,
parallel with the axis of the drill. Noting that, we
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1025
FIG. 7. PROFILE OF END OF
SINGLE-LIPPED DRILL
FIG. S
DEVELOPED PROFILE OF
SINGLE-LIPPED DRILL
ground the flute out straight for a short distance back
and found under this new condition that the point stood
up very well. Another point in favor of the straight
flute was that, when necessary, the cutting face in the
flute could be reground to give a sharp edge the entire
length of the flute.
The Cutting Edge
The proper proportion of the two cutting edges com-
prising the lip was found to be about the same regard-
less of the drill diameter; that is, the length of the
outer edge should be one-third of the diameter of the
drill, as shown at C in Fig. 7. Then, too, the angles
must be in such a relation to each other that if a
scale, as through line XY, were laid across, starting
from the center D and held at right angles with the
center line of the drill, it would cut the lip C into two
equal parts at E. This proportion was found to hold
true on all sizes of drills from ?-in. up to 3-in. diameter.
The form of the end of the drill around its periphery
cannot be too strongly emphasized, for this was found
to influence the cutting action and also to help in
governing the size of the hole. The development of the
point of the single-lipped drill is shown in Fig. 8, the
letters corresponding to those in Fig. 7. The propor-
tions as here shown are adaptable to almost all sizes
of drills, these being taken from a IJ-in. drill. Line Z-W
denotes the circumference of the bottom of the hole as
cut by point B, the developed periphery of the drill out
to point F lying behind it.
One other point which must be considered in the
sharpening of this type of drill is the clearance under
the cutting lips, both inner and outer. The outer lip,
being wider and exerting a greater pressure, tends to
make the drill cut small; therefore, the clearance under
the cutting edge must be large, so as to allow the edge
to cut freely. The inner lip, being narrower, must
have a blunter cutting edge to offset the pressure of
the outer lip and make the drill cut large enough to free
itself.
Doubtless the foregoing explanation is such as to
cause anyone to consider this drill as a rather diffi-
cult proposition to grind and keep in proper condition,
but on the contrary it was found by the writer to be
quite easily cared for. With the use of the proper
grinding machine and correctly formed cams for sharp-
ening, a good drill point could be assured at all times.
As to speeds and feeds to be used, these were found
to vary according to the diameter of the drill and
hardness of the metal. Spindles of 0.60 per cent carbon
steel, forged and properly annealed, have been drilled
with a 1-in. diameter drill
at the rate of 30 in. an
hour ; also, chrome-nickel
steel spindles, forged and
properly heat-treated, were
drilled with a li-in. drill
at the rate of 22 in. an hour.
The standard adopted for
drilling for all sizes was a
surface speed of 100 ft. per
min. and all the feed that the
drill would stand, though
it was found that a very
light feed gave the most
satisfactory results. In the
case of the li-in. diameter
drill, we ran that at a speed
of 295 r.p.m., which equaled 117.5 ft. per min., with a
feed of 0.00125 in. per revolution. Because of the close-
ness of the points of support in this drill it is believed
that it can be run at a high surface speed with more
safety than drills with excessive relief ground on them,
and also, that it is far superior to the inserted-blade
type.
The writer has seen deep hole drills of such design
as to make it necessary to tool up quite elaborately in
order to grind the relief. For one drill a master cam
was milled with a drop on its circumference of from
0.005 to 0.025 in., according to the diameter of the
drill. By using these cams when grinding, a three
point bearing was produced on the periphery of the
drill, with the idea of steadying the cutting edge. This
I consider unnecessary, as I have already shown when
treating of the design of the drill shown in Fig. 2. The
form of the point, coupled with the taper on the drill,
will give ample clearance to the cutting edge and dis-
tribute the wear more evenly over the circumference of
the drill.
Single- and Double-Lipped Drills
Of course, we all know that a two-lipped drill will
cut much faster, but the size of the bore will not be
held as accurately as with the single-lipped drill. The
reasons for all this are well known and need no further
reference.
The whole of my experience with deep hole drilling
has been with drills ranging from 5 to 3i in. in diam-
eter, yet I believe that this drill is applicable to sizes
below 3 in. As to the larger sizes, I will say that
the drill works correctly, yet from the standpoint of
production it is not practical. For large sizes the two-
lipped drill is the best; but with the smaller sizes, due
to the consequent lightness and frailty of the cutting
tool, the single-lip is by far superior.
The foregoing information I believe to be of greatest
FIG. 9.
BLADE AND BAR OF DOUBLE-LIPPED
STRAIGHT-FLUTED DRILL
1026
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
value to those who drill small holes, S in. in diameter
and under, as in rifles and shot guns, and for these
sizes I believe this drill to be very satisfactory. On
larger sizes, that is, 1 in. in diameter and over, I
believe that this drill, or any other single-lipped drill,
can be beaten by the two-lipped drill, finish of course
not considered.
A Fast Two-Lipped Drill
I have seen some pretty good time made when drilling
deep holes with a two-lipped drill. In this case, a drill
of the type illustrated in Fig. 9 was used. The flutes of
the drill are straight, and the inserted blade has broken
cutting edges.
Cost Keeping in the Small Shop
By T. p. Schuster
The article by Mr. Colvin in the Sept. 2 issue of
American Machinist, entitled "Cost Keeping in the
Small Shop," is very interesting and prompted the
writer, who designed the system described below and
which is in successful operation in the shop of the
S. A. Rhodes Manufacturing Co., Chicago, to offer his
ideas to readers of the American Machinist.
.. 1448
OATE ^.y^iPf~ /^
7 B 1
1 1 1 1
1
1 1
> 11
ill 1
1 1
3
1 1
1 !
± 1 II 1 1
i
1 1
r
-1
/ / \
ayj^^.^ i^t^*^.^.^
OPOPPMO^/^^^ 1
v^^^^ ^
TOTAt
HOURS
%':: . of^AT.oN
HO
hV.V j OFWATtOM
J«
™"1 0«»«T10» 1 .S 1
7^
tJ»TMS
^
BINCH WORK
MtLVlNS
PKJLIBMIWO
1
SHArCN
PAINT1N6 1
1
1 fUNCM PHM*
FOROC AfO HARD
1 DWILL fRtta 1
CNSRAVINO
i 1
1 cRmomG
aOX AMD PACKINO
1
O
SHOP ORDER No. 6746 date Sept. e '20
FOR Genets Order # PE4a date promised oot. IB SURE
75
Be sure to hold the 1. 125 in. cimenbion to size.
The tolerance is tlue or ninuB 0.0015 in. (although not- choitn on S. P
1
Las
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL
o.,.
B.„
-o.~
<i7'/^
f^t-^a^-Xi^ (J-«u-^t.XZ^-^^-^^<::i
?'/o
/
y^'/f
'O-^^ /c^. /^.^t:^.
?- //
¥
y -/3
¥
r- /4
/*
9-/S-
/C
? -/C
?-o
9 -/?
/s-
'
'7^
/•^
FIG. 1. SHOP ORDER
ORDER No. 6746 DATE Eeiit. C '20
FOR Genera .Order # ? 248 date promised out. js jugj
75
Diak holders as per B. P. i*' G 245
Be eJre to hold the 1.1?S in.
cllrowieioR Lo size. The tolerance
ie plus or minus 0.0015 in. although
not shown on 9. f. •
"sr
o.,.
-..,
..„
— 1 '„»;.-
.l°o'Ji,
m^
I'/o
<^/.
7^
^
?/
ff.T/
1-/1
?/>.
?s-
,r
^,1
/^
/»
«/
iiS3
1-/3
i
7S-
■f
ro
>»
/(
X/
/f^l
9-/f
V
u
yo
.*<
/f
?/
'fS!
f-'i
eft
>r
3
tf
3//v
13
es-
ihU
t'^
S'/i
/r
f
f*
3^A
2t
3 /
'fii
f-IS
//*
>r
i
if
yf
3*
n
••H:*
OMCWIfTION or MATIWAU
a
Itii-
f-/i
fh
u
7
•23
^3.^
t/
?*•
a/^
<#?»^ OuOS-^fK,
3*
2.1
u
/fii
?-/<
tk
n
i
3(
^J.
1i
so
^■/f
Vol 'fu.'^ f/e^.
W/t
u
liif
1-n
/A
n
7
2J
?«/.
Si
X3
It}!
f-o
•)i
?
/^
^y/y
s-(
3 y^
,
rOTAl. M.TFB..L
^^■
Si
.„.„.„.. 7/^yt
ff
3V
h
lo
i1
i1
-'— >/7V — "
/ZO\il<i
. 1 I
:
FIG. 3. TIME CARD
This system has worked out satisfactorily in every
respect, enabling us to keep quite accurate costs on all
jobs, the necessary precautions, of course, being taken
to see that all material used is properly listed and the
time cards properly filled out. This being done, we have
found no place where the system is not perfect for a
small shop with one girl to do the bookkeeping, cost-
keeping, correspondence, etc.
In addition to keeping accurate costs, we have the
advantage of knowing, by 9 o'clock
each morning, just how many hours
and how much money in time have
been put on every job up to the night
before, this point alone being partic-
ularly valuable, inasmuch as the office
always knows just what has been done
in the shop.
Our girl makes out our orders in
duplicate, one for the shop, Fig. 1.
printed on blue paper, and one for the
office, Fig. 2, both on 6 x 94-in. forms
to fit a standard binder, space being
provided for any special instructions
that may be necessary. The material
used is listed on the shop order and
when the job is completed the shop
order is turned into the office and
the material transferred to the office
copy and priced.
The sample copy should explain it-
self. If the job consumes more time
than the office form provides for, we
simply use a second sheet. On the
shop copy, if the material list is a
long one, we list it on the back.
Our time cards, Fig. 3, are all num-
bered consecutively, starting from No.
1 on Jan. 1 of each year and are filed
numerically. The man working on
the job simply draws a line on the
scale along the top of the card (which
indicates the time of day) at the time
he starts and finishes the job, and fills
in his name, date, order number and
operation. He does not have to figure
up the number of hours on each job.
A new card is taken each morning
and for each different job.
FIG.
OFFICE ORDER
The man who always retains his;
head can usually retain a goodly share
of other things. — Forbes Magazine.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
102'!
Acceleration Determinations — II
By henry N. bonis, B. S., M. E.
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering, I'urdue University
In the author's previous article on this subject
he made use of several theorems and construc-
tions which tvere assumed to be correct. Here
he gives proofs of these constructions and goes
on to other short cuts without using higher
mathematics.
(Part I appeared in the last issue.)
JN PART I of this article, which appeared last week,
the writer evolved means for the solution of the
quadric chain when a sliding joint was one of the
elements. In so doing reference was made to u.<o, the
acceleration of the instantaneous center, and to Bobil-
lier's Construction for finding the tangent to the
centrode at the instantaneous center. The writer will
endeavor in the following lines to give simple proofs
and demonstrations of the above references together
Qif4)
FIG. 1. DIAGRAM OF QUADRIC CHAIN
with a few other theorems which the machine designer
or student of kinematics will be able to understand
and use without resorting to higher mathematics.
Before proceeding with the above proofs I will develop
a construction whereby the angular acceleration of the
coupler can be determined when the acceleration of
any point of the driver is known. The proofs already
mentioned will follow very simply.
Referring to Fig. 1, we have the quadric chain ABCD.
Locate the instantaneous centers P(13) and Q(24) by
prolonging the sides 2 and 4 and 1 and 3 respectively.
Now we have
Mai
"21
23 - 21
23- 31
Differentiation will give
"21 ■'^81 — "81 An _ BA
0,1. ~ BF
sBP
BA
BP
where A
sBA - .
— - = O, since
In order to determine
BA is constant.
sBP
u
we proceed to find the
velocity of the point of intersection P of both lineB
AP and DP about their fixed centers A and D respec-
tively. Point P as a point on link 2 has a velocity PE
= APo),, which is normal to AP, and a sliding com-
dBP
ponent EF =:
St
parallel to AP. Similarly point
P as a point on link 4 has a velocity PG = DPu>„ which
iCP
is normal to DP, and a sliding component GF =
St
which is parallel to CP. We thus determine the velocity
PF ^ lA of the point of intersection P, which is the
velocity of the instantaneous center (13). Join P with
Q and draw AC'P' parallel to link 4. Draw P'R and
PR perpendicular to AP" and AP respectively and join
A with R.
Now triangles AP'R and PGF and APR and PEF are
respectively similar, and the ratio of proportionality of
the sides is <o,, to 1, which is evident since PE = APoj,,.
Or by Professor Rosebrugh's phorograph AP'co,, =
DP^„ = PG, and hence ^^^ = PPto,,.
' St ■
Let angle PAR = e and angle QPD = y. Now since
the right-angled triangles AP'R and APR have the
same hypothenuse AR we can pass a circle through the
points A, P", P and R on AR as a diameter and we
see that angle PAR = e = PP'R = 90° — y- Prolong
PF to intersect AR at H. Then we have
angle HPC = 4- = HPA — CPA = y — CPA
also angle QPA = + = QPD — CPA z= y — CPA
Hence HPC = QPA, and since HP is the direction
of velocity \l of the instantaneous center P(13) we have
the proof of construction for Bobillier's Construction.
Now we have PR = PA tan s = PA cot f, and sub-
stituting *-— = PPo)„ = PA<,i.
St
equation we get -" —
Mp^o
BP
,, cot Y in our original
BA
PA,
";, BP
',, cot Y -|- ">.,«
cot
Dividing by a)\, we get, after substituting ~
AP cot y BP^
■i
BA
BA
BP'
(11
Let
Aji
= tan X and — r^ = tan G, where X and
St
G are the angles made by the relative acceleration
vectors with the line joining any two points on links 3
and 2 respectively. Equation 1 permits a similar
graphical construction to the one shown in the previous
article and may perhaps afford in certain cases a shorter
one.
In order to take care of the signs of the various
quantities entering I have formulated the following
procedure. (See Fig. 2.) Draw perpendiculars to AP
1028
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
H
at A and P respectively. Prolong MB, the accelera-
tion vector of B, to intersect the perpendicular at P
(say at E). Consider angle y as generated by turn-
ing PQ to PD and lay off angle FEH at E in the
same direction from the perpendicular at P and equal
to y. Prolong HE to intersect the perpen-
dicular at A (say J). Join J and B and
prolong indefinitely to K. Then angle
KBP --= X when 3f5A = G.
Taking P as a center the
direction of BK (since angle
PBK cannot be greater /'/ \ // ''■
than 90 deg.) will show ,-' / /•/
the direction of the an- ,-'' / _,-' / \
gular acceleration , ' /',-' /'
of link 3. Also /\p, ,/ ,/'
since the relative /' -'/--/... v---''^n
p
r
F
FIG. 2.
/^y/yMW////////////M^^^^
DIRECTION OF ROTATION DIAGRAM FOR
DETERMINING SIGNS
centripetal acceleration of C about B can be easily de-
termined, i.e., BC(ii\„ the tangential acceleration of C rel-
ative to B is obtained from the ratio given by tan X, and
hence the total acceleration of C can be obtained directly
by the addition of the two vectors representing the ab-
solute acceleration of B and the relative acceleration of
C to B.
Meaning of the Angle X
A little consideration of the meaning of the angle X
will afford a simple means of determining the center of
acceleration when we are given the accelerations of any
two points of a plane figure, or when the directions and
the ratio of the accelerations are given. It also fur-
nishes simple proof of the acceleration image.
Referring to Fig. 3 we are given the acceleration of
P and G completely, and if we can find a point H
whose relative acceleration is opposite in direction but
equal in magnitude respectively to the absolute accelera-
tion of P or G we have determined a point whose abso-
lute acceleration is zero, and hence the point found will
be the center of acceleration. Let PA and GB be the
accelerations of points P and G respectively. Draw
BC equal and opposite to PA. Then GC is the relative
acceleration of point G to P. Join P and C. Lay off
eo = BC = PA. Draw DE parallel to PC. With P
as a center and the radius PE draw the circle EH. Make
angle APH equal to the angle CGP. Also make angle
HGB equal to angle CGP. Then the lines HP and
HG and the circle HE all intersect at H, the center
of acceleration. For the actual determination of H
any two of these three loci could be used. A fourth
locus could be obtained by passing a circle through G,
P and the intersection of GB and PA. (See two-circle
method— Klein's "Kinematics of Machinery," page 121,
or Introduction— Weisbach-Hermann, "Mechanics of
Engineering and Machinery," page 44— art. 21.)
Since GC is the relative acceleration of G to P, the
relative acceleration of any point on the line PG, such
as E, would bear to the relative acceleration of G the
ratio of PE to PG, and hence EF drawn parallel to GC
and limited by the line PC is the relative acceleration
of E to P. The magnitude of EF is determined graphic-
ally by means of the similar triangles PEF and PGC.
The angles PEF and PGC are also equal. In fact the
angle between the relative acceleration vector of any
point K in the plane of lamina and the line joining
K to P would also be equal to PEF or PGC. As re-
gards the magnitude, any point on the circle HE would
have the same magnitude of relative acceleration as
point E, namely the length of EF.
Now taking the particular point H we have by con-
struction APH = PGC = PEF = PHM. Hence the
relative acceleration vector of point H is parallel and
opposite to the absolute acceleration vector Pi4., and
since the magnitudes of the relative accelerations to
point P of points E and H are equal (because PE =
PH), and since HM = EF = DC = BC =^ AP by
construction, the relative acceleration of i? to P is
equal and opposite to the absolute acceleration of point
P, and therefore the absolute acceleration of point H
is zero. We have thus determined the locus PH and the
circle EH whose intersection gives us the center of
acceleration. Had the point G been used as a point
of reference we would have found the other locus GH
and another circle with G as center and radius GH that
would have intersected also at H. But since we know
that all the angles marked X are equal we arrive at a
very simple construction, because all we need to do is
to find the value of X, which is given at once at G by the
angle PGC, and draw lines HG and HP making the
angle X with the absolute acceleration vectors PA
and GB.
Although this method gives a construction some of
the lines of which coincide with the method of images,
the writer believes the statement of procedure to be
new and shorter, and likewise the proof. The method
described above of using
one line and a circle gives
a new construction. Inas-
much as we need only know
the value of X we need
only be given the di-
rections and the ratio ,y,
of the magnitudes of
FIG. 3.
DIAGRAM TO ILLUSTRATE MEANING
OF ANGLE A'
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Dealr—and Demand One
,1029
the accelerations of P and G. To determine X draw GR
and RS to scale to represent the accelerations of G and
P (reversed) and join G to S and we get SGP = X as
before. This construction is much simpler than the two-
circle method.
In the two-circle method when one of the accelera-
tions happens to lie along the line PG joining the two
points we have a failing case. It is evident, however,
that this case can be solved by a combination of the
two-circle and the image method. But by using the
is the radius of link 0.
Rollinoi Link 2-
Fixed Link
FIG. 4.
FIG 4 nG4.(«)
BAR AND CIRCULAR LINK MECHANISM DIAGRAM
relative acceleration method as above and obtaining
the angle X we never have a failing case.
Again referring to Fig. 3. Join A and B and draw
FT parallel to AP. Consider E as any point on line PG.
Since EF is the relative acceleration of E to P, and FT
is the absolute acceleration of P, we have ET as the
absolute acceleration of point E. Since triangles PEF
and PGC are similar we have PF: PC = PE: PG. But
AT = PF and AB = PC. Hence AT:AB = PE:PG,
which proves the principle of the acceleration image.
The same reasoning as above gives us a simple proof
of the principle of the velocity image.
If we apply our method of reasoning to determine
the instantaneous center of velocity we will find that
the angle X is 90 deg. (as it should be since the relative
velocity of one point to another is always perpendicular
to the line joining them) and we therefore have the
rule of drawing normals to the directions of the two
respective velocities. We could also find the instanta-
neous center of velocities by the two-circle method as
a means of checking the accuracy of the drawing, but
there are other simpler methods.
The theorems connected with rolling curves and
usually applied to finding the velocity \i. and acceleration
jxco of the point of contact or instantaneous center can
be very easily obtained by referring to Fig. 4, where
we have two circular links 0 and 2 whose centers are
connected by the bar link 1. Link 0 is fixed and link 1
is assumed as the driver with an angular velocity a)j„ and
angular acceleration A,,,. Now as link 1 rotates with
angular velocity (d,„ the point of contact C(20) will
move along both curves with a velocity u, = r.o),, where
angular velocity
the radius of
o),. we have
IS
of
ratio ^° =
link 2.
We also have the following
12- 10 r, -t-r, .
= I2^^^ = -IT ^^^'^ '■'
Substituting the value
r, + ro
rjfo
= 1+1
r, n
(2)
It is to be noted that if the curvature of the circles
were iii the same direction one of the signs would have
to be changed.
As regards the acceleration of point C on link 2, we
have to add together the vectors representing the total
acceleration of B(12) and the relative acceleration of
C(20) to fi(12). Referring to Fig. 4(a) we have an
acceleration diagram with P as pole. Draw PB, =
r,<o'„ = centripetal acceleration of B to A. Draw B^B =
r,A,„ = tangential acceleration of B to A. (r, := length
of link 1 =: r, -f r„.) Then we have PB as the total
acceleration of B. Draw BC, = rV^ ^ centripetal
acceleration of C(20) to B(12), and C,C = tJl^ =
tangential acceleration of C(20) to S(12). Then BC
is the relative acceleration of C to B, and hence PC is
the total acceleration of C(20). It will be noted that in
the figure B^B = CC,. Since we have above the ratio
of angular velocities
"20
W:o
ri + To
— = a constant,
the ratio of the angular accelerations is also equal to this
same constant, and hence
Aid ^2 *I~ '*0 ^1
Am
= -' or, r,A_^
r,A,.
U r,
The total acceleration PC of the instantaneous center Is
therefore only along the normal, the tangential com-
ponent having just been shown to be zero. The mag-
nitude of PC is the difference of the two centripetal
accelerations BC, and PB„ that is, PC = rjin'^ —
r,u)'
TM.
'■" L »"2 V"20/
Substituting the value
n/
^0
or PC =
TnTd
- we get PC = r,(o'«
'1
But from equation 2, /i =
(3)
-^ o),„ and therefore PC ^^ u.a)_
We have derived equations 2 and 3 from the con-
sideration of circular arcs. But no generality is lost,
for if for the instant two rolling plane curves are placed
in tangency at point C equations 2 and 3 may be ex-
tended to cover these curves, provided the circles used
are the osculating circles and A and B therefore the
centers of curvature of the rolling curves.
Elrrata
Two typographical errors occurred in the article,
"Strengths of Shafts and Beams," by John S. Watts in
the issue of Nov. 11.
At the top of the second column on page 910 the
/
total stress should have been "g -j- \//,.' -j- if, and
below the center of the same column the latter part
of the formula for calculating the shaft diameter should
have been D = <Iq_J^\ j
We are indebted to Frank W. Salmon, Richmond, Va.,
for calling our attention to the errors.
1030
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
Building Saw Mill Machinery
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
The past five years have shown great increases
and improvements in the machine-tool equipment
of some of the better plants in the Pacific Coast
States. These improvements have meant more
modern methods and better production in evertj
way. Some of the results are shown herewith.
AMONG the shops in Portland, Oregon, the plant
Z\ of the Willamette Iron Works stands out in many
A. \~ ways. Two of the prominent features are the
large number of logging outfits which it has installed in
various sections of the West and Northwest, and also
its record as a builder of marine boilers during the war.
Leaving the latter, for another article, this article will
show some of the methods which have been developed
for the more economical production of saw mill engines
and other machinery. It will also be noted that the
machine equipment contains many modern tools and of
a size which are not common in this section of the
country.
Steam engines for saw mills were formerly about as
crude as could be built, the question of fuel economy
not being a factor owing to the large amount of waste
lumber which could be used for firing the boiler. This
condition, however, no longer exists as the power now
required to run saw mill engines is so large, that slabs
and trimmings cannot be fired fast enough to maintain
the desired steam pressure.
When it becomes necessary, as is now the case, to burn
perfectly good timber to produce steam, saw mill
engines with a low steam consumption are in demand
and the engine of today is much more refined in every
way, than that of the past. The fuel has become such
a problem in some sections that oil engines are being
installed in place of steam.
The machining of the steam cylinder of one of the
more modern saw mill engines is shown in Fig. 1, a
four-headed Ingersoll milling machine being used for
FIG. 3. TURNING A L.\RGE RING
this purpose. The method of mounting the cylinder,
which has first been bored, can be clearly seen. The sup-
porting mandrel A carries spools B, centering the cylin-
der and holding it in the V-block showTi. The thrust of
the left-hand vertical cutter head is taken by the sub-
stantial jack C. It will also be noted that the right-
hand head on the cross-rail can be swung into any desired
position, making it particularly useful for angular work
of any kind.
A Universal Boring Job
A somewhat unusual horizontal boring machine job is
.^hown iu Fig. 2. This is the combined cylinder and
guides of a logging engine and has the cylinder and
guides bored and both ends faced at the one setting.
The illustration shows how the work is fastened to the
table of the Lucas boring machine, and the way in
which the cylinder and guides are bored by cutters A
and B on the boring bar which is supported by the
riG. 1. MILLING CTLINDBRS
FIG. 2. BORING CYLINDER AND GriDE.S
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1031
FIG. 4. TURNING DRUM FTjANGES
outer bearing at C. The outer end of the bar carries
the facing cutter shown, while the faceplate D carries
the combined counterboring and facing cutter shown
at E.
Another operation, and one which also shows a
modern machine, is the job shown in Fig. 3, being bored
on a Gisholt double-head vertical boring mill. This is
a part of the logging outfit and the size of the chips
being taken by both tools indicates very clearly that this
work is on a production basis.
Turning on a Boring Mill .
Fig. 4 shows the drum of one of the logging outfits
and also the way in which a large boring mill has been
rigged up for handling this kind of work. The opera-
tion is to face down the side surfaces of the drum.
The casting A goes from one housing to the other, and
is so shaped as to pass behind the drum being turned.
The right end of this machine has a dovetailed tool
slide at B, on which the carriage C travels. This
carriage supports two tools, one being shown at D.
This arrangement allows the tools to be fed into the
work by means of the handle E and the sides are thus
faced without difficulty.
The turning of the engine crossheads is shown in
Fig. 5, the job being done on a large turret lathe. The
work is driven by the plate A which also centers it on
the driving end, while the first center is supported at
B in one of the corner holes of the turret. Lathes of
this kind are not at all plentiful in this section of the
country.
An interesting grinding machine, which was built
because at the time it was impossible to secure one of
standard make, is shown in Fig. 6. The simple con-
PIG. 7. THE THRUST BEARING
KIG.
TURNING THE CROSSHEAD
A l.ARGE INTERNAL GRINDER
1032
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
struction of the headstock and the solid way in which
the grinding spindle bearings are mounted, attract
attention at once. The feed is automatically reversed
by means of the shifter rods A and B_ which control the
shifting of the belt on the pulleys C.
The last illustration, Fig. 7, shows the form of thrust
bearing used on the hoisting drum shafts in order to
prevent end motion. The thrust rings are turned on
the shaft and the babbitt poured in position as shown.
A Veteran of Three Wars
By Frank R. Calkins
During a recent visit to the machine shops of the
Otis Elevator Co., at Yonkers, N. Y., the writer hap-
pened on the venerable lathe shown in the illustration.
This machine, of unknown origin, has a history.
A VETERAN — STILL IN SERVICE
At the outbreak of the Civil War, the Star Arms Co.,
located in Yonkers, N. Y., were awarded large contracts
for supplying the Union forces with revolvers. It was
a large industry for those days, as more than 1,000 men
were on the payrolls.
At the close of the war the firm accepted further
contracts for supplying pistols and revolvers to parties
connected with the Mexican Government. When the
French evacuated Mexico the Mexican Government
failed to live up to its agreements and the Star Arms
Co. was forced into bankruptcy. The plant equipment
was disposed of to manufacturers in different sections
of the country.
The lathe here shown was purchased by the Otis
Elevator Co. for machining some of the heavier parts
of their product. The exact date of purchase is not
known as no records now appear on the company's books.
The operator of this lathe, Patrick Harding, has
served the Otis Co. for nearly half a century and he
states that the lathe was in the plant at the time he
entered their employ. Harding has been running this
machine for over sixteen years and it is still daily
employed in turning and grooving elevator cable drums.
The large ring gear on the back of the faceplate
requires renewal about every fifteenth year and the
bronze lead-screw-nut demands frequent replacement.
The length of the lead-screw and its consequent weight
causes a slight sag and the nut rapidly wears out of
round. A motor drive has been attached to the lathe
but otherwise this survivor of several wars stands in
its original form and is still capable of continuous
service.
In the endeavor to trace the makers of this lathe, the
search ended with C. «fe G. Place, Pearl St., New York
City, machine-tool dealers who have long since ceased
activities. Perhaps some machinist may recognize ear
marks about this "old-timer" and be able to throw light
on its origin.
[There were comparatively few builders of large
lathes prior to the Civil War, and nearly if not quite all
of them built into their machines certain characteristics
by which they were easily recognizable. By process of
elimination of other makers because of certain features
known to belong to them, our guess is that the lathe in
question was built by the Putnam Machine Co. of Fitch-
burg, Mass. Will any of our older readers venture an
opinion ? — EDITOR.]
Drilling Ignition-Point Holes in Spark
Plug Spindles
By E. V. Allen
In making a spark-plug center or spindle, it is neces-
sary to drill a small hole in the lower end for the
insertion of a short piece of wire which forms the
central ignition point. As these spindles are made in
large quantities they must be rapidly handled. For
this purpose we have made the simple jig shown ir
the illustration. A spark-plug spindle is shown at A,
resting in the vertical V-block B. The shoulder on
the piece rests on top of the V-block, and keeps it
from slipping down. While drilling the hole, the spindle
is kept from turning by the operator pulling outward
on the end of lever C. As soon as the hole is drilled
and the drill backed out, the operator releases lever C,
which is immediately pulled back by the small spring D.
When the lever flies back the end of the curved rod E
hits the work and knocks it into the chute below. The
speed of this device will be readily seen by anyone who
takes the trouble to study out the cycle of movement
for a piece of work.
DRILLING JIG FOR SPARK-PLUG SPINDLES
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1033
IV.
SOME twenty odd years ago, phono-electric trolly
\nre was developed and placed on the market by the
Bridgeport Brass Co. in response to a demand for
a contact wire that would
withstand the conditions of
severe service better than
hard-drawn copper. The
greatest advantages of
phono-electric wire from
the railway man's point of
view are: Toughness, high
tensile strength, favorable
arcing characteristics, and
best of all, these various
characteristics are perma-
nent— the wire does not
alter its properties under
service conditions, which is
one of the most serious dis-
advantages of hard-drawn
copper. These properties of phono-electric wire are due
first to the composition of the wire ; second, to the uni-
formity and homogeneity of this composition; third, to
-Brass
Phono-Electric Wire
and Copper Tubes
The making of phono-electric wire is described.
There is information on rolling, joining and
draiuing. The author specifies that the advantages
of phono-electric toire are great toughness, high
tensile strength, favorable arcing characteristics
and the permanency of these properties under
service conditions. Brass and copper seamless
tube manufacture is gone into- — data on the pierc-
ing, cast shell and cupping processes are given.
(Part III appeared in the Nov. 18 issue)
the carefully controlled process of manufacture. Phono-
electric billets are delivered from the electric casting
shop to the rolling mill where they are introduced into
a heating furnace, the en-
trance to one of which is
shown in Fig. 27. After
having reached the desired
temperature, the billet is
withdrawn from the fur-
nace by sliding onto a two-
wheel car as shown in Fig.
28. It is then wheeled to
one of the rolling mills and
passed back and forth until
it is sufficiently reduced in
diameter, when it is coiled
up and delivered to the wire
mill. Figs. 29 and 30 show
the billet at two stages of
the rolling process. The
coiled rod before going to the draw benches is
joined into long lengths by soldering. The joint is
prepared by sawing the ends at an acute angle, clean-
•Booklet published by the Bridgeport Brass Co., Bridgeport, Conn.
Fro.
FIG. 27.
PIIU.\<>-i-.l,t;i;-IKiC BILLETS ENTERING
THE HEATING FURNACE
28. RKMOVTXG A PHONO-ELECTRO BILLET FROM
THE HEATING FURNACE PREPARATORY TO
INSERTING IT IN THE ROLLS
1034
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
PIG. 29. THE SAME BILLET AS SHOWN IN FIG. 28 AFTER
THE THIRD PASS THROUGH THE ROLLS
ing the adjacent surfaces with acid and inserting be-
tween them a sheet of silver solder. They are next bound
together with wire and a brazinp^ furnace swung into
position to enclose the joint. After heating to the
proper temperature the operator applies more silver to
the joint and works it in thoroughly. Having completed
the operation, the furnace is dropped down, the wires
removed and the joint smoothed up with a file. In Fig.
31 is shown the soldering equipment for two men. The
joint in the foreground has just been completed, while
the other one is being heated in the furnace.
The drawing of phono-electric takes place in the usual
way except that extraordinary care is exercised to
maintain accurate dimensions. The die itself is special.
It is so designed and manipulated that strains are
equalized and any unbalanced wear prevented. Pig. 32
shows the soldered rod undergoing the first draw. It
passes from the rod reel through the die to the drum of
the drawing machine and after making several turns
around the drum it is wound up on a reel ready for the
next operation.
The Bridgeport Brass Co. has been making seamless
FIG. 30. THE a.....;. j.lLLET AS SHOWN IN FIG. 28 JUST
BEFORE THE LAST PASS THROUGH THE ROLLS
brass and copper tubing for over thirty years, being one
of the pioneers in the making of this product. The
processes employed in making seamless tubing impose
extremely severe conditions on the brass maker if
success is to be attained. To begin with, it is all-
important that the quality of the metal be definitely
known and uniformly maintained for any given result.
Years of study in the research laboratories and even
more years of practice in the mill have taught this
company what conditions are necessary to the making
of seamless brass and copper tubes for any given pur-
pose, and equipment has been provided to realize these
conditions on a manufacturing basis.
FTO,
PHONO-ELECTRIC RODS ARE SOLDERED INTO
LONG LENGTHS WITH SILVER
FIG. 32. PHONO-ELECTRIC ROD PASSING THROUGH THE
DIE FOR THE FIRST DRAW
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1035
FIG. 33. TAKING CUT OFF BRONZE BILLET OF SPECIAL
TURBINE BLADING METAL
Although there are several different methods of
making seamless tubing, practically all tubing made by
the Bridgeport company falls under three processes,
namely: the piercing process; the cast shell process;
and the cupping process. The choice of these three
is determined by the character of the tube to be pro-
duced. Taking up the piercing process first, cast billets.
vV\^V^M/l^VWWW.A/VVVVVVV''■
FIG. 34. CHIPS REMOVED FROM THE SURFACE OF THE BILLET SHOWN
FIG. 35. BILLETS ENTERING THE HEATING FURNACE
PRELIMINARY TO ENTERING THE PIERCING MACHINE
of the tube. Fig. 33 shows the turning of a billet. Fig.
34 shows chips removed from the surface of the billet.
When it is considered that these chips are taken from
the surface of a cast billet, it is evident that the casting
itself closely approaches physical perfection.
In Fig. 35 we see these billets on their way into a
'" heating furnace. In this fur-
nace they are brought to the
proper temperature and dis-
charged at the proper moment
into the intake end of the
piercing machine as shown in
Fig. 36.
The operator of the piercing
mill by means of a motor con-
IN FIG. 33
Slightly cupped at the end and of suitable diameter, are
delivered to the piercing mill from the electric casting
shop.
Billets used in this process are turned so as to
remove surface impurities and mechanical imperfections
and in this way insure greater perfection in the surface
troller causes the billet to be
inserted into the piercing
machine by rotating the rollers upon which it rides
Once in the machine, it is subjected to a cross rolling
action, the result of which is to cause the billet to travel
through the rolls. Just as it leaves the rolls it
encounters a projectile-like steel point carried on a long
rod over which it is forced, rotating the meanwhile
between the rolls just ahead of the point. The working
parts of this verj^ interesting machine consist of two
ITG. 36. A H(/r BILLET, AFTER LEAVING THE HEATING
PURN.ACE SHOWN IN FIG. 35. ABOUT TO ENTER
THE PIERCING MACHINE
IIG. 37. THE PIERCED TUBE, EMERGING FROM THE
ROLLS AND PASSING OVER THE ROD WHICH
CARRIES THE PIERCING POINT
im
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
FIG. 38. POINTING TUBING PRELIMINARY TO DRAWING
tirely through the machine the rod is withdrawn by a
traveling workhead. The ends of tubes produced by
this process are shown in the foreground.
From the piercing mill the tubes go to the draw
benches, where they are pointed and drawn. The
pointing operation is shown in Figs. 38 and 39. It con-
sists simply of smashing down the end of the tube suffi-
ciently to allow its insertion through the die and into
the grip.
The openings into one of which the tube is about to
be inserted are split and are opened and closed con-
tinually under the action of the driving mechanism.
The holes just below the pointing dies serve as gages
into which the pointed tube must fit.
In Fig. 40 is shown a general view of the main tube
plant. Practically all the equipment in this plant is
special. One type of tube draw-bench alone contains
power driven rolls, mounted
at an angle to one another and
having their cylindrical sur-
faces made up of the frustums
of two cones. Just below and
between these two driven
rolls, is a small idler. The
billet passes between the three
and is drawn in by the spiral
travel of the three rolls, the
angles being such that the
point of contact travels on the
same spiral on all three rolls,
giving the billet a powerful
forward motion. Fig. 37
shows a tube issuing from the
machine. The rod with the
piercing point is inside. The
points have to be changed
from time to time in order to
maintain the proper contour.
A point that has just been re-
moved from the machine is
shown resting on a block in
the left foreground. When the
billet has been forced en-
FIG. 40. A GENERAL VIEW OF THE MAIN TUBE PLANT
Fie. S9. VERTICAL POINTING MACHINE FOR LARGE SIZE
TUBES. THE OPERATORS ARE JUST REMOVING A
TUBE FROM THE MACHINE
ninety-three elements that are covered by patent claims.
Before this mill was built, an experimental mill was set
up and every detail of the process worked out
experimentally and theoretically before the final decision
as to design to be used in the plant was made. Fig. 41
shows a group of tube draw benches. At the right is
seen a tube partially through the die. The rod here
shown carries the plug or triblet, which is held
inside of the tube at the point where it passes
throught the die and maintains the internal
diameter as well as preventing deformation of the
circle. In the outer end of the tube is seen a bushing
which senses as a bearing and guide for the rod. The
tube itself is drawn by the action of an hydraulic
plunger, located on the other side of the die. These
machines are so long that photographing is extremely
difficult.
After each draw the tubes are delivered to continuous
annealing furnaces which are maintained at constant
temperature, the tubes traveling at a definite speed
through the furnaces. In Fig. 42 is seen a set of tubes
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1037
DRAWING TUBING
on the conveyor which have just emerged from the
furnace and are ready to dump into the pickle. The
method by which the conveying rolls are driven is
plainly shown in the machine just back of the one in
the foreground. The tubes here shown are just about
to be dumped into the pickle which is accomplished by
the operator in the background. The temperature of
the furnaces and the speed of travel through them is so
chosen, that the mechanical strains from the drawing
operation are equalized without detriment to the
physical properties of the tube. Fig. 43 shows a bunch
of tubes being lifted from the pickle to be carried back
to the draw benches for the next operation. This opera-
tion of annealing is of the greatest importance since it
has a marked effect on the distribution of stresses in
the walls of the tube and acts to prevent what is known
as "season cracking."
The importance of proper annealing cannot be over
emphasized. The Bridgeport Brass Co. has studied the
annealing operation with respect to temperature, rate of
heating and cooling, and as a result of these studies has
formulated exact specifications covering both these
factors for every quality of metal turned out by the
mills. In Fig. 44 the results of experiments on a certain
alloy are shown graphically. From this diagram it is
seen that the annealing temperatures affect vitally all
the physical properties of the metal, and when properly
no. 43. A BATCH OP TUBES REMOVED FROM THE
PICKLE TO BE RETURNED TO THE DRAWBENCHES
FOR THE NEXT DRAW
FIG. 44. DIAGRAM SHOWING EFFECT OP ANNEALING
TEMPERATURE UPON PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR
BRASS OF A GIVEN COMPOSITION
PIG. 42. A BATCH OP TUBES ISSUING FROM A
CONTINUOUS ANNEALING FURNACE
FIG. 45. RECORDING PYROMETER
1038
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
FU:. 46. A TUBE I'ASSING THROUGH THE SPIRAL ROLLS
OF A STRAIGHTENING MACHINE
l-IG. 47. STR.MGHTRXIXO CONDENSER TUBES
FIG. 48.
SAMPLING CONDENSER TUBES FOR
INSPECTION TESTS
E ■■
I ■■
nuiii
fc " :^'
Wi
^^^^^1 f^SSl ^^^Pf^^^^I^^?!^^^h
f
W^00^ '^.
p^^^^
--^^ ■ .^^^fSf^"^-. \ ^^^m
understood can be used to obtain certain desired
properties.
The temperature of the annealing furnaces is
measured with electric pyrometers, the indicating instru-
ments being used by the operators for making heat
adjustments, and the recording instruments used for
information of the en.gineers as well as for the operators,
FIG. 49. CUTTING STRAIGHTENED CONDENSER TUBES
TO STANDARD LENGTH
so that the exact history of any given batch of metal can
be recorded. In Fig. 45 is shown one of the recording
instruments.
FIG. 50. HTDRAULIC TEST OF CONDENSER TUBES
FIG. 51. DR.\WING TUBES BY THE CUPPING PROCBSS
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deed — and Demand One
1089
't
fri r
uu
I
LU
.J
FIG. 52. SECTIONS OF DRAWN TUBING
When the tubes have been drawn to the proper diam-
eter and gage, they are straightened by passing them
through a set of rollers. The large diameter tubes are
passed through rollers which travel in a spiral around
the tube as shown in Fig. 46, while the small tubes
.■5uch as those used for condensers are straightened by
passing through a series of rolls in two different planes
as shown in Fig. 47. Both of these straightening ma-
chines spring the tube in such a way as to tend to
equalize any unbalanced mechanical strains that exist
and thereby improve the service qualities of the tubing.
In order to control the quality of the product, samples
are subjected to whatever tests are necessary to estab-
lish the properties of the tube required for the par-
ticular service they are to perform. In Fig. 48 is shown
an inspector marking samples to be delivered to the
laboratories. A certain percentage of all tubes manu-
factured are thus sampled for analyses and tests in the
laboratory.
After straightening the tubes are sawed to standard
lengths and each one is subjected to an hydraulic pres-
sure test. These various operations are shown in Figs.
49 and 50.
In addition to pressure tests, each tube is examined
by an expert and checked for dimensions and general
quality before it is delivered to the shipping depart-
ment for packing and shipment.
The cupping process, although used only to a small
extent, is preferred for certain kinds of tubing. In
this process, the metal is pushed through a die by a
round nosed punch. An operation of this kind is shown
in Fig. 51. In the liquid bath under the machine may
be seen several tubes ready for the drawing operation.
The operator at the right is holding a similar tube
after the drawing operation. This tube is now ready
for an annealing and pickling, after which it will be
returned for the next draw and so on until the finished
size is attained.
Although the bulk of the tubes are circular in section,
other sections are also drawn. Fig. 52 shows a number
of special sections and serves simply to indicate the
possibilities of the processes.
1040
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
Backlash Standards for Spur Gears
By CHARLES H. LOGUE
Brown-Lipe-Chapin Co., Syracuse. N. Y.
Standardization of gear characteristics is grad-
ually coming about. The author suggests a
formula for determining the proper backlash for
spur gears, and tables, computed from the for-
mula, are given. The article paves the tvay for
discussion on the subject.
IT IS well known that spur gears cut with the
involute form of tooth may be assembled at any
desired center distance, and, as long as the teeth
are in engagement, they still operate correctly. Perhaps
this is too well known, as it has led to a general mis-
understanding of an essential point in the cutting of
spur gears. Simply because the depth of the tooth
engagement may be varied as desired, it does not follow
that the depth to which the teeth are cut may be varied
either in order to secure any desired amount of back-
lash or for a modification of the center distance at
which the gears operate.
The pitch diameters of spur gears automatically
increase or decrease as a corresponding change is made
in the center distance, but, it should be noted that
the base circle from which the teeth in the gears derive
their formation remains constant and does not change
with any position in which the gears may be placed.
Thus, in Fig. 1, the only change is in the pitch diameters
and obliquity of action.
Therefore, to produce a correct tooth form, the base
line of the gear being cut and the base line from
which the cutter is formed must.be brought into agree-
ment— that is, the cutter must be located at a definite
distance from the center of the gear in order to assure
a correct tooth profile. In case an attempt is made
to cut deeper or shallower than this, the involute curve
will be distorted and an incorrect form of tooth will
result. For large numbers of teeth the amount of
damage done is relatively small, but for small pinions
the proper location of the cutter is vital.
In Fig. 2 is shown the eifect of cutting too deepl.v..
The solid lines represent true involute form, when the-
base line of both the cutter and the gear being cut
are in agreement. Dotted lines show the cutter dropped
to secure backlash, as indicated by the distances A.
A comparison of the two constructions will make evi-
dent the resulting error.
It is evident, therefore, that all spur and helical gear
cutters must be made so as to cut a given amount of
side clearance, or backlash, and this necessarily means
standardizing the amount which is proper for various
pitches. To this end the writer suggests an allowance-
based upon the square root of the pitch, as follows:
0.018
Average Backlash =
Minimum Backlash =
Vd
0.0135
, or 0.01 j/C.
, or 0.0076 VC.
\prxv or Curlvr
yfo secure Backlash •
ri«:
PIG. 1. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN
DISTANCE BETWEEN
GEAR CENTERS
The "average" allowance is recommended for all
gears which are to be heat treated, the run-out which
results from such treatment causing a need for more-
backlash than would ordinarily be recommended. The
"minimum" allowance is recommended for general pur-
poses when the center distance can be depended upon
and is accurately known. In cases where the center
distance has any great minus value, the average allow-
ance is recommended.
In case cutters are made without any allowance for
backlash, the calculated center distance must be
■increased, as it is then necessary to cut the teeth,
standard— that is, the circular thickness must then
equal one-half the circular pitch. Also, in case a certain
amount of backlash has been allowed for in making the
cutter and it becomes necessary to increase this amount,
the only proper solution is to increase the distance
between centers. The only manner in which this
increase can be avoided is to take side cuts, that is,
rolling the gear against the cutter.
The logical solution would be to reduce the thickness
of the teeth of the gear to give the iull amount of
backlash desired — there being
a surplus of strength in the
gear teeth — and to cut the pin-
ion teeth standard, that is, one-
half the circular pitch. But, it
is very often necessary to en-
gage two pinions, as gears hav-
ing small numbers of teeth are
commonly called, so that it
would appear that the back-
lash for an interchangeable
standard must be divided
equally between the gear and
the pinion teeth.
Table I gives calculated
values for "average" backlash,
based upon ^i^, or 0.010 VC.
V D
These values should, of course,
be grouped, as it is unnecessary
to follow the exact value as
rr« z
FIG. 2. EFFECT OF CUTTING TOO
DEEPLY IN GEAR
BLANK
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1041
TABLE I. RELATION BETWEEN PITCH AND BACKLASH FROM
THE FORMULA: AV. BACKLASH = Mi? , or 0.01 V'c'
1 D
c
Backlash,
D
C
Backlash,
iches
Inches
Inches
Inches
ID
0.0320
3J
0.0097
9
0 0305
i
0.0094
8
0 0290
4
0.0090
7
0 0270
i
0.0084
0 0260
5
0.0080
6
0 0250
i
0.0076
5
0 0230
6
0.0073
0 0215
i
0.0070
4
0 0203
7
0.0067
3i
0 0190
8
0.0063
3J
0.0184
i
0.0061
0 0180
9
0.0060
3
0 0179
10
0.0057
2i
0.0169
II
0.0054
0 0162
12
0.0052
2i
0.0161
i
0 0050
2i
0.0153
14
0.0049
0 0148
16
0.0045
2
0 0142
18
0 0041
0.0139
20
0 0039
Ij
0 0135
22
0.0038
It
0 0130
24
0.0037
0 0127
26
0.0036
li
0.0125
28
0.0034
0.0123
30
0.0033
li
0.0121
32
0.0032
0.0120
34
0.0031
U
0 0114
36
0 0030
O.OIIO
60
0.0029
li
0 0107
80
0.0020
0 0103
100
0.0018
1
0.0100
120
0.0012
given there. The arrangement shown in Table II might
be recommended as a standard.
TABLE II.
APPROXIMATE RELATIONS BETWEEN PITCH AND
AVERAGE BACKLASH
Circular Pitch,
Inches Inches
i|0 and over 0.032
Backlash, Diametral Pitch.
* to 9}
7 to 7f
6J to 6i
'5} to 5;
-41 to 5
'3j to 4i
3 to 3J
2i to 2i
2J
2
li to II
H to li
li
I to li
i to i
i
0.030
0.028
0.026
0.024
0 022
0.020
0.018
0.016
0.015
0.014
0.013
0.012
O.OII
0.010
0.009
0 008
0.007
0 006
0.005
Inches
0.5
0.75
1.0
li
U
H
2
2i
2J
3-3J
4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-16
18—26
28-60
80-100
Over 120 0 012
Backlash
Inches
0 026
. 0
0
020
ni8
0
016
0
015
n
014
n
on
n
017
0
on
0
010
0
009
0
008
0
007
. 0
n
006
005
. 0
. 0
0
004
003
002
The distance from the pitch line to the outside diam-
eter of the cutters being held correct, we might depend
upon the bottom diameter of the gear for correct cut-
ter location. In setting up the gear-cutting machine,
we could then measure from the center of the work
spindle to the outside diameter of the cutter.
Dropping the cutter into the gear until the desired
tooth thickness is secured is poor practice, unless the
amount of tocth space desired is embodied in the design
-of the cutter. It is, therefore, suggested that the
amount of backlash for various pitches be standardized
and all form cutters made in strict accordance with
this allowance.
Is This a Punch-Press Job?
By Hugo F. Pusep
The rod with a flat on it described by F. C. Hudson
on page 1267, vol. 52, of the American Machinist and
supplemented on page 372, vol. 53, of the same journal
by Joran Kyn, can be manufactured very cheaply in
large quantities.
If I remember right, the rods in question were made
of cold rolled steel about i\ in. in diameter with the flat
extending over about two-thirds of their length, some-
what similar to Fig. 1.
This flat can be rolled very easily, it being compara-
tively shallow in comparison to the diameter of the rods.
The rolling equipment would consist principally of two
rolls A and B, as shown in Fig. 2. Roll A would have a
perfect semicircular groove C cut around its perimeter,
while the roll B must have the semicircular groove on
only a certain length of its perimeter; the rest of the
groove having a flat bottom as at D. These rolls can be
mounted in a substantial fixture having provision made
for adjustment. Driving power for the rolls can be
obtained from various sources, depending on the quan-
tity of rods to be produced. For a medium production
the rolling fixture can easily be mounted on a milling
machine table or on a horizontal boring machine of
sufficient power, and driven direct from the machine
spindle through a suitable connection.
Should the production warrant it, an individual elec-
tric motor and reduction gearing, installed as a unit
with the fixture, will supply an ideal drive. Under these
conditions, however, the fixture would become a special
machine. Some other improvements could be made in
a case of very large production, such as separate feed-
ing rolls, cutting off mechanism, etc.
Now using mill length cold rolled rods ti in. in diam-
eter as the raw material and passing them through the
rolls such as shown in Fig. 2, at every revolution of the
FIGS. 1, 2 AND 3. THE WORK AND THE ROLLS
rolls we would have a flat part A and the original round
rod B alternately for the entire length of the rod, as
shown in Fig. 3. Our next step would be to shear this
long rod up into several shorter lengths. This can be
accomplished very cheaply in an ordinary rod shearing
die under a punch press locating from the small shoul-
ders C, Fig. 3.
There are a few modifications of the rolls, which
would be largely determined by the quantity of rods to
be made and the quality and accuracy of finish at each
end of same; such as making the rolls large enough so
that several flat and round lengths could be rolled at one
revolution of the rolls; or having the round and flat
bottomed groove slightly longer around the perimeter
of the forming roll than is actually necessary, so as to
allow for facing operation at both ends after shearing
off the rods.
This method of rolling flats on round rods is the
cheapest and best way where the quantity is consider-
able, and it has proven very satisfactory to me on sev-
eral occasions. I hope that it will help to solve the
problem referred to at the beginning of this article.
1042
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
Modern Aviation Engines — VI
By K. H. CONDIT
Mana^ng Editor, American Machinist
THE four engines shown on the opposite page are
representative of American designs for commercial
aviation. The Thomas and Sturtevant engines are
essentially alike, both being V-type eights with reduc-
tion gearing between the crankshaft and the propeller.
They differ in carburetor location, the Thomas car-
buretor being overhead between the cylinder blocks
while the Sturtevant carburetor is carried on a level
with the base of the engine ; and, in valve arrangement,
the Thomas cylinders are of the L-head type, an unusual
design for an aviation engine, while the Sturtevant
valves are overhead and operated by rockers and long
push-rods from the camshaft which is located in the
crankcase.
The Packard engine shows the effects of the informa-
tion made available by the war of the details of both
allied and enemy airplane engines. Valve action and
cylinder construction are similar to the Liberty motor
designs for those parts, while the cylinder angle has
also been reduced from the normal 90 deg. to 60 deg.
The carburetor location and intake-manifold design
are original but show the effect of German practice.
The water pump location is the same as on the Hispano-
Suiza.
The Curtiss six shown is practically a half portion
of the twelve mentioned in the first installment and
has been designed to replace the old reliable, but
obsolete, model OX with which most of our army pilots
learned to fly. In this motor also, the effects of foreign
practice are discernible. The aluminum cylinder cast-
ing with threaded steel liners points to the Hispano-
Suiza arrangement but the combination of cylinder
casting and crankcase upper half is different. Hispano
practice is also followed in the elimination of push-rods
and rocker-arms for the valve-operating mechanism,
but the cams, instead of acting directly on the valve
stems, bear on yokes which connect the two inlet or
exhaust valves of each cylinder. Two camshafts are
fitted, one for the inlet and the other for the exhaust
valves.
The problem of making a living in peace times under
present conditions is a difficult one for the American
airplane manufacturer to solve. The art of flying has
not as yet been sufficiently developed to stand alone
without governmental aid and those in authority seem
to have learned little from the experience of the air-
craft program. Much time would have been saved and
our part in the war in the air would have been much
more valuable than it was if the starved little airplane
manufacturing companies that existed before the war
had been given a little encouragement in the way of
Government orders. There is a world of difference
between intelligent economy and stupid parsimony.
The work of the few Army and Navy officers assigned
to aviation duty has been very commendable in view
of the handicaps under which they have labored, but
it could have been so much more effective if sufficient
funds had been provided to carry on the work. During
the war eflScient expert organizations were built up
at the scientific and experimental fields and much valu-
able machinery and testing apparatus were installed.
The equipment remains but most of the men have
returned to civil life, according to figures given out
Oct. 1, which show a reduction in the Air Service
of 92 per cent. In England, on the contrary, the
testing and experimental forces are to be kept at full
war strength to carry on the work of research and
development hardly possible by private concerns.
What is left of our Air Service is doing valuable
missionary work in educating the people to the possibil-
ities of commercial aviation by the recruiting, demon-
strating and photographic tours that are being carried
out. Their participation in the Mineola-Toronto race
and the transcontinental race have done much to prove
the reliability of aerial transportation.
The work of the Navy in the successful transatlantic
flight of the NC-4 is beyond praise and from a prac-
tical point of view was of far more value than the
more daring and spectacular non-stop trip made by
Brown and Alcock in the British Vickers-Vimy bomber.
That the British are wide awake to the importance of
demonstrations of the sort is evident by the exhibition
trip of a flying-boat over the various Scandinavian
countries where aviation progress has lagged but where
interest is keen.
It will not be long before trips of this sort will be
greatly extended. A prize has been offered for the
first transpacific flight. British planes have flown from
England by way of Cairo to India. An aerial pathway
from Europe to Australia has been traversed. Plans
are under way for a round-the-world race and a com-
mittee has started to lay out the route, pick out landing-
places and referees and make the other necessarv
arrangements for such a venture.
It is interesting to compare the results of the New
York-Toronto air race with the automobile race held
at Sheepshead Bay a few weeks later. In the first
case the conditions were just about as bad as they
could possibly be. Severe storms were encountered
and two of the landing-fields, besides being small, were
in bad condition. At Sheepshead Bay, on the contrary-,
the weather was perfect, the track the equal of any
in the world and the cars on edge after days of careful
tuning. But look at the results. The airplanes made
better speed over a longer distance; there were no
serious accidents except a broken arm sustained by a
pilot who wrecked his machine to prevent running into
a crowd which had broken the police lines, and nearly
60 per cent of the contestants finished the race. By
contrast, one car broke a steering connection and rolled
over, its occupants escaping by a miracle, and another
caught fire and was only stopped after the driver and
mechanic had been severely burned. The percentage of
finishers was less than 50. Considering the relative
age of the two sports, if one chooses to call them sports,
the comparison seems more favorable to the airplane
than ever.
Reliability is further demonstrated by several hun-
dred-per cent months in the records of the New York-
Washington aerial mail service which has been in
satisfactory operation over a year. If all our mail were
handled as promptly, some of us would begin to believe
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1043
Ei^ht cylinders: bone. 4.5 in.
( 1 14m m); stroke 5.5 in,('l40 mtn^;
rated hp. 2IOat 2250 r.p.m.
(crankshaftjimagrneto ignition;
Eioht cylinders ; bore, 4.125 in. S^Sfvi/V/
(roSmm.); stroke 5.5 in. ( I40jnm); I^Z'/Z^ ^■
rafed hp.,l50at \200r. p. m.( propel ery.^^j:;
rufl^neto ig'nition.dry weicjht per hp^ 'A/-,Ji
3.5 Ib.-.fuel consumption. 0.59 lb. ■/^:^.
Six cylinders ; bore, 4.5 in. (Il4mm.); stroke.
6in.(l52mm.);rated hp., 200 at 1600
rp-m.; magneto ignition; dry weii^ht
per hp., 2.1 lb.;fuel consumption,
0.551b. per b hp.-hr
m^s^^y^MA^^s^
1044
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
in the imminence of the millennium. The newer
branches of the aerial mail have not quite reached this
standard but they are rapidly approaching it.
Freight-carrying by airplane does not look very
practical as yet, and perhaps never will, but, speaking
generally, we are not in so much of a hurry for freight
as we are for some other things. Passenger carrying
is undoubtedly coming. During the war British states-
men made many safe and speedy trips between London
and Paris in a De Haviland plane with an inclosed body.
This special de luxe service has been succeeded by a
regular passenger-carrying line operating on schedule
between the two cities. The Germans are doing the
same thing with Zeppelins which even carry the passen-
gers' baggage, while other lines in England, Germany
and France will soon be in operation.
In America' we lag behind as usual, but one big
passenger carrier has made a successful flight from
west of the Mississippi River to New York and Wash-
ington and many others will probably have been made
before this article is published. The greatest handicap
just now seems to be the lack of suitable landing-fields
in all parts of the country.
The recent offer of a big engineering concern to the
British Government of huge rigid dirigibles with a
70-ton carrying capacity and a 6,000-mile cruising radius
makes one wonder how soon the fanciful transatlantic
trip described in Kipling's story, "With the Night
Mail," will be commonplace realities. They may come
sooner than we think and prove Kipling and Jules Verne
more prophets than visionaries.
The Field for Employment Management
By Entropy
During the height of the war almost every manufac-
turer of any considerable size opened an office which he
called the "Employment Office." In some cases it was a
real and important part of the organization, but in too
many it was merely a hiring office established in imita-
tion of the real thing but performing very few of its
functions. Very naturally, however, all the men en-
gaged in this work called themselves employment man-
agers. Many of them would be glad to take on their
old jobs today if they could get them. That is, there are
many more men who have had the title than there are
filling such jobs today.
Does that mean that employment management is a
bubble that has burst? Is there any object in a young
man trying to make it his life work? My guess to the
second question is: Yes. Almost every thing has its
ups and downs, and nearly every good thing has been
hurt at some time by people who were trying to be help-
ful. Scientific management was one that suffered from
people who saw a chance to coin money but who did not
grasp the fundamentals of the profession. It has weath-
ered the storm and a great deal of very good scientific
management is being done under the name of indus-
trial engineering, which name really describes the work
better than the one with which it was christened. In
the same way employment management is suffering to-
day for the sins of imitators who do not see the kernel
in the thing they imitate.
The rush is over to all appearances. Scouting for
help is not likely to again be an appreciable part of the
employment function for some time. Polite stealing of
help, big advertisements and all that goes with it have
sunk out of sight. From now on it looks as though the
function of employment management is the legitimate
one of a more or less scientific selection of help and
their careful and thorough training for the jobs they are
to do and then making them content with the jobs, but
not content to make little of them. It really seems as
though the future holds out more that is worth while
in employment management than the past. That is, it
seems as though the work of industrial relations, of
which employment management is a part, might become
a very important factor in the cost of production and it
certainly looks as though cost of production was again
to become a very important part of business, where per-
haps sales was the most important for a time and where
getting materials and workmen was the most vital for
another period. That is, we are likely to run into a
period of competition in which every effort to produce
efficiency is going to be of importance.
Need of "Esprit de Corps"
No one who has been around shops much can doubt
for a moment that there is a great difference in the pro-
ductivity of different shops and he is also impressed
with the fact that the same men do vastly more work in
^ome shops than they do in others. Some of this differ-
ence is in engineering, in methods of manufacture, in
methods of handling, but more of it is in esprit de corps,
and it is with that that the employee relations depart-
ment is most keenly interested. This begins with the J
selection of men who have a fighting chance of making 1
good in each job, then training them so as to bring out
the best there is in them. It continues with seeing that
they are placed under foremen who will make profitable
use of the investment which has been put into them and
so managing their relations to the firm that they will
see that from a business point of view it is to their ad-
vantage to stick to it, and that from a social point of
view they will want to stay. This is a rather large and
comprehensive program but it takes the whole program
to make an employment department which it is worth
while to start at all. It is of course not necessary to
do everything at once. In fact if it is put into effect too
hurriedly there is danger that workmen will believe
that it is some sort of a scheme to exploit them and they
are likely to hold off and not co-operate as they would if
it were put in gradually.
Must Attract Good Workman
Thus it is made necessary that the employment man-
ager be able to organize his work so as to make reason-
ably good selections where for the past few years he has
merely had to attract a sufficient number of applicants.
P'rom now on he will probably get applicants enough so
far as mere members go but he may have to artificially
stimulate a flow of the quality he requires. Of course
under competitive conditions it is verj' much worth
while to man the shop with men who can and will gladly
produce the largest amount of well-made goods. Such
men are attracted by stability of employment, by a safe
shop, by pleasant surroundings, by good wages, or wages
proportionate to production and by association with
their own kind of people.
Of course it is going to be necessary for each employ-
ment man to sell this idea to his superiors unless it hap-
pens to originate higher up, but it is certain that a great
deal of the proflt to be made in the future is going to
be made in just this way and that is what most busi-
ness is run for. ».
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1045
Small Machines for Building Optical
Instruments
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
The publicity given to the present-day tendency
toward mass production with heavy machines is
apt to cause us to overlook many items of interest
in metal working of a different nature. The fol-
lowing article describes some miniature machines
which have been built for use in the manufacture
of delicate instruments.
. AN INSTRUMENT which the occulist uses when he
l\ gazes into the interior of your eye is known as
J \~ the ophthalmoscope or retinoscope. One of the
makers of these instruments is the S. A. Rhodes Manu-
facturing Co., Chicago, 111., in whose shop the interesting
each of the openings around its rim is shown at A in
Fig. 3. Outside of these openings a very narrow groove
has been previously cut nearly through the entire
thickness of the plate, leaving a thin flange of metal
surrounding the hole. After putting a lens in place,
the container disk is placed in the machine, as shown
by the illustration, and the spinning head B, operated
by the handle C, sets down the thin flange of metal,
firmly holding the lens in the disk. At the same time
the disk is pressed up against the spinning head by
means of the hand lever D. The entire machine, includ-
ing its base, is approximately lOJ in. high and weighs
4i pounds.
The bench hand-press, Fig. 4, is one of the smaller
machines constructed in the shop under consideration.
^ ^^SSMufi^l^H)
f '^^^t
\ #%
1
"^■"^^iJ
Sb
ID
L- '" "^i^ldS
mtB/f
i m/^
m^W^M^
^
FIG. 1. SALT SHAKER AS CONTAINER FOR SMALL, SCREWS
small machine tools which are here illustrated are to be
found.
Some of the work done in the construction of these
machines is similar to that done on small clocks, and
one of the best evidences of the minute character of
some parts is shown by the fact that a salt shaker is
used for the storage of one size of small screws. The
illustration, Fig. 1, shows it lying on its side with a
few of the screws shaken out through the perforations.
This method of handling is very convenient for the
workman.
Mr. Rhodes has designed many small tools which
better fit his shop for the character of work with which
it is occupied. One of them is the cut-off slide, Fig. 2,
which is provided as the tool carriage on a standard
jewelers' lathe. Screw stops A that may be set for the
depth of the cut are provided on both ends of the slide.
Longitudinal adjustment of the two tools is provided
by the compound slides B and C, which are adjusted
by means of the thumb nuts D. In making a cut, the
main slide is operated forward and back by means of
the small hand lever E through the toggle link F.
A lens container to hold lenses of varying power in
FIG. 2. CUT-OFF SLIDE FOR JEWELER'S LATHE
It is used for punching out little parts, different dies
being set in the bolster plate for different jobs. In
the illustration, the machine is equipped with a riveting
head for forcing small studs A into the flat steel springs
B. The studs go in opposite sides of the two ends of
the springs, and the recess C in the top of the extra
bolster plate permits the spring in which one stud has
already been inserted to lie flat. A small ejector is
operated by the lever D to force the riveted stud out
of the hole in the die. The body of the press is a single
casting, the crankshaft bearings at the top being
solid. The slide is dovetailed into the face of the col-
umn, and is provided with a gib which can be adjusted
by setscrews. The link connecting the crankshaft
with the slide is held by a screw on the eccentric stud
turned on the end of the crankshaft, and it is attached
to the slide by a stud riveted in place. The entire
machine is 101 in. high and weighs 12 pounds.
A Milling Machine Weighing 6 Pounds
If the description of the masterpiece of this collec-
tion has been left for the last, it loses nothing of
interest by contrast with that which has gone before.
1046
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
FIG. 3. SMALL SPINNING DEVICE FOR SECURING
LENSES IN THEIR CONTAINERS
I-IG. 4. 12-LB. PUNCH PRESS SET UP FOR
. A RIVETING JOB
The milling machine illustrated in Fig. 5 was designed scale A, indicating the height of the machine from its
and built for machining small parts that can be held in base to the center of the spindle. The complete machine,
a chuck. At the rear of the machine stands a 6-in.
FIG.
LEFT-HAND SIDE OF 6-LB.
MILLING MACHINE
FIG. 6. VERTICAL FEED RACK ON RIGHT SIDE
OF MILLING MACHINE
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1047
I
as shown here, weighs an even 6 pounds. Its column is
provided with a foot by which it can be bolted to a
table, and it carries a spindle head which can be
adjusted in or out by means of a thumb nut B on its
rear side in order to position the cutter with respect to
the work. The spindle is driven by a round belt on a
single grooved pulley. It is mounted in steel bearings,
and the rear bearing is tapered and may be adjusted
by means of the nut on the rear of the spindle to take
up end play. Small cup oilers are located on the top
of each bearing.
The knee slides vertically on ways on the face of the
column and has an adjustable gib. It was originally
provided with a vertical feed, with a hand lever operat-
ing a pinion in the rack A, Fig. 6, but this has been
temporarily removed while the machine is in service on
its present job. A screw stop B, provided with adjust-
ing nuts, is arranged so that the knee can be set at any
desired height.
The saddle slides horizontally on the ways of the knee.
It is provided with a rack-and-pinion feed operated by
the lever C, Fig. 5, for moving the work under the cut-
ter.
The rise on the saddle may be swiveled in a vertical
plane, and the graduations can be noted on the circular
portion D of the base. By means of a nut on the back
of the saddle, the vise is clamped in position after it has
been set at the desired angle. The vise is fitted with a
spring collet that is drawn down by the handle E. The
spindle of the collet can be rotated for indexing the
work when multiple slotting the heads of screws. For
this purpose it is provided with an index flange F,
in which notches have been cut. The flange is indexed
by the trigger H, which normally is held firmly against
the flange by means of a spring J.
To enumerate and describe the different parts on this
milling machine makes it seem almost as large and
complicated as a full sized machine, such as a No. 3, but
the difference in size can be illustrated no more strik-
ingly than by saying that the crown of a man's hat
placed over the little machine will entirely cover and
hide it.
Marking Tools by Etchings
By E. a. Dixie
About the only way to mark hardened tools satis-
factorily is by the etching process. They can be marked
by an electric instrument which fuses the surface but
the marks made by this instrument are irregular, with
little blobs of metal along the lines, and on very fine
tools there is a possibility that the intense heat, at least
3,000 deg. F. at the point where the etching is done,
may cause a distortion. By the chemical process of
etching, the steel is eroded by an acid, the lines are as
uniform as the lines drawn on the work by the etcher,
there are no blobs of metal at the sides of the lines
and the amount of heat generated by the chemical action
is so slight that it cannot injure the most delicate instru-
ment. Further, with the exception of the eyeglass, the
entire outfit can be bought for less than half a dollar.
In Fig. 1 all the essentials for etching are shown.
They comprise a glass stoppered bottle of 25 per cent
nitric acid; a small can of Asphaltum varnish; a foun-
tain pen or medicine dropper; a coil of wax fillet such
as patternmakers use; an etching point; and an ordinary
toolmaker's eyeglass. Besides the outfit shown the etcher
should have two or three small brushes, such as one
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^1
^^^^^r'' ^^^^^^^^^^^^1
^-^
<^n jid^^H
rr- .a
1^. ^^
i
.^
--v^
—-'^m
tti
FIG. 1. THE ESSENTIALS FOR ETCHING
can even now buy at the druggist's for five cents each,
and a squirt can of kerosene or gasoline. The etching
point shown was made from a small darning needle,
and is for small work. The etcher should have several
points if his work is varied. Fig. 2 shows three types.
Note the bent end of the thin point. This is one of the
handiest points, and not well known. If it is made
from a thin needle, so that it is springy, very fine script
can be written with it in the etching resist.
The steel to be etched should be clean and bright,
although this is not absolutely necessary. It is coated'
with a thin coat of the asphalt varnish. If the varnish
in the can is too thick it can be thinned with a very
little gasoline or kerosene, of which gasoline is the better
because it dries more quickly. The tool can then be
left to dry slowly or drying of the varnish may be
accelerated by warming the tool slightly. From time
to time the etcher should test the dryness of the varnish
with the tip of his finger, applied at some point on the
surface where he does not intend to scratch with the
etching point. When the varnish has become dry enough
so that it will not stick to the finger, that is to say,
beyond the "tacky" stage, it is ready for the next
operation.
With the tip of the finger, powdered chalk, talcum or
any other white powder is smeared in a very thin coat
over the varnish. This forms a "ground" for the etcher's
pencil sketch of what he wishes on the tool. He then
takes a soft lead pencil and sketches in the words or
figures very lightly, being exceedingly careful not to
cut through the soft varnish which protects the steel,
for every part of the steel which is exposed will be
attacked by the acid.
FIG. 2. THREE TYPES OF ETCHING POINTS
1048
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
The various steps are shown in Fig. 8, beginning at
the left. The samples shown were prepared especially
for this article and were purposely etched large for
reproduction. They are patternmakers' chisels, the left
one li in. and the others li in. wide. A shows the
chisel coated with varnish, dusted with chalk and the
letters H.R. sketched in with a "B" pencil.
The etcher now takes the most suitable etching point
and scratches the outlines of the letters or design right
through the varnish so that the steel is exposed as shown
by the letter H on chisel B. He then, with the glass,
examines the outline carefully to see whether or not
it needs correcting anywhere. Correction can usually
be done better before the letters are fully blocked out
as one can often make the whole job look all right by
"doctoring" two or three of the letters next the one on
which the slip has been made. Having decided that the
outline is to his liking ha proceeds to block the letters
out as shown by the letter R and the vinculum of the
H on chisel B. The work is again examined for mis-
takes and corrections made.
Being satisfied with the work the etcher takes a
soft cloth or one of the small brushes and dusts off all
the chalk. If this is left on it causes the acid to boil
and much of its strength is wasted on eating the chalk
instead of the steel. Having removed the chalk the
etcher takes a piece of the wax fillet long enough to
surround the words or diagram and presses it firmly
down onto the face of the work, being careful that it
makes a tight dam around the scratched part so that
the acid will not run beyond the varnished surface.
This stage of the work is shown by chisel C. The work
is now ready for the application of the nitric acid.
• The work is adjusted in a level position, with the
face up. With the medicine dropper the etcher drops a
little of the acid on the scratched part of the tool within
the wax dam, being careful to see that all of the exposed
surface of the steel is wet with the acid. Almost im-
mediately small bubbles will form in the acid along
the lines scratched on the steel. Where the lines are
very fine the bubbles will be very small and close to-
gether. As they prevent more acid from reaching the
scratched lines they should be removed. This is easily
done by sucking up the acid with the dropper and then
dropping it again, being very careful not to scratch
away any of the varnish. On work which has very fine
lines it will be necesasry to repeat this operation several
times during the etching process. The acid will eat in
several thousandths deep in a few minutes, the depth
and time depending upon the strength of the acid and
the steel being etched. The etcher should remember
that for this work concentrated acid does not work so
rapidly as diluted acid. I have no data at present cov-
ering nitric acid, but with sulphuric the mixture which
acts quickest is about U or 12 per cent. The same is
also true of hydrochloric.
Having "bitten in" the design to a sufficient depth
the etcher removes the excess acid with the dropper
and then takes the job to the sink to wash the remain-
ing acid out. He should be careful not to allow any
of the acid to drip or run over other bright work or
other bright portions of the job as it will at once make
a black stain wherever it touches.
After washing the work thoroughly with water the
wax is removed and the varnish washed off with a rag
wet with gasoline or kerosene. Work which cannot be
washed in water (for example a fine toolmakers' pro-
tractor) for fear of rusting its parts should be washed
SUCCESSIV'l-: OPEKATIO.VS IX ETCHING
with the medicine dropper, using strong sal soda water.
as the sal soda neutralizes the acid. The finished job is
shown by D.
There are a few things that the beginner should'
remember: Do not attempt to etch nickelplated tools
with nitric acid as it has little effect on nickel. If you
want to etch nickel, get the druggist to mix you some
"aqua regia" which is a mixture of nitric and hydro-
chloric acids.
Be careful not to scratch the varnish off anywhere
except where you wish to etch, but if you do, or your
etching point slips, cover the defect with a little varnish
and let it dry as described, before going on with the
work. Never let the varnish harden dead hard before
starting to scratch the design, because hard dry varnish
has a most unpleasant habit of jumping off in flakes,
leaving a line which will etch unevenly.
The varnish should be spread on thinly but evenly^
and if very fine lines are to be etched, the varnish
should be especially thin.
Phonograph needles make good etching points for
some work, but are too stiff for other kinds. The needle
shown in Fig. 1 has the extreme tip bent over at about
a right angle, the point extending about A in. from the
body of the needle and works well on script.
Besides etching designs on work the writer has used
the process for cutting out springs of varied shapes
from hardened flat spring .steel stock, and for "drilling""
holes in hard stock such as old hacksaw blades. \Mien
either of these jobs is in hand the shape of the spring
or the location and size of the hole is laid out on botk
sides of the stock which has previously been varnished
all over. The work is then put in a shallow glass,
earthenware or lead (nitric acid does not attack lead)
receptacle with the acid covering it. The etcher should
see that the job is so placed that the acid can get at
the design on both sides. The beginner should experi-
ment on pieces of old hacksaws until he becomes familiar
with the work and the depths of etch he gets with
various lengths of exposure to the erosive action of the-
acid. At the start do not allow the acid to remain longer
than say five minutes on the work. It can be examined
with the glass after washing in clean water and if not
deep enough it can be subjected to the acid again if the
varnish is not injured.
Do not have fine bright tools close to an etching-
operation as the gas bubbles formed on the work often
throw microscopic drops of acid when they burst, and
these, falling on bright work, will make little black spots
like fly specks.
■December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1049
Developing and Holding Foreign Trade
For some time prior to the war, the foreign trade
of the United States showed a healthy increase;
but the great conflict, in converging the thought
and energies of Europe upon war and its neces-
sities, gradually converted the American nation
into the temporary workshop and supply house
of the world. In an endeavor to meet this unpre-
cedented demand for its products and manufac-
tures of every description, with the added strain
of becoming in 1917 an active belligerent in the
conflict, there have been invested in the United
States since 1911, in new productive enterprises
and machinery, more than six billions of dollars.
If these new forces, in addition to those in opera-
tion before the war, are now to be kept in pro-
ductive activity, it becomes incumbent upon the
United States to develop foreign outlets to take
over the surplus to be expected from this pro-
duction.
THE POSITION of this country during the war
was an extremely difficult one. Not only had
we become for the time being the banker and
supply house of the world, but the cataclysm of a
world war with its imperative and immediate demands
had placed almost insuperable obstacles in the way
•of our adequately answering this universal demand
upon us.
Now, however, that peace is again established the
country appears to be slowly awakening to a realiza-
tion that no nation of the world has ever had thrust
upon it the foreign trade possibilities which are now
■opened up before us. Before the world conflict Ger-
many and England were impelled by economic forces
to develop external markets for their surplus prod-
ucts, inasmuch as their productive machinery was
producing a surplus above that required for home
consumption. The United States, on the other hand,
to the time of the outbreak of the war had been grow-
:ing with such tremendous strides that any prepara-
tion for foreign trade was soon overtaken by the
home demand.
Now, however, with the termination of the war the
productive capacity of all Europe will again be di-
verted to the interests of peace and competition for
world markets must of necessity become keen. In
this crisis if this country is to keep in productive
. activity the vast new forces which were created dur-
ing the war to enable us to answer the demand of
the world upon us for our products we have no alter-
native but to enter actively into this competition in
an endeavor to develop permanent markets for the
surplus which these forces must inevitably create.
With a view to meeting this competition the highest
intelligence that can be spared from our various lines
■ of business interested in foreign development should
visit South America. This preliminary survey should
not be left to salesmen. It must be remembered that
in South America there are today approximately
sixty-five millions of people. The field is a vast one
and has heretofore been intensively cultivated by
Europe.
An axiom in foreign trade is that "Business follows
Investment." The vast foreign commerce transacted
before the war between Europe and South America
was based primarily upon Europe's investment in
South American bonds and public utilities of every
description. The opportunities for such further in-
vestment are extensive and should now be taken ad-
vantage of by American capital.
Within the past few years the great packing in-
terests in this country have established large plants
in Brazil, in Uruguay and in the Argentine, and
American mining companies are constantly augment-
ing their holdings in Chile and along the West Coast.
Practically every line of American business effort is
now represented in the various South American coun-
tries and the constant inquiries we receive indicate
an ever-increasing interest on the part of American
business men, not only in South American trade de-
velopment, but likewise in the possibilities of the
southern continent for the investment of capital. The
measure of our ability, therefore, to retain the foreign
business which abnormal world conditions have tem-
porarily diverted to this country will be the extent
to which we intelligently cultivate the trade of our
new acquaintances. If we will now bring to bear
upon our efforts at reconstruction and the develop-
ment of a permanent foreign trade that same intelli-
gence and energy which we devoted intensively to
the prosecution of the war our efforts in this direc-
tion should meet with a like measure of success. We
must remember, however, that the confidence of for-
eign merchants can be inspired only by properly
pricing our goods for export; by according time where
the credit standing of foreign client so warrants; by
scrupulously adhering to instructions regarding pack-
ing and billing; by avoiding substitution without se-
curing the consent of client thereto, and in general
through endeavoring to impress upon our foreign
friends by the manner in which we fill their orders
our desire to develop a permanent foreign trade by
applying to the business with which they favor us
those same high principles of scrupulous business
probity which have built up the vast domestic com-
merce of this country.
How TO Hold Foreign Trade
The development of a permanent foreign trade re-
quires as much care and attention to holding business
once secured as it does to its original development,
and as competition increases the truth of this asser-
tion becomes more apparent. As an aid to the devel-
opment and retention of foreign business the follow-
ing suggestions are offered:
First. That correspondence be in the language of
the country in which client is located; that is, if the
customer is a subject or citizen of that country, and
if it is not known that he is familiar with English.
There is likewise a prevalent complaint throughout
South America as to apparent laxity in our methods
of correspondence. It must be remembered that South
American clients are many thousands of miles from
their sources of supply, and inquiries should be an-
swered immediately and in detail. If an order is
received and conditions render impossible immediate
1050
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
manufacture this information should be communi-
cated immediately to foreign client, and if delay in
shipping is occasioned for any reason, notice to this
effect by cable or letter will be appreciated. In other
words, it is advisable to keep foreign clients con-
stantly advised as to the progress that is being made
with their orders. In fact, the opportunity of cor-
responding in this manner should be taken advantage
of, as in addition to placating a customer by keeping
him informed there is an element of courtesy involved
which is appreciated.
Second. In selling endeavor to give the foreign client
what he wants, and not just what you wish to sell him.
The application of this principle is the basis upon
which was constructed the vast foreign trade of Eng-
land, France and Germany before the war.
Third. Conform strictly to the instructions of cus-
tomers as to packing, billing and the preparation of
documents. It is well to assume that the foreign
merchant is probably more familiar with the require-
ments of his own government and the customs or
habits of his own trade than we can possibly be.
Fourth. Investigate the credit standing of those
with whom you contemplate establishing relations.
Packing
A subject calling for close and intelligent study in
foreign trade is the packing of shipments. On the
kind and manner of packing depends the arrival of
shipment at destination, the amount of rail and ocean
freight charged for transportation and the amount
of customs duties imposed. Duties are frequently
affected, sometimes quite seriously, by faulty packing
or by the use of a container or a covering which
brings the contents under a classification of tariff
higher than would be the case were a different kind or
method of packing used.
Packing should be considered with three different
aspects in view : the preservation of the merchandise,
economy in duties to be imposed by the foreign cus-
tom house, and economy in the space occupied by the
packed shipment. In connection with this subject it
should be remembered that in addition to the severe
and varied handlings of shipments incident to being
placed aboard vessel in this country they are sub-
jected to considerable additional handling in the for-
eign port, and to interior points in many of the South
American countries transportation from the coast is
by means of river steamer, raft and mule. Generally
speaking, bulky packages should be avoided when this
is possible, it being far better to divide the shipment
into two or perhaps three parts.
Packing should be as light as possible, consistent,
however, with the strength necessary to carry to desti-
nation, intact and in proper condition, the particular
class of merchandise shipped, having in mind the
numerous exceedingly rough handlings and many
changes to which all foreign shipments are subjected.
If, to answer this purpose, a heavier case with metal
straps and bands is necessary, then by all means the
packing should be done in this manner.
When a foreign buyer suggests that his order be
packed in a certain way, it is possible that his request
is based upon the rules of the custom house regard-
ing the imposition of duties. As an illustration of
this point, shovels when imported into Chile pay no
duty if they come into the country complete. If, how-
ever, the handles and the metal bases come packed
separately duties are imposed upon each. It is evi-
dent that a shipment of shovels sent forward in this
divided manner will entail upon the part of foreign
purchaser the payment of the duties imposed result-
ing in dissatisfaction and complaint.
When merchandise is forwarded to a distributing
agent, goods for different consignees should not be
placed in the same case unless instructions have been
received to this effect, because, when so packed, de-
livery to any one consignee renders necessary the
payment of all duties and the release from the cus-
toms of the entire shipment.
Where various packages make up a shipment to
one consignee, it is advisable to have the same identi-
fying mark appear on all. Consecutive numbers
should be used to distinguish the various packages.
To illustrate: — If a shipment is prepared for Juan
Silveira & Co., Buenos Aires, the identifying mark
would probably be:
J. S. & CO.
BAIRES
If there were two bales or boxes, they would be
marked :
JS.&CO J.S.&CO
BAIRES BAIRES
Number 1 Number 2
and these marks and identifying numbers should ap-
pear on the consular invoices, the bills of lading, and
on the commercial invoices, with the contents of each,
and with the net and gross weights in kilos and the
measurements in inches or in the metric system.
The principal port in the Argentine is Buenos
Aires. Sailings are maintained from New York, Mo-
bile and New Orleans. Shipments require consular
invoice written in Spanish. Cases, bales and packages
may be marked either with a stencil or brush. It is
likewise necessary that cases, bales and packages
bear the shipping mark and number as well as the
name of steamer by which goods are shipped. This
should appear on two sides. The observance of this
rule will facilitate release through foreign customs.
Packing and Import Duties
In connection with packing it is important to note
that upon imports into most South American coun-
tries the duty is levied on the gross weight, meaning
thereby the total weight less rough wooden or other
container.
When container is of a nature the duty on which
may be higher than that of its contents, separate
duties are levied thereon.
Merchandise of various kinds, if packed in the same
case or package, luns the risk of being assessed at
the rate of the highest taxed article therein. Further-
more, if the description of the goods in declaration
is such as to render doubtful the classification under
which the shipment should be placed, foreign cus-
toms authorities always classify under the highest
rating.
In practically all of our large cities it will be found
that consuls of the various South American countries
have offices, and before packing shipments, it is ad-
visable for exporters to find out whether the duties to
be imposed in the South American country of desti-
nation are calculated on the net, legal or gross weight.
The net weight indicates the weight of the article
itself, exclusive of its packing or wrapping. The
legal weight signifies the weight of the article plus
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1051
its immediate covering. For example, on merchandise
packed in cardboard boxes with perhaps a half gross
or more of these boxes in a case, the legal weight is
the weight of the merchandise plus the cardboard con-
tainer, but not the weight of the outside wooden case.
Gross weight means the total weight of the merchan-
dise including the outside container.
A recent shipment of neckwear to Chile was re-
fused by the consignee on the ground that the ties
came packed in fancy cardboard boxes, one tie in a
box, the container weighing three times as much as
the tie itself. The duties in this instance were im-
posed by "legal weight," and had the merchant ac-
cepted shipment it will be seen that for each tie he
would have been taxed four times, viz.: the duty on
the tie, plus the duty at the same rate on the card-
board box, figured on its weight.
Labels on Merchandise
Labels on the merchandise itself should be in Portu-
guese on shipments to Brazil, and in Spanish on ship-
ments to other South American countries. This is an
important detail to keep in mind, as labels in English
mean little or nothing to the general public in South
America.
These observations should be sufficient to indicate
the necessity for the exercise of extreme care, if the
interests of foreign clients are to be protected.
— The National City Bank of New York.
Measure of Damages for Loss Caused
By Negligence In Repairing
Machinery
By Leslie Childs
It may be stated broadly that where one holds him-
self out as a machinist, and contracts to repair or re-
build machinery, he is presumed to be competent, and
to realize the danger likely to result from negligent or
unskilled work. And if the work is done in a careless
or negligent manner, which results in future damage
to the machinery, he will be liable for such damage if
it was directly caused by his unskillful work.
However the measure of damages for losses caused
by negligence in repairing machinery is controlled by
certain well-defined limitations. And, as noted above,
the machinist is only liable for loss caused by his negli-
gence in repairing, which was within the contemplation
of the parties when the contract for repairing was
made. In other words he is only liable for loss which
proximately resulted from his unskillful work.
The law books contain many cases illustrating the
application of this rule in measuring damages for the
breach of contracts of this kind. And it appears prob-
able that the examination of a particular case of this
kind would be of more profit than any number of ab-
stract or general statements of rules. For this pur-
pose the recent case of Moorhead vs. Arkansas Ma-
chine and Boiler Works, 205 S. W. 980 is of special in-
terest, the facts involved being in the main as follows:
W. H. Moorhead employed the Arkansas Machine and
Boiler Works to make certain repairs upon a steam
engine. The repairs were made and Moorhead pro-
ceeded to use the engine, whereupon it wrecked itself.
Thereafter Moorhead brought an action for damages
against the Arkansas Machine and Boiler Works for
the loss caused by the destruction of the engine. This
action was based upon the contention that the destruc-
tion of the engine was caused by the negligence of the
other in making the repairs. In specifying the negli-
gence complained of, the following language was used:
The Arkansas Machine and Boiler Works in doing
the work failed "to drill a sufficient number of holes
of a suflficient depth, and in not putting in a suflScient
number of capscrews, and in not putting in properly
the capscrews that were put in to hold the broken
piece in place, in that the holes were not drilled into
the broken piece as they should have been, but were
only made like shallow dents, against which the cap-
screws were placed, but which allowed the broken piece
to slip upward, thereby causing the flywheel shaft to
jump out of its bearings and destroying the engine
almost completely."
It appears that Moorhead used the engine for the
purpose of pumping water for a rice crop, and that
after the mishap to the engine he was put to consider-
able delay in getting another. So in his action he asked
damages for both the destruction of the engine and
for loss to the rice crop caused by the delay in getting
another engine.
The Arkansas Machine and Boiler Works on the other
hand contended that the measure of damages was the
difference in value of the work as done, and its value
if it had been done properly. They introduced testiv
mony to show that the total charge for the repairs was
but 111, and insisted that the measure of damages
should be taken with this in view.
The trial in the lower court resulted in a judgment
for $150 in favor of Moorhead for damage to the engine,
but the court eliminated the question of damage for in-
jury to the crop. From this judgment the Arkansas
Machine and Boiler Works prosecuted an appeal to the
Supreme Court, where in passing upon the record it
was said among other things:
"One holding himself out as a machinist and accept-
ing employment to repair a steam engine is presumed
to know the nature and the character of the work he is
about to do, and the results likely to follow a negligent
performance of his work, and is, therefore, liable for
the damage proximately resulting from a negligent and
unskilful performance of his work . . . ."
The Supreme Court thereupon affirmed the judgment
in favor of Moorhead rendered in the lower court.
Holding that on the record he was entitled to damages
for the destruction of the engine; this because such
damage must have been within the contemplation of the
parties when the contract was made.
The court, however, approved the acts of the lower
court in eliminating the question of Moorhead recover-
ing for damages to the rice crop, alleged to have been
caused by the delay in getting another engine. This
for the reason that such damages were too remote, and
therefore were not in the minds of the parties when
the contract for repairs was entered into.
The opinion in the above case is supported by the
great weight of authority on the question involved and
illustrates in a clear manner the limitations upon the
liability of a machinist for negligence in repairing ma-
chinery. Holding that he is bound to do the work in
a competent, workmanlike manner, being liable for any
damage proximately resulting from his negligence;
yet he cannot be made liable for remote damages, or
those arising indirectly from his negligence, which
were not in mind or contemplation of the parties when
the contract was made.
1052
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
H
o
o
>
Da
<
ooooooeooooeeoeooooooeoooooooooooooeoooooeooo9oeoeo
c-jO^z;'O'^r^OC0OTt-r4OC0'O-^oqO00'^'^f^iO00^'^<^C
oo<;<;r--r^^^^-^^^^a;ooccoocc<>c^{>c^a^CT^OOOOO--^--— •-■ — <^f;2r^r^<^
ooooooooeo
9090000000
oooooooooooooooooooooo
■^ir-Jr^f^(^<^c-irsic^rMr^r^rs»rNr^r^rsr^'-n'^'^-'^*^f^i^^*^f
oooooeooooeoooeoeoooooooc£»oooooooooeoooooooooooe9099
u^u^iciciriu^u^»o»rju^NDNOsOON*-c^ONOONOt^t>.t^t^t^t^t^t*t^t^ccooxQCQ03CQCxaoocc^^^C'^ff*^c^c*ajo
000000C0cy^C00000000000G000C000C»^0^0^0^C^-C^0^C^0^0^0^C^C^0^C7^C^0^c>OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
u
oooooooooooooooooooooo^ooooooooooooooooooooooooeoo
o-H?s'^■*J<^^or^ooo^o•Mr^pO'*u"-sOt>.aoo^o--r^p<|^lCNOt>.QOO^o-^Mf^^u^o^HQC^©^r2^^^n«c^;x^
0©0000»OOO^N^N^^M^M.-HiM^MiM^NfN(N<N(N(Nrsfsr^fS<Nf*5P*5PCf*lP'5f'5f^r'J«f3^^^^'*'*^^^^
c^c?^o^c^oooooo-
•vCOr^r^r^r^r^i^oooo
ooooooooooooooooooooooeoeoooooooooooooooooeeooooooo
U^U^lOlCU^lft»niC^nu^0^fi>000^0^0'0>tfsOC>>t^t>>t^t>it^t^t^t^t>>aOOOOOXQOQOQOOOQOQOC>^©*^^^C'©*0^0'0
u-i w-i u-i L/-,
ooooooooooeo<soo9ooooooooooooooeeooo990ooo
— — —— — — — _i—^.—i^^ — ^- — ^-^- — ^-—. — r^rvir'ir-irv]r^r-4r>ir-ii~)
;-^rvioooo-t*rviooc<;-t'r-JOOOO-ff^Ooovi5**'r-)020\0'-t-r^Ooc^
;-*'fNOcc^c-rf^Ox:sr-frNOoCsO-t-'^0
o«Mr^f<5Tt"u^oc^xc^©»^r^p'5^ifisOtN.ooo^o-*f^p*s^i«ot>.Qoa»o^^(NP*s^tn'^t>«ao©^0'-(Nr'j^»c««t>ooO'0
^4
. o MD •— r--. CN oo <
■^c>■^0<>•-«r^^^ooc*-lc^^0^0'— '^^r^oOf*-ia^■*0'0--^I^^^ooT*-)O^T^OO'«^--r^oot<^c>•^0<^•--■
u^^HsOr^t^.f'^oO'^C
u
^^^^\0<)<-«^"^"^^op^r-^r^----OOO^oooO^^^^^O'0^^>^■*r^t*-ir>Jf^•— "•--•000'--''--'r^^
I I I I I M I I I I M I M M I I I I I I I M I M I I
I I
o^ C> © o e e :
- --L^i^. - ^^OOOOOOOOOOOPCOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO©
11 iTTTTi I M I M I M I I M I I I I I M I I M I IN I MM I 1 I i 1 i
^ft^oorsi^-— «*OQ"«*•C^t^<Mr^^^'--<OQ-^c^t^a^oo^-l^--'--'<)0"^C^f*^oo^^r^■--»^Q
M I M M M M M M M M M M M M M M n M M M M M M M I
(OhaOOAO
v4r4M«tA
li :S o
>
=: - c
o = o
2 o I
» t.
•3 ® ^
3=3
"" t; ■"
- = ?'
^ 2 S
= sif
u
ass:
. £ c
3 i °
^i
3—3
"■S 8
'J i: **
S5^ .
5 i 3 f;
4> £ O "^
~ £ if
I. bo= "t
- c
'- c i- r
■OS"
- fc- o: «
3 t« C "
r g «•■
at) £ c
£ £ £ £
be t- CJ
■^ fa c;
t. ^ fc «
*-i c ? a-
0 J- a; 0)
"■^ t£
u « t-
- = c|
= ■" » i
- joE
" = f i
.a o £ 2
= ^ u «
c ■= o
. .. E =
1 * 60 3
r'-; ^ = ?
g = > 00
•^ =•■ g >.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deed — and Demand One
1053
Can Anybody Help?
By Sandy Copeland
In a recent serious accident occurring near our fac-
tory, one that involved the partial collapse of a building
and injury to a number of people, there vi'as found upon
clearing away the debris, the piece of metal reproduced
in the accompanying illustration.
Though the piece has an exasperatingly familiar look,
no one about the place has been able to positively iden-
tify it. As it is absolutely certain that it is no part of
anything that was legitimately around the place when
the trouble started; as the immediate cause of the
trouble was a mysterious explosion, of the force of which
the piece bears ample evidence; and as there is more
than suspicion that the event was not entirely acciden-
tal, we believe that its identification may lead to positive
knowledge that will go far toward preventing a repeti-
tion of the event.
The object is of cold rolled steel, still bearing the
toolmarks of the machine that produced it, and upon the
larger end bears the maker's serial number running to
six figures; indicating that it is by no means unique.
The broken end is squared, indicating that a wrench
was used in conjunction with it or that it was itself
a wrench, belonging to some special machine or device.
The larger end is about li^ in. in diameter by g in.
under the shoulder. The beveled part is also g in. long,
running from the largest diameter down to the neck,
which measures about :,' in. in diameter by i in. long.
The square part, which has been broken off, was I in.
square and of a length of course unknown.
The small piece to the right is apparently a shouldered
stud, the smaller diameter fitting in the transverse hole
shown in the large end of the piece. The diameter of
this stud where it enters the hole is 3 in. and the
shoulder apparently once fitted the counterbore. The
stud was not broken off on the smaller end and therefore
never passed more than half-way through the piece,
though there might have been a similar stud in the other
side, as the hole is counterbored at both ends.
Can anybody tell us what it is?
[We can vouch for our correspondent's sincerity in
the above matter and are giving him publicity because
of its importance. Any of our readers who can and
will identify this piece of junk will have conferred a
benefit upon humanity. — Editor.]
A Home-Made Centering Machine
By John Vincent
Those who sometimes wonder what becomes of all the
old machine tools should make a few visits to the out-
of-the-way corners of shops where the tools past their
prime are gradually slid away and relegated to other
uses. In a shop recently visited, an old lathe bed now
PO TOU KNOW WHAT THIS IS?
A HOME-MADE CENTERING MACHINE
1054
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
serves for the base of a centering machine as shown in
the illustration. It has been fitted with a head casting
carrying a sliding spindle driven by a single-speed pulley
from the line shaft.
The spindle carries the centering tool and may be fed
in and out by rack and pinion operated by the spoke
wheel. It will be noted that a pipe vise for holding the
work has been fitted on a vertical bracket that is bolted
to the bed casting. The vise screws are fitted with an
adjustment on each jaw so their position may be altered,
should wear cause them to hold the work out of center.
Repairing a Broken Anvil
By G. Blake
Watford, England
"Repairing a Blacksmith's Vise," by Edward Heller,
on page 795, vol. 51, of American Machinist, brings to
the writer's mind the repairing of a blacksmith's anvil
THE BROKEN ANVIL
in the small shop where he served his apprenticeship.
We had an anvil weighing about 250 lb., used prin-
cipally for the forging of small lathe tools and similar
work. It broke as shown in the sketch and was seem-
ingly of no more use except as scrap iron; however, as
this anvil was in constant demand in the shop and not
being able to procure another one to replace it locally,
it occurred to the writer that it could be repaired and
made use of temporarily until the new one came along.
Two IJ-in. holes were drilled and reamed in the base
and through into the top part to a depth of 4* in.;
then two good fitting mild steel pegs were driven into
position. This temporary repair lasted nine months.
Right-Angle Conventional Thread
By R. Beaver
On page 564-e of the American Machinist, there is
shown a special triangle for indicating threads.
I attach a sketch showing a method of thread indi-
cating It is very simple and is always done at right
angles with the axis. Everybody is familiar with this
method but it is not much used, judging from what
I see.
A Slide-Rule Kink
By Henry R. Bowman
I have struck on a little slide rule kink that simpli-
fies the finding of a diameter when the number of sides
of an inscribed polygon and the length of a side are
known.
This applies to finding the pitch diameter of a
sprocket or gear when the pitch (chordal) and number
of teeth are known. Place the slide in the reversed
position (trig, scales up) with indices exactly in line;
scribe an accurate line on the sine scale opposite the
graduation marked "2" on the left-hand "A" scale and
fill in with ink or black shellac varnish so that it will
be legible. Work out the formula: A =
180'
in the
usual way on the "C" and "D" scales giving the center
angle of the triangle of which the short side is one-
half of the pitch and the hypotenuse the required
radius.
Set the runner to one-half of the pitch on the "A"
scale, bring the angle A under the hair line of the
runner, and over the scribed line on the sine scale read
the required diameter on the "A" scale. This saves
three operations ; viz , moving the runner to the indices,
reversing and resetting the slide and moving the run-
ner to the graduation marked 2 on the "B" scale.
Clamping Device with Automatically
Locked Spring Plunger Support
By George G. Little
Referring to the article on page 722, vol. 52, of
American Machinist, entitled "Clamping Device With
Automatically Locked Spring Plunger": It is not an
efficient clamp owing to the difference in power of the
two wedge surfaces A and B shown in the illustration
herewith. This difference will permit the clamp C to
."orce the work and spring plunger to a point below the
spring locating position for the reason that the action
of the wedge A, under same amount of pressure as
applied to B, causes the spring plunger to crowd the
pin E in the direction indicated by the arrow and which
in turn crowds the pin B upward.
To overcome this fault the stud D should be located
near enough to B to reduce the pressure on .4 suflSciently
to equalize the pressures upon A and B.
CONVENTIONAL THREAD
THE EQUALIZING CLAMP THAT DOES NOT EQUALIZE
Decem'jer 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1055
S|1
WHAT /o KlAP
Sugigested bj^ the Nanagfingf Editor
yyy
ANOTHER new tool description for a leader in this
l\. week's issue. The subject of the description is
the double carriage production lathe of the Hamilton
Machine Co.
On page 1023 is a rather unusual article on "Deep
Hole Drilling," the first one
of any importance we have
had since Mr. DeLeeuw's
series on the manufacture
of the 75-mm. gun carriage.
The author, Charles J.
Starr of the New Britain
Machine Co., tells of his ex-
periences with some stand-
ard commercial drills for
this work, points out the
difficulties encountered and
describes in detail the de-
sign of the drills that were
finally found satisfactory
for the work in question.
All sorts of elaborate accounting systems have been
worked out for the big shops and factories, but most of
them have been entirely too complicated for the fellow
with the little shop. On page 1026 there are some
sample forms and a description of their use in a shop
where the bookkeeping, costkeeping and correspondence
are all taken care of by one girl.
The last of Prof. Bonis' articles on the simplification
of accsleration determinations begins on page 1027.
This one is supplementary to the one published last week
in that it gives proofs of some of the steps taken in the
various constructions which were assumed to be correct
in the other article. The applications here are to
the quadric chain and to the bar and circular link
mechanism.
Then we have a manufacturing article describing the
building of saw-mill machinery in the shops of the
Willamette Iron Works out in Oregon. This is another
of the stories Fred H. Colvin picked up on his trip to
the coast last summer.
The fourth installment of "Seven Centuries of Brass
Making" starts on page 1033. This week Mr. Kenyon
discusses the making of phono-electric wire and also
that of brass and copper seamless tubing. Like the
other articles in this series this one is so well illustrated
that it is hardly necessary to give very much descriptive
matter to make the operations clear.
Designers and gear men will be interested in a sug-
What to read tvas not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisem,ent of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
gested formula and tables for determining the proper
backlash for spur gears. The author of the suggestions
is C. H. Logue of the Brown-Lipe Chapin Co. and his
work appears on pages 1040 and 1041.
The last of the series of sketches and brief descrip-
tions of "Modern Airplane
Engines" starts on page
1042. In this one we have
four American commercial
engines and in the descrip-
tion something on the fu-
ture of aviation. This was
written some months ago
but little has happened
since then to make any
changes in the situation.
Our old friend Entropy
is with us again on page
1044 with some remarks on
the field for employment
management. Most of us
will agree with him when he says, "Polite stealing of
help, big advertisements and all that goes with it have
sunk out of sight. From now on it looks as though the
function of an employment management is the legitim-
ate one of a more or less scientific selection of help and
their careful and thorough training for the jobs they
are to do, and then making them content with the jobs
but not content to make little of them."
Storing machine screws in a salt shaker sounds a little
wild but it is only one of several interesting stunts des-
cribed in Hunter's article on Building Optical Instru-
ments. See page 1045. Following Hunter's article is
one by E. A. Dixie on the marking of hardened tools by
the etching process. Dixie knows how to handle the
etcher's tools and you can believe what he says.
An unusually useful temperature conversion table is
printed on page 1052. With it before you, you can take
any number and secure immediately its equivalent either
in Centrigrade or Fahrenheit degrees.
Beginning on page 1057 we have the story of the first
meeting of American Engineering Council of the Fed-
erated Engineering Societies. Mr. Morrow attended
this meeting for the American Machinist and gives in
detail a running account of the events as they occurred
and his impression of the sense of the meeting. We
also have President-elect Hoover's speech in full. You
can't afford to miss this. It is one of the best things
that has come to our attention in a long time.
1056
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 28
1
OFFICERS S'^fflEI^OVN ENGNEEl^NG
FEDEWED AMEEaOW MONmi^G SOOEllES
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1057
First Meeting of American Engineering Council
of the Federated American
Engineering Societies
TWENTY-ONE member-societies and ten partic-
ipating organizations were represented at the
opening session of American Engineering Council,
the managing body of the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies. All meetings of the three-day con-
vention, Nov. 18, 19 and 20, were held in the New
Willard Hotel, Washington, D. C. The thirty-one socie-
ties, having a total membership of about 60,000, sent
seventy-two delegates. Thesei societies represent 50
per cent of the aggregate membership invited, the
member-societies alone representing 35 per cent.
Richard L. Humphrey, chairman of the Joint Con-
ference Committee, called the Thursday meeting to
order and made a short address in which he gave a brief
accounting of the stewardship which was entrusted to
the Joint Conference Comm-ittee, afc the organizing
conference in June. He then outlined the activities
which appeared to lie before the organization. Among
them he included the organization and cataloging of
the engineering resources of this country; constructive
suggestions based upon careful study of the great na-
tional problems, such as transportation, conservation
of labor, water, fuel and other natural resources; the
securing of a National Department of Public Works;
and assisting in many problems connected with the
National Budget System. Mr. Humphrey closed his
address by referring to the purposes of solidarity and
service which have prompted the organization of the
Federation : "The first step in realizing the dream of
the engineering and allied technical professions for
solidarity has been taken. The development of this
solidarity is in the hands of the representatives of the
member-societies of the Federated American Engineer-
ing Societies.
"The profession is looking with intense interest to
this meeting and is hopefully anticipating forward
work.
"The confidence which the speaker felt and voiced in
his opening remarks at the organizing conference con-
cerning the success of that meeting he now feels in far
greater n;easure for the success of the Federated Amer-
ican Engineering Societies in accomplishing the desired
end of solidarity in the engineering and allied technical
organizations because of the great and growing enthu-
siasm for this organization; with no desire to repeat
his previous address at the opening of the organizing
conference on June 3, the speaker wishes to emphasize
that in his judgment the keynote of that meeting was
the 'desire first to serve our country, and, second, to
serve the societies and organizations of which we are
the representatives.' And it would seem to the speaker
from all circumstances which have led up to the crea-
tion of this organization that the keynote of whatever
policy you may agree upon now should be 'Service.'
"Indeed, the organization by the preamble adopted
at the Organizing Conference, at which it was created,
is dedicated to the service of the City, State, and Na-
tion. In living up to this, you should carefully guard
each act and each step in the progress of the organi-
zation, to the end that the Federated American Engi-
neering Societies shall stand for the highest possible
ideals and shall enrich the glorious traditions of the
engineering and allied technical profession."
E. S. Carman, Cleveland, of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, was elected temporary chairman
and William E. Rolfe, St. Louis, Mo., of the Associated
Engineering Societies of St. Louis, was elected tem-
porary secretary. Imniediately after the temporary
officers had taken their chairs, a resolution was passed
expressing regret that Mr. Humphrey and his colleagues
of the American Society of Civil Engineers were not
sitting with the Council officially. They were given the
privilege of the floor throughout the meeting of the
Council and the same privilege was granted the repre-
sentatives of participating organizations.
The following temporary committees were appointed,
the various duties being distributed to national, regional,
state and local delegates: Program; credentials; con-
stitution and by-laws; nominations; plan and scope;
budget; resolutions.
As provided by the constitution the local member-so-
cieties were divided into groups, or districts, geographi-
cally, so that they will be able to get together without
an undue amount of travel. Six districts were named,
each of which is entitled to one representative on the
executive board. The national societies are entitled to
fourteen representatives on the executive board, making
with the representatives from the local societies, a total
of twenty. The other four members of the executive
board (the constitution provides for twenty-four) were
not to be named from the present member-societies, but
from societies which it is expected will join. A reso-
lution was then passed to the effect that any society
joining by July 1, 1921, shall be a charter member.
The remainder of the morning session was devoted to
a discussion of the location for headquarters. The
choice quickly narrowed to New York or Washington
but no decision was reached and the matter was deferred
for later discussion.
Thursday Afternoon Session
Thursday afternoon was devoted to reports of the
program and credentials committees, to addresses on
Engineering Council and to discussion concerning the
location of headquarters for American Engineering
Council. Washington was finally chosen, an amend-
ment to refer the mattei* to the executive board with
power to act having been defeated. It was explained
that at any time the board by consent of the council
can change the place of the headquarters.
J. Parke Channing, chairman. Engineering Council,
spoke on "Engineering Council." He told of the strug-
gles which the council had during its earliest days and
how things eventually straightened out until for the
last two years Engineering Council has been sailing in
smooth water. He then read the following list of
accomplishments of the council and suggested that
American Engineering Council follow in a general way
the lines of Engineering Council based on its four
years' experience.
::-ieC8
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
"During the war we furnished the Government with
the names of 4,000 engineers for war service; aided the
Naval Consulting Board and the Army General Staff
in examining 135,000 suggestions and inventions for
war devices; assisted the Fuel Administrator and the
Bureau of Mines in fuel conservation; helped secure
exemption of engineer students from military service
until the completion of their technical training; and
supplied Congress with information about water power.
"On Jan. 1, 1919, we opened an office in Washington
giving varied service to engineers, especially in supply-
ing information concerning Congressional and Depart-
mental activities and have also aided the Government
in engineering matters.
"In April, 1919, we called a Conference at Chicago
of seventy-four technical organizations having 105,000
members. This conference is permanently organized
and is advocating the establishment of a National De-
partment of Public Works by the modification of
existing departments.
"Through an appeal to the President, we have brought
together a conference of fourteen Government offices
engaged in map making, with prospects of getting
under one head the completion of the topographical map
of the United States.
"We aided in securing increases of pay for railway
technical engineers.
"We now have a Classification and Compensation
Committee of Engineers, with sections on Railways,
Federal Government, Municipal and State Governments,
and are accomplishing results.
"We are working in harmony with the Congressional
Joint Committee on Reclassification of Salaries.
"We have aided in the reinstatement of 350 engineers
unfairly dismissed by the city of New York.
"We have organized a committee on types of Govern-
ment contracts.
"We have just drafted a typical law for the registra-
tion of engineers.
"We have assisted the State of New York in prepar-
ing for the reorganization of State Government, particu-
larly with reference to engineering branches.
"We joined with the National Research Board in a
report on an improvement of the patent system as a
result of which legislative action is being taken.
"We have participated in organizing the National
Board of Jurisdictional Awards in the building industry
and have a member thereon.
"Only last week, and at the request of the Federal
Power Commission, we made recommendations to it
concerning vital questions in the administration of this
commission, and about a month ago we did the same
thing for the State of Maine.
"This is only a partial list of what we have accom-
plished but it shows the general lines along which we
have been working."
Alfred D. Flinn, secretary of Engineering Council
and Dr. D. S. Jacobus and Philip N. Moore, members,
described phases of the work of Engineering Council.
A brief discussion of highways, railways and canals
was led by Lewis B. Stillwell, New York, N. Y.*, of the
American Institute of Electrical Engineers.
Just before adjournment it was announced that the
application for membership of the Taylor Society had
been received and that Morris L. Cooke, Philadelphia,
was its delegate.
L. W. Wallace, Baltimore, Md., of the Society of Indus-
trial Engineers, opened the Friday morning session
with an address on "Conservation of Labor." He spoke
of human beings as the most important element in eco-
nomics and the source of all wealth; analyzed the work
done by the safety advisor and the welfare director;
remarked concerning medical service, education and
labor troubles. In conclusion he said that it is the duty
of the engineer to analyze some conditions and foresee
others and of the industrial engineer to prescribe for
the ills of industry.
Hoover Elected President
Following the report of the committee on nominations
Herbert Hoover, of the American Institute of Mining
and Metallurgical Engineers, was elected president by
unanimous ballot. Calvert Townley, New York, Ameri-
can Institute of Electrical Engineers, and William E.
Rolfe, St. Louis, Associated Engineering Societies of
St. Louis, were elected vice-presidents for two years.
Dexter S. Kimball, Ithaca, N. Y., American Society of
Mechanical Engineers and J. Parke Channing, New
York, N. Y., American Institute of Mining and Metal-
lurgical Engineers, were elected vice-presidents for one
year. L. W. Wallace, Baltimore, Md., the Society of
Industrial Engineers, was elected treasurer. In accept-
ing the office of president of American Engineering
Council Mr. Hoover said that he could not refuse to
take any service where he could be of value to his pro-
fession and to the world at "large; that he has long been
in favor of such an association to enable the engineer to
have a voice in the community; and that there has been
no time when we have so needed the benefits of the
knowledge of the trained engineer, who alone is able
to speak on broad engineering subjects.
A number of amendments to the constitution and by-
laws were voted on and the constitution and by-laws
as amended were adopted. Among the amendments
adopted were those changing the term "executive officer"
to "executive secretary;" specifying "at least bimonthly"
instead of "regular monthly" meetings, except during
July and August; making the contributions of each
member-society payable "quarterljf" (on Jan. 1, April 1,
July 1 and Oct. 1) instead of "semi-annually;" and
changing the time limit for payment of dues to three
months instead of six.
Friday Afternoon Session
The first business completed during the Friday after-
noon session was that of announcing the twenty mem-
bers of the Executive fioard from the six districts to
whic!i the member-societies had been allocated geo-
graphically and from the national societies. Following
are the names of the members and the sections or
societies which they represent:
District No. 1. — New England and the State of New
York.— W. B. Powell, Buffalo, N. Y., Engineering So-
ciety of Buffalo, and Byron E. White, Utica, N. Y.,
Mohawk Valley Engineers' Club — one-half vote each.
District No. 2. — Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota.
— Burritt A. Parks, Grand Rapids, Mich., Grand
Rapids Engineering Society, and D. J. Sterrett, Detroit,
Mich., Detroit Engineering Society — one-half vote
each.
District No. 3. — Ohio, Indiana and Illinois. — John F.
Oberlin, Cleveland, Ohio, the Cleveland Engineering
Society.
District No. 4. — Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland
and the District of Columbia.— W. W. Varney, Balti-
more, Md., The Engineers' Club of Baltimore.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1059
District No. 5 — -All the southern states, including
Louisiana and Texas. — 0. H. Koch, Dallas, Texas, Tech-
nical Club of Dallas.
District No. 6. — Other local societies west of the Mis-
sissippi.— Lloyd B. Smith, Topeka, Kan., Kansas Engi-
neering Society.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers. — Harrison
E. Howe, Washington, D. C.
American Institute of Electrical Engineers. — H. W.
Buck, New York, N. Y.; William McClellan, Philadelphia.
Pa.; Charles F. Scott, New Haven, Conn.; Lewis B.
Stillwell, New York, N. Y.
American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical En-
gineers.— Arthur S. Dwight, New York, N. Y. ; Edwin
Ludlow, New York, N. Y.; Philip N. Moore, St.
Louis, Mo.
American Society of Agricultural Engineers. — Sam-
uel H. McCrory, Washington, D. C.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers. — L. P.
Alford, New York ; Arthur M. Greene, Jr., Troy, N. Y. ;
E. S. Carman, Cleveland, Ohio; Fred J. Miller, Center
Bridge, Pa.
The Taylor Society. — Morris L. Cooke, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
The report of the committee on plan and scope pro-
posed that subjects for consideration by American En-
gineering Council may be initiated either by the board
itself or by outside sources'; the endorsement of Engi-
neering Council's work ; and the assumption of its topics.
A list of topics was submitted, as follows:
1. To serve the public interest by investigation and
advice to all public governmental and voluntary bodies,
dealing with national economic problems.
2. Department of Public Works.
3. Conservation of natural resources.
4. Co-operation with other national organizations,
technical, industrial and commercial.
5. Technical education.
6. Transportation, particularly highways.
7. Advice to state, regional and local societies.
8. National Bureau of Economic Research.
9. Public fire protection.
10. Patents.
11. National Board for Jurisdictional Awards.
12. International affiliation of engineers.
13. State organization of local affiliations.
14. Licensing and local registration of professional
engineers.
15. Classification and compensation of engineers.
16. Engineering societies service bureau.
The report of the budget committee showed an esti-
mated minimum income of $59,000 for the coming year,
based on the assumption that no more societies will join
the Federation and an estimated maximum income of
$80,000 based on the assumption that all of the societies
designated on the program as "participating" will join.
The estimated minimum and maximum expenses of the
organization for the year amounted to $56,500 and
$92,500.
The American Engineering Council finished the busi-
ness of its first meeting by passing resolutions of thanks
to the four founder societies and to the Engineering
Society of Washington; of appreciation and thanks to
Richard L. Humphrey; and of appreciation concerning
the support given by the daiiy and technical press.
At the evening session Herbert Hoover delivered an
address, "Some Phases of Relationship of Engineering
Societies to Public Service." Following this address
there was an informal reception and smoker tendered
by the engineering societies of Washington, D. C.
Meeting of the Executive Board
The first meeting of the executive board, held on
Saturday morning, was presided over by vice-president
William E. Rolfe. Charles F. Scott was elected tem-
porary secretary. Representatives of participating so-
cieties were given the privilege of the floor.
Calvert Townley, L. P. Alford, John F. Oberlin,
Charles F. Scott, Philip N. Moore and L. W. Wallace
were named to act as a committee with President Hoover
to canvas the persons eligible for the position of execu-
tive-secretary and to report as soon as practicable to
the board.
Other results of the session of the executive board
were the approval of the councils' action in selecting
Washington as the headquarters ; approval of the ex-
tension of time for chartei'-membership to July 1, 1921 ;
and reference of the resolution on publicity to the com-
mittee on publicity and publications when appointed.
It was voted to constitute the committee of Engineering
Council on the Nolan patent bill the committee of
American Engineering Council.
It was voted that the next meeting be called at the
discretion of the president, not later than the month of
January.
A resolution was passed favoring compilation and
publication in English of Critical Tables of Physical
and Chemical Constants.
The executive board endorsed the plan of Mr. Hoover
for an investigation of industrial waste and authorized
him to form an organization for this purpose.
The yuestion of how dues are to be leveled by classes
of membership of constituent societies was referred to
the committee on membership and representation for
report.
The executive board passed a resolution recognizing
the great importance of the movement to organize and
establish a Department of Public Works and declaring
itself in favor of adding its efforts to that end.
Calvert Townley and William E. Rolfe were elected
vice-chairmen of the executive board, and L. P. Alford
was named to serve as temporary secretary until the
next meeting. It was voted to request the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers to assist Mr. Alford.
A Letter from A. S. C. E.
The following letter from the American Society of
Civil Engineers was read with no little interest and
with some surprise:
November 15, 1920.
Mr. Alfred D. Flinn, Secretary,
Engineering Council,
Washington, D. C.
I beg to transmit the following action of the Board of
Direction of this Society taken at its meeting of November
9, 1920.
Whereas, the American Society of Civil Engineers by a
vote of 3,278 to 2,330 has decided not to become a charter
member of the Federated American Engineering Societies,
and
Whereas, it has been suggested that the work of Engi-
neering Council should be turned over to and taken up by
the said Federated American Engineering Societies; be it
Resolved, that the Board of Direction hereby instructs its
representatives upon Engineering Council to state to Engi-
neering Council that they cannot participate in any action
by Engineering Council in transfering its activities to the
Federated American Engineering Societies.
1060
AMEKICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
Be it fiiriher resolved, that the Board instructs its repre-
sentatives to express to the Council its hope that Engineer-
ing Council will for the present continue to carry forward
its work.
Yours very truly,
(Signed) H. S. Crocker,
Acting Secretary.
It appears that this unexpected move on the part of
the A. S. C. E. may have some effect on what would
otherwise be the smooth transfer of the affairs of
Engineering Council to American Engineering Council.
One of the rules of Engineering Council is that a nega-
tive action on the part of one of the member-societies
holds up the action of the council. Therefore by action
as indicated in its letter the A. S. C. E. can hold up
the transfer. Such action might result in its being
necessary for Engineering Council to go out of existence
for lack of funds as three of the member-societies will
withdraw from the council on Dec. 31. Or the three
societies remaining with representatives on Engineer-
ing Council might carry on the council and its work.
There is another point for consideration which is that
Engineering Council functions under the United Engi-
neering Societies which may have jurisdiction and be
able to bring about the transfer of work from
Engineering Council to American Engineering Council,
dissolving the earlier organization.
Member-Societies" AND ■Eefkesentatives
Alabama Technical Association, Birmingham, Ala., Paul
Wright, Birmingham, Ala.
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Brooklyn,
N. Y., AUerton S. Cushman, Washington, D. C; Harrison
E. Howe (alternate), Washington, D. C.
American Institute of Electrical Engineers, New York,
N. Y., Calvert Townley (chairman). New York, N. Y.;
Comfort A. Adams, Cambridge, Mass.; A. W. Berresford,
Milwaukee, Wis.; H. W. Buck, New York, N. Y.; F. L.
Hutchinson, New York, N. Y. ; G. A. Waters, St. Louis,
Mo.; William McClellan, Philadelphia, Pa.; L. F. More-
house, New York, N. Y.; J. H. Finney, Washington, D. C;
Charles S. Ruflfner, New York, N. Y.; Charles F. Scott,
New Haven, Conn.; Lewis B. Stillwell, New York, N. Y.
American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engi-
neers, New York, N. Y., Herbert Hoover, Palo Alto, Cal.;
J. Parke Channing, New York, N. Y.; Arthur S. Dwight,
New York, N. Y.; Edwin Ludlow, New York, N. Y.; Allen
H. Rogers, Boston, Mass.; Philip N. Moore, St. Louis, Mo.;
Percy E. Barbour, New York, N. Y.; Joseph W. Richards,
Bethlehem, Pa.
American Society of Agricultural Engineers, Ames, Iowa,
Samuel H. McCrory, Washington, D. C.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York,
N. Y., L. P. Alford (chairman), New York, N. Y.; Charles
T. Main, Boston, Mass.; Arthur M. Greene, Jr., Troy, N. Y.;
E. S. Carman, Cleveland, Ohio; Arthur L. Rice, Chicago,
111.; Dexter S. Kimball, Ithaca, N. Y.; Paul Wright, Bir-
mingham, Ala.; W. A. Hanley, Indianapolis, Ind.; William
B. Gregory, New Orleans, La.; V. M. Palmer, Rochester,
N. Y.; H. P. Porter, Tulsa, Okla.; Robert H. Fernald,
Philadelphia, Pa.; L. C. Nordmeyer, St. Louis, Mo.; Fred
J. Miller (alternate). Centre Bridge, Pa.; Robert Sibley
(alternate), San Francisco, Cal.; Charles Whiting Baker
(alternate), New York, N. Y.
Associated Engineering Societies of St. Louis, Mo.,
William E. Rolfe, St. Louis, Mo.
Detroit Engineering Society, Detroit, Mich., D. J. Ster-
rett, Detroit, Mich.
Engineering Association of Nashville, Tenn., A. F. Ganier,
Nashville, Tenn.
Engineering Society of Buffalo, N. Y., W. B. Powell,
BuflFalo, N. Y.
Grand Rapids Engineering Society, Grand Rapids, Mich.,
Burritt A. Parks, Grand Rapids, Mich.
Kansas Engineering Society, Topeka, Kan., Lloyd B.
Smith, Topeka, Kan.
Louisiana Engineering Society, New Orleans, La., William
B. Gregory, New Orleans, La.
Mohawk Valley Engineers' Club, Utica, N. Y., Byron E.
White, Utica, N. Y.
Technical Club of Dallas, Tex., O. H. Koch, Dallas, Tex
The Cleveland Engineering Society, Cleveland, Ohio, John
F. Oberlin, Cleveland, Ohio.
The Engineers' Club of Baltimore, Md., W. W. Varney,
Baltimore, Md.
The Society of Industrial Engineers, Chicago, 111., L. W.
Wallace, Baltimore, Md.
Washington Society of Engineers, Washington, D. C,
E. C. Barnard, Washington, D. C.
York Engineering Society, York, Pa., William J. Fisher,
York, Pa.; H. A. Delano (alternate), York. Pa.
Participating Organizations and Delegates*
American Institute of Architects, Washington, D. C,
Percy C. Adams, Washington, D. C.
American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers,
New York, N. Y., Champlain L. Riley, New York, N. Y.
American Society for Testing Materials, Philadelphia,
Pa., C. D. Young, Reading, Pa.; C. L. Warwick, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
Florida Engineering Society, Gainesville, Fla., L. R.
McLain, St. Augustine, Fla.
Illuminating Engineering Society, New York, N. Y.,
Walter C. Allen, Washington, D. C.
Iowa Engineering Society, Iowa City, Iowa, John H.
Dunlap, Iowa City, Iowa.
National Fire Protection Association, Boston, Mass., Ira
H. Woolson, New York, N. Y., D. Knickerbacker Boyd,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Society of Automotive Engineers, New York, N. Y.,
Howard E. Coffin (chairman), Detroit, Mich.; David Bee-
croft, New York, N. Y.; Coker F. Clarkson, New York,
N. Y.; H. M. Crane, New York, N. Y.; C. F. Kettering,
Dayton, Ohio; H. M. Swetland, New York, N. Y.
Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education,
Pittsburgh, Pa., F. L. Bishop, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Taylor Society, New York, N. Y., Morris L. Cooke, Phila-
delphia, Pa.
Engineering Society of Massachusetts, C. L. Newcombe,
Holyoke, Mass.
•The.se organizations are either considering or have given the
matter of membeisliip favorable considerattion but liave not taken
final action.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1061
Some Phases of Relationship of Engineering
Societies to Public Service
THE Federation of Engineering Societies, embrac-
ing the membership of between 100,000 and 200,000
professional engineers, has been created for the
sole purpose of public service. This initial meeting
■surely warrants some discussion of a few of the prob-
lems to which this organization, for expression of the
engineering mind, can quite well give consideration.
One of the greatest of the problems before the country
and in fact, before the world, are those growing out of
our industrial development. The enormous industrial
expansion of the last fifty years has lifted the standard
of living and comfort beyond any dream of our fore-
fathers. Our economic system under which it has been
accomplished has given stimulation to invention, to
enterprise, to individual improvement of the highest
order; yet it presents a series of human and social diffi-
culties to the solution of which we are groping. The
congestion of population is producing subnormal condi-
tions of life. The vast repetitive operations are dulling
the human mind. The intermittency of employment
due to the bad co-ordination of industry, the great waves
of unemployment in the ebb and flow of economic tides,
produce infinite wastes and great suffering. Our busi-
ness enterprises have become so large and complex that
the old personal relationship between employer and
worker has to a great extent disappeared. The aggre-
gation of great wealth, with its power of economic
domination, presents social, economic ills which we are
constantly struggling to remedy.
I propose to traverse only a small fraction of these
matters. I do not conceive that any man, or body of
men, is capable of drafting in advance a plan that will
solve these multiple difficulties and preserve the system
which makes individual initiative possible. We have
presented to us economic social patent medicines of one
kind or another and in fact the great panacea of social-
ism is today in actual trial in its various forms. In
Russia the attempt has been made to apply the most
extreme form of complete communism. The Russian
experiment is bankrupt in production. The populations
of our modern states have been built up to numbers de-
pendent upon an intensity of production that can only
be maintained by stimulation of individual effort
through the impulse of self-interest, and a departure
from this primary incentive to production has now been
demonstrated to lead only to famine and flame and
anarchy. We have even had a gigantic experiment im-
posed upon the United States by the war in the neces-
sity to operate a vast merchant marine at the hands of
the Government, with a result that should offer little
consolation to those who advocate even the mildest
application of socialism.
We have built up our civilization, political, social and
economic, on the foundation of individualism. We have
found in the course of development of large industry
upon this system that individual initiative can be de-
stroyed by allowing the concentration of industry and
service, and thus an economic domination of groups
over the whole. We have therefore built up public
agencies intended to preserve an equality of opportunity
•Address of Herbert Hoover before American Engineering Coun-
cil of the Federated American Eng^ineerlng Societies.
through control of possible economic domination. Our
mass of regulation of public utilities and of many other
types of industry, aiming chiefly to prevent combina-
tions in restraint of free enterprise, is a monument to
our attempts to limit this economic domination — to give
a square deal. This regulation is itself also proof of
the abandonment of the unrestricted capitalism of Adam
Smith. While our present system of individualism under
controlled capitalism may not be perfect, the alternative
offers nothing that warrants its abandonment. ■ Our
thought, therefore, needs to be directed to the improve-
ent of this structure and not to its destruction.
A profound development of our economic system apart
from control of capital and service during the last score
of years has been the great growth and consolidation of
voluntary local and national associations. These associa-
tions represent great economic groups of common purpose
and are quite apart from the great voluntary groups
created solely for public service. We have the growth of
great employers' associations, great farmers' associa-
tions, great merchants' associations, great bankers' asso-
ciations, great labor associations — all economic groups
striving by political agitation, propaganda and other
measures to advance group interest. At times they come
in sharp conflict with each other and often enough
charge each other with crimes against public interest.
And to me one question of the successful development
of our economic system rests upon whether we can turn
the aspects of these great national associations toward
co-ordination with each other in the solution of national
economic problems, or whether they grow into groups
for more violent conflict. The latter can spell break-
down to our entire national life.
This engineers' association stands somewhat apart
among these economic groups in that it has no special
economic interest for its members. Its only interest in
the creation of a great national association is public
service, to give voice to the thought of the engineers in
these questions. And if the engineers, with their train-
ing in quantitative thought, with their intimate experi-
ence in industrial life, can be of service in bringing
about co-operation between these great economic groups
of special interests, they will have performed an extra-
ordinary service. The engineers should be able to take
an objective and detached point of view. They do not
belong to the associations of either employers or labor,
of farmers, or merchants or bankers. Their calling in
life is to offer expert service in constructive solution
of problems, to the individuals in any of these groups.
There is a wider vision of this expert service in giving
the group service of engineers to group problems.
We have just passed through a period of unparalleled
speculation, extravagance and waste. We shall now not
only reap its inevitable harvest of unemployment and
readjustment, but we shall feel the real effect of four
years of world destruction, and from it economic and
social problems will stand out in vivid disputation. One
of the greatest conflicts rumbling up in the distance is
that between the employer on one side and organized
labor on the other. We hear a great deal from extrem-
ists on one side about the domination of the employer
and on the other about the domination of organized
1062
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
labor. Probably the tendency to domination exists
among the extremists on both sides. One of the most
perplexing difficulties in all discussion and action in
these problems is to eliminate this same extremist.
There are certain areas of conflict of interest, but there
is between these groups a far greater area of common
interest, and if we can find measures by which, through
co-operation, the field of common interest could be or-
ganized, then the area of conflict could be in the largest
degree eliminated.
In this connection the employer sometimes overlooks
a fundamental fact in connection with organized labor
in the United States. This is that the vast majority of
its membership and of its direction are individualists
in their attitude of mind and in their social outlook;
that the expansion of socialist doctrines finds its most
fertile area in the ignorance of many workers and yet
the labor organizations, as they stand today, are the
greatest bulwark against socialism. On the other hand,
some labor leaders overlook the fact that if we are to
maintain our high standards of living, our productivity,
it can only be in a society in which we maintain the
utmost possible initiative on the part of the employer;
and further, that in the long run we can only expand
the standard of living by the steady increase of produc-
tion and the creation of more goods for division over
the same numbers.
The American Federation of Labor has publicly stated
that it desires the support of the engineering skill of
the United States in the development of methods for
increasing production and I believe it is the duty of
our body to undertake a constructive consideration of
these problems and to give assistance not only to the
federation of labor but also to the other great economic
organizations interested in this problem, such as the
employers' association and the chambers of commerce.
It is primary to mention the three causes of waste in
production: first from intermittent employment, second
from unemployment that arises in shifting of industrial
currents, and third from strikes and lockouts. Beyond
this elimination of waste there is another field of prog-
ress in the adoption of measures for positive increase in
production.
In the elimination of the great waste and misery of
intermittent employment and unemployment, we need
at once co-ordination in economic groups. For example,
our engineers have pointed out time and again to the
bituminous coal industry where the bad economic func-
tioning of that industry results in an average of but
180 days' employment per annum, where a great meas-
ure of solution could be had if a basis of co-operation
could be found between the coal operators, the coal
miners, the railways and the great consumers. The
com.bined result would be a higher standard of living
to the employees, a reduced risk to the operator, a fun-
damental expansion of economic life by cheaper fuel.
With our necessary legislation against combination and
the lack of any organizing force to bring about this co-
operation, the industry is helpless unless we can develop
some method of Governmental interest, not in Govern-
mental ownership, but in stimulation of co-operation in
better organization.
In help against the misery in the great field of sea-
sonal and other unemployment, we indeed need an ex-
pansion and better organization of our local and Federal
labor exchanges. We have a vast amount of industry,
seasonal in character, which must shift its labor com-
plement to other industries. The individual worker is
helpless to find the contacts necessary to make this shift
unless the machinerj' for this purpose is provided for
him.
In the questions of industrial conflict resulting in
lockouts and strikes, one mitigating measure has been
agreed upon in principle by all sections of the com-
munity. This is collective bargaining, by which, when-
ever possible, the parties should settle their difficulties
before they start a fight.
It is founded not only on the sense of prevention but
on the human right to consolidate the worker in a proper
balanced position to uphold his rights against the
consolidation of capital. This measure, advocated for
years by organized labor, was agreed to by the em-
ployers' group in the First Industrial Conference. It
has been supported on the platform of both political
parties. The point where the universal application of
collective bargaining has broken down is in the method
of its execution. The conflict arises almost wholly over
the question of representation and questions of enforce-
ment. The employer in some industries denies the right
of men other than his own employees to conduct the
negotiations. Labor organizations demand that, as such
negotiations require skill, experience and bargaining
freedom, they are of more than local application and
that thus they can only protect the body of workers by
presenting the case on their behalf by skilled nego-
tiators.
The Second Industrital Conference, of which I was a
member, proposed a solution to this point by the pro-
vision that where there was a conflict over representa-
tion the determination should be left to a third and
independent party. It also proposed that each party
should have the right to summon skill and experience
to its assistance. It further proposed that where one
of the parties at dispute refuses to enter upon collective
bargaining, the entire question should be referred to
an independent tribunal for investigation as to the
right and wrong of the whole dispute — but only for
investigation and report. That conference, embracing
both a great employer and a most distinguished repre-
sentative of organized labor, was completely convinced
that the illumination of the public mind as to the rights
and wrongs of these contentions would in itself make
for material progress in their solution, and that in pub-
lic education and the condemnation of public opinion
of wrong-doing lay the root to real progress. No group
should be afraid of authoritative publicity in these
matters and I believe it would greatly advance an under-
standing of the cause of labor. The conference did not
believe that industrial contention could be cured by com-
pulsory arbitration or any other form of Governmental
repression which must in the end use the jails for en-
forcement. The principles formulated by that confer-
ence should have your consideration.
There are questions in connection with this entire
problem of employer and employee relationship, both in
its aspects of increased production and in its aspects
of wasteful unemployment, that deserve most careful
study by our engineers. There lies at the heart of all
these questions the great human conception that this is
a community working for the benefit of its human mem-
bers, not for the benefit of its machines or to aggrandize
individuals; that if we would build up character and
abilities and standard of living in our people, we must
have regard to their leisure for citizenship, for recrea-
tion and for family life. These considerations, together
with protection against strain, mu.st be the fundamen-
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
L063
tals of determination of houi-s of labor. These factors
being first protected, the maximum production of the
country should become the dominating purpose. The
precise hours of labor should and will vary with the
varying conditions of trades and establishments, but the
proper determination of hours, based upon these factors,
is an immediate field demanding attention of engineers.
There is no greater economic fallacy than the doctrine
that the decrease of hours below these primary con-
siderations makes for employment of greater numbers.
There is a broad question bearing upon stimulation
of self-interest, and thus increase in production that
revolves around the method of wage payment. I need
not review to you the advantages, difficulties and weak-
nesses of bonus, piece work or profit sharing plans that
are in use as a remedy for the deadening results of the
same wage payment to good and bad skill alike. The
suggestion I wish to put for your consideration is the
possible use of another device in encouragement of
individual interest and eflPort by creating two or three
levels of wage in agreements for each trade, the posi-
tion of each man in such scale to be based upon com-
parative skill and character. This plan should be de-
veloped upon the principle of graded extra compensa-
tion, for added skill and performance, above an agreed
basic wage. In order to give confidence, the classifica-
tion under such scales must be passed upon by repre-
sentatives of the workers in such shop or department.
This plan is now being successfully experimented with.
We must take account of the tendencies of our present
repetitive industries to eliminate the creative instinct
in its workers, to narrow their field of craftsmanship,
to discard entirely the contribution to industry that
could be had from their minds as well as from their
hands. Indeed, if we are to secure the development of
our people, we cannot permit the dulling of these sensi-
bilities. Indeed, we cannot accomplish increased pro-
duction without their stimulation. Here again we can-
not make an advance unless we can secure co-operation
between the employer and the employee. In large in-
dustry this mutuality of interest that existed in small
units cannot be restored to its former state without defi-
nite organization.
There has been a great increase in shop committees
as a method of such organization. Where they have
been elected by free and secret ballot among the work-
ers, where they are dominated by a genuine desire on
both sides for mutual co-operation in the shop, they have
resulted in great good. One of the most important
phases of that good has been the tendency to turn the
aspect of some foremen from that of slave-driving to
leadership. And a great good has been possible by the
encouragement of men to creative effort, in the stimu-
lation of their minds as well as their hands to the solu-
tion of these problems. It makes for pride of crafts-
manship and is a real effort to offer them an opportunity
of self-expression. Organized labor has opposed some
forms of these committees because of the fear that they
may break down trade organization covering the area
of many different shops. There is economic reason for
this fear in certain cases, deeper than appears upon
the surface. One of the greatest accomplishments of
organized labor has been the protection of the workers
from the unfair employer, and it is worth the employ-
er's notice that this is at the same time the protection
of the fair employer from the unfair competition of
the sweat shop. Again I believe the engineers could
assist in the erection of a bridge of co-operation if
organized labor, which has already made a beginning,
would extend more widely its adoption of the principles
of a shop committee, settling its problems of wage and
conditions of labor in general agreement and applying
its energies through shop committee organization to
development of production as well as to the correction
of incidental grievance. There would be little outcry
against the closed shop if it were closed in order to
secure unity of purpose in constructive increase of pro-
duction by offering to the employer the full value of
the worker's mind and effort as well as his hands.
There is an immediate problem in increased produc-
tion that is too often overlooked by the theorist. While
it is easy to state that increased production will de-
crease cost and by providing a greater demand for goods
secure increased consumption and ultimate greater em-
ployment, yet the early stages of this process do result
in unemployment and great misery. It takes a variable
period of time to create the increased area of consump-
tion of cheapened commodities, and in the meantime,
when this is translated to the individual worker he sees
his particular mate thrown out of employment. We
accomplish these results over long periods of time, but
if we would secure co-operation to accomplish them
rapidly we must take account of this unemployment and
we must say to them, the community, that if it is to
benefit by the cheapening costs and thus the increased
standard of living, or alternatively if the employer is
to take the benefits, the entire burden should not be
thrust upon the individual who now alone suffers from
industrial changes. Nor can this be accomplished except
by co-operation between groups. In fact, the whole prob-
lem of unemployment needs earnest consideration.
In summary, the main point that I wish to make is
this: that there is a great area of common interest
between the employer and the employees through the
reduction of the great waste of voluntary and involun-
tary unemployment and in the increase of production.
If we are to secure increased production and an in-
creased standard of living, we must keep awake interest
in creation, in craftsmanship and the contribution of
the worker's intelligence to management. Battle and
destruction are a poor solution to these problems. The
growing strength of national organizations on both sides
should not and must not be contemplated as an align-
ment for battle. Battle quickly loses its rules of sports-
manship and adopts the rules of barbarism. These or-
ganizations— if our society is to go forward instead of
backward — should be coijsidered as the fortunate de-
velopment of influential groups through which skill and
mutual consideration can be assembled for co-operation
to the solution of these questions. If we could secure
this co-operation throughout all our economic groups,
we should have provided a new economic system, based
neither on the capitalism of Adam Smith nor upon the
socialism of Karl Marx. We should have provided a
third alternative that preserves individual initiative,
that stimulates it through protection from domination.
We should have given a priceless gift to the twentieth
century.
I am not one of those who anticipate the solution of
these things in a day. Durable human progress has not
been founded on long strides. But in your position as
a party of the third part to many of these conflicting
economic groups, with your life-long training in quanti-
tative thought, with your sole mental aspect of construc-
tion, you, the engineers, should be able to make contri-
bution of those safe steps that make for real progress.
1064
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
EDITORIALS
The First Meeting of American Engi-
neering Council of the Federated
American Engineering Societies
THERE were represented at the first meeting of
American Engineering Council, the managing body
of the Federated American Engineering Societies, 50
per cent of the aggregate membership invited to join.
Member societies represented 35 per cent and partici-
pating societies 15 per cent. The seventy-two dele-
gates represented an aggregate of 60,000 engineers.
Such a large representation indicates the widespread
feeling of the need for such an organization and as-
sures it a successful life.
Outstanding problems facing the convention were
the choice of a city for headquarters, the definition of
specific plan and scope and the selection of a president.
Washington was wisely chosen as the headquarters
city. Washington is not the geographic center of the
society representation nor does it offer quite the busi-
ness possibilities of New York. But it is the center
of national government and legislation, it offers the
best opportunities for contact between engineers and
government, the best libraries and records of industrial
and economic questions, and its choice precludes the
possible claim by the smaller societies that New York
and the founder societies are controlling the F. A. E. S.
There are many problems which can be advan-
tageously taken up by the F. A. E. S. Sixteen of them
have been named and adopted under American Engi-
neering Council's program of plan and scope. The first
alone covers in a general way the objects of the fed-
eration and justifies its existence: "To serve the pub-
lic interest by investigation and advice to all public
governmental and voluntary bodies dealing with na-
tional economic problems." Service in the "Conserva-
tion of National Resources" is another of the tasks of
large caliber included among the plans of the council.
It offers a field broad enough and one so little under-
stood that there will be no jealousy because engineers
have taken hold of it.
There is no question as to the wisdom of American
Engineering Council in electing Herbert Hoover presi-
dent. Such action placed in the highest office of the
newly formed federation, pledged to broad service, a
foremost engineer who has been successfully carrying
on programs of service, who is a statesman as well as
an engineer and who is known throughout the world.
The basic problem, "Industrial Waste," was suggested
by Mr. Hoover as a problem with which engineers seem
especially able to cope. He included as industrial waste,
waste in production due to intermittent employment,
unemployment, strikes and lockouts; the dulling of the
human mind by repetitive operations; and the aggre-
gation of great wealth with its power of economic domi-
nation. The detached and analytic view of Mr. Hoover
as concerns the relation of engineers to the great eco-
nomic groups, "striving by political agitation, propa-
ganda and other measures to advance group interest"
is shown by a quotation from his address:
"This engineers' association stands somewhat apart
among these economic groups in that it has no special
economic interest for its members. Its only interest in
the creation of a great national association is public
service, to give voice to the thought of the engineers in
these questions. And if the engineers, with their train-
ing in quantitative thought, with their intimate expe-
rience in industrial life, can be of service in bringing
about co-operation between these great economic groups
of special interests, they will have performed an extra-
ordinary service. The engineers should be able to take
an objective and detached point of view. They do no^
belong to the associations of either employers or labor,
of farmers, or merchants or bankers. Their calling in
life is to offer expert service in constructive solution
of problems, to the individuals in any of these groups.
There is a wider vision of this expert service in giving
the group service of engineers to group problems."
It is of interest to note that only the previous eve-
ning Matthew Woll, vice-president of the American
Federation of Labor, said :
"The viewTJoint of the engineer is valuable because
it is a viewpoint of a man whose position is such as to
enable him to see the whole broad problem involved.
He is in a position to know fully the value of being
able to release the creative energy of workers to bring
into play their interest and intelligence."
It appears that engineers may have much to do with
adjustments of our great problem known as the "Labor
Question," and if they do a large part of their work
will best be done through the Federated American
Engineering Societies.
The meeting of American Engineering Council was
a success and the federation is now on its way.
L. C. M.
An Immigration Problem
ON another page will be found an article under the
foregoing title, by William H. Barr, president of
the Inter-racial Council. No one is better qualified to
express opinions regarding matters of this kind than
Mr. Barr. Some of the things he says should be care-
fully considered by our readers and by the next Con-
gress. One of the most important is the modification
of our immigration laws regarding the literacy test.
At present thousands of good, honest workers are kept
out and all too many educated radical agitators let in.
These agitators, assisted by others of a like type here,
are the cause of much of our labor trouble. We can
sympathize with the worker who has a legitimate kick,
but we have no use in America for the born trouble
maker bred in the countries noted for this class. There
is a vast difference between political freedom and po-
litical license, and those who believe in the latter should
be sent back where they belong. On the other hand,
every effort should be made to obtain the type of immi-
grant seeking political freedom and a home. E. V.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1065
Shop equipment Nenvj
ildji
SHOP LQUIPMENT
• NtNYS ■
modorn desi<gnsand
Descriptiota of shop equipment in this tection constitute
editorial service for which there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impoS'
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
Kempsmith No. 2 Plain Maximiller
In announcing the No. 2 plain maximiller type of
milling machine, the Kempsmith Manufacturing Co.,
Milwaukee, Wis., states that the machine is similar in
all points of design to the No. 4 plain maximiller, which
was described in the American Machinist, Vol. 49,
page 595.
The machine is intended to give rapidity and con-
venience of operation and eflBciency in production. It
KEMPSMITH NO. 2 PLAIN MAXIMILLER
.Specifications: Working- surface of table. 12 x 56 in. Table
adjustment; Longitudinal, 28 in.; transverse, 10 in.; vertical,
19 in. Face of column to brace, 243 in. Arbor: diameter. IJ
in.; length shoulder to nut, 22J in. Spindle: front bearing, 4'i
in. diameter by 4]'',; in. long; taper hole. No. 12 B. & S. : hole
through spindle, IJ in. Driving pulley: 3i x l."i in.; speed. 400
r.p.m. .Spindle speeds: number, 18; range, 16 to 400 r.p.ni.
Feeds: number, 18; range, g to 25 in. per minute. Power quiclc
traverse: longitudinal, 100 in. per minute; transvei'se and verti-
cal. 36 in. per minute. Floor space. 8,') x 105 in. Weight: net.
4,200 lb. ; domestic shipping, 4,500 lb. ; export shipping, 4,900 lb.
is heavily made, as can be readily .seen from the
illustration.
Heat-treated steel is used for the gears and heat-
treated alloy steel for the shafting, while the column,
knee, saddle and table are semi-steel castings. The
column is ribbed internally and has few openings. A
solid rib or cross member midway of the column height
serves to form a reservoir for the oil used for the
driving gears. The knee has a solid top, with the
cross-feed screw in a shallow depression located cen-
trally between the Vs. Consequently, the cross-feed
screw acts centrally on the saddle. The saddle is long
and heavy with the drive to the table located near one
end, thus leaving the center solid so as to give more
rigidity.
The table has a working surface of 12 x 56 in. and
is taper gibbed, with provision for locking. The over-
arm is a steel bar 4:} in. in diameter, and is held with
a "wedge lock," which keeps the cutter arbor in align-
ment with the spindle. An outboard support of the
open-side type permits easy access to the work. The
spindle nose is so made that it can drive face-milling
cutters in either direction. A spindle reverse has been
incorporated in the machine. The friction-plate clutch
is operated by a hand lever located at the front of the
machine, forcing the plates together by a combined
toggle and plain lever movement. The clutch is easily
adjustable for wear. A brake is provided for quickly
stopping the spindle.
The longitudinal movement of the table is con-
trolled by two levers, one for the feed and one for the
power quick traverse. The movement is in the direc-
tion toward which the lever is thrown. Two levers lo-
cated on the knee control both the knee and .saddle move-
ments; the movement actuated being determined by
operating push pins located close to the hand-feed
handles. The feed-change mechanism provides eighteen
changes of feed in geometric progression. The power
quick traverse can be used for moving the table without
disturbing the set-up or the rate of feed in service, and
is at the rate of 100 in. per minute. The power quick
traverse for the cross and vertical travel is at the rate
of 36 in. per minute.
All gears and bearings in the entire speed and feed
mechanism either run in oil or are splash lubricated.
Sight feed oilers are used for the spindle bearings and
drive pulleys. The spindle runs in adjustable phosphor-
bronze bearings, while all other shafts in the speed
transmission run in ball bearings. A single pulley
drive is used, the gearing giving eighteen changes of
spindle speed. All speed changes are secured by sliding
gears, and there are never more than three pairs of
gears in mesh for any speed.
A centrifugal pump, engaged by means of a clutch, is
provided for the coolant system. The machine can be
furnished with motor drive arranged through a belt,
the motor recommended being of 7i hp., running at
1,200 r.p.in.
1066
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
Kingsbury Automatic Sensitive
Drilling Machine
The bench, automatic-feed drilling machine shown in
the illustration has been placed on the market by the
Kingsbury Manufacturing Co., Keene, N. H. The
machine is intended for production drilling on small
Kl.NGSBURY A^•TO^rATl^-FEEn SENSITIVE BENCH
DKII-.LING MACHINE
Specifications: Capacity, A-in, drills. Spindles; diameter, A in.;
standaid stroke, i in. ; vertical adju.stment, 3 in. Vertical adjust-
ment of tables, 5 in. Distance between spindles. 8 in. Spindle
to column, 6 in. Bottom of chucks to tables, maxmiuni, 8 in. No.
of speeds, 3 ; 1,500, 2,400 and 3,750 r.p.m. with drive-shaft speed
of 750 r.p.m. Drive pulley, 5 in. Height, 28 in. Base ; belt-
drive, 16 X 20 in.; motor drive, 16 x 24 in. Weight; belt drive,
250 lb. : motor drive, 270 lb.
parts. Gravity feed is utilized, in conjunction with a
mechanical control by means of which the operation of
the feed is rendered automatic and "sensitive."
Both spindles are driven by the same belt running
on vertical cone pulleys. The drills are held in Jacobs
chucks, which are furnished as regular equipment. The
feed of each spindle is independent of the other, the
pressure required for drilling being supplied by the
weights adjustably mounted on the arms at the top of
the machine. The length of stroke of each spindle is
» in., a vertical adjustment being provided in addition.
To regulate the action of the feed, the mechanism
shown on the side of the machine comes into play,
it being the same for each spindle. The small, hard-
ened, grooved friction-roll shown on the side of the
column runs at constant speed. The large grooved
wheel is mounted eccentrically on a pivoted arm, so
that the weight of the spindle and of the counterweight
keep it in contact with the small roll. The friction
between the two wheels causes the eccentrically mounted
one to rotate and thus raise and lower the spindle. A
' catch is so arranged as to relieve the wheel of the
weight it carries as the spindle starts downward at
the completion of a cycle, thus keeping it at the top
of its stroke. To again start the feed, the knob on
the front of the machine is pushed.
When the drill in moving downward strikes the work
the weight is taken off the friction wheels, so that
slippage occurs, and the pressure of the feed is derived
from the weight on the arm of the spindle. When the
drill breaks through the work, the spindle cannot drop
because the friction wheels again engage and move it
at the predetermined speed. This speed is ordinarily
such that a complete cycle is performed in ^ min. with
no resistance in the path of the drill. Thus, it is neces-
sary for the operator only to replace the work and to
start the feed.
This machine can be furnished with a device which
automatically warns the operator that the drill is becom-
ing dull. The time allowable for drilling the work must
be determined, a means of r.etting the mechanism for
it being provided. If the arilling requires more time
than that taken for the predetermined number of revo-
lutions of the friction-roll shaft, a stop is actuated, so
that the feed does not staii when the knob is pushed
for the next piece of work. The operator is thus warned
to sharpen the drill.
S.K.F. ball bearings are used on the spindles, idlers
and the vertical shaft, while Non-Gran bronze bearings
are used on the horizontal shafts. All gears are of
steel and placed inside the column, the bevel gears run-
ning in oil. Either motor or belt drive can be furnished.
Floor stands, for either one or two machines, are made.
It is claimed that the use of the machine lessens drill
breakage, saves work on the part of the operator, and
saves time by keeping the drill cutting.
Dries & Krump Plate-Bending Brake
What is said to be the largest plate-bending brake
in the world was recently built for the Newport News
Shipbuilding and Drydock Co., Newport News, Va., by
the Dries & Krump Manufacturing Co., Chicago, 111.
The brake weighs 30 tons, and can bend cold plates
12 ft. long up to -i in. thick. It is built of steel
throughout, the main body being constructed of large
UA.RGE DRIES & KRUMP PLATE-BEN1>1 .m: ).!:VT:E
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1067
steel plates braced with truss
rods, the housings being steel
castings, and the links which
connect the upper and lower
jaws being forgings. The nose
of the upper jaw carries a
tool-steel edge. The motor is
mounted within the machine,
driving a shaft carrying di-
rect and reverse friction
clutches. The reverse motion
for lowering the bending leaf
is obtained through an idler
gear. The bending leaf is
counterweighted. The upper
jaw is raised and lowered by
means of a manganese-
bronze worm-gear. The clamps
holding the plates are driven
through friction clutches, no adjustment being required
for various thicknesses of plates.
An adjustable dog is provided, which automatically
stops the bending leaf for any desired angle on the
work. Plates are free to pass between the housings,
permitting bends to be made at any distance from the
front or rear ends of the plate. Adjustment is pro-
vided for changing the radius of the work being bent.
As sharp as IJ in. radius can be bent on 2-in. plates,
and as large a radius as is desired.
It is claimed that the machine operates rapidly,
the time consumed in making a right-angle bend being
less than one minute. No dies are required for dif-
ferent thicknesses of metal, radii of bend, or degree
of angle to which the plates are bent. The brake
requires a floor space of 16 x 12 ft.
Newton Model 0-3 Continuous
Milling Machine
The continuous milling machine shovra in the illus-
tration has been placed on the market by the Newton
Machine Tool Works, Inc., 23rd and Vine Sts., Phila-
delphia, Pa. It is known as the Model 0-3 and is in-
tended for face milling the ends of such work as shafts,
rods and crankshafts.
The machine consists of a heavy bed carrying two
heads, one of them being movable along the bed in order
to accommodate work of different lengths. An indi-
vidual motor drive is employed, a shaft running through
the bed transmitting power to both heads. The spindles,
driven through worms and worm-wheels, are at the
height of the center of the work-holding fixtures, being
behind the fixtures in the illustration. End or face mills
are used, an adjustment for varying the depth of cut
being provided. All bearings of the machine are oiled
by a cascade system.
The work is secured at each end in a fixture fastened
to the head. The feed motion is obtained by rotation
of the fixtures, which are driven by gears from a com-
mon pinion shaft, so that they move at the same speed.
With the fixtures shown, the operator loads the machine
and clamps the work in position. After the ends have
passed over the cutters to machine the work to length,
the handles of the clamps strike stops, so that the
shafts are automatically released at the bottom of the
fixture, and then roll down the inclined edges of the
pans into tote boxes or to a roller conveyor.
The work-holding drum shown has ten stations, there
^
1.
^
Ari
^^m.
Bk
gr -JsJH
m
k
NEWTON MODEL 0-3 CONTINUOUS MILLING MACHINE FOR FACING
being a considerable distance between each set of bars.
In order to save time while the cutters are passing
through the clearance spaces, a rapid traverse at a
speed ten times the cutting speed is automatically put
in operation when the cutters are running idly. It is
stated that a production of 250 pieces per hour can be
obtained with this arrangement, the shafting being li
in. in diameter. Different sorts of work can be held
by using different; fixtures or drums. Where the pieces
of work can be placed closely together, it is not neces-
sary to use rapid feed in the clearance spaces, the feed
being continuous. A coolant system can be furnished
if desired.
Snellex "Frictionless" Center
The Snellex Manufacturing Co., Rochester, N. Y.,
has recently placed on the market a ball-bearing center.
The device is intended to decrease friction between the
work and the center, to make it unnecessary to regrind
SECTIONAL VIEW OF SNELLEX "FRICTIONLESS" CENTER
center points, and to eliminate the wearing and burn-
ing of center holes in the work.
The general construction of the center can be seen
in the accompanying illustration. The ball race at the
rear end is held in place by a lock-washer and check-
nut, and it is protected by an oil cap. The device
is regularly made in four sizes, from Nos. 1 to 4 Morse
taper, other sizes being made to order.
Wilkes Toolholder
The Dawson Tool Corporation, 51st and Lancaster
Ave., Philadelphia, Pa., has placed on the market the
Wilkes toolholder, shown in the illustration. W. A.
Schurmann, of the same concern, is lessee of the prod-
uct.
The holder is intended for heavy-duty, high-speed
work, the point of the cutting tool being supported by
a projection of the holder underneath it. No setscrew
is used to hold the tool, the clamping action being
obtained by means of the nut at the rear end of the
1068
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
WILKES HBAV\-DUTY TOOLHOL.DBR
holder. Because of the absence of a set-screw, the
front of the holder can be passed through the toolpost.
It is claimed that the holder will stand very severe use,
and that it holds the tool so securely as to decrease
chatter. The body is heat-treated. The holder is made
in a range of sizes to take tools from A to 1 in. in
size.
Buhr Multiple-Spindle Drill Heads
The Nelson-Blanck Manufacturing Co., Dubois and
Clay Sts., Detroit, Mich., has placed on the market a
line of ball-bearing, fully adjustable Buhr multiple-
spindle drill heads. The illustration shows head No.
16-F, which has six spindles, although heads having
any number of spindles from 3 to 12 are made.
The heads are equipped with detachable adapters
and drivers. The drive is through spur gears from
the main shaft to the spindles, each spindle being
capable of being swung about the center of the spur
gear driving it, and these centers, in turn, being adjust-
able in toward or away from the center of the head.
Thus the range of positions in which the spindles can
be placed is increased over the old type. Special arms
can be furnished for close center distances.
The mechanism is completely inclosed, being dust-
proof. Ball-bearings are used throughout. All moving
parts are made of heat-treated chrome-nickel steel and
run in light grease. It is stated that each spindle
■«g- - ^
^^^^V*^*^S..Il^^^^B
L
^^^^^^^^^^K^^^^|i^'i«- ^^ ^S ^^Hb I
T
1
1 V
unit has three times the strength required to drive
the maximum size of drill which can be used, thus
making it possible to mount special arms carrying two
or more drills, if necessary.
The head is manufactured with four capacities. The
smallest, or high-speed machine, running at 5,000 r.p.m.,
is equipped with No. 1-A Jacobs chucks taking drills
up to :1 in. in diameter. The next size is equipped
with No. 1 Morse taper holes in the spindles, and can
handle drills up to is in. in diameter. The heads
having No. 2 Morse tapers will accommodate 5-in.
drills; while the largest size, having No. 3 Morse
tapers, will carry drills up to li in. in diameter.
"I. T. C." Self-Loading Electric Truck
The elevating-platform electric industrial truck shown
in the illustration has been placed on the market by
the Industrial Truck Co., a division of the Cowan Truck
Co., Holyoke, Mass. It is of all-steel construction and
has a capacity of 5,000 lb., the lift being 4J in.
The lifting action is vertical and is said to be very
rapid, requiring only 5 or 6 seconds to elevate the
platform. Lowering requires only 3 seconds. The plat-
form is operated by an independent heavy-duty, series-
wound motor having a worm-gear speed reduction, and
controlled from the driving end of the truck.
Steering is done on all four wheels. A single re-
duction is used in the worm drive to the power axle.
It is claimed that the mechanism is easily accessible.
The rear end of the truck is equipped with a bumper
to protect the platform, and a draw-bar attachment to
enable the use of the truck as a light-duty tractor.
The truck has a turning radius on the extreme out-
side point of 7 ft. 10 in. and is said to be capable of
being operated in intersecting aisles 60 in. wide. By
folding up the step and raising the steering handle the
length of the truck can be shortened for use on elevators.
A drum-type controller is used for the driving motor,
three speeds being provided in both directions. It is
necessary that the pedal on the step be held down in
order to operate the truck. In case the pedal be raised
while the truck is in operation, the circuit is broken, a
brake applied and the truck instantly stopped.
Either alkaline or lead batteries can be used, the
standard equipm.ent being 21 Edison A-6 cells or 12 cells
of the l5-plate Ironclad-Exide type, although batteries
of greater capacity can be furnished.
^ ^
BUHR MULTIPLE-SPINDLE DRILL HEAD NO. 16-P
"I. T. C." SELF-LOADING ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL TRUCK
Specifications: Capacity. 5.000 lb. Loading platform: length,
55 in. : wicitli. 26 in. ; height lowered. 11 in. : height raised, I.dJ
in. Driving motor: 24 volt: 50 amp.; 1,500 r.p.m. Elevating
motor: 24 volt; 35 amp.; 1,800 r.p.m. Gear reduction, l^i
to 1. Speeds: 3 forward, 3 reverse. Wheel diameter: drivmg
end, 20 in.; trailing end. 10 in. Turning diameter: outside wheel.
14 ft. 3 in. : outside point, 15 ft. 8 in. WHieelbase. 595 in. Height
51 in. Width, 36 in. Length; overan, 102 in.; step raised. 91i
in. Weight: without batterv, 2,150 lb.; with Edison battery.
2,600 lb. ; with lead battery, 2,700 lb.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
H
/4fciJ
<^-L
1068a
WIckman Universal Gage
Measuring Machine
The illustration shows the Wickman universal measur-
ing machine recently placed on the market by Alfred
Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England, and 54 Dey St., New
York City. The machine is intended for measuring
gages of all descriptions, the capacity being as follows:
Length gages, up to 12 in. ; outside, pitch and root diam-
eters of screw plug gages up to 6 in. in diameter; pitch
of screw plug gages up to 4 in. in diameter; outside,
pitch and root diameters and pitch of screw ring gages
up to 3 in. in diameter; and thread forms of screws up
to 4 in. in diameter.
The heavy, ribbed bed is mounted on three points on
the base. The measuring head is mounted on ways at
the right of the bed. The micrometer screw can be
calibrated against standard gage blocks, the operation
requiring only about 5 min. By means of a compensat-
ing device on the head, any progressive error can be
allowed for. A split nut is not used on the micrometer
screw, and it is stated that the mechanism is so accurate
that measurements can be repeated within 0.000005 in.
The carriage at the left of the bed has a longitudinal
movement of about 4 in., being mounted on li-in. balls,
of which there are three sets of three balls each, one
set being at the front and other two in the same ways
at the rear. The ways consist of hardened and lapped
steel shafts I in. in diameter, each way being made of
two shafts. The top way at the front consists of a flat
plate, so that the movement of the carriage cannot be
WICKMAX UNIVERSAI^ GAGE MKASURING MACHINE
constricted. It is stated that the carriage and its equip-
ment, although weighing about 75 lb., can be moved by a
force of H ounces, so that very light pressure between
the anvils can be obtained. The ways are fastened to
bosses on the bed and carriage, the castings proper not
being machined, so that the warping caused by such a
procedure does not occur.
The indicating mechanism is enclosed and situated
in the rear of the carriage. The hood above it covers
the lighted scale and is used merely to prevent outside
light from affecting the illumination.. The screw plug
gage between the centers is measured by the use of a
point or stylus which touches it. A special type of
stylus is provided for the internal measurement of ring
gages. There is a mechanical magnification of the de-
viation at the point of 60 to 1. The moving parts are
made of duralumin, and the levers are fitted with vanes
dipping in oil wells.
The mechanical magnification is then multiplied about
70 times by means of light, so that the total magnifica-
tion of the movement of the stylus is 4,000 to 1. It
is stated that the machine can work to an accuracy of
0.00001 in., or to 0.000005 in. when used as a compar-
ator. It is said, also, that this accuracy does not depend
upon any particular skill of the operator in taking read-
ings, as the reading is made by fitting the projected
shadow 1 in. in diameter into a tinted section, an accu-
racy of only A- in. being required in so doing.
Wickman Gear Pitch and Concentricity
Measuring Machine
A machine for measuring and gaging gears is shown
in Fig. 1, it being the product of Alfred Herbert, Ltd.,
Coventry, Eng-
land, and 54 Dey
St., New York
City. It is known
as the Wickman
gear-pitch and
concentricity
measuring ma-
chine. It does
not test the form
of the teeth. The
gear to be tested
is mounted upon
a mandrel which
accurately fits
its bore and
which is held in
the taper of the
vertical arbor of
the machine by
a draw bolt. The
arbor can be ro-
tated by means
of a worm and
wormwheel, the
graduated dial
on the shaft of
the worm being
used to deter-
mine the amount
of rotation of
FIG. 1. WICKMAN GEAR PITCH AND ^^le arbor. The
coNCENTRrary MEASURING ^^^^ ismounted
1068b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
' " ■" .
p^^^^^
n ...w^
ri
mA ^^^SmP^._l^^df^H^^^|
^V
PIG. 2.
INDICATING MECHANISM OP WICKMAN GEAR
MEASURING MACHINE
on a slide having taper adjustments, so that backlash
between the worm and wheel can be eliminated. It is
stated that the worm and wheel are lapped to an accu-
racy in pitch and form of 0.0001 in.
The box mounted on ways at the top of the machine
carries the gaging mechanism, a view of which is shown
in Fig. 2, the cover of the box being removed. It will
be seen that an arm pivoted near its center about a ver-
tical axis carries a point or stylus, which fits at the
pitch line the space between the teeth of the gear being
tested.
In operation the carriage is brought forward until
the stylus presses in the space between two teeth. By
turning the worm, the long needle at the right is
brought to zero, this needle being so connected to the
arm carrying the stylus that the motion is magnified.
In order to dampen the action of the needle, the vanes
shown fastened to the ends of the levers are immersed
in oil, which renders the mechanism dead-beat and free
from vibration. The dial indicator on top of the arm
carrying the stylus is then adjusted to read zero.
Quick Readings
The wormwheel is revolved, the stylus thus being
brought in the next tooth space. When the long needle
again registers zero, the reading of the graduated dial
on the worm shaft is taken, this reading showing the
true pitch of the tooth. The reading of the dial indi-
cator shows whether or not the pitch diameter has
changed, thus checking the concentricity of the pitch
circle with the bore of the gear. The process is repeated
for all the teeth, two curves being plotted from the data,
one showing the pitch error between the teeth and the
other showing the concentricity error. It is stated that
a gear having 30 teeth can be tested and its curves be
drawn in less than 10 minutes.
The device is intended chiefly for testing one gear
from each lot, both before and after hardening, rather
than for testing every gear. Gears from 2 to 12 in. in
diameter can be tested. It is stated that the machine
is to be provided with a vertical adjustment of 6 in.
Our Immigration Problem
By WILLIAM H. BARR
President, the Inter-racial Council
THERE are some people who have been demanding
that the "gates be closed" to immigrants. They
insist that our country and our institutions are
endangered by immigrants. That attitude, backed up
by what has amounted to a campaign against the
foreign born during the last two years, and by proposed
legislation to shut off immigration, and by enacted
State legislation barring immigrants from certain occu-
pations in certain states, was one of the principal rea-
sons for the enormous outflow of immigrants from
America following the armistice, when more than
400,000 loyal, able-bodied immigrants left this country
and no male immigrants were coming in to replace them.
If there has been any danger to America, it has not
been from the immigration of the foreign born to this
country. The danger has been fi-om the departure of
foreign born, from the lack of sufficient numbers of
foreign born workmen in the industries that depend
upon foreign born labor, from the restrictionist atti-
tude of some of our people, and from the indifference
of American business.
There are more than 10,000,000 foreign born workmen
in this country, working on jobs in the cities. Those of
foreign birth and parentage represent only one-third
of the people of the United States — yet, they mine three-
fourths of the coal, manufacture three-fourths of the
clothing, half of the silk, linen, wool, lace and em-
broidered goods; bake more than half of the bread,
refine more than half of the sugar, and put up half of
the canned food. They have built our railroads with
t
•Address before the Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce.
the aid of American capital, and still do half of the
maintenance work on both the railroads and streets.
Half of the work in the blast furnaces, in the carpet
mills, hemp and jute factories, and in the copper, silver,
brass, gold, rubber and leather goods — half of the work
in those industries is done by the foreign born, and
two-thirds of the iron and steel for the railroads, for
buildings and ships is produced by them.
To what extent would this country have progressed
if during the last twenty years the admission of foreign
born had been prohibited? Who would man the mines,
the iron and steel mills and foundries, the machine
shops, the silk mills, the knit goods shops, the glass
factories, lumber mills, and other industries? Our
native-born workers are largely skilled workmen — as
they should be — and we cannot look to them to provide
the industries with the primary grades of work. We
must look to the foreign born to provide the unskilled
labor. If this class of labor is not forthcoming, how
can the wheels of industry turn around? How can the
skilled workers find employment if the basic work is
not performed? We cannot build houses unless the ex-
cavation is dug; we cannot operate trains unless the
roadbeds are constructed and the tracks laid.
Opposition to Immigration
There are some people who would stop immigration
entirely, regardless of what it would mean to this
country, who would shut off this necessary flow of
unskilled labor into America. They would shut it off, be-
cause of the alleged lawlessness of foreign elements and
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
l'068c
because of the fear that the foreign born may not be
loyal to this country and to American institutions. As to
the alleged lawlessness of the foreign born, it may sur-
prise us to learn that in the report of the Provost Marshal
General, referring to the war, it is stated that of the
foreign born who registered for the draft, a percentage
of one and four-fifths was reported for desertion. The
percentage among the native born reported for desertion
was three and one-fifth. The foreign born serving in
the army were less inclined to overstep the barriers of
army discipline. Yet, we hear it said time and time
again that the foreign born are a lawless and disloyal
element and a bad lot.
In the question of loyalty, the recent war afforded
striking evidence of the whole-hearted service of our
foreign born, who poured out their life's blood on the
battlefields. From a population of only one-fifth that
of the native born, the foreign born gave one-third
of the overseas fighting men. They over-subscribed
their loan quota every time. They supplied one-half
of the workers in war industries. Acts of heroism
performed by foreign-born heroes in the American
army were numerous. This talk of disloyalty is noth-
ing more nor less than the old Macedonian cry over
again, or the cry of the time of Caesar when all aliens
were barbarians. Those who raise this cry warn us
that the "barbarians" must be barred out of this
country. They tell us we have already received more
immigrants than is good for the country.
Turning to the discussion of our present volume of
immigration, we again find the tendency to disregard
facts and to manufacture false arguments. The col-
umns of the newspapers the country over have been
filled with articles relating to a supposed enormous
volume of immigration. Nearly every week an an-
nouncement is made about some record-breaking inflow
of foreigners, and interviews are published that predict
a glut of labor on the American market.
Let us consider the character of the immigration now
coming to this country. It includes an extraordinarily
large number of women and children and old men, who
are fleeing destitution in Europe. These women and
children and old men are not coming for the purpose of
engagmg in industries. They are coming to join rela-
tives who sent for them. They mean nothing at all to
the industries, although it is not unlikely that Ihey may
exert a stabilizing influence on the foreign born whom
they are coming to join.
Of the able-bodied males who are arriving, many are
returning reservists who have rights of residence in this
country, and who intend to go back to the jobs they left
behind them when they responded to the call to arms of
their motherland overseas. The present volume of im-
migration may be large, as compared with dull periods
of immigration. But there is every evidence to show
that the present immigration is not in the nature of an
industrial invasion. The supply of unskilled labor from
the pi-esent influx will be very limited. Although un-
employment is reported in certain industries, and in
certain localities, the demand among the general run
of industries for unskilled labor is still urgent.
Analysis of Immigration Figures
The flow of unskilled labor to the industries was
shut otr for the period of the war. And following the
armistice, the movement of foreign-born workers was
arvay from America, and not to America. Before the
war, more than a million immigrants were coming in
annually. About 300,000 were going out, leaving a net
gain of more than 900,000. For the fiscal year ended
June 30 last, the permanent net increase in our alien
male population was merely 9,877. That fact is revealed
by an analysis of the official figures of the Bureau of
Immigration. More aliens left America in the last fiscal
year to remain permanently in Europe than were ad-
mitted from European countries. The total increase in
the alien female population (135,246) was more than
thirteen times as large as the increase in the permanent
alien male population.
From these statistics, and from the fact that the
present immigration is composed of large numbers of
women and children and old men, it would seem that
the present talk that we are being overwhelmed with
immigrant labor is misleading.
Let us turn to the arguments that are advanced by
those who are constantly harping upon the numbers of
immigrants now coming in, but who do not go to the
pains of analyzing the figures to determine the numbers
of unskilled workers among those immigrants. The
first argument is that the immigrants will underbid the
American workers in the labor market. I stated earlier
in this address that the American workers are largely
skilled, whereas the foreign-born workers in America
are largely unskilled. How can there be any competi-
tion between these two classes of workers? If the im-
migrant workers are graduated to the semi-skilled or
skilled grade of work, they get the prevailing wages for
that work. There is no competition and no under-
bidding. I have always been at a loss to understand
upon what grounds the argument that the foreign born
underbid the native born is based.
We are told also about the menace of hard times, and
the laying off of men in the industries. We are informed
that this condition will increase with a great horde of
immigrants, and that with the bad conditions in Europe,
the tide of immigration will rise and rise until America
is virtually overwhelmed with people from Europe. You
will note the use of superlatives by immigration re-
strictionists. Always they speak of hordes.
Answers to their arguments are simple. The laying
off of rnen is a temporary condition, and cannot be made
the basis for a permanent policy on immigration.
There is nothing new about the argument against
immigration, based on hard times. We seem to forget
that the immigrant comes here to better his economic
situation. That being true, is it likely that the immi-
grant will migrate to America in time of industrial
depression when jobs are scarce, and money is not
available for wages? Immigration diminishes in periods
of bad times. The statistics of the Bureau of Immi-
gration show that to be the case. They show also that
the unstabilized foreign-born labor in America moves
out of the country when an industrial crisis is threat-
ened. There is no danger of such a crisis in this
country now. I insist there is ahead of us a period of
unprecedented prosperity.
When long-term credits have been established and the
exchange is back at normal, our exports will take an
unprecedented jump. But they will take that jump only
in the event that we have sufficient labor on hand to
manufacture for foreign as well as domestic needs.
If the labor supply is inadequate, then we will have to
let the foreign market "go to the dogs," for we will be
fortunate indeed if production keeps pace with the
needs at home. Our industries will resume operations
approaching capacity, and there will be a pronounced
1068d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
shortage of labor, due to the non-industrial character
of the people coming in and because of the industrial
character of the aliens going out.
The bad conditions in Europe that are referred to
will not drive immigrants here indefinitely. Europe will
not always be starving. Europe, of necessity, must get
back on its feet again. Political and race persecution
will come to an end, and these two things have been
responsible for a large part of our immigration of the
past. Today, few immigrants are coming to this coun-
try for freedom's sake. The European countries have
won their independence as a result of the war. They
have their own little nations and they are in process
now of reconstruction.
Periods of reconstruction are invariably fraught with
disturbances and with hard living conditions, and at
the door of these things we lay the increase of immi-
gration during the last few months. The future holds
in store for the present of Europe advanced legislation
and concessions of land. These things will militate
against emigration from Europe in the future.
Stabilizing Immigration
Don't bank on a ceaseless flow of immigration. The
time may come when we shall have to wish for it. What
we must do is to endeavor to stabilize the foreign born
now in this countiT, to try to induce them to remain
here, to convince them that they should establish their
homes in America and become good Americans.
If it is worth while admitting the immigrant, it is
worth while attempting to have him stay permanently
and become a citizen. For too long a time we have left
the immigrant to shift for himself.
We have compelled him to seek employment unaided
and without information as to localities where jobs are
available. He has had to rely upon his countrymen in
America for information and guidance, and the result
is that he has gravitated to one or the other of the racial
communities scattered over the country.
We have allowed the immigrant to get his impres-
sions of American life through his experiences with
unscrupulous people who have attempted to exploit him.
We have left him to the mercy of dangerous ultra-
radical agitators who at least pretend to take an interest
in him, and, finally, we rail at the immigrant if, after a
few years in America he has not applied for citizenship
papers, and has not taken on some of the outward
appearances of a native-born American.
There has been a lot of nonsense about the Americani-
zation of the immigrant. Some people conceive Amer-
icanization as the waving of flags, and singing of
patriotic songs. The way to Americanize the immigrant
is to insure him steady work and to obtain for him
square treatment on the job and off the job; to provide
him with facilities for learning the English language,
and to give him the right kind of an industrial start.
These things coupled with protection and with a decent
sort of attitude, will do more to make the immigrant
love America than all the patriotic activities put to-
gether. Americanization is not a task for sentimental
philanthropy. It is a man-size job, and a job that
devolves rightly upon clear-headed business.
Certain things are necessary in bringing about the
assimilation of our immigrant population. We must
accord the immigrant, first of all, a proper reception
on his arrival. There should be some way of getting
to him information about jobs in various parts of the
country, the conditions of work and the amount of com-
pensation. We should have a service of distribution
functioning both in Europe and in America. Before
embarking on the other side, the immigrant should be
informed where the best opportunities exist in this
country, and every effort should be made to scatter the
immigrants throughout the United States, so as to in-
sure that all localities requiring immigrant workers
shall get the benefit of their labor. Incidentally, this
would have the effect of checking the growth of the
racial communities that have grown up because of our
neglect in the past to provide adequate Federal ma-
chinery for distribution.
Information for Immigrants
At Ellis Island, where 90 per cent of the immigrants
are admitted, there should be a competent staff to
assemble information from all parts of the country con-
cerning opportunities for employment, wages, and other
data useful to the foreign born. The staff of the de-
partment should be under the direction of a non-partisan
official, serving, say, as an assistant to the Commis-
sioner of Immigration, and acting in the interest of
the industries of the United States — not for a certain
group of industries, but for all the industries that
require foreign-born labor. Our immigration should,
first of all, be made to serve the productive needs of
the nation.
Scientific distribution will help those productive
needs, but I would suggest other steps besides scientific
distribution. I would suggest that our Department of
Labor send representatives to Europe to select the kind
of immigration that is most assimilable and that best
suits the industrial requirements of this country. At
the present time our immigration machinery is inade-
quate. It has no facilities abroad; it depends upon the
consular oflSces, which are part of our State Depart-
ment, for whatever investigations into immigrant ap-
plications for passports are necessary. The situation is
taxing our consulates in Europe, and the original pur-
pose of those consulates — to gather business facts of
interest to our business men — is being lost sight of
When the immigrant is admitted we must take steps
to protect him and to educate him. We should educate
him as to the opportunities in America. We should show
him where safety and profit exist, on the one hand, and,
on the other hand, where danger lurks in the form of
ultra-radicalism, violence and disorder.
We have seen the ultra-radicals spreading their doc-
trines of violence and revolution, while American busi-
ness men have been placidly about their business, not
realizing that they were sitting on top of a volcano.
Revolutionary agitators have been boring from within
in the labor organizations; they have been running
magazines and papers in English and in foreign lan-
guages.
It is conservatively estimated that the I. W. W. sells
$300,000 worth of literature a year. What has the
American business man been doing besides giving in-
spirational addresses, and besides playing with ama-
teurish experiments in Americanization? If the Amer-
ican business man were awake to the situation he would
go about the business of combatting ultra-radicalism
and revolutionary pi'opaganda as systematically as he
has gone about his own business enterprise.
The foreign born can be reached effectively in several
ways — through their organizations, through the press,
and through the individual plants. Recognizing that
fact, a number of business men formed the Inter-racial
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1068e
Council a little over a year ago. The council today is
composed of more than 1,100 of the leading industrial
establishments in the country, and conference groups
from among thirty-two of the races in the United
States. These two elements in the council have been
working together in the interests of good, wholesome
Americanism, and they have been directing their efforts
through three channels:
First — Through the foreign language press, with
news and advertisements relating the impracticability
of Bolshevist theories, and the real meaning of Amer-
ican democracy.
Second— Through the English language press for the
purpose of eliminating racial antagonisms, which are
fertile soil for the seed of Bolshevism.
Third — Through the individual plants, by means of
surveys by experts who know the races and their
psychology.
The council is endeavoring also to impress the Amer-
ican public with the necessity of applying scientific
principles to immigration. It is striving to create a
new view point of the subject, to develop public knowl-
edge of its importance to the prosperity of the country,
and its relation to industry and citizenship.
That immigration is of paramount importance to
American prosperity is beyond question. Since the
foreign born came to this country in large numbers,
beginning in 1850, the wealth of the United States
has grown from less than ten billion, to over one hun-
dred billion dollars; the money in circulation has in-
creased from less than three hundred million to five
billion ; the deposits in savings banks have grown one
hundred times as large and exports have jumped from
one hundred and forty million dollars to many growing
billions.
Since the immigrants arrived in large numbers,
wages have increased twenty times, and the value of the
products produced have jumped from one billion to
twenty-five billion dollars.
The Inter-racial Council has been stating these facts
to the country through the newspapers, and syndicate
services, through trade journals, house organs, through
addresses before business organizations, and groups of
leading influential men. But it has not been doing half
enough; it has not been doing one-tenth of its job, and
why? Because this is a big job, requiring the support
of the entire business field, requiring an organization
extending all over the United States and ramifying into
all of the leading cities of the country.
Until such time as the Council can command the uni-
fied support of American business, it will go on hitting
the high spots, at least, and will continue to refute the
ridiculous arguments of restrictionists who would limit
the progress of America to the gait of a lame pedestrian.
One thing it will not fail to do will be to point out the
foolish character of much of the legislation in various
States that prohibit the foreign born from engaging
in certain occupations. We have proclaimed in our
Declaration of Independence that all men were created
equal; that they were endowed with equal rights, among
them life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. We
state those things in our Declaration of Independence,
but we enact laws in our state legislatures denying the
foreign born the right to pursue happiness. In the
State of Pennsylvania, if the children of a foreign born
resident have a dog, he must shoot it or otherwise get
rid of it. In Pennsylvania and other states, an immi-
grant may not secure a job on public works. In Wyo-
ming he is forbidden to be a guide in the mountains;
in Virginia he may not be a junk dealer, and in Florida,
Virginia, Texas, Washington and Ohio he may not sell
fish or oysters. In Michigan he may not become a
barber. I could cite a score of other instances of dis-
criminatory laws against the foreign born.
Then there is the literacy test, which bars admittance
to immigrants who cannot read and write 40 words in
any language. This test may keep out the illiterates
who may be, and often are, very intelligent; it does not
keep out the potential crooks, and revolutionary agi-
tators who, as a rule, can read and write in several
languages. There is the regulation which bars the
stimulation of immigrants. This regulation is so
worded as to prohibit the dissemination in Europe of
information relating to opportunities and conditions
prevailing in the United States.
What about legislation on the positive side, instead of
the negative? What about an up-to-date twentieth cen-
tury policy that will consider things in a common-sense
way — a policy that will provide for information, pro-
tection, selection and distribution and that will handle
the immigrant from the time he embarks aboard ship
until he is settled down in his job in America. This is
a business proposition. The best interests of American
business require that such steps be taken. American
business has been passive on the subject if not indiffer-
ent to its best economic interests.
The steps that ought to be taken in the interests of
our immigration are well defined. It is not a question
of hitting in the dark as we have on many other occa-
sions. For over a year every phase of this subject has
been studied thoroughly by the Inter-racial Council,
which has assembled these facts from all over the world.
It knows what must be done, but these things cannot
be done without the co-operation of the business bodies;
it cannot be done without the expenditure of funds in
the interest of education and information. These things
will not take care of themselves.
The agency already exists for planning; for getting
the people together; for presenting the proper view-
point; for mobilizing the facts — that agency is the Inter-
racial Council, and I commend it to you for your who'e-
hearted co-operation and support.
Expanding Punch for Aluminum Ware
By John Lindgeen
On page 615 of the American Machinist J. R. Shep-
pard asks why a hydraulic press is not used instead
of the expanding punch for producing panels on alum-
inum ware.
There are several reasons, perhaps the most impor'iant
of which is the extra time required. A two-piece die,
such as he mentions, has been tried on the operation,
using a rubber filler instead of hydraulic pressure with
fairly good results; but difficulty was encountered in
supplying a locking mechanism strong enough to hold
the pressure and at the same time be easily operated.
It is doubtful if a shell could be expanded by the
hydraulic method so as to save a spinning operation,
for the reason that the body of the utensil is larger
than the neck, and in expanding a drawn shell from, say
4i to 6 in., the metal would continue to stretch at its
weakest point till it broke.
A spinning operation would be required anyway, to
take care of the trimming and beading.
1068f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol, 53, No. 23
KS FROM T»ii
Valentine Francis
The Situation of the German
Machine Industry
A close survey of the present situa-
tion of the German machine industry
shows a slight improvement. Reports
from various industrial centers would
indicate that the utter stagnation which
obtained up to a few weeks ago has
given way to an increased activity
which is more or less marked in the
different branches. One of the indus-
tries reporting improved business is
the textile machinery line while the
sewing machine branch is likewise do-
ing better than in the beginning of
the year.
An inquiry among manufacturers as
regards prices would show, however,
that a reduction of sales prices in the
near future appears unlikely in view
of the fact that foundries are unable
to reduce prices owing to the high
prices for iron imported from abroad.
The situation in the machine-tool in-
dustry still remains unsatisfactory,
though in this industry, too, a slight
improvement has been noticeable.
Many concerns report a decided ac-
tivity so far as inquiries are concerned,
but the number of deals closed is still
meager on account of the reticent atti-
tude of consumers, who firmly believe
in an imminent break of prices. Manu-
facturers, on the other hand, strongly
deny the possibility of a reduction of
prices in the near future on a scale
worth mentioning. Another interesting
feature of the general situation is the
marked absence of foreign orders for
German machine tools, which is gen-
erally explained by the overstocking
of foreign markets.
The agricultural machinery and im-
plement industry is severely affected
by adverse conditions. Sales are lack-
ing and a number of factories are work-
ing part time only, while some works
have even closed down altogether. For-
eign orders are scarce owing to the
overstocking of warehouses, and the
negotiations between the Allies and Ger-
many for the purpose of placing orders
with the German industry have not ad-
vanced beyond the initial stage as yet.
Although the present time of the year
was never conspicuous for lively busi-
ness the fact should not be overlooked
that the stagnation of business in this
industry is rather marked. Practically
the same applies to the woodworking
machinery line as well as the electrical
machinery and apparatus industry,
where business on a small scale only
is being done.
The bicycle industry is also complain-
ing about the scarcity of orders, and
this in spite of the recent reductions
of prices.
A War Memorial
As a recognition of its employees
who served either at home or abroad
during the great war the Brown &
Sharpe Manufacturing Co., Providence,
R. I., has issued a worth-while memo-
rial in the form of a splendidly printed
volume of ninety-five pages, bound in a
substantial manner. These books have
been distributed first to the families of
the nineteen who lost their lives, sec-
ond to all of the 911 who saw service
and who could be located, and finally
to the several thousand employees now
with the company who served during
the war period. It has been impossible
to locate all of the boys who went into
the service and if any of these who
read this will communicate with the
Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing Co.
they will receive a copy which has been
reserved especially for them.
The book is illustrated with a color
frontispiece, showing the service flag
and a portrait of each of the nineteen
who died in service. There is a note
of appreciation from Henry B. Sharpe,
which refers to the patriotic endeavors
of all the employees during the crisis
and expressing the thought that the
whole record is one to which everyone
will look back with pride in the years
to come.
The volume has been prepared with
extreme care, not only as to text but
also its illustrations, arrangement and
general appearance. It makes a highly
commendable appreciation of the serv-
ices rendered and will be treasured by
those who formed a part of the BroAvn
& Sharpe organization during the war.
Steel Fabricating Corporation
Building New Factory
The Steel Fabricating Corporation, of
Harvey, 111., is building a new plant at
Michigan City, Ind., to provide for the
increasing demand for its sectional steel
buildings. These buildings are designed
according to the best engineering prac-
tices and are built for strength, serv-
ice and satisfaction. The trusses, for
example, supporting the roof are of the
standard Fink type hot riveted through-
out, the same as are used in the
heaviest engineering jobs, such as sky-
scrapers and bridges. These trusses
not only support the roof but will carry
extra overhead loads, such as line-shaft-
ing for running machinery, or trolley
conveyors for distributing materials
around the factory, up to three tons
without additional bracing.
The new factory will cover more than
two city blocks and a half mile of
switches in and around the plant have
been installed.
Soviet Russia Places Big Order
in United States
Following are the commodities, with
the quantities, that Washington D. Van-
derlip says the Russian Soviet Govern-
ment has ordered from him and to sup-
ply which, he asserts, he will organize
a Pacific Coast syndicate:
"Five thousand locomotives, 50,000
box cars, 2,000,000 tons of rails and rail
fixtures, 2,100 gasoline and steam trac-
tors, 1,000,000 plows, harrows, culti-
vators, drills, mowing machines, thresh-
ers and binders, 1,500 gasoline trac-
tors, 2,000 linotype machines, 2,000
lathes, 500 steam boilers, 300 water
turbines, 350 narrow gage locomo-
tives, 50 generators, 350 gasometers,
10,000 automobile trucks and cars,
50,000 electric motors and dynamos and
7,000,000 tools.
"Three hundred thousand tons of
metals, lead, tin, babbitt, antimony, etc.,
50,000 tons rubber, 30,000 tons binder
twine, 25,000 tons cocoa and coffee, 100
excavators, 500 steam engines, 100
oceangoing steamships of 10,000 tons
and upward, 2,000 river steamers, motor
boats and launches, 500 electric loco-
motives, 10,000 airplanes, 2,500 pas-
senger cars, 5,000 street cars, 50,000
tons axles and tires, 5,000 sets of pumps
and accessories, 30,000 sets of telegraph
and telephone apparatus and 5,000 auto-
matic block system sets.
"A thousand grain storing elevators,
10,000 cold storage plants, 250 dredgers
for gold mining, 1,000 railroad exca-
vators, 250 dredgers, 1,000 powerhouse
installations, 100,000 tons of tool steel,
50,000 typevn-iters, 50,000 weighing
scales and measures.
"Two hundred seventy thousand tons
cotton. 6,000,000 tons coal, 25,000,000
pairs footwear, 50,000 tons leather,
125,000 tons hemp and flax manufac-
tures, 500,000,000 cans condensed milk,
500,000,000 cans meat and other canned
goods.
"Thirty-five thousand tons of resins,
1,000,000 tons copra, 10,000 tons joiners'
and turners' precision work, 60,000 tons
saltpetre, 20,000 tons chemical products
and materials, 160,000 tons tanning ma-
terials, 60,000 tons dyeing materials."
— New York Herald.
Railroad Income Short
The Bureau of Railway Economics
announces that the net operating
income for September of Class I
railroads of the country fell approx-
imately $29,343,000 or 26.9 per cent
short of the amount expected under
increased rates. This figrure is based
on reports from 207 railroads of that
class having a total mileage of 237,899
miles.
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1068g
Money and Markets
Credit Situation
The country's credit requirements
have, during the period under review,
reached a maximum level. Pressure
may for a time continue at this current
high level but no substantial increase
is anticipated in the demand for bank-
ing accommodations, either for crop
financing or to meet commercial and
industrial requirements. The credit
position is essentially sound and the
future is to be regarded with confidence.
The banks and reserve institutions
have financed the enormous volume of
current requirements with no weaken-
ing of their resei-ve strength. The
beginning of a reduction in the aggre-
gate of these requirements is now evi-
dent. Loans of reporting member banks
of the reserve system expanded stead-
ily until the middle of October. A mod-
erate contraction is now shown. Interior
banks in diverse sections of the coun-
try are moderately increasing the vol-
ume of their purchases of commercial
paper, an evidence of the release of
funds from other employments. They
have also begun, in a small way, to
reduce their borrowings with other
banks. Such contraction as has oc-
curred is not of large volume. It is
important, however, because in the
present difficult situation it indicates an
ability greater than might have been
anticipated on the part of both the
interior banks and their customers to
liquidate outstanding obligations.
Money Rates
Open market rates on commercial
loans have continued unchanged on an
8 per cent level, with country banks
purchasing paper in fair volume. Call
money was tight, ruling throughout
most of the period at from 9 to 10 per
cent, but easing at the close to 7 per
cent. The continuing high rates in the
call money market reflected the general
stringency of credit rather than the re-
quirements of the stock market, where
sharp liquidation continued throughout
the period. Moderate offerings of time
money may reasonably be expected
shortly, as funds are released from
other uses. This would result in lower
quotations. Prime bank acceptances
were in active demand in reduced
supply.
General Conditions
The determining factor in the entire
situation continues to be the reluctance
of consumers to buy, partly because of
their expectation that prices may go
even lower, and in part because of the
curtailment of purchasing power of
large sections of the buying public.
Farmers are not purchasing actively
at present because prices of the prod-
ucts which they have to offer in ex-
change have declined sharply. Wage
earners hesitate to purchase because
their earnings are being curtailed by
increasing unemployment and in some
cases by reduction in wages.
The adjustment of prices to new
conditions of supply and demand
has proved difficult. Two factors on
the buying side of the equation offer
much encouragement, however. In com-
parison with those classes whose in-
come increased rapidly during ths pe-
riod of rising prices, the decline in
prices which has already taken place
has increased the purchasing power of
salaried employees and persons in re-
ceipt of fixed incomes from investments.
Large crops assure a fair volume of
buying throughout the agricultural
parts of the country, especially the
grain states. Farmers unquestionably
are delaying their purchases until the
prices of what they must buy approach
the level at which they must sell their
crops. As that level is approached
they will buy in increasing volume, be-
cause their position is essentially
sound. — National Bank of Commerce in
New York.
» '
Steel Products Engineering Co.
Kuys Averbeck Patents
The patent rights and tools of the
Henry J. Averbeck Shaper Co., of Cov-
ington, Ky., have been purchased by the
Steel Products Engineering Co., of
Springfield, Ohio, for the purpose of
manufacturing the Averbeck shaper on
a big production scale. Henry J. Aver-
beck was president of the company and
was also inventor and designer of the
shaper. He and his brother Lawrence
will continue in general machine-shop
business at their present address, hav-
ing kept their standard machine-shop
equipment. The Steel Products Engi-
neering Co. also manufactures airplane
motors and a universal gage grinder.
Georgia To Make Pig Iron?
The special train of the Georgia
School of Technology with about 150
prominent business men of Georgia
aboard left Atlanta Wednesday after-
noon, Nov. 17, for an industrial tour
which included inspection of industrial
plants in the cities of Cincinnati, Buf-
falo, Niagara Falls, Pittsburgh, Bos-
ton, New York and Washington. One
of the main purposes of the tour was
to inspect iron and steel plants in the
above named cities with a view to estab-
lishing blast furnaces in Georgia to
make pig iron from ore mined in that
state. All Georgia-mined iron ore is
now sent outside the state for this
purpose as there are no furnaces there.
Cancellation of Orders Affecting
Our Standing Abroad
Order cancellations, the repudiation
of contracts and the protesting of
irrevocable credits on technical grounds
by some American import concerns
have lately assumed such proportions
that they threaten to jeopardize the
standing of the United States in the
markets of the world.
These practices (according to the
Guaranty Trust Company of New York
in "American Goods and Foreign
Markets," its semi-monthly survey of
international trade), whatever justifi-
cation they may or may not have, pre-
sent the most serious feature of Amer-
ican foreign-trade relations today. They
have been resorted to in most cases
because the recent decline in commodity
prices has occasioned substantial losses
to importers here, who, consequently,
are endeavoring to relieve themselves of
obligations entered into with foreign
houses.
American business men, on the other
hand, complain that contracts abroad
have been cancelled even oftener than
in this country, and that infractions of .
the rules of business ethics are less
common here than abroad.
The following letter from a promi-
nent Far Eastern bank is a typcial ex-
pression of the general dissatisfaction
in foreign fields over the situation:
To our extreme regret we must inform
you that lately both banks and merchants
fiere feel some uneasiness concerning the
possibilities of continuing the close business
relations which were established with your
country during the war and which until
recently have developed to the satisfaction
of all concerned.
This uneasiness, which we are sorry to
observe almost everywhere, is due to un-
fortunate experiences of late regarding the
attitude of American buyers toward their
business contracts. . . . ,
Refusals by American banks to honor
drafts drawn under their letters of credit
because of quite insigniflcant deviations
from the usual wording of letters of credit
have recently occurred again and again,
notwithstanding that the bankers have im-
mediately offered guarantees of redress for
such small inaccuracies. Obviously, these
refusals were instigated by American buy-
ers, and one cannot help feeling inclined
to attribute the attitude of American banks
to the changed attitude of American mer-
chants. .1, j_
Although it may be that such methods
are practiced only by merchants who have
already acquired repute in your country for
unsymiiathetic commercial principles, you
will readily understand that the victims
here naturally generalize in their conclu-
sions, and tluis great harm is being done
to the develojiment of our trade witn
America. . , , .. _
The exchange banks m Java, under the
circumstances, are reluctant to take Amer-
ican bills. Hence, the extent of our busi-
ness relations may be seriously affected,
which we are trying our best to prevent.
We deem it our duty to draw attention
to these facts, and trust that they will
bring home to American importers the lajCt
that such acts as those mentioned in the
foregoing ultimately will prove seriously
detrimental to American business relations
abroad, the gi-owing extent and intimacy of
which we have been watching all these
years with the utmost pleasure and satis-
faction.
1068h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol 53, No.
In justice to American business men,
however, it should be stated that most
of them are living up to not only the
letter but also to the spirit of their
contracts here and abroad. And,
although we have no desire, of course,
to excuse any American business man
or bank from the responsibility of
carrying out a contract in an honorable
way, it must be admitted, in fairness,
that there are extenuating, if not
wholly justifiable, grounds for some of
the repudiations of contracts.
For instance, it is asserted that in
numerous cases, when an American im-
porter has purchased sugar in Java,
the merchant there postponed shipment
as long as possible on a rising market
and traded "in and out" to the immi-
nent risk of the American buyer; and
very frequently, it is contended, only
when forced by a declining market and
by the approaching expiration of the
letter of credit under the contract has
the Java merchant shipped the sugar.
It is also alleged by American im-
porters that, more frequently than
occasionally, merchandise purchased
abroad has not actually been on board
ship within the time specified and that
bills of lading have been issued dated
back within the life of the credit. Con-
sequently, American merchants feel
that they are entitled to reject the
goods on a legal technicality, in order
to protect themselves against what they
regard as commercial bad faith on the
part of the shippers.
American importers complain like-
wise that contracts have been cancelled
abroad oftener than here, citing large
numbers of such repudiations in South
America and in Europe, including
Great Britain. They point out that
even legislation has been invoked to
make the entrance of their goods into
port illegal (referring specifically to
the rice situation in Cuba).
American bankers can testify that it
has become a hazard to make advances
on collections drawn on buyers in many
foreign countries. As a matter of fact,
so great has this hazard become that
most bankers in the United States are
disposed now to make advances on such
collections only in the case of drawers
of the strongest financial responsibility.
And whatever the foundation for the
complaints of foreign banks, we are
confident that it is not related to the
action of any of the long-established
international American banks.
But in this critical readjustment
period, it is even more essential than
in normal times to preserve the highest
business ethics in foreign trade, as well
as domestic commerce. Our whole com-
mercial structure rests upon a contrac-
tual basis, which, in turn, is founded
upon solemn moral obligations. We
cannot ever afford to impair the sta-
bility of that structure, and certainly
not at this time, of all times, by per-
mitting any weakening or deterioration
of its S*Jry cornerstone.
The Metric System and the Lum-
ber Industry in South America
South American countries have been
pointed to in recent metric propaganda
as enthusiastic users of the metric sys-
tem of weights and measures.
Nowhere does theory differ more
widely from practice. The lumber in-
dustry furnishes one of the many in-
stances that can be quoted, as will ap-
pear from the following letter received
by American Institute of Weights and
Measures:
Permit me to say that I have had con-
siderable personal experience in practically
every important Latin-American country,
with the exception of Venezuela and Colom-
bia, in worlt involving the use or purchase
of lumber, and with very tew exceptions I
have not found the metric system to be
used to any appreciable extent. It is true
that in certain government specifications
in certain countries lumber is calculated
by the cubic meter, and in other countries
they find it convenient to spealt of square
meters of lumber, which is estimated to be
1-in. thick, but wherever the English meas-
ure is not very obviously the one used I
have found the tendency to be to use a
corresponding Spanish measure of feet and
inches, which varies very slightly from the
English inch. It is, of course, a matter of
considerable annoyance at times to have
a divei'gence in the use of technical terms,
but any attempt made to compel people to
use the metric system, as regards the lum-
ber industry, would, in my personal and
humble opinion, be futile.
I have Just returned from a trip to the
major portion of all the principal countries
of South America and have made it a point
to consider this subject in more than an
incidental way, and my experience has been
such that I would not feel Justified in rec-
ommending a tiansfer to the metric system
in handling lumber.
(Signed) V. L. Havens,
Editor, Ingenieria Intemacional.
Aug. 23, 1920.
The lumber interests in the United
States are fully aware of this fact.
Their position is indicated by the reso-
lutions quoted below as being opposed
to the compulsory adoption of the met-
ric system:
New Jersey Lumbermen's Associa-
tion, Executive Committee, Newark, N.
J., Sept. 14, 1920:
Be it resolved, that the New Jersey
Lumbermen's Association fs decidedly and
unanimously opposed to the adoption of
the metric system. It is felt that the adop-
tion of this system would result (n endless
confusion and great expense, and there is
no necessity for a change in our system of
weights and measures.
National Retail Lumber Dealers' As-
sociation, Board of Directors and Exe-
cutive Committee, Chicago, 111., Oct. 22,
1920:
Absolutely and positively opposed to the
proposed metric system, and is in favor of
our present system of weights and meas-
The man who always retains his head
can usually retain a goodly share of
other things. — Forbes Magazine (N. Y.) .
Fritz J. Frank Now President of
Iron-Age Publishing Co.
Fritz J. Frank, vice-president of the
Iron Age Publishing Co., has been
elected president of that company, fol-
lowing the resignation of William H.
Taylor, who has been president and gen-
eral manager for more than ten years.
Mr. Taylor has resigned because of
ill-health, and has retired from active
connection with the Iron Age Publish-
ing Co. He came to the Iro7i Age as
general manager, after a group of pub-
lishers had acquired the ownership
from David Williams. Previously, Mr.
Taylor had been connected with various
trade and engineering publications over
a period of fifteen years, having for
a time been vice-president of the Mc-
Graw Publishing Co. and, later, presi-
dent of the Taylor Publishing Co. of
Chicago, which consolidated the Engi-
neer and Steam Engineering. He and
his associates on acquiring the Iro7i Age
separated what had long been the hard-
ware department of this journal, and
established it as Hardware Age.
Fritz J. Frank, who succeeds Mr.
Taylor, has been with the Iron Age
Publishing Co. since 1910, after an
active association with other trade pub-
lications, among them Colliery Engi-
neer and the Mining and Scientific
Press. He has a wide acquaintance in
the iron and steel and machinery trades,
is experienced in business journalism,
and is thoroughly committed to the tra-
ditions and standards of Iron Age,
which belongs in that progressive group
of business publications which put edi-
torial service to the reader as the basis
for substantial and sound publishing
development.
McCormick's Plan for Reorgani-
zation of U. S. Departments
Reorganization of Government de-
partments is provided in a bill drafted
by Senator Medill McCormick of Illi-
nois for introduction in the coming ses-
sion of Congress. The provisions of the
measure have been discussed by Sena-
tor McCormick with President-elect
Harding, who, according to a statement
issued through Senator McCormick's
office, expressed great interest in the
proposition. The bill wll not be pushed
until after the new President takes
office.
New departments of public works and
public welfare are created by the bill.
The Interior Department is abolished.
All bureaus and functions not germane
to the national finance are taken away
from the Treasury Department and all
duties not connected with the national
defense are taken from the War De-
partment. Existing agencies which are
scattered irrelevantly through the Gov-
ernment organization are co-ordinated
and grouped in related departments.
The bill brings together in the Depart-
ment of Public Works all important
engineering and building services of the
Government, and authorizes the secre-
tary of public works to make such
changes in the organization of these
existing agencies as will increase their
efficiency and lead to economy of ex-
penditures. Included in the new De-
partment of Public Works will be the
Geological Survey, the Bureau of Mines,
the Reclamation Service, the General
Land Office, the National Park Service,
the Division of Capital Buildings and
Grounds, and the Alaskan Engineering
Commission, all of which are now in the
Department of the Interior; the office
of supervising architect, which is now
in the Treasury Department; the Bu-
reau of Public Roads and Forest Serv-
ice, which are now in the Department
of Agriculture, the Board of Engineers
December 2, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
1068i
Demagnetlzer^ "Demagrnetoor*
William Brewster Co., 30 Church St., New York
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
It is claimed that this demagnetizer
will demagnetize tools to zero instantly
and that it is not necessary to rub the
tools back and forth on the demag-
netizer, but only to put them on and
take them off.
loathe. Turret, Oeared-Head
Warner & Swasey Co., Cleveland, Ohio
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
Til is machine is de-
signed for machining al-
loy-steel gear blanks,
long drilling operations
in the solid, and taking
heavy facing and form-
ing cuts. Twelve spindle
speeds and reverse are
olJtainable. The No. 4
lathe is equipped with
the standard No. 4 cut-
off ; the No. 6 can be
equipped with the reg-
ular cutoff or with a
"heavy-duty" carriage.
There are six jiower cross-feeds and the turrets can be equipped
with power feed having four changes. Specifications — No. 4,
maximum capacities: Round bar stock, diameter, IJ in.
Length turned. 10 in. Swing over bed, 16 in. Swing over cross-
.slide, 7 in. No. 6, maximum capacities; Round bar stock, diam-
eter, 2i in. Length turned, 12 in. Swing over bed, 20g in.
Swing over cross-slide, 9} in.
Grinding Machine. Disk, Vertlcal-Spindle, "No. 142"
Badger Tool Co., Beloit, Wis.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
This machine is of the vertical
spindle type. The work to be
ground is placed on top of the
disk and suitable crossbars or
stops prevent it from revolving.
The spindle is mounted in radial
and thrust ball-bearings, the
thrust bearing being adjacent to
the disk collar. The machine is
built in motor-driven type only.
Specifications: Disk, 42-in. diam-
eter. Motor, l.'j hp. Speed, 600
r.p.m. Complete equipment in-
cludes: Steel disk wheel, press for
attaching abrasive disks, oil com-
pensator, extra .assortment of
abrasive disks and an assortment
of supplies. Weight 3,000 lb.
Tap. rollapsible
Rickert-Shafer Co., Erie, Pa.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
The claims made for this tap
are : that the .action of withdraw-
ing or collapsing the chasers is
positive with no liability to stick ;
that in tapping to a predeter-
mined depth or close to the bot-
tom of a hole, full reliance may
be placed on its action as the
chasers will collapse at the proper
point ; that adjustment for size
can be made to fractional thou-
sandths of an inch ; that the tap will hold to size within the
most exacting limits and that the use of sizing hand taps can be
dispensed with. Taps of this type are made in sizes from one
to ten incites.
Dresser, Grinding-Wheel, "Metcalf*
Oliver Machinery Co., Grand Rapids. Mich.
"American Miichinist," Nov. 4, 1920
There are three types, "A,"
"B" and "C." Type "A"
is for hand dressing and
is shown by the illustra-
tion. Type "B" is for use
with a toolpost. The dresser
consists of a 4 X 15 -in. abra-
sive wheel revolving freely
on its axis. The type "A"
wheel is recommended for
truing square, round, bevel
or V-edges on wheels 1 in.
or less in thickness ; type
"B" for use with cylindrical grinding machines, and
"C" for working in close quarters to true stiuare, round,
or V-etlges on wheels 1 in, or less in thickness, and
straight or dished wheels.
type
bevel
the sides on
Riveter, Stake for Marine Boiler FlanKes
Baird Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas City. Mo.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
This riveter can readily be used in
tlie fabrication of any boiler or tube
work where the requirements call for
operating equipment having the pos-
sibility of adjustment necessary in any
of the difllculties met with in such con-
struction. Tlie adjusting screw is of
tlie liuttress type and the air cylinders
are of the tandem-unit type, both pistons
being on tlie same rod. Specifications:
Reach, 5 in. Gap. 12 in. Die adjust-
ment. 3 in. Will drive 1-in. rivets. Air
consumption, 4 cu.ft. per drive. Length,
33 in. Height, 40 in. Weight, 750 lb.
Drill, Two-8pindle, Electric
Black & Decker Manufacturing Co., Towson Heights. Baltimore,
Md.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
This drill is intended for drill-
ing the holes for automobile cur-
tain fastener.s. The handle of
the device is like that of an auto-
matic pistol and a jnill on the
trigger sets both spindles in- mo-
tion, while a second jiuii stops
them. The -"notor and the driv-
ing gears are said to be sin\i)le,
yet rugged, the gears being made
of heat-treated steel. The two
spindles, which are only J in.
from center to center, have spe-
cial chucks for holding i-in. drills.
Scaling Tool, Valveless
George Oldham Son & Co., Baltimore, Md.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
This tool is intended for re-
moving scale from boiler tubes
and crown sheets, as well as paint
and rust from all metal surfaces.
It is claimed that it gives a light
rapid blow that removes scale
without injury to the surface. It
can be fitted with a pipe exten-
sion that enables it to reach
places which could not be reached
otherwise. It measures only 3 J
in. overall, weighs 2J lb., and
will operate on any standard air
Ijressure.
CUv. paste on 3 X 5-in. cards and file as desired
iq^sj
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
for Rivers and Harbors, the Board of
Engineers of New York City, the office
of Supervisor of the Harbor of New
York, the United States Engineers of-
fices, the Mississippi River Commission,
the Board of Road Commissioners for
Alaska, and the Office of Public Build-,
ings and Grounds, all of which are now
in the War Department. The Federal
Power Commission is abolished, and its
functions transferred to the Depart-
ment of Public Works.
New departments of Public Works
will include the Bureau of War
Risk Insurance and the Public Health
Service, now in the Treasury Depart-
ment; the Pension Bureau, and the Of-
fice of Indian Affairs, now in the In-
terior Department; the Women's
Bureau of the Department of Labor;
the Federal Board for Vocational Edu-
cation, and other miscellaneous agen-
cies.
The bill abolishes the office of Con-
troller of the Currency and transfers
the functions of that office to the Fed-
eral Reserve Board. Inasmuch as the
Controller of the Currency is ex-officio
member of the Federal Reserve Board
this action would automatically de-
crease the membership of the board
from seven to six and make the Secre-
tary of the Treasury the single ex-
officio member of the board.
The bill enlarges the jurisdiction of
the Department of Commerce by trans-
ferring to it the Patent Office which
is now in the Department of the In-
terior; the Weather Bureau, which is
now in the Department of Agriculture;
the Coast Guard, which is now in the
Treasury Department; the Lake Survey
Office, which is now in the War Depart-
ment; and the Inland and Coastwise
Waterways Service, which is now in the
War Department.
The bill creates an additional Assist-
ant Secretary of State who would have
jurisdiction over insular affairs. Juris-
diction over territories such as Alaska,
now under the Department of Interior,
would be transferred to the State De-
partment.
The Alien Property Custodian's office
and the Division of Secret Service are
placed under the Department of Justice.
The Board of Mediation and Con-
ciliation is abolished and its functions
transferred to the Department of
Labor. The Council of National De-
fense is abolished and its functions dis-
continued. The botanical garden is
transferred to the Department of Agri-
culture.
The reorganization is similar to that
which was effected in the State of Illi-
nois by Governor Lowden. Senator Mc-
Cormick was a member of the Illinois
Legislature at the time an investiga-
tion was begun looking toward such
consolidation and figured prominently
in the movement.
Senator McCormick, just before his
departure for Europe this week, said
the purpose in introducing the bill at
the approaching session is to bring about
discussion and study, to the end that
when Congress acts the best possible
scheme will have been worked out.
The Rebirth of French Industry
The French information service of
the Bankers Trust Co. of New York
has obtained data compiled by the
ministry of the liberated regions cov-
ering industrial reconstruction progress
in the devastated parts of France
up to Oct. 1, 1920. The ministry's
figures show that the number of dam-
aged or destroyed industrial plants
again operating in these regions on
that date was more than two and a
half times as many as were operating
on the same date last year. These es-
tablishments comprise more than 76
per cent of the total number of indus-
trial plants in the devastated territory
which were damaged or destroyed.
In spite of scarcity of labor due to
the loss of man-power in the war, the
high cost of materials and the huge
task of restoration necessary before
productive activity could be resumed,
these plants are now employing in ac-
tual production nearly half as many
men as were employed in all the indus-
trial establishments in the desolated
regions in 1914.
The enormous task represented by
this progress and its importance, not
only to the economic stability of France
but of western Europe generally, may
be realized, in part, from the fact that
the devastated territory in the north
where France has made such great
strides toward business rehabilitation
was before the war the richest indus-
trial section of the country.
Ruin in Productive Regions
The twelve invaded departments, ten
of which were left in ruins, produced
63 per cent of France's total steel out-
put, 81 per cent of her textiles, 92 per
cent of iron ore and more than 50 per
cent of fuel.
France's increasing resumption of in-
dustrial activity in the departments in
the north which were wasted by war is
illustrated by the table showing by
three-month periods the progress made
in beginning anew the operation of
mines, factories, manufacturing plants
and other industrial establishments:
Xo. of Per Cent of
Factories Total
Resumed Work Number
in Whole Damaged or
or in Part Destroyed
October 1, 1919 1,278 30
January I, 1920 1,806 42 5
April I. 1920 2,412 56.9
July 1, 1920 3,004 70.8
October I, 1920 3,239 76.4
What the Census Shows
The census of industrial establish-
ments damaged or destroyed as of Oct.
1, 1920, totalled 4,241, employing
twenty or more workmen. These con-
cerns employed before the war 773,639
workers. The latest data available
from the affected areas shows that on
Oct. 1, 1920, 345,664 workers had again
taken up productive occupations in in-
dustry in these areas. This was 44.6
per cent of the total number employed
before the war and more than twice as
many as the number employed in pro-
duction a year ago. The percentage of
workmen returned on Oct. 1, 1919, was
20.8 per cent.
In textile manufacture, especially
woolen, cotton and linen, France's in-
dustrial recovery has made notable
progress. This is particularly true of
the Lille district including Roubaix and
Tourcoing where 409 out of 478 fac-
tories damaged or destroyed have
wholly or partly resumed manufacture
and more than 67 per cent of the pre-
war number of workers are again em-
ployed.
Blast Furnaces Active
Although severely handicapped by
lack of coke, the metal and metal work-
ing industry is rapidly assuming satis-
factory productive capacity. Of fifty
blast furnaces damaged or destroyed,
thirty-seven have been lighted again;
of 844 metal working plants, 736 have
resumed production with 50 per cent
of their normal force of employees; 62
per cent of the copper and bronze foun-
dries damaged or destroyed are work-
ing to full or partial capacity; 51 per
cent of the iron foundries and 45 per
cent of the nut and bolt factories.
In the chemical industry in the de-
vastated districts 111 out of 142 plants
affected by the war are again in opera-
tion and 54 per cent of their normal
working force is employed. France ex-
pects to make even more of her chemi-
cal industry now than ever before.
Large installations of hydro-electric
power have been made for the conver-
sion of chemical plants which were en-
gaged in explosives manufacture into
electro-chemical plants and electro-
metallurgical operations. It is expected
that French agriculture will benefit
considerably from the native produc-
tion of nitrates which it is hoped will
take the place of nitrates hitherto ob-
tained from Chile.
Speeding the COAii Output
Reconstruction of the coal mines of
France is being pushed with all possible
speed and effectiveness. In the depart-
ment of Pas de Calais the work is more
difficult than in the department of the
Nord (these two being the principal
coal regions) because the devastation
was absolute above and below ground.
In spite of this fact, however, the pro-
duction of coal in Pas de Calais in
September this year was 714,292 tons,
nearly 100,000 tons more than Sep-
tember a year ago. The total coal
production of France for the month of
September was 2,419,015 tons as com-
pared with 1,838,000 tons in September,
1919.
The Morse Chain Co., Ithaca, N. Y..
manufacturers of the Morse "rocker-
joint" silent chain, used on automobiles
for power transmission, has established
a Detroit branch factory, which will be
devoted exclusively to the manufacture
of silent chain sprockets and the Morse
adjustment. The company will con-
December 2, 1920
Give a Square . Deal — and Demand One
1068k
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
MeaKUriiiK Miicliine, Gage, Universal, "Wickman"
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
This machine gives comparator readings
of diameters and pitches to an accuracy
of 0.00001 in., and. it is said, has proved
capable of obtaining comparator measure-
ments of length and diameters to an accu-
racy of 0.000005 in. Magnification is carried
out by a combination of mechanical and
optical means ; a mechanical magnificatioii
of 6il to 1 is magnified approximately 7ii
times by means of light, resulting in a
magnification of 4.000 to 1, which elimi-
nates the personal element. Capacity :
Length gages up to 12 in. ; major. Core and
effective diameter measurements of screw-
plug gages up to 6 in. diameter ; pitch of
screw plug gages up to 4 in. diameter.
Drilling MaoliLneH, Radial, Blevat:r!K--^r:-i
William Asquith (1920). Ltd., Halifa.\. England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
This macliine is made in o ft. 9 -
in. and 4 ft. 6 in. radii, with either
flat baseplate or self-contained box
bed, and 5 ft. radius with flat plate
only. The spindle can be started,
reversed or stonped at any speed ;
"the self-acting- feed motion, through
worm and wormwheel. is instantly
engaged or disengaged by friction
gearing. Fine hand feed motion is
provided as well as quick hand ad-
justment. The auxiliary spindle is
driven off the main spindle and
runs on ball bearings, en'ibli'^g the
machine to drill both large and
small holes at the correct siieeds.
Either motor or belt drive can be
furnished.
l>rilline: Macliine, Kailial, Girder
William A.squi;h (1920), Ltd., Halifa.x, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 4, ll920
This is said to be pracuically a
"ball bearing" machine, giving easy
running and operation. It is made
in 6-ft. radius size only. This type
can be adapted to various forms of
drive, both belt and motor. The
spindle is supported on a sleeve,
which carries the steel feed-rack,
with double ball-thrust washer and
ball-bearing Journal. A comi>ensat-
ing si)ring balance device is provided
for the vertical adjustment of the
spindle, and a lever on the saddle
starts or stops the spindle instantly.
A hand and self-acting traverse to
the spindle is embodied in the
machine.
Drilling .Machine, Radial, Medium Size
William Asquith (1920), Ltd., Halifax, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
Designed as a high-speed drill-
ing machine of medium size. It
drills holes of moderate diameter.
The sleeve carrying the arm is
rotated on ball and roller Ijear-
ings. .\ triple lock lever simul-
taneously clamps the saddle to
the radial arm, the radial arm
to the sleeve and the sleeve to
the internal pillar. Double ball-
thrust washers take the thrust
on the spindle to which ball
journal bearings are fitted.
Either belt or motor drive can
be furnished. Sizes, 5 ft., 5 ft.
9 in., fi ft. 3 in., and 7 ft. radii;
and also a heavy-duty machine,
in sizes from a to 10 ft. radii.
For a 1-in. drill the penetration
per minute is stated to be 31.3
in. at 500 r.p.m.
Drilling Machine, Radial, Universal, Portable
William Asquith (1920), Ltd., Halifax, England
".\merican Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
The column of this machine can
be locked on the bogie in any posi-
tion along its base. Adjustable
screw- Jacks lift the machine clear
of the floor for working. The ra-
dial arm is built in two sections,
and hand and power elevating mo-
tions are employed. The arm will
swing a complete circle and has a
tilting motion by hand of 30 deg.
The drilling head at the end of the
arm will swivel to any angle. The
spindle end is bored to standard
Morse taper. The motor is 3-hp..
self-contained and reversible ; three
speeds are obtained. Sizes, 4 ft.
9 in., and 5 ft. 9 in.
Grinding Machine, Gage and Form Tool
Lumsden Machine Co,, Ltd.. Gateshead, EJngland
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
The bed is of box section, and
at its rear carries a sliding hori-
zontal shaft, the free end of
which holds the grinding-wheel
spindle and the profile follower.
The large handwheel is for op-
erating the shaft carrying the
grinding wheel, which can be
traversed longitudinally 12 in.
The horizontal handwheel per-
mits of fine lateral adjustment
for the work table, each divi-
sion in the graduations of the
periphery of the handwheel rep-
resenting a movement of 0.001
in. The total movement of the
table thus obtained is 1 in. The
work table can be tilted to 20
deg. ; it is 27 X 8 in. The grind-
ing wheels are 10 in. in diameter, running at 2,100 r.p.m,
swinging travel of the wheel arm is 4 in.
The
Grinding Machine, Surface, Horizontal
Lumsden Machine Co., Ltd., Gateshead, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 4, 19-'
This machine Is suitable
for general plain surface
work, such as flasks, cast-
iron covers, hoods, lathe
legs, columns, etc. Excep-
tional mass has been pro-
vided to insure rigidity, and
the safety of tlie abrasive
mounting has In-en provided
for. The wheel consists of^
a set of blocks secured by
wedges in a housing, from
which they project; its
diameter is 30 in. The tal)le is 70 x 2ii in., with a maximum
traverse of 7 ft. The maximum length that can be ground is
72 in., and the height from table to top edge of wheel is 27 in.
Feed, 0.0005 to i'.016 in. per reverse of table. Power requind.
30 hp. Floor sijace, 22 x 7 ft. Weight. 5 tons.
Drilling Machine, Sensitive, Tliree-8pindle
F. Pollard & Co., Ltd., Leicester, England
■'.American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
This machine is equipped throughout
with ball bearings, and is made with two.
four, or six spindles and in a single-
spindle bench model. The spindle brack-
ets have a vertical adjustment of 8 in.
and are clamped in position by a central
locking bolt. The feed levers are adjust-
able. Each spindle has four speeds, rang-
ing from 385 to 1,092 r.p.m. Diameter of
spindles. 1 in. ; bored No. 2 Morse taper ;
vertical movement, 5 in. Distance be-
tween spindles. 9 in. ; from center to
column face, 74 in. ; from spindle end to
table face. 25 in. Table, 13 x 31 in.
Weight, 1,120 lb.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. card)s and file as desired
10681
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 23
tinue to manufacture chains and power
transmission at the main plant at
Ithaca. The Detroit branch will be
under the general management of F. C.
Thompson, with F. M. Hawley as chief
engineer and C. B. Mitchell as factory
manager. Sales and engineering offices
are located at the Detroit plant, corner
of Eighth and Abbott Streets.
The Greist Manufacturing Co., with
a plant and main office at New Haven,
Conn., has opened a New York sales
office at 296 Broadway. This office will
handle the company's contract work,
consisting of accurate metal stampings,
screw machine work and complete as-
sembled machines of light and accurate
construction. The office is in charge of
A. L. Barrett, recently factory super-
intendent for the Berger & Carter Co.,
San Francisco, Cal.
For the purpose of establishing a
plant to manufacture electrical bat-
teries of various types, mainly for in-
dustrial use, the F. V. L. Smith Bat-
tery Co. has been organized and incor-
porated in Atlanta, Ga., with a capital
stock of $300,000. A new plant is to
bo immediately consti-ucted that will be
the first of its kind in the Southeast,
and have a daily capacity of 1,000
batteries. A chain of stations will also
be established throughout the South.
Thomas W. Clarke, engineer for the
Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey, died
suddenly in Tampico, Oct. 28, 1920.
Mr. Clarke was born in Roxbury, Mass.,
Oct. 21, 1872. He received his engi-
neering education in Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology and was highly
experienced in both mechanical and
civil engineering. On leaving college
he was associated for a time with
Manning, Maxwell & Moore. During
the Spanish-American War he was an
officer in the navy. In 1902 he became
associated with the Standard Oil Co.
as plant engineer of the Eagle works.
In 1905 he was sent to China for the
Standard Oil Co. of New York, where
he was superintendent of construction
and designing engineer in South China.
In 1908 he returned to the United
States and was assigned to the S. T.
Baker Oil Co. to build a compounding
and exporting plant for handling the
Galena oils. Mr. Clarke later took
charge of the construction of domestic
trade plants for the Standard Oil Co.
of New Jersey throughout the United
States and Canada. In 1913 he left
the service of the Standard Oil Co. to
become vice-president and engineer of
the New England Foundation Co. In
February, 1920, he again entered the
service of the Standard Oil Co., to do
special engineering work for the gen-
eral engineering department of the New
Jersey Co. He was assigned to the Cia
Transcontinental de Petroleo, S. A., and
arrived in Tampico, March 1, 1920.
Emanuele Mascherpa, Via Padova
6, Milan, Italy, whose business was
founded in 1903, is an agent for
machine tools and accessories for the
industry and will accept concessions and
agencies or will act as representative
of first-class American firms in the
machine industry.
Webstek Tallmadge, who has been
connected with the Westinghouse Elec-
tric and Manufacturing Co., South
Philadelphia Works, Lester, Pa., is now
manager of the power division, Thomas
A. Edison Industries, Orange, N. J.
Wallace H. Martin has resigned as
associate professor of mechanical en-
gineering at the Pennsylvania State
College and is now professor of heat
engineering at the Oregon Agricultural
College.
Frank T. Wright, resident manager
of the United States Cast Iron Pipe
and Foundry Company, Burlington, N.
J., was recently tendered a reception
in honor of his leaving to become asso-
ciated with his brother in the varnish
manufacturing business at Schenec-
tady, N. Y. Mr. Wright, who was
connected with the Burlington com-
pany for eighteen years, was presented
with a handsome gold watch. Many
of the officials of the company attended
the event.
W. B. DUMONT, export sales man-
ager of the Greenfield Tap and Die
Corporation, Greenfield, Mass.* re-
turned recently from an eight months'
business trip to England, France,
South American countries and Cuba.
Lewis E. Bellows, president of the
Walden-Worcester, Inc., manufacturer
of tools, etc., of Worcester, Mass., was
elected a member of the executive com-
mittee of the Associated Industries of
Massachusetts, at the annual meeting
held recently at the Copley-Plaza Hotel
in Boston.
John C. Spence has been appointed
works manager of the grinding machine
division of the Norton Company, of
Worcester, Mass. He has been with
the company for a number of years
and previous to his new appointment
was superintendent of the grinding
division.
G. Ellsworth Brownell has been
appointed superintendent of the grind-
ing machinery division of the Norton
Co. of Worcester, Mass. Mr. Brownell
was formerly assistant superintendent
of this division.
George E. Quigley has recently been
appointed in charge of the Detroit ter-
ritory of the Wickwire-Spencer Steel
Corp., of Worcester, Mass., and Buffalo,
N. Y. Mr. Quigley's office will be in
Detroit.
Frederick T. Davis is now connected
with the New York branch of the
Becker Milling Machine Co., Reed-
Prentice Co. and Whitcomb-Blaisdell
Machine Tool Co., located at Grand
Central Palace, New York City. Mr.
Davis was formerly with the Davidson
Tool and Manufacturing Corporation.
Albert H. Hopkins has resigned
from the presidency of the Engineering
Advertisers' Association of Chicago,
and from the managership of advertis-
ing and sales promotion departments
of the C. F. Pease Co., Chicago, to be-
come Chicago manager for the J.
Roland Kay Co., international adver-
tising agents, at its new building at
161 East Erie St.
C. F. Meyer, assistant secretary of
the Landis Machine Co., Waynesboro,
Pa., will leave shortly for an extended
trip to the Orient in the interests of his
company. Mr. Meyer will visit Eng-
land, India, Dutch East Indies, Aus-
tralia, Philippine Islands, China, Japan
and the Hawaiian Islands.
George H. Morgan has been elected
treasurer of E. F. Houghton & Co.,
Philadelphia, manufacturer of oils and
leathers. Mr. Morgan will retain the
position of managing director of the
leather manufacturing department of
the company.
standard Radius loathe end Planer Tool.
R. G. Smith Tool and Manufacturing Co..
Newark, N. J. A 35 x 6 in. catalog, describ-
ing and illustrating a standard lathe and
planer tool for cutting standard radii ac-
curately and quickly.
Ready Reference CataloK. Ready Tool
Co.. Bridgeport. Conn. Catalog, pp. 32, 41
X 6 in. A quick reference catalog, describ-
ing its new tools and specialties ; prices are
also included.
Marine Pnmps. Worthington Pump and
Machinery Corporation, New York. Catalog
BK-3000, 126 pages, 6 x 9 in. A well-
bound catalog giving complete data on all
kinds of marine pumps and other auxiliar-
ies. Reciprocating and air pumps, air con-
densers, centrifugal pumps, and other mis-
cellaneous marine products are fully de-
scribed. Numerous tables and specifica-
tions are also included.
Standardized Leather Belting. Graton
& Knight Manufacturing Co., Worcester,
Mass. Bulletin No 101. ninety-six 5x8-
in pages. One of the several catalogs
issued by this concern, 'covering the leather
industry. This booklet treats of all kinds
of leather belting, giving tables, specifica-
tions and other useful data on this subject
Liglit, Heat, Power. Dwight P. Robin-
son & Co.. New York. Circular of this
I'ecently consolidated firm (with Westing-
house. Church, Kerr & Co.) giving sum-
mary of work of design and construction of
power plants, factories, mills, railroad
shops and terminals, hotels and office
buildings.
Forthcoming Meetings
The 1920 annual meeting of the American
.Society of Mechanical Engineers will be
held in the Engineering Societies Building,
29 West 39th Street. New York City, from
Dec, 7 to Dec. 10.
The American Institute of Weights and
Measures will hold its annual meeting at
2.30 p.m. in the United Engineering So-
cieties Building. 29 West 39th St., New
"Sork, Dec. 10, 1920.
The Society of -Automotive Enginrers win
hold its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to IJ
inclusive at New York.
December 9. 1920
American Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 24
The Use of Money in Business
By W. R. basset
Miller, Franklin, Basset & Co.
Are you a manufacturer or a speculator or do advice is sound, his remarks are very much to
you do a little of both? When you have read
this masterly article of Mr. Basset's you will
probably have discovered several things about
your methods of conducting business that will
give you something to think about. The author's
the point. Although some of the points he dis-
cusses are sore ones for many manufacturers
just now, there is much to be gained by taking
thought to the prevention of a recurrence of
the troubles that now beset us.
WHEN a man in business needs money, his first
thought is to borrow it. One may find elaborate
treatises on business finance in which the whole
subject is approached as though in business we dealt
with money as such. One might infer that successful
business somehow grew out of creating marketable
securities, or forming sound financial connections, or
in some other way closely linking banking and busi-
ness.
Let us take business finance out of the marble halls
of banking and see if more real financing cannot
be done inside than outside the shop. Let us see if
an insistent demand for money is an indication of pros-
perity, or an indication of bad business management
which has confused the functions of business and of
banking, or — further — ^whether the management, in a
desire for easy money, has borrowed for speculation
instead of for business processes.
Positive Rules Will Not Do
It will not do to put down positive and invariable
rules; each case stands squarely on its own merits.
This manufacturer may find that he is first of all a
banker. He may find that his most profitable way of
doing business is to lend goods over long periods. He
may have a class of customers who want extremely
long credits. Of course, one might say that his proper
course would be to educate these customers into the use
of short credit, but that is the counsel of perfection.
No reason in the world exists why he should not extend
one-, two- or three-year credits if, and this is the
important point, he so organizes himself that the manu-
facturing and the banking phases of his business are
not confused — if he remembers that he is appearing in
two functions; first, as a manufacturer, and second,
as a banker who lends goods instead of the money to
buy them. His danger is in confusing the costs, the
profits, and the losses of the two operations. Because
the Germans worked out a right division of functions
they were able to sell against all competitors in the
long-credit markets such as Russia and South America.
Again, it may be the speculative feature that is of
the highest importance. This is especially hazardous
because speculation in materials is so often defined as
"skilled buying." I know of hundreds of concerns with
elaborate manufacturing and selling organizations that
really depend for profit upon the ability of the exec-
utives to buy raw materials at a low price and sell
them, slightly converted, at a high price. The maker
of a product in which the value of the raw material is
high as compared with the value of the labor finds
himself burdened with all the problems of making and
distributing, but dependent for his profits upon guessing
the course of the raw material market. Most cotton-
goods manufacturers are in this position; so are the
makers of leather belting, of automobile tires and of
food preparations. This entire class is apt not only to
buy heavily against estimated needs in a rising mar-
ket but also, when opportunity offers in such a market,
to buy far beyond their needs in the hope of reselling
the raw material at a profit. They thus mix the func-
tions of manufacture and commodity speculation and
because they make more money in trading with raw
materials on a rising market than in manufacturing
them, they usually get so deeply into the speculative
side that they are caught with heavy inventories when
the market turns.
Wise Speculators Get from Under
The wise speculators take their losses at once; the
foolish ones, putting statistics against human trends,
decide that the slump will be only temporary. They
attempt to hold their stocks for still higher prices
until finally they can no longer sustain their extended
borrowing capacity and are compelled to unload at a
crushing loss. There is nothing inherently repre-
hensible in speculation. In the end it promotes pro-
duction and really equalizes prices over a period. The
point is for the owners to decide whether they want
to be manufacturers or speculators. If they decide
that they are speculators the next decision to be made
concerns whether or not it is economy to support a
factory and a sales organization. They might do better
to chuck those bits of trouble and take on a ticker
service; why should a speculator have a high overhead?
Then we have the business which combines banking
and speculation. The jobber often answers this descrip-
tion. A jobber is sometimes an industrial banker in
that he finances both the small manufacturer and the
retail distributor, but more often he is a speculator
depending for his profit not upon a brokerage on the
goods he handles but in buying them low and selling
them high. Sometimes he has all of these functions.
Likewise the retailer niay be more of a speculator than
1070
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
a merchandiser. Instead of putting his usual mark-up
on a lot of goods that he buys at an exceptionally low
price and thus getting a reputation for fair pricing,
he may choose to put such goods into his warehouse
in the hope that he can sell them later in a higher
market.
Most of the dangers in business finance arise out of
putting the speculative side above the fabricating or
merchandising. It is just as dangerous for a corpora-
tion to speculate in goods as to speculate in the stock
market; in many ways it is more dangerous because
very few staple markets are nearly so well organized
as is the stock market and hence one cannot often
get so quickly out of goods as out of stocks.
Strictly Business or Strictly Speculation?
The first policy, therefore, to be determined in any
business institution is whether the strictly business or
the strictly speculative feature shall dominate. One or
the other should dominate, but often 'I wonder, in
observing the demands of some concerns for money,
whether their executives and bankers realize this self-
evident fact. How often do corporations ask aid to
help carry speculative purchases that are disguised in
the statement of condition as "raw material," "goods
in process," or "finished product." I will commonly
take a large inventory not as an evidence of forehanded-
ness but as an evidence of possibly unconscious specula-
tion.
The divorce of manufacture and speculation would go
far toward the stabilization of industry. The present
policy is unscientific. A manufacturer will commonly
offer his wares for future delivery at a price which
he arrived at by guessing the course of the raw mate-
rial market. If, at the time of delivery, the price of
the raw stuff has gone down then he will try, by
curtailing production, to keep up the market price on
the finished product so that both he and, the customer
may get out at the price quoted.
From time immemorial manufacturers have met in
solemn conclave and decided officially or unofficially,
according to the legal advice that they received at the
moment, to maintain prices by curtailing production
but they have never made a nickel by so doing. Were it
not that so few of them know the cost of manufacture
and especially the cost of idle plants they would not
cling to that ancient notion — a notion that comes down
from the days when plant investments were small.
So when we talk about financing operations of this
sort, dignified as a rule under some phrase that con-
tains a note or two about "steadying the market," we
are not really having much, if anything, to do with
business. We are rather finding satisfactory excuses
for sending good money after bad. When a concern
fails because of its inability "to carry" its inventories,
frankness should compel a somewhat different verdict
running more to the effect that the company had bet on
the wrong horse.
Manufacturing and Selling Do Not Mix with
Speculation
The mixing of manufacturing and selling with
speculation is the greatest of all deterrents to sound
business practice and organization. It Is the function
of a manufacturer to manufacture, of a merchandiser
to merchandise. They should look for their recom-
pense to the results of the skill with which they perform
their functions. Their profits per dollar must neces-
sarily be small — and arduously earned. They cannot
expect to become millionaires over night. It is hard for
men pursuing this conservative course to see others
come into the market and, without manufacturing or
merchandising skill, clear stupendous profits merely by
buying low and selling high. If a market, during a
considerable period, continues to rise one will find very
few business men who are able to keep their heads
and to remember that a day of reckoning is inevitable.
Almost without exception they will cast aside the prin-
ciples upon which they built business and engage in a
mad scramble of speculation.
We have just been through such a period. Business
economics have been thrown aside. Suggestions or rules
for financing a mixture of business and speculation
are not any more useful than rules for beating roulette
wheels. The way to finance speculation is to borrow all
the money you can and keep on borrowing as long as
you can. If, during the progress of the borrowing,
you can sell your goods then you can pay off your
notes. If you cannot get rid of your goods and the
banks refuse to renew the notes, then the approved
course is to authorize an increase of capital stock and
try to work that off on somebody. If there are not
enough fools around to buy your stock certificates and
nobody will take the goods off your hands, why then
you are what is termed unfortunate, and you fail. If,
in addition to being a speculator, you are also blessed
with a benevolent disposition, you will gracefully try
to get your employees in on the stock subscription.
This latter form of benevolence has not been wholly
overlooked.
Money Not the Only Remedy in Over-expansion
In the inevitable depression that follows a period of
undue prosperity and speculation, the over-extended
speculators usually fail. The survivors gather to learn
what business is and to study the use of money in
business instead of in speculation. But so deeply
ingrained is the thought that business somehow depends
upon money instead of money upon business that a
deal of unnecessary attention is still devoted to getting
money — ^when money is not to be had. For instance, I
found one large company badly in need of money — so
it thought. But an investigation and study of their
situation made it appear that what they needed was
more method in the shop and less activity in the bank-
ing department. They had a goods-in-process inventory
of $4,000,000; half -finished goods were everywhere in
nooks and corners waiting for some department of the
factory to turn out the missing parts. A thorough
revision and planning of their schedule of output and
a co-ordination of their plant cut down the inventory
to $1,000,000. They borrowed all the money they
needed right from themselyes not only without interest
but with a premium in addition in the way of lessening
their costs of production! They had been giving their
attention to finance instead of to manufacturing. They
had held with so many others to that compressed bit of
unwisdom which is expressed in:
"Money makes the wheels go round."
Does it? And what of it if it does? That is not
business. Business is not simply the stimulation of the
motion of wheels ; it is a result of the motion of wheels.
The wheels going round make money. It is only in
the unsuccessful business enterprise that money makes
the wheels go round — or, putting the whole less cryp-
tically, we may go into business because we have money
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1071
(and undoubtedly we need money before we can go into
business), but we cannot stay in anything that may
properly be described as business unless money results
from our operations.
The whole thought of business enterprise is clouded
by failing to grasp the real part that money plays. We
get to thinking in terms of dollars instead of in terms of
goods. Manufacturing is only a process of converting
goods. At one end of the shop we take in raw material,
add to it labor either in the form of handiwork or
in the form of machine work, which is only the previ-
ously accumulated hand work, and then turn out at the
other end of the shop, our raw material plus all of this
labor and try to make an advantageous exchange of this,
which we call our product, for more raw material, and
for food, fuel, clothing and housing, to recompense our-
selves and those who have labored with us in the
transformation of the raw into finished material.
Why Money Is Necessary
Because the direct exchange of what we make for
what we need is quite too cumbersome a process we
use, instead of the goods themselves, accepted exchange
equivalents which we think of as money and which are
expressed in terms of money but which, as a rule, are
in the form of credit instruments — the bank notes of
governments, or the promises to pay of individual insti-
tutions.
If we kept strictly to the practice of exchanging goods
for goods, a proprietor and his workmen would not
eat until the goods they made had been exchanged,
unless at some previous time the proprietor had
exchanged his product for enough food to build up a
surplus to tide over the next trading period. In such
case he would not need any elaborate accounting to
discover whether or not he was conducting business at
a profit. His stomach and the stomachs of his workers
would give a quick and accurate statement of business
condition. The business man would be in exactly the
same position as the Indian trapper who brings his
pelts to the trader and receives return in kind, or of
the small cotton grower who exchanges his cotton with
the local storekeeper for such of the necessities of life
as he cannot produce on his own farm.
Instead of this seemingly simple, but actually rather
complex, process of trade, we first substituted the more
convenient medium of money, but finding even that less
arduous method of actual exchange of goods for goods
too awkward, we have practically substituted credit in
many forms, and it is the management of this money
and credit which created that department of business
which we term finance.
Finance, then, is not that which causes business but
is only the management of the value representations of
the various goods and services that go to make up busi-
ness. This is simple, elementary economics — so simple
and so elementary, indeed, that it would be unnecessary
to set it forth as a background of finance were it not
that we have fallen into the habit of approaching busi-
ness with the thought uppermost that it is money that
makes the wheels go round. Then we quickly lose
ourselves in a technical maze of financial principles
expressed in financial jargon. One can be an extremely
good business man without knowing the difference
between a promissory note and a trade acceptance, or
between a bond and a debenture, or between a bank and
a trust company, or even between a bill of exchange and
a check, or between a gold brick and a gilded brick.
It is true that a capable business man whose mind
was blank on these subjects might have not a little
difficulty in retaining the results of his business
capability, but most people have difficulty in doing that
anyway and I am not sure that the man who is suc-
cessful in business without the slightest knowledge of
finance as applied to other than his own immediate
concerns is not safer with his pile than is the equally
successful business man who sets up later as a financier !
One of my friends who is a lawyer asserts that a
great boom would come to the legal profession if only
a book instructing every man on how to be his own
lawyer could be widely circulated. For then a resurgent
passion to dabble in the law would arise and instead
of simple and inexpensive cases the lawyers would have
great and complex ones!
Borrowing Ability Not Indispensable
Because of this wrong approach, of this notion that
it is money that makes the wheels go round, we find
those who have acquired a reputation for financial
acumen in business get it as a rule because of a
certain skill in borrowing money, which connotes an
acquaintance with bankers and banking methods. These
are valuable additions to the mental equipment of any
man in business, but too marked a proficiency is apt
to be evidence — as uncanny skill with a billiard cue is
evidence of a misspent youth — of a misspent business
life.
Any man with a pleasing personality, a knowledge of
bankers and banking conditions, and a certain deftness
in the formation of financial statements, can borrow
money. If he extends his acquaintance among bankers
he can borrow to meet his borrowings and thus acquire
the essential reputation of meeting his notes. And he
can do all of this honestly, for it is easy to persuade
oneself that every cent borrowed will in time be
returned. And then quickly and insensibly, one may
be caught in the endless chain system of finance.
This is a soul-racking method of prolonging business
life and depends solely upon being able to borrow
increasingly large amounts of money. It is the certain
road to ruin and only rendered more certain by the
occasional earning of large profits that enable the over-
extended margin of indebtedness to be cleared up.
Because a bank will commonly lend between four and
five times the amount of a depositor's daily and average
balance is no assurance to the borrower that he will be
able to repay. The bank works on a law of averages.
The borrower works on his individual productiveness.
His average cash balance has nothing to do with his
own true estimate of condition and while borrowing
to pay off former loans is at times inevitable, its
necessity is always carefully to be analyzed. Adopting
the Ponzi financial system is easier than one imagines.
Not a few people have made comfortable livings out
of borrowing money but do not let us confuse respectable
panhandling with business borrowing, and do not let us
get business borrowing out of its really very subordinate
position in truly productive activity.
Managing Ability More Important Than
Financial Dexterity
Business is not founded on financial dexterity; it is
founded solely on the management of production or
merchandising. If you call the roll of the great business
men of the country you will not discover one who is,
or was, pre-eminently a financier. They are super-
1072
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
latively skillful in either production or merchandising —
never in finance. I do not recall a single business
institution that was built by a financier. A. T. Stewart,
Marshall Field, and John Wanamaker built as mer-
chandisers; P. D. Armour based his success on being
able to get more out of a hog than the hog's anatomy
could reasonably be expected to deliver; Carnegie was
a maker of steel and a manager of men — so is Schwab;
Gary is a manager of corporations ; Ford is a maker of
automobiles; and so on through the list. J. P. Morgan,
who organized more corporations than any other man
in the country, would never under any circumstances
put a financier at the head either of a railroad or an
industrial enterprise.
Money does not produce goods; goods produce money.
The process of finance is, then, merely to see that enough
money is produced through the exchange of the articles
manufactured to pay for the purchase of new raw mate-
rials, labor and depreciation of plant with enough over —
that is, enough profit — properly to recompense those
who initially ventured their money.
We have two general divisions of money in business
— that which represents capital — the means of produc-
tion, and that which represents goods in process. It
is only as we confuse these two classes of money and
confuse their relations to what we are doing that we
get into financial trouble.
The part of the capital which is represented by the
means of production is commonly termed the fixed cap-
ital while that which is involved in the goods in process
is the working capital. The line between the two is
not distinctly marked and their functions are so inter-
dependent that neither is worth much without the other.
Fixed Capital the Stake of the Owners
It has been the practice in the past to regard the fixed
capital and a portion of the working capital as the stake
of the owners and then to go out and borrow in a
temporary way the additional working capital that may
from time to time be needed, and it has been considered
conservative, legitimate business management to borrow
money whenever that borrowing will result in the pro-
duction of goods that will turn into money.
Take first the fixed capital. We are not concerned
here with the legal organization or the nature of the
instruments that the contributors of the initial capital
get in return for their money except to point out that
mortgage bonds or any form of obligation which puts
a lien upon the property of the company and fixed
charge upon the earnings is extremely dangerous. The
safety of a mortgage upon an industrial corporation
has been overestimated; the investor should want earn-
ing power — not something he can sell. He does want
earning power but a mortgage often, in the early years,
destroys the chance to obtain earning power, and so
the investor gets only an opportunity to join in a
reorganization. A well-equipped manufacturing plant
should be so special in its construction that it will have
little or no value when sold at a forced sale. If it
is large it cannot be sold anyway. It really has to
be reorganized and the bondholder must get, of the
securities issued in the reorganization, somewhat less
than he held in the first place. The best financial plan
is that which involves only common stock of no par
value ; the next best plan, and the one, for sales reasons,
which is commonly adopted is to issue preferred stock,
with or without a convertible feature and to sell a cer-
tain amount of common stock in the same package.
But with this side of finance I am not concerned. The
amount of the fixed capital — ^the amount of the total
resource — which is invested in assets that have to do
with production is the paramount concern. The plant
has to be profitable and it cannot be unless it is fitted
to its work. Its fitness is not to be arrived at by
guessing. The factory itself will be built to obtain a
certain planned output in the most economical fashion.
The plan will contemplate increases in productive capac-
ity with the increase in market and these additions will
go on as complete units — not in haphazard fashion.
Do Not Expand Too Much for Emergency Orders
The cost of plant will, therefore, have a direct ratio
to planned sales; the sales necessary to operate the
first unit to capacity will be known and additional units
will be added only as orders over a considerable period
give a fair certainty that the additional demand will
be stable. It is hard to turn down orders in boom
times, especially when prices are high, but the wise
financier will not extend his plant to meet emergency
orders. Good manufacturing depends upon continuous
capacity output — upon being busy in so-called dull
times. Adding capacity to take care of the order peak
means that normally the plant will not be running at
capacity and hence will not operate with the planned
economy and at the planned costs. After every boom
period we see magnificent plants that cannot produce
cheaply enough to find large markets simply because of
the heavy fixed charges for idle plant. Of if the idle
portion of the plant is not charged into the overhead
it has to be taken out of the profits made by that
portion which is working, with the result that profits
are depleted to the vanishing point.
I am not advocating a cheap plant — I am urging the
kind of plant that can turn out goods with the minimum
of cost — the eventually, not the initially, cheapest plant.
We base a new plant on the work it is to do — it is a
tool and we need just the right size of tool and no
other. We are setting out to do a certain job — to make
a certain amount of product, and we expect to make
it so well and at such a price that it can be sold. The
amount that it will cost to buy that exact tool is hence
known to us in advance and that will be the amount of
capital that will have to go into the fixed division.
In the old plant the general rule holds — transform
it into a tool for the work that it must do. Any plant
that has not been scientifically designed or in which
the work and methods are not planned and the labor
is not co-ordinated, can commonly be increased from
25 to 50 per cent or more in capacity by the adoption
of modern methods of routed work and instructed labor.
I have assisted in cases where we have taken an old
plant, rearranged the machinery, then installed a plan-
ning board, properly instructed the employees, and have
not only decreased the cost and increased the volume
of production but have been able also to lease part
of the property that was formerly thought wholly
essential. This gained an outside revenue which con-
siderably decreased the burden of the overhead expense.
MANtJFACTURING EFFICIENCY THE GOAL
The point is to get everything into the plant that
will lessen the expense of production and to get every-
thing out that tends in any other direction. In short,
the amount of capital to be tied up in plant and machin-
ery is first of all an engineering and sales affair and
only secondly a question of finance. If one has not the
i
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1073
money to do the job as it should be done then the deci-
sion has to be made as to whether or not a compromise
is worth while. The horse may pull through even if
lame, but a wise driver rarely starts on a long trip
with a lame horse.
Now we have decided on a certain volume of output.
The tools to fabricate that output will cost an amount
we have ascertained. The next point is to determine
how m^^ money it will take to send the materials
through' our course of fabrication — that is, how much
money |t will take to buy the various kinds of raw or
semi-finished material that enter into our product, to
pay thesHwages of labor in the making, to pay all other
chargeaftand to keep on paying until the customers to
whom vi^'have sold have paid their bills. This makes
necessary a considerable number of important decisions.
We will have to know what credit will be extended to
us in buying and .what credit we shall extend in sell-
ing. Picturing the production of the factory as a
wheel, a single revolution of which represents a day's
output, we shall have to determine how many revolutions
of that wheel will take place before we begin to be
paid for what we do. We shall have to advertise, pay
salesmen, and incur many and various sorts of expenses
before, under the most favorable circumstances, we can
expect to earn a profit. All of these expenses may be
tabulated, they may be put into a budget and their sum
will determine the minimum amount of working capital.
New Company Should Have a Year's Reserve
If the product and all of its processes of sale and
distribution have been .scientifically worked out the
chances are that the company will make money, but
just as a salaried individual is not to be considered in
good circumstances until he has enough money in reserve
to support himself for a year without working, so a
company beginning business should be in a position to
call upon enough money to keep itself going through
at least a year without making money. Although it is
presumed that all of the plans will have been worked out
with a maximum of human skill that does not of itself
absolutely guarantee success. One must be prepared
against contingencies, and be prepared to meet these
contingencies not by borrowing but by the acquisition
of additional capital.
We can borrow to finance operations, but borrowing
to meet depletions of capital or for any capital purpose
holds within itself the highest danger, for we may
thereby begin that endless chain system of finance that
must end in absolute ruin.
I have given no figures as to the relative size of
the fixed and the working capital and it must be
apparent that to settle upon any such arbitrary figures
is only to assert that the business has not been pre-
viously planned and that its most important factors are
being left to guesswork. Neither have I dealt with
the borrowing policy because that is really a question
of planning — not of finance. Neither have I taken up
the case of the older corporation that finds itself in
financial difficulties. The arrangement of its finances
does not in the least differ from that of a corporation
starting in business. And finally I have offered no
suggestion as to how to get along without money for
the excellent reason that there is no such method —
that is a question of individual genius.
The whole point that I want to make is that the
management of finance is a question subsequent to and
not precedent to the management of production.
Keeping Presses At Work With
Oxy-Acetylene
By I. B. Rich
No matter how perfect the design or how good the
material, the shocks and stresses to which a crank press
is subjected when used day after day on production
work, seem to start, or perhaps to develop, cracks which
occasionally let go and put the press out of commission.
Accidents of this kind seem bound to happen at the
most inopportune times when the press is particularly
needed. The long delays which have been necessary in
FIG. 1. THE THIRD BREAK
the securing of new machines or new parts are probably
responsible for the development of the system of i-epair-
ing broken press frames which is described in this
article. The judicious use of oxy-acetylene welding has
enabled presses to get back on the job at a much earlier
date than would have otherwise been possible. The
examples shown herewith are from the shops of the
Michigan Stamping Co., Detroit, Mich., and the results
secured were largely due to the activities of Oscar C.
Bornholt, then production manager of the plant.
Fig. 1 shows a typical break in the press housing at
A and also that a similar break has previously occurred
on the other side at B, while the large patch at C
indicates clearly that at Wast two previous breaks have
been repaired and the machine put back into commis-
sion. It is noticeable that in no instance has the next
break occurred at the weld.
■ Fig. 2 shows the welding of the housing shown in
Fig. 1, and incidentally the method used in cases of this
1074
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
MHpMv;^
k
HdUK^Hr. HI
^
ifPf pM^^^^^^H
^^M
^
^HBBE^ g^^^BI^B '.^'K.^
^X
i
Il''
^^^^P ' c1^^
^
ki
1^^^
FIO. 2. I'RE-HKATING AMI W KIDDING
kind. The frame was laid on its side and a temporary
furnace built around it with firebrick loosely laid into
the desired shape. A good charcoal fire was then built
on the metal plate which forms the base of this
impromptu furnace and the frame thoroughly pre-
heated before welding was attempted. When the frame
was heated to the desired point the welders set to work
as shown and welded and built up the frame in accord-
ance with previous experience.
In one instance a press of somewhat greater capacity
was needed and none could be secured, the difficulty
was met by cutting the original frame and welding on
FIG. 3. PLANING THE FRAME
new sides of the desired width and length. This made
four different welds but the work was successfully
accomplished. Fig. 3 shows the frame mounted on the
open side planer for machining. Great care was taken
in lining up the frame, the levels at A and B and the
surface g.ige at C being an indication of the methods
used. Fig. 4 shows the press again mounted on its legs
and ready to be put into commission.
That this kind of repair work was not confined to
smaller presses can be seen from Fig. 5 where a very
heavy machine broke through the bearing section of
the housing. Only two of the repaired breaks are
shown at A and B, but four different welds were
required to put the machine back in commission.
FIG. 4. THE WIDENED PRESS
FIG. 5. A LARGE PRESS REPAIRED KT WELDING
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1075
Two Light Punching-Machine Jobs
By JOHN SIMON
Vienna, Austria
The tooling arrangements for punch-press work
shovm here come from Austria, and give an idea
of what is done there in the way of special tools
for particular }'obs. Both of the arrangements
given are for high speed on very light work, and
they show ingenuity on the part of their makers.
THE accompanying illustrations, Figs. 1 to 3, show
a die for punching out small plates used in a com-
mon type of fuse for electrical circuits. These
plates are fastened to the silver wire in the fuses, their
purpose being to show whether or not this wire is melted
out, since they drop out of position when the wire
melts. One of the plates, which have holes punched in
the middle and resemble copper washers, is shown in
Fig. 3.
Fig. 1 shows the die, which was made in the follow-
ing manner: After planing all surfaces, the die plate
A was laid out for punching twelve plates at one stroke
of the press, two sizes of holes being needed. In order
that the plates and scrap could fall through the die
easier, it was milled out from the back side, which also
makes it easier for the diemaker to drill the holes when
the die is not so thick. The larger holes were bored out.
With the help of a drill jig the small holes were drilled
and then taper-reamed from the back. The plate was
then hardened and ground.
As can be seen, the gage plate B was made longer
and screwed to plate D, in order to give more feeding
surface for the stock. After this, the close-fitting
stripper plate F and punch plate H, Fig. 2, were bored
through the die plate A. Then the guiding plate G was
made to fit the head J.
At first we worked on a press with a 10-mm. stroke.
Of course, the punches always came out of the stripper
and wore themselves off when entering into it again,
so that with time they became dull and broke off. In
order to overcome this trouble we made the head J with
a T-slot 12 mm. high through it. The part K was
turned so that the end was 6 mm. smaller than the
T-slot itself, thus reducing the stroke of the punches to
4 mm. and leaving them always in the close-fitting
stripper.
The side punch C, with a length L, cuts the stock
1 mm. narrower, thus giving a means of determining
the proper distance for feeding the stock forward
against an edge on the plate B. Fig. 3 shows a piece
of punched-out stock. The difference in the width of
the stock before and after punching should be noticed.
With this die we had good results, making easily 12,000
pieces hourly.
Die for Forming Fuse Caps
In Figs. 4 to 8 is shown a die for making the small
caps for these same fuses for general use in electrical
work. It is an interesting combination die that per-
forms progressively piercing, embossing, engraving,
cutting-out and drawing operations. It works very well,
producing 4,500 pieces hourly and making three finished
caps at one stroke of the prepg to the shape and dimen-
sions given in Fig. 4 fa high degree of accuracy not
being required). Fig. 5 shows the general plan of the
die. Fig. 6 shows a section through the die on line AB,
and also a section through the punch above it, showing
how the various punches are held in the plate O.
As can be seen, the die uses the principle of the
side-cutter S, which cuts a length of 22.5 mm. at each
stroke, making the stock 1 mm. narrower. By this
means, proper locating is obtained by feeding the
punched edge of the stock forward against a shoulder
on the gage plate B.
The first operation performed is the breaking through
(not punching) of the small 0.8 mm. hole with the needle
N, thus leaving no scrap in the inserted die D. This
operation is followed first by the embossing, done with
the shoulder of the needle N in the die D, and secondly
by the engraving or lettering die M. Next, the stock
is pushed 22.5 mm. forward, bringing it over the form
E under the embossing punch L, which "draws in" the
stock a little. This operation is necessary in order to
insure that after the drawing operation the caps will
be straight on the top.
Drawing and Stripping Caps
The final operation is the cutting-out and drawing,
which is done by the punch G. Drawing die K holds -
the finished caps, one on top of the other, until they
rise up to the level of plate P, where compressed air
blows them into a box. In Fig. 6 is shown the drawing
punch G with its stripper bushing F. This bushing
rests on the pins H, which hold the stripper flush with
the cutting level through spring U and washer /.
from Mere
ri6 I
U---.<"».-->)
Finished Plcite
FIGS. 1 TO 3. TOOL. EQUIPMENT FOR GANG-PUNCHING
SMALL PLATES
Fig. 1 — Die for holding worlc. Fig. 2 — Punch, showing lost-
motion device. Fig. 3 — Punched work.
1076
AMERICAN MACHINIST
-/** O^S'Tm
.-Oi'JmMetal
FI6 4.
■Sharp Cormr
Rutiber Hose
For
-.-R Compresseol
^ y Caps
_i^Fallina out
riG7 Here
?^i
1
ri6«
FIG 5
FIGS. 4 TO 8.
TOOL. EQUIPMENT FOR FORMING CAPS FOR FUSES
Fig. 5 — Plan of aie._ Flf. 6^-Section through
Fig. 4 — Fuse cap completely formed in press. _ .„. _ s ^ , ^ ^ ^ -.
punch and die. Fig. 7 — Method of stripping caps from drawing punch. Fig. 8 — Punched out stock.
In Fig. 7 is shown the drawing die K entered into
die A, the depth of entering being limited by the blocks
T, Fig. 6, when they touch the surface of the plate 0.
Furthermore, the blocks do not allow the damaging of
the engraving punch M and the needle A'^. In order
surely to strip off all the finished caps, the sharp corner
of the drawing die K must pass the larger diameter of
the drawing punch. The punch is then lifted by the
little spring / underneath it, so that the eccentrically
turned flange rests against the bottom face of die A.
This tilts the punch to one side and thus gives the sharp
comer the opportunity to catch the edge of the cap and
strip it from the punch as the ram of the press rises.
In Fig. 8 can be seen a piece of stock from which
some caps have been punched, the difference in the
width of the sheets being clearly shown. It will be
noted that there are three sets of dies acting simul-
taneously, which accounts for the large production.
A Simple, Accurate and Easily Made
Pantagraph
By E. a. Dixik
We had a number of flat hardened steel gages to
mark. Ordinary hand etching was not good enough
because of lack of uniformity as the gages were in lots
of thirty or more of the same size. The man in charge
of the job sent out inquiries with the result that a
machine suitable for the work could be bought for $800
and delivery might be made within six months.
As the job would hardly stand an additional expense
of $800 and the customer positively would not stand for
six months delay we decided to build some sort of a
makeshift ourselves.
Vol. 53, No. 24
An order was therefore is-
sued to one of the tool-makers
to make a pantagraph which
would be good enough to do
the work but that no extra
time be spent on making it
pretty.
The pantagraph, the entire
cost of which was less than
$75, is shown in Fig. 1. Fig.
2 shows two samples of its
work, one of letters in five
reductions from a model hav-
ing letters I in. high; the
other of figures, in five reduc-
tions from a model 4 in. high.
The machine as shown has
six possible changes of size
but other sizes can be obtained
by the simple drilling of two
A-in. holes and the drilling
and tapping of two holes for
10/32 screws.
Some ingenuity was dis-
played by the man who made
the instrument. He selected
four long and two short pieces
of A by f in. cold-rolled flat
steel for the main members.
As each of the four long mem-
bers has a plain end and a
yoke end, he got out eight
short pieces of the same stock
to form the yoke ends. As the simplest way to make
the yoke ends was by brazing, the following method was
pursued :
One of the long pieces had two of the short pieces
clamped to one end of it as shown in Fig. 3, the short
pieces projecting beyond the end of the long piece suf-
B
,\5^^
P
^
-E
li
Si,
J'
^vn
>
1.
wu.
^
^-5 ' ■ ' ^^::
-*-,..—
^ F-W
r — —
_^
^^■^■B
FIG. 1. THE COMPLETE PANTAGR.\PH
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
AMERICAN
AMERICAN
AMERICAN
AMERICAN
FIG. 2. SAMPLES OF ETCHING
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1077
ficiently to form the yoke end. Two holes about j^ in. in
diameter were then drilled through all three pieces so
that they could be riveted together later on. In a simi-
lar manner the other three long pieces were assembled
each with two of the short pieces and the rivet holes
drilled.
The inner ends of the short pieces were then cham-
FIGS. 3 TO 6. HOW SOME OF THE PARTS WERE MADE
Fig. 3 — Building up the yoke. Fig. 4 — Parts rounded and
chamfered. Fig. 5 — Yoke end ready for brazing. Fig. 6 — One
member used as a jig.
fered and the end of each of the long pieces rounded
as shown at A and B, Fig. 4, after which the pieces
were assembled as shown in Fig. 5 and the rivets driven
to keep the assembly together during the brazing opera-
tion. The yoke ends were brazed in the blacksmith's
fire in the usual way, using soft yellow brass wire and
boric acid so as to avoid hard scale.
After brazing, one of the long pieces was laid off and
the A-in. holes C and D drilled in each end, as shown
in Fig. 6. This piece was then used for drilling the
three other pieces. Under the one end was placed a
packing piece of A x i in. cold rolled flat as shown at E.
Two washers F were made of tool steel and hardened.
These were J in. in diameter by about -^ in. thick and
each one had a A-in. hole in it. Placing one of them
on each side of either the yoke end or the plain end of
the long pieces and passing a tk-in. bolt through they
were used as a filing jig to round the ends off.
Drilling the Small Pieces
The small members A and B, Fig. 1, were made in the
same way as the long members. These and two of the
long members were then drilled for the screws C and D.
The screws are simple shoulder screws with heads 2 in.
in diameter. The bodies of the screws are A in. in
diameter and the threaded ends 10/32. The holes in
A and B were drilled i% in. and the holes in the long
members drilled and tapped 10/32. The adjustment
or proportion holes are spaced about an inch apart.
A simple jig was made from a piece of cold rolled steel
for this purpose. It had only two holes in it and was
stepped along from hole to hole after the first two holes
were drilled.
The joints E and F are held by special T%-in. bolts.
A small pin through the head of each bolt and into the
yoke end prevents the bolt from becoming loose. The
follower H and the stylus G are made of A-in. drill rod.
They are held by hollow members, shown in Fig. 7 at B,
whose outsides fit the holes in the yoke. The top and
bottom ends of the hollow members are split and tapered
so that nuts will clamp both the stylus and follower
securely when they are once set.
The pantagraph is carried on a pin /, Fig. 1, which is
a turning fit in the member J. The member / is pivoted
at K so that when the follower H is lifted out of the
model the stylus G also lifts.
A setscrew M can be set so as to limit the amount
of lift of the stylus.
The base N is cast iron about i in. thick. Its dimen-
sions are given at A in Fig. 7.
The bracket 0 carries the model letters or figures
to scratch on the work with the stylus. It is a sliding
fit on the dovetail on the base. A setscrew is provided
to secure it in place when set.
The bracket P carries the work. It is also adjustable
on the base and secured in the same way. A detail of
the brackets is shown at C, Fig. 7.
Clamps are provided on both the brackets for holding
the model and the work.
Operation op the Follower
The work is varnished with spirit varnish made by
dissolving gum guaiacum in denatured alcohol. This
varnish dries sufficiently in a very little time. The work
is then clamped in position and the follower is dropped
vertically into one of the letters or figures of the model.
The operator runs the follower several times over the
whole letter or figure, lifts the follower vertically and
drops it into the next, and so on. If the model is made
deep enough the operator need not be careful to lower
and lift the follower vertically for with a deep model
when the follower is out of the impression the stylus
is clear of the varnished surface of the work. With a
little practice an operator can scratch three lines of
etching having about ten letters each in less than two
minutes.
A 25 per cent solution of nitric acid and water is then
applied to the work for from one to five minutes, depend-
ing on the depth of etch required. If the work is en-
FIG. 7. DETAILS OF SOME OF THE PARTS
tirely covered with the varnish it can be immersed in
the acid, if not, the acid can be applied with a medicine
dropper. When the acid has bitten in to the required
depth the work is immersed in strong soda water to
"kill" the acid. It can then be put in denatured alcohol
and the varnish will wipe off clean.
Work should be scratched within an hour or two
after it has been varnished as the varnish is apt to be-
come hard and brittle and flake off if it stands too long
before it is scratched with the stylus.
1078
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
RAMS y^ ApPRENTICE^EfflP^
THE De la Vergne Machine Co. offers an excellent
opportunity for the study of apprenticeship as
applied in a plant of comparatively small size.
About 200 first-class machinists are employed here,
with forty apprentices in this trade. This number
includes twenty-five tool-
makers, in which special
branch there is only one
apprentice. Also, supple-
mentary to the twenty pat-
ternmakers are three ap-
prentices. It is thus seen
that a standard ratio of one
apprentice to five journey-
men is maintained in the
machinists' trade and of
about one to eight among
the patternmakers. The
products of the plant are
oil engines and ice ma-
chines, the manufacture of
which offers ample variety of experience at the stand-
ard machine tools, on the test floor and in assembling.
This no doubt accounts for the fact that a system of ap-
prenticeship has been maintained since the occupation
of the present plant in 1898.
The apprentices are under the general supervision of
VI. The De la Vergne Machine Co.,
New York
The time-honored system of apprenticeship with
some new features in instruction seems to he the
most popular form of trades education that reculy
provides a thorough training. The method of
training apprentices in a small plant where the
problem is not particularly complicated is shown
in this article, the plan of instruction, both in
the shop and in the corporation school, being
taken up.
(Part T was imblishcd in the Nov. IS issue.)
the assistant production manager, who is a young
mechanical engineer, and seemingly well fitted to handle
the school which is provided to supplement the practical
work. To insure proper supervision of shop work the
apprentices are grouped under selected gang bosses
in the ratio of about one
boss to six apprentices. A
schedule card is kept of
each apprentice, assign-
ments being approximately
as follows: As tool boy, 25
to 30 weeks; at cold saw,
not more than ten weeks,
but eliminated altogether
for most boys; progress
through diflferent engine
lathes (Fig. 29), 40 weeks;
Gisholt turret lathe (Fig.
30), 20 weeks; drill press,
20 weeks; milling machine,
hand, 4 weeks, all sorts
(including universal), at least 20 weeks; shaper or
planer, 10 weeks; bench work and assembly, 10 weeks,
but if the apprentice shows an aptitude and inclination
to become a mechanical engineer, 25 weeks; boring mill
(Fig. 31), 10 weeks; test floor, if machinist, 15 weeks,
but if specializing on gas engines, 30 weeks ; at forge and
JIG. 29. APPRENTICES AT WORK IN LATHE DEPARTMENT
FIG. 30. APPRENTICE OPERATING A TURRET LATHE
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1079
FIO. 31, APPRENTICE RUNNING A BORING MILL
steam hammer, 5 weeks; and in the foundry, 3 weeks.
Regular periodical ratings are made of progress in the
shop work as regards workmanship and deportment,
and in the class work in mathematics and drawing.
Fig. 32 shows the form of the card used for recording
this information.
For the class work the apprentices are divided into
two groups of about twenty each, two hours a week
being devoted to regular assignments in the excellent
texts at present available in shop mathematics, and
a second two-hour session being given to drawing.
As there is considerable variation in the advancement
of the apprentices, the instruction of the advanced
students is largely individual, though the four hours of
school are required of them just the same as for begin-
ners.
Pay of Students
The compensation of apprentices reflects the improved
rates of pay of machinists. As recently as 1917 the
apprentice started at 8 cents an hour with two-cent
increases every six months to a maximum rate of
22 cents. The rate now starts at 26 cents with
increases every three or every six months, reaching a
maximum of 44 cents in the
last period of the foui'th
year. Fig. 33, showing the
other side of the card in
Fig. 32, gives these rates.
Upon graduation a certificate
is conferred, a bonus of $200
is paid and advancement is
made to first-class journey-
man's rating.
Another phase of employee
instruction provided in this
plant has been voluntary
trade extension classes held
after working hours for the
adult workers. These are not
in operation at the present
time owing to lack of avail-
able space for holding them, but they are to be resumed
in the early fall.
The method of administration is worth noting, as it
seems to have met with general satisfaction. It consists
in placing the responsibility for the conduct of the
apprentice system in the hands of a committee of three
members, made up of the works manager, the 5uper-
i
1
1
:
1
Waaka
Ohacfc
DATI«
p™»
To
Toot Boy
38
Cold Saw
10
LKth«s
BO
Drill PrM»
IS
Milling M«chin«
ao
8tiap*r
10
Bench
10
Barini Mill
H)
Floor and Ai«y.
ao
Giiholt Ulttw
10
Tool Makar
"
200 1
E-EKcailwtl •
O-l00«
Avarac* far 4 Yaara
Q-Qood
P-Poor B«l
Bo-ao<
>w 604
Final Orada.
FIG. 32. CARD USED FOR GRADING jVPPRENTICES
visor, who is the assistant production manager, and
a journeyman machinist in the company's employ,
regarding whose choice the apprentices were consulted.
This committee passes upon the apprentices at the con-
clusion of the trial period and signs the agreement
then entered into, as also does the boy, his parent or
Burnams
Given Name
Addra»
flag. Na.
Application Raceivad
Contract Bignad
Paranta or Guardian Addraaa
Encacad Laft ftajaatad
OiaeharKad
Hi—ad
Nationalitw
Education
Data or Birth Placa of Birth
PERfODS AND RATES PER HOUR
J
lit
26 ♦
2nd
26*
3rd
30*
♦ th
32 «
6lh
34^
6*h
36*
7th
38 «
6th
+0*
9th
iot»i
When Rata l«
Schedulod to
tdiko BHact. '
Whan rata did
taha afact
REMARKS
FIO.
33.
R
ECORD (
:ard f
OR API
'RENTIC
:es. SH
OWING
WAGE
RATES
1080
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
guardian and the general manager, as representative
for the company. It may also recommend changes in
the procedure of apprenticeship, and in general it
provides a clearing house for the discussion and initia-
tion of any new features in the program.
The esprit de coj-ps of the apprentice department is
also promoted by encouraging athletics. Each season
the boys have their baseball, football and basketball
teams, in which considerable interest is taken by the
management.
The general impression gained of the apprenticeship
system offered by the plant is that the boys' interests
are being considered, and that from the standpoint of
the company apprenticeship is abundantly justified in
spite of the relatively small number that can be pro-
vided for.
Folklore Philosophy
By a. M. Simons
Every people has one set of folktales that turn about
the antics of the village fool. Along with this goes
another set that pokes fun at stupid people who expect,
by shrewdness, to get something for nothing.
One such very old American tale that came dovra to
me through a line of New England ancestors, illus-
trates both phases. It tells how a Yankee schooner was
wrecked on a desert island, barren even of vegetation.
Here the narrator stops for the fool to ask, "How did
they live?" Then comes the brilliant repartee, "They
all got rich taking in each other's washing."
Students of folklore know that such stories persist
through the centuries only because they strike at deep-
seated, universal weaknesses in human character. The
reason why millions continue to smile, even faintly, at
each re-telling is because each of us thinks of someone
they hit. One reason, besides their antiquity, that keeps
the smile faint, is the suspicion that the moral may
hit us.
"Help Wanted" Ads and "Experience"
Every time I look at the "Help Wanted" columns I
know one good reason why this particular folktale does
not die. Fully three-fourths of the advertisements call
for "experience." Perhaps one in fifty offers to supply
experience.
The vast majority of employers expect to get rich
by stealing experience from each other. Of course they
do not succeed, any more than the sailors in the story.
Nevertheless, like the village fool, they continue to
"bite" at the old "catch." They are unable to see the
defect in the logic.
Is it not about time to learn the moral of the old
folktale in this field and to know that there is no way
to get more experience out of the labor supply than is
put into it? This carries the other lesson that those
who put experience worth . having into labor are apt
to get the benefits of it. Firms and nations with train-
ing systems and technical schools are able to retain such
of their workers as are worth having. Labor is an
attribute of human beings and humans prefer, with
other getting, to get understanding, and will stay where
they can get it.
Firms who give least valuable experience, and em-
ployees who absorb least are the source of most of the
experience which is available to advertisers. In busi-
ness we deal with large masses and majorities, not with
exceptions. Those who have had experience at one job
and are seeking others are most often products of defec-
tive jobs or defective abilities, or both. In «ther case
it is an least as probable that his experietjce should
render the person an object of suspicion as of acceptance.
Experience alone will never be a reliable qualification
until it is possible for sailors to get rich taking in each
other's washing.
Knowledge and Experience
Industry seeks knowledge, not experience. It is true
experience is a school, though a hard one. But the
important question is the possession of the knowledge,
not the way it was obtained.
The moment there is any method of testing knowledge
experience ceases to be a criterion of ability. Testing
substitutes knowledge for guesswork on the part of the
employer, and we are learning that here also exact
methods of investigation and recording facts are of
much more value in hiring than long experience in
"judging human nature" by mystical "hocus pocus."
When we are able to determine the thermal units in
coal we quit asking our neighbor what has been his
experience with different kinds of fuel. As soon as a
method is found for determining abilities and rating
production, experience becomes of less importance in
making up the qualifications of employees.
"What about the man who knows all about a job but
can't fill it?" asks someone who has not yet learned
that things equal to the same thing are equal to each
other. The answer is, "There ain't no sich animile."
The entire personnel department of the American army
thought there was. So did the similar departments of
the British and the German armies. They hunted
through millions of men to find him. He was not there.
Whenever a man was found who knew all about the job
he could do the work. If he had years of experience
and did not know about it, he could not do the work.
These armies spent millions of dollars and thousands
of lives finding out this fact. But they did find it out.
Industry has probably spent much more in the same
search but has not yet entirely discovered the fact.
Knowledge Is Power
Whether the man got his knowledge in schools, out
of books, in the shops or by inspiration ceased to inter-
est the examiners. If he knew, he could do. They
learned over again, as we seem compelled to learn every
truth over and over again, that "knowledge is power."
Civil service examiners learned the same lesson long
ago. They tried hiring people who said they had done
the required work and had experience. The results
were uneven and unsatisfactory. After a while they
found that the important question was not how long
a person had been to school, but how much he had
learned; not how long he had worked at a trade, but
how much he had learned.
Employers seek experience, only because they do not
know how to measure knowledge. Every time they ad-
vertise for experience they also advertise the fact that
they have no means of finding out whether an employee
is really competent.
When we get out of the" folklore stage we will estab-
lish training systems and technical schools to put the
knowledge into the labor supply and then analyze our
jobs to determine the knowledge they demand and,
finally, develop tests to find out whether the proposed
employee possesses the knowledge.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1081
Modernizing Locomotive Terminals'
By G. W. rink
Engine terminals play an important part in the
cperatinn of the railroad, as the transportation
department is at all times entirely dependent upon
them for its supply of serviceable power for the
movement of both passenger and freight cars.
Should the capacity of the terminal or the facili-
ties for making repairs be inadequate, the result
will soon reflect itself in more time being required
to prepare engines for service and more frequent
detention on the road due to failures.
THE general layout of engine terminals, also the
extent of shop facilities provided, depends entirely
on their location with reference to the general
locomotive repair shop. When located in close prox-
imity it is necessary to provide only such facilities as
may be necessary to make the general run of roundhouse
repairs, depending upon the main shop for the manufac-
ture and supply of a large percentage of materials
required for use at the terminal. But when engine ter-
minals are located some distance from the general loco-
motive repair shops, they should be provided with
enlarged facilities so as to perform all the necessary
machine, blacksmith, and boiler-shop operations re-
quired when making more extensive repairs, and be
entirely independent of the main shop.
The location of the engine terminal with reference to
the general locomotive repair shop will have some bear-
ing on the necessity of performing relatively heavy
repairs at the terminal. Where they are within reason-
able distance of each other, it may be desirable to have
a considerable part of the heavy repair work trans-
ferred to the main shop, where the repairs can be per-
formed more expeditiously and the engine returned to
service.
The arrangement of tracks at the engine terminal,
including inbound and outbound tracks, will depend
entirely on the location of available space assigned. The
successful operation of the terminal requires a complete
analytical study of the entire project from an operating
standpoint, taking into consideration the number and
type of locomotives to be handled and the possible future
increase in requirements.
With reference to existing terminals, a careful study
of the property will no doubt disclose the fact that im-
provements can be made whereby greater efficiency may
be obtained. Modern facilities should be installed wher-
ever it is possible to produce a saving in time and labor.
Special consideration should be given to the various
items which comprise the terminal. The type of house,
number of stalls, and number of single or double houses
will have to be determined by a careful study of the
conditions to be met, such facilities as will work out
to the best advantage being installed.
Coaling Stations and Sand Storage
The type of coaling stations selected must depend on
the number of engines handled, the number of tracks
which may be available for coaling engines and the
•From a paper i. resented at the annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York, Dec. 7-10, 1920.
kind of coal to be handled. Some roads in the East use
bituminous, broken anthracite, and buckwheat. Where
the quantity of coal handled is small, the locomotives
can be coaled from an elevated platform using one-ton
buckets or by means of a locomotive crane direct from
ear. When it is necessary to deliver coal to two or more
tracks, a mechanical type of coal-handling apparatus is
generally installed. Marked improvements have been
made in receiving, hoisting, and distributing equipment,
which has resulted in smaller operating forces being
required. Measuring devices are also installed for re-
cording the amount of coal delivered to tenders. An
electric winch should be provided at large terminals at
the loaded coal-car track so that cars can be hauled to
position over track hopper.
The sandhouse should be located at the coaling sta-
tion. Sufficient wet-sand storage space should be pro-
vided as well as means for drying the sand by coal
stove or steam. Compressed air should also be available
so that the sand can be delivered to overhead storage
bins, having suitable outlets to deliver the sand direct
to engine by gravity. All important engine terminals
should have a complete installation of this character.
Ash Handling
At small engine terminals provisions are made to
handle cinders in various ways. One method is to pro-
vide a pit located between rails, the cinders being
shoveled to track level and loaded into cars by hand
or locomotive crane. This system is satisfactory where
but few engines per day are handled.
During recent years the tendency when constructing
large terminals has been to install pits filled with water.
The cinders drop directly into the water and move
toward the center of the pit, due to the outer wall slop-
ing inwardly, and are removed either by a locomotive
crane or by an overhead crane traversing the entire
length of the cinder pit, the cinders being deposited
by means of grab buckets directly into cars located on
the loading track.
Steam-jet ash conveyors can be installed to advantage
where ample supply of steam is available. The system
consists of an 8-in. cast-iron pipe made exceedingly
hard to withstand wear, with intakes provided at suit-
able intervals. The cinders are drawn by suction through
the main pipe line and then propelled by means of the
steam jet direct to car or storage bin, suitably located.
Turntables
The length of turntables installed is generally gov-
erned by local conditions, also type and wheelbase of
locomotives to be turned. The usual length is 100 ft.,
which is ample in all cases except where large Mallets
are handled, when it is desirable to provide 110-ft. tables
to insure greater leeway for balancing the locomotive
under all conditions.
Inspection pits are now being installed at a number
of large engine terminals. These are located on the
inbound tracks with the view of making inspection of
locomotives before they are placed over the cinder pit.
Fires can then be withdrawn when the engines pass over
the cinder pit, if inspection develops defects which war-
rant this procedure, thus saving time and expense in-
1082
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
volved if the engine was inspected within the round-
house after passing over cinder pit.
Heating and ventilation are of first importance in a
modern and efficient roundhouse. With the possible
exception of small isolated houses in mild climates,
where sufficient natural ventilation can be obtained, a
properly designed system combining heating and ven-
tilation should be adopted.
A combined heating and ventilating system should
supply sufficient air for the quick removal of smoke, gas,
and vapors. Ventilating sash, louvers and other open-
ings should be provided at the high points of the room
to supplement the forced system by directing the flow
of air currents and facilitating the removal of hot gases.
This feature should be carefully considered, for in
roundhouse ventilation it is not so much a question of
diluting the air as it is of establishing a positive flow
of air which will carry the gases along with it.
Adequate daylight facilities through large window
areas together with light, cheerful surroundings are
highly desirable.
Much needed improvement is desired in connection
with artificial lighting of engine terminals. In the
roundhouse proper, lights mounted on the outer wall
and reilected between engine pits have given satis-
factory results when augmented by sufficient lights sus-
pended from the ceiling to afford general illumination.
For lighting the roundhouse circle, flood lights should
be used whenever possible, as general illumination will
add considerably to the safe movement of locomotives
to and from turntable and engine house. Ashpits can
be illuminated by rows of reflector lights placed on
poles, and similar provision should be made at other
points beyond turntable or by the use of flood lights
on the top of coaling stations.
Facilities should be provided for washing out boilers,
using hot water under pressure and refilling with hot
water after washing.
Hot-water washout and refilling systems can be eco-
nomically installed in any size to meet the require-
ments in any engine terminal of moderate size. The
usual practice is to deliver washout water at tempera-
tures varying from 100 to 140 deg. The refilling water
generally has an average temperature of approximately
210 deg.
Screw-jack locomotive hoists especially designed for
unwheeling locomotives are being more extensively used
at engine terminals, and their use has made possible a
large saving in both time and labor. These hoists
operate with a high degree of safety as compared with
the drop-pit system; furthermore, they can be located
within the roundhouse or installed in a separate build-
ing, in which case it would be desirable to also install
the wheel lathe and other tools and appliances for tak-
ing care of heavy running repairs.
Space for blacksmith and boiler shops is generally
provided adjacent to the machine shop. Facilities should
include steam hammer, forges with down-draft hoods
(number and size to suit work to be performed), punch
and shear, plate-bending rolls, straightening plate,
flange fire, etc. Stock flues, sheet iron and bar iron and
steel should be kept outdoors in covered racks.
Autogenous cutting and welding outfits are also con-
sidered indispensable and are used principally in mak-
ing repairs to locomotive fireboxes, engine frames, and
in reclaiming miscellaneous parts which can readily be
arepaired by this process.
Oil houses should be separated from other buildings,
should be of fireproof construction, and of a size to suit
the requirements.
The storehouse should comprise a structure of ample
size, conveniently located to machine shop, with plat-
form and track facilities for handling material to and
from cars, building provided with sufficient natural
and artificial light, steel shelving, bins, etc., separate
alcove for electrical repair shop and provision for office
staff on second floor.
Important engine terminals should be provided with
a power plant of sufficient size to take care of the future
as well as immediate needs of the terminal. In a num-
ber of cases this plant is required to provide steam for
thawing snow at switches on main-line track leading
to the terminal passenger station and supply heat and
light to station buildings, and function in general as a
service station.
Acme Threads in Motor-Jack Bushings
By a. J. Schwartz
The article on page 397 of the American Machinist
on "Tapping Acme Threads in Motor Jack Bushings,"
by H. W. Armstrong, is of value in that it gives informa-
tion on how to increase the production of the bushings,
and at the same time decrease the cost for taps. It is
with pleasure that articles on the subject of Acme
threads are read, particularly when the faults in manu-
facture are cited and the remedy given to overcome them
by some one engaged in actual manufacture and thus
qualified to give additional information. A few more
dimensions on the drawings of the taps would, however,
be greatly appreciated.
Will Mr. Armstrong kindly supply the readers with
a little more information in respect to the exact dimen-
sions for the perfect threads on the tap and also the
theoretical dimensions of the thread in the i in., 4 pitch,
bushings this tap is to produce?
It is to be supposed that in this age of interchange-
ability the bushings are made within certain limits of
tolerance and that "go" and "no go" gages are used
to check the work; therefore, there must be a point at
which the taps will cease to cut to the proper size and
should be discarded. Now as the minimum hole for
screw thread product is considered basic and required
by the United States government, it would seem advis-
able and desirable to make the taps slightly over-size by
a few tenths, or even a few thousandths of an inch, and
it is information in regard to the amount of over-size
on all dimensions of the tap that is desired.
There is no reference in the article to the screw that
is to fit in the bushings, nor information regarding its
manufacture, but for quick assembling, the mating parts
should have ample initial clearance or allowance, as
otherwise, unnecessary time will be consumed in putting
these parts together. Assuming the bushings produced
by the taps to be in agreement with the theoretical
thread data as given in the "American Machinist Hand-
Book," it will be absolutely necessary to make some
departure or deviation from this data when making
the screw, as it is impossible for the 4-pitch Acme
thread bushing to go over a screw having exactly the
same dimensions except for clearance at the major diam-
eter of the bushing and the minor diameter of the screw.
If it is possible to do so without giving away the
firm's secrets, I would, therefore, request that the basic
dimensions and the tolerances for a l-in., 4-pitch Acme
thread screw be given to the readers.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1083
Making Eccentric-Headed Studs
By frank S. ward
The manner in which eccentrically headed studs
were made in an English munition plant is
unique enough to warrant examination. The
ways in which the speed of production was in-
creased without the use of automatic machines
show that there are probably large possibilities of
improvement in regard to rate of production in
the average machine shop.
THE making of eccentric-headed studs on a large
contract presented some interesting problems to
the shop which undertook the job. The contract
called for 10,000 studs, more or less. The material,
whfch was furnished by the buyer, was 3-per cent
nickel steel. The only machines available were 14-in.
swing hand-lathes. That is to say, the spindle of such
a lathe was belt-driven, the traverse driven by hand
only, and the slide-rest, though adjustable along the
bed, possessed no saddle. The operators were girls.
As it was impossible to cut off in the lathes, the stock
was sawed off into pieces the length of two studs with
a minimum allowances of i in. for cutting them in two.
As the bars were just over li in. in diameter and as
the pin had to be 1 in. in diameter, eccentric to the
extent of A in., there was not much material to waste.
The heads were not turned, as they had to be milled
later to a special form.
At first the job may strike the reader as very ordi-
nary, but he will find, the author has reason to believe,
that the procedure has in it not a little of the new.
Although an ideal turret-lathe job, it was done in com-
paratively light lathes at a pace that the turret lathe
had hard work to beat.
Peculiarities of the Job
On this particular job, turret-lathe users had one
trouble to face which they surmounted only by running
the spindle at a comparatively low speed. Imagine the
effect of running at a high speed a 12-ft. bar of li-in.
steel set eccentric nearly J in. The price paid for the
studs was very low and those firms that followed the
ordinary practice of cutting off and turning the studs
between centers lost money. One or two small firms
went "broke" with the job.
By making the job a chucking one, we saved at
least i in. of material on each stud and about 1,000 lb.
of metal altogether. Centers could not be left in, which
is one item of interest. Another item is the use of a
universal chuck without any alteration for chucking
eccentrically. The author conceived the idea of insert-
ing the jaws in the chuck in the wrong order just to
see if the right amount of eccentricity could be obtained,
or so close an approach to it that the jaws would not re-
quire much grinding. As luck had it, it was found
that the roughing operation, illustrated in Fig. 1, about
cleaned the stock up all around. Occasionally, a little
black was left on at A which, however, never failed to
clean off at the finishing cut. This idea may afford to
someone else the opportunity of avoiding the use of
special eccentric chucks for similar jobs.
The way we avoided length stops may not be without
novelty. In addition to the turning tool B, we fixed in
the rest an ending tool C and provided a gage D to facil-
itate setting the tools the proper distance apart. The
operator had instructions to level up the end, removing
a minimum amount of metal, a means whereby we were
enabled to reduce the cutting-off allowance. A trial
proved the impossibility of truing up the end to the
center, there being too much vibration.
Now, at the outset, I started with the impression
that the tool, if made as for turning tool steel, would
be about right for 3-per cent nickel steel. Consequently,
the top rake adopted was 10 degrees. After a little
experience our girls were averaging about 8 ends per
hour. Naturally, we had not aimed at a high surface
speed for we regarded the material as requiring ap-
proximately the same speed as tool steel. A coolant
was not used at first, but after pumps had been fitted,
we found higher speeds possible and the output went
up to some 10 an hour, and there was not a little sav-
ing in tool-setters' labor.
Change in Top Rake
This continued for some time, when some fool of a
tool-setter, having run out of the ordinary tools, in-
serted one of our standard tools, such as used for soft
mild steel and having a top rake of 35 degrees. That
day the output showed a considerable increase, so great
an increase, indeed, that a reason was sought and, of
course, found in the tool. Without burdensome ex-
planation, we must say that after a little experimenta-
tion we found it possible to nearly double the speed,
and that enabled the operators to double the feed with-
out feeling increased fatigue. Our average production
went up to 21 ends an hour and our record to 27, inclu-
sive of toolsetting time. A section of the cutting end
of the tool is shown.
A minor point that is worth while talking about
arose. We found that there was less tendency for the
tool to dig in when it was set well below the center.
When set above the center this type of tool, if it yields,
■-; I Tool-Setting Gage D I
"1 k- Si'*s' ->J
PIG. 1. FIRST OPERATION, ROUGHING ONE SHANK
1084
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
digs into the parts being reduced. Again, by setting
the tool below the center, the length of cutting edge
in action is slightly increased.
Two lathes were employed for roughing. The first
operation was roughing one end eccentrically. Fig. 1,
,jx/s or oturK
,-J"'0percth'on(6rincf)
-JL.
'^^ 'i ^Operation
\\ (Finish 7i/rn)
rftpn-'
' - 2/,/" 00^
ZiPOperafiprf
. 1 T— '
\ f^OfXraticn- -''' U
I — J^f; (finisfi Turn) ^
' 1 Tools Set to Master Pixe^
Fia. 2.
FIG3 1
SECOND OPERATION, ROUGHING OTHER SHANK
FIG. 3. FINISHING THE STUDS
leaving from ^ to A in. for a finishing cut. The blank
was then transferred to the second lathe, see Fig. 2, in
the chuck of which the turned end was held concentric-
ally. When a line of black had been left at A, it was
always set against a jaw. A blank that happened to be
a little small (the bar being undersize) was in this
way frequently saved, if not at both ends, at least at
one end.
Facing and Finishing Turning
The next operation, Fig. 3, was the grinding off of
the unlevel ends. It was concluded that a little time
would be saved owing to one handling only being
needed, instead of the two required if this process had
been left until the pieces were cut in two. In grinding,
the pieces were simply rolled on a flat rest across the
face of the wheel, the finishing of each end occupying
but a few seconds.
The fourth and fifth operations, finish turning the
ends, were practically repetitions of the second, the
ends however, being chamfered instead of merely
leveled. The output was about 24 an hour. In this
case the top rake of the tools was 15 deg. only, but a
coolant was used as before. An end stop E, Fig. 3, was
attached to the top slide (the toolslide) of the rest.
It might be well to explain here that the output was
increased a little by replacing the handles of the slide-
rests by longer ones fitted with heavy balancing balls,
which enabled the operator with a spin to return the
slide to its starting point. With the short handles,
roughing was very hard work.
Sawing
The arrangement for sawing is not without interest.
The bush illustrated in Fig. 4, of mild steel case-hard-
ened at the right hand end, was recessed to a depth equal
to the finish length of the head. The saw attendant
had instructions to allow the saw to touch the bush
Harx^.,
I' :^^| ^^^3^ ,-/»<:e '^"ponq When Recfuired
1 (r"'" Operation)
j_J 6™ Operation (Sow off)
"^-Sawin^ Jij, Held in t^achine t^/se
FIG. 4. MEANS OF HOLDING THE WORK WHILE SAWING
STUDS APART
lightly. It was impossible to saw off so that the heads
came too short, and they were generally a little too
long, or rather longer than the nominal. Only rarely
was it necessary to face the inner stud to length, and
the finish as left by the saw was good enough. The
inspector, after sawing, set aside the studs with long
heads for facing, which was a simple lathe operation
unless the amount to be removed was excessive. In
that case, the stud was returned to the saws and the
excess sawed off.
One would imagine that the rubbing of the saw
against the hard bush would be detrimental to saw
life. It may have been, but if so, the loss was quite
inappreciable. What was more important, our lathes
were enabled to earn more than could possibly have
been lost on extra saws.
The average time per stud for all the operations ex-
cept sawing was 7 minutes. Those who recognize the
stud will be interested to learn that, together with the
operations not described, the total time worked out at
12 minutes each — with poor machines.
Locating the Center of Radii
By Chester E. Josselyn
There are two methods in common use for locating the
center of radii on a drawing. One is to set the com-
pass to the required radius and then make several
guesses at the center, usually getting it somewhere near
right; and the other is to measure off the distances
with dividers and draw intersecting lines. The sketch
herewith shows a simple instrument for accomplishing
the purpose that combines the precision of the latter
method with the speed of the former.
All that is needed is a 45-deg. triangle of celluloid
with a small hole near the center of the long side for
the needle point, and with a series of short lines at
suitable intervals located equidistantly on either side of
the hole. The lines should be upon that side of the
triangle that is next to the paper, while the figures
may be on top.
\ r" t
Scribed lines on \ /Hot»tbr pencil ,
under side, figures \ prneedle fxmt/\_
on top. 'J ^
a r— -»-—-! — t — r-r-rt^-r-*-- ^
TOOL FOR LOCATING THE CENTER OF RADII
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1085
Industrial Dental Dispensaries
By SANFORD DeHART
Director of Hospital, R. K. LeBlond Machine Tool Co.
Does an Industrial Dental Dispensary pay?
What is the approximate cost of Dental Service?
Do the employees respond to the treatment?
Do the employees respond to the dentist's sugges-
tions ?
Do they resent it as being too paternalistic?
Are there any "don'ts" you might suggest?
THE questions in italics and various others are
asked us by many manufacturers in different parts
of the world. I say world, because we have re-
ceived inquiries from
as far off as Calcutta,
India. London, Eng-
land, has manifested
an interest by re-
questing information
in two different in-
stances. Recently we
received an inquiry
from a representative
of the government of
New South Wales,
Australia, requesting
information relative
to the success attend-
ing our work. This
representative ex-
plained that it was a
matter affecting the
lives and futures of
all the people of Aus-
tralia, and he was
anxious to procure
facts, figures and per-
sonal opinions from
the R. K. LeBlond
Machine Tool Co., so
that he might, as he
expressed it, "convince
the apathetic govern-
ment dentists of New
South Wales of the
extreme urgency of
Industrial Dentistry
along proper lines."
Recently I made a
survey of plants em-
ploying dentists either part or full time, and I ascer-
tained that the methods pursued were not to fill decayed
teeth, not to straighten teeth nor treat "pyorrhea." I
found that they cleaned the teeth, charted the mouths,
noted decays and sent the patient to his family dentist.
Some extracted teeth and some did not. Most of the
dentists interviewed were in favor of extracting the
teeth in their Industrial Dental Dispensary. In a few
of the dental dispensaries the company carried the entire
expense. Four of the industries furnished free dental
service to the children of the employees. In some of the
DENTAT^ DEPARTMENT OF THE LeBLOND CO.
dispensaries the employees paid half, and in others the
Mutual Aid of the plant paid the expense of the dis-
pensary.
Industrial Dentistry has received a great impetus
since the war, owing to the fact that each of the 5,000,-
000 soldiers and sailors who went into training camps
had his teeth examined, and where defects were found
they were corrected. It was the work of the army
dentist to keep the teeth of the recruits in first class
shape, with the result that the teeth of the American
soldier won the admiration of Europe. Many of these
men who have returned to civilian life have learned the
importance of taking care of their teeth and are serving
as guides to other
people who have not
been taught the ill
results of neglecting
their teeth. Dr.
Charles H. Mayo, the
distinguished surgeon
of Rochester, Minn.,
says — "the next great-
est step in medical
progress in preven-
tive medicine should
be made by the den-
tists." It is difficult
to estimate the time
lost from work due to
defective teeth. All
of the firms surveyed,
which were operating
dental clinics, advised
me that the service
pays for itself in the
time saved in pre-
venting toothache.
One can very well ap-
preciate the economic
importance of an in-
dustrial dental clinic
to an industry situ-
ated some distance
from the center of
things. It has been
conservatively esti-
mated that the sav-
ings to the LeBlond
Co., on extractions
alone, was approxi-
mately $2,200 in production, for the year 1919, based on
the time a man would ordinarily lose if he were to visit
his family dentist during working hours for the relief of
toothache. It often happened that an employee report-
ing for work after a sleepless night, due to an ulcerated
tooth, was willing to continue work after being relieved
by our dentist. If we had not been situated so that we
could promptly relieve these conditions we would have
lost the services of these men for the entire day.
An idea of the work accomplished in the LeBlond
dispensary can be illustrated by the following report:
1086
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Toothache 122 Examinations 121
Carles 104 Preventive 351
Treatments 386 Pyorrhea 38
Fillings (temporarj) .... 64 X-ray 13
Extractions 306
There were 1,506 mouths examined and charted dur-
ing the year. Our records show that there were 96 per
cent in need of dental services, only 4 per cent were
found to have mouths that might be considered hygienic,
6 per cent were free from caries and responded to
treatment readily, the remainder had disease-producing
symptoms known to dentistry, such as abscesses, pulp
stones, inflamed pulp, ill fitting crowns and ragged fill-
ings causing irritation.
Normally, the LeBlond Co. has one thousand employees
on its pay-roll. From the foregoing it may be gathered
that the dental department has a good clientele.
Industrial dentistry is comparatively a new subject.
In a list furnished me by the publishers of Dental Reg-
ister, I find that there is but one Industrial Dental Clinic
in Detroit. This is surprising in view of the fact that
Detroit is a progressive city, and is the home of many
large factories. There are four Industrial Dental
Clinics in Cincinnati.
The Dental Department of the R. K. LeBlond Machine
Tool Co., consists of a room 8 x 10 ft. equipped with an
Industrial Unit, that is: a dental chair, gas, air, tray,
light, drill, water, cuspidor and motor. This makes an
ideal combination for industrial dentistry, particularly
where the room is small. The utility is also enhanced
since there is no lost motion so far as the work of the
dentist is concerned, as he has his utensils conveniently
near. The dental room is also equipped with a cabinet,
file and a gas-oxygen outfit for the administration of
anaesthetics. The usual small tools and appliances for
extraction and preventive work is also a part of the
equipment. A dental room such as I have just described
could, with the present inflated prices, be installed, I am
advised by dental supply houses, for approximately
$1,800.
The personnel consists of a dentist, a graduate nurse
who has specialized in dentistry, and an anaesthetist,
who visits the plant when his services are required.
The dentist spends one hour a day at the plant, four
days a week, and in view of the fact that his nurse has
been trained to anticipate his wants, he is usually able
to treat on an average of seven patients during his stay.
Our dentist has been practicing his profession for
twenty-five years, and is considered one of the leading
dentists in this city. Since he has naturally mastered
his profession he is enabled to eliminate many of the
non-essentials, thereby rendering him particularly effi-
cient in expeditiously treating his industrial patients.
It is hardly likely that a younger man or one not
possessing these qualifications would be able to treat
seven patients per hour and do justice to them.
This brings us to the point of the qualifications of an
industrial dentist:
Qualifications
First — He should be a man of mature years, who has
been practicing dentistry not less than ten years.
Second — He should know something about industry
and the men he is to treat. He should be conservative
in his statements as to the benefits derived in removing
neuralgic and other obscure pains by the extraction of
teeth. It may be well to note in this connection that
the medical profession has of late been protesting
agains the reckless extraction of teeth. Dentists have
obtained such beautiful results in some cases by extract-
ing teeth, that some of them are now trying to explain
most diseases on the basis of these focal infections. It
has been the policy to pull the teeth first, and if the pain
does not subside they look further to ascertain the cause
of the pain. This phase of the work has met with many
disappointments and has engendered a certain amount
of distrust among the employees.
Third — He should have a pleasing personality and
understand the social side of man. He should view
dentistry from the employees' angle.
Scope of an Industrial Dental Department
Emergency work should be treated as conditions arise.
Toothache should be relieved in all cases at once. Ad-
visory work, consisting of thorough examination of the
mouth and teeth and suggestions as to the proper work
required should be done. Educational work, such as
explaining to the patient all the details in connection
with his case in terms that he can interpret should be
included. Each mouth should be charted and a copy
given to the employee. When defects are found the em-
ployee should be referred to his family dentist. It
should be the work of the dentist or his assistant to
check these cards every sixty days to ascertain whether
or not the employee has had defects corrected. (With
reference to the forms for a dental department, the
author will be pleased to send blank forms to interested
persons.)
Extractions should be done in the Industrial Dental
Clinic, with the aid of gas or the different local anaes-
thetics. Teeth cleaning and polishing should be a
feature of the Dental Clinic. Initial treatments for
"pyorrhea" should be a part of the dentist's work, and
the patient referred to his family dentist for subsequent
treatments. Occasional talks on hygiene of the mouth
supplemented with lantern slides will do much to cement
good relations between the dentist and the patient.
In describing the foregoing functions of the dentist, I
have been guided solely by what has been accomplished
in the LeBlond Dispensary. To take care of all the
dental needs of a plant employing 1,000 would require
the services of several dentists giving all their time.
Filling, making of teeth, crowns, etc., should not be done
in the factory.
A Few Don'ts
Don't employ a young man to take charge of your
dental work. There are too many complicated problems
arising for a young man to solve in industrial work.
Don't permit your dentist to attempt too much. I recall
a case on whom a dentist was attempting some operative
work in an industrial clinic, which terminated disas-
trously, and had it not been for the combined efforts of
two physicians and the dentist the case might have been
a fatality. Don't have your dentist visit the dispensary
at irregular hours. Have a specified time for the dentist
to report for work, so that the employees may know
when to find him in his oflSce. Much time is lost by the
employees visiting the dental dispensary to inquire the
dentist's hour. Don't employ a man who is not tactful.
As to the cost of operating an Industrial Dental Dis-
pensary, I have conferred with a number of dentists
engaged in this line of work and have read a vast
amount of material on this subject. The consensus of
opinion seems to be that good dentistry can be furnished
industry for approximately f 1.50 a year per employee.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1087
The Law in Regard to Strikes — I
By CHESLA C. SHERLOCK
The ever-growing necessity for the enactment of
laios. Federal and State, to govern or fix the re-
sponsibility for strikes and lockouts, which cause
financial loss and inconvenience to the public, is
one of the biggest problems in our present era
of social and industrial development. What the
law covers at this time if ably discussed in this
first installment.
NO BETTER example of how public opinion forces
the growth and development of law can be given
than the case of strikes and lockouts. Just now
-we are in the midst of a great period of growth in the
law in regard to this phase of human relationship, a
growth that is at once tremendous and, at the same
time, sane.
Jefferson, speaking just a hundred years ago, said:
•"I know that laws and institutions must go hand in hand
with the progress of the human mind. As that becomes
more developed, more enlightened, as new discoveries
are made, new truths disclosed, and manners and opin-
ions change with the change of circumstances, insti-
tutions must advance also and keep pace with the
times. We might as well require a man to still wear
the coat which fitted him when a boy, as civilized
society to remain ever under the regimen of its bar-
barous ancestors. It is this preposterous idea which
has lately deluged Europe in blood."
The "deluge" to which Jeiferson referred was, of
course, the French Revolution and the campaigns of
Napoleon, but had the statement been made but yes-
terday it could not sound more up to date!
The development of the law in regard to strikes is of
comparatively recent origin. In fact, most of it has
taken place within the last half-century. And in the
tracing of that development we have but to keep in mind
the fact that law has ever followed public opinion to
understand why some of its growth has been so one-
sided, so imperfect, and, perhaps, so illogical.
In a previous discussion touching upon the subject
of contracts with trades unions we brought out the
fact that the courts have ever been reluctant to deal
with individuals in the mass. The law is upheld for the
protection of the individual and to clearly define his
rights. The law has never willingly consented to merge
individual rights into a mass and treat the mass with
anything like the consideration shown the individual.
Business must, of necessity, often be conducted under
a mass arrangement. So the Romans gave us the cor-
poration, which by fiction of law is considered a legal
entity or person. And, even then, we find the law in
regard to corporations even more strict and specific than
it is in the case of individuals, because the law has
recognized from the beginning that an organization of
people for a specific purpose presents a serious menace
to the rights and privileges of individuals unless such
organization is held in continuous check.
In trades unions, which are of very recent origin,
the law is presented with a very different matter from
that of corporations. The trades workmen represent a
mass of individuals banded together for a specific pur-
pose; namely, to further their own interests to the ex-
clusion of the interests and rights of others. And,
whether we care to look the facts in the face or not,
the trades union is, under the normal expression and
feeling of the law, dangerous to the rights of indi-
viduals.
Why? Largely because they represent an irrespon-
sible mass which, at law, cannot be controlled in its
cbligations and covenants. Trades workmen, as every-
one knows, will force a contract for wages from the
employer either under the coercion of a strike or a
threat or by actual violence. Then, next week, or next
month, they may decide to have their wages advanced
j,nd there is no power which can compel them to work
and render to society that service which they owe, until
their demands have been satisfied. In fact, recent de-
velopments disclose that even the constituted authori-
ties of the trades unions have no conclusive power over
their mass, to look to the enforcement of agreements
and covenants which the men have previously as-
sented to.
The men may even assent to arbitration and an ad-
justment of their differences, but there is no power,
as the law now stands, to compel them to abide by the
decision rendered and carry out their portion of the
agreement. Only public opinion today can, in any
way, curb or control the action of the trades unions,
ajid when we speak in this sense we refer to the right
to keep the men at work.
The Rights of the Individuals
When you come to the right to work or to refrain
from working you must lapse back to a consideration
of the rights of individuals. Under our law men in
the mass can be compelled to work against their will
only when they have transgressed against the law and
been convicted thereof, or when they have entered the
military service. The individual, however, cannot be
compelled to work. It is his right to refuse to work or
to work as he wills it. In the making of an agreement
through his trades union with an employer he avails
himself of the advantage via the threat route of the
mass, but when the performance of the agreement
comes he avails himself of his individual right to quit
work any time that pleases his whim or the whim of
his fellows.
What else can be said of the relation? The courts
have, through the force of expediency, declared that an
agreement of workmen to strike cannot be considered
a conspiracy. It is not in restraint of trade, for labor
is not a commodity to be bought or sold. I think we
all agree to the wisdom of the ruling that labor should
not be treated as a commodity to be bought and sold,
but let any other mass of individuals in the country seek
mutual advantage through mass movement and they
will promptly be haled into court for trespassing the
rights of other individuals — with the exception of
farmers banded together in co-operative enterprises,
and here again we find the finger of political ex-
pediency.
1088
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
This situation has come to us from the common law,
due largely to the stress of the law at that time upon
the rights of individuals and to the fact that in those
days the courts were not called upon to treat of rights
in any other form. Trades unions were unknown to
the common law. Workmen were not organized. They
dealt with their employers independently and as indi-
viduals. Hence, the solution of their problems did not
serve to tangle the threads of individual rights. And
in regard to employers who massed together in their
enterprises, the law required them to incorporate and
treated their corporation as a single person in the rights
acquired, and held times without number that indi-
viduals massed together in a corporation could acquire
no greater rights than an individual in the same calling,
with certain enumerated exceptions.
Unions Should Be Controlled by Law
Trades unions are doubtless essential in our present-
day commercial world. They serve a necessary pur-
pose and they can serve a larger purpose in our indus-
trial scheme of things, but, as in the case of the indi-
vidual and of the corporation, their powers must be
curbed and enumerated more specifically by the law,
or the good which they can do will be obscured by the
evil which they will accomplish. We must find some
way to define more clearly the rights of all parties to
the industrial tangle and to distinguish those rights
clearly and without favor, if our "institutions are to
advance also." We cannot ever bend under the "regi-
men of our barbarous ancestors" and escape paying
the piper.
The solution will doubtless come when the courts and
the legislative branches of our respective governments
are content to consider and define the rights and liabili-
ties of individuals in mass, and to abandon, so far as
necessary, the old feeling that rights can be adjusted
and considered only on the individual basis.
In fact, the solution will doubtless come in the ac-
ceptance of an early English decision, which has been
lost sight of in the overwhelming maze of other decis-
ions relating to strikes and labor troubles. In this
decision, the court recognized the right of society at
large to be considered in such disputes, and it had the
courage to treat of the rights of respective parties in
mass.
The coal strike a year ago crystallized public opinion
more than anything else in this direction. It brought
to the attention of the people for the first time what
employers have known for a long time, namely, that
there are more than two parties to a labor dispute, and
the utter inadequacy of the law to meet such a situa-
tion and compel action. And this last summer we have
witnessed another exhibition on the part of the trades
union men where, in two separate unions, "illegal"
walkouts were staged — walkouts not even sanctioned
by the constituted leaders of the unions themselves.
Public opinion has in the past forced legislation and
court decisions carefully and specifically setting out the
rights, duties and liabilities of the employer. He is
pretty well hedged in by legal restrictions as to what
he may do and what he may not do. Properly so. But
the weakness of the law as it stands today is not in its
failure to curb the employer so much as in its failure
to curb the employee and enumerate his rights, his
duties and his liabilities. And, in considering this
question which must necessarily involve a considera-
tion of some means of controlling a mass, the rights,
duties and liabilities of society must likewise be enum-
erated.
Society has the right to the uninterrupted enjoyment
of the service of labor. But in asserting this right, the
rights of labor need not be transgressed in the slightest
degree. The courts have said from the beginning of
time that society had a right to the peaceable adjust-
ment of private disputes. And to guarantee that right
the law has taken away the firearms of the individuals
or the right to the uninterrupted use of them, and sub-
stituted arbitration through the courts of the differ-
ences between the parties.
A gun in the hands of an irresponsible party is a
constant threat to society; the right to strike in the
hands of an irresponsible mass is a constant threat to
society. The taking away of the right to strike from
trades unions can jeopardize their rights no more than
the taking away of the right to use a gun anywhere
and everywhere has jeopardized the rights of indi-
viduals. For honest rights once acquired, can never
be taken away from individuals by the law, and never
will be, unless other rights achieving the same end are
substituted in their place.
The strike in the past has not been illegal; it is not
illegal, in a general sense today. It is possible that it
has been morally wrong to strike, but beyond that no
one dares to go, and even moral rights are grounded
in the expressions of organized public opinion, and no-
where else.
Just what might happen if union men were to strike
in defiance of a law prohibiting strikes cannot, of course,
be definitely stated, but a fair indication may be drawn
from a case which recently occurred in the Federal
District Court for the Southern District of Iowa.
The Des Moines Incident
The street railway men in the City of Des Moines
have been engaged in a series of wage disputes and
two strikes during the past year. A year ago they pro-
mulgated a strike for higher wages. The company
has been in the hands of a receiver for the past two
years.
The strike came at a very inopportune time so
far as the city was concerned, being just before the
Iowa State Fair when hundreds of thousands of visitors
were expected in the city.
The strike at that time intimidated everyone. Judge
Wade of the Federal Court, in order to get the men
back to work, granted an increase of wages on the
understanding that the city council was to submit a
proposal to the voters to increase the fare which might
be collected under the franchise. The men went back
to work, but the people voted down the fare increase.
The men, however, were paid the increase out of other
funds on hand.
In the Spring, the men again demanded a further
wage increase, doubtless moved by their successful
experience the preceding fall. They demanded an in-
crease averaging about 20 cents per hour above what
the court had awarded them the year before. Arbi-
tration was held and the men were granted an increase
which the company, due to its insolvency, was unable
to pay. The company did, however, continue to pay
the old wage and to credit the men with the extra
award, agreeing to pay it as soon as funds were avail-
able.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1089
The men worked through the summer until state fair
time again in August. In the meantime, the State
Supreme Court had lu-ld that a franchise for a fixed fare
for a fixed period of time was not valid and that the
fare provision might be changed by the courts upon a
showing of necessity. Judge Wade of the Federal
Court promptly increased the city fare to 6 cents and
ordered the receivers to pay the men the back pay out
of the increased fare as rapidly as possible.
The men, however, demanded that the court order
the receivers to advance them their back pay out of
other funds on hand for taxes so that they might have
the money in a lump sum. The court refused to do
this, stating that it had no authority under the law
to do so.
"But you did it last year!" argued the men.
"I did it because I thought the people would vote an
increased fare to take care of the increased wage, but
they didn't do it," answered Judge Wade. "I allowed
expediency to govern me then, to cause me to do a thing
I had no legal right to do, and I will not so act again."
The men then went out on a strike.
Judge Wade then issued an order to the receivers to
close the car barns, cease operations, and further he
cancelled the contract between the company and the
men and declared that they had forfeited all wage
rights under the contract and the 'arbitration awards
and must be considered no longer as employees of the
company.
It was not two hours until the union representatives
were petitioning the court to rescind this order, on the
understanding that the men would return to work under
the preceding one.
Irresponsibility of Trades Unions
This case undoubtedly establishes a precedent in the
country and it is fortunate that it occurred in a Fed-
eral Court, where the findings will have wide publicity.
For it clearly brings out the utter irresponsibility of
the average trades union in carrying out its obliga-
tions.
In this case a means was found to bring the men
back to work peaceably, and in so doing the court
also marked out a course along the definition of the
rights of mass movements. No right of the men had
been jeopardized, nothing taken away from them. They
were merely trying to take advantage of a favorable
situation and bring the court and the company to them
on their knees as they had done the previous year.
Conclusion ,
There is no problem presented to employers and to
the nation at large at the present moment that should
call for the serious consideration and thought which
the strike should call for. It is a matter which is
going to be adjusted. We have expressed the weak-
ness in the law, the people have sensed that weakness
and public opinion is slowly moving, as it always does,
toward a solution of that weakness and a better defi-
nition of all the rights of all the parties concerned in
labor disputes.
In bringing out this weakness in the law as it stands
today, it has forced us to necessarily exclude in this
discussion many other points of vital interest, and
probably more practical concern to employers, in regard
to the strike and lockout. We shall discuss these mat-
ters in subsequent articles.
Slivers and Infections
By Alexander L. Prince
Medical Director, Industrial Department, Aetna Life Insurance Co.
In a recent issue of the American Machinist there
appears, in the section devoted to "Ideas from practical
men," an article by B. W. Franklin entitled "Sliver
gouge made from part of broken light bulb."
In this article, Mr. Franklin describes how a "surgi-
cal tool" for removing slivers from the skin can be
made from a discarded Mazda bulb, and shows by means
of an illustration how this tool can be carried in a
spectacle case.
The only inference which can be drawn from this
article is that factory employes, machinists in particu-
lar, will find it practical and convenient to carry this
instrument in the recesses of their spectacle cases and
to use it for the purpose of digging out slivers from
various parts of their anatomy.
If the removal of a sliver from the skin were a simple
mechanical process free from all danger, Mr. Franklin's
ingenuity would deserve commendation, but as the re-
moval of a sliver is a surgical procedure requiring skill
and training in order to prevent subsequent infection,
the promiscuous use of Mr. Franklin's "surgical tool"
cannot be too severely condemned.
A sliver wound, like all other wounds, is subject to
invasion by "pus" germs and this means infection. To
prevent infection is the function of the trained first
aider, the nurse or the physician. These individuals
are trained to take care of sliver wounds. They know
that to use unsterilized instruments on human flesh is
dangerous, therefore they use sterilized instruments and
not germ laden "surgical tools" carried in a germ laden
spectacle case. They also know about the after care of
a sliver wound. They know how to keep the wound free
from germs until healing has taken place. Furthermore,
they do not believe in taking chances with "blood poison-
ing" as the man does who makes a practice of digging
slivers out of his fingers.
To the man with a sliver in his hand — Play Safe. No
matter how trivial your injury may seem, let a trained
individual take care of it for you. A sliver properly
removed and a sliver wound properly treated mean little
or no inconvenience, but indiscriminate sliver digging
will give "pus" germs an opportunity to thrive in your
wound and the consequences may be so serious as to
incapacitate you for weeks or months. Taboo the ama-
teur "sliver digger" and avoid infection.
[While the industrial surgeon is to be commended for
all work of this kind, we must remember that there are
thousands of small shops where none can be maintained
and where no hospital is available. In such cases the
"shop surgeon" is bound to continue for some time to
come. The great importance of cleanliness and the use
of suitable antiseptic solution, both in connection with
the wound and the instrument used, cannot be over
emphasized. — Editor.]
The first openhearth reverberatory furnace in Manitoba
recently commenced operations at Selkirk, about 10 miles
northeast of Winnipeg. The plant, which represents an
investment of about $1,000,000, is known as the Manitoba
Rolling Mills, and its equipment is said to be of the most
modern type, consisting principally of one 15-ton furnace,
three 15-ton ladles, crane, dumps, molds and other ma-
chinery. All machinery is operated by electricity supplied
by Winnipeg hydro-electric stations.
1090
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Concrete Ships ^i^
BY
Fred H. Colvin
ED/TOR AMERfCAN MACH IN/ST
■tfe!
The interesting mechanical features introduced
in the building of concrete ships makes the sub-
ject of more than general interest eventhough tin
commercial future of such ships has not beeh
assured and is subjected to much criticism.
THERE is much discussion, pro and con, as to
the merits of the concrete ship. But whatever
may be the ultimate outcome, the concrete ship
is an experiment which interests the average mechanic
in a number of ways. One of the largest concrete
ships is shown in the accompanying ilfustrations, the
"Selma" which is being finally fitted out in the drydock
of the Alabama Drydock and Shipbuilding Co., of Mobile,
Ala. The length of the ship is about 450 ft. and, as
can be seen, is large enough to practically fill the dock,
which is by no means small.
One of the things which impress the visitor to a con-
crete ship for the first time, is the trim, clean looking
sides, the solid character of the guard rails, and the
general appearance of neatness due to smoothly rounded
corners give a much more pleasing impression than is
generally expected. There is nothing of the concrete
block appearance about it.
The mechanical equipment was installed while the
ship was in the drydock where she was taken because
it was considered necessary to introduce a large number
of stirrups which are, in reality, large U-bolts or "hair-
pins" to tie the outer skin to the ribs on the inside.
Channels were cut by air drills from the outside
as in Fig. 8, so as to allow the U-bolt to lie in a recess
below the surface of the concrete, these channels being
filled with concrete after the stirrups are in place, in
order to protect the iron from the corrosive action
of the water.
The illustrations show a number of the most inter-
esting features such as the plate let into the bow to
protect the sides against the chafing of the anchor. The
absence of a metal covering for the stem to protect
it from being chafed by the cable when the anchor
is down, has however been commented on.
This, it is believed, is an error in judgment, and it is
feared that with the anchor chains down, and swinging-
across the bow at times with the changing tide, that
serious chafing and crumbling will take place. Whether
this will occur remains of course to be seen, and unless
the concrete ships are used more than they have been^
this is not likely to cause serious difficulty.
Fig. 2 is a view toward the stern and shows the heavy
oil piping, the runway at the right for maintaining com-
munication between the bridge and the after deckhouse
in bad weather or without climbing over the pipes, an
open hatchway at the left, and the appearance of the
ship generally.
The stern railing is shown in Fig. 4, the braces being^
cast solid with the rail and tying it firmly to the deck,
which is also of concrete. The towing bitt is cast
solidly into place in the deck. Another piece of railing,
partly curved, is shown in Fig. 5. Fig. 6 is looking-
toward the bow and shows a continuation of the runway
FIG. 1. BETWEEN DOCK AND SHIP
FIG. 2. LOOKING TOWARD THE STERN
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1091
FIGS. 3 TO 11. THE CONCRETE SHIP IN DETAIL
V\b- 3 — Anchor and protecting plate. Fig. 4 — Stern railing. Fig. 5 — Part of railing. Fig. 6 — Looking toward the bow. Fig. 7 —
.steering pnKine housing. Fig. S — Strengthening the sides. Fig.9 — Concrete deck .<<upports. Fig. 10 — Concrete housing and Dine
supports. J'ig. 11— How the ■•^tern frnme is held.
1092
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
which connects the bridges. This part of the deck is
comparatively clear.
Perhaps one of the greatest advantages in this form
of construction is seen in Fig. 7, where the steering
engine is mounted o^ concrete foundations which are
a part of the ship itself. These are cast in forms of
suitable shape and it is difficult to imagine more satis-
factory mounting for machinery on shipboard.
Another view in this same locality is that in Fig. 9,
which shows a column, cast of concrete, which ties the
decks together. This is right beside the steering en-
gine and the inclined wall at the right is the outer
skin of stem of the vessel, with its strengthening ribs.
A concrete housing over the tanks and cast concrete
pipe supports are shown in Fig. 10. Fig. 11 shows
the rudder with its frame which contains the outboard
bearing for the propeller shaft. This shows the way in
which the frame is cast into the concrete so as to form
an integral part of it.
The ease with which any desired form of railing
or support for machinery or for piping can be secured
is shown in Figs. 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 and 10. This is readily
accomplished by pouring or casting the concrete in
suitable forms. The general appearance of the ship can
be seen from the two views in the headpiece as well
as from some of the details.
Setting Diamonds for Truing
Grinding Wheels
By E. E. Henry
I have given the mounting of diamonds for wheel
dressing a great deal of study in actual practice, besides
searching standard works and writing to many con-
cerns who are large users of diamonds. After trying
each method that seemed good, I have found the method
here shown to be the quickest, simplest and most sub-
stantial way of all.
I use i-in. cold rolled steel for a holder 2i-in. long
and drill a hole lengthwise entirely from end to end but
only let the drill point barely come through the farther
end just enough to leave a very small hole. This leaves
a shoulder against which the diamond may set. The
size of the hole, of course, depends upon the size of each
diamond, but this hole should be slightly larger than the
diamond so as to allow the latter to turn over or around
and to allow one to get the desired point forward that
is to protrude from the end of holder.
The back end of the holder is threaded for a headless
setscrew not under A in. in size and the thread must
run deep enough to let the setscrew fully inside of the
holder. Care should be taken to grind the drill so as to
form the shoulder as near to the shape of the point of the
diamond as can be done, so as to give as much support
as possible to it.
After drilling and tapping the holder as shown in
the sketch drop the diamond into it with the point ahead
that is chosen for the cutting point. If the diamond
does not come right to stick out of the end as desired,
push it in from behind with a square-ended rod or punch
and with a scriber or sharp ended file, one can reach in
through the small hole and work the point to any
desired position; then when it does come right, hold it
by lowering the front end of the holder to a vertical
position.
Now take a sheet of asbestos, roll it up in a wad or
ball, and drop it in on top of the diamond. This acts
as a cushion and fills in all around the diamond and
forms a perfect seat in which the diamond becomes
solidly imbedded when pressure is applied. Cut a piece
of cold rolled steel or brass rod that will fit loosely into
the holder and long enough to occupy the space between
the asbestos and the setscrew.
Easy to Reset
As the diamond point wears off and the end of the
holder also wears back, this same holder can be made
just as good by backing the diamond out, upsetting the
front end and turning the diamond around for another
cutting edge. The diamonds can always be made tight
by setting up on setscrew. The grade of diamond to use
depends entirely upon the size, thickness and grade of
the wheel, but this method of setting has proven
good in all cases. Its advantages are many and we get
much longer life out of the diamond. The best feature,
however, is that they are so easily reset.
Our grinder foreman closely watches each diamond
and when one becomes flat it is only a matter of five
minutes to turn it over to a new cutting edge or put it
into a new holder; also, should one become loose or show
a flaw, it is only a matter of a few minutes to reset or
tighten it.
I have tried most of the methods described in books
and have also tried a couple of methods described in
Heaolless Screw
.Cold Rolled
Diamonds
Asbesfos
METHOD OF SETTING A DIAMOND
American Machinist. One was a method of mounting
the diamond in a holder and welding it in with cast iron.
This method holds all right but is a great deal of
trouble to set, and then there is the same trouble over
again as the diamond wears flat and it must be cut out
and reset.
When diamonds are too small to be set this way, they
are then brazed in, in the usual manner. Our diamonds
run in size from 1 to 3i carat but when below 1 carat,
we braze them and use them on small wheels.
Diamonds Need Attention
All users of diamond dressers know that a sharp
diamond dresses nicely and gives good results, while a
diamond that has worn flat will not give good results but
heats while dressing, seems to glaze the wheel, and will
not give an even finish. It is also likely to cause chatter.
My experience has taught me to set diamonds so they
are easily changed, look them over every day, do not
allow them to get very flat and keep them tight and
turn them over often to keep a sharp point. Use a great
deal of water while truing up the wheel and take light
cuts. Mark each diamond so that one can tell which it
is and if it looks doubtful or is small, favor it on light
work and use the large solid ones on the heavy work.
It is to be noticed that some grinder-men will get
several times the wear out of a diamond that their
partners can on the same wheel, which goes to show that
common sense and good judgment are factors in
their use.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1093
An Appeal on Behalf of the Nolan Patent
Office Bill H. R. 11,984
THE purpose of the Nolan Patent Office Bill H.R.
11,984, is to increase the examining and clerical
forces of the patent office and to raise their salaries
so as to give that office a sufficient force and at sal-
aries that will attract and hold competent men to
enable it to make its examinations with that reasonable
promptness which is necessary to make it worth while
applying for them, and with such thoroughness as to
reduce the percentage of errors to as low a limit as
sufficient time for the work and proper qualifications
can possibly effect.
Engineering Council appointed its patents commit-
tee for the purpose of aiding the Nolan bill and urged
the membership of the constituent societies to com-
municate with the patent committees of the House of
Representatives and the Senate and with the Represen-
tatives and Senators from the districts and states of
the respective members on behalf of the said bill. The
influence thus exerted and that of other organizations
was so powerful that at a hearing before the rules
committee of the House of Representatives, which was
largely attended by officers of members of Engineering
Council and of the said societies and organizations, the
Nolan bill was ordered made special and the House
of Representatives promptly passed it without amend-
ment by a very large majority.
A similar hearing on the bill was held by the pat-
ent committee of the Senate, but, in order to remove
objection to unanimous consent to a special hearing by
the Senate, before adjournment of the session, the pat-
ent committee of the Senate consented to amend-
ments so seriously reducing the force and salaries of
the bill as passed by the House of Representatives as
to reduce the examining and clerical forces below the
numbers now actually employed in the patent office.
The increases of the salaries provided in the bill were
also cut down to where they are seriously inadequate
to attract or hold a sufficient number of qualified men
to enable the patent office to do its work. The steady
exodus of examiners from the patent office, which has
been going on for some time, has not been stayed at
all by the passage of the bill by the Senate.
The bill was referred by the Senate to a conference
committee, of which the Senate members are:
Senator George W. Norris, of Nebraska; Senator
George B. Brandegee, of Connecticut, and Senator Will-
iam F. Kirby, of Arkansas.
The members of the conference committee for the
House of Representatives have not been appointed,
but Hon. John I. Nolan, of California, is certain to
be one.
Engineering Council regarding the matter as of
grave importance unanimously passed the following
resolutions on October 21, 1920 :
Resolutions of Engineering Council Concerning
THE Nolan Patent Office Bill H. R. 11,984
"Whereas, the United States Patent Office is vitally
important to our industries, to induce the production
of scientific and technical improvements and to enable
our industries to keep abreast of those of other coun-
tries and.
"Whereas, the volume of work of the patent office
for many years has increased much more rapidly than
its examining and clerical forces have been increased,
and the work in the past fiscal year has increased 36
per cent above the work of the previous year; and,
"Whereas, the salaries of examiners, except for a
war bonus, have only been increased 10 per cent in
seventy years and are so low that resignations of
examiners are constantly occurring in a steady stream,
averaging 25 per cent per annum, and resulting in such
frequent changes that much inefficiency unavoidably
results therefrom, even where examiners are qualified
for the work, and many men are necessarily employed
as examiners who cannot pass the examination re-
quired to qualify for their positions; and the salaries
of the clerical forces are considerably below the average
of salaries for corresponding work in the governmen-
tal departments generally; and,
"Whereas, as a result of such situation, the patent
office is at such a great disadvantage that it unavoid-
ably grants an undue proportion of defective patents,
resulting in heavy losses both to the inventors and
the public, due to useless development and unneces-
sary litigation, and the patent office is so far behind
in its work that the value of many transactions with
it is greatly reduced and in some instances destroyed
by the delay; and,
"Whereas, as a partial remedy for such situation
Nolan Bill H. R. 11,984 was introduced into Congress
providing for an increase in the examining corps of
the patent office of but 5.8 per cent and an increase in
the clerical force of but 3.9 per cent, and providing in-
creases in the salary for the position of primary ex-
aminers from $2,700 to $3,900 and of assistant ex-
aminers in proportion, and providing increases in the
salaries of the clerical force only to bring them up
approximately to the average corresponding salaries
of other governmental departments and bureaus, and
as the cost of the increased salaries and force of the
said Nolan bill was more than met by an increase in
the fees for patents provided therein; and,
"Whereas, the United States Senate so amended the
said Nolan bill that instead of increasing it decreases
the examining corps by 15.7 per cent and reduces the
clerical force by about 1 per cent below the present
insufficient numbers of said examining corps and cleri-
cal force actually employed in the patent office, as well
as reduces the salaries, both of the examining and
the clerical forces, so that the total present pay roll is
reduced 5.9 per cent, notwithstanding that the increase
in the fees for patents which were made to provide
funds for the increased force and salaries were re-
tained in the bill; and,
"Whereas, in the opinion of Engineering Council,
the general effect of the changes in force and salaries
made by the Senate would amount to a catastrophe for
the patent office ; and,
"Whereas, the salary of $3,900, provided in the bill
as it passed the House of Representatives, is low for
the position of principal examiner when compared with
the salaries paid by private corporations and employ*
ers for engineers having a similar grade of responsi-
1094
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Ibilities and requirements — that is, engineers required
to make and assume responsibility for final decisions
in important matters and to have highly technical
knowledge — especially as such examiners must have both
legal and technical knowledge and notwithstanding al-
lowance for the fact that governmental salaries are
not as high as those paid by private interests; and
the salaries for other grades of examiners are low in
proportion ;
"Now, therefore, be it resolved, that Engineering
"Council, representing 45,000 engineers, regards it of
large importance that the numbers of the examining
and clerical forces for the patent office and the salaries
therefor in Nolan Patent Bill H. R. 11,984 be restored
to those in the bill as it passed the House of Repre-
sentatives; that the bill be freed from any riders, such
as section 9 thereof, which may delay or jeopardize the
passage thereof, and that the bill be made a law at the
earliest possible moment."
"Engineering Council, having on the 21st day of
October, 1920, passed a resolution urging the restora-
tion to their original values of the figures for the ex-
amining and clerical forces of the patent office and the
salaries therefor in the Nolan Patent Office Bill H. R.
11,984, recommends that the constituent engineering
societies which it represents request their member-
ships to communicate with their Representatives and
Senators in Congress, urging action in accordance with
the said resolutions."
As the patent office is steadily losing more and more
of its competent men and is rapidly getting farther and
farther behind in its work, and as to get much farther
behind would mean for it practically to cease to func-
tion, and as the bill, as amended by the Senate, is
wholly inadequate to accomplish its purpose, and would
be worse than useless, every effort should be made to
induce Congress to restore the figures of the bill to
their values as passed by the House of Representatives.
The conference committee will probably take the bill
up for consideration the middle or latter part of Decem-
ber. Each member of the society is therefore most
earnestly requested to write or telegraph to the mem-
ber of Congress from his district, to the Senators from
his state and to the members of the conference com-
mittee, urging that the figures of the Nolan Patent Of-
fice Bill H. R. 11,984 be restored to the values which
passed the House of Representatives.
It would also be well to urge that the bill be freed
from any riders not related thereto, so that its early
enactment will not be hindered by opposition to such
riders.
The names of the Senators and Representatives can
be obtained from the World Almanac or similar publi-
cations and from postmasters.
Increasing the Capacity of Old Locomotives'
By C. B. smith
Mechanical Engineer, Boston and Maine Railroad
The usual policy of the railroads with reference
to the purchase of new locomotives and the con-
version of old ones is not, in the opinion of the
writer, as well provided for as the demands of the
service require. The difficulty lies in the fact
that shop facilities are inadequate, a large amount
of both time and money being unnecessarily
consumed in order to keep locomotives in service.
The problems of adapting the old-type locomotives
to suburban and local service are discussed and
the items which are to be considered in any
program for increasing locomotive capacity
are listed.
IN THESE days of the high cost of railroading,
responsible officers of the mechanical departments
realize that the necessity for reducing the cost of all
locomotive operation and maintenance is more urgent
than ever. Such saving can be acomplished in two ways,
one by using new and modem locomotives, the other by
j-ebuilding old types.
The purchase of new locomotives is usually confined to
the largest units permissible for each type required,
:and they are equipped with superheaters and other
modern devices as selected by the purchaser. Older
engines of modem type, but not originally supplied with
superheaters, are also being so equipped at general shop-
pings of these engines on the greater number of the
_ '^?PSJ; presented at the Annual Meeting, New York Decern-
roads of the country, and as rapidly as local conditions
will permit. This improvement brings the older loco-
motives up to the capacity of those more recently pur-
chased, and such reconstruction will undoubtedly be
continued until all such locomotives have been modern-
ized. The wisdom of this work is known to all.
On the majority of our roads there are still loco-
motives of the earlier modern types whose general
features of construction are satisfactory, and which
only require modernizing to make them economical
transportation units. Improvements for such classes of
locomotives may include, in addition to superheaters,
piston valves in place of slide valves, outside valve
gears in place of Stephenson motion, and such other
improvements as are usually made upon engines at
general shoppings.
Items in Locomotive Repair Program
Items which are to be considered in any program for
increasing locomotive capacity are: (1) Superheater;
(2) pyrometers; (3) brick arch; (4) valve motion; (5)
mechanical stoker; (6) power reverse gear; (7) auto-
matic fire door ; (8) feedwater heater ; (9) improvements
in boiler design when new boilers are required;
(10) improved boiler circulation; (11) increasing fire-
box heating surface; (12) flexible staybolts — breakage
zones; (13) covering steam pipes; (14) flange oilers;
(15) automatic driving-box wedges on heavy loco-
motives; (16) steam-pipe joints at smokebox;
(17) pneumatic bellringer, and (18) chime whistle on
freight — more audible to train crew. These items are
numbered for convenient reference and do not neces-
sarily indicate the order of importance.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1095
Factors which will increase the capacity of a loco-
:motive may do so directly or indirectly, singly or in
• connection with others. When setting out to rebuild a
locomotive the experienced supervisor appreciates the
■opportunity to apply many devices and facilities which
will standardize the engine in accordance with the rail-
.road company's practice, and in so doing, reduce repairs
.and stores department expense in maintenance.
The aggregate of such improvement results in a
locomotive which in proportion to its capacity will
-produce service results comparable with those of entirely
modern construction, and at a cost approximately one-
'half that for a new locomotive of similar capacity. The
■difficulty in carrying forward an extensive reconstruc-
tion program, however, is in finding the shop facilities
-either on the railroad or among the locomotive builders
in order to advance the work at a satisfactory rate of
progress. Nevertheless, despite this difficulty the
-results which could be obtained from the operation of
ireconstructed locomotives, if they could all be rebuilt
within the next few years, would justify a special effort
•on the part of railroad managements to bring it about.
On roads where the number of old locomotives which
-warrant rebuilding is sufficient to require a period of
'more than three years to complete the work, it would
:8eem necessary to arrange for enlargement of shop
facilities in order to hasten the reconstruction. If,
however, adequate shopping facilities are not forthcom-
ing, the improvement program for locomotives must be
■confined chiefly to the application of superheaters and
the substitution of piston for slide valves, together with
the minor but relatively important betterments 'that
.may u.sually be applied at the shopping period. On some
roads this work alone will require six years at the
present rate to equip what can rightly be called the
"early-modern" locomotives.
Some of the engines built within the past ten years
"have developed weaknesses in frames and in parts of
running gear. It has proved justifiable to reconstruct
them by substituting new parts of stronger design and
thus avoid recurring breakages which interrupt both the
road service of these engines and the repairs to others.
Old locomotives requiring new boilers have very
generally been scrapped, but where light train service
demands no heavier engines than formerly, the writer
"believes it advisable to rebuild such engines with radial-
stay boilers, superheaters, new piston-valve cylinders,
main frames when necessary, and outside valve gears.
If there is to be no increase in the boiler pressure over
that formerly carried by the locomotive and the valve
motion has given little trouble by breakages, the
iStephenson motion may be connected to the piston valves
through the usual rocker-shaft connections.
Old locomotives that are unsatisfactory as to wheel
arrangement may be rebuilt and changed to another
type and service. One road has converted 2-8-0 type
or Consolidation locomotives to 0-8-0 switching service
by removing the leading truck, applying a new boiler,
new cylinders, outside valve gear, power reverse gear,
:and modifying the frames as required. The boiler was
located properly to balance the engine. The use of the
Tunning gear and many of the parts of the original
locomotive doubtless justifies such extensive reconstruc-
tion work where additional switching locomotives are
needed.
The old eight-wheeled, American-type locomotives
having crown-bar boilers with deep fireboxes between
frame? have become obsolete on many large roads, but
on the small roads and on branch-line and local train
service in much of the New England territory these
engines, modernized as far as consistent, should be care-
fully considered where the traffic conditions warrant.
Because of limiting weight conditions, Mogul or 2-6-0
type locomotives have been assigned to passenger-train
service on some outlying divisions. The application of
superheater and piston-valve steam chests with outside
steam-pipe connections as the principal features of
improvement, has increased the economy of these engines,
added one passenger car to their tonnage capacity,
and reduced train delays. Outside valve gears were not
applied, shop limitations preventing, but their addition
is desirable.
Atlantic-type locomotives having outside valve gears
have had their capacity and economy increased by the
application of the superheater. This work permitted
the use of the engine in long-distance through service
which was not previously successful.
Consolidation locomotives reconstructed with super-
heaters, new piston-valve cylinders, outside valve gears,
new front-frame sections, and frame cross-ties have also
had their capacity increased, and have been successfully
used in regular freight service on a mountain division
greatly needing such power. The cost of the above-
mentioned improvements, including heavy general
repairs and entirely new fireboxes, would not exceed one-
half the cost of new locomotives of the same capacity.
When rebuilding locomotives there is a favorable
opportunity for replacing old tenders as well, trans-
ferring the latter to older locomotives for spare use or
as substitutes for damaged equipment. When the con-
dition of old steel tender frames requires that they be
replaced, the one-piece steel casting and a larger-
capacity tank should be used, as both will reduce future
expense in repairs. The success of autogenous welding
eliminates any objections to the use of large steel cast-
ings for fear of breakages.
Tanks should be reconstructed in coal space to permit
gravity delivery of the greatest amount of fuel that is
posnible at the coal gates within reach of the fireman's
shovel. Application of power-operated coal pushers
.should be made to tanks where alterations for the
gravity delivery of coal cannot be satisfactorily made
and where the service conditions will show a saving in
expense by its use over hand methods of shoveling
forward coal while on the road or at short lay-over
•stations. Moving forward the rear coal board or plate
on tanks and building higher side plates or "dickies" is
one method which has been successful in making the
maximum amount of coal accessible at the gates.
Furthermore, care must be taken not to overload the
journals of the forward truck axles.
Some Mechanics of Hand Made Tires
Special Correspondence
Way down in the southwestern corner of the
United States, in San Diego, Cal., to be more exact,
is the Spreckels "Savage" Tire Co., which special-
izes in hand made tires, but utilizes all the me-
chanical devices possible for aiding the hand worker.
The stands for holding the tire while the treads are
being put in place are shown in Fig. 1. Each stand
carries a spider which holds the tire core, allowing the
wheel to be revolved or to be turned to any position.
The tread of the tires is not molded in the usual sense,
although when anti-skid devices are desired the tread
AMERICAN MACHINIST
FIG. 1. STANDS FOR PUTTING ON TREAD
FIG. 2. WRAPPING THE NON-SKID TREAD
strip has the design molded in it in a long press before
the strip is applied to the tire itself.
Fig. 2 shows the way in which the anti-skid depres-
sions are maintained during the curing pressure under
heat. This type is what is known as a wrapped-tread
tire, the machine in Fig. 2 showing how the wrapping
is accomplished. The tire A is swung into position on
a revolving table, and conical rollers B hold it firmly in
place while the table is revolving. The wrapping tape
or cloth is carried on spools in the frame C, which sur-
rounds the tire, the spools carrying the tape around the
tread as shown.
In order to preserve the indentations aluminum blocks
are fitted into the depressions as shown at D, the wrap-
ping tape holding them firmly in place during the curing
of the shoe. After the tire has been properly treated
the wrapping is removed and the aluminum blocks are
taken out of the depressions.
Device for Grinding Engraving Tools
By J. V. Hunter
The degree of successsful service obtained from an
engraving machine depends very largely upon the grind-
ing of its tools. In the shop of the S. A. Rhodes Manu-
facturing Co., Chicago, a Gorton engraving machine is
used for graduating dials and other delicate and
extremely accurate work on optical instruments. The
tools for this engraving work are ground on a special
device. Fig. 1, which was designed by Mr. Rhodes.
A cast-iron base supports a small motor, carrying the
grinding wheel, and a bracket, upon which a compound
toolslide is mounted.
Ah essential requirement of the engraving tool is that
its point shall lie in its axis of rotation. For grinding
it is mounted in an arbor or sleeve. Fig. 2. The out-
side surface of the sleeve is ground concentric with its
bore. A knurled end is provided for a finger hold while
grinding. The illustration shows a tool in its sleeve,
lying in a gage. This device has a finished V-groove in
which the sleeve lies, and along which the needle point,
which does the gaging, is adjustable. The base of the
groove is slotted and a spring friction block is provided
to hold the needle block firmly in the groove. It will be
noted that the point of the tool shown was ground true
with the center axis of the shank. Rotation of the
sleeve and tool shows whether or not the point is central
in all positions of the tool.
For grinding the tool sleeve is laid in the V-grooves
of the bracket of the grinding device. The three slides
make it possible to set the tool at the proper angle with
the grinding wheel, feed it in and out and adjust it
vertically. In starting to grind the cutting edge of the
tool is turned slightly above the line of contact on the
wheel and a clearance angle is ground back of the
cutting edge of the tool in the same manner that clear-
ance is provided on a drill. After grinding the edge is
carefully stoned by hand and again gaged.
FIG. 1. DEVICE FOR GRINDIMJ K.M ;KAVING TOOLS
FIG. 2. GAGING ENGRAVING TOOI. P01.\T
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1097
.'""--'■ ■■. Vi ■- ■/ . i ;V '■■ '^ .'Jj^'- X ''''' •''
Assembling Cleveland Parts
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American Machinist
Assembling the different units in motor vehicles
involves many problems not usually found else-
where. Many of the solutions, however, are
applicable to some extent in other lines of work.
Modifications of progressive assembly methods
are making their ivay into small shops on large
production work.
ALTHOUGH the Cleveland Automobile Co. makes
L\ comparatively few of its units at the present
J. \. time, the rear-axle assembly is largely put
together in its own erecting shop. One of the first
operations is that of forcing on the housing which
supports the band brakes at the rear wheels as is shown
in Fig. 1. This operation is done on a Metalvirood
press which has been devised particularly for this kind
of work and carries its own pumps for securing the
necessary pressure. The pressed steel axle-housing is
laid over the stop A, which locates it and also holds it
against the thrust of the forcing-on process. The mal-
leable casting B, which supports the brake bands and
also carries the rear spring seat, is about to be forced
into position on the turned end of the axle housing.
A pile of these housings are shown behind the press,
while a few of those which have had the end castings
forced into place are shown at C.
A Double-Deck Track
The method of assembling the complete rear-axle
unit is shown in Fig. 2. Small four-wheeled trucks A
are provided to run on the raised track B. The trucks
are substantially made and carry V-shaped blocks C.
This is a case of progressive assembling, the units
being completed at the end of the line and, after the
axles have been removed, the trucks are returned on
the lower rails as at D. This form of double-deck
track is one that can be applied elsewhere.
The completed rear axles go to the testing stand
shown in Fig. 3, where they are run by the motor A
while the load is supplied by the brake B. By this
method full load can be applied, so that noises or inter-
ferences of any kind may be readily discovered.
Running in Motors
Although the engines are not built in this factory,
they are run in and tested before being assembled in
the chassis. The method of running in is shown in
Fig. 4. The arrangement consists primarily of sub-
1
l«.^^^
riG. 1. I'liliS.SING ox BRAKE HOUSINGS
FIG. 2. ASSEMBLING FIXTURE AND TRACK
1098
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
'•^jr ft r
j^lljria^jrji^l
stantial tanks which contain
pedestals on which the engine
rests in an inverted position,
as can be seen from the one
that is being lowered into the
first tank. After being fast-
ened in position, it is con-
nected to the electric motor
shown and the cover closed.
The motor runs on a 500-volt
circuit and usually requires
from 100 to 120 amp. at the
start. As soon as the bear-
ings limber up so that the
amperage drops to 50 the
cover is raised and the oil pipe
is swung into the tank. The
oil is then turned on to the
bearings and the engines run
FIG. 3. TESTING THE REAR AXLB
, •:- FIG. 4. RUNNING-IN STANDS FOR MOTORS
froni 5 to 10 min. This is a combination of running in
the bearings dry and also with lubrication. The instal-
lation is very neatly arranged, the air hoist making it
easy to handle the engines and at the same time the
tank and covers keep the place comparatively free from
splashing oil.
Industrial Housing — Whose Job?
By Entropy
During the war it seemed to be assumed quite gener-
ally that if a shop was having trouble keeping a sufficient
body of workers it was up to the shop to provide
housing. Previous to that it was pretty safe to assume
that wherever there was a body of workmen real estate
men would follow pretty closely. Of course these people
furnished housing for the-
profit to themselves and not
at all because the shops needed
it. Nor did they concern
themselves overmuch about
the beauty of the houses they
built, though the last few
years before the war saw a
great improvement in this di-
rection. The profit in real
estate, as real estate, must be
very large to make the busi-
ness as a whole profitable.
After it is ascertained that
there is to be a good number
of people who could profitably
occupy houses in a new dis-
trict the land must be bought
cheap, dirt cheap so to speak.
It must be bought as farm
land by the acre even though
it is to be sold by the foot.
Then there is the chance of
taking a quick profit by sell-
ing house lots. A steam shovel
is run through the staset
locations, and the knolls put
in the hollows and street
signs put up at the intersections. An elaborate en-
trance with stone lamp posts is put up and away go the
lots, all on the installment plan. The small payment
down that is required is sufficient to cover the total cost
to the promoter. The additional payments made and the
re-sale of the numerous lots on which payments are
defaulted constitute a nice little profit.
The next stage is to build houses. Of course if the
location is excellent and money is easy to get it may
not be necessary to do that but it is a source of profit
under normal conditions. A house built to sell is not
of much use for any other purpose unless the building
laws are rigid and well enforced, in which case the
promoters are not so apt to start a campaign. Estimates
for building costs are very likely to be made on the basis
of cost per cubic foot. The purchaser of a house 30 feet
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1099-
square and two stories high expects naturally that
it costs about the same for one house of that size
as another. He is mistaken and that is where the
builder of houses for sale makes his money. He depends
on the purchaser, and also the banks, valuing his houses
by the cubic content. There is a very great difference.
It was possible before the war to build a house that
would stand up and carry a coat of attractive paint
for half what ought to have been put into it and for a
third of what it was profitable to put in. Cellar walls
of field stone laid loosely and pointed on the inside
with lime mortar, frame under-weight and wide spaced,
no bracing, small stock windows, stock finish of poorest
quality lumber that will run through a finish mill,
second-grade glass full of streaks and bubbles, plumbing
that looks the part and stops there, inadequate furnaces
in a climate that calls for steam or hot water, pressed
steel hardware brass-plated, electric light fixtures ditto.
All the way through from cellar to roof and perhaps
a little more on both cellar and roof the "Jerry" builder
cuts costs. When he gets through and the second coat
of paint is on the thing looks just like a regular house
and the savings bank, or at any rate the co-operative
bank, loans all that the land and building cost. The
profit came, as it did with the land, in such future
payments as were made and in the resale of the property
that was released by people who could not or would
not pay the installments. The purchaser spends at
least twice as much for coal as he should and is never
comfortable. He pays taxes on more than the house
cost to build and he begins to repair long before he
should.
The advantage is this, houses are built and the work-
men in nearby shops get a place to live. Without the
profiteering builder he does not unless the firm builds
for him. But the firm cannot build that way. The
firm is in the limelight and everybody keeps close tabs.
In fact about the first thing that a company does before
starting to build is to advertise that it is going to use
cnly the best of materials and that the houses are to be
sold at cost. They are usually sold, if at all, below
cost. But they are usually pretty good houses with
only one defect common to them all and that is that
they are built for a race of pygmies with small families.
That is, the only legitimate way to get a low cost house
that is well built is to make it small.
On the other hand it should be said that the real
estate man's way has been productive of good results
no matter how unethical it may seem. These houses
do not fall down. The cost a great deal for repairs
but in the course of time are repaired until they are
something like the boy's jack knife with six new blades
and three new handles but the same jack knife still.
The total cost is more than it would have been to build
a good house to begin with but the people who bought
could not have bought a good house at all, so there is a
distinct gain, because the cost has been distributed over
a longer period of time. It really seems better for a
family to have a large enough home so that they have
a little elbow room than to build a tiny house of better
quality.
The real question is, cannot our engineers tell us
where we can cut the cost of a long-lived house without
cutting its size? Simplicity of design has a great deal
more to do with cost than most builders imagine. A
few large rooms cost less than many small ones. Plaster
and paper cost money and a large number of partitions
adds to the area to be covered. Plumbing can be concen-
trated so that one stack takes care of it. If the walls,,
roof and windows are tight a small steam heater will
do the work and assure comfort where a large furnace-
would be inadequate. If coupled to this the lines of the
house are good, that is if it is in good proportion and
graceful, no ornamentation is necessary. It costs no
more to build a house that looks right than it does to
make the plainest sort of box. It costs much less than
it does to put gingerbread ornamentation all over it.
What hinders our getting houses? Nothing but lack
of money with which to build. That everything is high
goes without saying. Builders and lenders of money for
building seem to expect lower prices but it does not seem;
likely that any great gain can ever be expected. Prices
of lumber had not gone up previous to the war, in
proportion to the increased scarcity of growing timber.
Nails may come down. Labor may but it is very doubt-
ful. The best that can be hoped is that the labor may
become more productive. Other materials such as con-
crete, brick, etc., are even more largely made up of
labor costs than lumber. There will probably be an<
evening up of costs so that a man may choose between
different building materials more freely than now. It is
likely that wooden houses may ultimately become more
or less of a luxury as we have thought brick houses
to be.
The most important thing however is to induce the-
banks which make long term loans on real estate tO'
resume loaning on a similar ratio to cost that they
formerly did. Loans of real estate for residential pur-
poses are the safest possible investment. It costs some-
thing to handle them because so many who buy houses
are for the first time saving money and they cannot
always predict what misfortune may compel them to-
ask for more time on their loans. They necessarily
have little financial reserve or none at all. However,
that is the way they learn thrift. In case of necessity
not caused by downright extravagance, banks can well
afford to forget the purely business quality of the trans-
action and act slightly human.
The complaint is made from all directions that banks
are loaning money for the building of moving picture-
houses and garages and have nothing for dwellings.
That this is so shows a lack of interest on the part of
the depositors in the banks. The great bulk of mort-
gage money is derived from the multitude of small de-
posits made by people who one day or another are likely
to wish to buy a house themselves. A little concerted,
effort to let the bank presidents know that their money
should be loaned to people of their own kind would be
enough to change all of this. Moving picture houses
pay, just now. Garages pay, just now. Both are over-
done and when the time comes, as it is very likely to,
that bank depositors become more thrifty and do not
spend their money on movies and automobiles, these in-
vestments will be much less secure than mortgages on
homes.
If the savings banks can be pursuaded to get back,
to their legitimate field there will be no need for manu-
facturers to enter on a housing program. If coupled
with this a sane code of building laws can be enacted!
so that the builder will not be burdened with unreason-
able restrictions and yet so that he cannot actually
cheat the banks and the purchasers, the housing of
workmen will be taken care of in the natural way by
people who know the building business and who can^
beat out any manufacturer who takes it on as a side-
issue.
1100
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Setting the Tool for Multiple Cutting
By H. A. Persson,
Machinist Instructor. Southbridge, Mass., Vocational School
Some time ago while having a group of students build
up a screw pitch demonstrator, which necessitated the
cutting of single, double and triple pitch screws, with
a nut to fit each, it was found that the conventional
methods, such as turning gears a certain number of
teeth, or the use of slotted faceplates, did not, for sev-
eral reasons, produce very satisfactory results from
the boys.
The idea embodied in the accompanying sketch then
suggested itself to the writer, and after being tried out,
was found to be so much better than any other method,
that he would not now consider cutting a multiple
thread in any other manner.
With the compound rest set at 30 deg. draw the com-
pound slide back over a distance A B which is equal to
pitch X 2, then move the cross-slide forward over dis-
tance B C equal to pitch x 1,732. In applying this
method to the cutting of square threads it will be
necessary to work from the surface; first drawing the
cross-slide back over the distance D to avoid inter-
ference.
The advantage of this method over others will be
readily noticed from the diagram, which shows the
method of procedure for cutting external threads, the
cutting of internal threads being even simpler, inasmuch
as the compound rest is swung around to an angle of
ninety degrees to the cross-slide. After the first thread
has been cut the other threads are obtained by advancing
the compound rest an amount equal to the pitch of the
thread being cut, and feeding the cross-slide the re-
quired depth.
Whether or not this idea is original, is not known, but
the writer has not, either before or since, met any one
who seems to have any knowledge of it, and is therefore
sending it along for the benefit of those who may find
use for it.
Suggestions for the Use of the
Toolmaker's Clamp
By H. H. Parker
The common vise-clamp which many toolmakers make,
usually in pairs for themselves, is a very handy little
tool and lends itself readily to many odd jobs that
would be difficult of accomplishment without it. The
clamp can be made very easily and quickly from odds
and ends of material and with a little care in the final
grinding operation to make it truly square and parallel,
becomes a dependable and accurate tool. The illustra-
tion presented herewith suggests a few of the many
uses to which it may be adapted.
Swivelling on Angle Plate ^
for Angular Drilling 1
SETTING THE TOOL TO CUT MULTIPLE THREADS
SUGGESTIONS FOR THE USE OF VISE-CLAMP
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1101
WHAT /o KEAH
^./
.x^^'Mi^^^/ncm in a IiuiTi/
Suggested by theMinagingr Editor
fHiir-
YOU probably cut your business eye-teeth on the well-
worn saying "Money makes the wheels go round."
Yet here is a man who has the temerity to dispute the
correctness of this ancient axiom and to declare that the
statement should be reversed, in other words that
wheels going round make
money. He goes on to say,
"Because of this wrong ap-
proach, of this notion that
it is money that makes the
wheels go round, we find
those who have acquired
a reputation for financial
acumen in business get it
as a rule because of a cer-
tain skill in borrowing
money, which connotes an
acquaintance with bankers
and banking methods. These
are valuable additions to
the mental equipment of
any man in business, but too marked a proficiency is
apt to be evidence — as uncanny skill with a billiard cue
is evidence of a misspent youth — of a misspent
business life."
Mr. Basset has paused long enough in his work on the
"Modern Production Methods" series to write us this
unusual leading article on the "Use of Money in
Business." Coming as it does in the midst of a period
of depression and readjustment, it is very timely and
decidedly to the ^oint.
Very little has been heard from Austria since the
outbreak of the war, but they are still doing business
there even though it be on a much reduced scale. On
pages 1075 and 1076 John Simon tells of a couple of
light punch press jobs as handled in what is left of the
old Austro-Hungarian Empire.
Part VI of Morris' Apprenticeship series begins on
page 1078. The shop from which this article was
secured is that of the De La Vergne Machine Co., where
the apprentice system is essentially a modernized form
of that used a generation ago.
For the men from the railroad shops we have abstracts
from two of the railroad papers presented at the annual
meeting of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, which is in session as we go to press. The
first one on page 1081 tells how engine terminals can
and should be modernized to make the most of the pres-
ent available equipment. The other on page 1094
What to read was not a difficult matter to decide
tivo hundred years ago when books loere few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasamtly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable a^ a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
attacks the same problem from another standpoint, that
of making improvements in the locomotive itself.
On page 1083 Frank S. Ward tells of several interest-
ing discoveries made in an English munition plant
where the shop was turning out eccentric-headed studs.
There may be an idea in
this for you.
Does an Industrial Dis-
pensary Pay? Do the
employees respond to the
treatment ? Sanf ord De
Hart, hospital director of
the R. K. LeBlond Machine
Tool Co., asks himself these
and several other pertinent
questions and then proceeds
to answer them with facts
and figures.
Someone has said that it
must have taken a man
with a solid concrete brain
to think of building ships of reinforced concrete.
Nevertheless they have been built and are being built.
Fred Colvin ran across one under construction at Mobile
and secured some photographs and a brief description of
some of the operations. See page 1090.
It is to be hoped that the mighty wave of economy
which is to sweep through Washington when the new
administration takes hold, will fail to hit the patent
office. This neglected department has had most of its
efficiency economized out of it and what it needs just
now is a little generosity. The fact that salaries have
not been raised appreciably since before the Civil War
is a pretty fair indication of the condition of affairs
that exists there at present. The Nolan Bill which seeks
to improve matters to some extent, will be reintroduced
in the next session of Congress. The engineers of the
country are behind this bill and the resolutions passed
by Engineering Council several weeks ago show very
clearly why the measure merits support. We give them
in full on pages 1093 and 1094, and we hope that they
will move you to write to your Congressman endorsing
them.
We publish, page 1104, an address on "Conservation
of Labor," by L. W. Wallace, president of the Society
of Industrial Engineers. He strongly advocates the
square deal, saying that any successful plan of over-
coming labor trouble must have behind and in it the
spirit of fairness, honesty and justice.
1102
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
The Patent Office Needs Your Help
WHAT are you doing to insure the passage of the
Nolan Patent Office Bill? Probably you have for-
gotten all about any such bill and the reason for its
introduction. But the need is greater now than it was
when the bill came up in the last Congress.
The patent office is a vitally important department
of the United States government to every manufac-
turer in the country. Properly run it can serve the
inventor, the constructor and the merchant well. But
when allowed to deteriorate as it has been for the last
seventy years it not only loses its power to aid but
becomes a positive menace to the smooth functioning
of business by opening the door to endless delays and
litigation.
Last spring we gave you all the miserable details of
the present situation in the patent office where the
expert examiners after years of education and train-
ing, both legal and technical, receive almost as much
as a good carpenter. The rate of pay has been in-
creased just 10 per cent in seventy years and the work
has grown far beyond that figure both in quantity and
in difficulty. As a result the trained examiners have
been compelled to go into commercial work and it has
naturally been impossible to fill their places with men
of the same caliber.
The Nolan Bill aims to correct those longstanding
evils and bring the patent office back to its former wide
usefulness. The bill has the support of the national
engineering societies as is shown by the resolutions
passed by Engineering Council which we are printing
on another page. Read them and then do your part in
securing the speedy enactment of this wise legislation.
K. H. C.
Neglecting the Employment Manager
ALL thinking men will agree that this is not the time
/x to let any of our machinery of production deterior-
ate. It is a time to improve it in every way possible.
This is as true of systems and methods as of machine
tools or jigs and fixtures. It is particularly true of
the methods of employing and of training labor. For
this is no time to go back to outgrown and antiquated
practices just because men can now be secured without
undue effort.
Those who really understand the true functions of
an employment department will not think of curtailing
its operation except as changed conditions make it
necessary. A properly organized employment depart-
ment is a great aid in harmonizing shop relations and
maintaining a good spirit in the shop. And this is
just as necessary now as when times are booming. Far
sighted managers are utilizing the present to strengthen
their organizations so that more and better work may
be done when demand again becomes normal.
There are cases, however, where the decreased demand
for labor has led to the abolishment of the employment
department. This shows clearly that it was considered
solely as an emergency measure to assist in getting men
when they were scarce. It shows that all do not yet
appreciate the real value of a well organized employ-
ment department.
When business begins to be normal again the shops
which have their employment departments well organ-
ized will be able to get into operation much more read-
ily than those who have let them fall by the wayside.
In the meantime employment managers should study
ways and means of making their profession of the great-
est value, not only to the individual employer but to
industry as a whole. For as Hoover and others clearly
pointed out at the recent meeting of the Federated
Engineering Societies, narrow viewpoints stand in the
way of both harmony and progress. F. H. C.
Repetitive Operation
FREQUENT expression is again being given to
belief in the evils of repetitive operations. Some
years ago much effort was expended on investigation
of this evil and corrective measures were adopted in
many factories. It was found that the constant repeti-
tion of a limited sequence of sub-operations seriously
dulled the mind, and thereby left it easily susceptible to
influences dangerous to society but attractive to the
mind deprived of the ability for clear judgment. Cer-
tain rather exhaustive investigations showed that the
repetitive evil, coupled with noise, was capable of very
seriously lowering the morals and the quality of citizen-
ship of the employees of a factory, and even of an
entire town, where it was devoted to a class of manu-
facture almost wholly consisting of monotonous opera-
tions. It is easy to conceive that the way may be thus
paved for the advance of I. W. W.-ism, Bolshevism and
kindred destructive programs, since education properly
directed, clear-headedness and individuality are the
chief qualifications favorable to good citizenship, the
natural enemy of destructive tendencies.
Our rapid industrial expansion previous to the war,
the concentration of effort during the war and our
present attempts to increase production have been
responsible for neglect to a great extent in furthering
corrective work. But it has not been abandoned nor
forgotten. Citation of a few references to our subject
by men qualified to know of its existence and its
influences will show that it is a problem that at some
time must be met and solved.
Herbert Hoover, addressing American Engineering
Council of the Federated American Engineering
Societies: "Some of the greatest of the problems
before the country, and in fact before the world, are
those growing out of our industrial development. The
enormous industrial expansion of the last fifty years
has lifted the standard of living and conrfort beyond
any dream of our forefathers. Our economic system
under which it has been accomplished has given stimu-
lation to invention, to enterprise, to individual improve-
ment of the highest order; yet it presents a series of
human and social difficulties to the solution of which we
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1103
are groping. The congestion of population is producing
subnormal conditions of life. The vast repetitive oper-
ations are dulling the human mind. The intermittency
of employment due to the bad co-ordination of industry,
the great waves of unemployment in the ebb and flow of
economic tides, produce infinite wastes and great suffer-
ing. Our business enterprises have become so large and
complex that the old personal relationship between em-
ployer and workers has to a great extent disappeared.
The aggregation of great wealth, with its power of
economic domination, presents social and economic ills
which we are constantly struggling to remedy. . . .
We must take account of the tendencies of our present
repetitive industries to eliminate the creative instinct
in its workers, to narrow their field of craftsmanship,
to discard entirely the contribution to industry that
could be had from their minds as well as from their
hands. If we are to secure the development of our
people, we cannot permit the dulling of these sensibil-
ities. Indeed, we cannot accomplish increased produc-
tion without their stimulation. Here again we cannot
make an advance unless we can secure co-operation
between the employer and the employee. In large
industry this mutuality of interest that existed in
small units cannot be restored without definite or-
ganization."
L. W. Wallace, president of the Society of Industrial
Engineers, addressing American Engineering Council of
the Federated American Engineering Societies: "The
greatest possible service that any individual, group of
individuals or agency can render is that which adds to
the potential value of a human being. To the degree
that the potential value of an individual is increased,
to that degree is society and the world enriched. At
this period of the world's history its economic value
is greatly lowered by the loss of millions of men.
Therefore to increase the potential value of all indi-
viduals is, at this time, of the greatest importance. Not
only is it of great importance to increase the potential
value of all human beings, but it is of equal necessity
that the energy, the vigor and morale of all be con-
served."
William B. Dickson, vice-president of the Midvale
Steel and Ordnance Co., addressing the fortieth anni-
versary meeting of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers: "Our modern system of the division of
labor, consisting in the assignment of a highly special-
ized task to each individual workman, has deprived
men of the joys which they once secured through the
exercise of creative instinct in their work. The result
of this condition will tend to stunt men mentally, unless
it is counteracted by some other mental force. It can-
not be met by reverting to original and obsolete meth-
ods; our factories must continue to produce efficiently,
but not at such a sacrifice of individuality."
Labor leaders, too, seem to be grasping the signif-
icance of individualism. This is gratifying because it
is inherently opposed to their present scheme of one
rate of pay for all workers in a given trade regardless
of their separate capabilities. Going a step further,
true individualism is just as surely opposed to the closed
shop.
Samuel Gompers, president of the American Federa-
tion of Labor, addressing the fortieth anniversary
meeting of the American Society of Mechanical Engi-
neers: . . . "The old feeling of craftsmanship
which existed before the industrial revolution came
about has been greatly modified because of the per-
fection reached in machine design. This process,
however, has been carried entirely too far, for in
many places the man has become a human connecting
link in a machine and mastered by it instead of con-
trolling the machine himself, as he did with the tools
that he used in the old shop days. The result is that
today man's work tends to become mere toil, so it
seems to me that the task that lies before us is to
develop a definite kind of working environment which
will be attractive and which will inspire rather than
repulse the workman. The work itself must become of
central concern. This cannot be brought about unless
the man finds the opportunity for self-expression in
the day's work and a chance to exercise his creative
impulses. . . . It is the deadly monotony of re-
petitive work that is at the root of most of our troubles
and I, therefore, urge you engineers to direct your
energies to the solution of this problem."
Matthew Woll, vice-president of the American Federa-
tion of Labor, in an address at Washington: "Permit
me to point to the original idea of those who devised
the various systems of what we know as 'efficiency
work.' Their first concept was that the workmen in
industry were to be measured just as steel and iron are
measured. They overlooked the human factor. That
idea has been largely abandoned, because it was the
wrong idea. There is coming to be a more general
understanding of the human element, the human factor
in industrial life. This takes into account that mys-
terious thing which gives self to men, and it does not
stop at the idea that men are merely the instruments
through which a given amount of commodity is turned
from raw material to finished product."
Such primary regulations as the single wage rate do
not destroy the "opportunity" for self-expression wanted
by Mr. Gompers, but they do destroy in large part the
incentive which is equally necessary. And they imply
a measurement of the workman in industry just as
steel and iron are measured, a concept which Mr. Woll
decries.
Repetitive operation has not found its way extensively
into machine-tool manufacture. But the tendency to
develop it exists and for that reason its serious faults
should be recognized at once. Back in the days of
"Chordal," of American Machinist fame, it was neces-
sary to agitate for such things as vrashrooms with
running water, in contrast to the individual and even
partnership bucket, sanitary toilets, cuspidors and sim-
ilar necessities of today which contribute extensive
beneficial effects on the individual and therofore on
the work he does. Education was necessary in regard
to the advantages of the workman's owning his own
home as a contributing factor toward decrease in labor
turnover and lessening the number and extent of
strikes. More recently there have been apparent the
good results from proper welfare work to stimulate
betterment and self-expression of the individual in his
home life, his garden, his lawn and finally his com-
munity.
And now we must go further by overcoming the
repetitive operation evil. As America is the industrial
leader in, and largely through, "mass production," so
must she be the leader in fostering individuality, which
results from education, the opportunity for self-expres-
sion and the exercise of craftsmanship and is productive
of our greatest asset, good citizenship. L. C. M.
1104
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Conservation of Labor
By L. W. WALLACE
President, Society Industrial Engineers
SOME months ago we read an article written by
Mark Sullivan entitled "The New World," in which
he said, "The situation of the world this morning
is that the bankers, the economists and the journalists
have been making their inventories and their reports
in terms of material things, of trade stagnant, of credit
destroyed, of currency depreciated, of governments tot-
tering. "But the truth is such an inventory or report
should begin not with factories, or money or trade, but
with human beings. Human beings are the most impor-
tant element in all economic wealth. They are the ulti-
mate source of all wealth."
We have quoted the foregoing to again remind you
that the greatest possible service that any individual,
group of individuals, or agency can render, is that which
•adds to the potential value of a human being. To the
degree that the potential value of an individual is in-
creased, to that degree is society and the world enriched.
At this period of the world's history its economic value
is greatly lowered by the loss of millions of human
beings. Therefore, to increase the potential value of
all individuals is, at this time, of the greatest impor-
tance. Not only is it of great importance to increase
the potential value of all human beings, but it is of
equal necessity that the energy, the vigor and morale
of all be conserved. The methods whereby the poten-
tial value of human beings may be increased and con-
served are not entirely unknown or untried. Many
demonstrations of actual accomplishments are on record.
We shall not have the opportunity of discussing such
methods in detail, but we hope to indicate to you some
possibilities and to suggest some fundamental principles.
Work of Safety Advisors
One of the best pieces of work that has been accom-
plished in recent years in conserving the physical vigor
of labor has been that done by the safety advisors. The
safety movement has saved untold millions of dollars
and thousands of human lives. It is one outstanding
example of what a systematic organization can accom-
plish. The way in which standard practice has been
established is indeed remarkable.
Many have been the discussions as to the functions
and the value of the welfare advisor.
However welfare work may have been exploited, how-
ever badly handled, however disliked, yet all those who
are conversant with this subject must admit that an
untold amount of good has been accomplished through
such efforts. There is unquestionably still a need and
a place for it in American industrial and commercial
life. To accomplish the most lasting and the most whole-
some results, it must be administered in a different
manner and from an absolutely changed point of view
than previously. As a sop it is a failure; as a substi-
tute for wages justly due, it is pernicious ; as paternal-
ism, it is dangerous. If administered as supplementary
to fair and full wages — if conceived as giving that justly
due — if guided by the sincerest motives and if partici-
pated in through the spirit of human kindness and cor-
'Address delivered at the first meeting of American Enginoer-
Jng Council of the Federated American Engineering Soc etili
Washington, D. C, Nov. 18. 19 and 20. ^ oocieues.
diality, it will be a benediction and will result in main-
taining a high morale, a better moral and physical con-
dition of the worker and his family — thereby obtain-
ing a more virile manhood through which business and
society will profit.
Ill Health Means Inefficiency
The industrial medical advisor is an absolute essen-
tial in this day of intensive and mass production.
To quote: "Investigators tell us that only one indus-
trial worker out of five in need of a physician calls on
one. What is the connection between these two facts
and the lost time in the plant? There must be some
relation between the physical condition of workers and
indu.strial accidents ; between the deterioration of physi-
cal health and labor turnover; between facts noted above
and the impressive number of chronic invalids ; between
the great number of persons who are only casually em-
ployed and the unemployable . . ."
The loss in wages to the employee must be very large
and the loss to the employer much larger when it is
remembered that bad health plays a large part in in-
efficiency; in irregularity in attendance, which results
in a lower standard of living; in the shifting from job
to job, which reduces stability of character.
It is these considerations that have led a large and
growing number of factory managers to add to their
staff the industrial physician. That his work has been
valuable is unquestionably true as many know. We are
told that in one plant where the health conditions were
properly supervised teh absence from work in the
plant was only approximately 3 per cent, whereas the
average for other shops in the same vicinity, where pre-
ventive work was not done, was 10 per cent.
In a published statement, the Norton Co., of Worces-
ter, Mass., says that a 75 per cent reduction in loss of
time on account of illness has been obtained since the
establishment of their medical department.
If by conservation of labor we imply the making of
labor more contented, more intelligent and therefore
more effective, then some forms of industrial engineer-
ing will be most effective. The intelligence of all labor
must be raised. Arthur Williams, of the New York
Edison Co., made a very true statement some time ago
when he said, "If those who have written the history
of civilization from its beginning down to the present
are correct in their conclusions, the greatest forces
vital to the progress of the human race are the moral
and the intellectual. To be willing to perform our duty
is the moral part; to know how to perform it, is the
intellectual part; while the closer these two parts are
knit together the greater the harmony with which they
work and the more securely shall we lay the founda-
tion for the further advancement of mankind.
"The intellectual part can be developed only through
education. The training must be broad in character and
so carried on as to develop the individual mind and in-
spire the individual to strive for a standard of accom-
plishment as high as the individual can conceive. Other
things being equal, the trained mind always excels the
untrained mind."
There is a great need in this broad land of ours for
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1105
more education — education of the type to benefit the
masses, an education that will enhance the breadth of
vision and the potential possibility of every individual.
As the general intellectual level is raised there will be
more peace and harmony and a larger recognition of
individual responsibility. It is ignorance that accounts
for much of the dissatisfaction, discontent and violence
which have been so evident in recent months.
The need for education, however, does not end with
the general education, for there is a very great need
for more general and better industrial education. The
term industrial education is herein used in a very broad
sense. We have in mind not only the education of the
worker at the bench or lathe, but the sub-foremen, the
foremen, the superintendents, the engineers, the man-
agers and, yes, the chief executives. We sometimes feel
that it is the last-named class that is in a greater need
of a course in industrial education than any other one
group.
It is our conviction, founded upon a rather intensive
study and observation of industrial affairs for several
years, that much that is evil, that is inefficient, that is
troublesome in the industrial realm of the world is due
to lack of information, which leads to a misinterpreta-
tion of causes and effects. This ignorance permeates
every human element connected with industry. The em-
ployer oftentimes does not know any more, if as much,
about the real economic situation as does the employee.
The employee does not have a correct conception of the
laws of management, the methods of manufacture, the
cost of production, hence is easily persuaded to believe
that the management is domineering, that its methods
of manufacture are oppressive and wrong and that the
employer is making enormous profits. As a result of
lack of knowledge on the part of both parties, grievous
mistakes are made; rank injustice results; estranged
relationships become a fact. The employer, employee
and the public suffer mentally, physically and financially.
This condition can best be eliminated through a broadly
conceived and wisely administered form of industrial
education. Such a form of industrial education would
inevitably result in increased production through the
efficiency that would arise from trained workmen.
Decided progress has been made in training workmen.
This was especially evident during the war. However,
in all such efforts not enough stress has been placed upon
the fundamental principles. The effort has centered too
much upon training the worker to be an effective piece
of machinery and not enough emphasis has been placed
upon the factors that are conducive to making the work-
man a broadminded and an intelligent employee. The
intellectual development has been too often sacrificed
for the sake of the physical as expressed in the dex-
terity with which the worker performs his task. Indeed
some intellectual development resulted but not a suffi-
cient amount to be of material consequence in enabling
the man to have a greater appreciation of his responsi-
bility as an employee, as a prospective executive or
employer, as a citizen and as a member of society, which
are important and should be an unfailing thought back
of the purpose. And again, if this phase of the train-
ing be neglected there will not be an ample amount of
intelligent material from which to select the subordinate
executives. And it is in the foreman group where is
found a very sad condition. It is one of the weakest
chains in the entire industrial system. It is no wonder
that there is so much waste of material, of time, of labor
in the industrial plants, when one is conversant with
the poor leadership. There is no greater opportunity
for accomplishment in industrial education than among
the foremen.
If there be developed a large and a better trained
group of industrial leaders, a very advanced step will
have been made toward conserving labor, as measured
in its increased efficiency, through better methods of
management and more constructive leadership, and
through an increased mutual and physical vigor pro-
duced by more wholesome working conditions and sur-
roundings.
Noah Had Labor Troubles
The strike is a very large source of waste of human
labor. Millions, I do not know how many milHons, of
hours of labor are lost each year through strikes. All
of this loss could be conserved if the strike could be
entirely eliminated, but we do not believe that this will
ever come to pass. We are reminded that "ever since
the time that the first carpenters started to work for
Noah & Co. on the Ark, there have been conditions aris-
ing in the manufacturing business that have been more
or less of an annoyance to the employee, and generally
a thorn in the side of the employer."
That statement was contained in a letter addressed to
a manager of a prominent manufacturing company by
an employee. In the letter, the employee sought to make
clear that certain internal conditions needed to be
changed in order that the employees might more fully
enjoy their work and consequently be happy, contented
and efficient.
The reason for quoting the statement is to remind
you that from time immemorial there have been labor
problems and it is our conviction that, since labor prob-
lems have always existed, so they will continue to arise
as long as humanity is constituted as it is. Therefor^
I do not anticipate that at this time, or at any future
period, there will be evolved a panacea that will forever
solve any and all problems that may arise between em-
ployer and employee.
This is no more possible than that a plan can be
evolved whereby there will be no more wars between
nations. Indeed plans can be formulated and principles
can be laid down which will greatly reduce the proba-
bility of labor disputes and which will eliminate the
likelihood of many wars. Some form of industrial
democracy on nne hand and a league of nations on the
other unquestionably will be agents of great value
and influence, but those agents within and of themselves
will not eliminate labor troubles, nor make impossible
future wars.
In recent weeks we have heard much about the eflfi-
cacy of industrial democracy, of shop committees, of
Senate and House plan, of collective bargaining, as the
panaceas for all labor problems. During the same period
we have had striking examples of the inadequacy of all
these plans. Industrial democracy is a misnomer unless
fairly and honestly applied. Collective bargaining is a
great danger if wrongly applied and is used as an in-
strument of autocratic power.
Fair Play the Only Panacea
No, labor problems have always existed and are likely
to continue. There is no panacea, as industrial democ-
racy, profit sharing, committee system, open shop, closed
shop or collective bargaining. None of these agencies
will accomplish or avail much unless there be behind
them and disseminated through every fiber and thread,
1106
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 24
the spirit of fairness, honesty and justice. If these
principles be present, there will be no labor troubles.
And again, if they be present, it does not matter much
what plan is used. This accounts for many striking
examples of the successful management of labor through
each of the plans named. Because these successful ex-
amples can be pointed out is the reason for the con-
fusion in the minds of many — whereas if a close analysis
be made, it would be found that the wholesome condi-
tions existing in each case were not due to the plan in
vogue, but to the fact that the employer and the em-
ployee each in turn, was a believer in, and a practicer
of, the cardinal virtues of honesty, fairness and justice.
The unfortunate thing is that many employees, many
employers, many associations of employers and many
labor organizations, have violated and ignored these
principles. Through the utter disregard of them, great
damage has been done, and, to quote: "Great powers
have been used arbitrarily and autocratically, to exact
unlimited profit or compensation by both capital and
labor. This policy of exacting profit rather than render-
ing sei-vice has wasted enormous stores of human and
natural resources, and has put in places of authority
those who seek selfish advantage regardless of the inter-
ests of the community." The problem bsfore the Amer-
ican public is to evolve those plans and to inaugurato
those policies that will make it a great offense against
the community, for any such arbitrary power to evoke
its wrath against the will and against the welfare of
the masses. Such plans should provide severe and sure
punishment for the autocratic employer or autocratic
labor leader who wilfully violates the principles of eco-
nomic justice and by such violations brings hadrships,
despair and heartaches upon the masses.
Many of the abuses have grown up through ignorance
of cause and effect. Poor management, watered stock,
incompetent supervision, excessive equipment, large in-
ventories, poor equipment, bad management, inadequate
sales policies and other causss have resulted in reduced
income and a loss of net profits. Lack of information
as to the causes leads to a misinterpretation of the
reason for the effects. In arriving at a solution, incom-
petency in management again shows itself; faulty an-
alyses and incorrect conclusions follow. Wages are cut,
demands increased, working conditions made less desir-
able; all of which result in strained relationships,
strikes, bloodshed, destruction of property — no one
benefited.
Lack of information as to cause and effect on the
part of labor leads to many misinterpretations and
faulty conclusions, such as to believe that to limit pro-
duction is to benefit the worker, totiinduly decrease the
length of the work-day is conducive to the prosperity
and the well being of society and of labor and to place
all workers in a given trade on a par, regardless of
capacity or ability, is beneficial to the cause of labor.
These policies lead to a reduction of production, in-
creased cost; to suspicion, to disregard of rights of
property, to rights of individuals and to rights of
society, the result being strained relations, strikes, blood-
shed, destruction of property — no one benefited.
Mission oy the Industrial Engineer
It is the function and province of th^ engineer to
make the correct analysis, to predict effect through
known causes. It is purely the mission of the engineer
of wide experience, of great foresight and of unselfish
motive to see to it;
First — That every action is based upon the principles
of honesty, justice and fairness to the employee, the
employer and the public.
Second — To so formulate the plan of action as to
eliminate all unfair privilege of employer and employee
and to make it possible for each to fulfill its responsibili-
ties to the community.
Third — To so organize the plan or industry as to make
it exceedingly difllicult for an incompetent to hold a posi-
tion of authority or to have autocratic control.
It is the industrial expert who must finally work out
these problems. He is the specialist who understands
causes and effects. He is the one to make an unbiased
and detailed diagnosis and to prescribe the treatment.
His treatment may at times be severe, may never be the
same for any two cases. It must always be honestly
and fairly given, and to be for the good of the employer,
the employee and the community. If the industrial
expert is to be of the greatest possible value to society,
his conduct, his professional actions and attainments
must be such as to merit the confidence and respect of
society in general.
The various phases and angles to human relations
have not been analyzed as they should. The world has
lost millions of men through the ravages of war. This
loss does not only affect the present, but future, for
generations to come will realize the loss of these men
and their potential posterity. To offset this loss, the
industrial engineer must devise new plans, new methods,
new equipment.
To offset this loss the engineer must give considera-
tion to devising means of using that large army of
industrial handicaps. Men and women who, through
accident or througn miscarriage of the laws of nature
are lacking in some essential faculty or sense. A close
analysis of the jobs of work to be done in modern
industry will disclose that in the modern industrial plant
there is an opportunity for men and women with every
nort of handicap imaginable to do successfully some piece
of work. It is the duty and responsibility of the
engineer to relieve industry and society of such expense
and loss, by making it possible for men, however
handicapped, to find useful employment.
Think of the many hours being wasted, with all that
means to posterity, to society, to industry, because we
have not analyzed the requirements of the job and
because we have not trained the man. The engineer
cannot afford to overlook this potential labor supply and
this potent opportunity to save mankind and society by
restoring to an economic and social standard the so-
called handicapped.
We have not the time to further discuss these matters,
but we wish to emphasize that many of the angles of
the present day industrial situation clearly come within
the purview of the industrial engineer. He is the hope;
will he meet the occasion with vigor, with enthusiasm,
with fairness, with sufficient prestige to put it over?
We sincerely trust he may. Great the pity if he does
not. So look well to your oars and into your stroke put
all the constructive effort that pure manhood, wise
judgement, tried experience, sincere and accumulated
wisdom will permit.
And out of it all, we hope, there will eventually come
into all industry because of the effects of the engineer, a
fine spirit of comradeship, of loyalty and of genuine
pleasure in association of boss with men, which if it does
v.ill be one of the largest possible means of conserving
labor in all its aspects.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1107
SHOP EQUIPMENT NENV5
5. A. HAND
SHOP EQUIPMENT
• NEV/5 •
modorn dosifgnsand
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for wfiich there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six montfis and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the newt character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them, to the manufacturer for approval.
Fox Multiple-Spindle Tapping
Attachment
The Fox Machine Co., Jackson, Mich., has placed on
the market a tapping attachment for use on its multiple-
spindle drilling machines. It is necessary that some
changes be made in the machines when they are
equipped for tapping, the drive-shafts being mounted
on ball bearings.
The machine shown in the illustration is of the D-22
type equipped for drilling and tapping, the tapping
mechanism being applicable also to the D-12 and to
the D-32 types of drilling machines. It is stated that
the machine illustrated has tapped twelve i-in. holes
^^^HB^SiBi^^^^BQ!^'^' - ii^^^^^^^^H
^^^'
FOX MULTIPLE-SPINDLE DRILLING AND TAPPING
in cast-iron plates 11 in, thick in five seconds, a maxi-
mum of 6 hp. being consumed.
The upper drive pulley at the rear of the speed-
change box is mounted on a plate friction clutch. By
means of a lever at the front the clutch can be oper-
ated for stopping and starting the machine. On the
vertical drive-shaft to the head is a 12-jawed positive
driving clutch having 12 right-hand teeth on one side
and 12 left-hand teeth on the opposite side. These
teeth can engage opposing clutch members driven by
a bevel pinion mounted on the horizontal shaft which
runs into the speed-change box. The movement of the
clutch from the forward to the reverse position is con-
trolled by a lever at the front of the machine. This
lever is so connected to the lever which operates the
friction driving clutch that when the tapping lever is
moved from the forward to the reverse position, or vice-
versa, the first movement disengages the friction clutch
driving the machine.
Further motion of the tapping lever carries the
toothed driving clutch from one position to the other,
this being accomplished while the power is off from
the spindles. After the positive clutches are in engage-
ment the final motion of the tapping lever allows the
friction clutch to engage, thus driving the spindles in
the reverse direction. Provision is made against the
possibility of the teeth of the clutches striking on top
of each other when being reversed which would pre-
vent the clutches from engaging.
When the tapping attachment lever is pulled for-
ward the spindles are given a right-hand rotation, and
a strong, inclosed spring is put under compression and
latched in this position. Upon the vertical stop-rod is
an adjustable stop which can be set so that when the
taps reach, the desired position, the stop comes in con-
tact with the trip arm and releases the spring. The
movement of the spring then carries the tapping at-
tachment lever automatically from the forward to the
reverse position so that the operator does not have to
trip the tapping mechanism when the desired depth
is reached.
After the tapping attachment lever is thrown forward
and the automatic trip locked in position the operator
can manipulate the tapping lever back and forth if he
desires to reverse the taps after starting into the work
and before they reach their bottom position. This is
of importance in the case of breakage of a tap. The
reversing does not, however, affect the tripping of the
mechanism when the taps finally reach their lowest
position. The positions of the spindles carrying the
taps can be changed to suit different layouts for differ-
ent jobs.
1108
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Oliver No. 80 "Variety" Saw Bench
A wood-working machine that is intended to be of
particular service in a shop doing general work, is built
by the Oliver Machinery Co., Grand Rapids, Mich. It
will do ripping, cross-cutting, dadoing and gaining, and
can be furnished with a special table equipment that
permits it to be used for boring and mortising.
The machine, shown in Fig. 1, has a capacity for rip-
ping boards up to 23 in. in width when using a universal
ripping fence, or 27 in. in width with a plain ripping
fence. It will cut off material 32 in. wide by 3 in. thick
with a saw 14 in. in diameter, or 4 in. thick with a 16-in.
The same saw is used for both ripping and cross-
saw.
cutting. Dados can be worked up to 4 in. in width.
The mortising and boring attachment, the small table
of which can be seen at the right, will bore holes 2 in.
PIG. 1. OLIVER NO. 80 "VARIETY" SAW BENCH WITH
TABLE TILTED, SHOWING MORTISING
ATTACHMENT
Specifications; Table; universal or plain, 36 x 44 in. Universal
table; tilts to 45 dee.: movable section, 1.5-in. wide; vertical ad-
justment, 4 in. Capacity ; ripping, 23 or 27 in. wide ; cross-cut-
ting. 32 X 3 in. ; dados, 4 in. wide ; mortising:, 3 x 4 in. ; boring,
2 in. diameter by 6 in. Saw arbor. 1 in. diameter. Driving pulley;
600 r.p.m. ; 18 x 3 in. Motor drive ; 5 lip. ; 1,800 r.p.m. Weight ;
crated, 1.650 to 1,700 lb. ; boxed, 1,850 to 1,900 lb. Export box,
60 cu.tt.
in diameter to a depth of 6 in., or mortise holes up to
3 in. square by 4 in. deep.
The base is a single casting of box section. The dust
chute is part of the base and extends through its center
to a flanged discharge opening on the right-hand side.
The table is of ribbed construction. It may be tilted
to an angle of 45 deg. toward the left in the manner
shown in the illustration. Plain or universal types of
tables can be furnished, the latter type having a move-
able section 15 in. wide mounted on ball-bearings, which
permits it to be moved forward and back with slight
effort. This moveable table can be seen at the front in
Fig. 2. By means of a pin it can be locked in a station-
ary position when bo dosired. It may be moved as much
as 4 in. from the saw, thus permitting the use of a dado
saw or special head.
A handwheel can be used to raise or lower the table
for a distance of 4 in. Tilting the table is accomplished
by a handwheel operating through a worm and gear
connected with the table by a link. A graduated dial is
provided to aid the operator in adjusting for any angle.
FIG. 2. OLIVER S.VW WITH BEr,TED AIOTOR DRIVE
Two interchangeable forms of arbor-head are built,
the belt-driven and the direct motor-driven. The saw
arbor is 1 in. in diameter and mounted on ball bearings
that are completely encased to exclude dirt. The end of
the arbor opposite the saw is used to carry the boring
and mortising tools, a feature that can be easily seen in
Fig. 1. The table of this attachment is supported by a
heavy bracket which may be adjusted 3 in. vertically on
gibbed ways. An adjustable pedal is used to move the
table in and out. The application of the attachment
makes the machine of service when other machines doing
such work are not available.
A universal ripping fence, miter cut-off gages and
guard are furnished as regular equipment. When belted
drive is used, the motor can be mounted on an extension
of the base, as shown. A roller-bearing countershaft
can be mounted in place of the motor, if drive from an
over-head shaft is desired.
Black and Decker Body-Builder's Drill
The quantity manufactui-e of automobile bodies calls
for a hand-portable drill which has speed and endurance
and which is light and can be easily handled. The Black
& Decker Manufacturing Co., 661 Liberty St., Balti-
more, Ma., has recently placed on the market an electric
drill for body building that will drill holes up to A in.
The gears are made of hardened steel. Light weight
is obtained by making the entire housing of the motor
and gears of aluminum alloy. The motor is cooled by
forced circulation of air through the motor and the
windings, and is said not to heat up even when used con-
BLACK & DECKER HAND-PORTABLE DRILL FOR
BODY BUILDING
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1109
tinuously. The motor aeveiops I hp. and has a no-load
speed of 1,480 r.p.m. A pistol-grip handle is furnished,
and the control switch is operated by means of a trig-
ger, the arrangement being shown in the accompanying
illustration.
The drill is equipped with a three-jaw chuck for hold-
ing straight-shank drill bits, 15 ft. of duplex electric
cable and separable attachment plug. The motor runs
on either alternating or direct current and can be sup-
plied for 110, 220, or 32 volts.
Langhaar Self-Adjusting Ball Bearing
The Langhaar Ball Bearing Co., Aurora, Ind., has
placed upon the market a ball bearing that is intended
to carry high thrust loads as well as radial loads. It is
stated that the bearing has been designed to meet the
requirements and principles of ball-bearing design pub-
lished in the transactions of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers in May, 1907.
Fig. 1 shows a sectional view of the bearing. It can
be seen that there are two rows of balls, each one having
an independent ball i
cage or spacer cut
from a ring. Be-
tween the rows of
balls are two rings
separated somewhat
by small slightly
curved pieces of
spring steel held be-
tween them. This is
the self-adjusting
feature of the bear-
ing, as it allows the
two rows of balls to
suit themselves to
their proper posi-
tions in the races,
applies only a definite pressure to them and adjusts for
wear.
It is said that the lines of contact of the balls with
the races form cones, as shown in the sketch. Spin-
ning and grinding of the balls is said to be largely
obviated. The inner I'ace is solid. The outer one, how-
ever, is made in two parts, as can be seen in Fig. 2.
The parts fit together in the manner of jaw clutches,
and are fastened by the inserting of pins in holes pro-
vided at the joints. A substantial case is thus made,
the appearance of the assembled bearing being shown
in Fig. 2.
It is claimed that the bearing is adaptable to any
FIG. 1. SECTIOXAL VIEW OF LANG-
HA.^R SEI,F-AD.TUSTING BALL
BEARIXG
speed ordinarily used, having proved reliable and satis-
factory at speeds as high as 8,000 r.m.p. It is stated
that a thrust load as large as the radial load can be
carried.
Taylor Electric Rivet Heater
An electric rivet-heating machine has recently been
placed upon the market by the Taylor Welder Co., War-
ren, Ohio. The illustration shows the method of oper-
ation, the operator handling the rivets with tongs and
actuating the dies by means of a pedal.
The machine is intended to hold two rivets at a time,
it being stated that an operator can be kept busy han-
FIG. 2. LANGHAAR BALL BEARING AND TWO-PART
OUTER RACE
TAYLOR ELECTRIC RIVET-HEATING MACHINE
dling this number, since a :1 x 4-in. rivet is heated in
about 30 seconds. The angle at which the rivets are
tilted keeps them in plain sight of the operator, so
that they can be removed when at the proper heat. A
6 X 16-in. tray is provided at the front of the machine
for holding rivets. It is not necessary to actuate a
switch for each rivet, as the circuit is automatically
closed when the rivet is placed in position for heating.
The machine is made of angles and plates, permitting
light weight. It is intended for permanent installa-
tion in one place, but can be provided with a bail so
that it can be picked up and moved by means of a
crane.
The machine is equipped with a 15-kw. transformer
and a five-step regulator for controlling the current.
The transformer is air cooled and the capacity is suf-
ficient to prevent overheating in continuous operation.
It is stated that the cost of operation is low, the power
consumption being approximately 18 kw.-hr. per 100
lb. of rivets heated.
The extreme height of the machine is 40 in., the dies
being 32 in. above the floor. The floor space required
is 31 X 18 in. and the weight about 400 lb.
1110
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
Taper Attachment for Cincinnati
Boring Mills
For turning and boring tapers approaching nearly
a horizontal line and to suit which the swiveling head
is not adaptable, the Cincinnati Planer Co., Cincinnati,
Ohio, has brought out a taper-turning and boring attach-
ment. The device, shown in the illustration on an 8-ft.
mill, is intended for use on all sizes of boring mill from
42 in. up tJ 12 ft.
The principal parts are a slanting member or sine bar,
sine-bar supports and the sine-bar guide fastened to
the ram. In order to provide up and down adjustment
to the ram, without loosening the sine bar and thereby
changing its position, the face of the ram is machined
£ind fitted with a T-slot equal in length to the vertical
travel.
When mounting the attachment, the sine-bar sup-
ports, the sine-bar guide and sine bar are first placed
m
lfe^:j^>i^« ^^
r^ * :il
1- - ■ .^
TAPER ATTACHMENT ON A CINCINNATI BORING MILL
in position loosely, and then clamped securely in place
after t!:e proper angle has been determined. The power
feed to the ram is disengaged by means of the small
handwheel, so that the ram is fed vertically as the head
traverses. The use cf the attachment is recommended
for angles up to and including 18 deg.
Durkee Defectoscope
A device for the testing of steel magnetically, and
known as the defectoscope, has recently been placed
upon the market by the Durkee Manufacturing Co.,
Grasmere, S. I., New York. It has been invented and
developed by Dr. Charles W. Burrows. The instrument
is intended for the examination of commercial steel
products, being a means of checking the physical uni-
formity and structure of the work under examination
by determining the variation in magnetic homogeneity
along the length of the specimen. It is especially
adapted for use in locating defects in steel wire, cables,
reds, rails and bars.
Fij. 1 chows a general view of the defectoscope
arranged for testing rails. The device consists of sev-
eral distinct elements. The first one produces the
FIG. 1. DEFECTOSCOPE SET UP Full TH^ TKHTi.NU
OF STEEL RAILS
magnetizing effect, being a relatively short solenoid
energized by commercial direct current, so that the
magnetization of the specimen is carried well beyond the
knee of the induction curve. The solenoid is mounted
on a carriage which can be driven along the rail at
a uniform rate by the small motor under the coil.
The rail is mounted upon steel supports connected by
an auxiliary rail, so that a closed magnetic circuit
may be formed.
The next element is the means for detecting the mag-
netic variations in the rail. It consists of two test
coils surrounding the specimen, having the same number
of turns each and rigidly connected to the magnetizing
solenoid. When the carriage moves, the detector occu-
pies different positions along the length of the rail,
and, if the specimen is not quite uniform, the magnetic
induction threading ane of the coils is different from
that threading the other, the electromotive force also
being different.
This differential emf. is impressed upon a device for
indicating its magnitude, a heavily damped D'Arsonval
galvanometer of short period being used for this pur-
pose. The indication given by the galvanometer, shown
at the left end of the table, is recorded by means of
the camera at the right.
The recorder consists of a photographic film caused
to move uniformly across a small slit through which a
ray of light is reflected by the galvanometer through
the dark box. The small motor under the bottom of
the dark box furnishes the motive power for the film.
The control box, shown on the table underneath the
dark box, contains all the switches and rheostats neces-
sary for the operation of the apparatus. The ammeter
for indicating the current in the magnetizing solenoid
and the electric lamp used for the reflecting gal-
vanometer are shown mounted on the control box.
FIG.
.MAGNETIZING AXD FEEDING ARRANGEMENTS
USED ViTHEN TESTING RODS
December 9, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
nil
When making a test the carriage is caused to be
moved along the work, the film being exposed at the
same time. The film can then be developed to show
the record of the magnetic homogeneity of the rail,
the straighter the line on the film the more uniform
being the structure of the specimen. If a permanent
record is not desired, the photographic part of the
equipment may be replaced by a translucent scale or a
telescope and scale for optical observation.
When small specimens are to be tested, it is usually
more convenient to have the solenoid stationary. Fig.
2 shows the arrangement used for testing rods, a small
motor moving them at a uniform speed through the
solenoid. The detecting and recording arrangements
are the same as used with the other type of solenoid.
A somewhat similar arrangement is used for testing
cables and wires, the solenoid being kept stationary. It
is said that the device can be mounted whenever desired,
so that wire in the course of manufacture may be tested.
When testing cables, a break in one wire will be shown
by a notch in the original straight line of the record.
Instruments have been developed for testing various
parts of symmetrical shape, such as races for ball
bearings.
It is said that the defectoscope can well be applied
to the testing of steel in the process of manufacture,
as between operations or before and after heat treat-
ments, and that only moderate skill is required of the
operator. Accurate results are claimed, as the effects
cf heat treatment and chemical composition upon mag-
netic properties are known. The process is, of course,
not destructive to the specimens under test.
Raughtway Self-Cleaning Oil-stone
Holder
The oil-stone holder shovra in the illustration has
been placed on the market by J. A. Raught, 1006 Grand
Ave., Racine. Wis. It is made of cast aluminum, the
surfaces being ground and polished. There are four
sharp pegs in the bottom of the holder to prevent it
from slipping on the bench. The cover is provided to
exclude dirt.
The stone rests on four buttons 1 in. high on the
bottom of the holder and is prevented from shaking
in the holder by four screws in the sides. The stone
lies in a bath of oil, thus keeping one side of it soaked.
It is claimed that by this method the stone can be pre-
vented from clogging and glazing, as it is kept clean
and sharp. The holder is made in sizes, to hold stones
1 in. thick, 2 in. wide and either 6, 7 or 8 in. long,
and it can be furnished either with or without the
cover as shown.
Seattle Metal-Cutting Bandsaw
The Seattle Machine Works, Inc., 37-51 W. Lander
St., Seattle, Wash., has recently built the metal-cutting
bandsaw shown in the illustration. It is intended for
cutting out solid forged crankshafts, for cutting slots,
and for cutting pieces to length. This is accomplished
by having the saw cut on both sides of its loop, its mo-
tion, of course, being downward on one side and upward
on the other.
In order to change the distance between the two
cutting portions of the blade, two idlers having hori-
_
RAUGHTWAY SELF-CLEANING OIL-STONE HOLDER
SEATTLE METAL-CUTTINCJ BANDSAW
zontal movement are provided, the screws in the slides
being connected by means of a chain running on
sprockets so that they operate simultaneously. The
top wheel is adjusted vertically by means of a hand-
wheel, so that the saw can be kept tight for any posi-
tion of the idlers. The machine can be used as an
ordinary bandsaw to make a single cut by moving the
idlers out of contact with the saw.
The saw is driven by a motor mounted in the base.
The work is rested and clamped upon two carriages
on the table cf the machine. The carriages are mounted
on rollers, so that weights hung at the back of the
machine and fastened to them furnish the pressure
for the cut. In order to take a single straight cut in a
long piece of work the cutting blade can be twisted
slightly, the idlers being run out to the right. The mov-
able carriages can then be swung so that the direction of
their travel will be parallel to the cutting porticm cf
the blade. In this way the work will clear the upward-
traveling loop of the saw.
1112
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
FROM THE
Valentine Francis
General Business Conditions
Many Branches Covered — Past
and Future Discussed — La-
bor and Retailers
The downward movement of prices,
of which the first signs appeared last
May, and which became quite evident
in October, has became more general
arid precipitate in the last month. The
hopes i.hat had been entertained that
the descent to a lower level would be
accomplished so gradually that the
losses would be covered by current
profits, without serious interruption to
business and without unemployment,
have proved illusory. Rarely, if ever,
has there been so great a decline in
commodity prices in so short a time.
The twelve basic commodities included
in the price table of the Federal Re-
serve Bank of New York, to wit : wheat,
corn, hogs, sugar, pig iron, copper, lead,
lumber, petroleum, cotton, hides and
rubber, have declined on an average
3S.5 per cent since the high point of
the recoi'd in May.
Petroleum is the only one of this
group which has not suffered severely,
and owing to the growing demand for
fuel oil, gasoline and the other prod-
ucts It has scarcely suffered at all.
All of the others have been forced
lower during the past month, and
ended the month without improvement.
The Bureau of Labor figures, October
average based upon about 325 commodi-
ties, were 7 per cent below September,
and 7.3 per cent below the May average.
As compared with October, 1919, the
table shows a decline in articles of
food of 3.^ per cent, cloths and clothing
nearly 18 per cent, and farm products
21 per cent. Bradstreet's table of con-
solidated prices is down 24.8 per cent
from its peak, which occurred in Feb-
ruary.
Industry and Trade
Industrial activity was generally
well maintained throughout October,
notwithstanding the reduced operations
in the textile mills and shoe factories.
Raw cotton consumption was the lowest
for any month in the last four years.
Building activity has declined, and un-
employment has increased in the past
month. The coal situation is improving
and prices are declining, although dear
coal is a serious factor in production
costs.
Trade is reported light for this
season of the year, and the railways
having cleaned up for the most part the
congestion which existed in the spring
and summer, are having some falling
off in traffic. The grain movement from
the farms is light. Outside of New
York City payments through banks are
fairly well maintained, being reported
by the Federal Reserve Bank for the
week ending Nov. 24, as 6.7 per cent
below the corresponding week of 1919.
Including New York City, the falling
off is 9.2 per cent, but business was
very active and prices were high in
November, 1919.
Evidently current conditions are not
yet reflected in the volume of payments,
for industry has slackened decidedly
during November and wholesale trade
is very slow. The business whicn snould
be going on now in orders for the retail
trade of next spring is not being done.
This is especially so of shoes, clothing,
dress goods, underwear, knit goods and
the textiles generally, but is true in all
lines.
The Farmers' Losses ..
The fall in prices of farm products
during the past month has given a more
serious aspect to the entire business
situation. Following the declines m
September and October the cuts again
have been very deep, and are of far-
reaching influence. When the price
recessions occurred in the months fol-
lowing the armistice and a general re-
action in business seemed to be immi-
nent, farm products were sustained by
a heavy foreign demand, and with the
buying power of the farm population
sustained, a good general trade over
the country was maintained, and the in-
dustries that had been disturbed were
brough back into line. The expecta-
tions of continued prosperity during
the coming year have been based upon
the assumption th; t with Russian
products still out of the competition the
demands from western Europe would
continue to sustain prices for farm
products, and this expectation has been
disappointed. It lets down practically
one-half of the industrial organization
and renders it unable to continue pur-
chases of the other half on the same
: scale, without a readjustment of the
basis on which the exchanges are made.
The farmer has suffered not only a
great direct loss of purchasing power,
but a shock which will affect his mental
attitude toward expenditures for some
time. He has debts to pay, more debts
than at any previous time, judging
from the volume of bank loans, and it
will take a great many more products
to pay them than it would have taken
a year ago or three months ago. It is
not to be expected that he will be the
free spender in the near future that he
has been during the last year.
There is no big surplus of wheat in
the world. Allowing for the uncertain
character of all crop estimates, for
even the figures upon our own crops
are only estimates, and allowing also
for uncertainty about European con-
sumption, the margin of safety is small.
Nobody will really know until abjut
next May or June whether all our wheat
will be wanted or not. Meanwhile, the
question with each holder or prospective
purchaser is whether or not he wants to
carry wheat over into the next crop
year. The answer to that question
determines his attitude. Market opin-
ion is shown by the fact that wheat for
March delivery is still about 5 cents
per bushel below the December delivery.
The Swing of Business
This slump in business conditions has
demonstrated again that the great
movements in the business world which
make good times or bad times are spon-
taneous and beyond control. They are
due to mass action and mass psychol-
ogy. The business of the country de-
pends upon the purchases and policies
of tens of millions of individuals, and
when they become generally possessed
of a spirit of confidence, and go ahead
with their planning and spending uiiu\:r
its influence, we have a period of pros-
perity. The difTerence between free
spending and careful economy by all
the people of this counti-y means a
vast difference in the volume of trade
and the level of prices.
A state of full prosperity is seldom
long maintained because it means a
balanced state of industry, and the bal-
ance may be disturbed by many ink
fluences, originating at home or abroad.
The war gave an enormous but un-
healthful stimulus to the industries
i:nd brought on the rise of wages and
prices. Following the war, there was
another abnormal period, due to scarcity
resulting from the war and the release
of demands that had been in restraint.
The actual scarcity was exaggerated
in many instances, as in the case of
clothing and sugar, by an insistent de-
mand which would be supplied at any
price. A market in which demand ex-
ceeds supply is commonly called a
seller's market, on the theory that the
seller names the price, but the prices
upon many commodities in the latter
part of 1919 and early part of 1920
were made by a scramble of buyers
and the bidding of dealers eager to
supply them. There was a shortage of
cloth and of sugar, but the market
was over-stimulated by the action of
buyers, who in many instances tried to
get more than they really wanted in
the expectation that the limited sup-
plies would be alloted, or to provide for
the future. Nobody was more deceived
than the dealers and producers. The
pTice of raw sugar in Cuba went to 23 i
cents per pound, and has since dropped
to 43 cents. The sugar movement was
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal— and Demand One
1113.
an extreme one but that in textiles was
of the same kind, and both illustrated
the swing of mass purchasing power.
It was at its maximum last fall and
winter.
Price Structure Top-Heavy
But, as already said, a movement
of this kind is not sustained because
the buying abilities of all classes of
the public do not remain in balance.
In the great rise of prices all did not
share alike. Those whose incomes did
not keep pace with the rise of prices
were obliged to curtail their purchases,
and as prices went higher the support
for them weakened. The spring months
were unfavorable to trade, goods did
not move normally, the jobbing trade
fell off, and with production at a high
rate goods were accumulating. Money
was tight, middlemen had heavy obli-
gations outstanding and more goods
coming, bought for the fall trade. Then
came the flood of cancellations and the
cutting of prices. The price structure
was top-heavy. As confidence in the
future of prices was undermined the
attitude of the trade and the public
completely changed. Nobody would buy
except to meet immediate wants, and
goods came out from many quarters.
When it developed that the orders for
fall feoods cancelled last May were not
to be reinstated, and that Fall needs
* were readily satisfied in the open market
at continually falling prices; and when
as the fall advanced the usual buying
for spring delivery did not develop, it
became evident that confidence would
not be restored or prices stabilized
until a far-reaching, thorough read-
justment of costs and prices had been
accomplished.
When Will Confidence Be Restored?
The movement has gone too far in
some directions for confidence to be re-
stored or buying stimulated until it
has gone farther in other directions.
The situation as regards purchasing
power is more disorganized and out of
balance than it has been at any pre-
vious time. The farming population
has suffered a loss of purchasing power
amounting to somewhere between 30
and 40 per cent, or $6,000,000,000 to
$8,000,000,000, as compared with 'ast
year. It would be very foolish for the
people engaged in the other industries
to think that they can go on making
and selling goods as though this loss
had not occurred, enjoying also the
benefit of this reduction in cost of farm
products.
Manufacturers, .nerchants, labor
leaders, owners of stocks in railroads
and industrial companies — everybody in
business — are askintr how long this de-
pression which is spreading over in-
dustry is likely to last. Nobody can
tell the length of time, but it is not
difficult to name the principal condi-
tion necessary to a revival. The prices
of what the farming population wants
to buy must come down to correspond
with the prices of what it has to sell.
Until then the state of reciprocity
which is necessary to full employment
of labor and general prosperity can-
not exist. The equilibrium must be
restored. There will be no confidence
in the situation until the equilibrium_is
restored. Merchants are not going to
buy goods which they know their cus-
tomers are unable to buy, railroads will
not buy equipment to carry goods which
will not be bought, construction work
will be at a standstill, enterprise will
be dead, until a basis of fair exchange
for the products of the industries is
reached.
This is not a matter of resolution,
resentment, or concerted action. It re-
sults from the character of trade re-
lations, from the fact that all business
consists of an exchange of services.
What one class of producers does not
get, it cannot spend. With trade re-
lations out of balance the circulation
of goods must be curtailed.
Will Wage Reductions Be Made?
It is said that organized labor is
going to stand for the present wage
scales. That is a very natural reso-
lution to make, off hand. Nobody likes
to take the back track, and nobody
should want labor to take the back
track in any real sense. A reduction
of wages which would put the general
wage-level below the new price level
would throw the situation out of bal-
ance in the same way that the fall of
farm products has thrown it out.
Neither the farms nor the towns can
buy the products of the other except
on a basis of fair exchange, and if the
products or services of either are un-
fairly valued the entire industrial sys-
tem will be disorganized. Wages and
farm products went up fairly well
together, and it is a mistake to think
that they are not coming down together,
for they are tied together by the eco-
nomic law.
It is said that in the principal shoe-
mp.king centers of Massachusetts the
labor organizations have passed reso-
lutions against any wage reductions
and that in the principal textile cen-
ters of the same state the mill com-
panies and their employees have come
to a similar understanding, for the
present. But the news reports from
the same cities say that the shoe fac-
tories and textile mills are running
not over half time, which means a re-
duction in wages of fully one-hall. It
is mere fiction to say that wages are
not reduced when such conditions pre-
vail, even though wage rates are un-
changed.
The shoe-makers and mill operators
may think that at least they are better
off in that they only work one-half the
time, but they overlook their own in-
terest and the interest of the entire
laboring population in the cost of shoes
and clothing. While they are not ac-
tually sustaining their own wages they
are keeping up the cost of goods, and if
other workers, all around the circle
of the industries, do the same, the cost
of living will stay up for everybody,
with earnings reduced. Of course it
will be only fair for the farmers to
work half time also, and already they
have counsels of this kind. It is im-
possible to run the industries of this
country on half time and produce eco-
nomically or supply the people with the
comforts they want. Any such attempt
is destined to break down, because it
cannot produce the desired results.
Position of Wage-Earners
We do not believe the wage-earning
class will be found obdurate when the
situation is understood in all its re-
lations. They do not want to lose any
real gains, but there are many signs
that they will accept lower pay if the
purchasing power of their wages is not
reduced. That gives a basis for agree-
ment. An official of the American Fed-
eration of Labor is quoted as saying
that there must be no reduction below
the levels of 1914, with allowance for
increases in the cost of living. That
sounds all right, but it must be borne
in mind that the cost of living is not
something imposed upon the wage-
earning class from above or from the
o'.'oide; it is largely dependent upon
the wages they insist upon having and
their own attitude toward their work.
They should not disclaim their proper
share of responsibility for the cost of
living, or think they can make some-
one else bear it. Nor can they, any
more than any other class, escape their
share of the results of ills and calam-
ities that afflict the world. They may
say that they are not responsible for
the war or the disorganization of in-
dustry which has resulted from the
war, but these costs must be borne by
society as a whole, with every member
bearing some share.
On the other hand there are the pos-
sibilities that lie in improvements in
industry, by which it can be made more
effective, production increased and costs
reduced. Just as no one in society can
escape some share of the effects of great
calamities, however they may be caused, ■
1114
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
so no one can fail to receive some share
of the benefits which result from im-
provements in the arts and industries.
» A great corn crop does not benefit the
■* ^growers or landowners alone; indeed
I they are thinking now that they have
* over-done their service to the commun-
•> "ity, and so it may be unless all the in-
dustries give the same honest effort
for the general good. The improve-
ment of industry and general increase
of production is the true way of prog-
ress, and labor can play a great part
in the advance. With respect to this
also there are signs that it will not be
wanting.
Retail Prices an Obstacle to
Readjustment
Labor answers the claim that wages
should come down to correspond with
the fall of wholesale prices, by saying
that retail prices, which determine the
cost of living to wage-earners, have not
come down to any such extent. That
it true and on all sides it is beini? said
that the situation is up to the retailer.
He is the distributor and it is charged
that he is blocking the flow of goods
instead of helping it. His excuse is
that he has goods which cost him high
prices and he wants to work them off
without loss before dropping to the new
levels. It is to be said in his be-
half that the price records of the
Bureau of Labor show that retail prices
■ generally lagged behind wholesale
prices on the rising m.arket, as they
frankly do on the falling market. The
report of the Federal Trade Commis-
sion on the flour industry, recently
issued, shows that during the period
1913-1918 wheat rose 160 per cent,
flour at wholesale 146 per cent, and
flour at retail 118 per cent.
There was much discussion while
prices were rising over the point
whether a retailer was justified in
basing his prices upon replacement
costs, and popular opinion generally
held that he was not. We have pomtei
out in comments upon war time profits
thdt a dealer would need the profits of
a rising market to meet the losses of
a declining market. The proper basis
for prices at all times is replacement
costs, for there is no assurance that a
dealer can control prices on any other
basis. There is no certainty that he
can sell goods at what they cost him.
But the fact that a retailer did not
promptly follow prices on a rising
market will not help him now. He can-
not afford to block the procession. The
producer has had to come down, regard-
less of the fact that his crops or his
poods were produced on the hiijh level,
the jobber has had to take his loss, and
the retailer who gets down to the new
level as soon as possible will gain by
tloing so. He will be selling low-cost
goods while his slow-going rivals are
tied up with the old stocks. The best
policy for the merchant at all iimes is
to turn his stock as fast as he can re-
place it at lower prices. Furthermore,
in times like these every man who is
a link in the business chain should do
bis part to accomplish a speedy read-
justment and a restoration of confi-
dence. There can be no restoration
of confidence until retail prices are in
line with producer's prices. This is
no time for recriminations about the
blame for high prices or large stocks.
Changes in Retail Methods
The situation may result in permanent
changes in the methods of retail dis-
tribution. The tendency has been
toward chain stores and distribution on
a large scale by people who buy di-
rect of producers, or through agencies
controlled by producers. The present
deadlock and inability of producers to
make their reductions effective to con-
sumers will stimulate it. More shoe
factories are going to have their own
retail stores, for the sake of controlling
prices to the public. The farmers are
croused over the failure of retail prices
upon fruits and other products to come
down, and thereby stimulate consump-
tion when products are perishing.
Possibly the retailer sometimes gets
more blame than is coming to him, but
this is a time when it behooves every-
one to play the game of co-operation so
openly that all c::n see what he is doing.
Elements o? Strength in the
Situation
The elements of strength in the sit-
uation which we have named iiereto-
fore remain, and will become effective
when the conditions are right. The
main condition is that all along the
line costs must come down until con-
fidence in prices is re-established. Con-
fidence will not be re-established in
prices that rest upon inflated costs,
even though all profits have been elim-
inated. It will not be re-established in
prices that rest upon any artificial
support, for all such supports are tem-
porary. Prices may go lower than can
be permanently maintained; it is the
usual thing in times of reaction that
the momentum carries prices toa low,
just as in times x>i expansion they are
carried too high.
This is pre-eminently a price situ-
ation. There is no lack of confidence
in the future of business when a basis
t'pin which it can go forward is found.
Price fluctuations in recent years have
been so wild that the public has become
distrustful of all prices. For the mo-
ment buyers stand aside and there is
little resistance to the downward move-
ment, but of course this is a temporary
situation.
The only prices that seem to be really
authoritative are those that prevailed
before the war, but it cannot be sup-
posed, that in the present state cf in-
dustry, this level will be generally
reached or maintained. Prices that go
too low will recover their proper place
as the revival spreads.
Construction Work
Construction work has always led
the way in recovery from business de-
pression. The difference between good
times is largely in the amount of con-
struction work going on, and the siroug-
cst factor in the present s'tuation is
the amount of work needing to be done.
The country by all reports is under-
built. None of the deficit of the war
time has been made good, but last year
and this year the country has fallen
farther behind, because there is no
confidence that present wage rates for
mechanics or prices for materials will
be sustained in face of general business
conditions. With great numbers of
people out of employment, and the de-
mand for office space and factory addi-
tions falling off, investors are iiot want-
ing to put their money into bu Iding
operations at costs which they believe
can be very much lowered a year or
so later. But if wages and prices come
down, so that building investments look
to be safe against later competition
there is a vast amount of work to go
forward. There is no industry that
holds such possibilities of help for the
situation as housebuilding, for the ma-
terials required would give employment
in a great variety of industries.
The railroads have a great amount
of work to be done, and need only the
encouragement of lower interest rates,
which undoubtedly are on the way.
The manner in which the country
has borne the great shrinkage in values,
the comparatively few important fail-
ures, has shown that the business struc-
ture is essentially sound. The banks
have carried the situation through the
credit strain. There will be plenty of
credit for a revival of. business on a
lower level of prices. The business or-
ganization is in working order and
ready to resume normal operations
when conditions are right, which, as
v.e have indicated, will be when re-
tail prices, wages and industrial costs
generally have c-?me down to the level
reached by the basic raw products.
Why Industries Shut Down
WTien the mutual dependence which
exists throujrhout industry is seen, the
fallacy of the protest against the clos-
ing of factories will be understood. It
is a superficial view that the shut-
downs are simply to maintain or raise
prices. The primary reason is that the
coods cannot be sold, and that the pro-
prietor either has no confidence in the
future market or lacks the capital to
pile up goods. In the present situation
it is plain that a readjustment of all
manufactured goods to a lower basis
is necessary to bring them into line
with raw materials, food products and
the general level of prices. It takes
time to accomplish such a readjust-
ment. It cannot be expected that
the manufacturer will go on making
goods which he knows he will have
to sell at a loss. There is a com-
mon rule of conduct in such matters,
v.'hich everybody naturally follows and
v.'hich is generally sound and in the
public interest.
Few concerns have the capital to
run long unless the goods are being
concurrently sold. The volume of bank
loans shows that business is borrow-
inj great sums, much greater at this j
time than ever before, and it could not
increase these loans for the purpose
cf pilin^x up goods to be sold at a cer-
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1115
tain loss. The losses to proprietors
are of staggering proportions now,
with everybody striving to make them
as small as possible. No one can gain
•in the long run by dissipating the
capital which is engaged in carrying on
industry, or breaking up established
organizations. Bankruptcies mean that
works are closed permanently, or until
new capital c^n be found and new or-
ganizations are formed, and meantime
labor is out of employment. The com-
mon interests are served by readjust-
ments which keep all the factors of in-
dustry 0.1 a harmonious working basis.
The Industrial Court of Kansas has
cited seven flour-milling companies
before it to answer why they have been
operating only part of the time. The
markets give the answer. Throughout
the present season wheat has been sell-
ing for the forward deliveries at heavy
discounts below the spot deliveries, »&
much as 25 cents a bushel. This means
that it has been impossible to buy
cash wheit and make it into flour for
future delivery without loss. Consum-
ers and dealers have be3n buying flour
for immediate needs only, and the mills
have run only upon orders. If they
had been running full time throughout
recent months and storing flour in
warehouses, they would all be bailKrupt
and shut down permanently by this
time, and if the Kansas c:)urts were to
require that kind of mamrement there
would be no more flour-m'lling ,n that
state. — The National City Bank of
Neiv York.
0
Export of Foreign Tools to
Germany
(Special Correspondence)
At a recent sitting of the committee
for economics of the preliminary
"Reichswirtschaftsrat," or national in-
dustrial parliament, the application of
an American firm with branch offices in
Germany was under consideration. The
company which had hitherto produced
its machines (cash registers) in the
United States only has decided to make
Germany the center of production for
Europs and v/ith this view in mind had
applied to the foreign-trade control
bureau for a permit to import special
American precision tools required for
the manufacture of the machines. As
the foreign-trade control bureau is
chiefly co.Tiposed of German manufac-
turers and workers' delegates it was
not surprising that the application was
flatly refused on the p'ea that the Ger-
man industry was fully able to produce
tools of the same precision and quality.
Renewed protests by the firm in ques-
tion have induced the federal ministry
for economics to refer this matter to
the industrial parliament for considera-
tion which, at the aforementioned sit-
ting, eventually decided to grant the
application while laying stress upon the
fact that the deci:;ion shouid not be
precedent!: I to v/arrant the granting of
import pciTiiits to other firms in similar
circumstances. T.:e representatives of
the home industry drew attention to the
fact that the only firm manufacturing
cash registers in Germany before the
war was the Anker Works at Bielefeld,
while Krupps have now also taken up
this line as one of their post-bellum
products. A member of the govern-
ment declared that political factors
were in no way influencing the decision
of the authorities and while the United
States was considerably hampering the
import of German products, this should
be no reason for Germany to follow
anything but a strictly internal eco-
nomic policy in dealing with such ques-
tions. In a further statement by the
German representative of the American
firms a guaranty was given that all
parts of cash registers will be made of
German raw materials and by German
machines and labor, only the above-
mentioned precision tools to be im-
ported. It was also stated that Ger-
many was to become the center for
manufacture and sales distribution in
Europe, including, later on, England;
for which country csrtain alterations
of the machines, owing to the different
currency, would become necessary.
It will be highly interesting to watch
the results of this decision for it is
fairly safe to assume that many Ameri-
can and other foreign firm^ having for-
merly catered to the German market
or having had branch establishments in
Germany prior to the war will be en-
couraged by the attitude of the Ger-
man Government in spite of the reser-
vations made at the sitting.
In the enduing discussion on the pros
end cons of imports of foreign machin-
ery and other finished products. Privy
Councilor Duisberg, director of Farb-
werke Bayer & Co., delivered a violont
outburst among the alleged unfair
treatment of the German industry by
Americans. Tha United States, he
ccm.plained, is restricting importation
cf goods which they urgently need; at
the same time taking illegal possession
of the Bayer products and patents
which are turned to competitive
weapons against Germany in England.
Texas Co. Issuin;? "Lubrication"
Monthly
The Texas Co. is issuing a monthly
magazine called Lubrication. This
periodical is interesting not only for the
material contained in each individual
issue but for the plan behind it.
It is the policy of that company to
take up in turn the more important
industries and after giving a brief out-
line of the manufacturing processes
or the mechanical procedure, to describe
the units involved and to discuss the
particular or peculiar lubricating prob-
lems of these units or their parts.
Some of the industries taken up have
been textile manufacture, metal cut-
ting, refrigeration and ice making,
cement, sugrtr refining, rubber manu-
facturing, compressed air and electric
street railways. Other articles in view
are on the paper industry, machine
tools, hydro-electric developments,
steam turbines, marine installations.
While this magazine is sent out free,
the company makes a provision that the
individual requesting to have this
magazine sent to him be professionally
interested in the use and selection of
lubricants; that is, he must be an engi-
neer, master mechanic, executive of a
manufacturing or power using concern,
a purchasing agent, or engaged in work
of a similar nature. It is published
from the New York office of the Texas
Co., which is situated at 17 Battery
Place, New York.
To Help Employees Build Homes
The Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester,
N. Y., has undertaken the creation of
a new organization in which the com-
pany and its employees will be mutually
interested. Its aims are to encoura'^e
common-sense saving and home owning
by employees. The practical effect will
be that the employees will be furnished
banking facilities for their savings and
a method of obtaining capital to invest
in homes. They also will be given the
advantage of expert realty advice in
the purchase of land. Before the
scheme can become operative, it must be
approved by the state superintendent
of banking. It is understood t^^at the
superintendent has made himself thor-
oughly familiar with the project, and
will grant the necessary permit within
a few days.
»
Huston Thompson Chairman of
Federal Trade Commission
Huston Thompson, of Colorado, be-
came chairman of the Federal Trade
Commission for a term of one year.
Mr. Thompson, who was vice-chairman
during the past year, succeeds to the
chairmanship under the rule of the
commission which provides for rotation
in the office of chairman among the
several commissioners.
Mr. Thompson was first appointed
to the commission by President Wilson
in December, 1918, to fill an unexpired
term, and in December, 1919, was re-
appointed for a full term of seven
years. He served as assistant attorney-
general of the United States, in charge
of the Court of Claims branch of the
Department of Justice.
Australia Makes Own
Leather Eelting
In line with the enthusiasm at pres-
ent prevalent in Australia over the
program of making everything at home,
leather belting is being made locally in
sufficient volume, it is said, to take care
of most of the demand. Duty on leather
belting was increased by the tariff in-
troduced last March from 25 to 40 per
cent. Therefore, American beiting
v/ould apparently have to sell in Aus-
tralia on quality, in competition with
the local product, which would have a
price advantage. There is no resis-
tance to the sale of imported articles
which serve the purpose better than the
local product, and, though probably
costly at first, the introduction of
American belting should eventually
prove profitable.
1116
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. i;4
New Smelting Plant at Rochester
Upon the completion of the addition
to the plant of Sarachan & Rosenthal,
Inc., Rochester will become a center of
the red and yellow brass ingot industry
in New York State. This addition, of
brick and steel construction 40 x 100 ft.,
will be equipped with all modern foun-
dry appliances including coke and elec-
tric furnaces of lai-ge capacity. The
cost is estimated at $50,000.
Italy's Trade Situation
The world trade of Italy for the
first seven months of this year shows
total imports into Italy valued at
9,454,000,000 lire, a decrease of 631,-
000,000 lire compared with the same
period in 1919; and total exports from
Italy for the same period were 4,411,-
000,000 lire, which is an increase of
1,860,000,000 lire over the first seven
months of last year. The United States
furnished imports to Italy, out of the
total, valued at nearly 3,000,000,000
lire; and the United Kingdom, imports
to Italy to the extent of about 1,600,-
000,000 lire. The foregoing figures are
based upon the normal rate of exchange
for the lire— $0,193. While the Italian
trade balance is showing steady im-
provement, the process is necessarily
slow, just as in the situation with all the
other countries whose exchange is at an
abnormal discount in the United States.
The imports from Italy to the United
States during September were valued
slightly in excess of $4,000,000, and for
the nine months ended September, at
about $61,000,000; the imports from
Italy to the United States for the cor-
responding periods of 1919 were valued
at approximately $11,500;000 and $33,-
500,000, respectively. The exports from
the United States to Italy were valued
as follows: September, 1920, about
$29,500,000; September, 1919, about
$33,000,000; for the 9 months ended
September, 1G20, about $277,000,000;
for the 9 months ended September, iyl9,
about $334,250,000.
Restrictions on the importation of
motor trucks into Italy have been re-
moved, effectiv.e Oct. 29.
At Capanelle, near Rome, the Inter-
national Farm Tractor Exhibition
opened on September 20. Nine types
of American tractors were shown. For
demonstration purposes, soil conditions,
because of lack of rain, could scarcely
have been worse. The American ma-
chines stood up pretty well, however,
but the tests proved, beyond doubt, that
light, low-powered tractors are not for
Italy during the summer.
American tractors have acted in sat-
isfactory fashion in Italy, but they have
not been properly handled, owing to
the lack of skill and experience of the
soldiers who operated some of the 6,500
American farm tractors which were
purchased by the Italian Government.
It is impossible for American trac-
tors to hold their own in Italy without
local service stations equipped for the
instruction of operators and for supply-
ing spare parts for repairs. The trac-
tor best adapted for the severe soil con-
ditions in Italy is a machine weighing
about three tons, developmg trom 12 to
14-horsepower at the drawbar. Under
ordinary conditions, this type should be
equipped with three 14-inch plows.
The keenest competition for Ameri-
can tractors is furnished by machines
built in Italy. Excellent tractors are
made in Turin and Milan, the latter
city turning out a tractor closely
modeled after a well-known American
machine.
There is a substantial market in
Italy for American tractors. Out of
the 40,000,000 population of the king-
dom, 80 per cent get their living, direct-
ly or indirectly, from the cultivation
of the soil. Increased production of
food is the country's vital need, so that
the purchase of our improved farm ma-
chinery for the cultivation of waste
lands would go far toward relieving the
food shortage and for providing for
the permanent development of the king-
dom's agricultural resources. — Italian
Discount and Trust Co. of New York.
"Old Hickory" to Be Large Manu-
facturing Center
The Nashville Industrial Corporation,
which is composed of business men of
Nashville, Tenn., and which purchased
from the government the "Old Hickory"
Powder Plant at Jacksonville, Tenn., is
developing this immense war undertak-
ing into a large manufacturing center,
having available immense housing and
manufacturing buildings and facilities.
The village had a population of 35,000
when the plant was closed in 1918, and
is now completely equipped with all
necessary public utilities, schools,
banks, club houses, etc., and offers many
attractive inducements to new indus-
tries or those desiring a change in their
location.
Dr.
John A. Mathews Head of
Crucible Steel Co.
Directors of the Crucible Steel Co. of
America have organized by the election
of the following officers: Horace S.
Wilkinson, chairman; Dr. John A.
Mathews, president; George E. Shaw,
vice-president and treasurer; Gilbert M.
Black, vice-president in charge of oper-
ations; F. B. Hufnagel, vice-president;
J. M. McComb, vice-president in charge
of credits; R. H. Illingworth, vice-presi-
dent; W. R. Joralemon, secretary and
assistant treasurer; A. A. H. Niebaum,
assistant treasurer; H. F. Kress, assis-
tant secretary and treasurer; H. L.
Gellinger, auditor, and D. C. Barry,
comptroller.
Dr. John A. Mathews, who moves up
from the position of first vice-president
of the company to the presidency, has
been identified with the company since
1902. His first connection was with the
Sanderson Brothers Steel Co., a sub-
sidiary, at Syracuse, N. Y., as metal-
lurgist. Later he was made president
of the Halcomb Steel Co., another sub-
sidiary at Syracuse, going to Pittsburgh
about a year ago, when he was elected
first vice-president of the parent com-
pany.
The Precision and Thread Grinder
Manufacturing Co., manufacturer of
the "Multi-Graduated Precision Grin-
der," has moved its office to 1 South
21st St., Philadelphia, Pa. At this new
location it will maintain a machinery
display department.
The Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co. an-
nounces the removal of its rock drill
plant from 864 East 72nd St., Cleveland,
Ohio, to the company's Boyer pneu-
matic hammer plant at 1301 Second
Blvd., Detroit, Mich. Location of the
company's "Little Giant" air drill plant
at 1241 East 49th St., Cleveland, re-
mains unchanged.
The Colonial Foundry Co. of Louis-
ville, Ohio, has increased its capital
stock from $50,000 to $235,000.
A. Jackson has been elected secretary.
A new 60 x 165-ft. brick addition to the
present building is under way and with
this addition the company expects to in-
crease its output 150 per cent. The
Colonial foundry is now making all
kinds of gray-iron castings and general
job work.
At the special meeting of the stock-
holders of the Westinghouse Electric
and Manufacturing Co., at East Pitts-
burgh on Nov. 18, an increase in the
indebtedness of the company by the sum
of $30,000,000 was authorized. Also the
stockholders in this meeting voted to
authorize an increase in the capital
stock of the company from $75,000,000
to $125,000,000.
The Cincinnati Section of the A. S.
M. E. observed the fortieth anniversary
of the formation of that society with
a banquet in the Business Men's Club,
Cincinnati. Julian A. PoUak presided.
The Society of Industrial Engineers
held its annual convention in Carnegie
Music Hall, Philadelphia, Pa., last
week. An exhibition of factory equip-
ment and industrial appliances was a
feature of the affair.
The Skinner Chuck Co., New Britain,
Conn., will shortly increase the capital
stock of the company from $225,000 to
$750,000.
The St. Joseph Structural Steel Co.
has moved into its new headquarters
and plant. Ninth and Atchison Sts.,
St. Joseph, Mo., and has increased its
capacity considerably by new equip-
ment. Its plant now covers about five
acres of ground and is modern in every
respect. Most of its business consists
of steel in connection with building con-
struction and bridges.
The Louisville Machine and Manu-
facturing Co., Canton, Ohio, has in-
creased its capital stock from $150,000
to $500,000. The increase was made
necessary to take care of the increase in
business, according to A. Rodgers, an
official of the company. A reorganiza-
tion will soon be effected in this com-
pany.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One.
1116a
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Grinding MacIUne, Disk, Continuouo-Fft'il. "No. H"
Gardner Machine Co., Beloit. Wis.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4. 1920
The macliine consists
of a horizontal prrindinpr
disk. 53 in. in diameter,
and four worl<-tablea.
The pressure of the worlt
on tlie dislc may be reg-
ulated by means of a
compression spring. A
micrometer screw stop
permits grinding to fixed
limits. The feeding
mechanism can be ar-
ranged so that the worlc-
table will malce a com-
plete revolution in 1, 2
or 4 min. It is con-
trolled by a friction clutch which enables the operator to stop
the feed without stopping the disk. The stand which carries the
work-table can be adjusted over a distance of 6 in. The weight
crated is 7,600 lb.
VVindinir Macliine, Coil
Charles Eisler, 159 Clifton Ave., Newark, N. J.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4. 1920
The machine is intended for
winding the fllament coils for gas-
filled incandescent lamps and it
is claimed that it is callable of
winding coils from 25 to 900 turns
per inch for lamps of 15 to 1.000
watts. The mandrels used are
from 0.003 to 0.035 in. in diameter
and can be dissolved in acid after
completion of the coil. Coils can
be wound close or with any de-
sired spacing. The speed of the machine is from 500 to 3.000
r.p.m. according to the size of the filament to be wound. Coils
of 5,000 ft. in one length can be wound and the filament can be
electrically heated to a cherry red during the winding.
Drill Heads, MalUple-8pindle, Fixed A Center
Koberts Manufacturing Co.. 152-56 Brewery St, New Haven.
Conn.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
The head shown is intended for light work. For
heavy duty the case of the head is clamped to the
quill of the drilling machine to prevent rotation.
lOach drill spindle with its driving gear is made of
one piece of chrome-nickel steel, the gear hav-
ing stub teeth. The spindles run in bronze bear-
ings, ball bearings being used to take the end
thrust. By using a friction chuck with the head,
multiple tapping and stud-setting can be done. The
head can be furnished with any desired number
of spindles to hold drills up to 1 in. in diameter.
GriiifliiiK Machine, C'ntter, "Cur%'ex"
Pratt & Whitney Co.. Hartford. Conn.
"American Machinist," Nov. 11, 1920
Two features of the machine insure the
precision required for grinding formed cut-
ters having helical teeth. The first is ,an
indexing device for successively bringing the
teeth in line for grinding instead of hold-
ing the back of each tooth against a spring
stop. The second is the provision for grind-
ing cutters of different sizes radially with-
out resetting the head or table in any way
except in elevation. An accurately mounted
diamond tool is provided for dressing the
beveled-edge grinding wheel to the correct
shape. The machine can be used for either
wet or dry grinding.
Grinding: Macluue, Pneumaticj Series-A
Roto Pneumatic Tool Co., 4700 Train Ave., Cleveland, Ohio
"American Machinist," Nov. 11, 1920
This machine is intended for
light grinding and polishing
work. The air enters it through
the control handle and is ap-
plied to the pistons, which are
integral with the rotating
shaft. The air control is bal-
anced, so that the throttle will
stay in any position in which
it is placed. The device is free from noticeable vibrat:
can be easily controlled. Proper lubrication is provided,
average conditions the air consumption is 15 to 20 cu.ft.
air per minute at a pressure of 80 lb. per square inch
a 6-in. or an 8-in. wheel can be used. The weight of
is 14 pounds.
ion and
Under
of free
Either
the tool
Drilling: Machine, rpright, «2-In.. Stationary-Head
Production Machine Tool Co.. 629 E. Pearl St., Cincinnati, Ohio
"American Machinist," Nov. 11, 1920
This machine is intended for drilling,
boring, tapping and facing holes up to and
including 1\ in. in diameter. The table-
elevating worm is located on the right-
hand side, and controls are all within easy
reach of the operator. Specifications: Ca-
pacity, drills to center of 22-in. circle.
Spindle speed ; back gears in. 20, 33. 53,
88 r.p.m. ; back gears out, 117. 196, 318,
530 r.p.m. Power feed per revolution of
spindle, 0.006, 0.010, 0.015 in. Distance
from spindle to base ; maximum, 45 in. ;
minimum. 35 in. Distance from spindle to
round table ; maximum. 253 in. ; minimum,
93 in. Diameter of round table . 184 in.
Spindle ; diameter. 1 ,°o in. ; hole. No. 3
Morse taper; vertical traverse, 10 in. Col-
umn diameter. 6 in.
Crane, Portable, "Never Slip" "HamMond"
Barrett-Cravens Co., 169-173 North Ann St., Chicago. 111.
"American Machinist," Nov. 11, 1920
The hoisting gear consists of a bronze worm-
wheel and steel worm inclosed in an oil-tight
casing. Besides being locked at all points of
travel, the worm gearing permits very close
adjustment in the height of the load. Speci-
fications: Made in 6 sizes. Lifting capacities,
2,000 to 7,00n lb. Heights, 6 ft. to 10 ft. 8 in.
Amount of lift, 4 ft. 10 in. to 8 ft. 6 in. Over-
hang. 2 ft. 5 in. to 3 ft. 8 in. Floor space,
3 ft. X 3 ft 6 in. to 4 ft 3 in. x 4 ft 10 in.
Weight 575 to 1.400 lb.
Cutters, Formed, Helical-Flute, "Curvex"
Pratt & Whitney Co.. Hartford, Conn.
"American Machinist," Nov. 11, 19.20
It is claimed that tliese cut-
ters can be run at faster speeds
and will take heavier feeds tlian
will formed cutters with straight
flutes ; also that under all operat-
ing conditions they will produce
a smooth surface free from chat-
ters. The cutters are produced
by a single-pointed tool following
templet corresponding to the form of the work they are to pro-
duce. "Curvex" cutters are only made to order and can be cut
with either right- or left-h.ind helices of practically any lead
from 1.607 to 125 in. and with any helix angle up to 20 degrees.
CHj), paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
1116b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
L. R. Fedler has been appointed dis-
trict manager for the Keller Pneumatic
Tool Co. in the Milwaukee district,
with offices at 915 Majestic Building,
Milwaukee. For the past twelve years
Mr. Fedler has been associated with
the sales organization of the Chicago
Pneumatic Tool Co. in the Milwaukee
territory.
AlSERT A. DOWD, former president
of the Service Engineering Co., Inc., 25
Church St., New York City, has sev-
ered his connection with that company
and formed a new organization to be
known as the Albert A. Dowd Engineer-
ing Co., with offices and drafting rooms
at 131 West 39th St., corner Broad-
way, New York City.
S. C. Wilson is now sales engineer
in the Pittsburgh office of the Whiting
Corporation, 1224 Fulton Bldg., Pitts-
burgh, Pa., succeeding C. H. Martin.
Mr. Wilson has spent the last year and
a half at the company's main offics
and works and is thoroughly familiar
with every phase of the Whiting line
of manufactures.
A. G. Maney, assistant to President
H. H. Franklin of the Franklin Auto-
mobile Co., has been appointed director
of distribution, a new position just cre-
ated. Mr. Maney previous to his con-
nection with the Franklin company was
affiliated with the Belleville Chemical
Co., the Shaw Insulator Co. and the
Wright-BIartin Aircraft Corporation.
J. C. Nelson, who is president and
general manager of the Empire State
R.R., has been elected a vice-president
of the Syracuse Washing Machine Cor-
poration, Syracuse, N. Y. He will have
charge of production, plant maintenance
and purchasing, and will continue as
president of the trolley corporation.
E. P. Williams, formerly with Mc-
Junkin Advertising Agency, and later
director of field work, Bureau of Mar-
ket Analysis, Inc., has joined the staff
of the Independent Pneumatic Tool Co.,
manufacturer of "Thor" air and elec-
tric tools. Mr. Williams will be located
in the general offices, 600 West Jack-
son Blvd., Chicago, and will have charge
of the direct-by-mail advertising and
sales promotion department.
C. Seymour Williams is now south-
western division manager for the
Franklin Automobile Co., and is located
in Kansas City, Mo.
Peter M. King, formerly mechanical
engineer for the General Petroleum
Corporation of Vernon, Cal., is now
with the Continental Mexican Petro-
leum Corporation, Tampico, Mexico.
J. D. James of the Whiting Corpora-
tion, Harvey, 111., has taken up duties
as assistant to the company's Buffalo
representative, George F. Crivel, 430
Ellicott Square, Buffalo, N. Y. Mr.
James has been in the employ of the
Whiting Corporation for eleven years
in various capacities and is well equip-
ped for the duties of sales engineer.
F. W. TiMSON, who represents the
Graton & Knight Manufacturing Co. in
Leicester, England, and who has been
on a visit to the factory during the
month of October, sailed recently on the
Carmania for England.
John N. Mowrey, of Philadelphia,
Pa., has recently been chosen as the
new general manager of the Worcester
Pressed Steel Co. of Worcester, Mass.,
and will assume his new duties Jan. 1.
D- W. Eraser, formerly general man-
ager of the Montreal Locomotive Works,
Ltd., is now located, in New York City.
Mr. Eraser is vice-president of the
American Locomotive Co.
Edward H. Ruck, who was formerly
chief engineer for the Automotive Cor-
poration, Toledo, Ohio, is now general
manager of the Mobile Tractor Co.,
Mobile, Ala.
DeWitt M. Taylor has been ap-
pointed instructor in mechanical engi-
neering, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, Mass. He was
former'y associate editor of Power,
New York.
C. H. Israel, who was works man-
ager for the National Marine Engi-
neering Works, Scranton, Pa., an-
nounces that he has been appointed
Eastern representative for the Kings-
ford Foundry and Machine Works of
Oswego, N. Y. Ml-. Israel is located in
the Philadelphia office of this company.
Leon II. Johnson has severed his
connection as general manager with
the Anderson Foundry and Machine Co.
r.nd will in the future be at the head
of an engineering firm specializing on
oil engine power plants at Anderson,
Ind.
C. F. Meyer, assistant secretary of
the Landis Machine Co., Waynesboro,
Pa., will leave shortly for an extended
trip to the Orient.
J. n. Pennington, formerly with the
Baltimore Copper Smelting and Roll-
ing Co., Baltimore, is now general
manager, McFarland Foundry and Ma-
chine Co., Trenton, N. J.
Lucius J. Knowles, president of
the Crompton & Knowles Loom Works
of Worcester, Mass., larerest makers of
looms, etc., in the country, died at the
Ritz Hotel in London, England, Friday
n-jorning, Nov. 26.
The Practice of Lubrioation, an Kn^ne«r-
ins: Treatise on the Origin, Nature and
Testinf; of LabrtcantM. Their Selection and
Use. By T. C. Thomsen, B So. (Copen-
hagen), M I Mech R, formerly chief
en^neer of the Vacnran Oil Co., Iitd.,
London 607 pp.. 6x9, illustrated. Pub-
lished by McGraw-Hill Book Co.. Inc.,
239 West 39th St., New York, N. Y.
Mr. Thomsen has written a most com-
prehensive treatise on lubrication in all
its phases and there is no doubt that the
men he hopes to reach, according to his
preface, will benefit from a careful study
of his work. Those mentioned in this cate-
gory are mechanical and electrical engi-
neers in charge of plant ani lubricat'nn.
and general consulting engineers, engine
builders, oil chemists and manufacturers
and chemists employed by oil consumers.
There is a British flavor to Mr. Thomsen's
book and consequently some American
readers may be puzzled for the moment
by some of his expressions, but the work
as a whole reflects his cosmopolitan ex-
perience.
The following chapter headings give a
pood idea of the scope of the book: 1,
Mineral Lubricating: II, Fixed Oils and
Fats : III, Semi-solid Lubricants ; IV. Solid
Lubricants ; V, Testing Lubricants ; VI.
The Laws of Friction : VII. Lubricating
Appliances ; VIII. Bearings ; IX. R'ng Oil-
ing Bearings ; X, Electric Generators and
Motors; XI Plain Thrust Bearings: XII,
Ball and Roller Bearings ; XIII. Steam
Turbines: XIV, Bearing Lubrication of
Stationary Open Type Steam Engine-^ ; XV.
Bearing Lubrication of High-Bi)ecd En-
closed Type Steam Engines: XVT. Crank
Chamber Ex-plosives ; XVIT. B-arine Lu-
brication of Marvel Steam Engines : XVTII,
Railway Roller Stock; X'X Electric Stref-t
and Rail Cars ; XX, Transmission Shaft-
mg; XXI. Machine Tools: XXIT. Textile
Machine-y ; XXIII. Mine Car Lubrication ;
XXIV. Steam Engines. Cvlinder<! and Val-
ve5 : XXV. R'owing Engines and Air Com-
P'-essors; XXVI. Refrige'-aUnT Machines ;
XXVII. Gas T^-nginrs: XXVTIT Gasoline
Engines: XXTX. Kerosene Oil Engine and
Semi-Dicsol Engines; XXX, Diesel Engines:
XXXI, Brief Notes on the Lubrication of
Various "Works and S'aehinery • X"v:xti Oil
Recovery and Puriflcation : XXXtXT. Oil
Storage and Distribution ; XXX^V Cntting
Lubricants and Coolants; XXXV. S-->tic
Electrical Transformers and OH Filled
Switches.
El»nien»9 of Eneinf>»rlne Thermodynamics.
By .lames A. Moyer. Director of the
Massachusetts Department of University
Extension : James P C^lderw-ood. Pro-
fessor of Mechanical Engineering in the
Kansas State Agricultural College : and
Audrey A. Potter. Dean of Engineerinir
at Purdue Universitv. 216 pp 6x9,
illust'-ated by drawings and diagrama
Puhhshpd by John Wilev and Sons. Inc
432 Fourth Ave., New York, N. Y.
Tliis is a text-book fir engint-er'n?
schools and colleges and is well adapted
for such needs Tt is an enlargement of
Moyer and Ca'derwoods's "Engineering
Thermod>Tiamics." mo.^t of the new ma-
terial having boen supnlied by Dean
Potter. The subject material is treated
under ten chppter headings as fol'ows : I.
Thermodynamic Principles and Definitions ;
II. Propertirs of Perfect Gases ; III. Ex-
pansion ani Comnression of Gas<>s ; rv
Cycles of Heet Engines Using Gas; V
Properties of Vapors: VI. Entropv ; VTT.
Exparsion and Compression of Vapors ■
VIII, Cycles of Heat Eneines using Vapors :
IX, Flow of Fluids ; X Applications of
Thermodynamics to Compressed Air and
Refrigerating Machinery.
The American Institute of Weights and
lieasures will hold its annual meeting at
2.30 p.m. in the United Engineering So-
cieties Building .'9 West 39th St. New
Tork, Dec. 10. 1920.
The Indian Tool and Supply Co., Inc., a
new company wi'h headquarters at Tndian-
Zchiner"/-knd''e''qulpmenr'"'' ^^'''''°=' °* ^l^J^^'^^P^ ^t^*^?^'o^ Jan." li ' ?o" 13
The Society of Automotive Engineers x-f\\
lid its annual meet-ns;
inclusive at New York.
December 9, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1116c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20. 1918
Drilllnfi: Machine, Badial, 4-Ft., Motor. Driven
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 4. 1920
The motor of this machine is so
mounted as to balance the arm ;
the drive la by a shaft which is
a prolongation of the motor
spindle. Specifications: Capacity,
25 in. in diameter in cast iron
and 21 in. in steel. Speed.s. 16,
ranging from 28 to 547 r.p ra.
Feeds, 6, from 31 to 140 rev. per
inch. Maximum and minimum
spindle distances from baseplate,
5 ft. and 3 in respectively.
Traverse : arm on column, 2 ft
8 in. ; saddle on arm, 3 ft. 2 in. ;
spindle. 15 in. Minimum distance
frpm spindle to column, 12 in.
Spindle hole, No. 5 Morse t.iper.
Baseplate, 4 ft. 4 in. x 3 ft. Floor
space, 12 ft. 4 in. x 10 ft. 4 in.
Height, 10 ft. 6 in. Weight, 7,500
lb.
Clear Generator, 8pur
D. Brown & Sons, L.td., Lockwood, Huddersrteld, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept, 4, 1920
The blank is mounted in this machine
on a horizontal table while the cutter is
mounted on a reciprocating vertical slide.
The cutter has both reciprocating and
rotary motions and as its angular velocity
is the same as that of the gear blank the
process of cutting the gear is one of gener-
ation. Capacity, external gears up to 18
in. in diameter by 6 in. face ; internal
gears up to 24 in. in diameter by 6 in. face :
both cases up to 11 in. circular pitch or
2i d.p. Only one cutter is necessary for
generating a complete range of gears of
any one pitch.
Breaching Machine, "Vickers"
Charles Churchill & Co., T^td . l,ondo'i, R. C., England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920
Tins machine has a
capacity for keyways up
to Ig in. wide and to
broacli 3 5 -in. square
holes. the working
length of the stroke be-
ing Tii in. The cutting
epeeds are 3 ft. and 6
ll ]nv minute witii re-
turn at 35 ft per
minuter The thrust is
taken on a roller hear-
ing and the driving .screw is 23 in. in diameter
the nut being 95 in. long. The hole in the lacfp!
diameter and the drawhead has a \ertical adjiis
The length of the stroke can he varied. A 1 ■.
recommended; the floor pn- -^e i.s 12 ft. 9 in. y
weight of the machine, 2,410 lb.
by 5-
in.
pitch,
latc ib
('.
in
'11
Lni* nt
of
2
in.
Mm.
nil)
OI
IS
2 ft..
and
the
Sawing Machine, Circular, Culd
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept.
A special feature of this ma-
chine is a mechanical chip re-
mover. Tlie machine will cut
round bars 6 in. in diameter,
squares. 55 in., .and rectangles, 10
X 5 in., or equivalent. The saw
is 205 in. in diameter and has in-
serted teeth I's In. wide. It runs
at 12 r.p m. The drive is by last
and loose pulleys, 22 in. in diiini-
eter for a, SiJ-in. l)elt. and a
bracket carries these pulleys and
the belt-shifting mechani.sm. I'^'loor
space. 7 ft. 7 in. x 5 ft. 2 in.
Weight, 3,360 lb.
4, 1920
l-at^ic. Cjap, "J^-ln. Center, w tli (iuIcIc-Cliatige Feefl lUtx
Colchester Lathe Co., Colcliestcrj, England.
"American Machinist" (i-uropean Euition), Sept. 4. 1920
This lathe swings work 15
in. in diamoter ov.;r th^ bod,
105 in. in diameter over the;
saddle and 26 in. in diam-
eter by 7 in. wide over the
gap. With a 7-ft. bed it ad-
mits 3 ft 2 in. between cen-
ters. The bed is 113 in.
wide by 85 in. deep. The
spindle is bored 2 i',i in in
diameter to admit a 2-in.
rough bar. The lead Sfrew
Is of .',-in. pitch. The f -ed
box gives 32 thread pitches, ranging from 4 to 60 to the inch,
and 32 feeds, ranging from 8 to 110 ruts to tile inch. A two-
speed countershaft is emiloyed. Weight, 27 cwt.
Lallie, Combination 7'urret and Capstan, All-Geared. 7-ln.
H. W. Ward & Co., Ltd, Birmingham, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 4, 1920
The he.adstock of this lathe
has eight spindle sjieeds.
with reversing motion to all.
The spindle has a 2i-in. hore
and the nose is threa<lcd to
take a patented or ordinary
jaw chuck. The saddle has
automatic sliding, surfacing
and screw cutting motions,
with stops, beside the usual
hand motions. A riuiok-
withdraw motion is provided
in the saddle, whereby the
nut is withdrawn from the
lead screw and is applicable
either to internal or external
threading. Tlie capslan rest
is of the usual form and has ten automatic feeds.
VlaiicT wiili I:::proved ISelt-StriUIii^ Gear
CunKfCe & Croom, Ltd., Manchester, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept.
This planer is 6 ft. x 2 ft. 6 in.
x 2 ft. 0 in. ; the bed is 9 ft. long
The table is 6 ft. x 2 ft. a-id is
traversed in both directions
through tile same train of gears,
the return speed being 2.6 times
the cutting specid. This ratio is
obtained by suitable pulleys on
the countershaft. The .self-acting
vertie'ti travel of the tool is 7 in.
The feed motion is obtained from
a rack operated by a friction disk
at the sid(; of the machine.. The
cross-slide is raised or lowered by
hand. The machine embodi"s' im-
proved rotary striking motion for
reversing the belts silently and
without shock.
4. 1920
l..athe, Screw-Cuttinff, Antoinat!o
J. Lang & Sons, Ltd, Johnstone, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4. 1920
This lathe has a patent
bed, and headstock. The
tailstock can be set over for
taper-turning. The bed is
11.^ in. wide on tlie face and
lOJ in. on the body .and if 6
ft. long admits 2 ft. 4 in. be-
tween centers. The height
of centers is 6.', in. The
lathe is supplied with an ad-
justable roller stay and a du-
plex cfriver. The machine
will swing 4 in. in diameter
clear of the slides, and is
suitable for threads \ip to
,';, in. depth. Beds 6 ft. and 8 ft. long are available; with the
smaller, the floor space occupied is 6 ft. by 2 ft. 8 in. and the
tot.al finished weight, 26 cwt.
X-
Clip, paste on 3 x 54n. cards and file as desired
!116d
AMERICAN MACHINIST.
Vol. 53, No. 24
trsi
fTHEWEEKiy PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI „One
Current Year Ago
No. 2 Southern J46.50 $30.35
Northern Basic ■<0.00 27.55
Southern Ohio.No. 2 47.00 28.55
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 52.40 32.40
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 49.16 35.20
BIRMINGHAM , ,,
No. 2 Foundry 42.00 29.25
PHILADELPHIA
EasternPa., No. 2x, 2 25-2.75 811 46.00 29.00-30.00
Virginia No. 2 46.25 33.10
Basic 44.00 26.75
Grey Forge 45.50 26.75
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 45.00 26.75
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 48.67 28.00
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 44.00 28.15
Basic 38.00 27.15
Bessemer 42.00 29 35
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES — The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by I in. and la rger, and plates i in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
bouses at the cities named:
. New York ■
One One
Current Month Year
A EO Ago
' $3.47
3.37
3.37
4.07
3.67
.—Cleveland^
One
Current
Structural shapes.. . . $3 . 80
Soft steel bars 3 70
Soft steel bar shapes.. 3 . 70
Soft steel bands 4.65
Plates, i to I in. thick 4. 00
$4 15
4 15
4 15
5 50
4 15
$3.58
3.34
3 48
6.25
3.78
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
^ Chicago -^
One
Current
$3.58
3.48
3.48
Year
-Ago
$3.47
3.37
3.37
3.57
3.78 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Cvirrent One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse, New York 4.75 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4.12 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
•Iso the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York — — —
Mill Lots One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3.55-4 50 590a6.I5 4 57 5 50 6.13
No. 12 3.60-4.55 5 95(« 6 20 4 62 5 55 6.18
No. 14 3.65-4 60 6 ODfr/ 6 25 4.67 5 60 6 23
No. 16. 3.75-4.70 6.10@6.35 4.77 5.70 6.33
Black
Nos. 18an(120 4 20-5 35 7 65(5 8 00 5.30 6 30 6 90
Nob. 22and24 4.25-5.40 7 70(58 05 5 35 6 35 695
No. 26 4.30-5 45 7 75(58 10 5.40 6 40 7 00
No. 28 4.35-5.50 7.85@8 20 5.50 6 50 7!lO
Galvanized
No. 10 4.70 6.00 8 05(518 25 5.75 6 75 7 25
No. 12 4.80 6.10 8 15(^8 25 5.85 6 83 7 30
No. 14 4.80-6.10 8 15(08.35 5.85 6 85 7 45
Nos.l8and20 5.10-6.40 i Wd/iSiS 6.15 7 15 775
Nos.22and24 5.25-6.55 8.55@8.80 6.30 7 30 8 15
No 26 5.40-6.70 8 70(ai8.95 6 45 7 45 8 30
No. 28 5.70-7.00 9 00@9.25 6.75 7.75 860
Acute seal city in sheets, particularly black, galvanized and No. 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unaTnllable eicept In fugitive Instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9 SSc for
Noa. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
-\-ew York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
„•"»<! .,•• $5 50 $5.60 $5.50
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
bwe 6.00 6.30 6.00
DRILL ROD — Discounta from list price are as follows at the places named:
„ „ , Per Cent.
New York 5q
Cleveland '.['.'. 50
Chicago ....y. ......... ... 50
NICKEL AND MONEL METAL — Base prices in cents per pound FOB
Bayonne, N. J. >- . . .
Nickel
Ingot and shot 4*
Electrolytic Jj
.Shot and blocks
Ingots
Sheet bars
Monel Metal
35 Hot rolled rods (base) . . .
38 Cold rolled rods (base) . .
40 Hot rolled sheets (base) .
Special Nickel and Alloys
Malleable nickel ingots
Malleable nickel slieet bars
Hot rolled rods. Grades "A" and *'C" (base)
Cold drawn rods, grades "A" and "C" (base)
Copper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base* rods "D" — low manganese
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese
42
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Ana1y«i»>— Welding wire in lOO-Ib
lots sella as follows, f.o.b. New York: ^. 8i.c. per lb.: i. 8c.: A to J, 71c
Domestic iron sells at I 2c. per lb.
MlSCELL.\NEOUS STEEL — The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Current Current Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7.00 8.00 9 00
Spring steel (light) 10.00 11.00 12.00
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00 8.00 6 75
Hoop steel 6. 00 4 54 5 32
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50 8.25 10 75
Floorplates 6 25 4.00 6.63
WROUGHT PIPE— The following discounts are to jobbers for carload loU
on the Pittsburgh basing card:
BUTT WELD
Steel
Inches Black
J to 3 54-57!%
Galvanised
4Ii-44%
Inches
Iron
Black
I5i-25J%
19!-29i%
24! -34!%
JtoU
LAP WELD
47-50!% 34!-38% 1}
50 -53j% 37J-41% II
47 -50!% 33J-37% 2 20!-28!%
37!-41 % 4jto6... 22!-30!<^,
35-38!% 2! to 4... 22!-30!%
7 to 12.. 191-27!%
BUTT WELD. EXTRA STRONG'PLAIN ENDS
52-55!% 39J-43% Jtol! ... 24!-34!%
to 3 53 -561% 401-44%
LAP WELD. EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
Galvanized
+ li-ll!%
IJ-l1i%
8 -l«i%
2
2! to 6. . .
7 to 12..
13 to 14.
15
[to U..
61-14!%
9!-l7!%
9!-17J%
9J-I91%
2 45 -48!%
2ito 4 48 -511%
4ito6 47-5019
to 8.
to 12.
43
38
-461%
-411%
331-37%
361-40%
35! -39%
291-33%
241-28%
New York
Black Galv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded 38% 22%
2 1 to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 18%
2 211-291%
2ito4... 231-311%
4! to6. . . ""•
7 to 8...
9 to 12..
Cleveland
Black Galv
39% 30%
41% 26%
81-16}%
111-19!%
101-181%
21-101%
51-1-21%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54% 40% 401@30 %
50® 40% 371® 271%
221-301%
141-221%
9!- 171%
Malleable 6ttings. Classes B and C, banded, from New York stock sell at
plus 45%. Cast iron, standard sizes, plus 5%,
METALS ~
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past .New York jobbers' quota-
tions in cents per pound, in quantities up to car lots:
Current Month .\go Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 1 5 . 00 1 5 50 22 50
Tin in 5-ton lota 34 50 38 75 56.50
Lead 6 25 6 75 6.25
Zinc 7.00 7 00 7.60
ST. LOUIS
lead 6.25 7 25 6.00
Zinc 6.75 6.25 7.15
.\t the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prvTail« for 1 ton
or more:
. New York ■ .— Cleveland — - -- CJhicago — »
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .\go .\go rent .\go rent Ago
Copper sheeto, base.. 22.50 23 50 33.50 26. 50@29. 00 35.50 36.00 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 20.00 20 00 30.75 24.00 30.50 29.00 26.00
Bra.'is sheets 22.25 28 50 32.00 28.00 33.00 27.00 28.00
Brasspipe 25.00 28 00 36.00 30.00 39.00 34.00 37.00
Solder (half and half)
(caaclots) 27.75 29 00 45.00 29.00 41.00 38.00 38 50
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 24 o«., cold rolled 1 4 01. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 2a-in. widtlis and under; over 20
in., 71c.
BRASS RODS— The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 500 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current <Jne Year Ago
Mill 18 25 24.00
New York 19 50 2$. 00(1,29. 75
Clevjland. 25 00 29.00
Chicago 30.00 27.00
December 9, 1920
Give a Square DeaJ. — and Demand One
SHOP MATERIALS AND SUPPUE
11168
i^M^;
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are f.o.b. mill --
less 8% for carload lots 11.50
■ Warehouse •
. — In Casks — ■
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
CJleveland 15.30 12.50
NewYork MOO 11.50
Chicago H.50 16.50
— Broken Lots --
Cur- One Year
Ago
13.00
12.50
16.00
rent
14.70
14.50
14.95
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid;
New York.
Chicago. . .
Cleveland
Current
6.50
7.25
7 50
One Year .Ago
9.50
9.75
9.75
Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers* purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
. *Xew York ■
One
Current
Copper, heavy, and crucible 12.00
Copper, heavy, aqd wire 1 1 . -0
Copper, light, and bottom? 1 0 . 00
Lead, heavy 5 . 00
Lead, tea 4.00
Brass, heavy 7 . 00
Brass, light 5.50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 7 . 00
Zinc 4.50
♦These prices nominal because of dull market
17.00
16.00
14.00
4.75
3.75
10.50
7.50
10.00
5.00
10 00
9 50
9 00
4 50
3 00
7.00
5 00
5 50
3 50
11.50
11.00
10.00
5.25
4.00
11.25
6.00
6.00
4.50
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
>ro, I aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lot3),perlb $33.00 $26.00 J33.;0
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current
New York (round) 28 00
Chicago 2<' 00
Cleveland 27. 00
One Year Ago
32.00
31.00
35.00
BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound:
#^Dleveland^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
47.00 70.00
18.00 16.50
NOTE — Price of babbitt metal is governed largely by formula, no two manu-
facturers quoting the same prices. For example, in New York we quote the
best two grades, although lower grades may be obtained at from 51 6 to $20.
^New York — «
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Best grade 70.00 90.00
Commercial 30.00 50.00
'- — Chicago — —
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
45.00 60.00
11.00 13.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sited orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
■ — New York ^
Cur- One
rent Year .\go
Hot pressed square. +$1.25 $1,50
Hot pressed hexagon -f 1.25
Cold punched hexa-
gon + 1.25
Cold punched square -f- 1.25
. — Cleveland — ■
Cur- One
rent Year .\go
List net $2.25
1 . 50 List net
2.25
Cur-
rent
+ 1.15
+ 1.15
Chicago
One
Year Ago
1.85
1.85
1.50
1.50
List net 2 25 +1.15 1.30
List net 2 25 +1.15 1.30
Semi-finished nuts, A and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 40% 50%
Cleveland 50% 55%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland
t by 4 in. and smaller + 10%
larger and longer up to 1} in. by 30 in... .NetUst
30%
30%
Chicago
20%
10%
WASHERS— From warehouses at the places named the following amount ii
deducted from list price:
For wTought-iron washers:
NewYork list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $1.90
For cast-iron washers, j and larger, the base nrice per 1 00 lb. is as follows:
NewYork $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $5.50
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 6 in. and smaller + 20% 30*^ 20%
Larger and longer up to I in. by 30 in -f- 20% 25% 15%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
Rivets . . Burs ■
Ckrcland..
Chicago . . .
New York.
Current
25%
net
30%
One Year Ago
20%
20%
40%
Current
10%
net
net
One Year Ago
10%
20%
20%
RIVETS — The following quotations are allowed for fair-sited orders from
warehouse :
New York Cleveland Chicago
Steel A and smaller 20%, fO-5% -30%
Tinned
20%
40-5^.
Boiler,}, J. I in diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 1001b.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.73 PitUburgh $4.50
Structural, same sizes:
New York "7.10
Chicago $5.83 Pittsburgh $4.60
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $26 00 33.00 35.00
Brass 25.00 30.00 34.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not loss than 75 lb., the advance is I c; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 lb., 2ic. over base ( lOO-lb. lotsi : less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOc;
less than lOlb., add 15-20o.
Double above extras will be charged for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. .Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as t-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and ^-Ij in., inclusive, in square and hexagon — all varj-ing by thirty
seconds up to 1 in. by sixteenths over I in. f)n shipments aggregating less than
1 00 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $ 1 .50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $0.85 per 1 00 lbs.
In Cleveland — $10 per 1 00 lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
, New York ^
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Cbicftso
White 15.00(0,17.00 13.00 15.00 15.00@I7.00
Colored mixed. . 9.00@14.00 9.00-12.00 11.00 lt.00@13.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1 000 is as follows;
>3ixl3i I3ix20i
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $2.00 $2.00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2.75 1.75
Cleveland 3.«0 3.00 2.50
Chicago 2.00 2.75 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbU sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago
NewYork $3 50
Philadelphia 3.65
Chicago 4.10
$3.90
3.65
5.00
One Year Ago
$3.65
3.87
4.l2i
COKE — The followias are prices per n^^t ton at ovens, Connellsyillc:
December 6 November 29 November 22
Prompt furnace $8.00@$10.00 -8 00(a$I0.50 $1 1 .SO@$I2.00
Prompt foundry 10.00® 12.00 10 00@ 12.00 I2.S0@ 13.00
FIRE CLA Y — The following prices prevail;
Ottawa, bulk in carloads
Cleveland
Current
Per Ton $8.00
100-lb. bag 1.00
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per gallon:
—New York^
One
Raw in barrels, (5 bbl. lots) .
5.gal cans
l-gal cans (6 to case)
Cur-
rent
$0 90
1.05
I. IS
Year
Ago
$2.15
2.30
. — Cleveland-
One
Cur-
rent
$1.05
1.30
Year Cur-
Ago rent
$2.50 $0.97
2.75 1.22
< — Chicago-.
One
Year
Ago
$2.37
2.57
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
Red . , White .
One Year One Year
Current Ago Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
Dry In Oil Dry In Oil In Oil In Oil
lOOlb.kcg 14.25 15.75 13. OO 14.50 14.25 13 00
25and 50-lb. kegs....14.50 16.00 13.25 14.75 14.50 13 25
12!-lb.kcg 14.75 16.25 13.50 15.00 14.75 13 50
5-lb. cans 17.25 18.75 15.00 16.50 17.25 |5 00
Mb. cans 19.25 20.75 16 00 17.50 19,25 16!oO
500 lb. lots leas 1% discount. 2000 lb. lott \t%i 10-20}% diioount.
I116f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
NEWtz/Kf ENIvARGED
L-V-FLETGHED
jnnmiiHminnniniiittnittiinnitniiitnmiintiiiiiiitiuniindtiiitiniiiiiiiiintiii
I Machine Tools Wanted
I If in need of machine tools send
I us a list for publication in tliis
i column
D. C. Wasliington — The Bureau of Sup-
plies & Accounts, Machinery Div., Navy
Dept.— machine tool equipment for a new
submarine destroyer. ^^
N. Y., New York (Borougrh of Manhat-
tan)— Tlie International Nickel Co., 43
Exch. PI. — automatic polishing machine for
monel metal sheets.
N. Y., Schenectady — The General Electric
Co., River Pld. — 1 lx)rinK mill and 1 drill
for its plant at Lynn, Mass.
Pa., Harrisbnrgr — The Belmont Motors
Corp.. 29 North 2d St. — an adjustable
spindle cylinder boring machine.
Pa., Philadelphia — J. G. Boggs, 1910
North 4th St. — one lathe with a 26 in.
swing and one lathe with a 32 in. swing.
Pa., Philadelphia — The Pennsylvania Wire
Gla.ss Co., Pennsylvania Bidg. — machine
tools.
Pa., Bedingtow— The Redington Standard
Fittings Co. — 9 turret lathes, one 3 ft.
radial drill, one 36 in. Bullard vertical bor-
ing mill and one No. 12 Grand Rapids
grinder.
Va., Richmond — The Amer. Glass Co.,
Broad and Meadow Sts.. C. F. Sauers,
Purch. Agt. — lathe and drill press.
Va., Ricli-nond — The Reed Tobacco Co.,
21st St, W. F. R«ed, Purch. Agt. — machine
shop equipment.
Va., Richmond — The Virginia Machinery
Well Co.. 1319 East Main St. — portable pipe
threading machine 4i to 8 in. and 4J to
6 in.
HI., Cliicatro — The Chicago Metal Mfg.
Co., 313 South Clinton St. — metal working
equipment including tumbling barrel and
nickel plating equipment, etc
Ind., Connersville — T. A. Parey, 917 Con-
well St. — complete machine shop equipment
for modern machine shop practice.
Ind., Indianapolis — The Lafayette Motors
Co — one horizontal boring mill, 18 in bed.
Two 42 in. X 8 in. table, 6 heads, planer
type milling machine.
One 36 in. x 8 in. table, 6 heads, planer
type milling machine.
One 24 in. or 28 in. lathe, 10 ft bed.
Two vertical milline: machines.
One horizontal milling machine No. 2.
Two 3 in. radial drill press with tapping
attachment.
One 3 in. x IJ in. radial drill press with
tapning attachment.
One radial tapping machine.
One 22 spindle mill type spindle drilling
machine.
One sensitive radial drill.
One 30 spindle multiple spindle drill press.
One 16 spindle rail drill.
Wis., Shebo.vi;an — The Wald Mfg. Co.,
18th St and Martin A'-e. — one 3 in. x 13
gauge or 38 in. x 15 gauge.
Mich., Detroit — The Amer. Machine Prod-
ucts Co., Howard and 18th Sts. — general
machine tool equipment.
Mich., Detroit — The Curran Detroit
Radiator Co.. 558 Lafayette Blvd. — mis-
cellaneous machine equipment for the msmu-
lacture of radiators.
Mich., Detroit — The Street Ry. Comn.,
410 City Hall, c/o G. J. Finn, Comr. of
Purchases & Supplies, Municipal Courts
Bldg. — 2 reciprocating rail grinding ma.-
chines and 2 rotary grinders.
Mich., Detroit — The Zenith Fdry. Co.,
Miller Ave. — foundry equipment.
Wis., Boscobel — G. L. Hunt Mfg. Co.,
manuf.Tcturers of gear pulling devices, E.
Spiegelburg, Purch. Agt. — machine tools.
Wis.. Kairle River — ^F. J. Thrun — machirne
shop equipment.
Wis.. .lanesvi'le. — The Bower City Ma-
chine Co., 211 East Milwaukee St, W. St
Clair. Purch. Agt. — machinery for auto
truck repairs.
Wis., Milwankee — The Amer. Rotator
Valve Co., 9th and Chestnut Sfs.. H. Davis-
chefsky, Purch. Agt. — drill presses, lathes
and millers.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Wisconsin Bed
Spring Co., 968 Oakland Ave. — additional
wire-working machinery.
la., Ottumwa — The Wilson Tractor Mfg.
Co., 210 East Main St — ^milling machines
and drill presses.
la., Yale — E. W. Child — one used bull-
dozer.
Que., Montreal — The United Press Co.,
Notre Dame St., W. — equipment for its pro-
posed plant.
Que., Quebec City — P. A. Beaulieu, 37
Bourlarque St. — $19,000 worth of equipment
for his proposed brass foundry.
tiiiniiiniiitiiiittiiiifiiitiii
llllllltllltllllllHk.
Machinery Wanted
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
MIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIII
iiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiniiiiij:
Conn., Bridgeport — The Connec*"icut
Marine Boiler Wks., foot of Pembroke St. —
1 traveling crane with a span of 12 to 20
ft. and a capacity of 6 tons.
Md., Emmitsbiir? — The Liberty Roller
Mills — flour mill machinery to have a daily
capacity of 40 bbl.
N. J,. New Brunswick — The Arctic Ice
Co., 56 French St — ice machinery, etc.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The State Hospital Comn., Capitol. Al-
bany, will receive bids until Dec. 15 for
furnishing equipment for the laundry build-
ing at the Brooklyn State Hospital, here.
Estimated cost. $25,000. L. F. Pilcher,
State Archt.
Pa., Chester — The Chester Shipping Co.
— one 10 ton steel jib crane.
Pa., Erie — K. O. Schulte, 525 French St,
representative for several large manufac-
turing concerns in Germany, is in the mar-
ket for the very best and most up-to-date
line of machinery and tools for the manu-
facture of hay and manure forks, wooden
handles for forks, ferrules for forks, cotter
pms, taper pins, washers, finished and un-
finished, and screw machine parts.
Pa., Lewistown — The Pennsylvania Wire
Glass Co., Pennsylvania Bldg. — equipment
for the manufacture of glass.
, ,/*•>, Beading— The W. G. Hollis Candy
Mfg. Co., c/o F. Muhlenberg. Archt, Fland-
ers Bldg. — machinery for the manufacture
of candy.
Ga., Savannah — The Georgia Ice Co., A.
M Dixon, P. O. Box 1352, Mgr. — 100 ton
ice making machinery.
III., ChicaRo — The Chicago Wet Wash
Laundry, c/o Ronneberg, Pierce & Hauber,
Archts., 10 South La Salle St. — laundry
equipment.
111., Chicasd — The Weiland Dairy Co. —
dairy machinery.
Mich., Detroit — N. B. Schermerhom, 65
Moore PI. — wood turning lathe, medium or
large size (used preferred).
O., Cleveland — The Osbom Eng. Co.,
2848 Prospect St — tire making machinery
for the plant of the Hudson Tire & Rubber
Corp. at Yonkers, N. Y.
O., Columbus — The Ovstal Ice Mfg. &
Cold Storage Co , 397 West Broad St., C.
M. Kinnaird, Genl. Mgr. — coal handling,
loading and screening machinery to handle
large tonnage.
0,j Hooster — ^The Woodard Machine Co. —
one 15 to 30 ton crane with a 40 ft span
or equivalent
Wis., Jefferson — The Jefferson Rubber
Co., C. R. Girton, Purch. Agt — small travel-
ing crane.
Wis., Kenosha — The Kenosha Ice Cream
Co., 493 Elizabeth St — ice cream and re-
frigerating machinery.
Wis., Menasha— The Menasha Wooden-
ware Co. — woodworking machinery.
Wis.. Oshkosh — The FHiIler Goodman Co..
City Natl. Bank Bldg., F. A. Fuller. Purch.
Agt. — single band-saw mill with horizon-
tal resaw for its planing mill.
Wis., Racine — The Ames Carburetor Co.,
1508 Clark St — 1 sand bla.st machine.
Wis., Rice l.ak^ .S. H»gna and K. Knud-
son — woodworking machinery.
Okla., Nowata — The Gunther City Coke
& Coal Mining Co. — all kinds of machinery
used in stripping coal.
Tex., Dallas — The Undertakers Co-oper-
ative Ca.-.ket Mfg. Co., c/o C. F. Weiland
Undertaking Co, 517 North Ervay St —
tools for the manufacture of caskets and
burial devices.
Que., Montreal — 1. Malo, 167 Dufrcsne St
— $16,000 worth of equipment for refriger-
ation plant.
XliimMinilltllHItMllflltlMlllllltllllltllltMKII
Metal Working
VniiiiiiiiiiiintiiiiiiiiMiiii
■■■■■iiiiiiiiitiiifr
NEW ENG1.AND
Conn., Hartford — C. H. Leppert. Asylum
and Spruce Sts.. manufacturers of motors.
etc.. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 41 x 63 ft plant on
Walnut St Estimated cost $20,000.
Conn.. Windsor — A. W. Lovell has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a
1 story, 100 x 146 ft. garage on Central St
>ras8., Boston — The T. L. Harkins Ma-
chine Co., 44-54 Farnsworth St., plans to
build a 2 story, 50 x lOfl ft. manufactur-
ing plant on Cambridge St. in the Allstnn
section. Cost between $50,000 and $60,000.
Mass., East Boston (Boston P. O.) — V.
Caputo. 121 Liverpool St.. has awarded the
contract for the construction of a. 1 story
garage on London St E^stimated cost,
$25,000.
December 9, 1920
Give a Sqiiare Deal — and Demand One
1116g
Mass., Kast Wolpole — Bird & Son, Ino.,
plan to build a 1 Btory, 60 x 200 ft. factory
tor the manufacture of rooflng material,
elc. C. T. Main, 201 Devonshire St., Boa-
ton, Engr.
Mass., Lynn — ^A. Attbridge, Marblehead,
plana to build a 1 story, 70 x 82 ft. garage
on Chestnut St., here. Estimated cost. $35.-
000. B. B. Earp, 333 Union St., Archt.
Muss., Lynn — S. Ragosa, 16 Whiting St.,
will build a I story garage on Sheppard St.
Estimated coat, $20,000.
Mass., South lioston (Boston P. O.) —
Sampson & Coleman, 10 Hawley Blvd., Bos-
ton, will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 35 x 115 ft. ga-
rage on East 1st St., here. Estimated cost,
$25 000. S S. Eisenberg, 15 Court Sq.,
Doslon, Archt.
Mass., Worcester — N. Nore, 338 Planta-
tion St., will build a 1 story garage on
I'ond St. Estimated cost, $10,000.
Mass., Worcester — Sleeper & Hartley,
Ino, 335 Chandler St., plans to build a 1,
2 or 3 story addition to its wire-manufac-
turning plant on Chandler St.
R. I., Auburn — The General Fire Extin-
guisher Co., 275 West Exchange St., Provi-
dence, has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 2 story, 44 x 60 ft. addi-
tion to its manufacturing plant. Estimated
cost, $25,000.
R. I., Providence — ^he Autocar Sales &
Service Co., 302 Pearl St., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 story,
46 X 79 ft. service station and sales build-
ing on Pearl and Rice Sts. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
Md., Baltimore — The Metal Packag'e
Corp., Wolfe and Thames Sts., has had
plans prepared for the construction of a
tinplate and lithographing plant.
Md., Baltimore — M. Resvito. C-wynn Oak
and Liberty Heights Aves., will build a 1
story garage. Katimated cost, $7,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx)—
The Spring St. Garage Co., c/o F. J.
Schefeick, Archt. and Engr.. 4168 Park
Ave.. New York City, will build a 1 story,
100 X 225 ft garage on Fordham Rd. and
Hughes Ave. E.stimated cost, $50,000. B.
Neiburg, Pres.
N. Y.. New Yo-k (Borough of Brooklyn)
— R. Barman, c/o Springsteen and Gold-
hammer. Engrs. and Archts., 32 Union Sq.,
ffew York City, will build a 1 story garage
on Coney Island Ave. Estimated cost, $25,-
000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
—The E. W. Bliss Co.. 17 Adams St, is
constructing a 1 story, 50 x 180 ft. addition
to its factory on 54th St near 1st Ave., to
be used as a finishing building for electrical
motors. Estimated cost, $25,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— R. Dunba*-. c/o M. A. Cantor. Archt. and
Fngr., 371 Fulton St., wi:i build a 1 story,
75 X 125 ft garage on 17th St near 3d
Ave. Estimated cost, $35,000.
N. Y.. New Yo-k (Borough of Brooklyn)
— .1. Polivniok, 267 Barrett St., will build
a 2 .storv. 95 x 95 ft. garage on South
4th St betweon Driggs Ave. and Roebling
St Estimated cost, $125,000.
N. Y.. Ponglik'><>psip — The Walter Motor
Truck Co.. 243 West 61st St.. New York
City, has awarded the contract for the con-
.struction of a 1 story, 100 x 300 ft. fac-
tory on Fulton St Estimated cost, $100,-
000.
Pa., Philadelohla — D. Montella. 718 Fulton
St., hns awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 75 x 75 ft garage
at -625 Christian St. Estimated coat, $10,-
000.
Pa., r!iiIa<l«IpTila — The Pennsylvania
Sugar Co. 1037 North Delaware St, has
awarded thf contract for th" construction
p' a 2 story. 50 x 75 ft. machine shop on
Delaware and Shackamaxon Sts. Estimated
ccst $25,000.
P».. Plttsbnrgii — The Pittsburgh Truck
Mfg. Co . 600 Npville St., will build a 2
story, 100 x 100 ft. garage and repair shop
on 44th St. alonir the tracks of t)ic Penn-
sylvania R.R. Estimated cost, $75,000.
Pa.. West Brownsville— J. R. Herb-^rtson.
nrownsville. will soon award the C'lntra'-t
fi>r tl"> constru'tion of a 2 story. 67 x 73
ft. fiddI*'on to bis garage, he**e. lOstimited
co't. $50,000. E. R. Johnson, Unlontown,
Arrht.
Ala., Illrming;hajn< — The Continental Gin
Co., 3330 10th Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 132
X 400 ft foundry and a 1 story, 100 x 300
ft. machine shop. Estimated coat, $500,-
000.
Fla., Titusville — The Superior Motor
Wks. is building a plant J. NefE, Supt
Ky., Louisville — The Kentucky Iron &
Steel Co., Jones and N St.s., plans to build
a steel plant. Estimated cost, $550,000. R.
W. Tietjen, Pres.
Ky., Louisville — The Southern Wood
Products Co.. c/o L.. Klarer, Jr., Secy, and
Tieas., 106 North Western Parkway, plans
to build an auto body plant. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
La., New Orleans — The Marine Iron
Wks., 1008-1014 Magazine St., plans to con-
struct a 2 story, 75 x 115 ft. building; first
floor will be used as a stockroom, ma-
chine and forge shop and upper floor will
be used for office purposes. Estimated
cost, $75,000. A. J. Krail, Vice-Pres.
W. Vn., Wlieeline — The WJieeling Axle
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 .story axle foundry on 27th
St. Estimated cost $6,500.
MIDDLE WEST STATES
III., Chicueo — The Union Bed & Spring
Co. has awarded the contract for remodel-
ing a 3 story, 125 x 600 ft warehouse into
factory on 44th and Colorado Sts. Esti-
mated cost, $150,000.
Ind., Indinnnpolis' — The Pioneer Brass
Wks., 424 South Pennsylvania St, has had
plans prepared for the construction of a 1
story, 75 x 175 ft machine shop. J. H.
Brinkmeyer, Pres. C. Brossman, Engr.
Mich.. Detroit — The Zenith Fdry. Co.,
Miller Ave., will soon award the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 90 x 200
ft. foundry. G. W. Graves, 43 John R.
St., Archt.
Mich.. Holly — The Wright-Fisher Bushing
Corp., 3087 East Grand Blvd.. Detroit is
building a 36 x 120 ft. plant here, for
drilling and reaming jig bushings. P. W.
Wickson, Dir. of Purchases.
O., Cleveland — The .\tlas Fdry. Co., 7275
Shaw Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 37 x 45 ft.
addition to its foundry. Estimated cost,
$25,000.
O., Cleveland — P. Kelley, 14408 Euclid
Ave., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 40 x 60 ft. addition
to its laundry at 12408 Euclid Ave. Esti-
mated cost, $10,000.
O., Cleveland — The Keystone Bolt & Nut
Mfg. Co., c/o W. Krejci. 502 Ullmer BIdg.
plans to build a 2 story, 50 x 100 ft fac-
tory on East 93d St Elstimated cost. $75,-
000. Private plans.
O., Cleveland — G. Myers, c/o H. W. Davis
Co., 3400 West 122d St, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
60 X 100 ft. garage on West 122d St and
Lorain Ave. Estimated cost $25,000.
O.. Cleveland — The Reliable Auto Top &
Fender Co. 4310 Carnegie Ave. has award-
ed the contrnct for the construction of a 2
story, 88 x 100 ft garage at 8011 Lake Ave.
Estimated cost $60,000.
O.. Cleveland — M. Singer, attorney, Ull-
mer Bldg.. plans to build a 2 story garage
and factory on Hamilton Ave. and East
14th St. Estimated cost, $35,000.
O., Warren — The Western Reserve Motor
Car Co., We.sti-rn Reserve Natl. Bank
BId.g.. has purcha.'.-ed a 200 acre site 3 mi.
from here. ad.ioining the Erie R.R. and the
Baltimore & Ohio R R., and plans to build
a plant for the manufacture of high-class
automobiles. R. R. Johnson, Pres.
O., Warren — The Youngstown Ste"l Co.
has purchased 425 acres 3 mi. north of here
and adjacent to Mahoming Ave., and plans
to build a plant for the manufacture of
high-grade wrought iron. Estimated cost,
$1,000,000. Ultimate cost, $5,000,000. H.
P.ixler, Realty Trust Bldg., Youngstown.
Chief Engr.
Wis., Janesville— The Bowen City Ma-
chine Co., 211 East Milwaukee St.. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 60 x 172 ft. machine shop.
Wis., Milwaukee — P. J. Fischer. 241 Ru.sk
Ave., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 45 x 100 ft. garage
on Walnut St. Estimated coat $15,000.
Wis., Mllwaakee— The MtlwaUKee Re-
liance Boiler Co., 1102 32d St, is having
preliminary plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 100 x 125 ft ad-
dition to its boiler shop on 32d St A. D.
Koch, Wells Bldg., Archt
Wis., Milwaukee — The Wisconsin Bed
Spring Co., 968 Oakland Ave., plans to
build a 1 or 2 story factory.
Wis., Mineral Point — The Fiedler Motor
Co., c/o E. C. Fiedler, Proprietor, is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 1
and 2 story, 100 x 136 ft. garage on Main
and Atwater Sts. Estimated cost $80,000.
H. Kleinhammer, Platteville, Archt
WEST OF THE .MISSISSIPPI
_ Col.. Grand Janction — The Currle Can-
ning Co. plans to rebuild its plant which
was recently destroyed by Are. Estimated
loss, $70,000.
la.. Fort Dodge — The International Har-
vester Co.. 606 South Michigan Ave., Chi-
cago, 111., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 80 x 170 ft motor
truck and service station on 21st St. and
let Ave., here.
Kan., Leavenworth — The United .States
Government, Quartermaster Dept, will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 100 x 250 ft motor re-
pair building. Estimated cost, $400,000.
Private plans.
Minn., Albert Lea — C. C. and R. G. Lang
plan to build a canning plant, to include a
3 story. 50 x 70 ft main building and a
50 X 50 ft. com husking house, etc.
Minn., Minneapolis — The Apt Investment
Co., 225 Ma'-quette Ave., will receive bids
about Dec. 20 for the construction of a 2
story, 100 x 100 ft garage on Nicollet Ave.
and 19th St Estimated cost, $50,000. L.
C Apt Pres. S. J. Bowler, 617 Phoenix
Bldg., Archt
Mo., Kansas City — The White Co., East
79th St and St Clair Ave., Cleveland. O.,
has had plans prepared for the construc-
tion of a 3 story. 120 x 144 ft. auto serv-
ice station on 2Sth and Warwick Sts. Esti-
mated cost, S 250,000. Watson Eng. Co.,
Hippodrome Bldg., Cleveland, O., Archts.
and Engrs.
Mo.. St. Lonis — The St. Louis Paper Can
& Tube Co., 4400 North Union Ave. will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 100 x 900 ft factory on
Big Bend Rd. along the tracks of the Mis-
souri Pacific R.R. Estimated cost $100,-
000.
WESTERN STATES
Wash., Tacoma — The city plans to build
a 2 story, 100 x 200 ft warehouse, supply
and shop building for the Light and Water
Dept Estimated cost $75,000. I. A. David-
son, Comr. of the Light and Water Dept
CANADA
Qne., Montreal — The United Press Co.
Notre Dame St. W.. plans to build and
equip a plant Estimated cost, $50,000.
Que., Montreal — The Can Welding Co.,
Amherst St near Ontario St. plans to build
a plant on St Timofhee St Estimated
cost $60,000.
Que., Quebec City — P. A. Beaulieu, 37
Bourlaroue St., will soon receive bids for
the construction of a brass foundry. Esti-
mated cost, $50,000.
giiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiitriiiiiii t iiitii
I General Manufacturing
IIIMIilllllll
iiniiiiiiiiiniitiMniititiiiiiii
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Mass., Natick — The Griess Pfleger Tan-
ning Co. of Massachusetts, P. O. I3ox 271,
plans to build a large addition to its
leather manufacturing plant. Private plans.
Mass., Soutli Boston (Boston P. O.) —
"lie ,L West Thread Co., 297 Congress St,
Boston, has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 3 story, 60 x 100 ft.
.addition to its thread manufacturing plant
on Covington St. Estimated cost, $75,000.
Mass.. Worcester — The Grocers Bread
Co., 128 Vernon St.. hns awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 storv. lOO
X 125 ft. bakery. Estimated cost $60,000.
1116h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 24
B. I., Pswtnckrt — The Berry Spring
Mineral Water Co.. 3 Charlton Ave. has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story, 40 x 40 ft. addition to its
plant. Estimated cost. $15,000.
MIDDLK ATLANTIC STATES
Md.. .4inrelle (Baltimore P. O.) — The
Amer. Cellulose & Chemical Mfg. Co.. Ltd.,
S81 5th Ave., New York City, has awarded
the contract for the con.^truction of a 1
story plant, here. Estimated cost. $200,000.
Md., Bultimor« — The Duraflex Co., 213
Courtland St., manufacturers of flooring,
has an option on an acre tract on Hollins
Perry Rd. and Eutaw St., and has awarded
the contract for the construction of a plant.
Estimated cost, $10,000. R. Bogiano, Pres.
and Treas.
Md.. Baltimore — W. R. Hooper & Sons
Co., Parkdale Ave., manufacturer of cotton
duck, has had plans prepared for the con-
struction of an addition to its machine de-
partment
Md., Bultimorr — The Maryland School
for the Blind, Overlea, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
50 X 94 ft. broom factory on Edmondson
and Fulton Aves., here. Estimated cost,
$30,000.
Md.. Rmmltsbur«r — The Liberty Roller
Mills will build a 3 story. 30 x 50 ft. flour
mill. Estimated cost, including equipment,
$10,000. V. H. Bean. R F. D. No. 3,
Prop, and Constr. Engr.
N, J., New BrutiNwick — The Arctic Ice
Co.. 56 French St., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 3 story, 50
X 100 ft. storage plant. Estimated cost,
$75,000.
N. Y.. L,. 1., .lamnira — The Metropolitan
Tobacco Co., 22 Bergen Ave., is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 1
story. 80 x 115 ft. factory on Bergen Ave.
and Bergen PI. Estimated cost, $80,000.
Koch & Wagner, 32 Court St.. Brooklyn,
Archts.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Eclipse Box & Lumber Co.. 425
Greenpoint Ave. has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 200 x 300
ft. factory on Russell .St. Estimated cost,
$100,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Forest Box & Lumber Co.. c/o Gil-
bert & Ashfleld, Archts and Engrs.. 350
Fulton St , has awarded the contract for
the cor^truction of a 1 story, 100 x 140 ft.
factory at 420 Oakland St. Estimated cost,
$50,000.
N. Y., Tonawanda — The Stanley Steel
Welded Wheel Corp., 40 Court St., Boston,
Mass., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 90 x 200 ft. plant
for the manufacture of wheels. Estimated
cost. $100,000. Noted Oct. 14.
N. Y., Itica — The ITtica Spinning Co..
Whitesboro St., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 3 story addition
to its factory. Estimated cost, $200,000.
N. Y.. Yonkers — The Hudson Tire & Rub-
ber Corp.. Proctor Bldg., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 story
factory on Nepperhan Ave. Estimated
cost, $300,000. Noted Sept. 16
Pa., CreHHon — The Penn Cress Ice Cream
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 50 X 90 ft. ice cream plant.
Estimated cost. $50,000. Noted Nov. 11.
Pa., EaHt Liberty (Pittsburgh P. O.) —
The Reick McJenkin Dairy Co., 1345 Forbes
St.. Pittsburgh, has awarded the contract
for remodeling and altering a 3 story, 100
X 130 ft. brewery into a dairy plant. Esti-
mated cost, $25,000.
Pa., r.ewistown — The Pennsylvania Wire
Glass Co., Pennsylvania Bldg., is having
plans prepared for the construction of a 1
story. 175 X 600 ft. glass plant. F. A.
Hayes, Pennsylvania Bldg.. Archt.
Pa.. Nanticoke — The General Cigar Co.,
c/o A. Freeman. Archt and Engr., 29 West
34th St . New York City, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 3 story,
90 X 155 ft. factory, here. Estimated cost,
$140,000,
Pa.. Reading — The W. G. Hollis Candy
Mfg. Co., c/o F. Muhlenberg, Archt.,
Flanders Bldg., is having plans prepared
for the construction of a 4 story, 20 x 80
ft. candy factory on Plum and Franklin
Sts.
SOUTHERN STATES
Fla.. Palatka — The United Sugar Corp.,
1512 Walnut St., Philadelphia, Pa., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a sugar refinery, etc. Estimated
cost, $1,000,000. G. P. Anderson, 1512 Wal-
nut St., Philadelphia, Pa., Engr.
Ga., Lafayette — The Con.solidated Textile
Corp.. 11 Thomas St., New York City, plans
to build a 2 story addition to its mill. Esti-
mated cost, $150,000. J. E. Sirrine & Co..
Greenville, S. C, Archt. and Engr.
Ga., Savannuli — The Georgia Ice Co.
plans to build a 2 story, 60 x 150 ft. addi-
tion to its ice plant. Estimated cost, $35,-
000. A. M. Dixon, P. O. Box 1362, Mgr,
Ga.. West Point — The West Point Mfg.
Co., manufacturers of cotton goods, plans
to construct a picker building, opener room
and machine shop to cover 60,000 sq.ft.
of floor space. Estimated cost. $200,000.
L. W. Rabert. Candler Bldg., Atlanta,
Engr.
Ky.. Louisville — The Natl. Candy Co., c/o
Brodes & Theens, 829 South Flyod St., plans
to build an addition to its plant. Estimated
cost, $1,000,000.
La., New Orleans — G. B. Matthews &
Son. 412 South Front St.. wholesale dealers
in- feed, are h.aving plans prepared for the
construction of a mixed feed factory and a
warehouse on the square bounded by Cor-
tez. Telemachus and Scott Sts. Estimated
cost, including equipment, $250,000. M. H.
(Goldstein, 305 Baronne St., Archt.
N. C, lliffh Point — The citv plans to
build an abattoir. Estimated cost, $25,000.
N. C, Raleieh — J. L. Dorming, c/o The
Raleigh Ice & Cold Storage Co., plans to
build a wholesale ice manufacturing plant
and cold storage house on West Hargett
St. Estimated cost. $100,000.
S. C. Beanfort — The Seacoast Packing
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 3 story, 85 x 110 ft. pack-
ing plant. Estimated cost, $100,000.
MIDDLE WEST
m., ChicaKo — The Chicago Wet Wash
Tjaundry, c/o Ronneberg, Pierce & Hauber,
.4rchts., 10 South La Salle St.. has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a
2 story. 64 x 152 ft. laundry. Estimated
cost, $65,000.
lil.. rhicaKo — The Turner Mfg. Co., 1444
South Sangannon .St.. manufacturer of
picture frames, plans to build a 2 story.
100 X 180 ft. factory on 42nd and Ogden
Sts. Estimated cost. $200,000, A. S. .\1-
shuler, 28 East Jackson St., Archt.
111.. ChiraKo — The Weiland Dairy Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 and 2 story, 140 x 150 ft.
dairy at 3014-28 5th Ave. Estimated cost
$125,000.
Mich., Detroit — The Bd. Educ, 50 Bway,.
will receive bids until Dec. 21, for the con-
struction of a 5 and 7 story, 250 x 350 ft.
technical high school, on 2nd Ave. and
High St. Estimated cost. $2,500,000,
Malcolmson. Higginbotham & Palmer, 405
Moffat Bldg., Archts.
C, Cleveland — The City Ice Delivery Co.,
Cadillac Bldg., plans to build a 1 story
ice manufacturing plant on Saranac Rd.
Estimated cost. $50,000. C. C. Coneby, c/o
owner, Archt and Engr.
O,. Cleveland — The Cleveland Folding
Bed Co., 2554 East 55th St.. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 2
story. 70 x 70 ft. factory at 3740 Central
Ave. Estimated cost, $40,000.
O.. Cleveland^H. Horben, 4918 Denison
Ave., has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 23 x 25 ft, bottle
cleaning plant. Estimated cost. $5,000.
C. Cleveland — The Natl. Carpet & Rug
.Mfg. Co., 1971 West 50lh St., will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 2 .story, 40 x 120 ft. factory on Lorain
Ave. Estimated cost. $75,000. Whitworth
& Johnson, 413 Engineers Bldg,, Archts.
Noted Dec. 2.
O., Cleveland — The Telling Belle Vernon
Co., c/o W. E. Telling, 3825 Cedar Ave.,
plans to alter its dairy plant on Eagle Ave.
Estimated cost, $100,000. Christian
Schwarzenberg & Gaede, 1900 Euclid Ave.,
Archts. and Engrs.
O., Cleveland — The Jennings Sanitary
Milk Bottle Co.. 5110 Detroit Ave , is build-
ing a 1 .stor.v. 20 x 30 ft. factory at 5115
Tillman Ave. Estimated cost. $5,000.
O.. Cleveland — A. Kovacks, 2641 East
130th St.. is building a 1 story, 30 x 34 ft.
sausage factory at 11105 Buckeye Rd. Es-
timated cost, $5,000.
C, Cleveland — The Natl. Carpet & Rug
Mfg. Co.. 1971 West 50th St., is having
plans prepared for the construction of a
2 story, 40 x 123 ft. factory on I^orain
Ave. Estimated cost, $50,000. WhitwortTi
& Johnson, 413 Engineers Bldg., Archts.
C. Da.vfon — The Miami Ice Delivery Co .
Ludlow Bldg., has awarded the contract
for the con.struction ot a 1 storv. 60 x 60
ft. ice plant. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Wis., Appleton — The Fox River Paper
Co, has awarded the contract for tlie con-
struction of a 2 story, 26 x 165 ft, paper
mill.
Wis,. Olidden — The Northern Wood
Products Co. plans to build a 2 story. 85 x
110 ft. factor.v on Main St. for the manu-
facture of brooms. Estimated cost, $55,-
000. W. A. Thomas, Pres.
Wis.. Kenosha — The Kenosha Ice Cream
Co.. 493 Elizabeth St., is having plans
prepared for the construction of a 2 story,
46 x 75 ft. factory on Grand Ave. t'..
Augustine. Kenosha, Archt.
Wis,. Kewaunee — The Wisconsin Ship-
building & Navigation Co. plans to con-
struct additional buildings. Estimated cost,
$200,000, J. W. Barber, 345 35th St., Mil-
waukee, interested.
Wis. Lacrosse — The Mathews Mfg. Co..
c/o W. Matthews, Rocky River, O., pl,Tn»
to build a 2 story, 125 x 300 ft veneer fac-
tory, here. Estimated cost, $100,000.
Private plans.
Wis., Shebo.vjcan — The Hand Knit
Hosiery Co., 14 Huron St.. plans to build
a 2-4 storv 60 x 250 ft. addition to its fac-
tory on 14th St. Estimated cost, $100-
000. H. Chcsebro, Pres.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
CoI„ Denver — W, X. Bowman Co.,
Archts., Central Savings Bank Bldg., is
preparing plans for the construction of
a 6 story, 125 x 150 ft. physicians building
and a 2 story garage and filling station on
East 17th .\ve. and Bway. Estimated cost,
$1,000,000. Owner's name withheld. Simm
Finance Co.. leasee.
Col.. Weilinirton — The Du Pont Sugar
Co., 627 19th St., Denver, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a sugar
factory, here, to have a daily capacity of
600 tons. Estimated cost, $1,000,000.
Kan.. Baxter Springs — The General Amer.
Oil Co.. 604 New 1st Natl. Bank Bldg.,
Tulsa, Okla., will build a 1 story oil re-
flnerv and lubricating works, here. Esti-
mated cost. $100,000,
Mo,, .\nrora — The Juvenile Shoe Co..
Advertising Bldg.. St. Louis, has awarded
the Contract for the construction of a 2
storv. 40 x 125 ft. factory. Estimated cost.
$35,000. Noted Sept. 2.
Tex.. Dallas — The Undertakers Coot)era-
tive Casket Mfg. Co.. c/o C. F. Weiland
Undertaking Co. 517 North Er\-ay St.. is
having plans prepared for the construction
of a coffin factory. Estimated cost,
$300,000,
SEE SEARCHLIGHT section
Pages 230 to 253
December 16, 1920
American Machinist
///7
Vol. 53, No. 25
Building Motoi^
ON THE
Pacific Coast
By Fred H.Colvin
EDITOR - A MeniCAN MA CHtNIST
THE Hall-Scott Motor Car Co., so named from its
building of motor driven passenger cars for the
steam railways and not from automobile manu-
factures, has a plant at Berkeley, Cal., across the bay
from San Francisco. The concern was a growing one
before the war and so prominent was it in the pioneer
work of developing aircraft motors that E. J. Hall, its
vice-president and general manager, was called into
government service in con-
nection with the design of
the Liberty motor. The
present plant is particularly
attractive in many ways
and is built to secure a
maximum of light and con-
venience of which evidence
will be seen in some of the
illustrations that are to fol-
low. Although we do not
look for much motor manu-
facturing on the Pacific coast, the Hall-Scott Plant is an
exception which is well worth noting. In comparing its
methods with others, the difference in production must
always be considered and it will be found that the
tools, jigs and fixtures shown herewith are particularly
well adapted for work under the conditions of this shop.
The cylinders shown herewith are for marine engines,
and are made of cast iron instead of steel as in the case
The methods to be illustrated in this series differ
somewhat from those used in the larger
automobile shops, but they are none the less
interesting. In fact it frequently takes a better
engineer to devise methods and design fixtures
for economical production where the output is
limited than where almost any amount of money
can be spent for special machinery.
of the Liberty motor cylinders, which they closely
resemble.
The cylinders are first annealed in the furnace sliowi
in Fig. 1, Fig. 2 being a closer view and showing more
details of the tool used for handling them. The tool con-
sists of a handle of sufficient length, divided into two
prongs which first curve downward to act as a support
and then turn upward as shown at A. Near the bottom
of these prongs a yoke B is
welded, this being so pro-
portioned as to fit around
the projection or "spigot"
on the end of the cylinder
casting as shown at & Itiis
tool enables the furnace
man to pick up the cylin-
ders, when they are cold,
and place them in any de-
sired position in the fur-
nace. In the same way it
makes it easy for him to reach into the furnace for
them when they are hot and remove them.
The first machining operation is that of boring as can
be seen in Fig. 3 which shows a cylinder clamped in the
chuck of a Libby lathe and also shows the substantial
proportion of the boring bars. The pilot wheel A, con-
trols the movement of a back-facing bar, which is
shown in Fig. 6.
FIG. 1. ANNEALING CTUNDBR CASTINGS
FIG. 2. THE TOOL USED FOR HANDLING THE CYLINDERS
1118
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
FIG. 3. THE FIRST MACHINING OPERATION
FIG. 4. PART OF THE TOOL SET-UPS
FIG. 5. SOME OF THE BORING BARS
PIG. 6. THE CHUCK AND BACK-FACING CUTTER
FIGS. 9 TO 13. DRILLING OPERATIONS AND THE JIGS
Fig. 9 — The multiple drill set-up. Fig. 10 — Drilling bolt flanges. Fig. 11— Drilling the exhaust side.
Fig. 12 — Drilling intake holes. Fig. 13 — The top of the fixture.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1119
MILLING THE SIDBS
Figs. 4 and 5 show more of the tooling for cylinder
boring and together with Fig. 3, give a good idea of the
complete tool equipment for this job. Fig. 6 shows
the chuck opened so that the various locating points can
be seen. It also shows the wheel A and the back-facing
cutter B, which it controls.
After boring and turning the projection, the cylinder
goes to the milling machine shown in Fig. 7. The turned
end which fits the projection goes into a bushing at A
while the pad B on the end of the screw C fits into the
Pia. 8. THE MILLING FIXTURE
hole made by the back-facing tool previously referred to
and holds the cylinder firmly and squarely in place. The
cylinder is further supported and steadied by the block
D. Only three spindles of the milling machine are
utilized for this job after which it is necessary to
reverse the cylinder so that the opposite flange and
water outlet can be milled. Fig. 8 shows the fixture
with the cylinder removed so that its construction can
be clearly seen.
It will be noted that the block E, which carries the
Fig:,
,. ^ .,„ ^^«S. 14 TO 18. DRILLING OPERATIONS AND THK i
1120
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
I PIQ. 19. PROFILINQ FOB CAM SHAFT HOUSmO
screw C and the slide D is pivoted at F, the lever G
locking it in the upright position shown. After the
cylinder has been milled the lever is swung around to
the other side, the block E tipped back out of the way
so that the cylinder can be easily removed and a new
one put into place.
A Combination Drill Jig
Drilling comes next, Fig. 9 showing a Natco drill set
up for drilling 21 holes in five operations. This view
shows the type of box drilling jig used. The projec-
tion on the lower end of the cylinder fits into a suitable
bushing at A, while the latch B holds it in place. Fig.
10 shows the end of the jig in which the six holes in
the bolt flange are drilled and also a drilled cylinder at
the left. Fig. 11 shows the jig used in drilling
the 11 holes in the exhaust side, while Fig. 12 shows the
jig for the bolt holes for the inlet flange. The bushings
for the two holes in the top of the cylinder are carried
in the swinging lid shown in Fig. 13.
Next comes the drilling and tapping of the cored holes
into the water jacket as shown in Fig. 14, while Fig. 15
shows the drilling fixture with the cylinder removed.
This fixture, as will be seen, is simply a base with four
uprights, all planed square with each other, so that the
FIG. 20. THE FIXTURE USED
cylinder can be readily placed in it without special
clamping, it only being necessary for the bolt flange to
be placed against the raised edge of the block A.
Drilling for Valve Stems
Drilling and forming the valve stem guide is shown
in Fig. 16. As the valve stem holes are radial from a
point well within the cylinder, it is necessary to swing
the casting from this point in order to drill both holes
at the one setting. The table A, on which the cylinder
rests is pivoted at B, the lever C, affording an easy
method of swinging the cylinder from one position to
the other. The plate A has a hole to accommodate the
cylinder projection so that the flange can be easily
clamped to the plate. The drill bushing is held in the
swinging arm D, which is shown swung up out of the
way in Fig. 17. This view also shows the tongue E that
acts as a guide for the side of the cylinder in which a
mating groove has been previously milled. Fig. 18 gives
a view of the fixture without the cylinder in place and
shows more details of its construction.
Milling or profiling the bosses for the cam-shaft
housing pad is shown in Fig. 19, this operation being
done on a Pratt & Whitney machine. The construction
of the milling fixture is perhaps shown more clearly in
FIG. 21. MACHINING THE VALVE SEATS
FIG. 22. THE FIXTURE AND TOOLS
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1121
FIG. 23. GRINDING THE CYLINDER
FIG. 24. EXHAUST PIPE CONNECTION FOR REMOVING DUST
Fig. 20, where may be seen the bushing A for the
cylinder projection, the rods B and the swinging cams C,
which lock the cylinder flange into position.
Boring Valve Seats
The method of boring the valve seats as well as the
fixture on which this is done is shown in Figs. 21 and
22. The first shows the cylinder in position, located
and supported by the pad A which turns on a central
stud and can be locked by the handle B, Fig. 22. The
valve seating tool is shown at C, this having a pilot
which enters the guiding bushing D. The pad A holds
the cylinder by means of the inlet and exhaust flanges,
it being necessary to change its position for the
second seat.
The final major operation is the finishing of the
cylinder on the Heakl grinding machine shown in Figs.
23 and 24. The first shows the lower end of the
cylinder projecting through the angle plate, while Fig.
24 shows the method of connecting the exhaust pipe
to the side flange so as to remove all the grinding dust
from the vicinity of the machine. This view also shows
the construction of the angle plate and the way in which
the upper end of the cylinder is supported against side
motion by the small jack screws A and B.
The methods used in machining the crankcase, piston
and connecting rod will be shown in later articles.
Increasing Output of Labor
By George F. Kuhne
On page 591 of the American Machinist J. E. Bullard
writes : "It is going to be necessary to greatly increase
the output of labor if we are noc to meet disaster.
There is however not much opportunity of doing this
along the line of introducing more machine methods.
About all that can be done along that line has already
been done."
The latter reference is somewhat erroneous, for im-
provements in mechanical or industrial processes are
part of us and what is new today is primitive tomorrow.
The thought "impossible" has steadily lost ground, for
many of the .so called impossibilities have been accom-
plished. The thinker should always bear in mind the
following: All is here that we desire, we have but to
recognize it and find the means of accomplishment for
our purpose. This I dare say, has indeed been demon-
strated over and over again; we have but to look about
us to realize its truth.
Unfortunately, all employers are not in a position
financially to provide the modern idea of gymnasium,
lunch rooms, hospitals, etc. as additions to their plants,
yet modern times demand that so far as is consistent
with finances such improvements be made as an invest-
ment representing increased efficiency of the workers
and dividends. Proper light and air regulation is car-
ried on by most progressive concerns.
Another important item relative to labor output is —
Know your man. Fit the man to the job and the job
to the man. Not so long ago the foreman would
hire a man, later fire him, reason — no good; then an-
other man. Now this is not accepted, for personal
prejudice and hasty judgment are detrimental to the
success of any concern or department (likewise the
foreman). This labor turnover is investigated and re-
veals perhaps that all conditions as to light, air, hours,
wages, etc. are in some instances better than in other
concerns in the locality. The result therefore, may be
due to improper selection of help, or the foreman's not
knowing his men.
Keeping men on the job will send the curve of
increased output upward. This may be accomplished
by the department foreman being a different kind of a
foreman than he used to be. He should study the human
as well as his mechanical problems, for perchance the
loss of men can be attributed directly to himself. Jump-
ing to hasty conclusions should be averted and a study
of his man may reveal that he would fit in somewhere
else in the plant. Therefore, the foreman should
familiarize himself with the work done in other depart-
ments in order to recommend a judicious transfer.
It behooves the plant executive to permit the foremen
to become familiar with the nature of work done in the
various departments, but such inspection should be done
during working hours. This enables the foreman to
gain increased knowledge of the product and the se-
quence of the operations, which is important in manu-
facturing and will place him in a better position to
recommend a transfer.
There will be no great advance in production unless
the human machine is studied and ways and means de-
vised and incorporated for consistent and harmonious
operation with the mechanical or industrial improve-
ments. Much is required in order to obtain the desired
result.
1122
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Wave Transmission of Power
The practicability of the theory of transmitting
power through a column of liquid, known as the
"Wave Transmission of Power," was proved dur-
ing the war by its application in the C. C. gear
for the automatic firing of airplane guns. More
recently the wave method of transmitting power
has been applied to rock-drills, jackhammers,
riveting hamm^ers and riveting machines. The
accompanying article on the theory of wave trans-
mission of power is from the inventor's technical
treatise. It is taken from a booklet published by
W. H. Dorman & Co., Ltd., Stafford, England.
ONE of the fundamental problems of mechanical
engineering is that of transmitting energy found
in nature, after suitable transformation, to some
point at which it can be made available for perform-
ing useful work.
The methods of transmitting energy known and prac-
ticed by engineers are broadly included in two classes:
Mechanical, including hydraulic, pneumatic and wire-
rope methods, and electrical methods.
The present brochure deals with a new method — the
general principles of which have been enumerated by
the inventor, G. Constantinesco — by which the problem
has been solved.
All methods of transmitting power through liquids,
known as hydraulic methods, as hitherto applied, depend
on the continuous transmission of pressure through
a liquid so that pressure generated at one end of the
line is utilized at the other end. The liquid in this
form of transmission merely acts as an incompressible
flexible connecting rod.
The known pneumatic methods involve a flow in the
pipes always in one direction, pressure being generated
at one end of the system and utilized at the other
end, but in this case the elasticity of the air employed
is sometimes taken advantage of in the power utilizers.
In the wire-rope methods the motive power is, as
it were, attached by a string, as near as possible inex-
tensible, to the power utilizers; the system depends
on the longitudinal motion of the wire as a whole.
In all these known methods of applying mechanical
means to the transmission of power from one point to
a distant point elasticity has no direct function and
is generally ignored.
The author's system depends on the elasticity of the
medium through which the energy is transmitted. The
essential feature of the system is that the particles
of the medium employed, whether solid, liquid, or
gaseous, are in a state of vibration about a mean posi-
tion.
According to the new system energy is transmitted
from one point to another, which may be at a con-
siderable distance, by means of impressed periodic
variations of pressure or tension producing longitudinal
vibrations in solid, liquid, or gaseous columns. The
energy is transmitted by periodic changes of pressure
and volume in the longitudinal direction, and may be
described as wave transmission of power or mechanical
wave transmission.
There are many instances in nature of transmission
of energy by vibrations; wave motion may almost
be said to be the natural method of transmitting
energy.
Let us consider some known phenomena of vibra-
tions of particles of matter:
The transmission of sound through air is due to a
vibratory motion set up by the source in the surround-
ing air; each particle of air in the neighborhood of
the source is put into a state of vibration about a
mean position.
A common method of producing sound is to cause
an elastic diaphragm to vibrate, impressing its vibra-
tions on the surrounding air. By isolating the air
to which the vibrations are transmitted, as, for instance,
by means of a speaking-tube, the sound can be directed
and a given quantity of energy of vibration produced
can thus be transmitted over great distances.
Consider what is taking place in the tube when the
contained air is set in motion by a diaphragm in a
plane normal to the axis of the tube and vibrated about
a mean position.
The first movement of the diaphragm in the direc-
tion of the tube displaces some air in the tube; this
displacement is resisted by the still air further along the
tube, so that a zone of compressed air is produced in
the immediate neighborhood of the diaphragm. At
the same time the moving diaphragm is giving velocity
to the particles of air in its immediate neighborhood,
and these particles communicate their velocity to those
beyond them, and thus any disturbance once produced
by the diaphragm must travel forward along the tube.
On the return movement of the diaphragm the com-
pressed air in its immediate neighborhood, being elastic,
expands, and we have then a zone of low-pressure air
in contact with the diaphragm.
The continuing vibrations of the diaphragm produce
alternate zones of high and low pressure, and the dis-
turbances so produced travel forward along the tube
until the whole of the air particles in the tube are in
a state of vibration; it has been found that the zones
of high and low pressure travel along the tube with
a definite velocity of about 330 meters per second, this
velocity varying slightly with the diameter of the tube.
In a similar manner sound energy travels through
other elastic media. The velocity through water has
been found to be about 1,435 meters per second.
As hitherto employed for the transmission of power
in hydraulic and telpherage systems liquid and solid
connections have been considered as movable en bloc,
and for practical purposes incompressible and inexten-
sible. Both liquid and solid columns, however, are
elastic, and this property can be made use of to trans-
mit energy by vibrations of the particles of matter of
which they are built up. We will first consider the case
of liquid columns.
Assume that we have 150 meters of wrought-iron steam
pipe, of 2.5 cm. diameter and 0.5 cm. thickness of metal,
closed at one end and filled with water; and suppose
a fluid-tight piston is forced into the pipe under a
steady pressure of 35 kg. per square centimeter. If
the liquid were incompressible the increase in volume of
the containing pipe under the pressure would allow the
piston to enter about 1.5 cm.
December 16, 1920
Gtv0 a Square Deed — avd Demand One
1123
If the pipe were absolutely inexpansible the pressure
would compress the water to an extent that would allow
the piston to enter about 26 cm.
It is seen, therefore, that the compression of the
water in a wrought-iron steam pipe of the size con-
sidered is the chief factor in the changes of volume
which take place under pressure, and that the expan-
sion of the containing pipe is almost negligible.
On removing the pressure from the piston the water
will again expand to its original volume. With other
liquids similar results will be obtained. Assume now
that the pipe, instead of being closed rigidly at one
end, is closed by a light floating piston held always
in contact with the liquid column, but free to move
with the liquid ; assume further that the working piston,
instead of being slowly pushed into the pipe, is con-
nected to a rapidly rotating crank, so that it moves
with a simple harmonic motion, and that in addition
to the piston impulses a steady pressure acts on the
liquid column at both ends. The only resistance to
the movement of the piston is then the inertia of the
liquid column, and if the column is short the liquid
will move as a solid mass. If, however, the column is
of considerable length the motion of the layers of
liquid nearer the working piston is resisted by the
inertia of the more remote layers, and on the in-stroke
of the piston the liquid in its neighborhood will be
compressed and its volume diminished; it follows that
the motion of the layers of liquid remote from the
piston will be less than that of layers nearer to it.
At any given speed of rotation of the crank there
will be a point in the liquid column at which, on the
completion of the in-stroke of the piston, no movement
of the liquid has occurred. The liquid between this
point and the piston will at this moment be in a state
of compression varying from a maximum at the pis-
ton to zero.
At the moment of maximum velocity of the piston
the velocity of the layer of liquid in contact with it
will necessarily be greater than the velocity of the more
remote layers, and the kinetic energy of the layers
nearer the piston will, therefore, be transmitted in the
forward direction along the column. The energy
expended by the piston in its forward stroke at the
end of this stroke is present in the liquid column, partly
in the form of potential energy due to the decreased
volume of the liquid under compression and partly as
kinetic energy.
On the return stroke of the piston the compression
of the layer of liquid in contact with it decreases, and
expansion of the liquid takes place between the piston
and the point in the column at which the pressure is
a maximum. As the point of maximum pressure moves
away from the piston at the commencement of the
return stroke the velocity of the layer of liquid in
contact with the piston is reversed, while the pressure
of this layer diminishes until the piston is at the end
of its out-stroke. At the end of this out-stroke the
layer of liquid in contact with the piston is instantane-
ously at rest.
As the crank continues rotating there are thus im-
pressed on the liquid column a series of impulses send-
ing a series of changes of pressure and volume along
the column, the particles of liquid each vibrating about
a mean position.
The considerations dealt with above as regards vibra-
tions in liquid columns apply also to solids; this may
be shown by considering the case of a long helical
spring, one end of which is subjected to periodic shocks
in the longitudinal direction. At each .shock the end
of the spring will be compressed and will again expand
when the impulse is removed; the effect of the impulse,
however, will travel along the spring in the direction
of the shock with a definite velocity. The inertia
of the coils of the spring remote from the end pro-
vides the resistance necessary to compress the first coils,
but on the removal of the impulse expansion takes place
in both directions, so that the wave of pressure and
displacement travels along the spring.
An example of this occurs in practice in the case of
the recoil springs of heavy ordnance, in which it has
been noticed that pulses in the movements of the gun
take place, due to the zones of compression in the
recoil. springs produced by the sudden shock of firing.
Consider now a very long steel wire connected to a
crank so that the end is given a simple harmonic
motion in the longitudinal direction, and suppose that
the tension given by the crank is superposed on a
steady tension in the wire so that no part of the wire
is ever in state of longitudinal compression.
As the crank rotates the end of the wire will be sub-
jected to alternate maximum and minimum tensions
occurring periodically; under certain conditions the
wire, being elastic, will not move en bloc, but the
periodic changes of tension will produce periodic dis-
placements of the particles of the wire in the longi-
tudinal direction, each particle vibrating about a mean
position as in the case of the fluid columns discussed
above.
In the transmission of sound through air we have
seen that a series of vibrations is imparted to the air
particles, causing them to move about a mean position ;
and thus a series of waves of alternate compression
and rarefication travels forward from the source. If
these waves fall on a sensitive receiver, such as the
drum of the human ear, the receiver is set in vibration
and the sound is heard. This is, in fact, an example
of the transmission of energy by mechanical wave
motion. Similarly, sound is transmitted through liquids
and solids.
In order that a receiver may be able to respond to
the vibrations falling upon it certain conditions are
essential. The part of the receiver which is to be put
in motion must be capable of vibrating at the period-
icity of the vibrations which fall on it.
In the case of the human ear very sensitive receivers
are found, which are tuned to or capable of adapting
themselves readily to vibrations of different periodicity
within certain limits of frequency. When, however, we
come to the problem of detecting vibrations by mechan-
ical means, and still more so when it is desired to
transmit power economically by means of these vibra-
tions, it is necessary that the part moved should be
designed so that it can respond to the particular
periodicity of vibration by which the power is trans-
mitted. It is further necessary, if the part moved has
to perform useful work, that the work should be
performed in such a manner that the ability of the
receiver to vibrate in unison with the impressed vibra-
tions is not interfered with.
Although in some cases in which energy has been
heretofore transmitted by vibrations in matter — as, for
instance, the case of a tuning-fork made to respond to
sound waves of its own frequency — the question of the
1124
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
period of vibration of the receiver has been considered;
in no case, up to the present, has the tuned receiver
been adapted to the performance of work. For the
transmission of power by mechanical wave motion it is
therefore necessary to devise means by which the vibra-
tions in the transmission line may be received and con-
verted to use.
Let us now consider further the case of a rapidly
FIG. 1. RAPIDLY ROTATING CRANK CAUSING A PISTON
TO RECIPROCATE AT THE END OP A LONG
PIPE CONTAINING LIQUID
rotating crank causing a piston to reciprocate at the
end of a long pipe containing liquid. We have seen
above that a series of zones of high pressure and com-
pression of the liquid alternating with zones of low
pressure and expansion of the liquid are produced, and
that these zones travel forward along the pipe.
In Fig. 1 suppose the crank A to be rotating uni-
formly, causing the piston B to reciprocate in the pipe
C, which is full of liquid. At each in-stroke of the
piston a zone of high-pressure is formed, and these
zones of high pressure (shown by shading) travel
along the pipe away from the piston; between every
pair of high-pressure zones is a zone of low pressure
shown light in the figure. The pressure at any point
in the pipe, therefore, will go through a series of
values from a maximum to a minimum, and these values
will repeat periodically. Let the line OX represent
the value of the mean pressure, then, with the piston
in the position illustrated, the instantaneous pressures
at different points along the pipe may be represented
by the ordinates of the sine curve EFG . . . K. As the
rotation of the crank is uniform it will be evident that
the distances between successive points of maximum
pressure will be equal. This uniform distance along
the pipe at which the values of the pressure are repeated
is the wave length of the vibrating movement of the
liquid.
If V is the velocity with which these waves travel
along the pipe, and n is the number of revolutions in
unit time of the crank A, it will readily be seen that
the wave length y must be -■
FIG. 2. RAPIDLY ROTATING CRANK CAUSING A PISTON
TO RECIPROCATE AT THE END OF A PIPE OF FINITE
LENGTH CLOSED AT THE POINT R
Assume now that the pipe is of finite length, Fig.
2, and is closed at the point K at a distance from the
piston B equal to an exact multiple of the wave length,
and suppose that the stroke of the piston is small com-
pared with the wave length.
The wave of compression will be stopped at R and
reflected, and the reflected wave will travel back along
the pipe.
If the crank continues its rotation at uniform speed,
with the length of pipe and speed of rotation we have
taken — i.e., with the distance from the piston B to the
stop R an exact multiple of the wave length — a zone
of maximum pressure will be just starting from the
piston at the instant the reflected zone of maximum
pressure reaches it; so that we shall have a wave of
double the original amplitude traveling forward along
the pipe. The next revolution of the crank will again
add to the amplitude of the wave sent forward; and
so on with successive revolutions. The result of this
continual pouring in of energy is that the maximum
pressure increases without limit till ultimately the pipe
bursts.
It should be noticed that in a wave of greater ampli-
tude the maximum pressures are increased, and the
maximum velocities and distance of travel of the oscil-
lating particles are also increased.
Suppose now that instead of closing the pipe rigidly
at R we have at i? a piston M connected to a crank
N similar to A as shown in Fig. 3.
Suppose that the crank N is rotating at the same
angular velocity and in the same phase as the crank
FIG. 3. SAME CONDITIONS AS IN FIG. 2 EXCEPT TH4T
INSTEAD OF CLOSING THE PIPE R, A PISTON AND
CRANK ARE SUPPLIED AT THAT POINT
A. If the liquid column were continued beyond the
piston M it is evident that the movement of the piston
would produce in this column a series of waves which
would be exactly similar to and a continuation of the
waves between B and M.
The piston M, therefore, if moving synchronously
with B, will be able to take up the whole energy of
the waves produced by B and traveling along the pipe.
It will be seen further that the piston will be able
to take up and utilize the whole of the energy of the
waves traveling to it if placed at any point of the
pipe, provided its time period of reciprocation is the
same as that of the piston A, and provided that the
phase of its movement is such as would produce a
continuation beyond it of the impinging waves; that
is to say, provided the piston movement is in phase with
the movement of the layer of liquid in contact with it.
In the transmission of power by wave motion in this
example the maximum pressure in the pipe will at no
point exceed the maximum pressure in the neighborhood
of the working piston, however long the transmission
line may be; and will be the same whether the line
is a single wave length or any number of wave lengths.
Also the two pistons may be moving in the same or in
opposite directions, and their motions may differ in
phase by any angle according to the relation between
the distance from one to the other and the wave
length.
In the example above discussed the whole of the
energy put into the liquid column by the piston B
can be taken up by the piston M. If more energy is
put in by B than is taken up by the piston M, assuming
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1126
no frictional losses, it is obvious that reflected waves
must be formed as the direct waves fall on the piston
M. The result of this will be that the surplus energy
will remain in the liquid and the continuation of the
rotation will continually pour in energy, increasing the
maximum pressure indefinitely till ultimately, as in the
case of the closed pipe, the pipe will burst.
Suppose that, in the case of a closed pipe having a
length of several wave lengths, a vessel A complete'y
filled with liquid, of considerable volume in proportion
FIG. 4. ADDITION TO CLOSED PIPE, HAVING A LENGTH
OF SEVERAL WAVE LENGTHS, OF A VESSEL OF
CONSIDERABLE VOLUME IN PROPORTION TO
THE STROKE VOLUME OF THE PISTON
to the stroke volume of the piston B, and with rigid
walls, is placed in communication with the pipe in the
neighborhood of the piston, as shown in Fig. 4. At
each in-stroke of the piston a flow will take place
through the entrance to the vessel D, and the liquid
in this vessel will be compressed, and at each out-stroke
of the piston the liquid in the vessel will again expand.
According to the volume of the vessel more or less
liquid will flow into it and out of it at each revolution
of the crank. The capacity D will thus act as a spring,
taking up the energy of the direct and reflected waves
.when the pressure is high, and giving back this energy
when the pressure falls ; the mean pressure in the vessel
D and in the pipe will be the same, so that when the
successive reflected waves in the pipe have been pro-
duced and have reached a certain amplitude equivalent
to this mean pressure the piston will merely exert
energy in compressing the liquid in the vessel D on
its in-stroke, and the liquid acting as a spring will
restore this energy to the piston on its out-stroke. The
result of this is that when the reflected waves have been
produced there will be a series of stationary waves in
the pipe, and no further increase of energy in the
liquid will take place and the pressures in the pipe
will never exceed the fixed limit.
By using a vessel such as D, therefore, the pipe can
be completely or partially closed. It is therefore pos-
sible to place at the far end or other point of the pipe
apparatus for utilizing only part of the energy of the
wave, and the rotating crank A will only require to
perform work to the extent of the energy utilized.
Consider now a case (Fig. 5) in which waves are
transmitted by a reciprocating piston A along a line
EEE provided with branches. Assume that the pipa
E is closed at P at a distance of one complete wave
length from the wave generator A ; and that there
are branches BCD at the half, three-quarter and full
wave length distances respectively. We know from the
cases discus.sed above that if the cock P is closed and
the cock D opened, leading to a motor L rotating at
the synchronous speed, the motor L will be able to
take up the whole of the energy put into the liquid by
the generator.
We also know that if all the cocks are closed sta-
tionary waves will be produced in the pipe E having
maximum variations of pressure at the end P and at
the half wave length B. At these points the flow will
always be zero, while the pressure will alternate be-
tween maximum and minimum values determined by the
capacity F, consisting of a closed vessel filled with
liquid. At the quarter and three-quarter wave length
G and C respectively the flow will alternate between
maximum and minimum values, but the variation of
pressure will remain zero.
In this case the points of maximum pressure and
maximum movement do not travel along the pipe, but
are fix^d in position, and theoretically no energy flows
from the generator. At the points of maximum move-
ment no variation of pressure will occur; and at the
points of maximum pressure variation there will be no
movement of the liquid.
It is evident, therefore, that if the cock B leading
directly to a motor M be opened the motor M, running
at the synchronous speed, will be able to take up all the
energy given to the line. The stationary half-wave
between A and B will therefore disappear, its place
being taken by the forward traveling wave, while be-
tween B and P the stationary wave will persist. If
the cock C leading to the motor N at the three-quarter
wave length be opened, all other cocks being closed,
since at the point C the variation of pressure is always
zero, no energy can be taken up by the motor, and the
stationary wave will persist in the whole length of pipe.
If the motor be connected at any intermediate point
part of the energy will be taken up by the motor, while
the stationary wave will persist but will be of reduced
amplitude between the generator A and the motor. The
state of the liquid between the generator A and the
motor may be considered as the resultant of two super-
posed waves; one a stationary wave and the other a
traveling wave of flowing energy.
Assume now that the motor is not capable of taking
up all the energy which can be transmitted to the line
(2>
M
FIG. 5. WAVES TRANSMITTED BY A RECIPROCATING
PISTON ALONG A LINE PROVIDED WITH BRjVNCHES
by the generator A; then we shall have superposed in
the pipe a system of stationary waves and a system of
waves traveling along the pipe, so that there will be no
point in the pipe at which the variation of pressure
will always be zero, consequently a motor connected at
any point of the pipe will be able to take up and utilize
a portion of the energy which is transmitted to the line.
We see, therefore, that if we have a number of motors
all connected to the line every one of them will be able
to take some energy and do useful work. It is only
when no energy is being utilized that points at which
the variation of pressure is permanently zero can exist.
It is seen from the preceding discussion that periodic
variations of pressure and volume can be impressed on
columns of gases, liquids or solids; and can be made to
travel along such columns, causing the several particles
to be set in vibration about their mean positions.
It is further clear that under certain conditions the
mechanical energy so transmitted can be made available
for the performance of useful work.
1126
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Early Traces of the Toothed Wheel — I
By H. H. MANCHESTER
In the author's series of articles on the "Evolu-
tion of the Workshop," he touched upon a number
of subjects which deserve separate treatment.
One of these is the toothed wheel, the history of
which is here discussed.
THE origin of the toothed wheel has been accred-
ited to both Egypt and Babylonia. The reason
for assigning its discovery to the Egyptians is
because toothed wheels have been used on the water-
wheels of the Egyptians since time immemorial; but in
making a rather careful search through thousands of
Egyptian tomb pictures, the writer has failed to dis-
cover any gearing of this nature.
The evidence both for and against its discovery by
the Babylonians is very slight. Babylonian pictures of
perhaps 700 B. C. show the use of pulleys and levers,
but not of toothed wheels. We know that a wheel with
rays was used in raising water in Babylonia in early
times, but there is no evidence that these spokes were
combined in gearing.
First Known Mention of Friction Gearing
Probably the first known mention of wheels used in
gearing is by Aristotle about 330 B. C. In the first
chapter of his "Mechanical Problems," he wrote, that
if one circle touches another circle, the diameter of
the first circle being moved, the second circle will be
moved in a direction contrary. Aristotle made no men-
tion of teeth, however, but described only friction gear-
ing. By this time one machine had come into use, with
which it is conceivable that some kind of gearing might
have been employed. This was the windlass, which was
extensively adopted for the moving of heavy materials,
especially in building.
It seems likely also that the Archimedian screw for
raising water followed, rather than preceded, the use
of the screw for other purposes. This suggests that
the worm and rack had already been known, but is far
from being proof.
Gearing Known to Ancient Greek
Mathematicians
There is no doubt, however, that the toothed wheel
was known to the ancient Greek mathematicians.
Otesibius, who lived about 250 B. C. and who is credited
with the construction of the siphon, hand bellows, fire
engine and water organ, is said by the Roman archi-
tect, Vitruvius, to have constructed a water clock in
which a gearing of toothed wheels was used to disclose
the passing of time. This clock was said to have, "a
rack and revolving drum, both fitted with teeth at
regular intervals, which, acting upon one another,
induce a measured revolution and movement." The
clock had various fanciful features, for, according to
Vitruvius, "Other racks and other drums, similarly
toothed and subject to the same motion, give rise by
their revolution to various kinds of action by which
figures are moved, cones revolve, pebbles or eggs fall,
trumpets sound, and other incidental effects take
place."
About 230 B. C. Philo of Byzantium, according to
ancient tradition, made use of a wheel with spokes act-
ing upon a rack for the purpose of raising water.
Almost nothing of the works of Otesibius or Philo is
extant, but a number of their inventions seem to have
been included by Hero of Alexandria, who lived in the
second century B. C, in his various treatises which he
states contained the devices of others as well as his own,
though he does not differentiate the sources.
Hero's Treatise on Mechanics
In his treatise on mechanics. Hero shows how a
weight may be raised by toothed wheels and pinons.
Fig. 1. He also illustrates the use of the endless screw
with a toothed wheel and rack, and gives an example of
inclined teeth.
In his writings on pneumatics. Hero describes a
toothed wheel with a rack, toothed wheels
at right angles, and a cam action. The
cam action mentioned by Hero, while not
HERO'S DESIGN OF GEARING FOR
WEIGHT RAISING
particularly striking in itself, was used in connection
with a windwheel to blow an organ, which is proof
that the windwheel, as a philosopher's toy, dates back
more than a thousand years before its employment for
practical purposes in Europe.
Early Use of Iron Teeth
The toothed wheel with a rack is used in a self-
trimming lamp, which, as the oil sinks lower, would
push the wick along to make up for the part burned.
This is shown in Fig. 2 and is important, as it expressly
states that the rack should be of iron.
This is one of the very few ancient notices of iron
teeth or teeth that fit into one another. There is no
doubt that the regular usage in ancient times was to
make teeth by extending the spokes of the wheel, or by
setting oblong wooden blocks into either the circumfer-
ence or face of the wheels. The statement can hardly
be made too sweeping that in ancient times toothed
gearing was regularly of the spur and pinwheel type,
or if in the same plane, consisted merely of one flat
block striking against another. The drawings of Hero
are probably more typical of a period when the copy
was produced than of the time of Hero himself. While
they diagram in general the propositions as annunciated
December 16, 1920
Give a Squure Deal — and Demand One
1127
by Hero, the teeth of the wheels probably represent the
knowledge of a later period, and, simple as they are,
are nevertheless more advanced than those of Hero's
time. This is no doubt true of the cut. Fig. 3, of
the worm gearing, which required a comparatively
advanced form of teeth.
a side-wheel steamer. On the center of the axis between
them was a drum with one cam. This struck in turn
400 teeth on another drum. These in turn were geared
with the teeth of still another drum, each revolution
of which released a small stone, and the distance was
measured by counting the stones.
FIG. 2.
EARLY SELF-TRIMMING LAMP WITH IRON-
TOOTHED RACKS
FIG. 3.
HERO'S ADVANCED DESIGN
ON WORM GEARING
The Roman architect, Vitruvius, who wrote about
200 B. C, seems to have made use of the toothed wheel
in his water mill for grain, although the text of his
description is somewhat doubtful.
Use of Paddle Wheels on Ancient Ship
One very curious use made of the toothed wheel by
Vitruvius was in connection with paddle wheels on a
ship, but the most curious part of it is that the paddle
wheels were not used to drive the ship, but to measure
the speed at which the ship was moving. The paddles
were at the side of the vessel, much as in the case of
Later, when the Roman Empire was overrun by suc-
cessive hordes of barbarians, learning fled to the East-
ern Empire of Constantinople. In Western Europe the
knowledge of the Greek and Latin thinkers was for-
gotten, and only those mechanical inventions were
retained which were in constant practical use. Even
in the East the overshadowing of the Greek philosophy
by Christianity tended to let the old Greek thinkers be
neglected and forgotten. For this reason many ideas
were lost, and not rediscovered until after several cen-
turies. As a consequence there was little progress made
in gearing during the first part of the Middle Ages.
FIG. 4. GROTESQUE SKETCH OF
BUCKET CONVEYOR
FIG. 5.
AGRICOLA'S IMPROVED LANTERN AND
FACE WHEEL
1128
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 58, No. 25
An illustration of a water mill of the twelfth century,
although much distorted in the drawing, shows on the
axis of the waterwheel a vertical pin wheel which is
geared to a small vertical lantern on the axis of the
lower mill stone.
The Invention of the Lantern Pinion
Crude as the lantern is, the evidence points to the
fact that it was an improvement over the spur and pin-
wheel of the period, and that it was invented some time
in the early Middle Ages— in fact, the construction of
the lantern is such that it might well have been devised
at first to give greater stability to the pins by fixing
them at both ends in the face of a wheel. At all events,
the use of the lantern is the most characteristic fea-
ture in the gearing of the Middle Ages.
Several examples of gearing are included in a mil-
itary engineering book, the author of which is unknown
but which probably dates from about 1430. An inter-
esting but rather grotesque sketch. Fig. 4, represents
a wheel with saw teeth on its face geared to an
endless screw, and used for the purpose of winding
a bucket up from a well.
Another picture of the same date represents a wind
mill with a pinwheel and lantern arrangement for
grinding grain. A third sketch shows a shaft with
cams to lift and let fall pestles for the purpose of
pounding saltpeter. Gearing is also pictured on a boat
with paddle wheels, but while the paddle wheels in
this are interesting, the gearing is not very clear.
Da Vinci's Sketch of Gearing
Among the numerous sketches by Leonardo da Vinci,
which are apparently of even more interest today than
at the time they were produced, are several illustrating
types of gearing. One is of a number of wheels with
different sorts of cogs among which is probably the
earliest known sketch of a wheel with cogs inside the
rim. Here the teeth are of triangular shape, with
one side nearly parallel to the radius.
Another of Leonardo's designs shows a gear turned
by a water turbine, and used for drawing flat iron rods
while they were rolled by another wheel.
Gearing with toothed wheels was also sketched by
Leonardo in a press, a crane, a boring machine, and a
file cutter. It was likewise employed in a road meas-
urer and paddle boat, which were perhaps suggested by
the description of Vitruvius already noted. The designs
of Leonardo were of course more or less sugges-
tions, and but few of them were ever put into actual
practice.
Agricola's Gearing
About the middle of the sixteenth century, George
Agricola, in his "De Re Metallica," described the gearing
in use in his day, and probably for many years pre-
vious. The great' majority of his gearing consists of
lanterns with rundles combined with either spur or
pinwheels. Fig. 5 shows his improved lantern and face
wheel.
How a toothed wheel was constructed at that time is
explained in Agricola's description of a machine for
raising water by chains and dippers: "The teeth of
each wheel are fastened in by means of screws, the
threads of which are screwed into threads in the
wheel, so that when teeth are broken they can be re-
placed by others. Both the teeth and rundles are made
of steel."
Shop Kinks from the "Milwaukee"
at Tacoma
By Fred H. Colvin
Editor, American Machinist
The shops of the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul
Railway at Tacoma, Wash., handle not only the steam
equipment but also the huge electrical locomotives
which now haul its trains over the two mountain
ranges. This is developing a new kind of railway
mechanic, for electrical connections are all important
and a second's carelessness in making a joint may lay
dut an important train and cause heavy loss. The re-
sults, however, have been very gratifying and the men
are as proud of the big electrical equipment as the
officers. Steam locomotives
still predominate, of course,
but the electrical equipment
is growing and the electric
locomotives can barely be
handled on a 105-ft. turn-
table. In common with nearly
all railroad shops, the ma-
chine equipment is largely
old and inadequate.
It is kept up as
well as may be and
is clean and well
painted. The great,
and perhaps the
only, advantage of
FIG. 1. AXLE LIFTER
inadequate equipment is that it develops ingenuity
on the part of men and brings out devices which to
a great extent overcome the handicaps imposed. A
few of the kinks are shown herewith and others are
to appear at a later date.
Hook for Car Axles
For handling car axles in and out of the wheel press
and elsewhere the hook or clamp shown in Fig. 1
is used. The collar on the end of the axle is utilized
to prevent any possibility of slipping endwise. The
lamp is a piece of flat stock, shaped and bent up
to form the V-shaped pocket shown. This is simply
hooked over the end of the axle, which tends to wedge
itself in position, and holds it firmly against end slip-
page. These clamps cannot, of course, be used on
collarless axles.
For planing or truir.g up crossheads after they have
been overhauled the two supports A and B, Fig. 2, are
used. They support the piston rod and clamp it in
proper position during the planing. Turning the whole
December 16. 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1129
rod assembly 180 deg. allows the other side of the
crosshead to be planed parallel with the first.
The electric locomotives drive through a sort of
spring connection, or shock absorber, as shown at A,
Fig. 3. Heavy coil springs, mounted between suitable
end blocks, transmit the power between gear and axles
and take up part of the shock. Removing these springs
This gage consists of a square steel bar A, about 2
in. on a side and perhaps 15 ft. long, mounted in
three rollers B, C and D, which in turn are supported
by three legs made of piping, suitably braced, and
carrying the rollers as shown. The gage is about 4 ft.
IBKII""""
P
FIG. 2. FIXTURE FOR PLANING CROSSHEADS
is not an easy job without special tools and some are
said to cut them out with an oxyacetylene torch, re-
placing them with new springs, as springs are easier
to put in than to take out.
But the ingenuity of the railroad shop man got busy
and made the tool shown in Fig. 3. The body B is
a heavy piece of bar steel with a hole bored in each
end to receive the pins C and D. These pins carry
projections E, turned eccentrically to the bodies of
the pins, and which fit into the holes in the blocks
at the ends of the spring.
Turning the pins so these projections come in the
right position, about as shown in the illustration,
the projections are placed in the holes in the blocks.
Then the pins are turned until the spring is com-
pressed and can be easily removed.
The other end of the pin C has a place for a heavy
wrench as at F, and is also provided with a ratchet
"and pawl at G to prevent the pin being turned by
spring pressure. This is not usually needed but is an
additional safeguard to prevent accidents.
Rod Length Gage
A rod length gage, which is always accessible and
prevents mistakes and misunderstandings, is shown in
Fig. 4, and is credited to general foreman Pentecost.
Just who is responsible for the other devices is not
a matter of record.
FIG. 4. STANDARD GAGE FOR ROD LENGTHS
above the floor so as to be easily inspected and used^
and to keep it out of the way of dirt and damage.
The Graduations
The sides of the bar carry lines which are plainly
marked at intervals to show the center distance of
every connecting rod and every side rod used on the
division. In addition, one side is graduated in inches
from 44 to 80, to aid men on the tire lathes getting
their sizes. These dimensions cover the range which
comes in for repairs. The introduction of this gage
has helped the men and also reduced the number of
errors in laying out, and in boring and fitting rods
and rod brasses.
The blacksmith shop is full of interesting devices,
more of which will come later. These will show how
machines are improvised and methods devised for mak-
ing forgings at low cost.
Drafting Room Kinks
By John J. Thompson
Regarding the suggestion of L. Weare, on page 564e
of American Machinist, of a 12-deg. triangle for draw-
ing screw threads; I would suggest for this purpose a
templet made as shown in the sketch herewith.
As nearly all screw threads on drawings are right
hand, it will be found that in using Mr. Weare's triangle
that one must use the right-hand edge in drawing the
threads on the horizontal view of a screw, thus bring-
ing the short side of the angle against the T-square,
where it will tip easily, as the base is not long enough
to slide well.
With the templet shown herewith a long base is
always against the T-square in any position and, being
larger, it is easier to use.
r ^!
FIG. 3. TOOL FOR REMOVING SPRINGS FROM ELECTRIC
LOCOMOTIVE WHEELS
TEMPLET FOR DRAWING SCREW THREADS
1130
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 58, No. 25
Calculation of Stresses in Winding-Drum Flanges
By JOHN S. WATTS
The strain imposed by the rope, on the flanges
of a winding drum carrying a number of coils,
is, generally speaking, much greater than one
would expect, and frequent failures can be traced
to a lack of appreciation of this strain by de-
signers.
REFERRING to Fig. 1, the pull on the rope which is
tangential to the drum as the rope is wound on,
^ must be resisted by a radial force P, equal to the
pull on the rope. For all coils after the first coil, the
reaction P, is furnished by two component forces R,
P
whose amount will be —^ each, the included angle be-
tween the resultants R being 60 degrees.
Referring now to Fig. 2, and assuming that the ropes
in the inside coils are still under the original tension,
it is obvious that the resultant force R on each rope is
transmitted diagonally down through each coil, and that
coil adds its own resultant to the preceding ones. The
total force along line A will then be equal to = 88 X ^
the number of coils being nine, and the first coil not,
of itself, exerting any side pressure.
It may be well to state here, that while it seems to be
the consensus of opinion, that the inner coils must be
relieved of at least a part of their original tension and
that also, on the other hand, these inner coils have stiff-
ness sufficient to carry a portion of the compression, and
so relieve the drum of some part of the load. However,
no authoritative tests have yet been made to determine
just exactly what action takes place under the circum-
stances.
Personal knowledge of some failures of drums leads
me to believe that, at any rate, a large percentage of
the strain is actually carried by the drum, and the only
safe plan is to assume that all of the coils are under
the original tension, and that the resultant strain must
not cause a stress in the drum casting in excess of the
minimum breaking stress of the material.
In the example shown in Fig. 2 if the pull on the rope
is uniform throughout the whole wind, the resultant
diagonal force along the line A will = 8 X -R-
But as fl =
.". A =
P
1/3
8P
V3
This force A is in turn resolved into two forces, the
horizontal one of which B is carried by the drum flange
and as the angle between resultant B and force A is 60
A
2"
8P
1 3
4P
1 3
At B, we have the diagonal thrust of six coils, num-
bers 4 to 9 inclusive, which totals „ and as in this
y 3
case the resultants of this force are at 60 deg. each
deg. the resultant B will equal
But A =
.-. B =
side of the force, the resultant along B, due to these
six coils equals the force =
6P
V "3'
In addition to this
we have the resultant from the rope next to the flange
p
in coil 3, which is also equal to — = making a total
1/ 3
for 5. of ^^.
From the same reasoning we have the horizontal
reactions at
V 6 y 6
P_
I 3
The total horizontal thrust against the drum flange
will be
B -\- B, ^ B, + B, + B^
20 P
13 + 1/ 3 "*" 1/3 + |/ 3 ■'"1/3
1 3
= 11. 5P.
A sufl[iciently close approximation can be had with
less calculation by counting all the ropes which exert
pressure sideways against the flange, that is all ropes
on or to the left of line A, in Fig. 2, except the one next
to the shell of the drum in coil one. As each rope
exerts a resultant force of -~ in a horizontal direc-
1 o
tion, and we have two ropes held up by the flanges, the
P
J 3
total side pressure will be approximately 24 X
= 13.8 P, which is larger than the more correct method.
A closer approximation would be to multiply P X half
the number of ropes.
Taking this as being a uniformly increasing load, and
the flange being regarded as a cantilever we have
Bending moment = 13.8 P y. L
or if we take the lead as P X ^ where .Y = half the
number of ropes exerting pressure on the flanges, we get
Bending moment =
xXPXL
FI6. 2
FIG. 1. DIAGRAM SHOWING TANGENTIAL FORCES.
FIG. 2. DIAGRAM SHOWING RESULTANT
FORCES TRANSMITTED DOWNWARD
THBOUGH XACH COIL
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1181
As the load will be practically uniform around the
whole circumference of the drum, we take for calcula-
tion a strip of the drum flange one inch wide. The
moment of resistance of this strip will = fZ.
Where / = safe working stress
Z = modulus of section -
Mr = fz
6
= / X
bh'
But 6 = 1 in.
Mr =
fXh'
fXh' xXPX L
N'-
xXP XL
2 Xf
As the load is gradually applied, taking the whole time
of winding to rise from zero to its maximum, and as
the calculated load is certainly in excess of the actual
load, we may use a stress nearly equal to the breaking
stress. Experience has shown that for cast iron as high
as 15,000 lb. is safe provided that we are sure that the
rope pull we have assumed will not be exceeded, and
that the number of coils will not be increased because
of uneven coiling.
When a large number of coils are to be wound on the
drum, it will be necessary to rib the flange in order to
gain the required strength, as the strain increases very
rapidly with deep coiling.
Cam Cutting in A Jobbing Shop
By E. a. Dixie
An old Phoenix engine lathe which was fixed up many
years ago as a cam cutter and which is still on the job
is shown in Figs. 1, 2 and 3. Fig. 1 is looking toward
the tailstock. Fig. 2 looking toward the headstock and
Fig. 3 a view from the back of the lathe. The reference
letters are the same in all figures.
The shaft A, Fig. 1, is driven by the spindle of the
lathe. It is provided with universal joints and a sleeve
so that it can follow the movements of the slide which
carries the follower B, the latter being moved by the
master cam C, seen in Fig. 2. The quill D, Fig. 1,
carries the cutter and is provided with the usual thrust
bearing. The lathe has a four-stepped cone which, with
the back gears affords eight speeds for the cutter
spindle. The wormwheel E, shown in all three views, is
keyed upon the same shaft with the master cam and is
driven by a worm on the shaft with the large pulley F
which is belted from an independent countershaft.
FIG. 1. VIEW OF CAM-CUTTING FIXTURE LOOKING
TOWARD THE TAILSTOCK
FIG. 2. VIEW LOOKING TOWARD
THE HEADSTOCK
FIG. 3. VIEW FROM THE BACK OF THE LATHE
FIG. 4. SMALL CAM-CUTTING FIXTURE
1132
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
FIG. 5. CAM-CUTTING FIXTURE WITH AIR-OPERATED HOLDBACK
The fixture is heavy and looks to be out of proportion
to the lathe. It is, however, self contained and the
lathe merely supports it and drives the cutter, which
does not require much power.
The work G, Fig. 2, is a drum cam 9 in. in diameter
by about 6 in. long with a cam groove 14 in. wide and
deep, milled from the solid. Two cuts were taken to
finish each cam and 25 of them were cut in 30 hours.
The small cam cutting fixture shown in Fig. 4 is
used on a plain milling machine for cutting a variety of
cams. The drive for the work is from the belt A to a
pulley on a shaft which carries a worm engaging with
the wormwheel B. This is mounted on
a shaft having a jaw clutch C which
can be slid out of engagement so that
the work spindle can be rotated by the
crank handle. The work D and the
master cam E are mounted side by
by side, as shown. The follower roll
F and the cutter G, mounted in the
spindle of the milling machine, are
approximately in line when the work
is being machined.
Figs. 5 and 6 show a very interest-
ing cam-cutting operation. The ma-
chine is a lathe built about 1856 and
still in use. All the big cam-cutting
is done upon it besides a great deal
of turning, up to about 7 ft. in
diameter.
A number of the large cams A were
to be cut. The master cam B was
mad© somewhat larger in diameter
than the work. The cams were all
faced and the bolt holes laid off and
drilled. When all the cams were thus
turned a fitting C was strapped to the
lathe faceplate within the master cam.
Its face was squared off and one of
the cams bolted to it. The outside of
the cam was then turned to the correct
diameter and before removing it from
the lathe the cam cutting attachment
was placed in position and the cam
groove D was cut.
A slow motion is provided for the
lathe spindle when engaged on cam
cutting. In the case shown the spindle
speed was one turn in two and a half
hours.
A rather unusual feature about this
fixture is the holdback. There are no
weights used but in their place the
designer made use of an air cylinder
E which is shown in both views. The
shop has air service at 80 pounds. The
air cylinder is 5 in. in diameter and is
provided with a pressure gage F as
shown, so that the operator can see at
a glance how much pressure he has in
the cylinder behind the piston. By
throttling the inlet the air pressure in
the cylinder can be regulated from zero
up to nearly the full 80 lb. per square
inch. Owing to slight leakage past
the piston pressure regulation is pos-
sible, which would not be the case if
the piston were perfectly air tight
and no by-pass of tht air were provided. The cam A
is 48 in. in diameter and has a groove D 4 in. wide
by 2 in. deep. When the follower G is "climbing"
practically no air pressure is used, merely enough to
keep the roll in contact with the master cam. When
the follower is going "down hill" from 5 to 10 lb.
of air is used which gives a pressure of from 100 to
200 lb. of the follower roll on the master cam face.
A talk with the operator elicited the fact that he
had cut many kinds of cams on many varieties of ma-
chines, but that the air cylinder gave steadier pressure
and less trouble than any of the others.
^K^:TS>
««^
^^^Hp
ll^l
f\^
^^^^y
^R
A ■ ^
K^'
^^
I'V \^C
^SSA 2 ^
^m
\ "^
[^."JhI
*tHH|B ^^b "^^^I
pS
y
[m
W
1
FIG. 5. CAM-CUTTING FIXTURE WITH AIR-OPERATED HOLDBACK
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1133
V.
IN THE manufacture of sheet brass, bars are de-
livered from the electric casting shop to the rolling
mills where the gates are cut off in an alligator
shear as shown in Fig. 53. An expert examines the
piece cut off to determine
whether or not the cut is
deep enough to eliminate
the pipe. He is also able to
judge the quality of the
casting by examining the
metal disclosed by the cut.
Having trimmed the bars,
they are inserted into a
breaking-down roll after
which they are straight-
ened by passing through a
series of rolls as shown in
Fig. 54. After being
straightened, the surfaces
of the casting are removed in a milling machine as
Sheet Brass — Extruded Rods
and Wires
Here is taken up the Tproduction of sheet brass,
which is made by rolling the cast iron bars, "an
art that up to the present time has never been
successfully divorced from the human element
of the operator." The extrusion process of mak-
ing rods and wires is also described. The infor-
mation is presented chiefly by illustration, a
method to which these subjects are well adapted.
(Part IV was published in the Dec. 3 issue.)
♦Booklet published by the Bridgeport Brass Co., Bridgeport. Conn.
shown in Fig. 55. This is done to remove mechanical
flaws and surface impurities from the bar before rolling
it to smaller sizes. The bars are now ready for another
pass through the breaking-down rolls as shown in Fig. 56.
Since mechanical working
of brass or copper hardens
the metal, it is necessary to
anneal it at various stages
in the rolling process. In
Fig. 57 is shown an anneal-
ing furnace from which an
annealing charge has just
been withdrawn. These
furnaces are so arranged
•-.hat the hard brass is drawn
in at one end by the same
operation by which the an-
nealed brass is drawn out
of the other. The temper-
ature in these furnaces is accurately controlled by elec-
tric pyrometers, facilities being provided for reading
FIG. 53. BITING OFF THE GATE OF A BRASS BAR
FIG. 54. STRAIGHTENING ROLLS
1134
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
PIG. 55. MILLING THE SURFACE OF STRAIGHTENED
BAHS TO REMOVE MECHANICAL FLAWS
AND SURFACE IMPURITIES
the temperatures at both ends and in the middle of the
furnace. One of the indicating instruments is shown
in Fig. 58. A recording pyrometer was previously
shown, Fig. 45.
Some years ago the Bridgeport Brass Co. originated
the practice of using tandem rolls in the production of
sheet brass, and protected the process by a series of
patents. Fig. 59 shows a set of these rolls in operation.
Rolling brass is an art that up to the present time has
never been successfully divorced from the human ele-
ment of the operator. The process as a whole can be
planned and controlled according to a definite program
but the rollers themselves must be men who have had
thorough training and long practical experience. This
company has been in the business since 1865 and has
produced rollers who are second to none in the country.
FIG. 58. TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
Several of these men have been with the company for
more than 30 years and one man shovra in Fig. 60 has
been with them for 47 years. In Fig. 61 is illustrated
the cold rolling of copper sheets.
Sheet brass is marketed in various forms, depending
upon the thickness of the metal and also upon the pur-
pose for which it is to be used. It may be in straight
flat bars, in wide coiled strips, or in narrow coiled strips.
Rods and Wires — Extrusion Process
The Bridgeport Brass Co. uses the extrusion process
for the manufacture of brass rods, while bronze, copper,
and phono-electric rods are made by the rolling process
as described in Part IV.
FIG. 56. MILLED BARS PASSING THROUGH THE
BREAKING-DOWN ROLLS
FIG. 57. ANNEALING FURNACE FROM WHICH CHARGE
HAS JUST BEEN WITHDRAWN
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1135
FIG. 61. COLD ROLLING COPPER SHEET
hlG. 62. SAWING OFF THE GATES OF BRASS BILLETS
."^rW?'
•■» - 1"
FIG. 63. JiRASS BILLETS ON THEIR WAT INTO THE
HEATING FURNACE OF THE EXTRUSION MACHINE
wrf
WBf
^'^
•^.r- '
-:^v^^
t*
1 ' • it»i
^
' ^
^^M
^^B
>
'■ ' ;J '
#
: ^^1^-;.
h*-'- ^^^B
|H|i;iil^|m^^~>— -f ;.
.U«k4
SSK. :' ^
%m^
■^ "^
F^ ■
Pr
FIG. 64. THE EXTRUSION MACHINE IN OPERATION
1136
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
■Mj^
E
BI^H
ljlf^V^\Tl^^^^^g|^|^^KN^
^9
i^^fffr^ 4|.'Sjf^^^^'^~~tfii^^^H^H
Mf?^^B^^B^^^^^B^^~^
?, t^MS^'^
^H^fi
l^sK&^A
BSfc/^II^HH^^^^H
FIG. 65. DRAWING RODS FOR THE EXTRUSION MACHINE
The brass billets from the electric casting shop are
delivered to the saws, one of which is shown in Fig. 62.
From here they go to the heating furnace as shown in
Fig. 63 where they are brought to such temperature as
will render the metal plastic.
The plastic billet is then inserted into the cylinder of
FIG. 66. STRAIGHTENING RODS BY PASSING THEM
THROUGH THREE SETS OF SPIRALLY
MOUNTED ROLLS
the extrusion machine and pressure applied to one end
of it by means of an hydraulically operated plunger.
The metal, being forced out through holes in a die at
the other end of the cylinder, emerges from the machine
as rods. In Fig. 64 the rods are seen coming from the
machine and lying in the trough extending from its
mouth. The cylindrical cakes in the center foreground
are the ends of the billets removed from the machine
after the main portion has been extruded. The muffle
which feeds this machine is seen in the background at
the right.
These rods are dravra to size and straightened for
shipment, or wound on reels and delivered to the wire
FIG. 67.
SPRINGING MACHINE FOR REMOVING STRAINS
FROM BARS AND RODS
mills where they are drawn to size in the draw blocks.
In Fig. 65 is shown the operation of drawing rods
from the extrusion machine. This draw-bench operates
on the endless chain principle, with reversing motors.
Rods are straightened by passing them through three
sets of spirally mounted rolls, which manipulate them
in such a way as to relieve mechanical strains left by
the drawing process. The cover of the machine, Fig.
66, is thrown up so as to show the method of mounting
the rolls. In operation, the frame, containing the roll
sets, rotates around the rod.
FIG. 68. STRAIGHTENING ROD OF SMALL DIAMETER
The matter of mechanical strains in drawn bars is
of the greatest importance, since their elimination
largely determines the service characteristics of the
material. This detail of tube and rod manufacture has
been scientifically studied by this company, and the
manufacturing technique so worked out as to eliminate
practically all unbalanced strains. This result is obtained
by properly choosing the various factors that enter into
the annealing, pickling, lubricating, drawing and
straightening processes, all of which have a bearing on
the strains in the metal. A springing machine for
removing strains from bars and rods is shown by Fig.
67, and Fig. 68 shows the method of straightening rods,
of small diameter.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1137
A Suggestion to Machine-Tool Builders
By T. F. GITHENS
The slogan of the modem successful manufac-
turer is "Service." The sale of a machine to a
customer is only the beginning of the opportu-
nities the seller has for selling his service to aid
in the customer's business. The better the serv-
ice received from the machine and the manufac-
turer, the more securely is the machine sold, and
the more chances are there for obtaining addi-
tional business.
IN order to secure the most effective output from a
machine, it must be given proper operating condi-
tions and correct installation. The correct installa-
tion of a machine is the next important point to be
considered by the buyer after the selection of the
machine; in fact, quite often the selection of a given
machine depends upon installation questions, such as
the floor space occupied, the weight, and how the
machine is to be driven.
In making the layout of a new factory department,
the approved method is to make a plan of the building
to some convenient scale. For average size buildings, it
has been found that a scale of i in. per foot is the size
which will give a plan covering a suitable size drawing
sheet, 26 x 40 in. Windows, doors, columns, radiators,
piping, and other stationary details must be shown to
scale in their proper places, as they often interfere with
or determine a layout.
The next step is then to cut out pieces of cardboard
representing the floor plans of the different machines to
the same scale as the building plan. These cardboards
are then placed on the room plan in their most eflftcient
■combinations. It is usually most economical to have the
product follow a straight line routing and move from
one machine directly to the next operation machine,
having these machines as near to each other as possible.
This straight line routing will save enormously on the
cost of trucking work from operation to operation and
will reduce the quantity of stock in progress through
the factory, and in many cases save money by reducing
the amount of money paid out as interest on investment
due to having valuable stock in transit through the
works in larger quantities than necessary.
The location of the machinery is influenced by
another factor than that of the most economical routing,
namely: the method of driving. Machines driven by
individual motors may in most cases be placed independ-
ent of this factor, but for most plants it has been found
most economical to run machines by the "group drive"
method, one motor driving a line shaft and this in turn
driving several machines, from two to thirty. Machines
which are "direct driven" should be located under the
line shaft or a jack shaft to eliminate the expense of a
countershaft. Machines requiring countershafting must
be placed so that their drive pulleys on the line shaft
will not interfere and so that where more than one row
of machines is driven from a line shaft all the pulleys
and belts will be given sufficient clearance.
This locating of the countershafting is an important
and difficult question, and the only way to answer it so
as to be sure that pulleys, hanger boxes and couplings
are all correctly located is to make a detailed layout
to scale.
It is right here that the writer wishes to bring home
the point of his suggestions. The time and labor of
making this detailed layout, and the shifting of one
machine base here and a countershaft there, would all
PHOTOSTAT OF MACHINE LAYOUT
1188
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
be saved if the manufacturer would send out with his
machine, or his machine description, upon request, a
brown print showing the floor plan and countershaft
plan (where a countershaft is required) to a scale of
i-in. per foot.
The customer could make a print from this brown
print, cut around the outlines of the machine, paste it
on cardboard for ease in handling, and have a far
superior representation of the machine to a scale than a
mere cardboard outline. These "cardboard machines"
can be placed on the floor plan and clearances between
machines accurately seen. The prints of the counter-
shafting can be pasted on cardboard and their best
location determined so as to most efficiently locate all
the pulleys on the main line shaft.
Photostat Brought Into Use
When the small cardboard prints of machines have
all been located to the satisfaction of all concerned,
they can be pinned to a print of the floor plan held on
a regular drawing board and a photostat made of the
layout. This photostat can be made to any convenient
size, such as i, 1, or i in. per foot.
These photostats will have three main uses :
(1) The engineering department can use them for
designing structural work and the planking for holding
countershafting to the ceiling. This is quite an item
in concrete buildings, and one which must be considered
in the design of the building. Materials must be or-
dered in advance for this purpose as well as pulleys for
the line shafting. A machine may be delayed in being
started because of lack of information concerning coun-
tershaft speeds and pulley dimensions.
(2) A photostat can be given the millwright and is
a valuable aid in instructing him regarding the correct
location of each machine which may be numbered or
otherwise identified.
(3) A photostat is useful to the foreman, who will
operate the department, and the production superin-
tendent, as it will enable them to visualize the machines
in a department and give them concise information of
machine location, number, type, size, and appearance.
It will also, when the routing for various products is
drawn in different colored inks, show up the efficiency
or weak spots as the case may be, in the handling of
material from machine to machine.
In factories where there are many departments, it
would be awkward and expensive to store away a draw-
ing board for each department showing the machine
cardboards pinned on a print of the floor plan. There-
fore, when a layout has been completed, all machines
have been installed and there is no reason to believe
there will be any extensive changing of the layout in the
near future, the cardboards may be pasted to the print
of the floor plan and all filed away in a drawer occupy-
ing no more space than an ordinary tracing, and capable
of being reproduced for use any time by means of the
photostat machine.
It may be noted that most manufacturers now send
upon request excellent prints showing floor plans of
their machines and countershafting, but the point is
they are all to diff'erent scales such as 1, IJ and 3 in.
per foot, etc. They are also to scales which are too large
for the purpose of the draftsman who has to make a
layout of the machinery for a department or entire
floor. Also, they are mostly blueprints which do not
admit of reprinting as brown prints do.
In answer to these points, the writer suggests a
"standardized" floor plan of machinery and counter-
shafting which shall fulfill the following specifications:
(1) It must be to a scale of i in. per foot.
(2) It must be a brown print capable of printing
brown or blue line prints.
(3) It must show the machines in normal and also
in extended positions.
(4) It must show the countershafting and machine
plans and speeds so that they may be cut out independ-
ently and pasted on cardboards.
The illustration herewith is from a photostat made of
a department according to the above scheme with the
e.xception that it was not possible to obtain brown prints
of machine layouts to required scale. The machine lay-
outs shown were photostats from prints of 1 in. per foot
scale. The cross-hatched rectangles are cardboards
merely showing floor space already occupied by
machines.
Tool-Setting Gage
By Harry Moore
The drawing shows at A a ring I have made to facil-
itate the setting of lathe tools.
It is made of tool steel bored out to fit the tailstock
spindle, turned, and cut with a large and small V; also
grooved with a regular parting tool.
I have scribed a center line on the tailstock spindle;
also the sides and periphery' of ring. It is very con-
venient then to set a threading tool central to the line
and in correct position at the same time, without hav-
ing one hand tied by holding the thread center gage.
The groove comes handy to set the parting tool central
and square, thus eliminating guesswork and consequent
binding. I set all my regular tools central by the line
on the ring.
I made the ring plain at first but have since added an
improvement in the shape of a spring plunger shown at
B, which drops into a drill spot on the spindle and
lines up the ring with the .scribed line central.
TOOL-.SETI-l.NG GAGK
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1189
A Mechanism for Graduating Dials
of Optical Instruments
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
The graduating of dials can be performed in
various ways, the method used depending upon
the character and amount of work to be done.
The machine described here seems to be satis-
factory for use on optical instruments, it being
adaptable to work of different sizes and shapes
where accuracy is important.
THE S. A. Rhodes Manufacturing Co., Chicago, 111.,
had to overcome a number of difficulties in de-
veloping a machine for graduating the different
styles of dials used in the construction of optical instru-
ments. Samples of the many forms of dials which must
be graduated are shown in Fig. 1. The work ranges
from graduating the flange of the cup-like piece at the
left of the illustration, to graduating the beveled por-
tion of the disk at the right, or even the special knurling
on the thumb-nut shown in the center.
The requirements of the work have been met by the
construction of the special graduating instrument shown
in Fig. 2. All parts of the machine are not new, for
many were taken from old machine tools which were
available when the device was constructed. The top of
the plate A, which serves as a base, is carefully finished,
and on it the dove-tailed base B of the spindle-head for
FIG. 1. SAMPLES OF WORK GRADUATED ON MACHINE
holding the work is fixed. The mechanism at the right
carrying the engraving tool can be set and bolted in any
one of several positions on the plate, so as to take care
of the different forms of dials which have to be gradu-
ated.
Head foe Holding the Work
The spindle head. Fig. 3, consists of the base A pro-
vided with two slides at right angles carrying the ver-
tical upright and the slide B. The upright is provided
with a graduated base C and may be swiveled to any
FIG. 2. A GRADUATING MACHINE FOR WORK
ON INSTRUMENT DIALS
FIG. 3. ADJUSTABLE HEAD FOR HOLDING DIALS
IN POSITION FOR GRADUATING
1140
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
FIG. 4. HEAD FOR HOLDING RECIPROCATING TOOL
angle. The vertical slide B also holds a graduated base
D, so that the spindle-head can be set at any angle with
respect to the horizontal. The spindle has an index
plate E to control its rotation, so that the desired spac-
ing of graduations can be placed on the work.
The index plates or master graduating dials, such as
the one shown at E, are made up in many cases for special
series of graduations, although one dial is provided with
angular graduations for the full 360 degrees. In other
cases, the graduations are in the nature of those on a
slide rule, and constantly vary in value as they run from
zero up to the maximum. It will be noted that the
special dial shown in the illustration has graduations
for only 180 deg. of its circumference. Each graduation
is marked on the periphery of the dial, and the indexing
point F on the trigger G governs the amount of shifting
of the spindle position after each mark has been cut on
the work.
The Toolhead
The portion of the device which carries the tool for
cutting the graduations is shown in detail in Fig. 4.
The tool slide A can be moved forward and back by the
handwheel B at the right, thus causing the tool C to
cut the graduation lines in the work. The tool C is
carried in a clapper-box D, which is held in place by a
spring, so that the tool can relieve itself from the work
when returning for each fresh graduation. The posi-
tion of the tool in the toolpost can be adjusted after
loosening the nut E.
A means for limiting the length of the different
graduations, so that every fifth or tenth cut, as is de-
sired, may be indicated by a longer line, is obtained by
the small device F which has been arranged on the rear
of the housing of the toolslide. This device is more
clearly indicated by the line drawing. Fig. 5. The small
bracket A is fastened to the toolslide and carries an
arm B which is pivoted at C. When it is not desired to
use a stop for the toolslide the left-hand end of B can
be tilted up, thus throwing down the extended portion
at the right so that it passes beneath the plates D and
E that serve as stops on the body of the toolhead. There
are three of these stops, each approximately A in. in
thickness.
In the illustration the first stop D has been
raised, thus permitting the slide to travel back a little
further before the arm B strikes the stop E, and so
make a longer line on the work. This stop would then
be lowered and for the next four or nine strokes would
serve to limit the graduated line to a shorter length.
When a still longer stroke is desired for possibly a
tenth division, both the stops D and E can be raised,
letting the arm B come back against the last stop of the
series. In order to adjust this device for proper posi-
tion on different dials, the thumb-nut F is provided and
connected to the stop bracket G by means of the angle
H. This permits the stop to be set forward or back in
order to place the graduations where they are wanted on
the work.
An Expanding Chuck
By E. a. Thanton
A very good chuck to be used where large castings
must be chucked from the inside, is shown in the illus-
tration.
The expanding jaws A are moved outward to the
work by forcing the cone B inward. This is done by
screwing in nut C. As the cone is withdrawn, springs
at the back of the jaws pull them toward the center,
making it easy to lift off the work.
FIG. 5. STOPS ON TOOLHEAD USED FOR VARYING
THE LENGTH OF THE GRADUATIONS
AN EXPANDING CHUCK
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1141
The Law in Regard to Strikes— II
By CHESLA C. SHERLOCK
This second article of the series treats of the legal
liabilities, responsibilities and duties imposed on
the employer by reason of a strike at his shop or
plant. Just how the compensation and the com-
mon laws apply in these cases is clearly defined.
(The first installment was published last week.)
A SIDE from questions arising out of the right to
l\ work, the right of society to the uninterrupted
i- jL enjoyment of the service of workers, which was
treated in the previous discussion, there is another very
important problem in regard to strikes particularly
interesting to employers at this time. It is the legal
liabilities, responsibilities and duties which a strike at
his shop or plant imposes upon him. Must the employer,
in case his workmen enter into a strike, refrain from
the operation of his business until the workmen return?
Must he refrain, under the law, from the importation
and use of strikebreakers? In case of injury or death,
either to the strikers or the strikebreakers, what is the
employer's liability? Does the employer owe anything
to a strikebreaker? Are professional strikebreakers
to be considered as employees within the meaning of
the law? Can the employer be sued for damages by a
strikebreaker ?
These are a few of the many perplexing questions
which are bound to arise in any employer's mind just as
soon as he finds a strike on his hands. And, oftentimes,
a little previous knowledge on the subject will stand
him in good stead.
" The employer's liability to a strikebreaker for injuries
must necessarily arise out of either (1) the common
law, or (2) the workmen's compensation acts. If the
basis of recovery under either of these two measures
of the employer's liability be satisfied in a given state
of facts, then the strikebreaker may recover for the
injuries sustained.
The Compensation Laws as Applied to Strikes
The workmen's compensation acts, as everyone knows,
places the employer's liability upon the basis of the
relation of employees. Third persons have no right of
action against the employer under these acts. Injuries,
as they generally arise in the case of strikes, are caused
by the strikers seeking to prevent strikebreakers from
carrying on the employer's business or trade.
Unquestionably, a strikebreaker is an employee and
entitled to relief under the compensation acts in the
majority of cases. In fact, the strikebreaker and the
employer usually recognize the hazards and some extra
stipulation is made in the contract of employment seek-
ing to compensate the strikebreaker in some specified
sum in case of injury.
There is a provision in the compensation acts, how-
ever, which states that if the employee is injured as the
result of a wilful attempt on the part of another
employee to cause injury, then the employer shall not
be liable for the payment of compensation. If a striker
hurls a brick through the factory window with a
■malicious intent to injure a strikebreaker, is the striker
still an "employee" within the meaning of the Acts
sufficient to deprive the injured strikebreaker of his
right to compensation?
It is problematical as to what the courts would say
upon this proposition, but if we analyze the matter
carefully we cannot fail to agree that when the Acts
were written this proviso was not inserted with the
subject matter of strikes in mind, but rather with the
matter of private disputes between employees in mind.
The common wording is: "No compensation under
this act shall be allowed for an injury caused by the
employee's wilful intention to injure himself or to wil-
fully injure another."
Injuries, in order to be compensated under the com-
pensation acts, must arise out of and in the course of
the employee's work. An injury to a strikebreaker
caused by the violence of a striker, when such strike-
breaker is busy in his employer's place of business,
unquestionably arises out of such employee's work. We
do not feel that the courts, especially in view of the
present temper of public opinion, would feel disposed to
hold that a striker was still an employee in a sense
sufficient to deprive the strikebreaker of compensation
relief. Indeed, if the ruling of the Federal Court in
the Iowa case mentioned in the previous discussion
should apply, the strikers could not be considered in any
sense as employees, but as men who had severed all con-
nection with the employer under their contracts of
employment.
Where the strikebreaker was assaulted and injured
while off the employer's premises, another situation and
basis of liability would arise. An employer is not liable
for injuries sustained by workmen while they are going
to and from the place of work, except in two cases,
under the workmen's compensation acts: (1) When,
by the contract of employment, the employer must trans-
port the workmen to and from work; (2) where the
employment increases the normal "street hazards" ex-
perienced by others in the community.
We are again unprepared to say what the courts
might do, especially in the latter instance, inasmuch as
cases have not been reported touching on the proposi-
tion of whether employment as a strikebreaker increases
the hazard sufficiently to afford protection under the
compensation acts. We are inclined to think that the
courts might be widely divided on this point.
In either of the above instances mentioned, if the
courts were to hold that the employer was not liable
under the workmen's compensation acts, he would not
be entirely freed from liability. The injured man would
still have recourse to the common law, and if he had
a basis for action might sue the employer for damages.
What the Common Law Allows
The common law is much more strict than the work-
men's compensation system and the chance of a Strike-
breaker recovering damages for injuries sustained would
have to depend clearly upon the contract relations
between him and his employer. If it depended merely
upon the status of employment, the chance of the strike-
breaker securing damages would be extremely remote,
as in that case the injury would have to result from
the negligence of the employer and if touched by any
of the three "common law defenses" of assumption of
1142
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
risk, contributory negligence or the negligence of
fellow-servants, on the part of the employee, then the
employer would not be liable.
But in cases where special contracts have been entered
into by and between the employer and the strikebreaker,
it seems to be the concensus of opinion that the employer
must stand by his contracts and fulfill them. The strike-
breaker, for instance, cannot be held to have assumed
the risk of injury from strikers when he enters the
employment and such has been the subject-matter of a
special contract between the parties. If no contract has
been made between the parties, other than a mere con-
tract of employment, and the strikebreaker enters the
employment having full knowledge of the situation, he
may be held to have assumed the risk of injury.
At common law it is the duty of the employer to
inform his employees of any facts which he may know
which have any bearing on the work to be done that
might prove dangerous to the workmen. The employer,
by reason of his superior knowledge about the work and
the special conditions applying to it does have this
knowledge from time to time and if he fails to impart
it to his employees, he cannot later be heard to say
that the employees assumed the risk along such lines.
If an employer has a strike at his shop or factory and
engages a new force on ordinary contracts of employ-
ment and fails to tell them that there is a strike at
his plant, then he cannot escape liability under the
common law, in case some of the strikebreakers are
injured, by saying that they assumed the risk of injury
by going to work.
One cannot, even under the harsh common law, assume
a risk of which he has no previous knowledge. Rather,
the blame is placed upon the employer for failing to
impart the benefits of his superior knowledge concerning
conditions, tools, appliances, and the like, to the
employee at the time he went to work.
Concerning Inducements to Strikebreakers
Everyone knows that it is exceedingly hard to obtain
men to work at a plant where there is a strike in
progress. This is not only due to the fact that union
men will seldom "scab" or place themselves in counter-
position to other union men, but because of the fact
that strikers are generally dead in earnest and do not
hesitate to go to long measures to enforce their demands
upon the employer. They walk out, hoping to cripple
the employer and prevent the turning of a wheel until
he comes to a common understanding with them. They
do not take kindly to efforts on the part of the employer
to proceed as usual, and they do not hesitate, as a
rule, to resort to violence, to intimidate, to "beat up"
or forcibly eject those who do go to work for the
employer.
The result is that under ordinary circumstances the
employer cannot secure men to act as strikebreakers
unless some sort of special inducement is held out to
them. And that is why the courts will, first of all,
look to the contract between the parties to ascertain
what the basis of liability may be if the workers were
injured.
The contract liability is the important liability and
if the parties have specifically agreed upon a certain
sum as the basis of recovery, the employer will not
be permitted to escape payment, the agreement among
the parties being considered by the courts as a proper
basis of damage, unless other circumstances familiar
under the law of contracts enter in.
But no contract liability, as we have pointed out
before, can be binding upon the parties unless it is well
grounded in the law, as found either in the statutes or
the old common law. Special contracts may be entered
into creating greater rights for strikebreakers than
they would hold as mere employees, but we must not
lose sight of the fact that these contracts must be
made for a legal and legitimate purpose. If they are
made for an illegal purpose, they will be void in the
very beginning and the special rights recognized will
perish and the workers operating under them will have
no greater rights than those conferred upon ordinary
employees. An employer will not be permitted by the
law, even in a time of great stress and crisis, to hire
men to "beat up" former employees on a strike or gen-
erally to do violence to them. The courts will coun-
tenance no such purpose.
Employers as a rule do not bother themselves so
very much about the sorts of inducements held out to
the men at the time they are seeking strikebreakers.
The important thing just then in the mind of the
employer is to get men to work and he does not par-
ticularly care what kind of an inducement is offered
just so long as he can get them to work.
He has a tendency to minimize the danger and to
feel that there will be no disastrous results, no violence,
no injuries, no deaths. Oftentimes, he will go to unrea-
sonable lengths to pacify the fears of timid men in
order to get them to work. He may make unusual and
lavish promises, simply because in his anxiety to get
the plant operating again he loses sight of important
considerations — the fact that he may be called upon
to make good these promises in a court of law.
He may even resort to fraud and deceit. Anything,
in his mind, will justify the end just then. But when
the violence has taken place and the strikebreaker has
been killed or seriously injured, then the matter has a
very different complexion. The one thing that he wants
to know and to know to a certainty is whether he is
bound by the special contracts which he made and by
the special inducements offered.
Liability of Employer for Injuries to
Strikebreaker
A case arose in New York which offers a splendid
example of what usually happens under such circum-
stances. It seems that an employer had entered into a
contract with a workman employed as a strikebreaker
in which he agreed to indemnify the man or his family
in case he were injured or killed while at work in that
capacity.
The strikers succeeded in catching the strikebreaker
one night and they used him so severely that he died.
The family of the deceased promptly demanded the
indemnity which the employer had promised under his
agreement. The employer evidentally had a fair knowl-
edge of law, for he refused payment, claiming that
he was not legally liable.
The matter went to the courts and the court looked
first to the contract, then turned back to the common
law to ascertain whether such a subject-matter could
properly be the subject of a contract between employer
and employee. It was found that there was no such
thing as a strike in the common law. It recognized no
such situation or that a binding contract could be
entered into on such a subject-matter. The court then
said that if the contract was to be binding that it
would have to arise under a statutory right; in other
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1143
words, there would have to be a special statute recog-
nizing that such a situation would legalize any special
measure of liability mentioned in the contract. Since
there was no such statute on the books, then the con-
tract failed and the employer was held not liable.
It was found, however, that there was a statute under
which the employer was liable for the death of a work-
man caused by the employer's negligence. Since the
death of the workman in this case was clearly not the
result of the employer's negligence, the case did not
apply.
Employers who, having a knowledge of the law and
their measure of liability, enter into an agreement with
a workman to act -as a strikebreaker, knowing all the
time that they can never be held to pay the indemnity
in case it is called for, cannot be too severely censured.
They are, in fact, leading innocent men to their death;
certainly, they are laying them open to violence and
injury under a false assumption of facts.
If the employer deliberately sets about to do this,
and his intention can be proved, he will not fare so well
in court. In fact, he may find himself being tripped
up, rather than the reverse being the case. Deceit
and fraud are never countenanced by the courts and they
will oftentimes override precedents and established rules
of procedure in order to bring an offender to terms.
One of the most common forms of deceit under these
cases is to hire workmen from remote localities as
strikebreakers, but not to acquaint them with the true
situation. Nothing is said about a strike being in
progress and it is figured that after the workmen come
to the plant, often without means, they will continue
at work even after they know the true facts, in order
to earn money to get away.
Such a case arose in a Western state. A man was
hired by the employer and put to work. He did not
"know there was a strike in progress. Nothing was said
or done to acquaint him with the facts. A few days
later while he was at work he was fired upon by the
strikers and severely injured.
The court said that no employer had a right to hire
a man and fail to acquaint him with the fact that
a strike was in progress; that if the employer had a
knowledge of facts or circumstances affecting the safety
of the employee that it was his duty to impart that
knowledge to the employee at the earliest possible
moment. Failing in that, his concealment operated as
fraud and deceit upon the unsuspecting workman and
that was sufficient to render the employer liable in dam-
ages for the injury received.
Another leading case, turning upon a slightly different
state of facts, is often cited to chart the employer's
liability in such instances. It seems that a workman
was hired by an employer who failed to say that there
was a strike in progress at the plant.
, A few days after the man went to work a committee
of strikers waited upon him and acquainted him with
the fact that a strike was in progress and stated that
they could not permit him to work at the plant. They
further warned that if he continued to work there
would, in all probability, be violence.
The workman immediately went to the employer and
told him what had taken place. The employer endeavored
to persuade the man there was no danger and even
promised to provide a guard for him if he would con-
tinue at work. Upon this promise, the man went back
to work, but the employer failed to provide a guard.
The result was that a few nights later the strikers
caught him at his home and gave him such a slugging
that he died.
The dependents of the deceased immediately brought
action relying on two facts: (1) That the employer
had failed to tell the deceased that there was a strike
in progress at the plant, and (2) had failed to provide
a guard in accordance with his agreement.
The court examined the statutes and stated that there
was nothing in them permitting one to bring an action
against another due to his negligence or wrongful act
for death. So the family of the deceased could not
recover against the employer.
The majority of instances where the employer will
be liable for injuries caused by strikers must, of neces-
sity, arise under rights conferred by the statutes. The
common law, as a general proposition, is silent on the
subject of strikes, they being unknown to it. But out
of ordinary relationships of employment, a liability may
arise under the common law, as we have already indi-
cated.
But there is no liability on the part of an employer,
as a rule, for damages for the death of a strikebreaker.
The reason why the statutes have not conferred this
right to third parties is due to the feeling that it would
be against public policy to permit the death of another
to become subject-matter for an action for damages.
Where the employer practices fraud and deceit, how-
ever, under a contract of employment, the courts have
granted relief to the dependents of injured strike-
breakers as they cannot countenance any such action on
the part of employers.
So far as the workmen's compensation acts are con-
cerned, they are statutes conferring a right for com-
pensation for the death of a workman but under certain
limitations. The decedent must have met his death by
reason of an "accident" arising out of and in the course
of the employment.
An English case has held that where a strikebreaker
is injured by strikers that his injury is not an "acci-
dent" within the meaning of the compensation acts.
This decision, however, implies certain facts which
would not cover all cases. It implies that the work-
man was injured while going to and from work and
not while on the employer's premises; further that the
workman had knowledge of the fact that there was a
strike in progress and that there was no fraud or deceit
on the part of the employer. It does not apply to
instances where the workman is injured while at work
on the employer's premises.
Moral Obligations of Employers
In conclusion, we cannot help but call attention to
the moral obligation which attaches to the employer
in these cases. The employer should not be encouraged
to study the legal situations arising under this subject
for the purpose of finding out where he may invoke
the protection of the law to work hardship and mis-
understanding upon his employees, even though they be
strikebreakers.
There is a moral obligation upon every employer
which is growing stronger as the days go by, and that
moral obligation has impelled employers to do things
they never did under the common law. Our recreation
centers, our model housing, our special educational meas-
ures and Americanization projects which we are wit-
nessing in the industrial world every day, are the result
1144
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
of a growing moral obligation which has eventually
found its way into the laws of the land.
Public opinion is needed to solve the industrial tangle.
It cannot react to the benefit of all classes, particularly
to the benefit of the employer, if he is to continually
keep merely the letter of the law and shirk the spirit
thereof in these matters. So long as the employer takes
advantage of the men he employs and fails to meet his
agreements when they meet death or violence, merely
because the law permits him to escape in the majority
of cases, so long will he find himself at odds with the
laboring classes and with the public.
Strikes and walkouts present a trying problem, none
the less to the courts than to the employer. In the
past the courts have sought to wash their hands of the
matter in so far as possible. Public opinion is forcing
a change. And it must also force better behavior from
all parties concerned. Indeed, it will, if a real adjust-
ment is to come.
Precision Gages
By H. F. Irons
The article by M. E. Kenek on page 884 of American
Machinist, entitled "Precision Gages," contains some
statements which in my judgment are misleading.
For instance, near the bottom of first column on
page 885 the author refers to "the fact that all makers
of gages . . . have settled upon an alloy having
1.35 per cent chromium and 1.0 per cent carbon." It
may be of interest to know that analyses of several
different Johansson gages of recent delivery show no
chromium. The analysis of at least one block made
by the Bureau of Standards two years ago (of which
analysis the writer has a copy), also shows no
chromium. I may perhaps be permitted to express a
doubt that steel containing not more than one per cent
carbon can be made hard enough to give satisfactory
service in a gage block.
In suggesting a set of thirty blocks in which the
odd thousandths and ten-thousandths are built upon
the 0.010 base instead of on the 0.100 base as in the
81-block sets, the author says "this set can be made
for half the cost of the 81-block set." It is my belief
that it could not be made for twice the cost of an
81-block set because of the extreme difficulty in lapping
gages as thin as 0.010 in. Aside from the difficulty in
lapping these very thin sizes without causing them to
curl from the peening action of the laps, the author
.himself makes the illuminating statement in the third
paragraph, second column, page 885, "with thin flat
gages there will be found after a very few days a
noticeable convexity on the sides of largest area."
After all manufacturing and seasoning diflSculties had
been overcome, there would remain the flexibility which,
in the hands of the user, makes these thin blocks diffi-
cult to handle and to keep flat.
The author's statement at the top of the last column,
page 885, "from this it would appear that the aging
process seems to affect hard gages more permanently
than the softer ones" seems to be based on his preceding
statement that he has seen one hard gage which was
permanent. I doubt if this proof will be accepted as
conclusive.
Mr. Kenek in his article refers quite justly to the
difficulty in setting to exact parallelism the two plugs at
opposite ends of a stack of gage blocks when used for
measuring holes. ^
The company with which I am connected has appre-
ciated and met this condition by making the end meas-
uring attachments slightly wider than the gage blocks,
and with two sides finished accurately parallel with the
semi-cylindrical ends. Hence, by laying the stack of
blocks on a surface plate, the measuring ends are easily
made parallel. This is found more accurate than the
channel for use in assembling stacks to which Mr.
Kenek refers.
New Form of Industrial Insurance
A new form of group health and life insurance, which
from present indications bids fair to outdo all other
forms in popularity with workmen, has been established
by the Life Extension Institute, Inc. This latest addi-
tion to industrial welfare associations is headed by
ex-President Taft and its directors include some of the
foremost figures in the technical life of the country.
What impresses us most about the insurance offered
by this association is the group policy, in which the
employer and the employee enter into the contract on
a fifty-fifty basis, each paying one-half of the yearly
payment, the working man getting the financial benefit
and the employer getting better and steadier service as
his dividend on the investment. Besides the regular
sick benefit and life insurance there is another phase —
health improvement. This provides physical examina-
tions by competent doctors and the proper medical atten-
tion to correct an employee's affliction and restore him
to his proper degree of efficiency.
As an example, by the payment of 25 cents a week
each by employer and employee the latter is granted
$1,000 life insurance, $10 a week benefit and accident
insurance and the annual health service of the institute.
This is a somewhat different plan from most other
industrial insurances because of the joint participation
of both company and workman.
Restoring a Truck Platform
By F. C. Wood
Plant Engineer, Heald Machine Co.
A cause of failure in the ordinary truck platform is
shown in the illustration at A. The wear and shrinkage
of the side pieces soon makes it impossible to insert
or remove a truck without blocking up, as shown; also
OLD AND IMPROVED TRUCK PLATFORMS
the end top boards are the first to beccme loose after
which the platform soon becomes useless.
The remedy is shown at B. The cast-iron foot shown
requires no machining and maintains the correct height
and also holds the end boards which should be made
of hard wood.
December 16, 1920
Give a Sqiiare Deal — and Demand One
1145
Foundations for Machinery'
By N. W. AKIMOFF
Vibrations arise either from lack of balance or
from other cattses. The proposed theory corb-
templates the latter, the problem of balancing
being considered as capable of complete solution
by suitable treatment. After briefly considering
the nature of possible displacements of the foun-
dation as acted upon by various causes leading
to vibrations, the author introduces, by way of
illustration, a double pendulum, a few experi-
ments loith which form the basis of his theory.
■ Means for localizing the expected vibration and
of controlling the resulting periods are then illus-
trated in a working sketch of the proposed
arrangement.
THE weight of the Great Pyramid is approximately
5,274,000 tons, its base is 764 ft. square, and its
height about 486 ft. It is built on leveled rock.
The Washington Monument rests upon a bed of fine
sand, 2 ft. thick. The piers of Brooklyn Bridge are
founded 44 ft. below the bed of the river upon a layer
of sand 2 ft. thick which rests upon bedrock. The
massive St. Isaac's Cathedral, Petrograd, is built on a
swamp, and the piling has been so carefully proportioned
that the exceedingly heavy doors of the cathedral swing
easily, whereas the slightest lack of uniformity in
settling would doubtless lock them. These well-known
structures are here mentioned by way of illustrating
the obvious purpose of the foundations upon which they
rest. The object of such foundations is double: (1)
To distribute the load in as nearly uniform a manner as
possible; and (2) to secure uniformity in settling, it
being a well-known fact that all heavy structures settle,
some to a considerable extent, 6 to 12 in. and sometimes
even more.
Just how all this applies to foundations for all sorts
of machinery, and in particular to rotative machinery,
is not easy to say. Indeed, the weight, say, of a large
pumping engine or of a turbo-generator outfit is gen-
erally much lower per square foot of floor space occu-
pied than the limits prescribed by municipal laws or
building ordinances, and furthermore, uniformity of
settling of a relatively small volume of this nature
(substructure plus engine, etc.) can be secured without
going to the extremes usually observed in designing
footings for buildings.
What, then would be the general governing idea in
proportioning a foundation, say, for an engine of a given
type? Should it be heavy or light? Should it be deep,
resting on rock or sand if possible? Should it be inde-
pendent of the footings of the building, or would it be
desirable to tie it to the latter?
By examining the existing records we can find a
great variety of rather contradictory answers to each
question, but the predominant idea in the mind of the
designers appears to be somewhat as follows: Since
the engine is likely to vibrate, let us tie it as firmly
as we can to the earth itself. The mass of the earth
being practically infinite, the amplitude of the resulting
vibration will probably be zero. The designer may be
utterly unconscious of this reasoning, but he applies it
through instinct or "horse sense" and gets results
which sometimes are satisfactory and sometimes ex-
ceedingly poor.
It is especially interesting to see how the same
designer, having decided to provide as solid a foundation
as practical considerations allow, will often uncon-
sciously neutralize his whole theory by such means as:
(a) resting the foundation upon a layer of rubber, cork,
felt, or other yielding material, as shown in Fig. 1,
A and B; (b) providing a space between the foundation
and the walls of the building and filling it with sand (if
the foundation is so heavy and so deep as to secure im-
munity from vibrations, why fear its contact with the
walls?) ; (c) using various pads, buffers, cushions, etc.,
see Fig. 1, C and D, which, if at all yielding, of course
tear to the ground the very idea of solidity of the
foundation with the earth.
Causes of Vibration
A rational basis on which to work is thus seen to be
lacking and it is accordingly the object of this paper
to point out some definite lines along which a rational
theory of substructures for engines and moving machin-
ery can in general be built up. To begin with, it is
important to realize that vibrations are caused by two
distinct orders of agencies: (1) Those due to unbal-
ance, or, more correctly, lack of running balance; and
(2) those due to causes other than unbalance.
As regards unbalance, it may be said that this can be
so easily corrected in the construction of machinery
that all specifications should invariably call for perfect
running balance at all speeds, that is, complete absence
of tremor or of "periods" under all conditions. The
writer feels that such a complete practical solution of
this problem of balancing has been offered by him for
bodies of all kinds that there is now absolutely no excuse
for the manufacture of unbalanced machinery. How-
ever, there are many causes quite independent of bal-
•Presented at the ajinual m.eting, December 7-10. 1920. of
The American .Society of Mechanical Engineers, 29 West 39th St.,
New York City,
PIG. 1.
SOME cpMMON METHODS OF NEUTRALIZING
VIBRATION
1146
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 58, No. 25
ance, each of which is likely to result in vibration, as
for instance, "whipping" of a slender body (crankshaft,
armature, turbine rotor, etc.) ; water in a steam turbine;
peculiarities of the reciprocating mechanism^ — for in-
stance, a 4-cylinder or an 8-cylinder V-type engine where
certain forces do not cancel out and where running
^
FIG. 2 DIAGRAM OF A BODY
WITH ONE POINT FIXED
balance alone is not conducive to perfect results; or
torsional vibrations, which under certain conditions
produce an effect very similar to that of unbalance.
Our problem, then, is to analyze the effect of these
various causes, with the view of designing a substruc-
ture for a given machine that will be least responsive
to these causes, for this is what the "relative" freedom
from vibrations really means.
But whatever may be the cause of vibrations, it is
safe to say that in general they are always due to forces,
acting in a plane or planes, perpendicular to a certain
axis; also to centrifugal couples, located in a plane,
rotating about a certain line, usually the axis mentioned
just above. We know from elementary mechanics that
any motion of a body can be resolved into six distinctly
separate motions: three along the three mutually per-
pendicular axes drawn through any point, within or
without the body, and three about these same axes. A
free body, capable of a displacement in any of these
six modes, is said to possess six degrees of freedom.
Vibration as Affected by Degrees of
Freedom
If the body is rigidly locked so that no displacement
of any kind is possible, we say that all six degrees of
freedom have been suppressed. By fixing two points in
the body we have the effect of rotation about an axis,
and only one degree of freedom, that is, the angular
displacement about the axis, characterized by these two
points. By fixing one point we suppress all bodily mo-
tion along any three axes through this point, but we
still have three degrees of freedom, that is, freedom of
angular displacement about any or all three axes. Fig.
2 shows a body whose point 0 is fixed. Such a body
can have only three kinds of displacement: (1) about
the axis y, as shown by the arrows a or 6; (2) about
the axis z, as shown by arrows c or d; and (3) about
the axis x, as shown by arrows m or n. It makes abso-
lutely no difference what the forces are which act on the
body, no other motion is conceivable.
On the other hand, placing a body upon a thick sheet
of yielding material, or for that matter on four springs,
means freedom in all six directions; and of course the
same applies to cushions or pads. For this reason it
appears to be of extremely questionable value to inter-
pose layers of such material between a massive sub-
foundation and the foundation proper of a machine, even
if isolated examples are on record where such an
arrangement actually happened to give satisfactory
results.
With the foregoing in mind, let us digress for a
moment. Stability with regard to our subject is a
somewhat relative term. Why was the Great Pyramid
built upon level rock, even, we are told, dovetailed
therein? To insure stability. Why is a ship's compass
or barometer mounted in gimbals? To secure stability.
Why build a massive foundation for an engine? To
secure stability. Why provide a layer of yielding mate-
rial or springs or rubber pads? To secure stability.
In other words, it is quite necessary to define in a more
rational way the purpose of a foundation for an engine
of a given type. We shall attempt to do this, first
stating, however, the well-known effects of vibrations
on various types of apparatus.
Effects of Vibration
In large power plants where the main units are of
the modern turbo-generating type the steam mains have
been known to burst, and subsequent investigation has
often revealed no defect either in material or in general
arrangement of piping. The accident can thus only be
explained as due to "rough" running, that is, vibrations.
What, then, would be the remedy? To anchor the unit
still firmer, or place it on more yielding substance,
thus encouraging the effect commonly known as "flop-
ping around"?
The operation of a printing plant or of a leather-
working factory is often extremely unpleasant for
adjoining dwellings, and sometimes even for buildings
located at a rather considerable distance. Inspection
often reveals that machinery in such plants is firmly
secured to extremely massive foundations, and the own-
ers are at loss as to how to remedy the trouble.
Within the building itself, irrespective of the effects
of neighboring properties, the action of machinery is
often felt and has been known to cause a great deal of
annoyance and dissatisfatcion. In addition to the print-
ing press and the leather-surfacing machine, the types
of machinery usually apt to cause trouble are as fol-
lows: triplex pumps, ice machines, air compressors
(direct-driven), and various types of purely rotative
machinery, such as blowers, centrifugal pumps, etc.
An internal-combustion engine often exhibits a certain
amount of vibration which can be felt all over the
understructure. In fact, owing to violent vibrations
some of the tie rods, lamp brackets, etc., on automobiles
have been known to snap in two, and in aircraft some
of the instruments to drop off the board, yet these were
parts of the understructure, to which they, as well as the
engine itself, were firmly secured. The point we wish
to emphasize is that in an understructure too much
rigidity is as harmful as too much freedom to yield.
Stability Defined
We are now ready to formulate the new criterion of
"stability" for foundations. Stability is here char-
acterized by remoteness of the operative speed from any
one of the several synchronous speeds at which the
frequency of the operative speed would be nearly, or
exactly, equal to the frequency of the free oscillation of
the system, if displaced from natural state of rest and
let go.
How many distinct synchronous speeds a system is
capable of having depends upon the number of degrees
of freedom. An absolutely free system, for instance,
December 16, 1920
Give a Sqvure Deal — and Demand One
1147
placed upon an elastic sub-foundation, may have six
independent synchronous speeds, or "critical" speeds, as
they are sometimes called. A massive foundation rest-
ing upon rock is likewise often apt to be, in the larger
sense, free in all six degrees, since it occasionally does
vibrate and propagate the vibration to other buildings,
etc. A system with one fixed point may have only three
such synchronous speeds, while a system mounted to
rotate about an axis can have only one such speed or
"period," as it is often termed. If we could control these
synchronous speeds, so as to make sure that none comes
anywhere near the actual speed of operation of the
machine, we would then have a fairly complete solution
of our problem.
Vibration in a Body with One Degree
OF Freedom
In order to understand clearly the foregoing as well
as the broad methods here proposed, let us consider the
following experiment and the general consequences
manifestly derived therefrom : Imagine a pendulum, as
in Fig. 3-A, consisting of a platform P rigidly connected
to the member Q by means of the side members N. The
system is free to swing about the axis A in the plane of
the figure. A small motor M fastened on the platform
P operates a countershaft carrying an off-center weight
W. The motor is fed through a suitable flexible con-
nection and it is always possible to adjust the speed of
the countershaft carrying the weight W so that the
number of revolutions per minute of the former will be
equal to the number of double oscillations per minute
of the pendulum system, if the latter is slightly dis-
placed from its vertical position of equilibrium and let
go. The effect of this adjustment of speed will be the
so-called "synchronism," and the extent of swing (ampli-
tude) of the pendular system, in general very slight for
arbitrary values of the rotative speed of the weight W,
will now become violent, in fact, out of all proportion
to the magnitude of the w-eight W itself.
This phenomenon of synchronism of cause and effect
has been well studied. The amplitude at the exact
condition of synchronism should theoretically be infinite.
&
FIG. 3 A— SYSTEM WITH ONE DEGREK OF FREEDOM;
B — SY.STEM WITH TWO DEGREES OK FREEDOM,
O.XE OF WHICH MAY BE SUPPRESSED
but of course in practice resistances of various kinds
are always present, so that instead of infinite we have
large amplitudes. The most curious fact is that in the
vicinity of synchronous speed, both above and below,
the amplitude drops down to a value almost insignificant,
so that if the weight W is small the system appears to
be practically at rest. Furthermore, any further in-
crease of speed will not produce any effect, contrary to
the current opinion of those not very well versed in the
matter. For the sake of illustration let this synchro-
nous speed be 100 r.p.m.
Vibration in a Body with Two Degrees
OF Freedom
As a modification of the experiment let us now pro-
vide another system, shown in Fig. 3-B, identical with
the first except that the platform P is not solid with the
member Q but is pinned thereto at H, the pin used being
both frictionless and at the same time so arranged that
it can be tightened up by means of the nut T, so as to
lock the joint, thereby securing the exact effect of the
rigid pendular system of Fig. 3-A. Providing the pin
H, in the language of dynamics, is the introduction of
an additional degree of freedom, thus securing a system
with two degrees of freedom; while the tightening of
the nut T amounts to suppressing one of the degrees of
freedom, thus converting a two-degree into a one-de-
gree system. In experimenting we shall first deal with
the system of one degree of freedom, tightening the
nut T and thus converting the pendulum into a system
exactly similar to that discussed above, the synchronous
speed being, say, 100 r.p.m. The pendulum will oscil-
late violently. We now loosen up the nut T, introducing
an additional degree of freedom, with the apparently
surprising result that the amplitude decreases practically
to zero. If we reduce the speed considerably, say to
50 r.p.m., violent oscillations of the whole system will
reappear, as will likewise be the case in speeding up the
countershaft, say to 150 r.p.m. These figures are purely
illustrative; whether they will actually correspond to
facts will depend upon the characteristics of the system.
In other words, by introducing an additional degree
of freedom we have accomplished this double result:
(1) What was synchronous speed for a system with a
single degree of freedom is no longer synchronous speed
for the same system provided with an additional degree
of freedom; (2) the new system has two frequencies of
oscillation, at which it is sensitive to disturbing influ-
ences (such as centrifugal action of the weight W),
one being below and the other above the value cor-
responding to that of the same system with the addi-
tional degree of freedom suppressed.
It should especially be observed that the oscillations
were thus reduced practically to zero, not by steadying
the system by something without it, but by some sort
of an adjustment wholly within the vibrating system
itself. Furthermore, what we did was to increase in a
measure the flexibility of the system by breaking it in
two; and although at first glance this might have in-
creased the effects of the disturbing agency (rotation of
off-center weight W), the actual effect was practically
to bring the system to rest. It is still more important,
however, to note the fact that we introduced the addi-
tional degree of freedom precisely in the sense of action
of the disturbing agency, that is, in the sense of the
plane of the figure and not at right angles thereto ; or,
say, in an up-and-down sense, as for instance by pro-
viding a coil spring instead of joint H.
1148
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
This, then, will be taken as basis for our further dis-
cussion: In contemplating the design of a foundation
we shall always separate those directions, or axes of
instantaneous rotation, about which the system cannot,
or at least is not likely to oscillate from those directions,
or instantaneous axes, about which the system is more
or less certain to vibrate. We next shall select a
"steady" point from purely practical considerations, and
"'w///////My/////////////////w'''""^^^^^^
FIG. 4. APPLICATION OF THE AUTHOR'S DE.SIGN TO A
TURBO-GENERATOR
finally devise such means of controlling the "free
periods" of the system as will secure the desired degree
of remoteness from synchronism under the actual oper-
ative speed. Such means of course will be springs,
exceedingly heavy, and not in the least calculated to
allow of any free wabbling of the system. They will
also be adjustable so that the desired periods may be
readily varied within wide limits; and in general struc-
turally arranged to introduce as few changes as possible
in the arrangement as a whole.
The author feels that to submit too many particulars
as regards the detailed designs of such an arrangement
would certainly defeat the purpose of this paper, which
is merely to introduce the broad idea and not any one of
the scores of individual designs which might readily
suggest themselves to the engineer confronted with the
problem of designing a foundation for a given machine.
Considering, therefore, only one type of apparatus, a
turbo-generator, shown in Fig. 4, we must start out with
the selection of the steady point. We will naturally
place it as near the steam main as possible (not to the
exclusion, of course, of a suitable expansion joint), as
under all conditions, should there be a choice of position,
preference should be given to that point as far as pos-
sible from the center of gravity of the system, so that
any static unbalance (whipping, etc.), would be made
to act not as a force wpow, but as a moment about that
steady point. Such point should actually be made as
steady as possible and no trouble should be spared in
providing suitable piling or digging down to the solid
ground and constructing suitable footings.
The next problem is to design a substructure adapted
to receive the bedplate of the apparatus and made stiff
enough so as to eliminate any "periods" of its own. This
bedplate may be made of structural steel or of reinforced
concrete, in which latter case the ends thereof may be
made of cast iron. The substructure is supported upon
the steady point either by a ball-and-socket arrangement,
or is simply bolted at that point to the floor plate under-
neath by a bolt, which need not necessarily be very light
but which must be arranged in a manner to secure the
minimum area of actual contact. Remembering that in
apparatus of this sort the tendency to oscillate about
the axis x, referring again to Fig. 2, is always rather
negligible, we have practically only two degrees of
freedom and only two periods to adjust so as to have
them well out of the limits of the operative speed.
Hence the two sets of springs, one to take care of the
period corresponding to oscillation in the vertical plane,
the other to control motion in the horizontal plane. It
should not be imagined, however, that these springs will
necessarily be very light; they will always have con-
siderable stiffness, but their function is that of being
the only members that can yield and the whole situation
is controlled by the proper choice of these yielding
elements.
Cutting Flats on Wire Rods
By S. a. Inscoe,
Wolverhampton, England
The question opened by F. C. Hudson on page 1267,
Vol. 52, of American Machinist, is one of many such to
be constantly met with in production work. It is
tantalizing in that while the operation is insignificant
in itself and the whole cost of the job should be
negligible, to carry it out in a workmanlike manner
much scheming and sometimes expensive equipment
must be used.
The punching method may be successful, although one
would think that punching or shearing a flat on round
work would not be conducive to accuracy, as the metal
removed would leave a burr, and the pressure of the
punch squeeze the wire somewhat out of round; also,
the operation would be slow. It might be possible to
make a die with a flat shaving cutter let into one side,
and moved back by a cam actuated by the punch when
the 6-in. mark was reached; but here again only one
could be done at a time, and it would necessitate a press
with a very long stroke.
An operation very similar to the one required may be
seen in almost all shops engaged in the manufacture of
gear box details for motor cars. The bars carrying the
forks for moving over the sliding gears have either a
flat, or a series of grooves or countersinks, along one
SfapWx*
.uxccoxo
1
Cam-
i
—
1
.
1
^/a- Holding Ooim
JIG FOR MILLING FLATS ON ROUND RODS
side. A sketch of the method used is shown herewith
and is almost self-explanatory; being a jig base having
a series of V-grooves to carry the work, which is placed
under and against the stop block, and clamped by end-
pressure with a cam-operated clamp. Two such jigs,
having a number of grooves each, could be used on a
vertical milling machine; one being loaded while the
other is passing under the cutter. The only arbitrary
condition is that the wires must all be of the same
length so that they can be securely and accurately
clamped in the jig.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1149
Avoid Trigonometric Solutions Where
Geometry Will Do
By Francis W. Shaw
Didsbury, Manchester, England
The problem contained in the accompanying diagram
is one of many connected with triangles and circles, in
solving which our old friend Euclid found little difficulty
without calling to his aid those expedients of more
modern geometricians — the angular functions. "Ex-
pedients," I have said; "hindrances" would oft be the
better term — a term that would fit the case in point.
Ernest T. Goodchild, on page 32 of the present vol-
ume of American Machinist, in solving the problem
of locating the center of the circle which shall pass
through the points A, B and C and in determining
its radius, has first of all set himself to find the
angle A. That has involved the use of the well-
known formula: D (diameter) = a -^ sin A. To de-
termine A required in solving this equation, he has had
to employ the formula cos A = (c' — b' — a") -=- 2cb
and to insure sufficient accuracy the angle has been
determined to a decimal part of a minute.
Had A B been much closer to 0 as indicated by the
thin lines in the illustration, the angle A would have
had to be calculated even more exactly.
Now, a formula applicable to this problem (I do not
purpose to show its derivation) is
R
abc
4v/s (s — a) (s — b) (8 — c)
where
a + b + c
For a case involving simple numbers I should proceed
first to express the sides of the triangle in the simplest
form possible. In this case we might divide the sides
by 6, getting: a
become R -^ G.
Thus:
whence
R
6
1, b = IV, C = 2. R will, of course.
1 X li X 2
R
4l/2i X li X J X i
_ 72 _ 72
11.619
= 6.1968
1/135
X can now readily be determined from the small right-
angle triangle. The square root of 135 appears in tables
in most hand books.
Converting Micrometer Readings Into
Metric Measure
By Chester E. Josselyn
The following t^ble facilitates the operation of con-
verting micrometer readings into metric measure.
Example: A micrometer reading is 0.672 in., which
shows six 0.1-in. divisions, two 0.025-in. divisions and
twenty-two 0.001 divisions. Six 0.1-in. divisions =
15.24 mm.; two 0.025-in. divisions = 1.270 mm.; and
eleven 0.001-in. divisions = 0.5588 mm. The total
is 17.0688 mm. Proof: 672 -=- 0.03937 — 17.0688 mm.
(0.03937 =: 1 mm.). When using a larger micrometer,
add 25.40 mm. for each inch measured.
TABLE FOR CONVERTING MICROMETER READINGS
INTO METRIC MEASURE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
K =
1- ^
I'"
2.54
5 08
7.62
10 16
12 70
15 24
17.78
20 32
22 86
25.40
_C; «
Ji
j£
.p
1
H
&.i
E<3-=
K =
.«S
If
.22
ts
gS
A
o
*i
0 635
1
0 0254
1.270
2
0 0508
1.905
3
0 0762
4
0.1016
5
0.1270
6
0.1524
7
0.1778
8
0.2032
9
0.2286
10
0 2540
11
0 2794
12
0 3048
13
0 3302
14
0 3556
15
0 3810
16
0.4064
17
0 4318
18
0 4572
19
0.4826
20
0.5080
21
0 5334
22
0.5588
23
0.5842
24
0.6095
FIND X AND R GEOMETRICALLT
1150
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
EDITORIALS
Are You Sure of Your Cost Figures?
COST accounting is a modern business tool that is
too little understood and too little used. Business
conditions in the last five years have been such that
this attitude of manufacturers tov^ard the matter of
accurate costs is not to be wondered at. When a man
is unable to accept all the orders offered to him and
prices are high and rising still higher, it is only natural
that he is more interested in getting the goods out than
in keeping close track of the cost of every operation.
But with a falling market and no orders in sight the
situation is different. When the present readjustment
is complete and the manufacturers of the country go
after business on a competitive basis, the prizes are
very apt to fall to the man who knows what it costs him
to manufacture an article and who can figure his bids
accordingly. The man who overbids through over-
estimating his costs naturally gets few orders, while the
fellow who underbids soon reaches the bankruptcy court.
Now, if ever, is the time to push any practical means
of bringing home to the man who needs it most, the
value of determining his costs accurately. What appears
to us to be an eminently practical plan is the organiza-
tion of the Industrial Cost Association which was
announced in our news pages recently.
The objects of the new association are praiseworthy.
As stated by the founders they are:
(a) To stimulate the interest of all manufacturers in
accurately determined costs.
(b) To standardize cost and accounting nomencla-
ture; to establish governing principles; and to simplify
cost accounting.
(c) To educate the members in the use and
advantages of graphic charts and other modern methods
of cost analysis and control.
(d) To assist members of the association who are
identified with cost committees of trade organizations
in formulating uniform cost methods, and to recommend
to members the adoption of such uniform methods.
(e) To facilitate the elimination of unintelligent com-
petition by encouraging the interchange of cost data
among members engaged in similar lines of industry.
(f) To provide a forum for the discussion of cost
problems and practices through general and local meet-
ings; and to gather and disseminate news of interest to
members.
(g) To establish a library of cost literature, and to
maintain a bureau of information through which mem-
bers may be assisted in the solution of their individual
cost problems.
(h) To co-ordinate the efforts of members to the end
that cost of production may be considered in its proper
relation to the complex problem of industrial manage-
ment.
A valuable use for the accurate knowledge made avail-
able by an accurate cost system was indicated in the lead-
ing article in last week's issue where the perils of
over-expansion in boom periods were brought out most
convincingly. While a thorough knowledge of his manu-
facturing costs might not protect a man from the effects
of his own enthusiasm, it would certainly make him think
twice before rushing into a wild campaign of expansion.
And if the second thought took account of the inevitable
slowing down that follows every period of prosperity it
would have been a thought worth thinking.
There are many other situations where the services of
such an association would be of real value. Among
them is that existing among the various local cost asso-
ciations and trade associations with standardized cost
accounting methods of their own. It is not to be won-
dered at that no two of the systems evolved are at all
alike. Most of them have their good points but to get
the maximum benefit from their efforts they should be
co-ordinated and simplified so that a uniform practice
may be developed. Steps have already been taken in
this direction.
The present membership of the new association in-
cludes some of the best-known and best-managed com-
panies in this country. We hope their lead will be fol-
lowed by many more.
The Increasing Safety in Aviation
A SIGNIFICANT and interesting sidelight on the
development of aviation may be seen in the Army
air race which took place on Thanksgiving Day on
Long Island. There were over forty entrants and the
fastest speed was about 178 miles an hour in a 160-mile
race. Nearly all finished and there was no serious
accident of any kind.
An automobile race was held in Los Angeles on the
same day. The speed was less than half that of the
air race and there were fewer entrants. Yet there
were three fatalities and a fourth is probable.
This does not argue against automobiles or automo-
bile races. It simply means that we must revise some
of our notions as to the dangers of aviation. There
is still much to be done and flying still has its dangers.
It seems likely that the development problem must be
solved by the Army and the Navy. Administration poli-
cies in aviation matters have resulted in the practical
starvation of private enterprise and one big company
after another has shut up shop or filed a petition in
bankruptcy.
The recently issued report of the Director of the Air
Service indicates that the Army, at least, is fully alive
to its responsibilities. The Director says, "This office
has allotted to the Engineering Division for expenditure
in the design, development and test of aviation material,
every dollar that could be spared from other activities.
It was deemed best that the Air Service should worry
along with what equipment it had in order that the En-
gineering Division might be permitted to purchase for
its own purposes the few airplanes that the appropria-
tions of the past year would permit to be procured."
The Director is to be commended for his stand and it is
to be hoped that he will be encouraged in his work by
increased appropriations for this very necessary de-
velopment work.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1151
WHAT /p RU©
J^i^^imm in a hurri/
Suggested by theNanagfing Editor
IN THIS issue we announce the change of one more
American Machinist editor from journalistic work
to another field. Ethan Viall, whose likeness appears
below, ended ten years of
service on the staff on the
fifteenth of this month.
He leaves to take over the
management of a Middle-
Western manufacturing
plant in which he has been
financially interested and
the growth of which de-
mands his entire time.
His new work will enable
him to spend a greater
portion of his time out-of-
doors and thus to build
- up his health which has
suffered from the confin-
ing nature of the positions which he has recently held.
After two years as associate editor in the old New
York office, Mr. Viall went to Cincinnati as western
editor. He was recalled to
New York in 1917 to serve
as managing editor until he
was made editor just a year
ago. His successful fight
against the compulsory adop-
tion in this country of the
metric system of measure-
ment was a feature of the
editorial policy of the Amer-
ican Machinist for 1920. Mr.
Viall's cheery presence will
be greatly missed by the mem-
bers of his staff. It is no
small honor to earn the ap-
pellation "the whitest man I
ever worked with."
Mr. Viall's place is taken
by K. H. Condit, the former
managing editor, whose job
descends to his former as-
sistant, L. C. Morrow. The
new line-up appears at the top of the Contents page.
This unpleasant duty disposed of — farewells are
never plea.sant — we turn to the contents of the current
jissue. The leading article is the first of a short series
What to read loas not a difficult matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery ivorld. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
shop on the Pacific coast. On page 1122 is the be-
ginning of a brief technical discussion of the theory
of transmitting power by waves in a column of liquid.
The best-knowTi applica-
tion of the theory is the
"C. C." gear used in the
war to fire airplane guns
shooting through the pro-
peller path. A British
company has undertaken
to apply the same prin-
ciple to rock drills, rivet-
ing hammers and similar
devices.
The fifth part of "Seven
Centuries of Brass Mak-
ing" takes up the produc-
tion of sheets and the ex-
trusion of rods and wire
in a modern manufacturing plant. It starts on page 1133.
The annual meeting of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers is in progress as this is written.
The papers presented have in
many cases been of unusual
interest. On page 1145 we
have one by N. W. AkimofF,
presenting a theory for the
design of machinery founda-
tions. Mr. Akimoff's work in
the field of machine balancing
is well known and serves as
a basis for this particular
theory. Our account of the
events of the meeting is on
page 1156. The first meet-
ing of the new Machine Shop
Section was well attended and
brought out two very inter-
esting papers and a lantern-
slide talk that was well re-
ceived. We are running the
first half of one of these
papers starting on page 1152.
It is by W. H. Chapman of
the Norton Co. and comprises a study of the laws in-
volved in cylindrical grinding. The other paper, by
Major Buckingham of the Pratt & Whitney Co., is based
in two years of investigation of the side-cutting action
^describing the methods in use in the Hall-Scott motor of thread-milling hobs, and will be published next week.
1152
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No, 25
Cylindrical Grinding in 1920'
By W. H. chapman
This paper comprises a study of the laws involved
in cylindrical grinding and an analysis of grind-
ing action (1) for draw-in cuts and (2) for
traversed cuts. Grinding efficiency is usually
considered as (production) -^ (wheel wear).
Accordingly formulas are derived for wheel wear
in terms of grain size of wheel, work speed, wheel
speed, feed, etc. By calculating values for wheel
wear for different conditions and comparing them
with production figures calculated under the same
conditions, a proper selection of wheels may be
made. The paper concludes with a discussion of
production costs and with a series of practical
conclusions, one of the most important of which
is that increase of traverse speed increases pro-
duction ivithout increase of wheel-wearing action.
INDUSTRIAL engineers have long realized the value
of the application of science to the operation of
machine tools. One has but to consider the work
of Taylor and others to appreciate this. As the grind-
ing machine has come to be an important production
machine only within a relatively short period, there
has not been a large amount of accurate information
available with regard to its operating features, more
especially from the standpoint of obtaining the most
economical grinding conditions. It is the ' purpose of
this paper to report some recent developments along
these lines.
Theoretical Considerations
In December, 1914, Professor George I. Alden pre-
sented a paper to the Society setting forth his theory
of "Grain Depth of Cut." A formula was developed
involving the velocities of the wheel and work surfaces,
the grain size of the wheel (number of cutting particles
per unit length of circumference) and sine functions
of the angle formed by tangents to the work and wheel
circles at their point of intersection. This work was
a pioneer of its kind in this country. It clearly showed
that the kinematic relations between the cutting grains
and the work surface were of the greatest importance
during cylindrical grinding operations, and that wheel
wear and production rates would vary according to the
mathematical laws involved.
L_ his book "Grinding Machinery," published in Eng-
land, J. J. Guest develops expressions to indicate the
mathematical relationships between the cutting grains
and the work surface. He calculates what he terms
"Normal Velocity of Material," "Controlling Factor,"
and "Maximum Output," and he finds that a change of
work speed has an effect upon wheel wear far greater
than a change in depth of cut. This agrees with Pro-
fessor Alden's conclusions. Mr. Guest deduces a for-
mula for Controlling Factor, in which the work speed
enters as a squared function and depth of cut or feed
enters as a first power.
•Presented at the annual meeting. New York, December 1920
of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 29 West 39th
Street, New Yorlt.
The operator must know how to select wheels of
the proper abrasive, grain and grade for the piece to
be ground. This he will determine by experimenting
until he learns what to choose in any particular case.
The variables which must be controlled by the oper-
ator, once he has chosen his wheel and set up for the
job, are :
(a) Wheel speed — usually constant r.p.m. with sur-
face speed decreasing as wheel wears;
(6) Work speed — variable r.p.m. provided over a
large range;
(c) Traverse speed— variable from about 3 to 36
ft, per min. in the latest machines;
id) Depth of cut — controlled by graduated feed
mechanism, graduated In units of 0.00025 in.
on work diameter;
(^) Rate of feed — uniform in-feed for non-traversed
work, in-feed at end of traverse zone for
traversed work ;
(/) Ratio of traverse per work revolution to width
of wheel face.
We will assume the wheel speed to be constant, since
a well-designed machine will be sufficiently powered
to maintain its speeds, even under reasonably heavy
cuts. Theoretically, the traverse per revolution should
be sufficient to allow the wheel face to just cover the
lead and not present the same work surface to the
■ cutting face more than once per traverse. This condi-
tion can be brought about by computing the lead of
the work for the various combinations of work and
traverse speeds, or from inspection of the work itself
while grinding is in process. In the following math-
ematical considerations the exact coverage of the lead
by the wheel face is assumed.
The rate of feed should theoretically be one increment
per revolution for non-traversed cuts and one increment
per traverse for traversed cuts. A traverse is con-
sidered to be a single stroke between the traverse
limits, and may therefore be either left to right or
right to left. Where one traverse limit is at the driven
end and the wheel cannot be allowed to overtravel the
end of the work, a non-traversed cut should be taken
down to very nearly the finished size, and then the
traverse limit established so that the wheel will not
strike the shoulder on the limit side of this cut, but
will overtravel the opposite side of the cut for part of
the wheel width. This practice saves the edge of the
wheel on the side toward the work dog.
Having established our method of grinding, we are
now prepared to study the scientific laws involved and
their operation under these conditions.
Mathematical Analyses
In order to analyze the grinding action we must
visualize just what occurs as the grains pass through
the arc of contact with the revolving work piece. This
may be done by imagining a cross-section through the
wheel and work, and by studying action in the section
plane, the entire wheel action being the integration of
all section planes normal to the axes of rotation of the
wheel and the work. We may also greatly magnify the
size of the grains and the dimensions of the rotating
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1153
members, for the same mathematical relations obtain
regardless of actual dimensional values. Therefore, in
the accompanying diagrams the dimensions are not in
proportion to those actually existing, but have been
distorted for the purpose of exaggerating the conditions
within the arc of contact. The depth of cut, size of
chip, and size of grains are all greatly exaggerated.
This, however, should not result in any confusion as to
the proper illustration of the theoretical grinding
action.
Analysis of Grinding Action for Draw-in
(Non-Traversed) Cuts
We will first consider the case of draw-in cuts where
the zone to be ground is of a length equal to the width
of face of the wheel. Theoretically, the feed increment
should occur once per work revolution to maintain uni-
form action. The work revolves in a direction opposite
to that of the wheel.
Considering the two intersecting circles, the wheel
and work peripheries, the wheel travels at a much
■. A& • Bone/-
PIG. 1. diagram iijlustratixg cuttixg action
higher rate than the work. A point on the wheel
periphery describes a path within the point of inter-
section. It is the form of this path traced upon the
work itself in which we are interested, for the shape
of the chip removed by a cutting point on the wheel
is an area bounded by the work periphery and by two
successive grain paths. (The third dimension, width
of chip, is unimportant in so far as cutting action is
concerned.) An analysis of the motion of the wheel
relative to the work (consider the work not moving)
shows that the wheel is rolling around the work surface
but revolving at a higher rate than that required to
accomplish pure rolling. The grain path, therefore, is
in the nature of an epicycloid, but extended because of
the slip between work and wheel surfaces.
The criterion of wheel wear is the maximum depth
of the chip removed, this depth being measured at
right angles to the path of the cutting grain. We will
therefore develop an expression for this depth, the
variables of which are controlling factors of grinding
action, as follows:
N = r.p.m. of wheel;
V = surface speed of wheel;
u = work speed in ft. per min.;
R = wheel radius in inches;
r == work radius in inches;
/ = depth of cut, inches on work radius;
[i = interval between grains in fractions of an
inch.
Other symbols used are:
S = feed circle ^ r — /, inches ;
G = maximum depth of chip, inches.
The value G corresponds to Professor Alden's Grain
Depth of Cut. The grain interval ji is the quotient of
the number of cutting particles on the wheel periphery
and the circumference of the wheel in inches (consider-
ing the wheel width equivalent to a single grain) . This
value may be determined for various wheels by actual
count and measurement. It varies with both grain size
and grade of wheel.
Refer to Fig. 1 in which greatly enlarged section of
wheel and work is shown. The grain paths across the
work are indicated and a shaded area indicates the
shape of a single chip. The grain paths are shown as
straight lines tangent to the feed circle. Actually these
paths are not straight lines but are the epicycloidal
form of curve above mentioned. However, within the
limits of probable dimensions which are actually in-
volved in any cylindrical grinding operation, a graphical
layout of the grain paths on a large scale (say i in. =
0.0010 in.) will show that these curves are so nearly
straight lines that the error is negligible. The math-
ematical relations are greatly simplified by this assump-
tion. By actual trial it was found that there was seldom
over 2 per cent difference in the values of maximum
chip depth obtained by the use of the actvM and the
assumed forms of grain path.
Within the limits of reasonable working stresses, the
wear of any cutting tool is roughly proportional to
the total work done. The grain cuts until it is so dulled
that impact tears it from its setting of bonding mate-
rial or causes fracture, exposing fresh cutting points.
The frequency with which the grain is applied, the aver-
age grain depth of cut as indicated by the chip dimen-
sions, and the kinetic energy of the grain due to its
mass and velocity, are the three factors which are to
be considered as determining the wheel-wearing action.
Frequency of application depends upon the revolutions
per minute of the wheel. Work done is measured by
the dimensions of the chip removed by each grain and
the total number of chips removed. Kinetic energy
is proportional to the mass and square of the velocity
of the cutting particles.
Frequency of application of the grain = N =
loy 12y
g-p, and volume of wheel wear = ^^^ X 2niJ. There-
fore wheel wear is directly proportional to 12y; or
dropping the constant, is directly proportional to V.
Wheel-wearing action is also proportional to grain
depth of cut G, for it is this factor alone which con-
trols the actual depth to which the grain penetrates,
and therefore the rate at which the bond is worn away
by mechanical rubbing against the work surface. In
making this statement it is assumed that the grain and
grade of the wheel are such that the true grinding
action of the wheel is taking place, that is, that the
grain does not wear appreciably but dulls until the
cutting becomes a rubbing and the grain is torn out
from the setting of bonding material, which has been
weakened by the wearing away due to contact with the
work surface.
In Fig. 1 path QNP is generated by grain C; grain
A follows at the arc distance \i. and generates path
ILH and is removing the chip of area PNH. The
ground surface is made up of the successive paths and
is not truly cylindrical, as small projections are left
1154
AMEKICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
of the form KLM. These are immeasurably small.
The grain B will generate DLE and cut chip EHL.
The depth of this chip normal to the path DLE is
JH, which we designate as G, grain depth of cut.
Formula for Determining Depth of Cut. To find an
expression for G in terms of the variables already
enumerated, we have:
HLI is tangent to circle of radius SatM; (S = r — f)
EJL is tangent to circle of radius S at X
HLI and ELD intersect and form angle 0
DI (arc) is the distance through which the work
moves while the wheel moves through the dis-
tance (X between grains.
EH =
mU
Other necessary nomenclature has been already given.
Drop perpendiculars to ELD and HLI from K and M.
Then
KO = MO = S = r — f
Angle KOM = 6
Angle KOL = LOM := |
G = JH = HL sin 0 CI)
Angle 0 is very small and where expressed in radians
is very nearly equal to its sine. Therefore
G = JH = HL X <^
But
0 (in radians) X '^ = arc EH
u
or
Vr
Therefrom, from ( 1 )
G = JH = HL
iM
Vr
(2)
(3)
In triangle OHM, HO = r and MO = S = r — f,
therefore
r' — ir — fY = HM'
and / (2r — f) = HM'
But (2r — /) = 2r (very nearly), as / is rarely
over one or two thousandths of an inch and is very
small compared to 2r. Therefore,
2rf = HM' and HM = V2rf (4)
LM is very nearly equal to arc of radius (r — /)
of angle s-
Assuming it to be equal, LM = „ (r — /).
As before, / may be neglected, due to its extremely
small effect upon r. Then, from (2),
LM =-r =
Since HL = HM
2' 2V
LM, we have from (4),
HL = V2rf —
2V
0.001 in. and V usually about 6,000, and r, say 1 in.
to 4 in., we are justified in further reducing the expres-
sion mathematically by dropping the term sy^ as be-
ing insignificant compared with the other two terms.
Therefore
G = y»J~f (approximately) (6)
This enables us to deduce approximate statements as
follows: Grain depth of cut varies directly with grain
interval, work speed, and square root of radial feed;
inversely with wheel speed, and square root of work
radius.
The relationship between work speed and feed is as
determined by Mr. Guest in his Controlling Factor.
The value of G also tallies with Professor Alden's
i-esults within the usual speed and dimensional limits
found in cylindrical grinding.
Wheel-Wearing Action. The kinetic energy of the
cutting particles increases with the square of the veloc-
ity.' For a certain depth of cut the resistance of the
work to the grain is very nearly proportional to this
depth, as the cuts are very small, even when compared
to the total size of the grain. Theoretically, for some
low velocity the kinetic energy of the grain should just
equal the energy required to remove the chip (the feed
would be reduced to maintain constant grain depth of
cut under reduced wheel-velocity conditions) and wheel
wear would be caused without any chip being removed
up to this point. Actually the bond strength is always
sufficient to prevent this conditio^. Our assumption is
then clear:
Wheel wear varies inversely with the surplus kinetic
energy of cutting particles and is inversely propor-
tional to effective wheel surface velocities (wheel speed
minus work speed).
We are now prepared to combine our factors.
a Wheel wear is proportional to the wheel speed, or
to V.
b Wheel wear is proportional to the grain depth of
cut, as expressed in Formula (6).
c Wheel wear is inversely proportional to surplus
kinetic energy of the cutting particles, or pro-
portional to 1/(V — u)\ The term u is usually
negligible as compared with V and it may there-
fore be assumed that 1/V = 1/ {V — u)\
From these relations, a, b and c, an index of wheel-
wearing action {WW,) due to grinding (where the
wheel face is free-cutting) may be expressed as follows:
and from (3),
G = //^ = (l/ 2? - 1^) ^^' (very nearly) (5)
The above represents the grain depth of cut very
closely, and is expressed in the terms which were previ-
ously chosen.
. Formula (5) may be rewritten as
2/
MM [2/
2VH
By inspection, bearing in mind that ^ is always small,
say 0.05 in., u is seldom over 200, / is seldom over
r ^ y
2/
Laws of Grinding for Draw-in Cuts
(7)
From this expression we may derive the following
laws of cylindrical grinding, operative within the usual
limits of speeds and dimensions. For straight-in (draw-
in) cuts a free-cutting wheel will wear according to
the effect of wheel-wearing action as outlined below:
a Wheel-wearing action increases directly as:
1. Grain interval (grain size — inversely as grade)
2. Work speed (surface)
3. Square root of diametral cut (feed).
'See "Selection of Grinding A\"lieels for tlie Foundry," Grits and
GrindSj January, 1915, the Norton Co.. Worcester, Mass.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1155
b Wheel-wearing action increases directly as the fol-
lowing are decreased :
1. Square of wheel speed (surface)
2. Square root of work radius.
A soft wheel is more susceptible to wheel-wearing
action than a hard wheel and will more nearly follow
the theoretical conditions. It is therefore more free-
cutting and will cut more nearly the full chip than a
hard wheel. There is consequently a gain in produc-
tion as wheels of softer grades are used, all other con-
ditions remaining constant, up to the point where the
chips are geometrically perfect for a given condition of
speeds and dimensions. It is clear from this standpoint
that the softest possible wheel should be used. High
wheel speeds up to the safe limit are of course neces-
sary if the soft wheels are to perform in a satisfactory
manner.
To show the practical application of Formula (7)
for wheel-wearing action (Index of Wheel Wear),
derived above, Table I is given.
In column 1 of the table are the work speeds pro-
vided on a recent grinding machine, given in order so
that actual values can be experimentally obtained to
check with the theoretical.
In the succeeding columns are two series of values
as follows:
(1) Following the term "Production" are approx-
imate values for cubic inches of metal removed
per minute for a wheel 1 in. wide. These were
calculated by the formula, Production = nom-
inal work diameter X " X r.p.m. X depth
of cut (assumed to be 0.0005 in.), which gives
values slightly less than the true values.
(2) Following the terms "Wheel Wear" are values
of the actual wheel wear obtained by multi-
^ plying the Index of Wheel Wear, calculated
by Formula (7), by a constant derived by
experiment. This constant is for convenience
expressed in the form 1,800 X 10.*
Sample Calculation. In Formula (7) assume:
M ^ 53 r.p.m. = 13.9 ft. per min.
r = i in. (work diameter 1 in.)
/ = 0.0005 in.
V = 6,000
[J. = 0.05
R = 9.0 in. (wheel radius).
Substituting,
WW, =
0.05 X 13.9
(0.001
36,000,000 \ 0.5
= 0.0000000196 X 0.047 = 9,212 X 10-"
Multiplying by constant 1,800 X 10* (see Par. 31),
WWi ■== 0.0166 cu.in. per minute for wheel 1 in.
wide.
The corresponding "Production" in Table I is, 0.0835
cu.in.
It will be seen that the wheel-wear values increase
rapidly as work speed increases. The value 0.0166 for
work of 1 in. diameter at 53 r.p.m. becomes 0.1040
for work of 4 in. diameter at 167 r.p.m. The same
wheel cannot be properly used for both cases, as one
sufficiently soft to cut freely in the first case would
wear so fast as to be nearly useless in the second case.
However, where wheel-wear values are nearly the same
we may expect the same wheel to act properly. For
instance, a wheel suitable for 1-in. work at 138 r.p.m.
wears at the rate of 0.0433 cu.in. per min.; and one
suitable for 4-in. work at 72.5 r.p.m. wears at the rate
of 0.0450 cu.in. per min. In all probability one wheel
would serve for both.
Selection of Wheels for Draw-in Cuts
From Table I, and by experimental tests with various
wheels, certain ranges of wheel-wear values may be
found which correspond to definite grades of wheels of
suitable grain size and abrasive for the material to be
ground. Once this is done, the selection of proper wheels
is no longer a question of guesswork, as wheel-wear
indices may be computed for any set of conditions and
the proper wheel selected. The question of the varia-
tion in wheels has been reduced to a point where it no
longer can be a very large factor, and we may always
change our speeds or feeds to correct the action in the
proper direction if we understand the laws which have
been previously pointed out. As an example of the pos-
TABLE I.
comparison between wheel wear and quantity
OF METAL REMOVED
AT DIFFERENT WORK SPEEDS
Work Speed
-Work
Diameters
,
in R.P.M.
1 in.
2 in.
3 in.
4in.
53
Production
0 0835
0 1670
0 2500
0 3340
0 016.
0 0236
0 0290
0 0334
72.5
Production
0.1140
0 2280
0 3420
0 4560
Wheel wear
0 0226
0 0319
0 0390
0 0450
87
Production
0.1370
0 2740
0 4110
0 5480
Wheel wear
0 0273
0 0387
0.0475
0 0546
101
0 1586
0 3172
0.4758
0 6344
wheel wear
0 0316
0 0448
0 0540
0 0635
138
Production
0 2160
0 4320
0.6480
0 8640
Wheel wear
0 0433
0.0612
0 0645
0 0865
167
Production
0.2620
0 5240
0.7860
1 0480
Wheel wear
0.0522
0.0740
0 0910
0 1040
Wheel diameter 1° in.; surface speed, 6,000 ft. per min.; diametral feed per
work revolution (automatic feed) , 0 . 00 1 in. ; grain of wheel, 6,646 Alundum; mate-
rial, mild machinery steel.
sibilities of wheel selection, it has been found that for
a certain machine the following wheels (Norton system
of grade) are suitable for straight-in cuts on mild steel:
Wheel
Designation
36 or 46 J
36 or 46 K
36 or 46 L
36 or 46 M
for values from
for values from
for values from
for values of
Wheel-Wear Values,
Table 1
0.0150 to 0.0250
0.0250 to 0.0350
0.0350 to 0.0450
0.0450 and higher
Use no wheels harder than M. For hard materials use
a grade softer and No. 60 grain. These values are for
straight-in cuts only.
Influence of Feed. As an example of the effect of
doubling the feed, let us assume the conditions as above,
except that the feed is increased to 0.001 in. (on radius).
0.05 X 13.9
WWi
_/rft K
2/
r " 36,000,000
1,240 X 10-"
4%
002
5
Wheel wear = 1,800 X 10' X 1.240 X 10"" =
0.0224 cu.in. per min. per inch of wheel face. Produc-
tion is approximately doubled and
0.0224 - 0.0166
0.0166
X 100 = 35 per
Wheel-wear increase' =
cent.
This indicates how advantageously an increase of
feed operates to obtain increased production (up to the
limit of grain penetration). If we had doubled
work speed we would simply have doubled both pro-
duction and wheel wear.
{To Be Continued in Next Week's Issue)
1156
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Forty-First Annual Meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers
THE forty-first annual meeting of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers got under way
Tuesday morning, Dec. 7, with the opening of
headquarters and registration bureau in the Engineer-
ing Societies Building, New York. Following the
registration there was a meeting of the council.
The afternoons of Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday
were allotted to simultaneous sessions for consideration
of two or three subjects each on the general topics.
Fuel, Forest Products, Machine Shop Management,
Design, Railroads, Research, Transportation, Power and
Textiles.
There were two evening meetings, one devoted to the
presidential address and reception and the other to an
oration on "John Brashear as Scientist and Humani-
tarian," in memory of the late Dr. John A. Brashear,
past-president A. S. M. E., by Dr. Henry S. Pritchett,
president of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advance-
ment of Teaching.
Wednesday and Thursday mornings were given over
to a business meeting and a session on transportation.
At the business meeting Calvin W. Rice, secretary,
commented upon the reports of standing and special
committees, including those on a Code of Ethics, Power
Test Codes, Weights and Measures, Education and
Training, Feedwater Heater Standardization, Standard
Tonnage Basis for Refrigeration, Fluid Meters and
Bearing Metals. The following membership for the
1921 Nomination Committee was approved, this com-
mittee having been elected by the local section delegates :
Elmer Smith, Boston, Mass. (alternate J. A. Hall, Provi-
dence, R. I.), G. K. Parsons, New York, N. Y. (alternate
W. Herman Greul, New York, N. Y.), W. W. Varney,
Baltimore, Md., B. S. Hughes, Buffalo, N. Y., W. M.
White, Milwaukee, Wis. (alternate J. D. Cunningham,
Chicago, 111.), F. E. Bausch, St. Louis, Mo. (alternate
D. E. Foster, Tulsa, Okla.), and E. 0. Eastwood, Seattle,
Wash, (alternate H. L. Doolittle, Los Angeles, Cal.).
The student prize was awarded to Howard G. Allen, of
Cornell University, for his paper, "Wire Stitching
Through Paper."
By the amount of discussion regarding the code of
ethics it was made evident that the code in its present
form is not acceptable to a great many of the members,
the faults found being chiefly with its wording, not
with the spirit. A motion was passed to refer it back
to the committee for further consideration.
Presidential Address and Reception
The address of President Miller was concerned chiefly
with human relations in industry. He quoted in the
beginning of his paper from Herbert Hoover's address
as president of the Federated American Engineering
Societies, the paragraph in which he said, "The engi-
neers should be able to take an objective and detached
point of view. They do not belong to the associations
of either employers, or of labor, of farmers, of mer-
chants, or bankers. Their calling in life is to offer ex-
pert service in constructive solutions of problems, to the
individuals in any of these groupings. There is a wider
vision of this expert service in giving the group service
of engineers to group problems." The ideas expressed
and suggested were developed by Mr. Miller. He ex-
plained that "the engineer must increase the effectiveness
of labor by the application of brains and management
of men as well as of materials." Speaking of employer
and employee he said, "The improvement of the human
race that is always going on takes many different direc-
tions and goes forward in many fields. The engineer
shares, with his fellow beings, the results of the efforts
of others and his own peculiar contribution to the cause
of human progress must always continue to be an
increasing power to control the forces and modify the
materials of Nature for the benefit of mankind. A
very important part of this work is what we term the
problems of industrial relations; which, it is certain
can never be satisfactorily solved except by the methods
of the engineer and it is equally certain that it can never
be settled until settled right ; that is to say, not until all
concerned — the employee, the employer, and the public
— -are convinced that substantial justice has been se-
cured and is being maintained.
"Of course, there are and always have been employers
who have been fair toward their employees; have been
real leaders of men, able to arouse and maintain
enthusiastic co-operation. Notable successes have been
founded mainly upon this human ability or quality. In
too many cases, however, the most profound thought
that seems to have been applied to an industrial prob-
lem has led to the conclusion that industrial management
consists in hiring as cheaply as possible and driving as
hard as possible.
"The day for that sort of thing is passing and indus-
try generally is beginning to be conducted upon a much
higher plane of intelligence. It is being recognized
that there is a science of industrial management. En-
gineers have, so far, developed and formulated it, must
go on with it, and conduct the country's industries in
accordance with it, recognizing that the old order has
passed away. Management of an industrial group is
not a matter of brute force, but of intelligent skill,
fairly and sympathetically applied with a view to getting
the best possible results, not only for the employer, but
for the workers and for the public as well.
"If research is important in physics and in chemistry
it is at least equally important in the domain of indus-
trial science and when fundamental facts or laws have
been made known by such research we must face them;
not to do so may mean disaster.
"In general, the engineer bases his opinion and his
acts upon definitely ascertained and carefully studied
facts. We must do the same in our industrial manage-
ment problems, and when we do, most of our industrial
difficulties disappear."
Mr. Miller also said: "We are hearing constantly
more about service as constituting the only just claim
to rewards. Certainly the engineer need not fear com-
parison with others on that score. Yet there are those,
who, with the best intentions, I am sure, charge a large
share of our industrial and social difficulties to features
of modern industry that have been created and are
maintained by the work of the engineer.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1157
"Especially do they charge that, doing things by
machinery instead of by hand, and the multiplication
of large manufacturing establishments in which the
work is minutely divided, have had a bad effect — have,
indeed made men and women slaves of the machines.
"I think that we may claim that there is a misappre-
hension about this and that machinery and large
industrial establishments do not, nor can they, by
themselves, enslave or oppress human beings.
"It is easily demonstrated by reason and by human
experience that division of labor, machinery for increas-
ing man's productive capacity and the use of capital in
production all tend, by themselves considered, to help
the worker — to release him from burdensome tasks and
from the necessity of working too hard, or too many
hours per day for too little money."
Conferring of Honorary Memberships
After the presidential address honorary memberships
were conferred upon Lord William Weir, Glasgow, Scot-
land; Hon. Sir Charles Algernon Parsons, London,
England; Commandatore Pio Perrone, Genoa, Italy;
Rear Admiral R. S. Griffin, U. S. N. ; Captain Robert W.
Hunt, Chicago, 111.; and Dr. Samuel M. Vauclain, Phila-
delphia, Pa.
President-elect Edwin S. Carman was introduced to
the society by President Miller. In acknowledging the
introduction Mr. Carman expressed his great apprecia-
tion of the high honor paid him. He also said that it
was time for the engineer, who has been content to deal
with purely professional matters, to undertake the solu-
tion of the greater problems of industrial relations, and
to deal with them as he has with other problems by
getting at the truth.
A reception was tendered to the president, president-
elect, ladies, members, and guests by the society. The
reception was followed by dancing.
Among the many important papers read before the
society were the following, of particular interest to the
machinery industry: "Side Cutting of Thread-Milling
Hobs," by Earle Buckingham; "Cylindrical Grinding in
1920," by W. H. Chapman ; "Mechanical Engraving and
Die Sinking," by J. F. Keller; "Foundations for
Machinery," by N. W. Akimoff; "Rational Design of
Hoisting Drums," by E. 0. Walters; "Design of Fly-
wheels for Reciprocating Machinery Connected to
Synchronous Generators or Motors," by R. E. Doherty
and R. F. Franklin; and "The Armor Plate and Gun-
Forging Plant of the U. S. Navy Department of South
Charleston, W. Va.," by Roger M. Freeman.
Buyers with Vision — or Graft
By John R. Godfrey
"There's a great difference in business concerns as
well as in people," remarked an experienced machine-
tool sales engineer, as he settled down for an all-night
run on the Pennsylvania Limited. "But I've almost
always found that the firm which was right mechan-
ically finall: won out. It may have a hard fight to get
capital at first, but it gets there.
"Now there's the Blank Automobile Co. as an
example. Lots of people laughed at it and knew it
couldn't succeed. But it had real mechanics, with
visions of the future and nerve enough to bank on it.
"I remember a case some years ago that opened my
eyes. We'd designed a new machine for mass produc-
tion and this company bought the first three we built.
They were fine — when they ran. They'd turn out
pieces in almost unbelievable time, and the next thing
you knew, something would break.
"I'd been out there and watched them work in great
shape and when I came back from lunch, all three were
torn apart to fix some little thing that had let co.
And I was sure discouraged. I went home expecting to
get a call down any minute.
"Hadn't been home but a few days when I got a
wire to come out again. I had visions of an exasperated
shop superintendent who wanted to get a lot of 'peeve'
out of his system. So I started prepared to be the goat,
and take my medicine like a little man, though it meant
several thousand dollars and loss of prestige to my firm.
"I wasn't feeling very cheery when I blew in the next
morning. And I wasn't over-anxious to open the exer-
cises. But he didn't seem inclined to, aind as something
had to be said, it was up to me to start the ball rolling.
" 'How are the machines going?' — knowing the answer
before he spoke it.
" 'They aint — that's the trouble,' he said.
'"I'm mighty sorry to hear that, Mr. Blank; hadn't
you better send them back and let us get the bugs out
of them? They seem to have a few still.'
" 'Oh, they've got bugs all right, but I'm not going
to send them back. You can work the bugs out here.
They're a damn nuisance so far, but you've got a big
idea in that machine and we want the benefit of it
first. I sent for you to talk over an order for a lot
of fifty more to suit some of our other work. We'll
help you get the bugs out and we want the saving made
possible by those machines before anyone else.'
"Was I relieved? And happy? I'll say I was, and
you can bet we tore our shirts to exterminate those
bugs in the shortest possible time.
"But how many firms would have the vision, the
patience and the nerve to do such a thing? For it
meant thousands of dollars. Most shops would have
thrown them out long before. But by nursing them
along, the Blank Co. had about two years' start on the
methods which they could develop with this machine."
A Different Story
"Some different from a motor outfit I know," chimed
•in another traveler. "You first go and see the super
and get turned down, cold. Then you invite him down
town to dinner that night. After dinner you propose
cards or pool, preferably pool.
"You let him beat you of course. Any greenhorn
would know enough for that after he saw the man.
But the real fine work is in the side plays.
"First you make a little bet on the game — which of
course he wins. Then you get real sporty and bet on
plays, always managing to lose. If you see his ball
within a reasonably easy shot of the pocket, you get
excited and bet him a fifty that he can't make it. That
gets his sporting blood up and he wins — and pockets
the fifty. Two or three such bets put him in good
humor and when you drop around next morning there
is a long chance you get an order.
"I don't need to tell you that neither the product
nor the equipment is up to standard. And you probably
won't be surprised to know that this particular plant
is sailing close to the wind, with breakers ahead.
"You're right about the necessity of having the
mechanical end of a concern right. And that means
having it know what real, old-fashioned honesty is
when they see it. Some of 'em don't."
1158
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Improved Type of Optical Projection
Apparatus Designed and Built
by the Bureau of Standards*
By Louis A. Fischer
Chief, Division of Weig-hts & Measuies, Department of Commerce,
U. S. Bureau of Standards
The extensive use of the projection lantern in the in-
spection of screw threads has lead the Bureau to de-
vote considerable attention to the improvement and
adaptation of this apparatus.
During the war a projection outfit similar to that of
the National Physical Laboratory of England was built
by the Bureau'. That apparatus has been used to some
extent in the industries as well as in government labo-
ratories, and has given excellent service. It contains
certain features, however, which render it expensive to
build and somewhat difficult to keep in adjustment,
especially in a factory where vibrations are excessive.
For this reason it was considered desirable to make
certain changes of design. Accordingly, in the new type
of apparatus, illustrated herewith, the right-angle prism
and the mirror have been eliminated and the protractor
for measuring the thread angle has been made a com-
ponent part of the apparatus.
In the new apparatus the image is projected horizon-
tally, and the lens system is such that with three differ-
ent objectives having focal lengths of 48, 32, and 16
mm., magnifications of 50, 100 and 250 are obtained at
a screen distance of about 5 ft. Excellent illumination
and sharpness of image are obtained, and the screen
distance is such as to give the best of seeing conditions
for the operator at the lantern.
The standard angle is located in the microscope tube
and its projected image is matched against that of the
thread to be measured. Adjustment of the positions of
the thread and the standard angle is accomplished by
means of the elevating screw, micrometer, and the
milled and graduated head. Readings of the angle, to
one minute, are made -en the graduated handwheel by
which the position of the standard angle is controlled.
In addition to the measurement of angles, the ap-
paratus lends itself well to the measurement of the
pitch of thread plug gages and other threaded work. It.
is both rapid and accurate; a combination as rare as it
is desirable. In the measurement of pitch, precision
gage blocks are used in conjunction with the micrometer.
First a setting is made with the image of one edge of
the standard angle in coincidence with one side of the
thread. A gage block equal in thickness to an integral
number of threads is then inserted between the microm-
eter spindle and the ball end of the center on which the
work is held. The work is thereby displaced laterally at
right angles to the axis of the lens system by an amount
equal to the thickness of the block. If the lead is cor-
rect the edge of the standard angle will again be just
in contact with the side of the thread. If not in exact
coincidence, the amount by which the micrometer must
be turned to bring it into coincidence is the error in
lead in the number of threads over which the standard
angle has been moved.
In actual use of the apparatus a block is inserted be-
tween-the micrometer and the center before the initial
•Published by permission of the Director, Bureau of Stand-
ards.
"(a) Communication B510, Gage Section, Bureau of Standards.
(b) Mechanical Engineering (Journal A. S. M. E. ), Nov. 1918.
'^eclianical Engineering (Journal A. S. M. E.), Feb., 1919.
IMPROVED TYPE PROJECTION APPARATUS
setting as well as at the second setting. For example, to
obtain the error in a half-inch interval the 0.1-in. and
0.6-in. blocks would be used instead of no block for the
first setting and the 0.5-in. block for the second.
After some practice with the lantern it will be found
practicable to use it in the measurement of profiles and
templates; and by the substitution of a cradle or other
suitable holder in place of the centers, and a notched
template representing the tolerance, to use it on produc-
tion work as is done with the Hartness Screw Thread
Comparator." Six of these lanterns have been built for
the Ordnance Department, U. S. A. Most of the work
of development of the apparatus here described was
done in the laboratories of the Gage Section, Bureau of
Standards, by D. R. Miller and D. R. Carter.
Applying Magnetic Chucks
to Best Advantage
By Amos Ferber
C. A. Macready, on page 706 of the American
Machinist, takes issue with I. A. Hunt, whose article
appears on page 267 of the same journal, for the reason
that his statements may "mislead prospective buyers
who wish to use the magnetic chuck for holding work
as accurately as possible."
I am interested in magnetic chucks. I use them to
"hold work as accurately as possible;" and I supposed
everybody who used them at all did so for the same
purpose. I read Mr. Hunt's article with care and it did
not mislead me, but, having given the same careful
attention to Mr. Macready 's statements, I must admit
that I am puzzled.
Mr. Hunt states that "a solid auxiliary top plate
defeats its purpose;" while Mr. Macready states that he
"never made a top plate with the poles insulated
. . . ." Does he mean that Mr. Hunt is wrong and
a solid top plate is practical? I wish he would tell
me what kind of a chuck he uses that will get mag-
netism enough through half-an-inch of solid cast iron
to hold work on top of it; / can't do it.
Mr. Macready says: "If one happens to be using a
chuck that is not true, a flat piece of cast iron placed on
the face of the chuck and trued off will be the quickest
way of obtaining a true seat, if one is able to make use
of a pole opposite to the ones in the center of the chuck."
All of the chucks that I know (and I thought I
knew them all) have both positive and negative poles
in the center as well as everywhere else on the holding
surface; each alternate pole being of like polarity and
the intervening ones of opposed polarity. If Mr.
Macready now makes use of a third pole that is opposed
to both of them I would like to know about it.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1159
Shop EQUiEMaNT New5
W^::M^ .5. A. HAN D
Descriptions of thop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for whicti there is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the news character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
"Ideal" Pneumatic Chip Separator
The pneumatic chip separator shown in the illustra-
tion has recently been placed on the market by the Ideal
Concrete Machinery Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. It is in-
tended chiefly for separating small work, such as screw-
machine products, from the chips.
The work is placed or discharged into the hopper on
the top of the machine, both the hopper and the incline
riveted to it being given a compound vibratory motion.
When the control gate is opened, the work slides down
the incline to an opening. There the blast from the
centrifugal blower floats the chips over the opening,
while the machined parts drop through into tote pans.
The chips continue dovwi the slide and are collected in
suitable boxes.
It is claimed that the separation of the chips by
merely floating them across the opening in the slide
makes it possible to operate the machine with much
less pressure than if the chips were blown up into
t"he air.
Low pressure enables the separation of the chips
from small as well as large work. The chips do not
pass through any restricted passages, so that clogging is
not apt to occur.
The frame is made of angle iron, riveted, and rein-
forced at the corners by gusset plates. The bearings are
lubricated by grease cups or sight-feed oil cups.
"IDEAL" PNEUMATIC CHIP SEPARATOR
Rohde Solders
The Rohde Laboratory Supply Co., 17 Madison Ave.,
New York City, has recently placed on the market a
line of solders, each one intended for use on a certain
class of work or material.
For work on sheet aluminum, lap joints, seams and
general repairs in aluminum, "Al-Solder" is used. This
solder comes in the form of white, deliquescent sticks
and contains all of the flux necessary for its use.
The parts to be joined must be heated to a temperature
between 500 and 600 deg., and then rubbed with the
solder, which melts and makes the joint. A chemical
action occurs, indicated by the giving off of white
smoke, the weld being homogeneous, so that the seams
may be made invisible by polishing. The joint is said
to resist electrolytic corrosion because of the fact that
it consists of almost pure aluminum.
For heavier work on aluminum, or where considerable
volume must be filled by the solder, a filler, in the form
of metallic sticks, can be used in conjunction with
the "Al-Solder," which acts as the flux. Tlje filler is
made in six grades, so as to suit different require-
ments of heat-resistance, strength and material.
A general utility solder is sold under the name of
"Tensil" solder, being intended for lapping and joining
iron, brass, lead, nickel, tin and zinc. The joined
parts must first be tinned with "Al-Solder," and then
the sticks of "Tensil" applied either directly or with
a soldering iron.
For work on aluminum castings "Nuflux" solder is
intended, it being a metallic rod containing its own flux
in suspension. It is especially adapted for filling up
blowholes and pittings in castings, or for joining cast
parts.
For cleaning and de-oxidizing molten aluminum,
"Clean-Al" is intended. When it is stirred into the
molten metal it partly volatilizes and leaves a gray, dry
powder on the surface, which can be easily removed.
For soldering cast iron "Rolasco" solder can be fur-
nished. It can be used either in the granulated or in
the stick form with a special flux, there being five
grades, so as to suit different conditions and kinds of
iron.
The solders vary in melting point from 650 to 1,250
deg. F., the color and the tensile strength also varying.
It is claimed that homogeneous joints of great strength
are made.
"Silva" solder is of gray color and can be furnished
either granulated or powdered. It can be used on non-
ferrous copper alloys and is especially intended for work
on german silver. It can be altered to obtain the proper
1160
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
melting temperature and color. The parts to be joined
must be heated and the solder applied with a soldering
iron, using a special flux.
For use on jewelry and scientific instruments a
sterling silver solder is also made, being a white
amorphous powder containing its own flux. It is
applied directly to the surfaces to be joined, and at a
red heat the solder melts and a chemical action yields
the metallic silver. The joint is said to have unusual
tensile strength.
"V V" Expanding Boring Bar
H. A. Hopkins & Co., Inc., La Salle West and La Porte
Aves., South Bend, Ind., has placed on the market an
expanding boring bar.
This device is known as the "V V" bar because of
the shape of the ends of the adjusting screws, one
being an external and the other an internal V.
The bar is made in two styles, type "A" being used
for holes from 1 to 2} J in. in diameter and type "B,"
shown in the illustration, for holes from 3 to 12 in. in
diameter. It can be furnished with either straight or
taper shank and either plain or with a pilot bar.
Square toolbits are used. For the bars boring holes
3 in. in diameter or larger, regular commercial toolbits
"V V" EXPANDING BORING BAli
can be utilized, so that worn cutters can be easily re-
placed.
To change the boring diameter the conical-pointed
screw is adjusted. The screw opposite it is then
tightened to clamp the cutters in place. It is claimed
that the tool is capable of heavy-duty work. Tools
requiring a number of cutters can be furnished for
special jobs.
Cadillac Bench Centers
The Cadillac Tool Co., 268 Jefferson Ave., Detroit,
Mich., has put out a line of bench centers of the type
shown in the illustration, the device being built in seven
sizes. The bed is a ribbed casting of box-form construc-
tion, the ways being scraped.
Both stocks may be moved to suit different lengths
of work, and when adjusted can be clamped in place
by means of levers. The right stock has a spring-
actuated spindle that engages the work with sufficient
pressure to eliminate play or lost motion between the
centers. A fixture for holding a dial indicator is fitted
to the bed. The 9- and 12-in. swing bench centers
are furnished with stock rests also.
Rigid "Back-Stroke" Cutting-Off Tool
The Rigid Tool Holder Co., Washington, D. C, has
recently placed on the market the cutting-off tool and
holder shown in the illustration. The device consists
RIGID "BACK-STROKE" CUTTING-OFF TOOL
of a narrow tool of high-speed steel held by a hardened
steel clamp on the base of the holder, which is a steel
casting.
The tool can be held by the toolpost of a lathe and
swung to cut on either the right or the left, the cut
being made from the rear. It is claimed that the
blade is always held erect and that it can work very
close to a chuck or steadyrest.
Grinder Attachment for Arnold
Portable Drill
The Arnold Electric Tool Co., Inc., New London,
Conn., and 114 Liberty St., New York City, has placed
on the market a grinder attachment for its type-B
portable electric drill. The frame carrying the wheel
spindle is clamped to the body of the drill, a belt
CADIU^AC BENCH CENTERS
Speciflcation.s : Made in seven sizes: 6 x 18 in., 6 x 36 in 9 x
36 in., 9 X 48 in., 12 x 36 in., 12 x 48 in., and 12 i 60 in.
ARNOLD TVPE-B DRILL WITH GRINDING ATTACHMENT
AND CLAMP
running on the sleeve of the chuck transmitting the
power to the spindle.
The tool can thus be used as a portable grinder, or
it becomes a small bench grinder by clamping in posi-
tion by means of a bracket, as shown in the illustration.
The use of the attachments is said to greatly increase
the field of application of the tool.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1161
Wickman Adjustable Thread Snap Gage
Alfred Herbert, Ltd., Coventry, England, and 54 Dey
St., New York City, has recently placed upon the mar-
ket the Wickman adjustable snap gage for measuring
threads. The body of the gage is the same as used for
plain snap gages, the U-shaped frame being made of
cast iron and ribbed to prevent deflection. The heads
WICKMAN ADJUSTABLE SNAP GAGE FOR THREADS
are bored on a special fixture and finish lapped to insure
alignment.
The anvils are grooved to suit the pitch which is to be
measured, two sets of them being used at a time. Since
the gages are adjustable for diameters, the straight
teeth of the anvils have to be correct only in the form
of the thread and in the pitch. The anvils are cut with
a hob, and then lapped to a finish, testing for form being
done by projection.
The front and the rear anvils are different in form.
The teeth of the front set are made to conform exactly
to the profile of the screw thread. They insure that
work which passes between them will assemble in a hole
in which a standard plug screw gage will fit. One way
of setting the anvils the proper distance apart is to fit
between them the tap with which the threads in the hole
being fitted are made. The gage can be held up toward
the light in order to determine how accurately the
thread on the screw fits the teeth of the gage, which is
a "go" gage.
In case the work has a slight error in pitch and yet
passes the front gage, due to having an effective diam-
eter smaller than standard, the thread will be thinner
than normal. As it is necessary that a limit be placed
on this thinning, the second or inner set of anvils is
used to detect thin threads. These anvils have clear-
ance on the tops and roots of the threads so that they
test only the flanks of the thread and the effective diam-
eter of the screw. By spacing these anvils some pre-
determined amount below standard size, it is possible to
set a limit to this thinning of the thread. The inner
anvils then form a "no-go" gage, because the work is;
rejected if it passes between them. Testing in this way'
is thus much more complete than by merely using a
ring gage on the screw.
The gap between the anvils can be adjusted with an
accuracy of 0.0001 in., each anvil having an adjustment
of i in. Sets of frames are thus made in i-in. steps,
the anvils for all pitches being interchangeable in them.
It is thus possible to gage screws of any diameter and
with any limits required. The distance from the top of
the thread to the pitch diameter is marked on the
"no-go" anvils, so that, with the help of plugs or gage
blocks, it is possible to accurately determine and set the
pitch diameter of the gage.
The anvils are prevented from turning by the lug
between them. No screws or pins are exposed, the
adjusting screws being underneath the locking screws,,
which are covered by lead seals. The seals are put in
place by a special press, which monograms them.
A Pair of Old Pulleys
By W. Bxjrr Bennett
The writer recently ran across the remains of an old
machine of unknown origin in a junk dealer's yard.
Idle curiosity prompted him to look it over and the design
of the tight and loose pulleys on the relic was something
new to him.
Although practically nothing of the machine remained
except a leg and the bracket with the attached shaft
and pulleys, something in the general design suggested
that the machine was one used in textile work of
some sort.
Fig. 1 shows a sketch of the common tight and loose
pulley arrangement with the tight or driving pulley
slightly larger than the loose pulley so as to take up the
slack belt. Usually this tight pulley has a slight incline
or bevel for the belt to run up on when shipping. How-
ever on this old machine the arrangement was as shown
at Fig. 2 ; that is, a deep groove has been turned in the
tight pulley and so formed as to have a comparatively
sharp edge at the low part of the crown of this pulley.
The writer can see no particular value to the design as
the belt would have to climb the bevel the same as in the
later designs and it certainly increases the amount of
machine work and the weight of both this pair as well
as the driving pulley. The floral and other artistic work
on the spokes as well as the climbing arbutus design on
the bracket supporting the shaft would indicate that
the parts were made anywhere from fifty to a hundred
years ago, and this may account for the peculiar groove.
Each pulley had a 2-in. driving face and the total width
of the tight pulley was about 3 in. The diameter was
slightly less than 10 in.
FIG. I
CD
FIG.2
A PAIR OF OLD PULLEYS
1162
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
KS FROM TNi
Many U. S. Companies Repre-
sented in Spain by H. S. Moos
Henry S. Moos, M.E., has returned to
Spain to present to Spanish users
American machine tools and machinery.
While in America Mr. Moos, in be-
half of his associated companies, the
American Machinery Corporation, S. A.
« E., Madrid, and the Sindicato de Maqui-
'\ naria Americana, Bilbao, made arrange-
ments to represent, among others, the
following manufacturers: American
Tool Works Co., American Woodwork-
ing Machinery Co., American Broach
& Machine Co., Avey Drilling Co.,
Anderson Die Machine Co., Barnes Drill
Co., Cincinnati Electric Tool Co., Cin-
cinnati Machine Tool Co., Colburn Ma-
chine Tool Co., Detroit Electric Furnace
Co., Foster Machine Co., Davis Machine
Co., Heald Machine Co., Hercules Ma-
chine Co., E. Horton & Son Co., Hoefer
Mfg. Co., Macleod Co., Newton Machine
Tool Works, Oesterlein Machine Co.,
McMyler Interstate Co., Jos. T. Ryer-
son & Son, Rouillard Tool Co., Robert-
son Machine & Foundry Co., Standard
Engineering Wks., Standard Tool Co.,
D. H. Stoll, J. D. Wallace Machine Co.,
Watson Stillman Co., Willard Machine
Co., Webster & Perks Tool Co., Wil-
marth and Morman Co., U. S. Light and
Heat Corporation, Atlas Car and Manu-
facturing Co., American Manufacturing
Co., American Road Machinery Co.,
Wardwell Manufacturing Co., Curtain
Supply Co., Globe Electric Co., Uni-
versal Abrasive Products Co., High
Speed Hammer Co.
Mr. Moos and the engineers asso-
ciated with him will attend to the in-
quiries and engineering needs of the
Spanish industry. American machines
will be demonstrated in practical opera-
tion in the showrooms of the two com-
panies and important stocks of ma-
chines and tools will be carried in order
to give service to customers.
Valeniine Francis
strument Manufacturers' Association,
the British Admiralty, the British War
Office, the British Air Ministry, the Na-
tional Physical Laboratory and the Im-
perial College of Science and Tech-
nology.
Limited space allows us to give only
the following quotations:
The first matter considered by the com-
mittee was the fundamental question of
unit of measurement of length.
The statement that changing from inch
to metric measurement would facilitate
foreign trade was considered by the com-
mittee, but the evidence of manufacturers
showed that foreign trade was affected but
little by the unit of measurement used in
manufacturing.
The established practice of British lens
malters has generally been to manufacture
lenses on the inch basis, but, when selling
them to metric countries, to quote focal
lengths and diameters in millimeters, and
this satisfies practical requirements.
Substantially, all materials are made and
sold in terms of the inch. The same is
generally true of tools.
The standards of the British Engineer-
ing Standards Association applicable to
optical instrument making, with the ex-
ception of B. A. screw threads, are all
based upon inch measurement.
So far as optical work is concerned, com-
putations are generally made, in the first
instance, in terms of unity and not in terms
of any specific unit of measurement and
can be translated into terms of the inch
or the meter with equal facility.
But in order to avoid the confusion which
would result from employing a mixed sys-
tem of units the committee decided that
the unit used for optical work must be the
same as that used for mechanical work
The committee therefore recommends
that the British inch should be retained
as the unit of length for the purpose of
standardization and manufacture of all
parts of optical instruments.
Metric System Not Wanted in
British Optical Industry
The metric advocates have always
claimed the optical industry as
thoroughly standardized on the metric
system. The grinding of lenses espe-
cially was claimed to be done exclu-
sively on the millimeter basis of the
metric system.
This erroneous contention is posi-
tively refuted in the report of the De-
partment of Scientific and Industrial
Research, 16 and 18 Old Queen St.,
Westminster, London, S. W. I.
This report, dated August, 1920, is
the result of investigations made by a
committee representing the following
organizations: The British Optical In-
Sale of Decapod Locomotives
The Director of Sales, War Depart-
ment, announces that forty-four decapod
locomotives, a portion of those origi-
nally built for the Imperial Russian
Government, 100 of which already have
been purchased and now are in opera-
tion on American railroads, are to be
sold at a fixed price of $25,000 each.
They are to be sold to Americans for
use on American railroads. The dec-
apods have been altered to operate on
a standard gage track.
The decapods are located at Tully-
town Arsenal, Tullytown, Pa. The pur-
chase price may be divided into ten an-
nual instalments, with 6 per cent on
deferred payments.
Who Can Answer This One?
We are in receipt of a letter of in-
quiry from a correspondent who de-
sires important information. Here it is:
If you have any idia how it is posible
to make a perpetul motion machine it will
be gratly apreciated. Any charge to be
made charge to the writer if you can't
answer these question let me know who
does it
Resp.
[We haven't! We can't! We hate to
confess our ignorance but we must pass
the buck to our readers. — Editor.]
Chamber of Commerce Bulletin
on Cancellations
A summing up of the so-called "can-
cellation evil" and its possible remedies
is contained in a final bulletin on this
subject issued today by the Fabricated
Production Department of the Chamber
of Commerce of the United States.
An exhaustive study of the practice
of cancellation of orders and repudi-
ation of contracts in almost every divi-
sion of business has been made by the
Fabricated Production Department, as
a result of which study it groups
opinions as to possible causes under
these three heads:
"First: That the practice is the
result of war-time irregularities and
will pass as we return to a normal
basis.
"Second: That we are now reaping
the results of the loose business prac-
tices inaugurated before the war, when
many lines were in a state of overpro-
duction and the measures taken to
unload this surplus were demoralizing.
Those entertaining this belief feel that
the remedy is in a general reformation
of our system of order taking, mak-
ing each order a contract enforceable
by law.
"Third: That we have been drifting
away from the fundamentals of sound
business and the 'Golden Rule,' and
that we must return to a stronger be-
lief in the rights of others and a higher
regard for our own integrity if the
change is to be permanent."
In suggesting the possible remedy for
this cancellation evil the bulletin says:
"There is a strong feeling that this
thing must end and to that end many
trade organizations have met and
formed committees and bureaus to deal
with it.
"The Credit Co-operative and Credit
Methods Committee of the National As-
sociation of Credit Men has met twice
to consider it, and it suggests truly
that there seems to have been a dulling
of public conscience. Should one who
habitually repudiates his contrats and
orders be given a higher credit rating
than he who lets his notes and drafts
got to protest? They also feel that
one remedy, and as a safeguard against
the unscrupulous, would be that each
line of trade should at once examine
its contract making and order taking
methods to bring them strictly within
legal lines. This is practical and can
be immediately applied.
"We feel, however, that perhaps the
most effective remedy must be the one
that will call us back to 'first prin-
ciples,' to where we can 'point with
pride' to our house as one that 'fills
its orders and keeps its contracts.'
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1163
^USTRIALFbl^
News Editor
American Engineering Standards
Committee Elects Officers
At the annual meeting of the Ameri-
can Engineering Standards Committee
held in New York on Dec. 4, A. A.
Stevenson, a representative of the
American Society for Testing Materials,
was re-elected chairman for 1921, and
George C. Stone, a representative of
the American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers, was re-elected
vice-chairman.
The following were also elected to
represent the respective member-bodies
on the Executive Committee: Comfort
A. Adams, American Institute of Elec-
trical Engineers; Martin Schreiber,
American Society of Civil Engineers;
Fred E. Rogers, American Society of
Mechanical Engineers; A. H. Moore,
Electrical Manufacturers Council; Dana
Pierce, Fire Protection Group; A. Cressy
Morrison, Gas Group; N. A. Carle,
National Electric Light Association;
Albert W. Whitney, National Safety
Council; Coker F. Clarkson, Society of
Automotive Engineers; Thomas H. Mac-
Doilald, U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture; E. B. Rosa, U. S. Department of
Commerce; 0. P. Hood, U. S. Depart-
ment of the Interior; Francis J. Cleary,
U. S. Navy Department; J. H. Rice,
U. S. War Department; American Elec-
tric Railway Association (official rep-
resentative not yet designated).
There are now forty-seven members
of the committee, representing seven-
teen member-bodies. Twenty-four or-
ganizations in all are represented on
the committee, as three of the mem-
ber-bodies are groups of organizations.
"There are many in all lines who have
through all this upheaval stood steady
and right — preferring to take loss
rather than mar a lifetime record of
good performance.
"The advertising men redeemed their
line from discredit by standing for
'clean advertising' — it means a loss of
business and money to those who
pioneered it, but the fight was won and
it paid.
"What shall the 'slogan' be that can
be used in a countrywide campaign to
clean up unjust cancellations, broken
contracts and bad faith? We will have
one, but you have an opportunity to
suggest it now.
"Before we legislate for the other
fellow let there be a pause for self
examination — will we do what we ex-
pect our customers to do ? The depart-
ment in this matter feels it is repre-
senting the best interests of the cham-
ler membership in placing this situa-
tion before them and asking for their
direction."
E. C. Morse Awarded Distin-
guislied Service Medal
For his work in connection with dis-
posing of the hundreds of miUions of
dollars of surplus war stocks Ernest C.
Morse, Director of Sales, War Depart-
ment, who retires from the service on
Dec. 31, has been awarded the Dis-
tinguished Service Medal. The award
was made to Mr. Morse and the medal
presented to him by Secretary of War
Baker in Washington on Dec. 7.
During Mr. Morse's term of office as
Director of Sales more than $1,750,000,-
000 worth of supplies have been dis-
ERNEST C. MORSE
posed of. The percentage of recovery
was greater by far than that of any
country or government — 63 per cent.
The official order issued by the War
Department regarding the award says:
By direction of the President, the Dis-
tinguished Service Medal is awarded
the following named civilian:
"Ernest C. Morse, Director of Sales,
Supply Division, General Staff, for ex-
ceptionally meritorious and distinguish-
ed service. Charged with the very im-
portant duty of organizing and training
a competent force for the entirely novel
functions of supervising, co-ordinating
and directing the disposal, according to
law, of the vast War Department sur-
plus of supplies, materials and proper-
ties of every description, and with the
formulation and development of sales
policies, he performed his manifold
duties with marked ability, energy and
judgment, with the result that the
United States disposed of great quanti-
ties of supplies at exceptionally advan-
tageous prices."
National Museum Gets Early
Automobile
The National Museum at Washing-
ton, D. C, has just received and placed
on exhibition in the Arts and Indus-
tries Building, the second gasoline auto-
mobile designed and constructed by
Charles E. Duryea, between September,
1892, and September, 1893, at which
latter date the machine was success-
fully operated. The acquisition of this
most interesting object was made pos-
sible through the generosity of Inglis
M. Uppercu, president of the Detroit
Cadillac Motor. Car Co. of New York
City. Although the machine on exhibi-
tion is not the first car made by Dur-
yea (the first being designed and built
between August, 1891, and September,
1892, and successfully operated) it is a
duplicate of it except in having a more
powerful motor and correspondingly
heavier and stronger parts.
Just as in the very beginning of rail-
road transportation, the passenger
coaches used were simply stage
coaches mounted on wheeled trucks, so
Duryea's first and second automobiles
were simply converted horse-drawn car-
riages, the particular style chosen being
the lady's low phaeton. Every pait of
the cari'iage was used, simply adding to
it the engine and propelling and control
mechanisms.
The motive power of the vehicle is a
single cylinder, four cycle, water-cooled
gasoline engine designed by Duryea.
The engine, whose piston rod and crank-
shaft are both exposed, lies horizontal
with its head toward the rear of the
carriage and the crankshaft and fly-
wheel located at the center of the ve-
hicle below the seat. The engine is
fired by a make-and-break spark, a pin
attached to the center of the piston
head striking a pivoted arm which in
turn is in contact with an insulated
connection through the cylinder head to
the source of the electric current (dry
batteries). The carburetor is of the
spray type but without a float such as
is generally used today and fuel was fed
into the float chamber at a rate which
would give maximum power at the de-
sired speed, the motor being operated
at a constant speed as it was thought
at that time that a gasoline engine
could not be throttled. There is an
overflow line in this so-called carbu-
retor, so that if the speed of the engine
slowed down, the excess gasoline would
flow out into a tank below from which
it could be returned to the supply tank
by means of a hand pump. The start-
ing crank projected at the rear parallel
to the engine cylinder and turned the
crankshaft by engaging a pair of bevel
gears on the upper face of the flywheel.
1164
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Attached to the center of the under
^ face of the flywheel is a bevel gear
which engages two gears on a horizon-
tal shaft. Through small friction
clutches this horizontal motion is trans-
ferred through rawhide gears to a jack
shaft, at the ends of which are small
sprocket wheels, which are connected by
bicycle chains to large sprocket wheels
secured to the inside of the spokes of
the rear wheels of the carriage. In ad-
dition, on this jack shaft there is a
small differential enclosed in a housing,
being almost a miniaturu of the modem
differential. There are two clutches at-
tached to the main driving shaft, one
for forward motion, and one for re-
verse. They are controlled by an up-
and-down motion of the steering tiller,
through wires over pulleys controlling
a sliding cam, which engages and dis-
engages the clutches.
The steering mechanism is of the
tiller type, the left and right motion
being transferred through a radius rod
to C-type steering Knuckles. The
pivot line of these knuckles intercepts
the plane of the wheels at the ground,
a feature which is still found in the
designs of modem automobiles. The
whole power plant is supported on a
chassis, the rear end of which is held
by two rods attached to the extremities
of the rear axle and the forward end
supported at a single point on the
front axle, forming a sort of pivot and
resulting really in a three-point sus-
pension.
This machine was used about Spring-
field during the winter of 1893 and
spring of 1894 and, in the meantime,
another machine was being built — this
one to be a real automobile. This third
machine was running late in 1894 and
won the first American Automobile
Race, Thanksgiving Day, 1895, at Chi-
cago.
Export-Trade Combinations
Now Operating
The Federal Trade Commision today
announced that forty-five export asso-
ciations, or combinations organized for
the purpose of export trade, are now
operating under the Export Trade Act
(Webb-Pomerene law), of which law
the commission has administration.
The far-reaching effect of the Export
Trade Act upon national industrial life
may be seen from the fact that these
associations comprise a total of 772
members, whose plants and factories,
numbering about a thousand, are dis-
tributed over forty-two states of the
Union. In some of the larger plants
thousands of workmen are employed;
others are so small that exportation
would be impossible without the ad-
vantages of co-operation derived under
the act.
The products exported include a wide
range of commodities, from clothespins
to locomotives, and are shipped from
both Atlantic and Pacific ports to every
part of the world.
district and co-operative offices of the
Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce located in different cities.
Four California Firms Join
$5,000,000 Machine Merger
Formation of a $5,000,000 corporation
for the manufacture of machinery for
canners and dried fruit packers is an-
nounced by the Berger & Carter Co.
interests of San Francisco. The new
company will be known as the Berger,
Fleming & Brown Co., and will have its
main offices and factories at San Jose.
The new corporation absorbs the
following companies: Berger & Carter
Machinery Co., of Hayward, Cal., manu-
facturer of fruit and vegetable canning
machinery; Smith Manufacturing Co.,
San Jose, Cal., manufacturer of ma-
chinery and equipment for packers of
dried fruit; Wonder Dehydrator Co.,
San Francisco, manufacturer of
"Wonder" portable and custom dehy-
drators, operating under the Hammond
process patents; National Axle Corpo-
ration, San Jose, Cal., manufacturer of
auto-truck axles.
Really big men love to lock arms with
difficulties that would floor weaklings.
They find joy in heroic effort. — Forbes
Magazine (N. Y.)
Industrial Machinery in France
and Belgium
"Europeans have overestimated their
capacity for rehabilitating their indus-
tries; American co-operation applied to
the reconstitution of essential pro-
ducing industries would provide a con-
siderable market for American indus-
trial machinery and at the same time
would insure raw materials and more
work for European machinery factories;
more needs to be done to gain the con-
fidence of European industrialists." The
foregoing are the expressed opinions of
Trade Commissioner Charles P. Wood
in a report on industrial machinery in
France and Belgium just published by
the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce of the Department of Com-
merce.
The report is published in answer to
the many inquiries received in the Bu-
reau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce from American machinery manu-
facturers, engineers and contractors
concerning the probable requirements of
European countries that would seek to
rehabalitate their industries and resume
their former status in the peace-time
markets of the world Every important
industrial center and such other places
as would contribute to a broad estimate
of the situation were visited by Mr.
Wood during the course of his investi-
gation.
The report discusses industrial condi-
tions after the war. The industrial
needs of the two countries are classi-
fied for the convenience of the manu-
facturer and exporter. Application of
American methods, credits and trade
methods generally are covered at some
length.
The publication is known as "Special
Agents Series No. 204— Industrial Ma-
chinery in France and Belgium." Copies
can be purchased from the Superintend-
ent of Documents, Government Printing
Office, Washingtcti, D. C, and from the
Engineers Hear of Deep
Sea Diving
At a joint meeting of the Harvard,
Yale and Princeton Engineering Asso-
ciations held at the Yale Club in New
York on Dec. 9, John F. O'Hagan, form-
erly of the United States Navy, told
of the development of the art of deep
sea diving from the days of Homer to
the present day. He had a complete
modern diving suit -mth him and ex-
plained its workings in detail, assisted
by Frank Crilley, the holder of the
depth record of 306 feet made at Hono-
lulu in his endeavor to rescue the crew
of the submarine F-4. The engineers
were willing to accept the classification
of diving as an extra hazardous occupa-
tion after listening to Mr. O'Hagan's
description of the fatal "squeeze" of
hydrostatic pressure and the tortures
of caisson disease, or the "bends."
Horace E. Dodge
Horace E. Dodge, millionaire auto-
mobile manufacturer, died unexpectedly
on Dec. 10 at his winter home in Palm
Beach, Fla., where he had gone, appar-
ently in good health, from Detroit a ^ew
weeks ago. He was fifty-two years old.
Mr. Dodge has been sole head of the
Dodge automobile interests since his
elder brother, John Dodge, died in New
York at the Ritz-Carlton last January
of pneumonia. At that time Horace E.
Dodge also was seriously ill with pneu-
monia. The brothers were attending
the New York automobile show together,
where they were both stricken.
On completing their apprenticeship
in the parental shop the brothers
worked as journeymen machinists in
several Michigan cities until the year
1901, when they started their own place
in Detroit. They employed only eleven
men and used machinery taken in pay-
ment of a debt. They then began to
specialize — John becoming the business
executive and Horace the technical ex-
pert on gas engines.
When Henry Ford organized his com-
pany in 1902 he took the Dodge brothers
in with him for a combined interest of
$10,000, the stock to be paid for by their
manufacture of 650 chassis. In 1916
they won an action against Mr. Ford
to restrain him from what they con-
sidered misuse of the company's profits.
They then started to manufacture their
own cars.
A few years ago the brothers gained
a rapid success in the manufacture of
the Dodge car. They were popular
with the 18,000 men who worked for
them; the day after the death of John
Dodge the organization paid him the
tribute of breaking all production rec-
ords for the plant.
Mr. Dodge is survived by his wife and
two children.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
i/ '•'
K^
1164a
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Sandblast, Kotory-Table, Dircct-Pressure-Type
Pangborn Corporation, Hagerstown, Md.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18. 1920
This machine is used for work
difficult to clean and of large size.
It is equipped with an elevator and
a separator, using both mechanical
means and circulation of air tor re-
clamation and separation of the
abrasive. The reclaimed abrasive is
accumulated in storage bins, from
whicli tho tank for the blast can be
quickly refilled by operating a
valve, thus making the operation of
the machine practically continuous.
The machine is made in two sizes,
with table diameters of 70 and 90 in.
and a clearance of 15 in. between the
table top and the nozzles.
Sandblast, Rotary-Table, Suction-Feed, 48-In.
Pangborn Corporation, Hagerstown, Md.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
The self-contained suction-feed
machine is intended for the clean-
ing of light work and reftnishing.
The used abrasive is reclaimed
through screens and handled with-
out the use of an elevator. The
cleaned abrasive is carried continu-
ously by suction to the nozzles. The
machine is made in two sizes, the
one shown having a table 42 in. in
diameter and one nozzle with a
vertical adjustment allowing any dis-
tance from 5 to 12 in. between the
table top and the nozzle.
Mandrel, Self-Gripping
Eastern Tube and Tool Co., Inc., Brooklyn, X. Y.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
The mandrel shown
holds bushings, gears
and similar parts whilo
turning or grinding, the
parts being slipped on
or off it by turning
them slightly to the
left. The body has three grooves, each of which contains a
roller in the proper position for gripping by means of flat springs.
The collars at each end retain the rollers and springs. When
the cut is applied to the work on the mandrel the rollers are
caused to wedge and grip the work rigidly. The body is ground
0.0002 in. undersize. EJlie to the action of the rollers, the mandrel
will grip work 0.005 to 0.015 oversize. The mandrel is made in
a range of sizes from 4 to 2 inches.
Sandblast, Rotary-Table, Gravity-Feed-Type
Pangborn Corporation, Hagerstown, Md.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
This type of machine is intended
for work not difficult to clean or
where the intensive action of the di-
rect-pressure blast is unnecessary. The
machine is self-contained. Both me-
chanical and draft action are used for
reclamation and handling of the
abrasive, which is ted by gravity in
a continuous cycle to the nozzles. The
machine is made in but one size with
a table diameter of 84 in., and it has
an adjustment of the nozzle arms that
permits a clearance of either 10 or 15
in. between the table top and the
nozzles.
Sand-Blast, Rotary-Table, Snction-Feed, 70-In.
Pangborn Corporation, Hagerstown, Md.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
This Is the largest size of suc-
tion-feed machine of the series.
It has a table diameter of 70 in.
with a clearance of 12 in. between
the nozzles and table top, allow-
ing the handling of reasonably
large work or a large quantity of
small pieces.
Gage, Taper-Measuring, "Precision"
Doyle-Wall Machine and Tool Co., 318-24 Pearl St., Syracuse,
N. Y.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
The device consists of a double
sine bar and angle-measuring
gage. Tapers from 0 to 4 in. per
foot can be measured. A chart,
figured to four points of decimals,
is supplied with each gage to
show the values of tapers from
i'« to 4 in. per foot. The gage
can be set up more quickly than
a sine- bar. and no high degree of
skill is required for its operation,
because only one measurement is
necessary. The parallels and pins
are hardened, ground and lapped,
an accuracy to within 0.0001 in.
being guaranteed. The tool is
regularly made in two sizes with
parallels having 12 or 6 in. cen-
ter distances, but gages for any
desired size of taper can be fur-
nished.
Hub Plate, Self-Locking
J. P. Finerty & Co.. Dunmore, Pa.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
This self-locking hub plate
has been designed to replace the
methods of putting in hub liners
which are now in use. It does
away with the metiiod of cast-
ing the hub plate into the driv-
ing box and also of fastening it
in by screws or similar methods.
Hub plates o." this type are in
use on about forty locomotives
of a well-known railroad and
are giving satisfactory service
at a consideiably lower cost
than thei plates formerly used.
^
-^J^
>»ri*t* opii,4i«0oi
Motor Drive, liatbe, Wood-Turret
Wood Turret Machine Co., Brazil, Ind.
"American Machinist," Nov. 18, 1920
Designed for use on the com-
pany's tilted-turret lathe and
screw machines, the motor base
or cabinet leg of this machine is
so arranged that the motor may
be easily removed for cleaning or
repair. Power is transmitted
from the motor to the large driv-
ing pulley on the .spindle by
means of a double belt passing
through the pan and lightened by
a double-acting idler. This motor-
drive arrangement is being sup-
plied on the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 back-
geared type of machine, d.c. variable-speed motors being used.
1
^h
E
^1
aOir
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
1164b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Max Maag of Zurich, Switzerland,
inventor of the gears and machines that
bear his name, sailed for home on Dec.
4 after several weeks in this country
spent in looking after his gear interests
here. He expects to return in the
spring.
J. C. KoPF, formerly manager of the
engineering department of the Duff
Manufacturing Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.,
has been appointed research engineer
and placed in charge of a newly estab-
lished research department. F. W.
SCHWERIN has been promoted to man-
ager of engineering.
Harvey A. Higgins, Jr., who was
connected with the Committee on Public
Information during the war and who
has recently been doing editorial work
in New York City, has returned to his
position as advertising manager of the
Standard Tool Co., Cleveland, Ohio,
from which he had a leave of absence.
John B. Matthews, consulting engi-
neer and surveyor, San Francisco, is
now designing the first large turbo-
electric driven passenger and cargo
steamer to be built on the western
coast, and will have entire supervision
of its construction.
Lee H. Benson has been appointed
president and general manager of the
Amery Manufacturing Co. of Amery,
Wis., recently organized by him and
other business men of Amery. The
company has taken over the entire
stock of the Western Machine Manu-
facturing Co. of Eau Claire, Wis., and
will manufacture the line of engines,
pump jacks, wood saws, engine trucks,
etc., formerly manufactured by that
company.
William R. Miller has left the em-
ploy of the Hooven, Owen, Rentschler
Co., Hamilton, Ohio, and is now with
the New York Shipbuilding Corpora-
tion, Camden, N. J.
W. R. Webster has resigned his po-
sition as assistant chief engineer for
the Cambria Steel Co., Johnstovim, Pa.,
to become general engineer of the
Semet-Solvay Co., of Syracuse, N. Y.
F. G. B. Allan, ol Toronto, has been
appointed genera! manager of the
Pressed Steel Metals Co. of Canada,
Ltd., and American Bushings Corpora-
tion, in succession to J. W. Leighton,
who is now chief engineer and super-
visor of works. In addition Mr. Leigh-
ton will devote a portion of his time
to the development of the patented
bushings and tube processes.
Charles Smith, chairman of the
board of directors of Landers Frary &
Clark, arrived in New York Saturday
on the Aquitania from England. He
said that conditions in London are at
the present time far from encouraging
due to the lack of employment.
W. A. Maxwell, Jr., of Westmont,
Pa^ assistant general superintendent
of the Cambria Steel Co., Johnstown,
Pa., resigned, effective Nov. 22, to
accept the position as general superin-
tendent of the Inland Steel Co. plant
at Indiana Harbor, Ind. H. A. Berg,
also of Westmont, superintendent of
the blast furnace operations of the
Midvale Steel and Ordnance Co., suc-
ceeds Mr. Maxwell.
Benjamin C. Jones has been selected
as general manager of the new porce-
lain plant division of the General Elec-
tric Co. at Pittsfield, Mass.
E. E. Harkness has recently been
appointed production manager of the
C. J. Root Co., of Bristol, Conn, man-
ufacturers of automatic counters,
wrought brass hinges, etc.
W. W. Alexander, who has been
vice-president and general manager of
the Syracuse plant of the John Deere
Plow Co., has been promoted to be vice-
president and general manager of the
company in St. Louis. Upon leaving,
Mr. Alexander was presented with a
solid gold watch and chain by the em-
ployees of the Syracuse factory. Pre-
vious to coming to Syracuse in 1910 Mr.
Alexander had charge of the Indianapo-
lis branch of the company.
John C. Pangborn, vice-president,
Pangborn Corporation, Hagerstown,
Md., manufacturer of sand-blast and
allied equipment, sailed on Nov. 27 for
Southampton.
J. Grady Rollow has resigned his
position with E. I. duPont de Nemours &
Co., and is now connected with the Los
Angeles Gas and Electric Corporation
as consulting engineer.
C. C. Lance, formerly shop engineer
for the Seaboard Air Line Railway Co.,
is now with the National Boiler Wash-
ing Co., Chicago, 111.
Albert R. Dismukes has resigned
his position with Joseph E. Lowes, Inc.,
Dayton, Ohio, and become associated
with the Safe-Cabinet Co., of Marietta,
in the capacity of industrial engineer.
Ray Mayhew, recently motor engi-
neer with the American Hoist and Der-
rick Co., St. Paul, has taken a position
with the Clyde Iron Works, Duluth,
Minn.
Edward Payson Bullard, Jr., presi-
dent of the Bullard Machine Tool Co.,
Bridgeport, Conn., has been awarded
the Howard N. Potts Gold Medal by
the Committee on Science and the Arts
of The Franklin Institute for his in-
vention of the Mult-Au-Matic Machine
Tool.
Frank Thornton, Jr., chief engineer
of the Westinghouse Electric Products
Co., has been appointed manager of the
electric heating engineering department
of the Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Co.
♦
Federal incorporation of American
companies doing business locally in
China, with exemption of such compa-
nies from income and excess profits
taxes, is being advocated by American
Chambers of Commerce in China, espe-
cially those at Shanghai and Tientsin.
The consolidation of Whiting Foundry
Equipment Co. of Harvey, 111. and the
American Foundry Equipment Co. of
^ew York City, recently announced,
has not been consummated and the two
companies will continue as separate
concerns the same as heretofore.
The Western Reserve Motor Car Co.,
Leavittsburg, Ohio, has been incor-
porated for the purpose of manufactur-
ing complete high-class automobiles.
R. K. Johnson is president. The West-
em Reserve National Bank, Warren,
Ohio, is the temporary headquarters.
The Production Equipment Co. has
opened a showroom at 39th St. and
Broadway, New York C;ty, displaying
an assortment of rifles, guns, mi-
crometers and other products of the
Birmingham Small Arms Co. It
also exhibits some interesting small
lathes and milling machines made by
the Drummond Co. of England.
The Yougstown Steel Co., Warren,
Ohio, has been formed for the purpose
of manufacturing a high-grade wrought
iron by a new process.
A syndicate, composed of Charles
Michaels and other Bucyrus capital-
ists, has purchased the electric crane
department of the Toledo Bridge and
Crane Co., of Toledo, and a new com-
pany known as the Toledo Crane Co.,
of Bucyrus, will be organized with an
authorized capital of $500,000 to ope-
rate the business. The plant will be
moved to Bucyrus within 60 days.
The Marine Iron Works, New Or-
leans, La., is quartered temporarily in
three old buildings and contemplates
the erection of a modern structure on
the present site.
The White Manufacturing Co.,
Goshen, Ind., has recently been incor-
porated in that state and has purchased
the shop and business of the Alford
Motor and Machine Co. and the Goshen
Motor Works.
The Society of Automotive En^neers will
hoI(] its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to 13
inclusive at New Yorli.
The Engineering Institute of Canada will
hold its thirty-fifth annual meeting: in To-
ronto, King Edward Hotel, on Feb. 1, 2
and 3.
A triple convention of the National Sup-
ply and Machinery Dealers' Association,
the Southern Supply and Machinery' Deal-
ers' .Association and the .American Supply
and Machinery Manufacturers' Association
will be held in Atlantic Citv. N. J.. Mav 16,
17 and 18. 1921. with headquarters for all
three associations at the Marlborough-Blen-
heim. F. D. -Mitchell, 4106 Woolworth
Building. New York, is secretary of the
last-named association.
The Spring Convention of the National
Machine-Tool Builders' .Association will be
held on Thursday and Pridav, May 19 and
20. at Hotel Traymore. Atlantic City. N. J.
Chas. E. Hildreth, care of the Association.
Worcester. Mass., is general manager.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1164c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Grinding Machine, Internal and Spindle
Jones & Shipman, Ltd., Leicester, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4. 1920.
Tills machine is intended for
all kinds of cylindrical work.
External grinding can be done up
to 24 in. between centers and 12
in. in diameter and holes from g
in. up to 5 in. in diameter and 3 J
in. deep. Eight spindle speeds
can be obtained. To give a wider
range of speeds on the workhead
a new sectional pulley Is fltted.
Grinding Maciiine, Hurfare, Vertical-Spindle
Lumsden Machine Co., Gateshead. England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920.
The table of this machine has
a working surface of 15 x 72 in. ;
it is driven by rack and spiral
gear. The traverse speeds are
8 ft. and 13 ft. per minute, the
reverse motion being automatic.
The 16 in. in diameter grinding
wheel is built up of eight seg-
mental blocks held by taper dogs
in a chuck ; the segments pro-
trude from the chuck about \ in.
The minimum feed of the wheel
is 0.0005 in. and the maximum.
0.008 in., both hand and auto-
matic feed being provided.
^Veight, 6J tons ; floor space, 16
X 7 ft.
Lathe. 13-In.
Seison Engineering Co., Ltd., London, E. C, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition), Sept. 4, 1920.
The swing over the bed of
this lathe is 13J in. and in
the gap 20 in. by 6J in. from
the faceplate, the swing over
the carriage being 8 in. With
a bed 6J ft. long the maxi-
mum distance between cen-
ters is 3 ft. 3 in. The spindle
is bored 1 ,', in. to admit
Ij-in. bars. Three feeds and
ten spindle speeds are pro-
vided, the latter runging
from 14 to 450 r p.m. The
tailstock sets over for taper-
turning. A square turret cur-
ries tools of 3-in. section.
Weight, 1.650 lb.
Planer, Spiral Bevel Gear
Smith & Coventry, Ltd., Manchester, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 4. 1920.
This machine has been designed
to produce correct spiral bevel
gears, the geometry of the spiral
produced being of the same ac-
curacy as the spiral spur gear or
the involute curve used for the
wheel tooth. The teeth produced
are symmetrical at every section
and the spiral of the teeth on the
pitch cone is a correct geometrical
figure having a uniform lead
spiral. The "spiralty" is pro-
duced by imparting an angular
movement to the wheel blank
during the cutting operation.
Axle-Endins and Centering Machine
Tangyes, Ltd., Birmingham. England
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sejit. 4. 1920.
This machine turns end
collars, faces to length
and centers axles 4 ft.
9 in. to 9 ft 6 in. long
up to 9 in. in diameter.
The headstocks have
large spindles, each
with a lOJ-in. diameter
hole. The main gear
box is arranged for four
speeds and is driven by
a 15-hp. motor. The
spindle speeds are 28 to
63 r.p.m. Each head-
stock engages the nuick-power traverse screw, the speed being
5 ft. per minute. The centering spindle is driven at 360 r.p.m. by
its independent IJ-hp. motor. The floor space is 24 ft. by
4 ft. 6 in.
Latiie. Axle-Turning, "Tangyes"
Alfred Herbert. Ltd., Coventry. England
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 4, 1920.
This lathe is designed
for turning simultane-
ously both ends of a
locomotive, carriage or
wagon axle. The bed
is 14 ft. by 255 in. on
top ; lengths up to 8 ft.
6 in. can be taken be-
tween centers. T h e
headstock has a large
spindle with an 11-in.
diameter hole. The four-
speed gear box is
coupled to a 15-hp. mo-
tor and a total of eight
spindle speeds, from 12
to 80 r.p.m.. can be obtained The three feeds are 6. 12 and 22
revolutions jier inch. A 9 x 9-in. turret carries four tools.
Grinding Machine, Tool, Curved-Lip
Lumsden Machine Co., Ltd., Gateshead, England
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept. 11. 1920.
The curved-lip mechanism con-
sists of a horizontal traversing
slide mounted on a column hav-
ing vertical adjustment. This slide
Is pivoted on the column and can
be swung at any desired angle in
the horizontal plane to the wheel.
Mounted on the slide is a cross-
slide carrying a swiveling vise,
the base of which is mounted at
an angle of about 40 deg. to the
slide. All controls are hand oper-
ated. The end of the machine
taking the 12-in. cup wheel car-
ries a toolrest and wheel dresser.
Haw, Double Dimension, 16-in.
Wadkin & Co., Leicester, England.
"American Machinist" (European Edition). Sept 11. 1920
This saw is suitable for such
work as ripping, cross-cutting,
beveling, tonguing. grooving, mi-
tering. cutting compound angles,
roughing-out coreboxes, etc. The
entire table tilts by worm gearing
up to 45 deg., the angle being in-
dexed. The ripping fence has a
front fence plate which cants from
the vertical to 45 deg. and swivels
30 deg. either way. A cutting-off
gage swivels right and left hand,
the angles being shown on the
sliding table surface. Miter gages
are mounted on each side. Weight
1 ton.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
1164d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
Itif
THE WEEKLY PRICE GUIDE
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON— Quotations compiled by The Matthew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI
if Cuirent
No. 2 Southern $44. 50
Northern Basic ^Sx
Southern OhiolNo. 2 42. 00
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 51 .26
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 48.26
BIRMINGHAM
No. 2 Foundry 40.50
One
Year Ago
$30.35
27.55
28.55
32.40
35.20
29.25
29. 00- '0.00
33.10
26.75
26.75
26.75
28.00
PHILADELPHIA
Eastern Pa., No. 2i, 2.25-2.75Bil 42.50
Virginia No. 2 46.25
Basic 38 25
Grey Forge 40. 25
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 40.00
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 46.66
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 41.96 28.15
Basic 38.00 27.15
Bessemer 38.00 29 35
♦ F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES— The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by } in. and larger, and plates | in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named :
. New York • —Cleveland-
One One One
Current Month Year Current
Ago Ago
$4.15 $3.47 $3.58
4 15 3.37 3.34
4 15 3.37 3 48
5.50 4.07 6.25
4,15 3.67 3.78 3.57 3.78 3.67
^ Chicago —
One
Structural shapes... . $3.80
Soft steel bars 3,70
Softsteel barshapes.. 3.70
Soft steel bands 4. 65
Plates, }to I in. thick 4.00
Year
Ago
$3.37
3.27
3.27
'3:57
Current
$3.58
3.48
3.48
Year
Ago
$3.47
3.37
3.37
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows:
Current One Year Ago
MiU, Pittsburgh $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse, New York 4.75 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4. 12 3. 37
SHEETS— Quotations are in cents per pound in various cities from warehouse:
also the base quotations from mil):
Large . New York •
Mill Lot.'i One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No.lO... 3.55-4 50 5 20(n'6 15 4 57 5 00 6.13
No. 12 3.60-4 55 5 25ffi 6 20 4.62 5 05 6.18
No. 14 3.65-4 60 5.30(a6 25 4.67 5 10 6.23
No. 16 3.75-4 70 5.4006 35 4.77 5.20 6.33
Black
Nos. 18and20 4.20-5.35 6 50(o 8 DO 5.30 5 60 6.90
Nos.22and24 4.25-5.40 6 55(« 8 05 5.35 5.75 6.95
No. 26 4.30-5 45 6 6Q(S 8 10 5.40 5 80 7.00
No. 28 4.35-5.50 6 70(H 8 20 5.50 5.90 7.10
Galvanized
No.lO 4.70-6.00 8 OOf' 8 25 5.75 6.25 7.25
No. 12 4.80-6.10 8 10fR:8 25 5.85 6.35 7.30
No. 14 4.80-6.10 8 10.8 35 5.85 6.35 7.45
No8.18and20 5.10-6.40 8 35^8 65 6.15 6 65 7 75
Noe.22and24 5.25-6.55 8 50(B 8 80 6.30 6 80 8 15
No. 26 5.40-6.70 8 65" 8 95 6.45 6.95 8 30
No. 28 5.70-7.00 8 95:S9.25 6.75 7.25 8.60
Acute BOaifeity in sheets, particularly black, galvanised and No. 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are unavailable except In fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Nos. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round shafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
„ba8e $5 50 $5.80 $4 84
Flats, square and hexagons, per 1 00 lb.
base 6.00 6.30 5,34
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
..T V ! Per Cent.
New York 5q
Cleveland ','..'.'/.'.'.'.'.'.... 50
Chicago - 1 !!!!!!!! 1 !!! ! 50
NICKEL ANDMONEL METAL — Base prices in cents" per pound FOB
Bayonne, N. J. ■•■ •■ •"•
Nickel
Ingot and shot a-i
Elcotrolytio 45
Monel
35
38
40
Metal
Hot rolled rods (base) . . .
Cold rolled rods (base) . .
Hot rolled sheets (base) .
.'^hot and blocks
Ingots
Sheet bars
Special Nickel and Allovs
Malleable nickel ingots
Malleable nickei sheet bars
Hot rolled rods. Grades "A" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rods, grades *'A" and "C" (base)
Ci^opper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — low manganese.
Alansauese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — high manganese
42
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Domestic Welding Material (SwedUh Analysis)— Welding wire in 100-lb
lots sells as follows, f. o. b. New York: A, 8ic. per lb.; i, 8c.; A to J, 7Jc
Domestic iron sells at I 2c. per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundarc
from warehouse at the places named:
New York
Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7. 00
Spring steel (light) 10.00
Coppered bessemer rods 9.00
Hoop steel 4.70
Cold-rolled strip steel 12.50
Floor plates 6, 25
Cleveland
Current
8.00
7.00
8.00
4.04
8.25
4.00
Chicago
Current
9.00
12.00
6.75
5.32
10.75
6.63
WROUGHT PIPE— The following discounte are to jobbers for carload loU
on the Pittsburgh basing card:
BUTT WELD
Steel
Inches Black
3 to 3 54-57j%
Galvanised
4I!-44%
Inches
Iron
Black
l5i-25§%
19J-29!%
24j-34j%
2 47-50}%
2Mo6 50-534%
7 to 12... 47 -501%
13 to 14.,. 37i-4I %
15 ,,, 35 -38J%
20)-28i%
22i-30i%
22i-30i%
19i-27J%
JtoIJ..
LAP WELD
1!;:;::,
4|to6..
2J to4..
7 to 12.
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
i to IJ 52 -55j% 39J-43% J to 1J. . . 24J-34}%
2 to 3 53 -56i% 40i-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
2 45 -485% 33J-37%
2Jto4 48 -5H% 36}-40%
4} to 6 47 -50i% 35i-39%
7 to 8 43 -46J% 294-33%
9 to 12... 38 -41 J% 24i-28%
Galvanised
+U-iil%
I}-I1J%
8 -18i%
6J-14J%
94-174%
94-17|%
6j-14J%
9J-19J%
New York
Black Galv.
1 to 3 in. steel butt welded 38% 22%
2 J to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 1 8%
II;:::::: ::::::::: ::::::::::
2 214-29}% 84-16}%
234-31}% 114-194%
224-304% 104-18}%
14}-22}% 2}-IO}%
9}- 174% 54-t-2}%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54%40% 404(S 30 %
50@40% 374(ai274%
24 to 4..
4} to 6...
7 to8....
9 to 12..
Cleveland
Black Galv,
39% 30%
41% 26%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C, banded, from New York stock sell at
plus 45%, Cast iron, standard sizes, plus 5%,
METALS ~
MISCELLANEOUS METALS— Present and past New York iobbers' quota-
tions in cents per pound, in quantities up to car lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 15,00 15,50 22,50
Tin in 5-ton lots 36 25 38,75 56.50
Lead 5 75 6.75 6.25
Zinc 7.00 7.00 7.60
ST. LOUIS
Lead 6.25 7 25 6.00
Zino 6.75 6.25 7.15
At the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for 1 ton
or more;
. New York — — . .— Cleveland — . ^ Chicago —
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year C^ur- Year
rent Ago Ago rent Ago rent Ago
Copper sheets, base.. 22.50 23 50 33.50 24.50 35.50 28.50 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 20.00 20,00 30.75 22 00 30.50 25 00 26.00
Brasssheets 22.25 28,50 32,00 25 00 33.00 25 25 28.00
Brasspipe 25.00 28 00 36.00 27.00 39.00 30 00 37.00
Solder (half and half)
(caselots) 27.75 29 00 45.00 29.00 41.00 22.50 38 50
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 24 os., cold rolled 14 o«. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 74c.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are" for large lots, mill. 500 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Ago
MiU 18.25 24.00
NewYork 19.50 28.00(5.29.75
Cleveland 23.00 29.00
Chicago 23.25 27.00
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
SHOP MffilAlS AND SUPPUR
1164e
^^^
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are f.o.b. mill -^
less 8% for carload lots 1 1 .50
' Warehouse .
. — ^In Casks-^ — Broken Lots -^
Cur- One Cur- One Year
rent Year Ago rent Ago
Cleveland 15.30 12.50 14.70 13.00
New York 14.00 11.50 14.50 12.50
Chicago 14.50 16.50 14.95 16.00
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
Current One Year Ago
New York 6.50 9.50
Chicago 7.00 9.75
Cleveland 7. 50 9.75
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers* purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
. *New York .
One
Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
Copper, heavy, and crucible 12.00 17.00 10.00 11.50
Copper, heavy, and wire 11 . 50 16.00 9.50 1 1 . 00
Copper, light, and bottoms 10.00 14.00 9.00 9.50
Lead, heavy 4.00 4 75 4.00 4.50
Lead, tea 3.00 3.75 3.00 3.50
Brass, heavy 7.00 10.50 7.00 10.50
Brass, light 5.50 7.50 5.00 5.50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings 6.51 10.00 5.50 5.50
Zinc 4.50 5 00 3.00 4.50
♦These prices nominal because of dull market
ALUMINUM — The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. 1 aluminum, 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perIb $33.00 $26.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Current One Year Ago
New York (round) 28.00 32.00
Chicago 21.00 31.00
Cleveland 25.00 35.00
. BABBITT METAL— Warehouse price per pound:
^New York ^ ^— Cleveland-^ . Chicago ^
Cur- One Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
Best grade 70.00 90.00 46,00 70.00 43.00 60.00
Commercial 30.00 50.00 16.50 16.50 11.00 13.00
NOTE — Price of babbitt metal is governed largely by formula, no two manu-
facturers quoting the same prices. For example, in New York we quote the
best two grades, although lower grades may be obtained at from $1 6 to $20.
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
amount is deducted from list:
^- New York ^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Hot pressed square. -i-$1.25 $1.50
Hot pressed hexagon +1.25 1 . 50
Cold punched hexa-
gon + 1.25 1.50
Cold punched square -f 1.25 1 . 50
. — Cleveland — .
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
List net $2.25
List net 2 . 25
Cur-
rent
-1-1.15
-H.15
Chicago
One
Year Ago
1.85
1.85
List net 2 25 -(-1.15 1.30
List net 2 25 -1-1.15 1.30
Semi-finished nuts, ^ and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
Current One Year Ago
NewYork 30% 50-10%
Chicago 40% 50%
Cleveland 50% 55%
MACHINE BOLTS — Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
New York Cleveland Chicago
I by 4 in. and smaller -1-10% 30% 20%
Larger and longer up to 1} in. by 30 in Net list 30i% 10%
WASHERS — From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wTought-iron washers:
NewYork list Cleveland $2.50 Chicago $1.90
For cast-iron washers, | and larger, the base price per 1 00 lb. is as follows;
NewYork $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $5.50
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the Jollowing
discounts from list are in effect:
New York Cleveland Chicago
j by 6 in. and smaller -1-20% 30% 20%
L! ' ■ .... . . --
25%
15%
Larger and longer up to 1 in. by 30 in -i- 20%
COPPER RIVETS AND BURS sell at the following rate from warehouse:
. Rivets -» . Burs .
„, . Current One Year Ago Current One Year Ago
aeveland 25% 20% 10% 10%
Chieago.. . net 20% net 20%
New York 30% 40% net 20%
RIVETS — The following quotations are allowed for fair-eiied orders fiom
warehouse:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Steel A and smaller 20% ^0-5% 30%
ca 20% "'
30%
Tinned; 20% 40-5^
Boiler, j, ! , 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 1 00 lb.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.73 Pittsburg $4.50
Structural, same sizes;
New York ;5.73 Chicago $5.83 Pittsburgh $4.60
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cents per pound from
warehouse in 1 00-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $26 00 30.00 31.00
Brass 25.00 27.00 30.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is 1 c; for lots of less than 75 lb., but
not less than 50 lb., 2ic. over base (lOO-lb. lots) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
25 lb., 5c. should be added to base price; quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is lOc :
less than 10 lb., add . l5-20o.
Double above extras will be charped for angles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as J-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and |-1 J in., inclusive, in square and hexagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to 1 in. by sixteenths over 1 in. On shipments aggregating less than
1 00 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $ 1 .50.
LONG TERNE PLATE— In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
nally, for $8.85 per 100 lbs.
In (Tleveland— $10 per 100 lbs.
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pooDd;
. New York .
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 15.00(3)17 00 13.00 15.00 I5.00(a;|7.00
Colored mixed. . 9.00@,14.00 9.00-12.00 11.00 11.00(313.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1000 is as follows:
^, , , 131x131 I3}x20j
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $2.00 $2.00 $1.75
Philadelphia 2.75 2 75 1.75
Cleveland 3.00 3.00 2.50
Chicago 2.00 2 75 2.00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3.50 $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3.87
Chicago 3.85 5.00 4.12J
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsville;
December 13 December 6 November 29
Promptfurnace $8.00@$10.00 $8.00(a>$10 50 tll.50(aiSI2 00
Prompt foundry 10.00® 12.00 IO.OO(S 12 00 12.50(3) 13.00
FIRE CLAY— The following prices prevail:
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 00
Cleveland 1 00-lb. bag 1.00 .
LINSEED OIL — These prices are per Kallon;
'—New York—*
One
Year
Ago
$2.15
2.30
Raw in barrels, (5 bbl. lots) .
5-gal cans
I-gal cans (6 to case)
Cur-
rent
$0 90
I 05
1.15
^-Cleveland—*
One
Cur-
rent
$1 05
1.30
Year
Ago
$2.50
2.75
-—Chicago.*
One
Cur-
rent
$0.97
1.22
Year
Ago
$2.37
2.57
WHITE AND RED LEAD — Base price per pound:
Red-
Current
Dry In Oil
100 lb. keg 14.25 15.75
25 and 50-lb. kegs... . 1 4 . 50 1 6 . 00
I2j-lb.keg 14.75 16.25
5-lb. cans 17.25 18.75
Mb cans 19.25 20.75
One Year
Ago
Dry
13.00
13.25
13.50
15.00
16 00
In Oil
14.50
14.75
15.00
16.50
17.50
, White
One Year
Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
In Oil In Oil
14.25
14.50
14.75
17.25
19.25
13 00
13 25
13.50
15.00
16.00
I 500 lb. lots less 1% discount. 2000 lb. lott leu 1 0-20i% discount.
Il64f
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
2VEWa/Mf ENLARGED
L-V-FLETGHEn
JlllllltlMltllltllllllllll
%r
Machine Tools Wanted |
If in need of machine tools send |
UH a list for publication in tliis |
column =
iimMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimit im tiiiiiiiiiiiii ttiiiiiiii iiimi.
Conn., Hartford — The Hartford Machine
Screw Co., 476 Capitol Ave. — miscellaneous
machine tools.
Mass., South Boston — The T. L. Harkins
Machine Co., 50 Farnsworth St. — machine
tool equipment.
Tenn., Nashville— iR. R. Sanders, 508 Gay
SL. manufacturer of jewelry and novelties
--No. 91 Bliss double crank press, (used).
Va., Richmond — The Virginia Machinery
and Well Co., 1319 East Main St.. C. F.
Cole, Pres. and Treas. — one 4 J in. to 6 in.
or 4 4 in. to 8 in. portable pipe threading
tnachine.
W. Va., L,OKan — The Guyan Machine
Shops, B. Shell, Purch. Agt. — general ma-
chine shop equipment including ahaper,
punch, shear and drill.
111., ChicaKO — The Natl. Plumbing &
Heating Co.. 6044 South State St. — pipe
manufacturing equipment.
111., Chicago — H. G. Paro Co., 1412 South
Michigan Ave. — one 14 or 16 in. lathe with
chucks and a 1 in. bolt threader.
IIL, ChicaKO — The Rock Island R.R.. La
Salle St.. F. D. Reed, Purch. Agt. — 1 im-
proved style 5 A pipe bending machine.
III., ChicaKO — The Union Ry. Equipment
Co., McCormick Bldg. — one 4 spindle *eavy
duty drill, (used).
Mich.. Birmingham — H. W. Booth — ma-
chines and tools for sheet metal-working
shop.
Mich., Detroit — D. Cotwell, Hamilton Ave.
and Methune St. — mechanical equipment for
garage.
0., Columbus — The L. & S. Mfg. Co., 2625
North High St., manufacturers of metal
specialties and auto accessories, L. C. Lewis,
GenL Mgr. — complete metal working ma-
chinery to include lathe, drill press, grinder,
etc.
Wis., Mllwauliep — The Universal Appli-
ance Co., 625 Cedar St., A. A. Kern, Purch.
Agt. — machine tools for the manufacture
of automobile appliances.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Wetzel Art Furni-
ture (Jo., 1367 Green Bay Ave. — drum
Sander, Jig saw, trim saw, etc., for Cedar-
burg plant.
Wis., Oshkosh — The Giant Grip Mfg. Co
29 Osceola St., manufacturers of horse-
shoes— one trimming press.
Wis., Wanpaca — Waupaca County. C. J.
Knudson, Court House, Purch. Agt. — ma-
chinery for repairing of highway machinery.
Wis., West AIIls — The Warner Machine
Co., 7521 Scott St. — heavy duty grinder for
car wheel work.
Minn., Mankato^The Little Giant Co. — 3
lathes similar to Oliver Machinery Co.'s No.
66 — motor drive, (new or used).
Mo., St. L,ouis — T. J. Moss Tie Co., Se-
curity Bldg. — pipe threading machines for
its branch at Granville, Wis.
Que., Montreal — The Can Welding Co.,
Amherst St. near Ontario St. — equipment
for its proposed plant on St. Timothee St.
Que.. RimouskI — J. A. Theberge — equip-
ment for garage repair work.
iiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiMIiimiliiilliiiiiiiiliilliiiiiiir
iiiiiiitiiitiiiitiiiiiiiniiiiHtiiiuiiiiit.
Machinery Wanted
niiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiti
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiiiiiiiiiie
N. »., Asbur.v Park — The New Jersey
Cleaning & Dyeing Co., 505 Main St — ma-
chinery.
N. Y., New York — (Borough of Bronx)
Niewenhous Bros., 165th St. and Park Ave.
— 1 gasoline driven portable saw.
Pa. Williamsport — The Vallamont Build-
ing &' Planing Mill Co. — machinery.
Mich., Marquette — The Paveglio Granite
& Marble Co., P. Paveglio, Purch. Agt. —
traveling crane.
O., Columbus — J. W. Goddard, 776 East
Starr Ave. — barrel stave machinery.
C, Toledo — The U. S. Mop Co. — one No.
3 punch press.
Wis.. Green Bay — Brown County, J. J.
Cormier. Courthouse, Purch. Agt. — one
loading crane
Wis., Kankauna — The Molock Co., man-
ufacturers of stokers — 4 electric traveling
cranes.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Atlas Bread Co.,
927 Central Ave. — bakery equipment
Wis., Milwaukee — The Badger Concrete
Mixer Co.. 221 Grand Ave. — crane for Its
plant at Watertown.
Wis.. Shawano — C. Foesch, cabinet maker
— wood-working machinery.
Tex., Dallas — -The Bd. Educ. Municipal
Bldg. — shop equipment for manual training
department.
Ont., KinssviUe — The Conklin Planing
Mills — equipment.
Ont., Wallaceburg — The Wallaceburg
Glass Co., Ltd. — equipment.
&>>■■)•■■■" IIIIIIIIIKIIIIIIIIIIIIIllllllllllllllllllllltlll Ililllllllllllt IIIIIIIIIIU
f Metal Working
IllllUlllllllllllllllllllllfC
NEW ENGI,.\ND
Conn,, Hartford — T. R. Forestiere. c/o B.
L. Sellew, Archt., 223 Aylum St.. is having
preliminary plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 12 x 50 ft. addition
to his garage and bottling plant, on Charter
Oak PI.
Conn., New Haven — A. C. Gilbert Co.,
Blatchley Ave , has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 26 x 240
ft. addition to its toy plant. Estimated
cost, $7,500.
Mass., Allston (Boston P. O.) — The T.
L. Harkins Machine Co., 50 Farnsworth St.,
South Boston, has had plans prepared for
the construction of a 2 .story. 50 x 100
ft. plant on Union Sq., for the manufacture
of vulcanizing machinery.
Mass., Cambridge — G. Lawrence, Inc., 24
Cambria St., will soon award the contract
for the con.struction of a 1 story addition
to its plant, for the manufacture of auto-
mobile springs. Estimated cost, $40,000.
W. T. Litllefield. 9 Hamilton PI., Boston,
Archt. Noted Aug. 5.
Mass., South Boston (Boston P. O.) — The
State Bd. of Pub. Wks., State House, Bos-
ton, has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 60 x 325 ft. portable
steel garage, here. Estimated cost. $20,000.
N. H., Manchester — ^The United States
Bobbin & Shuttle Co., Main St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 2 story addition to its manufacturing
plant. Estimated cost, $25,000.
MIDDLE ATI,.4NTIC ST.4TES
D. C, Georgetown — The Rosslyn Steel &
Cement Co.. Woodward Bldg., will soon
award the contract for altering and con-
structing a 100 X 200 ft. addition to its
shop.
Md.. Baltimore — Gibson & Kirk Co.. 211
Key Highway, has had plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story, 30 x 91 ft.
foundry, for the manufacture of brass ma-
rine hardware.
Md., Baltimore — Ralinek & Brambart
Pennington Ave. and Beech St., have had
plans prepared for the construction of a
16 X 39 ft. foundry.
Md„ Baltimore — G. R. Vincentl. 312 Light
St.. is having plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 3 story, 127 x 140 ft garage
at 3-7 North Paca St Estimated cost $60,-
ono E. G. Blanke, 532 North Calvert St,
Archt.
Md., Curtis Ba.v (Baltimore P. O.) — The
Baltimore Car & Fdry Co.. Curtis Ave. and
Locust St.. has had plans prepared for the
construction of two 1 story additions to its
plant. Estimated cost, $18,000.
N. *., Camden — ,T. B. Van Sciver Co..
Market St. Ferry, manufacturers of furni-
ture, carpets, etc., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 30 x 70
ft. kiln building.
N. J., Newark — The Jay Realty Co., 790
Rroad St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 50 x 100 ft
garage on Jay and Dickerson Sts. Esti-
mated cost, $14,800.
N. .1., Newark — The Southern Lumber
Co.. 870 Broad St . has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 1 story, 45
X 80 ft. garage at 427 Halsey St D. Jacob-
son, Genl. Mgr.
N. J.. Trenton — The Remington Phono-
graph Co.. 1662 Bway.. Now York City, has
purch.Tsed a 14.83 acre site. here, and pians
to construct a large phonograph and record
factory.
N. i.. Trenton — The Star Motor Siles
Corp. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 2 story, 65 x 70 ft. repair
shop and storage plant on Prince St Esti-
mated cost. $10,000.
December 16, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1164g
X. Y.. BinKliamton — The Auto StorinK
Co., Chamber ot Commerce Bldp., is having
plans prepared for the construction of a
2 story garage on Henry Si. Estimated
coat, $175,000. A. T. Lacey, Kilmer Bldg.,
Archt.
N. Y., nulTalo — 'The Hewitt Rubber Co.,
240 Kensington Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for tlie construction of a 1 story, 30
X 180 ft. addition to its factory. Estimated
cost, $30,000.
N. Y., Jamaica — G. Cooke, Kissam Pi.,
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 35 x 60 ft. machine
shoi) on the corner of Kissam PI. and
Archer PI. Estimated cost, $9,500. H. T.
Jeffrey, Jr., 309 Fulton St , Archt.
N. v., Jamaica — .\. Hoerning, c/o F. J.
Schfeick, Archt., 4168 Park Ave., New York
City, will build a 1 story. 100 x 155 ft.
garage on Hillside Ave. Estimated cost,
$30,000.
N, Y., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
A. C. Chesley & Co., 277 Rider Ave., man-
ufacturers of fireproof doors, is liaving
plans prepared for the construction of a
2 story, 50 x 200 ft. factory, on 132d st.
and Cypress Ave. Estimated cost. $100,-
000. P. J. Murray, 141 East 40th St., New
York City, Archt. and Engr.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
The Ferncliffer Garage, Inc., c/o DeRose
& Cavalieri, Archts. and Engrs., 370 East
149th St., will build a 1 story, 120 x 125
ft. garage on 3d .'^ve. near Franklin Ave.
Estimated cost, $75,000.
N. Y.. New York (Borough pf Bronx) —
T, Phelan. c/o Moore & Landseidel. Archts.
and Engrs.. 148th St. and 3d Ave., will
build a 1 story garage on Bumside Ave.
Estimated cost. $50,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— D. Eisenberg. c/o F. Millman & Son,
Archts., 26 Court St., will build a 1 story.
80 X 100 ft. garage on De Kalb Ave. near
Skillman St. Estimated cost, $25,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The CJarage Property Corp.. 44 Court St..
will build a 1 story. 90 x 100 ft. garage on
Lawrence Ave. Estimated cost, $30,000,
T. H. Gluck, Pres.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
- — ^S. Morrison, 99 Clarkson St , has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 20 x 52 ft. garage and repair shop.
Estimated cost, $10,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Brooklyn)
— The Victory Operating Co., c/o S. Mill-
man, Archt. 26 Court St.. will build a 1
itory. 115 x 140 ft. garage on Parkside
Ave. between Rogers and Nostrand Aves
Estimated cost. $45,000. S Halperin, Pres.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— ^The Dorsma Garage Corp., c/o F. J.
Schefeick. Archt. 4168 Park Ave., will alter
1 story garage and build a 1 story. 55 x
115 ft. addition to same at 1016 St Nicho-
las Ave. Estimated cost. $45,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— F. Hogan, 45 East 135th St.. has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 25 x 99 ft garage at 52 West 140th
St Estimated cost. $10,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
—The Hup Realty Co.. 229 East 38th St.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story. 75 x 100 ft. garage at
317 East 38th St. Estimated cost. $30,000.
Pa., Bethayres — Klauder-Weldon of Jen-
kintown are having plans prepared for the
construction of a 1 story. 150 x 250 ft.
factory for the manufacture of dyeing ma-
chinery. C. B. Keen Bailey Bldg., Phila-
delphia, Archt.
Pb., Philadelphia — Stokes & Smith. Sum-
merdale Station, manufacturers of box ma-
chinery, have awarded the contract for
altering their 2 story factory at Summerdale
Station along the tracks of the Philadelphia
& Reading R. R. Estimated cost. $19,000.
Pa., Phihidelpliia — M. Wenger. 1229 Wal-
nut St, has awarded the contract for alter-
ing and constructing an addition to his
garage. Estimated cost, $15,000.
Pa., Sheridan — The Acme Die & Stamp-
ing Co., McKees Rocks, will soon award the
contract for the construction ot a 2 story,
40 X 96 ft. factory, here. Estimated cost,
$50,000. J. H. Phillips, Fulton Bldg.. Pitts-
burgh, Archt.
MII)I>I,E WE.ST STATES
III., Chlcaga — The Railway Steel Spring
Co., 30 Church St, New York City, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of an addition to its factory on Chicago
Heights, here. Estimated cost, $60,000.
Mich., Detroit — D. Cotwell, Hamilton Ave.
and Bethune St, plans to build a 2 story,
50 X 170 ft. addition to his garage. Esti-
mated cost, $50,000. William Bros.. 1111
Kresge Bldg., Archts.
Mich., Detroit — The Detroit Evening
News Co., Lafayette Blvd., has .awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
90 X 140 ft garage. Estimated cost, $75,-
000. Noted Oct 21.
O., rieveland — The Cataract Motor Sales
Co., 8812 Bway., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 3 story. 77 x 250
ft. garage at 8807 Bway. Estimated cost.
$150,000.
O., rieveland — The Frame Realty Co.,
c/o J. H. Dickman, 214 Williamson Bldg.,
is having plans prepared for the construc-
tion of a 1 story garage at 742 Hamilton
Ave. Estimated cost $50,000. W. S.
Lougee, Marshall Bldg.. Archt.
O.. Cleveland — M. Purer. 2724 East 53rd
St.. will soon award the contract for the
construction of a 1 story. 80 x 120 ft.
garage at 796 East 105th St Estimated
cost. $40,000. M. Orlin, 2909 East 112th
St., Archt.
0„ Cleveland — The Realty Syndicate Co.
c/o F. Riley, 309 Williamson Bldg., will
soon award the contract for the construc-
tion of a 4 story. 116 x 240 ft. commercial
building and garage on East 79th St. and
Hough Ave. Estimated cost, $300,000.
J. M. Dyer. Ulmer Bldg.. Archt
O . Cleveland — The Republic Tool & Mfg
Co.. 1399 West 9th St.. is having plans pre-
pared for the construction of a 2 story
factory and warehouse on Harvard Ave.
and East 49th St. Estimated cost. $200.-
000. G. S. Rider & Co.. 1900 Euclid Ave.,
Archts.
O., Cleveland — J Spang Baking Co., 2701
Barber Ave., has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story, 25 x 62 ft.
garage at 2603 West 30th St. Estimated
cost, $10,000. Noted Oct. 28.
O., Cleveland — W. S. Tyler Co.. East 36th
St. and Superior .Ave,, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 4 story. 60
X 260 ft. factory for the manufacture of
ornamental iron. Estimated cost, $200,000.
Noted Dec. 2.
O.. Cleveland — G. Zauba, 184 8 West 24th
St., will build a 1 story. 27 x 80 ft. garage.
Estimated cost $10,000,
O.. Columbus — The Brown Steel Co., 480
Neilston St, is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story, 55 x 390 ft.
shop on Marion Rd. Estimated cost, $75.-
000.
O., Columbus — The Ohio Highway Comn..
Stoneman Bldg.. has had plans prepared
for the construction of a 1 story. 100 x 150
ft garage and number of sheds. Estimated
cost. $175,000. V. Redding. 30 Bird Bldg.,
Mansfield, Archt.
O., Yorkville — The Wheeling Steel & Iron
Co. plans to build an addition to its tin
mill here. Estimated cost, $150,000.
Wis., Milwaukee — The city is having
plans prepared for the construction of a
1 story, 18 X 30 ft. blacksmith shop at 6th
St Viaduct Estimated cost. $5,000. C.
E. Malig, City Hall, Archt.
Wis., ShehoyBan Falls — P. Kwekkelboon,
10th Ave., is having plans prepared for
the construction of a 2 and 3 story. 65 x 120
ft. garage, sales room and office building.
M. Howard. Sheboygan Falls, Archt.
Wis., Valders — W. E. Christel is having
preliminary plans prepared for the con-
struction of a 2 story. 50 x 85 ft. garage
and office building on Main St. Estimated
cost. $75,000. Juul-Smith, Imig Bldg.,
Sheboygan, Archts
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
la.. Cedar Rapids — The Chicago. Rock
Island & Pacific R.R. Co.. 179 West Jackson
Blvd.. Chicago, plans to build a 1 story.
40 x 60 ft. wheel repair shop and improve
its shops here. Estimated cost, $16,000.
la., Vinton — The Vinton Truck & Mfg.
Co. plans to build a plant. W. F, Mether
and J. McElroy ot Vinton are interested.
Minn., St. Paul — E. Swanson. 129 La
Fond St.. is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 1 story. 112 x 140 ft.
garage on Selijy Ave. and Dunlap St. Esti-
mated cost. $45,000. W. D. MacLeith. 432
F^ndicott Bldg., Archt
WESTERN STATES
Wash., Tacoma — ^The City Council has
passed an ordinance authorizing the con-
struction of a storehouse and shops for the
water and light department Estimated
cost $80,000. I. S. Davidson, Comr. of
Light and Water.
CANADA
B. C, Vancouver — The Coast Range Steel
Co., 419 Metropolitan Bldg. recently incor-
porated with $15,000,000 capital stock,
plans to build a large iron and steel works,
near here.
Ont., Ottawa — The Dept of Pub. Wks.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of an ore dressing plant Estimated
cost $6,233.
Ont., Owen Sound — ^The Corbet Fdry &
Machine Co, 1064 1st Ave., W., plans to
build a 2 story, 60 x 90 ft addition to its
foundry and machine shop. Estimated
cost, $25,000. Forrester & Clark, 1076
1st Ave., W., Archts.
Que.. Riniouski — J. A. Theberge plans to
build a garage to accommodate 20 oars.
IfllltllllllllltlltlMtllllllltlllltll
IIHIIIMItlllimillllV
General Manufacturing
' "•IHIIIIIII IIIMIIIIMIIIIIIIIi IlllllllllllllllllliiitiiJ
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Conn., New Haven— The Connecticut Sash
. '.^„ ?°-. ,^^^ Grand Ave., plans to con-
struct 3 buildmgs on Grand Ave., to replace
tho.se which were recently destroyed by
fire. Loss, $70,000. Private plans.
Mass., South Egremont — The Bershire
Stone Products Corp. of Boston has
awarded the contract for the construction
°l 5 "7,? kilns, stone crushing plant saw
sheds. 60 x 400 ft. crane and runway and
various other frame buildings, etc. at its
Plant, here. Estimated cost $100,000.
N. H. Seabrook — Seabrook associates has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story. 45 x 250 ft. factory, for the
"^^niifacture of shoes. Estimated cost
MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES
N, J., Asbnry Park — The New Jersey
Cleaning & Dyeing Co.. 505 Main St, plans
to build a 2 story, 50 x 92 ft. dyeing plant
Estimated cost. $30,000.
^"- •!•. New Brunswick — The State Build-
ing Comn.. Trenton, is having plans jire-
pared for the construction of a 2 story.
50 X 80 ft. ceramic building. Estimated
cost, $100,000. F. H. Bent. 142 West State
St, Trenton, Archt
Pa.. Philndelpliia — Kolbs Bakery. 10th
and Reed Sts.. has awarded the contract for
altering and constructing an addition to
its bakery on Broad and Butler Sts. Esti-
mated cost, $100,000.
Pa.. Williamspnrt — The Vallamont Build-
ing & Planing Mill Co. plans to construct
a 6 story, 100 x 200 ft. planing mill and
warehouse, on Pine and Court Sts. The
first floor will be used as mill and the
upper floors as warehouse and supply house
Estimated cost, $100,000.
SOUTHERN STATES
Fla., Falatkn — Stringfellow, Padgett &
Co. has had plans prepared for the con-
struction of a cold storage plant A. Haile,
Mgr. Private plans.
La.. Kaplan — The town will issue $4 0,000
bonds to construct an ice plant. E. Miprs.
GenL Mgr.
La., New Orleans — The Apex Paper Co.,
Paris Ave. and the New Orleans Terminal
R.R.. manufacturers of toilet paper, will
build a 1 story. 40 x 90 ft. warehouse and
factory Estimated cost, $50,000. H. W.
Schlosser, Secy.
La.. New Orleans — The International
Harvester Co.. 606 South Michigan Ave..
Chicago, has had preliminary plans pre-
pared for the construction of a twine man-
ufacturing plant, and a storage warehouse
for farm implements manufactured in the
Central Mississippi Valley. Tile industry
will occupy a front of 700 ft on the river
on the Jefferson side, between Napoleon
Ave. and Louisiana Ave. ferries, here. Esti-
mated cost, $6,000,000. Private plans.
1164h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
December 16, 1920
N c, Gastonla — Arkray Mills has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 20,000 spindle cotton mill. Estimated
cost. $750,000.
N. C, Greensboro — The AUrlght Mfg. Co.
plans to construct a 2 story, 110 x 130 ft.
buildine to cover 46,000, sq.ft. of floor
space, also a dry kiln, shed, etc., for the
manuifacture of toilet seats. T. W. Alder-
man, Secy.
8 C, Dillon — The McLellan Cotton Gin
Co plans to rebuild its ginery which was
recently destroyed by fire. Estimated loss,
$65,000.
Te.m., ChattanooK a — The Chattanooga
Stamping and Enameling Co. has awarded
the contract for the construction of an addi-
tion to its plant. Estimated cost, mcludmg
equipment, $20,000.
Va.. Norfolk — The Cementile Roofing
Corp., 19th St. and Monticello Ave., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a mill building for the manufacture of
roofing tile. A. LeB. Ribble, Mgr.
W. Va., Huntlnitton— The Wilson Cream-
erv Co. is having plans prepared for the
construction of a 2 J story, 7d x 1^" "•.><=f
cream plant. Estimated cost, $125,000.
Mccormick Co., Century Bldg., Pittsburgh,
Pa., Archts. and Engrs.
MIDDLE WEST
111.. Centralia — The Amer Rubber Co.,
1526 Wabash St., Chicago, will soon award
the contract for the construction of a ^
story, 60 x 400 ft. rubber factory. Esti-
mated cost, $100,000. The Consulting Co.,
2801 Union Central Bldg., Cincinnati, O.,
Archts.
m., Elgin — The Sweet Spot Confectionery
Co has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 2 story, 70 x 80 ft. ice cream
manufacturing plant. Estimated cost,
$40,000.
Ind.. Kendallville — The Noble Tire &
Rubber Co will receive bids after Jan. 1,
for the construction of a 2 story. 50 x 200
ft rubber factory. Estimated cost, $75,-
000. A. M. Strauss, 207 Bank Bldg., Ft.
Wayne, Archt.
Mich., Flint — The Perkins Structural
Steel Co., 1603 Garland St., is building a
60 X 200 ft. steel fabricating plant. Esti-
mated cost, $40,000. W. L. Perkins, Treas.
and Mgr.
Mich., Port Huron — C. Kern & Co. plans
to build a 2 story ice plant on River St.
Estimated cost, $100,000. Private plans.
O.. Cleveland— The Cleveland Refriger-
ator Co.. 2996 East 72nd St., will soon
award the contract for the construction of
a 1 story, 70 x 240 ft. factory on Sideway
Ave. and East 65th St. Estimated cost,
$50,000. P. Matzinger, Caxton Bldg., Archt.
O., Cleveland — The Premier Refining Co.,
1187 West 11th St., plans to alter its 2
story factory on Harvard Ave. Estimated
cost, $35,000. Service Constr. Co., 6110
Euclid Ave., Archt.
O.. Palnesville— The Middle States Rub-
ber Co.. c/o E. Bwing, 708 Williamson
Bldg. Cleveland, is having plans Prepared
for the construction of a 2 story, 60 x 200
ft factory and warehouse. Estimated cost,
$200 000 Osborn Eng. Co., 2848 Prospect
Ave Cleveland, Archt. and Bngr.
Wis., Delavan— The State Bd. of control,
Madison, will receive bids until Dec 28,
for the construction of a 1 story 32 x 65
ft. laundry, at the State School for the
Blind here. Estimated cost, $20,000. A.
Peabody, Madison, State Archt.
Wis., Manitowoc— The Manitowoc Prod-
ucts Ca, 10th and Washington Sts.. is hav-
ing preliminary plans prepared for the
construction of a 2 story 55 x 142 ft
bottle factory on Washington St W. J.
Raeuber, 826 South 8th St, Archt.
Wis Milwaukee— The Atlas Bread Co.,
927 Central Ave , is having plans prepared
for the construction of a 2 story. 60 x 160
ft addition to its wholesale bakery. Esti-
mated cost, $75,000. A. Koch, Wells Bldg.,
Archt.
Wis., Plymouth— The Plymouth Phono-
graph Co., c/o W. A. Thomas, Pres., plana
to build a 2 or 3 story, 60 x 185 ft. addition
to its phonograph factory on Mam St.
Estimated cost $75,000. Probably private
plans.
Wis., Watertown — The Badger Concrete
Mixer Co., 221 Grand Ave., Milwaukee,
plans to build a 1 story, 80 x 300 ft factory,
here.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
Col., Liafayette — The Great Valley Sugar
Co., 800 Central Savings Bank Bldg., Den-
ver, has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a sugar factory. Estimated
cost $1,000,000.
Col., Pleasant Valley — (Noel P O.) The
Great Valley Sugar Co., Central Savings
Bank Bldg., Denver, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a sugar fac-
tory, here.
lirtiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiittiiitiiiiiimiiiiiitiiiiiiiMiii
Minn., Minneapolis — The State Bd. of
Control, Capitol, St. Paul, plans to build
a 2 or 3 story, mines experiment station,
at the State Univorsitv, here. Estimated
cost. $250,000. D. F. Mullen, Secy. C. H.
Johnston, 715 Capitol Bank Bldg., St Paul,
Archt.
Tex., Corsicana — The Prick Ice Cream
Co. will receive bids until Jan. 1, for the
construction of a 1 story, 35 x 40 ft. ice
cream plant. Estimated cost, $20,000. B.
H. Frick, Secy.-Treas.
Te.v., Dallas — The Bd. Bduc, Municipal
Bldg., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 3 story high school, to
include a manual training department, on
Haskell and McKinny Sts. Estimated cost,
$765,000.
WESTERN STATES
Cal., 1.08 Angeles — The Coast Envelope
Co., Higgins Bldg., plans to build a 2
story factory on a 140 x 160 ft. site on
Santa Fe Ave. and Jesse St., to replace the
one which was recently destroyed by fire.
CANADA
Ont., Kingsville^The Conklin Planing
Mills plans to rebuild its plant which was
destroyed by fire. Loss, $50,000.
Ont., Pembroke — McGuire, Patterson &
Palmer, Ltd.. 343 Dorchester St. Montreal,
have awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a match factory, here. Estimated
cost $5,000,000.
Ont., St. Catherines — The Kerileth Paper
Co., Welland Canal, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 story
addition to its paper factory. Estimated
cost $25,000.
Ont., Wallaceborg — The Wallaceburg
Glass Co, Ltd. plans to expend $50,000 on
plant.
Ont., Welland — ^The Cross Fertilizer Co.
Ltd., plans to build a 2 story fertilizer
factory. Estimated cost, $250,000.
Que., Montreal East — The Dominion Car-
riage Co.. Marien Ave., plans to build a
4 story addition to its plant Estimated
cost, $50,000. F. Arthur, Mgr.
Que., Montreal — I. Malo, 167 Dufresne
St., will soon award the contract for the
construction of a refrigeration plant. Es-
timated cost, $25,000.
Que., Three Rivers— The Three Rivers
Pulp & Paper Co. has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a pulp and
paper plant Estimated cost. $500,000.
iiiiiitiiiMitiiiiiiitMiiMiiiii) iiiiiiiiMiiniiiniitiiti tiiMiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiilmiiti :
"SEARCHLIGHT"
Want ads Talk-
They go direct to those in the in-
dustry you wish to reach and tell
your story in a forceful and bus-
iness-like way.
They don't mince words but get
right to the point.
Use them for —
Agencies Wanted
Agents Wanted
Auction Notices
Bids Wanted
Books and Periodicals
Buildings For Sale
Business Opportimities
Civil Service Opportunities
Contracts to be Let
Contracts Wanted
Desk Room For Rent
Desk Room Wanted
Educational
Employment Agencies
Foreign Business
For Exchange
For Rent
Franchises
Help Wanted
Miscellaneous for Sale, for
Industrial Sites
Labor Bureaus
Machine Shops
New Industries Wanted
Partners Wanted
Patent Attorneys
Patents For Sale
Plants For Sale
Positions Vacant
Positions Wanted
I*roposals
Property For Sale
Receivers' Sales
Representatives Wanted
Salesmen Wanted
Specialties
Sub-Contracts Wanted
Water Front Property
Work Wanted
Rent or Want Ads
See Pages
236 to 257
For Every Business Want
''Think Searchlight First''
ririMiitiMititMiiriDiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniini
liiniltlHIIItrTii
0144
December 23, 1920
American Machinist
Vol. 53, No. 26
GF THE many developments which can be traced
to the growth of the automobile industry, none is
more striking than the stamping and forming of
sheet metal work for frames, fenders, bodies and other
parts of the modern motor car. The illustrations
herewith show the way
in which such work is
handled in a thoroughly
modern shop, the various
examples being taken from
the regular product for
a number of well known
builders.
The rapidity with which sheet-metal stampings are
turned out in the modern shop makes the tonnage
handled run up into large figures and necessitates
enormous supplies of raw material being constantly
on hand in order to keep the different machines in op^
eration. The headpiece shows the receiving bay of
the Michigan Stamping Co., which, as can be seen, is
piled high with sheet metal in various forms and
The sheet-metal work which goes to make up the
bodies and fenders of automobiles offers many
problems. Some of them aire recounted and their
solutions explained.
sizes. This material is handled by a travelling crane
■vyhich happens to be at the other end of the runway,
^nd it will also be noted that a runway for handling
material in the other direction is to be seen at the left
qf the headpiece. This allows the crane from the
other bay, at right angles
to the storage bay, to run
over into the storage sec-
tion and carry material to
the large machines shown
in Fig. 1. This view shows
the crane in the center and
the stock which has been
delivered. It also gives a general idea of the heavy
machinery used in this work.
The machines shown in the headpiece are for cut-
ting up the material into strips of various lengths and
also preparing material for the presses, which are
located in the bay, shown in Fig. 1. In the same way
the shears shown in the lower left-hand corner of
Fig. 1 prepare material for the presses in that line,
PIG. 1. ONE BAT OF THE SHOP
1166
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
FIG. 2. WIRING THE SIDE STRIPS
SO as to keep the stock moving progressively down the
line. Some of the work done is shown in the follow-
ing illustrations.
There are a number of distinctly different designs
for automobile fenders, most of them being built up
of two parts, as shown in the assembling and fitting
operation in Fig. 13. This is quite different from the
FIG. 4. A FENDER DIH
older type of fender in which the projecting edge was
a narrow strip or ribbon of metal, fastened on in dif-
ferent ways. These ribbons were made up separately,
as shown in Figs. 2 and 3, Fig. 2 showing the way in
which they are wired for stiffening the edges and
Fig. 3 the device used for curving to suit different
conditions. In Fig. 2 the flat strip of metal A and the
wire B are fed together into the curling rolls which
are driven by the pulleys shown. A guide insures their
entering thp rolls in the correct position and as those
who are at all familiar with this work know, such a
machine as this will turn out wired ribbons very rapidly.
Fig. 3 shows some double wired ribbons or those wired
on each edge. The ribbons are curved edgewise by
running between the form A and the grooved roller B.
The form is backed up by the roller C which allows it
to move at the same peripheral speed as the roller
B. Different forms can be substituted for A so as to
give a machine of this kind a rather wide application.
The fenders built up in this way are going out of
fashion and those in which the crowm is drawn down
on the edge, as shown in Fig. 13, are becoming more
popular, both on account of ease of manufacture and
of keeping them in presentable shape.
Dies for fenders of the latter kind are shown in
Fig. 4, the central portion being independent of the
sides so as to allow the metal to be drawn down over
its edges and down into the die. This punch is shown
FIG. 5. DIE OPEN SHOWING DRAW PLATES
FIG. 6. THE DIE CLOSED
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1167
FIG. 7. BLANK FOR QUARTER PANEL
FIG. 8. PRESS FOR QUARTER PANEL
FIG. 9. THE DIES CLOSED
FIG. 10. THE PANEL BEFORE TRIMMING
FIG. 11. THE FORMING AND TRiMMI>?G DIE
FIG. 12. THE TRIMMED PANEL
1168
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
FIG. 13. IN!3PECTING AND STRAIGHTENING
in position in Fig. 5 tOt^ether with the die into which it
mates. This view also i-^hows the inserted plates at A,
these taking the friction '«pf the metal as it draws down
into the die.
Fig. 6 shows the die closv'^d and the meeting of the
friction pieces at the end. It also shows the use of
C-clamps in place of the hook;.' for holding the die up
against the ram. The end piece at A is fastened by the
dovetail block B. The blank is sl':own in Fig. 7.
Figs. 8 and 9 show the die f or^ a curved wing of a
fender in both the open and closed positions. The posi-
tion of the sheet and the drawing 'y ribs shown on the
punch at A, Fig. 8, gives a good i»3ea of the way in
which these dies are made and show® the punch with
the ribs which help to keep the wrinkkles out of the flat
portions.
Figs. 10 and 11 show a quarter paAel trimming die
and the piece itself before trimming. Ti^iree guides are
used, as at A, this operation doing theV final forming
and also trimming the edge as shown at b\ By allowing
extra metal, a clean edge is secured, as al\ tendency to
wrinkle can be confined to the portion whiclm is trimmed
FIG. 14. THE BUMPING HAMMER
off, as can be seen. The trimmed panel is shown in
Fig. 12.
The shaping of the fenders is shown in Fig. 14, this
being a hand operation and requiring considerable skill.
The machine used is called a bumping hammer. It gives
an elastic or cushioned blow owing to the suspension of
the head by a leaf spring and leather straps. As in the
working of all sheet metal, much depends upon knowing
exactly where to strike a blow in order to take out
wrinkles and bulges. The form shovra chalked on the
bench in Fig. 14 is the side line of the fender. This is
for inspecting and re-shaping a trifle should it prove
necessary.
The joining of the upper or crown part of the fender
to the apron or quarter panel is an oxy-acetylene weld-
ing job as shown in Fig. 15. The panels are first tacked
in position with the use of a form and then welded on
the simple welding bench shown, the main object being
to have it at a convenient height for the operator.
Fig. 16 shows how the fenders are fitted to a sample
frame and incidentally shows the type of fender brace
used by some makers.
FIG. 16. TESTING FENDERS ON A FRA.Mr,
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1169
A New Method of Case-Hardening Steel'
By WM. J. MERTEN
Metallurgical Engineer, Westinghouse Electric and HanufacturlnE Co.
Here is a recent development in the carhurizing of steel,
in the form of a method that promises much for the future.
Greater speed, uniformity and depth than now obtainable
are claimed for the process described. The factors govern-
ing case-hardening and the methods in use at present for
performing it are reviewed in the first part of the article.
IRON and low carbon steels absorb carbon from so-called
carburizers very readily when in contact with these car-
bonaceous materials at temperatures above the upper
critical point (Acs). The quantity of carbon absorbed
depends upon:
1. The temperature or degree of heat above the Acs point
of the steel; or, in other words, the higher the tempera-
ture the faster and deeper the penetration of the carbon.
This temperature is high enough to change the iron to
gamma iron, which is capable of forming a solid solution
with carbon or cementite. Beta and alpha iron do not absorb
carbon to an appreciable extent.
2. The character of the carburizer is a very important
factor in the successful conductance of case-hardening.
Elementary carbon as such is only of secondary impor-
tance. Oxygen and nitrogen compounds, which are added
or are naturally present in the so-called energizers that
form carbonaceous compounds with solid carbon, are neces-
sary to generate nascent gaseous carhurizing mixtures of
carbon monoxide and cyanogen gas (CO and CN). Flour-
ishing industries are built up on the production of these
carhurizing materials and energizers.
3. The percentage of carbon present in the steel to be
case-hardened has also a marked influence upon the affin-
ity of the material for more carbon up to saturation.
More specificially, a low carbon steel absorbs faster than
high carbon steel.
4. The presence of chromium, tungsten, or manganese
accelerates the absorption of carbon, since these elements
form double carbides with iron. Nickel and silicon, how-
ever, retard the absorption. The fact that they form solid
solutions with iron may be the cause for this retardation.
From the statement under paragraph (2), which states
the necessity of nascent carbonaceous gas formation for
penetration and absorption of carbon, it is readily conceiv-
able that, if a properly heated piece of steel be brought into
contact with pure nascent gas continuously generated in
a separate unit or chamber and preferably under pressure,
the conditions for case penetration would approach the
ideal. A process of this type is the one presented in this
paper; but before giving the description a survey of the
processes now in vogue with their disadvantages and defi-
ciencies seems to be appropriate.
Present-Day Methods of Casb-Hardening
First Method. The most general and commonly used
method of case-hardening is conducted by packing steel
parts in a metal box filled with carhurizing materials, and
then firing the tightly closed box and contents at a suf-
ficiently high temperature for a length of time adequate to
give the desired depth of case. This process is quite simple
and assures fair success if properly conducted in accordance
with a prescribed procedure, experimentally determined to
give certain definite results under definite and specific con-
ditions. The disadvantages of the process are:
1. Uncertainty of obtaining the proper reaction within
the closed box.
2. Difficulty in duplication of results as pre-determined,
because of non-uniformity of carburizers.
Safgfy traps,! if ted
when pressure becomes
y too fjicjti & »hen charqinq
door IS opened
•Presented before the Pittsburgh Chapter, Heat-Treaters Re-
search .Society, Sept. 9, 1920.
3. Long time exposure of the steel to a heat not well
controllable produces a questionable structural condition.
4. High cost of operation because of the inefficiency of
the heating method, the cost of the boxes and the rapid
deterioration of them by oxidation or scaling.
Second Method. Another method of case-hardening is
performed by immersing the steel article in a cyanide
bath heated to about 860 deg. C. (1,580 deg. F.). This
process is convenient and effective on small articles only
and where the depth of the case required is not more than
0.005 in. to 0.015 in., or where mere surface hardening is
wanted. This is a fast case-forming method, and from 10
to 15 minutes gives
the desired depth.
The outstanding dis-
advantage of this
process is that no uni-
form case can be pro-
duced. The parts
deep in the melted
bath do not get the
same depth of pene-
tration as the parts
near the surface. The
evolution of the cya-
nide gases at or near
the surface favors the
penetration, and it is
hardly feasible to
have pots with a large
enough surface area
to take care of the
case-hardening work
of an entire plant.
Third Method. The
third method consists
of dipping of a cherry
red piece of steel or
tool into a container
of a powdered cyanide
salt, such as potas-
sium cyanide, sodium
cyanide or ferro- and
f e r r i - cyanides ; or
sprinkling the pow-
dered salt of these
cyanides on the red hot steel surface and putting the steel
back into the fire again. The case-hardening produced in
this way is but a very superficial one, and resistance to
excessive wear cannot be expected.
Fourth Method. In the fourth method the carhuriz-
ing gases are passed over a piece of steel heated in a re-
tort. This process is applicable to parts that are intricate
in design.
All these processes serve the needs of the different in-
dustries more or less satisfactorily. Box case-hardening
is at best dirty, wasteful and unsatisfactory in a number
of instances. Case cyaniding by firing in fused cyanide
salt is inefficient, unreliable, dangerous and costly. Retort
case-hardening with carbonaceous gases is a step in the
right direction, but it leaves something to be desired on
account of the selection of the carbonaceous gases and the
method of application.
Cyanogen Gas as a Carburizer
The process to be discussed next, although still in the
experimental stage, owing to radical changes in the prin-
ciple employed, appears to present opportunities for effi-
ciency, preservation of the product, simplicity of opera-
tion, assurance of uniformity and duplication of results,
SKETCH OF regenerative
cyanogen-gas carbur-
IZING furnace
1170
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
speed of operation, reasonable cost, and wide range of
utility. We may call this process a regenerated cyanogen
gas case-hardening.
It has long been recognized that the most effective car-
burizing gas is cyanogen (CN), that by it a case can be
produced more rapidly, with greater uniformity, and with
deeper penetration than one produced by carbon monoxide
(CO); but the highly poisonous character of the substance
has been a serious objection to its use, and the tendency is
to wastefully lead the gas to the stack and out of harm's
way, instead of controlling it to get maximum elRciency.
To case-harden steel and iron alloy articles in a stream
of cyanogen gas evolved from a container filled with an
alkali cyanide salt, heated by electrical energy or other
means to accomplish vaporization or boiling of the salt,
is the principle upon which the new process is based. The
articles or materials to be processed are independently
heated out of contact with the fused cyanide salt. The
advantage of this will readily be appreciated on recalling
the statements made regarding the fact that case-harden-
ing is produced by contact with gaseous and not with
solid carbon, and more especially with cyanogen gas. The
depth of penetration is then only a function of the uni-
formity of the temperature of the article treated and the
duration of treatment. Nascent cyanogen gas has a speed
of penetration of four or five times that of carbon monoxide.
The furnace shown in the sketch embodies the regenera-
tive principle, since the excess gases not absorbed by the
steel are forced under pressure into the fused cyanide
bath, are reheated, causing a vigorous stirring of the
bath and a lively evolution of cyanogen gas. The gas
is thus produced with more energy and in larger quanti-
ties, and it more vigorously attacks the surface of the
steel, thus causing an accelerated and deeper penetration.
Regenerative Type of Furnace
This regenerative type of furnace is a means of using
the rather expensive salt economically, as the nitrogen
gas on returning to the bath will combine with the sodium,
and a carbon supply in some cheap form such as charcoal
can be added to the liquid as required, thereby retaining
the original amount of cyanide salt intact. It is, therefore,
obvious that this process may compete with the present
box or packing carburizing processes.
To prevent the poisonous gases, which are under pres-
sure, it should be recalled, from escaping into the room,
the suction fan is shut down before the charging door is
opened, a bell ventilating device for inducing draft is ar-
ranged so as to open the bell when the fan stops and prior
to opening the door. The speed of the pump or blower is to
be regulated so as to cause the desired degree of circulation.
Parts of the pump or suction fan wherever possible should
be of non-ferrous metals, such as copper basic alloys or
hard copper. Water cooling jackets or other protective
methods are to be employed for the return flues containing
hot gases, and the nozzle end of the flue must be of hard
copper, monel metal or other non-ferrous alloy with a high
melting point.
Sodium cyanide melts at 600 deg. C. (1,112 deg. F.) and
boils at 800 deg. C. (1,472 deg. F.). The temperature of the
pot must therefore be not less than 800 deg. C, and to
effectively absorb the gas the steel is at a temperature above
ACa, or about 900 deg. C. (1,650 deg. F.).
The furnace illustrated in the sketch is designed espe-
cially for the processing of shafts, but a slight modification
of the upper or steel heating chamber will adapt it to a
variety of work. Grates of nichrome metal with knife-edge
grate bars for supporting the work can be employed.
The advantages of this process are the following:
1. Temperature control is more perfect, since a pyrometer
is inserted directly in the heating chamber;
2. It gives a finer, more uniform, and deeper case than
any other process and requires less time, and is therefore
cheaper ;
3. It eliminates the use and storage of carburizers and
carburizing boxes.
The efficiency of cyanogen gas for case hardening has
never been fully appreciated, nor has it been fully obtained,
since during previous tests the temperature was at or below
the boiling point of sodium cyanogen (1,465 deg. F.), which
is considerably below the ACa point of the steel. But,
even in this unfavorable condition an exceptionally high
speed of penetration has been noted by different writers on
the subject.
It should be noted that, while some of the less important
features of this process are still speculative in character
because of the experimental stage of the development, the
method is based upon well known principles and the con-
clusions have been drawn from a careful study of general
case-hardening practice.
The Turn of the Tide
By Entropy
For fifty years preceding 1914 the man who wanted
a job met competition while the employer could pick,
choose and bargain. There were always men whose
necessities caused them to accept less than the going
wage. For the five years succeeding 1914 the reverse
was true. Employers competed with each other and
workmen received more in dollai-s and cents. This
apparent reversal of position was not altogether a profit
for employees, for the very fact that they had the upper
hand compelled their employers to pass along the bur-
den to the general public, or as it has been so well
put, "the ultimate consumer." Inasmuch as the ulti-
mate consumer is made up very largely of wage earn-
ers, to that extent they paid their ovm increases in
income. The only people badly hit were salaried men
and those few who were unable to shift quickly into
lines of business in which there was a war profit.
During the fifty years referred to there was a great
deal of complaint from employees that advantage of
them was being taken, and that their necessities made
them victims to their employers. During the five years
there has been at least as much wailing and gnashing
of teeth as through the whole fifty years, and yet it
is not likely that there has been as much monetary loss
to employers as there was previously to employees. The
trouble seems to be complicated with non-financial fea-
tures; that is, in addition to the problem of the proper
distribution of the earnings of industry between labor
and the directors of capital, there is the problem of
control.
Out of any body of men there will always be a few
who want to "run things." They are not necessarily
born executives, but they think they are. If they are
not, and yet get in control, they are a serious drawback
in any business no matter whether they are in the
ranks of wage earners or in the office of the company.
Not very many years ago the larger part of the bus-
iness houses had single names at their heads. Then
there were partnerships of two people only. In the
directory of my home town for the year 1842 I find
that there were 139 people doing business under single
names, 38 partnerships of two people, almost always
brothers, and only two partnerships of three people.
The only corporations at that time were railroads, banks
and fire insurance companies. These were all in bus-
inesses which are today more often incorporated than
not. Since that time there has been a growing ten-
dency for men to operate businesses who do not own
the money which they manage. At that time if a
man needed more money in his business than he him-
self possessed he went out and borrowed it, of a
bank if he could not get it from his friends, but he was
very shy about letting anyone know the secrets of his
business, either financial or relating to his designs or
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1171
methods of manufacture. Today men are just as shy
about putting all their money into one business. The
far-famed advice of David Harum, if it was his, to
put all your eggs in one basket and then watch that
basket, is not so often followed as quoted. Men invest
in other than the business they are in and trust their
money to the management of a hired man exactly as
they trust the running of a lathe to a hired man. He
sometimes is on a piecework basis, sometimes on a bonus
plan and sometimes on a straight salary, but as a usual
thing he sits with the board of directors, is one of them
in fact, and oftentime is thought by the public to be the
company. He is really a hired man who has gone a
step further than the men whom he in turn hires.
By this process of evolution the old problem of labor
and capital has become a problem of the work of man-
agement versus the labor of production and the ques-
tion of proper division of the product of both is not al-
together impossible of solution. There still remains
the problem as to whether these two kinds of labor shall
co-operate or antagonize. There is an old saying that
it takes two to make a fight, which is true enough, but
it takes only one to start a massacre. If the man into
whose hands capital is entrusted wants to do so, he
can at times take a very great advantage of all the
people with whom he deals, but not all at the same time.
He can use his capital to buy at bankrupt sales and he
can use it to make such sales possible ; he can use it
to extort high prices from customers, but not usually
at the same time that he is getting favorable purchases ;
he can, usually about the same time he is making ad-
vantageous purchases get his labor for less than the
market rates if he is so disposed. He can do all these
things at different times but he has to realize that the
worm nearly always turns and he is realizing more and
more that it is not only good ethics, but good business,
to live and let live. He realizes that if he crowds the
people from whom he purchases supplies too much, they
may go to the wall and he may have to buy his goods
in the open market after all. He realizes that if the
people from whom he buys when they are in need sur-
vive, they will take reprisals when their turn to come
on top occurs. He is beginning to realize that labor
is likely to do the same thing, because that is what
it has done in the last five years.
A Serious Difficulty
There is though, a serious difficulty about living and
letting live as applied to employees, in that the aver-
age employee is not educated up to the standard that
permits him to see this policy in its true light. The
important thing to a laborer, or to a semi-skilled oper-
ative, is money in this week's pay envelope. He does
not seem to think in terms of the next ten or twenty
years. For that reason it is difficult to lay out long
programs based on stabilized labor conditions. Educa-
tion in the affairs of the world is necessary, and best
of all, has begun. There is many times as great inter-
est taken today by the plain people of the country in
events outside their own sphere as there was before
the war. Any street car is likely to be the scene
of a sharp debate on National issues, where five years
ago nothing outside the town except baseball scores
was mentioned. This is a hopeful .sign. When men
begin to question whether their home hardware dealer
is to blame for the scarcity of paint brushes, or whether
it is due to business conditions in Russia, there is
hope that they will take an equally intelligent interest
in the ability of the shop in which they work to pay
large wages, or work short hours or provide the com-
fortable working conditions which prevail in some
other shop more favored by circumstances.
The great danger, just at this time when men are un-
easy and are doubting their own as well as others'
judgment, is that their employers may take advantage
of the turn of the tide to wreak vengeance. Anyone
who has that feeling might well stop to consider whe-
ther the workmen themselves had any part in the in-
creases in their wages or whether they were simply
carried along by conditions for which they can claim
no credit, and for the results of which they were not
to blame. The law of supply and demand has never
been out of operation for very long at a time. When
workers were scarce employers were bidding against
each other. When the unions made demands for higher
wages or shorter work day units they were rather
extensively granted because the work which the men
could do was so profitable to their employers that they
could afford to put their pride in their pockets. In
some instances they made bargains with their men
which they wish they had not. Some of them even
went so far as to make their shops closed shops for
immediate profit. Now they feel that they threw away
a part of their rightful management by so doing. It
is especially easy for such managers to feel that their
chance to rescind such agreements is soon coming. So
long as these agreements are re-made in accordance
with the terms of the original agreement, there can
be no adverse criticism.
Tendency to Admit Employees to Councils
There will undoubtedly be an increased tendency to
admit employees to the councils of the firm, and if
it is done with the aid of simple, frank and complete
information as to the business standing of the company
there should be an increased stability of employment,
which in itself may readily make a profit larger than
the usual dividends. In the course of bringing such an
arrangement into good running order there is great
danger of misunderstanding. The formation of a shop
committee in itself tends to make less important the
work of the walking delegate who wants his job just as
badly as anyone else. If he can make the employees
suspicious that the statements concerning the firm's
affairs are not correct he is likely to do so. The only
answer is to make them so clear and so easily verified
that he can be answered at once and convincingly.
Fighting is going to do employers little good. Educa-
tion of the employee can accomplish infinitely more.
We should look on men who decline to take good jobs
as men who are mistaken, just as we look on the firm
that will not buy our product as someone to be sold and
not antagonized. There is very little difference. The
prospective customer is studied and we send one sales-
man after another to see him to discover his method
of reasoning before we give him up.
If we have a superintendent or a foreman who can-
not get along with the men, or if we have an employ-
ment manager who cannot get men who will stick to the
job, or if the men all become antagonistic to the firm
we should use the same sales methods and find out
how we can get a suitable body of steady workers. It
is possible that we do not understand them any better
than they understand us.
1172
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 26
RAMS
PRENTICE
J.VLMorris,^
'~^^^ip_
VII.
THE Carnegie Steel Co. in its three principal plants
and central office in Pittsburgh offers some inter-
esting developments of the training idea in
industry. An apprentice school has been in operation
for seven years and a salesmen's school is also well
established. Out of the technical training for the latter
has grown the idea of the
third and perhaps most in-
teresting type — the works
school.
Salesmen's School. — As
regards the salesmen's
school, it should be re-
marked at the outset that it
is not the policy of the
company to take on inex-
perienced young men who
think that they want to be-
come salesmen, give them a
course of training and send
them into the field as their
sales representatives. Those accepted for the training
course are already successful salesmen. The plan of
the course is to give two months to the concentrated
study of the technical elements of steel, coupled with
inspections and observations throughout the mills. It
is thus expected that the salesman under training will
The Carnegie Steel Co.,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
This is the first article of the series that takes
up the subject of employee training in the steel-
production industry. The tendency in the plant
under consideration seems to be to instruct in the
problems peculiar to the industry all those who
work with their brains, and others who seem
capable of advancement.
(Part TI appeared in the Dec. 9 issue.)
arrive at a point where he knows steel sufficiently well
to be of service to the company's customers and, through
understanding their needs, to present the merits of
his product.
For this purpose classes of approximately eight sales-
men are formed four times a year, thus providing for
training thirty to thirty-
five men each year. Three
men, the director of this
work and two assistants,
all first-class salesmen as
well as technical experts in
regard to the product sold,
constitute the faculty,
which by lectures and plant
inspections provides the in-
struction.
Works School. — The
fact that the material de-
veloped for the lectures in
the salesmen's school would
be equally valuable for training all the personnel of the
company whose intelligence is in any way enlisted in
maintaining or improving the quality of the product, has
gradually grown in the minds of the management. Con-
sequently, this material has been compiled in a 600-page
book written in layman's rather than in technical phras-
FIG. 35. DRAFTING CLASS IN APPRENTICE SCHOOL
FIG. 36. APPRENTICES IX SUOP-PllOBI.EMS CL.\SS
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1178
FIG. 34.
ing. It has been put into an attractive
and durable format and is to be sold
to all employees who desire it at a
nominal sum — less than half that
which the management finds it neces-
sary to charge the general public.
An able educator has been engaged
to open classes in each of the three
major plants of the company, in which
this book will be used as a text. At-
tendance at these classes will be volun-
tary, although they will be held on the
company's time and composed usually
of men selected by the foremen as of a
superior sort in intelligence. It is
possible that ultimately the classes will
include all, from the superintendents
down to the brighter apprentices, who
are ambitious and capable of advance-
ment.
To start the experiment, these classes
will meet but one hour a week during
a period of twenty-four months, which
is expected to be the time required to
cover the course as now projected. A
considerable amount of outside reading
will be expected, for which ample fa-
cilities are available — as might be ex-
pected in Carnegie plants — in the gen-
erously provisioned metallurgical li-
braries provided for each of the plants.
The course as projected follows:
First Period — Study of Raw Materials — 4 Months
1. Preparatory study, physics and chemistry, 1 month.
2. Refractories, 1 week.
3. Ores of iron, 1 week.
"4. Fuels and the manufacture of coke, 2 months.
5. Fluxes and slags, 2 weeks.
Second Peroid — Study op the Blast Furnace — 5 Months
1. Composition and constitution of pig iron.
2. Principles of the process and equipment for the manu-
facture of pig iron.
3. Construction of the blast furnace.
4. Blast furnace accessories.
5. Equipment for handling raw materials.
6. Operating the furnace.
7. Chemical reactions.
Third Period — The Making of Steel — 7 Months
1. Consideration of the ferrous products.
2. The bessemer process, 6 weeks.
3. The basic open-hearth process, 3 months.
4. The electric process, 1 month.
5. The duplex and triplex processes, 1 week.
6. The chemical testing of steel, 3 weeks.
7. The physical testing of steel, 2 weeks.
Fourth Period — The Shaping of Steel — 6 Months
1. Methods of shaping steel.
2. Essentials of rolling mill construction and operation.
3. Ingots and their defects.
4. The soaking pit.
5. The rolling of blooms and slabs.
6. The rolling of billets.
7. Rolling sheet bars and skelp.
8. Defects in the semi-finished product.
9. Rolling of sheared plates.
10. Rolling of universal mill plates.
11. Rolling of large sections.
12. The hot rolling of strip.
13. Merchant mills.
CARNEGIE STEEL COMPANY
DUqUESNE WORKS APPRENTICE SCHOOL
T.ri. N«
SHOP PROBLEMS WORK RECORD
llll.lll,.».
Allllnrf.
FINISH
CHErK NO. nEPT TYVTil.
M«.
'Total ratlni
JOB
PROBLEM NO.
TIME RECORD
Total
hours
Workman-
>hlp
Altitude
(WMkly)
REMARKS
1
2
3
4
^
6
7
8
9
10
^
^^
' — i 1
1 J
no. 34
CARNEGIE STEEL COMPANY
DUQUESNE WORKS APPRENTICE SCH(
MECHANICAL DRAWING WORK RECO
ML
RO
-Mo.
T»pni ^ffr
lnlMlg.~.,
Aftit^Kff
K A MP INST
NO START
Workmanship
SpMd
PHFrK \n ni?PT
FINISH _
RnAiinNO TOTAf.
DRAWING
JOB NO.
Time Record
Total
hours
Workman-
ship
Altitude
(Weekly)
Remarks
__
—
—
—
' — 1
■^
BLUEPRINT
READING
Drg. No.
Lj
— 1
FIG. 37
FORM FOR RECORDING SHOP WORK DONE BY APPRENTICE
FIG. 37. FORM FOR RECORDING WORK IN DRAWING
14. The rolling of circular shapes.
15. Forging of circular shapes.
16. Forging of axles, shafts, and similar shapes.
Fifth Period — The Constitution, Heat-Treatment and
Composition op Steel — 2 Months
1. The structure of plain steel.
2. Thermal critical points for plain steel.
3. The crystalline structure of steel.
4. Heat treatment of plain steel.
5. The composition of steel.
Total — 24 Months.
Apprenticeship School. — To study the apprentice-
ship provided by this company the Duquesne Works
were visted. Here apprenticeship has been in operation
since the establishment of the works, although supple-
mentary instruction in a corporation school has only
been provided during the past seven years. There are
now seventy apprentices, to whose instruction a super-
visor gives his whole attention with the aid of six part-
time assistants from the technical staff.
A larger variety of trades are recruited in this plant
by apprenticeship than is the custom in many plants,
as will be seen by the following summary of enrollment :
Armature winders 4 Masons 12
Blacksmiths 1 Painters 1
Machinists 38 Patternmakers (at present) 0
Boilermakers 7
Carpenters 1
Pipefitters 5
Roll turners 1
Total 70
Twenty-two have been graduated during the past
three years, thus at an average of a little over seven
per year, while fifty-one have resigned, a mortality
which may be accounted for to a considerable degree by
the unsettlement of employment conditions attendant
upon the late war.
1174
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 25
CARNEGIE STEEL COMPANY
DUQUESNE WORKS APPRENTICE SCHOOL
APPRENTICE RECORD
Check
Ni« n«pi
V)..<E»«..i:i.,
Dale lefl Public School Last grade passed
Dale of enrollmenl Date of
Rnlipf
finish
Previous Practical Exoerience |
Kind of Work
Wilh Whom
Where
How long
•
Father's name and address _
Father's business _ — ^"~
CL.VSS RECORD
SHOP RECORD
c
E
C
Remarks
1
1
Rate Class
2
c
J
<
S
c
■§
1
1
<
1
1
1
■s
1
13
1
>
<
c
1
<
<
1
1
o
■J
1
1
c
n
I
Drawing
Sliop Prob.
2
Drawing
Shop Prob.
Drawing
Sliop Prob.
Drawing
1
Shop Prob.
Drawing
Shop Prob.
Drawing
Shop Prob.
Physics
Shop Prob.
8
Iron & Sled
Shop Prob.
Averages
FIG. 38.
FORM FOR KEEPING RECORD OF WHOLE PERIOD OF
APPRENTICESHIP
The work which provides the experience for the ap-
prentices, particularly for the machinists, but in general
for all trades except those in the nature of a specialty,
is largely provided through the repair and maintenance
jobs always to be found in a large plant, these being
of a varied nature, but fruitful in providing a broad
general experience. To insure that these jobs will
embrace all the oeprations to be expected of a trained
worker in the trade being pursued, and to rate the
quality of workmanship, intelligence, and general atti-
tude displayed in performance, the supervisor records
and keeps on file the form Fig. 34 for each six months
of each boy's apprenticeship. It will be seen that this
provides for a job number for the jobs or operations
which have been performed, with the problems which
have been selected as suitable to accom-
pary the same. This form is mimeo-
graphed on letter-size paper and pro-
vides for weekly entries.
The supplementary instruction is for
four hours a week on the company's
time and is divided into two-hour
periods, seven to nine in the morning
for those on day shifts and five-thirty
to seven-thirty in the evening for those
who are on night duty. The classes run
through the usual school year of ten
months and continue throughout the
four years of apprenticeship. The in-
struction provided is in drawing, a class
being shown in Fig. 35, mathematics,
and the science related to the industry
and trade concerned, in which subjects
the excellent books now published are
utilized as texts. In Fig. 36 is shown
a class studying shop problems.
The accompanying record blank for
drawing jobs and blueprint reading.
Fig. 37, shows the method of rating the
progress in drafting and blueprint read-
ing. It should be noted that as far as
possible classes are differentiated ac-
cording to trades. This permits the
assignment of problems and drafting of
a kind which will have definite utility
in the trade which the apprentice is
pursuing. Naturally, where the number
in a trade is too small to warrant form-
ing a class, the individuals concerned
are placed in the class where the in-
struction will be most closely allied to
the work of their respective trades.
The complete record of the apprentice
throughout the four years of service is
entered on the blank shown in Fig. 5.
It will be seen that both class and shop records call for
exact reports of attendance and estimates of intelligence,
attitude, workmanship and speed, while in the shop
record an additional rating on general value is called
for. All these ratings are then averaged and provide
the combined rating for each term.
Night School. — During the past winter the company
has for the first time maintained a night school, in which
there was an enrollment of 150. The school finished
with 45 per cent of the enrollment, which compares fav-
orably with most evening trade extension schools. This
represents a fourth type of educational endeavor exist-
ing in the corporation, the importance of which type
may be expected to increase with the expanding of
facilities for instruction.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1175
Helix Angle of Twist Drills
By BRUCE W. BENEDICT
Manager of Shop Laboratories, University of Illinois
The author concludes from his experiments that,
with the present design of flute, the most efficient
high-speed milled twist drill has a helix angle of
35 deg. and that a drill with this helix angle con-
sumes less poiver and generally has greater en-
durance than drills of other helix angles.
THE commercial twist drill is a metal working tool
of great merit. It is accurately and ruggedly
made; it is uniform in quality; it has great endur-
ance; and it is cheap. Among the many high-grade
standard tools there are none which outrank the twist
drill in those qualities that make for service. Drill
manufacturers follow common practices in methods of
production, in design, and in use of special steels, which
results in a remarkably uniform product. It would be
difficult to identify the manufacturers of most drills if
their names were removed, and production would not
suffer if drills were purchased indiscriminately from
leading manu-
facturers.
There are few
better exam-
ples of stand-
ardization in
industry.
Since 18 6 2,
when the
Morse Twist
brill Co. com-
menced the
manufacture
of twist drills
as a regular
product, there
have been no
radical
changes in
twist drill de-
sign. Meth-
ods of produc-
tion during
this period
have under-
go n e great
change, and
the development of steel used in drills can be character-
ized quite properly by the term "revolutionary." The drill
of today is vastly superior as a metal removing tool to the
one of 50 years ago, largely on account of the methods
of producing it and the character of the steel employed
in its construction. Details of design have not under-
gone an equivalent transformation for the reason that
original shapes proved to be structurally sound, and the
manufacturer, confronted with the demand for greater
endurance, naturally subordinated questions of design to
those of technical production. Drill manufacturers and
independent investigators have conducted large numbers
of tests, most of which were concerned with point angles.
26
sS 35
HELIX ANGLE— DEGREES
clearance angles, or with power and endurance factors.
The element of design has not been overlooked, but
it is apparent from a study of published data that
investigators have reported less about design (especially
that relating to helix angle) than about the other factors
mentioned above.
The twist drill is a cutting tool with the same function
to perform as other metal-working tools, i.e., removing
metal. In structure and method of application, it is
unlike any other tool, and yet its action In the removal
of metal is similar to that of other tools, notably lathe
tools, which differ materially from twist drills in form
and in methods of use. Although the mechanical proc-
esses of drilling and turning are quite dissimilar, the
phenomenon involved in the actual separation of the
chip from the metal undoubtedly is very much the same
in both tools. If we keep this fact clearly before us,
and at the same time make correct distinctions for
various tool types, we have all the recorded experience
with cutting tools to aid us in solving the problems sur-
rounding the twist drill. In a machine tool, metal is re-
moved by a
combination
of shearing,
tension, and
compressive
stresses. The
metal chip
literally is
torn from the
main portion.
This process
comes within
the broad
meaning of
the term "cut-
ting," since a
chip is sev-
ered from the
original part.
In reality it
more nearly
resembles the
action of
"tearing." If
the tool was
driven into
the work as a
wedge and a portion of the mass removed, the tool would
perform an action in conformity with the true meaning
of "cutting." While the cutting edge of the tool is wedge-
shaped, one face of it only comes in contact with the
metal, and the resulting action is not "cutting" in the
strict meaning of the term. If metal could be severed
with a sharp, thin tool in the same manner as cheese is
cut, not only would we have a clear case of "cutting" but
also the most economical method of performing this
work. The blunt edged tool of 50 years ago, is almost
the exact opposite of the tool just mentioned, both in
shape and method of application. Its action in removing
the chip is a violent tearing off of small particles, the
40
45
FIG. 1. GROUP OF TYPICAL TWIST DRILLS USED IN THE TEST
1176
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
process resembling to some extent that of a long stroke
punch press making half-holes in the edge of a very
thick sheet. The efficiency of metal removal by this
form of tool stands at the opposite extreme from that of
the first mentioned tool. It is obvious that since a metal-
working tool cannot be made like a cheese knife, and
also that the ancient blunt form of cutting tool is hope-
lessly inefficient, there is some form of cutting tool
between these extremes that will remove metal with the
least power and at the least expense per unit of work
done.
Unquestionably the most effective tool performs its
work through an action resembling "cutting" more than
"tearing," continuing the rather broad interpretation
of these terms just employed. This condition is secured
by increasing \he keenness (acuteness) of the cutting
edge to a degree that does not result in a sacrifice of
endurance of the cutting edge. In general, all tool
development is f ocussed on the cutting edge, the ultimate
aim being to increase keenness without lowering dur-
ability. F. W. Taylor's classic experiments with lathe
tools led to his adoption of standard shapes having "in
each case the keenest cutting angle which is free from
danger of spalling." He recommends the smallest degree
of clearance in order to keep the top slope at a maximum,
to mass the largest amount of steel near the point, for
the transmission of heat. His findings, and the per-
formance of the tools themselves are the most effective
proof that keenness of cutting edge is an essential
characteristic of the modern high-duty tool.
Use of Carbon and High-Speed Steel
FOR Twist Drills
It is doubtful if twist drill manufacturers (as a
whole) have attempted to utilize fully the principle of
keenness in the cutting edge, to the extent permitted by
the use of high-speed steel. With one exception known
to the writer, manufacturers are producing high-speed
twist drills of exactly, or of approximately, the same
0.0056
0.0133 0.0256
Drillinij Feed, In. per Rev.
0.041
2001
0.0056
0.041
FIG. 2. POWER REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1-IN. DRILL OF
VARIOUS HELIX ANGLES, AT VARIOUS FEEDS.
IN CAST IRON
00133 0.0256
Drillini^ Feed, in. per Rev.
FIG. 3. TOTAL END THRUST ON 1-IN. DRILLS OF VAKIOUS
HELIX ANGLES, AT VARIOUS FEEDS, IN CAST IRON
cutting angle as established by them in the days of the
carbon-steel drill. The superior hardness, strength, and
edge retaining qualities of high-speed steel permit the
use of a more acute cutting angle in drills than was pos-
sible with carbon steel. Taking full advantage of these
factors the designer will produce a drill with maximum
keenness and of great endurance. Such a drill will
remove metal freely with a "cutting" rather than a
"tearing" action and parallel the performance of other
types of tools constructed on the same basic principles.
The basis for maKing the previous statement that
manufacturers of twist drills generally have not utilized
the possibilities offered by high-speed steel to increase
the keenness of the drill cutting edge, is found in the
fact that with the one exception noted by the writer,
milled drills of both carbon and high-speed steel of
prominent makers have identical helix angles. The helix
angle as here used, is the angle between the cutting face
at the periphery of the drill, and the axis of the drill.
It is a measure by which keenness of cutting edge, or
the degree of the cutting angle is determined. If twist
drill development had followed that of lathe tools for
instance, high-speed drills would have greater helix
angles (and less cutting angles) than carbon-steel drills.
Since this particular development in drill design is not
necessarily a logical one for reasons that apply to lathe
tools, it is obvious that this question can be determined
only through special investigations. The subject has
been investigated in some detail* at the University of
Illinois, and the conclusion was definitely reached that
milled high-speed steel drills with helix angles of 35 deg.
remove a given amount of metal with less power and
with less thrust on the points than drills of any other
form. Equal or superior endurance also was shown by
the drill named. Results of the investigations proved
that a close agreement existed between theoretical con-
siderations and shop performance.
Helix angles of milled drills made by the leading man-
ufacturers vary between 20 and 26 deg. at the point, al-
though one company markets a special drill having an
angle of 32 deg. at the point. With the latter exception.
•Reported in Bulletin No. 103, Engineering Experiment Sta-
tion.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1177
FIG. 4.
DRILL OF 35-DEG. HELIX ANGLE CUTTING SOFT
CAST IRON >
the majority of milled drills, of both high-speed and
carbon steels, have helix angles of either 22 or 26 deg.
In many of these, the helix angle is decreased gradually
toward the shank a total of 2 or 3 deg., so that cutting
angles become increasingly blunt as the drills wear.
Comparing these drills with the ideal form developed
by the test, we observe that the cutting angles of the
drills having 22- and 26-deg. helix angles are in excess
of the former by 13 deg. and 9 deg. respectively. The
meaning of this in terms of performance is shown here-
after.
The investigation included tests with milled drills
having the following helix angles (in degrees) : 10, 15,
22, 26, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, and 45. The regular
drills used were stock drills purchased in the open
market. The special drills used were made by a
prominent manufacturer according to usual specifica-
tions except design. One-inch drills were used through-
out. A group of typical drills is shown in Fig. 1.
Most of the tests were made in cast iron, and the data
presented here is from these records, since they are
more complete than the observations made in steel to
check the companion observations in cast iron.
The effect of changes in the helix angle on the
power required to rotate the drill against the work and
remove the chip is shown in Fig. 2. Limits of this
article prevent an extended analysis of the results
recorded on this diagram, but it is sufficient to note that
the power consumption (represented by torque on the
chart) of the 35-deg. helix angle drill, is less than that
of drills of other helix angles. Power saving is great-
est at heavy drilling rates; at a feed of 0.041 in. per
revolution the power consumed by the 35-deg. helix
angle drill is over 20 per cent less than the power con-
sumed by the 22-deg. angle drill. The results of this
test confirm the findings of investigators seeking to
establish the relationship of cutting angle to power con-
sumption in other types of tools. The 35-deg. helix
angle drill removes metal more economically than drills
of lesser helix angles because it has a more acute cutting
angle and a cutting edge of greater keenness.
End thrust on the point of the drill is equivalent to
the resistance of the metal to penetration of the cutting
edges of the drill. Thrust decreases progressively as
the helix angle increases; the unit changes being most
marked at high drilling rates. See the diagram, Fig. 3.
While thrust is less in drills of 45-deg. helix angle
than in all others, a number of mechanical factors make
it inadvisable to consider the use of helix angles above
35 degrees. At a drilling rate of 0.041 in. per revolu-
tion, the end thrust on the 35-deg. helix angle drill is
approximately 20 per cent less than that on the drill
of 22-deg. helix angle. It is clear that increasing the
helix angle reduces the pressure on the cutting edges
per unit of feed, resulting in less friction and heat.
Tests for endurance demonstrated the fact that the
drill with 35-deg. helix angle would retain its cutting
edge equally well or better than drills with helix angles
of 22 and 26 deg., under usual drilling conditions. In
fact the endurance record of the 35-deg. angle drill was
generally superior to that of drills with lesser helix
angles.
In drilling deep holes the 35-deg. angle drill proved
to be more efficient in ejecting chips than the 22- and
26-deg. angle drills. No drill will eject all chips from a
vertical hole, but the one with the smallest helical pitch
of the flutes acts as the best conveyor. The shape and
ctondition of the chip as it is removed retards or assists
me process of ejection, and it is here that the 35-deg.
atiglfe drill proves superior to drills of lesser helix
angles. A free curling chip to a large extent ejects
itself. It is possible to obtain these even in cast iron
with a correctly designed and properly ground drill.
Note the work of the 35-deg. angle drill in cast iron as
shown in Fig. 4.
The Best Clearance Angle
A clearance angle of 12 deg. is generally recommended
by manufacturers. This is more than is necessary from
the standpoint of clearance in drilling. With machine
grinding a clearance of 6 deg. is sufficient. The inac-
curacy of hand grinding requires more clearance than
this, but hand grinding is a drill atrocity that should not
be permitted. Metal removed from the heel of the drill
reduces the volume of it available for the transmission
of heat. Taylor recommends, as previously mentioned,
the smallest clearance in order to keep the top rake
of the tool at a maximum. One or the other elements
must be sacrificed if sufficient metal for conducting heat
is retained in the tool. A drill with a helix angle of
35 deg. and a clearance angle of 6 deg. has approx-
imately the same quantity of metal in the cutting end,
\He/Jj(An^!e erf f^phery
I
."■■■*».' •
64'
Cutting /\nijle
Clearance Anq/e
55°
Cuttin^^nfle
Shape of Cutting Edge
I /\ \nelijt/ln^X'
COMPARISON OF CUTTING ANGLES OF USUAL
AND PROPOSED DESIGNS OF DRILLS
1178
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
as the 26-deg. angle drill with a clearance angle of 12
deg., as may be seen from the sketches in Fig. 5. Since
less heat is produced by the 35-deg. angle drill in cutting,
than by drills of the usual design, it is obvious that with
virtually the same amount of metal at the point for the
transmission of heat, this drill will possess superior
qualities of endurance, depite its greater keenness of
cutting edge.
Evidence produced by the investigation warrants the
assumption that with present design of flute, the most
efficient milled twist drill has a helix angle of 35 degrees.
It is possible that development in the shape of the flute
will lead to the employment of helix angles above 35
deg., and the attainment of still greater efficiencies.
Such a development is logical, as high-speed steel pre-
sents great possibilities to the designer seeking to
improve the cutting qualities of the twist drill.
Target Shooting as an Aid in Industry
' By C. B. Lister
Promotion Section, E. I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co.. Inc.,
Wilmington, Del.
It has come to be an accepted fact that the employer's
interest in his employees does not end when the whistle
blows, but extends on down the street into their homes
or, more directly, into their community life. Contented
employees with that "group spirit" which places "our
company," "our department," or "our division" in a
class above the ordinary factory where men toil only
to earn their daily bread, is the best insurance against
the "57" varieties of labor troubles that are rearing
their heads here, there and everywhere. Athletics with
their intense group appeal have assumed a prominent
place in the work of manufacturers directed toward the
fostering of community interest, and athletic fields are
now a common sight near many plants, large and small.
These fields, which need not be elaborate, and the equip-
ment required for the various teams, are cheap at any
price provided they accomplish the desired result of
cultivating an efficiency-increasing, all-together spirit.
It is true that in the very small plants the personality
of the manager and the limited number of employees
make it possible to develop a kind of family atmosphere
-that is wholesome to the final degree but even there
some form of competition with neighboring plants
■would inject spice into the work that would relieve it
of its monotony.
There is also a general desire for some form of sport
which will be open to all employees. Baseball, foot-
ball and similar games excite great enthusiasm but
only the favored few, men in the prime of life and with
particular ability or "beef," can actually participate
and get the benefit of team training, and of the steadi-
ness of hand, keenness of eye, and quickness of mind
that come from taking part in the sport.
The Urbana Tool and Die Co., of Urbana, Ohio, and
several plants in New England and the East have suc-
cessfully adopted a sport which seems to fill all of the
requirements. It can be enjoyed on as elaborate a
scale as the size of the factory warrants; it promotes
the keenest kind of team spirit; no matter how small
the division or plant, it may boast of its prowess ; women
and girls quite frequently give the male members of
the force a "run for their money," veterans of the shop,
men too old to take part in baseball or football games,
find a means for taking their part in upholding "our
shop's" honor; while the young men, both those who
usually occupy the bleachers and those who play on
the field, find in it a sport calling for their utmost
skill. The Urbana plant oflScials have this to say for
the game:
While the primary object is recreation, it has been
pleasing to notice that steadiness of nerve, keenness of
vision, fairness, honesty, confidence, good fellowship and
pride in achievement are invariably the reward for con-
sistent effort on the range. We have the highest apprecia-
tion of target practice as one of the marly sports.
Target shooting with the small bore, .22 calibre rifle,
has assumed an important place in the list of American
sports following the experience of our men in the war.
Formerly considered as more or less a boy's weapon
the .22 has been elevated to a position where the big-
gest figures in the rifle shooting game are boosting for
it. At the Urbana Plant the employees have had a
range for five years. A room in the plant is fur-
nished the shooters free of charge and is lighted and
heated at company expense. Expenses for targets,
etc., are met by dues of 25 cents per month from each
of the riflemen. Official shoots are held once a week
and practice shoots on certain other evenings. Indi-
vidual and team prizes are awarded for high scores,
handicaps are given on a basis of the scores made in
official shoots, and the men are divided into classes
according to their ability, stress being laid on the de-
velopment of new marksmen as well as on the reward
of the veteran shots, the idea being to interest as many
men as possible and so spread the team spirit through-
out the plant. Matches are held from time to time with
teams from other plants and from surrounding clubs.
Luncheons following these matches are the means of
forming "friendly relations of beneficial and lasting
endurance," to quote R. C. McDonald of the Urbana Co.
Rifle shooting as a sport has the added advantage
that it is nationally recognized. The plant baseball star
may be well known in the home town but he has little
chance of ever receiving notice outside of his imme-
diate locality. The small bore rifle shooter, however,
has the opportunity of securing national prominence
without ever leaving his club range. The National
Rifle Association which is, as its name implies, the na-
tional association of riflemen in this country, arranges
matches for all its affiliated clubs and gives trophies
and qualification medals for certain scores made in
practice, publishes a bi-weekly magazine containing
news of national interest to devotees of rifle shooting,
and in other ways encourages the sport. Should ground
be available for a military range, the N. R. A. will issue
regular U. S. Army Springfield rifles and ammunition
to clubs free of charge, or if there happens to be a
Government range near the plant, the club members
are privileged to use the range and will be furnished
rifles and ammunition by the officer commanding. Small
bore rifles may be purchased for a rifle team for less
than the cost of a baseball outfit and they will not wear
out after a season's use, nor after several seasons'
use for that matter. The ammunition costs only a frac-
tion of a cent a round and an evening of the keenest
competition can be held for the price of a new baseball.
The range can be installed at very little cost and is
practically indestructible. The possibilities of this
sport as a means of successfully promoting the much
talked about and much sought after "community of in-
terest" among employees and employers are unlimited,
as it appeals to men in all grades and walks of life.
Shooting with the small bore rifle seems about to
assume an important place in America's industrial life.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1179
Early Traces of the Toothed Wheel — II
By H. H. MANCHESTER
This article takes up the development of gearing
from the sixteenth century up to the time of
Watt. Some of the illustrations shown seem to
he more fanciful than real, hut the simpler ar-
rangements pictured were no doubt in practice.
{Part I was published last week.)
BEGINNING in the latter part of the sixteenth
century, a number of books on machinery were
produced which not only prove the growing im-
portance of machines, but indicate the kinds of gearing
in use at that time.
One of these books was by Jacques Besson, of Paris,
the first edition of which was published in 1565. Among
Besson's illustrations the most interesting cut, Fig. 6,
shows two wheels in the same plane, the teeth of which
are drawn to fit with fair exactness. This use of
wheels in the same plane was very rare at the time,
probably because it required too much pains to make
the teeth fit. In this case the teeth and indentations
are roughly semicircular, and the spurs on the wheels
geared with the lantern are decidedly curved, an ar-
rangement which seems to have been comparatively
unusual.
From the viewpoint of gearing the most important
engineering book of the sixteenth century was that by
Ramelli, which was published in 1588. This book con-
tains a number of engravings which show combinations
of pinwheels and lanterns with worms, as well as a very
few examples of fitted spur wheels.
In one case we see a combination of drum, rope drive,
worm, pinwheel and lantern, employed to raise stone.
Fig. 7. Here the teeth of the pinwheel are semicircular
disks, while the screw of the worm is evidently formed
by winding the thread around the shaft.
In another cut. Fig. 8, similar combinations of
screws, spur wheels and lanterns are used to pump water,
the power being furnished from a waterwheel.
Early Example of Gearing Set Obliquely
One of the earliest illustrations of gearing set
obliquely, is in a design showing a waterwheel employed
to raise water through the medium of three Archimedian
screws. Fig. 9. The screws are necessarily inclined,
and the lanterns at the tops meet obliquely the pinwheels
which are on the same shaft as the waterwheel. In
this case the rounds of the lanterns are very short, and
FIG. 6. BUCKET CONVEYOR SHOWING EARLY USE OF
TWO WHEELS IN SAME PLANE
FIG. 7. COMBINATION OF DRUM. ROPE DRIVE, WORM AND
LANTERN TO RAISE STONE
1180
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
evidently required more exact construction than most
rundles used at the time.
The pictures of wheels in the same plane with teeth
made to fit number only two or three, which shows the
rarity of such usage at the time. In the illustration,
Fig. 10, the teeth are roughly semi-circular. The bucket
shown could probably be raised by hand alone; there-
.^ore, this ig probably one of Ramelli's designs of gear-
ing which was never put into practice.
\,A design hitherto unnoted, shown in Fig. 11, is one
;.)irhere the cogs of the spur wheel fitted into a lantern
'iphere the rounds are arranged like spokes in the disk
the only improvement seems to be that the teeth on the
face wheels were formed to some extent to fit the rounds
in the lanterns.
In the many engravings included by Boeckler in his
book printed in 1662, probably the only novel type of
gearing seems to be the use of an oblique screw and
cog wheel.
Second Half of the Seventeenth Century
In the second half of the seventeenth century the
form of the cogs and teeth began to be considered princi-
pally by the mathematicians. This was probably due to
PIGS. 8 AND 9. TWO WATER-PUMPING SCHEMES
of the wheel. In order to strengthen the rounds, they
were shortened by covering most of the face of the
wheel. This design was made for a big bomb and stone
throwing machine which was expected to rival the
inefficient artillery of the period.
Beginning of Seventeenth Century
The practice in gearing at 'the beginning of the seven-
teenth century is illustrated in a work by Zonca pub-
lished in 1607. This includes various examples of mills
using toothed wheels and rundles, and a few with cams.
More important are several designs showing the use of
cog wheels in the same plane.
Zeising, in his various books which were published
in the first quarter of the seventeenth century, includes
a large number of designs for machines, but none of
them show any gearing beyond what we have already
mentioned. The same might also be said of Branca,
whose book was published in 1629. He illustrates vari-
ous lanterns combined with face and spur wheels, but
the improvement in the clock, brought about by the ap-
plication of the pendulum. Christian Huygens, to whom
this important advance is ascribed, realized the necessity
of the wheels in the clock running as smoothly as
possible. He even took up, in an incomplete way, the
evolution of the cycloid and traced the curve of evolu-
tions; that is, the evolute. He favored this curve, at
least theoretically, for the construction of the teeth on
clock wheels, but it is not known that it was put to any
general practical use for this purpose. Epicycloids
were also discussed in a theoretical way by Desargues
in 1674.
An important point to note is that the scientific and
mathematical discussion of the shape of the teeth was in
connection with exact instruments, such as the clock,
rather than ordinary machinery.
The best insight into the ordinary usage in gearing
at the end of the seventeenth century is afforded by the
work of Mandey and Moxon, published in 1696. This
includes a brief chapter on epicycloids, and one entitled
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1181
"Of the Length and Disposition of the Teeth of Wheels."
The most interesting chapter, however, is that headed
"To Make Divers Kinds of Wheels Commonly Used in
Engines." This includes a number of definitions, or
descriptions of the different types of teeth, which show
what were in use at the period. Some of these run in
part:
Definitions of Gearing
A toothed wheel is that whose periphery sticks out with
little handles endued with the semicylindric form.
A fingered wheel is that whose periphery is garnisht
with plain cylindrick small stakes.
A sharp-pointed wheel is that whose periphery is cut
with little handles like the figure of the point of a sword.
A studded wheel is that in whose periphery little sphaeres
or convex hemi-sphaeres are disposed.
A starred wheel is that whose circumference is furnisht
with three-sided prismes.
A hilical or screw wheel is that in whose circumference
chanellings or grrooves are made, according to the quantity
The first gear-cutting machine seems to have been
invented by James Brindley. The construction of the
machinery for Pattison and Clayton's new silk mill in
Cheshire, England, had been given to a millwright by the
name of Johnson. He got himself all tangled up on the
job, which was in a fair way of being a complete failure.
Brindley was an assistant in charge of part of the
work, but, as he was not a full-fledged millwright, John-
son would not deign to ask his aid.
Finally, however, the proprietors took alarm and called
in Brindley to help them out of the desperate situation.
One of his first steps was to design a machine for gear
cutting. In the words of Samuel Smiles, "In order that
the tooth and pinion wheels should fit with perfect pre-
cision, he expressly invented machinery for their manu-
facture— a thing that had not before been invented —
all such wheels having until then been cut by hand at
great labor and cost. By means of this new machinery,
as much. work, and of a far better description, could be
FIG. 10. A SIXTEENTH CENTURY
USB OF gearing
FIG. 11.
A BIG BOMB AND STONE THROWING MACHINE OF THE EARLY
SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
of the angle of the axis of the inclined wheel, whatsoever
figure the same hath, which nevertheless are reduced to
four kinds, semicylindrick, trigonal, trapezias, or unequal.
A hooked or crooked wheel is that which hath hooks dis-
posed in its circumference.
Also wheels are named with respect to their figure — let
the teeth be what they will: orbiculates, convex cylindric,
concave cylindric, conic.
Note that all the kinds of teeth may be made not only
in the periphery but also in one or both of the lateral
superfices.
Little Improvement in Gear Teeth
Good evidence that but little improvement had been
made in the teeth of wheels may be found in the several
engineering books of Leupold, and especially in his gen-
eral work on machines which was published in 1724.
While he states here that the cogs of wheels must be
made to fit as neatly as possible, he gives no definite prin-
ciples for doing so, and implies that the whole subject
was still left to the rule-of-thumb skill of the workman.
The bevel wheel is sometimes said to have been
invented by Camus in 1572, though a simple form of it
was suggested by Besson 180 years previously.
cut in a day as had before occupied at least a fortnight."
This device, though called a machine by Smiles, was
probably one worked by hand rather than by water
power; in fact, most such labor-saving inventions em-
ployed manual power long before they did steam or
water.
In 1771 Kaestner showed a method of describing and
applying the involute to the teeth of wheels. Soon
afterward Professor Robinson attempted to use this
curve in constructing the cogs of wheels for a mill near
Edinburgh, but the result was, for one reason or an-
other, very unsatisfactory.
One of the first practical applications of beveled gears
seems to have been made in the cotton mills of Ark-
wright, and to have been introduced chiefly through
his suggestion.
An even newer type of gearing was the sun and planet
motion which was invented by William Murdock in
1782, to be used in Watt's rotary engine for changing
the reciprocating to a circular motion. Watt himself
said, "It has the singular property of going twice
around for each stroke of the engine, and may be made
1182
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
to go oftener around if required, without additional
machinery."
The introduction of the steam engine, and especially
of the rotary engine, created a demand for gearing able
to stand a more rapid movement. This led to the prac-
tical use of iron instead of wood.
Perhaps the best appreciation of this is contained in
Smiles' account of the steps toward this end taken by
John Rennie (1784-1788) : "The completion of the
Albion Mills indeed marked an important stage in the
history of mechanical improvements; and they may be
said to have effected an entire revolution in millwork
generally. Until then machinery had been constructed
almost entirely of wood, and it was in consequence
exceedingly clumsy, involving great friction and much
waste of power. Mr. Smeaton had introduced an iron
wheel at Carron in 1754 and afterward in a mill at
Belper in Derbyshire — mere rough castings, imperfectly
executed, and neither clipped nor filed in any particular
form; and Mr. Murdock (James Watt's ingenious as-
sistant) had also employed cast-iron work to a limited
extent in a mill erected by him in Ayrshire; but these
were very inferior specimens of iron work, and exer-
cised no general influence on mechanical improvement
at that time.
"Mr. Ronnie's system of wrought and cast-iron
wheels, after a system, was of much greater importance,
anw was soon adopted generally on all large machinery.
The whole of the wheels and shafts of the Albion Mills
were of these materials, with the exception of the cogs in
some cases, which were of hard wood, working into
others of cast iron; and where the pinions were very
small, they were of wrought iron. The teeth, both
wooden- and iron, were accurately formed by chipping
and filing to the form of epicycloids. The shafts and
axles were of iron and the bearings of brass, so that
the power employed worked to the greatest advantage
and at the least possible loss by friction."
The Three-Shift System in the Steel Industry
AT THE joint meeting of the Management and
l\ Metropolitan sections of the American Society
X jL of Mechanical Engineers, the New York section
of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers and
the Taylor Society, Dec. 3, Horace B. Drury delivered
an address on "The Three-Shift System in the Steel
Industry." Mr. Drury was formerly of the Economics
Department, Ohio State University and recently with
the Industrial Relations Division, U. S. Shipping Board.
He has, during the past few months, visited practically
all of the steel plants in the United States working
under the three-shift system, to collect technical data
covering the details of their operation. The excellent
paper he presented at the joint meeting was a general
review of his findings.
The meeting was held in the Engineering Societies
Building, New York City, Fred J. Miller, president of
the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, pre-
siding. Discussion of Mr. Drury's paper was led by
Robert B. Wolf, consulting engineer, New York City,
and participated in by William H. Baldwin, formerly
secretary Ohio Steel Co. and S. P. Rectanus, director
of employment, the American Rolling Mill Co.
The following is an abstract from Mr. Drury's
address :
The actual percentage of steel industry employees who
under the two-shift system have been employed twelve
hours a day has been variously estimated at from 26i to 52
per cent. The truth of the matter would seem to be that, so
far as concerns those continuous operation processes which
make up the heart of the steel industry, such as the blast
furnace, the openhearth furnace, and most types of rolling
mills, together with the various auxiliary departments
necessary to support these processes and make a complete
plant, the bulk of the employees work twelve hours. The
proportion of twelve-hour jobs in these places is not a full
100 per cent, for the reason that in many of the depart-
ments there is a certain amount of work, usually of a com-
mon labor or mechanical type, which can be concentrated in
the daylight hours and is commonly organized on a ten-hour
basis. But all the shift men, all the men whose presence
is essential to the carrying on of the processes, from the
chemist and bosses down to the lowest helper — the technical
graduate, the American-born roller, and the unskilled
foreigner— all these, with very few exceptions work twelve
hours. Most likely the percentage of twelve-hour workers
for the whole plant — which we are assuming is entirely,
or almost entirely, devoted to the more fundamental steel
processes — will be considerably over 50 per cent, possibly
two-thirds.
But while fully one-half of the men in these plants or
departments of plants which constitute the seat of the
steel industry work twelve hours, the percentage of twelve-
hour men taking the American steel industry as a whole,
would be considerably less than 50 per cent.
Health of the Worker Is Involved
I wish to remove the impression which may have been
created that the matter of health is not involved at all.
While the general opinion of well-informed steel men, even
those who are very much in favor of three shifts, is that
the twelve-hour day is not hard on the men physically, such
a statement is probably only approximately correct. It is
hard to believe that twelve hours in a shop is as good for
a man physically as eight hours in the shop and the balance
outside. It seems possible that if we had health records
as accurate as those which we will later examine for the
quality of openhearth steel, we would find that eight hours
would keep a man in better health and increase his longev-
ity in comparison with what it would be under twelve hours.
So it would probably be assuming a good deal to say that
the twelve-hour day is in no respects a strain on the health
of steel workers. Yet the principal argument against the
two-shift system is not the physical argument.
What sort of a home life, one hears it asked on all sides,
can a man have who, including the time lost in coming and
going, is on the job practically thirteen hours every day?
Add to this an hour for meals and eight hours for sleep,
and barely two hours a day are left for the duties and
pleasures of family and community life. For a few years
the ambitious, newly-arrived immig:rant may seek such a
life; and throughout life, the dull man, or the one-interest-
in-life man, may run on contentedly on this schedule. But
any definite continuation of such a system for a block of
several hundred thousand persons would simply mean the
accentuation and continuance in American life of those lines
of class and culture which immigration has already made
too dangerous and deep. Who wants to have in America a
class of men who do not know what to do with themselves
unless they are under some one else's orders? Is this the
way to raise the general level of literacy and personal capac-
ity, and build up in America a civilization in which we may
take pride? The argument against the twelve-hour day
based on the proportion of a man's time which it consumes
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1183
"is in short simply unanswerable both from the standpoint of
individual freedom and development, and from the stand-
point of national power and culture.
Both Managers and Men Prefer the Three-Shift Day
Perhaps the one thing that stands out > the most obviously
as a result of my visits to and talks with the managers of
the three-shift plants is the fact that practically all of
them are glad that they made the change. Not that they
had no problems to meet, but they were in practically all
cases looking ahead, not back.
Equally important with the attitude of the managers
is the attitude of the workers. It has often been pointed
«ut that one of the difficulties involved in changing the steel
industry from the two- to the three-shift system is the fact
that the men do not want to work the shorter hours. I have
made it a special point to talk this phase of the situation
•over with the managers, and to argue about it with other
persons whom I thought could speak for the men, and I
aim firmly convinced that in times past this has been a
•very serious obstacle to the introduction of the shorter day.
There have been large numbers of foreigners who would
just as leave work twelve hours as eight, and who would
much rather earn twelve hours' pay. And there have been
many others who from pressure of circumstances or because
cf habit were willing to work twelve hours a day while
■work was to be had. But with the coming of the war the
tforeigner found his egress to Europe cut off, and he began
to think of America as a place where he could stay a while.
The shortening of a man's day from twelve to eight hours
means that the possible energy and attention which he can
put into his work in each working hour is greatly increased.
But to harness this new energy, as to develop a new country,
•will take time.
The Matter of Costs
While costs are likely to go up some at the start, I think
there is substantial reason for believing, in view of what
has already been done in some of the plants, that before
long the adjustment will work out along lines that will
mean very little if any higher cost.
If hourly wage rates are compromised half way, the force
•«f men increased not a full 50 per cent, but on the average
35 per cent, and if output could on the average be increased
10 per cent, then the labor cost under three shifts would
'be practically the same as under two shifts. If the first
figure were 20 per cent, or the second 30 per cent, or the
third 12J per cent, the others being as they are here, there
•would be no increase at all.
The experience of all the plants which I have visited
shows that the wage adjustment specified is a practical
■■one. Where it is expected that the men -will turn out a
■greatly increased output, or where there is a very material
<lecrease in the number of men, it would be only justice
to give the men perhaps as much for eight hours as they
had previously earned in twelve. In that case there would
of course be no difficulty about labor costs. But assuming
"that we are not so fortunate as to be able to realize any
-very large increase in efficiency, it has been shown that
-the men see the reasonableness of paying for their greater
leisure by some reduction in total earnings. This flgrure
of 25 per cent is the maximum that would be required even
under conditions of labor shortage.
The figure for a 35 per cent increase in men, instead of 50
per cent is also a conservative one. In many plants exactly
50 per cent more men are employed on three shifts than on
two, and most of them are close to the 50 per cent figure. But
the 35 per cent standard has been attained by such large
plants as those of the International Harvester Co. and Inland
Steel Co., and a much better showing was made by the
American Rolling Mill Co. It might be noted that the
limitation to 35 per cent increase can be obtained if, where
"ten men are now employed on a shift, it is possible to get
along with nine. That is, twenty-seven men employed on
three shifts is just 35 per cent more than 20 men employed
on two shifts. It seems only reasonable to assume that
-with so large a reduction in the number of hours, it would
'be possible to cut out one man out of ten.
This figure for increased output of 10 per cent seems
not very far away as an average. It is, of course, too high
for a blast furnace. I know of no reason to expect greater
output at all from a blast furnace on three shifts. For-
tunately in the case of a blast furnace the labor cost is
small. In the case of the open hearth furnace a 10 per
cent increase in output would be an ambitious program.
Most steel men would say that any increase in output at
all would be impossible. Others think that vride awake
labor can hasten the charging and guarantee that the
melting takes place at maximum speed. Fortunately about
an open hearth furnace there are ample opportunities for
improving the quality of the steel, prolonging the life of
the furnace, and saving in materials, which may more
than make up for the difficulty of increasing output. As
regards rolling mills, the human equation enters in to a
considerable extent, so that increase in output may be
looked for. The amount depends on the type of mill and
the opportunities for doing more rapid work. It would also
depend some on the efficiency of the arrangements for sup-
plying the metal to be rolled, and for shearing and taking
away the finished product. On many mills, however, actual
figures show that the increase in output may run up well
toward 25 per cent.
However, the striking thing about the cost of the three-
shift system is the smallness of the amount at stake, which-
ever way one looks at it. Suppose that there were no
increase in efficiency at all, that the plant increased its
force of shift men precisely 50 per cent, that the output
is no greater in any department than under two shifts, and
that the hourly wage rates are raised 25 per cent.
Cost Figures
In a good blast furnace plant the labor cost at present
wage levels and efficiency should not be far from $1 per
ton; to be safe we will say $1.25 a ton. Assuming that
the change from twelve hours to eight would affect two-
thirds of the men, the pay of these men under the two-shift
system would amount to two-thirds of $1.25 or 83 cents
per ton. An advance of 25 per cent in the hourly wages
of these men would increase the labor cost per ton of pig
iron by 21c. Considering the fact that pig iron sells for
around $40 a ton, that the ore that goes into a ton when
delivered at Pittsburgh costs about $8, the trifling risk in-
volved in increasing the labor cost a maximum of about
21c. is apparent. Likewise in open hearth work the labor
cost might be $1.30 a ton; to be safe we •will say $1.50 a
ton. The maximum increase in labor cost here, assuming
no increase in efficiency, would be 25c. Thus the total in-
crease in labor cost for the steel ingot would be not more
than 46c., still a small figure for something that sells for
about as many dollars. In the rolling mills the labor cost
will run higher, especially where material is rolled several
times, and into light shapes, as rods, sheets, etc. But in
proportion as the product is put through many processes
the opportunities for getting higher labor efficiency increase,
until at the sheet mill end of the process no one questions
but that the shorter day means no added cost at all. In
various of the rolling mills visited there has been no in-
crease in labor cost.
The magnitude of the problem of finding the extra labor
is not nearly so great as is conunonly supposed. As for
the higher positions, these may be filled by promotion of
helpers. This promotion in itself has a favorable effect
on the men, as the better workers make up in promotion
for what they would otherwise lose because of decreased
earnings. The lower positions may be filled by new labor.
However, under present conditions, the time may soon
be at hand when the three-shift system could be introduced
without bringing any new labor into the industry. If in-
deed we are face to face with a time of considerable unem-
ployment in the steel industry, then this would be the time
of all times to cut out one man's working twel're hours a
day, and another's working not at all, and distribute the
work so that all would have employment for a reasonable
work-day. Under these conditions the change can be made
with the greatest benefit all around, and perhaps no cost
anywhere.
1184
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Cylindrical Grinding in 1920'
Vol. 53, No. 26
BY W. H. CHAPMAN
(.Continued from last week's issue.)
THE most important development in recent grinding
machines is the recognition and utilization of the
fact that overall operating efficiency for traversed cylin-
drical work increases as traverse speeds are increased.
(This assumes that for a given traverse speed width of
wheel and revolution of work are so related as to cause
the cutting face to just cover the lead of the work.)
This fact is based upon certain scientific laws. It
will now be shown why this is true and an expression
will be derived for determining the effect of traverse
speeds. Professor Alden did not go into this question,
and Mr. Guest apparently did not recognize the true
conditions as he considers traverse speed of negligible
effect.'
It is evident what grain depth of cut is, and how
it affects wheel wear. The wheel width of cut also
affects wheel wear. If we consider, for instance, the
resistance offered to forward motion of a snow plow
we know that if the plow is set at an angle it is
easier to push, although we will have to push it fur-
ther to clean oft the same area of surface than when
it is set exactly against the direction of the path.
Consider the grinding wheel as stationary, non-
rotating, and the work to revolve. If the work is
traversed the path will be a helical ribbon. The width
of this ribbon measured parallel to the axis of rota-
tion of the work is the same as the cylindrical path
cut by the wheel when the work is not traversed. For
the same angular movement of the work both paths
are of equal area. The work done is the same. In the
case of the traversed work, however, the resultant
motion between wheel and work is at an angle to the
axis of rotation. The tangent of this angle is the length
of the projected arc, or circumferential distance traveled
by the work, divided by the distance traversed in the
same time. The actual length of the path measured
in the direction of this relative motion is greater than
the length of the projected arc, while the width of
path perpendicular to this length is less than the width
of the straight-in cut. The length of cut becomes equal
to the length of equivalent straight-in cut divided by
the sine of the traverse angle or lead angle of the work.
The width of path is diminished in the same propor-
tion, being the width of the straight-in cut times the
sine of the traverse angle whose tangent was given
above. With the wheel still at rest, we see that we
have reduced the wheel width of cut by the proportion
of the sine of the traverse angle. Referring to Fig. 2,
let
W = width of wheel face ;
L = length of projected arc of rotation of work;
M = actual length of path of traversed cut;
B = actual width of path of traversed cut;
P = traverse angle.
Then B = W sin ^; M = L/sin P; areas W X L a.nd
B X ■'1^ are equal. Wheel width of cut is proportional
to W for straight-in cut, but reduced to B for traversed
cut.
It is to be noted that relative work speed has been
increased over actual work speed in the inverse propor-
tion of the sine of the traverse angle. This relative
increase does not appear in the projected (end view)
relations. As these alone afifect individual grain depth
of cut we have gained in relative work speed to get
over the longer path M, so as to cover the same area
in the same time on a narrower width B, without
increasing grain depth of cut.
Now, if the wheel rotates each grain cuts across the
work at an angle 6, resulting from speed relations shown
by Fig. 2 (vector diagram for rotating wheel). Then
the individual grain paths are at a much steeper angle
Straight in Traversed
Areas of Wheel Paths are Equal
M'L/s/n/3
W-3/smp
Traverse Speed =- T
Wheel Not Revolving
Vector
■3
4 ■=0
^
\ ~^
1
\yS
V^^
^'
y-JLg*
.«
y^Vcrv
^
\&3^
<»
«5^
■^;
^ \
K
i'
^ A
■Work
Traverse Speed = T
Wheel Revolvin9
•Presented at the annual meeting, New York, December, 1920
of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 29 West 39th
Street, New York.
=See "Guest's Grinding Machinery," Arnold, 1916 edition, p. 80.
Diagrams
FIG. 2. SPEED RELATIONS BETWEEN WORK AND VFHBEL
than the wheel path to the axis of work rotation, but
we have gained in relative wheel speed without increas-
ing individual grain depth of cut. Our wheel width of
cut is also reduced by a slight amount proportional to
sin 9, which is, of course, much less than the reduction
before the wheel was rotated. The net result is a
reduction in wheel stress proportional to sin 6 and an
increase in work speed proportional to sin 3, vnthout
increase in grain depth of cut.
The "head resistance" against the wheel as a whole
is reduced by the sin p factor, while wheel width of
cut is reduced by sin 6. These both directly affect
wheel wear. For traversed-feed conditions our grain
depth of cut remains the same as in straight-in feeds,
but wheel wear is reduced in the proportion of sin ^
X sin 6.
If r = traverse speed, V = wheel speed, u = work
speed, then
"'"-(7y71g)(.r.':tA..,.)(^)' ^)<«>
In practical cases the second term will be so nearly
1 that it may be neglected. It is evident that T affects
the quantity appreciably only when u is kept relatively
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1188
low. This indicates that a wide wheel should be used
to get the effect of reduced wear for a given production,
traversing as rapidly as possible. The above formula
assumes no overlapping of the cut.
Now by making assumptions and neglecting values
whose effect is so small as to make no appreciable dif-
ference for purposes of comparison we reduce the
expressions for WWi exactly as we did in the case
of straight-in feeds and obtain:
Index of wheel wear WW]
VWT
H^
^(9)
Laws of Grinding for Traversed Cuts
From this it is evident that for traversed work:
a Wheel wear increases directly with the work speed ;
b Wheel wear decreases directly as the decrease in
the quantity which we term "traverse factor,"
which is work speed divided by the square root
of the sum of the squares of traverse and work
speeds ;
c Wheel wear decreases directly as square of wheel
speed increases ;
d Wheel wear decreases directly as the square root
of the work radius increases;
e Wheel wear increases directly as the square root of
the feed increases.
The value
VT' + u'
in our expression for index of
wheel wear is our traverse factor. Where T is large
with respect to u this factor will be appreciably less
than unity, but as u increases the reduction in wheel-
wearing action is less pronounced.
Table II gives values of the traverse factor for a
certain machine having the work speeds previously given
for draw-in cuts, and the following table (traverse)
speeds: 10.02, 14.00, 17.00, 19.70, 26.90 and 32.60 ft.
per min. The table shows combinations of speeds
giving leads from 2.3 in. upward. As the machine was
designed for a wheel 2i in. wide combinations of speeds
giving lesser leads of work are not given.
If we now multiply each of the traverse factors
in Table II by the wheel-wear value for the correspond-
ing work speed and work diameter as shown in Table I
(draw-in cuts), we will have a table of wheel-wear
values for traversed cuts. These products are given
in Table III.
By assigning certain wheels to specified ranges of
wheel-wearing action we may select the proper wheel
TABLE II. TRAVERSE FACTORS
Traverse,
Ft. per Min.
Work,
R.p.m.
Lead,
In.
lln.
— Work
2 In.
1 iameters —
3 In.
4 In.
10.02
53
2.3
0.810
0 950
0.975
0.985
14.00
53
3.1
0 705
0.883
0 946
0.968
14.00
72.5
2.3
0.805
0 938
0.968
0.976
17.00
53
3.8
0.632
0.850
0.926
0.955
17.00
72.5
2.8
0 730
0.910
0.955
0.974
17.00
87
2.3
0 802
0.935
0 972
0.985
19.70
53
4.4
0 576
0.817
0.905
0.943
19.70
72.5
3.2
0.691
0.884
0.943
0.957
19.70
87
2.7
0,755
0 916
0.961
0.980
19.70
101
2.3
0 802
0 935
0.971
0.986
26.90
53
5.9
0 460
0.720
0 839
0.900
26.90
72.5
4.4
0 574
0.815
0.902
0.942
26.90
87
3.6
0.646
0.860
0.931
0.958
26.90
101
3.1
0 703
0.890
0 950
0.974
26.90
138
2.3
0 801
0 936
0 960
0.982
32.60
53
7.35
0 397
0 655
0.790
0.865
32.60
72.5
5 3
0 505
0.760
0.867
0.919
32.60
87
4 4
0 580
0 815
0 908
0.945
32.60
101
3.8
0 635
0 854
0.927
0.960
32 60
138
2 8
0 748
0.914
0,945
0.977
32.60
167
2.3
0 807
0 935
0.967
0.982
through the use of Table III in the same way that we
did from Table I. Actually, in the case of Table III,
the wheels used would be somewhat softer for the same
index figure because the actual depth of cut does not
follow the indicated depth (as shown by the feeding
mechanism) as closely for traversed work as for draw-in
work, and therefore the actual cut is not so deep. This
means, of course, that the "spring away" action of the
work is more pronounced for traversed than for draw-in
work. Careful use of steady rests is therefore very
essential.
TABLE III. WHEEL-WEAR VALUES FOR TRAVERSED CUTS
TraverBe,
Ft. per Min.
10.02
14.00
14.00
17.00
17.00
17.00
19.7
19.7
19.7
19.7
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9
32.6
32 6
32.6
32.6
32.6
32.6
The following wheels are found to be satisfactory for
our machine for traversed cuts on mild steel under the
assumed conditions:
Work,
Lead,
Work
Diameters —
R.p.m.
In.
1 In.
2 In.
3 In.
4 In.
53
2.3
0.01340
0 02240
0.02820
0 03280
53
3.1
0 01170
0.02080
0.02740
0 03230
72.5
2.3
0 01820
0.02450
0 03775
0 04390
53
3.8
0.01050
0.02005
0 02685
0.03185
72.5
2.8
0 01650
0.02900
0.03720
0.04370
87
2.3
0.02190
0 03620
0 04620
0 05390
53
4.4
0 00955
0 01930
0 02620
0.03142
72.5
3.2
0 01560
0 02820
0 03675
0.04350
87
2.7
0 02060
0 03540
0 04570
0,05355
101
2.3
0.02540
0.04185
0 05245
0 06260
53
5.9
0 00763
0 01695
0 02430
0.03000
72.5
4.4
0 01290
0 02600
0 03520
0 04240
87
3.6
0.01760
0.03320
0.04420
0.05235
101
3.1
0.02220
0 03980
0 05125
0 06185
138
2.3
0.03470
0 05130
0 06195
0 08500
53
7.35
0.00660
0.01545
0 02290
0 02885
72.5
5.3
0.01140
0 02420
0 03380
0 04130
87
4,4
0.01580
0.03150
0 04315
0 05160
101
3 8
0.02000
0 03820
0.05000
0 06100
138
2.8
0.03230
0.05580
0.06095
0.08450
167
2.3
0.04210
0.06940
0.08800
0.10230
Wheel
Designation
36 or 46 I
36 or 46 J
36 or 46 K
36 or 46 L
36 or 46 M
for values up to
for values from
for values from
for values from
for values from
Wheel-Wear Values
Table III
0.02500
0.02500 to 0.04000
0.04000 to 0.05000
0.05000 to 0.06000
0.06000
Use No. 60 grain for hard material and a grade softer;
but use no wheel softer than I.
Important Note. These statements of wheel assign-
ment are based upon assumptions of the best machine
conditions and most careful operation to prevent any
abuse of the wheel. Field practice will usually show
harder wheels in use due to conditions which abuse
the wheel. Efficiency is sacrificed where such is the
case.
Production Costs
Grinding efficiency is usually considered as (produc-
tion) -=- (wheel wear) . It is expressed as cubic inches
of material removed per cubic inch of wheel wear.
If wheel wear were the most important element of pro-
duction cost grinding efficiency might be considered
on this basis without leading to the fallacy which
exists today. As a matter of fact the wheel cost is
almost negligible compared to the other costs, and
wheel selection should be based upon the production
capacity of the wheel under the given set of grinding
conditions, allowing the wheel wear to be as high as
is necessary to get a free action without excessive
wear (which would cause difficulty in sizing work and
the need for frequent dressing). The all-important
factor is the rate at which the wheel may be made
to cut and still not get out of truth. This affects the
grinding time, any reduction of which is of vastly more
1186
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
importance than an increase of wheel wear which may
result from such a reduction.
In good practice the volume of wheel wear is approx-
imately a tenth of the material removed (mild steel)
during roughing operations. A conservative estimate
of the cost of operating a modern cylindrical grinding
machine (exclusive of wheel cost) is, say, 5c. per
min., including labor at day-rate wages." The useful
content of the wheel may be assumed to be such that
the wheel is actually worth 7c. per cu.in. If produc-
tion could be increased to 2 cu.in. per min. where
previously we obtained IJ cu.in. and wheel wear jumped
from 0.15 cu.in., say, to 0.25 cu.in. per min., our
first cost would be: (0.05 + 0.15 X 0.07) -^ 1.5 =
$0.0404 or 4.04c. per cu.in. removed. In the second
case, (0.05 + 0.25 X 0.07) -^ 2 = $0.0338, or 3.38c
per cu.in. removed.
Now the over-all production efficiency of the machine
based upon all costs involved is indicated by production-
cost factors proportional to the earning rate of the
machine. In the first case this factor would be (produc-
TABLE IV. PRODUCTION-COST FACTORS
tion) -^ (cost)
1.5
0.05 + 0.15 X 0.07
= 24.8. In the
2.0
second case, o.05 + 0.25 X 0.07 = 29.6.
It evidently will pay to wear the wheel more in order
to obtain the higher rate as the over-all gain in the
foregoing is about 19 per cent. The above-assumed
values are reasonable and the figures given might be
considered as typical. Table IV gives these produc-
tion-cost factors, or relative earning rates based upon
these costs and the grinding conditions previously
assumed in Tables I, II and III, the variations being
due to traverse and work-speed relations only, but with
proper choice of wheels in each case. Then, for the
machine which we have used as an illustration it is
evident that for work of a certain size and a wheel of a
certain width there is one speed combination which will
utilize the machine to the greatest profit. If we are
able to use wheels of the width needed to cover the
lead under the best speed-relation conditions we will
obtain the best earning rate of which the machine is
capable. If wide wheels are not available we still have
speed-relation conditions which will give very nearly as
high a rate for the narrower wheels.
In Table IV the production-cost factors are given for
1-in. and 4-in. diameters of work only. The factors
may also be expressed as earnings per unit of time,
or the relative amounts the machine would earn in
equal lengths of time under the various conditions as
given.
Note that, due to high traverse, a 2.3-in. wheel which
earns $3.68 in a certain length of time when grinding
1-in. work at low traverse and work speeds will earn
$10.62 in the same length of time when using the
high speeds. If the widest wheel (7.35-in. face) be
used the machine will earn $11.70 in the same length
of time. The grade of wheel is suitable in each case
according to the speed changes. This clearly shows
that high traverse speeds cause a corresponding increase
in earnings in spite of the necessary increase in work
speed.
Considering the cost of wheels 7.35 in. wide as com-
pared to wheels 2.3 in. wide, and the relative power
Table Speed,
Work,
Lead,
'- Diameter of Work —
Ft. per Min.
R.p.m,
In.
1 In.
4 In.
10.02
53
2.3
3 68
13.45
14.00
53
3.1
5 16
18.801
14.00
72.5
2.3
4 95
17.85-
17.00
53
3.8
6 00
21. Off
17 00
72.5
2.8
6 00
21 8a
17 DO
87
2.3
5 85
22 09
19 70
53
4.4
6 40
23 7t»
19.70
72 5
3.2
6 80
23 5»
19.70
87
2 7
6 84
23 45-
19 70
101
2.3
6 75
23 39
26.90
53
5 9
9 05
29 8a
26 90
72 5
4.4
9 34
29 85-
26.90
87
3.6
9 00
29 Off
26.90
101
3.1
9.03
29 Iff
26.90
138
2.3
9.00
29 IS.
32.60
53
7.35
11 70
35. 7»
32.60
72.5
5.3
11 30
34. 6»
32.60
87
4 4
11 00
33. 6»
32.60
101
3.8
10 90
33 49
32.60
138
2.8
10.80
33 3ff
32.60
167
2.3
10 62
32. 90
■The figure of 5 cents a minute as time cost of operation is
based upon labor at 75 cents an hour and an hourly burden of
?2.2o an hour (power, investment, rent, heat, Ught, etc.)
required to drive the two wheels, it is very evident
that the use of a harder wheel 2.3 in. wide would offset
the difference in wearing action without greatly reduc-
ing production and that the production of the 7.35-in.
wheel is matched by the production of the 2.3-in. wheel
using highest traverse and highest work speed.
The most striking conclusion from the above is the
fact that in order to use a narrow wheel and get great
production the high work speed does not cause excessive^
wheel wear due to the relief on the wheel brought about
by the high traverse speed. This traverse speed is also*
necessary to allow the rapid exposure of fresh work
surface to the cutting face, making for a highly eco-
nomical combination.
The foregoing should demonstrate clearly what this;
new development in the science of grinding may
mean to the art as practiced throughout our production!
shops.
Actual grinding tests upon a machine having the
high-traverse feature, and making use of the speeds
shown in the table, have conclusively proven the deduc-
tions indicated by the mathematical calculations. On
mild machine steel (0.15 per cent carbon) over diam-
eters ranging from I in. to 4 in. production rates as
high as 2 cu.in. per min. have been easily attained,
grinding to limits of 0.0010 in., removing 0.060 in. fronr*
the diameter over lengths of from 36 to 72 in.
When machine conditions, truth and balance of w-heel,
and proper use of steady rests and grinding compound
are intelligently and skillfully handled wheels of 35
and 46 grain size, and grades I to L (Norton system
of grading) have been used in these roughing opera-
tions. Especially where the feeding is carefully regu-
lated so as never to crowd the radial depth of cut to
more than the possible depth of grain penetration (say
not to exceed 0.0015 in. on the diameter) per traverse
it has been found that the wheel face remained suffi-
ciently true to leave a commercial finish of fair degree
absolutely free from chatter marks, feed lines or
any other imperfections of real or imaginarj' conse-
quence.
Owing to the fact that in the above the highest work
and traverse speeds were used in every case the
grade (hardness) of wheel was increased as the diam-
eter of the work increased. This is in accordance with
our formula for index of wheel wear. Instead of
considering the work speed and work radius inde-
pendently, they were in this case tied together by the
fact that a constant work r.p.m. was used. The expres-
sion for this is as follows:
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand O.ie
1187
Work speed u =
2^rN
12
where r = work radius (inches) and N = r.p.m.,
Formula (8) for traversed cuts, with second
third terms omitted as unimportant, becomes
(9)
and
WWi
2/
'^Z ^_) |2j
Substituting (9) in (10),
WW,
0.27o;x /
N^
V Vi/T'' + 0.275rW
:) V2fT-
(10)
(11)
Now if V, N, T and / are made constant WW, must
vary as the value rappears in the formula, the greatest
effect being the Vr' factor, and we would expect, there-
fore, to use harder wheels as r increases.
Conclusions
The conclusions to be drawn from the foregoing are
definite and indicate positively how to arrive at the
solution of precision grinding problems, provided one
has an intelligent knowledge of abrasive wheels and
the usual materials ground.
Theoretical Conclusions (Cylindrical Grinding).
Great grinding efficiency is obtained by the use of the
softest wheels suited to the nature of the material
ground. This efficiency is dependent upon the control
of the dimension and speed relations between the wheel
and the work so that the individual chip may have the
minimum depth for a given volume determined by the
maximum allowable radial depth of cut. This means
long arc of contact, low work speeds and maximum
feeds.
With the above conditions established, increase of
traverse speed increases production without increase of
wheel-wearing action.
Practical Conclusions. Machine conditions must be
such as to maintain as accurately as it is reasonably
possible the speed and dimensional relations of the
wheel and the work. This includes a great number of
individual factors, any one of which may serve to
entirely or partially impair the successful operation of
the machine in following the theoretical fundamental
laws as previously stated. It is entirely worth while
to emphasize here some of the most important of
these.
a The power drive must not allow speed variations
unless under the willful control of the operator;
b The wheel must be in good running balance and
in absolute truth, and must be held in its posi-
tion relative to the work within the closest pos-
sible limits;
c The work must be accurately held with respect to
the wheel and must be uniformly rotated. Eel-
ative traverse between work and wheel must be
uniform ;
d The work must be rigidly supported over its
entire length and no vibration allowed to occur
between centers;
e Feed control must be sensitive and accurate and
feeding must be at a rate such that the feed
increment never exceeds the maximum grain
penetration. This is the most frequently violated
of the factors involved;
/ Work must be kept at a uniform temperature
and local heating prevented at all times. A
copious supply of grinding compound should be
directed to the arc of contact at all times. Eccen-
tric work due to bowing from heat effects is
the usual result of failure to supply sufficient
compound at the arc of contact. In truing the
wheel with a diamond the use of the cooling
medium is vital to accuracy. Save the diamond
by using a dresser to roughly true a wheel, using
the diamond only when necessary to put the
wheel in exact truth for precision work. Never
feed a diamond over 0.001 in. per traverse;
g Select wheels intelligently, and do not try to use
a single wheel for a variety of work sizes or
materials unless the job is too short to warrant
efficient grinding as compared with the time of
changing wheels. It is seldom that this is true.
Hard work (hardened steel, manganese steel,
stellite, etc.) requires soft, rather fine wheels.
The fine grain reduces the chip size but removes
more chips, and wheel wear is not so likely to
cause a pounding of the wheel, nor will the small
grain cause the glazing which is bound to occur
with coarse, hard wheels;
h An accurate finish requires the use of a soft, free-
cutting wheel so controlled that the chips are
very small (light feed and slow work speed with
traverse to make the wheel face just cover the-
lead) ;
;■ A burnished finish may be obtained by a peening
action of a coarse, hard wheel trued dead smooth.
Heating and inaccuracies of surface are likely
to occur;
k Cases are rare where a wheel harder than grade
M may be properly used in cylindrical grinding.
Low wheel speeds, too small a wheel, too high a
work speed and abusive feeding — these are usu-
ally the causes for the use of hard wheels. Men-
tion should also be made of failure to take
draw-in cuts to establish traverse limits, thus
requiring too hard a wheel in order to make the
"corner stand up." Along this line may prop-
erly be mentioned design and drafting-room
practice in calling for sharp shoulders where a
generous fillet might be allowed. This makes
needles, difficulty in grinding and weakens the
piece ground;
I The contact of the wheel face with dry work at
any time immediately ruins its value for finish-
ing. The common practice of just touching the
dry work when bringing up the wheel to contact
is wrong, due to the charging of the wheel face
with the uncooled chips (loading).
When the machine is properly designed and operated
the grinding action will closely follow the theoretical
laws. These laws are always at work, and when there
is apparent conflict between the theoretical and the
actual there exists some fault in the machine or with
its operator. There is an enormous field for the indus-
trial engineer in obtaining better production at less
cost in grinding operations. There is a definite science
involved, there is no mystery about it. The proper
appreciation of the laws of grinding by machine design-
ers and operators is rapidly increasing and we may
expect a constant improvement in the art as a conse-
quence.
1188
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
The Cost of Labor and the Labor-Cost
By ELMER W. LEACH
The suggestion that the cost of labor, or wages,
be kept up by reducing the labor cost, or increas-
ing production per man, is no new idea but Mr.
Leach's method of presentation is original and
convincing.
A SK a man the difference between a quarter of a
l\ cubic inch and a cubic quarter of an inch and
X A. you've got him guessing — the chances are he'll
have to get a pencil and paper to convince himself that
you are not joking. And the title to these few remarks
is just like that interesting mathematical problem in
that there really is a difference between the two terms,
and that difference is by no mean.<5 a joke.
Only yesterday I had occasion to purchase some soft
collars (the first ones for a long time, I'll admit), and
plain white linen collars of a kind that one wears to
the office each day were selling at fifty and seventy-five
cents each. Prices did do some queer things while some
of us were drawing our clothes from Uncle Sam's Q. M.
depots and it's a bit hard to accustom ourselves to
the changes that took place while we were away, but
frankly, I had expected soft collars were selling at about
fifteen cents each, possibly two for a quarter.
"Can you imagine it?" a stout gentleman remarked
rather indignantly, "seventy-five cents for a soft collar.
And look at that next counter, twenty and twenty-four
dollars for a silk shirt. How long is it going to last
anyway?"
The clerk had the right idea for he replied pleasantly
as the stout gentleman walked away without purchasing,
"I'm sorry, sir, but really we can't sell them for any
less until we can buy them for less."
In the morning one of our crack salesmen had just
returned from a most discouraging trip through
probably fifteen states. "You simply can not sell them,"
he told the sales manager. "Everyone seems to be wait-
ing for a drop in the market. No one cares to stock up
on anything because he feels something is going to
happen."
Now the real fact is that we are still getting steel
and pig iron under some contracts made several months
ago; and if our present prices were based on today's
raw material market instead of the costs we obtained
under those old contracts we should have to be charging
at least 10 per cent more than we are charging for our
goods.
But the dealers are looking for a 20 per cent drop and
not a 10 per cent raise. And so the sales manager is
writing some very pertinent letters:
"There can be no appreciable reduction in the prices
of our goods until we are able to reduce the cost of
production. This will only be possible when we can
purchase our raw materials for less money, and when
we can lessen the labor cost of our products ; and we see
no immediate prospects of being able to do either of
those two things."
Whether we like to admit it or not, that pai-agraph
smashes the nail pretty squarely on the head. It isn't
exactly how we would arrange the problem if we were
writing a story, but it is the problem nevertheless; and
it will be solved and eliminated only when each one of
us has studied out just what his individual part in its
.solution is.
In one of his plays Shakespeare has a character say
something to this effect, "The fault is not in our stars
but in ourselves that we are underlings."
I cannot help but wonder if that same thought is not
applicable in the present situation. Before this article
can appear in print the events of the political campaign
will have passed into history ; but at the time of writing,
and particularly in the writer's Middle-Western state,
so-called "people's candidates" are shouting "Death to
the profiteers," and are telling of all the legislation they
will enact to reduce the cost of living.
Perhaps I am overstepping the bounds of propriety
and caution in this next remark, but it is my own per-
sonal opinion that the fault is "not in our Senators but
in ourselves" that the cost of living and the cost of
production are not sliding down hill as fast as we should
like. And by that I mean that all the legislation in the
world cannot reduce the cost of living any more than it
can control the rate of foreign exchange.
It's a job for individual effort, which means that you
can help and I can help— all of us helping together is
what will bring about the desired result.
"But," you ask, "what has all of this to do with the
labor-cost or the cost of labor? What have Senators and
soft collars to do with what we thought you were going
to talk about?"
In my title I use the expression "cost of labor" to
represent the price or the wages that we are paying
today to the men of industry. And by the "labor-cost"
I mean that portion of the manufacturing cost of an
article which is incurred through a workman putting
part of his time into the making of that article. Putting
it into dollars and cents, the cost of labor for a certain
man might be $35 a week, whereas the labor-cost of
the part he was working on might be one cent or a
hundred dollars, depending on how many of those parts
he turned out in a certain period of time.
If your position is such that you are sitting in the
directors' meetings of some large manufacturing con-
cern, if you are a member of your Shop Conference Com-
mittee, or even if you are one of those who take part in
the "dinner-pail dialogues" that hold forth in almost any
corner of the shop during the noon hour, you must
know this thing to be a fact — that not a single manu-
facturer in the country really wants to lower the wages
of his employees. Instead, it is the "labor-cost" of their
product that they want to bring down, and they are
trying to accomplish this by finding simpler ways of
doing things and better methods for turning out more
work in a given time.
If you can help them to do that by buckling down a
bit more seriously and more conscientiously to the job
and increasing your own individual production not a
boss in the land will be so ungrateful as to deny you a
share of the saving you will have effected for him — it is
far more unthinkable that he would give you less money
for having helped him to make more money.
There is a class of agitators among us today who
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand' One
1189
claim that Capital and Labor have nothing in common.
They would make these two opposing factions rather
than two co-operating groups. If we are to have any-
thing but industrial chaos and disorder in this good
land of ours during the years that lie ahead we must
realize that Capital and Labor have got to stand on
common ground and pull together in meeting the
gigantic problems that face them both. •
It would be as foolish to attempt to preserve the
sanctity of the marriage state by arraying the fathers
and mothers of the country in direct opposition to each
other and telling them that they had no common interest
in the future of the great American home, as it would
be for the employer and the men who work with him to
dare hope that the Stars and Stripes might continue to
float over a land of successful business and industrial
accomplishment if either of them believed, for one
moment, that he could get along without the help and
the co-operation and the good will of the other.
Increased production will lower the cost of things just
as effectively and much more satisfactorily than
decreased wages. That is what the directors of com-
panies are saying today in their meetings, and it is what
they are trying to bring home to their employees in
every possible way. But increased production must go
hand in hand with industrial teamwork if it is to be
truly beneficial.
If you will pardon the illustration, the best of near-
beer is a poor substitute to those who indulged in the
genuine article because there is a "kick" that is lack-
ing. It was the kick that made the real stuff the
real stuff.
The workingman of today must put the same kind of
a kick into his efforts, a push or an incentive that will
give him the spirit of wanting to produce more. If he
will read a recent issue of any of the trade papers he
will see its pages devoted largely to articles on Better
•Relations, Bonus Systems, Premium Plans, Profit-shar-
ing Arrangements, Foremen's Committees, Industrial
Self-Government, and similar subjects. He must realize
that the employer who is building his business on solid
ground is spending a great deal of time devising means
for making partners of his employees to participate with
him in sharing and enjoying the results of their common
labors.
He must realize that when business leaders of today
talk about "reverting to the old order of things" they
do not mean stepping backward to $50-a-month wages
and 10-cents-a-dozen eggs; but rather do they mean
going back to the old order by going ahead through a
new conception of each man's individual duty to a
fairer proportionate relation of price and profit to
production.
The day is gone when Labor was considered a com-
modity to be bargained for the same as pig iron and
coke. Gone also is the day when the mechanic was
merely a part of his lathe. In these days of domestic
reconstruction, just as surely as in the day when a
foreign danger threatened us, we must work together if
we are to carry out the necessary readjustment in an
orderly manner.
Individual and Collective Effort Necessary
If we have faith in ourselves and in the future of our
country we can easily believe that there are better days
ahead for all of us ; days of greater prosperity through
a lower cost of living; days in which we can expect our
work to contain a little less of the drudgery that is next
to slavery and a little more of the pleasantness and sun-
shine that makes life worth living.
Kipling has very aptly said in one of his poems :
"It ain't the individual, nor the army as a whole;
But the everlasting teamwork of every blooming soul."
We all agree with the hesitant purchaser of today that
something has got to happen. We cannot help but
believe in the salesman's remark that one must buy for
less before one can sell for less. Both ends of that
problem tie up very definitely with each one of us, but
we must tackle the first phase of it first, that of
making it possible to buy for less, and the second will
naturally follow.
If we all make it our own personal problem to increase
our own productivity, no matter what our work may be,
we shall be doing our bit toward lowering the labor-cost
of commodities; and when we can do that it will not
be necessary to worry about a reduction in the cost of
labor.
f
Correcting Hand Reamer Chatter
By J. C. Nicholson
Trying to ream a straight hole by hand is a trouble-
some job, but it is so often necessary in certain kinds
of work that a suggestion on the matter may be wel-
come. The most annoying feature in the operation is
chatter and, contrary to what is usually expected, this
is only made worse by using a double-end wrench unless
by rare good luck and great care the reamer is well
entered before chatter begins, whereas it is just at
this point that chatter is most likely. Of course the
whole trouble is due to having no fixed guide for steady-
ing the shank end, but recourse may be had to an-
other aid.
As in all cases of chatter one of the simplest rem-
edies is something that will cause the cutting edge to
spring or move away from the work when the pressure
of cut increases. Of course a reamer cuts with each
land, making this alternative seem needless, but owing
to the use of a wrench for turning it, there are four
points at which chatter is likely to occur; namely, at
two points on a line parallel to the wrench handle and
at points at right angles to these. In the first case
pressure on the wrench toward or away from the work
on either side sets up an unbalanced condition. In the
second the same unbalanced state results from unequal
pressure on opposite ends of the wrench in turning it.
Now this unbalanced condition is not always a bad
thing so far as chatter is concerned. On the contrary
it may even be used to prevent chatter. But in using
a double-end wrench it is practically impossible for
one to tell by the feel of the WTench whether it is
going to act in the right direction. By using a single-
end wrench, however, this is possible. As the wrench
is pulled around one way the right hand use the left
hand on the extreme end of the reamer pressing a little
harder in the opposite direction. A little thought will
show that this gives the state of unbalance which pre-
vents rather than causes chatter, and it works beauti-
fully. Of course such a procedure tends to make a taper
hole, but so does chatter, which has additional ob-
jections.
The suggestion has particular force when for any
reason it becomes necessary to ream one hole over to
one side into alignment with another and also when
using an expansion reamer in babbitt.
1190
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
Side-Cutting of Thread-Milling Hobs'
BY EARLE BUCKINGHAM
It has long been known that, due to the helix
of a thread, the side-cutting action of a hob
distorts the form of the thread on the work.
In other words, the form of the tooth on the hob
is not reproduced on the threaded part. The
present paper is the result of a mathematical
investigation of this subject and points out the
corrections in the form of thread-milling hobs
which can be readily made and also produce
threads sufficiently correct as to form for all
practical purposes.
THE profile of the thread cut with a hob is a
combination of two distinct curves. First, a small
fillet is formed at the root of the thread which
is the path of the outside corner of the hob. No
correction in the form of the hob is possible to correct
this point. Second, the larger part of the fiank of the
thread consists of a slightly curved profile which is
formed by the overlapping paths of the infinite number
of cutting points which form the cutting edge of the
hob. Mathematically, a curved correction can be applied
to the form of the hob which will correct this profile
entirely. Practically, a straight-line correction can be
applied which is almost exact, as the amount of the
actual curvature on the flanks of the thread is seldom
greater than one-tenth of a thousandth part of one inch.
The greater the angle of helix of the thread, the greater
the amount of correction necessary.
One very interesting fact is that the diameter of the
hob has no eifect on the form of the main part of the
profile. The actual amount of side-cutting is more and
the height of the fillet at the root of the thread . is
greater, as the diameter of the hob is increased, but
the rest of the profile is unchanged.
This paper deals with both externally and internally
threaded parts. The general conditions of side-cutting
are identical in both cases. On a screw, however, the
flanks of the hobbed thread will be convex, while in a
nut they will be concave. Furthermore, the height of
the fillet at the root of the thread and the actual
amount of side-cutting are relatively greater in a nut
than on a screw.
When a thread is chased in a lathe and the cutting
tool has proper clearance and is set so that the plane
of the cutting edges contains the axis of the thread,
the exact form of the tool will be duplicated on the
work. Assuming that the thread is completed, if the
tool in its cutting position is brought into contact with
the flanks of the thread, it will have a line bearing only.
If sufficient clearance can be provided on the tool, this
holds true regardless of the pitch of the thread, the
angle of the flanks, or its diameter.
When a thread is hobbed, however, the axis of the
hob being parallel to the axis of the thread, the path
of any one cutting point is a circle, and this circle
will interfere with the helix of the thread to an amount
depending upon the pitch of the thread, the angle of
the flanks, and the diameters of both hob and thread.
It is assumed in this discussion that the cutting
teeth of the hob are backed off sufficiently to prevent
any dragging of the relieved portion of the tool on the
work. The interference between the cutting edge of
the hob and the helix of the thread therefore results
in the removal of additional metal, thus distorting
the form of the thread. The amount of this distortion
varies as the values of any of the following factors
change: The pitch of the thread, the form of the
thread, the diameter of the work, and the diameter of
the hob.
It will be shown that correction for some of this
distortion inevitable with this method of manufacture
is impossible. The amount of this distortion, however,
can be reduced in many cases by the proper relation
between the diameters of work and hob. It will also be
shown that most of the distortion can be corrected by a
suitable alternation in the form of the cutting tool.
The Hobbing of Screws
In Fig. 1, which shows a diagram of a hob and screws,
let
R = radius of any cutting point on the hob;
r = radius of deepest point on work touched
by R;
N = number of threads per inch;
A = angle of rotation of hob;
B = angle of point of contact of R at angle A;
C = i included angle of thread;
r' = radius of point of contact of R on work.
Formulas will first be derived to show the inter-
ference between the path of any cutting point on the
hob and the flanks of the thread and for purposes of
plotting the value of y will be taken as the radial
Wor/(^
•Presented at the annual meeting of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, New York, Dec. 7 to 10, 1920.
FIG. 1. DIAGRAM OF HOB AND EXTERNAL. SCREW
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1191
•distance of the cutting point R from the deepest point
on the work touched by R. In other words,
2/ = /
(1)
The value of x will be taken as the longitudinal (or
axial) distance of the cutting point R from the flank
of the theoretical thread. A plus value of x will indi-
cate a clearance, while a minus value of x will indicate
an interference or side-cutting.
In order to determine the value of y the triangle
shown in heavy lines in Fig. 1 must be solved. The
known factors will be taken as r, R and B. We first
:have
(R + r) sin B
R
= sin 180°— {A +B)
sin 180° — (A -f B) = sin (A + B)
(R + r) sin B
R
==sin (A + B)
(2)
Trom this equation we determine the value of A. Solv-
ing the triangle for r', we have
R sin A
sin B
(3)
.and when the value of r' is determined, the value of
■y is established from equation (1).
As the hob revolves away from the common center
line of the hob and work, the cutting points on one
side of the tooth of the hob, due to the helix of the
thread, will have a clearance with the flank of the
thread, while the cutting points on the other side of
the tooth of the hob will develop an interference. The
particular side involved depends upon the direction of
the helix of the thread, whether left-handed or right-
handed. But the side of the hob which clears the helix
as the cutting point revolves away from the common
-center line will interfere as the cutting points approach
to the common center line, and the nature and extent
of this interference will be symmetrical and equal on
both flanks of the thread as long as the form of the
thread is symmetrical, such as in V-threads, U. S. form
threads, Whitworth threads. Acme threads, etc. For
buttress-formed threads the interference or side-cutting
on each flank must be determined separately. As this
last form of thread is seldom used only symmetrical
threads will be considered.
The amount of interference depends upon the value
of B and the pitch of the thread, or number of threads
per inch, N. Thus
Interference due to helix =
B
360N
(4)
If the included angle of the flanks of the thread is
greater than zero — which is the case for all but square
threads— as the cutting point of the side of the cutting
tooth departs from the common center line of the hob
and work a clearance develops between the cutting point
on the hob and the flanks of the thread. The amount
of this clearance depends upon the value of y and the
included angle of the thread, and referring to Fig. 2,
FIG. 2. DIAGRAM SHOWING CLEARANCE BETWEEN
HOB AND WORK
FIG. 3. CURVES SHOWING PATHS OF CUTTING POINT
it will be seen that its value, ignoring for the present
the helix of the thread, may be expressed as :
Clearance ^ y tan C (5)
The value of x is therefore found by subtracting the
amount of interference given by equation (4) from the
amount of clearance given to equation (5), or
X = 2/ tan C - 3go^ (6)
As an example of the use of the above formulas we
will assume that we wish to hob a thread which has
a radius r of 0.5625 in. at the minor diameter with
a hob whose radius R is 2.250 in. at its outside diameter
with 4 threads per inch. A thread with a relatively
large helix angle is taken as the flrst example in order
to show the nature of the resulting side-cutting of a
hob. The thread has an included angle of 60 deg.,
making C = 30 deg., and N ^= 4. The value of B
is taken consecutively from 0 deg. which gives the fol-
lowing values for x and y:
For 5 = 0° 2" 3° 4° 5° 6'
r = 0 -0 00114 -0.00152 -0.00176 -0 00193 -0 00194
y=0 0.00043 0.00097 0 00176 0.00267 0.00386
ForB = 0° 7° 8° 10° 12°
x = 0 —0 00183 -0 00157 —0.00064 —0 00084
;, = 0 '. 0.00524 0.00691 0.01092 0 01589
The above values are plotted in Fig. 3-A at the left,
and the actual path of the cutting point is shown at the
right. These curves show the general form of the side-
cutting of any point on the cutting face of a thread hob.
This cutting face of the hob is made up of an infinite
number of points. As the positions of these points
vary the ratio between R and r varies, as also does the
helix angle of the thread, and therefore each cutting
point travels in a different form of path. Thus, in
order to determine the resulting form of a thread cut
with a hob it will be necessary to plot the paths of a
few other points. A point 0.20 in. higher on the flank
of the thread will therefore next be taken. This gives
R — 2.050, and r = 0.7625, as before, C = 30 deg.
and N^ = 4, and the values for x and y with these
factors are as follows:
ForB = 0» 1° 2° 3° 4° 5'
J. = 0 -0 00061 -0.00102 -0.00126-0.00129 -0 00117
1/ = 0 ■.;..'.'.'. 0.00015 0.00063 0.00143 0.00258 0 00398
ForB =0° . 6° 7" 8" 9°
J- = 0 -0 00084 —0 00032 —0.00041 —0.00136
;/ = 0 :.'.;;■.. 0.00577 0.00786 0.01034 ooms
These values are plotted at the left in Fig. 3-B. The
actual path of the cutting point is shown at the right.
1192
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No, 26
A third point 0.40 in. above the bottom of the thread
will next be taken. This point is beyond the top of
the thread, but it is taken to accentuate the distortion
developed by bobbing. In this case R = 1.85, r =
FIG. 4. CURVES SHOWING SHAPE OF CUTTING PATH
0.9625, C = 30 deg., and N = 4. The values for x
and y with these factors are as follows:
B- 0» I» 2° 3° 4° 5°
6"
7°
1= 0 -0.00057-0.00088-0.00093-0.00073-0.00026
-0.00049-
0.00151
y~ 0 0.00022 0.00087 0.00199 0.00354 0.00566
0.00807
0.01104
The above values are plotted at the left in Fig. 3-C.
The actual path of the cutting point is shown at the
right.
In order to show more clearly the nature of the
side-cutting of hobs the curve in Fig. 4 is plotted in
an exaggerated form with the intervals along the y-axis
equal to 0.001 in., and those along the a;-axis equal to
0.0001 in. The curves shovra in Figs. 3-A, 3-B and 3-C
are plotted to this scale and brought together propor-
tionately ; that is, the origins of these curves are spaced
equally from the bottom, but these spaces are not to
scale. This distorts still further the exact shape of the
curve, but its general properties are correct.
This curve shows the general nature of the distortion
in the form of a thread which is caused by the side-
cutting of the hob. It will be noted that it is a double
curve, the lower part (below the line A-A) being devel-
oped by the bottom corner of the hole tooth, while the
upper part (above the line A-A) is developed by
the overlapping paths of successive cutting points
on the cutting face of the hob. It is evident that
the distortion shown at the bottom of the curve is
inevitable and no correction in the form of the hob
is possible that will eliminate it. It can be reduced
in many cases, however, by making the hob smaller in
diameter, as will be discussed later. On the other hand,
the distortion shown in the upper part of the curve
can be eliminated by changing the form of the cutting
edge on the hob.
Fig. 5 shows graphically the successive positions of
the cutting edge of the hob in relation to the thread,
illustrating just how the distorted form develops. The
line 1-1 shows the flank of the hob tooth when the
cutting edge is on the common center line of the hob
and the work; 2-2 shows this edge as it is about to
leave the upper part of the flank of the thread; 3-3
and 4-4 are finishing intermediate points of the flank;
5-5 shows the cutting edge at the point where the
side-cutting is greatest; and 6-6, 7-7 and 8-8 show it
in successive positions after it has finished cutting.
Referring again to Fig. 4, two dotted lines will be
seen, one marked "Hob Correction (approx.) Made in a
Straight Line," while the other is marked "True Hob
Correction." These represent the contour of the cor-
rection. In order to maintain the proper width of
thread space the thickness of the hob teeth must be
reduced.
The correction of the hob is determined in the fol-
lowing manner: The greatest amount of side-cutting
is done by the bottom comer of the hob. In the fore-
going example the tabulation shows 0.00194 in. when
B ^= 6 deg. This is not necessarily the exact maximum.
If a closer value is required the tabulations must be
made with increments of B of smaller amounts. Tabula-
tions as shown, however, will be correct to the fourth
decimal place, which is sufficiently accurate for most
purposes.
If the tooth of the hob be narrowed at each point
of the cutting edge by the amount which it side-cuts
the thread form the contour of the thread above the
line A-A in Fig. 4 will be correct. To do this exactly
would require a curved form on the hob. For example,
the maximum side-cutting at the top of the thread form
shown in Fig. 4 amounts to 0.00093 in. when B =
3 deg., while at the middle point it amounts to 0.00129
in. when B = 4 deg. If the bottom of the hob tooth
is reduced 0.00194 in. on a side and the upper point
is reduced 0.00093 in. on a side and the two points
FIG. 5. DIAGRAM SHOWING POSITIONS OF CUTTING EDGE
OF HOB IN RELATION TO THREAD
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1193
are connected by a straight line the middle point will
be reduced but 0.00129 in. In this case a correction
in a straight line will introduce an error of about
0.00015 in. In most cases it will be found that the
correction in a straight line will be sufficiently accurate
as the resulting error will be negligible.
Fig. 6-A represents the form of a thread cut with
a hob having the form of the cutting edges identical
with the true form of the thread. In this figure,
C ^= half included angle of thread;
F := width of flat of thread at the root or minor
diameter ;
r, = largest value of r employed (radius of major
diameter) ;
smallest value of r employed (radius of minor
diameter) ;
maximum minus value of x for r,;
maximum minus value of x for r^;
(r, — rj = depth of thread;
2(r, — r^) tan C + ^ = width of space at major
diameter (outside).
n =
a;.
X,
H' S h- \Un)h„c,(F-!X,)y ^
FIG. 6. FORM, OF EXTERNAL THREAD CUT WITH
UNCORRECTED AND CORRECTED HOB
Fig. 6-B illustrates a corrected hob and the form of
thread cut with it. In this figure
F ~ 2,x^ = width of flat at bottom of hob form;
2(r, — r._) tan C + (F — 2x,) = thickness of hob
form at top;
C = half the included angle of corrected hob.
If the cutting edge of the hob is kept as a straight
line the tangent of half the included angle of the hob
form will be equal to half the difference between the
widths of hob form at the top and bottom divided by
the height of the form. Using the values shown in
Fig. 6-B we have the following:
tanC' =
2 (r,-
n) tan C + jF - 2xi) - (f - 2x;)
2 (r, - r,)
tan C = tan C +
tan C =: tan C +
F-2Xi- F + 2a;.
2 (r, - r,)
Xj Xj
(7)
It will be seen from equation (7) and also from the
figures that a corrected hob will have a greater included
angle than the thread itself; or, in other words, the
included angle of a hobbed thread on a screw or male-
threaded part will be less than the included angle of
the hob.
The dotted line in Fig. 6-B represents the true cor-
rection of the hob. Also in this figure,
r, = value of r at middle of thread flank (or at
pitch diameter) ;
maximum minus value of x for r,;
difference at r^ between straight-line correc-
rection on hob and true correction ;
K
X. X
' + X. =
X2 X| -p SXi X% ~\~ Xi
= correction at r, when hob form remains
a straight line;
X] + Xj Xj
K =
(8)
If the rounding or fillet at the bottom of the thread
as shown in Fig. 6-B is objectionable the point of the
hob may be extended by an amount about equal to
y„ provided that such an undercut is permissible. By
so doing an almost theoretically perfect thread form
will be secured. This condition is illustrated in Fig. 7.
Theoretically, the point should extend slightly more
than 2/2, as at this point r becomes smaller and R
becomes larger than the values of r, and R,. Referring
to equation (3), this increase in the value of R will
increase the value of r'. Referring to equation (1),
this increase in the value of r' and the decrease in the
value of r will increase the value of y. But for all
practical purposes an extension on the point of the hob
of the nearest even dimension to y, will usually be suffi-
ciently accurate. On standard threads cut with hobs the
resulting error will be in fifth or sixth decimal place.
For the purpose of simplifying calculations Tables I
and II have been developed. These tables are based
on work whose radius is 1.000. The value of B/360
is given opposite varying values of B and values of
y/r are given for different values of r/R. In order
to use the tables the value of r/R must first be deter-
mined, then the value of y/r is multiplied by the radius
TABLE I. VALUES OF RATIO y/r FOR r/R = 0.05 TO 0.45 (EXTERNAL THREADS)
30'
30'
B
0° 30'
r
1'
2'
2" 30'
3°
3°
4°
4° 30'
5°
6°
7°
8°
9°
10"
11"
12"
13°
14°
15°
- Rat o r/R o! Radius of Deep&st Point on Work to Radius of Cutting Point on Hob
0.08 0.09 0.10 0 12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.30
B/360° 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0 12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45
0.001389 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0,00004 0.00005 0.00005 0.00005 0.00005 0.00005
0.002778 0 00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.00016 0.00016 0.00016 0.00017 0.00017 0 00018 0 00018 0.00019 0 00019 0.00020 0 00021 0 00022
0.004167 0.00034 0.00034 0.00035 0.00035 0 00036 0.00037 0.00038 0.00039 0 00040 0.00041 0.00042 0.00042 0.00043 0 00043 0.00044 0.00044
0.005556 0,00064 0.00065 0.00066 0 00067 0 00068 0.00069 0 00070 0 00071 0,00073 0,00074 0,00075 0 00077 0,00079 0,00082 0 00085 0 00088
0.006944 0 00100 0.00101 0.00102 0.00103 0.00104 0 00105 0 00107 0.00109 0 00111 0 00113 0 00115 0 00118 0 00121 0 00124 0 00128 0 00132
0.008333 0,00148 0.00149 0.00150 0.00151 0.00152 0.00153 0,00156 0,00159 0 00161 0,00164 0,00157 0 00173 0,00179 0.00185 0.00191 0.00197
0 009722 0.00204 0,00205 0,00206 0 00207 0 00208 0 00209 0 00215 0 00220 0.00226 0.00231 0 00237 0 00242 0,00248 0 00254 0 00260 0,00266
0.011111 0,00269 0,00270 0,00271 0 00272 0 00273 0,00274 0,00279 0,00285 0.00291 0 00298 0 00304 0.00313 0,00323 0,00333 0 00343 0.00353
0.012500 0.00328 0.00329 0 00330 0.00331 0.00332 0.00333 0.00340 0,00347 0.00355 0 00362 0.00369 0.00383 0.00397 0 00411 0 00425 0.00440
0.013889 0 00406 0.00407 0.00408 0 00409 0 00410 0.00411 0 00420 0 00429 0.00438 0.00447 0.00456 0.00475 0.00494 0 00513 0.00532 0.00551
0.016667 0 00598 0.00599 0.00601 0.00602 0 00604 0,00605 0,00616 0,00626 0 00637 0 00647 0,00658 0 00685 0,00714 0,00742 0,00770 0,00798
0.019444 0.00822 0.00824 0 00826 0 00827 0 00829 0 00831 0.00843 0 00856 0 00868 0.00881 0 00893 0.00932 0.00971 0 01011 0.01051 0.01091
0.022222 0.01068 0.01072 0.01077 0 01081 0 01086 0,01090 0 01107 0 01125 0 01142 0 01160 0,01177 0,01228 0,01279 0 01330 0.01382 0.01434
0.025000 0.01342 0.01350 0.01358 0 01367 0.01375 0.01383 0,01405 0 01429 0 01453 0,01476 0.01499 0 01564 0 01529 0 01695 0 01761 0.01827
0.027778 0.01646 0.01659 0.01672 0 01685 0 01698 0 01711 0 01741 0.01771 0.01800 0.01830 0.01860 0.01942 0.02024 0.02106 0.02188 0.02270
0.030556 0.01984 0.02002 0 02020 0.02039 0.02057 0.02075 0.02112 0.02149 0,02187 0,02224 0,02251 0,02361 0 02461 0,02562 0,02663 0.02764
0.033333 0 02357 0.02380 0.02405 0.02428 0.02452 0.02476 0.02521 0.02557 0.02612 0.02658 0 02703 0.02824 0.02945 0 03067 0.03189 0.03311
0.036111 0.02765 0.02796 0.02825 0 02855 0.02885 0 02915 0 02969 0.03024 0.03078 0.03133 0.03187 0.03331 0.03476 0 03621 0 03766 0.03911
0.038889 0.03212 0.03248 0.03284 0.03321 0.03357 0.03393 0.03457 0.03521 0.03585 0 03650 0.03714 0 03884 0.04054 0.04224 0.04394 0.04565
0.041567 0.03696 0.03739 0.03782 0.03825 0.03868 0 03911 0.03986 0.04051 0.04135 0.04210 0 04285 0.04483 0.04581 0.04879 0.05077 0.05275
1194
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
TABLE II.
VALUES OF
vIt for r/R =
= 0.50 TO 2.00 (EXTERNAL THREADS)
B
B/350°
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.50
2.00
0"
30*
0 001389
0.00006
0.00006
0.00006
0.00007
0 00007
0.00008
0.00010
0 00012
40'
0 001852
0 00010
0 0001!
0.0001 1
0.00012
0.00013
0.00014
0.00017
0.00021
50'
0.002315
0.00016
0.00017
0.00018
0.00019
0.00020
0.00022
0.00027
0.00032
r
0.002778
0.00023
0.00024
0.00025
0.00026
0.00028
0.00030
0.00038
0 00046
1°
10'
0.003241
0 00027
0.00030
0.00033
0.00036
0.00039
0 00042
0 00053
0.00064
1°
20'
0 003704
0.00034
0.00038
0 00042
0.00046
0.00050
0.00055
0.00069
0.00083
1°
30'
0.004167
0.00045
0.00049
0.00054
0.00059
0.00064
0 00069
0.00086
0 00103
1°
40'
0.004630
0 00057
0.00062
0.00068
0.00074
0.00080
0 00086
0 00106
0.00126
1°
50'
0.005093
0.00073
0.00079
0.00085
0.00091
0.00097
0.00103
0.00127
0.00151
2°
0.005556
0.00091
0 00096
0.00102
0.00108
0.00114
0.00120
0 00151
0 00183
2°
30'
0.006944
0 00136
0.00146
0.00156
0.00167
0.00178
0 00189
0.00238
0.00287
3°
0.008333
0 00204
0.00217
0.00230
0.00244
0 00258
0 00272
0 00344
0.00416
3°
30'
0 009722
0 00272
0.00292
0.00312
0.00332
0 00352
0 00373
0 00469
0 00566
4"
0 oinn
0.00363
0 00388
0 00413
0.00438
0.00463
0.00488
0.00614
0.00740
4°
30'
0 012500
0 00455
0 00488
0.00521
0 00554
0.00587
0 00620
0 00781
0 00943
5°
0.013889
0.00570
0 00609
0.00649
0.00689
0.00729
0.00769
0.00969
0.01169
6°
0.016667
0,00826
0.00884
0.00942
0.01000
0 01059
0.01118
0.01408
0 0I70»
7°
0.019444
0.01131
0.01212
0.01293
0.01374
0.01455
0.01537
0 01938
0 02343
go
0.022222
0.01486
0.01594
0.01702
0.01810
0 01919
0.02028
0.02563
0 03107
90
0.025000
0.01893
0.02033
0.02173
0.02313
0.02453
0.02593
0.03293
0 04002
lo-
0.027778
0.02353
0.02529
0.02705
0.02881
0 03057
0.03233
0.04132
0.05041
ll"
0.030556
0.02865
0.03082
0.03299
0.03516
0.03733
0.03951
0.05084
0.06247
12°
0.033333
0.03433
0.03696
0.03959
0.04222
0 04485
0.04748
0 06153
0.07650
13°
0.036111
0.04056
0.04370
0.04684
0 04998
0.05312
0.05627
0 07343
0.09258
14°
0.038889
0.04736
0.05106
0.05476
0.05847
0.06218
0 06589
0.08658
0.11147
15°
0.041667
0.05473
0.05905
0.06337
0.06770
0.07203
0.07636
0.I0I02
0.13380
of the work to obtain the value of y. The values of
y/r may be obtained by interpolation when the value
of r/R does not agree with any of those given. The
values given under i5/360 are divided by N and sub-
stituted in the equation x = y tan C — (B/360N) to
obtain the value of x.
In order to illustrate the use of these tables and to
determine the effect of varying the diameter of the
hob the following three examples will be taken: An
Acme thread, 5 threads per inch, one inch in outside
diameter will be cut with hobs (1), one inch in diam-
eter, (2) two inches in diameter, and (3) four inches
in diameter. An Acme thread is selected because the
smaller included angle of thread results in more side-
cutting, thus making more pronounced the effect of
varying the diameter of the hob. The depth of an
Acme thread of this pitch is 0.110 in. The included
angle is 29 deg.
The width of the flat at the root of the thread
0.0689 in.
In the first example we have the following:
C = 14 deg. 30 min. A^ = 5
r, = 0.500 in. R, = 0.390 in.
r, — 0.445 in. R^ = 0.445 in.
r, = 0.390 in. R, — 0.500 in.
IS
This gives the following values for „:
r, 0.500
R, ~ 0.390 ~ ^-^^
(a)
ft = S-^h-o
(6)
r, 0.390
R, ~ 0.500 — "-^^
(c)
The values of x and y for the ratio (a) will first
be computed. Referring to Table II, and interpolat-
ing between r/R = 1.00 and r/R = 150 for r/R ^= 1.28
gives the values for y/r. Dividing the values of B/360
in this same table by the value of N {=^ 5) gives the
values of B/360N. These values are as follows:
For
B
V
B
360 V
5°
0.0088
6°
0.01280
0.01762 0.02328
0.002778 0.003333 0.003889 0.004444
Multiplying the values of y/r by r(=:0.500) gives the
values of y. Substituting these values of y and the
values of B/360N in the equation x = y tan C —
B/360N, gives the values of x. These values thus-
obtained are as follows:
ForB ■
—0.001637
0.004405
-0.001678
0.006400
—0.001611
0.008810
As soon as the maximum minus value of x is determined,
it is unnecessary to proceed further.
In like manner the values of x and y for the ratio
(b) are determined. These are as follows:
ForB =
y =
V =
6"
—0.002046
0.004975
-0.002123
0.006830
-0.002110
0.009023
The values of x and y for ratio (c) are as follows:
For B =
0.002519
0.005296
-0.002641
0.006973
—0.002694
0.008912
10°
—0.002671
0.011099
Using equation (7) the correction in the angle of the
hob form is computed. The tabulations above give the
following factors:
r, = 0.500
r, = 0.390
r, — r, = 0.110
tan C = tan (14° 30,)
X,
X, := 0.002695
a;, = 0.001678
■x, = 0.001017
: 0.25862
Substituting these values in equation
0.001017
tan C = 0.25862 +
(7) we have
0.26786
0.110
C" = 14° 59' 43"
2 C = 29° 59' 26"
In this case the difference between the angle of the
hob and the angle of the work is 59 min. 26 sec.
The above correction is made in a straight line,
tion (8) will show the difference between this correction
and the true correction at the middle of the flank ; thus :
x,-{-x,=^ 0.004373
X, = 0.002123
0.004373
Equa-
K
X, + Xi
X,
0.002128 = 0.000064 in.
2 *» ~ 2
This is negligible and can safely be ignored. In fact,
it is much less than the probable error in the hob.
Referring to Fig. 6-B, the dimensions of the corrected
hob and the thread produced will be as follows:
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1195
Work Hob
F = 0.0689 in. F — 2x, = 0.0635 in.
2C = 29 2C' = 29° 59'
y^ = 0.0089
This means that the corrected hob will cut an almost
theoretically perfect thread form above the fillet which
extends 0.0089 in.
above the root of the
thread. In an Acme
thread a clearance of
0.010 in. is provided
at this point, so that
no further correction
need be made. If de-
sired, however, the
point of the hob could
be extended about
0.010 in., as shown in
Fig. 7. In like man-
ner the following val-
ues are determined in
the second example:
FIG. 7. FORM OF EXTERNAL
THREAD CUT WITH POINT
OF HOB EXTENDED
2C' = 30° 0' 16"
K = 0.000054 in.
2x,_
0.0619 in.
0.012344 in.
The values in the third example are as follows:
2C' = 30° 0' 54" F — 2x, = 0.0608 in.
K — 0.000026 in. y, = 0.014422 in.
The following tabulation is made to show the various
effects of varying the diameter of the hob. (Fig. 6-B.)
Hob. diam. =
1 . 000 in.
2.0000 in.
4 000 in.
0.002695
0.003475
0.004048
yt =
0 008912
0.012344
0.014422
2C' =
29° 59' 26"
36° 0' 16"
30° 0' 54
F— 2x, =
0.0635
0.0619
0.0608
K =
0.000064
0.000054
0.000026
From the above tabulation it will be seen that the
amount of side-cutting at the bottom of the thread (x^)
Increases as the diameter of the hob is increased. The
height of the fillet at the bottom of the thread (yj
also increases as the diameter of the hob increases, in
fact, it increases about three times as much in this
case as x^. The included angle of the corrected hob
(2C') increases very slightly as the diameter of the
hob increases. The width of the point of the corrected
hob (.F — 2xJ varies less than 0.003 in. as the diam-
eter of the hob is increased from 1 to 4 in. The dimen-
sion K in Fig. 6-B is reduced as the diameter of the
hob increases.
/
JangenrfCo
Konfour ofSc!Vfv_
(Comiani)
' -fj
Rdafive Posif^on of Hob (I)
/ /
'■■■■.. /
/ 11 p,-h-h l,n^
TC
/ III ^ - ofScrlir
HeliH-ive hisition ^'
y 1 Chord (2)
/ / N
\llj Chord (1)
' /
\ RlkfcH-Rootft)
""■■- F,lltfafRooi-(l)
The correction for angle used in these solutions is a
chordal correction. This shows a slight change in angle
as the diameter of the hob varies. A geometrical solu-
tion of this side-cutting will show that except for the
fillet at the root of the thread the profile is unchanged
regardless of the diameter of the hob. Therefore, if
the correction is taken as the tangent of the profile
at the pitch line of the thread the angle C will remain
unchanged. This is shown in Fig. 8. The formulas for
determining this angle are as follows:
Let C = i included angle of thread;
^ C = i included angle of corrected hob;
H = helix angle of thread at pitch line.
Then
tan H
ir N X pitch diameter of thread
and tan=C' = tan"C + tan" H.
It is evident from the above that if the form of the
cutting edge of a hob of a certain diameter be cor-
rected to cut a thread of a certain diameter and pitch
a variation in the diameter of the hob of, say, 25
per cent will have but little effect on the form of the
thread produced on the work.
In order to determine the effect of varying the diam-
eter of the work the following tablation was made
for a hob 2.0000 in. in diam. with Acme threads per inch.
Work diam. = 1 . 000 in.
2.000 in.
4.000 in.
XI = 0 003475
0 001161
0.000350
y, = 0.012344
0 004103
0 001512
2C' = 30° 0' 16"
29° 14' 8"
29° 3' 6'
F — 2x, = 0.0619
0.0666
0 0682
K = 0.000054
0.000012
0.00000 J
FJCl. 8. DIAGRAM SHOWING CORRECTION FOR ANGLE
The above tabulation shows that the amount of side-
cutting at the bottom of the thread {xj decreases as
the diameter of the work increases. The height of the
fillet at the bottom of the thread (j/') decreases as the
diameter of the work increases. In this case it decreases
about four times as much as x.,. The included angle of
the corrected hob decreases quite rapidly as the diam-
eter of the work increases. The width of the point of
the corrected hob increases about 0.006 in. as the diam-
eter of the work is increased from 1 in. to 4 in. The
dimension K in Fig. 6-B decreases as the diameter of
the work increases. In this case the amount of error
introduced by a straight-line correction in the hob is
in the fifth and sixth decimal place and is negligible.
It is evident, therefore, that a hob which is corrected
for a certain diameter of work cannot be used on work
which varies very much in diameter if accurate results
are desired. The smaller the diameter of the work
the more this condition is accentuated. This is due,
in large measure, to the rapid increase of the helix angle
on smaller diameters. On work of large diameters,
where the helix angle is very small, little or no cor-
rection is required on the hob.
(To be continued in next week's issue.)
Making a Narrow Belt from a Wider One
By John A. Grill
There is an error in the sketch accompanying the
article under the above title on p. 823 of American Ma-
chinist. The wooden block between the vise jaws should
be just large enough to let the belt slide through.
Made in the manner indicated by the sketch the belt
would crowd over to the other jaw because there is noth-
ing to prevent such action, especially if the knife blade
is not parallel to the jaws. With the space between
the jaws just wide enough to let the belt slip through
it cannot get out of position.
1196
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
Unnecessary Finish On Tools
By John A. Honegger
On page 365, Vol. 52, of the American Machinist,
George H. Henrietta gives certain "Instructions to Tool-
makers" regarding the finish on tools.
This "putting on of finishing touches" as one might
say not only crops up in the jobbing shop but wherever
there is a toolmaker who takes pride in the work he
turns out. The writer also has had trouble in this
respect and to eliminate it had a rubber stamp made
as following:
NO FINISH EXCEPT ON WORKING SURFACES
OR WHERE INDICATED
The letters were about § in. high by i in. wide
and the whole stamp covered a space of about li x 6 in.
This notation was stamped on all detail and assembly
drawings in two places: at the top of the sheet and
to the left of the title. With this notation on the
drawing it was strictly up to the workman or the job-
bing shop. If at inspection the tool was found to have
extra finish on it the producer had to explain.
Know What You Are Doing and Why
You Are Doing It
By John A. Grill
Under this title on p. 612 of American Machinist
A. W. Forbes writes of setting a lathe tool below the
center line of the work in order to make it cut better.
I keep mine above the center. When I lower it the re-
sults are not so good.
Mr. Forbes says: "A way that leads to knowledge
. is to break every rule and see what happens."
Here is the way I broke one.
A casting mounted upon a mandrel in the lathe had
a small boss projecting from its face at a distance of
8 in. from the center of the mandrel. I was facing off
this boss, the tool cutting only when the projection came
around, and was "cutting wind" for the remainder of
each revolution. The tool was set about level with the
lathe centers.
I had ground the tool in every way I could think
of and had tried several different settings; had also
tried running the lathe at various speeds, but the job
persisted in chattering very disagreeably.
Along came a friend, who said: "Turn over your
tool and run the lathe backward." I did this and it
worked fine. I could run the lathe at a pretty good
clip, there was no chatter, and I secured an excellent
finish. What caused the work to act that way is be-
yond me unless it gets a better support by pulling up.
Grinding Device Run by an Air Turbine
By J. V. Hunter
The grinding device operated by an air turbine and
shown in the illustration was built in the Decatur
car shops of the Wabash Railroad Co. for grinding
lathe centers and for handling little jobs of grinding
that are sometimes done on a lathe. The lower frame
A is attached to a shank B, that enables the whole
device to be supported in the toolpost of a lathe.
The housing for the turbine and the wheel-arbor are
mounted on the slide C, which enables them to be fed
longitudinally by means of a rack and pinion drive
operated by the lever D. The turbine consists of a cast
brass housing E in which a common fan-type propeller
is rotated by the air blast coming from a small nozzle
and controlled by the valve F. The air hose is not
shown connected. Exhaust from the turbine is through
a number of small holes drilled in the left-hand side
of the periphery of the housing. It will be noted that
a small cast wheel-guard covers the upper side of the
grinding wheel.
It may be noted in passing that air turbines of this
character are usually heavy consumers of compressed
air, and that therefore they cannot be looked upon as
providing an efficient method of propulsion.
AIR-TURBINE DRIVEN DEVICE FOR GRINDING
I4ATHE CENTERS
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1197
Rockford Heavy-Duty Horizontal Boring
Machine
SPECIAL CORRESPONDENCE
A boring and drilling machine intended chiefly
for the work encountered in the automotive field,
particularly the machining of crankcase bearings,
is the subject of this paper. The tool has been
developed from past designs of rnachines intended
for the same purpose.
THE Rockford Drilling Machine Co., Rockford, 111.,
builds a heavy-duty horizontal drilling and boring
machine for automotive work. As early as 1916
it became apparent to the staflf of the concern that there
was a real demand for a single-purpose, heavy-duty,
horizontal drilling and boring machine which could be
highly standardized for automotive work and still would
I
i
FIG. 1. lUXKP'ORU HEAVY-DUTY HORIZONTAL BORING
MACHINE FOR ai'tomotivb; work
be flexible enough to meet almost any requirement. As
a nucleus for the horizontal machine, the head of the
Rockford vertical, heavy-duty drilling machine, com-
plete with driving gears, spindle and feed mechanism,
was used. This head can be shortened to give as little
as 12-in. spindle travel or increased to
give 40 in. In combination with different
spindle designs and multi-spindle heads,
it provides the means of rotating the
bars and tools.
The machine here described, see Fig. 1,
is one of three built for the Olds Motor
Works, Lansing, Mich., for boring crank-
shaft and camshaft bearings on an
8-cylinder motor. This machine is pro-
vided with two duplicate work-holding
fixtures mounted on an indexing table.
The loading station is at the rear of the
machine and the operating station at the
front.
While one fixture is being unloaded
and loaded, and the bars and cutters
changed at the loading station, the other fixture is at the
operating station and the piece it holds is being bored.
When the operation is complete, the operator disconnects
the bars from the driving head and steps on the treadle
projecting through the front side of the base. The
treadle mechanism pulls the inde.x pin and lifts the table
on a large ball slightly off its bearing on the ba.se. The
table is then rotated 180 deg., bringing the new piece of
work in line with the spindle and the finished one
around to the loading station. This method of handling
makes the operation almost continuous.
Care has been taken in designing the fixtures so as
to provide adequate clamping devices of such form that
the work will be held firmly, but not sprung out of
shape. In this particular case, the lower surface of
the crankcase is clamped against hardened-steel plates
mounted on a vertical surface. This arrangement keeps
the locating surfaces clean. Location of the crankcase
is obtained by means of hardened dowels entering
reamed holes in its lower surface. These dowels are
relieved of all cutting strain by means of spring
plungers, which are locked in position after the case is
in position. The main drive may be
either by motor or countershaft. When
the countershaft drive is used, a three-
step cone is provided, also a tight- and
loose-pulley countershaft equipped with
Hyatt roller bearings. The motor shown
mounted on the back of the machine in
Fig. 2, is directly connected through
gears without the use of flexible coup-
lings or chains. Interchangeable gears
are provided for speed changes with
both types of drive.
Feed changes are four in number, the
mechanism being incorporated in a feed
box employing a movable driving-key.
The feeds are placed in geometric ratio,
with a factor of 1.5. A forward and reverse feed
mechanism can also be provided. All bearings on both
the drive and feed mechanisms are bronze-bu.shed. The
base is of heavy box section, well ribbed, and is bolted
together in such a manner as to facilitate changes in
FIG. 2. REAR VIEW OF ROCKFORD HORIZONTAL BORING
MACHINE. SHOWING MOTOR AND FIXTI'RES
design without many pattern changes. The feed and
drive mechanisms are completely mounted on one base
section and the fixtures holding the work are mounted
on the other section.
The machine bores simultaneously two crankshaft
bearings 2i"u in. diameter by 2',' and 2 IS in. long, respec-
1198
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
tively, and three camshaft bearings in aluminum at a
cutting speed of 200 ft. per minute and 0.010 in. feed
per revolution of the spindle. The operations are
divided into rough boring, facing and finish boring, a
machine being provided for each operation. All these
operations with the addition of counterboring, drilling,
etc., may be combined on one machine, if the rate of
production does not warrant more equipment.
The Equipment
The equipment for the work includes a complete set
of Kelly Reamer Co.'s bars and cutters. A floating
drive is used between the bars and spindles, so that the
accuracy of the work depends upon the fixture alone.
Liner bushings are provided in all cases, so that it
should be easy to re-align the boring-bar guides in case
of wear.
It is said that the machines are adaptable to a wide
range of work and can be easily arranged to take care
of holes from 1 in. in diameter in steel to 12 in. in
cast iron and aluminum. They are rated at a capacity
of 2 J in. in diameter when drilling from the solid in
steel.
The machines have been adapted to different sorts of
work, such as crankcase and transmission-case boring
for tractors, trucks and passengers cars, including fac-
ing and counterboring, cylinder boring for tractors,
drilling and reaming, rear-axle drilling and boring,
gun-carriage work, centering of large forgings, milling
pads on crankcases, and double-end drilling.
Making Thrift Seem More Worth While
By FRANK H. WILLIAMS
It is not very generally realized by plant exec-
utives that thrift among employees is very closely
allied with contentment on the part of employees,
and with increased production. But such is the
case as any executive can very readily determine
for himself by investigating conditions among
employees who are saving on a systematic basis,
and among employees who are always "only a
month ahead of the poor house."
IF A PLANT executive will undertake an investiga-
tion in an impartial frame of mind and if his
investigation is thorough and unbiased, he will find —
in the great majority of cases — that the restless
employees are those who spend everything they make
and that the substantial employees, upon whom he has
to depend in the long run for the great bulk of produc-
tion, are those who are laying up something for a rainy
day.
And the exectuive will also find that among the more
substantial employees there is a very clear appreciation
of just what thrift is and an almost enthusiastic com-
mendation of any worth while steps taken by the plants
where they are employed to help them in their savings.
An employee who saves is taking the first step toward
the owning of property- — his own home, first of all. And
employees who own their own homes or any sort of
property are always the ones who are anxious for
stabilized working conditions and who are generally
leaders in all fights against bolshevism and kindred
evils.
Consequently, it is very evident that the cultivation
of thrift among employees of any plant is a mighty good
thing for that plant in the way of stabilizing conditions
and in the way of increasing production.
And, just as it is a good thing for any plant to have
employees who are thrifty, so is it an infinitely better
thing for the plant to create a feeling of co-operation
between employer and employees by doing something
definite and specific to help the employees with their
savings. And if the employer in helping the employees
does more in the way of help than would be done by any
outsiders — such as banks, trust companies, home build-
ing companies, etc.,— then the confidence of the
employees in the employer will be increased by just that
much, and the spirit of co-operation between the two
will be fostered by just that much extra help given
employees beyond what an outsider would do for them.
Ways of Helping Employees to Save
Now there are a number of ways in which a plant
can help employees in making savings, and in consider-
ing these plans it is best to first consider the usual
ways in which employees save money.
One of the newest and mo.st popular methods of saving
is by means of "Christmas Clubs" in which a specified
amount is paid every week for a period of fifty weeks
at the end of which the bank or trust company con-
ducting the club sends a check to the saver for the
total amount of his savings plus a small amount of
interest. While such clubs are ostensibly for the pur-
pose of providing the savers with money for Christmas
expenses, the fact is that the great majority of club
members use the clubs simply as easy methods of saving
money. Only a small percentage of the total volume of
Christmas club checks is ever used for Christmas
presents.
Life insurance is an established form of saving money
among men employees.
A regular savings account is another method of sav-
ing money.
Purchase of stock in the employing company by means
of deductioris from the regular weekly wages, con-
stitutes another method.
Purchase of Liberty bonds or other securities on the
partial payment plan is another method, and the pur-
chase of necessities on the partial payment plan, while
not primarily a method of saving money, still is a
method of increasing the employees' "working capital."
Employers who seek to help employees save money
generally adopt some method in line with the foregoing,
but because of familiarity with all these plans and
because of the fact that most of the plans are almost
hoary with age, the employees quite frequently do not
respond to the conveniences offered them with as much
enthusiasm as the company would like. And yet, if the
employers tried out some new method of inducing thrift
among the employees it is quite likely that the employees
would almost entirely ignore it through fear that the
new plan was designed primarily for "putting something
over" on them.
The problems confronting employers who wish to
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1199
increase production and stability through increasing the
thrift tendencies of employees are — How can thrift be
made to seem more worth while? How can more
employees be induced :to -save money? And how can
those employees who are saving a little be induced to
save more?
Most successful business enterprises when confronted
with a business problem attack it from these angles: —
1. What is the difficulty to be overcome? 2. What are
the methods of overcoming the difficulty? 3. What
results will be achieved by each of the plans suggested
for solving the problem?
It would seem as though the same questions should
be applied to this thrift proposition. Under this ques-
tioning we find that the answer to the first question
brings out this interesting point — the difficulty to be
overcome is an individual, personal difficulty with most
of the employees. It is not a problem for mass settle-
ment, but a problem for individual treatment. Under
the second question we find that all of the methods
suggested for saving money are good plans. Under the
third question we find that the results to be achieved
with one employee under the Christmas savings plan
would be splendidly satisfactory, while with another
employee the problem of life insurance is most
important, so that aid in the purchase of life insurance
would make the greatest hit with the latter employee.
And so on with all the employees.
A Personal, Individual Problem
In the final analysis, the matter of thrift among
employees is a personal, individual matter which
demands personal, individual treatment. Just as general
health rules are a good thing for the employees of any
plant, so general thrift suggestions are a good thing for
them. But to make some employee well who is suffering
with fever, it is necessary to give that employee careful,
thoughtful, personal and individual attention. And just
in the same way it is necessary to give some impractical
employee who sneers at thrift suggestions some careful,
thoughtful, personal, individual attention if that
employee is to be made to see the advantages of saving
money; is to be helped in saving money in the manner
which most appeals to him and is, through the building
up of a personal thrift habit, to be made into a
conscientious, contented and dependable employee.
A man's personal money affairs are just about as
intimate and individual as anything can possibly be.
The normal man resents the usual sort of probing and
prying into his money affairs and he hates to be lumped
in the class of "unthrifty" according to some general
scheme of statistics. But he will open his heart and
listen to reason when a friend in whom he trusts goes
out of his way to show why thrift is well worth while.
So if you want to get the best results in building up
thrift among the employees of your plant, get away
from the idea that it is a mass problem. It isn't! It's
an individual, personal problem. And the more
individual and personal your treatment of it is, the more
satisfactory will be the results.
Help-Wanted Advertisements
By H. M;. Fitz
I was interested in the article in the American
Machinist, page 892, by A. W. Forbes, entitled "Getting
the Right Man Through the Help-Wanted Columns."
Not being an authority on advertising, I can speak only
from experience which indicates that what is said in
the ad makes all the difference in quantity and quality
of applicants.
Looking over the help-wanted column you see many
ads that you know it is a case of taking a chance to
answer. For instance, this is an actual ad word for
word: "An all-round mechanic wanted, state age, mar-
ried or single and salary expected — Address Box — .'
Can anyone tell to what vocation the above ad refers?
It may be that of an all around boilermaker, carpenter,
plumber, machinist, or any one of fifty other vocations.
The age makes a difference and if a road job, a single
man is preferable. Salary means a great deal because
some people would rather work at half price at certain
localities than at others. It is also a blind ad. Who?
Where? As Mr. Forbes says, everybody out of a job
will answer it. On that particular ad thirty-six men
did take the chance but not one was employed because
the ad failed to tell what was wanted, and as mechanics
are not versed in mind reading, they all lost out; so did
the author of the ad.
The position was vacant until this ad appeared: "A
mechanic who is an all-around boilermaker, 35 to 50
years of age; some road work; single man preferred;
90c. per hour ; address, H. H. & H. Co., Cleveland, Ohio."
This ad cost twice as much as the other one and only
four answers were received. One was employed and to
tell the truth it was hard to pick that one, as no doubt
any one of the four could have filled the job. It seems
to me that the more definite the ad the better the results.
It may not bring as many answers but those who do
answer, will, no doubt, be nearer what is wanted.
"Blind" Ads
The writer some years ago answered the following ad :
"An efficiency man wanted; good salary and prospects;
give age, experience and reference in first letter. Box
— ." The reply I received was to this effect : "As you
have had no coal mining experience we cannot use you."
If the ad had mentioned "coal mining experience" I am
sure it would have saved both of us time and trouble.
Another: "A production manager wanted by a first-
class firm for special work on Sundays. Not oil, or land,
or insurance, but good money assured." No, I did not
answer this one for the reason that they take up too
much space telling what it is not rather than tell in less
words what it is. Also, it was "blind" and the deep
secret will remain such so far as I am concerned.
A friend not long ago asked me to loan him $1,000
and showed me an ad in large type as follows: "Wanted:
A production man to invest $1,000 with services; $20
a day and 10 per cent interest on your investment.
Box — ." I told him to answer it and find out who it
was and all about it. He did so and got an answer from
The Transportation Co. advising him to call for
personal interview as soon as possible on a matter of
great importance to him. He therefore took a day off
and went to the nearby town where the firm was located
to cinch this wonderful opportunity. The next day I
said "Jim, how did you come out? You want that
money today?" "No," replied Jim, "he doesn't want a
production manager; he wants a truck driver and tried
to sell me a half interest in his two-truck route."
My experience has been that we can't expect to get
the right man with the wrong ad any more than we can
expect to catch brook trout with alligator bait — they
may bite but you will never land them. A blind, in-
definite ad may bring answers, but not results.
1200
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53. No. 26
WHf AT /o WEMi
Stygested by the/fanagingr Editor
THERE is more of the automotive information this
week in the leading article. Fred Colvin continues
his series by writing on "Sheet-Metal Work for Auto-
mobiles." He enumerates several of the problems en-
countered in the sheet-metal branch of the industry
and explains their solutions.
The highly poisonous cy-
anogen gas, which for the
most part has hitherto been
led as quickly as possible to
the stack and allowed to
dissipate, is now being con-
trolled and caused to per-
form the work for which it
is very effective — that of
carburizing. "A New Meth-
od of Case-Hardening Steel"
is the title of the paper by
Wm. J. Merten, page 1169,
in which the cyanogen gas
method of carburizing is
compared with present methods and a design of a regen-
erative cyanogen-gas carburizing furnace is shown.
Entropy writes on "The Turn of the Tide," page 1170.
He refers to the tide of ever-changing wages, that, as
he sees it, is now an ebb-tide. "The law of supply and
demand has never been out of operation for very long
at a time," and "It takes two to make a fight, but only
one to start a massacre," are two of Entropy's inter-
esting statements.
We have recently had a report on the three-shift day
in the steel industry which leads us to believe that we
shall eventually get entirely away from the twelve-hour
day in this, the last big industry, to give it up. At the
same time some of the members of the steel industry
have been leaders in another movement of importance —
namely, education. Morris' seventh installment of his
.series on apprenticeship deals with schools at the Car-
negie Steel Co.'s Pittsburgh plant. Page 1172.
An account of the meeting at which the report on the
three-shift system in the steel industry was read, be-
gins on page 1182. It was a joint meeting of the Man-
agement and Metropolitan Sections of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, the New York section
of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers and
the Taylor Society. An abstract from the paper by
Horace B. Drury is given.
Bruce W. Benedict, manager of shop laboratories.
What to read was not a difficult Tnatter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pleasantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery ivorld. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
University of Illinois, has a very interesting article on
"Helix Angle of Twist Drills," page 1175. He con-
cludes, from experiments, that with the present design
of flute, the most efficient high-speed milled twist drill
has a helix angle of 35 deg. and that a drill with this
helix angle consumes less
power and generally has
greater endurance than
drills of other helix angles.
Many suggestions have
been made as to how to in-
crease production, satisfy
workers, maintain morale
and in general to make of
the plant a big, happy fam-
ily. Now comes C. B. Lister
with advice that target
shooting is an aid in indus-
try. Page 1178.
The second part of "Early
Traces of the Toothed
Wheel" begins on page 1179. Manchester is the author.
He takes up the development of gearing from the six-
teenth century up to the time of Watt.
W. H. Chapman's paper, "Cylindrical Grinding in
1920," is concluded in this issue, page 1184. The first
part appeared last week.
An interesting article is that on "The Cost of Labor
and the Labor-Cost" by Elmer W. Leach, page 1188.
Labor does not want its wages reduced, yet if selling
price is lowered labor-cost must come down. Read the
suggestions Mr. Leach has to offer to bring about
adjustments to satisfy all concerned.
A paper which received much praise from engineers
was "Side Cutting of Thread-Milling Hobs," by Earle
Buckingham, of the Pratt & Whitney Co., read before
the Machine Shop Section of the A. S. M. E. at the
annual meeting last week. We understand that the prep-
aration of this paper extended over a period of two
years. Beginning on page 1192, we are publishing the
part dealing with the bobbing of screws. The article
will be concluded next week with the publication of the
second part, dealing with the hobbing of internally
threaded parts.
Our shop equipment news section is not large this
week, but it should be borne in mind that the gener:it
article on the Rockford heavy-duty horizontal borir.j
machine should be read in connection with that section.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1201
CHRISTMAS— M^ turning point
THE CHRISTMAS SEASON is not one when the
Spirit of Gloom is welcome. He and his chief-of-
staflf, General Discouragement, have had things very
much their own way for too many weeks, but with the
advent of the Spirit of Christmas their fortunes are
doomed to a sudden reverse which may well be made the
beginning of a complete rout of all their forces.
Just as the bright and confident spirit of the little
force of Americans at Chateau Thiery stopped the on-
rush of the German hordes and revived the flagging
courage of the jaded French and British veterans, so
will the perennially youthful Christmas spirit defeat the
forces of gloom and point the way for all of us to follow.
Christmas alone cannot carry the day — we have all got
to dig in and help. For Christmas is soon over and we
may easily suffer a relapse from the confidence that
means good business, to the doubt that spells depression.
It is not a baseless, Pollyanna-like optimism that we
urge for there is plenty of reason to look forward to a
prosperous year in American industry.
DON'T FORGET that we are blessed with better than
average crops and that in the last analysis the
buying power of the farmer determines the volume of
the country's business. It is quite true that the reduc-
tion in prices of farm products means a con.siderable
lowering of the farmer's income as compared to that of
last year. But on the other hand the prices of the goods
the farmer buys are bound to follow the drop in prices
of the goods he produces and thus make his dollar of
income buy more than it did last spring. It is too much
to hope that an equalization of prices will be reached
immediately. There is back-lash in the gears of trade
which must be taken up. But the slow speed lever of
deflation has been thrown in and it will not be many
weeks before the driving impulse reaches the last gear
in the train and the whole mechanism of business
settles down to a steady pull that is more significant of
solid success than the feverish racing along on high
that has just ended.
Transportation difficulties are much less serious than
they have been in years. While there is still much to be
done to bring the railroads back to real efficiency there
is good reason to believe that their affairs will be in such
shape before summer that they can place orders for the
tools they have long needed so badly.
THE MOST ENCOURAGING NEWS of the month
is the formation of the Foreign Trade Financing
Corporation at Chicago for the purpose of supplying the
M
capital necessary to finance foreign trading under the
provisions of the Edge law. The new corporation is a
practical step(in the right direction and while its limited
capital will not go very far in financing the foreign
trade of the United States, it will help and will serve to
turn men's thoughts tc '.he problems of equalizing ex-
change. The present exchange rate on American dollars
all over the world represents a 'carrier that is more diffi-
cult to surmount than any protective tariff wall ever
devised. Further steps will undoubtedly be taken during
the coming year to remedy this evil.
So far as domestic finance is concerned we are in a
better position than ever before. The Federal Reserve
System has withstood inflation and deflation strains that
would have wrecked the banking system of the last
decade. Perhaps it has not always managed to care for
everyone, but is that to be wondered at in the recon-
struction period following the greatest war in history?
ANY OTHER FAVORABLE CONDITIONS and
tendencies could be added but they have been dis-
cussed so many times that it seems useless to reiterate
them. Most of our adversities have passed, or are pass-
ing, and it is therefore our present duty to recognize
the fact and relegate it to the dead past.
The events of the last half of the year 1920 have
disclosed a startling lack of morale among American
business men. Is this a sudden development or the
result of the softening effect of four years of easily-
secured orders and unusual profits? Have we forgotten
how to fight so soon? Granting that the intangible
cohorts of gloom are harder to fight than many Germans,
we have certainly not acquitted ourselves of late as we
should. The picture of the richest nation in the world
facing a promising future with dark foreboding must
be one to excite the people of war-torn Europe to scorn-
ful derision. ,»■■«•
LET'S BRACE UP ! Worrying over the future never
-' helped any one. On the contrary it is usually a
contagious disease that spreads like a forest fire and
consumes the courage of all who encounter the worrier.
If you must worry, don't do it in public but present a
bold front to the men you meet and open your intelli-
gence to the basic economic facts that insure a golden
future for all of us here in America.
Let the Christmas spirit into your soul to banish the
shadows of past reverses and make sure of success in
the new year by keeping it there.
We wish you all a very merry Christmas and a busy
New Year.
1202
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
Shop Equipment Nenvj
J. A. HAND
if
»|-^T
SnOP LQUIPMENT
• NtV/5 •
A >veGkly roviGW oO
modGrn doslignsand
■■ ©quipmonO ■>
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for which there is no chmge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article mast not have been
on the market more than six months and mast not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the newt character of these descriptions it will be impos-
sible to submit them to the manufacturer for approval.
j i ! • CONDENSED ■
CLIPPING INDEX
Aconiinuoui record
I ol^modorn dos't^ns ijl jj,
• and oqucpmonl/ • JUj
Jacksc
>on Vertical Automatic
Chucking Machine
The Jackson vertical automatic chucking machine is
manufactured by the Long-Henkel Manufacturing Co.,
Reading, Pa. It is intended for drilling, threading,
turning, facing, etc., in the quantity production of
small parts, such as nuts, pulleys, pipe fittings, battery
terminals and electrical fixtures.
The machine is built in three types, the illustration
showing one of the reciprocating kind and listed as
"Type B." It has four duplex automatic chucking
vises and three pairs of working spindles, being adapted
chiefly to the class of work requiring drilling or boring,
drilling to size, and then threading or tapping.
The chucking vises automatically eject the finished
articles, and after the operator puts the unmachined
parts in place the vises close automatically, thus reliev-
ing the operator of everything but the handling of the
blank pieces and the observation of the work, which is
constantly in his view. The machine has a positive
drive throujrlout and is fully equipped with ball bear-
—28.
it '
l'
1
)
'^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^Hi^^r
Quick-acting tool adjustments are provided, .so as
to facilitate setting up. The machine can be used to
perform a number of operations at one time, the pos-
sibilities being limited chiefly by the number of spin-
dles that may be used. As a threading or tapping
machine for standard work, a magazine feeding appli-
ance may be used. It is said that no particular skill
is required of the operator. The floor space required
is 3 X 5 ft., and the approximate weight is 1,450 lb.
When boxed for export the weight is 1,750 lb. and the
volume of the box is 1,050 cu.ft.
"Horizontal Junior" Metal
Cutting Machine
The illustration shows the "Horizontal Junior" metal-
cutting machine recently placed on the market by the
Metal Saw and Machine Co., Inc., Springfield, Mass.
The cutting is done by means of a handsaw mounted
dmost horizontally on a frame that can be swung in
a vertical plane in order to raise the saw. A capacity
for work up to 4 x 4 in. is provided, the machine
being a general-purpose, quantity -production tool. The
cutting portion of the saw is held in position by means
of roller guides, it being claimed that the cut made
JACKSON "TYPE B" VERTICAL. AUTOMATIC
CHUCKING MACHINE
"HORIZONTAL JUNIOR" METAL,-CUTTING MACHINE
Specifications : Capacity, 4 x 4 in. Saw ; length, 8 ft 4 in. :
width, 5 in.; tliickness, 0.032 in.: kerf, 0.047 in. Cutting speed,
120 ft. per minute. Speed of drive pulley. 250 r.p.m. Heicht.
floor to table, 26J in. Floor space. 2 ft. 8 in. x 4 ft 6 In. Weigjit ;
net, 425 lb. : crated, 500 lb. ; boxed for export, 625 lb. Export box,
54 X 32 X 40 in.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demcnd One
1203
is very straight and square, A hand adjustment for
securing the proper tension of the saw is provided on
the head.
The feed of the sav? is by gravity, the pressure of the
cut bjing adjustable. It is claimed that the machine
cuts a kerf only 0.047 in. wide, thus saving stock.
The saws are said to give an average of 20 hours of
service, although some give as high as 60 hours, the
fact that all teeth of the saw do the same amount of
cutting being pointed out. Saws can be furnished to
suit special needs. The machine is equipped with a
gear-driven pump to circulate the coolant when wet
cutting is done.
Grinding Machine for Broaches
The illustration shows a grinding machine, designed
for the single purpose of sharpening broaches, which
has recently been placed on the market by the J. N.
Lapointe Co., of New London, Conn., manufacturers of
broaching machines and tools. This machine was de-
signed and built a number of years ago for use in the
the spindle may be set. The head is moved forward and
back by a hand lever to bring the grinding wheel in
contact with the broach teeth.
The machine occupies a floor space of 39 x 164 in.
Elwell-Parker Electric Malleable
Pot Truck
The illustration shows an electric truck, intended for
the handling of the pots used in the heating process
necessary when making malleable castings, and recently
placed on the market by the Elwell-Parker Electric Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio. The truck is intended for conveying
the pots from the foundry and to the rattlers after the
heating, as well as for charging the ovens or furnaces.
The capacity of the truck is 4,000 lb., the pots being
mounted on stools, so that the forks at the front end of
the machine can fit underneath them.
Electricity is furnished by storage batteries inclosed
in a steel case. It is claimed that from 150 to 200
lAPOINTB BROACH GRINDING MACHINE
Lapointe factory and because of a demand from many
users of broaching tools for such a machine it is now
being offered to the trade.
The machine consists of a column supporting a ver-
tically adjustable knee, carrying a table for which both
cross and longitudinal hand feeds are provided. Head-
and foot-stocks, clamped to this table by the usual T-head
bolt, take care of all broaches that can be held upon
centers; while square broaches and keyway cutterbars
may be clamped directly to the surface of the table. The
head-stock is provided with an indexing mechanism for
use when grinding spline broaches and also a live-center,
belt driven from a three-speed auxiliary countershaft.
The capacity of the machine is ample to grind
broaches 64 in. long and 8 in. in diameter.
The grinding wheel 'is carried on a spindle supported
by a swiveling-head, which makes it possible to grind
both the rake angle on the back of the broach teeth
and to undercut the faces. The head swings on the
column of the machine to any angle in the horizontal
plane and so permits the grinding of tð at any angle
to the axis of the broach.
The grinding wheel spindle is belt driven from the
main countershaft. A pair of idler pulleys change the
direction of this belt to accommodate any angle to which
ELECTRIC TRUCK FOR HANDLING MALLEABLE-POTS
complete trips and handling operations of the pots can
be performed on one charging of the battery. A heavy
frame of hot-riveted steel is used, and most of the parts
of the truck are made of steel or of malleable iron.
The machine has three wheels, the two at the carrying
end doing the driving and the one at the operating end
the steering, the truck being capable of turning in a
radius equal to its wheel-base. The steered wheel is
mounted in a spring cradle, in order to cushion shocks.
Rubber tires are used when the ovens are charged at
low temperature. For the charging of heated ovens a
smooth steel wheel is used for steering and steel wheels
having herringbone treads as the driving wheels.
The driving motor is totally enclosed and connected
with the wheels by means of worm gearing and a differ-
ential. The axle is of the full-floating type, the housing
carrying the weight of the truck. Double-row ball
bearings Ti in. in diameter are used in the wheels, and
a contracting brake is provided between the motor and
the differential.
The operator stands on two pedals and steers by
means of an automobile-type wheel, the shaft of which
is mounted in ball bearings. Depressing the left pedal
releases the brake, while depressing the right one closes
the circuit breaker, so that the truck may be run by
1204
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
operating the controller. If the operator steps off the
truck while it is moving, it automatically stops.
The toggle lifting mechanism is driven by a series
motor through worm gearing and a special clutch. The
pot can be lifted 6 in. from the floor, the mechanism
automatically stopping at the end of the travel. By
means of the switch, the forks and the pot may be
stopped at any point in the up or down travel. The
lifting mechanism is completely inclosed and runs in oil.
The overall-length of the truck is 12 ft., and the weight
with the battery is 3,600 lb.
Baird Truck-Frame Riveter
The illustration shows an adaptation of the "pinch
bug" pneumatic riveter manufactured by the Baird
Pneumatic Tool Co., Kansas City, Mo., especially for
riveting industrial cars and truck frames. The device
is adaptable to any steel fabrication within its range
where the work is suspended from above and worked
to completion from that position. The riveter itself is
rigidly mounted on a stand.
The sliding valve is controlled by two pedals, thus
leaving the hands of the operator free to guide the
BAIRD TRUCK-FRAME RIVKTER
■work to its proper place. The riveter drives and heads
4-in. rivets, hot. It occupies little space, being but 38
in. high and weighing approximately 600 lb.
Allen-Bradley Clapper-Type Controller
The Allen-Bradley Co., Milwaukee, Wis., has placed on
the market a line of mill, crane and hoist controllers
of the type shown in the illustration, to supplant its
Types Q, R and S controllers. The new controller,
made in sizes ranging from 1 to 150 hp., is known as
the "clapper-type controller," primarily because all
switching and contact-making are done with a clapper-
switch contactor.
The controller is equipped with a graphite compres-
sion resistor, avoiding the use of grids or wire-wound
resistors and the need of step contacts. All speed
control is obtained by
variation of the pressure
upon the resistor column
by means of the control
lever. The controller is
made for either direct or
alternating current.
Clapper contactors of
the copper - to - copper,
rolling type are u.sed ex-
clusively. The clapper
switches, mounted inside
the controller, are me-
chanically operated, and
perform all switching in
controllers up to 100 hp.
in capacity. Larger con-
trollers use external mag-
netic clapper switches
actuated from a pilot
switch within the con-
troller. Switch cams
positively open and close
the switch clappers. A
single lever gives full
control in either direc-
tion without steps or jumps, and also actuates the
clapper contactors.
The frame is constructed of steel, with pressed-steel
inclosing covers. The controller is said to have advan-
tages by virtue of the simple wiring and .switch gear and
the use of the compression resistor. Under-lever con-
trol gear, limit switch, brake connections and inclosing
covers for the resistor compartment can be furnished.
"Arrow Angler"
Barnes & Irving, Inc., Syracuse, N. Y., has placed on
the market the "Arrow Angler," shown in the accom-
panying illustration. The device is intended primarily
for attachment to a straight-edge or a folding rule,
being small enough to fit in the pocket conveniently. It
it stated that it does not deface the rule and can
be quickly attached and adjusted.
ALI.EN-BRADLKY rLAi'i'KR-
TYPE CONTROLLER
•ARROW AN'GLER" ATTACHED TO FOLDING RULE
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1205
The device can be used for such purposes as a
T-square, try-square, depth gage or scratch gage. It
is said to form a quick means of laying out or finding
angles, of bisecting angles, or of finding centers, diam-
eters or tangents of circles. It is made of light-weight,
non-corrosive metal.
"Rex" Expansion Hand Reamer
The illustration shows an expansion hand , reamer
which the Schellenback Hunt Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, is
bringing out under the trade name of "Rex."
The reamers are split clear through the lengths of
the teeth and are thus expanded at the starting ends
THE 'REX' EXPANSION HANi> REAMER
of the cutters and not in the center only. The expand-
ing screw is taper threaded and engages tapped threads
near the starting end of the reamer. The ends of the
teeth are ground at an angle and are locked after adjust-
ment by means of a beveled locknut as shown. The con-
struction permits of a wide range of expansion of the
cutters — 0.025 in. or more is easily obtainable in a J-in.
reamer, with corresponding increase in the larger sizes.
The adjusting screw and locknuts are hardened.
Changes in Detroit Semi-Automatic
Five-Spindle Drilling Machine
The Detroit Machine Tool Co., 1487 St. Antoine St.,
Detroit, Mich., has made some changes in the design
of its senui-automatic, multiple-spindle drilling machine.
The machine is intended for the drilling of small holes
in light work. The accompanying illustration shows
how the large pan on the top of the machine for
holding the work is tilted, so that the parts will slide
to the lowest side
and always be in con-
venient reach of *1ie
operator.
The chief new fea-
ture of the machine
lies in the clutch in
the feed mechanism
contained in a hous-
ing on the right of
the machine. The
long, horizontal rod
to be seen below the
work ti'ay is used to
actuate a jaw clutch,
so as to engage or
disengage the worm
drive in the feed. It
is said that this fea-
ture is of advantage
when the machine is
being set up, as the
spindles can be
brought to their extreme forward positions in turn,
and left there without stopping their rotation. The
fixtures holding the work can then be moved to the
position giving the proper depth of hole and clamped
DETilOIT SEMI-AUTOMATIC PIVE-
SPINDLB DEILLING MACHINE
there. The feed can be instantly stopped if neces-
sary, as when a drill sticks in a hard spot. By
changing the belt on the cone pulleys on the right,
feeds of 0.002, 0.004 and 0.006 in. per revolution can
be obtained.
The type of work-holding fixture shown has a V-
shaped jaw and a standard machine handle, although
it is essentially the standard fixture No. 6100. It is
intended for holding either hexagon or round stock from
i to li in. in diameter, as when drilling cotter-pin
holes in screws and bolts.
Restrictive Measures on the Shutdown of
Industrial Plants in Germany
A law, fostered by the federal ministries of economics
and labor, and bearing upon the closing down or break-
ing up of plants in Germany, has been passed by the
preliminary national industrial parliament.
This law makes it compulsory for all firms contemplat-
ing a partial or entire break-up of their plants, as well
as a temporary or permanent stoppage of operations, to
bring such intention to the notice of the authorities
whenever such measures would tend to result in the
discharge of men to any undue extent. It covers all
industrial plants — except those being the property of the
Reich or of one of the federal states — including trans-
portation service plants employing at least twenty work-
men. From the date of filing the application, a period
of suspension of four weeks in the case of a temporary
shutdown and six weeks when contemplating breaking
up will be compulsory, during which time no materials or
legal changes likely to affect the proper management
of the company will be permitted. In special cases an
extension of three months will be granted when apply-
ing for a permit to break up.
To Prevent Unemployment
The period of suspension is principally intended to
enable the demobilization authorities in charge of the
execution of the regulations to take such steps as are
deemed necessary in order to prevent a shutdown or
breakup of plants ; all such measures are to be taken in
conjunction with the woi'ks management and the works
council and, should circumstances require it, in collabora-
tion with local and export organizations. A detailed
statement giving instructions as to methods of pro-
cedure has been drafted for the commissioners, explain-
ing the steps to be taken in dealing with the difficulties
responsible for the proposed shutdown or breakup, as
for instance, productive unemployment benefit, com-
munal orders and contracts, etc. The commissioners
entrusted with the proper execution of the regulations
are advised not to regard each closing down of an
establishment as a national or economic disaster, inas-
much as the coal famine may easily lead to temporary
restrictions on production in the interest of an
economical utilization of available stocks of raw
material.
With a view of facilitating an efllcient exploitation
and utilization of available stocks and raw materials,
the demobilization officials will be empowered to con-
fiscate and expropriate all such stocks as soon as an
application for a closing-down or breakup has been filed ;
and prompt measures will be taken to turn over the
seized stocks — particularly coal — to works of national
and economic importance.
1206
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
Business Conditions in England
By OUR LONDON CORRESPONDENT
London, Dec. 3, 1920.
THE general falling-away in trade here is quite ap-
parent and newspapers (even those associated directly
with the government) have been admitting the facts
and discussing the remedy. "Heading for Bankruptcy" and
similar phrases are being used.
The present rates of exchange prevent export trade and
it is generally recognized that until the exchanges become
more nearly level nothing like normal conditions can obtain
in industry and commerce. A dwindling number of people
are still against trading with Germany; those that are in-
terested in a given branch of industry claim that Germany,
in that particular direction, must be put out of competition
or even permanently out of action. It may still be war, but
it is not magnificent. And as an opinion it does not dis-
play much wisdom.
Export Trade Necessary to Pay Britain's Debt .
In the selfish interests of Great Britain, trading between
the nations must be fostered and encouraged. Contrary
to pre-war conditions. Great Britain has a large external
debt; only by exporting can this be repaid. It is therefore
with some concern that people in England have noted the
suggestion of increased — largely increased — import duties
on the U. S. side.
CoMPBJTiTioN With Germany
In engineering in particular, Great Britain may expect
the strongest competition from Germany if that country
only holds together. Great Britain has managed to cope
with this competition up to the present time — unlike other
countries — without erecting a tariff wall which, whether
high or moderate, was designed to exclude. The govern-
ment is, however, understood to have the tariff matter in
hand. It is clear that at present Great Britain cannot
compete on the European continent with Germany in many
branches of engineering. Quite recently a British firm, and
doubtless other firms, bidded to sell a supply of turbo-
generating machinery to be sent to the continent of Europe.
A German firm was successful — at a price one-third that
of the English tender.
The Machine-Tool Position
The machine-tool position can hardly be said to grow
more hopeful. Money is tight and no one is buying except
for immediate requirements. In the Manchester district
many firms have work in hand that will occupy them for
several months. Cancellations are fairly frequent and
although a number of inquiries have been received for tools
of heavier types apparently nothing can be settled. Conditions
are too shifting. The demand for small machine tools con-
tinues small, and several important shops in various parts
of the kingdom are working short time, including half-time;
discharges also can be recorded. One firm, relatively small
and supplying machine tools that must be sold at about
£300, has discharged practically the whole of its force; the
cost of production per machine was found to be in the
neighborhood of £1,200. One of three schemes of payment
by results had been accepted by the workmen, but permis-
sion to work was refused by the local branch of the engi-
neering trade union. The Armstrong-Whitworth concern
shut down its locomotive works in the Newcastle district for
a similar reason, though here it is understood that on seeing
the firm's books the trade union officials have agreed to a
piecework system of payment.
The small tool trade is in a very dull condition. Twist
drills are without demand; few milling cutters are called
for; one firm reports considerable activity on taps, dies, etc.,
but gages seem to be forgotten. It is stated that large
stocks have been released by the government and that with
present conditions it is useless to reduce prices. Price-
maintenance associations have been formed and, despite the
declining demand, have increased prices with increase in the
cost of steels. The remark above regarding twist drills
applies to the high-speed steel variety. The case is different
with carbon-teel drills; for these Great Britain has, in the
past, depended on overseas supplies, largely German. The
opportunity has not yet been taken completely to fill the
place of the exported article. The position therefore of one
well-known factory is that in high-speed steels a stock
valued at £30,000 or more has steadily been accumulated,
while orders for carbon steel drills are two months behind.
Key Industries Lobbying for Protection
The key-industry argument has been much worked of late
and, unless all reports are false, much lobbying has been
practiced in or near parliament to insure the support of that
august body of "men who look as if they had done well out
of the war." The magneto industry is, apparently with
reason, fearing German competition and is crying aloud for
protection. Here the fact has emerged that a price-mainte-
nance association was foi-med; but, it is explained, this
policy was given up fairly soon after the end of the war.
The price maintenance scheme applied only while there was
but one customer; namely, the nation. Other cries relate
to pianos, steel billets, needles, tungsten and toys. The dye
industry, too, is in the throes of the same kind of agitation.
It has been admitted that so far Great Britain has not been
able to produce certain dyes of quality equal to that of
dyes from Germany. These dyes are essential for an impor-
tant section of the export trade in textiles. Now although
Great Britain may refuse to accept the German dyes it is by
no means certain that India and other textile competitors
will follow this example; consequently these countries may
easily wrest the trade from Lancashire, bringing about the
downfall of the Lancashire textile industry and with it, the
Lancashire man will add, the downfall of Great Britain.
Textile machinery makers, by the way, continue busy and
night shifts have been noted.
Automotive Exhibits
The series of commercial vehicle, pleasure vehicle and
cycle and motor-cycle exhibitions held at Olympia, London,
W., comes to an end this week. To judge by appearances
the motor-cycle show may possibly be in proportion most
effective as a business-producer; though with strange
unanimity the press asserted that the automobile industry
was evidently on its feet again, and, as the result of the
recent show, has been in receipt of large firm orders.
Indeed it has been stated that orders accepted at Olympia
amounted to £50,000,000. Having appeared in print, this
statement must be true. Nevertheless rumors of troubles
and liquidation are again to be heard — a petition in connec-
tion with a subsidiary firm has been postponed for a fort-
night and one well-knovra small car, doubtless an exception,
could at the time of the show be bought at two-thirds of its
nominal price. It is pretty generally felt that the coming
winter will see the elimination of a few smaller firms, but
the industry as a whole will get through the troublous times
■with some success.
December 23, 1920
Give a Sqtiare Deal — and Demand One
1207
The French motor-car industry is in a worse position. To
raise the wind, one well-known firm has been hawking cer-
tain of their machine tools about London; again, a vessel
was chartered and loaded with motor cars, to call at Far
Eastern ports until the cargo had been sold. The motor
boat show, provisionally arranged for next spring, is to be
abandoned.
Labor Conditions
Despite threats of a complete closedown of electric gen-
erating stations, for the time being peace reigns in indus-
trial circles; or rather did until a day or two ago, when
shipyard joiners struck against reduction in wages to be
enforced by the employers. Some time ago in order to put
these workers on an equality with similar men engaged in
house building they were given a bonus of 12s. a week.
This is now to be deducted, the state of the shipbuilding
industry being the reason offered. Belfast workers have
agreed to the reduction. Then one of the leaders of the
railwaymen has been stating that "there will be a big
struggle yet ahead — a big fight in the next few months in
this country." It will not be a question of hours and wages
but of improvement in the status of the railwayman, who
is not merely to be regarded as a hewer of wood and drawer
of water, but as a contributor to efficient railway manage-
ment. In short, a share in management is to be claimed,
and this leads to the suggestion, not by any means novel,
that a definite indication of the desires of the workers of
Great Britain would be an advantage. Probably no one can
make such a statement. Aims are diverse and the end, or
approximate end, is not visualised.
Arthur Gleason has been studying us, and concludes that
what is demanded includes a higher standard of living, more
leisure, regulation of private profits, the distribution of
wealth by state action (that is taxation), prevention of
unemployment, further education, better housing, the
nationalization of public services, etc. But it is fair to
add that there is a fuller general ideal, or approach to an
ideal, at the back of the minds of many now leading the
working classes of Great Britain.
Labor's Desires
They desire complete co-operation between capital, labor
and management, but decline to admit that capital as such
• is entitled to take all the fruits of industry after sub-
sistance has been granted to producers, direct and indirect.
The idea is that capital shall be entitled to interest at
market rate, whatever this may be; apart from that, capital
as such will have no rights. The wages and salaries of the
managing, producing and distributing human elements will
be the first charge and then, after payment of interest on
capital, the surplus profits will be divided on some agreed
plan between those who are actually engaged in the
industry. As one outcome, the industry would itself be
responsible far the maintenancfe of its unemployed
members.
How in this particular detail the scheme would work can
easily be seen in current experience in certain trades, for
example, the building and printing trades, where entry into
the trade is barred because the demand may cease in the
course of a few years and unemployment ensue. If payment
for unemployment came directly and solely from the pockets
of the members of the industry they would, if sufficiently
organized, be quite sure to see that the labor market in
that particular direction was not overstocked. The scheme,
in fact, in many respects is like that of the Whitley councils,
and suffers from the root fallacy of much argument for
protective tariffs. It is that each industry is self-contained
and only self-regarding, whereas experience teaches that
we are all brethren one of another. The war has tested
many "isms"; in one direction or another all have been found
wanting.
Mining Workers' Problems
According to preliminary statements, proceedings in con-
nection with the settlement of minini; workers' problems
are proceeding fairly satisfactorily. A record tonnage was
bought-up last week. Also preliminary questions regarding
overtime and night work pay, etc., discussed between em-
ployers and employed in the engineering industry have been
settled on lines that are almost generally acceptable, for the
time being at least. But a decision regarding the claim for
an increase of 6d. an hour has yet to be made; it is due in
about a week. Many employers have of course long been
definitely for fighting. On the other hand, many think that
if by concessions troubles can be tided over a few months
at a time it is all to the national gain. Some, indeed,
suggest that the claim of the skilled engineers should be
met, or that, on the other hand, the wages of certain
unskilled workers, such as builders' laborers, should be
reduced, there being no equity in the present position. For
instance in Leeds the carrier of bricks and mortar may get
2s. Id. an hour and the skilled engineering workman Is. lOd.
In the Clyde district the unskilled building laborer may get
2s. 4d. against Is. lid. an hour for the skilled joiner.
Looking at the cost of building employers in the trades may,
in fact, attempt reduction in the pay of their skilled workers,
with unskilled labor at 25 per cent less than skilled.
Price Declines in Copper, Tin, Lead and Silver
A marked and fairly steady decline has of late been shown
in the prices of copper, tin, lead and silver. Gold, too, has
fallen within the last three weeks or so but appears again
to be rising. Tin is stated to be something like 20 per cent
below cost of production. Rubber also, which enters into
some branches of engineering, is at a low ebb and proposals
have been made for a complete stoppage of tapping; any-
thing less than this is regarded as so much tinkering. At
the London Iron and Steel Exchange recently little business
was done, although it is thought that the present output
of steel hardly covers current requirements. The marine
side of engineering remains a good customer. Belgian
billets are apparently obtainable at £8 a ton below home
products, and at a meeting of the South Durham Steel and
Iron Co., Viscount Furne^, the chairman, mentioned as an
illustration that steel joists can be imported from the con-
tinent at a cost of £17 a ton at English ports against
£24 the price of home-produced joists. The South Durham
Company, by the way, pays 25 per cent for the year.
Cooperite, understood to be the invention of H. S. Cooper
of the Cooper Research Co., Cleveland, Ohio, has been dem-
onstrated in the works of the Sheffield Mercantile Steel Co.,
Ltd., Sheffield, the rights in the material having been
acquired by Zirconium Alloys Syndicate, Westminster, S. W.
It is of course a non-ferrous material used for the casting
of cutting tool; durability greater than that of high-speed
steels has been claimed.
Situation of the Austrian
Machine Industry
Special Correspondence
Reports from the various industrial centers would
tend to show that the period of stagnation which has
been obtaining for some time is gradually passing, and
that there cannot be the slightest doubt that the com-
mercial treaty recently concluded between Austria and
Roumania bids fair to stimulate Austrian machinery
export trade to a considerable extent. Under the terms
of this agreement Austria will receive orders for the
delivery of large quantities of machinery and apparatus.
The automobile industry will come in for orders of
2,000 new cars, 1,000 trucks and 5,000 bicycles, and the
shipbuilding industry for the construction of a number
of Danube craft valued at 500 million kronen. Other
orders which will be placed with Austrian industries
are: pumps, valued at 300 million kronen; 100 million
kronen worth of agricultural machines and implements;
4,000 sewing machines; 6,000 typewriters; 900 railroad
trucks; 1,000 tank cars; 10 locomotives; and orders for
railroad equipment, machinery, etc. will amount to 200
million kronen.
One of the most interesting features of the Austrian
machine situation is the marked tendency for an "east-
1208
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
ern orientation" which is easily explained by the
foreign-exchange anomaly. Export of machinery and
apparatus to Jugo-Slavia and Poland has shown a dis-
tinct increase of late, while the decision of the reparation
committee to grant Austria credits for the purchase of
raw materials is also partly responsible for the renewed
export activity.
The locomotive industry reports very satisfactory
business, many orders having been placed by Poland and
Italy while negotiations for deliveries to France and
Russia are still pending. Interested quarters are fairly
confident that negotiations with France will be carried
to a successful end before long, but deliveries for Russia
will not be for some time owing to technical difficulties
quite apart from the question of payments. The orders
placed by the government for the state railroad are
nearly completed but repeat orders both from the state
railroads and private companies will probably be placed
soon. A number of freight locomotives have been
ordered by Roumania.
The government ordnance works at Vienna, Woellers-
dorf and Fischamend which were turning out munition,
guns, flying machines, machine equipment and other
kinds of war material, have now almost completed their
reconstruction for the production of peace products.
By far the greatest part of the new products are
agricultural machines and implements, such as plows,
harrows, cultivators, threshers, etc. The daily output
of the various works amounts to 200 plows, 100 cultiva-
tors, 50 threshing machines and 50 straw choppers. A
large part of the output has been contracted for by both
inland and foreign concerns and such has been the
demand of late that some of the works are working over-
time and nightshifts. This will hardly come as a sur-
prise to anyone making a closer study of the situation.
Most of the materials used at the ordnance works in the
manufacture of new machines and implements are so-
called "demobilization materials," that is, parts or
materials gained in the compulsory destruction of
munitions or other kinds of war material. This costs
the state practically nothing while enabling the works to
produce at a lower cost than private companies, and it
goes without saying that the latter feel rather sore on
that point, though the fact should not be forgotten that
the lower cost prices of the government works are but a
temporary feature and an adjustment of prices will have
to come about the moment the demobilization materials
are exhausted. Moreover, latest information shows that
the sale of ordnance works to private industry is con-
templated, it being stated that the annual deficit amounts
to 20 to 25 million kronen, owing to works serving as
objects for socialization experiments.
German Machine Trade Conditions
BY OUR BERLIN CORRESPONDENT
Berlin, Nov. 15, 1920.
BUSINESS is still suffering under the general depres-
sion which set in last spring. The reports of manu-
facturers' associations and of stock companies are full
of complaints as regards business. Employment has de-
creased almost everywhere; only about 50 per cent of the
machine-building works are running a 48-hr. week. The
others have reduced working hours anywhere down to six-
teen hours per week. Few factories, however, have shut
down completely, as a business improvement was expected
this fall. Although a slight revival has set in during the
last two months, evidently caused by the further sinking
of the German currency, it is not marked enough to give
a more optimistic outlook. In general the hopes for a re-
turn of fair business have been doomed to disappointment.
It has been feared that under such conditions the re-
trenching of the industry will make quick progress and
cause a large number of works to close, thus increasing
the already swelled number of unemployed. In anticipa-
tion of such intentions the government has issued regula-
tions which are making it difficult for factory owners to
shut down their factories without showing good reasons.
By these regulations workshops employing more than ten
men have to send in a notification at least four weeks in
advance together with a statement explaining their reasons
for wishing to shut down. The government has the right
to investigate the soundness of reasons given and will un-
dertake eventually to procure employment for the works
thus affected. These regulations are meant to put a stop
to the wanton shutting down of factories, which it is
expected would otherwise prevail.
This measure is strongly resented by the factory owners,
who can say for themselves that no owner would shut
down so long as there is the possibility of keeping the
works going. In fact there , is a great reticence in this
respec* which is due to the common fear that no one
going out of business temporarily knows nowadays when
and whether at all he can resume activities.
The pessimistic view prevailing is not only caused by the
persistent dullness of the inland market, but more- so Hy
the reports coming in from other countries, which show
that the business depression is general and that little can
be expected from the foreign market. The failure of the
fairs held in Leipzig in August and in Frankfurt in October
of this year strengthened this view. There was little Ger-
man business, and foreign buyers, although a fair number
of them attended, were doing nothing more than sampling,
only few actual buyers coming forward. The German in-
dustry which had made great efforts to advertise these fairs
and to spread the news that it could now offer firm prices
and prompt delfvery, giving at the same time indications
of willingness to make prices more attractive, was shocked
at the almost total absence of results. The belief is now
general that a return to even normal market conditions
will not set in until Europe is allowed to come to more
settled conditions.
Lack of Employment and the Coal Shortage
The lack of employment is lately more and more ascribed
to the coal shortage. Complaints in this direction are com-
ing forward in ever-increasing numbers and have been sub-
stantiated by apparently incontrovertible facts.
All stages of manufacture, from steal works to manufac-
turers of finished articles, are said to be strongly affected
by the lack of coal, specially steel mills and machine-build-
ing shops. Although such complaints come from all parts
of the country, curiously enough most of them originate
from the coal districts themselves. As a demonstration of
the coal shortage the imports of American coal have been
given large publicity, although the quantity imported is
quite insignificant. It is a fact that the coal left at the
disposal of the German industry, after deducting free ex-
ports and exports under the Spa treaty, is about 60 per
cent of the pre-war supply and no doubt the German in-
dustry will find itself in a precarious position if business
is in full swing once more, although a considerable part of
the shortage is made up by strictest economy. In the
present circumstances, however, statements ascribing the
reduction of employment to the coal shortage are largely
misleading. In this connection it will be remembered that
the Spa treaty will soon run out and negotiations for a
further settlement of deliveries are close at hand.
The steel works have lately decreased prices of ra# ma-
terial and semi-finished articles. Pig iron went frorB2,140
December 23, 1920
AMERICAN MACHINIST
1209
to 1,770 Marks; bars from 2,840 to 2,440 Marks; plates over
2 in. from 3,595 to 3,090 Marks per ton; castings for ma-
chine parts, which have been up as far as 9 Marks per
kilogram, can now be obtained for 5.50 to 6 Marks.
The above prices for bars and sheets are maximum prices.
Actual sales have been concluded considerably lower — that
is, 10 to 20 per cent — with the sole exception of ship-plate,
which has still an exceedingly strong market. This reduc-
tion of prices is solely due to the necessity to rheet market
conditions and does not indicate a reduced production caused
by the coal shortage.
It has been hoped that the reduction of the steel prices
would set the prices moving on the downgrade along the
whole line. The price question is considered the key to
the whole business situation. The conviction has become
general that prices have reached their utmost limit and
have even surpassed it, thus causing the reaction which is
now being felt so severely. So far as coal is concerned
there is however no hope of such reduction. The coal
miners have lately received an increase of wages and the
mine owners have tried to raise prices accordingly. This
has been stopped by the government on the strength of
the enormous profits which are being made by the owners
according to their own reports. While it can be expected
that coal prices will remain stationary, their reduction is
out of the question. Although the lower cost of raw ma-
terial relieves the situation of the machine-building industry
to a certain extent, the main relief is expected to come
from the possibility to cut down the wages and other ex-
penses. Such a possibility, however, seems very remote, as
the living expenses show no decline and the workmen have
lately given signs of a reviving unrest. It is more likely
that wages and expenses will go up a step or two in the
near future. A reduction of prices can therefore only be
made by lowering the sale price independent of cost, which
can be done to a considerable extent — at least in the case
of the large works, judging from their excellent returns —
and still leave a profit.
Some Large Profits
The Wotan-Werke in Leipzig for instance, a firm spe-
cializing in shapers, made in its business year, July, 1919,
to June, 1920, a clear profit of 1,700,000 Marks, with a
capital stock of 1,600,000 Marks; and Reineker in Chemnitz,
with a capital of 6 million Marks, has just reported a rise
of its gross profits from 3,700,000 Marks to 10,300,000
Marks, and a clear profit of over 3 millions, this being
more than 50 per cent of its capital.
So far only the export prices have been reduced, but the
inland prices have remained firm; whereby the difference
between export and inland prices, which has been very large
at the beginning of the year, has almost entirely dis-
appeared.
Lately the whole front shows signs of weakening,
beginning from the medium-sized and small works which
are the hardest hit by the financial conditions and the
tightness of money.
The Machine Tool Industry
It is reported from the machine-tool industry, which
forms the largest section of the German machine-building
industry and which, as the recognized forerunner of the
fluctuations of the market, is closely watched from all sides,
that the business stagnation continues, only the leading
works having noticed slight improvements. The inland
market is still in a soiTy state, even the biggest users hav-
ing restricted buying to immediate necessities. Inquiries
are coming in more freely and it is seen from such in-
quiries that the large manufacturers are figuring on some
new equipment, without however being able to come to the
buying point. Only the .state railway.? have lately been on
the market for re-equipment of their workshops, which are
still in the majority of cases stocked with machinery of
obsolete type. The export market is dull. An improve-
ment is hoped for from the decline of the German currency,
which is now almost where it was last February, although
it is not expected that anything like the rush of that time
will come from foreign markets owing to the depressions
prevailing there; especially as many dealers in the sur-
rounding neutral countries are said to be still full np with ,
machinery bought at that time.
Unemployment
There is hardly a shop in the country fully employed.
The employment is, in the majority of cases, from 30 to
50 per cent, and only part of that is on full time, leaving
an ever-increasing surplus. The big works have still been
able to stand the financial strain, while the smAll works
are making price concessions. Chemnitz lathes, which have
been up to 20 Marks per kilogram, can now be bought for
from 10 to 12 Marks. First-class lathes, which have been
quoted at from 20 to 25 Marks per kilogram, are now freely
offered at from 14 to 16 Marks per kilogram. Milling ma-
chines show stronger prices, on the average from 16 to 20
Marks per kilogram, grinding machines are quoted at 25
Marks per kilogram in the average; special machinery is
considerably higher. Of foreign countries the best buyers
of last spring like Holland, Sweden and Denmark have al-
most withdrawn from the market. Most orders are now
coming from Spain, Italy and South America; even Aus-
tralia is showing attention to the German market, which
however has not materialized to actual business. Finland
and other independent Eastern states are buying frequently.
Soviet Russia, although very busy getting quotations, is
not buying to a noticeable extent on account of the diffi-
culties of payment.
Dealers keeping large stocks have lately been compelled
to relieve their situation by selling below cost. This does
not, however, apply to the dealers of high standing who
have taken care not be burdened with extensive stock.
The Second-Hand Trade
Up to now the depression has most been felt on the
second-hand market. Numerous shops have gone out of
business and sold their equipment, which is now a great
load on the market. One large firm of second-hand dealers
has no less than 4,000 tools on stock. It can safely be
estimated that over 20,000 still serviceable machine tools
accumulated by sales of government and private equipment
are at present in the hands of the second-hand trade. Prices
quoted for second-hand machinery have lately gone down
considerably to from 5 to 8 Marks per kilogram, according
to condition. Second-hand lathes have lately even been
offered at an average price of 3 Marks per kilogram.
The market for heavy machine tools is greatly depressed.
It is noteworthy to remember that the Maschinenfabrik
Oberschoeneweide, formerly German Niles Works which has
been closely connected with Ludwig Loewe A. G., has been
shut down and the equipment sold with the exception of
the pneumatic tool department; the latter department will
be continued in other premises. The stock has changed
bands, and the firm has resumed the old style of "Deutsche
Niles Werke" or German Niles Works. This is the first
instance of a return of styles which have been abandoned
during the war owing to apparently foreign associations,
and indicates that such styles are no more considered a
handicap to business. Close observers may even think that
the pendulum will strongly swing in the other direction, as
quite a number of purely German firms are now assuming
foreign styles in the expectation, apparently, to make a
better show on the foreign market.
Imports of Machine Tools
There is little heard of imports of foreign machine tools,
specially American, into Germany, although a number of
sales have been concluded, among them being several Glea-
son gear-shaping machines. As regards import-licenses the
principle has been established to grant licenses only for
tools of a type or quality not made in Germany.
On the strength of this principle the National Cash
Register Co., which is equipping large shops near Berlin
for the manufacture of its cash registers, has been able to
import a large amount of machine tools and small tools
from the U. S. The license has arousad strong objections,
not from the machine-tool and toolmakers, but from the
German rivals of the National Cash Register Co., whic^i
now include Krupp's, who have taken up the manufacturings;
of cash registers, and will soon market that product.
1210
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
^""'Sl
KS FROM THf^ppp
Valentine rrancis
Bankers and Manufacturers Form
Foreign-Trade Financing
Corporation
A financial undertaking, to which all
manufacturers and machine-tool build-
ers will look forward with hopeful
interest, was brought about in Chicago
early in December. It will possibly
afford some relief for the present stag-
nation of business if the plan is suc-
cessfully consummated for the forma-
tion of a gigantic export financing
combine, to be capitalized at $100,-
000,000, with the possibility of its
ultimate extension to a total capital-
ization of one billion dollars.
At the series of conferences at the
Congress Hotel on December 10 and 11
more than 500 of the leading bankers,
business men and manufacturers from
all over the country were in attendance.
The convention was originally planned
by the American Bankers Association,
as the result of suggestions presented
at their annual convention, and its ar-
rangement was handled by a committee
under the chairmanship of John Mc-
Hugh, vice-president of the Mechanics
and Metals National Bank of New York.
The new export financing corporation
is planned to act under the authoriza-
tion of the so-called Edge Act recently
passed by Congress to take care of such
a condition in foreign trade channels
as now exists.
At the organization of the meeting
Willis H. Booth, vice-president of the
Guaranty Trust Co., New York, was
elected as permanent chairman, with
G. A. Ranney, secretary of the Inter-
national Harvester Co. to serve as vice-
chairman, and William F. Collins of
New York, secretary.
Need for the Organization
The scope of the proposed organiza-
tion was outlined in the opening ad-
dress by John S. Drum, president of
the American Bankers Association. He
called attention to the necessity for the
creation of some financial machinery
to take care of the demands from
foreign countries for raw and finished
materials, in order that we may get
these moving toward their shores as
the logical point of consumption. In
moving these products we are simply
disposing of our excess production.
However, in order to promote future
world prosperity consideration must be
shown alike to both producer and con-
sumer.
Demands have recently been made
upon the government to undertake the
financing of foreign trade in order to
bolster up the condition of falling com-
modity markets, and these demands
were answered in the address by Sen-
ator Walter E. Edge, of New Jersey,
author of the Edge Act. He stated
that when the government attempts to
make money it usually loses, as wit-
nessed by the governmental adminis-
tration of the railroads. He asserted
his unalterable opposition to the gov-
ernment administering business in any
form, and for this reason thought it
better for business to attempt to help
itself rather than that the government
should intervene and make a mess of
it. The problem is so important that
it is just as necessary to raise money
for this purpose as it was to sell Lib-
erty Bonds during the war. Money
must be raised by subscriptions of the
business men and the public, as the
government could only do so by further
burdening the taxpayers.
World Trade Relations
In reporting for the organization
committee John McHugh dealt rather
fully with the conditions of world trade
relations that have brought about the
impasse in which our present foreign
trade rests. He stated in part: "Prior
to the outbreak of the war, in 1914,
we were a debtor to the rest of the
world to the extent of approximately
four billions of dollars. Out of the earn-
ings of our railroads, mills and fac-
tories we sent abroad each year upward
of two hundred millions of dollars in
settlement of interest and in payment
of dividends. We practicaly depended
upon London to finance such foreign
trade as we then had. . . .
"Europe was the center of the world-
finance when the war broke out in 1914.
Then the state of affairs changed
dramatically. . . . When we en-
tered the war in April, 1917, we had
already practically wiped out our debt
abroad. ... It is estimated that
the floating debt of foreign countries
to ourselves has now reached almost
$4,000,000,000. The creation of this
great debt has enabled our foreign
trade to go on. It has brought our
total loans to foreigners to $15,000,-
000,000 and enabled us to pass Great
Britain as the leading creditor nation
of the world.
"But in extending short-term credits
to finance exports during 1919 and 1920
we, as a people, did not stop to consider
the total effect on our business and
financial structure. These credits were
called "short-term" but really were not.
They could be shifted about vrithin the
country, but so long as our exports
exceeded our imports, and so long as
people abroad could not meet their
obligations with goods, gold or invest-
ment loans they could not be paid off.
Thus it is seen that $4,000,000,000 of
floating credit, extended to facilitate
our export trade, has been one of the
leading factors in bringing about the
credit stringency in the United States,
and that stringency, in turn, has been
one large factor contributing to the
recent violent decline in commodity
prices.
"No one will maintain that it has
ever been a proper function of com-
mercial banks to finance a relatively
permanent one-sided balance of trade,
and unless a remedy is found, our ex-
port trade must be severely curtailed.
"Conditions are now changed. Our
extraordinary prosperity has stopped.
Factories and mills hfive shortened
their hours of work; many even have
c'.osed down. As for p; .ces, these have
fallen shai-ply; in the last half year
wholesale prices on the average have
dropped 25 per cent. . . . Goods
prepared for export have backed up at
all our seaports, owing to ineffectual
means to finance their shipments, and
our markets are glutted in consequence.
"The success of the plan that is pro-
posed is based upon these two essen-
tials; upon thrift, in order that a part
of the savings of our people may be
used to finance our foreign trade and
thus sustain our prosperity; and pro-
duction, in order that we may spare
the means of supplying foreign markets
without subjecting ourselves to in-
creased prices for our own needs.
"We should emphasize that the affairs
of the corporation must be so managed
that it will be, not only an emergency
measure but a permanent instrument-
ality for the purposes for which it is
brought into being.
"We should here adopt articles of
incorporation and by-laws, and we
should name, if possible, at least some
of the men into whose hands ve are
willing to entrust the destinies of the
corporation.
A Mutual Dirbctoeship
"We should here name a tentative
Board of Directors, and in selecting its
members we should be guided by the
wishes and opinion of the different
groups of bankers, business men and
producers representing different parts
of the country in this meeting.
"Every stockholder, so far as prac-
ticable, should become an agency for
distributing the debentures of the cor-
poration. These debentures should be
absorbed by the public — not by means
of excessive borrowing but by saving.
"There are many instances where
American business men have actually
ceased to carry on business with for-
eign customers because of disturbed
exchanges; they cannot convert their
accumulated foreign funds into Ameri-
can dollars without suffering a loss.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1211
"We are presented with the oppor-
tunity to finance our trade with the
outside world on a stable and perma-
nent basis, through the instrumentality
of this great corporation which we
have in view. By means of this cor-
poration we could provide for the most
careful and thorough credit investiga-
tion and the strongest commercial safe-
guards in the interest of American
capital. By means of the corporation
we could supply the materials to keep
factories and mills running, in the in-
terest of foreign customers. Our loans
would be protected, and we would lend
in each individual instance only as we
felt assured of the security of each
particular loan.
"Only as we face the situation that
is before us boldly will we seize our
present opportunity to maintain our
foreign trade, preserve our prosperity,
and mitigate our present depression.
Only so can we take our full part in
meeting our present responsibilities to
the world."
Committees were appointed on "Reso-
lutions" and on "Plan and Scope," which
reported at the resumption of the confer-
ence the following morning. The first
committee reported approving the for-
mation of a corporation for the formerly
estimated capitalization of $100,000,000;
the corporation to be strictly limited
to trading with countries which possess
a stable form of government; and all
transactions to be confined to those
which will benefit future trade rela-
tions. Co-operation for the formation
of the corporation was asked from
agriculture, labor, finance and manu-
facturing industries.
Personnel of Committee
The committee on Plan and Scope
reported the plan was too big to be
handled by a temporary committee and
the convention adopted its report favor-
ing the appointment of a permanent
committee of thirty. A few well-known
men among the personnel of the per-
manent committee are Chairman John
McHugh, of New York; John S. Drunn,
San Francisco; James B. Forgan, Chi-
cago; Paul Waller, New York; Philip
Stockton, Boston; Paul M. Warburg,
New York; and Herbert Hoover.
The committee will be invested with
full authority to add to its numbers
and "to take all steps decreed by it
necessary or appropriate to organize
and bring into operation a corporation
under the provisions of the Edge Act,
with a capital of $100,000,000 for fi-
nancing future American foreign trade."
The latter principle relative to future
foreign trade emanated from the agri
culture interests whose purpose it was
to prevent the unloading of some of
the present floating debt of Europe to
America upon the new company. In
other words new foreign business, in-
stead of liquidation of old credits piled
up in sea board banks, is what the
new corporation is established for.
For underwriting the organization
expenses of the new corporation it was
estimated that the sum of $110,000 will
be required and that amount was raised
by subscription within a few minutes
before the close of the convention.
World's Industrial Exhibition at
London in 1922
Announcement is made of a world's
industrial exhibition to be held at
the Chrystal Palace, London, during
the months of May-October, 1922, of
the industries, products, arts, sciences,
and inventions of the leading manufac-
turing countries of the world. It will
be on a co-operative basis, the capital
being provided by the exhibitors and
those otherwise connected with the ex-
hibition (such as the guarantors of each
nation who guarantee sufficient for the
preliminary work connected with the
exhibition of their nation), and the
profits accruing from the various
sources of revenue, such as contracts
for advertising, catering, amusements,
season tickets, gate receipts, etc., will
be apportioned pro rata among the ex-
hibitors in order to bring the cost of
exhibiting to the lowest possible figure.
Each country will elect its own exhibi-
tion committee, which in turn will be
represented on the general exhibition
committee.
The management will be under the
control of a committee representing the
exhibitors and guarantors generally.
Tractor Production in the
United States
In an investigation made by the Bu-
reau of Public Roads, United States
Department of Agriculture, of the pro-
duction of tractors in the United States
during 1919, reports from eighty manu-
facturers show that they manufactured
a total of 164,590 tractors during the
year. The number actually manufac-
tured during the year was only a little
over one-half of the total production
estimated in reports made to the Oflice
of Farm Equipment Control, United
States Department of Agriculture, in
January and February, 1919. Labor
troubles and shortage of material, to-
gether with the fact that some of the
companies discontinued the building of
tractors, accounts in part at least for
the decrease in production below the
estimated output.
Long Range Machine Gun Devel-
oped by Ordnance Department
A new long-range machine gun whose
caliber is about one-half inch has re-
cently been successfully tested at the
Aberdeen Proving Ground. The de-
velopment of a gun of this type has
been under way in the Ordnance Depart-
ment for some time, and quite remark-
able progress has been made during:
recent months.
In connection with the development
of this weapon the Ordnance Depart-
ment naturally solicited the aid of
John M. Browning, the inventor of the
caliber 0.30 Browning machine gun and
the Browning automatic rifle of the
same caliber, which weapons have been
received with remarkable favor by the
service; also the aid of the Colt's Pat-
ent Fire Arms Manufacturing Co.
which was responsible in a large degree
for the successful development of the
manufacture during the war of the
Browning weapons.
The unusual possibilities of the
Browning type of mechanism have been
clearly demonstrated in the results re-
cently obtained with the new large
caliber machine gun. Each round of
ammunition fired by this new weapon
weighs approximately one-fourth of a
pound, and the bullet weighs nearly five
and one-fourth times as much as the
bullet fired by the Springfield rifle.
The first gun developed and manu-
factured in accordance with the recent
ideas of Mr. Browning and the speci-
fications from the Small Arms Divi-
sion, Ordnance Office, was tested on
Nov. 24, 1920, and those witnessing the
test were enthusiastic over the showing
which was made. It was demonstrated
that the effective range is at least
twice as great as the effective range
of the caliber 0.30 machine gun. The
weight of the gun is about twice as
great as that of the caliber 0.30 Brown-
ing machine gun. Its water jacket has
a capacity of two gallons, and the water
used for cooling purposes reaches the
boiling point after three hundred rounds
of continuous firing.
The rate of firing this weapon can be
regulated between 400 and 700 shots
per minute by a very ingenious buffer
mechanism. Preliminary tests so far
conducted indicate that the gun is ex-
tremely accurate at long ranges and
the grouping of shots unusually good.
Accurate fire is easily directed by vir-
tue of the fact that the fixed sight
which has been placed upon the top
plate of the gun has been placed as
near as practicable to the gunner's eye,
and on account of the size of the
weapon it has been possible to make
the sight radius unusually long.
1212
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. £5
The tripod, as at present tentatively
designed for this weapon, weighs about
ten pounds more than the gun with
the water jacket filled with water. It
is believed that the design of this tripod
is unusually good, and the firing con-
ducted so far shows it to be very stable.
Several new and desirable features
have been added to this unusual weapon
,-v which are not found in the caliber 0.30
^ . Browning machine gun, and an attempt
has been made in the new weapon to
•overcome such defects as have devel-
oped in the 0.30 caliber type. The gun
has a double grip somewhat similar to,
but much simpler than, the double grip
found on the Maxim and Vickers ma-
chine guns, and the excessive racking
effect that would inevitably follow from
the use of so powerful a weapon as
this has been minimized by the use of
an ingenious buff'er mechanism, which
has been added to absorb the recoil.
This feature has made possible a con-
siderable reduction in the weight of
the weapon.
♦
American Takes Over Canadian
Machine Co.
Word comes from Toronto that an
agreement has been signed whereby the
American Ironing Machine Co., of Chi-
cago, acquires the plant of the Wood-
stock Worsted Knitting Co., taking a
year's lease and option to buy at the
end of twelve months. The American
Ironing Machine Co. was established
in 1905 at Algonquin, about fifty miles
from Chicago. The desirability of se-
curing Canadian and other British Em-
pire business led to the decision to
establish in the Dominion.
It is planned to commence installing
machinery in March next and to start
production soon afterward.
Advance Convention
Announcement
A triple convention of the National
Supply and Machinery Dealers' Asso-
ciation, the Southern Supply and Ma-
chinery Dealers' Association and the
American Supply and Machinery Manu-
facturers Association will be held in
Atlantic City, New Jersey, May 16, 17,
18, 1921, with headquarters for all three
Associations at the Marlborough-Blen-
heim. F. D. Mitchell, 4106 Woolworth
Building, New York, is secretary of the
last named association.
At a conference held last week in
Atlanta, Georgia, with the executive
committee of the Southern Supply and
Machinery Dealers' Association, al-
though a preference had been expressed
by them that the convention be held in
a Southern city, yet because of the
many weighty problems which will be
presented to the 1921 Convention, they
agreed to accept the invitation of the
National Supply and Machinery Deal-
ers' Association to meet the Manufac-
turers in convention at Atlantic City.
Each member is earnestly requested
to do his part, not only by sending one
or more ei:ecutives to the convention,
but in bringing into the association be-
fore the convention one new member.
Exports of Manufactures Con-
tinue to Increase
Manufactures continue to increase the
proportion which they form in our ex-
port trade. They actually formed over
51 per cent of our total domestic ex-
ports in the ten months ending with
October, 1920, against 45 per cent in
the calendar year 1919, 47 per cent in
the fiscal year preceding the war, 45
per cent in 1910, and 35 per cent in
1900. In fact, says a statement by The
National City Bank of New York, man-
ufactures exported in the ten months
ending with October, 1920, were 18 per
cent greater in value than in the same
months of 1919, while the remainder
of the domestic merchandise exported
shows an actual decrease in the same
period. In the ten months ending with
October manufactures exported showed
an increase of $530,000,000 over the
same period of last year, while all other
domestic merchandise exported showed
an actual decline of $175,000,000.
Benjamin Holt
Benjamin Holt, president of the Holt
Manufacturing Co. and inventor of the
caterpillar tractor, whose inventive
mind developed the tanks that took
BENJAMIN HOLT
such a great part in the World War,
died in St. Joseph's Hospital, Stockton,
Cal., on Dec. 5.
He had been confined to his bed about
ten days, and his death came so sud-
denly there was not suflicient time to
summon his family.
Benjamin Holt, by his inventive
genius and wonderful ability, gave
Stockton its greatest industry, made
employment for thousands ot men, put
agriculture on a higher plane and gave
the world a machine that has been
characterized as the greatest contribu-
tion to the success of ;|^e ;A,},lieR in the
great war. ' ;'
He was bom in Merrimac County,
New Hampshire on Jan. 1, 1849. His
primary education was gleaned in the
public schools around his boyhood home,
and in an academy at Tilton, N. H.
Later he attended a Baptist institu-
tion at New London, Conn.
Unlike many inventors and organ-
izers. Holt lived to see the fruition of
his dreams and ambitions in the build-
ing of two immense factories for the
manufacture of his product, to see thou-
sands of those machines sent out to
every part of the civilized world, and
finally, to realize the greatest triumph
of all — the success of the Allied armies,
due more than anything else, to the
tank and tractors that were the devel-
opment of his brain.
George M. Whitin, treasurer of the
Whitin Machine Works, at Whitinsville,
Mass., and for thirty-four years the busi-
ness head of the concern, died at his
home in Whitinsville on Dec. 8, after a
year's illness. Mr. Whitin was sixty-
four years old and was interested in
various other industries throughout
Massachusetts.
Frederic Iver Johnson, oldest son of
Iver Johnson, inventor and the founder
of the arms and cycle works which bears
his name, at Fitchburg, Mass., died at
his home in Fitchburg, Dec. 9. Mr.
Johnson was for a number of years
president of the Iver Johnson Arms and
Cycle Works, at Fitchburg, but resigned
some years ago.
Desmond H. Wheeler, director and
official of the Acme Shear Co., Bridge-
port, Conn., for a nupiber of years, died
at his home in Bridgeport on Nov. 29
at the age of seventy-one years. Mr.
Wheeler was well known in industrial
circles in this section.
John B. Adt, president of the John
B. Adt Co., Baltimore, Md., manufac-
turer of machinery, died on Dec. 14 at
the home of his son, Edwin B. Adt, in
Baltimore. He was 85 years old.
The North & Judd Manufacturing
Co. of New Britain, Conn., manufac-
turer of hardware, has increased its
capital stock from $2,000,000 to $3,000,-
000, by adding forty thousand shares
at $25 par.
Foster, Merriam & Co. of Meriden,
Conn., manufacturer of hardware, has
increased its capital stock from $570,000
to $1,000,000.
The Wicaco Screw and Machine
Works, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., announces
the removal of its manufacturing plant
and general offices to Stenton Ave. and
Louden St. The new quarters afford
considerably more floor space and more
modem equipment.
The Locke Steel Belt Co. of Bridge-
port, Conn., manufacturer of steel belts
and chain, announces the placing of in-
December 23, 1920
Give a Sqtiare Deal — and Demand One '^ '^ ff^ ' 1212a
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
Rngt Bemover, "Meno"
Peter A. Frasse & Co., Inc., 417 Canal St., New York, N. Y.
"American Machinist," Nov. 4, 1920
Rusty articles can cither be painted with this compound or
tiuspended in a tank containing the compound diluted with water.
It is claimed that it will loosen and di.s.solve rust, grease, oil, dirt,
carbon, paint or any other foreign substance irrespective of its age
or hardness and that the metal surface will not only not be injured
in any way but will be protected from corrosion for a long time
after the application. It is also claimed that the compound is
safe to use as it will neither burn nor explode.
Planer, 16 Ft.
William Sellers & Co., Inc., 1600 Hamilton St., Philadelphia, Pa.
"American Machinist," Nov. 25, 1930
The bed is made in three sec-
tions, a central one to which the
uprights are bolted and which
carries the driving shaft .and pin-
ion, and two end sections. The tal)le
is driven by the Sellers type drive,
through a spiral pinion engaging
a rack on the under side of the
table. The spiral pinion is mounted
on a shaft which is .set at an
angle of 3X deg from the center
line of the bed, and is about 24
in. long. Specifications: Will
plane 16 ft. in width, 13 ft. in
height and 36 ft. in length. Width
of table, 13 ft. Uprights: width
of face, 24 in.; depth, front to back, 10 ft Cross-rail: face, 271
m. ; height, including reinforcing beam, 51 in. Table rack; pitch.
3J m. ; face, 12 in. Weight, 412,300 iiounds.
ProflUnff and
"Coulter"
Milling MiU-hinr, Automatir, MultipIe-iSpindle,
Automatic Machine Co., Bridgeport, Conn.
"American Machinist," Nov. 2
This machine is a modification of that
described in the American Mitchinist, paB<'
1332, Vol. 52. It has been equipped with a
transfer table designed to permit the use of
.double or reciprocating fixtures so that a
milling operation may l>e carried on with
practical continuity by having one portion
of the fixture in position for unloading and
reloading while the cutters are at work
upon pieces held in the other jjortion. This
machine is adaptable to a wide range of
work by reason of the adjustability of the
spindle positions and the varied arrange-
ments of the cams possible.
1920
iiageH, Snap, Solid and .Adjustable
ShefTield Machine and Tool Co, Dayton, Ohio.
"American Machinist," Nov. 25, 1920
The solid, two-sided go
and not-go length snap
gage is shown. The end-
blocks, including anvils
and anvil holders, are
made up as units and
are then assembled tn
strip-steel beams thus
malting it possible to st.--
cure any desired lengtli.
A cylindrical snap gage
made by this eomjiany is a.ssembled from unit end-blocks and
castings in a series of sizes from } in. upward. Anvils are either
adjustable or renewable, and both external and internal gages
can be furnished.
Press, Punch, Multiple, Double-Crank, Twin-Gear Drive
Toledo Machine and Tool Co., Toledo, Ohio.
"American Machinist," Nov. 25, 1920
As shown, this press is fitted witli
sixty independently adjustable
punches and dies for punching hole.s
with varying distances between
the centers. The punch holders are
fitted with gags, so that Ijy pulling
out or pushing in the gags, holes
may be punched or omitted as de-
sired. The press is capable of
punching fifteen 1-in. holes through
H-in. steel, and is driven by a 30-
hp. motor. Weight, about 165.000
lb. Width between uprights, 103 in.
Area of bed. 36 x 102 in. Oijening
in bed, 4 x 98 in. Areii of slide.
22 X 94 in. Diameter of crankpin.
13 J in. Distance from bed to slide,
raised, 33 in.
Welding Slnehine, Kleetrlc-.lre, Portable for Small Work
Electric Arc Cutting and W'elding Co., 152-58 Jellift Ave.,
Newark, N. J.
".\merican Machinist," Nov. 25, 1920
This device weighs 100 11). and
is intended for light work, such as
in a garage machine shop. It can
use electrodes from ,'3 to ^ in.
in diameter. When using the
smaller sizes of electrodes it can
be operated continuously, but with
the larger sizes the operation must
be intermittent. It is possible to
operate the machine fom a lamp
socket on light loads, but it is in-
tended that the supply wires of the
device be attached to tiie panel
board feeding the ligiits. provided
that a current of 5 kva. is available.
The machine will operate on any
voltage between 90 and 130 and
between 180 and 260.
Broaching Machine, Back-Type, Xos. IJ ar.A 3
-American Broach and Machine Co., Ann Arbor, Mich.
"American Machinist," Nov. 25, 1920
The No. 3 machine Is
illustrated ; it handles
broaches 53 in. long,
and the No. 15. up to 40
in The drive is ijy belt.
tlie speed reduction be-
ing made liy means of an
inclosed steel worm and
phosphor-bronze worm-
gear on the rear of the
machine. A hardened
pinion on the shaft of
the worm-gear drives the rack, to which ihr broaches are attached
by means of the sliding head. The .s(( lion of the rack is D-
shaped. the flat side with the teeth being on the bottom. The
reversal of motion of the rack is accomplished by shifting the belt
at the ends of the stroke. Specificatirins : Maximum capacity;
length of broach, 58 in. ; will square or spline hole, 3J in. ; will
cut key ways, IJ in. Height to center of bore, 32S in. Face. 15
X 148 in. Bore, 5-in. diameter. Weight, crated with countershaft,
4,300 pounds.
.Attaeliment, Grinding, fur Lathe
Franfiois Chappuis. P.oom 2632, 120 Broadway, New York, N. Y.
"American Machinist," Nov. 25. 1920
This macliine is int^-nded for
internal and external cylindrical
grinding. Either motor drive, as
shown, or countershaft drive can
be used ; the former is preferable,
owing to its ability to operate in
any iiositon desired. The spindle
runs in three sets of ball bearings,
mounted in an eccentric case, so
that the height of the spindle can
be regulated. Since the speed of
the machine is from 12,000 to
18.000 revolutions per minute, a
belt-tightening device is u.sed. A
small pulley and a splinter guard
are furnished with the machine.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
1212b
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
surance on all its employees, numbering
about 125. The form is group life
insurance, placed with the Travelers
Insurance Company of Hartford, Conn.
The Geometric Tool Co. of New
Haven, Conn., manufacturer of screw
cutting tools, etc., has increased its
capital stock from $100,000 to $1,000,-
000.
The Hubbard Machine Co., ball-bear-
ing manufacturer, 54-70 Commercial
St., Worcester, Mass., will remove its
plant from there to Hartford, Conn.,
on Jan. 1, and occupy the new factory
recently constructed at the plant of the
S. K. F. Ball Bearing Co. on New Park
Ave., of which concern the Hubbard Co.
is a subsidiary. The new building is
a one-sto y brick and steel structure,
75 X 225 ft.
The American Machinery and Equip-
ment Co. of Newington, a suburb of
Hartford, Conn., has recently been in-
corporated to deal in and manufacture
machinery, tractors, etc. The capital
stock of the company is $500,000.
The Brien Heater Co. of Westfield,
Mass., has been taken over by the
Phillips & Clark Co. of Geneva, N. Y.,
and will be removed to that city the
first of the year.
The Black & Decker Manufacturing
Co., Towson Heights, Baltimore, Md.,
has established a new branch office at
303 Penn Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa. This
office will be the headquarters for the
sales force in western New York,
western Pennsylvania and northwestern
part of West Virginia. It will be in
charge of W. D. Royer, formerly sales
engineer of the Robbins Electric Co. of
Pittsburgh. A service station has also
been established at the same address.
The friends of Albert A. Bowman,
formerly of 2 Charter Oak Ave., Hart-
ford, Conn., are anxious to get in im-
mediate touch with him.
Bertram D. Taitt has been selected
as superintendent of the National
Works of the Wickwire-Spencer Steel
Corporation at Worcester, Mass., to
succeed James E. McKenny, recently
resigned. Mr. Taitt has been assistant
superintendent of the same plant for
the past two years previous to which he
was general manager of the Stenman
Wire Specialty Co. of Worcester.
John H. Goss, general superintend-
ent of the Scovill Manufacturing Co.
of Waterbury, Conn., was elected
first vice president of the Connecticut
Chamber of Commerce, at the annual
njeeting held in Hartford recently.
Stanley H. Bullard, vice president
of the Bullard Machine Tool Co. of
Bridgeport, Conn., manufacturer of
machinery, was elected president of the
Connecticut Chamber of Commerce at
the annual meeting of the chamber
held in Hartford on Dec. 8. Mr. Bul-
lard succeeds Charles E. Chase.
Frank O. Howard, who has been con-
nected with the North Works of the
American Steel and Wire Co. at Wor-
cester, Mass., for the past eleven years
has been appointed manager of the new
office the company has opened in
Atlanta, Ga. Mr. Howard has already
started in with his new duties.
C. F. Lewis, metallurgist of the
Greenfield Tap and Die Corporation of
Greenfield, Mass., resigned his position
on Dec. 1 to take charge of the metal-
lurgical department of the American
Tube and Stamping Co.'s plants at
Bridgeport, Conn.
Lawrence M. Keeler, agent and also
a director of the Whitin Machine Works
at Whitinsville, Mass., is planning a
trip to Japan and China in February in
connection with business interests of
the company.
Henry Reeves, for years with the
Stocker-Rumely Co. and since the re-
organization with the Stocker-Rumely-
Wacks Co., will be auditor and credit
manager of the Dale-Brewster Co.,
starting on Jan. 1.
Robert F. Kimber, formerly of the
Le Moyne Steel Co., will have charge
of sales in the milling cutter and special
tool department of the Cooney-Dunn
Co., New York and Mt. Vernon, N. Y.
Berkeley Williams, until recently
chief engineer of the F. H. Lawson Co.,
Cincinnati, Ohio, is now general man-
agar of the Chatham Manufacturing
Co., Middletown, Conn.
W. L. Churchill and Albert Mc-
Donald announce the formation of the
. McDonald-Churchill Corporation, indus-
trial engineering service. New York
City. Mr. Churchill, president, was
formerly engaged in consulting indus-
trial engineering, and Mr. McDonald,
vice-president and general manager,
was formerly vice-president of the
C. E. Knoeppel & Co., Inc., New York.
F. J. MoRscHEs and Albert Dudley
have been appointed assistant superin-
tendents at the Black Diamond File
Works of the G. & H. Barnett Co.,
Philadelphia, Pa. Mr. Morsches was
for a number of years connected with
the Nicholson plant at Anderson, Indi-
ana; Mr. Dudley was formerly chief
machinist at the Philadelphia plant of
the same company.
Dnff Lifthiir Jacks. The Duff Manufac-
turings Co., Pittsburgh, Pa. Catalog No 104
Pix 148. This company has issued a catalog
*'J^SS'"15'"'^ '^"'^ illustrating its complete line
of Duff lifting jacks. It also includes jacks
for all purposes — railway, automotive and
industrial, in sizes ranging from 1 to 75
tons lifting capacity.
nodge j^tandardized Rlerators and Con-
ye.vors. Dodge Sales and Engineering Co.,
Mishawaka. Ind. This catalog contains 160
6 X 9-in. pages and 150 illustrations, and
covers the elevator and conveyor field in a
thorough and comprehensive manner. Gear
design, drives, pitches, teeth, shaft sizes and
speed regulation are some of the subjects
presented.
I>o You Know How to Make a ChiseL
Joseph T. Hyerson & Son., Chicago HI. This
company has issued a small three-pagB
leaflet containing a description on how to
make a chisel.
UHe8 and TreatmentH of hiKh-fipeed and
tool Hteel. Halcomb Steel Co., Syracuse,
N. Y. A 7 X 11-in. chart giving specifica-
tions for heat-treating eight brand.s of steel.
Hardening temperatures, and directions for
various degrees of hardness are included.
The uses of these eight brands of Halcomb
steel are also given.
Klectric Overhead Cranes and HoiHts.
Victor R. Browning, 17701 Lake Shore
Blvd., Cleveland, Ohio. Catalog, pp. 23. 8J
X 11 in. The views illustrated in this cita-
log show practical installations of the differ-
ent types of electric overhead cranes and
hoists.
Klectrio Air Heaters. C-H Convector
Type Electric Air Heaters are illustrated
and described in a new 4-page 8 J x 11-in.
leaflet, being distributed by the Cutler-
Hammer Manufacturing Co., of Milwaukee,
and New York, and known as Publication
862. The leaflet also tells briefly the ad-
vantages of electric heat over other forms
of heating and gives thumb rules which
enable the customer to closely estimate
the number or size of heaters required for
any particular installation. The C-H Con-
vector Type Air Heater is described as be-
ing a compact and sturdy aj)pliance. It
consists of several of the widely-known C-H
Space Heaters mounted horizontally be-
tween cast-iron end plates and completelv
enclosed in a protecting screen of perfor-
ated sheet metal, so that nothing inflam-
mable can touch the heaters or any live
part.s. The heaters are made in eight dif-
ferent cai)acities ranging from 1 to 5 kw.
for stanriard commercial voltages, and all
except the smallest and largest sizes are
designed for three different heats.
Wave Power Tools. W. H. Dorman &
Co., Ltd., Stafford, England. Booklet, pp. 68,
8| X 11 in. This booklet presents a series
of practical working apniiances which eco-
nomically transmit and apply energy by
waves through water. It is profusely illus-
trated.
Chucks and Collets. The Charles L. Jar-
vis Co, Gildersleeve. Conn. A small folder
briefly describing its quick-change chucks
and collets.
Reirulators. American Galco.. Inc. New
York City. Catalog, 9 x 11 in. An illus-
trated and descriptive catalog of its differ-
ent types of regulators.
Wayne Oil and Gasoline Storage Systems
— Oil Filtration S.vst^nis— Oil Buminic S.vs-
tcms — Furnaces for Metal Melting, Forginir
and Hratlne, — Wayne Oil Tank and Pump
Co., Fort Wayne. Ind. This 9 x 11-in.
catalog is a beautiful example of the print-
er's art. The cover is printed with raised
letters, is imitation leather and inc'oses a
large number of bulletins issued by the
company and advertising its iiroducts The
cover is made so that new bulletins can be
added.
Handbook for Drillers. The CIe\eland
Twist Drill Co., Cleveland, Ohio. Boo'l-t,
P)>. 37, 43 X 8 in. This volume is designed
for students of drilling : i-t is not a comnl-te
treatise on the subject, but gives an intro-
duction to the theory underlying the use
of the twist drill. The company charges a
nominal sum for this booklet.
The Primary Fanrtion of a Vise. Reed
Manufacturing Co., Erie. Pa This small
pamphlet describes the functions of a vise.
The Society of Automotive Engineers will
hold its annual meeting on Jan. 11 to 13
inclusive at New York.
The Engineering Institute of Canada will
hold its thirty-fifth annual meeting in To-
ronto, King Edward Hotel, on Feb. 1. 2
and 3.
A triple convention of the National Sup-
ply and Machinery Dealers' Associ'^tion,
the Southern Supply and Machinerj- Deal-
ers' Association and the American Supiily
and Machinery Manufacturers' Association
will be held in Atlantic City. N. J.. May 16,
17 and 18, 1921. with headquarters for all
three as.'Jociations at the Marlborough-Blen-
heim. F. D. Mitchell, 4106 Woolworth
Building, New York, is secretary of the
last-named association.
The Spring Convention of the National
Machine-Tool Builders' Association will be
held on Thursday and Friday. May 19 and
20, at Hotel Tra>Tnore, Atlantic City. N. J.
Chas, E Hildreth, care of the Association,
Worcester, Mass., is general manager.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1212c
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 191H
Trucks Tler-Iiift, Mo. 703-A
Lakcwood Kngineering Co., Cleveland, Ohio
"American Machinist," Nov. 25, 19:i0.
The general cliaraoteristics of the
machine ate similar to those of the
Model 1{\?, truck described in the
Amrriciin Machinist on page r)2, vol.
:<'i. lioth model.s are built in four
sizes with lifts of 42, 60, 76 and 96 in.,
respectively. The difference is that
the Model 703-A machine has an ele-
vating speed nearly twice as great as
tile other machine, its maximum load
being 2,000 lb., while that of the 703
truck is 4.000. The new model is in-
tended especially for the handling of
rather light, bulky packages.
neraagrnetizer, "neT>rtgneto«l" No. 2
TVilliam T.rewster Co., Inc, 30 Church St., New York.
".Vmerican Machinist." Nov. 25, 1920.
A type of demagnetizer suitable
for prmluction work, and with
which it is not necessary either
to rub or to place the work on
the plate of the device is shown.
It is only necessary to drop or
pour the work through the open-
ing in' order to demagnetize it. It
is claimed that, due to the design
of the transformer, the magnetic
flux crosses at right angles the
opening through which the work
is i)assed, so that the action ex-
lends equally to all jjoints of the
working space. The No. 2 has
an opening 6 x 12 in., but other
sizes can be furnished.
Torch, KeroKeiie, jStyl« "T"
Mahr Manufacturing Co , Minneapolis, Minn.
"American Machinist," Nov. 2n. 1920.
This torch Is Intended for us«
in foundries, tin shops, machine
shojis. or wherever a small heat-
ing appliance is required. It is
stated that the torch ojterates
under a wide range of pressure,
so that a few strokes of the pump
will provid«' KUIHcient pressure to
la.st for an hour. Starting the
torch requires about four minutes.
It is made in three sizes, J, 1 and
11 gal., the oil consumptions be-
ing, respectively, 1, 2 and 3
(luarts jter hour. The net weights
are 6J, 8* and lOJ 11)., the box
weights. 12J. 155 and 18} lb., and
the volumes when boxed are 1, 1.5
and 2 tu.ll.
~'™"
1
f A
Sj
I liftthe, Double-CarriaKC, Production
I Hamilton Machine Co., Hamilton, Ohio
I "American Machinist," Deo. 2, 1920.
I
I
The object of the two carriages
is to enable the turning and fac-
ing operations to be performed at
the san^e time ; the front carriage
holds the turning tools, while the
rear one carries the facing tools.
The machine is Intended for pro-
duction work on such parts as
steering knuckles for automobiles
and tractors, small shafts, axle
parts and gears of different types.
It is stated that when the lathe
is properly tooled for a given job,
it may be run by a comparatively unskilled operator and yet give
speedy production and accurate work.
Milliner Machine, riain, "Maximiller No, 2"
Kempsmith Manufacturing Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
"American Machinist," Dec. 2, 1920.
Siiecifications; Working surface
of table. 12 X n6 in. Table adjust-
ment: fjongitudinal, 28 in.; trans-
verse. 10 in. ; vertical. 19 in. Face
of column to brace, 24 3 in. Arbor:
diameter, H in. ; length shoulder to
nut, 221 in. .Sjiindle : fmnt bear-
ing, 4g in. diameter by 4 ,",; in. long:
taper hole. No. 12 H. & S. : hole
through spindle. U in. Driving
pulley: 31 x l.T in ; speed. 40"
r.p.m. Spinflle sjieeds : number 18;
range. Ifi to 400 r.p.m. Feeds:
number. 18 : range. % to 2.t in. per
minute. Power quick traverse:
longitudinal, 100 in. per minute ;
transverse and vertical. 36 in. per
minute. Floor space, 85 x 105 in.
Weight: net, 4,200 lb.; domestic
shipping, 4,500 lb. ; export, 4,900 ll>.
Drilling Machine, SeiiHitive, Automatic
Kingsbury Manufacturing Co., Keene, N. H.
"American Machinist," Dec. 2, 1920.
The machine is Intended for pro-
duction drilling on small parts. Speci-
fications: Capacity, i^ -in. drills. Spin-
dles ; diameter, ,v, in. ; standard stroke,
l in. ; vertical adjustment, 3 in. Ver-
tical adjustment of tables, 5 in. Dis-
tance between spindles, 8 in. Spindle
to column, 6 in. Bottom of chucks to
tables, maxmium, 8 in. No. of speeds,
3; 1,500, 2,400 and 3,750 r p.m. with
drive-shaft speed of 750 r.p.m. Drive
pulley, 5 in. Height, 28 in. Base;
belt-drive, 16 x 20 in. ; motor drive,
16 X 24 in. Weight; belt drive, 2riO
lb. ; motor drive. 270 lb.
'^^^^^^i
Brake, Platp-Bendiu^
Dries & Krump Manufacturing Co., Chicago, III.
"American Machinist." Dec 2. 1920.
I MJlaiiK MaclUne, ContiunouH, "Model 0-3"
I Newton Machine Tool Works. Inc., 23rd and Vine Sts.,
I Philadelphia, Pa.
"American Machinist," Dec. 2, 1920.
This machine is said to he the
largest plate-bending brake in the
world. The brake weighs 30 tons,
and can bend cold plates 12 fi
long up to 3 in. thick. It is built
of steel throughout. The hous-
ings are steel castings, the links
which connect the upper an<I
lower jaws being forcings. The
nose of the upp<r Jaw carries a
tool-steel edge. Tlie motor is
mounted within the machine.
driving a shaft carrying direct
and reverse friction clutches. The
reverse motion for lowering the
bending leaf is obtained through
an idler gear Floor space re-
quired, 16 x 12 ft.
This machine is intended for
face-milling the ends of such
work as shafts, rods and ci-ank-
shafts. A production of 250
pieces per hour can be ob-
tained, the shafting being Ig
in. in diameter. The machine
consists of a heavy bed carry-
ing two heads, one of them be-
ing movable along the bed in
order to accommodate work of
different lengths. An individual motor drive is employed. End
or face mills are used, a depth adjustment being provided. The
work is secured at each end In a fixture fastened to the head.
The feed motion is obtained by rotation of the fixtures.
Clip, paste on S x 5-in. cards and file as desired
1212d
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
^E^irs't'
f THE WEEKLY PMCE GUIDE
W
IRON AND STEEL
PIG IRON — Quotations compiled by The Mattliew Addy Co.:
CINCINNATI „One
Current Year Ago
No. 2Southern $44.50 *lili
Northern Basic 40.00 27.55
Southern Ohio No. 2 42 00 28.55
NEW YORK— TIDEWATER DELIVERY
2X Virginia (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 51.26 32.40
Southern No. 2 (Silicon 2.25 to 2.75) 48.26 35.20
BIRMINGHAM
No.2Foundry 40.50 29.25
PHILADELPHIA
EastemPa.. No. 2x, 2.25 2 75sil 42 50 29.00-30.00
Virginia No. 2 46 25 33.10
Basic 38 25 26.75
Grey Forge 40 25 26.75
CHICAGO
No. 2 Foundry local 40 00 26.75
No. 2 Foundry, Southern 46*6 28.00
PITTSBURGH, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGE FROM VALLEY
No.2Foundry 4196 28.15
Basic 38 00 27.15
Bessemer 38 00 29.35
* F.o.b. furnace, t Delivered.
STEEL SHAPES — The following base prices per 100 lb. are for structural
shapes 3 in. by J in. and la rger, and plates J in. and heavier, from jobbers' ware-
houses at the cities named : _
^- Chicago ^
One
Current Year
Ago
$3.47
3.37
. New York .
-—Cleveland^
One One
One
Current Month Year
Current
Year
Ago Ago
Ago
Structural shapes.... $3 80 $4 15 $3.47
$3,58
$3.37
Soft steel bars 3 70 4 15 3. 37
3.34
3.27
Soft steel bar shapes.. 3.70 4 15 3.37
3 48
3.27
Soft steel bands 4.65 5 50 4.07
6.25
Plates, itolin.thieli- 4 00 4 15 3.67
3.78
3.57
$3.58
3,48
3.48
3.37
3.78 3.67
BAR IRON — Prices per 100 lb. at the places named are as follows;
Current One Year Ago
Mill, Pittsburgh. $4.25 $2.77
Warehouse, .New York 4.75 3.37
Warehouse, Cleveland 3.52 3.27
Warehouse, Chicago 4.12 3.37
SHEETS — Quotations are in cents per pound in various citiea from warehouse;
also the base quotations from mill:
Large . New York •
Mill LoU One
Blue Annealed Pittsburgh Current Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
No. 10 3,55 5 20 4.57 5 00 6,13
No. 12 3 60 5 25 4,62 5 05 6.18
No. 14 3,65 5 30 4,67 5 10 6 23
No. 16 3.75 5 40 4,77 5 20 6,33
Black
Nos. 18and20 4.20 6 30 5.30 5 60 6.90
Nos. 22and24 4.25 6 35 5.35 5 75 6.95
No. 26 4.30 6 40 5,40 5 80 7.00
No. 28 4.35 6 50 5.50 5 90 7.10
Galvauiitrd
No. 10 4 70 7 05 5,75 6 25 7.25
No. 12 4,80 7 15 5.85 6 35 7.30
No. 14 4.80 7 15 5,85 6 35 7.45
Nos. 18a'.d20 5.10 7 40 6.15 6 65 7 75
No8.22and24 5.25 7,55 6,3U 6 80 8.15
No. 26 5.40 7 70 6 45 6 95 8.30
No. 28 5.70 8.00 ; 6,75 7,25 8 fO
Acute seal city in sheets, p:irticul:irly bli.clc. p:,lv:inized and No, 1 6 blue enameled.
Automobile sheets are iinavnllnhle except In fugitive instances, when
prices are 9.45c per lb. for No. 16; 9.50 for Nos. 18 and 20, and 9.55c for
Noa. 22 and 24.
COLD FINISHED STEEL— Warehouse prices are as follows:
New York Chicago Cleveland
Round f kafting or screw stock, per 1 00 lb.
base $5 50 $5.80 $4 84
Flats, square and hexagons, per 100 lb.
base 6 00 6.38 5,34
DRILL ROD — Discounts from list price are as follows at the places named:
, , Per Cent.
New York 50
Cleveland 50
Chicago 50
NICKEL ANDMONEL METAL -
Bayonne, N. J,
prices in cents per pound F. O. B.
Nickel
Ingot and shot.
Electrolytic , .
Monel
35
38
40
Metal
Hot rolled rixls (base) , . ,
Cold rolled rods (base) .
Hot rolled sheetji (base) ,
Shot and blocks.
Ingots \ .i
Sheet bars. .' ;
Spedal Nickel and Alloys
Malleable nirkel ingots
Malleable nickel sheet bars
Hot rolled rods, Grades "A" and "C" (base)
Cold drawn rcAIs, grades "A" and "C" (base)
(I^opper nickel ingots
Hot rolled copper nickel rods (base)
Manganese nickel hot rolled (base) rods "D" — low manganese.
Manganese nirkel hot rolled (base) rods *'D" — high manganese
42
56
55
45
47
60
72
42
52
64
67
Domestic Welding Material (Swedish Analysis) — Welding wire in lOO-lb
lota sells as follows, f. o. b. New York; ^S, 8Jc, per lb.; i, 8c.: A to J, 7Jc
Domestic iron sells at 1 2c, per lb.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL— The following quotations in cents perpoundare
from warehouse at the places named:
New York
Current
Openhearth spring steel (heavy) 7. 00
Spring steel (light) 10.00
Coppered bessemer rods 9 , 00
Hoop steel 4 70
CoM-rolIed strip steel 9, 50
Floor plates 6 25
Clereland
Current
8,00
7 00
8,00
4 04
8.25
4,00
Chicago
Current
9.00
12.00
6.75
5.32
10.75
6.63
WTIOUGHT PIPE -The following discounts are to jobbers for carload lota
on the Pittaburffh basing card:
. Steel '
Inches Black
3 to 3....:. ■54-^71%
BUTT WELD
Galvanised
4H-44%
Inches
■tot).
Itx>n
Black
15!-25i%
191-29!%
24i-34!%
Galvanised
^11:1111
8 - -'
m4
JJiP WELD
2 47 -50J% 34!-38% IJ
2ito6 50-53}% 371-41% 1)
7 to 12..., 47-50!% 33)-37% 2 201-28!%
13 to 14... 371-41 vo 4} to 6... 221-30}%
15 ... 35-381% 2} to 4... 221-30}%
7 to 12,, 191-271%
BUTT WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
J to 1} 52-55}% 391-43% jtol!,. 241-34}%
2 to 3 53 -56}% 401-44%
LAP WELD, EXTRA STRONG PLAIN ENDS
6}- 14}%
9}-l7j%
9!-l7}%
6)-l4i%
2 45
2ito4 48
4i to 6 47
7 to 8 43
9 to 12.... 38
481%
511%
501%
■46}%
411%
335-37%
361-40<','<,
351-39%
291-33%
241-28%
8)16)%
111-19)%
10j-1«i%
New York
Black tJalv.
J to 3 in. steel butt welded 38<'r 22%
21 to 6 in. steel lap welded 33% 18%
Malleable fittings. Classes B and C,
plus 45%, Cast iron, standard frizes, plus 5%,,
2 211-29)%
21 to 4.. 231-311%
4) to 6... 221-301%
7 to«.... 141-221%
9 to 12.. 91-17}%
Chicago
Black Galv.
54r;40% 40K&30 %
50(0.40% 37}@27)%
from New York stock sell at
Cleveland
Black Gal'
39%
41%
bande<l
26%
METALS
MISCELLANEOUS M ET.^LS- Present and past New York jobbers' quota-
tions in cents per pound, in quantities up to car lots:
Current Month Ago Year Ago
Copper, electrolytic 15.00 15.50 22.50
Tin m 5-ton lots 35 25 38,75 56.50
Lead 5 75 6 75 6.25
Zinc 7,00 7 00 7,60
ST. LOUIS
Lead 6.25 7.25 6.00
Zinc 6 75 6.25 7.15
At the places named, the following prices in cents per pound prevail, for I ton
or more:
. New York — . — Cleveland — .— Chicago —
Cur- Month Year Cur- Year Cur- Year
rent .\eo Ago rent .\go rent .4go
Copper sheets, base. . 22 50 23 50 33.50 24.50 35 50 28 50 36.50
Copper wire (carload
lots) 17, nn 7n 00 30.75 22 00 30.50 25 00 26,00
Brasssheeu 20 25 28 50 32.00 25 00 33 00 25 25 28.00
Brasspipe 25 00 28,00 36.00 27 00 39 00 30 00 37.00
Solder (half and halO
(caselots) 27,75 29,00 45.00 29 00 41 00 22.50 38 50
Copper sheets quoted above hot rolled 24 oz., cold rolled 14 os. and heavier,
add 2c.; polished takes 5c. per sq.ft. extra for 20-in. widths and under; over 20
in., 71c.
BRASS RODS — The following quotations are for large lots, mill. 1000 lb. and
over, warehouse; net extra:
Current One Year Age
Mill 18.25 24.00
New York 18 25 28 00(829.75
Cleveland 23 00 29.00
Chicam 23 25 27.00
f
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
12126
-a-lll^
SHOP MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES
ZINC SHEETS — The following prices in cents per pound are fob mill -^
less 8% for carload l!>ts 1 1 . 50
-In Casks—
-Warehouse-
Cur- One
' rent Year Ago
Cleveland: 15,30 12.50
New York , 14.00 11.50
Chicago 14.50 16.50
Broken Lots ^
Cur- One Year
Ago
13.00
12.50
16.00
rent
14.70
14.50
14.95
ANTIMONY — Chinese and Japanese brands in cents per pound, in ton lots for
spot delivery, duty paid:
New Y'ork.
Chicago. . .
Cleveland
Current
6 25
7 00
7 50
One Year Ago
9.50
9.75
9 75
Year Ago f 'Ievel£.nd Chicago
OLD METALS — The following are the dealers' purchasing prices in cents per
pound:
*Xew York
One
Current
Copper, heavy, and crucible 12.00
Copper, heavy, and wire 11.50
Copper, light, and bottoms 10.00
Lead, heavy 4.00
Lead, tea 3.00
Brass, heavy 7.00
Brass, lieht 5 . 50
No. 1 yellow brass turnings, 6. 50
Zinc 4.50
♦These prices nominal because of dull market
17.00
16.00
14.00
4.75
3.75
10.50
7.50
10.00
5,00
10.00
9,50
9,00
4 00
3 00
7 00
5 OU
5,50
3 00
11.50
11.00
9.50
4.50
3.5T
10.50
5.50
5.50
4.50
ALUMINUM — .The following prices are from warehouse at places named:
New York Cleveland Chicago
No. I aluminum. 98 to 99% pure, in
ingots for remelting (1-15 ton
lots),perlb $33.00 $26.00 $33.50
COPPER BARS — From warehouse sell as follows in cents per pound, for ton
lots and over:
Currtnt One Year Ago
New York (round)..,. 28 . 00 32 00
Chicago..., ..:•.... .'. .; 21.00 31.00
Cleveland 25. 00 35 . 00
BABBITT METAL — Warehouse price per pound:
-— New York^
Cur- One
» rent Year Ago
Best grade ,.• .70:00 90.00
Commercial 30.00 50.00
. — Cleveland-
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
■■6.00 70.00
16.50 16.50
NOTE — Price of babbitt metal is governed largely by formula, no two manu-
facturers quoting the same prices. For example, in New York we quote the
best two grades, although lower grades may be obtained at from $16 to $20.
, Chicago .
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
43.00 60.00
11.00 13.00
SHOP SUPPLIES
NUTS — From warehouse at the places named, on fair-sized orders, the following
IMnouDt IS deducted from list:
— Cleveland -- ^ — Chicago
Cur- One Cur- One
rent Year Ago rent Year Ago
list net $2.25 -I-I.I5 1.85
list net 2:25 -(-1.15 1.85
-— New York -^
Cur- One
rent Year Ago
Hot pressed square. -f$1.25 $1.50
Hot pressed hexagon -f 1.25
Cold piinched hexa-
gon -I- 1.25
C old punched square -f 1.25
1.50
50
50
list net 2 25 -1-1.15 1.30
list net 2 25 -f 1 1 5 1 . 30
Semi-finished nuts, ft and smaller, sell at the following discounts from list price:
^, ,.. , Current One Year Ago
NewYork ., 30%, 50-10%
Cleveland i, . ;.v S0% 55%
MACHINE BOLTS— Warehouse discounts in the following cities:
... S'ew York Cleveland
i by 4 in. and snfall^r, .„.• v + '0%
Larger and longer 4i|> to^.l} in. by 30 in Net list
4 %
Chicago
20%
10%
WASHERS— From warehouses at the places named the following amount is
deducted from list price:
For wrought-iron washers;
NewYork...... list Cleveland $2.7'> Chicago $1.90
For cast-irdn washers, j and larger, the base price per 1 00 lb. is as follows:
NewYork $7.00 Cleveland $4.50 Chicago $5.50
CARRIAGE BOLTS — From warehouses at the places named the following
discounts from list .ire in effect:
L^ New York Clovcl.-ind Chicago
by 6 in. and smaller -4-20% 40% 20%
irger and longer up to I in. by 30 in -t- 20% 35% I 5%
COPPER RIVETS AND BUltS sell at the following rate from warehouse-
Rivets , . Burs
^^ Current One Year Ago
Cleveland 25% 20%
ChiMgp net 20%
New York
30%
40%
Current
10%
net
net
One Year Ago
20%
20%
RIVETS— The
warehouse :
following quotations are allowed for fair-sized orders from
Steel A and smaller 20%
cd 20%
New York Cleveland
50%
Chicago
30%
30%
Tinned 20%
Boiler, j, {, 1 in. diameter by 2 to 5 in. sell as follows per 100 lb.:
New York $6.00 Chicago $5.73 Pittsburgh... $4.60
Structural, same sizes:
New York .'$5.73 Chicago $5.83 Pittsburgh,.,. . .■,•; $4.50
MISCELLANEOUS
SEAMLESS DRAWN TUBING— The base price in cenU per pound from
warehouse in lOO-lb. lots is as follows:
New York Cleveland Chicago
Copper $26 00 30 00 31.00
Bfass 25.00 27.00 30.00
The prices, of course, vary with the quantity purchased. For lots of less than
100 lb., but not less than 75 lb., the advance is 1 e.: for lots of less than 75 lb , but
not less than 50 lb.. 2ic. over base ( 100-lb. lota) ; less than 50 lb., but not less than
251b., 5c. should be added to base price: quantities from 10-25 lb., extra is 10c
less than 10 lb., add . l5-20c.
Double abo%e extras will be charred for .ingles, channels and sheet metal
mouldings if ordered in above quantities. Above extras also apply to brass rod
other than standard stock sizes — stock sizes being considered as J-2 in. inclusive
in rounds, and |-lj in., inclusive, in square and tipxagon — all varying by thirty
seconds up to I in. by sixteenths over I in. On shipments aggregating less than
100 lb., there is usually a boxing charge of $1.50.
LONG TERNE PLATE
nally, for $8.85 per 100 lbs.
In Cleveland — $ 1 0 per 1 00 lbs
In Chicago No. 28 primes from stock sell, nomi-
COTTON WASTE — The following prices are in cents per pound:
:— New York ■
Current One Year Ago Cleveland Chicago
White 13.00^,15.00 13.00 15.00 15.00^17.00
Colored mixed. . 7.00(n.l200 9 00-12.00 11.00 1I.OO@I3.00
WIPING CLOTHS— Jobbers' price per 1 000 is as follows :
r,, , J I3ixl3i !3Jx20J
Cleveland 55.00 65.00
Chicago ■ 41.00 43.50
SAL SODA sells as follows per 1 00 lb. :
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $2.00 $2.00 $175
Philadelphia 2.75 2 75 175
Cleveland 3 . 00 3 . 00 2 50
Chicago 2.00 2 75 2!00
ROLL SULPHUR in 360-lb. bbl. sells as follows per 100 lb.:
Current One Month Ago One Year Ago
NewYork $3 50 $3.90 $3.65
Philadelphia 3.65 3.65 3 87
Chicago 3.85 5.00 4.121
COKE — The following are prices per net ton at ovens, Connellsville:
December 20 December 13 December 6
Prompt furnace ' $7.00@$7.50 $8.00(a$IO. 50 S8.00@$t0 50
Prompt foundry 8.50® 9.00 I0.00@ 12.00 I0.00@ 12.00
FIRE CLAY — The following prices prevail:
Current
Ottawa, bulk in carloads Per Ton $8 . 00
Cleveland 100-lb. bag 1 .00
LINSEED OIL— These prices are per gallon:
^New York^
One
Cur- Year
rent Ago
Raw in barrels, (5 bbl. lots) $0.90 $2 15
5-gal cans 1.05 2 . 30
l-gal cans (6 to case) 1.15 . , . ,
■ — Cleveland—'
One
Cur-
rent
$1 05
I 30
Year
Ago
$2 50
2,75
• — Chicago-
One
Cur-
rent
$1.01
I 26
Year
Ago
$2 37
2 57
WHITE AND RED LEAD— Base price per pound:
■ Red -,
One Year
Current Ago
Dry Id Oil Dry In Oil
lOOlb.kcg 14.00 15.50 13.00 14.50
25and 50-lb. keg8....l4.2i 15.75 13.25 14.75
12i-lb. keg 14.50 16.00 13.50 15.00
5-lb. cans 17 00 18.50 15.00 16 50
I-lb.cans 19.00 20.50 16 00 17 50
500 lb, lots less 10% discount 2.000 lb lots less 10
b. lots less 10-71% discount.
, White .
OneYeu-
Current Ago
Dry and Dry and
In Oil In OU
14.00
14. 2i
14.50
17.00
19.00
4% discount
13 00
13 25
13,50
13.00
16 00 '
10.000
-N
1212f
AMER'IG'AN MACHINIST
NEWowrf ENLARGED
Vol. 58, No. 26
L-V-FLETGilEn
■ilMViiliiiHiiniiiiiittHitiiiiii
Machine Tools Wanted |
3
If in need of machine tools send |
us a list for publication in this |
column E
niailllltllMlllllllllllllllllllll ■•■IIMIIIIHII IIIIIIMIIIIIIIMIIIHnWtlHIMHIItlHI.^
Mass., Worcester — J. Johnson, 2fi Spof-
ford Rd. — garage equipment
Vt., Sprinfleld — Gllmore & Co. — equip-
ment for the manufacture of lallies.
N. i.. Camden — Tlie Dexter Metal Mfg.
Co., Front and Arch Sts. — one 18 -in. lathe.
N. v., PatchogTie-
lathe with a 26 x 1;
• C. B. Loundes — one
ft. bed.
N. Y., Sclienectady — The General Electric
Co., River Rd. — miscellaneous machine tool
equipment.
ta.. New Orleans — H. M. Jannette, Room
712 Hennen Bldg.^ — one 12 in x 19 in. I.e
Blond lathe (new or used).
One 20 in. drill press (Champion or
Hoefer).
One steam hammer.
One hazel power hammer (steam or
electric).
Va., Richmond — • The Auto Car Service
Co.. Richmond Meadows and Broad St —
, large drill press.
Va., Richmond^ — A. I. Flemmig, 305 North
Munford St. — medium size lathe and drill
press for welding and repairing worlt.
Va., Richmond — C. H. Martin & Co., 221
West Broad St., C. H. Martin. Purch. Agt.
. — electric drill i>ress and small lathe for its
repair shop (new or used).
Va.. Richmond — The Richmond Auto Re-
pair Service, 509 West Marshall St., J. A.
Scrapps. Purch. Agt.^ — drill press, small
lathe and air compressor.
Va., Richmond — Shewbrldge & Hare,
Richmond Meadows above Broad St. — car-
bon removing out-fit and electric drill with
valve grinding attachments, for auto repair
shop.
Va.. Richmond — The Southern Auto Re-
pair Co.. 210 North Madison St. — small lathe
and battery testing and charging outtlt.
Va., Richmond — The Younglove Auto
Body Wks.. 310-312 North Henry St, A.
Younglove, Purch. Agt. — band saw, jointer
and drill press.
m.. Chicago — The Amer. Ironing Machine
Co., 168 North Michigan Ave. — ■machinery
for its factory at Woodstock, Ont.
III., Chicago — ^The Chicago, Indianapolis
& Louisville Ry., (Monon Route), 608 South
Dearljom St. — equipment for its car repair
shop at Lafayette, Ind.
Mich.. Birch Run — W. R. Hadsell — repair
equipment for garage.
Mich.. Detroit — The Royal Machine Co.,
536 East Fort St. — miscellaneous machine
shop equipment
Mich., Detroit — Smiths Garage, 959 14th
St, C. Smith, Purch. Agt — one small lathe
for repair work (usecp.
Mich., Detroit — The Walker Liberty Ma-
jhine Co., 6913 East Jefferson Ave., Manu-
facturers of automobile part — one 20 in.
flisc grinder (used).
Mich.. Kalamazoo — The Hill Curtis Co.,
North Pitcher St, manufacturers of saw
mill machinery, N. Gumbinsky, Secy. — one
24 in. or 30 in. pulley lathe, (new or used).
Wis., Amer.v — ^The Amery Mfg. Co., P. C.
Amundson, Purch. Agt. — machinery for the
manufacture of gasoline engines, etc.
Wis., Caledonia . — Goebel Bros., J. J.
Goel)el, Purch. Agt. — garage repair ma-
chinery.
Wis., Milwaukee — F. Luenzmann Co.,
31st St. and Auer Ave., C. Luenzmann.
Purch. Agt. — double head pony planer.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Milwaukee Speci-
alty Mfg. Co.. 884 23rd Ave., R. C. Frank.
Purch. Agt — lathe and drill press.
Wis., Milwaukee — The Standard Steel
Corp., 1251 30th St., manufacturers of
agricultural implements, etc., E. J. DeGuen-
ther, Purch. Agt. — one 20-in. or 24-in.
shaper and one i6-in. or 18-in. lathe.
Wis., Milwaukee — C. J. Trispel, 3915
Walnut St.. (machinist) — small screw cut-
ting lathe.
Kan., Leaienworth — ^The Great Western
Mfg. Co., 2nd and Choctaw Sts., manufac-
turers of mill machinery — one brake to
handle sheets 10 ft. long. No. 8 gage and
lighter.
la.. Sac City — H. L. Simond* — multiple
snindle nut making machine, similar to
National.
Ont., Toronto — The Canadian Allis-Chal-
mers, Ltd.. 212 King St.. W.— one .No. 140
Bliss straight double crank press, geared
type not less than 84 in. between housings
or similar.
One No. 6 Bliss double crank jiress.
geared tyi)e, not less than 84 in. between
uprights.
One No. 21 Bliss inclinable pre.ss of fly-
wheel or geared type or similar.
Two No. 3i Bliss Stiles pattern, power
punch presses, fly-wheel type or similar.
One No. 6 Bliss double crank press,
geared type, 42 in. between uprights or
similar.
One set smoothing rolls similar to Bliss
No. 118a, length 36 in.
One No. 5 Springfield oscillating die
grinder, which will have a grinding capac-
ity of 24 in. to 30 in. wide, 24 in. high, and
5 ft. long, 48 in. to 52 in. l>etween uprights
or similar type.
One shear blade grinder to handle blade
60 In. long for squaring shears for cutting
5 in. material.
One power squaring shear of 130 In.
length, capacity for cutting material up
to J in. thick or similar.
One baling machine 1 iV in «heet scrap.
a I Mill iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiMiib
Machinery Wanted I
III., ChieaKo — The Bunge Bros. Coal Co..
1648 West Lake St. — one little giant road
crane, (u.sed).
Ind.. <;ary — The Amer. Pure Paint Co. —
grinding machine or pulverizer.
Mich., Detroit^The Schwartz Upholster-
ing Co., 205 Moffat Bid., M. Schwartz.
Purch. Agt. — general wood-working' equll>-
ment, joining machines, etc.
Mich., Mnnisinir — The Munisln^ Paper Co.
— traveling crane.
O., Cleveland — P. Clinton, 3512 Central
Ave. — shoe manufacturing machinery.
O., Columbus — The Buckeye Casket Co..
371 South High St.. E. B. Rardin, Genl.
Mgr. — wood-working machinery including
saws, iiianers, etc.
Win.. Rice Lake — K. Knudson and S.
llegna — machinery for sash and door fac-
tory.
Wis.. RIpon — The Ripon Handle & Speci-
alty Co.. I... Hall, Purch. Agt. — wood-work-
ing machinery.
Out.. Tlibory — The Ontario Flax Co. —
machinery and equipment.
it tllllllllll Hill I Hill IIIIIII.IIIIIMIIMIIHIUimilUllinlMinHIb
I Metal Working |
■iiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiii
lllllltlllllllllHIIIHIlP
N. i. Trenton — The Sanitary Ice & Coal
Co., Old Rose St — machinery for cold stor-
age plant.
III., Chloaxo— A. Batik, c/o A. Charvart,
Archt., 262 Millard Ave. — artificial ice
equipment.
NEW KNGLAND
Conn., Hartf<ird — N. Goldstein, 593 Wind-
sor St., plans to build a 1 story garage,
etc.. on Morgan St. Estimated cost $50,-
000. F. C. Walz, 407 Trumbull St, Archt
Conn.. New Haven — T. E. Guest. 71
Tower Rd.. Waterbury, has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 1 story.
30 X 45 ft. .service station on Sperry St,
here. Estimated cost, J17,000,
Conn., New Haven — The Tidewater Oil
Corp.. Wood St., will construct a IJ story.
40 X 100 ft. oil warehouse aind storage
building and a 1 story, 40 x 50 ft. garagi-.
Estimated cost, $25,000.
Conn., Windsor — The Windsor Garage
lias awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story, 55 x 75 ft addition on
Windsor ,\ve.
M.wH., Chlcopee — G. P. Dion, 30 Center
St.. is preparing plans for the construction
of a 1 story. ."lO x 90 ft garage on Center
St. Estimated cost $20,000.
M«HK., Cohaxset — The South Shore Gar-
age. Inc.. is having jilans prei)ared for the
construction of a 1 story, 30 x 80 ft
addition to its garage. Estimated cost.
JlO.floii. G. F. Xewton, 6 Beacon St. Bos-
ton. .Archt.
^lasK., llorcliester — I. Lesser, 3 Payston
St.. Roxbury, will build a 1 story, 100 x 125
ft. garage on Mt. Vernon St. E!stlmated
cost, ?5O,000.
.MaHH.. Gardner — The Gardner Steam
Laundry. Pine St., plans to build a 1 story
garage and laundry. Estimated cost, $50,-
000. P. Varney, 25 Exchange St., Lyim,
Archt
Ma«H.. Lynn — A. Attridge, Marblehead.
will soon award the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story, 70 x 82 ft garagf
on Chestnut St, here. Estimated cost $35.-
000. E. F. Earp, 333 Union St.. Archt.
Noted Dec. 9.
December 23, 1920
Give a Square Deed — and Demand One
1212g
MasH., >'ew Bedford — -The New Bcdforrt
Shuttle Co., 24 Kim SL, will build a 2
story, 40 x 125 ft. addition to its factory
on Rockdale Ave. Estimated cost. $40,000.
Mass., Fittsaeld — .1. North, Ontario St..
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 25 x 40 ft. garage and
dairy building. Batimated cost, JIO.OOO.
Mass., Worcester — The Aykroyd Iron
Wks. Inc.. 564 West Roylston St.. has
awarded the contract for the con.st ruction
of a 1 story, 31 x 100 ft machine sliop, on
Rochdale St. Estimated cost. $25,000.
Mass., Worcester — J. .Johnson. 26 Spof-
ford Rd., will build a 1 story, 48 x 136 ft.
garage on Millbury St. Cost between $15,-
000 and $20,000.
Mass., Woreester — A. F. Mathleu. c/o J.
Rice, Archt.. 306 Main St.. plans to build
a 2 story, 60 x 180 ft. L-shaped garage on
Pleasant and Fruit Sts. Estimated cost,
$150,000.
Mass., Worcester — The Reed & Prince
Mfg. Co., Duncan Ave., has awarde<l the
contract for the construction of ,a 1 story.
40 x 290 ft. addition to its plant, for the
manufacture of screws. Estimated cost.
$10,000.
N. H., Exeter — A. E. McRell is having
plans prepare<l for the construction of a 2
story, 40 x 150 ft. garage. Estimated cost,
$40,000. J. K. Baker, 1008 Elm St.. Man-
chester, Archt.
R. I., Pawtucket — The Farber Cornice
Wks., 52 East Ave., has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 2 .story, 50
X 100 ft. plant on Pine St. Estimated cost,
$30,000.
R. I., Providence — W. 11. Farroli. I^ook-
wood St., has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 60 x 66 x 83 ft.
garage and showroom on L.ockwood and
Haskins Sts. Estimated cost, $20,000.
R. I„ Providence — L. Michelovltch. o/o
.7. A. Hickey, Archt., 142 Atlantic Ave., will
.soon award the contract for tlie construc-
tion of a 1 story garage on South Main
and Dollar Sts. Estimated cost, $15,000.
Vt., Sprinitfleld — Gilmore & Co. iiUniK a
2 story, 50 x 150 ft. mill, for tlie manu-
facture of lathes to be used for turning
out Irregular wood articles.
Vt.. Windsor — The Windsor Fdry. Co.,
plans to build a 1 story, 115 x 250 ft.
foundry.
MIDDLB ATI^ANTIC STATES
n. C, WasIOiigrton — The Chesapeake &
Potomac Telephone Co., 725 13th St. N. W.,
is having plans prepared for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 135 x 167 ft. garage near
1st St., N. E. Estimated cost, $100,000.
C. T. Clagatt, Dir. Mgr. McKenzie Voor-
hees & Gmelin. 1123 Bway, New York City,
Archts.
Md., Baltimarr — W. E. Hooper & Sons
Co., Parkdale Kd., manufacturers of cotton
duck, lias awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 and 2 story, 28 x 34
ft. and 12 X 49 ft. additions to its machine
shop, on Parkdale Rd. and Druid Hill Park.
Estimated cost, $60,000. Noted Dec 9.
N, Y.f lioiiijr Island Clt.v — Rolls Royce of
America, Inc., 785 5th Ave.. New York City,
is havin;? preliminary plans prepared for
the construction of a 1 story service station
and salesroom on Harris Ave. Estimated
cost, $75,000. Ballinger & Perrott. 47 We.s£
34th St., New York City, Archts. and Engrs.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx)—
The Edel Realty Co., 1901 Walton Ave.,
is having plans prepared for the con.struc-
tion of a 1 story. 50 x 246 ft. garage on
Jerome Ave. Estimated cost. $75,000. J.
E. Kirby, 4187 Park Ave., New York City,
Archts.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
T. Johnson, 30 East 42nd St., New York
City, will build a 1 story, 25 x 112 ft.
garage on Whitlock Ave. near Iiongwood
Ave. Estimated cost, $30,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Bronx) —
The Shaskin Realty Co., 220 Bway., New
York City, will build a 2 story, 75 x 225 ft
garage on Inwood Ave. near 170th St.
Estimated cost, $60 000. G. Sha.skin, pres.
N. Y., New York ( Horougli of Brookljm)
— The Bay Ridge I.„and &. Imi)rovement Co.,
189 Montague St.. will build a 1 story, 110
X 120 ft. garage on 4th Ave. ,-ind 62nd St.
Estimated cost, $30,000. R. Bennett, Pres.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat-
tan)— M. C. Haim.s, c/o H. Lippman, Archt
and Engr., 126 East 59th St.. will build
a 4 story. 34 x 98 ft. garage at 130-132
East 41st St. Estimate cost, $40,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhat* '
tan) — The Hester Realty Co.. c/o G. H.
Streeton. Archt.. 115 East 34th St.. will
build a 1 story. 100 x 125 ft. garage at
555 West 34th St. Estimated cost $30,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The Rothbart Garage Cori>.. c/o J. M.
Pelson, Archt. and Engr., 1133 Bway, will
build a 1 story. 120 x 125 ft. garage at
99 Jane St Estimated cost $35,000.
N. Y., New York (Borough of Manhattan)
— The 16th St Garage Corp.. e/o C.
Kreyml>ourg. Archt. and Engr., 309 East
Kingsbridge Rd., will alter a 5 story garage
at 235 West 16th St Estimated cost,
$50,000.
Pa., riiarleroi — ^The Federal Fdry. Supply
Co.. 2633 East 79th St., Cleveland, O.. plans
to liuild a 2 story. 40 x 92 ft. factory here,
Estimated cost $30,000. Private plans.
l*a., Hollidaysburg — Ij. A. Brua. 304 Penn
St.. and E. H. Brua, 319 Alleghany St,
will build a 2 story, 60 x 120 ft. garage
and warehouse on Blair and Utica Sts.
I'a., Sharon — The Sharon Steel Hoop Co.
is having preliminary plans prepared for
the construction of a 2 story factory. Esti-
mated cost, $150,000. J. H. Herron Co.,
1360 West 3rd St., Cleveland, Archt. and
Engr.
SOITTHKKN STATES
Va., Riciimund — S. G. Mercer and R. C.
Trettan, 218 North 9th St.. will Iniild a 3
story. 40 x 50 x 140 ft garage at 60S East
Grace St Estimated cost, $50,000.
Va., Roanoke— The F. N. Hayes Machine
Co. plans to construct an addition to its
plant.
MIDDlrE WEST STATES
111., ('hlcago — The Narowetz Heating &
Ventilating Co.. 223 West Lake St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 81 x 132 ft factory at 1711-17
West Park Ave. Estimated cost, $75,000.
III., ChicaKo — The United States Brewing
Co., 2519 Eiston .Ave., will receive bids
about Jan. 1. for the construction of a 1
story, 128 x 168 ft. garage on Grand Place
near Clark St Estimated cost $40,000.
W. Granger, 36 West Randolph St.. Archt.
III.. Peoria, — The Peoria Auto Parts Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a garage. PjStimated cost, $20,000.
Ind.. l.afa.vette — The Chicago, Indianapo-
lis & Louisville Ry., (Monon Route), 608
South Dearborn St., Chicago, 111., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 .story, 85 x 440 ft. car repair shop,
here. Estimated cost, $105,000. Noted Dec.
2.
Mich., Birch Run — W. R. Hadsell is hav-
ing plans prepared for the construction of
a 1 story. 110 x 147 ft. garage, iistimated
cost. $20,000. Cowles & Mutscheller. Sagi-
naw, Archts.
«)., Cleveland — M. Goldstein. 2707 East
55th St.. will receive bids until Dec. 28, for
the construction of a 1 story, 50 x 56 ft.
factory for auto repairs. Estimated cost,
$15,000. Private plans.
O.. rievelaiul — The Mall Motor Co., 633
Superior Ave., has purchased a site on Su-
perior Ave. and East 12th St. and plans to
build a 2 story. 120 x 160 ft. garage. Esti-
mated cost, $250,000. M. Rohrheimer,
Pres. Christian. Schwarzenberg & Gaede,
1900 Euclid Ave., Archts.
O., Cleveland — J. Meyerhoffer, 8039 Supe-
rior Ave., is building a 1 story, 20 x 68 ft.
garage at 8025 Superior Ave. Estimated
cost, $10,000.
O., Cleveland — .P. Priesz, 1850 West 24th
St., will soon award the contract for the
construction of ii garage at 1925 West 24th
St Estimated cost, $15,000. P. Azzarello,
2500 East 20th St.. .\reht
O., Cleveland — The Telling Belle Vernon '
Co., 3825 Cedar Ave., has awarde<l the
contract for the construction of a 1 story,
30 x 160 ft garage and stable at 704 Eaelo
Ave. Estimated cost, $30,000. Noted Dec.
9.
O., Cleveland — The Vcela. Building &
Loan Co., c/o A. Klipec, 5703 Bway., has
awarded tlie contract for the construction
of a 1 story, 20 x 63 ft. garage at 5703
Bway. Estimated cost, $10,000,
Wis., ShelMiyitan — H. H. Schmidt. C/o C.
lleiss Coal Co., is having iilans prepared
for the construction of a 2 or 3 Btory, 60
X 185 ft. garage on .lefTerson and 8th Sts.
Cost, between $75,000 and $100,000. R. R.
John, Betsy Itoas Bidg.. Archt
WEST OK THE MIS8IS8IPPI
Kan., Wichita — The Clear Vision Pum)>
Co., 1107-1109 East Douglas St, is building
a 120 X 320 ft. plant for the manufacture
of clear vision dispensing measures.
WESTERN STATES
Cttl.. Los Angeles — The Ambassador Hotel
Co., c/o Alexander Hotel, 210 West 5th St,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a hotel, theater and garage. Esti-
mated cost, $350,000.
Cal., I.os .Vnseles — P. L. Wilson, 631
South Sprague St., plans to construct a
garage, machine shop, and store building,
on the corner of Bonnie Brae and 7th Sts.
Cost to exceed $70,000. Walker & Eisen,
Hibernian Bldg., Archts.
CANADA
Out., Godericli — The Huron Specialties
Castings Co.. Clinton, plans to build a plant
here. Estimated cost. $75,000.
Ont., Woodsto<-k — The Amer. Ironing Ma-
chine Co.. 168 North Michigan Ave., Chi-
cago. 111., plans to remodel and equip a
factory here for its own use. Estimated
cost, $100,000.
MIKIIItlllllltHlltlMII
MIIMIIMIMMMIII'
General Manufacturing f
ItllllllllliiHIIIIIIIIilltilll
NEW ENGI>ANn STATES
Me., Rocklnral — The Rockland & Rockiiort
Lime Co. will build an addition to its lime
plant to include 6 lime kilns and gas pro-
ducers, 1 story. 35 x 100 ft. main building
and a 2 story, 60 x 108 ft. lime storage
and iiackiiig house.
Mass., Cambridse — The K & R. Co.,
Massachusetts Ave. and Windsor St., has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a 1 story dry cleaning plant and laundry.
Estimateil cost, $20,000. Noted Dec. 2.
Mass., Clilcopee — The Dwight Mfg. Co..
Exch. Bldg.. Boston, has awarded the con-
tract for the construction of a 6 story, 150
X 600 ft. addition to its cotton plant, here.
Mass., Newtonvllle — The .Strangman Mfg.
Co., Crofts St., manufacturers of builders
finish, will build a 1 story, 85 x 105 ft.
■addition to its plant. Estimated cost, $20,-
000.
Ma«s.. Oxford — A. G. Stanhope, 340 Main
St., Worcester, plans to build a 2 story, 75
X 100 ft. cold storage plant. Estimated
cost $40,000.
Mass.. Wcstlleld — The Certified Foods.
Inc.. GiPeit Bidg., plans to build a 2 story,
30 X SO ft. plant Estimated cost, $25,000.
Jarvis Eng. Co., 261 Franklin St, Boston,
Engrs.
Ma«s., Westerly — The Westerly Textile
Co., 41 Main St., plans to build a 2 story
addition to its textile plant on Main St.
Estimated cost, $50,000. C. T. Main, 201
Devon.shire St., Boston, Engr.
MIDDLE ATLANTIC ST.4TES
N. J.. Trenton — The Sanitary Ice & Coal
Co., Old Rose St.. plans to build a large
ice-cream cold storage building. W. B.
Maddock, 42 Division St., Pres.
Md., liallimnre — A. Thompson Co., 501
Water St., plans to build a 2 story, 100 x
200 ft. printing plant on 29th St and Rem-
ington Ave. Estimated cost, $75,000.
1212h
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 26
SOUTHERN
Fla., St. Pctfrshnrg — The Willinms-Beers
Ice Co.. Is having: plans prepared for the
€»nstruction of an ice plant. H. Williams.
Pres. H. Beers, St. Petersburg, Engr.
Ky.. Franklin — The Western Kentucky
Oil & Refining Co. is havins preliminary
plans prepared for the construction of an
oil refining plant.
1,11.. Bastriip— L. H. Pox has awarded
the contract for the construction of a reduc-
tion plant, to include three 2 story. 50 x
too ft. buildings and four 1 story. 30 x 60
ft. buildings. Estimated cost, $200,000.
N. C. Andrews — F. P. Cover & Sons. Inc..
plan to build a tannery.
N. C. Hlekory — The Catawba Creamery
Co. plans to rebuild its creamery to include
packing plant and refrigerating rooms,
which was recently destroyed by fire. Esti-
mated cost. $30,000.
N. C, Wln«toii-Salem — The Blue Ridge
Ice & Coal Co. plans to build an ice manu-
facturing plant. Estimated cost, $75,000.
G. M. Hinshaw, Pres.
MIDDLE WEST STATES
III.. Chicago — A. Batik, c/o A. Charvart.
Archt.. 2621 Millard .-\ve.. has had plans
prepared for the construction of a 3 story.
10 X 120 ft. artificial ice plant. Estimated
cost. $60,000.
Ind.. Gary — The Amer. Pure Paint Co. is
building a 40 x 100 ft. plant for the manu-
facture of paint pigment and putty. Esti-
mated cost, $30,000. W. J. Schroeder, Secy.
Ind.. Logransport — The Sandusky Cement
Co.. c'/o E. J. Maguire, Secy.. Engineers
Bldg.. Cleveland, O.. plans to construct a 1
Btory. 46 x 102 ft. factory and storage
building here. Estimated cost, $50,000.
O., Cleveland-pthe Crossley Rubber Co.,
2170 East 18th St., has awarded the contract
for the construction of a 1 story, 30 x 40
ft factory. Estimated cost. $10,000.
O., Cleveland — Glenvllle Hospital, c/o A.
White. 701 Parkwood Dr., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
40 X 40 ft. boiler house and addition to its
laundry. Estimated cost, $40,000. Noted
Oct. 14.
O., Cleveland — A. Jicha, 11006 Woodland
Ave., baker, has awarded the contract for
the construction of a 1 story. 35 x 91 ft.
factory at 4215 East 13l8t St. Estimated
cost, $15,000.
O.. Cleveland — The Ohio Granite & Mar-
ble Co., 538 Snhofield Bldg., plans to build
a 1 story factory on Pearl Rd. Estimated
cost, $100,000. G. W. Haskins. Secy.
Private Plans.
O., Cleveland — C. Webber, c/o F. Dieffen-
back. 3217 West 92nd St., has awarded the
contract for .the construction of a 2 story,
40 x 56 ft. commercial building and bakery
on West 25th St. Estimated cost. $75,000.
O.. Greenville — The Consumers Supply
Co. plans to build a 2 story. 60 x 120 ft.
factorv for the manufacture of fence posts.
Estimated cost. $25,000.
O.. Lima — The Crystal Ice & Coal Co.
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 1 story ice plant. Estimated cost.
$25,000.
Wi.s.. Cedarbnrg — The Wetzel Art Furni-
ture Co., 1367 Green Bay Ave.. Milwaukee,
has awarded the contract for the construc-
tion of a 2 story, 40 x 120 ft. factory on
Main St., here, for the manufacture of
furniture. Estimated cost, $75,000.
Wis.. Chippewa Falls — The Bd. of School
Trustees will receive bids about Fel). 1
for the construction of a 2 story. 125 x 160
ft. addition to the junior vocational school,
to include a manual training department.
Estimated cost, $150,000. Beers, Schlintz
& Bailey, Chippewa Falls, Engrs.
Wis., Granville — The T. J. Moss Tie Co.,
Security Bldg.. St. Louis, Mo., has award-
ed the contract for the construction of a 1
story. 40 x 200 ft. creosoting plant.
Wis.. Rice Lake — K. Knudson and S.
Hegna plan to build a sash and door
factory.
Wis.. Shebo.rican — The Sheboygan Cold
Storage Co., c/o E. C. Peacock. South 12th
St. and Jefferson Ave., plans to build a 2 .
or 3 story, 100 x 250 ft. cold storage plant
on West Water St., to replace the one
which was recently destroyed by flre. Loss
between $350,000 and $400,000.
Wis.. South Milwaukee — ^The Line Mate-
rial Co. has awarded the contract for the
construction of a 1 story, 100 x 180 ft.
factory for the manufacture of lighting
equipment. Estimated cost. $30.*IOO.
WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI
CoL, Ault — The Great Valley Sugar Co.,
Central Savings Bank Bldg., Denver, has
awarded the contract for the construction
of a sugar factory, here. Estimated cost.
$1,000,000.
la.. Cedar Rapids — The Hutchinson Ice
Cream Co.. 519 H St. W.. will receive bids
about Jan 10, for tlie construction of a 2
story. 60 X 100 ft. factory on 5th Ave.
and 3rd St. E. Estimated cost, $50,000.
Hatton. Holmes & Anthony, 323 Masonic
Temple, Archts.
la., Sioux City — The Zonta Tire & Rubber
Co. has awarded the contract for the con-
struction of a 1 story. 100 x 120 ft. factory.
Mo., Maplewoofl (St. Loui.s P. O.) — The
St. Louis Paper Can and Tube Co.. 4400
North Union .'\ve.. St. Louis, has awarded
the contract for the construction of a 1
story, 200 x 540 ft. factory on Big Bend
Rd. along the tracks of the Mi.ssouri, Pacific
K.R. Estimated cost. $500,000.
Mo., St. LnuiN — The Brecht Packers Sup-
ply Co., 1201 Cass Ave., has awarded the
contract for the construction of a 2 story,
73 X 74 ft. factory, at 1215 Cass Ave.
Estimated cost. $20,000.
Mo., St. LonN — The Fleischmann Yeast
Co., 1535 Market .'^t., plans to build a 1
storj'. 75 X 170 ft. factory on Forest Park
Blvd., east of Bogal Ave. Estimated cost.
$50,000.
Tex., Fort Worth — The Mid West Petro-
leum Co. plans to build a refinery to have
a dally capacity of 2,000 bbL
CANADA
B. C. Prinee Georice — ^F. Jones. Pres. of
the Canada Cement Co.. 273 Craig St W.,
Montreal, and C. Gordon. Pres. of the Do-
minion Textile Co., 112 St. James St., Mon-
treal, are interested In a syndicate which
plans to build a pulp and paper plant here.
Estimated cost. $6,000,000.
Ont.. Tilbury — The Ontario Flax Co.
plans to rebuild Its flax mill which was re-
cently destroyed by flre. Estimated loss,
$75,000.
Ont.. Guelpli — The Provincial Govern-
ment, Toronto, plans to build a dairy in
connection with the agricultural college,
here. Estimated cost. $100,000. Address,
M. Dolierty, Turonlo.
iiniiiiiiuiiiiiiHuiiuiiuiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiniuiiiniHiiiniHMitiiininiiniiiiuiiiiiiiuiHiiiiniiHiMiiiiiiiiiMiiiMiniiriiiiiiiiiiiniMniiiiHiiirunMnMniiiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiniiiniiuiuiiiiiiiiiitiMii^
Service Value
Scrap value for Idle used machinery or surplus material is not
exiough. If it can be used by others they will pay service value for it.
"Searchlight" will find these buyers for you.
Manufacturers who accept used machinery
in part payment for new can dispose of it
promptly by advertising in the Searchlight
Section.
Machinery used in manufacturing and dis-
placed by other equipment can be sold at a
fair price by advertising it in the Searchlight
Section.
Wide-awake dealers, agents or representatives
can be secured through little Searchlight
"Want" ads.
Manufacturing sites, partners, help, capital
— anything that anybody in the machinery
field is likely to have for sale or exchange for
something else— can be located or disposed of
through the Searchlight Section.
The cost of putting your Wants in this projector is very
slight, whether for a man, for a job or for a market.
Searchlight Section
Pages 212 to 234
Suinmii
[iiiKiiiiiiiiiimiiiiiiiiii
nimimmirHnTnniimimimHiiintHminiHnmniiniiiniiniiiniiniiiiiiniitiitiiiiimimiitmiimiiiiitimiiiiiiiiiiiimim
1
December 30, 1920
Production and Salvage of Locomotive
Piston Rings .
By J. V. HUNTER
Western Editor, American Machinist
The systematic manner in ivhich locomotive pis-
ton rings are cared for as described in this article
is well worthy of record. Several devices that
have been shop-built for doing this work should
help to suggest ideas to other railroad shop-men
for caring for their work of similar character.
PISTON rings are a constant source of expense in
the upkeep of a locomotive. Not only must they be
replaced when the engine comes in for its periodical
overhauling, but they must often be replaced as a part
of the running repairs in roundhouse work. In the
Beech Grove shops of the Big Four railway system, at
Indianapolis, piston ring work has led to the develop-
ment of some remarkable machines both for making up
new sets and for salvaging the old.
The recovery of old rings is by no means an
unimportant portion of the wcrk of this shop, since it
has been found possible by adopting a series of standard-
ized sizes, to use each ring several times by successively
reducing its cylinder size. Wear on the rings has been
found to be greater on one edge than the other so that
the surface is worn off on a sort of bevel but by again
k-uing the periphery in a manner that will be described
later, it has been found possible to salvage each ring
for re-use.
New rings are turned from cast bushings on vertical
boring mills in a manner no different from regular
machine-shop practice. In the second machine operation
the device shown in Fig. 1 is used for cutting the rings
into equal sections so that they may be bundled as shown
in Fig. 2 and distributed to all points where new rings
are needed.
The cutting saw, shown in Fig. 1, is driven by a belt
through a worm gear reduction. The ring is carried on
a sliding table A that can be fed against the saw by the
hand lever B. The lever feed is simple since little travel
FIG. 2. BUNDLE OF WIRE-BOUND PISTON RING SEGMENTS
is required and the necessity of a rack feed is therefore
eliminated. The lever has a fulcrum in a slotted hole
about the pin C. The second pin, D, provides attach-
ment to the table and carries the latter forward when
the lever is raised. The thrust from the saw on the
ring is carried by a block E bolted to the table.
The details of the mechanism for dividing the ring
into equal sections are shown in Fig. 3. The table is
inscribed with circles of standard ring diameters which
will indicate the size without necessarily measuring. The
center A for the arm B is set in the center of the ring
circle and the length of arm approximately regulated
so that its bracket stops C will reach the inside of the
I
FIG. I.
DEVICE FOR .SAWING LOCOMOTIVE PISTON
RINGS INTO SEGMENTS
FIG. 3.
SEGMENT SPACING DEVICE ON
SAWING MACHINE
1214
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
_^^£^PflH
. -.^^^^KTrSim ii ri^^^
g. . _ .— < ^^ gp„^
1
PH
FIG. 4.
GRINDING MACHINE FOR SALVAGING WORN
PISTON RINGS
ring when the latter is pressed against the saw stop D.
A spring grip E on the outer end of the handle holds
the ring against the stop C so that the ring may be
rotated about the center A of the arm without slipping.
The radius arm B is then in a position to swing in
the segment of a circle from the screw stop F to the
stop pin G for dividing the ring into segments. There
are a number of holes provided for the insertion of the
stop pin G and each hole is designated for a different
size of ring. After setting the pin the screw stop F
is regulated by trial until the swinging arm will divide
the ring into the required number of equal segments.
Since large lots of the same size rings are put through
the shop at a time, the time required for setting the
machine counts for little when divided among the
aggregate amounts.
Worn piston rings are returned from the different
repair shops in sets with suitable care exercised so that
the component parts of each ring are not lost. Each
section of every ring is numbered in sequence and the
diameter of the ring is also stamped on its side. The
returned sections are taken to the device shown in Fig.
4 for regrinding to the next smaller diameter and thus
PIG. 5.
CLAMPING AND FEEDING MBCHANI.SM OF RING
GRINDING FIXTURE
FIG. 6.
WIRE BINDING DEVICE FOR BUNDLING PISTON
RING SEGMENTS
salvaged in the manner that has been mentioned pre-
viously. The section of ring A is held clamped in a
special fixture on the table. The table B is rigidly sup-
ported in position by the vertical brace C but may be
adjusted to or from the wheel as the requirements of
supporting the work-fixture may indicate.
The plate A, Fig. 5, carrying the clamping fixture
has a slotted and graduated arm so that it may be
adjusted to swing at different radii about the center
pivot B. The pivot center is carried on an adjustable
slide C so that the work (while being rotated at the
proper radius) may be set forward to bring it against
the wheel until the proper amount of stock has been
removed. The feed of the slide C is by the handwheel
D. Graduations on the collar and table indicate when
the slide has been fed forward to the zero point, where
it swings at the radius required for the ring.
In swinging, the plate A slides on the surface of the
table and has a sufficiently broad bearing to provide
adequate support and prevent rocking. The operator
grasps the handle E for imparting the swinging action.
The work is inserted in the clamping fixture against the
pin stops F and beneath the clamping arms G, and
clamping pressure is obtained by screwing down the
hand nut H. A free cutting grinding wheel is used for
removing the material with fair rapidity.
Both new and salvaged sets of ring segments are
bundled for handling, as shown in Fig. 2, in the wire
wrapping device shown in Fig. 6. The wire wrapping
must be so tightly done that there is no danger of seg-
ments slipping out to be mixed or lost. A set of seg-
ments are stacked in the holder A and tightly squeezed
together by the clamping screw B. The wire is fed
from the reel beneath the table through a friction guide
C and in starting to bind the end is twisted about the
screw B. The wire reel is a steel affair carried on a
couple of shaft hangers, supported from the under side
of the table. A friction brake is provided on the reel
shaft so that considerable force must be exerted to
draw off the wire, thus helping to insure tight binding.
The segment holder A can be rotated by the ci-ank D.
Usually three complete turns of wire are sufficient- for
the job, and the loose end is caught under the reel end of
the wire and twisted to kink and hold before the tension
is released by cutting the wire. After twisting the ends
together the tension on the wire is further augmented
by kinking in at the corners in the manner shown in
Fig. 2.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1215
Building Motoi^
ON THE
Pacific Coast
By Fred H.Colvin
EDITOR- AMePICAN MACHtNIST
This installment, the second of the series, takes
up the machining of crankcases for both aircraft
and marine types of motors, which are a depar-
ture from the usual marine motor when it comes
to weight and finish. The methods can well be
studied by anyone having moderate production
problems.
MACHINING the crankcases for the Hall-Scott
motor involves a number of interesting opera-
tions, as will be seen from the accompanying
illustrations, which show the fixtures and machine
set-ups for both aircraft and marine motor work.
Machining operations begin with facing the ends of
the bearings of an aircraft crankcase on the Lucas
boring machine, as shown in Fig. 25, the cutter arbor
carrying a gang of sixteen cutters. These cutters
face not only the ends of the bearings inside the crank-
case but also the outer ends.
Another milling operation on the same machine is
shown in Fig. 26, where the pad for the water pump
is being faced. Boring the holes through which the
lower ends of the cylinders project and which locate the
cylinders in their proper position, is shown in Fig.
27, both this and the succeeding operations being per-
formed on the Cincinnati-Bickford radial drilling ma-
FIG. 25. FACING ENDS OF BEARINGS
FIG. 26. MILLING WATER PUMP PADS
FIG. 27. BORING CYLINDER HOLES
FIG. 28. BORING FOR VERTICAL SHAFT
1216
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No, 27
FIG. 29. DRIIJ.ING CYLINDER BOLT HOLES
FIG. 30. DRILLING LOWER BOLT HOLE.<<
FIG. 31. LINE REAMING
MAIN BEARINGS
FIG. 32. THE LINE
REAMING MACHINE
FIG. 33.
REAMING MACHINE AND
LAPPING TABLES
chine shown. The form of fixture used for guiding
the boring tool A is shown at B. The large bearing
surface above the cutting tools, insures the boring head
being properly guided. In Fig. 28 the hole for the
vertical shaft which drives the overhead camshaft, is
being bored on the same machine. The hole is located
by a jig having a projection at A, which fits into the
■end cylinder-hole. The boring tools are shown in front
of the work.
Drilling the holes, both for holding down the cylinders
and for the main bearing bolts, is shown in Figs, 29
and 30. The same drilling fixture hahdles both opera-
tions, as can be seen. The fixture is of the cradle type,
mounted on trunnions as at A and carrying the drill
bushings in their proper positions. Both top and bottom
of the crankcase are drilled in this same jig by revolv-
ing it on the trunnions.
The method of holding the crankcase in the cradle
is shown at B, Fig. 29, where one of the four toe-
clamps used is plainly shown. The strut C, holds the
cradle in a horizontal position in which it is assisted
by another arm on the opposite side.
^^ ■ 1
■ffibl (l —
m ^4
H^^^B 'f-.. :^^H
B
MKmKm
M
FIG. 34. MILLING LOWER HALF OF CRANKCASE FIG. 35. BORING END OF LOWER HALF OF CRANKCASE
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1217
FIG.
36. FACING END OF LOWER HALF
OF CRANKCASE
The crankshaft bearings are next bored and reamed,
the line reaming operation being shown in Fig. 31.
Here the crankcase is supported on the substantial base
A, while the uprights B and C, support the line reamer
in correct relation to the cylinder face of the crankcnse.
The line reamer is driven by a Barnes horizontal drill-
ing machine, through an Oldham coupling at D, the cor-
rect alignment not being dependent upon the machine
itself. Fig. 32 shows a complete view of this machine
and the fixture used. It also shows the crankshaft
bearing caps bolted in position so as to be bored at
the same time and to present a continuous surface to
the boring tool.
The next illustration, Fig. 33, shows the sub-assembly
department for the crankcases, with the lapping plates
at A and B, and the line reaming machine in the fore-
ground. This view also shows the power stand which has
been erected for driving the reaming machine. The
frame work is for the most part of angle iron, and car-
ries the motor, jack shaft, and countershaft. This view
also gives an excellent idea of the exceptional window
area which makes this a particularly attractive shop.
The Lower Crankcase
Face milling the lower half of the aircraft crankcase,
is shown in Fig. 34, an Ingersoll machine being used
for this purpose. The type of milling fixture is a
FIG. 37. THE BORING AND MILLING
FIXTURE
very simple box jig with suitable clamps as at A, and
adjusting screws as at B, for holding the crankcase
in its proper position.
More horizontal boring machine work is seen in Figs.
35, 36 and 37, the machine in this case being a universal.
Fig. 35 shows the boring of the end of the crankcase,
Fig. 36 the facing of the end with a large milling cutter,
while Fig. 37 shows the fixture used and the boring
cutter in position on the spindle.
The bolt holes are drilled under a Hammond radial
drilling machine having a jointed arm, as shown in
Fig. 38. This view also shows the light construction
of the drilling jig. As the drill is brought to each
hole and with only one hole drilled at a time, the jig is
not subjected to any heavy strain.
The Marine Crankcase
The marine type of crankcase is shown in Fig. 39, on
an Ingersoll milling machine where the joint surface
is being faced with two vertical milling cutters. The
mating half of this crankcase is also faced in a similar
way and on the same machine, as in Fig. 40.
The recessed surfaces for the crankshaft-bearing caps
are milled in the horizontal boring machine shown in
Fig. 41, the outer end of the cutter arbor being sup-
ported by the special bracket shown.
Drilling the bolt holes for the crankcase is shown in
FIG. 38. DRILLING THE BOLT HOLES
FIG. 39. FACING THE M.ARINE ENGINE RASE
1218
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
FIG. 40, FACING LOWER
HALF
FIG. 41. MILLING FOR .MAIN
BEARING CAPS
DRILLING FLANGE
BOLT HOLES
m^^Ai^ppgpn^l
^^^Zw ■■■Ctl'iM J
mini T J
III;-, y'-' » ^\\
k»^^^^^^
"'^r^-Q-sS*^*''"^ Msl
FIG. 43. BORING FOR
VERTICAL SHAFT
FIG. 44. COUNTER-BORING VERTICAL
SHAFT HOLE
FIG. 4.i
l>HILLING FOR CYLINDER
FLANGES
Fig. 42. As these bolts are the same as in the aviation
engine previously shown, the plate which carries the
drill bushings is removed from the fixture shown in
Fig. 30 and used by clamping in position as shown in
Fig. 42. This obviates the necessity of duplicating
an expensive drilling jig.
Boring and counter-boring the vertical-shaft bushing
holes is shown in Figs. 43 and 44, the operation being
practically the same as that for the aviation engine.
Another similarity with the aviation engine is the
drilling of the cylinder flange bolt holes as shown in
Fig. 45. As in the case of the lower bolt holes, the
plate carrying the drill bushings is borrowed from
one of the aviation drilling fixtures. The seats for
the hand hole cover plates are milled on the universal
machine shown in Fig. 46. This operation requires only
a plate having a suitable angle for the base and simple
means for clamping the work in place.
FIG. 46. FACING FOR HANDHOLE COVER PL.\TES
FIG. 47. KORINC. THE CROSSHOLE
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1219
11.;. .00. BORING FOR STARTER AND GENERATOR
Boring the crosshole in the end of the crankcase for
the water pump and oil pump bushings, is shown in
Fig. 47. The fixture is simple but substantial and was
designed for easy handling of the work and insuring
the crosshole being at right angles to the main bearings.
The seats for the shells which form the main bear-
FIG. 51. BORING HOLE FOR GENERATOR
ings are finished with single point cutters as shown in
the boring bar at Fig. 48. It will be noted that this
boring bar is supported both in the center and at each
end in order to avoid spring, and insure the holes being
in line and of correct diameter.
Drilling the stud holes for the water and oil pump
FIG. 52. THE BORING FIXTURE
FIG. 53. FACING THE ENDS OF COMPLETE CRANKCASE
1220
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
is accomplished with the simple drilling fixture shown in
Fig. 49. The crankcase is clamped against a suitable
angle plate and the drill jigs located with a bar to
the crosshole which has already been bored.
The holes for the starter and generator at each side
of the crankcase are bored on the universal machine
shown in Fig. 50. These holes are located with reference
to the main bearing seats, by the arms A and B, which
form a substantial part of the fixture that supports the
case while being bored.
Another view of this operation is shown in Fig. 51,
and the type of tool used for finishing these holes may
also be seen. Fig. 52 shows the fixture with the crank-
case removed, showing the supports A and B, and also
the blocks C and D which guide the case by means of the
main bearings. The tool is shown at E.
The final facing of the ends of the crankcase so
as to insure its being square with the crankshaft, is
shown in Fig. 53. The upper and lower halves are
bolted together around the mandrel A and swung be-
tween centers of an old Draper lathe which has had the
headstock and tailstock raised for this purpose. Mounted
in this way, it is an easy matter to have the surface of
the flywheel housing faced square with the crankshaft
bearings. This is very important where reverse or
other gearing, housed in a separate case, is bolted
to the end of the crankcase. Unless this precaution
is taken it is very difficult to secure perfect alignment
and without this, it is impossible to secure the best
results from the attached units.
Beef-Bone Screws for Surgical Use
By George G. Little
As there is a growing demand for screws made of
beef bone for surgical use in repairing fractured bones
of the leg and arm, it may be of interest to the readers
of the American Machinist to know something about
what has been done in perfecting the methods of produc-
ing the screws ready for the operating room.
Some of the shops that do model work will undoubtedly
be called upon to make screws of bone for surgeons in
various parts of the country.
The joint ends of a front or rear shank beef-bone
are sawed off, holding the bone in a bench vise and
using a coarse-toothed hacksaw. The remaining sec-
tions are then boiled in clean water about one and
one-half hours to remove the marrow and any tissue
adhering to the outer surface. In removing the joint-
ends only enough is cut off to leave the thick straight
cylindrical portion of the bone. After the boiling and
cleaning the bone is sawed into pieces suitable for
the lengths of screws to be made. These pieces are then
sawed lengthwise into segments large enough for the
diameter of the screws. The segments are held in a
lathe chuck and a high-speed tool, ground as for cutting
brass, is used to rough them out. They are then re-
chucked in a draw-in collet and sized for threading.
Soaking the cylindrical blanks in pure vaseline
brought to the melting point, for an hour or two, will
replace some of the natural oil of the bone and make
the finishing of the thread easier. It also lessens the
danger of breaking the screws when the surgeon starts
them into the holes in the fractured bones.
BApre the blanks are threaded they should be pointed
and me point-end supported in a female center to insure
the threaded portion being of one diameter throughout.
A small bench lathe with a rear threap cutting attach-
ment is the most suitable for this work as the bone is
brittle and a single tool proves better than any other
kind for forming the thread.
Three sizes of solid or split dies will produce good
threads with a great deal of care, starting with the
larger and stepping down, but one is very likely to
break two or three out of a dozen of the screws using
the dies. The hands should be washed clean and the
work kept as clean as is possible and after the .screws
are finished they should be scrubbed in clean water with
ivory, castile or lava soap and dried with a clean cloth.
If an ordinary screw-cutting lathe is used with a
single tool for forming the thread, the tool should be
shaped the same as for steel and fed to the work at
an angle of 30 deg., but I find that with the back
attachment of the bench lathe, if the tool is fed straight
in to the work, it produces a smooth thread. There is
no breakage with this method.
There are three standard diameters of bone screws
produced for and used in the operating rooms of the
Mayo Clinic, Roche.ster, Minn., and they have proved
very satisfactory. The three diameters are as follows:
1% X 3 in., 18 threads per inch; No. 10 machine screw,
li and IJ in. long, 24 threads per inch; No. 6 machine
screw 1 in. long, 32 threads per inch. The largest size
is used for hip fractures only. Any small screw-
cutting lathe can be used to size and thread the screws
especially if threading dies are used but it takes quite
a bit longer and the thread is likely to be crooked
owing to the dies gouging in the soft spots that are
in the bone.
In cutting the thread with dies the point support is
not used. In forming the hex head an 8-in. No. 0
narrow pillar file is used. A filing block J x 1 in.
having one end squared and the other with a 60-deg.
V in it is a big help. The head of the screw is placed
in the V and a flat filed, this first flat is turned to fit
against one side of the V and another flat is filed, the
two fiats are then turned to fit the two sides of the V
and the third flat is filed, this forming every other side
of the head.
The plain squared end of the filing block is now turned
up. One of the three flat sides is placed on the block,
this bringing one of the unfinished sides up ready to
be filed flat. The remaining two unfinished sides are
filed in the same manner. If care is taken to hold
the screw level, have the block level and to file level
with the vise and to remove only enough to make the
flats the right width, the head will be a nicely finished
hex. With a little practice and care the heads can be filed
to size with less trouble and more speed than they can
be formed by machining. We have tried milling with
end mills, side cutters, plain cutters and slitting saws
with sides relieved, but found that none of the machin-
ing was satisfactory, owing to the time it took and the
breakage of the screws in spite of the care given.
The filing block, of course, is held in the vise, and
it is well to have a section of the bone 1 in. square
with the three sizes of holes taped out for inspection
gages, as if there is any trouble with the diameters
it balls up the work in the operating room and the fellow
that made the screws gets cussed good and plenty.
A short piece of J-in. steel tube shaped over a A-in.
hex cold-rolled bar makes a standard socket wrench for
gaging the size of the head when forming and for the
surgeon to use to place the screws.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1221
Tests of Cast Iron for Locomotive-
Cylinder Parts*
Frequent renewal of cylinder parts of locomotives
results in greatly increased cost of maintenance
to the railroads, and consequently the quality of
the cast iron entering into their construction is
a matter of paramount importance, particularly
from the standpoint of luear. These parts
include piston-valve bushings, packing rings and
bull rings, cylinder bushings, piston packing
rings, and piston-head or bull rings. It was found
that ordinary high-silicon cast iron gave unsatis-
factory wear, particularly in modern superheater
locomotives, and the tendency has been toward a
harder and stronger iron.
AT THE request of the former U. S. Railroad
i-\ Administration the Bureau of Standards has
2. \. investigated the mechanical, chemical, and micro-
scopical properties of a number of packing rings fur-
nished with service-mileage records, as well as
arbitration-test bars, chill-test specimens, and miscella-
neous samples from different manufacturers. All of this
material was cast iron such as used for the various
cylinder parts. It was desired at the same time to
review the previous work and specifications on this sub-
ject, to ascertain as far as possible the practices of the
different foundries and to suggest such revision of exist-
ing specifications as would be warranted by the results
of the present and of earlier investigations.
Jhe samples, 131 in number, were furnished to the
Bureau of Standards by the U. S. Railroad Administra-
tion. The first samples were received April 2, 1919, and
the last September 26, 1919, nine foundries supplying
specimens.
Mechanicjvl Tests
The mechanical tests made at the Bureau of
Standards consisted of transverse, tension, hardness,
and fracture tests of chill-test specimens.
Transverse T^sts. Thirty-four arbitration bars,
ordered made in accordance with the standards of the
American Society for Testing Materials, from six dif-
ferent manufacturers, were tested.
When the packing rings furnished were sufficiently
large in size, specimens for small transverse tests were
machined from them also. It is not to be expected that
these results will be similar to those on unmachined
arbitration bars, because of the absence of skin or
■surface hardness.
Tension Tests. After breaking the arbitration bars
in the tranverse tests, the broken pieces were used to
determine the tensile strength of the material. Tension
tests were made from packing rings furnished by four
foundries. From the tension tests, at least, there
appears to be some more or less definite relation between
laboratory and service tests.
Brinell Hardness Tests. Brinell hardness tests,
using a 10-mm. ball with a pressure of 3,000 kg., sus-
tained for 30 seconds, were made on flat, longitudinal
•From Technologic Paper No. 172 of the Bureau of Standards,
W^a»hln>rton, D. C, entitled "Cast Iron for Locomotive-Cylinder
Parts." by C. H. Strand, issued Sept. 11. 1920.
sections of the arbitration bars. Approximately i in. of
material was removed by the shaper to obtain a surface
for the Brinell tests. As there is a variation of only
10 points from the maximum to minimum hardness, it
is concluded that, in view of the widely varying quality
of the irons as indicated by other tests, the Brinell test
does not satisfactorily measure the quality of iron for
cylinder parts.
The Brinell hardness tests of packing rings and
bushings indicate that the castings themselves are con-
siderably softer than the arbitration bars. This is
undoubtedly due to the fact that the slower rate of cool-
ing of the former results in a higher graphitic carbon
content.
Chill Tests. Chill-test specimens were received from
four foundries and broken at the Bureau of Standards,
four to six samples of the product of each foundry
having been submitted.
Chemical Analysis
Chem.ical analyses were made of one of each of the
arbitration bars from each of six foundries. The
various bars were quite uniform in total, graphitic, and
combined carbon content. The silicon and sulphur con-
tents, however, varied within rather wide limits, the
former from 1 per cent to 1.47 per cent and the latter
from 0.051 per cent to 0.167 per cent. The phosphorus
content varied from 0.37 to 0.56 per cent; manganese
from 0.36 to 0.90 per cent. It is generally recognized
that there should be at least three times the percentage
of manganese as sulphur present; otherwise, sulphur
will combine with iron instead of manganese, and brittle
material will result.
In general, the silicon, and naturally the graphitic
carbon is higher in the packing rings, bushings, and
similar castings than in the arbitration bars. A ring
which gave 93,000 miles in service showed no unusual
characteristics in chemical composition.
Metallographic Examination
The samples were polished and examined micro-
scopically both before and after etching. Heat tinting
was found to be very suitable for revealing the
irregularly shaped masses of phosphide eutectic and at
the same time allowing the black flakes of graphite to
stand out clearly. Micrographs were taken only of
typical samples selected for purposes of illustration.
Some attempt was made to correlate the microstruc-
ture with the endurance in service, but, due to the
many variable factors, it was realized that any very close
comparisons were apt to be misleading. The inhomo-
geneity of cast iron made it somewhat doubtful that the
small sample used for metallographic examination was
representative of the whole. In some instances, how-
ever, with the aid of the principles governing the con-
stitution of gray cast iron, the samples could be approx-
imately classified, and the service records bore out fairly
well the predictions that could be made of mechanical
qualities from a study of the microstructure.
The microscope is most useful in determining the
size, amount, and distribution of graphite flakes, amount
of combined carbon, and to some extent the physical
.soundness of the castings.
1222
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
Conclusions are drawn and recommendations made
as follows:
On the basis of test made by inspectors of the U. S.
Railroad Administration and of the Bureau, which
were substantially in agreement, it is concluded that air
furnace or so-called "gun iron" is more uniform in
character and on the average of somewhat better
mechanical properties than cupola iron. The latter, how-
ever, often equals or even excels in mechanical proper-
ties the specimens of air-furnace iron tested in this
investigation. The sulphur content of the air-furnace
irons examined seldom exceeded 0.06 per cent, while the
cupola iron varied in sulphur content from 0.10 to 0.17
per cent.
It was impossible, except in a very general way, to
find any correlation between the quality of the iron as
developed by laboratory tests and the mileage obtained
in service. This is explained by the fact that many
other factors besides the quality of the iron enter into
consideration in the service results, namely, design,
lubrication, method of handling the locomotive, topog-
raphy of the country, character of water used in the
locomotive, etc. It is for the reasons cited above that
the conclusions and recommendations of this paper are
based essentially upon the results of laboratory tests.
The present specifications of the American Railway
Master Mechanics' Association are somewhat lax in the
requirements for mechanical properties. It is recom-
mended that the transverse-strength requirements of
a l}-in. arbitration bar on supports 12 in. apart be
increased from 3,200 to 3,500 lb. for castings i in. or
less in thickness, and from 3,500 to 3,800 pounds for
castings over i in. in thickness. It is further recom-
mended that the minimum deflection requirements for
both cases be increased from 0.09 to 0.11 in. The rate
of application of the load shall be from 20 to 40 seconds
for a deflection of 0.01 in. The division line of the
casting thickness is changed from I in. of the American
Railway Master Mechanics' Association, to * in. in order
to conform to the recognized standards of the American
Society for Testing Materials. Two arbitration-test
bars, cast as specified, should be poured from each ladle
used for one or more castings.
Composition Recommendations
It is preferable to leave the chemical composition and
the melting process used to the manufacturer, depending
for the most part on the mechanical tests, and of these
primarily upon the transverse test. The existing specifi-
cations allow a maximum of 0.70 per cent phosphorus
and 0.12 per cent sulphur; there are no developments in
this investigation which would warrant a revision of the
maximum permissible amounts of these elements.
For the chill test a sample of the iron shall be taken
before pouring and chilled in a cast-iron mold. The
sample shall be allowed to cool in the mold until it is
dark red or almost black, when it may be knocked out
and quenched in water. On being broken, it must show
a close-grained gray iron, with a well-defined border of
white iron at the bottom of the fracture. The depth of
the white iron must not be less than -fe in. as measured
at the center line, for castings i in. or less in thickness,
nor less than J in. for castings over i in. in thickness.
One chill test shall be poured from each ladle of metal
used for one or more castings. The specimens may be
cast in adjacent molds, but in such cases a space must
be provided between the molds.
Castings shall, of course, be smooth, well cleaned,
free from shrinkage cracks and from other defects suffi-
ciently extensive to impair their value, and mu.st finish
to blueprint size.
The purchaser, or his inspector, shall be given a
reasonable opportunity to witness the pouring of the
castings and test specimens, as well as to be present
when the mechanical tests are made. Inspection shall
be made at the place of manufacture, and the manufac-
turer shall also furnish the facilities for making the
mechanical tests, if desired.
Side-Cutting of Thread-Milling Hobs'
By EARLE BUCKINGHAM
(Continued Irom last week's issue)
The bobbing of internally threaded parts, when the
axis of the hob is parallel to the axis of the thread
which is being cut, develops conditions which are similar
in many respects to those which occur in the bobbing
of screws which have previously been discussed. The
same symbols will be used in this discussion as were
used in regard to the bobbing of screws and formulas
will be derived to show the interference between the
path of any cutting point on the hob and the flanks of
the thread.
Fig. 9 shows a diagram of a hob and the thread is a
nut which it is cutting. It will be noted that the value
of J/ is:
y = r — r' [9]
The equation for x is identical with equation [6] for
hobbing screws; namely,
In order to determine the value of y, the triangle shown
•Presented at the annual meeting of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers. New York, Dec. 7 to 10, 1920.
in heavy lines in Fig. 9 must be solved. The known
values will be taken aa r, R and B. From the relation
(r — R) sin B = i? sin (A — B)
(r - R) sin B
R
sin (A — B)
[10]
And given the value of B and (A — B), the value of
A is readily determined. Solving the triangle for r',
we have
R sin (180
sin B
= R
sin A
sin B
(11)
The value of y is then determined by equation [9].
In order to determine the nature of the side-cutting
the following example will be taken: A hob 0.800 in. in
outside diameter will be used to hob an internal Acme
thread, 2.000 in. in outside diameter, 4 threads per
inch.
First determine the maximum side-cutting at the
largest diameter of the work. The known values are
then r = 1.000, R = 0.400, AT = 4, and C = 14i deg.,
from which the following coefficients are obtained:
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1223
For B
X. —I
0.001995
0.00S7I0
—0.002039
0.008230
7°
~0 001928
0 011240
The side-cutting at a point 0.100 in. farther down
the flank of the thread will next be determined. In this
FIG. 9. DIAGRAM OF HOB AND INTERNAL SCREW
case r = 0.900 in., R = 0.300 in. and these give the
following coefficients:
For B
4°
5°
6»
0.001644
—0.001698
—0.001607
0.004383
0.006858
0.009900
When the side-cutting is at a point 0.200 in. below
the largest diameter of the work, r = 0.800 in. and R
= 0.200 in., giving the following coefficients:
For B
3° 30' 4°
-0.001297 —0.001303
0.004384 0.005704
4° 30'
—0.001236
0.007304
These values are plotted in Fig. 10. In general, the
curve is very similar to the one shown in Fig. 4, except
that the flank of the thread in the work is concave
instead of convex as in the case of a hobbed screw. It
will also be found that on hobbed nut threads the curv-
ature of the flank of the thread is much less than on
hobbed screw threads, while the amount of side-cutting
at the point, both on the x-axis and j/-axis, is much
greater; in other words, the fillet at the bottom of the
hobbed thread will be larger.
Fig. 11-A represents the fonn of the thread which
would be cut with a hob whose form was that of a
standard thread. The values employed are the same
as those used in discussing the bobbing of screws.
Fig. 11-B represents a corrected hob and the form of
thread cut with it. The formula for the corrected
angle of the hob will be very similar to that for
external bobbing, and is given by the equation:
tan C
(12)
tanC+^i— ^
"i u
As with the external hobs, the true correction of the
hob would be in a curved line. This is indicated by
the dotted line in Fig. 10-B. In this case, however, the
flank of the hob should be concave instead of convex
as in the case of external hobs. If the fillet at the
bottom of the thread should be objectionable, the point
of the hob could be extended by an amount equal
approximately to y.^ if undercutting was permissible.
In the example given previously, we have the follow-
ing values :
C, = 14° 41' 52" X, = 0.002039 in.
K = 0.000027 in. j/, = 0.008230 in.
In order to determine the effect of varying the diam-
FIG. 10. CURVES SHOWING FORM OF INTERNAL THREAD
eter of the hob, two further examples will be taken:
First, with the outside diameter of the hob equal to
1.200 in. and second, with it equal to 1.600 in.
The following tabulation is made to show the effects
TABLEIII. VALUES OF !//r FOR r/fi = 1.1 TO 4.0 (INTERNAL THREADS)
2°
3°
4°
5"
6°
7°
8°
9°
10°
11°
12°
13°
14°
15°
16°
17°
18°
19°
20°
21°
22°
23°
24°
25°
B/360°
0.002778
0.005556
0.008333
0.011111
0.013889
0.016667
0 019444
0.022222
0 025000
0.027778
0.030556
0.033333
0 036111
0.038889
0 041667
0 044444
0,047222
0 050000
0.052778
0.055556
0 058333
0 061III
0.063889
0 066667
0.069444
1.1
0.00001
0.00005
0 00010
0.00021
0.00035
0.00052
0.00072
0.00095
0.00121
0.00150
0 00182
0 00217
0 00255
0 00296
0 00340
0.00387
0.00437
0 00489
0 00544
0.00602
0 00663
0 00726
0 00792
0 00861
0.00933
1.2
0.00001
0.00010
0.00023
0.00045
0.00073
0.00107
0.00146
0.00192
0.00244
0.00302
0.00365
0.00435
0.00511
0 00593
0.00681
0 00774
0.00874
0.00978
0 01089
0 01205
0 01327
0 01454
0 01587
0.01725
0.01870
1.3
0.00001
0.00015
0.00036
0.00069
0.00111
0.00162
0.00220
0.00289
0.00367
0.00454
0.00549
0.00653
0 00767
0 00890
0 01022
0.01161
0 01311
0 01467
0 01634
0 01808
0 01991
0 02182
0 02382
0 02589
0.02807
1.4
0.00002
0 00020
0 00049
0,00093
0 00149
0.00217
0.00295
0.00386
0.00490
0.00606
0 00733
0,00871
0,01023
0,01187
0 01363
0 01548
0,01748
0,01956
0 02179
0 02411
0 02655
0 02910
0 03177
0 03454
0 03744
1.5
0.00002
0.00025
0 00063
0 00117
0 00187
0.00272
0 00370
0.00483
0 00613
0.00758
0.00917
0.01090
0.01279
0.01484
0.01704
0 01935
0 02185
0.02446
0 02724
0 03014
0 03319
0.03638
0 03972
0 04319
0.04681
1.6
0.00003
0.00031
0.00077
0.00141
0.00225
0.00327
0.00445
0.00581
0.00736
0.00910
0.01101
0.01309
0.01535
0.01781
0.02045
0 02323
0.02622
0.02936
0,03269
0,03617
0,03983
0 04366
0,04767
0 05184
0.05618
Ratio rlR
1.7
0.00004
0.00037
0.00091
0.00166
0.00263
1.8
0.00005
0.00043
0 00105
0.00191
0.00301
0.00382
0.00520
0.00679
0.00859
0.01062
0 01285
0.01528
0.01792
0 02078
0.02386
0.02711
0.03059
0.03426
0.03269
0.04220
0 04647
0 05094
0,05562
0.06049
0.06555
0.00437
0.00595
0.00777
0.00983
0.01214
0.01479
0.01747
0.02049
0.02375
0.02727
0.03099
0.03496
0.03916
0.04359
0.04823
0 05311
0 05822
0 06357
0.06914
0.07493
1.9
0.00006
0.00049
0.00119
0.00216
0.00340
0 00492
0.00670
0.00875
O.O1107
0.01366
0.01663
0.01966
0.02306
0,02673
0 03068
0,03487
0 03933
0,04406
0,04904
0 05427
0,05976
0 06551
0 07152
0 07779
0.08431
2.0
0.00007
0.00055
0.00133
0 00241
0.00379
0 00547
0 00745
0.00973
0 01231
0.01519
0.01837
0 02185
0.02563
0 02971
0.03409
0 03875
0.04371
0,04896
0,05449
0,06031
0.06641
0 07280
0 07947
0.08644
0.09369
2.5
0.00019
0.00089
0.00204
0 00364
0 00571
0 00823
0.01124
0.01470
0.01864
0.02306
0.02797
0 03331
0.03923
0 04560
0.05246
0.05983
0.06777
0.07630
0 08548
0.09535
0.10593
0.11725
0 12932
0 14213
0.15567
3 0
0.00031
0 00122
0.00274
0 00487
0.00762
0 01100
0.01502
0.01967
0.02498
0.03094
0.03757
0 04486
0 05283
0 06149
0 07084
0 08091
0.09183
0.10365
0.11647
0.13039
0.14546
0.16171
0.17917
0.19783
0.21766
3 5
0 00039
0 00147
0 00336
0.00600
0 00945
0 01369
0 01879
0 02477
0 03167
0 03952
0 04835
0 05817
0 06902
0 08092
0 09392
0 10807
0 12341
0 14000
0 15789
0.17713
4.0
0 00046
0 00178
0 00398
0 00713
0.01128
0.01673
0 02255
0 02987
0.03877
0 04811
0.05913
0 07148
0 08521
0 10036
0 11699
1224
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
of varying the diameter of the hob. (Diameter of work
^ 2.000 in.; 4 Acme threads per inch, see Fig. 11-A) :
Diameter of hob = 0.800 in.
II = 0.002039
V2 == 0.00823
2C' = 29° 23' 44"
1.200 in.
0 004615
0 017063
29° 25' 6"
1 . 600 in.
0.012734
0.052800
29° 28' 8"
It will be noted that the same general principles hold
true, as regards the effect of increasing the diameter
of the hob, for both external and internal bobbing.
The amount of side-cutting (x,) and the height of the
fillet (j/,) increase considerably as the diameter of the
hob increases, while the included angle of the corrected
hob increases but very slightly. If a tangential correc-
tion at the pitch line is used, the formula for determin-
ing C giveft for screws can also be used for nuts.
In order to determine the effect of varying the diam-
eter of the work, the following tabulation is made :
Diameter of work = 2 . 00 in.
n " 0.012734
!/i = 0.052800
2C'
29° 28' 8"
3.000 in.
0 002342
0 009719
29° 10' 24"
4.000 in.
0 001028
0.004080
29° 5' 52"
This tabulation shows the same general conditions as
exist in external bobbing. As the diameter of the work
increases, the side-cutting (.r,), the height of the fillet
(y,) and the angle of the corrected hob decrease quite
rapidly. Thus a hob which is corrected for a certain
diameter of work would introduce a noticeable error
when used for cutting a different diameter. The
amount of this change also decreases quite rapidly as
the diameter of the work increases. Beyond a certain
diameter of work, therefore, no correction would be
practically required.
It will be noted, if comparison is mad6 with external
bobbing, that the amount of side cutting in internal
bobbing is very much greater although the correction
in angle is somewhat similar.
In order to simplify the calculations, Tables III and
IV have been prepared. These are similar to Tables
I and II, and are to be used in exactly the same man-
ner.
It has been a common belief that for internal bobbing
the hob should be made as small as possible. . As a
matter of fact, any 60-deg. thread which does not have
a sharper helix than any of the U. S. standard threads
can be bobbed satisfactorily, with as large a hob as
will clear the tap-drill diameter, provided the hob is
suitably corrected. The only effect, beyond a slight
modification in the hob form, which is caused by the
use of a smaller hob is the reduction of the height of
fillet (yj at the bottom of the hob. To overcome this,
when the height may be objectionable, the point of the
hob may be extended, thus producing a slight undercut,
which is nearly always permissible.
:,, \<-~ {nr,-r,)li«Ct(F-!j:i)j ■
B
FIG. 11. FORM OF INTERNAL THREAD CUT WITH
UNCORRECTED AND CORRECTED HOBS
TABLE IV. VALUES OF y/r FOR r/R '
THREADS)
1.1 TO 1.7 (INTERNAL
B
B/360°
76°
0.072222
77°
0.075000
28°
0 077778
79°
0 080556
30°
0.083333
- Ratio r/R-
1.4
31°
32°
33°
34°
35°
36°
37°
38°
39°
40°
41°
42°
43°
44°
45°
0.086111
0 088889
0.091667
0 094444
0.097222
0. 100000
0.102778
0 105556
0 108333
0.111111
0.113889
0.116667
0.119444
0.122222
0.125000
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 17
0.01008 0.02020 0 03032 0 04044 0 05056 0 06069 0 07082
0.01085 0.02175 0,03265 0 04355 0 05445 0 06536 0 07627
0.01165 0 02336 0.03507 0 04678 0 05849 0 07020 0.08191
0.01247 0.02501 0.03755 0.05009 0 06263 0 07518 0 08773
0.01331 0 02671 0.04011 0.05351 0 06692 0 08033 0 09374
0 01418 0 02847 0 04276 0 05705 0 07134 0 08584 0 09994
0.01507 0.03028 0.04549 0.06070 0 07591 0.09112 0.10633
0 01599 0 03213 0.04828 0 06443 0 08058 0 09673 0.11288
0.01694 0 03405 0 05116 0 06827 0 08538 0.10249 0.11960
0 01791 0 03601 0 05411 0 07221 0 09031 0 10841 0 12651
0.01891 0 03802 0 05713 0 07624 0 09535 0 11446 0.13358
0 01993 0 04008 0.06023 0 08038 0.10053 0.12068 0.14084
0.02097 0 04219 0 06341 0 08463 0 10585 0.12707 0.14829
0.02205 0 04435 0.06666 0 08897 0 11128 0.13359 0 15590
0 02315 0 04657 0 06999 0 09341 0 11683 0 14025 0 16367
0.02429 0 04882 0 07337 0 09792 0 12248 0.14704 0 17160
0 02540 0.05111 0 07682 0 10254 0 12826 0.15398 0 17970
0 02655 0 05345 0 08035 0 10725 0 13415 0.16105 0.18796
0 02772 0.05583 0.08394 0.11205 0.14016 0 16827 0.19638
0 02891 0 05825 0 08759 0 11694 0 14629 0 17564 0.20499
Due to the above-mentioned misapprehension in re-
gard to internal bobbing, this method of manufacture
has been seldom used except on threads of about two
inches and over in diameter. It will be seen from the
foregoing, however, that it is practical for threads three-
quarters of an inch in diameter and upward, and under
some circumstances it can be successfully used on even
smaller diameters.
Inaccessibility of Auto Parts
By George Little
While discussing the inaccessibility of automobile
mechanism with an auto-repair instructor, the question
came up of how much time was lost unavoidably by
mechanics in getting at parts which required adjustment
or repair. He roughly estimated this time at about 75
per cent.
Recently, oil leaked from the crankcase of my car, so
I took a half-day off with the thought that I would get
it fixed in two or three hours. I am an experienced
mechanic, but instead of the three it took me nearer
eight hours to fix the leakage. I removed seventy-two
separate parts plus twenty-six lock washers — all to get
at something that required fifteen minutes to repair.
Nine of the capscrews were so located that at least five
minutes was required to remove each and ten minutes
to get each back and tightened properly.
No doubt there has been much experimenting done by
automobile makers and designers to get various parts
perfected so that a car will be turned out as nearly per-
fect as is mechanically possible, but I cannot help think-
ing that higher efficiency and more satisfied customers
would be the result if greater efforts were taken to make
some of the parts, now hard to get at, more accessible.
As a whole the automobiles of today are well designed
and usually well built. But when you get one on the
road, sooner or later you will find a weakness in some
of the little parts that are seemingly unimportant, due
to the lack of proper foresight of the designer. A
slight change in shape or a different material, a curled
edge or a rib added in the proper place to stiffen a weak
spot, two or three screws added to the number holding
a part in place or a next size larger screw would perhaps
be the means of saving many dollars and hours of time
for the owners.
A few repair jobs given to designers would possibly
help a great deal in remedying the inaccessibility of
many parts.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand Une
1225
THE first step in placing the processes of the
Bridgeport Brass Co. on a scientific basis was the
organization of a research laboratory. To begin
with it was necessary to make a research man out of
every foreman in the plant, many of whom were tech-
nically educated men, thoroughly trained in research
methods. Having organized the force, the processes
were carefully developed and scheduled, and then it was
necessary to provide an inspection laboratory to insure
the standards that had been set up. Therefore, the
laboratory work of the de-
partment may be divided
into two parts, the research
work and the control rou-
tine work. The research
work divides itself into two
general classes, namely : re-
search work on products of
the company and research
work on materials and
equipment employed by the
company in the manufac-
ture of its products. The
control laboratory syste-
matically samples the pro-
duct at the various stages
of manufacture and performs chemical analyses and cer-
tain physical tests, depending upon the nature of the
product and the particular step in the process from
which the sample was taken. In this way, it is pos-
sible to control closely the properties of the products
passing through the plant.
The control laboratory is specially valuable in pro-
tecting the various alloys from any impurities there
may be in the scrap used in their composition, and in
this way serves as an accurate guide in the determina-
tion of the proportions of various kinds of scrap to be
used in any given mixture.
The research department develops new alloys and
studies details of the manufacturing processes, with a
view to eliminating wastes and improving the quality of
the product. It examines the fuel, lubricating oils and
VI. Characteristics of Brass
Control of the quality of the product of a plant
depends not alone upon the perfection of the
mechanical apparatus used in its manufacture,
but also upon an exact knowledge of the char-
acteristics of the product, since they affect the
operation of the apparatus. The characteristics
of brass and the laboratory and research methods
used to determine them are herein delineated.
{Part V was published in the Dec. 16 issue.)
• R.ioWlpt nviblished bv the BridKeport Brass Ca, Bridgeport, Conn.
greases, the steel used for the dies and tools, and in
many other ways develops and guards the manufactur-
ing process in all its details.
The activities of this end of the business are far too
numerous to be described in detail, but some idea may
be obtained of the extent and character of the equip-
ment from the illustrations shown herewith. Fig. 69
shows the electrolytic cells for determining the copper
and lead content of brasses and bronzes as applied in the
control testing of the chemical laboratory. The glass
beakers are closed at the
top with semi-circular
pieces of glass, as may be
plainly seen at the left. The
girl in the center is wash-
ing off these plates so as to
prevent any possibility of
error, due to part of the
solution clinging to the
cover plates. The girl in
the background is setting
up a cell. The cells are op-
erated from a special low
voltage motor-generator
set. Fig. 70 is a view in
the balance room, where an
important part of the control work is carried on. In the
control laboratory every possible precaution is taken to
avoid errors. The measuring devices shown in Fig. 71
are so constructed that an accurate quantity of liquid is
measured automatically. All the operator does is to
pump until the measuring column is full to the top. An
internal tube, extending exactly to the upper graduation
of the measuring tube, draws off the liquid automati-
cally, leaving in the measuring tube the exact quantity
required. Fig. 72 shows special electric furnaces for
burning out filter papers. This is another improvement
calculated to eliminate possible errors. It supplants the
old method of open flame burner with the ever present
possibilities of loss, due to drafts or accidental upsetting.
Fig. 73 shows one of three micro-photographic machines.
These machines are used both in control testing and
investigation work. By means of systematic crj-stal:
1226
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
FIG. 69. ELECTROLYTIC CELLS FOR DETERMINING THE
COPPER AND LEAD CONTENT OF BRAS.SBS AND
BRONZES AS APPLIED IN THE CONTROL
TESTING OF THE CHEMICAL
L.ABORATORT
FIG. 70. A VIEW IN THE BALANCE ROOM
^^^^P^ t ^ ^
t
m
i
r
FIG.
SPECIAL ELECTRIC FURNACES FOR BURNING
OUT FILTER PAPERS
count, the standard of Bridgeport brass is maintained
at every stage of the rolling and drawing processes.
Scleroscopes and Brinell hardness testing machines
are used to test the hardness of the tubes and rod and
sheet metal. A group of testing machines is shown in
Fig. 74. In Fig. 75 is shown a conductivity bridge for
routine testing of phono-electric wire and in Fig. 76
a machine for tensile and compression tests. Miniature
melting and annealing furnaces for brasses and bronzes
are shown by Fig. 77. A bar mold and various tools
required for casting are shown in the center of the
picture. The research laboratory also uses a miniature
electric furnace for investigation purposes.
One of the most important elements in the successful
manufacture of rolled and drawn brass is the lubrica-
tion of the working parts. This company has found it
necessary to compound its own oils and greases for
these purposes. The equipment shown by Fig. 78 is part
of the oil laboratory in which formulas for compounding
are evolved. Full testing equipment used for the
inspection of fuels used in the power plant is illustrated
by Fig. 79. The various furnaces are purchased to
FIG. 71. AUTOMATIC LIQUID MEASURING DEVICES
FIG. 73. MICRO-PHOTOGR.A.PHIC MACHINES
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1227
FIG. 76. MACHINE FOR TENSILE AND COMPRESSION
TESTS
FIG. 79. FUEL TESTING EQUIPMENT USED FOR THE
INSPECTION OF FUELS USED IN THE POWER PLANT
FIG. 77. MINIATURE MELTING AND ANNEALING
FURNACE FOR BRASSES AND BRONZES
FIG. 80. ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR THE DETERMINA-
TION OF CARBON CONTENT IN STEEL
1228
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
80,000
^ (6624)
". 70,000
g (4«12)
a
S 60,000 1^-
0 <4218>
a<
1 50,000
z <8CU<
S 40,000
« (28121
S 80,000
I (210»1
s
z 20,000
» (1406)
s
E 10,000
(703)
/
■
-^
H-
1
/
-^
"^^
^
J
;>
\
a/
.^^
.t-^
JN_4.
iiCHES
<
\
SSi^
-?J»5
S-'W
\
\\
^
\
80 1
60S
z
8
50°
40f
30 =
70
PER CENT COPPER
60
SO
96-686
FIG. 81. RELATION BETWEEN PERCENTAGE OF COPPER
AND ZINC AND THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BRASS
specification and carefully checked. Fig. 80 shows
electrical apparatus for the determination of carbon
content in steel. This apparatus is part of the equip-
ment employed by the laboratory which controls the
metals used for the various dies and tools in the mills.
Characteristics of Brass
The useful alloys of copper and zinc cover a series
from about 55 per cent of copper and 45 per cent of
zinc up to pure copper, and exhibit a wide range of
normal properties and characteristics according to the
proportions of the two constituents present. Their
physical characteristics, when cold rolled and annealed,
vary with the proportion of the two ingredients as
shown in Fig. 81.
These curve? were produced by plotting the results
of tests on samples of sheet of various mixtures which
had been rolled to 0.1 in. thick and carefully annealed
at about 650 deg. C.
Brass Mixtures
Mixtures high in zinc are relatively unimportant
because of their comparative lack of toughness which
prevents their being readily worked cold. When con-
taining less than 63 per cent of copper, however, they
are readily rolled, forged or extruded, when hot.
Within this range they are usually alloyed with other
constituents for particular purposes. In the inter-
20 30 40 bO 60 70
PERCENT REDUCTION BY ROLLING
80
40 S
Be-884
FIG. 82. DIAGRAM SHOWING EFFECT OF REDUCTION OF
AREA UPON PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR BRASS
OF A GIVEN COMPOSITION
mediate and lower ranges from 57 to 60 per cent copper,
iron and tin are added, either singly or in combination,
to the extent of about 1 per cent each, to increase
strength, forming the manganese bronzes and naval
brasses. The range from 60 to 63 per cent, combined
with about 3 per cent of lead, covers the mixtures
usually employed for making "leaded" or "free cutting"
brass rod for screw machine use. From 63 to 70 per
cent are the high brasses ordinarily employed in making
sheet and strip; they constitute by far the greater
part of all the sheet produced.
The mixtures containing the higher percentages of
copper are necessarily more expensive and are required
when color or certain qualities of toughness are im-
portant.
Effects of Cold Working
The properties of any individual mixture may be
varied over a wide range by varying the amount of cold
working from the annealed state and by varying the
350° 460° 550° 650°
TEMPERATURE
750°
FIG. 83. DIAGRAM SHOWING EFFECT OF ANNEALING
TEMPERATURE UPON PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
FOR BRASS OF A GIVEN COMPOSITION
annealing temperatures from the cold worked state.
The relative effect which a given amount of cold work-
ing or degree of annealing produces varies with the
proportion of copper and zinc present.
The effect produced by a given amount of cold work-
ing is dependent solely upon the extent thereof irre-
^spective of whether it is effected by a series of reduc-
tions or by one of the same total magnitude.
Effects of Annealing
In Fig. 82 is shown the effect of cold rolling on brass
containing 67 per cent of copper. The percentage of
reduction is the expression of the initial thickness
minus the final thickness, divided by the initial thick-
ness and multiplied by 100. Fig. 83 shows the effects
of annealing a brass containing 67 per cent of copper
and 33 per cent of zinc at varying temperatures. These
values may be influenced somewhat by the degree of
cold rolling to which the material has been subjected
prior to annealing.
It is a usage of the trade to express the temper of
cold rolled brass in terms designating the amount of
reduction given in the final rolling after the last anneal,
"1 number hard" or "quarter hard" corresponding to
10 per cent, "2 numbers hard" or "half hard" to 20 per
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1229
cent and "4 numbers hard" or "hard" to 40 per
cent. Similarly the degree of annealing is some-
what roughly designated as light annealing,
soft and dead soft, corresponding to about 500
deg. C, 600 deg. C, and 700 deg. C. respectively.
Additions and Impurities
The quality of copper ordinarily employed in
brass is exceedingly high, containing 99.9 per
cent or more of copper, the balance being largely
oxj'gen, the presence of which is required mainly
to enable the metal to be cast in suitable form.
Zinc is, however, obtainable in various quali-
ties, the chief variable impurity in which is lead,
which is found in various percentages from a few
one hundredths up to as high as 2 per cent.
Lead
The quality of brass is affected to a consider-
able degree by the amount of lead carried by the
zinc of which it is produced. The effect of this
ingredient is to lower its toughness, ductility and
ability to withstand cold working processes, in-
volving stretching and distortion. The presence
of lead also has a very marked effect upon the
ease with which brass can be cut with a tool, and
where this property is of importance, lead is pur-
posely added in amounts up to 3 per cent or
slightly over.
Iron
Next to lead the most important impurity carried by
brass is iron, which is introduced partly with the zinc,
in which metal it exists in varying quantities according
to the grade of the latter, and also from accidental con-
tamination when in the molten state. The effect of iron
is to reduce ductility and increase hardness and its
influence in these respects is markedly detrimental when
present in quantities over 0.1 per cent.
Antimony and Bismuth-Arsenic
Other metallic impurities are seldom present in
amounts sufficient to be detrimental, although antimony
and bismuth, which are particularly objectionable, are
usually carried in minute amounts by copper. Arsenic
is sometimes present when grades of copper carrying
that element are employed, but its effect, however, is
ordinarily not pronounced and is useful rather than
objectionable.
Tin
Tin is sometimes present by accident and sometimes
by design. It increases the elastic limit and hardness
of the material some-
what and acts as a deter-
rent to certain corrosive
influences. Other ele-
ments are seldom found
in the presence of good
practice.
Accurate knowledge of
the physical properties
of brass and the use of
scientific methods in its
manufacture have not
heretofore been of suffi- fig. 84. sample from ex-
ciently wide employment tRUDED rod showing
^ , ,. , • MIXTURE OF ALPHA AND
to have resulted in any beta crystals
fig. 85. MICROSTRUCTURE OF BRASS WHICH HAS BEEN
ANNEALED AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES.
magnified 85 DIAMETERS
geherally accepted practice in specifying the qualities of
brass required for specific uses or in testing it for the
determination of its suitability. As a general rule,
therefore, the largest measure of satisfaction can be
secured when the brass maker is cognizant of the exact
purpose for which material is to be employed and in
close co-operation with the user can apply his knowledge
and skill to the selection of mixture and treatment best
adapted for the purpose.
The chemical, physical and research laboratories of
the Bridgeport Brass Co. are, in equipment and person-
nel, second to none in their ability to determine and
select the most suitable material for any particular
usage.
Temper
It is equally important, however, that the temperature
to which the material has been finally annealed, or the
temper to which it has been rolled in case a temper is
desired, be determined. The former may be ascertained
by the ordinary tensile test, although on thin material
this is somewhat uncertain. It may also be determined
by microscopic examination as the size of crystal varies,
as shown by Fig. 85, with varying temperatures of
anneal.
The scleroscope and Brinnell tests are also useful in
this connection. The latter in particular is applicable
to relatively thick sections. For thin sheet the Erichson
machine is very useful. This instrument employs a
dome shaped tool to draw sheet into the corresponding
shape. This drawing action is continued until fracture
occurs. The depth of the cup at fracture, which is
measured by the machine, is a measure of the ductility
of the material. At the same time the smoothness or
roughness of the drawn cup indicates roughly the size
of the crystal structure.
Comprehensive attempts to draw specifications for
various forms of wrought brass have not been con-
spicuously successful except in isolated instances. This
1230
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
is because of the absence of reliable data of a
specific nature relating the various properties of
brass to the requirements of individual users.
As indicated by the data heretofore given an
enormously wide range of physical characteristics
can be imparted to brass by variations in compo-
sition, heat treatment and manipulation.
Structure
The crystallic structure of brass is revealed by
the microscope. The crystals are of two kinds,
known respectively as the alpha and beta crystals.
The crystals shovro in Fig. 85 are alpha crystals,
while Fig. 84 shows a mixture of alpha and beta,
the light ones being the former and the dark
ones the latter. Fig. 85 shows the effect which
varying annealing temperatures have on crystal
size in the case of a sample of brass which has
been rolled quite hard and then annealed at
different temperatures. Fig. 86 shows the effect
upon the crystal structure produced by cold roll-
ing. In this instance a sample of very thor-
oughly annealed brass has been rolled to several
degrees of hardness as stated.
Some of the useful mixtures are composed
entirely of alpha crystals, some of beta crystals
and others of a mixture of the two. These crys-
tals separate out of the molten brass as solidifi-
cation occurs and exist singly or together in any
particular mixture according to its composition and
temperature. The alpha crystals are relatively weak
and ductile; the beta are stronger and less ductile.
The equilibrium diagram, Fig. 87, shows the relations
existing between the proportions of copper and zinc,
the temperature, and the crystallic structure. The line
ABC indicates the temperature at which, for various
proportions of copper and spelter, solidification begins
as a molten mass cools. The line A b^ b, c, C shows
the respective temperatures at which solidification is
complete. It will be seen from this diagram that the
presence of alpha or beta crystals is a function not alone
of the proportions of copper and spelter present but of
the temperature also. A brass containing 70 per cent
or over of copper will consist only of alpha crystals,
whereas one containing 65 per cent of copper will, when
at a temperature of 700 deg. C. or over, contain some
beta. If it is slowly cooled the beta will grow less as
the temperature falls and finally disappear completely.
If, however, it be rapidly cooled as by quenching in
water there will be insufficient time for the latter trans-
formation to take place and the presence of beta will
be found upon microscopic examination. Similarly a
1000
d
^900
UJ
o
-800
UJ
cc
Ij700
a
^ 600
?^^
-^^?~~--.-
MOLTEN
BRASS
^^B
b;^
\°\
""°^
=^
\^
BETA
/
ALPHA
'ALPh
\
a\
r
UJ
1-
500
1
BE!
■a\
_\
b,
u
n
V
400
u
t
1
00 9
0 i
0 7
0
e
0
0 4C
FIG. 87. EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAM OF COPPER-
ZINC ALLOYS
FIG. 86. MICROSTRUCTURE OF BRASS WHICH HAS RECEIVED
VARYING AMOUNTS OF COLD ROLLING.
MAGNIFIED 85 DIAMETERS
brass containing 60 per cent of copper will, after high
heating, contain all beta or a mixture of alpha and beta
according as it is rapidly or slowly cooled.
The Relation Between Brinell Hardness
and the Grain Size of Annealed
Carbon Steels
In Scientific Paper No. 397, issued by the Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D. C, are given the results of
a study of the relation between the Brinell hardness
and the grain size of annealed carbon steels, made by
Henry S. Rawdon, physicist, Bureau of Standards, and
Emilio Jimeno-Gil, professor of Physical Chemistry,
University of Oviedo, Spain. The general plan of study
included the determination of the hardness of specimens
which were of the same composition but widely different
in grain size. Two methods were used to develop grains
of different sizes, one being slow cooling after heating
in a furnace, the other consisting of annealing bars
which had been given a cold working by stretching in
tension. Each specimen was examined microscopically
and a grain-size determination attempted. The Brinell
hardness was determined in two different ways.
The results of the experiments show that no simple
and direct relation exists between the grain size and
the Brinell hardness number for carbon steels, although
a very pronounced increase in grain size is usually
accompanied by a decrease in hardness. No appreciable
difference in hardness number was observed between
groups of small crystals and the large ones of the same
specimen. The general effect of heating steel was to
harden it appreciably. The rate at which steel is cooled
affects the hardness much more than any other factor,
because of the effect on the structural condition of the
hardening constituents. The change in grain size is
often very abrupt, the cr>-stals growing rapidly vrith
but small increases in temperature, which is above the
Ac^ transformation point.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1231
Slotting-Machine and Planer
Toolholders for Railroad
Shop Use
By Frank A. Stanley
The halftone and the line drawing, Figs. 1 and 2, show
the construction of a heavy-duty adjustable slotting-
machine toolholder with backstroke re-
lease. The shank or body of this holder
which is turned down at the end to 3J
in. in diameter is threaded to eight
threads per inch to receive the inter-
nally threaded split sleeve A, Fig. 2.
This sleeve also fits to the threaded
shank of block B, and thus connects the
latter with the bar or shank. The block
B is made to carry the cast-steel head C
which is planed out across the upper
end to provide jaws to fit over the rect-
angular lower portion of B. Here head
C is mounted in place by means of a
taper pin upon which it rocks when in
operation.
The method of attaching the carrier
to the body by means of the sleeve A
allows the toolhead to be adjusted
around at any desired angle and securely
clamped when once set. The sleeve is
not only split vertically to permit of its
being gripped tightly to the threaded
members which it incloses, but it is fur-
ther cut horizontally well into the bore
at a point midway of its height and two
independent clamp screws are provided
so that the lower portion may be re-
leased upon the toolhead and the latter ^'■"— ""«-,g->
readjusted without loosening the upper fig. 2.
half and its grip upon the threaded end of the hoMer;
or the upper adjustment may be made without neces-
sarily loosening the clamp on the toolhead.
The toolpost D slides into a 2-in. cylindrical bore at
the bottom of the head C and the tool is clamped by the
nut which draws the post up and binds the slotter tool
against the upper side of the rectangular tool slot. The
head is held forward in normal position by a compres-
Stee.1 Spring
Frae Sef 2#", !4 Coils
.085 Steal Wiha, i'Ou+sidaWam.
Holz for j k-2i'->i
Taper Pin
DETAILS OF TOOLHOLDER SHOWN IN PIQ. 1.
FIG.S. 1 TO 6. THE SLOTTING-MACHINE AND PLANER TOOLHOLDERS
Fig-. 1 — ^Heavy-duty adjustable slottingr-machlne toolholder with back-stroke release. Fig. 3— Planer tool for cutting reverse
lever slots In foot bar. Fig. 4 — Adjustable shaper toolholder with back-stroke release. Fig. 6— Planer toolholder tor finishing ttoth
side's of cros.shead slot for gib in one operation.
1232
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
sion spring E, i-in. outside diameter by 21 in. long free
set. The spring is of 0.085-in. steel wire.
h<--./^"F/nee Sei^
D '/2"D!am.-''
Racoil Spring
5 Coils 0.050 Steel Spring
Wir«
Sh an k
itSfc) O^d ^ Machine &t«el
FIG. 5. DETAILS OF TOOLHOLDBR SHOWN IN FIG. 4.
enable the pins to be properly lubricated so that the
holders can operate freely upon their pins.
A tool of somewhat similar
design but made for use in
the planer is illustrated in
Fig. 6. This has a cutting
width over the tool points of
5i in. and is used for finishing
both sides of crosshead slots
for the gib in one operation.
The toolholders proper have
the same relief action as in
the case of the smaller size
just described. The ends of
the pins upon which the holder
blocks rock are seen at the
front of the device. The coil
springs are barely noticeable
in the photograph. The gage
seen in the foreground is used
for setting the two tools to
proper width for the slot to be
finished.
The tools illustrated in this
article were designed and
made at the Southern Pacific
Railroad shops, Sacramento,
California.
-rfiilHole
.■i"D!am.
KlS4 '■^ '64
Steel Tool Holders
Right and Left
A gang planer toolholder is shown in Fig. 3 and is
made for cutting reverse lever slots in foot bars. This
toolholder carries four cutting-off tools A of high-speed
steel which are beveled or cleared from the top thick-
ness of A in. to ^2 in. at the bottom. They are separated
or spaced by tool-steel filler blocks of the same degree of
bevel. The thicker filler block B at the outside of the
group of tools takes the pressure of the three side
clamping screws which have hollow heads and which
are set in flush with the outside of the holder. The top
of the holder is fitted with a half-inch tool-steel clamp
plate which is drawn down by four i-in. capscrews to
grip and seat the tools firmly.
An Adjustable Shaper Toolholder
The tool illustrated in Fig. 4 is a back-stroke release
holder for shaper tools. It is adjustable and its two
tools may be used for openings from 3J to 3ii in. wide.
Other sizes are made in similar designs. Details of this
holder are covered in the line drawing, Fig. 5.
The body A is of machine steel with a shank li in.
square, the body proper being shaped like a screw-
machine box tool. The blocks which hold the tools are
made right and left hand as shown at B. They are of
steel with J-in. holes finished through to receive
hardened and ground steel pins C, upon which they rock
to give the relief upon the back stroke of the shaper
i-am. This recoil or release action is opposed by the
coiled spring D which is seated in opposing holes in the
inner faces of the two tool blocks so that the two are
acted upon with uniform pressure. The pivot pins C
are seated with both ends in the body of the holder and
are secured in place by i-in. safety setscrews which are
set up against their inner ends.
The cutting tools are i-in. square and are placed in
square openings formed in the holders at an angle of
45 deg. When adjusted, the tools are secured by -A-in.
setscrews tapped in through the top of the holders. The
small oil holes near the rear ends of the tool blocks
Frame Welding Apparatus in
Railroad Shop
By Frank A. Stanley
The collapsing forge and the special power hacksaw
shown in the illustrations herewith are used for welding
operations on locomotive frames at the Southern Pacific
shops at Sacramento, Cal. The forge is used in con-
nection' with fuel oil burners which are introduced
through the openings in the front. The forge walls are
built up of fire brick and held together while in use by
the angles at the corners, through which are introduced
tie rods with nuts at the ends.
FIG. 1.
COLLAPSING FORGE FOR LOCOMOTIVE
FRAME WELDING
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1233
FIO.
SPECIAL.
JOB,
POWER SAW USED ON A ROUNDHOUSE
PREPARING FOR OIL WELD
openings being left at whatever points are required for
clearing the frame members, for introducing the heat-
ing apparatus and for the heavy air hammers that are
used in welding the job. Building up the collapsing
forge and heating the joint is usually done in less than
a couple of hours. With the welding iron in place and
the work heated to welding point, the frame is drawn
up taut to close up the inserted metal in the joint to,
say, about vit in. thick by means of heavy through bolts
and clamps applied to the frame sides, and as the clamps
are tightened gradually the work is acted upon at each
side by heavy air hammers applied through the openings
at opposite sides of the forge. Usually an allowance of
A in. in the work is left for shrinkage as the frame cools
off after welding.
The collapsing forge and saw outfit have been used
with the greatest success on a large number of jobs of
this character.
The forge is built up around the portion of the frame
requiring repairing by welding. It is used either in
the roundhouse or at the shop pits. Before welding,
however, the frame is operated on by the power sawing
machine seen in Figs. 2 and 3. In the first of these
views the sawing machine is shown on a roundhouse job
cutting through the top of a locomotive frame, while in
Fig. 3 a similar machine is seen in operation on the side
of a jaw with the same blade cutting horizontally
instead of in the customary vertical direction.
The Saw Arrangement
The sawing machine is made up of a special frame
mounted upon a bracket which carries also the shaft for
the main driving gear. This gear is connected with and
driven by a small gear operated by the spindle of an air
drill motor, which in Fig. 3 is shown supported upon a
block directly under the saw frame. The gear i-eduction
is about six to one, giving a speed rate sufficiently low
for satisfactory operation of the saw.
The saw is used to cut through the frame at the point
where a crack may have occurred and thus a clean
square surface is secured for the welding of the joint.
After the frame has been thus cut a piece of Norway
iron, say 1 in. thick, is placed in the opening. The
forge is then built up around the work, the fire brick
Emergency Method of Cutting Thread
By Richard H. Kiddle
We recently had occasion to cut a thread on a brass
casting of such shape as to require a thread tool the
reverse of the one commonly used to cut inside threads.
roo/
P'IG. 3. POWER SAW CUTTING SIDEWISE THROUGH
LOCO.MOTIVE FRAME. PREPARING FOR OIL WELD
EMERGENCY METHOD OF CUTTING A THREAD
We had but one casting, so to save the time of forging
a new tool we simply ran the lathe backwards and used
the regular inside tool. The sketch shows the shape of
casting.
A Veteran of Three Wars
By Thomas L. Stephen
Referring to the article entitled "Veteran of Three
Wars," which appeared on page 1032 of the American
Machinist; we have read the article with considerable
interest and have been making some investigation
among our old records covering Putnam tools.
From the illustration, there would appear to be some
Putnam characteristics on this lathe, particularly with
respect to the headstock, tailstock, bed, and compound
slide. The carriage is, however, unlike anything that
Putnam ever made. The T-slots in the wings of the
carriage run parallel to the toolslide and this is a feature
which Putnam never approved. If the carriage shown
is the one originally sent with the machine (and, of
course, no one knows whether this is so or not), then
the machine is not a Putnam product. While the writer
is not so intimately acquainted with the older builders
of large lathes, he is rather of the opinion that the New
Haven Machine Co. may have been the manufacturer of
this sturdy veteran.
1284
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
Machining Large Water Turbines
By FRED H. COLVIN
Editor, American, Machinist
As nearly all of the water
turbines turned out by the
Pelton Water Wheel Co., San
Francisco, Cal., are designed
for specific duties, almost
every wheel becomes a special
job, often taxing both the ca-
pacity of the machine tools
and the ingenuity of the ex-
ecutives and men to an un-
usual degree. The difficulties
of this work, however, make
it extremely interesting as can
be seen from the accompany-
ing illustrations.
1">0 ONE who is accustomed to
work of comparatively small
size and to production in such
quantities as to warrant the design-
ing and building of elaborate special
fixtures and machines, the problems
presented in the manufacture of
large Pelton water wheels or tur-
bines must seem nearly insurmount-
able. Both the executives and
workmen of the Pelton shop are,
however, accustomed to work of this
kind and to solving difficult machin- /
ing problems. A few examples of turbine work are
illustrated herewith and are particularly interesting on
account of the way in which both the work and the
machines have been handled to accomplish the desired
results.
In Fig. 1 is shown the casing of a good-sized turbine
FIG. 1. A 14-FT. HORIZONTAL BORING MACHINE AT WORK
being bored and faced on a 14-ft. floor-type boring mill.
The hole being bored is about 36 in. in diameter, the
boring head being shown at A and the boring tool at B.
The method of blocking up a heavy casting of this kind
can be seen at C and D while the type of adjustable
angular brace is shown at E and F. Details of the bor-
FIG. 2. DETAIL OF THE CUTTER HEAD
FIG. 3. BORING AND FACING A 9-FT. HOLE
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
12S5
FIG. 4. RADIAL DRILLING ON A BORING MILL TABLE
ing head are shown in Fig. 2, which is taken from the
other side.
An unusual and interesting job, shown in Fig. 3, is
the boring of a 20,000-hp. cast-steel turbine casing
having an internal diameter of approximately 9 feet.
As it was impossible to swing this casting on the boring
mill table, as well as not being feasible to handle it in
the same way as shown in Figs. 1 and 2, an entirely
different method was devised and put into practice.
The housings and cross-rail of a large vertical boring
mill were removed from the base, leaving only the table
and its driving mechanism. Then the casing with the
%*
sa-rapi^.T-;
a^^t'n^.
■m.
(-^:-
FIG. 5. ANOTHER METHOD OF RADIAL DRILLING
1236
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
four sections bolted together as shown, was mounted
on suitable blocking over the bed and table of the boring
mill, and centered with the table. The boring mill table
is shown at A, while B shows a substantial tool head
mounted on the table and revolving with it, carrying
the cutting tool as it revolves. This arrangement
enabled the central opening to be bored and faced in
good time. This view also shows the blocking and the
use of the braces at C.
It will also be noted that the different sections of the
casing are bolted together with studs screwed
alternately into the flanges of the four pieces. This
method makes it possible to get the studs close together
and still have room for wrenches on the nuts. Close
spacing of the studs is made necessary owing to the
extremely high pressures at which these turbines work,
the head being frequently as great as 1,500 ft. and
occasionally somewhat more.
After the center opening has been bored and faced,
the toolhead is removed from the boring mill table, and
the column of the radial drilling machine, shown in
Fig. 4, is bolted to the center of the table. The column
is simply removed from its base, picked up by a crane
and lowered into the opening as shown. The blocking
remains the same as before.
A somewhat different method of drilling another
turbine casing is shown in Fig. 5. Here a complete
radial drilling machine is picked up by the crane and
the base threaded through the center of the casing, or
the column removed and replaced as the case may be.
The illustrations show some of the different expedients
which it is necessary for a shop of this kind to use and
which relieve the ' work of any tendency toward the
monotony usual in mass production.
At the time of my visit there were in process of con-
struction six units of 15,000 hp. each, for Japan. The
cases for these units, owing to the water to be used,
had to be lead lined which was considerable of an under-
taking. The turbines were to run at 300 r.p.m. which
gives a peripheral speed of about 200 ft. per second.
Conversion Factors for Weights
of Metals
By Chester E. Josselyn
The usual method of obtaining weights of similar
castings necessitates the use of a calculation of the
0.26 X 5.75
following sort:
0.31
4.8225, when a brass
casting weighs 52 lb. and it is desired to know its weight
if it were iron. The 0.26 and 0.31 are weights per
cubic inch of cast iron and of brass, respectively. By
use of the constant multipliers given in the table the
work can be simplified, the multipliers being obtained
by dividing the unit weight of the desired material by
that of the given material.
The use of the table may be illustrated by means of
TABLE SHOWING RELATIVE WEIGHTS OF METAL.
Material of . Multipliers for weight of deaired material ■
given weight Cast Iron Steel Brass Lead Aluminum
Cast Iron I 1.0769 1.1923 1.5769 0 3461
Steel 0 9285 1 I 1071 1.4643 0 3214
Brass 0.8387 0.9032 1 13225 0 2903
Lead 0.6341 0.6829 0.7561 1. 0 2195
Aluminum 2.8888 3.1111 3.4444 4 5555 1
Weighta per
cubicinch 0 26 0 28 0.31 0 41 0 09
an example: If a brass casting weighs 51 lb., the same
casting of iron weighs 5.75 X 0.8387 = 4.8225 lb., the
multiplier 0.8387 being found opposite the name of the
material of given weight, brass, on the left and in the
column headed cast iron, the weight of which is desired.
A Mortising Machine for Locomotive
Cab Work
By J. H. Vincent
The mortising machine shown herewith has been com-
pleted recently in the Decatur shops of the Wabash
Railway Co. It is used by the carpenters of the loco-
motive cab department to handle mortising work that
was formerly done by hand.
The frame and workrest are made of oak. Slotted
openings are provided for the bolts that hold the work-
rest to the uprights so that the former may be adjusted
for varying heights of work. The mortising toolhead
slides on guides made from steel forgings.
The toolhead A carries a special mortising tool pro-
vided with a handle B that drops into slots in the tool-
head; these slots, together with a setscrew, hold the tool
in position when turned to face in either direction. The
arched steel bar C above the frame carries a coil spring
that sustains the weight of the toolhead and connecting
rods D and E and lifts them after each stroke of the
foot-lever.
MORTISINf^ MACHINE WITH WOODKN FRAME
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1237
I
Machining Railroad Cross-Ties'
By D. W. EDWARDS
Greenlee Bros. & Co.
The author tells of the recognition of the eco-
nomic importance of prolonging the life of rail-
road cross-ties by increasing their resistance to
mechanical wear and decay. The necessity of
certain machining operations is explained and
the operations, together with the machines re-
quired for them, are described. Both portable
and stationary systems are considered.
THE cost of railway-track maintenance has vastly
increased in recent years and one of the largest
single items of expense involved in this work is
the cost of cross-ties. Not only is their cost increasing
with the diminishing supply of the most suitable tim-
ber and the growing scarcity of labor, but their life
when unprotected grows shorter because of the greater
destructive effects of heavier wheel loads and more fre-
quent trains. Also the labor cost of renewing ties,
exclusive of the value of ties themselves, has advanced.
A consideration of these facts leads to the conviction
that there is no department of railway administration
in which there is such an opportunity for large saving
as in the field of tie conservation. It is encouraging to
observe that the number of plants for the chemical
treatment of ties is constantly increasing, heavy tie
plates are coming into more general use, and a growing
appreciation of the importance of improved rail fasten-
ings is apparent.
Two Causes op Tie Deterioration
There are two causes of tie deterioration, decay and
mechanical wear, and there is no economy in increasing
the resistance to one without also increasing the resist-
ance to the other. In some localities decay proceeds
more rapidly than mechanical wear, and in arid sections
ties wear out before they decay, but as an average
the two destructive agents may be considered of prac-
tically equal importance.
It is evident that efficacy of treatment can be realized
by doing all cutting before the treatment takes place
so that the chemical may present an unbroken barrier
to the attacks of decay spores. The majority of all
ties are so winding or crooked that they should be
adzed to secure proper bearings for the rails, but to
do this after treatment is folly as it nullifies the effect
of the treatment at the points where it is most needed,
around the rail fastenings.
Smooth, safe and durable track demands the equal
distribution of the load over all ties. This result can
be obtaiiied only by providing a perfect and equal
bearing for each rail on every tie. By so doing it is
possible to eliminate half-moon breaks in rail bases,
to greatly reduce rail cutting and to lower the labor
cost for upkeep, because surface is more easily main-
tained. This can be done accurately only by a machine
designed for the purpose. It cannot be satisfactorily
done by hand adzing.
Tests made by the United States Bureau of Forestry,
and independently by many railway companies, show
that the holding power of common square spikes is
increased by driving them into previously bored holes
of suitable size. The resistance to transverse flange
pressure is also increased because the spikes have a
backing in the solid wood and not against the torn
and distorted fibers. When the spikes are driven into
bored holes the gage is better maintained, respiking
is less often necessary and the ties are not so soon
spike-killed.
Where ties are to be treated it is essential that they
be bored for the spikes before treatment as the holes
permit the chemical to enter the interior portion of the
tie. When the spikes are driven there is no possibility
of the grain of the wood being opened to moisture
beyond the penetration- depth. The elimination of decay
around the .spikes removes the most fruitful cause of
the necessity for tie renewals. A lighter total treat-
ment will give the same or better results because the
effect is concentrated where most needed.
That ties are frequently terribly mutilated through
driving cut spikes directly into them without boring is
clearly illustrated in Fig. 1. Although the saving of
putting machined ties in track is slight in proportion
to the total return thus gained, this alone is sufficient
to pay the cost of the adzing, boring and trimming-
operations.
Importance op Trimming
Trimming off the ends of ties by means of cut-off
saws exposes internal decay which is not otherwise
apparent because of the weather-hardening of the ends.
A considerable percentage of ties is so decayed in-
ternally as to be of little value and these may be thrown
out before the cost of treatment has been expended
upon them. This raises the average grade of the ties
put in track and gives more uniform service. Trim-
ming also increases the absorption of the chemical by
the removal of the refractory case-hardened end sur-
faces.
Recently a quantity of short ties was required in a
tunnel project. More than twice the number were taken
•Presented at the Annual Meeting, New York, December. 1920.
of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
PIG. 1. CROSS-SECTIONS OF TIE SHOWING EFFECT OF
SPIKES DRIVEN WITH AND WITHOUT BORINC,
1288
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
from apparently sound ties before a sufficient quantity
that actually were sound were obtained. In another
instance 640 ties were rejected after trimming from
a lot of 3,000 ties of perfectly good outward appearance,
which goes to prove that it not only pays to trim
the tie ends for inspection of their internal state of
preservation but that in that manner only can their
true state be discovered. That an unsound tie should
not be treated or put in main line track is beyond
argument.
Why Ties Are Adzed
Briefly, ties are adzed to assure perfect rail-plate
bearing; bored to permit chemical penetration, provide
correct gage and perfect spike support; and trimmed
for appearance and inspection. That the trimming
operation is of the utmost importance and worthy of
serious consideration cannot be too greatly emphasized.
It has been almost universal practice on the English
and many other European railways to machine their ties
before attaching the rails or rail chairs to them. The
consensus of opinion there is to the effect that such
preparation by machining is of marked economy. Years
of observation, and tests on both treated and untreated
ties, have proved that longer life is obtained by the
machining operation.
American railroads that have assisted in the devel-
opment of machines for adzing, boring and trimming
ties believe that great economy in track maintenance
is derived through their use. Every road that has
made an installation of equipment of this character,
after a period of practical tests through use of machined
ties, has added to its original plants, and is endeavoring
as rapidly as possible to provide for machining all ties
used in main-line track.
The operations performed on machined ties are trim-
ming, adzing, boring and branding. Standard machines,
developed through ten years of more or less experimental
work, are now on the market and a great many installa-
tions are in successful operation in various tie yards
throughout the United States. The trimming, adzing,
boring and branding machines are in the main built
in individual units and so installed that the ties pass
automatically from one to the next. Any one or more
may be either installed or operated without considera-
tion of the rest.
There are two distinct systems followed in installing
these machines, each of which has advantages peculiar
to itself, the choice being governed by the conditions
under which it must operate. These are installations
in fixed locations, and portable installations in which
the machine is mounted in a car which may be moved
from place to place. Each system has strong advocates
but apparently there is little difference in the ultimate
economy. The stationary type has somewhat greater
output, but this is offset in a great degree by the
cheaper handling of ties to the portable type. Since
there are more stationary than portable plants in oper-
ation at the present time, doubtless this type is deserv-
ing of the closer study.
Stationary Installations
For the complete four-unit type of trim saw, adzer,
borer and brander, and with in and out tramcar tracks,
skidways and conveyors, a building is required 66 ft!
6 in. long by 36 ft. 6 in. wide. The mill building is
one story high, 14 ft. to the plate with gable roof
A shed-roofed lean-to 12 ft. x 16 ft. at one side pro-
FIG. 2. TIK-SAWING OR TRIMMING MACHINE
vides accommodations for the toolroom equipment which
includes the knife grinder, saw grinder, two work
benches, emery-wheel stand, tool cabinet, countershaft-
ing and motor for driving the grinders and the usual
set of mechanic's hand tools and vises.
The incoming tram track is 2 ft. higher than the
outgoing one. This provides the desired elevation for
unloading and reloading the trams in the mill and gives
a down-grade pitch to the track for moving the empty
tram cars around the mill by hand. The machine foun-
dation is a raised platform of 4-in. thick wood plank
carried on heavy timber stringers supported by con-
crete posts from the concrete floor of a pit 5 ft.
deep. The shavings-exhaust pipes and waste-ends con-
veyor are placed within this pit. The tie machines,
their countershafting and motive power are placed on
the raised platform. On this platform at one side of
the machine an operator's station is built up about 2
ft. high. Control levers governing the machine oper-
ation are extended to this point from which he can
watch and command the entire action.
Trains of loaded tram cars en route to the treating
cylinders are switched up the li per cent up-grade
ingoing mill track. At the mill the track starts on a
li per cent downward slope, passes through the m.ill
on a return bend at the rear side and back to connect
with the main line. Loaded trams are cut off the
train and pushed on the down grade into the mill.
When empty they are moved around the return bend to
the delivery side. Here they are reloaded, shoved out
of the mill, the bales applied and they are moved on
down the track and again made up into trains and
switched to the retorts.
Unloading the Ties
Ties enter the mill in tram cars that stop in front
of the skidways. A tram-car dumping rig removes
the load of ties from the car and deposits it on the
skidways. This consists of an overhead winch, driven
by power. The double capstans wind up chains securely
anchored at their lower ends to heav>' cast-iron abut-
ments over which the ties are rolled by the tightening
action of the chains. As the winch unwinds the chains
lower and rest in slots in the floor, permitting the tram
car to pass on.
The bales are removed from the tram cars just before
the loads enter the front side of the mill. As the
trams are unloaded they are moved around the circular
track to the delivery end of the mill. Here they are
reloaded and moved out to the front side of the mill
where the bales are again applied. Wherever possible
the mill should be located between the stacking yard
and the treating cylinders so that all ties must pass
it in their movement between these two points.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1239
The ties are halted in their fall down the skidways
by railroad rails suspended from overhead. Two men,
one either side of the skids, place the ties face down-
ward in the correct endwise position on the machine's
in-feed conveyors. The passage of the ties from this
point through the machines is automatic and the trim-
ming, adzing, boring and branding and delivery to the
out-feed conveyors are accomplished mechanically. From
the out-feed conveyors the ties drop into the outgoing
tram car and are properly laid in place by two laborers.
A loading form that outlines the bale circle assists the
men in finishing off the load so the bales will fit in
place when the loaded tram car leaves the mill. Since
ties bind against the form, this device is arranged to
swing as the load moves out and thus not interfere with
the movement of the car.
Ties pass through the machines face downward and
all operations are performed from below. Provision
is made so the regular run of ties, large and small,
straight and crooked, pass through as they may come
and are automatically machined regardless of their
irregularity of size and form.
Description of Machines
The double trim saw (Fig. 2) cuts about i in. off
each end of the ties. This removes the old hardened
end wood, thus permitting better penetration of the
chemical used for preservation, makes all ties of equal
length, which makes for better and neater roadway, pre-
sents true surfaces for the brand and principally discloses
the condition of the internal state of preservation.
The design comprises a heavy cast-iron base upon
which are mounted housings that carry the saw arbors
and feeding mechanism. The housings are gibbed to
the base and are movable longitudinally upon it by
means of large screws and a back-geared handwheel.
Each carries an independently driven saw arbor. The
feed consists of two endless chains driven through
speed-reducing gearing from the main countershaft.
Refuse removal is accomplished by a shavings-exhaust
fan piped to the dust chutes beneath the saws, and by
a block conveyor which removes the waste ends and
delivers them where required. This conveyor is of the
chain type and is placed below the base, receiving the
waste from the hoppers outside the saws.
The tie-boring machine (Fig. 8) is usually employed
in combination with the trim saw and adzer, but there
are some cases, such as work on sawed ties, where
boring alone may be deemed sufficient. The feed is
by means of a set of hinged
and counterweighted dogs
which are reciprocated by a
cam and lever movement
through worm and spur gear-
ing. On the backward stroke
the dogs pass under the ties,
rise behind them and carry
them ahead on the forward
stroke. This intermittent feed
gives time for the boring oper-
ation to take place upon the
tie which is between the
clamps. Feeding and dis-
charge conveyors of any rea-
sonable length may be applied.
A centering and clamping
device holds the ties while the
bits are boring, and automat-
ically locates the holes so that the plate will rest cor-
rectly in the center of the available timber. This device
consists of a pair of cam-operated spring-hinged center-
ing and clamping jaws carried by the overhead supports
and operated in unison with the bit-spindle feed. The
centering jaws are assisted in their clamping work by
four sets of graduated hold-downs that prevent the tie
from raising. Since the centering device operates on the
exact center line of the rail, the boring is located in the
center of the available timber.
The bit spindles are arranged in two groups of two,
three or four spindles each with adjustment between
the groups for gage, and between the spindles of each
group for different widths of rail bases and tie-plate
punching. A tie-boring templet having hardened bush-
ings for guiding the tie-boring bits assures correct
boring. Templets are made for each type of boring
and are properly marked for identification.
The Automatic Adzing Machine
The automatic adzing machine (Fig. 4) produces per-
fect plane surfaces at the points where the rails or
tie plates will rest. Its productive capacity is so great
and its operation so simple that perfectly surfaced ties
can be turned out at very small fraction of the cost
of hand adzing. The heavy cast-iron bedplate carries
two housings, one fixed and one adjustable thereon.
Each of the housings carries an independent arbor with
a shear-cutting, expansion adzing head, 11 in. in diam-
eter and cutting up to 14 in. wide. The adzing heads
are surrounded by refuse chutes arranged for con-
nection to a shavings-exhaust system. Above each head
is carried a weighted hold-down shoe having its fall
regulated by an air cushion. The feed is by endless
chains fitted with carrying dogs and driven by gears
from the main shaft. A self-adjusting equalizing
device which automatically raises or lowers one or both
of the ways upon which the ties travel over the cutting
heads so functions that the depth of cut is divided
equally between the two ends regardless of bends in
the tie, instead of the low end being cut much deeper
than the other.
The operation of the brander is both automatic and
hand-controlled. After the boring operation is com-
pleted the tie is released from the clamps and moves
forward where it strikes a trip which operates supply
valves and allows compressed air to enter the valve
chests. The cylinder valves are operated by a cam
connected with the feeding mechanism of the boring
FIG. 3. .VUTOMATIC TIE BORING MACHINE
1240
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
materially reduces the ma-
chining cost per tie, because
the fixed charges are spread
over a greater volume of
output.
Its daily output is less thaa
that of a machine in a fixed
location, but as one handling
of the ties is eliminated its
unit production cost varies
little from that shown by the
stationary engine. A c o m -
promise arrangement is often
adopted which involves placing
the portable machine in a fixed
location in the yard and bring-
ing the ties to it in trams.
This gives practically the same
output as a machine on a sta-
tionary foundation but with a
smaller original investment.
The car which forms the
basis of the portable outfit
must be of steel underframe
construction, 50 ft. long and
of the greatest possible width,
within standard clearance limits. While it may be a
little less it works out best when at least 9i ft. wide.
Its load capacity should be not less than 80,000 lb. It
is better to build the necessary superstructure on a flat
car, arranging the openings as dictated by the machine
layout, than to remodel a box car.
The power plant is usually a heavy tractor-type-
internal-combustion engine. When the trim saws are
included in the equipment a six-cylinder engine develop-
ing 90 hp. is employed. When the saws are not included
a four-cylinder engine of 62 hp. is sufficient. The main
motor is usually furnished with a small auxiliary gaso-
line engine for starting. Gasoline is used for starting
after which distillate or kerosene is used for running.
Through a suitable transmission with lever control
the engine drives directly to the tie machines or to the-
car axles giving a self-moving speed of about 100 ft.,
per minute for traveling about the tie yard.
Portable Plant Equipments
Portable plant equipments include the trimming,
adzing, boring and branding sections, power plant, ear-
when thrown in causes ties to be retained by the con- propelling device, tram-moving winch, shavings-exhaust
veyor while the outgoing trams are exchanged. This system, knife grinder, work benches and an electric-
provides time for the operators to dispose of a loaded lighting plant consisting of an independent direct-
and place an empty tram in position without stopping connected engine and generator with switchboard,
the machine feed; thus constant production is main- While this is a good deal of equipment in a small space,
tained. A shavings-removal system is provided. The it is a fact that there is room sufficient for the eco-
machines are built with shaving chutes at each adzing nomical operation and maintenance of the entire outfit,
head and group of bits, with flanges for connecting the To operate a tie-machining plant a crew of eight men
piping leading to a shaving-exhaust fan. A cyclone is required, consisting of one foreman mechanic, his
assistant, the machine operator and five laborers. Six
to seven ties per minute are run and 2,500 to 3,000
ties per day are machined, or approximately 500,000
per year.
The total cost, including interest on the investment,
maintenance, operation and all other items of expense
incidental to the production of the finished cross-tie
FIG. 4. AUTOMATIC TIE-ADZING MACHINE
machine and are timed to open when the tie arrives
between the dies. The blows are struck on both ends
simultaneously and the dies withdrawn. The feed then
discharges the tie from the machine. As ties which
have S-irons driven in their ends to keep them from
splitting should not be subjected to the branding blow,
a lever is provided by means of which the machine
operator can cut off the air and cause the cylinders to
miss the stroke when the ironed tie comes between
them.
The Sawing Operation
In-feed conveyors deliver ties from the skidways to
the machine proper. The trim saw is placed first in
the train. Saws 30 to 36 in. in diameter are used.
The adzing machine receives the ties from the trim saw.
The boring-raachine feed moves them at an accelerated
speed to the bits. There they pause, are centered,
clamped and bored, and passed on to the brander which
is placed to the rear of the borer. Out-feed conveyors
pick up the ties at this point and deliver them to trams.
These conveyors are fitted with an accumulator which
dust collector is used where shavings are delivered in
the open.
Portable Installations
Portable installation is advantageous when plant con-
ditions make it more economical to take the machine to
the ties than to bring the ties to the machine. Also
where the machine may be required only a part of the perfectly machined and properly prepared for chemical
year in one plant and can be conveniently moved to treatment and service, is so small in proportion to its
another and thus be kept in practically continuous opera- real value as shown by the results obtained that rail-
tion throughout the year. This is important as it roads generally are now fast adopting this method.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1241
Chart for Determining Safe Loads
By J. B. Conway
In general mechanical design it is necessary to pre-
determine just what will be the safe load that a piece of
given dimensions will sustain or the size of a piece when
the load is known. Those whose work necessitates fre-
quent calculations of this nature usually have the neces-
sary formulas and other information at hand; but in
tool design and shop practice the proportioning of parts
is customarily arrived at by the use of good judgment
or factors governing the design that cannot be altered.
In the latter instance the metal is proportioned for
strength and rigidity with but very few, if any, pre-
liminary calculations. On the other hand, if such
information as is required was available in condensed
form for ready reference, greater reference would be
made to it. The accompanying chart is designed to
facilitate the work of proportioning parts such as shaft-
ing of short lengths, after general machine and tool
practice. A study of it will no doubt prove helpful to
those having occasion to use data of this nature.
The formula, which is the basis of the chart, is P =
AS / f, where A = area of the part in square inches;
S the unit stress in pounds per square inch or ultimate
strength; / = the factor of safety; and P := safe load
in pounds. The formula is for calculating the dimen-
sions of small parts when the stress is known, or vice
versa, and pertains to parts whose length does not
exceed ten times the smallest diameter or shortest side,
if a square. For parts exceeding such dimensions, the
usual formula for columns should be used.
As an example, let us assume that it is required to
find the diameter of an axle with bearings on either
end, supporting a load of 40,000 lb., to safely resist
shearing. Since there are two bearings the stress on
each will be 20,000 lb. Assuming that the path traveled
by the wheels is irregular and that consequently the
load varies it will be safe to use a factor of safety, for
wrought-iron, of 6 ; the unit stress, or ultimate strength
of the material will be taken as being 50,000 lb. Then
A = Pf/S, or A = 20,000 X 6 -:- 50,000 = 2.4 square
inches. The diameter will be the square-root of
2.4/0.7854 or 1.75 in., the diameter necessary to with-
stand a shear-load of 20,000 lb.
Referring to the chart we find two double scales upon
which are plotted the values ot A, S, P and /. To solve
the above problem with the chart, first locate the load,
20,000 lb., and from this point lay a straight-edge or
triangle across the chart connecting the factor of safety,
6, with the former value. The intermediate vertical line
on the chart acts as a support for the result of this
operation. At the intersection of this line with the
edge of the triangle, pivot the triangle and swing it
until one end rests on the value of S, or 50,000 lb., then
CHART TO DETV.RMINE THE SAFE I.OAD FOR PARTS IN TENSION. COMPRESSION AND SHEAR
■•h.>n th« pari doc* not exceed In lenjlli. ten times iu laaardlameter.
AreMQ"
SO.tW-
70.»
60.M-
50.00 -
40.00-
9.00-
8.00-
Pounds
Sale
Load
:- 3 \
800.000 -
780,000 -
600.000'-
500.MO-
Mt.MP-
UUImate Strenftth fS)
Tension (xiniprcsalon .Shear
Wl.OOt
50.000
153.030
Vary inn
Streu.
C. 1.
Wrt, I
Shocks
(Mschtn*!;.
15
The conatruction of the Chart is basnl upon the
rormttla lor determining (tic Safe Load In diRereni
materials anil is as follows;
P'' . , when P it Ihi- Safr Lo»d in pounds: \ the
area of croavsxr'>n: I (he farior of safety; S thj
ultimate sircn&th of the maierlil.
I'ltlmalP
Sirenttih.
\
\ 40.000
\
\
30.000
\ ^
33.000
- lOO.OOO
- 90.000
KEY
To read Chart, connect \ and S; al lniers«ctlon of
connecting Une with Intermediate vtrtfcat line
pivot Btraighi-Ddge until It strlkH point f. then on
P read load in pounds. Or with any three Tactor*
known the other can be found.
1242
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
on the opposite scale read the area in square inches, in
this problem 2.4. The diameter is then calculated.
Similarily, if the diameter were known and it was de-
sired to ascertain the load that the axle would sustain,
the operation would be to first determine the area, then
connect the area, on the chart, with the unit stress,
swing triangle to factor of safety and read 20,000 lb.
as the load per bearing.
The table represents fair average ultimate strengths,
although these values are of course subject to change
when warranted. The factors of safety given are rep-
resentative of good practice and afford a considerable
range to choose from, as any values between those given
can be used; this change rests largely with the good
judgment and experience of the designer and his knowl-
edge of the material he is working with.
It will be found interesting to give some study to the
chart with the idea of acquainting one's self with the
various stressed that parts of given dimensions will
sustain, other factors varying. For instance, take the
above example and vary /, the factor of safety. If 4
were used, the safe load supported would be 30,000 lb.
Varying S, say to 30,000 the result is 3.1 square inches,
or a diameter of 2 inches. Similar problems dealing
with tension and compression are solved in the same
manner, the values of S changing for the different
methods of loading and those of / changing with the
character of the load.
Problems similar to the following can be readily
and quickly solved: What force will be required to
punch a hole 1 in. diameter in a wrought-iron plate 0.375
in. thick? The area in square inches = 1 in. X 3.1416
^ 1.1781 sq.in. Assuming 50,000 for S, locating this
value on the chart, connect with area, swing triangle to
1 = /, and read 59,000 lb. (by calculation this result is
58,905). What load will a 1-in rod support, in tension,
assuming 5 for /; and 90,000 as the value of S for steel?
Area ^= 0.7854 sq. in. ; connect area with load, swing to
f = 5 and read 15,000 lb.
Plain vs. Grooved Winding Drums
By John S. Watts
A clear understanding of the action of the rope being
wound up on a drum when a number of layers of coils
are to be carried, is very essential for the proper lay-
out of the relative positions of the hoist and the head
sheave. It may also tend to settle the much vexed
question as to the relative superiority of the plain or
grooved drum.
Studying the plain drum first, and referring to Fig. 1,
it will be seen that the ropes are not laid spirally, but
in parallel coils. It is necessary that the first coils that
are left permanently on the drum, that is those which
do not uncoil when in use, be laid as shown for better
coiling of the second and succeeding layers as will ap-
pear further on in this article.
If it is not otherwise a detriment, the better way is
to leave coils on the drum permanently up to the center
line of the drum, the head sheave being in line with
this center line. The remaining coils will, of necessity,
be close coiled and parallel to the first coils as shown in
Fig. 1. If the drum has not sufficient capacity to allow
this arrangement it will be necessary to place the head
sheave in line with the line marked A which will be a
line through the center of the last coil which is left
on the drum permanently because if the head sheave
is set on the center line, and the rope commences to
coil on the drum, at the line A, that part of the coils
between line A and the center line of the drum will not
coil closely.
The second layer of coils will follow the path indicated
by the dotted lines, and can be traced by following the
lines from circle 1 to 2, to 3, etc. It will be clear that
the second layer is guided into close coils by the grooves
formed by the ropes in the first layer of coils which
prevent the second layer from traveling along the drum
to the center line of the head sheaves, except as forced
to by the preceeding coils pushing each succeeding coil
over into the next groove.
This action compelling the rope to coil closely will
continue indefinitely so long as the rope is under strain
and kept taut. If the rope is allowed to become slack,
the tendency will be for it to slide over to get in line
with the head sheave and cannot be prevented by any
method of coiling.
C.L.Drum
%
Section Section
8 (Enlarged) A
FIGS. 1 TO 3.
:/Vv^/.-/y/<'/^/-»;V/.-v-/.-y/^'
Fie. 2 °
WINDING CONDITIONS ON PLAIN AND
GROOVED DRUMS
Fig 1 — Rope wound on plain drum. Fig. 2 — Rope wound on
grooved drum. Fig. 3 — Second layer of rope on grooved drum
being crowded over Into position.
Considering now a grooved drum, the groove must of
necessity be a helical one, and it is permissible to com-
mence coiling at the side of the drum with the head
sheave in line with the center line of the drum, as the
grooves v«ll counteract the tendency of the rope to coil
loosely until it gets in line with the head sheave.
Coming now to the second layer of coils, the last coil
of the first layer, see Fig. 2, leaves a space whose width
narrows from the diameter of the rope to zero in the
circumference of the drum, forming a long wedge-
shaped space. Into this space the first coil of the second
layer is wedged, gradually climbing out of it as the
space narrows, as indicated in the sectional views in
Fig. 2 until it gets on top of the first layer.
This jamming of the rope into the tapering space
throws a severe bending strain on the rope when the
load is being lowered, due to the pull necessary to get it
out so as to be free to uncoil. The trouble can be averted
on the first coil by fitting a filling-in piece on which the
first coil of the second layer will ride without getting
wedged in between the last coil of the first layer and
side flange of the drum. It is clearly impossible, how-
ever, to do this for any of the succeeding layers.
In this respect the method of coiling on a plain drum,
as shown in Fig. 1, is much superior, ^s the wedging
atcion is practically eliminated.
With the grooved drum, if the first layer is laid in a
right-hand helix the second layer will be a left-hand
helix, or vice versa. The rope in the second layer will
travel in the grooves made by the first layer until pushed
over into the next groove by the preceeding coil, as
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1243
indicated in Fig. 3, which shows the rope rising out
of one groove until it is on the very top of the rope in
the first layer. From this position the rope drops sud-
denly into the next groove with a shock that cannot but
be a severe strain on the rope.
This crossing of the coils takes place in the plain
drum also, but a little consideration will show that if
the rope is laid as shown in Fig. 1 the drop is much less
serious.
In my opinion, then, the plain drum is much to be
preferred if the coiling is properly started.
Lapping Center Holes in
Hardened Work
By a. L. Eddy
I recently designed equipment for a small sensitive
drilling machine for lapping center holes in hardened
work and from which we are obtaining excellent results.
The type of machine chosen for this operation was
constructed with ways running the entire length of the
standard to which bracket A, holding a center that
^>^
^
could be adjusted for various lengths of work, was
attached.
Notice that chuck B, for holding lap C, is a part
of spindle D. My object in this manner of construc-
tion was to obtain the best results, bringing the lap
closer to the spindle bearing E, causing less vibration,
and also to economize on space and weight.
The chuck B is equipped with the brass split bush-
ing F, which will prevent the lap wearing the chuck
jaws, also acting as a support to the lap.
For the purpose of holding the lap C steady when
truing it off, the stop G was constructed by making a
clamp that was fastened to spindle bearing E, holding
a knurled head screw which rests on the spindle
bracket when truing off the lap.
The truing device was constructed by • making the
spindle H to hold the diamond nib / and inserting the
spindle into a quill which is operated with the pinion
and handwheel J, the housing for the rack being made
adjustable to take up any wear.
This fixture was fastened to the spindle bracket with
the bracket K and swivels on the bearing L which gives
a close adjustment for truing the angle of lap C.
To prevent the abrasive dust from penetrating the
bearings and for sanitary reasons, the machine was
equipped with the suction pipe M, leading to an exhaust
fan.
Making several tests of various grades of laps, the
best results were obtained from using a lap made from
alundum, grain 80, grade 0, which gave a hard smooth
surface.
Rotating the lap at a speed of 1,800 r.p.m. gave us the
desired results.
Securing the Faceplate When Running
the L.athe Backward
By H. H. Parker
When winding coils and doing similar work it is
desirable to run the lathe backward. If heavy wire is
being wound there is much trouble caused by the face-
Taper pin driven in hole
half in collar & half in
face plate boss
ATTACHMENTS TO DRILLING MACHINE FOR LAPPING
CENTER HOLES
HOLDING FACEPLATE WITH A TAPER PIN
plate or driver becoming loosened and unscrewing.
A good way to overcome this trouble is to drill a small
hole through edge of the lathe spindle collar and the
boss of the faceplate, the latter being first tightly
screwed up. The hole is half in the collar and half in
faceplate boss. It is taper reamed and a taper pin is
then driven in lightly, leaving enough projecting to
1244
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
allow of its removal with a pair of pliers. With the pin
in place it will be impossible for the faceplate to
unscrew. This plan is also of assistance in screw cutting
where the lathe is run backward.
A Gear Problem
By H. Liddiatt
Wolverhampton, England
The problem shown by the sketch occurred in the
design of a drilling head and was solved by using the
well known cosine formula:
Z' = (24' + F) — 2 X 24 X y X cos 45°
y is given i in. longer than Z.
Call y = Z + i, and use this in the equation
Z' =---• (4.515625 + Z' + \\Z + ?>J) —
(4i X (^ + i) X cos 45°)
Graduating a Scale to Millimeters
By Chester E. Josselyn
A demand for a scale graduated in millimeters was
met by the construction of the one here illustrated.
It was found that a scale of sixteenths placed on an
angle of practically 51 deg. serves for the purpose, each
Find pifch di'am.
of gear A when
Y isi" longer than
GEAR LAYOUT
Z' = (4.90625 + Z' + WZ) —
(4JZ + 2ii X cos 45°)
Ti'ansposing terms
Z' + (4JZ + 2i4 X cos 45°) = Z' + 4.90625 + \\Z
Then 4JZ -L 254 X cos 45° = IJZ -|- 4.90625
.17 , o,i _ U^ + 4.90625
MZ + 2M - ^^g 450
4iZ + 284 = 1.7677Z + 6.9385
2AS2SZ = 4.28225
• Z = 4.28225 -=- 2.4823
= 1.725 in.
y = 1.725 in. + 0.625 in.
= 2.350 in.
= 1.700 in.
Pitch diameter required = (1.725 — 0.875) X 2
= 1.700 in.
Proof:
Z = V (2.125' + 2.350') — (2 X 2.125"x'
2.350 X cos 45°)
= V2.975625
= 1.725 in.
GRADUATING A SCALE TO MILLIMETERS
division when projected to the base line representing
one millimeter.
To obtain the angle with greater accuracy than by
using a protractor, lay off 7 in. on the base line and
from one end describe an arc of SA-in. radius. From
the opposite end of the 7-in. line draw a line tangent
to the arc.
Piston Clearances for Internal
Combustion
By George M. Richards
In reference to C. Strom's article on "Piston Clear-
ance for Internal Combustion Engines," on page 615
of American Machinist, it would be of interest to know
if Mr. Strom has ever tried Charles T. Porter's method
of first turning the piston the exact diameter of the
cylinder and then turning the upper half of the cir-
cumference about 3^ in. smaller by throwing it out of
center.
Years ago I had the same trouble as Mr. Strom and
tried to overcome it the same way, at the same time
knowing that I was thereby inviting other troubles and
spending a lot of time in doing so. Mentioning the
matter to Mr. Porter one day he suggested the above
treatment and since then I have never found it necessarj-
to remove a piston on account of sticking, and also found
that it prolonged the life of the cylinder. As the
lower half of the piston is then of the same radius
as the cylinder and makes a tight joint against the
wall, it is quite evident that if the ends of the piston
rings are at the bottom, slightly staggered and dowel
pinned, the piston will be tight and remain so.
I have used this method on vertical as well as hori-
zontal gas and oil engines with equal success, using
the concentric side of piston on the thrust side. I
have also bored the flywheel hub to the exact diameter
of the shaft and then bored the keyway-half out of
center, which facilitated moving the wheel on the shaft
and at the same time brought the lower half in com-
plete contact with the shaft.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1245
Executive Board of American Engineering
Council Organized
HERBERT HOOVER, president of the Federated
American Engineering Societies, presided at the
executive board meeting of the American
Engineering Council of that organization, held in New
York City on Friday, Dec. 17. Every member of the
council was present, with the exception of A. M. Greene,
and two new members of the board were elected : W. B.
Powell of the Buffalo Engineering Society, representing
district 1 (New York and the New England states),
and Gai'dner S. Williams, of Grand Rapids Engineering
Society, representing district 2 (Michigan, Wisconsin
and Minnesota).
Standing Committees Appointed
The president appointed the following standing com-
mittees: Procedure, Calvert Townley, chairman; Herbert
Hoover, ex officio ; W. E. Rolfe, D. S. Kimball, J. Parke
Channing, L. W. Wallace and L. P. Alford. Constitution
and By-laws, W. B. Powell, chairman; C. F. Scott and
D. S. Kimball. Publicity and Publications, L. P. Alford,
chairman; H. W. Buck and H. E. Howe. Membership
and Representation, J. F. Oberlin, chairman; L. W.
Wallace and A. S. Dwight. Finance, William McClellan,
chairman; E. Ludlow, C. Townley and L. W. Wallace,
ex officio. Public Affairs, J. Parke Channing, chairman ;
Fred J. Miller and L. B. Stillwell.
In discussing the program of the council immediately
under consideration Mr. Hoover stated that he had
called engineers together in various cities he had visited
lately and that he found that the general desire of
engineers everywhere was to join in the F. A. E. S.
movement, but that the general trend was for territorial
organization as distinguished from national organiza-
tion. One of the stumbling blocks in the way of these
territorial organizations joining the national organiza-
tions was the question of dues. Another complexity was
that individuals hold memberships in more than one
society. For example, the Western Society of Engineers
has about four thousand members, of which three
thousand are already members of national societies
which have affiliated with the F. A. E. S. Mr. Hoover
also stated that there had been some opposition to the
Federation based on the constitution, but that the ques-
ion of territorial organization was the most important,
and he suggested that a committee should be appointed
to canvass and help the situation. This question was
discussed and referred to a special committee, which will
include the six district delegates.
As a step forward in co-ordinating various inter-
society activities already established the necessary
action was taken to make it possible for certain of the
activities of the Engineering Council to be taken over
by the new organization. As soon as the United
Engineering Societies have passed officially upon the pro-
posed action of the Engineering Council to transfer and
continue the work of the Engineering Council's com-
mittees which' have not yet completed their work the
president will appoint the necessary committees of
American Engineering Council to take over this work.
At the meeting of the Engineering Council held in
Washington there was harmony among all the member
societies in the Engineering Council to this end. In
this connection action was taken to amend section 9,
paragraph 6 of the by-laws so that members of com-
mittees can be selected from societies of the American
Engineering Council other than those at present
members of the Federation. Civil engineers and
engineers in other bodies not at present affiliated with
the Federated American Engineering Societies can,
because of this action, co-operate in the committee work.
The four so-called founder societies in addition have
been associated in a common employment service, and
the American Engineering Council has offered to take
over this service as a part of its function.
The American Engineering Council voted to act
independently as a unit and not to affiliate with the
Chamber of Commerce. It was the thought of the
meeting that the council could make its best contribution
to the public by acting independently.
The council authorized the appropriation o^ $1,000 as
an initial fund to carry on publicity work ant. the com-
mittee on publicity and publications was given authority
to set up a board of engineering editors.
It was voted that full expenses of members of the
executive board for attendance at meetings w^uld be
paid.
A special committee reported on candidates for
permanent executive secretary of the organization, but
no final action was taken at the meeting.
A general feeling was expressed that the meetings of
the board should be Iield at different centers and the
place of the next meeting, which will be held on Feb. 11,
was left to the discretion of the president.
Members and Officers of Executive Board
The following members of the executive board and
officers were present:
Officers: President, Herbert Hoover, American Institute
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers. Vice-presidents, Cal-
vert Townley, American Institute Electrical Engineers;
William E. Rolfe, Associate Engineering Societies of St.
Louis; Dexter S. Kimball, American Society of Mechanical
Engineers; J. Parke Channing, American Institute Mining
and Metallurgical Engineers. Treasurer, L. W. Wallace,
Society of Industrial Engineers.
Members of executive board (national societies) : E. Lud-
low, A. S. Dwight, P. N. Moore, all of the A. I. of M. and
M. E.; L. P. Alford, F. J. Miller, E. S. Carman, all oi tho
A. S. M. E.; H. W. Buck, William McClellan, C i*'. Scott,
L. B. Stillwell, all of the A. L E. i^.; H. E. Hcwe, A. 1.
C. E.; M. L. Cooke, Taylor Society.
Members of executive board (local societies) : W. B.
Powell, District No. 1 (New York and New England
States) ; Gardner S. Williams, Engineering Society and De-
troit Engineering Societies, District No. 2 (Michigan, Wis-
consin, Minnesota) ; J. F. Oberlin, Cleveland Engineering
Society, District No. 3 (Ohio, Indiana, Illinois) ; W. W.
Varney, Baltimore Engineers Club, District No. 4 (New
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland and District of
Columbia) ; o! H. Koch, Technical Club of Dallas, District
No. 5 (Virginia, West Virginia, North and South Carolina,
Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky, Mississippi, Louisiana,
Texas); L. B. Smith, District No. 6 (North and South
Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas City, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Mis-
souri, Iowa).
1246
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
WHAT to MEAD
man in a huriy
Siiggested by theNanoffing Editor
A RAILROAD article opens this issue, the last of
1920. As we write "railroad" and "1920" we are
reminded at once of the important events of the past
year concerning our greatest means of transportation.
From the experiment of government control, which must
have convinced even its
strongest adherents of its
impracticability, the rail-
roads have been returned
to private enterprise and
permission has been grant-
ed them to charge rates
commensurate with their
investments. The owners
have entered well into the
processes of repairing roll-
ing stock and roadbed and
of returning cars to their
rightful roads ; of intro-
ducing labor efficiency into
their shops; of reducing
standing time and under-loading of cars; and of edu-
cating the users of cars concerning the waste due to idle
cars and cars not loaded to capacity. The chief duty of
railroad shops is the repair of their equipment and if
the roads wish to make conclusive the evidence of the
advantages of present control they must not overlook the
necessity of installing thoroughly modern equipment
and instituting time, labor and material saving devices.
With this introduction to a subject that we feel to be of
real iinportance, we call attention to a number of rail-
road articles in this issue: "Production and Salvage of
Locomotive Piston Rings," the opening article, by West-
ern Editor Hunter ; "Tests of Cast Iron for Locomotive
Cylinder Parts," page 1221, from a technologic paper of
the Bureau of Standards; "Slotting Machine and Planer
Toolholders for Railroad Shop Use," page 1231, by
Frank A. Stanley; "Frame Welding Apparatus in Rail-
road Shops," page 1232, by the same author; and
"Machining Railroad Cross-Ties," page 1237, by D. W.
Edwards. The titles indicate the contents and further
comment seems unnecessary.
The second installment of Colvin's "Building Motors
on the Pacific Coast" begins on page 1215. It takes up
the machining of crankcases for aircraft and marine
typer of motors.
Earle Buckingham's paper "Side Cutting of Thread
Milling Hobs" is concluded, page 1222, by the section
devoted to the 'nobbing of internally threaded parts.
What to read ivas not a difficult -matter to decide
two hundred years ago when books were few and
magazines unheard of. It is far different now
when so much reading matter is offered to pass
the time pledsantly or profitably as the reader
chooses. We are doing our utmost to make the
"American Machinist" not only profitable but
indispensable as a clearing house of ideas and
news of the machinery world. This page is the
editors' advertisement of their section of the
paper. It gives the high spots
The first part, dealing with the hobbing of screws, was
published last week.
On page 1225 begins the sixth and last of O. A.
Kenyon's articles on brass making. It tells of the
characteristics of brass and the laboratory and research
methods used to determine
them.
The difficulties in machin-
ing large water turbines so
impressed our chief field
editor on his coast-to-coast
trip that he brought back
photographs of some of the
set-ups he saw in a San
Francisco shop. He has
combined reproductions of
the photographs with a
short description to make-
up his story "Machining
Large Water Turbines,"
which begins on page 1234.
Pages 1241 to 1244 inclusive are devoted to letters
from practical men. A chart for determining safe loads
is offered by J. B. Conway. John S. Watts compares
plain with grooved winding drums. A. L. Eddy passes
along his design of equipment for lapping center holes
in hardened work. And an English correspondent, H.
Liddiatt, solves a gear problem that he was up against
while designing a drilling head.
A recent event that concerns machinery builders was
the introduction in the Senate of Bill No. S 4675, "a bill
to fix the metric system of weights and measures as the
single standard for weights and measures." The
American Machinist has, during the past year, given an
abundance of reasons why the use of the metric system
should not be compulsory and in this number, page 1248,
we print the bill itself in full, knowing that its own
provisions constitute a very strong argument against
its passage. There seems to be no likelihood that the
bill will be passed by the present Congress.
On page 1245 is our account of the meeting, on the
17th of this month, of the Executive Board of the
Federated American Engineering Societies. Following
as it does so quickly after the first meeting of American
Engineering Council and including in its action the
naming of committees and the formation of several
definite lines for procedure, this meeting indicates that
the Federation, in existence less than a year, is already
on the way to hoped for results.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1247
EDITORIALS
Ring Out the OIq!
THE sound of the bells that ring out the old year
will be sweet to many of us. 1920 will probably be
a much pleasanter year to look back upon than it
has been tO live through, particularly the latter part
of it. No matter how necessary the pangs of deflation,
they have not been enjoyable. Those of us who have
escaped them are few indeed.
On the first day of January, 1921, most of us can
start in with a clean slate and go after new business
with a will. If we may be pardoned for touching
on a sore point, the loss of some of the business that
has been wiped out by the depression of the last few
months is not without its compensations. As one
machine-tool builder put it recently: "It is better to
have the goods and no money than to have neither
one." The fellow with stock on his shelves or in his
warehouse is going to profit when orders begin to
come in. And that time is at hand. We know of more
than one manufacturer who is booking real, honest-
to-goodness orders for expensive machines and a good
friend of ours has just told us that he is two weeks
behind on one model.
Compared to the boom time we have been through
these facts seem insignificant but when considered
as harbingers of the revival of business they loom
large. They should stimulate salesmen and managers
.to redouble their efforts in the buyers' market that
now exists. Of course it is hard work to get orders
in such a market, but hard work is good for every-
body and the sales department has had little to do for
a long time.
And now a word to the man who needs equipment.
The buyers' market is his opportunity, but like other
opportunities it will not sit around indefinitely and
wait for him to grasp it. Just now he can get im-
mediate deliveries on almost anything, but if he lets
other buyers get their orders in ahead of his, he will
have to wait his turn for delivery and may lose pre-
cious time in the manufacture of his own product.
Most of us are thoroughly sold on preparedness for
war, but are we fully awake to the need for equal
preparedness for business competition?
The trend of affairs has its message for the pro-
duction department as well. Capable managers have
taken advantage of the lull to clean house and to take
care of deferred or hastily made repairs. They worked
wonders in getting out war material but they will
have just as hard a task to face in 1921, in putting
their production on a cost basis that will enable their
salesmen to get the business. Money is most dis-
tinctly an object and will be for some time to come.
We of the American Machinist realize our responsi-
bilities in the economic struggle that is just beginning
and shall endeavor to do our part in helping American
industry to hold its own and reach out for new
markets. During 1921 we shall have frequent letters
from our representatives in London and Berlin, and
occasional ones from other parts of the world. They
will tell of the technical and commercial develop-
ments in our field and will be valuable to the Amer-
ican manufacturers who face foreign competition at
home and abroad.
We shall continue to devote considerable attention
to the automotive industry and the railroad shops will
receive their share of space. The material in prepara-
tion for the designers and engineers has unusual
merit and will appeal both to the expert and to the
beginner. Management articles will be strong and
will appear frequently. Practical shop methods and
"kinks" will be given the same prominence as before.
Our unique new equipment service will be con-
tinued for the benefit of the buyer, the seller and the
user. We shall maintain its high standard and seek
to amplify its scope.
In other words, the American Machinist for 1921
will be as well balanced as we can make it. The man
in the office or drafting room and the responsible man
on the job will find its columns filled with technical
information, industrial and commercial news and for-
ward-looking editorial comment of particular interest
to himself. All in all volumes 54 and 55 will be effi-
cient and indispensable tools for men in all ranks of
industry and we commend them to your use.
Preventing Contract Cancellations in
the State of New York
THE recent New York Supreme Court decision up-
holding the validity of the arbitration clause of the
Walton Law will be a welcome one to contract cancella-
tion victims. The clause in question says: "A provision
in a written contract to settle by arbitration a contro-
versy thereafter arising between the parties to the con-
tract shall be valid, enforcible and irrevocable,
save upon such grounds as exist at law or in equity for
the revocation of any contract."
The case which resulted in the decision mentioned was
one brought by a far Eastern company against a New
York company. The Eastern company had a contract
for the sale of goods in which appeared this clause:
"Any differences arising between the parties to this con-
tract do not invalidate same, but shall be settled by arbi-
tration at New York, unless otherwise specified herein,
and decision by such arbitration shall be final and bind-
ing on both parties, each shipment to be considered
separately." A shipment was made as agreed but thes
goods were refused by the New York company on the
ground that they were of inferior quality. The pur-
chaser declined to arbitrate. The seller then asked the
Supreme Court to direct the purchaser to arbitrate un-
der the provisions of the Walton Law. After hearing
the evidence the court so directed.
The Walton Law was sponsored by the arbitration
committee of the Chamber of Commerce of the State of
New York in an attempt to mitigate the cancellation evil.
There are certain features of the law that have not yet
been passed upon by the courts but the clause concerning
1248
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
the validity of arbitration agreements has at least been
taken care of.
Chairman Bernheimer of the arbitration committee
recommends that an arbitration clause to fit theparticu-
lar case be included in every contract and that the clause
be carefully drawn, with legal advice. Such a clause
may not be an impregnable safeguard but it will cer-
tainly protect the seller or manufacturer in many in-
stances. The provisions of the law are worth investi-
gating.
Compulsory Metrics?
THERE seems to be, at this writing, little danger
that Congress will pass the bill providing for com-
pulsory use of the metric system of weights and meas-
ures, introduced in the Senate during the present session
by Senator Frelinghuysen, of New Jersey.
The bill, as read, would compel the use of the metric
system, and no other, from and after ten years from
the date of its passage and approval with certain
exceptions, of which the chief is apparently intended to
be goods for export.
Furthermore, from and after four years from the
date of passage and approval it would prohibit the
manufacture, construction for personal use, purchase
for use and conversion to use, of any weight or measure,
or weighing or measuring device designed, constructed,
marked or graduated to determine, indicate, or deliver
weights or measures in any system other than the
metric, in the transactions of selling goods, wares, or
merchandise except for export, charging or collecting
for the carriage or transportation of them, or collecting
from or paying to another person for work or labors
expended except those expended upon export goods.
Furthermore, from and after two years from the
date of passage and approval it would prohibit the
manufacture or packing, offering for sale or selling, of
any goods, wares or merchandise in package form
which are required by law to be marked in terms of
weight or measure, unless they were marked in or
according to weights or measures of the metric system,
except in the case of goods for export.
The Frelinghuysen bill, if passed, would almost im-
mediately involve us in a serious situation as regards
our standards. Such legislation is not needed, is not
wanted and must not come about.
The Metric System Bill Introduced
in the Senate
A BILL providing for the compulsory use of the
metric system of weights and measures after ten
. years from passage, has been introduced in
the Senate by Senator Frelinghuysen, of New Jersey.
Senator Frelinghuysen stated that he has no intention
of pushing the bill and that he introduced it simply as
a personal accommodation to one of his constituents. It
is understood that the constituent is the representative
in Washington of the "World Trade Club," of San Fran-
cisco. While Senator Frelinghuysen authorized no
statement as to his position on the bill, a person
in his confidence expressed the opinion that he is op-
posed to it.
It may be stated most positively that there is no
chance to secure this legislation at this session of Con-
gress. The bill will die with the Congress on March 4.
Representative Vestal, of Indiana, the chairman of
the House Committee on Coinage, Weights and Meas-
ures, states very positively that there is no time at
this short session to embark upon this type of legisla-
tion. Repeated efforts have been made to secure a
promise from him to take some interest in this ques-
tion. He does not intend to introduce a metric bill
himself and is of the opinion that his committee would
be very much aver.se to the giving of any consideration
to such a measure at this time.
The bill has been read twice and referred to the
Committee on Standards, Weights and Measures. The
full text is as follows:
Bill No. S.4675
A BILL
To fix the metric system of weights and measures as the
single standard for weights and measures.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of America in Congress assembUd
That from and after ten years from the date of passage
and approval of this act the weights and measures of the
metric system shall be the single standard of weights and
measures in the United States of America for the uses set
out herein.
Sec. 2. That the fundamental standards of the metric
system are the meter and the kilogram. The meter is the
length at the temperature of 0 degree centigrade of the
international prototype meter bar of platinum-iridum de-
fined and adopted by the General Conference of Weights
and Measures held at Paris in 1889, which bar is now de-
posited in the International Bureau of Weights and Meas-
ures at Sevres, France. The kilogram is the mass of the
international prototype kilogram weight of platinum-
iridium, which was similarly adopted and deposited.
Sec. 3. That the national prototypes of the fundamental
standards of the metric system shall be the copies of these
standards known as meter numbered twenty-seven" and
kilogram numbered twenty, allotted to the United States
by the General Conference of Weights and Measures held
at Paris in 1889. These are now deposited in the vault of
the Bureau of Standards of the Department of Commerce,
and are those which are now used and employed in deriving
the values of all weights and measures used in the United
States. These national representations are hereby adopted
as the primary standards of weights and measures for the
United States of America, and from these all other weights
and measures shall be derived and ascertained.
Sec. 4. That from and after ten years from the date of
passage and approval of this act no person shall do or
offer or attempt to do any of the following acts, by weights
and measures, in or according to any other system than the
metric system of weights and measures; namely:
(1) Sell any goods, wares, or merchandise except for ex-
port as provided in section 12;
(2) Charge or collect for the carriage or transportation
of any goods, wares, or merchandise; or
(3) Charge or collect from or pay or reimburse any
other person for work or labor which has been or is to be
performed or done, except that when in accordance with
the provisions of section 12, weights or measures other than
those of the metric system are used or employed in the
arts, manufacture, or industry the wages of employees
engaged in producing commodities in such weights or meas-
ures and paid by weight or measure of commodity produced
may be computed and paid in terms of such weights or
measures. *""
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1249
Sec. 5. That from and after four years from the date
of passage and approval of this act no person shall manu-
facture or make for himself for use, or purchase for use,
or convert to use, in any of the transactions detailed in
section 4, any weight or measure or weighing or measuring
device designed, constructed, marked, or graduated to de-
termine, indicate, or deliver weights or measures in any
other system than the metric system of weights and meas-
ures.
Sec. 6. That from and after ten years from the date
of passage and approval of this act no person shall use or
attempt to use in any of the transactions detailed in sec-
tion 4 any weight or measure or weighing or measuring
device, designed, constructed, marked, or graduated in any
other system than the metric system of weights and
measures.
Sec. 7. That from and after two years from the date of
passage and approval of this act no person shall manu
facture or pack, offer for sale, or sell any goods, wares, or
merchandise in package form which are required by law
to be marked in terms of weight or measure unless they
be marked in or according to weights or measures of the
metric system except the goods, wares, or merchandise on
hand, and except for export as provided in section 12.
Prior to ten years from the date of passage and approval
of this act there may also be marked upon such packages
the equivalent of the metric weight or measure in terms
of weights or measures now in customary use. From and
after ten years from the date of passage and approval of
this act the marking in terms of weights and measures now
in customary use is hereby prohibited, except for export
j3S provided in section 12.
Sec. 8. That not later than ten years from the date of
passage and approval of this act, all postage, excises, duties,
and customs charged or collected by weights or measures
by the government of the United States shall be charged
or collected in or according to the metric system of weights
and measures.
Sec. 9. That rules and regulations for the enforcement
of this act, not inconsistent with the provisions hereof,
shall be made and promulgated by the Secretary of Com-
merce.
Sec. 10. That all equivalents between the units of the
» metric system and the system now in customary use shall
be calculated from the fundamental relations, one meter
equals thirty-nine and thirty-seven one-hundredths inches,
and one kilogram equals two and two hundred and four
thousand six hundred and twenty-two one-millionths pound
avoirdupois. Tables based upon these relations, showing
the equivalents between the weights and measures of the
metric system and those now in customary use, shall be
prepared and promulgated by the Secretary of Commerce.
The Secretary of Commerce shall also take such steps as
he may deem expedient for giving publicity to the dates
of transition specified herein and for facilitating the trans-
ition to the metric system.
Sec. 11. That all acts or parts of acts inconsistent here-
with are hereby repealed, but only in so far as they are
inconsistent herewith; otherwise they shall remain and
continue in full force and effect. Whenever in any act, or
rules and regulations, or tariff or schedule made, ratified,
approved, or revised by the government of the United
States of America, weights or measures of the system now
in customary use are employed or referred to and to com-
ply with the provisions of this act weights and measures
of the metric system should be employed, then such ref-
erences in such act, rules and regulations, tariff or schedule
shall be understood and construed as references to equiva-
lent weights or measures of the motric system ascertained
in accordance with the fundamental relations set out in
section 8 thereof.
Sec. 12. That nothing in this act shall be understood or
construed as applying' to —
(1) Any contract made before the date at which the
provisions of this act take effect;
(2) The construction or use in the arts, manufacture,
or industry, of any specification or drawing, tool, machine,
or other appliance or implement designed, constructed, or
graduated in any desired system;
(3) Goods, wares, or merchandise intended for sale in
any foreign country, but if such goods, wares, or mer-
chandise are eventually sold for domestic -use or consump-
tion then this clause shall not exempt them from the ap-
plication of any of the provisions of this act.
Sec. 13. That nothing herein shall be understood or con-
strued as prohibiting the enactment or enforcement of
weights and measures laws or ordinances by the various
states or cities, and the various states or cities shall have
the same powers as though this act were not in force and
effect: Provided, however, That no standard weights or
measures shall be established for the uses set out herein
which conflict in any way with the standards established
herein, and such standards which may already have been
established shall be null and void for the uses set out
herein.
Sec. 14. That the word "person" as used in this act shall
be construed to import both the plural and singular, as
the case demands, and shall include corporations, compa-
nies, societies and associations. When construing and
enforcing the provisions of this act the act, omission, or
failure of any officer, agent, or other person acting for or
employed by any corporation, company, society or asso-
ciation, within the scope of his employment or office shall
in every case be also deemed to be the act, omission, or
failure of such corporation, company, society, or associa-
tion as well as that of the person.
Metal Cutting Tools of Cast
High-Speed Steel
By S. H. Bunnell
The granular structure of high-speed steel when cast
into tool shapes gives to the metal unusual strength
and endurance under heavy cuts. The high-speed alloys
are, however, extremely hard to cast without defects,
so that the practical use of cast tool blanks has been
impossible. The problem has been at last solved by
the use of the electric furnace and a special heat treat-
ment, devised within the last two years. By this proc-
ess, which is the property of the U. S. High-Speed Steel
and Tool Corporation, of Green Island, New York, high-
speed steel alloys are made from simple metals or alloys
by a single melting in the electric furnace and cast di-
rectly into cutter blanks of any desired shape.
The alloy in use for this purpose is a vanadium-
tungsten-chijme mixture. The several components are
charged into the furnace with a flux which assists the
combination of • the metals The molds are formed
of a core mixture, baked in ovens as usual. These
molds are placed on edge and clamped together in series,
the flat back of one forming the cover for another. The
alloy steel is poured by tilting the furnace into hand
ladles and thence to the molds.
After cooling the runners are cut off the castings
which are then annealed and made ready for the ma-
chining operation.
The first operation is to grind the flat faces
close to the desired finishing size, leaving a suitable
allowance for the finish-grinding later. If a casting
is defective the flaws are invariably disclosed by this
grinding, for experience has shown that high-speed alloy
castings showing a clean surface after grinding are
always sound throughout. The following operations of
boring, turning, cutting teeth, keyseating and rough
grinding are as usual.
The tools are heated in small gas furnaces provided
with electric pyrometers. Quenching is done without
the slightest care as to the manner in which the heated
cutters are placed in the bath, and yet the tools do no'
crack in hardening or cooling.
1250
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
9HOP EQUIPMENT NEWJ
SHOP tauiPMENT
• NEWS •
A weekly reviow of^
modern desii^nsand
o ©<^uipTnen.l* o
S A.HAtl
Descriptions of shop equipment in this section constitute
editorial service for u>fttcl» tfitre is no charge. To be
eligible for presentation, the article must not have been
on the market more than six months and must not have
been advertised in this or any previous issue. Owing to
the new* character of these descriptions it will be impos- |
sible to mbmit them to the manufacturer for approval.
• CONDENSED ■
CLIPPING INDEX
Acon(inuou5 rocord
ol^modorn dos'x^ns
and oqulpmonl/ •
Brown & Sharpe High-Speed Milling
Attachment
A high-speed milling attachment recently brought out
Dy the Brown & Sharpe Manufacturing Co., of Provi-
dence, R. I., for use on milling machines of their manu-
facture, is shown in the illustrations; Fig. 1 showing it
in position, and Fig. 2 a rear view of the attachment
separately. No auxiliary fixtures are required. The
bracket and spindle support is a one-piece casting for
attaching to the machine, designed to protect the mech-
anism from dirt and injury.
The attachment is built in two sizes: No. 1 for the
smaller, and No. 2 for the larger machines. The No. 2
size is adaptable by means of adjustable gib stops to
the larger machines having columns with different
widths of face.
To assist in locating it vertically, the attachment
is provided with a locating segment, seen in Fig. 2,
which rests upon the spindle box of the machine. This
spindle box projects beyond the face of the column and
acts as a centering guide. The horizontal position is
determined by first tightening the gib on the right-hand
side, thereby locating the attachment. The gib on the
left-hand side clamps the attachment to the face of the
column.
The only gearing is the large ring gear that fits on
the tapered spindle nose of the machine and the pinion
t'lG. 1.
BROW.N- & SHAIU'K HIGH-SPEED MILLING
ATTACHMENT
KIG. 2. REAR VIEW OF ATTACHMENT
on the attachment spindle. The large gear is made with
an internal taper, ground to fit the nose of the machine
spindle and is held in position by the regular cutter
driver. This gear is made of machinery steel and left
soft to insure a smooth drive and eliminate chatter and
the objectionable "ring" often produced by hardened
gears at high speed. On the No. 2 attachment the pinion
is heat treated and keyed to the attachment spindle
while on the No. 1 attachment the teeth of the pinion
are cut directly on the spindle.
The spindle is hardened and ground and runs in a
long phosphor-bronze bearing, the bearing being tapered
so that wear is taken up by tightening an adjusting nut,
thereby forcing the spindle into the taper. Once having
adjusted the spindle a small setscrew clamps the adjust-
ing nut in position. End thru.st is taken by hardened
steel and babbitt washers located directly behind the
shoulder on the front end of the spindle. The front end
of the spindle has a taper hole to receive cutters, the
smaller attachment having a No. 7, and the larger one a
No. 9 taper hole. Oiling of the spindle bearing is taken
care of by means of a wool-filled oil pocket on the front
of the attachment.
The cutter is held in position by the taper in the
spindle and is driven by the tenon. Cutters are removed
by a releasing bolt that is a part of the attachment and
remains in the spindle.
Heald Style No. 80 Internal
Grinding Machine
The Heald Machine Co., Worcester, Mass., has added
to its line of grinding machines the No. 80, a front view
of which is shown in Fig. 1. This machine is designed
to grind comparatively long holes of small diameter.
The work-head is belt driven from an intermediate
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1251
FIG. 1. HEALD STYLE NO. 80 INTERNAL GRINDING
MACHINE
Specifications : Swing, 6 in. inside of water guard : 10 in. with
water guard removed. Length that can be ground, 33 in. Diam-
eter that can be ground, from IJ in. to 2 in. Wheel table has
two traverse .speeds, 34 and 78 in. per min. respectively. Worlt-
head has three rotative speeds, 180. 325 and .590 r.p.m. respect-
ively. The work spindle has a ij-in. hole clear through. The
center line of the spindle is 46 in. from the floor. Front bearing
of worlc spindle is Ij in. and the rear bearing Ig in. in diameter.
The countershaft which, together with one grinding head, assort-
ment of grinding wheels, and the necessary wrenches, is included
in the machine equipment, runs at 600 r.p.m. and has a pair of
tight and loose pulleys 10 in. in diameter by 2| in. face. The
pump and water tank are extra. Floor space occupied is 28 by
56 in. The net weight of the machine is 1,300 lb. ; crated for
domestic shipment, 1,600 lb. ; and boxed for ocean shipment,
1,800 lb.
pulley mounted on a stud at the end of the base, the
crossed driving belt coming up through a cored space in
the overhang. The intermediate pulley is integral with
a three-step cone by means of which three work speeds
are provided for the spindle. The spindle runs in dust-
proof bearings that are adjustable to compensate for
wear.
The work-head is mounted upon a swivelling base
that is graduated up to 45 deg., and to 4 in. per foot.
The main drive pulley is connected to its shaft through a
friction clutch and provided with a brake, both of which
are so connected with the wheel-slide that when the
latter is drawn back both the work and the pump are
automatically stopped. At the same time, and without
attention from the operator, a small guard swings over
the grinding v/heei to protect the operator from injury
due to accidental contact. No time need be lost in
gaging the work, or in substituting another piece for the
finished one.
The wheel-slide, or table, is reciprocated by a pinion
at the upper end of a vertical shaft, driven through a
double friction clutch under control of the operator.
By shifting a single lever the traverse is changed from
power to hand movement, without the possibility of both
being engaged at the same time. This enables the
operator, as soon as the grinding wheel is clear, to run
the slide back quickly for the purpose of gaging or
removing the work. This table slides upon flat and V
ways. The power traverse may be set to any desired
point of reversal. The table drive is through a two-step
cone, thereby providing two rates of wheel traverse.
At the wheel end the spindle runs in a bronze tapered
bearing that allows for adjustment to compensate for
wear. At the pulley end a ball bearing is provided. The •
wheel-heads are made up as complete units, each having
its own pulley, thereby insuring correct spindle speeds.
A section through one of these wheel-heads is shown in
Fig. 2.
The cross-slide may be operated by power feed or by
hand, and the power feed is so calibrated as to work to
half thousandths of an inch on diameters. The overhead
countershaft, supplied with the machine, has an idler to
keep an even tension on the belts.
McCrosky Steadyrest
The steadyrest shown in the illustration has been
placed on the market by the McCrosky Tool Corporation,
Meadville, Pa. It is especially recommended for use
in all operations performed on the end of a piece, such
as facing, boring and turning. The work is held
between three hardened rollers running on Hyatt roller
bearings. For soft work, however, stationary cast-
iron jaws can be furnished.
The rollers move toward the center simultaneouslj'
^ upon closing the jaws, the work having been inserted
from the top with the jaws open. The handle end of
FIG. 2. SECTION THROT'GH WHEEL SPINDLE
McCROSKT STEADYREST
1252
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
the screw is then dropped into the slot in the front
jaw and the device tightened by turning the screw.
The device can be easily attached or removed from the
lathe, but when once adjusted for the position of the
centers on the lathe on which it is used, no readjustment
is required. Size 1 is intended for use on lathes
having about 12 to 18 in. swing, and it handles work
from 8 to 3;] in. in diameter. It weighs about 60 lb.
Woodlson "Cappell" Core Machine
The E. J. Woodison Co., Detroit, Mich., has placed
on the market the Cappell core-making machine shown
in the illustration. The machine is operated by com-
pressed air, a pressure of 80 lb. per square inch being
recommended. It is intended for use in making sand
cores, particularly those of complicated shape. The
core boxes are placed on the table, which has a manual
Jcijustment vertically of 18 in. The sand pot is 8 in.
in diameter and holds about J cu.ft. of sand.
With the sand hopper filled and the corebox in place,
when the operating handle is turned, the sand is allowed
to fall into the sand pot, which is then automatically
closed at the top by means of a plate. The corebox
is forced tightly against the sand pot by means of the
air cylinder under the table. When the lever is re-
turned to its original position, the sand is forced out
of the pot and into the corebox by air pressure, the
top and the sand pot being then opened again.
Aluminum coreboxes are especially recommended by
the makers because of the ease in handling them. It
is stated that the action of the sand does not wear
the boxes perceptibly, since it is merely forced in
DAWSEARL ABRASIVE
"FINGER" WHEEL.S
without the action of a blast. The parts of the core-
box must be securely clamped together to prevent
spreading. It is claimed that the machine consumes
but little air, operates very rapidly, and produces cores
of uniform density and good finish.
Dawsearl Abrasive "Finger" Wheels
The Dawsearl Tool and Machine Co., 390 Forest St.,
Arlington, N. J., has placed on the market a line of
small abrasive "finger" wheels. They are intended
especially for regrind-
ing button dies, and
are applicable to such
work as grinding
small bushings. The
abrasive used in the
wheels is held by a
hard bond, so that it
is said to be possible
to sharpen a large
number of dies with
one wheel. The shank
is made of steel and
extends through the
center of the abrasive
so as to support it. The illustration shows several types
of finger wheels. The one at the top is li in. overall
the cutting surface being g in. in diameter and
S in. long. The one below it is similar except that
it is A in. in diameter. It can be seen in section in the
next view, the rod in the center extending up to within
■Af in. of the end of the abrasive. The rod insures
rigidity, but is small enough to allow of considerable
elasticity. The wheel shown at the bottom is 2 in. long
overall, 1 in. in diameter and ft in. long on the cutting
face, and #2 in. in diameter, on the shanks. The wheels
are intended for use on small high-speed portable grind-
ing machines, since they must revolve at a speed of
30,000 r.p.m. or more.
"Little David" Hose Coupling
The Ingersoll-Rand Co., 11 Broadway, New York, has
recently placed on the market a hose coupling, called the
"Little David," which will be distributed as an acces-
sory to the line of "Little David" pneumatic tools manu-
factured by the same company.
The ''Little David" coupling is designed with the view
to overcome the trouble due to leakage and the jamming
or sticking because of slight injury. Its main features
1
HHiP"
■^^H
HHH
■
1
••lll«««WWll*l* !■■■
■|SS
mviti«»>t»t«i»«
I
1
^^^^^^^^^^^HH^^^^^^^^_, '^-^' ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^h^h^^^^^^^^^^^l
1
CAPPELL CORE MACHINE MADE BY K. J. WOODISON CO.
■LITTLE DAVID" HOSE COUPLING
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1263
are said to be sturdiness and simplicity, an all around
ability to stand abuse without affecting its service, the
absence of an outer sleeve exposed to injury, and a re-
placeable locking spring. It is claimed that the parts
are made of a metal not subject to ordinary rusting or
corrosion.
The female end is fitted with a V-shaped rubber
gasket to provide an air-tight joint. The gasket is pre-
vented from blowing out, should the coupling acciden-
tally be disconnected under pressure, by a 'protective
shoulder inside the coupling. The female end has no
exposed parts which might be liable to injury that would
cause jamming or sticking.
The air ports are straight and of uniform diameter
to offer least restriction to the passage of air. The
coupling may be connected or disconnected by a quarter
turn. A groove in the hose end of each part allows
the use of a clamp to attach it to the hose.
"Little David" hose couplings are manufactured in
i-in, and l-in. sizes, which are interchangeable; that
is, a i-in. male piece may be used with a i-in. female
end or vice versa. Gaskets are also interchangeable
between the different sizes.
"Precise" Parallel-Ruling Attachment
The New York Blue Print Paper Co., 102 Reade St.,
New York City, has recently placed upon the market
a parallel-ruling straight-edge, shown in the illustration.
It is applicable to drawing boards of any size, and need
not extend the full width of the board. One end of
the straight-edge carries a single pulley and the other
a double pulley, a silk cord extending across the board
at each end of the straight-edge. There are no cords
under the board, and the ones running parallel with
the straight-edge are enclosed in it.
When a straight-edge shorter than the board is used,
ink and drafting tools can be placed on the bare space
without interfering with the action of the attachment.
The straight-edge may be quickly adjusted to any angle
desired. The metal parts are made of aluminum, the
\hole attachment weighing only about 2 oz. Straight-
edges can be furnished with either transparent crytal-
loid, mahogany, ebony, or hardwood edges, and in
lergths of 24, 30, 36, 42, 54 or 60 inches.
Universal Crane
The Universal Crane Co., successors to the Inter-
national Crane Co., Swetland Building, Cleveland, Ohio,
has recently placed on the market a small crane, operated
by a gasoline engine, that can be mounted on railroad
"PRECISE" PARAL,LEL-RUL,ING ATTACHMENT
THE UNIVERSAL, CRANE ON AUTOMOBILE TRUCK
trucks, motor trucks, trailers, etc.; or upon a pedestal
if desired for stationary service. In the accompanying
picture it is shown upon an automobile truck and in use
for the purpose of setting telegraph poles.
The crane swings through the full circle. It has high
speeds for hoisting and rotating, and, when suitably
mounted, for traversing. The control levers are con-
veniently mounted so that the operator has all move-
ments under command without moving from his position
and has an unobstructed view in all direction. A 40-hp.
gasoline engine furnishes the power.
The crane has a lifting capacity up to 4 tons,
dependent somewhat upon the mounting and the work-
ing radius. The dimensions of the crane unit exclusive
of boom and mounting are : Length at level of operator's
platform, 8 ft. 6 in. ; width, 7 ft. ; height, from mounting
line to top of cab, 8 ft.
It can be equipped with grab bucket, electromagnet,
hoist-block, nigger-head, capstan, steam-shovel or post-
hole digging attachments as desired.
Cincinnati 30-in. Shoe and
Wedge. Planer
The illustration shows a shoe and wedge planer
recently placed on the market by the Cincinnati Planer
Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. The machine is intended for
heavy-duty work, and is made with large bearing sur-
faces, steel herringbone gears and forced lubrication.
The bed is of box construction, and cast closed on
the top for its entire length, except where the bull-
wheel meshes with the rack. The table is of deep
box construction, and the upper half of it has the
holes for the stops drilled entirely through it, so that
1254
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
chips drop through and do not have to be dug out. The
lower half of the table is cast solid, so that the dust
and chips cannot reach the V-ways, but can be cleaned
out from the sides.
The housings extend to the bottom of the bed and
are fastened to it both by bolts and dowel pins and by
CINCINNATI 30-IN. SHOE AND WEDGE PLANER
tongues and grooves. The bushings are tied together
at the top in the usual way. The cross-rail carries but
one saddle holding two heads. The heads must
travel cross-wise in unison, but provision is made for
moving them vertically independent of each other, by
either hand or power.
The machine can be arranged for motor drive,
either plain or variable speed, or equipped with a two-
speed countershaft.
Hercules 24-In. Gear-Hobbing Machine
The Hercules Machine and Tool Co., Inc., Broome and
Lafayette Sts.,' New York City, has added to its line
of gear-hobbing machines the 24-in. automatic machine
shown in the accompanying illustration. The machine
is intended for the quantity manufacture of medium-
sized gears, either worm, helical or straight-toothed,
such as used for automobile transmissions and machine-
tool drives.
The base and column are of box construction and
cast in one piece. The table carrying the work slides
horizontally on the ba.se, and is equipped with a power
feed. The work can be clamped to the circular table
or mounted on a vertical arbor set up in the center
of it. The table is provided with a rim for the col-
lection of the chips and the coolant.
The spindle carrying the cutting hob is hardened and
runs in bronze bushings, one of the bearings being
conical. The position of the hob can be adjusted along
the slide on which it is mounted, so as to permit of
the centering of any tooth when setting up. In addi-
tion, the hob spindle can be swiveled 90 deg. to
either side on its carriage mounted on the ways of the
column.
The drive is from a single, inclosed, constant-speed
pulley on the side of the machine not shown in the
illustration. Speed changes are obtained by means of a
quick-change gear box, the gears running in oil. The
drive is transmitted through the column by means of
a vertical shaft, and then to the spindle head by means
of helical gears, thus bringing the hob spindle close
to the column.
By means of the quick-change gears, feed changes
can be made, the gears being inclosed and running in
oil. The feed can be applied either to the vertical
travel of the hob carriage, as for most work, or to the
horizontal travel of the work table, as when cutting
worm gears. In both cases, stops are provided for
automatically controlling the extent of the travel. The
hob carriage is fed by means of a revolving nut on
a screw rigidly attached to the carriage. A rapid
traverse is provided for the movement of the hob
carriage.
The work spindle is indexed by means of a worm-
wheel and hardened worm provided with a suitable
adjustment for wear. Its movement is controlled by a
separate feed mechanism, being varied by. means of
change gears at the rear of the machine.*
It is claimed that the machine can be very'easily set
up for the cutting of helical gears, because of the fact
that the feed and the indexing are handled by different
mechanisms, but connected by a differential mechanism,
situated at the rear of the machine. The change gears
to obtain the proper rate of indexing are calculated in
the same manner as for straight-toothed spur gears,
while the gear for use in the differential mechanism can
be ascertained by means of a formula. It is possible to
change the feed while the work is being cut, because the
helical angle is automatically kept constant by a corre-
HEKCULES 24-lN. GEAR-HOBBING MACHINE
Speciflcations: Capacity in steel, to 4 DP. Maximum size of
worli ; diameter, 28 in.; w.dth, 12 in. Dist.ince from center of
KOTk arbor to center of hob mandrel, minimum. IJ in. Speed
of drive pulley, 360 r.p.m. Hob speeds ; number, 9 : ranpe. from
37 to 150 r.p.m. Feeds, headstock (vertical) and work table
(horizontal) : number, 8 ; rangre from 0.00.5 to 0.100 in. ]ht
revolution of work. Power required. 3 hp. Floor space. 36 x 60
In. Weight: net. 4.000 lb.; domestic shi'iping, 4,250 lb.; export
■hipping, 4,360 lb. Export box, 96 cu.ft.
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1255
spending change in the indexing rate. After the work is
completed, the entire machine is automatically stopped,
so that it is possible for one attendant to operate sev-
eral machines.
A coolant system, with a pump having a capacity
of 10 gal. per minute, is provided. A bracket is fur-
nished for bracing the work arbor. The necessary
Wrenches and change gears are also provided.
Kane & Roach No. "A"
Straightening Machine
The straightening machine shown in the illustration,
and known as the No. A machine, has recently been
added to the line of Kane & Roach, Niagara and Shon-
nard Sts., Syracuse, N. Y. It is intended especially for
straightening hacksaw blades, file blanks, knife blanks,
or strip material stamped out of fiat sheets and requir-
ing straightening cold both before and after temper-
ing. Pieces as short as 3 or 3i in. can be handled.
It is a 4-roIl machine, the upper rolls being adjustable
and the upper rolls as well as the lower rolls being
driven by gears. The first pair of rolls takes out
the bends and irregularities and the last ones do the
final straightening. In order to care for work of dif-
ferent thicknesses, the rolls are made with seven steps,
increasing in size from one end.
When setting up, the rolls are usually set so that
stock of standard thickness will be straightened on the
center step. There are then three steps on one side
for use when the stock is thicker than the standard, and
three on the other side for thinner stock. The operator
is usually enabled to judge by the feel or the weight of
Jarvis Quick-Change Chuck and Collets
The illustration shows a type of quick-change chuck
and collet recently put on the market by the Charles L.
Jarvis Co., Gildersleeve, Conn. The device is intended
for use where different operations, such as drilling.
KANE & ROACH NO. "A" STRAIGHTENING MACHINE
the piece as to which step it should be fed into in order
to straighten it.
Guides are provided so that the work is held in the
proper position for passing through the rolls and so
that it cannot move from one step to another. The
machine requires only J hp. to operate it, and occupies
a floor space of 24 x 36 in.
JARVIS QUICK-CHANGE CHUCK AND COLLETS
reaming, counterboring, tapping and stud-setting, are
done with one spindle, especially when working on heavy
castings with a radial drilling machine. They are
adapted to lathe use also.
The chuck can be furnished with the type and size
of taper required to fit the spindle of the drilling ma-
chine. The collets are short, are made from hardened
drop forgings, have two radial bearing surfaces, and
are driven by means of a pin placed close to the work, as
can be seen by the two collets fastened to key-operated
jaw chucks, shown at each side of the illustration. It
is claimed that the collets can be easily inserted.
The tool is made in three sizes. The standard sizes
of the chuck shank are from No. 2 to 5 Morse taper, the
holes in the collets from No. 1 to 4 Morse taper, the
diameters of the collets from 1 to 2 in., and the largest
diameters of the chuck from 2 to 4 in.
Obtaining the Radius of Three Equal
Inscribed Circles
A typographical error in an article by Leo A. Bren-
nan, under the above title, appearing on page 593 of
the American Machinist, has been called to our atten-
tion by Eric H. Tyler. The two lines appearing as
R jf- C = R + 0.57735
R = 1.57735 = B
should read R + C = R + 0.57735 R
= 1.57735 = B,
the R being misplaced.
1256
AMERICAN MACHINIST
VoL 53, No. 27
<'
KS FROM THi
Valentine Francis
Wage Reductions in the Iron and
Steel Industry
The most important development in
the iron and steel industry recently
was the acknowledgment by steel com-
panies that wages would be reduced
from 15 to 25 per cent beginning the
first of the year. This was foreseen
some time ago when these companies
commenced lowering their prices of fin-
ished steel products and finally came
down to the same level as was estab-
lished by the Industrial Board in March
of last year. At this level many of the
independent mills were losing money
and an adjustment in production costs
became a necessity. As the labor at
these plants is for the most part paid
according to an established sliding
scale, the drop in prices operated to
automatically reduce wages, but as the
mills continued to pay at the higher
rate the trade was in a quandry as to
how long the higher rate was to be
maintained. During the past week of-
ficials of the Midvale Steel & Ordnance
Co., the Lackawanna Steel Co. and
other independents announced a reduc-
tion in wages of from 15 to 25 per cent
beginning the first of the year.
Announcement was made of a reduc-
tion from 46 to 38 cents an hour at four
Ohio Valley plants of the Wheeling
Steel Corporation, with elimination of
extra pay :oy time over eight hours.
Judge E. H. C-ary of the United States
Steel Corporation declined to make any
comment on wage reductions, nor would
he give any indication as to the policy
of the corporation. The open shop policy
is maintained at most of the plants of
the leading interest and wages are not
paid on the sliding scale, and even "if
they were this interest still adheres to
the former schedule of prices and is
not confronted by the same adverse
change in ratios of selling prices and
production costs. It is anticipated in
many quarters, however, that the cor-
poration will soon announce a cut.
Revised Government Wage Rates
In the revised reclassification bill,
which is now under preparation, it is
understood that the following basic rates
have been agreed upon for machinists
in the Government service: Machinist,
general, 80 cents per hour; automobile
machinist, 90 cents per hour; printing-
office machinist, $1 per hour; mechanic,
office appliances, $1,500 to $1,860 per
annum ; automobile repair man, 55 cents
to 65 cents per hour; blacksmith, 75
;ents per hour; tinsmith and sheet-metal
worker, $1 per hour; foundryman, 75
cents per hour; motor-truck driver,
from $1,140 to $1,260 per annum.
Banker Sees Bright Outlook
"With a population of more than
100,000,000 people whose daily needs
must be satisfied, there can be no pro-
longed period of depression," declares
A. Burton Hepburn, chairman of the
advisory board of the Chase National
Bank. "It is true that there are con-
siderable stocks of goods in the coun-
try, but they soon will be liquidated.
The outlook for 1921 certainly is most
hopeful and I anticipate normal busi-
ness activity on a sound basis of cost
and credit."
In discussing the outlook for next
year, Mr. Hepburn said : "So far the
improvement consists mainly in the
psychological change in the public's at-
titude toward business. Changed con-
ditions have made business men realize
that there is a community of interest
among them which must be respected
and the prosperity of all safeguarded
in order to insure the prosperity of
each. Any business man is in a sorry
plight unless obligations owed him by
other business men are good.
"There is evidence of future easing of
the money market. It comes from an
undesirable cause, curtailment, the liqui-
dation of business ; but this must event-
ually ease the money market. The pub-
lic is on strike against paying the
high prices asked by retailers of goods
— manufacturers, wholesalers and re-
tailers have on hand quantities of goods
made from raw materials at high prices
which they naturally wish to dispose of
without loss. There must be liquida-
tion, but in the present temper of the
public it can easily be brought about
without disaster.
"We have over a hundred million
people whose current wants must be
supplied. Manufacturers should con-
tinue to make goods from raw materials
and reduce prices — merchants should
supply themselves with these goods in
sufficient quantities to supply public
needs. I have confidence in the good
sense and good judgment of the Ameri-
can public and believe we will reach a
lower and more stable level of prices
without serious disaster."
Mr. Hepburn pointed out that with
living costs becoming less, labor can
afford to accept a reduction in wages.
Exchange Dealings With Russia
Sanctioned
Restrictions over transactions involv-
ing Russian rubles and the exportation
of coin to Soviet Russia were removed
on Dec. 20, thus lifting one of the chief
bars to trading with Russia.
Action to this effect was announced
by the Treasury Department.
Will Tabulate Farm Equipment
Manufacture
A census which will show the number
and value of different items of farm
operating equipment manufactured in
the United States during 1920, the num-
ber sold in the United States, and the
number sold for export, is being under-
taken by the United States Department
of Agriculture. Information will be
collected from the manufacturers of
farm implements, vehicles, and other
equipment.
Since 1916 the department has com-
piled yearly reports showing the pro-
duction and sale of tractors on infor-
mation supplied by manufacturers to
the Office of Farm Equipment Control,
and later to the Division of Agricul-
tural Engineering. In order to meet
the continued demand for similar fig-
ures regarding other machinery and
equipment, it has been decided to collect
information concerning the manufac-
ture and sale of all important items.
The co-operation of the manufac-
turers, who generally realize the value
of such statistics to their industry, has
been assured. The Division of Agricul-
tural Engineering of the Bureau of
Public Roads, which is to have direct
charge of the collection of this informa-
tion, has been assured through the Na-
tional Implement and Vehicle Associa-
tion of the co-operation of its members.
The present plan is to send to each
manufacturer of farm equipment a
form on which to report by mail the
manufacture and sale of different items
by his firm during 1920. The depart-
ment wishes it to be clearly understood
that it will follow its usual custom of
keeping the reports of the individual
manufacturers confidential, and that
they will be used for no other purpose
than that outlined.
New Bodies Represented
on A. E. S. C.
The following is a corrected list of
the four new member-bodies, and their
representatives, of the American Engi-
neering Standards Committee:
U. S. Department of AKricuIture : C. L.
Alsberg, Chief. Bureau of Chemistrv ; Earle
H. Clapp. Forest Service: T. H. Mat-Donald,
Chief. Bureau of Public Roads.
U. S. Department of the Interior: E. A.
Holbrooiv. Assi.^tant Director. Bureau of
Mines ; O P. Hood, Chief Meclianical Engi-
neer. Bureau of Mines: P. S. Smith. Admin-
istrative Geologist. Geological Survey.
Gas Group (American Gas .-Association,
Compressed Gas Manufacturers' .Association.
International Acetylene .Association) : A. H.
Hall, superintendent of distribution, i^entral
Union Gas Co. : A. C. Morrison, vice-presi-
dent. Compressed Gas Manufacturers' Asso-
ciation : H. S. Smith, president. International
Acetylene .Association.
American Electric Railway Railway .Asso-
ciation : (Oflicial representatives not yet
designated).
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1257
German Statistics on Exports and
Imports Cause Much Comment
Much comment has been given to the
export and import statistics submitted
at the conference in Brussels by the
German delegates. These figures, it is
said, would make it appear that the
German foreign trade is on the way to
show a balance on the right side. In
1919 the import was by 22 billions of
marks larger than the export. In April,
1920, however, the export appeared to
be 500 millions and in May 1,100 milli-
ons higher than the imports. It is said
that these figures are misleading, and
that the increase is mainly due to the
fact that exporters speeded their ship-
ments during those two months in an-
ticipation of the export tax which came
into force on the first of July. It was
further mentioned, that, while the sta-
tistical office is able to compile exact
figures as regards export values this
is not the fact with regard to imports.
Importers are not compelled — as are
the exporters — to make declarations in
all cases as to the value of their
dealings and import figures are there-
fore mainly obtained by estimate,
which, as has been found, has been much
too low.
•It has further been asserted that the
figures for foreign trade submitted at
Brussels have evidently been compiled
with a view to give a favorable impres-
sion of the German trade situation not
corresponding with actual facts.
Although the arguments brought
forward are right to a certain extent
it is believed that they emanate from
quarters which are continually at work
to demonstrate the impossibility of ful-
filling the economical conditions of the
Peace Treaty. From a comparison of
the figures of exports in 1919 and 1920
it appears that from January, 1920,
the import has slowly decreased, while
the export has risen from January,
1919, in a steady curve up to May, 1920.
The figures since May, 1920, have not
been made public yet, but it is believed
that they will show a considerable de-
cline, not so much because of the.
alleged advance shipments made in
April and May but on account the busi-
ness depression.
A new labor act which provides for
an 8-hour day in all factories and work-
shops has gone into effect in Holland.
Sunday work is forbidden for youths
and women, and can only be allowed
for men by special arrangement with
the Minister of Labor. Saturday work
after 1 p.m. is governed by the same
conditions, a rule which establishes 45
hours as the working week.
Conventions To Get Lower Fares
Reduced fares on account of conven-
tions will be granted by some railroads
in 1921. The discrimination against
business and trade organizations which
was observed during the period of Gov-
ernmental operation of the railways
has been abolished.
In a letter to the Merchants' Asso-
ciation of New York, under date of Dec.
16, C. M. Burt, chairman of the pas-
senger department of the Trunk Line
Association, writes as follows:
For your information it has been decided
by the Trunk Lines to grant reduced fares
for conventions to be held next year on the
liasis of fare and one-half witli minimum
of $1 for the round-trip, on the certificate
plan, conditioned upon an attendance of 350
or more members, including dependent mem-
bers of their families traveling- to the meet-
ing by rail, and the reduction will be
applicable to all societies or other organiza-
tions qualifying under the rules.
"Within the territory of the Trunk
Line Association are all stations in
Delaware, the District of Columbia, and
New Jersey, and it also includes most
of the stations in the States of New
York, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia
and West Virginia.
Indications point to similar action on
the part of the other territorial rail
passenger associations.
♦
Express Combine Approved
The Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion recently approved the consolidation
of the Adams, American, Wells Fargo
& Co. and the Southern Express Co.
into the American Railway Express Co.
The application of the American Rail-
way Express Co. for the approval of
the consolidation had been under con-
sideration by the commission since last
August. Commissioners McChord and
Meyer dissented.
The principal objection to the con-
solidation, which was effected during
federal control of the railroads, being
approved by the commission was the
attitude of the Adams and Southern
Express companies toward the settle-
ment of loss and damage claims. The
protestants, which included representa-
tives of many shippers and the state
commissions, urged that if the com-
mission approved the consolidation it
should fix as a condition precedent
thereto provisions which would protect
the rights of claimants.
*
Give thought to your spending. Re-
solve to save part of your income by
regular investment in Goveirnment Sav-
ings Securities.
Make a resolution to invest in Lib-
erty Bonds and Victory Notes. Buy all
you can afford. The current market
prices make them an advantageous
buy.
More Funds Needed for Bureau
of Standards
Pointing out that the Bureau of
Standards is giving valuable assistance
to many industries which would war-
rant its maintenance if for no other
reason S. W. Stratton, director of the
bureau, in his annual report made pub-
lic on Dec. 19 urges more adequate sup-
port through Congressional appropria-
tions.
Mr. Stratton summarizes the needs
of the bureau as follows:
Attention is again called to the neces-
sity for adjusting the salaries of the scien-
tific and technical experts of the bureau to
compare more favorably with those paid by
scientific and industrial laboratories, as
well as educational institutions. It is to
be regretted that this adjustment could not
have been made during the year, since all
scientific work of the Government has suf-
fered to a greater or less extent. The
demand for men capable of undertaking
scientific and technical investigations is far
greater than the supply ; this, coupled with
the present rate or compensation in Gov-
ernment work, has lowered the standard
of workers available and greatly impaired
the quality as well as the quantity of work.
The number of changes in personnel dur-
ing the year has been many times that
under normal conditions. Here, again, the
result has been decreased efficiency and a
reduction of output.
The power of Bureau of Standards Is
entirely Inadequate. It consists of the
original plant, designed to supply two
buildings, and two temporary boiler plants,
added later. These installations should be
combined in one plant capable of heating
the various buildings. It should also pro-
vide the various electrical currents for
power and experimental purposes, as well
as the refrfgeration, compressed air, vacu-
um, and other utilities required In scientific
work.
The Government method of purchasing
materials and supplies of all kinds bv
means of competitive bids often leads to
injustice to the manufacturer and loss of
money to the Government unless based
upon correct specifications, methods of test-
ing, and the testing of deliveries.
The direct assistance given by the Bu-
reau to tlie industries along these lines
would alone warrant its maintenance many
times over. During the war the Bureau
co-operated with tlie military departments
in researches of many kinds. During the
past year a special fund was provided for
such co-oporation with the industries and
an analysis of the results will leave no
question as to the usefulness of or neces-
sity for such work by the Bureau. The
funds available for this purpose during the
coming year are entirely inadequate and
it is earnestly recommended that In sub-
mitting the estimates for the next year a
suitable fund be requested for co-operation
with the industries in scientific research.
S, A. E. Winter-Meeting Programs
The annual meeting of the Society of
Automotive Engineers, as already an-
nounced in our "Forthcoming Meet-
ings" section, will be held in the Engi-
neering Societies Building, New York
City, on Jan. 11 to 13, inclusive. The
program follows:
TUESDAY, JAN. 11
Standards Meeting — Discussion of the re-
visions of additions to prevailing S. A. E.
Standards and Recommended Practices
which will be reported by the Divisions of
the Standards Committee.
.Aeronautic Session — ^Technical meeting to
consider the recent engineering develop-
1258
wingrs, metal construction, internally trussed
ments in aircraft, such as variable camber
wings, retractable chassis, and propellers.
Authoritative papers to be presented on
these topics.
WEDNESDAY, JAN. 12
Annual Business Meetlnir — Election of
officers for coming year. Finance. Member-
ship, Meetings, and other Committee reports.
The Engineer's Place in the Industry — A
definition of the increasing influence of the
engineer in industry, the greater responsi-
bility which he must assume, and the neces-
sity for his building confidence around his
undertaking. Presented by three prominent
executives of the automotive industry.
Body Engineering Session — The genesis
of a closer co-operation between engineers
engaged in this automotive work. Consid-
eration to be given to tendency in design,
construction and methods of production.
Encouragement of standardization m this
field and reduction of body weight.
Aeronautic Session — The development of
commercial aviation using both lighter and
heavier-than-air types. Presentation of the
Iirogress of air transport in Europe, and
studv of its future possibilities In America.
Chassis Session — Increasing the efficiency
of the automotive chassis to conserve fuel.
Studv of mechanical losses, advisability of
smaller engines and higher axle ratios, re-
duction of sprung and unsprung weight.
Possibility of European types of small cars
in America.
"The Carnival" — The social event of the
S. A. E. year ! Colorful, mirthful, sensa-
tional. The annual reunion of the S. A. E.
family, where members, wives and sweet-
hearts revel in an environment of music
and dance.
THURSDAY, JAN. 13
Fuel Session — Discussion of efficient utili-
zation of present high endpoint gasoline in
internal combustion engines. Analysis of
valuable research in the phenomena of
combustion and detonation. Employment
of increased compression pressure with
knock eliminated. Consideration of combus-
tion and flame propagation. Distribution
problems. The petroleum refiner s view-
point. Extent and effect of crankcase dilu-
tion. Symposium of the leading authorities'
present views.
Highway Session — Effect of the heavy
automotive vehicle on highway surface.
The study of subsoil and its relation to
surface durability. A meeting to further
develop co-operative contact with the civil
engineer who builds and maintains the
roadbed on which our products operate.
The Annual S. A. E. Dinner — (Hotel Aator
at 7 o'clock) — The formal climax of the
Meeting, when engineer, producer and sales-
man dine in fraternal spirit, exchange
stories of the early days of our dynamic
industry and hear words of wisdom spoken
by eminent leaders in American business.
The largest single gathering of representa-
tive men in the automotive industry.
Chicago Meeting
The Chicago meeting -will be held on
Feb. 2, 1921 at the Hotel Morrison.
There will be a morning and an after-
noon session. One will be devoted
principally to the consideration of
truck-design trend, introducing a paper
on an interesting steam-truck develop-
ment. The other session will deal with
the operation of automotive vehicles
from the viewpoint of the service man
and the owner, offering an opportunity
for the operator to criticize the engi-
neering errors in design. A dinner will
be held in the evening.
Columbus Meeting
On Feb. 10, 1921, there will be a Co-
lumbus meeting at the Hotel Deshler.
Two technical sessions devoted to the
consideration of farm power engineer-
ing will be held. Trend of tractor de-
sign, plowing and belt speeds, and
faults developed in Nebraska State
trials will be discussed. Stationary
farm engines for lighting, pumping and
utility uses will also be considered.
This meeting will end with an evening
dinner.
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Artificial Seasoning of
Gage Steels
The investigation on the effects of
various artificial seasoning treatments
on the permanence of gage steels by
the Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D. C, has progressed sufficiently far to
permit the drawing of certain conclu-
sions. In this work hardened gages
were heated in oil at various tempera-
tures and under varying time condi-
tions, and also subjected to seasoning
by alternate dipping in hot oil and iced
brine. The results of the work are
as follows:
(1) Short gages (i in.) showed no
appreciable changes in length, with or
without various artificial seasoning
treatments, over a period of approxi-
mately seven months beginning about
one to two weeks after hardening. In
general the long gages (2 in.) showed
no appreciable changes in planeness.
(2) For studying length changes -with
time, gage blocks of greater length
than those used (2 in.) would be de-
sirable. About 6 to 8 in. is recommended.
(3) Duplicate gages show wide va-
riations in length changes; for ex-
ample, one block showed no dimensional
change in 217 days between first and
last measurements, while a duplicate
decreased 0.00018 in. in length in the
same period.
(4) Except in the case of plain-
carbon steel containing 1.18 per cent
carbon, the changes in planeness are
not appreciable. In this steel relatively
large variations in planeness for dupli-
cate gages are noted.
(5) Gages produced from stainless
steel and ordinary drill rod are softer
than reference blocks ordinarily pro-
duced and which are kept between about
90 to 100 Shore hardness. From this
standpoint the stainless steel is un-
satisfactory as it is not possible -with
ordinary treatment to maintain the
hardness within the limits described.
A higher-carbon alloy of this type
would be more desirable, with possibly
a decrease in chromium such as would
not impair its stainless qualities and
at the same time reduce production
costs.
(6) The plain-carbon steel (contain-
ing 1.8 per cent carbon) appears to be
the least desirable from the standpoint
of permanence, showing in the main
the greatest changes in length and
planeness during a period approximately
seven months from first to last meas-
urements. Probably the most desirable
are steels HC and K subjected to defi-
nite seasoning treatments, the former
being the steel now generally used in
production of reference gages at the
Bureau of Standards.
(7) Measurements at intervals of ap-
proximately one week, one, two, four,
and seven months after initial readings
of length and planeness do not give
very much information regarding the
progress of the changes taking place.
Where the greatest changes occur in
either length or planness they appear
to progressively increase ■with time. In
many cases where these changes have
been smallest over the entire time in-
Vol. 53, No. 27
terval they seem to occur in the inter-
vals immediately following the first
measurement, the gages thereafter re-
maining constant.
Iowa's New Machine-Tool
Company
The Bertschy Engineering Co. ol
Cedar Rapids, la., organized in May,
1920, has just completed the installation
of a large machine-tool equipment. This
company, which started business in
•July, 1920, purchased the buildings,
property, equipment and supplies of the
Peerless V-Belt Co. of Cedar Rapids,
la.; from the Mattison Machine Works
of Rockford, 111., it purchased the metal
working shaper business which had
been conducted by the Rockford Co. for
several years. In addition to these it
also purchased the Bermo welding-
apparatus business from the Bertschy
Manufacturing and Engineering Co. of
Omaha, Neb.
The new Iowa company began its pro-
duction activities in October, 1920, and
has now on hand castings, parts and
materials which are in process of manu-
facture for 16-, 20- and 24-in. hea-vy-
duty back-geared shapers. The entire
output of the machine-tool department
is covered by orders, and preparations
are being made to extend this depart-
ment to take care of the increased busi-
ness. In the welding apparatus depart-
ment it is claimed that upward of five
thousand complete welding equipments
and a large number of additional Bermo
welding torches are in process of manu-
facture. In the belt department, where
the silent-chain V-belt is manufactured,
the demand far exceeds the company's
ability to supply.
The company at the present time em-
ploys a large force of men; it is working
full time, and all the overtime that is
possible. The directors of the company
are: A. J. P. Bertschy; George S.
Wright, Council Bluffs, la.; Glenn M.
and Arthur T. Averill, Cedar Rapids,
la., and E. B. Poff.
C. W. Couch Organizes
Sales Agency
C. W. Couch, recently sales mana-
ger of the Ford-Clark Co., has recently
perfected a selling organization under
the name of C. W. Couch & Co., with
headquarters at 614 National City Bldg.,
Cleveland, Ohio.
Among the firms for whom the new
organization will act as direct selling
agents will be found such names as the
Perry-Fay Co., Elyria, Ohio, manufac-
turers of screw machine products; the
City Brass Foundry Co., Cleveland,
Ohio, manufacturer of aluminum, brass
and bronze castings; the Superior
Metal Products Co., Elyria, Ohio, man-
ufacturer of pressed and drawn steel
parts; the Marquette Metal Products
Co., Cleveland, manufacturers of hard-
ened and ground steel bushings.
If you are on the right tack the
winds and tides are with you and will
get you there in the end — if you don't
give \xp — Forbes Magazine (N. Y.).
December 30, 1920
Bullard's Third Christmas Party
a Success
The third Christmas party for the
children of the employees of the Bullard
Machine Tool Co. of Bridgeport was
given in the Bridgeport Casino on the
evening of Dec. 22. The children of
every man virho had been on the Bullard
payroll during 1920 were invited and
the wards of the Bridgeport Protestant
Orphan Asylum were also included.
The Casino, which has a seating ca-
pacity of 3,500, was jammed, 2,200 of
those present being children. Each
child was given a box with presents
suited to his age and sex. There were
four classifications — boys from one to
six years of age, girls from one to six,
boys from seven to ten and girls from
seven to ten — and judging from the
noise that followed the opening of the
boxes the selections had been well made.
The program began with the singing
of Christmas carols. Stanley H. Bul-
lard then made a short address of wel-
come and presented the members of the
factory bowling team with watch fobs
for winning the city championship.
Mr. Bullard was answered by Master
Charlie Gvory, aged twelve years, who,
aided by a megaphone, delivered the fol-
lowing speech of his owm composition:
Ladies and Gentlemen:
I am a pupil of the Holland Hill School.
Fairfield, and my father works for the
Bullard Machine Tool Co. in that town.
This is the third time that the Bullard's
have given us an entertainment and I have
been waiting for someone to thank them
for it. but as no one else does I can't wait
any longer without telling my own feelings.
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
We did not expect anything this year
because the work has been so .slow, but
we are glad to know that Bullard's did
not forget the children who.se fathers are
working for their organization.
We all owe to Santa Claus and Bullard
our greatest thanks for what he has done
for us in giving us presents.
I am not ashamed to say I am a Hunga-
rian boy and 1 hope to work for Mr.
Bullard myself when I am old enough,
because he has a good heart toward the
working people. I, myself, do not think
you could find an organization as good as
the Bullard Tool Co. in any part of the
United States,
Again I wish to thank them, and I wish
every one here a Merry Christmas and a
Happy New Year.
1259
also a director of the Illinois Manufac-
turers' Association, vice-president of
the Chamber of Commerce of the
U. S. A., and the president of Deere &
Co., Moline, 111.; and the secretary,
John M. Glenn, who holds the same
position with the Illinois Manufactur-
ers' Association.
A few tableaux followed and led up
to the arrival of Santa Claus, who
brought joy to the hearts of the smaller
children for the rest of the evening by
dancing with them singly and in grroups.
»
Manufacturers' Associations Meet
Formation of a National Board of
Adjustment said to be demanded by
the railway brotherhoods to handle all
labor problems instead of the individual
company settling its own troubles, as
formerly, vdll be protested at a con-
vention of manufacturers, merchants,
railway executives and shippers at
Chicago, Jan. 12, which will be held at
the Congress Hotel.
Acquiescence in the railway brother-
hoods' plan would mean the opening
wedge for collective bargaining and
the closed shop in all branches of
American industry, according to the
convention call issued yesterday by
the National Conference of State Man-
ufacturers' Associations, through its
president, William Butterworth, who is
Orders 200,000 Tons of Steel Rails
The Pennsylvania Railroad an-
nounced on Dec. 23 the placing of an
order for 200,000 tons of steel rails,
divided among the United States Steel
Corporation and independents. The
Illinois Steel Co. and the Carnegie
Steel Co., Steel Corporation subsid-
iaries, were awarded 50,000 tons each,
while 45,000 tons went to the Bethle-
hem Steel Corporation, 45,000 tons to
the Midvale Steel and Ordnance Co.
and 10,000 tons to the Lackawanna
Steel Co.
Awarding of the order followed al-
most immediately upon the reduction
in the price of open-hearth rails to the
level of the Steel Corporation — namely,
$47 a ton. Previously the independents
had been quoting $57 a ton and $59 a
ton for bessemer rails.
Deliveries, it is understood, will begin
some time in the spring. This is one
of the largest orders ever placed by the
Pennsylvania, and will be used prin-
cipally for renewals. Last year there
was used for renewals 106,000 tons.
The new rails will make up part of the
deficiency that accumulated during the
period of Federal control.
Bill Gets mort
THIS CARTOON WAS DRAWN BY E. T. SMITH, A MACHINIST AT THE BUFFALO WORKS OF THE KING SEWING
MACHINE CO., FOR ONE OF ITS SAFETY BULLETINS
1260
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
Big Gains in U. S. Trade
With Africa
While certain European nations have
been readjusting boundary lines and
territorial control in Africa, the manu-
facturers of the United States have
been successfully invading the markets
of that continent. Our exports to
Africa, says a statement by the Na-
tional City Bank of New York, in the
year whic'i ends with this month will
aggregate six times as much as in 1914,
and ou imports from that continent
seven t.mes as much as in 1914. Our
total trade v/ith Africa in the calendar
year 1920 will aggregate 325 million
dollars, against 47 millions in the fiscal
year 1914, all of which preceded the
war.
Manufactures of all sorts, but espe-
cialy automobiles, mining machinery,
cotton goods, iron and steel manufac-
tures, electrical machinery, boots and
shoes, clothing, and household require-
ments of all sorts are the principal
articles exported to Africa, automobiles
alone amounting to about $7,000,000 in
the calendar year 1919 against 2i mil-
lions in the preceding years.
natural th'ag in "getting out from un-
der" wher markets are falling. It is
not suggested that reputable American
houses take this view, btit it seems that
during ihe scramble of the last few
years a speculative element has been
introduceds ard wa must remember that
these geiitlen-.en have usually very
slender- resources. Irdeed, it may be
that in some cases it is better for the
manufacturer in the long run that his
contract should be cancelled ohan that
he should dpliver the goods and figure
as a creditor in a subsequent bank-
ruptcy. Yet, though all these points
are deserving of attention, the business
world cannot view with equanimity the
continuance or extension of so dan-
gerous a practice as cancellation of
contracts.
"A manufacturer can obviously make
no plans for the future unless he is
Cancelled Contracts in England
In the London Times appears the
following regarding England's feeling
toward cancellations:
"No good purpose would be served
by ignoring the fact that the cancella-
tion of contracts is causing a good deal
of feeling. We have passed through a
time of very great difficulty, and we
fear it must be admitted that those
difficulties are by no means ended. Dur-
ing the past few years not only have
prices been rising rapidly but supplies
have been extremely hard to obtain,
and in their anxiety to get goods for
their customers merchants and import-
ers abroad have sometimes been in-
clined to order more than they really
required in the hope that they would
get sufficient for their purpose.
"A year ago order books were burst-
ing and manufacturers in many cases
were unable to guarantee date of de-
livery or price — hence the much-dis-
cussed variation clause. Today condi-
tions have entirely changed, and mer-
chants and importers are threatened
with delivery of goods bought at a high
price for which they can only secure
the lower market prices now ruling. In
these circumstances some contracts
have been cancelled. We cannot for a
moment justify such a practice. The
sanctity of contract is the basis of busi-
ness, and in the past many a merchant
has incurred immense loss rather than
go back on his word, even if there were
nothing whatever in writing to seal it
and the only evidence of a contract was
the recollection of an offer and ac-
ceptance by word of mouth. Unhap-
pily, that is not a universal standard
of honor.
"In the United States of America — if
we are to accept the views of the Amer-
ican Chamber of Commerce in London
— the speculator thinks he is doing a
reasonably sure that ordered goods
■will be duly accepted and paid for. We
see that it has been suggested that
manufacturers should be more strict in
reducing contracts to legal written
form. That seems to us to be a retro-
grade step. Surely it should be a source
of pride to any nation that its business
men are so honorable that such
precautions become unnecessary. The
elimination of formal contracts is fai
more common than most people sup-
pose, and tends greatly to facilitate
the transaction of business. That firms
should in these difficult times be more
than ordinarily careful as to the stand-
ing of those with whom the deal is
obvious."
Get the most out of tomorrow by re-
solving today to invest regularly in
Government Savings Securities.
DOMESTIC EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES BY COUNTRIES
METAL-WORKING MACHINERY
DURING OCTOBER. 1910
Countries
Lathes
$130
23,569
9,950
22^620
.*.'.".'.. v.'.'!!!!! 4,305
Other
Machine
Took
$21,965
Sharpening
and
Grinding
Machines
$15,644
■" 2.J43
10.091
J62
13,680
996
7,039
1,592
7.006
9,415
1.727
46.(-86
673
78
■47,513
132
14
293
167
3,095
94
' 4,420
62
482
4.211
115
3,668
435
62
48
378
227
138
7,131
5,406
90
769
40.29i
5.224
897
44
2,997
45
2.526
\\\
v./ther
Belgium
Bulgaria
Denmark
France
Germany
$63,498
7,557
268.260
250
285
35.312
20,520
14.718
725
187.359
3.120
10.122
Italy
Netherlands
10.303
15,100
46.405
1.614
1.980
'
649
2,579
2,703
5,843
50,834
17.600
9,338
269,994
12,038
900
1,142
580
Spain
15,i/E
3,263
38,963
4,632
Switzerland
Turkey in Europe
Engiard
Sc tland
46,686
13,421
i,7';o
275,243
6,374
2.235
Bermuda
.......!...,. 400
575
126,216
524
1.334
332
4
1.975
13
20,315
574
i,449
367
9
41,065
Canada
47,694
224,931
Guatemala
Honduras.
644
160
431
Salvad r
15,861
40,908
5
Jamaica
Trinidad and Tobago
1,397
10,009
Other British We t Irdies
1,605
Cuba
Virgin Islands of U. S
17.896
113
27.153
816
22
715
201
4.381
370
8,570
6,480
4,310
127
Haiti . _.
Dominican Republic
Argentina
6,209
'.'.'.'.'.'.V.'..'.\ 6^992
■ 3.297
20.334
Brazil
17.862
Chile
1,471
118,875
Colombia
2,809
1.568
4,873
63
1,278
2,469
Peru
191
1,402
29.642
420
Venezuela
China
Kwantung
Briti.'=ih India , .
2,619
25,882
. ■; 15,06}
1,774
37.175
42.320
500
2,180
173
32.323
4,110
17,121
Straits Settlenie*" t ■
..'. 768
5,028
566
25,066
'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'.'.'. 16,658
2,165
Japan
Turkey in A^
55,298
179
36.175
12,783
283,364
Australia
New Zealand.
17,807
4,764
Other Oceania . ...
1,283
Philippine Islands
British West Africa
6,125
1,453
4,355
721
11,979
702
37
10,194
British South Africa
16.652
British East Africa
Madagascar
1,401
194
1,875
936
Egypt
269
Total
$358,088
$1,170,075
$247,788
$1,556,908
i
December 30, 1920
Give a Square Deal — and Demand One
1260a
Condensed-Clipping Index of Equipment
Patented Aug. 20, 1918
center, "Frictlonless," Ball-Bearing
Snellex Manufacturing Co., Rochester, N. T.
"American Machinist," Dea 2, 1920.
The device is intend-
ed to decrease friction
between the worlt and
the center, to make it
unnecessary to regrind
center points, and to
eliminate the wearing and burning of center holes in the work.
The general construction of the center can be seen in the illustra-
tion. The ball race at the rear end is held in place by a lock-
washer and check-nut. and it is protected by an oil cap. The
device is regularly made in four sizey, from Nos. I to 4 Morse
taper, other sizes being made to order
TooUiolder, "Wilkes"
Dawson Tool Corporation, 51st and Lancaster Ave.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
"American Machinist," Dec. 2. 1920,
The holder is intended
for heavy-duty, high-
speed work, the point of
the cutting tool being
supported by a projec-
tion of the holder under-
neath it. No setscrew
is used to hold the tool,
the clamping action be-
ing obtained by means of the nut at the rear'eml of the holrtpr
Because of the absence of a setserew, the front of the holder ctn
be passed through the tooipost. It is claimed that the holdtr
will stand very severe use. and that it holds the tool so secure y
as to decrease chatter. The body is heat-treated. The holder is
made m a nrnge of sizes to take tools from ,». t6 I in In s ze
Drill Heads. Multiple-Spindle. "Buhr"
Nelson-Blanck Manufacturing Co.. Dubois and Clay Sts.,
Detroit. Mich.
"American Machinist," Dec. 2, 1920.
The illustration shows head No. 16-F,
which has six spindles, although heads hav-
ing any number of spindles from three to
twelve are made. The head is manufactured
with four capacities. The smallest, or high-
speed machine, running at 5,000 r.p.m., is
equipped with No. 1-A Jacobs chucks taking
drills uji to J in. in diameter. The next size
is equipped with No. 1 Morse taper holes in
the spindles, and can liandle drills up to ft
in. in diameter. The heads having No. 2
Morse tapers will accommodate J-in. drills ;
while the largest size, having No. 3 Morsi-
tapers, will carry drills up to 14 in. in dir
meter.
i
%
y
1
r
•
Truck, Self-Iioadlui;, IStrctrir. "l.T.C."
Industrial Truck Co., Holyoki-, Mass.
"American Machinist," Dec. 2. 192(i.
The truck has a turning radius
on the extreme outside point of
7 ft. 10 in. and is said to ))e
capable of being operated in
intersecting aisles 60 in. wide.
Specifications: Capacity. .T.oiio
lb. Loading platform: length.
,55 in. ; width, 26 in. ; height
lowered, 11 in. ; height raised,
15} in. Driving motor: 24 volt;
50 amp. : 1,500 r.p.m. Elevating
motor: 24 volt; 35 amp.; 1,800
r.p.m. Gear reduction. ITS to 1. Speeds: :i forward, J reverse.
Wheel diameter: driving end. 20 in.; trailing end. 10 in. Turning
diameter: outside wheel. 14 ft. S in.; outside point. 15 ft. 8 in.
Wheelbase, 593 in. Height. 51 in. Width. 36 in. Length: over-
all. 102 in.; stei) rai.sed. 91 J in. Weight: without battery, 2.150
lb. : with Edison battery, 2,600 lb. ; with lead battery, 2.700 lb.
MeaNurinfr Mat-liino, <,ear Piteh and Concentricity, "Wieknian"
.\Ifnd Herbert, Ltd.. 54 Oey St.. New York
■American Machinist," Dec. 2, 1920,
This machine measures the tooth spacing
on the pitch line and the concentricity of the
pitch line with the contral bore on which the
gear rotates. The gear to be tested is mounted
on a taper arbor held down by a draw-l>olt.
The arbor is rotated through a worm and
wheel, the worm having a graduated dial on
its shaft from which readings can l>i- taken.
Both the worm and the wheel are hardened,
and are flnish-lapped to pitch and form, their
accuracy being within 0.0001 in.
Tapping Attarliniei:t, MuUiple-Spindle
Fox Machine Co.. Jackson, Mich.
"American Machinist." Dec. 9. 1920.
The machine shown is of the D-22 type
equipped for drilling and tapping, the tap-
ping mechjtnism l^eing applicable also to
the D-12 and D-32 types of drilling ma-
chines. It is necessary that some changes
be made in the machines when they are
equipped for tapping, the drive-shafts l)e
Ing mounted on liail bearings. It is stat' '\
that the machine illustrated has tapt"'
twelve i-in. holes in cast-iron plat<'S \X 'a.
thick in five seconds, a maximum of 6 lip.
being consumed. The positions of the
spindles carrying the taps can be changed
to suit different layouts for different jobs.
Putnp, Centrifugal. "Two-Way," Coolant
Ross Manufacturing Co.. 3160 West 106th St.. Cleveland. Ohi<i
".\merican Machinist." Nov. 25, 1^0.
Tile iiump can be run in either
direction. The liquid is delivered
from the same orifice no matter
in which direction the impeller
is rotated. The pump is belt-
driven, the pulley having an in-
ternal gear on its rim. This gear
drives a gear on the impeller
shaft, the speed ratio being I to
4. The four-bladed impeller is
made of spring steel. It is
claimed that, because the inlet is
at the top. the impeller is always
submerged and consequently
primed. The pump ileiivers a
large volume of coolant and can
be used to serve a battery of
small machines. It can also op-
erate with a slight suction lift.
Saw, Bench, "Xo. 80, Varlet.v"
Oliver Machinery Co., Grand Rapids, Mich.
".\merican Machinist," Dec. 9. 1920.
This machine will do ripping,
cross-cutting, dadoing and gain-
ing, and can be furnislieil with a
special table equipment that iier-
mits it to be used for boring and
mortising. Specifications: Table;
universal or plain, 36 x 44 In.
Universal table : tilts to 45 deg. ;
movable section. 15-in. wide;
vertical adjustment. 4 In. Capac-
ity ; ripping, 23 or 27 in. wide ;
cross-cutting. 32 x 3 in. ; dados.
4 in. wide : mortising. J x 4 in. ;
boring, 2 in. diameter by 6 in.
Saw arbor. 1 in. diameter. Driv-
ing pulley ; 600 r.p.m. ; 18 x 5 in.
Motor drive ; 5 hp. ; 1.800 r.p.m.
Weight ; crated, 1.650 to 1.700 lb. ; boxed. 1.850 to 1,900 lb. Export
box. 60 cu.ft.
Clip, paste on 3 x 5-in. cards and file as desired
t260b
Star Brass Works Changes Name
The Star Brass Works, 3114-26 Car-
roll Ave., Chicago, manufacturers of
spray cooling systems and painting and
spraying machinery, announces that on
and after Jan. 1, 1921, the company
name will be changed to Binks Spray
Equipment Co. This change of name
has been made to conform more nearly
with the nature of the products manu-
factured. Simultaneously announce-
ment is also made of the completion
of a new plant and office extension on
the old plant in which provisions are
made for new salesrooms, testing labo-
ratories, and greatly increased manu-
facturing facilities on the first floor,
with new offices and drafting rooms on
the second floor. The new addition was
necessary by reason of the rapid ex-
pansion of the business in all lines.
AMERICAN MACHINIST
Vol. 53, No. 27
Business Items
The Engineering Business Exchange,
30 Church St., New York, announces
the opening of a Pacific Coast branch
with James T. Whittlesey as director
and with offices in the Claus Spreckels
Building, San Francisco. This will
make available to the engineers and en-
Adranred Shop Drawing. By Vincent C.
Georgf*. B.S., Instructor in Meciianicai
Flnpine^ring. Tlie University of Wis-
consin 144 pages 6x9. 147 illustra-
tions. Publisiied l)y tlie McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc.. 239 West 39th St.. New
York, U. S. A.
A well-written and comprehensive trea-
tise on practical drawing that should be of
value to ambitious students who desire to
master the art. The author makes no
gineering industries of the Coast states attempt to teach the underlying principles,
the same service in bringing together bu^. assumes ^that^^ the_ reader is ajready
plane geometry.
se of instruments, knows
and is ready to apply his
the buyers and sellers of engineering
and technical business properties that kn-'-J^^,^" ^^:,..^''\tTkriri':^tdct'7l^-
is being rendered by the JNew XOrK cussed is the matter of titles, lettering, etc.
Harry H. Badge35, for several years ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^ ^ ^
superintendent of the tool division of j)^^^^ gaigg anj Engineering Co,, of
being
office of the Exchange.
The Detroit Belt Lacer Co., Detroit,
Mich., announces the completion of its
new building. Its new machine depart-
ment is now in full operation and pro-
ducing 500 closing machines a month.
The addition of eight automatic hook
machines will increase the company's
production capacity to 50,000 boxes per Motorcycie» and
month.
The Heavy Oil Engine Division of the
and the practice of various shops is cited.
There follow two chapters on gearing in
which the technical terms, the mathematical
calculations, and the method of laying dowti
the construction on the drawing board are
very clearly explained. The.se chapters in-
clude problems in bevel and worm as well
as in spur gearing. Isometric, cabinet and
shaded drawing are considered in other
chai)terB as are also structural, electrical
and patent office drawings. i)lans for piping
systems, sheet-metal work. etc.
Side C'arM, ConHtrurtion,
the Stanley Insulating Co. at Great
Barrington, Mass., has recently re-
signed.
John T. Chidsey, president of the
American Piano Supply Co. of New
York, and president of the Root Co. of
Bristol, Conn., has recently been hon
Mishawaka, Ind., announces the pub-
lication of a small catalog describing
Dodge heavy oil stationary engines,
Dodge heavy oil marine engines, and
Dodge heavy oil engine electric gener-
ating units. The catalog is printed on
paper of excellent quality and contains
ored by being elected president of the fifteen illustrations of the various types
Chamber of Commerce of Bristol, and of engines described and is now ready
a member of the Board of Directors of foj. general distribution.
Connecticut Chamber of Commerce. Siemens & Halske, a German concern,
Leon E. Thomas, president of the received a lai-ge order for electric ma-
Reading Iron Co., has been_ elected chinery for Chinese mines, railroads
president of the Eastern Pig Iron As-
sociation. Mr. Thomas was at one
time connected with the United Engi-
neering and Foundry Co. of Pittsburgh.
F. K. COPELAND, president of the Sul-
livan Machinery Co., Chicago, 111., has
been named new national councillor of
the Compressed Air Society of New
York, to represent it in the Chamber
of Commerce of the United States.
Geoffrey C. Brown, formerly with
the Northern Electric Co., Montreal, is
now superintendent of manufacturing,
Habirshaw Electric Cable Co., Yonkers,
N. Y.
Samuel W. Dudley, at present chief
engineer of the Westinghouse Airbrake
Co., has been chosen professor of me-
chanical engineering on the Strathcona
Foundation by the Yale Corporation, it
was announced recently.
W. C. Rice has become general man-
ager of the Frontier Machine Tool Co.
of Buffalo, N. Y., manufacturer of drill-
ing machines, power hack saws and
grinding machines.
and industrial establishments. This
order has been secured in competition
with American, English and French
manufacturers.
The Inland Steel Co., Chicago, an-
nounced that on Jan. 1 its plants would
return to the ten- and twelve-hour basis
a day. Wages will not be changed per
hour.
Unconfirmed reports from Queluz,
State of Minas, say a manganese mine,
the largest in South America was pur-
chased by North American interests
from the Morro da Mina Co. for ap-
proximately $4,000,000.
According to The Journal of Com-
merce, New York, German state rail-
roads are to be removed from official
management and their finances entirely
separated from state finances. A pri-
vate corporation has been formed for
their operation. Financial collapse of
state management is reported the cause.
George E. Trowbridge, an owner
and the general manager of the Whit-
insville Spinning Ring Co., of Whitins-
ville, Mass., and very well known in
New England industrial circles, died
at his home in Linwood, Mass., Dec.
13, after an illness of six days, from
pneumonia. Mr. Trowbridge was
nearly 63 years old.
Your will power determines your des-
tiny. Make your New Year resolution
to save regularly. Invest your savings
in Government Savings Securities.
Page. M.E. 665 pages, o x 7i, 372
illustrations. The Norman W. Henley
Publishing Co., 2 West 45th St.. New
York.
In this volume the author has covered the
sut>ject (luite completely, showing pictures
and giving details of many early experi-
mental models ; and following the develop-
ment down to date. Construction of all
standard machines is shown in detail, ac-
companied by valual)le hints on the care
and oiieration of same. Chapters on Lubri-
cation. Carburetion, Ignition, Power Trans-
mission, etc.. are given, each including illus-
trations and careful descrijition of the func-
tions of each part. Final chapters on
Maintenance, and Instructions for Complete
Over-Hauling, round out a work that every
owner of a motorcycle will appreciate.
Modern Weldlns .Me(liod». By Victor W.
Page. Two hundred ninety-two 6x9-
in. pages. 113 illu-'^trations. Bound in
dark red cloth boards. Pul>lished by
the Norman W. HenUy Publishing Co..
2 West 45th St.. New York.
The author of tliis book makes no at-
tempt to cover other than the ordinary
practice. The range of the text is so largre
that onlv limited details are given of any
one suliject. The first 34 pages are devoted
to a general discussion of the art of join-
ing metals, including soldering, tirazing and
various forms of welding. Then follow 17
pages on the properties of metals. The
next 76 pages and 50 illustrations deal with
wekliiig sases. gas producing apparatus,
weldinK appliances, and examples of weld-
ing work. The subjects of arc welding,
butt welding, spot welding, seam welding,
and all the various phases of resistance
welding mentione<l are put into 49 pages.
Seventeen more pages are devoted to Ther-
mit welding, and the balance of the book is
made up of text and cuts dealing with
soldering and brazing processes and fluxes,
forge welding and the heat treatment of
steel.
MacRae's Blue Book. Vol. XI. 19S0.
Eighteen hundred fifty-four 8 x 11-in.
pages, including advertisements. Pub-
lished bv MacRae's Blue Book Co . 18
Bast Huron St.. Chicago.
The book is divided into the following
sections: Catalog; Address; Classified ma-
ierial ; Trade name ; Miscellaneous Data :
Standard List Price. There are also a
discount computer and service post cards.
The Theory of Jlaohines. By Robert F.
McKay. Four hundred forty 5J x 8J-in.
pages, 407 illustrations. liound in green
cloth boards. Published by Longmans,
Green & Co.. New York.
Tins book covers the theory of m.^chines
in a very comprehensive manner. Students,
designei^ and mechanical engineers will find
much of value and interest arranged in a
logical and easily accessible manner.
.\fter a definitive introduction the author
takes up plane motion of a particle ; force
and torque ; work and energy ; plane motion
of a particle under variable acceleration :
displacement ; velocity and acceleration dia-
grams ; statics, analysis of motion: syn-
thesis of a machine ; examples of mechan-
isms obtained by inversion : relative linear
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11